Skip to main content

Full text of "Review of reviews and world's work"

See other formats 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

University  of  Toronto 


http://www.archive.org/details/reviewofreviewsw30newy 


65240 

e  American 


Monthly 


Review   of   Reviews. 


-I 


rn 


AN    INTERNATIONAL    MAGAZINE. 


EDITED     BY     ALBERT     SHAW. 


Volume  XXX. 


July-December,    1904. 


THE     REVIEW     OF     REVIEWS     COMPANY: 
New    York:    13    Astor    Place. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  The  Review  ui<   Reviews  Co. 


ff 

far 

2>c 


INDEX    TO    THE    THIRTIETH    VOLUME    OF 

THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY 
REVIEW  OF   REVIEWS. 

JULY-DECEMBER,    1904. 


ADACHI   Kinnosuke.     What    Port   Arthur    means    to 

Japan.  718. 
Adam,  Paul.  329. 

Adams.  Cyrus  C.  World's  congress  of  geographers,  407. 
Agriculture  :  Iowa's  campaign  for  better  corn,  563. 
Albert,  Charles  S.     Henry  G.  Davis,   Democratic  can- 
didate for  Vice-President,  171. 
American  soldier,  The,  as  seen  in  the  Philippines,  83. 
Anemia.  Porto  Kican  government's  tight  with,  57. 
Animal  instinct,  John  Burroughs  on,  237. 
Aral)  civilization,  The  beauties  of,  363. 
Arbitration,  Lord  Lansdowne  on,  662. 
Argentine  gaucho,  The,  and  his  ways,  735. 
Art  : 

Australian  art  and  artists,  620. 

Bartholdi,  the  sculptor,  560. 

Boughton,  George  Henry,  and  his  Dutch  pictures,  737. 

Picture-book  children,  Modern,  712. 

Rogers,  John,  Sculptor  of  American  democracy,  738. 

Von  Lenbach,  Franz,  the  painter,  104. 
Artillery,  ancient,  A  revival  of,  600. 
Australia,  The  government  telegraph  in,  731. 
Australian  "labor"  ministry,  The,  225. 

Bankers'  convention  at  New  York,  427. 

Baskerville,  Charles.    Chemistry  as  a  modern  industrial 

factor,  424. 
Battleships,  mines,  and  torpedoes,  65. 
Belmont,  August,  financier  and  politician,  353. 
Benjamin,  Park.    Battleships,  mines,  and  torpedoes,  65. 
Bible,  "Improving"  the  style  of  the,  742. 
Blood,  the,  Changes  in,  at  high  altitudes,  370. 
Boies,  William  J.    The  bankers'  convention  at  New 

York,  427. 
Books  and  libraries  for  children,  107. 
Books,  New,  The,  119,  251,  381,  508,  636,  754. 
Booth  Tucker,  Commander :  His  work  in  America,  558. 
Borax,  The  effects  of,  upon  health,  371. 
Borrego,  Don  Andres,  a  pioneer  Spanish  journalist,  106. 
Brown,  Arthur  Judson.     The  opened  world,  460. 
Bryce,  James,  and  John  Morley  in  America,  389,  548. 
Buenos  Ayres,  Housing  and  architecture  in,  736. 
Business  and  crop  conditions,  Favorable,  530. 
Butler,  Nicholas  Murray.     Educational  worth   of  the 

St.  Louis  Exposition,  323. 
Butler,  Nicholas  Murray.    Sketch  of  William  Barclay 

Parsons,  679. 

CABINET  changes,  11. 

California,  Tilling  the  "tules"  of,  312. 

Canada : 

Commercial  and  industrial  expansion  of,  77. 

Elections  in,  655. 

Governor-General,  New,  569. 

Great  Britain  and,  532. 

Political  affairs  in,  trend  of,  575. 

Western  Canada  in  1904,  578. 
Cartoons,  Current  history  in,  28,  156,  284,  414,  542,  667. 
Catholic  and  Protestant  churches  :  Is  a  union  of  them 

to  be  desired  ?  625. 
Cervera's  account  of  the  battle  of  Santiago,  237. 
Chang  Yow  Tong.     The  "  Yellow  Peril,"  337. 
Chemical  Industry  Society  Congress  in  New  York,  389. 
Chemistry  as  a  modern  industrial  factor,  424. 
China.  How  fortunes  are  made  in,  616. 
China:  see  also  "Yellow  Peril." 


China,  What  the  people  read  in,  464. 

Cholera,  Conditions  of  immunity  from,  242. 

Cleveland,  Ex-Pres.,  on  the  railroad  strike  of  1894,  84. 

Colorado's  reign  of  lawlessness,  17,  271. 

Commercial  crime,  Unpunished,  241. 

Congo,  the,  King  Leopold  of  Belgium,  the  master- 
genius  of,  223. 

Congo,  the,  United  States  and,  53. 

Constitution,  A  proposed  sixteenth  amendment  to,  488. 

Consumptives,  Government  care  of,  59. 

Coolidge,  Louis  A.    Sketch  of  George  B.  Cortelyou,  684. 

Cortelyou  George  B.,  A  character  sketch,  294,  684. 

Crane,  W.  Murray,  successor  to  Senator  Hoar,  527. 

Creelman,  James.     Alton  B.  Parker,  163. 

Croly,  Herbert.     New  York  rapid-transit  subway,  306. 

Crunden,  Frederick  M.  Sketch  of  David  Rowland 
Francis,  681. 

D'Annunzio,  Why  Italians  dislike,  360. 

Daddu,  King,  The  statue  of,  739. 

Davidson,  Rt.  Rev.  Randall  T.,  visiting  America,  389. 

Davis,  Henry  G.,  Democratic  candidate  for  Vice-Presi- 
dent, 171. 

Diaz,  Contemplated  world  trip  of,  403. 

Diaz,  President,  Successor  to,  198. 

Dillon,  Dr.  E.  J.,  journalist  and  traveler,  435. 

Dillon,  E.  J.  Russian  poverty  and  business  distress  as 
intensified  by  the  war,  449. 

Diplomacy,  Our  successful,  146. 

Douglas,  William  L.,  a  character  sketch,  686. 

Edgar,  William  C.  "Hiawatha,"  as  the  Ojibways  inter- 
pret it,  689. 
Education  : 

Educational  occasions,  655. 

Educational  progress,  15. 

General  Education  Board,  Methods  of,  327. 

New  York  public  schools,  Opening  the,  387. 

Public-school  teachers,  The  call  for  men  as,  497. 
Elephant,  The,  as  a  machine,  238. 
English  Channel,  The,  Bridging,  231. 
Episcopal  convention  at  Boston,  The,  586. 
Erichsen,  Hugo.   The  steepest  railway  in  the  world,  438. 
Ethics  :  The  evolution  of  a  new  gospel,  374. 
European  notes,  403. 

Fairbanks,  Charles  Warren,  Republican  candidate  for 

Vice-President,  176. 
Financial  outlook,  The  bright,  388. 
Finland,  Russian  reform  in  :  The  Finnish  case,  86. 
Finland,  What  the  people  read  in,  73. 
Finsen  and  his  light  cure,  100. 
Fires,  Protection  against,  621. 

Fisher,  Sir  J.,  First  lord  of  the  British  admiralty,  624. 
Fishing-grounds,  The  richest  in  the  world,  611. 
Forestry  congress,  An  American,  709. 
France,  Labor  legislation  in,  500. 
France,  Politics  in,  152. 

France's  struggle  with  the  Roman  Church,  483,  627. 
Francis,  David  Rowland,  681. 

Freeman,  Lewis  R.     The  Hawaiian  sugar  product,  701. 
"Free  Thought,"  The  congress  of,  at  Rome,  745. 

General  Slocum  steamboat  horror,  18. 
Geographers'  congress  in  Washington  and  New  York. 
389,  467. 


IV 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Germans  and  Poles.  Economic  si  niggle  between,  231,619. 

Germany,  What  the  people  read  in,  210. 

Germany's  radical  tax  reform,  486. 

Glasgow's  municipal  street  ears,  7:53. 

Gorgas,  Col.  William  C. :  Solving  the  health  problem. -ft 

Panama,  52. 
Great  Britain  :  see  also  Tibet  and  Canada. 

Anglo-French  agreement :  What  it  implies.  222. 

Anglo- Japanese  alliance  and  the  Anglo-French  agree- 
ment, 222. 

Boer  war,  Echoes  of  the,  148. 

Chamberlain  tariff  report,  147. 

England  and  Germany  come  together,  148. 

English  Channel,  Bridging  the,  231. 

Government  losing  support,  147. 

Wales,  Home  rule  for,  501. 

HAESELBARTH,  Adam  C.  The  Porto  Rican  govern- 
ment's fight  with  anemia,  57. 

Hague  conference.  Another,  530. 

Ilalstead,  Albeit.  Chairman  Cortelyou  and  the  Repub- 
lican campaign,  294. 

Harcourt,  Sir  William  Vernon,  A  tribute  to,  730. 

Hawaiian  sugar  product,  The,  701. 

Hawthorne,  a  century  after  his  birth,  232. 

Hay,  Secretary,  to  remain  in  the  cabinet,  527. 

Hearn,  Lafcadio,  interpreter  of  Japan,  561. 

Heck,  W.  H.     The  General  Education  Board.  327. 

Henderson,  W.  J.  What  the  musical  season  offers  New 
York,  706. 

Herzl,  leader  of  modern  Zionism,  201. 

"  Hiawatha,"  as  the  Ojibways  interpret  it,  689. 

Hill,  Frank  D.    How  the  Dutch  have  taken  Holland,  318. 

Hoar,  George  Frisbie,  551,  527. 

Holden,  P.  G.     Iowa's  campaign  for  better  corn,  563. 

Holland,  How  the  Dutch  have  taken,  318. 

Hornaday,  James  P.  Chairman  Taggart  and  the  Demo- 
cratic campaign,  289. 

Hungary,  What  the  people  read  in,  590. 

Iceland,  Home  rule  for,  618. 

Industrial  situation,  the,  This  year's  strikes  and,  430. 

Inter- Parliamentary  Union,  Meeting  of,  at  St.  Louis,389. 

Iowa's  campaign  for  better  corn,  563. 

Irelaud's  industrial  resources,  486. 

Irrigation,  National,  The  triumph  of,  49. 

Italian  agricultural  colonies  :  Why  they  fail,  726. 

Italy : 

Church  and  State  in,  725. 

Elections  in,  662, 

Emigration  :  What  it  may  mean  to  Italy,  109. 

Industrial  crisis  in,  404. 

People,  The,  What  they  read  in  Italy,  339. 

Population,  the,  Economic  life  of,  368. 

Social  disorder  in,  532. 

Japan  :  See  also  Russo-Japanese  war,  and  Korea. 

Aims  of,  Baron  Suyematsu  on,  202. 

Business  men,  Japanese,  The  duty  of,  610. 

Competition,  Japanese  :  Has  it  been   overestimated:' 
476. 

Hearn,  Lafcadio  :  Interpreter  of  Japan,  561. 

National  spirit,  The,  604. 

Nobility,  The,  Status  of,  99. 

Poland,  Japan  and  the  resurrection  of,  562. 

Tokio  in  war  time  :  Lafcadio  Hearn  on,  624. 

Woman,  new,  of  new  Japan,  The,  98. 
Jesus,  Sayings  of,  not  in  the  Bible,  366. 
Johnston,   Charles.     General  Kuropatkin,  head  of  the 

Russian  army,  441. 
Jones,  "Golden  Rule,"  of  Toledo,  354. 
Jungfrau  railway,  the  steepest  in  the  world,  488. 

Kankko,  Baron  Kentaro,  434. 

Kaneko,    Baron   Kentaro.      Are   the   Japanese  able   to 

finance  a  long  war?  454. 
Kitchener  and  Marchand  at  Fashoda,  485. 
Knappen,  Theodore M.    Western  Canada  In  1904,  578. 

Knautl't,  Ernest.     .Modern  picture-book  children,  712. 
Knox,  Attorney-General,  as  probable  successor  to  Sen 

ator  Quay,  12. 
Korea,  Japan,  and  Russia,  98. 

Korea,  What  Japan  should  do  for.  349. 


Korean  characteristics,  477. 

Korean-Japanese  treaty,  The,  and  Japan's  duty,  609. 

Kuroki,  General,  335. 

Kuropatkin,  Gen.  Alexei  Nicolaievitch,  344,  441. 

Labor : 

Capital,  Organized,  versus  organized  labor,  81. 

Colorado's  reign  of  lawlessness.  17,  271. 

Europe,  Labor  troubles  in.  404. 

French  labor  legislation.  Progress  in,  500. 

Labor  conditions,  Improvement  of,  387. 

Railroad  strike  of  1894,  Ex-President  Cleveland  on,  84. 

Right  to  work,  The,  492. 

Strikes,  this  year's,  and  the  industrial  situation,  430. 

Trade-union  morals,  The  Crisis  in,  356. 
Land  reclamation  in  California  and  in  Holland,  312,  318. 
Laut.  Agnes  C.     The  trend  of  political  affairs  in  Can- 
ada, 574. 
Leading  Articles  of  the  Month,  81,  213,  342,  469,  597,  721. 
Leland,  Mabel.     New-Norse  movement  in  Norway,  206. 
Literary  composition,  The  throes  of,  740. 
Literature,  American,  An  Italian  estimate  of,  498. 
'■Lloyd's,"  and  what  it  means,  746. 
Locomotive,  The  most  powerful,  in  the  world,  493. 
Locomotives,  Electric,  versus  steam,  716. 
Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition  and  the  progress  of  the 

West,  16. 
Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  Educational  worth  of, 

323. 
Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  Last  mouth  of,  531. 
Lynching  at  Statesboro,  Georgia,  272. 

McGratii,  P.  T.    Canada's  commercial  and  industrial 

expansion,  77. 
Maps  and  diagrams  : 

California  delta  lands,  313. 

Canadian  railway  routes,  New,  578. 

Holland  :  Land  which  would  be  reclaimed  by  drain- 
ing the  Zuyder  Zee,  321. 

Mexican  l-ailroads,  373. 

Pacific,  Eastern,  fishing-grounds,  612. 

Russo-Japanese  war  : 
Mukden  and  the  battlefield  of  the  Shakhe  River,  536. 
Port  Arthur  Harbor,  showing  forts,  718. 
Russian  Baltic  squadron's  course  off  the  Dogger 

Bank,  656. 
War  area,  showing  distances  from  Japan,  408. 

United  States  :  forecast  of  election  results,  518. 

United  States, — Roosevelt  and  Parker  States,  647. 
Marchand  and  Kitchener  at  Fashoda,  485. 
Marvin,  Winthrop  L.     The  merchant  marine  commis- 
sion, 675. 
Maver,  William,  Jr.     Wireless  telegraphy  to-day,  191. 
Merchant  marine  commission,  The,  675. 
Metcalf,  Mr.,  as  Secretary  of  Commerce,  144. 
Mexican  railroads,  372. 
Mexico,  General  conditions  in,  403. 
Mexico,  trade  of,  the  United  States  and  the,  599. 
Ministry,  The  alleged  decline  of  the,  744. 
Mirsky,  Prince,  589. 

Monroe  Doctrine,  The,  and  the  world's  peace,  351. 
Moody,  Mr.,  as  Attorney-General,  143. 
Morley,  John,  and  James  Bryce  in  America,  548. 
Morocco,  Spain  and  France  in,  533. 
Morocco,  The  kidnapping  in,  23,  147,  495. 
Morton.  Paul,  the  new  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  144,  355. 
Moseley,  Edward  A.     Railroad  accidents  in  the  United 

States.  592. 
Municipal  street  cars  in  Glasgow,  733. 
Music:   Maedowell.  Edward,  The  music  of,  103. 
Music:   Pueblo  Indian  songs.  741. 
Musical  nation,  What  constitutes  a ?  235. 
Musical  season  in  New  York,  706. 

National  expenditures,  Comparative  statistics  on,  392. 

Naval  Warfare:    Battleships,  mines,  and  torpedoes,  65. 

Negro  problem,  Our,  by  a  negro,  for  the  benefit  of 
Frenchmen,  490. 

Newman,  Oliver  P.  Government  care  of  consump- 
tives. 59. 

New  York  Canals,   Governor  elect  Higgins  and,  653. 

New  York  rapid  transit  subway:  How  it  will  affect  the 
city's  life  and  business,  806. 


INDEX  TO  l/OLUME  XXX. 


Nogi,  General,  446. 

North  Carolina,  Remaking  a  rural  commonwealth, 694. 

Northwest,  The,  Development  of,  15. 

Norway  and  Sweden:  Why  they  are  at  odds,  208. 

Norway,  New-Norse  movement  in,  206. 

Obituary,  27,  155,  283,  413,  541,  666. 

Panama,  Affairs  in,  403,  529,  652. 

Panama  Canal,  Chilean  opinion  on  the,  230. 

Panama  Canal,  The  labor  problem  on  the,  227. 

Panama,  Solving  the  health  problem  at,  52. 

Parker,  Alton  B.  :  163.    See  also  "Political  Affairs." 

Parsons,  "William  Barclay,  679. 

Payne,  Postmaster-General,  Death  of,  526. 

Peace : 

Arbitration,  Lord  Lansdowne  on,  662. 

Conference  at  Boston,  389. 

Conference,  Points  for  a,  725. 

Hague  conference,  Another,  530. 

Inter- Parliamentary  Union  at  St.  Louis,  389. 

.Monroe  Doctrine  and  the  world's  peace,  351. 

Peace  movement,  The  United  States  and  the,  530,  671. 
Pension  order  No.  78 — Just  what  is  it?  396. 
Perdicaris  episode,  The,  23,  147,  495. 
Periodicals,  The,  Briefer  Notes  on  Topics  in,  113,  243, 

375,  502,  630,  793. 
Petrarch,  The  sixth  century  of,  359. 
Philippines,  American  soldier  as  seen  in  the,  83. 
Physical  conditions,  Effects  of,  on  development,  747. 
Pius  X.,  Pope,  Italian  strictures  on,  227. 
Plantation,  The,  as  a  civilizing  factor,  357. 
Plays,  Miracle,  in  medieval  England,  500. 
Poe,  Clarence  H.     The  remaking  of  a  rural  common- 
wealth, 694. 
Poetry,  the  soul  of  religion,  622. 
Poland,  Japan  and  the  resurrection  of,  562. 
Poland  :  Prussia  and  her  Polish  subjects,  221. 
Poland,  Renascence  of,  727. 
Poland,  What  the  people  read  in,  73. 
Polar,  South,  expedition,  The  Swedish,  734. 
Political  affairs  in  the  United  States:   see  also  under 
Roosevelt. 

Campaign,  progress  of  the,  6-9,  131-146,  259-262,  390, 
402,  515-521,  528,  643,  646. 

Cortelyou,  Mr.,  and  the  Republican  campaign,  141,  294. 

Cortelyou,  Mr.,  and  the  trusts,  520,  644. 

Davis,  Henry  G.,  Democratic  candidate  for  Vice-Presi- 
dent, 171. 

Democracy  and  the  "trusts,"  138. 

Democratic  candidate,  Mr.  Cleveland  on  the,  597. 

Democratic  chances  in  1906  and  1908,  649. 

Democratic  convention  at  St.  Louis,  133,  134,  186. 

Democratic  Executive  Committee,  260. 

Democratic  party  :     Where  it  really  stands,  136. 

Democratic  platform,  Bryan  and  the,  133. 

Democrats,  National  prospects  of,  401. 

Democrats  recovering  party  tone,  259. 

Election  system,  Our  complicated,  515. 

Electoral  strength,  The  distribution  of,  516. 

Fairbanks,  Charles  Warren,  a  character  sketch,  176. 

Hearst  movement  (Presidential  nomination),  8,  131-2. 

Independent  voting,  Growth  of,  646. 

Issues  of  the  campaign,  11,  137-139,  391-395,  529. 

La  Follette  movement  in  Wisconsin,  12. 

McKinley  :  If  he  had  lived,  4. 

Parker,  Alton  B.  :  a  character  sketch,  163. 

Parker,  Judge,  as  a  candidate,  132,  140,  390,  522. 

Parker,  Judge,  at  work  again,  654. 

Parker's  reply  to  President  Roosevelt's  statement  of 
November  5,  645. 

Parker's  speech  of  acceptance,  265. 

Parker's  telegram,  Judge,  135. 

Parties  :  How  they  control  political  machinery,  516. 

Populist  candidate  and  campaign,  145,  401,  419,  652. 

President,  What  it  costs  to  elect  a,  352. 

Prohibitionist :  If  one  were  President,  599. 

Prohibitionists,  The,  145. 

Republican  convention  at  Chicago,  182. 

Republican  conventions  of  1900  and  1904,  3-7. 

Republican  harmony,  131,  141. 

Republican   party,  Record  of  the  (Speech  of  Elihu 
Root  at  Republican  National  Convention,  1904),  43. 


Roosevelt,  Theodore,  as  a  Presidential  candidate,  3,4, 

35,  523. 
Roosevelt's  administration  unpledged,  04(>. 
Roosevelt's  announcement  against  accepting  another 

nomination,  646. 
Roosevelt's  great  vote  of  confidence,  643. 
Roosevelt's  letter  of  acceptance,  394. 
Roosevelt's  notification  speech,  264. 
Roosevelt's  reply  to  Democratic  charges,  644. 
Socialists'  tickets,  Twoj  145,  652. 
States,  small,  The  advantages  of  the,  51(5. 
States,  various,  Campaign  in,  12-15,  263,  268-273,  397- 

402,  524-526. 
States,  various,  Results  in,  396,  647-651. 
Taggart,  Chairman,  and  Democratic  campaign,  289. 
Tariff  reform,  Talk  of,  652. 
Voting,  Presidential  and  gubernatorial,   Divergence 

between,  649. 
Watson,  Thomas  E.,  Populist  candidate,  145,  401,  419, 

652. 
Porto  Rican  government's  fight  with  anemia,  57. 
Portraits: 
Acton,  Lord,  381. 
Adam,  Paul,  330. 
Adams,  Alva,  526,  651. 
Addams,  Miss  Jane,  356. 
Alderman,  Edwin  A.,  16. 
Alexandra,  Queen  of  England,  657. 
Alfonso,  nephew  of  the  King  of  Spain,  665. 
Arnold,  Matthew,  253. 
Ashford,  Dr.  Bailey  K.,  58. 
Aycock,  Charles  B.,  694. 
Bancroft,  Mrs.  George,  254. 
Barrera,  Jos6  Pardo,  281. 
Bartholdi,  Frederick  A.,  560. 
Bartholdt,  Richard,  390. 
Bascom,  John,  492. 
Baskerville,  Charles,  389. 
Batchelor,  E.  L.,  225. 
Bell,  Adjt.-Gen.  Sherman,  18. 
Bell,  Charles  J.,  397. 
Belmont,  August,  290,  353. 
Beveridge,  Albert  J.,  6. 
Bezobrazoff,  Admiral,  151. 
Bigelow,  F.  G.,  427. 
Bismarck,  Prince  Herbert,  413. 
Bismarck,  Prince  Otto  E.  L.,  105. 
Black,  Frank  S.,  6. 
Bliss,  Cornelius  N.,  295. 
Bloomfield-Zeisler,  Madame  Fanny,  708. 
Bobrikoff,  General,  86. 
Boone,  Daniel,  762. 
Booth,  Eva,  559. 
Booth,  Gen.  William,  437. 
Booth  Tucker,  Emma,  558. 
Booth  Tucker,  Frederick  de  L.,  558. 
Borden,  Robert  L.,  575. 
Boutmy,  Emile,  382. 
Branch,  James  R.,  427. 
Brooker,  Charles  F.,  295. 
Brooks,  Bryant  B.,  664. 
Broward,  Napoleon  B.,  651. 
Brown,  Joseph  G.,  429. 
Brown,  Neal,  10. 
Bruce,  M.  Linn,  399. 
Brudno,  Ezra,  124. 
Bryan,  William  J.,  134. 
Bryce,  James,  514,  548. 
Burkett,  Charles  W.,  695. 
Buttrick,  Wallace,  327. 
Canterbury,  Archbishop  of,  386,  586. 
Carlyle,  Thomas,  381. 
Cartwright,  Sir  Richard  J.,  576. 
Cestero,  Dr.,  58. 
Chadwick,  Rear  Admiral,  24. 
Chung  Choong,  533. 
Churchill,  Winston,  123. 
Clark,  Champ,  135. 
Clark,  John  Bates,  383. 
Clarke,  Dumont,  531. 
Clemen ceau,  Georges,  627. 
Clews,  Henry,  239. 
Cobb,  William  T.,  397. 


VI 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Cochran.  W.  Bourke,  9. 

Collins,  Patrick  A..  11. 

Colonne,  Eduard,  707. 

Conant.  Charles  A..  383. 

Conried,  Heinrich.  706. 

Conway,  Moncure  I)..  755. 

Coolidge,  Louis  A.,  395. 

( lordier,  Henri.  40*. 

Corral,  Ramon,  199. 

Cortelyou,  George  B.,  294,  685. 

Cotton,  Joseph  B.,7. 

Crane,  Wintnrop  Murray,  527. 

Cullen,  Edgar  M.,  399. 

Cummings,  Homer  S.,  10. 

Cutler,  John  C,  651. 

Dalia  Lama,  The,  109. 

D'Annunzio,  Gabrielle,  361. 

Danirosch,  Walter,  707. 

Daskam,  Josephine  Dodge.  121. 

Davidson,  Kt.  Rev.  Randall  Thomas,  386,  586. 

Davis,  Henry  G.,  172,  270. 

Dawson  Senator,  of  Australia,  225. 

Dawson,  Thomas  C,  508. 

Dawson.  W.  M.  O.,  650. 

Debs,  Eugene  V.,  145. 

Decatur,  Stephen,  24. 

De  Forest,  Lee,  195. 

Degas,  M.,  608. 

De  Gubernatis,  Angelo,  340. 

Delcasse,  Theophile,  642. 

Deneen,  Charles  S.,  13,  650. 

De  Pachmann,  Vladimir,  708. 

Devine,  Edward  T.,  760. 

Diaz,  Porfirio,  198. 

Dillon,  E.  J.,  435. 

Doane,  Bishop  William  C,  588. 

Doherty  Brothers,  R.  F.  and  H.  L.,  120. 

Douglas,  William  L.,  11,  402,  686. 

Dover,  Elmer,  297. 

Dundonald,  Lord  Douglas,  575. 

Du.se,  Eleanora,  and  F.  von  Lenbach's  daughter,  104. 

Eames,  Emma,  706. 

Edward  VII.  of  England,  657. 

Edwards,  Harry  Stilwell,  7. 

Erkko,  Eero,  76. 

Fairbanks,  Charles  W.,  5,  177,  528. 

Fairbanks,  Mrs.  Charles  W.,  178. 

Fairbanks,  Senator,  and  President  R>osevelt,  142. 

Fassett,  J.  Sloat,  400. 

Fessenden,  Reginald  A.,  197. 

Fielding,  William  S.,  576. 

Finsen,  Neils  R.,  101. 

Fisher,  Andrew,  225. 

Fisher,  Sir  John,  624. 

Fisher,  Sidney  A.,  576. 

Folk,  Joseph  W.,  273,  649. 

Francis,  David  Rowland,  682. 

Frazier,  James  B.,  651. 

Friedrich  August,  King  of  Saxony,  5311. 

Fushimi,  General  Prince,  662. 

Gaedke,  Colonel,  608. 

Gage,  Lyman  T.,  428. 

Garibaldi,  Giuseppe,  248. 

Gaston,  William  A.,  11. 

Gawalewicz.  Maryan,  74. 

Geay,  Monsigneur,  Bishop  of  Laval,  628. 

George,  W.  K.,  577. 

Ghent,  W.  .1.,  760. 

Gooding,  Frank  R.,  868. 

Gorman,  Arthur  P.,  293. 

Grey,  Countess,  571. 

Grey,  Karl,  154.  568,  570. 

Grippenberg,  General,  534. 

Guffey,  .1.  Si.,  293. 

Gutierrez,  Dr.,  58. 

Hall,  c.  Stanley,  255,  325. 

Hall,  Marguerite,  708. 

Hands,  Charles,  608. 

Ilanly.  .1.   Frank.  050. 

Harcourt,  Sir  William  Vernon.  511. 

Harris,  William  T.,  325. 

Harrison.  Francis  Burton,  524. 

Hasegawa,  General,  609, 


Hawthorne,  Nathaniel.  232. 

Hearn,  Lafcadio,  501. 

Hearst,  William  R..  8. 

Hecker,  Genevieve,  121. 

Helena,  Queen  of  Italy,  and  her  two  daughters,  404. 

Hendrix,  Joseph  ('.,  420. 

Hepburn,  A.  B..  420. 

Herrick,  D.  Cady,  401. 

Herrick,  Myron  T.,  427. 

Herzl  Theodor,  201. 

Hewlett,  Maurice,  124. 

Heyward,  Duncan  C,  651. 

Higgins,  Frank  W.,  398.  525,  650. 

Higgins,  Henry  B.,  226. 

Hill,  David  B.,  132,  261. 

Hill,  Walker,  427. 

Hiroaka,  Captain,  26. 

Hitchcock,  Ethan  Allen,  49. 

Hoar,  George  Frisbie,  551,  553.  554,  555. 

Hofmann,  Josef,  708. 

Holden,  Edward  S.,  366. 

Holden,  P.  G.,  531. 

Hornaday,  William  T..  119. 

Hornblower,  William  B.,  400. 

Hughes,  Rupert,  256. 

Hughes,  W.  M.,  225. 

Humbert,  Prince  of  Piedmont,  665. 

Hunt,  W.  H.,  153. 

Johnson,  John  A.,  648. 

Jones,  Samuel  M.,  354. 

Jordan,  David  Starr,  325. 

Joseffy,  Rafael,  708. 

Joyner,  James  Y.,  695. 

Kamimura,  Admiral,  151. 

Kaneko.  Kentaro,  23,  434. 

Katsura,  Count,  469. 

Kaulbars,  General,  659. 

Kern,  John  W.,  269. 

Kilgore,  B.  W.,  695. 

Konoye,  Prince,  99. 

Korea,  Emperor  of,  60. 

Kropotkin,  Prince  Peter,  729. 

Kuroki,  Tamesada,  General.  335. 

Kuropatkin,  Gen.  Alexei  N.,  210,  344,  441,  443.  444.  44." 

La  Follette,  Robert  M.,  525. 

Lamont,  Daniel  S.,  264. 

Lanham,  S.  W.  T.,  651. 

Lanier,  Henry  Wysham.  125. 

Laurier,  Sir  Wilfrid,  574. 

Lawrence,  Bishop  William,  588. 

Lea,  Preston,  664. 

Lee,  Gen.  Robert  E.,  754. 

Lenbaeh,  Franz  von.  104.  105. 

Leopold,  King  of  the  Belgians,  224. 

Lewis,  Alfred  Henry.  509. 

Liaiiir-Chi-Cliao,  Mr.,  405. 

Limantour,  Jos6  I.,  200. 

Linevitch,  General,  659. 

Littleton,  Martin  W.,  137. 

Lobingier,  Charles  S.,  25. 

Lorimer,  George,  511. 

Lounsbury,  George  E.,  283. 

Lowden,  Frank  O.,  296. 

Ma.  General,  216. 

McCarren,  Patrick  II.,  262. 

McClellan,  George  B.,  8. 

Macdowell,  Edward,  108. 

Macgregor,  Senator,  of  Australia.  220. 

McKim,  Rev.  Randolph  H.,  587. 

McLane.  John,  664. 

McLaunn,  A.  J.,  11. 

McLean,  John  R.,  292. 
Macy,  .Jesse,  701. 

Mahan,  Bryan  F..  10. 
Mahr,  John  (i.,  201. 
Malum.  Hugh,  220. 
Man-hand.  Major  Thomas,  485. 
Marconi,  (i ughelmo,  101. 
Markham,  Edwin,  622. 
Martin.  Thomas  S.,  202. 
Mead,  Albert   E.,  003. 
Menpes.  Mortimer,  382. 
Metcalf,  Victor  II..  144. 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  XXX. 


VII 


Meyendorff,  General,  412. 
Meyer,  Cord,  262. 
Michelson,  Miriam,  127. 
Mickey,  John  H.,  651. 
Mill,  H.  R.,  468. 

Mirsky,  Prince  Peter  Sviatopolk,  589. 
Mistchenko,  General,  535. 
Mitchell,  S.  Weir,  636. 
Money.  H.  D.,  11. 
Moody,  William  H.,  143. 
Morgan,  George,  124. 
Morley,  John,  549. 
Morocco,  Sultan  of,  23. 
Morton,  Paul,  144,  355. 

Mulai-Abd-El-Aziz,  Sultan  of  Morocco,  23. 
Munsterberg,  Hugo,  323. 
Murphy,  Charles  F.,  261. 
Murphy,  Franklin,  296. 
Murray,  Sir  John,  468. 
Nelson,  Nels  L.,  384. 
New,  Harry  S.,  297. 
Newcomb,  Simon,  323. 
Newell,  Frederick  H.,  50. 
Nicholas  II.,  and  the  Czarina,  614. 
Nicholas  II.,  four  daughters  of,  540. 
Nicholas  II.,  the  Czarina,  and  four  daughters,  342. 
Nichols,  W.  H.,  424. 
Nicoll,  De  Lancey,  290. 
Nodzu,  General  Baron  Michitsura,  150. 
Nogi,  Lieutenant-General,  277,  446. 
Nordenskjold,  Otto,  735. 
Nordez,  Monsigneur,  Bishop  of  Dijon,  628. 
Nordica,  Lillian,  707. 
Obolensky,  Prince  John,  411. 
Odell,  Benjamin  B.,  Jr.,  401. 
Oku,  General,  21. 
Okuma,  Count,  538. 
Olmsted,  Frederick  Law,  251. 
Oscar,  King  of  Sweden  and  Norway,  208,  472. 
Oyama,  Count,  149,  406. 
Parker,  Alton  B.,  130,  164-170,  261,  267,  391. 
Parker,  Mrs.  Alton  B.,  165. 
Parker,  Mrs.,  Mother  of  Alton  B.  Parker,  169. 
Parkman,  Francis,  254. 
Parry,  David  M.,  81. 
Parsons,  William  Barclay,  678. 
Paterson,  J.  Ford,  621. 
Pattison,  Robert  E.,  283. 
Payne,  Henry  O,  526. 
Peabody,  George  Foster,  263,  291. 
Peabody,  James  H.,  17. 
Peary,  Robert  E.,  467. 
Peck:  George  W.,  403. 
Perdicaris,  Ion,  23,  496. 
Petrarch,  the  poet,  359. 
Piuchot,  Gifford,  710. 
Pry  or,  Mrs  Roger  A.,  754. 
Quay,  Matthew  S.,  12. 
Quintana,  Manuel,  281. 
Rakosi,  Eugene,  590. 
Ramsay,  Sir  William,  426. 
Rawson,  Edward  K.,  639. 
Repplier,  Agnes,  637. 
Ridder,  Herman,  516. 
Roberts,  Henry,  650. 
Rodriguez,  Dr.  Enrique,  58. 
Rogers,  Howard  J.,  324. 
Rogers,  John,  736. 
Rojestventsky,  Vice-Admiral,  656. 
Rolfe,  William  J.,  758. 
Roosevelt,  Miss  Alice,  37. 
Roosevelt,  Mrs.  Theodore,  36. 
Roosevelt,  President,  and  family,  38. 
Roosevelt,  President,  Mrs.,  and  three  sons  on  horse- 
back, 40. 
Roosevelt,  President,  Notification  committee  of,  265. 
Roosevelt,  Theodore,  2,  34,  142. 
Rossetti,  Dante  Gabriel,  253. 
Royce,  Josiah,  325. 
Ryan,  T.  Ev  10,  292. 
Sakharoff,  Lieutenant-General,  412. 
Santos-Dumont,  Albertos,  122. 
Saxony,  King  Friedrich  August  of,  539. 


Schieren,  Charles  A.,  517. 

Schley,  Winfield  Scott,  636. 

Scott,  Nathan  B.,  296. 

Searles,  E.  Y.,  664. 

Severy,  Melvin,  127. 

Shaughnessy,  Sir  Thomas,  577. 

Shaw,  George  Bernard,  511. 

Sheehan,  William  F.,  135,  292,  654. 

Shimada,  Saburo,  92.      ( 

Shioya,  Sakae,  126. 

Siam,  King  and  Queen  of,  757. 

Skiff,  Frederick  J.  V.,  324. 

Small,  Albion  W.,  323. 

Smith,  Charles  Sprague,  255. 

Smith,  James,  Jr.,  291. 

Smith,  Sidney,  731. 

Stanley,  Caroline  Abbot,  123. 

Stanton,  Frank  L.,  759. 

Stoessel,  Gen.-Adjt.  A.  M.,  278,  660. 

Stokes,  Edward  C,  650. 

Stone,  Warren  S.,  388. 

Straus,  Nathan,  516. 

Stringer,  Lawrence  B.,  13. 

Suyematsu,  Baron,  202. 

Sw'inney,  E.  P.,  388. 

Swallow,  Silas  C,  145. 

Taggart,  Thomas,  261,  289. 

Tarte,  Joseph  I.,  576. 

Tawney,  James  A.,  297. 

Thayer,  John  R.,  11. 

Thomas,  Theodore,  707. 

Thompson,  John  F.,  428. 

Tinimons,  Mrs.  John  W.,  179. 

Toole,  Joseph  K.,  651. 

Tuttle,  Bishop  Daniel  S.,  587. 

"Twain,  Mark,"  122. 

Ukhtomsky,  Prince  Esper  Esperovitch,  72. 

Urban,  George  517. 

Utter,  George  H.,  650. 

Vacaresco,  Helene,  253. 

Van  Dyne,  Frederick,  255. 

Van  Vorst,  Mrs.  John,  127. 

Vardaman,  J.  K.,  11. 

Varley,  Cromwell,  23. 

Vecsey,  Desider,  708. 

Vest,  George  Graham,  258. 

Vizetelly,  Ernest  A.,  510. 

Von  Kriegelstein,  Bender,  608. 

Von  Plehve,  Katcheslav  C,  282. 

Von  Schierbrand,  Wolf,  256. 

Voynich,  Mrs.  E.  L.,  126. 

Wagner,  Charles,  329,  668. 

Walbridge,  Cyrus  P.,  274. 

Walcott,  Charles  D.,  51. 

Waldeck-Rousseau,  Pierre  Marie,  483. 

Wall,  Edward  C,  10. 

Ward,  William  L.,296. 

Warner,  Frederick  M.,  650. 

Watson,  J.  Durham,  421. 

Watson,  John  C,  225. 

Watson,  Miss  Agnes,  421. 

Watson,  Mrs.  Thomas  E.,  420. 

Watson,  Thomas  E.,  145,  419. 

Weingartner,  Felix,  707. 

Weisse,  C.  H.,  10. 

Well  man,  Francis  L.,  639. 

Wells,  Carolyn,  637. 

White,  Stewart  Edward,  125. 

Wiggin,  Albert  H.,  428. 

Wilhelm  II.,  of  Germany,  657. 

Williams,  Clark,  428. 

Williams,  John  Sharp,  11,  133,  270. 

Williams,  Margery,  126. 

Wilson,  James,  711. 

Wilson,  Woodrow,  325. 

Winston,  George  T.,  695. 

"Winter,  John  Strange,"  126. 

Winthrop,  Beekman,  153. 

Woodson,  Urey,  291. 

Woodward,  R.  S.,  325. 

Wynne,  Robert  J.,  527. 

Young,  George  W.,  429. 

Zangwill,  Israel,  665. 


via 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Portugal's  troubles  in  Africa,  583. 

Post-Office  Department:  Death  of  Mr.  Payne  and  pro- 
motion of  Mr.  Wynne,  526. 

Progress  of  the  World,  3,  181,  259,  387,  515,  648. 

Protestant  and  Catholic  churches  :  Is  a  union  of  them 
to  be  desired  ?  025. 

Prussia  and  her  Polish  subjects,  221. 

Pueblo  Indian  songs,  741. 

Quay,  Senator,  the  late,  12. 

Races,  The  white  vermis  the  black  and  yellow,  487. 
Railroad  accidents  in  the  United  States,  592. 
Railroad,  The  electric  interurban,  494. 
Record  of  Current  Events,  25,  153,  281,  411.  539,  663. 
Reed,  Dr.  Walter :   The  man  who  stamped  out  yellow 

fever,  231. 
Religion  and  science,  The  conflict  of,  366. 
Religious  gatherings,  Great,  532. 
Roosevelt,  Theodore  :  see  also  political  affairs. 
Roosevelt,  President,  as  Europe  sees  him,  299. 
Roosevelt,  President,  Senator  Lodge  on  popular  miscon- 
ceptions of,  598. 
Roosevelt,  Theodore,  as  a  Presidential  candidate,  35. 
Rosenthal,  Herman.     Herzl,  and  modern  Zionism,  201. 
Rosenthal,   Herman.      Prince    Mirksy,    Russia's    new 

minister  of  the  interior,  589. 
Russo-Japanese  War :  see  also  Russia,  Japan,  Korea, 
and  maps  and  diagrams. 

American  trade  interests  in  the  war  zone,  203. 

Bismarck's  chief  disciple  (Maximilian  Haarden)  on  the 
war,  474. 

Chronicle  of  the  war,  19-22,  26, 148-152,  154,  275-280,  282, 
40-4410,  412,  533-538,  540,  655-662,  665. 

European  opinion  on  the  war,  87. 

Expense,  relative,  of  the  war,  91. 

Japan  :  What  will  the  war  cost  her  ?  603. 

Japanese — Are  they  able  to  finance  a  long  war  ?  454. 

Japanese  army  communication  on  the  battlefield,  332. 

Japanese  Red  Cross  service,  219,  475. 

Japanese  victory,  Possible  effects  of  a,  92. 

Japan's  negative  victories,  723. 

Japan's  probable  terms  of  peace,  469. 

Mediation  by  America,  Russia's  attitude  toward,  724. 

Xanshan,  battle  of,  The  Story  of  the,  606. 

Port  Arthur  :  What  it  means  to  Japan,  718. 

Port  Arthur's  defense,  Captain  Mahan  on,  470. 

Russia  and  the  Dardanelles,  148. 

Russian  poverty  and  business  distress  as  intensified 
by  the  war,  449. 

Russia's  mistake  in  underestimating  Japan,  94. 

Scandinavia  :  Is  she  concerned  in  the  war  ?  472. 

Seven  months  of  war  :  a  Russian  view,  601. 

Tolstoy's  sermon  on  the  war,  213. 
Russia  :  see  also  Russo-Japanese  war,  Korea,  and  Fin- 
land. 

Anglo-Saxon  imperialism,  Has  Russia  been  the  vic- 
tim of,  480. 

Autocracy,  and  the  psychology  of  the  Slav,  614. 

Awakening  of,  90. 

( !zar,  Son  born  to,  280. 

Czar,  The,  at  home,  342. 

Icons  and  Iconolatry,  343. 

Industrial  conditions  in,  348. 

Loan,  New,  Proposed,  367. 

.Merchant  marine,  Russian,  The  development  of,  612. 

Mongolian  conquest  of,  116. 

Revolutionary  progress  in,  280. 

Russia  :  Is  she  to  establish  a  universal  empire?  721. 

Russian  boast  fulness,  A   Russian   condemnation  of, 

216. 
Russian  weakness — by  Russians,  346. 

Siberia,  Russian  emigration  to,  91. 

Siberia,  the  original  inhabitants  of,  866. 

Socialistic  movement  in.  728. 

State  hank  of,  to-day,  217. 

Von  Plehve,  Assassination  of,  280. 

Vim  Plehve,  Late  minister,  atypical  bureaucrat, 845. 
Von  Plehve  s  successor :  A  change  of  policy  f  178. 

Salvation  ARMY  :  Commander  Booth  Tuck,  rand  his 
work  in  America,  558. 

Salvation  Army's  latest  problem.   186. 


Sanborn,  Alvan  F.,  Two  French  apostles  of  courage  in 
America,  329. 

Sand,  George,  centenary,  The,  233. 

Santiago,  battle  of.  Admiral  C'ervera's  account  of,  237. 

Science  and  religion,  The  conflict  of,  366. 

Science,  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of, 
An  American  scientist  on.  617. 

Scotland,  Church  disestablishment  in,  627. 

Shipp,  Thomas  R.  Charles  Warren  Fairbanks,  Re- 
publican candidate  for  Vice-President,  176. 

Simplon  tunnel,  Constructing  the,  100. 

Sleeping  sickness,  The  :  What  it  is  and  how  it  kills,  370. 

Smythe,  William  E.:  Triumph  of  national  irrigation,  49. 

Southern  progress,  273. 

Spain,  Prostration  of  education  and  literature  in,  361. 

State  Department :  Our  successful  diplomacy,  146. 

Stead,  W.  T.     Canada's  new  governor-general,  569. 

Stead,  W.  T.  Japan  and  the  resurrection  of  Poland,  562. 

Sullivan,  M.  C.  How  the  Japanese  communicate  in 
battle.  332. 

Suter,  H.  M.     An  American  forestry  congress,  709. 

Suvematsu,  Baron,  on  the  aims  of  Japan,  202. 

Sweden  and  Norway  :  Why  they  are  at  odds,  208. 

Swimming,  How  a  woman  may  learn,  111. 

Tariff  question,  postponement  of  the,  143. 

Taggart,  Thomas,  289. 

Tariff,  The,  and  the  trusts,  491. 

"Tears,  Salt,''  under  the  microscope,  369. 

Telegraphy,  Wireless,  to-day,  191. 

Temperature  :  Chemistry  of  extreme  heat  and  cold,  102.. 

Tibet,  England  at  war  with,  24. 

Tibet,  England  explains  about,  147. 

Tibet,  LamaLsm  of,  The,  108. 

Tibet,  The  English  in  :  A  Russian  view.  220. 

Tibetan  treaty,  British,  410. 

Thrush,  The  song  of  the,  236. 

Tolstoy's  sermon  on  the  Russo-Japanese  war,  213. 

Trusts,  The,  from  the  investor's  point  of  view,  240. 

Turin  Library  fire,  the,  Loss  to  literature  by,  234. 

Turkey,  Affairs  in,  403. 

Turkey's  concessions  to  American  government,  275. 

Ukhtomsky,  Prince,  a  Russian  of  the  Russians,  72. 
United  States,  The,  and  the  world's  peace  movement,  671. 
United  States,  The,  in  the  Mediterranean,  358. 

Van  Norman,  Louis  E.    President  Roosevelt  as  Europe 

sees  him,  299. 
Verne,  Jules,  on  himself  and  others,  112. 
Vou  Schierbrand,  Wolf.     American  trade  interests  in 

the  [Russo-Japanese]  war  zone,  203. 

Wagner,  Pastor  Charles,  329,  688. 

Wales,  Home  rule  for,  501. 

Wall  Street  as  viewed  by  Henry  Clews,  239. 

Wallace,  Alfred  Russel,  499. 

War  correspondent,  The  end  of  the,  607. 

Watson,  Thomas  E.,  419. 

Wellman,  Walter.  The  United  States  and  the  world's 
peace  movement,  671. 

Wellman,  Walter.  Thomas  E.  Watson  :  Populist  can- 
didate, 419. 

Wells,  A.  J.     Tilling  the  "  tules"  of  California,  312. 

West,  The  progressive,  and  the  St.  Louis  Fair,  16. 

Williams,  Talcott.  George  Frisbie  Hoar  :  A  character 
sketch.  551. 

Winslow,  Florence  E.  The  Episcopal  convention  at 
Boston,  586. 

Wood,  H.I,.    Sketch  of  William  L.  Douglas.  686. 

World,  The  opened,  460. 

Worms,  Parasitic,  623. 

Wynne,  Robert  J.,  Promoted  to  Postmaster-General- 
ship, 527. 

YARROS,  Victor  S.     This  year's  strikes  and  the  indus- 
trial situation,  480. 
Yellow  fever.  The  man  who  stamped  it  out,  231. 
Yellow  Peril,  Is  there  really  a ,f  748. 

Yellow  Peril,  The.  A  Chinaman  on,  287. 
Yellow  Peril,  The,  A  Japanese  on,  350. 

Zionism,  The  evolution  of.  730. 


The    American    Monthly    Review    of    Reviews, 
edited  by  albert  shaw. 

CONTENTS    FOR    JULY,    1904. 


Theodore  Roosevelt Frontispiece 

The  Progress  of  the  World — 

The  Republican  Conventions  of  1900  and  1904.. .  3 

Theodore  Roosevelt  in  1904 3 

The  Original  Anti-Roosevelt  Group 3 

The  Two  Pro- Roosevelt  Groups 4 

If  McKinley  Had  Lived 4 

Roosevelt  as  President 4 

The  Offended  Corporations 5 

Loved  for  the  Enemies  He  Had  Made 5 

The  Democratic  Situation 6 

A  Prearranged  Republican  Programme 7 

Candidates  for  the  Vice- Presidency 8 

Results  of  the  Hearst  Movement 8 

Folk  as  a  "  Dark  Horse  " 9 

The  Campaign  and  Its  Management 9 

From  the  Democratic  View-point 10 

Roosevelt  as  the  Issue 11 

Two  Changes  in  the  Cabinet 11 

Knox  and  Quay 12 

Deneen,  Yates,  and  Illinois  Politics 12 

La  Follette  and  the  Wisconsin  Situation 12 

Wisconsin  and  the  National  Ticket 13 

La  Follette  Defeated  at  Chicago 14 

Progress  of  La  Follette's  Measures 15 

Politics  in  Minnesota 15 

Iowa's  Sect  of  "  Stand-Patters  " 15 

Development  of  the  Northwest 15 

Educational  Progress 15 

The  Progressive  West  and  the  Fair 16 

The  Vast  Show  at  St.  Louis 16 

Colorado's  Reign  of  Lawlessness 17 

New  York's  Steamboat  Horror 18 

Siege  of  Port  Arthur 19 

A  Japanese  Victory 20 

Attempt  to  Rescue  Port  Arthur 20 

A  Russian  Defeat 21 

Three  Japanese  Transports  Sunk 21 

Russia's  Internal  Troubles 21 

New  War  Loans 22 

The  Kidnaping  in  Morocco 23 

England  at  War  with  Tibet 24 

With  portraits  of  Charles  W.  Fairbanks,  Frank  S. 
Black,  Albert  J.  Beveridge,  Harry  S.  Edwards, 
Joseph  B.  Cotton,  George  B.  McClellan,  William  R. 
Hearst,  W.  Bourke  Cockran,  C.  H.  Weisse,  T.  E. 
Ryan,  Neal  Brown,  Edward  C.  Wall,  Homer  S. 
Cummings,  Bryan  F.  Mahan,  A.  J.  McLaurin,  Gov- 
ernor Vardaman,  John  S.  Williams,  H.  D.  Money, 
Patrick  A.  Collins,  William  L.  Douglas,  John  R. 
Thayer,  William  A.  Gaston,  the  late  Matthew  S. 
Quay,  Charles  S.  Deneen,  Lawrence  B.  Stringer, 
Edwin  A.  Alderman,  James  H.  Peabody,  Sherman 
Bell,  General  Oku,  Kentaro  Kaneko,  Mulai-Abd-el- 
Aziz,  Ion  Perdicaris,  Cromwell  Varley,  Stephen 
Decatur,  and  Rear-Admiral  Chadwick,  and  car- 
toons and  other  illustrations. 

Record  of  Current  Events 25 

Current  History  in  Cartoons 28 

Theodore  Roosevelt  as  a  Presidential  Candi- 
date       35 

By  a  Delegate  to  the  National  Convention. 
With  portraits  of  President  Roosevelt,  Mrs.  Roosevelt, 
Miss  Alice  Roosevelt,  and  two  family  groups. 

The  Record  of  the  Republican  Party 43 

By  Elihu  Root. 
The  Triumph  of  National  Irrigation 49 

By  William  E.  Smythe. 
With  portraits  of  Ethan  Allen  Hitchcock,  Frederick 
Haynes  Newell,  and  Charles  D.  Walcott. 


Solving  the  Health  Problem  at  Panama 52 

By  Col.  William  C.  Gorgas.    With  illustrations. 

The    Porto   Rican   Government's    Fight  with 

Anemia 57 

By  Adam  C.  Haeselbarth. 
With  portraits  of  Drs.  Ashford,  Rodriguez,  Gutierrez, 
and  Cestero,  and  other  illustrations. 

Government  Care  of  Consumptives 59 

By  Oliver  P.  Newman.    With  illustrations. 

Battleships,  Mines,  and  Torpedoes 65 

By  Park  Benjamin.     With  illustrations. 

Prince  Ukhtomsky,  a  Russian  of  the  Russians     72 

With  a  portrait  of  Prince  Ukhtomsky. 
What  the  People  Read  in  Poland  and  Finland     73 
With  portraits  of  Maryan  Gawalewicz  and  Eero  Erkko. 
Canada's  Commercial  and  Industrial  Expan- 
sion       77 

By  P.  T.  McGrath. 

Leading  Articles  of  the  Month — 

Organized  Capital  versus  Organized  Labor 81 

The  American  Soldier  in  the  Philippines 83 

Ex-President  Cleveland  on  the  Strike  of  1894 84 

Russian  "  Reform"  in  Finland 86 

The  Russo-Japanese  War  and  European  Opinion  87 

The  Awakening  of  Russia 90 

The  Relative  Expense  of  the  War 91 

Russian  Emigration  to  Siberia 91 

The  Possible  Effects  of  a  Japanese  Victory 92 

Korea,  Japan,  and  Russia 93 

Russia's  Mistake, — A  Frank  Russian  Comment  94 

The  Mongolian  Conquest  of  Russia 96 

The  New  Woman  of  New  Japan 98 

The  Status  of  Japanese  Nobility 99 

Constructing  the  World's  Greatest  Tunnel 100 

Finsen  and  His  Light  Cure 100 

The  Chemistry  of  Extreme  Heat  and  Cold 102 

The  Music  of  Edward  MacDowell 103 

Franz  von  Lenbach,  the  Painter 104 

A  Pioneer  Spanish  Journalist  and  Publicist. . . .  106 

Books  and  Libraries  for  Children 107 

The  Lamaism  of  Tibet 108 

What  Emigration  May  Mean  to  Italy 109 

How  a  Woman  May  Learn  to  Swim Ill 

112 


Jules  Verne  on  Himself  and  Others. 


With  portraits  of  David  M.  Parry,  General  Bobrikoff, 
Saburo  Shimada,  the  late  Prince  Konoye,  Professor 
Finsen,  Edward  MacDowell,  Franz  von  Lenbach, 
Eleanora  Duse  and  Lenbach's  daughter,  and  Prince 
Bismarck,  and  other  illustrations. 

Briefer  Notes  on  Topics  in  the  Periodicals.  .  .  113 

With  illustrations. 

New  Books  for  Summer  Reading 119 

With  portraits  of  William  T.  Hornaday,  R.  F.  and  H.  L. 
Doherty,  Genevieve  Hecker,  Josephine  Dodge  Das- 
kam,  Albertos  Santos-Dumont,  and  Mark  Twain. 

The  Season's  Novels 123 

With  portraits  of  Winston  Churchill,  Caroline  Abbot 
Stanley,  Maurice  Hewlett,  George  Morgan,  Ezra 
Brudno,  Stewart  Edward  White,  Margery  Williams, 
Mrs.  E.  L.  Voynich,  John  Strange  Winter,  Sakae 
Shioya,  Miriam  Michelson,  Mrs.  John  Van  Vorst, 
Melvin  L.  Severy,  and  Henry  W.  Lanier. 

Novels  of  the  Month 128 


TERMS:  $2.50  a  year  in  a  lvance;  25  cents  a  number.  Foreign  postage  Sl.UO  a  year  additional.  Subscribers  may  remit  to  us 
by  post-office  or  express  money  orders,  or  by  bank  checks,  drafts,  or  registered  letters.  Money  in  letters  is  at  senders' 
risk.  Renew  as  early  as  possible,  in  order  to  avoid  a  break  in  the  receipt  of  the  numbers.  Bookdealers.  Postmasters,  and 
Newsdealers  receive  subscriptions.  (Subscriptions  to  the  English  Review  of  Reviews,  which  is  edited  and  published  by 
Mr.  W.  T.  Stead  in  London,  may  be  sent  to  this  officii,  and  orders  for  single  copies  can  also  be  tilled,  at  the  price  of  $2.50 
for  the  yearly  subscription,  including  postage,  or  £5  cents  for  single  copies.)  THE  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  CO., 
13  Astor  Place,  New  York  City. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Pach  Bros.,  New  York. 


TH  FOOORF    ROOSFVELT. 


(Nominated  for  President  by  the  Republican  National  Convention,  at  Chicago,  June  23,  1904.) 


The  American  Monthly 


Vol.  XXX. 


Review  of  Reviews. 

NEW   YORK,   JULY,    1904. 


No.  1, 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


The  Republican  The  Republican  hosts  were  gathered 
cS'\"^'oni   at  Chicago  last  month  under  circum- 

of  1900  ana  o 

1904.  stances  resembling  in  many  respects 
those  that  attended  the  great  convention  at 
Philadelphia  four  years  ago.  No  man  came  to 
Philadelphia  to  object  to  the  renomination  of 
William  McKinley,  to  whom  it  had  been  unani- 
mously agreed  in  advance  that  a  renomination 
should  be  granted.  Neither  were  there  at  Phila- 
delphia any  pronounced  differences  touching  any 
point  of  public  policy  ;  so  that  the  platform- 
makers  had  an  easy  task  before  them.  The 
selection  of  a  Vice-Presidential  candidate  at 
Philadelphia  involved  no  struggle  or  controversy 
as  between  candidates.  Mr.  Roosevelt  did  not 
wish  to  go  on  the  national  ticket  ;  but  inasmuch 
as  he  was  the  most  striking  and  popular  figure 
present  at  the  convention,  the  demand  for  him 
grew  to  such  proportions  that  it  took  the  form 
•of  a  party  mandate  which  no  member  of  the 
party  in  public  life  and  in  vigorous  health  could 
well  have  refused.  The  party  had  won  its  great 
money  fight  in  1896,  and  a  revival  of  prosperity 
liad  justified  its  financial  and  business  policies. 
The  Spanish  War,  meanwhile,  had  been  fought, 
the  Philippines  had  been  acquired,  and  Cuban 
reconstruction  had  been  fairly  entered  upon. 
The  policy  of  expansion  as  pursued  by  Mr. 
McKinley's  administration  and  supported  by  a 
Republican  Congress  had  held  the  firm  and  un- 
divided support  of  the  party, — as  had  all  other 
policies  of  a  more  or  less  traditional  sort  with 
which  Republicanism  had  by  cumulation  and 
accretion  become  identified. 


Theodore 
Roosevelt 
in  1904. 


Thus,  the  Republican  convention  at 
Philadelphia  was  a  veritable  love 
feast,  so  far  as  the  rank  and  file  of 
the  party  were  concerned.  It  is  true  enough 
that  there  were  undercurrents  of  strife  and  con- 
troversy among  political  leaders  ;  but  this  will 
always  be  true  in  every  political  party,  even 
when  the  tides  of  harmony  and  enthusiasm  rise 
to  their  very  highest.     Mr.  Roosevelt  had  been 


placed  upon  the  ticket  by  the  united  efforts  of 
men  whose  motives  were  as  different  as  could 
well  be  imagined.  The  regular  political  leaders 
in  New  York  and  Pennsylvania  had  brought 
him  forward  for  the  Vice-Presidency  at  the  per- 
emptory dictation  of  trusts  and  franchise  cor- 
porations, for  the  purpose  of  removing  him  from 
his  sphere  of  political  activity  in  the  State  of 
New  York.  No  sooner  had  he  been  nominated 
than  the  heads  of  these  corporations,  together 
with  their  political  tools,  boasted  openly  that 
they  had  shelved  him,  and  that  his  political  ca- 
reer was  at  an,  end.  As  early  as  the  preceding 
February,  he  had  definitely  declared  himself  a 
candidate  for  a  second  term  as  Governor  of  the 
State  of  New  York.  He  had  given  a  highly 
efficient  State  administration,  and  had  set  on 
foot  various  important  reforms  which  could  not 
be  completed  until  another  year  or  more.  But 
so  solidly  had  public  opinion  placed  itself  be- 
hind these  well-launched  projects  that  their  mo- 
mentum carried  them  to  a  safe  issue, — Governor 
Odell's  influence  aiding  powerfully  in  securing 
the  adoption  by  the  Legislature  of  such  notable 
reforms  as  those  proposed  by  the  Tenement 
House  Commission  and  the  New  York  City 
Charter  Commission,  not  to  mention  various 
other  matters. 


T,.   r,  ■  ■    ,   It  was  not  for  these  things,  however, 

The  Original  <=>   ' 

Anti-Roosevelt  that  Governor  Roosevelt  had  aroused 
Group.  £ne  ip.wm  Qf  ^]ie  corporation  man- 
agers, but  rather  for  a  measure  which  touched 
some  of  them  in  their  most  sensitive  spot. 
Against  powerful  pressure,  he  had  cordially  sup- 
ported and  cheerfully  signed  the  Ford  franchise 
bill,  which  subjected  street-railway,  gas,  electric, 
and  other  public-service  corporations  to  taxation 
upon  the  basis  of  the  actual  value  of  their  prop- 
erty, precisely  as  other  property-owners  are 
subjected  to  taxation.  The  corporations  seemed 
to  think  that  if  they  could  banish  Roosevelt 
from  New  York  State  affairs  they  could  secure  a 
repeal  of  that  measure.   They  have  not  succeeded 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHL  Y  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


(let  it  l>e  said  in  passing);  for  the  reason  that  tin; 
same  processes  <  if  argument  and  discussion  which 
convinced  the  governor  convinced  the  public  at 
the  same  time  ;  and  so  the  Ford  tax  law  is  likely 
to  stand  for  many  years  to  come  as  a  mark  of 
the  courage  and  fidelity  shown  by  Mr.  Roosevelt 
when  governor  of  the  Empire  State. 

_.    ,.  Another  set  of  men  at  Philadelphia 

The  Two  ,  *         t>  1 

Pro-Roosevelt  who  took  up  the  cry  for  Koosevelt 
Groups.  ag  ^u>  S(,(.()11(|  member  of  the  ticket 
of  1000  were  delegates  from  Kansas,  Colorado, 
and  other  States  in  the  trans-Missouri  and  so- 
called  cowboy  regions,  where  the  combination 
of  Populism  and  Democracy  under  Bryan's 
leadership  had  swept  everything  before  it  in 
1896.  These  men  were  considering  nothing  but 
their  own  concrete  situations.  They  wanted  to 
gain  local  Republican  victories,  and  they  be- 
lieved that  Roosevelt's  name  on  the  ticket  would 
help  them  in  their  work.  Third,  and  most 
numerous  by  far,  among  the  supporters  of  Roose- 
velt at  Philadelphia  were  those  who  might  fairly 
be  called  his  personal  followers.  They  were  the 
men  who  had  set  their  hearts  upon  having  him  for 
President  of  the  country  in  due  time,  and  their 
only  chance  to  do  him  honor  at  Philadelphia 
was  to  support  him  for  the  second  place  on  the 
ticket.  He  begged  them  not  to  do  it,  and  their 
attitude  was  very  illogical.  Their  enthusiasm, 
however,   was  sincere    and    unselfish,   and  they 


made  no  secret  of  their  intention  to  do  every- 
thing in  their  power  to  place  him  at  the  head 
of  the  ticket  in  1904. 

Mr.  Roosevelt  accepted  the  situation 
lfHadCLiue'dy  ^e  a  g°°d  soldier,  although  it  was 
wholly  contrary  to  his  desires.  He 
made  a  great  campaign,  and  added  everywhere 
to  his  acquaintanceship  and  popularity.  Even 
if  Mr.  McKinley  had  lived.  President  Roosevelt 
would  have  been  the  foremost  Republican  can- 
didate for  nomination  this  year.  His  friends, 
however,  would  probably  have  been  obliged  to 
make  quite  as  hard  a  fight  for  his  nomination  as 
McKinley's  friends  had  made  at  St.  Louis  in 
1896.  The  young  men  of  the  country  would 
have  bestirred  themselves  in  a  way  almost  or 
quite  without  precedent  in  the  history  of  our 
politics.  Yet  the  conditions  would  have  been 
so  different  that  it  requires  a  very  active  imagi- 
nation to  conjure  them  up.  For  it  is  hard  to 
think  of  Roosevelt  apart  from  the  record  he 
has  made  as  a  public  man  in  the  past  three  years.. 
"With  McKinley  surviving,  Roosevelt  as  Vice- 
President  would  indeed  have  added  every  day" 
to  his  knowledge  of  public  men  and  contempo- 
rary affairs,  but  there  would  have  been  no  oppor- 
tunity for  him  to  impress  upon  the  country  his 
decisive  and  courageous  methods  as  an  executive^ 
officer,  and  very  little  opportunity  to  give  ex- 
pression to  his  opinions,  in  view  of  the  tradi- 
tions that  surround  the 
Vice-Presidential  office  and 
the  unwritten  law  that  re- 
stricts the  incumbent's  ac- 
tivities. 


Roosevelt  as 
President. 


INTEKIOH  VIEW  OF  THE  COLISEUM,  THE   REPUBLICAN  CONVENTION    HA  I.I.  AT  CHICAGO. 


The  death  of 
Mr.  McKinley 
almost  immedi- 
ately made  clear  to  the 
country  the  great  qualities 
of  the  man  who  had  been 
named  as  his  "running 
mate."  Mr.  Roosevelt 
stepped  into  the  Presidency 
with  modesty,  but  not  with 
weakness.  He  accepted  the 
McKinley  cabinet,  and 
worked  with  every  member 
of  it  in  most  perfect  har- 
mony and  personal  loyalty. 
To  all  policies  or  specific 
actions  where  Mr.  McKin- 
ley had  to  any  extent  com- 
mitted himself,  President- 
Roosevelt  gave-  full  and 
prompt    support.      Gradu- 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


ally,  but  inevitably,  he  took 
his  rank  as  one  of  the  great- 
est executives  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  country,  and  as 
the  dominant  intellect  and 
master-spirit  of  the  Repub- 
lican party. — while  yet  show- 
ing himself  President  of  the 
whole  people,  and  never  a 
partisan  in  a  narrow  sense 
unbecoming  to  the  chief  mag- 
istracy. Thus,  as  President, 
Mr.  Roosevelt's  earlier  hold 
upon  the  younger  men  of  his 
own  party  throughout  the 
country  was  vastly  strength- 
ened from  month  to  month. 

The   chief  strain 
Offended     of    his    adminis- 

Corporations.  tration     came 

again,  as  in  the  case  of  his 
term  as  Governor  of  New 
York,  through  the  effort  of 
private  corporate  interests  to 
control  the  making  and  exe- 
cution of  laws  in  this  coun- 
try. It  is  unnecessary  here 
to  review  once  more  the 
familiar  story  of  President 
Roosevelt's  attempt  to  en- 
force the  Sherman  anti-trust 
law,  and  that  other  familiar 
story  of  his  successful  efforts 
to  break  the  deadlock  in  the 
anthracite-coal  strike  and  se- 
cure at  once  two  great  boons, 
— first,  that  of  providing  the 
public  with  fuel  in  the  dead 
of  winter,  and,  second,  the 
employment  of  arbitration 
as  a  means  for  settling  the 
most  serious  labor  trouble  in 
the  history  of  the  country. 
For  his  undertaking  to  en- 
force the  anti-trust  law,  and 
for    his    breaking    the    coal 

strike,  the  men  who  control  the  great  corpora- 
tions were  deeply  offended,  and  were  determined 
to  punish  him  by  preventing  his  nomination 
in  1904.  Their  futile  attempts  to  play  an 
astute  and  winning  game  in  politics,  if  narrated 
in  full,  would  make  a  long  and  interesting  chap- 
ter. Working  hand -in-hand  with  them  were 
many  Republican  leaders  who  joined  with  ap- 
parent good-will  in  making  Mr.  Roosevelt's  no- 
mination unanimous  at  Chicago,  a  few  days 
ago. 


SENATOR  CHARLES  W.  FAIRBANKS,  OF  INDIANA. 

(Republican  candidate  for  Vice-President.) 


The  very  stars  in  their  courses  had 
Enemies  He    f ought    for   Roosevelt's    nomination. 

Had  Made.      Qne    ftf  fcer    anotherj   the  props    Qf    the 

anti-Roosevelt  movement  had  fallen  away.  The 
last  of  them  had  disappeared  some  months  ago. 
The  exposures  and  disasters  that  had  overtaken 
many  Wall  Street  enterprises,  with  the  discomfi- 
ture and  loss  of  prestige  of  many  so-called  captains 
of  industry  and  leaders  of  finance,  had  greatly 
strengthened  the  Roosevelt  position  and  corre- 
spondingly weakened  the  attacks  of  his  adver- 


6 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


saries.  Furthermore,  there  began  to  echo  up  and 
down  throughout  the  country,  in  ever-increas- 
ing volume,  a  chorus  of  which  the  retrain  was 
••  We  love  him  for  the  enemies  he  has  made." 
It  became  plain  enough  that  for  every  word  and 
for  every  dollar  Wall  Street  could  offer  against 
Roosevelt's  nomination,  a  new  Roosevelt  voter 
was  sure  to  step  forward  to  resent  Wall  Street's 
attempt  to  govern  the  country.  And  so,  seeing 
the  total  uselessness  of  trying  to  stem  such  a  tide, 
the  anti-Roosevelt  movement,  which  had  in  fact 
proposed  to  dictate  nominations  for  both  parties, 
gave  up  the  Republican  situation  as  hopeless 
and  concentrated  its  attention  upon  the  effort 
to  secure  in  the  Democratic  party  the  return  to 
so-called  "conservatism"  and  "sanity." 

AVhat  the  result  of  these  efforts  may 
Democratic  be  we  shall  know  better  a  week  or 
ituation.  £en  jayS  after  this  magazine  reaches 
its  subscribers  than  any  man  could  tell  in  the 
latter  days  of  June.  It  is  certain,  however,  that 
the  widespread  belief  that  the  great  preliminary 
canvass  for  Judge  Parker's  nomination  had  been 
chiefly  organized  and  financed  by  Wall  Street 
interests    was    causing    apprehension    in    many 


HON.    MtANK    S.    III.ACK,    OF    XKW    YOliK. 

(Who  made  the  speech  nominating  President  Roosevelt .  I 


SENATOR  A.   J.   BEVERIDGE.   OF   INDIANA. 

(Who  seconded  President  Roosevelt's  nomination.) 

Democratic  circles.  And  it  began  to  be  thought 
that  this  impression  might  not  improbably  re- 
sult in  Judge  Parker's  failure  to  secure  the  cov- 
eted honor  at  St.  Louis.  As  these  pages  were 
written,  everything  pointed  to  a  spirited  and 
highly  interesting  Democratic  convention.  Mr. 
Bryan's  renomination  in  1900  was  inevitable  ; 
his  nomination  in  1896,  on  the  other  hand,  had 
been  wholly  unexpected,  and  the  convention  had 
made  a  striking  and  important  chapter  in  Amer- 
ican political  history.  Whatever  the  fallacies  or 
delusions  which  held  the  minds  of  a  majority  of 
that  convention,  it  was  a  truly  democratic  body, 
made  up  of  men  who  knew  their  own  minds  and 
obeyed  their  own  wills  and  consciences.  And 
thus,  the  Democratic  convention  of  1896  will  go 
down  to  history  as  a  splendid  body,  swayed  by 
strong  convictions  and  moved  by  a  spirit  of  po- 
litical idealism  that  is  a  more  reassuring  and 
valuable  quality  in  a  self  governing  people  than 
merely  correcl  opinions  without  ardor  or  ideals. 
The  convention  of  1904  will  not  be  "cut-and- 
dried." 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


MR.  HARRY  STILWELL  EDWARDS,  OF  GEORGIA. 


A  Prearranged 


The  executive  group  of  the  National 
Republican"  Democratic  Committee,  in  session  at 

Programme.     gt    Louig  for  several  dayg  lagt  month, 

could  not  approach  an  agreement  even  upon  the 
name  of  a  temporary  chairman.  Nothing  what- 
soever had  been  worked  out  in  advance  by  com- 
mon consent.  It  was  plain  that  the  convention 
would  be  a  fighting  body,  and  would  make  its 
own  choices  and  decisions  from  the  first  hour  to 
the  last.  In  all  this  it  was  to  be  the  precise  an- 
tithesis of  the  Republican  convention  at  Chicago. 
Never,  indeed,  had  any  great  convention  had  its 
plans  more  carefully  worked  out  in  advance 
than  the  one  which  opened  in  the  Coliseum  on 
June  21.  The  death  of  Senator  Hanna,  who 
was  chairman  of  the  National  Committee,  had 
left  that  position  to  be  filled  by  Postmaster- 
General  Henry  C.  Payne,  of  Wisconsin,  who 
had  long  been  vice-chairman.  The  retirement 
of  Mr.  Perry  Heath  had  been  followed  by  the 
temporary  appointment  to  the  position  of  secre- 
tary of  the  committee  of  Mr.  Elmer  Dover,  who 
had  been  Senator  Hanna's  private  secretary.  It 
was  known  that  Mr.  Payne  would  call  the  conven- 
tion to  order,  and  that  the  Hon.  Elihu  Root 
would  be  made  temporary  chairman  and  would 
in  a  carefully  prepared  speech  set  forth  the 
dominant  principles  of  the  administration  and 


of  the  party,  recount  Republican  achievements, 
and  strike  the  keynote  of  the  campaign.  We 
publish  elsewhere  in  this  number  an  epitome  of 
Mr.  Root's  notable  effort.  It  was  also  known 
that  Speaker  Cannon  would  be  made  permanent 
chairman  of  the  contention,  that  the  Hon.  Frank 
S.  Black  would  make  the  speech  placing  M  r. 
Roosevelt  in  nomination,  and  that  the  first 
seconding  speech  would  be  made  by  Senator 
Beveridge,  of  Indiana,  who  would  be  followed 
by  Messrs.  Knight  of  California,  Edwards  of 
Georgia,  Cotton  of  Minnesota,  and  one  or  two 
others.  It  was  known  that  Senator  Lodge,  of 
Massachusetts,  would  be  chairman  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Resolutions,  and  that  a  document  pre- 
pared by  him  well  in  advance  would,. — after  due 
criticism  and  more  or  less  revision  at  the  hands 
of  his  committee  colleagues, — be  reported  and 
adopted  by  the  convention.  Furthermore,  it 
was  well  enough  known,  through  semi-official 
report  and  by  unavoidable  inference,  almost  ex- 
actly what  this  platform  would  say  upon  all 
topics  of  major  importance.  It  was  known, 
again,  what  man  in  every  State,  with  a  possible 
exception  or  two,  would  be  selected  for  national 
committeeman,  and  it  was  known  that  these 
gentlemen  upon  coming  together  would  choose 
Mr.  Cortelyou,  Secretary  of  the  Department  of 
Commerce  and  Labor,  as  chairman  of  the  commit- 
tee, for  the  purpose  of  managing  the  campaign. 


MR.  JOSEPH  B.  COTTON,  OF  MINNESOTA. 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


„    _,..,  .       About  the   onlv  matter  of  high   im- 
Candidates  ,  .   , J  ,        °    .        , 

for  the  Vice-  portanee  which  was  not  determined 
Presidency.  jn  a(jvance  pv  common  agreement 
had  to  do  with  the  choice  of  a  candidate  for  the 
Vice-Presidency.  As  the  time  for  holding  the 
convention  approached  it  still  seemed  fairly 
probable,  as  set  forth  in  these  pages  a  month  ago, 
that  Congressman  Ilitt,  of  Illinois,  would  be  the 
successful  candidate.  Senator  Fairbanks,  of 
Indiana,  however,  had  come  forward  as  a  so- 
called  receptive  candidate,  and  in  many  quarters 
there  were  evidences  of  active  work  done  on  his 
behalf.  Geographical  considerations  also  entered 
into  the  question.  By  the  time  the  convention 
had  assembled,  the  opinion  prevailed  among  the 
delegates  that  Indiana  would  be  a  more  "  doubt- 
ful "  State  this  year  then  Illinois.    Finally,  the  ac- 


tion of  the  delegates  from  New  York,  President 
Roosevelt's  own  State,  in  accepting  Fairbanks  as 
their  candidate,  assured  him  the  nomination. 


Results  of 


The   last  hard   preliminary  struggle 

theHearst    made    by  supporters  of    the  Hearst 

Movement.    movement    Was    for    control    of    the 

convention  which  named  delegates-at-large  from 

Illinois,  and  it  was  successful.      It  had  for  some 

time  been  evident  to  everybody  that  Mr.  Hearst 


Copyright,  i-j  i.i'v  Pacfa  Broi.,  New  York, 

HON.  GEORGE   B.   M'CLELLAN,  OF  NEW  YORK. 


HON.    WILLIAM    R.    HEARST,  OF  NEW   YORK. 

could  not  be  nominated  under  any  circumstances. 
It  was  known  that  the  votes  pledged  to  Parker, 
as  well  as  those  of  several  other  State  delega- 
tions, would  not  under  any  circumstances  lend 
their  countenance  to  Mr.  Hearst's  ambitions, 
and  they  were  sufficient,  under  the  two-thirds 
rule,  easily  to  prevent  his  nomination.  It  began 
to  appear,  however,  that  the  Hearst  vote,  togeth- 
er with  that  of  certain  uninstructed  delegations 
known  to  be  unfriendly  to  the  Parker  move- 
ment, mighl  effectually  block  the  progress  of 
the  candidate  who  was  certain  to  have  the  lead 
on  the  early  ballots.  Although,  as  we  have  al- 
ready said,  predictions  are  useless,  the  remark 
may  be  ventured  that,  if  the  Democrats,  like  the 
Republicans,  nominated  by  a  simple  majority 
instead  of  by  a  two-thirds  vote,  Judge  Parker's 
chances  would  have  been  very  substantial.  Mean- 
while, there  were  increasing  rumors  of  mysteri- 
ous consultations  and  tentative  schemes  looking 
toward  the  nomination  of  a  so-called  dark  horse. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


Folk  as  a 
'Dark  Horse. 


Among    Eastern 
,  men,    the    man 

most  likely  to  be 
brought  forward  was  sup- 
posed to  be  Mayor  McClel- 
lan,  of  New  York.  Among 
"Western  men,  the  name  most 
to  be  conjured  with  was  that 
of  Mr.  Folk,  of  Missouri. 
Mr.  Folk,  after  a  long  can- 
vass before  the  Democratic 
voters  of  his  State,  had  made 
himself  certain  of  the  nomi- 
nation for  governor  this  fall  ; 
and  in  that  case  nomination 
is  equivalent  to  election.  He 
had  repeatedly  declared  that 
he  must  not  for  a  moment  be 
thought  of  as  a  Presidential 
candidate  ;  nevertheless,  so 
great  was  his  reputation  as 
a  foe  of  corrupt  practices  in 
government  and  as  a  rising 
star  in  the  political  firma- 
ment that  an  increasing  num- 
ber of  thoughtful  Democrats 
were  of  the  opinion  that  in 
his  nomination  there  might 
lie  the  only  possible  chance 
of  defeating  the  popular 
Roosevelt.  Like  Judge  Par- 
ker. Mr.  Folk  has  the  advan- 
tage of  being  wholly  without 
record  in  national  affairs,  and 
he  has  the  added  advantage 
of  having  recently  made  a 
great  personal  reputation  in 
a  fight  for  high  principles 
against  heavy  odds  and  pow- 
erful interests.  It  was  under- 
stood that  among  the  men  prepared  at  the  proper 
moment  to  turn  away  from  Judge  Parker  and  lend 
support  to  a  dark  horse  like  Mr.  Folk  were  the 
New  York  Tammany  leaders,  to  whose  fellowship 
has  been  restored  Tammany's  quondam  orator,  Mr. 
Bourke  Cockran.  As  a  convention  speaker,  per- 
haps no  man  of  our  day  has  surpassed  Mr.  Cock- 
ran  in  power  and  eloquence.  If  at  an  emergency 
in  the  affairs  of  the  convention  an  orator  like 
Cockran  or  Bryan  should  make  a  plea  for  the 
nomination  of  McClellan  or  Folk,  or  some  other 
dark  horse,  with  the  approval  of  the  Hearst  and 
Bryan  following,  there  might  easily  come  about 
a  stampede  that  would  secure  the  necessary  two- 
thirds  vote.  Such  an  outcome  would  seem  by 
no  means  impossible,  in  a  convention  like  that  at 
St.  Louis.  But  about  all  this,  one  man's  guessing 
is  as  good  as  another's. 


Photographed  especially  for  the  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  by  Davis  &  Sanford,  New  York. 
HON.  W.   BOURKE  COCKRAN,   OF   NEW  YORK. 


,,    „        .     Candidates 

The  Campaign 
and  Its  Man-    much 
agement. 


signify 
Con- 


this  year  will 
more  than  platforms, 
ditions  were  such  that  the  Republican 
platform  could  not  contain  any  innovations  or 
set  forth  any  bold  proposals  looking  toward 
changes  of  policy  or  important  new  legislation. 
So  far  as  the  party  in  power  is  concerned,  it  can 
do  little  else  but  present  the  McKinley-Roose- 
velt  administrations  to  the  country  and  ask  for 
a  vote  of  confidence  and  a  renewed  lease  of 
power.  No  political  strategy  or  finesse,  such  as 
the  old-fashioned  campaign-managers  delighted 
in,  can  be  of  much  use  for  the  Republicans  this 
year.  All  they  can  do  is  to  present  the  Roose- 
velt administration  on  its  merits,  believing  in  it 
themselves  and  asking  the  country  to  exercise 
the  same  faith.  It  is  for  this  reason  that  Mr. 
Cortelyou  has  almost  ideal  qualifications  for  the 


10 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Hon.  C.  H.  Weisse.  T.  E.  Ryan.  Neal  Brown.  Edward  C.  Wall. 

THE  WISCONSIN  DELEGATES-AT-LAKGE  TO  THE  DEMOCRATIC  NATIONAL  CONVENTION. 


The  Donkey  :  "  I  guess  he's  tattooed  on." 
From  the  Leader  (Cleveland! . 

management  of  this  year's  campaign.  He  is  a 
linn  believer  in  the  administration  and  its  meth- 
ods, he  is  widely  acquainted  with  public  men, 
he  is  a  good  organizer, — as  has  been  shown  in 
Ins  long  official  experience, — lie  has  a  cool  head 
and  great  executive  talent,  he  is  not  wedded 
to    obsolete    tradition,    and    he   will    make    no 

campaign  pledges  or  promises  that  it  would 
afterward  humiliate  the  President  to  be  obliged 
to  redeem. 


On  the  other  side,  the  Democrats  will 
Democratic  not  be  able  to  make  much  headway 
View-pomt.  mere]y  upon  the  strength  of  what 
they  may  say  in  their  platform  avowals.  The 
country  is  still  protectionist  in  its  actual  way  of 
doing  business,  quite  apart  from  tariff  theories  ; 
and  neither  party  would  be  allowed  by  the  busi- 
ness community  to  make  a  radical  tariff  change  in 
the  near  future,  although  some  modification  of 
schedules  must  certainly  be  made  and  some  fur- 
ther attempt  at  reciprocity  will  be  required  by 
public  opinion.  The  country  has  come  around 
so  firmly  to  sound  money  that  neither  party  can 
gain  for  that  topic  the  slightest  attention  in  this 
campaign.  Everybody  except  an  infinitesimal 
minority  knows  that  we  are  managing  Philip- 
pine affairs  ably  and  conscientiously  ;  and  that 
subject  will  be  almost  wholly  ignored  by  the 
voters  when  they  make  up  their  verdict  in  No- 
vember.    The  one   issue,  therefore,  before  the 


Homer  S.  Cnmxnings. 


Hon.  Bryan  F.  Mahan 


Tin:  <  <>\M.(  THTT  I)KI.K(;ATES-AT-I,AH0K  to  the  DEMOCRATIC 
NATIONAL  CONVENTION. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


11 


Hon.  A.  J.  McLaurin.  Governor  Vardaman.  Hon.  John  S.  Williams.  Hon.  H.  D.  Money. 

THE  MISSISSIPPI  DELEGATES-AT-LARGE  TO  THE  DEMOCRATIC  NATIONAL  CONVENTION. 


country  is  going  to  be  the  direct  and  simple  one 
whether  or  not  Theodore  Roosevelt  is  the  man 
to  be  intrusted  with  the  guidance  of  our  national 
affairs  for  the  period  from  March  4,  1905,  to 
March  4,  1909.  This  question,  if  no  other,  will 
be  thoroughly  discussed  in  the  coming  campaign. 

We  publish  elsewhere  in  this  number 
Roosevelt     a  Spirited  article  by  a  gentleman  who 

as  the  Issue.  L  i        r~n  • 

was  a  delegate  to  the  Chicago  con- 
vention, setting  forth  the  reasons  why,  in  his 
opinion,  the  President  ought  to  be  kept  at  the 
helm.  If  we  mistake  not,  this  article  expresses 
the  views  of  the  disinterested  rank  and  file  of 
the  Republican  party.  Next  month,  the  claims 
of  the  Democratic  nominee  and  the  position  of 
the  party  supporting  him  will  be  set  forth  in 
this  magazine  by  a  writer  who  will  have  the 
same  freedom  to  express  his  mind  as  our  con- 
tributor has  shown  this  month  in  defending  and 
eulogizing  President  Roosevelt. 


_     _.  The  retirement  of  Mr.  George  B.  Cor- 

Two  Changes         .  .  ,  .    ° 

in  the  telyou  from  the  cabinet  m  order  to 
Cabinet.  become  chief  manager  of  the  Repub- 
lican campaign  leaves  a  vacancy  which  has  been 
looked  forward  to  with  a  good  deal  of  interest. 
As  remarked  in  these  pages  last  month,  there 
was  a  prevalent  notion  that  Mr.  James  R.  Gar- 
field, now  at  the  head  of  the  Bureau  of  Corpo- 
rations, might  be  promoted  to  the  cabinet  seat ; 
but,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  understood  that  in 
the  very  difficult  position  he  now  holds  Mr.  Gar- 
field's services  are  regarded  as  so  efficient  that, 
he  may  be  called  indispensably  the  right  man  in 
the  right  place.  The  man  most  prominently 
mentioned  last  month  as  likely  to  succeed  Mr. 
Cortelyou  is  a  well-known  California  Congress- 
man, the  Hon.  Victor  H.  Metcalf.  Another  va- 
cancy in  the  cabinet  will  be  created  in  the  near 
future  by  the  retirement  of  Attorney-General 
Knox.  Senator  Matthew  Stanley  Quay,  of  Penn- 
sylvania, died  last  month,  and  it  was  soon  after- 


Hon.  Patrick  A.  Collins.  William  L.  Douglas.  John  R.  Thayer. 

THE  MASSACHUSETTS   DELEGATES-AT-LARGE  TO  THE  DEMOCRATIC  NATIONAL  CONVENTION 


Copyright  by  Chickering. 

William  A.  Gaston. 


12 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Copyright  by  Gutekunst,  Philadelphia. 
'THE  LATE   SENATOR   MATTHEW  S.  QUAY,  OF    PENNSYLVANIA. 

ward  announced  that  Attorney-General  Knox, 
•whose  home  is  in  Pittsburg,  would  be  appointed 
to  serve  out  the  unexpired  term. 

Tt  is  further  understood  that  the 
KnQ*aa"d  dominating  elements  in  the  Republi- 
can party  of  Pennsylvania  will  re- 
gard Mr.  Knox  as  permanently  selected  for  the 
Senatorship.  A  State  of  such  high  rank  in 
wealth  and  population  as  Pennsylvania  ought  to 
be  represented  in  the  United  States  Senate  by 
men  qualified  in  all  respects  to  take  command- 
ing rank  in  the  councils  of  the  nation.  Mr. 
Knox  possesses  such  qualifications.  He  has 
vigor  and  brilliancy  of  mind,  rare  acumen  as  a 
lawyer,  eloquence  and  cogency  as  a  public 
speaker,  and  habitual  courage  and  independence 
in  dealing  with  public  questions.  His  presence 
will  add  distinctly  to  the  intellectual  assets  of 
the  Senate,  and  will  decidedly  increase  the  pres- 
tige and  influence  of  Pennsylvania.  Senator 
Quay  was  a  man  of  real  ability  as  well  as  of 
political  skill  and  finesse;  but  he  did  not  ac- 
quire a  reputation  for  dealing  with  public  ques- 
tions Upon  their  merits.  lie  was  a ,  dangerOU8 
antagonist    in  the    Senate  if  he  had   made  up  his 

mind  either  to  carry  or  to  defeat-  a  pending  pro- 
posal ;  but  his  zeal  and  effort  were  seldom  ex- 
pended iii  the  disinterested  pursuit  of  ideal  ends. 
The   sum    total  of  his  influence  upon  political 


life  in  Pennsylvania  cannot  justly  be  approved. 
His  dominance  in  Pennsylvania  affairs  through 
a  long  period  did  not  make  the  State  a  model 
for  reformers  of  political  method. 

When  the  Illinois  Republican  con- 
and  Illinois  '  \ention  (which  had  adjouimed  on 
Politics.  May  go,  after  more  than  fifty  un- 
availing ballots  for  a  gubernatorial  nominee) 
came  together  again,  on  May  31,  there  seemed 
to  be  no  marked  change  in  the  situation,  except 
that  the  support  of  Mr.  Lowden  had  increased 
enough  to  make  him  clearly  the  foremost  candi- 
date. It  also  remained  evident,  as  it  had  been 
from  the  beginning  to  outside  observers,  that 
Governor  Yates  could  not  possibly  secure  the 
convention's  support  for  another  term.  The 
Yates  contingent,  however,  was  stubborn,  and 
would  not  surrender  without  compensation.  The 
nomination  went  to  Mr.  Charles  S.  Deneen,  who 
from  the  beginning  had  been  one  of  the  two 
chief  candidates  for  the  honor.  The  entire 
Yates  force  went  over  to  Deneen  in  consequence 
of  a  definite  understanding  which  is  commonly 
said  to  include  a  promise  that  the  Deneen  influ- 
ence shall  be  used  to  elect  Yates  to  the  United 
States  Senate  to  succeed  the  venerable  Senator 
Cullom.  Whatever  may  be  thought  of  bargains 
of  this  kind,  they  are  certain  to  be  made  and 
likely  to  be  carried  out  in  any  State  where  the 
boss  system  grows  up,  or  where  the  small-fry 
politicians  are  willing  to  be  known  as  wearing 
the  tags  or  collars  of  one  State  leader  or  another. 
United  States  Senatorships  ought  not  to  be 
traded  off  as  pawns  in  a  contest  for  the  nomina- 
tion of  a  governor.  Bad  bargains  are  better 
broken  than  kept,  and  it  will  be  cause  for  con- 
gratulation if  the  Illinois  Legislature  declines 
to  recognize  any  obligation  in  the  terms  of  the 
convention  bargain  at  Springfield.  Mr.  Deneen, 
the  successful  candidate,  is  still  a  very  young 
man,  who  has  made  a  good  reputation  as  a  State's 
attorney  in  Chicago,  and  he  is  highly  spoken  of 
as  a  man  of  character  and  ability.  On  June  15, 
the  Democrats  of  Illinois  nominated  Lawrence 
B.  Stringer  for  the  governorship. 

La  Foiiette  The  Republican  split  in  Wisconsin 
Wisconsin  *s  a  matter  far  more  serious  than  the 
Situation,  temporary  strain  of  factions  in  Illi- 
nois. It  is  not  easy  to  foresee  any  solution  in 
Wisconsin  except  a  fight  to  the  finish.  To  re- 
capitulate what  was  stated  in  our  issue  for  last 
month.  Governor  La  Kollette  and  his  faction, 
through  control  of  the  State  Central  Committee, 

succeeded  in  organizing  and  dominating  the 
State  convention.  Each  faction  had  nearly  one- 
half  of    the  delegates  without  dispute.     There 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


13 


HON.  CHARLES  S.   DENEEN. 

(Republican  candidate  for  governor  in  Illinois.) 

were  contested  seats  of  sufficient  number  to 
make  the  control  of  the  convention  depend  upon 
the  settlement  of  the  contests.  The  Central 
Committee  made  up  the  temporary  roll  of  the 
convention,  and  seated  delegates  of  the  La  Fol- 
lette    faction   in    almost   every  case  of   contest. 


The  convention  thus  formed  acted  as  a  committee 
of  the  whole  on  credentials,  took  up  all  contests 
county  by  county,  and  settled  them  by  a  strict 
factional  vote  in  favor  of  La  Follette.  The 
other  faction  then  withdrew,  organized  a  separate 
convention,  seated  the  rejected  contestants, 
nominated  a  State  ,ticket  of  its  own,  and  named 
Senators  Spooner  and  Quarles,  Representative 
Babcock,  and  Judge  Emil  Baensch  as  delegates- 
at-large  to  the  Chicago  convention.  The  rival 
body  meanwhile  had  renominated  Mr.  La  Fol- 
lette for  governor  for  a  third  term,  together  with 
a  full  State  ticket,  and  had  chosen  four  delegates- 
at-large,  including  the  governor  himself. 


"DON'T  KNOW  WHETHER   I  OUGHT  TO   HAVE  ANYTHING   TO 
DO  WITH  HIM." 

From  the  Pioneer  Press  (St.  Paul). 


HON.   LAWRENCE  B.  STRINGER. 

(Democratic  candidate  for  governor  in  Illinois.) 

It  had  also  named  a  list  of  Presiden- 

Wisconsm  and  , .    .      .  .       .  . 

the  National  tial  electors  ;  and  with  a  view  to  pro- 
Ticket.  tecting  President  Roosevelt's  inter- 
ests, the  bolting  convention  had  ratified  the  La 
Follette  electoral  ticket.  As  respects  what  has 
been  former  custom  in  "Wisconsin  conventions, 
and  as  respects  the  plain,  objective  facts  in  the 
proceedings  of  the  last  convention,  the  accounts 
given  by  the  rival  factions  are  in  many  particu- 
lars at  complete  variance  with  one  another. 
Questions  of  legality  affecting  the  printing  of 
the  tickets  under  the  Australian  system  will  take 
the  whole  matter  into  the  Wisconsin  courts  ;  but 
a  decision  is  not  likely  to  be  rendered  before 


14 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


August  or  September.  By  that  time,  it  is  to  be 
expected,  the  gulf  between  the  two  factions  will 
be  yawning  and  impassable.  Since  the  same 
names  cannot  be  printed  in  two  columns  on  the 
voting  paper,  it  will  be  found,  in  practice,  very 
difficult  for  the  Republicans  of  Wisconsin  to 
work  and  vote  unitedly  for  President  Roosevelt 
while  fighting  one  another  desperately  through 
the  campaign  on  State  issues.  Prominent  Dem- 
ocrats of  Wisconsin  like  ex-Senator  A'ilas  are 
of  opinion  that  the  situation  not  only  gives  them 
easy  promise  of  carrying  the  State  ticket,  but 
also  affords  them  at  least  an  even  chance  of  car- 
rying the  electoral  ticket  of  the  State  against 
President  Roosevelt.  Much  as  both  Wisconsin 
factions  would  like  to  make  a  good  showing  for 
the  national  ticket,  each  cares  a  hundred  times 
more  for  its  own  local  interests  than  for  those 
of  the  party  at  large.  Either  faction  would 
rather  see  the  Democrats  capture  the  State  than 
see  its  own  party  rival  carry  off  the  local  hon- 
ors and  prizes. 

,    r  .,  ,       Such  were  the  complications  that  it 

2.a  Follette  .  „  ,   '  f 

/Defeated at  was  impossible  lor  the  convention  at 
Chicago.  Chicago  to  deal  conclusively  with  the 
merits  of  the  rival  cases  as  ably  set  forth  on 
both  sides  in  ex  parte  statements.  Many  Repub- 
licans had  hoped  that  the  Chicago  convention 
would  seat  both  groups  of  delegates-at  large  or 
exclude  both.  The  National  Committee,  how- 
ever, considering  contests  in  a  preliminary  way 
at  Chicago  in  the  week  before  the  convention, 
decided  unanimously,  on  June  1 7,  in  favor  of 
seating  the  Spooner-Quarles  delegation,  thus 
shutting  out  the  La  Follette  group.  It  was,  of 
course,  well  understood  that  the  subject  would 
be  further  reviewed  by  the  convention's  own 
Committee  on  Credentials,  and  after  the  report 
of  that  committee  would  be  passed  upon  in  open 
convention  ,  but  no  one  expected  that  the  unan- 
imous action  of  the  National  Com  nut  tee  would 
be  reversed  by  a  well  -  disciplined  convention 
that  had  come  to  Chicago  to  carry  out  a  pro- 
gramme and  to  do  as  it  was  told  in  almost 
every  respect. 

The  great  La  Follette  movement  in 

A  Remarkable  Wisconsin    had    begun    some    years 
Leader.  <^  .  - 

ago  with  an  attempt  to  give  the  plain 
Republican  voters  an  opportunity  to  carry  out 
their  wishes  as  against  the  clique  of  leaders  who 
had  been  accustomed  to  control  conventions  and 
•  run  "  the  State.  It  is  unquestionably  true  that 
some  of  these  Leaders  were  closely  in  touch  with 
the  railroad   interests  that   m  Wisconsin,  asinall 

the    Northwestern   States,  have    in    years    past 
played  so  high-handed  a  part  in  politics,  legisla 


tion,  and  administration.  The  two  great  reforms 
with  which  La  Follette  identified  himself  were 
— first,  a  radical  change  in  the  method  of  nom- 
inating men  to  office,  and,  second,  a  new  system 
of  taxing  railroads  and  corporations.  To  make 
any  headway  at  all  as  a  leader,  Mr.  La  Follette 
had  to  show  a  remarkable  combination  of  quali- 
ties. His  worst  enemies  will  not  deny  that  he 
has  courage  of  a  high  order  ;  the  tenacity  of  a 
bulldog  ;  an  almost  fanatical  belief  in  himself 
and  in  the  value  to  the  State  of  his  principles 
and  projects  ;  superb  gifts  as  a  manager  and  or- 
ganizer ;  a  talent  for  political  sti'ategy  unequaled 
by  any  of  his  opponents,  and  the  sheer  force  of 
a  man  of  destiny  who  throws  prudence  to  the 
winds,  burns  bridges  behind  him,  and  stakes 
everything  without  regret  or  misgiving.  Such 
a  man  makes  devoted  followers  and  makes  bitter 
enemies.  His  followers  believe  that  all  the  rail 
road  and  corporation  interests,  together  with  the 
old-line  political  leaders,  are  conspiring  to  break 
him  down  in  order  to  defeat  the  causes  to  which 
he  stands  committed,  and  to  which  he  has  already 
devoted  so  much  energy. 

They  believe  him,  in  short,  to  be 
Comparison  marked  for  destruction  by  those  in 
or  Tlu0'  terests,  precisely  as  Mr.  Roosevelt  has 
been  similarly  marked  by  the  Wall  Street  lead 
ers,  the  trust  magnates,  and  the  class  of  men 
who  manipulate  city  councils  and  legislatures  in 
order  to  filch  from  the  public  the  monopoly 
public-service  franchises,  and  in  order  to  keep 
such  franchises  from  paying  a  fair  amount  of 
taxes.  The  difference  between  the  two  men  is 
that  La  Follette  has  from  the  start  played  the 
rnlr  of  fighting  reformer,  while  Roosevelt, — 
who  is  also  a  reformer  on  occasion, — is  first  and 
foremost  the  impartial,  efficient  executive  whose 
instinct  is  to  get  the  best  results  out  of  existing 
laws  and  systems  rather  than  to  make  radical 
changes  in  statutes  and  institutions.  In  Wis- 
consin, men  are  either  for  La  Follette  or  against 
him  ;  and  there  remains  no  man  in  the  entire 
State  who  is  capable  of  a  dispassionate  judg- 
ment in  the  matters  at  issue.  In  this  regard 
the  situation  is  like  that  which  existed  some 
years  ago  in  South  Carolina,  when  men  were 
for  Tillman  or  against  him  with  a  factional  feel- 
ing a  hundredfold  more  intense  than  the  nor- 
mal feeling  between  the  two  great  national  par- 
ties. Mr.  Tillman  is  now  recognized,  with  all 
his  faults  of  manner  and  indiscretions  of  speech, 
as  .in  upright  leader  and  a  valuable  public  man. 
Wisconsin  will  yet  learn  to  be  proud  of  possess- 
ing two  men  so  brilliant  and  so  highly  fitted  for 
public  service  and  leadership  as  Senator  Spooner 
and  ( iovernor  La  Follette. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


15 


Respecting  La  Follette's  policies,  it 
La°FoUette's  should  be  stated  that  his  primary- 
Measures.  e]ection  measure  has  been  adopted 
by  the  Legislature  and  merely  awaits  the  ratifi- 
cation of  the  voters  of  the  State  at  the  polls, 
where  it  will  undoubtedly  secure  a  strong  in- 
dorsement. His  views  about  the  taxation  of 
railroads  have  also  to  a  considerable  extent 
been  embodied  in  law.  He  now  holds,  however, 
that  the  State  must  assume  and  exercise  control 
over  the  making  of  railway  rates,  in  order  to 
prevent  the  companies  from  increasing  their 
charges  and  thus  taking  from  the  people  with 
one  hand  what  they  pay  with  the  other  hand  in 
taxes  to  the  State.  It  is  held  by  Governor  La 
Pollette  and  his  friends  that  average  railroad 
rates  are  higher  in  Wisconsin  than  in  Iowa  and 
other  neighboring  States. 

Minnesota    Republicans   last   month 
Poiitiesin     were    occupied    with    a    preliminary 

Minnesota.  L  r  •. 

contest  between  the  supporters  of 
two  rival  candidates,  Messrs.  Dunn  and  Collins, 
for  the  honor  of  succeeding  Governor  Van 
Sant.  One  of  these  gentlemen  was  locally  said 
to  have  the  support  of  the  railway  and  corpora- 
tion interests  as  against  the  other.  It  was  not 
clear,  however,  that  the  railways  were  exerting 
themselves  very  actively  in  Minnesota  politics, 
although  the  echoes  of  the  Northern  Securities 
litigation  were  heard  throughout  that  State,  and 
the  terms  "merger"  and  "anti-merger"  were 
upon  the  lips  of  all  men  who  take  part  in  the 
game  of  politics. 

,   „   A    In  the  State  of  Iowa,  there  has  been 

Iowa  s  Sect  .  „     .    . 

of  "Stand-  a  great  tariff  debate  raging  among 
Patters.  tne  Republicans  ;  and  men  of  the 
mercurial  and  emotional  temperament  have 
started  a  new  political  religion.  The  late  Mr. 
Hanna  is  its  patron  saint,  and  it  bears  the  scarce- 
ly euphonious  name  "stand-patism  "  as  its  de- 
nominational title.  It  is  not,  however,  in  reality 
so  much  a  question  of  "what's  what"  as  of 
"  who's  who  "  with  the  Iowa  Republicans.  Every- 
body of  discernment  in  this  country  knows  that, 
in  due  time  and  in  the  early  future,  the  Repub- 
lican party  must  either  overhaul  the  Dingley 
tariff  to  a  considerable  extent  or  be  beaten  sound- 
ly and  allow  the  Democrats  to  try  once  more  the 
experiment  of  tariff -tinkering.  Governor  Cum- 
mins, of  Iowa,  who  is  rather  outspoken  by  na- 
ture and  habit,  has  seen  no  harm  in  stating  the 
obvious  ;  nor  has  he  thought  it  wrong  to  look 
ahead  a  little  and  to  recognize  the  profound 
truth  that  our  relations  with  the  northern  half 
of  our  own  continent  are  destined  to  become  the 
most   important    concern   of  a   wise    American 


statesmanship.  Iowa  will  make  a  great  mistake 
if  she  allows  the  boss  system  to  take  firm  root  in 
her  soil,  and  if  she  encourages  the  methods  that, 
in  those  States  where  boss  rule  prevails,  strike 
wrathfully  at  men  when  they  show  signs  of  grow- 
ing to  the  stature  of  statesmen  on  the  national 
plane.  Heresy-hunting  in  politics  is  as  futile 
and  petty  as  in  religion. 

The  old  Northwest  and  the  newer 
of  the  North-  States  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase  have 
west'  now  grown  to  so  commanding  a  posi- 
tion in  wealth,  population,  intelligence,  and  insti- 
tutional life  that  they  hold  the  balance  of  power 
in  the  affairs  of  the  United  States.  And  the 
fate  of  the  country  depends  upon  the  kind  of 
civilization  and  social  character  that  they  shall 
work  out  for  themselves.  If  they  are  still  raw 
and  crude,  theirs  is  no  longer  the  rawness  and 
crudity  of  frontier  settlements,  but  of  the 
American  people  as  a  whole.  Illinois,  Wiscon- 
sin, Minnesota,  and  Iowa  have  caught  up  with 
western  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  and  Ohio. 
In  the  prices  of  farming  land,  for  example,  they 
have  gone  decidedly  ahead  of  those  older  States. 
In  the  finish  and  charm  of  the  rural  landscape 
they  are  also  equal,  if  not  superior.  In  the  ap- 
pointments and  modern  character  of  their  towns 
and  cities  they  are  decidedly  ahead  of  New  York 
and  Pennsylvania.  In  their  support  of  charita- 
ble and  educational  institutions  they  are  not  only 
more  progressive  and  generous,  but  decidedly 
more  intelligent  and  up  to  modern  requirements. 

The  propaganda  for  undergraduate 
Ep"rogre°s"sa'   students  in  the  West  to  be  sent  East 

to  Harvard,  Yale,  and  Princeton  is 
still  continued  ;  but  the  turn  of  the  tide  will 
come  very  soon,  inasmuch  as  undergraduate 
work  is  not  merely  as  well  done  in  the  Western 
universities  and  colleges  as  in  the  Eastern,  but, 
school  for  school,  the  impartial  outside  critic 
would  find  it  better  done  in  the  West, — just  as 
he  would  find  the  common-school  system,  from 
the  primary  to  the  high  school  and  the  normal 
school,  much  better  carried  on  in  the  Northwest 
than  in  the  East.  The  conclave  of  educators 
and  public  men  at  Madison,  Wis.,  last  month  to 
celebrate  the  State  University's  semi-centennial 
and  to  inaugurate  President  Van  Hise  seemed, 
without  any  premeditated  design,  to  take  the 
form  of  a  recognition  of  the  equal  development 
of  the  higher  education  in  the  West  as  compared 
with  the  progress  thus  far  made  by  the  Eastern 
universities  and  colleges.  Those  not  previously 
familiar  with  the  Wisconsin  system,  for  exam- 
ple, were  amazed  to  discover  the  success  with 
which  the  university  had  been  lifted  high  upon 


16 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  broad  and  well-founded  pedestal  of  the 
public  schools.  Apropos  of  general  educational 
progress,  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  parent 
of  all  our  American  State  universities. — Thomas 
Jefferson's  University  of  Virginia,  —  has  just 
elected  as  its  first  president  Dr.  Edwin  A.  Alder- 
man, whose  contributions  to  the  cause  of  uni- 
versity education  in  the  South  as  president  of 
Tulane  University,  at  New  Orleans,  have  already 
received  frequent  mention  in  these  pages.  A  liter 
having  been  administered  for  eighty-five  years  by 
a  faculty  and  board  of  trustees,  without  central- 
ized control,  the  university  is  now  to  have  an 
executive  head,  like  other  institutions  of  its  class. 

_,    „  The  past  decade  has  for  the  most  part 

The  Progres-  r 

swe  West  and  been  a  period  of  great  prosperity  in 
the  Fair.  ^Q  Northwest,  and  the  results  are 
now  apparent  in  a  hundred  directions.  At  Cor- 
nell College,  Mount  Vernon,  Iowa,  and  at  the 
college  town  of  Grinnell,  in  the  same  State. 
there  were  also  semi-centennials  last  month,  and 
it  seems  almost  impossible  to  believe  that  the 
elderly  men  present  on  those  occasions  had  with 
their  own  eyes  witnessed  transformations  which 
elsewhere  and  in  other  times  would  have  re- 
quired a  century  or  two  for  their  accomplish- 
ment. Such  splendid  commonwealths  as  Illinois 
and  Iowa,  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota,  Missouri, 
Kansas.  Nebraska,  and  Colorado,  are  contribut- 
ing a  prodigious  share  toward  the  aggrandize- 
ment of  the  richest  and  most  powerful  country 
the  world  has  ever  known.  Such  States  should 
contribute  strong,  clear  headed,  far-seeing,  and 
independent  men  to  represent  them  in  the  coun- 
cils of  a  nation  whose  actions  and  policies  are 
henceforth  to  be  fraught  with  consequences  af- 
fecting all  mankind.  The  progress  of  these  re- 
markable States  can,  of  course,  best  be  under- 
stood,— indeed,  it  can  only  be  understood, — by 
riding  across  their  rich  and  beautiful  stretches 
of  farm  land,  now  as  fair  as  the  best  parts  of  Eng- 
land or  France,  and  by  visiting  their  well-shaded 
and  well-kept  towns  and  cities.  Much  can  also 
be  learned  by  inspecting  their  State  buildings  at 
the  world's  fair  at  St.  Louis,  and  by  studying 
the  exhibits  which  show  their  products,  illustrate 
the  work  of  their  institutions,  ami  exemplify 
their  methods  in  agriculture  and  industry.    The 

Eastern  man  who  does  not  know  the  middle  West 
and  thinks  of  visiting  the  fair  would  do  well  to 
plan  his  trip  in  such  a,  way  that  he  could  at  the 
same  time  see  something  of  a  number  of 
Northwestern  States,  traveling  in  daytime  in 
order  to  note  the  beauty  and  wealth  of  the  farm 
country,  and  breaking  journey  at  the  leading 
towns  and  cities  in  order  to  gel  sonic  notion  of 
their  achievements  and  charms. 


£ 

% 

F% 

V 

R 

m 

DR.  EDWIN  A.   ALDERMAN. 

(Chosen  president  of  the  University  of  Virginia.) 


The 


The  fair  at   St.  Louis  is  more  to  be 

Vast  Show    criticised  for  its  bewildering  magni- 
at  St.  Louis.   tude  than  for  anything  eise      jt  was 

not  wholly  finished  even  late  last  month  ;  but  it 
was  complete  in  most  respects,  and  the  completed 
parts — it  should  be  said — were  greater  in  extent 
than  the  whole  of  any  previous  exposition.  On 
the  15th  of  June,  which  was  the  appointed  date, 
the  exposition  authorities  made  their  first  install- 
ment payment  to  Uncle  Sam  on  the  four  or  five 
million  dollars  recently  loaned.  Since  it  is  not 
to  close  until  December  1,  the  great  fair  has  five 
full  months  yet  before  it,  and  it  will  grow  stead- 
ily in  the  numbers  of  its  visitors  and  the  perfec- 
tion of  its  arrangements.  From  the  early  days 
of  its  opening,  there  have  been  associations  and 
organizations  of  every  conceivable  kind  holding 
their  national  conventions  at  St.  Louis  under  the 
auspices  of  the  world's  fair.  July  will  bring  to 
St.  Louis  the  national  Democratic  convention, 
with  many  thousands  of  attendants,  and  the 
Teachers'  Association,  which  will  bring  at  least 
fifty  thousand.  Besides  these  large  gatherings, 
there  will  be  almost  countless  smaller  ones  this 
month  ;  and  for  months  to  come  there  will  be 
these  special  pilgrimages  to  St.  Louis  of  profes- 
sional or  other  bodies  by  the  score  and  by  the 
hundred.  To  the  rising  generation  in  the  West 
and  South,  the  St.  Louis  fair  will  be  a  revela- 
tion of  beauty,  and  an  inspiration  to  personal  ef- 
fort and  advancement. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


17 


•  GOV.  JAMES  H.  PEABODY,  OF  COLORADO. 

For  more  than  six  months  the  min- 
Reign  of  ing  districts  of  Cripple  Creek  and 
Lawlessness.  Telluride,  in  Colorado,  have  been  in  a 
state  of  turbulence  amounting  at  times  to  actual 
war.  The  laws  of  the  State  have  been  repeat- 
edly and  flagrantly  defied  ;  local  officials  have 
acted  as  partisans  ;  the  community  has  seem- 
ingly lost  confidence  in  its  courts  of  justice  ; 
and,  finally,  the  State  government  has  felt  it 
necessary  to  proclaim  martial  law,  without  the 
request  or  cooperation  of  the  local  authorities, 
and  the  military  officers  have  imprisoned  many 
citizens  without  form  of  trial,  have  suppressed 
free  speech  in  some  instances,  and  have  exer- 
cised virtually  the  same  functions  that  the  of- 
ficers of  the  Union  army  performed  in  some  of 
our  Southern  States  during  and  immediately 
after  the  Civil  War.  The  acts  of  violence  and 
intimidation  that  led  to  this  remarkable  over- 
turn of  all  those  sanctions  of  public  order  that 
the  average  American  community  holds  most 
dear  were  committed  in  connection  with  a  "  sym- 
pathetic "  strike  of  the  Western  Federation  of 
Miners  to  secure  the  eight-hour  day  in  all  the 
mines  and  smelters  in  the  State.  Murders  and 
assaults  without  number  were  committed  by 
"  union  "  men  in  the  attempt  to  prevent  the  em- 
ployment of  "scab"  labor.     This  series  of  out- 


rages culminated,  on  June  6,  in  the  killing  of 
fifteen  non-union  miners  by  the  explosion  of 
dynamite  at  the  Independence  railroad  station. 
The  dastardly  nature  of  this  deed,  which  was  at 
once  attributed  to  the  union  leaders,  although 
it  was  repudiated  by  them,  so  concentrated 
public  sentiment  against  the  strikers  and  their 
sympathizers  that  for  the  moment  the  demand 
for  the  hunting  down  and  punishment  of  the 
perpetrators  of  the  crime  hardly  stopped  short 
of  a  demand  for  the  absolute  extinction  of  the 
miners'  union.  The  sheriff  and  the  other  offi- 
cers believed  to  be  union  sympathizers  were' 
compelled  to  resign,  and  those  who  took  their 
places  immediately  swore  in  large  forces  of 
deputies.  Adjutant- General  Sherman  Bell  took 
command  of  the  military,  and  many  union  men 
were  arrested,  charged  with  participation  in  the 
independence  outrage. 

Members  of  the  union  against  whom 
Authorities  no  charge  of  participation  in  that 
and  the  Law.  crjme  was  ma(je  were  deported,  at 
first  to  Denver,  and  later  to  the  prairies  of 
western  Kansas.  These  men  were  taken  from 
their  homes  by  force,  without  "  due  process  of 
law,"  and  with  no  opportunity  to  confront  their 
accusers  in  court.  Presumably,  innocent  men 
were  so  treated  in  many  instances,  for  it  is  no 
crime,  even  in  Colorado,  to  belong  to  a  labor 
union,  and  whatever  may  have  been  said  or 
done  by  officers  of  the  union  to  incite  to  vio- 
lence, it  is  simply  unbelievable  that  every  miner 


WHO  IS   "it"    IN   COLORADO— THE  GENERAL  OR  THE  JUDGE? 

From  the  News-Tribune  (Duluth). 


18 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


TtifflaNSBilBmStiM'       . —*  r 

1||k      *H  -m  4 

W  I'lA'i    imVmlwi Vim,, 

1   '  'A    i  W     il1   '               ~=* 

,    i  1  I'M  W   h  Yil  'H, 

C    ' 

>^    ift.      '       ?'    \™       i 
1/         "fe  ,    ,'    ft  5       H         1 

U|  g  ft  ■ 

,;  1  9    4 

\ 

WM 

Copyright  by  Strauss,  St.  Louis. 
ADJUTANT-GENERAL  SHERMAN  BELL,   OF  COLORADO. 

who  struck  with  his  union  was  guilty  of  either 
acting  or  plotting  against  the  public  peace.  The 
officials  of  the  State  government  find  justifica- 
tion for  the  suspension  of  the  writ  of  habeas  cor- 
j/u.s  in  the  decision  of  the  Colorado  Supreme 
Court,  rendered  on  the  very  day  of  the  Inde- 
pendence tragedy.  The  court  fully  sustained 
the  action  of  Governor  Peabody  in  suspending 
I  he  writ  in  the  case  of  President  Moyer,  of  the 
Western  Federation  of  Miners.  It  is  incon- 
ceivable,  however,  that  the  court  contemplated 
the  forcible  deportation  of  large  numbers  of 
citizens  under  the  exercise  of  this  preroga- 
tive. The  miners  have  appealed  to  President 
Roosevelt,  but  this  does  not  seem  a  proper 
case  for  federal  intervention.  Interstate  com- 
merce is  not  involved,  as  it  was  in  the  Pull- 
man strike  of  L894.  Neither  is  the  welfare  of 
great  numbers  of  people  in  other  States  at  stake. 


as  in  the  case  of  the  anthracite  strike  of  1902. 
Colorado  has  her  own  system  of  laws,  and  her 
own  officials  to  enforce  them.  What  is  needed 
just  now  in  Colorado  is  a  deeper  respect  for  le- 
gally constituted  authority  and  a  greater  readi- 
ness on  the  part  of  miner  and  mine-owner  alike 
to  submit  all  differences  to  the  courts.  The 
striking  miners  have  enjoyed  no  monopoly  in 
defiance  of  the  laws.  A  constitutional  amend- 
ment adopted  by  an  overwhelming  popular  vote 
laid  a  mandate  on  the  Legislature  to  enact  an 
eight-hour  law  for  mines  and  smelters.  The 
Legislature  adjourned  without  doing  its  duty, 
in  this  case  it  was  the  law-making  body  itself 
that  defied  the  fundamental  law  of  the  State, — 
the  people's  will. 

Every  summer,  for  many  years,  New 
steamboat  York  Bay  and  the  adjacent  waters 
Honor.  }iave  keen  alive  with  excursion  steam- 
ers and  all  kinds  of  pleasure  craft.  Not  only 
New  Yorkers  themselves,  but  thousands  from 
near-by  cities  and  surburban  districts,  and  the 
annually  increasing  host  of  New  York's  summer 
visitors  from  distant  places,  have  availed  them- 
selves of  the  many  cheap  excursions  to  the 
Jei-sey  beaches,  Long  Island  Sound,  and  up  the 
Hudson  that  may  be  taken  almost  any  day  of 
the  season,  from  May  to  October.  Churches, 
Sunday-schools,  fraternal  societies,  and  many 
other  organizations  have  long  made  it  a  practice 
to  charter  one  of  the  steambeats  specially  built 
for  the  purpose  and  enjoy  a  day's  sail  and  a  picnic 
at  some  convenient  resort.  The  boats  employed 
in  this  traffic  are  nearly  all  wooden  craft, — many 
of  them  side-wheelers, — and  have  a  capacity  of 
from  two  thousand  to  three  thousand  passengers. 
Considering  the  number  of  these  boats  in  use 
around  New  York,  and  the  fact  that  they  are 
frequently  overloaded,  they  have  enjoyed  a 
remarkable  immunity  from  serious  accidents. 
An  excursion  boat  of  this  type, — the  General 
Slocum, — left  a  New  York  dock  on  the  morn- 
ing of  June  15  with  a  Sunday-school  picnic  party 
aboard  numbering  about  eleven  hundred, — 
Dearly  all  women  and  children.  While  passing 
through  that  part  of  the  East  River  known  as 
Hell  Gate,  within  the  New  York  City  limits, 
fire  was  discovered  in  the  forward  part  of  the 
vessel.  It  was  then  flood  tide,  and  the  eddies 
and  currents  in  those  waters  are  verv  strong. 
The  captain  decided  that  it  would  be  folly  to 
attempt  to  land  on  either  shore,  or  to  beach  his 
boat.  He  therefore  headed  the  Slocum  for  an 
island  two  miles  upstream.  As  the  boat  went 
forward  at  full  steam,  the  fore-and-aft  draught 
thus  created  fanned  the  flames  and  hastened  her 
destruction.      On    the    discovery   of   the   fire  by 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


19 


(A  group  of  New  York 
brought 


the  passengers,  the  wildest 

panic  ensued.    It  was  found 

that  the  life-preservers  with 

which    the   Slocum    was 

equipped    were    worthless. 

No    attempt  was  made   to 

lower  boats    or    life  -  rafts. 

The  crew  were  engaged  in 

trying  to  cope  with  the  fire, 

but  their  efforts  were  futile. 

Within  twenty  minutes,  the 

boat  went  to  her  doom,  and 

of  the  women  and  helpless 

children  who  had  embarked 

so   gayly  an    hour   before, 

more    than    nine    hundred 

were  drowned  or  burned  to 

death.      Hundreds   were 

saved  by  the  heroic  efforts 

of   policemen,    river    men, 

and  the  nurses   on    North 

Brother  Island,  the  seat  of 

New  York's    hospital    for  contagious  diseases, 

where  the  Slocum  was  finally  beached.     Most  of 

those  who  met  this  awful  death  had  come  from 

a   single    densely    populated    district    of    New 

York's  great  "  East  Side."    In  some  cases,  whole 

families  were  wiped  out.    The  grief  and  distress 

among  the  survivors  were  most  pitiful  to  witness. 

The  city  of  New  York  took  prompt  measures  to 

provide  for  relief  funds  ;  for  it  was  found  that 

money  was  needed  to  bury  the  dead  and  provide 

for  the  orphaned  children. 

As  the  seriousness  of  the  disaster  was 
Be  Repeated?  gradually  disclosed  to  the  public  the 

question  that  came  to  every  one's 
lips  was  the  same  question  that  was  asked  six 
months  ago,  after  the  burning  of  the  Iroquois 
Theater  in  Chicago — How  could  such  a  thing 
happen  ?  It  is  certain  that  hundreds  of  lives 
might  have  been  saved  if  the  Slocum  had  been 
beached  earlier,  instead  of  running  a  two-mile 
course  with  the  fire  gaining  headway  every 
minute  ;  but  her  captain  did  not  believe  it  pos- 
sible to  beach  her  sooner,  and  experienced  navi- 
gators differ  as  to  the  correctness  of  his  judg- 
ment. The  matter  of  vital  interest  to  the 
public  is  not  the  fallibility  of  any  individual's 
judgment  in  a  great  emergency,  but  rather  the 
broad  question,  Are  the  steamboats  navigating 
New  York  Harbor  properly  safeguarded  against 
-accident  ?  It  is  charged  that  the  Slocum's  fire- 
extinguishing  apparatus  was  wholly  ineffective  ; 
that  the  woodwork  used  in  her  construction, 
where  metal  might  have  been  used,  was  but 
fuel  for  the  flames  ;  that  oil  was  carelessly  stored 
•and   handled  in    her  hold  ;  that    many    of   the 


VOLUNTEER  LIFE-SAVERS  IN  THE   "  SLOCUM "   HORROR. 

river  men,  policemen,  and  others,  who  saved  110  lives  and 
ashore  127  dead  on  the  day  of  the  disaster.) 


life  -  preservers  were  old  and  rotten,  and  that 
all  of  them  were  stuffed  with  a  granulated 
cork  that  lost  all  buoyancy  when  in  contact 
with  the  water.  A  proper  inspection  might 
have  secured  a  fire  apparatus  that  would  at 
least  throw  water  and  life  -  preservers  that 
would  float  a  human  body.  As  to  the  inflam- 
mability of  materials  used  in  the  construction 
of  such  craft,  our  practice  and  legislation  are 
both  obsolete.  Modern  metallic  construction 
should  be  demanded  in  these  boats  as  much  as 
in  ocean  liners.  Secretary  Cortelyou,  of  the 
Department  of  Commerce  and  Labor,  acting 
under  special  instructions  from  President  Roose- 
velt, promptly  organized  a  thoroughgoing  in- 
quiry into  the  whole  affair.  This  inquest  is 
likely  to  prove  of  great  value,  not  merely  in 
fixing  the  responsibility  for  this  particular  dis- 
aster, but  in  showing  up  the  defects,  if  such 
there  are,  in  the  steamboat  inspection  of  the 
federal  government,  and  so  pointing  the  way  to 
reforms  which  will  greatly  strengthen  public 
confidence  in  the  service. 

Interest  in  the  far-Eastern  war  cen- 

PortfrtLr.  ters  about  Port  Arthur.  General 
Kuropatkin  is  hampered  by  transpor- 
tation difficulties,  and  General  Kuroki  also  has 
his  troubles,  caused  by  the  poor  condition  of  the 
roads  and  the  necessity  of  keeping  his  communi- 
cations intact.  The  activity  of  the  campaign 
last  month  centered  in  the  south,  where  the  second 
Japanese  army,  under  General  Oku,  was  slow- 
ly pressing  the  siege  of  Port  Arthur.  Con- 
flicting reports  came  of  engagements  between 
General  Kuroki  and  the  Russians  in  the  vicinity 


20 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


GENERAL,  VIEW  OF  PORT  ARTHUR,  SHOWING  THE  TOWN  AND  THE  HARBOR  ENTRANCE. 

(In  the  foreground  are  shown  sunken  vessels,  with  which  Admiral  Togo  has  been  endeavoring  to  block  the  harbor.) 


of  Liao-Yang.  The  Cossacks,  under  General 
Rennenkampf,  defeated  a  Japanese  squadron, 
on  June  8,  north  of  Feng-Wang-Cheng,  on  the 
road  to  Mukden.  Later,  however,  the  Japanese 
returned  in  force  and  defeated  the  Russians, 
capturing  the  towns  of  Samaja  and  Siu-Yen. 

By   May    25,   the   Japanese   had   ad- 
The  Japanese  vanced    some    forty    thousand    men 

Advance.  •> 

along  the  narrowest  point  of  the 
peninsula  to  Kinchow.  Here  the  Russians  made 
their  stand  with  desperate  valor.  The  Nanshan 
Hills,  extending  from  Kinchow,  on  the  western 
side  of  the  peninsula,  eastward  in  the  direction 
of  Dalny,  afforded  excellent  opportunity  for 
defense.  The  Russians  had  fortified  the  hills 
and  manned  them  with  the  flower  of  the  Port 
Arthur  force,  under  command  of  Generals  Fock 
and  Zalinsky.  After  landing,  and  an  advance 
which  has  called  forth  the  praise  v.f  military 
experts  all  over  the  world  for  its  precision, 
fdresight,  and  science,  the  Japanese  seized  the 
city  of  Kinchow.  Then  came  a  series  of  tenta- 
tive advances  to  ascertain  the  position  of  the 
enemy.  They  determined  to  take  the  Russian 
works  by  direct  assault.  Under  cover  of  lire 
from  the  warships,  and  supported  by  their 
field  artillery  (invented,  designed,  and  manu- 
factured in  Japan),  division  after  division  of 
General  Oku's  men  waded  through  the  water, 
breast  high,  and  charged  up  tin;  hill. 


A  terrific  fire  from  the  Russian  bat- 
A  vfcto"uSe  Series  caused  tremendous  destruction 
of  life,  and  the  Japanese  admit  that 
they  lost  4,200  men  killed  and  wounded  in  the 
charge.  But  they  won  the  heights,  and  the  Rus- 
sians, after  an  heroic  struggle  in  which  2,000 
men  were  killed  and  wounded,  retreated  to  Port 
Arthur,  leaving  78  guns  in  the  hands  of  the  vic- 
tors. The  battle  of  Nanshan  Hills  proves  even 
more  conclusively  than  the  fight  on  the  Yalu  the 
dash,  patience,  and  military  efficiency  of  the  Japa- 
nese. Between  these  hills  and  the  fortifications 
of  Port  Arthur  itself  only  level  country  inter- 
venes, and  across  this  level  country  the  Japanese 
are  carefully  advancing  and  bringing  up  siege 
guns  which  have  been  landed  from  their  fleet  at 
Dalny.  By  June  20,  they  were  reported  to  be 
within  five  miles  of  the  Russian  works. 


Attempt  to 


As  the  Japanese  lines  began  to  close 
Rescue  around  Port  Arthur  by  land  and  sea, 
Port  Arthur,  ^q  outside  world  had  intimations  of 
radical  differences  of  opinion  between  Admiral 
AlexieiT  and  Genera]  Kuropatkin  as  to  the  ad- 
visability of  attempting  to  rescue  the  beleaguered 
fortress.  General  K/uropatkin's  plans,  it  was  re- 
ported, had  not  considered  the  rescue  of  Port 
Arthur,  and  the  Czar,  despite  the  urgent  de- 
mands of  Admiral  Alexieff  and  other  members 
of  the  cabinet,  had  declined  to  order  Kuropatkin 
to  attempt    the    rescue,  although   asking  his  ad- 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


21 


vice  as  to  its  possibility.  Subsequent  efforts, 
however,  would  indicate  that  the  Russian  mili- 
tary commander  in  the  far  East  had  decided  to 
make  a  demonstration  southward  toward  Port 
Arthur  to  satisfy  the  demands  of  the  critics  at 
the  capital.  After  the  severe  Russian  defeat  at 
the  battle  of  Nanshan  Hills,  Admiral  Alexieff 
and  General  Kuropatkin  appeared  to  have  agreed 
upon  a  southward  movement  by  General  Stakel- 
berg,  with  forty  thousand  men,  and  a  sortie 
from  Port  Arthur,  while,  at  the  same  time,  Vice- 
Admiral  Skrydloff  conducted  his  raid  from 
Vladivostok,  destroying  the  Japanese  transports 
Izumi,  Hitachi,  and  Sado,  thus  depriving  General 
Oku  of  his  needed  reinforcements  and  relieving 
the  tension  at  Port  Arthur. 

General  Stakelberg,  however,  met 
A  Defeat"     w^  a  disastrous  defeat  at  Vaf  angow 

(or  Telissu),  a  point  on  the  railroad 
about  eighty  miles  north  of  Port  Arthur.  In  a 
sanguinary  three  days'  battle,  beginning  June 
14,  General  Oku,  who  had  detached  35,000  men 
from  his  Port  Arthur  army,  defeated  the  Rus- 
sians, inflicting  a  loss  of  3,000  men,  and  captur- 
ing 300  prisoners  and  a  number  of  guns. 
General  Stakelberg  retreated  northward  in  dis- 
order, pursued  by  the  Japanese.  The  battle  of 
Vafangow  was  most  sanguinary.  Each  side 
fought  with  desperate  valor.  The  Russian  ad- 
vance across  a  plain  swept  by  two  hundred 
heavy  guns  from  the  Japanese  intrenchments 
was  especially  fine.  In  so  far  as  General  Stakel- 
bei'g's  movement  forced  General  Oku  to  divert 
his  attention  temporarily  from  Port  Arthur  to 
his  northern  communications,  it  was  a  success. 
But  by  June  21  General  Kuroki  had  advanced 
to  the  railroad  north  of  the  defeated  Russians, 
with  the  object  of  cutting  off  their  retreat.  In 
the  battle  and  retreat,  up  to  June  21,  it  was  es- 
timated that  General  Stakelberg's  losses  aggre- 
gated fully  ten  thousand  men.  General  Kuro- 
patkin himself  was  reported  to  be  advancing 
southward,  and  a  general  engagement  was  ex- 
pected at  any  time. 

_.       .  After  the  destruction  of  the  battle- 

Three  Japanese  T  . 

Transports  ship  Hatsuse  (on  May  15),  several 
weeks  passed  with  quiet  on  the  sea. 
Admiral  Togo  kept  up  his  vigilant  watch  at 
the  harbor  of  Port  Arthur,  and  protected  the 
Japanese  transports  which  were  landing  the 
armies  in  Manchuria.  Since  the  evacuation  of 
Dalny  by  the  Russians,  the  Japanese  had  been 
using  that  town  as  a  sort  of  new  naval  base. 
The  Vladivostok  fleet  then  became  active  again. 
Vice-Admiral  Skrydloff  is  apparently  justifying 
the  confidence  his   countrymen  have  placed  in 


GENERAL  OKU,   COMMANDING   THE  JAPANESE  SECOND  ARMY. 

(Who  is  besieging  Port  Arthur,  and  who  defeated  the  Rus- 
sians at  Nanshan  Hill  and  Vafangow.) 

him.  In  a  very  daring  raid  from  Vladivostok, 
on  June  15,  the  Russian  squadron  of  three  cruis- 
ers, the  Rossia,  the  Rurik,  and  the  Gromohoi, 
cruised  southward  and  overhauled  three  Japa- 
nese transports,  the  Izumi,  the  Hitachi,  and  the 
Sado,  which  they  torpedoed  and  sank  ;  fourteen 
hundred  men  were  lost.  A  British  collier,  the 
Allanton,  laden  with  coal,  was  also  captured  and 
taken  to  Vladivostok  for  adjudication  by  a  prize 
court.  It  is  rumored  that  Admiral  Kamimura, 
who  was  guarding  the  east  coast  of  the  empire, 
overtook  the  squadron  and  gave  them  battle,  but 
at  this  writing  (June  21)  the  story  of  the  sea  fight 
has  not  been  confirmed.  With  the  loss  of  the  Hat- 
suse, the  Japanese  fighting  strength  on  the  sea  has 
been  reduced  by  one-sixth.  The  Russian  fleet 
in  the  far  East  now  consists  of  six  battleships 
(three  of  these  may  not  be  available  for  service) 
and  five  cruisers,  and  the  Japanese,  five  battle- 
ships and  eighteen  cruisers.  Mr.  Benjamin's 
article  on  naval  engines  of  destruction,  in  this 
number  of  the  Review,  throws  interesting  side- 
lights on  the  war  on  the  sea. 


Russia's 
Internal 
Troubles. 


The  shooting  of  General  Bobrikoff, 
governor-general  of  Finland,  on  June 
15,  by  a  member  of  the  opposition  to 
the  Russification  policy,  is  a  forceful  reminder 
of  the  serious  internal  condition  of  the  empire. 
The  economic   depression  and  political  discon- 


22 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  LIAO-TUNG   PENINSULA  AND   VICINITY. 

(Vafangow,  or  Telissu,  cannot  be  located  on  available  maps.    On  the  above  plan  it  would  be  shown  somewhere  on  the  rail- 
road between  Fou-chou  and  Kaiping.) 


tent  in  Russia  are  accentuated  by  the  war.  Ac- 
cording to  reliable  information,  trade  seems  to 
be  paralyzed,  and  an  economic  crisis  is  likely  to 
affect  the  political  situation.  A  number  of  large 
firms  in  Moscow  have  become  insolvent,  and 
business  in  Poland  and  Siberia  is  practically  at 
a  standstill,  with  thousands  of  people  out  of 
work.  Business  of  all  kinds  is  practically  dead 
in  Vladivostok,  and  the  sea  trade  of  the  Black 
Sea  ports,  Odessa  principally,  is  in  an  alarming 
condition.  The  Russian  volunteer  fleet,  the  lead- 
ing subsidized  shipping  concern  of  Russia,  has 
practically  ceased  business.  One  of  the  fleet 
has  been  captured  by  the  Japanese,  another  is 
shut  up  in  Port  Arthur,  and  the  rest  of  the  ves- 
sels are  lying  at  homo  ports  awaiting  orders. 

Persistent  reports  of  many  desertions 

NDe'leSrtio'n"Cl  ^rom    tm>    Russian    army   come   from 
widely  scattered   points,  and,  owing 
to  a  tear  of  socialistic  propaganda,  the  govern- 
ment has  not.  so  far.  been  able  to  mobilize  troops 
in  the  manufacturing  districts.      The  danger  of 


insurrection  and  Nihilism  grows  daily  with  the 
increasing  taxes  and  the  incompetence  and  un- 
readiness of  the  governing  classes.  General 
Bobrikoff  was  one  of  the  most  hated  representa- 
tives of  the  autocracy,  and  General  \Vahl,  who 
has  been  appointed  to  succeed  him,  will  no 
doubt  continue  his  policy.  Finland's  case  against 
Bobrikoff  is  presentee!  in  our  "  Leading  Ar- 
ticles of  the  Month."  Almost  two  hundred  years 
ago,  Peter  the  Great  ordered  his  subjects  to  put 
on  WCstcrn  civilization.  Mutsuhito  commanded 
his  subjects  to  do  the  same  one  hundred  and 
fifty  years  later.  But,  although  Russia  has  had 
a  century  and  a  half  the  start,  "Western  civiliza- 
t  ion  is  still  to  her  an  outer  garment,  while  the  Jap- 
anese have  made  it  a  part  of  their  national  life. 

Both  combatants  have  found  pressing 
Wa^loans     llrc'^   lm'  ^u'  sinews  of  war.     Japan 
has  raised  two  loans  of  $50,000,000 
each.   <  hie  was  (in  (i  percent,  bonds,  issued  at  93£, 
one  half  being  marketed  in  New  York   and  one- 
half   in    London.      The   entire   loan  was   heavily 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


23 


BARON  KENTARO  KANEKO. 

(Baron  Kaneko,  a  samurai,  and  a  distinguished  member  of 
the  Japanese  House  of  Peers,  has  just  made  a  tour  of  the 
United  States  for  the  purpose  of  studying  economic  condi- 
tions and  of  reporting  to  his  government  on  the  advance 
of  American  machinery  as  exhibited  at  St.  Louis.  Baron 
Kaneko  graduated  from  the  Harvard  Law  School  in  1878. 
Later,  he  became  professor  of  law  in  the  Imperial  Univer- 
sity, at  Tokio,  and  then  one  of  the  secretaries  of  the  For- 
eign Department  of  the  empire,  rising  to  the  position  of 
minister  of  state  for  agriculture  and  commerce.  He  has 
also  been  chief  secretary  of  the  House  of  Peers  and  minis- 
ter of  justice.) 

oversubscrib- 
ed, and  prices 
advanced  to 
96.  A  second 
popular  loan 
of$50,000,000 
was  issued  at 
95,  payable  in 
five  years,  at  5 
per  cent.  This 
was  also  heav- 
ily oversub- 
scribed. The 
Russian  bonds 
for  $160,000,- 
000,  at  5  per 
cent,  interest, 
payable  in 
1909,  are  ex- 
empt from  all 

MULAI-ABD-EL-AZIZ,  SULTAN  OF  MOROCCO,      taxation.      llllS 


loan  was  raised  largely  in  France.  The  credit 
of  Japan  is  high,  as  she  has  always  been  re- 
garded as  a  good  debtor.  She  has  only  been 
borrowing  on  government  bonds  since  1870,  and 
all  her  obligations  have  been  met  strictly  on 
time,  on  a  number  of  noteworthy  occasions 
before  maturity.  Russian  credit  has  always 
been  good,  but  Russians  power  to  borrow  must, 
it  would  seem,  depend  in  a  large  degree  upon 
her  internal  stability — of  which  some  dubious 
reports  are  now  reaching  us.  The  cost  of  the 
war  will  undoubtedly  greatly  depress  the  pro- 
ductive power  in  both  countries. 

It  comes  as  an  odd  coincidence  that 
ne  Kidnaping  &   United   States  naval  commander, 

in  Morocco.  ,  ' 

with  United  States  war  vessels,  should 
be  carrying  out  in  Morocco,  in  the  first  years 
of  the  twentieth  century,  what  an  American 
commander,  with  American  ships  of  war,  was 
doing  in  the  opening  years  of  the  nineteenth. 
In   1804,   Captain   Decatur   attacked  and    chas- 


Ion  Perdicaris.  Cromwell  Varley. 

THE  AMERICAN  AND  BRITISH  CITIZENS  CAPTURED  AND  HELD 
BY  THE  MOROCCAN  BANDIT,   RAISULI. 

tised  the  "  Barbary  pirates "  for  attacks  on 
American  commerce.  It  is  a  far  cry  from  his 
frigate,  the  Philadelphia,  to  the  splendid  warship 
the  Brooklyn,  upon  which  Rear-Admiral  Chad- 
wick  flies  his  flag  to-day.  "With  the  internal 
troubles  of  Morocco  we  have  no  concern,  and 
our  government  has  acquiesced  in  the  provisions 
of  the  Anglo-French  agreement  by  which  France's 
preponderance  of  influence  in  Morocco  is  recog- 
nized. The  presence  of  American  and  British 
warships  in  the  harbor  of  Tangier  for  several 
weeks  in  May  and  June  was  due  solely  to  the 
fact  that  an  American  citizen,  Ion  Perdicaris,  and 
a  British  subject,  Cromwell  Varley,  had  been 
captured  by  a  Moorish  bandit,  Muley  Ahmed,  or 
Raisuli,  as  he  is  called,  a  descendant  of  the  most 
venerated  of  Moroccan  chiefs,  and  held  for  the 
purpose  of  extorting  money  and  other  conces- 
sions from  the  unhappy  Sultan.     Raisuli  seems 


-24 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHL  Y  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


to  be  a  man  of  ability  and  power.  He  has 
several  strongholds  in  inaccessible  mountain  dis- 
tricts, and  the  Sultan  is  practically  in  his  power, 
as  the  American  and  British  governments  are 
demanding  the  safe  return  of  their  citizens  and 
the  Sultan's  treasury  is  bankrupt.  Raisuli 
originally  demanded  fifty  thousand  dollars  and 
certain  other  conditions  which  would  give  him 
i m munity  from 
punishment  and 
practical  political 
authority  over  the 
districts  he  now 
controls.  Later,  he 
demanded  more. 


.„    .  ,      R  e  c  o  g  - 

We  Ash 
France's      llizing 

eoo"°^ces- France's 
peculiar  position 
of  authority  in 
Morocco,  our  State 
Department  re- 
quested the  cooper- 
ation of  the  French 
Government  in 
securing   the   re- 


CAPTAIN  STEPHEN  DECATUR. 

(The  American  naval  officer  who 
chastised  the  "Barbary  pirates" 
in  1804.) 

lease  of  Mr.  Ferdicaris  (who,  by  the  way.  has 
been  a  resident  of  Tangier  for  many  years,  and 
is  an  American  in  nothing  but  his  naturaliza- 
tion papers).  If  Raisuli,  with  all  his  piracy,  can 
wring  from  the  Sultan  some  concessions  which 
will  make  for  better  government  in  Morocco, 
the  world  will  forgive  him  for  this  particular 
kidnaping.  It  will  certainly 
follow  with  the  best  of  good 
wishes  France's  effort  to  civ- 
ilize the  country.  The  intro- 
duction of  a  general  school 
system  by  the  French  is  noted 
on  page  1 17  of  this  Review. 


,_    ,     .    ..    The    lamas    hav- 

England  at  .       , 

War  with  ing  succeeded 
r,bet-  in  thoroughly 
arousing  the  Tibetans,  the 
British  "mission"  suffered 
a  siege  in  Gyangtze,  with, 
how  eve  v,  communications 
still  open  with  India.  Two 
thousand  natives  armed  with 
antiquated  muskets,  known 
as  jingals,  bombarded  the 
little  British  force  under 
Colonel  Y  o  u  n  g  h  u  s  ban  d 
for  days.  Mr.  1 1  ro  d  rick, 
secretary  for  India,  lias  said 
in   the    House   of   Commons 


that  China  and  Ti- 
bet have  been  in- 
formed that  unless 
they  consent  to  ne- 
gotiate at  Gyang- 
tze within  a  certain 
date,  the  "mission  " 
will  advance  to 
Lassa,  the  sacred 
city.  The  lamas 
refused  to  forward 
Colonel  Young- 
husband's  letter  to 
Lassa,  and  the 
authorities  at  the 
capital  will  not 
permit  the  Amban 
(the  representa- 
tive  of  Chinese  suzerainty)  to  go  to  Gyangtze. 
Meanwhile,  the  British  were  bombarded  daily, 
and  reinforcements,  in  both  guns  and  men, 
are  being  sent  from  India.  The  fictions  of  a 
peaceful  mission  and  Chinese  suzerainty  have 
been  dropped  ;  it  is  now  war  between  Great 
Britain  and  Tibet.  The  utter  incapacity  of  the 
natives  in  a  military  sense  is  shown  by  the  fact 
that  1,600  of  them,  behind  strong  walls,  at  the 
sides  of  the  narrow  Karo  Pass,  could  not  keep 
back  150  Gurkas  with  a  few  British  officers. 
The  Indian  contingent  captured  the  pass.  This 
was  the  situation  in  the  middle  of  June.  Mean- 
while, it  was  reported  on  reliable  authority  that 
Russia  had  concentrated  125,000  seasoned  troops 
beyond  the  Caucasus. 


REAR-ADMIRAL  CHADWICK. 

(In  command  of  the  American 
squadron  before  Tangier.) 


TIHETANS   BOMBARDING   THB   BRITISH   WITH   THE  JINQAL,    A   (TltlOl'S  (1UNT  MUSKET. 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


(From  Mai)  21  to  June  20,  I'M!,.) 


POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT— AMERICAN. 

May  25. — Alabama  and  Tennessee  Democrats  choose 
Parker  delegates  to  the  St.  Louis  convention. 

May  27. — Maryland  Democrats  choose  delegates  to  St. 
Louis  pledged  to  Senator  Gorman. 

May  31. — The  United  States  Supreme  Court  upholds 

the  constitutionality  of  the  tax  on  oleomargarine 

Illinois  Republicans  re- 
convene at  Springfield, 
Governor  Yates  retain- 
ing his  lead. 

June  1.— Georgia 
Democrats  instruct  for 
Parker ;  Michigan  and 
Oklahoma  delegates  re- 
m  a  i  n  uncommitted  ; 
and  Nebraska  Demo- 
crats adopt  the  Bryan 
platform. 

June  3. — Illinois  Re- 
publicans nominate 
Charles  S.  Deneen  for 
governor  on  the  seven- 
ty-ninth ballot. 

June  6. — Oregon 
elects  Republican  Con- 
gressmen and  candi- 
dates for  minor  State 
offices The  explo- 
sion of  an  infernal  ma- 
chine beneath  a  station 
platform  in  the  Cripple 
Creek  mining  district 
of  Colorado  causes  the 
death  of  fifteen  non- 
union miners ;  rioting  breaks  out  at  Victor  and  at 
other  points,  and  the  sheriff  and  other  local  officers  are 
compelled  to  resign. 

June  8. — Six  of  the  striking  miners  in  the  Cripple 
Creek  district  of  Colorado  are  killed  by  the  militia,  and 
fifteen  prisoners  are  taken. 

June  10. — Governor  Pennypacker,  of  Pennsylvania, 
appoints  Attorney-General  Knox  to  the  United  States 
Senate  to  serve  the  unexpired  portion  of  the  late  Sena- 
tor Quay's  term,  ending  on  March  4, 1905. 

June  14. — Illinois  Democrats  instruct  their  delegates 
to  St.  Louis  to  vote  as  a  unit  for  W.  R.  Hearst  for  the 
Presidential  nomination. 

June  15. — Republican  National  Committee  meets  in 
Chicago Arkansas  and  Mississippi  Democrats  in- 
struct their  delegates  to  St.  Louis  for  Parker. 

June  16. — Maj.-Gen.  H.  C.  Corbin  is  ordered  to  com- 
mand the  Division  of  the  Philippines,  succeeding  Maj.- 
Gen.  J.  F.  Wade. 

June  17. — The  Republican  National  Committee,  by 
unanimous  vote,  decides  to  put  the  "Stalwart,"  or 
Spooner,  delegates  from  Wisconsin  on  the  convention 
roll,  rejecting  the  claims  of  the  La  Follette  delegates. 


CHARLES  S.   LOBINGIER, 
OF  NEBRASKA. 

(Judge  of  the  Court  of  First  In- 
stance in  the  Philippines.) 


June  18. — Secretary  Cortelyou,  of  the  Department  of 
Commerce  and  Labor,  begins  an  investigation  of  the 
General  Slocum  disaster  at  New  York,  by  which  nine 
hundred  persons  lost  their  lives. 

POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT— FOREIGN. 

May  21. — The  Spanish  Council  of  Ministers  approves 
the  budget. 

May  23. — The  Cape  government  is  defeated  by  43  votes 
to  33  on  a  proposal  for  the  reduction  of  the  estimates. 

May  26. — The  Santo  Domingo  insurgents  are  victo- 
rious in  a  battle  with  the  government  troops  at  Esper- 
anza  ;  General  Cabrera,  minister  of  War,  is  killed. 

May  27. — The  French  Chamber  of  Deputies  debates 
the  relations  between  France  and  the  Vatican,  and  a 

resolution  in  favor  of  the  government  is  carried Sir 

F.  Borden's  amendment  to  the  Grand  Trunk  Railway 
bill  in  the  Canadian  Parliament  is  rejected  by  a  vote  of 
105  to  59. 

May  28. — The  Cape  Parliament  is  prorogued  to  July 
29,  1904. 

May  30. — The  result  of  the  elections  in  Belgium  is  to 
give  the  opposition  two  more  seats  in  the  upper  and  five 
in  the  lower  chamber. 


wv/j*. 


Uncle  Sam:  "My  name  may  be  changed,  but  I  am  still 
the  same  old  Uncle  Sam."— From  the  Leader  (Cleveland). 

[Secretary  Hay  has  issued  an  order  substituting  the  in- 
scription "American  Consulates"  for  "United  States  Con- 
sulates."] 


26 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Copyright,  1897,  by  J.  S.  Johnston. 

THE  UNITED  STATES  CRUISER   "BROOKLYN." 

(Admiral  Chad  wick's  flagship  in  the  Mediterranean.) 

June  6. — Two  regiments  and  detachments  of  artillery 
and  engineers  are  ordered  to  reenforce  the  British  expe- 
dition in  Tibet. 

June  8. — A  bill  providing  for  the  construction  of 
twenty-eight  warships  is  introduced  in  the  Brazilian 
Congress. 

June  10. — On  the  statement  of  Premier  Combes,  in 
the  French  Chamber  of  Deputies,  that  two  million 
francs  had  been  offered  to  them  to  bring  in  a  bill  to 
keep  the  Carthusian  monks  in  France,  an  investigation 
is  ordered. 

June  11. — It  is  announced  that  Earl  Grey  will  succeed 
Lord  Minto  as  governor-general  of  Canada. 

June  12. — Manuel  Quintana  is  elected  president  of 
Argentina,  and  Jose'  Pardo  president  of  Peru. 

June  13. — It  is  announced  that  the  Council  of  the  Em- 
pire in  Russia  has  approved  M.  Plehve's  bill  for  the 
repeal  of  the  law  under  which  Jews  are  forbidden  to 
reside  within  thirty-two  miles  of  the  frontier. 

June  16. — General  Count  Bobrikoff,  governor-general 
of  Finland,  is  shot  and  mortally  wounded  at  the  en- 
trance to  the  Finnish  Senate,  at  Helsingfors. 

June  18. — Japan's  second  issue  of  exchequer  bonds  is 
more  than  three  times  oversubscribed. 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS. 

May  21. — It  is  announced  that  the  French  ambassador 
to  the  Vatican  has  been  recalled  by  his  government. 

May  23. — France  refuses  to  send  charges  d'affaires  to 
Borne. 

May  26. — The  Czar  of  Russia  receives  the  mjw  British 
ambassador,  Sir  Charles  Hardinge The  British  Gov- 
ernment publishes  an  outline  of  a  scheme  of  financial 
and  military  reorganization  proposed  by  Sir  Robert 
Hart,  inspector-general  of  the  Chinese  maritime  cus- 
toms. 

May  28. — The  United  States  rejects  demands  made  by 
the  brigands  who  kidnaped  Ion  Perdicaris  in  Morocco. 

May31. — Ambassador  Porter,  at  Paris,  induces  France 
to  promise  to  use  her  good  offices  to  effect  the  release  of 
Perdicaris,  now  in  the  hands  of  brigands  in  Morocco. 

June  1. — The  United  States  Government  notifies  the 


Moorish  authorities  that  Raisuli,  the  bandit  leader,  is 
held  personally  responsible  for  the  lives  of  his  captives, 
Perdicaris  and  Varley,  and  that  his  execution  will  be 
demanded  if  his  prisoners  are  put  to  death. 

June  8. — The  Cuban  Senate  ratifies  the  Isle  of  Pines 
treaty  with  the  United  States. 

June  10. — The  joint  commission  appointed  by  the 
governments  of  the  United  States  and  Panama  to  con- 
sider the  question  of  coinage  for  Panama  assembled  in 
Washington. 

June  13. — Lord  Lansdowne  speaks  in  the  British 
House  of  Lords  on  the  objections  raised  by  Great  Brit- 
ain to  the  application  of  the  United  States  coast-trade 
laws  to  the  Philippines. 

June  14. — King  Victor  Emmanuel,  of  Italy,  decides  a 
dispute  between  Brazil  and  Great  Britain  over  the  Gui- 
ana frontier. 

THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR. 

May  22. — The  Russians  are  reoccupying  Newchwang. 

May  23. — It  is  announced  that  the  cruiser  Bogatyr, 
which  went  on  the  rocks 
off  Vladivostok,  was 
blown  up  by  the  Rus- 
sians, as  it  was  impossi- 
ble to  save  the  ship 

Admiral     Skrydloff    ar- 
rives at  Vladivostok. 

May  25.— The  Japanese 
resume  their  forward 
movement ;  they  again 
bombard  Port  Arthur. 

May  26. —  The  Japa- 
nese, after  a  great  battle 
which  lasts  sixteen 
hours,  capture  Kinchow 
and  also  Nanshan  Hill, 
the  extreme  left  of  the 
Russian  position.  The 
Japanese  pursue  the 
Russians  south  and  cap- 
ture seventy-eight  guns. 
The  casualties  on  both 
sides  are  very  heavy, 
those  of  Japan  being 
3,500;  the  Russians  leave 
500  dead  on  the  field  of 
battle.  The  Russians  re- 
treat on  Port  Arthur. 

May  80. — The  Japanese 
encounter  and  defeat 
2,000  Cossacks  near  Feng- 
Wang-Cheng  ;  General 
Oku  informs  his  govern- 
ment that  he  has  occu- 
pied Dalny,  the  docks, 
piers,  and  rail  way  station 
being  quite  uninjured. 

June  1. — General  Ku- 
ropatkin  reports  the  oc- 
cupation of  Samaja  by 
t  lie  Japanese. 
June  3. — Two  thou- 


CAPTAIN   HIRAOKA,  TOE  JAPA- 
NESE   PRESS   CENSOR. 


(Who  lias  so  carefully  guarded 
the  Japanese  military  secrets 
that  the  correspondents  are  sand  Russians,  infantry, 
entirely  dependent  on  him  for  cavalry,  and  artillery, 
Information  about  the  war.)      are  defeated  by  Japanese 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


27 


A  JAPANESE  FIELD  OBSERVATORY. 

(The  Japanese  army  is  making  use  of  ladders,  spars,  trees, 
etc.,  as  lookout  towers,  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
country  through  which  it  is  marching.) 

troops  north  of  Polantien In  the  fight  near  Samaja, 

six  hundred  Russians  are  repulsed  by  the  Japanese. 

June  6. — General  Kuropatkin's  staff  moves  its  quar- 
ters to  a  point  about  forty  miles  south  of  Liao-Yang. 

June  7. — The  Russians  are  driven  from  the  town  of 

Samaja  with  a  loss  of  100  killed  and  wounded A 

Japanese  squadron  of  seventeen  vessels  shelled  the  west 
coast  of  the  Liao-tung  Peninsula  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Kai-Ting  and  Seniuchen. 

June  8.— The  Japanese  capture  Siu-Yen,  flanking  and 
driving  back  the  Russians  ;  the  engagement  lasts  six 
hours. 

June  12. — The  bodies  of  704  Russians  left  on  the  field 
after  the  battle  of  Nanshan  are  buried  by  the  Japanese 
The  Japanese  are  reported  as  fortifying  Siu-Yen. 

June  14. — Two  Japanese  divisions,  numbering  about 
20,000  men,  engage  the  Russian  position  near  Vafan- 
gow,  north  of  Polantien  ;  the  Russian  losses  are  heavy, 
all  the  guns  being  abandoned. 

June  16. — The  Russian  Vladivostok  squadron  returns 
to  that  harbor  after  a  successful  raid  in  the  Japan  Sea 
in  which  it  sinks  three  Japanese  transports. 

OTHER  OCCURRENCES  OF  THE  MONTH. 

May  23. — An  International  Cotton  Congress  opens  at 
Zurich. 
May  27. — The  International  Tuberculosis  Congress 


opens  at  Copenhagen A  tornado  destroys  the  town 

of  New  Liberty,  111. 

May  30. — President  Roosevelt  makes  an  address  on 
the  battlefield  of  Gettysburg. 

June  1. — The  tenth  annual  conference  on  arbitration 
opens  at  Lake  Mohonk,  N.  Y. 

June  3. — Walter  J.  Travis,  an  American,  wins  the 
golf  championship  of  the  world. 

June  4. — A  tornado  wipes  out  several  towns  in  Ok- 
lahoma. 

June  15. — The  steamer  General  Slocum,  carrying  an 
excursion  of  St.  Mark's  German  Lutheran  Church,  New 
York  City,  catches  fire  in  the  East  River,  and  more 
than  nine  hundred  lives  are  lost,  most  of  the  victims 
being  women  and  children. 

OBITUARY. 

May  22. — Richard  C.  Dale,  a  distinguished  Philadel- 
phia lawyer,  51. 

May  23. — Col.  Augustus  C.  Buell,  a  well-known  au- 
thor and  civil  engineer,  57. 

May  24. — Ex-Judge  Myer  S.  Isaacs,  president  of  the 
Baron  de  Hirsch  Fund,  63. 

May  26. — Charlton  T.  Lewis,  the  well-known  lawyer 

and  editor  of  standard  classical  dictionaries,  70 Maj.- 

Gen.    Sir    John    McNeill,   V.C.,    73.... Prof.   William 

Henry  Pettee,  of  the  University  of  Michigan,  66 

Auguste  Wiegand,  the  famous  Belgian  organist  and 
composer,  52. 

May  27.—  Friedrich  Siemens,  the  German  industrial 
leader,  77. 

May  28. — United  States  Senator  Matthew  Stanley 
Quay,  of  Pennsylvania,  71.... Dr.  Ralph  M.  Isham,  for 
nearly  half  a  century  one  of  the  leading  physicians  of 

Chicago,  73 Arthur  W.  Pulver,  general  attorney  for 

the  Chicago  &  Northwestern   Railway  Company,   45 

Ex-Congressman  Joseph  B.  Cheadle,  of  Indiana,  62 

Major  Mann  Page,  of  Virginia,  65. 

May  30.— Mayor  Robert  M.  McLane,  of  Baltimore,  36 

Grand  Duke   Friedrich  Wilhelm  of  Mecklenburg- 

Strelitz,  85. 

May  31. — David  R.  Fraser,  of  Chicago,  one  of  the  found- 
ers of  whafTis  now  the  Allis-Chalmers  Company,  80. 

June  1. — Samuel  R.  Callaway,  president  of  the  Ameri- 
can Locomotive  Company  and  former  president  of  the 
New  York  Central,  54. 

June  3. — Walter  S.  Carter,  a  well-known  New  York 

lawyer,  71 Dr.  Robert  P.  Keep,  of  Farmington,  Conn., 

head  of  a  famous  girls'  school,  60. 

June  5. — Elisha  S.  Converse,  a  well-known  Massa- 
chusetts philanthropist,  84. 

June  9. — Levi  Z.  Leiter,  of  Chicago,  70. 

June  10. — Laurence  Hutton,  the  author  and  critic,  61. 

June  11. — AbnerMcKinley, brother  of  the  President, 54. 

June  13. — Edwin  Dean  Worcester,   secretary  of  the 

New  York  Central  Railroad  Company,  75 Dr.  John 

Grant,  an  aggressive  Republican  leader  in  Texas,  52. 

June  14. — Frederick  Walcott  Jackson,  president  of 
the  board  of  directors  of  the  United  Railroads  of  New 
Jersey,  77. 

June  16. — Dr.  Nathan  Smith  Davis,  an  eminent  physi- 
cian of  Chicago,  87. 

June  17. — Rear- Admiral  James  A.  Greer,  U.S.N.,  re- 
tired, 71 Governor-General  Bobrikoff,  of  Finland. 


His  Last  Instructions  :   "Whoop  'er  up !  "—From  the  World  (Xew  York). 


CURRENT 

HISTORY    IN 

CARTOONS. 

UNCERTAINTY  and  rivalry  in 
a  political  campaign  are  the 
most  fruitful  sources  of  cartoon  and 
invective.  The  absolute  unanimity 
of  Republicans  in  the  renomination 
of  President  Roosevelt,  and  his  per- 
sonal  ascendency,  have  not  been 
stimulating  to  the  pencils  of  the 
Cartoonists.  Mr.  Hush's  summing 
up  of  the  cast-,  as  we  reproduce  it 
above,  is  so  true  and  convincing 
that  it  stands  for  the  general  opin- 
ion. Contrast  with  this  the  uncer- 
tainty of  the  Democratic  situation, 
shown  in  the  other  picture  on  this 
page,  in  which  clever  use  is  made  of 
the  "floating  mine  "  to  indicate  the 


floating  minks.-  From  the  Globe  (New  York). 


CURRENT  HISTORY  IN  CARTOONS. 


29 


THE  CONVENTION  HAS  ARRIVED. 

From  the  Herald  (New  York). 


HE  KNOWS  THE  KEYS. 

(Mr.  Cortelyou's  rise  in  public  life  has  been  very  rapid,  as 
it  is  less  than  ten  years  since  he  joined  the  White  House 
staff  as  stenographer  to  President  Cleveland.) 
From  the  Brooklyn  Eagle  (New  York) . 

slips  which  may  yet  be  between  Judge  Parker  and  his 
nomination.  Secretary  Cortelyou's  appointment  to  the 
chairmanship  of  the  Republican  National  Committee, 
and  Mr.  Knox's  resignation  from  the  cabinet  to  succeed 
the  late  Mr.  Quay  as  Senator  from  Pennsylvania,  are 
also  well  "  hit  off"  in  current  cartoons.  It  must  be  ad- 
mitted, however,  that  the  past  month  has  not  shown 
any  very  brilliant  work  on  the  part  of  the  cartoonists. 


NOT  A  CLOUD  IN  SIGHT. 

(Except  that  made  by  the  factory  chimneys.) 
From  the  Inquirer  (Philadelphia). 


HE   HAS  A   NEW  JOB. 


G.  O.  P. :  "  There's  my  man ;  where's  yours  ?  " 
Democracy  ;  "Oh,  I'm  waiting  for  an  inspiration." 
From  the  Glohe  (New  York). 


Knox:  "Mr.  Roosevelt,  you'll  have  to  get  somebody  else 
to  tend  to  this  pig,  because  Mr.  Penn  wants  me  to  go  to 
work  for  him."— From  the  Journal  (Kansas  City). 


30 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


William  Jennings  Bryan  (in  window)  :  "  You'll  be  cheated  if  you  take  him,  madam ;  he  can't  talk." 

From  the  Journal  (Detroit). 


"l.KT  THE  OOI.D-DUST  TWINS  DO   YOUK    WORK  " 
From  the   PreSS  (New  York). 


Miss  DEMOCRACY:  "Please,    Mr.    Science,  will  you  turn 
your  red  ants  loose  on  that  follow  f  " 

From  the  i;iolu  (New  York). 


CURRENT  HISTORY  IN  CARTOONS. 


31 


"Take  care,  Japan !  if  you  break  the  other  leg  he  will  fall 
on  you  and  crush  you." — From  Simplicissimus  (Berlin). 


Cartoons  on  the  war  situation  in  the  far  East  still 
deal  principally  with  the  naval  victories  of  Japan,  al- 
though the  operations  on  land  are  beginning  to  attract 
the  attention  of  the  comic  journals.  The  losses  of  Russia 
and  Japan  by  mines  inspire  a  number  of  cartoons,  and 
especial  reference  is  being  made  in  the  German  weeklies 
to  the  deadliness  of  the  contact  mines.  Port  Arthur 
still  furnishes  subject  for  "  bottling"  jokes.  The  situa- 
tion in  Morocco  comes  in  for  some  treatment,  and  the 
Continental  attitude  is  fairly  well  represented  in  the 
cartoon  we  reproduce  from  Kladderadatsch,  of  Berlin, 
which  represents  Uncle  Sam  joining  with  England  and 
France  to  extort  money  from  the  unhappy  Sultan. 


THE  MINE  PERIL  IN  THE   YELLOW   SEA. 

From  Lustige  BUItter  (Berlin). 


THIRD  IN  THE  LEAGUE. 

1  Thank  Heaven  !  Now  I  have  a  chance,"  exclaims  Uncle  Sam 
when  he  hears  that  an  American  citizen  has  been  captured 
by  the  Moroccan  pirate,  Raisuli. 

From  Kladderadatsch  (Berlin). 


"bottled  up." 
From  the  Daily  Despatch  (London). 


32 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  RUSSIAN  GULLIVER  AND  THE    JAPANESE   LILLIPUTIANS 

(The  most  popular  cartoon  in  Moscow) . 

Russian  cartoons  on  the  war  make  contempt  for  the 
Japanese  army  and  navy  their  most  prominent  feature. 
Most  of  these  cartoons  are  variations  on  the  one  theme, 
of  vast  and  mighty  Russia  chastising  puny  little  Japan. 
The  favorites  are  not  those  which  appear  in  periodicals, 
but  those  which  are  sold  as  large  popular  pictures 
known  as  Lubochnyya  Kartiny,  or  "Popular  Pic- 
tures," published  by  several  firms  in  Moscow.  A  large 
number  breathe  a  spirit  of  hostility  to  Great  Britain 
and  the  United  States  for  their  pro-Japanese  feelings. 


COSSACK  SPANKING  THE  MIKADO. 

(From  one  of  the  most  popular  cartoons  sold  on  the  streets 
of  Moscow.) 


THE    MIKADO    AND    HIS   TIMCKV    Fll  I  KN  US,  .!<  )ll  N    HULL   AND 
UNCLE   SAM. 

(From  one  <>f  (he  popular  street  cartoons.) 


THE  RUSSIAN   SAILOR  MAN   CUTTING   OFF  JAP  NOSES. 

(From  a  popular  street  cartoon.) 


CURRENT  HISTORY  IN  CARTOONS. 


33 


*,!«****  t  m  ft  1t#!  4 


V 


ADMIRAL  ALEX1EFE  WATCHES  THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS. 

(From  a  Japanese  cartoon,  on  a  towel,  sold  on  the  streets  of  Tokio.    Read  from  right  to  left,  in  Japanese  fashion.) 


The  Japanese  are  particularly  proud  of  their  success 
on  the  water.  "  We  always  knew  we  could  acquit  ouv- 
selves  creditably  on  land,"  said  a  prominent  Japanese 
in  Xew  York,  "  but  we  were  not  quite  sure  of  ourselves 
on  the  sea.  The  victories  of  Admiral  Togo  have  been 
great  causes  for  national  rejoicing."  Japanese  cartoons 
have  these  naval  victories  for  their  principal  subjects. 
They  do  not  appear  very  largely  in  the  newspapers,  but 


i^#B  Iff  tiO 


are  printed  separately,  and  are  sold  on  the  streets  of 
Japanese  cities.  A  favorite  style  is  that  printed  in  blue 
on  hand  towels.  We  reproduce  several  of  the  most 
popular. 


&  Sv  »A«i> 


While  Admiral  Alexieff  and  the  other  Russian  command- 
ers were  at  the  theater  in  Port  Arthur,  on  February  8,  their 
ships  were  torpedoed  in  the  harbor. 


#t  <?  *  3k    if 


JAPANESE  SAILORS  COMPEL  RUSSIAN   SHIPS  TO  WALK   HOME. 

(From  a  Japanese  cartoon  sold  on  the  streets.) 


(From  a  Japanese  cartoon,  on  a  towel,  sold  on  the  streets.) 


Copyrigbti  1904,  t>y  the  Review  oi  Reviews  Company  (  n<,«  York. 

PRESIDENT  THEODORE   ROOSEVELT. 


THEODORE    ROOSEVELT  AS   A    PRESIDENTIAL 

CANDIDATE. 

BY  A  DELEGATE  TO  THE   NATIONAL  REPUBLICAN  CONVENTION. 


THERE  has  been  no  time,  for  nearly  two 
years  past,  when  it  was  not  certain  that 
Theodore  Roosevelt  would  be  nominated  for  the 
Presidency  by  the  Republican  party  with  actual 
or  substantial  unanimity.  The  party  at  large 
made  up  its  mind  to  bring  that  result  about  be- 
fore Mr.  Roosevelt  had  been  a  full  year  in  the 
AVI  lite  House.  From  that  time  to  the  present, 
the  party  organizers  and  machine  leaders  have 
been  as  chips  borne  by  a  swiftly  flowing  cur- 
rent. Whatever  other  plans  they  may  have  had 
were  quickly  abandoned,  and  with  more  or  less 
heartiness  they  have  accepted  the  inevitable. 

From  the  day  following  the  Ohio  election  of 
1903  to  the  middle  of  last  January,  those  who 
dislike  and  distrust  Mr.  Roosevelt  fought  des- 
perately to  prevent  his  nomination  in  June. 
The  Ohio  election,  with  its  rousing  majority  for 
Governor  Herrick  and  its  strongly  Republican 
legislature,  brought  Senator  Hanna  into  new 
prominence.  The  Waldorf-Astoria,  some  well- 
known  Wall  Street  banking  houses,  and  even 
the  Republican  and  Union  League  Clubs  in  New 
York,  were  soon  the  scenes  of  anxious  confer- 
ences and  earnest  scheming  to  "  beat  Roosevelt/' 
Senator  Hanna  was  besought  to  come  out  as  an 
open  candidate.  Had  he  done  so,  and  had  he 
lived,  the  result  would  not  have  been  different  ; 
although  there  would  have  been  in  a  few  States 
a  sharp  and,  doubtless,  bitter  struggle.  But 
Senator  Hanna  knew  more  about  public  opinion 
than  did  his  eager  supporters  among  the  bank- 
ers and  promoters.  He  knew  that  any  attempt 
to  buy  the  Republican  nomination  away  from 
Theodore  Roosevelt  would,  if  successful,  send 
the  party  to  a  smashing  defeat.  So  he  listened, 
but  kept  on  saying  "  No.1' 

The  leaders,  in  the  anti- Roosevelt  crusade  of 
a  few  months  ago  were  Wall  Street  promoters, 
mainly  Democrats.  Their  favorite  saying  was 
that  Mr.  Roosevelt  was  "unsafe."  They  must 
have  winced  when,  in  February,  Mr.  Root  went 
back  to  New  York  from  his  truly  great  career 
in  Washington,  and  stood  up  in  the  Union 
League  Club  there  to  tell  the  Republican  element 
of  this  contingent  for  what  sort  of  people  Mr. 
Roosevelt  was  "unsafe."  The  burning  words 
of  the  eloquent  war  secretary  blistered  many  a 
weather-beaten  hide  in  Wall  Street  and  out  of  it. 


Besides  being  "unsafe,"  Wall  Street — or  the 
gambling  part  of  it — thought  Mr.  Roosevelt  to 
be  "impetuous."  This  sapient  conclusion  was 
deduced  from  the  undoubted  fact  that  he  did 
not  consult  them  or  issue  "  tips  "  before  taking 
administrative  action,  or  before  instructing  the 
Attorney-General  to  commence  suit  against  one 
of  their  pet  organizations,  when  the  law  officers 
of  the  Government  reported  that  it  existed  in 
violation  of  law.  So  interpreted,  Mr.  Roosevelt's 
action  was  undoubtedly  "impetuous." 

Beyond  this  Wall  Street  opposition  and  that 
which  was  purchased  or  otherwise  stirred  up  by 
it,  there  has  at  no  time  been  any  opposition  to 
Theodore  Roosevelt's  election  inside  the  Repub- 
lican party,  and  not  very  much  outside  of  it. 
The  Democrats  of  the  South  are  necessarily  left 
out  of  the  reckoning.  They  prefer  dead  politi- 
cal delusions  to  live  political  principles.  If  the 
Apostle  Paul  were  to  return  to  earth  and  sit  at 
the  same  table  with  Booker  Washington,  a  thou- 
sand communities  in  the  South  would  burn  his 
Epistles  in  the  market-place  and  the  Southern 
newspapers  would  be  bedlam  let  loose. 

So  it  happens  that  Theodore  Roosevelt  faces 
the  next  Presidential  election  with  his  own  party 
enthusiastically  behind  him  and  the  opposition 
hopeless  of  his  defeat,  and,  on  the  whole,  not  very 
anxious  for  it.  It  is  a  rather  remarkable  situa- 
tion. The  explanation,  however,  is  simple.  It 
is  the  conquest  of  American  public  opinion  by  a 
strong,  perhaps  a  great,  personality,  honest,  fear- 
less, sympathetic,  and  just.  Readers  of  Ameri- 
can history  will  find  an  instructive  parallel  if 
they  will  study  carefully  the  events  leading  up 
to  the  reelection  of  Andrew  Jackson  and  to  that 
of  Abraham  Lincoln. 

The  American  people  like  Theodore  Roosevelt, 
and  they  believe  in  him.  They  take  no  interest 
in  what  The  Commoner,  or  the  New  York  ISun, 
or  the  New  York  Evening  Post,  or  the  Spring- 
field  Republican,  or  the  Boston  Herald  say  about 
him  ;  in  fact,  they  hardly  read  it.  They  watch 
the  man,  and  they  make  up  their  own  minds. 
They  are  not  such  fools  as  some  editors  and 
politicians  seem  to  think. 

In  one  sense  of  the  word,  there  are  no  politi- 
cal issues  this  year.  The  stupid  result  of  the 
effort  of  the  New  York  Democrats  to  write  a 


36 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Arthur  Hewitt. 


MRS.  THEODORE  ROOSEVELT. 


THEODORE  ROOSEVELT  AS  A  PRESIDENTIAL  CANDIDATE. 


37 


platform  that  would  have  national  significance 
at  once  sent  the  promising  Parker  boom  into 
temporary,  perhaps  permanent,  retirement.  Yet 
no  one  else  has  come  forward  with  anything 
better.  The  Democrats  are  trying  to  leave  off 
favoring  free  silver  and  attacking  the  Supreme 
I  lourt.  For  the  good  of  the  country,  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that  they  will  succeed.  Theoretically, 
they  want  the  tariff  revised  ;  practically,  they 
do  not  want  it  revised  very  much,  or,  at  least, 
they  are  not  willing  to  say  that  they  do.  They 
can  hardly  ask  us  to  give  up  building  the  Pan- 
ama Canal  or  to  repeal  the  measure  that  gave 
Cuba  reciprocal  trade  relations  with  us,  or  to 
go  back  to  an  antiquated  and  ineffective  mili- 
tary system  and  a  navy  of  wooden  tubs,  or  to 
stop  trying  to  give  the  country  an  honest  and 
progressive  administration.  Economical,  no 
American  administration  can  be  while  public 
opinion  and  Congressional  methods  are  what 
they  are.  The  Democrats  may,  perhaps,  con- 
tribute to  a  shindy  in  the  Philippine  Islands  by 
making  an  academic  declaration  as  to  the  dis- 
tant future  by  way  of  an  offset  to  the  Republi- 
can policy  of  giving  the  Filipinos  civil  liberty 
and  an  education  in  the  art  of  just  and  orderly 
government ;  but  as  an  "issue,"  that  will  prove 
pretty  feeble,  for  it  will  drive  away  Democratic 
votes  from  their  candidate  without  getting  him 
any  Republican  votes  in  return. 

But  if  there  are  no  political  issues,  what  is  the 
Presidential  election  of  1904  to  be  about?  It  is 
to  be  about  Theodore  Roosevelt,  and  nothing  else. 
The  voting  population  has  but  one  question  to 
answer  this  year,  and  that  question  is,  Do  you 
want  Theodore  Roosevelt  as  President  for  four 
years  more  ?  The  Democratic  candidate  may  be 
Cleveland,  or  McClellan,  or  Francis,  or  Harmon, 
or  Parker,  but  this  one  question  states  the  issue. 

The  result,  as  the  returns  from  Oregon  al- 
ready foretell,  will  be  what  a  friend  has  recently 
described  as  "a  prairie  fire  for  Roosevelt. "  Why  ? 

Because,  of  all  the  public  men  in  the  United 
States,  Theodore  Roosevelt  is  absolutely  the  best 
fitted  to  meet  the  problems  and  fulfill  the  duties 
of  the  Chief  Executive  for  four  years  from 
March  4,  1905.  He  has  proved  this  abundantly, 
and  the  American  people  know  it. 

The  Presidency  is,  without  exception,  the  most 
difficult  office  in  the  world.  It  knows  neither 
privacy  nor  rest.  It  demands  physical  and  men- 
tal health,  wide  information,  quick  and  accurate 
judgment,  alertness  and  versatility  of  mind, 
buoyancy  of  spirit,  and  good  temper.  Mr. 
Roosevelt  has  all  of  these  qualities  in  high  de- 
gree, and  in  addition  he  has  a  reasonable,  if  not 
an  excessive,  amount  of  patience.  The  elemen- 
tal virtues  no  one  denies  to  him. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Pach  Bros.,  New  York. 

MISS  ALICE   ROOSEVELT. 

During  the  next  Presidential  term  the  press- 
ing problems  are  likely  to  be  administrative, 
economic,  and  social.  Mr.  Roosevelt  is  splen- 
didly equipped  for  dealing  with  them.  No  one 
has  a  keener  scent  for  official  corruption  and  in- 
efficiency than  he,  and  no  one  pursues  the  wrong- 
doer more  relentlessly.  His  searching  Post- 
Office  investigation  is  a  case  in  point.  For 
political  uses,  the  Democrats  in  Congress  urged 
a  non  partisan  Congressional  investigation  of  the 
Post-Office  Department.  The  country  laughed 
at  them,  for  President  Roosevelt's  investigators 
had  disclosed  the  fact  that  patronage-hunting 
Senators  and  Congressmen  of  both  parties  were 
at  the  bottom  of  more  than  half  the  trouble,  and 
in  addition,  that  within  a  few  years  the  two 
worst  offenders  had  been  investigated  and  tri- 
umphantly acquitted  of  any  wrong  by  two  non- 
partisan Congressional  committees  !  The  House 
of  Representatives,  which  blundered  into  pub- 
lishing a  report  describing  the  doings  of  a  large 
fraction  of  its  membership,  had  a  short  attack 
of  hysterics  thereat,  for  the  benefit  of  the  simple- 
minded  constituents  at  home.  Then  the  matter 
was  dropped,  and  will  stay  dropped.  Meanwhile, 
the  Government's  prosecutors  keep  on  indicting 


38 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEW'S. 


THEODORE  ROOSEVELT  AS  A  PRESIDENTIAL  CANDIDATE. 


39 


and  convicting  the  principal  offenders.  The  peo- 
ple prefer  Mr.  Roosevelt's  kind  of  investigation 
to.  Congressional  hysterics  and  claptrap. 

Privilege  has  had  some  fairly  hard  raps  of 
late,  and  the  American  people  have  a  pretty 
clear  idea  that  Mr.  Roosevelt  will  give  it  a  few 
more  before  he  lays  down  his  office.  Botli  those 
who  buy  what  they  should  not  have  and  those 
who  bulldoze  are  being  taught  their  place  in  a 
ilemocracy  where  each  is  as  good  as  his  fellow- 
man,  but  no  better.  The  gentry  in  the  Govern- 
ment Printing  Office  who  had  expected  to  turn 
the  public  service  into  a  "closed  shop,"  and  to 
admit  and  reject  whom  the//  chose,  were  brought 
up  with  a  round  turn  in  the  Miller  case.  The 
people  liked  that  tremendously.  The  greatest 
magnates  in  the  land,  aided  by  the  shrewdest 
lawyers,  organized  a  huge  corporation  in  viola- 
tion of  law.  The  Supreme  Court,  at  the  instance 
of  the  Administration,  ordered  it  to  dissolve. 
The  people  liked  that  tremendously  too.  There  is 
a  conviction  throughout  the  country  that  the  in- 
terests of  the  plain  people,  who  ask  nothing 
of  the  Government  but  ample  protection  in  their 
right  to  earn  an  honest  living  in  their  own  way, 
are  looked  after  by  Mr.  Roosevelt,  and  that  he 
does  not  forget  them  when  under  pressure  from 
the  political  and  personal  representatives  of 
privilege-hunters  of  all  kinds.  Different  as  Mr. 
Roosevelt  is  in  so  many  ways  from  Lincoln  and 
from  McKinley,  he  is  like  those  two  great  men 
in  his  intuitive  insight  into  the  mind  of  the  plain 
people.  Mr.  Roosevelt's  scholarship  has  not 
blunted  his  human  sympathy,  and  he  has  no 
subtlety  of  mind  behind  which  to  hide  his  nat- 
ural simplicity  and  directness. 

Mr.  Roosevelt's  record  of  positive  achieve- 
ment is  astonishing,  and  the  people  recognize  it. 
They  held  their  breath  when  he  summoned  to 
his  presence  the  warring  coal  magnates  and  labor 
magnates,  whose  selfish  fighting  had  brought 
great  communities  to  the  verge  of  want  and 
had  prepared  a  series  of  social  and  political  ex- 
plosions that  a  chance  spark  would  set  off.  He 
told  these  public  enemies  that,  under  the  Con- 
stitution and  the  laws,  he  could  not  act  officially 
toward  them,  but  that,  armed  with  his  moral  re- 
sponsibility as  trustee  for  the  public  at  large,  he 
had  a  right  to  insist  that  they  must  not  goad  inno- 
cent people  to  madness  by  depriving  them  of  a 
necessity  of  life,  but  must  go  ahead  and  mine  coal 
and  submit  their  differences  to  an  impartial,  if  un- 
official, tribunal.  They  both  grumbled,  but  they 
both  yielded.  That  event  marked  a  turning- 
point  in  our  history,  and  we  owe  it  to  Mr.  Roose- 
velt's courage  and  unselfishness.  It  was  a  great, 
and  in  one  sense  an  unnecessary,  risk  for  him 
to  take.     But  he  took  it,  accomplished  his  end, 


and  demonstrated  the  fact  that  the  moral  rights 
of  the  whole  people  are  not  forever  to  be  held 
in  abeyance  while  organized  capital  and  organ- 
ized labor  go  through  one  of  their  periodical 
rows,  causing  widespread  loss,  damage,  and  suf- 
fering, of  which  fact  both  parties  to  the  quarrel 
appear  to  be  utterly  oblivious.  Those  persons 
who  are  fond  of  contrasting  President  Cleve- 
land's action  in  reference  to  the  Chicago  strikes 
and  riots  of  1894  with  President  Roosevelt's  ac- 
tion in  reference  to  the  coal  strikes  and  riots  of 
1902,  might  like  to  know  what  Mr.  Cleveland 
thought  of  Mr.  Roosevelt's  action  and  what  he 
said  to  him  about  it. 

Nothing  but  Mr.  Roosevelt's  dogged  pertinac- 
ity forced  the  Cuban  reciprocity  measure  upon 
the  statute  books.  The  special  interests  that  count 
for  nothing  with  the  Republican  party  as  a  whole, 
but  that  often  count  for  too  much  with  some  of 
the  party  leaders  in  Congress,  were  determined 
to  have  no  reciprocity  of  any  kind  with  any- 
body. They  knew  that  one  such  step  would  be 
followed  by  many  more,  and  they  were  right. 
Blaine  and  McKinley  were  protectionists  beyond 
peradventure,  but  both  of  them  saw  plainly  that 
when  protection  had  done  the  major  portion  of 
its  work,  the  way  to  lower  tariff  duties  was  by 
reciprocal  trade  arrangements  with  various  coun- 
tries. This  is  sound  and  rational  Republican 
doctrine.  It  was  the  burden  of  McKinley's  last 
address  to  the  American  people,  and  the  pitifully 
weak  and  mean  attempts  to  explain  that  speech 
away  are  discreditable  in  the  extreme.  It  has 
hurt,  not  helped,  Republicanism  that  the  Re- 
publican Senators  from  Massachusetts,  Rhode 
Island,  New  York,  and  New  Jersey  were  able 
to  kill  the  reciprocity  treaty  negotiated  by  Mc- 
Kinley with  France,  and  that  the  Republican 
Senators  from  Ohio  were  able  to  kill  the  reci- 
procity treaty  negotiated  by  McKinley  with  the 
Argentine  Republic. 

The  Cuban  treaty  rested  on  the  same  broad 
ground  as  the  earlier  reciprocity  treaties,  and 
in  addition  had  a  moral  basis  of  its  own.  But 
for  months  Congress  would  have  none  of  it. 
Beet  sugar,  citrous  fruits,  and  other  hardy  cit- 
izens of  the  United  States  protested.  Finally, 
however,  President  Roosevelt,  with  an  eager 
and  determined  public  opinion  behind  him. 
compelled  favorable  action.  This  was  the  first 
step  toward  rational,  Republican  revision  of  the 
tariff  schedules. 

That  such  a  revision  will  be  undertaken  dur- 
ing the  next  Presidential  term  is  certain.  The 
sentiment  of  the  party  demands  it,  whatever  cer- 
tain official  spokesmen  in  the  Senate  and  House 
of  Representatives  may  say  or  think.  Mr.  Roose- 
velt is  far  closer  to  the  people  than  they  are,  and 


40 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


n 

00 

as 

i  S 

iE 

is 

u  C 

5  aS 

|W 
_-C 

mS 
■g  K 

?CS 


THEODORE  ROOSEVELT  AS  A  PRESIDENTIAL  CANDIDATE. 


41 


he  and  the  people,  not  they,  will  point  the  way. 
The  Cnited  States  is  a  protectionist  country 
by  an  almost  unanimous  consent.  What  little 
was  needed  to  take  the  tariff  out  of  politics  was 
accomplished  by  Senator  Gorman  when  he  put  a 
hybrid  protectionist  bill  of  his  own  under  the 
enacting  clause  of  the  "Wilson  bill,  on  the  very 
heels  of  a  Democratic  victory  won  on  the  cry  of 
a  tariff  for  revenue  only.  After  that  the  people 
generally  threw  up  their  hands  in  disgust,  re- 
1  to  discuss  the  tariff  or  to  hear  it  discussed, 
and  proceeded  to  adapt  their  business  to  exist- 
ing conditions.  Even  the  doctrinaires  are  silent 
now.  The  free-trader  has  gone  the  way  of  the 
dodo.  Consequently,  the  tariff  is  now  a  busi- 
ness, not  a  political,  question  ;  and  no  sane  man 
will  go  far  out  of  his  way  to  intrust  the  solution 
of  any  business  question  to  the  present  Demo- 
cratic party.  That  party  is  not  at  all  likely  to 
be  permitted  to  revise  the  tariff  in  the  near  fu- 
ture :  but  the  Republican  party  is  expected  to 
revise  it.  with  a  view  to  promoting  business  ac- 
tivity in  foreign  as  well  in  domestic  trade. 

There  is  no  question  that  Mr.  Roosevelt  and 
the  vast  hosts  of  the  Republican  party  are  at 
one  with  Blaine  and  McKinley  in  this  matter. 
Not  business  disturbance,  but  business  expan- 
sion, will  follow  such  tariff  revision  as  the  Re- 
publican party  will  shortly  undertake. 

Mr.  Roosevelt  cut  the  Gordian  knot  that  made 
the  early  building  of  an  Isthmian  canal  seem 
impossible.  He  acted,  as  fair-minded  people 
generally  assumed,  and  as  the  long  debate  in 
the  Senate  conclusively  proved,  after  long  delib- 
eration, in  strict  accordance  with  the  precepts 
of  international  law  and  our  treaty  obligations 
to  Colombia,  and  in  such  a  way  as  to  command 
the  prompt  approval  and  hearty  acquiescence  of 
the  nations  of  the  world.  In  a  way,  this  is  Mr. 
Roosevelt's  greatest  achievement.  His  prompt- 
ness in  executing  his  plan,  and  his  decision, 
avoided  foreign  complications,  and  prevented  a 
long  guerrilla  war,  costly  in  life  and  in  money. 
He  named  an  ideal  commission  to  build  the 
Panama  Canal,  and  the  United  States  has  now 
a  chance  to  prove  that  a  democracy  can  under- 
take a  great  public  work,  hundreds  of  miles 
away  from  home,  with  celerity  and  skill  and 
without  scandal.  "We  owe  all  this  to  Mr.  Roose- 
velt. 

Then,  too,  the  people  at  large  are  not  oblivious 
of  the  fact  that,  while  others  are  talking  and 
carping,  Mr.  Roosevelt  is  carrying  on  in  the 
White  House  a  persistent  and  never-ending 
moral  struggle  with  every  powerful  selfish  and 
exploiting  interest  in  the  country.  These  in- 
terests dare  not  attack  Mr.  Roosevelt  in  the 
open,  so  they  work  underhandedly.      These  and 


their  organs  and  agents  are  the  source  of  the 
continual  flow  of  yarns  sent  out  over  the  coun- 
try which  begin  by  exalting  some  of  Mr.  Roose- 
velt's personal  characteristics  into  blameworthy 
idiosyncracies,  and  end  by  manufacturing  lies 
out  of  the  whole  cloth.  For  months  past,  dis- 
patches labeled  "  AVashington  "  have  appeared  in 
such  journals  as  the  New  York  Sun,  Times,  and 
World,  and  the  Atlanta  Constitution, — to  name 
a  few  conspicuous  examples  only, — that  have 
endeavored  to  undermine  public  confidence  in 
Mr.  Roosevelt,  not  by  direct  and  responsible 
assertion,  but  by  indirect  and  irresponsible  in- 
nuendo. Not  long  ago,  the  New  York  Herald 
gave  conspicuous  space  to  a  detailed  story  of 
the  way  in  which  Mr.  Roosevelt  was  extrava- 
gantly living  beyond  his  income.  If  he  was,  it 
was  his  own  private  affair  ;  but  as  a  matter  of 
fact,  and  as  the  author  of  the  yarn  might  have 
learned  by  asking,  Mr.  Roosevelt  is  living  sim- 
ply and  inexpensively,  and,  despite  his  large 
family  and  the  constant  demands  upon  him,  is 
frugally  saving  something  each  year.  Shortly 
before  that,  the  New  York  Evening  Post  repro- 
duced on  its  editorial  page  the  silly  story  that 
Mr.  Roosevelt  was  so  inflated  with  pride  of 
office  that  he  compelled  every  one,  including 
his  wife,,  to  rise  at  his  approach,  and  to  remain 
standing  in  his  presence.  No  one  but  an  imbe- 
cile would  believe  such  a  yarn,  which  has  even 
less  foundation  in  fact  than  most  of  such  stories. 
Whether  or  not  the  editors  who  have  repeated 
this  fairy  tale  habitually  greet  guests,  even  when 
presidents  or  emperors,  seated,  and  with  hats 
drawn  over  their  brows,  we  do  not  know,  but  a 
study  both  of  manners  and  of  truth-telling  would 
be  helpful  to  them.  These  falsehoods  are  re- 
ferred to  not  because  they  are  in  any  way  im- 
portant, but  for  the  purpose  of  noting  their 
utter  futility ;  for  the  American  people  have  in- 
stinctively disbelieved  them  from  the  first,  and 
their  wearisome  repetition  has  produced  no  ef- 
fect. 

Lately,  another  charge  has  been  made  against 
Mr.  Roosevelt.  It  is  alleged  that  as  President 
he  is  a  reckless  violator  of  his  Constitutional 
limitations,  and  that  he  has  invaded,  and  does 
invade,  the  rights  and  privileges  of  a  coordinate 
branch  of  the  Government.  It  is  this  which  so 
greatly  agitates  Senators  Gorman  and  Carmack 
and  their  satellites.  Stated  abstractly,  this  alle- 
gation sounds  like  something  of  great  impor- 
tance. In  the  concrete,  however,  it  comes  down 
to  one  or  two  executive  orders  whose  legality  is 
undoubted,  but  whose  propriety  may  be  proper- 
ly, even  if  unsuccessfully,  questioned,  and  to  a 
fear  among  the  feudal  lords  at  Washington  that 
the  over-lord  is  squeezing  them  between  himself 


42 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


and  the  Third  Estate.  There  is  much  truth  in  this 
last,  but  that  again  is  a  cause  for  congratulation, 
not  criticism.  The  people  are  undisguisedly  de- 
lighted that  the  President  asserts  himself  and 
his  office,  and  that  he  is  not  supinely  yielding  to 
that  legislative  invasion  of  Presidential  preroga- 
tive which  has  gone  on,  with  but  little  interrup- 
tion, since  Andrew  Johnson's  time.  The  people 
want  a  real  President,  not  a  dummy,  and  they 
know  that  in  Theodore  Roosevelt  they  have  a 
real  President.  That  Mr.  Roosevelt  has  not  in- 
terfered with  the  legitimate  prerogatives  of  Con- 
gress is  not  only  made  evident  by  the  records, 
but  is  supported  by  the  expert  opinion  of  Sen- 
ator Aldrich,  of  Rhode  Island,  who  has  openly 
said  that  during  his  long  career  in  the  Senate  he 
has  never  known  a  President  who  has  attempted 
so  little  as  Mr.  Roosevelt  to  influence  Congres- 
sional action  by  other  means  than  his  public 
messages. 

Another  favorite  theme  of  Mr.  Roosevelt's 
critics  is  his  bellicose  nature.  They  fear  that 
he  will  willfully  or  unwillfully  plunge  the  nation 
into  a  foreign  war.  These  persons  mistake  viril- 
ity for  braggadocio  and  vitality  for  bluster. 
The  people  at  large  make  no  such  mistake. 
They  see  in  Mr.  Roosevelt  the  President  who 
has  done  more  than  any  of  his  predecessors  for 
the  principle  of  international  arbitration  and  the 
preservation  of  the  world's  peace.  He  put  aside 
the  proffered  honor  of  arbitrating  the  Venezuela 
dispute  in  order  to  send  it  to  the  Hague  tribunal, 
and  he  sent  the  so-called  Pious  Fund  case  with 
Mexico  to  the  same  court.  He  caused  the  long- 
standing dispute  with  Great  Britain  over  the 
Alaska  boundary  to  be  submitted  to  an  interna- 
tional commission,  who  settled  it  promptly  and 
for  all  time.  All  the  world  recognizes  the  benefi- 
cence of  Mr.  Roosevelt's  policy  toward  China, 
so  skillfully  executed  by  Mr.  Hay  and  Mr.  Root, 
and  applauds  it  as  just,  humane,  and  peace-lov- 
ing. 

It  is  about  time,  then,  that  these  critics  left 
off  generalizing  and  furnished  the  country  with 
a  bill  of  particulars.  When  have  we  had  so 
much  of  the  country's  best  brains  and  con- 
science actively  participating  in  its  government  ? 
Where  do  the  opposition  propose  to  r.ml  substi- 
tutes for  Hay  and  Root,  Taft  and  Knox.  Moody 
and  Wilson?  When  have  the  Civil  Service 
laws  been  so  rapidly  extended  and  so  justly  ex- 


ecuted ?  When  have  the  major  offices,  espe- 
cially in  the  Southern  States,  been  filled  by  men 
of  such  capacity  and  standing?  The  people 
must  have  satisfactory  answers  to  these  ques- 
tions before  they  refuse  to  return  to  power  such 
an  administration  as  the  present  one. 

But,  we  are  told,  Mr.  Roosevelt  has  done  fairly 
well  only  because  of  his  pledge  given  at  Buffalo 
to  carry  out  the  policies  of  McKinley.  Once 
elect  him  President,  and  he  will  break  loose  from 
all  trammels  and  do  the  most  terrifying  things. 

If  Theodore  Roosevelt  is  really  unsafe,  vain, 
domineering,  and  reckless,  should  he  not  have 
come  to  grief  by  this  time  ?  He  has  held  re- 
sponsible executive  office  for  a  good  many  years. 
These  alleged  traits  cannot  be  new.  They  must 
have  been  forming  ever  since  he  left  the  New 
York  Legislature  in  1884.  Where  in  Mr. 
Roosevelt's  career  are  the  evidences  of  their 
existence  ?  How  are  his  many  and  astonish- 
ingly important  successes,  all  in  the  public's 
highest  interest,  to  be  accounted  for?  The 
man's  life  for  twenty  years  past  is  an  absolutely 
open  book,  and  it  tells  a  story  that  stirs  every 
patriotic  American  heart.  It  is  marked  by  a 
consuming  passion  to  be  useful  and  to  be  just. 
In  office  and  out  of  office,  in  public  life  and  in 
private  station,  in  war  and  in  peace,  it  is  all  the 
same  story.  Mr.  Roosevelt's  character  is  fully 
formed.  It  has  been  formed  for  the  most  part 
in  the  public  eye.  He  has  reached  middle  life, 
and  cannot  now  reverse  himself,  even  if  he 
would.  The  ideal,  happily,  still  moves  Ameri- 
cans, both  young  and  old,  and  Mr.  Roosevelt 
voices  the  best  American  ideals  and  acts  in  ac- 
cordance with  them.  To  the  pessimist  and 
carper,  he  opposes  his  faith  and  his  courage  :  to 
the  fault  finder,  his  power  of  accomplishmenr  ; 
to  the  self-seeker  and  the  grafter,  his  honesty  ; 
to  the  mourner  over  our  country's  ruin,  his 
belief  in  American  manhood  and  in  American 
principles. 

It  is  said  that  the  leaders  of  the  opposition  are 
to  make  their  campaign  on  Mr.  Roosevelt's  per- 
sonality. His  friends  can  ask  no  better  fortune. 
Since  Lincoln,  no  such  powerful  personalitv  has 
come  into  our  politics,  and  to  attack  it  is  only  to 
emphasize  its  attractiveness.  As  a  Presidential 
candidate,  Theodore  Roosevelt  can  well  afford  to 
dispense  with  ordinary  political  campaign  meth- 
ods, and  leave  his  case  with  the  American  people. 


THE    RECORD    OF   THE    REPUBLICAN    PARTY, 


1 901  —  1904. 

FROM  THE  SPEECH  DELIVERED  BY  THE  HON.  ELIHTT  ROOT,  OF 
NEW  YORK,  AS  TEMPORARY  CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  NATIONAL 
REPUBLICAN  CONVENTION,  AT  CHICAGO,  JUNE  21,  1904. 


WHEN'  the  course  of  the  next  administra- 
tion is  but  half  done,  the  Republican 
party  will  have  completed  the  first  half-century 
of  its  national  life.  Of  the  eleven  administra- 
tions since  the  first  election  of  Abraham  Lincoln, 
nine — covering  a  period  of  thirty-six  years — 
have  been  under  Republican  Presidents.  For 
the  greater  part  of  that  time,  the  majority  in 
each  house  of  Congress  has  been  Republican. 
History  affords  no  parallel  in  any  age  or  country 
for  the  growth  in  national  greatness  and  power 
and  honor,  the  wide  diffusion  of  the  comforts  of 
life,  the  uplifting  of  the  great  mass  of  the  people 
above  the  hard  conditions  of  poverty,  the  com- 
mon opportunity  for  education  and  individual 
advancement,  the  universal  possession  of  civil 
and  religious  liberty,  the  protection  of  property 
and  security  for  the  rewards  of  industry  and  en- 
terprise, the  cultivation  of  national  morality, 
respect  for  religion,  sympathy  with  humanity, 
and  love  of  liberty  and  justice  which  have 
marked  the  life  of  the  American  people  during 
this  long  period  of  Republican  control. 

With  the  platform  and  the  candidates  of  this 
convention,  we  are  about  to  ask  a  renewed  ex- 
pression of  popular  confidence  in  the  Republican 
party. 

We  shall  ask  it  because  the  principles  to  which 
we  declare  our  adherence  are  right,  and  the 
best  interests  of  our  country  require  that  they 
should  be  followed  in  its  government. 

We  shall  ask  it  because  the  unbroken  record 
of  the  Republican  party  in  the  past  is  an  assur- 
ance of  the  sincerity  of  our  declarations  and  the 
fidelity  with  which  we  shall  give  them  effect. 
Because  we  have  been  constant  in  principle, 
loyal  to  our  beliefs,  and  faithful  to  our  promises, 
we  are  entitled  to  be  believed  and  trusted  now. 

We  shall  ask  it  because  the  character  of  the 
party  gives  assurance  of  good  government.  A 
great  political  organization,  competent  to  gov- 
ern, is  not  a  chance  collection  of  individuals 
brought  together  for  the  moment  as  the  shifting 
sands  are  piled  up  by  wind  and  sea,  to  be  swept 
away,  to  be  formed  and  re-formed  again.  It  is 
a  growth.     Traditions  and  sentiments  reaching 


down  through  struggles  of  years  gone,  and  the 
stress  and  heat  of  old  conflicts,  and  the  influence 
of  leaders  passed  away,  and  the  ingrained  habit 
of  applying  fixed  rules  of  interpretation  and  of 
thought, — all  give  to  a  political  party  known 
and  inalienable  qualities  from  which  must  fol- 
low, in  its  deliberate  judgment  and  ultimate  ac- 
tion, like  results  for  good  or  bad  government. 
We  do  not  deny  that  other  parties  have  in  their 
membership  men  of  morality  and  patriotism  ; 
but  we  assert  with  confidence  that  above  all 
others,  by  the  influences  which  gave  it  birth  and 
have  maintained  its  life,  by  the  causes  for  which 
it  has  striven,  the  ideals  which  it  has  followed, 
the  Republican  party  as  a  party  has  acquired  a 
character  which  makes  its  ascendency  the  best 
guarantee  of  a  government  loyal  to  principle 
and  effective  in  execution.  Through  it  more 
than  any  other  political  organization,  the  moral 
sentiment  of  America  finds  expression.  It  can- 
not depart  from  the  direction  of  its  tendencies. 
From  what  it  has  been  may  be  known  certainly 
what  it  must  be.  Not  all  of  us  rise  to  its  stand- 
ard ;  not  all  of  us  are  worthy  of  its  glorious  his- 
tory ;  but  as  a  whole  this  great  political  organi- 
zation— the  party  of  Lincoln  and  McKinley — 
cannot  fail  to  work  in  the  spirit  of  its  past  and 
in  loyalty  to  great  ideals. 

We  shall  ask  the  continued  confidence  of  the 
people  because  the  candidates  whom  we  present 
are  of  proved  competency  and  patriotism,  fitted 
to  fill  the  offices  for  which  they  are  nominated 
to  the  credit  and  honor  of  our  country. 

We  shall  ask  it  because  the  present  policies  of 
our  government  are  beneficial  and  ought  not  to 
be  set  aside,  and  the  people's  business  is  being- 
well  done,  and  ought  not  to  be  interfered  with. 

Have  not  the  American  people  reason  for 
satisfaction  and  pride  in  the  conduct  of  their 
government  since  the  election  of  1900,  when  they 
rendered  their  judgment  of  approval  upon  the 
first  administration  of  President  McKinley  ? 
Have  we  not  had  an  honest  government  ?  Have 
not  the  men  selected  for  office  been  men  of  good 
reputation  who  by  their  past  lives  had  given 
evidence  that  they  were  honest  and  competent  ? 


44 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Can  any  private  business  be  pointed  out  in  which 
lapses  from  honesty  have  been  so  few  and  so 
trifling,  proportionately,  as  in  the  public  service 
of  the  United  States?  And  when  they  have 
occurred,  have  not  the  offenders  been  relentlessly 
prosecuted  and  sternly  punished  without  regard 
to  political  or  personal  relations  ? 

Have  we  not  had  an  effective  government  ? 
Have  not  the  laws  been  enforced  ?  Has  not  the 
slow  process  of  legislative  discussion  upon  many 
serious  questions  been  brought  to  practical  con- 
clusions embodied  in  beneficial  statutes  ?  and 
has  not  the  Executive  proceeded  without  vacil- 
lation or  weakness  to  give  these  effect  ?  Are 
not  the  laws  of  the  United  States  obeyed  at 
home  ?  and  does  not  our  government  command 
respect  and  honor  throughout  the  world  ? 

Have  we  not  had  a  safe  and  conservative  gov- 
ernment ?  Has  not  property  been  protected  ? 
Are  not  the  fruits  of  enterprise  and  industry 
secure  ?  What  safeguard  of  the  Constitution 
for  vested  right  or  individual  freedom  has  not 
been  scrupulously  observed  ?  When  has  any 
American  administration  ever  dealt  more  con- 
siderately and  wisely  with  questions  which  might 
have  been  the  cause  of  conflict  with  foreign 
powers  ?  When  have  more  just  settlements 
been  reached  by  peaceful  means  ?  When  has 
any  administration  wielded  a  more  powerful  in- 
fluence for  peace  ?  and  when  have  we  rested 
more  secure  in  friendship  with  all  mankind  ? 

THE    GOVERNMENT'S    FINANCES. 

Four  years  ago,  the  business  of  the  country 
was  loaded  with  burdensome  internal  taxes,  im- 
posed during  the  war  with  Spain.  By  the  acts 
of  March  2,  1901,  and  April  12,  1902,  the  coun- 
try has  been  wholly  relieved  of  that  annual  bur- 
den of  over  one  hundred  million  dollars  ;  and 
the  further  accumulation  of  a  surplus  which 
was  constantly  withdrawing  the  money  of  the 
country  from  circulation  has  been  prevented  by 
the  reduction  of  taxation. 

Between  the  30th  of  June,  1900,  and  the  1st 
of  June,  1904,  our  Treasury  Department  col- 
lected in  revenues  the  enormous  sum  of  $2,203,- 
000,000  and  expended  $2,028,000,000,  leaving 
us  with  a  surplus  of  over  $170,000,000  after 
paying  the  $50, 000,000  for  the  Panama  Canal 
and  loaning  £-1,600,000  to  the  St.  Louis  Exposi- 
tion. Excluding  those  two  extraordinary  pay- 
ments, which  are  investments  from  past  surplus 
and  not  expenditures  of  current  income,  the  sur- 
plus for  this  year  will  be  the  reasonable  amount 
Of  about  $12,000,000. 

The  vast  and  complicated  transact  ions  of  the 
Treasury,  which  for  the  last  fiscal  year  show  ac 
tual  cash    receipts  of    $4,250,290,262    and  dis- 


bursements of  $4,113,199,414,  have  been  con- 
ducted with  perfect  accuracy  and  fidelity,  and 
without  the  loss  of  a  dollar.  Under  wise  man- 
agement, the  financial  act  of  March  14,  1900, 
which  embodied  the  sound  financial  principles 
of  the  Republican  party  and  provided  for  the 
maintenance  of  our  currency  on  the  stable  basis 
of  the  gold  standard,  has  wrought  out  beneficent 
results.  On  the  1st  of  November,  1899,  the  in- 
terest-bearing debt  of  the  United  States  was 
§1,046,049,020.  On  the  1st  of  May  last,  the 
amount  of  that  debt  was  $89.3.157.440,  a  reduc- 
tion of  $150,891,580.  By  refunding,  the  annual 
interest  has  been  still  more  rapidly  reduced  from 
$40,347,884  on  the  1st  of  November,  1899,  to 
$24,176,745  on  the  1st  of  June,  1904,  an  annual 
saving  of  over  $16,000,000.  When  the  financial 
act  was  passed,  the  thinly  settled  portions  of  our 
country  were  suffering  for  lack  of  banking  facili- 
ties because  the  banks  were  in  the  large  towns 
and  none  could  be  organized  with  a  capital  of 
less  than  $50,000.  Under  the  provisions  of  that 
act,  there  were  organized,  down  to  the  1st  of 
May  last,  1,296  small  banks  of  $25,000  capital, 
furnishing,  under  all  the  safeguards  of  the  na- 
tional banking  system,  facilities  to  the  small  com 
munities  of  the  West  and  South.  The  facilities 
made  possible  by  that  act  have  increased  the  cir- 
culation of  national  banks  from  $254,402,730  on 
the  14th  of  March,  1900,  to  $445,988,565  on  the 
1st  of  June,  1904.  The  money  of  the  country  in 
circulation  has  not  only  increased  in  amount  with 
our  growth  in  business,  but  it  has  steadily  gained 
in  the  stability  of  the  basis  on  which  it  rests. 

On  the  1st  of  March,  1897,  when  the  first 
administration  of  McKinley  began,  we  had  in 
the  country,  including  bullion  in  the  Treasury, 
$1,806,272,076.  This  was  $23.14  per  capita  for 
our  population,  and  of  this,  38.893  per  cent,  was 
gold.  On  the  1st  of  March.  1901,  when  the 
second  administration  of  McKinley  began,  the 
money  in  the  country  was  $2,467,295,228.  This 
was  $28.34  per  capita,  and  of  this,  45.273  per 
cent,  was  gold.  On  the  1st  of  May  last,  the  money 
in  the  country  was  $2,814,985,446,  which  was 
$31.02  per  capita,  and  of  it,  48.028  per  cent,  was 
gold.  This  great  increase  of  currency  has  been 
arranged  in  such  a  way  that  the  large  govern- 
ment notes  in  circulation  are  gold  certificates, 
while  the  silver  certificates  and  greenbacks  are 
of  small  denominations.  As  the  large  gold  cer- 
tificates represent  gold  actually  on  deposit,  their 
presentation  at  the  Treasury  in  exchange  for 
gold  can  never  infringe  upon  the  gold  reserve. 
As  the  small  silver  certificates  and  greenbacks 
are  always  in  active  circulation,  no  large  amount 
of  them  can  be  accumulated  for  the  purpose  of 
drawing  on   the  gold   reserve  ;  and  thus,  while 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  REPUBLICAN  PARTY,  ipoi-1904. 


45 


every  man  can  get  a  gold  dollar  for  every  dollar 
of  the  government's  currency,  the  endless  chain 
which  we  were  once  taught  to  fear  so  much  has 
been  effectively  put  out  of  business.  The  Sec- 
retary of  the  Treasury  has  shown  himself  mind- 
ful of  the  needs  of  business,  and  has  so  managed 
our  finances  as  himself  to  expand  and  contract 
our  currency  as  occasion  has  required.  When 
in  the  fall  of  1902  the  demand  for  funds  to  move 
the  crops  caused  extraordinary  money  strin- 
gency, the  Secretary  exercised  his  lawful  right 
to  accept  State  and  municipal  bonds  as  security 
for  public  deposits,  thus  liberating  United  States 
bonds,  which  were  used  for  additional  circula- 
tion. When  the  crops  were  moved  and  the 
stringency  was  over,  he  called  for  a  withdrawal 
of  the  State  and  municipal  securities,  and  thus 
contracted  the  currency.  Again,  in  1903,  under 
similar  conditions,  he  produced  similar  results. 
The  payment  of  the  $50,000,000  for  the  Panama 
Canal,  made  last  month  without  causing  the 
slightest  disturbance  in  finance,  showed  good 
judgment  and  a  careful  consideration  of  the  in- 
terests of  business  upon  which  our  people  may 
confidently  rely. 

THE    QUESTION    OF    TRUST    REGULATION. 

Four  years  ago,  the  regulation  by  law  of  the 
great  corporate  combinations  called  "trusts" 
stood  substantially  where  it  was  when  the  Sher- 
man Anti-Trust  Act  of  1890  was  passed.  Pres- 
ident Cleveland,  in  his  last  message  of  Decem- 
ber, 1896,  had  said  : 

Though  Congress  has  attempted  to  deal  with  this 
matter  by  legislation,  the  laws  passed  for  that  purpose 
thus  far  have  proved  ineffective,  not  because  of  any 
lack  of  disposition  or  attempt  to  enforce  them,  but  sim- 
ply because  the  laws  themselves  as  interpreted  by  the 
courts  do  not  reach  the  difficulty.  If  the  insufficiencies 
of  existing  laws  can  be  remedied  by  further  legislation, 
it  should  be  done.  The  fact  must  be  recognized,  how- 
ever, that  all  federal  legislation  on  this  subject  may 
fall  short  of  its  purpose  because  of  inherent  obstacles, 
and  also  because  of  the  complex  character  of  our  gov- 
ernmental system,  which,  while  making  federal  au- 
thority supreme  within  its  sphere,  has.carefully  limited 
that  sphere  by  metes  and  bounds  that  cannot  be  trans- 
gressed. 

At  every  election,  the  regulation  of  trusts  has 
been  the  football  of  campaign  oratory  and  the 
subject  of  many  insincere  declarations. 

Our  Republican  administration  has  taken  up 
the  subject  in  a  practical,  sensible  way  as  a  busi- 
ness rather  than  a  political  question,  saying  what 
it  really  meant,  and  doing  what  lay  at  its  hand 
to  be  done  to  accomplish  effective  regulation. 
The  principles  upon  which  the  Government  pro- 
ceeded were  stated  by  the  President  in  his  mes- 
sage of  December,  1902.     He  said  : 


A  fundamental  base  of  civilization  is  the  inviola- 
bility of  property ;  but  this  is  in  nowise  inconsist- 
ent with  the  right  of  society  to  regulate  the  exercise 
of  the  artificial  powers  which  it  confers  upon  the 
owners  of  property,  under  the  name  of  corporate  fran- 
chises, in  such  a  way  as  to  prevent  the  misuse  of  these 
powers.  .  .  . 

We  can  do  nothing  of  good  in  the  way  of  regulating 
and  supervising  these  corp6rations  until  we  fix  clearly 
in  our  minds  that  we  are  not  attacking  the  corpora- 
tions, but  endeavoring  to  do  away  with  the  evil  in 
them.  We  are  not  hostile  to  them  ;  we  are  merely  de- 
termined that  they  shall  be  so  handled  as  to  subserve 
the  public  good.  We  draw  the  line  against  misconduct, 
not  against  wealth.  .  .  . 

In  curbing  and  regulating  the  combinations  of  capi- 
tal which  are  or  may  become  injurious  to  the  public, 
we  must  be  careful  not  to  stop  the  great  enterprises 
which  have  legitimately  reduced  the  cost  of  produc- 
tion, not  to  abandon  the  place  which  our  country  has 
won  in  the  leadership  of  the  international  industrial 
world,  not  to  strike  down  wealth,  with  the  result  of 
closing  factories  and  mines,  of  turning  the  wage-work- 
er idle  in  the  streets  and  leaving  the  farmer  without  a 
market  for  what  he  grows.  .  .  . 

I  believe  that  monopolies,  unjust  discriminations, 
which  prevent  or  cripple  competition,  fraudulent  over- 
capitalization, and  other  evils  in  trust  organizations 
and  practices  which  injuriously  affect  interstate  trade 
can  be  prevented  under  the  power  of  the  Congress  to 
"regulate  commerce  with  foreign  nations  and  among 
the  several  States "  through  regulations  and  require- 
ments operating  directly  upon  such  commerce,  the  in- 
strumentalities thereof,  and  those  engaged  therein. 

After  long  consideration,  Congress  passed 
three  practical  statutes, — on  the  11th  of  Feb- 
ruary, 1903,  an  act  to  expedite  hearings  in 
suits  in  enforcement  of  the  anti-trust  act  ;  on 
the  14th  of  February,  1903,  the  act  creating  a 
new  Department  of  Commerce  and  Labor,  with 
a  Bureau  of  Corporations,  having  authority  to 
secure  systematic  information  regarding  the  or- 
ganization and  operation  of  corporations  engaged 
in  interstate  commerce;  and  on  the  19th  of 
February,  1903,  an  act  enlarging  the  powers  of 
the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  and  of  the 
courts  to  deal  with  secret  rebates  in  transporta- 
tion charges,  which  are  the  chief  means  by 
which  the  trusts  crush  out  their  smaller  com- 
petitors. 

The  Attorney-General  has  gone  on  in  the  same 
practical  way,  not  to  talk  about  the  trusts,  but 
to  proceed  against  the  trusts  by  law  for  their  reg- 
ulation. In  separate  suits,  fourteen  of  the  great 
railroads  of  the  country  have  been  restrained 
by  injunction  from  giving  illegal  rebates  to  the 
favored  shippers,  who  by  means  of  them  were 
driving  out  the  smaller  shippers  and  monopoliz- 
ing the  grain  and  meat  business  of  the  country. 
The  beef  trust  was  put  under  injunction.  The 
officers  of  the  railroads  engaged  in  the  cotton- 
carrying  pool,  affecting  all  that  great  industry 


46 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


of  the  South,  were  indicted,  and  have  aoandoned 
their  combination.  The  Northern  Securities 
Company,  which  undertook,  by  combining  in 
one  ownership  the  capital  stocks  of  the  Northern 
Pacific  and  Great  Northern  railroads,  to  end 
traffic  competition  in  the  Northwest,  has  been 
destroyed  by  a  vigorous  prosecution  expedited 
and  brought  to  a  speedy  and  effective  conclusion 
in  the  Supreme  Court  under  the  act  of  February 
1 1,  1903.     The  Attorney-General  says  : 

Here,  then,  are  four  phases  of  the  attack  on  the  com- 
binations in  restraint  of  trade  and  commerce — the  rail- 
road injunction  suits,  the  cotton-pool  cases,  the  beef- 
trust  cases,  and  the  Northern  Securities  case.  The  first 
relates  to  the  monopoly  produced  by  secret  and  prefer- 
ential rates  for  railroad  transportation ;  the  second  to 
railroad-traffic  pooling  ;  the  third  to  a  combination  of 
independent  corporations  to  fix  and  maintain  extortion- 
ate prices  for  meats ;  and  the  fourth  to  a  corporation 
organized  to  merge  into  itself  the  control  of  parallel  and 
competing  lines  of  railroad  and  to  eliminate  competition 
in  their  rates  of  transportation. 

The  right  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Com- 
mission to  compel  the  production  of  books  and 
papers  has  been  established  by  the  judgment  of 
the  Supreme  Court  in  a  suit  against  the  coal- 
carrying  roads.  Other  suits  have  been  brought, 
and  other  indictments  have  been  found,  and 
other  trusts  have  been  driven  back  within  legal 
bounds.  No  investment  in  lawful  business  has 
been  jeopardized,  no  fair  and  honest  enterprise 
has  been  injured  ;  but  it  is  certain  that,  wher- 
ever the  constitutional  power  of  the  national 
government  reaches,  trusts  are  being  practically 
regulated  and  curbed  within  lawful  bounds  as 
they  never  have  been  before,  and  the  men  of 
small  capital  are  finding,  in  the  efficiency  and 
skill  of  the  national  department  of  justice,  a 
protection  they  never  had  before  against  the 
crushing  effect  of  unlawful  combinations. 

[Mr.  Root  next  summarized  the  progress  made  in 
irrigation  under  the  terms  of  the  national  reclama- 
tion law  passed  by  a  Republican  Congress  and  set  in 
operation  by  President  Roosevelt's  administration.  The 
facts  are  fully  set  forth  in  Mr.  Smythe's  article  on  pages 
49-51  of  this  number  of  the  Review  of  Reviews.] 

WORK    OF    THE    DEPARTMENTS    AT    WASHINGTON. 

The  postal  service  has  been  extended  and  im- 
proved. Its  revenues  have  increased  from 
§76,000,000  in  1895  to  $95,000,000  in  189!)  and 
$144,000,000  in  1904.  In  dealing  with  these 
vast  sums,  a  few  cases  of  peculation,  trifling  in 
amount  and  by  subordinate  officers,  have  oc- 
curred there  as  they  occur  in  every  business. 
Neither  fear  nor  favor,  nor  political  or  per- 
sonal influence,  has  availed  to  protect  the  wrong- 


doers. Their  acts  have  been  detected,  investi- 
gated, laid  bare  ;  they  have  been  dismissed  from 
their  places,  prosecuted  criminally,  indicted, 
many  of  them  tried,  and  many  of  them  con- 
victed. The  abuses  in  the  carriage  of  second- 
class  mail  matter  have  been  remedied.  The 
rural  free  delivery  has  been  widely  extended- 
It  is  wholly  the  creation  of  Republican  ad- 
ministration. The  last  Democratic  Postmaster- 
General  declared  it  impracticable.  The  first 
administration  of  McKinley  proved  the  contrary. 
At  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year  1899,  there 
were  about  200  routes  in  operation.  There  are 
now  more  than  25,000  routes,  bringing  a  daily 
mail  service  to  more  than  12,000,000  of  our 
people  in  rural  communities,  enlarging  the  cir- 
culation of  the  newspaper  and  the  magazine, 
increasing  communication,  and  relieving  the 
isolation  of  life  on  the  farm. 

The  Department  of  Agriculture  has  been 
brought  to  a  point  of  efficiency  and  practical 
benefit  never  before  known.  The  Oleomargarine 
Act  of  May  9,  1902,  now  sustained  in  the  Su- 
preme Court,  and  the  act  of  July  1,  1902, to 

prevent  the  false  branding  of  food  and  dairy 
products, — protect  farmers  against  fraudulent 
imitations.  The  act  of  February  2,  1903,  en- 
ables the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  to  prevent 
the  spread  of  contagious  and  infectious  diseases 
of  live  stock.  Rigid  inspection  has  protected 
our  cattle  against  infection  from  abroad,  and 
has  established  the  highest  credit  for  our  meat 
products  in  the  markets  of  the  world.  The  earth 
has  been  searched  for  weapons  with  which  to 
fight  the  enemies  that  destroy  the  growing  crops. 
An  insect  brought  from  near  the  Great  Wall  of 
China  has  checked  the  San  Jose  scale,  which 
was  destroying  our  orchards  ;  a  parasitic  fly 
brought  from  South  Africa  is  exterminating 
the  black  scale  in  the  lemon  and  orange  groves 
of  California  ;  and  an  ant  from  Guatemala  is 
about  offering  battle  to  the  boll  weevil.  Broad 
science  has  been  brought  to  the  aid  of  limited 
experience.  Study  of  the  relations  between  plant 
life  and  climate  and  soil  has  been  followed  by 
the  introduction  of  special  crops  suited  to  our 
varied  conditions.  The  introduction  of  just  the 
right  kind  of  seed  has  enabled  the  Gulf  States 
to  increase  our  rice  crop  from  115,000,000  pounds 
in  1898  to  400,000,000  pounds  in  1903,  and  to 
supply  the  entire  American  demand,  with  a 
surplus  for  export.  The  right  kind  of  sugar  beet 
has  increased  our  annual  production  of  beet 
sugar  by  over  200,000  tons.  Seed  brought  from 
countries  of  little  rainfall  is  producing  millions 
of  bushels  of  grain  on  lands  which  a  few  years 
ago  were  deemed  a  hopeless  part  of  the  arid  belt. 

Ihe  systematic  collection  and  publication  of 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  REPUBLICAN  PARTY,  1901-1904. 


47 


information  regarding  the  magnitude  and  con- 
ditions of  our  crops  is  mitigating  the  injury  done 
by  speculation  to  the  farmer's  market. 

To  increase  the  profit  of  the  farmer's  toil,  to 
protect  the  farmer's  product  and  extend  his 
market,  and  to  improve  the  conditions  of  the 
farmer's  life  ;  to  advance  the  time  when  America 
shall  raise  within  her  own  limits  every  product 
of  the  soil  consumed  by  her  people,  as  she 
makes  within  her  own  limits  every  necessary 
product  of  manufacture, — these  have  been  car- 
dinal objects  of  Republican  administration  ;  and 
we  show  a  record  of  practical  things  done  toward 
the  accomplishment  of  these  objects  never  be- 
fore approached. 

[At  this  point  Mr.  Root  reviewed  our  relations 
with  Cuba  during  the  past  four  years,  including  the 
surrender  of  the  government  of  the  island,  under  the 
terms  of  the  Piatt  Amendment,  to  the  new  Cuban  re- 
public, and  the  adoption  of  the  treaty  of  reciprocity, 
and  summed  up  the  salient  facts  in  our  administration 
of  the  Philippines.] 

THE    PANAMA    SITUATION. 

In  1900,  the  project  of  an  Isthmian  canal 
stood  where  it  was  left  by  the  Clayton-Bulwer 
treaty  of  1850.  For  half  a  century  it  had  halted, 
with  Great  Britain  resting  upon  a  joint  right 
of  control,  and  the  great  undertaking  of  De  Les- 
seps  struggling  against  the  doom  of  failure  im- 
posed by  extravagance  and  corruption.  On  the 
18th  of  November,  1901,  the  Hay-Pauncefote 
treaty  with  Great  Britain  relieved  the  enter- 
prise of  the  right  of  British  control  and  left  that 
right  exclusively  in  the  United  States.  Then 
followed  swiftly  the  negotiations  and  protocols 
with  Nicaragua  ;  the  Isthmian  Canal  Act  of 
June  28,  1902  ;  the  just  agreement  with  the 
French  canal  company  to  pay  them  the  value 
of  the  work  they  had  done  ;  the  negotiation  and 
ratification  of  the  treaty  with  Colombia  ;  the 
rejection  of  that  treaty  by  Colombia  in  violation 
of  our  rights  and  the  world's  right  to  the  pas- 
sage of  the  Isthmus  ;  the  seizure  by  Panama  of 
the  opportunity  to  renew  her  oft-repeated  effort 
to  throw  off  the  hateful  and  oppressive  yoke  of 
Colombia  and  resume  the  independence  which 
once  had  been  hers,  and  of  which  she  had  been 
deprived  by  fraud  and  force  ;  the  success  of  the 
revolution  ;  our  recognition  of  the  new  repub- 
lic, followed  by  recognition  from  substantially 
all  the  civilized  powers  of  the  world  ;  the  treaty 
with  Panama  recognizing  and  confirming  our 
right  to  construct  the  canal ;  the  ratification  of 
the  treaty  by  the  Senate  ;  confirmatory  legisla- 
tion by  Congress  ;  the  payment  of  the  $50,- 
000,000  to  the  French  company  and  to  Panama  ; 


the  appointment  of  the  Canal  Commission  in 
accoi'dance  with  law,  and  its  organization  to 
begin  the  work. 

The  action  of  the  United  States  at  every  step 
has  been  in  accordance  with  the  law  of  nations, 
consistent  with  the  principles  of  justice  and 
honor,  in  discharge  of  the  trust  to  build  the 
canal  we  long  since'  assumed  by  denying  the 
right  of  every  other  power  to  build  it,  dictated 
by  a  high  and  unselfish  purpose,  for  the  common 
benefit  of  all  mankind.  That  action  was  wise, 
considerate,  prompt,  vigorous,  and  effective  ; 
and  now  the  greatest  of  constructive  nations 
stands  ready  and  competent  to  begin  and  to  ac- 
complish the  great  enterprise  which  shall  realize 
the  dreams  of  past  ages,  bind  together  our  At- 
lantic and  Pacific  coasts,  and  open  a  new  high- 
way for  that  commerce  of  the  Orient  whose 
course  has  controlled  the  rise  and  fall  of  civili- 
zations. Success  in  that  enterprise  greatly  con- 
cerns the  credit  and  honor  of  the  American 
people,  and  it  is  for  them  to  say  whether  the 
building  of  the  canal  shall  be  in  charge  of  the 
men  who  made  its  building  possible  or  of  the 
weaklings  whose  incredulous  objections  would 
have  postponed  it  for  another  generation. 


[Mr.  Root  then  showed  that  throughout  the  world 
the  diplomacy  of  -the  Roosevelt  administration  has  made 
for  peace  and  justice  among  the  nations.  He  sketched 
the  course  of  our  dealings  in  China,  in  the  Alaskan 
boundary  dispute,  in  the  Venezuelan  trouble,  and  in 
giving  practical  effect  to  the  establishment  of  the  Hague 
tribunal.  After  a  brief  resume  of  the  administration's 
epoch-making  work  in  reorganizing  our  army  system 
(in  which  Mr.  Root  himself,  as  Secretary  of  War,  bore 
a  distinguished  part),  the  speaker  epitomized  our  na- 
tional progress  in  the  past  four  years.] 


THE    ACHIEVEMENTS    OF    FOUR    YEARS. 

The  first  administration  of  McKinley  fought 
and  won  the  war  with  Spain,  put  down  the  in- 
surrection in  the  Philippines,  annexed  Hawaii, 
rescued  the  legations  in  Peking,  brought  Porto 
Rico "  into  our  commercial  system,  enacted  a 
protective  tariff,  and  established  our  national 
currency  on  the  firm  foundations, of  the  gold 
standard  by  the  financial  legislation  of  the  Fifty- 
sixth  Congress. 

The  present  administration  has  reduced  tax- 
ation, reduced  the  public  debt,  reduced  the  an- 
nual interest  charge,  made  effective  progress  in 
the  regulation  of  trusts,  fostered  business,  pro- 
moted agriculture,  built  up  the  navy,  reorganized 
the  army,  resurrected  the  militia  system,  in- 
augurated a  new  policy  for  the  preservation  and 
reclamation  of  public  lands,  given  civil  govern- 
ment to  the  Philippines,  established  the  republic 


48 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


of  Cuba,  bound  ir  to  us  by  tics  of  gratitude,  of 
commercial  interest,  and  of  common  defense, 
swung  open  the  closed  gateway  of  the  Isthmus, 
strengthened  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  ended  the 
Alaskan  boundary  dispute,  protected  the  integrity 
of  China,  opened  wider  its  doors  of  trade,  ad- 
vanced the  principle  of  arbitration,  and  promoted 
peace  among  the  nations. 

We  challenge  judgment  upon  this  record  of 
effective  performance  in  legislation,  in  execu- 
tion, and  in  administration. 

The  work  is  not  fully  done  ;  policies  are  not 
completely  wrought  out ;  domestic  questions  still 
press  continually  for  solution  ;  other  trusts  must 
be  regulated  ;  the  tariff  may  presently  receive 
revision,  and  if  so,  should  receive  it  at  the  hands 
of  the  friends,  and  not  the  enemies,  of  the  pro- 
tective system  ;  the  new  Philippine  government 
has  only  begun  to  develop  its  plans  for  the  bene- 
fit of  that  long-neglected  country  ;  our  flag  floats 
on  the  Isthmus,  but  the  canal  is  yet  to  be  built  ;. 
peace  does  not  yet  reign  on  earth,  and  consider- 
ate firmness  backed  by  strength  is  still  need- 
ful in  diplomacy. 

The  American  people  have  now  to  say  whether 
policies  shall  be  reversed  or  committed  to  un- 
friendly guardians  ;  whether  performance,  which 
now  proves  itself  for  the  benefit  and  honor  of 
our  country,  shall  be  transferred  to  unknown 
and  perchance  to  feeble  hands. 

No  dividing  line  can  be  drawn  athwart  the 
cotirse  of  this  successful  administration.  The 
fatal  14th  of  September,  1901,  marked  no  change 
of  policy,  no  lower  level  of  achievement.  The 
bullet  of  the  assassin  robbed  us  of  the  friend  we 
loved  ;  it  took  away  from  the  people  the  Presi- 
dent of  their  choice  ;  it  deprived  civilization  of 
a  potent  force  making  always  for  righteousness 
and  for  humanity.  Put  the  fabric  of  free  insti- 
tutions remained  unshaken.  The  government  of 
the  people  went  on.  The  great  party  that  Wil- 
liam  McKinley  led  wrought  still  in  the  spirit  of 
his  example.  His  true  and  loyal  successor  has 
been  equal  to  the  burden  cast  upon  him.  Widely 
different  in  temperament  and  methods,  he  has 
approved  himself  of  the  same  elemental  virtues 
— the  same  fundamental  beliefs.  With  faithful 
and  revering  memory,  he  has  executed  the  pur- 
poses and  continued  unbroken  the  policy  of 
President  McKinley  for  the  peace,  prosperity, 
and  honor  of  our  beloved  country.  And  he  has 
met  all  new  occasions  with  strength  and  resolu- 
tion and  farsighted  wisdom. 


[Here  Mr.  Hoot  paid  an  eloquent  tribute  to  the  lead- 
ership of  President  McKinley  and  his  great  lieutenant, 
Senator  Hanna.] 


A    PRESIDENT    TRTSTKI)    BY    THE    PEOPLE. 

Honor,  truth,  courage,  purity  of  life,  do- 
mestic virtue,  love  of  country,  loyalty  to  high 
ideals. — all  these,  combined  with  active  intelli 
gence,  with  learning,  with  experience  in  affairs, 
with  the  conclusive  proof  of  competency  afforded 
by  wise  and  conservative  administration,  by 
great  things  already  done  and  great  results  al- 
ready achieved, — all  these  we  bring  to  the  peo- 
ple with  another  candidate.  Shall  not  these 
have  honor  in  our  land  ?  Truth,  sincerity,  cour- 
age !  these  underlie  the  fabric  of  our  institu- 
tions. Upon  hypocrisy  and  sham,  upon  cun- 
ning and  false  pretense,  upon  weakness  and 
cowardice,  upon  the  arts  of  the  demagogue  and 
the  devices  of  the  mere  politician,  no  govern- 
ment can  stand.  No  system  of  popular  govern- 
ment can  endure  in  which  the  people  do  not  be- 
lieve and  trust.  Our  President  has  taken  the 
whole  people  into  his  confidence.  Incapable  of 
deception,  he  has  put  aside  concealment.  Frank- 
ly and  without  reserve,  he  has  told  them  what 
their  government  was  doing,  and  the  reasons. 

It  is  no  campaign  of  appearances  upon  which 
we  enter,  for  the  people  know  the  good  and  the 
bad,  the  success  and  failure,  to  be  credited  and 
charged  to  our  account.  It  is  no  campaign  of 
sounding  words  and  specious  pretenses,  for  our 
President  has  told  the  people  with  frankness 
what  he  believed  and  what  he  intended.  He 
has  meant  every  word  he  said,  and  the  people 
have  believed  every  word  he  said,  and  with  him 
this  convention  agrees  because  every  word  has 
been  sound  Republican  doctrine.  No  people  can 
maintain  free  government  who  do  not  in  their 
hearts  value  the  qualities  which  have  made  the 
present  President  of  the  United  States  conspicu- 
ous among  the  men  of  his  time  as  a  type  of 
noble  manhood.  Come  what  may  here — come 
what  may  in  November — God  grant  that  those 
qualities  of  brave,  true  manhood  shall  have 
honor  throughout  America,  shall  be  held  lor  an 
example  in  every  home,  and  that  the  youth  of 
generations  to  come  may  grow  up  to  feel  that  it 
is  1  letter  than  wealth,  or  office,  or  power  to  have 
the  honesty,  the  purity,  and  the  courage  of 
Theodore  Roosevelt. 


THE    TRIUMPH   OF  NATIONAL  IRRIGATION. 


BY   WILLIAM   E.    SMYTHE. 
(Author  of  "The  Conquest  of  Arid  America,"  etc.) 


IK  ever  any  branch  of  the  public  service 
supplied  a  vivid  illustration  of  the  Roose 
vcltian  motto,  "Do  it  now,"  it  is  the  branch  to 
which  the  great  constructive  labor  of  reclaiming 
the  desert  wilderness  was  so  promptly  commit 
ted.  Under  the  terms  of  the  national  irrigation 
law  of  1902.  And  even  more  reassuring  and 
inspiring  than  the  actual  work  it  has  accom- 
plished is  the  manner  in  which  the  Reclamation 
Service  has  approached  its  undertaking. 

It  was  freely  predicted  in  Congress  and  out 
that  the  law  would  be  a  failure  from  the  start  ; 
that  it  would  result  m  nothing  but  corruption 
and  graft  ;  that  whoever  undertook  its  opera- 
tion would  be  doomed  to  an  unhappy  fate. 
When  it  was  known  that  the  work  would  be 
put  under  the  Geological  Survey,  many  of  the 
survey's  best  friends  protested,  and  freely  pre- 
dicted that  it  would  ruin  that  organization. 
They  said  that  in  less  than  two  years  such  scan 
dais  would  arise  as  would  destroy  forever  the 
high  regard  in  which  that  department  of  the 
Governments  scientific  work  had  always  been 
held. 


HON.   ETHAN   ALLEN   HITCHCOCK. 

(Secretary  of  the  Interior.) 


The  two  years  have  come  and  gone.  Many 
of  those  who  were  most  pessimistic  in  their  pre- 
dictions are  now  the  firmest  friends  of  the  Rec- 
lamation Service,  which  was  established  as  a 
branch  of  the  Geological  Survey.  The  rare  skill 
and  tact  and  the  wonderful  executive  ability 
displayed  by  Dr.  Charles  D.  Walcott,  director 
of  the  survey,  and  by  Frederick  Haynes  Newell, 
chief  engineer  of  the  service,  have  safely  guided 
the  new  policy  through  the  rocks  and  shoals  of 
its  early  days.  At  every  step  they  have  had 
the  loyal  and  even  enthusiastic  support  of  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  and  Secretary  Hitchcock.  Those 
who  are  prone  to  say  that  public  business  can- 
not be  organized  and  executed  as  promptly,  as 
wisely,  and  as  economically  as  private  business 
in  the  same  field  are  convincingly  answered  by 
the  manner  in  which  this  work  has  been  done. 

First  of  all,  the  spoilsman  has  been  religious- 
ly debarred  from  the  service.  Nobody  has  ever 
asked,  and  nobody  knows  to  this  day,  whether 
the  many  individuals  employed  in  the  work  are 
Republicans,  Democrats,  Socialists,  or  Prohibi- 
tionists. Appointments  have  been  made  under 
civil-service  examinations  held  in  various  parts 
of  the  United  States  and  determined  by  the  ex- 
perience and  fitness  of  the  applicant,  and  by  no 
other  consideration  whatever.  Public  men  who 
sought  to  use  influence  in  the  interest  of  their 
friends  only  succeeded  in  getting  themselves  dis- 
liked. The  various  projects  examined,  and  those 
upon  which  construction  has  begun,  have  been 
determined  with  a  broad  view  to  the  future  de- 
velopment of  the  country  and  its  continued  pros- 
perity. No  man  can  claim  that  he  has  influ- 
enced in  any  way  the  selection  of  these,  or  that 
anything  has  been  considered  beyond  the  phys- 
ical and  human  interests  involved.  Citizens  of 
many  different  localities  have,  of  course,  called 
the  attention  of  the  service  to  what  they  regard- 
ed as  promising  opportunities  for  development, 
but  each  proposition  has  been  dealt  with  abso- 
lutely upon  its  own  merits.  And  those  charged 
with  the  execution  of  the  policy  have  ever  re- 
membered that  they  are  to  build,  not  for  a  year 
or  a  decade,  but  for  the  ages. 

It  is  true  that  there  has  been  criticism  from 
many  quarters.  Men  have  been  disappointed  by 
failure  to  secure  desired  positions,  or  to  get  money 
expended  where  they  would  be  personally  bene- 


50 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Copyright,  1903,  by  J.  E.  Purdy.  Boston. 

MR.  FREDERICK  HAYNES  NEWELL. 

(Chief  engineer  of  the  Reclamation  Service.) 

fited,  directly  or  indirectly.  Where  such  great 
operations  are  conducted  without  fear  or  favor- 
itism there  must  always  be  disappointment,  and 
even  disgust,  with  regard  to  men  who  refuse  to 
be  swayed  by  considerations  of  friendship  or 
policy. 

There  are  others  who  are  disappointed  be- 
cause they  entertained  expectations  based  upon 
incorrect  knowledge  or  visionary  hopes.  They 
have  talked  about  millions  of  acres  being  re- 
claimed where  no  human  agency  could  procure 
or  store  water.  They  doubt  the  figures  and  es- 
timates made  by  the  service,  and  hope  against 
hope  that  their  favorite  projects  may  yet  be 
undertaken. 

It  is  no  trifling  thing  to  inaugurate  a  great 
national  policy  under  such  circumstances.  Only 
those  at  the  head  of  affairs,  who  are  besieged 
day  after  day  with  constant  importunities  and 
suggestions,  can  appreciate  the  nerve-wearing 
labor  of  meeting  and  resisting;  thevQ  demands 
without  displaying  impatience  or  ill  temper, 
even  when  the  suggestions  are  most  improper 
and  preposterous.  Hut  this  is  only  the  negative 
part  of  the  work.  There  must  be,  in  addition, 
the  great  constructive  faculty  of  planning  the 
work  broadly  and  attracting  the  best  men  the 
country  can  afford,  of  looking  forward  to  the 
needs  of  future  generations,  yet  not  neglect- 
ing the  present,  nor  allowing  it  to  obscure  the 
future. 

The   highest,   praise   is   due    to   men    who    can 


maintain  and  build  up  such  a  work  in  a  brief 
time  in  the  face  of  continued  and  almost  endless 
distractions.  Results  can  only  be  attained  by  a 
rare  and  personal  devotion  to  the  work. — a  de- 
votion which  looks  not  to  personal  gain,  but 
subordinates  high  ambition  to  the  achievement 
of  results  which  will  endure  forever. 

And  what  has  been  accomplished  to  date  ? 
The  entire  western  half  of  the  United  States 
has  been  studied  by  experienced  men  and  their 
assistants,  and  all  available  data  concerning  wa- 
ter-supply and  the  possibility  of  reclaiming  the 
arid  lands  of  the  West  have  been  considered. 
The  reclamation  law  is  very  far-reaching,  and 
has  many  important  ramifications.  Much  must 
be  taken  into  account  besides  water  and  land. 
It  is  not  sufficient  merely  to  build  storage  works 
and  turn  the  water  into  the  stream.  The  land 
must  actually  be  reclaimed  and  the  capital  re- 
turned to  the  fund,  to  be  used  over  and  over 
again  in  similar  enterprises.  The  land  must  be 
subdivided  into  areas  of  sufficient  size  to  sup- 
port a  family.  The  Secretary  of  the  Interior 
may  fix  the  unit  as  low  as  forty  acres,  and  it 
must  not  exceed  one  hundred  and  sixty.  The 
larger  figure  is  the  maximum  amount  of  water 
rights  which  may  be  sold  to  land  in  private 
ownership.  In  all  cases,  the  beneficiary  of  na- 
tional irrigation  must  be  an  actual  occupant  of 
the  soil,  living  on  the  soil  or  in  its  immediate 
vicinity. 

The  central  idea  of  the  new  policy  is  to  assist 
real  home-makers  in  getting  a  foothold  upon  the 
land.  The  Government  does  not  pretend  to  aid 
speculators,  but  only  to  assist  settlers  in  getting 
the  amount  of  irrigated  land  reasonably  neces- 
sary to  the  support  of  their  families.  The  new 
law  aims  not  only  at  the  storage  of  water,  but 
at  the  intensive  cultivation  of  the  soil  by  a  mul- 
titude of  landed  proprietors. 

If  only  one  State  were  to  be  considered,  a  thor- 
ough study  of  its  resources  and  opportunities 
would  be  a  great  task  ;  but  when  thirteen  States 
and  three  Territories  must  be  examined,  and 
selections  made  which  will  stand  the  test  of  fu- 
ture judgment,  the  burden  becomes  one  of  enor- 
mous proportions.  Often  the  projects  which  have 
been  generally  regarded  as  the  most  attractive, 
and  which  have  been  discussed  with  glittering 
generalities  in  the  public  press,  are  found  to  have 
fatal  defects,  and  have  been  consequently  aban- 
doned, with  resulting  disappointment  to  large 
numbers  of  people. 

PROJECTED    DAMS,    CANALS,    AND    TUNNELS. 

In  each  of  the  thirteen  States  and  three  Ter- 
ritories aamed  in  the  law,  one  leading  project 
lias  been  selected  with  a  view  to  early  construe- 


THE  TRIUMPH  OF  NATIONAL  IRRIGATION. 


51 


tion  of  the  works,  provided  all  of  the  conditions 
are  found  to  be  favorable.  For  example,  in 
Arizona,  the  great  storage  dam  on  Salt  River, 
for  holding  the  flood  waters  until  they  can  be 
used,  has  been  begun.  In  California,  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Interior  has  authorized  works  which 
will  reclaim  the  lands  in  the  vicinity  of  Yuma 
by  means  of  a  dam  across  the  Lower  Colorado 
River,  raising  water  so  that  it  can  be  used  on 
the  adjacent  lowlands.  In  Colorado,  plans  are 
nearly  completed  for  the  construction  of  a  great 


HON.  CHARLES  D.  WALCOTT. 

(Director  of  the  Geological  Survey.) 

tunnel  from  Gunnison  River  to  the  dry  Uncom- 
pahgre  Valley.  In  Idaho,  a  great  dam  across 
Snake  River  has  been  planned,  and  contracts 
will  be  let  for  construction  at  an  early  date. 
In  Nevada,  work  has  been  begun  on  dams  and 
canals  to  combine  the  flood  waters  of  the  Truckee 
and  Carson  rivers.  In  short,  in  each  State  and 
Territory  some  project  of  national  importance  is 
in  process  of  planning  and  construction. 

All  of  these  works  are  for  the  purpose  of  reg- 
ulating or  storing  flood  waters,  or  lifting  out  of 
their  channels  the  waters  which  are  too  low  to 
be  diverted  by  gravity.  By  such  great  works 
the  intermittent  streams  are  rendered  perennial, 
and  the  occasional  floods  are  restrained  until  the 
waters  can  be  put  to  beneficial  use. 

The  money  to  build  these  great  works  comes 
not  from  direct  taxation  or  appropriation,  but 
from  the  accumulated  sums  paid  for  the  public 
lands   which    are   being   disposed  of   in    these 


States  and  Territories.  Day  by  day  the  set- 
tlers or  investors  are  paying  to  the  Government 
small  sums  to  obtain  a  complete  title  to  lands 
which  have  been  in  public  ownership.  A  half 
to  nine-tenths  of  the  total  area  of  the  Western 
States  and  Territories  still  belongs  to  Uncle 
Sam.  He  is  giving  away  or  disposing  of  these 
lands  as  he  has  been  for  generations,  and  the 
moneys  received  are  credited  in  the  Treasury 
to  the  reclamation  fund,  to  be  used  for  the  con- 
struction of  great  works  which  will  enable  a 
better  disposal  of  the  public  lands  and  the  cre- 
ation of  a  vast  number  of  small  farms  instead 
of  a  few  large  cattle  ranches. 

The  amounts  received  have  ranged  from  less 
than  one  million  dollars  up  to  many  millions  each 
year,  dependent  upon  the  general  prosperity  of 
the  country,  the  activity  of  the  land  offices,  and 
the  interpretation  put  upon  the  laws.  In  round 
numbers,  there  was  received  for  the  year  1901, 
$3,000,000;  for  1902,  $4,000,000;  for  1903, 
$8,000,000  ;  for  1904,  it  is  estimated  there  will 
be  over  $5,000,000,  and  possibly  as  much  as 
$10,000,000.  Thus,  the  fund  grows  and  is  in- 
vested in  great  works,  the  cost  of  which  is  re- 
funded tathe  Treasury  in  annual  installments. 
The  arid  lands  virtually  pay  for  their  own  recla- 
mation, and  the  Government  is  the  gainer  by 
bringing  about  a  permanent  and  prosperous  set- 
tlement of  areas  which  otherwise  would  have 
been  condemned  to  perpetual  sterilizing. 

And  now,  when  the  law  is  but  two  years  old, 
the  great  national  policy  is  in  full  swing  in  seven 
States  and  one  Territory,  while  preliminary  ex- 
aminations are  far  advanced  in  all  the  rest  of 
the  arid  region.  In  Nevada  and  Arizona,  actual 
construction  is  proceeding  rapidly,  and,  in  the 
former  State,  the  pioneers  of  the  great  army  of 
settlers  to  the  irrigated  public  domain  will  be- 
gin to  march  not  later  than  next  spring.  In 
Idaho,  Wyoming,  Montana,  New  Mexico,  Ore- 
gon, South  Dakota,  and  North  Dakota  contracts 
are  about  to  be  let. 

Nearly  eleven  years  ago, — to  be  exact,  in  Oc- 
ber,  1893, — I  wrote  for  the  Review  of  Reviews 
the  first  article  which  ever  appeared  in  an  Amer- 
ican magazine  in  explanation  and  support  of  the 
national  irrigation  idea,  as  an  organized  cause. 
It  is  with  inexpressible  pleasure  that  I  now  write 
for  the  same  pages  the  story  of  the  accomplished 
fact.  In  the  words  of  the  President  of  the 
United  States,  communicated  to  the  twelfth  Ir- 
rigation Congress,  at  Ogden,  last  September  : 
"  The  passage  of  the  national  irrigation  law  is 
one  of  the  great  steps  not  only  in  the  progress 
of  the  United  States,  but  of  all  mankind.  It  is 
the  beginning  of  an  achievement  so  great  that 
we  hesitate  to  predict  the  outcome." 


SOLVING  THE    HEALTH    PROBLEM    AT    PANAMA. 

BY    COLONEL  WILLIAM    C.    GORGAS,    MEDICAL  CORPS,    U.S.A. 
(Who  will  have  charge  of  the  Government's  sanitary  work.) 


IN  undertaking  the  construction  of  the  Pan- 
ama ('anal,  the  United  States  begins  prob- 
ably  the  largest,  most  difficult,  and  most  impor- 
tant engineering  work  ever  begun  by  man.  The 
route  of  the  canal  runs  across  the  Isthmus 
of  Panama,  between  the  towns  of  Colon  and 
Panama,  for  about  fifty  miles,  the  Isthmus  at 
this  point  running  east  and  west,  and  the  gen- 
eral run  of  the  canal  being  north  and  south.  It 
is  a  pretty  and  attractive  country  to  the  eve 
being  mountainous,  well  drained,  and  covered 
everywhere  with  tropical  verdure  and  foliage. 

While  the  engineering  problems  are  great,  the 
sanitary  problems,  up  to  the  present  time,  have 
appeared  unsolvable.  For  the  last  fifty  years, 
since  the  building  of  the  Panama  Railroad  was 
first  undertaken,  the  health  conditions  have 
been  exceedingly  bad.  and  the  mortality  among 
the  employees  enormous. 

However,  we  shall  have  at  Panama  a  compact 
little  territory  of  five  hundred  square  miles,  un- 
der a  government  with  ample  authority,  ap- 
proaching the  military  in  its  powers,  and  liber- 
ally supplied  with  funds.  Under  these  conditions, 
I  think  we  ought  to  be  able  to  get  up  a  model 
sanitary  department.  Such  records  as  are  ob- 
tainable in  the  French  hospitals  show  that  the 
causes  of  the  great  mortality  in  former  times 
were,  in  great  part,  yellow  fever,  hut  principally 
malarial  fevers.  The  great  advances  that  have 
been  made  in  all  tropical  sanitation  in  the  past 
few  years,  but  particularly  with  regard  to  the 
causes  of  yellow  U^vcv  and  malarial  fever,  ought 
to  enable  us  to  control  these  diseases.  It  has 
been  done  at  Havana,  and.  I  believe,  will  be 
done  again  at  Panama. 

The  canal  strip  will  he.  practically,  an  inde 
pendent  state,  as  far  as  sanitation  is  concerned, 
and  shall  have  all  the  health  departments,  on  a 
small  scale,  that  civilized  countries  of  modern 
times  have.  To  protect  ourselves  from  infectious 
diseases  being  introduced  from  the  outside,  we 
shall  have  quarantine  establishments  at  Colon 
and  Panama  similar  to  those  at  New  York  City. 

where  ships  can  he  examined,  and.  in  ease  any 
infectious  disease  is  found,  the  sick  can  he  iso 
lated   and  cared    for.       We  shall  also    have  a   sys 

tern,  as  at  the  immigrant  station  in  New  York, 
where  all  immigrants  will  he  examined,  with  a 
view   to  excluding  those  undesirable    or  those 


who  will  be  a  burden  to  the  government.  We 
hope  to  have,  for  the  management  of  this  de- 
partment, Dr.  Henry  R.  Carter,  of  the  Public 
Health  and  Marine  Hospital  Service,  who  was 
in  charge  of  similar  work  at  Havana. 

The  part  of  the  sanitary  organization  that  will 
involve  by  far  the  greater  part  of  the  expense 
will  he  the  hospital  system  for  the  care  of  the 
sick.  With  the  view  to  keeping  in  close  touch 
with  malaria,  yellow  fever,  and  other  infectious 
diseases,  it  will  be  our  endeavor  to  get  all  the 
sick  from  the  whole  population  to  come  to  the 
sanitary  department  for  treatment.  With  this 
object  in  view,  we  expect  to  equip  our  hospitals 
with  the  best  modern  appliances  of  every  kind, 
and  with  the  most  skillful  personnel  in  the  way 
of  physicians  and  nurses.  TVe  hope,  in  this  way, 
to  do  away  with  the  general  prejudice  against 
hospital  treatment  which  exists  everywhere 
among  the  poor  and  ignorant.  From  personal 
experience,  I  know  this  can  be  done.  It  re- 
quires no  argument  to  prove  the  great  advantage 
that  the  sanitary  authorities  would  have  if  every- 
body, for  instance,  who  has  a  slight  attack  of 
fever  would  report  to  some  one  of  the  hospitals 
for  treatment.      In   the  case  of  yellow  fever,  in 


■i   by  Underwood  &  Undern I    New  York. 

AN  UNFINISHED  CUT  '>\   no:  Panama  CANAL. 


SOLVING   THE  HEALTH  PROBLEM  AT  PANAMA. 


53 


A  STREET  IN  THE  OLD  QUARTER  OF  THE  TOWN    OF  PANAMA. 


this  way  the  individual  will  be  brought  under  ob- 
servation in  the  first  day  of  his  disease,  placed 
under  the  best  possible  conditions  for  recovery, 
and,  most  important  from  a  sanitary  point  of 
view,  put  in  a  screened  ward,  where  mosquitoes 
cannot  bite  him,  become  infected  themselves, 
and,  by  biting  other  people,  spread  the  disease 
to  them. 

If  the  poor  and  ignorant  have  a  horror  of  the 
hospitals,  they  will  conceal  their  yellow-fever 
cases,  and  keep  them  at  home,  and  no  system  of 
inspection  or  severity  in  punishment  for  these 
infractions  can  enable  the  sanitary  authorities 
to  discover  all  the  cases.  I  speak  from  ex- 
perience on  this  point.  In  the  midst  of  the  se- 
vere epidemic  of  yellow  fever  of  1900,  in  Havana, 
we  found  our  scheme  of  having  yellow-fever 
cases  reported  to  the  sanitary  authorities  failing 
because  the  people  generally  believed  that  they 
could  not  get  the  cai"e  or  treatment  at  the  hos- 
pitals that  they  could  at  home,  and  they  would 
take  the  risk  of  any  punishment  rather  than  re- 
port their  yellow-fever  sick.  We,  therefore, 
turned  all  the  energies  of  the  department  toward 
improving  the  sanitary  hospital,  got  the  best 
equipment  that  could  be  bought,  brought  as 
many  trained  nurses  from  the  United  States  as 
we  needed,  employed  the  very  best  physicians, 
who  had  the  confidence  of  the  people,  and  soon 


had  our  hospital  with  such  a  reputation  that  we 
had  to  use  no  force  or  punishments  to  induce 
people  to  report  their  yellow-fever  cases  to  the 
sanitary  authorities.  Whenever  they  felt  sick, 
they  sought  these  authorities,  as  being  the  best 
judges  of  whether  or  not  they  had  yellow  fever, 
and,  in  case  they  had  the  disease,  of  being  the 
best  able  to  take  care  of  them. 

Taking  the  towns  of  Colon  and  Panama,  I  do 
not  think  that  it  would  be  a  large  estimate  to 
say  that,  when  work  is  in  full  swing,  two  or 
three  years  from  now,  we  shall  have  a  popula- 
tion on  the  strip  of  100,000  people.  There  are 
at  present  about  35,000  on  the  ground,  and  it 
seems  to  me  quite  within  the  bounds  of  modera 
tion  to  estimate  that  with  the  influx  of  30,000 
laborers,  with  the  families  that  will,  in  the  course 
of  time,  follow,  and  others  indirectly  connected 
with  the  work,  the  present  population  will  be 
increased  by  65,000.  It  is  not  a  large  estimate, 
particularly  in  the  tropics,  to  say  that  10  per 
cent,  of  this  100,000  will  be  constantly  sick 
from  one  cause  or  another.  If  our  efforts  are 
crowned  with  success,  we  ought  to  be  able  to 
get  half  of  this  10  per  cent,  under  hospital  con- 
trol. This  would  give  us  a  hospital  population 
of  5,000  to  look  after.  '  It  can  be  readily  seen 
that  the  cost  of  such  an  undertaking  will  be 
large,    and   its   successful  organization  will   re- 


54 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


quire  a  high  degree  of  executive  ability.  We 
hope  to  get  for  this  work  Medical  Director  John 
W.  Ross,  United  States  Navy.  Dr.  Ross  was 
the  head  of  Las  Animas  Hospital,  the  yellow- 
fever  hospital  of  the  sanitary  department  at 
Havana,  during  our  military  occupation  of  Cuba. 
The  towns  of  Panama  and  Colon  will  have  to 
have  organized  health  departments,  such  as  our 
cities  in  the  United  States  have,  but  the  func 
tions  of  which  will  have  to  be  a  little  more  ex 
tensive  than  those  of  similar  health  departments 
in  the  United  States.  The  health  department 
at  Panama  will  have  to  inaugurate  mosquito 
brigades,  which  will  look  after  the  destruction 
of  the  mosquitoes,  as  they  relate  to  yellow  fever 
and  malarial  fever,  to  the  isolation  and  care  of 
infectious  diseases,  to  street  cleaning,  to  the  dis- 


From  stereograph,  copyright  1904,  by  Underwood  &  Underwood,  New  York. 

A   PIER  IN  IBB  B ARBOR  OF  PANAMA. 

(Showing  the  vultures,  orj  top  of  shed,  which  are  the  scavengers  of  the  Isthmus.) 


posal  of  garbage,  etc.  Our  treaty  with  Panama 
provides  that  we  shall  put  both  a  water  and  a 
sewer  system  into  Panama  and  Colon.  This  will 
be  done  at  an  early  date,  and  when  this  has 
been  done,  of  course,  the  expense  and  labor  to 
the  sanitary  department,  both  in  the  towns  and 
along  the  route  of  the  canal,  will  be  much  re- 
duced and  simplified.  One  scheme  of  water- 
supply  that  strikes  me  very  favorably,  and  that 
several  of  the  engineers  on  the  commission  ex- 
press themselves  as  favoring,  is  that  of  using 
the  head  waters  of  the  Chagres  River.  The 
scheme  of  the  canal  contemplates  a  large  dam 
in  this  locality,  for  the  purpose  of  both  storing 
water  and  controlling  the  floods  of  the  Chagres 
River.  This  dam  being  much  higher  than  the 
divide,  pipes  could  be  laid  along  the  railroad  to 
Panama  on  the  one  side  and 
Colon  on  the  other,  and  at 
the  same  time  supply  all  the 
villages  along  the  route  of 
the  canal. 

Some  work  has  been  done 
all  along  the  line  of  the  ca- 
nal. The  French  had  di- 
vided it  up  into  seventeen 
different  sections,  and  let 
out  each  of  these  sections 
by  contract,  and  each  con- 
tractor had  made  a  start 
and  done  some  work  on  his 
section.  At  some  conveni- 
ent point  on  each  of  these 
sections,  a  small  village  had 
grown  up.  If  the  working 
force  is  as  large  as  the  old 
Isthmian  Canal  Commission 
expected,  it  will  be  about 
30,000  men,  and  we  shall 
have  a  considerable  popula- 
tion along  the  canal  route  in 
these  villages.  The  30,000 
laborers,  with  the  women, 
and  children,  and  camp  fol- 
lowers generally,  who  come 
in,  would  give  us  at  least 
60,000  people  in  these  seven- 
teen villages,  an  average  of 
some  four  or  five  thousand 
to  each  town.  For  each  of 
these  villages  we  shall  have 
to  provide  a  small  health  de- 
partment, which  will  have 
to  keep  track  and  take  care 
of  all  diseases  that  may  be 
communicable,  attend  to  the 
cleaning  up  generally,  see 
to  the  disposal  of  garbage, 


SOLVING   THE  HEALTH  PROBLEM  AT  PANAMA. 


55 


etc.,  and  to  the  general  wa- 
ter-supply. 

The  most  important  part 
of  our  sanitation,  I  think, 
will  turn  upon  the  control 
of  malaria  in  these  villages. 
Most  of  the  houses  are  still 
in  a  pretty  fair  state  of  re- 
pair, and  many  of  them  are 
still  occupied  by  the  families 
of  the  former  employees  on 
the  canal.  The  men  have 
wandered  off  to  the  neigh 
boring  republics  in  search 
of  employment.  It  is  esti 
mated  that  there  is  still  a 
population  of  about  fifteen 
thousand  in  these  villages 
along  the  canal.  These  peo 
pie  are  all,  more  or  less,  suf- 
fering from  malaria.  The 
anopheles  mosquito,  which 
is  the  malarial  mosquito, 
bites  them,  becomes  herself 
infected,  and  when  she  in 
turn  bites  a  newcomer,  con 
veys  malarial  fever  to  him. 
If  we  introduce  forty-five 
thousand  unacclimated  peo- 
ple into  these  villages,  in 
timately  associated  with  the 
present  infected  population, 
our  condition,  in  the  course 
of  a  year  or  two,  will  be 
about  as  bad  as  that  of  the 
French.  The  mosquitoes 
that  became  infected  from 
the  present  population  would 
soon  have  bitten  most  of  the 
newcomers,    and,    in   a   few 

months,  they  would  all  be  suffering  from  malaria. 
Now,  we  propose  to  organize,  as  we  did  in  Ha- 
vana, mosquito  brigades  in  all  these  villages, 
who  will  destroy  the  breeding  places  of  the  mos- 
quitoes, and  thus  keep  the  insect  down  to  its 
lowest  numbers.  At  the  same  time,  we  expect 
to  take  all  the  present  population  in  these  vil- 
lages, find  out  who  have  malaria,  make  a  record 
of  each  individual  case,  and  keep  them  under 
daily  treatment  till  the  malarial  parasite  has  dis- 
appeared from  the  blood. 

We  hope  that,  a  year  from  now,  when  our 
unacclimated  population  comes,  it  will  be  to 
clean,  uninfected  villages,  with  all  the  present 
native  population  free  from  malarial  infection, 
and  that  there  will  be  left  very  few  malarial 
mosquitoes,  and  that  these  few  malarial  mos- 
quitoes, not   being  able  to  bite  any  human   be- 


From  stereograph,  copyright  1904,  by  Underwood  &  Underwood,  New  York. 

SOME  NATIVE  DWELLING-HOUSES   ALONG   THE  ROUTE  OF  THE  PANAMA  CANAL. 


ing  previously  infected  with  malaria,  will  be 
harmless.  This  is  not  an  entirely  theoretical 
scheme.  In  Havana,  yellow  fever  was  cared  for 
in  just  the  way  that  we  propose  for  malaria.  The 
infected  human  being  was  taken  and  placed  un- 
der screening,  and  treated  until  he  was  free 
from  infection,  and  thus  no  yellow-fever  mos- 
quito was  allowed  to  bite  him  during  the  in- 
fected period  and  become  herself  infected.  At 
the  same  time,  wholesale  mosquito  destruction 
was  carried  on. 

At  the  end  of  about  eight  months  of  this 
work,  it  was  found  that  the  number  of  yellow- 
fever  mosquitoes  had  been  greatly  decreased, 
and  those  that  were  left  could  find  no  human 
being  infected  with  yellow  fever,  whereby  they, 
the  yellow-fever  mosquitoes,  might  become  in 
fected,  and  thus  convey  it  to  other  human  te 


r>r» 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Prom  stereograph,  copyright  1904,  by  Underwood  &  Underwood,  New  York.    - 
NATIVE  WASHERWOMEN   OF  PANAMA. 

ings.  Fur  the  past  three  years,  Havana  has 
been  free  from  yellow  fever.  An  unacclimated 
man  can  go  to  Havana  now,  and  though  he  may 
probably  be  bitten  a  good  many  times  by  yellow 
fever  mosquitoes,  these  mosquitoes  have  had  no 
opportunity,  in  the  past  three  years,  of  biting  a 
human  being  infected  with  yellow  lever,  and, 
therefore,  are  themselves  entirely  harmless.  This 
condition  we  hope  to  bring  about  in  the  villages 
along  the  canal  route  by  means  similar  to  those 
adopted  in  Havana. 

Ln  the  last  fifteen  years  there  have  beenagood 
many  instances  of  malaria  being  controlled,  on 
a  small  scale,  both  from  the  side  of  destroying 
the  breeding-places  of  the  malarial  mosquito  and 
from  that  of  treat  ing  t  he  infected  human  being  so 
that  he  could  not  poison  the  mosquito.  Recent- 
ly, under  the  advice  of  Dr.  Ronald  boss,  of  the 
Liverpool  School  of  Tropical  Medicine,  the  Sue/. 
( 'anal  authoril  tes  have  done  some  exteiwive  mos- 
quito work  at  Ismailia,  with  results  entirely  sat 
isfactory.  But  Ismailia,  is  a  town  of  not  more 
than  two  thousand  inhabitants.  Our  army  medi- 
cal officers,  and  the  army  medical  officers  of  other 
nations,  have  been  quite  successful  in  keeping 


small  bodies  of  troops  free  from  malaria  in  ma- 
larious countries,  but  the  only  example  of  any 
attempt  on  a  large  scale,  to  my  knowledge,  is  at 
Havana.  Here,  in  a  population  of  about  250,- 
000,  simply  by  destroying  the  breeding-places 
of  the  malarial  mosquito,  in  the  course  of  three 
years,  the  average  number  of  deaths  was  reduced 
from  about  325  per  year  to  50  per  thousand  of 
population. 

The  attempt  to  free  the  whole  population  from 
the  malarial  infection,  so  that  they  could  not  in- 
fect the  mosquito,  has  never  been  tried  on  any 
large  scale.  Koch,  in  Africa,  reports  some  suc- 
cess on  this  side  alone  in  small  communities. 
But  on  the  scale  on  which  we  shall  have  to  use 
it  at  Panama  we  have  no  precedent  to  guide  us. 
The  Panama  strip  is  now  about  as  healthy  as  the 
ordinary  tropical  country.  .  The  death-rate  is  a 
great  deal  higher  than  in  New  York,  but  this 
would  be  the  case  almost  anywhere  in  the  trop- 
ics. About  twenty  people  per  thousand  in  New 
York  die  every  year,  and  about  fifty  per  thou- 
sand at  Panama.  The  general  idea  about  Pana- 
ma seems  to  be  that  we  shall  suffer  as  the  French 
did,  and  as  all  former  European  venturers  into 
Panama  did,  and  that,  instead  of  dying,  as  we 
do  in  New  York,  at  the  rate  of  twenty  per  thou- 
sand per  year,  we  shall  die,  as  sometimes  oc- 
curred to  the  French  and  others  at  Panama,  at 
the  rate  of  five  or  six  hundred  per  thousand  a 
year.  Other  men  of  experience  in  the  tropics, 
and  wdio  have  been  at  Panama  for  some  time, 
maintain  that  the  matter  of  sanitation  is  exceed- 
ingly simple  and  easy,  and  that  the  health  of  the 
Panama  strip  ought  to  be  as  good  as  that  of 
most  parts  of  the  United  States.  Both  opinions, 
it  seems  to  me,  are  extreme,  and  the  truth  will 
fall  somewhere  between  the  two.  Any  health 
officer,  with  experience  in  dealing  with  a  practi- 
cal question  of  this  kind,  will  know  how  exceed- 
ingly difficult  it  will  be,  in  a  population  of  about 
fifteen  thousand  people  infected  with  malaria,  to 
devise  and  apply  any  system  by  which  the  cases 
can  be  individually  recorded  and  treated.  Per 
sonally,  I  approach  the  problem  with  hope,  and 
the  expectation  of  having,  approximately,  the 
same  success  that  rewarded  similar  efforts  ap- 
plied by  our  military  authorities  in  Cuba.  But 
it  is  no  simple  matter.  We  shall,  no  doubt,  meel 
with  many  disappointments  and  discouragements, 
and  shall  succeed  in  the  end  only  after  many 
modifications  of  our  plans  and  after  many  local 
failures. 


THE  AMERICAN   CAMP   AT   BAYAMON,    PORTO   RICO. 


THE    PORTO    RICAN    GOVERNMENTS    FIGHT 

WITH   ANEMIA. 


BY  ADAM    C.    HAESELBARTH. 


WHEN  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  Porto 
Rico  adjourned,  last  April,  it  had  passed 
a  bill  covering  recommendations  made  in  Gov- 
ernor Hunt's  message,  appropriating  $5,000 
and  providing  for  the  appointment  of  a  com- 
mission of  three  to  study  the  causes  of  anemia 
in  Porto  Rico,  and  to  suggest,  if  possible,  means 
for  the  eradication  of  the  disease  which  afflicts 
a  majority  of  the  island's  rural  population. 
Governor  Hunt  promptly  appointed  as  mem- 
bers of  the  commission  Dr.  Bailey  K.  Ashford, 
captain  and  assistant  surgeon,  U.  S.  A.  ;  Dr. 
Walter  W.  King,  assistant  surgeon,  Public 
Health  and  Marine  Hospital  Service  ;  and  Dr. 
Pedro  Gutierrez,  a  talented  native  physician. 

The  new  anemia  commission,  as  it  is  generally 
called,  immediately  began  work  by  establishing 
a  hospital  camp  at  Bayamon,  a  few  miles  from 
■San  Juan.  The  United  States  Government 
promptly  gave  the  services  of  doctors  Ashford 
and  King,  and  also  loaned  to  the  commission 
$2,500  worth  of  tents,  bed-linen,  utensils,  etc. 
The  municipal  hospital  authorities  of  Bayamon 
are  also  cooperating,  and  several  native  physi 
cians  have  given  valuable  assistance.  Fifty 
patients  can  be  cared  for  in  the  tents,  and  more 
than  five  hundred  were  treated  during  the  first 
month. 

Already  the  treatment  given  is  meeting 
with  most  gratifying  results,  and  the  com 
mission  seems  to  have  proved  that  anemia  is 
resultant  from  contact  with  infected  soil,  and 
that  agricultural  workers  rarely  escape  infection. 
As  in  Porto  Rico   G3  per  cent,  of  the  population 


are  engaged  in  agriculture,  the  state  of  their 
health  has  an  important  bearing  on  economic 
conditions,  and  the  prevalence  of  uncinai-iasis 
is  a  matter  of  vital  concern.  Nearly  one-fourth 
of  the  deaths  in  the  island  are  from  anemia,  and 
the  same  disease  causes  fatal  ravages  in  the 
Philippines  and  the  Southern  States,  hence  all 
Americans  are  deeply  concerned. 

Doctors  Ashford  and  King  have  made  a  long 
and  careful  study  of  uncinariasis  in  Porto  Rico, 
treating  more  than  a  thousand  cases,  and  are 
convinced  that  prevalent  anemia  is  caused  by 
the  presence  of  tiny  parasites  which  destroy  the 
hemoglobin,  or  red  coloring  matter,  of  the  blood, 
dissolving  it  by  a  poison  created  by  the  work. 

The  treatment  at  Bayamon  is  very  simple. 
Microscopic  tests  at  once  reveal  the  presence  of 
the  worm,  which  is  known  to  exist  from  the  gen- 
eral anemic  appearance  of  the  patient.  Thymol 
is  used  as  a  vermifuge  to  expel  the  parasites,  and 
then  a  wonderful  rise  of  hemoglobin,  with  a  co- 
incident gain  in  vitality,  is  noticed.  A  single 
instance  of  an  aggravated  case  will  suffice  to 
show  results.  Early  in  April,  a  man  came  in  a 
dying  condition  to  the  camp.  His  face  was  pasty 
white,  his  legs  were  swollen,  and  his  condition 
was  abnormally  torpid.  Apparently,  he  was  be- 
yond hope,  and  a  few  minutes  after  his  arrival 
he  fainted  on  the  hospital  porch  and  was  carried 
to  bed.  Heart  murmurs  were  pronounced.  The 
first  blood  test  showed  the  hemoglobin  reduced 
to  2G  per  cent.  By  the  first  week  of  May  it  had 
risen  to  80  per  cent.,  and  the  man  was,  practical- 
ly, thoroughly  restored  to  health.    His  gratitude, 


;,s 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


if  one  may  judge   by  his  expressions,  was  un- 
bounded. 

The  test  blood  is  taken  from  the  lobe  of  the 
ear,  and  the  drop  which  fills  the  capillary  tube 
is  then  tested  in  the  usual  way  to  show  the  per- 
centage of  hemoglobin.  In  every  instance  there 
is  a  daily  rise  after  treatment  has  been  begun. 
An  exhaustive  clinical  record  of  all  cases  is  kept 
by  the  commission. 

The  scenes  about  the  camp,  especially  in  the 
morning,  are  sad  and  striking.  In  many  in 
stances  the  poor  natives  come  from  distant  bar- 
rios, and  are  well-nigh  exhausted  when  they  reach 
the  scene  of  relief.  It  is  a  pitiable-looking  crowd, 
but  it  is  a  representative  one,  and  is  a  forceful 
argument  in  favor  of  a  vigorous  prosecution  of 
the  commission's  work.  The  patients  range  in 
age  from  eight  to  nearly  eighty,  and  most  of 
them  are  prematurely  old  and  show  the  dire  ef- 
fects of  anemia  and  lack  of  nutrition.  Not  un- 
til they  feel  the  beneficial  effects  of  the  treat- 
ment does  the  shadow  of  despair  leave  their 
faces  ;  then  they  depart  full  of  hope  and,  pre- 
sumably, empty  of  anemia  parasites. 


Dr.  Bailey  K.  Ashford. 

Dr.  Gutierrez, 


I  >r   Enrique  Rodriguez 


OROUP  OF  UNITED  STATUS  COVERNMEN T  AND  NATIVE   PHYSICIANS  (  AUKYINQ   ON 
THE   WORK    AOAINST  ANEMIA    IN    PORTO    RIOO. 


It  is  the  purpose  of  the  commission  to  send 
to  every  health  officer  of  Porto  Rico  a  report  of 
all  the  experiments,  and  to  urge  cooperation  and 
uniform  treatment  in  all  parts  of  the  island. 
Unless  this  native  assistance  is  secured,  the  work 
of  eradicating  the  disease  will  be  very  slow,  es- 
pecially in  the  coffee  districts,  where  it  is  most 
prevalent.  Some  of  the  Porto  Rican  doctors 
are  not  inclined  to  adopt  readily  American 
methods  of  practice,  and  the  convincing  of  these 
cynics  will  be  a  difficult  task  for  the  commission 
to  accomplish.  Others,  on  the  contrary,  are 
showing  keen  interest,  and  are  giving  hearty 
support  to  the  workers.  Of  this  type  was  Dr. 
Enrique  Rodriguez,  an  ardent  volunteer  asso- 
ciate of  the  commission,  who  was  suddenly 
stricken  with  heart-failure  and  was  removed 
from  the  anemia  camp  to  his  home,  only  to  die. 
A  few  of  the  conclusions  of  students  of  the 
anemia  question  in  Porto  Rico  will  show  the 
importance  of  the  experiments  now  being  made. 
Gen.  George  W.  Davis,  the  new  governor  of  the 
Panama  Canal  strip,  and  formerly  military  gov- 
ernor of  Porto  Rico,  declared  in  a  report :  "  It 
is  a  conservative  estimate  to 
place  the  laboring  classes  at 
six  hundred  thousand  souls, 
who  do  not  own  a  rood  of 
land,  or  possess  property  of 
any  kind,  except  a  misera- 
ble cabin  or  thatched  hut 
and  a  few  insignificant  ar- 
ticles of  household  goods. 
This  comprises  what  is 
known  to-day  as  'jibaros,' 
or  •  peons.'  " 

Dr.  Ashford  says  that 
this  class  furnishes  the  cases 
of  uncinariasis  ;  that  it  is 
his  firm  belief  that  90  per 
cent,  of  them  living  outside 
of  the  larger  cities  are  in- 
fected with  the  parasite,  and 
that  75  per  cent,  of  those 
infected  show  decided  symp- 
toms. 

In  the  cities  it  is  less 
common,  but  not  9  per  cent. 
of  the  population  of  Porto 
Rico  live  in  towns  of  more 
than  eight  thousand  inhabi- 
tants. In  the  coffee  dis- 
tricts, the  infection  comes 
hugely  through  the  methods 
of  planting  the  bean  in  the 
damp,  rich  soil.  A  little 
hole  is  made  with  the  finger, 
and  the  bean  is  pressed  in 


GOVERNMENT  CARE  OF  CONSUMPTIVES. 


59 


with  the  thumb  and  covered 
with  earth.  "Work  on  sugar 
estates  is  the  next  most  dan- 
gerous occupation.  Chil- 
dren who  roll  and  play  in 
the  damp  earth  of  banana 
patches  are  especially 
scourged.  The  eating  of 
raw  vegetables,  food  eaten 
with  unclean  hands,  the  use 
of  unclean,  mud-soiled  uten- 
sils and  clothing,  and  the 
drinking  of  muddy  water 
are  a  few  of  the  many  pro- 
lific causes  of  infection.  To 
these  may  be  added  gener- 
ally bad  sanitation,  an  utter 
lack  of  personal  hygiene, 
density  of  population,  to- 
pography favorable  to  the 
spread  of  larvae  by  heavy 
rains,  and  many  habits  con- 
ducive to  infection.  Few- 
cases  are  found  among  the 
better  classes,  as  these  peo- 
ple do  not  come  into  contact  with  the  soil.  The 
proved  conclusions  of  the  commission,  and  es- 
pecially of  doctors  Ashford  and  King,  from  their 
previous  experiments,  absolutely  refute  the  re- 
cently published  assertion  that  the  Porto  Rican 
anemia  is  the  anemia  of  starvation.  There  are 
few  peons  of  Porto  Rico  who  do  not  have  rice, 
beans,  bananas,  sugar,  and  other  products  in 
abundance.  Such  statements,  therefore,  are  mis- 
leading and  untrue.  It  is  a  peculiar  fact  that 
the  negro  race  is  comparatively  immune.  Ma 
larial  anemia  is  comparatively  rare  in  Porto  Rico. 
If,  therefore,  the  general  contentions  of  the 
commission  prove  to  be  absolutely  correct,  the 
work  of  stamping  out  uncinariasis  in  the  island 


A  GROUP  OF  ANEMIC   PATIENTS  IN   GOVERNMENT  CAMP. 


will  be  comparatively  easy,  and  the  effect  upon 
labor,  now  held  within  the  grasp  of  anemia,  will 
be  beneficial  beyond  calculation.  A  new  life 
will  be  infused  into  the  working  classes,  and 
with  that  new  life  will  come  ambition  and  re- 
newed physical  strength.  "When  that  happens, 
Porto  Rico  will  be  transformed  into  a  hive  of 
agricultural  industry,  and  the  marvelous  little 
island  will  prosper  as  never  before,  because  the 
mass  of  her  people  will  be  willing  and  able  to 
work,  and  thus  share  the  prosperity.  "  'Tis  a 
consummation  devoutly  to  be  wished,"  and  seem- 
ingly it  can  be  reached  through  the  application 
of  the  lessons  now  being  learned  in  the  interest- 
ing camp  at  Bayamon. 


GOVERNMENT   CARE   OF   CONSUMPTIVES. 

BY    OLIVER    P.    NEWMAN. 


TEN  years  ago,  consumptives  went  West  to 
die.  Now  they  go  West  to  get  well.  The 
great  "White  Plague,"  which  carries  off  thou- 
sands and  thousands  of  people  annually,  has 
been  conquered  by  the  man  of  science.  At  the 
convention  of  the  American  Medical  Association, 
at  Saratoga,  New  York,  a  ruddy-cheeked  man, 
weighing  a  few  pounds  less  than  two  hundred, 
talked  on  tuberculosis.  In  conclusion,  he  said  : 
"  Gentlemen,   I  offer  myself  in  evidence  as  an 


example  of  our  cured  cases.  I  was  a  consump- 
tive two  years  ago.  To  the  best  of  my  knowl- 
edge, I  am  now  entirely  cured." 

This  man  was  Dr.  Paul  M.  Carrington,  sur- 
geon, United  States  Public  Health  and  Marine 
Hospital  Service,  who  is  in  command  of  the 
government  sanatorium  for  consumptive  sailors 
at  Fort  Stanton,  New  Mexico.  When  he  took 
command  of  the  sanatorium  he  had  consumption 
in  the  first  stage.     He  is  now  in  perfect  health. 


60 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


A  patient's  tent,  showing  front  flap  and  side  walls 

UP  FOB  VENTILATION. 

Within  the  past  few  years,  sanatoria  through 
out  the  West  and  Southwest  have  demonstrated 
that  consumption,  even  in  the  third  stage,  can 
be  cured.  Probably  the  best  results,  as  well  as 
the  most  reliable  statistics,  come  from  Fort 
Stanton.  In  scrutinizing  the  results  obtained 
there,  two  things  must  be  borne  in  mind  : 

First — Cases  in  all  stages  of  advancement  are 
admitted. 

Second — Statistics  as  to  improvement  and  cure 
are  authentic. 

In  private  sanatoria  advanced  cases  are  sel- 
dom taken,  and  statistics  are  frequently  gath- 
ered with  a  liberal  hand.  At  Fort  Stanton,  the 
statistics  are  based  on  actual  results.  The  sana- 
torium is  a  government  institution,  maintained 
at  great  expense  and  by  the  output  of  much 
hard  work.  The  patients  are  the  only  benefi- 
ciaries. Nothing  is  to  be  gained  by  an  exagger- 
ation of  statistics. 

The  sanatorium  is  under 
the  control  of  and  is  oper- 
ated by  the  United  States 
Public  Health  and  Marine 
Hospital  Service,  which  is 
one  of  the  many  bureaus  of 
the  Treasury  Department. 
At  the  head  of  the  service 
is  Dr.  Walter  Wyman,  with 
the  title  df  surgeon -general. 
The  patients  at  the  sana 
torium  are  seamen  employed 
mi  vessels  of  the  merchant 
marine  of  the  I  'nited  States. 
keepers  and  crews  of  light- 
houses, officers  and  men  of 
the  Revenue  <  'utter  Service 

and   t  he  (  'oast,  and  ( ieodetic 

Survey,  and  officers  and 
men  employed  on  govern- 
ment vessels  o  t  h  e  r  than 
those  of  t  he  navy.      Patients 


are  admitted  through  the  United  States  marine 
hospitals,  which  are  maintained  at  practically 
every  river,  lake,  and  ocean  port  in  the  United 
States  and  its  possessions.  These  hospitals  are 
for  the  relief  of  sick  sailors,  who,  as  a  rule,  have 
no  homes,  are  not  legal  residents  of  any  civic 
community,  and  cannot,  therefore,  be  cared  for 
in  county  or  municipal  hospitals.  On  this  ac- 
count, and  because  the  commerce  in  which  he  is 
engaged  is  of  a  national  rather  than  of  State  or 
municipal,  benefit,  the  sailor  is  considered  the 
ward  of  the  federal  government. 

Whenever  the  doctors  at  a  marine  hospital 
discover  tuberculosis  in  a  patient,  they  immedi- 
ately send  him  to  Fort  Stanton  for  treatment. 
His  railroad  fare  is  paid,  and  his  subsistence, 
quarters,  clothing  (in  some  cases),  and  other 
necessities  are  supplied  free  at  the  sanatorium, 
where  he  may  remain  until  cured,  or,  if  his  con- 
dition does  not  improve,  until  he  dies,  when  he 
is  given  decent  burial.  Thus  is  the  Government 
doing  good  in  two  ways  :  it  is  giving  relief 
while  they  live,  and  often  permanent  cure,  to 
afflicted  men  who  are  too  poor  to  place  them- 
selves in  private  sanatoria  ;  and  it  is  removing 
to  an  isolated  place  patients  infected  with  a 
readily  communicable  disease,  thereby  lessening, 
if  only  a  little,  the  tendency  of  tuberculosis  to 
spread. 

The  improvement  and  cure  of  consumptives 
at  Fort  Stanton  have  been  effected  by  the  treat- 
ment of  the  body  of  the  patient — not  by  the 
treatment  of  the  disease.  The  medical  profes- 
sion does  not  admit  that  there  has  been  discov- 
ered a  specific  remedy  that  will  cure  consump- 
tion      In    the    absence    of   such  a   remedy,   the 


rill'.  WHITE  MOUNTAINS,    NEW    MEXICO. 

(Twenty-five  miles  west  of  Fort  .Stain mi.    Patients1  tents  in  foreground.) 


GOVERNMENT  CARE  OE  CONSUMPTIVES. 


Gl 


FORT  STANTON   PATIENTS  ON    A   CAMPING   TRIP  IN   THE  WHITE  MOUNTAINS,    NEW  MEXICO. 


doctors  at  Fort  Stanton  call  upon  nature  to  do 
the  work  of  medicine.  The  whole  gist  of  the 
treatment  is  ■  build  up  the  general  tone  of  the 
body  to  a  point  where  the  system,  of  its  own 
accord,  will  throw  off  the  disease. 

To  accomplish  this,  three  things  have  been 
found  to  be  of  paramount  importance.  They 
are  :   rest,  outdoor  life,  wholesome  food. 

Consumption  is  the  most  devastating  to  the 
system  of  all  the  diseases  to  which  the  human 
body  is  heir.  It  not  only  eats  up  the  lungs, 
but  it  reduces  the  vitality  of  its  victim  to  the 
lowest  ebb.  The  most  meager  student  of  medi- 
cal science  ought  to  realize  that  a  body  in  which 
the  vitality  is  badly  impaired  should  not  be 
taxed  further,  but  should  be  given  absolute  rest, 
in  order  that  the  remaining  strength  be  per 
mitted  to  fight  the  disease. 

The  question  of  food  for  a  consumptive  is 
even  more  simple  than  the  question  of  rest.  He 
should  receive  plain,  well  cooked,  nutritious,  tis 
sue-building  food, — the  same  food  that  is  given  a 
prize  fighter  training  for  a  fight  (for  the  consump- 
tive is  training  for  a  hard  light),  or  an  athletic 
team  preparing  for  a  contest.  At  Fort  Stanton, 
it  has  been  found  that  eggs  and  milk  are  exceed- 
ingly beneficial,  and  patients  are  given  both  in 
abundance.     A  herd  of  dairy  cattle  is  kept  on 


the  reservation,  and  increased  from  time  to  time 
as  the  number  of  patients  increases.  A  herd  of 
range  beef  cattle  has  been  built  up  and,  in  an- 
other year  or  two,  will  supply  the  sanatorium 
with  beef.  At  present,  meats  are  bought  on  an- 
nual contract.  A  large  tract  of  land  is  devoted 
to  the  raising  of  garden  vegetables,  although  the 
entire  needs  of  the  institution  cannot  as  yet  be 
met  in  that  respect. 

"Outdoor  life  "  probably  means  more  at  Fort 
Stanton  than  at  any  other  sanatorium  in  the 
country,  because  there  the  patients  are  out-of- 
doors,  in  the  actual  open  air,  practically  all  the 
time.  About  half  the  patients  sleep  in  tents, 
thereby  getting  as  much  and  as  pure  air  at  night 
as  they  would  if  they  were  actually  out  of  doors, 
sleeping  on  the  ground,  with  the  naked  stars 
above  them.  The  remainder  have  beds  in  spe- 
cially ventilated  dormitories,  which  they  are  not 
permitted  to  occupy  except  when  they  are  asleep. 
All  patients  are  under  the  direct  control  of 
nurses,  who  are  required  to  keep  their  charges 
out-of-doors  in  the  daytime,  and  the  dormitory 
doors  and  windows  wide  open  at  night. 

One  of  the  greatest  advantages  in  the  treat- 
ment of  consumption  at  Fort  Stanton  is  the 
climate.  The  sun  shines  on  an  average  of  three 
hundred    and    forty   days   per  annum,    and   on 


62 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


INTERIOR  OF   PATIENTS  TENT. 

nearly  every  one  of  these  days  it  is  mild  enough 
for  the  patients  to  sit  out-of-doors.  The  win- 
ters are  mild  and  the  summers  cool.  The  alti- 
tude is  6,150  feet,  which,  combined  with  the 
slight  precipitation — from  14  to  17  inches,  part 
of  which  is  snow — produces  an  extremely  dry 
atmosphere  the  year  round.  While  the  tempera 
ture  on  one  or  two  occasions  has  gone  over 
ninety  in  the  summer,  the  heat  is  never  ener- 
vating. There  is  invariably  a  cool  breeze.  It 
is  always  comfortable  in  the  shade,  and  at  least 
one  blanket  is  necessary  at  night.  All  patients 
sleep  well,  and  as  sleep  is  a  great  tissue-builder, 
the  cool  nights  in  the  summer  are  almost  as 
beneficial  as  the  clear  days  throughout  the  year. 
In  the  winter,  the  temperature  at  night  is  almost 
invariably  at  freezing  or  a  little  below,  but  the 
days  are  almost  universally  mild. 

Half-a-dozen  doctors  of  the  Public  Health  and 
Marine  Hospital  Service,  as- 
sisted by  an  equal  number 
of  trained  male  nurses,  min- 
ister to  the  wants  of  the  pa 
tients.  Their  duties  consist 
chiefly  of  symptomatic  med 
ical  treatment  and  an  in 
sistence  on  plenty  of  abso 
lute  rest  and  an  abundance 
of  outdoor  air  and  sun- 
shine. The  group  of  build 
ings  comprising  the  sana- 
torium lie  on  the  south  bank 
of  a  beautiful  little  stream, 
t  be  "  Rio  Bonito "  (river 
beautiful),  in  a  grove  of 
Cottonwood  8  and  willows. 
The    verandas    and    broad 


stretches  of  green  under  the 
trees  are  furnished  with  in- 
valid chairs,  in  which  the 
patients  lounge,  sleep,  and 
read  by  day.  Even  in  the 
winter  they  are  required  to 
sit  out-of-doors,  in  the  sun, 
in  the  lee  of  a  building, 
bundled  up  in  blankets.  It 
is  a  common  sight  to  see  a 
group  of  half-a-dozen  re- 
clining chairs  placed  in  two 
or  three  inches  of  snow, 
each  containing  a  patient 
muffled  from  head  to  foot. 
Occasionally  it  is  quite  cold, 
even  in  the  middle  of  the 
day,  but  that  makes  no  dif- 
erence.  As  long  as  it  is 
clear  the  patient  must  re- 
main out-of  doors.  At  a 
low  altitude  such  exposure  would  be  disastrous, 
but  at  Fort  Stanton  the  patients  do  not  even 
"  take  cold." 

What  to  do  to  keep  the  patients'  minds  in  a 
healthy  condition  has  been  a  serious  problem  at 
Fort  Stanton.  The  natural  solution  would  seem 
to  be,  "  Provide  amusements."  But  for  two  rea- 
sons amusements  must  be  limited.  One  is  that 
many  require  more  or  less  physical  exertion,  and 
the  other  is  that  an  equal  number  are  too  excit- 
ing, having  a  tendency  to  make  the  patient  irri- 
table and  to  run  up  his  temperature.  Certain 
amusements,  however,  are  provided.  On  the  hills 
above  the  sanatorium  is  a  good  golf  course,  where 
such  patients  as  are  able  are  urged  to  play  and 
are  provided  with  clubs.  Several  croquet  sets 
are  located  on  the  smooth,  grassy  spots  under 
the  cottonwoods,  where  patients  can  be  seen  play- 
ing at  all  hours  of  the  day  and  early  evening. 


ONH  OF  THE  liou.MlTouiK-s  K)H  AMBULANT  (Asks. 


GOVERNMENT  CARE  OF  CONSUMPTIVES. 


63 


Owing  to  the  generosity  of  Miss  Helen  Gould 
and  others,  the  sanatorium  is  equipped  with  an 
excellent  library  of  standard  and  current  litera- 
ture. Books  and  magazines  are  issued  to  pa- 
tients, but  all  reading  must  be  done  out-of-doors. 
No  reading-room  is  provided  in  the  library  build- 
ing, which,  however,  lias  been  constructed  with 
broad  balconies,  supplied  with  reclining  chairs 
and  tables,  where  patients  may  read  and  get  the 
sun  at  all  hours  of  the  day.  In  the  winter  months, 
the  monotony  is  varied  from  time  to  time  by 
concerts,  given  by  patients  who  have  a  little 
musical  and  dramatic  ability,  and  who  are  in 
better  condition  than  the  majority.  The  veran- 
das of  all  buildings  are  furnished  with  tables,  at 
which  the  patients  play  card  games,  chess,  check- 
ers, etc.  In  the  spring,  summer,  and  fall,  such 
patients  as  are  able  are  taken  on  periodical  trips 
into  the  surrounding  mountains.  Usually  these 
outings  take  the  form  of  picnics  and  last  only  a 
day,  but  occasionally  a  party  is  taken  out  for 
fishing  or  hunting  and  camps  for  a  week  or  two 
at  a  time. 

No  patient  is  allowed  to  take  recreation  which 
requires  physical  exertion  without  permission 
from  the  surgeon  in  command.  Experience  has 
taught  the  sanatorium  officials  that  too  little  ex- 
ercise is  much  less  harmful  than  too  much,  which 
not  only  retards  the  patient's  advancement,  but 
may  help  the  progress  of  the  disease,  and  some- 
times even  kill.  A  great  many  of  the  patients 
in  comparatively  good  condition  are  allowed  to 
own  and  ride  horses,  as  the  care  of  the  animal 
and  the  riding  are  beneficial  if  the  invalid  can 
stand  the  exercise.  A  great  many  more  of  this 
class  are  employed  at  the  sanatorium  at  light 
work,  such  as  weeding,  gardening,  caring  for 
horses,  distributing  subsistence,  tending  fires, 
etc.  A  close  watch  is  kept  on  them,  however, 
to  prevent  them  overtaxing  their  strength. 

These  exercises  have  been  found  to  be  exceed- 
ingly beneficial.  They  break  up  adhesions  and 
increase  the  breathing  space  in  the  lungs.  All 
patients — largely  on  account  of  the  breathing 
exercises — increase  their  chest  expansion  from 
one  to  three  or  four  inches  during  the  first  month 
or  two  of  their  stay  at  Fort  Stanton.  It  has  also 
been  the  experience  of  the  doctors  there  that 
patients  are  less  liable  to  have  hemorrhages  after 
admission.  In  fact,  a  majority  of  the  patients 
who  have  had  hemorrhages  at  sea  level  or  in 
low  altitudes  cease  having  them  when  they  go 
to  P^ort  Stanton.  This  is  due,  the  doctors  be- 
lieve, to  the  decreased  barometric  pressure. 

One  of  the  most  important  features  of  the  work 
at  Fort  Stanton  is  the  constant  effort  on  the  part 
of  every  official  connected  with  the  institution 
to  prevent  the  reinfection  of  cured  or  convales- 


cent patients  and  the  infection  of  healthy  em- 
ployees. Every  patient  is  supplied  with  a  spit- 
cup,  in  which  he  must  deposit  his  sputum.  Some 
of  these  are  fitted  with  paper  fillers,  which  are 
removed  and  burned  whenever  necessary  in 
brick  crematories,  several  of  which  are  located 
at  convenient  points  in  the  sanatorium  grounds. 
Others  are  metal  cups,  which  are  disinfected 
every  morning  in  a  specially  designed  steam  ster- 
ilizer. No  patient  can  spit  on  the  ground,  or 
anywhere  but  in  his  spit-cup,  and  remain  at  Fort 
Stanton.  As  science  has  demonstrated  that  the 
disease  is  transmitted  by  the  inhalation  of  tu- 
bercle bacilli,  which  are  found  only  in  the  spu- 
tum, in  most  cases,  the  utmost  rigor  is  exercised 
to  see  that  all  sputum  is  destroyed.  Recent  ex- 
periments of  injecting  dust  from  consumptives' 
quarters  into  guinea  pigs  has  demonstrated  that 
sanitary  conditions  are  as  near  perfect  as  pos- 
sible, and  that  the  liability  of  a  well  person  be- 
coming infected  is  practically  eliminated. 

In  reviewing  statistics  obtained  at  Fort  Stan- 
ton, it  must  be  remembered  that  cases  in  all 
stages  of  advancement,  as  well  as  with  many, 
and  frequently  all,  the  various  complications  to 
which  consumptives  are  subject,  are  received. 
Cases  known  as  in  the  first  stage  are  those  in 
which  the  disease  has  not  progressed  to  a  point 
where  lung  tissue  consolidates.  The  second  and 
third  stage  cases  are  those  in  which  the  physical 
signs  indicate  consolidation,  with  or  without 
cavities.  The  second  and  third  stage  cases  are 
grouped  together  because  it  is  frequently  diffi- 
cult, if  not  impossible,  to  know  just  when  a  pa- 
tient passes  or  has  passed  from  the  one  to  the 
other.  The  percentage  of  recoveries  and  the 
extent  of  improvement  decrease  according  to 
the  advancement  the  disease  has  made  when  the 
cases  reach  the  sanatorium. 

The  following  is  a  general  summary  of  all 
cases  treated  from  the  opening  of  the  sanatorium, 
November  1  to  April  30,  1903  : 

Treated 470  cases. 

Died 89  cases,  or  19*. 

Discharged  not  improved 20  cases,  or  4.25*. 

Discharged  improved  162  cases,  or  34.5*. 

Discharged  apparently  cured 51  cases,  or  10.85*. 

Under  treatment  April  30,  1903 148  cases,  or  31.5*. 

Eliminating  the  148  cases  under  treatment 
April  30,  1903,  and  dealing  only  with  the  cases 
in  which  treatment  has  terminated  (470  less  148) 
322,  the  statistics  are  as  follows  : 

Died 89  cases,  or  27.6*: 

Discharged  not  improved 20  cases,  or  6.2*. 

Discharged  improved 162  cases,  or  50.3*. 

Discharged  apparently  cured 51  cases,  or  15.8*. 

This  is  what  the  Government  did  in  three  and 
one-half    years:    it    cured    of    consumption    51 


Gt 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


men  who  would  otherwise,  in  all  probability, 
have  died  ;  51  cures  out  of  470  men  treated — 
over  HI  per  cent. — or  more  than  15  per  cent,  of 
all  cases  in  which  treatment  had  terminated. 

Seventy  nine  of  the  17  0  patients  treated  had 
consumption  in  its  first  stage.  The  remaining 
391  had  the  disease  in  its  second  and  third 
stages.  The  statistics  obtained  with  the  former 
were  as  follows  . 

I  tied 2  cases,  or  2.5s6. 

Discharged  not  improved 4  cases,  or  5:;. 

Discharged  improved 23  cases,  or  2!)^. 

Discharged  apparently  cured 28  cases,  or  35.556. 

ruder  treatment  April  30,  191)3  22  cases,  or  28  . 

In  neither  of  the  fatal  cases  was  death  due  to 
tuberculosis.  Discarding  them  from  the  calcu 
lations  and  eliminating  the  twenty  two  cases  un- 
der treatment  April  30,  1903,  and  dealing  only 
with  the  remainder  of  the  cases,  in  which  treat 
ment  has  terminated,  the  statistics  are  as  fol 
lows  : 

Treated 55  cases. 

Discharged  not  improved 4  cases,  or  7.3SS. 

Discharged  improved 23  cases,  or  41.8:5. 

Discharged  apparently  cured 28  cases,  or  50.955. 

Following  are  the  statistics  for  the  three  nun 
dred    and    ninety-one    second    and   third    stage 
cases  . 

Died 87  cases,  or  22.3.'. 

Discharged  not  improved    16  cases,  or  A%. 

Discharged  improved 139  cases,  or  35.6??. 

Discharged  apparently  cured 23  cases,  or  5.95?. 

Under  treatment,  April  30,  1903 126  cases,  or  32?S. 

Eliminating  the  cases  under  treatment  April 
30,  1903,  and  dealing  only  with  the  cases  in 
which  treatment  has  terminated  (391  less  12(J), 
the  statistics  are  as  follows  : 

Treated 265  cases. 

Died 87  cases,  or  32.855. 

Discharged  m>t  Improved 16  cases,  or  i;;. 

Discharged  improved 139  cases,  or  52)8. 

Discharged  apparently  cured 23  cases,  or  8.7:  ■ 

lint  23  cases  of  the  second  and  third  stage 
class  were;  cured  out  of  a  total  of  265  cases  in 
which  treatment  has  terminated,  as  against  28 
cures  out  of  a  total  of  55  first-stage;  cases  treated. 
Over  half  of  the  latter  were  cured,  while  in  the 
former  but  about  one-tenth.      These;  figures  alone 

arc  a  strong  argument  for  the  benefit  of  open- 
air  treatment  of  consumption  in  its  early  stages. 
The  percentages  of  recoveries  in  second  and 
third  stage  cases  at  Port  Stanton,  however,  are 

considered  by  all  authorities  on  tuberculosis  to 
be   Unexpectedly  high. 

Another  institution  wherein   the  Government 

obtains    excellent,    results     in     the     treatment    of 

consumptives  is  at   Port   Bayard,  New   Mexico. 


Appearance  when  admitted.        Discharged,  apparently 
.May  22,  1902.  cured,  October  27, 1903. 

OXE  OF  THE  FORT  STANTON   PATIENTS. 

At  this  station — an  old  army  post — is  located 
the  United  States  General  Hospital,  for  the 
treatment  of  officers  and  men  of  the  army  and 
navy  who  have  contracted  tuberculosis  in  the 
government  service.  The  hospital,  where  no 
regular  troops  of  the  line  are  on  duty,  is  under 
the  command  of  Deputy  Surgeon  General  Ed- 
ward Comegys,  who  holds  the  rank  of  lieutenant- 
colonel  in  the  medical  department  of  the  army. 
Dr.  Comegys  was  sent  to  Fort  Bayard  last  fall. 
Prior  to  that  time,  the  institution  was  under  the 
direction  of  Dr.  I).  M.  Appel,  a  surgeon  of  the 
army  with  the  rank  of  major.  Dr.  Appel  went 
to  Fort  Bayard,  when  the  station  was  established 
as  a  tuberculosis  hospital,  six  years  ago.  He 
was  a  consumptive  in  the  second  stage  then. 
Now  he  is  on  active  duty  in  the  Philippines — a 
well  man. 

Officers  of  the  army  and  navy  are  sent  to  Fort 
Bayard  on  sick  leave  when  it  is  first  discovered 
that  they  have  tuberculosis.  If  their  chances 
of  recovery  are  good,  they  are  retained  on  the 
active  list  and  kept  at  Fort  Bayard  until  cured 
and  able  to  return  to  duty.  If,  after  giving  the 
institution  and  the  climate  a  fair  trial,  the  indi- 
cations are  that  they  will  never  be  able  to  ac- 
cept regular  duty,  they  are  retired  for  physical 
disability,  and,  as  retired  officers,  are  entitled  to 
treatment  at  Port  Bayard  as  long  as  they  wish 
to  remain  there.  Enlisted  men,  to  become  pa- 
tients, must  be  discharged  from  the  service  and 
enrolled  as  members  of  the  Soldiers'  and  Sailors' 
Home,  whose  inmates  are  entitled  to  treatment 
at  Porl  Bayard  if  they  suffer  from  any  form  of 
tuberculosis. 

There  are  always  between  three  hundred  and 
fifty  and  four  hundred  patients  at  Porl  Bayard, 
where  the  percentage  of  cures  has  been  between 
sand  in  percent.     The  treatment  is  practically 

the  same  as  that  adniinistcre  1  at    Port  Stanton. 


BATTLESHIPS,    MINES,    AND   TORPEDOES. 

BY  PARK   BENJAMIN. 


THE  fighting  line,  whether  of  a  navy  or  of  a 
fleet,  is  an  assemblage  of  its  most  power- 
ful vessels.  It  is  not  any  collection  of  ships, 
some  strong,  others  weak,  which  may  be  fortui- 
tously brought  into  simultaneous  action,  but  a 
segregation  of  the  strongest,  which,  presumably, 
must  encounter  a  similar  segregation  of  the 
enemy's  strongest.  The  fighting  line  is,  there- 
fore, a  line  of  champions,  and  upon  its  strength, 
both  actual  and  relatively,  to  that  of  the  enemy's 
line,  and  not  upon  the  aggregate  paper  strength 
of  the  navy  to  which  it  belongs,  depends  victory 
or  defeat.  The  highest  known  expression  of 
naval  power  embodied  in  a  single  unit  vessel  is 
intended  to  be  the  battleship.  This  is  the  cham- 
pion, and  with  the  battleship  lines  of  the  world's 
navies  is  supposed  to  rest  the  ultimate  decision 
of  its  naval  conflicts. 

A  battleship  is  a  floating  and  self-moving  steel 
citadel.  It  carries  guns  of  the  largest  caliber 
—  12  and  13  inch  —  besides  others  of  smaller 
bore.  The  12-inch  guns  in  our  battleships,  now 
used  in  preference  to  the  larger  type,  are  capa- 
ble of  sending  their  projectiles  through  21.2 
inches  of  Krupp  armor  at  2,000  yards'  distance 
with  a  muzzle  energy  of  4G/24G  foot-tons.  The 
Russian  and  Japanese  guns  of  similar  caliber 
air  about  one-third  less  powerful.  Battleships 
are  armored  in  order  to  protect  their  crews  and 
guns,  and  also  their  hulls  and  machinery.  A  belt 
of  armor  about  8  feet  wide,  and  extending  the 
whole  length  of  the  ship,  is  used  for  hull  protec- 


<Built  in  1901. 


THE  RUSSIAN   BATTLESHIP   "CZAREVITCH." 

Length,  388  feet;  displacement,  13,110  tons;  speed  [on  trial],  19  knots; 
heaviest  gun,  12-inch.) 


tion,  supplemented  by  a  protective  steel  deck 
which  slopes  upward  from  the  bottom  of  the 
armor  belt.  In  addition,  there  are  the  coal 
bunkers,  which  receive  and  smother  fragments 
of  bursting  shell,  and  the  cofferdams  filled  with 
cellulose, — a  material  which,  on  penetration  and 
wetting,  swells  up  and  closes  the  hole  made  by 
the  projectile.  There  has  been  of  late  years  a 
tendency  to  use  armor  more  for  the  protection 
of  guns  and  crew  than  of  hull,  and  therefore  the 
larger  guns  are  mounted  in  turrets  rising  out  of 
heavily  armored  cylinders  (barbettes),  and  the 
others  in  casemates  covered  with  thick  plating. 
Necessarily,  since  so  much  of  her  tonnage  is  de- 
voted to  guns  and  armor,  the  battleship  does  not 
possess  either  the  engine  power  or  the  coal-sup- 
ply of  a  cruiser.  She  cannot  steam  as  fast  nor 
travel  without  recoaling  for  so  great  a  distance, 
but  she  can  give,  and  especially  take,  blows  far 
beyond  the  cruiser's  capacity.  For  tactical  pur- 
poses, a  first-class  modern  battleship  is  regarded 
as  a  match  for  four  armored  cruisers. 

NOTHING    YET    PROVED     IN    THE    FAR    EAST. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  present  conflict,  the 
Russian  fighting  line  in  Chinese  waters  consisted 
of  seven  ships, — namely,  the  Czarevitch,  Retsvi- 
sun,  Peresviet,  Pobieda,  Poltava,  Petropavlovsk,  and 
Sevastopol.  Of  these,  one,  the  Petropavlovsk,  has 
been  completely  destroyed,  four  have  been  badly 
injured,  and  two  still  remain  unhurt  in  Port  Ar- 
thur harbor.  The  Japanese  fighting  line  included 
the  Mikasa,  Asahi,  Shikishi- 
inn,  Fuji.  Yashima,  and  Hat- 
suse.  Of  these,  one,  the  Hat- 
suse,  has  been  completely 
destroyed,  and  the  remain- 
der are  in  active  service,  but 
their  condition  is  unknown, 
and  is  kept  carefully  con 
cealed  by  the  Japanese. 

Up  to  the  present  time, 
these  two  fighting  lines  have 
not  met.  Therefore,  none  of 
the  pressing  questions  rela- 
tive to  battleship  efficiency 
have  been  answered  by  the 
present  war.  AVhile  abun- 
dant tests  have  been  made  of 
the  resisting  power  of  armor 
plate  and  the  penetrative 
power    of    guns,    no   nation 


66 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  JAPANESE   BATTLESHIP   "MIKASA." 

(Length,  436  feet ;  displacement,  15.200  tons ;  speed,  18.6  knots ;  four  12-inch  guns. 
The  largest  battleship  in  the  world.) 


has  yet  been  willing  to  expend  a  battleship  as 
a  target  in  order  that  its  resisting  qualities  as 
a  structure  may  he  determined.  It  is  not  cer- 
tain under  what  conditions  of  stress  and  strain, 
or  of  wear,  this  structure  will  pass  the  limit 
of  serious  deterioration  ;  it  is  not  certain 
whether  and  for  how  long  it  can  withstand 
without  impairment  the  shock  of  its  own  guns  ; 
it  is  not  certain  what  will  happen  to  it  if 
struck  squarely  by.  say.  a  12-inch  shell  at  mod- 
erate range,  even  if  the  armor  at  the  impact 
point  is  not  penetrated.  No  two  hostile  fleets 
of  modern  battleships — no  two  hostile  modern 
battleships — have  ever  tried  out  conclusions. 
While  the  battleship  is  believed  to  be,  as  already 
stated,  the  highest  expression  of  naval  power,  a  ad 
the  nations  of  the  world  have  gone  steadily  on 
increasing  it  in  size  and  in  cost,  still  this  course 
is  dictated  largely  by  theoretical  conclusions. 
It  is  not  certain  that  the  battleship  is  the  correct 
deduction  from  our  present  knowledge  of  naval 
warfare.  It  is  not  apparent  how  anything  but 
actual  trial  in  war  will  demonstrate  what  that 
correct  deduction  is. 

NO    BATTLESHIP    TF.ST    AS    YET. 

The  existing  conflict  has  shown,  however, 
thai  t  he  lighting  lines  of  both  antagonists  may 
lie  materially  impaired  without  any  actual  meet- 
ing of  them.     The   Russian   line   has   been   cm 

down  from  seven  to  two  effective  vessels,  and 
the  Japanese  from  six  to  live  ;  so  that  while  at 
the  outset,  on  paper,  the  Russians  had  an  appar- 
ent superiority,  the  scale  is  now  turned.  The 
obvious    result    is    that    the  Japanese  gained    the 


ability  to  transport  their  ar- 
mies to  the  mainland  unim- 
peded by  the  Russian  battle- 
ship fleet,  which  became  shut 
up  in  Port  A  rthur. 

This  was  the  immediate 
consequence  of  the  use  of  the 
self-propelling  torpedo  and. 
possibly,  of  the  fixed  sub- 
merged mine.  While  these 
weapons  of  themselves  are 
by  no  means  new,  the  demon- 
stration of  their  capacities  in 
cutting  down  the  strength  of 
the  all  -  important  fighting 
line  is  new  ;  and  it  is  this 
demonstration  w  h  i  c  h  has 
aroused  of  late  the  doubts 
concerning  the  battleship. 

( )f  course,  command  of  the 
sea  is  presumably  attainable 
by  a  fleet  composed  of  the 
most  powerful  units  and  ca- 
pable of  overcoming  the  enemy's  best  fleet, — 
and.  on  paper,  other  things  being  equal,  seven 
battleships  can  overmatch  five.  But  command  of 
the  sea.  in  fact,  as  we  now  see,  can  be  lost  by  the 
superior  fleet  if  it  is  vulnerable  to  certain  other 
weapons  which  can  be  independently  used.  This 
is  because  the  battleship,  as  at  present  construct- 
ed, cannot  resist  the  submarine  mine  or  torpedo 
charged  with  modern  high  explosive  in  sufficient 
quantity  to  break  in  its  sides.  No  means  has  yet 
been  invented  which  holds  out  reasonable  hope  of 
protection  by  extraneous  contrivances.  Nets 
cannot  be  employed,  and  all  schemes  involving 
shields  surrounding  the  vessel  with  an  interven- 
ing water  space  have  proved  ineffectual.  Inner 
partitions  of  steel,  with  coal  packed  between 
them  and  the  wall  of  the  ship,  were  on  the  ( 'zar- 
evitch,  and  apparently  failed.  Much  cellular 
subdivision  did  not  save  the  Petropavlovsk,  and 
her  longitudinal  bulkhead  seemingly  contributed 
to  her  prompt  upsetting  through  the  accumula- 
tion of  water  on  one  side  of  it. 

WHAT     ARE    MINES? 

It  is  of  interest  to  understand  what  these  for- 
midable weapons,  before  which  even  the  most 
powerful  battleship  appears  as  defenseless  as  a 
gunboat,  actually  are. 

A  submarine  mine  is  simply  a  charge  of  ex- 
plosive inclosed  in  a  case  and  moored  under 
water  in  the  river,  harbor,  or  channel  to  be  pro- 
tected. Between  two  hundred  and  three  bun 
dred  pounds  of  gun-cotton  is  enough  to  blow 
a  hole  in  the  bottom  of  most  vessels  6V6B 
at    a    distance    id'    '_'()    feet.       The    mine    either 


BATTLESHIPS.  MINES,  AND   TORPEDOES. 


67 


jfuuOuc 


A  CONTACT  MINE. 

(The  mine  case  is  held  by  its  cable 
j  ust  below  the  surface  of  the  wa- 
ter, the  anchor  resting  on  the 
bottom.) 


rests  directly  on 
the  bottom,  or  it 
is  anchored  by  a, 
cable  so  as  to  float 
a  certain  distance 
below  the  surface. 
Floating  mines 
are  also  called 
'•buoyant  mines," 
and  differ  among 
themselves  main- 
ly in  the  way  in 
which  they  are 
fired.  The  simplest  and  oldest  form,  equally 
dangerous  to  friend  and  foe,  is  the  contact  mine, 
which  explodes  only  when  a  vessel  actually 
strikes  its  projecting  firing  pin.  This  was  used 
by  the  Confederates  during  the  Civil  War,  and 
afso  by  the  Spaniards  at  Guantanamo,  where 
adhesive  and  friendly  barnacles  fortunately 
made  them  harmless.  A  safer  and  better  ar- 
rangement depends  upon  the  closing  of  an  elec- 
trical contact  by  the  vessel  colliding  either  with 
the  mine  itself  or  with  a  buoy  connected  to  it, 
thus  establishing  a  circuit  through  which  the 
charge  can  be  fired  either  automatically  or  at 
the  will  of  a  controlling  operator.  This  is  the 
usual  expedient.  The  wires  are  led  to  a  shore 
station  or  a  ship.  "When  not  automatic,  the  elec- 
trical arrangements  are  such  that  each  mine,  as 


-  -  Circuit  Closer 


Charge 


soon  as  struck,  signals  that  fact  to  the  operator, 
usually  by  lighting  an  electric  lamp.  He  then 
presses  a  key  which  closes  the  firing  circuit  and 
explodes  the  charge.  He  may  be  far  inland 
and  entirely  safe  from  hostile  fire,  and,  of  course, 

it  is  not  necessary 
for  him  actually  to 
see  the  devoted  ves- 
sel which  thus  sends 
in  a  signal  for  its 
own  destruction. 

Ground  mines, 
which  rest  on  the 
bottom,  are  fired  in 
the  same  way,  and 
are  especially  em- 
ployed when  there 
are  swift  currents 
which  would  tear 
buoyant  mines  from 
their  anchorages,  or 
where  the  water  is 
shallow  and  there  is 
not  much  rise  and 
fall  of-  tide.  All 
mines  are  usually 
laid  in  groups,  so  as 
to  form  a  so-called  "mine  field  "  of  sufficient  area 
to  prevent  vessels  reaching  the  harbor  or  other 
place  to  be  protected  without  encountering  or 


Cable  lu_ 
Disconnector 


Anchor  Chain 


AN  ELECTRO-CONTACT  MINE. 

(The  circuit  may  be  broken  on 
shore  at  will,  so  as  to  allow 
friendly  ships  to  pass  in  safe- 
ty; but  when  the  circuit  is 
closed,  collision  with  the  mine 
determines  its  explosion.) 


A  MINE-LAYING   VESSEL. 

(Showing  a  number  of  mines,  together  with  their  anchors,  disposed  on  a  belt,  the  upper  portion  of  which  constantly  travels 
toward  the  stern.  The  mines  are  thus  dropped  overboard  successively,  and  anchor  themselves  as  the  ship  steams 
ahead.    Mines  can  be  very  rapidly  laid  in  this  way.) 


The  diagrams  of  mines  in  this  article  are  from   "Text-Book   Ordnance  and  Gunnery,"  by  Lieutenant-Commander 
TV.  F.  Fullam  and  Lieut.  T.  C.  Hart,  U.  S.  N.,  official  text-book  of  the  United  States  Naval  Academy). 


68 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


passing  over  them  ;  and 
a  great  deal  of  ingenuity 
has  been  expended  in  de- 
vising contrivances 
whereby  one  mine  of  a 
group  or  any  number  of 
them,  or  one  group  or  any 
number  of  groups,  may 
be  controlled  as  occasion 
may  require. 

Because  of  the  perfec- 
tion to  which  these  de- 
vices have  been  brought 
and  the  comparative  safe- 
ty with  which  mines  may 
now  be  handled,  they  are 
rapidly  becoming  a  part 
of  the  equipment  of  war 
vessels.  Squadrons  or 
single  ships  now  secure 
protection  from  attack  in 
harbors  in  which  refuge 
is  taken  by  quickly  min- 
ing the  approaches ;  and, 
in  our  navy  this  is  made 
a  regular  drill  during  the 
summer  maneuvers,  and 
every  effort  is  exerted  to 
do  the  work  with  the  ut- 
most celerity.  So,  also, 
an  inferior  force  may  shut 
up  an   enemy  in  port  by 


I  I  \^Firlny  Batltrj 


$orth 


A.— Line  of  mines  on  one  cable,  closing  a  harbor  entrance.  The  "mark  buoys,"  which 
are  in  sight,  indicate  to  the  observer  on  shore  when  the  hostile  vessels  are  m  posi- 
tion to  be  blown  up.  ,  ,  ij.-i.ix. 

B  —Two  observers  at  A  and  B  keep  their  telescopes  trained  at  such  angles  that  when 
a  ship  is  seen  by  both  simultaneously,  she  is  then  over  the  ground  mine  C,  and  the 
closing  of  both  circuits  determines  the  explosion.  Thus,  the  vessel  h  is  moving 
directly  into  position,  while  the  vessels  D  and  F  will  pass  the  mine. 

laving  lines  of  mines  across 
tht-  entrance,  an  expedient 
which  we  did  not  adopt 
against  Cervera's  squadron 
at  Santiago,  but  which  is 
usually  advantageous,  since 
it  leaves  the  blockading  fleet 
free  t<  >  engage  in  other  opera- 
tions. The  mines  which  blew 
up  the  Petropavlovsk  and  the 
Hatsuse — if  they  were  mines 
— were  evidently  of  the  con- 
fcacl  type,  and  exploded  as 
soon  as  they  were  struck. 
Tin'  mine — if  it  was  such — 
which  blew  up  the  Petropav- 
lovsk was  anchored  in  place, 
probably,  by  one  of  the  Jap 
anese  torpedo  boats.  If  the 
Hatsuse  was  destroyed  by  a 
floating  mine  "ten  miles 
from  land.''  it  is  safe  to  con- 
clude that  that  mine  was  not 
anchored  where  it  did  its 
fatal     work,     but    was    one 


PLAN   OK   A    Ml  Ni:    FIELD. 


Showing  how  the  mines  are  distributed  in  groups  in  the  channels  and  electrically 
controlled  from  the  shore.  Notice  the  disposition  of  t lie  groups  in  t lie  east  or 
main  ship  channel,  so  that   :i  vessel  avoid 

Bome  other  group.    The  whole  protected  s 
prevent  countermining  operations,  and  is  i 


main  ship  channel,  so  thai  a  vessel  avoiding  one  group  will  certainly  pass  over 

BOme  Other  group.     The  whole   protected   space   is  swept    by  lire  ot    small   guns  to 

'  is  illuminated  l>\  searchlights  at  night. 


BATTLESHIPS,  MINES,  AND  TORPEDOES. 


69 


A  WHITEHEAD  TORPEDO  WITH   WAR  HEAD  READY   FOR  BUSINESS. 


which  had  broken  adrift  from  its  moorings. 
Hence  it  is  as  likely  to  have  been  of  Japanese  as 
of  Russian  origin. 

Where  buoyant  mines  are  moored  in  a  tide- 
way, the  force  of  a  heavy  gale,  united  to  that  of 
an  unusual  tide,  may  tear  thern  from  their  an- 
chors, and  in  such  case  there  is  no  telling  where 
they  may  go.  But  no  mines  are  purposely  set 
afloat  to  drift  about  aimlessly.  They  would  be 
as  dangerous  to  friend  as  to  enemy,  and  the  sug- 
gestion that  the  Russians  intentionally  "  filled  the 
waters  around  Port  Arthur  with  loose  torpe- 
does" is  altogether  absurd.  There  has  been 
very  severe  weather  along  the  Asiatic  coast  since 
the  attack  on  Port  Arthur  began,  and  if  mines 
have  been  found  far  at  sea,  it  is  only  reasonable 
to  suppose  that  they  were  originally  in  the  harbor 
channels  and  became  swept  away.  The  bay  of 
New  York  was  thickly  planted  with  similar  mines 
during  the  Spanish  war,  and  several  of  them, 
which  were  detached  by  storms  or  broken  loose 
by  tugs  running  into  them  (while  unprimed,  of 
course,  otherwise  the  tugs 
would  have  vanished),  went 
out  into  the  ocean.  Some 
were  found  as  far  north  as 
the  coast  of  Maine,  and  otli: 
ers  may  be  floating  about  yet. 

TORPEDOES    AND    THEIR 
ADVANTAGE. 

While  botli  mine  and  tor- 
pedo accomplish  their  object 
by  an  external  explosion 
which  crushes  in  the  bottom 
or  side  of  the  vessel,  they 
are  different  things.  The 
mine  is  stationary,  the  tor- 
pedo is  movable.  The  mine 
waits  in  ambush  for  its  prey 
to  come  to  it,  the  torpedo 
seeks  its  quarry.  The  kind 
of  torpedo  most  commonly 
used  is  that  of  the  White- 
head type,  which  was  fully 
described    in    Mr.    Hudson 


Maxim's  article  on  torpedoes  in  the  May  number 
of  this  Review. 

TORPEDO  BOATS  AND  DESTROYERS. 

A  torpedo  boat  is  simply  a  light  craft  having 
no  powers  of  resistance  of  its  own  (for  it  is 
usually  made  of  very  thin  steel),  the  function  of 
which  is  to  bring  torpedoes  within  range  of  the 
vessel  or  vessels  to  be  attacked.  This  boat  is 
literally  filled  with  engines,  and  can  steam  at  a 
high  speed, — from  25  to  35  knots  per  hour.  It 
works  under  cover  of  fog  or  darkness,  or  both, 
and  relies  upon  a  sudden,  swift  dash  to  close 
upon  its  victim  and  simultaneously  to  set  free 
its  torpedo,  which  is  fired  from  a  swiveled  tube 
carried  on  the  deck.  Frequently,  as  in  the  first 
assault  on  the  Russian  ships  at  Port  Arthur,  a 
flotilla  of  these  boats  attacks  en  inasse,  and  a 
number  of  torpedoes  are  simultaneously  dis- 
charged in  the  enemy's  direction,  with  the  idea 
that  some  fraction  of  them  will  certainly  take 
effect. 


T? 

"™"s?  nim 

•  ;■ 

■^8?"'™"- 

Wif  fc*i 

•f*  ■  ^.«- 

1 

&■ 

em. 

4«*- 

nil 

*% 

"T 

*w 

*■   Hi 

n  ■ 

»*  m 

-     ^SH 

"„ ...    <#'  '  (  ■ 

' 13S!> 

.  .;..■,. 

BHHHHhH 

■  ■    ' 

THE  TORPEDO'S  TERRIBLE   TOUCH. 

(A  huge  hole  blown  in  the  side  of  the  Russian  cruiser  Palladia.) 


70 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHL  Y  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


A  torpedo-boat  destroyer  is  a  larger  and  faster 

torpedo  boat,  designed  not  only  to  project  tor- 
pedoes, but  also  provided  with  a  battery  of  guns 
of  sufficient  size  to  annihilate  the  torpedo  boats 
of  the  enemy.  A  destroyer  is  like  a  dragonfly 
among  mosquitoes.  It  is  supposed  to  be  able  to 
catch  any  torpedo  boat  and.  if  need  be,  to  run  it 
down  and  sink  it  by  the  collision.  Torpedo-boat 
destroyers  can  keep  the  sea  longer  than  torpedo 
boats  and  stand  heavier  weather,  so  that  under 
cover  of  fog  or  darkness  they  can  be  employed 
to  torpedo  the  fighting  line  when  it  is  far  from 
land  and  not  expecting  any  hostile  onslaught. 
Torpedo  boats  and  torpedo-boat  destroyers  have 
been  used  indiscriminately  by  both  antagonists 
in  the  present  war,  and  with  little  differentia- 
tion of  purpose. 

Submarine  torpedo  boats  are  not  known  to 
have  been  employed  by  either  Russians  or  Japa- 
nese up  to  the  time  of  writing,  but  Russia  was 
reported,  in  1903,  to  be  building  fifty  of  them, 
and  it  has  been  persistently  asserted  that  Japan 
has  had  four  in  actual  service  throughout  the 
hostilities.  There  are  indications  pointing  to 
the  employment  of  a  submarine  in  the  sinking 
of  the  Petropavlovsk, — and,  indeed,  some  people 
have  positively  asserted  that  they  actually  saw 
the  boat  just  before  the  fatal  torpedo  was  deliv- 
ered. If  the  floating-mine  theory  is  excluded, 
the  destruction  of  the  Hatsuse,  ten  miles  from 
land,  also  suggests  the  work  of  a  submarine  ; 
but  against  these  suspicions  are  to  be  set  the 
positive  denials  of  both  combatants  that  either 
possesses  an  available  boat  of  this  kind.  It  is 
hardly  possible,  however,  to  doubt  that  unless 
the  war  is  quickly  ended,  submarines  will  ulti- 
mately play  an  important  part. 

The  type  of  submarine  used  in  our  navy  is 
capable  of  running  on  the  surface  of  the  water 
in  the  ordinary  way  when  not  in  action.  The 
boat  is  then  propelled  like  an  automobile,  by  a 
simple  gas  engine.  When  it  attacks,  all  open- 
ings are  closed  and  the  boat  dives.  Motive 
power  is  then  furnished  to  the  propeller  from  a 
storage  battery,  which  also  supplies  electric 
lamps  for  illuminating  the  interior.  Compressed 
air  for  the"  torpedoes,  carried  in  targe  tanks, 
serves  also  for  breathing  purposes.  The  vessel 
is  steered  both  horizontally  and  vertically  by 
simple  rudders,  and  kept  at  a  definite  immer- 
sion, usually  from  l<>  to  30  feet  below  the  sur- 
face, with  great  accuracy.  Of  course,  the  helms- 
man cannol  see  ahead  of  him,  and  therefore  he 
steers  his  crafl  by  compass,  just  as  he  would 
steer  any  vessel  in  the  dark  or  dense  fog.  Be 
also  has  the  aid  of  an  optical  device  called  the 
periscope,  which  is  carried  above  the  surface  of 
the  water  and  projects  a  diminished  picture  of 


the  surroundings  upon  a  tablet  on  the  boat.  The 
torpedo  is  placed  in  a  tube  in  the  pointed  bow 
of  the  boat,  arranged  with  an  air-lock  so  that 
water  cannot  enter,  and  is  projected  therefrom 
by  a  puff  of  compressed  air.  The  submarine 
approaches  her  prey  with  her  conning  tower 
just  awrash,  so  that  her  helmsman's  head  and 
shoulders  are  above  the  surface,  and  thus  he  is 
enabled  to  steer  directly  for  the  enemy's  ship 
until  some  one  on  board  the  latter  sights  what 
seems  to  be  a  harmless  keg  or  barrel  drifting 
by.  No  chances,  however,  are  taken  as  to  the 
harmlessness,  and  the  quick-fire  hail  begins  at 
once.  Then  the  helmsman  notes  the  compass- 
hearing  of  his  victim  and  dives.  He  estimates 
his  distance,  and  when  he  thinks  he  has  reached 
torpedo  range,  he  orders  the  torpedo  to  be  re- 
leased, and  then  twists  around  and  possibly 
dives  deeper  to  avoid  the  explosion. 

WHAT    HAS    BEEN    DEMONSTRATED   OF    THE    TORPEDO. 

The  torpedo,  either  stationary  in  the  mine  or 
movable  and  projected  from  torpedo-boat  or  sub- 
marine, has,  as  we  have  seen,  really  determined 
the  command  of  the  sea  in  the  present  conflict. 
Guns  and  armor  have  not  to  the  same  extent 
directly  affected  the  situation.  They  have  been 
present,  but  gun-fire  has  not  caused  the  relative 
disparity  between  the  Russian  and  the  Japanese 
fleets,  because  the  fleets  have  not  met. 

There  is  still,  however,  the  question  of  what 
part  the  torpedo  will  play  when  projected  from 
vessels  in  the  fighting  line  ;  and  that  raises  the 
whole  issue  whether  the  naval  conflict  of  the 
future  between  the  most  powerful  of  battleships 
will  be  mainly  a  torpedo  fight  or  a  gun  fight. 
Preponderating  naval  opinion  is  now  forcing  the 
installation  of  submerged  torpedo  tubes  in  the 
battleships  themselves. 

We  are  spending  about  three  million  dollars 
in  doing  it.  Two  tubes  will  be  placed  in  each 
of  the  battleships  of  the  Pennsylvania  class,  and 
four  each  in  those  of  the  Louisiana  and  Virginia 
classes,  in  the  Mississippi  and  Idaho,  and  in  the 
Tennessee  and  Washington. 

Torpedo  range  is  now  about  2,000  yards.  The 
improvements  which  are  being  made,  it  is  esti- 
mated, will  nearly  double  this,  and  that  before 
very  long.  This  means  that  when  two  fleets  ap- 
proach each  other  in  order  of  battle. — usually  in 
line  ahead  with  shi'ps  400  yards  apart,  and  the 
lines  making  an  angle  to  one  another  so  that 
as  many  guns  can  be  brought  to  bear  as  possi- 
ble,— torpedo  firing  will  begin  when  the  inter- 
vening distance  is  about  two  miles.  This  is,  if 
anything,  beyond  effective  lighting  range  of  the 
guns.  As  the  distance  decreases  the  accuracy 
of  the  flight  of  the  torpedo  increases,  and  be- 


BATTLESHIPS,  MINES,  AND   TORPEDOES. 


71 


comes  as  great  if  not  greater  than  that  of  the 
gun  projectiles.  What  tactics  are  to  be  used  to 
meet  these  new  conditions  is  not  yet  assured, 
but  that  the  chances  of  hits  with  the  torpedoes 
are  very  large — one  in  three  under  the  condi- 
tions above  stated — is  well  recognized. 

Against  submerged  torpedoes,  guns  and  armor 
do  not  protect.  And  so,  even  when  we  consider 
the  actual  fight  of  ships  fit  to  lie  in  the  line — 
battleships  against  battleships — the  torpedo  in- 
stantly obtrudes  itself  as  a  factor  which  must  he 
dealt  with.  Are  we  to  go  on  building  these  huge 
floating  forts,  with  great  superstructures  and 
enormously  heavy  armor  and  guns  piled  high 
up  in  them,  knowing  that  a  single  explosion  un- 
der water  may  cause  them  infallibly  to  "turn 
turtle  "  and  plunge  to  the  bottom  ?  Are  we  to 
go  on  building  them,  with  bottoms  weaker  than 
those  of  merchant  ships,  because  hitherto  we 
have  not  believed  in  the  dangers  of  torpedo  at- 
tacks ?  These  are  vital  questions.  They  are  not 
influenced  by  the  truism  that  the  fighting  line 
must  be  composed  of  the  best  units,  nor  do  they 
depend  upon  endless  platitudes  with  the  "com- 
mand of  the  sea"  as  their  perpetual  refrain. 
Neither  are  the  answers  to  them  anywhere  dis- 
cernible in  what  Nelson  or  Lord  Howe  did,  or 
in  the  dusty  archives  of  libraries  of  naval  annals. 
They  belong  to  the  future  and  not  to  the  past, 
and  the  world  needs  clear,  practical  brains  for 
their  solution,  and  not  those  supersaturated  with 
antiquated  and  obsolete  traditions. 

The  most  immediate  of  all  questions  is  whether 
there  is  any  protection  obtainable  by  any  method 
or  means  for  the  bottoms  of  battleships  against 
torpedoes.  It  is  widely  believed,  for  example, 
that  by  devoting  less  weight  to  superstructure 
and  guns,  and  more  to  strengthening  the  framing 
and  bottom  plates,  a  hull  can  be  made  which  will 
resist  such  attacks.  This  would  probably  involve 
the  elimination  of  the  intermediate  battery  and 
the  restriction  of  battleship  guns  to  a  few  of  the 
largest   caliber, — a  result  not   impracticable  in 


A  SUBMARINE  BOAT  OF  THE    ENGLISH    NAVY. 

(H.  M.  Submarine  No.  2  alongside  H.  M.  S.  Hazard,  showing 
its  peculiar  bows.) 

view  of  the  great  celerity  we  have  recently  at- 
tained in  working  these  huge  cannon.  It  also 
would  probably  require  the  giving  up  of  some 
speed,  as  well  as  of  armored  protection  at  the 
ends  of  the  ship.  This,  at  least,  is  one  possibility 
merely  by  way  of  suggestion.  Is  it  not  time 
we  endeavored  to  think  of  ways  of  defending 
battleships  before  proceeding  to  the  building, 
say,  of  18,000 -ton  vessels,  at  a  cost  of  eight 
millions  each,  easily  destructible  by  a  few  dol- 
lars' worth  of  gun-cotton  ? 


l i    j i 


From  the  Scientific  American . 

LONGITUDINAL  SECTION  THROUGH  THE  HOLLAND  SUBMARINE  TORPEDO   BOAT. 


PRINCE  UKHTOMSKY,  A  RUSSIAN  OF  THE 

RUSSIANS. 


ONE  of  the  best  typos  of  the  high-class  intel- 
lectual Russian  of  the  present  day,  Prince 
Esper  Esperovitch  Ukhtomsky,  editor  and  states- 
man, has  just  completed  a  tour  of  the  United 
States. 

Born  in  1861,  Prince  Ukhtomsky  is  now  in 
the  flower  of  his  activities.  A  descendant  of 
the  ancient  Rurik  fam- 
ily, he  stands  very  close 
to  the  Czar.  "When  his 
majesty  made  his  mem- 
oral  »le  journey  to  the 
East,  in  1 890-91,  Prince 
Ukhtomsky  accompa- 
nied him,  and  described 
the  tour  in  his  "  Oriental 
Trip  of  Grand  Duke 
Nicholas  Alexandro- 
vitch  of  Russia,"  issued 
in  1893,  published  in 
Russian,  and  afterward 
in  English,  French,  and 
German. 

These  labors  were  fol- 
lowed !>y  exhaustive  re- 
searches into  the  life  of 
native  Buddhist  popu- 
lations which  the  prince 
studied  during  several 
tours  through  Siberia 
and  Central  Asia,  travel- 
ing as  a  member  of  Rus- 
sia's Bureau  of  Foreign 
Confessions,  in  the  De- 
partment of  Religious 
Matters.  The  results  of 
these  studies  he  elabo- 
rated   in   a   number  of 

pamphlets,  essays,  and  magazine  articles.  He 
has  been  very  active;  in  politics,  and  was  the 
founder  and  is  the  present  head  of  the  Russo- 
Chinese  Bank,  occupying,  also,  a  high  executive 
position  with  the  Chinese  Eastern  Railway. 

An  uncompromising  adherent  of  the  auto- 
cratic form  of  government.  Prince  1'khtonisky's 
views,  however,  are  radically  differenl  from  the 
reactionary  conservatism  of  Catkov's  Mbskov- 
skaiya  Vyedomosti  (Moscow  Gazette)  and  Mesh- 
cherski's  Grazhdanin  (Citizen),  in  that  he  sup 
ports  equity  and  humanity  in  all  governmental 
policy,  and  protests  against  the  highhandedness 
of  the   corrupt  bureaucracy.      In  the  St  Peters- 


PRINCE  ESPER   ESPEROVITCH    UKHTOMSKY. 

(The  Russian  statesman-editor,  who  has  just  completed  a 
tour  of  the  United  states.) 


hurgskaiya  Vyedomosti  (St.  Petersburg  Gazette), 
of  which  he  is  editor,  the  prince  stands  for  re- 
ligious tolerance  and  local  self-government. 

It  is  Prince  Ukhtomsky's  singular  view  that 
a  Russo-Chinese  alliance  is  a  desirable  thing  for 
the  empire,  and  he  has  always  favored  a  trans- 
fer of  the  center  of  Russia's  historic  life  to  Asia. 

Prince  Ukhtomsky 
spent  several  weeks  in 
the  United  States,  visit- 
ing Washington  and 
the  St.  Louis  Fair.  He 
did  not  talk  for  publi- 
cation, but,  in  conversa- 
tion with  Mr.  Herman 
Rosenthal,  chief  of  the 
Slavonic  department  of 
the  New  York  Public 
Library,  who  is  himself 
conversant  at  first-hand 
with  the  Orient,  and 
who  was  an  old  ac- 
quaintance of  the 
prince's  father,  Prince 
Ukhtomsky  declared 
that  he  is  convinced 
that  the  struggle  with 
Japan  will  continue 
through  several  years 
yet  to  come.  This  view 
may  l>e  attributed  to  the 
well-defined  conviction 
of  the  prince  that  his 
government  should  nev- 
er withdraw  its  hold  on 
Manchuria  and  the  far 
East.  Mr.  Rosenthal 
does  not  desire  to  make 
public  anything  further  said  to  him  by  the  prince, 
but  declares  that  on  his  trip  through  New  York's 
••  Fast  Side"  Ukhtomsky  evinced  great  interest 
in  the  economic  and  educational  progress  made 
by  the  Russian  Jews  in  this  country. 

It  is  curiously  significant  of  the  anomalous 
conditions  in  Russia  that  on  the  very  day  the 
prince  was  in  New  York  his  St.  Petersburg 
newspaper  received  its  "second  warning"  from 
the  press  bureau.  This  is  evidence  that,  despite 
his  firm  adherence  to  the  autocratic  form  of  gov- 
ernment, the  prince's  views,  as  set  forth  in  his 
daily  newspaper,  are  found  to  be  altogether  too 
liberal  for  Minister  von  Plehve. 


SOME  REPRESENTATIVE  POLISH  JOURNALS. 


WHAT  THE    PEOPLE    READ    IN    POLAND   AND 

FINLAND. 


TW  ( >  recent  news  dispatches  from  Russia  have 
piqued  our  curiosity  as  to  the  periodical 
press  of  the  two  subject  peoples  of  the  empire — 
the  Poles  and  the  Finns.  One  announced  (the 
announcement  has  not  been  confirmed)  that  the 
imperial  government  had  granted  to  the  Polish 
"  reconciliation  "  weekly,  Kraj,  of  St.  Petersburg, 
a  concession  to  publish,  at  the  Russian  capital,  in 
the  Russian  language,  and  for  the  instruction  of 
the  Russian  people,  a  Polish  weekly,  to  be  known 
as  the  Polsky  Vyestnik  (Polish  Messenger).  The 
other  stated  that  the  Finnish  journal,  Amerikan 
Kaiku  (American  Echo),  published  in  Brooklyn 
by  the  exiled  Finnish  editor,  Eero  Erkko,  had 
been  denied  the  right  to  circulate  in  Russia. 

The  Poles  and  the   Finns   have  many  more 
periodicals  than  the  rest  of  the  empire  ;  and,  de- 


spite the  rigorous  censorship, — which,  of  course, 
falls  most  heavily  on  these  peoples, — their  daily 
journalism  and  magazine  literature  are  very 
highly  developed. 

An  illustration  of  the  difficulties  Polish  edi- 
tors have  with  the  censor  is  furnished  by  the 
recent  action  of  the  Russian  Governor-General 
Chertkoff  in  summoning  to  his  office  the  chief 
editor  of  the  Kurjer  Warszawshi  (Warsaw),  and 
ordering  him  to  dismiss  his  court  reporter  and  his 
secretary.  These  officials  had  been  responsible 
for  the  phrase  in  one  of  the  court  reports,  UA 
swindler,  a  certain  Chertkoff."  The  governor- 
general  held  that  this  was  inserted  for  the  pur- 
pose of  ridiculing  the  name  Chertkoff  ;  so  he 
demanded  the  dismissal  of  the  two  men.  An- 
other instance  was  recently  reported  from  Ger- 


74 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


MARYAN  GAWALEWICZ. 

(Editor  of  the  Bluszcz,  of 
Warsaw.) 


many.  The  managing  editor  of  the  Gornoslanzak 
(Kattowitz)  was  fined  450  marks  (about  $110) 
for  the  publication  of  a  poem  in  which  mention 
was  made  of  Russian  oppression  of  the  Poles. 
The  German  prosecuting  attorney  declared  that, 
even  though  the  poem  referred  to  Russian  Po- 
land, it  would  be  likely  to  incite  aspirations  for 
independence  in  the  Poles  under  German  rule. 

The  Poles  have  had  an  extensive  periodical  lit- 
erature for  acentury  ormore.  The  central  cities  of 
the  three  divisions 
of  the  ancient  com- 
monwealth— War- 
saw, in  Russia; 
Cracow,  in  Aus- 
tria, and  Posen,  in 
Germany— are  also 
centers  of  publica- 
tion of  Polish  peri- 
odical literature. 

Chief  among  the 
Polish  monthly  re- 
views and  maga- 
zines is  the  Atene- 
um  (Atheneum),  of 
Warsaw,  a  serious 
monthly,  publish- 
ing fiction,  his- 
tory, and  politics. 

The  Biblioteka  Warszawska  (Warsaw  Library), 
which  is  more  than  sixty  years  old,  also  pub- 
lishes science,  fiction,  history,  and  politics.  It  is 
conservative.  The  Przegland  Wszechpolski  (Pan- 
Polish  Review),  of  Cracow,  is  the  organ  of  the 
Polish  National  Democratic  party.  It  is  thor- 
oughly liberal,  but  not  revolutionary.  There  is 
also  a  scholarly  quarterly  review,  the  Kivartalnik 
Historyczny  (Historical  Quarterly),  of  Lemberg. 

A  number  of  high-class  weeklies  are  published 
in  Warsaw,  Posen,  and  Cracow.  The  Kraj 
(Country),  of  St.  Petersburg,  is  strongly  con- 
servative and  Russophile.  It  advocates  recon- 
ciliation with  Russia  ;  and  its  editor,  Erasmus 
Piltz,  is  one  of  the  most  prominent  advocates  of 
reconciliation,  which  is,  however,  abhorred  by 
the  patriotic  party.  The  Kraj  is  read  by  the 
rich  gentry  in  Lithuania  and  the  Little  Russian 
provinces.  It  is  given  much  freefitera  by  the 
censor.  It  is  well  illustrated,  one  half  being 
given  to  the  editorial  statement  of  news,  and  the 
other  to  art,  letters,  and  science.  The  Tygodnik 
Illtcstrowany  (Illustrated  Weekly),  of  Warsaw,  is 
the  harper's  Weekly  of  Poland.  This  oldest  of 
the  Polish  picture  papers  is  excellently  illustrated 
and  up-to-date.  It  contains  fiction  and  light 
popular  science,  and  is  very  popular  with  edu- 
cated Poles  the  world  over.  In  politics,  it  is 
mildly  conservative.      One  of  its  strong  features 


is  the  reproduction  of  famous  paintings.  The 
Biesiada  Literacka  (Literary  Banquet),  of  War- 
saw, resembles  the  Tygodnik.  It  is,  however, 
more  conservative  and  a  little  more  popular  in 
treatment  of  science  and  politics.  The  Bluszcz 
(Ivy),  of  Warsaw,  is  the  popular  magazine  for 
women  ;  it  is  illustrated,  and  contains  stories 
and  descriptive  articles,  poems,  popular  science, 
dress  patterns,  and  so  forth.  This  is  one  of  the 
oldest  Polish  journals,  and  is  at  present  edited 
by  Maryan  Gawalewicz,  the  poet  and  litterateur, 
and  probably  the  best  known  of  living  Polish 
editors.  Among  other  popular  and  influential 
weeklies  are  Prawda  (Truth),  of  Warsaw,  very 
liberal,  and  the  organ  of  the  "  positivists "  in 
poetry  and  fiction  ;  Przegland  Tygodniowy  (Week- 
ly Review),  of  Warsaw,  liberal,  and  popularly 
scientific  ;  Wendrowiec  (Traveler),  of  Warsaw, 
illustrated,  and  devoted  to  travel  and  science  ; 
Praca  (Work),  of  Posen,  patriotic,  anti-Ger- 
man, and  very  popular.  There  are  two  comic 
weeklies,  the  Djabel  (Devil),  of  Cracow  (recently 
suppressed),  and  the  Bocian  (Stork),  of  Posen. 

There  are  innumerable  Polish  dailies.  The 
oldest  is  the  Gazcto  Warszawski  (Warsaw  Ga- 
zette), founded  in  1761.  Most  of  these  ap- 
pear in  the  morning,  except  on  the  days  fol- 
lowing Sundays  and  holidays.  In  AVarsaw,  the 
largest  Polish  city,  the  best  known  is  per- 
haps the  Kurjer  Warszawski  (Warsaw  Courier). 
This  is  a  morning  and  evening  paper,  sixty-four 
years  old,  independent  in  politics,  and  strictly  a 
newspaper.  It  is  very  popular  and  enterprising, 
and  is  edited  with  high  literary  touch.  The 
Kurjer  exemplifies  the  Polish  daily.  It  is  edit- 
ed in  a  dignified  style,  and  contains  news, 
editorials,  and  interviews  on  every  subject  which 
the  censor  will  permit — and  the  inevitable  feuille- 
ton,  or  popular  love-story.  The  other  journals 
of  Warsaw  are  similar  in  conduct  to  the  Kurjer. 
The  Wiek  ((  lentury),  is  very  conservative,  patron- 
ized by  the  rich,  the  bourgeoisie,  and  the  gentry. 
It  is  one  of  the  oldest  Polish  dailies.  The  Kur- 
jer Poranny  (Morning  Courier),  and  the  Kurjer 
Codzienny  (Daily  Courier),  are  popular  morning 
dailies,  more  or  less  independent.  The  Gaz 
Polska  (Polish  Gazette)  is  old  and  conservative. 
In  Lodz,  the  second  city  of  Russian  Poland,  the 
chief  daily  is  the  Goniec  Lodzki  (Lodz  Messen- 
ger). It  is  the  manufacturers'  organ,  and  is 
rather  conservative  and  pro- Russian. 

In  German  Poland,  the  besl  known  journal 
is  the  Dziennik  Pozndnski  (Posen  Daily),  of  Posen, 
a  very  conservative  sheet,  the  organ  of  the  Pol- 
ish party  in  Germany.  It  advocates  reconcilia 
tion,  and  is  widely  read  abroad.  Posen  has 
another  patriotic  Polish  daily,  the  <<•  With 

kopolski    (Messenger    of    Great    Poland).      The 


WHAT  THE  PEGPLE  READ  IN  POLAND  AND  FINLAND. 


75 


Gornoslanzak  (the  Upper 
Silesian)  is  a  vigorous  pa- 
triotic journal  of  Katto- 
witz,  German  Poland. 

One  of  the  most  famous 
and  best  known  of  the  Po- 
lish daily  press  is  the  Czas 
(Times),  of  Cracow.  This 
is  a  very  conservative,  long- 
established  journal,  pub- 
lished both  morning  and 
evening,  and  is  the  organ 
of  the  rich  nobility  in  Aus- 
trian Poland.  It  is  pro- 
Austrian,  not  averse  to  Rus- 
sia, and  is  generally  held 
to  l>e  clerical  in  its  sympa- 
thies. The  Xowa  Reforma 
(New  Reform),  of  Cracow, 
is  liberal  and  patriotic,  and 
strongly  anti-Russian  and 
anti-German.  It  is  widely 
read  by  the  ••small  gentry  " 

throughout  Galicia.  Glos  Narodu  (Voice  of  the 
People)  is  anti-Semitic.  There  is  also  a  Socialist 
journal  published  in  Cracow,  the  NaprzSd  (For- 
ward). This  is  edited  by  the  famous  Daszynski, 
the  Socialist  member  of  the  Austrian  Parliament. 
The  NaprzSd  is  reliable,  and  very  influential, 
especially  among  the  working  classes. 

In  Lemberg,  the  largest  city  in  Galicia,  or 
Austrian  Poland,  the  chief  daily  is  the  Slowo 
Pohkie  (Polish  Word),  a  high-class  journal,  the 
organ  of  the  Polish  National  Democrats.  The 
Slowo  Polskie  is  liberal,  but  anti-socialistic.  It 
has  the  largest  circulation  in  Austrian  Poland. 
The  Dziennik  Polski  (Polish  Daily),  of  Lemberg, 
is  a  popular  newspaper,  with  no  particular  party 
leanings  ;  the  Kurjer  Lwowski  (Lemberg  Cou- 
rier) is  radical,  while  the  Przegland  (Review), 
also  of  Lemberg,  is  the  official  organ  of  the  pro- 
Austrian  party. 

There  are  several  influential  and  well-known 
religious  periodicals,  the  Katolik  (Catholic),  pub- 
lished in  Oberschlezien,  strongly  Catholic,  patri- 
otic, and  anti-German,  the  Przegland  Katolicki 
(Catholic  Review),  of  Warsaw,  and  the  Przegland 
Powszechany  (Universal  Review),  of  Cracow. 

The  peasants  have  a  number  of  periodicals 
devoted  to  them  exclusively,  among  which  we 
find  the  Poluk  (the  Pole),  of  Cracow,  a  monthly 
of  politics  and  literature,  strongly  liberal  and 
patriotic  ;  Ojczyzna  (Fatherland),  of  Lemberg, 
also  strongly  patriotic,  and  Przyjacid  Ludu  (Peo- 
ple's Friend),  Lemberg,  organ  of  the  peasants 
and  the  peasants'  party  in  the  Galician  Parlia- 
ment. It  is  strongly  anti-aristocratic.  There 
is  also  a  special  little  weekly  published  in  Cra- 


SOME  REPRESENTATIVE  FINNISH    JOURNALS. 

cow  for  the  servants,  the  Przyjacid  Slug  (the 
Servant's  Friend),  which  consists  of  stories,  re- 
ligious advice,  general  information,  and  enter- 
tainment. The  Polish  Hebrews  have  several 
journals  of  their  own.  In  Warsaw,  there  is  the 
Izraelita  (the  Israelite),  pro-Polish,  and  the  Haze- 
firah  (the  Dawn),  also  of  Warsaw,  "separatistic," 
the  former  a  weekly,  the  latter  a  daily.  The 
Socialists,  also,  have  a  monthly,  Przedsivit  (Dawn), 
published  in  Cracow,  and  the  Robotnik  (Work- 
man), published  in  Warsaw,  a  secret  revolu- 
tionary organ. 

There  are  several  journals  published  in  Polish 
for  the  benefit  of  the  two  million  Poles  in  this 
country,  the  best  known  being  the  Zgoda  (Con- 
cord), of  Chicago,  organ  of  the  Polish  National 
Alliance  in  the  United  States,  which  is  liberal 
and  patriotic  in  its  policy. 

THE    PERIODICAL    PRESS    OF    FINLAND. 

Up  to  February,  1899,  there  were  more  than 
two  hundred  newspapers  published  in  Finland. 
The  Russian  imperial  edict  in  that  month  sup- 
pressed many  of  them,  and  up  to  date  twenty - 
four  have  been  forbidden  to  appear.  But  two  hun- 
dred newspapers  in  a  population  of  two  and  one- 
half  millions  is  a  record  for  education  unequaled 
in  all  the  world  except  in  the  United  States. 

In  order  to  fully  comprehend  the  magnitude 
of  the  power  in  the  hands  of  the  governor-gen- 
eral of  Finland,  one  need  only  recall  the  difficul- 
ties a  newspaper  publisher  has  to  encounter. 
When  he  is  ready  to  bring  out  a  newspaper,  he 
must  first  issue  a  sample  edition,  and  send  copies 
thereof  to  the  chief  censor's  office,  accompanied 


76 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


by  a  detailed  account  of  the  programme  which 
he  will  follow.  Furthermore,  he  must  furnish 
certified  proofs  of  his  moral  character,  his  busi- 
ness   integrity,  etc.      The    chief   censor's   office 

takes  all  this  under  consideration,  and  then  re- 
fers the  matter  to  the  provincial  governor,  who, 
in  his  turn,  refers  it  to  the  local  authorities  of 
the  place  where  the  paper  is  to  be  published.  If 
the  application  for  a  permit  get  an  indorsement 
in  all  these  quarters,  it  is  finally  submitted  to 
the  governor-general,  who  acts  upon  it  arbitrarily 
— and  in  many  cases  adversely — without  paying 
very  much  attention  to  all  the  preceding  red  tape. 

Should  the  governor- general  graciously  choose 
to  permit  the  establishment  of  the  newspaper, 
the  troubles  of  the  publisher  are  by  no  means 
at  an  end.  Every  time  he  prints  an  issue,  he 
must  send  the  first  two  copies  to  the  local  cen- 
sor, who  has  to  pass  upon  the  contents  before  the 
paper  maybe  circulated.  If  that  official  should 
discover  anything  reprehensible  or  displeasing 
to  the  Russian  Government,  he  strikes  it  out, 
and  returns  one  of  the  copies  to  the  publisher, 
with  an  order  to  omit  the  objectionable  matter 
before  printing. 

Nearly  two-thirds  of  the  Finnish  periodicals 
are  printed  in  the  Finnish,  and  the  remainder 
in  the  Swedish,  language.  Of  this  number, 
ninety-five  are  daily  or  weekly  publications. 
Most  prominent  among  them  are  the  dailies 
published  in  the  capital,  Helsingfors.  The 
Ppiivalehti  (Daily  News)  is  the  most  extensively 
circulated  one  among  the  Finnish-speaking  in- 
habitants. Its  undaunted  opposition  to  the  Rus- 
sification  of  Finland's  national  institutions  has 
more  than  once  caused  it  to  be  temporarily  sus- 
pended by  the  governor-general.  Helsingfors 
has  also  two  dailies  in  the  Swedish  language,  the 
Hufvudstadsbladet  (News  of  the  Capital  City) 
and  the  Helsingfors- Posten  (Helsingfors  Tost). 
Both  of  them  are.  together  with  the  Pdivdlehti 
and  nearly  all  the  newspapers  in  Finland,  of  the 
same  tenor,  a  quiet,  dignified  opposition  to  the 
steadily  increasing  Russian  influence  upon  Fin- 
land's nat  tonal  affairs. 

A.mong  other  newspapers  of  some  significance 
may  be  mentioned  the  J  bo  Tidningen  (Abo  News), 
a  Swedish  daily,  in  Al>o  ;  the  Finnish  [amulehti 
(Morning  News),  in  Tammerfors  ;  the  Finnish 
Karjala  (Carelia  is  the  name  of  a  province 
in   Finland),  in   Viborg  ;   the    Finnish    Luohi  (a 


EEKO   ERKKO. 


mythological  name),  in  Uleaborg  ;  the  Finnish 
Otawa  (the  Pleiad),  in  Kuopio,  and  the  Swedish 
Vasa-Posten  <  Vasa  Post),  in  Yasa.  The  last- 
named  city  was  for  a  time  altogether  without 
news  of  its  own.  all  of  the  local  papers  having 
been  suspended. 

Of    monthly    periodicals,   there   are   two   emi- 
nently worthy  of  notice.     One  is  the  Finsk  'fid- 

shrift  (Finnish 
Magazine),  and  the 
other,  the  Valvoja 
(Guardian).  The 
former  is  in  the 
Swedish,  and  the 
Latter  in  the  Fin- 
nish language. 
Both  have  literary, 
and  generally  sci- 
entific, contents, 
and  are  of  the  high- 
est standard. 

M  a  n  y  of  the 
journals  of  Sweden 
are  read  in  Fin- 
land, especially  the 
Stockholm  dailies, 
but  you  could  not 
hire  a  patriotic 
Finn  to  read  a  Russian  newspaper. 

One  of  the  Finnish  governor-general's  pre- 
rogatives in  regard  to  the  newspapers  is  that 
he  can.  by  a  threat  of  suspending  the  paper, 
force  its  publisher  to  dismiss  his  editor.  This 
has  happened  quite  frequently,  and  on  one  oc- 
casion, in  1900,  the  governor- general  in  this  way 
had  four  able  editors  dismissed  at  one  time. 
One  of  these  editors,  who  was  exiled  from  Fin- 
land last  year,  for  the  same  reason  that  had 
brought  him  down  from  the  PaivalehtVs  edi- 
torial chair,  is  Mr.  Eero  Erkko.  who  came  to 
the  United  States  and  established,  in  Brooklyn, 
New  York,  a  weekly  newspaper,  the  Amerikan 
Kaiku  (American  Echo),  through  which  he  can 
freely  speak  his  mind.  It  did  not  take  long, 
however,  for  the  governor-general  to  prohibit  the 
circulation  in  Finland  of  the  Amerikan  Kaiku. 
At  the  same  time,  several  other  Finnish-Ameri- 
can papers  met  a  similar  fate,  among  them  being 
the  only  Swedish-Finnish  newspaper  in  America, 
the  Finska  Amerikanaren,  which  is  also  pub- 
lished in  Brooklyn. 


(Editor  of  the  Amerikan  Kaiku, 
recently  expelled  from  Russia.) 


CANADA'S  COMMERCIAL  AND  INDUSTRIAL 

EXPANSION. 


BY  P.   T.    M'GRATH. 
(Of  the  St.  John's,  Newfoundland,  Herald.) 


WITHIN  the  past  five  years,  Canada's  total 
trade  has  increased  by  65  per  cent.;  that 
of  the  United  States,  33  per  cent.;  that  of  Brit- 
ain, 19  per  cent.  Canada's  foreign  trade  is  $83 
r.  r  capita  :  that  of  the  United  States,  only  $35. 
Her  revenue  is  $12.49  per  capita,  and  her  ex- 
penditure $9.56  ;  the  United  States'  revenue 
being  §7.70  and  expenditure  $7.04.  The  public 
debt  of  Canada  is  but  $66  per  capita,  while  that 
of  her  sister  commonwealth  —  Australia  —  is 
$230.  Canada's  over-sea  trade  last  year  was 
$451,000,000, — more  than  double  that  of  Japan  ; 
almost  equal  to  Russia's.  Her  merchant  ship- 
ping tonnage  exceeds  Japan's  ;  her  railway  mile- 
age is  half  that  of  Russia. 

Every  section  of  Canada  has  shared  in  this 
wonderful  betterment.  The  fisheries  of  the 
maritime  provinces  have  steadily  grown  in  vol- 
ume and  value  through  the  stimulus  of  an  an- 
nual distribution,  in  bounties,  among  the  fisher- 
men of  $160,000,— the  interest  on  $4,500,000 
obtained  under  the  Halifax  award  of  1897  for 
allowing  the  United  States  fishermen  free  entry 
to  Canadian  waters  for  a  term  of  years.  The 
forest  wealth  of  the  Laurentian  valleys  has  been 
yielding  most  generous  returns,  owing  to  the 
rapid  depletion  of  the  American  woodlands  in- 
creasing the  price  of  this  commodity.  The  dairy 
and  fruit  exports  from  Quebec  and  Ontario  have 
trebled  in  extent  and  quadrupled  in  price.  The 
manufactures  of  the  Eastern  areas  have  gradu- 
ally expanded,  until  they  form  a  noteworthy 
feature  in  the  country's  assets,  while  the  great 
Northwest, — the  vast  prairie  country,  the  home 
of  the  farmer  and  the  ranchman, — is  pouring  out 
annually  a  wealth  of  yellow  grain  and  kindred 
products  which  represents  a  condition  unequaled 
in  any  region  that  has  lacked  the  talismanic  in- 
fluence of  gold,  which  caused  the  "  rushes  "  to 
Australia,  California,  and  the  Klondike. 

TRANSPORTATION    PROBLEMS. 

It  is  now  thirty-seven  years  since  the  federa- 
tion of  Canada  was  accomplished,  and  about 
half  that  space  of  time  since  what  was  then 
thought  the  visionary  prospect  of  spanning  the 
continent  with  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway 
was  conceived.     The  Northwest  was  considered 


a  wilderness  of  snow  and  ice, — a  vast,  lone  land, 
tenantless  save  by  the  bison  and  the  red  man. 
Phenomenal  has  been  the  change  since  then. 
Along  the  international  boundary,  twenty  years 
ago,  was  an  acreage  of  250.000  under  crop,  yield- 
ing 1,200,000  bushels  of  wheat.  Now  the  acre- 
age is  over  4,000,000,  and  the  annual  yield 
110,000,000  bushels,  while  population,  acreage, 
and  output  are  augmenting  at  a  rate  no  other 
country  can  approach.  The  Hon.  Clifford  Sif- 
ton,  Canadian  minister  of  the  interior,  asserts 
that  "the  wealth-producing  power  of  the  indi- 
vidual is  fully  four  times  greater  on  the  prairie 
farms  of  the  West  than  in  any  other  portion  of 
the  country,"  and  he  estimates  that  there  is 
abundant  room  there  to  sustain  from  fifteen  to 
twenty  millions  of  people. 

To-day,  so  amazing  has  been  the  development 
of  the  Northwest,  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway 
is  unable  to  seiwe  its  commercial  needs.  "  Can- 
ada's hopper,"  as  Sir  William  Van  Home,  the 
chairman  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  tersely 
put  it,  ':has  grown  too  big  for  the  spout."  The 
grain-production  of  the  territory  is  too  enor- 
mous for  his  road,  practically  double-tracked 
though  it  is  with  sidings  and  sentineled  with 
elevators.  Every  fall  there  is  an  absolute  con- 
gestion, with  grain  coming  out  and  lumber, 
coal,  and  other  commodities  going  in.  Conse- 
quently, much  of  this  traffic  has  to  be  handled  by 
American  transportation  agencies.  The  United 
States  has  2,000  cargo  boats  on  the  Great  Lakes, 
while  Canada  has  only  30  ;  and  all  the  principal 
American  railways  have  working  alliances  with 
those  of  Canada.  Therefore,  two  other  transcon- 
tinental railway  systems  are  now  being  projected 
for  Canada,  that  the  wheat  belt  may  be  properly 
served.  These  are  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific 
and  the  Canadian  Northern  lines,  bisecting  the 
prairies  at  distances  apart  which  will  enable  the 
as  yet  untilled  areas  to  be  brought  into  speedy 
cultivation,  and  affording  facilities  for  peopling 
the  tenantless  wilds  at  a  rate  undreamed  of  ten 
years  ago. 

The  original  proposal  for  the  Grand  Trunk 
Pacific  Railway  was  to  start  from  Moncton,  in 
New  Brunswick,  and  proceed  by  the  most  direct 
line   (avoiding  the  Maine   boundary)  to  Levis, 


78 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


o 


qtod  • 
fcf  SASKATCH  :WA 

giNIBi 


*  Tir«"oNTA;;  ™  *££       \    ^Ai^py^x     j^T> 

'SCALE  OF  MILES  .  \  A§T\     t/W°      ^  XJfS^k 


10U     2W      300      400      500|jfe 


MAP  SHOWING    NEW  CANADIAN   RAILWAY   ROUTES. 


where  it  would  cross  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  by 
the  Quebec  bridge,  to  Quebec,  thence  west- 
wardly  through  the  famous  "clay  belt"  of  On- 
tario, tapping  the  Nipissing,  Algoma,  and  Thun- 
der Bay  districts,  north  of  the  Canadian  Pacific 
Line,  on  the  upper  shore  of  Lake  Superior, 
to  Winnipeg,  thence  northwestwardly,  beyond 
Prince  Albert  and  Edmonton,  to  the  Pine  River 
and  Peace  River  districts  of  the  northern  prai- 
ries, and  through  the  Peace  River  Pass,  in  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  to  find  a  Pacific  outlet  and 
terminus  at  Port  Simpson.  The  scheme  was 
afterward  modified  by  negotiations  between  the 
Canadian  government  and  the  Grand  Trunk 
Railway  Company,  and  is  now  under  considera- 
tion by  the  Dominion  Parliament,  so  it  is  im- 
possible to  say  at  this  writing  in  what  form  it 
will  eventually  emerge. 

The  Canadian  Northern  Railway,  which  con- 
templates the  amalgamation  of  several  other 
small  lines  to  form  a  transcontinental  line,  is 
designed  to  start  at  Quebec  and  run  to  Owen 
Sound,  on  Lake  Huron,  by  absorbing  the  Can- 
ada Atlantic  Railway,  at  which  point  steamships 
would  form  a  connecting  link  with  Port  Arthur, 
on  the  western  border  of  Lake  Superior,  where 
the  rails  would  be  resumed  and  continue  north- 
westwardly, touching  Prince  Albert  and  Ed- 
monton, and  crossing  the  Rocky  Mountains  to 
Bute  Inlet,  on  the  Pacific.  This  line  has  several 
stretches  built,  but  has  not  been  unified  into  a 
homogeneous  system. 

IMMIGRATION. 

Nothing  bo  eloquently  attests  the  altered  atti- 
tude of  the  world  toward  Canada  as  her  increased 
immigration,  and  especially  that  from  across  the 
American  border.     In  L 893,  only  10,681   immi- 


grants entered  Canada,  whereas  in  1903  the 
total  had  grown  to  124,653.  It  is  quite  true 
that  last  year  1,000,000  immigrants  landed  in 
the  United  States,  or  just  eight  times  as  many 
as  in  Canada,  but  when  the  superior  status  of 
the  latter  is  considered, — Canada's  immigrants 
coming  chiefly  from  the  British  Isles  and  the 
frugal  peasantry  of  northern  Europe,  as  com- 
pai'ed  with  the  Slavs  and  the  "  Dagoes "  who 
make  up  so  large  a  proportion  of  Uncle  Sam's, 
— it  is  manifest  that  Canada  has  no  cause  for 
Complaint.  Moreover,  —  and  this  is  the  most 
remarkable  feature  of  the  situation  !  —  while 
Canadian  farmers  have  ceased  to  cross  to  the 
American  border  States,  American  farmers  are 
migrating  to  the  Canadian  Northwest  in  thou- 
sands. In  1896,  only  44  Americans  applied  for 
homesteids  there,  while  in  1902  the  number  had 
grown  to  21,672,  and  last  year  this  total  more 
than  doubled,  rising  to  47,780,  which  figure  is 
expected  to  duplicate  itself  again  during  the 
present  season. 

Canada's  wheat  yield. 

The  reasons  for  this  astonishing  exodus  from 
the  middle  West  are  that  the  best  lands  there 
have  long  ago  been  settled  on,  and  for  the  infe- 
rior ones  prices  are  asked  from  five  to  twenty 
times  as  large  as  more  fertile  ones  can  be  ob- 
tained for  in  Canada.  The  average  yield  of 
wheat  for  western  Canada  last  year  was  over 
twenty-five  bushels  to  the  acre,  while  that  of  the 
Western  States  did  not  exceed  fourteen.  The 
Canadian  prairies,  too,  are  virtually  unlimited  in 
extent,  stretching  from  the  international  bound- 
ary to  the  confines  of  the  Arctic  Ocean,  and 
from  Hudson  Bay  to  the  Rocky  Mountains, — a 
territory  whose  superficial  area  is  about  250,000,- 


CANADA'S  COMMERCIAL  AND  INDUSTRIAL  EXPANSION. 


79 


000  acres,  or  nearly  eight  times  as  large  as  New 
York  State.  Vet  of  this  vast  region  not  more 
than  4,000,000  acres,  or  one-sixtieth  of  the 
whole,  is  vet  under  cultivation,  though  it  pro- 
duces 1 10,000,000  bushels  of  cereals  annually, 
— wheat,  barley,  oats,  and  corn. 

Lord  Strathcona,  Canadian  high  commission- 
er, recently  stated  in  England  that  within  ten 
years  Canada  would  be  able  to  feed  the  British 
Isles  ;  and  Mr.  Theodore  Knappen,  of  Minne- 
apolis, the  greatest  flour-producing  center  of  the 
world,  in  an  address  before  the  State  Bankers' 
Association,  predicted  that  within  a  decade  Can- 
ada would  yield  250,000,000  bushels  of  wheat. 
M  r.  George  Johnson,  the  Dominion  statistician, 
supplies  the  necessary  data  to  confirm  these  gen- 
eralizations. He  prints  a  parallelogram  of  sixty- 
seven  squares,  representing  what  is  estimated  to 
lie  the  wheat-growing  lands  of  Canada,  and  shows 
that  if  one  of  these  sixty-seven  were  planted 
with  wheat,  and  if  the  yield  equaled  the  average 
of  Manitoba  for  the  past  eighteen  years,  as  much 
grain  would  be  produced  as  the  British  Isles 
now  draw  from  the  whole  world.     He  says  : 

Let  us  see  how  far  we  have  already  got  toward  this 
goal  of  2,000,000  bushels.  The  wheat  acreage  in  Mani- 
toba alone,  in  1902,  was  2,040,000  acres,  and  that  acreage 
yielded  63,000,000  bushels  of  wheat.  Four  times  that 
acreage,  at  the  Manitoba  rate  of  1902  per  acre,  would 
yield  all  that  Great  Britain  requires,  with  20,000,000 
bushels  over :  and  Manitoba  contains  64,000,000  acres 
of  land  surface  from  which  to  select  the  8,000,000  acres 
required.  In  1899,  Manitoba  had  623,245  acres  under 
•wheat.  Without  any  stimulation,— just  by  ordinary 
operations  of  settlement, — the  development  has  been 
from  623,245  acres  to  2,100,000  acres,  and  the  production 
from  7,200,000  to  over  53,000,000  bushels. 

CANADIAN    SENTIMENT. 

Coincident  with  the  expansion  of  Canada's  re- 
sources and  the  marvelous  growth  of  her  prop- 
erty has  been  born  a  national  sentiment.  This, 
no  less  than  economic  reasons,  has  dictated  her 
policy  of  developing  the  Northwest.  She  aims 
to  become  a  sister  state  rather  than  a  mere  prov- 
ince ;  and  she  is  anxious  as  to  her  national  safe- 
ty, with  such  a  powerful  neighbor  to  the  south 
of  her.  She  would  become  self-centered  and  in- 
dependent of  outside  aid.  She  chafes  under  the 
spectacle  of  United  States  railways  hauling  her 
products,  and  United  States  seaports  forming 
outlets  or  inlets  for  her  commerce.  She  also 
fears  that  United  States  antagonism  may  cause 
the  repeal  of  the  bonding  privilege  by  which 
Canadian  goods  are  carried  across  American  ter- 
ritory in  bond,  or  an  embargo  on  the  shipment 
of  wheat  from  American  por-ts,  as  the  Southern 
States  prohibited  the  export  of  cotton  during 
the  Civil  War.     Should  this  be  done  at  a  criti- 


cal period,  Canada's  commerce  would  be  crip- 
pled and  the  British  Isles  reduced  to  the  verge 
of  starvation.  Supplemental  to  these  facts  is 
the  contention  of  some  authorities  that  the  grain 
exportation  of  the  United  States  has  now  reached 
its  high-water  mark,  because  with  all  its  prairie 
lands  virtually  under  cultivation,  and  its  popu- 
lation growing  at  the'  rate  of  two  or  three  mil- 
lions a  year,  the  country's  domestic  needs  will 
absorb  larger  quantities  of  its  total  grain  prod- 
uct each  year,  so  that  within  twenty  years  it 
should  have  little,  if  any,  to  export. 

Canada's  grand  ambition  is  to  become  Britain's 
granary,  and  to  send  forward  these  breadstuffs 
by  Canadian  railway  and  steamship  lines  alone. 
The  weakness  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railroad, 
from  the  commercial  standpoint  of  Canada,  is 
that  its  western  connections  facilitate  the  "  rout- 
ing "  of  grain  exports  via  American  channels, 
while  its  military  drawback  is  that  certain  of  its 
western  stretches  near  the  boundary,  and  its 
short  line  through  Maine,  are  exposed  to 
American  attacks.  Its  rivals,  the  New  National 
Transcontinental  (Grand  Trunk  Pacific)  and  the 
Canadian  Northern,  are  so  located  as  to  be  free 
from  this  peril,  and  they  will  be,  essentially, 
"  all-Canadian  "  lines,  though,  in  winter,  when 
the  St.  Lawrence  is  frozen,  Grand  Trunk  freight 
may  be  shipped  via  Portland  as  well  as  St. 
John  or  Halifax. 

Canada's  ocean  ports  and    merchant    marine. 

The  difficulty  in  all  Canada's  scheme  of  com- 
mercial development  is  that  her  national  water- 
way— the  St.  Lawrence  route — is  available  for 
only  seven  months  of  the  year.  The  Lauren- 
tian  Valley  is  the  natural  outlet  for  the  products 
of  the  American  AVest,  as  of  the  Canadian 
Northwest,  but  the  short  period  of  navigation 
militates  seriously  against  it.  Nor  has  Canada 
any  winter  port  which  can  be  regarded  as  being 
on  an  equality  with  American  competitors, — 
Portland,  New  York,  Philadelphia,  and  Balti- 
more. St.  John  and  Halifax  involve  long  rail 
hauls  for  grain  freights,  and  the  former  could 
be  "bottled  up  "  by  the  United  States  fleet  in 
the  Bay  of  Fundy.  Halifax,  of  course,  is  one  of 
Britain's  strongest  outposts,  but  navigation  to 
and  from  there  in  winter  is  impeded  by  the  ice 
floes  on  the  Grand  Banks.  Hitherto  Montreal 
has  been  the  great  commercial  center  of  the  Do- 
minion, but  it  is  now  proposed  to  make  Quebec 
a  terminal  of  the  new  railway  systems,  and  to 
span  the  St.  Lawrence  there  will  be  a  bridge, 
affording  through  railroad  communication  with 
the  entire  continent.  This  will  make  it  possible  to 
multiply  indefinitely  the  shipping  facilities  dur- 
ing the  season  of  open  water,  and  lessen,  if  not 


80 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


remove  altogether,  the  congestion  now  experi- 
enced every  autumn  in  grain  shipments  from 
the  Northwest. 

Among  other  alternatives  now  being  suggest- 
ed in  the  same  direction  is  the  utilization  of 
Hudson  Bay  by  running  ocean  steamships  there 
during  the  period  in  which  it  is  navigable, 
bringing  in  European  cargoes  for  western  sec- 
tions, or  for  the  far  East,  and  taking  out  grain, 
lumber,  or  mineral  cargoes,  a  branch  line  of 
railway  connecting  the  bay  with  the  Canadian 
systems.  A  nother  scheme  is  for  a  railway  through 
northern  Quebec  and  CJngava  to  Hamilton  Inlet, 
in  Labrador,  which  would  insure  a  splendid 
shipping  port  for  five  months  of  the  year, — the 
outlet  for  a  region  rich  in  wood,  minerals,  and 
peltries.  Lastly,  the  navigable  period  of  the  St. 
Lawrence  may  be  increased  two  months  by  con- 
verting Paspibiac,  in  Gaspe  Bay,  into  a  shipping 
center,  for  it  is  open  a  month  after  the  St.  Law 
rence  River  freezes,  and  is  accessible  again  a 
month  before  the  river  opens. 

Canada's  fleet  of  freighters  has  grown  in  re- 
sponse to  her  needs.  Last  year,  777  steamers 
loaded  at  Montreal,  against  721  the  year  before, 
the  tonnage  being  proportionately  greater  also. 
To  these  results  the  purchase,  by  the  Central  Pa- 
cific Railroad,  of  sixteen  fine  ships  of  the  Elder- 
Dempster  fleet  has  materially  contributed.  ( 'an 
ad  a  has  not  yet,  however,  attained  to  the  dignity 
of  a  fast  Atlantic  passenger  service.  Many  ship- 
ping authorities  hold  ocean  "greyhounds"  to  be 
needless,  and  they  all  have  compromised  on  the 
new  Allan  Line  turbine  steamships,  making  sev- 
enteen knots,  which  will  take  up  the  mail  con- 
tract in  August  next.  Meanwhile,  everything 
is  being  done  to  develop  ocean  transportation. 
A  permanent  government  commission  on  this 
problem  has  been  appointed.  Canal  tolls  have 
been  abolished.  Shipping  facilities  are  being 
improved.  St.  Lawrence  navigation  is  rendered 
more  safe.  An  active  propaganda,  is  being  con- 
ducted in  the  American  West  to  attract  immi- 
grants across  the  border,  and  Europe-bound 
freights  to  Canadian  outlets. 

Canada  is  centering  all  her  efforts  on  captur- 
ing the  British  market.  Her  exports  of  food- 
stuffs to  Britain  increased  in  value  from  $27,- 
747,962  in  1892  to  $77,810,532  in  1902.  Tin- 
British  Isles  import,  roughly,  four-fifths  of  their 
1 1  read  st  nil's,  and  the  proportion  is  growing.  The 
wheal  acreage  in  those  islands  in  1875  was 
::,7:;7,(H)o,  with  a  population  of  31,000,000,  while 
in  L901  the  acreage  had  dropped  to  1,957,000, 
though  the  population  had  grown  to  41,000,000. 
The  United  States  is  the  largest  supplier  of  the 


requisite  stocks,  and  this  causes  the  fear  among 
some  imperialists  that  she  might  cut  off  the  ex- 
port of  grain  if  she  ever  became  involved  in  war 
with  Britain.  Consequently,  the  peopling  of 
Canada's  Northwest  is  welcomed,  because  this 
will  soon  put  it  out  of  the  power  of  the  United 
States  to  "corner"  wheat  or  cripple  England  in 
this  way  in  a  national  emergency,  as  other  coun- 
tries would  stand  ready  to  supplement  Canada's 
exports,  and  three-fifths  of  the  world's  shipping 
flies  the  Bi'itish  flag.  It  only  remains,  then,  for 
Britain  to  maintain  by  her  fleet  her  command  of 
the  seas,  especially  of  the  transatlantic  highway. 
That  she  is  doing.  The  fortifications  at  Halifax 
are  being  strengthened.  -The  North  Atlantic 
squadron  is  being  increased.  A  naval  reserve 
has  been  formed  in  Newfoundland,  and  is  being 
extended  to  Canada.  The  fortifying  of  St.  John's 
is  under  consideration,  and  the  protection  of 
the  cables  across  the  Great  Banks  is  already 
provided  for. 

THE  ANNEXATION  OF  NEWFOUNDLAND. 

To  complete  her  national  status,  Canada  needs 
only  to  acquire  Newfoundland.  This  colony  has 
steadily  refused  to  federate,  and  no  machinery 
exists  to  force  her.  Canada,  latterly,  has  come 
to  see  in  Newfoundland's  independent  existence 
a  menace  to  herself,  because  if  Newfoundland 
fell  into  hostile  hands  in  time  of  war  it  would 
paralyze  Canada's  commerce,  lying,  as  the  island 
does,  across  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  ami  dom- 
inating the  ocean  routes  which  Canada  employs. 
Therefore,  owing  to  the  Bond-Hay  treaty,  the 
possible  purchase  of  St.  Pierre-Miquelon  by  the 
United  States,  and  the  dispute  about  Hudson 
Bay,  Canada  is  renewing  her  efforts  to  include 
Newfoundland  in  the  federation.  Furthermore, 
Newfoundland  controls  the  Atlantic  fisheries 
question  with  her  bait  supply,  so  essential  to  the 
French,  American,  and  Canadian  trawlers  on 
the  Grand  Banks.  She  has  crippled  the  French 
by  her  "  Bait  Act,"  denying  them  bait  because 
of  their  bounty-fed  competition  with  her  fish. 
She  concedes  the  Americans  their  adjunct  only 
because  the  Bond-Hay  treaty  is  awaiting  action 
by  the  Senate  at  Washington,  and  can  hamper 
them  also  if  it  is  rejected.  She  grants  the  Cana- 
dians bait  as  fellow  British,  colonists,  but  subject 
to  her  own  regulations.  Under  confederation, 
the  Ottawa  government  would  assume  this  au- 
thority, and  might  use  the  bail  question  as  a 
lever  to  force  from  the  United  States  some  reci- 
procity compact,  just  as  Germany  has  been  com- 
pelled to  capitulate  in  the  tariff  war  she  had 
waged  against  the  Dominion. 


LEADING    ARTICLES   OF   THE    MONTH 


ORGANIZED    CAPITAL   VERSUS    ORGANIZED    LABOR. 


V.\  RI<  lUS  explanations  are  given  to  account 
for  the  present  wave  of  opposition  to  trade- 
unionism  that  is  sweeping  over  the  land.  In  an 
article  on  the  new  employers'  association  move- 
ment which  he  contributes  to  the  July  number 
[fcClure's,  Mr.  Ray  Stannard  Baker  specifies 
two  causes  as  accounting  for  the  present  activity 
of  the  employers  in  this  direction.  He  believes 
that  the  movement  is  due,  first,  to  the  sudden 
recognition  and  fear  of  the  real  power  of  the 
new  unionism.  The  object-lesson  presented  by 
the  recent  action  of  the  United  Mine  Workers 
of  America,  with  three  hundred  and  fifty  thou- 
sand members  and  fo.ir  million  dollars  in  their 
various  treasuries,  in  deliberately  voting  not  to 
st like,  and  to  accept  a  reduction  in  wages,  is  re- 
garded by  Mr.  Baker  as  an  effective  illustration 
of  the  real  power  of  organized  labor  ;  for  this, 
as  Mr.  Baker  points  out,  was  a  victory  of  union- 
ism over  itself,  and  an  evidence  of  farsighted 
leadership  and  excellent  discipline.  Such  an  ob- 
ject-lesson, however,  although  impressive,  would 
not  have  been  sufficient  to  incite  the  employers 
to  counter-organization.  The  real  cause  of  the 
employers'  activity  is  doubtless  to  be  found  in 
what  Mr.  Baker  terms  the  excesses  of  a  false 
power, — an  inflated  unionism. 

THE    NEW    ORGANIZATIONS. 

Mr.  Baker  divides  the  employers  as  now  con- 
stituted into  two  classes, — first,  those  who  pro- 
pose to  fight  the  unions  ;  and,  second,  those  who 
seek  to  deal  with  the  unions.  The  leaders  of 
the  first  class,  he  says,  emphasize  the  fact  that 
industry  is  war,  while  the  leaders  of  the  second 
class  declare  that  industry  is  business.  To  the 
first  class  belong  nearly  all  the  newer  organiza- 
tions, especially  the  Citizens'  Alliances  of  the 
West.  The  Citizens'  Industrial  Association,  of 
which  Mr.  D.  M.  Parry  is  president,  is  a  fair 
type  of  these  alliances.  The  membership  of  this 
organization,  including  its  affiliated  associations, 
numbers  many  thousands  of  manufacturers,  mer- 
chants, and  other  business  men,  a  large  propor- 
tion of  whom  were  never  organized  before. 
Some  of  the  citizens'  alliances,  notably  that  of 
Denver,  are  made  up  of  citizens  generally,  in- 
cluding even  non-union  workingmen.  While 
varying  widely  in  some  of  their  features,  these 
organizations  generally  announce  the  following 


principles:  the,  "open  shop,"  no  sympathetic 
strikes,  no  violence  to  non-union  men,  no  limi- 
tation of  output  or  of  apprentices,  no  boycott, 
and  some  even  go  so  far  as  to  declare  against 
arbitration,    trade    agreements,    and    picketing. 


MR.   DAVID   M.  PARRY. 

(President  of  the  Citizens'  Industrial  Association  of 
America.) 

Most  of  the  organizations  of  this  class,  like  the 
labor  unions,  are  secret  both  as  to  their  mem- 
bership and  as  to  their  methods  of  business. 

ANOTHER    TYPE, THE    ILLINOIS    COAL    OPERATORS. 

The  second  class  of  employers'  associations, 
organized  to  deal  with  the  unions,  includes  most 
of  the  older  and  more  experienced  organiza- 
tions, like  the  Illinois  Coal  Operators,  the  Na- 
tional Stove  Founders,  the  American  Newspaper 
Publishers,  the  Typothetse,  and  the  master  build- 
ers of  many  cities.  Many  of  the  leaders  of  these 
associations  have  made  a  study  of  the  labor  prob- 
lem for  years.  They  look  upon  the  labor  union 
as  an  accomplished  fact  in  the  business  world, 


82 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


and  their  prime  object  is  to  deal  with  the  unions 
on  a  friendly  basis.  These  organizations  have 
no  secrets  either  as  to  membership  or  as  to 
methods.  Mr.  Herman  Justi,  the  Illinois  Coal 
Operators'  commissioner,  said  to  Mr.  Raker  : 

It  is  extremely  curious  that  as  business  men  we 
should  be  inclined  to  omit  the  element  of  labor  from 
the  ordinary  rules  of  business.  We  contract  for  our 
raw  materials  after  a  friendly  conference  with  the  man 
who  has  raw  materials  for  sale,  and  in  turn  we  dispose 
of  our  products  by  friendly  agreement  with  the  buyer. 
Why  should  we  not  treat  labor,  so  far  as  the  wage  ques-- 
tion  is  concerned,  as  a  commodity  and  agree  to  buy  so 
much  of  it  at  such  a  price  after  a  friendly  conference 
with  those  who  have  labor  for  sale  ? 

AVhile  recognizing  the  fact  that  the  miners' 
union,  like  other  labor  organizations,  is  still 
practising  many  abuses  which  must  be  wiped 
out  before  it  becomes  a  thorough-going  business 
organization,  Mr.  Justi  declares  that  the  union 
has  not  only  been  of  great  value  to  the  laborer, 
but  has  been  a  good  thing  for  the  industry  as  a 
whole.  For  more  than  six  years,  the  system  of 
joint  agreement  between  the  operators  and 
miners  has  been  in  force  in  Illinois,  and  during 
that  time  there  has  not  been  a  single  general 
strike,  nor  any  local  strike  of  any  consequence. 
Mr.  Justi  declares  that  these  agreements  have 
saved  the  operators,  as  well  as  the  mine  workers, 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars. 

THE    SAME    WEAPONS    USED    BY    BOTH    SIDES. 

In  regard  to  the  methods  employed  by  the 
more  aggressive  of  the  employers'  associations 
and  those  of  the  unions,  it  would  seem,  from 
Mr.  Baker's  account,  that  there  is  little  to  dif- 
ferentiate theone  from  the  other.  While  the  strike 
is  the  chief  weapon  of  the  unions,  the  lock-out 
is  the  chief  weapon  of  the  employers'  associa- 
tions. While  employers  usually  denounce  the 
sympathetic  strike,  it  is  a  singular  fact  that  this 
same  weapon  is  resorted  to  by  the  associations 
against  the  unions  in  the  form  of  sympathetic 
lock-outs.  This  has  been  done  especially  in 
Colorado.  The  boycott,  too,  has  been  adopted 
by  some  associations,  and  has  proved  as  effec- 
tive in  the  hands  of  the  employers  as  when 
wielded  by  the  unions.  There  are  even  "scab" 
employers,  Mr.  Baker  tells  us,  and  he  cites  the 
example  of  the  Fuller  Construction  Company,  in 
New  York  City,  and  states  that  the  employers 
are  as  bitter  against  such  offenders  as  the  unions 
are  against  the  non-union  workers. 

Till.     liASIS    OF    SUCCESSFUL    TRADE    AGKEEMKNTS. 

Among  the  associations  that  deal  with  the 
unions,  one  of  the  most  successful  is  the  Chicago 
Metal    Trades    Association,    an  organization  of 


more  than  one  hundred  manufacturers,  employ- 
ing about  fifteen  thousand  men.  The  president 
of  this  association  is  Mr.  John  D.  Hibbard,  of 
the  John  Davis  Company.  In  the  course  of  his 
conversation  with  Mr.  Baker,  some  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  his  organization  were  summed  up  as 
follows  : 

1.  That  the  employer  and  the  worker  are  naturally 
antagonistic,  exactly  as  the  seller  and  buyer  are  an- 
tagonistic— but  not  necessarily  pugilistic. 

2.  That  the  right  isn't  all  on  one  side. 

3.  That  the  old  idea  among  employers  of  waiting 
until  there  was  trouble  and  then  getting  together  hastily 
to  meet  a  well-trained  labor  organization  was  no  more 
sensible  than  sending  a  mob  out  to  meet  an  army  ;  and, 
finally,  that  a  good  fighter  doesn't  despise  his  opponents, 
— an  important  point. 

In  formulating  their  agreement  with  their  em- 
ployees, the  Metal  Trades  Association  insists 
upon  four  cardinal  principles, — first,  no  limita- 
tion of  output  ;  second,  no  sympathetic  strike  ; 
third,  no  cessation  of  wor1:  under  any  circum- 
stances ;  and,  fourth,  the  freedom  of  employ- 
ment of  labor.  On  the  question  of  the  -'open 
shop,"  the  association  says  to  the  unions  :  "  We 
will  not  compel  any  man  to  belong  to  your  union 
in  order  to  work  in  our  shops,  and  you  should 
not  attempt  to  make  us.  A  man  coerced  by  us 
or  intimidated  by  you  is  of  no  value  to  you. 
There's  the  non-union  man  ;  if  you  can  per- 
suade him  fairly  to  belong  to  your  union,  all 
right  ;  if  not,  you  must  not  interfere  with  him 
or  his  work." 

Mr.  Baker's  general  conclusions  on  the  sub- 
ject of  organizations  are  as  follows  : 

1.  Both  sides  have  an  equal  right  to  organize. 

2.  Employers'  associations  cannot  refuse  to  the  un- 
ions the  same  rights  and  the  same  methods  of  fighting 
which  they  themselves  exercise,  and  7ucc  versa.  If  one  ■ 
side  boycotts  and  "slugs"  and  uses  injunctions,  the 
other  side  will  use  the  same  weapons.  If  one  side  deals 
fair,  it  will  get  fair  dealing  from  the  other  side  sooner 
or  later. 

3.  Absolutely  stable  and  continuing  conditions  are 
not  possible  in  industry  any  more  than  in  any  other 
department  of  life;  both  sides  must  be  prepared  for 
constant  readjustment  and  for  the  attendant  conces- 
sions. 

4.  The  condition  at  present  most  favorable  to  indus- 
try would  seem  to  be  one  of  strong,  well-disciplined, 
reasonable  organization  on  both  sides.  A  great  dispar- 
ity of  strength  always  means  the  abuse  of  power  by  the 
more  vigorous  organization. 

5.  Organization  always  presumes  a  fighting  force,  as 
each  nation  has  its  standing  army,  but  the  prime  object 
should  be  peace. 

6.  The  same  qualities  of  fair  dialing,  honesty,  and 
personal  contact  required  in  business  generally  are 
equally  necessary  in  buying  and  selling  labor — a  trans 
action  which  is.  after  all,  neither  sentiment,  nor  war- 
fare, nor  speechifying,  hut  business. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


83 


THE  AMERICAN  SOLDIER  AS  SEEN   IN  THE    PHILIPPINES. 


IN  view  of  the  serious  criticisms  that  have  been 
made  from  time  to  time  on  the  conduct  of 
cur  soldiers  in  the  Philippines,  ever  since  the 
lieginning  of  the  American  occupation,  six  years 
ago,  it  is  interesting  to  have  the  opinion  of  a 
disinterested  foreign  observer.  Such  a  man  is 
A.  Henry  Savage  Landor,  the  famous  Asiatic 
traveler  and  explorer,  who  has  recently  returned 
from  a  protracted  journey  through  the  Philip- 
pine Archipelago,  and  who  contributes  a  study 
of  the  American  soldier  to  the  North  American 
Review  for  June. 

Mr.  Landor,  while  not  himself  a  military  man, 
has  had  unusual  opportunities  for  observing  the 
American  soldier,  both  in  active  service  and  in 
time  of  peace.  Most  of  the  accusations  that 
have  been  brought  against  our  troops  in  the 
Philippines  Mr.  Landor  regards  as  "absolute 
nonsense.''  and  the  other  few  as  "almost  non- 
sense." "  There  have  been  cases,  of  course, 
where  American  soldiers  have  actually — but 
generally  under  sevei'e  provocation — lost  their 
heads  and  behaved  in  an  inhuman  way  ;  but 
these  cases,  when  the  facts  are  impartially  sifted 
down,  are  but  few  and  far  apart."  Mr.  Landor 
attempts  no  defense  of  those  who  have  actually 
been  guilty  of  inflicting  unnecessary  cruelties  on 
the  natives  ;  and  he  unsparingly  condemns  the 
••  water  cure,"  and  calls  for  the  punishment  of 
actual  offenders.  But  he  deplores  the  fact  that 
the  names  of  many  brave  and  innocent  officers 
have  been  "mercilessly  dragged  in  the  mire, 
either  through  the  spite  and  jealousy  of  others 
or  on  meager  and  untrustworthy  testimony  of 
interested  parties." 


THE    OFFICERS    AND    THEIR    CAPABILITIES. 

This  is  what  Mr.  Landor  has  to  say  of  our 
army  officers  as  a  class  : 

I  have  had  the  honor  of-  meeting  a  great  number  of 
American  officers,  both  during  the  Chinese  war  and  in 
various  parts  of  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  and  I  was 
in  most  cases  struck  by  the  morally  magnificent  type  of 
men  who  lead  the  American  army — fair,  open-minded, 
business-like,  hard- working  officers,  combining  patience 
in  tedious  plodding  through  excessive  office-work  with 
pluck  and  dash,  and,  above  all,  tact  and  accurate  judg- 
ment when  in  the  field.  It  is  not  to  be  regretted  that 
the  American  officer  lacks  the  overwhelming  love  for 
wearing-apparel  which  characterizes  military  men  of 
many  European  armies,  and  his  simplicity  of  clothing 
is,  indeed,  well  matched  by  his  easy,  manly,  sensible 
manner.  There  is  no  superfluity  of  gold  braiding,  no 
idiotic  monocle  deforming  one  section  of  the  face  and 
impeding  the  sight,  no  exaggerated  sword  dangling 
noisily  upon  the  ground,  no  swagger  worth  noticing ; 
but  when  it  comes  to  doing  the  actual  work  of  a  war- 
rior, although  it  is  accomplished  with  no  show  and  no 
pomp,  it  is  done  well,  very  well. 

Mr.  Landor  recognizes  the  polish  of  manner 
acquired  by  West  Point  graduates,  but  he  is 
impressed  also  by  the  "remarkable,  natural, 
gentlemanly  manner  of  those  many  officers  who 
have  risen  from  the  ranks."  To  any  one  who 
is  familiar  with  the  similar  class  of  men  in  the 
European  armies,  Mr.  Landor  says  that  this 
trait  is  particularly  noticeable,  and  is  due  mostly 
to  the  fact  that,  taken  personally,  the  American 
soldier  is  vastly  the  superior  of  the  European 
in  intelligence,  and,  although  often  but  self- 
taught,  he  is  most  often  better  educated  than  the 
average  soldier  of  other  countries. 


AMERICAN  ARTILLERY  IN  THE  PHILIPPINES. 


84 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Mr.  Landor  has  a  word  of  commendation  for 
the  modest  way  in  which  American  officers  live 
in  the  Philippines.  He  says  that  the  regimental 
mess  was  generally  of  the  simplest  description, 
absolutely  devoid  of  luxury.  The  food  was  of 
the  most  humble  kind.  While  many  officers  suf- 
fered from  dysentery  or  other  internal  troubles, 
all  seemed  happy  enough,  and  one  seldom  heard 
a  grumble. 

Some  of  our  officers  at  inaccessible  posts 
seem  to  have  been  overworked  unnecessarily. 
Mr.  Landor  cites  the  case  of  one  officer  who 
filled  no  less  than  fourteen  different  posts,  and, 
after  some  years  of  strain,  broke  down.  Mr. 
Landor  noted,  however,  with  interest,  that  an 
American  officer,  besides  being  a  splendid  soldier, 
"  can  be  switched  on  to  outside  work  of  the 
most  varied  kinds."  Some  of  the  most  prac- 
tical provincial  civil  governors  were  detailed 
from  among  army  officers.  Several  of  the  gov- 
ernment bureaus  in  Manila  were  in  charge  of 
army  men,  and  they  did  not  object  to  running 
farms  and  schools. 

THE    VIRTUES    OF    THE    MAN    IN    THE    RANKS. 

The  private  soldier  seems  to  have  impressed 
Mr.  Landor  hardly  less  favorably.  "  If  you  can 
discard  the  blunt  manner  (which  is  mostly  as- 
sumed to  show  his  independence)  and  the  pro- 


fusion of  swear-words  (which  seem  to  come 
somewhat  more  naturally)  interspersing  his  con- 
versation, there  is  something  very  nice  about 
the  American  soldier.  He  is  intelligently  sim- 
ple in  his  ways,  ever  full  of  resource,  quick  and 
shrewd,  unboundedly  good-natured,  and  possi- 
bly he  is,  of  the  soldiers  of  various  nationalities 
who  have  come  under  my  observation,  the  most 
humane  of  them  all.  I  have  seen  men  in  the 
field,  on  more  than  one  occasion,  whom,  from 
outward  appearances,  one  would  put  down  as 
perfect  brutes,  gentle  and  considerate, — almost 
as  gentle  as  women, — toward  wounded  com- 
rades or  fallen  enemies." 

Mr.  Landor  is  inclined  to  the  opinion  that  the 
American  soldier  is  the  type  of  the  soldier  of 
the  future.  "  He  is  a  general  and  a  tactician  in 
himself.  He  possesses  a  great  deal  of  dash  and 
courage,  much  unconscious  perception  and  nat- 
ural intelligence."  For  fighting  purposes,  Mr. 
Landor  regards  the  American  soldier  at  present 
as  nearly  perfect  as  he  can  be  made  under  ex- 
isting circumstances.  His  health  and  endurance 
are  improving,  but  should  be  made  better.  Mr. 
Landor  thinks  it  a  great  pity  that  the  American 
soldier  drinks  more  copiously  than  wisely,  but 
he  lays  part  of  the  blame  for  that  bad  habit  on 
the  interference  of  the  good  people  at  home  who 
have  abolished  the  canteen. 


EX-PRESIDENT  CLEVELAND  ON  THE  RAILROAD  STRIKE 

OF  1894. 


TEN  years  ago,  a  strike  broke  out  in  the  city 
of  Chicago  which  soon  involved  railroad 
transportation  in  more  than  a  score  of  States  in 
the  West  and  Southwest.  The  widespread  vio- 
lence and  rioting  that  accompanied  this  strike 
have  not  been  equaled  in  any  labor  disturbances 
that  have  occurred  in  recent  years.  The  strike 
attained  its  importance  as  a  menace  to  the  in- 
dustrial peace  of  the  country  through  the  adop 
tion  by  the  American  Railway  Union,  a  newly 
organized  body  of  railway  employees,  of  the 
cause  of  the  Pullman  employees,  who  had  ceased 
work  because  of  a  reduction  of  their  wages. 

On  June  26,  the  American  Railway  Union's 
order  forbidding  the  handling  of  Pullman  cars 
became  operative  throughout  the  membership. 
At  that  time,  the  Pullman  Company's  service 
covered  about  one  hundred  and  twenty-five 
thousand  miles  of  railway,  or  approximately 
three-fourths  of  all  the  railroad  mileage  of  the 
country.  Railroad  companies  which  were  using 
Pullman  cars  also  had  contracts  with  the  United 


States  Government  for  carrying  the  mails,  and 
many  of  them  were  engaged  in  interstate  com- 
merce. In  refusing  to  assist  in  the  hauling  of 
Pullman  cars,  the  membership  of  the  Railway 
Union,  of  course,  interfered  with  the  carriage 
of  the  mails,  and  also  with  interstate  commerce 
in  many  instances.  It  was  this  feature  of  the 
situation  which  made  the  strike  of  great  moment 
to  the  United  States  Government,  and  which 
gives  special  importance  to  the  historical  review 
of  the  strike  by  ex-President  Cleveland  which 
appears  in  the  July  number  of  Mr  ('/tire's. 

Mr.  Cleveland  cites  many  official  documents 
and  reports  which  show  that  the  menace  to  gov- 
ernment interests  was  well  considered  by  the 
federal  officials  at  Chicago  at  an  early  stage  of 
the  strike,  and  that  the  Attorney-General's  office 
at  Washington  took  prompt  and  vigorous  meas- 
ures to  prevent  interference  with  the  mails  and 
with  interstate  commerce.  The  district  attorney 
of  Chicago,  having  reported  by  telegraph,  on 
June  30,  that  mail   trains  in  the  suburbs  of  the 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


85 


city  bad  been  stopped  by  strikers  on  the  previ- 
ous night,  that  an  engine  had  been  cut  off  and 
disabled,  and  that  conditions  were  more  and 
more  likely  to  culminate  in  the  stoppage  of  trains, 
Attorney-General  Olney,  on  the  same  day,  au- 
thorized the  employment  by  the  United  States 
marshal  of  a  force  of  special  deputies,  to  be 
placed  on  trains  to  protect  mails. 

With  reference  to  the  provision  of  the  Con- 
stitution that  the  United  States  shall  protect 
each  of  the  States  against  invasion,  "and  on 
application  of  the  Legislature,  or  of  the  execu- 
tive'when  the  Legislature  cannot  be  convened), 
against  domestic  violence,"  ex-President  Cleve- 
land remarks  that  there  was  plenty  of  domestic 
violence  in  the  city  of  Chicago  and  in  the  State 
of  Illinois  during  the  early  days  of  July,  1894, 
and  that  no  application  was  made  to  the  federal 
government  for  assistance.  "It  was  probably 
a  very  fortunate  circumstance  that  the  presence 
of  the  United  States  soldiers  in  Chicago  at  that 
time  did  not  depend  upon  the  request  or  desire 
of  Governor  Altgeld."  Mr.  Cleveland  then  cites 
the  section  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  the  United 
States  authorizing  the  President  to  call  out  the 
militia,  and  to  employ  the  land  or  naval  forces 
of  the  United  States  to  enforce  the  execution 
of  the  laws,  and  to  suppress  rebellion,  domestic 
violence,  or  combinations. 

On  the  second  day  of  July,  General  Miles, 
who  was  then  commanding  the  Military  Depart- 
ment of  the  Missouri,  at  Chicago,  was  directed 
to  make  arrangements  for  the  transportation  of 
the  entire  garrison  at  Fort  Sheridan, — infantry, 
cavalry,  and  artillery, —  to  the  Chicago  lake 
front.  On  the  same  day,  a  sweeping  injunction 
was  granted  against  Eugene  V.  Debs,  president 
of  the  Railway  Union,  and  other  officials  of  the 
organization,  and  the  special  counsel  of  the 
Government  expressed  the  opinion  that  it  would 
require  the  assistance  of  the  troops  to  protect 
the  transportation  of  the  mails.  On  the  follow- 
ing day,  the  United  States  marshal  at  Chicago, 
seconded  by  Judge  Grosscup  and  the  special 
counsel  of  the  Government,  applied  to  Attorney- 
General  Olney  for  the  assistance  of  the  troops 
in  enforcing  the  injunction,  as  trains  were  ob- 
structed in  entering  the  city.  Orders  were  im- 
mediately sent  to  Chicago  for  the  prompt  move- 
ment of  the  regular  troops,  and  Colonel  Crofton's 
command  arrived  in  the  city  on  the  morning  of 
July  4.  General  Mdes  at  once  assumed  the  di- 
rection of  the  military  movements.  Six  com- 
panies  of  infantry  were  ordered  from  Fort 
Leavenworth,  in  Kansas,  and  two  companies 
from  Fort  Brady,  in  Michigan,  to  Fort  Sheri- 
dan. On  the  next  day.  General  Miles  reported 
the  open  defiance  of  the  injunction  by  the  mob, 


and  he  was  directed  to  concentrate  his  troops, 
that  they  might  act  more  effectively  in  the  exe- 
cution of  orders.  On  the  following  day,  Gen- 
eral Miles  reported  that  of  the  twenty-three 
roads  centering  in  Chicago,  only  six  were  un- 
obstructed in  freight,  passenger,  and  mail  trans- 
portation, thirteen  were  entirely  obstructed,  and 
ten  were  running  only  mail  and  passenger  trains. 
On  July  8,  an  executive  proclamation  was  pub- 
lished in  Chicago  warning  citizens  against  aid- 
ing, countenancing,  encouraging,  or  taking  part 
in  unlawful  obstructions,  combinations,  and  as- 
semblages. Two  days  later,  President  Debs 
and  other  officers  of  the  union  were  arrested  on 
indictments  found  against  them  for  complicity 
in  obstructing  the  mails  and  interstate  commerce. 
A  week  later,  Debs  and  the  other  officers  were 
charged  with  contempt  of  court  in  disobeying 
the  injunction  ;  and,  instead  of  giving  bail  for 
their  freedom,  they  preferred  to  be  sent  to  jail. 
About  this  time,  the  strike  collapsed,  and  on 
July  20  the  last  of  the  United  States  soldiers 
were  withdrawn  from  Chicago  and  returned  to 
the  military  posts  to  which  they  were  attached. 
Debs  and  his  associates,  having  been  found 
guilty  of  contempt  of  court  by  the  circuit  court 
and  sentenced  to  imprisonment  in  the  county 
jail,  an  application  on  their  behalf  was  made  to 
the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  for  a 
writ  of  habeas  corpus.  On  May  27,  1895,  the 
court  rendered  its  decision,  upholding  the  de- 
cision of  the  circuit  court  and  confirming  its 
adjudication  and  the  commitment  to  jail  of  the 
petitioners.  According  to  Justice  Brewer,  the 
two  questions  of  importance  thus  decided  were  : 
First,  are  the  relations  of  the  general  govern- 
ment to  interstate  commerce  and  the  transpor- 
tation of  mails  such  as  authorize  a  direct  inter- 
ference to  prevent  a  forcible  obstruction  thereof  ? 
Second,  if  authority  exists — as  authority  in 
governmental  affairs  implies  both  power  and  duty 
— has  a  court  of  equity  jurisdiction  to  issue  an  in- 
junction in  aid  of  the  performance  of  such  duty  ? 
The  court  answered  both  of  these  questions  in 
the  affirmative,  and  fully  approved  the  imprison- 
ment of  Debs  and  his  associates.  In  concluding 
his  chronicle  of  the  eventful  summer  of  1894, 
Mr.  Cleveland  says  : 

Thus,  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  has 
written  the  concluding  words  of  this  history,  tragical 
in  many  of  its  details,  and  in  every  line  provoking  sober 
reflection.  As  we  gratefully  turn  its  concluding  page, 
those  most  nearly  related  by  executive  responsibility  to 
the  troublous  days  whose  story  is  told  may  well  con- 
gratulate themselves,  especially  on  their  participation 
in  marking  out  the  way  and  clearing  the  path,  now  un- 
changeably established,  which  shall  hereafter  guide 
our  nation  safely  and  surely  in  the  exercise  of  its  func- 
tions, which  represent  the  people's  trust. 


86 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


RUSSIAN  "REFORM"   IN   FINLAND.— THE  FINNISH  CASE. 


THE  assassination  of  Governor-General  Bob- 
rikoff    again    calls  attention    to    Russia's 
■•  benevolent  assimilation  "  of  Finland.    A  nura 
ber  of  Swedish   magazines  consider  the  subject 
in   current  issues.     The  imperial  manifesto  of 


GENERAL  BOBRIKOFF,   RUSSIAN  GOVERNOR  OF   FINLAND. 

(Shot  by  a  Finnish  member  of  the  opposition,  June  15.) 

February,  1899,  intended  to  practically  do  away 
with  the  Finnish  constitution,  failed  utterly  be 
cause  its  authors  ignored  the  Finnish  capacity 
for  resistance;.  So  believes  Konni  Lilliacus,  a 
Finnish  write)-,  who  contributes  to  the  Nordisk 
Revy  (Stockholm)  a  study  of  the  campaign  for 
the  Hussilication  of  Finland.  The  Czar  and  Ins 
advisers,  says  Mr.  Lilliacus,  seem  to  have  for 
gotten  thai  Finnish  development  was  dxw  to 
Finnish  labor  unaided  for  centuries,  and  that 
the  Finns  must,  be  judged  by  another  than  the 
Russian  standard  of  civilization.  Accustomed 
to  blind  obedience  from  their  own  people,  they 
evidently  believed  the  manifesto  would  have 
like  results  in  Finland.  The  Brs1  great  protest 
against  the  decree  seems  to  have  greatly  sur- 
prised the  autocracy.  Officially,  all  the  protests 
were  ignored,  but  the  provisions  of  the  mani- 
festo did  not  go  into  effect,  for  two  years. 


THE    CAMPAIGN    AGAINST    THE    FINNISH    LANGUAOK 

The  next  attack  was  on  the  Finnish  language, 
in  the  form  of  a  decree  requiring  the  use  of 
Russian  in  the  administration  of  the  country. 
This  decree  also  suspended  the  right  to  assemble 
for  meetings. 

But,  really,  neither  of  these  results  was  accom- 
plished. Certificates  testifying  to  a  knowledge  of  Rus- 
sian are  certainly  necessary  for  the  holding  of  official 
positions,  but  no  competent  persons  knowing  the  Rus- 
sian language  cau  be  found  to  fill  the  positions  in  the 
administration  of  the  state.  Nevertheless,  so  much  was 
gained  by  the  proclamation  in  regard  to  the  official  use 
of  Russian  that  the  Finnish  Senators,  who  would  not 
give  their  consent  to  the  enactment  of  the  decree,  re- 
signed their  offices.  Governor-General  Bobrikoff  was 
thus  able  to  fill  their  places  with  persons  who  were 
ready  to  yield  obedience  to  whatever  commands  were 
issued  by  Russia.  Notwithstanding  all  this,  however, 
the  reforms  of  the  military  service  were  not  brought 
nearer  accomplishment.  Even  in  Russia,  within  the 
supreme  council  of  the  empire,  the  proposed  reforms 
were  opposed  by  the  majority.  Yet  the  minority,  con- 
sisting of  the  most  influential  elements  of  the  court, 
experienced  no  great  difficulty  in  obtaining  the  Czar's 
consent  to  the  issue  of  the  new  ukase  entirely  ignoring 
the  existing  law  as  to  the  Finnish  army.  The  ukase 
was  issued  in  1901. 

HEROIC    FIGHT    OF    THE    FINNISH    SENATE. 

But  the  Russian  military  reforms  in  Finland 
were  not  thereby  consummated,  nor  are  they  to 
this  day.  'Idle  ukase  resulted  in  a  new  monster 
petition  of  remonstrance  from  the  Finns,  signed 
by  about  half  a  million  men  and  women,  and 
the  ministers  of  the  churches  refused  to  read 
the  ukase  ffom  the  pulpits. 

The  heavy  penalty  imposed  by  Bobrikoff  upon  the 
disobedient  had  no  effect.  The  governor-general  and 
the  reconstructed  Senate  then  issued  a  proclamation 
that  the  summons  to  army  service  should  not  be  issued, 
as  heretofore,  by  the  Finnish  official  charged  with  that 
duty,  but  upon  notice  from  the  Senate  ;  yet  it  was 
found  impossible  to  get  physicians  for  the  inspection  of 
the  recruits.  For  some  years,  Russian  physicians  were 
appointed,  but  they  were  insufficient  in  number  and 
effectiveness.  It  was  thus  evident  that,  in  spite  of  the 
unlawful  proceedings  of  the  Senate,  the  attempts  to  in- 
troduce the  Russian  military  rules  would  prove  an  en- 
tire fiasco.  In  many  places,  the  summons  was  entirely 
ignored,  not  a  single  recruit  appeared,  and  in  other 
places  only  those  presented  themselves  who  were  cer- 
tain to  be  rejected  on  account  of  bodily  ailments. 

A    MESSENGEB    TO    THE    CZAR. 

In  order  to  save  the  situation,  the  Finnish 
governor  in  Wasa.  Colonel  Bj6rnberg,  undertook 
a  trip  to  St.  Petersburg,  and  obtained  an  audi- 
ence with  the  Czar,  explaining  to  him  the  whole 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


87 


situation, — that  the  Finnish  people  would  never 
consent  to  any  decree  relating  to  the  new  mili- 
tary service  which  would  originate  in  a  manner 
contrary  to  the  law  of  the  country. 

The  Czar  listened  with  the  greatest  interest,  thanked 
the  governor,  reproaching  him  for  not  having  laid  the 
matter  before  him  sooner,  and  commanded  the  Finnish 
secretary  of  state  at  St.  Petersburg,  M.  von  Plehve,  to 
-i live  the  difficult  problem.  The  Czar  was  for  the  mo- 
ment so  convinced  of  the  perversity  of  the  political 
methods  of  General  Bobrikoff  that  his  successor,  Prince 
Sviatopolak-.Miriskij,  was  determined  upon,  and  M.  von 
Plehve  sent  a  communication  to  the  Finnish  Senate 
to  the  effect  that  the  summons  to  military  service 
should  be  suspended  and  that  the  Finnish  body  guard 
should  be  consolatcd  by  voluntarily  paid  enlistments. 

BOBRIKOFF    SAVES    HIMSELF. 

This  communication  caused  great  consterna- 
tion to  General  Bobrikoff,  who  thereupon  con- 
vened the  Senate.  It  was  the  sense  of  that 
body  that  at  present  nothing  could  be  accom- 
plished along  the  former  lines. 

All  left  the  assembly  with  the  impression  that  even 
the  governor-general  deemed  it  best  to  follow  the  advice 
(it  M.  von  Plehve.  But  General  Bobrikoff  seems  to  have 
conceived  another  idea  very  soon.    Next  day,  a  new  con- 


sultation was  had  with  some  members  of  the  Senate, 
resulting  in  a  letter  to  M.  von  Plehve  stating  that  his 
understanding  of  the  conditions  prevailing  in  Finland 
was  wrong,  being  the  result  of  misinformation  furnished 
by  irresponsible  parties,  and  stating,  further,  that  the 
calls  for  military  service  could  be  accomplished  without 
difficulty.  The  letter  was  instantly  presented  to  the 
Czar,  who  thereby  was  made  to  waver  in  his  policy. 
Other  skillful  explanations  were  added.  Bobrikoff  was 
saved,  and  the  efforts  to  accomplish  the  calls  were  con- 
tinued. 

The  final  result  was  that  about  40  per  cent, 
of  the  thirty  thousand  summoned  appeared,  many 
of  them  utterly  unfit  for  service. 

Of  those  approved  for  service,  many  seemed  to  have 
changed  their  minds  about  the  matter,  for  to  this  day 
the  government  has  not  been  able  to  make  up  the  Fin- 
nish body  guard,  which  should  have  been  filled  out  the 
1st  of  last  November.  Now,  it  was  necessary  to  find  a  way 
by  which  such  stubborn  resistance  could  be  overcome, — 
a  resistance  fostered  by  the  supreme  court,  which  con- 
stantly refused  to  decide  otherwise  than  according  to 
the  laws  of  Finland.  Those  refusing  service  were,  with- 
out exception,  set  free,  and  then  it  happened  that  even 
pleas  were  brought  against  such  governors  as  have 
caused  the  arresting  of  the  recruits  contrary  to  the  law. 
The  Russian  governor  in  Nyland  was  thus  stubbornly 
resisted  by  his  inferiors  every  time  an  attempt  was  made 
to  overstep  law  and  constitution. 


THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR  AND   EUROPEAN  OPINION. 


THERE  is  no  doubt  that  the  European  na- 
tions are  more  influenced  in  their  opin- 
ion on  the  Russo-Japanese  war  by  the  beginning 
of  hostilities  without  a  declaration  and  the  fact 
that  a  European  people  is  fighting  an  Asiatic 
race  than  by  any  other  considerations,  and  to  a 
much  larger  extent  than  can  be  easily  appre- 
ciated in  the  United  States.  A  French  writer 
on  international  politics,  Rene  Pinon,  contributes 
to  the  Revue  des  Deux  Mondes  an  exhaustive  study 
of  the  attitude  in  Europe,  country  by  country. 
The  war  presents,  he  says,  most  dramatic  features 
and  the  strongest  claims  upon  the  interest  and 
concern  of  Europe. 

Breaking  out  abruptly  at  a  moment  when  the  gen- 
eral aspirations  were  for  peace,  the  first  news  of  the 
Russo-Japanese  conflict  has  produced  a  profound  sen- 
sation throughout  the  entire  world.  It  has  scandalized 
the  "pacifists,"  coming  as  a  disappointment  to  their 
hopes.  In  a  single  night  it  broke  up  the  world's  game 
of  politics.  The  attention  of  the  nations  has  been 
turned  to  this  great  duel,  the  decisive  importance  of 
which,  for  their  own  futures,  they  realize  too  well.  The 
far-away  field  of  battle  ;  the  vastness  of  the  forces  let 
loose  by  the  power  of  the  conflicting  states,  one  of 
which  is  European  ;  the  immense  railroad,  at  the  end 
of  which  the  drama  is  being  enacted  ;  the  country  with 
the  barbarian  names,  which  have  no  place  in  our  his- 
tory, and  which  our  lips  almost  refuse  to  pronounce  ; 


the  barbarian  peoples,  Manchus  and  Mongols,  who,  in 
ancient  times,  under  their  inflexible  emperor,  Genghis 
Khan,  were  the  conquerors  of  the  world,  and  who,  with 
terrible  suddenness,  have  reappeared  upon  the  scene  ; 
the  country  itself  where  the  action  is  unfolding ;  the 
trains  dragging  their  slow  way  across  the  ice  under 
moonless  nights  ;  the  silent,  gliding  torpedoes, — all 
these  have  contributed  to  deepen  the  impression  which 
the  war,  in  its  first  hour,  produced  upon  the  European 
peoples. 

SHOULD    SOCIALISTS    SYMPATHIZE    WITH    RUSSIA  ? 

As  to  the  real  opinion  of  the  European  peo- 
ples, M.  Pinon  says  there  has  been  considerable 
misapprehension.  In  the  first  place,  he  does  not 
hesitate  to  denounce  as  false  most  of  the  reports 
of  Japanese  victories — this  "deluge  of  apocry- 
phal victories  and  imaginary  triumphs."  These 
reports,  he  believes,  have  been  manufactured  for 
the  purpose  of  stimulating  English  and  Ameri- 
can enthusiasm,  and  of  bringing  about,  if  possi- 
ble, a  diplomatic  or  military  intervention  in  favor 
of  Japan.  In  general,  he  holds,  thinking  people 
in  Europe  are  indignant  at  Japan  for  breaking 
the  peace,  and  have  "expressed  their  sympathy 
with  the  initiator  of  the  Hague  Peace  Confer- 
ence, the  Czar  of  Peace."  Even  the  Socialists, 
he  contends,  do  sympathize,  or  ought  to  sympa- 
thize, with  Russia. 


88 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


If  the  Socialist  parties  were,  in  reality,  that  which 
would  attract  popular  support  ;  that  is,  if  they  were, 
above  all  things,  interested  in  the  betterment  of  the  lot 
of  the  laboring  classes,  or,  again,  if  they  were  organized 
to  bring  about  the  collectivization  of  the  means  of  pro- 
duction, their  sympathy  iu  this  conflict  ought  to  be 
with  Russia ;  at  the  very  most,  they  ought  to  remain 
neutral.  The  empire  of  the  Czar  is  a  nation  of  peasants, 
of  small  cultivators.  Industry  on  a  large  scale  is  of  re- 
cent creation,  and  it  takes  the  attention  of  only  a  frac- 
tion, comparatively  unimportant,  of  the  population. 
The  workingmen  in  the  Russian  factories  are  not  ex- 
ploited and  oppressed  as  they  are  in  Germany,  in  Eng- 
land, or  in  France.  The  village  community  known  as 
the  Mir, — does  not  this  actually  realize  a  type  of  col- 
lective property  ?  And,  finally,  if  ever,  during  the  past 
century,  any  sovereign  accomplished  a  deed  which  could 
by  right  be  called  socialistic — was  not  this  the  emanci- 
pation of  the  serfs  by  the  ukase  of  Alexander  the  Sec- 
ond, followed  by  these  measures  which  have  gradually 
contributed  to  bringing  about  free  tenantcy  of  land  and 
of  a  class  of  small  proprietors  ? 

THE  HARD  LOT  OF  LABOR  IN  JAPAN. 

Japan,  on  the  other  hand,  he  says,  is  the  coun- 
try in  which  women  and  children  are  "more 
odiously  exploited  "  than  in  any  other  country 
of  the  world.  They  are  really  in  slavery.  He 
has  heard  terrible  things  about  the  moral  suf- 
ferings  that  the  Japanese  factory  workers   re- 


JOHN   BULL  ani>   TDK   DARDANELLES 


"Nothing  shall  pass  there  1"  John  Hull  cries  aloud  to  the 
universe,  as  he  plants  his  Qtlge  foot  on  the  Dardanelles. 

Russia,  disdaining  these  clamors,  cuts  a  way  through  the 

foot  with  her  torpedo  boats,  and  mutilated  John  Hull  cries 
aloud  to  the  high  heavens.     From  Silhouette  (Paris). 


reive,  and  calls  Tokio  "a  hell  for  workers." 
The  "yellow  peril,"  he  says,  is  not  by  any 
means  imaginary  ;  it  is  terribly  real,  especially 
in  an  economic  sense.  Japan,  he  says,  is  the 
hope  of  the  Socialists  and  other  opponents  of 
modern  governmental  systems.  "  The  torpedoes 
and  cannons  of  Admiral  Togo  are  the  most  revo- 
lutionary of  ideas."  Between  the  two  combat- 
ants, "all  the  revolutionaries  have  no  hesitation 
as  to  where  to  place  their  sympathy.  They  are 
for  Japan."  Russia  is  against  all  revolution  by 
"  the  prestige  of  her  great  military  successes 
and  all  the  resources  of  her  diplomacy  and  her 
alliances."  Besides,  he  continues,  all  thought- 
ful people  in  Europe  sympathize  with  a  Euro- 
pean nation  against  an  Asiatic. 

Considering  other  Slav  peoples  of  the  Conti- 
nent, he  declares  that  the  Bohemians,  Croats, 
Servians,  and  others  are  apt  to  favor  Japan,  as 
they  are  interested  in  a  change  in  the  Balkans. 
The  Poles  "diligently  seek  every  means  of 
proving  their  hatred  toward  Russia."  But,  he 
claims,  the  persecution  to  which  they  have  been, 
and  are  continually,  subjected  in  Germany  should 
indicate  that  Prussia  is  a  more  dangerous  enemy 
than  the  Muscovite,  "which  is,  after  all,  a  kin- 
dred people."  He  even  believes  that  the  Poles 
will  find  in  this  war  inducements  to  make  com- 
mon cause  with  Russia  because  of  community 
of  race.  The  Hungarians,  being  a  Turanian 
people,  naturally  wish  for  a  victory  for  Japan, 
another  member  of  the  Turanian  family.  Be- 
sides, the  Hungarians  hate  Russia. 

GERMAN    OPINION    IS    DIVIDED. 

In  the  nature  of  things,  Germans  are  anti- 
Russian. 

An  instinct  of  race,  with  memories  through  long 
centuries,  has  made  Germany  regard  Russia,  the  cham- 
pion of  Slavism,  as  her  enemy.  Bound  up  as  they  are  in 
the  idea  of  "deutsche  cultur,"  which  they  regard  as  the 
ideal  civilization,  the  Germans  can  never  forgive  Russia 
for  despoiling  the  Baltic  provinces  and  reducing  Fin- 
land. The  resistance  of  the  Poles  iu  Posen  to  the  civ- 
ilization of  "the  superior  race"  has  always  seemed  to 
them  [the  Germans]  another  score  against  Slavism. 
Every  good  German  has  had  the  nightmare  of  a  future 
in  which  German  civilization  would  be  crushed  beneath 
the  heel  of  a  Cossack.  Russian  expansion  is  a  national 
peril  for  Germany. 

Besides,  Russia  is  the  ally  of  Prance.  Ger- 
man Socialists,  and  revolutionary  thinkers  gen- 
erally, also  naturally  favor  Japan  as  the  possible 
instrument  of  humbling  Russia.  At  the  same 
time,  Germany  cannot  forget  that  she  is  a  mod- 
ern, commercial,  and  industrial  state  ;  and  the 
possibility  of  a  ruinous  competition  with  Japan 
in  the  markets  of  the  world  has  appeared  so  im- 
minent that  a  number  of  the  German  journals, 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


89 


the    Hamburger    Nachrichteu,    for    example,  have 
declared  against  Japan. 

At  first,  the  Italian  press,  and  public  opinion 
generally,  this  writer  declares,  were  in  favor  of 
Japan.  The  struggles  for  united  Italy,  also. 
against  the  House  of  Austria  naturally  made 
liberal  and  revolutionary  Italy  regard  the  Rus- 
sian autocracy  as  her  enemy.  Later,  however, 
we  are  told,  the  alliance  with  Germany  and  the 
increased  cordial  relations  with  France,  Russia's 
ally,  have  shown  that  "if  Russia  should  win  but 
one  great  victory,  she  would  have  finally  and  com- 
pletely the  most  ardent  admiration  of  the  Italian 
people."  The  small  countries,  such  as  Switzer- 
land, Belgium,  Holland,  and  Denmark,  are  mostly 
anti-Russian,  because,  M.  Pinon  points  out,  they 
are  in  a  large  measure  Protestant,  and  saturated 
by  revolutionary  ideas,  and,  moreover,  are  afraid 
of  their  large  autocratic  neighbors.  The  two 
great  enemies  of  Russia  and  friends  of  Japan 
are  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States. 

ENGLISH    OPINION    VERY    ANTI-RUSSIAN. 

In  England,  opinion  is  almost  unanimously 
pro-Japanese. 

In  England,  the  press  and  the  public,  with  scarcely 
an  exception,  have  manifested  a  profound  and  sponta- 
neous aversion  for  Russia  and  enthusiastic  sympathy 
for  Japan.  The  crowds  of  London  and  other  large 
English  cities,  of  the  imperialistic  meetings,  of  the  mu- 
sic halls,  cheer  for  "dear  little  Japan,"  and  enjoy  the 
sensational  dispatches  edited  for  their  benefit  which 
announce  some  marvelous  exploit  of  the  battleships  or 
torpedo  boats  of  Japan.  To  the  bourgeoise  or  the  Eng- 
lish workman,  the  Japanese  are  allies,  friends,  and  pu- 
pils. It  pleases  them  to  believe  that  Japan  is  the  Great 
Britain  of  the  far  East,  and  that  she  has,  like  their  own 
England,  intrusted  her  fortune  to  the  ocean,  and  placed 
her  hope  in  industry  and  commerce.  Most  of  the  war- 
ships and  cannon  of  Admiral  Togo  were  made  in  Brit- 
ish shops,  and  the  English  are  watching  with  intense 
interest  the  experiments  which  are  testing  the  methods 
of  their  own  admiralty.  .  .  .  The  British  jingo  has 
learned  to  hate  Russia.  He  sees  the  Cossack,  with  his 
great  sheepskin  cap,  his  lance  poised,  ready  to  descend 
from  the  heights  of  the  Hindu- Kush  upon  the  empire 
of  India,  to  the  Persian  Gulf,  to  seize  Peking  and  rav- 
ish Constantinople,  to  banish  from  Asia  the  British 
flag,  and  to  smother  in  his  great  arms  British  civiliza- 
tion and  British  imperial  commerce. 

America's  pro-japanese  attitude. 

Americans,  this  writer  holds,  sympathize  with 
Japan  really  because  they  recognize  that  in  Rus- 
sia is  a  formidable  obstacle  to  American  com- 
merce in  Asia. 

"Business  is  business"  has  made  the  Yankees  unable 
to  see  far.  They  concern  themselves  only  with  the  im- 
mediate future.  They  do  not  ask  whether  or  not  a 
victory  for  Japan  and  the  establishment  of  Japanese 
hegemony  in  China  would  be  followed  by  the  expulsion 


of  all  the  whites  from  the  continent  ;  whether  this 
would  not  mean  an  exclusively  yellow  industrial  civi- 
lization ;  and  whether  a  Japanized  China  would  not  be 
the  most  dangerous  competitor  of  American  commerce. 
They  only  see  that  at  present  the  Russian  power  seems 
like  a  limitation  on  their  activity,  and  for  this  they  in- 
cline to  the  side  of  Japan. 

This  writer  finds  some  remarkable  divisions 
of  sympathy  in  the  United  States.  He  has  dis- 
covered that  '-the  Yankee  is  prompt  in  his  en- 
thusiasm, but  he  is  often  the  dupe  of  a  generosity 
which  is  incompletely  informed."  He  believes 
in  Japan  because  of  her  "initiative,  the  rapidity 
of  her  economic  advance,  her  passion  for  novelty, 
her  ability  to  help  herself,  her  penchant  for 
bluff."  The  Russian  autocracy  has  been  mis- 
represented to  the  American.  To  him,  Russia  is 
•■an  incarnate  anachronism,  an  organization 
founded  on  fanaticism  and  force,  on  the  stifling 
of  the  liberty  and  the  abasement  of  the  people." 
M.  Pinon  has  discovered  that  the  most  ardent 
partisans  of  Japan  in  the  United  States  are  the 
Poles,  the  Armenians,  the  Jews,  and  the  Rus- 
sian refugees,  such  as  the  Finns,  and  the  an- 
archists of  all  the  countries.  The  Irish,  how- 
ever, he  says,  are  strongly  in  favor  of  Russia. 
The  United  States  Government,  he  admits,  is 
quite  correct  in  its  attitude  of  neutrality,  and 
has  paid  no  attention  to  the  excited  pro-Japanese 
attitude  of  the  people.  President  Roosevelt,  he 
says,  no  doubt  perceives  that  in  the  American 
future  in  the  Pacific  the  Japanese  are  the  real 
rivals  of  his  country. 

FRANCE  TRUE  TO  HER  ALLY. 

The  people  of  all  the  nations,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  France,  he  declares  in  conclusion,  have 
come  to  their  sympathy  for  Japan  because  of 


€E<^ 


Gaelic  Cock  :  "Mon  Dieu !  if  they  both  begin  to  move  at 
the  same  time  in  opposite  directions  ! " 

From  Budelnik  (St.  Petersburg) . 


90 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


their  aversion  for  Russia.     The    French  people,      liance  as  unpatriotic,  and  declares  that  the   Rus- 


he  insists,  have  a  real  affection  for  Russia,  and 
the  present  war  has  given  the  great  majority  of 
Frenchmen  an  opportunity  to  show  their  sym- 
pathies for  their  ally.  He  deprecates  the  So- 
cialist denunciation  of  the    Franco-Russian  al- 


sian  spirit  shown  in  the  heroic  defense  of  the 
Variag  and  the  Korietz,  the  obedience  of  the 
Russian  soldier,  and  the  military  spirit  have  en- 
deared the  Russians  to  the  French,  who  love 
military  glory  and  heroism. 


THE  AWAKENING  OF   RUSSIA. 


AN  insight  into  what  the  Russian  people — 
those  who  have  no  printed  voice — are 
thinking  at  the  present  juncture  is  furnished  by 
an  article  under  the  above  title  which  appears 
in  the  Scandinavian  magazine  Nordisk  Revy 
(Stockholm).  The  writer,  Felix  Volkoffsky,  is 
a  Russian  student  who  knows  whereof  he  speaks 
when  he  describes  the  recent  rioting  in  the 
streets  of  St.  Petersburg  and  other  cities,  with 
the  encounters  between  the  workmen  and  stu- 
dents on  one  side  and  the  soldiers  and  police  on 
the  other. 

The  Russian  military  officer,  says  this  writer, 
is  by  no  means  the  haughty  and  arrogant  person 
his  Prussian  counterpart  is  always  represented 
as  being.  He  would  never  answer,  as  did  the 
Prussian  who,  when  asked  whether  he  would 
fire  on  the  people  if  ordered,  replied,  "Yes,  with 
the  greatest  of  pleasure."  The  Slav  character 
would  not  admit  of  this.  The  Czar  Alexander 
III.  attempted  to  Germanize  the  army  and  to 
introduce  the  "honor  for  the  uniform"  by  im- 
porting the  duel,  but  the  plan  failed. 

In  spite  of  an  active  service  of  four  years,  during 
which  the  Russian  soldier  is  drilled  solely  in  the  inter- 
est of  the  autocracy,  there  is  not  time  enough  to  extin- 
guish the  love  for  home  and  village  in  the  soul  of  the 
soldier,  nor  can  it  make  him  incapable  of  understand- 
ing the  interest  of  the  peasant,  or  make  him  forget 
what  he  forfeits  in  shooting  defenseless  men,  women, 
and  children.  This  feeling  is  not  only  due  to  human- 
ity. The  soldier  hates  and  despises  the  gendarme,  and 
the  Russian  army  officer  is  unwilling  to  put  down 
political  demonstrations,  because  he  regards  this  as 
cowardly  work,  fit  only  for  gendarmes  and  Cossacks. 

SPREAD  OF  REVOLUTIONARY  PROPAGANDA. 

Mr.  Volkoffsky  goes  on  to  say  that  while  the 
autocratic  government  would  no  doubt  be  able 
to  suppress  any  extensive  popular  uprising,  the 
fact  is  nevertheless  becoming  more  and  more 
apparent  that  the  propaganda  of  the  revolution- 
ary elements  among  the  military  is  advancing 
surely.  The  autocracy  and  its  tools  can  hence- 
forth never  be  sure  of  escaping  insubordination. 
What  this  writer  calls  the  "utter  unbelief  of 
the  peasants  in  the  efficiency  of  the  present 
government,"  which  is  almosl  universal,  is  illus 


trated  by  the  following   true  and   typical  inci- 
dent : 

In  a  village  of  the  government  of  Perm,  the  farmers 
were  accustomed  to  take  their  fuel  from  an  adjacent 
wood,  in  the  belief  that  the  wood  belonged  to  them  by 
right  of  a  decree  from  the  time  of  the  Czar,  Peter  the 
Great.  There  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  existence  of  the 
document.  Yet  suddenly  there  came  an  announcement 
from  the  owner  of  the  neighboring  ironworks,  who  still 
kept  the  peasants  in  a  sort  of  slavery,  that  both  the 
ground  and  the  wood  belonged  to  him.  Policemen  were 
sent  to  enforce  the  command  and  arrest  the  disobedient. 
On  account  of  the  menacing  attitude  of  the  peasants, 
the  police  were  forced  to  retreat,  and  when  appearing, 
the  next  day,  in  larger  numbers,  shots  were  fired  at 
them.  Finally,  with  the  help  of  two  companies  of  in- 
fantry, and  after  making  use  of  the  bayonet,  the  au- 
thorities succeeded  in  arresting  thirty-nine  peasants. 
Thirty  of  these  were  condemned  to  hard  work  in  the 
mines  for  ten  years.  The  Russian  press  was  not  allowed 
to  publish  the  facts,  but  they  appeared  later  in  a  Rus- 
sian secret  paper.  The  resistance  of  the  peasants  was 
planned  long  ago,  and  they  had  already  chosen  a  leader 
whose  purpose  was  to  go  to  St.  Petersburg  and,  if  neces- 
sary, appeal  to  the  courts. 

SECRET    DISTRIBUTION    OF    LITERATURE. 

Before  the  advent  of  the  Social  Democratic 
movement  in  Russia,  says  this  writer,  there  was 
no  hope  for  the  peasant.  Now,  heavy  shipments 
of  secret  literature  in  the  very  language  of  the 
peasants  are  imported,  in  spite  of  the  watchful- 
ness of  the  customs  officers,  and  powerful  agra- 
rian organizations  have  arisen.  The  millions  of 
copies  of  literature  printed  within  the  empire 
reach,  also,  most  of  the  villages,  when;  they  are 
bought  chiefly  by  workingmen. 

In  these  writings,  the  Czar  is  never  represented  as 
the  friend  of  the  common  people.  Indeed,  this  thought 
is  always  made  ridiculous.  The  peasants  value  these 
writings,  and  conceal  them  from  the  officials.  A  priest 
who  once  betrayed  them  was  punished  by  cutting  off 
his  pay.  Not  less  important  are  the  facts  which  the 
police  discovered  in  the  government  of  Minsk.  They 
found  there  a  number  of  secret  groups,  or  circles,  of 
peasants  that  possessed  a  sort  of  circulating  library, 
and  received  papers  and  magazines,  gathered  together 
for  t  he  discussion  of  political  and  economic  questions. 
This  organization  was  considered  so  dangerous  thai 
one  hundred  and  fifty  farmers  were  imprisoned  during 
the  course  of  the  investigation,  while  those  looked  upon 

as  leaders  were  sent  to  St.   Petersburg  for  trial. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OE  THE  MONTH. 


91 


THE   RELATIVE  EXPENSE  OF  THE  WAR. 


RUSSIA  is  under  three  times  as  heavy  an 
expense  as  Japan  in  carrying  on  the  war, 
declares  the  Korea  //<<  ew  (Seoul).  Therefore — 
contrary  to  the  understanding  of  the  rest  of  the 
world — the  Japanese  will  prolong  the  war  as 
much  as  possible.     In  order  to    make    it    (the 


lU'SSIA   DRIVING   THE  JAPANESE  OUT  OE   KOREA   INTO  THE  ! 

(From  a  popular  cartoon  sold  in  the  streets  in  Russia.) 

Japanese  plan)  succeed,  it  was  necessary  to 
have  complete  command  of  the  sea  and  render 
it  impossible  to  feed  the  Russian  army  by  any 
other  avenue  than  the  Siberian  Railway.  This 
the  Japanese  have  done,  and  the  next  step  is  to 
keep  things  moving  fast  enough  to  make  it  neces- 
sary for  Russia  to  support  an  enormous  army  in 
Manchuria  at  three  times  the  cost  of  keeping  a 


Japanese  army  there.  If  the  Russians  want  to 
stop  the  suicidal  expenditure,  they  must  drive 
the  Japanese  army  off  the  southern  point  of 
Korea  ;  but  the  nature  of  the  Korean  country 
is  such  that  the  Russians  would  be  constantly 
fighting  an  uphill  game  with  the  ever-present 
danger  of  a  Japanese  army  landing  in 
their  rear  and  cutting  off  their  communi- 
cations. The  editor  of  the  Korea  Review 
says,  at  this  point  : 

We  very  much  doubt  whether  the  Japanese 
wish  to  bring  the  matter  to  the  issue  of  a  single 
great  battle.     Japan  is  now  paying  for  some- 
thing like  fifty  thousand  meu  on  the  field  [this 
was  written   in  April],  while  Russia  is  prob- 
ably paying  for  six  times  that  number  ;   and 
when  we  take  into  account  the  vastly  greater 
expense  of    putting    Russian    troops    in    the 
field,    we   might  be  within  bounds  in    saying 
that  Russia's  daily  expenditure  is  ten  times  as 
great  as  that  of  Japan.  At  that  rate,  Japan  can 
afford  to  play  the  waiting  game.    This  looks  the 
more  likely  when  we  notice  the  satisfaction  with 
which  Japan  views  the  restriction  of  the  bellig- 
erent territory  and  the  arrangement  which  she 
has  made  with  Korea  ;  for,  whereas  it  prevents 
Russia  from  drawing  supplies  from  any   far- 
Eastern  territory  excepting  Manchuria,  which  in  a  state 
of  war  will  produce  comparatively  little,  it  leaves  Japan 
free  to  draw  upon  the  enormous  agricultural  resources 
of  Korea,   which,   being  in  the  southern  part    of  the 
peninsula,  will  be  out  of  the  area  of  actual  hostilities 
at  least  until  the  Russians  have  succeeded  in  pushing 
the  Japanese  to  the  wall.     And  before  this  can  be  ac- 
complished Russia  will  have  drained  every  bourse  in 
Europe  and  beggared  her  own  people. 


RUSSIAN   EMIGRATION  TO  SIBERIA. 


WHEN  Russia  was  planning  the  Trans-Si- 
berian Railway,  in  1890,  she  began  to 
consider  the  advisability  of  encouraging  the  emi- 
gration of  Russian  peasants  to  Siberia,  "  for  the 
purpose  of  facilitating  the  building  and  rapidly 
achieving  results."  The  methods  employed  by 
the  government  to  further  this  emigration  are 
described  by  Mining  Engineer  Bruno  Simmer- 
bach  in  the  Preussische  Jahrbucher  (Berlin).  In 
1  892,  Finance  Minister  Witte  undertook  to  or- 
ganize and  regulate  the  emigration.  Fourteen 
million  rubles  out  of  the  sum  appropriated  for  the 
railway  were  set  aside  for  colonization  purposes, 
surveying,  aiding  the  settlers,  etc.  That  amount 
was  increased  to' 21,900,000  rubles  in  1897,  in 
order  that  the  newly  appointed  Trans-Siberian 
Committee  might  have  a  definite  yearly  fund  at 
its  disposal  for  carrying  on  its  work.     This  large 


expenditure  on  the  part  of  the  Russian  Govern- 
ment for  the  purpose  of  cultivating  the  Siberian 
wastes,  says  Mr.  Simmerbach,  is  unparalleled  in 
history.  ■  The  committee  is  proceeding  system 
atically,  beginning  by  carefully  surveying  the 
Siberian  crown  lands,  with  due  regard  to  the 
forests,  which  are  to  be  preserved.  In  some 
years,  as  many  as  two  hundred  surveyors  w<  re 
examining  and  laying  out  different  areas  of  that 
vast  stretch  of  land.  Roads  were  built,  and, 
wherever  it  was  found  necessary,  as  in  the  re- 
gion of  the  steppes,  in  the  government  of  Tomsk, 
hydrotechnic  work  was  undertaken,  as  drilling 
wells,  building  dikes,  draining  swamps,  etc., 
thereby  making  accessible  to  cultivation  large 
tracts  of  land  which  hitherto  had  been  regarded 
as  uncultivable.  Fifteen  dessyatina  (about  thirty- 
seven  and   one-half  acres)  are  assigned    to  each 


92 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


adult  settler.  The  immigrants  are  also  aided 
otherwise, — they  get  special  rates  on  the  rail- 
road, and  occasionally  teams  to  carry  them  to 
their  destination  ;  money  is  loaned  to  them  in 
sums  up  to  one  hundred  rubles,  or  an  average 
of  fifty  to  seventy  rubles  per  family,  repayable 
in  from  ten  to  twenty  years  ;  timber  from  the 
state  forests  and  farming  implements  are  fur- 
nished at  low  cost.  Along  the  whole  railway 
line,  beginning  at  Chelyabinsk,  storehouses  and 
medical  stations  have  been  erected,  where  the 
sick  and  needy  receive  free  treatment  and  hot 
meals.  In  1  900,  there  were  about  thirty  of  these 
stations,  costing  the  government  three  hundred 
thousand  rubles.  These  favorable  conditions 
have  induced  large  numbers  of  Russians  to  mi- 
grate to  the  newly  opened  country,  averaging 
one  hundred  and  thirty-seven  thousand  a  year 
since  18915,  while  before  that  time  only  about 
forty-five  thousand  a  year  settled  in  Siberia. 

Aside    from    its    industrial    importance,   this 
colonization  has  also   a  political  aspect, — name- 


ly, as  a  means  of  opposing  the  expansion  of  the 
yellow  race  in  Siberia. 

Special  attention  has  been  paid  to  this  colonization, 
in  view  of  the  political  conditions  in  the  far  East;  the 
time  seemed  to  call  for  a  counterbalance  to  the  ad- 
vance of  the  yellow  race  in  Siberia,  and  the  Russian 
peasant  appeared  best  fitted  to  act  as  a  check.  The 
Russian  Government  was  beginning  to  view  with  alarm 
the  increasing  Chinese  invasion  of  its  territory,  since 
the  national  and  industrial  movement  of  the  yellow 
race  which  is  now  under  way  may  become  portentous 
in  its  consequences.  At  first,  Chinese  laborers  were  im- 
ported to  help  build  the  Trans-Baikal  stretch  of  the 
railway,  on  account  of  their  capacity  for  work,  and 
also  because  they  are  satisfied  with  one- half  of  the 
wages  demanded  by  the  Russian  laborer.  The  coolie 
earning  from  five  to  six  rubles  a  month  will  have  sonic 
savings  to  send  home.  The  number  of  coolies  employed 
on  the  railway  is,  however,  inconsiderable  in  proportion 
to  the  number  employed  in  the  gold  mines,  for  the 
dearth  of  labor  forces  the  mine  operators  to  resort  to 
the  coolies.  Although  Russia  may  gain  political  ad 
vantages  over  the  Chinese  state,  she  will  in  the  end  be 
obliged  to  retire  before  the  Chinese  people. 


THE  POSSIBLE  EFFECTS  OF  A  JAPANESE  VICTORY. 


IN  an  article  entitled  "  Twenty  Years  After  the 
Russo-Japanese  War"  which  appears  in  the 
Taiyo  (Tokio),  Mr.  Saburo  Shimada,  one  of  the 
most  prominent  figures  in  the  Japanese  House 
of  Representatives  since  his  country  inaugurated 
a  constitutional  government,  forecasts  some  of 
the  possible  effects  of  final  victory  which,  accord- 
ing to  the  author,  Japan  is  more  than  likely  to 
gain  in  the  war  with  Russia.  He  commences 
by  predicting  that  the  conclusion  of  the  treaty 
of  peace  satisfactory  to  the  victorious  nation  may 
come  in  not  less  than  three  years,  although  the 
actual  warfare  may  not  last  longer  than  two 
years.  The  raison  d'etre  of  the  declaration  of 
war  on  the  part  of  Japan,  he  asserts,  is  directly 
the  maintenance  of  peace  in  the  far  East,  and, 
indirectly,  in  the  world  at  large.  Accusing  the 
belligerent  conservatives  of  Russia  of  being  the 
leading  disturbers  of  the  world's  peace,  he  says  : 

Except  for  the  antiquated  conservatives &f  the  lius- 
sijin  Empire,  there  is  no  instrumentality  that  assists  in 
disturbing  the  peace  of  the  far  East.  The  traditional 
policy  of  England  and  America  in  the  East  is  to  promote 
their  commercial  and  industrial  interests.  The  French 
enterprise  in  southern  China  and  the  German  coloniza- 
tion in  eastern  ( 'hina  are  at  bot  toin  nothing  but  a  means 

of  establishing  commercial  predominance  in  the  Orient. 

It  is,  consequently,  natural  that  these  powers  are  anx- 
ious to  maintain  peace,  avoiding  warfare  as  much  as 
possible.     The  rulers  and  statesmen  of  France  and  Ger 

many,  it  is  true,  are  more  frequently  apt  to  be  warlike, 


HON.   SAIH'UO  SIUMA11A,    OK    I'll!'.  JAPANESE    PARLIAMENT. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


93 


a^  compared  with  those  of  England  and  America.  But 
even  in  these  Continental  countries  public  opinion  is 
becoming  so  powerful  that  the  belligerent  ambition  of 
their  rulers  and  statesmen  is  often  checkmated.  The 
only  power  where  public  opinion  cannot  likewise  move 
its  ruler  is  the  Russian  Empire.  To  be  sure,  there  are 
not  wanting,  in  Russia,  those  foreseeing  men  who  fear 
to  see  their  country  involved  in  international  conflict. 
But  the  existing  political  condition  of  Russia  disre- 
gards the  wise  advice  of  these  thoughtful  men.  If,  as 
i  In-  outcome  of  the  present  war,  Russia  should  become 
destitute  of  naval  base  in  the  Oriental  seas  and  deprived 
of  strategic  points  in  eastern  Asia,  the  main  cause  of 
disturbance  to  the  peace  of  the  far  East  would  be  re- 
moved. 

RESTRICTION    OF    RUSSIA'S    ARMAMENT. 

Following  a  precedent  established  by  Euro- 
pean powers  which  restricted  Russia's  armament 
on  the  Black  Sea  after  the  Crimean  War,  Mr. 
Shimada  suggests  a  rigid  restriction  of  Russian 
naval  force  in  the  far- Eastern  watei-s.  He 
further  claims  it  necessary  to  place  the  island  of 
Saghalien  in  Japan's  hands,  not  so  much  be- 
cause Japan  has  great  fishing  interests  on  the 
island  as  because  the  latter  possesses  rich  coal 
mines  which  are  liable  to  be  utilized  by  the  war- 
like Russians,  not  for  industrial  so  much  as  for 
belligerent  purposes.  "  If  the  military  prowess 
of  Russia  be  curtailed  to  such  an  extent  as  I 
have  suggested,"  says  Mr.  Shimada,  "  it  will  not 
be  Japan  alone  which  will  be  enabled  to  lessen 
the  present  military  equipment  both  on  sea  and 
on  land.  All  the  other  powers  as  well  will  be 
relieved  of  a  considerable  portion  of  their  ag- 
gravatingly  heavy  military  burdens." 


Commenting  on  the  prediction  of  De  Tocque- 
ville  that  the  two  greatest  nations  of  the  world 
will  soon  be  Russia  and  America,  one  with  sword 
in  hand,  the  other  by  means  of  industrial  enter- 
prise, Mr.  Shimada  suggests  that  in  the  course 
of  the  ten  years  succeeding  the  war  the  peaceful 
influence  of  America  will  grow  immensely  greater 
as  the  warlike  nation  of  the  North  is  stripped 
of  a  greater  portion  of  her  military  equipments. 
The  United  States  has  already  extended  her  in- 
fluence into  the  far  East  by  annexing  Hawaii 
and  the  Philippines.  The  completion  of  the 
great  Panama  Canal  within  ten  years  will  no 
doubt  enable  her  to  transfer  a  considerable  por- 
tion of  her  fleet  on  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  "  Inasmuch  as  the  naval  force  of  the 
United  States  is  an  instrumentality  for  the  pres- 
ervation of  peace  and  for  protecting  her  com- 
mercial interests,  its  supremacy  on  the  Pacific 
will  alter  the  scene  of  military  activity  into  that 
of  commercial  competition." 

japan's  future  adversaries. 

Japan's  formidable  adversaries  in  the  future, 
not  military,  but  commercial,  Mr.  Shimada  finds, 
not  in  Russia,  but  in  all  the  friendly  powers, 
such  as  England,  America,  Germany,  and  France. 
Japan  must  encounter  the  competition  of  these 
powers,  not  by  means  of  warships  and  cannon- 
balls,  but  by  means  of  merchantmen  and  fac- 
tories. It  is  by  no  means  Japan's  desire  to 
become  a  military  power,  as  has  been  popularly 
alleged  in  European  countries,  especially  in 
France  and  Germany. 


KOREA,  JAPAN,  AND  RUSSIA. 


JAPAN'S  predominating  influence  in  Korea 
is  discussed  at  length  by  Major-General 
von  Zepelin  in  the  Deutsche  Monatsschrift  (Stutt- 
gart). Japan  was  the  first  country  to  make  a 
commercial  treaty  with  Korea,  in  1876,  by  the 
terms  of  which  one  port  on  the  eastern  coast 
and  one  on  the  western  coast  were  opened, 
aside  from  Fusan,  where  a  Japanese  factory 
was  then  already  in  operation.  There  are  now 
twelve  treaty  ports,  including  Chemulpho  and 
Seoul,  Mokpo,  and  Masampho.  Japanese  com- 
merce predominates  in  all  these  ports,  a  fact 
which  is  admitted  by  reliable  Russian  writers. 
The  St.  Petersburg  Journal  stated,  not  long  ago, 
in  regard  to  imports  into  Korea,  that  the  sum 
of  $6,300,000,  represented  by  cotton  goods, 
constituted  nearly  one-half  of  the  entire  value 
of  the  imports,  and  that  within  the  last  few 
years  Japanese  cotton  goods  had  more  and  more 


crowded  out  English  cotton  goods,  surpassing 
the  English  imports  last  year.  Japan  sends  to 
Korea,  in  addition  to  these  cotton  goods,  cigar- 
ettes, rice-brandy,  matches,  iron  and  ironware, 
porcelain,  salt,  straw  rope,  and  straw  matting. 
It  receives  from  Korea,  in  return,  provisions — 
especially  rice,  beans,  grain,  and  salt  meats — 
jewelry,  hides,  and  manure.  The  value  of  the 
goods  exported  by  Japan  to  Korea  between  1895 
and  1900  rose  from  $3,800,000  to  $10,000,000, 
and  the  value  of  the  exports  from  Korea  to 
Japan  from  $3,000,000  to  $8,800,000,  not  in- 
cluding the  precious  metals.  The  value  of  the 
commerce  between  Korea  and  Japan,  therefore, 
surpasses  that  of  the  commerce  between  Korea 
and  all  other  countries.  In  1901,  it  amounted 
to  $8,200,000,  while  the  commerce  with  China 
amounted  to  only  $3,200,000,  and  the  commerce 
with  Russian  East  Asia  to  $137,500. 


94 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


JAPANS    GREAT    SHIPPING    TRADE. 

In  regard  to  shipping,  Japan's  interests  far 
surpass  those  of  all  other  nations.  According 
to  statistics  given  out  by  the  Russian  ministry 
of  finance  for  1898,  there  were  2,117  Japanese 
ships,  with  a  total  displacement  of  602,145  tons, 
including  758  steamers,  out  of  3,366  ships,  with 
a  total  displacement  of  659,970  tons,  doing 
business  in  Korea.  The  Koreans  had  only  721 
ships,  the  Russians  34,  the  Germans  27,  the 
English  1,  and  the  United  States  none,  in  that 
year.  Yet  five  years  before,  in  1893,  Japan  had 
only  956  ships,  with  a  total  displacement  of 
1504,224  tons,  engaged  in  Korean  commerce. 
Already  the  entire  regular  passenger,  freight, 
and  postal  traffic  is  in  the  hands  of  the  two 
Japanese  steampship  companies,  Nippon-Yusen- 
Kaisha  and  Osaka-Shosen-Kaisha,  which  are 
among  the  first  steamship  companies  in  the 
world.  They  receive  large  subsidies  from  the 
Japanese  Government,  which  is  said  to  spend, 
annually,  not  less  than  four  million  dollars  in 
subventioning  various  steamship  companies. 
Japan  herself  to-day  owns  910  steamers,  with  a 
total  displacement  of  580,000  tons,  all  of  which 
are  at  the  disposal  of  the  government  in  time  of 
war,  some  as  auxiliary  cruisers,  and  the  rest  as 
transports  for  troops  and  war  material  of  all  kinds. 

The  two  railway  lines  in  Korea,  the  one  now 
in  operation  between  Chemulpho  and  Seoul  and 
the  Pusan-Seoul  line,  now  building,  are  owned 
by  Japanese  companies  and  worked  entirely  by 
Japanese,  as  are  also  the  post-office  department 
and  the  telegraph  lines,  both  of  which  were  or- 
ganized as  late  as  1896.  In  1900,  Korea  joined 
the  General  Postal  Union.  At  the  same  time,  it 
made  a  treaty  with  Japan  by  the  terms  of  which 
all  mail  arriving  at  or  departing  from  Korean 
ports  is  in  charge  of  the  Japanese  post-office  and 
subject  to  Japanese  postal  rates. 

Japanese  influence  is  felt  also  in  many  other 
ways.  The  Japanese,  for  example,  have  a  large 
share,  legal  and  illegal,  in  the  Korean  fisheries. 
Tt  is  said  that  the  Koreans  themselves  fish  ex- 
tensively only  along  the  northeastern  coast, 
while  elsewhere  along  the  coast  fishing  is  exclu- 
sively controlled  by  the  Japanese.     The  center 


of  the  fishing  industry  is  Pusan,  which  is  entirely 
in  the  hands  of  the  Japanese.  Whaling  alone  is 
said  to  have  yielded,  recently,  one  hundred  and 
fifty  to  two  hundred  whales  a  year. 

KOREAN-RUSSIAN    RELATIONS. 

The  relations  between  the  Russians  and  the 
Koreans  are  essentially  different.  The  commerce 
between  the  two  countries  is  inconsiderable. 
Korea  sends  to  Russia  chiefly  cattle  for  the  Rus- 
sian troops,  rice,  vegetables,  and  oats,  receiving, 
in  return,  woven  goods,  wadding,  aniline  dyes, 
petroleum,  candles,  matches,  etc.  Between  1894 
and  1896,  the  exports  from  Russia  to  Korea 
averaged  $100,000,  and  the  imports  from  Korea 
$90,000.  Most  of  the  goods  sent  from  the  coast 
district  were,  however,  of  English  origin,  the 
Russian  products  being  quite  secondary.  The 
commerce,  carried  on  by  means  of  sailing  ves- 
sels, between  the  still  closed  ports  of  northern 
Korea  and  Vladivostok,  Possiet  Bay,  and  differ- 
ent points  along  the  Gulf  of  Peter  the  Great, 
which  is  forbidden  by  the  Korean  Government, 
is  likewise  inconsiderable.  Korea  exports  oats, 
vegetables,  and  other  farm  products.  The  sup- 
plies of  oats,  cabbage,  and  potatoes  for  the  Rus- 
sian troops  are  furnished  almost  entirely  by 
Korea. 

A  curious  phenomenon  appears  in  the  frontier 
districts  of  Russia.  After  she  had  extended  her 
dominion  to  the  Tumen-ulla,  making  that  river 
the  boundary  line  between  the  two  countries,  in 
L 8 58,  many  Koreans  from  the  northern  prov- 
inces, driven  by  famine  and  oppression  at  home, 
crossed  the  river  and  settled  in  Russian  terri- 
tory. The  Russian  Government  did  not  want 
them  to  come,  and  the  Korean  Government  did 
not  want  them  to  go.  It  stationed  guards  along  the 
river,  with  strict  orders  to  shoot  down  every  one 
attempting  to  cross,  and  it  otherwise  took  strin- 
gent measures  to  keep  its  subjects  at  home.  Yet 
they  evaded  its  vigilance,  and  crossed  in  such 
large  numbers  that  the  Russian  Government 
finally  protested  at  Seoul,  whereupon  the  Korean 
Government  did  succeed  in  checking  the  tide. 
Still,  there  were,  in  the  last  decade,  about  twenty- 
three  thousand  Koreans  in  the  three  southern 
districts  of  the  coast  region. 


RUSSIA'S  MISTAKE:    A   FRANK   RUSSIAN   COMMENT. 


IN  two  numbers  of  the  leading  liberal  review 
of  Russia,  the  Vyestnik  Evropy  (St.  Peters 
burg),  the  well-known  Russian  sociologist,  L. 
Slonimsky,  considers  his  country's  un prepared- 
ness   for    the    war.       In   view    of   the  increased 


restraint  put  upon  the  Russian  press  since  the 
outbreak  of  hostilities,  the  article  is  remarkable 
for  its  frankness. 

After  a   brief  sketch  of  the  development  of 
Japan,    beginning    with    its    early    history,    the 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


95 


author  proceeds  to  point  out  that  modern  Japan 
has  assumed  the  role  of  a  civilized  power  only 
since  the  seventies  of  last  century.  In  1889, 
the  Emperor  of  Japan  recognized  the  maturity 
of  the  people  for  active  participation  in  the  gov- 
ernment of  the  country.  Popular  representation 
was  then  established,  and  there  remained  only, 
to  complete  the  political  independence  of  Japan, 
the  abolition  of  the  consular  jurisdiction  and  the 
placing  of  foreign  residents  under  the  law  of  the 
land.  After  the  abolition  of  these  extra-terri- 
torial rights  and  the  successful  war  with  China, 
Japan  was  declared  politically  of  age,  and  had 
earned  the  right  to  be  classed  among  the  great 
powers.  In  July,  1899,  new  treaties  were  con- 
cluded by  Russia  with  Japan  on  terms  of  equal- 
ity. Hence,  as  a  civilized  power,  with  equal 
rights,  Japan  has  existed  only  for  five  years, 
thus  offering  a  rare  example  of  a  newly  born 
great  power. 

The  remarkable  rapidity  with  which  Japan  adopted 
the  technical  and  cultural  achievements  of  modern  civili- 
zation testifies  to  the  extraordinary  intellectual  mobil- 
ity and  receptive  power  of  the  Japanese  people,  as  well  as 
its  moral  quality,  indu.striousness,  steadfast  character, 
and  the  untiring  pursuit  of  its  aims.  But,  although 
Japan,  after  her  participation  in  the  coalition  against 
China  in  1901,  must  be  ranked  among  the  civilized 
nations,  it  would  be  an  error,  and  a  dangerous  one,  to 
suppose  that  Japan  has  renounced  her  history  of  cen- 
t  uiies,  has  forgotten  her  traditions,  and  has  become  per- 
meated with  European  conceptions  and  ideals. 

BELIEVES    JAPAN    STILL    ASIATIC    AT    SOUL. 

The  psychological  qualities  of  a  people,  inher- 
ited from  a  long  chain  of  generations,  cannot  be 
changed  in  a  decade  or  two.  The  Japanese 
masses  live  an  exclusive  national  life,  and  do 
not  trust  the  foreigners.  Notwithstanding  the 
active  commercial  and  cultural  relations  of  Ja- 


david  and  goliath.— From  Jiji Shimpo  (Tokio), 


pan  with  the  progressive  nations,  only  an  insig- 
nificant number  of  foreigners  are  enabled  to  live 
there,  while  the  Japanese  living  abroad  reached 
one  hundred  and  twenty-three  thousand  nine 
hundred  and  seventy-one  in  1899. 

Being  thoroughly  Western  in  their  cultural  and 
technical  enterprises,  the  Japanese  yet  remain  narrow 
nationalists  in  world-politics.  They  prefer  to  be  first  in 
Asia  than  last  among  the  civilized  nations.  The  Japa- 
nese statesmen  have  relied  upon  the  jealousy  existing 
among  the  great  powers  in  the  settlement  of  the  old 
quarrels  with  China.  In  this  they  were  not  mistaken. 
Not  having  succeeded  in  winning  over  Russia,  they 
easily  won  the  friendship  of  England,  and  with  her  sup- 
port undertook  the  realization  of  the  grand  plan,  which 
was  to  assign  to  Japan  the  dominating  role  in  deciding 
the  fate  of  China  and  of  all  eastern  Asia. 

THE    FAILURE    OF    RUSSIAN    DIPLOMACY. 

Unfortunately,  Russian  diplomacy  failed  to 
gauge  accurately  the  exceptional  qualities  of  the 
Japanese  people,  failed  to  understand  the  true 
nature  of  its  unusual  cultural  growth,  says  this 
writer. 

It  continued  to  hold  Japan  lightly,  even  after  her 
glorious  victory  over  China.  It  is  quite  difficult  to  de- 
termine the  guiding  principles  of  Russian  policy  in  the 
far  East,  or,  to  be  more  exact,  these  principles  are  not 
known  to  the  writer.  Certain  it  is  that  Russia's  East 
Asiatic  policy  was,  first  of  all,  "a  peaceful  policy,"  but 
it  has  at  the  same  time  placed  before  us  very  far-reach- 
ing problems,  calling  for  vast  enterprise  and  energy. 
Thus  far,  we  have,  in  turn,  antagonized  China,  Japan, 
and  the  United  States  of  America  through  a  whole  se- 
ries of  misunderstandings  the  cause  of  which  remains 
obscure. 

The  endeavor  to  counteract  Japanese  influence  in 
Korea  was  useless,  as  was  also  the  attempt  to  eliminate 
them  from  that  country.  They  have  gradually  estab- 
lished their  supremacy  in  Korea  by  their  cultural  and 
industrial  achievements.  It  was  unwise  to  drive  them 
into  an  alliance  with  England  and  the  United  States 
by  systematic  unfriendliness.  It  was  not  justifiable  to 
arouse  the  protests  of  the  English  and  the  Americans 
against  our  misguided  commercial  policy  in  Man- 
churia, a  foreign  region  where  we  really  have  no  great 
commercial  interests.  It  was  unnecessary,  from  the 
very  beginning,  to  oppose  the  "  open  door"  policy  under 
the  mistaken  view  that  Russian  industry  was,  like 
that  of  England  and  America,  in  need  of  distant  mar- 
kets. These  unfortunate  circumstances  have  led  us 
into  a  war  that  none  of  us  desired.  More  than  ever  before, 
it  is  imperative  now  to  define  to  ourselves  our  future 
policy  in  the  far  East,  and  the  results  to  which  we 
should  aspire  after  successfully  repelling  the  enemy. 
Evidently,  we  are  living  under  abnormal  conditions, 
finding  arrayed  against  us,  not  only  the  Japanese,  but 
also  the  great  commercial  nations. 

NOTHING    TO    FEAR    FROM    ENGLAND    AND     AMERICA. 

Russia  may,  he  continues,  unhesitatingly  allow 
Americans  and  English  freedom  from  restraint 
in  their  extensive  eastern  Asiatic  trade,  and  need 


96 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


have  no  fear  of  detriment  to  the  population  of 
the  far-Eastern  countries. 

Our  own  industries  need  the  stimulus  of  general 
prosperity  and  the  growth  of  home  markets  within  the 
limits  of  the  Russian  Empire  rather  than  the  sad  exper- 
iments in  competing  with  foreign  merchants  in  distant 
lands  and  seas.  The  high-sounding  phrases  of  foreign 
markets  and  commercial  interests  usually  hide  from 
us  the  government  subsidies  and  spoliation.  Such 
aims,  affecting  the  material  interests  of  Russia,  by  no 
means  gain  entrance  into  international  politics.  It  is 
easy  enough  to  eliminate  the  causes  which  have  ar- 
rayed against  us  the  resentment  of  the  United  States. 
It  is  not  difficult  also  to  pave  the  way  for  an  under- 
standing with  England.  And  as  to  Japan,  we  shall 
really  achieve  nothing,  even  after  we  conquer  her  armed 
forces.  The  energetic  and  enterprising  Japanese  nation 
will  not  cease  to  exist  alongside  of  Russia  and  China. 
We  shall  always  be  forced  to  count  with  the  sentiment 
and  interests  of  this  powerful  nation,  persistently  win- 


ning for  itself  a  place  in  the  civilized  world.  The  Jap- 
anese are  undoubtedly  Asiatics ;  yet  they  have  grad- 
uated from  the  Anglo-American  school  of  scientific 
mechanics  and  practical  sciences.  They  can  play  the 
role  of  enlightened  Europeans,  and  cherish  at  the  same 
time  the  hope  to  act  ultimately  as  the  guardian  of  their 
blood-relative,  China,  and  thus  unify  the  yellow  race 
as  a  counterbalance  to  Europe  and  America.  So  long 
as  Japan  acts  alone,  she  represents  simply  an  ambi- 
tious, warlike  nation,  somewhat  resembling  England  : 
but,  united  with  China,  she  can  create  a  vast  racial 
movement  such  as  we  understand  by  the  phrase  "  the 
yellow  peril." 

After  discussing  at  length  the  historical  and 
economic  conditions  of  China,  the  writer  finally 
concludes  by  saying  that  the  regeneration  of 
China  would  not  be  of  any  danger  to  Europe  as 
long  as  the  great  powers  do  not  forsake  the 
path  of  tolerance  and  justice. 


THE    MONGOLIAN    CONQUEST    OF    RUSSIA. 


IT  is  suggestive  to  learn  that  the  Russians  were 
first  introduced  to  the  far  East  by  their 
princes  being  compelled  to  travel  across  Asia  to 
the  confines  of  Manchuria  in  order  to  do  homage 
to  the  Great  Khan,  whose  court  was  fixed  on  the 
Amur.  St.  Alexander  Nevoki  was  compelled 
by  Bati,  one  of  the  Tartar  conquerors,  to  cross 
Asia  in  order  to  pay  homage  to  Koniouk,  the 
Khan,  who  confirmed  him  and  his  brother  in  the 
possession  of  their  dominions.  The  Great  Khan 
received  ambassadors  from  the  greatest  Euro- 
pean sovereigns  on  the  Amur,  for  the  center  of 
the  world  was  nearer  Manchuria  in  those  days 
than  it  has  been  ever  since. 

Mr.  William  T.  Stead  builds  up  a  long  study 
of  Asia  on  this  fact  in  the  English  Review  of  Re- 
views. He  traces  the  many  different  invasions  of 
Europe  by  Asiatic  armies  and  points  out  how  the 
great  continent  has  loomed  up  in  religion  as  well 
as  in  the  military  art.  The  main  thread  of  his 
argument  runs  through  the  century-long  inva 
sinns  of  Russia  by  the  Mongols,  the  triumphs  of 
the  latter,  and  their  final  defeat  by  the  princes 
of  Moscow.  Long  before  written  history  began, 
traditjon  describes  the  continuous  inroads  of 
Asiatics  upon  the  Russian  steppes. 

They  came  like  waves,  one  swallowing  up  the  other. 
Of  these  Asiatic  invaders,  only  the  names  survive.  As 
early  as  the  fifth  century,  we  hear  of  the  Avars,  the 
Hulgars,  the  Khazars,  the  Petchenegs,  and,  finally,  of 
the  Polovs,  all  tribes  of  Asiatic  origin,  who,  coming 
from  the  East,  spread  themselves,  not  so  much  as  con- 
querors as  plunderers,  over  southern  and  southeastern 
Russia.  As  the  Northmen  found  it  good  business  to 
harry  the  coasts  of  all  nations  whose  frontiers  they 
could  reach  in  their  swift  sea-horses,  so  these  denizens 


of  the  steppes  of  Asia  found  no  difficulty  in  riding  and 
harrying  the  miserable  peoples  who  dwelt  on  the  plain, 
which  was  to  them  what  the  sea  is  to  the  descendants 
of  the  Vikings. 

THE    MONGOLS    ENTER    RUSSIA. 

But  it  was  not  till  the  thirteenth  century  that 
Russia  experienced  the  first  shock  of  the  Mongol 
invasion.  From  the  year  1224  until  the  year 
1572,  this  attempt  of  Asia  to  found  an  empire 
in  Europe  was  fitfully  persisted  in.  Even  in 
1571,  the  Asiatics  were  strong  enough  to  seize 
and  burn  Moscow. 

For  two  centuries  they  were  as  supreme  in  Kussia 
as  we  [the  English]  are  this  day  in  India.  Nor  did  they 
confine  their  ambitions  to  Russia.  They  submerged 
Poland,  ravaged  Hungary,  and  carried  their  victorious 
standai'ds  as  far  as  Olmutz,  in  Moravia.  Olmutz  in  the 
East,  as  Tours  in  the  West,  marks  the  high-water  mark 
of  the  Asiatic  invasion  of  Europe.  Since  the  Turks  were 
driven  from  the  walls  of  Vienna  by  the  valor  of  So- 
bieski,  in  1683,  the  Asiatics  have  abandoned  the  initia- 
tive of  conquest.  But  that  is  only  two  centuries  since, 
and  a  habit  of  making  conquest  of  European  soil  which 
was  persisted  in  for  a  thousand  years  may  easily  revive 
if  circumstances  foster  the  latent  ambitions  of  Asia. 

When  Genghis  Khan  was  born,  in  1154,  the 
various  tribes  of  the  steppe  lands  of  northern 
Asia  appear  to  have  been  in  a  more  or  less  dis- 
organized condition,  although  fifty  years  before 
the  Kara  Kitai  Empire,  in  Central  Asia,  had 
been  founded  in  what  is  now  Russian  Turkestan. 
With  this  as  a  nucleus.  Genghis  Khan  began  to 
combine  the  various  tribes  into  one  great  com- 
bination. After  achieving  considerable  success 
in  this  direction,  he  summoned  a  great  congress 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


97 


of  all  the  federated  chiefs,  and  there  and  then 
proclaimed  himself  Emperor-Autocrat,  or  Great 
Khan.  His  argument  in  favor  of  autocracy  was 
simple,  hut  apparently  convincing.  "As  there 
is  onlv  one  sun  in  heaven."  he  pointed  out,  as  a 
self-evident  proposition,  "there  must  only  be 
emperor  on  earth."  Not  less  obvious  was  it 
that  Genghis  Khan,  he  and  no  other,  must  be 
that  emperor.  The  congress  acquiesced  in  his 
doctrine,  and  Genghis  Khan  reigned  henceforth 
as  absolute  lord  of  northern  Asia.  It  is  inter- 
esting to  note  that  almost  at  the  starting-point 
lie  conquered  Manchuria.  From  there  he  swept 
westward,  subduing  all  northern  China,  the 
whole  of  Russian  Turkestan,  including  Bokhara, 
and  thence,  marching  still  westward,  he  pushed 


ASIA.— THE  GKOUP  AT  THE  BASE  OF  THE  ALBERT  MEMORIAL, 
KENSINGTON,   LONDON. 

his  conquests  as  far  as  the  Crimea.  The  advent 
of  the  Mongol  horde  came  as  a  thunderbolt  to 
Em-ope. 

THE    TERROR    OF    THE    BARBARIANS. 

•In  those  times,"  ruefully  say  the  Russian  chron- 
iclers, "there  came  upon  us,  for  our  sins,  unknown  na- 
tions. No  one  could  tell  their  origin,  whence  they  came, 
what  religion  they  professed.  God  alone  knew  who  they 
were."  Some  thought  that  they  were  the  host  of  Gog 
and  Magog,  but  what  all  men  knew  was  that  they  were 
as  ruthless  as  the  fiends  from  the  nether  pit.  "They 
respect  nothing  but  strength  and  bravery.  Age  and 
weakness  are  condemned."  They  recked  nothing  of 
their  own  lives,  and  thought  nothing  of  sacrificing  ten 
thousand  lives  in  the  capture  of  a  town.  As  they  spent 
their  own  blood  like  water,  they  were  merciless  with 
their  foes.  "  After  a  siege,  all  the  population  was  mas- 
sacred, without  distinction  of  old  or  young,  rich  or  poor, 
beautiful  or  ugly,  those  who  resisted  or  those  who 
yielded.  No  distinguished  person  escaped  death  if  a  de- 
fense was  attempted."  They  were  rude  and  barbarous 
men  who  could  neither  read  nor  write.     But  they  could 


ride  like  Boers;  they  were  all  mounted,  and  wherever 
the  green  grass  grew  there  they  found  as  free  a  road  as 
the  Norse  rovers  found  the  sea. 

The  Russians  were  defeated  with  great  slaugh- 
ter in  the  first  battle,  and  the  campaign  lasted 
for  three  hundred  and  fifty  years.  Russia  was 
actually  conquered  by  Bati,  a  nephew  of  Gen- 
ghis Khan's  son,  Oktai,  who  poured  across  the 
Urals  with  five  hundred  thousand  men.  All 
the  great  Russian  towns,  including  Moscow,  were 
burned  and  the  inhabitants  put  to  the  sword. 
In  their  course,  says  the  old  chronicler,  "  the 
Russians'  heads  fell  beneath  the  sword  of  the 
Tartars  as  grass  beneath  the  scythe."  The  forest 
and  the  flood  were  more  effective  in  delaying 
Bati's  advance  than  the  Russian  ai-mies.  At 
last,  at  the  Cross  of  Ignatius,  fifty  miles  from 
Novgorod,  he  halted.  That  was  the  high-water 
mark  of  the  Tartar  conquest.  Europe  took 
alarm,  and  Hungary  essayed  to  stem  the  tide, 
but  her  king,  Bela,  was  routed  in  battle,  and 
Hungary,  Transylvania,  and  Austria  were  rav- 
aged. The  Poles  were  defeated,  and  Bati  began 
the  siege  of  Olmutz,  in  Moravia.  The  death  of 
Oktai,  however,  recalled  him  to  the  East,  and 
this  was  the  only  invasion  of  the  Mongols  which 
passed  the  Russian  frontier. 

From  a  tent  on  the  Volga,  Bati  and  his  suc- 
cessors governed  Russia.  Their"  system  seems 
to  have  been  somewhat  like  the  British  colonial 
system  of  to-day.  They  left  the  various  princi- 
palities their  laws,  their  courts,  and  their  princes. 
They  were  tolerant  of  all  religions,  and  made  a 
special  point  of  winning  over  the  support  of  the 
Greek  orthodox  clergy,  whom  they  exempted 
from  taxation.  But  although  they  left  their 
vassals  their  autonomy,  they  never  failed  to  in 
sist  upon  asserting  their  authority. 

THE    TURNING   .OF    THE    TIDE. 

Gradually  the  humiliations  made  the  Russians 
desperate,  and,  in  1380,  at  Koulikovo.  the  Tar- 
tars were  defeated.  But  another  great  scourge 
was  on  its  way, — Tamerlane.  The  Russians, 
Poles,  and  Lithuanians  were  again  defeated. 
The  end,  however,  was  drawing  near.  After 
the  reign  of  the  unfortunate  Wassili  the  Blind. 
Ivan  the  Third  came  to  the  throne.  He  began 
to  reign  when  twenty-two  years  of  age.  When 
he  died,  in  1505,  he  had  seen  the  beginning  of 
the  end  of  Tartar  domination,  and  had,  more- 
over, welded  together  Russia  into  a  solid  bulwark 
against  Asia.  The  manner  in  which  he  did  it 
can  hardly  be  commended. 

He  was  an  empire-builder,  a  nation-unifier.  Russia 
had  suffered  so  much  from  intestine  feuds  that  it  seems 
almostlikelookingagifthor.se  in  the  mouth  to  scru- 
tinize too  closely  the  methods  by  which  the  anarchic 


98 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


warring  princedoms  were  forged  into  one  empire.  Dur- 
ing his  reign,  the  Empire  of  the  Golden  Horde  had 
been  split  up  into  four  states — Kazan,  Astrakhan,  No 
goi,  and  Crimea.  In  1480,  when  Khan  Akhmet  sum- 
moned him  to  send  him  the  tribute,  Ivan  trampled  the 
image  of  the  khan  under  his  heel  and  slew  all  his  en- 
voys save  one,  who  was  allowed  to  carry  back  to  the 
Horde  the  news  of  Ivan's  revolt.  The  khan  and  the 
czar  each  mustered  huge  armies,  which  encamped  op- 
posite each  other  on  the  banks  of  the  Oka.  There  they 
remained  for  weeks,  until  one  fine  morning  a  panic 
broke  out  in  both  camps  and  the  two  great  armies  ran 
headlong  from  each  other.  Such  was  the  last  invasion 
of  the  horsemen  of  the  Kiptchak.  It  was  in  this  un- 
heroic  way  that  Russia  broke  at  last  the  Mongol  yoke 
under  which  she  had  groaned  for  three  centuries. 

The  fall  of  Kazan,  in  1552,  captured  by  Ivan 
the  Terrible,  marked  the  turning  of  the  tide. 
Hitherto,  Asia  had  ravaged  Europe  ;  now  Eu- 
rope was  to  turn  upon  Asia  and  carry  the  cross 
even  farther  eastward  than  Asia  had  borne  the 
crescent  westward. 

japan's  position  secure. 

Even  if  Japan  does  not  Japanize  China,  she 
seems  to  have  established  her  position  as  para- 
mount sea  power  in  those  Eastern  waters. 

Suppose  that  she  confines  herself  to  the  sea,  it  is  ob- 
vious even  to  the  meanest  understanding  that  the  whole 
political  situation  in  Eastern  waters,  including  Aus- 
tralia, will  be  revolutionized  if  she  can  maintain  her 
present  ascendency.  All  islands  will  be  held  at  her 
mercy, — the  Philippines,  the  Netherlands'  East  Indies, 
New  Zealand,  and  Australia.  The  advocates  of  White 
Australia  will  have  to  keep  a  more  civil  tongue  in  their 
heads  if  the  Japanese  choose  to  enforce  our  favorite  doc- 
trine of  an  open  door,  so  as  to  render  possible  Japanese 
immigration  into  the  uninhabited  regions  of  the  Aus- 
tralian Commonwealth.  And  it  is  not  altogether  be- 
yond the  bounds  of  possibility  that  Japan  may,  before 
long,  undertake  the  championship  of  the  Celestial  he- 
lots who  are  to  be  shut  up  in  the  compounds  of  Johannes- 
burg. The  Japanese  are  forty  million  strong.  Like  the 
brave  men  of  Marseilles,  they  know  how  to  die.  The 
story  of  their  suicidal  valor  recalls  the  memories  of  the 
early  days  of  Islam,  and  it  is  only  rendered  the  more  re- 


KUSSIA    AND   THE   FAR-EASTERN   LEMON. 

(The  Muscovite  reconquest  of  Asia.) 
From  Lustitje  Blotter  (Berlin). 

markable  by  the  fact  that  their  readiness  to  sacrifice 
their  life  does  not  appear  to  be  sustained  by  any  faith  in 
the  next.  They  have  shown  themselves  to  be  quick  to 
seize  the  advantages  offered  by  the  weapons  and  the 
craft  of  the  West.  They  have  not  studied  in  vain  in  the 
headquarters  staff  of  Germany  or  in  the  schools  of  the 
British  navy.  They  are  like  other  human  beings,  sub- 
ject to  the  temptation  of  vanity,  and  they  are  not  im- 
mune against  the  promptings  of  ambition.  In  the  watch- 
word "Asia  for  the  Asiatics  "  they  have  a  weapon  which 
may  be  used  in  a  hundred  centers  at  once,  and  which 
has  already  roused  echoes  beyond  the  Himalayas. 


THE  NEW  WOMAN   OF  NEW  JAPAN. 


JAPANESE  women  of  1904  are  more  like 
those  of  western  countries  than  they  are 
lik<'  their  own  mothers  and  grandmothers,  says 
Madame  Yo  Uchida,  wife  of  the  Japanese  con- 
sul-general in  New  York,  writing  in  the  new 
magazine,  the  Far  East — "  A  Voice  of  the  Ori 
ent."  Formerly,  she  continues,  Japanese  women 
only  thought  to  be  good  wives  to  their  husbands 
and  good  mothers  to  their  children.  They  were 
not  uneducated,  hut  received  very  little  school 
training.     Now  it  is  different, 


Girls  of  the  present  time  all  receive  modern  school 
education  the  same  as  in  western  countries,  but  only  in 
our  own  language.  Japanese  ladies  in  1904  are  not  con- 
tented merely  to  stay  at  home  and  take  care  of  their 
children.  They  attend  lectures,  meetings,  and  enter 
taiumeuts.  They  publish  women's  magazines  and  dis 
cuss  their  rights  and  duties.  Recently,  they  organized 
a  society  for  poor  soldiers'  families,  and  the  members 
visit  the  houses  in  their  own  district  to  console  or  help 
the  families.  They  are  much  more  independent,  and 
are  not  so  blindly  obedient  as  were  their  mothers.  I 
think  there  is  no  girl  now  in  Japan  who  cannot  write 
her  own  name,  for  the  parents  are  compelled  by  law  .t <> 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


99 


send  their  girls  as  well  as  their  boys  to  school  when  they 
reach  the  age  of  six.  In  the  primary  school,  girls  re- 
ceive the  same  education  as  boys,  with  the  additional 
study  of  sewing.  After  they  graduate  from  the  pri- 
mary school,  many  girls  attend  the  high  school.  Girls' 
high  education  improved  very  rapidly  until  about 
thirteen  years  ago,  when  public  opinion  inclined  to  re- 
duce the  standard.  It  has,  however,  now  been  rees- 
tablished. 

Numbers  of  foreigners  visit  Japan  every  year,  and 
some  write  books,  but  very  few  know  the  true  state  of 
the  country,  especially  the  condition  of  the  women.  I 
have  been  told  that  they  often  get  their  impression  of 
the  women  from  the  geisha  (dancing  girls),  who  are 
generally  deceitful,  professional  flirts.  Ladies  would  be 
much  offended  if  they  were  judged  by  such  a  low-  stand- 
ard. They  are  not  at  all  frivolous,  like  the  geisha.  On 
the  contrary,  modesty  is  an  essential  quality  in  Japa- 
nese ladies. 


A  fact  that  might  interest  American  readers  is  that 
the  women  in  Japan  never  get  stout  when  they  grow 
old,  although  they  take  hardly  any  exercise.  Young 
men  and  women,  while  they  are  in  school  or  college, 
take  much  outdoor  exercise,  but  as  soon  as  they  leave 
school  they  give  it  up.  Tennis  is  a  popular  game  among 
young  ladies. 

It  is  impossible  to  take  outdoor  exercise  in  Japanese 
costume,  although  it  is  very  comfortable  to  wear  in  the 
house.  Several  years  ago,  many  girl  students  adopted 
the  Western  dress,  but  soon  returned  to  their  own  style, 
because  the  former  was  not  suitable  for  Japanese  houses. 
They  are  now  trying  to  invent  a  new  style  that  is  con- 
venient both  in  the  house  and  out-of-doors. 

I  think  a  good  American  home  life  would  now 
he  the  most  delightful  thing  to  introduce  into 
our  country,  says  Madame  Uchida,  in  conclusion. 


THE  STATUS  OF  JAPANESE  NOBILITY. 


IN  Japan,  the  nobility  occupies  a  position 
rather  different  from  that  of  the  so-called 
privileged  orders  in  other  countries.  The  Jap- 
anese nobles  are  backed  by  the  favor  of  the 
court  and  the  real  respect  of  the  people.  In  a 
study  of  this  question,  in  the  Tonjo,  of  Tokio, 
the  late  Prince  Konoye,  one  of  the  leading  men, 
unt  only  in  J^,pan,  but  in  all  Asia,  declares  that 
the  nobility  of  his  country  has  always  exercised 
a  very  strong  influence  upon  the  social  condition 
of  the  people. 

Their  doings  have  partly  constituted  the  history  of 
this  nation.  In  all  public  undertakings, — for  instance, 
philanthropic  movements, — names  of  nobles,  if  allowed 
to  head  the  list  of  projectors,  are  an  unmistakable  sign 
that  the  movement  will  be  a  success  ;  or  at  least  it  car- 
ries with  it  much  greater  weight  than  it  would  other- 
wise. Indeed,  the  nobles  may  be  in  one  sense  regarded 
as  the  leaders  of  the  people.  The  misbehavior  of  the 
nobles  provokes  greater  depreciation  and  condemna- 
tion than  the  same  misconduct  of  the  common  people, 
because  the  public  pays  the  strictest  attention  to  the 
doings  of  the  nobles,  either  good  or  bad.  It  is  the  tall 
est  tree  that  suffers  most  from  the  storm. 

The  nobility,  he  explains,  is  made  up  of  three 
classes  : 

1.  The  Kuge\  who  are  closely  related  to  the  court. 
In  fact,  at  one  time  they  were  the  main  supporters  of 
the  imperial  family  themselves  wielding  political  power. 
However,  in  the  Middle  Ages  the  power  was  transferred 
to  the  hands  of  military  men.  The  imperial  family, 
being  thus  deprived  of  its  authority,  was  sinking  grad- 
ually into  oblivion.  Even  at  this  moment,  the  Kuge 
were  the  constant  followers  of  the  Emperor.  2.  The 
Daimyo.  These  were  ancient  great  families  who  on 
account  of  their  own  special  merit  were  given  certain 
privileges  in  different  parts  of  the  country.  They  en- 
joyed independence  till  the  Middle  Age,  under  feudalism 
the  government  of  their  respective  provinces  being  left 


THE   F.ATE   PRINCE   KONOYE. 

in  their  charge.  Since  the  Restoration,  they  have  been 
raised  to  the  position  of  peers.  They  bear  some  resem- 
blance to  ancient  lords  in  European  countries.  3.  The 
Shin  Kwazoku,  or  the  newly. created  peers.  These  are 
the  men  who,  either  through  their  own  merit  at  the 
time  of  the  Restoration  or  by  special  favor  for  what 
they  have  done  since  the  Restoration,  have  been  made 
peers.  Although  they  are  thus  all  included  under  the 
name  of  the  nobility,  each  of  them  has  a  distinct  fea- 
ture of  its  own. 


100 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


CONSTRUCTING   THE    WORLD'S    GREATEST   TUNNEL. 


OX  July  1,  1905,  all  being  well,  the  Simplon 
Tunnel,  the  fourth  piercing  the  Alps,  and 
the  longest  tunnel  in  the  world,  is  due  to  be 
opened.  (lood  Words  for  June  contains  an  ar- 
ticle  by  Mr.  H.  G.  Archer  full  of  interesting 
facts  about  the  Simplon  Railway,  and  illustrated 
by  a  number  of  photographs.  The  following 
table  shows  the  world's  chief  tunnels  and  their 
length  : 


Tunnel. 

Length. 

Date  of  completion. 

Simplon 

12)4  miles 
9%  miles 

Just  on  Smiles 
6J4  miles 

4  miles  624  yds. 

Probably  July,  1905 

St.  Gothard 

1883 

Mont  Cenis 

1870 

1884 

Severn  

PECULIARITIES    OF    THE     SIMPLON    TUNNEL. 

The  reason  for  the  great  length  of  the  Simplon 
Tunnel  is  that  its  course  is  at  a  far  lesser  alti- 
tude above  sea-level  than  that  of  any  of  the 
others,  being  only  2,310  feet,  as  compared  with 
4,300  feet  (Arlberg),  4,298  feet  (Mont  Cenis), 
and  3,788  feet  (St.  Gothard).  To  its  estimated 
cost  of  fourteen  million  dollars,  one  million 
seven  hundred  thousand  dollars  has  recently 
been  added.  Instead  of  having  one  tunnel  only, 
it  was  from  the  outset  resolved  that  it  should 
have  two  tunnels,  one  for  the  up  and  the  other 
for  the  down  track,  fifty-eight  feet  apart,  and 
connected  at  intervals  by  transverse  passages. 
Except  for  two  short  curves  at  the  entrances, 
the  tunnel  is  absolutely  straight. 

The  engineers  of  the  tunnel  are  a  Hamburg 
firm,  Messrs.  Brandt,  Brandau  &  Co.,  who  began 


work  in  August,  1898,  undertaking  to  complete 
within  five  and  one-half  years — a  period  which, 
through  unforeseen  accidents,  had  to  be  ex- 
tended. Outside  the  portals  of  the  works  at 
each  end  is  a  long  line  of  buildings  with  well- 
appointed  dressing-rooms,  hot  and  cold  baths, 
etc.,  for  the  miners.  Four  hundred  men-  and 
over  are  employed  on  the  Swiss,  and  six  thou- 
sand on  the  Italian,  side,  all  the  miners  being 
Italians.  Work,  except  on  a  very  few  special 
days,  goes  on  incessantly  night  and  day,  in 
eight-hour  shifts,  year  in,  year  out.  The  great- 
est care  is  taken  of  the  health  and  comfort  of 
the  men.  The  tunnel  having  seven  thousand 
feet  of  earth  above  it,  the  temperature  of  the 
rock  (exceedingly  hard  granite  and  gneiss)  is 
usually  90°  F.,  and  sometimes  131°  F.  "The 
ever-increasing  heat  in  the  tunnel  is  the  worst 
obstacle."  Work  in  such  temperatures  would 
be  impossible  but  for  arrangements  being  made 
for  cooling  the  air  by  using  spray  and  ice,  by 
means  of  which  the  temperature  is  lowered  to 
70°  F.  A  narrow-gauge  light  railway  is  laid  in 
each  tunnel,  the  engine  exhausts  its  own  smoke, 
and  on  starting,  the  steam  in  the  boiler  reaches 
a  pressure  of  two  hundred  and  twenty  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  so  that  no  stoking  is  needed 
inside  the  tunnel.  The  drills  are  driven  by 
hydraulic  pressure  of  fifteen  hundred  pounds  to 
the  square  inch.  The  power  to  drive  them, — 
in  fact,  for  everything,  inside  and  outside  the 
tunnel, — is  obtained  by  harnessing  the  rivers 
and  mountain  torrents  adjoining  each  portal, 
furnishing  over  two  thousand  gallons  of  water 
a  minute. 


EINSEN  AND  HIS  LIGHT  CURE. 


NEARLY  two  years  ago  (October,  1902),  the 
Review  ok  Reviews  published  an  article 
on  the  light  cure  at  Copenhagen  founded  and 
directed  by  Prof.  Niels  K.  Finsen.  Since  thai 
article  appeared,  Professor  Finsen  has  won  the 
great  Nobel  prize  for  scientific  research,  and  in 
the  Pall  Mall  Magazine  for  June,  Mr.  Georg 
Brochner  describes  him  as  "An  Apostle  of 
Light."  Professor  Finsen,  it  seems,  is  still  only 
forty-two.  "His  life  hangs  on  a  thin  thread. 
Every  day  he  is  growing  thinner,  though  it  is 
impossible  to  say  what  miracles  his  marvelous 
vitality  and  mental  stamina  may  yet  work."  He 
Buffers,  and  has  suffered  for  many  years  past, 
from  affections  of  the  heart  and  liver,  as  well  as 
from  dropsy. 


Even  if  Finsen  were  not  the  world  famed  doctor 
and  scientist, — by  instinct  lie  is  more  of  a  brilliant  ex- 
plorer in  the  regions  of  science  than  he  is  a  doctor, — he, 
by  reason  of  his  personality,  by  liis  views,  as  to  the 
earnestness  of  which  he  has  just  given  the  most  con 
vincing  proof,  would  be  a  most  remarkable  and  inter- 
esting man,  imbued  as  he  is  with  a  fervent,  idealistic-, 
human  radicalism,  holding  opinions  that  in  some  re- 
spects may  be  said  to  resemble  those  of  Tolstoy.  Fin- 
sen, for  instance,  almost  seems  to  dislike  money — not 
so  far  as  his  dear  "institute"  is  concerned,  but  as  re- 
gards himself  and  his  family.  He  wishes  his  son  to  be 
able  to  say,  in  the  words  of  the  charming  Danish  poet, 
llolgcr  Dracbmann,  "I  thank  thee,  my  father,  thon 
wt'i-f  not  a  wealthy  man  ;"  and  if  Finsen's  son  inherits 
his  father's  views,  he  will  say  so,  or  he  will  in  any  case 
have  the  opportunity  of  doing  so.  Finsen  was  pleased, 
truly  pleased,  when  a  registered  letter  from  Stockholm 
brought  him  the  news  of  the  Nobel  prize  having  been 


I. FADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


101 


awarded  him,  but  this  pleasure  probably  did  not  con- 
tain one  vestigeof  selfish  joy  ;  he  knew  it  would  benefit 
the  great  cause  to  which  he  has  given  his  life,  that  it 
would  throw  additional  luster  upon  his  beloved  insti- 
tute, and  that  it  would  enable  him,  the  poor  man,  to 
endow  it. 

A    GENEROUS,    MODEST    INVALID. 

It  was  with  difficulty  that  he  was  persuaded 
to  give  only  half  the  Xobel  prize  to  the  institute 
known  by  his  name  and  the  interest  of  the  other 
half  to  his  family.  He  is.  and  always  has  been, 
very  poor,  though  private  benefactors  and  the 
Danish  Government  have  both  lent  him  a  help- 
ing hand. 

Even  in  his  boyhood,  light  and  the  effect  of  light 
had  a  wonderful  charm  for  him,  and  he  very  early  no- 
ticed  and  studied   the   influence  of  light  upon  animal 


PROFESSOR   FINSEN. 

life.  He  is  a  native  of  the  Faroe  Islands,  and  passed 
his  student's  examination  at  Reykjavik,  in  Iceland, 
lands  where  the  contrast  between  light  and  darkness 
is  not  unlikely  to  be  brought  strongly  home  to  an  ob- 
servant mind. 

Radical  as  Finsen  is,  he  has  the  sincerest  re- 
gard for  the  Danish  royal  family,  who  have  al- 
ways been  his  friends.  Both  the  King  and  Queen 
of  England  have  visited  him,  as  well  as  the  Ger- 
man Emperor  and  the  Dowager  Empress  of 
Russia.  The  Kaiser  is  reported  to  have  said, 
when  he  visited  Finsen,  "This  man  ought  to 
have  a  monument  raised  to  him  in  his  lifetime,'' 
which  must  have  been  an  embarrassing  sugges- 


tion for  one  who,  Air.  Brochner  says,  is  unusually 

modest,  has  always  preferred  to  keep  in  the 
background,  and  has  a  marked  distaste  for  every 
thing  savoring  of  self-advertisement. 

Chronically  ill  for  nearly  twenty  years  past. 
he  is  now  compelled  to  live  with  the  greatest 
caution,  his  food  being  carefully  weighed.  His 
temperature  is  always  subnormal,  and  he  spends 
most  of  his  time  lying  down,  unable  to  see  any- 
body, even  in  his  own  family.  For  a  year  or 
more  he  has  not  even  been  able  to  visit  the  in- 
stitute, which  is  only  a  few  steps  away  from  his 
house. 

THE    LIGHT    CURE. 

His  discoveries  have  evolved,  so  to  speak,  from 
his  mind  during  a  long  process  of  thought  and 
work.  He  has  been  a  successful  inventor,  and 
one  of  his  inventions,  certain  hematite  or  blood 
lozenges,  are  now  sold  in  all  countries,  the  con- 
siderable proceeds  going,  of  course,  to  the  Finsen 
institute. 

In  the  year  1893,  he  first  brought  out  his  negative 
therapy  of  light,  the  essence  of  which  is  the  removal  of 
the  chemical  rays  that  have  the  inflammatory  effect 
upon  the  skin.  His  red-light  or  negative-light  treat- 
ment has  been  adopted  in  numerous  countries  with  ex- 
cellent results,  more  especially  for  smallpox,  though 
also  for  other  affections ;  it  does  not  exactly  cure  the 
illness  of  smallpox,  but  it  does  away  with  the  most 
dangerous  symptom,  the  secondary  fever,  and  its  out- 
come, the  suppuration. 

His  positive-light  cure,  curing  terrible  diseases  of 
the  skin,  diseases  with  which  science  had  hitherto  been 
unable  to  battle,  by  direct  application  of  chemical  rays, 
is  itself  a  most  conservative  treatment,  as  no  sound 
tissue  is  hurt  or  damaged.  Downes  and  Blunt  had 
already  shown  that  light,  more  especially  the  chemical 
rays,  can  kill  bacteria ;  it  was  also  known  that  light 
can  produce  inflammation  of  the  skin.  Finsen's  great 
discovery  is  the  killing  of  the  bacteria  in  the  skin  by 
light,  or  perhaps  by  the  inflammation  which  the  light 
causes.  Perfect  clearness  has  not  yet  been  arrived  at  on 
this  point,  but  Finsen  is  inclined  to  believe  the  latter. 

In  his  Medical  Light  Institute,  at  Copenhagen, 
there  were  last  year  two  hundred  and  ninety- 
two  patients  from  all  over  the  world  ;  in  all, 
seventeen  hundred  and  ten  have  been  treated 
there,  and  yet  only  seven  years  ago  he  could  not 
find  a  publisher  in  Germany.  What  he  has  done, 
however,  he  considers  as  only  the  small  begin- 
nings of  the  study  of  the  sun's  biological  and 
hygienic  qualities  ;  and  in  order  that  his  work 
may  be  carried  on,  he  has  insisted  on  a  special 
"light"  laboratory  being  attached  to  the  insti- 
tute as  a  permanent  section,  where  "light"  re- 
searches are  carried  on  by  three  young  doctors. 


102 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  EXTREME  HEAT  AND  COLD. 


UNDER  the  title  "  Die  Chemie  bei  extremen 
Temperaturen,"  the  Biochemisches  Cen- 
tralhlatt  (Leipsic)  publishes  a  series  of  papers  by 
Dr.  Franz  Sachs  in  which  he  reviews  the  most 
recent  discoveries  made  in  chemistry  by  means 
of  experiments  conducted  at  very  high  and  very 
low  temperatures,  and  shows  how  the  nature  of 
substances  with  which  we  are  familiar  changes 
under  different  conditions  of  heat  and  cold. 

CHEMICAL    AFFINITY    BELOW    THE    ZERO    POINT. 

The  absolute  zero,  the  temperature  at  which 
all  heat  is  lost,  is  so  elusive  that  investigators 
have  been  unable  to  demonstrate  in  what  state 
matter  would  be  under  conditions  of  perfect 
cold.  After  making  more  than  two  hundred 
experiments  in  chemistry,  Pictet  decided  that 
practically  no  chemical  reaction  can  take  place 
below  a  temperature  of  130°  C.  below  zero,  a 
conclusion  which  has  since  been  modified.  He 
found  that  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  will  not 
unite  with  strong  bases,  such  as  caustic  potash, 
sodium,  etc.,  below  a  temperature  of  —90°  C. 
Action  between  barium  chloride  and  sulphuric 
acid  stops  at  —70°  C,  but,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  customary  reddening  of  phenol  phthalein  with 
potassium  occurs  as  low  as  —100°  and  —  110°  C. 

Pictet's  theories  regarding  chemical  inactivity 
at  low  temperatures  were  accepted  until  the  past 
year,  when,  a  few  months  ago,  Moissan  found 
that  free  fluorene  retained  its  full  power  of  re- 
action toward  certain  bodies  at  the  lowest  tem- 
peratures that  could  be  attained.  But  most  re- 
actions taking  place  under  the  influence  of  such 
extreme  cold  required  a  long  period  of  time,  and 
the  changes  were  too  slow  to  be  watched  as  in 
reactions  taking  place  at  ordinary  temperatures. 

To  produce  the  very  high  temperatures  used 
in  his  experiments,  Moissan  made  direct  use  of 
the  electric  current,  and  with  his  electric  oven 
succeeded  in  carrying  through  a  long  series  of 
most  remarkable  reactions,  in  which  he  discov- 
ei'ed  a  large  number  of  new  combinations  of 
elements  and  was  able  to  vaporize  many  sub- 
stances formerly  considered  infusible.  The  de- 
gree of  heat  used  was  about  3,600°  C. 

ARTIFICIAL    FORMATION    OF   DIAMONDS    AND    RUBIES. 

Among  the  most  important  of  his  experiments 
was  the  artificial  formation  of  diamonds  by  means 
of  liquid  pig  iron  saturated  with  carbon,  first 
heated  to  the  highest  temperature,  and  then 
cooled  rapidly. 

When  melted  iron  solidifies,  it  undergoes 
great  expansion,  similar  to  the  expansion  of 
water  when  it  solidifies  as  ice  ;  and  if  a  bar,  or 


so-called  "pig,"  of  this  iron  saturated  with  car- 
bon is  plunged  into  water  or  melted  lead,  the 
outer  surface  hardens  quickly,  and  the  inside 
of  the  bar  has  to  cool  under  very  strong  pres- 
sure, on  account  of  its  tendency  to  expand. 

Under  ordinary  pressure,  carbon  passes  di- 
rectly from  the  solid  to  the  gaseous  condition 
when  heated,  and  from  the  gaseous  to  the  solid 
condition  on  cooling,  without  passing  through 
any  intermediate  fluid  state,  as  most  elements  do  ; 
but  under  the  high  pressure  produced  by  this 
method  of  experimentation  it  becomes  fluid  as  it 
cools,  and  hardens  into  crystalline  form.  Black 
and  transparent  diamonds  were  produced,  the 
latter  in  regular  octahedral  and  dice  shapes,  in 
drops,  and  in  crystals,  which  in  time  deteriorated 
and  became  partly  transparent,  partly  flecked, 
but  in  all  respects  exactly  like  those  found  under 
natural  conditions,  except  that  the  crystals  were 
very  small.  Carbon  is  also  found  existing  as 
peat,  coal,  or  graphite,  according  to  the  amount 
of  pressure  it  has  undergone,  and  this  last  modi- 
fication into  graphite  was  easily  produced  in  the 
laboratory  by  means  of  the  electric  oven. 

Calcium,  aluminum  oxides,  silicic  acid,  etc.,. 
were  easily  brought  to  the  fusing  point,  or  va- 
porized in  the  electric  oven,  and  the  metals, 
separated  from  their  oxides  and  brought  into 
crystalline  form. 

Rubies  were  produced  by  fusing  aluminum 
oxide  with  a  little  chrome  oxide. 

The  synthesis  of  unrelated  classes  of  com- 
pounds was  effected,  although  the  compounds; 
arising  in  this  way  are  very  simple,  for  the 
chemistry  of  high  temperatures  is  simple.  For 
example,  a  silicate  of  carbon  is  produced  by  the 
reduction  of  silicic  acid  with  carbon,  the  result- 
ant compound  being  unusually  hard,  and  only 
slightly  inferior  to  the  diamond  in  that  respect. 
Other  combinations  with  silica  are  still  harder, 
as  the  compound  formed  with  titanium,  which 
is  hard  enough  to  scratch  many  varieties  of 
diamonds. 

The  carbides,  however,  are  a  far  more  im- 
portant class  of  the  compounds  formed  at  high 
temperatures.  They  have  the  interesting  char- 
aracteristic  of  decomposing  when  water  is  poured 
over  them.  One  of  the  most  important  of  these 
is  calcium  carbide,  which  forms  acetylene  under; 
the  action  of  water. 

A  glance  at  the  reactions  between  bodies  at  the  high- 
est and  the  lowest  temperatures  shows  that  at  both  ex- 
tremes only  very  few,  and  those  very  simple,  reactions 
take  place.  In  the  greatest  cold,  the  activity  of  the 
molecules  is  so  reduced  that  it  becomes  almost  null, 
and  chemical  reactions,  for  all  practical  purposes,  do 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


103 


not  take  place.  On  the  other  hand,  at  the  highest  de- 
grees of  heat  the  activity  of  the  molecule  is  so  great 
that  not  only  the  customary  union  of  molecules  is  de- 
stroyed, but  the  molecules  themselves  break  up  into 
their  component  atoms,  which  then,  of  course,  are  free 
to  form  entirely  new  combinations. 

This  breaking  up  into  atoms  begins  with  the  chlo- 
rine, bromine,  iodine,  fluorine,  group,  at  from  1,000°  to 
1,200°  C;  at  about  1,800°  for  sulphur,  and  atstill  higher 
temperatures  for  other  elements,  so  that  we  must  think 
of  all  the  constituents  of  the  sun,  and  of  the  fixed  stars, 
as  existing  in  this  simple  form. 


From  the  chemistry  of  extreme  temperatures, 
it  appears  that  the  greatest  number  of  combina- 
tions occur  in  the  interval  between  the  very  high 
and  the  very  low  degrees  of  heat  where  the  or- 
ganic unions  can  take  place.  Although  more 
than  one  hundred  thousand  compounds  are 
known  to  exist  in  this  interval,  there  is  still 
abundant  opportunity  for  investigation,  for  the 
combining  power  of  organic  elements  is  almost 
Unlimited, 


THE  MUSIC  OF  EDWARD   MACDOWELL. 


ROMANTIC  in  the  real,  beautiful,  and  ex- 
alting sense  is  the  music  of  the  American 
composer,  Edward  MacDowell,  says  Lawrence 
(rihnan,  writing  in  the  North  American  Review. 

I  account  Mr.  MacDowell  so  notably  a  romantic  of 
the  finest  attainment  because,  true  to  the  deeper  genius 
of  his  art,  he  devotes  himself,  in  his  practice  of  it,  to  a 
rendering,  extraordinary  for  vividness  and  felicity,  of 
those  essences  and  impressions  which  have  seemed  to 
me  to  be  the  ultimate  concern  of  the  romantic  spirit  in 
its  dealings  with  life.  He  has  chosen  occasionally  to 
employ,  in  the  realization  of  his  purposes,  what  seems 
at  first  to  be  precisely  the  magical  apparatus  so  neces- 
sary to  the  older  romanticism.  Dryads  and  elves  in- 
habit his  world,  and  he  dwells  at  times  under  faery 
boughs  and  in  enchanted  woods ;  but  for  him,  as  for 
the  poets  of  the  Celtic  tradition,  these  things  are  but 
the  manifest  images  of  an  interior  passion  and  delight. 
Seen   in    the  transfiguring   mirror  of  his  music,   the 


EDWARD  MACDOWELL. 


moods  and  events  of  the  natural  world  and  of  the  in- 
cessant drama  of  psychic  life  are  vivified  into  shapes 
and  designs  of  irresistible  beauty  and  appeal. 

A    CELT    OF    THE    CELTS. 

Mr.  MacDowell's  music  is,  "of  intention,  per- 
sistently pictorial  and  impressionistic." 

He  is  constitutionally  and  by  right  of  ancestry  Celtic 
of  the  Celts,  with  the  Celt's  intimate  vision  of  natural 
things  and  his  magic  power  of  poetically  vivifying  them. 
It  is  making  no  transcendent  claim  for  him  to  affirm 
that,  in  such  splendid  fantasies  as  his  "To  the  Sea," 
"In  Mid-Ocean,"  "In  Deep  Woods;"  in  such  exquisite 
impressions  as  "Starlight,"  "To  a  Water-Lily,"  "To  a 
Wild  Rose,"  there  is  an  inevitable  felicity,  a  graphic 
nearness  and  beauty,  an  imaginative  intensity  and  lyric 
fervor  which  exist  nowhere  in  external  tone-painting 
save  in  Mr.  MacDowell's  own  work. 

It  is  as  much  in  his  choice  of  subjects  as  in 
the  peculiar  vividness  and  felicity  of  his  ex- 
pression that  he  is  "unique  among  tone-poets 
of  the  external  world." 

He  has  never  attempted  such  tremendous  frescoes  as 
Wagner  delighted  to  paint ;  nor  does  he  choose  to  deal 
with  the  elements, — with  winds  and  waters,  with  fire 
and  clouds  and  tempests, — in  the  epical  manner  of  the 
great  music-dramatist.  Of  his  descriptive  music,  by 
far  the  greater  part  is  written  for  the  piano  ;  so  that,  at 
the  start,  a  very  definite  limitation  is  imposed  upon 
magnitude  of  plan.  You  cannot  achieve  on  the  piano, 
with  any  adequacy  of  effect,  a  mountain-side  in  flames, 
or  a  storm  at  sea,  or  the  prismatic  arch  of  a. .rainbow  ; 
and  as  Mr.  MacDowell  has  seen  fit  to  employ  that  in- 
strument as  his  principal  medium  of  expression,  he  has 
refrained  from  attempting  to  advance  musical  fresco- 
painting  beyond  the  point  at  which  Wagner  left  it. 
Instead,  he  has  contented  himself  with  such  themes  as 
he  treats  in  his  "Forest  Idyls,"  in  his  "Four  Little 
Poems"  ("The  Eagle,"  "The  Brook,"  "Moonshine," 
"Winter"),  in  his  first  orchestral  suite,  in  the  inimi- 
table "Woodland  Sketches"  and  "Sea  Pieces,"  and  in 
the  recently  published  "  New  England  Idyls."  As  a 
perfect  exemplification  of  his  practice,  consider,  let  me 
say,  his  "To  a  Water-Lily,"  from  the  "Woodland 
Sketches," — than  which  I  know  of  nothing  in  objective 
tone-painting,  for  the  piano  or  for  the  orchestra,  more 


104 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


sensitively  felt,  more  exquisitely  accomplished.  The 
method  is  the  method  of  Shelley  in  the  ••Sensitive 
Plant,"  of  Wordsworth  in  "The  Daffodils." 

Mr.  Gilman  believes  that  the  American  com- 
poser has  recalled  in  his  music  the  very  lite  and 
presence  of  the  Gaelic  prime — that  he  has  "  un 
bound  the  Island  harp." 

Above  all,  he  has  achieved  that  "heroic  beauty" 
which,  believes  Mr.  Yeats,  has  been  fading  out  of  the 
arts  since  "that  decadence  we  call  progress  set  volup- 
tuous beauty  in  its  place" — that  heroic  beauty  which  is 
of  the  very  essence  of  the  imaginative  life  of  the  primi- 


tive Celts,  and  which  the  Celtic  "revival"  in  contem- 
porary letters  has  so  singularly  failed  to  recrudesce. 
For  it  is  the  heroic  Gaelic  world  that  Mr.  MacDowell 
has  made  to  live  again  in  his  music. — that  miraculous 
world  of  superhuman  passions  and  aspirations,  of  bards 
and  heroes  and  sublime  adventure — the  world  of  Cuchul- 
lin  the  Unconquerable,  and  Laeg,  and  Queen  Meave ; 
of  Naesi,  and  Deirdre  the  Beautiful,  and  Fergus,  and 
Connla  the  Harper. 

From  first  to  last,  says  Mr.  Gilman,  in  con- 
clusion, the  work  is  the  work  of  a  master  of 
imaginative  expression,  a  penetrative  psycholo- 
gist,— above  all,  an  exquisite  poet. 


FRANZ  VON  LENBACH,  THE  PAINTER. 


^">HE  death,  in  May  last,  of  Franz  von  Len- 
bach,  Germany's  greatest  contemporary 
artist,  has  called  out  many  tributes  in  the  peri- 
odical press.  An  appreciation  of  the  artist, 
which  includes  considerable  anecdotal  material 
of   unusual   interest,  is  contributed   to  the    Con- 


ELEANOKA  DUSK  AM)  LENBACH'S  LITTLE  DAUGHTER,  MARION. 

(From  a  painting  by  Lenbach.) 

temporary  Review  (London)  for  June  by  Sidney 
Whitman.  Referring  to  the  thought  that  Len- 
bach's  work  will  hand  down  to  the  coming  gen- 
erations the  dominant  personalities  of  a  gloriouB 
period  in  German  history,  this  writer  recalls 
Prince  Bismarck's  declaration  that  it  pleased 
him  to  feel   that  he  would  be  known   hereafter 


by  means  of  Lenbaclf  s  portraits.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  may  be  said  that  the  artist  himself  is 
known  outside  of  Germany  largely  because  of 
the  fact  that  he  painted  Bismarck,  although  the 
Iron  Chancellor  was  only  one  of  many  exalted 
personages  whose  portraits  were  painted  by 
Lenbach.  It  is  said  that  no  artist  of  his  time 
was  less  impressed  by  rank,  and  he  refused 
almost  as  many  commissions  as  he  accepted. 
Mr.  Whitman  states  that  he  declined  an  invita- 
tion from  the  Emperor  Alexander  IT  I.  to  come 
to    St.    Petersburg,    and    he    once   showed    Mr. 


KH  VN/.   VON    LENBACH. 

(From  a  painting  by  himself.) 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


105 


Whitman  a  telegram  from  Cecil  Rhodes  sum- 
moning him  to  come  to  London  to  paint  his 
portrait  with  the  impatient  exclamation.  ■•  Let 
him  come  to  Munich." 

It  has  been  remarked  of  Lenbach  that  the  work 
of  his  later  years  surpassed  his  earlier  produc- 


PRINCE  BISMARCK. 

(From  the  famous  painting  by  Lenbach.) 

tions  both  in  richness  of  color  and  in  power  of 
composition  and  execution.  His  portrait  of  Leo 
XIIT.  is  an  instance. 

THE    ARTIST'S    BUSINESS    SIDE. 

Mr.  Whitman  reveals  some  of  Lenbach's 
marked  characteristics  as  a  business  man.  To 
the  question  once  asked  as  to  his  price  for  a  por 
trait,  the  artist  replied:  "That  all  depends. 
From  twenty  thousand  marks,  which  I  may  ask, 
down  to  five  thousand  marks,  which  I  may  be 
willing  to  pay  for  the  privilege  of  painting  an 
exceptionally  interesting  face."  Although  Len- 
bach  was  often  able  to  ask  what  he  liked,  he 
never  went  beyond  a  certain  figure  ;  and  that 
figure,  says  Mr.  Whitman,  was  considerably  less 
than  rumor  credits  certain  English,  French,  and 
American  artists  with  getting  for  their  work. 
Lenbach  said  that  he  disliked  to  ask  what  he 
considered  to  be  an  excessive  price,  even  when 
certain  of  obtaining  it.  In  some  cases,  when  ex 
ceptionally  high  prices  were  offered  to  reconsider 


previous  refusals,  he  always  stuck  to  his  first 
figure.  A  Berlin  banker  once  asked  Lenbach, 
point-blank,  what  he  would  charge  for  painting 
his  portrait.  Lenbach  mentioned  an  unusually 
large  sum  ;  this  was  a  way  he  had  of  avoiding 
a  direct  refusal  in  case  he  was  disinclined  to  un- 
dertake work.  ••  But  surely  that  is  too  much  ?  " 
blurted  out  the  close-fisted  millionaire.  "  I  bought 
a  portrait  which  you  painted  of  Prince  Bismarck 
for  less  than  half  that  price."  "That  may  be," 
replied  Lenbach,  quietly.      "  Tt  was  a  pleasure 

for  me  to  portray  hi  in  ;   but  surely,  Herr  X , 

without  offense,  you  do  not  imagine  that  it  would 
be  an  equal  pleasure  to  me  to  paint  you." 

Mr.  Whitman  shows  that  sympathy  and  per- 
sonal antipathy  had  not  a  little  to  do  with  in- 
fluencing Lenbach's  decision  even  in  matters  of 
art.  Some  years  ago,  when  a  few  friends  of  the 
late  Professor  Virchow  intended  to  present 
him  with  his  portrait,  they  approached  him  with 
a  view  to  accepting  a  commission  and  asked 
what  the  price  would  be.  Lenbach  declared 
that  he  would  consider  it  an  honor  to  paint  the 
great  scientist's  portrait,  and  named  a  compara- 
tively small  sum,  but  added  that  if  Professor 
Virchow  had  not  been  such  an  inveterate  enemy 
of  Prince  Bismarck  he  would  have  been  only  too 
pleased  to  paint  his  picture  for  nothing. 

Mr.  Whitman  closes  his  article  with  this  de- 
scription of  the  great  artist's  physique  : 

Lenbach  was  of  stately  stature  and  powerful  build. 
In  fact,  I  once  shocked  his  devoted  wife  by  comparing 
him  to  a  gorilla.  But  he  understood  my  playful  refer- 
ence to  the  fierce,  broad-shouldered  king  of  the  African 
forests,  and  smiled.  Everything  about  the  man  denoted 
strength,  and  yet  refinement.  Particularly  the  power- 
ful forehead,  the  piercing  expression  of  his  luminous 
eyes,  which  at  times  took  a  haze  of  tenderness  rare  even 
in  a  woman.     His  smile  was  set  off  by  the  possession  of 

faultless  white  teeth,  of 
which  he  had  not  lost 
a  single  one.  He  used 
to  call  himself  ugly,  for 
there  was  a  certain  rug- 
gedness  about  his 
strong  features  which 
one  finds  among  por- 
traits of  the  Dutch  mas- 
ters. But  for  those  who 
can  read  aright  the  out- 
ward expression  of 
great  qualities  of  heart 
and  mind,  the  proud 
dignity  of  manliness, 
Lenbach  looked  what 
he  was — "  'Every  inch  a 
king'  among  men  !" 


LENBACH. 


(From  a  bust  in  the  Glyptothek, 
Munich,  reproduced  in  Ju- 
oend.) 


Lenbach's  Method. 

Franz  W o 1 1  e  r , 
writing  in  Brush  and 
Pencil,  declares  that 


106 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Lenbach's  personality  belongs  wholly  to  the 
present.  "  His  works  breathe  the  breath  of  the 
modernity  in  which  they  were  created."  Fur- 
ther, '-no  modern  artist  has  ever  succeeded  so 
completely  in  fashioning  the  whole  surroundings 
■of  his  actual  works  into  one  artistic,  harmoni- 
ous whole  as  has  Lenbach."  His  method  was 
.that  of  the  old  masters. 

They  wrought  boldly,  disdaining  to  jeopardize  the 
(spontaneity  and  freshness  of  their  work  through  pain- 
ful attention  to  detail.  Such,  also,  was  Lenbach's 
method.  In  working,  he  involuntarily  excluded  much 
that  was  immaterial, — much,  too,  that  would,  as  detail, 
be  full  of  charm  and  attraction.  But  this  he  did  with 
careful  purpose,  for  he  knew  that  an  accumulation  of 
charm  and  attraction,  secondary  though  they  be,  would 
only  obscure,  and  make  the  composition  uneven  and 


uneffective.  "I  leave  it  to  the  beholder  to  fill  in  what 
lie  wishes  to  see,"  he  frequently  explained.  But  in  re- 
turn for  all  these  omissions  he  gives,  wholly  and  com- 
pletely, the  spirit,  and  he  gives  it  in  its  true  environ- 
ment, in  its  own  world  of  thought  and  feeling.  And 
since  this  it  is  that  appeals  to  all  true  lovers  of  art,  and 
since  Lenbach,  in  setting  it  forth,  was  giving  his  con- 
temporaries what  they  desired  and  most  rejoiced  to  re- 
ceive, therefore  he  became  great,  and  in  his  greatness 
remained  in  closest  harmony  with  the  spirit  of  his  age. 
In  many  respects,  indeed,  he  fairly  forced  his  will  upon 
the  public  ;  the  reality  which  he  followed  so  admirably 
in  the  portrayal  of  a  character  was  scorned  when  it  de- 
manded the  reproduction  of  an  actual  costume.  The 
male  attire  of  the  present  he  steadfastly  avoided  paiut- 
ing  whenever  he  could.  In  fact,  he  thoroughly  disliked 
modern  garments,  which  were  not  sufficiently  pictur- 
esque, and  frequently  presented  his  subjects,  as  he  has 
often  painted  himself,  in  an  old  black  Spanish  costume. 


A  PIONEER  SPANISH  JOURNALIST  AND  PUBLICIST. 


SPANISH  journalism  was  late  in  taking  its 
place  among  the  cosmopolitan  forces  of 
Europe,  says  Juan  Perez  de  Guzman,  writing 
in  Espana  Moderna  (Madrid).  Sehor  Guzman's 
article  is  entitled  "  The  Supremacy  of  the  Press 
in  Spain,"  and  he  tells  us  that  the  first  organ  of 
the  government,  the  Gaceta,  was  founded  in  I G6 1 , 
which  has  survived  the  vicissitudes  of  two  cen- 
turies and  a  half.  After  the  coming  of  the 
Bourbons,  the  liberty  of  the  press  was  nipped 
in  the  bud. 

A  rigorous  law  of  censorship  repressed  the  publica- 
tion of  beliefs  and  opinions  which  endangered  the  unity 
of  the  faith.  .  .  .  The  new  dynasty  which  ascended  the 
throne  at  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century 
looked  upon  the  kingdom  as  a  private  and  personal 
domain  ;  the  people,  however,  precisely  at  that  period, 
began  to  think  upon  their  own  rights,  and  the  seeds 
were  sown  which  ripened  into  the  revolutionary  move- 
ments which  followed. 

It  was  at  this  time  (1758)  that  Don  Francisco 
Mariano  Nifo  founded  his  Diario  (Daily  News), 
which  flourished  almost  to  the  end  of  the  nine- 
teenth century.  He  also  started  the  Estafeta  de 
Londres,  in  imitation  of  the  London  journals. 

The  fever  of  patriotic  indignation  which  was  roused 
by  the  enthronement  of  a  usurping  Bonaparte  at  Madrid 
fifty  years  later  had  little  time  to  seek  expression  by  the 
methods  of  journalism.  Yet  the  struggle  for  Spanish 
independence  which  began  in  1808  was  encouraged  by 
the  evening  journal  of  Quintanaz,  the  Semanorio  Pa- 
trtdtico.  In  its  brief  pages  it  breathed  the  sentimentof 
the  national  conscience,  of  national  dignity,  together 
with  a  majestic  spirit  of  liberty  and  justice,  in  a  tone  of 
moderation  and  restraint,  and  an  ardor  characterized 
by  the  broadest  tolerance. 

But  the  real  pioneer  journalist  of  Madrid  was 
Don  Andres   Borrego,  before  whose   day  peri- 


odical literature  in  the  Iberian  Peninsula  had 
not  cast  off  its  national  swaddling-clothes.  A 
wider  horizon  was  opened  up  by  the  appear- 
ance of  this  man,  who  was  indeed  a  new  figure 
among  his  fellow-countrymen,  for  his  life,  up  to 
1834,  had  been  spent  in  expatriation  in  London 
and  Paris.  "He  was  an  Andalusian  of  Malaga  ; 
with  his  own  eye  he  had  seen,  invading  the 
Peninsula,  the  soldiers  of  Napoleon,  and  again 
the  mercenaries  of  the  Duke  of  Angouleme  (in 
1823).  He  found  the  press  of  his  country  crippled 
by  excessive  censorship,  and  the  journals  that 
existed  filled  with  triviality  and  pedantry.  There 
was   neither  courage  nor  sincerity  in  the  little 


NKliO   AND  BKNBOA.-    BY    EDUARDO   BARRON. 

(The  first-prize  group  of  statuary  at  the  Spanish  Exposition 
of  Fine  Arts  recently  held  in  Madrid.) 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


107 


sheets  which  professed  to  guide  public  opinion." 
With  •■  the  force  of  an  intellectual  giant,  he  had 
thrown  all  his  influence  into  the  balance  of  his 
country's  future  ;  "  he  had  long  embraced  the 
side  of  those  thinkers  and  patriots  who  were  the 
rejected  and  proscribed  among  his  fellow-coun 
trymen.   In  writing  to  a  friend  in  1836,  he  says  . 

I  have  placed  mysell  under  the  banner  of  the 
people,  and  my  conscience  has  never  accused  me  of 
having  deserted  the  sacred  cause  of  humanity.  When 
the  ruin  of  national  liberty  drove  the  stubborn  defend- 
ers of  that  lost  cause  to  seek  an  asylum  in  foreign  lands, 
my  enthusiasm  for  the  people's  rights  led  me  to  fight 
in  the  ranks  of  the  proscribed.  1  became  one  of  the 
most  active  agents  of  that  French  press  which  for  ten 
j  <ars  (1823-33)  opposed  with  unwearied  persistency  the 
pn  tensions  of  Louis  XVIII.  and  Charles  X. 

Borrego  founded,  in  Malaga,  the  Confederation 

I'.itnutica  (1820-23)  ;  in  Argentina,  the  Correo 
National  (1825);  and  in  Paris,  the  Temps,  the 
most  completely  international  of  Parisian  jour 
nals.  From  1831  to  1834,  he  was  editor  of  the 
( institutional,  of  Paris,  and  Paris  correspondent 
of  the  Morning  Herald,  of  London.  He  had  a 
great  reputation  for  bold  liberal  ideas,  both  in 
London  and  Paris,  and,  coining  to  Madrid,  he 
set  out  to  inaugurate  a  reign  of  journalism 
winch  should  be  a  genuine  organ  of  public  opin- 
ion without  personal  aims  or  sectarian  rancors. 

He  was  then  in  the  prime  of  life  (1834),  a  born  jour- 
nalist, bent  on  instituting  at  the  Spanish  capital  a  news- 
paper like  the  Temps  and  the  Constitutional,  which  he 
had  founded  in  Paris.  But  in  attempting  to  realize  this 
scheme  he  was  met  by  almost  unsurmountable  obsta- 
cles. Spain  was  destitute  of  even  those  mechanical  arts 
which  are  the  auxiliaries  of  newspaper  publication. 
The  National  Printing  Press  of  Madrid,  from  which  the 
Gazette,  and  official  publications  issued,  was  equipped 
with  only  the  most  primitive  machinery  in  1834,  and 
even  the  paper  procurable  was  of  sheets  too  small  for 
his  purpose.  He  was  forced  to  import  his  materials 
and  presses  from  Paris,  and  eventually  founded  a  joint- 
stock  company  with  the  assistance  of  noblemen  and 
others  of  capital,  for  the  purpose  of  setting  up  a  print- 


ing establishment  equipped  with  all  the  latest  improve- 
ments and  capable  of  providing  the  Spanish  public  with 
productions  of  the  press  executed  in  the  highest  perfec- 
tion and  at  a  price  as  low  as  that  at  which  other  coun- 
tries disseminated  printed  literature.  ...  It  was  his 
ambition  to  create  a  periodical  literature  which  should 
approach,  in  loftiness  of  tone,  freedom  of  utterances, 
and  perfection  of  manufacture,  the  highest  standard 
reached  by  that  of  the  mdst  polished  and  civilized  na- 
tions of  Europe. 

This  design  was  accompanied  by  the  publica 
tion  of  the  EspaHol,  the  first  number  of  which 
appeared  November  1,  1835.  English  ma- 
chinery, type,  paper,  and  the  skill  of  English 
pressmen  produced  work  equal  to  that  done  on 
"the  most  famous  English  papers,  the  Times, 
the  Standard,  and  the  Morning  Post.  The  'make 
up'  of  the  paper  was  methodical  and  perfect," 
and  included  government  announcements  (Ga- 
zette), extracts  from  domestic  and  foreign  jour- 
nals, editorials,  political  news,  local  and  general 
news,  and  foreign  and  provincial  correspondence. 
But  Borrego  went  further  than  mere  newspaper 
publication.  He  founded  the  Revista  Europea 
(1837)  and  the  Revista  Peninsular  (1838),  which 
were  intended  to  take  the  place,  in  Spain,  of  the 
British  and  Foreign  Review  and  Blackwood's  Maga- 
zine, in  England,  and  of  the  Revue  de  Paris  and 
Revue  des  Deux  Mondes,  in  France.  Finally,  after 
completing  his  work  as  a  journalist,  in  which  he 
either  founded  or  edited  ten  journals  (1820—72), 
he  took  up  the  work  of  a  publicist.  His  many 
books,  thirty-one  in  all,  "are  the  Bible  of  the 
true  Liberal-Conservative  of  Spain."  He  had  a 
seat  in  the  Cortes  from  1837  to  1858. 

The  Spanish  Press  To-Day. 

An  exhaustive  study  of  the  origin  and  history 
of  the  periodical  press  all  over  the  world  is  con- 
tributed to  the  Revista  Contempordnea  (Madrid) 
by  Pedro  Gascon  de  Gotor.  Senor  Gotor  be- 
lieves that  there  is  much  to  be  desired  in  the 
conduct  of  the  Spanish  press  at  present. 


BOOKS  AND  LIBRARIES  FOR  CHILDREN. 


A  SERIES  of  articles  on  books  for  children 
appear  in  the  June  Chautauquan.  Mary 
Imogene  Hazeltine,  librarian  of  the  Prender- 
gast  Free  Library,  Jamestown,  N.  Y.,  considers 
"the  children's  room"  in  the  public  library. 
These  librarians  are  trained,  experienced  women, 
mostly.  They  have  found  that  several  consider- 
ations should  enter  into  the  selection  of  books, 
especially  their  mechanical  make-up,  their  literary 
value,  and  the  moral  effect  on  the  child's  char- 
acter. 


The  books  must  be  printed  on  good  paper,  in  clear 
type,  and  must  be  securely  bound.  Their  illustrations 
must  be  the  work  of  artists  who  do  not  overcrowd  with 
details,  who  give  good  outlines,  and  who  preserve  the 
traditions  of  perspective,  color  values,  form,  and  pro- 
portion, else  will  the  children  gain  false  notions  of 
things.  The  pictures  of  Cruikshauk,  Kate  Greenaway, 
Palmer  Cox,  Howard  Pyle,  and  Caldecott,  and  the  out- 
line marginal  drawings  of  Thompson-Seton,  are  exam- 
ples of  those  possessing  the  requisite  artistic  merit. 
While  the  question  of  the  subject-matter  must  be  duly 
regarded,  that  the  stories  be  wholesome,  with'reat  sit- 
uations and  true  accounts,  and  that  books  of  informa- 


108 


THE  AMERICAN   MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF   REVIEWS,. 


tion  be  accurate,  it  must  be  as  carefully  considered 
whether  they  be  presented  in  clear,  vigorous  English, 
and  in  good  literary  form,  and  that  their  tone  and  im- 
port be  neither  mawkish  nor  sentimental,  but  sincere 
and  high. 

A  child  readily  understands  and  appreciates 
a  book  whose  subject-matter  is  adapted  to  his 
comprehension,  even  though  it  was  avowedly 
written  for  adult  minds  and  in  the  best  literary 
style.  A  recent  and  forceful  illustration  of  this 
is  in  the  books  of  Mr.  Thompson-Seton. 

Many  of  the  familial-  stories  appearing  in  them  were 
published  lirst  in  the  Century  and  Scribncr's  maga- 
zines, the  recognized  province  of  mature  readers.  But 
the  children  claim  these  books  as  their  own,  and  read 
them  with  avidity  and  delight.  Indeed,  the  border- 
land between  juvenile  and  adult  books  is  hard  to  define 
when  the  best  literature  is  under  discussion,  for  the 
children's  classics,  "Arabian  Nights,"  "  The  Odyssey," 
"Robinson  Crusoe,"  "Pilgrim's  Progress,"  "Gulliver's 
Travels,"  Cooper's  novels,  "Ivanhoe,"  were  not  written 
for  children  at  all,  but  have  been  adopted  by  them. 

SUGGESTIONS    AS    TO    HOME    LIBRARIES. 

Home  libraries  for  poor  children  is  the  subject 
discussed  by  Frances  Jenkins  Olcott,  chief  of  the 
children's  department  and  director  of  the  training 
school  for  children's  librarians  in  the  Pittsburg 
( 'arnegie  Library.  This  writer,  m  speaking  of  the 
selection  of  books  for  such  home  libraries,  says  : 


Let  us  say  that  we  have  made  a  working  center  of 
the  home  of  the  president  of  our  club  of  volunteer 
home-library  visitors.  A  committee  may  be  appointed 
to  procure  books  from  the  public  library  of  the  city. 
The  club  is  indeed  fortunate  if  the  public  library  will 
undertake  the  selection  and  exchauge  of  the  books,  for 
this  will  enable  its  members  to  throw  their  whole  efforts 
into  the  actual  work  with  the  children  and  their  fam- 
ilies. But  if  the  library  rules  interfere  with  the  loan 
of  books  for  such  a  purpose,  the  members  of  the  club 
might  pledge  themselves  to  solicit  contributions  to  the 
amount  of  twenty- five  dollars  each.  Frequently,  libra- 
ries are  given  as  memorials  by  parents  who  have  lost 
children  and  who  are  glad  to  have  the  influence  of  good 
books  go  among  the  poor  and  needy  ;  and  sometimes 
the  libraries  are  named  for  the  children  or  for  a  child's 
favorite  author.  Twenty-five  dollars  purchases  a  neat 
bookcase  and  twenty  volumes.  In  selecting  the  books, 
it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  boys  who  have  fed  ou 
the  adventures  of  "Dashing  Charlie,  the  Texan  Whirl- 
wind," "  Gentleman  Joe,  the  Gilt-Edged  Sport,"  "Dick 
Dead-Eye,"  "Tracy  the  Outlaw,"  and  "The  James 
Brothers"  cannot  be  interested  at  once  in  "Alice  in 
Wonderland,"  "Tom  Brown's  School  Days,"  "Ivanhoe," 
and  other  children's  classics.  The  transition  from  read- 
ing dime  novels  to  actual  enjoyment  of  good  literature 
must  be  slow,  and  can  be  accomplished  only  through 
the  infinite  patience  and  perseverance  of  the  visitor. 
An  occasional  boy  will  rise  to  the  height  of  the  "  Oregon 
Trail"  and  "Ivanhoe,"  but  on  the  whole  the  visitor 
must  be  satisfied  if  she  raises  the  general  staudard  of 
reading  to  Munroe,  Henty,  and  Otis.  The  same  rule 
holds  good  in  selecting  books  for  girls. 


THE    LAMAISM  OF  TIBET. 


THE  dominant  religion  of  Tibet  is  Lamaism. 
It  is  more  than  a  religion,  however.  In 
reality,  it  represents  the  entire  organism,  reli- 
gious, social,  and  political,  of  Tibet.  It  is  an 
absolute  theocracy,  without  parallel  in  the  world. 


So  we  are  informed  by  M.  L.  de  Milloue,  a 
French  writer,  in  the  Revue  UniverseUe.  Lama- 
ism, he  says,  has  many  points  in  common  with 
the  Catholic  hierarchy.  Everything  is  subordi- 
nated   to  the  clergy,   the  highest  religious  offi- 


POTtTIjU,  THE   "VATICAN"   ill''  THE    BUDDHIST    POPE   AT   I.ASSA. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


1<><> 


dais,  among  whom,  in  Tibet,  arc  the  lamas. 
M.  L.  de  Millout'  traces  the  history  of  the  devel- 
opment of  Lamaism  from  the  earliest  times.    He 

says  that  since  the 
begi  n  ning  of  the 
ninth  century  the 
history  of  Tibet  has 
been  merely  the  his- 
tory of  the  clergy, 
who  have  had  al- 
most absolute  power 
over  the  people. 
Lamaism,  he  says, 
is  a  sort  of  Bud- 
dhism, but  nluch 
corrupted  by  min- 
gling a  certain  my- 
thology and  mysti- 
cism w  h  i  c  h  w  a  s 
peculiarly  Tibetan, 
and  afterward  be- 
came still  moie  cor- 
rupted into  a  sort 
of  fantastic  sorcery  to  which  many  local  super- 
stitions were  added. 

The  word  "lama"  stands  for  the  term  "  priest." 
It  really  signifies  '-superior,  venerable."  The 
Tibetan  priests  are  subjected  to  the  most  rigor- 
ous training  during  their  youth,  and  are  monks 
in  the  strictest  sense  of  the  term.  They  are 
very  numerous,  representing,  it  is  said,  one- 
eighth  of  the  entire  population  of  the  country, 
and    possessing  almost  all   the  public  property. 


CAKYA   MOl'XI. 

(The  most  sacred  of  Buddhas). 


Jlfl*.' 


They  are  in  reality,  says  tins   French   writer,  a 

great    plague  to  the   people,  and  are  themselves 

corrupt  and  insincere. 

Not  the  Supreme  Head  of  Buddhism. 

The   new   quarterly,    Buddhism,   published  in 
Rangoon.  Burma,  ridicules  the  idea  that  the  Dalai 

Lama  of  Lassa  has 
i  any   headship    over 

Buddhists  general- 
ly. Commenting  on 
Colonel  Younghus- 
band's  "  mission  "  to 
the  Tibetan  capital, 
this  review  says  : 
"We  may  state  in- 
cidentally, in  view 
of  wild  rumors  to 
the  contrary,  that 
the  Buddhists  of 
B  u  r  m  a  —  and ,  we 
presume,  all  Bud- 
dhists in  the  British 
Empire — view  with 
absolute  indiffer- 
ence the  affairs  of 
the  Dalai  Lama  and 
of  Tibet  generally, 
with  w  h  i  c  h  they 
have  nothing  in  common,  and  that  the  fiction 
that  Buddhists  regard  the  former  in  the  same 
light  as  do  Roman  Catholics  the  Pope  is  too 
absurd  for  serious  discussion." 


THE  DALAI  LAMA. 

(From  a  drawing  by  Sven 
Hedin). 


WHAT  EMIGRATION   MAY  MEAN  TO  ITALY. 


STATESMEN  and  economists  in  Italy  are  de- 
voting considerable  attention  to  the  emi- 
gration problems  which  face  their  country.  In 
two  articles  in  recent  numbers  of  the  Nuova 
Antologia  (  borne),  the  possibilities  of  emigration 
in  the  way  of  improving  the  economic  and  so- 
cial condition  of  the  kingdom  are  discussed. 
Enrico  Cocchia  writes  on  "The  Emigration  of 
Kducated  Italians."  and  in  his  article  declares  that 
he  longs  for  the  day  when  "the  educated  class. 
increased  beyond  all  measure,  shall  feel,  equally 
with  the  lower  classes,  the  impulse  toward  emi- 
gration, and  shall  make  their  homes  in  distant 
lands,  with  a  view  to  establishing,  once  more, 
the  national  wealth  and  greatness  of  Italy,  re- 
vived and  flourishing  in  the  prosperity  of  her 
colonial  possessions."  He  points  out  that  the 
power  of  all  nations,  ancient  and  modern,  has 
been  maintained  and  supplemented  by  means  of 
colonization,  which  has  fostered  their  commerce. 


The  commerce  of  Italy  with  foreign  lands  is  of 
less  magnitude  than  that  of  either  England,  Ger- 
many, France,  Russia,  Japan,  Austria,  or  Hoi 
land.  This,  he  says,  is  due  to  the  fact  that 
Italian  emigrants  belong  neither  to  the  commer- 
cial nor  to  the  educated  classes.  Yet  the  great 
high-roads  of  foreign  emigration,  "as  in  ancient, 
times,  ought  not  to  be  monopolized  to-day  by 
the  mere  laborers  of  the  land,  but  should  also, 
and  above  all,  be  taken  by  the  educated  ami 
learned  classes,  who  at  present,  like  the  sain- 
classes  in  Germany  up  to  1870,  suffer  from  stag 
nation  and  inertia  within  the  narrow  confines 
of  their  native  land." 

For  a  people  like  ours,  which  possesses  traditions  of 
a  civilization  so  productive  in  works  of  intellect  and 
material  grandeur,  emigration  should  not  result  in 
degradation,  and  cause  us  to  be  placed  in  the  same 
category  as  that  of  negroes  or  coolies  in  North  America. 
Our  destiny  in   the  world  and  the  proper  mission  of 


110 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHL  Y  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Italy  ought  to  be  something  very  different  from  this. 
Emigration  ought  to  be,  to  lis,  the  most  potent  engine 
and  pathfinder  of  commerce.  The  more  numerous  the 
sons  of  any  country  dwelling  in  a  foreign  land,  the 
greater  the  influence  of  that  country,  the  larger  the  ex- 
port of  her  productions.  But  commerce  with  a  foreign 
country  will  never  receive  proper  encouragement  unless 
the  intelligence  of  the  learned  classes  is  enlisted  in  its 
service. 

EMIGRATION    OF    THE    INTELLIGENT    URGED. 

In  order  to  prepare  Italian  emigrants  for  es- 
tablishing successful  commercial  relations,  lie 
suggests  that  the  minister  of  agriculture  and 
commerce,  in  distributing  bursaries  and  scholar- 
ships, should  take  more  count  of  a  candidate's 
practical  knowledge  of  the  languages  current  in 
those  countries  of  Europe  and  of  the  East  with 
which  the  opening  up  of  new  commercial  rela- 
tions seems  most  desirable  and  practicable. 
Moreover,  there  is  plenty  of  room  abroad,  he 
says,  not  only  for  the  muscular  energy  of  Ital- 
ians, but  for  their  intellectual  activities  also. 
"  The  northern  coast  of  Africa,  the  eastern  shore 
of  the  Adriatic,  the  ancient  ports  of  the  Levant, 
the  boundless  territories  of  the  farthest  East, 
might  easily  become  seats  of  culture  eagerly  to 
be  sought  after  by  men  of  all  professions,  scien- 
tific, industrial,  and  artistic,  to  whom  the  soil  of 
their  native  country  had  proved  a  barren  home." 
Lawyers,  doctors,  veterinarians,  engineers,  phar- 
macists, professors  of  literature  in  every  depart- 
ment, painters  and  musicians,  as  well  as  the 
graduates  of  industrial  and  artistic  institutions, 
would  there  find  a  wide  field  of  activity,  pro- 
vided they  were  first  equipped  with  some  knowl- 
edge of  those  foreign  countries  and  had  become 
versed  in  the  methods  of  dealing  with  their  in- 
habitants. He  concludes  by  reverting  to  his 
main  contention. 

It  is  only  by  the  devotion  of  the  professional  and 
studious  chiss  to  the  work  of  industry  and  commerce 
that  Italy  will  be  enabled  to  find  a  way  to  wealth  and 
salvation.  ...  If  the  cultivators  of  science,  instead  of 
locking  themselves  up  in  the  laboratory  of  their  specialty 
and  applying  themselves  solely  to  some  pursuit  founded 
upon  the  learning  they  had  laboriously  acquiredin  their 
university,  would  only  seek  a  new  field  in  a  foreign 
country  which  gave  opportunities  more  propitious  to 
their  pursuit  of  fortune,  Italy  would  be  more  likely  to 
achieve  her  destiny  and  to  save  herself  from  the  fate  to 
which  she  has,  so  far,  for  four  centuries,  been  con 
demned, — namely,  that  of  wasting  and  exhausting  the 
rich  patrimony  received  from  her  forefathers.  The  nar 
row  confines  of  this  country  are  not  sufficient  for  the 
abounding  activity  of  Italian  intelligence. 

Italian  Colonies  in  South  America. 

"Plans  for  Italian  Colonization  in  South 
A  mcrica  "  is  the  title  of  an  important  article  in 
the  same  review.     The  author.  Donato  Sanmia- 


belli,  dismisses  as  absurd  the  narrow  and  short- 
sighted policy  that  would  discourage  Italian 
emigration  and  keep  the  youth  of  the  country 
at  home  for  military  service  and  the  cultivation 
of  the  Italian  soil,  which  is  already  in  the  hands 
of  owners.  As  an  argument  in  favor  of  foreign 
emigration,  he  refers  to  the  increase  of  the  birth- 
rate and  the  decrease  of  the  death-rate  in  Italy, 
and  the  narrowness  and  worn-out  condition  of 
arable  belts  in  many  Italian  provinces.  He  also 
gives  reasons  why  South  America  is  a  land  of 
promise.  He  thinks  the  unsettled  wilderness 
of  the  La  Plata  valley  is  more  likely  to  afford 
the  best  room  for  scattered  Italian  colonies, 
keeping  up  their  national  character  and  lan- 
guage, buying  the  manufactured  goods  of  Italy, 
sympathizing  with  her  political  life,  and  selling 
their  productions  in  her  markets.  Consider, 
he  says,  "the  joyless,  often  unfortunate,  condi- 
tion of  our  fellow-countrymen,  emigrants  herded 
together  in  the  great  city  centers  of  the  United 
States,  and  the  jealous  restrictions,  or  fatal  com- 
petition, by  which,  in  all  countries  where  the 
English  language  is  spoken, — as  in  Australia, 
for  instance, — our  countrymen  are  excluded  from 
prosperity." 

The  Italian  Government,  therefore,  appointed 
a  commission  of  emigration  to  visit  South 
America  and  report  on  places  most  suitable  and 
available  for  emigrants  to  settle  in.  Strict  laws 
had  already  been  passed,  at  the  instance  of 
Senator  Bodio  and  his  colleagues,  to  protect  the 
emigrant  during  his  voyage  out  and  provide 
assistance  for  him  on  his  arrival  on  a  foreign 
shore.  At  the  end  of  June,  190:>,  two  com- 
missioners, Prof.  Angelo  Scalabrini  and  Dr. 
Alessandro  Piacentini  sailed  for  Buenos  Ayres. 
The  two  commissioners  determined  to  take 
nothing  on  hearsay,  and  set  out  to  explore  the 
province  of  Buenos  Ayres.  They  were  much 
struck  with  the  abundant  pasturage  and  fine 
cattle  of  that  region.  They  traveled  through 
the  wheat  tracts  of  Santa  Fe  and  Entre  Rios. 

A  FAVORABLE  REPORT  ON  ARGENTINA. 

The  soil  was  good,  the  climate  most  healthy, 

the  products  similar  to  those  of  Italy.    They  vis- 
ited ( lhaco, — a  province  half  the  size  of  all  Italy. 
I  >campo,  Corrientes,  and  others.     In  the  repori 

which  Professor  Scalabrini  finally  presented  to 
the  commissioners  of  emigration,  lie  represented 
Argentina  as  a  home  for  sturdy  colonists  of  rural 
habits,  emigrating  at  their  own  expense,  and  ad- 
vised that  such  he  conducted  to  this  place,  blessed 
with  a  healthy  climate,  fertile  soil,  and  line  situ- 
ation. Signor  Sanmiatelli  does  not  tell  us  whether 
any  large  number  of  Italian  emigrants  have  left 
for  South    America,  bul  he  says  that  on  the  guar 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


Ill 


anty  of  such  advantages  capitalists  are  likely 
to  come  forward  without  hesitation  ;  and,  in  fact, 
many  proposals  are  to  be  laid  before  the  com- 
missioners of  emigration  and  examined  by  them 
at  an  early  date.  Signor  Ernesto  Nathan  has 
offered  to  them  fifty  million  lire  (about  ten  mil- 
lion dollars)  on  condition  that  the  state  guarantee 


him  the  interest  of  it  at  the  lowest  rate  paid  on 
treasury  bonds,  and  an  institute  of  colonization 
has  been  projected  by  the  civil  engineer  Antonio 
Tansini,  of  Bologna,  who  has  gone  to  Argentina 
under  the  instructions  of  a  provisional  committee 
of  this  institute,  with  a  view  to  take  definite  meas- 
ures for  securing  lands  in  Santa  Fe  and  Cordoba. 


HOW  A  WOMAN   MAY  LEARN  TO  SWIM. 


HUNDREDS  of  those  who  perished  in  the 
General  Slocum  disaster  at  New  York, 
last  month,  might  have  saved  themselves  and 
rescued  helpless  children  had  they  known  how 
to  swim.  There  is  much  encouragement,  as  well 
as  abundance  of  sound  advice,  to  all  women  who 
frequent  the  seashore  or  inland  lakes  of  our 
country  in  the  article  on  "Things  a  Woman 
Should  Know  in  Learning  to  Swim,"  contributed 
to  the  July  Outinghy  Clara  Dalton.  According 
to  this  writer,  a  lesson  or  two  should  suffice  to 
teach  any  woman  how  to  keep  her  mouth  above 
water,  while  one-quarter  of  the  time  expended 
by  most  women  in  jumping  up  and  down  about 
the  ropes  at  a  seaside  resort  would  make  them 
expert  swimmers. 

The  beginner,  we  are  told,  should  first  get 
accustomed  to  having  her  head  under  water. 
She  should  enter  the  water  gradually,  wading 
out  till  the  water  comes  to  her  neck  ;  then 
stooping  till  she  is  entirely  submerged,  she 
should  remain  thus  for  a  second.  It  will  soon 
be  found  quite  possible  to  stay  under  water  for 


CORRECT  POSITION.— BEGINNING  OF  LEG  STROKE. 


increasing  periods  of  time  with  nostrils  open,  and 
to  hold  them  free  of  water. 

Having  become  "at  home  in  the  water,"  the 
pupil  is  ready  to  begin  the  real  business  of  learn- 
ing to  swim.  The  first  movement  is  the  breast 
stroke. 

The  pupil  should  wade  out  from  the  shore  up  to  her 
chest,  then  face  the  shore,  join  the  palms  of  the  hands 
together  at  the  breast  with  the  fingers  tightly  closed, 
The  last  injunction  is  one  frequently  disregarded  by  be- 
ginners. Then  the  hands  should  shoot  straight  out  in 
front,  a  little  below  the  level  of  the  chin.  When  the 
arms  are  stretched  out  straight  in  front  to  their  fullest 
extent,  the  palms  of  the  hands  should  be  turned  flat 
downward,  lying  almost  horizontal  to  the  surface,  and 
the  arms  should  make  a  semicircular  sweep  to  their 
widest  extent  on  either  side,  the  arms  being  in  a  straight 
line  with  the  shoulders.  During  the  motion,  care 
should  be  taken  all  the  time  to  keep  the  arms  perfectly 
straight  and  the  palms  downward  ;  also  that  the  arms 
shall  not  be  drawn  farther  back  than  a  line  perpendic- 
ular to  the  shoulders. 

Last,  the  hands  must  be  brought  back  to  first  posi- 
tion again,  care  being  taken  to  drop  the  elbows,  and 
the  hands  kept  as  near  the  surface  as  possible  without 
splashing.  The  palms  are  on 
the  way  gradually  turned  so 
that  they  will  meet  again  at 
the  breast  ready  for  the  next 
stroke.  This  is  the  breast  stroke, 
and  it  is  a  good  idea  to  practise 
this  also  out  of  the  water,  even 
before  going  in  at  all. 

On  shore,  counting  aloud  as 
the  strokes  are  made  will  help  the 
pupil  to  keep  time  with  the  leg 
strokes.  This  single  stroke 
should  be  practised  until  it  is 
thoroughly  mastered.  The  arm 
stroke  will  enable  the  pupil  to 
keep  her  head  above  water  long 
before  she  is  able  to  swim,  and  it 
demands  far  less  practice  than 
the  leg  stroke. 


The  leg  stroke  is  more 
difficult  to  master,  but  is 
more  important.  A  good 
preparation  may  be  afforded 
by  shore  practice. 


112 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Lying  face  downward  across  a  stool,  the  instructor 
should  take  the  pupil's  ankles  and  pull  the  legs  straight 
out,  heels  touching  and  toes  directed  outward;  then 
the  feet  must  be  pushed  up  toward  the  body  as  far  as 
possible,  care  being  taken  to  keep  the  heels  together 
and  the  knees  turned  out,  frog  fashion.  Next,  the  legs 
should  be  pulled  out  straight,  as  far  apart  as  possible, 
the  feet  being  still  in  a  horizontal  line;  then,  the  legs, 
being  still  kept  straight,  should  be  brought  together, 
the  heels  touching* with  a  snap.  Thus,  the  water  com- 
pressed between  the  legs  will  push  the  body  forwai'd. 
Then,  as  the  heels  are  about  to  be  brought  together  at 
the  end  of  the  movement,  the  ankle  joints  should  be 
quickly  relaxed  and  the  feet  struck  sharply  together 
until  the  soles  almost  meet  and  lie  in  line  with  the  legs. 
And  while  the  legs  are  once  more  assuming  the  posi- 
tion nearest  the  body,  the  feet  should  always  be  kept  in 
line  with  the  direction  to  be  taken. 

Having-  become  thoroughly  familiar  with  these 
movements  on  shore,  the  pupil  in  ay  wade  out  in 
open  water  to  the  depth  of  her  shoulders,  face  the 
shore,  and  push  off  from  the  bottom  with  her 
feet,  at  the  same  time  bringing  the  arms  to  the 
first  position  with  the  palms  together  under  the 
chin. 

Then,  without  stopping,  the  arms  must  be  shot  for- 
ward to  the  second  position  of  the  arm  stroke,  the  legs 
at  the  same  time  being  kicked  out  as  far  apart  as  possi- 
ble, the  motion  continued  by  snapping  the  heels  to- 
gether. Legs  and  arms  are  then  brought  quickly  back 
to  first  position.  This  motion,  made  at  first  with  the 
hand  of  the  instructor  to  support  the  chest,  can,  after 
a  few  lessons,  be  made  with  no  support  at  all.  Only 
care  must  be  taken  to  kick  the  legs  straight  behind, 
not  under,  the  body.  If  they  are  allowed  to  fall,  the 
swimmer  will  at  once  assume  an  upright  position. 

The  writer  declares  that  if  a  woman  will  spend 
three  hours  in  the  determined  effort  to  learn  to 


keep  afloat  or  to  take  the  swimming  strokes  she 
will  be  insured  against  losing  her  life  by  drown- 
ing, provided  she  has  presence  of  mind.  Her 
rescue  would  depend  mainly  upon  her  physical 
endurance  and  the  slowness  of  her  strokes.  Quick 
strokes  soon  exhaust  a  swimmer. 

The  article  concludes  with  several  cautions 
which  the  writer  thinks  that  every  woman  swim- 
mer ought  especially  to  observe. 

1.  She  should  never  go  in  the  water  for  swimming 
when  she  is  fatigued.  Since  the  late  afternoon  hours 
are  the  popular  time  for  bathing  at  the  seaside  resorts, 
a  woman  is  likely  to  be  fatigued  by  the  golf,  or  bicycle- 
riding,  or  walking  that  have  made  up  her  day,  and  she 
is  then  not  in  fit  condition  for  the  exertion  of  swimming. 

2.  She  should  never  go  in  swimming  within  two 
hours  after  eating  a  heavy  meal.  This  is  a  rule  never 
to  be  broken,  and  failing  to  observe  which  almost  wholly 
takes  away  from  swimming  the  benefits  that  the  exer- 
cise would  otherwise  give. 

3.  She  must  not  stay  in  the  water  a  mimite  after 
she  feels  fatigue  or  chill. 

4.  She  should  never  allow  herself  to  be  "dared"  to 
swim  farther  than  she  has  ever  swum  ;  overexertion  in 
swimming  is  extremely  dangerous  to  her  health,  to  say 
nothing  of  the  peril  while  in  the  water. 

5.  She  ought  not  to  swim  away  from  the  crowd  until 
she  is  an  expert  swimmer. 

6.  She  should  learn  not  to  be  frightened  or  to  lose 
her  head  if  a  limb  becomes  cramped.  If  it  is  raised 
from  the  water  and  rubbed  for  a  minute,  the  pain  will 
cease. 

7.  If  she  ever  has  occasion  to  save  any  one  from 
drowning,  she  can  do  so  even  if  she  is  not  an  adept 
swimmer  by  remembering  not  to  come  in  front  of  the 
drowning  person  in  order  to  rescue  her.  She  should 
approach  her  from  the  back,  and  seize  her  firmly  by 
both  arms,  near  the  biceps. 


JULES    VERNE    ON    HIMSELF   AND    OTHERS. 


MR.  GORDON  JONES  contributes  to  Temple 
Bar  an  interesting  interview  with  the 
venerable  scientific  novelist  at  Amiens.  Asked 
as  to  the  beginning  of  his  career  as  an  author, 
M.  Verne  replied  : 

As  early  as  twelve  or  fourteen,  I  was  never  without  a 
pen  in  my  hand,  and  during  my  school  days  I  was  al- 
ways writing,  my  tasks  being  chiefly  poetical.  During 
the  whole  of  my  life,  1  have  always  had  a  great  passion 
for  poetical  and  dramatic  work,  and  in  my  later  youth 
I  published  a  considerable  number  of  pieces,  some  of 
which  met  with  a  fair  amount  of  success.  My  second 
and  principal  career  did  not  co7iimence  till  I  was  over 
thirty,  and  was  brought  about  by  a  sudden  impulse. 
It  struck  me  one  day  that  perhaps  I  might  utilize  with 
advantage  my  scientific  education  to  blend  together 
science  and  romance  into  a  work  of  an  advantageous 
description  that  might  appeal  to  the  public  taste.  The 
idea  took  such  a  hold  upon  me  that  1  sat  down  at  once 
to  carry  it  into  effect,  the  result  being  "Five  Weeks  in 
a  Balloon."  The  book  met  with  astonishing  success,  and 
several  editions  being  soon  exhausted,  my  publishers 


urged  upon  me  the  desirability  of  producing  some  more 
volumes  in  the  same  style.  .  .  .  Although  not 
wholly  pleased  with  the  idea,  I  complied  with  their  re- 
quest. 

He  owed  the  suggestion  of  "  The  Green  Ray  " 
to  his  visit  to  Fingal's  Cave  in  the  Isle  of  Staffa. 

"The  Floating  City"  was  entirely  suggested  by  a 
trip  taken  to  America  in  the  Great  Eastern;  and 
"  Round  the  World  in  Eighty  Days,"  perhaps  the  most 
celebrated  of  all  his  works,  was  due  merely  to  a  tourist 
advertisement  seen  by  chance  in  the  columns  of  a  news 
paper. 

Interrogated  as  to  method  of  work,  M.  Verne 
replied  that  until  recently  he  invariably  rose  at 
live  andsdid  three  hours'  writing  before  break- 
fast. The  bulk  of  his  work  was  done  at  this 
time,  He  kept  himself  abreast  of  the  times  by 
wide  reading  in  newspapers  and  periodicals,  by 
clipping  out  interesting  paragraphs  and  entering 
them  for  future  use. 


BRIEFER    NOTES   ON    TOPICS    IN   THE 
PERIODICALS. 


SUBJECTS   TREATED    IN   THE   POPULAR   AMERICAN    MAGAZINES. 


The  Labor  Question. — Mr.  Victor  8.  Yarros,  writ- 
ing in  the  American  Journal  of  Sociology  (Chicago), 

discusses  the  labor  question  in  its  relation  to  the  social 
problem.  He  points  out  that  the  labor  leaders  of  to-day 
have  adopted  radically  individualistic  views,  notwith- 
standing the  fact  that  they  are  constantly  charged  with 
socialistic  leanings.  Mr.  Yarros  maintains  that  the 
labor  question  can  only  be  solved  when  we  shall  have 
solved  t  he  problem  of  the  control  and  use  of  the  natural 
media  and  the  problem  of  t he  relation  between  the  in- 
dividual and  the  body  politic. — In  the  same  periodical, 
Mr.  Hayes  Robbing  reviews  the  New  York  building 
trades  paralysis  of  1903.  Mr.  Robbins  contends  very 
justly  that  neither  Parks  nor  his  followers  could  be  re- 
garded as  fairly  representative  of  the  present  character 
or  tendencies  of  labor-unionism  either  in  New  York  or 
in  the  country  at  large.  "The  labor  movement  is  en- 
titled to  be  judged  by  the  solid,  permanent  elements 
that  underlie  it  rather  than  by  the  surface  accidents  of 
vicious  leadership." — In  the  current  number  of  the  Po- 
litical  Science  Quarterly,  a  paper  by  Mabel  Atkinson 
on  -Trust  and  Trade-Unions  and  Their  Mutual  Rela- 
tions "  brings  out  the  point  that  the  unions,  by  fixing  a 
definite  level  of  labor  cost,  may  in  some  cases  make 
combination  among  the  capitalists  easier.  By  restrict- 
ing the  amount  of  available  labor,  the  unions  may  even 
succeed  in  drawing  a  portion  of  the  profits  into  their  own 
pocket-.  But  in  those  interests  where  the  labor  is  un- 
skilled  and  the  wanes  low,  combination  among  the 
capitalists — if  it  comes  before  the  trade-union — makes 
organization  among  the  workers  more  difficult,  and  less- 
en- their  power  of  resisting  unwise  or  unjust  demands. 
In  the  North  American  Review  for  June,  Mr.  Maurice 
Low  describes  and  commends  the  conciliation  boards 
which  adjust  labor  diffei-ences  in  England. 

American  Politics.— Considering  the  imminence 
of  the  Presidential  campaign,  the  recent  issues  of  our 
magazines  have  been  strikingly  destitute  of  material 
relating  to  national  politics.  One  of  the  few  exceptions 
to  this  rule  of  silence  in  our  periodical  literature  is 
the  political  forecast  by  Eltweed  Pomeroy  which  ap- 
pears in  the  June  number  of  the  Arena,  (Boston).  Mr. 
Pomeroy  is  president  of  the  National  Direct  Legisla- 
tion League,  and  has  been  for  many  years  identified 
with  what  may  be  termed  the  "  radical "  wing  of  Amer- 
ican publicists.  His  article  is  interesting  not  so  much 
for  the  prophecies  that  it  contains  as  for  the  analysis  of 
conditions  in  the  two  great  national  parties.  So  far  as 
the  Republican  campaign  is  concerned,  Mr.  Pomeroy  is 
convinced  that  the  great  factor  will  be,  not  money,  nor 
the  management  of  men,  nor  the  swinging  of  the  in- 
fluence of  the  great  corporations.  All  these  were  fac- 
tors four  and  eight  years  ago  ;  but  in  the  coming  cam- 
paign. Mr.  Pomeroy  believes  that  a  more  decisive  factor 
will  be  President  Roosevelt's  personality  and  the  popu- 
lar belief  in  his  integrity,  courage,  and  real  sanity  of 


vision.  As  Mr.  Pomeroy  views  it,  however,  there  is 
an  ••indeterminateness"  in  President  Roosevelt's  posi- 
tion in  regard  to  the  trusts,  but  in  that  very  attitude 
the  President  represents  the  great  middle  class  of  the 
country,  and  for  that  reason  it  seems  probable  to 
Mr.  Pomeroy  that  he  will  be  elected.  On  the  Demo- 
cratic side,  Mr.  Pomeroy  still  regards  Mr.  Bryan 
as  the  best-known  and  most  influential  man  in  his 
party.  But,  in  his  opinion,  Bryan  is  to-day  at  the 
height  of  his  influence.  Bryan  at  heart  is  not  a  radical, 
and  he  will  not  disguise  his  real  sentiments  for  the  sake 
of  gaining  the  support  of  radicals.  Next  to  Bryan,  the 
most  important  man  in  the  party,  in  Mr.  Pomeroy's 
opinion,  is  Mr.  Hearst.  To  the  Hearst  candidacy 
Mr.  Pomeroy  attaches  great  importance.  Roosevelt's 
chances  against  Hearst  if  regularly  nominated  by  the 
Democrats  are  placed  by  Mr.  Pomeroy  at  not  more  than 
sixty  or  sixty-five  out  of  a  hundred.  In  the  July  num- 
ber of  the  World's  Work,  the  editor  ventures  to  fore- 
cast three  interesting  results  of  the  coming  campaign,— 
first,  a  searching  popular  examination  and  criticism  of 
Mr.  Roosevelt's  administration  ;  second,  the  regenera- 
tion of  the  Democratic  party,  causing  a  stronger  oppo- 
sition, even  in  case  of  Republican  success,  than  the 
Republicans  have  had  since  Cleveland  went  out  of 
power  ;  and,  third,  the  continuance  of  business  condi- 
tions practically  undisturbed. — In  the  current  number 
of  the  Political  Science  Quarterly  there  is  an  inform- 
ing study  of  State  central  committees  by  Mr.  C.  E. 
Merriam,  of  the  LTniversity  of  Chicago.  In  this  sketch 
is  presented  a  brief  outline  of  the  organization  of  the 
central,  or  executive,  committees  of  the  Republican 
and  Democratic  parties  in  the  several  States.  This  pa- 
per deals  with  such  topics  as  the  apportionment  of 
membership,  term  of  service',  method  of  election,  va- 
cancies and  removals,  officers,  and  sub-committees  and 
their  powers.  The  paper  is  packed  with  information 
never  before  collated  and  presented  in  this  compact 
form,  so  far  as  we  are  aware. 

Negro  Disfranchisement  Again. — In  two  of  the 

July  magazines  appear  important  contributions  to  the 
discussion  of  negro  disfranchisement  in  the  South.  Mr. 
Thomas  Nelson  Page  treats  the  question  in  Scribni  r's 
as  "One  Factor  in  the  South's  Standing  Problem."  Mr. 
Page's  position  on  this  question  is  fairly  well  known 
from  several  of  his  books,  as  well  as  from  a  number  of 
magazine  articles  published  during  the  past  year,  and 
we  need  not  state  his  argument  in  detail.  It  is  suffi- 
cient, perhaps,  to  say  that  his  is  the  view  shared  by  the 
influential  whites  of  the  South  in  general,  with  perhaps 
rather  more  of  consideration  for  what  he  terms  the  up- 
per fraction  of  the  race,— that  is  to  say,  the  educated 
negroes, — than  is  commonly  expressed  in  the  utterances 
of  the  Southern  white  leaders.  While  taking  the  ground 
that  the  disfranchisement  of  the  main  body  of  the  ne- 
groes in  the  Southern  States  was  a  necessary  measure, 


114 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


and  expressing  the  full  belief  that  this  disfranchise- 
ment is  for  the  permanent  welfare  of  both  races.  Mr. 
Page  is  free  to  admit  that  man}-  negroes  are  good  men 
and  good  citizens,  that  they  contribute  their  part  to 
the  public  wealth,  and  that  they  are  entitled,  on  every 
ground  of  justice  and  sound  policy,  to  consideration. 
Of  one  thing,  however,  he  is  certain,— that  the  ignorant 
negro,  "and  hence  all  ignorance,"  must  be  eliminated 
by  law.  In  the  Atlantic  Monthly,  Mr.  Archibald  H. 
Grimke  sets  forth  some  of  the  evils  of  disfranchise- 
ment. He  argues  that  disfranchisement  is  bad,  not 
only  for  the  negro  himself,  but  for  the  South  as  a  sec- 
tion and  for  the  rest  of  the  nation.  The  portion  of  his 
argument  that  will  particularly  interest  Northern  read- 
ers, we  think,  is  his  attempt  to  show  the  harmful  effect 
that  is  produced  by  disfranchisement  on  the  black  labor 
of  the  South.  Mr.  Grimke  holds  that  disfranchisement 
makes  a  large  proportion  of  the  South's  laboring  popu- 
lation restless  and  discontented  with  their  civil  and 
social  condition,  and  hinders  employers  of  this  labor 
from  producing  the  largest  and  the  best  results  with  it. 

Problems  in  Education. — Several  papers  of  gen- 
eral interest  appear  in  the  June  number  of  the  Educa- 
tional Review  (New  York).  President  Charles  Cuth- 
bert  Hall  presents  his  annual  survey  of  progress  in  re- 
ligious and  moral  education,  concluding  that,  upon  the 
whole,  the  strategic  points  in  any  such  system  of  edu- 
cation designed  to  affect  the  country  at  large  are  the 
universities  and  colleges. — A  paper  by  Mr.  James  Rus- 
sell Parsons,  Jr.,  on  "Tendencies  in  School  Legislation, 
1903,"  is  reprinted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  New  York 
State  Library.  This  legislation  suggests  to  Mr.  Par- 
sons the  type  toward  which  State  education  in  America 
is  moving, — a  school  strong  in  local  support,  aided  by  the 
State  in  proportion  to  its  needs,  subject  to  supervision, 
furnishing  instruction  in  elementary  and  academic 
branches  by  specially  qualified  teachers,  and  compulsory 
attendance  at  some  approved  school. — Several  articles 
in  the  World's  Work  for  July  are  devoted  to  various 
phases  of  education  in  the  South.  Perhaps  the  most 
interesting  and  suggestive  of  these  is  Miss  Martha  Ber- 
ry's account  of  "  Uplifting  Backwoods  Boys  in  Georgia." 
Miss  Berry  shows  how  the  children  of  the  poor  whites 
in  the  pines  are  taught  to  scrub,  to  cook,  to  farm,  to 
build  houses,  and  to  save  money.  She  relates  the  ex- 
perience of  a  group  of  boys  who  built  an  industrial 
school.  Optimism  is  likewise  the  dominant  note  in  Mr. 
William  Heck's  paper  on  "The  Educational  Uplift  in 
the  South,"  which  tells  how  the  people  of  various 
Southern  cities  are  aiding  in  the  development  of  the 
rural  schools,  how  illiteracy  is  being  gradually  elimi- 
nated, and  how  rural  communities  are  voting  to  tax 
themselves  for  school  funds.  Still  another  inspiring 
contribution  is  Prof.  John  Spencer  Bassett's  record  of 
the  educational  progress  made  in  the  city  and  county  of 
Durham,  N.  C,  where  industrialism  has  aided  power- 
fully in  the  building  up  of  education. — Miss  Adele 
M.nic  Shaw's  paper  in  this  number  of  the  World's 
Work  is  a  study  of  the  system  of  school  work  adopted 
at  Council  Bluffs,  Iowa,  where  the  pupils  are  taught  the 
three  R's  through  geography,  and  where  objects  and 
pictures  are  studied  as  well  as  books. 

Art  Topics  in  the  Magazines. — "An  Important 
Art  Treasure  of  New  York"  is  the  subject  of  an  article 
by  Mr.  Charles  I)e  Kay  in  the  July  Centura.  This 
treasure  is  a  chariot  of  bronze  from  ancient  Rome, — 


truly  a  grand  prize  for  the  excavator,  since  its  equal 
according  to  Mr.  De  Kay,  is  not  to  be  found  either  in 
the  Louvre,  the  British  Museum,  in  Berlin,  or  in  any 
of  the  museums  of  Italy.  The  chariot  was  found  last 
year  in  a  forgotten  burial-ground  near  the  modern 
Norcia  (ancient  Nursia).  The  relic  was  offered  in 
Paris,  but  was  sent  to  New  York,  and  was  bought  by 
the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  Its  age  is  estimated 
at  from  twenty-five  to  thirty  centuries. — Mr.  Charles 
Mulford  Robinson  writes,  in  the  Atlantic,  on  the  ar- 
tistic possibilities  of  advertising.  This  writer  has  dis- 
covered a  trend  in  the  direction  of  art  and  beauty  in 
our  advertising,  and  looks  forward  to  the  production 
of  fairer  cities  and  towns,  and  an  easier,  happier  life 
within  them.  Suggestions  of  the  future  to  which  Mr. 
Robinson  looks  forward  with  such  confidence  are  un- 
doubtedly to  be  found  in  the  great  expositions  that 
have  been  held,  at  short  intervals,  in  this  country  since 
1893. — The  principal  articles  in  the  International  Stu- 
dio for  June  are:  " The  Modern  French  Pastellists, — 
Gaston  La  Touche,"  by  Arthur  Octave  Uzanne  ;  "A 
German  Decorative  Landscape  Painter, — Walter  Leis- 
tikow,"by  W.  Fred;  "Tibetan  Art,"  by  Mrs.  Le  Me- 
surier ;  and  "The  Work  of  Herbert  Alexander,"  by 
Laurence  Housman.  In  the  Magazine  of  Art  for 
June,  the  editor  reviews  the  exhibition  of  the  Royal 
Academy;  Mr.  Cyril  Davenport  writes  on  "Cameo- 
cutting  in  France  ;  "  and  there  are  papers  on  two  mod- 
ern British  etchers,  Alfred  East  and  F.  Y.  Burridge, 
and  the  third  installment  of  the  symposium  on  "L'Art 
Nouveau,"  the  work  of  Mr.  Frederick  H.  Evans,  who 
is  described  as  a  "  romanticist  in  photography,"  by  Mr. 
A.  Horsley  Hinton.  In  his  fourth  paper  on  "Master- 
pieces of  Painting,"  contributed  to McClurc's  for  July. 
Mr.  John  La  Farge  discourses  on  the  portraits  of  chil- 
dren. Writing  in  the  Fortnightly  Review  for  June  on 
"  Verestchagin  as  a  Painter,"  Rosa  Newmarch  com- 
ments on  the  lack  of  the  militant  spirit  shown  by  Rus- 
sian art  and  literature.  The  spirit  of  jingoism  is  com- 
mendably  absent  from  Russian  poetry,  and  the  same 
thing  is  true  of  the  majority  of  Russian  painters,  Ye- 
restchagin  himself  being  a  marked  exception.  George 
Porter  Fernald  contributes  to  the  July  Cosmopolitan 
an  entertaining  sketch  of  an  Italian  villa,  with  illus- 
trations by  himself. 

Architecture  at  Home  and  Abroad. — An  attrac- 
tive forecast  of  "  The  New  West  Point"  as  it  will  appear 
when  the  comprehensive  architectural  plaus  recently 
adopted  in  connection  with  the  liberal  government  ap- 
propriation for  buildings  shall  have  been  fully  worked 
out  is  contributed  to  the  July  Century  by  Mr.  Sylvester 
Baxter.  The  illustrations  accompanying  Mr.  Baxter's 
article  show  that  the  design  of  the  architects  is  to  pre- 
serve as  far  as  possible  the  natural  features  of  the  land- 
scape, and  also  to  make  the  new  buildings  harmonize 
in  style  with  the  majority  of  those  now  standing.  The 
style  that  prevailed  in  the  architectural  composition 
was  the  Gothic.  The  successful  architects  in  the  com- 
petition were  Messrs.  Cram,  Goodhue,  and  Ferguson, 
and  they  have  chosen  Messrs.  Olmsted  Brothers,  the 
two  sons  of  the  lamented  Frederick  Law  Olmsted,  to 
collaborate. — Not  a  little  promise  for  the  future  of 
American  architecture  is  contained  in  this  month's 
number  of  the  World's  Work.  The  article  on  "The 
Uplift  in  American  Cities,"  by  J.  Horace  Macfarland 
and  Clinton  Rogers  Woodruff,  shows,  among  other 
things,  how  the  public  buildings  of  our  cities,  as  well 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


115 


as  the  surroundings  of  the  parks  and  playgrounds,  have 
been  greatly  improved  in  many  instances  during  the 
past  few  years.  In  the  same  magazine,  Mr.  Charles  H. 
Caffin,  writing  on  "  How  American  Taste  Is  Improving," 
traces  the  growing  appreciation  of  good  paintings,  sculp- 
ture, and  architecture  back  to  the  Centennial  Exposi- 
tion of  1876.  The  illustrations  of  his  article  certainly 
Bhow  a  remarkable  advance  in  the  standards  of  public 
taste. — In  the  July  number  of  Outing  there  is  an  inter- 
esting description  of  several  American  copies  of  English 
great  halls.  The  attempt  to  reproduce  these  features  of 
English  architecture  in  this  country  seems  to  have  be- 
gun with  the  rise  of  great  country-seats  on  this  side  of 
the  ocean.  Perhaps  there  are  more  of  these  American 
copies  than  the  general  public  is  aware  of.  This  article 
in  Outing  describes  one  such  gallery  in  a  house  at  Tux- 
edo, N.  V..  which  is  65  feet  long  by  15  feet  wide,  and  is 
Gothic  in  general  effect,  although  the  style  of  the  wains- 
coting and  of  the  ceiling  is  Jacobean,  or  Stuart.  Another 
American  mansion  on  Long  Island  boasts  a  hall  90  by 
65  feet,  extending  directly  through  the  house  from  front 
entrance  to  back.  The  "  Colonial "  hall  has  so  long  been 
an  American  possession  that  it  would  seem  hardly  neces- 
sary for  our  millionaires  to  go  to  England  or  the  Con- 
tinent of  Europe  for  examples.— Besides  these  articles 
in  the  popular  monthlies,  the  papers  appearing  in  the 
Architectural  Record  on  such  topics  as  "Decorative 
Work  in  Iron  and  Bronze,'"  "The  First  Concrete  Sky- 
scraper," and  "A  Type  of  the  Metropolitan  Hotel" 
will  fully  repay  perusal  even  by  the  non-technical  reader. 

Literary  Topics. — Sevei"al  of  the  July  magazines 
have  interesting  articles  in  literary  biography.  In  the 
( 'entury,  Hawthorne's  centenary  is  commemorated  in  a 
study  contributed  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Theodore  T.  Munger. 
— Apropos  of  the  six-hundredth  anniversary  of  the  birth 
of  Petrarch,  on  July  20,  the  Atlantic  Monthly  contains 
an  elaborate  survey  of  Petrarch's  life  and  work,  by  Dr. 
Henry  D.  Sedgwick.  There  is  also  in  the  July  Atlantic 
a  brief  article  by  George  Santanna  on  "The  Illustrators 
of  Petrarch." — Another  installment  of  the  Ruskin  let- 
ters to  Professor  Norton  appears  in  this  number  of  the 
Atlantic. — Munsey's  for  July  contains  a  brief  paper,  by 
T.  Edgar  Pemberton,  on  the  friendship  between  Charles 
Dickens  and  Washington  Irving.  Some  of  the  great 
English  novelist's  letters  to  the  American  writer  bear 
testimony  to  Irving's  influence  upon  his  earlier  work. — 
Rafford  Pyke's  paper  on  "Memorable  Love  Letters"  in 
the  July  Cosmopolitan  is  largely  concerned  with  the 
correspondence  of  literary  men  and  women,  notably 
such  distinguished  writers  as  Balzac,  Lord  Lytton, 
Margaret  Fuller,  and  the  Brownings. 

Out-of-Door  Life. — A  racy  account  of  Western 
harvest  life  is  contributed  to  the  July  Scribner's  by  Mr. 
Charles  M.  Harger.  The  Eastern  college  boys  who 
think  of  going  West  as  harvest  hands  this  season  will 
find  Mr.  Harger's  article  full  of  suggestions. — "The 
Wilderness  Near  Home"  is  the  title  of  an  attractive 
sketch  in  the  July  Outing,  by  Robert  Dunn.  This 
writer  expatiates  on  the  beauties  of  camping  in  the 
Adirondacks,  the  Catskills,  or  the  White  Mountains, 
and  gives  some  excellent  advice  for  those  who  are  plan- 
ning to  invade  one  or  the  other  of  these  quite  accessible 
regions. — In  the  World's  Work,  Dallas  Lore  Sharp,  the 
author  of  "Wild  Life  Near  Home,"  writes  on  "Our 
Uplift  Through  Outdoor  Life."  This  writer  asserts 
that   more  interest   is  taken  in  nature  in  the  United 


States  than  in  any  other  country.  He  sketches  the  be- 
ginnings and  spread  of  the  nature-study  movement, 
and  shows  how  Americans  are  devoting  themselves 
more  and  more  enthusiastically,  from  year  to  year,  to 
the  cultivation  of  mind  and  body  in  the  outdoor  world. 
— Mountaineering  is  the  subject  of  articles  in  two  of  the 
July  magazines.  Mrs.  Aubrey  Le  Blond  writes,  in  the 
Cosmopolitan,  on  "Perils  of  the  High  Peaks,"  while 
in  Outing,  Earl  Harding  gives  a  thrilling  account  of 
the  various  attempts  to  climb  Long's  Peak,  in  Colorado, 
— the  American  Matterhorn.  The  first  party  of  explor- 
ers to  reach  the  top  of  this  great  summit  was  led  by  the 
late  Major  Powell,  in  1869.  Colonel  Long,  whose  name 
the  peak  bears,  saw  the  peak  as  early  as  1820,  but  never 
ascended  it.  The  east  precipice  was  ascended,  for  the 
first  time,  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago  by  Elkanah  Lamb, 
a  pioneer  guide,  and  was  again  surmounted,  in  June, 
1893,  by  Enos  A.  Mills. 

The    Advance    in    Fruit -Culture. — Two   of  the 

July  magazines  take  note  of  the  recent  wonderful  de- 
velopments in  what  they  term  without  exaggeration 
"the  creation  of  new  fruits."  The  article  in  Scribner's, 
by  Mr.  W.  S.  Harwood,  describes  the  work  of  Mr.  Lu- 
ther Burbank,  the  well-known  horticulturist  of  south- 
ern California.  Some  of  Mr.  Burbank's  remarkable 
achievements  in  the  selection  and  breeding  of  fruits  and 
plants  are  illustrated  in  the  pictures  accompanying  Mr. 
Harwood's  article.  Mr.  H.  Gilson  Gardner,  writing  in 
the  Cosmopolitan,  describes  the  new  fruit  called  the 
"  tangelo,"  the  "creation"  of  which  has  just  been  an- 
nounced by  the  Department  of  Agriculture.  He  also 
gives  some  of  the  results  of  recent  experiments  in  graft- 
ing for  the  cultivation  of  oranges.  Lest  his  readers 
should  be  skeptical  on  this  matter  of  the  creation  of 
new  fruits,  Mr.  Gardner  reminds  us  that  the  tomato  as 
now  known  has  been  created  within  the  last  fifty  years. 
People  are  still  living  who  called  tomatoes  "love  ap- 
ples" and  did  not  consider  them  fit  to  eat. 

The  Spirit  of  the  West. — Writing  in  Harper's  for 
July,  Mr.  Henry  Loomis  Nelson  pays  a  fine  tribute  to 
the  character  of  the  men  who  have  built  up  our  great 
West.  He  comments  rather  unfavorably  on  the  part 
that  the  general  government  has  had  in  this  develop- 
ment. The  public  lands  have  been  wasted,  while  in- 
dividuals have  staked  their  all  on  the  country's  future 
and  have  largely  succeeded.  "There  is  no  wool  in  the 
Western  mind,"  says  Mr.  Nelson,  "and  there  is  no  de- 
cadence in  the  Western  conscience." 

Religious  Problems.— In  the  Century  Magazine, 
Mr.  Henry  R.  Elliot  gives  many  impressive  facts  regard- 
ing the  printing,  sale,  and  distribution  of  the  Bible. 
He  states  that  the  Bible  alone,  of  all  books  claiming 
a  divine  authorship  and  authority,  is  distributed  sys- 
tematically and  on  a  large  scale,  not  only  among  those 
who  wish  copies,  but  even  among  indifferent  and  hostile 
communities.  It  is  also  true  at  the  present  time  that 
there  is  not  a  land  or  a  language  of  importance  on  the 
face  of  the  earth  where  the  distribution  of  the  Bible  is 
not  carried  on  with  system  and  success. — Dr.  Thomas 
C.  Hall,  writing  in  the  North  American  Review  for 
June,  considers  "Socialism  as  a  Rival  of  Organized 
Christianity."  He  regards  socialism  as  "a  religious 
faith,  a  new  standard  of  values,  a  fighting  ideal,  and  a 
militant  enthusiasm  rapidly  hardening  into  an  aggres- 
sive dogmatism." 


116 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE   SPIRIT   OF  THE    FOREIGN    REVIEWS. 


The  American  Woman, — A   French  View. — In 

a  review  of  three  books, — "The  American  Woman  at 
Home.'"  by  Tli.  Bentzon  ;  "  The  Woman  Workers  of  the 
United  States,"  by  the  Misses  J.  and  M.  Van  Vorst  : 
and  a  collection  of  articles  by  Cleveland  Moffett,  M. 
Emile  Faguet,  of  the  French  Academy  (writing  in  the 
Revue  Bleue),  expresses  his  opinion  that  the  American 
woman,  while  brilliant  and  beautiful,  is  a  snob.  She 
wishes,  above  all  things,  not  to  be,  but  to  seem  to  be, 
he  says.  The  American  workingwoman.  especially,  is 
subject  to  this  fault  of  wishing  and  endeavoring  to  ap- 
pear as  though  she  were  richer,  better,  and  more  intel- 
ligent than  she  really  is.  She  is  a  '-profound  egoist," 
he  continues,  "who  cares  for  nothing  but  to  enjoy  life, 
to  make  a  show,  to  strut,  and  to  boast  of  possessing 
more  money  than  she  really  does.  .  .  .  She  is  nothing 
but  egotism  and  vanity.  She  does  not  wish  to  become 
a  mother  or  a  wife.  She  looks  upon  her  husband  only 
as  a  machine  for  making  money.  To  make  money  for 
one's  wife  is  not  only  an  expression  well  known  and 
proverbial  in  America,  but,  for  the  American  woman,  it 
is  the  first  and  last  word  of  the  conjugal  programme,  the 
duties  and  rights  of  marriage.  The  husband,  a  person 
very  often  brusque  and  uncouth,  is  deliberately  neg- 
lected by  the  wife,  especially  among  the  middle  classes  ; 
and,  if  there  are  children,  these  are  considered  to  be  a 
charge  and  a  burden  which  one  must,  if  possible,  avoid 
or  be  spared."  The  causes  of  this  state  of  affairs  this 
French  writer  declares  to  be  manifold.  The  principal 
one,  however,  he  declares,  is  a  national  trait  of  charac- 
ter. The  American  is  vain,  and  wants  his  wife  to  make 
a  show.  The  American  woman,  M.  Faguet  continues, 
is  actually  idolized  by  her  husband  and  regarded  by  the 
whole  American  people  as  a  queen,  an  empress,  and  a 
most  sacred  object.  In  fact,  the  United  States  is  a 
gyneocracy.  So  long,  he  concludes,  as  American  men 
live  exclusively  for  the  excitement  of  business  and  the 
sole  purpose  of  making  money,  that  their  wives  may 
spend  it,  so  long  will  American  money-aristocracy  con- 
tinue to  grow  worse.  But  there  will  some  day  be  an 
insurrection.  "The  American  aristocracy  may  yet 
have  its  1789." 

If  France  Went  to  War. — Colonel  de  la  Panouse, 
who  is  often  called  the  "  coming  Kitchener  "  of  France, 
discusses  in  the  Revue  des  Deux  Ml miles  the  present 
state  of  the  French  army  and  tells  how,  in  his  opinion, 
t  he  republic  would  meet  the  financial  strain  of  a  great 
war.  Each  individual  in  France,  according  to  statis- 
tics, pays  something  like  seventeen  francs  each  year 
toward  the  upkeep  of  national  defenses, — that  is,  the 
army  and  navy  ;  but,  he  points  out,  there  is  no  war 
chest,  as  there  is  in  Germany,  and  if  France  went  to 
war  she  would  have  to  rely,  in  the  first  instance,  on  the 
Bank  of  France.  So  good  has  always  been  the  credit  of 
this  national  institution  in  the  markets  of  the  world 
that  even  in  the  darkest  days  of  1870  a  French  note  was 
always  worth  its  face  value.  Colonel  de  la  Panouse 
considers  that  in  these  modern  days  no  war  can  last  for 

any  considerable  time ;  at  least,  he  prudently  adds,  no 

war  carried  on  in  Europe  itself.  The  battles  of  (Jrave- 
lotteand  of  Sedan  were  awful  in  their  slaughter,  but 
the  loss  of  life  then  was  nothing  to  what  it  would  be 
now.  New  engines  of  destruction  are  being  invented 
every  day,  and  the  wars  of  the   future  will    have  a  ter- 


rible effect  on  both  vanquished  and  victor  :  the  unready 
country,  however  glorious  her  past  record,  will  have  to 
take  a  lower  place  among  the  nations;  not  to  her  will 
be  given  the  chance  of  recovering  lost  ground.  If  a 
country  is  to  be  ready  to  defend  itself,  every  able  man 
should  be  something  of  a  soldier.  He  deprecates  the 
modern  theory,  now  rather  gaining  ground  in  France, 
that  the  army  should  be  a  thing  apart  from  the  nation 
at  large. 

Political  Australia  and  New  Zealand. — A  study 
of  the  political  progress  of  Australia  and  New  Zealand, 
in  the  Rcvuc  Blcuc,  by  Albert  Metin,  traces  the  de- 
velopment of  commercial  and  labor  legislation  in  these 
British  colonies,  which,  says  this  writer,  are  the  paradise 
of  the  workingman.  The  logical  result  of  almost  all 
the  legislation,  he  says,  is  to  the  disadvantage  of  the 
large  landed  proprietor,  and  in  favor  of  the  small  pro- 
prietor. The  Australians  and  New  Zealanders  have  un- 
usual political  and  practical  sense,  and  "this  has  given 
to  their  political  system  a  simplicity  which  Europe  has 
never  known."  "  In  the  Antipodes,  politics  are  honest. 
The  interests  which  inspire  them  are  very  often  the 
general  interests,  and  are  eminently  respectable.  Pol- 
itics are  often  elevated  to  the  status  of  universal  prin- 
ciples, with  such  men  as  M.  P.  Reeves,  ex-minister  of 
public  works  in  New  Zealand.  .  .  .  Their  political 
ideas  come  to  them  ready-made  from  England  in 
books  and  journals,  and,  by  an  extraordinary  lack  of 
logic,  in  these  democratic  and  radical  countries,  it  is 
not  always  the  inspiration  of  the  radical  and  democratic 
English  minority  which  penetrates  to  the  public  sense, 
but  often  the  conservative  and  Puritanical  spirit  of  the 
Anglo-Saxon  majority.''  From  the  standpoint  of  Puri- 
tanism and  pietism,  says  this  writer,  New  Zealand  is  to 
the  British  Empire  what  Boston  is  to  the  United  States. 
M.  Metin  points  out  the  fact  that,  while  in  Europe  the 
Radicals  and  Socialists  contend  for  commercial  liberty, 
the  Labor  party  in  the  Antipodes  is  strongly  in  favor 
of  prohibitive  and  protective  tariffs. 

Would  a  Japanese  Victory  be  a  Loss  to  the 
World? — A  French  writer,  Charles  Bepuis,  declares, 
in  the  Quimaine,  that  the  triumph  of  Japan  would 
work  less  harm  to  Russia  than  to  the  other  powers  who 
have  interests  in  the  far  East.  The  armies  of  the  Mi- 
kado, he  declares,  would  not  only  have  possession  of  the 
Manchurian  frontier,  but  would  menace  the  French 
possessions  in  Asia.  On  the  other  hand,  he  believes  that 
a  decisive  victory  for  Russia  would  arouse  the  indignant 
and  warlike  passions  of  Great  Britain. 

A  French  Tribute  to    Ring    Edward   VII. — An 

anonymous  character  sketch  of  King  Edward  the  Se\ 
enth  of  England  appears  in  the  RevtlC  rfc  Paris.  This 
writer  believes  that  King  Edward  is  almost  an  ideal 
monarch,  who  has,  he  says,  "  conquered  the  world  by  the 
high  distinction  of  his  attitude,  his  affability,  his  sim- 
plicity, and  his  bonhomie.  .  .  .  He  does  not  abuse  the  pen 
or  the  spoken  word.  What  he  says,  he  says  with  moder- 
ation, and  his  natural  tact  does  not  permit  him  to  ven- 
ture historical  allusions  which  might  wound.  He  is 
not,  like  most  of  his  compatriots,  ignorant  of  every- 
thing which  is  not  English.  He  has  few  equals  in 
diplomacy."     According  to  this  writer,  it  was  the  infill- 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


117 


ence  of  King  Edward  which  has  brought  about  the 
better  feeling  between  England  and  Ireland.  It  was 
In-  who  succeeded  in  ending  the  Boer  war  ;  who  is  put- 
ting an  end  to  colonial  quarrels  ;  who  has  brought 
about  a  rapprochement  with  France,  and  who  may 
yet  be  mediator  in  the  far-Eastern  conflict. 

Burning-  the  Korean  Imperial  Palace. — The 
KOT(  a  /.'<  Vi0W  (Seoul)  has  a  graphic  description  of  the 
burning  of  the  royal    palace  on   April   14.     After  the 


BURNING  OF  THE  PALACE  OF  THE  EMPEROR  OF  KOREA. 

(From  a  sketch  by  a  Japanese  artist— who  witnessed  theflre_in  the  Japanese  Graphic 

of  Tokio.) 


A^es,  and  to  treat  it  as  of  faith.  Another  noteworthy 
article,  signed  "A  Curate,"  points  out  once  again  the 
futility  of  the  papal  non  expedit  in  political  affairs, 
asserting  that  it  in  no  way  prevents  Catholics  voting 
when  they  please,  while  it  does  prevent  really  good 
Catholic  candidates  from  coming  forward,  and  acts  as 
a  constant  source  of  annoyance  to  men  genuinely 
anxious  to  be  loyal  both  to  Church  and  State.  He 
points  out  that  all  the  political  calculations  on  which 
the  prohibition  was  founded  have  proved  themselves 
false,  and  he  therefore  implores 
Pius  X.  to  restore  their  political 
freedom  to  the  Italian  people. 


French.  Influence  in 
South  America. — According 
to  Ruben  Dario,  writing  in 
Quincena,  of  Buenos  Ayres, 
German  influence  in  Latin 
America  is  practically  nil,  while 
the  influence  of  France  is  con- 
stantly on  the  increase.  Proofs 
of  this  can  be  found  in  the 
spread  of  the  theories  advanced 
by  Comte,  in  which  Mexico  and 
Brazil  are  enthusiastic  believ- 
ers. Nietzsche  has  no  followers. 
The  mentality  of  the  South 
Americans  is  not  molded  by 
Rome  or  Berlin,  but  by  Paris ; 
and  the  best  writers  of  South 
America  get  their  inspiration 
from  French  thought.  It  is  only 
in  Chile  that  the  German  spirit 
has  made  appreciable  conquests. 


Emperor  had  escaped,  says  the  account,  in  the  room 
occupied  by  his  majesty  there  was  a  heavy  chest  con- 
taining a  huge  amount  of  solid  gold  and  silverware  of 
various  kinds.  As  soon  as  his  majesty  left  the  apart- 
ment, eight  soldiers  were  detailed  to  bring  out  this 
chest,  bul  their  combined  strength  was  inadequate  to 
the  demand,  and  it  had  to  be  left.  After  the  fire,  the 
ilihi-is  was  removed,  and  it  was  found,  of  course,  that 
the  gold  and  silver  had  melted  and  run  in  all  direc- 
tions, lmt  the  bullion  was  recovered.  In  an  adjoining 
room  was  another  case  containing  a  large  number  of 
>ilver  spoons  and  other  implements.  The  cover  of  this 
was  burned  off  and  the  contents  partially  melted. 

Hold  Thinking  among  Italian  Catholics. — Two 
unusually  frank  articles  on  religious  subjects  appear 
in  the  Italian  Catholic  magazine.  Rassegna  Nazionale 
I  l'iretizi  i.  One  is  on  the  Magi,  pointing  out  how  nothing 
is  known  of  them  save  the  very  meager  Gospel  narrative, 
how  in  all  human  probability  they  remained  pagansfor 
the  rest  of  their  lives,  and  how,  therefore,  it  is  quite 
absurd  to  cultivate  a  devotion  to  them,  whether  as 
saints  or  martyrs,  or  to  venerate  their  supposed  bones, 
said  to  he  preserved  in  a  sarcophagus  in  the  Church  of 
Sanl  Eustorgio,  at  Milan,  the  authenticity  of  which 
could  certainly  never  be  established.  In  conclusion, 
the  author,  who  si^ns  himself  "Filalete,"  protests 
energetically  against  a  recent  attempt  that  has  been 
made  to  revive  interest  in  so  "obscure  and  dubious  a 
legend  "  bequeathed  to  us  by  the  credulity  of  the  Middle 


Peace  a  Result  of  Em- 
pire. —  A  thought  -  provoking 
study,  under  the  title  "  What  Is  Peace  ?"  is  contributed 
to  the  SUddeutsche  Monatsheftc  (Munich)  by  Friedrich 
Naumann.  Peace,  says  this  writer,  is  merely  the  ab- 
senceof  war,  which  isthe  normal  condition  of  mankind. 
The  greater  the  preparation  for  war,  the  greater  the 
likelihood  of  peace.  Europe,  he  says,  has  peace,  "in 
spite  of  all  her  cannon,— no,  not  in  spite  of  her  cannon, 
but  because  of  them.  If  we  look  at  the  map  of  Europe 
during  the  Middle  Ages  and  see  all  the  blood  and  agony 
and  oppression,  and  follow  the  many  wars,  we  will  find 
that  centralized  power  makes  for  peace,  and  that  the 
story  of  peace  is  the  story  of  the  concentration  of  sov- 
ereignty." 

Gold  Production  and  Speculation. — One  of  the 

authorities  on  finance  in  France,  Marcel  Labordere, 
analyzes,  in  the  Revue  de  P<tris,  the  relation  between 
the  production  of  gold  and  speculation.  While  the 
hope  of  riches  through  speculation  on  the  Bourse  is 
generally  an  illusory  dream,  he  says,  it  is  fundamental- 
ly human,  and  will  no  doubt  always  characterize  the 
human  race.  He  hopes  that  in  the  near  future  the  civ- 
ilized world  will  agree  upon  some  other  medium  of  ex- 
change and  standard  of  value  than  gold,  the  production 
of  which  is  so  uncertain  and  depends  upon  so  many 
facts  over  which  men  cannot  have  any  control. 

French  Schools  in  Morocco. — The  conclusion  of 
the  Anglo-French  treaty,  which  has  practically  settled 
all  the  points  upon  which  these  two  nations  have  dif- 


118 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  SCHOOL  AT  TANGIER,  MOROCCO,  TAUGHT  BY  MME.  SAINT- 
RENE  TAILLANDIER,  WIFE  OF  THE   FRENCH  MINISTER. 

fered  during  the  past  century,  will  have  a  stimulating 
effect  on  France's  pacific  conquest  in  Morocco.  ISHlus- 
Pration  rejoices  over  the  situation  in  Morocco,  espe- 
cially because,  it  says,  now  we  have  a  "splendid  oppor- 
tunity to  make  the  natives  love  France,  and  to  advance, 
not  only  our  political,  but  our  moral  and  economic, 
preponderance."  This  journal  describes  the  French 
school  at  Tangier,  which  is  under  the  protection  and 
patronage  of  the  government  of  Morocco,  and  which  is 
presided  over  by  Mme.  Saint-Ren6  Taillandier,  the 
wife  of  the  French  minister.  This  school  is  largely 
attended  by  the  native  children,  who  first  learn  the 
French  language  and  then  the  rudiments  of  all  the 
practical  studies. 

A  Spaniard  on  the  Failure  of  Spain's  Colonies. 

—A  Spanish  writer  on  politics  and  economics,  Luis  Man- 
uel de  Ferer,  contributes  to  the  Revista  Contempora- 
nea  (Madrid)  a  detailed  analysis  of  the  colonial  systems 
of  the  European  nations  and  the  United  States,  and 
reads  a  lesson  to  Spain  in  the  success  of  other  nations 
and  in  her  own  failure.  He  favors  Spanish  expansion 
into  Africa. 

French  Peasant  Property  in  Danger. — Fiance 
is  worrying  over  her  peasant-property  problem.  The 
rapid  increase  in  the  number  of  large  properties,  and 
the  disappearance  of  the  peasant's  farm,  have  dangers 
which  seem  immediate  and  far-reaching  to  Ludovic 
Contenson,  writing  in  the  Rente  de  Paris.  The  whole 
tendency  of  the  times,  this  writer  declares,  is  to  aggre- 
gate land  into  large  properties  and  force  the  peasants  to 
become  mere  employees  of  the  landed  proprietors,  thus 
destroying  their  independence  as  citizens.  He  offers  no 
special  plan  Cor  the  solution  of  the  difficulty,  but  de- 
clares thai  a  terrible  revolution  may  be  the  result  of  the 
constantly  increasing  influence  and  size  of  the  landed 
propert  ies. 

Theology  In  the  English  Reviews. — Lloyd  Mor- 
gan, writ  ing  in  t  he  ( 'ont&nvporary  Review  for  .1  uue  cm 
llaeckel's  "Kiddle  of  the  Universe,"  advises  scientific 
inquirers  to  solve  the  riddle  [f  they  can,  and  to  cherish 
their  religious  beliefs  just  in  so  far  as  they  do  nol  con- 
flict witli  other  beliefs,  and,  above  all,  just  in  so  far  as 
the\  appeal  lot  heir  sense  of  value  in  the  conduct  of  life. — 


In  the  Nineteenth  Century  for  June,  Mr.  Richard  Bagot, 
as  a  Roman  Catholic,  protests  against  the  recent  action 
of  Pope  PiusX.  in  regard  to  church  music. — Writing  in 
the  Hibbard  Journal,  Prof.  W.  J.  Brown  declares  that 
a  loss  of  religious  convictions  has  followed  the  acquire- 
ment of  the  new  knowledge,  and,  still  more,  that  of  the 
new  wealth  and  new  pleasures.  He  says:  "We  have 
lost  belief  in  rank,  in  the  family,  in  nature,  in  the  God 
of  our  fathers." — In  the  same  periodical,  Canon  Henson 
argues  that  the  resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ  was  his 
survival  of  death  in  the  fullness  of  personal  life,  but 
need  not  be  bound  up  with  the  conflicting  details  of 
New  Testament  narrative.  Sir  Oliver  Lodge  discusses 
the  question  of  the  atonement. 

"  Mai  de  Terre." — La  Revue,  in  a  paragraph  com- 
menting on  an  article  in  the  London  Lancet,  declares 
that  "mal  de  terre,"  or  land  sickness,  is  as  real  a  mal- 
ady as  the  mal  de  mer.  It  designates  a  pathological 
condition  of  modern  life,  principally  brought  about  by 
traveling  in  Pullman  cars,  and  by  other  methods  of 
transportation  which  cause  an  automatic  movement  of 
the  muscles  and  a  difficulty  in  preserving  the  equilib- 
rium of  the  heavy  organs.  This  sickness  generally 
induces  sleep,  but  a  sleep  which  does  not  refresh.  Very 
often  this  is  caused  by  a  sort  of  vertigo  from  looking  at 
trees  or  telegraph  poles  along  the  route  of  a  fast  train. 
This  condition  is  often  made  worse  by  i-eading. 

The  Mineral  Wealth  of  Manchuria  and  Korea. 

— In  a  detailed  study  of  the  geological  constitution  and 
mineral  resources  of  Manchuria  and  Korea,  in  the 
Revue  Scientifiquc,  Prof.  L.  Pervinquiere,  of  the  Sor- 
bonne,  declares  that  there  are  very  rich  petroleum  veins 
in  Manchuria.  Coal,  copper,  and  lead  are  also  found, 
also  some  iron  and  gold,  the  latter  in  very  rich  deposits. 
Korea  also  contains  oil  springs,  and  a  good  quality  of 
coal.  Near  Wonsan  there  are  gold  veins,  and  at  Takusau 
there  are  several  rich  veins  of  hematite.  It  is  only 
within  the  past  decade  that  the  mineral  wealth  of  Man- 
churia and  Korea  have  been  extensively  and  systematic- 
ally worked. 

Will  Germany  Profit  by  (he  Far-Eastern 
War? — Writing  from  first-hand  knowledge  of  the  ex- 
treme Orient  on  the  causes  of  the  Russo-Japanese  war, 
in  the  Corrcspondant,  M.  Cheradame  declares  that  it  is 
really  "a  German  game."  In  the  course  of  travels 
which  took  him  to  Washington,  Tokio,  Seoul,  Port  Ar- 
thur, and  Peking,  the  writer  heard  everywhere,  from 
innumerable  independent  authorities,  that  during  the 
last  few  years  agents  of  the  German  Government  had 
done  everything  possible  to  engage  Russia  as  much  as 
possible  iu  the  far  East, — done  it  none  the  less  thor- 
oughly because  very  discreetly.  The  most  probable  re- 
sult he  considers  the  victory  of  Russia.  This  will  in 
every  way  favor  Germany's  designs.  There  will  be 
practically  no  Russian  tleet  ;  the  Baltic  is  now.  and 
must  remain  for  years  yet,  entirely  at  the  mercy  of  the 
German  navy  ;  and  Japan  will  not  compensate  Russia 
in  any  way  for  having  to  keep  up  an  army  of  at  least 
five  hundred  thousand  in  Asia,  while  exhausting  her 
European  garrisons.  Therefore,  while  the  war  lasts, 
and  the  Russian  Forces  are  recuperating,  it  is  really 
Germany  who  will  become  the  arbiter  of  Europe.  She 
saw  this  as  a  possibility,  and  therefore,  says  M.  Chera- 
dame, discreetly  worked  to  bring  about  the  war. 


NEW  BOOKS    FOR   SUMMER   READING. 

NOTES  ON  RECENT  AMERICAN  PUBLICATIONS. 


**  Js 

fit 

r   H 

W    3 

M 

WtO-  W 

FRONTISPIECE    (REDUCED)    FROM   "OUR  MOUNTAIN  GARDEN." 

LIFE  IN  THE  OPEN. 

I  In  this  day  of  unending  experiments  with  "aban- 
doned farms,"  when  the  delights  of  rural  life  and 
the  simple  pleasures  of  husbandry  are  persistently  pro- 
claimed in  the  "best-selling"  books  and  in  countless 
magazines,  it  may  be  worth  while  to  recall  the  fact  that 
as  many  as  fifteen  years  ago  a  city  man  who  made  his 
living  by  his  pen  fomented  a  revolt  from  the  estab- 
lished order  and  betook  himself  to  the  country,  there 
to  live  the  Thoreau  life,  to  a  degree,  and  to  demonstrate 
to  a  skeptical  world  the  economic  possibilities  of  such 
an  existence.  That  venturesome  pioneer  was  Philip 
G.  Hubert,  Jr.,  and  the  book  that  recorded  his  experi- 
ences was  aptly  entitled  "  Liberty  and  a  Living  "  (Put- 
nams) ;  for  it  appeared  that,  besides  liberty,  there  was 
actually  a  living  in  the  country  for  at  least  one  city 
man  and  his  family,  and  a  second  edition  of  the  work 
this  year  reiterates  the  discovery.  It  is  a  book  that  may 
renew  hope  in  the  breast  of  many  a  fagged-out  city- 
dweller. 

It  is  safe  to  say  that  the  publication,  last  year,  of  "A 
Woman's  Hardy  Garden,"  by  Mrs.  Helena  Rutherford 
Ely,  was  responsible  for  many  more  or  less  successful 


attempts  to  repeat  her  experiments  in  amateur  garden- 
ing. The  interest  that  was  aroused  by  that  book  is 
likely  to  be  still  further  stimulated  by  the  unpretentious 
volume  entitled  "Our  Mountain  Garden  "  (Macmillan), 
in  which  Mrs.  Theodore  Thomas  relates  her  experiences 
in  naturalizing  many  varieties  of  American  shrubs, 
Tines,  flowers,  and  weeds.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Theodore 
Thomas  have  their  summer  home  amid  the  mountains 
of  New  Hampshire,  where  they  built  their  cottage  and 
laid  out  the  surrounding  grounds,  unhampered  by  any 
of  the  conventionalities.  A.ny  one  at  all  interested  in 
hardy  gardening  can  profit  by  the  experiences  of  Mrs. 
Thomas  in  dealing  with  New  England  plants,  many  of 
which  are  common  throughout  the  Northern  States. 


A  CITY  BACK  YARD. 

(Illustration  [reduced]  from  "  Little  Gardens.") 


WILLIAM  T.   HORNADAY. 

A  book  of  suggestions  to  those  whose  efforts  in 
gardening  are  restricted  to  city  and  suburban  yards  is 
Mr.  Charles  M.  Skinner's  "  Little  Gardens  "  (Appletons). 
The  owner  of  a  large  estate  will  find  little,  perhaps,  to 
interest  him  in  this  volume,  but  the  family  that  must 
be  content  with  a  house-lot  for  its  field  of  operations 
may  be  profitably  guided  by  Mr.  Skinner's  practical 
hints,  all  of  which  are  based  on  personal  experience. 

STUDIES  OF  ANIMAL  LIFE. 

A  most  satisfactory  book  from  every  point  of  view  is 
"The  American  Natural  History,"  by  W.  T.  Hornaday, 
director  of  the  New  York  Zoological  Park  (Scribners). 
Teachers  and  school  officers  will  find  that  this  book 
bridges  the  gap  between  the  simple  nature-study  les- 
sons of  the  common  school  and  the  technical  zoology 


120 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


taught  in  colleges.  As  a  l»><>k  of  reference  in  the  home 
and  in  t lie  public  Library,  it  is  especially  useful,  since 
both  the  text  and  illustrations  are  clearly  printed  and 
accurate. 

•The  Bird  Paint  Book,"  by  William  A.  Selden 
(Akron,  Ohio:  Saalfield  Pub.  Co.),  is  an  attractive  ar- 
rangement of  drawingsof  some  of  our  best-known  birds, 
with  descriptive  text.  Children  may  employ  their  in- 
genuity in  filling  in  these  black-and-white  sketches  witli 
colors. 

Mr.  Ralph  Hoffman  has  prepared  a  comprehensive 
"Guide  to  the  Birds  of  New  England  and  Eastern  New 
York."  This  volume  contains  a  key  for  each  season,  with 
short  descriptions  of  over  two  hundred  and  fifty  species, 
with  part  icular  reference  to  their  appearance  in  the  field. 

While  the  literature  on  American  butterflies  is  re- 
garded as  a  very  rich  one,  it  is  said  that  comparatively 
few  students  know  the  subject  thoroughly.  Believing 
that  this  fact  argues  a,  lack  of  suitable  aids  to  beginners 
in  the  study.  Prof!  John  Henry  Comstock  and  Anna 
Botsford  Comstock,  of  Cornell  University,  have  pre- 
pared a  manual.  "How  to  Know  the  Butterflies"  (Ap- 
pletons),  in  which  they  give  brief  descriptions  of  species 
and  the  more  important  facts  of  the  lives  of  our  butter- 
flies. While  it  is  intended  that  the  work  shall  beof  use 
to  students  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  the  descriptions 
have  been  restricted,  in  the  main,  to  those  species  that 
are  to  be  found  in  the  eastern  half  of  the  United  States. 
Accompanying  the  text  are  forty-five  full-page  plates 
from  life,  reproducing  the  insects  in  natural  colors,  to- 
gether with  numerous  smaller  cuts. 

The  English  naturalist,  John  J.  Ward,  in  a  volume 
entitled  "Minute  Marvels  of  Nature"  (Crowell),  intro- 
duces his  readers  to  some  of  the  wonders  revealed  by  the 
microscope.  The  illustrations  in  the  book  are  greatly 
magnified  photographs,  or  photo-micrographs,  in  most 
cases  made  from  the  actual  objects.  The  image  of  the 
new  object,  as  seen  by  the  eye  when  looking  into  a  mi- 
croscope, is  projected  directly  on  to  a  sensitive  photo- 
graphic plate,  the  camera  occupying  the  position  of  the 
observer  at  the  head  of  the  microscope. 

Another  book  of  animal  life,  entitled  "The  Watchers 
of  the  Trails"  (L.  C.  Page),  has  come  from  the  pen  of 
Gharles  G.  I).  Roberts.  "The  Kindred  of  the  Wild" 
gave  Mr.  Roberts  almost  instant  fame  as  an  interpreter  of 
animal  life,  and  this  latest  volume,  which  is  made  up  of 
a  series  of  sketches  which  have  already  appeared  in  the 
magazines,  sustains  his  reputat  ion.  They  are  all  animal 
biographies,  fascinatingly  written.  The  book  is  finely 
illustrated  by  Charles  Livingston  Pull. 

HUNTING   BIG  GAME. 

An  immense  amount  of  helpful  advice  to  deer  hunt- 
ers is  contained  in  Mr.  Theodore  S.  Van  Dyke's  book 
called  "  The  Still-Hunter,"  first  published  many  years 
ago  and  now  appearing  in  a  new  illustrated  edition 
i  Maciiiilla.ii).  Mr.  Van  Dyke  tells  ns  t  li.it  he  gained 
his  experience  in  hunting  deer  made  ext  reinely  wild 
from  continuous  still  hunt  ing  by  Indians,  wolves,  and 
:\  tew  white  hunters  who  paid  no  attention  to  the 
law.  Some  of  his  descript  ions  of  t  he  habits  of  t  he  deer, 
therefore,  would  not  apply  to  deer  that  have  been  made 
tame  by  the  extremely  short  open  season  and  the  fact 
that  people  frequently  camp  on  their  range  without 
harming  them.  Skilled  hunters,  however,  always  value 
caution,  and  many  of  the  suggestions  given  in  Mr.  Van 
Dyke's  book,  especially  in  his  pictures,  are  likely  to 
prove  of  value. 


In  the  "American  Sportsman's  Library "  (Macmil- 
lan),  the  musk-ox  and  his  ways  are  described  by  Caspar 
Whitney,  the  bison  by  George  Bird  Grinnell,  and  the 
mountain  sheep  and  the  white  goat  by  Owen  Wister. 
Mr.  Whitney's.account  of  the  musk-ox  is  needed,  since 
so  little  opportunity  has  been  given  to  Americans  to  be- 
come acquainted  with  the  distinctive  habits  of  this  ani- 
mal. The  only  two  specimens  which  have  been  brought 
alive  in  captivity  into  North  America  died  within  a  few 
months.  The  range  of  the  musk-ox  is  confined  to  Arc- 
tic America,  approximately  north  and  east  of  a  line 
drawn  from  the  Mackenzie  River  to  Fort  Churchill, 
on  Hudson  Bay,  Greenland,  and  Grinnell  Land,  in  lati- 
tude 30°  27'.  The  bison  was,  of  course,  far  better  known 
to  Americans,  although  now  all  but  extinct,  and  it  is 
well  to  have  Mr.  Grinnell's  description  of  this  former 
"monarch  of  the  plains"  to  go  on  record.  Mountain 
sheep  and  the  white  goat  are  as  little  known  as  the  buf- 
falo to  residents  of  our  Eastern  States.  Mr.  Owen  Wis- 
ter gives  an  interesting  account  of  their  prominent 
characteristics. 

OTHER  OUTDOOR  SPORTS. 

Of  all  American  sports,  none  is  more  wholesome  or 
exhilarating  than  yachting.  The  history  of  the  sport 
as  conducted  by  successive  generations  of  American 
yachtsmen  is  creditable  .alike  to  Yankee  seamanship 
and  to  the  Y'ankee  spirit  of  fair  play  in  international 
competitions.  The  volume  on  "American  Yachting." 
by  W.  P.  Stephens,  in  the  "American  Sportsman's  Li- 
brary "  (Macmillan),  is  a  record  of  progress  and  achieve- 
ment of  which  Americans  may  well  be  proud.  The  im- 
petus given  to  yacht-designing  both  here  and  in  England 
by  the  America'*  victory  of  1851  marked  the  beginning 
of  notable  advances  in  that  science,— for  it  is  a  science, — 
and  the  improvements  that  have  followed  one  upon  an- 
other in  the  past  half-century  are  so  clearly  described 
by  Mr.  Stephens  that  even  the  lay  mind  can  grasp  their 
significance. 

One  of  the  outdoor  games  that  America  and  England 
enjoy  in  common,  with  perhaps  equal  zest,  notwith- 
standing an  occasional  lapse  of  interest,  is  lawn  tennis. 
At  the  present  time,  the  tennis  champions  of  England, 
if  not  of  the  world,  are  Messrs.  R.  F.  and  H.  L.  Doherty. 
What  these  English  youths  have  to  say  about  methods 


Copyright,  1003,  Baker  &  Taylor  Company. 

THE   BROTHERS   H.    K.    AM)   It.    L.    DOHERTY. 

(Frontispiece  [reduced]   from  "R.  F.  and  H.  L.  Doherty  on 
Lawn  Tennis.") 


NEW  BOOKS  FOR  SUMMER  READING. 


121 


'.1. M.\  IEVB   BECKER. 

(Frontispiece     [reduced]     from 

"  (iolf  tor  Women.*') 


of  play,  together  with 
much  detailed  informa- 
tion as  to  records  and 
championships,  is  em- 
bodied inacompactvol- 
unie  published  by  the 
Baker  &  Taylor  Com- 
pany. The  same  pub- 
lishers have  brought 
out  "Golf  for  Women," 
by  Genevieve  Hecker 
(Mrs.  Charles  T.  Stout), 
who  was  the  American 
woman  champion  of 
t  he  game  in  the  years 
1901-02  and  1902-03.  In 
t  he  same  volume  is  in- 
cluded a  chapter  en- 
titled "  Impressions  of 
American  Golf,"  by 
.Miss  Rhona  K.  Adair, 
the  English  and  Irish 
champion.  Women  golf-players,  whether  beginners  or 
experts,  will  find  in  this  book  a  conciseand  lucidpresen- 
tation  of  the  subject  from  a  point  of  view  distinctly 
feminine. 

"  Physical  Training  foiAVomen  by  Japanese  Methods," 
by  IT.  Irving  Hancock  (Putnams),  describes  the  jiu- 
jitsu,  which  has  been  usually  regarded  as  a  system  of 
tricks  to  be  employed  in  attack  and  defense,  but  which 
really  includes,  as  Mr.  Hancock  shows,  a  whole  science 
of  health  and  physical  vigor.  American  women  can 
make  good  use  of  many  of  the  suggestions  contained  in 
this  book,  even  if  they  do  not  at  once  adopt  in  its  en- 
tirety the  scheme  of  training  followed  with  such  good 
results  by  their  Japanese  sisters. 

About  everything  having  to  do  with  collegiate  ath- 
letics that  the  aspirant  for  honors  in  that  field  would 
expect  to  find  in  a  book  is  embodied  in  Mr.  Ralph 
Henry  Barbour's  '-Book  of  School  and  College  Sports" 
i  Appletonsi.  which  contains  chapters  on  football,  base- 
ball, lacrosse,  ice  hockey,  lawn  tennis,  and  track  and 
field  athletics,  with  the  American  school  and  college 
records  in  these  various  sports,  and  the  playing  rules 
of  all  of  them.  The  pictures,  which  are  reproductions 
of  photographs,  are  excellent. 

TRAVEL  AND  DESCRIPTION. 

An  informing  book  with  a  happy  title  is  "The  Mys- 
tic Mid-Region  "  |  Putnams),  by  Arthur  J.  Burdick.  It 
is  remarkable  how  much  of  interest  and  charm  can  be 
found  in  such  a  forbidding  subject  as  a  desert.  This 
book  is"  a  study  of  the  deserts  of  the  American  South- 
west, appropriately  illustrated.  The  story  of  Death 
Valley  forms  one  of  the  most  interesting  chapters  in 
the  book. 

The  first  sovereign  to  make  a  complete  tour  around 
the  world  was  King  Kalakaua,  I.  of  the  Hawaiian  Isl- 
ands. William  H.  Armstrong,  a  member  of  the  cabinet 
of  this  last  King  of  Hawaii,  has  recounted  the  story  of 
this  trip  in  a  volume  entitled  "Around  the  World  with 
a  King"  (Stokes).  This  work  is  copiously  illustrated 
with  portraits  of  many  of  the  great  men  and  women  of 
the  earth  who  met  the  Hawaiian  monarch,  but  who  are 
now  no  more. 

One  of  the  Methodist  presiding  elders  of  the  Manila 
district.  Rev.  Homer  C.  Stuntz,  has  written  a  book  on 
our  Pacific  possessions  under  the  title    "The  Philip- 


pines and  the  Far  East  "  (Jennings  &  Pye).  Mr.  Stuntz 
has  laid  down  what  he  believes  American  Christian 
voters  ought  to  know  for  their  guidance  in  acting  wisely 
when  questions  concerning  the  far  East  come  up  for 
settlement.     The  book  is  fully  illustrated. 

The  latest  volume  in  the  series  "Our  European  Neigh- 
bors" has  appeared,  under  the  title  "  Belgian  Life  in 
Town  and  Country"  (Putnams),  by  Demetrius  C.  Boul- 
ger.  This  writer  has  a  good,  swinging  style,  and  his 
text  is  packed  full  of  information.  Particularly  inter- 
esting is  his  chapter  on  the  two  races  of  Belgium.  Tho 
book  is  well  illustrated. 

ESSAYS  AND  MISCELLANY. 

Josephine  Dodge  Daskam's  latest  baby  book,  "The 
Memoirs  of  a  Baby"  (Harpers),  is  longer  than  usual, 
but  just  as  fascinating  as  the  others.  It  is  the  story  of 
the  development  of  a  boy  baby  whose  mother  refuses  to 
heed  the  advice  of  a  good  aunt  with  a  penchant  for 
relying  on  the  Young  Mother,  a  useful  periodical  de- 
voted to  bringing  up  children. 

A  certain  corner  from  which  "the  sky  in  its  beauty 
seems  so  much  nearer  than  the  street," — this  is  the  "  Old 
Maid's  Corner"  (Century  Co.),  in  which  Lillie  Hamil- 
ton French  finds  a  great  deal  of  philosophy  and  quaint 
poetic  wisdom.  The  particular  "old  maid"  in  ques- 
tion is  a  delightful  soul  whose  kindly  ideal  is  of  the 
Ike  Marvel  order.  She  is  indeed  one  of  Mark  Twain's 
"  unappropriated  blessings." 

"When  a  Maid  Marries,"  she  sometimes  has  quite  a 
number  of  cares  and  perplexities  mingled  with  her 
loves  and  joys.  Lavinia  Hart,  in  a  book  with  these 
words  for  a  title  (Dodd,  Mead),  has  some  good  things 
to  say, — old,  old,  well- 


known  things,  but  she 
says  them  in  a  bright, 
readable  way. 

"Cheer  Up  and  Sev- 
en Other  Things"  is  a 
little  collection  of  wise 
sayings  about  advertis- 
ing, by  Charles  Austin 
Bates, — which  are  true, 
by  the  way,  of  life  in 
general  as  well  as  of 
publicity  methods.  No 
wonder  Mr.  Bates  has 
succeeded. 

Another  book  on  the 
advertisers'  art, — a 
manual  of  the  art,  in- 
deed,— is  J.  Angus  Mac- 
Donald's  "Successful 
Advertising  :  How  to 
Accomplish  It  "(Phila- 
delphia :  Lincoln  Pub- 
lishing Company).  The 
whole  field  is  covered 
in  this  book. 

"  Overtones  "  (Scribners)  is  what  its  author,  Mr.  James 
Huneker,  calls  "a  book  of  temperaments."  In  his  usual 
vigorous,  pyrotechnic  style,  Mr.  Huneker  considers 
Richard  Strauss,  "Parsifal."  Nietzsche,  "Literary  Men 
Who  Loved  Music,"  "  Anarchs  of  Art,"  Flaubert,  Verdi, 
and  Boito,  "The  Eternal  Feminine,"  and  "After  Wag- 
ner—What?" Mr.  Huneker  thinks  that  "Parsifal" 
has  been  overestimated,  but  lays  a  loving  tribute  at  the 
feet  of  Richard  Strauss,  whom  he  calls  "  a  music-maker 


JOSEPHINE  DODGE  DASKAM. 


122 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


of  individual  style,  and  a  supreme  master  of  the  or- 
chestra." 

A  little  volume  of  essays,  under  the  general  title  "  The 
Double  Garden"  (Dodd,  Mead),  by  Maurice  Maeter- 
linck, has  just  appeared.  There  are  not  many  good 
essay-writers,  but  this  Belgian  author  is  certainly  one. 
His  style  is  a  delight.  Among  these  essays,  the  one  on 
"  Sincerity  "  is  especially  good.  The  essays  appeared  in 
a  number  of  English  and  American  periodicals.  The 
entire  translation  has  been  done  by  Alexander  T.  de 
Matt  os. 

We  now  have  a  sequel  to  Booker  T.  Washington's 
"Up  From  Slavery."  The  result  of  Mr.  Washington's 
experiences  in  the  value  of  industrial  training,  and  the 
methods  employed  to  develop  it  at  Tuskegee,  are  em- 
bodied in  his  latest  book,  "Working  with  the  Hands" 
(Doubleday,  Page).  This  story  is  told  with  the  direct- 
ness, simplicity,  and  force  of  all  this  author's  other 
writings,  and  the  book  is  well  illustrated  from  photo- 
graphs. 

The  Second  Reader  of  the  Standard  Series  has  been 
issued  by  Funk  &  Wagnalls  Company.  It  is  a  hand- 
some little  volume,  with  some  accurately  colored  illus- 
trations of  plants  and  animals.  Like  the  First  Reader 
of  the  series,  it  introduces  the  child  to  a  noble  range  of 
social  and  ethical  ideas.  This  reader  has  been  edited 
by  Dr.  I.  K.  Funk  and  Mr.  Montrose  J.  Moses. 

Ferdinand  E.  A.  Gasc's  "Concise  Dictionary  of  the 
French  and  English  Languages"  (Holt)  is  very  com- 
pact and  convenient  without  sacrificing  anything  (so 
far  as  some  detailed  examination  can  show)  of  accuracy 
and  f  tdlness.     The  typography  is  excellent. 

"  My  Airship  "  (Century  Company),  by  Albertos  San- 
tos-Dumont,  is  an  unusually  interesting  and  simply  told 
account  of  an  earnest,  brave  man's  struggle  against  in- 
credulity and  obstacles  to  solve  the  problem  of  aerial 
navigation.  In  1901,  Albertos  Santos-Dumont,  a  com- 
paratively unknown 
Brazilian,  won  the 
Deutsch  prize  of  twen- 
ty thousand  dollars  for 
successful  navigation 
of  the  air.  He  will  try 
again  at  the  St.  Louis 
Exposition,  this  year. 
This  book  is  a  descrip- 
tion of  his  trials,  suc- 
cesses, and  failures.  It 
is  evident  that  Mr.  San- 
tos-Dumont  takes  his 
successes  in  the  spirit 
of  a  true  scientist.  He 
says  it  is  only  the  be- 
ginning of  greater 
things.  The  volume  is 
help  ful  ly  illustrated 
witli  reproductions  of 
photographs  and  dia- 
grams. Mr.  Sa  n  t  us 
Dumont  is  still  a  young  man,  and  will  certainly  make 
Other  discoveries  in  aerial  navigation;  at  least,  he  will 
have  the  satisfaction  of  reflecting  more  glory  on  his  na- 
tive country  than   perhaps  any  man  of  whom   the   rest 


ALUKKTOS  SANTOS-DUMONT. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  the  Critic  Company. 

MARK  TWAIN. 

(From  a  photograph  recently  taken  in  Italy.) 

of  the  world  has  heard.  IK- believes  that  the  problem 
will  be  solved,  not,  as  heretofore  supposed,  by  imitating 
nature  in  the  flight  of  birds,  but  by  going  contrary  to 
her  precepts.  Man,  he  says,  has  never  accomplished 
anything  worth  having  except  by  combating  nature. 

WIT  AND  HUMOR. 

That  eminent  archaeologist,  Mark  Twain,  having  ex- 
humed the  tablets  on  which  our  common  ancestor, 
Adam,  had  engraved  his  memoirs  for  the  benefit  of  a 
somewhat  numerous  progeny,  now  presents  a  faithful 
t  ranslat  ion  of  "  Extracts  from  Adam's  Diary  "  (Harpers). 
The  hieroglyphics  thus  far  deciphered  record  some  of 
Adam's  early  experiences,  the  departure  from  Eden, 
and  the  arrival  of  Cain  and  Abel. 

Faithful  readers  of  Mr.  John  Kendrick  Hangs  have 
long  been  interested  in  the  sayings  of  •The  Idiot."  In 
"The  Fnventions  of  the  Idiot  "  (Harpers)  we  are  let  into 
some  of  the  ways  and  means  devised  by  that  worthy 
for  the  amelioration  of  humanity's  ills  and  discussed 
with  the  other  boarders  at  Mrs.  Smithers  Pedagog's 
High-Class  Home  for  Single  Gentlemen. 

"Eppy  (i  ranis  by  Dinkelspiel,"  per  George  V.  Ilobart 
( 1  nllingham),  is  a  collection  of  maxims  in  droll  German- 
English  vernacular  by  a  well-known  newspaper  writer. 


NEW  BOOKS  FOR  SUMMER.  READING- 


123 


THE  SEASON'S  NOVELS. 


NEW  AMERICAN  HISTORICAL  FICTION. 

MR.  WINSTON  CHURCHILL'S  new  novel,  "The 
Crossing"  (Macmillan),  will  be  measured  by  va- 
rious standards,  according  to  the  varied  points  of  view 
of  its  readers  and  critics  ;  but  we  wonder  whether  it  has 
occurred  to  anybody  to  estimate  its  educational  possibil- 
it  [es.  Here  is  the  medium  through  which  thousands  of 
Americans  will  learn  about  all  that  they  will  ever  know 
concerning  the  beginnings  of  the  great  movement  of  pop- 
nlation  across  the  Alleghanies  during  and  after  the  Rev- 
olution which  later  made  the  whole  continent  its  field 
and  fixed  forever  the  destiny  of  the  Mississippi  Valley 
and  the  vast  domain  to  the  west.  What  migration  in  all 
history  has  been  more 
significant  than  this? 
And  yet.  if  we  except 
President  Roosevelt's 
••Win  ning  of  the 
Wist  "  and  a  few  vol- 
umes known  to  the 
scholars  rather  than 
to  the  general  public, 
the  subject  has  been 
practically  ignored  in 
the  histories.  In  the 
States  that  were  given 
to  the  I'liion  by  the 
Revolutionary  victo- 
ries of  George  Rogers 
Clark,  many  a  boy  has 
grown  to  manhood 
without  any  definite 
knowledge  as  to  the 
impelling  cause  of  this 
great  wave  of  West- 
ern settlement  or  of 

the  motives  that  actuated  the  settlers.  "The  Crossing  "is 
one  of  the  series  of  stories  which  Mr.  Churchill  planned 
some  years  ago, — before  the  "historical  novel"  had  be- 
come a  fad.  These  epoch-tales  began  with  "Richard 
Carvel,"  which  dealt  with  the  Revolution.  In  the  order 
of  time,  "The  Crossing"  comes  second  in  the  series. 
•'  The  Crisis"  covered  the  period  of  the  Civil  War,  while 
the  first  half  of  the  nineteenth  century  remains  an  un- 
filled gap.  In  "  The  Crossing,"  the  hero  is  David  Ritchie, 
whose  autobiography  makes  up  the  story.  David  was  the 
drummer-boy  in  Clark's  successful  expedition  against 
Vincennes.  in  1779,  which  resulted  in  the  winning  of  the 
present  States  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinois  for  the 
Colonies,  and  he  lived  to  see  the  Stars  and  Stripes  float 
over  St.  Louis  and  the  Territory  of  Louisiana.  In  his 
career  is  typified  the  resistless  advance  of  the  English 
and  the  Scotch-Irish  stock  across  the  mountains  and 
down  the  fertile  valleys  leading  to  the  Father  of  Waters. 
The  story  is  well  told.  There  is  a  dignity  in  its  move- 
ment that  befits  so  weighty  a  theme,  and  a  skill  of  ex- 
pression that  transmutes  the  thoughts  of  a  bygone  age 
into  an  effective  English  of  to-day.  To  read  "The 
Crossing"  is  to  make  one's  self  master  of  the  most  dra- 
matic period  in  American  history. 

•When  Wilderness  Was  King"  (McClurg),  by  Ran- 
dall Parrish,  is  a  tale  of  the  Illinois  country,  illustrated 
in  colors.  It  is  a  typical  story  of  the  West,  with  a 
Cooperesque  swing  to  the  interest  and  style.     The  fa- 


WINSTON  CHURCHILL. 


CAROLINE  ABBOT  STANLEY. 


mous  Fort  Dearborn 
massacre  is  the  climax 
of  this  good  love-story. 
The  central  point  of 
Eden  Philpotts'  new  ro- 
mance, "The  American 
Prisoner"  (Macmillan ), 
is  the  great  war  prison 
in  the  "  West  Country  " 
of  England,  where 
many  French  an d 
Americans,  taken  dur- 
ing the  Napoleonic  and 
1812  wars,  were  de- 
tained. It  is  a  story  of 
mysteries  and  perils, 
through  which  the 
reader  is  piloted  by 
the  sure  hand  and  de- 
licate touch  of  Mr. 
Philpotts.  There  is  a 
fineness  and  nobility 
about  the  characters  which  remain  in  the  memory. 

The  old-time  Virginia  family, — how  we  all  love  it ! 
Caroline  Abbot  Stanley  has  given  us  still  another  pic- 
ture of  it  in  the  proper  setting  of  self-sacrifice,  devo- 
tion, and  domestic  happiness  in  her  "Order  No.  11" 
(Century  Company).  Mrs.  Stanley  has  lived  in  the 
region  she  writes  about  and  knows  her  background 
thoroughly. 

The  third  in  Mr.  George  Cary  Egglestoii's  series  of  Vir- 
ginia stories, — "Evelyn  Byrd"  (Lothrop), — deals  with 
the  last  stage  of  the  Civil  War.  It  will  be  remembered 
that  in  "Dorothy  South"  Mr.  Eggleston  pictured  the 
ante-bellum  Virginia,  while  in  "  The  Master  of  War- 
lock" the  Virginians  appear  in  the  flush  of  their  early 
successes  on  the  battlefield,  when  their  hope  of  victory 
was  strong  and  justified  by  achievement.  In  "  Evelyu 
Byrd  "  we  are  brought  face  to  face  with  the  desperation 
of  the  "Lost  Cause,"  but  the  valorous  qualities  of  the 
people  are  the  more  resplendent  in  this  final  stand  of 

the  Confederacy.  Mr. 
Eggleston  knows  his 
Virginians ;  only  one 
to  the  manner  born 
could  depict  so  accu- 
rately the  pride,  the  no- 
bility, and  the  chivalry, 
in  victory  and  defeat, 
of  a  race  that  freely 
poured  out  its  life- 
blood  in  leading  the 
Confederacy's  forlorn 
hope. 

The  scenes  of  several 
Civil  War  stories  are 
laid  in  Tennessee,  that 
borderland  of  the  Con- 
federacy where  fami- 
lies were  divided  be- 
tween the  two  armies, 
but  in  general  the 
writers  have  been 
Northerners.  A  view  of 


ILLUSTRATION  (REDUCED  FKO.M 
"EVELYN  BVKD." 


124 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


MAURICE   HEWLETT. 

the  conflict  from  the  Southern  side  of  the  line  is  pre- 
sented by  Joel  Chandler  Harris  in  "A  Little  Union 
Scout"  (McClure,  Phillips  &  Co.).  The  little  scout,  it 
is  almost  needless  to  say,  turns  out  to  have  been  a  young 
woman,  who  acted  as 
a  spy,  with  a  Confed- 
erate officer  for  a 
lover.  General  For- 
rest, the  Confederate 
cavalry  commander, 
has  a  leading  part  in 
the  tale.  The  story 
is  interesting  in  it- 
self, as  well  as  for  the 
si  deli  glits  that  it 
throws  on  conditions 
in  the  Southern  army. 
Another  hook '  has 
been  added  tothelong 

list    of  fiction  having 

the  civil  War  for  a 
background,  by 
George  Morgan,  in  his 
new  story,  "  The  Is- 
sue" (Lippi  n  cott). 

Some  new  and  interesting  aspects  of  the  conditions  in 
Virginia  just  prior  to  the  opening  of  hostilities  are  pre- 
sented, woven  in  with  a  good  war-story. 

STORIES  OF  TIMES  LONG  GONE   BY. 

All  the  fascination  of  the  Scandinavian  spirit,  the 
VikingR,  the  long-haired  princesses,  the  lonely  castles, 
and  the  meat  sea  voyages,— not  forgetting  the  great  sea 
lights. —have  been   gathered   into  a  Betting,   by  M.   E. 

Henry-Ruffin,    for   a   story   entitled    "The    North   Star" 

(kittle.  Brown).  This  tale  of  Norway  in  the  tenth  cen- 
tury is   really  a-  chronicle  of  the    life  and    love  of  Olaf 

Tryggevesson,  whom  Carlyle called  "the  wildly  beauti 


GEORGE   MORGAN. 


fulest  man  in  body  and  in  soul  that  one  has  ever  heard 
of  in  the  north." 

There  is  a  lavishness  of  excitement  and  adventure  in 
John  P.  Carting's  new  novel,  "The  Viking's  Skull" 
(Little.  Brown).  It  is  strange  how  many  anachronisms 
we  will  pardon  in  an  author  if  he  only  entertain  us 
with  a  good  story  of  action.  The  transferring  of  mod- 
ern people  several  centuries  backward,  or  the  bringing 
of  the  worthies  of  the  times  of  the  Crusades  into  1904,  are 
not  new  expedients  in  novels  ;  but  somehow,  no  matter 
how  improbable,  a  well-told  story  is  always  entertaining. 
It  is  one  of  the  good  points  of  the  novel  that,  if  the 
writer  is  only  careful  and  informed,  he  can  tell  his 
readers  a  great 
many  useful  things 
while  he  is  enter- 
taining them.  It  is 
probable  that  Mr. 
Waldo  H .  D  u  n  n 
knows  a  great  deal 
about  the  mound- 
builders,  which  he 
believes  the  great 
r  e  a  d  i  n  g  public 
ought  also  to  know  ; 
and  while,  in  his 
novel  "The  Van- 
is  h  e  d  E  m  p  i  r  e  " 
(Robert  Clarke 
Company),  he  may 
not  have  made  a 
great  story,  he  has 
certainly  told  us  a 
great  deal  about 
those  mysterious 
first  inhabitants  of 
the  American  con- 
tinent. The  traditions,  religion,  daily  life,  and  final 
destruction  of  the  mound-builders  are  clustered  around 
a  story  of  love  and  adventure. 

Those  who  enjoy  romances  of  the  Middle  Ages  will 
find  "The Sign  of  Triumph"  (L.  C.  Page),  by  Sheppard 
Stevens,  worth  reading.  It  seems  rather  odd  that  the 
movement  known  as  the  "children's  crusade."  which 
lost  to  Europe  one  hundred  thousand  children,  had 
never  been  used  as  the  theme  for  an  historical  romance 
until  Mr.  Stevens  thought  of  t lie  idea.     There  is  not  too 

much  history,  but  you 
have  the  beautiful  lady, 
the  great  castle,  the 
brave  soldiers,  innocent 
children,  and  all  the  rest 
of  the  pa  ni  [)h  emalia 
which  go  to  make  up  the 
equipment  of  a  good 
story-teller.  There  are 
some  good  pictures. 

Mr.  Samuel  M.  Garden- 
hire  has  (lone  a  venture- 
some thing  in  writing 
"  Lux  Crucis"  (Harpers), 
another  story  of  the  time 
of  Nero  :  but  lie  lias  done 
it  really  quite  well.  His 
plot  is  a  rather  involved 
one.  but  the  main  fea- 
t  ares  are  the  love  of  a  Ro- 
man patrician  officerfora 


COVER  DESIGN    (REDUCED). 


EZRA    BRUDNO. 

(Author  of  "The  Fugitive. 


NEIV  BOOKS  FOR  SUMMER  READING. 


1 25 


STEW  VKT   EDWARD   WHITE. 

(Author  of  "The  Silent  Places.") 

poor  Christian  girl.  Some  of  the  descriptive  bits  are 
excellent,  particularly  that  of  the  fight  in  the  training- 
school  for  gladiators.  One  of  the  great  characters  of 
the  hook  is  the  Apostle  Paul. 

•The  Villa  Claudia"  (Life  Publishing  Company),  by 
John  Ames  Mitchell,  is  a  rather  entertaining  medley  of 
antiquity  and  modernity,  bound  together  with  a  thread 
of  story  and  a  good  deal  of  sentiment  and  humor.  The 
scene  ol  the  story  is  in  a  modern  villa,  in  a  town  in  which 
the  jolly  old  Latin  poet  Horace  had  his  celebrated  Sa- 
bine farm.  There  are  copious  quotations  from  the 
classics  ;  hut  the  spirit  of  the  theme  is  modern,  and  the 
characters  are  mostly  Americans  of  1904. 

"  The  Yoke."  a  story  of  the  Exodus,  by  Elizabeth  Mil- 
ler (Bobbs-Merrill),  is  one  of  the  new  books  which  will 
be  widely  read.  With  erudition  and  familiarity  with 
Egyptology  which  often  suggest  Ebers  and  Kingsley, 
Miss  Miller  has  written  a  very  readable  novel,  in  which 
some  highly  dramatic  incidents  turn  upon  the  plagues 
of  Egypt,  and  in  which  a  few  thoroughly  fine  charac- 
ters are  depicted.  The  element  of  the  miraculous,  which 
necessarily  enters  largely  into  the  book,  is  handled  with 
skill. 

A  story  of  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem  by  Sennach- 
erib is  the  subject  of  "  In  Assyrian  Tents,"  by  Louis  Pen- 
dleton (published  by  the  Jewish  Publication  Society). 

"The  Queen's  Quair"  (Macmillan),  by  Maurice  Hew- 
lett, is  the  love-story  of  that  most  fascinating  of  women, 
Mary  Queen  of  Scots.    The  "quair"  is  a  little  book; 


and  this  little  book  is  the  story  of  plot,  intrigue,  and 
love,  through  which  walks  that  magnetic,  passionate, 
and  very  human  woman. 

"The  Castaway  "  (Bobbs-Merrill).  by  Hallie  Erminie 
Rives,  is  the  story  of  the  loves  of  George  Gordon,  Lord 
Byron,  written  with  all  the  swing  and  passion  which 
characterizes  novels  by  this  author, — in  this  instance 
very  happily  appropriate.  Of  excitement  there  is  al- 
most a  plethora, — "three  great  men  ruined  in  one  year, 
a  king,  a  cad,  and  a  castaway."  Howard  Chandler 
Christy  has  made  the  pictures. 

STORIES  OF  LOCALITY. 

Another  autobiographical  novel,  which  is  throbbing 
with  humanity,  intense  with  dramatic  and  tragic  in- 
cident, is  "The  Fugitive"  (Doubleday,  Page),  by  Ezra 
S.  Brudno.  "The  Fugitive"  is  a  story  of  Russian  op- 
pression of  the  Jew,  by  a  Lithuanian  Hebrew  who  him- 
self has  felt  the  sting  of  the  oppressor's  lash.  Mr. 
Brudno  is  a  graduate  of  Yale,  and  wields  a  powerful 
pen.  His  book,  he  himself  says,  is  an  endeavor  to  in- 
terpret the  new  Jew  in  America  by  "an  American 
citizen  born  in  Russia." 


HENRY  WYSHAM  LANIER. 

(Author  of  "The  Romance  of  Piscator.") 


126 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


MARGERY   WILLIAMS. 

(Author  of  "The  Price  of 
Youth.") 


The  deserts  of  Egypt 
are  not  without  at- 
tractions for  the  story- 
writer  seeking  new 
fields  to  exploit ;  cer- 
tainly, the  element  of 
'•local  color"  is  not 
wanting.  Mr.  C.  Bry- 
son  Taylor,  under  the 
title  "In  the  Dwell- 
ings of  the  Wilder- 
ness" (Holt),  records 
the  adventures  of 
three  American  en- 
gineers who  set  out  to 
make  excavations  in 
one  of  those  deserts. 
Even  the  Sudan  has 
been  laid  under  trib- 
ute by  the  novelists. 
Florence  Brook 
Whitehouse  has  writ- 
ten a  romance  of  that  region  entitled  "The  Effendi" 
(Little,  Brown),  which  deals  with  the  siege  of  Khar- 
tum and  the  death  of  its  hero,  the  famous  Chinese  Gor- 
don. The  epilogue  recounts  England's  retribution  upon 
the  Arab  hordes. 

"The  Silent  Places."  by  Stewart  Edward  White  (Mc- 
Clure,  Phillips),  is  a  strong  story  of  a  man-hunt  through 
the  forests  of  Canada. 
It  is  full  of  action,  im- 
pressiveness,  and  pow- 
er, and  the  strange 
love  of  the  Indian  girl 
for  the  white  man  is 
well  handled.  "The 
Silent  Places"  is  an  ex- 
cellent successor  to 
"The  Blazed  Trail." 

A  "vague  tale"  of 
the  justice  of  the  East, 
full  of  the  loves  of 
women  and  the  jeal- 
ousies, grim  jestings, 
treasons,  and  fightings 
of  men,  and,  at.  the 
same  time,  the  her- 
mits, ascetics,  and 
mortifiers  of  the  flesh, 
— such  is  Margaret 
Horton  Potter's 
"Flame  Gatherers"  (Macmillan).  It  is  a  love-story  of 
old  Hindustan  and  of  Indian  transcendentalism,  well 
told  and  well  sustained. 

While  Jack  London  was  on  the  Klondike  trail,  his 
first  inspiration  to  write  came,  and  it  has  not  failed  him 
in  his  latest  book,  "The  Faith  of  Men"  (Macmillan), 
which  is  a  collect  ion  of  stories  about  the  Alaskan  na- 
tives and  the  Eskimos.  There  are  eight  stories  in  the 
collection,  most  of  them  told  with  that  virility  and  art 
which  Mr.  London  showed  in  his  "Call  of  the  Wild." 

OUT-OF-DOOR  STORIES. 
In  Miss  Sherwood's  new  book,  "Daphne:   An  Autumn 

Pastoral"  (Houghton,  Mifflin),  we  have  a  most  delight- 
fully refreshing  Btory.  In  addition  to  a  charming  love- 
story  of  a  young  Italian  for  an  American  girl,  Miss 
Sherwood  has  given  us  some  rare  descriptions  of  Italian 


MRS.   E.   L.   VOYNICH. 

(Author  of  "Olive  Latham.") 


'JOHN  STRANGE  WINTER. 


peasant  scenes,  and  some  graphic  pictures  of  Italian 
woods,  mountains,  and  sunsets. 

In  his  latest  story,  "The  Commuters"  (J.  F.  Taylor), 
Albert  Bigelow  Paine  has  shown  how  "  the  little  woman 
and  the  precious  ones"  helped  to  build  a  home  in  the 
country.  There  is  some  delicious  humor  in  the  book, 
and  the  incidents  are  true  to  life.  It  is  well  illustrated. 
Lighter  fiction  adapted  to  the  season's  mood  is  by  no 
means  lacking.    In  "  The  Romance  of  Piscator  "  (Holt), 

Mr.  Henry  Wysham 
Lanier  makes  a  fetch- 
ing appeal  to  "every 
one  who  has  heark- 
ened to  the  siren  song 
of  the  reel."  But  trout 
and  landlocked  sal- 
mon are  not  permitted 
to  monopolize  the 
reader's  attention,  any 
more  than  they  mo- 
nopolized Piscator's  ; 
for  there  is  a  Peri  in 
the  tale,  and  hence,  it 
goes  without  saying, 
the  complications 
needed  to  make  a  story. 
Dr.  Henry  C.  Row- 
land's story,  "To 
Windward"  (A.  S. 
Barnes  &  -Co.),  is  a 
"first  novel,"  although 
the  forceful  young 
writer  had  done  a  number  of  excellent  short  stories 
for  the  magazines.  The  present  work  is  in  part  a  tale 
of  the  sea,  in  part  the  narrative  of  a  surgeon's  life  in 
New  York.  Freshness,  vigor,  and  dramatic  interest 
are  the  predominant  qualities  in  Dr.  Rowland's  writing. 
"The  House  in  the  Woods,"  by  Arthur  Henry  (A.  S. 
Barnes  &  Co.),  like  Mr.  Hubert's  "  Liberty  and  a  Living  " 
and  other  books  of  that  class,  makes  its  appeal  primarily 
to  those  who  are  wearied  with  the  artificialities  of  exist- 
ence and  ready  to  listen  to  the  gospel  of  country  life. 

STORIES  OF  JAPANESE  LIFE. 

In  the  lull  after  the  flood  of  descriptive  and  histori- 
cal books   about   Japan,   which  began  with   the  open- 

i  ng  of  tli  e  war,  a 
number  of  novels 
about  Japanese  life, 
by  native  and  other 
authors,  are  coming 
from  the  press.  An  in- 
teresting and  quaint 
picture  of  the  upper- 
class  life  in  J  ap  a  n  . 
through  which  is  wov- 
en a  story  illustrating 
the  great  snuggle  go- 
ing on  between  feudal 
and  modern  ideas,  is 
"Nami-Ko,"  by  Ken- 
jiro-Tokutomi  (Bos- 
ton :  Herbert  B.  Tur- 
ner). This  realistic 
novel  has  no  less  lofty 
an  aim  than  that  of 
doing  for  . Japan's  slav- 
sakae  shioya.  ery  of  women  what 


NEIV  BOOKS  FOR  SUMMER  READING. 


127 


"  Uncle  Tom's  Cabin  "  did  for  black  slavery.  It  is  trans- 
mit <-d  by  SakaeShioya  and  E.  F.  Edgett.  The  story  moves 
briskly,  and  presents  some  well-put  descriptions  of  scen- 
ery and  a  fine  running  account  of  the  Chinese-Japanese 
battle  of  the  Yalu,  in  1894.  Keujiro-Tokutomi  is  one  of 
the  best  known  of  modern  Japanese  novelists. 

Onoto  Watanna  has  added  another  clever  Japanese 
novel  to  her  popular  stories,  "Wooing  of  Wistaria" 
and  "A  Japanese  Nightingale."  Her  latest  novel, 
"Daughters  of  Ni jo  "  (Macmillan).  has  the  proper  admix- 
ture of  the  change  of  children,  the  high-born  lover  of 

the  peasant  maid,  and 
the  love  of  the  prin- 
cess  for  one  not  of  royal 
blood.  The  "Daugh- 
ters of  Nijo "  would 
make  an  excellent  va- 
cation novel.  It  is  a 
pure  love-story,  and 
presents  the  softer 
side  of  Japan. 

There  is  certainly 
enough  action  and 
"  atmosphere"  in  Mrs. 
Hugh  Fraser's  novel 
"The  Stolen  Emper- 
or "  (Dodd,  Mead).  It 
is  a  rattling  good 
story. 

A  LOVE-STORY  OF 
RURAL  ENGLAND. 

A  love-story  of  rural 
England  with  an  in- 
terest almost  evenly 
balanced  between  hu- 
mor and  tragedy, — 
a  really  absorbing  sto- 
ry.—is  "Petronilla 
Heroven"(Doubleday, 
Page),  by  Una  L.  Sil- 
berrod,  a  young  Eng- 
lish novelist  who  is 
making  a  reputation  for  power  and  keenness  of  an- 
alysis.    There  is  real  charm  in  the  style. 

THREE  SCOTCH  TALES. 

"Wee  Macgreggor"  was  so  quaint,  so  humorous,  so 
Scotch,  that  it  is  a  pleasure  to  welcome  some  of  his  later 
adventures,  which  the  author  has  given  us  under  the  title 
"Later  Adventures  of  Wee  Macgreggor"  (Harpers). 
The  little  Glasgow  boy  is  himself  all  through  this  sec- 
ond volume.  "Mrs.  M'Lerie"  (Century  Co.),  a  later 
creation  of  Mr.  Bell,  is  likely  to  become  a  popular 
talked-of  character  in  much  the  same  way.  Mrs. 
M'Lerie  is  inclined  to  be  talkative,  and  she  has  a  twist 
in  her  phrases  which  is  like  Mrs.  Partington,  and  yet 
quite  her  own  good  Scotch. 

That  fine  Scotch  story-teller,  S.  R.  Crockett,  has  given 
us  another  excellent  novel  in  "Strong  Mac"  (Dodd, 
Mead).  This  story  contains  all  the  love,  mystery,  and 
tragedy  which  is  necessary  to  a  real  good  Scotch  story. 

A  COUPLE  OF  POLITICAL  NOVELS. 

A  novel  of  Canadian  political  life,  full  of  economic 

and  political  discussions  which  are  sometimes  tedious, 

and  of  character-description  which  is  good, — such  is 

Sara  Jeannette  Duncan's  latest  story,  "  The  Imperial- 


MIRTAM   MICHELSON. 

(Author  of  "  In  the  Bishop's 
Carriage.") 


MRS.  JOHN   VAN   VORST. 

(Authorof  "The  Issuesof  Life 


ist"  (Appletons).  We 
do  not  remember  ever 
seeing  a  Canadian  elec- 
tion treated  so  in- 
formingly. 

The  author  of  "The 
Gadfly,"  Mrs.  E.L.Voy- 
nich,  has  written  a  new 
novel  entitled  "Olive 
Latham  "  (Lippincott). 
This  is  a  dramatic  love- 
story  of  Russia,  —  of 
Nihilism,  love,  and  pol- 
itics. The  character- 
painting  is  uncommon- 
ly strong,  but  there  is 
so  much  insistence  on 
the  cruelty  and  hatred 
of  life  that  the  heart  is 
repelled  from  what  is 
admired  as  an  intellectual  creation.  Mrs.  Voynich  says 
she  spent  fourteen  years  preparing  to  write  this  novel. 

SOME  "NOVELS  WITH  A  PURPOSE"   AND  OTHERS 
WITH    NONE. 

We  seem  to  see  an  old  friend  in  a  novel  by  John 
Strange  Winter.  The  fascination  of  " Bootle's  Baby" 
appears  again  in  the  latest  novel  of  this  author,  "  Cher- 
ry's Child  "  (Lippincott).  Cherry's  child  is  so  very  hu- 
man that  we  cannot  help  loving  her. 

Margery  Williams  writes  with  a  steady  hand.  Her 
"Price  of  Youth"  (Macmillan)  is  a  story  about  the 
backwoods  of  New  Jersey  and  life  close  to  nature,  with 
a  good  deal  of  keen  character-dissection  in  it.  More, 
it  is  a  story  of  humanity. 

Maarten  Maartens  has  a  faculty  of  putting  dashes  of 
color  on  the  canvases  of  his  novels  in  a  way  quite  his 

own.  His  latest  story, 
"Dorothea"  (Apple- 
tons),  is  "a  story  of 
the  pure  in  heart."  It 
is  essentially  Euro- 
pean in  atmosphere, 
and  yet  fundamental- 
ly human.  Maartens 
is  certainly  a  great 
word  artist,  and  this 
book  will  maintain 
the  reputation  he  ac- 
quired as  the  author 
of  "  God's  Fool." 

The  first  chapter  of 
"In  the  Bishop's  Car- 
riage" (Bobbs  -  Mer- 
rill), by  Miriam  Mich- 
elson,  appeared  as  a 
short  story  in  one  of 
the  magazines.  It 
was  so  successful 
that  the  author  enlarged  it  to  its  present  form,  in  which 
it  makes  capital  reading. 

King  Sylvain  and  Queen  Aim6e,  of  different  countries, 
having  grown  tired  of  the  hollowness  which  fills  the 
life  of  a  monarch,  and,  moreover,  being  in  love  with 
each  other,  run  away  together.  Their  adventures  are 
told  in  quaint,  pretty  style  by  Margaret  Sherwood,  in 
"The  Story  of  King  Sylvain  and  Queen  Aim6e"  (Mac- 
millan). 


MELVIN  L,.  SEVERY. 

(Author  of  "  The  Darrow  Enigma.") 


12s 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Robert  Shackleton  has  written  a  novel,  "  The  Great 
Adventurer"  ( Doubleday,  Page),  in  which  there  is  both 
the  glare  of  Madison  Square  and  the  dimness  of  a  mon- 
astery ;  a  clergyman  and  a  thief;  palaces  and  shabby 
boarding-houses;  the  biggest  trust,— love  and  divorce. 

Tt  is  to  be  doubted  if  two  young  ladies  ever  lived 
through  more  startling  adventures  than  did  Anna  and 
Annabel  in  "Anna  the  Adventuress,"  by  E.  Phillips 
Oppenheim  (Little,  Brown).  Although  the  charac- 
ters do  most  unconventional  things,  and  although  Mr. 
Oppenheim's  style  is  far  from  elegant,  his  ability  to 
tell  a  good  story  makes  one  overlook  these  crudities. 

Mrs.  John  Van  Vorst,  author  of  "The  Woman  Who 


Toils,"  has  followed  up  her  study  with  a  realistic"  race 
suicide"  novel  entitled  "The  Issues  of  Life"  (Double- 
day,  Page),  which  cuts  down  to  the  bone  of  the  conten- 
tion and  finds— among  other  things— woman's  clubs 
and  club  women.  The  reader  feels  in  this  book  the 
grip  of  a  certain  knowledge  which  can  only  have  come 
from  actual  experience  with  conditions. 

A  capital  "detective  story"  is  Mr.  Melvin  L.  Severy's 
"  The  Harrow  Enigma"  (Dodd,  Mead).  In  the  working 
out  of  his  plot,  the  author  displays  great  skill  by  re- 
peatedly leading  the  reader  off  on  false  scents,  so  that 
the  final  revelation  of  the  villain  of  the  piece  is  a  com- 
plete surprise. 


NOVELS   OF   THE   MONTH. 


Adventurer  in  Spain,  The.    By  S.  R.  Crockett.    Stokes. 

Aladdin  &  Co.    By  Herbert  Quick.    Henry  Holt. 

Alicia.    By  Albert  A.  Hartzell.    Revere  Pub.  Co. 

All's  Fair  in  Love.    By  Josephine  Sawyer.     Dodd,  Mead. 

At  the  Big  House.    By  Anna  Culbertson.    Bobbs-Merrill. 

Autobiography  of   a    Beggar,    The.     By    I.   K.   Friedman. 

Small,  Maynard  &  Co. 
Bachelor  in  Arcady,  A.  By  Halliwell  Sutcliffe.  T.Y.Crowell. 
Baronet  in  Corduroy,  The.    By  Albert  Lee.    Appletons.     i 
Barrier,  The.    By  Allen  French.     Doubleday,  Page. 
Black  Familiars,  The.    By  L.  B.  Walford.    Longmans. 
Bruvver  Jim's  Baby.    By  Philip  Verrill  Mighels.    Harpers. 
By  the  Good  Sainte  Anne.    By  Anna  Chapin  Ray.    Little, 

Brown. 
Cadets  of  Gascony.    By  Burton  E.Stevenson.    Lippincott. 
Cap'nEnri.    By  Joseph  C.  Lincoln.    Barnes. 
Captain's  Daughter,  The.    By  Gwendolen  Overton.    Mac- 

millan. 
Captured  by  the  Navajos.     By  Captain  Charles  A.  Curtis, 

U.S.A.    Harpers. 
Congressman's  Wife,  The.    By  John  D.  Barry.    Smart  Set. 
Corner  in  Coffee,  The.     By  Cyrus  Townsend.    Dillingham. 
Cost,  The.    By  David  Graham  Phillips.    Bobbs-Merrill. 
('ouit    of    Sacharissa,    The.      By    Hugh    Sheringham    and 

Nevill  Meakin.    Macmillan. 
Day  Before  Yesterday.     By  S.  A.  Shafer.    Macmillan. 
Dayspring,  The.    By  Dr.  William  Barry.  Dodd,  Mead. 
Descent  of  Man,  The.     By  Edith  Wharton.     Scribners. 
Desire.    By  Charlotte  Eaton.    Dillingham. 
Forward.     By  Line  Boegli.     Lippincott. 
French  Wife.  The.     By  Katherine  Tynan.     Lippincott. 
Gates  of  Chance,  The.     By  Van  Tassel  Sutphen.     Harpers. 
Gingham  Rose,  A.  By  Alice  Woods-Ullman.    Bobbs-Merrill. 
Governor's  Wife,  The.     By  Mathilda  Mailing.    Thomas  M. 

St.  John. 
Grafters,  The.     By  Francis  L.  Lynde.    Bobbs-Merrill. 
Heart  of  Lynn.    By  Mary  Stewart  Cutting.    Lippincott. 
Hercules   Carlson.     By    Alice    McAlilly.     Jennings   &    I've 
Her  Infinite  Variety.    By  Brand  Whit  lock.    Bobbs-Merrill. 
Her  Realm.    By  Ella  Perry  Price.    Jennings  &  Pye. 
Homebuilders,  The.     By  Karl  Edwin  Harriman. 
Horse-Leech's  Daughters,  The.    By  Margaret  Doyle   Jack- 
son. 
Huldah.     By  Alice  Macgowan  and  Grace  Macgowan  Cooke. 

Bobbs-Merrill. 
1:    In    Which    a    Woman  Tells    the   Truth    About   Herself. 

A  ppletons. 
In  Old  Alabama.    By  Anne  Hobson.  Doubleday,  Page1. 
[n  Search  of  the  Unknown.    By  K.  W.  Chambers.    Harpers. 
In  the  Red  Hills.      By  Elliott  McCants.     Doubleday,  Page. 
Jack     Barnaby.      By     Henry    James     Rogers.       Dillingham. 

Jewel  of  the  Seven  Stars,  The.    ByBram  Stoker.    Harpers. 

Joan  of  the  Alley.     By  Frederick  Orin  Bart  let  t.     Houghton. 

Johnnie.    ByE.  O.  Laughlin.    Bobbs-Merrill. 

K.  K.  K.,  The.     By  0.  W.  Tyler.     North  River  Pub.  House. 


Knight  of  Columbia.    By  General  Charles  King.    The  Ho- 

bart  Co. 
Left  in  Charge.    By  Clara  Morris.    Dillingham. 
Lizette.    By  Edward  Marshall.    Lewis  Scribner  it  Co. 
Love  Among  the  Ruins.    By  Warwick  Deeping.  Macmillan. 
Love's  Proxy.    By  Richard  Bagot.    Longmans. 
Lynchgate  Hall.    By  M.  E.  Francis.    Longmans. 
Magic  Mantle,  The.    By  Stephen  Jackson.    M.  S.  Greene. 
Merry  Hearts.    By  Anne  Story  Allen.    Henry  Holt. 
Micmac,  The.    By  S.  Carleton.     Henry  Holt. 
Middle  Wall,  The.    By  Edward  Marshall.  Dillingham. 
Modern  Arms  and  a   Feudal  Throne.    By  T.  Milner  Har- 
rison.   R.  F.  Fenno. 
"  My  LiT  Angelo."    By  Anna  Yeaman  Condict.    Appletons. 
Nancy  Stair.    By  Elinor  Macartney  Lane.    Appletons. 
Nature's  Comedian.    By  W.  E.  Norris.    Appletons. 
Other  Side  of  the  Story,  The.     By  Leslie  Derville. 
Peril  of  the  Sword.    By  A.  F.  P.  Harcourt.    H.  M.  Caldwell. 
Port  Argent.    By  Arthur  Colton.    Henry  Holt. 
Quintus  Oakes.  By  Charles  Ross  Jackson.  Dillingham. 
Rainbow    Chasers,   The.     By    John    M.    Whitson.     Little 

Brown. 
Red-Head.    By  John  Uri  Lloyd.    Dodd.  Mead. 
Richard  Gresham.    By  Robert  M.  Lovett.     Macmillan. 
Robert  Cavelier.    By  William  Dana  Orcutt.    McClurg. 
Rulers  of  Kings.    By  Gertrude  Atherton.    Harpers. 
Seeking  the  Kingdom.     By  E.  F..  Day.     Macmillan. 
Shipmates  in  Sunshine.     By  F.  Frankfort  Moore.  Appletons, 
Shutters  of  Silence,  The.     By  G.  B.  Burgin.     Smart  Set. 
Singoalla  (Victor  Rydberg's).     The  Grafton  Press. 
Singular  Miss  Smith,  The.     By  F.  M.  Kingsley.     Macmillan. 
Son  of  Destiny,  A.    By  Mary  C.  Francis.     Federal  Book  Co. 
Son  of  Light  Horse  Harry,  The.     By  James  Barnes.    Harper-. 
Spirit  of  the  Service,  The.     By  Edith  E.  Wood.     Macmillan. 
Steps  of  Honor,  The.     By  Basil  King.     Harpers. 
Stone  of  Destiny.  The.    By  Katherine  Mackay.    Harpers. 
Story  of    Susan,    The.      By    Mrs.    Henry    Dudeney.     Dodd, 

Mead. 
Sword  of  Garibaldi.     By   Felicia    Butt/.  Clark.     Eaton   A 

Mains. 
Sylvia's  Husband.    By  Mrs.  Burton  Harrison.    Appletons, 
Texas   Matchmaker,    A.     By    Andy    Williams.     Houghton. 
Transgression  of  Andrew  Vane.     By  Guy  Wet  more  CarryL 

Henry  Holt. 
Twisted  History.    By  Frank  C.  Voorhies.     Dillingham. 
Typee.    By  Herman  Melville.    John  Lane. 
Violett.    By  Baroness  von  Hutten.    Houghton. 
When  It  Was  Dark.     By  Guy  Thome.     Putnams. 
Woman  with  the  Fan,  The.     By  Robert  Hiehens.     Stoke-. 
Wood  Carver  of 'Lympus.    ByM.  K.Waller.    Little.  Brown. 
Woodhouse  Correspondence,  The.     By  George  W.  E.  Russell 

and  Edith  Sichel.     Dodd.  Mead. 
Yarhorough  the  Premier.     By  Agnes  R.  Weekes.     Harpers. 
Fellow  Holly,  The.     By  Fergus  Hume.     Dillingham. 
Yeoman,  The.     By  Charles  Kennett  Burrow.     John  Lane. 


The    American    Monthly    Review    of   Reviews, 
edited  by  albert  shaw. 

CONTENTS    FOR    AUGUST,    1904. 


Hon.  Alton  B.  Parker,  of  New  York.  .  .Frontispiece 

The  Progress  of  the  World— 

Waiting  for  Election  Day 131 

Republican  Harmony 131 

The  Democratic  Factions 131 

Hearst  vs.  Parker 131 

The  Judge's  Availability 132 

How  Hearsl  Nominated  Parker 132 

Bryan  and  the  Platform 133 

The  Question  of  a  Gold  Plank 133 

Judge  Parker's  Telegram 135 

The  Convention's  Answer 135 

The  Obvious  Explanation 136 

Where  the  Party  Really  Stands 136 

Democrats  and  t  he  Philippines 137 

Republican  Views  Not  Very  Different 137 

The  Democracy  and  " Trusts" 138 

The  Tariff  and  the  Parties 139 

Agreement  on  Navy  and  Army  Policies 139 

Judge  Parker  as  a  Strong  Man 140 

M  t    Davis,  of  West  Virginia 140 

M  r.  Cortelyou  as  Chairman 141 

Easy  Postponement  of  the  Tariff  Question 143 

M  p.  Moody  as  Attorney-General 143 

M  r.  Morton  at  Head  of  Navy 144 

M  v.  Metcalf  as  Secretary  of  Commerce 144 

The  Populist  Party 145 

The  Prohibitionists 145 

Two  Socialist  Tickets 145 

Choosing  the  Battle-Grounds 14(5 

As  to  Campaign  Literature 146 

Our  Successful  Foreign  Diplomacy 140 

Perdicaris  Released 147 

England  Explains  About  Tibet 147 

The  Chamberlain  Tariff  Report 147 

Echoes  of  the  Boer  War 148 

England  and  Germany  Come  Together 148 

Russia  and  the  Dardanelles 148 

Rights  as  to  Contraband 149 

Russia's  Side  of  the  Question 149 

The  Japanese  Advance 149 

Junction  of  the  Three  Armies 150 

Closing  in  on  Kuropatkin 150 

At  Port  Arthur 151 

Story  of  the  Vladivostok  Ships 151 

Telegraph  and  Telephone  in  War 151 

internal  Unrest  in  Russia 152 

General  Bobrikoff's  Successor 152 

French  Politics 152 

With  many  portraits,  cartoons,  and  other  illustrations. 

Record  of  Current  Events 153 

With  portraits  of  William  H.  Hunt,  Winthrop  Beek- 
man,  and  Earl  Grey. 

Cartoon  Comments  on  the  Nominations 156 

Alton  B.  Parker  :  A  Character  Sketch 163 

By  James  Creelman. 
With  pictures  of  Judge  Parker  and  his  family,  and  of 
his  home  at  Esopus. 

Henry  G.    Davis,  Democratic   Candidate    for 

Vice-President 171 

By  Charles  S.  Albert. 
With  portrait  of  Mr.  Davis  and  other  illustrations. 

Charles  Warren  Fairbanks,  Republican  Can- 
didate for  Vice-President 176 

By  Thomas  R.  Shipp. 
With  portraits  of  Senator  Fairbanks,  Mrs.  Fairbanks.., 
and  their  daughter,  Mrs.  Timmons,  and  other  illus- 
trations. 


The  Republican  Convention  at  Chicago 182 

By  James  H.  Eckels. 
(Delegate  to  the  National  Democratic  Convention.) 
With  cartoons  and  sketches  of  prominent  Republicans. 

The  Democratic  Convention  at  St.  Louis...  186 
By  a  Delegate  to  the  National  Republican  Convention. 
With  cartoons  and  sketches  of  prominent  Democrats. 

Wireless  Telegraphy  To-Day 191 

By  William  Maver,  Jr. 
With  portraits  of  Marconi,  De  Forest,  and  Fessenden, 

and  other  illustrations. 

The  Successor  of  President  Diaz  of  Mexico. .  198 

By  Austin  C.  Brady. 
With  portraits  of  Gen.  Porflrio  Diaz,  Ramon  Corral,  and 
Jose  Ives  Limantour. 

Herzl,  Leader  of  Modern  Zionism 201 

By  Herman  Rosenthal. 
With  portrait  of  the  late  Dr.  Theodor  Herzl. 

Baron  Suyematsu  on  the  Aims  of  Japan 202 

With  portrait  of  Baron  Suyematsu. 

American  Trade  Interests  in  the  War  Zone. .  203 

By  Wolf  von  Schierbrand. 

The  New-Norse  Movement  in  Norway 206 

By  Mabel  Leland. 

Why  Norway  and  Sweden  Are  at  Odds 208 

With  portrait  of  King  Oscar  of  Sweden  and  Norway. 

What  the  People  Read  in  Germany 210 

Leading  Articles  of  the  Month — 

Count  Tolstoy's  Sermon  on  the  War 213 

A  Condemnation  of  Russian  Boastfulness 216 

The  State  Bank  of  Russia  To-day 217 

Efficiency  of  the  Japanese  Red  Cross  Service. . .  219 

The  English  in  Tibet :  A  Russian  View 220 

Prussia  and  Her  Polish  Subjects 221 

The  Anglo-French  Agreement 222 

The  Anglo-Japanese  Alliance  and  the  Anglo- 
French  Agreement 222 

The  Master-Genius  of  the  Congo 223 

The  Australian  "  Labor  "  Ministry 225 

Italian  Strictures  on  Pope  Pius  X 227 

The  Labor  Problem  on  the  Panama  Canal 227 

Some  Chilean  Opinion  on  the  Panama  Canal. . .  230 

Bridging  the  English  Channel 231 

The  Man  Who  Stamped  Out  Yellow  Fever 231 

Hawthorne,  A  Century  After  His  Birth 232 

The  George  Sand  Centenary 233 

Literature's  Loss  by  the  Turin  Library  Fire 234 

What  Constitutes  a  Musical  Nation  ? 235 

The  Song  of  the  Thrush 236 

John  Burroughs  on  Animal  Instinct 237 

Cervera's  Account  of  the  Santiago  Battle 237 

The  Elephant  as  a  Machine 238 

Wall  Street  as  Viewed  by  Henry  Clews 239 

The  Trusts  from  the  Investor's  Point  of  View...  240 

Unpunished  Commercial  Crime 241 

Conditions  of  Immunity  from  Cholera 242 

With  many  portraits  and  other  illustrations. 

Briefer  Notes  on  Topics  in  the  Periodicals.  . .  243 

With  illustrations. 

The  New  Books 251 

With  portraits  of  authors. 


TERMS:  $2.50  a  year  in  advance;  ?".  cents  a  number.  Foreign  postage  Sl.OO'a  year  additional.  Subscribers  may  remitto  us 
by  post-office  or  express  money  orders,  or  by  bank  checks,  drafts,  or  registered  letters.  Money  in  letters  is  at  sender's 
risk.  Renew  as  early  as  possible,  in  order  to  avoid  a  break  in  the  receipt  of  the  numbers.  Bookdealers,  Postmasters,  and 
Newsdealers  receive  subscriptions.  (Subscriptions  to  the  English  Review  of  Reviews,  which  is  edited  and  published  by 
Mr.  W.  T.  Stead  in  London,  may  be  sent  to  this  office,  and  orders  for  single  copies  can  also  be  filled,  at  the  price  of  $2.50 
for  the  yearly  subscription,  including  postage,  or  25  cents  for  single  copies.)  THE  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  CO., 
13  Astor  Place,  New  York  City.  * 


Copyrighta  1904,  by  Pach  Bros.,  New  York. 


HON.  ALTON  B.   PARKER,  OF  NKW   YORK. 

(Nominated  for  the  Presidency  by  the  Democratic  Convention,  at  St.  Louis,  July  9,   1904.) 


The  American  Monthly 

Review  of  Reviews. 


Vol.  XXX. 


NEW   YORK,   AUGUST,    1904. 


No.  2. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


The  American  people  have  now  be- 
Waiting  for  fore  them  three  months  of  a  politi- 
'  cal  campaign  which  most  of  them 
would  he  willing  to  have  shortened  to  three 
weeks  if  possible.  The  preliminary  contests  in 
both  parties  were  of  an  unusually  prolonged 
and  definite  character,  so  that  when  the  two 
conventions  had  finished  their  work  the  vast 
majority  of  the  intelligent  voters  of  the  country 
had  made  up  their  minds,  and  would  have  been 
glad  to  dispense  with  a  long  period  of  party 
missionary  work  and  campaign  oratory.  Every- 
body is  ready  and  waiting  for  Election  Day,  so 
tar  as  the  national  contest  is  concerned.  The 
State  situations,  on  the  other  hand,  are  not  so  ripe. 

The  question  whether  or  not  Theo- 
Repubiican    ^ore  Roosevelt  should  be  nominated 

Harmony. 

for  the  Presidency  had  been  under 
consideration  within  the  organization  of  the 
Republican  party  ever  since  the  death  of  Presi- 
dent McKinley.  Gradually,  but  inevitably,  the 
opposition  to  him  had  diminished,  until  there 
remained  not  a  single  man  to  state  openly  at  the 
party's  convention  that  he  was  for  any  other 
candidate.  Thus,  President  Roosevelt  was  nom- 
inated with  as  complete  unanimity  at  Chicago  as 
President  McKinley  had  been  four  years  before 
at  Philadelphia.  Furthermore,  there  was  no 
difficulty  at  all  about  agreeing  upon  a  Repub- 
lican platform  at  Chicago,  and  the  selection  of 
Senator  Fairbanks  for  the  second  place  on  the 
ticket  was  accomplished  with  the  utmost  ease 
and  dispatch.  The  results,  as  a  whole,  were 
eminently  satisfactory  to  the  entire  Republican 
party,  and  the  issues,  as  the  Republicans  had  to 
present  them,  were  so  little  dubious  or  obscure 
that  they  would  have  been  prepared  to  meet  their 
opponents  at  the  polls  on  any  day,  however  early. 
The  campaign  will  have  to  be  fought  out  alertly, 
however,  and  the  Republicans  will  find  that  their 
unity  and  self-satisfaction  will  not  alone  win  the 
victory  in  November. 


The  preliminary  contest  in  the  Demo- 
Democratic  cratic  party  had  been  of  a  much 
Factions.  more  serious  character.  The  so- 
called  "  conservative  "  wing  had  set  out  a  long 
time  ago  to  reorganize  the  party.  The  two 
wings  had  as  their  most  conspicuous  representa- 
tives ex-President  Cleveland  and  the  Hon. 
William  J.  Bryan.  Mr.  Cleveland  had  been 
three  times  nominated  and  once  defeated  for  the 
Presidency,  while  Mr.  Bryan  had  been  twice 
nominated  and  twice  defeated.  While  many  of 
the  leading  conservatives  had  believed  that  the 
best  hope  of  the  party  lay  in  giving  a  fourth 
nomination  to  Mr.  Cleveland,  such  a  step  was 
abandoned  as  not  being  feasible.  The  ex- 
President  was  still  regarded,  however,  as  the 
foremost  member  and  most  sagacious  counselor 
of  his  party.  Mr.  Bryan  did  not  seek  or  desire 
a  nomination  this  year,  but  he  was  incessantly 
active  in  the  preliminary  fight  for  party  control, 
and  remained  individually  the  most  influential 
man  in  the  radical  wing. 


Hearst 

us. 
Parker 


The  greater  part  of  the  radical  fol- 
lowing was  in  due  time  enlisted  in  the 
movement  to  promote  the  nomina- 
tion of  William  R.  Hearst.  The  supporters  of  Mr. 
Hearst  showed  so  much  energy  and  achieved  so 
much  early  success  in  different  States  that  the 
conservatives  took  alarm  and  felt  the  need  of 
concentrating  their  work  upon  some  one  candi- 
date. A  very  skillful  and  substantial  organization 
had  been  formed  to  promote  the  candidacy  of 
Judge  Alton  B.  Parker,  of  the  State  of  New  York. 
The  Parker  movement  had  for  its  manager  one 
of  the  most  experienced  and  adroit  political 
strategists  in  the  United  States — ex-Senator 
David  B.  Hill.  Mr.  Hill  and  Judge  Parker  had 
always  been  intimately  associated  in  politics,  the 
one  owing  much  to  the  other.  Mr.  Parker  had 
been  chairman  of  the  Democratic  State  Central 
Committee  nineteen  years  ago,  and  had  success- 
fully managed  the  campaign  in  which  Mr.  Hill 


132 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


had  been  elected  governor  of  New  York  State. 
Mr.  Hill,  in  return,  soon  after  his  election,  had 
appointed  Mr.  Parker  to  a  high  position  on  the 
State  bench.      It  was  a  good  appointment. 

Asa  jurist,  Judge  Parker  had  gained 
The  Judge's   t}ie    confidence   of  the   legal   frater- 

Availability.       .  .       n       °  , 

nity,  while  very  little  known  to  the 
general  public  outside  of  his  own  portion  of  the 
State.  His  long  absence  from  the  arena  of  ac- 
tive politics  had  kept  him  safely  out  of  contro- 
versies and  embroilments,  and  thus,  in  the  neg- 
ative  sense,  he  possessed  unusual  availability. 


ever,  received  a  highly  substantial  accession  of 
strength  when  it  was  found  that  the  Wall  Street 
interests,  deeply  opposed  as  they  were  to  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt,  had  definitely  decided  upon 
Parker  as  the  man  to  support.  These  were  able 
and  willing  to  bring  weighty  influence,  extend- 
ing through  the  various  sections  of  the  country, 
to  bear  on  securing  agreement  among  conserva- 
tives upon  Parker's  name.  The  sharpest  skir- 
mish in  this  preliminary  combat  had  to  be 
fought  in  the  New  York  State  convention,  in 
April,  where  Tammany  was  completely  van- 
quished by  the  combined  Hill  and  Belmont 
forces  and  formal  instructions  were  given  to 
the  New  York  delegates  to  St.  Louis  to  support 
Parker  for  the  Presidency.  In  State  after  State, 
the  fight  for  delegates  went  on  between  the  radi- 
cals and  the  conservatives,  and  it  was  apparent 
several  months  ago  that  the  conservatives  would 
have  a  majority  at  the  St.  Louis  convention. 

,   The  only  question  was  whether  the 

How  Hearst  i  -i  i  •  n  i 

Nominated  radicals  could  consolidate  more  than 
Parker,  one-third  of  the  delegates  in  such  a 
way,  under  the  working  of  the  two- thirds  rule, 
as  to  prevent  the  nomination  of  Parker  and 
compel  the  selection  of  a  compromise  candidate. 
The  final  decision,  however,  of  some  large  dele- 
gations like  that  of  Pennsylvania  to  support 
Parker  from  the  start,  and  the  decision  of  other 
delegations  which  were  to  give  a  complimentary 
vote  on  the  first  ballot  to  some  local  favorite  of 
their  own,  to  vote  for  Parker  as  second  choice 
settled  the  fight  so  far  as  the  nominee  was  con- 
cerned. The  Hearst  movement,  instead  of  pre- 
venting the  nomination  of  Parker,  had  brought 
it  to  pass.  Mr.  Hearst's  candidacy  was  regarded 
as  of  such  a  revolutionary  character  that  it  com- 
pelled conservative  concentration,  and  thus  fa- 
vored Parker.  Mr.  Bryan,  in  the  St.  Louis  con- 
vention, when  the  result  had  become  a  foregone 
conclusion,  declared  himself  in  favor  of  ex- 
Governor  Pattison,  of  Pennsylvania,  or  Senator 
Cockrell,  of  Missouri. 


HON.  DAVID  B.   HIDD,   OF   NEW  YORK. 

The  principal  object  of  Mr.  Hill's  work  was  to 
convince;  the  conservative  Democrats  of  other 
States  that  Judge  Parker  would  be  more  likely 
than  any  other  Democrat  to  carry  the  great  piv- 
otal   State  of    New    York  in    an    election    contest. 

The  attainment  of  this  object,  was  rendered  dif- 
ficult by  the  fact  that  the  Tammany  organization 
of  New  York  City,  which  must  be  relied  upon 
to  furnish  the  Democratic  votes,-  was  violently 
opposed  to  Judge  Parker's  candidacy.  Ex- 
Senator  Hill  and  his   Parker  organization,  how- 


What  Might     12, -von 
Have  Been.      I,l>'"1 


If  the  Hearst  movement  and  the 
wing    had     decided    several 

months  ago  on  either  one  of  these 
two  gentlemen, — or  upon  some  other  public  man 
of  similar  experience  and  standing, — and  if  Mr. 
Hearst  had  then  been  willing  to  spend  one-half 
as  much  money  and  energy  for  the  success  of  such 
a  candidate  as  he  actually  expended  for  himself, 
the  result  at  St.  Louis  would  have  been  totally 
different,  and,  whoever  might  have  been  nomi- 
nated, it  certainly  would  not  have  been  Judge 
Parker.  But  the  Hearst  work  had  been  put  in 
for  a  candidate  who  could  not  possibly  be  nom- 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


133 


inated,  and  the  Bryan  effort 
bad  not  been  expended  on 
!f  of  a  well  -  selected 
candidate,  but  rather  in  a 
fuming,  scolding,  purely  neg- 
ative attempt  to  prevent 
Judge  Parker's  nomination. 
Thus,  the  radicals  had 
thrown  away  their  only 
chances.  By  sheer  force, 
however,  Mr.  Bryan  achiev- 
ed a  great  personal  success 
in  the  St.  Louis  convention. 
Although  his  enemies  were 
in  full  control,  he  had  be- 
come the  most  influential 
and  effective  figure  in  the 
great  gathering  before  a  final 
adjournment  was  reached. 

Mr.  Bryan's  great 

Bryan  •>  » 

and  the      achievement     at 

Platform.       gt     Louig    ky    - 

the  part  he  took  in  making 
the  platform.  The  Hon. 
John  Sharp  "Williams,  of 
Mississippi,  —  who  has  re- 
cently acted  as  leader  of  the 
Democratic  opposition  in  the 
House  of  Representatives  at 
Washington,  and  who  was 
made  temporary  chairman 
of  the  St.  Louis  convention, 
— had  brought  with  him  the 
draft  of  a  platform  similar 
to  the  one  that  had  been 
written  by  him  and  adopted 
by  the  Mississippi  State  Democrats.  The  draft- 
ing of  the  platform  at  St.  Louis  was  referred  by 
the  large  committee  on  resolutions  to  a  sub- 
committee of  ten  members.  This  smaller  body, 
after  very  careful  and  protracted  work,  based 
on  that  of  Williams,  produced  an  instrument 
that  was  at  once  given  to  the  Associated  Press 
and  published  all  over  the  United  States  as  the 
platform  which  it  was  expected  the  convention 
would  adopt  without  change.  To  the  surprise 
of  everybody,  however,  the  full  resolutions  com- 
mittee was  not  satisfied  with  the  work  of  its 
sub-committee  of  ten,  but  spent  a  day  and  a 
night  in  overhauling  it  and  very  materially 
changing  its  character.  In  this  principal  fight 
of  the  convention,  Mr.  Bryan  took  the  lead  with 
conspicuous  success.  He  changed  the  tariff, 
trust,  and  other  planks  to  meet  his  more  radical 
views.  He,  Hill,  and  Williams,  as  a  special 
committee  of  three,  "  compromised "  the  gold 
plank  wholly  out  of  the  platform. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Clinedinst,  Washington,  D.  C. 


HON.  JOHN  SHARP  WILLIAMS,   OP  MISSISSIPPI. 


_.    .      ..      The  platform  as  reported  by  the  sub- 

The  Question  r.  *    .  J 

of  a         committee  had  contained  the  follow- 
Goid  piank.    -^  pian]c  Up0n  the  money  question  : 

The  discoveries  of  gold  within  the  last  few  years, 
and  the  greatly  increased  production  thereof,  adding 
$2,000,000,000  to  the  world's  supply,  of  which  $700,000,000 
falls  to  the  share  of  the  United  States,  have  contributed 
to  the  maintenance  of  a  money  standard  of  values  no 
longer  open  to  question,  removing  that  issue  from  the 
field  of  political  contention. 

When  the  full  committee  had  finished  its 
work,  there  was  left  no  allusion  whatever  to  the 
gold  standard  or  to  any  phase  of  those  questions 
of  currency,  banking,  and  the  like  that  in  recent 
campaigns  had  been  made  so  prominent  in 
Democratic  platforms.  Since  the  money  ques- 
tion had  formed  the  one  recognized  distinction 
between  the  Cleveland  Democrats  and  the  Bryan 
Democrats,  it  was  a  marked  victory  for  Mr. 
Bryan  to  secure  the  omission  of  the  gold  plank. 
In  the  sub-committee,  this  plank  had  been  sus- 


134 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


HON.   WILLIAM   JENNINCiS   HltYAN. 


tained  by  a  vote  of  7  to  ;>.  In  the  lull  commit- 
tee, on  report  of  Messrs.  Hill,  Bryan,  and  Wil- 
liams, it  was  rejected  by  a  vote  of  35  to  15. 

The  formal  proceedings  of  the  conven- 

PrVcledi'ngs  iu'n  na<*  been  1h'Ku"  ""  Wednesday, 
July  6.  The  final  work  of  the  plat 
form  committee  had  been  reported  to  the  con- 
vention by  its  chairman,  Senator  Daniel,  of  Vir- 
ginia, on  Friday  evening,  and  (in  the  midst  of 
lmv.ii  confusion,  aobody  hearing  the  platform 
read)  it   had    been  perfunctorily  adopted  by  the 


convention  without  any  discussion.  Later  in  the 
same  night  session,  the  names  of  candidates  for 
the  Presidency  had  been  preSBnted  and  duly  sec- 
onded in  many  speeches.  At  .">  o'clock  the  next 
morning,  an  opening  ballot  was  taken,  with  the 
result  that  Judge  Parker  received  658  votes  ; 
Mr.  Hearst,  200  ;  Senator  Cockrell,  42  ;  Mr. 
Olney,  38  ;  Mr,  Wall,  27,  and  there  were  a  few 
scattering  votes  for  several  other  names.  Judge 
Parker  lacked  only  a  few  votes  of  the  requisite 

two-thirds,  and  these  were  given  to  him  by  an 
announced    change  in  the  vote  of  several  of   the 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


l.°,.r) 


HON.  CHAMP  CLAKK,   OF  MISSOURI. 

smaller  delegations  before  the  result  of  the 
first  ballot  could  be  announced.  At  that  stage, 
Governor  Dockery,  of  Missouri,  moved  to  make 
Judge  Parker's  nomination  unanimous,  and  this 
motion  was  passed  without  opposition.  The 
protracted  night  session  had  been  the  scene  of 
much  tumultuous  excitement  and  many  striking 
convention  incidents.  The  Hon.  Champ  Clark, 
of  Missouri,  was  now  presiding,  as  permanent 
chairman.  A  very  frank  and  rather  uncompli- 
mentary account  of  the  convention  is  published 
elsewhere  in  this  number  of  the  Review  from  the 
able  pen  of  a  Republican  onlooker  who  had  been 
a  delegate  to  the  convention  of  his  own  party 
at  Chicago.  A  parallel  picture,  let  it  be  noted, 
is  presented  of  the  Chicago  Republican  conven- 
tion by  a  prominent  Democrat  who  witnessed 
the  proceedings,  and  who  was  a  delegate  to  the 
convention  of  his  own  party  at  St.  Louis.  He 
signs  his  article,  and  he  is  the  Hon.  James  H. 
Eckels,  of  Chicago. 


Judge 
Parker's 
Telegram. 


This  nominating  session  did  not 
adjourn  until  5:50  o'clock  in  the 
morning  of  Saturday.  In  the  after- 
noon of  Saturday,  the  convention  reassembled 
to  select  a  Vice-Presidential  candidate,  with  the 
result  that  the  Hon.  Henry  G.  Davis,  of  West 


Virginia,  was  promptly  chosen.  The  most 
striking  incident,  however,  of  this  final  session 
of  the  convention  was  the  announcement  that 
an  important  telegram  had  been  received  from 
Judge  Parker.  This  telegram,  which  had  been 
sent  to  ex-Lieut.-Gov.  William  F.  Sheehan,  of 
the  New  York  delegation  (regarded  as  Judge 
Parker's  closest  political  adviser),  read  as  fol- 
lows : 

July  9,  1904. 

I  regard  the  gold  standard  as  firmly  and  irrevocably 
established,  and  shall  act  accordingly  if  the  action  of 
the  convention  to-day  shall  be  ratified  by  the  people. 

As  the  platform  is  silent  on  the  subject,  my  view 
should  be  made  known  to  the  convention,  and  if  it  is 
proved  to  be  unsatisfactory  to  the  majority,  I  request 
you  to  decline  the  nomination  for  me  at  once,  so  that 
another  may  be  nominated  before  adjournment. 

Alton  B.  Parker. 

The  reading  of  this  message  caused  great  ex- 
citement, and  there  was  an  impression  at  first 
that  it  might  lead  to  a  total  change  in  the  situa- 
tion and  to  the  nomination  of  another  man. 


The 


It    was    evident,    however,    after    a 
Convention's  little  reflection,   that  the  convention 
Answer.      ^ad  gone  too  far  to  retrace  its  steps, 
and    that   it  must  find   a   way  to  reconcile  its 


HON.  WILLIAM  F.  SHEEHAN,  OF  NEW  YORK. 


136 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


platform  and  its  candidate,  and  to  present  to 
the  country  an  air  of  harmony  and  contentment. 
It  was  found  impossible  to  reopen  the  platform, 
which  had,  in  point  of  fact,  been  settled  upon 
as  a  compromise  in  consideration  of  which  the 
radicals  had  agreed  not  to  bolt  the  Parker 
nomination.  Accordingly,  it  was  agreed,  after 
a  conference  of  leaders,  to  get  around  the  diffi- 
culty by  adopting,  as  the  expression  of  the 
convention,  a  formal  telegram  in  reply  to  Judge 
Parker  ;  and  this  course,  after  earnest  per- 
suasion on  the  part  of  Senator  Tillman,  of  South 
Carolina,  and  others,  was  adopted.  The  conven- 
tion's reply  to  Judge  Parker  was  as  follows  : 

The  platform  adopted  by  this  convention  is  silent  on 
the  question  of  the  monetary  standard  because  it  is  not 
regarded  by  us  as  a  possible  issue  in  this  campaign,  and 
only  campaign  issues  were  mentioned  in  the  platform. 

Therefore  there  is  nothing  in  the  views  expressed  by 
you  in  the  telegram  just  received  which  would  preclude 
a  man  entertaining  them  from  accepting  a  nomination 
ou  said  platform. 

For  many  days  following  the  ad- 
Various  -journment  of  the  St.  Louis  conven- 
tion,  the  newspapers  of  the  country 
were  filled  with  remarkably  diverse  expressions 
of  opinion  and  assertions  of  fact  touching  the 
gold  plank  and  Judge  Parker's  telegram.  The 
Republican  press  in  general  treated  the  affair  as 
a  rather  sharp  bit  of  convention  strategy.  It 
was  recalled  that  Judge  Parker  had  supported 
Bryan  in  1896  when  the  battle  of  the  standards 
was  fairly  on,  and  that  no  allusion  to  the  money 
question  was  contained  in  the  New  York  State 
platform  of  last  April,  for  which  Judge  Parker 
was  deemed  responsible.  Mr.  Bryan,  some  days 
after  the  convention,  came  out  in  a  deliberate 
statement  in  which  he  took  the  ground  that 'if 
Judge  Parker's  telegram  had  been  sent  before 
rather  than  after  his  nomination  the  convention 
would  have  named  some  other  man.  The  inde- 
pendent Democratic  press  of  New  York  and  the 
East  extolled  Judge  Parker's  telegram  as  raising 
him  to  unequaled  heights  of  courage  and  hero- 
ism. All  of  these  extreme  positions  are  absurd. 
The  plain  fact  is  that  the  gold  standard  is  not  in 
any  sense  an  issue  in  the  present  campaign.  The 
so-called  gold  plank  of  the  sub-committee  that 
was  finally  cut  out  of  the  platform  as  adopted 
merely  stated  that  certain  circumstances  had 
"  removed  that  issue  from  the  field  of  political 
contention." 


When    the    platform-makers    finally 

Obvious      refused  to  make  formal  acknowledg- 

Expianatio,,.  ,nent  of  the  Emitted  fact  that  the 

money  question    is   not  now  an   issue,  there  was 
created    in    business  circles  so   unfavorable  an 


impression  that  Judge  Parker  felt  it  necessary 
at  once  to  remove  what  otherwise  might  have 
grown  into  a  serious  misunderstanding  and 
needlessly  hampered  his  campaign.  His  tele- 
gram to  St.  Louis  was  therefore  a  very  sensible 
proceeding,  involving  neither  courage  nor  hero- 
ism on  the  one  hand,  nor  any  chicanery  or 
finesse  on  the  other  hand.  The  action  of  the 
convention  in  adopting  the  language  of  the 
telegram  to  Judge  Parker  has  all  the  practical 
effect  of  restoring  to  the  platform  the  only 
essential  clause  of  the  plank  that  was  stricken 
out, — namely,  the  clause  which  asserts  that  the 
money  question  is  not  an  issue  in  this  campaign. 
Nobody  for  a  moment  had  the  slightest  reason 
to  think  that  Judge  Parker  ever  regarded  the 
money  question,  as  being  an  issue  in  this  cam- 
paign, and  his  telegram  expressed  the  views 
which  everybody  knew  perfectly  well  that  he 
entertained. 

The    Democratic    party    as   a   whole 

Where  the 

Party  Realty  accepted   its    defeat    on    the   money 
stands.      question  in  1896      Imperialism  and 

the  trusts  were  made  the  active  issues  of  Bryan's 
campaign  in  1900,  and  the  silver  plank  was  put 
in  merely  as  a  theoretical  or  academic  state- 
ment, being  carried  by  a  majority  of  one  vote, 
and  then  only  in  deference  to  Mr.  Bryan  person- 
ally, since  he  was  to  be  the  candidate.  The 
Democrats  now,  in  effect,  admit  that  their  op- 
ponents were  right ;  and  unless  they  can  show 
other  very  good  grounds  for  turning  the  Re- 
publicans out  of  power,  their  attitude  on  the 
money  question  will  simply  amount  to  a  confes- 
sion that  the  party  that  is  at  the  helm  is  entitled 
to  further  confidence.  Unfortunately  for  their 
logical  position,  the  Democrats  have  not  suc- 
ceeded in  presenting  a  very  clear  or  convincing 
bill  of  particulars  against  the  dominant  party. 
Thus,  eight  years  ago  they  staked  their  whole 
party  existence  upon  the  free-silver  issue,  and 
they  now  confess  that  they  were  thoroughly 
wrong.  Four  years  ago,  they  made  their  fight — 
first,  against  the  Republican  expansion  policy, 
and,  second,  against  Republican  collusion  with 
trusts  and  capitalistic  combinations.  The  intel- 
ligent voters  must  wish  to  know  whether  the 
Democratic  party  still  condemns  the  Republican 
policy  as  completely  as  it  did  four  years  ago  ; 
for,  obviously,  if  the  Democratic  party  has  weak- 
ened in  its  insistence  along  these  lines,  it  is  only 
contributing  fresh  arguments  in  favoi  oi  the  re- 
tention of  the  Republicans  in  control  of  affairs. 
It  had  come  into  power  in  1892  to  destroy  the 
high  tariff,  and  had  ingloriously  passed  a  protec- 
tionist bill  that  its  own  President,  Mr.  Cleveland, 
refused  to  sign. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


137 


As  a  matter  of  fact,  a  distinguished 
TnTne  Democrat,  Judge  Wright,  is  admin- 
Philippines.  istering  the  Philippine  Islands  very 
satisfactorily.  The  general  policy  that  the 
hiinocratic  platform  now  adopts  is  that  we 
should  treat  the  Filipinos  as  we  have  treated 
the  Cubans.  The  platform  as  worked  out  in  the 
subcommittee — there  is  good  reason  to  believe 
— was  more  representative  of  the  actual  views 
of  the  majority  of  Democrats  than  the  instru- 
ment as  finally  altered  in  the  hope  of  securing 
the  Bryan  support  of  Judge  Parker  as  a  candi- 
date. Mr.  Bryan  succeeded  in  injecting  into 
the  final  platform  some  of  his  well-known  ex- 
pressions regarding  imperialism  ;  but  the  ac- 
cepted Democratic  view  now  is  merely  that  we 
must  not  hold  colonial  possessions  in  perpetuity, 
and  that  we  should  not  govern  any  bodies  of 
people  whom  we  do  not  expect  to  bring  into  our 
citizenship  in  the  full  sense.  The  Democrats 
would  therefore  retain  coaling  stations  and  na- 
val stations  in  the  Philippines,  safeguard  the  in- 
terests of  foreign  nations  in  the  archipelago,  and 
at  the  earliest  possible  moment  set  the  islands  up 
as  an  independent  republic,  under  the  friendly 
and  protecting  auspices  of  the  United  States. 

Now,  the  highest  authority  upon  Re- 
ViewsNot  Very  publican  policy  toward    the    Philip- 

Different.      pjneg    ig  the  Hon     EHhu  RoQ^   whoge 

formal  speech  at  the  Chicago  convention  we 
published  last  month  in  this  magazine.  Mr. 
Root  did  not  hesitate  to  say  that  the  Republi- 
cans would  be  entirely  ready  at  the  proper  time 
to  establish  Philippine  independence.  Both  he 
ami  Judge  Taft,  however,  are  of  opinion  that  it 


HON.   ELIHU  ROOT  AT  CHICAGO. 

From  the  Leader  (Cleveland). 


HON.   MARTIN    W.    LITTLETON,   OP    NEW  YORK,   PRESIDENT    OF 
THE  BOROUGH  OF  BROOKLYN. 

(Who  nominated  Judge  Parker  in  a  brilliant  speech  at 
St.  Louis.) 


will  be  a  good  while  before  the  present  policy 
of  teaching  the  Filipinos  the  art  of  self-govern- 
ment will  have  made  progress  enough  for  the 
United  States  to  do  there  what  it  has  done  in 
Cuba.  There  is  very  little  use  in  trying  to  pre- 
tend that  there  is  a  strong  party  difference  of 
view  in  this  country  regarding  the  Philippines 
and  the  so-called  expansion  policy.  It  would  be 
impossible  to  fight  a  campaign  on  such  a  basis. 
All  intelligent  people  know  that  we  are  using 
every  possible  means  to  advance  the  Filipinos 
in  intelligence  and  in  local  self-government,  and 
that  they  will  be  abundantly  welcome  to  com- 
plete governmental  independence  if  the  time 
ever  comes  when  they  can  properly  take  rank  as 
a  member  of  the  family  of  nations.  "Whether  or 
not  Congress  ought  to  pass  a  resolution  declar- 
ing it  the  intention  of  the  country  at  some  time  to 
turn  the  Philippine  archipelago  into  a  republic, 
is  simply  a  matter  for  Congress  itself.  There 
will  in  future,  probably,  come  to  be  a  real 
Philippine  question  ;  but  there  is  none  this  year. 
The  Democrats  have,  in  point  of  fact,  receded 
very  much  from  their  position  of  four  years  ago 
on  this  subject ;  and  in  so  far  they  have  again 
confessed  judgment  and  acknowledged  that  the 
country  did  right  in  electing  the  McKinley  and 
Roosevelt  ticket. 


10ft 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


V#YWB  vmui- 


!  /WWW  tf  COHTHOLLU)  Br  WALL  S 1 


PfttKLR'S  NOMMIOH  NUUMCS 
THE  RIITl '-TRUST PLAIiKi 

NOTHING  GOOD  CM  BE  EXPECTED 'M <// t 
mKTR  Otl  THU1WY  QUESTION' /t  ' 

' PARKER  COT  THE  fiOrllHATIOH/ fr 
OECEIV  If 

(P  i      /  LL  VOTC  FOR  H&HEfi)       1 1 

- 


Auntie  Bryan  :    "  You  know,  Alton,  this  pains  me  as  much  as  it  does  you  ! ' 
From  the  North  American  (Philadelphia). 


„    „  AVith  respect  to  the  great  trust  ques- 

The  Democracy    .  .     c   _.  ,.  .    ,. 

and  tion,  the  Democratic  platform  as 
"Trusts."  carefully  worked  out  by  the  sub- 
committee was  quite  conservative.  Again  as  a 
matter  of  compromise  with  the  Bryan  element, 
the  full  committee  changed  the  phraseology  of 
the  plank  on  trusts  and  gave  it  a  fiercer  sound. 
There  is  nothing,  however,  in  the  platform  of 
either  party  that  is  really  significant  or  im- 
portant in  relation  to  the  trust  question.  Both 
parties  avow  their  eagerness  to  defend  the  people 
against  illegal  and  oppressive  monopolies,  and 
to  enforce  the  laws  as  they  exist.  Every  one 
knows  that  upon  this  question  we  are  not  going 
to  have  any  drastic  national  legislation  in  the 
immediate  future,  no  matter  which  party  wins 
it  the  polls.  The  Senate  will  pass  nothing  rad- 
ical <>n  the  trust  question,  and    no  other  man  in 


the  White  House,  certain 
ly.  would  be  more  ener- 
getic than  President 
Roosevelt  in  enforcing  the 
laws  as  they  now  stand 
on  the  statute  books. 
Furthermore,  it  will  be 
impossible  to  cause  the 
country  to  forget  that 
through  the  long  months 
of  the  preliminary  cam- 
paign the  newspaper  or- 
gans of  at  least  half  the 
Democratic  voters  of  the 
country  informed  us  day 
by  day  that  Judge  Parker 
had  been  selected  specif- 
ically as  the  candidate  of 
the  trusts  for  the  desired 
end  of  defeating  Roose- 
velt, whom,  of  all  pub- 
lic men,  the  trusts  most 
hated  and  feared. 


tu  7-  /  *     ^  Ifc  is  perfectly 

The  Ticket  ana        ..    f  J 

its  Special    well   k  n  O  W  II  , 

Friends.      furthermore. 


that  a  number  of  the 
gentlemen  principally  re- 
sponsible for  securing  the 
nomination  of  Judge  Par- 
ker are  closely  identified 
with  those  large  financial 
and  industrial  interests 
loosely  called  "  trusts  "  in 
the  language  of  the  news- 
papers. Still  more  to  dis- 
sociate the  Democratic 
party  this  year  from  the 
anti-trust  movement,  the 
nominee  for  the  Vice-Presidency  on  the  Demo- 
cratic ticket,  ex-'Senator  Henry  G.  Davis,  of  West 
Virginia,  is  himself  a  typical  multimillionaire  of 
the  kind  that  the  Hearst  and  Bryan  wing  of  the 
party  has  always  most  violently  opposed.  The 
President's  friends  have  known  for  nearly  two 
years  how  bitterly  the  great  corporation  and 
trust  leaders  were  opposing  the  plan  to  nominate 
Mr.  Koosevelt  this  year  ;  and  they  have  known 
equally  well,  for  as  long  a  time,  that  these  same 
corporation  leaders  were  cordially  and  actively 
promoting  the  movement  to  make  Judge  Parker 
the  Democratic  nominee.  It  does  not  in  the 
least  follow  that  Judge  Parker,  if  elected,  would 
not  act  with  entire  independence  and  with  scru- 
pulous observance  of  his  oath  of  office  to  execute 
the  laws.  But  under  all  the  circumstances,  it 
would    be   rather  absurd    to  ask  an   intelligent 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


130 


American  public  this  year  to  believe  that  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  represents  the  trusts  and  that 
Judge  Parker  represents  Lhe  opposition  to  them. 

The  situation  was  quite  different 
Neutralized  four  years  ago,  when  Mark  Hanna, 
issue.  wj1Q  wag  t^e  national  chairman  and 
general  dictator  of  the  Republican  party,  was 
well  known  to  be  exceedingly  close  to  the  large 
financial  and  industrial  interests  of  the  country, 
while  the  Bryan  campaign  undoubtedly  repre- 
sented the  popular  resentment  against  thecorp<5- 
ration  interests.  Fair-minded  Democrats  must 
at  least  admit  that  the  Democratic  opposition  to 
the  trusts  has  for  the  time  being  been  neutral- 
ized, and  that  it  would  be  not  only  absurd,  but 
quite  impossible,  to  make  a  Democratic  campaign 
along  that  line  this  year. 

On  the  question  of  the  tariff,  the 
and  "the.  plank  as  worked  out  by  the  Demo- 
Part/es.  cratic  sub-committee  was  a  very  cau- 
tious and  moderate  one,  advocating  revision  of 
the  existing  schedules,  but  with  a  careful  regard 
for  conditions  as  they  exist.  Again  Mr.  Bryan 
succeeded  in  having- much  more  radical  language 


'";... 
:'-<^ 


-'..  ^-  --.^?^*- 


"mother  goose"  up  to  date. 

[Mr.  Belmont  and  the  Democracy,  as  treated  in  Mr. 
Hearst's  newspapers.] 

"  Little  Miss  Muffet  sat  on  a  tuffet, 
Eating  her  curds  and  whey ; 

There  came  a  great  spider 

And  sat  down  beside  her. 
And  frightened  Miss  Muffet  away." 

From  the  American  (New  York). 


put  into  the  tariff  plank  ;  but  when  the  practi- 
cal recommendations  are  reached,  there  is  de- 
manded merely  a  revision  of  the  existing  sched- 
ules and  a  policy  of  reciprocity  with  Canada  and 
other  countries.  The  fact  is  that  the  tariff  is  no 
longer  a  distinctly  political  question  in  this  coun- 
try. The  South  has  gone  too  extensively  into 
manufacturing  to  allow  the  tariff  to  be  dealt 
with  purely  upon  lines  of  theory  ;  and  the  same 
thing  is  true  of  the  West.  The  tariff  ought  to 
be  revised  within  the  next  four  years,  but  not 
in  a  spirit  of  hostility  or  partisanship.  The 
questions  involved  are  of  a  business  character. 
The  Senate  will  be  Republican  for  some  time  to 
come  in  any  case,  and  even  if  there  were  a 
strong  and  radical  Democratic  majority  in  the 
House,  no  general  tariff  bill  could  be  passed.  If 
what  is  wanted  is  a  very  moderate  tariff-revision, 
it  is  more  likely  to  come  about  as  a  result  of 
complete  Republican  victory  than  as  a  result  of 
a  partial  Republican  defeat. 

In  the  sub-committee's  platform,  the 

A  qybqyyi&wl  on 

Navy  and  Army  Democrats  are  for  the  further  rapid 
Policies,  development  of  our  navy,  their  view 
being  identical  with  that  of  the  Republicans. 
As  finally  adopted,  the  Democratic  platform 
omits  the  subject  altogether.  Since  nothing  is 
said  to  the  contrary,  however,  it  must  be  as- 
sumed that  the  plank  of  the  sub-committee 
really  expresses  the  substantial  opinion  of  the 
Democratic  party.  The  truth  is  that  our  pres- 
ent naval  policy  is  not  a  partisan  but  a  na- 
tional one,  and  that  Democratic  Secretaries  of 
the  Navy — notably  the  late  Mr.  "Whitney  and  ex- 
Secretary  Herbert — had  been  just  as  completely 
identified  with  this  movement  as  the  Republican 
secretaries  have  been.  A  small  but  efficient 
army  is  also  a  national  policy  which  both  parties 
believe  in,  and  both  believe  in  a  well-developed 
and  well-drilled  militia.  In  all  these  regards  the 
recent  course  of  legislation  and  administration 
has  been  thoroughly  approved  by  a  dominating 
public  opinion,  regardless  of  party. 

B  th  p  rf  ^ne  Democratic  platform  naturally 
for  clean  seeks  to  make  party  capital  out  of 
ethods.  ^jie  pOS^ai  scandals,  and  argues  that 
a  change  of  administration  would  make  for  a 
more  thorough  weeding  out  of  corruption  and 
incompetency  from  the  public  services.  But,  on 
the  other  hand,  President  Roosevelt,  of  all  men 
in  the  country,  is  the  one  most  completely  identi- 
fied in  the  public  mind  with  the  work  of  clearing 
out  the  rascals  from  public  office,  and  of  toning 
up  the  civil  service  and  putting  efficient  men  in 
office.  In  view  of  recent  developments  and  the 
steadily  improving  standards  of  character  and 


140 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


5;  %:-4&?mamg 

Hfe^ 

*A 

A*£          :   A 

j't  a^i 

u&   jS^UUEi 

eyfe'' sk_j 

.  ^v4| 

mm  f 

*$£***  '*jBy 

» -  jBE  * 

•     ***** 

V 

IS^* 

>*#' 

' *aL-P **  * 

tek.  %&L "   -f-  .  ' 

.:'     ■*     "^P'"! 

/**j£SEm 

Sg^aHl 

Ex-Senator  Henry  G.  Davis'  residence.  Senator  Stephen  B.  Elkins'  residence. 

WHERE  TWO  WEST  VIRGINIA  STATESMEN   AND  MAGNATES  DWELL  TOGETHER  IN  AMITY. 


efficiency  in  office,  either  party  henceforth  must 
do  its  best  to  weed  out  corruption  and  to  pre- 
vent extravagance  and  waste. 

The  attempts  in  the  Democratic  plat- 
Candidates  form  to  cast  reflection  upon  President 
Personally  Fit.  Roosevelt  himself  cannot  affect  pub- 
lic opinion  very  much  one  way  or  the  other. 
The  demand  of  the  platform  that  from  the 
White  House  down  there  should  be  a  return 
to  "  Jeffersonian  simplicity  of  living"  will  have 
to  take  its  place  among  the  humors  of  the  cam- 
paign. Mr.  Jefferson,  who  was  certainly  one  of 
our  greatest  Presidents, — and  in  many  respects 
the  ablest  and  wisest  exponent  of  American  po- 
litical views  and  doctrines  the  country  has  yet 
produced, — was  further  removed  from  simplicity 
of  living  than  any  other  President  or  public 
man  who  has  figured  importantly  in  our  annals. 
President  Roosevelt,  on  the  other  hand,  while 
upholding  the  proper  dignity  of  his  great  office, 
and  while  always  living  like  a  gentleman  and 
not  like  a  boor,  is  the  embodiment  of  true  demo 
cratic  simplicity.  .Judge  Parker,  who  is  by  na- 
ture and  training  a  man  of  considerable  dignity, 
has  also  the  direct,  approachable,  democratic 
manners  that  ought  to  belong  to  an  American 
public  man  of  the  best  type.  His  personality  is 
very  attractive,  and  if  he  were  elected  he  would 
undoubtedly  conduct  himself  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  win  and  retain  the  admiration  of  his  own 
fellow-citizens  and  of  the  outside  world.  ( )nlv 
stupid  people  will  assail  either  candidate. 

If  Mr.  barker's  selection  has  indeed 

as  a        been   favored  by  certain  captains  of 

strong  Man.  in(justry  an(j  masters  of  finance,  it  is 

not  for  a  moment  to  be  supposed  that  they  have 

thought  a  weak  rather  than  a  strong   man  could 

be  chosen  President  of  the  United  States.     No- 


body who  knows  him  thinks  of  Judge  Parker  as 
a  weak  man  ;  and  the  utmost  criticism  that  could 
be  brought  against  him  upon  grounds  of  personal 
qualification  can  be  stated  in  a  word, — namely, 
that  Judge  Parker  has  not  been  tested  in  national 
affairs,  either  legislative  or  executive,  and  is 
therefore  not  widely  known  to  the  people  of  the 
country.  Elsewhere  we  publish  an  interesting 
character  sketch  of  Judge  Parker  from  the  pen 
of  Mr.  James  Creelman,  who  has  seen  a  great 
deal  of  the  Democratic  candidate,  understands 
his  personal  characteristics,  and  is  undoubtedly 
qualified  to  set  forth  the  grounds  upon  which 
the  Democrats  may  go  before  the  country  claim- 
ing to  have  in  their  nominee  a  strong  and  worthy 
leader  entitled  to  the  votes  of  all  who  would  like 
to  put  the  Democratic  party  into  power  and  re- 
move Mr.  Roosevelt  from  the  Presidency. 

The  Democrats  have  in  Mr.  Davis, 
wlstDvfrgint.oi  West  Virginia,  a  candidate  for 
the  Vice-Presidency  who  also  pos- 
sesses an  agreeable  and  interesting  personality. 
Mr.  Davis  is  now  an  octogenarian,  but  of  rugged 
strength  and  self-reliant  qualities.  He  is  one  of 
the  self-made  business  men  that  constitute  a 
typically  American  class.  He  is  a  cousin  of 
Senator  Gorman,  the  Democratic  leader  of  Mary- 
land, and  is  the  father-in-law  of  a  prominent 
Republican  Senator,  Mr.  Elkins,  of  West  Vir- 
ginia, who  was  considerably  talked  of  for  the 
second  place  on  the  Chicago  ticket.  Mr.  Davis 
has  been  long  identified,  in  his  business  affairs, 
with  his  prosperous  son-in-law  and  a  group  of 
well-known  men,  some  of  them  Republicans 
and  some  of  them  Democrats,  and  it  might  be 
rather  hard  to  make  shrewd  and  closely  observant 
men  in  this  country  believe  that  there  is  any 
real  difference  of  opinion  among  the  members 
of   this  successful  group,— whether    known    as 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


141 


iLL 


THAT      I    ACCEPT     THE    JOB 
[OF    CHAIRMAN      OF     THE     REPUB- 
LICAN     NATIONAL      COMMITTEE. 
AND    WHILE       I      WOULD     BE 
,GLAO    TO    HAVE     THE    BENEFIT 
OF^      ADVICE    AND    COUNCIL    OF 
,  TME      COMMITTEE,    I 

INTEND     TO     6E    CHAIft-| 
JMAN     I*   FACT,     AND 
IWILL     ACCEPT     NO     OIC- 

jTWW  f«gwr-.-->ANVOge, 

1l<jH,  LOW,-     /         V,      A  JA£^. 


MR.  GEORGE  B.   COKTELYOU    AS  A   POLITICAL  "BUSTER 

brown."— From  the  Tribune  (Minneapolis). 

Democrats  or  Republicans, — on  any  such  ques- 
tions as  the  tariff  or  the  proper  way  to  deal 
with  railroads,  trusts,  or,  indeed,  on  anything 
else  that  affects  the  relation  of  the  Government 
to  business  affairs.  Elsewhere  in  this  number 
we  publish  a  sketch  of  Mr.  Davis'  career,  with 
pictures.     He  visited  Judge  Parker  on  July  20. 


Mr.  Cortelyou 

as 

Chairman. 


The  Republican  National  Committee 
as  reconstructed  at  Chicago  was  far 
from  anxious  to  have  for  its  chair- 
man and  manager  of  the  campaign  Mr.  George 
B.  Cortelyou  ;  but  President  Roosevelt  had 
selected  Mr.  Cortelyou  as  the  man  he  wanted, 
and  the  committee  at  length  acquiesced  and 
prepared  to  make  the  best  of  the  situation.  Mr. 
( lortelyou's  rapid  and  steady  rise  has  been  due 
to  nothing  whatsoever  except  his  own  personal 
merits.  He  has  been  a  hard  worker,  and  has 
become  remarkably  efficient  in  dealing  with 
multitudinous  executive  details.  Moreover,  he 
has  proved  himself  entitled  to  the  confidence  of 
the  older  and  more  experienced  men  whose  ad- 
ministrations he  has  served.  He  had  the  un- 
qualified approbation  of  President  Cleveland, 
made  himself  indispensable  to  President  McKin- 
ley,  and  fully  met  President  Roosevelt's  exacting 
standards  of  practical  efficiency.  The  choice  of 
Mr.  Cortelyou,  under  these  circumstances,  to  be 
the  manager  of  the  Republican  campaign  marks 
a  distinct  advance  in  American  political  methods. 
It  is  not  in  the  least  true  that  President  Roose- 
velt selected  him  because  he  wished  to  have  a 


mere  personal  representative  in  the  office,  so 
that  he  might,  in  fact,  direct  the  campaign  him- 
self. Mr.  Cortelyou  enters  upon  his  work  with 
perfect  freedom  from  anybody's  dictation.  There 
has  never  been  a  manager  of  a  national  Repub- 
lican campaign  who  was  more  free  than  Mr. 
Cortelyou  is  to  act  in  all  respects  upon  his  own 
best  judgment.  He  met  the  members  of  the 
National  Committee  at  Chicago,  and  informed 
them  that  in  taking  the  chairmanship  he  ex- 
pected the  same  consideration  as  was  shown  to 
Mr.  Hanna.  But  the  times  have  changed  very 
much  in  four  years,  and  even  more  in  eight 
years,  and  it  will  not  be  possible  to  run  a  suc- 
cessful Roosevelt  -  Cortelyou  campaign  on  the 
lines  of  a  McKinley-Hanna  campaign.  It  is  not 
necessary,  however,  to  point  out  the  contrast  in 
a  spirit  of  criticism  of  the  older  methods. 


Party 


After  all,  if  the  Republican  campaign 
be  successful  this  year,  a  fair  share  of 

douaarity.  J 

the  credit  will  be  due  to  the  wisdom 
and  sagacity  of  President  McKinley.  And  a 
part  of  it,  certainly,  will  be  due  to  the  manner 
in  which  Mr.  Hanna  had  aided  to  build  up  a  re- 
markably coherent  Republican  machine,  which, 
in  spite  of  some  prejudices  and  preferences  to 
the  contrary,  has  been  capable  of  accepting 
Roosevelt  and  Rooseveltism  in  entire  good  faith, 


THE  CHORUS  OF  ROOSEVELT  HARMONY  AT  CHICAGO. 

From  the  Post  (Cincinnati). 


142 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


From  a  stereograph,  .  opyrlght,  1904,  by  Underwood  .V  Undent I,  New  York. 

PRESIDENT  ROOSEVELT  AND  SENATOR   FAIRBANKS. 
(At  tho  President's  home.  Sagamore  Hill,  Oyster  Bay,  New  York,  July  11,  1904.) 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


143 


ami  of  maintaining  a  condition  of  splendid  party- 
solidarity  that  has  never  been  surpassed  in  the 
history  of  this  or  any  other  country.  The 
nomination  of  Senator  Fairbanks,  of  Indiana, 
for  second  place  on  the  ticket,  was  in  some  sense 
a  tribute  to  the  handsome  way  in  which  the 
original  anti-Roosevelt  leaders  of  the  old  ortho- 
dox II  a  una  party  organization  had  swung  into 
the  Roosevelt  column  and  accepted  the  younger 
man  as  Presidential  nominee,  and  also  as  the 
real  head  of  the  party.  The  choice  of  Mr. 
Fairbanks  was  a  very  strong  move  from  the 
standpoint  of  men  who  like  to  find  in  the  Re- 
publican party  a  sane,  reasonable  capacity  for 
associated  action  and  for  those  comfortable  and 
honorable  compromises  which  blot  out  merely 
temporary  lines  of  division  and  prevent  their 
growing  into  factional  splits.  Thus,  the  Repub- 
lican party,  as  the  result  of  the  ticket-making 
and  the  platform-making  of  the  quiet  and  well- 
mannered  convention  at  Chicago,  is  even  more 
harmonious  than  it  was  after  the  St.  Louis  con- 
vention which  nominated  McKinleyand  Hobart 
eight  years  ago,  adopted  the  sound-money  plat- 
form, and  went  into  its  winning  fight  for  the 
gold  standard. 

Easy  There  was  a  good  deal  of  subdued 
p°f\ph0enfmre"J  discussion  among  Republican  leaders 
Question,  at  Chicago  touching  the  best  way  to 
deal  with  the  tariff  question.  The  plank  as 
adopted  probably  reflects  Republican  sentiment 
as  accurately  as  any  form  of  words  possibly 
could.  Undoubtedly,  the  Republicans  believe 
in  protection  as  a  cardinal  American  policy 
which  must  for  a  good  while  to  come  be  main- 
tained. Any  Republican  who  believes  that  "the 
rates  of  duty  should  be  adjusted,"  to  quote  the 
language  of  the  platform,  can  be  free  to  say  so 
and  keep  a  perfectly  orthodox  standing  in  the 
party.  "To  a  Republican  Congress  and  a  Re- 
publican President,"  says  the  platform,  "this 
great  question  can  be  safely  intrusted."  The 
Republican  platform  also  declares  for  "  the  adop- 
tion .of  all  practicable  methods  for  the  further 
extension  of  our  foreign  markets,  including 
commercial  reciprocity  wherever  reciprocal  ar- 
rangements can  be  effected  consistent  with  the 
principles  of  protection  and  without  injury  to 
American  agriculture,  American  labor,  or  any 
American  industry."  This  declaration  can,  of 
course,  be  construed  broadly  or  narrowly,  accord- 
ing to  one's  individual  views.  The  present  business 
outlook  is  quite  favorable,  regardless  of  the  exi- 
gencies  and  uncertainties  of  a  Presidential  year  ; 
and  it  will  be  Republican  campaign  policy  to  de- 
clare against  any  tariff  agitation  that  would  dis- 
turb business,  and  in  favor  of  any  future  specific 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Cliiieilinst,  Washington,  D.  C. 

HON.  WILLIAM   H.  MOODY,  OF  MASSACHUSETTS. 

tariff  changes  that  would  be  advantageous.  In 
short,  the  Republicans  will — (1)  ask  the  country 
for  a  vote  of  confidence  on  the  strength  of  their 
past  record  in  dealing  with  questions  of  financial 
and  commercial  policy,  and  will  (2)  ask  the 
country  not  to  try  to  force  any  specific  tariff 
questions  into  this  year's  politics. 

..    ..    .,        President     Roosevelt     remained     at 

Mr.  Moody  as  „r      .  .  ..  , 

Attorney-  Washington  until  some  days  after 
General.  ^  RepU]jiican  convention  at  Chi- 
cago, then  went  to  Oyster  Bay  for  a  vacation 
and  to  await  the  ceremony  of  "notification,"  set 
for  the  27th.  Mr.  Cortelyou's  choice  as  chair- 
man of  the  National  Committee  necessitated  his 
immediate  retirement  from  the  cabinet.  As  re- 
ported last  month,  also,  the  appointment  of  At- 
torney -  General  Knox  to  the  vacancy  in  the 
Senate  caused  by  the  death  of  Mr.  Quay,  of  Penn- 
sylvania, made  another  cabinet  vacancy,  which 
was  filled  by  the  transfer  of  the  Hon.  William 
H.  Moody,  who  had  succeeded  Mr.  John  D.  Long 
as  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  to  the  portfolio  of  the 
Department  of  Justice.  Mr.  Moody  showed  ap- 
titude and  efficiency  in  the  naval  department  ; 
but,  being  a  lawyer  of  experience  and  standing 
at  the  Massachusetts  bar,  it  is  natural  enough 
that  he  should  prefer  the  cabinet  place  that  is  in 
the  line  of  his  own  professional  advancement. 
Mr.  Moody  is  a  man  of  sagacity  and  of  force, 


144 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Clinedinst,  Washington,  D,  C. 

HON.   PAUL  MORTON,   OF  ILLINOIS. 

who  had  already  demonstrated  his  usefulness  as 
a  general  cabinet  officer.  He  had.  moreover, 
gained  a  wide  knowledge  of  public  affairs  by 
serving  four  terms  in  Congress.  It  is  understood, 
however,  that  he  desires  in  the  near  future  to 
leave  Washington  life  and  go  back  to  his  pro- 
fessional work  in  Massachusetts  ;  so  that  it  is 
likely  that  even  if  Mr.  Roosevelt  should  be  re- 
elected, Mr.  Moody  would  serve  only  to  the  end 
of  the  present  term,  on  the  4th  of  next  March. 

M  The  vacant  Secretaryship  of  the  Navy 

at  Head      has  been  filled  by  the  appointment  of 

of  Navy.       Mj.     paul    Morton>    of    Chicag0    (for. 

merly  of  Nebraska),  a  prominent  railroad  man 
of  the  "West,  and  for  some  years  past  second 
vice-president  of  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa 
Fe  Railroad.  Mr.  Morton,  who  is  still  a  young 
man, — forty-seven  years  old, — is  perhaps  as  well 
known  from  the  Mississippi  River  to  the  Pacific 
coast  as  any  other  man  in  the  West.  He  is  a 
son  of  the  late  Hon.  J.  Sterling  Morton,  of  Ne- 
braska, who  was  President  Cleveland's  Secretary 
of  Agriculture  and  a  man  of  great  public  spirit. 
Mr.  Paul  Morton  was  a  Democrat  until  1896, 
when  he  left  the  party  on  the  money  issue,  and 
for  some  years  past  he  has  been  affiliated  with 
the  Republicans.     President  Roosevelt  has  known 


him  for  several  years,  and  has  regarded  him  as 
a  man  of  exceptional  capacity  for  the  direction 
of  important  affairs,  and  as  peculiarly  well  fitted 
for  a  cabinet  position,  not  only  on  account  of  his 
personal  qualities,  but  also  by  reason  of  his  wide 
acquaintance  with  the  country,  its  people,  and  its 
interests.  Mr.  Morton  has  no  especial  knowl- 
edge of  naval  affairs,  but  he  has  been  accustomed 
to  a  wide  range  of  administrative  responsibility 
in  the  management  of  an  immense  railroad  sys- 
tem, and  he  knows  how  to  utilize  expert  talent. 
He  believes  thoroughly  in  the  policy  of  a  strong 
and  efficient  navy,  and  the  department  will  cer- 
tainly not  suffer  under  his  guidance.  The  an- 
nouncement that  he  had  been  appointed  and  had 
accepted  was  made  on  June  24,  and  he  took  office 
at  Washington  on  July  1. 


Mr.  Metcalf 


The  vacancy  caused  by  Mr.  Cortel- 
as  Secretary  you's  retirement  was  filled  by  the 
of  commerce.  appointment  of  the  Hon.  Victor  H. 

Metcalf,  of  Oakland,  Cal.,  who  was  serving  his 
third  term  in  Congress  at  the  time  of  his  selec- 
tion. Mr.  Metcalf  grew  up  in  the  State  of  New 
York,  and  graduated  at  Yale,  afterward  taking 
a  law  course  and  practising  at  Utica.  He  went 
to  the  Pacific  coast  twenty-six  years  ago,  and 
was  fifty  years  of  age  last  October.     It  has  been 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Clinedinst,  Washington,  D.  C. 

HON.  VICTOR  H.  METCALF,  OF  CALIFORNIA. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


145 


Hon.  Thomas  E.  Watson.  Mr.  Eugene  V.  Debs.  Rev.  Dr.  Silas  C.  Swallow. 

PRESIDENTIAL  CANDIDATES  OF  THREE  SMALLER   PARTIES. 


commonly  stated  in  the  press  that  Postmaster- 
General  Payne  expects  to  retire  from  public 
life  after  the  election,  on  account  of  impaired 
health,  and  that  Mr.  Cortelyou  will  probably 
return  to  the  cabinet  as  head  of  the  Post-Office 
Department. 

If  Mr.  Hearst  and   Mr.    Bryan  had 
The  Populist  conchided  to  bolt  the   conservative 

Party.  ,  . 

Democratic  convention  at  St.  Louis, 
as  the  gold  men  bolted  the  radical  Democratic 
convention  at  Chicago  in  1896,  there  would  have 
been  a  very  formidable  third-party  movement 
this  year.  Populism  would  have  come  to  life 
again,  and  would  have  joined  the  Bryan-Hearst 
organization  in  an  anti-trust,  pro-labor,  govern- 
ment-ownership crusade.  With  the  backing  of 
Mr.  Hearst's  widely  circulated  newspapers,  such 
a  movement  might  have  counted  upon  a  large 
popular  following.  But  with  Hearst  and  Bryan 
preferring  to  keep  their  standing  in  the  Demo- 
cratic party,  the  Populist  party  is  reduced  to  a 
slender  remnant.  The  depleted  representatives 
of  the  faithful  met  at  Springfield,  111.,  on  July 
4,  with  delegates  from  not  more  than  one-half 
of  the  States.  The  platform  adopted  covers  the 
well-known  Populistic  articles  of  faith,  and  the 
first  place  on  the  ticket  is  held  by  the  Hon. 
Thomas  E.  Watson,  of  Georgia.  Thomas  H. 
Tribbles,  of  Nebraska,  is  the  nominee  for  Vice- 
President.  Mr.  Watson  was  the  Populist  candi- 
date for  the  Vice-Presidency  in  1896.  He  has 
served  a  term  in  Congress,  and  is  well  known 
throughout  the  country.  His  later  years  have 
been  spent  in  historical  and  biographical  writing, 
and  he  has  written  notable  books  on  Napoleon, 
Jefferson,  and  French  history,  particularly  in 
the  revolutionary  period.  He  had  come  out  for 
Hearst  before  the  St.  Louis  convention  met. 


The    Prohibition    party    some  weeks 

ProhibitLists.  aS°     had     fl'esh     h°PeS>     baSed     ^pon 

strong  encouragement  received  from 
Gen.  Nelson  A.  Miles  that  he  would  become 
their  Presidential  candidate  and  roll  up  a  very 
large  vote.  General  Miles  desired  that  their 
convention  should  come  late,  in  order  that  he 
might  first  await  the  result  of  the  Democratic 
convention,  where  he  and  his  friends  thought  it 
quite  possible  that  he  might  appear  as  a  dark 
horse  and  carry  off  the  nomination.  General 
Miles  has  since  congratulated  Judge  Parker 
very  warmly,  and  may  be  regarded  as  safely 
landed  in  the  Democratic  party  ;  although  it  is 
not  so  very  long  ago  that  he  was  talked  of  as  a 
receptive  candidate  for  the  Republican  nomina- 
tion. The  Prohibition  national  convention  was 
held  at  Indianapolis,  on  July  4,  the  date  of 
the  Populist  gathering  at  Springfield.  General 
Miles  was  about  to  be  nominated,  but  a  tele- 
gram from  him  declared  that  he  was  finally  out 
of  the  race,  and  so  a  tried  and  true  Prohibition- 
ist, the  Rev.  Dr.  Silas  C.  Swallow,  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, was  chosen  in  his  stead.  Mr.  George  W. 
Carroll,  of  Texas,  was  named  for  the  second 
place.  The  platform  is  a  fairly  broad  one,  cov- 
ering a  number  of  public  topics  besides  the  ad- 
vocacy of  laws  to  forbid  the  sale  of  alcoholic 
beverages.  Dr.  Swallow  is  excellent,  but  this 
will  not  be  a  good  year  for  third -party  movements. 

There  are  two  Socialist  parties,  each 
Socialist  with  a  Presidential  ticket  in  the  field, 
;c  ets.  t|ie  more  important  one  being  the 
Social  Democratic  party,  which  has  nominated 
Mr.  Eugene  V.  Debs,  of  Indiana,  for  the  Presi- 
dency, and  the  other  being  the  Socialist  Labor 
party,  of  which  Mr.  Charles  H.  Corregan,  a 
New  York  printer,  is  the  candidate. 


146 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


.     „     lhe    Republicans    declare    their   ex- 

Choosmgthe  .    r      .  ,T        , 

Battle-  pectation  of  winning  every  JN  orthern 
Grounds,  gtate  in  November,  and  they  put 
not  a  single  one  of  these  in  the  doubtful  column. 
They  do  not,  on  the  other  hand,  expect  to  carry 
a  single  Southern  State,  although  they  will 
make  a  determined  contest  in  the  border  tier, — 
that  is  to  say,  in  Delaware,  Maryland,  West 
Virginia,  Kentucky,  and  Missouri.  The  Demo- 
crats, on  their  part,  besides  carrying  all  the 
Southern  States,  from  "v  irginia  to  Texas,  will 
expect  Senator  Gorman  and  his  friends  to  carry 
Maryland  ;  will  rely  upon  their  Vice-Presi- 
dential candidate  and  his  friends  to  carry  West 
Virginia  ;  will  count  upon  Kentucky  by  an  old- 
fashioned,  normal  Democratic  vote,  and  will  ex- 
pect the  nomination  of  the  popular  young  re- 
former, Mr.  Joseph  W.  Folk,  for  governor  to 
pull  Missouri  through  with  an  exceptionally 
large  majority.  In  their  list  of  doubtful  States 
which  they  profess  to  have  an  excellent  chance 
to  carry,  they  put  New  York  first,  as,  of  course, 
it  is  for  them  quite  indispensable.  AVith  New 
York  they  associate  its  smaller  neighbors,  Con- 
necticut and  New  Jersey.  Second  in  impor- 
tance to  them  is  Illinois,  which  they  expect  to 
contest  stubbornly  ;  and  then  come  Indiana  and 
Wisconsin,  which  they  regard  as  affording  good 
Democratic  fighting  ground.  They  will  not 
neglect  Colorado,  Utah,  and  one  or  two  other 
of  the  smaller  Western  States.  It  is  perfectly 
understood  by  both  parties  that  in  the  doubtful 
States  local  situations  must  be  treated  with 
great  care.  Thus,  in  New  York,  both  parties 
have  been  anxiously  considering  the  question  of 
candidates  for  the  governorship  and  other  State 
offices.  Nominations  will  not  be  made  until  the 
middle  of  September. 

.,    , ..    JL    Next    month   it  will  be  in  order  to 

next  Month         .  ,        _  . 

Will  Fix  Cam-  give  some  further  particulars  regard- 
paign Lines.  ing  t]l0  p0iiti0al  situation  in  the 
States  which  will  provide  the  battle-grounds  of 
the  campaign.  As  September  approaches,  much 
that  is  now  vague  and  uncertain  will  become 
definite.  By  that  time,  the  courts  may  have 
passed  upon  the  conflicting  claims  of  the  two 
rival  Republican  organizations  in  Wisconsin. 
We  shall  know  better,  by  that  time,  how  the 
strained  and  extraordinary  labor  situation  in 
( '( dorado  is  likely  to  affect  politics.  Fortunately, 
last  month's  deadlock  between  the  great  meat- 
packing houses  and  their  employees  was  settled 
by  arbitration  ;  but  in  textile  and  other  indus- 
tries there  threatened  to  be  disputes  between  la- 
borand  capital  that  could  be  regarded  as  having 
a  bearing  upon  th<  contest  between  the  parties. 
Hy    September,    moreover,    most    of    the    State 


tickets  will  have  been  nominated,  and  the 
national  campaign  managers  will  have  formu- 
lated their  plans. 

It  is  reported  that  the  Republican 
Campaign  campaign  management  will  not,  this 
Literature.  vearj  disseminate  throughout  the 
country  such  vast  quantities  of  so-called  "  liter- 
ature "  as  were  printed  and  distributed  four 
years  ago  and  eight  years  ago.  The  occasion 
calls  for  quality  rather  than  for  bulk,  and  the 
party  should  not  fear  to  use  its  very  finest  and 
best  products  of  the  pen  in  preference  to  com- 
moner and  more  ephemeral  writing.  Thus,  it 
could  not  possibly  do  better  than  to  see  that  a 
well-printed  copy  of  Secretary  Hay's  great  speech 
of  last  month,  on  fifty  years  of  the  Republican 
party,  should  be  put  in  the  hands  of  doubtful 
voters  of  all  ages  in  the  contested  States,  and 
given  to  all  well-educated  young  men  who  as 
first  voters  have  this  year  to  make  their  choice 
of  a  party.  Mr.  Hay's  speech  was  delivered  at 
Jackson,  Mich.,  on  occasion  of  a  celebration  of  the 
semi-centennial  of  the  founding  of  the  party.  It 
is  not  a  recapitulation  of  mere  details,  but  a  eulo- 
gistic interpretation  of  the  character  and  the  work 
of  the  party  that  has  been  principally  responsible 
for  the  conduct  of  American  affairs  since  1860. 
Naturally,  Mr.  Hay  gives  most  of  his  attention 
to  the  recent  achievements  of  the  party,  and  his 
tribute  to  President  Roosevelt  as  a  man  and  a 
great  administrator  is  testimony  of  high  value, 
and  is  campaign  literature  of  a  far  more  effec- 
tive kind  than  anything  that  could  be  manu- 
factured to  order  for  the  National  Committee. 
Mr.  Root's  speech  at  Chicago,  and  Mr.  Hay's 
address  at  Jackson,  were  on  a  par  with  the 
greatest  examples  of  political  statement  and 
argument  in  our  history  ;  and  they  contain  the 
"case,"  so  to  speak,  for  the  Roosevelt  ticket  and 
the  Republican  party  this  year.  Fortunately, 
Mr.  Cortelyou  will  not  need  any  persuasion  as 
respects  the  practical  vote-getting  value  of  these 
two  great  speeches,  which  are  fascinating  in  their 
clear  logic  and  their  lucid  English,  and  which 
carry  with  them  in  every  sentence  the  weight 
and  the  power  of  two  men  in  whom  the  coun- 
try has  unusual  confidence.  Mr.  Root  and  Mr. 
Hay  are  so  constituted  that  they  could  not  say 
these  things  about  the  McKinley  and  Roosevelt 
administrations  if  they  did  not  fully  mean  them, 
and  their  discernment  is  so  keen  that  their 
judgments  could  not  well  be  led  astray. 


Our  Successful 


The  accusation  of  a  belligerent  and 


quarrelsome   tendency,   made   by   its 
Diplomacy.    0pp0nents  against  the  administration 
at   Washington,   has   been   somewhat  curiously 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


147 


answered  by  the  action  of  the  government  of 
I' ranee.  This  foreign  government  had  tendered 
to  Secretary  Hay  the  Grand  Cross  of  the  Legion 
of  Honor  for  services  rendered  to  the  cause  of 
international  peace  and  amity.  The  compliment 
to  Secretary  Hay  is,  of  course,  in  the  fullest 
sense  a  compliment  to  the  attitude  of  President 
Roosevelt's  administration  toward  foreign  gov- 
ernments and  world-politics.  Within  the  month 
covered  in  our  present  record,  the  State  Depart- 
ment has  given  several  new  illustrations  of  its 
successful  methods. 

Tt  has  closed  the  Morocco  incident 
defeased  ^y  secui'ing  tue  release  of  Mr.  Perdi- 
caris,  safe  and  sound,  from  the 
bandits  who  held  him  for  ransom.  Our  Eu- 
ropean squadron  was  promptly  assembled  off 
the  coast  of  Morocco  to  make  a  due  impression 
upon  the  lax  and  decadent  government  of  the 
Sultan  Mulai-Abd-el-Aziz,  but  meanwhile  the 
State  Department  was  pulling  just  the  right 
strings  in  its  representations  at  Paris.  A  recent 
treaty  between  England  and  France  had  recog- 
nized the  paramountcy  of  French  influence  in 
Morocco.  Mr.  Hay  paid  due  deference  to  this 
treaty,  and  made  the  French  Government  see 
readily  how  usefully  its  African  ambitions 
might  be  promoted  if  it  should  accept  this 
American  recognition  and  at  the  same  time  earn 
it  by  securing  the  release  of  Perdicaris.  Mr. 
Hay  had  demanded  "  Perdicaris  alive  or  Rais  Uli 
dead."  No  guarantees  of  any  kind  were  given 
by  o\ir  government,  nor  were  any  demands 
made  on  the  Moorish  Government  for  indemnity 
or  punishment.  The  whole  reorganization  of 
.Moroccan  government  and  finances  will  be  the 
work  of  France,  and  the  republic  takes  the  credit 
for  securing  the  release  of  the  prisoners.  The 
$70,000  was  paid  to  Rais  Uli  from  the  new 
French  loan  to  Morocco  of  $12,500,000,  and  the 
net  result  to  Europe  is  that  France  exerts  to  the 
full  the  control  permitted  her  over  Morocco  by 
the  recent  Anglo-French  treaty.  M.  Raindre, 
formerly  French  consul  at  Geneva,  will  take 
charge  of  the  custom-houses  at  Moroccan  ports, 
the  receipts  from  which  will  secure  the  French 
loan.  A  French  police  force  is  also  to  be  organ- 
ized in  Tangier.  From  beginning  to  end,  the 
episode  was  creditable  to  Amei-ican  diplomacy. 

r    .     .      Another  achievement   on  the  plane 

England  .  .  .  ,    . 

Explains  of  world  politics  was  the  pointed  in- 
out  ibet.  qUi,y  made  by  our  State  Department 
concerning  the  intentions  of  the  British  in  Tibet. 
However  isolated  and  independent  Tibet  may  be 
in  its  domestic  relations,  the  outside  world  is 
bound  to  recognize  it  as  a  dependency  of  China. 


The  chief  powers  of  the  world,  however,  have 
agreed,  under  the  leadership  of  the  United 
States,  to  respect  the  territorial  integrity  of  the 
Chinese  Empire.  On  this  ground,  Mr.  Hay  was 
justified  in  asking  England  to  give  assurances 
regarding  its  Tibetan  expedition.  The  answer 
has  been  in  good  temper  and  promptly  forth- 
coming. England  disclaims  any  intention  to 
make  imperial  gains  in  that  direction,  and  prom- 
ises to  withdraw  the  expedition  under  Colonel 
Younghusband  as  soon  as  certain  concessions 
respecting  India's  commercial  rights  and  rela- 
tions are  duly  guaranteed. 

Our  relations  with  England  continue 
Chamberlain  to  be  the  most  cordial  in  the  history 

Tan ff  Report.   Qf    the    twQ  countrieS)   [n  spite  0f    the 

fact  that  the  whole  pressure  of  the  party  now  in 
power  is  being  used  to  bring  about,  in  due  time, 
a  situation  that  will  hamper  to  the  utmost  our  prod- 
ucts in  the  British  market.  The  American  policy 
of  protection  is  a  general  policy  directed  impartial- 
ly toward  the  outside  world.  The  Chamberlain- 
Balfour  project  is  specifically  designed  to  check 
the  growing  commercial  supremacy  of  the  United 
States.  On  the  20th  of  July  there  was  made 
public  the  report  of  Joseph  Chamberlain's  great 
tariff  commission,  composed  of  some  sixty  men 
of  affairs,  and  the  practical  recommendation, 
based  upon  the  findings  set  forth  in  a  very  bulky 
volume,  is  for  the  establishment  of  a  protective- 
tariff  system,  to  be  arranged  as  follows  : 

A.  A  general  tariff,  consisting  of  a  low  scale  of 
duties,  for  foreign  countries  admitting  British  wares  on 
fair  terms. 

B.  A  preferential  tariff,  lower  than  the  general  tariff, 
for  colonies  giving  adequate  preference  to  British  manu- 
factures, and  framed  to  secure  freer  trade  within  the 
British  Empire. 

C.  A  maximum  tariff,  consisting  of  comparatively 
higher  duties,  but  subject  to  reduction,  by  negotiation, 
to  the  level  of  the  general  tariff. 

.    Meanwhile,    earlier    in    the    month, 

Government       .  '  1,1  n 

Losing  there  had  been  held  a  great  birth- 
Support.  day  dinner  in  honor  of  Mr  cham- 
berlain, who  is  now  sixty-eight  years  old,  and 
two  hundred  or  more  members  of  the  House  of 
Commons  were  present.  The  dinner  was  in- 
tended to  signalize  the  reorganization  of  the 
Liberal-Unionist  party,  in  which  Mr.  Chamber- 
lain has  succeeded  the  Duke  of  Devonshire 
as  president.  This  party,  moreover,  has  made 
formal  and  official  declaration  in  favor  of 
Mr.  Chamberlain's  fiscal  proposals.  Assurances 
were  given  at  the  dinner  that  Mr.  Balfour  and 
the  cabinet  were  more  than  ever  behind  Mr. 
Chamberlain,  while  on  the  other  hand  Mr. 
Chamberlain  himself   declared   that  he  and  his 


148 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


followers  would  loyally  support  Mr.  Balfour  and 
keep  the  present  government  in  office  as  long  as 
possible.  Early  in  July,  Mr.  Balfour  had  car- 
ried  through  Parliament  l>ya  majority  of  eighty 
a  plan  for  closure,  in  order  to  limit  debate  and 
crowd  the  business  of  the  session  to  an  end. 
The  Tory  licensing  bill,  about  which  there  has 
been  a  great  deal  of  feeling,  was  promptly 
passed  under  the  new  closure  rule,  but  the  bill 
for  limiting  immigration  was,  for  the  present, 
dropped.  Mr.  Balfour  has  declared  that  there 
will  be  no  general  elections  until  next  year,  un- 
less his  working  majority  in  Parliament  alto- 
gether deserts  him.  Since  he  came  into  office. 
he  has  been  completely  abandoned  by  many  of 
the  most  eminent  of  his  supporters.  Mr.  Win- 
ston Churchill,  for  example,  has  not  only  with- 
drawn his  support  from  the  Balfour  cabinet, 
but  has  gone  completely  over  to  the  Liberal 
party,  and  is  winning  more  prestige  just  now 
than  any  other  young  man  in  English  public  life. 

One  of  the  points  upon  which  Mr. 
ECB°erWalhe  Churchill  is  most  incessantly  attack- 
ing the  Balfour  ministry  is  the  con- 
tract under  which  Chinese  coolie  labor  is  going 
into  the  South  African  mines.  The  colonial 
secretary,  Mr.  Lyttelton,  has  been  proved  to  be 
very  inaccurate  in  the  statements  he  made,  under 
which  the  plan  of  importing  the  Chinese  was 
sanctioned,  and  the  subject  is  one  that  does  not 
die  easily  in  Parliament  or  in  the  English  press. 
Mr.  Stead  has  returned  from  his  visit  to  South 
Africa  with  fresh  ammunition,  and  is  now  at- 
tacking the  government  with  great  spirit  on  the 
narrow  and  stickling  policy  that  has  been  shown 
in  reestablishing  the  Boers  on  their  devastated 
farms.  Mr.  Austen  Chamberlain,  as  chancellor 
of  the  exchequer,  has  been  having  a  thorny  road 
to  travel  in  getting  his  budget  passed.  The  ad- 
dition of  twopence  per  pound  to  tin;  import  tax 
on  tea  seems  to  have  stirred  up  the  British  pub- 
lic more  than  almost  anything  else  that  has  hap- 
pened in  a  long  time. 

r-    ,     .     _,    Kino;   Edward   made   a   visit    to    the 

England  ana  °  .    . 

Germany      tiei'maii     hmperor    at     Kiel,     late     111 
Come  Together.    ]mw    w,|(,lv    l]|(.    K;|;S(M.  wftB  th(l  (.(in. 

tral  figure  in  the  yacht  races,  which  he  would 
like  to  bring  into  as  much  prominence  as  the 
annual  contest  for  the  America's  cup.  It  is  un- 
derstood that  the  Emperor  ami  the  King  con- 
vinced each  other  of  their  disinterested  desire 
for  an  early  ending  of  the  l!usso-.lapa,nese  war, 
and  that  their  meeting  was  iii  every  sense  pro 
motive  of  international  good-will.  It-  was  fol- 
lowed by  the  signing,  at  London,  on  July  12,  of 
an  Anglo-German   treaty   of   arbitration.      This 


takes  the  general  lines  of  the  treaties  England 
has  already  made  with  France,  Italy,  and  Spain. 


Russia 


The  King's  visit  to  Kiel  and  the 
and°ihe  A  nglo-Gemian  arbitration  treaty  may 
Dardanelles.  be  regarded  as  fortunate  in  view  of 
certain  incidents  which  caused  great  excitement, 
particularly  in  England,  in  the  latter  half  of  last 
month.  The  Japanese  had  relied  upon  England 
to  see  that  the  treaty  of  Paris  of  1856  was  kept 
in  force,  under  the  terms  of  which  the  Russians 
would  not  be  able  to  bring  their  Black  Sea  war- 
ships down  past  Constantinople,  through  the 
Dardanelles,  into  the  Mediterranean,  and  thus 
through  the  Suez  Canal  to  the  scene  of  hostilities 
in  the  far  East.  But,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the 
Russians  made  bold  to  send  certain  ships  through 
the  Dardanelles  on  July  13,  and  these  vessels 
had  the  temerity  at  once  to  challenge  the  Oriental 
commerce  of  the  world  as  it  passed  down  the 
Red  Sea.  Two  ships  in  particular  made  the 
trouble,  and  they  were  the  cruisers  Petersburg 
and  Smolensk.  The  British  newspapers  went  into 
spasms,  and  the  British  public  gasped  with  as- 
tonishment and  indignation,  when  these  two 
little  Russian  cruisers  not  only  proceeded  to 
overhaul  British  ships  in  their  search  for  contra- 
band of  war,  but  coolly  seized,  among  other  ves- 
sels, a  great  British  liner  of  the  Peninsular  & 
Oriental  Company,  the  Malacca,  made  prisoners 
of  the  officers  and  crew,  put  a  prize  crew  of  Rus- 
sians on  board,  and  sent  her  westward  to  find  a 
Russian  port  and  await  the  verdict  of  a  Russian 
admiralty  judge.  The  British  press  and  the 
British  naval  men  invoked  the  shades  of  Palm- 
erston  and  all  the  other  masterful  Britishers 
of  bygone  days,  and  scolded  the  Balfour  cabinet 
roundly  for  its  mildness  in  merely  declaring  that 
it  would  look  carefully  and  thoroughly  into  the 
facts  and  make  proper  representations  to  the 
Russian  Government.  Meanwhile,  the  British 
Egyptian  authorities  had  acted.  At  Port  Said,  the 
Malacca  was  stopped  and  detained,  with  her  Rus- 
sian crew,  "  pending  instructions  from  England." 
and  the  government  at  London  formally  protest- 
ed to  Russia.  German  ships  were  also  overhauled, 
and  in  one  instance  the  mails  for  Japan  were 
detained  in  the  search  for  official  communications. 

.  Two   matters  of  importance  relating 

and  to  international  law  are  involved,  one 
the  Right.  having  to  do  with  the  construction 
of  a  treaty,  the  other  with  the  general  princi- 
ples affecting  neutrals  ami  the  carrying  of  con- 
traband of  war.  Everybody  has  always  known 
that  the  attempt  of  England  and  other  powers 
to  bottle  Russia  up  in  the  Black  Sea  and  not 
allow  her  ships  of  all  classes  to  pass  freely  in 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


149 


and  out  could  rest  only  upon  sheer  force,  and 
that  Russia  would  sooner  or  later  open  the  Dar- 
danelles. Just  now,  however,  the  Russians  will 
not  admit  that  they  have  disregarded  the  treaty. 
The  Petersburg  and  the  Smolensk  belong  to  the 
so-called  "volunteer  fleet," — that  is  to  say,  they 
are  merchant  ships  fitted  for  conversion  into 
cruisers  in  time  of  war.  Russia  holds  that  as 
merchant  ships  they  had  a  right  to  go  through 
the  Dardanelles,  and  that  when  once  through, 
there  was  no  principle  of  international  law  which 
prevented  the  Russians  from  mounting  their 
guns  and  flying  the  military  in  place  of  the  com- 
mercial flag.  Since  the  treaty  of  Paris  was  ad- 
verse to  Russia,  and  was  purely  arbitrary,  it 
must  be  admitted  that  the  Russians  have  a  right 
to  construe  it  both  narrowly  and  technically. 
Furthermore,  the  British  protest  comes  late,  be- 
cause it  is  well  known  that  the  vessels  of  the 
Black  Sea  volunteer  fleet  have  for  quite  a  good 
while  past  been  going  through  the  Dardanelles, 
carrying  men  and  supplies  to  the  new  Russian 
strongholds  of  the  far  East. 

„.  ...         On  the  other  question, — that   of  the 
Rights  .   .         .   _.        ?  '     . 

as  to  right  of  Russian  warships  to  over- 
Contraband.  haul  tlie  merchant  vessels  of  neutral 
powers  in  their  search  for  contraband  of  war, — 
the  principles  of  international  law  are  pretty  well 
established  by  numerous  precedents  and  deci- 
sions of  admiralty  courts.  The  Russians  hold  that 
the  British  and  other  European  ships  have  been 
engaged  in  a  very  large  and  profitable  trade 
with  Japan,  carrying  supplies  that  are  undoubt- 
edly intended  directly  or  indirectly  for  military 
purposes.  The  Malacca  had  on  board  a  large 
quantity  of  explosives  which  the  officers  of  the 
Petersburg  thought  were  destined  for  Japan.  The 
British,  on  the  other  hand,  claim  that  these  ex- 
plosives had  been  sent  by  his  majesty's  govern- 
ment for  the  British  port  of  Hongkong. 

.  ,  There  was,  in  point  of  fact,  no  ground 
Side  of  the  for  serious  excitement  in  England, 
Question.  ^QV  ^e  simple  reason  that  Russia,  in 
her  present  position,  would  not  dream  of  inten- 
tionally violating  the  rights  of  neutrals  in  the 
Mediterranean  or  the  Red  Sea,  and  for  the  fur- 
ther reason  that  the  facts,  so  far  as  reported,  in 
relation  to  the  passage  of  the  Dardanelles,  while 
to  the  disadvantage  of  the  Japanese,  are  not 
clearly  in  violation  of  Russia's  established  cus- 
tom, nor  yet  of  the  strict  and  technical  meaning 
of  the  treaty  of  Paris.  The  presumption  of  this 
treaty  is  that  if  the  Turkish  Government  at 
Constantinople  raises  no  complaint,  there  has 
probably  been  no  unlawful  use  of  the  Darda- 
nelles by  warships.    The  advantage  of  the  recent 


From  a  Japanese  painting. 

FIELD  MARSHAL  COUNT  OYAMA. 

(Commander-in-chief  of  all  the  Japanese  armies  in  the  field.) 

rapprochement  between  England  and  Germany 
lies  in  the  fact  that  it  becomes  easier  to  adjust 
such  incidents  as  these  in  the  Red  Sea  waters 
and  to  bring  the  common  opinion  of  European 
nations  to  bear  upon  the  fair  and  proper  en- 
forcement of  the  rights  of  neutrals  and  the 
spirit  of  international  law. 


The 
Japanese 
Advance. 


By  the  middle  of  July,  the  Japanese 
advance  had  brought  Generals  Ku- 
roki,  Oku,  and  Nodzu  into  close 
communication,  making  a  combined  Japanese 
army  of  two  hundred  thousand  men,  stretching 
in  a  semicircle  of  about  one  hundred  and  fifty 
miles,  extending  eastward  from  the  railroad. 
Its  northern  point  was  about  twenty  miles  from 
the  railroad,  south  of  Liao-Yang,  through  Feng- 
Wang-Cheng,  on  the  east,  to  within  a  few  miles 
of  Kai-Ping  (or  Kai-Chow),  on  the  south. 


A  Great 
Game  of 
Flanking. 


After  the  battle  of  Vafangow  (or 
Telissu),  July  14  to  1(5,  the  land 
forces  of  the  two  nations  paused  in 
their  operations.  It  was  becoming  evident  that 
the  great  pitched  battle  between  General  Kuro- 
patkin  and  the  three  Japanese  commanders  op-  i 


150 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


posed  to  him  was  not  so  certain  as  the  war 
prophets  would  have  had  us  believe.  Operations 
had  developed  along  such  lines  that  the  cam- 
paign seemed  like  a  great  game  of  Hanking,  with 
neither  side  willing  to  risk  a  serious  encounter 
until  all  the  pawns  in  the  game  had  been  prop- 
erly distributed. 

,     ,.        It  will  be  remembered  that  the  first 

Junction         r  .  _,  _ 

of  the       Japanese    army,    under    Gen.  baron 

Three  Armies.  Itei      Kuro]d)      w}lich      defeated      the 

Russians,  May  1,  on  the  Yalu  River  and  at 
various  points  between  the  Korean  border  and 
Feng- Wang-Cheng,  had  been  encamped  mainly 
at  the  last-named  place.      The  second   Japanese 


the  gap  in  the  Japanese  line  between  Kuroki 
and  Oku.  On  July  20,  Field  Marshal  Oyama, 
commander-in-chief  of  all  the  Japanese  armies 
in  the  field,  arrived  at  Dalny  and  took  immedi- 
ate direction  of  operations  against  the  Russians. 


GENERAL   BARON  M1CHITSURA  NODZU. 

(Commanding  the  Japanese  Third  Army.) 

army,  under  command  of  Gen.  Baron  Hokyo  Oku, 
had  landed  at  various  points  on  the  Liao-tung 
Peninsula,  north  of  Port  Arthur,  moved  south, 
attacked  the  Russians  at  Kin-Chow,  defeated 
them  in  the  battle  of  Nanshan  Hill,  and,  leaving 
a  force  to  besiege  Port  Arthur,  again  turned 
northward,  driving  the  Russians  out  of  the 
Liao-tung  Peninsula,  the  principal  engagements 
being  the  one  at  Vafangow  and  the  capture  of 
Kai-I'ing.  The  third  a  rmy,  commanded  by  ( ien. 
Baron  Michitsura  Nodzu,  had  landed  at  Taku- 
shan,  on   the   Korean  Gulf,  defeated   the  Russians 

at  Siu-Yen,  moved  northeastward,  and   filled  in 


The 
Russian 
Lines. 


General  Kuropatkin  had  about  one 
hundred  and  twenty-five  thousand 
Russians,  concentrated  principally  at 
Liao-Yang,  with  his  outposts  extending  north- 
ward, guarding  the  railroad  to  Mukden,  the 
capital  of  Manchuria,  and  southward  on  the 
railroad  to  Tashichiao,  near  which  General 
Stakelberg,  resting  after  his  defeat  at  Vafan- 
gow, had  been  holding  the  Russian  right  flank. 
The  government  at  St.  Petersburg  professes  ab- 
solute confidence  in  General  Kuropatkin,  and 
declares  that  the  victories  claimed  by  the  Japa- 
nese have  been,  in  the  main,  allowed,  by  the 
Russians  retiring  from  reconnoissances.  General 
Kuropatkin  makes  his  headquarters  in  a  rail- 
road car  near  Liao-Yang,  and  announces  his 
satisfaction  with  the  way  things  are  going — al- 
though we  have  reports  of  serious  differences  of 
opinion  between  Admiral  Alexieff  and  himself. 
The  Japanese,  by  the  way,  praise  General  Kuro- 
patkin for  his  courage  and  cool-headedness,  but 
(in  the  words  of  the  Tuiyo,  of  Tokio)  "  Alexieff 
is  a  disgrace  to  Russia."  It  was  he,  the  Japa- 
nese declare,  who  brought  on  the  war,  and  now 
■•  he  is  cowardly  enough  to  lay  the  blame  for 
failure  on  General  Kuropatkin." 

In  the  course  of  the  Japanese  ad- 
CKuSro"patkin"  vancei  there  had  been  several  im- 
portant engagements,  although  no 
large  battle.  In  several  engagements  during 
the  first  few  days  of  July,  the  Japanese  cap- 
tured two  important  passes  in  the  mountain 
range  which  separates  Feng- Wang- Cheng  from 
the  railroad,  the  most  important  being  the  Mo- 
Ting-Ling  Pass.  The  capture  of  the  important 
city  of  Kai-Ping  (or  Kai-Chow)  by  the  Japanese 
must  not  be  forgotten.  On  July  1 7, General  Count 
Keller — who  had  succeeded  General  Sassulitch 
(defeated  on  the  Yalu) — made  an  attack  in  force 
on  the  Japanese  to  recover  this  pass,  but  was 
beaten  back  with  considerable  loss  in  men 
and  guns.  An  alleged  interview  with  General 
Kuroki  asserts  that  the  Japanese  aim  for  this 
year  is  to  occupy  the  entire  Liao-tung  Penin- 
sula, seize  Port  Arthur,  garrison  that  place  and 
5Tinkow,  and  force  the  evacuation  of  Newchwang 
by  the  Russians.  General  Kuropatkin's  men 
left  the  last-named  city  early  in  May,  but  re- 
occupied  it  soon  after.  The  Japanese  expected 
to  foi'ce  its  evacuation  by  capturing  its  port  of 
Yinkow.  at  the  mouth  of  the  Liao  River. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


151 


(The  Russian  admiral,  Bezobrazoff,  of  the  Vladivostok 
squadron,  and  the  Japanese  admiral,  Kamimura,  who 
have  been  looking  for  each  other,  the  former  to  avoid,  the 
latter  to  bring  about,  a  battle.) 

It  was  impossible  to  state  with  ac- 
Port  curacy  the  actual  result  of  the  Jap- 
Arthur.  anese  operations  against  Port  Arthur 
up  to  July  20.  So  many  conflicting  reports 
had  been  received,  most  of  them  passed  by  the 
censors  on  both  sides,  perhaps  with  an  intent  to 
mislead,  that  the  condition  of  the  besiegers,  as 
well  as  that  of  the  defenders,  of  the  fortress 
was  uncertain.  General  Nogi,  reported  in  com- 
mand of  the  Japanese  fourth  army,  who  was 
besieging  Port  Arthur,  had  landed  siege  guns  at 
Dalny,  and  was  placing  them  upon  the  hills 
around  Port  Arthur,  which  the  Japanese  had 
been  taking  one  by  one  during  the  last  week  in 
June.  Admiral  Togo  reported  that  on  the 
night  of  June  27  a  torpedo  attack  at  the  en- 
trance of  the  harbor  resulted  in  the  sinking  of 
a  Russian  guardship  and  a  torpedo-boat  de- 
stroyer.    This  the  Russians  positively  denied. 

It  is  certain  that,  on  the  night  of 
by  the  June  22,  Admiral  Wittshoeft,  the 
Russia" Ships-  actual  Russian  commander  at  Port 
Arthur,  with  six  battleships  (including  the 
Retvizan,  the  Czarevitch,  and  the  Pallada,  which 
had  been  repaired),  four  cruisers  (probably  the 
Novik,  the  Diana,  the  Aslcold,  and  the  Bayan), 
and  fourteen  destroyers,  planned  a  dash  to 
escape.  The  Japanese  patrols  discovered  the 
Russians  and  informed  Admiral  Togo  by  wire- 
less telegraphy.  All  night  the  Japanese  torpedo 
boats  harassed  the  Russians,  destroying,  accord- 
ing to  Japanese  reports,  the  battleship  Peresviet, 
disabling  the  battleship  Sevastopol,  and  serious- 
ly injuring  the  cruiser  Diana.  When  Admiral 
Togo  arrived  the  next  morning,  the  Russian 
ships  had  escaped  into  the  harbor.  Admiral 
Alexieffs  report  to  the  Czar  positively  denied 


the  loss  of  any  vessel  in  this  engagement,  but 
the  testimony  of  many  Chinese  who  subsequently 
left  Port  Arthur  would  seem  to  confirm  beyond 
a  doubt  the  truth  of  Admiral  Togo's  report. 

Russia's  successes  up  to  the  mid- 
viadiuostoh  die  of  July,  little  as  they  could  affect 
Ships.  £}ie  gnaj  outcome  of  the  war,  had 
been  achieved  by  the  now  famous  Vladivostok 
squadron.  These  four  ships,  the  Rossia,  the 
Rurik,  the  Bogatyr  (recently  hauled  off  the  rocks 
and  repaired),  and  the  Gromoboi,  with  seven  or 
eight  torpedo  boats,  had  kept  up  a  constant 
raiding  since  the  gallant  Admiral  Skrydloff  took 
command,  early  in  June.  They  are  fine  cruisers, 
of  high  speed,  which  has  enabled  them  to  escape 
punishment  by  the  heavier  but  slower-moving 
Japanese  warships  with  which  Admiral  Kami- 
mura has  been  watching  them.  The  actual  com- 
mander of  the  squadron  in  its  operations  was 
Vice-Admiral  Bezobrazoff,  but  the  directing 
spirit  has  been  Skrydloff.  The  raids  had  all 
been  successful.  The  third  excursion,  on  June 
30,  was  made  down  the  east  coast  of  Korea.  The 
town  of  Wonsan  was  again  shelled,  and  two 
small  vessels  sunk.  Admiral  Kamimura  gave 
chase,  but  the  Russians  extinguished  their  lights 
and  escaped  in  the  darkness  and  fog.  As  we 
go  to  press,  the  squadron  is  reported  to  have 
again  left  Vladivostok  and  to  be  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  preying  on  Japanese  commerce.  Judged 
by  the  test  of  actual  achievement,  Admiral  Skryd- 
loff is  the  greatest  Russian  commander  of  the 
war  in  either  branch  of  the  service. 

In  the  matter  of  the  use  of  the  tele- 

Telegraph  and  ,  ,     ,  ,       , 

Telephone  graph  and  the  telephone  in  warfare, 
m  War.  ^jie  japanese  are  as  much  up-to-date 
as  any  European  army.  The  British  boast  of  being 
the  first  to  use  telegraphy  in  war  ;  the  Japanese 
proudly  claim  that  they  are  the  first  to  use 
wireless  telegraphy.  The  service  rendered  by 
the  "wireless"  in  Japan's  naval  operations  has 
already  been  spoken  of  in  these  pages,  and  is 
further  considered  in  Mr.  Maver's  article  in 
this  number  of  the  Review.  The  Japanese 
field  telegraph  and  telephone  service  is  very 
highly  developed,  and  the  telegraph  section  of 
their  engineer  corps  not  only  establishes  and 
maintains  communication  for  their  own  army, 
but  has  done  some  excellent  work  in  destroying 
the  wires  of  the  Russians.  It  is  reported  that 
during  the  battle  of  Vafangow  the  Japanese 
batteries,  stretching  over  a  front  of  some  fifteen 
or  twenty  miles,  were  all  connected  by  tele- 
phone. In  connection  with  what  Mr.  Maver 
has  to  say  about  the  intention  of  the  United 
States    Government    to  assume  control    of    the 


152 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


wireless  telegraph  stations  on  our  coasts,  it  is 
interesting  to  note  that  early  in  July  a  bill  was 
introduced  in  the  British  Parliament  making 
wireless  telegraphy  a  government  monopoly 
throughout  the  United  Kingdom. 

Reports  of  internal  unrest  continue  to 
Unrest  come  from  Russia.  Last  month  Poland 
in  Russia.  wag  rep0rte(i  t0  \je  on  the  verge  of  rev- 
olution, and  Governor  -  General  Chertkoff  has 
asked  for  authority  to  proclaim  the  province  in  a 
state  of  siege.  On  June  29,  about  one  thousand 
Socialists  and  others  who  had  been  thrown  out  of 
work  as  a  result  of  the  industrial  depression 
caused  by  the  war  paraded  the  streets  of  War- 
saw, carrying  red  flags  inscribed  "Down  with 
Czarism."  The  police,  it  is  reported,  made  no 
attempt  to  stop  the  procession,  and  even  took  off 
their  caps  as  it  went  by.  Disturbances  over  the 
suppression  of  the  Armenian  Church  have  not 
been  quelled  ;  and  the  Russification  policy  of 
Minister  von  Plehve  has  excited  widespread  de- 
nunciation even  in  the  French  press,  M.  Cle- 
menceau  referring  to  the  minister  as  "the  incar- 
nation of  brute  force  as  an  arbiter  in  human 
affairs."  It  may  be  that  the  Czar  is  really  be- 
ginning; to  see  for  himself  the  abuses  that  Gen- 
et c> 

eral  Bobrikoff's  assassin  killed  himself  to  make 
known.  Early  in  July,  it  was  announced  (al- 
though not  confirmed)  from  St.  Petersburg  that, 
by  imperial  decree,  "administrative  justice  "  had 
been  abolished,  "  and  persons  accused  of  politi- 
cal crimes  will  henceforth  be  tried  by  the  courts 
under  regular  legal  procedure."  The  faithful 
enforcement  of  this  decree  would  do  away  with 
the  greatest  scandal  of  Russian  misgovern ment 
and  the  greatest  menace  to  the  development  of 
Russia  in  the  direction  of  modern  civilization. 

The  appointment  of  Prince  John 
Bobrikoff's  Obolensky  to  succeed  the  late  Gen- 
Successor.    eraj  y^^koff  as  governor-general  of 

Finland  (not  General  von  "Wahl,  as  had  been 
previously  announced)  is  an  indication  that  the 
policy  of  repression  is  to  be  continued.  In  his 
letter  to  a  friend,  which  came  out  after  his 
double  killing  of  Bobrikoff  and  himself,  Young 
Schaumann  declared  that  he  had  no  confeder- 
ates, but  that  his  deed  was  prompted  solely  by  a 
desire  to  get  before  the  ( Izar  information  concern- 
ing the  Russian  administration  in  Finland  which 
otherwise  the  monarch  would  never  know.  The 
obsequious  Kiunish  Senators,  most  of  them  crea- 
tures of  Bobrikoff,  had  passed  "a  strongly 
worded  resolution"  expressing  the  "deepest 
condemnation  "  of  Schaumann's  crime  and  dis- 
claiming any  sympathy  with  the  so-called  pro- 
Swedish  party.    The  Czar,  through  Minister  von 


Plehve,  had  declared  that  the  Finnish  people 
should  not  suffer  for  Schaumann's  crime,  but 
the  appointment  of  Prince  John  Obolensky 
would  indicate  that,  after  all,  the  young  ideal- 
istic Finn  died  in  vain.  The  career  of  the  new 
governor-genei'al  has  gained  him  the  reputation 
of  being  one  of  the  most  cruel  and  ruthless  ad- 
ministrators in  Russia.  His  harsh  treatment  of 
the  offending  students  and  peasants  in  Kharkoff 
almost  cost  him  his  life,  in  1902.  Even  if  the 
new  decree  against  "  administrative  justice  "  be 
actually  carried  into  effect,  the  appointment  of 
Prince  Obolensky  is  in  singular  confirmation  of 
what  the  Finnish  writer  quoted  in  our  article 
on  Sweden  and  Norway  on  page  208  has  to 
say  about  the  real  purpose  of  the  Russification 
policy  in  Finland. 

France's     relations    to    the    Vatican 
Pofitlcs      continue  to  verge  upon  serious  open 

rupture.  Pope  Pius'  recent  note  to 
the  Roman  Catholic  powers,  through  his  secretary 
of  state,  Monsignor  Merry  del  Val,  denouncing 
President  Loubet's  visit  to  the  King  of  Italy, 
had  provided  ammunition  for  the  anti-Clericals 
in  the  republic,  and  had  resulted  in  the  recall  of 
the  French  ambassador  to  the  Vatican.  The 
radical  supporters  of  Premier  Combes  are  now 
demanding  the  full  separation  of  Church  and 
State,  or  the  abolition  of  the  famous  Concordat, 
under  the  terms  of  which  Franco-Papal  rela- 
tions have  been  maintained  for  a  century, 
Monsignor  del  Val  had  gone  further  than  pro- 
testing,— he  had  demanded  the  resignations  of 
certain  French  bishops  of  known  Republican 
sympathies,  commanding  them  to  repair  to  Rome 
The  French  Government,  on  its  side,  had  for- 
bidden them  to  leave  their  sees,  declaring  that, 
as  it  pays  the  salaries  of  the  clergy,  it  lias  a 
right  to  demand  a  share  in  the  administration  of 
discipline.  Further,  it  had  demanded  the  with- 
drawal of  the  "letters  of  recall."  So  the  matter 
stood  in  the  middle  of  July,  when  Premier 
Combes  was  completely  exonerated  from  con- 
nection with  the  Chartreuse  scandal.  The  pre- 
mier and  his  son,  who  is  secretary-general  of 
the  ministry  of  the  interior,  had  been  accused 
of  soliciting  a  bribe  of  four  hundred  thousand 
dollars  to  prevent  the  expulsion  from  France 
of  the  monks  who  manufacture  the  famous  Char- 
treuse cordial.  The  Pope  is  reported  to  be  rely- 
ing upon  the  early  fall  of  the  present  cabinet,  and 
to  be  accordingly  delaying  any  advances  toward 
reconciliation,  in  the  hope  of  being  able  to  deal 
with  a  government  less  bitterly  anti-Clerical 
He  has  been  much  offended  by  the  official  French 
recognition  of  the  fact  that  the  Eternal  City  hai 
passed  into  the  hands  of  the  Italian  King. 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


(From  June  SI  to  July  20,  1901,.) 


POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT— AMERICAN. 

June  21. — The  Republican  national  convention  meets 
in  Chicago  and  is  addressed  by  Elihu  Root  as  temporary 
chairman  (see  July  number  of  Review  of  Reviews, 

page  43) President  Roosevelt  names  a  commission 

to  investigate  the  Slocum-  disaster  at  New  York 

Louisiana  Democrats  instruct  for  Parker. 

June  22. — The  Republican  national  convention  at  Chi- 
cago adopts  a  platform  ;  Speaker  Cannon  is  made  per- 
manent   chairman Texas    Democrats   instruct   for 

Parker ;  Vermont  Democrats  declare  that  he  is  the 

most  available  candidate Eli  H.  Porter  is  named  for 

governor  by  the  Democrats  of  Vermont. 

June  23. — The  Republican  national  convention  at 
Chicago  nominates  Theodore  Roosevelt,  of  New  York, 
for  President,  and  Charles  W.  Fairbanks,  of  Indiana, 
for  Vice-President ;  no  other  candidates  are  named  in 
the  convention ....  Secretary  George  B.  Cortelyou  is 
chosen  chairman  of  the  National  Republican  Com- 
mittee and  at  once  resigns  his  cabinet  post. 

June  24. — President  Roosevelt,  having  accepted  the 
resignations  of  Attorney-General  Knox  and  Secretary 
Cortelyou,  to  take  effect  on  July  1,  appoints  William 
H.  Moody,  now  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  Attorney-Gen- 
eral ;  Paul  Morton,  of  Illinois,  Secretary  of  the  Navy  ; 
and  Victor  H.  Metcalf,  of  California,  Secretary  of  Com- 
merce and   Labor President    Roosevelt   orders  the 

United  States  tariff  rates  extended  to  and  post-offices 
established  in  the  Panama  Canal  zone. 

June  27. — Judge  Charles  E.  Magoon  is  appointed 
general  counsel  of  the  Panama  Canal  Commission. 

June  28. — One  of  the  convicted  St.  Louis  "boodlers" 
makes  a  confession  to  Circuit  Attorney  Folk,  giving 
details  of  the  bribery  combine  in  the  St.  Louis  House 
of  Delegates. 

June  29. — Maine  Republicans  nominate  William  T. 

Cobb  for  governor Missouri  Democrats  instruct  for 

Senator  Cockrell President  Roosevelt  orders  the  re- 
inspection  of  all  passenger-carrying  steamboats  in  New 
York  Harbor. 

June  30. — The  Prohibition  national  convention  at  In- 
dianapolis nominates  Dr.  Silas  C.  Swallow,  of  Penn- 
sylvania,  for  President,   and    George  W.   Carroll,    of 

Texas,    for    Vice-President Vermont    Republicans 

nominate  Charles  J.  Bell  for  governor. 

July  1. — Messrs.  Morton  and  Metcalf  succeed  Secre- 
taries Moody  and  Cortelyou,  respectively,  while  Mr. 
Moody  becomes  Attorney- General  and  Mr.  Knox  re- 
tires from  the  cabinet. 

July  2. — President  Roosevelt  arrives  at  Oyster  Bay. 

July  4. — Judge  Beekman  Winthrop  is  inaugurated 
governor  of  Porto  Rico. 

July  5. — The  Populist  national  convention  nomi- 
nates Thomas  E.  Watson,  of  Georgia,  for  President, 
and  Thomas  H.  Tribbles,  of  Nebraska,  for  Vice-Presi- 
dent. 

July  6. — The  Democratic  national  convention  meets 
at  St.  Louis ;  John  Sharp  Williams,  of  Mississippi,  is 
made  temporary  chairman. 


July  7. — Champ  Clark,  ,of  Missouri,  is  made  perma- 
nent chairman  of  the  Democratic  national  convention  at 
St.  Louis. 

July  8.— The  Democratic  national  convention  at  St. 
Louis  adopts  a  platform. 

July  9. — The  Democratic  national  convention  at  St. 
Louis  nominates  Alton  B.  Parker,  of  New  York,  for 
President  on  the  first  ballot ;  Judge  Parker  sends  a 
message  to  the  convention  that  if  its  action  is  ratified 
by  the  people  he  will  deem  it  his  duty  to  maintain  the 
gold  standard,  and  that,  in  view  of  the  failure  of  the 
convention  to  make  any  utterance  on  the  subject, 
he  desires  this  fully  understood  ;  the  convention  replies 
to  Judge  Parker  that  the  gold  standard  is  not  regarded 

as  an  issue  in  the  pending  campaign Democratic 

primaries  in  Texas  renominate  United  States  Senator 
Culberson  and  Governor  Lanham. 

July  10. — The  Democratic  national  convention  at  St. 


Ex.-Gov.  W.  H.  Hunt.  Gov.  Beekman  Winthrop. 

THE  INCOMING  AND  OUTGOING  GOVERNORS  OF  PORTO  RICO. 


154 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Louis  nominates  Henry  G.  Davis,  of  West  Virginia,  for 
Vice-President,  and  adjourns. 

July  11. — President  Roosevelt  and  Senator  Fairbanks 
have  a  conference  at  Oyster  Bay. 

July  12.  —William  J.  Bryan  charges  that  Judge  Parker 
was  nominated  for  President  by  crooked  and  indefen- 
sible methods. 

July  14. — State  Senator  McCarren,  August  Belmont, 
and  Congressman  W.  Bourke  Cockran,  all  of  New  York, 
are  guests  of  Chief  Judge  Parker  at  P]sopus,  N.  Y. 

July  15.— Senator  Piatt,  of  New  York,  and  Chairman 
Cortelyou,  of  the  Republican  National  Committee,  con- 
fer with  President  Roosevelt. 

POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT— FOREIGN. 

June  25. — The  Canadian  Parliament  debates  the 
Dundonald-Fisher  incident. 

June  27. — The  New  Zealand  Parliament  opens. 

June  28. — President  Amador  signs  a  bill  which  prac- 
tically establishes  a  gold  standard  in  Panama. 

July  1. — Senor  Zaldo,  secretary  of  state  and  justice 

of  Cuba,  resigns The  French  Chamber  of  Deputies 

votes  down  a  proposition  to  discuss  the  Chartreuse 
bribery  scandal. 

July  6.— The  British  Government  announces  that 
Parliament  will  not  be  dissolved  this  year  unless  such 
action  be  made  neces- 


sary by  lack  of  sup- 
port. 

July  7. — General 
Andr6,  the  French 
minister  of  war,  is 
twice  defeated  in  the 
Chamber  of  Deputies 
....The  British  Gov- 
ernment withdraws 
the  alien  immigra- 
tion bill. 

July  11.— The  elec- 
tion of  Porfirio  Diaz 
as  president,  and  Ra- 
mon Corral  as  vice- 
president,  of  the  re- 
public of  Mexico  is 
announced  (see  page 
198). 

July  13.— The 
French  Parliament 
adjourns. 

July  14. — The  British  Government  announces  its 
scheme  of  army  reform. 

July  15. — A  preferential  tariff  agreement  between 
Canada  and  the  South  African  states  is  announced. 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS. 

June  22. — Secretary  Hay  instructs  Consul-General 
Gummere  at  Tangier  to  demand  of  the  Moorish  Gov- 
ernment cither  Perdicaria  alive  or  Rais-Uli  dead. 

June  23. — Dr.  John  F.  Elmore  is  appointed  Peruvian 
minister  to  the  United  States. 

. I  unc  24. — Messrs.  Perdicaria  and  Varley,  having  been 

released  by  t  lie  bandit  Rais  rii,  arrive  at  Tangier The 

Haitien  Government  apologizes  for  the  stoning  of  the 

French    minister;    France,   however,  decides  to  send   a 
warship  to  demand  redress. 


EARL  OKAY. 

(The  successor  of  Lord  Minto  as 
governor-general  of  Canada.) 


June  25. — Senor  de  Obaldia,  the  new  minister  from 
Panama  to  the  United  States,  is  received  by  President 
Roosevelt. 

June  27. — Germany  decides  to  send  a  warship  to  de- 
mand redress  from  Haiti  for  the  stoning  of  her  minister. 
July  4. — It  is  announced  that  a  British  gunboat  has 
been  ordered  to  Newchwang. 

July  7. — As  a  result  of  inquiries  by  the  United  States 
as  to  British  plans  in  Tibet,  it  is  learned  that  the  British 
Government  is  ready  to  withdraw  its  expedition  as  soon 
as  certain  promises  are  made  by  the  Tibetans. 

July  9. — France  concludes  an  arbitration  treaty  with 
Sweden  and  Norway. 
July  11. — The  British  steamer  Oieltenham  is  declared 

a  prize  of  the  Russian 
Vladivostok  fleet. 

July  12. — An  Anglo- 
German  arbi  tration 
treaty  is  signed  at  Lon- 
don. 

July  14. — Correspon- 
dence disclosing  the 
"open  door"  negotia- 
tions with  China  is 
made  public  at  Wash- 
ington. 

July  13.— The  Peters- 
burg, of  the  Russian 
volunteer  Black  Sea 
fleet,  stops  the  British 
liner  Malacca  and 
takes  her  as  a  prize  to 
Suez Fear  of  inter- 
national complications 
causes  a  sharp  fall  of 
consols  in  London. 

July  15.  — The  Smo- 
lensk, of  the  Russian 
volunteer  Black  Sea 
fleet,  stops  the  North 
German  Lloyd  liner 
Prinz  Heinrich  and  seizes  her  Japanese  mail. 

July  20. — The  British  aiithorities  at  Port  Said  detain 
the  captured  liner  Malacca,  with  her  Russian  prize  crew, 
"pending  instructions  from  England;"  the  British 
Government  sends  a  protest  to  Russia  against  the  seiz- 
ure, the  Dardanelles  question  being  left  in  abeyance 
. . .  .France  sends  an  ultimatum  to  the  Vatican  demand- 
ing the  withdrawal  of  letters  recalling  bishops  under 
penalty  of  severance  of  all  relations. 

THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR. 

June  23. — Admiral  Togo  encounters  the  Russian  fleet 
off  Port  Arthur;  a  battleship  is  sunk,  and  a  battleship 

and  cruisers  disabled The  Russian  fleet  returns  to 

Port  Arthur. 

June  25. — General  Kuropatkin  refuses  battle  at  Kai- 
Ping,  and  continues  Ins  retreat  northward. 

June 26. — General  Kuropatkin  states  that  the  Japa- 
nese captured  the  passes  of  Fen-shui-ling,  Mo-Ting-Ling, 

and  Ta-Ling The  Japanese  capture  forts  southeast 

of  Port  Arthur. 

June  27.— The  Russian  Port  Arthur  fleet  makes  a 
sortie,  but  is  discovered  by  Admiral  Togo's  patrols,  and 
retires  with  the  reported  loss  of  the  PeresvUt  and  the 

Sevastopol — The  British  steamer  AUanton  is  captured 


The  Russian  priest  who  headed 
a  charge  at  the  battle  of  the 
Yalu.  He  is  now  ill  from  his 
wounds  in  the  Mukden  hospi- 
tal. 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


155 


by  the  Vladivostok  squadron,  and  the  vessel  and  her 
cargo  are  confiscated. 

July  2. — The  Vladivostok  squadron,  under  command 
of  Vice- Admiral  Bezobrazoff,  makes  a  third  raid  down 
the  Korean  coast,  shelling  Wonsan  and  sinking  two 
small  Japanese  vessels ;  Admiral  Kamimura  gives 
chase,  but  the  Russians  escape. 

July  5. — The  Czar  appoints  Prince  John  Obolensky 
governor-general  of  Finland,  to  succeed  General  Bobri- 
koff. 

July  9. — The  Japanese,  under  General  Oku,  capture 
Kai-Ping  (or  Kai-Chow). 

July  17. — A  strong  Russian  force  under  General 
Count  Keller  attacks  the  Japanese  at  Mo-Ting-Ling 
Pass,  but  is  driven  back  with  loss. 

July  19. — Chinese  refugees  from  Port  Arthur  declare 
that  between  July  11  and  14  four  thousand  Japanese 
were  killed  by  Russian  mines  in  attempting  to  hold  a 
fort  the  former  had  captured. 

July  20. — The  Vladivostok  squadron  is  reported  off 
the  eastern  coast  of  Japan,  steaming  southward. 

OTHER  OCCURRENCES  OF  THE  MONTH. 

June  21. — The  funeral  of  General  Bobrikoff,  at  St. 
Petersburg,  is  attended  by  the  Czar. 

June  22. — The  first  through  train  for  Victoria  Falls 
over  the  Cape  to  Cairo  Railroad  leaves  Cape  Town. 

June  23. — In  the  fall  of  a  train  from  a  bridge  over  the 
Jiloca  River,  in  the  province  of  Ternel,  Spain,  thirty 
persons  are  killed. 

June  25. — Three  tailors  of  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  are  en- 
joined from  employing  other  than  union  workmen 

K.xercises  commemorating  the  Canadian  tercentenary 
are  held  at  the  mouth  of  the  St.  Croix  River  and  at 
Calais,  Maine An  international  congress  of  the  Sal- 
vation Army  opens  in  London. 

June  27. — Thirty- three  persons  are  drowned  by  an  ac- 
cident in  a  water  main  near  Kingston,  Jamaica. 

June  28. — A  monument  erected  in  memory  of  the 
French   troops  who  fell  at  "Waterloo  is  unveiled  on 

the  battlefield Nearly  six  hundred  emigrants  are 

drowned  in  the  sinking  of  the  Scandinavian-American 
steamer  Norge,  which  strikes  a  rock  west  of  the  Heb- 
rides  The  United  States  Navy  Department  signs  a 

contract  with  the  De  Forest  Company  for  a  wireless 
telegraph  service  (see  page  191). 

June  30. — The  National  Educational  Association 
meets  at  St.  Louis. 

July  4. — The  centennial  anniversary  of  the  birth  of 
Nathaniel  Hawthorne  is  observed  at  Concord,  Mass. 
(see  page  232). 

July  5. — More  than  a  thousand  Achinese, — men, 
women,  and  children, — are  reported  to  have  been 
slaughtered  by  Dutch  troops. 

July  6. — The  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  birth  of  the 
Republican  party  is  celebrated  at  Jackson,  Mich.,  Sec- 
retary Hay  being  the  orator  of  the  day. 

July  10. — In  a  wreck  on  the  Erie  Railroad,  at  Mid- 
vale,  N.  J.,  15  persons  are  killed  and  50  injured. 

July  12. — Fifty  thousand  employees  of  the  great  meat- 
packing companies  of  the  United  States  go  on  strike 
l>ecause  of  wage-reductions  affecting  unskilled  laborers  ; 
a  meat  famine  is  threatened  throughout  the  country. 


July  13. — A  cloudburst  near  Manila,  P.  I.,  kills  two 
hundred  persons  and  damages  property  to  the  amount 
of  $2,000,000 In  a  collision  on  the  Chicago  &  East- 
ern Illinois  Railroad,  near  Chicago,  20  persons  are 
killed  and  25  injured. 

July  16. — All  negotiations  between  the  packers  and 
their  employees  for  a  settlement  of  the  strike  are 
broken  off.  / 

July  19. — President  Roosevelt  receives  a  delegation  of 
Pennsylvania  miners  at  Oyster  Bay. 

July  20. — Mrs.  Florence  Maybrick  leaves  England,  a 
free  woman The  meat  strike  is  settled,  arbitration  be- 
tween packers  and  strikers  being  arranged. 

OBITUARY. 

June  23.— Rev.  Alexander  MacKennal,  D.D.,  69. 

June  24. — Ex-Congressman  Carlos  D.  Sheldon,  of 
Michigan,  64 Lieut.-Col.  Wright  P.  Edgerton,  pro- 
fessor of  mathematics  at  West  Point,  52. 

June    25. — Clement    Scott,    the    English    dramatic 

critic,  63 Henry  A.  Rogers,   president  of  the  New 

York     Board    of     Education,    60 Ex-Congressman 

James  A.  McKenzie,  of  Kentucky,  64. 

June  26. — Monsignor  Guidi,  apostolic  delegate  to  the 
Philippines,  52. 

June  28.— "Dan  "  Emmett,  the  author  of  "Dixie,"  89. 

June  29. — Col.  Joseph  H.  Brigham,  Assistant  Secre- 
tary of  Agriculture,   65 Ex-United  States  Senator 

John  L.   Mitchell,   of   Wisconsin,   62 Charles    Hill 

Sprague,  a  well-known  scientist,  77. 

July  1. — George  Frederick  Watts,  the  English  painter 

and  sculptor,  87 Senor  Dupuy  de  Lome,  who  was 

Spanish  minister  at  Washington  prior  to  the  outbreak 
of  the  Spanish-American  War,  53. 

July  3. — Dr.  Theodor  Herzl,  president  of  the  Zionist 
Congress,  44. 

July  4. — Prof.  John  Bell  Hatcher,  a  prominent  scien- 
tific collector,  46. 

July  6. — Ex-Chief  Justice  Joseph  H.  Lewis,  of  the 
Kentucky  Court  of  Appeals,  80. 

July  7. — Brig.-Gen.  Thomas  B.  Howard,  a  survivor  of 
the  Seminole  War  in  Florida,  the  Creek  War  in  Georgia, 
the  Texas  revolution,  the  Mexican  War,  and  the  Civil 
War,  84. 

July  10. — General  Toral,  the  Spanish  commander  who 
surrendered  Santiago  to  the  American  forces,  July,  1898. 

July  11. — Rt.  Rev.  Frederick  Dan  Huntington,  Epis- 
copal Bishop  of  Central  New  York,  85 Rev.  Lemuel 

Moss,  D.D.,  a  well  known  Baptist  writer  and  educator, 
75. 

July  12.— Mayor  Samuel  M.  Jones,  of  Toledo,  58. 

July  14. — Paul  Kriiger,  former  president  of  the  South 

African  Republic,  79 George  B.  Pearson,  a  pioneer 

railroad-builder  of  Iowa,  75 Lawson  N.   Fuller,   a 

veteran  New  York  horseman,  80. 

July  17. — The  Very  Rev.  Stephen  Kealy,  of  New  York, 
General  Superior  of  the  Congregation  of  St.  Paul  of  the 
Cross,  known  as  the  Passionist  Order,  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church,  55. 

July  18. — Dr.  Isaac  Roberts,  of  Crowborough,  Eng- 
land, the  well-known  astronomer  and  geologist,  75. 

July  19. — Robert  Lockhart,  of  New  York,  linen  mer- 
chant, called  the  "  father  of  golf"  in  this  country,  57. 


CARTOON    COMMENTS    ON    THE    NOMINATIONS. 


L-Arf/W^'a* 


^M 


">^ 


THE  NOMINATION   SUGAR  PLUM. 

"  Open  your  mouth  and  shut  your  eyes, 
And  I'll  give  you  something  to  make  you  wise.' 

From  the  Times  (Minneapolis). 


As 


id 

—  ••  Wliich  way 


A    DESIGN    KOlt   AN    II  [STOBIO  A  I.  T  A  111  iBT. 

From  the  Brooklyn  Eagle  (N«\\  Fork), 


,a\  art  thou  going,  Discordius?" 
I'd  St.  Loulsl    Got  a  date  with  a  bunch  down  there." 

From  the  Pioneer  Press  (St.  Paul). 


CARTOON  COMMENTS  ON  THE  NOMINATIONS. 


157 


"ujli'v  a   •  •  t 


CHOOSING    A  CHAUFFEUR. 

Uncle  Sam  :  "Well,  Judge,  I  guess  I'd  feel  a  little  safer  with  you  to  run  this  machine."-From  the  American  (New  York). 


Bryan  (at  back  of  wagon) :  "Now,  all  together,  push  !"-From  the  North  American  (Philadelphia). 


15« 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  GOLD  PLANK  IN  THE  DEMOCRATIC  PLATKOHM. 

From  the  Mail  (New  York). 

A  notable  change  in  the  cartoon  field  is  the  appearance  of 
Mr.  Homer  Davenport  on  the  Republican  side.  His  draw- 
ings are  published  daily  in  the  Mail,  of  New  York.  Two  of 
them  are  on  this  page.  His  work  has  its  old-time  vigor.  He 
has  been  reiterating  the  connection  of  Messrs.  Belmont  and 
Hill  with  Judge  Parker's  nomination. 


WHEN  MR.   BRYAN  SPEAKS  FOR  PARKER 

From  the  Mail  (New  York) . 


THE    PLEASED    DEMOCRACY. 
The  Donkey  :  "Kay,  but  this  is  fine  !     Thai's  the  first  time 
fve  Itch  able  to  make  these  two  wings  work  together  in 
ten  rears."     Krom  the  Journal  (Minneapolis). 


A    LARGE  ORDER. 

"Mr.  Bryan  will  not  be  allowed  to  do  any  talking  during 
the  campaign."    News  items. 

From  the  Globe  (New  York). 


CARTOON  COMMENTS  ON  THE  NOMINATIONS. 


159 


Uncle   Sam  :    ''Never  swap  pilots  while  crossing  a  stream."— From  the  North  American  (Philadelphia). 


/^fct** 


Mr.  Roosevelt  :    "  This  is  so  sudden. 
From  the  Tribune  (Chicago) . 


The  President  (to  Mr.  Paul  Morton,  the  new  Secretary 
of  the  Navy)  :  "  You  have  done  so  well  with  the  cars,  now 
let's  see  what  you  can  do  with  the  ships." 

From  the  Leader  (Cleveland). 


160 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


"  HORSE  SENSE,"   AS  ILLUSTRATED  BY   POUR  CANDIDATES. 

(The  newspapers  tell  of  the  daily  horseback  rides  of  Mr.  Roosevelt,  Judge  Parker,  and  the  venerable  Mr.  Davis,  of  West 

Virginia.    But  Candidate  Fairbanks,  of  Indiana,  takes  the  summer  more  calmly.) 

From  the  Herald  (New  York). 


***^~ 


SOME  Iioosui!  STATESMEN  WILLING  to  TRY  on  THE  SENATO- 
RIAL SIIODS   OK    VH   I     I'KESIDENTIAL   NOMINEE   FAIRBANKS. 

From  the  Times  (Minneapolis). 


SENATOR    FAIRBANKS  UNDER  THE  APPLE  TREE. 

'Tis  not  for  me  to  shake  the  tree, 
But  if  the  fruit  should  drop,  I  would  not  flee. 
From  the  Pioneer  Press  (St.  Paul). 


CARTOON  COMMENTS  ON  THE  NOMINATIONS. 


161 


notifying  the  DEMOCRATIC  candidate  for  vice-president.— From  the  Journal  (Detroit). 

(Mr.  Davis  is  a  multi-millionaire,  and  it  is  said  that  the  committee  will  "hold  him  up"  for  a  tremendous  contribution 
to  the  campaign  fund.) 


"when  a  good  soldier  runs  away."- From  the  Journal  (Detroit). 
(Apropos  of  the  final  decision  of  Gen.  Nelson  A.  Miles  not  to  accept  the  Prohibitionist  nomination 


for  the  Presidency.) 


162 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


"Where  every  god  did  seeni  to  set  his  seal 

To  give  the  world  assurance  of  a  man." — Hamlet, 

From  the  Brooklyn  Eagle  (New  York). 


IN  THE  DAYS  OF  ANCIENT    TROY   DTD    THEY    FOOD  THE   "HOI 
POLDOlV"      BET  YOUR  LIFE  ! 

From  the  series  of  Mr.  F.  Opper's  drawings  in  the  New 
York  American  entitled,  "  It  Is  as  Old  as  the  Hills."' 


Judge  Parker  spiking  the  Republican  campaign  gun  by 

his  gold  issue  telegram  to  the  si.  Louis  convention. 

From  the  World  iN'i'h  fork). 


THE  BADDAD  OF  THE  BEEF  TRIST. 

[After  "  Mother  House.-"] 

Hey  diddle  diddle,  the  trust  and  the  fiddle. 
The  cow  jumped  over  the  moon: 

The  elephant  laughed  to  see  such  graft, 
Ami  the  dish  ran  away  with  the  spoon. 
From  the  American  (New  York). 


ALTON   B.   PARKER:    A  CHARACTER  SKETCH. 


BY  JAMES  CREELMAN. 
(Staff  correspondent  of  the  New  York  World.) 


THE  supreme  mission  of  the  Democratic 
party  in  the  United  States  is  to  keep 
alive  the  principle  of  competition  ;  and,  with 
that  political  and  economic  idea  accepted  as  the 
underlying  thought  of  our  peculiar  form  of 
government,  Alton  Brooks  Parker  emerges  into 
the  struggle  for  control  of  the  nation  as  the  unde- 
niable leader  of  conservatism. 

"With  the  nomination  of  this  strong,  brave, 
sober  American — who  has  risen,  by  sheer  force 
of  character,  from  the  obscure  drudgery  of  a 
farm  boy  to  preside,  at  the  age  of  forty-five  years, 
over  the  highest  court  in  the  great  State  of  New 
York — the  Democracy  once  more  takes  its  place 
as  the  advocate  and  guarantor  of  government 
according  to  the  written  Constitution  and  written 
laws,  as  against  the  personal  and  radical  policies 
which  inspire  and  control  the  Republican  party 
to-day. 

At  the  root  of  Judge  Parker's  candidacy  is 
the  contention  that  a  just  government  exists 
only  for  public  purposes,  and  that  the  use  of 
public  powers  for  private  ends — as  in  the  tariff 
laws — not  only  violates  the  spirit  of  our  institu- 
tions, but  leads  to  favoritism,  corruption,  and  a 
perilous  disruption  of  the  conditions  which  are 
necessary  to  the  equal  development  of  the  moral, 
mental,  and  material  interests  of  the  American 
people. 

Judge  Parker  stands  for  experience  and  pre- 
cedent, as  opposed  to  inspiration.  He  believes 
in  party  responsibility  rather  than  in  personal 
responsibility  for  government.  In  that  respect 
he  is  unlike  Grover  Cleveland  or  Theodore 
Roosevelt.  One  must  go  to  the  earlier  Ameri- 
can Presidents  to  find  his  like  in  character  and 
temperament. 

For  months  before  his  nomination  for  Presi- 
dent, Judge  Parker  was  accused  of  cowardice 
because  he  refused  to  stain  the  traditions  of  his 
great  judicial  office  by  publicly  discussing  po- 
litical questions.  He  bore  the  strain  of  open 
criticism  and  private  pressure  in  silence.  Po- 
litical leaders  and  powerful  newspapers,  once 
urging  his  nomination,  grew  faint  in  their  sup- 
port, and  showered  him  with  messages  of  warn- 
ing. With  a  bitterness  almost  unprecedented 
in  American  politics,  Mr.  Bryan  attacked  him 
as  "the  muzzled  candidate"  of  corrupt  "Wall 
Street  adventurers  and  sinister  politicians.    The 


leader  of  Tammany  Hall  fomented  opposition  to 
his  nomination  on  the  ground  that  he  was  not 
his  own  master,  and  that  his  silence  was  due  to 
the  control  of  David  B.  Hill.  Every  device  that 
human  ingenuity  could  suggest  was  used  to 
sting  him  into  utterance. 

The  splendid  mettle  of  the  man  was  demon- 
strated by  his  dignified  silence  in  the  face  of 
slander  and  undeserved  abuse.  Not  even  to 
gain  the  greatest  office  on  earth  would  he  violate 
his  lofty  conceptions  of  judicial  and  civic  pro- 
priety. That  ringing  telegram  to  the  St.  Louis 
convention  afterward  smote  the  Bryan  and 
Tammany  falsehoods  into  dust,  and  revealed 
Judge  Parker  as  a  statesman  and  leader  of  un- 
shakable convictions,  independence,  and  lion- 
like courage.  But,  until  his  party  called  him, 
he  forbore  to  speak. 

Not  only  his  opponents  demanded  a  statement 
of  his  views.  His  warmest  supporters  urged 
him  to  make  his  political  opinions  known.  The 
New  York  World,  foremost  among  those  who 
advocated  his  nomination,  warned  him  in  a 
series  of  powerful  editorials  that  his  silence  gave 
a  color  of  justification  to  Mr.  Bryan's  tirades, 
and  that  he  was  rapidly  losing  political  strength. 
In  behalf  of  the  editor  of  the  World,  the  writer 
of  this  article  wrote  to  Judge  Parker.  This  is 
a  part  of  his  reply,  which  I  venture  now  to  pub- 
lish for  the  first  time  : 

Albany,  June  17,  1904. 

You  may  be  right  in  thinking  that  an  expression  of 
my  views  is  necessary  to  secure  the  nomination.  If  so, 
let  the  nomination  go.  I  took  the  position  that  I  have 
maintained, — first,  because  I  deemed  it  my  duty  to  the 
court ;  second,  because  I  do  not  think  the  nomination 
for  such  an  office  should  be  sought.  I  still  believe  that 
I  am  right,  and  therefore  expect  to  remain  steadfast. 
Very  truly  yours, 

Alton  B.  Parker. 

There,  in  his  own  hand,  is  Judge  Parker's  ex- 
planation of  his  silence.  It  illustrates  his  char- 
acter. He  might  have  answered  Mr.  Bryan  by 
pointing  to  his  labor- union  decisions  and  his 
sweeping  common-law  condemnation  of  combina- 
tions in  restraint  of  trade.  He  might  have  shown 
that  he  was  under  no  political  obligations  to 
David  B.  Hill,  for  the  reason  that  it  was  he  who 
managed  the  campaign  which  resulted  in  Mr. 
Hill's  election  as  governor  of  New  York.  But 
he    endured    misrepresentation    and    caricature 


164  THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Copyright,  19  4.  by  Pa<  h  Bros.,  N 


HON.  ALTON  BROOKS  PARKER,  OP  NEW  YORK 


ALTON  B.   PARKER:    A  CHARACTER  SKETCH. 


165 


patiently.  "When  the  proper  time  came,  he  spoke, 
and  the  whole  nation  heard  and  understood. 

Judge  Parker's  message  declining  to  accept 
the  Democratic  nomination  for  President,  except 
on  the  understanding  that  he  would  maintain 
the  gold  standard  of  money  values,  was  no  more 
remarkable  and  significant  than  bis  refusal  to 
play  politics  from  the  bench.  In  these  days  of 
strenuous  heroes,  the  American  people  welcome 
the  tranquil  courage  of  such  a  man.  The  Demo- 
cratic party  can  well  invite  comparison  of  the 
personalities  of  Alton  B.  Parker  and  Theodore 
Roosevelt. 

The  Chief  Judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeals  of 
New  York  is  a  man  of  impressive  stature  and 
handsome  appearance.  He  is  six  feet  tall, 
weighs  one  hundred  and  ninety-six  pounds,  and 
has  the  proportions  of  an  athlete.  He  was 
fifty-two  years  old  on  May  14.  He  has  a 
large  head  and  the  face  of  a  country-bred  gen- 
tleman,— strong,  fresh-colored,  and  unwrinkled. 
There  is  a  singular  suggestion  of  power,  courage, 
and  good  nature  in  his  personality.  The  eyes  are 
large,  brown,  and  luminous — sincere  and  direct. 
The  nose  is  aquiline,  the  jaws  large  and  curved, 


From  a  stereograph,  copyright,  1904,  by  Underwood  &  Underwood,  New  York. 
JUDGE  PARKER  AND   HIS  GRANDCHILDREN. 

(Photograph  taken  July  16,  1904.) 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Davis  &  Sanford,  New  York. 

MRS.   ALTON  B.   PARKER. 

and  the  chin  round  and  massive.  The  teeth  are 
big  and  white,  the  lower  lip  heavy  and  protrud- 
ing, and  the  thick  mustache  coarse  and  tawny. 

The  judge  has  a  wide,  high  forehead.  The 
top-head  indicates  penetration,  energy,  benevo- 
lence, reverence,  and  firmness.  The  hair  is 
reddish-brown.  It  is  a  head  devoid  of  eccen- 
tricity in  its  lines — full,  even,  symmetrical. 

There  is  a  simple,  unpretending  dignity  about 
the  man  that  fits  his  massive  physique  and  easy, 
upright  carriage.  He  is  sober,  sincere,  unselfish, 
decent.  Men  in  every  walk  of  life  turn  to  him 
instinctively  with  confidence.  There  is  neither 
exaggeration  nor  self-consciousness,  in  his  speech 
or  manner.  He  does  not  boast.  He',  has  a 
hearty  scorn  for  heroics.  Firm  in  spirit,  even- 
tempered,  charitable  in  his  judgments  of  others, 
loyal  in  friendship,  loving  work  for  its  own 
sake,  seeing  in  law  only  the  means  of  justice 
and  order,  he  unites  the  virilities  and  the  sobri- 
eties in  his  strong,  modest  character.  He  has, 
too,  a  native  sense  of  humor  that  will  never  per- 
mit him  to  become  pompous. 

Judge  Parker  may  be  said  to  be  a  man  free 
from  eccentricities,  unless  intellectual  integrity 
and  a  sound  moral  imagination  are  to  be  con- 
sidered abnormal  in  an  age  of  weak  dema- 
goguery.     He    listens    well,  patiently    searches 


166 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


for  facts,  makes  up  his  mind 
slowly,  and  aims  at  general 
and  permanent  rather  than 
particular  or  temporary  re- 
sults. 

In  a  memorial  speech  on 
the  late  President  McKinley, 
at  Kingston,  Judge  Parker 
unconsciously  described 
himself: 

His  mind  was  judicial,  and 
would  not  be  drawn  from  a  pa- 
tient search  for  the  evidence  that 
would  show  in  which  direction 
truth  and  justice  lay  by  the 
clamor  of  those  who  insistently 
demanded  that  the  President 
should  always  lead  the  people 
instead  of  working  their  will. 
.  .  .  President  McKinley  devoted 
his  time  to  the  performance  of 
duty  as  he  understood  it,  not  in 
attempting  to  make  the  people 
think  he  was  doing  his  duty. 
He  submitted  without  a  murmur 
to  undeserved  criticism,  and  kept 
his  counsel  when  unjustly  as- 
sailed, apparently  content  that  his  deeds  should  in  the 
end  speak  for  themselves.  And  his  was  wise  counsel, 
was  it  not  ? 

These  were  the  highest  qualities  that  Judge 
Parker  saw  in  a  popular  war  President. 

The  Democratic  candidate  for  President  is 
not  only  the  head  of  a  great  court,  but  he  owns 
and  operates  three  farms  in  New  York  State. 
He  has  been  a  practical  and  successful  farmer 
always.     His  charming   old-fashioned   home  at 


Al!ki:i(    AM)    HIS    KAVOHITK    HORSE. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Fach  Bros.,  New  York. 

JUDGE  PARKER'S   HOUSE  AT  ESOPUS,    NEW   YOKK. 


Esopus  is  on  one  of  these  farms,  on  the  brow  of 
a  green  slope  on  the  Hudson  River.  It  is  only 
sixty  miles  from  Albany,  so  that  his  week-ends 
and  summers  are  spent  in  this  beautiful  place, 
with  his  family,  his  trees,  crops,  blooded  cattle, 
and  fine  library.  He  rides  for  an  hour  on  horse- 
back every  day,  directs  and  personally  assists  in 
the  farm  work,  and  is  widely  known  and  trusted 
by  the  country  folk. 

Standing  among  his  great  bulls  or  striding 
over  his  well-cultivated  fields,  he  is  the  incarna- 
tion of  manly  Americanism.  Nor  does  he  need 
a  slouch  hat  to  suggest  virility. 

The  judge's  great-grandfather  was  a  farmer 
of  Worcester,  Mass.,  who  left  his  fieids  to  serve 
as  a  private  soldier  under  Washington  and  re- 
turned to  them  when  the  national  independence 
was  won.  The  son  of  this  farmer-patriot  was 
also  a  farmer,  a  man  of  superior  intelligence, 
education,  and  spirit,  lie  moved  to  New  York 
State  in  ISO;;,  and  bought  a  farm  near  the  village 
of  Coil  land,  on  which  the  Democratic  candidate 
for  President  was  born,  on  May  II.  1852. 
Judge  Parker's  lather  was  also  born  there.  He 
was  a  man  of  broad  and  acquisitive  mind,  and 
his  love  for  hooks  was  a,  matter  for  common! 
among  his  neighbors.  In  spite  of  his  bitter 
BtTUggle  lor  existence,  he  read  widely  and  deeply. 

There  was  nothing  remarkable  about  the 
youth  «>f  Judge  Parker,  lie  worked  aboul  his 
father's  farm,  went  to  the  village  school,  and 
afterward  went  to  the  Cortland  Academy.  His 
early  steps  were    guided    by   a   devout  and  in- 


ALTON  B.  PARKER:    A  CHARACTER  SKETCH. 


167 


JUDGE  PARKER,   WITH   HIS  DAUGHTER,   MRS.    HALL,   AND   HIS  SECRETARY,   ON  THE  VERANDA   OF   HIS  ESOPUS   HOUSE. 

(This  veranda  may  become  as  well  known  as  was  the  famous  McKinley  front  porch  at  Canton.) 


telligent  mother,  who  is  still  living.  In  time 
he  became  a  schoolmaster,  established  his  au- 
thority by  thrashing  the  school  bully,  and  de- 
veloped into  a  serious,  dignified  young  man, 
with  an  income  of   three  dollars  a  day. 

His  father's  necessities  compelled  him  to  give 
up  his  hope  of  entering  Cornell  University.  A 
part  of  his  small  income  was  needed  at  home. 
He  went  to  Kingston-on-the-Hudson,  and  en- 
tered  the  law  office  of  Schoonmaker  &  Harden- 
ing rgh  as  a  clerk.  Then  he  studied  in  the 
Albany  Law  School,  returning  to  his  clerkship 
after  graduating.  Presently  he  took  a  young 
lawyer  named  Kenyon  as  partner  and  opened  a 
law  office  in  Kingston.  For  twelve  years  he 
practised  law,  winning  several  important  cases, 
but  not  greatly  distinguishing  himself,  except 
for  his  integrity  and  common  sense. 

It  was  an  accident  of  circumstances  that  took 
Judge  Parker  into  politics  at  first.  His  old  em- 
ployer, Mr.  Schoonmaker,  had  been  driven  out 
of  politics  by  the  machinations  of  his  personal 
enemies.  The  young  lawyer  entered  political 
life  simply  to  vindicate  his  former  protector,  and 
he  never  rested  until  Mr.  Schoonmaker  had  been 
restored  to  influence  and  popularity.     The  fight 


was  long,  hard,  and  unselfish.  Judge  Parker 
was  soon  recognized  as  the  ablest  party  man  in 
Ulster  County.  Samuel  J.  Tilden,  then  the  na- 
tional leader  of  the  Democracy,  sent  for  him  and 
asked  him  to  revise  the  list  of  working  Demo- 
crats in  his  county.  Mr.  Manning,  Mr.  Tilden's 
ablest  lieutenant,  also  consulted  the  young  leader. 
It  is  characteristic  of  Judge  Parker  that  in  those 
days,  when  he  controlled  the  Democratic  organ- 
ization of  his  county,  he  declined  to  assume  the 
titular  leadership,  contenting  himself  with  the 
position  of  principal  party  adviser,  and  leaving 
the  nominal  honors  to  others. 

In  1877,  when  only  twenty-five  years  old,  he 
was  elected  Surrogate  of  Ulster  County.  He 
discharged  his  judicial  duties  so  satisfactorily 
that  at  the  expiration  of  his  term  of  office  he 
was  renominated  and  the  Republicans  declined 
to  put  a  candidate  in  opposition. 

In  1884,  Judge  Parker  was  a  delegate  to  the 
Democratic  national  convention.  When  Mr. 
Cleveland  assumed  the  Presidency  ho  offered  to 
make  the  judge  First  Assistant  Postmaster- 
General.  The  office  was  declined.  The  posi- 
tion of  "party  headsman"  was  not  to  Judge 
Parker's  taste. 


168 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Now  came  an  important  event  in  the  judge's 
career.  He  became  chairman  of  the  Democratic 
State  Executive  Committee,  and  managed  the 
campaign  of  1885  which  made  David  B.  Hill 
governor  of  New  York.  A  few  months  later, 
Mr.  Hill  appointed  him  to  a  seat  on  the  Supreme 
Court  bench,  made  vacant  by  the  death  of 
Justice  "Westbrook. 


AT/TON   II.    PAKKER. 

(From  a  photograph  taken  in  1879.) 

Much  has  been  said  about  Judge  Parker's 
political  obligations  to  Mr.  Hill.  Little  has 
been  said  about  Mr.  Hill's  obligations  to  Judge 
Parker.  It  is  all  a  matter  of  nineteen  years 
ago.  when  Judge  Parker  was  thirty-three  years 
old.  but  the  truth  is  that  Mr.  Hill  did  not  appoint 
the  man  who  won  his  battle  in  L885 — a  victory 
that  opened  the  way  to  the  United  Stat  es  Senate 
— tintil  he  was  besought  by  powerful  delegations 
of  lawyers.  If  there  is  any  political  debt  exist- 
ing between  Judge  Parker  and  Mr.  Hill  on  ac- 
count of  that  bygone  time,  Mr.  Hill,  and  not 
Judge  Parker,  is  the  debtor.  It  is  a  sign  of 
a  chivalrous  nature  that  Judge  Parker  has  never 
sought  to  better  his  political  prospects  by  calling 

attention    to    the  actual    facts.      He  has  been  de- 
nounced    as     Mr.     Hill's   creature,    for    no    other 

reason  than   that,  nineteen  years  ago.  Mr.  Hill 


named  him  to  fill  a  brief  unexpired  judicial 
term.  To  those  who  know  Judge  Parker  and 
have  had  experience  of  his  strength  and  inde- 
pendence, nothing  can  be  more  ridiculously 
false  than  the  idea  that  Judge  Parker  is  not  in 
every  sense  his  own  master. 

From  the  day  on  which  he  took  his  seat  on  the 
Supreme  Court  bench  up  to  the  hour  when  his 
message  to  St.  Louis  took  the  money-standard 
question  out  of  American  politics,  Judge  Parker 
showed  his  high  conception  of  official  propriety 
and  his  force  of  character  by  refusing  to  discuss 
political  issues  directly  or  indirectly.  The  tem- 
perate language  of  his  judicial  decisions,  the  ab- 
sence of  literary  preachments,  political  obit&r 
dicta,  or  self-conscious  virtue,  are  in  themselves 
a  demonstration  of  rare  qualities  in  the  man. 
A  judge,  he  was  content  to  declare  the  law,  with- 
out invading  the  work  of  the  executive  or  legis- 
lative departments,  the  schools,  or  the  churches. 
For  a  strong  party  man,  in  the  flush  of  youth 
and  fresh  from  the  emotions  and  environments 
of  a  victorious  State  campaign,  these  nineteen 
years  of  political  silence  are  evidence  of  con- 
science, self-control,  and  dignity.  They  explain, 
too,  why  a  man  of  Judge  Parker's  commanding 
abilities  should  be  so  little  known  to  the  politi- 
cians. 

After  serving  out  Justice  AVestbrook's  term. 
Judge  Parker  was  elected  to  succeed  himself. 
Then  came  the  disastrous  campaign  of  1896, 
when  Bryanism  and  free  silver  almost  destroyed 
the  Democratic  party  in  New  York.  In  the 
following  year  he  was  elected  Chief  Judge  of  the 
Court  of  Appeals,  carrying  the  State  by  a 
plurality  of  60,889  votes. 

That  victory,  coming  on  the  heels  of  a  great 
party  defeat,  attracted  attention  to  Judge  Parker 
as  a  man  of  unusual  political  availability.  He 
continued  in  his  policy  of  silence  and  strict  ab- 
stention from  politics,  but  his  name  was  ever  on 
the  lips  of  his  party.  First,  the  Tammany  fac- 
tion proposed  him  for  governor.  Then  the  Hill 
faction  proposed  him  for  governor.  He  refused 
to  declare  himself  a  candidate.  His  attitude 
then  was  like  his  attitude  when  the  national 
convention  met  at  St.  Louis.  A  judicial  office! 
of  his  high  rank  could  not  decently  be  a  candi- 
date for  any  office.  If  his  party  called  him,  how- 
ever, he  would  answer.  And  he  remained  stead- 
fast in  his  course  until  the  nomination  at  St.  Louis 
drew  from  him  the  telegram  in  which  he  de- 
clined to  accept  that  great  honor  at  the  price  ot 
silence  on  the  money-standard  question. 

Judge  Parker  comes  before  the  country  as  a 
Presidential  candidate  at  a  time  when  his  char- 
acteristic qualities  are  especially  needed  in  the 
executive  direction  of  national  affairs.      A  fanat- 


ALTON  B.  PARKER:   A  CHARACTER  SKETCH. 


169 


JUDGE  PARKER'S  MOTHER. 

ical  high-tariff  policy,  breeding  domestic  mo- 
nopolies, and  encouraging  national  extravagance, 
has  brought  about  high  prices,  so  that  the  in- 
crease in  the  cost  of  living  in  the  United  States 
is  out  of  all  proportion  to  wages.  Even  Presi- 
dent McKinley,  in  his  last  public  utterance, 
confessed  the  need  for  a  change  to  the  plan  of 
commercial  reciprocity.  He  died  with  a  protest 
against  the  "stand  pat"  policy  on  his  lips. 
Articles  made  in  the  United  States  are  sold 
cheaper  in  foreign  countries  than  at  home.  Even 
from  the  original  protective-tariff  standpoint, 
many  great  industries  have  outgrown  protection. 
The  task  to  which  the  Democratic  party  sets 
itself  is  substantially  the  elimination  of  favorit- 
ism in  taxation.  One  man's  business  must  not 
be  taxed  in  order  that  another  man's  profits  may 
be  increased.  The  dropping  of  the  income-tax 
idea  by  the  St.  Louis  convention  clearly  proves 
that  the  Democratic  party  contemplates  no  at- 
tack upon  the  tariff  as  a  means  of  national  rev- 
enue. What  man  in  the  country  is  better  fitted 
to  lead  in  this  movement  against  tariff  favorit- 
ism and  its  concomitant  corruption  than  Judge 
I'arker  ?  What  man  is  more  likely  to  insist 
that  changes  shall  be  made  with  a  common-sense 
regard  for  existing  conditions,  however  artificial- 
ly and  unjustly  produced  ?  His  character  and  rec- 
ord are  guarantees  against  rash,  headlong  policies. 
Under  the   shelter  of  tariff  favoritism,  vast 


industrial  and  commercial  combinations  in  re- 
straint of  trade  have  paralyzed  competition, 
artificially  raised  prices,  and  swindled  the  pub- 
lic out  of  hundreds  of  millions  of  dollars  by 
means  of  watered  stock.  It  is  true  that,  on 
President  Roosevelt's  initiative,  the  railroad 
trust  known  as  the  Northern  Securities  Com- 
pany was  dissolved  by  the  courts.  But  the  coal 
trust,  the  beef  trust,  and  other  like  combina- 
tions still  flourish.  And  what  the  Republican 
administration  did  in  the  prosecution  of  the 
Northern  Securities  Company  was  done  under 
the  compulsion  of  statute  law  and  insistent  pub- 
lic opinion. 

Judge  Parker's  record  on  the  trust  question 
marks  him  as  the  man  for  the  hour.  Tn  1896, 
sitting  as  a  trial  justice  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  New  York,  he  decided  in  the  bluestone 
trust  case  that  it  was  immaterial  whether  a 
combination  in  restraint  of  trade  was  reasonable 
or  unreasonable.  The  existence  of  the  power 
to  restrain  trade  was  forbidden  by  the  common 
law.  In  uttering  this  conception  of  sound 
public  policy  the  judge  was  not  bound  by  any 
statute.  He  was  not  expi'essing  an  academic 
opinion  or  making  a  political  speech,  but  was 
declaring  the  law  as  it  stands  to-day  in  the 
State  of  New  York.  He  was  not  at  that  time 
a  candidate  for  any  office,  nor  was  his  name 
being  discussed  publicly  in  any  way.  There 
was  no  political  pressure  behind  him.  He  was 
not  even  acting  in  concert  with  other  judges, 
but,  sitting  alone  in  a  trial  court,  was  free  to 
deliver  his  own  understanding  of  settled  public 
policy.  Afterward,  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Court 
of  Appeals,  a  tribunal  of  last  resort,  he  twice 
settled  the  same  point  in  the  same  way.  Quot- 
ing Judge  Vann's  words,  he  said  of  a  contract 
in  restraint  of  trade  that  it  is  not  the  possible 
capacity  of  the  parties  for  self-restraint,  but  it 
is  the  scope  of  the  contract  which  furnishes  the 
test  of  its  validity. 


BIRTHPLACE  OF  JUDGE  PARKER,   NEAR  CORTLAND,  N.  Y. 


170 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


JUDGE  PARKER  IN   HIS  LIBRARY. 


No  man  in  any  party  or  at  any  time  has  ex- 
pressed himself  more  clearly  on  the  trust  ques- 
tion than  Judge  Parker. 

Yet  his  judicial  record  shows  that  he  knows 
how  to  distinguish  between  a  combination  in 
restraint  of  trade  and  a  legitimate  business 
combination  against  which  a  cry  has  been  started. 
He  made  that  clear  in  his  opinion  in  the  case  of 
the  Park  &  Sons  Company  against  the  National 
Druggists'  Association.     Here  are  his  words  : 

It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  this  is  a  controversy 
between  opponents  in  business,  neither  side  trying  to 
help  the  public.  Nor  will  the  public  be  the  gainer  by 
the  success  of  either.  The  motive  behind  the  action  of 
each  party  is  self-help.  It  is  the  usual  motive  that 
inspires  men  to  endure  great  hardships  and  take  enor- 
mous risks,  that  fortune  may  come. 

In  the  struggle  which  acquisitiveness  prompts,  but 
little  consideration  is  given  to  those  who  may  be 
affected  adversely.  Am  I  within  my  legal  rights?  is  as 
neat  to  the  equitable  view  as  competitors  in  business 
usually  come.  When  one  party  finds  himself  over- 
whelmed  by  the  strength  of  the  position  of  the  other, 
he  looks  about  for  aid.  And  quite  often  he  turns  to  the 
eon  its,  even  when  he  has  no  merit  of  his  own,  and 
makes  himself  for  the  time  being  the  pretended  cham- 
pion of  the  public  welfare,  in  the  hope  that  the  courts 
may  be  deceived  into  an  adjudication  that  will  prove 
helpful  to  him. 

Now,  while  the  courts  will  not   hesitate  to  enforce 


the  law  intended  for  the  protection  of  the  public  be- 
cause the  party  invoking  such  judgment  is  unworthy  or 
seeks  the  adjudication  for  selfish  reasous  only,  they  will 
be  careful  not  to  allow  the  process  of  the  courts  to  be 
made  use  of  under  a  false  cry  that  the  interests  of  the 
public  are  menaced,  wheu  its  real  purpose  is  to  strength- 
en the  strategic  position  of  one  competitor  in  business 
as  against  another. 

These  are  the  frontiers  of  the  trust  question 
outlined  by  a  man  accustomed  to  weigh  his 
words. 

Judge  Parker's  famous  opinion  upholding  the 
right  of  a  union  workman  to  strike,  or  to  threaten 
to  strike,  in  order  to  procure  the  discharge  of  a 
non-union  workman,  rests  upon  the  theory  that 
any  attempt  to  abate  the  struggle  between  cap- 
ital and  labor  by  governmental  interference 
means  the  submergence  of  the  rights  of  the  one 
or  the  other.  His  opinion  was  echoed  by  the 
declaration  of  the  Democratic  national  platform, 
that  "the  rights  of  labor  are  no  less  'vested,' 
no  less  'sacred,' and  no  less  'inalienable'  than 
the  rights  of  capital."  Now  that  the  question 
of  capital  and  Labor  is  being  forced  into  national 
politics,  the  American  people  are  likely  to  com- 
mend this  sane  and  sober  view  of  it. 

It  is  said  that  Judge  barker's  personality  is 
less  picturesque,  less  dashing,  less  original,  and 


HENRY  G.  DAVIS,  DEMOCRATIC  CANDIDATE  FOR  VICE-PRESIDENT.    171 


less  brilliant  than  that  of  President  Roosevelt, 
and  that  for  that  reason  he  will  prove  the  weaker 
candidate.  Those  who  rely  on  that  argument 
forget  that  Polk  defeated  Clay,  Cleveland  de- 
feated Blaine,  and  McKinley  defeated  Bryan. 
It  is  the  second  thought  of  the  average  Ameri- 
can citizen  that  carries  his  vote.  It  is  usually 
conceded  that  Clay  would  have  been  elected  had 
the  vote  been  taken  a  month  after  his  nomina- 
tion. That  is  true  also  of  the  candidacies  of 
Blaine  and  Bryan. 

Like  President  Roosevelt,  Judge  Parker  is  a 
vigorous  out-of-door  man,  but  his  mind  inclines 
to  the  cultivation  of  his  three  farms  and  the 
breeding  of  pure-blooded  cattle  rather  than  to 
lion  hunting.  He  is  no  eulogist  of  war.  He  will 
never  oppress  small  nations  or  threaten  Central 
or  South  America  with  an  assumed  general 
police  power.  Nor  will  he  substitute  his  per- 
sonal orders  for  acts  of  Congress.  His  record, 
his  training,  his  temperament,  insure  this.  It 
is  equally  certain  that  he  will  give  no  encourage- 
ment to  those  who  seek  to  stir  up  the  race  ques- 
tion in  the  Southern  States.  And  he  will  stand 
by  his  party's  definite  promise  of  independence 
to  the  Filipinos. 

Up  to  the  time  of  Judge  Parker's  nomination, 
President, Roosevelt  stood  as  the  one  heroic  fig- 
ure in  American  politics.  But  when  a  group  of 
timid  politicians  at  St.  Louis  surrendered  to  Mr. 
Bryan's  demand  that  the  Democratic  platform 
should  be  silent  on  the  money-standard  ques- 
tion, the  time  came  for  Judge  Parker  to  reveal 
himself  as  a  hero.  It  was  not  that  the  free- 
silver  heresy  had  any  support  in  the  convention. 
Even  Mr.  Bryan  accepted  Judge  Parker  as  an 
avowed  gold-standard  man.  But  there  were 
personal  feelings  to  be  considered,  a  past  folly 
to  be  ignored. 

On  the  very  day  the   platform  was  adopted, 


Joseph  Pulitzer,  proprietor  of  the  Xew  York 
World,  arrived  from  Europe,  ill  and  exhausted. 
A  telegraphed  copy  of  the  platform  was  read  to 
him.  Next  morning,  the  World  printed  a  pow- 
erful editorial  warning  Judge  Parker  that  a 
failure  to  declare  for  the  gold  standard  would 
defeat  the  party.  "Ten  words  from  Judge  Par- 
ker to  the  chairman  of  the  New  York  delegation,'* 
said  the  World,  "  will  insure  the  adoption  of  a 
resolution  that  will  make  the  platform  safe  and 
sane."  An  hour  or  two  after  Judge  Parker  was 
made  aware  for  the  first  time  that  the  editorials 
of  the  World  and  other  independent  newspapers 
had  called  into  question  the  party's  attitude  to- 
ward the  money  standard,  he  sent  his  telegram 
declaring  that  the  gold  standard  was  firmly  and 
irrevocably  established,  and  declining  the  nom- 
ination already  made  unless  his  views  were 
satisfactory  to  the  convention.  Judge  Parker's 
declaration  for  the  gold  standard  was  indorsed 
by  the  convention  by  the  overwhelming  vote  of 
774  ayes  to  191  noes.  In  other  words,  the  tele- 
gram was  approved  by  116  more  delegates 
than  those  who  voted  for  the  candidate's  nomi- 
nation. 

There  is  no  parallel  to  that  act  in  American 
history.  It  may  be  that  journalism  is  entitled 
to  some  credit  for  its  quick  warning  ;  but,  under 
such  circumstances,  would  Theodore  Roosevelt, 
Grover  Cleveland,  or  William  J.  Bryan  have 
accepted  the  hint  and  acted  upon  it  so  swiftly 
and  fearlessly  ?  Not  every  hero  will  take  ad- 
vice, even  when  it  is  obviously  sound.  Judge 
Parker  can  listen  as  well  as  speak.  That  is  one 
of  his  strong  traits.  He  comes  before  the  nation 
as  a  leader  whom  the  wise  and  the  brave  can 
safely  follow.  A  great  genius  ?  Probably  not. 
But  a  sane,  courageous,  unselfish  patriot  of  the 
old,  pure,  Democratic  type — that  he  is  beyond 
all  question. 


HENRY    G.  DAVIS,  DEMOCRATIC   CANDIDATE 
FOR   VICE-PRESIDENT. 


BY    CHARLES    S.    ALBERT. 


THE  career  of  Henry  Gassaway  Davis,  from 
brakeman  to  multimillionaire,  and  from 
legislative  delegate  to  Vice-Presidential  nominee 
of  the  Democratic  party,  enters  the  domains  of 
business,  statesmanship,  politics,  and  philan- 
thropy. It  covers  the  utmost  biblical  limit  allotted 
to  human  activity.  It  exemplifies  the  doctrine 
that  energy  may  be  substituted  for  education  and 
family  advantages  ;   that   opportunity  is  better 


than  inheritance  ;  and  that  the  degree  of  success 
attained  is  regulated  by  personal  exertion.  The 
recital  of  his  development,  acquisition  of  wealth, 
and  great  service  to  the  public,  with  the  climax  of 
prominence  that  has  now  come  to  him,  is  equaled 
by  the  history  of  few  self-made  men. 

Mr.  Davis  was  born  in  the  little  village  of 
Woodstock,  Md.,  a  few  miles  from  Baltimore, 
November  16,  1823.     In  the  event  of  his  elec 


172 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


HON.   HENRY  GASSAWAY  DAVIS,  OF  WEST  VIRGINIA. 


tion  as  Vice-President,  he  will  be  at  that  time 
eight  days  under  eighty-one  years  old.  He  conies 
of  Scotch-Welsh  stock.  His  father  was  Caleb 
Davis,  and  his  mother,  before  marriage,  was 
Louisa  Brown.  His  mother's  ancestors  served 
in  the  Revolutionary  army.  His  lather  was  a 
soldier  in  the  War  of  1812,  after  which  he  re- 
tired as  a  successful  merchant,  and  lived  on  a 
farm  in  Howard  County,  Maryland.  lb;  founded 
the  village  of  Woodstock,  took  contracts  for 
railroad-construction,  lost  his  fortune,  and  soon 
after  died,  leaving  a  widow  with  four  sons  and  a 
daughter.  Henry  at  once  became  a  bread-win- 
ner, depriving  himself  of  educational  advantages 
in  favor  of  a  younger  brother,  contenting  him- 
self with  the  meager  mental   training  of  a  coun- 


try school,  and  beginning  work  on  the  farm  of 
former  Governor  Howard.  The  boy  was  willing, 
active,  and  intelligent.  When  nineteen  years 
old,  he  obtained  a  position  as  freight  brakeman 
on  the  Baltimore  &  Ohio  Railroad,  which  had 
been  extended  to  Cumberland.  He  was  soon 
promoted  to  be  a  conductor.  The  energetic 
manner  in  which  he  cleared  up  a  wreck  secured 
him  a  passenger  run. 

After  five  years  of  railroading.  Mr.  Davis  was 
made  master  of  transportation  and  given  his 
first  opportunity  to  display  executive  ability. 
He  was  successful.  He  made  operative  the  plan 
of  running  railroad  trains  at  night.  Prior  to 
this  innovation,  all  trains  would  stop  until  mora 
in»'    at    the    stations  where   darkness   overtook 


HENRY  G.  DAVIS,  DEMOCRATIC  CANDIDATE  FOR  VICE-PRESIDENT.    173 


them.  Mr.  Davis  sent  an  experimental  train 
through  from  Cumberland  to  Baltimore,  and 
since  that  time  there  has  been  no  suspension  of 
running  schedules  at  nightfall.  At  that  period, 
M  r.  Davis  received  a  salary  of  less  than  one 
hundred  dollars  per  month,  but  he  found  it  ample 
to  assist  his  mother  in  supporting  his  brothers 
and  sister,  laying  aside,  in  addition,  sufficient  to 
establish  a  home  for  himself.  In  1853,  he 
married  Miss  Kate,  daughter  of  Judge  Gideon 
Bantz,  of  Frederick,  Md.  Her  death,  in  1902, 
after  almost  half  a  century  of  domestic  happi- 
ness, proved  a  severe  blow. 

Mr.  Davis  was  appointed  agent  for  the  Balti- 
more &  Ohio  Railroad  at  Piedmont,  W.  Ya.,  in 
1854.  He  promptly  realized  the  business  op- 
portunities presented  in  that  new  country,  and 
assisted  his  brother,  "William  R.  Davis,  to  be- 
come a  shipper  of  coal  and  lumber.  In  1858,  he 
resigned  from  railroad  service  and  formed  the 
firm  of  Davis  &  Brothers.  In  addition  to  han- 
dling natural  products,  a  general  merchandise 
business  was  conducted.  In  that  year  Mr. 
Davis  organized  the  Piedmont  Savings  Bank 
and  was  elected  its  president.  At  the  close  of 
the  Civil  War,  the  foundations  of  a  fortune  were 
rapidly  and  securely  established.  In  1867, 
Davis  &  Brothers  purchased  several  thousand 
acres  of  land  in  Garrett  County,  Maryland. 
Timber  for  ties,  bridges,  and  other  purposes  was 
supplied  to  the  railroad  company.  Mr.  Davis  laid 
out  on  this  tract  the  mountain  resort  of  Deer  Park, 
and  constructed  an  elegant  summer  residence, 
where  simple  hospitality  was  extended  all  visitors. 

The  Deer  Park  investment  having  furnished 
him  with  sufficient  funds,  Mr.  Davis  began  ob- 
taining extensive  tracts  of  land  in  the  Cheat 
River  and  Upper  Potomac  regions.  Prior  to 
that  time,  he  had  carefully  examined  that  ter- 
ritory, desiring  to  procure  information  at  first 
hand.  All  his  investigations  were  made  in  per- 
son. He  thoroughly  explored  the  sections  in 
which  he  sought  to  acquire  property,  traveled  on 
foot,  and  frequently  slept  at  night  in  the  woods. 
He  was  conversant  with  every  acre  of  that  un- 
developed country,  and  knew  that  its  forests  ami 
hills  contained  fabulous  wealth.  The  only  req- 
uisite was  a  railroad.  It  was  years  before  Mr. 
Davis  could  combine  the  needed  capital  to  make 
his  plans  effective,  but  when  the  money  was 
available,  he  began  building  the  West  Virginia 
Central  &  Pittsburg  Railroad. 

Mr.  Davis  became  a  student  of  political  econ- 
omy while  serving  as  a  passenger  conductor. 
He  was  a  Whig.  Henry  Clay  often  traveled 
over  the  road  with  him,  and  the  great  Commoner 
received  his  vote  when  a  Presidential  candidate. 
Mr.  Davis   aided  the  Union  cause   during  the 


Civil  War.  He  furnished  the  Government  with 
supplies,  and  naturally  became  a  Conservative 
Unionist  at  the  termination  of  the  struggle.  The 
Democratic  party  in  West  Virginia  was  the  out- 
growth of  that  political  organization.  Mr.  Davis 
actively  participated  in  public  affairs,  was  elected 
to  the  Assembly  in  186G,  and  was  a  member  of 
the  Committee  on  Commerce  and  Finance.  Two 
years  later,  he  was  chosen  a  State  Senator,  and 
was  reelected.  As  chairman  of  the  joint  com- 
mittee on  finance,  his  efforts  were  successful  in 
placing  the  State  on  a  firm  monetary  basis. 

After  refusing  a  nomination  as  Representative 
from  the  Congressional  district  in  which  he  lived, 
in  1870,  Mr.  Davis  was  the  ensuing  winter  elect- 
ed United  States  Senator,  with  the  aid  of  Re- 
publican votes,  and  took  his  seat  as  a  Democrat 
on  March  4,  1871.  He  was  prominent  in  all  the 
bitter  debates  of  that  period.  As  a  Senator,  Mr. 
Davis  antagonized  the  civil  rights  bill,  which 
was  passed  despite  opposition  and  subsequently 
pronounced  unconstitutional. 

Mr.  Davis  became  chairman  of  the  Senate 
Committee  on  Agriculture,  and  during  his  entire 
service  earnestly  advocated  the  formation  of  a 
new  executive  department  devoted  to  the  inter- 
ests of  those  engaged  in  farming.  He  intro- 
duced bills  to  create  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture and  Commerce.  These  failed  of  passage, 
but  the  far-sightedness  of  Mr.  Davis  has  since 
been  justified  by  the  creation  of  two  executive  de- 
partments charged  with  promoting  the  interests 
he  then  sought  to  advance.  Mr.  Davis  became  a 
member  of  the  Appropriations  Committee,  and 
was  its  chairman  during  Democratic  control  of 
the  Senate.  In  this  position  he  exhibited  the  most 
remarkable  aptitude  for  detail  and  management. 

In  order  to  protect  his  enormous  property  in- 
terests, Mr.  Davis  declined  reelection  after  serv- 
ing twelve  years  in  the  Senate.  He  then  de- 
voted his  entire  time  to  developing  the  coal  and 
lumber  regions  of  West  Virginia,  completed  the 
construction  of  additional  railroads,  opened  up 
new  mines,  became  locally  identified  with  every 
section  of  the  State,  and  built  himself  a  residence 
of  stone — Graceland — on  a  hill  north  of  Elkins, 
W.  Va.,  where  he  now  spends  the  summers. 
His  winter  home  in  Washington  was  closed  after 
the  death  of  his  wife.  When  in  the  national 
capital,  he  lives  with  his  son-in-law,  Arthur  Lee. 

Mr.  Davis  was  a  delegate  to  the  Pan-American 
Congress.  He  is  a  member  of  the  United  States 
Inter-Continental  Railway  Commission. 

Graceland  is  perched  on  the  top  of  a  hill.  It 
commands  a  view  of  the  valley  in  which  Elkins 
is  located  It  is  rambling,  with  high-pitched 
roofs,  minarets,  and  towers.  The  immediate 
grounds  comprise  more  than  four  hundred  acres. 


174 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


"  GRACELAND,"   NEAR  ELKINS,   WEST  VIRGINIA,  THE  HOME  OF  MR.   DAVIS. 


At  the  age  of  eighty,  Mr.  Davis  displays  all 
those  traits  of  character  which  made  him  the 
most  popular  man  in  West  Virginia  and  secured 
him  the  Vice-Presidential  nomination  of  a  great 
party.  He  is  well  known  in  every  part  of  the 
United  States,  and  has  traveled  extensively. 
Plain  in  his  manner  of  dress  and  life,  he  has  won 
alike  the  hearts  of  his  associates  and  employees. 
Standing  six  feet  in  height,  lean  and  loose- 
jointed,  the  observer  would  estimate  his  age  at 
from  fifty-eight  to  sixty  years.  If  he  were  to 
declare  himself  sixty-two,  the  listener  would 
make  mental  reservations  regarding  his  veracity. 
He  has  a  healthy  brown  skin,  but  not  the  ruddy 
complexion  of  Andrew  Carnegie.  His  upper 
lip  is  clean-shaven.  His  hair  and  close-cropped 
beard  show  jet  black  alternating  with  white. 
Both  are  typically  iron- gray. 

No  man  can  surpass  Mr.  Davis  in  amiability. 
His  clear  brown  eyes  are  always  laughing.  He 
is  invariably  pleasant  ami  approachable.  He  is 
democratic  by  profession  ami  practice.  His 
voice  is  ordinarily  keyed  to  a  iow.  soft,  musical 
pitch,  hut  when  occasion  requires  he  can  give  it 
the  most  surprising  force  and  volume.  The 
vehemence  of  these  infrequent  utterances  belie 
the  surface  indications  of  under-strength.  lie 
is  in  no  sense  a  rugged-looking  man.  L 1  is  step 
is  not  firm  or  elastic.  It  never  was  either.  lie 
walks  with  an  easy,  sliding  motion.  5e  is  never 
garrulous,  but  always  conversational.  He  can 
talk  much  but  say  little.  He  will  discuss  any 
subject  in  the  most  entertaining  manner  for  two 


hours  and  convey  no  information  that  he  does 
not  care  to  impart.  It  can  readily  be  seen 
where  Senator  Gorman,  the  first  cousin  of  Mr. 
Davis,  found  his  model  for  silence  or  pleasant 
utterances  devoid  of  harmful  results.  The  ten- 
der-heartedness of  Mr.  Davis  is  proverbial.  The 
affection  manifested  for  his  dead  wife  is  pathetic. 
Tears  come  into  his  eyes  whenever  her  name  is 
mentioned  in  his  presence. 

The  physical  endurance  of  Mr.  Davis  is  sur- 
prising, and  almost  irritating  to  younger  men 
who  do  not  possess  his  untiring  vitality,  lie 
seems  never  to  become  tired.  He  is  always 
fresh  and  vigorous.  His  capacity  for  hard  work 
is  unlimited.  Neither  loss  of  sleep  nor  hard- 
ship impairs  his  energy.  A  striking  illustration 
of  this  characteristic  was  given  at  the  St.  Louis 
convention.  Mr.  Davis  sat  in  a  not  over-large 
room,  as  a  member  of  the  committee  on  reso- 
lutions, from  8  o'clock  Thursday  evening  to 
11:30  o'clock  Friday  morning. — fifteen  and  a 
half  hours, — and  emerged  with  his  usual  bright- 
ness of  eye  and  composedness  of  manner.  .Men 
of  but  little  more  than  half  his  age  were  hag- 
gard and  weary.  Mr.  Bryan  appeared  to  he  on 
the  verge  of  exhaustion.  Senator  Tillman  was 
near  the  point  of  collapsing.  Others  were  all 
more  or  less  affected  by  the  all-night  committee 
meeting,  hut  Mi'.  Davis  appeared  to  have  been 
Ereshened  and  invigorated  by  the  long  and  ar- 
duous session. 

Mr.  Davis  regards  horseback  riding  as  the 
best  possihle  form  of  exercise.     He  may  b< 


HENRY  G.  DAVIS,  DEMOCRATIC  CANDIDATE  FOR  VICE-PRESIDENT.    175 


on  every  pleasant  day  cantering  along  the  moun- 
tain roads,  sitting  erect,  and  managing  his  ani- 
mal with  ease  and  skill.  It  is  less  than  a 
year  since  he  rode  on  horseback  from  Elkins 
to  (  harleston,  a  distance  of  more  than  two  hun- 
dred miles,  in  five  days.  The  road  passes 
through  an  unbroken  and  mountainous  country, 
and  his  friends  and  neighbors  still  marvel  at 
this  exhibition  of  unimpaired  vigor.  Long- 
hours  of  almost  incessant  activity  constitute  the 
daily  routine  of  Mr.  Davis  at  his  summer  home. 
He  allots  the  same  period  to  labor  now  as 
when  serving  as  a  brakeman. 

During  his  long  public  service,  Mr.  Davis 
never  sought  to  be  accounted  a  great  orator. 
He  made  no  claim  to  distinction  as  a  public 
speaker,  but  at  the  same  time  was  invariably 
equal  to  every  occasion  and  all  topics.  He  could 
express  himself  clearly,  forcibly,  and  succinctly 
on  important  subjects  in  the  discussion  of  which 
he  participated.  He  never  talked  from  a  theo- 
retical standpoint,  but  advanced  practical  ideas. 
His  utterances  contain  valuable  information,  and 
are  always  clear  statements  of  fact. 

Mr.  Davis  is  estimated  to  be  worth  at  least 


thirty  million  dollars.  This  fortune  was  realized 
from  the  original  purchases  of  hills  and  forests 
in  Maryland  and  West  Virginia.  I  lis  philan- 
thropy has  kept  pace  with  his  prosperity.  While 
Presbyterianism  is  his  predilection,  he  has  made 
regular  and  liberal  gifts  to  all  denominations. 
He  is  a  close  personal  friend  of  Cardinal  (rib- 
bons, and  has  given  much  aid  to  the  church 
represented  in  the  United  States  by  his  emi- 
nence. He  gave  a  new  high  school  to  the  city 
of  Piedmont  in  188G.  In  1893,  he  gave  a  nine- 
acre  park  to  the  town  of  Elkins.  He  and  his 
brother,  Thomas  Davis,  erected  the  Davis  Me- 
morial Church,  at  Elkins,  as  a  tribute  to  their 
mother.  He  gave  eleven  thousand  dollars  to 
the  State  for  a  Children's  Home  at  Charleston, 
W.  Va.,  endowing  it  with  an  annuity  of  one 
thousand  dollars  for  maintenance.  He  erected 
the  Davis  Memorial  Hospital,  at  Elkins,  in 
memory  of  his  eldest  son,  Henry  G.  Davis,  Jr., 
who  was  drowned  off  the  coast  of  South  Africa 
in  1896.  He  recently  gave  a  large  sum  for  the 
establishment  of  a  Presbyterian  school,  now 
under  construction,  on  one  of  the  hills  adjacent 
to  Elkins.    He  built  a  church  for  colored  people. 


MR.    DAVIS1  GRANDCHILDREN. 


170 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


He  regularly  contributes  freely  to  churches, 
hospitals,  and  schools,  in  his  own  State  and  in 
other  sections  of  the  country. 

Mr.  Davis  probably  holds  the  record  for  con- 
secutive attendance  at  national  conventions  of 
his  party.  He  had  been  a  delegate  to  six  such 
gatherings  prior  to  the  one  which  made  him  the 
nominee  for  Vice-President. 

In  the  Democratic  convention  of  1884,  Mr. 
Davis  was  requested  to  accept  the  nomination 
for  Vice-President,  hut  declined  to  permit  the 
use  of  his  name  in  that  connection.  He  threw 
his  strength  and  influence  to  Mr.  Hendricks. 
The  Senator  was  called  into  consultation  by 
President-elect  Cleveland  when  the  formation 
of  a  cabinet  was  under  consideration.  He  was 
offered  the  position  of  Postmaster-Ceneral,  but 
declined  on  account  of  his  business  affairs.  He 
was  subsequently  considered  by  Mr.  Cleveland 
for  a  cabinet  place  upon  the  retirement  of  Mr. 
Manning,  as  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  and  Mr. 
Lamar,  as  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  In  both 
instances  he  refused  to  accept  office.  He  has 
repeatedly  been  urged  to  become  a  candidate 
for  governor  of  West  Virginia,  but  without  suc- 
cess. Democratic  leaders  have  always  insisted 
that  Mr.  Davis  as  a  gubernatorial  candidate  could 
redeem  the  State  from  Republican  domination. 
The  fact  that  many  thousand  employees  engaged 
in  railroad  and  mining  operations  are  either  di- 
rectly or  indirectly  in  the  service  of  Mr.  Davis 
has  strengthened  the  impression  that  his  accept- 
ance of  the  nomination  would  be  equivalent  to 
an  election. 


The  immediate  family  of  Mr.  Davis  consists 
of  two  daughters  and  one  son.  Hallie  D.  is  the 
wife  of  Senator  Stephen  B.  Elkins  ;  Grace  T.  is 
the  wife  of  Arthur  Lee.  The  son  is  John  T. 
Davis.  Henry  G.  Davis,  Jr.,  was  washed  over- 
board at  sea.  Kate  B.,  wife  of  Commander  R. 
M.  G.  Brown,  died,  leaving  a  daughter,  to  whom 
Mr.  Davis  is  devotedly  attached. 

The  political  opinions  of  Mr.  Davis  cl< 
agree  with  those  entertained  by  Judge  Parker. 
He  believes  in  the  gold  standard,  a  moderate 
revision  of  tariff  laws,  and  the  legitimate  com- 
bination of  capital  as  an  economic  necessity. 
He  disapproves  of  any  specific  antipathy  mani- 
fested toward  trusts,  but  believes  such  aggrega- 
tions of  wealth  as  seek  to  disrupt  the  civic  sys- 
tem should  be  restrained.  He  believes  the  race 
question  should  not  be  made  a  national  issue  in 
the  approaching  campaign.  He  favors  conser- 
vatism along  all  lines  of  action. 

Mr.  Davis  supported  Mr.  Bryan  in  both  of  his 
campaigns  for  the  Presidency  as  a  matter  of 
party  regularity.  AVhen  Richard  P.  Bland  in- 
troduced his  silver  dollar  coinage  bill  in  the 
House,  Mr.  Davis  was  serving  in  the  Senate.  In 
the  debate  on  this  measure,  he  argued  thai  il 
was  unconstitutional  to  demonetize  silver.  He 
favored  the  remonetization  of  silver  tor  the  rea- 
son that  it  was  one  of  the  country's  chief  prod- 
ucts, and  would  relieve  linancial  distress  and  re- 
store prosperity.  Subsequent  discoveries  of  g<  »ld 
in  South  Africa  and  the  Klondike,  he  believes,  de- 
preciated the  value  of  silver  and  removed  all 
damage  resultant  from  its  demonetization. 


CHARLES   WARREN    FAIRBANKS,  REPUBLICAN 
CANDIDATE    FOR   VICE-PRESIDENT. 


BY    THOMAS    R.    SHI  PP. 


THIRTY  years  ago,  a  tall  young  man  of  dig- 
nified and  pleasing  address  hung  out  his 
shingle  as  an  attorney-at-law  in  Indianapolis  and 
began  to  attract  attention  by  hia  conscientious 
work.  It  was  evident  that  he  meant  business. 
The  older  lawyers  liked  his  apparent  sincerity  of 
purpose,  his  sober,  steady  disposition,  and  his 
even  habits,  and  they  helped  him  along.  That, 
young  man  was  Charles  Warren  Fairbanks,  now- 
senior  Senator  from  Indiana,  whom  the  Republi- 
cans have  nominated  as  their  Vice-Presidential 
candidate.  The  more  than  quarter  of  a  century 
has  rounded  and  seasoned  him.  ripened  his  ex- 
perience, and  given  him  both  wealth  and  national 


fame.  Nevertheless,  the  qualities  which  first 
brought  him  to  the  attention  of  his  superiors  are 
those  best  known  to  his  friends  now,  and  are  the 
qualities  that  have  recommended  him  to  party 
and  nation  for  public  favor. 

HIS    VRKDOMINANT    QUALITIES. 

It  is  not  surprising  that  the  sober,  steady, 
earnest,  and  more  serious  qualities  should  pre- 
dominate in  Senator  Fairbanks  when  it  is  known 
that  he  comes  of  Puritan  ancestry,  and  that  even 
back  of  that  the  Fairbankses,  or  Fayerbankses, 
were  followers  of  (  (liver  I  'romwell  in  his  struggle 
for  people  against  crown.     Jonathan  Fayerbank, 


C.   IV.  FAIRBANKS,  REPUBLICAN  CANDIDATE  FOR  l/ICE-PRESIDENT.    1?7 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Pach  Bros.,  New  York. 

HON.  CHARLES  WARREN   FAIRBANKS,   OF  INDIANA. 


the  first  of  the  name  which  became  well  known 
in  the  early  annals  of  the  Massachusetts  colony, 
was  a  type  of  the  New  England  Puritan  who 
came  to  American  shores  to  find,  religious  liberty. 
A  ship  that  landed  soon  after  the  establishment 
of  the  Boston  Colony  brought  him,  his  wife,  four 
eons,  and  two  daughters,  and  in  1636  he  and  his 
family  settled  at  Dedham,  Mass.,  where  the  old 
Fayerbanks  home  was  until  recently  the  property 
of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society.  This 
house  was  acquired  July  1,  1904,  by  '-The  Fair- 
banks Family,"  an  incorporation,  and  will  be 
preserved  as  a  museum. 

Senator  Fairbanks  is  eighth    in  descent  from 


this  Puritan  pioneer.  His  father,  Loriston  Monroe 
Fairbanks,  a  native  of  Vermont,  having  learned 
the  trade  of  wagon-maker,  emigrated  to  Union 
County,  Ohio,  where  he  married  Mary  Adelaide 
Smith,  of  a  Xew  York  family  who  were  early 
Western  emigrants.  William  Henry  Smith,  who 
founded  the  Associated  Press,  was  a  brother  of 
the  Senator's  mother.  Here  it  was  that  Charles 
Warren  Fairbanks  was  born,  in  a  log  cabin  on  his 
father's  farm.  Here  he  spent  his  boyhood  and 
youth,  working  on  the  farm  and  attending  the 
country  schools.  Tt  was  here,  as  a  lad,  he  heard 
the  first  martial  music  of  the  Civil  War,  and  the 
throb  of  patriotic  impulse  in  his  heart  can  well 


178 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


be  imagined  when,  himself  too 
young  to  enlist,  he  saw  the 
neighbor  boys  march  away  to 
the  front.     This  was  his  first 

less. mi  in  patriotism  and  in 
Republican  party  principles, 
and  it  was  never  forgotten, 
[t  was  emphasized  all  through 
the  War  by  the  fact  that  his 
father,  an  intense  anti-slavery 
man.  was  one  of  the  men  who 
often  gave  food  and  shelter  to 
fugitive  slaves. 

EARLY    LESSONS    IN"     ECONOMY. 

Seeing    the    tall,    silky   In- 
diana statesman   as    he  is  to- 
day,   one    finds  it  difficult  to 
realize   that  he    was    once    an 
ungainly   farmer  hoy,  at  col- 
lege  cooking   his    own  meals 
and    doing     -odd     jobs'"     at 
carpentering    to   increase    his 
financial  resources.     The  Fair- 
hanks  family,  although  well- 
to-do    farmers,    believed   in 
economy   and    frugality,    and 
took  care  to  impress  on  their 
son  lessons  in  these  cardinal 
virtues.      It   was  under    such 
wholesome  influences  that,  at 
the  age  of  fifteen,  young  Fair- 
hanks  started  to  college. — the 
Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  at 
Delaware,   Ohio,    from    which 
he  was  graduated.     His    col- 
lege career  was  not  strikingly 
brilliant    in    scholarship,    hut 
he    was     known   as   a    "good 
student."      A      former     class- 
mate of  his  gives  this  picture 
of  him  :    "  A    typical    country   lad.   six    feet    tall. 
very  slim,  a   little   awkward   in    his   movements, 
slow    of    speech,    serious  -  minded,     and    seldom 
given  to  college  pranks." 

DETERMINED    To    UK.    A     LAWYER. 

Ambition  and  determination  were  striking 
traits  of  his  earl)'  as  well  as  of  liis  later  life,  lie 
was  determined  to  he  a  lawyer.  Even  before 
he  left  college  he  was  buying  law  hooks  with 
his  earnings  after  college  hours.  The  year 
after  he  graduated,  he  worked  at,  Pittsburg 
for  the  Associated  I'ress,  then  in  its  infancy 
,-is  a  news  -  distributing  agency,  and  owned 
by  his  uncle,  William  Henry  Smith.  Senator 
Fairbanks  often  refers  humorously  to  his  brief 
experience  as  a  newspaper  man,  saving  that  his 


Copyright,  19  4.  I  \ 


,,  Washington,  1).  C. 
MRS    CHARLES  WARREN  FAIRBANKS. 

most  arduous  duty,  apparently,  was  to  go  daily 
to  the  river-front  and  report  the  stage  of  water 
in  the  Ohio.  In  fact,  he  had  important  assign- 
ments. But  the  law  was  his  ambition,  and.  go 
ing  to  Cleveland,  he  completed  his  law  studies 
and  was  admitted  to  the  bar.  He  then  married 
Miss  Cornelia  Cole,  daughter  of  Judge  Cole. 
Marysville,  Ohio,  who  had  been  associated  with 
him' on  the  college  paper  at  Ohio  \Vesleyan. 
Already  young  Fairbanks  had  made  an  implo- 
sion on  the  community,  and  it  was  proposed  to 
make  him  a  candidate  for  prosecuting  attor- 
ney, but  he  declined  the  honor.  (It  is  a  politi- 
cal coincidence  that  not  only  Senator  Fairbanks, 
but  Senator  Beveridge  and  Governor  Durbin,  ol 
Indiana,  are  now  holding  their  first  public  office.] 
Shortly  afterward,  he  removed  to  Indianapolis. 


C.   W.   FAIRBANKS.  REPUBLICAN  CANDIDATE  FOR  VICE PRESIDENT.    179 


ON     THE    WAY    TO    WEALTH. 

The  story  of  Mr.  Fairbanks'  success  in  Indian- 
apolis Las  already  been  foreshadowed.  As  lie 
became  better  known  his  clientage  increased, 
until  it  embraced  not  only  Indiana  but  ex- 
tended to  New  York  and  other  large  Eastern 
cities.  His  fees  were  large  for  that  day,  and 
soon  he  was  not  only  -'on  his  feet,''  but 
will  on  the  way  to  comfortable  circumstances. 
His  law  practice  continued  to  grow,  until  he 
became  one  of  the  leading  lawyers  in  the 
State.  The  name  of  Fairbanks  is  found  in  the 
reports  of  many  notable  cases.  The  early  les- 
sons of  economy  applied  to  his  later  life  soon 
insured  for  him  not  only  a  competency  but 
virtually  an  independence.  But  with  his  success 
there  was  no  increasing  ostentation.  He  and 
Mrs.  Fairbanks  continued  to  live  simply,  with 
no  parade  of  wealth.  In  nothing  else  is  his  even- 
balanced  temperament  and  solidarity  of  charac- 
ter better  displayed  than  in  his  comfortable  and 
unostentatious  habit  of  life. 

HIS    DEBUT    AS    A    POLITICAL    MANAGER. 

Always  a  Republican,  early  in  his  law  career 
Mr.  Fairbanks  took  an  effective  interest  in  poli- 
tics, giving  freely  of  his  time  and  money  to  the 
Republican  cause.  Before  his  election  to  the 
Senate,  he  had  made  speeches  in  every  one  of 
the  ninety-two  counties  in  Indiana,  in  minor 
cities,  county  seats,  and  at  cross-roads.  In  this 
way  he  made  many  strong  friendships,  which,  to 
his  credit,  have  been  lasting  and  of  inestimable 
advantage  to  him.  One  of  his  early  personal 
and  political  friendships  wras  a  notable  one 
with  "Walter  Q.  Gresham,  whose  campaign  for 
the  Presidential  nomination,  in  1888,  Mr.  Fair- 
1  lanks  managed  against  Benjamin  Harrison.  The 
Gresham  cause  having  proved  hopeless,  Mr. 
Fairbanks  was  one  of  the  most  active  Indiana 
Republicans  in  the  Harrison  Presidential  cam- 
paign. His  interest  in  the  Gresham  cause  may 
be  said  to  mark  Senator  Fairbanks'  debut  as  a 
political  manager  in  Indiana.  The  personal 
friendship  between  Judge  Gresham  and  Mr. 
Fairbanks  continued  until  the  former's  death, 
although  in  Judge  Gresham 's  later  years  they 
had  nothing  in  common  in  their  political  views. 
Judge  Gresham  had  found  himself  out  of  tune 
with  the  Republican  principles  of  protection  and 
foreign  policy,  and  was  not  even  impressed  with 
gold  as  a  single  monetary  standard.  Plolding 
these  viewrs,  he  found  an  open  door  and  a  hearty 
welcome  in  the  Democratic  party,  where,  under 
the  second  term  of  President  Cleveland,  he  was 
induced  to  accept  the  position  which  put  him  at 
the  head  of  the  cabinet. 


THE    START    of    ins    NATIONAL    PROMINENCE. 

Mr.  Fairbanks,  a  firm  believer  in  the  Repub- 
lican policy  of  protection,  was,  in  1896,  vigorous 
in  his  efforts  to  commit  the  Republican  party  in 
Indiana  to  a  solid  monetary  basis,  and  as  the 
head  of  the  Indiana  delegation  to  the  St.  Louis 
convention,  and  as  temporary  chairman  of  the 
gathering,  he  sounded  the  keynote  of  the  gold 
standard:  The  St.  Louis  convention  marked  the 
beginning  of  Mr.  Fairbanks'  prominence  in  na- 
tional politics.  And  it  was  under  circumstances 
most  favorable  that  the  Indiana  man  entered 
the  political  arena  at  that  time.  AVilliam  Mc- 
Kinley  and  Mr.  Fairbanks  had  been  friends  for 
many  years.  Both  were  Ohio-born,  both  were  ar 
dent  mem  Iters  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
and  both  were  in  exact  accord  in  their  political 
views.  It  is  the  understanding  that  it  was  Major 
Mclvinley  who  invited  Mr.  Fairbanks  to  be  tem- 
porary chairman  of  the  1896  convention. 

BREAKING    UP    THE    HOOSIER    DEMOCRACY. 

In  the  campaign  that  followed,  Mr.  Fairbanks 
took  a  prominent  part,  speaking  in  nearly  all  the 
Northern  States,  meanwhile  keeping  in  close 
touch  with  the  campaign  in  Indiana.  There 
was  a  good  chance  to  redeem  the  Hoosier  State 


MRS.  JOHN   W.   T1MMONS. 

(Senator  Fairbanks'  only  daughter.) 


ls() 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


SENATOR  FAIRBANKS'  WASHINGTON  RESIDENCE. 

from  the  hold  of  Democracy,  and  an  organiza- 
tion already  existed  looking  to  Mr.  Fairbanks' 
nomination  for  United  States  Senator.  Indiana 
then  had  a  Democratic  governor, — the  last  one 
she  has  had, — and  two  Democratic  United  States 
Senators.  The  hopes  of  the 
Republicans  were  realized. 
Indiana  went  Republican  by 
about  twenty  thousand,  and 
the  Legislature  was  safely 
Republican.  In  the  caucus 
which  followed,  in  January 
of  the  following  winter.  Mr. 
Fairbanks  was  chosen  as  the 
Republican  n  o  m  i  n  ee  for 
Senator  over  a  field  of  si  rong 
candidates,  including  the 
Hon.W.  R.McKeen,  of  Terre 
Haute,  and  ( ien.  Lew  Wal- 
lace, the  distinguished  au- 
thor and  diplomat,  Twice 
before,  Mr.  Fairbanks1  name 
had  been  before  the  Republi- 
can caucus  for  the  nomina- 
tion when  the  Democrats 
were  still  in  power.  The 
first   time.  (  rOV.   A.  1'.  1  [ovey 

received  the  honor  ;  t he  sec- 
ond time.  Mr.  Fairbanks  was 

the  caucus   nominee,  and  was 

defeated    by   Qavid    Turpie, 


who,  six  years   later,  was  defeated  by  Albert  J. 
Beveridue. 

FORTUNE  FAVORS  THE  NEW  SENATOR. 

Few  men  have  entered  the  United  States  Sen- 
ate under  more  propitious  conditions  than  Sena- 
tor Fairbanks.  The  Republican  party  had  been 
restored  to  power  after  four  years  of  disastrous 
Democratic  rule.  In  the  \Vhite  House  sat  a 
President  who  was  the  Indiana  Senator's  close 
friend.  As  the  only  Republican  Senator  from 
a  hotly  contested  State  newly  redeemed  from 
Democracy,  he  was  the  idol  of  his  party  at 
home  ;  besides,  the  patronage  for  Indiana  was 
given  to  him  to  distribute.  Altogether,  he  was 
destined  to  play  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  ad- 
ministration which  was  to  restore  a  protective 
tariff  policy  and  to  wage  a  successful  war  in  the 
interest  of  humanity.  He  was  in  thorough  ac- 
cord with  the  President's  policy,  and  his  name 
was  often  connected  with  President  McKinley's 
in  the  weighty  conferences  just  prior  to  the  stir- 
ring events  of  the  war  with  Spain. 

HAS    HELD    HIS    PLACE. 

For  these  reasons,  and  on  account  of  his  abil- 
ity, Senator  Fairbanks,  early  in  his  term,  as- 
sumed a  prominence  in  A\  ashington  which 
he  has  held.  He  first  went  to  the  head  of 
the  Senate  Committee  on  Immigration  ;  later, 
he  was  advanced  to  the  chairmanship  of  the 
( 'ommittee  on   Public   Buildings  and   Grounds, 


SENATOR   FAIRBANKS'   INDIANAPOLIS   HKSIDENCE. 


C.   IV.  FAIRBANKS,  REPUBLICAN  CANDIDATE  FOR  VICE-PRESIDENT.    181 


which  he  now  holds.  He  has  other  important 
committee  assignments,  and  holds  a  prominent 
place  in  the  Senate,  in  which  he  entered  on  his 
second  term  March  4,  1903,  having  been  re- 
elected without  Republican  opposition.  He  was 
appointed  by  President  McKinley  a  member  of  the 
■loint  High  Commission  to  adjust  international 
questions  of  moment  between  the  United  States 
and  Great  Britain.  President  McKinley  once  in- 
vited him  to  become  a  member  of  his  cabinet. 

At  the  same  time,  he  has  held  his  political 
prominence  in  Indiana,  having  been  a  delegate- 
at-large  to  the  1900  convention  in  Philadelphia, 
where  he  was  chairman  of  the  committee  on  res- 
olutions, and  a  delegate-at-large  to  the  Chicago 
convention  which  nominated  him  for  Vice-Presi- 
dent. 

CITIZEN    AND    SENATOR. 

Senator  Fairbanks  is  a  public-spirited  man. 
As  citizen  and  Senator  he  is  held  in  equal  es- 
teem. But  he  has  merged  his  personality  and 
private  affairs  so  completely  into  his  public 
career  that  it  is  difficult  to  think  of  him  as  a 
private  citizen.  He  has  even  given  up  his 
profession  to  devote  his  whole  time  to  public 
duties,  and  from  the  time  he  entered  public  life 
he  has  steadfastly  refrained  from  accepting  fees 
as  a  lawyer.  Senator  Fairbanks  is  consulted  on 
affairs  of  local  public  interest  to  his  home  city, 
particularly  those  which  have  a  "Washington 
end."  over  which  he  keeps  a  watchful  eye.  He 
is  president  of  the  Benjamin  Harrison  Monument 
Association  of  Indianapolis,  which  has  raised 
about  fifty  thousand  dollars  and  proposes  to  erect 
a  memorial  to  General  Harrison  on  the  site  of 
the  Indianapolis  federal  building,  now  under  con- 
struction. He  is  vice-president  of  the  Thomas 
Jefferson  Memorial  Association,  organized  to 
erect  a  monument  in  "Washington  to  the  third 
President  of  the  United  States.  He  is  a  member 
of  the  executive  committee  of  the  trustees  of  the 
McKinley  Memorial  Association,  and  delivered 
the  address  at  the  unveiling  of  the  McKinley 
monument  at  Toledo.  Ohio,  last  year.  Both 
Senator  and  Mrs.  Fairbanks  retain  a  lively  in- 
terest in  their  alma  mater.  The  Senator  is  a 
trustee  of  the  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  and 
his  eldest  son  and  only  daughter  are  among  its 
graduates.  Senator  and  Mrs.  Fairbanks  are 
members  of  the  Meridian  Street  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church,  of  Indianapolis.  The  Senator  is  a 
member  of  the  church  board. 

Senator  Fairbanks'  Indianapolis  residence,  at 


1522  North  Meridian  Street,  is  a  modest  and 
comfortable  two-story  frame  house,  with  a  large 
porch  extending  along  the  south  side,  beautifully 
shaded,  and  overlooking  a  large  lawn.  In 
Washington,  the  Senator  and  his  family  occupy 
the  Van  Wyck  house,  near  Dupont  Circle,  in 
the  fashionable  section  of  the  city.  The  house 
is  admirably  adapted  for  entertaining,  and  Sen- 
ator and  Mrs.  Fairbanks'  life  at  the  capital  is 
characterized  by  a  generous  hospitality.  Mrs. 
Fairbanks  occupies  a  social  leadership  in  Wash- 
ington because  of  her  charming  qualities  as  a 
hostess  and  by  virtue  of  her  position  as  presi- 
dent-general of  the  Daughters  of  the  American 
Revolution.  Senator  Fairbanks'  home  is  made 
more  interesting  by  reason  of  his  large  family, 
some  members  of  which  are  nearly  always  to  be 
found  beneath  the  home  roof-tree. 

THE    FAIRBANKS    CHILDREN. 

The  children,  in  the  order  of  the  ages,  are  : 
The  daughter,  Adelaide,  wife  of  Ensign  John 
W.  Timmons,  of  the  U.  S.  S.  Kearsarge ;  War- 
ren C,  who  recently  married  Miss  Helene  Ethel 
Cassidy,  of  Pittsburg,  and  who  is  secretary  and 
treasurer  and  a  director  of  the  Oliver  Type- 
writer AVorks,  in  Chicago  ;  Frederick  C,  a  grad- 
uate of  Princeton  University,  class  of  1903,  who 
is  now  a  student  at  the  Columbian  University 
Law  School,  in  Washington,  D.  C.  The  third 
son,  Richard,  is  in  the  junior  year  at  Yale  Col- 
lege, and  the  fourth  son  and  youngest  child, 
Robert,  is  a  student  at  Phillips  Academy,  An- 
dover,  Mass.,  preparing  for  Princeton.  Senator 
Fairbanks'  mother  is  living,  and  spends  her  win- 
ters with  the  Senator's  family  in  Washington. 

A    '-GOOD    MIXER."' 

In  private  life,  Senator  Fairbanks  is  the  same 
polished,  dignified,  and  kindly  gentleman  that 
he  appears  in  public.  His  dignity  is  not  pon- 
derous or  offensive,  and  his  address  is ,  one  of 
great  charm.  The  Senator  is  an  attentive  lis- 
tener and  a  pleasing  speaker,  having  a  soft, 
well-modulated  voice.  He  is  known  as  a  "  good 
mixer."  The  personification  of  caution,  he  would 
prefer  to  hold  his  friends  and  the  public  in  sus- 
pense rather  than  to  bear  the  least  suspicion  of 
rashness.  He  is  a  man  who  keeps  his  own  coun- 
sel, as  evidenced  in  his  attitude  toward  the  Vice- 
Presidential  nomination  at  the  time  of  the  con- 
vention, when  he  did  not  commit  to  the  keeping 
of  his  closest  friends  his  inmost  feelings  with  re- 
gard to  accepting  that  honor. 


TO  OROtfi.  *  ' 

some  prominent  REPUBLICANS  seen  at  the  opentng  of  the  nationai,  CONVENTION.— From  the  Leader  (Cleveland). 


THE    REPUBLICAN    CONVENTION    AT   CHICAGO. 

BY   JAMES   H.    ECKELS,    AN    ILLINOIS   DELEGATE   TO   THE   DEMOCRATIC 

CONVENTION   AT   ST.    LOUIS. 


POLITICAL  conventions  Lave  no  standard 
of  measurement  save  that  of  comparison 
with  one  another  and  the  effectiveness  developed 
in  the  subsequent  campaign  ;  hence,  there  can 
be  no  definite  analysis  of  the  jubilee  convention  of 
the  Republican  party  until  after  the  public  shall 
have  registered  its  opinion.  If,  however,  it  is  com- 
pared with  its  predecessors  in  the  half-century 
of  its  history,  it  stands  alone  as  totally  devoid 
of  absorbing  interest, — a  convention  whose  chief 
feature  was  a  dull,  monotonous  servility  to  a 
machine.    Not  once  did  it  assume  the  aggressive  ; 


Frank  8.  Black  :  "I  come  not  to  butfy  Caesar,  inn  to  praise 
him."    Prom  the  World  (New  York). 


not  once  did  any  respectable  portion  of  its  del- 
egates raise  the  banner  of  revolt  against  ad- 
ministrative rule  ;  not  once  was  there  a  gleam 
of  independent  action.  From  beginning  to  end, 
it  was  ruled  with  an  iron  hand  beneath  a  soft 
glove  ;  from  top  to  bottom, 
it  responded  to  the  slight- 
est touch  of  the  will  that 
controlled  it. 

Such  ascendency  of  a  na- 
tional administration  over 
party  has  never  had  an  equal 
in  a  political  convention  of 
any  political  organization. 
The  nearest  approach  to  it 
was  that  of  the  Philadel- 
phia convention,  four  years 
ago,  but  that  was  lifted  out 
of  the  ordinary  by  the  re- 
volt of  Quay  and  Piatt 
against  the  domination  of 
Hanna  and  the  substitution  by  the  convention 
of  Roosevelt  for  the  choice  of  the  administration. 
Everywhere  during  the  five  days  in  which  the 
Chicago  convention  and  its  delegates  occupied 
the  foreground  of  public  attention  this  complete 
domination  by  the  administration-created  ma- 
chine obtruded  itself.  There  was  no  thought 
of  originating  anything  without  the  approval  of 
Senators  who  by  tacit  consent  represented  the 
administration.;  in  fact,  it  was  conceded  that 
all  plans,  all  action,  must  come  from  Washington, 
not  from  the  delegates  assembled  in  Chicago. 
The  master  was  recognized,  and  loyalty  to  the 
party  was  simply  servility  to  orders  from  those 
who  arrogated  to  themselves  the  party  control. 


UNCLE  JOE  CANNON. 

From    the    In  <i  u  i  re  r 
(Philadelphia). 


THE  REPUBLICAN  CONTENTION  AT  CHICAGO. 


183 


KM  HIT  ROOT  ADDRESS 
IX(J  THE  CON- 
VENTION. 

From  the  Inquirer 

(Philadelphia). 


I  "nder  the  surface  was  a 
smothered  protest,  a  ran- 
kling opposition  to  machine 
methods,  but  it  did  not  dare 
find  expression  in  formal  ob- 
jection. It  contented  itself 
with  murmurs  of  impend- 
ing trouble,  with  an  indif- 
ference toward  the  candi- 
dates and  party  success. 
The  ticket  was  regarded 
with  pessimism,  the  plat- 
form with  misgivings,  the 
bosses  with  disgust.  Much 
of  this  is  found  at  every 
political  convention,  but 
there  was  more  of  it  at  Chi- 
cago than  at  any  other  of 
the  great  party  gatherings. 
Outside  of  the  nominees,  the 
(•(invention  played  former  Secretary  of  AVar 
Eliliu  Root  against  the  platform,  the  platform 
against  Secretary  Root  ;  the  omission  of  one  was 
supplied  by  the  other  ;  the  elucidation  of  ob- 
scurity in  the  platform  is  to  be  found  in  tin; 
keynote  address  of  the  temporary  chairman  of 
the  convention.  It  was  undoubtedly  constructed 
with  the  platform  in  view,  intended  to  prepare 
the  way  for  that  instrument  ;  to  blaze  out  the 
path  which  the  President  expected  the  conven- 
tion to  make  for  him.  The  two,  platform  and 
keynote  speech,  must  be  read  together,  as  some 
scriptural  passages  require  the  aid  and  help  of 
a  concordance.  Especially  does  this  apply  to 
the    fundamental     principles     of     government, 


"  There  is  not  one  of  you  that  raises  chickens,  as  I  do,  but 
what  understands  that  when  the  old  hen  comes  off  the  nest 
with  one  chicken  she  does  more  scratching  and  makes  more 
noise  than  the  motherly  hen  that  is  more  fortunate  with 
twenty-three.  Our  friends  the  enemy  will  have  the  enthu- 
siasm ;  we  will  take  the  votes  in  November."-  Speaker  Can- 
non, in  his  address  to  the  Republican  National  Convention. 

From  the  Evening  Mail  (New  York). 


finance,  and  tariff,  and  the  important  issues  of 
imperialism,  regulation  of  corporations,  and  the 
Panama  Canal. 

President  Roosevelt's  nomination  being  a  cer- 
tainty, the  proceedings  were  expected  to  be 
largely  perfuncto- 
ry, —  a  sort  of 
ratification  meet- 
ing. The  utter  lack 
of  enthusiasm,  of 
intense  interest,  was 
irritating  to  the  par- 
ty leaders,  repellent 
to  the  visitor  ;  but 
what  else  could  be 
expected  in  a  dead 
atmosphere  ?  The 
elements  of  enthusi- 
asm were  there  as 
the     spark     in    the 


SENATOR    DOI.I.IVEK. 


SENATOR    FAIRBANKS   SORELY 
TEMPTED. 

From  the  Inquirer  (Philadelphia). 

flint,  but,  with  no  steel  to 
strike  it,  it  naturally  re- 
mained dormant.  Some 
politicians  would  have  re- 
sorted to  the  creation  of  a 
joyous  sentiment  by  the 
hurling  of  picturesque  or- 
ganizations into  Chicago,  by 
the  assembling  of  profes- 
sional boomers,  but  none  of 
these  tricks  were  brought 
into  play,  and  the  somber- 
ness  was  the  darker  by  the  sharp  contrast  with 
ordinary  conventions. 

The  Presidential  nomination  being  settled  in 
advance,  the  second  place  had  the  semblance  of 
an  open  fight  ;  but  it  was  semblance  only. — the 
administration  had  fixed  its  choice  upon  Senator 
Fairbanks,  or  at  least  that  was  the  universal 
opinion,  and  the  strategical  importance  of  taking 
a  man  from  one  of  the  battle-grounds  of  the 
nation  was  recognized  as  good  politics,  and 
there  was  immediate  recognition  of  the  Indi- 
anian  selection.  Just  enough  margin  was  left 
out  to  nourish  a  genteel,  harmless  bit  of  parad- 
ing of  favorite  sons,  but,  as  four  years  before, 
all  were  confined  to  the  State  where  the  favorite 
son  resided,  and  all. — in  which  was  the  distinction 
from  the  situation  in  the  previous  convention, — 


184 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


MR,   ADDICKS,   OF 
DELAWARE. 


were  under  the  guiding- 
strings  of  devoted  adher- 
ents of  the  machine.  The 
exploitation  of  the  half- 
sc<  »re  candidates  in  the  pub- 
lic gaze  subsided  on  the  eve 
of  the  nominating  day,  and 
there  was  a  rapid  wheeling 
into  line  for  the  unanimous 
nomination  of  the  senior 
Senator  from  Indiana. 
Such  smooth,  frictionless 
response  to  the  orders  of  a 

machine  was  one  of  the  marvels  of  the  gather- 
ing. Perhaps  the  ease  with  which  the  Vice-Presi- 
dential nomination  was  made  was  not  so  much 
a  tribute  to  machine  control  as  the  absence  of 
rivals  in  the  party  affections,  rendering  it  im- 
possible to  concentrate  opposition  or  protest  to 
the  prepared  programme. 

The  complete  control  of  the  nation  which  the 
party  has  held  for  eight  years  has  uncon- 
sciously rather  than  premeditatedly  built  up 
the  powerful  controlling  body,  with  the  Presi- 
dent at  the  top,  and  which,  in  no  offensive 
sense,  one  may  call  a  machine.  The  convention 
was  under  its  mastery,  subservient  to  its  every 
will.  The  rule  of  the  machine  was  apparent — 
palpably,  undisguisedly,  apparent.  As  a  result, 
the  convention  was  perfect  in  smoothness  of 
procedure,  in  the  absence  of  friction.  The 
machine  was  handled  by  the  leading  Senators 
of  the  party  in  Congress— Lodge,  Depew,  Gal- 
linger,  Fairbanks,  Beveridge,  Foraker,  McComas, 
Spooner,  Dolliver,  Piatt,  Cullom,  and  Hopkins — 
petty  differences  were  subordinated  in  putting 
through  the  programme,  and  so  effectual  was 
the  organization,  so  pliable  the  delegations,  so 
deferential,  that  the 
exercise  of  control 
was  over  friction- 
less  rol  1  e  rs.  The 
usual  pre-conven- 
tion  scenes  were 
absent, — t  h  e  blare 
of  bands,  the  cross- 
ing, the  corridor, 
and  the  curbstone 
debates.      There 

were  a  few  contests, 
all  for  Beats,  none 
in  array  against  the 
pa  r t  y    machinery, 

i lighting     the 

administration,  and 

of      these    but     one 
was  of  any   nation 
al    importance,     in- 


volving questions  of  party  control.  TVisconsin. 
from  her  rival  conventions,  sent  factional  dele- 
gates-at-large.  The  National  Committee  de- 
cided in  favor  of  the  Senatorial  contestants,  and 
the  perfection  of  party  machinery  was  demon- 
strated in  the  concurrence  of  the  convention's 
committee  and  the  elimination  of  a  vexatious 
dispute  from  the  floor  of  the  convention.  The 
body  had  to  choose  between  two  Titanic 
struggling  factions,  and  it  made  its  choice 
quickly,  and  compelled  obedience  thereto.  It 
was  an  impressive  event,  regardless  of  the 
merits  of  the  controversy,  and  exhibited  a 
virility  in  the  party  that  compensated  for  the 
absence  of  enthusiasm. 


Governor  Herri,  k.    Senator  Babcock. 
Elihu  Root. 


Secretary  Loeb.  Postmaster- 

Governor  Yates.        General  P  lyne. 


Governor  La  Pollbtte: 

"Hack  to  Madison  [Wisconsin) 
for  inc." 

From  the  World  (New  Fork). 


(Sketched  from  life  by  Mr.  Buslmell,  of  the  Cincinnati  Post, 

The  nominations  were  interesting  to  the  spec- 
tators, and  roused  the  delegates  momentarily 
from  their  lethargy.  The  speeches  were  for  the 
moment  only,  winning  applause  by  well-turned 
periods,  by  the  art  of  oratory  rather  than  by  logic 
or  brilliancy  of  thought,  creating  demonstration- 
by  extravagancy  or  praise.  Being  all  on  one 
line,  dii-ected  to  one  man,  the  demonstrations 
were  short-lived.  This  feature  was  the  attrac- 
tive thing  to  the  outsider,  to  the  visitor,  for,  no 
matter  how  formal,  how  unopposed,  the  Amer- 
ican people  delight  in  witnessing  the  placing  in 
nomination  of  candidates  for  the  highest  exeeu 
tive  honor  of  the  republic. 

Political,  having  reference  to  the  campaign 
itself,  it  is  not  the  candidates,  but  the  platform, 
the  things  for  which  they  stand,  that  had  ab- 
sorbing interest  to  the  average  citizen.  The  nom- 
ination  of  Mr.  Roosevelt  was  assured,  but  the 
issues  upon  which  his  campaign  was  to  be  foughl 
had  not  been  perfectly  outlined  prior  to  the  con 
vent  ion.  The  platform  was  relegated  to  his 
friends,  to  his  formulation,  and  not  only  his  par 
tisans,  but  the  country,  was  deeply  interested  in 
this  phase  of  the  convention.  And  really,  the 
only  discussion  one  heard  about  the  hotels,  in 
the  gatherings  of  leaders,  was  the  platform,  its 


THE  REPUBLICAN  CONTENTION  AT  CHICAGO. 


185 


scope,  its  purpose.  That  it  fell  short  of  expec- 
tatit  >ns  was  freely  admitted.  There  was  irritation 
in  every  delegation  over  omissions  and  commis- 
sions, largely  omissions.  With  the  delegates 
distrustful  of  the  platform,  the  party  can  hardly 
expect  the  independent  voter  to  be  atti'acted  by 
its  platitudes,  its  indefiniteness.  Its  most  bril- 
liant parts  are  the  review  of  the  past  ;  its  strong- 
est language  is  that  in  which  it  takes  credit  for 
the  war  with  Spain,  which  President  McKinley 
so  stoutly  opposed,  but  who  was  finally  compelled 
to  yield  to  the  clamor  of  opposition  yellow  news- 
papers and  the  tumultuous  oratory  of  the  then 
junior  Senator  from  Illinois. 

The  financial  issue  as  presented  betrays  a 
weakness  astonishing  in  the  face  of  probable 
defection,  of  the  certainty  of  the  loss  of  the 
Gold  Democrats,  whose  support  gave  the  vic- 
tory four  and  eight  years  ago.  It  is  not 
enough  that  the  party  stands  solely  on  the  gold 
standard.  In  view  of  what  Republicanism  so 
stoutly  claims  to  its  credit  as  a  chief  virtue  on 
the  monetary  standard,  its  timidity  in  shrinking 
from  the  extension  of  the  monetary  issue  to  an 
expression  in  favor  of  remedying  existing  evils 
of  the  currency  takes  away  much  of  its  claim,  as 
against  the  Democrats,  to  the  confidence  which 
the  public  placed  in  it  four  and  eight  years  ago. 


Here,  at  least.  Republicans  could  well  afford 
to  be  brave,  because  the  party  is  a  united  one. 
In  this  respect,  one  is  referred  to  Mr.  Root's 
keynote  address,- — the  platform's  concordance, 
its  exegesis.  Mr.  Root,  very  prolix  in  reviewing 
the  adoption  of  the  gold  standard,  without  giv- 
ing credit  to  the  Democratic  allies,  is  silent  as  to 
the  future  course,  as  to  further  progress  in  the 
establishment  of  a  sound  currency.  He  reposes 
hope  for  the  future  in  the  wisdom  of  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Treasury,  who,  circumscribed  by  law, 
is  unable  to  apply  any  other  remedy  than  the 
dubious  one  of  an  expanding  bank  circulation, 
which  does  not  contain  any  of  the  elements  of 
compressibility  when  redundancy  is  the  evil,  not- 
withstanding Mr.  Root's  characterization  of  it  as 
an  elastic  one,  and  adjustable  to  varying  condi- 
tions. Imperialism  is  eliminated  from  the  plat- 
form, though  it  is  doubtful  if  it  can  be  elimi- 
nated from  the  campaign.  Platforms  may  raise 
issues,  but  they  cannot  eliminate  any  by  with- 
holding an  utterance  thereon.  The  party's  si- 
lence on  the  future  of  the  Philippines  is  inex- 
cusable, and  the  marvel  was  the  ease  with  which 
the  platform  went  through  the  committee  on 
resolutions  without  creating  a  fight  on  that  issue. 
Beyond  a  recapitulation  in  the  preamble  of  the 
document  that  there  has  been  "  conferred  upon 


PH«siDR»rCeTS    A 

Iv'SELESS     NESSAG6 


SOME   PROMINENT  FEATURES  OF  THE  CHICAGO  CONVENTION. 

(By  Cartoonist  Briggs,  of  the  American,  New  York.) 


186 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHL  Y  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  people  of  these  islands  the  largest  civil  liberty 
which  they  have  ever  enjoyed,"  the  attitude  of 
the  party  is  unexpressed.  Four  years  ago,  with 
the  American  occupation  resisted  by  revolution- 
ary bands,  a  declaration  of  intention  would  have 
been  a  weakness.  With  peace  prevailing,  the 
civil  commission's  government  extended  to  every 
part  of  the  islands,  the  natives  thereof,  the  Amer- 
ican people,  are  entitled  to  know  what  disposi- 
tion is  to  be  made  of  this  undefined  possession. 

From  the  platform  we  again  turn  to  Mr.  Root, 
the  exegetical  authority,  and  we  find  the  ex- 
pression of  a  view  more  favorable  to  American 
ideas  than  the  platform  dared  to  express.  He 
frankly  yet  reservedly  holds  out  the  promise 
that  some  day  the  islands  will  be  given  the  same 
freedom  as  Cuba,  when  the  natives  attain  to  a 
position  of  like  capacity,  but  the  freedom  would 
be  limited  in  details  as  conditions  and  needs  dif- 
fer. There  is  always  the  qualification  when 
doubt  exists  ;  still,  even  this  is  better  than  the 
platform  declaration. 

More  serious  than  the  frankest  was  willing  to 
admit  was  the  discordant  note  in  the  tariff  issue. 
The  dissent  to  the  rigid,  implacable  position  of 
the  party  on  high  protective  tariff  has  been  a 
chronic  condition  in  the  West,  and  in  some 
form  or  another  it  has  come  up  from  the  great 
prairie  States.  Four  and  eight  years  ago,  it  was 
subordinate  to  the  money  issue,  but  with  that 
well  out  of  the  wray,  so  far  as  the  gold  standard 
is  concerned,  the  turbulent  protesting  Western- 
ers again  prepared  for  a  contest  with  the  Eastern 
manufacturing  and  favored  elements.  It  was 
(Governor  Cummins  who  uttered  the  protest  a 
year  or  more  ago  and  gave  birth  to  the  Iowa 
idea  that  tariffs  should  pi'otect  the  people,  not 
the  few.  The  heretical  reservations  were  marked, 
and  Cummins  displaced  from  the  leadership  of 


the  State,  and  Iowa  came  to  the  convention  with 
the  idea  tucked  away  beyond  reach  of  its  orig- 
inator or  adaptator.  As  the  idea  goes  beyond 
Cummins  heretical  phraseology  was  stricken 
out,  the  plank  was  recast  with  an  obvious  inten- 
tion of  reaffirming  the  old  principle,  without 
weakness,  and  at  the  same  time  of  mollifying  the 
force  of  the  West.  The  poor  sop  given  to 
would-be  tariff  reformers  is  to  be  found  in  the 
observation  that  "rates  of  duty  should  be  read- 
justed only  when  conditions  have  so  changed 
that  the  public  interest  demands  their  altera- 
tion." The  admission  was  something,  at  least  ; 
it  was  the  entering  wedge  of  a  party  quarrel 
should  the  tariff  come  before  the  next  Congress 
for  modification.  There  is  in  the  plank  sufficient 
justification  for  the  Western  Congressman  to 
stand  for  the  views  of  his  section  without  fear 
of  being  accused  of  party  defection,  of  heresy 
to  the  platform,  and,  after  all,  that  is  the 
secondary  purpose  of  platforms — to  hold  legis- 
lators in  line — the  first  being  to  get  the  largest 
number  of  votes  at  the  least  amount  of  party 
declaration.  On  the  labor  question,  the  regula- 
tion of  corporations,  the  platform  was  out  of 
harmony  with  the  delegates,  but  the  planks 
were  framed  without  committing  the  party  to 
any  action  ;  neither  satisfying  the  public  nor 
the  rival  interests,  they  were  jammed  through 
the  committee  and  rushed  through  the  conven- 
tion. 

The  machine  having  executed  its  work  with 
nicety  and  dispatch,  turned  from  the  slowly  de- 
parting throngs  in  the  Coliseum  to  its  quarters, 
and  delivered  its  control,  in  turn,  to  the  per- 
sonal choice  of  the  President,  a  hitherto  unknown 
factor  in  politics,  as  the  manager  of  a  campaign 
which  promises  to  be  the  most  strenuous  which 
the  party  has  encountered  since  1892. 


THE   NATIONAL   DEMOCRATIC   CONVENTION 

AT   ST.    LOUIS. 

BY  A  DELEGATE  TO  THE   REPUBLICAN  CONVENTION  AT  CHICAGO. 


TEE  national  conventions  of  the  two  greal 
political  parties  are  the  most  interesting 
and  the  most  important  gatherings  of  our  politi- 
cal life.  Unknown  to  the  Constitution  and  un- 
suspected by  its  Eramers,  these  conventions  are 
now  the  real  center  of  political  authority  and 
the  real  power  in  selecting  the  two  men  from 
whom  the  nation's  chief  executive  must  be 
chosen.      By    them,    declarations    of    policy   are 


made  which  control  the  action  of  the  ruling  ma- 
jority in  the  Congress  and  guide  the  Presidenl 
in  the  performance  of  his  duty. 

In  one  sense,  each  of  these  national  conven- 
tions is  like  all  the  others.  Each  goes  through 
one  and  the  same  routine  of  organization  and 
procedure.  In  another  and  more  important 
sense,  however,  each  national  convention  has  an 
individuality  of  its  own, — it  faces  its  own  prob- 


THE  NATIONAL  DEMOCRATIC  CONTENTION  AT  ST.  LOUIS. 


181 


HON.  JOHN  SHARP  WILLIAMS,   OF  MISSISSIPPI,  CAUGHT  IN 
CHARACTERISTIC  ATTITUDES  AT  ST.   LOUIS. 

From  the  World  (New  York). 

lems,  reflects  its  own  contest  over  candidates, 
and  gives  expression  to  the  ruling  ideas  and 
personalities  of  its  own  membership. 

One  who  witnessed  the  proceedings  of  the  two 
great  conventions  of  1904  could  not  fail  to  be 
impressed  by  the  sharp  contrast  between  them. 
In  the  first  place,  they  were  quite  different-look- 
ing hodies.  In  face,  in 
speech,  in  manner,  they 
were  entirely  unlike.  The 
Democratic  convention 
contained  not  a  few  rep- 
resentatives of  a  type  of 
Southern  gentleman,  like 
Senator  Daniel,  of  Virginia, 
and  Governor  Blanchard, 
of  Louisiana,  that  is  utterly 
unknown  in  a  Republican 
gathering.  On  the  other 
hand,  Northern  and  West- 
cm  business  and  profes- 
sional men  of  high  stand- 
ing, such  as  Mr.  Eckels,  of 
Illinois,  and  Mr.  Gaston,  of  congressman  bourke 
Massachusetts,  were  few  cockran^of  new 
and  far  between  at  St.  Fvom  the Nor'tn  Ameri- 
Louis,  while  very  numerous        can  (Philadelphia) . 


and  influential  at  Chicago.  More  of  the  Democratic 
delegates  from  the  North  and  West  appeared  to 
be  professional  politicians  than  was  the  case  in 
the  Republican  convention.     United  States  Sen- 
ators were  abundant  and  directive  in  both  gath- 
erings.    Indeed,  they  were  much  too  abundant 
and  much  too  directive,  for  in  both  parties  official 
opinion  at  Washington  lags  far  behind  general 
sentiment  throughout  the  country.     The  air  of 
Washington   is   much  too  favorable   to  compro- 
mise and  to  subtle  political  chicanery    to  allow 
men  who   breathe    it  con- 
stantly to  lead,  rather  than 
follow,    advancing     public 
opinion. 

Both  conventions  were 
held  in  halls  that  were  far 
too  large.  No  national  con- 
vention should  ever  again 
assemble  in  a  hall  that  seats 
more  than  four  thousand 
or,  at  most,  five  thousand 
persons.  It  was  cruel  and 
unfair  to  subject  such  con- 
summate orators  as  Mr. 
Root  and  Senator  Daniel  to  the  throat-racking 
and  heart-breaking  task  of  trying  to  fill  with  their 
admirable  voices  a  huge  barn  lined  with  a  crowd 
restless  because  it  could  hear  nothing  and  see 
little. 

The  main  contrast  between  the  two  conven- 
tions was  this  :  the  Republican  convention  was 
presided  over  by  Mr.  Root  and  by  Speaker  Can- 
non, successively ;  the  Democratic  convention 
was  presided  over  by  the  galleries  from  start  to 
finish.  The  galleries  were  packed  to  suffocation 
with  an  excited,  disorderly  crowd,  in  which 
were  an  astonishingly  large  number  of  rowdies 


SENATOR  JOHN  W.  DAN 
IEL,   OF  VIRGINIA. 

From  the  North  Ameri 
can  (Philadelphia). 


L88 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


from  eighteen  to  thirty  years  of  age.  Tliis 
crowd  took  command  of  the  convention  when  it 
opened  and  held  it  to  the  end.  It  contributed 
a  continuous  flow  of  cheers,  hisses,  cat-calls,  and 
interruptions  both  sacred  and  profane.  It  voted 
cheerfully  whenever  a  question  was  determined 
viva  voce,  and  it  could  be  counted  upon  always 
to  oppose  an  adjournment  or  a  recess. 

This  disagreeable  and  disgraceful  situation 
appeared  to  be  due  primarily  to  two  causes. — the 

b  a  d  a  r  range- 
ments  made  by 
t  h  e  sergeant-at- 
a  r  in  s  and  t  h  e 
e  v i d e n  t  in e x  - 
perience  of  Mr. 
John  Sharp  Wil- 
liams, of  Missis- 
sippi, as  a  pre- 
siding officer.  If 
Mr.  Williams  had 
taken  command 
of  the  convention 
at  the  outset  and 
been  able  to  im- 
press his  person- 
ality upon  it,  or- 
der might  have 
been  obtained  and 
held.  But  he  was 
unable  to  do  this, 
and  the  galleries,  having  once  tasted  power,  rap- 
idly passed  beyond  all  possible  control. 

Having  been  favorably  impressed  with  Mr. 
Williams'  minority  leadership  in  the  House  of 
Representatives  last  winter,  and  having  formed 
a  high  opinion  of  his  vigor  and  alertness  of 
mind,  it  was  a  sharp  disappointment  to  find  him 
so  weak  and  ineffective  a  speaker  and  chairman. 
His  timid  raps  with  the  gavel  sounded  like  an 
inexperienced  woman  driving  tacks,  and  his  lack 
of  personal  force  in  a  large  arena  was  positively 
painful.  His  opening  speech  was  far  too  long, 
and  it  committed  the  tactical  blunder  of  attack- 
ing the  enemy  at  their  strongest  point, — namely, 
Mr.  Root's  address  at  Chicago.  As  a  Democratic 
friend  quaintly  put  it,  "  Why  should  so  clever  a 
man  as  Williams  gnaw  on  a  file  handed  to  him 
by  Root?"  The  speech  of  Mr.  Williams  was  a 
great  disappointment  to  every  one.  friends  and 
critics  alike.  His  style  was  lacking  in  dignity, 
and  he  unfortunately  forced  comparison  between 
himself  and  Mr.  Root  and  his  speech  at  Chicago: 
and  neither  intellectually  nor  politically  is  Mr. 
Williams  in  the  same  class  with  Mr.  Root.  But 
his  speech  was  by  no  means  ineffective  from  a 
party  standpoint,  and  it  reads  much  better  than 
it  sounded — which  is.  after  all.  faint   praise,  for 


^ 


HON.  DAVID  B.  HILL  ENTERS  ST. 
LOUIS  DRAGGING  THE  CONQUERED 
TAMMANY    TIGER    AFTER    A    HUNT 

OF  MANY  long  years.— From  the 
North  American  (Philadelphia). 


most  of  it  did 
not  sound  at 
all. 

Itwasagreat 
relief  to  every 
one  when  Mr. 
Williams 
yielded  the 
chair  to  Con- 
gress m a  n 
Champ  Clark, 
whose  m  u  c  h 
m  ore  robust 
frame,  strong- 
er personality, 
and  more  vig- 
orous meth- 
ods at  once 
w  r  o  u  g  h  t  a 
change.  U  n  - 
fortunately,  however.  Mr.  Clark's  voice  ga\< 
and  after  a  short  interval  of  order,  chaos  re- 
turned. The  only  satisfactory  and  determined 
occupant  of  the  chair  was  Senator  Bailey,  of 
Texas,  who  presided  for  some  time  at  the  long 
Friday  night  session,  on  Mr.  Clark's  invitation. 
The  one  strong,  commanding  personality  of 
the    Democratic   convention,    in    my   judgment. 


HON.  WILLIAM  .lENXIXOS  BRYAN  TALK- 
ED, BUT  THE  PARKER  BOOM  DID  NOT 
STOP  TO   LISTEN. 

From  the  Inquirer  (Philadelphia). 


the  whole  show.     From  the  Press  (New  York). 


THE  NATIONAL  DEMOCRATIC  CONTENTION  AT  ST.  LOUIS. 


1*9 


A  TYPICAL  SOUTHERN  DELEGATE 
PROM  THE  BLUE-GKASS  REGION. 

(As  seen  by  Cartoonist  Camp- 
bell, of  the  Philadelphia  North 
American.) 


age. 
—Mr 


was,  strangely 
enough,  William  J. 
Bryan,  of  Nebraska. 
Xo  auditor  in  that 
whole  convention 
could  have  been 
more  unsympathetic 
with  his  personality 
and  more  antagonis- 
tic to  his  principles 
than  the  writer  ;  yet 
he  is  bound  to  say 
that  he  came  away 
from  St.  Louis  with 
a  greatly  heightened 
opinion  of  Mr.  Bry- 
an's mind  and  char- 
acter, and  with  a 
new  respect  for  his 
sincerity  and  cour- 
Every  other  leader  in  that  convention 
Hill,  Mr.  Williams,  Senator  Carmack, 
and  even  the  usually  frank,  outspoken  Senator 
Tillman  —  was  struggling  to  conceal  his  real 
opinions,  in  order,  if  possible,  to  gain  votes.  Mr. 
Bryan,  on  the  other  hand,  made  a  strong,  able, 
and  persistent  fight  for  the  principles  he  be- 
lieved in.  He  was  honest  with  the  convention, 
and  he  wished  the  convention  to  be  honest 
with  the  people.  But  a  contrary  policy  had  been 
decided  upon.  The  fiat  had  gone  forth  that, 
since  Mr.  Bryan  had  led  his  party  twice  to  de- 
feat, he  must  be  "turned  down"  at  any  cost. 
So  the  Democratic  party  presented  to  the  coun- 
try the  spectacle  of  a  great  political  organization 
following  Mr.  Bryan  enthusiastically  when  he 
was  wrong  and  op- 
posing him  sullen- 
ly when  he  was 
right. 

For  he  was  right, 
beyond  any  ques- 
tion, when,  on 
Thursday,  he  re- 
vealed in  a  power- 
ful speech  the  ir- 
regular proceed- 
ings attendant  up- 
on the  selection  of 
a  number  of  mem- 
bers of  the  Illinois 
delegation  and  pre- 
sented a  report  rec- 
ommending that 
those  chosen  fraud- 
ulently be  unseat- 
ed ;  and  he  was 
right  when,  on  Sat- 


P»2^ 


HON.  J.  K.  JONES,   OF  ARKANSAS, 

AND   THOMAS  TAGGART, 

OF  INDIANA. 

As  sketched  by  Cartoonist 
Briggs,  of  the  American 

(New  York). 


urday  night,  he  crawled  from  a  sick-bed  to  ask  the 
convention  to  be  honest  and  declare  for  the  gold 
standard  openly  if  it  was  to  take  any  action 
upon  Judge  Parker's  telegram  to  Mr.  Sheehan. 
In  the  Illinois  case,  there  was  not  the  slightest 
attempt  made  to  answer  Mr.  Bryan's  arguments 
or  to  impugn  his  statement  of  facts.  The  con- 
vention ought  to  have  been  glad  to  follow  his 
lead  in  the  premises,  but  those  who  were  man- 
aging it  had  ordered  that,  while  Mr.  Bryan  was 
to  be  treated  re- 
spectfully, he  was 
not  to  be  allowed 
to  win  any  victo- 
ries ;  so  the  result- 
ing ballot  showed 
only  299  ayes  to 
647  noes  on  Mr. 
Bryan's  motion  to 
substitute  the  mi- 
nority for  the  ma- 
jority report  of  the 
committee  on  cre- 
dentials. 

Again,  on  Satur- 
day night,  when 
the  weak  and  futile 
message  to  Judge 
Parker  was  under 
consideration,  Mr. 
Bryan  was  honest  and  profoundly  right  when 
he  challenged  the  convention  to  declare  flatly 
for  the  gold  standard  if  that  was  what  it 
meant.  He  offered  to  content  himself  with  vot- 
ing in  the  negative  on  such  a  proposal.  But  here 
again  the  ways  of  indirection  and  bunco  were 
preferred  to  those  of  directness  and  fairness,  and 
Mr.  Hill  and  Mr.  "Williams  carried  through  their 
plan  of  telling  Judge  Parker  and  the  country 
that,  so  far  as  the  money  question  was  concerned, 
the  convention  did  not  care  whether  its  candi- 
date was  a  gold  man  or  a  silver  man  or  any 
other  kind  of  man.  In  view  of  the  outspoken 
and  unrepudiated  utterances  on  money  and  bank- 
ing of  the  platforms  of  lSDG.and  1900,  this  ac- 
tion left  the  Democratic  party  in  about  as  weak 
and  contemptible  a  position  as  can  be  imagined. 
The  precious  "harmony  "  for  which  it  was  striv- 
ing was  bought  at  the  cost  of  both  honor  and 
common  sense.  It  may  be  doubted  whether  any- 
thing so  feeble  and  so  tricky  was  ever  before 
successfully  attempted  in  a  political  body  of  like 
importance. 

The  oratory  of  the  Democratic  convention 
was  very  different  in  style  and  in  character  from 
that  of  the  Republican.  Mr.  Root,  Mr.  Black, 
and  Senator  Beveridge  were  the  really  fine  ora- 
tors at  Chicago.      Mr.  Bryan,  Mr.  Littleton,  and 


MR.  HILL  HAS  SOMETHING  TO 
SAY  TO  GOVERNOR  DOCKERV, 
OF    MISSOURI. 

From  the  Journal  (New  York). 


190 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


<  iongressman  Clark  were  the  only  good  speakers 
at  St.  Louis.  The  polish,  directness,  reserve 
power,  and  intellectual  force  of  the  speeches  of 
Mr.  Hoot  and  Mr.  Black  were  not  approached  at 
St.  Louis,  although  Mi-.  Littleton  came  nearest 
to  equaling  those  two  orators.  Mr.  Littleton 
spoke  quietly,  simply,  and  effectively,  and  his 
epigrams  and  neatly  turned  phrases  were  a  pleas- 
ure to  hear.  Mr.  Bryan's  oratory  was  character- 
istically vivid  and  impassioned,  but  his  voice 
showed  signs  of  hard 
usage,  and  of  his 
extreme  fatigue  as 
well,  as  the  conven- 
tion  progressed. 
Congress  m  a  n 
Clark's  mode  of 
speech,  and  his  il- 
lustrations, are  like 
those  of  S  p  e  a  k  e  r 
Cannon,  but  he  is 
physically  a  much 
more  imposing  fig- 
it  r  e  than  t  h e 
Speaker. 

As  the  newspa- 
pers have  reported, 
the  platform,  with 
all  its  omissions  and 
evasions,  ambits 
cheap  pa  rag  r  aph 
about  •■  Jeffersonian 
simplicity  of  living,'' 
was  carefully  read 
by  Senator  Daniel 
without  being  heard 
by  a  single  human 
being.  It  was  then 
adopted,  with  sub- 
stantial unanimity, 
on  a  viva  voce  vote, 
under  the  operation 
of  the  previous  ques- 
tion. 

The  New  York  and  Boston  newspapers,  always 
provincial,  and  always  extreme  in  their  views 
and  expressions,  have  either  minimized  or  con- 
cealed the  real  facts  in  connection  with  the  rela- 
tion between  Judge  Parker's  nomination  and  the 
omission  of  any  money  plank  from  the  platform. 

Mr.  Hill  and  Mr.  Williams  agreed  to  the  omis- 
sion of  any  declaration  on  the  money  question 
in  return  for  votes  that  were  absolutely  neces- 
sary to  effect  Judge  Barker's  nomination.  Judge 
barker  was  nominated  on  an  evasive  platform, 
and  could  not  have  been  nominated  on  any 
other.  A  declaration  for  the  gold  standard,  if 
proposed    before    the    nomination,   would   either 


AMES   H.  ECKELS,  OK  ILLINOIS. 

From  the  North  American 
(Philadelphia). 


have  been  beaten  or  it  would  have  been  carried 
by  the  narrowest  of  majorities.  In  the  latter 
case,  about  two  hundred  and  forty  votes  needed 
to  nominate  Judge  Parker  could  not  have  been 
obtained  ;  in  the  former,  the  nomination  would 
not  have  been  worth  having.  These  are  the 
facts  which  make  Judge  Parker's  own  attitude 
so  extraordinary  and  so  open  to  criticism.  His 
strong  and  emphatic  telegram  to  Mr.  Sheehan 
put  him  in  no  possible  risk.  Mr.  Bryan's  equally 
strong  and  emphatic  message  to  the  Kansas 
City  convention  of  1900  did  involve  risk,  for  it 
was  sent  before  the  nomination  was  made  i 
body  which,  then  as  now,  Mr.  Hill  was  trying  to 
lead  into  paths  of  evasion  and  deceit.  But  Judge 
Parker  ran  no  risk,  as  to  put  him  off  the  ticket 
meant  party  ruin  and  disruption.  The  Southern 
States  would  all  vote  for  him  anyhow,  even  on 
a  nickel  platform,  and  no  Western  State  would 
vote  for  him  under  any  circumstances.  Only 
New  York  was  involved,  ami  that  Judge  Bar- 
ker's declaration  helped  him  there  is  certain. 

But  why  did  Judge  Barker  conceal  his  views 
so  long  ?  Because  that  was  an  essential  part  of 
the  plan  of  campaign  mapped  out  for  him  nearly 
a  year  ago  by  Mr.  Hill  and  Mr.  Belmont,  in 
which  he  has  acquiesced  throughout.  The  Demo- 
cratic party  was  to  be  ••  harmonized  "  by  evasion 
and  silence,  and  Judge  Barker  was  to  be  the 
u  hannonizer."  The  plan  of  campaign  worked, 
but  it  worked  only  by  deceiving  the  delegates 
to  the  Democratic  convention  and  their  con- 
stituents. Mr.  Hill  explicitly  told  the  committee 
on  resolutions  that  he  did  not  know  what  Judge 
Barker's  views  on  the  money  question  were,  and 
Mr.  Littleton  forcefully  urged  as  one  of  Judge 
Barker's  claims  to  consideration  that  he  looked 
upon  himself,  not  as  the  leader,  but  as  the  servant, 
of  his  party,  and  that  the  party  platform,  when 
adopted,  would  be  his  platform. 

lint,  it  was  protested  to  the  angry  delegates 
after  Judge  Barker's  telegram  was  made  known, 
"  we  supposed  you  all  knew  that  Judge  Barker 
was  a  gold-standard  man."  The  retort  was  in- 
stant and  crushing:  ••  Why  should  we  supposf 
anything  of  the  sort?  Judge  Barker's  only  po- 
litical experience,  and  his  only  important  politi- 
cal offices,  were  obtained  through  and  by  Mr. 
Hill.  He  voted  for  Mr.  Bryan  in  1896  and 
again  in  1900.  He  has  ostentatiously  declined 
to  give  expression  to  any  political  opinions. 
What  earthly  reason  was  there  for  supposing  that 
he  was  not  loyal  to  the  Chicago  and  Kansas  City 
platforms?"  But  the  disgusted  and  tired  con- 
vention could  do  nothing  but  send  word  to 
Judge  Barker  that  he  need  not  leave  the  ticket 
because  of  any  views  he  might  hold  on  the 
money  question. 


WIRELESS  TELEGRAPHY  TO-DAY. 

BY   WILLIAM    .MAYER,    JR. 

(Member  of  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers,  and  author  of  "Wireless  Telegraphy, 

Theory  and  Practice") 


IT  is  now  more  than  ten  years  since  the  success- 
ful transmission  of  intelligence  to  a  distance 
by  electric  waves  without  wires  was  first  an- 
nounced by  Marconi.  Prior  to  Marconi's  work, 
several  practical  attempts  had  been  made  to 
transmit  intelligence  to  a  distance  by  means  of 
'electro-magnetic  waves  without  the  aid  of  con- 
necting wires  between  the  sending  and  the  re- 
ceiving stations,  its  chief  application  at  that  time 
being  to  afford  a  method  of  communicating  with 
moving  trains.  A  number  of  such  systems  were 
in  actual  operation  on  railroad  lines  in  this 
country.  These  were  termed  induction  telegraph 
systems.  There  was,  however,  no  great  demand 
for  telegraph  systems  of  this  nature,  and  they 
gradually  went  out  of  existence.  Sir  William 
II.  Preece,  on  the  other  side  of  the  Atlantic,  also 
experimented  on  a  larger  scale  with  induction 
telegraphy  between  lighthouses  on  islands  and 
stations  on  the  mainland,  with  some  success,  but 
the  distances  traversed  did  not  much  exceed  foul- 
er live  miles. 

These  induction  telegraph  systems  employed 
in  their  operation  the  well-known  principle  that 
when  an  electric  current  is  varied  in  one  wire  it 
induces  a  current  of  electricity  in  a  neighboring 
parallel  wire.  In  Preece's  experiments,  a  wire 
several  miles  in  length  was  strung  on  poles  along 
the  coast  of  the  mainland,  and  a  parallel  wire 
was  placed  on  poles  on  the  island.  By  having 
a  battery  and  key  in  one  of  the  wires  and  a 
telephone  receiver  in  the  other,  it  was  possible 
to  transmit  and  receive  Morse  telegraph  signals 
across  the  intervening  space.  In  these  induc- 
tion telegraph  systems,  the  frequency  of  the 
elect  lie  pulsations  employed  ranged  from  thirty 
to  forty  per  second. 

In  the  transmission  of  signals  by  modern  wire- 
less telegraphy,  the  electric  vibrations  or  waves 
radiated  into  free  space  are  of  an  immensely 
higher  order,  varying  from  several  hundreds  of 
thousands  to  many  millions  per  second. 

WIRELESS    TELEGRAPH   APPARATUS   AND    OPERATION. 

As  all  the  world  now  knows,  the  apparatus 
required  for  the  operation  of  this  wireless  teleg- 
raphy is  a  generator  for  setting  up  the  electric 


Copyright,  Rockwood,  1903. 

GUGLIELMO   MARCONI. 

oscillations  in  a  vertical  wire,  or  antenna,  as  it 
is  called,  from  which  the  electric  waves  are  radi- 
ated into  free  space,  together  with  a  vertical 
wire  at  a  receiving  station,  which  intercepts  and 
absorbs  some  of  the  electric  waves  which  are 
transformed  into  electric  oscillations  in  that 
wire,  where  they  are  detected  by  a  receiver  of 
electric  oscillations.  The  received  oscillations 
are  obviously  very  weak  as  compared  with  the 
oscillations  in  the  transmitting  wire,  but  by 
employing  very  sensitive  detectors  of  such  os- 
cillations the  signals  transmitted  may  be  received 
at  a  great  distance  from  their  source. 

In  the  operation  of  wireless  telegraphy  in  its 
simplest  form,  electric  oscillations  are  established 
in  a  vertical  wire  by  an  induction  coil,  in  the 
primary  circuit  of  which  a  telegraph  key  is  in- 
troduced. AVhile  the  key  is  held  passive,  a  con- 
tinuous train  of  electric  oscillations  is  maintained 
in  the  vertical  wire,  and  consequently  a  corre- 
sponding train  of  electric  waves  is  radiated 
therefrom,  but  when  the  key  is  opened  the  oscil- 


192 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


lationsand  the  waves  cease.  Hence,  by  opening 
and  closing  the  key  as  an  ordinary  Morse  tele- 
graph key  is  operated,  the  train  of  waves  is 
broken  up  into  what  correspond  to  dots  and 
dashes  of  the  telegraph  code,  and  may  be  received 
as  such  at  the  receiving  station. 

To  obtain  suc- 
cessful  wireless  te- 
legraphy, m  u  c  h 
(1  e  pe  n  d  s  on  the 
generator  of  the 
oscillations,  the 
height  and  ar- 
rangement of  the 
vertical  wires,  and 
the  sensitiveness 
and  reliability  of 
the  wave-detector. 
The  first  genera- 
tors of  electric  os- 
cillations  em- 
ployed in  wireless 
telegraphy  con- 
sisted of  the  ordi- 
nary Ruhmkorff, 
or  induction,  coil, 
w  h  ich  developed 
about  one-fifteenth 
of  a  horse-power 
(see  illustration, 
fig.  1).  The  sec- 
ondary wire  of  the 
induction  coil  is 
connected  with  the 

vertical  wire,  which  it  charges  with  electricity 
until  the  air  at  the  spark  gap  breaks  down. 
whereupon  electric  oscillations  surge  back  and 
forth  in  the  vertical  wire,  radiating  electric  waves 
in  the  ether.  The  detector  of  the  radiated  waves 
employed  by  Marconi  was  a  modifi<  ation  of  what 
is  known  as  the  filings  coherer,  the  operation  of 
which  is  due  to  the  fact,  discovered  by  Dr.  Bran- 
Iv,  that  metal  filings  when  thrown  loosely  to- 
gether and  made  part  of  an  electric  circuit  have 
a  normally  high  electrical  resistance,  but  in  the 
presence  or  under  the  influence  of  elect  rieal  oscil- 
lations this  resistance  vanishes  and  they  become 
conductors  of  an  electric  current .  It  was  as- 
sumed that  the  electric  oscillations  cause  the 
filings  to  cohere  more  closely  together,  thereby 
making  a  better  contact  with  one  another,  hence 
the  term  coherer  as  applied  to  this  form  of  elec- 
tric-wave detector.  It  was  further  noticed  that, 
when  the  filings  had  thus  cohered  they  retained 
their  electrical  conducting  property  even  after  the 

cessation     c\'    the    oscillations    until     they     Were 

tapped  or  otherwise  jarred,  whereupon  they  re- 
sumed   their    normal    high-resistance    condition. 


FTG.   1. 

(Wireless  transmitting  appara- 
tus.—  A,  vertical  wire;  /),  h, 
spark  gap;  8,  secondary  wire; 
p,  primary  wire;  I,  induction 
coil;  a,  vibrating  hammer;  7J. 
battery:  K,  telegraph  key.) 


Therefore,  to  make  this  device  operative,  a 
means  of  jarring  the  filings  continuously  to  re- 
store them  to  normal  condition  was  necessary, 
and  this  was  easily  found  in  the  shape  of  a 
vibrating  bell,  the  hammer  of  which  was  caused 
to  tap  the  tube  containing  the  filings  (see  fig.  2  ). 

DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  DETECTOR. 

The  speed  of  signaling  with  the  ••  tapping  hack  " 
coherer  is  inherently  slow,  probably  from  eight  to 
twelve  words  per  minute,  and  the  instrument  is 
also  more  or  less  unreliable,  requiring  frequent 
and  careful  adjustment.  Hence,  it  was  evident  to 
all  concerned  in  the  advancement  of  wireless 
telegraphy  that  the  production  was  desirable  of 
a  detector  more  sensitive  and  more  reliable  than 
the  filings  coherer,  and  one  which  upon  the  cessa- 
tion of  the  oscillations  in  its  circuit  would  at 
once  automatically  resume  its  normal  condition. 
A  number  of  detectors  capable  of  fulfilling  these 
requirements  have  been  devised  in  the  past  five 
years,  among  them  the  Solari  mercury  auto- 
coherer,  used  by  the  Italian  navy  ;  the  Marconi 
and  other  magnetic  detectors  ;  the  De  Forest 
electrolytic  detector  ;  the  Fessenden  "heat  "  de- 
tector, and  the  Lodge-Muirhead  oil-film  detector. 
Each  of  these  electric-wave  detectors,  or,  more 
correctly,  electric  -  oscillation  detectors,  while 
differing  more  or  less  in  principle,  effect  the 
same  final  result, — that  is,  they  either  produce 
or  vary  a  current  in  a  local  circuit  in  which  is 
placed  a  telegraph  relay  or  a  telephone  receiver. 
or  they  vary  the  resistance  of  that  circuit  and 


FIG.  2. 

(Wireless  receiving  apparatus.  -A,  vertical  wire;  n,  /.,  fil- 
ings coherer ;  '/'.tapper;  />,  relay  ;  b,  b',  batteries ;  E,  ink 

recorder.) 


IV/RELESS  TELEGRAPHY  TO-DAY. 


193 


thus  cause  the  relay  or  telephone  to  respond  to 
the  received  signals. 

At  the  present  time,  almost  every  civilized  na- 
tion has  developed  one  or  more  systems  of  wire- 
less telegraphy.  In  the  United  States  there  are 
the  De  Forest  and  Fessenden  systems  ;  in  Great 
Britain,  the  Marconi  and  Lodge-Muirhead  sys- 
tems ;  in  Germany,  the  Slaby-Arco  and  the 
Braun  systems,  which  are  now  consolidated  under 
the  name  of  the  Siemens-Halske  wireless  system  ; 
in  France,  the  Ducretel  and  other  systems. 
Italy,  naturally,  also  claims  the  Marconi  wireless 
method.  In  Russia,  the  Popoff  system  is  used  ; 
while  in  Japan  a  wireless  system  has  been  de- 
veloped the  inventor  or  inventors  of  which  are 
not  definitely  known.* 

IN    ALMOST    UNIVERSAL    USE. 

It  is  difficult  to  ascertain  the  actual  degree  of 
perfection  to  which  several  of  these  systems  have 
been  brought,  owing  to  the  varying  statements 
that  reach  the  public.  But  enough  is  known  to 
make  it  clear  that  for  distances  ranging  from 
twenty-five  to  two  hundred  and  fifty  miles  over 
water  wireless  telegraphy  is  now  fairly  reliable 
for  commercial  business  and  other  purposes. 
Wireless  systems  are  now  installed  on  a  large 
number  of  ocean-going  steamers,  with  results 
that  are  admitted  to  be  fairly  satisfactory.  Nu- 
merous circuits  are  in  operation  betwreen  the 
mainland  and  lighthouses  in  this  country  and 
Europe,  where  messages  to  and  from  passing 
vessels  equipped  with  wireless  systems  are  regu- 
larly exchanged.  The  important  war  vessels  of 
every  navy  are  now  equipped,  or  are  being 
equipped,  with  wireless  outfits  ;  the  British  Gov- 
ernment, for  example,  is  expending  about  one 
hundred  thousand  dollars  per  annum  for  this 
purpose.  The  military  authorities  of  the  world 
are  also  utilizing  this  system  to  the  utmost  by  the 
equipment  of  forts  with  the  most  practicable 
systems  procurable.  Wireless  outfits  are  also 
made  a  part  of  the  signaling  system  for  land 
operations,  for  which  purpose  the  apparatus  is 
carried  in  two  carts,  on  one  of  which  is  usually 
placed  an  oil  engine  which  operates  an  alternat- 
ing current  generator.  The  transmitting  and  the 
receiving  apparatus  are  carried  on  the  other  cart. 
As  the  masts  used  to  support  the  vertical  wires 
at  fixed  stations  weigh  from  four  to  six  tons,  and 
therefore  are  not  readily  portable,  small  balloons 
charged   with    hydrogen  are  used    in  ordinary 


*For  full  details  of  these  systems,  and  of  the  apparatus 
employed  in  their  operation,  a  description  of  which  would  he 
beyond  the  scope  of  a  magazine  article,  the  reader  may  he 
referred  to  the  author's  works,  "  Wireless  Telegraphy,  The- 
ory and  Practice,"  and  "American  Telegraphy  and  Ency- 
clopedia of  the  Telegraph." 


weather  to  uphold  the  vertical  wires.      In  stormy 
weather,  the  wires  are  supported  by  four  or  six 

kites. 

ITS    MOST    PRACTICAL    USE. 

It  has  long  been  pointed  out  that  one  of  the 
most  practical  uses  of  wireless  telegraphy  com- 
mercially is  between  places  divided  by  the 
ocean  where  it  is  not  feasible  to  lay  a  cable, 
either  on  account  of  the  expense  involved  or 
because  of  the  rocky  nature  of  the  shore,  which 
would  speedily  chafe  and  destroy  a  cable.  A 
notable  example  of  this  use  of  wireless  teleg- 
raphy is  the  recent  installation  of  a  De  Forest 
wireless  circuit  between  Boca  del  Toro,  Panama, 
and  Port  Limon,  Costa  Rica,  for  the  con- 
venience of  the  fruit-growers  and  merchants  of 
that  neighborhood.  The  distance  between  these 
points  is  seventy  miles,  and  the  service  has 
been  satisfactory  from  the  start.  In  a  number 
of  instances  the  ability  to  communicate  be- 
tween the  fruit-grower  and  the  shipper  at  critical 
times  has  resulted  in  the  saving  of  many 
thousands  of  dollars.  The  masts  supporting  the 
vertical  wires,  and  the  interior  of  the  sta- 
tion at  Port  Limon,  are  shown  in  the  ac- 
companying illustrations.  In  the  interior  pic- 
ture, the  Leyden  jars,  or  condensers,  and  the 
spiral  wire,  or  inductance  coil,  of  the  oscillat- 
ing circuit  are  shown  at  the  far  end  of  the 
table.  The  wireless  receiving  apparatus,  in- 
cluding the  De  Forest  electrolytic  receiver  and 
the  head  telephone,  are  shown  on  the  rear  end 
of  the  table.  A  commercial  telephone  set,  for 
ordinary  telephone  use,  is  shown  at  the  left  side 
of  the  table.  It  will  be  understood  that  the 
head  telephones  of  the  wireless  outfit  are  used 
for  the  reception  of  the  Morse  signals,  which  are 
heard  as  long  and  short  sounds  in  the  receiver. 
There  is  no  reasonable  doubt  that  there  are 
numerous  other  places  where  a  similarly  valuable 
use  of  wireless  telegraphy  could  be  made.  In 
addition  to  examples  of  this  kind,  there  have 
also  been  numerous  .occasions  upon  which  wire- 
less telegraphy  has  been  employed  to  great  ad- 
vantage by  vessels  requiring  assistance,  and 
such  instances  will  multiply  as  the  use  of  this 
system  increases. 

WIRELESS  TELEGRAPHY  IN  THE  FAR  EAST. 

The  recent  successful  employment  of  wire- 
less telegraphy  in  the  far  East  in  affording  a 
means  of  communication  from  the  beleaguered 
Port  Arthur,  and  especially  in  the  transmission 
of  war  news  from  the  war  zone,  has  renewed 
attention  to  its  potential  utility.  It  is  known 
that  a  wireless  station  was  established  at  Golden 
Hill,  at  least  as  long  ago  as  the  spring  of   1903, 


194 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


PORT  L1MON,  COSTA  RICA,   SHOWING   WIRELESS  TELEGRAPH   "MAST." 


for  regular  communication  between  Port  Arthur 
and  the  Russian  warships  in  the  Gulf  of  Pe- 
chi-li.  In  the  waters  of  the  far  East  there  are 
at  least  five  different  systems  of  wireless  teleg- 
raphy on  the  various  warships  and  in  the  forts. 
The  British  have  more  than  twenty  vessels  in 
those  waters  equipped  with  the  Marconi  system 
in  which  the  filings  coherer  is  used.  The  Italians, 
also,  employ  the  Marconi  system  with  the  Solari 
coherer.  The  Germans  are  using  the  Slaby-Arco 
or  the  Braun  system.  The  French  vessels  are 
probably  equipped  with  the  Braun  system.  The 
Japanese  are  employing 
a  system  which,  it  is  as- 
serted, is  a  modification 
of  Marconi's  ;  but  this 
is  denied  by  the  Japa- 
nese. It  is  known  that 
wireless  experiments 
have  been  carried  on  by 
the  Japanese  Depart- 
ment of  Communications 
and  the  Japanese  navy 
since  L896. 

SOME    DIFFICULTIES. 


When  it  is  considered 
that  all  of  these  vessels 
and  stations  are  endeav- 
oring to  use  the  ether 
for  signaling  purposes  at 
one  time,  it  is  evidenl 
that,  unless  it  be  possi- 
ble to  cut  out,  or  in 
some  way  to  eliminate, 


the  effects  of  the  signals 
of  outsiders,  more  or  less 
confusion  must  result. 
For  instance,  at  the  time 
of  the  British  naval  ma- 
neuvers in  1903,  it  was 
stated  by  a  newspaper 
correspondent  that,  ow- 
ing to  the  "  interference'' 
of  one  set  of  signals  with 
the  other,  both  sides 
ceased  to  pay  any  atten- 
tion to  the  disjointed 
messages. ;  hence,  the 
wireless  system  was  of 
no  use  to  either  side. 

This    question    of    in- 
terference is  obviously  a 
very  important  one,  since 
if  it  can  be  successfully 
carried  out  in  warfare  it 
renders  nugatory  any  at- 
tempt of  the  belligerents 
to  carry  on  communication  by  its  means.      The 
same  statement  may  be  made  with   regard   to 
commercial  wireless  telegraphy. 

CAN   "  INTERFERENCE  "    BE    REMEDIED  ? 

It  is,  however,  measurably  true  that  by  an 
arrangement  of  the  wireless  circuits  termed 
tuning  a  system  can  be  so  adjusted  that  it  will 
respond  to  but  one  set  of  waves,  regardless  of  how 
many  other  sets  may  be  passing.  An  under- 
standing of  the  manner  in  which  this  result  is 
effected    may   be   gathered  by  considering  the 


INTEItlOK   Of  THE   W1KKLKSS  TELEGRAPH   STATION   AT   PORT  LIMON. 


WIRELESS  TELEGRAPHY  TO-DAY. 


195 


manner  in  which  a  practically  similar  result  is 
obtained  by  mechanical  means  in  a  wire  tele- 
graph method  known  as  harmonic  telegraphy. 
In  this  system,  three  or  four  forks  attuned  to 
different  notes,  and  consequently  to  different 
rates  of  vibration,  are  so  placed  in  a  telegraph 
circuit  that  they  set  up  current  pulsations  in 
that  circuit  corresponding  to  their  fundamental 
rate  of  vibration.  The  pulsations  set  up  by  each 
of  these  forks  are  controlled  by  telegraph  keys. 
At  the  receiving  station,  four  ordinary  electro- 
magnets are  placed  in  the  circuit.  The  armatures 
of  these  magnets  consist  of  tuning-forks, each  of 
which  is  attuned  to  vibrate  at  a  rate  correspond- 
ing to  that  of  one  of  the  transmitting  forks,  and 
it  will  respond  only  to  the  pulsations  of  cur- 
rent set  up  by  that  particular  transmitting  fork. 
Hence,  it  is  possible  by  these  means  to  send 
four,  or  even  more,  separate  messages  over  one 
telegraph  circuit. 

In  an  analogous  way,  the  attempt  is  made, 
more  or  less  successfully,  in  wireless  telegraphy, 
to  tune  the  respective  systems  so  that  each  will 
only  respond  to  a  given  set  of  electric  waves  in 
the  ether.  It  is  not  possible  to  employ  in  wire- 
less telegraphy  the  mechanical  method  of  tuning 
just  described,  but  it  is  found  possible  to  tune 
the  oscillating  circuits  at  the  transmitting  and 
receiving  ends  by  electrical  means.  This  is 
done  by  taking  advantage  of  the  fact  that  the 
rate  or  frequency  of  electric  oscillations  in  a 
circuit  is  governed  by  the  resistance,  the  capa- 
city, and  the  inductance  of  the  circuit,  which 
properties  of  an  electric  circuit  may  be  likened 
to  friction,  elasticity,  and  inertia  in  mechanics. 

In  actual  practice,  however,  while  fairly  suc- 
cessful results  have  been  obtained  by  tuning 
the  oscillating  circuits,  it  has  not  hitherto 
been  found  feasible  to  entirely  prevent  or  cut 
out  interference  between  different  systems  if 
the  interfering  waves  are  of  sufficient  strength, 
especially  if  the  oscillations  are  approximately 
of  the  same  order  or  frequency.  When,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  rate  of  oscillation  employed  by 
different  stations  is  quite  dissimilar,  attempts  to 
cut  out  interference  are  much  more  successful. 

But  it  is  a  fortunate  fact  that  when  the  tele- 
phone is  used  as  a  receiver  in  wireless  telegraphy 
it  is  not  absolutely  necessary  to  success  that  the 
signals  of  other  stations  shall  be  cut  out  alto 
gether.  It  suffices  if  by  tuning  or  distance  the 
interference  is  minimized.  In  such  a  case,  the 
signals  intended  for  a  given  station  may  be  read 
by  an  expert  operator,  while  the  extraneous 
sounds  are  disregarded,  in  virtually  the  same 
manner,  for  instance,  as  when  a  number  of  people 
are  conversing  at  one  time  in  a  room  a  listener 
may  select  the  conversation  of  any  one  speaker 


LEE  DE  FOREST. 

in  the  room  and  hear  him  to  the  exclusion  of  all 
the  other  speakers,  notwithstanding  that  the 
sounds  of  all  the  voices  are  falling  upon  the  tym- 
panum of  the  listener's  ear. 

EXTENSIVE    USE    IN    ORIENTAL    WATERS. 

According  to  advices  from  the  operators  of 
the  De  Forest  wireless  system  in  Chinese  and 
Japanese  waters,  there  is  an  unending  train  of 
wireless  signals  going  on  day  and  night  in  that 
vicinity.  The  signals  of  the  Russians  and  the 
Japanese,  and  especially  of  the  latter,  can  be  heard 
at  all  hours,  these  nations,  in  common  with  all 
others,  using  in  telegraphy  a  modification  of  the 
Morse  telegraph  alphabet.  The  telegraph  alpha- 
bet used  by  the  Russians  contains  thirty  char- 
acters ;  that  of  the  Japanese  is  said  to  contain 
forty  characters,  while  the  American  Morse  con- 
tains but  twenty-six  characters.  But,  apart  from 
this  difference  in  the  alphabets,  the  belligerents 
use  cipher  codes  which  render  their  communica- 
tions unintelligible  to  outsiders,  even  if  they 
were  otherwise  readable. 

The  De  Forest  wireless  station  in  North  China 
from  which  the  wireless  war  news  is  cabled 
to  Europe  is  situated  on  a  cliff  somewhat  east 


196 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


of  Wei-Hai-TVei.  The  height  of  the  vertical 
wife  used  is  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet, 
which  is  also  the  height  of  the  station  above 
sea  level.  The  Chinese  steamship  Hairnun,  which 
was  chartered  by  the  London  Times  for  news- 
gathering  by  wireless  telegraphy,  has  a  vertical 
wire  about  ninety-six  feet  high.  The  transmit- 
ting and  receiving  apparatus  employed  at  Wei- 
Hai  -Wei  and  on  the  Hairnun  are  practically 
identical,  and  the  operating-rooms  virtually  cor- 
respond to  those  of  the  Panama  and  Port  Limon 
stations.    Messages  were  freely  sent  to  and  from 


NANTUCKET  LIGHTSHIP. 

(Showing  wireless  mast  and  antennae.) 

the  boat  at  distances  ranging  from  ten  to  one 
hundred  and  fifty  miles.  The  signals  could  be 
heard  at  greater  distances  from  the  boat  to  the 
shore  than  contrariwise,  the  rolling  of  the  boat 
at  times  interfering  with  the  reception  of  sig- 
nals. At  the  time  of  Russia's  announcement 
that  correspondents  employing  wireless  teleg- 
raphy in  the  war  zone  would  be  treated  as 
spies,  the  Hairnun  was  on  the  Korean  coast,  and 
those  on  board  were  promptly  informed  of  the 
interesting  situation  by  wireless  telegraphy. 

EXCELLENT    SERVICE    TO    THE     "  HAIMUN." 

This  vessel  has  had  several  interesting  experi- 
ences. One  day  last  April,  when  the  Hairnun 
was  within  twelve  miles  of  Port  Arthur  and 
eighty-five  miles  from  YVei-IIaiAYei,  on  the 
lookout  for  war  news,  sin;  was  held  up  by  a 
shot  across  her  bows  from  the  Russian  warship 
Bayan.  Not  knowing  what  might  happen,  Cap- 
tain James,  the  correspondent  of  the  London 
Tunis  on  the  Hairnun,  sent  a  wireless  dispatch 
to  W"ei-Hai-"Wei,  notifying  that  station  that 
they  were  about  to  be  boarded  by  officers  of  the 
Russian  battleship  Bayan.  "  If  you  do  not  hear 
from  us  in  three  hours,"  said  the  message, 
"notify  commissioner,  captain   of   British  gun- 


boat Leviathan,  and  London  Times."  There  was 
some  natural  anxiety  to  know  if  the  message 
had  been  received,  but  presently  all  anxiety  was 
relieved  by  the  welcome  signal  "  0.  K."  from 
the  Wei-IIai-Wei  operator.  In  a  short  time  a 
reply  came  stating  that  the  commissioner  and 
the  commander  of  the  British  fleet  at  Wei-Hai- 
Wei  had  been  properly  notified,  and  that  from  the 
window  of  the  operating-room  it  could  be  seen 
that  the  fleet  was  getting  up  steam, — '<  and  that^' 
added  the  operator,  "is  no  dream."  Two  Rus- 
sian officers  boarded  the  Hairnun,  inspected  the 
wireless  apparatus,  and  took  a  copy  of  the  last 
message  sent.  In  the  midst  of  their  inspection, 
the  officers  were  hurriedly  recalled  to  the  Bayan 
by  apparently  excited  signals  from  that  ship, 
which  immediately  returned  to  Port  Arthur.  It 
was  surmised  by  those  on  the  Hairnun,  as  an  ex- 
planation of  their  hasty  return,  that  the  Russians 
had  detected  Japanese  wireless  signals.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  is  quite  possible  that  the  Bayany& 
wireless  operator  may  also  have  received  the 
messages  sent  from  the  Hairnun  and  from  YYei- 
Hai-Wei  relative  to  the  boarding  of  the  Haimuto, 
and  this,  for  prudential  reasons,  may  have  occa- 
sioned the  hasty  recall  of  the  boarding  officers. 
On  this  point  it  may  be  noted  that  while  the  ether 
itself  transmits  all  forms  of  electric  waves  im- 
partially, it  is  quite  within  the  probabilities  that 
some  characteristic  in  the  method  of  transmis- 
sion, or  some  peculiarity  of  code  used  by  one 
vessel  or  fleet,  might  after  a  little  experience  be 
quickly  recognized  by  other  fleets,  and  in  this 
way  the  presence  of  friend  or  enemy  could  be 
recognized  without  a  regular  message. 

AN  INTERNATIONAL  AGREEMENT. 

The  fact  that  the  operation  of  powerful  wire- 
less coast  stations  has  been  found  to  seriously 
interfere  with  the  operation  of  wireless  tele- 
graph systems  on  shipboard  has  already  led  to 
protests  from  maritime  interests  in  various 
countries  against  the  indiscriminate  extension 
of  such  powerful  stations.  It  is  manifest  that 
ordinary  steamships  or  sailing  vessels,  and  light- 
ships and  lighthouses,  cannot  maintain  powerful 
installations,  nor  can  they  command  the  services 
of  experts  to  manipulate  wireless  tuning  appar- 
atus to  minimize  or  eliminate  interference.  Fur- 
thermore, the  attunement  of  wireless  systems  on 
shipboard  or  on  lighthouses  to  one  or  more  set 
of  electric  waves  is  obviously  not  desirable, 
inasmuch  as  in  case  of  need  these  vessels  and 
stations  should  be  able  to  interchange  communi- 
cation with  any  system  within  their  influence. 

An  international  wireless  telegraphy  confer- 
ence was  held  in  Berlin  last  summer  for  the 
consideration  of  matters  of  the  nature  just  men- 


WIRELESS  TELEGRAPHY  TO-DAY. 


197 


tioned,  and  of  others  analogous  thereto,  and  a 
number  of  rules  were  adopted  for  the  proper 
regulation  of  wireless  telegraph  operations  in 
the  best  interests  of  all  concerned. 

ACTION    BY    THE    UNITED    STATES    GOVERNMENT. 

It  has  recently  been  reported  that  the  United 
States  Government  has  under  consideration  the 


REGINALD  A.    FESSENDEN. 


advisability  of  obtaining,  by  Congressional  enact- 
ment or  otherwise,  the  exclusive  control  of  all 
wireless  telegraph  stations  on  the  coasts  of  this 
country,  on  the  ground  that  only  in  this  way 
can  the  coast  be  properly  defended  in  time  of  war, 
so  far  as  wireless  telegraphy  may  be  useful  to 
that  end.  In  no  other  way,  it  is  intimated,  can  in- 
terference between  conflicting  wireless  stations  be 
prevented  and  the  proper  control  and  systemiza- 
tionof  the  wireless  service  be  successfully  brought 
about.  At  the  present  time,  at  least  four  dif- 
ferent wireless  systems  are  employed  by  various 
departments  of  the  United  States  Government, — 
namely,  the  Slaby-Arco,  by  the  navy  department ; 
the  Braun  system,  by  the  army,  for  land  opera- 
tions ;  the  Wildman  system,  by  the  Signal  Corps 
of  the  army,  and  the  Fessenden  system,  or  a  modi- 
fication of  that  system,  by  the  Weather  Bureau. 
The  Wildman  system  is  understood  to  be  a  com- 
bination, with  improvements  by  Captain  Wild- 
man. 

It  would  certainly  seem  desirable  that  a  stand- 


ard system  should  be  adopted  for  all  branches 
of  the  Government,  in  order,  if  for  nothing  else, 
that  a  ready  interchange  of  men  and  apparatus 
might  be  feasible.  Under  existing  conditions, 
this  is  evidently  not  the  case.  To  determine  in 
what  manner  the  foregoing  results  may  best  be 
obtained,  and  to  consider  the  subject  in  all  its 
bearings,  the  President  has  appointed  a  board 
consisting  of  representatives  of  the  army  and 
navy,  whose  findings,  it  is  intimated,  will  shortly 
be  reported.  In  the  meantime,  the  Government 
has  entered  into  a  contract  with  one  of  the  ex- 
isting wireless  telegraph  companies  for  the  es- 
tablishment of  a  series  of  five  wireless  telegraph 
circuits, — namely,  between  Key  West  and  Pan- 
ama, a  distance  of  one  thousand  miles  ;  Key 
West  and  Pensacola,  four  hundred  and  fifty 
miles  ;  Porto  Rico  and  Key  West,  one  thousand 
miles  ;  southern  Cuban  coast  to  Panama,  seven 
hundred  and  twenty  miles,  and  southern  Cuba 
to  Porto  Rico,  six  hundred  miles.  The  ulti- 
mate object  of  these  proposed  stations  is,  it  is 
stated,  to  provide  an  alternative  method  of 
communication,  in  case  of  emergency,  with  the 
government's  outlying  territories  and  interests 
in  Central  America,  and  possibly  in  the  far  East. 
The  masts  for  these  stations  will  be  from  two 
hundred  to  three  hundred  feet  in  height,  and 
the  power  of  the  generators  of  the  electric  waves 
will  probably  range  from  twenty-five  to  forty 
horse-power.  Inasmuch  as  the  height  of  the 
wires  hitherto  employed  has  not  much  exceeded 
one  hundred  and  fifty  feet,  and  the  power  em- 
ployed at  the  generator  has  been  from  two  to 
three  horse-power,  with  which  distances  of  from 
one  hundred  and  fifty  to  two  hundred  miles  have 
been  reached,  it  is  expected  that  the  additional 
height  of  the  vertical  wires  and  the  greatly  in- 
creased power  will  make  it  possible  to  transmit 
messages  over  the  much  longer  circuits.  This, 
however,  remains  to  be  determined. 

At  present,  it  may  be  remarked  that  the 
United  States  Government  is  alone  in  not  pos- 
sessing a  monopoly  of  wireless  telegraphy  on 
its  coasts  and  within  its  boundaries.  In  Great 
Britain,  the  government  declined  to  give  the 
Marconi  system  certain  desired  privileges  unless 
it  would  guarantee  that  the  more  powerful  sta- 
tions would  not  interfere  with  existing  wireless 
stations  of  the  British  Admiralty.  In  France,  a 
wireless  station  which  was  erected  at  Cape  La 
Hogue  without  governmental  authority  was,  it 
is  reported,  "  seized  "  by  the  police.  Germany, 
Italy,  Russia,  and  other  European  nations  also 
exercise  complete  control  over  wirejess  tele- 
graph systems,  while  in  far-off  Ceylon  a  fee  is 
exacted  for  the  operation  of  such  circuits  on  that 
island. 


THE   SUCCESSOR   OF   DIAZ    IN 

PRESIDENCY. 


THE   MEXICAN 


BY    AUSTIN    C.   BRADY. 


IN  January,  1903,  a  comparatively  young  man 
entered  the  cabinet  of  Gen.  Porfirio  Diaz, 
President  of  Mexico.  At  that  time  his  name  was 
practically  unknown  outside  of  Mexico,  and  was 
not  particularly  familiar  to  the  people  of  that  re- 
public. To-day,  in  his  own  country,  he  occupies 
a  position  of  prominence  second  only  to  that  of 
Diaz,  and  interested  investors  of  the  United 
States  and  Europe,  who  for  several  years  have 
been  asking  the  question,  "  After  Diaz,  what  ?  " 
are  eagerly  seeking  information  concerning  his 
personal  characteristics  and  governing  ability. 
This  man  is  Ramon  Corral,  minister  of  the  inte- 
rior, who  will  be  inaugurated  vice-president  of 
the  Mexican  republic  in  December  of  this  year. 
If  he  lives,  he  will  succeed  Diaz  as  President  of 
Mexico,  for  he  has  been  selected  by  that  re- 
markable ruler  to  receive  the  mantle  of  authority 
when  it  falls  from  his  shoulders. 

Corral  was  nominated  for  the  vice-presidency 
by  the  Nationalist  party,  in  the  city  of  Mexico, 
on  June  7  last,  and  by  reason  of  the  peculiar 
political  conditions  existing  in  Mexico,  where 
the  ballot  is  still  far  distant,  the  nomination  was 
equivalent  to  election.  There  was  no  other  can- 
didate in  the  field  against  him,  any  more  than 
against  Diaz  himself,  and  on  July  11,  when  the 
reelection  of  Diaz  as  president  was  announced, 
in  accordance  with  constitutional  forms,  Corral, 
in  a  corresponding  manner,  was  elevated  to  the 
position  of  vice-president.  The  opening  of  the 
coming  year  will  see  him  sharing  the  duties  of 
the  executive  branch  of  the  government  with 
the  maker  of  modern  Mexico. 

The  nomination  of  Corral  was  preceded  by 
the  adoption  of  amendments  to  the  constitution 
of  Mexico  providing  for  the  office  of  vice-presi- 
dent and  extending  the  presidential  term  from 
four  to  six  years.  The  organization  that  nom- 
inated him  is  made  up  of  men  in  touch  with  the 
Diaz  administration  in  various  sections  of  the 
republic.  The  constitutional  changes  and  the 
convention  were  preliminary  steps  in  the  plan 
conceived  by  Diaz  for  settling  the  question  of 
presidential  succession,  a  question  that  has  been 
paramount  in  Mexico  for  a  number  of  years. 
This  plan  includes  his  temporary  retirement 
from  the  presidency  during  the  course  of  the 
coming  term,  in  order  that  Corral,  left  largely 
to  his  own  resources,  may  have  the  opportunity 


of  demonstrating  his  executive  ability,  and  in 
order  that  the  people  of  Mexico  may  become 
accustomed  to  the  idea  of  a  new  ruler.  If  Diaz 
live, — and  the  physical  and  mental  vigor  which 


PRESIDENT  DIAZ,   OF  MEXICO. 

he  now  displays  gives  promise  of  many  addi- 
tional years, — this  detail  will  be  carried  out,  his 
long-cherished  desire  to  travel  through  the  United 
States  and  European  countries  being  made  the 
excuse  for  his  retirement.  During  the  time  that 
Diaz  continues  actively  at  the  head  of  govern- 
mental affairs,  Corral  will  study  the  executive 
lessons  under  his  tutorship,  and  at  the  end  of 
six  years  should  be  particularly  fitted  to  take  up 
and  carry  on  his  work.  If  Diaz  die,  the  vice 
presidential  arrangement  will  provide  for  suc- 
cession in  a  logical  way,  and  will,  it  is  believed, 
reduce  to  a  minimum  the  danger  of  political 
upheaval. 

To  understand  fully  what  the  passing  of  Diaz 
means  to  Mexico,  it  is  necessary  to  understand 
something  of  what  he  has   accomplished,   and 


THE  SUCCESSOR  OF  DIAZ  IN  THE  MEXICAN  PRESIDENCY. 


199 


how  absolutely  he  controls  the  affairs  of  his 
country.  Before  Diaz,  there  was  chaos  ;  since 
his  advent,  there  has  been  order.  He  gained 
power  through  revolution,  and  instantly  became 
the  champion  of  peace.  Endowed  with  a  mar- 
velous knowledge  of  human  nature,  he  called 
about  him  men  of  ability  on  whom  he  could  de- 
pend, and  built  up  an  organization  the  like  of 
which  does  not  exist  in  any  other  country. 
Revolutionary  tendencies 
and  brigandage  he  put 
down  with  an  iron  hand, 
and  offered  a  guarantee 
of  peace  to  the  millions 
of  American  and  Europe- 
an capital  seeking  invest- 
ment abroad.  He  put  the 
ballot  aside  as  premature 
because  of  his  intimate 
familiarity  with  the  emo- 
tional characteristics  of 
the  Mexican  race,  but  at 
the  same  time  took  occa- 
sion to  carefully  guard 
and  encourage  republican 
forms.  In  the  twenty 
years  that  he  has  contin- 
uously governed  Mexico, 
Porfirio  Diaz  has  been  the 
beginning  and  the  end  of 
all  Mexican  politics,  and 
the  peace  which  the  coun- 
try has  enjoyed,  and  the 
wonderful  progress  it  has 
made,  constitute  a  strik- 
ing argument  in  favor  of 
autocratic  government. 

Can  Corral  continue 
the    Diaz    organization  ? 

The  future  of  the  Mexican  republic  hinges  large- 
ly on  the  answer  to  this  question.  The  present 
does  not  demand  a  second  Diaz,  for  Mexico  is 
now  well  established  as  a  modern  world-power 
and  its  people  have  come  to  appreciate  the  value 
of  peace,  but  the  new  ruler,  to  succeed,  must 
prove  himself  a  man  of  more  than  ordinary 
strength,  possessing  tact  and  ability  to  cope  in- 
stantly with  any  political  emergency.  If  Mex- 
ico pass  from  Diaz  to  Corral  without  political 
trouble,  the  possibility  of  internal  disturbances 
in  future  years  will  be  greatly  diminished. 

The  minister  of  the  interior  is  now  fifty  years 
of  age,  and  for  nearly  twenty  years  has  been 
identified  with  the  Diaz  administration.  He  is  a 
native  of  Alamos,  a  small  town  in  the  state  of 
Sonora,  and,  like  Diaz,  is  of  humble  origin.  His 
appearance  in  public  life  was  as  editor  of  two 
newspapers  in  his  native  town,  both  of  which 


KAMON  CORRAL. 


(Chosen  vice-president  of  Mexico.) 


were  established  with  the  purpose  of  fighting 
the  administration  of  Gen.  Ignacio  Pesquiera, 
then  governor  of  Sonora.  Later,  Corral  took 
part  in  the  revolution  that  resulted  in  deposing 
Pesquiera,  and  during  that  contest  saw  his  only 
military  service.  He  was  taken  up  by  the  new 
state  administration,  and  in  1887,  after  having 
come  to  the  notice  of  Diaz,  he  was  named  vice- 
governor  of  Sonora.  Afterward,  he  served  as 
Deputy  to  the  national 
Congress,  and  in  1895 
was  given  charge  of  the 
government  of  Sonora. 
For  four  years  Corral  re- 
mained as  governor  of 
that  state,  and  during  that 
time  Sonora  made  won- 
derful progress  along 
modern  lines.  In  1900, 
he  was  called  to  the  city 
of  Mexico  by  the  presi- 
dent and  made  governor 
of  the  Federal  District, 
which  corresponds  to  the 
District  of  Columbia  and 
includes  the  national  cap- 
ital and  its  suburbs.  On 
January  16,  1903,  he  en- 
tered the  cabinet  of  Pres- 
ident Diaz  as  minister  of 
the  interior. 

The  incident  that  made 
a  place  for  Corral  in  the 
cabinet  of  Diaz  operated 
to  make  him  the  most  log- 
ical man  for  the  presi- 
dential succession.  This 
was  the  resignation  of 
Gen.  Bernardo  Reyes 
as  minister  of  war  and  marine.  Up  to  that 
time,  General  Reyes  had  been  considered  a  fore- 
most presidential  possibility,  sharing  the  dis- 
tinction with  Jose  Ives  Limantour,  minister  of 
finance.  But  enmity  of  long  standing  between 
Reyes  and  Limantour  blossomed  into  open  an- 
tagonism under  the  equal  favor  shown  them  by 
the  president  as  members  of  his  official  family, 
and  when,  one  day,  it  was  discovered  that  a  son 
of  Reyes  was  interested  in  a  newspaper  estab- 
lished with  the  avowed  object  of  killing  Liman- 
tour politically,  the  war  minister  was  accused 
of  complicity.  A  stormy  cabinet  meeting  fol- 
lowed, and  when  it  ended,  Reyes'  resignation 
was  in  the  hands  of  the  president.  Diaz  un- 
doubtedly realized  at  that  time  the  danger  of 
intrusting  the  presidency  to  either  Reyes  or  Li- 
mantour, because  of  the  bitterness  between  them 
and  the  following  each  could  command,  and  it 


200 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


•JOSE   IVES  LIMANTOl'K. 

(The  Mexican  minister  of  finance.) 

is  not  at  all  improbable  that  lie  associated.  Cor- 
ral with  the  presidency  when  he  rearranged  the 
cabinet  positions  and  offered  him  the  portfolio 
of  the  interior. 

Corral  has  a  pleasing  personality,  lie  is 
democratic  and  diplomatic,  and  gives  the  im- 
pression of  reserve  strength.  His  capacity  for 
government,  which  was  demonstrated  in  Sonora 
and  during  his  term  as  governor  of  the  Federal 
District,  has  developed  in  the  broader  and  more 
important  field  of  the  interior  department.  A 
native  of  a  border  state  and  its  chief  executive, 
he  has  been  much  in  contact  with  Americans, 
has  absorbed  many  American  ideas,  and  is  an 
admirer  of  American  energy.  Of  particular  in- 
terest to  tin'  United  States  is  the  fact  that,  he  is 
a  protectionist.  While  serving  as  Deputy  from 
Sonora  to  the  national  Congress,  a  scarcity  of 
wheat  occurred  in  the  state  of  Sinaloa  and  the 
territory  of  Lower  California,  and  the  finance 
committee  of  that  body  proposed  a  bill  admitting 


California  wheat  and  flour  free  of  duty.  Corral 
fought  it  on  the  ground  that  it  would  ruin  the 
agricultural  and  milling  interests  of  Sonora,  and 
as  a  result  of  his  efforts  the  bill  was  withdrawn. 
He  was  responsible  for  the  increases  in  the  Mexi- 
can import  duties  made  early  in  the  present  year, 
and  under  his  rule  the  protective  examples  of 
the  United  States  are  certain  to  be  followed  as 
rapidly  as  various  industries  in  Mexico  become 
worthy  of  government  aid. 

It  is  the  general  feeling  in  Mexico  that  Presi- 
ident  Diaz  has  chosen  well  in  selecting  Corral 
to  be  his  successor.  He  is  not  bound  up  with 
either  the  Reyes  or  Limantour  factions,  and 
while  he  is  a  closer  friend  of  Limantour  than 
of  Reyes,  his  friendship  for  the  former  is  not 
such  as  to  antagonize  the  latter.  When  a  com- 
mittee from  the  Nationalist  party  called  on 
President  Diaz  to  officially  notify  him  of  Cor- 
ral's nomination,  the  president  commented  par- 
ticularly on  the  fact  that  the  minister  of  the  in- 
terior was  comparatively  a  young  man.  It  is 
the  hope  of  Diaz  that  Corral  may  rule  continu- 
ously, as  he  has  done,  to  the  end  that  the  repub- 
lic may  be  spared  the  clangers  which  might 
attend  political  changes. 

It  is  probable  that  comparatively  few  people 
in  the  United  States  realize  to  what  extent  their 
country  is  interested  in  the  future  of  Mexico. 
Contiguity  of  territory  is  in  itself  important, 
and  the  two  republics  are  now  held  firmly  to- 
gether by  commercial  bonds.  Mexico  receives 
two-thirds  of  its  imports  from  the  United  States, 
and  sells  its  northern  neighbor  three-fourths  of 
its  exports.  There  are  fully  six  hundred  millions 
of  American  money  invested  in  Mexico  at  the 
present  time,  and  the  flow  of  gold  across  the  Rio 
Grande  is  continuing  steadily.  In  the  city  of 
Mexico  alone,  there  are  six  thousand  American 
residents,  and  those  in  other  parts  of  the  repub- 
lic bring  the  total  to  at  least  thirty  thousand. 
Should  the  coming  political  change  in  Mexico  lie 
followed  by  internal  disorder,  the  United  States 
would  find  itself  directly  affected.  In  the  event  of 
the  disorder  endangering  the  lives  of  American 
citizens  and  resulting  in  the  confiscation  of  Amer- 
ican property,  the  United  States  would  be  com- 
pelled to  intervene.  Intervention  under  such 
circumstances  might  change  the  map  of  North 
America, — it  might  signal  the  passing  of  M<'\ 
ico's  independence'  and  the  merging  of  the  south- 
ern republic  with  the  United  States. 


HERZL,    LEADER    OF    MODERN    ZIONISM 


BY   HERMAN   ROSENTHAL. 


IN  the  prime  of  his  manhood,  with  his  great 
task  far  from  completion,  Theodor  Herzl, 
the  leader  of  modern  Zionism,  passed  away  on 
July  3.  It  is  certain  that  the  cares  and  per- 
plexing problems  that  his  self-assumed  mission 
had  brought  to  him  hastened  his  death.  It  was 
his  fervent  enthusiasm. 


where  the  condition  of  the  Jewish  masses  is  well- 
nigh  hopeless.  In  the  six  general  Zionist  con- 
gresses held  between  1897  and  1903,  his  ideas 
were  further  formulated  in  the  following  :  (1) 
The  practical  encouragement  of  coloniza- 
tion in  Palestine  of  Jewish  farmers,  arti- 
sans,   and     manufactu- 


his  lofty  yet  clear  vision, 
his  magnetic  personali- 
tv.  his  remarkable  pow- 
er of  organization,  and 
his  uncompromising 
honesty  of  purpose  that 
had  built  and  upheld 
latter-day  Zionism. 

Born  in  Budapest, 
May  2,  1860,  Herzl  re- 
ceived his  education  in 
the  Realschule  of  his  na- 
tive town,  and  later  at 
the  classical  gymna- 
sium and  the  Univer- 
sity of  Vienna,  where 
he  prepared  for  a  legal 
career.  He  did  not, 
however,  devote  himsel  f 
to  the  practice  of  law, 
but  engaged,  instead, 
in  literary  and  journal- 
istic work.  In  1896,  he 
published  his  "  Juden- 
staat,"  in  which  he  pro- 
posed a  plan  for  the 
solution  of  the  intricate 
Jewish  question.  Herzl  believed  that  this  ques- 
tion is  neither  religious  nor  social  in  character, 
notwithstanding  that  it  assumes,  at  times,  one  or 
the  other  of  these  forms.  It  is,  according  to  him, 
a  national  question,  susceptible  of  solution  only 
by  being  treated  as  a  universal  political  problem, 
%p  be  regulated  by  a  council  of  the  civilized  nations. 

The  Zionist  movement  strives  to  create  in 
Palestine  a  legal  home  assured  by  universal  con- 
sent for  Jews  who  either  cannot  or  will  not  assim- 
ilate in  their  present  environment.  The  Jews,  said 
Herzl,  have  the  "right  to  demand  from  the  en- 
lightened powers  a  home  thus  assured,  because 
of  their  past  and  of  their  future  mission,  which 
they  believe  to  be  of  great  moment  to  the  world 
at  large." 

Under  the  leadership  of  Herzl,  modern  Zion- 
ism grew  rapidly,  particularly  in  eastern  Europe, 


THE  LATE  DR.  THEODOR  HERZL,,  THE  "MODERN  MOSES 


rers  ;  (2)  the  organiza- 
tion and  unification  of 
the  Jewish  masses,  with 
due  regard  to  local  con- 
ditions, and  in  the  spirit 
of  the  laws  of  the  re- 
spective countries  ;  (3) 
the  strengthening  and 
development  of  a  Jew- 
ish national  sentiment 
and  consciousness  ;  (4) 
preliminary  steps  to- 
ward the  securing  of 
the  consent  of  the  pow- 
ers, indispensable  to  the 
accomplishment  of  the 
purposes  of  Zionism. 
Leaving  the  work  of 
internal  oi'ganization  to 
the  central  committee 
and  its  branches,  Herzl 
assigned  to  himself  the 
diplomatic  mission,  and 
was  received  as  the  rep- 
resentative of  the  Jew- 
ish nation  by  rulers  and 
statesmen,  among  them 
the  Sultan  of  Turkey.  In  1903,  he  secured  from 
the  British  colonial  secretary,  Mr.  Chamberlain, 
the  promise  of  a  territorial  grant  in  Uganda, 
Africa,  for  purposes  of  colonization.  The  Jew- 
ish colonies  were  to  be  given  extensive  autonomy 
in  the  agricultural  and  industrial  development 
of  the  region.  The  project  created  stubborn  op- 
position on  the  part  of  the  Russian  Zionists,  who 
would  not  content  themselves  with  any  soil  but 
that  of  Palestine.  A  committee  is  now  investi 
gating  the  feasibility  of  colonization  in  Uganda. 
The  strength  of  the  Zionist  movement  is  evi- 
denced by  the  rapid  increase  of  the  so-called 
"shekel"  fund,  derived  from  annual  contribu- 
tions of  one  shekel  (25  cents)  each  by  the  active 
members  of  the  Zionist  organization.  In  1897, 
this  had  a  membership  of  78,000,  which  grew  to 
122,000  in  1900,  and  to  nearly  400,000  in  1903. 


BARON    SUYEMATSU    ON    THE    AIMS    OF   JAPAN. 


THERE  is  now  in  London  a  very  notable 
Japanese  statesman,  whose  command  of 
the  English  language  enables  him  to  familiarize 
the  press  with  Japanese  ideals.  This  is  Baron 
Suyematsu,  a  former  minister  of  the  interior  for 
the  Mikado.  He  is  just  the  man  to  express  an 
opinion  on  the  "yellow  peril,"  "Asia  for  the 
Asiatics,"  and  the  possible  extension  of  Japanese 
ambition?  In  a  recent  conversation  with  the 
writer,  he  gave  out  some  interesting  information 
as  to  Japan's  aims  now  and  after 
the  war. 

The  baron,  who  is  a  genial 
humorist,  gayly  laughed  at  the 
notion  that  the  Japanese  could 
ever  fall  a  prey  to  the  tempta- 
tions which  success  in  war  so 
often  brings  in  its  train. 

"As  for  the  yellow  peril,"  he 
said,  "  tell  me  what  is  the  mean- 
ing of  this  yellow  peril  ?  " 

"  Oh,  it  is  very  simple,"  I  an- 
swered. "  Japan,  if  victorious, 
will  Japanese  China,  and  the 
four  hundred  millions  of  Chi- 
nese, organized  and  drilled  by 
Japan,  would  declare  for  Asia 
for  the  Asiatics,  and  where 
would  Europe  be  then  ?  " 

"That  assumes  that  we  are 
Asiatics,"  said  Baron  Suyematsu;  "and  that  be- 
cause Japan  can  organize  the  Japanese  she  can 
organize  Asiatics.  But  it  does  not  follow. 
Neither  is  it  to  be  assumed  that  because  Japan 
can  equip  victorious  fleets  and  armies,  Asiatic 
nations  can  do  the  same.  They  are  distinct  from 
us,  and  the  Chinese  are  very  distinct,  They  are 
of  different  race.  We  are  warlike,  they  are  the 
most  peaceful  of  men.  We  have  an  intense 
pride  in  our  nationality  ;  with  them,  patriotism 
in  our  sense  is  unknown.  They  have  never  con- 
quered anybody.    They  only  ask  fcp  be  let  alone." 

"But  Genghis  Khan " 

"  Was  not  a  Chinese.  It  is  Russia  rather  than 
Japan  who  is  the  heir  of  the  great  Tartar  conquer- 
or.   He  plundered  and  conquered  the  Chinese." 

"  Well,  have  it  so,  if  you  will,  but  if  Japan 
wins,  will  the  Japanese  head  not  be  turned  by 
your  victories  ?  I  have  known  European  nations 
fall  a  prey  to  such  a  temptation." 

"()h,"  replied  the  imperturbable  baron,  "Eu- 
ropeans might,  But,  you  see,  we  are  not  Euro- 
peans.    We  are  Japanese." 


BARON   SUYEMATSU 


•  We  want  no  gold  mines  ;  we  want  no  terri- 
tory," I  said.  "  We  have  heard  that  before.  But 
we  got  both  when  our  war  was  over." 

"  Maybe,"  said  he  ;  "but  the  Japanese  are  dif- 
ferent." 

"  Well,  then,  let  us  hear  what  you  want.  Korea, 
I  suppose  ? " 

"  Oh,  dear  me,  no,  any  more  than  you  want 
Egypt.     We  defend  the  independence  of  Korea, 
and  to  secure  that  we  shall  put  it  under  the  pro- 
tection of  Japan,  excluding  Rus- 
sia  from  any  share  in  Korean 
affairs." 

"  And  how  far  does  Korea  ex- 
tend ?     As  far  as  Mukden  ?  " 

"  Nothing  of  the  kind.  Korea 
is  bounded  by  the  Yalu,  although 
it  is,  perhaps,  true  that  the  in- 
fluence of  Korea  did  extend 
north  of  that  river." 

"  I  thought  so.  And  your  an- 
tiquarians will  discover  that 
Mukden  is  essentially  a  Korean 
city.  We  have  known  such 
things." 

"  With  you,  perhaps  ;  not 
with  us.  We  are  not  fighting 
to  extend  our  frontiers — only  to 
secure  our  own  safety." 

"Be  it  so.    What  do  you  pro- 
pose to  do  with  Manchuria  ?  " 

"Oh,  Manchuria  belongs  to  China.  All  that 
we  shall  seek  is  to  secure  an  international  guar- 
antee that  it  shall  always  belong  to  China,  and 
that  China  shall  never  hand  it  over  to  any  other 
power." 

"  And  the  Russian  railway  ?  " 
"  Oh,    that    will    be    made    international  and 
strictly  and  exclusively  commercial,  with  its  ac- 
cess to  the  sea  at  Port  Arthur  " 

"  I  see  ;  you  propose  to  reproduce  in  the  far 
East  the  settlement  made  in  the  near  East  after 
the  Crimean  War.  Korea  Japanized  as  Egypt 
is  Anglicised,  without  annexation,  and  an  inter- 
national guarantee  of  the  integrity  of  the 
Chinese  Empire  in  Manchuria.  The  railway  is 
to  be  the  Bosphorus  and  Port  Arthur  the  Con- 
stantinople of  the  far  East,  with  free  access  for 
trade,  but  hermetically  closed  for  all  purposes 
of  war.  And  do  you  think  the  Russians  will 
ever  agree  to  that  ?  " 

•  Not  willingly,  of  coui*se,"  said  the  baron. 
"  But  possibly.     Who  can  say  ?  " 


AMERICAN   TRADE   INTERESTS    IN   THE 

WAR   ZONE. 

BY  WOLF  VON  SCHIERBRAND. 
(Author  of  "Russia,  Her  Strength  and  Her  Weakness  ;"  "America,  Asia,  and  the  Pacific  ;  "  etc.) 


AMERICAN  commercial  interests  in  the  vast 
region  affected  by  the  present  war  between 
Russia  and  Japan  are  lai'ge  and  varied.  There 
is  every  reason  why  Secretary  Hay  should  insist 
on  a  proper  respect  being  paid  to  our  rights 
there  as  neutrals.  But  it  is  not  only  our  actual 
trade  with  Russia  (European  and  Asiatic),  Japan, 
Manchuria,  China,  and  Korea  that  is  in  ques- 
tion. Voluminous  as  that  is,  it  is  insignificant 
in  comparison  with  the  prospective  commerce 
which  the  United  States  is  sure  to  build  up  in 
the  present  war  zone  within  the  next  five  years. 

The  foreign  trade  of  the  United  States  for 
1903  amounted  to  $2,417,950,000.  Of  this  our 
imports  were  $1,025,719,000,  and  our  exports 
$1,392,231,000.  The  share  that  fell  to  Russia 
(European)  was  $9,234,739  from  her  and  $15,- 
889,605  to  her.  Japan  sold  us  $44,143,728 
worth,  and  took  from  us  $20,820,823  worth. 
The  figures  for  China  were  $26,648,846  and 
$18,780,580,  respectively  ;  for  Asiatic  Russia, 
$1,037,154  and  $1,421,877  ;  for  Hongkong, 
$1,359,905  and  $8,711,092  ;  and  for  Korea, 
$1,257,307  and  $2,189,447,  respectively.  This 
shows  imports  $83,681,679,  and  exports  $67,- 
813,420;  together,  $151,495,099.  It  would, 
therefore,  mean  about  8  per  cent,  of  our  import 
and  just  about  5  per  cent,  of  our  export  trade. 
Or,  to  put  it  another  way,  it  is  about  64;  per  cent. 
of  our  entire  foreign  trade. 

It  may  be  a  surprise  that  the  amount  is  not 
larger.  We  sold,  for  example,  nearly  four 
times  the  total  volume  of  our  trade  to  the  war 
zone  to  Great  Britain  alone.  But  there  are  at- 
tendant circumstances  which  greatly  modify  this 
first  view.  While  the  actual  figures  are  rather 
modest,  our  prospects  are  very  bright.  This 
may  be  stated  positively,  and  for  the  following 
reasons  : 

AMERICAN    EXPORTS    AND    IMPORTS    TO    THE    ORIENT. 

Our  whole  trade  with  the  countries  bordering 
on  the  Asiatic  coast  of  the  Pacific  is  of  very  re- 
cent date.  In  1 843,  our  imports  thence  amounted 
to  but  $4,385,000  ;  in  1863,  to  $11,030,000  ;  in 
1883,  to  $37,260,000  ;  in  1903,  to  $83,681,679. 
Mark  the  rapid  rate  of  increase,  particularly 
during  the  last  two  decades.     But  this  rate  of 


increase  was  far  greater  in  our  exports.  In 
1843,  we  sent  there  goods  valued  at  $1,846,000  ; 
in  1863,  $4,061,000  ;  in  1883,  $11,356,000  ;  and 
in  1903,  $67,813,420.  In  fact,  this  enormous 
increase  has  come  within  a  single  decade,  for  in 
1893  we  still  exported  but  $11,464,000  worth. 
Inside  of  ten  years  our  exports  to  this  region 
have  sextupled,  and  this  in  spite  of  a  number 
of  serious  disadvantages,  when  compared  with 
our  chief  competitors, — disadvantages  such  as 
greater  distance  from  our  Atlantic  harbors,  en- 
tire absence  of  banking  facilities,  desultory 
methods  in  acquiring  trade,  lack  of  particular 
American  "interest  spheres,"  etc.  It  is  only 
since  1898, — since  our  acquisition  of  the  Philip- 
pines,— that  we  have  begun  to  cater  specially  to 
this  far-away  Pacific  market.  Within  that  brief 
period,  however,  our  commercial  achievements 
there  have  been  astounding.  This  is,  in  the 
main,  because  we  now  produce  precisely  those 
goods  most  cheaply  and  of  best  quality  which 
this  market  urgently  requires, — machinery,  hard- 
ware, canned  goods,  railway  material  of  every 
kind,  flour,  petroleum,  cotton  goods,  etc. 

It  has,  therefore,  been  the  excellence  and  cheap- 
ness of  these  products  which  have  won  this  market 
for  our  export  trade.  The  Panama  Canal,  how- 
ever, will  give  an  enormous  impetus  to  our  trade 
in  the  war  zone.  That  new  waterway  will  short- 
en distances  for  our  Atlantic  ports  in  a  manner 
credited  by  relatively  few.  In  fact,  as  the  Suez 
Canal  gave  England,  Germany,  and  France  a  great 
advantage  over  us  in  this  trade,  so  will  the 
Panama  Canal  transfer  that  advantage  to  us. 
Where  we  are  now,  without  commercial  organi- 
zation, able  to  undersell  the  British  and  Ger- 
man merchant  in  Pacific  waters,  we  shall,  of 
course,  with  an  enormous  saving  of  distances 
(and  hence  of  transportation  expenses),  be  doubly 
and  trebly  able  to  do  so  hereafter.  The  com- 
pletion of  the  Panama  Canal  will  make  it  im- 
possible for  any  of  the  European  commercial 
nations  to  compete  with  us  in  that  whole  region 
in  any  of  our  principal  commodities  of  export. 

But  there  are  more  points  to  be  considered  in 
this  connection.  The  commerce  of  Japan,  China, 
Korea,  Hongkong,  and  Asiatic  Russia  has  grown 
within    the    past    half    century  from  less    than 


204 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


$100,000,000  to  over  $600,000,000.  Hence, 
with  the  further  opening  up  of  China,  Japan, 
and  Korea,  this  trade  will  increase  even  more 
rapidly.  There  are  strong  indications  that, 
within  the  next  five  years,  it  will  climb  up  to 
the  billion-dollar  line. 

Again,  while  Great  Britain  has  advanced  com- 
mercially in  that  region,  comparatively  speaking 
she  has  retrograded.  Her  commerce  with  the 
territory  in  question  in  1853  was,  roundly,  $50,- 
000,000,  and  in  1903  it  was  $100,000,000  ;  it  had 
doubled.  Ours  has  grown  twenty-five  times 
greater,  and  now  exceeds  that  of  Great  Britain 
(leaving  out  British  India  and  Australia)  by  50 
per  cent.  Of  the  total  volume  of  trade  there, 
Great  Britain  in  1881  still  held  52  per  cent.;  in 
1903,  but  14.8  per  cent.  We  had  in  1881  but 
5.7  per  cent,  of  it,  while  in  1903  we  had  18.5 
per  cent. 

manchueia's  commercial  future. 

Manchuria  deserves  our  special  attention. 
Statistically,  it  is  impossible  to  demonstrate  our 
commercial  conquest  of  this  region.  There  are 
only  indications  which  enable  us  to  say  that 
Manchuria  is  bound  to  become  our  special  mar- 
ket in  the  far  East, — provided,  of  course,  the 
"open  door"  is  maintained  and  Russia  is  not 
permitted  to  close  ports  to  us.  In  the  available 
statistics  the  commerce  of  Manchuria  is  mingled 
with  that  of  China  proper.  However,  we  do 
know  that  in  1902  some  $11,000,000  worth  of 
goods  entered  the  chief  harbor  of  Manchuria, 
Newchwang,  and  that  of  this  $4,000,000  worth 
came  from  the  United  States,  chiefly  cotton 
cloths,  petroleum,  and  flour. 

Just  as  important  as  the  foregoing  is  anoth- 
er consideration.  Although  the  figures  quoted 
above  are  the  latest  and  most  reliable  official 
data,  they  are,  nevertheless,  grossly  misleading, 
— of  course,  unintentionally  so.  The  facts  are 
these  : 

In  the  government  lists  (both  here  and  in  Eu- 
rope and  Asia)  our  exports  are  rated  according 
to  their  declared  point  of  first  destination,  and 
not  according  to  their  ultimate  one.  And  this 
simple  fact,  unavoidable  as  it  is,  brings  it  about 
that  wholly  erroneous  impressions  are  created. 
The  most  glaring  cases  in  point  are  Russia  and 
Japan. 

HOW    AMERICAN    GOODS    REACH    RUSSIA. 

Immense  consignments  of  .American  goods 
intended  for  the  Russian  market  are  sent  by 
the  shipper  in  New  York,  Philadelphia,  etc., 
not  to  a  Russian  port,  but  either  to  Hull  or 
Hamburg,  of  late  years  particularly  the  last- 
named  German  emporium.     Then;  they  are  trans- 


shipped and  subsequently  enter  Russia  either  as 
"  German  "  or  '•  British"  goods.  The  reason  of 
this  is  that  the  American  merchant  is  averse  to 
assuming  the  risks  and  tribulations  incident  to 
sending  his  goods  direct  to  the  Russian  con- 
sumer. And  this  for  substantial  reasons.  The 
Russian  Government  pays  premiums  to  its  cus- 
toms officers  for  every  flaw  or  misstatement  dis- 
covered in  the  exporter's  invoices  or  other  pa- 
pers. The  American  papers  of, this  kind  are 
often  carelessly  drawn,  and  fines  and  delays 
follow.  As  a  rule,  one  experience  of  the  kind 
suffices  the  average  American  exporter.  There- 
after he  is  glad  enough  to  have  the  German 
commission  merchants  as  middlemen.  The  lat- 
ter have  for  many  years  made  the  Russian  cus- 
toms system  a  special  study,  and  thus  it  is  that 
many  million  dollars'  worth  of  American  goods 
enter  Russia  as  "German."  That  is  the  way. 
too,  in  which  it  comes  that  Germany  is  credited 
in  her  own  and  in  Russia's  official  statistics  with 
a  full  third  of  Russia's  entire  foreign  trade. — 
about  $200,000,000  out  of  a  total  $600,000,000. 

How  large  a  percentage  of  American  exports 
to  Russia  is  thus  booked  under  a  wrong  head- 
ing there  is  no  exact  way  of  telling,  but  it  is 
certainly  very  large.  There  have  been  years 
when  American  exports  to  Russia  were  two  or 
three  times  as  large  as  they  have  ostensibly  fig- 
ured. 

Regarding  Asiatic  Russia  the  case  is  similar. 
American  goods  seldom  go  direct  to  Vladivo- 
stok or  other  Siberian  ports  ;  usually  they  are 
consigned  to  Nagasaki,  and  are  transshipped. 
Of  course,  they  figure  in  the  lists  as  Japanese 
imports.  This  Japanese  transit  trade  to  Vladi- 
vostok. Petropavlovsk,  Chefu,  and  Newchwang, 
as  well  as  to  Port  Arthur  and  Dalny,  is  also 
quite  large,  and  it  again  is  very  misleading. 

But  as  to  Russia,  the  matter  is  particularly 
glaring.  For  instance,  during  the  years  1901 
and  1902  there  was  shipped  to  Asiatic  Russia, 
in  railroad-building  material,  heavy  and  expen- 
sive machinery  and  electric  plants,  probably 
some  ten  or  twelve  million  dollars'  worth,  from 
New  York  and  Philadelphia.  But  the  official 
trade  returns  did  not  show  this  ;  these  ship- 
ments appeared  on  the  ledgers  of  Japan  or  China, 
a  good  deal,  too  (being  carried  overland  via 
Baltic  ports  and  sworn  to  in  the  consignments 
as  "  German  "  or  "  British  "),  on  that  of  Euro 
pean  nations.  Thus  it  happened  that  the  total 
figure  of  our  exports  to  Russia  for  1901-02  in 
our  official  statistics  is  only  $9,059,401,  while 
perhaps  the  actual  figure  would  be  four  time;! 
as  large.  This  phase  of  the  whole  matter  is  one 
of  which  very  few  persons,  indeed,  seem  to  be 
aware. 


AMERICAN  TRADE  INTERESTS  IN  THE  WAR  ZONE. 


205 


RUSSIA    UNFAIR    TO    AMERICAN    CAPITAL. 

Our  commercial  relations  with  Russia  have 
been  unsatisfactory  in  other  ways  as  well.  The 
Russian  Government  has  not  always  dealt  kindly 
with  American  investors.  The  subject  is  an  ex- 
tensive one,  and  to  cite  just  two  cases  in  illus- 
tration will  be  enough  for  the  purpose.  The 
AVcstinghouse  Airbrake  Company  was  inveigled, 
by  means  of  glowing  promises,  to  erect  large 
works  in  St.  Petersburg.  They  were  solemnly 
assured  of  a  monopoly  of  their  air  brakes  on  all 
the  Russian  railroads.  The  works  were  built, 
and  two  thousand  American  mechanics,  engi- 
neers, and  others  were  installed.  Soon,  how- 
ever, Russia  induced  an  American  competitor,  by 
like  promises,  to  erect  similar  large  works  in 
Moscow.  Thus,  competition  having  been  secured, 
the  Westinghouse  people  and  their  competitors 
had  to  underbid  each  other.  Next,  Russia  in- 
sisted on  and  enforced  the  gradual  discharge  of 
all  the  Americans  employed  in  the  two  works. 
The  Singer  Sewing  Machine  Company  was  treated 
to  a  similar  dose  of  Russian  duplicity.  To-day, 
the  enormous  factory  built  by  them  near  Nifhni 
Novgorod,  where  fourteen  thousand  persons  are 
employed,  lias  passed  entirely  into  Russian 
hands  ;  there  is  not  a  single  American  left  to 
tell  the  tale.  It  behooves  American  investors 
to  be  very  cautious,  indeed,  hereafter  when  deal- 
ing with  the  Russian  Government. 

Still,  with  all  these  drawbacks,  it  is  undeni- 
able that  Russia  will  continue  to  offer  a  large 
field  for  American  enterprise.  And  that  brings 
me  to  the  point  of  inquiring,  What  will  be  our 
commercial  chances  at  the  close  of  this  present 
war  in  the  zone  affected  ?  Will  they  be  less 
favorable  than  at  present  or  more  so  ? 

In  a  general  way,  it  may  be  said  that  Ameri- 
can trade  opportunities  there  will  be  vastly 
better  than  they  now  are.  Indeed,  it  is  no  ex- 
aggeration to  claim  that  from  the  end  of  this 
present  Russo-Japanese  war  will  date  an  era  of 
immense  American  trade  expansion  in  the  far 
East.  And  the  reasons  for  advancing  this  claim 
are  not  far  to  seek.     Let  me  enumerate  them. 

HOW  THE  WAR  WILL  AFFECT  RUSSIA  COMMERCIALLY. 

Take  the  case  of  Russia  first,  that  being  the 
most  important  country,  commercially  speaking. 
It  is  true  that  Russia,  in  any  case,  whether  win- 
ner or  loser,  will  issue  from  this  war  much  weak- 
ened financially.  That  is  beyond  doubt.  The 
first  Russian  battleships  had  scarcely  been  tor: 
pedoed  in  the  roadstead  of  Port  Arthur  when 
Russia  was  already  haunting  Paris,  Berlin,  and 
Amsterdam  for  her  first  war  loan  of  $180,000,- 
000.     Before  peace  is  concluded  several  addi- 


tional loans  will  become  necessary  for  her.  This 
war,  with  Russia's  bases  so  many  thousand  miles 
off,  will  cost  her  enormously.  The  gold  inter- 
est on  her  foreign  debt  will  be  enlarged  by 
another  |20,000,000  or  $30,000,000  annually. 
Her  young  industry,  never  healthy  or  normal, 
will  be  wiped  out.  Even  now,  just  a  couple  of 
months  after  hostilities  by  land  have  set  in,  we 
hear  of  a  perfect  collapse,  or  rather  cessation, 
of  Russian  industry  in  its  main  centers, — War- 
saw, L6dz,  Moscow,  and  Vladimir. 

For  Russia  this  is  bad,  of  course,  very  bad. 
But  for  American  interests  it  is  the  reverse. 
Capital  available  for  Russian  industrial  enter- 
prises being  wiped  out,  chances  for  American 
trade  (of  late  years  much  hindered  by  this  very 
hothouse  industry  in  Russia)  will  correspond- 
ingly improve.  As  this  country  can  supply  Rus- 
sian needs  in  machinery  and  other  industrial 
articles  with  the  greatest  degree  of  satisfaction, 
it  will  be  we  who  will  profit  most  largely  from 
Russian  industrial  depression.  And  this  depres- 
sion will,  in  all  probability,  continue  for  several 
decades.  For  Russia  is  a  land  very  poor  in  mo- 
bile capital  and  not  at  all  elastic  in  financial  re- 
sources. 

After  the  war,  Russia  must,  nevertheless,  go 
on  developing  her  far-Eastern  provinces,  even 
if  she  should  be  ousted  from  Manchuria.  There 
is  no  other  way  for  her, — she  must  fall  back  on 
American  capital  and  enterprise  in  those  re- 
gions, whether  she  likes  it  or  no.  And  that  is 
an  immense  field  for  our  harvest. 

Of  equal  importance  for  us  is  China.  It  may 
be  taken  for  granted  that  one  of  the  assured  re- 
sults of  this  war  will  be  the  establishment  of  the 
"open  door,"  for  good  and  all,  in  that  vast 
country.  That  will  mean  two  things  :  a  signal 
triumph  of  American  statesmanship, — for  we, 
of  all  nations,  have  most  consistently  and  ably 
stood  for  the  "open  door," — and  the  establish- 
ment of  American  trade  supremacy  in  northern 
( Ihina.  It  has  already  been  stated  that  the 
Panama  Canal  will  vastly  benefit  us  in  our  com- 
merce with  China.  But  even  before  its  com- 
pletion, our  commercial  position  there  will  be 
exceptionally  strong  once  the  "open  door  "  has 
assumed  the  shape  of  a  settled  policy.  The  re- 
cent removal  of  the  a  kin  (provincial  transpor- 
tation tax)  will  be  of  special  advantage  to  our 
trade,  inasmuch  as  most  of  our  articles  of  im- 
port in  China  are  bulky  and  heavy,  therefore 
least  able  to  bear  this  impost.  What  we  now 
need  more  than  anything  else  in  China  is  sys- 
tematic and  joint  effort  on  the  part  of  our  ex- 
port merchants  in  the  task  of  familiarizing  the 
Chinese  purchaser, — who  will  always  "  look  see  " 
(as  he  terms  it  in  his    pidgin  English)   before 


206 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


buying, — with  our  goods  ;  also  the  establish- 
ment of  American  banking  institutions  in  a 
score  of  Chinese  treaty  ports.  These  things 
done,  we  may  confidently  look  for  a  growth  of 
our  trade  with  China  to  the  extent  of  100  per 
cent,  or  more  per  annum. 

JAPAN    AFTER    THE    WAR. 

As  to  Japan,  it  is  clear  that  she,  too,  will 
emerge  from  her  titanic  struggle  with  Russia  in 
a  sadly  enfeebled  condition,  and  this  irrespec- 
tive of  the  question  whether  ultimately  she  will 
triumph  or  be  defeated.  Japan,  for  all  her  mag- 
nificent courage  and  progressiveness,  is  intrinsic- 
ally a  poor  country  of  small  natural  resources. 
To  carry  on  this  lengthy  and  expensive  war  will 
tax,  not  only  her  own  forces,  but  her  credit  in  the 
world's  markets  to  the  very  utmost.  It  is  true 
that  her  first  war  loan  of  fifty  million  dollars 
was  raised  by  her  own  people,  and  that  her  sec- 
ond one  was  vastly  oversubscribed  in  London  and 
New  York.  But  the  latter  fact,  at  least,  was  due 
to  the  unusually  enticing  conditions,  and  to  meet 
the  initial  war  expenses  her  Parliament  had  to 
create  an  income  tax,  raise  the  land  tax  to  a  high 
figure,  and  increase  her  tariff  rates.  She  will 
need  to  contract  at  least  one  or  two  additional 
war  loans,  and  these  will  impose  heavy  burdens 
on  her  gallant  but  financially  rather  impotent 
population.  In  a  word,  Japan  will  issue  from 
her  great  fight  with  the  northern  Bear,  despite 
her  thorough  knowledge  of  jiu  jitsu,  greatly  ex- 


hausted. During  the  last  couple  of  years,  Japan 
had  become  a  very  determined  and  successful 
rival  of  ours  in  the  China  trade,  supplanting  in 
many  quarters  our  cotton  goods  with  her  rough- 
er and  cheaper  ones.  After  the  wai',  she  will 
have  her  hands  full,  in  any  event,  filling  up  the 
gaps  made,  and  she  will  be  in  no  position  to  dis- 
pute our  commercial  hegemony  in  China.  We 
will  have  the  start  of  her  in  any  case,  probably 
for  a  number  of  years,  and  that  means  much 
nowadays. 

Finally,  as  to  Korea,  the  case  is  very  plain. 
That  country  will  either  fall  once  more  under 
the  political  and  commercial  tutelage  of  Japan 
(that  is,  if  Japan  wins),  in  which  case  there  will 
probably  be  concluded  a  close  customs  union 
with  the  Island  Empire  ;  or  else  (if  Russia  should 
prove  victorious)  the  powers  will  make  Korea  a 
neutral  country  in  that  definite  and  full  sense  in 
which  Switzerland  and  Belgium  are  in  Europe, 
— a  buffer  state.  In  the  latter  contingency,  our 
chances  for  trade  expansion  in  Korea  would  even 
be  better  than  in  the  other  case.  Our  direct 
trade  with  Korea  is  now  very  small.  For  the  most 
part,  our  goods  have  found  their  way  there  via 
Nagasaki  or  Kobe.  If  we  have  regular  steamer 
lines  hereafter,  it  would  pay  us  to  make  Fu  San 
a  port  of  call,  and  supply  the  Koreans  direct. 

Thus,  whichever  way  we  turn,  whether  we 
believe  in  final  Japanese  defeat  or  victory,  we 
see  our  commercial  chances  in  the  far  East  ex- 
panding. 


THE    NEW-NORSE    MOVEMENT    IN    NORWAY. 


BY   MABEL  LELAND. 


THERE  is  a  Norse  revival  in  Norway.  This 
land  of  the  Vikings,  fortified  by  its  rock 
and  sea,  bound  coast,  and  by  its  men  of  iron,  born 
to  do  and  to  dare,  the  terror  of  the  seas,  once 
spake  a  harsh  tongue  as  startling  to  the  stranger's 
ear  as  the  shaggy  Northman  to  his  eye.  To  the 
efficacy  of  this  tongue,  "Old  Norse,"  as  a  lit- 
erary medium,  the  "Eddas"  and  the  "  Heims- 
kringla "  stand  as  ever-enduring  monuments. 
These  epics,  antedating  the  "Chanson  de  Ro- 
land," the  "Nibelungenlied,"  and  the  "Cid  Bal- 
lades,'' are  full  of  the  poetic  fervor  which  an 
untrammeled  imagination  ever  imparts. 

Before  800  a.u.,  Old  Norse  was  spoken  in  all 
Scandinavia.  Alter  that  period,  it  became  grad- 
ually modified  into  the  Swedish,  Danish,  and 
Norse  tongues.  During  the  fourteenth  century, 
when  Old   Noise  Imd  become  too  ponderous  and 


was  endeavoring  to  cast  its  chrysalis,  the  Danish 
domination  barred  further  progress.  Danish  was 
made  the  official  tongue,  Norse  being  relegated 
to  the  fireside.  Men  went  to  Denmark  for  higher 
education,  resulting  in  a  class  of  Danish-speaking 
government  officials  and  professional  men.  The 
tradesmen  followed,  in  their  attempts  to  use  a 
language  which  had  become  one  of  the  insignia 
of  the  privileged  classes,  leaving  to  the  peasant 
alone  the  speech  which  betrayed  him.  It  was, 
however,  cherished  in  the  hearts  and  upon  the 
lips  of  the  peasants,  who  eked  out  for  it  a  liters  rv 
existence  in  the  folk-songs  and  folk-tales  of  that 
period. 

On  May  17,  1814,  Norway  shook  off  the  de- 
nationalizing influence  of  the  Danish  domina- 
tion, a  reawakening  of  national  feeling  and  in- 
tellect took    place,   and    the  need   of   a  native 


THE  NEW-NORSE  MOVEMENT  IN  NORWAY- 


207 


tongue  was  soon  felt — uLa  langue  est  la  nation.'1'' 
Among  the  pioneers  in  this  revival  of  Norse 
was  Henrik  Wergeland,  Young  Norway's  intel- 
lectual leader.  He  adopted  a  number  of  words 
and  phrases  from  the  dialects  into  his  Danish 
writings,  exciting  the  indignation  of  a  people 
who  were  ashamed  of  everything  Norse  and  be- 
lieved only  that  which  was  foreign  to  be  re- 
fined and  cultured.  To  Ivar  Aasen,  however, 
belongs  the  honor  of  having,  so  to  speak,  discov- 
ered the  Norwegian  language.  It  became  evi- 
dent to  him,  after  careful  research,  that  the 
many  and  various  dialects  spoken  had  a  common 
source,  and  were  not  a  corrupted  Danish,  but 
followed  certain  common  laws  as  to  vocabula- 
ries, inflection,  and  pronunciation.  After  labor- 
ing several  years  in  collecting  data,  he  published 
his  great  unifying  works,  "Norsk  Grammatik" 
and  "Norsk  Ordbog,"  which  were  not  only  of 
scientific  value,  but  of  national  importance.  He 
thus  did  for  New  Norse  what  Dante  did  for  the 
written  Italian  language,  at  a  time  when  gram- 
marians did  not  abound. 

Garborg  defines  New  Norse  as  "  an  attempt  at 
a  common  mode  of  writing  for  the  various  dia- 
lects, whose  existence  no  one  questions.  They 
are,  furthermore,  all  that  we  retain,  through  our 
vicissitudes,  of  our  original  patrimony.  Their 
historic  value  as  a  bond  between  Young  Norway 
and  the  older  period  cannot  be  overestimated. 
The  folk-speech  contains  the  essence  of  all  that 
our  people  has  thought  and  felt,  lived  and  ex- 
perienced, in  its  life." 

Aasen's  writings  were  followed  by  those  of 
Vinje,  Fjortoft,  Krohn,  Jansen,  Blix,  up  to  Arne 
Garborg,  who  is  not  only  the  strongest  champion 
of  New  Norse  at  the  present  time,  but  one  of 
Norway's  foremost  litterateurs.  His  polemical 
writings  compelled  both  the  indifferent  and  the 
hostile  to  acquaint  themselves  with  New  Norse, 
and  often  transformed  them  into  enthusiastic 
adherents. 

The  younger  school  of  New-Norse  writers  de- 
serve a  fuller  mention,  but  must  be  dismissed 
with  but  one  name — Jens  Tvedt — whose  gen- 
uinely artistic  as  well  as  sympathetic  portrayals 
of  the  peasant  life  of  which  he  is  a  part  go  further 
than  any  arguments  to  justify  the  existence  of  a 
language  which  so  readily  lends  itself  to  the  de- 
lineation of  the  lofty  as  well  as  of  the  common- 
place in  the  life  of  the  "lower  orders." 

In  1868,  the  "  Norske  Samlag,"  corresponding 
to  the  Gaelic  League,  was  organized.  Its  definite 
programme  is  to  publish  books  in  New  Norse  or 
in  the  dialects.  Since  1894,  it  has  published  a 
magazine — Syn  og  Segn.  Norway  has,  besides, 
several  other  periodicals  issued  in  New  Norse. 

Numerous  societies  among  the  clergy,  the  stu- 


dent body,  and  the  people  testify  to  the  popular 
interest  in  this  linguistic  reform.  The  New  Tes- 
tament has  been  translated  into  this  tongue,  as 
well  as  a  large  number  of  hymns  identified  with 
the  Lutheran  worship.  New  Norse  may  now  be 
heard  from  many  of  the  pulpits. 

In  educational  lines,  much  has  been  accom- 
plished. The  Storthing  founded,  in  1885,  a  chair, 
and  began  to  issue  schoolbooks,  in  New  Norse. 
It  was  soon  made  coordinate  with  Dano-Norwe- 
gian  in  the  common  schools.  A  recent  victory 
makes  tests  written  in  the  mother  tongue  equally 
acceptable  with  Danish  in  all  normal  schools. 

Even  in  the  official  world,  where  conservatism 
rules  rampant,  New  Norse  has  found  its  way 
into  the  legislative  body  in  the  form  of  docu- 
ments, reports,  and  speeches.  It  has  decidedly 
passed  the  experimental  stage,  and  is  now  a  lan- 
guage which  philologists  deem  one  of  thorough 
unity  and  coherence,  in  direct  line  of  descent 
from  Old  Norse,  characterized  by  the  strength 
and  simplicity  of  the  Norwegian  people. 

This  neologic  movement  is  the  paramount  in- 
tellectual issue  at  stake  in  Norway  to-day.  It  is 
the  noblest  and  purest  agitation  set  on  foot,  and 
the  longest-lived.  It  is  rooted,  not  only  in  the 
traditions  of  the  people,  but  in  the  needs  of  the 
"other  half"  to  whom  "early  association,  the 
vocabulary  of  childhood,  organically  connected 
with  its  ideas,  is  more  suggestive."  The  peasant 
intellect  can  only  be  aroused  through  the  medium 
of  his  mother  tongue,  and  to  develop  his  mind 
is  to  strengthen  the  nation.  Instead  of  circum- 
scribing the  intellectual  horizon  of  the  peasant 
youth,  as  was  feared,  the  interesting  fact  remains 
that  the  young  people  most  ardent  in  supporting 
their  mother  tongue  are  those  to  keep  best  pace 
with -the  Dano-Norwegian  literature.  This  re- 
form has  reacted  most  beneficially  upon  the  dia- 
lects. "Where  a  generation  ago  the  country  peo- 
ple endeavored  to  mince  their  words,  imitating 
the  higher  classes,  now  their  self-esteem  has  been 
aroused  to  a  commendable  pride  in  their  own 
dialect  and  its  complement,  the  New  Norse.  One 
feels  with  Bruun,  when  he  writes  :  "To  every 
Norseman,  this  should  be  a  burning  question, — 
that  his  mother  tongue,  compelled  so  long  to 
cede  its  place,  now  treasures  the  hope  of  rein- 
statement. Our  hearts  should  be  kindled  for 
the  ultimate  victory  of  a  cause  in  line  with  the 
'  Honor  thy  father  and  thy  mother  '  of  our  child- 
hood." "We  can  only  account  for  the  indifference, 
and  even  antagonism,  which  prevails  in  certain 
quarters  toward  this  movement  by  the  inherent 
contempt  felt  on  the  part  of  the  privileged  classes 
for  the  peasant  and  all  that  doth  to  him  pertain ; 
yet  Leo  Tolstoy  and  Millet  have  shown  us  what 
may  be  learned  at  his  feet. 


WHY    NORWAY   AND    SWEDEN    ARE   AT   ODDS. 


A  BITTER  dispute  over  the  boundary  be- 
tween Norway  and  Sweden  has  now  com- 
plicated the  relations  between  these  Scandina- 
vian countries.  Open  rupture  between  Norway 
and  Sweden  seems  to  be  prevented  only  by  the 
common  fear  of  Russian  aggression.  The  recent 
Scandinavian  agreement  declaring  neutrality  in 
the  present  far-Eastern  war,  and  particularly  re- 
questing the  perpetual  guarantee  of  this  neutral- 
ity by  the  rest  of  Europe,  expresses  the  dominant 
feeling.  The  New-Norse  movement,  described 
in  the  preceding  article,  is  but  one  phase — the 
literary  one — of  the  Norwegian  "separatist" 
idea,  which  at  times  seems  even  stronger  than 


KING  OSCAIl  OF  SWEDEN  AND  NORWAY. 

fear  of  the  Muscovite.  Danger  from  the  latter, 
however,  seems  so  real  to  a  Finnish  writer,  Axel 
Lille,  that  he  devotes  quite  a  number  of  pages 
in  the  Nordisk  Revy  (Stockholm)  to  an  account 
of  all  the  causes  of  dissatisfaction  between  Nor- 
way and  Sweden  Be  rather  reproaches  Norway 
for  her  unrest.      Be  says  : 

Daring  the  past  century,  at  the  beginning  of  which 
the  two  nations  were  united,  they  have  enjoyed  an  unin- 
terrupted peace,  which  should  have  rendered  them  the 


happiest  people  on  earth.  Inwardly  free  in  spirit,  and 
outwardly  strengthened  because  of  the  union,  the  two 
nations  have  attained  a  degree  of  culture  comparing 
favorably  with  that  of  greater  nations  ;  indeed,  in  cer- 
tain respects,  surpassing  it.  Norway's  glory  is  attested 
by  her  great  poets,  and  to  the  stranger  she  stands  as  the 
expression  of  the  sublime  beauty  of  the  Northern  nature 
and  the  richness  of  the  Northern  spirit. 

NORWAY    HAS    HAD    TO    FIGHT    FOR    HER    RIGHTS. 

Despite  the  fact,  he  continues,  that  under  the 
protection  of  a  free  constitution  the  Norwegians 
have  been  able  to  develop  to  a  high  degree  the 
economic  and  spiritual  powers  of  the  nation, 
they  are  not  satisfied.  "  Sweden  has  wronged 
Norway,  and  has  caused  all  the  evil,"  is  the  cry 
of  the  Norwegian  radicals,  who  are  becoming 
more  numerous  and  more  powerful  every  day, 
and  who  deny  that  they  owe  any  thanks  to  Sweden. 
"  We  have  had  to  fight  for  everything  that  has 
made  for  our  equality  in  the  union,  such  as  the 
title  of  the  king,  the  coinage  of  our  money,  the 
flag  and  the  colors,  and  other  points." 

The  Norwegians,  says  this  Finnish  writer, 
certainly  had  to  fight  for  their  flag,  and  when 
they  had  obtained  the  object  of  their  desire,  the 
so-called  "  clean "  flag,  free  from  the  sign  of 
union  with  Sweden,  they  renewed  the  fight  to 
restore  the  old  flag,  which  at  one  time  had 
seemed  to  them  the  symbol  of  their  own  infe- 
riority. Norwegians  are  not  a  unit  as  to  how 
the  ungratified  requests  of  Norway  should  be 
met.  The  radicals,  however,  who  now  have  the 
ascendency  in  the  Storthing,  are  clamoring  for 
separate  Norwegian  ambassadors  and  consuls. 
Unless  they  obtain  this,  they  say,  Norway  will 
secede  from  the  union  and  become  a  separate 
kingdom.  There  is  a  difference  of  opinion  as 
to  whether  Norway  has  a  legal,  constitutional 
right  to  separate  foreign  representation.  In 
order  to  clear  up  this  point,  Mr.  Lille  reviews 
the  history  of  the  union. 

HOW    NORWAY    AND    SWEDEN     BECAME     DNITED. 

He  recalls  the  fact  that  by  the  peace  of  Kiel, 
which  ended  the  Dano-Swedish  war  of  1814, 
Norway,  which  had  formerly  been  a  province  of 
Denmark,  was  ceded  to  Sweden.  The  Norwe- 
gians protested  that  Denmark  had  no  right  to 
transfer  them  without  their  consent.  They  de- 
clared themselves  independent,  and  elected  Chris- 
tian Frederick  as  their  king.  In  order  to  en- 
force the  peace  of  Kiel,  the  Swedish  general 
(the  French  marshal,  Bernadotte,  afterward  King 
of  Sweden)  invaded    Norway  and   defeated   the 


WHY  NORWAY  AND  SWEDEN  ARE  AT  ODDS. 


209 


Norwegians.  By  the  peace  which  followed,  Nor- 
way entered  into  political  union  with  Sweden. 
The  principal  terms  of  the  agreement  were  "  that 
Sweden  and  Norway  should  be  forever  united 
under  one  king,  although  retaining  separate  par- 
liaments." And  this  clause  was  approved  by  the 
Norwegian  Storthing.  The  advantages  to  each 
country  are  outlined  as  follows  : 

Although  Norway  did  not  resign  her  sovereignty  in 
joining  the  union  with  Sweden,  the  latter  has  always 
had  the  advantage  in  that  her  foreign  minister  shall 
advise  the  King  in  foreign  affairs.  This  was  distinctly 
agreed  upon  at  the  convention.  It  is  now  objected  that, 
in  the  development  of  both  countries,  foreign  matters 
are  handled  only  by  the  Swedish  minister  of  foreign 
affairs,  and  that  the  King  has  been  relegated  to  the 
background. 

With  the  development  of  both  countries,  the 
disadvantage  of  having  all  foreign  affairs  under 
the  management  of  a  Swede  began  to  be  real- 
ized, but  it  was  not  until  1890  that  the  clause  of 
the  original  constitution  was  changed  so  that  it 
should  read  :  "  The  office  of  minister  of  foreign 
affairs  may  be  filled  by  either  a  Norwegian  or  a 
Swede."  The  Norwegian  contention  for  having 
their  own  foreign  ministers  and  consuls  has  be- 
lt come  so  clamorous  that  it  has  affected  the  whole 
people  and  is  now  endangering  the  peace  of  all 
Scandinavia. 

A    WARNING    FROM    FINLAND'S    FATE. 

The  King  appointed  a  committee  of  Swedes 
and  Norwegians  to  take  up  the  consular  ques- 
tion apart  from  that  of  the  ambassadors.  Its 
recommendations  were  that  there  should  be 
separate  consuls,  subject  to  the  government  of 
each  country.  But  the  Norwegians  were  inex- 
orable. They  demanded  Norwegian  consuls  un- 
der the  control  of  a  separate  Norwegian  minister 
for  foreign  affairs.  And  so  the  matter  stands. 
The  E'innish  writer  concludes  with  the  following 
— almost  a  warning  : 

A  leading  Norwegian  politician  recently  made  the 
following  startling  remark:  "When  have  we,  in  Nor- 
way, ever  let  legal  considerations  hinder  us  from  tak- 
ing a  step  forward  ? "  Nothing  shows  better  how  young 
the  constitutional  freedom  is  in  Norway  than  this  neglect 
of  strict  legality,  which  is  one  of  the  strongest  guaran- 
tees of  freedom.  Norway,  at  present,  has  no  leader  equal 
to  the  gravity  of  the  situation.  Smaller  party  affairs 
are  taking  the  attention  of  the  Norwegian  people,  and 
they  act  as  if  the  outside  world,  particularly  Russia, 
were  quite  blind  to  the  existence  of  Norway  and  its  ice- 
free  ports.  Yet  the  Norwegians  are  armed  to  the  teeth 
against  their  neighbor,  at  whose  side  only  can  their  own 
liberty  be  protected.  They  forget  that  loss  of  freedom 
will  also  mean  loss  of  self-government.  Finland,  the 
warning,  stands  at  the  door  of  Norway.  The  great 
Norwegian,  Bjornson,  some  time  ago  uttered  words  that 


have  echoed  throughout  the  world.  In  Norway,  they 
seem  to  have  died  quite  away,  while  the  suspicion 
against  a  kindred  people,  willing  to  hold  out  the  hand 
of  reconciliation,  has  steadily  increased. 

THE    REAL    MOTIVE    FOR    THE    RUSSIFICATION    OF 
FINLAND. 

A  significant  confirmation  of  the  warning  given 
in  the  last  paragraph  of  the  preceding  article  is 
found  in  a  paper  by  G.  S.  Davies,  in  the  Corn- 
hill  Magazine,  on  the  Arctic  railway  opened  last 
year  by  the  King  of  Sweden.  The  line  owes  its 
existence  to  the  enormous  deposit  of  iron  ore  of 
exceptional  richness  in  the  eastern  portion  of 
Swedish  Lapland.  Among  the  results  of  this 
new  railway,  Mr.  Davies  predicts  the  extinction 
of  the  reindeer  and  of  the  Lapps.  But  the  po- 
litical purport  of  the  article  is  to  point  out  the  aim 
of  the  extension  of  the  Russian  frontier,  a  hun- 
dred years  ago,  across  the  north  of  Sweden  till 
it  marched  with  Norwegian  Lapland.  The  pur- 
pose was,  he  says,  "  that  Russia  might  bring  her 
border  as  near  as  possible  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean, 
and  wait  upon  events  to  give  her  her  outlet 
across  that  narrow  strip  of  Norway  which  alone 
bars  her  f rom  a  deep-water  harbor  at  Narvik,  on 
the  Ofoten  Fjord.  The  harbor  of  Narvik,  in 
spite  of  its  high  latitude,  has  open  water  all  the 
winter  through."  "With  England  absorbed  in  a 
great  war,  and  with  Norway  and  Sweden  at 
daggers  drawn,  Russia  could  gain  her  ends  by 
siding  with  either  Scandinavian  kingdom.  This 
ultimate  aim  of  an  ice-free  harbor  on  the  Atlantic 
is  suggested  by  the  writer  as  the  reason  of  the 
recent  development  in  Finland  associated  with 
the  name  of  the  unhappy  Bobrikoff. 

What  had  Russia  to  gain  by  the  sudden  extinction 
of  the  liberties  granted  nearly  a  hundred  years  before 
to  this  admirable  people  ?  What  had  Russia  to  gain  by 
suddenly  turning  more  than  two  millions  of  subjects 
loyal  to  the  Czar  and  among  his  most  useful  dependents 
into  a  nation  of  sullen  though  helpless  foemen  ?  Those 
who  attribute  this  action  to  the  wanton  and  stupid  bar- 
barism of  Russia,  to  the  narrow-minded  bigotry  of  the 
Orthodox  party  in  Russia,  or  to  the  garden-roller  policy 
of  her  military  despotism,  do  small  justice  to  the  saga- 
city which  has  always  marked  her  advance  in  Europe. 
The  step  was  a  coolly  calculated,  deliberate  part  of  her 
policy.  It  is  the  pushing  forward  of  her  truly  Russian 
frontier,  the  ,dvance  of  her  military  system,  by  the 
substitution  of  an  advance  guard  of  genuinely  Russian 
troops  for  the  Finnish  corps  oVarmee,  who,  however 
loyal  in  the  main,  would  not  be  expected  to  fight  with 
a  good  stomach  against  their  Swedish  neighbors  when 
some  day  such  services  are  needed.  The  action  has 
brought  Russia  appreciably  nearer  to  her  goal. 

The  moral  the  writer  draws  is  that  the  two 
Scandinavian  nations  would  do  well  to  readjust 
their  differences. 


SOME  REPRESENTATIVE  GEHMAN  PERIODICALS 


WHAT  THE    PEOPLE    READ    IN    GERMANY. 


THE  Germans  are  essentially  a  reading  peo- 
ple,— -as  much  as,  if  not  more  so  than,  any- 
other  in  the  world.  Their  periodical  literature, 
however,  extensive  and  high-class  as  it  is,  is  very- 
different  from  that  of  England  or  the  United 
States,  and  even  from  that  of  other  Continental 
European  countries.  In  the  first  place,  it  is  a 
fact  that  the  farther  south  and  east  one  goes  in  Eu- 
rope, the  less  influential  does  he  find  public  opin- 
ion and  the  more  servile  the  press.  The  French 
press  has  less  freedom  than  that  of-  England, 
and  the  German  less  than  that  of  France.  Ger- 
man periodicals  differ  from  those  of  the  United 
States  and  England  in  another  respect, — they 
are  more  minutely  differentiated.  The  Germans 
have  monthlies,  weeklies,  and  dailies,  and  these 
are  usually  devoted  to  some  particular  branch  of 
literature,  art,  education,  or  industry  ;  and  there 
is  no  publication  combining  fact  and  fiction,  il- 
lustration, poetry,  history,  and  humor,  in  all 
Germany,  such  as  we  find  so  many  examples  of 
in  this  country  and  in  England.  If  the  English 
and  American  press  is  commercial,  and  the 
French  artistic,  the  German  may  be  said  to  be 
technical.     There  isan  immense  number  of  peri- 


odicals devoted  to  technical  industries  and  handi- 
crafts. The  literary  style  of  German  periodicals 
is  not  so  polished  as  that  of  the  French,  nor  are 
these  periodicals  so  attractive  mechanically,  as  a 
general  thing,  but  they  are  more  honest  and 
reliable  than  the  French  ;  and,  instead  of  being 
concentrated  in  the  capital  or  in  any  other  one 
large  city,  they  are  published  at  widely  scattered 
points. 

The  German  serious  reviews  are  very  ably 
conducted,  and  maintain  a  high  literary  tone. 
Among  them,  the  chief  is,  perhaps,  the  Deutsche 
Rundschau  (German  Review),  published  in  Ber- 
lin. This  is  an  old  magazine  of  very  high  stand- 
ing, and  many  of  the  professors  of  the  univer- 
sities contribute  to  it.  It  contains  political, 
literary,  and  scientific  studies,  historical  mem- 
oirs, and  reviews  of  general  progress.  Its  editor 
is  the  veteran  Julius  Rodenberg.  Another  old 
and  very  dignified  periodical  is  the  Prev- 
Jahrbucher  (Prussian  Register),  edited,  in  Berlin, 
by  Hans  Delbruck.  The  Jahrbucher  publishes 
heavy,  thoughtful  articles  on  politics  and  eco- 
nomics. It  is  a  Nationalistic  periodical,  with 
agrarian  tendencies.     The  Deutsche  Revue  (Ger- 


WHAT  THE  PEOPLE  READ  IN  GERMANY. 


211 


man  Keview),  of  Stuttgart,  is  a  Conservative 
monthly,  much  younger  than  those  just  men- 
tioned, edited  by  Richard  Fleischer.  It  contains 
articles  more  popular  in  tone  and  of  a  wider 
general  interest.  The  Deutsche  Monatsschrift  (Ger- 
man Month)  is  another  serious  but  well-read 
review  of  the  capital.  A  new  monthly  magazine, 
only  a  few  months  old,  the  Suddeutsche  Monats- 
hefte  (South  German  Monthly  Magazine),  pub- 
lished both  in  Berlin  and  Munich,  under  the 
editorship  of  Wilhelm  Wiegand,  makes  several 
new  departures.  This  review  declares  its  inten- 
tion of  dealing  independently  and  fearlessly  with 
the  modern  problems  in  science,  literature,  and 
art.  One  of  the  most  pleasing  innovations  is 
the  fact  that  more  than  half  of  the  contents  ap- 
pears in  the  Roman  letter.  Among  the  popular 
illustrated  monthly  periodicals  are  Yelhagen  und 
Rinsing's  Monatshefte  (Velhagen  and  Klasing's 
Monthly  Magazine),  a  richly  illustrated  monthly 
containing  stories,  descriptions,  poems,  etc.; 
Grenzboten,  of  Leipsic,  a  serious  weekly  publica- 
tion of  Pan-German  and  anti-Anglo-Saxon  views, 
which  twenty  or  thirty  years  ago  was  an  im- 
portant organ  of  the  Liberal  party  and  is  now 
frequently  in  the  confidence  of  the  higher 
officials  of  the  foreign  office  ;  Westermanri 's  Mo- 
natshefte (Westermann's  Monthly  Magazine),  of 
Berlin,  of  very  high-class  standing,  illustrated, 
and  conducted  much  along  the  same  lines  as 
Harper's  or  Scribner's  ;  Vom  Fels  zum  Meer  (From 
Mountain  to  Sea),  of  Stuttgart,  copiously  illus- 
trated, resembling  Velhagen  und  Klasing's ;  Nord 
inn?  Sud  (North  and  South),  published  in  Bres- 
lau,  is  a  literary  monthly  of  influence  ;  Modenxvelt 
("World  of  Fashion),  published  in  Berlin,  a  fashion 
periodical  for  women,  and  Aus  Fremden  Zungen 
(From  Foreign  Tongues),  of  Stuttgart,  contain- 
ing translations  from  modern  foreign  languages. 
The  German  tendency  to  deep  thought  is  in- 
dicated in  the  large  number  of  religious  and 
theological  publications,  which  are  equal  in 
number  to  those  of  the  United  States.  Among 
these  are  the  Allgemeine  Kirchenzeitung  (General 
Church  Herald),  of  Leipsic,  and  the  Beweis  des 
Glaubens  (Evidence  of  the  Faithful),  of  Greifs- 
wald,  organs  of  the  Lutheran  Church  ;  the  Christ- 
liche  Welt  (Christian  World),  of  Leipsic  ;  Alte 
und  Neue  Welt  (Old  and  New  World),  Catholic 
organs,  and  the  Reichsbote  (Imperial  Messenger), 
of  Berlin,  official  organ  of  German  Protestantism. 
The  Germania  (Germany),  of  Berlin,  is  a  national 
Catholic  weekly,  organ  of  the. Clerical  party  in 
the  Reichstag.  Among  miscellaneous  monthlies 
of  influence  are  Kunstgewerbeblatt  (Art- Workers' 
Journal),  of  Berlin,  devoted  to  the  decorative  art 
of  the  household  ;  Ausland  (Abroad),  of  Stutt- 
gart   (geographical)  ;     Socialistische    Monatshefte 


(Socialist  Monthly),  of  Berlin,  organ  of  the  So- 
cialist party  ;  Pctermann's  Geographische  Mitthei- 
lung  ( Petermann's  Geographical  Intelligence),  of 
Berlin,  organ  of  the  scientific  geographical  world  ; 
Zeitschrift  fur  Bildende  Kunst  (Herald  of  Art), 
of  Leipsic,  a  review  of  the  arts,  copiously  illus- 
trated ;  Moderne  Kunst '{M^odevn  Art),  of  Berlin, 
publishing  good  reproductions  of  the  works  of 
modern  artists  ;  Kosmos  (World),  of  Stuttgart, 
and  Natur  (Nature),  of  Halle,  both  devoted  to 
natural  science,  popularly  set  forth. 

The  Germans  have  a  number  of  excellent 
weeklies  of  wide  circulation,  considerable  influ- 
ence, and  much  artistic  merit.  Foremost  among 
these  are  lllustrirte  Zeitung  (Illustrated  News),  of 
Leipsic,  and  Tiber  Land  und  Meer  (Over  Land 
and  Sea),  of  Stuttgart,  which  are  in  the  front 
rank  of  such  publications  the  world  over.  The 
lllustrirte  Zeitung  is  finely  illustrated,  and  is  really 
a  weekly  high-class  review  of  happenings  all  over 
the  world.  Following  closely  after  these  two  is 
the  Woche  (Week),  also  of  Berlin,  an  illustrated 
and  descriptive  review  of  the  week,  progressive, 
and  containing  good  stories  and  general  literary 
material.  Daheim  (At  Home),  of  Leipsic,  is  a 
popular  illustrated  weekly,  published  by  Velha- 
gen and  Klasing,  and  the  Gartenlaube  (Bower), 
also  of  Leipsic,  is  also  an  illustrated  weekly, 
more  liberal  than  Daheim.  Gegenwart  (Present), 
of  Leipsic,  publishes  political,  philosophical,  lit- 
erary, and  travel  descriptions,  as  does  also  Buch 
fur  Alle  (Journal  for  Everybody),  of  Stuttgart. 
The  lllustrirte  Welt  (Illustrated  World),  of  Stutt- 
gart, is  more  popular,  publishes  sketches,  short 
stories,  poems,  etc.,  and  is  copiously  illustrated. 
There  are  two  fashion  weeklies  in  Berlin,  the 
Bazar  and  the  lllustrirte  Frauenzeitung  (Illustrated 
News  for  Women).  The  Nation,  of  Berlin,  is 
Liberal  in  politics,  and  is  generally  believed  to 
speak  with  official  authority. 

There  is  quite  a  number  of  comic  papers  with 
excellent  incisive  wit  and  unsurpassed  illustra- 
tions. The  German  comic  artist  is  famed  all 
over  the  world,  and,  were  it  not  for  the  horror 
of  majestatsbeleidigung  (the  French  call  it  Use 
majeste),  which  so  often  sends  him  to  prison, 
he  would  probably  be  the  most  prosperous  peri- 
odical contributor  in  the  empire.  The  comic 
weeklies,  Kladderadatsch  (Boom  !  Bang  ! — an  ex- 
clamation), Lustige  Blatter  (Comic  Leaves),  Sim- 
plicissimus  (Simpleton),  Ulk  (Fun),  and  Humo- 
ristische  Deutschland  (Comic  Germany),  are  hu- 
morous, with  keen  political  satire  and  excellent 
cartoons.  Comic  non-satirical  papers  of  world- 
wide fame  are  the  Fliegende  Blatter  (Flying 
Leaves),  of  Munich,  one  of  the  foremost  comic 
papers  of  the  world  ;  Meggendorfer  Blatter  (Meg- 
gendorf's  Leaves),  and  Humoristische  Blatter  (Hu- 


212 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


morons  Leaves),  also  of  Munich  ;  Kobold (Dwarf ), 
of  Hamburg,  and  Dorfbarbier  (City  Barber),  of 
Berlin.  Wahrc  Jacob  (Truthful  Jacob),  of  Stutt- 
gart, also  has  cartoons,  and  is  generally  of  a  So- 
cialistic tendency.  Jugend  is  an  artistic  serio- 
comic weekly  of  Munich,  which  leans  toward  the 
impressionist  school.  Among  other  miscellane- 
ous weeklies  of  influence  are  the  Militar  Wochen- 


KOREA  FROM  THE  KOREAN  POINT  OF  VIEW. 

The  Japanese  from  the  one  side  and  the  Russians  from  the 
other  lay  bare  the  land. 

From  Beiblatt  zvm  Kladilcratlatsch. 


hldU  (Military  Weekly),  of  Berlin,  tri-weekly  in 
spite  of  its  name,  the  organ  of  the  general  staff 
of  the  army  ;  the  Musikalische  Wochenblatt  (Mu- 
sical Weekly),  of  Leipsic  ;  Hausfreund  (House 
Friend),  of  Breslau,  and  the  weekly  edition  of  the 
AUgemeine  Zeitung  (General  News),  of  Munich. 

Fully  half  the  German  periodicals  are  daily 
newspapers.  The  German  newspaper  is  digni- 
fied, serious,  and  reliable.  Typographically,  it 
is  inferior  to  the  English  and  French,  and  not 
to  he  mentioned  in  comparison  with  the  Ameri- 
can. Nearly  all  German  dailies  use  the  German 
characters,  although  a  few,  such  as  the  "ancient 
and  honorable"  Kolnische  Zeitung  (Cologne 
News),  have  begun  to  publish  several  pages  in 
the  Koman  letter  (particularly  all  commercial 
and  business  news).  A  number,  though  not 
by  any  means  all,  of  the  leading  dailies  are 
published  in  Berlin.  Among  the  oldest  and 
best-established  are  the  Vossische  Zeitung  (Yoss 
News),  National  Liberal,  which  was  founded  in 
1722;  the  National  Zeitung  (National  News), 
National  and  Liberal  in  politics;  the  Volks- 
Zeitung  (People's  News),  Social-Democratic,  and 


the  Neue  Preussische  Zeitung  (New  Prussian 
News),  the  organ  of  the  Conservatives,  and 
semi-officially  inspired.  This  last  is  frequently 
called  the  Kreuz  Zeitung,  because  of  a  small 
cross  printed  on  the  heading.  The  Borsen  Zei- 
tung (Exchange  News)  and  the  Borsen  Courier 
( Exchange  Courier),  founded  about  the  middle 
of  the  past  century,  are  devoted  chiefly  to 
finance  and  commerce,  but  with  Liberal  lean- 
ings in  politics.  The  official  news  of  the  empire 
is  communicated  through  the  Reichsanzeiger  (Im- 
perial Gazette).  Vorwdrts  is  the  influential  and 
widely  read  daily  of  the  Socialists,  and  is  edited 
by  the  famous  Herr  Liebknecht.  Other  dailies 
of  the  capital  are  Norddeutsche  AUgemeine  Zeitung 
(North  German  General  News),  Conservative  ; 
Germania  (Germany),  expressing  the  Center,  or 
Catholic,  opposition  in  the  Reichstag  ;  the  Frem- 
dcnblatt  (Foreign  Journal),  which  makes  a  spe- 
cialty of  foreign  news  ;  the  Keueste  Nachrichten 
(Latest  News),  the  Tageblatt  (Daily  Newspaper), 
the  Tdgliche  Zeitung  (Daily  News),  the  Tdgliche 
Rundschau  (Daily  Review),  and  the  Suddeutsche 
Reichscorrespondenz  (South  German  Imperial  Cor- 
respondence), the  personal  organ  of  the  imperial 
chancellor,  Count  von  Biilow.  The  most  influ- 
ential and  widely  read  daily  journals  of  the  cap- 
ital, however,  are  the  Morgen  Zeitung  (Morning 
News),  which  claims  a  circulation  of  150,000, 
and  the  Lokalanzeiger  (Local  Gazette),  with  a 
circulation  of  more  than  200,000.  The  latter  is 
the  most  enterprising  Berlin  paper.  Its  pub- 
lisher, Herr  August  Scherl,  is  the  Napoleon  of 
the  German  press,  and  has  done  much  to  revo- 
lutionize its  ways  and  methods.  His  establish- 
ment is  one  of  the  finest  newspaper  plants  in 
Europe,  and  the  Lokalanzeiger,  strictly  as  a  news- 
paper, is  one  of  the  foremost  of  the  world. 

Outside  the  capital,  the  best-known  dailies  are 
the  1  Tamburger  Nachrichten  (Hamburg  News),  for- 
merly Bismarck's  organ,  one  of  the  old  Conser- 
vative and  influential  sheets,  the  Correspondent 
and  the  AUgemeine  Anzeiger  (General  Gazette), 
of  Hamburg  ;  the  staid  and  dignified  Frank- 
furter Zeitung  (Frankfort  News);  the  Munich 
AUgemeine  Zeitung  (General  News),  of  a  high  lit- 
erary character,  with  a  widely  read  scientific 
supplement;  the  Reinische -  Westfdlische  Zeitung 
(Rhine- West phalian  News),  of  Cologne,  gener- 
ally regarded  as  speaking  with  diplomatic  au- 
thority ;  the  Weser  Zeitung  (Weser  News),  of 
Bremen  ;  AUgemeine  Z  Hung  (General  News),  of 
Leipsic,  and  the  Breslauer  AUgemeine  A" 
1  I  Ireslau  *  reneral  Gazette). 


LEADING    ARTICLES   OF   THE    MONTH 


COUNT  TOLSTOY'S  SERMON  ON  THE  WAR. 


A  STINGING-  arraignment  of  the  Russian 
autocracy  and  the  Czar  himself,  and  a 
fierce  denunciation  of  all  war,  in  the  form  of 
a  series  of  letters,  under  the  heading  "  Bethink 
Yourselves,"  written  from  Yasnaia  Poly  ana 
during  the  month  of  May  by  Count  Leo  Tolstoy, 
have  been  translated  and  published  in  the  Lon- 
don Times.  Count  Tolstoy  begins  by  stating  his 
text,  "  This  is  your  hour  and  the  power  of  dark- 
ness "  (Luke  xxii.,  53),  and  then  lays  down  his 
theme:  "Again  war.  Again  sufferings,  neces- 
sary to  nobody,  utterly  uncalled  for ;  again 
fraud  ;  again  the  universal  stupefaction  and 
brutalization  of  men." 

One  can  understand,  says  Tolstoy,  how  poor, 
ignorant  Russian  and  Japanese  peasants, 
"  brought  by  the  violence  and  deceit  of  centuries 
to  recognize  the  greatest  crime  in  the  world, — the 
murder  of  one's  brethren, — as  a  virtuous  act,  can 
commit  these  dreadful  deeds  without  regarding 
themselves  as  being  guilty  in  so  doing."  But 
how  can  so-called  enlightened  men  preach  war, 
support  it,  participate  in  it,  and,  worst  of  all, 
without  suffering  the  dangers  of  war  themselves, 
incite  others  to  it,  sending  their  unfortunate, 
defrauded  brothers  to  fight  ? 

Not  to  mention  the  Hague  Conference,  which  called 
forth  universal  praise,  or  all  the  books,  pamphlets, 
newspaper  articles,  and  speeches  demonstrating  the 
possibility  of  the  solution  of  international  misunder- 
standings by  international  arbitration,  no  enlightened 
men  can  help  knowing  that  the  universal  competition 
in  the  armaments  of  states  must  inevitably  lead  them 
to  endless  wars,  or  to  general  bankruptcy,  or  else  to 
both  the  one  and  the  other.  They  cannot  but  know  that 
besides  the  senseless,  purposeless  expenditure  of  mil- 
liards of  rubles,— i.e.,  of  human  labor,— on  the  prepara- 
tions for  war,  during  the  wars  themselves  millions  of 
the  most  energetic  and  vigorous  men  perish  in  that 
period  of  their  life  which  is  best  for  productive  labor. 

THE    CZAR    ARRAIGNED. 

Something  is  taking  place,  he  continues,  "in- 
comprehensible and  impossible  in  its  cruelty, 
falsehood,  and  stupidity."  Notwithstanding  the 
fact  that  scientists,  philosophers,  and  religious 
teachers  on  both  sides  have  declared  war  sinful 
and  foolish,  all  Russians  join  in  their  efforts  to 
destroy  all  Japanese,  and  all  Japanese  unite  to 
kill  all  Russians.  Then  follows  a  fierce  arraign- 
ment of  the  Czar  and  the  autocracy. 


M£.«.tB,.;4. 


TOLSTOY,   IN  THE  BEAR'S  DEN,   REPROVES  THE  CZAR. 

From  Amsterdammer  (Amsterdam) . 

This  unfortunate,  entangled  young  man,  recognized 
as  the  leader  of  one  hundred  and  thirty  millions  of  peo- 
ple, continually  deceived  and  compelled  to  contradict 
himself,  confidently  thanks  and  blesses  the  troops  whom 
he  calls  his  own  for  murder  in  defense  of  lands  which 
with  yet  less  right  he  also  calls  his  own.  All  present  to 
each  other  hideous  ikons  in  which  not  only  no  one 
among  the  educated  believe,  but  which  unlearned  peas- 
ants are  beginning  to  abandon — all  bow  down  to  the 
ground  before  these  ikons,  kiss  them,  and  pronounce 
pompous  and  deceitful  speeches  in  which  no  one  really 
believes. 

DECEIVED,    DELUDED,    MISERABLE    PEOPLE. 

Not  only  the  military  are  prepared  to  murder. 

Crowds  of  so-called  enlightened  people,  such  as  pro- 
fessors, social  reformers,  students,  nobles,  merchants, 
without  being  forced  thereto  by  anything  or  any  one,  ex- 
press the  most  bitter  and  contemptuous  feelings  toward 


214 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  Japanese,  the  English,  or  the  Americans,  toward 
whom  but  yesterday  they  were  either  well  disposed  or 
indifferent ;  while,  without  the  least  compulsion,  they 
express  the  most  abject,  servile  feelings  toward  the  Czar 
(to  whom,  to  say  the  least,  they  were  completely  indif- 
ferent), assuring  him  of  their  unlimited  love  and  readi- 
ness to  sacrifice  their  lives  in  his  interests.  Wealthy 
people  contribute  insignificant  portions  of  their  immor- 
ally acquired  riches  for  this  cause  of  murder  or  the 
organization  of  help  in  connection  with  the  work  of 
murder ;  while  the  poor,  from  whom  the  government 
annually  collects  two  milliards,  deem  it  necessary  to  do 
likewise,  giving  their  mites  also.  The  government  in- 
cites and  encourages  crowds  of  idlers,  who  walk  about 
the  streets  with  the  Czar's  portrait,  singing,  shouting 
"Hurrah  I"  and  who,  under  pretext  of  patriotism,  are 
licensed  in  all  kinds  of  excess.  All  over  Russia,  from 
the  palace  to  the  remotest  village,  the  pastors  of 
churches,  calling  themselves  Christians,  appeal  to  that 
God  who  has  enjoined  love  to  one's  enemies — to  the  God 
of  Love  himself — to  help  the  work  of  the  devil  to  fur- 
ther the  slaughter  of  men.  Stupefied  by  prayers,  ser- 
mons, exhortations,  by  processions,  pictures,  and  news- 
papers, the  cannon's  flash,  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
men,  uniformly  dressed,  carrying  divers  deadly  weap- 
ons, leaving  their  parents,  wives,  children,  with  hearts 
of  agony,  but  with  artificial  sprightliness,  go  where 
they,  risking  their  own  lives,  will  commit  the  most 
dreadful  act  of  killing  men  whom  they  do  not  know 
and  who  have  done  them  no  harm.  .  .  .  All  this  is  not 
only  regarded  as  the  manifestation  of  elevated  feeling, 
but  those  who  refrain  from  such  manifestations,  if  they 
endeavor  to  disabuse  men,  are  deemed  traitors  and  be- 
trayers, and  are  in  danger  of  being  abused. 

DOES    RUSSIA    REALIZE    WHAT    SHE    IS    DOING  ? 

How  can  a  modern  believing  Christian,  "  or 
even  a  skeptic,  involuntarily  permeated  by  the 
Christian  ideals  of  human  brotherhood  and  love 
which  have  inspired  the  works  of  the  philoso- 
phers, moralists,  and  artists  of  our  time — how 
can  such  take  a  gun,  or  stand  by  a  cannon,  and 
aim  at  a  crowd  of  his  fellow-men,  desiring  to 
kill  as  many  of  them  as  possible  ?  " 

Tolstoy  does  not  believe  that  such  a  person 
can,  without  realizing  the  crime  he  is  committing, 
and  so,  he  says  : 

All  the  unnatural,  feverish,  hot-headed,  insane  ex- 
citement which  has  now  seized  the  idle  upper  ranks  of 
Russian  society  is  merely  the  symptom  of  their  recog- 
nition of  the  criminality  of  the  work  which  is  being 
done.  All  these  insolent,  mendacious  speeches  about 
devotion  to  and  worship  of  the  monarch,  about  readi- 
ness to  sacrifice  life  (or  one  should  say  other  people's 
lives,  and  not  one's  own)  ;  all  these  promises  to  defend 
with  one's  breast  land  which  does  not  belong  to  one ; 
all  these  senseless  benedictions  of  each  other  witli  vari- 
ous banners  and  monstrous  ikons  ;  all  these  Te  Dennis  ; 
all  these  preparations  of  blankets  and  bandages ;  all 
these  detachments  of  nurses;  all  these  contributions  to 
the  fleet  and  to  the  Red  Cross  presented  to  the  govern- 
ment, whose  direct  duty  is  (while  it  has  the  possibility 
of  collecting  from  the  people  as  much  money  as  it  re- 
quires), having  declared  war,  to  organize  the  necessary 
fleet  and  necessary  means  for  attending  the  wounded  ; 


all  these  Slavonic,  pompous,  senseless,  and  blasphemous 
prayers,  the  utterance  of  which  in  various  towns  is 
communicated  in  the  papers  as  important  news  ;  all 
these  processions,  calls  for  the  national  hymn,  cheers ; 
all  this  dreadful,  desperate,  newspaper  mendacity, 
which,  being  universal,  does  not  fear  exposure  ;  all  this 
stupefaction  and  brutalization,  which  has  now  taken 
hold  of  Russian  society,  and  which  is  being  trans- 
mitted by  degrees  also  to  the  masses, — all  this  is  only 
a  symptom  of  the  guilty  consciousness  of  that  dreadful 
act  which  is  being  accomplished. 

PLIGHT    OF    THE    MODERN    CHRISTIAN. 

If  you  ask  a  common  soldier,  an  officer,  a  dip- 
lomat, a  journalist,  why  he  carries  on  war,  or 
incites  it,  he  will  answer,  says  Tolstoy,  with 
quibbles  about  fatherland  and  emperor  and  pa- 
triotism. The  war,  he  will  tell  you,  is  necessary 
for  the  welfare  and  glory  of  Russia.  Now,  this 
is  all  wrong.  Christians  of  to-day,  says  Tolstoy, 
are  like  a  man  who,  having  missed  the  right 
turning,  the  farther  lie  goes  the  more  he  be- 
comes convinced  that  he  is  going  the  wrong 
way.  "Yet,  the  greater  his  doubts,  the  quicker 
and  more  desperately  does  he  hurry  on,  consol- 
ing himself  with  the  thought  that  he  will  arrive 
somewhere." 

In  such  a  position  stands  the  Christian  humanity  of 
our  time.  It  is  perfectly  evident  that,  if  we  continue 
to  live  as  we  are  now  living,  guided  in  our  private  lives, 
as  well  as  in  the  life  of  separate  states,  by  the  sole  de- 
sire of  welfare  for  ourselves  and  for  our  state,  and  will, 
as  we  do  now,  think  to  insure  this  welfare  by  violence, 
then,  inevitably  increasing  the  means  of  violence  of  one 
against  the  other,  and  of  state  against  state,  we  will, 
first,  keep  ruling  ourselves  more  and  more,  transfer- 
ring the  major  portion  of  our  productiveness  to  arma- 
ments, and,  second,  by  killing  in  mutual  wars  the  best 
physically  developed  men,  we  must  become  more  and 
more  degenerate  and  morally  depraved. 

HOW    CAN    MATTERS    BE    MENDED  ? 

Not  by  a  universal  empire,  or  even  a  United 
States  of  Europe,  says  Tolstoy.  Nor  can  com- 
pulsory international  peace  tribunals  be  organ- 
ized. Disarmament  will  not  come,  because  no 
one  desires  it  or  will  begin  it.  The  adoption  of 
more  dreadful  means  of  destruction  will  not 
help,  because  all  nations  will  use  the  new  inven- 
tions. "  We  are  dashing  on  toward  the  preci- 
pice, cannot  stop,  and  we  are  approaching  the 
edge." 

WHAT    IS    TO    BE    DONE  ? 

The  remedy  is  in  the  heeding  of  the  scriptural 
injunction,  "  Bethink  yourself  I  "  Every  man 
must  ask  himself,  What  does  God  command  me 
to  do? 

So  must  say  to  himself  the  soldier,  who  is  taught 
that  he  must  kill  men  ;  and  the  statesman,  whodeemed 
it  his  duty  to  prepare  for  war  ;  and  the  journalist,  w  h.> 
incited  to  war,  and  every  man  who  puts  to  himself  the 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


215 


question,  Who  is  he,  what  is  his  destination  in  life? 
And  the  moment  the  head  of  the  state  will  cease  to  di- 
rect war,  the  soldier  to  fight,  the  statesman  to  prepare 
means  for  war,  the  journalist  to  incite  thereto — then, 
without  any  new  institutions,  adaptations,  balance  of 
power,  tribunals,  there  will  of  itself  be  destroyed  that 
hopeless  position  in  which  men  have  placed  themselves, 
not  only  in  relation  to  war,  but  also  to  all  other  calam- 
ities which  they  themselves  inflict  upon  themselves. 

REAL    RELIGION    NEEDED. 

Men  need  real  religion,  says  Tolstoy,  as  a 
guide  for  their  lives. 

The  evil  from  which  men  of  our  time  are  suffering  is 
produced  by  the  fact  that  the  majority  live  without 
that  which  alone  affords  a  rational  guidance  for  human 
activity — without  religion  ;  not  that  religion  which  con- 
sists in  belief  in  dogmas,  in  the  fulfillment  of  rites 
which  afford  a  pleasant  diversion,  consolation,  stimu- 
lant ;  but  that  religion  which  establishes  the  relation  of 
man  to  the  All,  to  God,  and,  therefore,  gives  a  general 
higher  direction  to  all  human  activity,  and  without 
which  people  stand  on  the  plane  of  animals,  and  even 
lower  thau  they.  This  evil  which  is  leading  men  to  in- 
evitable destruction  has  manifested  itself  with  special 
power  in  our  time,  because,  having  lost  all  rational 
guidance  in  life,  and  having  directed  all  efforts  to  dis- 
coveries and  improvements  principally  in  the  sphere  of 
technical  knowledge,  men  of  our  time  have  developed 
in  themselves  enormous  power  over  the  forces  of  na- 
ture ;  but,  not  having  any  guidance  for  the  rational 
adaptation  of  this  power,  they  naturally  have  used  it 
for  the  satisfaction  of  their  lowest  and  most  animal 
propensities. 

In  order  that  true  religion,  "  already  latent  in 
men  of  our  time,  shall  become  evident  and  oblig- 
atory," Tolstoy  declares  it  is  necessary  that  two 
things  be  brought  about. 

On  the  one  hand,  men  of  science  should  understand 
that  the  principle  of  the  brotherhood  of  all  men  and  the 
rule  of  not  doing  unto  others  what  one  does  not  wish 
for  one's  self  is  not  one  casual  idea  out  of  a  multitude 
of  human  theories  which  can  be  subordinated  to  any 
other  considerations,  but  is  an  incontestable  principle, 
standing  higher  than  the  rest,  and  flowing  from  the 
changeless  relation  of  man  to  that  which  is  eternal  to 
God,  and  is  religion,  all  religion,  and,  therefore,  always 
obligatory.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  necessary  that 
those  who  consciously  or  unconsciously  preach  crude 
superstitions  under  the  guise  of  Christianity  should  un- 
derstand that  all  these  dogmas,  sacraments,  and  rites 
which  they  support  and  preach  are  not  only,  as  they 
think,  harmless,  but  are  in  the  highest  degree  per- 
nicious, concealing  from  men  that  central  religious 
truth  which  is  expressed  in  the  fulfillment  of  God's  will, 
in  the  service  of  men. 

MUST    LOVE    ALL    MEN. 

No  matter  what  happens,  no  man  must  incite 
to  or  participate  in  war,  says  Tolstoy.  We  must 
love  all  men. 

To  love  one's  enemies — the  Japanese,  the  Chinese, 
those  yellow  peoples  toward  whom  benighted  men  are 


now  endeavoring  to  excite  our  hatred — to  love  them 
means  not  to  kill  them  for  the  purpose  of  having  the 
right  of  poisoning  them  with  opium,  as  did  the  English  ; 
not  to  kill  them  in  order  to  seize  their  land,  as  was  done 
by  the  French,  the  Russians,  and  the  Germans  ;  not  to 
bury  them  alive  in  punishment  for  injuring  roads,  not 
to  tie  them  together  by  their  hair,  not  to  drown  them  in 
the  river  Amur,  as  did  the  Russians.  To  love  the  yellow 
people,  whom  we  call  our  foes,  means,  not  to  teach  them, 
under  the  name  of  Christianity,  absurd  superstitions 
about  the  fall  of  man,  redemption,  resurrection,  etc., 
not  to  teach  them  the  art  of  deceiving  and  killing  others, 
but  to  teach  them  justice,  unselfishness,  compassion, 
love— and  that  not  by  words,  but  by  the  example  of  our 
own  good  life. 

Tolstoy  gives  the  substance  of  a  number  of 
letters  he  has  received  from  peasants  who  have 
gone  to  war,  expressing  their  horror  at  it,  and 
telling  how  much  misery  it  had  already  caused 
their  families.     Here  is  part  of  one  : 

Dear  Ltof  Nikolaevitch  :  Well,  to-day  I  have  re- 
ceived the  official  announcement  of  my  call  to  the  ser- 
vice ;  to-morrow  I  must  present  myself  at  the  headquar- 
ters. That  is  all.  And  after  that, — to  the  far  East  to 
meet  the  Japanese  bullets.  ...  I  was  not  able  to  resist 
the  summons,  but  I  say  beforehand  that  through  me 
not  one  Japanese  family  shall  be  orphaned.  My  God  ! 
how  dreadful  is  all  this— how  distressing  and  painful  to 
abandon  all  by  which  one  lives  and  in  which  one  is  con- 
cerned ! 

The  papers  set  forth  that,  comments  Tolstoy, 
during  the  receptions  of  the  Czar,  who  is  trav- 
eling about  Russia  "  for  the  purpose  of  hypno- 
tizing the  men  who  are  being  sent  to  murder, 
indescribable  enthusiasm  is  manifested  among 
the  people." 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  something  quite  different  is  being 
manifested.  From  all  sides  one  hears  reports  that  in 
one  place  three  Reservists  have  hanged  themselves  ;  in 
another  spot,  two  more  ;  in  yet  another,  about  a  woman 
whose  husband  had  been  taken  away  bringing  her  chil- 
dren to  the  conscription  committee-room  and  leaving 
them  there  ;  while  another  hanged  herself  in  the  yard 
of  the  military  commander.  All  are  dissatisfied,  gloomy, 
exasperated. 

LET    THE    RULERS    GO    TO    WAR. 

It  is  time,  says  Tolstoy,  that  all  this  terrible 
war  should  cease,  and  that  the  deceived  people 
should  recover  themselves,  saying  : 

"Well,  go  you  yourselves,  you  heartless  Czars,  Mi- 
kados,  ministers,  bishops,  priests,  generals,  editors, 
speculators,  or  however  you  may  be  called— go  you 
yourselves  under  these  shells  and  bullets,  but  we  do  not 
Avish  to  go  and  we  will  not  go.  Leave  us  in  peace  ;  to 
plow,  and  sow,  and  build,  and  also  feed  you,  you  slug- 
gards." It  would  be  so  natural  to  say  this  now,  when 
among  us  in  Russia  resounds  the  weeping  and  wailing 
of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  mothers,  wives,  and  chil- 
dren, from  whom  are  being  snatched  away  their  bread- 
earners. 


216 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


A  RUSSIAN  CONDEMNATION  OF  RUSSIAN   BOASTFULNESS. 


IN  reviewing  the  war  operations  in  Manchuria, 
the  Vyestnik  Evropy  (St.  Petersburg)  finds 
it  necessary  to  register  a  protest  against  the 
boastfulness  and  exaggeration  of  a  portion  of 
tlie  Russian  press.      It  says  : 

Every  one  can  understand  that  victory  should 
not  be  expected  in  a  struggle >vith  an  enemy  pos- 
sessing from  three  to  five  times  the  number  of  men. 
No  one  doubts,  also,  that  Russian  soldiers  know 
how  to  fight,  and  how  to  die  like  heroes.  .  .  .  But 
when  a  conservative  Russian  journal  attempts  to 
persuade  its  readers  that  the  battle  of  Ku-lien- 
cheng  (the  Yalu)  was  really  a  victory  for  our  arms, 
in  that  it  demonstrated  brilliantly  the  great  quali- 
ties of  the  Russian  soldier,  such  an  attempt  is 
really  equivalent  to  the  abuse  of  the  press  func- 
tion. Our  newspaper  patriots  describe  the  events 
of  the  present  war  in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  it 
appear  that  its  real  significance  lies  in  the  proof 
which  it  furnishes  of  the  abilities  of  the  Russian 
soldier  to  defend  his  country  and  to  die  for  it ; 
and,  since  such  proof  is  most  eloquent  and  per- 
suasive of  the  absolute  superiority  of  the  enemy, 
battles  of  sacrifice,  ending  in  defeat  and  destruc- 
tion, are  deemed  expedient.  The  deceitful  discussions  of 
our  pseudo- patriotic  press,  thrown  into  raptures  by  the 
heroic  failures  at  the  seat  of  war,  correspond  to  the 
general  character  of  this  peculiar  journalism.  Unfor- 
tunately, there  are,  at  times,  found  in  journals  of  an- 


other type  similar  sugared,  conceited  phrases  concern- 
ing events  and  facts  that  deserve  earnest  and  unbiased 
analysis.  .  .  .  The  campaign  is  important  only  in  so  far 
as  it  brings  us  nearer  to  final  success. 

If  events  be  viewed  from  this  standpoint,  the 


A   BOASTER  WHO   WILL  SOON  HAVE  ENOUGH. 

From  Wahre  Jacob  (Stuttgart). 

Vyestnik  continues,  Russians  could  reconcile 
themselves  to  a  ".series  of  preliminary  retreats, 
carried  on  in  accordance  with  a  preconceived 
plan,  without  serious  loss  of  men  or  the  surren- 
der of  weapons  to  the  enemy." 


GENEHAL  KUUOPATKIN    MEETING   THE  CHINESE  GENERAL  MA   AT  MUKDEN. 

(It  was  during  this  interview  that  General  Kuropatkin  is  reported  as  saying  that  lie  would  not  let  one  Japanese  soldier 

return  alive  to  Japan.) 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


217 


It  is  difficult  for  the  layman  to  understand  the  pur- 
pose of  the  Ku-lien-cheng  battle,  occurring  after  the 
crossing  of  the  Yalu  by  the  Japanese  army,  and  placing 
our  soldiers  under  the  necessity  of  engaging  an  enemy 
which  outnumbered  them  five  to  one,  without  the  least 
possibility  of  success,  with  enormous  sacrifice  of  human 
life,  and  with  a  very  considerable  loss  of  guns.  To  be 
sure,  the  military  experts  may  claim  that  this  battle 
was  part  of  a  general  plan  of  campaign,  and  in  this 
case  we  must  believe  the  experts  ;  yet  laymen  are  at  a 
loss  to  understand  why,  in  this  important  engagement, 
prepared  for  gradually  by  the  movements  and  skir- 
mishing of  the  days  preceding,  there  took  part  only  a 
portion  of  the  Russian  army  posted  along  the  Yalu. 
If  for  some  reason  our  troops  could  have  been  concen- 
trated, the  retreat  could  have  been  accomplished  ;  but 
to  offer  battle  merely  to  show  our  fearlessness, — for 
that  there  was  no  necessity.  .  .  .  Single  failures  and 
disappointments  are  unavoidable  in  war  ;  and  our  pub- 
lic is  so  sober  in  its  judgment  that  it  is  altogether  un- 
necessary to  disguise  such  failures  by  empty  bombastic 
phraseology. 


Sassulitch  Disobeyed  Before. 

The  Osvobozluleniye  (St.  Petersburg),  in  com- 
menting upon  the  Russian  defeat  on  the  Yalu, 
severely  criticises  General  Sassulitch  for  offering 
battle.  It  reminds  the  Russian  people  that  in 
the  war  with  Turkey  also  (in  1878)  this  general 
disobeyed  his  superiors  and  offered  battle  when 
he  had  been  told  to  retreat.  Fortune  favored 
him,  however.  He  gained  a  victory  ;  and  not 
only  was  he  exempted  from  reproof,  but  he  was 
promoted  and  rewarded  by  the  government. 
"  Now  General  Sassulitch  has  again  sought  the 
favor  of  fortune  on  the  Yalu,  but  she  has  with- 
drawn her  sympathy  from  us.  She  has  turned 
away,  also,  from  the  brave  Sassulitch.  He  was 
defeated  ;  and  it  is  reported  that  he  will  be 
court-martialed,  and  that  General  Count  Keller 
will  succeed  him." 


THE  STATE  BANK  OF  RUSSIA  TO-DAY. 


A  LENGTHY  review  of  Professor  Migulin's 
new  book  on  the  Russian  banking  policy 
appears  in  the  Narodnoye  Khozaistvo  (St.  Peters- 
burg), especial  attention  being  paid  to  the  chap- 
ter on  the  State  Bank. 

RUSSIAN    BANKING    HISTORY. 

When  the  Russian  Government,  in  1859, 
abolished  the  governmental  banks,  which,  how- 
ever, had  never  transacted  any  banking  busi- 
ness, the  only  one  left  was  the  so-called  Com- 
mercial Bank,  which,  by  the  ukase  of  May  31, 
1860,  was  reorganized  into  the  Russian  State 
Bank,  for  the  "revival  of  commercial  transac- 
tions," and  for  the  strengthening,  of  the  mone- 
tary credit  system.  Side  by  side  with  this 
bank,  the  whole  system  of  commercial  banks 
was  organized,  among  them  being  city  banks, 
mutual  banks,  savings-banks,  and  also  a  num- 
ber of  private  banking  houses  and  offices.  To 
these  were  added  the  noblemen's  banks  and  the 
peasants'  banks.  To  summarize  the  reviewer's 
description  : 

The  system  of  commercial  credit  in  Russia  was  far 
from  satisfactory.  The  State  Bank  occupied  itself,  at 
first,  with  the  liquidation  of  the  old  banking  institu- 
tions, with  balancing  the  redeemable  accounts,  sup- 
ported the  Noblemen's  Bank,  for  which  the  greatest 
amount  of  its  resources  were  used  up,  while  the  rest 
went  to  maintain  the  rate  of  exchange  on  the  drawing 
of  notes,  etc.  The  funds  of  the  bank  were  insignificant, 
its  capital  being  at  first  15,000,000  rubles  [a  ruble  is  ap- 
proximately 51  cents],  and  later  25,000,000  rubles  ;  it  had 
no  right  to  issue  bills  for  commercial  purposes,  but  it 
did  issue  bills  for  the  needs  of  the  state  treasury,  as, 
for  instance,  during  the  Russo-Turkish  War,  or  for  the 


monetary  circulation,  as  in  1870,  after  the  corresponding 
gold  reserve  had  been  laid  aside.  On  account  of  the 
small  rate  of  interest,  the  deposits  were  very  small. 
Only  under  the  management  of  Vyshnegradski  was  the 
State  Bank  permitted  to  issue  bills  for  its  commercial 
transactions,  under  security  of  the  gold  reserve.  The 
bank  had  no  independence,  and  the  routine  paralyzed 
its  activity.  In  its  branches,  a  note  could  not  be  dis- 
counted without  the  signature  of  the  main  office  at  St. 
Petersburg,  where  the  committee  had  to  decide  upon 
opening  credit  with  every  person  in  question.  It  is 
therefore  quite  natural  that  the  transactions  of  the 
bank  did  not  keep  pace  with  the  growth  of  business 
throughout  the  empire.  Most  of  the  private  banks  de- 
pended on  the  State  Bank,  where  they  rediscounted 
their  notes,  taking  advantage  of  the  system  of  credit. 
Large  banks  in  the  European  sense  were  not  established. 

Russia's  need  of  ample  credit. 

No  other  country  in  the  world,  comments  the 
reviewer,  was  so  much  in  need  of  the  widest 
possible  organization  of  credit  as  Russia,  which 
had  just  begun  to  develop  and  was  greatly  in- 
debted to  foreign  countries,  and  which  needed 
capital  both  for  the  development  of  its  exports 
and  for  that  of  its  own  industries  in  the  interior 
of  the  country.     He  continues  : 

Such  development  is  possible  only  with  the  help  of 
regulated  credit,  which  is  systematized  by  the  govern- 
ment and  used  for  the  benefit  of  the  country.  When 
Witte  became  minister  of  finance,  his  first  aim  was  to 
increase  the  economic  strength  of  the  country.  He  im- 
mediately introduced  a  new  constitution  for  the  State 
Bank,  extending  the  power  of  the  directors  and  of  the 
branches  in  discounting  notes  and  in  other  commercial 
operations.  The  whole  management  of  the  bank  was 
also  reorganized  in  1893,  and  the  State  Bank  began  to 
support  the  commercial  and  industrial  establishments 


218 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


of  the  country  with  a  wide  credit  system.  The  capital 
of  the  bank  was  increased  to  55,000,000  rubles,  but  the 
State  Bank  was  still  dependent  on  the  minister  of 
finance,  who  guided  its  whole  policy,  while  the  manage- 
ment of  the  bank  was  given  to  a  superintendent,  who 
was  aided  by  a  board  of  directors,  appointed  by  the  gov- 
ernment. Besides  the  discount  of  notes,  the  bank  began 
also  to  advance  money  on  securities,  issued  drafts, 
bought  and  sold  securities  on  commission,  and  com- 
peted with  the  private  banks  in  its  operations.  But, 
notwithstanding  this,  the  State  Bank  did  not  receive 
the  firm  basis  of  a  fixed  institution,  regulating  the 
money-circulation  in  the  country,  like  the  banks  of 
western  Europe  ;  therefore,  the  reorganized  State  Bank 
did  not  accomplish  what  was  expected  of  it. 

BANKERS    NEEDED    IN    KUSSIA. 

There  are  not  many  competent  persons  in  the 
banking  business  in  Russia,  the  Khozaistvo  de- 
clares, and  even  these  were  not  consulted  by 
Witte  in  the  reorganization  of  the  bank.  Be- 
sides this,  the  business  transactions  of  the  re- 
organized State  Bank  were  not  made  according 
to  the  new  constitution.  Its  regulations  were 
systematically  violated,  and  this  brought  the 
bank  into  a  shaky  condition.  At  the  begin- 
ning, the  transactions  developed  rapidly,  the 
government  treasury  being  its  main  depositor. 
The  discount  of  notes  with  two  signatures,  for 
instance,  increased  from  158,000,000  in  1892 
to  552,000,000  in  1896,  while  in  1897  it  dropped 
down  to  484,000,000. 

The  whole  system  of  reforms  laid  down  in  the  new 
constitution  of  the  State  Bank  was  not  carried  out. 
Especially  the  smaller  institutions  of  credit  which  the 
bank  helped  to  establish  were  not  greatly  developed. 
Of  the  one  hundred  and  fifty-seven  institutions  of 
credit  established  in  1902,  one  hundred  and  forty-four 
were  founded  by  the  State  Bank,  which  supplied  them 
with  the  necessary  capital.  But  all  this  was  done  with- 
out system,  and  the  assistance  given  by  the  bank  was 
so  insignificant  that  it  did  not  result  in  any  great 
benefit.  Instead  of  developing  the  business  of  the  agen- 
cies and  their  intercessors,  the  State  Bank  limited  it- 
self to  turning  over  some  of  its  routine  transactions  to 
the  local  sub-treasuries.  The  result  was  that  in  1897  the 
minister  of  finance  combined  the  sub-treasuries  with 
the  treasury,  and  the  sub-treasuries  entered  into  bank- 
ing operations.  Owing  to  these  reforms,  the  number  of 
agencies  of  the  State  Bank  increased,  by  January  1, 
1903,  to  seven  hundred  and  twenty-seven.  These  agen- 
cies did  ;i  very  important  banking  business,  especially 
in  the  line  of  drafts,  which  amounted  in  the  first  year 
to  373,000,000  rubles.  The  large  sums  which  formerly 
lay  idle  in  the  treasury  were  now  reserved  for  local 
commercial  and  industrial  transactions,  and  the  State 
Bank  had  at  its  disposal  new  means  for  effective  use. 
Together  with  these  reforms,  attempts  were  made  to 
reform  the  money-circulation  and  to  regulate  the  debts 
of  the  treasury  on  bills.  The  issue  of  bills  by  the  State 
Bank  for  its  commercial  transactions  was  guaranteed 
by  the  whole  wealth  of  the  government  and  by  a  special 
exchange  fund,  and  the  circulation  of  the  bills  by  the 
bank  and  their  cancellation  had  to  be  verified  by  the 


state  comptroller,  with  the  aid  of  representatives  of  the 
nobility  and  of  the  merchants,  the  St.  Petersburg  muni- 
cipal administration,  and  the  Stock  Exchange  com- 
mittee. 

MINISTER    WITTE's    SERIOUS    OMISSION. 

"While  Witte  was  much  pleased  with  the  re- 
forms in  the  banking  system  of  Russia,  he  for- 
got that  bank  balances  may  be  prepared  without 
showing  that  the  state  comptroller  has  inspected 
the  bank  accounts,  except  in  a  formal  way  in 
'giving  judgment  as  to  whether  the  bank  port- 
folio is  to  be  relied  upon  ;  that  the  bank  ac- 
counts were  so  put  together  that  they  could 
hardly  be  verified,  and  that  the  public  in  general 
never  trusts  financial  accounts  which  it  is  not 
able  to  verify,  when  it  is  aware  of  the  fact  that  a 
serious  control  does  not  exist  at  all. 

In  this  respect,  with  all  the  completeness  of  the  sys- 
tem of  joint-stock  companies,  if  the  shareholders  could 
take  an  active  part  in  the  transactions  of  the  govern- 
mental clearing-house  the  public  would  have  more  con- 
fidence in  the  execution  of  the  banking  regulations,  and 
in  the  adjusting  of  its  emission  operations,  while  it  has 
not  the  same  confidence  if  the  government  officials  are 
at  the  head  of  its  control.  The  minister  of  finance 
had  a  presentiment  of  the  fact  that  the  State  Bank 
would  soon  have  to  enter  upon  transactions  which  are 
contrary  to  its  constitution,  and  which  have  nothing 
in  common  with  the  real  aims  of  a  state  bank,  and  there- 
fore he  always  disapproved  of  efforts  to  make  the  State 
Bank  independent. 

REFORMS    ACTUALLY    ACCOMPLISHED. 

The  monetary  reforms  went  on  in  the  mean- 
while. Gold  loans  were  made  in  1896  and  1897, 
and  the  gold  standard  of  the  ruble  was  thus 
secured.  The  gold  reserve  reached  over  a  mil- 
liard of  rubles.  The  writer  comes  to  the  con- 
clusion that  all  the  reforms  of  the  State  Bank 
were  only  semi-reforms  ;  that  the  policy  of  the 
bank  should  consist  in  concentrating  and  not  in 
wrasting  the  gold  reserve,  as  has  been  done  in 
taking  out  of  circulation  the  small  gold  coins  of 
five  and  ten  rubles  and  putting  in  their  place 
bank  bills  rather  than  bills  of  the  treasury  ;  and 
that  the  support  of  industrial  institutions  ami  of 
commercial  enterprises  should  be  limited.  He 
further  finds  that  with  the  entrance  of  Witte 
into  the  ministry  of  finance,  and  with  the  ap- 
pointment of  his  successor,  Pleske,  the  technical 
organization  of  the  bank  has  much  improved. 
Fine  bank  buildings  have  been  erected,  and 
the  condition  of  the  employees  has  been  im- 
proved and  their  number  increased.  While  for 
nierly  tin1  bank  officials  were  considered  as  gov- 
ernmental bureaucrats,  the  principle  has  now 
been  established  to  a  certain  extent  that  the 
bank  employees  exist  for  the  public,  and  not 
that  the  public  exists  for  the  bank. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH.  219 

EFFICIENCY  OF  THE  JAPANESE  RED  CROSS  SERVICE. 


EUROPEAN  journals  contain  a  number  of 
tributes  to  the  efficiency  and  humanity 
with  which  the  Japanese  hospital  corps  looks 
after  the  sick  and  wounded,  Russian  as  well  as 
Japanese.  The  Monde  lllustre  (Paris)  contains  an 
illustrated  study  of  the  Japanese  hospital  and 
Red  Cross  service,  which,  it  says,  is  so  excel- 
lently managed  as  to  surprise  Europeans. 

The  wounded  are  relieved  on  the  field  of  battle.  They 
are  transported,  their  wounds  dressed,  and  they  are  cared 
for  with  that  solicitude  which  one  finds  only  in  the  best- 
organized  sanitary  bodies  throughout  the  world.  The 
wounded  really  receive  perfect  care.  It  niay  well  be 
said  that  the  Japanese  Empire  has  given  to  the  civilized 
world  guarantees  that  it  knows  how  to  act  with  human- 
ity. .  .  .  The  appearance  of  the  wounded  of  both  sides 
is  not  so  terrible  as  might  be  feared.  The  Japanese 
arms  seem  to  cause  less  terrible  wounds  than  might  be 
expected.  But  there  have  been  some  bad  injuries  with 
the  bayonet. 

Illustration  asserts  that,  while  the  battles  are 
waged  with  the  utmost  fury,  and  while  the 
charges  of  brutality  may  be  true  of  both  sides, 


JAPANESE  RED   CROSS  AT  WORK. 

(From  a  Japanese  illustration.) 


A  JAPANESE  MEDICAL  CORPS  ATTENDANT  CARRYING  A 
WOUNDED  RUSSIAN. 

yet,  "after  a  battle  and  the  subsidence  of  the 
fever,  all  evil  passions  seem  to  leave,  and  against 
the  victims  there  remains  no  enmity  whatso- 
ever." A  Japanese  hospital  attendant,  after 
having  quickly  dressed  the  wounds  of  a  disabled 
Russian,  seeing  him  unable  to  walk,  has  been 
known,  in  many  cases,  to  lift  him  kindly  to  his 
own  back  and  carry  him  to  the  nearest  ambu- 
lance, where  he  would  receive  the  best  and  kind- 
est treatment.  We  are  glad,  says  this  journal, 
to  be  able  to  say  that  a  Russian  hospital  attend- 
ant has  done  the  same  by  a  wounded  Japanese. 
Count  Matsukata  is  president  of  the  Japanese 
Red  Cross  Society. 

The  Japanese  people  are  showing  extraordinary  in- 
terest in  this  humane  side  of  war.  Enormous  sums  are 
being  freely  subscribed  to  the  various  ambulance  funds, 
and  "the  Empress  of  the  Spring  "  is  busying  herself 
with  the  preparations  which  are  still  being  actively 
carried  forward  in  connection  with  the  base  hospitals. 
Her  Japanese  Majesty,  Harru  Ko,  long  before  there 
was  any  thought  of  war,  used  to  visit  regularly  the 
Women  and  Children's  Hospital  in  Tokio,  and  from 
time  to  time  the  other  Houses  of  Healing.  Japanese 
doctors  are  noted  for  their  skill  in  surgery,  and  many 
of  those  who  are  now  at  the  front  studied  in  the  great 
American  medical  schools,  as  well  as  in  Paris  and 
Berlin. 


220 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTH L  Y  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  ENGLISH   IN  TIBET:  A  RUSSIAN  VIEW. 


RUSSIA  has  been  caught  napping  in  the  Tibet 
question,  is  the  frank  confession  of  the  St. 
Petersburg  editor-statesman,  Prince  Esper  Ukh- 
tomsky. 

We  Russians  are  late,  he  declares,  in  an  ar- 
ticle in  the  North  American  Review. 

The  English  are  ready  to  stretch  forth  the  hand  of 
power  to  the  realm  of  the  Dalai  Lama.  At  the  present 
moment,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  Calcutta  au- 
thorities will  soon  have  entered  into  close  relations  with 
the  majority  of  Trans-Himalayan  rulers,  will  open  for 
themselves  a  free  trade  route  to  Lassa,  and  beyond  to 
interior  China,  and  will  forthwith  change  the  entire 
character  of  Central  Asian  politics. 

For  years,  continues  Prince  Ukhtomsky,  Eng- 
lish missionaries,  merchants,  and  colonial  officials 
have  been  slowly  but  steadily  pushing  British 
sovereignty  northward  from  Calcutta  into  Cen- 
tral Asia.  As  early  as  1876,  the  English  planted 
their  Resident  in  Khatmandu,  the  capital  of  Ne- 
pal. Darjeeling  and  Sikkim  were  absorbed  next, 
and  soon  a  railroad  was  built  connecting  the 
former  city  with  Calcutta.  The  borderland  be- 
tween India  and  Tibet  gradually  became  known. 
A  good  road  was  built  through  the  mountain 
passes.  "  Every  day  the  walls  of  conservatism 
and  the  artificial  barrier  of  exclusion  were  un- 
dermined and  became  ready  to  fall."  The  Tib- 
etans wanted  to  be  rid  of  the  Chinese,  but  dis- 
trusted the  English.  Some  of  the  lamas  began 
to  visit  Calcutta,  only  a  day's  journey  from 
Darjeeling,  the  fare  by  rail  being  only  seven 
rupees  (about  two  dollars).  The  population  is 
preeminently  a  commercial  one,  and  is  anxious 
to  extend  its  relations. 

The  Chinese  are  no  longer  able  to  sell  their  products 
in  Tibet,  because  the  natives  themselves  go  west  for 
them,  finding  this  much  more  profitable.  Every  au- 
tumn, more  than  a  thousand  Tibetans  visit  Calcutta  for 
this  purpose  and  stay  there  for  weeks  at  a  time.  The 
road  from  India  to  Lassa  through  Nepal  is  twice  as 
long  and  twice  as  difficult  as  the  way  over  Jelap-la 
Pass.  From  Sikkim,  caravans  take  a  week  to  reach 
Teshu-Lumpo,  and  arrive  thence  at  the  capital  in  an 
even  shorter  time. 

RUSSIA    HAS    BEEN    WATCHING    ENGLAND. 

It  is  largely  owing  to  Russian  opposition  to 
British    trade  -  extension    farther    west,    Prince 

Ukhtomsky  believes,    that   England   has  sought 
dominance  in  Tibet. 

The  English,  owing  to  the  considerable  import  duties 
imposed  by  Russia,  no  longer  find  as  good  a  market  as 
before  for  Indian  teas  in  western  Turkestan.  Russian 
merchandise  competes  quite  successfully  with  British 
goods  in  Kashgar.  Investigations  carried  on  by  Carey 
regarding  the  possibility  of  sending  goods  from  India 
to  the  localities  to  the  east  of  Yarkand  met  with  a  neg- 


ative result.  The  deserts  there  are  so  inhospitable  that 
no  cultivation  is  practicable.  There  remains  the  best 
and  shortest  road  through  the  Chumba  Valley  from 
Darjeeling.  Trade  by  that  route  is  already  of  some  im- 
portance, and  promises  to  grow  to  considerable  propor- 
tions. .  .  .  As  soon  as  relations  are  established,  the  na- 
tives and  the  English  will  rapidly  understand  in  what 
ways  they  can  be  profitable  and  agreeable  to  each  other. 
Ultimately,  of  course,  the  new-comers  from  the  West, 
from  being  friends  on  an  equal  footing  will  turn  into 
masters,  and  with  iron  will  compel  acquiescence  to 
their  every  wish. 

English  missionaries,    we  are  told,  were  the 
vanguards  of  the  English  Government. 


THE  QUESTION  OF  TIBET. 

A  French  view  of  English  neutrality. 
From  Grelot  (Paris). 

It  is  important  to  notice  that  England  has  always 
come  to  the  help  of  the  missionaries  in  Tibet.  When 
they  have  been  oppressed,  word  has  found  its  way  to 
Calcutta  through  the  Nepalese.  In  Teshu-Lumpo  and 
Lassa,  the  people  are  greatly  afraid  of  the  natives  of  Ne- 
pal, and  are  willing  to  pay  dearly  to  avoid  a  contest  of 
arms  with  the  terrible  Gurkhas.  The  English  have  long 
understood  this  peculiarity,  and  artfully  take  advantage 
of  it.  They  have  sent  Hindus  to  interior  Asia  to  ex 
plore,  paying  them  well  for  their  information.  Russia 
has  far  larger  numbers  of  people  adapted  for  relations 
with  Tibet,  and  even  now  many  Buriats  live  there  with 
out  breaking  their  relations  with  their  native  laud  (in 
Russian  Siberia).  But  Russia  has  been  indifferent  to 
all  this.  For  two  centuries  our  native  races  have  had 
an  opportunity  of  proving  themselves  excellent  and 
faithful  subjects.  Among  them  are  found  many,  to  a 
large  extent  Russianized,  who  are  fully  qualified  and 
well  suited  to  represent  us.  Is  it  not  time  for  Russia 
at  last  to  take  advantage  of  this  circumstance  ?  Is  it 
possible  that  the  first  educated  Russian  traveler  will 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


221 


reach  Lassa  through  Darjeeling,  under  the  protection 
and  by  the  permission  of  the  English  Government  ? 

DANGER    TO    HISTORICAL    RELICS  ? 

The  chief  danger  to  Tibet  from  the  present 
English  invasion,  however,  this  Russian  states- 
man believes,  is  to  art  and  antiquities. 

The  Tibetan  monasteries  are  exceedingly  rich,  and 
form  real  treasure-houses  of  ancient  culture  ;  they  con- 
tain religious  objects  of  the  highest  artistic  value,  and 
the  rarest  literary  memorials.  If  the  Sepoys  reach 
Teshu-Lumpo  and  Lassa,  with  their  fanatical  passion 
for  loot,  which  was  so  signally  exhibited  in  the  recent 


Boxer  campaign,  it  is  beyond  all  doubt  that  the  most 
precious  treasures  on  the  altars  and  in  the  libraries  of 
the  lamas  will  be  in  danger.  It  is  impossible  even  to 
tell  approximately  how  great  an  injury  may  thus  be 
caused  to  Orientalism,  how  the  solution  of  many  scien- 
tific problems  may  be  put  off, — problems  which  are 
closely  bound  up  with  the  gradual  revelation  of  the 
secrets  of  Tibet.  The  vandalism  which  was  a  disgrace 
to  our  age  when  Peking  was  recently  ransacked  and 
looted  will  pale  before  what  the  English  will  probably 
do  by  the  hands  of  their  dusky  mercenaries.  The  tempta- 
tion will  be  too  great.  Only  zealous  students  of  this 
particular  department  of  knowledge  could  save  every- 
thing which  is  rare  and  worthy  of  special  attention. 


PRUSSIA  AND   HER  POLISH  SUBJECTS. 


SHORTSIGHTED,  foolish,  and  without  a  sin- 
gle thing  to  be  said  in  its  defense  is  Prus- 
sia's policy  toward  the  Poles  under  her  banner, 
is  the  judgment  of  Joseph  B.  Kosciol-Koscielski, 
a  member  of  the  upper  house  of  the  Prussian 
Diet.  It  is  tending  to  throw  the  Poles  into  the 
arms  of  Russia,  which  means  that  they  will 
surely  cause  grave  trouble  for  Germany.  Mr. 
Koscielski  reviews  the  history  of  Polish-Prussian 
relations  in  an  article  in  the  National  Review. 
He  scores  the  Poles  for  their  political  inepti- 
tude, and  especially  for  their  mistakes  in  their 
relations  with  Deutschthum  (Germanism).  "  Even 
down  to  the  most  recent  times,  Poland's  politi- 
cal faults  have  served  the  aggrandizement  of 
Prussia."  Now  Prussia,  in  her  turn,  is  guilty  of 
political  folly  which  is  bound  to  cost  her  dear. 

PRUSSIAN    REPRESSION    A    FAILURE. 

The  attempt  to  destroy  Polish  national  life 
and  to  root  out  Polish  sentiment  by  colonizing 
the  Polish  provinces  with  Germans  has  not  suc- 
ceeded. 

In  spite  of  the  advantages  of  position  ;  in  spite  of  un- 
equal weapons  ;  in  spite  of  the  three  hundred  and  fifty 
millions  that  are  to  buy  up  Polish  estates  ;  in  spite  of 
the  newest  law,  smelling  strongly  of  the  Middle  Ages, 
by  which  the  division  of  large  properties  is  prohibited  ; 
in  spite  of  the  countless  augmentations  of  pay  to  offi- 
cials, and  the  giving  of  long  credit  to  German  trades- 
men ;  in  spite,  finally,  of  the  numerous  breaches  of  con- 
stitutional law  from  which  in  this  struggle  they  do  not 
shrink,  and  have  even  ceased  to  be  ashamed  of,  Deutsch- 
thum will  not  prevail  against  Poles  who  are  fighting 
for  their  most  sacred  possessions,  for  their  hearths  and 
homes,  for  their  language,  and  for  their  religion.  Das 
Deutschthum  is  fighting  in  the  east  against  a  vital 
force,  while  it  is  itself  in  this  part  of  the  world  an  arti- 
ficial product.  What  a  people  creates  may  live  for  cen- 
turies, what  a  government  invents  need  not  even  sur- 
vive that  government.  This  is  a  fact  overlooked  by  the 
members  of  the  present  Prussian  Government,  whose 
understanding  of  the  hearts  of  the  people  has  been  con- 


fused by  paragraph-writers,  even  if  they  ever  have  un- 
derstood them.  Das  Deutschthum  will  never  conquer 
the  whole  ground  in  the  east,  for  such  a  conquest  could 
not  be  effected  in  these  modern  times  by  the  passing  of 
laws,  but  only  by  taking  captive  the  hearts  of  the  peo- 
ple, and  the  idea  of  dosing  them  with  paragraphs  to 
a  certain  extent  pharmaceutical^  prepared  is  indeed 
foolish. 

POLES    LEARNING    THEIR    LESSON. 

When  the  present  Kaiser  came  to  the  throne, 
he  had  pro-Polish  sympathies,  and  what  was 
known  as  the  "neuen  kurs  "  (new  policy)  prom- 
ised well  for  German  as  well  as  Pole.  But 
Prussia's  "commercial  patriots"  soon  changed 
all  this,  and  the  Poles  are  learning  their  lesson. 

In  the  same  degree  in  which  the  German  population 
of  East  Prussia  is  suffering  from  moral  depression  grow 
the  capacity  and  resisting  power  of  the  oppressed  and 
neglected  Poles.  Through  the  hundred  years  of  perse- 
cution, thanks  especially  to  the  struggle  on  economical 
grounds,  the  Poles  have  in  a  large  measure  assimilated 
that  thoroughness  which  formerly  characterized  the 
first  German  immigrants  on  the  ungrateful  soil  of 
Brandenburg.  The  poverty  which  has  overtaken  them, 
or,  rather,  which  has  purposely  been  forced  upon  them, 
has  made  them  more  laborious  and  more  serious,  but 
also  more  pliable  to  the  discipline  of  the  idea  for  which 
they  suffer,  and  this  result  may  be  traced  in  every  fresh 
generation.  Formerly,  the  German  impressed  the  Pole 
by  his  industry,  frugality,  and  strict  adherence  to  duty, 
a  respect  which  is  disappearing  more  and  more,  owing 
to  the  public  preference  given  to  the  less  estimable 
specimens  of  the  German  character,  and  with  it  is  also 
disappearing  confidence  in  the  integrity  of  the  admin- 
istration, and  in  the  impartiality  of  judicial  verdicts. 
On  the  other  hand,  there  is  a  marked  increase  among 
the  Poles  in  the  effort  to  become  strong  by  means  of 
industry  and  thrift,  and  thus  to  show  a  bold  front  to 
persecutors.  As  the  Pole  has  repeatedly  convinced 
himself  that  his  neighbor,  the  German,  is  obsequious 
in  his  behavior  toward  the  powerful,  and  brutal  and 
inconsiderate  in  his  dealings  with  the  weak,  the  desire 
to  be  strong,  in  order  to  be  better  treated,  grows  in  in- 
tensity. His  individuality  is  encouraged  by  the  very 
means  taken  to  crush  it. 


222 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


WHAT  IS  IMPLIED  IN  THE  ANGLO-FRENCH  AGREEMENT. 


THERE  are  not  wanting  Frenchmen  who  see 
in  the  latest  Anglo-French  treaty  another 
attempt  of  "  perfidious  Albion  "  to  humble  and 
injure  France.  In  a  long  and  exhaustive  study, 
in  the  Revue  des  Deux  Mondes,  M.  Rene  Millet 
traces  the  relations  of  France  and  England  for 
the  past  thousand  years.  The  military  contest 
between  France  and  England,  he  says,  lasted 
for  six  centuries,  and  ended  only  with  the  fall 
of  the  great  Napoleon.  England  always  had  a 
great  advantage, — she  could  retire  within  her 
own  boundaries  and  defend  herself  by  her  fleet, 
while  France  was  always  obliged  to  stand  guard 
upon  at  least  two  sides  at  once.  The  British 
policy,  he  says,  consisted  in  inciting  enemies 
to  France  on  the  Continent,  and  in  always 
keeping  up  a  fleet  much  superior  to  that  of 
the  French.  England  detached  the  Low  Coun- 
tries from  France,  and  robbed  her  of  Canada 
and  the  Indies.  But,  says  M.  Millet,  "we 
helped  the  United  States  to  win  their  independ- 
ence, and  so  the  score  is  not  so  uneven."  All 
through  the  campaign  of  Napoleon,  says  this 
writer,  and  even  up  to  the  present  day,  the 
fundamental  maxim  of  the  cabinet  of  London 
has  been  the  humbling  of  France.  Considering 
the  relations  of  the  two  countries  in  connection 
with  a  number  of  the  accomplishments  of  inter- 
national politics,  including  the  reclamation  of 
Egypt,  the  building  of  the  Suez  Canal,  and  the 
peaceful  conquest  of  northern  Africa,  we  are 
told  that  French  inventors,  statesmen,  and  edu- 
cators have  worked,  in  the  end,  for  other  peo- 
ples, chiefly  the  English.  Great  Britain  had  no 
sympathy  with  Franco  in  her  struggle  with 
Prussia,  and  yet  she  wonders  how  France  could 


fail  to  comfort  her  in  her  trials  in  South  Africa. 
France,  he  declares,  has  so  frequently  acted  as 
the  "cat's-paw  "  for  England  that  the  latter  has 
come  to  regard  this  as  France's  proper  role. 
The  English  have  so  often  predicted  that  France 
was  about  to  perish  because  of  her  wickedness 
that  they  almost  resent  the  evidences  of  life  and 
vigor  shown  by  the  French  empire  in  northern 
Africa  and  her  successful  colonies  in  the  far 
East. 

This  writer  finds  many  provisions  in  the  An- 
glo-French treaty  which,  he  believes,  are  not  fair 
to  France,  one  of  the  chief  being  that  England 
stands  guard  over  the  navigable  portion  of  the 
River  Niger  and  the  French  are  denied  access 
to  this  great  river,  the  sources  of  which  they 
themselves  hold.  He  also  complains  of  the  re- 
tention of  Gibraltar,  and  declares  that  the  shade 
of  Nelson  still  hangs  over  the  French  Mediter- 
ranean prospects.  France,  he  declares,  must 
have  Morocco,  in  order  to  "  round  out  "  and  safe- 
guard her  other  North  African  possessions.  The 
British  Empire,  he  points  out,  in  conclusion,  is 
scattered  and  vast.  From  time  to  time,  a  frag- 
ment of  the  empire  breaks  away.  "  Yesterday 
it  was  America,  to-morrow  it  may  be  Australia." 
France,  on  the  other  hand,  is  a  homogeneous, 
compact  territory.  With  the  exception  of  Indo- 
China  and  Madagascar,  all  her  possessions  are 
concentrated  in  Northwest  Africa.  "  England 
must  go  ten  thousand  miles  to  New  Zealand,  but 
most  of  our  possessions  are  within  twenty-four 
hours  of  Marseilles."  Two  peoples  whose  domains 
are  so  different,  and  whose  vocations  are  so  radi- 
cally opposite,  ought  naturally  to  be  on  very 
good  terms  with  each  other. 


THE  ANGLO-JAPANESE  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  ANGLO-FRENCH 

AGREEMENT. 


WHITING  on  the  Anglo-French  agreement, 
the  London  correspondent  of  the  North 
China  Daily  News  recently  declared  that  the 
conclusion  of  the  said  agreement  would  result 
in  the  lessening  of  England's  sympathy  with 
Japan,  moderating  at  the  same  time  the  ill-feel- 
ing which  has  existed  between  England  and 
Russia,  because,  in  his  opinion,  the  nature  of 
the  new  agreement  cannot  be  harmonized  with 
that  of  i lie  A.nglo-Japanese  treaty  of  alliance. 
Commenting  on  this  opinion,  an  editorial  in  the 
Kokumin  Shimbun  (Tokio)  forecasts  some  of  the 
possible  effects  which  the  Anglo-French  agree- 


ment is  likely  to  have  upon  the  Anglo-Japanese 
alliance.  In  recent  years,  England  and  France, 
says  the  Kokumin,  have  been  gradually  awaking 
to  the  folly  of  quarreling  with  each  other  with- 
out any  plausible  reason,  and  their  governments 
and  peoples  have  been  endeavoring  to  bring 
about  a  better  understanding  between  the  two 
nations.  The  conclusion  of  the  Anglo-French 
agreement,  it  continues,  was  a  natural  outcome 
of  the  gradual  rapprochement  of  the  two  coun- 
tries. 

As  the  result  of  the  new  agreement,  many  mooted 
cases  which  from  time  to  time  disturbed  the  peaceful 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


223 


relations  of. the  two  powers  in  various  parts  of  the  world 
have  been  amicably  settled.  There  is  a  wide  difference 
between  an  international  agreement  and  a  treaty  of  al- 
liance. The  former  aims  to  settle  international  trouble 
in  the  past,  while  the  latter  concerns  the  future  destiny 
of  nations  involved  in  it.  Viewed  in  this  wise,  the 
Anglo-French  agreement  is,  in  its  nature  and  scope,  not 
dissimilar  to  the  Anglo -Russian  agreement,  which 
deals  with  railroad  concessions  in  China,  or  to  the 
Russo-Japanese  agreement,  dwelling  upon  Korea's  re- 
lations to  the  two  nations  entering  into  the  said  agree- 
ment. As  it  is,  the  Anglo-French  agreement  has  little 
to  do  with  the  grave  question  of  war  or  peace  affecting 
the  contracting  parties.  On  the  contrary,  the  relations 
of  England  to  Japan,  as  the  English  minister  at  Tokio 
plainly  explained  at  a  recent  banquet  of  the  Japan  So- 
ciety, are  those  of  an  alliance  aimed  at  the  preservation 
of  international  peace.  This  alliance  is  of  the  same 
nature  as  the  Russo-French  alliance,  or  the  triangular 
alliance  binding  Germany,  Austria,  and  Italy. 

NOT    INCONSISTENT    WITH    THE    ANGLO- JAPANESE 
ALLIANCE. 

Therefore,  the  Kokumin  believes,  the  new 
agreement  between  France  and  England  does 
not  in  the  least  invalidate  the  principle  and  pur- 
pose of  the  treaty  of  alliance  between  the  two 
island  powers.  The  two  are  perfectly  consistent 
and  in  harmony.  The  diplomatic  policy  of  Eng- 
land in  entering  into  the  new  agreement  with 
France  is  in  nowise  similar  to  that  of  Bismarck, 
who,  uniting  Germany,  Austria,  and  Italy  on 
the  one  hand,  concluded  a  secret  treaty  with 
Russia  on  the  other.  It  needs  hardly  be  assured 
that  there  is  no  reason,  on  the  part  of  Japan,  to 
see  any  danger  to  the  entente  cordiale  existing 
between  England  and  Japan  on  account  of  the 
appearance  of  the  new  agreement.  Moreover, 
Japan  has  strong  reasons  for  rejoicing  over  the 
inauguration  of  the  Anglo-French  agreement. 
The  main  purpose  of  Japan  in  forming  an  alli- 


ance with  England  was  to  maintain  the  peace 
of  the  far  East,  and  also  to  assist  in  the  promo- 
tion of  amicable  relations  between  the  powers 
in  all  parts  of  the  world.  The  Anglo-French 
agreement,  which  has  solved  by  peaceful  means 
some  difficult  problems  that  have  been  long  dis- 
puted on  both  sides,  has  no  doubt  been  a  power- 
ful instrumentality  for  the  preservation  of  peace 
in  Europe. 

THE    MAINTENANCE    OF    PEACE    IN    EUROPE. 

Although  it  was  most  unfortunate  that  peace  in  the 
far  East  was  destroyed  as  the  result  of  the  breach  of 
diplomatic  relations  between  Russia  and  Japan,  yet  it  is 
at  least  consoling  to  observe  that  the  new  agreement 
between  the  two  foremost  powers  of  Europe  will  be  of 
some  service  in  preserving  the  peace  of  Europe,  with 
the  indirect  result  of  restricting  the  sphere  of  the  great 
international  conflict  now  raging  in  the  extreme  East. 
Hence,  the  Anglo-French  agreement  is  nothing  but  a 
powerful  auxiliary  to  the  Anglo-Japanese  alliance. 

As  to  the  popular  allegation  that  the  forma- 
tion of  the  Anglo-Japanese  alliance  was  a  strong 
impetus  to  the  Anglo-French  agreement,  the 
Kokumin  does  not  express  any  opinion.  No 
matter  what  motive  moved  the  two  nations  to- 
ward the  conclusion  of  the  new  covenant,  the 
Kokumin  finds  no  reason  whatsoever  for  speak- 
ing against  the  inauguration  of  a  new  institu- 
tion which  will  assist  in  the  cultivation  of  the 
arts  of  peace.  "  Should  England  and  France 
continue  to  foster  the  feeling  of  enmity,"  says 
the  Kokumin,  in  conclusion,  "there  is  reason  to 
fear  that  the  pending  war  in  the  far  East  would 
cease  to  be  a  conflict  between  Russia  and  Japan 
alone,  but  would  assume  a  far  gloomier  aspect, 
involving  other  European  powers  in  the  disas- 
trous affair." 


THE  MASTER-GENIUS  OF  THE  CONGO. 


WHATEVER  may  be  thought  of  the  meth- 
ods employed  by  King  Leopold  of  Bel- 
gium in  his  exploitation  of  the  Congo  country, 
the  achievements  of  the  past  twenty  years  speak 
for  themselves.  Mr.  Samuel  Phillips  Verner, 
writing  in  the  current  number  of  the  Forum, 
describes  the  immense  difficulties  under  which 
the  resources  of  the  Congo  were  brought  to  light 
and  ultimately  made  to  contribute  to  the  treas- 
ury of  the  aged  Belgian  King.  He  reminds  us 
that  in  the  early  days  the  lower  Congo  was  called 
"the  white  man's  grave,"  because  of  its  well- 
known  unhealthfulness.  Great  sums  of  money 
and  many  human  lives  were  sacrificed  in  the 
construction  of  the  railway,     Stanley  found  that 


many  of  the  Congo  natives  were  cannibals,  and 
hostile  to  the  whites.  Large  districts  were  rav- 
aged by  the  Arab  slave-traders.  In  the  begin- 
nings of  the  enterprise,  King  Leopold  had  only 
limited  financial  backing,  and  Europe  thought 
that  he  would  have  to  give  up  the  job  for  lack 
of  means.  In  the  opinion  of  Mr.  Verner,  this 
would  have  been  the  case  had  it  not  been  for 
the  rubber  and  ivory.  Nobody  believed  that 
any  commercial  success  could  be  won  from  such 
untoward  conditions.  Scientists,  indeed,  said 
that  the  country  could  never  be  exploited  by 
white  men.  The  Congo  scheme  was  ridiculed 
in  the  comic  papers  of  the  day.  It  was  hard  to 
get  people  of  character  to  go  out  as  pioneers. 


224 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


A    GKKAT    ''CAPTAIN    OF    INDUSTRY. 

The  background,  as  painted  by  Mr.  Verner. 
is  surely  dark  enough,  but  it  makes  all  the  more 
striking  the  picture  that  he  draws  of  the  final 
success  of  the  scheme  as  a  commercial  venture. 
Of  Leopold's  managerial  genius,  Mr.  Verner  says  : 

The  King  never  wavered.  He  spent  his  millions  like 
water.  He  had  a  faith  which  looks  sublime  in  the  light 
of  the  past  and  of  the  present.  I  am  no  special  apologist 
for  the  political  career  of  King  Leopold  ;  but  his  dogged 
tenacity  of  purpose  in  the  Congo  venture  must  appear 
to  any  impartial  beholder  little  short  of  marvelous. 
We  Americans  boast  of  our  kings  of  finance  and  cap- 
tains of  industry  ;  but  here  is  a  real  king  who  as  a  mon- 
arch of  finance  and  captain  of  industry  puts  Rockefel- 
ler and  Morgan  into  the  shade.  Leopold's  act  of  taking 
over  the  public  domain  of  the  Congo  territory  makes 
him  absolute  master  over  nearly  a  million  square  miles. 
No  parliament  controls  him,  no  constitution  restricts 
him.  At  the  lowest  value  he  places  on  his  possessions, 
he  is  worth  three  hundred  million  dollars  in  land  alone  ; 
and  when  the  value  of  the  land  in  metals  and  minerals 
and  for  trading  and  other  purposes  is  considered,  it  is 
evident  that  the  King  of  Belgium  is  the  wealthiest  in- 
dividual on  the  globe.  He  believed  that,  for  executive 
purposes,  one  head  was  better  than  many.  So  he  un- 
dertook the  work  with  a  few  expert  advisers,  with  many 
skilled  laborers,  but  with  himself  as  sole  executive  man- 
ager. He  has  himself  been  the  board  of  directors,  gen- 
eral manager,  president,  and  financial  agent.  There 
has  been  nothing  like  it  in  history.  John  Smith,  Robert 
Winthrop,  Warren  Hastings,  Cecil  Rhodes, — each 
founded  an  empire,  but  did  it  in  person  on  the  spot. 
King  Leopold  has  done  his  work  without  putting  a  foot 
on  African  soil. 

WHAT    HAS    BEEN    ACHIEVED,    AND    HOW. 

Among  the  positive  results  accomplished  by 
the  government  of  King  Leopold  in  the  Congo 
country,  Mr.  Verner  enumerates  the  putting 
down  of  the  Arab  slave  trade,  the  planting  of 
white  settlements  over  the  whole  state,  trading 
stations,  government  posts,  and  missions,  the 
establishment  of  steamboat  lines  on  the  rivers, 
the  building  of  one  railroad  and  the  partial  con- 
struction of  several  others,  the  practical  aboli- 
tion of  cannibalism,  the  starting  of  coffee  and 
rice  plantations,  the  development  of  a  commerce 
in  the  country  of  ten  million  dollars  a  year,  and 
other  marks  of  progress  hardly  less  notable. 

On  the  general  plan  of  administration  devel- 
oped by  the  central  government  at  Brussels,  two 
general  departments  of  Congo  government  were 
organized, — the  office  at  Brussels,  with  an  ex- 
ecutive known  as  the  secretary  of  state,  and  that 
at  Boma,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Congo,  where 
the  colonial  governor-general  and  his  subordi- 
nate officials  have  their  seat  of  administration. 
Next  to  the  King  himself,  the  real  head  of  the 
government  is  the  secretary  of  state  at  Brussels, 


LEOPOLD,  KING  OF  THE  BELGIANS. 

Baron  von  Eetvelde.  After  this  official,  in  pow- 
er, comes  the  governor-general.  The  first  man 
to  be  appointed  to  this  post  was  General  Gor- 
don, who  declined  the  appointment  at  the  last 
moment  to  go  on  the  Khartum  expedition.  In 
organizing  the  work  of  exploration  and  devel- 
opment, the  Belgians  divided  the  country  into 
thirteen  administrative  districts,  with  an  official 
entitled  "commissaire  du  district"  at  the  head 
of  each.  Under  each  of  these  "  commissaires  " 
were  minor  officials.  African  natives  from  civ- 
ilized tribes  on  the  coast  were  at  first  depended 
upon  entirely  for  manual  labor  and  for  recruit- 
ing private  soldiers.  But  as  soon  as  the  natives 
of  any  district  became  tractable  under  white  con- 
trol, the  soldiers  were  recruited  from  these  par- 
tially civilized  natives,  and  were  sent  away  to 
subjugata  and  control  more  distant  tribes.  The 
method  all  along  has  been  to  .govern  one 
tribe  with  soldiers  recruited  from  another.  The 
state  post  may  be  manned  by  less  than  a  half- 
dozen  white  men,  with  hundreds  of  these  black 
soldiers,  in  the  midst  of  a  hostile  population. 

The  charges  that  have  been  brought  against 
the  Congo  government  are  discussed  in  this 
Review  for  .'uly,  1903. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


225 


THE  AUSTRALIAN  "LABOR"  MINISTRY. 


THE  destinies  of  the  Australian  Common- 
wealth have  been  intrusted  to  a  cabinet 
composed,  with  a  single  exception,  of  members 
of  the  Labor  party  in  Parliament.  The  whole 
world  is  interested  in  seeing  how  a  group  of  la- 
bor leaders,  without  administrative  experience, 
will  acquit  themselves  in  the  practical  conduct 
of  government.  Most  of  the  new  cabinet  offi- 
cers were  comparatively  unknown  men,  even  in 
Australia,  when  they  were  called  to  their  pres- 
ent responsible  posts.  From  the  brief  biograph- 
ical sketches  which  appear  in  the  Review  of  Re- 
views for  Australasia,  we  learn  that  the  average 
age  of  the  members  is  only  forty-three  years, 
while  in  England  sixty  is  the  average  age  at 
which  corresponding  rank  is  attained.  The  na- 
tionalities of  the  members  are  as  follows  :  One, 
the  prime  minister,  is  a  New  Zealander,  two  are 
Australian-born,  two  are  Irish,  two  are  Scotch, 
and  one  is  Welsh.  There  is  not  one  who  was 
born  in  England. 

Mr.  John  Christian  Watson,  the  premier,  is 
but  thirty-seven  years  of  age.  He  was  born  in 
Valparaiso,  where  his  parents  were  on  a  visit, 
but  was  only  a  few  months  old  when  they  re- 
turned to  New  Zealand.  At  an  early  age  he 
began  his  apprenticeship  as  a  compositor,  join- 
ing the  Typographical  Union.  When  nineteen, 
he  came  to  Sydney,  and  joined  the  composing 
staff  of  the  Star.  Then  he  became  president  of 
the  Sydney  Trades  and  Labor  Council,  and  pres- 
ident of  the  Political  Labor  League  of  New 
South  Wales.  In  1894,  he  was  returned  to  a 
New  South  Wales  Parliament,  and  took  the  lead- 
ing place  among  the  Labor  members.  In  1901, 
he  was  returned  to  the  first  federal  Parliament. 
He  was  selected  to  lead  the  Labor  party  in  the 
federal  House,  and  has  won  golden  opinions  in 
that  position.     He  is  a  born  leader  of  men,  and 


has  rare  tact.  He  overcame  the  apprehension 
caused  by  his  youth.  He  curbed  the  extremists 
of  his  party.  Power  came  to  him  at  once.  He 
seized  the  advantage  of  leading  a  third  party 
between  two  opponents,     It  was  he,  rather  than 


HON.  JOHN  C.   WATSON. 

(Prime  minister  of  the  Australian  Commonwealth.) 

Sir  Edmund  Barton  or  Mr.  Deakin,  who  decided 
what  should  pass  and  what  not.  He  has  read 
omnivorously.  He  has  never  been  to  England. 
He  is  no  orator,  but  an  effective  speaker.  He 
always  knows  his  facts  before  launching  out 
about  them.  Of  medium  height,  he  has  a  pleas- 
ant, rather  ruddy,  face,  and  a  genial  manner. 

Mr.  E.  L.  Batchelor,  minister  for  home  affairs, 
was  minister  of  education  and  agriculture  and 


HON.  E.  D.  BATCHELOR.  HON.  W.   M.   HUGHES. 

{Minister  for  home  affairs.j     (Minister  of  external  affairs.) 


HON.   ANDREW  FISHER. 

(Minister  for  trade  and 
customs.) 


SENATOR  DAWSON. 

(Minister  for  defense.) 


226 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


HON.   HUGH  MAHON. 

(Postmaster-general. ) 


postmaster-general  in 
South  Australia.  He  be- 
gan life  as  a  pupil  teacher, 
but  became  subsequently 
engine-fitter  in  locomotive 
workshops.  He,  too,  rose 
through  Trades  and  Labor 
Council  and  Labor  party 
to  the  state  Parliament, 
and  next  to  the  federal 
Parliament. 

Mr.W.  M.  Hughes,  min- 
ister of  external  affairs, 
is  a  native  of  Wales,  and 
was  for  five  years  a  board- 
school  teacher  there. 
Coming  to  Queensland  in 

1884,  he  drove  sheep,  then  worked  on  coastal 
boats,  and  finally  followed  mechanical  trades. 
He  studied  law,  and  was  called  to  the  bar  of 
New  South  Wales  eight  months  ago.  He  has 
had  great  success,  especially  in  the  arbitration 
court.  He  is  the  most  eloquent  speaker  in  the 
Labor  party,  a  clever  and  straight-hitting  debater. 

Mr.  Andrew  Fisher,  minister  for  trade  and 
customs,  was  born  in  Ayrshire,  in  1862,  came  out 
to  Queensland  in  1885,  and  worked  as  a  miner 
till  1893.  He  entered  the  Queensland  Parlia- 
ment, and  subsequently  the  federal  Parliament. 
It  was  he  who  brought  clown  the  Deakin  gov- 
ernment. 

Senator  Dawson,  the  new  minister  for  de- 
fense, was  the  first  Labor  premier  in  Australia, 
having  filled  that  office  for  a  few  days  in  Queens- 
land. He  was  born  at  Rockhampton,  Queens- 
land, in  1863.  He  has  been  miner,  farmer,  and 
journalist.  But  for  his  health  he  would  have 
been  leader  of  his  party  in  the  federal  Senate. 

Mr.  Hugh  Mahon,  postmaster  -  general,  was 
born  in  Ireland,  in  1858,  had  some  farming  ex- 
perience in  Canada,  and  became  a  journalist.  He 
was  locked  up  in  Kilmainham  Jail  without  a 
trial  in  1881-82.  On  his  release,  he  came  to 
Australia  for  his  health,  and  was  connected  with 
many  journals.  He  moved  to  West  Australia, 
where  he  now  represents  Coolgardie  in  the  fed- 
eral House. 

Senator  Macgregor,  vice-president  of  the  ex- 
ecutive council,  was  born  in  Argyllshire,  in  1848, 
worked  as  a  gardener,  wandered  as  a  laborer, 
and  in  1867  came  to  South  Australia.  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  Labor  party  in  South  A.us 
tralia,  he  was  returned  to  the  Legislative  Coun- 
cil of  that  colony  in  1894.  In  1901,  he  was 
elected  a  Senator  of  the  Commonwealth. 

Mr.  Henry  P>.  Higgins,  K.C.,  attorney-general, 
is  the  only  member  of  the  new  cabinet  not  a 
member  of  the  Labor  caucus.     lie  was  born  in 


SENATOR  MACGREGOR. 

(Vice-president  of  the  execu- 
tive council.) 


HON.   HENRY  B.   HIGGINS,  K.C. 


Ireland,  in  a  Wesleyan  parsonage,  had  his  school- 
ing in  Dublin,  studied  at  Melbourne  University, 
where  he  graduated  M.A.,  LL.B.,  taking  three 
scholarships  and  first-class  honors.  In  1876,  he 
was  called  to  the  Victorian  bar.  Ten  years  later, 
he  was  admitted  to  the  Inner  Temple,  London, 
and  since  1887  has  become  leader  of  the  equity 
bar  in  Victoria.  He  entered  the  Victorian  Par- 
liament in  1894.  He  was  defeated  in  1900, 
"  owing  to  his  outspoken  condemnation  of  the 
treatment  of  the  Boers  during  the  war."  He  was 
elected  to  the  federal  Parliament  for  North 
Melbourne.  He  is  a  member  of  the  council  of 
the  Melbourne  University,  and  has  always  taken 
a  great  interest  in  university  matters.  He  con- 
tributes to  the  Revieiu  an  appreciation  of  the 
new  ministry.  He  inquires  into  the  secret  of 
the  growing  strength  of  the  Labor  party.  Its 
election  address,  taken  as  a  whole,  is,  he  says, 
"sober,  moderate,  even  drab-color."  This  is  his 
explanation  : 

The  truth  is,  the  orthodox  parties  have  plenty  of 
newspapers,  but  no  policy,  while  the  Labor  party  has  a 
policy,  but  no  (daily)  paper.  Perhaps  I  should  say  that 
the  orthodox  parties  have  no  distinctive  policy,  now 
that  by  common  consent  the  tariff  issue  has  gone. 
Such  platform  as  they  have  is  made  up  of  mere  chips 
from  the  Labor  platform  ;  and  they  have  the  chips  no 
larger  than  they  can  help.  People  like  something  posi- 
tive, consistent,  intelligible — something  with  the  light 
of  the  ideal  falling  on  it — something  for  hope,  some- 
thing even  for  experiment.  They  feel  that  the  old  par- 
ties have  managed  things  badly.  They  have  suffered, 
they  still  suffer,  much  from  the  miserable  borrowing 
system  of  the  past ;  and  the  Labor  party  is  for  sound 
finance  and  against  loans.     So  they  vote  Labor. 

Mr.  Higgins  says,  "  The  ideal  of  the  progres- 
sive party  for  Australia  is  a  strong,  stalwart, 
self-respecting  race." 

The  portraits  of  the  Labor  ministers  convey 
an  impression  of  sober  intelligence  and  resolute 
purpose. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


227 


ITALIAN  STRICTURES  ON  POPE  PIUS  X. 


AFTER  approving  the  action  of  the  Holy  See 
in  its  protests  sent  to  the  French  Govern- 
ment on  account  of  the  "persecution"  carried 
on  "against  the  religious  congregations,"  an 
anonymous  writer  in  the  Rassegna  Nazionale 
(Florence)  speaks  in  a  different  tone  of  the  Papal 
condemnation  of  Abbe  Loisy  and  the  protest 
uttered  against  the  visit  to  Rome  of  the  French 
president. 

With  regard  to  the  Loisy  affair,  what  has  offended 
the  public  conscience  is  the  fact  that  two  books  were 
submitted  contemporaneously,  one  by  Harnack,  in 
which  established  religions  were  assailed  with  the  ut- 
most violence,  the  Catholic  Church  being  especially  the 
object  of  invective.  The  religions  of  the  day  were  treated 
in  this  work  as  so  many  juggling  corruptions  of  genuine 
Christianity.  The  work  of  Loisy,  on  the  other  hand, 
states  with  singular  ability  the  mission  of  the  Church, 
and  justifies  its  raison-oVetre.  These  two  witnesses 
have  stood  facing  each  other  at  the  Papal  bar,  and  the 
latter  has  been  brusquely  caught  up  by  the  authorita- 
tive judgment  of  the  Church,  which  has  thus  passed 
sentence  of  condemnation  upon  its  defender.  ...  It 
may  be  said  that  since  the  book  of  Harnack  was  writ- 
ten by  a  Protestant,  it  did  not  come  within  the  scope 
of  Papal  condemnation.  But,  while  this  idea  may  ap- 
peal to  the  few,  it  has  no  influence  with  the  many,  who, 
when  they  read  a  book,  are  more  interested  in  its  con- 
tents than  in  its  author,  whose  baptismal  creed  con- 
cerns them  but  little.  They  understand  the  arguments 
of  both  books  ;  the  one  treatise  is  condemned,  and  not 
the  other, — this  is  the  fact  that  the  public  notices  and 
comprehends. 

The  writer  adds  that  the  Pope  might  have 
been  justified  in  specifying  and  condemning 
theological  errors  in  Loisy's  work.  By  con- 
demning the  whole  of  it,  the  Catholic  authorities 
have  condemned  the  pursuit  of  genuine  historic 


research,  and  have  announced  their  preference 
for  legend  above  authentic  history. 

AS    TO    THE    LOUBET    VISIT    TO    ROME. 

In  speaking  of  the  Pope's  action  on  the  visit 
of  President  Loubet  to  the  King  of  Italy,  the 
writer  observes  that  the  Pope's  protest  could 
only  be  looked  upon  as  "  an  empty  demonstra- 
tion." 

It  could  only  create  a  feeling  of  embarrassment  in 
the  kingdom  of  Italy,  and  it  is  quite  inconceivable  what 
would  be  the  compensating  advantages  of  an  action 
which  must  cause  a  certain  annoyance  to  the  other 
states,  if  it  did  not  raise  a  prejudice  against  the  Vati- 
can itself.  But  the  Vatican  may  look  at  these  things 
from  its  own  point  of  view.  Of  course,  in  his  own 
house,  the  Pope  has  a  perfect  right  to  make  his  own 
rules,  just  as  he  thinks  fit,  and  no  one  can  interfere 
with  him.  In  accordance  with  this  principle,  we  can 
understand  his  refusing  to  receive  a  visitor  of  the  sover- 
eign who  has  set  up  his  rights  in  the  heart  of  the  old 
Papal  dominion.  The  superiority  which  the  Pope  en- 
joys from  his  exalted  position  as  head  of  the  Church 
might  perhaps  have  enabled  him  to  put  aside  all  such 
worldly  considerations,  and  if  he  did  not  think  good  to 
do  so,  he  is  perfectly  justified  in  acting  according  to  his 
own  notions  of  propriety.  But  that  he  should  presume 
to  lay  down  the  law  that  no  Catholic  sovereign  should 
set  foot  in  Rome  under  the  present  regime,  even  when 
most  important  interests  of  his  country  require  his 
presence  at  the  Quirinal, — even  when  the  gravest  inter- 
national complications  might  result  from  such  sover- 
eign's failure  to  keep  in  personal  touch  with  the  Italian 
court, — this  is  a  claim  which  the  public  conscience 
finds  it  difficult  to  reconcile  with  common  sense.  The 
world,  forsooth,  may  fall  in  ruins,  so  long  as  Papal  sus- 
ceptibilities are  not  offended.  This  is  all  very  fine,  but 
the  hazard  of  such  a  game  far  exceeds  any  profits  re- 
sulting from  it. 


THE    LABOR    PROBLEM    ON    THE    PANAMA    CANAL. 


IN  the  July  number  of  this  Review,  Col.  "Wil- 
liam C.  Gorgas  discussed  the  problem  of 
sanitation  at  Panama.  Closely  related  to  this 
topic  is  the  question  of  labor  supply  for  the. 
canal  construction  works.  Those  writers  who 
have  indulged  in  speculation  on  this  subject 
seem  to  have  overestimated  the  number  of  labor- 
ers that  will  be  required  on  the  canal.  It  has 
been  stated  that  as  many  as  40,000  laborers  will 
be  able  to  find  profitable  employment  on  the 
Isthmus  in  the  work  of  excavation.  This  esti- 
mate, according  to  Gen.  Peter  C.  Hains,  U.S.A., 
who  discusses  the  matter  in  the  July  number  of 
the  North  American  Revieiv,  is  far  too  large. 
General  Hains  was  a  member  of  the  Isthmian 
Canal  Commission,  and  has  given  much  atten- 


tion to  the  work  already  performed  by  the  new 
Panama  Company,  with  special  reference  to  the 
character  of  labor  to  be  required  by  our  gov- 
ernment in  prosecuting  the  work.  General  Hains 
reminds  us  at  the  outset  that  the  digging  of  the 
canal  is  not  to  be  done  by  an  army  of  laborers 
equipped  with  spades  and  shovels,  but  by  ma- 
chines operated  on  modern  methods  by  steam  or 
electric  power.  He  shows  that -out  of  a  total  of 
47  miles  of  canal,  about  35  miles  will  be  exca- 
vated chiefly  with  dredges,  requiring  but  few 
laborers.  With  regard  to  the  Culebra  Cut,  where 
the  heaviest  work  will  have  to  be  done,  it  ap- 
pears that  only  a  certain  amount  of  machinery 
can  be  employed  to  advantage  on  this  cut,  and 
that  fact  will  limit  the  number  of  employees. 


228 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


The  completion  of  this  cut  will  determine  the 
time  of  completing  the  canal.  The  other  works, 
such  as  the  Bahia  Dam,  the  locks,  and  the  spill- 
way, need  not  be  hurried  so  much,  as  their  early 
completion  would  not  affect  the  opening  of  the 
canal  to  navigation. 

HOW    MANY    MEN    WILL    BE    NEEDED  ? 

In  the  case  of  the  Chicago  Drainage  Canal, 
which  is  34  miles  long,  while  the  Panama  Canal 
is  47,  the  maximum  number  of  employees  at  any 
one  time  during  construction  was  about  8,000. 
General  Hains  reasons  that  the  ratio  of  the  num- 
ber of  employees  to  length  of  canal  at  Panama 
will  probably  not  exceed  that  at  Chicago.  On 
the  other  hand,  it  is  more  probable  that  it  will 
be  less,  because  of  the  proportionately  larger 
amount  of  work  that  can  be  done  with  dredges. 
Up  to  the  time  of  the  transfer  of  the  Panama 
property  to  the  United  States,  the  company  was 
employing  about  700  men,  who  removed  less 
than  700,000  cubic  yards  a  year  ;  but  their  ap- 
pliances were  not  well  adapted  to  the  work. 
With  modern  appliances  and  the  same  number  of 
men,  General  Hains  thinks  that  the  output  ought 
to  be  more  than  doubled.  His  estimate  of  excava- 
tion with  good  machinery  is  10  cubic  yards  per 
day  per  man.  At  that  rate,  the  employment  of 
2,000  men  on  the  Culebra  Cut  would  effect  an 
output  of  6,000,000  cubic  yards  per  year,  which 
would  complete  the  cut  in  about  seven  years. 

To  cite  another  American  engineering  work, 
the  greatest  number  of  men  ever  employed  at 
one  time  on  the  Sault  Ste.  Marie  lock,  the  largest 
lock  ever  built,  was  about  760.  That  was  only 
for  a  short  period,  when  the  masonry  work  was 
being  pushed  with  the  greatest  energy.  During 
the  seven  years  consumed  in  the  construction  of 
this  lock,  the  average  number  of  men  employed 
was  not  more  than  300.  During  the  two  years 
1892  and  1893,  when  the  greatest  number  was 
employed,  the  average  for  the  working  months, 
from  May  to  December  inclusive,  was  only  500 
men.  Allowing  double  that  number  on  the 
three  locks  of  the  Panama  Canal,  there  would 
lie  .'1,000  men  required  on  lock  construction. 
Altogether,  the  entire  work,  according  to  Gen- 
eral Hains,  would  probably  not  require  more 
than  8,000  men  ;  but  if  this  should  be  increased 
by  25  per  cent.,  the  total  number  would  be  only 
10,000,  and  this  he  regards  as  a  liberal  estimate. 

DIRECT  EMPLOYMENT  VERSUS  THE  CONTRACT  SYSTEM. 

General  Hains  considers  some  of  the  advan- 
tages and  disadvantages  of  the  contract  system. 
While  he  admits  that  there  are  some  advan- 
tages in  Letting  the  work  to  a  single  firm  or  syn- 
dicate rather  than  to  a  number  of  linns,  he  shows 


that  there  are  serious  disadvantages  in  such  a 
method,  chief  of  which  is  the  natural  tendency 
to  increase  the  cost  of  the  work.  The  construc- 
tion of  the  canal  calls  for  many  classes  of  work 
requiring  men  specially  skilled  in  each  ;  and,  if 
a  single  firm  had  the  contract,  it  would  sublet 
the  special  classes,  the  result  being  that  the  Gov- 
ernment would  have  to  pay  the  profit  to  the 
sub-contractor  and  also  to  the  principal.  The 
preferable  system,  in  General  Hains'  opinion, 
would  be  the  letting  of  the  work  to  a  number 
of  smaller  contractors.  This  was  the  method 
employed  on  the  Chicago  Drainage  Canal.  But 
in  view  of  enforcing  sanitary  regulations  on  the 
Isthmus,  he  argues  that  the  best  method  for  the 
Government  to  pursue  is  to  employ  its  own  la- 
bor and  purchase  the  machinery  by  contract. 
In  the  present  case,  since  the  work  on  the  canal 
is  a  new  one,  it  will  require  new  tools  and  new 
machinery.  Contractors  would  have  no  advan- 
tage over  the  Government  in  securing  good  ma- 
chinery, while  it  is  believed  that  the  United 
States  can  secure  labor  on  the  Isthmus  at  lower 
rates  than  any  contractor.  General  Hains  cites 
several  examples  of  recent  engineering  works 
as  prosecuted  by  our  government  to  show  that 
government  work  may  be  done  more  cheaply 
than  work  by  contract. 

THE    AMERICAN    NEGRO    PREFERRED. 

In  reply  to  the  question,  "Where  will  the  labor 
come  from  ?  General  Hains  asserts  that  white 
labor  from  the  United  States,  except  in  the  me- 
chanical trades,  is  out  of  the  question.  The  num- 
ber of  laborers  of  any  color  or  kind  now  on  the 
Isthmus  is  small,  and  the  quality  poor.  Possi- 
bly 1,500  or  2,000  Jamaica  negroes  could  be 
obtained,  but  the  native  population  is  wholly 
unavailable.  The  Panama  Canal  Company  tried 
Chinese  coolies  and  negroes  imported  direct 
from  Africa,  but  neither  class  of  laborers  gave 
satisfaction.  Disease  carried  off  many  from 
both  classes,  and  rendered  others  helpless.  The 
solution  proposed  by  General  Hains  is  to  pro- 
cure the  laborers  from  the  United  States.  The 
Southern  negro,  accustomed  to  the  warm  cli- 
mate of  our  Southern  States,  would,  it  is  be- 
lieved,  furnish  an  excellent  class  of  labor  for 
the  Isthmus.  It  will,  however,  be  necessary  to 
employ  a  number  of  men  skilled  in  mechanical 
trades,  and  these  must  be  chiefly,  if  not  alto- 
gether, white  men.  But  these  white  mechanics 
need  not  make  a  long  stay  on  the  Isthmus.  Gen- 
eral Hains  recommends  that  the  ordinary  labor- 
ers be  divided  into  two  classes,  with  a  slight 
dilTcrence  in  pay  to  encourage  industry  and  at- 
tention to  duty.  They  should  agree  to  work 
for  two  years,  unless  sooner  discharged.     They 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


229 


should  be  quartered  in  buildings  provided  by  the 
Government,  and  supplied  with  wholesome  food 
and  a  certain  amount  qf  cotton  working-clothes 
and  medical  attendance.  At  the  end  of  two 
years'  creditable  service,  they  should  be  entitled 
to  discharge  and  transportation  back  to  the 
place  at  which  they  were  recruited.  In  order 
to  insure  the  employment  of  men  physically  and 
mentally  sound  and  fitted  for  the  work,  an  ex- 
amination should  be  required,  no  less  rigid  than 
that  for  enlisting  men  for  the  army.  Similar 
but  less  stringent  rules  should  apply  to  mechan- 
ics, clerks,  draughtsmen,  overseers,  and  so  forth. 
The  men  should  be  divided  into  squads,  with  a 
master-laborer  or  master-mechanic  for  each,  ac- 


rounded  boulders  ;  sloppy  muck,  and  a  natural  cement 
called  "conglomerate,"  which  sent  several  contractors 
into  bankruptcy  and  half  a  dozen  engineers  to  the  verge 
of  insanity.  Every  mile  presented  new  problems  in  the 
excavation  and  handling  of  material.  And  they  were 
solved,  not  by  engineers,  but  by  the  contractors,  whose 
originality  in  planning  and  superb  audacity  in  execu- 
tion made  the  Chicago  Drainage  Canal  the  center  of  at- 
traction of  the  engineering  world  for  many  years. 

Engineers  who  are  acquainted  with  the  Isth- 
mian situation  predict  that  several  of  the  devices 
found  so  effective  in  constructing  the  Drainage 
Canal  will  be  employed  on  the  Panama  work, 
especially  the  Lidgerwood  cableways,  and  the 
dumping  apparatus  devised  by  Mr.  Locker,  a 
Drainage  Canal  contractor,  and  the  movable  in- 


HIOH-POWER  DERRICK  USED  IN  CHANNEL  EXCAVATION. 


cording  to  the  class  of  men  that  compose  it.  It 
will  be  seen  that  such  an  organization  would  not 
be  practicable  under  the  contract  system,  its  main 
idea  being  to  secure  absolute  control  by  the  offi- 
cers for  all  purposes  of  work,  similar  to  the 
organization  of  an  army. 

Engineering  Devices  Likely  to  Be  Employed. 

In  the  Technical  World,  published  by  the  Ar- 
mour Institute  of  Technology,  Chicago,  Mr. 
Malcolm  McDowell  gives  a  brief  description  of 
some  of  the  machinery  and  methods  that  will 
be  employed  in  cutting  the  Panama  Canal.  This 
writer  refers  to  some  of  the  difficulties  encoun- 
tered in  the  cutting  of  the  Chicago  Drainage 
Canal,  the  main  channel  of  which  is  about  28 
miles  long,  of  which  9  miles  are  in  solid  rock. 
Over  12,000,000  cubic  yards  of  solid  rock,  and 
nearly  30,000,000  cubic  yards  of  the  so-called 
"glacial  drift,"  were  excavated  and  heaped  up 
on  both  sides  of  the  channel.  No  excavation, 
says  this  writer,  of  such  length,  has  revealed  a 
more  heterogeneous  aggregation  of  solid  matter. 

There  were  hard  rock  and  soft  rock  ;  hard  clay  which 
had  to  be  blasted,  and  obdurate  dirt  full  of  huge,  ice- 


cline  of  the  type  constructed  by  Mr.  Heiden- 
reich,  another  Drainage  Canal  contractor.  The 
cableway  is  a  suspension  bridge  formed  of  a 
steel  cable  2^-  inches  in  diameter  stretched  be- 
tween two  towers,  one  on  each  side  of  the  cut. 
In  the  construction  of  the  Drainage  Canal,  the 
towers  were  reared  on  great  trucks,  whose  heavy 
wheels  ran  on  tracks  laid  parallel  to  the  channel. 
These  towers  were  700  feet  apart  ;  one  was  93 
feet  high  ;  the  other,  73  feet  high,  the  whole 
apparatus  moving  forward  with  the  advance  of 
the  work.  On  a  platform  under  the  taller  tower 
were  the  engines,  boiler,  dynamo,  and  other  ma- 
chinery. On  a  steel  cable  bridge  traveled  the 
cable  carriage  that  carried  the  pulley  wheels 
and  the  sheaves  of  the  tackle  which  raised  the 
loaded  "skip" — an  immense  steel  box — from 
the  bottom  of  the  channel.  The  engineer  in  the 
power-house  on  the  platform  controlled  the  move- 
ments of  this  "skip,"  and  he  received  signals 
given  by  a  boy  with  an  electric  push-button, 
which  enabled  him  to  adjust  the  direction  and 
speed  of  the  "  skip  "  so  nicely  that  he  could  lift 
it,  run  it  to  the  "  spoil  bank,"  dump  it,  and  return 
it  with  amazing  accuracy  and  celerity.     Every 


230 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


"skip"  carried  90  cubic  feet  of  material,  and 
traveled  along  the  cableway  at  the  rate  of  1,000 
feet  a  minute. 

"  Channeling  "  is  done  in  connection  with  air 
or  steam  drills  which  drive  holes  a  few  feet  apart 
across  the  work,  from  one  side  to  the  other. 
Dynamite  cartridges  are  placed  in  the  holes, 
and  are  exploded  by  electricity.  The  effect  is 
to  blow  forward  a  cross-section  of  the  work. 

Here  is  a  picture  of  the  future  operations  at 
Panama  as  it  presents  itself  to  the  American 
engineer's  imagination  : 

When  the  Panama  work  is  well  under  way,  the  great 
cut  will  be  cobwebbed  overhead  with  the  taut  cable- 
ways  ;  its  sides  will  be  alive  with  cars  racing  up  and 
down  the  latticed  incline ;  and  the  grunts  and  groans 
of  a  hundred  great  steam  shovels  will  be  the  double 
bass  of  the  industrial  chorus,  in  which  the  merry  chuc- 
kle of  rock  drills,  the  hissing  of  escaping  air  and  steam, 


the  humming  of  pulleys  and  sheaves,  the  snorting  and 
puffing  of  the  little  engines  pushing  pneumatic  dump 
cars,  and  the  ringing  of  the  channeling  machines'  broad 
chisels  will  keep  time  to  the  beat  of  the  salvos  of  explo- 
sions when  the  dynamite  "  lets  go." 

It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  up  to  the 
present  time  the  constructive  work  on  the 
Isthmus  has  followed  the  methods  used  in  the 
excavations  of  the  Suez  Canal,  a  generation  ago. 
Now  that  the  work  is  under  American  auspices, 
there  will  be  an  unequaled  opportunity  to  com- 
pare closely  the  methods  of  American  and  Eu- 
ropean engineers.  Not  only  will  American 
methods  be  employed,  but  the  execution  of  the 
work  will  be  largely  in  the  hands  of  "Western 
men,  as  is  foreshadowed  by  the  appointment  of 
John  F.  Wallace,  of  the  Illinois  Central  Rail- 
road, as  chief  engineer  of  the  canal. 


SOME  CHILEAN  OPINION  ON  THE  PANAMA  CANAL. 


WILL  the  construction  of  the  Panama  Canal 
benefit  or  injure  Chile  ?  This  is  the  only 
question  which  ought  to  concern  the  country, 
declares  the  Heraldo  (Valparaiso),  in  reply  to  in- 
quiries as  to  the  Chilean  attitude  toward  the  loss 
of  Colombia,  the  independence  of  Panama,  and 
the  relations  of  the  United  States  Government 
to  South  America  in  general.  Some  have  claimed 
that  the  opening  of  the  canal  cannot  benefit 
Chile.      In  reply,  the  Heraldo  says  : 

Via  Panama,  Valparaiso  will  be  much  closer  than 
by  the  Straits  of  Magellan  to  New  York,  Liverpool, 
Hamburg,  and  Marseilles,  which  of  itself  is  a  material 
advantage.  And  there  is  the  example  of  Central  Africa. 
Did  the  opening  of  the  Suez  Canal  retard  the  progress 
of  that  important  region  of  the  world  ?  The  Panama 
Canal  will  considerably  increase  the  commercial  move- 
ment of  the  South  Pacific,  and  Chile  possesses  one-half 
of  the  American  coast  on  that  ocean.  Back  of  the  north- 
ern coast  of  Chile  there  is,  moreover,  a  country  called 
Bolivia.  This  country  will  be  one  of  the  greatest  mar- 
kets of  the  United  States  as  soon  as  the  canal  is  built. 
A  railway  which  would  join  a  Chilean  port  in  the  north, 
— Iquique,  for  example,— with  the  heart  of  Bolivia, 
would  it  not  be  a  source  of  wealth  for  those  regions  of 
the  country  ?  And  back  of  Chile  there  are  yet  the  prov- 
inces in  the  Argentine  Republic  which  formerly  re- 
ceived their  supplies  from  Chile.  Would  not  one  or 
more  trans-Andean  railways  once  more  create  that  same 
state  of  things,  taking  into  consideration  the  distance 
between  those  provinces  and  the  Atlantic?  Does  there 
not  exist  in  front  of  Chile  an  island,  a  continent  called 
Australia,  to  which  these  same  trans-Andean  lines  of 
communication  would  make  Europe  closer  by  two  or 
three  days?  And  the  longitudinal  railway  to  Tarapaca, 
which,  awaiting  the  trans- American  railway,  will  make 
Buenos  Ayres  closer  to  the  Pacific,  that  new  center  of  the 
world.  Would  not  this  be  a  great  element  of  wealth 
and  progress  to  Chile? 


CHILE    MUST    GET    READY. 

In  order  that  the  canal  may  be  of  the  great- 
est possible  benefit  to  Chile,  this  Valparaiso 
journal  insists  that  better  government  for  the 
entire  country  is  necessary,  besides  the  follow- 
ing economic  and  industrial  improvements  : 

A  railway  from  Iquique,  or  some  other  northern 
port,  to  Bolivia  ;  two  trans- Andean  railways  at  least : 
a  longitudinal  railway  to  Tarapaca ;  good  ports,  pro- 
vided with  the  necessary  equipment  to  satisfy  the  de- 
mands of  commerce  ;  transversal  railways  which,  with 
prompt  and  cheap  service,  may  place  our  agricultural 
products  on  the  coast,  in  order  to  enable  us  to  compete 
with  similar  products  of  the  United  States  in  Peru  and 
Bolivia,  at  least ;  a  national  merchant  marine  offering 
cheap  freights  ;  a  ilarsena  (breakwater)  and  other  works 
that  may  give  Valparaiso  the  name  of  being  the  first 
port  of  the  South  Pacific. 

The  Mer curio  (Valparaiso),  perhaps  the  most 
influential  newspaper  in  Chile,  in  an  editorial 
written  before  Chilean  recognition  of  Panama, 
considers  the  entire  subject  of  South  American- 
European  relations,  and  wonders  whether  Ger- 
many has  really  thought  seriously  of  acceding 
to  the  alleged  request  of  Colombia  to  establish 
a  protectorate  over  that  country.  The  writer  is 
inclined  to  doubt  it.  He  wishes  there  couM  he 
some  counterbalance  to  the  increasing  influence 
of  North  America  in  South  American  affairs. 

It  is  hard  to  think  that  the  intervention  of  the 
United  States  remains  as  it  is,  without  counterbalance, 
and  that  the  futures  of  the  young  and  weak  republics 
of  this  continent  are  subject  to  the  commercial  inter- 
ests of  the  great  North  American  republic.  But  the 
events  at  Panama  make  us  fea»  that  we  are  approach- 
ing that  situation. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


231 


BRIDGING   THE    ENGLISH    CHANNEL. 


THE  old  problem  of  how  to  secure  the  pas- 
sage of  freight  between  France  and  Eng- 
land without  breaking  bulk  is  discussed  in  the 
first  June  number  of  the  Revue  des  Deux  Mondes 
by  M.  Lentheric.  Should  it  be  done,  he  asks, 
by  means  of  a  ferry,  or  a  bridge,  or  a  tunnel  ? 
Practically, — partly  for  strategic  reasons,  partly 
owing  to  the  difficult  problem  of  ventilation, — 
the  tunnel  scheme,  he  says,  may  be  disregarded. 
The  idea  of  a  gigantic  ferryboat  which  would 
take  trains  laden  with  goods  and  passengers  is 
fascinating,  but  would  present  innumerable  dif- 
ficulties in  bad  weather.  It  would,  doubtless, 
be  impossible  to  maintain  a  regular  service 
throughout  the  year. 

DANGERS    TO    NAVIGATION. 

Some  think  that  the  most  rational  solution 
would  be  a  bridge.  The  geological  investiga- 
te 'lis  made  originally  with  a  view  to  a  tunnel 
have  shown  that  the  bed  of  the  channel  would 
form  a  firm  support  for  the  piers  of  a  gigantic 
bridge.  In  1870,  a  bridge  was  projected  of  340 
piers,  but  mariners  of  all  nations  were  so  horri- 
fied at  the  idea  of  these  340  dangers  to  naviga- 
tion that  the  scheme  was  dropped.  In  the  in- 
terval, the  Forth  Bridge  and  the  two  Brooklyn 
bridges  have  been  built,  and  a  fresh  study  of 
the  problem  has  reduced  the  number  of  piers  to 
121.  These  would  be  placed  at  a  distance  of 
about  400  to  500  yards  from  one  another,  and 
it  is  argued  that  they  would  really  facilitate 
navigation,  the  various  arches  being  allotted  to 


the  passage  of  ships  according  to  their  destina- 
tion. The  objection  that  the  bridge  would  be- 
come a  terrible  danger  to  navigation  in  the  thick 
fogs  which  frequently  envelop  the  channel,  M. 
Lentheric  meets  by  the  suggestion  that  it  would 
be  easy  to  establish  on  the  bridge  itself  fog  horns, 
combined  with  lighthouses,  which  would  be  suffi- 
cient to  prevent  any  vessel  being  dashed  against 
the  piers.  Indeed,  in  the  financial  estimates  of 
the  bridge  the  sum  of  $2,000,000  is  allotted  for 
this  purpose,  and  $100,000  for  the  lighthouse 
staff.  The  total  cost  is  estimated  at  $170,000,- 
000,  which  would  include  the  cost  of  connections 
with  the  existing  railways  on  both  sides  of  the 
channel. 

THE    "SEA    RAILWAY"    SCHEME. 

The  writer,  however,  evidently  favors  the 
idea  of  a  gigantic  set  of  rails  running  literally 
just  above  the  surface  of  the  water,  like  the 
sea  railway  opened  some  time  ago  at  Brighton, 
to  take  pleasure-seekers  to  Rottingdean.  The 
same  system,  which  works  exceedingly  well,  is 
to  be  seen  in  full  working  order  between  St. 
Malo  and  St.  Servan.  This  would  be  very  much 
more  economical  than,  for  instance,  the  sug- 
gested bridge.  But  it  is  feared  that  the  action 
of  the  water  on  the  iron  supports  would  in  a  short 
time  bring  about  great  difficulties  and  possible 
frightful  risk  of  accidents.  But  the  whole  ques- 
tion of  iron  under  water  may  be  solved  at  any 
moment,  and  when  that  day  comes  the  horrors 
of  a  channel  passage  will  be  over  forever. 


THE    MAN    WHO    STAMPED    OUT   YELLOW    FEVER. 


A  TRIBUTE  to  the  late  Dr.  Walter  Reed, 
the  American  officer  whose  experiments 
in  Cuba,  four  years  ago,  resulted  in  the  com- 
plete extermination  of  yellow  fever  in  Havana, 
appears  in  the  July  number  of  the  Popular  Sci- 
ence Monthly.  Major  Walter  D.  McCaw,  the 
writer  of  this  sketch  of  his  late  colleague,  de- 
scribes the  arrangements  by  which  Major  Reed's 
commission  obtained  infected  mosquitoes  ;  and 
by  a  series  of  experiments  which  resulted  in  the 
death  of  one  of  their  numb<  r,  Dr.  Lazear,  deter- 
mined once  for  all  the  fact  that  yellow  fever  is 
communicated  by  insects,  and  not  by  soiled 
clothing  or  other  articles,  as  had  been  formerly 
believed.  A  mosquito-proof  building  was  di- 
vided into  two  compartments  ;  infected  mos- 
quitoes were  liberated  on  one  side  only.  A  non- 
immune entered  and  remained  long  enough  to 


be  bitten  several  times.  He  was  attacked  by 
yellow  fever  ;  while  two  men  in  the  other  com- 
partment did  not  acquire  the  disease,  although 
sleeping  there  thirteen  nights.  The  conclusions 
of  these  investigators  are  as  follows  : 

1.  The  specific  agent  in  the  causation  of  yellow  fever 
exists  in  the  blood  of  a  patient  for  the  first  three  days 
of  his  attack,  after  which  time  he  ceases  to  be  a  menace 
to  the  health  of  others. 

2.  A  mosquito  of  a  single  species,  Stegomyia  fas- 
ciata,  ingesting  the  blood  of  a  patient  during  this  in- 
fective period,  is  powerless  to  convey  the  disease  to 
another  person  by  its  bite  until  about  twelve  days  have 
elapsed,  but  can  do  so  thereafter  for  an  indefinite  period, 
probably  during  the  remainder  of  its  life. 

3.  The  disease  cannot  in  nature  be  spread  in  any 
other  way  than  by  the  bite  of  the  previously  infected 
Stegomyia.  Articles  used  and  soiled  by  patients  do 
not  carry  infection. 


232 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


HOW    THE    PLAGUE    WAS    BANISHED    FROM    HAVANA. 

These  conclusions  were  at  once  put  to  the  test 
by  the  sanitary  authorities  of  Havana,  where, 
for  nearly  a  century  and  a  half,  yellow  fever  had 
never  failed  to  appear  annually.  Under  the  di- 
rection of  the  chief  sanitary  officer  in  Havana, 
Major  William  C.  Gorgas,  of  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment, U.S.A.,  steps  were  taken  to  eradicate  the 
disease.  Cases  of  yellow  fever  were  required  to 
be  reported  as  promptly  as  possible,  the  patient 
was  rigidly  isolated,  all  the  rooms  of  the  build- 
ing and  neighboring  houses  were  fumigated  to 
destroy  the  mosquitoes  present.  Window  and 
door  screens  were  put  up,  and  after  the  death 
or  recovery  of  the  patient,  his  room  was  fumi- 
gated and  every  mosquito  destroyed.  Every- 
thing possible  was  done  to  diminish  the  spread 
of  mosquitoes  by  draining  standing  water,  where 
they  had  their  breeding-places,  screening  tanks 
and  vessels,  and  using  petroleum  on  water  that 


could  not  be  drained.  These  measures  were  put 
in  effect  during  February,  1901.  By  the  fol- 
lowing September  the  last  case  of  yellow  fever 
originated  in  Havana,  and  since  that  time  the 
city  has  been  entirely  exempt.  In  concluding 
his  article,  Major  McCaw  reminds  us  of  the 
great  value  of  Dr.  Reed's  services  to  our  own 
country,  which  has  been  invaded  ninety  times 
by  yellow  fever,  and,  until  within  a  few  years. 
has  been  in  almost  continual  peril  of  such  an  in- 
vasion. The  cities  of  New  Orleans,  Memphis, 
Charleston,  Galveston,  Portsmouth,  Baltimore, 
Philadelphia,  New  York,  and  many  smaller 
towns  have  been  swept  by  the  disease.  The  epi- 
demic of  1853  cost  New  Orleans  eight  thousand 
lives.  In  the  one  epidemic  of  1878,  it  is  esti- 
mated that  the  financial  loss  to  the  United  States 
amounted  to  more  thaa  $15,000,000.  The  re- 
searches of  Dr.  Reed  have  taught  us  how  to 
avert  the  recurrence  of  this  deadliest  of  Ameri- 
can plagues. 


HAWTHORNE,  A  CENTURY  AFTER  HIS  BIRTH. 


AN  emperor  of  elves, — an  Oberon  whose  reign 
began  at  the  twilight  hour  and  who  abdi- 
cated at  the  first  cockcrow.  Such  was  Nathaniel 
Hawthorne,  in  the  characterization  of  Benjamin 
de  Casseres,  who  contributes  to  the  Critic  a  study 
of  the  author  in  a  symposium  called  forth  by 
the  celebration  of  the  one-hundredth  anniver- 
sary of  his  birth. 

He  was  a  giant,  but  a  giant  leashed  in  cobwebs.  He 
was  a  thinker  whose  thoughts  were  always  at  half-mast 
for  the  sorrows  that  sucked  at  his  heart.  He  was  ex- 
quisitely aware  of  a  Conscience.  He  knew  that  the  su- 
pernormal could  alone  explain  the  normal,  that  the  ex- 
ceptional housed  all  the  laws  that  governed  ordinary 
occurrences  plus  an  explanation,  which  if  it  did  not 
explain  gave  us  something  better — another  mystery. 
"The  Scarlet  Letter"  is  the  romance  of  pain;  "The 
House  of  the  Seven  Gables"  is  the  romance  of  crime; 
"  The  Marble  Faun  "  the  romance  of  penitential  despair. 

There;  is  a  phantom  touch  in  all  his  pages, 
continues  Mr.  de  Casseres. 

He  lacked  the  sense  of  reality — the  sure  test  of  spir- 
ituality. Long,  shadowy  files  sweep  up  from  out  the 
unconscious  and  form  black  processions  across  1 1n- 
earth. That  is  life.  It  is  the  phantom  lock-step.  These 
shadows  come  and  go,  making  frenetic  comic  gestures. 
They  whisper  hoarsely  each  to  the  other— and  this  they 
call  history. 

In    characterizing    Hawthorne's   genius,   this 

writer   declares   that    be    was  utterly  unlike  his 
fellows. 

Genius  treads  far  from  thai  bellowing  sphinx  called 
civilization.    The  nineteenth  century  was  a  coarse  melo- 


drama written  by  the  devil  for  the  delectation  of  the 
blase  gods.  By  ignoring  it  utterly,  Nathaniel  Haw- 
thorne and  Walter  Pater  became  its  greatest  critics. 


NATHANIEL  HAWTHORNE. 

Civilization  at  best  is  a  peddler  dressed  up  to  look  like 
a  monarch. 

But  Hawthorne's  shadowy  creations  are  im- 
mortal. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


233 


Hester  Prynne,  Arthur  Dimmesdale,  Clifford  Pyn- 
chon,  Miriam,  Donatello,  shall  outlive  in  shadowy  im- 
mortality the  flesh -and-blood  beings  that  mimic  their 
ways  here  below,  and  the  turrets  and  spires  of  our  civ- 
ilization shall  long  bfl  gangrened  in  the  muds  of  oblivion 
when  The  shadow-makers  thathave  gone  shall  still  with 
potent  rod  smite  the  souls  of  generations  unborn,  and 
fnmi  them,  as  from  us,  shall  burst  the  fountains  of 
exalted  wonder. 

An  English  Criticism    of  "The   Marble   Faun." 

While  Hawthorne's  New  England  stories  were 
marvelous  successes,  he  really  failed  in  Rome, 
says  Francis  Gribble,  who  writes  in  the  same 
magazine  on  "  Hawthorne  from  an  English 
Point  of  View."  Speaking  of  '-The  Marble 
Faun,-'  which  was  published  in  England  under 
the  title  of  "The  Transformation,"  Mr.  G-ribble 
says  : 

The  descriptions  are  always  delightful,  and  the  sym- 
bolism is  often  charming,  even  when  it  is  not  very  easy 
to  understand.  .  .  .  Critics  have  found  "Transforma- 
tion "  unsatisfactory  for  several  reasons ;  but  one  rea- 
son may  suffice,  since  it  includes  all  the  others.  Rome 
was  too  vast,  and  various,  and  rich  in  points  of  interest 
to  yield  any  response  to  methods  which  had  succeeded 
admirably  in  New  England,  where  all  life  was  prosaic 
and  the  storied  past  was  only  a  thing  of  yesterday.  .  .  . 
In  the  New  England  stories,  these  devices  of  romance, 
mystery,  and  melodrama  could  be  effective.  There  was 
nothing  in  real  life  to  compete  with  them.  They  illu- 
minated the  dark  places,  and  contrasted  with  the 
dreary  common  round.  But  in  Rome,  the  realities 
were  themselves  romantic,  and  neither  the  mysterious 
parentage  of  Hawthorne's  Jewess  nor  the  dark  secret 
of  his  denizen  of  the  catacombs  could,  in  comparison 
with  them,  seem  either  interesting  or  important.  They 
suggest  stage  thunder  while  a  real  thunder-storm  is 
raging,  a  display  of  fireworks  in  the  sunlight,  a  dime 
novel  bound  up  with  a  poem.  The  suspicion  of  that 
fact  also  seems  to  have  stolen  over  Hawthorne  while 
he  was  writing.  For  his  mysteries  differ  from  the 
usual  mysteries  of  fiction  in  one  remarkable  particular. 
They  are  left  unsolved,  for  all  the  world  as  if  their  in- 
ventor had  grown  ashamed  of  them. 

We  may  take  it,  therefore,  that  Hawthorne  failed  in 
Rome.    But  his  success  in  New  England  was  so  splen- 


did that  he  could  afford  tfte-  failure.  One  hundred 
years  after  his  birth,  on  the-  Fourth  of  July,  1904,  he 
still  remains  the  greatest  and  most  typical  man  of  let- 
ters that  New  England  has  produced  ;  not,  perhaps,, 
the  greatest  painter  of  his  country's  manners,  but — 
what  is  of  higher  import — the  greatest  interpreter.  o£ 
its  spirit. 

The  "Hamlet"  of  American  Litec«ture. 

One  figure  who  stands  in  a  sort  of  involuntary 
isolation,  in  the  best-known  and  best-loved  circle 
of  our  American  writers, — this  is  Hawthorne, 
with  many  resemblances  to  Shakespeare's  Ham- 
let, says  Bliss  Perry,  editor  of  the  Atlantic- 
Monthly,  in  an  article  which  was  delivered  as: 
an  address  at  Bowdoin  College  in  commemora- 
tion of  Hawthorne. 

He  died  but  forty  years  ago,  and  many  living  mem 
and  women  remember  him  with  strange  vividness.  Yet. 
he  remains,  after  all,  a  man  apart.  Mystery  gathers; 
about  him,  even  while  the  annalists  and  the  critics  are* 
striving  to  make  his  portrait  clear.  Certain  character- 
istics of  Hawthorne  are,  of  course,  indisputable,  and  it, 
is  not  fantastic  to  add  that  some  of  these  qualities  bear 
a  curious  resemblance  to  those  of  that  very  Prince  of 
Denmark  who  seems  more  real  to  us  than  do  most  liv- 
ing men.  Hawthorne  was  a  gentleman  ;  in  body  the 
mold  of  form,  and  graced  with  a  noble  mind.  Like 
Hamlet,  he  loved  to  discourse  with  unlettered  people, 
with  wandering  artists,  with  local  humorists,  although 
without  ever  losing  his  own  dignity  and  inviolable  re- 
serve. He  had  irony  for  the  pretentious,  kindness  for 
the  simple-hearted,  merciless  wit  for  the  fools.  He< 
liked  to  speculate  about  men  and  women,  about  temp- 
tation and  sin  and  punishment ;  but  he  remained,  like  ■ 
Hamlet,  clear-sighted  enough  to  distinguish  between 
the  thing  in  itself  and  the  thing  as  it  appeared  to  him 
in  his  solitude  and  melancholy.  His  closest  friends,, 
like  Horatio  Bridge  and  W.  D.  Ticknor,  were  men  of 
marked  justice  and  sanity  of  mind, — of  the  true  Hora- 
tio type.  Hawthorne  was  capable,  if  need  be,  of  pas- 
sionate and  swift  action,  for  all  his  gentleness  and  ex- 
quisite courtesy  of  demeanor.  Toward  the  last,  he  had;, 
like  Hamlet,  his  forebodings, — "such  a  kind  of  gain- 
giving,  as  would  perhaps  trouble  a  woman  ; "  and  hes 
died,  like  Hamlet,  in  silence,  conscious  of  an  unfin- 
ished task. 


THE  GEORGE  SAND  CENTENARY. 


THE  one-hundredth  anniversary  of  the  birth 
of  George  Sand  was  celebrated  in  Paris 
on  July  1.  A  statue  by  the  well-known  French 
sculptor,  Sicard,  was  unveiled  in  the  garden  of 
the  Luxembourg,  and  at  the  Comedie  Francaise 
the  famous  "  Francois  le  Cham  pi  "  was  rendered. 
The  statue  is  a  government  enterprise,  and  repre- 
sents, not  the  middle-aged  French  authoress  and 
woman  of  the  world,  but  a  young,  beautiful, 
romantic  woman, — George  Sand  when  she  came 


to  Paris,  in  1831.     U  Illustration,  in  an  apprecia- 
tion of  George  Sand,  says  of  this  time  : 

She  was  fleeing  from  her  husband  ;  and,  several 
years  afterward,  she  obtained  her  liberty.  Butherfirst 
novels  give  voice  to  those  sufferings  which  she  under- 
went in  her  married  life.  She  has  branded  the  egoism 
and  awkwardness  of  certain  husbands.  She  has  created 
the  type  of  the  woman  who  is  not  understood,  which  all 
literature  abused  so  much  until  Flaubert  rendered  it  jus- 
tice in  his  "  Madame  Bovary. "  But  the  revolt  of  George 
Sand  was  sincere  and  justified.    In  demanding  more 


234 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


independence  for  women,  in  attacking  the  hypocrisy  of 
the  world,  she  opened  the  way  for  such  writers  as 
Alexandre  DumasJ/s,  or  Paul  Hervieu.  Her  generosity 
in  the  defense  of  her  sisters  knew  no  bounds.  Herself 
independent,  she  took  up  the  cause  of  all  the  oppressed. 
She  saw  too  clearly  all  the  natural  and  social  inequali- 
ties to  remain  unmoved. 

Jules  Claretie,  writing  in  &  Echo  des  Deux 
Mondes  (the  French  literary  semi-monthly  pub- 
lished at  the  University  of  Chicago),  declares 
that  M.  Sicard's  statue  is  remarkably  well  done 
and  expresses  the  character  of  the  woman  much 
better  than  any  of  our  pictures  of  her  later  in 
life.  She  was  a  poet  and  a  heroine,  he  says — a 
dreamer  of  happiness.  M.  Claretie  finds  the  in- 
fluence of  Russian  literature  strongly  evident  in 
her  work.  He  traces  the  influence  of  Dostoy- 
evski  especially.  He  is  also  sure  that  Madame 
Sand  was  a  diligent  reader  and  a  devoted  dis- 
ciple of  Jean  Jacques  Rousseau.  "An  artist 
she  was  also,  a  landscape  painter  and  poet,  but, 
above  all,  human  ;  a  woman  among  women,  with 
the  robust  nature  of  a  man,  and  yet  a  depth  of 
maternal  possibilities  like  the  earth  itself,  which 
she  loved."  The  daily  newspaper  Figaro  is  pub- 
lishing in  a  series  the  hitherto  unedited  letters 
of  George  Sand,  which  is  announced  to  appear 
in  book  form  in  Brussels  in  a  few  weeks.  The 
love-letters  of  Alfred  de  Musset  to  Madame  Sand 
are  remarkable  for  their  passion  and  poetic  ex- 
pression, even  when  their  author  is  considered. 
Blanco  y  Negro,  of  Madrid,   asserts  there  is  no 


STATUE  OF  GEORGE  SAND  BY  THE  FRENCH  SCULPTOR,  SICARD. 

doubt  that  George  Sand  is  the  greatest  French 
writer  after  Balzac. 


THE  LOSS  TO  LITERATURE  BY  THE  TURIN  LIBRARY  FIRE. 


THE  universities  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge, 
England,  have  sent  their  condolences, 
couched  in  choice  Latin,  to  the  University  of 
Turin  on  the  losses  by  the  recent  library  fire. 
Similar  messages  have  been  received  from  the 
authorities  of  the  British  Museum,  London,  and 
the  Bibliotheque  Nationale,  Paris.  According 
to  Paolo  Boselli,  writing  in  the  Nuova  Antologia 
(Rome),  the  principal  details  of  the  damage  done 
are  as  follows  : 

There  are  forty-one  sections  of  printed  books  in  the 
National  Library  at  Turin,  containing  about  three  hun- 
dred thousand  volumes.  Nine  sections  were  burned 
out ;  their  contents  consisted  of  31,511  volumes,  of  which 
only  6,800  remained.  The  loss  of  the  23,711  volumes  is 
less  deplorable  for  the  number  than  for  the  value  of  the 
works  consumed.  The  greatest  damage  was  done  in 
the  five  sections  which  were  very  rich  in  works  of  philos- 
ophy, pedagogy,  and  educational  treatises,  consisting 
of  5,689  volumes,  of  which  only  176  were  saved.  Of  the 
complete  works  of  eminent  literary  men,  most  of  them 
being  in  the  shape  of  letters,  only  105  volumes  remain 


out  of  the  original  4,939.  The  law  section  was  very  re- 
markable, with  its  4,157  volumes,  of  which  525  have 
been  preserved.  The  linguistic  section  consists  to-day 
of  551  works,  while  3,239  have  perished  by  fire.  The 
philological  section  has  lost  2,290  works,  and  has  saved 
656  only.  Of  the  precious  Aldines,  out  of  700  volumes 
only  150  remain.  All  the  archives  of  the  library  went 
up  in  flames.  All  the  memoirs  and  annotations  upon 
the  manuscripts  of  the  library  which  were  destined  for 
future  publication  have  perished.  The  fire  destroyed 
entirely  the  topographical  inventory  of  manuscripts 
compiled  by  B.  Peyron,  with  the  supplement  of  Frati, 
containing  in  all  a  register  of  500  Latin,  Italian,  and 
French  manuscripts  not  included  in  the  catalogue. 

LOSS    OF    PRECIOUS    MANUSCRIPTS. 

It  is  impossible  to  fix  exactly  the  number  of 
manuscripts  stored  in  the  library  previous  to  the 
fire,  but  they  are  roughly  reckoned  at  some 
forty-five  hundred.  The  greatest  damage  was 
done  among  the  Hebrew,  Arabic,  Persian,  and 
Italian  manuscripts.     From  the  room  which  cod. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


235 


tained  the  most  precious  documents,  among  the 
remains  which  did  not  entirely  perish  in  the 
flames  there  were  rescued  random  pages  and 
many  volumes  partially  consumed. 

Almost  all  the  Hebrew  manuscripts  were  burned, 
only  40  remaining  out  of  the  111  Oriental,  Arabic,  and 
Turkish  works  registered  by  N  alii  no.  Less  damage  has 
been  suffered  by  the  Greek  manuscripts,  although  there 
is  no  single  one  of  them  but  has  been  more  or  less  in- 
jured by  the  effects  of  fire  or  water.  Not  more  than 
half  of  them  have  entirely  survived  the  disaster.  Prob- 
ably the  original  number  was  406,  of  which  it  is  hoped 
that  177  may  be  restored  from  the  scattered  fragments. 
All  the  parchments  seem  to  have  escaped  destruction, 
and  among  them  that  famous  Codex  of  Theodoret's 
Commentary  on  the  Minor  Prophets,  whose  illumina- 
tions are  so  justly  renowned.  This  literary  monument 
had  previously  survived,  unhurt,  the  fire  of  1667.  But 
the  Greek  Hymnary  commented  on  by  Cardinal  Pitri 
and  by  Krumbacher  seems  to  have  been  consumed,  and 
the  Greek  Psalter  of  the  eighth  century  has  been  almost 
destroyed  ;  the  Greek  Diplomariat  has  also  perished. 
Passini  has  enumerated  in  the  Turin  collection  1,291 
Latin  manuscripts.  From  the  calculation  of  Frati, 
they  can  be  safely  enumerated  as  2,475. 

In  the  list  of  works  surviving  the  fire  there 
are  1,350  Latin  manuscripts,  but  it  is  probable 


that  by  further  search  and  the  restoration  of 
what  remains  other  parchment  manuscripts  of 
this  class  more  or  less  complete  may  come  to 
light. 

The  most  terrible  havoc  was  wrought  among  manu- 
scripts, 172  in  number,  in  the  French  language,  regis- 
tered by  Passini,  which  Were  of  the  first  rank,  both  as 
regards  the  beauty  of  their  text  and  their  illuminated 
decoration,  including  the  books  of  Charles  V.,  Charles 
VI.,  Philip,  and  the  Bastard  of  Burgundy,  which  for 
their  singular  rarity  had  been  celebrated,  studied,  and 
imitated  by  the  foremost  writers  and  artists.  Among 
the  artistic  manuscripts  of  which  a  wretched  morsel 
only  survives  is  the  Heurcs  de  Turin.  The  manuscript 
of  Historia  Augusta,  illuminated  by  Pisanello  and 
Pasti,  survives  in  a  most  ruinous  condition.  The  illu- 
minated missal  of  Cardinal  Rosselli,  a  Spanish  work  of 
the  fourteenth  century,  is  but  slightly  injured.  The 
collection  of  Romances  of  Chivalry  has  suffered  much 
from  the  fire,  and  many  masterpieces  of  illumination 
have  perished.  Numerous  works  dealing  with  the  his- 
tory of  Savoy  have  been  reduced  to  ashes,  and  the  glory 
of  the  library,  the  French  Department,  with  its  impor- 
tant and  exquisite  examples  of  illumination,  contains 
nothing  but  a  heap  of  half-consumed  fragments,  from 
among  which  it  is  to  be  hoped  something  will  be  rescued 
by  the  restoration  of  experts. 


WHAT  CONSTITUTES  A  MUSICAL  NATION? 


T 


WENTY-FI VE  years  ago,  Rubinstein  wrote 
in  his  autobiography  : 

The  relative  knowledge  of  music  among  Germans, 
French,  and  English,  stated  arithmetically,  would  be 
somewhat  as  follows  :  Of  the  German  people,  at  least 
50  per  cent,  understand  music  ;  of  the  French,  not  more 
than  16  per  cent.  ;  while  among  the  English,  not  more 
than  2  per  cent,  can  be  found  who  have  any  knowledge 
of  music.  Even  Americans  have  a  higher  appreciation 
of  music  than  the  English.  ...  In  America,  we  find  a 
little  more  music  than  in  England.  .  .  .  But  it  is  only 
in  Germany  than  one  learns  to  what  noble  heights  it 
may  attain.  In  France,  music  has  a  special  part  as- 
signed to  it,  is  in  a  prosperous  condition  and  well  appre- 
ciated, but  its  recognition  is  far  different  from  that 
given  it  in  Germany.  In  no  other  land  do  we  find  the 
real  merit  of  musical  compositions  so  quickly  discerned 
and  accurately  valued  as  in  Germany. 

Commenting  on  these  statements,  and  on  the 
fact  that  they  are  approximately  true  to-day, 
Henry  C.  Lahee,  writing  in  the  Musician,  ob- 
serves that  the  folk-song  counts  for  but  little 
without  the  skill  of  the  composer  and  his  art  in 
making  a  theme  of  the  song.  As  to  German 
musical  culture  to-day,  Mr.  Lahee  says  :  "  There 
are  probably  just  as  many  absolutely  unmusical 
people  in  Germany  as  in  any  other  nation,  but 
of  those  who  are  musical  a  greater  proportion 
have  been  able  to  secure  some  degree  of  musical 
education  than  in  any  other  nation." 


CAN    MUSICAL    APPRECIATION    BE    ACQUIRED  ? 

A  foundation  for  musical  appreciation,  in  the 
form  of  a  national  musical  education,  is  abso- 
lutely necessary,  continues  Mr.  Lahee,  if  there 
is  to  be  a  discernment  of  the  real  merit  of  mu- 
sical compositions. 

Music  is  often  spoken  of  as  a  language.  We  should 
laugh  at  the  idea  of  discerning  the  merit  of  a  literary 
composition  without  a  knowledge  of  the  grammar  of 
that  language,  and  it  is  difficult  to  understand  how 
people  can  pretend  to  appreciate  music  without  some 
knowledge  of  its  grammar.  And  yet  that  is  what  we 
find  every  day.  The  way  in  which  this  nation,  which 
contains  all  the  necessary  elements,  can  become  a  mu- 
sical nation  is  by  giving  every  boy  and  every  girl  an 
opportunity  to  learn  something  of  the  grammar  of 
music. 

There  is  a  movement  on  foot  to  establish  ele- 
mentary harmony  as  an  elective  study  in  the 
public  schools,  he  reminds  us,  and  this  project 
formed  an  important  subject  of  discussion  at 
the  convention  of  the  Music  Teachers'  National 
Association  recently  held  at  Asheville,  N.  C. 
"It  is  the  most  important  movement  in  musical 
education  since  the  introduction  of  singing  into 
the  public  schools,  some  seventy  years  ago." 

It  is  the  greatest  mistake  to  imagine  that  playing 
the  piano,  or  some  other  instrument,  or  singing,  makes 


236 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


a  person  musical  in  the  best  sense.  It  is  certainly  not 
musical  education,  for  the  word  education  stands  for 
something  much  broader  and  much  deeper.  A  knowl- 
edge of  harmony  freely  given  to  those  who  wish  to  take 
advantage  of  the  privilege  would  help  wonderfully  to 
develop  a  musically  appreciative  nation.  In  fact,  it 
seems  that  to  fill  in  at  the  top  by  importing  great  ar- 
tists and  giving  symphony  concerts  to  audiences  inca- 


pable of  fully  appreciating  the  works  is  very  much  like 
trying  to  put  a  mountain-peak  on  stilts.  The  moun- 
tain-peak needs  a  good  foundation  on  which  to  rest. 
The  concerts  will  be  confined  to  few  localities  and  to 
those  who  have  the  most  money  until  the  nation  gener- 
ally is  educated  to  a  degree  of  appreciation  which  will 
bring  good  music  into  greater  demand  and  make  it  ac- 
cessible to  the  masses. 


THE  SONG  OF  THE  THRUSH. 


ONE  of  the  most  interesting  papers  of  its  kind 
that  has  recently  appeared  in  any  Ameri- 
can magazine  is  Mr.  Theodore  Clarke  Smith's 
article  entitled  "  Song-Forms  of  the  Thrush,"  in 
the  Atlantic  Monthly  for  June.  In  this  article, 
Mr.  Smith  gives  the  results  of  his  observations 
among  various  types  of  thrushes  in  the  New 
England  States  and  Canada. 

To  record  with  exactitude  the  notes  of  the 
singers,  is  not  an  easy  matter  ;  but  after  a  num- 
ber of  experiments  with  the  pitch-pipe,  the  writer 
was  finally  enabled  to  record  a  number  of  song- 
forms  which  he  heard  in  Ohio,  Massachusetts, 
and  Quebec.  Many  of  the  wood-thrushes,  he 
says,  use  only  three  or  four  phrases,  and  only  a 
few  have  five  or  six.     The  first,  here  reproduced, 


SONG  OF  THE  RAVINE  WOOD-THRUSH. 

is  a  typical  example  of  a  song  with  four  phrases. 
It  is  described  as  the  song  of  the  ravine  wood- 
thrush,  and  the  writer  explains  : 

Of  course,  it  does  not  pretend  to  give  the  actual 
sounds,  or  to  enable  one  unfamiliar  with  the  bird  to  re- 
produce the  song,  for  the  timbre — the  unique,  individual 
wood-thrush  voice — is  not  to  be  hinted  at  by  such  means. 
All  it  does  is  to  symbolize  roughly  the  tones  of  the 
musical  scale  to  which  the  thrush  approximated. 

It  was  more  difficult,  the  writer  says,  to  study 
the  songs  of  the  hermit-thrushes,  because  these 
birds  are  not  only  much  shyer  than  the  wood- 
thrushes,  but  are  more  restless,  and  though  they 
will  sing  with  untiring  persistence  for  an  hour 
and  more  at  a  stretch,  and  at  all  times  of  the 
day,  they  often  change  from  tree  to  tree  while 
in  song.  Then,  also,  they  are  not  gregarious,  as 
the  wood-thrushes  are,  and  to  get  acquainted 
with  them  meant  tramping  through  wide  stretches 
of  pastures  and  forests  or  rowing  many  miles 
along  the  shores  of  lakes. 


Each  hermit-thrush  which  the  writer  heard 
seems  to  have  from  eight  to  eleven  separate 
phrases,  and  these,  unlike  the  figures  of  the 
wood-thrush,  are  in  several  different  keys,  and 
all  approximately  of  the  same  form.  The  typical 
hermit-thrush  theme  is  described  as  consisting 
of  a  long  opening  note,  followed  by  two  or  more 
groups  of  rapid  notes  higher  on  the  scale  ;  each 
of  the  phrases  is  similar  in  form,  the  only  dif- 
ference being  that  each  begins  on  a  different 
note,  which,  however,  is  invariably  deliberate, 
loud,  and  penetrating,  and  therefore  easy  to  de- 
termine with  the  pitch-pipe. 

As  an  example  of  the  song  of  a  hermit-thrush, 
that  described  as  the  song  of  the  camp-thrush 
is  here  reproduced.  Mr.  Smith  says,  in  refer- 
ence to  it  : 

The  contrast  in  form  between  this  and  the  wood- 
thrush's  song  is  obvious.  Instead  of  from  three  to  five 
unlike  phrases  forming  part  of  a  broken  melody,  there 
are  nine  phrases,  all  similar  in  form,  not  melodic,  but 
thematic,  in  character. 


THE  CAMP  HERMIT-THRUSH. 

Mr.  Smith  sums  up  by  saying  that  beneath  an 
apparently  haphazard  utterance  he  found  clear 
signs  of  permanent  preferences  in  each  bird. 

Like  the  wood-thrush,  the  hermit  tried  to  produce 
continued  variety,  without  repetition  of  phrases  near 
the  same  pitch,  and  without  violent  contrasts.  It  will 
be  seen  that  most  of  the  sequences  are  in  related  keys, 
and  when  the  bird  varies  from  flats  to  sharps  the  change 
is  made  easy  by  the  form. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


237 


The  contrasts  of  pitch  were  aided  by  those  of  timbre. 
The  lowest  phrases  were  generally  round  and  hollow, 
not  very  loud,  but  exquisitely  finished  in  delivery,  ut- 
tered with  deliberation  and  spirit,  clear  and  rich,  after 
pauses  even  longer  than  the  wood-thrush's. 

On  one  memorable  occasion,  fine  singers  of  the  two 
species  sang  in  full  voice  not  over  fifty  yards  apart ; 
and,  while  I  drank  in  the  sounds,  it  seemed  to  me  that 
the  superior  beauty  of  the  wood  -  thrush's  best  tones 
were  undeniable.  .  .  .  But  in  song-form,  in  execution, 
and  in  general  effect  the  contrast  was  undeniably,  it 


seemed  to  me,  in  favor  of  the  hermit-thrush.  His  long 
opening  note  in  each  phrase  swelled  gradually,  the  first 
group  of  rapid  notes  came  louder,  like  a  sparkling 
shower,  and  the  next  one  diminished,  fading  away  into  a 
silvery  whisper.  When  the  two  sang  together,  the  wood- 
thrush's  phrases  seemed  beautiful,  but  fragmentary. 

Through  the  liquid  notes  of  the  wood-thrush,  the 
steady,  swinging  phrases  of  the  hermit-thrush  pierced 
their  way,  now  high  and  clear,  now  long  and  ringing, 
always  individual,  strong,  delicate,  and  aspiring.  He 
was  the  master  artist  of  the  northern  woods. 


JOHN  BURROUGHS  ON  ANIMAL  INSTINCT. 


THE  problem  that  has  so  persistently  puzzled 
naturalists  and  philosophers  for  many- 
years, — the  distinction  between  animal  and  brute 
intelligence, — forms  the  subject  of  some  inter- 
esting remarks  by  John  Burroughs  in  the  Au- 
gust number  of  Harper's.  Mr.  Burroughs'  view 
is,  that  while  animals  have  keen  perception, — 
keener,  indeed,  in  many  respects  than  ours, — 
they  form  no  conceptions.  They  have  no  power 
of  comparing  one  thing  with  another.  Living 
entirely  in  and  through  their  senses,  they  are 
strangers  to  all  that  inner  world  of  reflection, 
comparison,  and  reason  which  to  the  human 
mind  is  always  open.  As  Mr.  Burroughs  puts 
it,  animals  have  sense-memory,  sense-intelligence, 
and  they  profit  in  many  ways  by  experience, 
but  they  have  not  soul-memory  or  rational  in- 
telligence. Men  and  the  lower  animals  share  in 
common  the  fundamental  emotions  and  appe- 
tites, such  as  fear,  anger,  love,  hunger,  jealousy, 
cunning,  pride,  and  play.  But  to  man  alone 
belongs  the  world  of  thought  and  thought-ex- 
perience, and  the  emotions  that  go  with  it.  If 
we  can  conceive  of  the  psychic  world  as  divided 
into  two  planes,  one  upon  the  other,  the  plane 


of  sense  and  the  plane  of  spirit,  we  must  regard 
the  lower  animals  as  living  in  the  plane  of  sense, 
but,  as  Mr.  Burroughs  believes,  "only  now  and 
then  just  breaking  for  a  moment  into  the  higher 
plane."  Man  also  starts  in  the  world  of  sense, 
but  he  rises  into  the  plane  of  spirit,  and  here 
lives  his  proper  life.  He  is  emancipated  in  the 
world  of  sense  in  a  way  that  beasts  are  not. 

Mr.  Burroughs  would  not  draw  a  hard-and- 
fast  line  between  animal  and  human  psychology. 
In  his  opinion,  instinct  is  undoubtedly  modified 
by  intelligence,  and  intelligence  is  of  ten  prompted 
or  guided  by  instinct.  For  example,  when  the 
fox  resorts  to  various  tricks  to  outwit  and  delay 
the  hounds,  he  exercises  a  kind  of  intelligence, — 
the  lower  form  which  we  call  cunning, — and  he 
is  prompted  to  this  by  an  instinct  of  self-preser- 
vation. "When  the  birds  set  up  a  hue  and  cry 
about  a  hawk  or  an  owl  and  boldly  attack  him, 
they  show  intelligence  in  a  simpler  form, — the 
intelligence  which  recognizes  its  enemies,  prompt- 
ed, again,  by  the  instinct  of  self-preservation. 

Because  man  is  half  animal,  Mr.  Burroughs 
declines  to  accept  the  conclusion  that  the  animal 
is  half  man. 


ADMIRAL  CERVERA'S  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  BATTLE  OF 

SANTIAGO. 


IN  the  Nuova  Antologia  (Rome),  Admiral  Cer- 
vera,  in  the  course  of  an  interview  with 
Felice  Santini,  as  reported  by  the  latter,  gives 
an  account  of  the  battle  of  Santiago.  The  ad- 
miral says  that  on  the  first  breaking  out  of  hos- 
tilities his  squadron  consisted  of  four  cruisers, 
partially  and  very  insufficiently  protected.  The 
gross  tonnage  of  the  squadron  was  about  seven 
thousand.  They  were  the  Infanta  Maria  Teresa, 
the  flagship ;  the  Viscaya,  Almiranto  Oquendo, 
and  the  Cristobal  Colon,  which  last  was  built  in 
Italy  and  was  the  best  ship  in  the  command,  as 


well  as  the  most  effective  in  action.  "  It  would 
have  dealt  some  hard  blows  to  the  powerful 
North  American  squadron  if  her  revolving  tow- 
ers at  stem  and  stern  had  not  unfortunately  been 
left  unprovided  with  the  four  great  guns  which 
they  were  intended  to  carry." 

Under  these  conditions,  aggravated  by  an  insufficient 
armament,  a  scanty  supply  of  provisions,  and  crews  too 
small  in  number  and  enfeebled  by  the  circumstances  of 
the  voyage,  but  still  full  of  courage,  I  received  orders  to 
weigh  anchor  at  Cadiz  for  Cape  Verde,  thus  running 
the  risk  of  being  chased  by  the  numerous  and  powerful 


238 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


United  States  cruisers.  At  Cape  Verde  I  was  to  await 
orders,  and  was  to  take  under  my  command  the  seven 
torpedo-boat  destroyers  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  gov- 
ernment and  of  my  deluded  country,  Spain,  would  work 
miracles  and  make  victory  certain.  However,  I  found 
them  in  such  a  wretched  condition  that  I  could  only 
avail  myself  of  the  services  of  two,  the  Pluton  and  the 
Furor,  which  as  soon  as  we  reached  the  open  sea  we 
were  obliged  to  take  in  tow,  with  no  slight  hindrance  to 
the  cruisers  and  great  delay  to  our  voyage,  and  curtail- 
ment of  all  liberty  in  tactic  and  strategic  maneuver. 

Admiral  Cervera  declares  that  he  had  inti- 
mated to  the  government  of  Spain  before  leav- 
ing Cadiz  the  weak  condition  of  the  squadron 
in  an  official  report  forwarded  to  the  Spanish 
war  office.  "  But  public  opinion,  with  all  its 
misconceptions,  brought  pressure  to  bear  upon 
the  government.  I  received  a  second  peremp- 
tory order  to  start,  and  I  had  no  alternative  but 
to  obey."     Of  the  voyage,  he  says  : 

When  I  reached  Cape  Verde,  I  found  neither  the 
provisions  I  was  in  need  of,  the  coal  that  was  an  abso- 
lute necessity  of  the  voyage,  nor  any  means  of  complet- 
ing my  armament.  I  merely  found  awaiting  me  in- 
structions to  force  an  entrance  into  Santiago  de  Cuba, 
which  port  was  known,  both  in  Madrid  and  in  all  the 
world,  to  be  strictly  blockaded  by  the  numerous  and 
powerful  ironclads  of  Admiral  Sampson.  The  catas- 
trophe of  our  voyage  may  easily  be  imagined.  The  en- 
emy was  awaiting  us  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor.  By 
good  luck,  the  very  audacity  of  the  orders  given  me  was 
such  that  the  enemy  was  for  a  moment  off  their  guard. 
They  had  been  unable  to  imagine  that  we  would  at- 
tempt to  enter  Santiago,  which  it  was  so  easy  for  them 
to  blockade,  and  I  thus  was  enabled  to  execute  a  some- 
what difficult  and  singular  maneuver.  We  made  our 
way  with  all  our  lights  covered,  for  I  hadn't  even  a 
swift  scouting  cruiser,  officers  and  men  standing  at 
their  posts  ready  for  action,  husbanding  our  fuel  with 
the  most  rigorous  economy,  continually  exercising  our 
men,  with  eye  and  mind  ever  on  the  watch,  and,  al- 
though weak  and  utterly  outnumbered,  eager  to  try 


the  arbitrament  of  battle.  At  last,  eluding  the  cruisers 
of  our  powerful  enemy,  we  succeeded  in  safely  entering 
the  narrow  passage  of  Santiago  harbor. 

THE  BATTLE  OF  THE  FLEETS. 

The  admiral  describes  the  dismay  with  which 
he  subsequently  received  orders  to  rush  into  the 
lion's  mouth  by  sailing  out  of  Santiago,  and 
thus  describes  the  one-sided  battle  which  ensued  : 

The  enemy  was  soon  advised  of  our  movements,  and 
kept  out  of  range  of  our  land  batteries,  moving  at  half 
speed,  in  expectation  of  our  appearance  at  the  harbor- 
mouth.  I  quickly  shaped  my  course  toward  the  hostile 
squadron,  and  was  the  first  to  open  fire,  which  was  re- 
turned with  terrible  effect.  Our  bridges,  decks,  and 
towers  were  soon  crowded  with  the  dead  and  wounded. 
The  enormous  projectiles  tore  asunder  the  sides  of  our 
vessels,  setting  them  on  fire,  and  dealing  death  on  every 
side.  My  ships,  which  even  if  they  had  been  in  normal 
condition, — and  they  were  far  from  being  so,  except  as 
regards  the  courage  of  those  who  manned  them,— would 
have  stood  only  as  one  to  five  against  the  enemy,  did 
not  for  one  moment  relax  their  useless  fire.  The  Amer- 
icans had  only  one  wounded,  while  I,  quite  at  the  mercy 
of  the  enemy,  whose  superior  speed  easily  overtook  me, 
signaled  to  my  ships,  now  that  hope  of  escape  was 
passed,  to  hug  the  shore  and  wreck  their  vessels  there, 
rather  than  allow  them  to  be  captured. 

In  a  short  time  what  the  admiral  calls  the 
"  vain  sacrifice  "  was  consummated. 

We  had  paid  for  our  effort  by  the  best  blood  of 
Castile.  Three  hundred  of  our  men  were  dead,  some 
of  them  drowned,  others  burned — reduced  to  tinder — 
and  a  lesser  number  wounded.  When  once  the  vessels 
went  ashore,  they  became  a  helpless  target  of  the  en- 
emy's fire.  I  and  my  captain  were  the  last  to  fling 
ourselves  into  the  water  from  the  deck  of  the  Infanta 
Maria  Teresa,  which,  like  the  other  ships,  was  on  fire, 
though  the  flag  of  Spain  still  flew  at  its  peak.  The 
survivors  were  at  last  rescued  from  the  waves  and 
made  prisoners  by  the  Americans. 


THE  ELEPHANT  AS  A  MACHINE. 


THE  elephant  is  not  often  thought  of  as  a 
substitute  for  a  traction  engine  ;  but  in 
India  and  Ceylon  it  is  the  custom  every  year  to 
capture  large  numbers  of  these  beasts  in  order 
to  utilize  them  in  transporting  heavy  materials. 
I  d  (  Ussier  s  Magazine  for  July,  M.  Barakatullah 
shows  how  adaptable  the  elephant  is  for  this 
purpose.  In  the  case  of  a  newly  tamed  elephant, 
his  first  employment  is  in  treading  clay  in  a 
brick-field,  or  in  drawing  a  wagon  in  double 
harness  with  a  tame  companion.  But  when  it 
comes  to  moving  heavy  material,  the  sagacity  of 
the  elephant  puts  his  labor  upon  a  distinctly 
higher  plane  than  that  of  all  other  animals.  For 
instance,  in  an  unopened  country,  the  services 


of  the  elephant  in  dragging  or  piling  timber,  or 
in  transporting  stone  for  the  construction  of 
walls  and  approaches  to  bridges,  are  of  great 
importance.  While  employed  in  such  work,  the 
elephant,  according  to  this  writer,  seems  to  know 
very  well  how  to  take  care  of  himself.  He  may 
be  put  in  dangerous  positions,  as  in  road-con- 
struction along  the  face  of  steep  declivities, 
where  there  is  danger  of  falling  over  the  preci- 
pice or  of  rocks  slipping  down  from  above  ;  and 
in  such  instances  it  is  said  that  the  measures  to 
which  the  elephant  resorts  are  the  most  judicious 
and  reasonable  that  could  be  devised.  The  ele- 
phant is  superior  to  the  horse  in  that  he  seems 
on  all  occasions  to  comprehend  the  purpose  and 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


239 


object  that  he  is  expected  to  promote.  Hence, 
he  voluntarily  executes  a  variety  of  details  with- 
out any  guidance  whatever  from  his  keeper. 

To  get  a  weighty  stone  out  of  a  hollow,  the  elephant 
will  kneel  down  so  as  to  apply  its  head  to  move  the 
stone  upward  ;  then,  steadying  the  stone  with  one  foot 
till  it  can  raise  itself,  it  will  apply  a  fold  of  its  trunk  to 
shift  the  stone  in  place  and  fit  it  accurately  in  position. 
This  done,  the  elephant  will  step  around  to  view  the 
stone  on  either  side  and  adjust  it  with  due  precision. 
The  animal  appears  to  gauge  its  own  task  with  its  eye, 


and  to  form  a  judgment  as  to  whether  the  weight  is 
proportioned  to  its  strength.  If  doubtful  of  its  power, 
it  hesitates,  and  if  urged  against  its  will,  it  roars  and 
shows  temper. 

In  dragging  and  piling  felled  timber,  it  is  said 
that  the  elephant  does,  better  work  than  even 
dock  laborers.  In  clearing  openings  through 
forest  lands,  the  mere  movement  of  elephants 
through  jungles  and  brushwood  will  throw  them 
down  and  make  a  passageway. 


WALL  STREET  AS  VIEWED  BY  HENRY  CLEWS. 


NOW  that  the  era  of  speculation  and  inflation 
that  followed  the  second  election  of  Pres- 
ident McKinley  has  been  succeeded  in  Wall 
Street  by  a  period  of  conservatism  and  calm,  it 
is  a  good  time  to  review  the  natural  develop- 
ments of  the  past  five  years,  and  to  gather  from 
such  a  survey  some  indications  of  the  future. 
This  is  the  task  undertaken  by  Mr.  Henry  Clews, 
in  the  August  number  of  the  Cosmopolitan.  Mr. 
Clews  recalls  how  the  defeat  of  Bryanism,  in 
1900,  started  the  fever  for  speculation  on  the 
New  York  Stock  Exchange,  which  gained  in  in- 
tensity until  it  affected  both  the  large  and  small 
capitalists  and  caused  the  formation  of  hundreds 
of  industrial  combinations  and  the  overcapitali- 
zation of  hundreds  already  in  existence.  He 
shows  how  the  great  capitalists  of  Wall  Street 
took  advantage  of  these  conditions  to  manipulate 
stocks  on  a  grand  scale,  and  how  the  larger 
public,  as  usual,  was  victimized  by  these  opera- 
tions. 

This  period  of  inflation  was  first  checked  in 
the  fall  of  1902.  At  that  time,  the  banks  and 
conservative  Wall  Street  operators,  represented 
by  Mr.  Clews  himself,  gave  emphatic  warnings 
of  the  common  danger,  and  no  doubt  by  their 
course  prevented  a  most  serious  collapse  in  busi- 
ness. Then  came  a  long  period  of  decline,  in 
which  hundreds  of  thousands  of  people  were  im- 
poverished or  ruined.  All  classes  of  speculators 
were  involved  in  this  depression  ;  but  the  coun- 
try as  a  whole  suffered  no  such  disturbance  as 
occurred  in  1893  or  1873.  Mr.  Clews  describes 
the  Northern  Pacific  panic  of  May  9,  1901,  the 
capture  of  the  control  of  the  Louisville  &  Nash- 
ville Railway  by  John  W.  Gates  and  its  redemp- 
tion by  the  J.  P.  Morgan  company,  acting  in  the 
interests  of  the  Louisville  &  Nashville  and  the 
Southern  Railway  companies,  and  other  interest- 
ing episodes  of  the  period  of  inflation.  The 
liquidation  and  depression  of  1903  he  regards  as 
a  natural  reaction  from  the  preceding  prolonged 


Photograph  by  Aim4  Dupont,  New  York. 

MR.   HENRY  CLEWS. 

boom  period.  In  that  year,  and  in  1904,  the 
center  of  extravagant  speculation  has  been  the 
cotton  market. 

In  concluding  his  article,  Mr.  Clews  notes  the 
change  that  has  come  over  sentiment  and  opin- 
ion in  Wall  Street  during  this  eventful  period 
of  inflation  and  speculation.  He  says  that  both 
Wall  Street  and  the  outside  public  have  lost  the 
faith  they  had  in  many  of  the  stock-market 
leaders,  the  men  who  were  once  followed  blind- 
ly in  their  schemes  of  inflation  and  regarded  as 
omnipotent  in  their  execution.     Furthermore, 


240 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Wall  Street  and  the  public,  he  says,  have  also 
lost  faith  in  all  new  ventures  and  new  railway 
and  industrial  bond  and  stock  issues,  as  well  as 
in  the  good  judgment  of  the  promoters  and  cor- 
porations concerned.  Mr.  Clews  believes  that 
this  great  change  from  "blind  credulity  and  in- 
ordinate inflation  to  discriminating  distrust  and 
severe  contraction  "  is  exerting  a  wholesome  ef- 
fect in  paving  the  way  to  a  sounder,  safer,  and 


generally  better  state  of  things  both  in  and  out 
of  Wall  Street.  The  one  bad  sign  he  notes  on 
the  horizon  at  the  present  time  is  the  borrowing 
by  great  corporations  at  from  5  to  6  per  cent, 
on  notes  running  from  one  to  three  years. 
While  there  is  danger  in  this,  Mr.  Clews  does 
not  think  that  on  the  whole  there  is  anything  in 
the  situation  to  occasion  pessimism.  Wall  Street 
reflects  our  material  progress. 


THE  TRUSTS  FROM  THE  INVESTOR'S  POINT  OF  VIEW. 


IN  the  discussion  of  the  trust  question,  com- 
paratively little  has  been  said  regarding 
tthe  proposed  benefits  to  the  investing  public  to 
Tbe  derived  from  governmental  regulation.  Mr. 
(Charles  A.  Conant,  writing  in  the  current  num- 
ber of  the  International  Quarterly,  considers  the 
protection  of  the  investor,  as  well  as  the  con- 
sumer, with  special  reference  to  the  proposed 
(extension  of  federal  control  over  State  corpora- 
tions. The  corporation  laws  of  States  where 
•corporate  business  is  largest  already  seek  to  pro- 
ject the  investor  against  investments  in  securi- 
ties which  have  not  the  value  they  purport  to 
ihave  by  additional  guarantees  that  dividends 
^which  are  not  earned  shall  not  be  paid,  and  that 
iproper  provision  shall  be  made  by  setting  aside 
reserves  in  fat  times  for  the  paying  of  dividends 
in  lean  times.  This  protection,  so  far  as  it  goes, 
iis  proper  and  desirable  ;  but  Mr.  Conant  points 
■out  that  just  so  far  as  the  Government  relieves 
ithe  citizen  of  the  obligation  of  looking  out  for 
Ihimself,  it  promotes  a  condition  of  dependence 
iupon  the  state  which  is  detrimental  to  genuine 
•economic  progress.  No  body  of  law  yet  devised 
•can  be  depended  upon  by  investors  to  protect 
ithem  against  the  consequences  of  their  ignorance 
rin  making  investments.  Mr.  Conant  therefore 
itakes  the  ground  that  the  tiling  to  do  is  not  to 
hamper  legitimate  corporations  by  new  laws, 
but  to  teach  the  public  to  judge  investments 
with  discrimination. 

WHAT    THE    INVESTOR    SHOULD    KNOW. 

One  of  the  first  lessons  that  Mr.  Conant  would 
have  the  investor  taught  is  the  discrimination 
between  different  types  of  investment.  He 
should  learn  that  bonds  have  a  prior  lien  over 
preferred  stock,  and  preferred  stock  over  com- 
mon stock. 

He  should  learn  that  these  distinctions  are  necessary 
to  meet  the  requirements  of  different  types  of  invest- 
ors,— the  holder  of  trust  funds,  who  should  invest  only 
in  bonds  and  tested  preferred  stocks ;  the  man  who  is 
Willing  to  take  slight  risks  and  therefore  may  invest  in 


preferred  stocks  of  slightly  lower  reputation  ;  and  the 
man  who  for  the  sake  of  possible  large  gains  is  willing 
and  able  to  take  large  risks,  and  may  therefore  invest 
properly  in  the  common  stocks  of  untried  "industrials" 
and  undeveloped  mines.  The  investor  should  learn  the 
lesson  that  he  cannot  reasonably  expect  all  these  quali- 
ties to  be  combined  in  one  investment, — that  the  securi- 
ties wrhich  are  absolutely  safe  are  not  usually  the  ones 
which  are  sold  the  cheapest  and  from  which  the  largest 
returns  may  be  expected.  If  the  thousands  of  people 
who  have  within  the  past  three  years  invested  in  some 
highly  speculative  common  stocks  and  have  seen  their 
prices  decline  75  per  cent,  in  the  market  have  been  ad- 
vised by  competent  financiers  that  such  stock  was  a 
safe  investment  for  trust  funds  or  for  those  who  could 
not  afford  to  lose,  they  have  just  cause  of  complaint 
against  their  advisers  ;  but  if  they  had  possessed  a  pit- 
tance of  financial  knowledge  they  should  have  known 
that  the  common  stock  of  an  untested  enterprise,  quoted 
far  below  par,  could  not  in  the  nature  of  the  case  pos- 
sess the  character  of  a  trust  investment.  It  is  difficult 
to  see  how  legislation  could  protect  such  a  type  of  in- 
vestors from  the  consequences  of  their  ignorance. 

WHAT    CAN    "  PUBLICITY  "    DO  ? 

As  to  the  question  whether  further  "  pub- 
licity "  would  be  of  value  to  the  investor,  Mr. 
Conant  seems  somewhat  skeptical.  Under  the 
English  law,  there  has  been  "publicity"  in  the 
affairs  of  stock  companies  since  1862  ;  yet  this 
has  not  prevented  gigantic  frauds,  or  repeated 
losses  by  reckless  speculators.  In  our  country, 
the  Steel  Corporation  makes  admirable  quarterly 
reports,  and  semi-official  estimates  of  its  cam 
ings  at  much  more  frequent  intervals.  Would 
greater  publicity  than  exists  to-day  protect  the 
reckless  speculator  against  himself?  Does  such 
a  man  lose  money  because  he  cannot  get  infor- 
mation which  he  honestly  seeks?  When  he 
gets  a  "tip"  to  "sell  Pennsylvania,"  does  he 
proceed  at  once  to  examine  all  the  available 
data  regarding  the  finances,  policy,  and  future 
earning  capacity  of  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad? 
Mr.  Conant  concludes  that  "publicity"  in  oei 
tain  cases  where  there  is  now  secrecy  would  un- 
doubtedly benefit  a  few,  but  it  would  be  the  few 
who  now  profit  most  by  careful  study  of  values, 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


241 


UNPUNISHED  COMMERCIAL  CRIME. 


IT  has  often  been  remarked  that  our  American 
system  of  commercial  law,  while  it  continues 
to  punish  the  elementary  crimes  easy  of  detec- 
tion, because  made  familiar  to  succeeding  gen- 
erations, breaks  down  utterly  in  the  face  of  those 
newer  offenses  which  have  been  made  possible 
by  the  changed  conditions  of  modern  life.  So 
well  understood  is  this  fact  that  the  American 
public  has  already  ceased  to  expect  a  criminal 
prosecution  in  cases  where  rascality  of  huge 
proportions  is  developed  under  cover  of  "high 
finance."  This  new  type  of  crime  is  the  subject 
of  a   vigorously  worded  article  by  George  N. 

ger  in  the  August  number  of  the  Atlantic. 
This  writer  shows  that  in  our  great  cities  there  is 
an  increasing  volume  of  business  done  which  is 
cither  fraudulent  in  itself  or  which  depends  upon 
fraudulent  means  for  a  large  part  of  the  finan- 
cial success  that  it  often  obtains.  He  specifies, 
for  example,  fraud  in  obtaining  credit  by  false- 
hood ;  fraud  in  concealing  and  conveying  prop- 
erty to  avoid  the  just  demands  of  creditors  ; 
fraud  in  stealing  trade-marks  and  trade-names  ; 
fraud  in  the  substitution,  adulteration,  and  mis- 
representation of  goods  ;  fraud  in  bribing, 
•  commissions,"  and  "special  rebates  ;  "  fraud  in 
the  promotion,  organization,  inflation,  manage- 
ment, and  destruction  of  corporations. 

All  these  types  of  fraud,  as  we  are  all  aware, 
are  perpetrated  continually,  and,  in  a  majority 
of  cases,  without  any  criminal  prosecution  re- 
sulting. To  show  how  prevalent  are  these  in- 
iquitous schemes,  we  have  only  to  consult  the 
advertising  pages  of  almost  any  of  our  great 
metropolitan  dailies.  One  matter  that  Mr.  Alger 
touches  upon  in  his  article  has  generally  escaped 
treatment  in  "  reform  "  literature.  He  alludes 
to  the  subject  of  "business  graft," — a  kind  of 
fraud  by  which  the  purchasing  agent  of  a  rail- 
road grows  rich  on  secret  commissions  for  every- 
thing which,  through  him,  his  company  buys. 
Mr.  Alger's  point  is  not  that  such  frauds  exist, 
for  every  one  knows  that  they  exist  and  flourish 
luxuriantly.  But  the  significant  thing  is  that  in 
this  country  we  do  not  think  of  these  modern 
forms  of  criminal  business  as  proper  subjects 
for  treatment  by  criminal  law  ;  often  we  do  not 
consider  them  as  crimes  at  all.  Mr.  Alger  in- 
sists that  crimes  of  a  more  intellectual  type,  and 
especially  those  developed  by  the  business  meth- 
ods and  expedients  of  highly  successful  finan- 
ciers, affect  the  moral  welfare  of  the  community 
as  a  whole  more  seriously  than  the  simple  and 
obvious  forms  which  are  committed  by  the  com- 
mon criminal.  In  other  words,  he  would  have 
our  criminal  courts   perform   the  functions  of 


health  boards  in  preserving  the  community  from 
moral  epidemics. 

Which,  for  example,  is  really  the  greater  enemy  of 
American  society,  the  Mulberry  Bend  Italian  who  in  a 
fit  of  jealous  frenzy  murders  his  wife  or  the  promoter 
of  a  heavily  watered  corporation  who,  by  a  fraudulent 
prospectus,  induces  the  foolish  innocent  to  lose  thou- 
sands upon  thousands  of  honestly  earned  dollars  ?  At 
the  crime  of  the  Italian,  the  moral  sense  of  the  commu- 
nity is  shocked.  Even  his  poor  neighbors  in  his  own 
tenement  regard  his  offense  with  horror.  The  sphere 
of  influence  of  such  a  murder  is  comparatively  small, 
and  the  whole  machinery  of  the  law  is  Immediately 
turned  upon  the  criminal.  If  he  flee,  the  police  of  the 
whole  country  aid  in  the  search  for  him.  He  is  quickly 
captured,  quickly  tried,  and  lifelong  imprisonment  is 
the  penalty.  To  the  promoter  whose  successful  opera- 
tions enable  him  to  live  a  life  of  ostentatious  luxury, 
and  with  whom  reputable  men  are  apparently  not  un- 
willing to  associate,  the  criminal  law  ordinarily  has 
nothing  to  say.  As  to  the  young  men  who  see  him  liv- 
ing in  elegance,  with  the  profusion  of  worldly  goods 
his  methods  have  gained  for  him,  who  enjoy  the  hospi- 
tality of  his  automobile  or  his  yacht, — is  it  surprising 
that  they  should  learn  to  think  that  there  is  a  better 
way  of  getting  money  than  by  earning  it,  or  that  they 
also  should  become  earnest  students-  of  that  all  too 
prevalent  form  of  business  success  whose  triumph  con- 
sists in  making  plenty  of  money  and  keeping  out  of 
jail  ? 

THE     UNITED     STATES     AND     MEXICO  :    A     CONTRAST. 

Our  own  unwillingness  as  a  people  to  punish 
severely  criminals  of  good  social  standing  who 
have  respectable  friends  is  well  illustrated  in  a 
story  which  Mr.  Alger  attributes  to  Recorder 
Goff,  of  New  York  City.  This  story  was  re- 
lated by  the  Recorder  in  the  course  of  an  address 
before  a  club  of  lawyers,  in  which  he  was  making 
a  point  that,  in  criminal  law,  the  present  Ameri- 
can tendency  is  to  protect  the  criminal  at  the 
expense  of  society. 

"I  was  in  the  city  of  Mexico,"  he  said,  "some  years 
ago,  and  went  through  the  great  city  prison  in  company 
with  the  Mexican  attorney-general.  As  we  passed  along, 
observing  the  prisoners,  all  of  them,  engaged  in  hard 
manual  labor,  one  of  them,  of  lighter  complexion  than 
the  rest,  attracted  my  attention.  '  That  man  looks  like 
an  American,'  I  remarked.  The  attorney-general  smiled, 
and  said  that  he  was.  I  then  inquired  what  he  was 
there  for,  and  from  the  attorney-general's  reply,  and 
from  a  subsequent  conversation  which  I  had  with  the 
man  himself,  I  learned  the  following  facts  :  Some  years 
before,  in  a  central  State  in  our  own  country,  two  men 
had  been  partners  in  a  general  real-estate  business. 
They  lent  money  for  clients,  and  had,  in  addition,  the 
funds  of  many  lodges  and  fraternal  societies  in  their 
keeping.  They  misappropriated  this  money.  Finally, 
after  having  exhausted  the  means  of  concealment,  and 
having  reached  a  point  where  discovery  was  practically 
certain,  they  debated  together  what  they  should  do. 
What  they  decided  upon  was  this  :  they  had  stolen  in 


242 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  neighborhood  of  one  hundred  thousand  dollars,  and 
they  divided  what  remained  of  it ;  one  of  them  fled  to 
Mexico  with  his  share  of  the  booty,  and  immediately 
took  steps  to  become  a  Mexican  citizen,  so  that  he  could 
not  be  extradited  for  trial  in  the  United  States ;  the 
other  stayed  at  home.  After  the  crime  was  discovered, 
the  one  who  stayed  at  home  was  indicted  and  tried. 
He  fought  desperately  in  the  courts,  but  was  finally 
convicted,  with  a  strong  recommendation  by  the  jury 
for  clemency.  Powerful  influences  were  brought  to 
bear  in  his  behalf,  and  he  received  a  light  sentence  of 
less  than  two  years  in  prison,  which  was  materially  re- 
duced by  good  behavior.  His  prison  labor  consisted  in 
keeping  the  prison  books. 

"His  partner  in  crime,  who  fled  to  Mexico,  was  ap- 
prehended there,  and  his  extradition  was  asked  for. 
He  had,  however,  become  a  Mexican  citizen,  and  under 


the  treaty  between  Mexico  and  the  United  States  could 
not  be  extradited.  Unfortunately  for  him,  this  appli- 
cation for  extradition  brought  him  to  the  attention 
of  the  Mexican  authorities.  He  could  not  be  sent  to  the 
United  States  for  trial,  for  he  was  a  Mexican  citizen, 
but  he  could  be  and  he  was  prosecuted  as  a  Mexican  in 
Mexico  for  bringing  stolen  money  into  the  republic, 
was  sentenced  to  ten  years  at  hard  labor,  and  was  serv- 
ing that  sentence  when  I  saw  him.  He  had  about 
seven  years  more  to  serve  before  he  obtained  that  free- 
dom which  his  equally  guilty  American  partner  had 
then  been  enjoying  for  more  than  a  year." 

The  instance  related  by  Recorder  Got!  goes  to 
show  that  the  Mexican  authorities,  in  this  case, 
at  least,  had  a  profound  sense  of  their  obligation 
to  the  community. 


CONDITIONS  OF  IMMUNITY  FROM  CHOLERA. 


UNDER  the  title  "  Uber  Cholera-Immunity," 
Dr.  Alfred  Wolff,  of  Berlin,  gives  a  re- 
port in  the  last  number  of  the  Biochemisches 
Centralblatt  (Leipsic)  of  some  interesting  in- 
vestigations into  cholera,  and  describes  the 
mode  of  action  of  a  highly  valuable  serum  upon 
the  cholera  vibrio  in  the  peritoneum  of  the 
guinea-pig  upon  which  experiments  were  made. 

Dr.  Wolff  believes  that  by  carefully  conducted 
experiments  it  is  possible  to  follow  out  the 
nature  of  the  complicated  processes  which  bring 
about  the  condition  of  immunity  from  any  par- 
ticular disease.  In  cases  of  cholera  infection 
he  found  a  wholly  unknown  poisonous  element 
acting,  which  is  produced  by  the  cholera  vibrio, 
the  recognized  cause  of  the  disease.  From  the 
experiments  made  upon  guinea-pigs,  it  was 
demonstrated  that  a  certain  definite  amount  of 
the  poison  produced  fatal  results,  and  that  this 
fatal  dose  of  the  cholera  poison  kills  quicker 
than  the  fatal  dose  of  the  bacteria  which  pro- 
duce it.  A  concentrated  solution  acts  more 
rapidly  than  a  proportionate  amount  of  a  dilute 
solution. 

When  a  disease-producing  germ,  or  the  poi- 
son which  it  forms,  is  introduced  into  the  body 
of  an  animal,  it  calls  forth  a  resistant  element 
in  tiie  blood  which  neutralizes  the  poison  and 
dissolves  the  genu.  The  question  of  the  nature 
of  the  immune  element  is  an  old  one,  and  for  a 
long  time  efforts  have  been  made  to  isolate  it 
from  the  components  of  the  Mood.  The  veri- 
fying of  recent  experiments  has  shown  that  the 
element  which  produces  immunity  is  combined 
with  the  globulin  of  the  blood,  and  some  of  it 
is  combined  with  the  englobulin,  but  the  album- 
inous matter  in  the  blood  is  perfectly  inactive 
toward  cholera.    This  indicates  that  the  immune 


element  is  not  chemically  united  with  the  al- 
bumen, but  only  mechanically  mingled  with  it. 
The  immune  element  is  destroyed  by  treatment 
with  sulphate  of  ammonia. 

Experiments  show  that  the  so-called  avi 
on  immune  elements  of  normal  animals,  and  on 
those  that  have  been  made  immune  by  treat- 
ment, are  apparently  identical,  but  the  immune 
elements  have  important  chemical  differences 
among  themselves  in  different  species  of  animals. 
And  further,  the  same  animal  shows  great  dif- 
ferences in  its  degree  of  immunity  at  different 
times. 

The  difference  between  the  reaction  of  a 
normal  animal  to  the  vibrio  of  cholera  and  the 
reaction  of  an  animal  that  has  previously  been 
made  immune  by  treatment  with  cholera  serum 
lies  in  the  much  more  rapid  dissolving  of  the 
bacteria  by  the  blood  of  the  immune  animal. 

It  should  be  noted  that,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
an  antitoxic  immunity  to  poisons  emanating 
from  disease  germs  really  exists,  but,  on  the 
other  hand,  immunity  in  the  true  sense,  against 
the  disintegrated  substance  of  bacterial  bodies, 
and  especially  albuminous  material,  dot 
exist. 

The  cholera  vibrio  is  not  directly  destructive 
to  the  immune  element  of  the  blood.  This  ele- 
ment is  freed  from  its  loose  chemical  combina- 
tion with  other  substances  when  a  fresh  supply 
of  the  cholera  vibido  is  introduced  into  tin- 
tissue  and  dissolves  the  vibrio  by  chemical  ac- 
tion. Probably  the  immune  (-lenient  is  not 
destroyed  as  a  result  of  its  work  in  dissolving 
the  bacteria,  but  is  again  set  free  and  carried 
about  by  the  circulation  of  the  blood  and  ac- 
tively continues  the  destruction  of  bacteria  by 
dissolving  them. 


BRIEFER   NOTES   ON   TOPICS    IN   THE 
PERIODICALS. 


SUBJECTS  TREATED   IN  THE   POPULAR  AMERICAN   MAGAZINES. 


The  Political  Campaign.— In  nearly  all  the 
current  numbers  of  the  American  magazines  and  re- 
views, articles  on  the  pending  Presidential  contest 
are  distinctly  noticeable  by  their  absence.  Aside  from 
the  editorial  review  and  forecast  contained  in  the 
World's  Work's  department  entitled  "The  March 
of  Events."  Mr.  Henry  Litchfield  West's  survey  in 
the  Forum,  and  Mr.  Joseph  B.  Bishop's  chronique 
contributed  to  the  current  number  of  the  Interna- 
trtondl  Quarterly,  only  one  magazine  article  of  the 
momth  among  our  exchanges  has  any  specific  ref- 
erence to  American  political  conditions  of  the  pres- 
ent year;  that  article  is  the  vigorous  exposure 
of  "The  Enemies  of  the  Republic,"  by  Mr.  Lincoln 
Steffens,  in  the  August  number  of  McClure's.  In  that 
paper,  Mr.  Steffens  deals  particularly  with  the  triumph 
of  the  reform  wing  of  the  Republican  party  in  Illinois 
and  its  parallel  in  the  advancement  of  the  Folk  move- 
ment among  the  Democrats  of  Missouri.  Mr.  Steffens 
characterizes  Mr.  Deneen,  the  Republican  guberna- 
torial candidate  in  Illinois,  as  the  Folk  of  Chicago. 
But  he  does  not  overlook  the  fact  that  a  "deal"  was 
entered  into  between  the  Yates  and  Deneen  forces, 
although  he  declares  that  the  terms  of  the  transaction 
were  distinctly  honorable.  It  is  Mr.  Steffens'  belief 
that  the  ring  forces  have  been  overcome  at  last  in  Chi- 
cago Republican  circles,  and  that  a  movement  is  well 
under  way  for  the  complete  regeneration  of  govern- 
ment, municipal  and  State. 

Topics  Suggested  by  It. — Representative  J.  Adam 
Bede  contributes  to  Leslie's  Monthly  Magazine  for 
August  an  interesting  running  sketch  of  the  most 
famous  "spellbinders"  now  on  the  American  platform. 
Mr.  Bede  makes  some  entertaining  comment  on  the 
representative  campaign  speakers  of  both  the  great 
parties, — such  men  as  Mr.  Bourke  Cockran,  of  New 
York ;  Representative  Hepburn,  of  Iowa ;  Champ 
Clark,  of  Missouri  ;  Senator  Nelson,  of  Minnesota,  and 
a  long  line,  of  political  orators  whose  reputation  is  State 
rather  than  national  in  scope.  On  the  whole,  it  is  a 
timely  contribution  to  the  literature  of  American  poli- 
tics.— In  Munsey's  for  August,  Mr.  R.  K.  Munkittrick, 
of  Judge,  writes  entertainingly  on  the  important  con- 
tributions made  by  our  cartoonists  to  the  gayety  of 
nations,  especially  in  Presidential  years,  since  Thomas 
Xast's  time.  No  one  is  better  qualified  than  Mr.  Mun- 
kittrick to  outline  the  methods  of  American  cartoon- 
ists, or  the  difficulties  under  which  they  labor. — The 
editor  of  the  Cosmopolitan,  Mr.  John  Brisben  Walker, 
prefaces  his  August  number  with  a  note  of  warning 
apropos  of  the  alarming  prevalence  of  bribery  in  Amer- 
ican elections.  In  Mr.  Walker's  view,  it  is  not  enough 
that  heavy  penalties  for  bribery  at  the  polls  should  be 
inscribed  on  our  statute  books ;  in  every  towrn,  he 
thinks,  there  should  be  a  society  whose  business  it  would 
be  to  pursue  the  briber  and  the  bribed  until  the  doors 
of  the  penitentiary  closed  upon  them.    As  for  absence 


from  the  polls,  Mr.  Walker  holds  that  the  only 
recognized  excuse  should  be  either  a  certificate  of  ill- 
health  or  certified  absence  from  the  county. — In  the 
July  number  of  the  North  American Rcvieiu,  Mrs.  Ida 
Husted  Harper  presents  the  familiar  arguments  for 
woman  suffrage.  The  same  magazine  contains  "A 
Foreign  Estimate  of  Mr.  Roosevelt,"  by  an  "Anglo- 
American."  This  writer's  comments  are  extremely 
favorable  to  the  President,  and  even  laudatory  in  tone. 
He  declares,  in  conclusion,  that  "England  can  hardly 
conceive  the  possibility  of  Mr.  Roosevelt's  defeat  next 
November.  He  towers  above  all  his  Democratic  rivals 
except  Mr.  Cleveland,  who  has  proved  himself  an  ad- 
ministrator of  absolutely  the  first  rank.  Englishmen 
simply  take  it  for  granted  that  Americans  will  think 
twice  and  thrice  before  they  part  with  such  a  man." — 
Mr.  Horatio  W.  Seymour  outlines,  in  the  North  Amer- 
ican, the  policy  of  what  he  terms  "Democratic  Expan- 
sion ;  "  that  is,  the  rapid  extension  of  Democratic  terri- 
torial government  for  every  foot  of  soil  belonging  to 
the  United  States,  with  the  view  to  the  possible  cre- 
ation at  some  future  time  of  self-governing  States.  He 
declares  that  Democrats  should  cease  to  heed  the 
'"emotional  gentlemen'  who  favor  an  ignoble  sur- 
render of  territories  bought  with  American  blood  and 
treasure." 

About  the  Far  East. — Most  of  the  magazines  have 
either  said  their  say  about  the  Russo-Japanese  war  or 
are  waiting  to  get  descriptive  articles  written  at  the 
front.  Very  little  appears  in  the  August  numbers  to 
indicate  that  any  war  is  going  on  in  the  far  East. 
There  are,  however,  a  few  articles  of  cognate  interest 
suggested  by  the  war.  Notable  among  these  is  an  im- 
portant paper  on  "The  Secret  of  Japan's  Strength,"  by 
Harold  Bolce,  in  the  August  Booklovcrs.  This  article 
directs  our  attention  to  the  fact  that  while  Japan  is 
rapidly  advancing  to  the  front  as  a  first-class  fighting 
nation,  she  has  in  reserve  an  army  of  thirty  million 
farmers,  who  are  even  now  gathering  ample  harvests  in 
her  diminutive  fields.  With  less  than  nineteen  thou- 
sand square  miles  of  arable  land,  Japanese  farmers 
have  built  up  the  most  remarkable  agricultural  nation 
the  world  has  known.  The  better  to  illustrate  the  limi- 
tations under  which  Japanese  agriculture  has  been  de- 
veloped, this  writer  asks  us  to  imagine  all  the  tillable 
acres  of  Japan  as  merged  into  one  field.  The  entire 
perimeter  of  such  a  field  could  be  skirted  by  a  man  in 
an  automobile,  traveling  fifty  miles  an  hour,  in  the 
period  of  eleven  hours.  It  is  not  patriotism  alone  that 
has  accomplished  Japan's  agricultural  triumph.  What 
has  really  made  Japan  self-sustaining  and  powerful 
has  been  nothing  more  or  less  than  scientific  skill  dili- 
gently applied  in  husbandry.  For  example,  while  the 
experimental  farms  maintained  by  the  United  States 
number  fifty-six,  Japan  has  nearly  two  hundred.  No 
explanation  of  Japanese  success  as  a  rising  world- 
pow-er  will  be  adequate  which  does  not  take  account  of 


244 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


her  remarkable  skill  and  diligence  in  the  tilling  of  the 
soil. — The  Chautauquan  for  August  contains  "  A  Read- 
ing Journey  Through  the  Japanese  Empire,"  by  Anna 
C.  Hartshorne,  author  of  "Japan  and  Her  People," 
who  is  a  resident  of  Tokio.  This  "  Reading  Journey  " 
comprises  six  articles,  entitled  "  Kyoto,  the  Heart  of 
Japan,"  "From  Kyoto  to  Kamakura,"  "Tokio,"  "The 
Provinces,"  "The  Hokkaido  and  Back  to  Kobe,"  and 
"The  Southern  Islands  and  Formosa."  These  articles 
are  fully  illustrated  from  original  photographs,  and  are 
supplemented  by  an  exhaustive  and  carefully  annotated 
bibliography  on  Japanese  history,  art,  and  life. — The 
August  number  of  Success  has  an  instructive  article  by 
Martin  J.  Foss  on  "What  to  Read  Concerning  Russia 
and  Japan."  The  same  magazine  contains  an  article 
by  Shunzo  Murakami  entitled  "Our  Little  Brother  in 
Japan."— In  the  North  American  Review  for  July, 
Mr.  Archibald  Colquhoun  gives  an  exposition  of  Japa- 
nese policy  in  China,  showing  what  has  already  been 
accomplished  in  the  way  of  reforming  Chinese  institu- 
tions and  changing  the  Chinese  attitude  toward  the 
Japanese.  His  article  is  suggestive  as  to  the  possible 
outcome  of  the  present  war. 

The  World's  Fair  at  St.  Louis.— The  August 
number  of  the  World's  Work  is  almost  wholly  devoted 
to  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition.  It  is  a  beauti- 
fully illustrated  number,  valuable  alike  to  those  who 
intend  to  visit  the  exposition  later  in  the  season,  to 
those  who  have  already  visited  it,  and  to  the  large  num- 
ber of  interested  stay-at-homes.  There  are  articles  on 
"The  New  Epoch  in  the  Use  of  Power,"  by  Bernard 
Meiklejohn  ;  "  Transportation  as  a  Measure  of  Prog- 
ress," by  Isaac  F.  Marcosson  ;  "  The  People  as  an  Ex- 
hibit," by  Walter  H.  Page:  "The  Philippine  Peoples," 
by  Alfred  C.  Newell ;  "A  Measure  of  German  Prog- 
ress," by  James  Glen  ;  "The  Exhibit  of  Pictures  and 
Sculpture,"  by  Charles  H.  Caffin  ;  and  "The  Inspiring 
Display  of  the  States,"  by  members  of  the  World's 
Work  staff,  besides  a  number  of  briefer  articles  on 
various  phases  of  the  fair  and  lessons  to  be  derived 
therefrom.  No  other  magazine  has  attempted  so  elabo- 
rate or  comprehensive  a  treatment  of  the  fair  ;  but  in  the 
August  Century,  Andre"  Castaigne  contributes  an  ar- 
ticle on  "The  Pictures  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Ex- 
position," while  in  Leslie's,  Mr.  Grant  Richardson  writes 
on  "  The  Men  Who  Made  the  Fair; "  Mr.  Charles  F.  Dray- 
ton on  "What  It  Costs  to  See  the  Fair,"  and  there  is  an 
unsigned  paper  giving  a  glimpse  of  the  whole  exposition. 

Literary  Topics. — Among  purely  literary  themes, 
the  Hawthorne  centenary  easily  holds  first  place;  in  the 
July  and  August  magazines.  We  have  quoted  at  some 
length  in  our  department  of  "Leading  Articles  of  the 
Month "  from  the  papers  appearing  in  the  July  Critic 
and  the  August  Atlantic,  respectively.  The  Critic  is, 
indeed,  a  Hawthorne  number,  publishing  in  this  one 
July  number  not  less  than  ten  Hawthorne  articles.  In 
the  North  American  Review  for  July  there  is  also  an 
important  appreciation  of  Hawthorne  from  the  pen  of 
Mr.  Hamilton  W.  Mabie.  Among  art  icles  of  distincl  ly 
literary  interest  in  the  Augusl  Atlantic  are  "A  Sel- 
borne  Pilgrimage,"  by  Cornelius  Weygandt,  and  "A 
Literary  Blackmailer  of  the  Sixteenth  Century,"  by 
Paul  Van   Dyke,   the  latter  title  referring  to  Pietro 

Aratinno,  the  once  famous  Italian  writer,  whose  life, 
bad  as  it  was,  seems  to  have  been  grossly  misrepresented 

by  his  contemporaries  and  successors.     Mr.  Weygandt, 


a  faithful  student  of  Gilbert  White,  gives  a  detailed 
description  of  the  surroundings  of  Selborne  as  they  ap- 
pear at  the  present  day. — "  Society's  Writing  Craze"  is 
described  in  Munsey'S  for  August  by  James  L.  Ford. 
He  states  that  a  remarkable  craze  for  authorship  is  now 
raging  among  the  women  of  New  York's  fashionable 
set.  His  estimate  is  that  at  the  present  time  there  are 
at  least  four  thousand  aspirants  for  literary  fame 
among  these  devotees  of  fashion. — In  the  Booklovcrs 
Magazine  for  August,  Mr.  T.  M.  Parrott  contributes 
an  appreciation  of  Israel  Zangwill  as  a  playwright.  In 
the  opinion  of  this  writer,  Mr.  Zangwill  has  these  es- 
sential qualifications  for  dramatic  composition  :  ability 
to  tell  a  story,  power  of  characterization,  and  the 
gift  of  lively  and  entertaining  dialogue.  It  only  re- 
mains for  him  to  learn  the  tricks  of  the  playwright's 
trade. — In  the  International  Quarterly  there  appears  a 
thoughtful  essay  by  Arthur  Symons  on  "Coleridge." — 
The  literary  paper  in  the  Forum,  by  Herbert  W.  Hor- 
will,  is  devoted  to  "The  Art  of  Letter  Writing." 

Art  in  the  Magazines. — The  August  installment 
of  Miss  Edith  Wharton's  descriptions  of  Italian  villas 
in  the  Century  is  devoted  to  the  ancient  country-places 
of  Lombardy. — In  the  Booklovcrs  for  August,  Mi- 
Andrew  Wright  Crawford  writes  on  "  The  Promise  of 
Civic  Beauty,"  describing  several  of  the  most  notable 
of  the  outer  park  systems  of  America.  Of  these,  the 
metropolitan  system  of  Boston  has  acknowledged  pre- 
eminence, but  much  progress  has  also  been  made,  of 
late  years,  in  New  York,  Hartford,  Chicago,  San  Fran- 
cisco, and  Washington.  The  progress  made  in  each  of 
the  cities  is  summarized  in  Mr.  Crawford's  article, 
which  is  appropriately  illustrated. — In  Mwnscy's  for 
August,  Mr.  Robert  Scott  Osborne  describes  the  Stan- 
ford Memorial  Church  at  Palo  Alto,  Cal.,  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  pieces  of  ecclesiastical  architecture  in 
the  country. — Some  striking  pieces  of  color  printing 
appear  in  the  Booklovcrs  in  connection  with  a  page  of 
text  devoted  to  "Four  French  Painters  of  To-day," — 
Henner,  Sinibaldi,  Laurens,  and  Agache.  —  Perriton 
Maxwell  has  some  interesting  comment  in  the  Metro- 
politan for  August  on  "  The  Portraiture  of  Children," 
illustrated  by  a  number  of  notable  paintings,  which  are 
reproduced  in  connection  with  the  text. 

Nature    Out-of-Doors. — Among    the    interesting 

natural-history  papers  in  the  August  Outing  are  "Blue 
Fish  and  Blue  Waters,"  by  Edwyn  Sandys  ;  "The  Trail 
of  the  Jaguar, "  by  Caspar  Whitney,  and  the  usual  depart- 
ment of  "Natural  History,"  by  John  Burroughs. — We 
have  quoted  in  our  department  of  "Leading  Articles 
of  the  Month"  from  a  paper  by  Mr.  Burroughs,  in 
Harper's,  entitled  "Some  Natural  History  Doubts  and 
Conclusions."  The  same  writer  continues,  in  the  Cen- 
tury for  August,  his  criticism  of  those,  nat  me  writers 
who  persist  in  attributing  to  animals  conduct  and 
abilities  which  he  deems  incompatible  with  animal 
nat  inc.  For  the  truth  about  animals,  Mr.  Burroughs 
commends  us,  not  to  Romanes,  Jesse,  or  Maiehelei, 
"but  to  the  patient,  honest  Darwin;  to  such  calm. 
keen,  and  philosophical  investigators  as  Lloyd  Morgan, 
and  to  the  books  of  such  sportsmen  as  St.  John,  or  to 
our  own  candid  and  wide-awake  Theodore  Roosevelt, - 

men  capable  of  disinterested  observation,  without  any 

theories  of  animals  to  uphold."— The  World  To  /'".'.' 
(Chicago)  has  a  suggestive  paper  on  "How  to  Go  Into 
the  Woods,"  by  the  Rev,  William  J.  Long. 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


245 


Travel  Notes.— A  descriptive  article  on  Tangier,  the 
Moroccan  metropolis,  to  which  attention  has  lately  been 
drawn  by  the  Perdicaris  case,  appears  in  the  Metropol- 
ian n  Magazine  for  August.  Several  of  the  illustrations 
drawn  by  the  author,  Mr.  Charles  Wellington  Furlong, 
to  accompany  his  text  are  both  spirited  and  informing. 
—"An  Ascent  of  Mount  Baker,"  by  George  C.  Cant- 
well,  in  the  August  Outing,  gives  a  thrilling  account  of 
a  difficult  piece  of  mountaineering  in  our  far  Northwest. 
In  the  same  magazine  appears  Mr.  W.  C.  Jameson 
Reid's  story  of  his  sojourn  among  the  Tibetans, — a  peo- 
ple whom  not  many  English-speaking  travelers  have  en- 
countered on  their  native  heath.— Tutuila,  our  Samoan 
Island,  is  described  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly  for  August 
by  President  David  Starr  Jordan  and  Mr.  Vernon  L. 
Kellogg.  It  is  truly  astonishing  that  so  little  interest 
has  been  taken  in  this  American  possession,  even  among 
our  "expansionists." — An  American  insular  possession 
far  better  known  in  this  country  is  described  in  Albert 
Bigelow  Paine's  article  on  "The  New  Coney  Island  "  (il- 
lustrated), in  the  August  Century. — The  same  maga- 
zine has  a  charming  travel  sketch  by  Minnie  Norton 
Wood,   entitled     "Summer  Splendor  of   the  Chinese 


Court." — Alvan  F.  Sanborn  relates,  in  the  Booklovers 
for  August,  some  of  his  experiences  in  tramping  through 
Normandy. 

Science,  Pure  and  Applied.  —  Doubtless,  the 
month's  most  important  scientific  contribution  of  a 
popular  character  is  Sir  Oliver  Lodge's  paper  on  "  Elec- 
tric Theory  of  Matter,"  in  Harper's  for  August.  The 
great  physicist  confesses  that  there  is  as  yet  no  experi- 
mental justification  for  the  claim  that  an  atom  of 
matter  can  be  formed  out  of  electricity  ;  but  he  looks 
forward  to  the  time  when  some  laboratory  workers 
"will  exhibit  matter  newly  formed  from  stuff  which  is 
not  matter,  instead  of,  as  now,  only  recognizing  the 
transmutation  of  some  preexisting  complex  atoms  into 
simpler  forms." — "The  Campaign  Against  the  Mos- 
quito," by  John  B.  Smith,  in  the  August  Booklovcrs, 
gives  a  good  exposition  of  the  methods  pursued  in  New 
Jersey  in  combating  the  pest. — Professor  Dean's  article 
in  the  Popular  Science  Monthly  for  July,  giving  an 
account  of  his  visit  to  the  Japanese  zoological  station 
at  Misaki,  is  full  of  interest  and  information  for  the 
scientific  man. 


THE   SPIRIT   OF  THE   FOREIGN    REVIEWS. 


The  Real  Japanese  Woman. — Prof.  A.  Lloyd, 
who  has  lived  for  many  years  in  Japan,  contributes  to 
the  Taiyo  (Tokio)  a  study  of  the  real  Japanese  woman. 
Although  dainty,  delicate,  and  doll-like,  he  says,  the 
women  of  Japan  are  capable  of  great  heroism.  Of  ex- 
amples, he  says,  four  cases  seemed  to  "appeal  to  my 
imagination  more  strongly  than  the  rest.  The  Empress, 
who  herself  rode  at  the  head  of  her  armies  and  fought 
in  Korea,  was,  of  course,  one ;  but  what  impressed  me 
more  was  the  instance  of  the  wife  of  Shibata  Katsuie 
and  her  'women,  who  preferred  to  perish  with  their  hus- 
bands in  the  beleaguered  castle  rather  than  save  their 
lives,  without  their  husbands,  by  an  appeal  to  the 
clemency  of  their  victor.  In  modern  history,  I  saw 
the  woman  who  had  saved  the  life  of  her  future  hus- 
band by  hiding  him  under  the  mats  of  her  sitting-room, 
and  I  once  met  an  old  lady  who  refused  to  take  anes- 
thetics for  a  most  painful  operation  on  the  ground  that 
she  had  when  young  been  obliged  to  stand  by  while  her 
own  husband  and  son  committed  suicide  at  the  com- 
mand of  their  lord,  and  that  if  she  could  face  that  she 
had  no  need  of  chloroform  for  so  trifling  a  thing  as  a 
surgical  operation."  The  war  with  Russia  has  shown 
what  Japanese  womanhood  is  capable  of  in  times  of 
national  trial.  - 

A  Canadian  Opinion  of  the  War. — A  British 
colonial  opinion  of  the  probable  outcome  of  the  war  in 
the  far  East  is  thus  stated  by  the  Canadian  Magazine 
(Toronto)  :  "The  most  that  can  be  hoped  for  by  pro- 
Russians  is  that  each  side  may  acknowledge  itself  un- 
able to  subdue  the  other.  Even  that  would  be  a  great 
triumph  for  Japan  and  a  virtual  defeat  for  Russia.  It 
would  compel  the  latter  to  recognize  Japan  as  at  least 
of  collateral  authority  and  importance  in  all  far-Eastern 
affairs.  How  can  it  be  hoped  that  any  better  than  a 
drawn  battle  can  be  looked  for  from  the  Russian  stand- 
point? Even  if  with  fearful  sacrifices  and  effort  they 
recover  lost  ground  and  drive  their  foe  into  the  sea,  that 
is  as  far  as  they  can  go.    He  is  still  triumphant  on  that 


element,  and  secure  in  his  ocean-girt  islands.  However 
bitter  the  draught  may  be,  the  very  best  issue  that 
Russia  can  now  hope  from  the  contest  is  a  compromise 
settlement  in  which  she  will  have  to  recede  from  the 
arrogant  position  at  first  assumed.  Japan  will  have  to 
be  recognized  as  possessing,  at  least,  an  equal  voice 
with  any  other  power  in  Asia,  and  the  knowledge  that 
she  will  always  be  ready  to  fight  for  her  interests  will 
make  her  voice  a  potent  one." 

Japan  Like  Rome  ? — Unity  and  the  Minister  (Cal- 
cutta) believes  that  Japan's  "steady  victory  in  its  con- 
flict with  Christian  Russia  does  not  prove  the  superi- 
ority of  a  non-Christian  political  ideal  to  a  Christian 
standard,  but  the  inevitable  victory  of  consolidated  pa- 
triotism over  anarchy  and  misrule."  The  editor  of  this 
Indian  journal  likens  Japan  to  ancient  Rome,  but  warns 
her  that,  without  Christianity,  she  must  eventually  fall, 
as  did  Rome.  "  The  enthusiastic  patriotism  of  the  Japs 
strongly  reminds  us  of  that  of  the  Romans  of  old,  who 
had  no  other  motive  to  serve  their  country  but  that  of 
patriotism.  It  simply  thrills  one's  heart  to  hear  the 
story  of  Japanese  love  of  their  country  and  wonderful 
instances  of  their  self-sacrifice.  Rome's  greatness  was 
built  upon  the  patriotism  of  its  citizens,  and  Japan's 
rapid  strides  as  a  nation  are  also  due  to  a  similar  virtue. 
Patriotism  is  a  noble  virtue,  no  doubt,  but  it  is  partial 
and  human,  and  it  cannot  endure  unless  it  be  tinctured 
with  religion  and  love  of  God." 

The  Yellow  Peril  of  Russian  Imagination  ?— 

In  his  monthly  record  of  the  war  in  the  far  East,  Ed. 
Tallichet,  in  the  Bibliotheque  Universelle  (Lausanne), 
declares  that  Russia  herself  is  responsible  for  any  dan- 
ger that  may  really  exist  from  the  yellow  peril.  It  was 
she  who  ill-treated  China  and  forced  Japan  to  spring  to 
arms.  China,  in  any  event,  is  absolutely  lost  to  Russia, 
he  says,  because  of  the  bad  faith  of  the  latter,  which  is 
now  recognized  in  the  Celestial  Empire.  As  to  the  re- 
sult of  the  war,  it  is  his  belief  that  Russia  will  have  to 


246 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


give  up  Manchuria  and  content  herself  with  her  ancient 
boundary  of  the  Amur.  Japan  is  best  fitted  of  any  na- 
tion to  help  China  to  work  out  her  destiny  ;  and  Russia 
has  enough  to  do  in  Siberia  to  keep  her  busy.  If  the 
empire  of  the  Czar  would  only  understand  it,  says  M. 
Tallichet,  in  conclusion,  she  has  enough  to  keep 
her  busy  indefinitely  with  her  own  miserable,  backward 
people,  without  attempting  to  solve  the  vast,  appalling 
Chinese  problem. 

An  Appeal  by  Japanese  Socialists. — One  of  the 

most  earnest,  fearless  champions  of  socialism  is  the 
weekly  organ  of  the  Japanese  Socialists,  the  Hcimin 
Shivribun  (Tokio).  We  have  already  quoted  words  of 
cheer  in  its  columns  from  Japanese  Socialists  to  their 
brothers  in  Russia.  A  recent  issue  contains  an  appeal 
to  European  and  American  Socialists  to  bring  about 
intervention  by  petitioning  their  governments.  Your 
interests  as  well  as  your  principles  of  humanity, 
this  appeal  says,  require  you  to  do  something  at  once 
in  the  way  of  bringing  about  peace.  "Your  govern- 
ments, by  joint  action,  ought  to  compel  the  two  nations 
to  submit  the  cause  to  the  court  of  arbitration  at  The 
Hague." 

The  United  States  of  Europe.— In  the  course  of 
a  lecture  delivered  at  the  Chicago  Arts  Institute  on  Eu- 
ropean-American relations,  M.  Anatole  Leroy-Beaulieu, 
the  well-known  French  economist,  declared  that,  while 
a  union  of  all  Europe  is  still  far  distant,  it  is  not  an  im- 
possibility. He  said  that  Europe,  being  little  more  than 
a  geographical  expression,  does  not  stand  for  the  saiue 
idea  to  Europeans  as  America  does  to  Americans.  Cen- 
turies of  rivalry  and  opposing  interests,  loves,  hates, 
and  radical  racial  differences  have  made  the  peoples  of 
Europe  mutually  suspicious  and  jealous  of  their  sepa- 
rate national  independence.  The  rivalry  of  the  United 
States,  however,  he  believes,  will  be  a  great  factor  in 
bringing  about  the  union  of  Europe.  Religion,  democ- 
racy, and  socialism  will  be  great  moving  forces.  The 
accomplishment  will  begin  by  certain  economic  union, 
perhaps  by  free  trade  among  themselves  and  tariffs 
against  the  rest  of  the  world.  An  international  alliance, 
with  an  agreement  to  reduce  the  armament  of  war,  will 
be  the  next  step.  M.  Leroy-Beaulieu's  lecture  is  reported 
in  full  in  the  Echo  des  Deux  Moncles  (Chicago). 

The  Japanese  as  the  Russian  Muzhik  Sees 
Them. — A  Russian  author,  the  editor  of  the  Odessy 
Novo8ty  (Odessa  News),  desiring  to  find  out  the  idea  of 
the  Russian  peasant  concerning  the  war,  made  a  tour 
of  investigation  throughout  a  number  of  Russian  "gov- 
ernments," among  them  those  of  Kursk,  Moscow,  and 
Podolia.  Among  many  thousands  of  muzhiks  with 
whom  lie  spoke  about  the  war,  not  one  knew  what  was 
going  on  in  the  far  East,  where  Japan  is,  nor  the  cause 
of  the  hostilities.  "The  reason  we  are  fighting,"  said 
one  peasant,  "  is  because  the  Chinese  have  revolted  and 
we  have  to  put  them  down."  "You  are  mistaken,-' 
said  this  editor  (the  account  is  reprinted  in  the  Blblio- 
thegue  I'ni  n-rsi  lie),   "we  are  not  fighting  the  Chinese, 

but  the  Japanese."  The  muzhik  laid  his  finger  on  the 
side  of  his  nose  and  thought.  After  a  moment  of  re- 
flection, he  observed,  "To  tell  the  truth,  I  do  not  under- 
stand it.  The  good  God  has  willed  it  that  we  are  ortho- 
dox, but,  the  Japanese  are  of  another  persuasion.    Save 

you,  my  good  sir,  ever  seen  a  Japanese  P"  When  the 
writer  had  assured  him  that  lie  had  seen  many,  the  good 


fellow  grew  angry.  "That  is  not  possible,"  he  said ; 
"one  cannot  see  a  Japanese."  "  Why  not ? "  "Because 
the  Japanese  is  a  little  insect,  which  only  lives  in  the 
night.  Go  and  look  for  them,  and  you  will  find  them 
hidden  in  the  prickly  thickets.  It  is  for  this  reason  that 
the  Japanese  have  made  such  trouble  for  our  poor  sol- 
diers. They  crawl  into  their  boots,  suck  their  blood, 
and  when  they  have  filled  themselves,  the  poor  soldier's 
soul  has  fled.  Now,  how  can  you  fight  with  such  little 
pests  as  these  ? " 

Is  France  Unprepared  in  Asia? — The  progress  of 
the  far-Eastern  war  up  to  the  present  has  thoroughly 
alarmed  a  certain  high  official  in  the  French  navy,  who 
contributes  anonymously  to  the  Revue  de  Paris  an 
article  recounting  the  lessons  which  the  fighting  on  sea 
has  so  far  presented  to  the  world,  and  expressing  grave 
doubts  as  to  the  ability  of  the  French  navy,  in  its  present 
condition,  to  safeguard  the  republic's  colonial  interests. 
France,  he  points  out,  has  no  naval  base  worth  the 
name  in  the  far  East,  and  in  case  of  war  her  fleet  would 
not  be  able  to  refit  or  recoal.  Thanks  to  the  Anglo- 
French  agreement,  the  republic  has  nothing  to  fear  from 
the  greatest  naval  power  ;  but  this  writer  strongly  ad- 
vocates the  enlargement  and  improvement  of  the  French 
Indo-Chinese  naval  base  at  Saigon,  in  Indo-China. 
French  colonial  forces  in  the  far  Fast,  he  points  out, 
number  twenty-six  thousand  men,  of  which  twelve 
thousand  are  Europeans.  In  case  the  republic  should 
have  to  fight  England,  Japan,  or  the  United  States  (he 
apparently  believes  that  Manila  is  the  outpost  of  an 
American  army  of  invasion),  it  would  be  necessary  to 
increase  this  force  to  at  least  fifty  thousand  men.  He 
criticises  the  Russian  lack  of  preparedness,  especially 
at  Port  Arthur,  which,  he  says,  is  too  small  and  lacks  al- 
most everything.  He  points  out  as  a  curious  coincidence 
that  the  Russians  in  Port  Arthur  are  burning  Japanese 
coal,  while  the  Japanese  are  supplied  with  the  Welsh 
product.  The  Russian  navy  in  general  he  praises,  but 
believes  that  the  imperial  naval  authorities  have  not 
borne  in  mind  sufficiently  the  difference  in  climatic 
conditions,  particularly  that  of  humidity,  between  Eu- 
ropean Russia  and  the  scene  of  the  war.  Of  the  per- 
sonnel of  the  Russian  navy,  he  declares  that  there  is 
some  good  technical  instruction,  but  poor  general  edu- 
cation. Subordinate  officers  are  rather  superficially 
prepared,  he  declares  ;  mechanicians  are  too  exclusively 
practical  in  the  lower  grades,  and  too  exclusively  theo- 
retical in  the  higher.  The  subalterns,  he  also  declares, 
throughout  the  entire  navy,  are,  in  general,  too  young, 
and  the  superior  officers  too  old.  Finally,  he  declares, 
the  Russian  sailors  do  not  get  enough  exercise  in  squad- 
ron, nor  enough  war  maneuvers.  Add  to  these  lacks  a 
certain  nonchalance,  or,  if  you  will,  the  fatalism  of  the 
Slav,  and  you  have  the  chief  causes  of  the  Russian  re- 
verses. 

One  French  Pro-Japanese  View.— French  opin- 
ion is  not  unanimous  in  its  sympathy  with  Russia,  and 
in  attempting  to  salve  the  wounds  of  the  republic's 
ally,  M.  F.  Dubief,  a  member  of  the  Chamber  of  Dep- 
uties, writing  in  the  Revue  lileuc,  declares  that  the 
declaration  of  war  came  with  as  much  of  a  shock  to  the 
French  Government  as  it  did  to  the  bureaucracy  of  St. 
Petersburg.  The  French,  he  admits,  also  underesti- 
mated the  Japanese,  and  had  no  conception  of  the  clev 
erness,  thoroughness,  and  vigor  of  their  diplomacy. 
Russia,  in  her  Eastern  march,  had  always  been  able  to 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


247 


"bluff"  Oriental  peoples  into  permitting  what  she 
would.  There  was  no  reason  to  expect  that  Japan 
would  do  otherwise.  Now  that  war  has  been  declared, 
this  writer  wonders  why  his  countrymen  have  failed  to 
recognize  the  bravery  of  the  Japanese  people.  The  hero- 
ism  of  the  Japanese  battalions,  he  says,  almost  passes 
belief.  "  Such  national  enthusiasm,  such  warlike  fury, 
such  absolute  contempt  of  death,  has  never  been  seen 
before."  Picturing  the  disasters  which  have  already 
come  to  the  Russian  armies,  and  which  are  likely  to 
come  with  the  fall  of  Port  Arthur,  he  concludes: 
••  What  irony  there  is  in  this  situation  for  the  imperial 
initiator  of  the  great  peace  tribunal  at  The  Hague  !" 

Spain  and  Emigration. — Gabriel  M.  Vergara,  a 
writer  in  the  Revista  Contemporanea  (Madrid),  ex- 
presses grave  fears  as  to  the  effects  of  emigration  on 
the  future  industrial  and  economic  condition  of  Spain. 
He  says  that  climatic  conditions  have  rendered  certain 
portions  of  the  kingdom  unfit  for  habitation,  and  re- 
fers to  sections  in  the  central  portion  which  have  be- 
come almost  depopulated  owing  to  droughts.  Certain 
reforms  in  political  methods  would  be  necessary  to 
make  the  land  able  to  support  its  original  population. 
The  people  themselves  are  forced  by  destitution  to 
abandon  their  mother  country  for  some  really  fertile 
lands.  He  believes  that  some  system  of  colonization 
can  be  arranged  to  check  the  decline  in  population  and 


l>ON   QUIXOTE. 


(From  the  painting  by  Edouard  GrUtzner,  to  commemorate 
the  three-hundredth  anniversary  of  Cervantes'  death.) 


restore  Spain  to  some  of  the  glories  of  her  great 
past.  It  is  interesting  to  know  that  at  the  time  this 
article  was  published  the  three-hundredth  jubilee  of 
Don  Quixote  was  being  celebrated  throughout  Spain. 

Do  the  French  Lack  the  Speculative  Sense  ? — 

One  of  the  best-informed  Frenchmen  on  economic  and 
political  subjects,  M.  Marcel  Labordere,  believes  that 
"to-day  the  Frenchman  realizes  keenly  the  lack  of  a 
quality,  which,  it  is  true,  he  did  not  possess  in  former 
times,  but  the  need  for  which  now  appears  very  plainly, 
— the  speculative  sense."  A  Frenchman,  he  declares,  in 
the  Revue  de  Paris,  will  speculate  ;  but,  like  betting  on 
a  "sure  thing,"  he  must  have  it  all  reasoned  out  before- 
hand, and  a  good  return  well  in  sight.  He  does  not 
initiate  in  the  matter  of  speculation,  but  he  is  always 
ready  to  adopt,  and  fall  in  with,  schemes  which  have 
been  originated  and  floated  by  others.  In  this  way  he  is 
often  a  greater  loser  than  were  he  to  take  the  original 
risk  himself.  A  Frenchman  can  always  be  found  ready 
to  buy  bonds,  stocks,  and  other  commercial  papers 
from  the  rest  of  the  world.  This,  M.  Labordere  de- 
clares, is  due  to  the  financial  laws  and  institutions  of 
France.  French  law  protects  the  weak  Frenchman 
from  the  strong  Frenchman,  but  it  fails  to  take  into 
consideration,  in  many  cases,  the  strong  foreigner  who 
is  ready  to  prey  upon  the  weak  and  strong  Frenchman 
alike.  All  this  is  one  result  of  the  habit  of  economy 
which  is  ingrained  in  the  French  character.  While  this 
habit  of  economy  is  very  praiseworthy,  he  says,  and  has 
done  much  for  France,  perhaps  it  has  made  the  French 
people  glorify  money  too  much.  In  not  being  willing 
to  risk,  they  do  not  gain,  like  other  peoples. 

Subsidized  Journals  of  Russia. — The  Russian 
Government  dispenses  about  6,000,000  rubles  (§3,000,- 
000)  annually  in  subsidies  to  the  Russian  and  the  foreign 
press.  According  to  the  Zazya,  edited  by  the  famous 
Yarmonkin,  the  following  are  the  journals  receiving 
subsidies  from  the  government  :  Novoye  Vremya, 
Novosti,  Birzhcvyya  Vycdomosti,  Znamya,  St.  Pcters- 
burgskaya  Vycdomosti,  Moskovskaya  Vycdomosti, 
Qrazhdanin,  Russki  Vycstnik,  and  Klimat. 

Japan's  Fighting  Men. — In  the  study  of  "Japan 
at  War,"  in  the  Contemporary  Review,  Edwin  Emer- 
son, the  American  newspaper  correspondent  in  the  far 
East,  asserts  that,  judged  by  the  stern  test  of  war,  the 
morale  of  the  Japanese  soldier  is  almost  perfect.  "To 
a  remarkable  degree,  they  have  shown  themselves  pos- 
sessed of  the  soldierly  virtues  of  self-immolating  bravery, 
manly  fortitude  and  endurance,  implicit  obedience  to 
orders,  and  devotion  to  duty.  With  these  ancient  vir- 
tues of  the  fighting  man  they  combine  the  modern  win- 
ning qualities  of  good  shooting  and  individual  initiative. 
To  the  foreign  observer,  it  often  appears  anomalous 
that  the  Japanese  should  show  any  capacity  for  war. 
The  average  man  of  the  people  appears  constitutionally 
timid.  He  shrinks  from  innovations  that  he  does  not 
understand.  In  the  city  of  Tokio,  there  are  many  thou- 
sands still  who  are  afraid  to  enter  the  electric  cars.  In 
the  face  of  authority,  the  Japanese  common  people 
appear  cowed  and  subservient  to  a  degree.  They  dare 
not  look  their  superiors  in  the  face.  A  loud  word  or  an 
abrupt  address  utterly  upsets  them.  In  their  ordinary 
routine  of  life,  they  are  provokingly  easy-going  and  fond 
of  comfort.  That  such  men  should  make  good  fight- 
ing stock  seems  inconceivable.    The  outcome  of  Japan's 


248 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


last  wars  controverts  such  conceptions.  In  order  to 
understand  the  fighting  prowess  of  the  Japanese,  one 
must  bear  in  mind  the  splendid  traditions  of  honor  and 
chivalry  that  have  been  handed  down  to  them  by  the 
warrior  class  of  the  Samurai.  The  descendants  of  these 
men  form  the  best  stock  of  the  Japanese  army  of  to- 
day." 

Public  Opinion  in  Korea. — In  his  monthly  sum- 
ming up  of  the  war,  Mr.  Homer  Hulbert,  editor  of  the 
Korea  Review  (Seoul),  informs  us  that  it  is  very  diffi- 
cult to  gauge  the  sentiments  of  Korean  officialdom  in 
the  matter  of  the  conflict.  The  general  drift  of  feeling 
seems  to  be  in  favor  of  the  Japanese,  but  the  Korean 
official  is  much  more  likely  to  ask  your  opinion  as  to  the 
probabilities  of  the  outcome  of  the  war  than  to  express 
a  decided  sympathy  with  either  of  the  contestants.  In 
fact,  the  Korean  people  come  the  nearest  to  observing 
strict  neutrality,  in  this  war,  of  all  the  peoples  not  di- 
rectly concerned.  Koreans  are  decidedly  averse  to  ex- 
pressing their  opinions  frankly.  Each  man  denies  that 
his  opinion  or  his  individual  preference  is  of  any  weight. 
This  throws  a  curious  light  upon  the  effect  which  po- 
litical life  in  Korea  for  the  past  four  centuries  has  had 
upon  the  individual.  The  expression  of  political  pref- 
erences has  so  often  led  to  the  executioner's  block  that 
it  is  second  nature  to  the  Korean  to  refrain  sedulously 
from  committing  himself  to  a  definite  policy  until  he 
sees  which  way  things  are  going  to  turn  out.  Mr.  Hul- 
bert notes,  in  passing,  that  the  Korean  Government,  on 
the  urgent  advice  of  the  Japanese,  has  decided  to  spend 
forty  thousand  dollars  in  repairing  the  streets  of  Seoul. 

Scandinavian  Neutrality.  —  The  Woche  (Berlin) 
believes  that  the  permanent  neutralization  of  the  Scan- 
dinavian countries  would  be  an  important  and  desira- 
ble accomplishment.  It  would  mean  much,  in  case  of 
war,  to  Russia,  Germany,  England,  and  France.  This 
German  journal,  however,  points  out  that  the  recent 
neutrality  agreement  of  the  three  countries,  Denmark, 
Norway,  and  Sweden  (last  April),  cannot  be  effective 
beyond  the  neutrality  of  each  one.  Permanent  neu- 
trality is  a  question  of  agreement  by  all  the  nations, 
particularly  the  great  powers.  It  points  out  as  particu- 
larly significant  the  Swedish  action  in  forbidding  na- 
tions at  war  to  coal  at  Swedish  ports. 

The  Poetry  of  George  Meredith. — A  tribute  to 
Meredith  as  the  writer  of  poetry  which  is  "one  of 
England's  greatest  national  possessions"  appears  in 
the  Independent  Review.  The  writer  says:  "The 
appetite  for  Mr.  Meredith's  poetry  grows  by  what 
it  feeds  on.  The  difficulty  is  in  the  first  few  mouth- 
fuls.  At  the  first  reading  of  a  poem,  some  lines, 
probably,  will  capture  the  imagination ;  but  the  rest, 
perhaps,  will  seem  inferior  or  obscure.  A  second  read- 
ing extends  the  range.  A  third  may  render  us  greedy 
of  the  whole  poem."  To  Meredith,  Mother  Earth  is  the 
real  mother  of  man.  "It  is  from  life— its  joys,  its  sor- 
rows, and  its  long  battle— that  we  must  learn.  Definite 
answer  to  the  problem  of  good  and  evil  there  is  none. 
But  Earth  will  in  the  end  teach  us,  if  not  to  know,  at 
least  to  feel  aright,  by  long  experience  of  life.  But 
also  we  are  taught  by  Nature.  The  face  of  our  living 
mother,  the  Earth,  has  a  language  that  api>eals  to  the 
deepest  in  us.  In  accordance  with  the1  doctrine  that 
we  have  been  evolved  out  of  Earth,  body  and  soul  to- 
gether, Mr.  Meredith  does  not  regard  our  flesh  as  wholly 


GIUSEPPE  GARIBALDI. 

(The  monument  erected  in  Buenos 
Ayres  to  commemorate  the 
twenty-second  anniversary  of 
his  death.) 


vile.  He  divides  our  nature  into  three  parts — blood, 
brain,  and  spirit.  Blood  is  the  flesh,  senses,  and  animal 
vigor.  Brain  is  brain.  Spirit  is  the  spiritual  emotion 
which  comes  of  the  interaction  of  brain  and  blood. 
These  three  must  all  go  together." 

A  South  American  Tribute  to  Garibaldi.— The 

twenty-second  anniversary  of  the  death  of  Giuseppe 
Garibaldi  has  been  cel- 
ebrated in  Buenos 
Ayres  by  the  erection 
of  a  monument.  Ca- 
rets y  Caretas,  the  Ar- 
gentine illustrated 
weekly,  contains  a 
tribute  to  the  Italian 
Liberator,  who,  it  will 
be  remembered,  in 
1836  went  to  South 
America  and  took  part 
in  some  of  the  move- 
ments for  political  lib- 
erty in  the  southern 
continent.  Garibaldi, 
says  Caras  y  Caretas, 
belongs  to  both  Eu- 
rope and  America,  and 
Argentina  regards 
him  as  one  of  the 
greatest  of  men  —  "a 
simple,  heroic  figure, 
always  great  in  adver- 
sity as  well  as  in  pros- 
perity. His  deeds 
stand  as  noble  inspirations  to  patriots  of  all  ages." 

Christianity  in  Japan.— The  Sunday  Magazine 
(London)  opens  with  a  paper  on  "Religion  in  Japan." 
The  writer  quotes  an  American  missionary  who  had 
worked  among  the  people  for  years  to  the  effect  that  the 
Japanese  come  as  near  to  being  a  nation  of  atheists  as  any 
people  upon  the  planet.  The  writer  says  that,  so  far  as 
Christianity  is  concerned,  progress  in  Japan  is  slow. 
"There  is  no  sign  of  any  real  turning  to  Christ."  "Many 
prominent  men  are  in  favor  of  the  adoption  of  Chris- 
tianity as  the  state  religion  of  the  country,  and,  indeed, 
a  commission  of  Japanese  statesmen  which  visited 
Europe  some  years  ago  to  study  civilization  advised 
such  a  step,  but  in  the  not  unlikely  event  of  this  adop- 
tion the  movement  would  be  entirely  political.  It  is  a 
curious  fact,  not  generally  known,  that  in  the  preseni 
war,  and  during  the  ^conflict  with  China  in  18i»4.  the 
Japanese  Government  allowed  a  number  of  native 
Christian  ministers  to  accompany  the  regiments  as 
chaplains.  The  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  too, 
in  conjunction  with  the  National  Bible  Society  of  Scot- 
land, has  been  permitted  to  present  to  the  Japanese 
soldiers,  as  they  have  gone  to  the  front,  portable  copies 
of  the  New  Testament  in  their  native  tongue.  Chris 
tians  in  Japan  have  full  liberty  of  worship  and  all  the 
rights  of  citizens.  In  fact,  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of 
Representatives  is,  and  has  been  since  1890,  a  Christian 
(a  Presbyterian),  and  fourteen  years  ago,  when  tin 
present  constitution  came  into  force,  no  fewer  than 
fourteen  Christians  were  elected  to  seats  in  the  lower 
house  of  the  Diet,  a  number  altogether  out  of  propor- 
tion to  the  percentage  of  Christians  in  the  nation.  It  is 
estimated  that  there  are  about  one  hundred  thousand 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


249 


Christians  in  Japan,  of  whom  nearly  one-half  are  Roman 
Catholics  and  sixteen  thousand  belong  to  the  Greek 
Church.  The  Presbyterians  and  Congregationalists 
have  about  ten  thousand  each,  and  the  remainder,  with 
few  exceptions,  are  in  the  Anglican  communion.  The 
Christian  Endeavor  movement,  too,  is  very  strong  in 
Japan." 

Assassination  as  a  Factor  in  Russification.— In 

an  unsigned  interview  with  W.  T.  Stead  in  the  English 
Review  of  Reviews,  "  a  member  of  the  Senate  of  one  of 
the  great  powers,  a  man  of  keen  intelligence  and  of  lofty 
public  spirit,"  declares  that  with  the  assassination  of 
General  Bobrikoff  the  real  Russification  of  Finland  has 
begun.  "  Assassination  has  hitherto  been  a  distinctively 
Russian  institution,  which  they  have  heretofore  failed  to 
acclimatize  in  Finland.  We  have  often  marveled  at  the 
immunity  of  the  Finns  from  the  malady,  which  has 
often  raged  with  so  much  virulence  across  the  frontier. 
But  they  are  showing  symptoms  of  complete  Russifica- 
tion now.  At  last !  It  is  a  veritable  triumph  for  M. 
Plehve.  The  Finns  have  always  had  such  implicit  faith 
in  justice,  they  never  stained  their  hands  with  blood. 
Assassination  is  ever  the  refuge  of  despair.  It  has  taken 
M.  Plehve  and  General  Bobrikoff  a  longtime  to  destroy 
the  faith  of  the  Finns,  but  they  have  succeeded  at 
last."  When  asked  whether,  in  his  opinion,  the  fate 
of  Bobrikoff  would  lead  to  a  reconsideration  of  the 
policy  of  repression  in  Finland,  this  statesman  replied  : 
"Precedent  is  against  it.  The  policy  or  impolicy  of 
which  he  was  the  instrument  is  more  likely  to  be  pressed 
more  rigorously.  It  has  always  been  so  in  Russia. 
There  was  only  one  exception  that  I  can  remember. 
When  BogolepofE  was  killed,  the  Czar,  in  appointing 
General  Vannoffsky,  instructed  him  to  deal  leniently 
with  the  students.  But  that  is  the  exception.  The  gov- 
ernment usually  fights  the  terrorism  of  the  assassin  by 


the  terrorism  of  the  administration.  It  will  probably 
do  the  same  in  Finland.  A  fatuous,  useless,  or  worse 
than  useless,  policy,  adopted  against  the  protest  of  al- 
most every  intelligent  Russian,  from  the  dowager-em- 
press downward,  will  be  persisted  in  more  doggedly  than 
ever.  The  Russian  Government,  it  will  be  said,  cannot 
allow  itself  to  be  terrorized  by  the  assassin." 

Are    "Passive  Resisters"   Morally   Right? — 

Passive  resistance,  being  a  refusal  to  pay  a  legal  charge, 
is  necessarily  an  illegal  act,  is  the  judgment  of  the  Rev. 
J.  G.  James,  writing  in  the  International  Journal  of 
Ethics.  The  precedents  of  illegal  resistance  to  tyran- 
nical measures  in  times  past  are  not  allowed  by  him  as 
valid,  for  "what  may  have  been  excusable  and  right 
under  a  tyranny  may  be  entirely  wrong  "  in  a  country 
possessed  of  freedom  and  democratic  institutions.  Pas- 
sive resistance  will  be  followed,  of  necessity,  by  some  of 
the  bad  results  of  law-breaking.  There  will  be  a  weak- 
ening of  the  authority  of  law.  Police  courts  will  be 
regarded  as  more  respectable  for  criminals.  Conscien- 
tious objectors  to  secular  instruction  may  in  their  turn 
"resist."  If  each  party,  as  it  comes  to  be  a  minority,  is 
to  "resist,"  political  chaos  will  follow.  Consequences 
may  not  be  disregarded,  as  they  are  an  index  to  the 
character  of  the  antecedent  conduct.  To  the  plea  "We 
must  obey  God  rather  than  man,"  the  writer  answers  : 
"The  command  of  God  is  heard  in  the  legalized  demand 
itself,  and  by  means  of  human  law  and  institutions." 
Morality  can  recognize  no  call  to  a  duty  which  disre- 
gards the  obligations  of  the  law  and  the  claims  it  lays 
upon  the  individual  citizen.  Passive  resistance  has  no 
support  on  ethical  grounds  alone,  or  on  ethic  political 
grounds,  Mr.  James  insists.  Yet,  if  rooted  in  the  re- 
ligious convictions  of  the  individual,  it  may  possess 
some  moral  value,  such  as  attaches  to  anything  done 
with  moral  seriousness  in  a  sense  of  moral  responsibility. 


SCIENCE   IN    FOREIGN    PERIODICALS. 


The  World's  Product  of  Quinine. — According 
to  a  report  of  the  director  of  the  quinine  plantations 
maintained  by  the  British  Government  in  India,  there 
was  manufactured  in  the  province  of  Madras,  in  1902, 
15,711  pounds  of  quinine,  and  in  Bengal,  11,927  pounds, 
making  a  total  of  27,638  pounds  from  all  India.  The 
island  of  Java  manufactured  and  exported  43,750 
pounds.  Figures  for  the  rest  of  the  world  are  supplied 
by  the  French  scientific  journal,  Mercure  (Paris).  The 
raw  material  (quinine)  is  produced  as  follows :  Java, 
14,726,000  pounds;  India,  2,020,000  pounds;  Ceylon, 
407,000  pounds  ;  South  America,  775,000  pounds  ;  Africa, 
179,872  pounds  ;— total,  la  107,872.  This,  when  manufac- 
tured, would  produce  801, 000-odd  pounds  of  quinine, 
which,  added  to  the  manufactured  product  of  India 
and  Java,  already  mentioned,  would  give  a  total  of 
933,000  pounds  of  quinine  produced  in  the  world  in  1902. 
The  two  principal  markets  for  this  product  are  Amster- 
dam and  London. 

A  New  Use  for  Aluminum.— At  a  recent  meeting 
of  the  French  Society  for  the  Encouragement  of  National 
Industry,  a  paper  was  read  on  the  substitution  of  alu- 
minum for  wood  in  the  machinery  of  spinning  mills. 
MHallurgie  (Paris)  regards  this  paper  as  a  valuable 
contribution  on  the  subject,  and  reports  the  following 


as  to  its  data  and  recommendations:  "In  the  textile 
industries — spinning,  dyeing,  and  silk-weaving,  among 
others — a  wooden  bobbin  is  generally  used.  This  is 
cheap  and  easily  worked,  but  it  has  many  drawbacks. 
Being  very  hygrometric,  it  suffers  from  variations  of 
temperature  ;  this  accounts  for  the  fact  that  in  spinning 
factories,  where  the  atmosphere  is  full  of  humidity,  the 
bobbins  revolve  irregularly,  causing  jerks  which  slacken 
the  speed  and  occasion  the  threads  to  break.  The  result 
is  waste  of  stuff  and  loss  of  time  in  joining  the  threads 
again.  It  has  been  proposed  to  substitute  aluminum 
for  wood.  Bobbins  made  of  this  metal  revolve  in  any 
temperature  and  any  degree  of  humidity  ;  their  relative 
lightness  (five  aluminum  bobbins  weigh  no  more  than 
two  wooden  ones)  allows  the  machines  carrying  them  to 
move  more  quickly,  or  an  equal  speed  may  be  obtained 
at  less  expense  of  motive  power ;  finally,  the  smaller 
volume  of  the  bobbins  diminishes  the  cost  of  transport. 
It  was  stated  that  several  firms  had  adopted  the  use  of 
aluminum  bobbins,  and  had  found  that  they  possessed 
many  advantages." 

Self- Registering  Meteorological  Apparatus 
in  Lapland. — Dr.  Hamberg  describes,  in  La  Nature 
(Paris),  a  successful  attempt  to  establish  a  self-regis- 
tering meteorological  apparatus  in  Lapland.     Such  an 


250 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


attempt  had  been  made  on  Mont  Blanc,  by  M.  Jann- 
sen,  but  not  very  successfully,  as  the  apparatus  failed 
to  keep  working  through  the  required  time.  The  first 
attempt  made  by  Hamberg,  in  1900,  was  a  failure. 
Later,  in  connection  with  a  scientific  exploration  of  the 
region  of  Sarjektjokko,  a  second  and  successful  attempt 
was  made.  A  number  of  difficulties  had  to  be  over- 
come. It  was  found  that  ink  could  not  be  used  for  the 
recording,  and  this  had  to  be  done  by  the  punctures  of 
needles.  Much  trouble  was  occasioned  by  the  collec- 
tion of  frost,  which  in  the  first  experiments  caused  a 
complete  stoppage  of  the  clockwork  mechanism.  This 
was  obviated  by  placing  the  station  at  a  lower  level. 
Great  care  had  to  be  taken  in  keeping  the  air  about  the 
instruments  as  dry  as  possible,  both  on  account  of  the 
frost  and  to  prevent  corrosion  of  the  instruments  by 
rust.  Then,  too,  the  recording  paper  was  likely  to 
buckle  because  of  differences  in  the  moisture.  The  de- 
sired dryness  was  brought  about  by  the  use  of  felt 
jackets  and  a  liberal  supply  of  calcium  chloride.  All 
these  difficulties  were  overcome,  however,  and  the  appa- 
ratus worked  successfully  through  the  winter.  While 
there  is  still  some  trouble  from  frost,  it  would  seem 
that  the  problem  of  establishing  a  self-registering  ap- 
paratus in  a  cold  climate  has  been  solved.  The  height 
of  the  whole  apparatus  is  only  four  meters,  and  the 
weight  descends  only  one  and  one-half  meters  to  insure 
motion  for  a  year.  The  year's  records  take  about 
twenty  meters  of  paper. 

Malaria  Expedition  to  Dutch  New  Guinea. — 

In  the  Zeitschrift  filr  Hygiene  und  Infections  Krarik- 
heiten  is  a  rather  long  article  by  Dr.  Dempareff,  report- 
ing in  regard  to  the  malaria  expedition  to  Dutch  New 
Guinea.  On  this  expedition,  Dr.  Dempareff  was  absent 
about  two  years.  He  visited  Egypt  first,  then  made  a 
prolonged  stay  in  Dutch  New  Guinea.  He  visited  the 
Western  Isles  at  the  close  of  1902,  and  on  his  homeward 
voyage  visited  Dutch  Samoa  and  Australia.  He  made 
a  careful  examination  of  the  country  with  reference  to 
the  development  of  malaria,  and  experimented  in 
methods  of  combating  the  disease.  Although  there  is 
little  that  is  really  new  in  his  report,  it  is  interesting 
and  important  as  confirmatory  evidence  in  regard  to 
the  cause  and  distribution  of  malaria.  Where  the 
Anopheles  mosquito  was  absent,  as  in  Samoa,  he  found 
no  malaria,  while  where  it  was  present,  malaria  was 
sometimes  prevalent  in  such  form  as  to  be  a  deadly 
scourge,  especially  to  children. 

The  Suppression  of  Malaria. — Prince  Auguste 
d'Arenberg,  the  president  of  the  company  of  the  Mari- 
time Canal  of  Suez,  writes  in  Annates  oVHyyie'ne  Pub- 
Uque  (Paris)  of  the  fight  against  malaria  in  Ismallia. 
It  is  interesting  as  showing  how  much  may  be  accom- 
plished by  a  careful  application  of  the  discoveries  of 
modern  science.  This  little  city,  situated  midway  on 
the  Suez  Canal,  had  become  so  invested  with  malaria 
that  few  of  its  inhabitants  escaped  the  disease.  After 
the  publication  of  the  work  of  Laveran  and  Koss,  a 
systematic  campaign  was  made  against  mosquitoes 
with  such  success  that  now  it  is  difficult  for  the  physi- 
cians who  are  studying  malaria  to  get  enough  specimens 
of  the  Anopheles  to  carry  on  their  work.  Mosquitoes 
are  practically  exterminated  in  the  city.  With  this 
destruction  of  mosquitoes  has  come  a  lessening  of  the 
number  of  cases  of  malaria.  In  1908,  there  were  only  two 
hundred  cases,  while  the  number  in  the  year  before  t  hat 


had  been  two  thousand.  There  is  every  reason  to  expect 
that  malaria  will  entirely  disappear  from  this  region. 

Inside  a  Thunder-Storm. — To  be  in  the  heart  of  a 
thunder-storm  in  a  balloon  is  probably  a  rare  experience, 
and  it  is  interesting  to  have  the  record  of  one  who  sur- 
vived it.    In  Longmans'  Magazine,  "Rev.  J.W.Bacon 

tells  of  such  an  experience.  The  balloon  was  at  a  height 
of  three  thousand  feet,  and  was  being  carried  along  by  a 
main  sweep  of  air.  "We  paid  insufficient  heed  to  a 
murky  veil  ahead  of  us,  which  began  gathering  and 
deepening,  and  blotted  out  the  view.  We  were  soon 
enveloped  in  this  gray  curtain,  and  thus  its  true  appear- 
ance was  lost  to  us ;  but  at  Newbury,  our  starting- 
ground,  a  large  crowd  was  watching  us  entering  a  vast 
and  most  menacing  thunder-pack,  and  was  wondering 
why  we  did  not  come  down.  The  first  real  warning 
which  we  had  of  our  predicament  was  a  flash  of  light- 
ning close  on  our  quarter,  answered  by  another  on  our 
other  side,  and  almost  before  we  could  realize  it,  we 
found  we  were  in  the  very  focus  of  a  furious  storm  which 
was  being  borne  on  an  upper  wind,  and  a  wild  conflict 
was  already  raging  around  us.  There  was  our  own  fast 
current  carrying  us  westward ;  there  was  the  storm- 
cloud  slightly  above  us  hurrying  to  the  east ;  and  added 
to  these  there  now  descended  a  pitiless  down-draught  of 
ice-cold  air  and  hail.  We  were  doubtless  in  a  cloud 
which  was  discharging  lightning  over  a  wide  area,  each 
flash,  however,  issuing  from  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
the  balloon,  and  the  idea  formed  on  the  writer's  mind 
was  that  many  flashes  were  level, — that  is,  as  if  from 
one  part  of  the  cloud  to  another.  Any  that  reached  the 
ground  must,  from  our  known  position,  have  been  at 
least  a  mile  long."  Mr.  Bacon  concludes  his  sketch  with 
the  reassuring  fact  that  during  ten  years  the  average 
annual  death-rate  from  lightning  is  less  than  one  in  a 
million. 

Color  Puzzles  in  Nature. — The  distribution  of 
color  in  nature  is  the  subject  of  a  very  interrogative 
article  in  the  Westminster  lie  view,  by  George  Trobridge. 
A  common  impression  that  intensity  of  color  depends 
upon  the  presence  of  light  isdiscredited  by  the  fact  that 
the  most  brilliant  of  precious  stones  are  found  deep  in 
the  earth,  that  the  bright-colored  pulp  of  many  kinds 
of  fruit  and  the  crimson  blood  of  animals  are 
also  hidden  from  the  light.  Cold  seems  to  turn  color 
pale.  Mr.  Trobridge  mentions  some  interesting  sea- 
sonal generalizations  concerning  flowers.  "In  winter 
and  early  spring,  white  and  yellow  assert  themselves. 
Pink  is  the  typical  color  of  summer."  The  deeper  and 
fuller  tints  are  most  prevalent  in  late  summer  and 
autumn.  "Yellow  holds  its  own  at  all  seasons."  The 
writer  throws  out  many  questions  to  which  no  answer 
has  yet  been  found.  Why  is  the  range  of  color  in  pinks 
and  carnations  limited  to  white  and  shades  of  red: 
Why  is  there  no  blue  rose  to  be  found,  though  almost 
every  other  color  has  its  rose!'  Why  is  color  in  fruit 
trees  limited  to  white,  pink,  crimson,  and  purple 
Why  is  purple  so  frequently  associated  with  poisonous 
plants:'  Passing  to  the  animal  world,  he  asks,  why  is 
white  so  rare  among  land  birds  and  so  common  among 
aquatic,  and  especially  marine,  birds?  How  is  it  that 
carnivorous  animals  are  so  frequently  striped  and 
spotted,  while  such   markings  are  comparatively   rare 

with  the  herbivorous?  Why  are  song  birds  usually 
somber  in  color,  while  the  brilliant-colored  species  have 
harsh  and  discordant  voices? 


THE    NEW    BOOKS. 

NOTES  ON  RECENT  AMERICAN  PUBLICATIONS. 


HISTORICAL  WORKS. 

A  THREE-VOLUME  "History  of  the  Moorish  Em- 
pire in  Europe"  (Lippincott),  by  S.  P.  Scott,  is 
the  result  of  twenty  years  of  labor,  most  of  them  spent 
st  inlying  the  remains  and  effect  of  the  Moorish  ascend- 
ency.  Mr.  Scott  begins  his  study  with  the  earliest  of 
the  ancient  Arabians,  and  considers  the  successive 
stages  of  development  and  history  of  that  really  mar- 
velous race,  whose  achievements  in  science,  literature, 
and  the  arts  have  been  the  inspiration  for  much  of  our 
present-day  progress.  Much  of  the  ground  already  cov- 
ered by  Irving  and  Prescott  had  to  be  resurveyed,  espe- 
cially as  Mr.  Scott  proves  from  the  authentic  chronicles 
of  eye-witnesses  that  there  are  many  errors  in  the  pages 
of  the  famous  historians.  It  is  a  carefully  done  work, 
with  a  good  deal  of  material,  itself  unimportant,  but 
valuable  as  sidelights  upon  the  psychology  of  the  peo- 
ple under  consideration.  The  author  disclaims  any 
feeling  of  animosity  against  the  Spanish  people,  and 
yet  a  perusal  of  this  book  does  not  tend  to  increase 
one's  respect  for  the  Spanish  character.  The  reader 
will  be  disappointed  at  finding  such  a  meager  descrip- 
tion of  the  famous  battle  of  Tours,  in  which  the  Mos- 
lem march  into  France  was  stayed.  Mr.  Scott  also 
sweeps  away  the  beautiful,  romantic,  and  chivalrous 
character  whom,  in  our  younger  days,  we  identified 
with  the  Cid.  Perhaps,  however,  these  are  but  evi- 
dences that  he  has  written  a  more  accurate  history. 

We  have  been  so  long  without  a  popular  single-volume 
history  of  the  United  States  that  most  students  and 
teachers  of  the  subject  had  begun  to  despair  of  the  at- 
tainment of  any  such  boon.  Mr.  Henry  William  Elson 
perceived  this  lack,  and  for  many  years  has  had  in  con- 
templation the  writing  of  a  work  that  should  fall  be- 
t  ween  the  elaborate  histories  which  few  people  ever  see, 
except  in  public  libraries,  and  the  condensed  school  his- 
tories, most  of  which  are  innocent  of  all  the  literary 
graces.  In  the  attainment  of  his  aim  to  interest  the 
general  reader  in  the  narrative  of  the  origin  and 
growth  of  our  country  and  its  institutions,  it  seems  to 
us  that  Mr.  Elson  has  met  with  unusual  success.  In  his 
selection  of  topics  (in  his  "  History  of  the  United  States  " 
—  Macmillan),  Mr.  Elson  has  discriminated  wisely, 
choosing  in  the  main  those  things  that  really  interest 
our  reading  public,  and  not  fearing  to  display,  on  occa- 
sion, a  commendable  independence  of  judgment.  He 
shows,  moreover,  intelligent  acquaintance  with  the  re- 
sults of  modern  scholarship,  frequently  accepting  such 
revisions  of  historical  statements  as  have  approved 
themselves  to  the  majority  of  independent  investigators, 
and  not  hesitating  to  express  judgments  of  popular 
heroes  that  run  counter  to  deep-seated  popular  preju- 
dice. Mr.  Elson  incorporates  in  his  notes  some  capital 
siiii.Lcestions  to  readers  who  wish  to  pursue  special  lines 
of  inquiry  by  consulting  the  best  secondary  authorities 
or  referring  to  the  original  sources.  His  whole  book  is 
itself  built  upon  the  most  serviceable  plan,  and  will  be 
found  of  great  use,  we  imagine,  even  to  specialists, 


while  students  in  high-school  and  college  courses  will 
find  the  work  a  helpful  supplement  to  their  text-books. 

A  novel  literary  enterprise  was  that  conceived  by  Mr. 
Olin  D.  Wheeler,  which  has  borne  fruit  in  two  volumes 
entitled  "The  Trail  of  Lewis  and  Clark"  (Putnams). 
In  these  volumes,  Mr.  Wheeler  not  only  tells  the  story 
of  Lewis  and  Clark's  famous  exploring  expedition  of 
one  hundred  years  ago,  but  gives  a  description  of  the 
trail  followed  by  those  intrepid  explorers  based  upon 
actual  travel  over  it  a  century  later.  Thus,  for  all  those 
Americans  who  now  dwell  in  the  regions  traversed  by 
the  exploring  party  of  1804-06,  this  book  has  more  than 
a  general  interest,  since  it  presents  so  effectively  the 
scenes  characteristic  of  their  own  localities.  School 
children  in  some  of  the  trans-Missouri  States  may  learn 
from  this  book,  for 
the  first  time,  per- 
haps, of  the  exact  lo- 
cation of  the  Lewis 
and  Clark  trail.  The 
illustrations  of  the 
work  are  numerous, 
and  have  been  select- 
ed with  excellent 
judgment. 

Long  before  the  late 
Frederick  Law  Olm- 
sted had  won  a  na- 
tional reputation  as  a 
landscape  architect, 
he  had  achieved  no 
little  fame  as  a  news- 
paper correspondent, 
writing  of  his  observations  in  the  Southern  States  more 
than  fifty  years  ago.  So  interesting  and  instructive 
were  Mr.  Olmsted's  comments  on  what  he  saw  in 
slavery  and  its  economic  effects  that  a  new  edition  of 
*•  -a.  Journey  in  the  Seaboard  Slave  States  "  (Putnams) 
has  just  been  brought  out,  with  a  biographical  sketch 
of  the  author  by  Mr.  Frederick  Law  Olmsted,  Jr.,  and 
an  introduction  by  Prof.  William  P.  Trent.  It  is  Pro- 
fessor Trent's  judgment  that  this  book  of  Mr.  Olmsted's 
"must  probably  rank  along  with  '  Uncle  Tom's  Cabin' 
and  '  The  Impending  Crisis'  as  one  of  the  three  books 
that  did  most  to  open  the  eyes  of  the  North  to  the  true 
nature  of  the  plague  of  slavery,  and  to  the  inflamed 
condition  of  public  opinion  at  the  South  during  the 
decade  preceding  the  Civil  War."  While  Mr.  Olmsted's 
book  was  one  that  made  the  least  sensation  at  the  time 
of  its  publication,  it  is  Professor  Trent's  opinion  that 
of  the  three  books  named  it  is  by  far  the  most  valuable 
to  the  historian  and  to  the  reader  in  reconstructing  the 
past. 

It  is  only  at  rare  intervals  that  such  wrorks  as  Prof. 
Herbert  L.  Osgood's  "The  American  Colonies  of  the 
Seventeenth  Century  "  (Macmillan)  are  issued  from  the 
press.  This  elaborate  study  is  the  result  of  many  years 
of  painstaking  research,  and  while  no  final  judgment 
can  be  passed  by  the  critics  until  all  the  volumes  of  the 


FREDERICK  LAW  OLMSTED. 


252 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


series  have  been  published,  it  is  safe  to  say  that  Profes- 
sor Osgood's  work  will  influence  all  consideration  of  the 
subject  for  many  years  to  come.  He  is  the  first  writer 
to  undertake  a  systematic  treatment  of  the  institutional 
history  of  the  colonies,  and  to  attempt  to  introduce  in 
such  a  history  some  conception  of  the  system  of  imperial 
control  under  which  they  existed.  In  the  two  volumes 
now  published,  Professor  Osgood  considers  only  the 
American  side  of  the  story.  In  the  volumes  to  appear 
in  the  future,  the  beginnings  of  colonial  administration, 
from  the  British  point  of  view,  will  be  discussed.  And 
thus  one  important  function  of  the  work  as  a  whole  will 
be  to  illustrate  the  principles  of  British  colonization,  so 
far  as  those  were  revealed  in  the  early  relations  between 
the  home  government  and  its  American  colonies.  Prom 
the  nature  of  the  case,  a  work  of  this  scope  is  more  than 
a  narrative  of  events ;  it  is  rather  a  series  of  discus- 
sions, or  essays,  on  the  various  phases  of  colonial  admin- 
istration. The  facts  of  colonial  history  are  stated  with 
great  clearness,  and  with  no  attempt  at  "fine  writing." 

Surely,  some  justification  is  required  for  the  writing 
or  publishing  of  a  new  life  of  Napoleon  at  this  late  day. 
In  the  case  of  Col.  Theodore  A.  Dodge's  elaborate  four- 
volume  work  (Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.),  it  is  to  be  noted 
that  the  book  is  less  a  biography  than  a  history,  form- 
ing, indeed,  one  of  the  series  of  volumes  published  under 
the  general  title  "Great  Captains,"  and  including,  up 
to  the  present,  Alexander,  Hannibal,  Cassar,  and  Gus- 
tavus  Adolphus.  The  present  work  takes  up  the  history 
of  the  art  of  war  from  the  beginning  of  the  French 
Revolution  to  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century,  giving 
a  detailed  account  of  the  wars  of  the  French  Revolution. 
It  is  strictly  a  military  work,  and  in  no  sense  a  personal 
biography.  The  political  events  of  the  Napoleonic  era 
are  touched  on  only  so  far  as  they  illustrate  the  art  of 
war  or  elucidate  campaigns.  In  this,  as  in  the  preced- 
ing volumes  of  the  series,  Colonel  Dodge  gives  us  the 
matured  conclusions  of  an  expert  on  matters  of  which 
only  an  expert  can  judge.  A  similar  study  of  Frederick 
the  Great  is  promised  for  the  near  future. 

Edgar  Stanton  Maclay,  the  historian  of  the  navy,  has 
discovered  a  United  States  ship  captain  and  two  impor- 
tant Revolutionary  War  battles  which  have  not  hereto- 
fore been  recorded.  In  a  sympathetic  account  based  on 
some  documents  recently  brought  to  light,  Mr.  Maclay 
has  told  the  story  of  "Moses  Brown,  Captain,  U.S.'.." 
(Baker,  Taylor).  Moses  Brown  was  one  of  the  privat  eer 
captains  who  sailed  from  Newburyport,  and  afterward 
became  captain  of  the  first  Merrimack,  in  the  United 
States  navy.     This  book,  is  illustrated.  . 

Michael  Davitt  has  written  the  story  of  the  Land 
League  revolution  in  Ireland,  under  the  title  "The 
Fall  of  Feudalism  in  Ireland "  (Harpers).  Mr.  Davitt 
writes  with  his  customary  vigor  and  fullness, — we  had 
almost  said  wordiness, — and  this  volume  of  seven  hun- 
dred and  fifty  pages  of  fine  print  is  crammed  with  quo- 
tations, citations,  digests,  legal  and  documentary  refer- 
ences, and  reproductions  of  letters  and  lists.  These 
make  rather  tedious  reading,  but  they  buttress  up  the 
argument,  and  are  valuable  as  records.  The  story  of 
Ireland's  wrongs  is  known  well  enough.  The  connected 
story  of  cause  and  effect,  however,  covering  two  centu- 
ries and  a  half  of  mistaken  rule  (if  not  misrule)  in  Ire- 
land, has  perhaps  never  been  told  with  such  "straight 
from  t  he  shoulder  "  blows  as  in  this  philippic  of  Michael 
Davitt. 

The  battle  of  the  Plains  of  Abraham,  which  decided 
the  fate  of  Canada,  was  also  the  culminating  feat  in 


one  of  the  greatest  imperial  wars.  It  serves  to  mark 
three  of  the  mightiest  epochs  of  modern  times, — the 
death  of  Greater  France,  the  coming  of  age  of  Greater 
Britain,  and  the  birth  of  the  United  States, — and  was 
made  possible  only  by  the  fact  that  Great  Britain  had 
secured  command  of  the  sea.  These  are  the  points 
upon  which  Major  William  Wood,  secretary  of  the 
Quebec  Branch  of  the  British  Navy  League,  has  elab- 
orated his  scholarly  work,  "The  Fight  for  Canada" 
(London:  Archibald  Constable  &  Co.).  "As  all  the 
Seven  Seas  are  strategically  one,  it  is  the  Navy  which 
is  the  great  unifying  force  in  every  world-wide  strug- 
gle. Armies  led  by  such  men  as  Wolfe  and  Frederick 
the  Great  are,  of  course,  indispensable  instruments  of 
victory.  But  squadrons  led  by  men  like  Saunders, 
Hawke,  and  Boscawen, — and  all  working  together  under 
the  supreme  direction  of  an  administrator  like  Anson, — 
are  the  uniting  forces  which  enable  a  world-power  to 
hold  its  own  through  an  age-long  crisis  like  the  Great 
Imperial  War,  when  led  by  a  statesman  like  the  first 
William  Pitt." 

Dr.  Walter  Robinson  Smith,  the  instructor  in  Amer- 
ican history  in  the  Washington  University,  St.  Louis, 
has  revised  his  lectures  delivered  before  the  University 
Association  and  published  them  in  a  compact  manual, 
under  the  title  "A  Brief  History  of  the  Louisiana  Ter- 
ritory "  (St.  Louis  News  Company). 

Apropos  of  the  Presidential  campaign,  one  or  two  re- 
cently published  historical  works  are  of  more  than  or- 
dinary interest.  The  two- volume  "History  of  the  Re- 
publican Party,"  by  Francis  Curtis  (Putnams),  appears 
just  at  the  completion  of  fifty  years  of  the  party's  exist- 
ence. In  the  first  volume,  Mr.  Curtis  makes  a  careful 
examination  of  the  origins  of  the  party,  its  earliest 
creeds,  platforms,  and  leaders,  and  the  contests  which 
it  waged  prior  to  and  during  the  Civil  War  and  the  era 
of  reconstruction.  In  the  second  volume  is  included  a 
full  exposition  of  the  party's  record  from  the  Liberal 
Republican  movement  of  1872  to  the  present  year.  Pres- 
ident Roosevelt  contributes  a  foreword,  and  Senator 
Frye  and  Speaker  Cannon,  introductions  to  the  work. 

Another  recent  publication  is  an  essay  by  President 
McKinley  entitled  "The  Tariff  :  A  Review  of  the  Tariff 
Legislation  of  the  United  States  from  1812  to  18 
(Putnams).  This  work  was  written  by  the  late  Presi- 
dent in  the  spring  of  1896,  a  few  weeks  before  his  first 
nomination  for  the  Presidency.  It  presents  a  compre 
hensive  survey  of  the  history  of  protection  in  the  United 
States,  and  of  the  ground  on  which  the  system  has  been 
confirmed  and  extended  by  successive  generations  of 
American  statesmen. 

An  interesting  contribution  to  our  educational  his- 
tory is  Mr.  Clifton  Johnston's  "Old  Time  Schools  and 
School  Books  "  (Macmillan),  a  volume  which  includes 
materials  gathered  from  all  sorts  of  out-of-the-way 
places,  and  forming,  inconnection  with  the  illust  rat  L< 
which  have  been  diligently  collected  by  the  author,  a 
remarkable  presentation  of  American  school  conditions 
of  bygone  times.  The  chapters  on  "  The  New  England 
Primer,"  "Noah  Webster  and  His  Spelling- Hook."  and 
"The  First  American  Geography"  are  of  special  interest. 

"Letters  from  an  American  Farmer,"  by  J.  Hector 
St.  John  CrevecoMtr,  have  been  reprinted  from  the  orig- 
inal edition,  with  a  prefatory  note  bj  1'rof.  William 
P.  Trent,  and  an  introduction  by  Ludwig  Eewisoim 
(Xew  York  :  Fox,  Dnflield  ft  Co.).  These  letters  orig- 
inally appeared  in  London,  in  the  year  IT88.  They  were 
written  by  a  Frenchman  who  settled  in  the  American 


THE  NEW  BOOKS. 


253 


colonies  some  years  before  the  Revolution,  and  describe 
with  fidelity  colonial  life  and  conditions.  As  literary 
productions,  these  letters  have  unusual  merit,  and  are 
well  worth  reading,  as  Professor  Trent  suggests,  for 
their  own  sake.  The  historical  student  will  find  them 
valuable  for  the  information  that  they  give  of  pre- 
Revolutionary  customs  and  social  life.  Especially  en- 
lightening is  the  letter  "What  is  an  American?" 

A  novelty  in  historical  text-books  is  Mr.  Barr  Ferree's 
"Pennsylvania  :  A  Primer"  (New  York  :  Leonard  Scott 
Publication  Company).  In  this  book  are  presented,  in 
the  most  concise  form  possible,  the  essential  facts  of 
Pennsylvania  history.  Since  it  is  intended  to  serve  as  a 
summary  of  facts,  the  text  is  arranged  in  paragraphs, 
which,  in  their  turn,  are  gathered  into  related  chapters, 
and  the  narrative  form  has  been  entirely  abandoned. 
In  the  compilation  of  the  work,  the  geography  and  the 
geology,  as  well  as  the  political  divisions,  of  the  State 
have  been  fully  treated.  The  illustrations  are  unusual 
for  a  volume  of  such  scope,  consisting  largely  of  maps, 
reproductions  of  old  prints,  facsimiles  of  manuscripts, 
and  other  similar  materials. 

BIOGRAPHY. 

"Frederick  the  Great,  and  the  Rise  of  Prussia,"  in  the 
"Heroes  of  the  Nations"  series  (Putnams),  is  by 
William  F.  Reddaway,  author  of  "The  Monroe  Doc- 
trine." The  story  of  the  rise  of  Prussia  has  often  been 
told,  but  it  bears  lessons  which  make  it  well  worth 
other  retellings.  How  much  it  resulted  from  the  per- 
sonality of  the  great  king  Mr.  Reddaway  points  out  in 
a  good  running  account,  illustrated  by  maps  and  dia- 
grams. 

It  seems  strange  that  historical  novelists  should  have 
passed  by  Jacqueline,  that  most  remarkable  woman,  in 
the  making  of  their  romances.  Jacqueline  was  the  last 
independent  sovereign  of  Holland  and  Zealand.  From 
her  sixteenth  year,  she  fought  against  Philip  of  Bur- 
gundy and  the  kings  of  Spain  to  save  her  patrimony. 
Not  even  the  royal  career  of  Mary  Queen  of  Scots  can 
surpass  that  of  Jacqueline  in  stirring  adventure  and 
varied  fortune.  The  novelist  will  no  doubt  appropriate 
this  splendid  dramatic  character  before  long.  Mean- 
while, the  true  record  of  her  varying  fortunes  has  been 
written,  under  the  title  "A  Mediaeval  Princess"  (Put- 
nams), by  Ruth  Putnam.  This  is  an  illustrated  history 
beginning  with  Jacqueline's  birth,  in  1401,  and  carrying 
the  record  of  her  life,  with  sidelights  on  the  country 
she  ruled,  to  her  death,  in  1436. 

Austin  Dobson  has  written  the  volume  on  Fanny 
Burney  in  the  "English  Men  of  Letters"  series  (Mac- 
millan).  Mr.  Dobson's  treatment  of  the  Burney  family, 
and  especially  of  the  sweet  girl  who  afterward  became 
Madame  D'Arblay  and  the  famous  novelist,  is  sym- 
pathetic, but  not  particularly  attractive  in  style. 

In  his  volume  on  Crabbe,  in  the  "English  Men  of 
Letters"  series  (Macmillan),  Alfred  Ainger  character- 
izes Crabbe  and  Wordsworth  as  the  two  eminent  Eng- 
lish poets  who  were  moderns  although  they  produced 
their  verse  before  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century. 
The  influence  of  Crabbe's  verse  to-day,  says  Mr.  Ainger, 
is  "  at  once  of  a  bracing  and  sobering  kind." 

Because  Matthew  Arnold's  voice  still  cries  in  the 
wilderness  and  the  world  needs  to  have  his  ideas  and 
theories,  his  admonitions  and  warnings,  unified,  Wil- 
liam Harbut  Dawson,  author  of  "German  Socialism 
and  Ferdinand  Lasalle,"  has  written  the  book  of  the 
Arnold  cult,  under  the  title  "Matthew  Arnold,  and 


MATTHEW  ARNOLD. 


His  Relation  to  the  Thought  of  Our  Time"  (Putnams). 
There  is  an  Arnold  cult,  a  cult  of  practical  idealism — 
"the  pursuit  of  perfection  as  the  worthiest  working 

principle  of  life."  Mr. 
Dawson  believes  that 
Arnold  is  gradually 
coming  into  his  own, 
because  his  idealism 
"  attracts  by  virtue  of 
its  very  sobriety  and 
sanity." 

Mr.  G.  W.  E.  Rus- 
sell's "Matthew  Ar- 
nold"   (Scribners)    is 
one  of  the  "Literary 
Lives  "  series.     It  was 
the  poet's  express 
wish    that    no    biog- 
raphy of  him  should 
be  written.    So  this  is 
really  an  appreciative 
study    based   largely 
on  the  collection  of  Arnold  letters,  edited  by  Mr.  Rus- 
sell and  published  some  ten  years  ago.     This  volume  is 
illustrated. 

The  volume  on 
Dante  Gabriel  Ros- 
setti,  in  the  "  English 
Men  of  Letters"  se- 
ries (Macmillan),  is  by 
Arthur  C.  Benson.  A 
strange,  sad,  beauti- 
ful, mysterious  life 
was  Rossetti's.  Mr. 
Benson  has  told  us 
a  more  connected  sto- 
ry of  it  than  we  have 
ever  seen  before. 

H61ene    Vacaresco, 
one  of  the  ladies-in- 
waitingtoQueenEliz- 
abeth  of  Roumania, 
has   written    an    ac- 
count o  f  h  e  r    first- 
hand impressions  of  various  European  monarchs,  under 
the  title  "Kings  and  Queens   I  Have  Known"  (Har- 
pers).   The  royalties  whom  Mme.  Vacaresco  met  were, 
of  course,  the  famous  Queen  of  Roumania — "Carmen 

Sylva"  —  King  Ed- 
ward and  Queen 
Alexandra  of  Eng- 
land, Kaiser  Franz 
Josef  of  Austria,  Kai- 
ser Wilhelm  of  Ger- 
many, the  Russian 
Czar  and  Czarina,  the 
Dowager-Queen 
(Margarita),  and 
King  Emmanuel  and 
Queen  Helena  of  It- 
aly, Queen  Christina 
and  King  Alfonso  of 
Spain,  Queen  Wilhel- 
mina  of  the  Nether- 
lands, the  sovereigns 
of  Servia,  Pope  Leo 
XIII.,  and  Queen  Vic- 

HELENS  VACARESCO.  toria. 


DANTE  GABRIEL  ROSSETTI. 


254 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


FKANCIS  PAKKMAN. 

(From  frontispiece  in  "American 
Men  of  Letters"  series.) 


An  unprejudiced  examination  of  Tolstoy's  ideas  in 
the  light  of  modern  knowledge,  tracing  their  develop- 
ment from  inception  to  present-day  status,  is  what  T. 
Sharper  Knowlson  attempts  to  do  in  his  book  "  Leo  Tol- 
stoy" (Frederick  Warne).  Mr.  Knowlson  claims  that 
while  the  life  of  the  great  Russian  shows  many  violent 
contrasts  and  inconsistencies,  it  is  not  because  he  is  a 
"worn-out  libertine  who  has  made  of  the  dregs  of  his 
old  age  a  hypocritical  offering  to  religion."  Tolstoy  is, 
underneath  all,  an  honest  thinker,  "a  world  character 
who  in  some  directions  will  become  a  world  force." 

Mr.  Henry  Dwight  Sedgwick  has  a  fine  scholarly  in- 
sight, and  when  he  writes  about  a  scholar  such  as 
Francis  Parkman  the 
result  is  a  polished 
piece  of  literature. 
There  is  nothing  sen- 
sational in  his  life  of 
Parkman,  in  the 
"American  Men  of 
Letters"  series 
(Houghton),  but  it  is 
a  well-told  bit  of  bi- 
ography. The  volume 
ume  has  a  portrait  of 
Parkman  for  a  fron- 
tispiece. The  summer 
journals  of  the  his- 
torian, a  diary  of  a 
trip  to  Europe,  and 
"several  erratic  and 
scrappy "  note-books 
show  Park  man's 
methods  of  examin- 
ing historic  places  and  of  collecting  historical  ma- 
terials. 

Maria  Edgeworth,  as  the  author  of  Irish  books,  with 
a  number  of  hitherto  unpublished  letters,  is  the  picture 
the  Hon.  Emily  Lawless  has  presented  in  her  volume 
on  Miss  Edgeworth  in  the  "English  Men  of  Letters" 
series  (Macmillan).  The  reader  gets  quite  an  insight 
into  Irish  life  in  the  last  years  of  the  eighteenth  century. 

RECOLLECTIONS,  CHIEFLY  LITERARY. 
The  famous  Englishmen  of  the  last  century,  literary, 
political,  and  ecclesiastical,  have  been  given  more  than 
usual  attention  by  writers  this  past  year.  A  number 
of  books  have  appeared  which  can  be  classed  together 
because  of  their  subject-matter  rather  than  of  the  way 
in  which  they  have  been  treated.  "Personalia"  (Dou- 
bleday,  Page),  from  the  pen  of  an  anonymous  writer,  is 
one  of  this  class.  The  writer,  who  signs  himself  "Sig- 
ma," has  had  a.  most  enviable  acquaintance  with  a,  sur- 
prisingly large  number  of  prominent  Englishmen  in 
the  past  fifty  years.  Writing  in  a  gossipy  and  some- 
what acrid  style,  the  author  has  divided  his  anecdotes 
and  reminiscences  into  five  parts, — "Harrow  in  the 
Early  Sixties;"  "Lawyers;"  "The  Church;"  "Art 
and  Letters;"  "Personages  and  Retrospects."  The 
reader  discovers,  as  he  always  does  when  reading  any- 
thing biographical,  that  some  of  the  most  illustrious 
people  have  been  possessed  of  certain  distressing  traits 
of  character,— in  fact,  "Sigma"  has  noted  these  with 
great  accuracy,  while  he  has  failed  to  see  the  kindlier 
traits  which  genuine  friendship  with  the  persons  de- 
scribed would  certainly  have  revealed.    Browning,  Car- 

lyle,  Dickens,  Disraeli,  A  rehbishop  Davidson,  l)u  Man- 
ner, Gladstone,  Lord  Milner,  Shelley,  Archbishop Tait, 


v^T^' 


MRS.  GEORGE  BAXCROFT. 


Thackeray,   Bishop   Wilberforce,   Oscar  Wilde,    and  a 
hundred  others  are  mentioned. 

"Mrs.  George  Bancroft's  Letters  from  England" 
(Scribners),  which  first  appeared  serially  in  Scribnei*t 
Magazine,  is  another  of  this  type  of  book.  London  so- 
ciety in  the  forties  could  boast  of  a  host  of  famous  per- 
sons, and  Mrs.  Ban- 
croft's position  as  wife 
of  the  American  am- 
bassador, together  with 
the  charm  of  manner 
which  must  have  been 
hers,  gave  her  a  large 
acquaintance  among 
the  most  sought-after 
people  of  the  day.  The 
letters,  addressed  to 
members  of  her  family 
and  to  a  few  friends, 
are  written  in  the  dig- 
nified style  of  sixty 
years  ago,  with  a  puri- 
ty of  diction  and  a 
grace  of  narration 
worthy  of  the  wife  of  the  great  historian. 

Still  a  third  publication  of  the  same  general  stamp  as 
the  two  mentioned  above  is  "Chats  on  Writers  and 
Books "  (Sergei),  by  the  late  John  N.Crawford.  Mr. 
Crawford  was  a  newspaper  writer  of  some  repute,  whose 
work  appeared  for  many  years  in  the  Chicago  papers. 
Beginning  with  Dean  Swift,  and  coming  down  to  the 
end  of  the  Victorian  era,  the  reader  is  asked  to  glance 
at  considerably  over  one  hundred  writers  of  books. 

POLITICS,  ECONOMICS,  AND  SOCIOLOGY. 

President  Roosevelt's  virile  philosophy  of  life,  as 
shown  in  his  personal  utterances  on  various  matters  of 
vital  public  and  private  interest,  has  been  presented  in  an 
attractive  systematized  form  in  a  little  volume  under 
the  title  "The  Roosevelt  Doctrine."  This  book,  which 
is  published  by  Robert  Grier  Cooke,  was  compiled  by 
E.  E.  Garrison.  There  are  nearly  twenty-five  important 
topics  treated  in  a  consecutive  way,  and  together  they 
give  a  brief  summary  of  the  principles  of  American 
citizenship  and  government.  Mr.  Roosevelt's  public 
utterances  really  present  a  rather  remarkable  exposi- 
tion of  the  duties  and  rights  of  man  and  government, 
particularly  of  the  American  man  and  the  American  gov- 
ernment, and  it  was  distinctly  worth  while  to  bring 
these  utterances  into  related  form.  This  volume  is 
introduced  by  an  extract  from  the  introduction  to  the 
President's  "  Published  Speeches  "  by  Dr.  Albert  Shaw, 
editor  of  the  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 

In  this  campaign  year,  when  the  relation  of  thi 
/.en  to  the  State  will  be  a  matter  of  frequent  discussion. 
the  appearance  of  such  a  work  as  Mr.  Frederick  Van 
Dyne's  "Citizenship  of  the  United  States"  (Roches 
ter,  X.  V.:  Lawyers'  Cooperative  Publishing  Com- 
pany) is  peculiarly  opportune.  Mr.  Van  Dyne  is  assist- 
ant solicitor  of  the  State  Department  at  Washii 
and  is  frequently  called  upon  to  deal  in  a  practical  way 
with  the  various  questions  thai  group  themselves  under 
the  chapter-heads  of  his  book.  This  is  doubtless  one 
reason  why  his  treatment  of  these  questions  is  notable 

for  its  deliniteness  and  grasp  of  the  concise  points  in 
volved.    Mr.  Van  Dyne's  work  is  confined  to  the  sub 

jcct  of  federal  citizenship,  which  with  the  recent  rapid 
de\  elopment  of  our  nation  as  a  world-power  lias  become 


THE  NEW  BOOKS. 


255 


MR,  FREDERICK  VAN  DYNE. 


a  far  more  important  matter  than  formerly.  It  is  a 
great  advantage  to  have  the  points  of  the  judicial  de- 
cisions, international  treaties,  and  other  authorities 
brought  together  in  this  compact  treatise.     The  real 

value  of  the  work  is 
attested  by  the  action 
of  the  United  States 
Government  in  placing 
a  copy  in  the  hands  of 
each  of  our  diplomatic 
officers  and  consuls. 

The  aim  of  Prof.  W. 
W.  Willoughby,  in  his 
volume  entitled  "Po- 
litical Theories  of  the 
Ancient  World"  (Long- 
mans), is  to  include  in- 
formation drawn,  not 
only  from  the  ordinary 
formal  sources,  but 
from  such  knowledge 
as  we  have  of  contem- 
poraneous political 
practice  and  social  life,  as  well  as  from  the  prevailing 
conceptions  of  ancient  times.  His  purpose  is  less  to 
present  a  series  of  abstract  systems  as  apparently  the 
arbitrary  creations  of  their  originators  than  to  exhibit 
the  development  of  thought,  the  phases  of  which  are 
made  to  appear  as  logical  results  of  ancient  political 
life,  and  of  the  ethical  and  intellectual  peculiarities  of 
the  times  in  which  they  were  formulated. 

One  of  the  newer  American  writers  whose  work  has 
won  much  favorable  notice,  especially  in  the  South,  is 
Mr.  William  Garrott  Brown,  whose  most  recent  volume, 
"The  Foe  of  Compromise"  (Macmillan),  is  a  series  of 
clever  essays  chiefly  dealing  with  American  political 
problems.  Apropos  of  the  Presidential  campaign,  Mr. 
Brown's  defense  of  American  parties  in  this  volume  will 
be  read  with  special  interest.  The  book  is  notable  for 
its  literary  quality.  The  title  essay,  originally  pub- 
lished in  the  Atlantic  Monthly,  was  pronounced  by 
the  London  Daily  Mail  as  "a  most  brilliant  piece  of 
literary  work,  original  in  style,  comprehensive  and  elo- 
quent in  thought."  Mr.  Brown  writes  with  rare  dis- 
crimination and  insight. 

"American  Problems"  (Winona  Publishing  Com- 
pany) is  the  title  of  a  volume  by  the  Rev.  Joseph  A. 
Vance,  of  Chicago,  which  includes  discussions  of  the 
negro  problem  and  several  other  social  questions,  par- 
ticularly those  connected  with  municipal  government. 
The  book  as  a  whole  is  a  plea  for  the  application  of  the 
principles  of  genuine  Christianity  to  the  solution  of 
these  vital  social  and  political  problems. 

Dr.  George  Scherger's  book  on  "The  Evolution  of 
Modern  Liberty  "  (Longmans)  is  chiefly  interesting  for 
its  consideration  of  the  relation  between  the  principles 
of  the  French  Revolution  and  those  of  the  American 
Revolution,  as  expressed  especially  in  the  Bills  of  Rights 
of  the  individual  States.  While  Dr.  Scherger  dissents 
from  the  view  that  the  French  Declaration  of  the  Rights 
of  Man  is  a  literal  transcription  of  the  Bills  of  Rights, 
he  maintains  that  the  idea  of  the  Declaration  of  the 
Rights  of  man  is  specifically  American.  He  declares 
that  there  is  no  trace  of  such  an  idea  in  Rousseau  or  in 
any  other  French  writer. 

In  "The  Citizen's  Library,"  Dr.  Delos  F.  Wilcox  has 
contributed  a  useful  little  book  entitled  "  The  American 
City:  A  Problem  in  Democracy  "  (Macmillan).    Avail- 


ing himself  of  the  great  body  of  literature  dealing  with 
the  governmental  problems  of  the  American  city  that 
has  come  into  existence  within  the  past  few  years,  Dr. 
Wilcox  discusses  in  this  volume  what  he  regards  as  the 
fundamental  principles  of  the  American  city  problem, 
and  points  out  its  real  relations  to  the  great  problem  of 
human  freedom  as  it  is  being  worked  out  in  American 
political  institutions.  Some  of  the  author's  chapter- 
heads  will  indicate  the  scope  of  his  work, — "  Democracy 
and  City  Life  in  America,"  "  The  Street,"  "  The  Control 
of  Public  Utilities,"  "Civic  Education  ;  or,  the  Duty  to 
the  Future,"  "Municipal  Insurance,"  "Local  Centers 
of  Civic  Life,"  "Local  Responsibility;  or,  Municipal 
Home  Rule,"  "Municipal  Revenues,"  "Municipal 
Debt,"  and   "  A  Programme  of  Civic  Effort." 

In  "  The  Better  New  York"  (Baker,  Taylor),  Dr.  Wil- 
liam H.  Tolman  and  Charles  M.  Street  present  a  kind 
of  sociological  Baedeker  covering  the  metropolitan  dis- 
trict. Dividing  the  city  of  New  York  into  eleven  sec- 
tions, the  various  philanthropic  and  educational  insti- 
tutions in  these  sections  have  been  described  in  this 
book,  so  that  by  following  the  programme  here  laid 
out  a  visitor  to  the  me- 
tropolis who  is  interested 
in  the  institutional  life 
of  the  city  may  spend 
many  profitable  hours — 
or  days,  as  the  case  may 
be — in  a  tour  of  all  the 
important  institutions 
without  once  retracing 
his  steps. 

In  "Working  with  the 
People"  (Wessels  Com- 
pany), Charles  Sprague 
Smith,  managing  direc- 
tor of  the  People's  Insti- 
tute, New  York,  has  told 
the  story  of  the  excellent 

work  done  by  himself  prof.  Charles  sprague  smith. 
and  his    fellow-laborers 

in  spreading  abroad  a  clearer  conception  of  the  unity  of 
all  education  and  uplift  effort — in  a  school  of  social 

science  in  which  "all 
social  faiths  could  meet 
and  reason  together." 

Dr.  G.  Stanley  Hall's 
monumental  study  of 
"Adolescence  "  (Apple- 
tons)  is  sub  -  headed 
a  study  of  "the  psy- 
chology of  adolescence, 
and  its  relations  to 
physiology,  anthropol- 
ogy, sociology,  sex, 
crime,  religion,  and 
education."  This  work, 
in  two  volumes,  is 
based  on  the  author's 
"Psychology,"  a  work 
which  is  now  in  prep- 
aration. Dr.  Hall,  who 
is  president  of  Clark  University,  and  who  holds  the 
chair  of  psychology  and  pedagogy  at  that  institution, 
says  that  he  was  impelled  to  the  study  by  his  belief 
that  "never  has  youth  been  exposed  to  such  dangers 
of  both  perversion  and  arrest  as  in  our  own  land  and 
day."    It  consists  of  a  revision  and  amplification  of  a 


DR.  G.  STANLEY   HALL. 


256 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


series  of  lectures,  from  which  much  of  the  technical 
has  heen  eliminated.  Prominence  is  given  to  the  vari- 
ous manifestations  of  sex  and  their  influence  on  life. 

WORLD-POLITICS  AND  THE  FAR  EAST. 

A  most  attractive  title  to  a  book  is  the  one  Dr.  Emil 
Reich  has  given  to  his  latest  study  of  national  psychol- 
ogy, "Success  Among  Nations"  (Harpers).  This  is  a 
study  of  the  three  questions:  "Which  were  the  suc- 
cessful nations ?"  "What  were  the  causes  of  their  suc- 
cess?" and  "Which  are  likely  to  be  the  successful  na- 
tions of  the  future  ? "  National  success,  Dr.  Reich 
contends,  is  due,  primarily,  to  quality,  not  quantity,  and 
to  a  properly  balanced  will  and  intellect  in  the  national 
character.  He  measures  the  principal  nations  of  an- 
cient and  modern  times  by  this  standard,  and  endeav- 
ors to  explain  the  causes  of  failure  in  certain  cases. 
Russia,  this  writer  believes,  will  never  exert  a  great 
influence  on  the  civilization  of  the  world,  because  Rus- 
sia represents  quantity,  not  quality.  Germany  has  a 
real  chance  to  be  world-dominant.  "  British  civilization 
will  always  be  great  and  one-sided.  In  Europe,  she  can 
no  longer  be  umpire."  The  United  States,  being  neigh- 
borless,  and,  moreover,  her  women  being  lacking  in 
"what  it  is  customary  to  esteem  feminine  in  Europe, 
especially  in  the  question  of  maternity,  is  likely  to  fail, 
unless  great  care  be  taken."  It  is  true  that  oui-s  is  not 
the  land  of  the  almighty  dollar  to  the  extent  that  some 
Europeans  would  have  the  world  believe,  and  it  is  also 
true,  Dr.  Reich  admits,  that  America  "has  solved  ideals 
[how  does  one  solve  an  ideal  ?],  moral  and  social,  which 
European  nations  have  in  vain  endeavored  to  attain." 
But,  nevertheless,  a  close  study  of  American  history 
and  American  institutions  inspires  the  Hungarian  his- 
torian (Dr.  Reich)  with  "  far  more  apprehension  as  to  a 
sound  development  of  America  in  the  future  than  with 
fear  for  the  fortunes  of  Europe."  The  path  of  America 
is  "strewn  with  stumbling-blocks  which  it  will  require 
her  utmost  ingenuity  to  circumvent  or  to  surmount." 
Several  of  the  chapters  in  this  book  have  already  ap- 
peared in  the  form  of  magazine  articles,  and  one  of  them 
has  been  quoted  from  in  the  Review  of  Reviews. 

Books  of  political  and  economic  information  on  con- 
ditions in  the  far  East  and  the  issues  involved  in  the 

Russo-Japanese  war  are 
plentiful  and  valuable. 
One  of  the  most  useful  is 
Dr.  Wolf  von  Schier- 
brand's  "America,  Asia, 
and  the  Pacific  "  (Holt), 
which  is  an  attempt  to 
present  an  idea  of  the 
great  international 
struggle  sure  to  come  in 
the  near  future  for  the 
control  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean  and  the  great 
trade  of  its  markets.  Dr. 
,1/  /,  ■.     von  Schierbrand's  chief 

contention  is  that  dur- 
ing the  present  century 
the  Pacific  is  bound  to 
become  what  the  Atlan- 
tic was  during  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth,  and  the 
Mediterranean  during  the  twenty  live  centuries  pre- 
ceding, lie  believes  that  t  lie  United  States  is  the  nation 
best  equipped  for  the  coming  race  in  the  Pacific,  and 
devotes  several  chapters,  in  the  main,  to  proving  this. 


T; 


DR.  WOT.F  VON  SCIIIEKHHAND. 


America's  chief  rivals,  Great  Britain  and  her  colonies, 
Germany,  France,  Japan,  and  Russia,  are  also  consid- 
ered, and  their  equipment  noted.  His  observations  on 
the  Panama  Canal  and  the  future  of  the  Dutch  East 
Indies  are  particularly  interesting  and  suggestive.  A 
dozen  or  more  maps  help  to  elucidate  the  text. 

A  year — just  365  days — spent  in  traveling  through  all 
parts  of  the  Philippines  has  furnished  A.  H.  Savage 
Landor,  the  explorer,  author  of  "In  the  Forbidden 
Land"  (Tibet),  with  materials  for  a  very  complete 
work  on  the  Philippine  Islands,  dealing  fully  with  topo- 
graphical, ethnological,  civil,  and  political  conditions. 
Two  or  three  thousand  photographs  taken  during  the 
trip  afford  excellent  material  for  illustration  to  this 
rather  bulky  volume,  which  Mr.  Landor  has  entitled 
"The  Gems  of  the  East"  (Harpers).  He  has  made  a 
very  readable  record  of  a  trip  of  several  thousands  of 
miles  into  regions  never  before  visited  by  white  men, 
and  has  interspersed  this  record  with  many  episodes  and 
personal  experiences.  A  number  of  tables  and  a  good 
map  of  the  archipelago  complete  the  work. 

A  new  book  of  travel,  "The  Heart  of  the  Orient" 
(Putnams),  by  Michael  M.  Shoemaker,  describes  a  sec- 
tion of  the  East  about  which  but  little  has  been  written. 
Starting  from  Constantinople,  Mr.  Shoemaker  made  an 
extensive  tour  through  the  Caucasus,  northern  Persia, 
Turkestan,  western  China,  and  eastern  Russia,  and 
back  to  St.  Petersburg.  He  tells  in  a  pleasing  way  a 
great  many  interesting  things  about  the  country  and 
the  mode  of  travel. 

BOOKS  OF  AMUSEMENT. 

Carolyn  Wells'  delicious  "Nonsense  Anthology" 
(Scribners)  contains  all  the  time-honored  ballads,  lim- 
ericks, and  other  rhymes  which  reconcile  us  to  serious- 
ness and  logic  by  being  so  different.  De  Quincey  once 
said,  "None  but  a  man  of  extraordinary  talent  can 
write  first-rate  nonsense."  Certain  it  is  that  nonsense 
has  its  legitimate  place 
among  the  divisions  of 
humor,  and  though  it 
cannot  be  reduced  to  an 
exact  science,  we  must 
acknowledge  it  a  fine  art. 
Besides  the  traditional 
nonsense,  there  is  in  this 
volume  a  goodly  sprin- 
kling of  the  newer  and 
less-known  rhymes. 

The  most  entertaining 
book  on  the  American 
metropolis  we  have  seen 
for  some  time  is  Rupert 
Hughes'  "The  Real 
New  York"  (Smart  Set 
Company).  The  flavor  of 
the  city's  life,  as  well  as 
the  excellent  graphic  description  of  points  of  interest, 
make  the  text  as  delightful  as  Hy.  Mayer's  illustr.i 
tions  are  appropriate. 

" Phoenixia.ua,"  by  John  Phoenix,  first  published  in 
1855,  is  again  presented  by  D.  Appleton  &  Company  in 
an  attractive  edition  tor  which  .John  Kendrick  Bang! 
has  written  an  interesting  introduction.  As  an  amus- 
ing diversion,  nothing  could  be  better  than  these  ab- 
surdities,— the  very  extract  of  nonsense  and  tomfool- 
ery, but  with  enough  genuine  wit  and  merit  to  have 
made  them  last,  for  fifty  years  at  least. 


HUPKKT  HUGHES. 


The    American    Monthly    Review    of    Reviews, 
edited  by  albert  shaw. 

CONTENTS    FOR    SEPTEMBER.    1904. 


The  Late  Senator  Vest Frontispiece 

The  Progress  of  the  World— 

Republicans  Awaiting  the  Verdict 259 

A  Position  Defensive  but  Alert 259 

The  Democrats  Recovering  Party  Tone 259 

The  Campaign  Organization 260 

Dividing  the  Field 260 

The  Executive  Committee 260 

A    -Plutocratic  "  Group 261 

Mr.  Peabody  as  Treasurer 262 

Will  the  Election  be  Honest  ? 262 

The  New  York  State  Situation 263 

Mr.  Roosevelt's  Notification  Speech 264 

Judge  Parker's  Speech  at  Esopus 265 

( )n  the  Tariff  and  Trusts 265 

On  the  Philippines 266 

Have  We  a  Tariff  Issue  ? 266 

The  Two  Candidates  on  War  and  Peace 266 

A  Single-term  Candidate 267 

The  Early  Campaigns  in  Vermont  and  Maine. .  268 

Politics  in  the  Bay  State 269 

•  ( tut  in  Indiana" 269 

\  Venerable  Candidate 270 

West  Virginia  as  Doubtful  Territory 271 

In  the  West 271 

As  to  "  Law  and  Order"  in  Colorado 271 

Disorders  in  Another  Direction 272 

Colorado  and  Georgia •  •   272 

Southern  Progress 273 

Mr.  Folk  and  Missouri  Politics 273 

Walbridge  and  the  Republicans 273 

What  Do  the  "  Boodlers  "  Prefer  ? 274 

Turkey  Makes  Concessions 275 

H ussia  and  Neutral  Shipping 275 

The  Sinking  of  the  Knight  Commander 276 

American  Cargo  Involved 276 

What  is  Contraband  ? 276 

The  Right  to  Sink  Neutral  Ships 276 

Mr.  Hay  on  Principles  Involved 276 

Closing  in  Upon  Port  Arthur 277 

Naval  Battle  at  Port  Arthur 277 

The  Russian  Defeat 277 

Japan  Violates  Chinese  Neutrality 278 

Vladivostok  Squadron  Destroyed 278 

The  Decisive  Battle  Near .' 279 

<  'apt  ure  of  Newchwang 279 

Kuropat kin's  Plight 279 

A  Son  Horn  to  the  Czar 280 

Issassi  nation  of  Von  Plehve 280 

Revolutionary  Progress  in  Russia 280 

A  Reactionary  Type 280 

With   portraits  of  prominent  personalities,    American 
and  foreign,  and  cartoons  and  other  illustrations. 

Record  of  Current  Events 281 

With  portraits. 
Some  American  Cartoons  of  the  Month 284 

Chairman  Taggart  and  the  Democratic  Cam- 
paign     289 

By  .lames  1'.  Uornaday. 
With  portraits. 

Chairman     Cortelyou     and     the      Republican 

Campaign 294 

By  Albert  Halstead.    With  portraits. 
President  Roosevelt  as  Europe  Sees  Him 299 

By  Louis  E.  Van  Norman. 
With  reproductions  of  foreign  cartoons. 


The  New  York  Rapid  Transit  Subway 306 

By  Herbert  Croly. 
With  illustrations. 

Tilling  the  "  Tules  "  of  California 812 

By  A.  J.  Wells.    With  illustrations. 

How  the  Dutch  Have  Taken  Holland 318 

By  Frank  D.  Hill. 
With  illustrations. 

Educational  Worth  of  the  Exposition 323 

By  Nicholas  Murray  Butler. 
With  illustrations. 

A  Unique  Investigation:  Methods  of  the  Gen- 
eral Education  Board.. .  .    327 

By  W.  H.  Heck. 
With  portrait  of  Wallace  Buttrick. 

Two  French  Apostles  of  Courage  in  America.   329 

By  Alvan  F.  Sanborn. 

With  portraits  of  Charles  Wagner  and  Paul  Adam. 

How  the  Japanese  Communicate  in  Battle. . . .  332; 
By  M.  C.  Sullivan. 
With  illustrations. 

Kuroki,  Leader  of  the  Japanese  Advance 335 

By  Hirata  Tatsuo. 
With  portrait  of  General  Kuroki. 

A  Chinaman  on  the  "  Yellow  Peril  " 337 

By  Chang  Yow  Tong. 

What  the  People  Read  in  Italy 339 

With  portrait  of  Angelo  de  Gubernatis,  and  other 
illustrations. 

Leading  Articles  of  the  Month — 

The  Czar  of  Russia  at  Home 

Russian  Icons  and  Iconolatry 

Kuropatkin  from  a  Swedish  Point  of  View 

Von  Plehve,  a  Typical  Bureaucrat 

Russian  Weakness — by  Russians 

Industrial  Combinations  in  Russia 

What  Japan  Should  Do  for  Korea 

A  Japanese  on  the  Yellow  Peril 

The  Monroe  Doctrine  and  the  World  Peace 

What  it  Costs  to  Elect  a  President 

August  Belmont,  Financier  and  Politician 

' '  Golden  Rule  "  Jones,  of  Toledo 

The  New  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

The  Crisis  in  Trade-Union  Morals 

The  Plantation  as  a  Civilizing  Factor 

The  United  States  in  the  Mediterranean 

The  Sixth  Centenary  of  Petrarch 

Why  Italians  Dislike  d'Annunzio 

Education  and  Literature  in  Spain 

The  Beauties  of  the  Arab  Civilization 

The  Original  Inhabitants  of  Siberia 

Sayings  of  Jesus  Not  in  the  Bible 

The  Conflict  of  Religion  and  Science 

A  Proposed  New  Russian  Loan 

The  Economic  Life  of  the  Italian  Population.. . 

"  Salt  Tears  "  Under  the  Microscope 

The  Sleeping  Sickness  :  What  It  Is 

Changes  in  the  Blood  at  High  Altitudes 

The  Effects  of  Borax  LTpon  Health 

Mexican  Railroads 

The  Evolution  of  a  New  Gospel 

With  portraits. 

Briefer  Notes  on  Topics  in  the  Periodicals. . .  375 

With  illustration. 
The  New  Books 381 

With  portraits. 


342 
343 

344 
345 
346 
348 
349 
350 
351 
352 
353 
354 
355 
356 
357 
358 
359 
360 
361 
363 
365 
366 
366 
367 
368 
369 
370 
370 
371 
372 
374 


TERMS:  $2.50  a  year  in  advance:  25  cents  a  number.  Foreign  postage  $1.00 a  year  additional.  Subscribers  may  rernitto  us 
by  post-otfiee  or  express  money  orders,  or  by  bank  checks,  drafts,  or  registered  letters.  Money  in  letters  is  at  sender's 
risk.  Renew  as  early  as  possible,  in  order  to  avoid  a  break  in  the  receipt  of  the  numbers.  Bookdealers,  Postmasters,  and 
Newsdealers  receive  subscriptions.  (Subscriptions  to  the  English  Review  of  Reviews,  which  is  edited  and  published  by 
Mr.  W.  T.  Stead  in  London,  may  be  sent  to  this  office,  and  orders  for  single  copies  can  also  be  rilled,  at  the  price  of  $2.50 
for  the  yearly  subscription,  including  postage,  or  25  cents  for  single  copies.)  THE  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  CO., 
13  Astor  Place,  New  York  City. 


THE    LATH   SENATOR    GEORGE   GRAHAM   VEST,    OF   MISSOURI. 


i.Mr.  Vest  was  horn  in  Kentucky  in  1880,  began  to  practise  law  in  Missouri  while  a  very  young  man.  wa- 
in both  branches  of  the  <  'on federate  Congress,  and  was  sent  to  the  United  States  Senate  in  1879,  serving  there  con- 
tinuously for  twenty-four  years,  and  retiring  last  year  on  account  of  ill-health.  He  died  on  August  '.'.  He  W 
strong  Democratic  partisan,  a  brilliant  orator,  and  a  conspicuous  figure  in  the  Senate.  As  he  lay  dying,  his  polil 
leal  opponents  in  the  Missouri  Republican  State  Convention,  in  a  telegram  of  sympathy  to  Mrs.  Vest,  paid  flu- 
Senator  the  following  tribute:  "The  unquestioned  integrity  and  unsullied  honor  of  your  distinguished  husband 
will  he  not  only  n  priceless  heritage  to  you  and  yours,  but  to  every  citizen  of  the  State") 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY 

Review  of  Reviews.    , 

VOL.  XXX.  NEW    YORK,    SEPTEMBER,    1904.  No.  3. 


THE   PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


The  experience  of  another  month 
APu;aiifngS  fully  confirms  the  estimates  already 
the  Verdict.  mai{e  },y  fchjg  magazine  regarding  the 
character  of  tins  year's  political  campaign.  The 
real  work  was  done  in  the  settlement  of  the  pre- 
liminaries. The  Republican  party  must  stand 
simply  upon  the  record  of  the  McKinley-Roose- 
velt  administrations,  together  with  that  of  a 
-  f  Republican  Congresses.  No  party  has 
ever  carried  on  the  government  of  the  United 
States  with  a  more  complete  and  unhampered 
opportunity  than  has  been  accorded  to  the  Re- 
licans  during  the  past  seven  years.  It  was 
the  consistent  and  logical  thing  to  make  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  this  year's  candidate  of  the  party, 
and  to  go  before  the  country  asking  for  a  vote 
mfidence  and  a  further  lease  of  power.  The 
party  would  have  confused  the  issues  and  ex- 
posed  it  sell  to  defeat  if  it  had  discredited  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  and  nominated  someone  else. 
There  are  two  distinct  entities  known  as  the 
Republican  party  :  one  of  these  is  the  perma- 
nent organization  dominated  by  groups  of  pub- 
lic men  and  professional  politicians  ;  the  other 
is  the  great  mass  of  citizens, — comprising  one- 
half,  more  or  less,  of  the  people  of  the  country. — 
who  are  accustomed  to  call  themselves  Republi- 
cans and  to  vote  for  the  candidates  of  that 
party.  There  was  a  powerful  attempt  made  last 
year  by  the  professional  party  organization  to 
displace  Mr.  Roosevelt.  Against  this  attempt 
the  sentiment  of  the  masses  of  the  Republican 
voters  was  the  principal  deterrent.  Finally,  the 
professional  element  in  the  party  came  to  see 
the  necessity  of  supporting  Mr.  Roosevelt,  and 
long  before  the  convention  met  at  Chicago  the 
situation  had  been  accepted  with  good  grace. 


When  this  result  had  been  achieved, 
there  was  not  much  more  for  the 
Republicans  to  do  that  was  vital  in 
its  nature.  They  did  not  have  to  attempt  to 
manufacture  issues  ;  thev  had  no  feuds  to  heal 


A  Position 
Defensive 
but  Al»rt. 


or  party  skeletons  to  hide,  and  they  were  en- 
tirely ready  for  the  verdict  of  the  country. 
But  since  the  election  does  not  occur  until 
November,  it  was  obviously  necessary  for  them 
to  use  diligence  to  keep  their  case  before  the 
voters,  and  to  do  systematic  work  for  the  secur- 
ing of  the  best  possible  results  in  detail  through- 
out a  great  country  where,  in  a  hundred  differ- 
ent ways,  local  issues  have  a  bearing  upon 
national  ones.  It  was  logical,  therefore,  to  se- 
lect for  campaign  manager  a  man  of  system  and 
of  activity  closely  related  to  the  recent  work  of 
the  Government,  and  qualified  to  see  that  effi- 
ciency and  alertness  are  not  lacking  at  any 
point  in  the  Republican  campaign.  There  was 
nothing  in  the  situation  that  called  for  mystery, 
but  there  was  this  year,  as  always,  abundant 
room  for  the  use  of  tact,  skill,  keen  judgment, 
and  shrewd  common  sense. 

T,    n  J   On   the    Democratic   side,  the  whole 

The  Democrats     .  .  ' 

Recovering    situation  was  one  of  vastly  greater 
Party  Tone.    difficulty_     The  Republican  party  was 

relatively  compact  and  unified,  while  the  Demo- 
cratic party  was  rent  by  factionalism  and  dis- 
sension of  the  most  extreme  sort.  The  chief 
problem  with  the  Democrats  was  not  so  much 
how  they  might  overwhelm  the  Republicans,  as 
how  they  might  patch  up  their  own  differences 
sufficiently  to  get  into  the  field  at  all.  They 
have  shown  amazing  vitality  as  a  party  in  re- 
turning to  the  so-called  "  safe  and  sane  "  basis 
without  formal  bolts  or  wholesale  defections. 
It  must  be  admitted  in  frankness  that  as  yet  the 
party  does  not  show  signs  of  desperate  energy 
or  profound  conviction  in  its  attitude  of  opposi- 
tion to  the  party  in  power.  It  would  be  a  great 
deal  to  expect  of  so  shattered  an  organization 
that  it  should  at  one  and  the  same  time  rehabil- 
itate itself  and  deal  death-blows  to  an  opposing 
party  as  well  intrenched  and  superbly  equipped 
as  the  great  organization  dominated  by  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt.     The  chief  gain  for  the  Demo- 


260 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OE  REVIEWS. 


cratic  party  lies  in  its  having  accepted  very 
generally  and  loyally  its  Presidential  candidate, 
Judge  Parker,  with  whom  it  linds  itself  increas- 
ingly satisfied  as  the  weeks  go  by. 

The  party  is  not  as  well  pleased  with 
Campaign     its  campaign  organization  as  with  its 

Organization,   ^j^  an(j   ^  platform         It  was  by  & 

somewhat  difficult  process  that  it  found  a  chair- 
man for  the  National  Committee.  Senator  Gor- 
man refused  the  position,  and  the  names  of  Mr. 
August  Belmont  and  other  active  Parker  sup- 
porters of  New  York  and  the  East  were  one  by 
one  eliminated.  The  choice  finally  fell  upon 
the  Hon.  Thomas  Taggart,  of  Indiana,  well 
known  as  several  times  mayor  of  the  city  of 
Indianapolis,  and  long  identified  with  Demo- 
cratic politics  in  his  State.  It  is  considered, 
however,  that  the  real  head  of  the  campaign  is 
to  be  found  in  the  person  of  Mr.  William  F. 
Sheehan,  a  long-time  political  intimate  of  ex- 
Senator  David  B.  Hill,  and  at  one  time  lieu- 
tenant-governor of  New  York.  Mr.  Sheehan  is 
regarded  as  Judge  Parker's  closest  political 
friend  and  confidant.  Being  assured  that  Parker 
would  be  nominated,  he  rented  a  house  at 
Esopus,  some  months  ago,  in  order  to  be  con- 
veniently near  the  candidate.  As  chairman  of 
the  executive  committee,  he  is  in  a  position  to 
see  that  Judge  Parker's  wishes  and  ideas  are  at 
all  times  carried  out  ;  and  in  point  of  fact  the 
candidate  himself,  whose  talent  for  practical 
politics  is  as  good  as  that  of  President  Roose- 
velt, will  supply  the  directive  mind  behind  all 
the  more  important  policies  and  moves  of  the 
campaign.  Those  of  our  readers  who  are  con- 
versant  with  politics  do  not  need  to  be  reminded 
that  the  State  of  New  York  is  of  necessity  the 
chief  battle-ground  this  year. 

A  very  clear  outline  of  Democratic 
the'neki  strategy,  as  well  as  a  good  account 
of  the  career  of  Mr.  Thomas  Tag- 
gart, the  national  chairman,  will  be  found  else- 
where in  this  number  of  the  Review,  in  a  well- 
informed  article  contributed  by  Mr.  Hornaday, 
of  the  Indianapolis  News.  In  this  article  it  is 
pointed  out  just  what  States  the  Democrats 
must  carry  in  order  to  win  the  election.  Judge 
Parker,  Mr.  Sheehan,  and  David  B.  Hill  are  old 
political  managers  in  New  York,  and  the  most 
critical  task  in  the  whole  campaign  is  the  one 
they  have  on  their  hands  at  home.  It  is  ex- 
pected that  Mr.  Taggart,  as  national  chairman, 
will  give  so  much  of  his  time  and  attention  to 
Indiana  and  the  West  that  it  will  not  be  neces- 
sary to  establish  a  distinct  Western  headquar- 
ters.    The  Democratic  campaign  is  to  be  run 


from  No.  1  West  Thirty -fourth  Street,  Sew 
York  City,  and  the  Republican  campaign  from 
No.  1  Madison  Avenue. 

The  make-up  of  the  National  Execu- 

The  .  _,  .  .  ....  ... 

Executive     tive  Committee  is  strikingly  signifi- 
Committee.    cant  of  tae  transformation  that   has 

come  about  in  the  Democratic  party  since  the 
last  two  national  campaigns.  Mr.  De  Lancey 
Nicoll,  a  well-known  corporation  lawyer  of  New 
York,  is  vice-chairman  of  the  national  committee 
as  well  as  a  member  of  the  executive  group. 
The  other  members  are  Mr.  August  Belmont,  the 
New  York  banker  and  railroad  man  ;  Col.  J.  M. 
Guffey,  the  leader  of  the  Pennsylvania  Demo- 
crats, known  as  a  petroleum  magnate  ;  Mr.  John 
R.  McLean,  the  Ohio  multi-millionaire  ;  ex- Sen- 
ator Smith,  of  New  Jersey,  also  a  man  of  vast 
corporation  interests  :  Senator  Martin,  of  Vir- 
ginia, said  to  be  identified  very  extensively  "with 
large  corporations,  and  Mr.  Timothy  E.  Ryan,  of 
Wisconsin.  Senator  Gorman,  of  Maryland,  is 
regarded  as  virtually  a  member  of  the  commit- 
tee. Mr.  George  Foster  Peabody  is  treasurer  of 
the  national  committee,  and,  together  with  the 
chairman  and  vice-chairman,  is  ex-ojjicio  a  mem- 
ber of  the  executive  committee.  Nearly,  or 
quite  all,  of  these  men  were  Gold  Democrats  in 
1896,  and  several  of  them  were  in  aggressive 
opposition  to  Mr.  Bryan.  Mr.  Peabody.  in  par- 
ticular, was  untiring  and  of  eminent  service  in 
securing  the  victory  for  sound  money. 


GOOD  TIMES  COMING   IN  INDIANA. 

Miss  Indiana  :  " Oh, Tom, how  much  did  you  bring  me 
From  the  Poxt  (Cincinnati). 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


261 


A  GROUP  OK  DEMOCRATIC  LEADERS  ON  JUDGE  PARKER'S  PORCH,  AT  ESOPUS. 

The  four  in  line,  reading  from  right  to  left,  are  Chairman  "Tom"  Taggart,  Judge  Parker,  Charles  F.  Murphy,  the  leader 
of  Tammany,  and  ex-Senator  David  B.  Hill.    On  the  step,  behind  Judge  Parker,  is  John  G.  Maher,  of  Nebraska. 


The  committee,  as  a  whole,  suggests 
"•Plutocratic "  business  interests,  rather  than  poli- 
tics as  divorced  from  the  commercial 
motive.  This  situation  is  rendered  the  more 
king  when  one  adds  to  it  the  organization  of 
the  State  Democratic  Committee  in  New  York 
and  the  influences  that  seem  to  prevail  in  the 
party-  councils.  Thus,  the  chairman  of  the 
State  committee  is  Mr.  Cord  Meyer,  of  Brook- 
lyn, one  of  the  most  important  men  in  the  so- 
called  ••  Sugar  Trust  ;  "  and  the  chairman  of  the 
State  Executive  Committee  is  State  Senator  Pat- 
rick McCarren,  also  of  Brooklyn,  said  to  be  as- 
sociated with  two  or  three  of  the  largest  trusts 
and  combinations  in  the  country.  It  would  be 
too  much  to  suppose  that  Democratic  harmony 
on  such  terms  as  these  could  have  been  free 
from  all  misgivings  or  disquietude.     The  most 


widely  read  of  Democratic  newspapers, — those 
published  in  New  York  City  by  Mr.  W".  R. 
Hearst, — while  nominally  supporting  Judge 
Parker,  are  outspoken  day  by  day  in  sweeping 
attack  upon  the  control  of  the  Parker  campaign 
by  the  financial  magnates  and  the  attorneys  and 
agents  for  the  trusts.  The  most  influential  and 
able  of  Eastern  Democratic  newspapers  is  the 
New  York  World,  and  it  has  been  closely  asso- 
ciated with  the  Parker  movement.  But  it  has 
not  been  well  pleased  with  the  campaign  organi- 
zation. Tammany  Hall,  for  reasons  of  its  own. 
has  not  as  yet  fallen  into  line  very  ardently  ; 
but  since  Tammany  alone  can  furnish  the  needed 
Democratic  votes,  the  Tiger's  fur  will  have  to  be 
stroked  the  right  way  before  election  time.  Mr. 
Murphy,  the  Tammany  chief,  has  been  at  swords' 
points  with  Mr.  McCarren.  the  head  of  the  State 


262 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Photo  by  Alman,  New  York. 

MK.  CORD  MEYER. 

(Chairman  of  New  York  State  Democratic  Committee.) 

Executive  Committee.  Tammany  lias  appointed 
a  campaign  committee,  with  a  number  of  new 
men. — these  also,  as  a  rule,  being  conspicuous 
for  their  large  business  connections.  Thus,  all 
of  a  sudden,  from  being  the  poor  man's  party, 
the  Democracy  has  become  the  most  dazzlingly 
plutocratic  political  organization  any  country 
has  ever  known. 


Mr.  Peabody 

as 

Treasurer. 


This  would  seem  to  make  easier  the 
task  of  the  national  treasurer,  Mr. 
George  Foster  Peabody,  who  has 
been  accustomed  to  raise  money  for  the  sound- 
money  campaigns  and  for  various  philanthropic, 
educational,  and  religious  movements,  in  all  of 
which  he  is  even  better  known  as  a  giver  than 
as  a  collector  of  other  people's  bounties.  Mr. 
Peabody  represents  the  very  highest  type  of 
citizenship  and  of  sincere  devotion  to  the  pub- 
lic good.  When,  three  years  ago,  an  honorary 
degree  was  conferred  upon  Mi-.  Peabody  by 
Harvard  University,  he  was  announced  and 
characterized  by  Presidenl  Eliot  in  tin-  follow- 
ing words:  "George  Poster  Peabody.  South- 
erner by  birth.  New  York  banker  and  financier 
by  profession,  wise  counselor  and  disinterested 
worker  on  behalf  of  education  in  the  Southern 
States."      In  politics.  Mi.  Peabody  has  only  line 


object  ill  any  manner  selfish  :  he  would  like  to 
see  Ins  friend,  M  r.  Edward  M.  Shepard,  governor 
of  New  York,  and  ultimately  President  of  the 
United  States.  But  this  object  is  not  a  selfish 
one  either,  for  Mr.  Peabody  unquestionably  iv- 
gards  Mr.  Shepard  as  the  best-qualified  man  in 
sight.  It  is  natural  enough  to  find  some  of  Mr. 
Peabody's  associates  on  the  executive  committee 
playing  the  game  of  practical  politics.  It  is  a 
game  by  which  they  have  thriven.  Some  of 
them  are  politicians  in  business  and  business- 
men in  politics.  Hut  Mr.  Peabody  is  at  once  an 
idealist  and  a  practical  man  of  affairs,  who  hon- 
ors any  undertaking  by  his  connection  with  it. 
He  is  absolutely  opposed  to  the  use  of  a  single 
penny  of  campaign  money  for  dubious  purposes, 
and  it  is  said  that  he  will  not  be  content  merely 
to  know  liow  the  fund  is  raised,  but  will  also 
take  a  keen  interest  in  the  manner  in  which 
every  dollar  of  it  is  expended. 


Will  the 
Election 


In  an  article  which  we  publish  else- 
where in  this  number  on  the  Repub- 
Be  Honest?    ]jcan  campaign  and   its  manager,  by 
Mr.  Albert   Halstead,  it  is  declared    that    Presi- 
dent Roosevelt's  party,  on  its  side,  will  make  the 


HON.   P  vtijici;    H.   W'C  IRREN. 

(Chairman  of  the  New    York  State  Democratic  Execntiv« 

Committee.) 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  H  ORLD. 


263 


Ml{.  GEORGE    POSTER   PEABODY,  TREASURER   OB  THE   DEMOCRATIC   NATIONAL  COMMITTEE,    IN    THE    OI'I'KE  OK   HIS  SUMMER 

HOME,    AT   LAKE  (iEOHGE. 


most  business-like  and  conscientious  use  of  its 

funds,  devoting  itself  to  a  perfectly  legitimate 
and  honorable  campaign  of  education,  principally 
through,  speech-making  and  the  distribution  of 
printed  matter.  It  is  fairly  certain,  therefore, 
that  we  shall  have  good  intentions  on  both  sides 
as  respects  the  use  of  money  to  promote  success, 
although  everybody  familiar  with  political  con- 
ditions is  sadly  aware  that  in  extensive  parts  of 
the  Eastern  States  which  are  to  form  the  battle- 
ground    there   is  shocking   venality.     The   fact 


that  voters  can  be  bought  creates  a  strong  temp- 
tation to  make  careless  use  of  campaign  funds, 
especially  in  States  necessary  to  victory  and 
abounding  in  voters  who  always  expect  to  be 
paid  for  coming  to  the  polls. 

It  has  been  apparent  for  many  months 

Yorh  state    that  New  York  would  be  the  chief 
Situation,    battle-ground,  and  that  it  would  be 
of  the  highest  importance  to  secure  strong  can- 
didates tor  the  State  ticket.    Although  Mr.  Elihu 


264 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Copyright  by  Pach  Bros.,  New  York. 

HON.    DANIEL  S.    I.AMONT. 

(Who  is  mentioned  as   Democratic  candidate  for  governor 
of  New  York.) 

Root  is  in  no  sense  a  candidate,  and  it  would  be 
a  great  personal  sacrifice  for  hint  to  reenter 
public  life,  it  seemed  higbly  probable  up  to  the 
middle  of  last  month  that  the  Republican  State 
convention,  to  be  held  on  September  15,  would 
tender  him  the  nomination  for  governor.  It  is 
the  opinion  on  all  bands  that  he  is  far  the  best 
man  the  party  could  name.  Governor  Odell  is 
now  chairman  of  the  State  Republican  Committee. 
With  Mr.  Root  as  the  candidate  for  governor, 
the  campaign  would  to  a  great  extent  run  itself. 
The  Democrats  have  a  number  of  men  on  their 
list  of  possible  candidates  for  the  governorship. 
Mayor  McClellan,  of  New  York,  has  been  so 
strongly  assailed  for  having  approved,  last  win- 
tec,  of  the  Remsen  gas  bill,  which  ( 1-ovemor  <  >dell 
subsequently  vetoed,  that  his  name  has  been 
dropped  from  the  list,  The  most  prominent 
among  the  names  canvassed  last  month  was  that 
of  Mr.  Daniel  S.  Lamont,  at  one  time  private1 
secretary  to  Presidenl  Cleveland,  later  a,  member 
of  Mr.  Cleveland's  cabinet,  and  now  for  a  num- 
ber of  years  an  officer  and  director  in  large 
railway  and  other  corporations.     District- Attor- 


ney Jerome  and  Mr.  De  Lancey  Xicoll  were 
also  frequently  mentioned  for  the  governorship, 
as  was  the  Hon.  Edward  M.  Shepard.  Mr. 
Charles  W.  Goodyear,  of  Buffalo,  was  an 
name  much  seen  in  the  newspapers  in  this 
nection.  Of  all  these,  Mr.  Edward  M.  Shepard 
would  count  for  most  as  a  candidate  against  ex- 
Secretary  Hoot.  Mr.  Shepard  is  a  lawyer  of 
the  highest  rank,  a  scholar  and  man  of  letters, 
and  a  political  philosopher  with  an  instinct  for 
the  practical  conduct  of  affairs.  He  is  ta kino- 
active  part  in  the  Vermont  and  Maine  campaigns 
With  Roosevelt  and  Parker  as  rival  candidates 
for  the  Presidency,  and  men  of  the  caliber  of 
Root  and  Shepard  as  contestants  for  the  govern- 
orship, the  State  of  Xew  York  could  well  be 
congratulated  upon  having  brought  to  the  front 
a  group  of  public  men  every  one  of  whom  is 
qualified  by  character,  talents,  and  personality 
for  the  foremost  place  in  the  country's 
This  is  as  it  ought  to  be. 

The  two  Presidential  candidates. 
Notification  when  officially  notified  of  their  noni- 
Speech.  inations,  made  speeches  of  accept- 
ance that  were  highly  praised  by  the  organs  of 
their  respective  parties.  Mr.  Roosevelt's  notifi- 
cation occurred  on  July  27,  at  Oyster  Bay.  N.  Y., 
and  Mr.  Parker's  on  August  10,  at  Esopus,  N.  Y. 
Many  people  regarded  the  speech  at  Oyster  Bay 
as  one  of  the  ablest  and  most  skillful  utterances 
ever  made  by  President  Roosevelt.  It  defended 
the  consistent  record  of  the  Republican  party, 
and  declared  it  unwise  to  change  the  policies 
that  have  worked  out  so  well.  It  argued  firmly 
for  a  protective  tariff,  as  against  the  Democratic 
platform's  denunciation  of  protection  as  a  rob- 
bery. It  presented  the  case  of  Cuba  as  illus- 
trative of  the  disposition  of  the  Republican 
party  to  extend  foreign  markets  ••by  reciprocal 
agreements  whenever  they  could  be  made  with- 
out injury  to  American  industry  and  labor."  It 
defined  the  Republican  attitude  toward  labor 
and  capital,  praised  the  Panama  policy,  declared 
that  in  foreign  relations  there  is  not  a  cloud  on 
the  horizon,  and  made  a  remarkably  telling 
statement  of  the  Republican  position  in  the 
Philippines.  This  speech  of  acceptance  is  to  be 
followed — as  long-established  custom  dictates 
by  a  letter  of  a  somewhat  more  elaborate  char- 
acter, and  it  was  announced  that  this  would  be 
made  public  about  September  10.  After  his 
speech  of  acceptance  at  Oyster  Bay.  on  July  27, 
1 'resident  Roosevelt  returned  to  Washington, 
but  again  resumed  residence  at  Oyster  Bay  on 
Saturday.  August  20.  Public  business  in  all 
departments  was  well  cleared  up,  and  the  cab- 
inet officers  were  widely  scattered. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


265 


Stereograph  copyright,  1904,  by  Underwood  &  Underwood,  New  York, 
THE  NOTIFICATION   OF   PRESIDENT  ROOSEVELT  AT   OYSTER   BAY.     (SPEAKER  CANNON   STANDS  ON  THE  PRESIDENT'S  RIGHT.) 


„    ,    ,   Judge  Parker's  speech  of  acceptance 

Judge  Parker  s  -  .  r  .  \     . 

Speech  at     was  much  more  eagerly  awaited  than 
.sopus.      j.|iaj.  Q£  presit]ent  Roosevelt,  inasmuch 

as  the  President's  views  on  every  public  question 
were  already  perfectly  well  known  to  the  coun- 
try,   while   Mr.    Parker's   views  had  been   kept 

ouded  in  a  sort  of  sacred  mystery.  The 
Esi  'pus  effort  was  a  sensible  and  ably  written 
but  an  extremely  cautious  deliverance.  In  his 
preliminary  references  to  the  platform,  which  he 
praised  highly.  Judge  Parker  declared  that  "the 
spirit  of  the  platform  assures  conservative  in- 
stead  of  rash  action."  The  address  proceeded  in 
abstract  and  general  terms  to  explain  the  meaning 
of  liberty,  and  to  declare  in  favor  of  the  mainten- 
ance of  the  executive,  legislative,  and  judicial 
powers  of  the  government  as  separate  and  equal. 
The   discussion  was  followed   by  extended  allu- 

is,  which  obviously  referred  to  recent  condi- 
tions in  Colorado.  This  abstract  argument,  which 
made  up  nearly  one-half  of  the  speech,  was  on 
behalf  of  what  the  Judge  calls  "constitutional- 
ism "'  as  against  ••  imperialism."  Its  criticism  of 
1 'resident  Roosevelt  and  the  Republican  admin- 
istration was  implied  rather  than  direct,  Like 
Albany  platform,  it  contained  many  truisms. 


„     ,         The  middle  section  of  the  speech  was 

On  the  .  ,  ,  •  rv         tt 

Tariff  and  devoted  to  the  tarift.  Here,  again, 
Trusts.  tj)e  discussion  was  very  guarded  and 
cautious,  and  the  purport  of  it  can  be  fairly 
stated  in  two  quotations, — namely,  "  It  is  due  to 
them  [the  people]  that  we  state  our  position  to 
be  in  favor  of  a  reasonable  reduction  of  the 
tariff."  The  other  is  as  follows  :  "  That  a  wise 
and  beneficent  revision  of  the  tariff  can  be  ac- 
complished as  soon  as  both  branches  of  Congress 
and  an  Executive  in  favor  of  it  are  elected, 
without  creating  that  sense  of  uncertainty  and 
instability  that  has  on  other  occasions  manifested 
itself."  Judge  Parker  explains  this  by  taking 
a  position,  often  advocated  in  the  pages  of  this 
magazine, — namely,  that  tariff  changes  should 
not  be  put  into  effect  without  allowing  a  long 
enough  period  to  intervene  to  enable  business  con- 
ditions to  adjust  themselves.  The  Judge  thinks 
that  ti'usts  have  been  encouraged  and  stimulated 
by  excessive  tariff  duties.  lie  is  evidently  not 
in  favor  of  legislation  against  trusts,  believing 
that  '-the  common  law  as  developed  affords  a 
complete  legal  remedy  against  monopolies." 
The  calmness  and  reserve  of  his  statements 
please  the  judicious,  but  irritate  extremists. 


266 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OE  REVIEW'S. 


His  argument  on  the  Philippine  ques- 
Dh°," '  V!e  .    tion   is  fully  summed  up   in  the  fol 

Philippines.  •  l 

lowing  quotation  :  ••  It  is  difficult  to 
understand  how  any  citizen  of  the  United  States. 
much  less  a  descendant  of  Revolutionary  stock, 
can  tolerate  the  thought  of  permanently  denying 
the  right  of  self-government  to  the  Filipinos." 
This  form  of  statement  is  eminently  character- 
istic of  the  working  of  Judge  Parker's  mind. 
The  sentence  will  bear  re-reading  many  times. 
Its  qualifications  give  it  at  least  eight  removes 
from  being  a  direct  statement  of  opinion  upon 
what  should  be  done  in  a  practical  way  about 
the  Filipinos.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  Judge  is 
really  not  discussing  the  Philippine  question, 
but  discussing  the  question  whether  it  is  ••  diffi- 
cult "  or  not  to  "  understand  "  how  a  "  citizen  " 
can  "tolerate"  a  certain  kind  of  '-thought." 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  those  practically  dealing 
with  the  Filipino  question  are  not  denying  the 
right  of  self-government,  but  are  eagerly  train- 
ing the  Filipinos  in  the  practical  art  of  self-gov- 
ernment. The  Judge  admits  that  the  accident 
of  war  brought  us  "  responsibility  "  in  the  Phil- 
ippines, "but,"  he  proceeds,  '*  that  responsibility 
will  be  best  subserved  by  preparing  the  islands 
as  rapidly  as  possible  for  self-government,  and 
giving  them  assurances  that  it  will  come  as  soon 
as  they  are  reasonably  prepared  for  it."  The 
most  important  newspapers  supporting  Judge 
Parker  have  been  equally  divided  as  to  whether 
by  "  self-government  "  he  means  independence, 
or  means    that   very  condition   of   things  which 


the  Republicans  are  striving  to  bring  about.      At 
least,    lie   lias    succeeded    in    demonstrating   that 
we  are  so  fortunate   as   not  just  now  to  ha 
our  hands  any  Philippine  question  at  all. 

He  has  also  demonstrated,  further- 
raw^ /mm"?  movv-  tnat  we  have  not  really  on  our 

hands  any  tariff  question  in  a  sharp 
or  imminent  sense.  He  himself  points  out  that, 
even  if  successful  this  fall,  the  Democratic  party 
cannot  obtain  a  majority  in  the  Senate  during 
the  next  four  years,  and  cannot,  therefore,  re- 
vise the  tariff  except  by  Republican  acquiescence 
and  cooperation.  Experience,  however,  has 
always  shown  that  legislation  on  a  question  of 
such  importance  is  never  accomplished  unleep 
the  two  houses  of  Congress  are  in  control  of 
the  same  party.  If  the  Republicans  do  not. 
within  the  coming  four  years,  apply  themselves 
to  the  business  of  a  reasonable  modification  of 
the  Dingley  tariff,  the  Democrats  will,  in  any 
case,  win  a  Congressional  victory  in  190G.  and 
a  sweeping  victory  all  along  the  line  in  1908 

Judge  Parker  makes  a  fine  criticism 
Candidates  on  upon  militarism,  and  declares  as  lo\- 

Warand  Peace.  lowg  .       „  We  ftre    Rot  &  military  ,„„, 

pie  bent  upon  conquest  and  engaged  in  extend 
ing  our  domains  in  foreign  lands,  or  desirous  of 
securing  natural  advantages,  however  great,  by 
force,  but  a  people  loving  peace,  not  only  for 
ourselves,  but  for  all  the  nations  of  the  earth." 
This  is   clearly  true  and  not  to  be   disputed  by 


PWO   DEMOCRATIC  CARTOONS  <>N   THE   "MILITARY"    KOOSEVBLT. 

'I'd.'  issue.    From  the  World  (New  York).  Two  views  of  the  President.    Prom  the  EagU  (Brooklyn). 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


267 


(Stereograph  copyright,  1904,  by  Underwood  &  Underwood,  New  York.) 

JUDGE  PARKER  MAKING  HIS  ACCEPTANCE  SPEECH  AT  ESOPUS. 

(Hon.  Champ  Clark,  of  Missouri,  who  had  made  the  notification  speech,  sits  in  front,  wearing  a  straw  hat.) 


any  man.  Fortunately,  it  is  a  subject  upon 
which  there  is  not  the  slightest  difference  of 
opinion  between  the  two  parties.  If  it  is  in- 
tended as  a  subtle  kind  of  allusion  to  President 
Roosevelt's  having  served  in  the  war  against 
Spain,  it  will  scarcely  impress  the  country  as 
sound.  The  Democratic  party  of  the  South  and 
West  did  even  more  than  the  Republican  party 
to  bring  on  that  war,  and  if  it  was  in  any  man- 
aer  right  to  give  moral  support  to  it  at  home,  it 
must  have  been  equally  right  to  go  to  the  front 
as  a  soldier.  Mr.  Roosevelt  has  spent  his  life  as 
an  industrious  man  of  letters  and  a  diligent  pub- 
lic servant  in  civil  capacities.  To  endeavor  to 
make  him  out  a  military  personage  eager  for 
war  and  glorying  in  the  clash  of  arms  is  a  thing 
that  harmlessly  amuses  the  American  public. 
On  his  part,  President  Roosevelt  declared,  in  his 
speech  of  acceptance  :  "  We  seek  international 
amity  for  the  same  reasons  that  make  us  believe 
in  peace  within  our  own  borders,  and  we  seek 
this  peace  not  because  we  are  afraid  or  unready, 
but  because  we  think  that  peace  is  right  as  well 
as  advantageous."  Furthermore,  it  is  to  be  re- 
membered that  our  governmental  relations  with 


the  whole  world  have  never  been  so  perfectly 
amicable  as  they  are  at  the  present  time.  In 
the  eyes  of  the  world  at  large,  Mr.  Roosevelt  is 
regarded  as  the  foremost  living  representative 
of  arbitration  and  the  methods  of  peace,  as 
against  the  methods  of  force,  in  the  settlement 
of  international  questions. 

The  most  striking  statement  in  Judge 
A  Candidate m  Piker's  speech  of  acceptance  is  that 

in  which  he  declares  for  a  single 
term.  A  part  of  what  he  said  on  this  interesting 
subject  is  in  the  following  language  : 

If  the  action  of  the  convention  shall  be  indorsed  by 
an  election  by  the  people,  I  will,  God  helping  me,  give 
to  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  that  exalted  office  the 
best  service  of  which  I  am  capable,  and  at  the  end  of  the 
term  retire  to  private  life.  I  shall  not  be  a  candidate 
for  nor  shall  I  accept  a  renomination.  .  .  . 

It  is  simply  my  judgment  that  the  interests  of  this 
country  are  now  so  vast,  and  the  questions  presented 
are  frequently  of  such  overpowering  magnitude  to  the 
people,  that  it  is  indispensable  to  the  maintenance  of  a 
befitting  attitude  before  the  people,  not  only  that  the 
Chief  Magistrate  should  be  independent,  but  that  that 
independence  should  be  known  of  all  men. 


268 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Miss  Democracy  (to  Uncle  Sam)  :  "  As  I  am  now  safe  and  sane,  I  would  like  to  manage  your  household." 
Uncle  Sam  :  "  How  long  have  you  hecn  out  of  the  asylum '(  "—From  the  Leader  (Cleveland). 


It  is  clear  that  Judge  Parker's  title  to  the  con- 
fidence and  support  of  about  half  of  the  voters 
of  the  United  States  does  not  rest  upon  the  ex- 
pression of  distinct  tenets  or  his  arraignment  of 
the  Republican  party.  It  will  rest  upon  the 
tact  that  his  views  are  marvelously  like  those! 
known  to  be  held  by  leading  Republicans  such 
as  President  Roosevelt,  Mr.  Root,  Secretary  Hay, 
Mr.  Taft,  and  others,  and  that  his  election  would 
not,  therefore,  result  in  any  radical  change  in 
tlic  method  or  spirit  of  the  admirable  adminis- 
tration that  the  country  has  enjoyed  during  the 
past  few  years.  Mr.  Parker  is  placed  in  the  dif- 
ficult position  of  having  to  satisfy  his  party  by 
an  effort  to  different iate  issues  upon  public  ques- 
tions, at    the  very  I  inn-  when    the    elements   that 

have  captured   the  Democratic  machinery  have 

wholly  destroyed   the  issues   that  had  previously 

existed,  and  that,  had  been  represented  by  Mr. 
Bryan,  Mr.  Hearst,  and  the  radicals  of  the  party. 
There  lias  never  been  a  parallel  situation  in 
our  entire  political   history.     Judge  Parker  re- 


signed from  the  bench  on  August  5,  after  a  con- 
tinuous service  of  twenty-five  years.  His  letter 
of  resignation  to  the  Secretary  of  State  is  as  fol- 
lows : 

Hon.  John  F.  O'Brien, 

Secretary  of  State,  Albany,  N.  Y. 
Sir  : — I  hereby  respectfully  resign  my  office  as  Chief 
Judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeals  of  the  State  of  New  York, 
such  resignation  to  take  effect  immediately. 

Alton  B.  Parker. 
Roseniount,  Esopus,  X.  Y..  August  5,  1904. 

The  Early       The  good   people  of  the   State  of    \' rV- 

CVe!m"o>?ta>'id  mont  are  privileged  in  Presidential 
Main,-.  years  to  hear  some  of  the  foremost 
polil  teal  orators  on  both  sides,  through  the  simple 
fact  that  they  hold  their  State  election  in  Sep- 
tember instead  of  November.  "While  Vermont 
always  goes  Republican,  the  size  of  the  majority 
is  supposed  to  bear  some  relation  to  prevailing 
public  sentiment,  throughout  the  country,  and 
marked  Democratic  gains  in  Vermont, — as  in 
Maine,  where  also  an  early  State  election  is  held 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


26fl 


— would  be  regarded  as  pointing  to  victory  in 
New  York.  Connecticut,  and  New  Jersey.  The 
Vermont  election  occurs  on  September  6,  and 
the  Maine  election  on  September  12.  In  the 
middle  of  August,  the  Democrats  discovered 
that  the  Republicans  were  making  a  notable 
speaking  campaign  in  these  two  States,  and  they 
decided  to  send  a  number  of  prominent  and 
eloquent  campaigners  to  try  to  reduce  Repub- 
lican majorities,  particularly  in  Maine.  The 
Republicans  would  like  to  carry  the  State  by 
at  least  25,000,  and  the  Democrats  will  regard 
it  as  a  highly  auspicious  sign  if  they  can  hold 
the  Republican  plurality  down  to  15,000.  This 
was  the  vote  by  which  Harrison  carried  the  State 
in  1892.  The  McKinley  pluralities  were  much 
larger,  and  at  the  State  election  of  1902,  the 
Republican  plurality  was  about  27,500.  In  Ver- 
mont, the  Harrison  plurality  was  nearly  22,000  ; 
that  of  McKinley  in  1900  nearly  30,000  and  the 
Republican  plurality  in  the  State  election  of 
1902  was  24,500.  At  these  early  elections,  Ver- 
mont and  Maine  choose  Congressmen  as  well  as 
State  officers,  and  a  decided  sag  in  the  Repub- 
lican vote  would  indicate  a  probable  chance  for 
the  Democrats  to  make  some  Congressional  gains 
in  Massachusetts  and  to  carry  Connecticut  for 
Judge  Parker.  Mayor  Cyrus  W.  Davis,  of 
Waterville,  was  nominated  for  governor  of 
Maine  by  the  Democrats  in  July.  The  Repub- 
lican candidate  is  the  Hon.  William  T.  Cobb. 
The  Republican  and  Democratic  candidates  for 
the  governorship  of  Vermont  are,  respectively, 
Charles  J.  Bell  and  Eli  H.  Porter. 

In  Massachusetts,  there  is  a  consider- 
Politics  ,       .  '     .   .  .    . 

in  the  able  degree  oi  political  activity  on 
ay  state,  j^p  s[^es  The  movement  for  reci- 
procity with  Canada  is  under  constant  discus- 
sion and  has  a  large  backing  among  business 
men.  The  Democrats  claim  that  there  is  capital 
for  them  in  this  movement,  and  they  are  also 
trying  to  gain  votes  through  a  revival  of  the  ac- 
tivities of  the  anti-Imperialist  League,  which, 
early  last  month,  held  a  great  meeting  in  Faneuil 
Hall,  Boston,  with  distinguished  speakers  like 
Carl  Schurz,  Charles  Francis  Adams,  Edward 
M.  Shepard,  and  "W.  Bourke  Cockran  on  the 
platform,  the  meeting,  of  course,  being  in  the 
interest  of  Judge  Parker.  Colonel  Gaston,  as 
Democratic  national  committeeman,  makes  elab- 
orate claims  to  the  effect  that  Massachusetts  is 
good  fighting-ground  this  year.  It  had  been 
expected  that  Colonel  Gaston  would  be  renomi- 
nated for  governor  by  the  Democrats,  or  else 
that  that  honor  would  go  to  Mr.  Charles  S. 
Hamlin,  formerly  Assistant  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury.      It  was  announced  later  in  August, 


however,  that  the  Hon.  Richard  Olney.  ex-Sec- 
retary of  State,  would  probably  be  nominated. 
The  Republican  State  convention  will  not  be 
held  until  October  7. 


"Out  in 
Indiana. " 


The  speech  notifying  Senator  Fair- 
banks of  his  nomination  as  Vice- 
President  was  made  by  ex-Secretarv 
Root,  at  Indianapolis,  on  August  3.  Mr.  Root 
laid  stress  upon  the  importance  of  the  office 
of  the  Vice-Presidency,  and  complimented  Mr. 
Fairbanks  upon  his  qualifications  in  general 
and    in    particular.      By    way    of    contrast,    he 


HON.  JOHN   W.   KERN,    DEMOCRATIC  NOMINEE  FOR  GOVERNOR 
OF  INDIANA. 

pointed  out  the  fact  that  the  Democrats  had 
nominated  a  man  too  old  to  be  relied  on  for 
efficiency  in  the  Presidential  office  in  case  of  the 
President's  death  or  disability.  Mr.  Fairbanks 
accepted  the  nomination  in  a  brief  speech  con- 
trasting the  policies  and  records  of  the  two 
parties.  This  will  be  followed  later  by  the  usual 
letter  of  acceptance.  It  is  understood  that  Mr. 
Fairbanks  will  take  a  very  active  part  in  the 
campaign,  speaking  a  great  deal,  particularly  in 
States  west  of  Ohio.  He  has  not  resigned  his 
seat  in  the  Senate,  and  there  is,  of  course,  no 
reason  why  he  should  take  such  a  step  unless 
elected  to  the  Vice-Presidency  in  November. 
The  Republicans  are  confident  of  success  in 
Indiana,  but  the  Democrats  also  express  them- 


270 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


HON.   HENRY  GASSAWAY  DAA'IS. 

(As  candidate  for  Vice-President.) 

selves  as  hopeful,  and  Mr.  Taggart,  the  Demo- 
cratic chairman,  will  be  relied  upon  to  give 
attention  to  his  own  State.  Mr.  Sheehan,  Mr. 
Belmont,  and  others  assuming  responsibility  for 
the  situation  in  New  York.  John  W.  Kern  was 
nominated  for  governor  by  the  Democrats,  at 
Indianapolis,  on  August  3.  Mr.  Kern  had  been 
proposed  for  the  Vice-Presidency,  at  St.  Louis, 
by  the  Indiana  delegation.  Some  of  the  Re- 
publicans are  afraid  that  the  rivalries  engen- 
dered by  the  ambition  of  a  number  of  men  to 
succeed  Mr.  Fairbanks  in  the  Senate  may  ham- 
per the  Republican  cause  in  that  State  quite  as 
much  as  Mr.  Fairbanks'  name  on  the  Presiden- 
tial ticket  can  aid  it. 

The  notification  of  the  Hon.  Henry 
ACandfdatee  Gassaway  Davis,  Democrat ic  candi- 
date for  the  Vice  -Presidency,  oc- 
curred at  White  Sulphur  Springs,  on  A.ugust  IT. 
Mr.  Davis,  in  his  acceptance1  speech,  sounded 
the  calamity  note,  and  declared  that  these  were 
bad  times.  In  Ins  own  language:  "Work  is 
scarce,  many  wage-earners  are  unemployed  and 
wages  are  reduced.  The  apprehension  which  now 
prevails  in  business  circles  and  the  present  un- 
satisfactory industrial  conditions  of  the  country 
3eem  to  demand  a  political  change.''  He  spoke 
up  bravely  for  the  rights  of  labor,  associating 
himself    with   the  workingman  :    ••  For  years   I 


worked  in  the  ranks  as  a  wage-earner,  and  know 
what  it  is  to  earn  my  living  in  the  sweat  of  my 
brow.  .  .  .   My  experience  as  a  wage-earner  and 

my  association  with  labor  have  alike  taught  me 
the  value  of  Democratic  principles."  It  was 
hardly  needful  that  Mr.  Davis  should  have  re- 
minded his  hearers  that  he  had  ceased  to  be  a 
laboring  man  more  than  a  generation  ago,  and 
had  joined  the  ranks  of  the  much-objurgated 
monopolists  and  plutocrats  before  most  present- 
day  "  wage-earners  "  were  born.  One  is  almost 
compelled  to  quote  Mr.  Dooiey's  humorous  char- 
acterization ot  the  excellent  veteran  who  is 
Judge  Parker's  running  mate.     It  is  as  follows  : 

"I  haven't  med  up  me  mind,"  said  Mr.  Dooley. 
"  They're  both  good  an  great  men.  Hinnery  Gassa  wax- 
Davis  is  a  fine  ol'  Virginia  (West)  gintleman.  Through 
his  middle  name,  lie  is  related  to  Willnm  J.  Bryan,  air 
he  is  father-in-law  of  another  gr-reat  man.  Sinitor 
Elkins.  Mr.  Davis  is  eighty-wan  years  old  an'  has 
forty  millyon  dollars,  or  is  forty  millyon  years  old  an' 
has  eighty-wan  dollars,  I'm  not  sure  which,  but,  anny- 

how,  th'  figures  passes 
belief.  He  is  a 
man,  an'  it  is  thought 
that  his  ripe  judgment 
an'  still  riper  fortune 
will  add  gr-reat  strent  h 
to  th'  ticket.  I  see  in 
th'  pa-apers  that  he 
looks  t  w  i  n  t  y  y  e  a  r  8 
younger  thin  his  years, 
an'  I'll  bet  that  before 
th'  campaign  is  over 
he'll  feel  three  millyon 
dollars  younger  in  his 
bank-roll." 

Mr.  Davis'  speed 
charges  the  Republi- 
cans with  extrava- 
gance, eulogizes 
.1  udge  Parker, 
the  St.  Louis  plat- 
form -sane.  sale,  and  sound."  and  promis 
a  future  letter  of  acceptance  to  give  his  "views 
upon  some  of  the  important  questions  that 
are  commanding  the  attention  of  the  country  " 
Mr.  Davis  was  notified  in  a  speech  an  houi 
long  by  the  Hon.  John  Sharp  Williams,  which 
was  an  elaborate  and  very  ill-judged  exer- 
cise in  sarcasm  and  ridicule  intended  to  be 
at  the  expense  of  President  Roosevelt.  It 
could  not  hurt  the  President  iu  the  least,  bul 
it  has,  unfortunately,  hurt,  Mr.  Williams  a 
deal.  This  is  the  more  regrettable  because 
Mr.  Williams  has  really  been  making  some- 
thing of  a  record  at  Washington,  and  ought 
to  have  risen  to  the  dignity  of  his  opportuni- 
ties at  St.  Louis,  and  again  in  this  West  Virginia 
speech  of  August  1 7. 


HON.   JOHN  SHARP  WILLIAMS, 
OF  MISSISSIPPI. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


•271 


.    .  .    "West   Virginia  was  carried   by  the 

West  Virginia  .        ~        .  i 

as  Doubtful  Republicans  in  the  two  McKinley 
Territory.  campaigns,  ])Ut  in  previous  Presiden- 
tial elections  for  twenty-four  years  it  had  been 
I  ►emocratic.  The  Republicans  of  West  Virginia 
have  recently  been  split  by  a  bitter  fight  over 
proposals  for  the  reform  of  taxation.  Mr.  Daw- 
son, the  Republican  nominee  for  governor,  led  the 
tax  reform  movement  as  againsttne  faction  repre- 
senting large  corporate  interests.  The  Demo- 
crats  claim  that  the  lack  of  Republican  harmony 
will  give  them  the  State,  their  nominee  for  the 
governorship  being  State  Senator  John  Corn- 
well,  a  young  man  of  force  and  ability.  The 
oil.  coal,  gas.  and  other  corporate  interests  of 
West  Virginia  are  supposed  this  year  to  favor 
the  Parker  and  Davis  ticket,  although  hereto- 
they  have  supported  Senators  Elkins  and 
Scott,  the  Republican  leaders.  Mr.  Scott's  term 
i-  about  to  expire  in  the  Senate,  and  he  has  the 
strongest  personal  motives  for  seeking  to  carry 
the  State  for  Roosevelt,  and  he  is  on  Mr.  Cor- 
telyou's  executive  committee  ;  while  Senator 
Klkins  is  equally  active,  wishing  to  avoid  the 
charge  of  tacitly  conceding  the  State  to  his 
father-in-law.  Thus,  West  Virginia  may  fairly 
be  placed  in  the  list  of  doubtful  States.  The 
Democratic  campaign  committee  will  rely  upon 
Mr.  Davis  himself  to  support  and  guide  the 
West  Virginia  canvass,  just  as  Mr.  Taggart  is  to 
direct  operations  in  Indiana,  and  Judge  Parker, 
with  Mr.  Belmont.  Mr.  Hill,  Mr.  Sheehan,  and 
the  other  members  of  a  well-known  group  of 
New  York  politicians  are  to  assume  full  respon- 
sibility in  the  most  critical  task  of  all. 

In  Illinois  and  Wisconsin,  the  Demo- 
West        crats    will    exert   themselves    to  the 

utmost,  although  there  does  not  seem 
e  any  probability  that  they  will  carry  either 
State.  In  the  course  of  the  present  month,  there 
is  likely  to  be  some  clearing  up  of  the  faction- 
rent  Republican  situation  in  Wisconsin.  There 
may  also  within  a  mouth  be  some  indication  of 
the  way  in  which  labor  troubles  and  other  cur- 
rent problems  are  to  affect  the  voting  in  Chicago. 
The  Democrats  are  going  to  try  hard  to  carry 
Colorado  and  the  group  of  Rocky  Mountain 
States.  The  political  situation  in  Colorado  can 
be  better  outlined  after  the  middle  of  September, 
when  State  tickets  will  have  been  nominated 
and  the  local  issues  fairly  joined.  There  is  some 
difference  of  opinion  on  the  question  whether  or 
not  it  will  be  best  for  the  Republicans  to  re- 
nominate Governor  Peabody,  who  is  held  re- 
sponsible by  the  representatives  of  organized 
labor  and  others  for  the  recent  drastic  way  in 
which  the  militia  has  dealt  with  the  strike  situa- 


tion in  the  Cripple  Creek  district.  The  militia 
has  now  been  withdrawn  from  all  disturbed 
neighborhoods  in  Colorado  and  the  local  author- 
ities have  resumed  sway. 

.   ,   ,,,        There  has  been  a  veritable  delude  of 

As  to      Lctiu 

and  Order"   controversial  material  printed  about 
n,  Colorado.    the   situation   in   Colorado,   and    the 

outside  public  remains  confused  both  as  to  the 
facts  and  as  to  their  legal  and  ethical  bearings. 
It  is  just  possible,  in  view  of  all  that  has  hap- 
pened, that  it  would  have  been  better  if  the 
State  authorities  had  not  tried  so  hard  to  do 
their  duty  by  keeping  order  in  the  Cripple  Creek 
district.  If  the  militia  had  not  been  sent,  the 
citizens  would  probably  have  arisen,  and,  after 
the  manner  of  a  frontier  vigilance  committee, 
dealt  in  a  drastic  way  with  dynamiters  and  an- 
archists who  had  come  into  Cripple  Creek  from 
the  Coeur  d'Alene  and  other  centers  of  discord, 
in  order  to  make  trouble  and  bring  disgrace 
upon  the  name  of  organized  labor.  If  the  citi- 
zens in  their  desperation  had  driven  murderers 
and  other  law-breakers  out  of  the  community. 
they  would  have  been  acting  as  many  American 


"THUS  FAR  SHALT  THOU  GO  AND  NO  FAKTHER  !  " 

(Tenor  of  former  Judge  Parker's  speech  of  acceptance.) 
From  the  Press  (Binghamton). 


272 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


communities  have  been  obliged  to  act  in  times  of 
similar  emergency.  But  when  methods  of  pro- 
cedure laid  down  in  the  Constitution  and  laws 
are  invoked,  one  expects  to  see  them  consistently 
pursued.  One  does  not  expect  to  see  the  militia 
organization  proceed  by  the  methods  of  a  vigi- 
lance committee.  It  was  not  a  very  large  num- 
ber of  men  who  were  deported,  and  doubtless 
some  of  them  richly  deserved  all  and  more  than 
they  had  to  suffer.  But  such  means  for  ridding 
a  community  of  a  reign  of  terror  will  never  be 
pursued  without  causing  a  large  amount  of  local 
criticism  and  much  mild  rebuke,  in  the  name  of 
constitutions  and  laws,  of  the  sort  that  Judge 
Parker  puts  into  his  speech  of  acceptance.  The 
Labor  Bureau  in  the  Department  of  Commerce 
and  Labor  at  Washington  has  been  diligently 
and  impartially  investigating  the  whole  subject 
of  the  recent  troubles  in  the  Cripple  Creek  dis- 
trict, and  when  the  report  of  that  inquiry  be- 
comes public,  we  shall,  for  the  first  time,  have  ac- 
cess to  a  complete  and  exhaustive  resume  of  the 
facts.  The  Republicans  of  Colorado  are  in  such 
a  position  in  general  as  to  be  compelled,  both  by 
consistency  and  by  their  convictions,  to  uphold 
the  course  that  Governor  Peabody's  administra- 
tion has  pursued.  Yet  it  is  undoubtedly  felt 
that  Governor  Peabody  has  aroused  a  good  deal 
of  personal  feeling  against  himself,  and  that 
some  workingmen  in  Colorado  who  would  like 
to  vote  for  President  Roosevelt  may  not  know 
how,  under  the  Australian  system,  to  vote  a 
split  ticket,  and,  in  case  of  Peabody's  renomina- 
tion,  may  be  driven  to  the  Democratic  fold. 

„.      .      .     Although  the  troubles  in  the  Cripple 

ui sot'defs  in 

Another  Creek  district  will  inevitably  be 
Direction.  fovce(\  jn^0  the  political  campaign  in 
Colorado,  they  do  not  in  reality  belong  at  all  in 
the  domain  of  national  party  politics  ;  and  Judge 
Parker,  though  in  most  respects  marvelously 
prudent  and  tactful,  lias  shown  some  lack  of 
judgment  in  giving  nearly  one-half  of  his  speech 
of  acceptance  to  a  preachment  upon  law  and  order 
and  the  constitutional  rights  of  the  citizen,  based 
upon  the  methods  used  in  ending  the  reign  of 
terror  in  Colorado's  altitudinous  mining  district. 
For,  consistency  would  now  seem  to  require  that 
he  should  in  his  letter  of  acceptance  derive  his 
illustrations  from  more  recent  occurrences  at 
Statesboro,  Ga,  Several  members  of  a  family  in 
a  country  neighborhood  had  been  murdered.  A 
number  of  negroes  were  arrested  on  suspicion. 
The  machinery  of  the  law  worked  promptly,  and 
two  were  convicted  and  sentenced  to  be  hung. 
It  was  expected  that  others  still  detained  in  jail 
would  be  found  implicated,  and  in  due  time  con 
victed.     The  mob,  however,  was  impatient,  and 


was  determined  to  break  the  jail  and  lynch 
the  negroes.  ( )n  request  of  the  trial  judge,  a 
company  of  militia  was  called  out  to  guard  the 
jail.  It  was  fully  explained  to  the  mob  that  the 
processes  of  the  law  were  working  with  efficien- 
cy, and  the  confessions  of  the  two  men  alreadv 
convicted  were  relied  upon  to  make  more  ce 
tain  the  conviction  of  several  others.  The  m©b 
returned,  however,  and  soon  discovered  that  of 
the  company  of  a  hundred  militia  set  to  guard 
the  jail,  only  twenty-five  were  actually  on  duty. 
Further,  it  readily  found  out  that  these  twenty- 
five  had  been  instructed  not  to  load  their  guns. 
After  some  show  of  resistance,  the  twenty-five 
were  easily  disarmed,  and  the  two  men  who 
had  been  convicted,  and  would  have  been  hung 
within  a  few  days,  were  taken  out,  tortured,  and 
burned  at  the,  stake.  Another  negro  who  had 
been  arrested  and  held  on  suspicion,  but  who 
was  released  for  lack  of  evidence  against  him. 
was  followed  by  a  company  of  armed  white  men 
and  ruthlessly  murdered.  Two  or  three  other 
negroes  in  the  neighborhood  were  also  murdered 
by  members  of  the  mob,  and  a  considerable  num- 
ber, night  after  night,  were  flogged  and  warned 
to  leave  the  neighborhood. 

...       In  Colorado,  we  are  told,  the  militia 

Colorado  .   .  . 

and         was  too  high-handed  in  putting  down 
eorgia.      tjie  mQ^  &n(j  ^ding  the  community 

of  dynamiters  and  criminals.  In  Georgia,  the 
militia  was  supine,  and  the  mob  trampled  with- 
out hindrance  upon  every  safeguard  of  law  and 
order.  Colorado  has  a  Republican  for  governor, 
and  Georgia  has  a  Democrat.  Both  situation- 
grow  out  of  strictly  local  conditions.  Neither 
of  them  has  the  slightest  bearing  upon  questions 
at  issue  between  supporters  of  President  Roose 
velt  and  supporters  of  Judge  Parker.  But  the 
Democrats  in  the  East,  who  insist  upon  reproach- 
ing  the  Republican  party  for  one  phase  or  an- 
other of  strife  and  trouble  in  Rocky  Mountain 
mining  camps,  must  not  expect  that  they  will 
hear  nothing  in  reply  about  one  phase  or  an 
other  of  disorder  in  Democratic  States.  They  will 
be  told  of  the  wanton  savagery  of  communities 
that  make  a  neighborhood  orgy  out  of  burning 
men  at  the  stake  who  are  already  condemned  to 
legal  execution,  and  the  supineness  of  officials 
who  set  unarmed  men  to  guard  jails  against 
armed  mobs.  The  American  people  ought  to 
remember  that  underlying  facts  are  exactly  the 
same  in  campaign  years  as  in  any  other  year-  ; 
and,  so  far  as  we  can  learn  it.  the  hard  truth  is 
that  in  the  main  the  conduct  of  Governor  Pea- 
body  in  attempting  to  enforce  law  and  order  in 
the  Cripple  Creek  district  has  been  creditable, 
and  abundantly  entitles  him  to  reelection  ;  while, 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


278 


on  the  other  hand,  the  recent  conduct  of  almost 
all  the  Southern  governors  in  their  determina- 
tion to  lessen  the  lynching  evil  has  been  not  only 
Bincere  and  courageous,  but  truly  effective. 

Foremost  among  all  these  should  be 
Southern     be  mentioned  Virginia's  brilliant  gov- 

Progress.  »  S> 

ernor,  the  Hon.  A.  J.  Montague. 
North  Carolina's  governor,  Charles  B.  Ay  cock, 
has  stood  like  a  tower  of  strength  for  law  and 
er  and  every  form  of  true  social  and  educa- 
tional progress.  The  governor  of  Georgia  is  not 
personally  blameworthy  for  the  dreadful  occur- 
rences at  Statesboro.  Civilization  must  make 
its  way  in  this  country  by  vigilance  and  strug- 
gle. It  is  highly  cheering,  therefore,  to  note 
that  thus  far  this  year  the  number  of  lynchings 
in  the  Southern  States,  as  compared  with  former 
years,  shows  a  marked  reduction.  The  cause  of 
education  steadily  advances  in  the  South,  and 
nowhere  do  the  leaders  of  education  better  un- 
derstand  the  true  function  of  the  country  dis- 
trict school  than  some  of  those  who  are  now  di- 
recting the  Southern  school  movement.  Several 
<>f  the  Southern  States  have  now  decided  to  re- 
quire that  all  district  schools  shall  teach  some- 
thing of  the  principles  of  agriculture  and  industry. 
To  make  the  new  methods  thoroughly  effective 
will  require  many  years,  but  it  is  a  great  gain  to 
know  what  ought  to  be  done  and  to  have  reached 
a  point  of  determination.  Governor  Blanchard. 
of  Louisiana,  with  a  State  superintendent  of 
education  working  in  most  zealous  cooperation, 
has  chosen  to  make  educational  progress  his 
foremost  policy  and  chief  concern. 

There  is  a  political  situation  in  the 

Mr.  Folk         ~  »  -» r  •  -li-  •  i 

and  Missouri  State  of  Missouri  that  is  so  variously 
Politics.  rep0rted  as  to  have  produced  confu- 
sion in  the  minds  of  most  people  outside  of  that 
State  who  have  cared  enough  to  seek  any  en- 
lightenment about  it.  As  our  readers  were  in- 
formed last  month,  Mr.  Joseph  W.  Folk,  the 
young  circuit  attorney  of  St.  Louis,  famed  for 
his  exposure  and  prosecution  of  municipal  and 
legislative  boodling  and  bribery,  succeeded  in 
winning  the  Democratic  nomination  for  gov- 
ernor. The  convention  accepted  his  short  and 
simple  platform,  which  declared  against  political 
crime  and  corruption  ;  but  the  Democratic  ma- 
chine seems  to  have  been  bent  rather  thanbroken, 
and  it  surrounded  Mr.  Folk  with  a  ticket  of  its 
own  sort.  Next  to  Mr.  Folk,  the  most  promi- 
nent men  on  the  ticket  are  two  who  had  been 
exposed  by  him  as  reprehensibly  if  not  crimi- 
nally connected  with  the  boodling  conspiracies 
against  which  he  regards  his  present  campaign 
as  a  direct  crusade.      Mr.  Folk  s  justification  is 


Copyright,  T904,  by  Strauss,  St.  Louis. 

HON.  JOSEPH  W.  FOLK. 

(The  Democratic  nominee  for  governor  of  Missouri.) 

that  the  convention  adopted  his  platform,  and 
all  the  candidates  agreed  to  stand  upon  it.  This 
does  not  seem  to  be  entirely  ingenuous,  inasmuch 
as  it  has  never  been  difficult  to  get  rascals  to 
adopt  resolutions  condemning  rascality.  Thus. 
Missouri's  most  active  Democrat,  United  States 
Senator  William  J.  Stone,  came  into  lively  con- 
troversy with  Mr.  Folk  last  month  by  demand- 
ing an  answer  to  the  question  whether  or  not 
Mr.  Folk  and  his  followers  were  in  good  faith 
supporting  Cook  and  Allen,  the  candidates,  re- 
spectively, for  Secretary  of  State  and  Auditor 
of  State.  The  independent  Democratic  press  of 
St.  Louis,  while  supporting  Folk,  is  distinctly 
repudiating  Cook  and  Allen,  and  advising  the 
friends  of  reform  to  scratch  the  ticket. 

...  ,.    _,        Meanwhile     the     Republicans    have 

Walbridge  .  .       '  ..  .   f 

and  the  taken  the  held  with  an  able  and 
Republicans.  prominent  Republican  for  governor 
in  the  person  of  the  Hon.  Cyrus  P.  Walbridge. 
a  well-known  citizen  of  St.  Louis,  president  of 
the  Business  Men's  League  of  that  city,  and  a 
director  of  the  Exposition.  Mr.  Walbridge  was 
for  many  years  prominent  in  the  city  govern- 
ment, having  been  president  of  the  upper  branch 
of   the  municipal   assembly,  and   for  four  years 


274 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


HON.  CYRUS  P.   WALBRIDGE. 

(The  Republican  nominee  for  governor  of  Missouri.) 

mayor.  There  is  likely  to  be  dispute  as  to  his 
genuineness  as  a  municipal  reformer  ;  but  it  is 
our  belief  that  he  gave  St.  Louis  a  very  up- 
right and  intelligently  conducted  administration, 
[f  the  Democratic  machine  had  not  yielded  to 
the  inevitable  and  nominated  Folk  for  governor, 
but  had  nominated  a  man  of  their  own,  the  Re- 
publicans would  have  had  a  fine  opportunity  to 
carry  the  State  both  for  the  Walbridge  ticket 
and  the  Roosevelt  electors.  As  matters  stand 
now,  the  Democrats  are  counting  upon  Folk  to 
carry  the  State  by  a  sweeping  majority  for  the 
Parker  electors  through  the  wi.ining  of  the  re- 
form vote.  There  are  outside  Republicans  who 
have  been  so  much  pleased  with  .Mr.  Folk's  con- 
duct as  prosecuting  attorney  that  they  believe 
everybody  regardless  of  party  should  vote  for 
him  for  governor.  There  are  also  Republicans 
who  believe  that,  it  would  have  been  good  tactics 
t<>  have  indorsed  Folk's  nomination,  and  to  have 
put  his  name  at  the  head  of  the  Republican 
ticket,  with  the  idea  that  this  would  enable  re- 
formers of  a  Republican  and  Roosevelt  inclina- 
tion to  cast  their  ballots,  by  a  single  mark 
of    the    pencil    at    the    head    of    the    Republican 


column,  at  once  for  Roosevelt  and  for  Folk. 
This,  however,  presupposes  Mr.  Folk's  consent ; 
and  it  is  not  likely  that  the  Democratic  man- 
agers of  Missouri  would  have  permitted  Mr. 
Folk's  name  to  stand  at  the  head  of  the  Repub- 
lican column  as  a  plan  for  strengthening  the 
Roosevelt  vote.  For  that  limited  number  of 
people  who  have  the  courage  to  try  to  vote  a 
split  ticket  on  an  Australian  ballot  paper,  it  will 
be  entirely  possible,  as  matters  stand,  to  vote 
one  way  in  national  politics  and  another  way  in 
Missouri  State  and  local  politics.  But  most 
voters  will  not  try  experiments  of  that  sort. 
There  are  many  Republicans  in  Missouri  who 
urge  that  the  true  logic  of  Democratic  corrup- 
tion, as  exposed  by  Folk,  calls  for  Republican 
victory,  especially  when  so  solid  and  competent 
a  business  man  as  Mr.  Walbridge  is  the  candi- 
date. There  are  other  Republicans  in  Missouri 
who  believe  that  Mr.  Folk  ought  to  be  elected 
at  all  hazards,  regardless  of  his  associates  on  the 
ticket,  and  who  are  of  opinion  that  in  their  de- 
sire to  defeat  Folk  the  boodling  element  would 
prefer  to  see  Walbridge  elected. 

whatDothe  Tllis>  again>  seems  scarcely  credible. 
"Boodiers"  inasmuch  as  Folk's  principal  ability 

Prefer?       ^Q  ^Q  jlarm  to  tne  kooc]lers  lay  in  the 

mere  fact  of  his  holding  the  office  of  circuit  at- 
torney. Thus,  by  way  of  parallel,  it  is  easy  to 
believe  that  there  might  be  a  great  many  ras- 
cals and  evil-doers  in  the  city  of  New  York  who, 


^$$^07^*/' 


War/A  '. 


AN  IMPOSSIBLE  JOB. 


"You  can't  pull  them  out,  Mr.  Folk,  hut  they  can  pull  you 
in."    Prom  the  Post-Dispatch  (St.  Louis). 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


275 


for  the  sake  of  getting  Mr.  Jerome  out  of  the 
district  attorney's  office,  which  he  now  holds, 
would  be  more  than  glad  to  help  put  him  into  the 
governor's  chair,  where  he  could  do  them  no  di- 
rect or  particular  harm.  Some  of  Mr.  Folk's 
critics  take  the  ground  that  the  work  of  expos- 
ing and  prosecuting  corruption  and  fraud  in  St. 
Louis  and  at  the  State  capital  of  Missouri  has 
only  begun  ;  and  that  Mr.  Folk,  if  indeed  solely 
devoted  to  the  cause  of  political  purification, 
ought  to  have  sought  another  term  as  circuit  at- 
torney rather  than  the  governorship,  where,  they 
allege,  his  ability  to  aid  the  cause  will  at  least  be 
greatly  diminished.  The  governor's  term  in 
Missouri  is  four  years,  and  Mr.  Folk's  friends 
arc  already  thinking  of  him  as  a  Presidential 
candidate  in  1908.  Senator  Stone,  who  indorses 
( look  and  Allen  as  in  every  respect  quite  good 
enough  for  him,  declares  that  Folk  had  sought 
some  kind  of  alliance  or  compromise  with  these 
gentlemen,  while  Mr.  Folk  himself  stoutly  denies 
it.  The  newspapers  of  the  country  meanwhile, 
apropos  of  Mr.  Folk's  triumph  in  securing  the 
nomination  for  governor,  have  preached  many 
elaborate  sermons  to  young  men  based  on  the 
text  that  the  short  cut  to  political  success  now- 
adays for  the  ambitious  youth  lies  not  in  being 
the  serviceable  tool  of  the  bosses  and  the  machine, 
but  in  striking  out  boldly  as  a  fighting  reformer. 
If  Mr.  Jerome  should  carry  off  the  Democratic 
nomination  for  governor  of  New  York,  these 
sermons  would  be  repeated  with  a  mere  change  of 
names.  Meanwhile,  there  is  always  a  little  danger 
lest  the  young  reformer,  who  finds  that  his 
efforts  to  overthrow  the  wrong  and  uphold  the 
right  are  proving  an  easy  ladder  upon  which  he 
may  mount  to  political  fame  and  fortune,  should 
at  times  lose  sight  of  the  means  by  which  he  has 
risen.  St.  Louis  and  Missouri  are  far  from 
being  purified,  and  it  is  said  that  the  pool- rooms 
still  flourish  in  New  York  City  ! 

American  diplomacy  scored  another 
Tc'oncessiwtS  triumph  in  the  long  Roosevelt-Hay 
series  last  month.  It  had  been  im- 
possible to  obtain  a  respectful  and  business-like 
treatment  at  Constantinople  for  the  American 
minister  in  the  presentation  of  just  claims.  It 
had  come  to  be  not  merely  a  question  of  the 
treatment  of  American  schools  throughout  the 
empire,  nor  yet  of  the  neglect  or  refusal  to  pay 
money  that  was  admittedly  due  for  wanton 
destruction  of  American  property.  But,  above 
those  things,  it  had  come  to  be  a  question  of  the 
dignity  and  honor  of  the  American  Government. 
An  American  naval  squadron,  under  Admiral 
Jewell,  was  ordered  to  anchor  off  the  port  of 
Smyrna,  and  another  American  fleet  of  battle- 


ships under  Admiral  Barker  was  at  Gibraltar 
awaiting  call.  The  Sultan  at  once  found  it  con- 
venient to  see  Mr.  Leishman,  the  American  min- 
ister. There  was  a  prompt  exchange  of  views, 
and  Mr.  Leishman  was  able  to  inform  our  State 
Department  that  all  demands  had  been  conceded. 
The  great  point  gained  is  that  American  Protes- 
tant schools  and  colleges  are  henceforth  to  be 
placed  upon  the  same  footing  of  recognition 
throughout  the  Turkish  Empire  as  has  long  been 
accorded  the  institutions  of  the  Greek,  Catholic, 
and  other  Christian  bodies. 

,    Despite  the  conciliatory  tone  adopted 

nUSSld  QHU 

Neutral  Ship-  by  the   Russian  Government  in  the 

ping  Again.     matter  0f    the  seiZUre    of    the    British 

vessels  Malacca  and  Knight  Commander  by  the 
Vladivostok  squadron,  its  promise  to  send  no 
more  of  the  volunteer  fleet  out  of  the  Black  Sea, 
except  as  merchantmen,  (commissioning  them 
regularly  as  men-of-war  from  some  other  Rus- 
sian port  afterward),  and  despite,  also,  the  re- 
lease of  part  of  the  cargo  of  the  ship  Arabia  by 
the  Russian  prize  court,  questions  of  the  duties 
of  neutrals  and  the  rights  of  neutral  vessels  in 
the  present  war  continue  to  agitate  Europe  and, 
to  a  certain  extent,  the  United  States  also.  The 
contention  of  the  British  Government  in  the 
matter  of  the  vessels  seized  in  the  Red  Sea  by 
the  Russian  raiders  was  twofold  :  (1)  that  it  was 
for  the  seizing  vessel  to  prove  the  ultimate  des- 
tination of  the  cargo,  and  that  the  consignment 
to  a  neutral  port  of  goods  not  inherently  contra- 
band should  be  conclusive  evidence  of  their  legal- 
ity ;  (2)  the  undefined  status  of  the  Russian  ves- 
sels. "If  they  are  warships,  they  had  no  right 
to  pass  through  the  Dardanelles  ;  if  they  are  not 
warships,  they  have  no  right  to  make  seizures  : 
they  are  pirates."  This  second  point  was  a 
vital  one.  Feeling  in  England  ran  so  high 
that  open  war  was  talked  of.  The  seizure  of 
German  vessels  also  aroused  opposition,  and 
Russia's  own  ally,  France,  expressed  disap- 
proval. So  the  Red  Sea  seizures  were  dis- 
avowed, and  the  Peninsular  &  Oriental  Steam- 
ship Company's  liner  Malacca  was  released  in 
the  Mediterranean,  after  a  formal  exami- 
nation in  the  presence  of  Russian  and  British 
consuls.  Orders  were  sent  to  the  raiders  to 
make  no  more  captures.  The  act  of  -the  com- 
manders of  the  Petersburg  and  Smolensk,  Count 
Lamsdorff  attributes  to  ••  an  excess  of  zeal,"  and 
makes  an  apology.  This,  however,  leaves  open 
and  undecided  the  question  of  the  right  of  the 
Russian  Government  to  take  its  vessels  of  the 
volunteer  fleet  out  of  the  Black  Sea  as  merchant 
vessels  and  then  transform  them  at  sea  into  ves- 
sels of  war. 


276 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


,-..  «■  , .      y-A    »Teat    deal    ol     excitement    was 

The  Sinking  of  °     .     . 

the  "Knight   aroused  in  England  over  the  seizure 

Commander.-  &ml      sinking      of      t])e      British      ship 

Knight  Commander  by  the  Russian  Vladivostok 
squadron  on  July  24.      The    Knight    Commander 

was  a  British  vessel  hound  for  Japan,  with  a 
cargo  consisting  chiefly  of  railroad  material  con- 
signed for  private  linns  of  Japan,  the  owners 
say,  but,  according  to  the  Russian  captain  who 
sank  her,  really  destined  for  Chemulpho,  to  be 
used  in  the  Japanese  military  railroad  in  Korea. 
Admiral  Jessen,  in  his  report,  declares  that  the 
captain  of  the  Knight  Commander  made  a  false 
statement  as  to  the  character  of  his  cargo,  which 
was  found  to  be  contraband  ;  and,  "  not  being 
able  to  bring  her  to  the  nearest  Russian  port 
without  manifest  danger  to  the  squadron,  owing 
to  her  not  having  enough  coal,  we  sank  her,  after 
taking  off  all  her  crew  and  removing  her  papers." 
Again,  excitement  in  England  ran  high.  Pre- 
mier Balfour  referred  to  the  affair  in  Parliament 
as  an  "outrage"  and  called  upon  Russia  for  an 
apology  and  reparation.  The  Russian  prize 
court  at  Vladivostok  confirmed  the  judgment  of 
Admiral  Jessen,  and  adjudged  the  Knight  Com- 
mander a  lawful  prize  of  war,  and  approved  the 
Russian  admiral's  sinking  her,  in  view  of  his 
inability  to  bring  her  into  port. 

A  few  days  after  the  seizure  of  the 
Cargo  Knight  Commander,  another  British 
involved.  vessel;  t]ie  Arabia,  one  of  the  Ham- 
burg-American liners,  chartered  by  the  American 
Trading  Company,  was  captured  near  the  Japa- 
nese coast,  and  sent  to  Vladivostok  under  a 
prize  crew.  Her  cargo  consisted  of  2,700  tons 
of  flour,  billed  to  Hongkong,  and  460  tons  of 
flour  and  540  tons  of  railroad  iron  billed  to 
Japanese  ports.  This  cargo  was  mostly  Ameri- 
can owned.  The  prize  court  at  Vladivostok  de- 
cided that  the  ship  and  as  much  of  her  cargo  as 
was  destined  for  China  were  not  contraband. 
These  were  accordingly  released,  and  that  part 
of  the  cargo  consisting  of  flour  and  railroad 
material  destined  for  Japan  was  confiscated. 

Early  in  February,  the  Russian  Gov- 
what  is      ernmenl  issued  a  list  of  articles  which 

Contraband  ? 

it  intended  to  regard  as  contraband. 
This  list  consisted  of  a  number  of  foodstuffs 
and  other  commodities,  which,  according  to  the 
American  and  English  view,  are  contraband 
only  under  certain  circumstances,  and  cannot  be 
declared  so  on  the  mere  statement  of  the  bellig- 
erent. Munitions  of  war  are.  of  course,  always 
contraband.  Railroad  supplies,  if  intended  to 
advance  the  enemy  s  military  operations  ;  food- 
stuffs, if  destined  Eor  the  fighting  forces  or  the 


beleaguered  towns  of  the  enemy,  are  also  contra- 
band. Railroad  supplies,  foodstuffs,  and  other 
commodities,  however,  which  are  not  directly 
intended  for  the  use  of  the  military  arm.  are 
not  contraband  according  to  the  best  authorities 
on  international  law,  and  according  to  interna- 
tional custom.  It  is  for  the  raiding  vessel  to 
prove  their  belligerent  destination,  if  it  does  not 
so  appear  on  the  manifest  of  the  captured  ship. 
The  Russian  position  is  contained  in  the  semi- 
official statement  given  out  upon  the  seizure  of 
the  Arabia:  "  Foodstuffs  consigned  to  an  ene- 
my's port  in  sufficient  quantity  to  create  the  pre- 
sumption that  it  is  intended  for  the  use  of  the 
government's  military  or  naval  forces,  are  prima 
facie  contraband  and  sufficient  to  warrant  hold- 
ing the  vessel  for  decision  of  a  prize  court." 

There  is.  indeed,  no  international 
Sink  Neutral  definition  of  contraband,  but  the 
Ships.  Western  world  is  fairly  well  agreed 
upon  the  doctrine  of  "continuous  voyages,''  and 
the  fact  that  some  commodities  may  be,  or  may 
not  be,  contraband,  according  to  their  destina- 
tion. It  is  not  likely  that  Europe  and  the 
United  States  will  permit  Russia  to  supervise 
their  Oriental  trade,  nor  will  they  acquiesce  in 
the  judgment  of  a  Russian  naval  commander  as 
to  his  right  to  sink  a  neutral  vessel  on  the  as- 
sumption that  she  is  carrying  contraband,  and 
that  the  immediate  safety  of  his  warships  is  of 
more  value  than  the  neutral,  whose  transgression 
has  not  been  proven,  and  the  very  evidence  of 
whose  wrong-doing  he  desl  roys  when  he  sinks  her. 

„    ,,  It    is    gratifying    to    learn    that,    on 

Mr.  Hay  " 

on  Principles  June  10  last,  the  American  State  De- 
involved.  partnient,  in  a  circular  to  American 
ambassadors  in  Europe,  defined  our  conception 
of  the  rights  of  neutrals  so  clearly  that  there 
can  be  no  mistake.  Secretary  Hay  says,  refer- 
ring to  the  Russian  list  : 

The  recognition  in  principle  of  the  treatment  of  ooal 
and  other  fuel  and  raw  cotton  as  absolutely  contraband 
of  war  might  ultimately  lead  to  a  total  inhibition  of 
the  sale  by  neutrals  to  the  people  of  belligerent  state-  of 
all  articles  which  could  be  finally  converted  to  mili- 
tary uses. 

Such  an  extension  of  the  principle  by  treating  coal 
and  other  fuel  and  raw  cotton  as  absolutely  contraband 
of  war,  simply  because  the\  are  shipped  by  a  neutral 
to  a  non-blockaded  port  of  a  belligerent,  would  not  ftp 
pear  to  be  in  accord  with  the  reasonable  and  lawful 
rights  of  a  neutral  commerce. 

The    whole    Russian    contention    as    to    contra 
band  is  "not  in  accord  with    the  reasonable  and 
lawful  rights  of  neutral  commerce,"   as  set  forth 
bv  our  A merican  authorities. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


277 


To  quote  further  from  Mr.  Hay's  criticism  : 
The  principle  under  consideration  might,  therefore, 
be  extended  so  as  to  apply  to  every  article  of  human 
use.  which  might  be  declared  contraband  of  war  simply 
because  it  might  ultimately  become  in  any  degree  use- 
ful to  a  belligerent  for  military  purposes. 

By   August    20.   the   Japanese    land 

Closing  in       ,  J  ,      ^        .  , 

Upon        forces  were  so  near  the  mam  works 
Port  Arthur.   of  port  Arthur>  and  the  Russian  fleet 

had  been  so  hopelessly  scattered  and  disabled, 
that  the  fall  of  the  fortress  was  plainly  only  a  few 
days  distant.  On  August  18,  General  Nogi,  com- 
mander of  the  besieging  army,  sent  in  his  sum- 
mons to  surrender.  The  terms  he  offered  pro- 
vided that  the  garrison  should  march  out  with 
the  honors  of  war  and  join  General  Kuropatkin  ; 
that  all  non-combatants  should  be  brought  to  a 
place  designated  by  the  Japanese,  and  that  the 
Russian  warships  in  the  harbor  (the  battleships 
Retvizan,  Sevastojiol,  Pobieda,  Peresviet,  and  Pol- 
tava, and  the  armored  cruiser  Bay  an,  with  twelve 
or  more  destroyers  and  four  gunboats)  be  sur- 
rendered to  the  Japanese.  General  Stoessel, 
the  Russian  commander,  who  had  held  the  fort- 
ress so  gallantly  for  six  months,  despite  a  very 
limited  supply  of  coal  and  ammunition,  had  re- 
fused these  terms  absolutely,  and,  as  we  went 
to  press,  it  was  announced  that  the  Japanese 
were  making  a  final  assault  upon  the  works. 
Their  losses  had  been  very  heavy,  some  accounts 
putting  them  as  high  as  15,000  men.  The  heav- 
iest losses  were  due  to  the  electric  mines  which 
the  Russians  had  been  using  to  great  advantage 
ever  since  the  siege  began.  For  a  month,  the 
besiegers  had  been  closing  in  slowly  upon  the 
fortress,  gaining  point  hy  point,  suffering  terri- 
ble losses  in  men,  but  advancing  relentlessly. 
In  their  charges,  the  Japanese,  even  according 
to  their  enemies,  displayed  the  most  furious  and 
absolutely  fearless  dash,  particularly  in  their 
frontal  attacks.  In  the  later  engagements,  they 
employed  the  extended  formations  adopted  by 
the  British  in  the  South  African  war,  with  the 
result  that  the  losses  were  less  severe.  The  losses 
of  men  within  the  Russian  lines  at  Port  Arthur 
had  also,  unquestionably,  been  very  severe. 


Port  Arthur. 


, »  ,.,    The  beginning  of  the  end  with  Port 

Naval  Battle  ,        &  p  n  .        T 

at  Arthur  was  the  capture  by  the  Jap- 
anese, on  July  2G  or  27,  of  Wolf 
Hill,  one  of  the  main  defenses  of  the  city,  within 
Two  miles  of  the  inner  fortifications.  Planting 
its  heavy  siege  guns  on  this  eminence,  the  in- 
vesting army  was  able,  not  only  to  bombard  the 
town  itself  and  partially  demolish  the  dry-dock 
in  the  harbor,  but  to  reach  the  Russian  vessels 
themselves  by  vertical  fire.  On  August  10.  this 
fire  had  become  so  severe  as  to  force  the  fleet 


from  its  anchorage,  to  take  desperate  chances 
with  Admiral  Togo  outside  the  harbor.  At 
dawn,  the  Russian  vessels  (six  battleships,  four 
cruisers,  and  eight  or  more  torpedo  boats  and 
destroyers)  emerged,  and  attempted  to  break 
through  the  Japanese  cordon  to  escape  or  to 
join  the  Vladivostok  squadron.  With  seven  bat- 
tleships, eleven  cruisers,  and  thirty  smaller  war- 
craft,  Admiral  Togo  received  the  Russians. 
After  a  forty  minutes'  encounter,  the  latter,  bent 
on  flight,  not  fight,  had  succeeded  in  penetrating 
the  Japanese  line,  had  escaped  the  mines  laid 
for  them,  and  were  dashing  for  AVeihaiwei. 
But  Admiral  Togo  pursued,  and  at  five  o'clock 


LIEUTENANT-GEI'ERAL  NOGI,    WHO   IS   BESIEGING    PORT 
ARTHUR. 

in  the  evening  overtook  the  fugitives.  In  a 
three  hours'  battle,  during  which  the  firing  was 
never  at  a  less  range  than  3,800  yards, — and 
often  at  a  much  greater  one, — the  Russian  fleet 
was  scattered  or  disabled.  The  Japanese  losses 
were  not  heavy  comparatively.  Admiral  Togo 
reported  100  killed,  altogether,  and  29  wounded, 
most  of  them  on  his  flagship,  the  Mikasa,  which 
had  borne  the  brunt  of  the  fighting. 

Five  Russian  ships  returned  to  the 
Russian  harbor  of  Port  Arthur,  and  several 
Defeat.  s^ght  refuge  in  neutral  Chinese  and 
German  ports.  The  Czarevitch,  one  of  the  finest 
Russian  battleships  (which  was  injured  in  the 
first  attack  on  Port  Arthur,  in  February),  suf- 
fered terribly.    More  than  three  hundred  of  her 


278 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


GENERAL  STOESSEL. 

(In  command  of  the  Russian  troops  at  Port  Arthur.) 

crew  perished.  Her  funnels  were  shot  away, 
her  steering-gear  wrecked,  and  her  value  as  a 
fighting  unit  quite  destroyed.  Admiral  Witt- 
shoeft,  actual  Russian  naval  commander,  was 
killed  on  the  deck  of  the  Czarevitch,  which  found 
a  temporary  haven  in  the  neutral  port  of  Tsing- 
Tau,  at  the  entrance  to  the  German  bay  of 
Kiau-Cliau.  There,  in  accordance  with  the 
regulations  of  international  law,  the  flag  of  the 
Czarevitch  was  lowered,  and  she  was  completely 
dismantled  by  the  Germans,  in  whose  hands  she 
will  remain  until  the  end  of  the  war.  The 
crusier  Novik,  and  the  torpedo-boat  Bezhumi, 
also  sought  refuge  at  Tsing-Tau.  They  were 
both  forced  to  leave  at  the  expiration  of  the 
twenty-four  hours  permitted  by  the  law  of  na- 
tions. The  Novik escaped,  and  reached  one  of  the 
ports  of  the  Russian  island  of  Sakhalin.  The  cruis- 
er Askold  and  the  destroyer  Grozovoi  were  not 
quick  enough,  and,  on  August  13,  they  put  into 
the  international  port  of  Shanghai,  which,  for 
naval  administration  purposes,  is  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Chinese  Taotai,  or  governor. 
The  Askold  had  two  of  her  stacks  shot  away, 
and  there  was  a  great  hole  in  her  side.  Alto- 
gether, she  had  been  penetrated  over  two  hun- 
dred  times    by  Japanese  shells.     The  Chinese 


governor  gave  the  commanders  of  the  Askold 
and  the  Grozovoi  forty-eight  hours  in  which  to 
make  the  "  reasonable  repairs  :'  allowed  by  inter- 
national usage,  and  then  demanded  that  they 
leave  the  harbor  or  dismantle  their  vessels. 
The  Russians  refused  to  do  either,  relying,  it  is 
claimed,  on  the  weakness  of  the  Chinese  local 
administration  to  force  them. 


Japan  Violates 


One  of  the  Russian  gunboats,  the 
Chinese  Ryeshitelni,  hotly  pursued  by  the  two 
Neutrality.  japanese  destroyers,  the  Asashio  and 
Kasumi,  fled  to  the  Chinese  port  of  Chefu. 
Her  commander,  the  Russians  say,  at  once 
agreed  to  dismantle,  and  had  actually  removed 
part  of  his  guns  and  engines,  and  lowered  his 
flag,  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Chefu  officials. 
The  two  Japanese  destroyers,  however,  followed 
the  Russians  into  the  harbor,  and  their  officers 
boarded  the  gunboats,  to  satisfy  themselves — 
(they  say) — that  she  was  honestly  observing  the 
rules  of  neutrality,  and  not  planning  to  escape. 
This,  of  course,  is  no  defense  of  their  action. 
The  Ryeshitelni  was  under  Chinese  authority, 
and  inviolable.  Any  complaints  or  representa- 
tions should  have  been  made  to  the  Chinese 
port  officials.  The  Russians  resented  the  action 
of  the  Japanese,  and  a  fight  ensued.  The  Rus- 
sian commander  gave  orders  to  blow  up  the 
ship,  but  the  attempt  failed.  Several  of  the 
Japanese  were  killed,  and  in  the  end,  the  two 
destroyers  seized  the  Russian  boat,  towed  it  out 
of  the  harbor,  and  disappeared  with  it.  The 
Japanese  account  agrees  substantially  with  this. 
but  declares  that  the  Russians,  besides  planning 
to  escape,  forced  the  fight  without  cause.  The 
St.  Petersburg  Government,  acting  through  the 
French  foreign  office,  promptly  filed  a  protest 
against  this  violation  of  Chinese  neutrality.  At 
the  same  time,  Japan  protested  against  the  re- 
fusal of  the  Askold  and  Grozovoi  to  leave  the 
harbor  of  Shanghai  or  to  disarm,  threatening  to 
enforce  Chinese  neutrality  herself  in  this  case. 

„,  .,•     .  ,    Admiral    Kamimura    has  added   his 

Vladwostok  ,11  n  •      1      ,        T, 

Squadron     personal  pledge  to   bind  the  Russiau 
Destroyed.    promjse  ^^  no  more  British  ships 

will  be  sunk  by  the  Vladivostok  squadron.  The 
Bogatyr  is  on  the  rocks,  north  of  Russia's  north- 
ern harbor.  The  Rurik  is  at  the  bottom  of  the 
Korean  Strait,  with  more  than  five  hundred  of 
her  crew,  and  the  Russia  and  the  Gromoboi  are 
virtually  falling  to  pieces  in  the  harbor  of 
Vladivostok,  battered  almost  to  scrap-iron  after 
a  five  hours'  battle  with  the  Japanese  ships.  On 
August  14,  Admiral  Kamimura  had  his  long- 
looked-for  opportunity,  and  the  Japanese  strategy 
which  has  now   resulted  in  wiping  out  Russia's 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


279 


naval  strength  off  the  Eastern  seas  is  now  dis- 
closed. Admiral  Kamimura  caught  the  Vladi 
vostok  ships  in  the  Straits  of  Korea.  It  is 
probable  that  he  had  been  at  this  point  since  the 
beginning  of  the  war,  for,  contrary  to  current 
English  and  American  belief,  the  Japanese  com- 
mander had  not  been  detailed  to  destroy  the 
Vladivostok  fleet.  He  is  under  the  direct  com- 
mand of  Admiral  Togo,  who  had  detailed  him, 
not  to  seek  the  Russian  vessels,  but  to  prevent 
the  Port  Arthur  squadron  from  getting  to  Vladi- 
vostok in  case  it  escaped  the  blockading  Japanese, 
and  to  intercept  the  Vladivostok  ships  should 
they  try  to  run  to  Port  Arthur.  Togo's  plan 
was  to  hammer  away  at  Port  Arthur,  and  neglect 
the  northern  Russian  fleet  entirely.  He  is  re- 
ported as  saying  that  it  could  do  nothing  to  affect 
the  general  result  of  the  war.  It  could  not  in- 
jure Japanese  towns  or  seriously  interfere  with 
Japanese  commerce,  besides  it  had  already  done 
nmre  harm  to  Russia  than  to  Japan,  by  stirring 
up  anti- Russian  feeling  in  England,  Germany, 
and  the  United  States  over  interference  with 
neutral  commerce.  Let  the  Vladivostok  ships 
go  on  and  make  trouble  for  Russia,  said  Admiral 
Togo.     And  this  was  the  policy  pursued. 

The  gigantic  maneuvers  of  the  three 
Decisive  Japanese  armies  opposed  to  Gen- 
Battle  Near  eral  Kuropatkin,  in  Manchuria,  had 
brought  all  the  lines  so  close  together  by  Au- 
gust 20  that  the  Russian  commander  could 
scarcely  escape  a  general  battle.  The  excellent 
system  of  intercommunication  between  the  Jap- 
anese armies  and  between  the  different  sections 
of  the  same  army  (described  in  our  article  on 
page  332  of  this  Review)  had  enabled  Gen- 
erals Kuroki,  Oku,  and  Nodzu  to  work  almost 
as  though  in  personal  touch  with  one  another. 
The  second  army,  under  Oku,  after  a  bloody 
battle,  on  July  24,  at  the  point  of  the  bayonet, 
took  the  important  town  of  Tashi-Chao,  on  the 
railroad,  and  forced  the  Russians  to  retire  to 
the  strongly  walled  city  of  Haicheng.  By  a  de- 
cisive battle  at  Simuchen,  a  day  or  two  later, 
Oku  turned  the  Russian  right  flank,  while 
Kuroki,  from  the  north,  forced  the  important 
Yangtse  pass  (on  July  29)  in  a  sharp  encounter, 
in  which  the  Russian  general,  Count  Keller, — 
successor  to  General  Sassulitch — was  killed. 
The  Russian  commander  then  found  Haicheng 
untenable,  and  accordingly  evacuated  that  city, 
and  retired  to  his  base  at  Liao-Yang.  This 
town  had  been  heavily  fortified,  and  was  situ- 
ated in  the  center  of  bristling  fortifications  for 
fifteen  miles  about  it  on  all  sides.  It  is  here 
that  both  Japanese  and  Russians  expect  that  the 
decisive  battle  of  the  war  will  be  fought. 


Meanwhile,  General  Kuroki  had  been 
Capture  of    throwing  out  his   lines  to  the  north 

Newchwang.  o 

of  the  Russians,  seeking  to  cut  off 
General  Kuropatkin  from  the  main  of  the  rail- 
road at  Mukden,  the  capital  of  Manchuria.  The 
Takushan  (third)  army,  under  General  Nodzu. 
marching  northward,  parallel  to  the  railroad, 
had  so  threatened  the  Russian  flank  that,  with 
the  capture  of  Tashi-Chao  by  General  Oku,  the 
Russians  had  decided  to  abandon  Yinkow,  which 
they  evacuated  without  a  struggle.  Yinkow  is 
the  treaty  port  of  Newchwang,  and  its  possession 
gives  the  Japanese  army  a  new  base.  Newchwang 
itself,  which  the  Japanese  at  once  opened  to  neu- 
tral trade,  is  an  important  city,  a  large  railroad 
center,  with  a  foreign  trade  of  $50,000,000  a 
year,  largely  British  and  American.  With  the 
city,  the  Japanese  took  the  local  branch  of  the 
Russo-Chinese  Bank,  which  had  more  than  $25,- 
000,000  loaned  out  to  local  concerns.  Regarding 
this  bank  as  the  property  of  the  Russian  Gov- 
ernment, it  is  announced  that  Japan  will  hold 
its  assets  and  profits  in  Manchuria  as  legitimate 
spoils  of  war. 

As  the  Japanese  semicircle  narrows 
K"rpugh>tinS  m    alxmt    General    Kuropatkin,    the 

position  of  the  Russian  commander- 
in-chief  becomes  critical  indeed.  It  is  true 
that,  with  their  concentration,  his  forces  be- 
come more  formidable,  but  the  difficulties  which 
face  him  are  tremendous.  With  the  rains  mak- 
ing the  roads  like  rivers,  with  a  temperature  of 
100  degrees  Fahrenheit,  even  when  the  sun  is 
hidden,  the  heavily  burdened  Russian  soldiers 
are  in  dire  straits.  It  is  reported  of  General 
Kuropatkin  that,  when  he  started  for  the  far 
East,  he  remarked  to  a  friend:  "The  first 
month  they  will  say  that  I  am  inactive,  the 
second  that  I  am  incapable,  and  the  third  that  I 
am  a  traitor,  because  we  shall  be  repulsed  and 
beaten.  I  shall  let  the  people  talk,  firmly  ad- 
hering to  my  resolution  not  to  advance  before 
I  have  all  the  forces  I  need."  The  Russian 
general  has  certainly  suffered  from  lack  of 
equipment.  The  Siberian  levies  do  not  fight 
like  European  troops,  and  it  is  persistently  re- 
ported that  the  famous  railroad  has  practically 
broken  down.  Four  months  ago,  General  Kuro- 
patkin was  advised  to  take  the  position  he  has 
now  been  forced  to  take.  Then  he  might  have 
retired  voluntarily  to  Mukden.  Now  he  has 
been  beaten  back,  losing  all  Manchuria,  and 
seriously  impairing  the  morale  of  his  men.  The 
Russians  have  always  stood  their  grouncl 
bravely,  but  they  have  been  outfought,  outnum- 
bered, and  outgeneraled  at  every  point.  Yet. 
they  have  no  thought  of  ultimate  defeat. 


280 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OE  REVIEWS. 


(Mi  the  day  tliiit  the  battleship  (  zare- 

A  Son  .     ,  ,     '        ,.  i  • 

Bom  to  vitch  took  refuge  from  the  pursuing 
the  Czar.  japanege  jn  a  German  port,  the  real 
human  Czarevitch  was  horn,  in  the  imperial  villa 
at  Peterhof.  The  long-desired  heir  to  the  Russian 
throne  came  into  the  world  on  August  12.  He 
will  be  christened  Alexis  Nikolaivitch,  and,  if 
he  reigns,  it  will  be  as  Alexis  II.  Already  he 
has  been  gazetted  Grand  Hetman  of  all  the  Cos- 
sacks of  the  Empire,  and  the  nation  is  wild  with 
joy.  The  Czarina,  who  has  always  been  very 
unpopular  among  Russians,  because  of  her  Eng- 
lish ways,  and  because  she  had  given  birth  to 
daughters  only  (there  are  four  little  grand 
duchesses),  is  now  regarded  with  great  affection. 
It  is  a  thorny  crown,  a  burdensome  heritage,  in 
a  troublous  time,  that  has  come  to  the  little 
prince.  The  next  defeat  in  Asia  may  com- 
pletely shatter  the  military  prestige  of  his  future 
empire,  and  the  next  assassination  may  cost  him 
his  father.      Dark  days  lie  ahead  of  him. 

The  assassination  of  Minister  von 
of7oSnPiaehue.  pkhve    will    not    be    followed  by  a 

Russian  revolution.  Russians  are 
not  given  to  revolutions.  The  mass  is  too  illit- 
erate and  too  apathetic,  and  there  is  no  great 
metropolitan  city  to  act  as  a  center  of  fermen- 
tation, but,  according  to  private  information 
from  the  Russian  capital,  things  are  beginning 
to  ferment  there.  Many  thinking  Russians 
blame  the  Czar.  They  anticipate  that  the  Jap- 
anese will  win,  and  that  a  period  of  great  dis- 
tress and  internal  trouble  will  ensue.  Rut  the 
future  is  dark,  and  no  one  can  predict  anything 
confidently.  The  Nihilists  on  the  Continent 
outside  of  Russia  are  divided  into  two  camps. 
Prince  Kropotkin  thinks  that  the  result  of  the 
war  will  be  to  postpone  reform.  Mrs.  Stepniak, 
and  the  other  school,  exult  over  every  Japanese 
victory  as  a  stepping-stone  to  free  Russia.  Some 
upheaval  is  predicted  which  will  result  in  a  long 
step  toward  a  constitutional  monarchy.  A  few 
days  after  the  assassination  of  Minister  von 
Plehve,  the  question  of  the"  formation  of  a  re- 
sponsible cabinet  was  actually  submitted  to  the 
Czar,  but  did  not,  we  are  told,  meet  with  his  ap- 
proval.   Some  predict  a  holy  wai  againsl  Turkey. 

There    is   to-day,    in    Russia,  a  very 

Revolutionary  ,       .  ■"  • 

Progress  active  revolutionary  party,  entirely 
inRussia.  distinct  from  (h(,  Nihilists  and  bomb- 
throwers,  which  is  working  for  this  very  consti- 
tutional monarchy.  The  managers  of  this  party, 
living  in  Germany,  Switzerland,  and  England, 
are  in  close  alliance  at  home  with  what  would 
be  called   labor  organizations  in   tins   country, 


but  their  ranks  include  most  of  the  scientific 
men,  the  authors,  and  students  of  Russia.  In 
spite  of  the  police,  the  literature  of  this  party  is 
smuggled  across  the  border  and  into  the  hands 
of  the  people,  spreading  even  throughout  the 
army.  The  Czar's  ministers  do  not  lose  sight 
of  a  possible  uprising.  This  is  shown  by  the 
fact  that  they  have  not  yet  sent  their  best  troops 
to  the  front.  Russia's  strongest  arm  is  kept  at 
home.  While  the  revolutionary  party  has  not 
yet  had  any  opportunity  to  arise,  if  Russia  should 
send  away  her  home  guards,  an  outbreak  in  both 
Poland  and  Finland  would,  undoubtedly,  soon 
follow.     Thus,  Russia's  real  problem  is  at  home. 

.Much  will  depend  on  the  Czar's 
A  Re<TCutp°"a'y  cu°ice  °f  a  successor  to  the  late  Min- 
ister von  Plehve,  who  was  assassi- 
nated on  July  28,  while  on  his  way  to  Peterhof 
to  report  to  his  master.  The  late  Russian  min- 
ister of  the  interior  was  a  typical  bureaucrat,  the 
logical  product  of  the  Russian  autocracy,  a  sort 
of  glorified  chief  of  secret  police.  Two  of  his 
predecessors  in  office  (Rogliopoff,  in  189S,  and 
Sipiaguine,  in  1902)  met  death  at  the  assassin's 
hands  for  less  detestable  deeds  than  his.  Yon 
riehve  was  the  finished  product  of  the  brutal  re- 
actionary party  in  Russia,  its  representative  in 
politics,  as  Pobiedonostseff  is  in  religious  matters, 
These  two  types  stand  for  the  Russia  which  is 
looking  backward.  Serge  de  Witte,  who  was 
"  kicked  up  stairs  "  to  please  the  late  minister  of 
the  interior,  is  one  of  the  few  leaders  who  are 
striving  to  turn  the  face  of  "Holy  Russia"  to- 
ward the  future  and  progress.  Von  Plehve'l 
assassin  died  without  implicating  any  one  else, 
and  the  Czar,  it  was  reported,  was  not  to  be 
harmed  by  the  malcontents.  As  chief  of  the 
famous  '-Third  Section  "  of  the  Russian  secret 
police,  von  Plehve  suppressed  all  the  newspapers 
so  completely  that  he  was  regarded  as  the  most 
"efficient"  official  of  the  empire.  His  record  al 
secretary  of  state  for  Finland,  and  in  putting 
down  the  aspirations  of  students  and  Jews,  is 
given  in  an  article  which  we  quote  on  page  34& 
We  have  his  own  word  for  it  that  he  had  great 
plans  for  reform.  He  had  actually  introduced 
into  the  Imperial  Council  a  law  repealing  the 
regulation  which  forbade  the  Jews  to  live  within 
thirty  miles  of  the  frontier,  and  he  had  actu- 
ally drafted  a  new  peasant  code,  when  popular 
vengeance  overtook  him.  While  undoubtedly 
a  sincere  man.  his  record,  as  characterized  by 
our  ex-ambassador  to  Russia.  Andrew  D.  White. 
in  a  recent  interview,  is  "blackened  by  several 
of  the  wickedest  deeds  in  the  history  of  the  last 
two  centuries." 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


(From  July  SI  to  Auyust  SO,  VMh.) 


Jose  Pardo  Barrera. 
(Peru.) 


Manuel  Quintana. 
(Argentina.) 


NEW   PRESIDENTS  OF  TWO  SOUTH  AMERICAN  REPUBLICS. 

POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT— AMERICAN. 

July  21. — Missouri  Democrats  nominate  Joseph  W. 
Folk  for  governor. 

July  25. — Thomas  Taggart,  of  Indiana,  is  chosen 
chairman  of  the  Democratic  National  Committee  (see 
page  289). 

July  27. — President  Roosevelt  formally  accepts  the 
nomination  for  the  Presidency  made  by  the  Republi- 
can National  Convention North  Dakota  Democrats 

nominate  M.  F.  Hegge  for  governor. 

July  28. — President  Roosevelt  returns  to  Washington 

from  his  summer  home  at  Oyster  Bay,  N.  Y The 

United  States  Treasury  Department  decides  that  the 
Panama  Canal  zone  is  not  a  part  of  the  United  States, 
but  is  under  the  sole  control  of  the  President  until  Con- 
gress provides  a  form  of  government  for  it. 

August  2. — Chairman  Cortelyou  announces  the  mem- 
bership of  the  executive   campaign   committee  of  the 

Republican    National    Committee  (see    page   294) 

Washington  (State)  Democrats  nominate  ex-Senator 
George  Turner  for  governor. 

August  3. — Senator  Charles  W.  Fairbanks  is  formally 
notified  of  his  nomination  for  the  Vice-Presidency  by  the 
Republican  National  Convention Chairman  Tag- 
gart, of  the  Democratic  National  Committee,  announces 
the  appointment  of  William  F.  Sheehan,  of  New  York, 
as  chairman  of  the  executive  committee,  and  George 
Foster  Peabody,  of  New  York,  as  treasurer  of  the 
national  committee. ..  .Michigan  Democrats  nominate 
Woodbridge  N.  Ferris  for  governor Indiana  Demo- 
crat* nominate  John  W.  Kern  for  governor. 

August  4. — Kansas  Democrats  and  Populists  nomi- 
nate David  M.  Dale  for  governor. ..  .West  Virginia 
Democrats  nominate  John  Cornwell  for  governor. 

August  5. — Chief  Judge  Parker  resigns  from  the  New 

York  Court  of  Appeals Idaho  Republicans  nominate 

Frank  R.  Gooding  for  governor. 

August  8. — President  Roosevelt  refuses  to  commute 
a  sentence  of  death  imposed  on  a  negro  for  assault. 

August  9. — Delaware  Republicans  ("regular")  nom- 
inate Dr.  Joseph  H.  Chandler  for  governor. 


August  10. — Judge  Alton  B.  Parker,  of  New  York, 
formally  accepts  the  nomination  for  the  Presidency 
made  at  St.  Louis  by  the  Democratic  National  Conven- 
tion. 

August  12. — Nebraska  Democrats  and  Populists  nom- 
inate George  W.  Berge  (Pop.)  for  governor. 

August  1G. — Idaho  Democrats  nominate  ex-United 
States  Senator  Henry  Heitfeld  for  governor. 

August  17. — Ex-Senator  Henry  G.  Davis,  of  West 
Virginia,  formally  accepts  the  Democratic  nomination 
for  the  Vice-Presidency. 

August  18. — Thomas  E.  Watson,  of  Georgia,  and 
Thomas  Tibbies,  of  Nebraska,  candidates  of  the  Popu- 
list party  for  President  and  Vice-President  respec- 
tively, are  notified  of  their  nominations  at  New  York. 

POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT— FOREIGN. 

July  22. — The  New  Zealand  Government's  financial 
policy  is  attacked  by  the  opposition. 

July  28. — M.  Plehve,  Russian  minister  of  the  inte- 
rior, is  assassinated  at  St.  Petersburg  (see  page  345) 

The  Natal  Parliament  is  prorogued A  motion  of 

want  of  confidence  in  the  South  Australian  Govern- 
ment is  defeated. 

August  1. — President  Nord,  of  Haiti,  accuses  the 
foreign  population  of  willfully  raising  the  rate  of  ex- 
change. 

August  7. — British  troops  enter  the  city  of  Lassa,  un- 
opposed ;  the  Dalai  Lama  flees  to  a  monastery  eighteen 
miles  away The  Russian  minister  of  railroads  de- 
clines the  offers  of  foreign  companies  to  lay  another 
line  of  rails  on  the  Siberian  line. 

August  10. — The  British  Government  announces  in 
the  House  of  Commons  that  no  imperial  conference 
will  be  called  nor  a  commission  appointed  to  examine 
the  English  fiscal  condition The  Canadian  Parlia- 
ment is  prorogued. 

August  15. — The  British  Parliament  is  prorogued. 

August  20. — The  truce  betweeu  the  insurgents  in 
Paraguay  and  the  government  troops  is  extended. 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS. 

July  28. — Russia  promises  to  make  reparation  to  Eng- 
land for  the  capture  of  merchant  vessels. 

July  29. — The  Vatican's  reply  to  the  French  Govern- 
ment's note,  demanding  the  recall  of  the  letters  sum- 
moning the  bishops  of  Digon  and  Laval  to  Rome,  is 
received  at  Paris,  and  necessitates  the  severing  of  diplo- 
matic relations. 

July  31. — Mgr.  Lorenzelli,  the  Papal  nuncio  at  Paris, 
leaves  for  Rome,  the  relations  between  France  and  the 
Vatican  having  been  severed. . .  .The  British  minister  at 
Caracas  protests  in  the  name  of  English  bondholders 
against  the  seizure  of  asphalt  property. 

August  1. — The  United  States  Government  directs 
Minister  Bowen  to  protest  against  the  seizure  of  asphalt 
properties  by  the  Venezuelan  Government. 

August  5. — The  United  States  Government  decides  to 
keep  a  squadron  of  cruisers  in  the  Mediterranean  as  long 
as  the  Porte  delays  giving  a  satisfactory  answer  to  the 


oso 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHL  Y  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


representations  of  our  State  Department  regarding  the 
rights  of  American  citizens. 

August  6. — The  American  squadron,  under  command 
of  Rear-Admiral  Jewell,  is  ordered  to  Smyrna  to  sup- 
port Minister  Leishman  in  his  efforts  to  secure  rec- 
ognition of  the  rights  of  American  citizens  in  Tur- 
key. 

August  8. — The  British  Government  announces  in  the 
House  of  Commons  that  Germany,  Austria,  Italy,  and 
Russia  have  given  assent  to  the  Egyptian  clause  of  the 
Anglo-French  convention. 

August  14. — A  settlement  of  the  question  pending  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  Turkey  is  announced, 
Turkey  consenting  to  give  American  schools  in  that 
country  equal  rights  with  those  under  the  protection  of 
other  powers. 

August  16. — The  Cretans  send  a  petition  from  Italy 
asking  for  the  removal  of  Prince  George,  of  Greece,  and 
threatening  revolt  if  the  request  is  not  granted. 

THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR. 

July  21. — The  Malacca  leaves  Port  Sa'id  in  charge  of 
Russia. 

July  22. — The  Russian  Government  replies  to  the 
British  protest  regarding  the  seizure  of  the  Malacca 

General  Kuroki  drives  the  Russians  from  a  strong 

position  near  Hsihoyen  after  two  days'  fighting,  hav- 
ing 400  casualties,  while  the  Russians'  are  estimated  at 

1,000.     The   Russians   retreat  toward  An-ping The 

Vladivostok  cruisers  sink  one  small  vessel  and  capture 
two  others. 

July  23. — A  council  held  at  St.  Petersburg  decides  to 
waive  the  claim  to  search  the  Malacca. 

July  24.— The  Vladivostok  squadron  sinks  the  British 
steamer  Knight  Commander  off   the  Japanese  coast ; 

cargo    worth  £50,000 The  Russians  evacuate  New- 

chwang,  setting  fire  to  the  Russian  Government  build- 
ings before  leaving. 

July  25. — The  Russian  cruiser  Smolensk  seizes  an- 
other Peninsular  &  Oriental  steamer,  Formosa,  in  the 
Red  Sea,  sister-ship  to  the  Minerva  bound  for  Yoko 
hama;  the  Malacca  arrives  at  Algiers The  Japa- 
nese enter  Newchwang  ;  a  transport  fleet  is  in  sight  of 
Port  Newchwang. 

July  26. — The  steamers  Formosa  and  Holsatia  are 
released  by  Russia  at  Suez A  desperate  battle  pro- 
ceeds at  Tasbichiao  ;  the  Japanese  occupy  all  the  posi- 
tions, but  the  Russians  are  stubbornly  resisting  ;  even- 
tually  the  Russians  are  driven  out,  and  the  Japanese 
capture  both  Tasbichiao  and  Yingkow.  The  Japanese 
lose  1,000  and  the  Russians  2,000. 

July  27. — The  steamship  Malacca  is  handed  over  to 
the  British  at  Algiers,  the  Formosa-  is  released  at 
Suez,  the  German  steamer  Holsatia  is  also  released  at 
Suez. 

July  28. — A  Japanese  administrator  assumes  control 
of  Newchwang Assault  upon  Port  Arthur. 

August  1. — The  Japanese  attack  on  the  Russian  posi- 
tion at  Hai-Oheng  and  east  of  Liao-Yang  is  continued. 
....Great  Britain  protests  to  Russia  against  the  inclu- 
sion of  foodstuffs  in  the  list  of  contraband. 

August  2. — The  capture  of  Shan-Tai-Kow,  one  of  the 
Important  defenses  of  Port  Arthur,  Is  achieved  by  the 

Japanese  after  three  days  of  desperate  fighting The 

Russians  retired  northward  from  Hai-Cheng. 


August  5. — The  Japanese  advance  on  General  Kuro- 
patkin's  main  position  is  continued. 

August  10. — A  Russian  fleet  of  six  battleships,  four 
cruisers,  and  torpedo  boats  escapes  from  Port  Arthur. 

August  11. — A  Japanese  destroyer  enters  the  neutral 
port  of  Chefu  and  takes  possession  of  the  dismantled 
Russian  destroyer  Ryeshitclni A  Russian  commis- 
sion is  appointed  to  settle  the  status  of  the  volunteer 
fleet. 

August  14. — The  Russian  cruiser  Rurik  is  sunk  in 
action  between  the  Japanese  squadron  of  Admiral 
Kamimura  and  the  Vladivostok  fleet  in  the  Strait  of 
Korea  ;  more  than  half  of  the  crew  were  saved. 


THE   LATE  .MINISTER   VON   PLEHVE. 

(For  comment  on  the  career  of  the  Russian  minister  of  the 
interior,  who  was  assassinated  by  a  Finn,  on  July  28,  last, 
—see  page  34-5.) 

August  15. — The  British  Government  declares  the 
necessity  that  both  belligerents  observe  the  neutrality 
of  China. 

August  16.— The  Russian  ships  make  a  sortie  from 

Port  Arthur Russia  issues  war  bonds  for  $75,000,000, 

to  run  for  four  years  at  three  and  six-tenths  per  cent. 

Great  Britain  formally  protests  to  Russia  against 

the  inclusion  of  food  as  contraband. 

August  17. — A  Japanese  demand  for  the  surrender  of 
Port  Arthur,  with  an  offer  to  remove  the  non-combat- 
ants, is  refused  by  Lieutenant-General  Stoessel,  in  com- 
mand of  that  fortress Japan  officially  informs  Great 

Britain  that  she  will  not  give  up  the  Russian  destroyer 
seized  in  the  neutral  port  of  Chefu. 

Aimust  19. — Japanese  troops  capture  An-Shan-Chan, 
commanding  the  Russian  line  of  defenses  between  Liao- 
Yang  and  Hai-Cheng;  the  Russians  retreat  northward. 

August  20.— The  Russian  cruiser  Novik  is  attacked 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


283 


by  the  Japanese  protected  cruisers  Chitose  and  Tsushi- 
ma off  Saghalien  Island,  and  partially  sunk. 

OTHER  OCCURRENCES  OF   THE  MONTH. 

July  22. — The  meat  packers'  strike  is  renewed  at  Chi- 
cago by  order  of  President  Donnelly,  of  the  Meat 
Workers'  Union,  the  workers  alleging  that  the  employ- 
ing packers  have  discriminated  against  union  men  in 
employing  hands  to  start  the  plant. 

July  25. — All  the  men  of  the  allied  trade  unions  em- 
ployed by  the  Chicago  packers  go  on  a  strike,  making 
the  total  number  of  men  out  about  13,000. 

July  26. — Fire  destroys  a  wire-cable  factory  at  St. 
Petersburg,  causing  a  loss  estimated  at  $1,250,000. 

July  28. — The  executive  board  of  the  National  Cotton 
Spinners'  Association  votes  full  support  to  the  striking 
spinners  in  the  Fall  River  mills. 

July  29. — The  meat  strike  has  extended  to  New  York 
City. 

August  8. — Seventy-six  persons  were  killed  and  many 
others  injured  in  a  train  wreck  caused  by  the  collapse 
of  a  bridge  at  Dry  Creek,  Pueblo,  Colo.,  on  the  Denver 
&  Rio  Grande  Railroad. 

August  16. — The  mob  at  Statesboro,  Ga.,  burns  two 
negroes  at  the  stake,  after  they  had  been  convicted  of 
murder  and  sentenced  to  death. 

August  17. — The  national  encampment  of  the  Grand 
Army  of  the  Republic  begins  its  sessions  at  Boston. 

August  20.— May  wheat  goes  up  to  $1.16X  on  the  Chi- 
cago market. 

OBITUARY. 

July  20. — Associate  Justice  John  M.  Cochrane,  of  the 
North  Dakota  Supreme  Court,  45. 

July  22.— Wilson  Barrett,  the  actor,  58 Frank  Hill 

Smith,   a   Boston    artist    and   decorator,   63 David 

Wolfe  Brown,  for  more  than  forty  years  one  of  the  of- 
ficial reporters  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  69. 

July  23. — Sir  John  Simon,  K.C.B.,  former  president 
of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  and  of  the  Royal 
Society,  88. 

July  25.— Dr.  Rudolph  A.  Philippi,  of  Chile,  the 
eminent  naturalist,  96. 

July  26.— Rear- Admiral  Henry  Clay  Taylor,  U.S.N., 
59 Col.  Paul  Francis  de  Gouruay,  a  Confederate  vet- 
eran, 78. 

July  27. — William  Davenport  Adams,  author,  critic, 
and  journalist,  53 John  Rogers,  sculptor  and  de- 
signer, 75 Ex-Congressman  John  A.   Morrison,   of 

Pennsylvania,  90. 

July  28.— M.  Plehve,  Russian  minister  of  the  inte- 
rior, 58. 

July  29. — Frederick  Goodall,  the  English  artist,  82. 

August  1. — Ex-Gov.  Robert  E.  Pattison,  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 54. 

August  2.— Jacob  Henry  Studer,  author  of  works  on 
ornithology,  64 Mrs.  Nelson  A.  Miles,  62. 


Robert  E.  Pattison,  of 
Pennsylvania. 

TWO  WELL-KNOWN  EX-GOVERNORS  WHO  DIED    LAST    MONTH. 


George  E.  Lounsbury,  of 
Connecticut. 


August  4. — William  O'Connor  Morris,  the  well-known 

Irish  judge,   80 Robert  Crannell  Minor,  American 

landscape  painter,  64. .  ..Ex-Gov.   James  T.  Lewis,  of 

Wisconsin,    83 Sir   George  Richard  Dibbs,   former 

premier  of  New  South  Wales,  70. 

August  6. — Rev.  E.  Winchester  Donald,  D.D.,  rector 
of  Trinity  Church,  Boston,  56. 

August  7. — Dr.  Eduard  Hanslick,  the  Austrian  musi- 
cal critic,  79. 

August  8. — Ex-Congressman  Mark  H.  Dunnell,  of 
Minnesota,  81 James  Cox  Aikens,  former  lieutenant- 
governor  of  Manitoba,  81. 

August  9. — Ex-United  States  Senator  George  G.  Vest, 
of  Missouri,  74 Sir  William  M.  Banks,  the  well- 
known  English  surgeon,  62. . .  .Friedrich  Ratzel,  the 
German  anthropologist,  60. 

August  10. — M.  Waldeck-Rousseau,  former  premier 

of  France,  48 Sir  Frederic  Bateman,   M.D.,  80 

Sherman  M.  Booth,  a  well-known  anti-slavery  editor  in 
Wisconsin,  92. 

August  11. — Ex-Judge  Seymour  Dwight  Thompson, 
a  well-known  jurist  and  legal  writer,  62. 

August  12. — Samuel  P.  Avery,  a  well-known  art  col- 
lector of  New  York  City,  82 Ex-Congressman  George 

Brickner,  of  Wisconsin,  70. . .  .Brig.-Gen.  Gilbert  S. 
Carpenter,  U.S.  A.,  retired,  69 George  Clinton  Gard- 
ner, engineer  and  boundary  expert,  70. 

August  15. — Ex-Gov.  John  H.  Kinkead,  of  Nevada, 
the  first  governor  of  Alaska,  78. 

August  16. — Ex.  Gov.  George  E.  Lounsbury,  of  Con- 
necticut, 66. 

August  17. — Ex-Congressman  Charles  S.  Randall,  of 
Massachusetts,  80 Col.  Prentiss  Ingraham,  the  novel- 
writer,  60 S.  Minot  Curtis,  the  oldest  lay  member  of 

the  Protestant  Episcopal  General  Convention,  85. 

August  18.— Mrs.  Melville  W.  Fuller,  wife  of  the 
Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States  Supreme  Court,  59. 


STRENUOUS  VICE-PRESIDENTIAL  CANDIDATE  DAVIS  AND   WHAT  A   FRIEND  CALLS   "  A   FEW  OF  HIS  STUNTS." 

From  the  American  (New  York). 

SOME    AMERICAN    CARTOONS    OF    THE    MONTH 


Vice-Presidential  Candidate  Davis  (to  Mr.  Parker  and  Dame  Democracy) :  " Too  old,  am  I ?  " 

From  the  World  (Now  York). 


SOME  AMERICAN  CARTOONS  OF  THE  MONTH. 


285 


ALTAR  "OF  POLITICAL 

CONSULTING  THE  ORACLES  IN  THE  TEMPLE  OF  ESOPUS. 

(Mr.  Parker  ready  to  make  an  heroic  sacrifice  of  his  own  personal  opinions  to  satisfy  the  Democratic  gods.) 

From  the  Inquirer  (Philadelphia). 


the  trusts  making  the  democratic  candidate  dive  for  his  campaign  funds.— From  the  Journal  (Detroit). 


286 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


MESSRS.   CLEVELAND,  PARKER,  AND    BRYAN    AS    A   HARMONY 

trio.— ["From  a  photograph  recently  taken  at  Esopus 
(for  campaign  purposes)  "]. 

From  the  Inquirer  (Philadelphia). 

Mr.  Homer  Davenport,  in  his  new  capacity  as  a  light- 
ing Republican  cartoonist,  finds  congenial  themes  and 
is  doing  very  noteworthy  campaign  work  in  the  Mail, 
of  New  York.  His  Uncle  Sam  is  fast  becoming  the 
best-known  type  of  that  much-pictured  gentleman. 


,te. 


Uncle  Sam  :  "He's  good  enough  for  me. 
From  the  Mali  (New  York). 


HE  MAY  CHANUE   HIS  MINI)   WHEN    HE   FINDS  HIMSELF  GLIDING 
INTO  THE  SEAT." 

From  the  Pioneer  Press  (St.  Paul). 


NOTE  MR.   BRYAN'S  EXPRESSION  WHILE  READING  MR. 
PARKER'S  LETTER  OP  ACCEPTANCE. 

From  the  Mail  (New  York). 


SOME  AMERICAN  CARTOONS  OF  THE  MONTH. 


287 


"lest  we  forget"  what  happened  in  1893.— From  the  Mail  (New  York). 
Harrison's  Warning.—"  The  Society  of  the  Unemployed,  Cleveland's  Confession.—"  The  existence  of  an  alarming 

now  holding  its  frequent  and  threatening  parades  in  the  and  extraordinary  business  situation,  involving  the  welfare 
streets  of  foreign  cities,  should  not  be  allowed  to  acquire  an  and  prosperity  of  all  our  people,  has  constrained  me  to  call 
American  domicile." — Extract  from  President  Harrison's  together  in  extra  session  the  people's  representatives  in 
message  to  Congress  after  his  defeat  for  reelection— Decern-       Congress."— Extract  from  Grover  Cleveland's  message  cali- 


ber, 1892. 


ing  Congress  in  extra  session— August  7,  1893. 


_^.-J%>^ 


Uncle  Sam  (as  engineer) :  "Beware  the  bullgine." 
From  the  Leader  (Cleveland). 


"  AND  THE  COW  JUMPED  OVER  THE  MOON. 

The  Public  :  "Whew,  there  it  goes  again !  " 
From  the  News-Tribune  (Duluth). 


288 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


TIIK   WAH  SITUATION   IN   THE  FAR  EAST. 

From  the  ZVbrWi  American  (Philadelphia). 


The  Bkitish  Lion:  (to  Russian  Bear) :  "  Keep  your  pans 
"IT  my  commerce!"  (Germany  and  Turkey  may  be  seen 
in  the  background.) 

From  the  Leader  (Cleveland). 


CHAIRMAN    TAGGART   AND   THE   DEMOCRATIC 

CAMPAIGN. 


BY  JAMES  P.    HORNADAY. 

(Of  the  Indianapolis  News.) 


HHE  general  plan  of  the  Democratic  campaign, 
J-  as  Thomas  Taggart,  the  new  chairman  of 
the  national  committee,  has  it  in  mind,  takes 
into  consideration,  first  of  all,  the  necessity  for 
the  party  to  carry  the  State  of  New  York.  The 
chairman  and  his  lieutenants,  the  members  of 
the  executive  committee,  realize  that  the  loss  of 
New  York  will  mean  the  defeat  of  Parker  and 
Davis.  They  appreciate  the  fact,  too,  that  success 
in  New  York  alone  will  not  elect  the  Democratic 
ticket.  But  they  believe  the  Empire  State  is  the 
key  to  the  situation,  and  so  it  is  that  no  effort 
will  be  spared  to  secure  the  thirty-nine  electoral 
votes  in  that  State.  The  chairman  reasons  that 
it'  it  is  possible  for  the  party  to  succeed  in  New 
York  State,  it  will  also  be  possible  to  win  in 
Connecticut,  Delaware,  New  Jersey,  Maryland, 
and  West  Yirginia. 
A  victory  of  this  sort 
in  the  East  would, 
with  the  one  hundred 
and  fifty-one  votes  in 
the  South,  bring  the 
party  within  twelve 
votes  of  a  majority  in 
the  electoral  college. 
Eastern  Democrats 
have  assured  the  new 
chairman  that  it  is  not 
only  possible  but  prob 
able  that  New  York, 
New  Jersey,  Connecti- 
cut, Delaware,  Mary- 
land, and  West  Vir- 
ginia will  give  their 
electoral  votes  to  Parker  and  Davis. 

Proceeding  on  the  assumption  that  the  East 
will  stand  by  the  Democratic  nominees,  Chair 
man  Taggart  has  attached  three  strings  to  his 
political  bow.  (1)  He  will  make  special  effort 
to  secure  the  fifteen  electoral  votes  of  his  own 
State,  Indiana,  which,  with  the  votes  of  the 
South  and  the  Eastern  group  of  States  men 
tioned,  would  give  Parker  and  Davis  three  votes 
in  excess  of  the  number  required  to  elect.  (2) 
He  will  use  every  effort  to  secure  the  thirteen 
votes  in  Wisconsin,  which,  with  the  South  and 
the   Eastern   group,    would   bring   success,  with 


CHAIRMAN   TAGGART. 

From  the  Herald  (New  York). 


HON.   THOMAS  TAGGART,    OF   INDIANA. 

(Chairman  of  the  Democratic  National  Campaign 
Committee.) 

one  vote  to  spare.  ('A)  He  will  move  to  secure 
the  fourteen  electoral  votes  which  Idaho,  Col- 
orado, Montana,  and  Nevada  would  contribute 
should  they  go  Democratic,  and  which  would, 
with  the  votes  of  the  South  and  the  Eastern 
States,  give  Parker  and  Davis  a  majority  of  two. 
The  inference  should  not  be  drawn  that  the 
new  chairman  proposes  to  abandon  entirely 
Illinois,  Minnesota,  Michigan,  and  other  States 
in  which  the  Democrats  feel  that  they  have  a 
"  fighting  chance  "  to  win.  What  the  chairman 
and  his  executive  committee  propose  to  do  is  to 
concentrate  the  fight  in  the  Eastern  and  Southern 
group  (if  Maryland  and  West  Virginia  are  to 
be  regarded  as  Southern  States),  in  Indiana,  in 
Wisconsin,  and  in  the  so  called  mountain  group, 
or  silver  States.  The  new  chairman  sees  several 
combinations,  any  one  of  which  would  elect  the 
Democratic  ticket.  He  tells  his  friends,  in  speak- 
ing of  the  outlook  west  of  the  Alleghany  moun- 


290 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


}chn  6  LAPi'SiE  roEETi 
Jf /»  OuSO'S  AV0 
TAiK>  Of  CO  TiMCS 


SOME  PROMINENT   DEMOCRATS   AT  THE    MEETING    OF  THE    NATIONAL   EXECUTIVE   COMMITTEE,    AT  THK    HOFFMAN   HOUSE, 

NEW   YORK. 

(Sketched  l,y  cartoonist  Martin,  of  the  New  York  American.) 


tains,  that  lie  will  not  be  satisfied  with  Indiana 
alone,  or  with  Wisconsin  alone,  or  with  the  four- 
teen electoral  votes  the  four  mountain  States  can 
contribute.  He  wants  the  combined  vote  the  four 
silver  States  and  Indiana  and  Wisconsin  can 
contribute  ;  and  lie  will  he  better  satisfied  still, 
if  he  can  secure  the  electoral  votes  of  Illinois, 
and  of  a  few  other 
States  that  are  count- 
ed on  to  stay  in  the 
Republican  column. 

1 1  is  worth  while  to 
I"'  Prank  and  say  thai 
the  Democratic  chair- 
man's hope  of  carry 
ing  Idaho.  Colorado, 
Montana,  and  Nevada 
is  not  large,  hut  lie 
believes  there  is  a 
chance  to  win  the 
four  Slates,  and  he 
feels  it  is  wort  h  while 
to  tafee  that  chance. 
As  to  Indiana  and 
Wisconsin,  he  real- 
izes   I  ha!     licit  her  can 

he  carried  without  a. 
he  believes,  has  to-< 
the     Republicans    in 


,  1903,  i>>  I'acli  Bros  ,  N.  Y. 
MR.    AUGUST   BELMONT,   OK 
NEW    YORK. 


lard  si  niggle.  1 1  is  parly. 
a\  an  oven  chance  with 
these  two  Stales.  It  is 
when  the  Democratic  national  chairman  sits 
down   with    pencil    aid    paper    and    demonstrates 


the  various  combinations  that  might  successfully 
••work  out"  the  problem  that  he  becomes  opti- 
mistic. But  in  the  end  he  always  comes  back 
to  New  York.  The  Empire  State,  he  points  out. 
must  set  the  pace.  The  problem  before  the  new 
chairman  is  to  work  out  in  practice  what  appears 
easy  in  theory.  A  newcomer  in  the  field  of  na- 
tional politics,  his  every  move  will  be  closely 
watched  by  men  in  his  own  party  and  by  the 
leaders  of  the  opposition.  If  he  shall  win,  he 
will  be  a  big  man  in  his  party.  If,  on  the  other 
hand,  Roosevelt  and  Fairbanks  shall  be  elected, 
men  there  are  within  his  own  party  who  will  say 

that  it  was  a  mistake 
to  place  him  at  the 
head  of  the  national 
committee. 

As  the  campaign 
develops  it  will  be 
seen  that  Mr.  Tag- 
gart  is  not  disposed 
to  hold  the  national 
political  reins  alone 
lie  is  what  might  he 
called  a,  ••home  ru 
ler  '"  in  politics.  I  le 
believes  it  is  wise  for 
the  organization  in 
each  State  to  do  in 
large  measure  itsow  0 
planning  and  its  own 


MR.    l'i:   LANCEY    NIOOLL 

(Vice-Chairman.) 


CHAIRMAN  TAGGART  AND  THE  DEMOCRATIC  CAMPAIGN. 


291 


managing.  He  always  adhered  to  this  principle 
when  active  in  State,  county,  and  municipal 
politics  in  Indiana,  and  it  brought  results.  "When 
he  was  chairman  of  the  Indiana  Democratic 
State  Committee,  and 
a  particular  county  or- 
ganization seemed  to 
be  lagging,  he  did  not 
send  someone  from  the 
State  committee  to 
that  county  to  take 
charge.  "What  he  did 
was  to  invite  the  local 
leaders  up  to  head- 
quarters and  give 
them  advice,  the  sub- 
stance of  which  was  : 
"  I    am    holding    you 

responsible  for 

County.  I  am  not  sat 
isfied  with  what  you 
are  doing.     I  shall  ex- 


MR.  GEORGE  FOSTER  PEABODY. 


(Treasurer  of  the  Democratic 
National  Campaign  Commit- 
tees—From the  North  Amer- 
ican (Philadelphia). 


pect  better  news  from 
there.  If  it  does  not 
come,  I  shall  send  for 
you  again." 

In  the  management  of  the  national  campaign, 
Chairman  Taggart  will  allow  State  organizations 
the  fullest  latitude,  and  he  will  look  to  these 
organizations  for  results.  It  is  believed  that  his 
executive  committee  is  in  full  sympathy  with 
this  idea.  In  the  State  of  New  York,  for  in- 
stance, the  management  of  the  campaign  will  be 
by  the  State  organization,  and  when  it  is  neces- 
sary for  that  organization  to  consult  with  the 
national  organization,  Wrilliam  F.  Sheehan, 
chairman  of  the  executive  committee,  and  the 
other  New  Yorkers  on  that  committee,  will  rep- 
resent the  national  organization.  Mr.  Taggart 
is  not  the  kind  of  man 
who  would  undertake 
to  direct  the  New 
York  campaign  over 
the  heads  of  local 
men  who  understand 
the  situation  thor- 
oughly. 

So  it  will  be  in  the 
other  Eastern  States, 
— he  will  look  to  the 
State  managers  for 
results.  It  is  his  idea 
that  Senator  Arthur 
Pue  Gorman  is  better 
prepared  to  manage 
the  campaign  in  Ma- 
ryland than  any  our 
aider,  and  he  regards 


the  candidate  for  Vice-President,  the  Hon.  Henry 
G.  Davis,  as  the  man  who  should  direct  the  cam- 
paign in  West  Virginia.  Knowing,  as  he  does, 
all  the  ins  and  outs  of  Indiana  politics,  the  new 
national  chairman  may  be  counted  on  to  direct 
the  campaign  in  his  native  State.  This  will  no 
doubt  be  agreeable  to  Jtidge  Parker,  who  be- 
lieves, with  the  chairman,  that  local  men  and 
local  organizations  are  the  chief  factors  in  a  suc- 
cessful campaign.  When  John  W.  Kern,  Tag- 
gart's  closest  political  associate,  went  to  Esopus 
to  talk  about  the  national  chairmanship  with  the 
nominee  for  President,  Judge  Parker  opened  the 
conversation  by  asking  : 

"  Who  is  the  best  organizer  in  Indiana  ?  " 
"Taggart,"  responded  Kern. 
"  Then  we  must  have  his  services  in  that  State 
this  fall,"  said  Judge  Parker. 

In  Wisconsin,  Chairman  Taggart's  plans  are 
approved  by  the  executive  committee.  Timothy 
E.  Ryan,  the  member  of  the  national  committee 
from  that  State,  and  also  a  member  of  the  ex- 
ecutive committee,  will  have  supervision  over 
the  campaign.  He  was  put  on  the  executive 
committee  because  the  chairman  believed  him  to 

be  well  equipped  to 
handle  the  Wisconsin 
situation.  Mr.  Tag- 
gart was  following 
out  his  general  policy 
of  "home  rule"  when 
he  suggested  that  a 
special  committee  be 
appointed  to  take 
charge  of  the  cam- 
paign in  the  group  of 
silver  States  which  he 
would  like  to  add  to 
the    Democratic    col- 


umn. 


MR.    JAMES   SMITH.    JR., 
OF  NEW  JERSEV. 


MR.     IIREY  WOODSON,   OK 
KENTUCKY. 

(Secretary  of  the  Democratic 
National  Campaign  Com- 
mittee.) 


The  management 
of  the  Democratic 
campaign  will  not  be 
a  one-man  affair,  and 
the  national  chairman  would  not  have  it  so  if  he 
could.  Unselfishness  is  one  of  the  chief  character- 
istics of  the  new  chairman.  It  is  no  secret  that 
many  of  the  most  influential  representatives  of  his 
party  in  the  East  were  not  in  favor  of  electing 
him.  It  was  remarked  by  a  Western  Democrat 
during  the  session  of  the  national  committee  in 
New  York,  the  last  week  in  July  :  "  Most  every- 
body seems  to  be  against  Taggart  except  the  men 
who  are  to  elect  the  members  of  the  national  com- 
mittee." Elected  by  the  unanimous  vote  of  the 
committee,  Mr.  Taggart  might  have  assumed 
dictatorial  powers.  But  persons  who  had  been 
associated  with  the  man  for  years  knew  he  would 


292 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


MH.  JOHN  R.   M'LEAN, 
OF  OHIO. 


HON.    WILLIAM    F.    SHEEHAN, 
OF  NEW    YORK. 


not  ;  and  he  did  not.  Tn  appointing  the  execu- 
tive committee  he  gave  the  places  of  honor  and 
responsibility  to  the  men  who  only 
a  week  before  were  doing  their  ut- 
most to  prevent  him  from  becom- 
ing chairman.  And  then,  when 
the  executive  committee  met  to 
plan  for  the  campaign,  he  was  will- 
ing to  bow  to  the  judgment  of  the 
members  of  the  committee. 

"This  is  an  affair  in  which  a 
man's  individuality  must  be  kept 
in  the  background,"  he  said  to  one 
of  his  friends.  "  If  we  can  elect 
Parker  and  Davis,  there  will  be 
"•lory  enough  fur  all.''  Taggart 
displayed  this  spirit  of  unselfish- 
ness at  the  St.  Louis  convention. 
His  State  had  indorsed  him  for 
chairman  of  the  national  commit- 
tee, and  many  of  the  members  of  the  com- 
mittee had  voluntarily  pledged  him  their  sup- 
port. It  was  plain  that  the  committee  wanted 
him.  The  Eastern  leaders  wanted  another,  and 
wore  willing  to  give  the  Vice-Presidential  nom- 
ination to  Indiana  if  Taggart  would  abandon  the 
idea  of  becoming  chairman.  The  day  before 
the  convention  was  to  mime  the  candidate  for 
Vice-President,  he  called  his  Indiana  lieutenants 
together  and  announced  to  them  that  he  had 
made  up  his  mind   to  put.    aside    his    ambition    to 

he  national  chairman.  "John  Kern  can  have 
the  nomination  for  Vice-President  if  1  will  get 
out-  of  his  way,  and  I  propose  to  get  out."  said 
lie.  "  It  is  time  for  the  Indiana  delegation  to 
meet   ami   indorse   kern   for  second  place."      The 

delegation  did  meet,  and  unanimously  voted  nol 

to  present  Kem.'s  name.  "We  have  pinned  our 
faith  to  Taggart  and  we  propose  to  stickto  him," 

said  the  delegates. 


MR.  T.  E.  RYAN,   OF  WISCONSIN. 


A  good  deal  of  misrepresentation  of  Mr.  Tag- 
gart's  attitude  toward  the  chairmanship  has  gone 
forth.  The  day  after  the  St.  Louis  convention 
adjourned,  stories  were  printed  to  the  effect  that 
the  Iudianian  had  attempted  to  take  "  snap  judg- 
ment "  on  the  party  leaders, — had,  at  a  meeting 
of  the  national  committee,  held  at  4  o'clock 
Sunday  morning,  attempted  to  have  himself 
elected  chairman,  notwithstanding  the  conven- 
tion had  by  resolution  instructed  the  committee 
to  meet  in  New  York  to  organize.  The  truth 
is,  that  but  for  his  own  protest  that  meeting 
would  have  elected  him.  A  motion  to  elect  was 
made,  and  he  stopped  the  proceedings  by  saying 
that  he  would  not  accept  the  place  if  election 
came  under  such  circumstances. 

The  new  chairman  is  not  a  man  who  will 
worry  about  issues  except  as  they  may  be  of 
service  in  securing  votes.  He  was  not  in  sym- 
pathy with  the  free-silver  planks  of  his  party's 
platform  in  1896  and  in  1900,  but 
he  did  his  utmost  to  help  the  party 
win  in  those  two  campaigns.  His 
idea  is  that,  after  the  national  con- 
vention has  made  a  platform,  and 
the  nominees  of  the  convention 
have  signified  their  willingness  to 
stand  on  that  platform,  it  is  the 
duty  of  every  Democrat  to  march 
under  the  party  banner.  His  suc- 
cess in  politics  in  his  own  State 
may  be  attributed  largely  to  his 
personality.  He  is  what  in  every- 
day parlance  is  called  a  '-good  fel- 
low." If  any  person  should  ad- 
dress him  in  Indiana  as  "  Mr.  Tag- 
gart." he  would  turn  to  look  for  a 
face  he  had  never  seen  before.  It 
is  "Tom,"  and  nothing  else.  The  Taggart  smile, 
"  the  smile  that  will  not  wear  off,"  became  a  part 
and  parcel  of  Indiana 
politics  years  ago. 
The  great  good  na- 
ture and  the  patience 
of  the  man  have  been 
unfailing  h  el  ps  in 
many  a  close  political 
battle. 

He  was  twice  elect- 
ed auditor  of  Marion 
County  (the  county 
in  which  I  ndianapolis 
is  located),  a  countv 
normally   Republican 

l'\    at    leasl     I  WO  thou 
s  a  n  d    ma  joi'it  v.       1  n 
each      of     these      live 
Ca  iu  pa  i  g  n  s     he     re 


SENATOR    THOMAS   S.    MARTIN, 
ok   VIRGINIA. 


CHAIRMAN  TAGGART  AND  THE  DEMOCRATIC  CAMPAIGN. 


•_><>.", 


SENATOR  GORMAN,   OF 
MARYLAND. 

From  the  North  American 
(Philadelphia). 


ceived  the  support  of  many  Republicans,  who 
voted  for  him  because  they  liked  him.  They 
liked  him  because  he  was  a  jovial,  pushing  Irish- 
man who,  through  his 
own  efforts,  had  made 
a  place  for  himself  in 
the  Indiana  capital. 
Most  of  them  remem- 
bered him  when  he 
wore  a  waiter's  apron, 
and,  standing  behind 
the  restaurant  in  the 
old  union  station,  at 
Indianapolis,  pa|ssed 
out  pies  and  dough- 
nuts and  coffee  to  the 
traveling  public. 
They  recalled  that  he 
was  not  satisfied  to  go 
through  life  handling 
a  waiter's  tray,  and 
they  remembered  it 
was  not    many  years 

after  he  entered  the  restaurant  as  a  waiter  that 
he  was  its  manager.  Later,  he  bought  the  eating- 
house,  and  with  the  money  he  made  there  he  pur- 
chased the  Grand  Hotel,  and  made  other  invest- 
ments. The  Republicans  liked  him  because  lie 
had  shown  a  disposition  to  be  up  and  on,  and 
so  it  was  that  in  five  elections  they  did  their  full 
share  toward  putting  him  in  office. 

Mr.  Taggart  has  been  identified  in  some  ca- 
pacity  with  the  management  of  every  campaign 
in  Indiana  for  the  last  twenty  years.  He  was 
chairman  of  the  State  committee  of  his  party  in 
1892  and  1894.  The  bare  record  of  those 
chairmanships  does  not  speak  well  for  his  ability 
as  a  campaign  manager,  but,  when  all  the  cir- 
cumstances are  considered,  he  did  well.  The 
State  was  in  control  of  the  Democrats  when  he 
was  made  chairman  in  1892.  Two  years  before, 
Claude  Mathews  had  been  elected  governor  by 
19,500  plurality.  The  tide  had  turned  from  the 
Democrats  when  Taggart  took  the  helm,  but  he 
succeeded  in  carrying  the  State  by  a  little  more 
than  6,000  plurality.  By  1894,  the  party  in 
Indiana,  as  elsewhere,  had  gone  to  pieces,  and 
"Tom"  Taggart  lost  the  State  by  44,000  plu- 
rality. Since  that  year  he  has  been  a  member 
of  the  State  committee  most  of  the  time,  and  in 
every  national  campaign  a  member  of  the  ex- 
ecutive committee.  He  is  now  treasurer  of  the 
State  committee. 

Under  the  plan  of  campaign  mapped  out  by 
the  executive  committee,  Taggart  will  devote  his 
attention  largely  to  perfecting  the  party  organi- 
zation in  the  so-called  doubtful  States.      He  will 


COLONEL  J.   H.   GUFFEY,   OF 
PENNSYLVANIA. 


apply  the  "Indiana  system"  to  several  States. 
Under  it  the  party  organization  is  extended  to 
the  precinct  in  the  country,  and  in  cities  and 
towns  to  the  block.  The  result  of  such  a  system 
is  that  on  election  day  every  voter  is  on  the  list 
of  some  precinct  or  block  committeeman,  whose 
duty  it  is  to  see  that  the  man  votes  and  votes 
"  right."     Chairman  Taggart  is  perfectly  willing 

that  in  matters  of 
policy  and  proce- 
dure the  executive 
committee  shall  be 
the  court  of  last  re- 
sort, and  it  is  also 
agreeable  to  him 
for  the  executive 
committee  to  as- 
sume the  task  of 
financing  the  cam- 
paign. He  knows 
how  to  bring  order 
out  of  chaos.  He 
has  the  knack  of 
infusing  new  life 
into  any  movement 
with  which  he  is 
associated,  and  it 
will  be  a  surprise  and  a  disappointment  to  his 
friends  if  he  does  not  prove  his  fitness  for  the 
task  set  before  him  by  the  national  committee 
of  his  party. 

On  reflection,  it  must  be  obvious  to  Democrats 
everywhere  that  the  national  committee  did  well 
to  take  a  central  West  man  for  chairman.  New 
York  having  secured  the  nomination  for  Presi- 
dent, West  Virginia  the  nomination  for  Vice- 
President,  and  the  East  having  dictated  the  plat- 
form, it  would  have  been  a  serious  blunder  if  an 
Eastern  man  had  been  made  chairman.  If  the 
Democrats  are  to  win  in  this  campaign,  the  East 
must  do  its  part  ;  but  the  East  cannot  make 
Judge  Parker  President.  There  must  be  help 
from  the  West.  That  there  is  a  gulf  between 
the  Democracy  of  the  East  and  the  Democracy 
of  the  West  all  must  realize.  In  looking  for  a 
man  to  span  this  gulf,  could  the  party  have  done 
better  than  it  did  in  calling  the  Indianian  ? 
Surrounded  as  he  is  by  such  keen  politicians  and 
business  men  as  De  Lancey  Nicoll,  George  Fos- 
ter Peabody,  AVilliam  P.  Sheehan,  August  Bel- 
mont, John  R.  McLean,  Thomas  S.  Martin. 
James  M.  Guffey,  James  Smith,  Timothy  E.  Ryan, 
and  Arthur  Pue  Gorman,  it  seems  certain  that 
no  vantage-ground  in  the  East  can  be  overlooked  ; 
and,  in  close  touch  with  the  party  leaders  in  every 
State  West,  he  is  in  position  to  get  the  best  re- 
sults possible. 


CHAIRMAN  CORTELYOU  AND  THE  REPUBLICAN 

CAMPAIGN.. 


BY    ALBERT    HALSTHA  1 ). 


I^HE  campaign  for  the  flection  of  Theodore 
Roosevelt  to  the  Presidency  will  l>e  con- 
ducted in  harmony  with  the  high  ideals  that 
have  controlled  his  political  career.  The  Presi- 
dency will  not  be  mortgaged  to  any  interest. 
No  corrupt  use  of  money  to  debauch  the  elector- 
ate, and  no  shady  transactions  to  achieve  suc- 
cess, will  besmirch  his  record  or  belie  his  preach- 
ments. He  would  not  accept  the  Presidency 
tainted  with  fraud.  Chairman  Cortelyou  would 
not  be  a  party  to  corrupt  practices.  The  Presi- 
dent and  his  manager  are  in  full  accord  on  this 

It  has  been  customary  for  the  Republican 
nominee  for  President  to  select  his  own  cam- 
paign manager,  the  national  committee  electing 
his  choice  to  its  chairmanship.  When  his 
nomination  was  assured.  President  Roosevelt 
sought  a  manager.  Senator  Marcus  A.  Hanna, 
who  had  outlived  the  calumnies  that  charac- 
terized the  policy  of  the  opposition  in  his  two 
successful  campaigns  to  elect  William  McKinley 
was  the  President's 
original  choice.  He 
and  the  Ohio  Senator 
discussed  that  matter 
before  the  latter's  last 
illness.  The  President 
urged  Mr.  Hanna  to 
accept,  but  he  was  un- 
willing, as  he  knew  his 
impaired  physical  re- 
sources were  unequal 
to  the  task.  Put  had 
he  lived,  though  he 
could  not  have  com- 
manded the  Republi- 
can forces  in  action, 
M.  A.  Hanna  would 
have  been  the  chief 
adviser  of  his  successor 
io  the  national  chair- 
manship. 

Theodore  Roosevelt 
was  in  no  hurry  in  de- 
cide  upon  the  man  to 

whom  he  WOUld  mt  rust 
his     political    full  lines. 

Be  const]  Ited   with         chairma*  cortelyou. 
party    leaders  and    pa       From  the  World  (New  York). 


HON.  GEORGE    B.   CORTELYOU. 

(Chairman  of  the  Republican  National  Committee.) 

tiently  considered  the  merits  of  the  several 
men  mentioned.  For  various  reasons,  the  name 
of  every  one  whose  political  experience  made 
him  seem  available  was  dismissed.  Put,  finally, 
as  if  by  inspiration,  George  P.  Cortelyou  was 
suggested.  It  was  a  ray  of  light  on  a  vexa- 
tious problem.  The  President  knew  Cortelyou 
thoroughly,  knew  what  he  had  been  to  Cleve- 
land, and  especially  to  McKinley.  He  had 
learned  to  value  at  their  real  worth  his  qualities 
and  his  capacity,  —  first,  through  the  intimate 
association  of  President  with  secretary,  and  then 
as  a  cabinet  officer,  lie  knew  Cortelyou  had 
met  every  emergency  and  equaled  every  respon- 
sibility. Here  was  a,  man  with  the  genius  of  or- 
ganization, trained  by  hard  experience,  acquaint- 
ed with  every  politician  of  prominence,  in  touch 
with  political  conditions  in  every  section,  who  had 


CHAIRMAN  CORTELYOU  AND   THE  REPUBLICAN  CAMPAIGN. 


LM).-) 


independence  and  moral  courage.  With  all  the 
qualities  required  of  a  national  chairman,  except 
that  of  experience  in  actual  political  management, 
he  was  not  hampered  by  narrow  views,  but  was 
resourceful,  energetic,  and  wholly  trustworthy. 

Having  seen  Mr.  Cortelyou  tried  in  all  condi- 
tions, knowing  his  faithfulness  and  appreciating 
in  full  measure  his  ability,  the  President  chose 
him  to  conduct  the  campaign  upon  which  hangs 
his  own  political  future,  and  to  a  large  degree 
the  destiny  of  the  nation.  .V  great  factor  was 
the  knowledge  that  Mr.  Cortelyou  would  be 
chairman  in  reality, 
and  not  a  figure- 
head  to  follow  Presi- 
dential dictation,  or 
to  be  controlled  by 
any  other  influence. 
He  understood  that 
with  George  B.  Cor- 
telyou as  national 
chairman  his  own 
part  in  the  campaign 
would  be  confined  al- 
most wholly  to  his 
speech  at  the  time  of 
the  formal  notifica- 
tion of  his  nomina- 
tion and  to  his  letter 
of  acceptance.  Presi- 
dent     Roosevelt 

wanted  to  be  free  from  the  harassment  and  vexa- 
tion of  the  campaign.  He  felt,  though  he  has 
not  enlarged  on  this  view,  that  the  proprieties 
required  him  to  refrain  from  any  part  in  the 
struggle,  and  to  devote  himself  with  undivided 
zeal  to  the  heavy  duties  of  the  Presidency.  But 
he  wanted  to  feel  that  his  interests  were  in  safe 
hands.      Hence  Cortelyou. 

Mr.  Cortelyou  is  just  forty-two, — four  years 
younger  than  the  President. — a  native  of  New 
York  City,  a  descendant  of  one  of  its  prominent 
colonial  and  revolutionary  families,  and  a  grad- 
uate of  the  Hempstead  (L.  I.)  Institute  and  of 
the  Normal  School,  at  Westfield,  Mass.  He 
studied  music  in  the  New  England  Conserva- 
tory of  Music  at  Boston,  and  in  New  York, 
and  at  the  same  time  perfected  himself  in  short- 
hand. Later,  he  became  assistant  teacher  in  the 
stenographic  school  while  he  took  the  clinical 
course  at  the  New  York  Hospital,  improving  his 
shorthand  by  reporting  lectures.  In  1884,  he 
entered  the  Government  service  as  stenographer 
and  private  secretary  in  the  appraiser's  office  in 
New  York.  Resigning  when  Cleveland  first 
became  President,  he  engaged  in  general  law 
reporting,  as  assistant  to  the  official  stenogra- 
pher of  the  Superior  Court,  soon  becoming  an 


MR.   CHARLES   F.    BHOOKEII, 
OF  CONNECTICUT. 


HON.   CORNELIUS  N.    BLISS.    OF   NEW   YORK. 

(Treasurer  of  the  Republican  National  Committee) 

expert  medical  stenographer.  In  1891,  he  be- 
gan his  career  in  Washington  as  private  sec- 
retary to  Fourth  Assistant  Postmaster-General 
Rathbone.  The  defeat  of  Harrison  and  the 
second  incoming  of  Cleveland,  in  1893,  caused 
Mr.  Cortelyou  to  tender  his  resignation.  It  was 
not  accepted,  and  notwithstanding  his  Repub- 
licanism, Mr.  Cortelyou  was  made  acting  chief 
clerk  of  the  Fourth  Assistant's  office. 

At  the  AYhite  House  are  employed  only  the 
most  expert  of  government  clerks.  It  happened 
that  in  November,  1895,  President  Cleveland  was 
in  need  of  a  competent  stenographer.    Air.  Cortel- 

you's  work  had  been 
appreciated  in  the 
Post -Office  Depart- 
ment, so  he  was  rec- 
ommended and  ap- 
pointed. So  well  did 
he  profit  by  this  op- 
portunity that  in 
three  months  he  was 
promoted  to  execu- 
tive clerk,  with 
charge  of  the  clerical 
work  of  the  White 
House.  Thirteen 
months  later,  Air.  Mc- 
Kinley  was  inaugu- 
rated, and  Air.  Cleve- 
land, who  had  come 
to  value  Mr.  Cortel- 
you's  qualities,  com- 
mended   him    to    his 


MR.   LOUIS  A.   COOLIDGE,    OF 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

(Director  of  literary  and  press 
bureaus.) 


296 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


SENATOR  NATHAN  B.  SCOTT, 
OF   WEST  VIRGINIA. 


MR.   FRANK  O.   LOWDEN,  OF 
ILLINOIS. 


successor's  favorable  notice.  A  little  more  than 
a  year  after  the  advent  of  President  McKinley, 
an  additional  assistant  secretaryship  was  created, 
and  Mr.  Cortelyou  was  appointed.  He  had 
earned  President  McKinley's  confidence,  who 
more  and  more  came 
to  rely  upon  him,  Mr. 
Porter,  the  secretary, 
being  in  ill  health. 
M  i'.  Porter  retired  in 
April,  1900,  and  Mr. 
Cortelyou  was  made 
secretary  to  the  Presi- 
dent—  lie  had  been 
the  actual  secretary 
for  some  months. 

As  secretary,  Mr. 
Cortelyou  systema- 
tized the  work  of  the 
executive  offices,  im- 
proved the  force  and 
its  efficiency,  and 
made  it  a  model  of 
executive  accuracy.  It  was  here  that  he  nota- 
bly displayed  that  capacity  for  organization, 
clear-headedness,  sound  judgment,  keen  percep- 
tion, tact,  understanding  of  men,  and  devotion 
to  duty  that  made  him  the  most  successful  of 
secretaries  to  the  President,  a  most  difficult 
position,  lie  was  President  McKinley's  devoted 
friend  and  adviser.  President  Roosevelt  re- 
tained Cortelyou  as  secretary,  and  when  the 
opportunity  occurred  advanced  him  to  the 
cabinet,  where  he  so  admirably  organized  the 
new  and  powerful  Department  of  Commerce 
and  Labor.  His  success  iii  confidential  rela- 
tions to  three  Presidents  and  as  a  cabinet  officer 
marked  him  as  besl  Idled  to  conduct  the  present 
campaign. 

Four   months  is  the  extreme  limit  of  a  Presi- 


My 

■V 

^^Bi    Mk— » --'> 

Us 

m 

^83-" 

MR.   WILLIAM   L.   WARD,   OF 
NEW  YORK. 


dential  campaign.  The  first  ten  weeks  must 
be  devoted  to  organization  and  preparation 
alone,  for  no  matter  how  important  the  issues, 
the  people  will  not  take  keen  interest  during  the 
heated  term.  The  organization  of  the  two  par- 
ties has  been  completed.  Mr.  Cortelyou,  in 
whose  hands  are  the  reins  of  control,  is  respon- 
sible for  the  conduct  of  the  Republican  fight. 
Consult  he  does,  as  any  general,  with  his  lieuten- 
ants, but  his  is  the  deciding  voice  as  much  as 
is  that  of  the  President  in  his  cabinet.  Now 
oomes  the  strenuous  seven  or  eight  weeks  of 
active  campaigning.  Each  party  has  two  head- 
quarters, one  in  the  East  and  the  other  in  the 
West,  that  the  managers  may  be  in  closer  touch 
with  the  several  battle-grounds.  While  the  Re- 
publicans will  not  concede  that  any  of  the  States 
that  were  carried  by  McKinley  in  1900  are 
doubtful,  they  must  accept  the  battle  where  the 
enemy  gives  it,  and  concentrate  their  energies  on 
the  States  which  the  Democrats  attack.  In  the 
East,  the  Democrats  are  attempting  to  capture 
New  York,  Connecticut,  New  Jersey,  Delaware, 
Maryland,  and  West  Virginia.  To  fight  for 
these,  though  most  of  them  are  not  regarded  as 
doubtful,  is  the  duty  of  the  Eastern  headquarters, 
located  in  New  York  City.  In  the  West,  In- 
diana, Illinois,  Wisconsin,  Nebraska,  Colorado, 
Idaho,  Montana,  and  Utah  are  receiving  the 
most  Democratic  attention.  For  the  conduct  of 
the  campaign  in  these  States  the  Western  head- 
quarters at  Chicago  is  held  responsible.  Each 
headquarters  is  in  Chairman  Cortelyou's  direct 
control.  He  will  divide  his  time  between  the 
two  as  the  exigencies  of  the  situation  require, 
but  will  at  all  times  be  in  intimate  touch  with 
both. 

The  actual  conduct  of  the  campaign,  under 
Chairman  Cortelyou's  direction,  is  in  charge  of 
the  executive  committee,  appointed  by  him.  As- 
signed to  the  Eastern 
headquarters  are 
Charles  F.  Brooker, 
of  Connecticut  ;  Sen- 
ator Nathan  B.  Scott, 
of  West  Virginia; 
Gov.  Franklin  Mur- 
phy, of  New  Jersey ; 
and  William  L.Ward, 
of  New  York.  Each 
is  a  national  commit' 
teeman.  Each  cornea 
from  a  Stat.1  in  which 
the  opposition  will 
make  the  most  des 
perate  fight.  In  the 
States  they  represent 
new  jersey.  the  issue  will  be  deter- 


CHAIRMAN  CORTELYOU  AND   THE  REPUBLICAN  CAMPAIGN. 


297 


mined.  Mr.  Brooker  is  a  manufacturer,  who 
stands  high  in  his  State,  and  has  had  previous  ex- 
perience in  national  politics.  Senator  Scott  was 
one  of  Senator  Hanna's  right-hand  men  in  his  two 
campaigns  and  one  of  his  devoted  friends.  Gov- 
ernor Murphy  is  a  manufacturer  and  a  trained 
manager,  to  whom  the  Republicanism  of  New 
Jersey  is  largely  due.  "William  L.  Ward  is  a 
political  expert,  and  fully  conversant  with  the 
New  York  situation.  On  duty  at  the  Western 
headquarters  are  Harry  S.  New,  of  Indiana  ; 
Frank  0.  Lowden,  of  Illinois  ;  R.  B. 
Schneider,  of  Nebraska  ;  and  David 
W.  Mulvane,  of  Kansas.  Each  of 
these,  except  Mr.  Schneider,  is  a 
national  committeeman.  Mr.  New 
knows  Indiana  thoroughly,  and  is 
a  trained  manager.  Colonel  Low- 
den, also  an  expert  in  politics,  is  in 
close  touch  with  Illinois,  and  is  a 
State  leader.  Mr.  Schneider  under- 
stands Nebraska  and  the  currents 
that  run  in  the  Wrest.  Mr.  Mulvane, 
in  addition  to  his  knowledge  of  the 
Kansas  situation,  is  fully  conver- 
sant with  that  in  Colorado  and  the 
other  inter  mountain  States. 

At  the  "Western  headquarters, 
Elmer  Dover,  of  Ohio,  secretary  of 
the  national  committee,  is  sta- 
tioned.  In  Mr.  Cortelyou's  ab- 
sence, lie  is  in  command.  Though 
young,  he  has  had  the  benefit  of 
training  under  the  late  Senator 
Hanna,  whose  private  secretary  he 
was.  lie  and  Senator  Scott  rep- 
resent the  old  Hanna  regime.  The 
responsibilities  imposed  on  Mr.  Dover  are  be- 
cause of  his  proved  and  exceptional  fitness.     At 

the  Eastern  head- 
quarters is  Louis  A. 
Coolidge,  of  Massa- 
chusetts, director  of 
literary  and  press 
work,  who  has  charge 
of  the  headquarters 
when  Mr.  Cortelyou 
is  in  the  West.  He 
has  proved  his  exec- 
utive talent  in  places 
of  responsibility,  and 
his  experience  as  a 
Washington  news- 
paper correspondent, 
with  his  wide  ac- 
quaintance with  pub- 
lic men  and  under- 
standing of    political 


HON.   JAMES   A.  TAWNEY, 
OF  MINNESOTA. 


MR.    HARRY 
OF  INDI 


MR.  ELMER  DOVER,  OF  OHIO. 

(Secretary  of  the  Republican 
National  Committee.) 


conditions,  prepared 
him  particularly  for 
his  new  activity. 
More  than  any  one, 
except  Mr.  Cortelyou 
himself,  is  he  the 
President's  represen- 
tative. Senator  Scott 
is  head  of  the  speak- 
ers' bureau  for  the 
East,  the  same  work 
he  per- 
formed 
under 
C  h  a  i  r- 
man  M. 
Hanna, 
and  Re- 
presentative James  A.  Tawney,  of 
Minnesota,  is  chief  of  the  similar 
bureau  in  the  West.  Here  is  evi- 
dence of  that  cooperation  between 
the  national  and  Congressional 
committees  that  promises  such  good 
results,  for  Mr.  Tawney  is  also  in 
charge  of  speakers  for  the  Congres- 
sional committee. 

No  campaign  can  be  run  with- 
out money.  It  is  needed  to  meet 
the  many  heavy  expenses  that  are 
not  only  wholly  legitimate,  but  ab- 
solutely necessary.  Rent,  printing, 
postage,  stationery,  traveling,  can- 
vassing, clerical  hire,  literature, — 
these  are  some  of  the  items  of  ex- 
pense. While  some  money  comes 
unasked,  —  as  for  example,  Mrs. 
Hanna's  large  contribution, — most  of  the  nec- 
essary funds  must  be  solicited.  That  means 
a  most  important  committee. — that  on  finance. 
The  members  of  this  committee  cannot  be  made 
known,  as  that  would  embarrass  and  hamper 
their  activities.  It  must  be  understood  that 
in  the  solicitation  of  money  there  are  no  prom- 
ises and  no  pledges  to  corporations  or  others. 
It  is  popularly  supposed  that  there  is  great 
carelessness  in  the  expenditure  of  money  by 
a  national  committee.  That  may  be  so,  on  occa- 
sions, but  in  the  present  campaign  the  Repub- 
licans have  a  most  careful  system  of  vouchers 
and  auditing,  which  prevents  the  waste  or  mis- 
use of  its  funds.  Each  expenditure  is  scruti- 
nized as  carefully  as  if  the  committee  were 
conducting  a  great  business  house,  and  is  as 
strictly  accounted  for. 

In  addition  to  the  sources  of  information  at 
Chairman  Cortelyou's  disposal,  he  has  a  large 
advisory  committee,  composed  of  skilled  politi- 


S.    NEW, 
ANA. 


298 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


cians  from  all  sections.  They  never  meet  as  a 
body,  but  communicate  with  the  chairman  by 
letter  or  in  person,  telling  him  of  the  progress 
of  the  fight  in  their  several  States.  The  value 
of  this  committee  is  immeasurable.  It  was  se- 
lected with  great  care. 

Speaker  Cannon  and  Senator  Frye,  president 
pro  tint,  of  the  Senate,  most  especially  represent 
the  House  and  the  Senate  on  the  advisory 
committee.  In  addition  are  Representatives  Bar 
tholdt,  Missouri  ;  Dickson,  Montana  ;  Van  Voor- 
his,  Ohio  ;  and  Brownlow.  Tennessee  ;  and  Sen 
ators  Gallinger,  New  Hampshire  ;  Dryden  and 
Kean,  New  Jersey  ;  Lodge,  Massachusetts  ;  Nel- 
son, Minnesota  ;  and  Hey  burn,  Idaho.  Other 
members  are  men  of  such  character  as  H.  H. 
Hanna,  Indiana  ;  J.  "W.  Blythe,  Iowa  ;  Comman- 
der-in-chief Torrence,  of  the  Grand  Army  of  the 
Republic  ;  Thomas  Lowrie,  Minnesota  ;  ex-Sen 
ator  Tom  Carter,  Montana  ;  Edward  Rosewater. 
Nebraska;  C.  S.  Morril,  Nebraska;  Alex.  Mc- 
Kenzie,  North  Dakota  ;  Joseph  Manley,  Maine  ; 
ex- Representative  Blackburn,  North  Carolina  ; 
ex-Senator  Felton  and  George  A.  Knight,  Cali- 
fornia, and  ex-Gov.  W.  M.  Crane,  Massachusetts. 
The  latter  would  have  been  on  the  executive 
committee  had  he  consented,  but  he  did  not  feel 
that  he  could  accept  the  heavy  responsibility. 
He  will,  however,  be  Chairman  Cortelyou's  chief 
adviser,  his  valued  assistant,  for  his  political 
acumen,  judgment,  and  high  character  fit  him 
for  the  highest  responsibilities. 

A  campaign  is  organized  on  the  plan  of  an 
army.  Discipline  is  imperative.  The  conduct 
of  each  tactical  unit  affects  the  result  as  much 
as  it  does  the  fate  of  an  army  in  battle.  Chair- 
man Cortelyou  deals  directly  with  the  several 
State  organizations,  depending  upon  them  for 
the  execution  of  his  plans.  With  them  there  is 
the  most  harmonious  relation.  As  he  relies  on 
the  State  committees,  so  they  act  through  their 
several  city  and  county  committees.  He  is  in 
formed  of  conditions  in  every  State,  and  is  in 
receipt  of  constant  reports  from  all  contested 
points.  Where  disaffection  exists,  there  par 
ticular  efforts  are  made  to  overeome  it.  Liter 
ature  to  enlighten  voters  and  to  destroy  miscon- 
ceptions is  sent  thither  in  great  quantities,  and 
speakers  are  dispatched  to  awaken  the  apathetic 
and  arouse  enthusiasm.  As  the  campaign  pro- 
gresses new  methods  are  developed  to  meet  new 
situations.  Constant  vigilance  is  the  order. 
\\ rlule  there  is  no  hope  of  the  Republicans  car- 
rying any  Southern  State,  any  more  than  the 
Democrats  can  expect  to  win  in  rock-ribbed  Re- 
publican States  in  the  North,  this  year  Republi- 
can Congressional  candidates  will  contest  every 
Southern     district.       This     will     occupy     South- 


ern leaders  more  than  usual,  and  tend  to  keep 
them  from  invading  the  North.  Representa 
tive  Babcock,  of  Wisconsin,  who  has  won  five 
consecutive  campaigns  for  the  House,  is  in 
charge  of  the  Congressional  canvass.  He  has 
the  prestige  of  success  and  of  experience. 

Education  of  voters,  next  to  organization,  is 
most  important.  This  is  chiefly  the  duty  of  the 
literary  bureau.  It  distributes  documents  and 
furnishes  material,  including  editorial  and  news 
matter,  for  the  country  press.  Much  of  this  is 
distributed  through  the  associations  that  provide 
"plate  matter"  to  the  small  newspapers  that 
cannot  set  up  their  general  news.  It  also  in- 
forms newspaper  correspondents,  stationed  at 
headquarters,  of  each  day's  developments.  The 
theory  that  governs  its  work  is  that  the  average 
voter  will  be  impressed  more  by  brief,  striking 
statements  of  fact  that  explain  Republican  poli- 
cies, show  the  benefits  that  have  followed  their 
enforcement,  and  puncture  Democratic  preten- 
sions. In  this  it  appeals  especially  to  the  busy 
city  voter.  The  Congressional  committee  also 
distributes  documents,  chiefly  Republican  Con- 
gressional speeches  and  public  reports,  under 
Congressional  franks.  Before  the  campaign  is 
ended  many  millions  of  these,  weighing  tons, 
will  have  been  sent  out  from  its  distributing 
office  in  Washington.  The  Congressional  liter- 
ature appeals  especially  to  the  country  voter. 
The  literary  bureau  does  not  trench  upon  the 
distributing  work  of  the  Congressional  com- 
mittee. It  seeks  to  make  its  news  service  at- 
tractive, to  entertain  while  it  educates.  Statistics 
that  talk,  cartoons,  and  striking  posters  are  some 
of  its  best  methods 

The  speakers'  bureaus  provide  ''spellbinders" 
to  gladden  the  hearts  of  cheering  multitudes 
and  awaken  them  to  the  pitch  of  enthusiasm 
that  brings  them  to  the  polls.  Probably  more 
than  five  hundred  speakers  will  be  on  the  hust- 
ings under  the  direction  of  the  national  com- 
mittee in  addition  to  the  thousands  that  State 
and  local  committees  will  dispatch  into  the 
political  mission  fields.  A  campaign  book  has 
been  issued,  which  is  an  admirable  history  of 
Republican  executive  and  legislative  accomplish- 
ments in  the  eight  years  of  its  full  control  of  the 
Government.  It  is  not  only  a  ready  reference 
hook  for  speakers,  editors,  and  voters. 

Each  member  of  the  executive  committee  has 
his  own  department,  and  is  responsible  to  Chair- 
man CortelyoU.  Among  their  duties  are  the 
winning  of  first  voters,  club  organization,  natu- 
ralization and  the  prevention  of  naturalization 
frauds,  registration,  detection  of  tricks  and 
fraud,  correction  ^t'  misrepresentation,  and  B 
thousand  others. 


PRESIDENT   ROOSEVELT  AS   EUROPE   SEES   HIM. 


BY  LOUIS  E.  VAN  NORMAN. 


IT  is  a  significant  fact  that  the  attitude  of 
thoughtful  Europeans  toward  the  United 
States  is  now,  for  the  first  time,  perhaps,  one  of 
vital  concern  and  sympathetic  understanding. 
This  is,  -beyond  a  doubt,  due  chiefly  to  the  per- 
sonality and  achievements  in  statesmanship  of 
President  Roosevelt.  All  over  the  Continent, 
and  in  Great  Britain,  the  writer  has  heard  the 
plainly  outspoken  opinion  that  the  day  of  the 
local  politician  as  President  of  the  United  States 
has  passed,  and  that  America  has  at  last  evolved 
a  man  of  international  weight  and  significance. 
He  is,  beyc  nd  a  doubt,  the  most  popular  Presi- 
dent in  the  eyes  of  the  outside  world  who  has 
ever  held  the  office.  British,  French,  German, 
Italian,  Austrian,  and  Russian  journals  are  quite 
frank  in  their  expressions  of  esteem  for  Mr. 
Roosevelt,  not  only  as  a  statesman,  but  as  a 
writer,  thinker,  savant,  and  practical  man  of 
affairs.  With  the  advent  of  the  United  States 
as  a  world-power,  a  man  of  the  stamp  of  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  became  necessary,  they  declare. 
Europeans  regard  the  President  as  a  strong,  dig- 
nified American.  They  believed  in  him  as  soon 
as  his  first  public  acts  were  accomplished.  In 
the  Kishineff  matter,  in  the  Panama  Canal  af- 
fair, and  now  in  the  crisis  in  the  far  East,  the 
opinion  among  Europeans  generally  is  that  the 
present  American  President,  while  maintaining 
a  strong,  patriotic,  and  intensely  American  atti- 
tude, has  nevertheless  proved  a  helpful  coun- 
selor in  the  family  of  civilized  nations.  It  would 
seem  that,  while  President  McKinley  was  regard- 
ed as  a  strong,  successful  politician,  Mr.  Roose- 
velt is  looked  upon  as  a  statesman,  a  thinker,  a 
strenuous  American  who  may  cause  trouble  to 
Europe,  but,  nevertheless,  the  dignified  head  of 
a  great  nation.  He  is  sometimes  compared  to 
the  German  Kaiser,  but  generally  regarded  as 
more  serious  than  that  monarch.  In  the  words 
of  an  English  statesman  :  "It  took  William  II. 
ten  years  to  live  down  the  uneasiness  caused  by 
his  accession.  It  has  taken  Theodore  Roosevelt 
just  one  year."  His  utterances  on  "  race  suicide  " 
are  praised,  because  Europe  is  also  thinking  on 
this  subject.  His  books  have  been  translated 
into  a  number  of  European  languages,  and  are 
read  widely.  They  are  a  little  too  obvious,  per- 
haps, in  their  philosophy,  Europe  thinks,  but 
sound  and  healthy.  Europe  took  Mr.  Roosevelt's 
nomination  at  Chicago  for  granted,  and  European 


journals,  when  they  comment  on   it.  express,  in 
general,  satisfaction. 

OPINIONS    IN    ENGLAND. 

Theodore  Roosevelt  has  always  appealed 
strongly  to  Englishmen.  They  love  his  deci- 
siveness, his  fondness  for  sport,  his  vigor. 
English  sympathy  has  not  generally  been  with 
the  Republican  party.  It  remained  for  the  per- 
sonality of  Theodore  Roosevelt  to  make  his 
party  better  known  to  England.  For  himself, 
Englishmen  have  great  sympathy.  They  feel, 
said  a  London  gentleman  to  the  writer,  that,  if 
he  had  been  an  Englishman,  he  would  have 
done  most  of  the  things  that  appeal  to  English- 
men. The  clean-cut  personality  of  the  Presi- 
dent they  can  understand,  and,  in  general,  it 
may  be  said,  Englishmen  applaud  his  firm  but 
conciliatory  policy.  An  anonymous  character- 
sketch  in  the  English  Review  of  Reviews,  at  the 
time  of  his  accession  to  office,  said  :  "Take  Mr. 
Gladstone,  Mr.  Rhodes,  Lord  Charles  Beresford. 
and  John  Burns,  boil  them  down,  until  you  get 
the  residual  essence, -into  an  American  Dutch- 
man, and  you  have  something  like  the  new 
President  of  the  United  States."  The  St. 
James  Gazette  puts  it  in  rhyme  like  this  : 

"  Smack  of  Lord  Cromer, 
Jeff  Davis,  a  touch  of  him ; 
A  little  of  Lincoln, 
But  not  very  much  of  him  ; 
Kitchener,  Bismarck,  and  Germany's  Will, 
Jupiter,  Chamberlain,  Buffalo  Bill." 

English  opinion,  of  course,  has  its  Saturday 
Review,  which  condemned  the  first  message  of 
President  Roosevelt  as  showing  him  to  be  writ- 
ing "in  the  shadow  of  the  second  term,  and  too 
obviously  sacrificing  the  strenuous  to  the  safe." 
But  the  British  press  is  generally  in  accord  with 
the  editorial  in  the  Fortnightly  Review  which,  on 
Mr.  Roosevelt's  assumption  to  high  office,  said  : 
"  The  new  President  becomes,  at  the  age  of 
forty-three,  the  central  figure  of  the  Anglo- 
Saxon  world,  and  every  accent  has  already 
shown  that  the  words  of  Theodore  Roosevelt 
are  the  words  of  a  man,"  or,  as  W.  Laird  Clowes 
puts  it  (in  the  Nineteenth.  Century  and  After)  : 
"I  believe  that  he  will  lead  well  and  wisely, 
and  that,  when  his  days  of  power  are  past,  there 
will  be  many  millions  of  Americans  who  will 
honor  the  name  of  Theodore  Roosevelt  as  that 


300 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


of  the  greatest  of  Presidents  since  Washington." 
The  Westminster  Gazette  (London)  calls  Mr.  Roose- 
velt "a  remarkable  example  of  a  man  who  has 
reached  the  highest  place  without  losing  any  of 
his  youthful  enthusiasms."  Sydney  Brooks,  in 
the  Monthly  Review  (London),  discussing  ''One 
Year  of  Roosevelt,"  declares  that  in  ordinary 
times  the  American  form  of  administration  is  a 
conspiracy  for  doing  nothing, — but  Roosevelt  is 
strenuous,  and  all  through  his  career  he  has 
shown  the  instinct  for  command  innate  in  him." 

He  is  in  all  essentials  one  of  the  most  balanced  and 
conservative  of  Americans.  So  long  as  President  Roose- 
velt remains  at  the  White  House,  and  possibly  for  much 
longer,  the  sinister  league  between  party  politics  and 
the  civil  service  that  debased  and  demoralized  both  is 
dissolved.  His  own  temperament,  though  quickly  and 
easily  stirred,  is  essentially  Whiggish,  content  to  ad- 
vance a  step  at  a  time,  inexorable  on  vital  points,  but 
never  tempted  to  extremes.  One  could  hazard  the  man 
from  his  books  or  his  books  from  the  man.  His  prose 
has  a  hard,  confident,  metallic  texture,  with  little  light 
or  shade  playing  about  it,  yet  strong  in  its  rush  and 
resonance — the  prose  of  a  man  of  action,  blunt  and 
utterly  straightforward,  clean-cut  and  sincere.  Style 
and  matter  alike  bespeak  the  man's  mind.  It  is,  if  I 
may  say  so,  a  bludgeon  of  a  mind  healthily  unoriginal 
and  non-creative,  of  wide  range  and  the  closest  of  grips, 
and  with  a  dogmatic  turn  for  the  common  sense  of 
things,  a  sane  but  hardly  a  deep  mind,  and  used  like  a 
bludgeon  for  criticism,  exhortation,  attack.  A  man  in 
many  ways  after  Carlyle's  own  heart,  who  has  "swal- 
lowed formulas,"  is  transparently  incapable  of  anything 
mean,  underhand,  or  equivocal,  preaches  and  practises 
the  gospel  of  work,  and  flinches  before  nothing. 

A  month  or  so  ago  (in  Harper's  Weekly),  Mr. 
Brooks  declared  that,  "by  education,  birth,  and 
tastes,  Mr.  Roosevelt  belongs  to  the  type  that 
Englishmen  like  most  to  represent  them  in  .the 
national  legislature." 

If  he  were  an  Englishman,  people  feel  that  he  would 
have  explored  every  inch  in  the  empire,  shot  all  the  big 
game  to  be  found  in  it,  won  his  Blue  at  Oxford  or 
Cambridge,  kept  a  pack  of  hounds,  written  some  slash- 
ing books  on  Wellington  and  Nelson  and  the  heroes  of 
the  Indian  mutiny,  captured  De  Wet,  annexed  an  em- 
pire or  two,  and  made  his  mark  in  Parliament  as  a 
progressive  Conservative.  .  .  .  His  other  qualities, — his 
breezy  and  invigorating  self-confidence,  his  great  politi- 
cal courage,  his  buoyant,  eager,  somewhat  slapdash 
temperament,  and  his  entire  adequacy  to  the  practical 
duties  of  whatever  office  he  happens  to  be  holding,— 
these  irresistibly  compel  the  sympathy  and  admiration 

of  the  English  people. 

In  the  course  of  a  review  of  Jacoh  Riis'  hook, 
"Theodore  Roosevelt,  the  Man  and  the  Citizen," 
t  hr  .  1  thenceum  (  London )  says  : 

In  England,  where  his  books  are  not  especially  es- 
teemed, he  has  a  high  reputation  as  an  organizer  and 
as  a  Strong  and  just  man.  .  .  .  No  doubt-  his  style 
is  of  an  exasperatingly   "copy-hook''  character,  as  he 


invariably  prefers  platitude  to  paradox,  and  seems  to 
write  over  the  top  of  every  page  "I  am  a  good  boy," 
'•The  American  people  are  good  boys."  But  then  there 
is  no  denying  the  fact  that  he  is  a  good  boy,  and  that 
the  American  people  are  good  boys — as  nations  go  ;  and 
it  must  be  noted  to  his  credit  that  there  is  not  the  least 
suspicion  of  hypocrisy  or  even  cant  about  him. 


A   STRENUOUS  PERFORMANCE. 

Professor  Roosevelt  (in  his  great  trust  act)  :  "Ladies 
and  gentlemen:  In  order  to  demonstrate  the  possibility  of 
controlling  these  powerful  creatures,  not  all  of  them  equally 
tractable,  I  will  now  descend  into  their  midst."  (Proceeds 
to  get  out  of  his  depth.)— From  Punch  (London). 

The  Speaker  (London),  however,  believes  that 
"such  a-  man  has  his  dangerous  side,  especially 
in  America."  Mr.  Roosevelt,  it  continues.  •■  ii: 
his  ardent  expansiveness,  his  dogmatic  impa- 
tience, and  the  violent  aggressiveness  of  his 
militarism,  represents  in  all  its  nakedness  the 
extreme  type  of  the  reaction  against  many  of  the 
soundest  and  most  genuinely  conservative  ten- 
dencies of  the  American  policy  and  character." 

British  comment  on  Mr.  Roosevelt's  first  mes- 
sage to  Congress  was  favorable,  and.  when  he 
had  been  in  office  a  year,  the  Spectator  observed  : 
"  President  Roosevelt  has  shown  that  he  is  a 
leader,  and  not  a  follower.     He  has  not  watched 


PRESIDENT  ROOSEVELT  AS  EUROPE  SEES  HIM. 


301 


popular  opinion  crystallize  into  belief,  and  pro- 
ceed from  conviction  to  action  ;  lie  has  tried  to 
mold  public  thought  to  his  own  notions.  He  has 
not  been  content  to  be  a  figurehead  ;  he  is  a 
steersman."  Again,  in  reviewing  a  compilation 
of  the  President's  addresses,  messages,  and  let 
ters,  this  English  journal  says  : 

At  this  moment,  President  Roosevelt  is  probably  the 
most  interesting  political  figure  in  the  world.  He  is 
one  of  the  protagonists  in  what  is  certainly  the  fore- 
most of  constitutional  combats  ;  but  he  is  also  the  in- 
augurator  of  a  new  era  in  American  public  life,  a  revo- 
lutionary who  has  dared  to  face  the  apathy  of  the  cul- 
tivated classes  and  the  ingrained  corruption  of  party 
politics,  and  by  the  sheer  force  of  a  masterful  person- 
ality has  compelled  the  majority  of  his  countrymen, — 
many,  no  doubt,  against  their  will, — to  think  with  him. 
Whether  he  succeeds  or  fails,  things  can  never  be  quite 
the  same  again.  America's  eyes  have  been  opened  to 
the  chances  in  her  destiny,  old  catchwords  have  been 
discredited,  old  abuses  exposed.  A  thrill  of  electric  en- 
ergy has  gone  through  classes  which  at  one  time  saw  in 
the  political  life  only  a  sordid  career  without  honor  or 
ideals.  Like  Mirabeau,  he  has  been  a  "swallower  of 
formulas,"  and  he  has  forced  his  people  to  discard  the 
veil  of  cant  and  rhetoric,  and  look  facts  simply  in  the 
face. 

In  commenting  upon  Mr.  Roosevelt's  nomina- 
tion for  the  Presidency,  the  Spectator  admits  that 
the  selfish  interests  of  their  own  country  would 
incline  Englishmen  to  wish  for  the  success  of 
the  Democratic  candidate,  but — 

the  success  of  Mr.  Roosevelt  would  be  very  pleasing  to 
them,  because  he  is  an  English-speaking  man  of  whom 
they  have  a  right  to  be  proud — a  man  who  is  carry- 
ing on  the  great  political  tradition,  a  tradition  which, 
though  often  obscured  both  here  and  on  the  other  side 
of  the  Atlantic,  has  never  died  out.  .  .  .  That  he  speaks 
in  loud  and  firm  tones,  nay,  shouts — that  he  holds  on 
like  a  bulldog,  is  doubtless  true;  but  he  does  not  hold 
on  to  the  extreme  things,  but  to  the  sensible  and  mod- 
erate things. 

Fred.  A.  McKenzie  prophesied  (in  the  Daily 
News,  in  1901)  that  the  Republican  party  could 
have  only  one  possible  candidate  in  1904 — The- 
odore Roosevelt. 

For  generations,  Americans  have  thought  that  the 
one  way  to  political  power  was  to  compromise,  to  con- 
ciliate, to  trim.  Here  is  a  man  whose  whole  career  has 
been  a  protest  against  trimming  and  compromising. 
Ever  a  sworn  foe  to  evil,  ever  ready  to  make  foes  for 
the  right,  he  has  yet,  despite  all,  reached  the  highest 
office  his  nation  can  give. 

The  staid  old  Times  has  again  and  again  paid 
its  tribute  to  the  American  President.  Tfe  pos- 
sesses,  says  the  Times, 

the  elements  that  make  a  great  man,  and  he  will  leave 
a  strong  impress  for  good  or  for  ill  on  the  history  of 
his  country.  His  advantages  are  his  transparent  hon- 
esty of  purpose,  his  "Bismarckian  "  frankness,  his  keen 


insight  into  the  heart  of  things,  his  impatience  of  irrel- 
evant and  insignificant  details,  and  his  generosity  in 
acknowledging  mistakes.  .  .  .  Since  he  became  Presi- 
dent not  a  rash  nor  provocative  word  has  fallen  from 
his  lips. 

A    LIVELY    INTEREST    IN     FRANCE. 

French  people  are  not  much  given  to  express- 
ing interest  in  foreign  personalities.  But  Mi-. 
Roosevelt,  President  and  statesman,  is  a  very 
frequent  topic  of  conversation  among  the  poli- 
ticians of  the  Quai  d'Orsay ;  and  Theodore  Roose- 
velt, the  man  and  the  writer,  comes  in  for  a  good 
deal  of  comment  in  the  press, — not  always  favor- 
able, it  must  be  admitted,  but  generally  couched 
in  respectful  and  admiring  terms.  ''The  Stren- 
uous Life "  was  translated  into  French,  under 
the  title  "La  Vie  Intense."  Later,  "American 
Ideals "  and  others  were  translated,  and  it  is 
these  French  versions  which  have  been  talked 
about,  and  written  about,  all  over  the  Continent. 
France  is  vitally  concerned  in  the  problem  of  a 
decreasing  birth-rate,  and  Mr.  Roosevelt's  opin- 
ions on  "  race  suicide  "  have  been  received  with 
approving  comment  in  the  French  press.  His 
foreign  policy,  however,  is  generally  regarded 
as  militating  against  the  ambitions  of  France's 
ally — Russia — and  is,  accordingly,  condemned. 
That  Nestor  of  French  opinion,  the  Paris  Temps, 
has  always  considered  the  President  a  superior 
but  "  somewhat  spectacular  person." 

His  friends  cannot  forget  his  constant  jingo  dithy- 
rambs. No  one  since  General  Jackson  has  more  com- 
placently given  free  rein  to  the  American  eagle, — that 
is  to  say,  indulged   in  the  spreadeagleism  which   the 


THE   NEW   HERCULES. 

From  NebelspalUr  (Zurich). 


302 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


more  sober  tradition  of  Washington,  Jefferson,  and  Lin- 
coln had  systematically  avoided. 

The  critic  of  La  Revue,  also,  in  reviewing  the 
'•American  Ideals,"  declares  that  the  American 
people  have  begun  to  misuse  their  prodigious 
energy.  Their  ambitions  threaten  their  future. 
"And  they  have  found  in  the  man  who  is  at 
their  head  one  who  formulates,  in  principles 
and  maxims,  their  own  instincts  of  domination." 
Edouard  Rod,  also,  in  the  Correspondant  (Paris), 
insists  that  his  "  strenuous "  ideas  will  make 
Mr.  Roosevelt  a  formidable,  even  a  dangerous, 
figure  in  the  Presidential  chair.  The  Petit 
Parisien  believes  that  President  Roosevelt  cer- 
tainlv  is  '•one  of  the  most  remarkable  men 
of  our  age.  not  only  because  of  his  exalted  posi- 
tion, but  even  more  on  account  of  his  own  pow- 
erful personality."  Ivan  Strannik,  in  the  Revue 
Bleue  (Paris),  reviewing  "The  Rough  Riders," 
declares  that  Mr.  Roosevelt's  "excessive  indi- 
viduality is  an  excellent  quality  when  rightly 
exercised,  and  a  most  dangerous  one  when  not 
under  proper  restraint."  He  believes  that  "it 
will  be  well-braked  in."  Robert  de  Caix  (in  the 
Journal  des  Debuts)  calls  Mr.  Roosevelt  a  fine, 
sterling,  honest  American  gentleman,  who  is 
animated  by  the  kindliest  sentiments  toward 
France  ;  and  Pierre  Leroy  Beaulieu,  the  cele- 
brated French  economist  (in  the  Economist  Fran- 
cois), believes  that  he  will  be  a  safe  President, 
"  because,  though  a  pronounced  jingo,  he  has 
much  of  that  fine  Anglo-Saxon  characteristic, 
common  sense."  French  comment  on  the  first 
message  was  generally  adverse.  The  Jour  no!  des 
Debuts  declared  that  the  message  revealed  "  an 
unscrupulous  imperialism."  The  Temjis  called 
it  a  personal,  not  an  official,  document,  and  be- 
lieved that  the  trusts  would  draw  a  breath  of 
relief. 

French  opinion  of  the  book,  "American  Ideals," 
differs.  The  Temps  had  one  of  its  best  writers, 
Gaston  Deschamps,  review  the  work.  Says  M. 
Deschamps  : 

Mr.  Roosevelt  has  made  superb  use  of  his  privilege 
of  sending  a  message,  which  the  American  Constitution 
confers  upon  the  President  of  the  United  States.  He 
docs  not  content  himself  with  informing  his  fellow- 
citizens  of  what  he  thinks  or  suggests  on  political  af- 
fairs, hut  desires  that  his  Presidential  words  shall  have 
the  world  for  their  field. 

France  had  always  thought  that  the  "  Ameri- 
can ideal  "  was  the  dollar  :  but  Mr.  Roosevelt 
has  announced  otherwise.  Ami  he  has  a  right 
to  speak.  The  Salute  Public  (Lyons)  does  not. 
like  Mr.  Roosevelt's  references  i<>  the  French 
woman.  Its  critic,  Pierre  .lav,  thinks  that  Mr. 
Roosevell  Bhould  not  have  taunted  the  French 


PRESIDENT   ROOSEVELT  AND  OLD  EUROPE. 

From  Lc  Rire  (Paris). 

woman  with  an  aversion  to  maternity,  when  he 
himself  has  found  it  necessary  to  speak  to  his 
own  countrymen  so  strongly  on  the  subject  of 
"race  suicide,"  and  when  certain  other  social 
conditions  which  prevent  home-making  are  so 
pronounced  in  the  United  States. 

RUSSIAN    OPINION    DIFFERS. 

In  Russia,  despite  the  popular  feeling  against 
our  State  Department  for  what  Russians  call  un- 
warranted "meddling"  in  the  far  East,  and  the 
general  anti-American  opinion  throughout  the 
empire,  President  Roosevelt's  neutrality  procla- 
mation is  commended  for  its  honesty,  and  the 
personality  of  the  President  is  admired.  The 
editor  of  the  Journal  de  St.  Petersbourg  has  noth- 
ing but  admiration  for  "  American  Ideals."  It 
is  not,  he  says,  the  study  of  a  subject  narrowly 
comprehended.  "It  is  the  picture  of  a  state  of 
mind  common  to  Americans  of  the  United  States 
....  traced  with  an  alert  pen,  with  a  frank- 
ness that  is  rather  rough,  and  with  a  veritable 
originality."  This  journal,  originally  a  subsi- 
dized publication  in  French,  is  now  becoming 
the  organ  of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Affairs. 
from  which  the  popular  press  is  permitted  to 
copy  without  hindrance.  It  therefore  represents, 
to  a  certain  extent,  the  attitude  of  the  govern- 
ment.     It  continues,  in  complimentary  vein  : 

Without  oratorical  precautions  and  diplomatic  un- 
derhreaths,   .   .  .  everywhere  there  is  the  passionate  de 


PRESIDENT  ROOSEJ/ELT  AS  EUROPE   SEES  HIM. 


303 


Ttte  President  of  Colombia  :    "  My  hat,  my  hat !  " 
Roosevelt:    "Don't  yell  so,  my  old  friend.    I'll  fish  it- 
out  for  myself  directly."— From  Lustige  Blatter  (Stuttgart). 

sire  to  raise  the  level  of  humanity,  which  is,  indeed,  the 
honor  of  America.  Yet  this  ideal  aim  does  not  make 
the  author  lose  his  foothold.  His  practical  sense  turns 
generous  intentions  into  efficacious  acts.  In  spite  of  ar- 
dent patriotism  and  decided  optimism,  he  does  not  hesi- 
tate to  lay  bare  the  social  sores  of  his  country.  .  .  . 
"American  Ideals"  is  the  book  of  the  man  of  action, 
doubled  in  the  man  of  thought. 

The  Novosti  (St.  Petersburg),  in  an  article  on 
the  political  situation  in  the  United  States,  says  : 
"  There  is  no  doubt  that  President  Roosevelt  has 
gained  the  confidence  and  sympathy  of  the  whole 
Republican  party  by  his  strength  of  character 
and  his  fearlessness  in  conflict  with  all  kinds  of 
abuses  in  the  shady  side  of  American  life.  As 
a  leader  of  imperialism,  however,  Mr.  Roosevelt 
sometimes  goes  to  extremes."  The  Novosti  then 
cites  President  Roosevelt's  letter  regarding  Cuba, 
and  says:  "This  letter  completely  alters  the 
political  programme,  creating  '  the  Roosevelt 
doctrine.'  " 

"When  the  "American  ideal"  works  out  in 
the  hands  of  the  State  Department,  Russian 
opinion  is  not  so  enthusiastic.  An  English 
journal  quotes  from  the  Revue  Russe  (probably 
the  Russkaye  Mysl,  of  St.  Petersburg)  an  article 
on  Russo- American  relations.  In  reviewing  the 
book   '-American     Ideals."    the    writer    regards 


Mr.  Roosevelt's  foreign  policy  as  unreasonable. 
He  says  : 

Which,  the  Slav  or  the  Yankee,  will  be  the  master 
of  the  Pacific,  of  this  new  Mediterranean,  where  the 
future  of  the  world  is  preparing  ?  ...  To  forestall  the 
possible  occupation  of  the  Pacific,  the  Americans,  put- 
ting in  practice  the  theorfes  of  their  President  Roose- 
velt, take  all  the  positions  judged  indispensable.  Ha- 
waii, Samoa,  and  the  Philippines  led  them  across  the 
Pacific  to  Yokohama,  Shanghai,  Hongkong,  Melbourne, 
and  Singapore  ;  and  the  approaching  completion  of  the 
Panama  Canal  will  make  the  Americans  masters  of  the 
two  great  oceans.  .  .  .  But  the  greed  of  the  Americans 
blinds  them  to  the  consequence  of  their  pro-Japanese 
policy.  Messrs.  Roosevelt  and  Hay  will  soon  see  Japan 
install,  in  the  midst  of  the  miserable  ants'  nests  of  China, 
all  the  industries  that  compete  with  America. 

GERMANS  ADMIRE,  BUT  FEAR. 

In  Berlin  there  is  great  popular  interest  in  the 
President  of  the  United  States.  The  Deutsche 
Tages-Zeitung  (Berlin),  in  speaking  of  his  nomina- 
tion at  Chicago,  declared  :  "The  American  Pres- 
ident is  by  far  the  most  interesting  personage  in 
all  the  world  of  the  present  day."  Germans  are 
fond  of  comparing  him  with  the  Kaiser,  and 
there  is  great  curiosity  about  him  in  all  ranks. 
Germans  talk  a  great  deal  about  American  trusts 
and  American  Teutophobia,  and  are  apt  to  iden- 
tify Mr.  Roosevelt  as  much  with  adherence  to 
the  latter  as  with  opposition  to  the  former.  A 
number  of  prominent  Germans,  however  (let 
Prof.  Hugo  Munsterberg,  of  Harvard  Univer- 
sity, speak  for  them),  believe  that  Mr.  Roosevelt 
is  anything  but  a  jingo,  and  that  his  influence  is 
in  the  direction  of  a  rapprochement  with  Germany. 
The  press,  however,  is  not  unanimous  in  com- 
mendation. In  Germany  it  has  always  been  be- 
lieved that  President  Roosevelt's  "  strenuous  " 
ideas  would  make  trouble  for  Europe,  particu- 
larly in  the  matter  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  A 
number  of  representative  journals,  in  fact,  now 
always  speak,  not  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  but 
of  the  Roosevelt  Doctrine.  The  Hamburger  Nach- 
richten  (Hamburg)  calls  him  "bumptious."  The 
Kreuz-Zeitung  (Berlin),  which  is  usually  anti- 
American,  has  long  beheld  in  American  jingo- 
ism "a  void  and  formless  infinite  upon  which 
Theodore  Roosevelt  seeks  to  stamp  the  image  of 
himself."  Yet  this  conservative  organ  highly 
praises  him  for  his  "efficiency  in  action,"  and 
heartily  admires  him  for  his  energy  in  building 
a  large  and  powerful  navy,  although,  as  it  ad- 
mits, such  a  navy  bodes  no  particular  good  to 
Germany.  His  Kishineff  policy,  it  claims,  was 
very  selfish.  The  explanation  of  President  Roose- 
velt's attitude  on  many  international  questions, 
this  Berlin  journal  believes,  is  found  in  the  fact 
that — 


301 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


he  is  an  idealist  who  considers  that  he  and  his  country 
are  commissioned  by  the  Almighty  to  bring  about  "  free- 
dom and  equality  "  for  as  much  of  mankind  as  possible. 
Notwithstanding  his  praises  of  the  Jews,  it  would  be 
simplicity  to  deem  him  a  philosemite.  He  cbampions, 
in  like  manner,  all  who,  for  any  reason,  are  kept 
down.  .  .  .  He  has  taken  occasion  to  praise  Germans 
and  Catholics,  including  Jesuits. 

The  Bremer  Tagcblatt  (Bremen)  reads  the 
United  States  a  sharp  lesson  on  lynching  hor- 
rors, and  warns  President  Roosevelt  that  he  has 
not  been  clean-cut  and  careful  himself  in  his 
opinions  on  this  subject.  Germans  are  much  in- 
terested in  Mr.  Roosevelt's  prowess  as  a  hunts- 
man, and  the  Berliner  Borsen  Zeitung  is  glad  that 
he  wrote  his  books  of  Western  adventure.  They 
give  Europeans,  this  journal  declares,  a  new 
and  more  pleasing  conception  of  the  American 
type  of  manhood.  There  is  now  another  ideal 
than  the  dollar,  says  the  Hamburger  Fremdenblatt. 
"Theodore  Roosevelt  is  the  type  of  this  ideal." 

ITALY    DEEPLY    INTERESTED. 

Resides  their  interest  in  President  Roosevelt's 
attitude  on  the  immigration  question,  which  is 
such  a  vital  one  to  their  country,  Italians  are 
reading  "The  Strenuous  Life"  and  "American 
Ideals."  The  Tribuna,  the  dignified  daily  of 
Rome,  says  that  the  American  President  lives 
out  his  ideals. 

His  intelligence  is  as  true  as  a  mathematical  the- 
orem, and  as  straight  as  a  moral  truth.  To  this  may 
be  added — something  which  is  never  useless  or  super- 
fluous in  political  life — the  combination  in  himself  of 
the  common  sense  and  virtue  of  his  own  country.  No 
matter  whether  he  speaks  or  writes,  he  never  doubts  or 
hesitates,  but  always  judges  and  passes  sentence.  .  .  . 
His  speeches  and  his  written  articles  are  actions.  He 
is  American  in  every  corpuscle  of  his  blood,  in  every 
fiber  of  his  brain.  He  is  American  by  nature,  aud  not 
by  legend.  .  .  .  Everything  is  strenuous  in  him,  the 
idea  as  well  as  the  expression,  the  form  as  well  as  the 
substance,' because  everything  is  natural,  as  in  ancient 
nations  whom  we  call  barbarian  ;  but  everything  is 
also  pure,  like  the  heart  of  the  earth,  which  no  one  has 
ever  touched.  Vigor,  honesty,  and  common  sense  are 
the  leaders  of  his  principles. 

The  Corrtere  di  Romagna,  of  Ravenna,  is  en- 
thusiastic over  "  American  [deals,"  of  which  it 
says  : 

II  is  marvelous  how,  in  this  rapid,  active  career,  full 
of  feverish  and  multiform  work,  he  has  penetrated  to 
all  the  secrets  of  society  and  has  recognized  all  its  dis- 
advantages and  defects.  ...  In  reading  his  hook,  one 
fancies  he  can  hear  the  powerful,  healthy,  and  warm 
vibrations  from  a  sound,  manly  pulse. 

The  Corrirrr  ilflln  Smi  (Milan)  declares  that  "a 
memory  of  Greco-Roman  times  clings  to  tins 
singular  man.  this   sagacious   writer   of   books. 


This  clever  football  player  is  also  invested  with 
the  supreme  rights  of  the  American  Constitu- 
tion." The  Per  sever  anza,  also  of  Milan,  believes 
Mr.  Roosevelt  sure  of  reelection.      It  says  : 

There  are  many  advantages  that  Mr.  Roosevelt  has 
in  comparison  with  any  possible  opponent :  an  elevated 
mind,  a  generous  character,  dignity  of  life,  services 
rendered  in  the  Cuban  war,  a  record  in  administra- 
tive integrity,  and  successes  in  foreign  politics.  .  .  . 
Since  Lincoln  and  Grant,  no  Presidential  candidate  has 
combined  in  his  own  personality  so  many  elements  of 
success. 

SOME    AUSTRIAN    OPINION. 

A  number  of  Austrian  journals  commend  Mr. 
Roosevelt's  neutrality  proclamation.  The  Neuea 
Wiener  Tageblatt  ( V ienna)  prints  the  proclamation, 
and  says  it  believes  that  the  President  will  en- 
force it  rigidly — which  he  ought  to  do  because 
of  the  duty  imposed  by  the  Monroe  Doctrine. 

Hungarian  comment  has  not  been  extensive. 
The  Est  i  Ujsag  (Budapest),  however,  praises  the 
President's  impartiality  and  justice  in  the  recent 
postal  scandal,  emphasizing  the  fact  that  his 
action  in  delivering  the  guilty  parties  to  the 
judges  and  lawyers,  who  were  not  of  the  Repub- 
lican party,  shows  that  he  does  not  give  consid- 
eration to  his  own  party  when  corruption  and 
wrongdoing  is  concerned. 

Austrian  comment  on  the  messages  to  Con- 
gress was  generally  unfavorable,  and  the  Morqt 


GREAT  UNANIMITY  IN  GROVELING, 

From  Ihv  Wahrt  Ja&ib  (Berlin). 


PRESIDENT  ROOSEVELT  AS  EUROPE  SEES  HIM. 


305 


Zeitung  (Vienna)  declared  them  to  be  a  sign  that 
"democracy  proclaims  it  has  adopted  imperial- 
ism as  its  standard." 

THE    POLES    LIKE    HIS    BOOKS. 

A  lofty  conception  of  duty  and  action  espe- 
cially appeals  to  the  Poles,  with  their  idealistic 
temperament.  Despite  their  "artistic  preoccu- 
pation," Mr.  Roosevelt's  "Strenuous  Life," 
somehow,  evokes  much  favorable  comment  from 
the  Polish  press.  In  the  Czas,  the  leading  daily 
of  Cracow  (Austrian  Poland),  there  recently  ap- 
peared a  lengthy  review  and  appreciation  of 
••The  Strenuous  Life."  The  writer  indorses  the 
President's  philosophy,  and  says  : 

Every  sentence  of  the  book  is  pregnant  with  mean- 
ing and  extremely  thought-provoking.  As  President, 
he  has  remained  true  to  his  first  beliefs  and  convictions. 


LORD  OF  THE  NEW    WORLD. 

Roosevelt:   "Take  that  statue  of  Frederick  the  Great 
away,  until  a  statue  of  Monroe  has  been  set  up  in  Berlin." 
From  Der  Floh  (Vienna). 

This  harmony  of  words  with  actions,  this  consistency  of 
principles,  which  he  not  only  has  not  repudiated,  but 
defends  to-day  as  he  did  formerly,  with  regard  to  polit- 
ical ideals— all  this  adds  to  the  book  unusual  signifi- 
cance and  weight.  Everything  he  has  done  and  said  in 
his  life  demonstrates,  by  his  unfailing  strength  and  will- 
power, what,  no  doubt,  he  will  always  do  on  every  occa- 
sion. The  idealism  of  his  viewsof  life,  the  deep  ethical 
meaning  of  his  suggestions,  and  the  great  weight  he  at- 
taches to  spiritual  forces  in  the  life  of  nations— these 
are  not  the  theorizing  of  a  learned  schoolman.  They  are 
the  lessons  and  tests  that  have  passed  through  the  fires 
of  life's  trials.    If  they  were  not  consumed  by  the  fire. 


if  they  have  remained  untouched,  and  in  all  their 
strength,  we  can  still  trust  in  them.  .  .  .  The  spirit  of 
wholesome  idealism  pervades  the  simple  and  sincere 
pages,  holding  the  attention  by  the  force  of  their  con- 
victions, which  are  based  upon  experience  and  thought. 
There  is  a  sort  of  health-giving  atmosphere  embodied 
in  the  many  words  of  the  American  President,  affirm- 
ing the  social  order  which  Christianity  has  built  up. 

The  Dziennik  Polski,  of  Lemberg  (Austrian 
Poland),  declares  that  he  [President  Roosevelt] 
has  a  conviction  and  a  feeling  on  the  subject  of 
war  and  peace  of  which  a  Roman  during  the 
time  of  Augustus  need  not  be  ashamed. 

We  have  been  taught  for  so  long  to  believe  that  the 
United  States  is  a  country  devoted  entirely  and  exclu- 
sively to  business  life,  and  that  the  Americans  think  of 
nothing  else  but  making  dollars.  But  it  would  be  dif- 
ficult to  deny  that  the  Americans  have  an  ideal  now 
that  he  who  is  at  the  head  of  American  democracy, 
the  successor  of  Washington,  Monroe,  Lincoln,  Grant, 
Cleveland,  and  McKinley,  is  actually  trying  to  give 
this  ideal  a  concrete  form.  ...  So  we  perceive  that  the 
"American  ideal,"  as  presented  by  the  most  noted  of 
Americans,  scarcely  differs  from  the  ideal  which  the 
Greeks  and  Romans  represented  as  citizens  of  the  an- 
cient world.  To  defend  the  blessed  soil  of  one's  ances- 
tors against  all  attacks ;  to  be  capable  of  any  public 
service ;  to  prepare  youths  to  fulfill  all  duties  toward 
the  state  ;  to  equip  every  citizen  with  those  virtues 
which  form  themselves  into  a  harmony  of  civic  strength 
and  militant  courage, — such  are  the  principles  of  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt,  and  such  were  those  to  which  Thucydi- 
des  and  many  others  of  the  ancient  worthies  subscribed. 

Belgian  opinion  is  rather  adversely  critical, — 
that  is,  as  it  is  found  reflected  in  the  news- 
papers. That  conservative  world  journal,  the 
Jndependance  Beige  (Brussels),  is,  on  the  whole,  an 
admirer  of  President  Roosevelt,  but  it  believes 
him  to  be  "  dangerous,  because  the  whole  policy 
of  imperialism  is  dangerous  to  the  peace  of  the 
country."  The  Metropole  (Antwerp),  in  discuss- 
ing the  Presidential  campaign,  believes  that  the 
President  will  be  reelected,  but  rather  inclines 
to  the  opinion  that  "it  is  time  for  another  spirit 
to  manifest  itself  in  public  affairs."  One  re- 
members, it  says,  that  "it  was  Cleveland  who 
prevented  the  Spanish-American  war,  and  that 
it  was  only  upon  the  accession  of  President  Mc- 
Kinley that  the  present  imperialistic  policy  of 
Theodore  Roosevelt  was  inaugurated."  Europe, 
it  concludes,  would  be  happy  over  the  reelection 
of  Cleveland. 

The  Spanish  press  has  a  good  word  to  say  for 
the  present  American  Chief  Magistrate.  The 
leading  Spanish  daily,  Epoca  (Madrid),  was  re- 
lieved at  Mr.  Roosevelt's  accession.  It  said  : 
"Now  there  will  be  no  uncertainty.  You  could 
never  be  quite  sure  of  McKinley.  but  you  can 
put  your  finger  on  Theodore  Roosevelt  every 
time," 


THE    NEW    YORK    RAPID    TRANSIT     SUBWAY. 

HOW   IT   WILL   AFFECT   THE   CITY'S   LIFE  AND   BUSINESS. 

BY   HERBERT  CROLY. 


THE  people  of  New  York  do  well  to  celebrate 
with  trumpets  and  drums  the  opening  of 
the  subway  for  travel.  The  event  begins  the 
emancipation  of  the  larger  part  of  the  city's 
population  from  an  excessively  cramped  and  un- 
comfortable manner  of  living.  The  emancipa- 
tion will  not  be  finally  effected  without  many 
years  of  additional  labor  and  the  construction  of 
other  tunnels  than  the  one  now  about  completed. 
Nevertheless,  the  opening  of  the  subway  is  an 
event  of  great  importance  in  the  history  of  the 
city,  because  for  the  first  time  a  machinery  of 
transit  has  been  provided  which  promises  to  be 
adequate  in  the  quality,  if  not  the  quantity,  of 
its  service.  The  insular  position  of  Manhattan 
Island,  and  its  great  length  compared  to  its 
breadth,  compels  its  inhabitants  to  travel  tedious 
distances  along  one  or  two  parallel  lines,  and  de- 
velops a  peculiar  density  of  traffic  throughout 
this  territory.  The  subway  provides  for  these 
conditions  by  means  of  an 
express  service  such  as  no 
other  city  has  required.  Had 
full  provision  been  made  for 
a  similar  service  on  the  ele- 
vated roads  when  they  were 
planned,  almost  a  generation 
ago,  New  Yorkers  would 
have  been  spared  many  dis- 
comforts and  a  good  deal  of 
money  ;  but  the  elevated 
structures  did  not  have  the 
capacity  properly  to  handle 
the  traffic  which  they  cre- 
ated. In  a  few  years  the 
subway  will  doubtless  be  as 
crowded  as  the  elevated 
roads  are  now  ;  but  the 
crowds  who  use  it  will  be 
compensated  for  the  discom- 
forts of  travel  by  the  advan- 
tage of  being  able  to  reach 
comparatively  cheap  land 
without  giving  more  than 
half  an  hour  to  the  journey. 
In  effect,  the  service  of 
the  elevated  roads  broke 
down  fifteen  years  ago. 
During   that   whole  period, 


New  Yorkers  have  been  slowly  and  painfully 
adjusting  themselves  to  a  longer  average  of  in-  I 
convenient  traveling  and  a  smaller  average  of 
inhabited  space  than  the  population  of  any  other 
city  in  the  world.  With  the  discomforts  of  trav- 
eling we  are  all  familiar  ;  and  so,  also,  are  we 
familiar,  if  not  in  our  own  persons,  at  least  in 
those  of  our  friends,  with  the  dark,  cramped 
little  flats  in  which  so  many  New  Yorkers  live. 
But  we  are  not  so  familiar  with  the  process 
whereby  the  population  of  a  city  of  whom  Cooper 
wrote,  in  1830,  that  "no  one  who  is  at  all  com- 
fortable in  life  would  think  of  sharing  his  house 
with  another  person  "  have  been  obliged  to  adapt 
themselves  to  some  kind  of  a  multiple  dwelling. 
Inasmuch  as  the  first  apartment-house  for  well- 
to-do  people  was  built  in  1869, — the  Stuyvesant, 
on  East  Eighteenth  Street, — this  transformation 
has  taken  place  practically  during  the  life  of 
one  generation  ;  and  it  differs  from  the  process 


TRAFFIC  CONDITIONS  IN   NEW   YORK   CITY— CROWDING  ON  A  TRAIN  AT  THE 
NEW  YORK   END  OF  THE  BROOKLYN   BRIDGE. 


THE  NEW  YORK  RAPID  TRANSIT  SUBWAY. 


307 


whereby  Paris  has  taken  the  flat  for  its  typical 
habitation  in  that  the  Paris  apartment  has  pre- 
vailed because  it  was  preferred,  whereas  the 
New  York  flat  has  prevailed  because  it  could 
not  be  helped.  The  whole  transformation  has 
been  due  to  the  gradual  increase  in  the  price  of 
accessible  land  in  Manhattan,  until  at  the  present 
time  a  corner  frontage  of  twenty-five  feet  in  a 
tenement-house  district  of  Manhattan  will  sell 
for  more  than  a  site  on  a  fashionable  avenue  in 
a  city  of  four  hundred  thousand  inhabitants. 

"Without,  however,  going  into  the  history  of 
real-estate  values  in  the  residential  neighbor- 
hoods of  Manhattan,  the  transformation  will  be 
sufficiently  described  by  showing  the  alteration 
which  has  taken  place  in  the  character  of  the 
residential  building, — by  showing,  that  is,  how 
the  building  of  tenement  and  apartment  houses 
has  increased,  and  how  they  have  gradually  be- 
come higher  and  higher,  and  deeper  and  deeper, 
and  by  showing,  also,  how  the  building  of  pri- 
vate residences  has  diminished,  and  how  those 
which  have  been  built  have  become  narrower, 
higher,  and  deeper.  The  year  1869  is  a  con- 
venient date  of  departure  for  this  story,  because 
it  was  at  about  that  year  when  the  need  for  rapid 
transit  was  beginning  to  be  acutely  felt,  and 
when  the  first  modern  apartment-house  was 
built.  Not,  of  course,  that  before  that  date  the 
evidence  of  overcrowding;  was  not  visible.     Tene- 


THE  STUYVESANT   APARTMENT-HOUSE. 

'The  first  building  of  its  type  to  be  erected  in  New  York 
City.) 


THE  SUBWAY  STATION   AT  THE  CORNER  OF  TWENTY-THIRD 
STREET  AND  FOURTH  AVENUE. 

(This  station  is  in  the  shopping  district,  and  has  direct  tun- 
nel communication  with  retail  stores.) 

ments  were  already  being  erected,  and  New  York 
had  been  the  possessor  of  a  "  tenement-house 
problem  "  for  twenty  years.  Furthermore,  the 
three-story  brick  residence  measuring  twenty- 
five  by  forty  feet,  which  was  the  original  type  of 
speculative  private  dwelling  erected  in  New 
York,  had  already  been  generally  superseded  by 
the  twenty,  or  even  the  fifteen-by-fifty,  brown- 
stone  dwelling,  which  was  frequently  four  stories 
high,  and  which  was  one  of  the  worst  types  of 
residence  ever  erected  in  large  numbers  in  this 
country.  Nevertheless,  well-to-do  people  had 
not  as  yet  begun  to  feel  to  any  considerable  ex- 
tent the  pinch  of  costly  land,  and  the  building 
of  that  date  indicates  very  well  the  manner  in 
which  the  New  Yorker  could  then  afford  to  live. 
In  1870,  plans  were  filed  at  the  Building  De- 
partment for  1,016  private  dwellings  and  for 
817  tenements.  About  one-third  of  these  dwell- 
ings were  four  stories  high,  and  very  few  were 
over  twenty  feet  wide.  Of  the  tenements,  450 
were  four  stories  high  or  under,  while  367  were 
five  stories  high.  There  were  no  buildings  given 
up  to  residential  purposes  more  than  five  stories 
high,  except  an  hotel  or  two.  The  elevator 
apartment-house  was  unknown.  It  was  only 
poor  people  who  occupied  anything  but  private 
dwellings, — barring,  of  course,  the  large  board- 
ing population,  which  has  always  existed  in  New 
York.  The  figures  respecting  the  cost  of  these 
dwellings  are  not  available  ;  but  the  average 
residence  required  about  ten  thousand  dollars  to 
erect,  and  sold  for  prices  that  varied  from  fifteen 
to  twenty  thousand  dollars.  At  this  date,  the 
bulk  of  the  building  was  being  carried  on  in  the 
"  forties,"  "  fifties,"  and  "  sixties,"  and  there  were 


308 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


no  means  of  transit  quicker 
than  horse-cars  and  Broad- 
way "  'buses."  They  were, 
if  anything,  packed  tighter 
than  the  elevated  cars  are 
at  the  present  time.  "  Rap- 
id transit"  was  as  eagerly 
discussed  then  as  now  ;  but 
the  only  transit  improve- 
ment actually  in  process  of 
construction  was  the  Ninth 
Avenue  Elevated  Railroad, 
which  for  many  years 
availed  little. 

Ten  years  later,  in  1879 
and  1880,  conditions  had 
changed,  not  radically,  but 
at  least  significantly.  The 
number  of  dwellings  to  be 
erected  in  Manhattan  for 
which  plans  were  filed  was 
1,017  in  1879  and  1,033  in 
1880,  against  1,01  6  in  1870. 
In  view  of  the  fact  that 
population  had  increased 
over  one-third  during  the 
decade,  and  that  wealth  had 
grown  in  even  larger  pro- 
portion, the  fact  that  the  building  of  private 
dwellings  remained  stationary  plainly  indicated 
that  a  larger  percentage  of  the  well-to-do  popu- 
lation were  seeking  Brooklyn  or  the  suburbs,  or 
else  were  securing  some  other  kind  of  residence 
in  Manhattan.  What  this  kind  of  residence  was 
is  suggested  by  the  fact  that  during  1880  eight 
apartment-houses  were  erected,  from  six  to  eight 
stories  in  height,  all  of  which  contained  eleva- 
tors. The  number  is  not  particularly  impressive  ; 
but  these  eight  buildings  were  the  forerunners 


THE  CITY   MALI,  station,   LOOKING   NORTH. 


THE  VIADUCT  OVER  MANHATTAN   VALLEY. 

(Trains  leave  the  subway  at  One  Hundred  and  Twenty-second  Street  and  Broadway, 
and  run  on  an  elevated  structure  to  One  Hundred  and  Thirty-fourth  Street,  where 
they  again  enter  the  subway.) 


of  a  host.  They  constitute  the  beginning  of  the 
modern  elevator  apartment  -  house,  erected  in 
Manhattan  as  a  regular  speculative  building  en- 
terprise. Ten  years  before,  no'  flat  for  which 
plans  had  been  filed  was  more  than  five  stories 
high.  It  is  true  that  the  total  number  of  tene- 
ments for  which  plans  were  filed  in  1880, — viz., 
767, — was,  owing  to  general  conditions,  some- 
what smaller  than  the  total  number  for  which 
plans  were  filed  in  1870, — viz.,  817  ;  and  it  is 
true  also  that  in  1880  the  multiple  dwelling  was 
still  intended  chiefly  for  poor  people,  four  and 
five  story  tenements  being  the  prevailing  types. 
Nevertheless,  a  significant  beginning  had  been 
made  in  the  transformation  of  Manhattan  from 
a  city  in  which  the  middle  class  lived  in  private 
In mses  into  a  city  in  which  they  lived  mostly  in 
apartments. 

During  the  next  decade,  between  1880  and 
L890,  this  transformation  made  vapid  strides, 
The  momentum  was  somewhat  retarded  by  the 
elevated  roads,  which  came  into  full  operation 
late  in  the  seventies  ;  but  the  delay  was  not  very 
serious,  because  the  elevated  structures,  not  be- 
"ing  provided  with  room  for  any  sufficient  ex- 
press  service,  did  not  do  more  than  relieve  ex- 
isting congestion.  Of  course,  the  elevated  transit 
enormously  stimulated  building  to  the  east  and 
west  of  Central  Park  ;  but  it  no  sooner  encour- 
aged  people  to  settle  between   Fifty-ninth  and 


THE  NEW  YORK  RAPID   TRANSIT  SUBWAY. 


309 


One  Hundred  and  Twenty-fifth  streets  than  it 
proved  totally  inadequate  to  furnish  them  with 
tolerable  traveling  accommodations.  The  con- 
sequence was  that  almost  contemporaneous  with 
what  is  known  as  the  "  AVest  Side  movement," 
which  set  in  with  a  rush  about  1885,  huge 
apartment-houses  intended  for  comparatively 
rich  people,  such  as  the  Navarro  Flats  and  the 
Osborne,  were  projected  into  the  architectural 
landscape  immediately  south  of  the  park.  On 
the  whole,  however,  this  West  Side  movement 
gave  for  a  few  years  a  new  life  to  the  small 
private  dwellings  in  Manhattan,  and  from  1885 
on  a  great  many  houses  costing  their  owners, 
with  the  land,  from  fifteen  thousand  dollars  to 
thirty  thousand  dollars  were  erected.  In  1886, 
for  instance,  plans  were  filed  for  1,315  private 
dwellings,  which  is  a  larger  number  than  for 
any  year  which  has  yet  been  considered.  The 
number  of  fiats  and  tenements  projected  during 
the  same  year  was  also  heavy,  amounting  to 
1,151,  the  great  majority  being  five  stories  high. 
The  old  four-story  tenement,  so  popular  during 
the  preceding  decade,  almost  disappeared  as  a 
type,  while  the  modern  type  of  six-story  tene- 
ment without  an  elevator  began  to  be  erected 
on  the  lower  East  Side. 

The  year  1886,  however,  was  an  exceptional 
year ;  and  thereafter  the  number  of  private 
dwellings  erected  in  Manhattan  decreased  stead- 
ily. The  value  of  vacant  land  on  the  "West  Side 
soon  approximated  to  the  value  of  land  in  cor- 


THE  TWIN-TUBES  FOR  THE  TUNNEL   UNDER  THE  HARLEM    RIVER 


'The  tubes  are  fastened  together  overground,  and  then  sunk.) 


TYPICAL    THREE-STORY  BROWNSTONE    PRIVATE   RESIDENCES, 
TWENTY-FOOT  FRONT. 

responding  situations  farther  south,  and  the  con- 
gested condition  of  the  elevated  roads  prevented 
much  further  expansion.  Between  1889  and 
1895,  the  number  of  dwellings  for  which  plans 
were  filed  fluctuated  between  five  hundred  and 
eight  hundred,  the  average  cost  per  dwelling  be- 
ing about  seventeen  thousand  dollars,  and  the 
expense  to  the  purchaser 
rarely  less  than  twenty-five 
thousand  dollars,  and  gen- 
erally more.  Such  prices 
as  these  severely  restricted 
the  market  for  private  resi- 
dences, and  corresponding- 
ly increased  the  demand  for 
apartments,  as  may  be  in- 
ferred from  the  fact  that 
while  only  eight  hundred 
and  thirty-five  dwellings 
were  projected  in  1890, 
plans  were  filed  for  twelve 
hundred  and  nine  tenement 
and  apartment  houses,  a 
comparatively  large  propor- 
tion of  them  being  elevator 
buildings. 

It  was  late  in  the  nine- 
ties, however,  that  the  proc- 
ess which  I  have  been  de- 
scribing culminated. 
During  this  whole  decade, 
nothing  was  done  to  im- 
prove the  transit  machinery 


:iio 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


of  Manhattan  except  the  substitution  of  electrical 
for  horse  power  on  the  surface  roads  ;  and  this 
improvement  did  not  vitally  affect  the  traffic  for 
long  distances.  The  people  who  preferred  the 
inconveniences  of  city  to  the  inconveniences  of 
suburban  life  were  forced  to  crowd  in  ever 
larger  numbers  into  practically  the  same  area. 
From  1895  to   1S99,   an  average  of  about  three 


A   ROW  OF  TYPICAL  MODERN  RESIDENCES  ON  THE 
WEST  SIDE  OF  NEW  YORK. 

hundred  and  fifty  private  dwellings  were  erected 
each  year  ;  but  the  cost  of  land  was  constantly 
increasing,  and  was  making  more  expensive  the 
grade  of  residence  which  must  be  erected  in 
order  to  make  profitable  a  speculative  building 
enterprise  in  that  class  of  property.  In  1899, 
for  instance,  the  cost  of  building  the  average 
dwelling  erected  in  Manhattan  had  reached 
$24,000.  Then  came  the  surprising  disclosure. 
In  1900,  this  average  cost  suddenly  jumped  to 
$35,000  ;  in  1901,  it  became  $59,800,  and  in 
L902,  $62,160.  In  1903,  the  figure  dropped 
back  to  $51,400,  but  this  decrease  is  not  signifi- 
cant for  our  present  purpose.  The  important 
fact  was  established  in  these  years  that  the  only 
land  on  which  it  paid  to  put  up  new  private 
dwellings  was  the  extremely  expensive  land 
along  the  line  of  Fifth  Avenue,  which  none  but 
rich  men  could  afford  ;  and,  of  course,  along 
with  this  limitation  came  an  equally  emphatic 
diminution  in  the  number  of  new  dwellings 
erected.  In  1899,  this  number  was  338  :  in 
1900,  only  112;  in  1901,  just  100;  in  L902, 
1  :'>();  in  1903,  as  few  as  56;  and  in  the  first 
six  months  of  1904,  no  more  than  30,  with  the 
probability  of  an  increase  to  40  by  the  end  of 
the  year.  In  eighteen  years,  the  number  of 
new  private  houses  which  the  residents  of  Man- 


hattan could  afford  to  build  or  appropriate  in 
one  year  diminished  from  over  1,300  to  about 
40,  and  during  the  same  period  the  character 
of  these  buildings  radically  altered.  They  be- 
came often  as  much  as  eighty  feet  deep,  and 
generally  at  least  five  stories  high.  One  of 
them  is  actually  seven  stories  high,  and  almost 
all  of  them  contain  elevators. 

In  the  meantime,  apartment-houses  were  being 
built  to  accommodate  people  who  under  earlier 
conditions  would  have  occupied  private  dwell- 
ings. Throughout  the  whole  of  the  nineties,  an 
average  of  about  thirty  million  dollars  a  year 
was  invested  in  large  flats  and  tenements  ;  and 
toward  the  end  of  this  decade,  when  the  decrease 
in  the  building  of  residences  became  so  extremely 
marked,  fully  half  of  this  sum  was  annually  in- 
vested in  elevator  apartment-houses  built  for 
people  who  paid  eight  hundred  dollars  a  year 
rent  and  over.  The  building  of  such  houses, 
seven  stories  high,  received  an  immense  impetus 
in  1897,  when  the  cost  of  the  elevator  service 
was  reduced,  because  of  the  opportunity  which 
had  been  afforded  to  obtain  electric  power  from 


AN    KIC.HTEEN-STOKY    A  PA  HTMENT  HOTEL— THE   TALLEST 
IN  NEW   YORK. 

(At  Fifty-fifth  Street  and  Fifth  Avenue.) 


THE  NEW  YORK  RAPID  TRANSIT  SUBWAY. 


311 


the  street  conduits,  the  consequence  being  that 
in  three  years  nearly  fifty  million  dollars  was 
spent  upon  these  seven-story  buildings  alone. 
During  the  same  period,  the  old  five-story  tene- 
ment very  generally  gave  place  to  a  type  of  six- 
story  building,  which  since  the  new  tenement- 
house  law  was  passed  has  averaged  about  forty 
feet  in  width  and  has  been  a  great  improvement 
upon  the  old  twenty-five-foot  house. 

During  the  first  three  years  of  the  new  cen- 
tury, the  great  mass  of  the  new  building  has 
been  erected  for  business  and  miscellaneous  pur- 
poses. Dwellings  of  all  kinds  have  been,  com- 
paratively speaking,  neglected,  because  there  was 
an  overproduction  of  flats  and  tenements  in  the 
years  immediately  preceding,  and  because  the 
whole  movement  issued  from  the  growth  of  New 
York  as  a  financial  and  commercial  center.  Yet, 
although  there  was  an  underproduction  of  house- 
room  throughout  these  years,  this  period  of  big 
building  projects  and  advancing  real-estate  val- 
ues witnessed  an  enormous  increase  in  the  pop- 
ularity of  one  particularly  metropolitan  class  of 
residence, — viz.,  the  apartment,  or  family,  hotel. 
Hotels  of  this  type,  which  may  be  described 
as  a  sort  of  twentieth-century  boarding-house, 
had  long  been  built  at  the  rate,  perhaps,  of  two 
or  three  a  year  ;  but  all  of  a  sudden  they  jumped 
into  favor,  and  in  three  years  plans  were  filed 
for  a  hundred  of  them,  to  cost  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  seventy-five  million  dollars.  This  sud 
den  popularity  was  brought  about  by  the  great  in- 
crease in  demand  for  house-room  in  a  convenient 
location,  and  intended  for  the  accommodation 
of  people  who  wanted  to  live  in  every  way  with 
as  little  bother  as  possible.  It  was  probably  the 
culminating  result  of  the  gradual  demoralization 
of  domestic  life  among  well-to-do  people  in  New 
York,  which  has  been  caused  partly  by  the  dif- 
ficulty of  finding  economical,  pleasant,  and  con- 
venient habitations.  Apartment  hotels  have  suc- 
ceeded because  they  enabled  a  childless  family 
to  put  up  a  good  appearance  in  two  rooms  and 
bath.  They  are  the  final  word  which  the  ingen- 
ious builder  can  speak  in  the  way  of  selling  the 
smallest  amount  of  living-space  at  the  highest 
possible  price,  while  at  the  same  time  sweetening 
his  homeopathic  dose  of  room  with  a  coating  of 
apparent  privacy,  flunkeys,  "chefs,"  and  similar 
seductive  vanities. 

The  existing  situation,  then,  in  regard  to 
living  -  accommodations  in  Manhattan  may  be 
summarized  as  follows  :  New  private  residences 


are  being  erected  only  for  rich  people.  A  great 
many  families  with  fair  incomes  continue  to  live 
in  them  ;  but  this  number  is  actually,  as  well  as 
relatively,  decreasing,  because  of  the  constant 
displacement  of  the  existing  stock  of  residences 
by  apartment-houses  and  business  buildings. 
Had  no  relief  been  afforded,  the  result  would 
undoubtedly  be  the  complete  destruction  of 
private  residences  in  Manhattan,  except  for 
very  rich  people,  and  the  substitution  in  their 
place  of  huge  apartment-houses  and  family  ho- 
tels. 

The  subway,  which  is  now  being  opened,  will, 
however,  afford  some  relief,  because  its  express 
tracks  will  make  an  unoccupied  area  like  Wash- 
ington Heights  almost  as  accessible  from  the 
financial  district  as  the  lower  West  Side  now  is. 
Under  the  impulse  afforded  by  these  better  ac- 
commodations, there  will  be  a  revival  of  the 
building  of  small  residences  on  Manhattan  Isl- 
and, and  during  the  next  five  years  Washington 
Heights  will  be  the  scene  of  a  speculative  build- 
ing movement  of  a  greater  volume  and  momen- 
tum than  that  which  took  place  on  the  West  Side 
in  the  middle  years  of  the  eighties.  There  is  no 
doubt,  however,  that  the  existing  subway  will, 
like  the  elevated  roads,  create  more  traffic  than 
it  can  satisfactorily  accommodate,  and  unless 
supplementary  tunnels  are  added,  there  will  be  a 
renewal,  in  a  few  years,  of  the  congestion  from 
which  the  city  is  now  suffering.  Within  an- 
other six  years,  however,  other  subways  will 
surely  be  opened  ;  and  they,  together  with  the 
new  bridges  and  the  tunnels  under  the  East 
and  North  rivers,  will  permit  New  York  to  ex- 
pand more  freely  than  it  has  done  for  a  genera- 
tion— with  the  result,  undoubtedly,  of  increas- 
ing both  its  industrial  efficiency  and  its  general 
wholesomeness  of  life.  They  will  restore  cheap 
land  to  a  large  part  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
city,  reduce  the  cost  of  living,  and  encourage  on 
the  one  hand  the  distribution  of  population,  and 
on  the  other  the  concentration  of  business.  But 
just  because  this  immense  invigoration  of  the 
city's  power  of  circulation  will  centralize  busi- 
ness as  well  as  distribute  population,  it  will 
merely  postpone  the  day  when  those  only  will 
occupy  a  private  residence  in  Manhattan  who 
are  rich  enough  to  afford  a  large  price,  and  any 
man  who  lives  anywhere  or  anyhow  in  Man- 
hattan will  have  to  pay  in  one  way  or  another, 
— if  not  in  money,  then  in  space,  light,  air,  and 
comfort. 


TILLING   THE   "TULES"    OF   CALIFORNIA. 

BY  A.   J.   WELLS. 


IN  geologic  ages,  science  tells  us,  the  Golden 
Gate  was  a  "fissure"  in  the  coast  range 
of  mountains,  and  through  it  the  interior  waters 
of  the  great  inland  sea,  now  the  valley  of  cen- 
tral California,  were  drained  off,  leaving  the  bay 
of  San  Francisco  as  a  reminder  of  what  was. 
The  great  central  valley  is  about  350  miles  long 
by  from  40  to  60  miles  wide,  and  is  formed  by 
the  Sierra  Nevada  and  the  coast  ranges.  Doubt- 
less, it  was  once  a  vast  inland  sea. 

The  waters  of  San  Francisco  Bay  extend 
north  and  south  of  the  city  about  forty  miles 
each  way,  the  upper  extremity  narrowing  at  the 
Straits  of  Carquinez,  then  widening  into  Suisun 
Bay,  and  reaching  well  into  the  valley.  Here 
the  great  valley,  level  as  a  floor  throughout,  sags 
a  little,  and  in  this  slight  depression  the  bay 
meets  the  rivers  which  drain  the  valley. 

The  Sacramento  flows  from  the  north,  and 
just  before  it  merges  in  the  head  of  the  bay  it 
receives  the  waters  of  the  San  Joaquin,  flowing 
from  the  south.  One  in  topography  and  climate, 
the  valley  is  called  by  two  names,  after  its  prin- 
cipal rivers,  and  these  rivers,  with  their  tribu- 
taries, drain  a  watershed  that 
approximates  sixty  thousand 
square  miles. 

The  low,  swampy  region 
of  the  delta  was  long  looked 
upon  as  waste  lands.  En- 
gineers classed  much  of  what 
is  now  among  the  most  fer- 
tile lands  in  the  world  as 
"  swamps  of  low  outfall,"  the 
elevation  being  from  five  to 
eighteen  feet  above  low  tide 
in  the  bay. 

Locally,  the  fresh-water 
swamp  lands  of  California 
are  known  as  the  "  Tules," 
or  the  "  Tale  Lands."  Tule 
is  the  Indian  name  of  a  cer- 
tain flag,  or  reed,  and  here 
refers  to  the  round  tule  (Scir- 
puslacustris),  which  grows  in 
dense  ranks  in  places  con- 
•  stantly  or  intermittently  cov- 
ered  with  water.  It  is  es- 
sentially an  aquatic  plant, 
forming  a  thick  mat  of 
roots,  and   not  easily  killed. 


It  dies  down  every  year  and  springs  up  again 
from  its  own  roots,  and  this  process  of  growth 
and  decay,  going  on  for  un reckoned  genera- 
tions, has  built  up  a  vast  network  of  roots,  and 
overlaid  them  with  dead  stalks,  while  the  winter 
floods  spread  over  all  the  alluvium  carried  sea- 
ward by  the  streams.  The  swollen  rivers,  laden 
with  vegetable  matter  from  the  Sierras,  met  the 
tides  from  the  sea,  and  under  the  contending 
waters,  and  among  the  fibrous  roots  and  green 
ranks  of  tules  and  water  grass,  built  up  a  soil 
of  unfathomed  depth. 

At  first  the  work  of  reclaiming  these  lands 
was  discouraging.  The  steam  dredger  had  not 
been  invented,  and  work  with  the  "tule  knife," 
the  spade,  and  the  wheelbarrow  was  slow  and 
expensive.  Everything  had  to  be  learned,  and 
mistakes  are  often  costly.  Walls  of  peat  were 
built  up  on  the  edge  of  the  channel,  with  a 
narrow  base  and  an  almost  vertical  face,  and 
the  wash  of  the  waves  made  them  insecure. 
The  peaty  soil,  too,  sank  somewhat  under  the 
weight  of  the  levee,  the  material  being  taken 
from  the  inside,  which  made  the  levee  itself  an 


TIIK    DKEDGK,    "GOLDEN  GATE,"   BUILDING    A   LEVEE  ON  THE   DELTA  LANDS, 
SAN  JOAQUIN   VALLEY,   CALIFORNIA. 


TILLING  THE  "  TULES"  OF  CALIFORNIA. 


313 


elongated  island, 
with  water  on  both 
sides. 

The  invention  of 
the  steam  dredger 
changed  the  meth- 
ods of  levee  con- 
struction. The 
kind  in  use  here  is 
known  as  the 
"clamshell,"  and 
its  ponderous  jaws 
cut  into  the  peat 
without  difficulty, 
or  lift  a  ton  of  muck 
and  sand  from  the 
bed  of  the  stream. 
But  it  took  years 
of  experience  to 
learn  how  to  build 
the  protecting  wall 
back  from  the  edge 
of  the  channel.  The 
best  dikes  are  now 
begun  from  40  to 
50  feet  from  the 
shore  line,  and  run 
up  with  a  very 
sloping  surface  and 
a  base  of  100  feet 
or  more.  The 
height  varies  from 
14  to  20  feet,  the 
aim  being  to  build 
about  6  feet  above 
the  highest  water. 

The  levees  of  the  Middle  River  Navigation  Com- 
pany have  a  base  175  feet  wide,  with  a  crown  of 
30  feet,  and  a  slope  of  about  5  to  1.  These  levees 
are  set  back  200  feet  from  the  river  bank,  and  all 
points  cut  off,  so  that,  when  completed,  the  near- 
est approach  of  the  levee  to  the  river  is  about 
100  feet.  It  requires  two  or  three  years  to  settle 
and  compact  the  levee  and  compress  the  soil  be- 
low. New  levees  will  settle  and  shrink  about 
33  per  cent.,  and  it  is  necessary  to  go  over  old 
levees  every  three  or  four  years,  leveling  up 
low  places  and  making  such  additions  or  re- 
pairs as  seem  necessary.  The  cost  of  levee- 
ing is  unequal,  but  runs  from  $15  to  $20  per 
acre. 

Reclamation  districts  are  organized, and  boards 
elected  according  to  law,  all  costs  of  reclamation 
being  assessed  pro  rata.  Powerful  pumps  free 
the  inclosed  land  from  water  where  necessary. 
For  winter  drainage  they  are  always  necessary. 
Where  water  is  high  and  the  pressure  is  heavy 
there  is  some  seepage  through  the  levee,  although 


MAP  OF  THE  DELTA  LANDS,   CENTRAL  CALIFORNIA,   SHOWING  THE  PRINCIPAL  ISLANDS. 


the  wide  levees  now  being  built  reduce  the 
amount  of  seepage. 

The  land  is  prepared  for  cultivation  by  burn- 
ing off  the  tules,  or,  if  the  acreage  be  large,  by 
rolling  them  flat.  If  burned,  it  must  be  done 
with  some  care,  so  as  not  to  "burn  the  ground." 
The  early  practice  was  to  burn  out  the  roots,  and 
in  the  seventies  the  smoke  of  burning  tules  was 
often  in  the  air  for  months. 

The  ash  heap  was  then  seeded,  and  sheep 
driven  over  it.  This  was  called  "  sheeping  in." 
This  deep-burning  has  long  been  abandoned  as 
wasteful,  however,  and  the  surface  is  now  fired 
and  the  roots  plowed  under,  the  stubble  being 
sometimes  rolled  first.  Breaking  is  done  with  a 
single  plow  drawn  by  from  four  to  eight  horses. 
This  plow  (known  as  a  "tule  plow")  has  a 
twenty-inch  share,  and  a  narrow  moldboard, 
fully  five  feet  long,  curved  to  turn  the  tough 
sod  completely  over. 

The  virgin  soil  presents  a  mass  of  fibrous 
roots,  and  looks  rough  and  unpromising  the  first 


314 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


HAULING   HAY  TO  THE  MARKET,   STOCKTON,   CAL. 


year.  But  the  exposed  l'oots  rapidly  decompose, 
and  after  the  first  plowing  the  land  rapidly  im- 
proves in  the  ease  with  which  it  is  tilled,  the 
first  crop  being  usually  barley.  The  cost  of 
rolling  and  plowing  is  from  five  dollars  to  six 
dollars  an  acre. 

Later  on,  over  large  tracts,  the  traction  engine 
does  the  work  of  many  horses,  drawing  gang- 
plows  and  harrowing  and  seeding  at  the  same 
time.  These  reclaimed  lands  are  always  moist 
a  little  way  down,  but,  for  the  growth  of  vegeta- 
tion during  the  summer,  the  surface  must  be 
kept  moist.  The  methods  of  irrigation  are  very 
simple.  Most  of  the  surface  is  below  the  tide. 
On  some  of  the  islands  it  is  below  low  tide  ;  on 
others,  lower  than  the  rise  of  high  tide.  A  gate 
is  set  in  the  dike  at  the  upper  or  highest  point  on 


the  island,  or  a  pipe  is  solidly  built  into  the  dike. 
The  opening  of  the  gate,  or  the  pipe,  floods  the 
main  ditch  inside,  and  is  then  distributed 
through  slight  furrows  and  allowed  to  percolate. 
On  small  tracts  a  siphon  is  thrown  over  the  dike, 
the  air  withdrawn  by  mechanical  means,  and 
water  is  lifted  over  by  simple  pressure.  The 
use  of  this  device,  however,  is  limited.  Winter 
drainage  is  provided  for  by  means  of  pumping 
machinery.  For  other  seasons,  if  water  is  in 
excess,  it  is  let  out  at  the  lowest  point  through 
a  pipe.  A  pipe  at  high  tide  irrigates,  a  pipe  at 
low  tide  drains.  The  charge  for  both,  and  the 
care  of  the  levee  besides,  is  from  fifty  cents  to 
seventy-five  cents  per  acre. 

These  lands  produce  all  kinds  of  grain  and 
vegetables,  and  a  great  variety  of  fruit.     Corn, 


A     VIKW    OK 


IK    C1IICOHY    KACTOHY    KKOM    THE   SAN   JOAQUIN    RIVER. 


TILLING   THE  "  TULFS"  OF  CALIFORNIA. 


315 


— not  a  prominent  crop  in  California,  and  con- 
fined to  localities, — luxuriates  in  the  rich  soil,  the 
abundant  moisture,  and  the  long  summer  of  this 
region.  Certain  special  crops  are  here  produced 
better  than  on  any  other  soil.  Among  these, 
perhaps,  asparagus  is  chief.  It  is  increasing  in 
acreage.  The  demand  for  the  canned  product 
is  very  great,  and  it  is  marketed  quite  largely 
in  Europe.  Celery  is  also  entirely  at  home  on 
the  peat  lands.  In  southern  California,  where 
it  has  been  grown  for  some  years,  the  peat  lands 
pay  a  good  percentage  on  a  valuation  of  six 
hundred  dollars  an  acre. 

Potatoes  produce  enormously,  and  are  of  fine 
quality.  The  returns  last  year  from  a  single 
field  of  800  acres,  averaging  160  sacks  to  the 
acre,  netted  the  fortunate  investor  nearly  $50,- 
000.  On  one  ranch,  at  onetime,  1,100  men  were 
harvesting  the  potato  crop.  On  the  same  com- 
pany's land  the  cannery  took  care  of  80  acres  of 
tomatoes.  The  largest  onion  fields  in  the  State 
are  here  in  the  delta,  as  are  also  fields  of  chicory, 
seed  farms  and  bean  farms,  with  much  wheat, 
corn,  and  barley,  and,  where  the  water  table  is  far 
enough  below  the  surface,  considerable  alfalfa. 

As  pasture  and  meadow  land,  it  excels.  The 
delta  is  an  ideal  dairy  region.  Blue  grass  grows 
as  luxuriantly  here  as  in  Kentucky,  and  it  is 
described  as  "  loving  rich  lands,  and  apt  to  find 
out  where  they  lie."  Mixed  with  a  little  rye 
grass,  alsike,  and  red  and  white  clover,  it  makes 
a  pasture  for  the  herd  quite  unexcelled.  The 
writer  has  seen  it  green  and  succulent  in  mid- 


A  CORNFIELD  ON  THE  "  TUEES." 

January,  and  fine  Holsteins  cropping  the  thick 
mat  in  great  content.  A  twenty-acre  field  had 
sufficed  for  thirty-four  cows  for  four  months, 
and  the  grazing  was  still  ample.  The  mixture 
employed  here  makes  an  admirable  pasture,  and 
the  variety  of  food  it  furnishes  is  a  factor  in 
dairying. 

The  success  of  the  Holstein-Friesian  dairy 
herd  on  one  of  these  islands  has  been  quite  re- 
markable, the  cows  finding  an  environment  like 
that   under  which   they  have   been    developed, 


CUTTING   ASPARAGUS. 


316 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


JULIANA  DE  KOL. 


(Holder  of  the  world's  record.  At  two  and  one-half  years  of 
age,  she  returned  92  pounds  7  ounces  of  butter  in  30  days. 
In  100  days,  she  gave  5  times  her  own  weight  in  milk.) 

plus  the  sunshine  of  California.  Prof.  Leroy 
Anderson,  director  of  the  new  State  Polytechnic 
School,  at  San  Luis  Obispo,  an  authority  on  all 
that  pertains  to  the  dairy,  says:  "If  the  Hol- 
stein  thrives  so  admirably  here,  it  goes  without 
saying  that  the  shorthorn  does  equally  well  in 
its  way.  Both  these  breeds  like  a  range  where 
they  can  get  a  full  meal  in  a  circle  prescribed 
by  the  length  of  their  bodies,  and  here  they  can 
fulfill  their  natural  desire.  The  valley  of  the 
Tees,  county  of  Durham,  England,  where  the 
shorthorn  originated,  cannot  be  a  more  favored 
spot  to  produce  a  fine  quality  of  beef  or  a  milk- 
giving  shorthorn  than  are  these  California  lands. 
The  two   breeds  of  cattle  named  are  the  better 


UIJJO 


adapted  to  the  region  because  of  its  similarity 
to  their  native  habitation."  The  Riverside  Pre- 
mier Dairy,  established  on  Rough-and-Ready 
Island  less  than  four  years  ago,  has  attracted 
wide  attention,  the  records  of  the  world  in  three 
classes  having  been  broken.  This  speaks  of 
careful  breeding,  but  also  of  good  natural  feed. 
These  delta  lands  are  not  all  reclaimed,  but 
those  ready  for  cultivation  are  held  at  a  cash 
rental  of  from  $8  to  $15  per  acre,  and  a  selling 
price  of  from  $75  to  $150  per  acre.     As  in  Hol- 


A    BOUSE    lll'll/r  ON   TEAT  LANDS. 


A  MAMMOTH  PUMPKIN. 

land,  these  lands  won  from  the  marsh  will  short- 
ly be  unpurchasable.  The  rapid  increase  of 
population,  and  the  exhaustion  of  large  areas  of 
arable  land  from  bad  methods  of  farming,  as  in 
the  South,  or  because  originally  the  soil  was 
thin,  as  in  much  of  New  England,  tend  to  make 
virgin  soil  so  rich  and  deep  and  lasting  as  this 
almost  beyond  price.  The  wise  farmer  wants 
rich  lands.  Marshes  in  England,  drained  at  im- 
mense cost,  have  paid  for  the  outlay  in  a  few 
years.  The  polders  of  the  Low  Country,  re- 
deemed from  the  sea,  have  helped  to  make  Hol- 
land rich  ;  and  long  before,  the  Romans  had 
drained  the  marshes  of  the  Tiber,  and  from 
them  fed  the  armies  that  ruled  the  world. 

It  is  one  story  in  England,  in  Russia,  in  China, 
in  Egypt, — the  call  for  rich  lands.  And  this 
delta  of  the  California  rivers  is  rich  as  nature 


TILLING  THE  "  TULES"  OF  CALIFORNIA. 


317 


could  make  it  ;   it  is  brooded  by  a  climate  that 
is  kind  to  the  limitations  of  men  and  animals, 


IN  THE  CREAMERY  SEPARATING  ROOM. 


FTBL-S^C  .  Ml* 

-n. 

|HP '  •     -  ^ffiju%x 

and  which  stimulates  plant  life  to  the  utmost  ; 
it  is  in  the  midst  of  a  prosperous  community, 
provided  with  railway  and  river  transportation,      of  the  West. 


A  CLUSTER  OF  SILVER  PRUNES. 

close  to  local  markets,  and  on  that  rim  of  the 
continent  which  faces  the  populous  Orient,  with 
its  doors  opening  to  traffic.  All  the  conditions 
point  to  a  time  when  "California's  Netherlands" 
will  be  the  richest  and  most  productive  section 


PICKING  PRUNES  IN  SAN  JOAQUIN   VALLEY,   CALIFORNIA. 


THE  HELDEK  DIKE  OF  NORTH  HOLLAND. 

(One  of  the  important,  typical  dikes.) 


HOW   THE   DUTCH    HAVE  TAKEN    HOLLAND. 


BY    FRANK    D.    HILL. 

(American  consul  at  Amsterdam.) 


LET  the  reader  turn  to  the  map  (and,  without 
a  map  spread  before  him,  let  no  one  ever 
study  the  Netherlands,  else  he  will  miss  the  en- 
tire significance  of  description  respecting  tilings 
Dutch)  and,  beginning  at  Den  Holder,  the  north- 
ernmost tip  of  the  province  of  North  Holland, 
draw  a  line  that  shall  trace  the  boundaries  <>l 
Friesland  and  <  I  roningen  to  the  Ems  River,  thence 
marking  the  eastern  shores  of  the  Zuyder  Zee  as 
far  as  Naarden  ;  from  there  toGorkum,  where;  the 
waters  <>f  the  Waal  and  the  Maas  meet  to  flow  to 
the  sea,  extend  the  line  so  as  to  embrace  Zea- 
land, half  sea  and  half  water,  and  the  district  so 
circumscribed,  together  with   the  coast  line  of 

the    North   Sea.    forms  a,  part    of    the   Netherlands 

quite  distinct  from  the  remaining  portion  of  the 
country  lying  to  the  north  and  east.      This  part 


is  below  Amsterdam sche  Peil, — A.  P.  as  it  is 
marked  on  the  boards  that  one  sees  on  all  Dutch 
waterways,  and  which  means  the  average  flood 
level  of  the  Y  at  Amsterdam.  It  is  also  the 
"  tourist"  area  and  the  Netherlands  with  which 
history  is  most  concerned,  since  Amsterdam, 
The  Hague,  Haarlem.  Leyden,  Utrecht,  Rotter- 
dam, and  Dordrecht  are  included  in  its  area.  The 
remainder  of  the  country  is  above  A.  P.,  is  con- 
tinental, not  maritime,  and  need  not  concern  us. 
This  western  half  of  Queen  Wilhelmina's  king- 
dom owes  its  existence  to  alluvial  deposits 
washed  down  by  the  Rhine,  the  Maas,  and  the 
Scheldt,  the  sediment  being  formed  by  the  action 
of  wind  and  wave  into  sand  banks,  sand  bars,  and, 
finally,  sand  hills  along  the  coast.  This  chain 
of  sand  hills,  or  dunes, — in  width  from  400  yards 


HOW  THE  DUTCH  HAVE  TAKEN  HOLLAND. 


319 


to  3  miles,  and  from  60  to  200  feet  above  sea 
level, — stretches  along  the  North  Sea  for  a  dis- 
tance of  200  miles.  Of  the  entire  area  of  the 
Netherlands,  38  per  cent,  is  below  A.  P.  and  62 
per  cent,  above  that  water  level. 

Shut  off  partially  from  the  sea  by  the  dunes, 
heavy  deposits  of  clay  gathered  in  its  quiet  wa- 
ters, and  later,  as  the  "haff  "  grew  more  shallow 
and  aquatic  vegetation  became  luxurious,  exten- 
sive marshes  came  into  existence,  and  the  great 
peat  beds  which  cover  so  large  a  part  of  the 
area  of  Holland  at  the  present  day  were  formed. 
The  struggle  of  the  blind  forces  of  nature  went 
on  continually,  the  sea  breaking  through  and 
occasionally  destroying  what  the  rivers  were  al- 
ways building  up.  "  A  country  which  draws 
fifty  feet  of  water,  in  which  man  lives  as  in  the 
hold  of  nature,"  arose  on  the  borders  of  the  sea. 
Luctor  et  emergo  is  very  properly  the  motto  of 
the  Netherlands. 

When  Caesar's  conquering  legions  reached 
these  outer  marches  of  the  world,  and  Holland 
first  appears  in  history,  it  is  a  low  land,  a  nether 
land,  a  hollow  land,  a  marshy,  spongy,  heavily 
timbered  region  of  morasses  and  lagoons  threat- 
ened constantly  by  overflow  from  the  great  con- 
tinental rivers  that  embouch  here,  and  by  in- 
undations from  the  sea.  The  waters  had  then, 
nevertheless,  under  normal  conditions,  found 
their  way  to  the  sea,  leaving,  as  is  shown  in  all 
early  maps,  a  single  body  of  water  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  country,  called  by  the  Romans  Lake 
Flevo,  and  answering  roughly  to  the  Haarlem- 
mer  Meer  of  recent  days. 

It  has  been  estimated  that  the  dunes  have 
been  driven  landward  from  two  to  seven  miles 
during  the  Christian  era,  but  this  recession  has 
been  arrested  finally  by  planting  on  the  side  of 
the  dunes,  giving  to  the  ocean  a  kind  of  grass 
called  locally  "helm."  Besides  the  gradual  shift- 
ing of  the  dunes,  startling  changes  have  been 
made  in  the  land  itself  by  great  storms  in  the 
years  693,  782,  839,  1170,  1230,  1237,  1250, 
1287.  and  1295.  In  this  last-named  year,  an 
area  of  about  fifteen  hundred  square  miles  was 
submerged,  and  the  Zuyder  Zee  formed  in  nearly 
its  present  shape  by  the  beginning  of  the  fif- 
teenth century. 

The  drainage  of  the  country  has  always  been 
a  work  partly  of  land  reclamation  and  partly  of 
defense  against  the  hereditary,  inexorable  ene- 
my, the  ever-threatening  ocean,  constantly  pound- 
ing against  the  natural  and  artificial  barriers 
raised  to  stop  its  progress.  Diking  and  land 
reclamation,  going  hand  in  hand,  began  to  be 
developed  on  a  huge  scale  from  the  beginning 
of  the  seventeenth  century.  The  method  em- 
ployed is  as  follows  : 


A  TYPICAL  DUTCH  CANAL.— MAKING   A  POLDER. 

An  encircling  dike,  cutting  off  the  land  to  be 
drained,  is  built,  then  windmills,  now  steam  en- 
gines, are  set  to  work  to  pump  up  the  water  so 
shut  off,  which  is  then  expelled  into  a  system  of 
arteries  connected  the  one  with  the  other,  and 
constituting  collectively  what  is  known  as  a 
"bosom,"  which  discharges  the  accumulated 
waters  into  the  sea. 

Sand,  gravel,  and  clay  are  the  materials  used 
in  the  construction  of  dikes  as  a  rule,  although 
the  great  sea  wall  at  Helder  is  buttressed  with 
Norwegian  granite,  the  Netherlands  possessing 
neither  building  stone  nor  timber.  A  technical 
writer  has  said  that,  compared  with  similar 
structures  elsewhere,  the  Dutch  dikes  are  note- 
worthy for  their  great  width,  the  river  dikes  be- 
ing built  with  a  crown  usually  from  fifteen  to 
twenty  feet  wide,  while  the  ordinary  type  of 
Mississippi  levee  has  a  crown  width  of  only  eight 
feet,  the  height  being  about  the  same.  The 
slopes  have  a  grade  of  three  and  one-half  to  one 
on  the  water  side  and  two  to  one  on  the  land 
side.  A  characteristic  feature  is  the  "banquette," 
or  enlargement,  of  the  dike,  from  ten  to  thirty 
feet  at  its  base,  where  the  pressure  is  most  felt. 

The  greatest  dikes  are  those  at  Helder  and 
Westcapelle,  on  the  west  coast  of  the  island  of 
Walcheren.  The  Helder  dike  is  five  miles  in 
length,  twelve  feet  in  width,  and  slopes  down- 
ward to  the  sea,  at  an  angle  of  40°,  a  distance 
of  two  hundred  feet.  Of  the  revenues  of  the 
Waterstaat,  about  6,000,000  florins  ($2,412,000) 
is  expended  yearly  in  the  maintenance  of  the 
dikes. 

Leaving  now  the  outer  waters,  let  us  turn  to 
the  inner  waters,  which  must  be  expelled,  or  else, 
since  part  of  the  country  we  are  considering  is 
below  sea  level,  these  dammed-up  waters  would, 
if  not  drained  off,  rise  and  flood  the  entire  land. 
The  innumerable  canals,  then,  which  cut  up  dif- 
ferent farms  like  country  roads  in  the  United 
States,  serve  not  only  as  avenues  for  transporta- 


320 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


tion  and  lines  of  demarcation,  but  primarily  as 
drains,  the  waters  so  collected  and  restrained  in 
fixed  courses,  as  well  as  that  of  the  rivers,  being 
pumped  up  and  thrown  out,  through  the  elabo- 
rate mechanism  under  the  control  of  the  minis- 
try of  waterways,  into  the  ocean.  In  1  <S79,  there 
were  about  three  thousand  miles  of  navigable 
water  and  about  two  thousand  miles  of  canals 
in  the  Netherlands. 

The  ordinary  Dutch  canals  are  60  feet  in  width 
and  6  feet  in  depth,  though  the  depth  varies  from 
3  feet  to  33  feet,  and  the  bed  is  frequently  above 
the  level  of  the  countryside,  as  all  tourists  know. 
The  rivers  are  canalized,  are  in  most  cases  above 
the  level  of  the  surrounding  country,  and  have 
no  flow  or  current.  Protected  on  the  sea  side 
by  the  dunes  and  dikes,  and  partitioned  off  in 
the  interior  by  an  endless  array  of  dikes  which 
skirt  the  water  courses  and  canals,  surround  pol- 
ders, and  also  serve  as  embankments  to  railroads 
and  highways,  Holland  partakes  much  of  the 
nature  of  a  huge  ship  with  water-tight  compart- 
ments. 

The  plan  of  building  a  canal  to  reach  the 
North  Sea  dates  from  the  seventeenth  century, 
but  it  was  not  finally  undertaken  until  1818,  and 
was  finished  five  years  later,  at  a  cost  of  about 
$3,000,000.  This  canal,  called  the  Noord  Hol- 
landsche  Canal,  united  Amsterdam  and  Nieuwe- 
diep  near  Helder,  at  the  northern  extremity  of 
North  Holland. 

Besides  the  natural  difficulties  encountered, 
twenty-four  hours  were  consumed  in  bringing 
ships  through  the  canal  to  Amsterdam.  Ships 
had  frequently  to  be  towed  at  an  expense  of  500 
florins  ($201),  and  ice  broken  in  the  winter, 
sometimes  at  an  expense  of 
$6,000,  so  that,  in  spite  of 
the  canal,  during  the  greater 
part  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury Amsterdam  remained 
imperfectly  maritime.  In  the 
meantime  the  transition  from 
sail  to  steam  had  taken  place, 
and  the  position  of  Helder 
as  an  international  trade 
route  had  become  hopelessly 
eccentric. 

The  North  Sea  Canal  is  a 
direct  route  from  Amster- 
dam to  the  North  Sea,  the 
distance  from  Amsterdam  to 
Vmuiden being  fifteen  miles. 
The  Yin  front  of  Amsterdam 
was  partly  dredged  and  filled 
in,  and  the  narrow  neck  of 
land  stretching  from  the  Y 
to  the  place  where  the  fishing 


village  of  Ymuiden  has  since  sprung  up  was  cut. 
The  eastern  end  of  the  canal  had  to  be  closed 
against  the  Pampus,  the  marshy  part  of  the  Zuy- 
der  Zee  at  its  southwestern  extremity,  the  part 
of  Amsterdam  improved  so  as  to  receive  the  larg 
est  ocean-going  steamships,  and  direct  canal 
communication  with  the  Rhine — the  Rhine-Mer 
wede  Canal — built. 

The  Amsterdam  Canal  Company  was  organ 
ized  in  1863,  and  work  on  the  canal  begun  in 
March,  1865.  The  canal  was  opened  to  the  pub- 
lic by  King  William  III.,  November  1,  1876. 
The  canal  company  was  liquidated  June  1,  1883, 
and  the  state  took  over  the  administration  at 
that  date.  The  canal  has  cost  in  round  numbers 
$16,500,000.  The  5,500  hectares  (13,200  acres) 
of  reclaimed  land  is  a  very  fertile  district,  the 
crops  produced  thereon  selling  for  about  1,000.- 
000  guilders  ($402,000)  annually. 

The  ministry  of  the  Waterstaat,  which  was 
consolidated  with  trade  and  industry  and  made 
into  a  new  department  in  1877,  had  allotted  to 
it  last  year  over  thirteen  million  dollars  out  of 
a  total  governmental  expenditure  for  the  sup- 
port of  the  country  of  sixty-six  million  dollars. 
This  was  the  largest  item  in  the  budget,  and 
testifies  to  the  importance  of  waterways  in  the 
Netherlands. 

The  engineering  problem  here  is  to  keep  out 
the  outer  waters, — that  is,  those  of  the  ocean  and 
the  rivers, — and  expel  the  inner  waters  caused 
by  overflow  or  rainfall,  and  which  have  settled 
in  the  morasses,  marshy  pools,  and  soft  fens. 
Half  of  Holland  is  below  the  level  of  the  outer 
waters,  from  which  it  is  guarded  by  the  dunes 
and   dikes,   and   it  is  through  these  protecting 


THE  SAND  DUNES  ON  THE  SHORE  OF  THE  NORTH  SEA. 


HOW  THE  DUTCH  HAVE  TAKEN  HOLLAND. 


321 


walls  that  the  inner  waters, 
after  being  raised  by  pump- 
ing, must  be  carried  out. 

The  principal  polders 
are  the  Zype,  the  Beemster, 
the  I'urmer,  the  Heer  Hugo- 
waard — -all  drained  in  the 
sixteenth  and  seventeenth 
centuries — the  Schermer, 
the  Haarlem,  and  the  recent- 
ly reclaimed  Y,  the  area  re- 
claimed from  1440  to  1855 
in  the  provinces  of  North 
and  South  Holland,  amount- 
ing to  107,000  hectares  (256.- 
800  acres).  A  writer  has 
said  that  a  polder  is  any 
basin  made  dry,  and  the 
greatest  polder  of  all  is  the 
whole  lowland  of  Holland. 

Besides  the  land  reclaimed 
in  the  interior  of  the  coun- 
try, land  reclamation  goes  on 
continually  on  the  coasts  of 
/"aland,  Friesland,  and 
(Troningen  by  impoldering 
from  the  ocean  itself.  The 
'•slikken,"  or  sea  clay,  be- 
comes  covered  with  sea  coral 
and  sea  grasses,  becoming 
■•  kwelders, "  which  are  sur- 
rounded by  sea  dikes,  and 
■•  made  land  "  results.  It  is 
worthy  of  note  that  the 
area,  which  was  8,768  square  miles  in  1833, 
ha  1  become,  by  systematic  reclamation  from  sea 
and  river,  12,731  square  miles  in  1877,  and  this 
process  of  accretion  on  the  ocean  side  and 
polder-making  within  goes  on  continually,  38 
Bquare  miles  having  been  added  since  1877. 

The  most  extensive  single  reclamation  of  land 
that  has  ever  been  made  in  the  Netherlands  was 
the  djainage,  in  the  years  1848-52,  of  the 
Ilaarlemmer  Meer,  or  Plaarlem  Lake,  by  which 
12,000  acres  were  added  to  the  area  of  the 
country.  In  1531,  the  lake  covered  (1,340  acres, 
while  the  Leyden  Lake,  Spiering  Meer.  and  the 
Old  Lake  adjacent  covered  an  additional  7,600 
acres.  From  1643,  plans  to  curb  the  ravages 
of  the  constantly  encroaching  monster,  which 
had  by  1830  become  three  times  its  original 
size,  as  above,  and  then  threatened  the  safety  of 
the  whole  country,  had  been  discussed. 

A  canal  forty  miles  in  length  was  thrown 
around  the  lake,  the  soil  thus  freed  being  used 
for  the  surrounding  dike  on  the  inner  side. 
canal  and  dike  costing  about  $800,000,  thus  in- 
closing an  area  of  over  seventy    square   miles. 


MAP  SHOWING   THE  LAND  WHICH    WOULD  BE  RECLAIMED  BY  THE  DRAINING    OF  THE 

zuydek  zee.— (From  official  sources.) 


Three  English-built  engines,  costing  $1,000,000, 
one  of  them  capable  of  discharging  1,000,000 
tons  of  water  every  twenty- four  hours,  were  put 
at  the  task  of  raising  and  throwing  out  the 
1,000  tons  of  imprisoned  water.  Work  was  be- 
gun in  May,  1848,  and  completed  in  July,  1852. 
To  keep  the  land  free,  the  engines  must  now 
raise  54,000,000  tons  of  water  16  feet  annually. 
The  two  largest  traverse  canals  are  each  84  feet 
wide,  the  polder  is  crossed  by  136  miles  of 
roads,  and  the  canals  have  from  60  to  70 
bridges.  Meldrum's  '-Holland  and  the  Hol- 
landers "  is  authority  for  the  statement  that  the 
work  cost  about  $4,000,000,  and  that  it  has  been 
fully  repaid.  The  price  realized  from  the  sale 
of  the  reclaimed  land  was  $120  per  acre. 

The  project  of  draining  the  Zuyder  Zee,  and 
reclaiming  a  portion  of  the  land  submerged  in 
the  inundations  that  took  place  at  intervals  up 
to  the  fifteenth  century  (one  flood  alone  having 
drowned  40,000  acres  and  destroyed  3,000  vil- 
lages), has  engaged  the  thought  of  various  op- 
timistic people  of  long  views  here  for  an  extend- 
ed period,  and  the  matter  has  of  late  years  been 


322 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


agitated  systematically  through  the  work  of  the 
Zuyder  Zee  Vereeniging,  or  Union,  which  was 
formed  in  1886.  Upon  the  submission  by  this 
organization  of  a  report  on  the  financial,  social, 
and  economic  features  of  the  scheme  to  the  gov- 
ernment in  1892,  the  Queen  Regent,  in  Septem- 
ber, L892,  named  a  state  commission  to  inves- 
tigate the  subject.  That  commission  consisted 
of  the  minister  of  waterways,  trade,  and  indus- 
try as  chairman,  and  twenty-nine  members,  rep- 
resenting waterways,  finance,  agriculture,  hygi- 
ene, trade,  fisheries,  economics,  defense,  and 
administration,  with  two  secretaries,  one  to  in- 
vestigate the  technical  features  involved,  the 
other  charged  to  weigh  the  economic  considera- 
tions. The  report,  made  on  April  14,  1.S94, 
was  almost  unanimously  in  favor  of  the  State 
undertaking  the  work. 

An  authoritative  work  on  the  project  was  pub- 
lished by  the  secretaries,  H.  C.  van  der  Houven 
van  Oordt  and  Mr.  G.  Yissering,  in  1901.  Ac- 
cording to  these  writers'  elaborate  calculations 
(for  which  there  is  no  space  here),  there  would 
thus  be  added  to  the  superficies  of  the  Nether- 
lands a  twelfth  province,  to  be  called  Wilhelmina, 
eleven  times  the  size  of  Haarlemmer  Meer, 
larger  than  either  Drenthe,  Utrecht,  or  Zealand, 
of  seven  hundred  and  eighty  -  seven  English 
square  miles,  or  more  than  one-sixteenth  of  the 
present  area  of  the  kingdom.  The  value — not 
the  selling  price,  for  the  state  proposes  to  sell  it 
at  cost — of  the  land  of  the  added  domain  to  the 
kingdom  has  been  put  down  as  $500,000,000. 
The  estimated  cost  of  the  entire  work  is  189,- 
000, 000  florins  (|7G,00().n(l(l).  of  which  $10,000,- 
000  is  for  the  dike  and  $00, 000, 000  for  all  the 
other  work,  while  the  not  number  of  hectares  of 
reclaimed  arable  land  will  be  194,410  hectares 
(479,687  acres),  and  the  work  will  occupy  thirty- 
three  years. 

The  defense  of  the  country  through  its  water 
system  is  a  point  constantly  borne  in  mind.  The 
piercing  of  the  dikes  at  Capelle  and  the  opening 
of  the  sluice  gates  at  Schiedam  and  Rotterdam 
by  Wiliiam  of  Orange  in  1574,  in  order,  as  a 
military  measure,  to  expel  the  Spaniard,  and  the 
Hooding  again  by  the  descendants  of  these  peo 
pie,  a  century  later,  to  drive  the  Frenchman  out. 
form  stirring  passages  in  the  little  country's 
bible  of  heroism. 

Out  of  the  194,410  hectares  (466,584  acres) 
to  be  reclaimed  there  will  remain  for  sale,  after 
deducting  ground  for  the  public  buildings  of 
the  communes, — schoolhouses,  churches,  etc.. — 
192, r.oo  hectares  (462,000  acres).  The  com- 
mission    figures    that     the    state    must     advance 


$130.65    per     hectare,    or    $25,150,125, — to    be 

spread  over  a  period  of  thirty -three  years, 
making  $702. 12."). 07, — of  annual  state  subsidy. 
Deducting  the  receipts  of  the  state  from  the 
product  of  the  sales  of  lands  from  the  seven- 
teenth to  the  thirty  sixth  year  from  the  amount 
which  the  state  will  have  received  at  the  end 
of  the  thirty-six  years,  or  three  years  after  the 
completion  of  the  project. — say,  $47,244.04  > 
from  $148,807,032,— and  $10  1,022,404  remains 
to  be  covered.  Reckoning  interest  at  the  rate 
of  3  per  cent.,  the  land  must  therefore,  to  make 
the  state  whole,  be  sold  at  $381.90  per  hectare, 
and  that  is  the  price  fixed.  The  reclaimed  land, 
at  the  rate  of  10,000  hectares  (24,000  acres)  per 
year,  at  $381.90  per  hectare,  would  yield  the 
state  annually  after  the  seventeenth  year  $:;.- 
819,000  ;  this,  multiplied  by  nineteen  years. 
covering  the  cost  of  the  enterprise.  That  the 
figure  $381.90  per  hectare,  at  which  the  re- 
claimed land  must  be  sold  to  indemnify  the 
state,  is  not  placed  too  high,  is  proved  by  the 
present  price  level  of  agricultural  lands,  which 
are:  in  Friesland  $531.84,  Zealand  $542.70, 
and  North  Holland  $745.71  per  hectare  (2.47 
acres). 

With  respect  to  inhabitants,  the  drained 
Haarlemmer  Meer  now  supports  10,560  on 
about  40,800  acres.  Reckoning  upon  this  ba- 
sis, the  commission  concludes  that  the  land, 
cut  up  into  farms  of  from  40  to  50  hec- 
tares (90-120  acres),  will  support  200,000 
dwellers,  of  whom  one-fifth,  or  40,000,  will  be 
agriculturists  from  twenty  to  sixty  years  of  age. 
These  people  are  to  be  divided  into  eight  com- 
munes and  forty  villages,  and  are  to  occupy  4.000 
farms.  The  additional  cost  to  the  state  for  ad- 
ministration of  the  new  province  is  estimated  at 
$322,404,  while  the  increase  in  the  revenues  is 
stated  al  $459,486,  leaving  a  surplus  annually 
of  $137,393.95.  Paying  for  the  land,  the  farm- 
mer  would  become  the  owner  in  forty-five  years. 

The  project  of  draining  the  Zuyder  Zee  is  at 
present  in  abeyance  and  forms  no  part  of  the 
present  government's  programme.  For  several 
years,  the  Dutch  budget  has  shown  steady  deli- 
cits,  rendering  it  impracticable  to  undertake  a 
more  or  less  speculative  venture  not  imperiously 
demanded,  which  would,  as  favorably  inter 
preted  by  a  majority  of  the  commission,  pledge 
the  State  to  an  expenditure  probably  amounting 
to  $2,500,000  a  year  for  a  period  of  sixteen  years 
before  returns,  even  as  estimated  by  friendly 
arithmeticians,  could  bring  a  dollar  to  the  credit 
side  of  the  ledger.  And  yet  who  can  say  that 
the  Zuvder  Zee  will  not  one  dav  he  drained  ? 


Professor  Hugo  MOnsterberg.  Professor  Albion  W.  Small.  Professor  Simon  Newcomb. 

MEMBERS   OF  THE  ORGANIZING    COMMITTEE  OF  THE  ST.    LOUIS  CONGRESS. 

EDUCATIONAL   WORTH    OF   THE   ST.  LOUIS 

EXPOSITION. 


BY  NICHOLAS   MURRAY  BUTLER. 

(President  of  Columbia  University  and  a  member  of   the  administrative   board  of   the  International  Congress 

of  Arts  and  Sciences.  I 


THAT  great  international  expositions  are  too 
numerous  and  too  frequent  is  a  complaint 
often  heard.  Much  may  reasonably  be  urged 
in  favor  of  such  a  view.  The  enormous  cost  of 
these  undertakings,  the  tendency  to  multiply 
them  for  purely  local  purposes,  the  difficulty  of 
securing  trained  exposition  administrators  to 
manage  their  details,  and  the  heavy  burden  of 
oft-recurring  participation  by  the  same  nations, 
states,  corporations,  and  individuals,  all  make  it 
■  al  tie  that  international  expositions  on  a  great 
scale  he  not  organized  oftener  than  once  in  a 
decade  or  two.  On  the  other  hand,  it  must  be 
borne  in  mind  that  a  very  small  number  of  per- 
sons ever  see  two  of  these  expositions.  Each 
one  has  an  attendance  that  is  largely  its  own. 
and  each  one,  therefore,  is  a  broadening  and 
educating  influence  for  hundreds  of  thousands, 
even  millions,  of  men,  women,  and  children  who 
have  never  seen  its  like  and  who  never  will 
again. 

An  international  exposition  on  a  large  scale 
is  an  educational  influence  of  great  value.  Not 
only  is  the  imagination  stirred  and  the  taste  re- 
fined by  its  architecture,  its  sculpture,  and  its 
landscape-gardening,  but  living  knowledge  is 
imparted  by  its  closely  classified  and  carefully 
arranged  exhibits  of  industry  and  commerce, 
art  and  education.  The  newest  discoveries  in 
science  and  the  latest  and  most  skillful  and  strik- 


ing applications  of  science  in  art  are  shown  com- 
prehensively and  effectively.  In  recent  years, 
moreover,  education  itself, — its  organization,  its 
processes,  its  methods,  and  its  results, — has  be- 
come an  exhibition  subject,  and  at  St.  Louis  it 
not  only  heads  the  classification  adopted,  but,  for 
the  first  time,  has  a  building  of  its  own,  instead 
of  being  tucked  away  in  the  gallery  of  a  building 
devoted  chiefly  to  other  things. 

The  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  at  St. 
Louis,  has  good  reason  for  existence.  To  be- 
gin  with,  it  commemorates  the  first  great  step 
in  that  expansion  of  the  American  spirit  and 
its  governmental  forms  which,  great  as  it  is, 
has  but  just  begun.  AVhile  there  are  those  who 
would  have  it  otherwise,  and  those  who,  in  Kip- 
ling's striking  phrase, 

"...  Half  a  league  behind  pursue 
The  accomplished  fact  with  flouts  and  flings," 

it  is  beyond  dispute  that  the  great  mass  of  the 
American  people  believe  so  firmly  in  the  secu- 
rity of  the  foundations  on  which  their  institu- 
tions rest  that  they  welcome  every  extension  of 
their  influence,  and  hold  as  fortunate  those  peo- 
ples and  nations  who  are,  or  yet  may  be,  put  to 
civilization's  school  under  American  auspices. 
All  this  is  at  once  suggested  by  the  existence  of 
an  international  exposition  to  mark  the  cente- 
nary of  the   Louisiana  Purchase,  out  of  which 


324 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


fourteen  great  States  have  since  been  carved. 
It  is  fortunate  that  this  exposition  comes  soon 
enough  after  the  liberation  of  Cuba,  the  ac- 
quisition   of    Porto     Rico    and    the    Philippine 

Islands,  and  the  annexation  of  Hawaii  to  put 
those  significant  events  in  their  propei-  relation 
to  the  Louisiana,  Purchase.  This  is  political 
education  on  the  large  scale  which  history  habit- 
ually uses. 

It  is  a  commonplace  of  philosophy  and  com- 
mon sense  alike,  that  it  is  the  relations  of  things 
winch  make  things  significant.  It  is  vital,  there- 
fore, that  an  exposition  that  is  to  be  in  the  high- 
est sense  educational  should  be  scientifically 
classified  and  arranged  and  dominated  by  the 
concept  of  unity  for  an  ideal,  as  well  as  for  a 
practical,  purpose.  That  this  has  been  accom- 
plished at  St.  Louis  is  due  to  the  knowledge 
gained  by  studying  the  expositions  at  Chicago 
in  1893  and  at  Paris  in  1900,  and  to  the  insight 
and  genius  of  the  director  of  exhibits  at  St. 
Louis.  Mr.  F.  J.  A'.  Skiff,  supported  by  the 
broad-minded  and  vigorous  exposition  adminis- 
tration. Mr.  Skiff's  great  natural  ability,  his 
practical  wisdom,  and  his  long  experience  in 
dealing  with  men  and  things  make  him  the  best 
possible  incumbent  of  the  important  post  he 
holds.  Not  only  is  education  at  the  head  of  the 
classification,  but  the 
entire  classification  is 
itself  carefully  work- 
ed out  and  correlated. 
Many  visitors  at  St. 
Louis  will  learn  for 
the  first  time,  by  the 
o  r  d  e  r  and  arrange- 
ment of  exhibits,  how 
things  with  w  h  i  c  h 
they  have  been  famil- 
iar all  their  lives  are 
related  to  one  allot  her. 

This  is    educative   in 
the  highest  degree. 

But   the    exposition 

management  has  gone 
still  further,  and  has 
planned  in  the  Inter- 
national Congress  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  to 
open  on  September  19,  as  impressive  a  demon- 
stration of  the  high  educational  purpose  of 
the  exposition  as  can  well  be  imagined.  This 
congress  is  Dot  such  a  series  of  gatherings  as 
took  place  at  Chicago  and  at  Paris,  but  is 
rather  a  carefully  elaborated  plan  to  educate 
public  opinion,  and  the  world  of  scholarship 
itself,  to  an  appreciation  'of  the  underlying 
unity  of  knowledge  and  the  necessary  inter- 
dependence of   the  host  of  specialties  that  have 


MR.   HOWARD  J.    ROGERS. 

(Director  of  Ed  ucal  ton,  Direct- 
or of  Social  Economics,  and 

also  Director  of  Congresses.) 


MR.    FREDERICK    J.    V.    SKIFF. 

(Director  of  Exhibits,  Louisi- 
ana Purchase  Exposition.) 


sprung  up  during  the  past  century.  The  special- 
ization of  knowledge,  and  of  interests  based 
on  knowledge,  has  been  carried  so  far  that 
the  phrase  "  a  liberal  education  "  has  now  hardly 
any  meaning.  Highly  specialized  knowledge  is 
begetting  on  every  side  intolerance  and  narrow- 
ness of  vision  and  of  spirit.     We  are  to-day  sin 

rounded  by  hosts  of 
uneducated  scholars. 
They  are  men  who 
k  n  o  w  almost  every- 
thing about  some- 
thing, but  little  or 
nothing  about  the  real 
significance  of  that 
something  and  its 
place  in  the  scheme 
of  things.  To  get  a 
broader  foundation 
under  the  modern 
scholar,  and  to  give 
him  that  catholic  in- 
tellectual sympathy 
that  he  now  so  largely 
lacks,  will  not  be  a 
short  or  an  easy  task. 
To  its  accomplishment  every  influence  which 
touches  public  opinion  should  bend  itself. 

This  high  conception  of  the  influence  and  op- 
portunity of  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition 
is  held  by  its  administrative  officers,  and  from  it 
the  International  Congress  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
has  sprung.  For  participation  in  this  congress 
there  will  assemble  a  large  body  of  the  world's 
greatest  scholars.  They  will  come  from  all  parts 
of  the  world  to  contribute  surveys  of  their  sev- 
eral departments  of  knowledge,  planning  those 
surveys  so  as  to  emphasize  the  mutual  relations 
of  all  the  separate  arts  and  sciences. 

The  plan  adopted  for  the  congress  is  the  result 
of  much  study  and  discussion.  It  is  very  sim- 
ple, and.  like  the  classification  of  the  exposition 
exhibits,  it  tells  its  story  and  exercises  its  in- 
fluence by  its  form  as  well  as  by  its  content.  It 
is  confidently  expected  that  the  published  vol- 
umes containing  the  proceedings  of  the  congress 
will  be  an  invaluable  work  of  reference  and  a 
striking  monument  to  the  exposition  and  its  edu- 
cational influence. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  congress,  the  field  of 
knowledge'  has  been  marked  off  into  seven 
divisions,  which  in  turn  are  subdivided  into 
twenty- lour  departments.  The  departments  are 
again  subdivided  into  sections, — one  hundred 
and  thirty  ill  all.  The  seven  divisions  are: 
Normative  Science,  including  philosoph)  and 
mathematics;  Historical  Science  ;  Physical  Sci- 
ence:    Mi  ntal     Science:      Utilitarian    Sciences; 


EDUCATIONAL  WORTH  OF  THE  ST.  LOUIS  EXPOSITION. 


325 


DR.   DAVID  STARR   JORDAN. 


Illl.    WOODROW    WILSON. 


DR.    WILLIAM  T.    HARRIS. 


DR.   G.   STANLEY   HALL. 


Social  Regulation  ;  and  Social  Culture,  including 
education  and  religion.  In  each  division  one  ad- 
dress will  be  delivered  by  an  American  scholar, 
dealing  with  the  unification  of  the  several 
branches  of  knowledge  included  in  the  division 

The  divisional  speakers  chosen  are  Prof. 
Josiah  Royce,  of  Harvard  University,  for  Nor- 
mative Science  ;  President  Woodrow  Wilson, 
of  Princeton  University,  for  Historical  Science  ; 
Prof.  Robert  S.  Woodward,  of  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, for  Physical  Science  ;  President  G. 
Stanley  Hall,  of  Clark  University,  for  Mental 
Science  ;  President  David  Starr  Jordan,  of 
Stanford  University,  for  the  Utilitarian  Sci- 
ences ;  Prof.  A.  Lawrence  Lowell,  of  Harvard 
University,  for  Social  Regulation;  and  Dr. 
William  T.  Harris,  United  States  commissioner 
of  education,  for  Social  Culture. 

Following  the  divisional  addresses  will  come 
two  addresses  on  each  of  the  twenty-four  de- 
partments  of  knowledge.  One  of  these  ad- 
dresses will  set  forth  the  fundamental  concep- 
tions ami  methods  of  the  sciences  included  in 
the  department,  and  the  other  will  outline  the 
progress  made  in  them  during  the  past  hundred 
years.  All  of  these  departmental  addresses, 
like  the  divisional  ones,  will  be  delivered  by 
Americans.  For  example,  Political  and  Eco- 
nomic History  will  be  treated  by  Professors 
Sloane  and  Robinson,  of  Columbia  University, 
under  the  chairmanship  of  the  Hon.  Andrew  D. 
White.  The  History  of  Literature  will  be 
treated  by  Professor  Gildersleeve,  of  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  and  Professor  Harrison. 
of  the  University  of  A'irginia,  under  the  chair- 
manship of  Mr.  Hamilton  W.  Mabie  ;  the  Sci- 
ences of  the  Earth,  by  Professor  Davis,  of  Har- 
vard University,  and  Professor  Chamberlin, 
of  the  University  of  Chicago  ;  Sociology,  by 
Professor   Vincent,  of    the   University    of   Chi- 


cago, and  Professor  Giddings,  of  Columbia  Uni- 
versity ;  Education,  by  Bishop  Spalding,  of 
Peoria,  and  President  Hadley,  of  Yale  Univer- 
sity ;   and  so  on  through  the  long  list. 

In  the  sectional  meetings,  the  visiting  schol- 
ars from  abroad  will  take  a  large  part.  About 
one  hundred  and  tw-enty-five  of  the  leading 
scholars  of  England,  France,  Germany,  Holland, 
Scandinavia,  Austria,  Italy,  and  Japan  have  ac- 
cepted invitations  to  come  to  St.  Louis,  as  the 
guests  of  the  exposition,  in  order  to  take  part 
in  the  congress.  The  great  university  centers 
of  the  old  world  will  all  be  well  represented. 
Oxford  sends  Morfill,  Macdonnell,  and  Turner; 
Cambridge  sends  Sorley,  Bury,  Haddon,  Ward, 
and  Allbutt  ;  Dublin  sends  Mahaffy;  Edinburgh 
sends  Nicholson  and  Sir  John  Murray  ;  Paris 
sends  Picard,  Darboux,  Poincare,  Cordier,  Ram- 
baud,  Levi,  Meyer,  Boyer,  Brunetiere,  Enlart, 
Michel,  Moissan,  Reville,  Giard,  Delage,  Manou- 
vrier,  Pierre  Janet,  Tarde,  Richelot,  Levy,  and 
Baron  d'Estournellesde  Constant.  From  Berlin 
come  Pfleiderer,  Dessoir,  Kohler,  Delitzsch,  Har- 


I'lfllK.    R.   S.    WOODWARD. 


PROF.   JOSIAH    KOYCE. 


3:20 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


nack,  van  t'Hoff.  Hertwig,  Waldeyer,  Seler,  von 
den  Steinen.  Orth.  Liebreich,  and  Ziehen  ;  from 
Leipsic,  Ostwald,  Lamprecht,  Brugmann,  Sie- 
vers,  Zirkel,  Marchand,  Wach,  and  Binding  ; 
from  Copenhagen,  Jespersen,  Hoffding,  and 
Westergaard  ;  from  Amsterdam,  de  Yries  ;  from 
Budapest,  Yamberyand  Goldziher  ;  from  Tokio, 
Kozumi  and  Kitasato  ;  and  many  more  almost 
equally  well  known  and  distinguished. 

It  is  entirely  probable  that  never  before  has 
so  large  and  so  representative  a  body  of  scholars 
been  brought  together;  it  is  quite  certain  that 
never  before  has  such  a  body  of  scholars  assem- 
bled for  so  specific  and  so  lofty  a  purpose. 

The  responsibility  for  this  congress  was  in- 
trusted to  an  administrative  board  of  seven  men. 
one  of  whom — Frederick  W.  Holls,  of  New  York 
— died  shortly  after  the  work  began.  The  ad 
ministrative  board  early  designated  an  organ- 
izing committee  of  three  to  manage  the  details 
of  the  work,  and  to  visit  Europe  in  order  to 
familiarize  foreign  scholars  with  the  plan  and 
scope  of  the  undertaking.  This  organizing  com- 
mittee has  been  diligently  at  work  for  neai'ly 
two  years  past.  Its  members  are  Prof.  .Simon 
Newcomb,  of  Washington,  who  is  to  preside 
over  the  congress,  and  Prof.  Hugo  Miinsterberg, 
of  Harvard  University,  and  Prof.  Albion  W. 
Small,  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  who  are  to 
be  the  vice-presidents. 

It  is  fair  to  presume  that  the  eyes  of  the  world 
of  science  and  letters  will  be  upon  St.  Louis  dur- 
ing the  third  week  of  September,  and  that  the 
addresses  then  delivered  there  will  be  the  subject 
of  close  study  and  discussion  for  some  time  to 
come.  The  sessions  will  be  open,  and  it  is  cer- 
tain   that    very    many    American   teachers  and 


scholars  will  avail  themselves  of  this  unexampled 
opportunity  to  hear  and  to  meet  the  leaders  of 
the  world's  learning. 

Apart  from  the  general  educational  signifi- 
cance of  the  St.  Louis  Exposition  and  the  Inter- 
national Congress  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  the  spe- 
cific educational  exhibits  are  of  great  value.  Never 
before,  to  my  knowledge,  has  education  been  so 
well  exhibited.  The  German  contributions  are 
facile princeps  at  St.  Louis,  and  will  well  repay  the 
closest  study.  Among  the  most  interesting  de- 
velopments shown  there  is  that  of  the  newer 
plan  for  secondary  education  in  Germany,  many 
of  the  facts  concerning  which  are  still  quite  un- 
familiar in  this  country.  The  major  portion  of 
the  German  educational  exhibit  is  devoted  to 
the  applications  of  science  in  one  or  another 
form.  Medical  and  technological  instruction  are 
beautifully  illustrated. 

The  larger  portion  of  the  educational  exhibit 
is  American,  and  the  tens  of  thousands  of  per- 
sons who  visit  it  daily  prove  its  attractiveness 
and  its  value.  The  growing  efficiency  of  the 
American  elementary  and  secondary  school  is 
amply  demonstrated,  and  there  is  on  every  hand 
conclusive  refutation  of  the  charge,  not  infre- 
quently made,  that  the  schools  of  to-day  are 
neglecting  the  fundamentals  of  education  for  the 
fads  and  the  frills.  Nothing  could  be  farther 
from  the  truth,  and  the  school  work  gathered  at 
St.  Louis  from  every  quarter  of  the  country 
shows  that  the  contrary  is  the  case.  The  I  est- 
known  universities,  the  school  systems  of  two- 
thirds  of  the  States  and  those  of  four  selected 
cities,  —  New  York,  Chicago,  St.  Louis,  and  Cleve- 
land,— have  extensive  exhibits  that  are  instruct- 
ive in  high  degree. 


•ALACE  <>K   EDUCATION   OP  THE   l.orisi  \  \  v    i'i  i;<  iiasi.   EXPOSITION. 


A    UNIQUE    INVESTIGATION. 

METHODS   OF   THE   GENERAL   EDUCATION   BOARD. 

BY   W.    H.    HECK. 


IN  describing  the  methods  of  the  General  Edu- 
cation Board,  emphasis  should  be  placed 
upon  the  attitude  of  the  citizen,  as  distinguished 
from  that  of  the  technical  specialist,  in  matters 
of  education.  This  board  was  organized  in  Feb- 
ruary, 1902.  and  chartered  by  Congress  in  Jan- 
uary, 1903.  Its  purpose  was  ''to  act  as  a  clear- 
ing-house for  educational  statistics  and  data." 
and  to  cooperate  financially  in  the  development 
of  schools  so  far  as  its  resources  allowed.  The 
heroic  efforts  being  made  by  the  Southern  States 
to  improve  their  schools  led  the  board  to  make 
the  South  its  first  field  for  study  and  coopera- 
tion. An  office  was  opened  in  New  York  ;  and 
the  executive  secretary,  with  technical  and  cler- 
ical assistance,  immediately  put  himself  in  touch 
with  educational  leaders  in  the  South,  especially 
with  those  interested  in  the  Southern  Education 
Hoard  and  the  Annual  Conference  for  Education 
in  the  South. 

Inflated  newspaper  accounts  of  the  board's 
wealth  and  plans  brought  to  the  office,  by  letter 
or  by  visit,  a  bewildering  number  of  applica- 
tions for  aid.  These  applications  gave  an  op- 
portunity to  collect  first-hand  information  re- 
garding schools  of  all  types  in  the  different  States. 
The  secretary  spent  most  of  his  time  in  the 
South,  visiting  schools  and  consulting  men  and 
women'  of  influence  ;  an  experienced  teacher 
was  employed  to  make  thorough  studies  of  spe- 
cial schools  ;  and  the  office  force  was  engaged 
in  collecting  and  filing  official  reports,  catalogues, 
statistics,  etc.  The  kindness  of  Southern  teach- 
ers and  officials  in  furnishing  information  con- 
tributed largely  to  the  board's  success. 

Conferences  of  county  superintendents  were 
held  in  seven  States,  where  informal  discussions 
of  school  needs  not  only  added  enthusiasm  to 
the  educational  movement,  but  also  gave  the 
representatives  of  the  board  an  acquaintance 
with  local  officials  and  with  public  opinion,  with- 
out which  its  investigation  would  have  been  im- 
possible. Stenographical  reports  of  these  dis- 
cussions have  been  edited  and  filed  in  the  board's 
office.  Each  superintendent  was  furnished  with 
a  blank,  asking  a  number  of  questions  about  the 
buildings  and  grounds,  teachers,  pupils,  patrons, 
superintendence,  and  finances  of  the  schools  in 
his  county.      This  blank   was    filled   out   at   the 


DR.   WALLACE   BUTTRICK. 

(Secretary  of  the  General  Education  Board.) 

conference  ;  another  exactly  like  it  was  filled  out 
after  the  superintendent  had  returned  home  and 
consulted  his  office  records.  The  contrast  is  in- 
structive. Such  a  thorough  knowledge  as  the 
blanks  required  had  not  generally  been  de- 
manded of  superintendents,  and  the  answers  on 
the  blanks  are,  therefore,  suggestive  rather  than 
exact. 

After  a  year  and  a  half  of  such  work,  the 
board  had  collected  more  material  about  South- 
ern schools  than  could  be  found  elsewhere,  and 
had  appropriated  two  hundred  and  fifty  thou- 
sand dollars  to  schools  of  both  races,  a  consider- 
ably larger  conditional  sum  having  been  raised 
by  local  taxation  or  subscription.  The  gifts 
were  in  reality  experimental  features  of  the 
study.  Aid  was  given  to  summer  schools,  nor- 
mal schools,  model  county  schools,  and  industrial 
and  domestic  science  departments.    In  two  North 


:{'2N 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Carolina  counties,  district  subscriptions  for  im 
provement  of  schoolhouses  were  duplicated  in 
part  by  the  board,  after  the  districts  had  voted 
in  favor  of  a  local  tax  for  schools  ;  in  two  Ueorgia 
counties,  the  board  cooperated  with  the  districts 
in  lengthening  the  school  term  for  two  months. 
Most  of  the  schools  benefited  in  all  the  gifts 
were  parts  of  the  public-school  system. 

In  the  fall  of  1903,  the  board  decided  that  its 
work  had  advanced  sufficiently  for  it  to  begin 
more  or  less  conclusive  studies  of  educational 
conditions  in  the  Southern  States,  taking  each 
State  separately  for  thorough  study.  Details  and 
technical  criticisms  were  to  be  subordinated  in  a 
general  study,  with  suggestions  as  to  the  best 
methods  of  cooperating  with  local  forces.  Such 
a  report  has  been  made  in  regard  to  one  State. 
and  two  more  will  be  ready  this  fall.  The  com- 
pleted report  first  deals  with  the  State  school 
system  of  elementary  schools,  analyzing  the 
school  laws  and  the  finances,  giving  a  number 
of  miscellaneous  and  comparative  statistics,  and 
discussing  the  progressive  forces  now  at  work. 
The  report  then  treats  of  city  systems,  public 
and  private  secondary  schools,  colleges  for  men, 
the  higher  education  of  women,  and  normal,  me- 
chanical, and  agricultural  institutions.  The 
education  of  the  negro  above  the  State  elemen- 
tary system  is  discussed  separately  and  some- 
what in  the  same  order.  Then  follow  conclu- 
sions and  suggestions.  This  outline  will  be 
used  in  later  reports,  although  the  Southern 
States  differ  so  widely  one  from  another  that 
some  changes  will  be  necessary. 

The  scope  and  thoroughness  required  in  this 
work  are  in  some  ways  unique,  and  the  board 
has  been  unable  to  rely  wholly  upon  methods  of 
investigation  used  elsewhere.  The  collection  of 
so  much  detail  material  requires  exactness  in 
riling  and  cataloguing,  especially  as  all  available 
information  about  any  school  may  be  needed  at 
a  moment's  notice.  The  office  methods  are  now 
SO  well  organized  that  only  two  men  are  re- 
quired to  keep  the  material  in  proper  condition, 
but  suggestions  are  constantly  being  made  by 
others  in  the  office.  This  material  can  be  di- 
vided into  two  main  divisions  : 

1.  A  small  library  on  general  education  ;  and 
reports,  books,  pamphlets,  and  clippings  in  re- 
gard to  the  Southern  States,  individually  or  col- 
lectively, with  special  reference  to  education. 
This  library  contains  about  three  thousand  books 


and  pamphlets,  which  are  card-catalogued  by 
subject  and  by  author,  a  simple  use  of  letters 
and  figures  being  preferred  to  any  of  the  library 
systems.  The  material  is  so  grouped  on  the 
shelves  that  the  guidance  of  the  catalogue  is  sel- 
dom required. 

2.  Material  in  regard  to  individual  schools, 
filed  and  card-catalogued  alphabetically  by  State 
and  place.  School  catalogues  and  other  publi- 
cations are  put  in  separate  envelopes  or  boxes 
and  arranged  on  shelves  ;  the  correspondence  is 
kept  in  separate  folders  in  drawers  ;  and  blanks, 
sent  from  this  office  to  thousands  of  Southern 
schools,  are  filed  in  drawers  as  part  of  the  mate- 
rial about  the  different  counties.  This  division 
seems  necessary  ;  but  the  card-catalogue  directs 
one  at  a  glance  to  all  the  available  informa- 
tion about  any  school,  and  only  two  minutes 
are  required  to  collect  it  from  the  shelves  and 
drawers. 

Another  feature  of  the  work  is  the  making  of 
school  maps.  The  United  States  Post-Route 
maps  are  covered  with  pasters,  representing  the 
location,  color,  grade,  etc.,  of  the  schools  in  each 
State  above  the  elementary  system.  Such  a 
'•picture"  of  the  schools  is  valuable  in  studying 
the  distribution  of  educational  opportunities  in 
a  State.  In  the  same  connection,  analyses  are 
being  made  of  the  residence  of  students  in  col- 
leges, so  as  to  show  the  sections  least  affected 
by  higher  education. 

There  are  also  on  file  comparative  synopses 
of  State  school  laws  and  of  college  curricula,  in 
addition  to  two  hundred  or  more  reports  on 
special  schools  by  representatives  of  the  board. 
In  the  near  future  we  will  purchase  sets  of  ele- 
mentary text-books  in  so  far  as  they  are  pre- 
scribed in  several  Southern 'States  by  uniform 
text-book  laws.  A  negro  educator,  who  aids  in 
the  study  of  negro  schools,  is  planning  an  inves- 
tigation of  the  various  attempts  to  teach  racial 
history  and  inculcate  racial  pride.  He  will  also 
study  at  first  hand  the  negro  rural  schools 
throughout  typical  counties  in  different  States 

The  results  of  the  investigation  as  carried  on 
by  the  board  are  not  only  for  its  own  use.  but 
are  at  the  service  of  all  desiring  information. 
It  is  the  ideal  of  the  board  to  get  at  the  facts  of 
the  situation,  national  as  well  as  sectional  in 
their  significance,  and  by  these  facts  to  give  an 
opportunity  for  mutual  understanding  and  co- 
operation to  all  interested. 


TWO  FRENCH  APOSTLES  OF  COURAGE  IN 

AMERICA. 

BY    ALVAN    F.    SANBORN. 


EXPOSITION    year    sends  to   America  two 
Frenchmen    whose    connection   with    the 

intellectual  and  moral  development  of  their 
country  is  intimate  and  important.  These  are 
Charles  Wagner,  author  of  "The  Simple  Life," 
\vh..sr  books  are  immensely  popular  with  Ameri- 
cans, and  who  has  been  invited  by  President 
Roosevelt  to  make  a  lecture  tour  of  the  States, 
and  Paul  Adam,  commissioned  by  the;  French 
Government  to  prepare  a  report  on  "the  aas- 
thetic  evolution  of  the  present  time"  as  illus- 
trated by  the  St.  Louis  Exposition. 

Charles  Wagner  is  a  leader  of  the  French 
■■liberal  Protestant"  movement,  which  is  one  of 
the  many  phases  of  the  present  remarkable  re- 
vival of  religious  interest  in  France.  This  lib- 
eral Protestantism  is  nothing  more  or  less  than 
American  "  new  theology  "  in  a  French  setting. 
It  discards  all  the  principal  dogmas  of  histoid 
cal  Christianity  in  claiming  to  retain  the  essence 
of  Christianity.  M.  Wagner,  for  instance,  char- 
acterizes himself  as  a  '-piously  heretical  spirit," 
and  deploys  a  vast  amount  of  ingenuity  in  try- 
ing to  differentiate  liberal  Protestantism  from 
liee  thinking.  It  is  hard  to  believe  that  this 
hybrid  system  of  thought  is  destined  to  a  bril- 
liant future  in  France,  because  of  the  uncom- 
promising logic  of  the  French  people,  who  are 
temperamentally  incapable  of  comprehending 
and  sympathizing  with  attempts  to  put  new 
wine  into  old  bottles.  While  this  is  the  role  in 
which  M.  Wagner  takes  himself  most  seriously. 
it  is  by  no  means  the  role  in  which  he  appears 
at  his  best.  It  is  not  to  him,  but  to  more 
thoroughgoing  and  logical  thinkers  in  the 
camps  of  out-and-out  religion  and  out-and-out 
irreligion  that  the  serious-minded  youth  of 
France  are  likely  to  turn  for  intellectual  guid- 
ance in  their  moments  of  spiritual  stress. 

In  the  role  of  an  advocate  of  simple  living, 
M.  Wagner  counts  for  very  much  less  in  staid, 
economical  France  than  in  nervous,  extravagant 
America,  probably  because  the  need  of  this  mes- 
sage  there  is  less  crying.  His  ••  Vie  Simple  "  is 
relatively  little  read  in  his  own  country,  and  has 
••'eared,  so  far  as  I  know,  no  appreciable  current 
of  any  sort. 

It  is  in  his  third  rdle,  as  an  apostle  of  aggres- 
sive  optimism,   that  he   has   his  strongest   hold 


CHARLES  WAGNER. 

(Who  lectures  in  this  country  during  September  and 
October.) 

upon  his  own  people.  His  "Jeunesse"  (Youth) 
and  "  Vaillance  "  (Courage),  which  inculcate  the 
duty  and  proclaim  the  beauty  of  cheerful  cour- 
age  in  the  face  of  individual  and  national  re- 
verses, are  far  and  away  the  most  popular  of  his 
ten  volumes.  M.  Wagner  is  a  splendid  dissemi- 
nator of  wholesome  animal  spirits.  On  this 
point  his  influence  is  considerable,  and  had  he 
only  a  little  more  distinction  of  style,  it  would 
be  enormous. 

paul  adam's  gospel  of  action. 

Paul  Adam  is  primarily  a  literary  artist, — i:i 
fact,  one  of  the  foremost  literary  artists  of  his 
time.  At  forty-two,  his  literary  baggage  con- 
sists of  thirty  novels,  of  several  volumes  of  his- 
tory, literary,  aesthetic,  social,  and  philosophical 
studies,  dramas  and   short  stories,  and  of  innu- 


330 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


merable  magazine  and  review  articles  and  chro- 
niques  for  the  daily  press.  This  fecundity,  fur- 
thermore, is  not  accompanied  by  flabbiness  or 
futility,  as  is  too  often  the  case.  Every  one  of 
the  novels  has  its  special  note  of  interest ;  his 
histories,  essays,  dramas,  and  short  stories  are 
of  a  high  order  of  merit,  and  his  magazine  and 
newspaper  articles,  though  mostly  uncollected, 
have  a  solidity  of  matter  and  charm  of  manner 
that  entitle  them  to  a  permanent  form.  lie  is 
master  of  a  pure  French  style  at  once  flexible 
and  robust  ;  indeed,  in  the  making  of  beautiful 
phrases  and  the  rounding  out  of  sonorous  pe- 
riods, he  has  few  superiors.  With  his  style, 
which  calls  for  an  article  by  itself,  I  can  have 
nothing  to  do  here  further  than  to  call  attention 
to  the  fact  that  it  is  distinguished, — a  circum- 
stance of  vital  moment  to  his  influence,  since  it 
insures  him  a  far  more  general  hearing  than  he 
could  otherwise  obtain,  such  is  the  cult  of  form  in 
France.  Thousands  of  cultivated  Frenchmen 
read  Paul  Adam  for  his  style  who  would  pay  no 
attention  whatever  to  his  lucubrations  were  they 
presented  in  an  uncouth  or  commonplace  fashion. 

Paul  Adam  is  the  most  suggestive  of  contem- 
porary French  writers.  As  a  stirrer  of  thought 
he  is  absolutely  peerless  among  the  chroniqueurs 
of  the  Paris  press,  and  he  has  few  equals  in  this 
respect  among  his  fellow-essayists  and  novel- 
ists. He  is  an  impresario  of  ideas,  so  to  speak. 
His  forte  is  the  evocation  and  the  exhibition  of 
unhackneyed  ideas,  and  Ins  efficiency  in  this 
function  borders  on  the  superhuman.  "  He 
works  like  a  whole  hive,"  says  M.  Remy  de 
Gourmont,  "and  at  the  slightest  touch  of  sun- 
shine his  ideas  buzz  forth  like  bees  and  disperse 
themselves  over  the  meadows  of  life.  Paul 
Adam  is  a  magnificent  spectacle." 

His  ideas  come  so  fast  at  times  that  they  tum- 
ble over  one  another  as  do  the  parti-colored 
leaves  of  autumn  speeding  before  the  wind.  He 
handles  a  dozen  subjects,  raises  a  dozen  ques- 
tions, and  states  a  dozen  problems  in  the  space 
of  a  single  three-column  chronique,  and  that  in 
such  a  masterful  way  as  to  reveal  their  respec- 
tive relations  to  the  interplay  of  the  world-forces 
of  his  time  and  of  all  times.  One  of  his  chro- 
niques  contains  ideas  enough  for  a  volume,  and 
one  of  his  volumes  ideas  enough  for  a  library. 
Indeed,  in  universality  of  intellect  (I  should  not 
think  for  a  moment  of  forcing  the  comparison 
further)  he  resembles  Zola,  Hugo,  and  Balzac, 
especially  Balzac. 

True,  his  writing,  by  reason  of  its  very  super- 
abundance of  ideas,  contains  irrelevancies.  like 
a  torrent  which,  by  reason  of  its  very  strength. 
catches  up  and  sweeps  along  with  it  all  sorts  of 
foreign  substances.      It  even  happens  sometimes 


PAim   ADAM. 

( Who  is  visiting  the  St.  Louis  Exposition.) 

that  the  foreign  substances  in  the  torrent  of 
his  thought  are  so  numerous  as  to  dam  it.  make 
it  overflow  its  banks,  and  compel  it  to  seek 
a  new  channel.  The  defect  is,  at  least,  not 
of  the  petty  sort.  His  opinions  (which  are  in 
reality  more  moods  than  opinions,  so  predom- 
inant is  the  artistic  faculty  in  him)  are  often 
disjointed  and  contradictory.  It  does  not  mat- 
ter. He  is  too  big  to  be  disconcerted  thereby, 
and  it  does  not  trouble  you.  He  makes  you 
feel  as  you  feel  with  Browning,  that  it  is  be- 
cause life  itself  is  disordered  and  contradictory. 

He  does  not  presume  to  reduce  life  to  a  sys- 
tem. He  belongs  to  no  recognized  school  of 
philosophical  thought.  lie  is  neither  radical  in 
tendency  nor  conservative  ;  he  defies  classifica- 
tion. Now  he  exalts  tradition  with  a  Bourgejj 
or  a  Brunetiere,  and  now  he  ridicules  it  with  an 
Anatole  France  or  a  Mirabeau.  He  resembles 
no  one.  least  of  all  himself.  lie  may  flout  to- 
day what  he  will  commend  to-morrow,  and  vi'oi 
versa,  lie  changes  color  with  the  facility  of  the 
chameleon  and  form  with  the  rapidity  of  Pro- 
teus. 

In  contradistinction    to  M.   Wagner,  who  sees 


TWO  FRENCH  APOSTLES  OF  COURAGE  IN  AMERICA. 


331 


the  life  with  which  he  is  not  immediately  sur- 
rounded from  the  angle  and  through  the  eyes 
of  the  country  preacher  (for  this  burly,  unim- 
aginative Alsatian  has  never  become  truly  so- 
phisticated), M.  Adam  sees  the  particular  facts 
of  no  matter  what  sphere  of  activity  in  their  re- 
lation to  the  whole  of  life.  Both  pride  them- 
selves on  being  thoroughly  modern  ;  M.  Adam 
alone  is  really  so,  M.  Wagner's  modernism  being 
practically  limited  to  the  single  department  of 
theology. 

ADAM    A    ST1KKEH    OF    IDEAS. 

In  the  special  field  of  ethics,  as  in  the  general 
field,  Paul  Adam  is  rather  a  stirrer  of  ideas  than 
tlio  exponent  of  a  system.  He  is  indefatigable 
in  posing  the  terms  of  moral  problems,  but  he 
does  not  claim  to  have  discovered  a  coherent 
moral  philosophy. 

M.  Wagner  clings  dutifully  to  all  the  religi- 
ous ethics  (in  forsaking  the  religion)  of  the 
lathers.  He  takes  for  granted  the  traditional 
moral  code,  and  the  institutions  of  society 
founded  thereon  are  sacred  to  him — barring  an 
occasional  unimportant  detail.  His  writings  are 
so  conventional  and  colorless  in  this  particular 
that  they  do  not  run  the  slightest  risk  of  trou- 
bling the  innocence  of  the  proverbial  young  girl, 
exciting  the  laborer,  or  impairing  the  appetite  or 
digestion  of  the  capitalist. 

Paul  Adam's  moral  code,  if  he  has  any,  has 
never  been  formulated  in  his  writings.  In  his 
fiction,  he  is  well-nigh  as  un-moral  as  De  Maupas- 
sant. He  narrates  the  acts  and  expounds  the 
motives  of  the  criminal  and  the  courtesan  with 
the  same  frankness  and  impartiality  as  those  of 
his  most  reputable  characters,  and  he  treats  as 
debatable  questions  (without  pronouncing  him- 
self finally  thereon)  all  the  articles  of  the  current 
code  of  morality  and  the  principles  of  the  exist- 
ing social  system.  In  comparison  with  this  com- 
prehensive liberty  of  discussion,  the  restricted 
liberty  M.  Wagner  allows  himself  seems  of  the 
bib-and-tucker  order. 

Paul  Adam  has  saved  many  young  men  from 
pessimism  or  doubt  For  all  his  air  of  complete 
detachment  from  dogma,  he  has  his  hobby  as 
well  as  another,  his  idol  even.  Like  the  Car- 
lyle  of  "Heroes  and  Hero -Worship,"  he  has 
a  limitless  veneration  for  force  ;  for  force  in 
all  its  physical  and  intellectual  manifesta- 
tions, whatever  its  source  and  whatever  its  re- 
sults. 

This  sentiment  informs  all  his  work.  It  un- 
derlies and  colors  his  appreciations  of  men  and 
things,  of  art  and  letters. .  It  accounts  for  a  love 
of  up-to-date  machinery  amounting  almost  to  a 
mania  that  enables  him  to  lavish  lyricism  on  an 


automobile  as  another  would  on  a  sunset.  It 
appears  in  all  his  fiction,  and  is  the  avowed  in- 
spiration of  his  two  cyclic  works, — the  trilogy 
of  "  Les  Volontes  Merveilleuses  "  (The  Marvel- 
ous Wills)  (1888-90)  and  the  tetralogy,  "  Le 
Temps  et  la  Vie"  (The  Times  and  Life)  (1899- 
L903),  which  he  has  called  also  "  L'Epopee  de  la 
Force  "  (The  Epic  of  Force). 

In  his  chroniques,  this  adoration  of  force  (less 
reasoned  than  temperamental  with  him)  takes 
the  form  of  a  veritable  missionary  message,  of 
a  direct  fervent  appeal  to  action,  to  strenuous 
living.  And  it  is  thus  that  Paul  Adam,  the 
amateur  of  ideas,  takes  his  place  definitely  among 
the  "Professors  of  Energy,"  so  called,  who,  by 
their  persistent  efforts,  are  gradually  remolding 
French  character  and  transforming  French  civ- 
ilization. With  Edmond  Demolins,  with  (the 
late)  Pere  Didon,  with  Pierre  Baudin,  Gabriel 
Bouvalot,  Max  Leclerc,  Hughes  Leroux,  Jules 
Lemaitre,  and  a  score  of  other  enlightened  spir- 
its, Paul  Adam  has  long  been  repeating  to  the 
rising  generation  this  virile  exhortation  : 

Quit  your  desks  and  your  books  !  Cease  aspiring 
for  professorships,  snug  clerkships,  and  government 
berths  !  A  fig  for  your  grades,  your  diplomas,  your 
promotions  !  Stop  whining  over  the  scarcity  of  pub- 
lic employment  and  the  overcrowded  condition  of  the 
learned  professions  !  Above  all,  go  to  the  colonies ; 
become  explorers,  pioneers,  and  start  life  anew  !  Do  as 
the  young  Americans  do  !  Make  your  fortunes,  carve 
out  for  yourselves  careers  !  Throw  yourselves  body  and 
soul  into  the  industrial  and  commercial  conflict  of  the 
hour.  Become  captains  of  industry,  Napoleons  of 
finance,  builders  of  nations  ! 

KINDRED    INFLUENCES    OF    ADAM    AND    WAGNER. 

Thus,  Charles  Wagner  and  Paul  /Ydarn  come 
by  very  different  routes  to  the  same  goal, — to 
the  conclusion,  namely,  that  the  thing  to  do  in 
this  world  is  to  front  life  with  courage,  because 
life  is  an  end  in  itself.  The  simple  pastor 
and  the  complex  citizen  of  the  world  are  at  one 
as  regards  this  matter.  In  their  respective  fash- 
ions, with  very  different  words  and  for  very 
different  reasons,  they  are  both  preaching  cour- 
age, are  both  administering  tonics,  so  to  speak, 
to  the  young  men  of  a  disillusionized,  disheart- 
ened, somewhat  anemic  generation.  Paul  Adam, 
as  the  possessor  of  the  more  extended  experi- 
ence, the  broader  culture,  the  surer  intuition, 
the  more  active  imagination,  the  superior  liter- 
ary art,  and  the  more  intense  modernism,  has 
the  larger  and  the  more  brilliant  audience.  But 
the  less  obtrusive  audience  of  Charles  Wagner 
is  by  no  means  to  be  ignored.  In  spite  of  dis- 
similarities of  outlook  and  method,  these  two 
men  are  exerting  a  similar  bracing  influence  on 
the  life  of  their  nation. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  G.  V.  Harvej . 


A  JAPANESE  TELEPHONE  STATION   IN  THE  FIELD. 


HOW   THE   JAPANESE   COMMUNICATE    IN 

BATTLE. 


BY    M.    C.   SULLIVAN. 

(Member  Veteran  Corps,  First  Signal  Company,  N.  G.  N.  Y.) 


IT  is  not  the  courage  and  the  nerve  of  the 
Japanese  officers  and  men, — unquestioned 
as  is  their  possession  of  thg&e 'i'equisites, — that 
is  placing  Japan  on  ;i  par  with  the  so-called 
mightier  powers. 

To  military  science,  better  applied  by  the  Jap- 
anese than  by  the  Russian,  the  victories  of  the 
former  can,  to  a  very  ureal  extent,  be  attrib- 
uted. The  means  and  methods  used  by  the 
Japanese  military  signaling  department,  notably 
the  application  of  electricity  on  sea  and  land, 
bring  forcibly  to  mind  that  Japan's  destiny  is 
not  in  the  hands  of  her  admirals  and  generals 
alone,  but  in  the  hands  of  her  elect  rical  engineers 
as  well. 

As  a  result  of  the  insistent  demands  of  the 
active  and  progressive  generals  for  the  highest 
perfection  in  all  departments  of  their  army,  at 
the  present  time,  Japan  has  in  Manchuria  the 
largest,  most  scientifically  equipped,  and  best 
officered  and  manned  signal  corps  thai  has  ever 
appeared  on  a  battlefield.  Its  efficiency,  and 
consequently  its  success,  are  largely  due  to 
the  fidelity  with  which   the  Mikado's  organizers 


have  copied  the  methods  of  the  United  States 
vVrmy  Signal  Corps  and  adapted  lessons  from 
its  experiences  in  Cuba  and  the  Philippines. 

The  radical  innovation  in  military  tactics  aid 
strategy  introduced  by  the  Japanese  is  adapted 
to  fit  conditions  existing  to-day.  The  destine 
tiveness  of  long-range  guns  and  rifles  using 
smokeless  powder,  which  are  now  being  tested 
on  a  large  scale  for  the  first  time,  necessitate  B 
the  disposition  of  an  army  on  the  battlefield  in 
small  bodies,  each  being  prepared  to  act  inde- 
pendently or  in  unison  as  the  occasion  may  re- 
quire, and  all  being  directed  from  one  com- 
mandinghead.  This,  in  turn,  requires  a  constant 
and  reliable  means  of  communication  between 
the  various  divisions  of  which  an  army  is  com- 
posed. 

When  we  recall  the  innumerable  instances  in 
history  of  available  and  much-needed  reinforce- 
ments having  been  kept  idle  lor  hours  through 
lack  of  prompt  means  of  communication,  waiting 
for  orders,  while  other  divisions  of  the  same 
army  were  being  cut  to  pieces,  we  begin  to  real 
ize    the    very    great    importance    of  a  highly  effi- 


HOW  THE  JAPANESE  COMMUNICATE  IN  BATTLE. 


333 


cient  means  of  intercom- 
munication on  the  battle 
field. 

While  valor  and  bravery 
are  appreciated  as  much  as 
ever  by  the  Japanese  mili- 
tary leaders,  it  is  their  strat- 
egists upon  whom  they 
chiefly  depend  in  both  of- 
fensive and  defensive  oper- 
ations. Strategy,  which  to 
a  great  extent  consists  in 
deceiving  or  disconcerting 
the  enemy,  is  the  keynote  of 
the  present  operations  of 
the  Japanese  army,  and  is 
rightly  considered  to  be  of 
far  greater  effective  force 
than  the  physical  courage 
and  constant  readiness  of  the  Japanese  soldiers. 

The  difficulties  incident  to  maintaining  com- 
munication on  the  battlefield  to-day  are  many 
and  varied.  In  establishing  telephone  lines  the 
topography  of  the  country  has  to  be  considered, 
and  in  the  case  of  the  Japanese  advance  through 
Korea,  difficulties  of  great  magnitude  had  to  be 
overcome.  Yet,  with  it  all,  the  telephone  de- 
partment frequently  completed  its  line  in  ad- 
vance of  the  troops,  even  under  forced  march- 
ing. In  order  to  accomplish  such  results  men 
of  remarkable  skill  are  required,  and  they  must 
be  thoroughly  trained  to  be  ready  for  any  emer- 
gency that  may  arise.  In  fact,  they  are  so 
trained  by  profession.  The  entire  Japanese 
Signal  Corps  is  composed  of  men  whose  civil 
avocation  is  along  the  lines  required  by  their 
military  service.  Electrical  engineers,  tele- 
phone and  telegraph  operators  and  linemen, — 
there  is  probably  not  a  man  in  the  entire  organi- 
zation who  is  not  well  schooled  in  at  least  the 
rudiments  of  electrical  science. 

Probably  the  chief  reason  for  the  wonderful 
efficiency  of  the  Mikado's  army  is  the  remark- 
able faculty  which  the  Japanese  possess  for  copy- 
ing and  adapting.  They  have  carefully  and 
effectually  studied  the  military  text- books  of 
every  nation,  and  have  accepted  and  incorpo- 
rated all  that  is  best  from  each  one.  When  the 
allies  made  their  memorable  march  to  Peking, 
the  splendid  preparedness  and  efficiency  of  the 
Japs  was  a  source  of  wonder  and  astonishment 
to  all  other  nations.  Tn  his  1900  report  to  the 
Secretary  of  War,  General  Greely,  chief  signal 
officer  of  the  United  States  army,  pays  the  Jap- 
anese the  highest  encomiums  upon  the  efficiency 
of  their  signal  service. 

When  the  Mikado's  soldiers  effected  their 
crossing  of  the  Yalu,  early  in  May, — in  the  face 


Copyright,  1904.  by  Coilitr  s  li 

A  JAPANESE  TELEPHONE  STATION   IN   A    KOREAN    HUT  ALONG    THE 


INE  OP  MARCH. 


of  what  had  been  pronounced  by  military  experts 
insurmountable  obstacles, — all  the  world  won- 
dered. But  the  Japanese  did  not.  They  had 
not  recklessly  attempted  a  feat  seemingly  impos- 
sible to  accomplish.  Each  foot  of  ground  had 
been  carefully  gone  over,  and  when  their  left 
flank  was  advancing  on  the  Russian  right,  it  was 
apparently  marching  into  the  fire  of  its  own  bat- 
teries. But  this  was  not  the  case,  for,  through 
its  signal  corps,  the  Japanese  artillery  was  al- 
ways in  perfect  touch  with  the  movements  of  the 
infantry,  and,  when  the  infantry  advance  was 
made,  the  artillery  fire  was  instantaneously 
shifted  so  as  not  to  conflict  with  the  maneuver. 

It  was  in  this  engagement  that  the  unique 
spectacle  of  infantry  capturing  a  light  battery 
was  witnessed,  and  it  was  owing  to  the  splendid 
line  of  communication  established  by  the  Jap- 
anese that  this  was  possible.  Again,  at  the 
heights  of  Nanshan,  which  has  been  one  of  the 
most  spectacular  operations  on  land  to  date,  the 
unmasking  of  the  Russian  position  was  absolutely 
imperative  to  Japanese  success.  This  could  only 
be  accomplished  through  simultaneous  skirmish 
attacks.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  Japanese 
skirmishers  were  constantly  in  touch  with  the 
main  body  in  the  rear  and  at  all  points  of  at- 
tack, the  exact  position  of  the  Russians  was  well 
known,  and  it  was  in  large  measure  due  to 
this  that  the  final  Japanese  charge  proved  such 
a  splendid  success. 

In  even  a  greater  degree  does  the  excellent 
Japanese  signal  service  contribute  to  the  success 
of  their  artillery  action.  One  of  the  great  ad- 
vantages of  the  method  of  their  artillery  control 
is  that  the  distance  of  the  batteries  from  the  sta- 
tion where  the  effect  of  the  fire  is  noted  often 
has  a  tendency  to  increase  the  accuracy  and  speed 
with    which    information    may    be    transmitted. 


334 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


'Phis  s  due  to  the  fact  that  the  observing  sta- 
tions can  be  Located  at  points  from  which  theef 
fects  of  the  fire  can  be  best  observed.  The  power 
thus  given  to  an  artillery  commander  is  necessa 
rilv  extraordinary.  I  Ipon  his  skill,  to  the  greatest 
extent  ever  known  in  warfare,  depends  the  suc- 
cess or  failure  of  the  battle. 

While  the  Japanese  are  greatly  skilled  in  the 
visual  system  of  communication, — the  time-hon- 
ored ■•  wigwag"  and  heliograph. — yet  in  the 
present  conflict  they  have  clearly  demonstrated 
the  superiority  of  the  telephone  and  the  telegraph 
as  a  means  of  transmitting  information  from 
point  to  point.  Unlike  the  heliograph  and  flag 
systems,  the  electrical  means  of  communication 
operates  irrespective  of  weather,  distance,  and 
topographical  conditions.  It  has  the  further 
advantage  of  being  absolutely  and  entirely  con- 
cealed from  the  enemy.  It  is  shrouded  in  mys- 
tery, and  there  is  no  chance  for  the  enemy  to 
gain  an  advantage  by  reading  signals,  as  has 
often  happened  in  the  past. 

The  character  of  the  country  in  which  opera- 
tions are  being  conducted  has  no  effect  upon 
present  military  maneuvers.  Where  bullock 
carts  cannot  penetrate  the  Japanese  have  dis- 
covered that  it  is  very  easy  to  transport  wire 
by  having  men  carry  it  coiled  upon  their  shoul- 
ders. These  men  advance  the  line  at  a  rate  of 
three  miles  or  more  an  hour.  The  telephones 
are  constructed  of  parts  similar  to  those  of  com- 
mercial instruments,  but  are  housed  in  boxes, 
which  make  them  more  easily  portable. 


It  might  be  well  to  draw  the  attention  of  the 
reader  to  a  point  of  interest  in  the  illustration 
on  page  333  that  might  not  make  itself  evident. 
The  picture  shows  a  telephone  station  in  a  K<>. 
rean  hut.  and  three  men  apparently  engaged  in 
receiving  and  transmitting  messages.  One  •  4 
thes  ■  men  acts  as  a  transmitter,  another  listens 
to  the  commands  as  they  are  received  and 
checks  the  messages  both  ways  ;  in  this  manner 
accuracy  is  obtained  and  the  reports  and  com- 
mands are  successfully  transmitted. 

It  must,  of  course,  be  remembered  that  in  the 
rapid  work  of  construction  which  is  imperative 
under  military  conditions,  the  equipment  is 
necessarily  crude  and  incomplete.  But  it  answers 
every  purpose,  and  has  the  great  advantage  of 
extreme  mobility. 

It  would  seem  that  the  Japanese  have  ren- 
dered wholly  obsolete  the  old  romantic  picture 
of  the  mud-smeared  and  disheveled  horseman 
falling  from  his  jaded  mount  as  he  hands  his 
dispatch  to  his  general. 

Every  outpost  is  connected  with  its  camp  and 
every  encampment  with  headquarters,  so  that 
the  commanding  officer  is  enabled  to  talk  with 
all  parts  of  his  army,  although  it  may  consist  of 
tens  of  thousands  scattered  over  miles  of  ground- 
Hence  there  can  be  no  excuse  for  orders  going 
astray  or  being  misinterpreted,  and  absolutely 
no  chance  of  surprise.  No  Japanese  soldiers 
are  being  uselessly  sacrificed  because  of  lack  of 
means  for  obtaining  information  or  confirming 
seemingly  ambiguous  orders. 


i  Iglit,  1904,  by  G   U    Harvey. 

MEMBERS  OF  A  JAPANESE  SIGNAL  COUPS  "  WKUVAUOINO  "   KKOM    AN  OUTPOST. 


KUROKI,  LEADER  OF  THE  JAPANESE  ADVANCE, 

BY   HI  RATA   TATSUO. 


AT  the  break  of  day  of  the  first  of  May, 
1904,  the  entire  battery  of  the  Third  Di- 
vision of  the  First  Japanese  army  opened  lire 
upon  the  Russians  across  the  Vain  River. 

( hi  a  hilltop  on  the  Korean  side  you  could  see 
a  man.  Upon  his  head  was  the  snow  of  sixty  win- 
ters. By  the  way  the  field-glasses  in  Ins  hand 
were  directed,  his  interest  seemed  to  be  as  wide 
as  the  battlefield  before  him.  He  had  seen 
many  wars.  Many  times  his  country  had  called 
to  him.  Since  his  eighteenth  year  she  has  never 
found  him  wanting.  Always  above  his  head 
waved  the  imperial  flag  of  Nippon.  He  was 
over  her  cradle  in  the  stormy  days  of  the  Res- 
toration, when  the  New  Nippon  was  born.  In 
the  war  of  the  Satsuma  rebellion,  at  the  capture 
of  Weihaiwei,  he  held  his  place  ;  and  again,  in 
the  autumn  of  his  life,  came  the  call  to  the  flag. 
Once  again  the  men  of  the  First  Army  Corps 
were  happy  to  see  at  their  head  the  ever-young. 
elderly  commander  of  many  other  heroic  days. 

Only  the  gods  could  tell  you  what  were  Gen- 
eral Kuroki's  emotions  as  he  looked  over  the 
battlefield  of  the  Yalu.  That  was  the  first  battle 
on  which  the  fate  of  the  Nippon  army  depended. 
( 'an  an  Oriental  race  stand  against  a  white  one  ? 
This  also  was  the  question  which  this  battle 
was  to  decide,  once  for  all.  That  was  the  first 
battle,  as  well,  in  which  this  veteran  commander 
was  asked  to  strike  one  great  blow  for  the  very 
life  of  his  beloved  Nippon.  Y\rho  shall  say  that 
there  was  no  prayer  within  the  heart  of  General 
Kuroki  ?  He  must  have  prayed  to  the  gods  that 
this  might  be  the  last  battle  in  which  he  would 
be  compelled  to  witness  the  sacrifice  of  so  many 
thousands  of  Nippon's  brave  sons  for  the  defense 
of  their  country.  He  had  shared  with  his  soldier 
boys  the  hardships  of  camp.  Side  by  side  with 
them  lie  had  fought  for  his  country.  He  had 
run  the  race  of  life,  always  for  the  defense  and 
honor  of  his  country.  He  must  have  then  felt 
that  he  was  in  the  last  arena  of  his  life,  and 
certainly  the  old  commander  might  lie  permitted 
to  pray  to  the  gods  that,  after  this  last  heroic 
effort  in  behalf  of  his  country,  he  might  be  per 
mitted  to  go  back  to  his  simple  home-life  ;  that 
the  future  of  his  country  might  be  smooth  ;  that 
strife  might  cease.  The  men  who  saw  the  com- 
mander on  that  morning  were  moved  to  tears. 
they  tell  us. 

What  profits  it  for  a  man  of  sixty  to  share 
the  rations  of  a  private,  of  coarse  rice  and  dried 


fish,  to  brave  the  Korean  winter  and  the  Korean 
road,  which  is  worse,  that  he  might  have  glory, 
that  he  might  have  wealth  ? 

"The  military,"  says  Tolstoy,  "trained  for 
murder,  having  passed  years  in  a  school  of  inhu- 
manity, coarseness,  and  idleness,  rejoice — poor 
men — because,  besides  an  increase  of  their  salary, 


GENERAL    BARON    KUHOKI    TAMESADA. 

(General  Kuroki  is  of  pure  Samurai  blood,  of  an  old  Jap- 
anese family,  and  not  of  half  Polish  origin,  as  has  been 
reported  in  the  newspapers.) 

the  slaughter  of  superiors  opens  vacancies  for 
their  promotion."     Here  is  one  of  them  : 

In  the  first  year  of  Koka. — that  is  to  say, 
1844, — in  the  city  of  Kogoshima.  in  a  cpiiet 
street,  was  born  a  child  to  whom  the  elders  gave 
the  name  of  Shichizaemon.  This  city  was  a 
famous  spot.  There  were  born  Field  Marshal 
Marquis  Oyama,  Admiral  Togo,  and  the  great 
est  of  all  Nipponese  military  leaders.  Saigo  Nan- 
shu. 

Young  Shichizaemon  was  in  the  vigor  of  his 


336 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


youth  when  the  New  Nippon  was  entangling 
herself  in  her  baby  speeches  and  gestures.  The 
civil  war, — the  Ojishin,  or  great  earth- shakings, 
as  we  called  it. — which  brought  about  the  res- 
toration of  actual  powers  of  government  into 
the  bands  of  his  majesty  the  Emperor,  and 
translated  the  power  and  prestige  of  the  Shogun 
government  into  gentle  furniture  in  the  hall  of 
history,  was  led  principally  by  the  two  most 
powerful  clans  of  the  time,  Satsuma  and  ( Ihoshu. 
Prince1  Shimazu  was  the  lord  of  Satsuma  clan.  At 
the  head  of  the  Satsuma  samurai,  Saigo  Nanshu 
led  the  brocade  banner  of  his  majesty  all  victori- 
ous over  the  Shogun's  forces.  And  under  this 
famous  commander  you  could  see  our  young 
man.  rather  silent,  and  always  calm,  who  seemed 
to  take  life  seriously,  and  who  was  known  among 
his  comrades  as  Kuroki  Tamesada  (for  as  he 
grew  in  years  Kuroki  changed  the  name  of  his 
youth  to  Tamesada).  Excellent  conduct  secured 
young  Kuroki  promotion  to  be  the  chief  of  a  sub- 
company.  At  the  head  of  this  unpretentious 
band  of  Satsuma  samurai  he  saw  the  famous 
battles  of  Fushima  and  of  Yodo  ;  and  he  was 
also  at  the  memorable  death-struggles  of  the 
Shogun's  forces  at  Aizu  and  at  Yakamatsu. 

It  was  in  the  second  moon  of  the  following 
year  that  he  was  promoted  to  the  command  of 
a  sub-company  of  the  first  company.  Promo- 
tions then  came  rapidly  to  him,  and  in  the 
seventh  moon  of  the  fourth  year  of  Meiji,  we 
find  him  a  captain,  and  at  the  head  of  a  sub- 
company  of  the  bodyguard  of  the  Emperor. 
Later,  he  was  promoted  to  the  rank  of  major, 
and  then  he  was  made  lieutenant-colonel. 

Then  came  the  tenth  year  of  Meiji.  In  that 
year  the  samurai  ideals  of  the  Elder  Nippon 
met  in  battle  the  dreams  and  aspirations  of  the 
New.  In  this  Waterloo  of  the  Old  Nippon  the 
best  fighting  blood  of  the  nation  was  shed, — 
Satsuma,  men  against  Satsuma,  and  Choshu 
against  Choshu  ;  the  superior  resources  of  the 
imperial  army  against  the  genius  of  Saigo  and 
his  fellow-captains  !  Such  was  the  stage  which 
called  upon  the  then  Lieutenant-Colonel  Kuroki 
and  bade  him  show  to  the  world  what  make  of 
man  he  was.  For  one  hundred  and  eighty  days 
on  a  stretch,  Kuroki  was  iii  the  thick  of  the  fight. 

Then  came  the  historic  year  of  L894.  In  the 
opening  days  of  the  year,  hewasordered  to  take 
a  trip  of  investigation  through  the  forts  at,  Ku- 
kuoka,  Kokura,  Akamagaseki,  Tsushima,  and 
Okinawa.  Now  these  are  the  principal  points 
of  defense  in  southern  Nippon.  Already  the 
more  than  first  signs  of  the  gathering  storm  of 
war  were  above  the  far-Eastern  horizon.  The 
poet  of  the  time  has  said  that  "  the  peace  of  the 
far  Easl  was  as  secure  as  an  egg  at  the  end  of  a 


cobweb  thread."  On  the  twenty-fifth  day  of 
July,  1894,  was  issued  the  order  for  mobilization. 
General  Kuroki  looked  after  the  concentration 
of  reserves  at  different  points  of  embarkation. 
Referring  to  this  period  of  the  Chino-Nippon 
war,  he  simply  remarked  that  in  comparison  the 
days  he  spent  in  China  commanding  his  division 
were  an  agreeable  stretch  of  vacation.  The  only 
time  lie  worked  at  all  was  in  the  opening  days 
of  the  war,  when  the  rapid  concentration  of  the 
reserves  taxed  his  wits. 

It  was  close  to  midnight  of  January  29, 
1895, — to  be  precise,  11.55  p.m.  To  ■  General 
Kuroki,  who  was  at  the  head  of  the  Sixth  Divi- 
sion, came  a  messenger  from  Field  Marshal 
Oyania.  The  Sixth  Division  was  back  of  the 
hill  ranges  of  "Weihaiwei.  The  message  which 
came  to  General  Kuroki  was  simple.  It  said  to 
attack  and  take  Weihaiwei, —  that  was  all. 
Facing  him,  and  screening  the  bay  of  Weihai- 
wei, were  twelve  massive  forts  that  had  sixty- 
four  Krupp  and  Armstrong  guns  of  twenty-four- 
centimeter  caliber.  These  forts  defended  a 
stretch  of  six  hundred  and  fifty  meters.  Behind 
this  screen,  on  the  peaceful  bay  of  Weihaiwei. 
was  the  remnant  of  the  Peiyang  squadron. 
From  where  he  stood  in  the  early  light  of  Jan- 
uary 30,  1895,  General  Kuroki,  through  his  field- 
glasses,  could  see  his  men  climbing  over  the 
frozen  i-ocks  and  over  snow  to  the  attack  of  the 
forts.  The  combined  fire  of  the  twelve  forts 
and  of  the  Chinese  vessels  in  the  bay  enveloped 
his  men  in  a  mantle  of  fire  and  smoke.  At  eleven 
in  the  morning,  when  the  fury  of  the  battle 
cleared  away  somewhat,  the  Sun  flag  was  sei  > 
floating  from  eleven  out  of  the  twelve  of  the 
forts.  General  Kuroki  had  just  seen  a  super- 
human feat  of  human  courage.  The  scene, 
however,  did  not  seem  to  move  him  in  the  least. 
Watching  him,  one  would  have  supposed  that  he 
was  looking  upon  a  bit  of  every-day  activity, — 
tilling  a  field,  for  example.  The  taking  of  the 
last  fort  bf  the  twelve  was  more  furious  than 
any  incident  in  connection  with  the  capture  of 
Weihaiwei.  The  Nippon  soldiers,  with  their 
stubborn  and  almost  mechanical  steadiness,  made 
for  it.  Now,  all  the  guns  of  the  Chinese  vessels 
had  no  other  object  at  this  time  than  to  push 
hack  this  final  attack  of  the  Nippon  soldiers  OB 
the  last  fort.  They  concentrated  their  fire, 
therefore,  against  this  reckless  advance.  The 
ground  was  plowed,  and  the  cloud  of  dust  hung 
thick  around  the  men  who  marched  over  the 
blood  and  bodies  of  their  comrades.  Still  the 
commander  of  the  Sixth  Division  looked  un- 
touched upon  the  gallantry  of  his  men.  At  last 
the  last  fort  was  rushed,  and  the  Chinese  were 
scattered  down  the  frozen  precipices  !    The  Sun 


A  CHINAMAN  ON  THE  "  YELLOIV  PERIL." 


337 


flag  floated  from  the  last  of  the  land  defenses 
of  Weihaiwei.  General  Kuroki  looked  upon 
the  scene  as  if  he  had  expected  to  see  noth- 
ing less.  As  soon  as  the  forts  were  in  the 
hands  of  the  Nippon  soldiers,  they  turned  the 
captured  guns  upon  the  Chinese  vessels  which 
had  been  bombarding  them.  Suddenly  there 
came  a  messenger  to  General  Kuroki.  He  said, 
■•  Major-General  Odera  was  struck  by  a  shell, 
which  caused  his  instant  death."  General  Ku- 
roki turned  around  and  looked  at  the  messenger, 
and  said,  "What  did  you  say  ?" 

Tn  the  eyes  of  the  messenger,  and  also  in  his 
voice,  which  repeated  the  black  news,  there 
were  tears.  Major-General  Odera  had  held  the 
proud  record  of  being  the  bravest  man  in  the  en- 
tire Nippon  army.  That  meant  something.  The 
general  was  silent.  What  he  said  at  last  was  : 
•'  Odera  dead  ?     He  died  well." 


Surely  that  was  simple.  What  impressed  the 
men  about  General  Kuroki  was  the  tone  of  his 
voice,  the  attitude  of  the  general.  General 
Kuroki,  who  could  look  upon  thousands  of  his 
brave  soldiers  placed  upon  the  altar  of  his  coun- 
try's honor  and  watch  them  baptize  with  their 
blood  the  frozen  precipices,  down  Motien  forts, 
in  perfect  peace,  was  stirred  almost  to  a  stormy 
point  of  emotional  excitement  at  the  news  of 
the  death  of  his  comrade,  Major  General  Odera. 
The  men  who  happened  to  be  present  at  this 
scene  declare  that  they  had  never  seen  the  gen- 
eral, or  any  man  for  that  matter,  so  affected  in 
all  their  lives. 

General  Kuroki  has  the  reputation  of  being 
cold  by  nature.  It  is  wrong  to  pronounce  the 
Mississippi  shallow  because  it  does  not  make  as 
much  noise  as  a  mountain  rill  every  moment  of 
its  life. 


A  CHINAMAN  ON  THE    'YELLOW  PERIL." 

BY  CHANG  YOW  TONG. 

[Mr.  Chang  (formerly  secretary  of  the  Chinese  World's  Fair  Commission)  is  a  young  Chinaman  of  means, 
who  is  devoting  himself  to  the  self-imposed  task  of  making  China  understood  by  the  Western  world.  He  comes 
of  a  high-class  family,  was  educated  in  this  country  (although  he  has  not  become  Americanized),  and  has 
traveled  extensively.  He  has  just  published  a  small  volume  of  poems  descriptive  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase 
Exposition,  which  is  really  a  fine  tribute  to  American  influence  on  China.] 


THE  phrase,  the  "Yellow  Peril,"  which 
originally  meant  danger  from  the  Chinese 
race,  was  coined  by  the  European  newspapers 
in  the  far  East  during  the  Boxer  uprising  of 
1900  in  northern  China. 

When  Germany  demanded  Kiao-Chau  Bay  ; 
France,  Kwong-Chau  Bay  ;  and  Russia,  Port 
Arthur  ;  while  innumerable  .  concessions  and 
privileges  were  demanded  in  quick  succession 
by  three  or  four  other  nations  in  1897  and  1898, 
it  seemed  even  to  the  drowsy  Chinese  that  the 
partition  of  China  had  at  last  arrived.  This  idea 
was  strengthened  by  the  tone  of  the  local  foreign 
press,  which  openly  discussed  the  subject  while 
the  foreign  powers  were  at  the  same  time  mark- 
ing out  their  particular  spheres  of  influence. 
It  was  no  wonder,  therefore,  that  the  Chinese 
thought  the  European  nations  had  decided  to 
carry  out  the  nefarious  plan.  To  counteract 
such  a  scheme,  the  Boxers  resolved  to  drive  out 
of  China  all  foreigners,  and  even  native  sympa- 
thizers with  foreigners. 

It  was  thought  at  the  time  by  Europeans  that 
this  Boxer  movement  would  spread  all  over 
China,  and  they  predicted  that  there  would  be 


much  future  trouble.  Strongly  convinced  that 
the  whole  of  China  would  rise. in  arms  against 
all  aliens,  the  foreign  cry  was  "  Yellow  Peril," 
and  yellow  journalism  was  widely  circulated, 
cursing  the  Chinese  for  defending  their  own 
country,  which  Russia,  Germany,  and  France 
were  eager  to  seize.  And  seize  it  they  did.  I 
expressly  single  out  these  because  they  are  the 
ones  who  contemplate  territorial  aggrandize- 
ment. They  had  already  hatched  their  plan  of 
spoliation  and  robbery  when  they  coerced  Japan 
into  the  retrocession  of  the  Liao-tung  Peninsula 
in  1895,  in  order  to  reserve  the  Asiatic  mainland 
for  themselves. 

AN    ABSURDITY,     AN    IMPOSSIBILITY. 

Peril  and  danger  from  the  Chinese  !  What 
absurdity  !  What  danger  could  there  be  from 
a  nation  whose  policy  is  peace  at  any  price,  and 
who  went  to  war  only  when  forced  to  do  so  ? 
What  could  an  agricultural  and  trading  people 
do  to  endanger  the  safety  of  nations  which  are 
armed  to  the  teeth,  whose  glory  is  militarism, 
whose  pride  is  arms,  and  whose  thirst  is  terri- 
tory ? 


33* 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Who  does  not  know  the  march  of  Russia 
across  the  Asiatic  continent  ?  Who  can  be 
blind  to  the  aspirations  of  France,  which,  after 
the  defeat  of  1870,  turned  her  attention  to  colo- 
nial expansion  (or  land-stealing)  in  Asia,  Africa, 
and  other  parts  of  the  world  ?  What  person 
can  be  so  ignorant  as  not  to  see  that  Germany 
has  appropriated  vast  regions  in  Africa,  snatched 
seaports  in  Asia,  islands  in  the  Pacific,  and  at- 
tempted to  gain  a  foothold  in  South  America  ? 
When  the  rightful  owner  of  the  land  makes 
some  resistance,  they  instantly  cry  out  "peril." 
Surely  it  has  been  peril  to  those  who  resisted, 
not  peril  to  those  who  robbed  It  is  the  high- 
wayman's cry.  The  "Yellow  Peril"  should  be 
interpreted  :  peril  to  and  not  from  the  yellow  race. 

The  Germans  are  doing  all  they  can  to  blind 
the  world  and  make  Europe  and  America  be- 
lieve that  there  actually  is  a  "  Yellow  Peril." 
They  are  trying  to  rouse  the  Occidental  nations 
to  an  imaginary  danger  and  to  goad  the  Cau- 
casian race  on  to  the  subjugation  of  Asia.  They 
are  doing  their  utmost  to  create  a  racial  preju- 
dice to  further  their  own  ends.  They  like  to 
see  Russia,  backed  up  by  the  great  Western 
] lowers,  win  over  Japan,  and  thereby  gain  some- 
thing for  themselves.  With  Russia's  victory 
they  expect  the  speedy  partition  of  China,  a 
large  slice  of  which  will  surely  come  to  Ger- 
many, Russia's  friend,  sympathizer,  and  partner. 
For  was  it  not  for  Asiatic  land-robbing  that 
Germany  joined  Russia  and  France  in  the  co- 
ercion of  Japan  in  1895?  Russia's  victory  in 
the  present  war  would  mean  that  the  Musco- 
vites' policy  would  be  concentrated  in  the  de- 
velopment of  her  far-Eastern  possessions,  which 
would  so  absorb  her  attention  and  strain  her  re- 
sources that  Germany  would  be  able  to  sleep 
quietly  for  years  with  no  concern  as  to  her 
frontiers  contiguous  to  the  Bear.  If  Russia 
loses,  then  Germany  must  be  forever  apprehen- 
sive of  her  possession  of  Kiao-Chau  Bay.  It 
will  be  within  striking  distance  of  Japan,  the 
conqueror  of  Russia.  Russia  will  no  more 
stand  between  her  and  Japan  to  divert  Japanese 
attention  to  Manchuria  and  leave  Kiao-Chau  to 
be  strengthened  and  developed  af  leisure.  With 
Russia  defeated,  Germany  must  stand  alone  in 
northern  China. 

Why  is  France  crying  "Yellow  Peril  ?"  Be- 
cause Russia  is  her  ally,  and  she  has  loaned  her 
wist  sums.  Because  Russian  defeat  means  the 
delaying  <>f  the  partition  of  China.  Because 
Russia's  failure  to  expand  in  the  Bast  means 
that  Russia  must  expand  in  Europe,  in  winch 
case  she  will  crowd  Germany,  and  Germany  may 
crowd    France.      Such    an   event  may   not    seem 


possible,  but  it  is  the  logical  outcome  of  the 
"Yellow  Peril"  theory.  France  has  charged 
the  Japanese  with  the  breaking  of  international 
law  in  the  first  naval  attack  on  Port  Arthur. 
I  wish  to  remind  France  that  she  attacked  the 
Chinese  fleet  at  Foo-Chow  in  1884  with  the  same 
"treachery"  before  war  was  officially  declared. 
France  taught  this  lesson  to  Japan. 

Russia  is  reaping  the  "  Yellow  Peril  "  because 
she  has  had  the  "yellow  fever," — the  fever  of 
conquering  and  ruling  the  yellow  race. 

NO    PERIL    TO    ENGLAND    AND    AMERICA. 

Why  is  it  that  England  and  America  do  not 
see  the  "Yellow  Peril?"  Because  they  know 
that  the  invasion  of  Europe  and  America  will 
never  come.  Because  England  and  America 
have  so  shaped  their  courses  in  their  Asiatic 
possessions  that  the  natives  cannot  and  will  not 
be  driven  to  think  of  revolt,  much  less  invasion. 
The  liberty,  freedom,  fair  play,  and  privilegea 
granted  by  England  and  America  to  their 
colonies  insure  contentment  and  stability  among 
the  natives.  Any  one  who  compares  the  con- 
dition of  the  Straits  Settlements  and  Annam 
will  be  immediately  convinced  of  their  respec- 
tive conditions  and  corresponding  prosperity. 
The  troubles  in  German  Africa  are  the  outcome 
of  cruelty  ;  the  flourishing  condition  of  the 
Sandwich  Islands  is  the  fruit  of  impartiality. 
The  "  Yellow  Peril  "  of  the  Mongols  under  Gen- 
ghis Khan  is  a  thing  of  the  past, — dead  six  cen- 
turies ago.  Asia  then  suffered  far  more  than 
Europe,  only  the  eastern  border  of  which  was 
visited  by  the  Tartars.  Nearly  every  nation  on 
the  Asiatic  mainland  was  conquered,  and  the 
Chinese  suffered  most  terribly  from  their  in- 
vasion. 

The  "  Yellow  Peril "  will  never  come  again. 
If  it  comes  at  all,  it  will  be  at  the  time  when 
European  civilization  has  retrograded  and 
Europeans  return  to  a  condition  of  savagery  far 
below  that  of  their  ancestors  before  the  days  of 
Caesar.  The  "  Yellow  Peril "  is  only  possible 
when  the  Asiatics  are  superior  to  the  Europeans 
in  culture,  science,  art,  and  general  civilization. 
just  as  the  Europeans,  superior  to  the  Asiatics 
in  these  respects,  now  dominate  Asia.  It  will 
come  when  Europe  and  America,  weakened  by 
incessant  wars,  are  so  helpless  that  not  only  the 
Asiatics,  but  even  the  Eskimos  and  Laplanders 
will  be  able  to  dictate  terms.  When  the  Asi- 
atics are  able  to  overrun  Europe  and  America 
it  will  not  be  the  day  o(  a  ■  Yellow  Peril,"  but 
the  day  of  a  "golden  era."  If  that  day  ever 
comes,  it  will  mean  that  the  Asiatics  are  so  su- 
perior that  they  deserve  the  conquest  of  the  world. 


SOME  PROMINENT   ITALIAN  PERIODICALS. 


WHAT  THE    PEOPLE    READ    IN    ITALY. 


THE  Italians,  while  one  of  the  oldest  races, 
form  one  of  the  newest  nations  on  the  con- 
tinent of  Europe.  Their  periodical  press  is  per 
haps  the  youngest,  and  Italy  has  no  such  modern 
periodical  literature  as  we  find  in  other  countries. 
It  is  only  thirty-four  years  since  what  is  now  the 
kingdom  of  Italy  numbered  many  different  small 
states  and  governments,  and  in  most  of  these 
political  liberty  was  very  much  restricted  by 
absolutism.  Political  discussion  especially  was 
dangerous,  and  in  Lombardy,  which  was  then 
under  Austrian  rule,  even  historical  writing  was 
forbidden.  The  writing  of  philosophical  works 
was  absolutely  prohibited  under  the  Papal  gov- 
ernment up  to  1871.  Gradually,  periodicals  be- 
gan to  appear,  and  to-day,  while  there  is  a  free 
press,  it  is  young  and  comparatively  limited 
in  number.  Besides  these  conditions,  the  Ital- 
ians seem  naturally  to  take  more  to  books  than 
to  periodicals.  The  educated  people  read  liter- 
ature in  book  form  rather  than  articles  in  re- 
views, and  the  masses  are  not  at  all  concerned 
with  questions  of  politics.     The  higher  classes 


read  French  books,  and  the  common  people  read 
scarcely  anything.  The  periodical  literary  press 
is  not  what  might  be  called  popular,  and  it  is 
patronized  almost  exclusively  by  the  cultivated 
classes.  It  publishes  literature  and  controversial 
matter  of  a  scientific  nature,  which  can  interest 
only  serious  and  studious  people.  By  reason  of 
this  very  seriousness  of  character,  the  Italian 
magazines  are  seldom  illustrated. 

The  leader  of  the  Italian  reviews,  the  best 
known  and  most  ably  conducted,  is  the  Nuova 
Antologia  (New  Anthology),  of  Rome,  which  is 
a  high-class  monthly  review,  publishing  articles 
of  a  literary,  scientific,  and  philosophic  charac- 
ter, contributed  chiefly  by  university  professors. 
The  Nuova  Antologia  is  about  thirty  years  old, 
and  is  edited  by  Maggiorino  Ferraris,  an  ex- 
member  of  the  Italian  cabinet.  The  Rassegna 
Nazionale  (National  Review),  published  in  Flor- 
ence, is  of*  the  same  general  character  as  the 
Nuova  Antologia,  but  often  more  serious.  It  is 
similar  in  form,  and  has  high  standing.  The 
Rivista  Moderna  (Modern  Review)  and  the  Italia 


340 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Moderna  (Modern  Italy),  of  Rome,  are  new  maga- 
zines, slightly  more  popular  in  tone  than  the 
two  already  mentioned  ;  and  the  Revue  d'ltalic 
(Italian  Review)  is  published  in  French  for  the 
benefit  of  foreigners.  The  Radicals  have  two 
monthlies  :  the  Rivista  Italiana  di  Sociologia 
(Italian  Sociological  Review),  of  Rome  ;  and 
the  Riforma  Sociale  (Social  Review),  of  Turin, 
both  of  which  are  Republican  and  Socialistic  in 
their  sympathies.  The  Riforma  is  six  or  seven 
years  old.  It  is  an  important  review,  being  an 
authority  on  politics  and  social  economics,  and 
is  edited  by  Signor  Colaianni,  a  Republican 
leader,  a  professor  in  the  University  of  Naples, 
and  one  of  the  members  of  the  House  of  Dep- 
uties. Minerva,  of  Rome,  is  a  sort  of  weekly 
Review  of  Reviews.  Some  of  these  reviews, — such 
as  Natura  ed  Arte  (Nature  and  Art),  of  Milan  ;  the 
Secolo  XX.  (Twentieth  Century),  of  Milan  ;  the 
-fiWipon'MHiCEmporium),  of  Bergamo, — have  a  wide 
range,  are  very  well  illustrated,  and  somewhat 
similar  in  style  to  the  American  reviews.  The 
CiviltcL  Cattolica  (Catholic  Civilization),  of  Rome, 
is  a  monthly  review 
published  by  one  of 
the  daily  newspa- 
pers, and  is  devoted 
to  the  interests  of 
the  Church,  par- 
ticularly of  the 
priests. 

There  are  in 
Italy  several  re- 
views of  an  exclu- 
sively technical  na- 
ture, such  as  the 
Cronache  della  Ci- 
viltd  Elleno-Latina 
(Chronicles  of  the 
Greco-Latin  Civili- 
zation), edited  by 
Professor  de  Gu- 
bernatis.  The  ob- 
ject of  the  journal 
is  to  study  the  de- 
velopment of  all  the 
neo-Latin  races  — 
French,  Italian, 
and  Spanish.  The 
Bollettino    delle    /<)'- 

name  Ferrovie  e  Lavori  Pubblici  (Bulletin  of 
Finances,  Railroads,  and  Public  Works),  is  a 
government  publication ;  the  Bollettino  della  So- 
cieta  Oeografica  Ttaliana  (Bulletin  of  the  Ital- 
ian Geographical  Society)  is  devoted  to  geo- 
graphical studies  in  general;  the  Monitore  Tec- 
nico  (Technical  Monitor),  for  engineers  and  archi- 
tects ;  the  Italia  Coloniale  (Colonial  Italy),  for  the 


PROF.  ANGELO  DE  GUBEHNATIS. 

(Editor  of  Cronache  deUa  Civilta 
Elleno-Latina,  one  of  the  ablest 
and  best  known  of  Italian  edi- 
tors. He  was  formerly  director 
of  the  Minerva,  the  Italian  Re- 
view of  Revienv,  and  is  still 
professor  of  Italian  literature 
in  the  University  of  Rome,  and 
a  member  of  the  House  of  Dep- 
uties. In  the  early  part  of  the 
present  year,  he  made  a  lecture 
tour  of  the  United  States.) 


development  of  the  Italian  colonies  ;  the  Rivista 
del  Touring  (Review  of  Touring),  of  a  sporty  char- 
acter. There  is  also  a  military  review,  the  Rivista 
di  Artiglieria  e  Genio  (Review  of  Artillery  and 
Engineering),  published  in  Rome  ;  and,  finally,  a 
review  for  the  great  events  of  the  elite, — of  coun- 
try life,  society,  etc., — the  Verde  e  Azzurro  (Green 
and  Blue). 

During  the  last  few  years,  Italian  weeklies 
have  begun  to  cover  a  wide  range.  They  are 
more  popular  in  tone  than  the  monthlies.  In 
Milan,  there  is  a  popular  weekly  illustrated  re- 
view of  the  news,  the  Illustrazione  Italiana  (Il- 
lustrated Italian),  a  popular  progressive  journal 
of  sixteen  pages,  noted  for  its  illustrations.  The 
Tribune  Rlustrata  (Illustrated  Tribune)  is  pub- 
lished in  Rome.  The  Ularzocco,  of  Florence,  is  a 
very  high-class  publication.  It  takes  its  title 
from  the  name  of  a  celebrated  statue  of  a  lion, 
a  copy  of  which  is  on  the  steps  of  the  Palazzo 
della  Signoria,  in  Florence,  and  which  is  an  em- 
blem of  Florence  itself.  There  is  also  the  Leo- 
nardo da  Vinci,  an  organ  of  new  artistic  and 
literary  ideas.  In  Milan,  there  is  the  Corriere 
Rlustrata  (Illustrated  Courier),  published  by  the 
Corriere  della  Sera,  a  weekly  review  illustrated  in 
color.  Milan  has  also  the  Lettura  (Letter),  a 
popular  illustrated  weekly,  five  or  six  years  old. 
Liberal,  and  containing  good  stories,  novels,  and 
romances.  In  Florence,  also,  is  published  the 
popular  and  famous  Papagallo  (Paroquet),  a  jour- 
nal of  political  cartoons,  which  is  circulated  all 
over  the  world.  The  double-page  cartoon  each 
week  in  the  Pajmgallo  has  a  caption  in  Italian. 
French,  and  English.  The  other  two  famous 
cartoon  papers  of  Italy  are  the  Pasqnino  (Pas- 
quino  was  the  name  given  by  the  Roman  com- 
mon people  to  an  ancient  deformed  statue  still 
standing  near  the  Palazzo  Brasdi,  on  the  pedes- 
tal of  which  they  wrote  jokes,  epigrams,  satires), 
published  in  Turin,  famous  for  its  wit  ;  and  the 
Fischietto  (Little  Whistle),  also  of  Turin,  which 
is  perhaps  the  best  Italian  cartoon  journal.  Be- 
sides these,  there  are  in  Italy  many  weekly  pa- 
pers of  satirical  humor,  which  could  be  called 
political,  humorous  papers,  and  are  weekly  paro- 
dies of  public  life,  such  as  the  Bruscolo  (Bother), 
of  Florence  ;  the  Travaso  delle  Idee  (Journey  of 
an  Idea),  of  Rome  ;  Guerrin  Meschino  (a  romantic 
hero  of  the  Middle  Ages),  of  Milan  ;  and  Man- 
sit/nor  Perrelli,  of  Naples. 

The  Italian  dailies  are  generally  not  larger 
than  four  pages.  The  contents  of  the  Italian 
daily  papers  are  the  work  of  literary  writers 
rather  than  of  mere  reporters,  and  the  greater 
part  of  them  is  written  by  well-known  authors. 
The  space  for  advertisements  is  generally  very 
much  restricted,  and  the  first  article,  known  as 


WHAT  THE  PEOPLE  READ  IN  ITALY. 


341 


the  articolo  di  fondo  ("  Leading  Article  "),  on  the 
front  page  of  the  paper,  makes  it  look  somewhat 
like  the  editorial  page  of  the  American  papers. 
These  "  leaders  "  generally  come  from  the  best 
Italian  political  pens.  Altogether,  the  Italian 
daily  journal  is  very  serious.  The  daily  press 
is  divided  into  three  camps,  in  accordance  with 
the  three  main  political  parties  ;  and  there  ai'e 
Monarchical,  Radical  (subdivided  into  Republi- 
can, Socialistic,  etc.),  and  Clerical  papers,  known 
respectively  as  the  White,  Red,  and  Black  press. 

Italian  daily  journalism  has  made  considerable 
advance  during  the  past  few  years.  Rome,  nat- 
urally, has  the  largest  number  of  high-class 
dailies.  The  largest,  best  known,  and  most  ably 
edited  of  all  the  Italian  dailies  is,  no  doubt,  the 
Tribuna  (Tribune),  of  Rome.  It  is  an  evening 
daily,  and  its  political  news  is  accurate.  It  is 
read  all  over  the  kingdom.  The  Tribuna  is  seri- 
ous, and  is  the  official  organ  of  the  government. 
It  is  the  oldest  Italian  daily.  During  the  last 
three  or  four  years,  it  has  had  a  rival  in  the 
Giornale  d' Italia  (Journal  of  Italy),  also  of  the 
capital,  which  is  a  progressive  sheet,  and  semi- 
officially inspired.  This  newspaper  has  been 
publishing  excellent  news  of  the  Russo-Japanese 
war,  in  many  cases  securing  information  ahead 
of  other  European  journals.  The  Popolo  Romano 
(Roman  People)  is  another  governmental  daily, 
more  popular  in  tone.  Then  there  is  the  Patria, 
the  organ  of  the  Freemasons. 

The  differences  between  Church  and  State  nat- 
urally furnish  material  for  much  rivalry.  The  Tri- 
buna and  the  Giornale  d' Italia  are  the  champions 
of  the  Quirinal,  but  the  Vatican  also  has  its  or- 
gans. The  chief  among  these  is  the  Osservatore 
Romano  (Roman  Observer),  a  well-edited  daily 
much  opposed  to  the  government.  It  is  pub- 
lished and  edited  by  churchmen,  and  takes  a 
decided  stand  on  all  questions  of  religion  and 
politics.  The  Voce  della  Veritd  (Voice  of  Truth) 
is  also  one  of  the  organs  of  the  Church.  The 
Socialists  have  a  daily,  L'Avanti  (Forward),  a 
serious  journal,  of  Rome,  which  is  read  all  over 
Italy.  Two  other  dailies  of  the  capital  should 
also  be  mentioned  :  the  Asino  (Donkey),  a  comic 
Socialistic  enemy  of  the  priests  ;  and  the  Mes- 
saggiero  (Messenger),  a  sensational  non-political 
journal  for  servants,  poorer  government  em- 
ployees, and  the  lower  classes  generally. 

Outside  of  Rome,  there  are  a  number  of  im- 
portant dailies  in  Naples,  Milan,  and  Florence. 


The  Muttino  (Morning),  of  Naples,  is  one  of  the 
ablest  dailies  in  all  Italy.  Signor  Eduardo 
Scarfoglio  formerly  edited,  in  collaboration  with 
his  wife,  Signoria  Matilde  Serao,  the  Corriere  di 
Napoli  (The  Courier  of  Naples).  Signor  Scar- 
foglio, now  a  wealthy  man,  was  a  penniless  boy 
at  the  beginning  of  his  career,  and  Matilde  Serao, 
now  one  of  the  best  Italian  woman  writers,  was  a 
telegraph  operator.  The  Corriere  di  Napoli  went 
into  bankruptcy,  and  Scarfoglio  and  Serao  pub- 
lished the  Matlino  (Morning),  of  Naples,  a  very 
much-read  paper.  Later  they  separated,  and 
Matilde  Serao  published,  and  still  publishes,  the 
Giorno  (Day),  and  a  weekly  paper,  the  Settimana 
(Week).  The  evening  paper  of  Naples  is  the 
Pungolo  (Spur).  Both  of  these  journals  sup- 
port the  government,  and  are  widely  read 
throughout  all  southern  Italy.  There  is  also  the 
Roma  (Rome),  Republican,  and  a  very  popular 
newspaper.  In  Sicily,  the  best  known  daily  is 
the  Ora  (Hour),  of  Palermo.  Florence  has 
the  Nazione  (Nation),  and  Ettore  Fieramosca  (the 
name  of  a  famous  Italian  duelist).  The  Perse- 
veranza  (Perseverance),  of  Milan,  is  a  very  well- 
known  government  organ.  Another  paper  of 
the  same  kind  is  the  Corriere  della  Sera  (Evening 
Courier).  The  leader,  and  most  important  of 
all  the  Republican  newspapers  in  Italy,  is  pub- 
lished in  Milan,  and  is  the  Secolo  (Century);  of 
the  same  stripe,  but  less  important,  is  the  Tempo 
(Times). 

In  Bologna,  the  Resto  del  Carlino  is  a  morn- 
ing newspaper — a  Conservative  organ.  (Carlino 
is  the  name  of  a  Papal  piece  of  money.)  The 
Radical  newspaper  of  Bologna  is  the  Avvenire 
(Future).  There  is  in  Venice  the  Gazzetta  di 
Venezia  (Venice  Gazette),  the  manager  and 
owner  of  which  was  Ferruccio  Macola,  a  repre- 
sentative in  the  Italian  Parliament,  who  killed 
in  a  duel  the  famous  leader  of  the  Italian  Re- 
publican party,  Signor  Felice  Cavallotti.  Other 
papers  of  Venice  are  the  Gazzettino  (Little  Jour- 
nal) and  the  Adriatico  (Adriatic).  These  three 
papers  are  Conservative. 

In  Turin,  there  are  the  Stampa  (Press)  and  the 
Gazzetta  del  Popolo  (People's  Journal),  the  two 
oldest  Italian  newspapers.  Piedmont,  under  the 
rule  of  the  Savoy  family,  and  now  the  ruling 
dynasty  of  Italy,  was  the  only  part  of  Italy 
where,  before  1870,  the  press  had  sufficient  free 
dom.  In  Genoa,  there  are  the  Caffaro  and  the 
Secolo  XIX.  (Nineteenth  Century). 


LEADING    ARTICLES   OF  THE    MONTH. 


THE  CZAR  OF  RUSSIA  AT  HOME. 


AN  intimate  personal  sketch  of  the  Czar  ap- 
pears in  CasselVs  Magazine,  by  an  anony- 
mous writer.  The  article  closes  with  the  follow 
ing  lines  : 

"My  happiness  was  born  at  night. 
It  has  only  flourished  in  darkness; 
I  have  lost  my  joy  in  life, 
I  wander  wearily  in  gloom. 

"My  soul  gropes,  sadly  searching. 
In  mental  fog,— it  pines 
And  prays  and  suffers. 
But  finds  no  peace  on  earth." 

These  lines  are  a  translation  of  verses  by  the 
Czar  himself,  "the  translation  of  which  conveys 
an  utterly  inadequate  idea  of  the  veritable  ecstasy 
of  sorrow  contained  in  the  original  text."  The 
Czar  is  described  as  a  strange  and  inexplicable 
combination  of  the  crassest  contradictions  and 
most  divergent  extremes.  The  writer  states 
that  the  Czar  receives  a  bigger  salary  than  any 
other  man  in  the  world.  From  the  public  ex- 
chequer he  receives  nearly  a  million  pounds  per 
annum,  paid  in  monthly  installments,  sent  him 
in  the  form  of  a  check  on  the  National  Bank  of 
Russia.  His  private  income  is  three  or  four 
times  as  big  as  his  official.  He  has  a  hundred 
estates,  and  a  hundred  palaces  and  castles.  He 
has  more  servants  than  any  one  else  in  the  world, 
numbering  more  than  thirty  thousand.  His 
private  stables  contain  five  thousand  horses. 

AN    ENGLISH    HOME. 

This  is  the  writer's  account  of  the  imperial 
day: 

The  Czar  habitually  rises  at  6  A.M.,  and  eats  a  char- 
acteristically English  breakfast  of  ham  and  eggs,  bread 
and  butter,  with  marmalade  prepared  by  an  English 
maker,  and  tea.  This  predilection  for  English  manners 
and  customs  is  common  to  both  Czar  and  Czarina,  for 
both  like  English  fare  best,  both  prefer  using  English 
to  bheir  respective  mother  tongues,  and  both  are  agreed 
upon  the  necessity  of  educating  their  children  accord- 
ing to  English  methods.  Immediately  after  breakfast, 
tbe  Czar  begins  to  smoke  some  of  the  heaviest  brands 
of  Havana  cigars,  which  he  continues  to  puff  almost 
continuously  till  bedtime,  notwithstanding  tbe  fact 
thai  bis  doctors  have  warned  him  again  and  again. 

By  7  o'clock  he  is  at  his  desk,  discharging 
his  many  duties  as  chief  Boldier,  sailor.  Pope, 
and  judge,  all  rolled   into  oik'.     On  an  average. 


THE  CZAR,   THE  CZARINA,   AND  THEIR   FOUR  DAUGHTERS. 

(A  son  was  born  on  August  12,  1904.) 

five  hundred  documents  pass  through  his  hands 
every  week-day. 

Lunch  is  a  light  meal,  consisting  of  dainty  Inns 
d'eeuvres,— soup,  one  course  of  meat,  with  vegetables, 
and  a  sweet  dish,  generally  of  the  kind  found  on  the 
tables  of  middle-class  homes  in  England.  Not  hing  hut 
English  is  spoken,  and  as  the  domestics  in  attendance 
are  purposely  Russians,  unable  to  understand  a  word  of 
any  other  language,  the  conversation  is  free  and  unre- 
strained. After  lunch,  the  Czar  devotes  a  couple  of 
hours  to  recreation  of  different  kinds. 

Dinner  consists  of  five  or  six  courses,  plain 
and  wholesome  kinds  of  food  being  more  in  evi 
donee  than  fancy  dishes.  A  dinner  party  is 
generally  limited  to  six  or  eight  persons.  After 
dinner,  the  Czar  generally  enjoys  the  Russian 
gambling  game  called  ••  Whit,"  and  invariably 
plays  for  high  stakes.    Then  the  Czarina  regales 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


343 


the  company  with  music,  and  sometimes  the 
Czar  and  Czarina  play  duets  on  the  piano  to- 
gether. On  retiring,  the  Czarina  often  reads 
aloud  to  the  Czar,  sometimes  from  the  Times,  or 
the  latest  English  novel  or  review.  The  Czar 
makes  a  practice  of  retiring  to  rest  by  1 1  o'clock. 
The  writer  describes  how  the  action  of  the  Czar 
is   limited   by    the  action    of    the   bureaucracy. 


"  The  Czar  is  never  a  leader,  like  the  German 
Emperor,  but  he  is  continually  being  led  by 
some  influential  man  or  group  of  men."  The 
rescript  on  disarmament  is  thus  ascribed  to  the 
temporary  ascendency  of  M.  Bloch.  The  pre- 
cautions taken  against  -assassination  chill  his 
heart,  and  explain  the  gloom  expressed  in  the 
lines  recorded  above. 


RUSSIAN   ICONS  AND  ICONOLATRY. 


CHRISTIANITY  in  Russia  has  perhaps  been 
less  modified  by  modern  ideas  than  any- 
where else  in  the  world,  the  Armenian 
and  Coptic  churches  alone  excepted. 
Russian  Christianity,  upon  the  whole, 
may  be  said  to  still  "  represent  the  views 
that  prevailed  in  the  Greek  Empire  soon 
after  the  establishment  of  the  state 
church  and  the  official 
introduction  of  the  ven- 
eration of  saints."  The 
Reformation  did  not 
reach  Russia,  and  so 
the  iconolatry,  or  rev- 
erence shown  to  pic- 
tures, is  still  one  of  the 


characteristic  features  of  worship  in  the  Rus- 
sian Orthodox  Church.  The  editor  of  the  Open 
Court,  Dr.  Paul  Carus,  has  a  study  of 
Russian  iconolatry  in  a  recent  number 
of  his  magazine,  and  in  describing  the 
famous  folding  icon  of  St.  Petersburg, 
which  we  reproduce  on  this  page,  he  says  : 

This  most  famous  of  Russian  icons  is  cred- 
ited by  many  pious  believ- 
ers with  miraculous  pow- 
ers. It  shows  in  the  center 
one  of  the  most  notable 
Russian  saints,  St.  Alex- 
ander Nevski,  who,  in  his 
worldly  capacity,  was  a 
sovereign  that  reigned  at 
Novgorod.     He  waged  a 


St.  Alexis,  St.  Alexander  Nevski.  St.  Nicholas, 

Kuropatkin's  patron  saint.  the  thaumaturgist. 

THB    FOLDING    ICON   OF  THE  CITY   OK  ST.   PETERSBURG.   INTRUSTED  TO  GENERAL   KUROPATKIN  ON   HIS   DEPARTURE  FOR 

MANCHURIA. 


344 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


victorious  war  with  Sweden  and  gained  a  decisive 
victory  on  the  banks  of  the  river  Neva  in  1240, 
hence  the  people  called  him  the  hero  of  Neva,  or,  in 
Russian,  NevsUi,  under  which  name  he  became  en- 
deared to  Russian  patriots,  and  may  be  considered  as 
the  most  popular  saint  in  the  Czar's  domain.  On  the 
left-hand  wing  of  the  St.  Petersburg  folding  icon  we 
see  St.  Alexis,  who  happens  to  be  the  special  patron 
saint  of  Kuropatkin,  whose  Christian  name  is  Alexis. 
On  the  right-hand  wing  we  see  another  famous  Rus- 
sian saint,  who  holds  the  first  place  after  St.  Alexander 
Nevski  in  the  hearts  of  good  Russian  Christians,  St. 
Nicholas  the  Miracle- Worker,  or,  as  he  is  more  com- 
monly called  in  Greek,  "the  thaumaturgist."  Above 
the  centerpiece  appear  the  three  busts  of  the  Holy 
Family, — Christ,  the  Virgin  Mary,  and  St.  Joseph.  A 
Russian  cross  surmounts  the  whole,  and  incidently 
we  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  Russian  cross 
possesses  a  slanting  beam,  which  represents  the  seating 
plug  on  which  crucified  persons  used  to  be  placed, 
a  feature  which,  for  aesthetical  reasons,  has  been 
omitted  in  the  Western  Church  or  is  supplanted  by  a 
footrest. 

Speaking  of  the  wide,  almost  universal,  em- 
ployment of  icons  in  Russian  worship,  Dr. 
Carus  says  : 


Icons  are  very  extensively  used  in  Russian  worship, 
so  much  so  that  every  Russian  regiment  has  its  patron 
saint,  whose  icon  is  kept  in  the  church  of  the  garrison, 
which  in  war-time  may  be  a  tent,  after  the  fashion  of 
the  Jewish  Tabernacle,  and  is  in  charge  of  a  clergy- 
man, a  deacon,  and  other  functionaries,  who  attend  to 
the  usual  religious  duties.  The  day  of  the  regiment's 
saint  is  celebrated  by  the  regiment,  and  clergymen  car- 
rying a  crucifix  are  sometimes  present  in  battle  to  en- 
courage the  wavering  and  to  comfort  the  wounded  and 
dying.  All  people  who  have  a  desire  to  be  orthodox, 
especially  the  people  of  the  peasantry,  carry  on  a  little 
chain  or  string  around  their  necks,  underneath  their 
clothes,  a  small  cross  or  some  sacred  image  given  them 
on  the  day  of  baptism.  The  icon  of  a  saint  is  tacitly 
assumed  to  assure  the  presence  of  the  saint  himself,  and 
so,  since  the  saint  is  believed  to  be  a  miracle-worker,  most 
of  the  icons  are  credited  with  miraculous  powers.  The 
logic  of  the  argument  is  primitive,  but  on  its  own  prem- 
ises quite  consistent,  and  the  truth  is  that  an  unshaken 
faith  in  miracles  sometimes,  under  certain  circum- 
stances, rendered  possible  the  most  extraordinary  events. 
Much  can  be  said  for  as  well  as  against  icons.  Protes- 
tantism and,  more  so,  Puritanism,  reject  them  as  pagan, 
while  both  the  Greek  and  Roman  Catholic  churches 
have  sanctioned  their  use. 


KUROPATKIN  FROM  A  SWEDISH   POINT  OF  VIEW. 


IN  commenting  on  the  reported  differences 
between  General  Kuropatkin  and  Admiral 
Alexieff,  the  Swedish  popular  illustrated  maga- 
zine Varia  (Stockholm)  declares  that  it  will  be 
very  difficult  for  the  Russian  commander-in- 
chief  to  retrieve  the  losses  his  armies  and  gen- 
erals have  already  suffered  in  their  defensive 
campaign. 

Napoleon  once  wrote  to  the  Directory  in  Paris,  when 
they  wanted  to  impose  upon  him  an  associate  command- 
er in  Italy,  "A  bad  commander-in-chief  is  better  than 
two  equally  good  ones."  Admitting  this  statement  to  be 
t  rue,  what  shall  we  think  of  two  bad  or,  at  least,  medi- 
ocre, coordinate  commanders,  since  it  has  been  fully  evi- 
dent that  neither  Alexieff  nor  Kuropatkin  has  any  mil- 
itary talent.  For  Kuropatkin,  it  is  indeed  hard  luck 
that,  in  the  press,  he  has  been  described  as  a  matchless 
chief  and  organizer.  As  a  former  minister  of  war.  lie 
should  have  known  the  condition  of  the  Russian  troops 
in  Asia,  and  whether  the  Russian  army  organization, 
who.se  principal  creator  he  is,  would  really  stand  the 
test  of  war.  He  seems  not  to  have  had  the  slightest 
knowledge  of  either,  is  just  as  surprised  as  others  at 
the  facts  in  a  conflict  which  the  Russian  policy  has  pro 
yoked.  Kuropatkin,  together  with  [the  late]  von  Plehve, 
and  the  head  of  the  Holy  Synod,  Pobiedonostseff,  is  at 
the  head  of  the  present  Russian  system, and  he,  conse- 
quently, bears  the  greatest  responsibility  for  the  mis- 
takes and  corruption  which  the  Russian  army  organi- 
zation has  demonstrated.  Compared  with  the  great 
barbarity  which  he  has  shown  in  shooting  captured 
.Japanese  officers  as  spies,  while  his  troops  burn  and 
devastate   the  territory  which   they    are    compelled    to 


leave,  all  the  silly  talk  about  the  "yellow  peril"  be- 
comes more  and  more  futile. 


GENERAL    KUKOPATKIN. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


345 


THE  LATE  MINISTER  VON  PLEHVE,  A  TYPICAL  BUREAUCRAT. 


WHILE  not  unanimous,  judgment  on  the 
late  Russian  minister,  Katcheslav  Con- 
stantinovitch  von  Plehve,  has  been  that  he  was 
the  apostle  of  reactionism,  and  represented  all 
the  backward,  unprogressive,  and  detestable 
characteristics  of  the  Russian  axitocracy.  His 
activities  had  an  astonishingly  wide  range.  The 
special  correspondent  of  the  London  Daily 
CJironicle,  who  was  recently  sent  to  Russia  to 
report  on  the  internal  unrest  in  the  movements 
of  the  industrial  classes  in  that  country,  says  of 
the  late  minister  : 

He  was  only  fifty-six  years  of  age,  yet, — as  public 
prosecutor,  head  of  the  police,  secretary  of  the  council 
of  the  empire,  and  minister  of  the  interior  successively, 
— he  made  "order  reign  in  Warsaw;"  dispersed  the 
revolutionists  of  the  late  seventies  and  early  eighties 
among  the  prisons  of  European  and  Asiatic  Russia ; 
"  Russified  "  the  Baltic  provinces  ;  spread  terror  and 
ruin  among  Jews  and  other  heretics  ;  crippled  the 
zemstvos ;  provoked  labor  disturbances,  in  which 
many  lives  were  lost,  in  Odessa,  Baku,  Kiev,  and  other 
towns  ;  flouted  M.  Witte  and  his  allies  and  entered  into 
the  fruit  of  their  labors,  such  as  it  was ;  put  the  uni- 
versities under  a  humiliating  military  tutelage  ;  almost 
openly  provoked  the  Jewish  massacres  in  Kishineff  and 
Homel ;  suppressed  the  jacquerie  in  the  provinces  of 
Poltava  and  Kharkov ;  and  finally  robbed  the  Arme- 
nian Church  of  property  of  an  estimated  value  of  eleven 
millions  sterling.  Throughout  this  unparalleled  career 
he  maintained  his  influence  with  the  throne  and  defied 
all  opposition.  The  fate  of  Bogloliepoff,  Sipyaghin,  Bog- 
danovitch,  Bobrikoff,  and  the  vice-governor  of  Eliza- 
bethpol,  the  attempts  on  his  own  life  and  on  Pobiedo- 
nostseff,  Obolensky,  General  Trepoff,  General  Wahl, 
Baron  Korff,  Prince  Galitzin,  and  a  score  of  lesser  offi- 
cials, left  him  unafraid  and  relentless. 

The  main  hope  for  his  country,  concludes 
this  writer,  lies  in  the  fact  that  there  is  no  man, 
so  far  as  is  known,  of  the  same  ability,  will- 
power, and  single-mindedness  left  to  continue 
his  policy.  In  a  trenchant  article  in  the  Quar- 
terly Review  (London),  the  character  of  Minister 
von  Plehve  is  painted  as  detestable.  He  was, 
says  the  writer,  who  does  not  sign  his  name,  a 
glorified  chief  of  police. 

He  was  tolerably  instructed,  possessed  an  intricate 
acquaintance  with  the  seamy  side  of  human  nature, 
knew  how  to  touch  deftly  the  right  cords  of  sentiment, 
prejudice,  or  passion,  and  could  keep  his  head  in  the 
most  alarming  crisis.  When  state  dignitaries  and  offi- 
cials lost  their  nerve  on  the  tragic  death  of  Alexander 
II.,  M.  de  Plehve,  then  public  prosecutor,  was  cool,  self- 
possessed,  resourceful.  These  qualifications  were  duly 
noted,  and  his  promotion  was  rapid  ;  he  became  succes- 
sively director  of  the  police  department  and  secretary 
of  the  council  of  the  empire,  where  he  helped  to  ruin 
the  Finnish  nation  before  the  destinies  of  one  hundred 
and  fifty  million  Russians  were  finally  placed  in  his 
hands. 


Von  Plehve  could  not  be  classified  by  nation- 
ality, genealogy,  church,  or  party,  he  continues  : 

Of  obscure  parentage,  of  German  blood  with  a  Jewish 
strain,  of  uncertain  religious  denomination,  his  ethical 
worth  was  gauged  aright  years  ago  by  his  colleagues  in 
the  ministry  of  justice,  and  recently  again  in  the  council 
of  ministers.  Aware  of  their  hostile  judgment,  his  first 
acts  were  calculated  to  modify  it.  He  set  out  for  the 
sacred  shrine  near  Moscow,  the  Troitsko-Serghieffsky 
monastery,  where  he  devoutly  received  holy  communion 
at  the  hands  of  an  Orthodox  priest.  While  he  was  thus 
displaying  his  piety  in  view  of  his  subordinates,  the 
peasants  in  Kharkov  and  Poltava  were  being  cruelly 
flogged  by  his  orders  for  showing  signs  of  disaffection. 
Visiting  the  provinces  in  person,  M.  de  Plehve  promptly 
rewarded  the  governor  of  Kharkov  for  flogging  the 
malcontents  at  once,  and  punished  the  governor  of  Pol- 
tava for  flogging  them  only  as  an  afterthought. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  he  was  the  third 
secretary  of  the  interior  to  meet  death  by  the 
assassin's  hand,  Bogloliepoff  and  Sipyaghin  hav- 
ing died  in  this  office  before  him.  A  personal 
sketch  of  von  Plehve,  by  Arnold  White,  who 
knew  him  intimately  for  fifteen  years,  appears 
in  the  Daily  Despatch  (Manchester).  Mr.  White 
calls  the  dead  official  a  modern  Torquemada. 
He  was,  says  this  writer,  Pobiedonostseff  s  in- 
strument, and  the  persecution  of  the  Jews  under 
him  surpassed  the  achievements  of  the  old  Span- 
ish inquisitor.     Says  Mr.  White  : 

I  remember  on  one  occasion  attempting  to  procure 
some  amelioration  of  the  hideous  cruelty  inflicted  on  the 
Jews  of  Moscow  by  relating  both  to  Pobiedonostseff  and 
to  Plehve  an  incident  which  had  come  under  my  own 
eyes.  The  manner  in  which  the  two  men  displayed  their 
true  nature  is  interesting  to  recall.  The  Holy  Synod, 
which  was  responsible  for  the  expulsion  of  the  Jewish 
inhabitants  of  a  certain  district  in  Moscow,  was  indif- 
ferent to  the  question  of  the  season.  It  was  the  coldest 
time  of  the  year — the  middle  of  January — in  an  extraor- 
dinarily bitter  winter.  In  one  instance  a  young  Jew- 
ish mother,  with  the  baby  still  at  her  breast,  was  turned 
out  into  the  bitter  cold,  and  the  milk  on  the  mother's 
breast  froze  to  an  icicle.  When  I  told  Pobiedonostseff 
of  this  fact,  and  asked  him  how  he  could  justify  such 
incidents,  he  treated  the  matter  as  one  that  did  not  con- 
cern him.  He  was  responsible  for  the  policy  ;  with  the 
manner  in  which  the  policy  was  carried  out  he  had 
nothing  to  do.  When  I  told  Plehve  of  the  incident  his 
concern  was  genuine,  and  I  was  given  to  understand 
that  orders  were  issued  that  the  "game,"  which  is  the 
slang  term  in  Russia  for  Jewish  refugees,  were  not  to  be 
expelled  at  night  during  the  cold  season. 

A  number  of  public  men  in  England,  includ- 
ing Mr.  W.  T.  Stead,  editor  of  the  Review  oj 
Reviews,  regard  Minister  von  Plehve  as  having 
been,  with  all  his  faults,  an  honest  man,  brave 
and  determined,  though  mistaken.  Mr.  Stead 
does  not  believe  that  the  assassination  indicates 


346 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  nearness  of  a  revolution  in  Russia.  Assas- 
sinations, lie  says,  in  an  interview  with  the  Daily 
News  (London),  do  not  mean  revolutions. 

They  mean  that  people  are  too  weak  to  revolt.  When 
you  have  a  party  at  your  back,  you  don't  assassinate. 
As  for  the  killing  of  Bobrikoff  and  Plehve,  I  put  them 
both  down  to  irresponsible  despair.  A  man  needs  two 
meals  a  day,  and  when  he  doesn't  get  them  he  begins  to 
think  about  cutting  somebody's  throat.  I'm  afraid  there 
are  a  good  many  people  in  Russia  who  don't  get  two 
meals  a  day. 

In  a  study  of  von  Plehve,  in  the  Morning 
Leader  (London),  Mr.  Stead  says  further  about 
revolution  in  Russia  : 

Russians  are  inured  to  assassination.  The  old  apho- 
rism about  the  despotism  tempered  by  assassination  still 
holds  true.  At  the  same  time,  it  is  absurd,  in  view  of 
the  fact  that  three  American  Presidents  have  been  as- 
sassinated in  our  time,  to  regard  the  assassination  of 
M.  Plehve  as  proof  positive  of  his  oppression.  When 
the  mob  of  Stamboul  gets  impatient  it  sets  fire  to  a  few 
houses;  when  the  Russian's  patience  gives  out  he  kills 
a  minister,  a  governor,  and  twenty  years  ago  he  killed 
an  emperor.  But  twenty  assassinations  do  not  make  a 
revolution  ;  and  if  all  the  heads  of  the  Russian  govern- 
ment rolled  in  the  dust  it  would  not  stop  the  war.  M. 
Plehve  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  war  ;  but  even  if  he 
had  been  its  author,  his  taking  off  would  not  seem  to 
any  Russian  any  argument  in  favor  of  peace.  It  simply 
would  not  occur  to  them  that  the  death  of  a  minister, 
no  matter  how  highly  placed,  could  possibly  make  any 


difference  in  the  duty  of  the  nation  to  continue  fighting 
until  they  have  defeated  their  enemies.  For  although 
the  Russians  have  the  worst  of  it  just  now,  the  nation 
and  its  government  no  more  dream  of  ultimate  defeat 
than  we  dreamed  of  being  beaten  by  the  Boers. 

Von  Plehve  "talked  smoothly"  about  the 
beneficent  measures  he  was  about  to  introduce, 
continues  Mr.  Stead,  in  the  article  last  quoted 
from  : 

He  was  going  to  found  Jewish  colonies,  for  instance, 
in  Siberia  and  Manchuria,  and  he  issued  a  decree  legal- 
izing the  previously  illegal  settlements  of  Jews  outside 
the  allotted  area.  He  talked  much  about  decentraliza- 
tion. But  in  practice  he  resented  any  attempt  on  the 
part  of  the  zemstvos  to  discuss  problems  of  adminis- 
tration. His  intentions  may  have  been  the  best  in  the 
world,  but  the  result  in  practice  was,  to  say  the  least, 
unfortunate.  The  situation,  it  must  be  admitted,  was 
serious.  In  a  report  which  M.  Plehve  presented  to  the 
Czar  in  1902  he  demanded  the  suspension  of  the  collec- 
tion of  agricultural  statistics  in  a  large  area  of  the  em- 
pire, because  the  statisticians  employed  by  the  zemstvos 
used  their  position  for  inciting  the  peasants  to  agrarian 
outbreaks,  like  those  which  occurred  in  the  govern- 
ments of  Kharkov  and  Poltava.  He  was  profoundly 
impressed  by  the  dangers  which  threatened  social  or- 
der. He  triumphed  over  Witte,  but  the  evils  with 
which  he  had  to  cope  were  too  deeply  seated  to  be  dealt 
with  by  the  rough-and-ready  measures  of  rigorous  re- 
pression which  usually  commend  themselves  to  men  in 
authority  as  the  sole  panacea  for  discontent. 


RUSSIAN  WEAKNESS— BY  RUSSIANS. 


AN  open  letter,  signed  by  a  prominent  Rus- 
sian staff  officer  at  the  front,  and  ad- 
dressed to  a  St.  Petersburg  journalist  who  has 
been  distinguishing  himself  by  his  Chauvinistic 
articles,  appears  in  the  Osvobozhd.enie,  the  organ  of 
the  Liberal  Opposition,  pub- 
lished in  Stuttgart.  Speak- 
ing of  the  false  reports  of 
Russian  victories  circulated 
by  the  newspapers,  the  offi- 
cer says  : 

If  our  official  sources  of  in- 
formation are  occasionally  com- 
pelled, for  political  reasons,  to 
observe  silence,  we  can  all  under- 
stand the  reason.  We  can  all 
understand  why  silence  was 
maintained  as  to  the  loss  of  near- 
ly eight  thousand  men  at  Wafang 
(Telissu),  and  also  as  to  the  loss 
by  one  regiment  of  its  colors,  that 
sacred  object  of  military  honor. 
We  can  all  understand  why  noth- 
ing was  said  as  to  our  hasty  re- 
treat before  an  enemy  only  equal 
in   numbers.     But  what  we  can- 


not understand  is  the  effort  made  by  journalists  to  keep 
the  public  in  an  optimistic  frame  of  mind,  to  distort 
facts  as  much  as  possible,  and  to  write  of  that  of 
which  they  know  nothing.  If  you  will  read  atten- 
tively the  official  report,  you  will  see  that,  on  June  14, 
the  enemy  had  only  two  incomplete  divisions,  while 


KKSSI  AN    RBTROORBSSION.     EACH     COMMANDER  SEEMS  IGNORANT    OF  THE  PATE  THAT 

HAS  befallen  ins  PREDECESSORS.—  (Based  on  the  story  of  the  Wily  Miller.) 
Prom  Kladderadataeh  (Berlin). 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


347 


we  had  two  and  a  half.  Moreover,  with  us  a  regi- 
ment consists  of  four  battalions,  save  in  the  East 
Siberian  units,  which  have  three.  We  had  also 
two  brigades  of  artillery,— that  is,  ninety-six 
guns, — besides  a  Cossack  horse  battery  with  nine 
guns  (sic),  the  Primorsky  Dragoons  and  two  regi- 
ments of  Cossacks.  Our  force,  as  you  see,  was 
not  a  small  one.  To  the  assistance  of  the  Japan- 
ese came  a  division — the  staff  report  says  a  bri- 
gade— of  infantry,  with  two  or  three  batteries, 
while  three  regiments  were  sent  to  us  by  rail.  But 
you  talk  of  this  as  our  heroic  battle  with  an  an- 
tagonist three  times  our  strength  !  We  have  al- 
ways known  how  to  die  (with  some  exceptions), 
but  this  does  not  mean  that  an  enemy  so  rare, 
from  a  military  point  of  view,  as  the  Japanese  is 
not  to  be  feared  or  deserves  the  contempt  which 
our  custom  is  to  shower  upon  this  civilized  na- 
tion. I  have  a  right  to  speak,  for  I  have  spent  a 
considerable  time  in  Japan,  and  I  tell  you  frankly 
that  I  often  blushed  for  my  country  when  I  com- 
pared many  things  there  and  here. 

Russia,  continues  the  letter,  has  never 
met  an  enemy  so  dangerous  as  Japan, 
whether  "  as  regards  persistence,  readiness 
for  war,  or  moral  strength." 

Japan  is  a  dangerous  enemy  for  this  reason  : 
our  soldier,  unfortunately,  despite  valor  and  resig- 
nation, is  inferior  to  the  Japanese  soldier  in  disci- 
pline, and — what  is  still  more  important — fights 
with  indifference,  under  compulsion.  For  the 
Japanese,  this  is  a  war  for  an  idea,  which  pene- 
trates all,  without  exception,  from  the  minister  to 
the  husbandman.  Here  you  have  the  reason  for 
such  incidents  as  occurred  at  Chong-chu — you  are 
probably  unaware  of  this — where  the  Cossacks  re- 
fused to  charge,  and  as  a  result  we  lost  three  officers. 

The  Russian  officers,  it  continues,  are,  as  a 
whole,  undoubtedly  inferior  to  the  Japanese  in 
the  matter  of  professional  training. 

The  majority,  it  is  needless  to  say,  go  under  fire,  not 
for  the  sake  of  an  idea  (the  only  idea  that  could  have 
any  force  with  us  would  be  self-interest),  but  for  the 
sake  of  tradition  or  for  distinction.  But  they  do  not 
consciously  die  for  their  country's  sake,  for  its  good, 
because  it  is  evident,  upon  anything  like  an  attentive 
consideration  of  the  matter,  that  we  are  in  the  wrong. 
If  you  only  knew  what  we  did  during  the  Chinese  cam- 
paign !  One's  heart  bleeds.  It  is  not  without  reason 
that  the  Chinese  stand  openly  on  the  side  of  the  Japa- 
nese, their  ancient  enemies. 

"  Russia  considers  herself  a  great  nation," 
the  officer  concludes.  "  Every  great  nation,  in 
the  person  of  its  representatives,  the  organs  of 
the  press,  should  comport  itself  with  dignity, 
should  feel  respect  for  a  worthy  foe,  should  not 
conceal  its  own  mistakes,  and  should  not  in- 
dulge in  barefaced  self-laudation." 

Conditions  in  the  Navy. 

In  naval  circles  there  is  the  same  realization 
of  weakness  and  demoralization,  if  we  can  be- 
lieve the  writer  of  a  letter,  from  a  Russian  naval 


THE  GIANT,   BEFORE  WHOM    ALL    MONARCHS    BENT    IN  AWE,    HAS 
ALREADY  LOST  IN  THIS  SUMMER  OF  1904  HIS  TERRIFYING  ASPECT. 

From  Simplicissimus  (Berlin). 

officer,  which  appeared  recently  in  the  Novoye 
Vremya  (St.  Petersburg).  A  "  strange  illusion  " 
seems  to  possess  the  minds  of  the  sailors  in  the 
Baltic,  according  to  this  writer. 

The  instruction  given  by  the  Russian  marine  school 
is  altogether  insufficient.  The  technical  problems  of 
the  navy  go  beyond  the  course  of  instruction.  The 
study  of  sails,  masts,  rigging,  etc.,  done  by  beginners 
on  old  warships,  dating  from  the  sixties  of  the  last  cen- 
tury, has  now  become  obsolete,  as  the  modern  warship 
is  constructed  in  an  entirely  different  fashion.  We 
must  reconcile  ourselves  to  the  idea  that  nautical  sci- 
ence took  a  new  turn  with  the  development  of  engi- 
neering, and  should  instruct  our  sailors  accordingly 
Elementary  studies  too,  such  as  grammar,  arithmetic, 
the  catechism,  etc.,  must  be  abolished  during  the  term 
of  naval  service.  All  this  must  be  taught  previously, 
and  the  four  and,  with  the  academic  term,  six  years  of 
service  should  be  devoted  entirely  to  the  exceedingly 
difficult  study  of  nautical  science. 

One  of  the  chief  defects  in  the  Russian  navy, 
says  this  writer,  is  due  to  the  fact  that  only  the 
sons  of  sailors  and  of  the  nobility  are  received 
by  the  marine  school. 

At  Makaroff's  death,  it  came  out  that  he  was  the  son 
of  a  common  boatswain.  In  olden  times  such  a  thing 
was  not  a  rare  exception ;  but  now  the  marine  school 
is  an  institution  imbued  with  a  strong  class  spirit. 
Men  of  experience  do  not  see  any  advantage  in  this. 
Talent  for  any  vocation  is  not  always  handed  down 


348 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


from  father  to  son.  The  son  of  a  sailor  may  frequently 
make  a  better  farmer  or  scholar  than  an  officer  in  the 
navy,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  the  son  of  a  boatswain  or 
a  trader,  born  with  a  longing  for  the  sea,  is  compelled 
to  become  a  clerk.  It  will  be  said  that  the  government 
cannot  provide  for  talent  as  a  profession  does ;  and 
therefore  it  must  leave  the  service  in  the  army  and  the 
navy  to  those  families  to  which  the  military  or  naval 
life  offers  an  attraction,  not  only  on  its  own  account, 
but  also  for  the  sake  of  the  honor  connected  with  it. 
In  answer  to  this,  let  me  remark,  that  the  honor  is  not 
attractive  to  only  one  particular  class  of  people,  but  to 
all.  And,  as  for  the  men  connected  with  the  navy, 
they  are  not  all  poorly  provided  for.  Rear-admirals,  in 
times  of  peace,  receive  over  22,000  rubles  a  year  ;  a  com- 
mander receives  about  1,000  rubles  a  month  ;  a  first 
lieutenant,  about  475  a  month  ;  and  the  midshipman, 


often  a  young  fellow  of  nineteen  or  twenty,  250  rubles. 
The  maintenance  of  one  big  armored  ship  thus  amount 
ing  to  300,000  rubles  a  year ;  and  of  the  whole  fleet, 
113,000,000. 

The  present  war,  in  the  opinion  of  this  writer, 
should  prove  of  great  benefit  to  the  Russian 
navy.  The  "left  arm  of  the  empire"  has  long 
existed  in  a  semi-paralyzed  state,  and  it  is  now 
decidedly  imperative  to  raise  it  again  to  its 
proper  high  rank.  Russia  will  hardly  ever  pos- 
sess such  formidable  navies  as  those  of  the  great 
sea  powers.  Yet  the  growing  prominence  of 
such  new  naval  powers  as  the  United  States  and 
Japan,  compel  her  to  increase  and  strengthen 
her  fleet. 


INDUSTRIAL  COMBINATIONS  IN  RUSSIA. 


THE  industrial  conditions  of  the  Russian 
Empire  at  present  offer  an  excellent  field 
for  the  formation  of  syndicates.  Industry  in 
the  empire  is  protected  by  a  high  tariff,  which 
shuts  out  foreign  competition  almost  entirely, 
and  brings  about,  at  the  same  time,  very  sharp 
competition  within  the  country,  this  leading,  in 
general,  to  overproduction  and  industrial  cri- 
ses. The  whole  subject  of  Russian  industrial' 
syndicates  is  treated,  in  an  article  by  A.  Rafalo- 
vitch,  in  a  recent  number  of  the  Narodnoye 
Khozaistvo  (St.  Petersburg).      Says  this  writer  : 

The  larger  industries  of  Russia  are  concentrated  in 
the  hands  of  a  few,  and  are  confined  to  certain  regions. 
It  is  no  wonder,  therefore,  that  there  is  an  unmistaka- 
ble tendency  on  the  part  of  Russian  manufacturers  to 
form  syndicates  for  the  purpose  of  regulating  produc- 
tion and  of  establishing  uniform  prices  for  all  the  mem- 
bers of  the  combination. 

Russian  syndicates  have  increased  rapidly  of 
recent  years,  owing  to  a  number  of  causes,  prin- 
cipally industrial  crises  and  the  higher  rates  of 
interest  in  the  world's  money  markets. 

The  number  of  syndicates  is  greatest  in  the  steel 
and  iron  industry.  For  example,  the  capacity  for  the 
production  of  rails  and  girders  in  1903  was  60,000,000 
poods  (the  pood  weighs  40  Russian,  or  36  English, 
pounds),  while  the  consumption  in  that  year  was  only 
27,500,000  poods.  The  capacity  for  the  production  of 
heavy  sheet  iron  was  23,000,000  poods,  while  the  con- 
sumption did  not  exceed  13,000,000  ponds. 

The  most  prominent  of  the  syndicates  thus 
recently  formed  is  the  first  stock  company  for 
marketing  the  products  of  the  Russian  metal- 
lurgical plants,  with  a  capitalization  of  900,000,- 
000  rubles  ($450,000,000).  Then  there  is  the 
Kharkov  Machine  Shops  Company.  There  is  a 
syndicate  for  marketing  cast-iron  pipes  and  the 
construction   of   waterworks    and    sewers,    with 


headquarters  at  St.  Petersburg,  but  with  the 
central  management  at  Berlin.  Several  Ameri- 
can firms  are  connected  with  the  last  named. 

At  the  end  of  1903,  a  syndicate  of  nail  manufactur- 
ers was  established  in  Warsaw.  Besides  these,  there 
is  also  a  combine  in  the  coal- mining  industry  and  in 
the  spinning  industry.  Other  syndicates  have  been  es- 
tablished in  the  manufacture  of  hemp  products,  ce- 
ment, mirrors,  china,  paper,  matches,  starch,  and  in 
the  production  of  iron  pyrites.  To  these  should  be 
added  the  Anglo-Russian  combine  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  cotton  thread,  organized  as  J.  &  P.  Coates. 
Limited,  and  operating  in  Russia  under  the  firm  of 
"Nevskaya  Manufactura ; "  and  the  syndicate  of  the 
St.  Petersburg  electrical  companies  in  a  combine  with 
the  German  electrical  syndicates. 

"LABOR    TRUSTS"    FORBIDDEN. 

The  different  combines  number  about  thirty 
in  all,  and  include  several  large  syndicates  that 
scarcely  differ  in  their  essential  characteristics 
from  the  corresponding  organizations  of  western 
Europe.  As  to  legal  restrictions  on  these  com- 
binations, this  writer  says  : 

Russian  legislation  does  not  recognize  the  binding 
effect  of  such  agreements,  and  members  of  the  syndi- 
cates who  have  failed  to  carry  out  their  obligations  to 
the  pool  cannot  be  punished  for  it  by  the  courts.  The 
lack  of  proper  legislation  in  this  respect  may  retard  the 
further  development  of  syndicates  in  Russia.  Apropos 
of  the  legal  status  of  the  syndicates  in  Russia,  it  should 
be  pointed  out  here  that  the  law  provides  punishments 
for  such  promoters  who  by  agreement  may  cause  injury 
to  the  government  or  to  consumers,  while  there  is  no 
provision  in  the  law  concerning  agreements  among 
promoters  as  to  the  engaging  of  laborers.  The  latter  arc 
however,  subject  to  severe  punishment,  not  only  for 
forming  any  combine  whose  purpose  may  be  the  calling 
of  strikes,  but  for  mere  agreement  in  applying  for 
higher  wages  or  modifications  in  the  contracts  with 
their  employers. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


349 


WHAT  JAPAN  SHOULD  DO  FOR  KOREA. 


ALL  the  powers  of  the  world  are  at  present 
drifting  toward  imperialism.  It  is  a  great 
tide  that  no  power  is  able  to  stem.  When  Japan 
declared  war  against  China  in  1894,  she  spared 
no  pains  to  make  the  world  believe  that  she  was 
forced  to  fight  simply  because  her  chivalrous 
sentiments  and  her  sense  of  justice  commanded 
her  to  take  arms  to  emancipate  Korea  from  the 
oppressive  rule  of  the  Chinese  Government.  But 
such  an  apology  is  not  justifiable.  The  Japan- 
China  war  of  1894-95  was  at  bottom  nothing 
but  the  disclosure  of  imperialistic  inclination  on 
the  part  of  the  two  nations.  The  imperialism 
of  Japan  collided  with  the  imperialism  of  China 
in  the  peninsula  of  Korea,  where  the  two  bel- 
ligerents were  bent  upon  protecting  their  eco- 
nomic as  well  as  their  political  interest.  The 
present  conflict  between  Russia  and  Japan  is 
another  manifestation  of  imperialism.  It  is  not 
a  question  of  justice  or  injustice  that  caused  the 
pending  war. 

Such  is  the  opinion  of  the  Hon.  K.  Shigeoka, 
a  member  of  the  House  of  Representatives  of 
.Japan,  as  he  gives  it  in  the  earlier  paragraphs 
of  his  article,  "What  Japan  Should  Do  for 
Korea,"  which  appears  in  the  Seiyu,  organ  of 
the  Seiyu-kwai,  and  which,  until  a  few  months 
ago,  was  under  the  leadership  of  the  Marquis  Ito. 

JAPAN'S    ECONOMIC    INTEKEST    IN    KOREA. 

To  what  extent  has  the  economic  interest  of 
Japan  been  promoted  in  Korea  after  the  war 
with  China  ?  asks  the  author.  The  protection 
and  the  promotion  of  her  industrial  and  com- 
mercial interests  in  Korea  was  the  real  motive 
which  moved  Japan  to  fight  against  China.  But. 
following  the  war,  Mr.  Shigeoka  believes  Japan's 
gain  in  political  and  economical  influence  in  the 
Korean  peninsula  has  been  simply  nominal.  "  I 
have  reason  to  believe,"  he  says,  "that  our  gov- 
ernment, even  while  Japan  was  at  war  with 
China,  formed  no  definite  opinion  as  to  what 
policy  it  should  take  in  dealing  with  Korea." 
Hon.  Otori,  Japanese  minister  to  Korea  at  the 
time  of  the  war,  frequently  inquired  of  the  gov- 
ernment at  Tokio  what  course  he  should  pursue 
with  regard  to  the  status  of  Korea  during  and 
after  the  war.  He  strongly  urged  the  foreign 
minister  of  Japan  to  form  a  definite  policy  with 
which  to  determine  the  destiny  of  Korea.  Some 
were  of  the  opinion  that  Korea  should  be  made 
a  protectorate  of  Japan.  But  the  opinions  of  the 
cabinet  members  did  not  agree,  and  Japan's 
policy  toward  Korea  still  remains  undetermined. 
That  the  government  has  no  determined  policy 
with  which  to  deal  with  Korea  can  be  inferred 


A  JAPANESE  PICTURE  OF  RAILROAD-BUILDING  IN   KOREA. 

from  the  fact  that  Japan's  proposal  to  Russia  in 
reference  to  the  status  of  the  peninsular  king- 
dom underwent  considerable  alterations  from 
time  to  time  until  the  rupture  of  diplomatic  re- 
lations between  the  two  nations  now  at  war. 

SHOULD  KOREA  BE  MADE  A  PROTECTORATE  OF 

JAPAN  ? 

Japan  placed  herself  in  an  extremely  delicate 
position  when  she  declared  to  the  world  that  she 
stands  for  the  independence  and  integrity  of 
Korea,  which  she  means  to  defend  even  at  the 
point  of  the  bayonet,  because  she  was  fully  con- 
scious that  the  Korean  people  do  not  possess 
the  quality  and  character  for  an  independent 
nation.  Yet  she  was  obliged  to  make  such  an 
illogical  declaration  in  order  to  justify  her  cause 
in  the  eyes  of  the  leading  powers.  The  only 
course  open  to  Japan  at  present  and  afterward, 
according  to  Mr.  Shigeoka,  is  to  preserve  the 
appearance  and  all  the  formalities  of  an  inde- 
pendent state,  reserving  at  the  same  time  the 
reality  of  sovereign  power  in  the  hands  of  the 
Japanese  government.  "  Japan  cannot  afford 
to  leave  the  Korean  government  alone,"  says  the 
writer,  "because  she  has  assumed,  by  virtue  of 


350 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


a  Japanese-Korean  covenant,  the  grave  respon- 
sibility of  maintaining  peace  and  order  in  the 
peninsular  monarchy  and  of  protecting  the  safety 
of  the  Korean  court  and  Emperor.  In  order  to 
conform  to  this  agreement,  it  is  of  the  greatest 
necessity  to  station  a  certain  number  of  Jap- 
anese soldiers  in  certain  places  of  the  kingdom, 
even  when  peaceful  conditions  are  apparently 
prevailing." 

THE    INTERNAL    REFORMATION    OF    KOREA. 

Strange  though  it  may  sound  to  say  that 
Korea  has  no  government  at  present,  yet  such 
is  really  the  case  in  that  country,  this  writer 
declares. 

The  King  is  the  most  arbitrary  of  monarchs.  The 
people  are  the  most  slavish  and  degraded.  The  Privy 
Council,  or  the  minister,  though  pompous  and  magnifi- 
cent in  name,  enjoy  no  real  authority.  Ministers  of 
state  are  no  more  powerful  than  the  pages  of  the  King. 
.  .  .  The  whole  country  of  Korea  is  divided  into  dis 
tricts  called  counties,  each  of  which  is  governed  by  a 
head  known  as  county-master.  Now,  the  county-master 
is  an  official  of  the  most  atrocious  sort  imaginable. 
The  position  of  county-master  has  long  been  made  an 
object  of  sale,  as  a  means  of  raising  an  income  for  the 
central  treasury,  which  has  been  in  a  most  deplorable 
condition.  The  county-officer,  who  buys  his  position 
for  no  small  price,  is  naturally  eager  to  exact  bribery 


in  every  imaginable  form  and  to  impose  the  highest 
possible  taxes  upon  the  people.  By  far  the  greatest 
portion  of  revenue  thus  raised  goes  into  his  own  pocket, 
and  the  central  government  is  always  in  a  state  of  bank- 
ruptcy. It  is,  therefore,  of  the  greatest  necessity  to 
substitute  such  arbitrary  native  officials  for  Japanese 
officials  who  possess  thorough  knowledge  and  experi- 
ence in  local  administration. 

THE  OPEN  DOOR  THE  POLICY  OF  JAPAN. 

Mr.  Shigeoka  deems  it  necessary  to  secure  for 
the  Japanese  people  the  right  of  land  ownership 
in  Korea.  The  Korean  soil  is  of  the  richest. 
To  cultivate  it  with  the  skill  and  the  experience  of 
the  Japanese  farmer  is  of  the  utmost  importance. 
Among  other  important  rights  that  Japan  should 
secure  in  order  to  promote  her  economic  interest 
in  Korea  is  that  of  fishing  along  and  off  the 
shores  of  the  peninsula,  and  various  rights  per- 
taining to  such  industries  as  mining  and  for- 
estry. However  active  Japan  should  be  in  ex- 
ploiting and  developing  the  natural  resources  of 
Korea,  Mr.  Shigeoka  insists  most  emphatically 
that  the  open  door  should  be  the  policy  of  Japan 
in  dealing  with  that  kingdom.  Whatever  eco- 
nomic convenience  and  facility  Japanese  pro- 
tection may  develop  in  Korea  should  be  en- 
joyed equally  by  other  countries  as  well  as  by 
Japan. 


A  JAPANESE  ON  THE  YELLOW  PERIL. 


IN  significant  confirmation  of  what  Mr.  Chang 
Yow  Tong  has  to  say  in  this  number  of 
the  Review  on  the  "  yellow  peril "  from  a 
Chinese  standpoint,  is  the  opinion  of  a  Japanese, 
Masuda  Yasu,  in  the  Far  East,  the  Japanese  mag- 
azine, published  (in  English)  in  New  York.  The 
whole  "bogy,"  of  a  yellow  peril,  says  this  writer, 
is  the  creation  of  Russian  diplomacy  for  pur- 
poses of  its  own.  The  organization  of  China's 
immense  resources  by  Japan  for  the  conquest 
of  the  world,  he  declares,  is  an  absolute  impossi- 
bility from  any  point  of  view.  In  the  first 
place  : 

Western  believers  in  this  latest  phase  of  the  yellow 
peril  do  Nippon  too  much  honor  on  the  one  hand,  and 
credit  her  with  too  little  common  sense  on  the  other. 
If  the  Western  world  is  not  willing  to  credit  Nippon 
with  straightness  of  purpose,  it  would  seem  that  her 
history  entitles  her  at  least  to  the  acknowledgment  from 
other  nations  that  she  has  sense  enough  to  know  what 
is  safe  and  comfortable  for  herself,  and  also  for  recog- 
nizing the  impossible  when  she  sees  it.  Whatever  the 
crookedness  and  inscrutability  of  our  national  char- 
acter, it  must  be  admitted  that  we  have  proved  that  we 
have  the  saving  grace  of  knowing  when  to  walk  a  chalk- 
line.  Even  if  Nippon  should,  by  any  chance,  produce 
the  needed  Napoleon  or  Peter  the  Great,   who  would 


mold  the  raw  material  to  be  found  in  China  into  the 
foremost  military  and  naval  power  of  the  world,  the 
question  would  naturally  present  itself  to  a  Nipponese  : 
What  would  Europe  be  doing  all  that  time  ?  An  Asiatic 
Peter  the  Great,  given  even  the  towering  genius  of  the 
"never-to-be-forgotten  father"  of  Russia,  would  also 
need  the  initial  weapon  of  that  great  sovereign, — name- 
ly, the  unit  of  fighting  force  strong  enough  to  overawe 
and  subdue  the  remainder  of  the  nation,  and  so  make  it 
possible  to  weld  together  a  great  army  from  most  in- 
harmonious materials, — and,  incidentally,  to  cope  suc- 
cessfully at  the  same  time  with  the  combined  power  of  the 
entire  body  of  European  nations,  in  which  body  Nippon 
might  very  probably  request  the  honor  of  being  included 
at  such  a  crisis.  Any  Asiatic  who  knows  the  conditions 
existing  in  the  far  East  knows  that  the  formation  of 
such  a  unit  is  impossible,  and  also  knows  that  any 
dream  of  centralizing  all  Asia  under  the  leadership  of 
Nippon  would  have  its  rise  in  the  wildest  imaginings 
of  ignorance  or  the  still  more  dangerous  half-knowledge 
which  sees  only  one  side  of  the  medal.  While  the  racial 
characteristics  remain  as  they  are,  it  is  an  absolute  im- 
possibility from  any  point  of  view,  political,  ethical, 
military,  or  commercial. 

CHINA'S    WEAKNESS    AND    CORRUPTION. 

China's  vast  possibilities  are  not  so  potential 
as  Russia  fears.  The  ancient  empire  is  rotten  to 
the  core,  and  her  possibilities  are  made  of  no 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


351 


value  because  of  the  illimitable  corruption  in  her 
official  circles,  and  because  of  the  traditional  an- 
tagonism, historical,  racial,  and  religious,  that 
exists  between  different  provinces,  and  especially 
between  the  Chinese  themselves  and  the  ruling 
Manchu  dynasty. 

The  great  Tai-Ping  rebellion  was  a  gallant  but  un- 
successful effort  of  Chinese  patriots  to  overthrow  the 
present  government  and  make  possible  once  more  a 
Chinese  nation,  but  it  went  out  in  blood  and  smoke, 
quenched  by  the  same  inexorable  conditions  that  would 
confront  the  reformers  of  to-day  or  to-morrow,  be  they 
of  China  or  of  Nippon. 

NO    COMMON    LANGUAGE  ;    NO    PATRIOTISM. 

Further,  the  marked  racial  differences  and  the 
resulting  antagonism  between  the  various  sec- 
tions of  the  Chinese  Empire  are  rendered  prac- 
tically insurmountable  by  the  total  lack  of  a  com- 
mon language. 

The  dialects  vary  so  widely  in  their  essential  ele- 


ments that  they  are  really  different  languages,  and  the 
tongue  of  one  province  is  as  incomprehensible  to  a  man 
of  another  province  as  the  language  of  Nippon  would 
be  to  both.  Any  prophet  or  leader  who  wished  to  unite 
China  would  have  to  command  several  hundred  dia- 
lects in  order  to  make  his  arguments  understood, 
unless,  of  course,  he  spoke  in  the  universal  language 
of  shot  and  shell.  Another  bar  to  anything  like  free- 
dom of  intercourse  is  the  lack  of  the  unifying  influences 
of  transportation  facilities.  The  whole  area  of  China 
would  have  to  be  covered  with  a  network  of  rails  and 
telegraph  wires  before  her  people  would  ever  come  into 
common  knowledge  of  one  another,  and  the  whole 
dead-weight  of  conservative  China  is  thrown  against 
the  introduction  of  any  such  Western  innovations. 

Naturally,  all  these  things  work  together  to 
produce  the  condition  that  is  "  like  a  gangrene 
at  the  heart  of  the  empire,  the  absolute  lack  of 
any  common  national  ideal,  without  which  self- 
sacrifice  in  any  large  sense  is  impossible,  and 
patriotism,  except  in  a  local  and  restricted 
sense,  is  but  an  empty  word." 


THE  MONROE  DOCTRINE  AND  WORLD  PEACE. 


VICE-ADMIRAL  VALOIS,  discussing  in  the 
Deutsche  Revue  (Stuttgart)  the  Monroe  Doc- 
trine as  interpreted  by  the  United  States  in  the 
past,  has  some  apprehensions  that  it  may  become 
a  disturbing  factor  in  the  peace  of  the  world  if 
we  continue  to  interpret  it  in  our  favor. 

We,  as  well  as  the  other  nations,  desire  to  live  in 
peace  and  friendship  with  North  America,  and  rejoice 
unenviously  in  its  progress,  which  may  serve  as  an  ex- 
ample to  us,  knowing  that  in  many  respects  we  have 
served  and  still  may  serve  as  a  pattern  to  the  new  world. 
But,  in  political  and  national  affairs,  full  equality  must 
be  maintained,  if  our  relations  are  not  to  be  disturbed. 
The  Monroe  Doctrine  has  neither  legal  nor  political 
validity.  Yet  it  undertakes  to  confine  the  natural 
rights  of  other  peoples  to  the  protection  of  their  inter- 
ests by  determining  the  limits  beyond  which  they  may 
not  go.  In  this  clause  lies  a  great  danger  to  peace,  for 
other  nations  will  not  always  submit  to  such  dictation, 
nor  be  willing  to  explain  and  justify  their  actions,  ask- 
ing, in  a  way,  permission  of  the  United  States. 

INFLUENCE    OF    THE    AMERICAN    PRESS. 

Since  the  United  States  has  declared  that 
purely  American  questions  shall  not  be  brought 
before  the  Hague  tribunal,  "the  prospect  of  an 
era  of  peace  in  the  new  century  has  been  materi- 
ally diminished,"  continues  Admiral  Valois. 

Presidents  have  carried  the  nation  away  with  them 
(Cleveland  in  the  Venezuela  affair  in  1895-96),  or  again 
have  been  driven  by  the  nation  to  decisive  steps  (Mc- 
Kinlcy  to  the  war  with  Spain).  The  press  is  the  chief 
factor  in  forming  public  opinion  in  the  United  States. 


And,  according  to  its  molding  of  this  opinion  to  inter- 
pret the  Monroe  Doctrine  so  as  to  be  either  tolerable  or 
intolerable  to  the  other  nations,  war  or  peace  will  be 
the  result. 


KEEPING  AN  EYE  ON  THE  GERMAN. 

(A  cartoon  which  expressed  American  sentiment  in  the 
Venezuelan  crisis  of  1902.) 


152 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


WHAT  IT  COSTS  TO  ELECT  A  PRESIDENT. 


NO  two  estimates  of  the  cost  of  a  Presi- 
dential election  in  this  country  have  ever 
been  known  to  agree.  The  one  thing  that  is 
conceded  on  all  sides  is  that  the  expenses  of  our 
Presidential  campaigns  have  enormously  in- 
creased during  the  past  quarter  of  a  century. 
Some  of  the  leaders  in  each  of  the  great  parties 
are  counseling  a  reduction  of  these  expenditures 
and  a  return  to  the  simpler  campaign  methods 
of  former  times.  Leaving  out  of  account  al- 
together the  matter  of  actual  corruption  of  the 
voters,  the  regular  and  legitimate  expenses, — 
those  which  are  now  regarded  by  all  campaign 
managers  as  "necessary," — have  increased  so 
enormously  that  the  handling  of  these  vast 
sums  now  constitutes  a   serious  responsibility. 


the  rival  milkmaids.— From  the  Post  (Cincinnati). 

Nobody  questions  the  personal  integrity  of  the 
men  in  both  parties  who  handle  these  great 
funds  every  four  years,  but  the  time  has  gone 
by  when  a  business  of  this  magnitude  could  be 
conducted  under  a  system  which  admits  of  no 
auditing  and  never  reveals  the  destination  of 
the  moneys  that  it  handles. 

THE  CAMPAIGN  FUNDS  OP  1896. 

In  the  September  number  of  Success,  Mr. 
AValter  Wellman  makes  known  some  interesting 
facts  that  have  come  under  his  personal  obser- 
vation during  national  campaigns  of  past  years. 
It  has  always  been  believed,  for  example,  that, 
in  the  campaign  of  1896,  the  largest  campaign 
fund  ever  raised  in  this  country  passed  through 
the  hands  of  Chairman  Ilanna,  of  the  Republi- 
can committee.  It  was  stated  in  Congress,  la  si 
spring,  by  Mr.  Bourke  Cockran,  that  this  fund 


amounted  to  as  much  as  fifteen  millions  of  dol- 
lars. Mr.  "Wellman  declares,  however,  on  what 
he  states  is  good  authority,  that  Mr.  Hanna  that 
year  had  a  little  less  than  six  millions  to  spend. 
Yet  there  is  no  question  that  twice  as  much 
could  have  been  raised  if  it  had  been  necessary 
to  bring  about  the  defeat  of  Mr.  Bryan.  Mr. 
Wellman  states  that  the  largest  subscription  that 
year  came  from  an  insurance  company,  and 
amounted  to  $200,000.  One  railroad  company, 
he  says,  gave  $100,000.  Eight  railroad  compa- 
nies subscribed  one-fourth  as  much  each,  and 
probably  a  hundred  or  more  banks  and  trust 
companies  sent  their  checks  for  from  ten  to 
twenty  thousand  dollars  apiece.  Of  this  vast 
sum,  it  is  claimed  by  Mr.  "Wellman  that  little,  if 
any,  was  used  by  the  Republicans  in  the  actual 
purchase  of  votes.  But  a  great  many  Republi- 
cans were  hired  to  work  for  McKinley,  and  along 
with  these  Republicans  were  also  employed 
Democrats,  independents,  and  "floaters." 

In  that  campaign  of  1896,  it  is  well  under- 
stood that  the  Democrats  had  a  much  smaller 
sum  than  that  of  their  opponents.  Mr.  Well  man 
places  the  figure  at  one  million  and  a  half,  all 
told,  or  about  one-fourth  the  sum  expended  by 
the  Republicans.  As  a  result,  the  expenditures 
of  the  Democrats  in  that  silver  campaign  year 
were  insignificant  as  compared  with  the  expendi- 
tures of  the  Republicans.  It  is  stated  that  Mr. 
Hanna  paid  more  than  one  million  dollars  into 
the  treasury  of  the  Palmer  and  Buckner  Gold 
Democrats,  besides  supporting  many  minor  or- 
ganizations and  clubs.  In  that  year  the  Repub- 
licans ran  up  a  printing  bill  of  nearly  a  million 
dollars,  and  a  postage  bill  of  between  three  and 
four  hundred  thousand  dollars.  While  the  Re- 
publicans were  getting  subscriptions  without 
stint  from  the  great  corporations  and  financial 
institutions  of  the  country,  the  Democrats  re- 
ceived very  few  large  contributions,  excepting 
from  the  silver-mine  owners  of  the  West.  But 
Chairman  Jones  appealed  for  popular  subscrip- 
tions, no  matter  how  small,  and  it  was  the  small 
contributions  that  really  saved  his  committee 
from  bankruptcy  just  at  a  critical  point  in  the 
campaign. 

BOTH    PASTIES    DEPENDENT    ON    THE    CORPORATIONS. 

It  is  stated  that  fully  half  of  the  Republican 
campaign  fund  of  1896  was  contributed  by  New 
York  City  alone,  while  two-thirds  of  the  entire 
fund  came  from  the  four  States  of  Xew  York. 
Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  and  Illinois.  Partly  because 
of  the  extraordinary  issues  presented  at  that 
time,  and  partly  because  of  his  own  personality, 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


353 


Chairman  Hanna  became  the  greatest  raiser  of 
campaign  funds  that  the  country  had  ever 
known.  No  such  fund  will  be  raised  in  the 
present  campaign  by  either  party,  nor  is  there 
need  of  such  extraordinary  expenditures.  But 
so  far  as  reliance  on  the  moneyed  interests  and 
the  corporations  is  concerned,  there  is  little  to 
choose  between  the  two  parties.  The  managers 
on  both  sides  are  going  to  the  tariff-protected 
industries,  and  one  party  is  as  eager  as  the  other 
to  "  stand  in  with  "  the  protected  interests.  Mr. 
Wellman  predicts  that  the  Democrats  this  year 
will  have  a  larger  campaign  fund  than  the  Re- 


publicans. The  methods  of  Mr.  Bryan  have 
been  discarded  for  those  of  Samuel  J.  Tilden. 
As  Mr.  Wellman  puts  it.  "  it  is  the  Hudson 
River  school  of  politics  that  now  controls  the 
Democracy  rather  than  the  school  of  the  River 
Platte.  This  means  that  the  Democratic  man- 
agers of  this  year  intend  to  engage  the  enemy 
with  their  own  weapons  ;  to  fight  fire  with  fire  ; 
to  have  thorough  organization  and  rigid  dis- 
cipline ;  to  go  in  for  '  practical  politics  '  instead 
of  trusting  to  sentiment,  high-sounding  rhetoric, 
and  eloquent  speeches."  This  seems  to  be  the 
commonly  accepted  view  of  the  situation. 


AUGUST  BELMONT,  FINANCIER  AND  POLITICIAN. 


ONE  of  the  prominent  figures  in  this  year's 
Presidential  campaign  is  a  man  who  long 
ago  achieved  distinction  in  lines  of  effort  that 
had  little  relation  to  practical  politics.  August 
Belmont  has  been   known    successively  as    the 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Pach  Bros..  N.  Y. 

MR.   AUGCST   BELMONT. 


heir  to  his  father's  business  interests  ;  as  the 
champion  polo-player  of  the  United  States  ;  as 
a  leader  in  American  sports  and  in  "society  ;" 
as  one  of  the  most  aggressive  of  Wall  Street's 
financiers  ;  as  the  builder  of  the  New  York  sub- 
way, and,  finally,  as  one  of  the  quartet  of  poli- 
ticians to  whom  is  accredited  the  nomination  of 
Judge  Parker  for  the  Presidency. 

In  a  two-page  sketch  of  this  interesting  per- 
sonality, contributed  to  the  September  number 
of  Leslie's  Monthly,  Mr.  Frederick  T.  Birchall  re- 
minds us  that  the  house  of  Belmont  is  by  no 
means  new  in  our  national  politics.  It  is  re- 
called that  August  Belmont,  Sr..  founder  of  the 
famous  banking-house  which,  for  many  years, 
has  represented  the  Rothschild  interests  in  this 
country,  was  a  friend  of  Samuel  J.  Tilden.  and 
chairman  of  the  National  Democratic  Committee, 
as  well  as  minister  to  The  Hague.  His  second 
son,  and  namesake,  aspires  to  the  character  of 
builder  and  organizer  rather  than  to  that  of  finan- 
cial manipulator.  It  was  to  him  that  Mr.  John 
B.  McDonald,  having  secured  the  contract  to 
build  New  York's  underground  railroad,  went 
for  capital  when  one  financier  after  another  had 
refused  his  request.  AVithin  forty-eight  hours 
after  hearing  Mr.  McDonald's  plans,  Mi-.  Belmont 
had  signed  the  papers  pledging  his  firm  to  an 
undertaking  involving  $35,000,000,  from  which 
every  one  believes  that  there  will  be  realized  a 
profit  of  at  least  $1,000,000  a  year.  Mr.  Bel- 
mont is  now  a  competitor  for  the  second  subway 
system,  plans  for  which  are  not  yet  completed. 
and  in  the  meantime  he  has  secured  control  of 
the  elevated  railroad  system,  and  has  begun  the 
building  of  the  subway  extension  to  Brooklyn. 
Thus,  the  transportation  facilities  of  New  York 
City  are  now  practically  in  Mr.  Belmont's  hands. 

Mr.  Belmont  is  described  in  this  article  as  "a 
slight,  nervous,  dark-eyed  man  in  a  hurry." 


354 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


If  you  see  him  in  a  cab—lie  is  a  good  customer  of  the 
cabman — the  cab  is  invariably  making  good  time.  If 
he  is  afoot,  he  is  moving  quickly  and  decisively,  his 
mind  intent  only  on  the  goal  at  that  moment  in  view. 
Curious  eyes  follow  him,  and  the  man  who  knows  the 
people  of  the  Street  says,  with  a  sidewise  jerk  of  the 
head  to  his  companion  not  SO  well  up  in  financial  per- 
sonalities, "That's  Belmont!"  There  are  other  Bel- 
monts,  but  to  Wall  Street  there  is  only  one,  and 
whether  it  loves  him  or  loves  him  not,  the  Street 
watches  him  with  interest,  knowing  that  he  is  a  man 
to  be  reckoned  with. 

The  group  of  men  commonly  to  be  found 
waiting  for  Mr.  Belmont  in  his  outer  office  in- 
cludes    sportsmen,    brokers,    politicians,    news- 


paper men,  civil  engineers,  and  contractors, — all 
sorts  of  men  from  many  walks  of  life.  This  is 
an  indication  of  Mr.  Belmont's  varied  interests. 
A  most  elusive  man  they  find  him,  now  at 
Esopus  consulting  with  his  friend  Judge  Parker. 
now  on  a  tour  of  inspection  of  his  new  subway, 
and  again  in  the  stewards'  stand  at  the  races  ; 
but  wherever  he  may  be,  busy,  the  very  embodi- 
ment of  nervous  energy,  knowing  what  he  wants 
and  making  other  men  know  it,  and  bending 
them  to  his  will.  A  democratic  citizen,  courte- 
ous to  all  men,  but  working  hard  himself,  and 
appreciating  only  work  and  achievements  in  his 
colleagues  and  subordinates. 


"GOLDEN  RULE"  JONES,  OF  TOLEDO. 


THE  LATE  MAYOR,   SAMUEL  M.  JONES,   OF  TOLEDO. 

THE  late  Mayor  Jones,  of  Toledo.  ( )hio,  was  a 
unique  figure  in  American  political  life.  His 
victories  in  politics  were  won  despite  the  bitter 
opposition  of  the  politicians.  Last  year,  when  he 
was  elected  mayor  fur  the  fourth  time,  it  was 
after  all  the  | tarty  organizations  in  Toledo,  in- 
cluding the  Socialists,  had  made  nominations 
for  the  oilier,  and  after  a,  campaign  during  which 
the  newspapers  of  the  city  had,  by  formal  agree- 
ment, refrained  from  mentioning  his  name  or 
reporting  his  meetings.  Although  every  effort 
was  made  to  array  against  him  all  the  wealth 
and  social   influence  of  the  city,  including  even 


the  churches,  Mayor  Jones  received  in  this  last 
election  a  plurality  of  about  three  thousand  votes. 
The  secret  of  such  a  popularity  as  this  record  in- 
dicates is  well  worth  knowing,  and  even  the 
politicians  may  derive  benefit  from  a  study  of 
the  man's  career,  as  narrated  in  the  September 
number  of  the  World's  Work  by  Brand  Whitlock. 

From  the  time  that  Mayor  Jones  posted  in 
his  Toledo  factory,  as  the  rules  for  the  shop, 
these  words  :  "  Therefore,  whatsoever  things 
that  ye  would  that  men  should  do  to  you,  do  ye 
even  so  to  them,"  this  altruistic  employer  was 
more  or  less  of  an  enigma  to  the  people  of  To- 
ledo. Nominated  as  a  sort  of  political  accident 
by  a  Republican  city  convention  for  the  office 
of  mayor,  he  was  dubbed  "  Golden  Rule  "  .Jones. 
He  was  supported  by  the  politicians  because  he 
was  popular  among  the  workingmen,  and  was 
elected  by  a  small  plurality.  Nobody  believed 
that  he  would  take  the  "golden  rule  "  into  poli- 
tics with  him,  but  that  was  precisely  what  he 
did,  and  by  this  and  other  eccentricities  in  office 
he  offended  the  politicians,  who,  by  trickery,  de- 
feated him  for  renomination.  Then  he  ran  as 
an  independent,  and  received  more  than  twice  as 
many  votes  as  the  Republican  and  Democratic 
nominees  combined,  although  his  opponents  had 
resorted  to  every  form  of  personal  abuse  and 
vilification  in  order  to  defeat  his  reelection.  Two 
years  later,  he  again  ran  as  a  non-partisan,  and 
was  elected  by  a  large  plurality.  His  fourth 
campaign  resulted  as  we  have  already  stated. 

Considering  the  fact  that,  during  all  his  s 
years  in  office,  his  opponents  controlled  the  city 
council,  and  gradually  absorbed  all  the  important 
city  offices,  with  the  single  exception  of  the  may 
oraltv,  the  record  of  Mayor  Jones'  achievements 
in  office  was  indeed  remarkable.  This  is  the  story 
as  outlined  by  M r.  Whitlock  : 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


355 


First,  he  took  the  clubs  away  from  the  policemen, 
telling  them  that  their  new  mission  was  to  help  and  not 
to  hurt.  He  was  largely  instrumental  in  introducing 
I  ne  kindergartens  in  the  public  schools  ;  he  established 
public  playgrounds  for  the  children  ;  he  instituted  free 
concerts  in  t  lie  parks;  he  secured  for  the  city  employees 
an  eight-hour  day  ;  and  not  a  contract  was  let  that 
did  not  specify  a  maximum  eight-hour  day  and  a  mini- 
mum wage  of  $1.50  for  common  labor.  In  the  winter, 
he  used  the  park  teams  to  give  the  school  children 
sleigh-rides  ;  he  devised  a  system  of  lodging-houses  for 
tramps  ;  public  golf-links  were  laid  out  in  the  parks ; 
he  organized  a  policeman's  band.  And  he  did  many 
other  things.  Others  helped,  of  course,  but  all  the 
achievements  were  the  result  of  his  spirit.  Besides,  in 
a  series  of  remarkable  messages  to  the  council,  he  advo- 
cated home  rule,  the  merit  system,  a  municipal  direct- 
ory, free  night-schools,  public  baths,  the  abolition  of 
the  contract  labor  system,  municipal  ownership  of  all 
the  public  utilities,  and  reforms  in  the  prison  and  po- 
lice court  systems.  The  same  spirit  was  at  work  in  the 
city's  affairs  that  inspired  the  cooperative  efforts  in  his 
factory  and  his  gift  of  Golden  Rule  Park,  where  nota- 
ble meetings  were  held  every  Sunday  afternoon. 

When  the  Legislature  attempted  to  take  from 
Mayor  Jones  the  control  of  the  Toledo  police  by 


an  act  that  vested  the  appointment  of  the  police 
board  in  the  governor,  the  mayor  resisted,  and 
he  was  finally  sustained  in  his  position  by  the 
State  Supreme  Court. 

Mayor  Jones  had  his  own  methods  of  cam- 
paigning. He  was  a  natural  orator,  and  his 
meetings  frequently  took  on  a  religious  char- 
acter. One  of  the  characteristics  of  this  re- 
markable campaigner  was  his  inability  to  separate 
his  religion  from  his  politics.  As  Mr.  Whitlock 
puts  it,  he  took  the  sayings  of  Jesus  literally, 
just  as  he  took  the  Declaration  of  Independence 
literally.  In  his  campaign  speeches  he  would 
cite  poetry,  frequently  quoting  Tennyson,  Burns, 
Lowell,  occasionally  Browning,  and  always  Walt 
W  hitman.  In  his  meetings,  Jones  always  offered 
to  divide  his  time  with  his  opponents.  It  is  re- 
lated that  he  even  pleaded  with  his  followers  to 
listen  to  speakers  who  abused  him.  He  gave 
the  men  in  his  shop  an  hour,  with  full  pay,  to 
listen  to  campaign  speeches  from  the  candidates 
who  were  running  against  him.  All  he  asked 
was  fair  play  for  friend  and  foe  alike. 


THE  NEW  SECRETARY  OF  THE  NAVY. 


THE  appointment  of  Mr.  Paul  Morton  as  head 
of  the  United  States  Navy  Department 
has  called  out  much  favorable  comment  from 
men  representing  all  shades  of  political  opinion. 
I  >ne  of  the  most  enthusiastic  encomiums  of  Mr. 
Morton  appears  in  Munsey's  for  September,  from 
the  pen  of  Alfred  Henry  Lewis.  This  writer 
declares  that  "if  Mr.  Roosevelt  were  called  upon 
to  prove  the  purity  of  the  Presidential  motive. 
he  would  not  have  to  go  beyond  this  one  appoint- 
ment." 

Mr.  Morton  is  a  son  of  the  late  J.  Sterling; 
Morton.  Secretary  of  Agriculture  in  Mr.  Cleve- 
land's second  cabinet,  and  for  thirty  years  has 
11  in  practical  business  as  a  railroad  man.  He 
began  with  a  clerkship  in  the  land  department 
of  the  Burlington  road.  When  he  left  railroad- 
ing to  become  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  he  was 
second  vice-president  of  the  great  Santa  Fe  sys- 
tem. He  gave  up  his  salary  of  $25,000  a  year 
to  accept  an  annual  stipend  of  $8,000  as  a  cabinet 
officer.  Of  the  elder  Morton,  Mr.  Lewis  says 
his  integrity  was  a  kind  of  genius  ;  "  it  was  mili- 
tant, decisive,  and  wore  a  sword.  The  younger 
Morton  is  the  vigorous  replica  of  his  father  in 
those  virtues  of  steam,  courage,  and  intelligence, 
added  to  an  honesty  that  is  neither  to  be  bullied 
nor  cajoled." 

Mr.  Lewis  says  that  the  navy,  more  than  any 
other    of    the    nine    executive    departments    at 


Washington,  needs  a  business  man  at  its  head. 
Paradoxical  as  it  may  seem,  it  is  nevertheless  a 
fact  that  a  sailor  might  be  a  bad  selection  as 
head  of  the  department.  "  The  prime  demand 
is  for  him  who   knows  dollars  and  cents,  and  in 


SECRETABY  MORTON. 


356 


'  THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


parting  with  tliem  will  get  their  equivalent." 
In  this  respect,  the  Navy  Department  differs 
from  the  War  Department.  The  latter,  in  its 
expenditures,  deals  oftener  with  men  and  their 
employments,  devoting  to  that  purpose  75  per 
cent,  of  the  war  money,  while  in  the  case  of  the 
navy  the  expenditures  are  largely  made  up  of 
big  contracts  for  battleships,  cruisers,  and  naval 
materials.  The  Secretary  who  makes  these  con- 
tracts, and  who  must  see  to  their  carrying  out, 
should  be,  as  Mr.  Lewis  says,  "  a  man  trained 
in  business  to  a  feather-edge." 

A    NEW    FIGURE    IN    PUBLIC    LIFE. 

Mr.  Lewis  exults  in  the  fact  that  the  new 
Secretary  comes  to  his  office  "  hand-free  and  debt- 
less.  He  did  not  seek  the  place,  no  politician 
exerted  voice  or  influence  in  his  favor  ;  he  as- 
sumes his  office   quit   and  clear  of  obligations. 


There  has  not  been  a  cabinet  appointment  so 
free  from  the  taint  of  politics  since  Washington 
named  Jefferson  as  Secretary  of  State  in  1789." 
The  new  Secretary's  political  record  is  thus 
summarized  by  Mr.  Lewis  : 

Until  the  campaign  of  1896,  Mr.  Morton, 
whose  political  assertions  had  been  limited  to 
the  casting  of  his  ballot,  was  a  Democrat.  In 
that  year  he  voted  for  General  Palmer,  and  four 
years  later  for  Mr.  McKinley.  Several  months 
ago,  he  declared  his  intention  of  voting  next 
November  for  Mr.  Roosevelt.  On  that  record 
of  politics  the  President  appointed  him,  reaping 
as  the  harvest  thereof  much  acrid  criticism  from 
politicians.  The  people — that  is  to  say,  the  pri- 
vates in  the  army  of  party— have  found  no  fault 
with  Mr.  Roosevelt  ;  indeed,  many  of  them,  to 
paraphrase  an  eminent  utterance,  are  beginning 
to  love  him  for  the  critics  he  has  made. 


THE  CRISIS  IN  TRADE-UNION   MORALS. 


ONE  of  the  shrewdest  and  best-informed  ob- 
servers of  the  labor  movement  in  this 
country,  as  is  known  to  all  students  of  American 
social  problems,  is  Miss  Jane  Addams,  of  Hull 
House,  Chicago.  The  paper  by  Miss  Addams  in 
the  North  American  Review  for  August,  entitled 
"The  Present  Crisis  in  Trade-LTnion  Morals," 
has  attracted  wide  attention,  because  of  the  evi- 
dent fairness  of  its  tone  and  the  novelty  of  some 
of  its  positions. 

The  paper  begins  with  an  admission  of  the 
fact  that  within  the  past  two  years  there  has  been 
brought  about  a  violent  reaction  against  the 
cause  of  organized  labor.  Evidence  of  this  re- 
action is  to  be  found  in  the  increasing  number 
of  employers'  associations,  some  of  which  are 
making  war  on  the  very  existence  of  the  unions  ; 
in  the  exasperation  exhibited  by  many  of  the 
manufacturers  who  were  previously  neutral  ;  in 
the  oft-repeated  assertion  that  it  is  impossible  to 
extend  business  operations  in  the  present  state 
of  the  labor  market ;  in  the  recognition  of  the 
non-union  man  as  the  "modern  hero,"  and  in 
what  Miss  Addams  regards  as  a  confusion  in 
mind  on  the  part  of  the  public  which  tends  to 
make  trade  unions  directly  responsible  for  many 
of  the  difficulties  inherent  in  the  factory  system 
itself. 

It  is  to  be  remembered  that  the  labor  move- 
ment, has  just  passed  through  a  period  of  re- 
markable growth,  in  which  large  numbers  of 
weak  and  crudely  developed  organizations  have 
been  incorporated  with  the  older  ones,  and  have, 
in  many  cases,  inaugurated  strikes  and  called  to 


MISS  JANE  ADDAMS. 

their  aid   the  older    unions    against    the  better 
judgment  and  counsel  of  experienced  leaders. 

UNION    RESPONSIBILITY. 

No  defense  of  the  unions  is  attempted  in  re- 
spect to  the  charges  frequently  brought  against 
them  of  irresponsibility  in  the  keeping  of  con- 
tracts. But  Miss  Addams  shows  that  the  average 
workingman  is  ignoi-ant  of  the  real  nature  of 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


357 


contracts,  because,  throughout  his  life,  lie  has 
had  nothing  to  do  with  them.  He  rents  his 
tenement  by  the  week  or  month  and  does  not 
si»;n  a  lease  ;  he  has  been  hired  habitually  by 
the  day  or  week,  with  no  contract  to  assure  his 
continuance  at  work  ;  if  he  offended  the  fore- 
man, he  might  be  dismissed,  with  or  without 
good  cause,  any  day  in  the  week  or  any  hour  of 
the  day.  The  old-time  workman  may  have  had 
theoretical  freedom  of  contract,  but  he  has  had 
no  actual  contract.  "When  the  employer  says, 
"  I  will  bargain  with  my  own  men  one  at  a 
time,"  he  practically  means  that  he  will  make  no 
bargain,  that  he  will  merely  enter  into  a  rela- 
tion of  good  will  and  good  faith.  None  of  the 
workman's  relations  in  life,  although  they  are 
often  continuous  and  stable,  depend  for  their 
continuity  and  stability  upon  contracts  between 
himself  and  other  people.  His  marriage  con- 
tract is,  perhaps,  the  one  exception  to  this  ;  but 
it  is  fortunately,  to  him,  not  a  contract,  but  a 
sacrament. 

In  regard  to  charges  of  corruption  against  the 
unions,  Miss  Addams  finds  undoubted  evidence 
that  many  American  unions  are  suffering  from 
the  present  low  standard  of  morality  in  our 
business  life  and  share  "  the  more  brutal  doc- 
trines of  commercialism,  which  make  a  man 
declare  his  resolve  to  get  there,  despite  obstacles 
from  without  or  scruples  from  within."  Ad- 
mitting that  capitalistic  organizations  frequently 
employ  methods  quite  as  objectionable  as  those 
of  the  labor  organizations,  Miss  Addams  re- 
gards it  as  a  much  more  serious  concern  to  the 
community  when  a  trade  union  employs  such 
methods  than  when  a  business  concern  does, 
because   it  affects  a   larger   proportion  of  the 


population,  and  in  that  respect  is  much  more 
nearly  analogous  to  political  corruption.  As  to 
the  relation  of  political  corruption  to  the  cor- 
ruption of  labor  unions.  Miss  Addams  contrib 
utes  several  instances  from  the  recent  history 
of  certain  Chicago  wards. 

THE    RATIONALITY    OF    THE    TRADE    AGREEMENT. 

In  the  matter  of  collective  bargaining,  Ameri- 
can business  men,  who,  in  a  single  generation 
have  seen  the  administration  of  property  changed 
largely  from  individual  management  to  cor- 
porate management,  still  resent  the  attempt  to 
extend  this  method  of  bargaining,  this  modifica- 
tion of  individual  ownership,  to  workingmen. 
The  workmen  who  insist  that  they  do  not  get 
their  fair  advantage  from  the  invention  of  ma- 
chinery, that  the  partition  of  the  results  of  labor 
achieved  by  both  proprietor  and  workman  is  not 
effected  in  just  proportion,  who  seek  to  modify 
and  correct  the  conditions  and  hours  under 
which  they  labor,  are  really  advocating  a  gradual 
change  in  the  present  constitution  of  property, 
and  are  pursuing  the  conservative  method  when 
they  advocate  those  changes  by  means  of  collect- 
ive bargaining  and  trade  contracts.  This  is 
true  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  these  demands  are 
often  excessive  and.  from  the  business  point  of 
view,  "impossible;"  that  they  are  many  times 
accompanied  by  irrational  use  of  newly  acquired 
power  ;  that  their  representatives  are  often 
corrupt  and  self-seeking,  and  that  the  entire 
movement  exhibits  the  disorder  which  has 
accompanied  both  political  and  ecclesiastical 
movements  whenever  they  have  tried  to  change 
the  administration  of  power  from  the  aristocratic 
to  the  democratic  form. 


THE  PLANTATION  AS  A  CIVILIZING  FACTOR. 


DISCERNING-  students  of  economic  and  so- 
cial conditions  in  the  South  have  noted 
the  beginnings  of  a  movement  to  reestablish 
plantations  in  place  of  the  small  farms  which, 
since  the  close  of  the  Civil  War,  have  been  de- 
voted to  the  production  of  staple  crops.  Impar- 
tial observers  seem  to  agree  that,  from  every 
point  of  view,  the  plantation  system  offers  the 
prospect  of  a  more  efficient  employment  of  negro 
labor.  In  the  current  number  of  the  Sewanee 
Review,  Mr.  Ulrich  B.  Phillips  discusses  the  ef- 
fect of  the  proposed  system  upon  the  mental, 
moral,  and  industrial  development  of  the  negro. 
After  reviewing  the  history  of  slavery,  the 
growth  of  the  old  plantation  system  before  the 
war,   the  breaking  up  of    the   plantations  into 


small  farms  after  the  war,  and  the  system  of 
tenant  cropping  that  has  prevailed  over  the 
greater  part  of  the  South  since  the  era  of  recon- 
struction, Mr.  Phillips  shows  that  the  great 
necessity  of  the  present  social  situation  in  the 
South  is  the  development  of  a  more  sympathetic 
relationship  between  the  races.  In  his  opinion, 
no  system  for  this  purpose  has  yet  been  de- 
veloped which  compares  in  good  results  with 
that  of  the  old  patriarchal  plantation.  The 
patriarchal  feature,  he  says,  is  necessary. 

The  average  negro  has  many  of  the  characteristics  of 
a  child,  and  must  be  guided  and  governed,  and  often 
guarded  against  himself,  by  a  sympathetic  hand.  Non- 
resident ownership  and  control  of  plantations  will  not 
do.     The  absentee  system  has  no  redeeming  virtue  for 


358 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  purpose  at  hand.  With  hired,  voluntary  labor  in- 
stead of  forced  labor,  it  is  the  Virginia  plantation  system 
and  uot  that  of  the  West  Indies  which  is  needed.  The 
presence  of  the  planter  and  his  wife  and  children  and 
Ids  neighbors  is  required  for  example  and  precept 
among  the  negroes.  Factory  methods  and  purely  busi- 
ness relations  will  not  serve;  the  tie  of  personal  sym- 
pathy and  affection  is  essential  to  the  successful  work- 
ing of  the  system.  The  average  negro  longs  for  this 
personal  tie.  Respect,  affection,  and  obedience  for 
those  who  earn  and  encourage  his  admiration  are  second 
nature  with  him.  The  negroes  are  disposed  to  do  their 
part  for  securing  the  general  welfare  when  the  proper 
opportunity  is  given  them.  What  they  most  need  is 
friendly  guidance  and  control  for  themselves,  and  peace 
and  prosperity  for  the  South  as  a  whole  ;  economic  de- 
pression will  always  wrork  to  their  discouragement  and 
injury,  and  sectional  and  racial  irritation  must  in  every 
ease  check  their  progress. 

Not  only  is  the  concentration   of  negroes  in 


cities  detrimental  to  their  moral  and  industrial 
progress,  but  hardly  less  detrimental  is  their 
isolation  from  white  neighbors  in  a  black  belt 
on  the  seacoast.  In  Mr.  Phillips'  view,  their 
general  aloofness  upon  the  small  farms  insulates 
them,  in  large  measure,  from  the  best  influences 
for  progress  in  the  modern  South.  In  a  system 
of  plantations  of  moderate  size,  the  negro  might 
take  his  place  in  the  modern  world  of  special 
and  organized  industry,  and  yet.  through  the 
patriarchal  character  of  the  system,  he  would 
be  protected  from  the  harsher  features  of  the 
competitive  life  of  our  time. 

The  present  prosperity  of  the  South  should 
soon  produce  a  fund  from  which  capital  may  be 
drawn  to  be  invested  in  land,  houses,  stock, 
machinery,  and  the  other  supplies  necessary  to 
the  erection  of  plantations  of  this  character. 


THE  UNITED  STATES  IN  THE  MEDITERRANEAN. 


AFTER  discussing  the  release  of  Perdicaris 
and  Varley  through  American  interposi- 
tion, and  "  the  desire  of  the  United  States  to  ob- 
tain at  Constantinople  the  same  privileges  as  are 
accorded  to  certain  European  powers,"  an  anony- 
mous writer  in  the  Nuova  Antologia  (Rome) 
says  :  "  It  is  certain  that  the  period  of  American 
indifference  to  questions  non-American  is  closed, 
and  that  their  policy  is  one  of  expansion,  moral 
or  material,  and  has  already  become  occupied 
with  the  Eastern  Question."  Allusion  is  made 
to  the  condition  of  American  missionaries  in 
Turkey,  and  to  the  Armenian  massacres.  The 
writer  continues  :  "  It  cannot  be  denied  that  Eu- 
rope has  never  met  an  adversary  so  formidable. 
The  black  race  has  shown,  at  least  at  our  ex- 
pense, that  it  can  rise,  so  as  to  become  an  active 
element  in  international  conditions  under  which 
it  long  remained  passive.  The  yellow  race  at 
present  is  surprising  and  at  the  same  time  terri- 
fying the  white  race,  as  appears  by  recent  mani- 
festations of  Japanese  power  ;  but  the  struggles 
between  Italy  and  A  Erica  formed  only  an  episode 
of  relatively  small  importance.''  lie  says  that 
even  if  Japan  conquers  Russia,  it  will  be  a  long 
time  before  the  active  competition  of  the  former 
is  fell  in  the  Mediterranean  ;  for  Japan  will  be 
occupied  for  some  time  in  battling  with  the  in- 
vasive influences  of  the  white  race  in  her  own 
territory. 

Hut  .  .  .  the  United  States  .  .  .  has  completely  suc- 
ceeded in  precluding  all  European  interference  in  Amer- 
ican questions.  .  .  .  Whenever  any  misunderstanding 
arises  between  any  state  in  the   West    and  any  state  of 

Europe,  the  government  at  Washington  Interposes  as 


arbiter,  and  whenever  there  is  danger  that  rights  long 
conceded  or  original  precedents  should  permit  the  in- 
trusion of  a  European  power  in  American  affairs,  the 
government  at  Washington  knows  how  to  manage 
things  so  that  such  rights  and  precedents  vanish  in  thin 
air,  or  are  set  aside  by  the  action  of  the  United 
States.  A  case  in  point  is  the  canal  and  the  creation 
of  the  new  republic  of  Panama.  Added  to  this  aspira- 
tion after  an  imperialistic  policy  is  a  commercial  power 
which  in  the  United  States  is  beyond  all  the  records 
of  history ;  the  former  is,  perhaps,  the  direct  and  in- 
evitable consequence  of  the  latter,  and  both  are  ac- 
companied by  a  proud  consciousness  of  superiority 
which  urges  the  whole  population  along  the  path  of 
great  enterprises.  .  .  .  "What  citizen  of  the  United 
States  would  be  willing  to  revive  the  domestic  simpli- 
city and  general  manner  of  life  which  obtained  in  the 
time  of  Washington  ? 

Even  Roosevelt,  wrho  has  shown  himself  a  man  of 
great  moral  superiority,  and  who  labors  to  hold  up  to  his 
country  and  his  compatriots  a  lofty  ideal  of  public  and  of 
social  life,  would  certainly  not  be  inclined  to  surrender 
the  power  of  which  the  enormous  prosperity  of  his 
country  is  a  guarantee  in  all  the  world.  It  is  quite 
possible  he  might  wish  that  such  prosperity  should  be 
attributed  to  the  results  of  personal  and  commercial 
honesty,  of  international  equity,  but  he  certainly  is  not 
a  man  who  would  consider  the  advantages  or  disadvan- 
tages which  might  accrue  to  any  European  cabinet 
from  the  intervention  of  the  United  States  in  any 
question  which  interested  that  nation. 

It  is  almost  unnecessary  to  say  that  under  his  Presi- 
dency,—it  might  almost  be  added,  under  his  personal 
responsibility.- American  imperialism  has  assumed  an 
aggressive  character,  not  only  in  South  America  and 
the  extreme  East,  but  also  in  Asia  Minor,  and  now  in 
the  Mediterranean, — that  is  to  say,  in  Europe  itself. 

Are  the  European  governments  alive  to  the  enormous 
Importance  of  this  fact,  to  the  gravity  of  its  eventual 
consequences,  capable  as  these  are  of  changing  the  face 
of  the  world  ? 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


350 


THE  SIXTH  CENTENARY  OF  PETRARCH, 


IN  July,  France,  Italy,  and  Spain  celebrated 
the  six-hundredth  anniversary  of  the  birth 
of  the  great  Italian  poet.  Petrarch.  There  were 
celebrations  at  Arezzo,  where  he  was  born  ;  in 
Avignon,  where  he  lived  ;  in  Paris,  in  Florence, 
and  in  almost  all  of  the  other  Italian  cities. 
The  celebration  at  Avignon  was  strictly  literary 
in  character;  those;  at  Arezzo  and  Florence, 
patriotic  and  national.  At  Arezzo,  the  manners 
and  customs  of  the  time  were  faithfully  repro- 
duced, and  Italy  honored  her  greatest  of  lyric 
poets.  He  was  at  the  same  time  a  prophet  of 
her  unity,  he  who,  the  first  of  her  great  men, 
was  an  Italian  in  the  best  sense  of  the  word. 

The  Figaro  contains  a  study  of  Petrarch  as  a 
prophetic  patriot,  by  Pierre  de  Nolliak.  The 
great  poet's  words  on  leaving  France,  and  view- 
ing from  the  heights  of  the  Alps  his  native  land, 
are  recalled  : 

I  salute  thee,  sacred  ground,  blessed  by  God,  kind  to 
good  men,  and  a  terror  to  evil-doers  ;  thou  art  the  most 
beautiful  land,  the  most  fruitful  and  exalted  ;  girdled 
by  thy  two  seas,  guarded  by  thy  famous  mountains, 
the  home  of  heroism  and  law.  temple  of  the  muses,  art 
and  nature  have  made  thee  master  of  the  world.  Weary 
with  life  and  longing  for  repose,  that  I  may  have  thee 
as  the  place  of  my  tomb  !  From  the  heights  of  the  Alps, 
covered  with  forests,  I  have  the  joy  of  seeing  thee 
again,  Oh,  my  Italy  !  Behind  me  the  clouds  have  fled, 
the  heavens  are  serene,  and  only  a  passing  breeze  fans 
my  brow.  It  is  the  air  of  Italy  which  is  caressing  me. 
I  recognize  my  fatherland.  Oh,  great  mother,  glory  of 
the  world,  I  salute  thee  ! 

This,  says  M.  de  Nolliak,  is  a  portion  of 
Petrarch's  best  verse.  It  is  a  part  of  the  famous 
"Italiamia,"  which  bewails  the  misfortunes  of 
Italy  and  the  divisions  of  the  Italian  people, 
calling  them  to  union,  to  glory,  and  to  independ- 
ence. Its  note  is  distinctly  modern  ;  it  is  really 
the  Marseillaise  of  Italy. 

In  stirring  times  and  days  of  sorrow,  while  bent  be- 
neath the  yoke  of  Austria,  the  Italian  spirits  prepared 
for  liberty,  recited  this  poem,  or  sang  it ;  and  it  was  the 
old  Petrarch,  through  his  poem  written  for  their  ances- 
tors, who  inspired  and  flamed  the  zeal  of  the  young 
heroes  who  brought  united  Italy. 

The  Most  Modern  of  Medieval  Italians. 

The  Deutsche  Rundschau  publishes  an  article 
on  the  Italian  poet  by  Heinrich  Morf.  The 
writer  points  out  that  Dante  stands  at  the  close 
of  the  Middle  Ages  and  Petrarch  on  the  thresh- 
old of  the  new  age.  Yet  the  two  lived  only  a 
generation  apart,  Dante  having  been  born  in 
1265  and  Petrarch  in  1304.  Dante  is  a  medieval 
anachronism.  He  stands  alone,  a  party  by  him- 
self. To  Dante,  Rome  is  the  City  of  God,  the 
Holy   City.     Petrarch   is  a   humanist.     He  de- 


THE  POET  PETRARCH. 


plores  the  fact  that  the  modern  Christian  Rome 
has  not  preserved  its  ancient  buildings,  and 
mourns  over  the  destruction  of  the  city.  Pe 
trarch  traveled  much,  but  his  interest  in  Roman 
history  and  Roman  civilization  never  deserted 
him.  Most  of  his  writings  are  in  Latin  ;  he 
only  used  his  mother-tongue  for  his  poems  and 
in  rivalry  with  Dante's  "  Divine  Comedy."  The 
two  Florentines  never  met.  Petrarch  was  at 
school  in  the  South  of  France  and  was  seventeen 
years  old  when  Dante  died  at  Ravenna,  in  1321. 
Petrarch  seems  not  to  have  sympathized  with 
Dante,  yet  in  his  love  poems  on  his  Laura  he 
betrays  the  influence  of  Dante,  and  the  idea  of 
arranging  them  in  a  book  in  a  certain  biograph- 
ical form  was  undoubtedly  taken  from  Dante's 
"Vita  Nuova,"  while  his  "Triumphs"  were  in- 
spired by  the  "Divine  Comedy."  The  collected 
"Laura"  sonnets  and  songs  number  three  hun- 
dred and  sixty-six,  and  they  are  divided  into 
two  general  groups — those  addressed  to  the  liv- 
ing Laura  and  those  written  after  her  death.    It 


:J60 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OE  REVIEWS. 


is  as  the  author  of  these  poems  that  Petrarch's 
name  lives  to-day.  The  three  great  Florentines 
— Dante,  Petrarch,  and  Boccaccio — represent  a 
century  of  Italian  intellectual  life.  Of  the  three, 
Petrarch  was  the  most  progressive,  the  most 
modern.  It  was  also  he  who  exercised  the  great- 
est influence  on  the  century  which  followed. 

One  of  the  Founders  of  Modern  Italy. 

In  the  Open  Court,Di;.  Paul  Cams,  the  editor, 
has  a  timely  article  on  Petrarch.  He  thus  sums 
up  the  character  and  inconsistencies  of  the  poet : 

Though  Petrarch  had  taken  an  active  part  in 
the  political  history  of  his  time,  he  was  a  poet 
and  rhetorician,  not  a  hero  and  a  character. 
His  scholarship,  the  elegance  of  his  verses,  and 
his  amiable  personality  endeared  him  to  both 
the  aristocratic  men  of  his  time  and  the  common 
people  of  Italy.  Medieval  in  thought  and  prin- 
ciple, he  was  modern  in  sentiment.  Though  an 
enthusiastic  champion  of  the  cause  of  liberty, 
lie  was  an  intimate  friend  of  almost  all  the 
tyrants  of  his  time,  and  was  instrumental  in  their 
retaining  their  power  and  usurped  privileges. 
Though  indebted  to  the  Colonnas  for  many  per- 
sonal favors,  he  became  an  abettor  of  the  Roman 
mob  who  massacred  seven  members  of  that  noble 
family  of  Rome.  His  very  shortcomings  seem 
to  have  added  to  the  charm  of  his  personality, 
and  made  it  possible  that  while  he  was  still  a 
child  of  the  Middle  Ages  he  became  one  of  the 
founders  of  modern  Italy. 

Student,  Scholar,  Author,  Poet. 

Petrarch  has  been  characterized  by  a  certain 


critic,  says  Alcibiade  Yecoli,  writing  in  the 
Rassegna  Nazionale  (Florence),  as  the  '-first 
modern  man." 

The  description  is  just,  but  not  complete,  for  it  takes 
no  account  of  Petrarch  as  a  student,  a  scholar,  a  writer, 
a  poet.  In  order,  therefore,  to  make  this  characteriza- 
tion complete,  we  must  add  that  in  Petrarch  the  true 
type  of  the  Italian  man  of  letters  began  to  be  developed. 
To  one  who  has  any  knowledge  of  the  historic  and  liter- 
ary phases  through  which  Italian  life  has  passed,  from 
the  twilight  of  the  Middle  Ages,  in  which  the  austere  and 
haughty  figure  of  Dante  Alighieri  passes  out  of  view  ; 
when  in  the  sky  of  humanism  stars  of  learning  likePog- 
gio  and  Filelfo  begin  to  sparkle  ;  up  to  the  time  when 
neo-classicism  was  declining  and  poets  like  Monti  were 
eclipsed  in  the  dawn  of  romanticism,  as  the  serene  and 
splendid  figure  of  Alessandro  Manzoni  rose  to  view— it 
is  very  evident  what  elements  good  and  bad,  what  faults 
and  what  excellencies,  due  in  part  to  the  writers  them- 
selves, in  part  to  the  times  in  which  they  lived,  united 
to  form  the  Italian  literature  of  the  day.  Such  con- 
siderations as  these  make  plain  what  I  mean  by  saying 
that  in  Petrarch  the  true  type  of  the  Italian  man  of 
letters  began  to  be  developed. 

In  speaking  of  the  coronation  of  Petrarch  at 
Rome,  this  writer  asks  the  question,  "Was  the 
glory  and  renown  of  the  poet  genuine  and  per- 
manent ?     He  answers  it  in  the  affirmative  : 

We,  his  posterity,  after  an  interval  of  seven  long  cen- 
turies, find  it  our  bounden  duty  as  well  as  our  privilege 
to  commemorate,  throughout  the  length  and  breadth 
of  Italy,  the  sixth  centenary  of  the  poet's  birth;  to  pub- 
lish new  editions  of  his  works,  to  erect  to  him  a  national 
monument.  All  this  is  a  clear  proof,  an  eloquent  testi- 
mony, that  his  glory  is  genuine,  and  not  only  genuine, 
but  unstained. 


WHY    ITALIANS    DISLIKE    D'ANNUNZIO. 


NO  one  is  a  prophet  in  his  own  country,  they 
say,  and  this  saying  never  fitted  any  man 
better  than  Gabrielle  d'Annunzio,  whose  books 
and  tragedies  are  known  all  over  the  world.  "  I 
am  quite  positive,  though,  that  there  is  no  man 
in  any  country  who  is  more  despised  and  hated 
t  ha  ii  d'Annunzio  in  his  own  country,"  says  Carlo 
de  Fornaro,  writing  in  the  August  Critic.  Many 
will  not  even  admit  his  genius,  his  literary  tal- 
ent ;  they  believe  that  he  is  a  passing  fad,  not 
to  be  compared  with  the  pagan  poet,  Carducci, 
or  the  idealistic  novelist,  Fogazzaro.  His  poetry 
is  too  pompous,  too  erudite,  too  affected,  they  say. 
A  very  cultured  Florentine  patrician  voiced  the 
feeling  of  many  when  he  said  to  me  :  ••  M  \  dear 
friend,  only  d'Annunzio  can  understand  d'An- 

DUnzio's  poetry."  Outside  of  a  little  clique  of 
friends  and  admirers,  there  is  nobody  who  has 
a  good  word  for  him,  and  the  choicest,  the  most 


expressive,  and  likewise  the  most  insulting, 
epithets  are  used  in  describing  the  man  in  pri- 
vate and  public  life. 

One  of  the  ablest  critics  in  Italy  has  called 
him  a  parvenu  and  a  poseur:  i(  A  parvenu  in 
private  life  and  a  poseur  in  literature."  His 
extravagantly  extensive  wardrobe  is  a  proof 
of  this  assertion,  ••  very  much  like  the  foppery 
and  ostentatious  sartorial  caricature  of  Mas- 
cagni  in  the  early  days  of  his  financial  suc- 
cess, with  the  actor's  inborn  love  for  display 
and  love  of  admiration."  Mr.  de  Fornaro 
believes,  moreover,  that  Italians  are  bitter 
toward  d'Annunzio  because  the  rest  of  the 
world  takes  him  as  the  standard  of  1 
morality,  as  the  world  takes  Zola  for  that  of 
Prance. 

Italians  are,  as  a  rule,  not  prudish  or  Puritani- 
cal, but  they  are  not  as  licentious  as  the  French ; 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


361 


GABKIELLE  D  AXXLTXZIO. 


they   are   simpler  and  very  democratic.     They 
arc  charitable,  and  not  at  all  cruel  and  vindic- 


tive, as  foreigners  would  pretend.  The  best 
proof  of  this  assertion  is  that  Italy,  excepting 
Switzerland  and  a  few  States  in  North  America, 
is  the  only  country  without  a  death  penalty. 
The  average  Italian  is  charitable  toward  the 
criminal,  and  if  he  can, find  an  excuse  to  palliate 
his  sins  he  will  readily  do  it.  It  seems,  though, 
that  d'Annunzio  has  been  too  much  even  for 
their  indulgence  ;  and  one  reason  for  this  bit 
terness  toward  him  is  that  they  believe  that, 
owing  to  his  popularity  abroad,  foreigners  take; 
him  as  a  standard  of  Italian  morality  or  immo- 
rality. This  feeling  of  antagonism  is  so  strong 
that  at  the  first  nights  of  his  plays  there  is  al- 
ways a  great  deal  of  hissing,  shouting,  and  bois 
terous  cat-calls,  often  resulting  in  the  ringing 
down  of  the  curtain  before  the  second  act  is 
over. 

It  is  a  noteworthy  fact,  says  this  writer,  that 
d'Annunzio's  fame  as  a  novelist  is  greater  in 
France,  Germany,  England,  and  even  the  United 
States,  than  in  Italy.  The  translations  of  his 
books  in  those  countries  are  a  source  of  income 
never  attained  in  Italy  even  by  the  most  pop- 
ular novelist  there.  Yet  he  is  not  a  patriot  in 
the  true  sense  of  the  word. 


PROSTRATION  OF  EDUCATION  AND   LITERATURE  IN  SPAIN. 


IT  is  now  nearly  half  a  century  since  the 
Spanish  publicist,  Larra,  declared  that  no 
one  read  in  Spain  because  no  one  wrote,  and 
that  no  one  wrote  because  no  one  read.  Matters 
do  not  seem  to  have  changed  very  much  for  the 
better  since  then  ;  for  the  Spanish  aristocracy, 
bourgeoisie,  and  almost  all  of  the  Spanish  people 
••  live  to-day  in  a  state  of  astounding  ignorance." 
With  these  words,  M.  G.  Desdevises  du  Dezert 
begins  one  of  the  periodical  reviews  of  European 
literature  which  appear  from  time  to  time  in  the 
Revue  Universelle  (Paris). 

The  lack  in  Spanish-American  literature  to- 
day, this  writer  thinks,  is  due  primarily  to  the 
woeful  state  of  education  in  Spain.  The  school 
system.  Ik;  declares,  is  deplorably  inadequate. 
The  provincial  boards  of  education  are  badly 
managed  and  ill-provided  for — they  are  always 
last  on  the  budget — and  many  a  schoolmaster  is 
reduced  to  the  necessity  of  begging  because  his 
salary  has  not  been  paid.  Some  provinces  are 
said  to  owe  more  than  a  million  pesetas  ($200,- 
000)  to  their  teachers  of  primary  grades.  The 
secondary  education  is  "  but  a  veneer."  The 
provincial  colleges,  or  institutos,  are  insufficiently 
equipped  with  books  and  instruments,  and  gen- 
erally il  iff  use  a  very  superannuated    and  super- 


ficial sort  of  education.  The  free  institutions 
are  worth  even  less.  In  all  these  schools,  "  with 
the  exception  of  a  few  large  colleges  conducted 
by  Jesuits,  the  examinations  are  mere  parades 
arranged  for  the  gratification  of  the  vanity  of 
parents."  The  students,  therefore,  leave  the 
institutos  with  a  "  hasty,  incomplete  culture,  ac- 
customed to  draw  on  their  imagination,  to  speak 
without  thinking,  and  to  decide  questions  with- 
out understanding,"  totally  unprepared  and  unfit 
for  the  universities,  which  contain  many  men  of 
breadth  and  talent.  This  is  the  reason  that 
Spain  has  so  many  special  student  licentiates 
and  doctors,  but  so  few  men  well  grounded  and 
thoroughly  educated,  "capable  of  thinking  with 
strength  and  of  writing  with  simplicity  and 
clearness."  The  Spaniards  themselves  have 
been  the  first  to  recognize  and  deplore  this  state 
of  things.  The  famous  Dr.  Eloy  Luis  Andre 
has  said  that,  in  Spain,  "books,  reviews,  and 
newspapers  all  show  an  equal  lack  of  invention, 
originality,  solidity,  and  depth,"  while  Dr.  F. 
Navarro  y  Ledesma  is  even  more  pessimistic. 
In  the  magazine,  La  Lectura,  he  said  recently  : 

We  have  come  to  the  extreme  limit  of  our  intellectual, 
political,  social,  and  literary  poverty.  There  is  nothing 
to  equal  it  anywhere.     Our  men,  great  and  small,  good 


362 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


and  bad,  are  dying,  and  there  is  no  one  to  replace  them, 
no  one  to  continue  their  work.  Spain  reminds  one  of 
the  wardrobe  of  a  clerk  on  half-pay,  who,  when  his  coat 
is  worn  out,  is  compelled  to  take,  to  replace  it,  an  old 
rag  that  has  been  moldering  for  a  century  in  some  dark 
closet. 

All  this  is  true,  says  M.  G.  Desdevises  du 
Dezert,  as  applied  to  the  old  national  school, 
which  lives  only  in  the  contemplation  of  the 
past,  and  for  whom  Catholic  and  military  Spain 
is  the  only  possible  form  of  the  putrid.  But 
"  this  Spain  will  no  more  profit  by  the  lessons 
of  experience  than  it  has  hearkened  to  the 
counsels  of  science  and  reason." 

Beside  this  old  stubborn  Spain  rises  a  new  generation 
which  is  deeply  grieved  to  see  its  fatherland  outstripped 
almost  everywhere,  and  which  passionately  desires  to 
awake  the  land  out  of  its  somnolence  and  drag  it  out  of 
its  isolation,  even  at  the  cost  of  revolution,  to  bring  it 
back  to  work,  to  knowledge,  and  to  life. 

FRENCH    INFLUENCE. 

With  this  end  in  view,  young  Spain  has  turned 
for  its  education  to  other  countries,  France  prin- 
cipally. The  influence  of  France  makes  itself 
felt  in  the  works  of  modern  Spanish  writers. 
Victor  Hugo  and  Daudet  have  been  powerful, 
and  Zola  has  been  the  legitimate  father  of  Span- 
ish naturalism.  Young  Spain  also  holds  French 
philosophy  in  great  esteem.  Renan,  Taine.  and 
Fouillet  count  many  admirers  among  the  Span- 
iards. "  But  all  that  is  most  subtle,  most  deli- 
cate, most  French,  escapes  these  disciples,  who 
were  but  yesterday  freed  from  scholastic  pris- 
ons." Young  Spain  has  also  been  influenced  by 
the  works  of  Foe,  Schopenhauer,  Nietszche,  Hoff- 
man, Sudermann,  Maeterlinck,  Tolstoy,  and  Ib- 
sen, but  they  have  not  always  shown  much  judg- 
ment or  discrimination  in  their  study  of  foreign 
literatures.  They  have  often  been  "  more  deeply 
impressed  by  the  charm  of  novelty  than  they 
have  seriously  understood  the  thinkers  whom 
they  proposed  to  imitate."  They  have  often 
borrowed  from  their  masters  that  which  was 
least  worthy.  M.  G.  Desdevises  du  Dezert  thus 
characterizes  Castilian  literature  : 

The  field  of  poetry  is  a  desert.  Clarin  counted 
only  two  and  one-half  poets  in  it.  Accordingly,  to-day, 
there  would  be  only  half  of  one  left, — that  is  to  say, 
Manuel  del  Pelaccio,  who  was  full  of  happy  expressions 
and  true  sentiments.  In  reality,  there  are  more  of 
them  Frederico  Balart,  the  author  of  "Dolores;"' 
Medina,  author  of  "Mureian  Airs;"  Salvador  Rueda, 
"the  sensualist  of  the  mind,"  who,  in  his  "Precious 

Stones."  has  sung  t  he  beaut  ies  of  nat  lire,  art.  and  love, 
and  in  "The  Land  of  the  Sun"  has  struck  all  the 
strings  of  the  lyre  with  a  master  stroke.  Bobadilla, 
better  known  in  Spain  as  Pray  Candil,  published,  in 
19()1,  verses  entitled  "The  Vortex."  which  won  high 
praise.     It  is  a  poem  of  absolute  pessimism,  but  strong 


and  impressive.  Juan  Alcover  is  also  a  pessimist.  He 
wrote  "The  Meteors,"  and  other  poems  and  stories, 
among  which  that  of  "The  Courtesan  Lalaga"  is  a 
beautiful  page  of  passion.  Perez  de  Alaya,  Gonzales 
Blanco,  Manuel  Machado,  and  a  few  others  are  endeav- 
oring to  transplant  to  Spain  the  complex  symbolism  of 
the  French  writers. 

The  long  novel  does  not  find  much  favor  in 
Spain  to-day,  according  to  M.  Navarro  v  De- 
desma.  The  short  story  is  preferred  today. 
Spain  is  admittedly  provincial,  and  loves  the 
taste  of  the  soil. 

SPANISH-AMERICAN    CULTURE. 

This  French  writer,  speaking  of  the  culture  of 
the  Spanish-Americans,  says  that  in  all  the  coun- 
tries where  the  white  race  is  in  a  majority,  such 
as  Chile,  Uruguay,  and  the  Argentine  Republic, 
intellectual  culture  is  making  rapid  strides.  In 
the  life  of  the  new  world,  "free  from  the  influ- 
ences of  the  past,  the  people  are  often  more  at- 
tentive to  learning  and  science  than  they  are  on 
the  peninsula." 

There,  activity  is  awakening,  wealth  is  growing,  the 
people  feel  young  and  have  faith  in  the  future.  Al- 
ready their  literature  forms  an  interesting  branch  of 
the  Castilian  literature,  which  it  may  soon  surpass  in 
originality  and  vigor.  These  qualities  are  more  lacking 
in  the  Spanish-American  race,  and  this  immaturity 
prompts  them  to  turn  now  and  then  to  Spain,  but  more 
often  to  France,  for  inspiration.  And  yet  the  Argen- 
tine Republic  is  even  now  collecting  its  traditions 
("Tradiciones  Argentinas  :"P.  Obligado),  and  a  "Treas- 
ury of  the  American  Parnassus"  has  been  recently  pub 
lished  in  Barcelona,  and  D.  Juan  Velera  has  not  dis- 
dained to  review,  with  great  indulgence,  the  liter arj 
works  of  the  Spanish-Americans.  M.  Degetau  y  Com 
zalez,  once  deputy  from  Porto  Rico  to  the  Spanish 
Cortes,  has  written  a  series  of  touching  novelettes. 

LITERATURE    IN    CENTRAL    AND    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

Mexico,  the  American  country,  in  which  the 
purest  Castilian  is  spoken,  is  entirely  absorbed 
in  the  development  of  its  economic  wealth  ;  and 
while  Mexico  studies  and  cultivates  the  sciences, 
political  economy,  and  law,  it  seems  to  con- 
cern itself  but  little  with  literature.  Costa  Rica 
has  a  poet  in  Emelio  Pacheco  Cooper,  and  a  nov- 
elist in  D.  Ricardo  Fernandez  Guardia.  Vene- 
zuela has  some  poets  and  novelists,  all  equally 
inspired  by  the  French  Muse.  Among  them  are 
D.  Andres  A.  Arcia,  who  has  translated  Byron'a 
"  Parisina"  into  Spanish,  and  several  journalists 
and  critics  who  were  inspired  from  the  French. 
Buenos  Ayres.  which  boasts  of  being  the  Paris 
of  South  America,  and  after  it  the  second  Latin 
city  in  the  world,  is  entirely  subject  to  French 
influence.  There  is  a  provincial  party  which  en- 
deavors to  combat  this  influence,  and  the  echoes 
of  the  conflict  are  heard  even  in  literature,  M. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


363 


Francisco  Grandmontagne  going  so  far  as  to 
wish  that  "  God  might  set  fire  to  the  capital  for 
the  salvation  of  the  Republic."  Other  Argentine 
writers  are  D.  Leopold  Diaz,  who  writes  sonnets 
after  the  manner  of  Heredia  ;  Rafael  Troyo,  who 
writes  stories  and  sketches  redolent  of  the  Pa- 
in boulevards  ;  and  D.  Miguel  Carre,  the  dean 
of  the  faculty  of  letters  in  Buenos  Ayres,  who 
writes  like  a  Parisian.  A  professor  of  Monte- 
video. D  .Enrique  Rodo.  has  earned  a  great  repu- 
tation as  a  critic,  and  in  his  charming  book, 
••  Ariel,"  one  seems  to  have  rediscovered  the  se- 
cret of  Plato's  grace.  The  Spanish- American 
literature,  concludes  M.  G.  Desdevises  du  Dezert, 
is  but  just  budding,  and  yet  the  first  flowers  of 
its  first  spring  are  not  without  color  and  per- 
fume. 

The  Problem  of  Education  in  Spain. 

Alluding  to  the  recent  experience  of  Spain 
in  her  conflict  with  the  United  States,  Antonio 
Morillo,  in  La  Revista  Sociule  (Madrid),  declares  : 

It  would  argue  a  complete  ignorance  of  natural  law 
in  society  to  deny  that  our  reverses  have  had  their 
origin  in  the  deficiencies  of  our  lecture-halls  and 
schools.  ...  Is  it  not  time  that  we  should  throw  aside 
romanticism  and  barren  Chauvinism  and  devote  our- 
selves assiduously  to  "cultivate  our  garden,"  and  set 
out  in  our  national  soil  the  good  seed  of  a  productive 
educational  and  instructional  system  ? 

He  finds  two  faults  in  the  public  instruction 
which  is  given  to  the  young  in  Spain,- — pedantic 
and  half -Oriental  literalism,  and  mere  loading 
of  the  memory,  accompanied  with  a  neglect  of 
character-building.  He  makes  a  distinction, 
which  is  by  no  means  new,  between  the  giving 
of  information  to  and  the  education  of  the 
young.     We  have  altogether  forgotten,  he  says, 


"the  diffei'ence  between  the  education  and  the 
instruction  of  the  young."  He  criticises  very 
severely  the  utter  inadequacy  of  preparatory 
education  in  Spain.  Young  men  go  to  college 
ill  prepared.  "  The  deficient  preparation  of  the 
school  renders  the  youth  quite  unfit  to  pursue 
the  studies  of  the  baccalaureate  course.  In  the 
primary  schools,  he  has  been  taught  by  rote. 
What  right  have  people  to  expect  that  he  should 
at  once  be  fitted  to  enter  upon  those  disciplines 
which  the  Greeks  styled  the  encyclopedia  of 
learning  ?  How  can  he  be  expected  to  apply 
himself  to  the  study  of  Latin,  French,  literature, 
philosophy,  history,  mathematics,  and  the  sci- 
ences ;  of  physics,  chemistry,  and  natural  his- 
tory ?  "  "  Most  of  the  time  at  college,"  he  says, 
"  is  spent  in  merely  preparatory  work  and  the 
making  up  of  the  neglected  opportunities  of  the 
lower  schools."  He  particularly  finds  fault  with 
the  pedantry  and  formalism  of  professors  in 
Spanish  universities.  "  The  greater  number  of 
them,"  he  says,  "do  not  deserve  the  name  of 
masters,  for  even  if  they  have  acquired  much 
knowledge  themselves,  they  are  totally  incapable 
of  communicating  it  to  their  pupils." 

What  a  difference  between  our  universities  and  those 
of  Germany  !  It  is  only  necessary  to  read  the  German 
reminiscences  of  Perez  Triana  to  be  convinced  that  Ger- 
man patriotism  and  the  greatness  of  that  mighty  em- 
pire are  especially  fostered  by  the  university  system  in 
Germany.  There,  the  university  fulfills  a  mission  whose 
effects  are  apparent  in  the  whole  national  life.  .  .  .  The 
common  people  in  our  country  generally  deceive  them- 
selves by  confounding  that  romantic  patriotism  which 
expresses  itself  in  a  barren  admiration  for  the  army 
with  that  true  love  of  nationality  which  is  the  only 
genuine  patriotism  possible,  a  patriotism  which  is  based 
on  the  teachings  of  a  sane  educational  system,  primary 
and  advanced. 


THE  BEAUTIES  OF  THE  ARAB  CIVILIZATION. 


TO  understand  completely  the  civilization  of 
the  Arabs  to-day — the  spirit  of  the  Arab 
in  North  Africa — we  must  examine  the  civiliza- 
tion of  the  Ommiades  of  Spain  in  the  Middle 
Ages.  Thus  the  French  writer,  Marius  Ary 
Leblond,  begins  a  study  of  the  beauty  of  Arab, 
civilization  (in  the  Revue  Bleue).  France,  he  de- 
clares, could,  to  great  advantage,  study  Moorish 
civilization  of  the  Middle  Ages,  in  order  to 
understand  and  protect  the  Arab  civilization 
which  still  exists  in  her  new  sphere  of  influence 
— Morocco.  He  quotes  Renaivs  statement  that 
it  was  not  the  Arab  character,  but  the  Moham- 
medan religion,  "the  most  fanatic  of  religions, 
opposed  to  the  scientific  spirit,"  which  brought 


about  the  fall  of  the  Moors.  It  was  a  great  in- 
spiration in  the  early  centuries,  but  is  certainly 
not  consistent  with  methods  of  modern  progress. 
M.  Leblond  describes  the  surpassing  beauty  of 
some  of  the  early  cities  under  the  rule  of  the 
Moors  in  Spain,  notably  Cordova,  and  then  as- 
serts it  was  principally  owing  to  a  lack  of  the 
materialistic  temperament  Which  has  made  Arab 
civilization  unequal  to  the  demands  of  modern 
life.  Speaking  of  the  intellectual  tolerance  of 
the  Moors  in  Spain,  he  compares  them  to  the 
English  in  India.  The  latter,  says  this  French 
writer,  have,  indeed,  permitted  the  native  life 
to  survive,  and  have  guarded  it  faithfully,  "but 
strictly,  sharply,   too  much  like  Christians,  with 


364 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


REMAINS  OF  ANCIENT  MOSLEM  BATHS  IN  SPAIN. 

a  certain  inability  to  look  at  the  native  civiliza- 
tion in  an  unprejudiced  way  and  see  its  beauty." 
The  Arabs,  on  the  other  hand,  wherever  they 
went,  admired  the  countries  in  which  they  stayed, 
and  made  the  very  best  of  the  native  charms. 
Arab  art  and  aasthetics  was  especially  pliable  in 
that  it  made  so  much  of  the  ever-present  element, 
water. 

Whether  half-urban  or  half  nomad,  the  Arab  loves 
water — the  water  which  flows  and  the  water  which 
fertilizes.  He  is  a  great  poet  and  a  great  employer  of 
irrigation,  which  really  brought  about  the  wealth  of 
Spain  and  assures  that  of  Morocco.  Water  plays  a 
fundamental  role  in  the  Arab  civilization.  It  is  the 
life-giving  current  of  his  warm,  voluptuous  organism. 
It  is  his  religion,  which,  prescribing  frequent  ablutions, 
has  made  of  water  a  divine  necessity  in  the  Mussul- 
man's life. 

The  sound  of  water  flowing  in  the  mosque  is 
to  the  Aral)  the  sound  of 
religious  presence  and  an 
invitation  to  spiritual  rest. 
This  element  is  bound  up 
closely  with  all  religious  cere- 
monies, and  its  use  is  one  of 
t  he  greatest,  if  not  the  great- 
est, facts  of  the  Arab's  life. 
1 1  was  this  life  of  waters,  says 
this  French  writer,  which 
made  Arab  public  buildings, 
such  as  mosques,  baths,  ami 
halls  of  learning, so  beautiful. 

But,  besides  being  poets 
of  water,  tin-  Arabs  were  also 
the  most  artistic  makers  of 
gardens. 

There  lias,  perhaps,  never  been 
a  race  which  has  loved  flowers 
more  ardently  than  the  Arab,  or 
felt  more  keenly  the  richness  of 
perfumes.    Whenever  one  walks 


through  the  streets  of  Tangier,  looking  in  at  the  little 
ointment  booths  or  carpet  shops,  he  sees,  in  front  of 
every  Arab,  as  he  toils,  or  dreams,  with  his  head  on  his 
knees,  a  flower,  simply  but  tastefully  placed  in  a  little 
vase, — this  is  the  Arab  cult.  The  flower  is  for  the 
Arab  a  being,  living  and  immortal.  The  Arabs  intro 
dnced  the  jasmine  and  the  camelia  into  Spain,  and  it 
was  they  who  originated  the  yellow  or  tea  rose. 

Given  this  love  of  water,  flowers,  and  gardens, 
with  the  mysterious  seclusion  of  his  women,  is  it 
a  wonder  that  the  Arab  had  a  beautiful,  roman- 
tic civilization  ? 

Much  of  the  intellectual  and  religious  strength 
of  the  Arab  race  still  survives,  this  writer  be- 
lieves, somewhat  modified  and  deteriorated 
through  the  influence  of  African  ignorance  and 
fetichism.  The  renaissance  of  Islamism,  how- 
ever, he  believes,  is  possible,  because  the  present 
state  is  not  decadence,  only  disorder.  There  is 
an  Arab  ideal,  and  the  French  genius,  with  its 
suppleness,  is  much  better  adapted  to  contribute 
to  that  renaissance  than  the  Anglo-Saxon  Puri- 
tanism. France,  he  says  in  conclusion,  must  and 
will  respect  those  qualities  of  the  Arab,  which 
will  assure  a  revival  of  the  beautiful  civilization 
in  the  new  Morocco. 

Hojas  Selectas,  a  Spanish  illustrated  magazine 
(Barcelona),  has  a  descriptive  article,  by  Rod- 
rigo  Amador  de  Los  Rios,  on  ••  The  Baths  of 
the  Moslems  in  Spain."  The  splendid  . 
tecture  and  decorations  of  these  baths,  says  this 
writer,  form  one  of  the  glories  of  Spain.  Many 
of  the  ruins  in  Cordova,  Granada,  Barcelona, 
and  Toledo  still  attest  to  the  luxurious  char- 
acter of  the  Moorish  life  when  the  Mohammedans 
were  in  power  in  the  kingdom.  There  were  hot 
and  cold  and  vapor  baths. 


MODERN  MOROCCAN   ARCHITECTURE.— ENTRANCE  TO  THE  SULTAN'S  PALACE. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


365 


THE  ORIGINAL  INHABITANTS  OF  SIBERIA. 


THE  ethnography  of  Siberia  presents  an  ex- 
traordinary variety,  unequaled,  perhaps, 
anywhere  else  in  the  world,  if  we  can  believe  the 
Norwegian  scientific  writer,  Birger  Jakobsen, 
who  contributes  to  the  Kringsjaa  (the  illustrated 
review  of  Christiania)  a  study  of  the  aborigines 
of  Siberia.  Since  Siberia  covers  an  area  of  one- 
thirteenth  of  all  the  land  of  the  globe,  it  is  nat- 
ural, this  writer  says,  that  it  should  present  such 
variety.  All  its  native  tribes  should  doubtless 
be  regarded  as  remnants  of  the  peoples  that,  at 
different  epochs,  have  pressed  westward.  Eth- 
nological investigations  into  the  history  of  the 
Hunngraves  (Kurganes)  have  proved  that  there 
••must  have  existed  a  steady  movement  of  his- 
torical races  along  the  great  Siberian  rivers,  the 
natural  wandering  belts  of  the  first  Asiatic  in- 
habitants ;  and  the  history  of  the  different  tribes 
in  this  region  still  constitutes  an  unwritten  page 
in  the  great  book  of  mankind's  progress." 
Through  several  different  sources,  partly  Rus- 
sian, this  writer  is  able  to  make  an  intelligent 
survey  of  the  different  Siberian  tribes,  their 
habitats,  manners,  and  customs.  With  the  ex- 
ception of  immigrants  and  exiles  from  Europe, 
the  population  of  Siberia  is  divided,  according 
to  origin,  into  three  main  groups  :  first,  the 
Turkish  \  second,  the  Finnish  ;  third,  the  Mon- 
golian. The  Turkish  group  embraces  the  Kir- 
ghiz, the  Tartars,  the  Bokharas,  and  the  Jak- 
hutes. 

The  Kirghiz  are  the  remnant  of  the  Turkish-Mon- 
golian hordes  which  repeatedly  assailed  the  cultured 
and  ancient  lands  of  Europe.  They  spoke  a  Turkish 
dialect,  and  professed  Mohammedanism,  mingled,  how- 
ever, with  creeds  and  ideas  of  Sjamanian  deity  culture. 
They  followed  a  purely  nomadic  life  on  the  open  steppes. 
Their  land  is  divided  into  avules,  or  parishes.  All  land 
on  the  steppes  is  state  property,  but  its  free  use  is  per- 
mitted to  these  nomads.  The  boundaries  between  the 
successive  generations  are  marked  only  by  tradition. 
Tartars  and  Bokharas  are  scattered  throughout  nearly 
the  whole  of  Siberia.  They  are  settled,  are  given  to 
agriculture,  hunting,  fishing,  and  commerce,  and  pro- 
fess the  Sunnitish  faith  of  Mohammedanism.  They  are 
a  strongly  built  yellow-skinned  race,  and  number  from 
two  hundred  thousand  to  two  hundred  and  fifty  thou- 
sand, mostly  Christian,  and  entirely  Russified.  They 
are  decreasing  in  number,  being  driven  to  the  poorer 
districts  by  Russian  immigrants.  The  Jakhutes  move 
around  in  the  middle  part  of  the  government  of  Jak- 
hutsk.  They  are  copper-colored,  with  black  hair,  and 
closely  resemble  the  North  American  Indians.  Eth- 
nologists believe  that  they  degenerated  from  a  more 
civilized  condition.  They  live  by  cattle-breeding  ;  but 
in  the  inhospitable  regions  of  the  far  North,  the  dog  is 
their  only  animal,  who  is  used  for  transportation  and 
food,  and  his  skin  is  used  for  clothing.    The  Jakhute 


language  closely  resembles  Turkish,  and  travelers 
among  these  tribes  affirm  that  a  savage  could  be  under- 
stood in  Constantinople.  Most  of  the  two  hundred  and 
thirty  thousand  Jakhutes  profess  Christianity. 

The  two  Finnish  peoples  of  Siberia  are  the 
Vogules  and  the  Ostjaks,  the  Vogules  belong- 
ing to  the  very  ancient  Ugro-Finnish  stock. 

They  are  the  other  branch  of  the  Ugros  from 
which  the  Huns,  or  Hungarians,  parted  when 
they  came  to  Europe.  They  inhabited  the  north- 
ern part  of  the  government  of  Tobolsk  ;  are  es- 
timated at  eight  thousand,  and  hunt  the  bear, 
wolf,  and  fox  for  a  living.  They  stand  very  low 
in  point  of  civilization,  although  since  1722  they 
are  said  to  have  been  Christians.  The  Ostjaks 
are  scattered  through  the  whole  of  northern  Eu- 
rope. Their  origin  is  not  very  definitely  known. 
They  possess  a  rich,  heroic  poetry,  which  is  said 
to  be  more  highly  developed  in  the  Scandinavian 
sagas.  The  Ostjaks  number  about  thirty  thou- 
sand, and  live  in  the  forest  regions  by  hunting 
and  fishing.  In  the  northern  part  of  the  Ural 
Mountains,  they  are  in  close  contact  with  the 
Russian  population,  and  have  become  Christian 
and  Russified. 

The  principal  Mongolian  aborigines  of  Siberia 
are  the  Teleutes,  Burjats.  Samojeds,  Mandjares, 
and  Gilyaks.  The  Teleutes  occupy  the  Altai 
Mountain  region.  There  are  about  forty  thou 
sand  of  these  pure  nomads,  of  an  entirely  Mon 
golian  type  and  Buddhistic  religion.  The  Bur 
jats  are  in  trans-Baikalia,  are  pure  Mongolian 
and  mostly  Lamaites  in  religion.  Their  religious 
head,  the  Chamba  Lama,  resides  in  a  dazan,  or 
monastery,  on  the  Entesea,  the  sea  of  the  priests. 
This  convent  is  a  three-story  temple,  built  in 
Chinese  style,  and  around  it  seventeen  smaller 
prayer-houses  are  crowded.  The  Lamas  dwell  in 
cottages  near  by.  At  the  monastery  they  study, 
during  a  ten-years'  course  of  religious  ceremo- 
nies, Tibetan  theology,  Mongolian  and  Tibetan 
literature,  medicine,  astronomy,  and  Buddhistic 
philosophy.  The  Gilyaks  live  around  the  lower 
portion  of  the  Amur  River  and  the  land  of  the 
Sagalien,  where  they  touch  the  original  Japa- 
nese inhabitants,  the  Ainos.  The  Gilyaks  are 
small  in  stature,  have  almond  eyes,  and  the  same 
complexion  as  the  Chinese.  The  hair  is  black 
and  thin,  and  is  carried  in  a  single  tress.  They 
pay  but  little  attention  to  agriculture,  living  al- 
most entirely  on  fish.  They  often  dress  in  fish- 
skin,  using  the  skin  of  the  trout,  prepared  by  spe- 
cial treatment.  The  Gilyaks  are  polygamists,  and 
worship  Sjamanian  deities.  They  number  about 
fifteen  thousand,  and  are  rapidly  decreasing. 


366 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


SAYINGS  OF  JESUS  NOT  IN  THE  BIBLE. 


THE  new  sayings  of  Jesus  form  the  subject 
of  a  paper  in  the  Church  Quarterly  Review. 
A  few  of  these  sayings  noted  there  may  be 
given  here.      From  long-known  Church  fathers: 

"  Show  yourselves  tried  money-changers  ; "  "  He  that 
wonders  shall  reign,  and  he  that  reigns  shall  rest ; " 
'•  In  whatsoever  I  shall  find  you,  in  that  I  shall  also 
judge  you  ;"  "He  who  is  near  me  is  near  the  fire  ;  he 
who  is  far  from  me  is  far  from  the  Kingdom  ; "  "Never 
be  joyful  except  when  ye  shall  look  on  your  brother  in 
love." 

From  sayings  more  recently  compiled  by 
Resch,  of  which  he  regards  seventy-four  as 
authentic  : 

"The  weak  shall  be  saved  by  the  strong  ; "  "  Where 
one  man  is,  there,  too,  am  I;"  "Thou  hast  seen  thy 
brother,  thou  hast  seen  thy  Lord  ; "  "  Whatsoever  thou 
wouldest  not  have  done  to  thyself,  do  thou  not  to  an- 
other ; "  "  There  shall  be  schisms  and  heresies." 

From  Mohammedan  sources  : 

Jesus,  asked  whereby  they  might  enter  Paradise, 
said  :  "  Speak  not  at  all."  They  said  :  "  We  cannot  do 
this."  He  said:  "Then  only  say  what  is  good."  Of 
charity  :  "  If  a  man  send  away  a  beggar  from  his  house, 
the  angels  will  not  visit  his  house  for  seven  nights." 


Of  recognition  of  good,  where  others  would  see  only 
evil  :  "  Jesus  one  day  walked  with  the  apostles,  and 
they  passed  the  carcass  of  a  dog.  The  apostles  said : 
'How  foul  is  the  smell  of  this  dog  ! '  But  Jesus  said  : 
'  How  white  are  its  teeth  ! '  " 

From  the  papyri  just  discovered  in  Egypt : 

Jesus  saith,  wherever  there  are  two,  they  are  not 
without  God,  and  wherever  there  is  one  alone,  say  that 
I  am  with  him.  Raise  the  stone,  and  there  thou  shalt 
fiDd  Me  :  cleanse  the  wood  and  there  am  I. 

Jesus  saith  [Ye  ask  who  are  those]  who  draw  us  [to 
the  Kingdom,  if]  this  Kingdom  is  in  heaven?  The 
fowls  of  the  air  and  all  beasts  that  are  under  the  earth 
[or  upon  the  earth  and]  the  fishes  of  the  sea,  these  are 
they  which  draw  you,  and  the  Kingdom  [of  Heaven]  is 
within  you,  and  [whoever]  shall  know  himself  shall 
find  it.  [Strive,  therefore]  to  know  yourselves  and  ye 
shall  be  aware  that  ye  are  the  sons  of  the  [Almighty] 
Father. 

The  reviewer  ends  by  suggesting  the  alterna- 
tives these  Egyptian  papyri  represent,  either  a 
collection  made  in  the  lifetime  of  the  Apostles 
— a  gospel  in  the  making  ;  or  a  second-century 
collection,  freely  expanded  and  augmented  from 
other  sources. 


THE  CONFLICT  OF  RELIGION  AND  SCIENCE. 


THOSE  who  have  been  accustomed  to  assume 
that  religion  has  come  out  worsted  from 
a  long  conflict  with  science  will  find  a  novel 
point  of  view  of  this  subject  presented  by  a 
scientific  man  in  the  August  number  of  the 
Popular  Science  Monthly.  The  writer,  Dr.  Ed- 
ward 8.  Holden,  of  AVest  Point,  summarizes  the 
attitude  of  many  books  on  the  warfare  of  science 
and  religion  in  these  terse  phrases  :  "  Science 
always  right  ;  theology  always  interfering  ;  glory 
to  us  who  have  done  away  with  superstition." 
Dr.  Holden,  however,  takes  the  ground  that  the 
real  conflict  of  the  ages  has  been  between  en- 
lightenment and  ignorance. 

Sometimes  the  battle  has  been  in  the  field  of  theology  ; 
sometimes  it  has  been  in  the  field  of  science.  The  war- 
fare had  nearly  always  been  between  heresy  and  religion; 
or  between  science  and  pseudo-science ;  occasionally, 
but  not  very  often,  between  religion  and  pseudo  (or  it 
may  sometimes  be  true)  science.  Usually,  however, 
the  fields  are  plainly  marked  off.  The  theologians  of 
any  one  epoch  treated  theological  questions,  and  only 
those.  They  were  not  even  interested  in  scientific  ques- 
(ions,  as  such.  Men  of  science,  before  the  time  of 
Galileo  and  Bruno,  did  not  meddle  with  religion.  Each 
class  kept  in  its  own  sphere. 

Take  the  question  of  the  shape  of  the  earth. 
The  theory  of  a  flat  earth,  says  Professor  Holden. 


agreed  well  enough  with    the  simpler  facts  as 
they  were   known   in  the   early  centuries  of  our 


PROFESSOR  EDWARD  S.    HOLDEN. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


3G7 


era,  although  it  cannot  stand  a  moment  in  the 
face  of  the  facts  as  they  are.  Unless  we  are  to 
claim  for  ourselves  a  peculiar  merit  in  that  we 
happen  to  have  been  born  since  1521,  when  Ma- 
gellan's voyage  of  circumnavigation  was  com- 
pleted, we  cannot  blame  the  monks  of  the  Middle 
s  for  adhering  to  the  theories  that  best  agreed 
with  the  facts  as  they  understood  them.  Dr. 
Eolden  would  not  blame  the  men  of  those  early 
times  for  lack  of  open-mindedness  to  scientific 
truths.  Open-mindedness,  he  says,  implies  long 
experience  ;  it  is  a  product  of  past  centuries. 
Until  the  centuries  are,  in  fact,  past,  this  virtue 
cannot  be  evolved,  nor  can  its  opposite  vice  be 
atrophied  except  by  time. 


Looking  backward  over  the  centuries,  Pro- 
fessor Holden  sees  perpetual  conflict  with  igno- 
rance, perpetual  struggle  in  both  the  physical  and 
the  spiritual  worlds,  and  specifically  a  struggle  in 
one  world  between  true  and  false  science;  in  an- 
other, between  religion  and  the  heresy  of  the 
time.  If  we  survey  the  whole  of  history  at  a 
glance,  we  see  that  the  science  of  one  epoch  has 
often  been  at  variance  with  the  religion  of  an- 
other ;  but  we  also  see  that  in  each  and  every 
age  the  conflict  has  been  between  things  of  one 
and  the  same  kind  ;  between  religion  and  its 
opposite  ;  between  science  and  its  opposite  ;  and 
not  in  general  between  things  so  different  in 
their  nature  as  science  and  religion. 


A  PROPOSED  NEW  RUSSIAN   LOAN. 


AFTER  a  few  weeks  of  war,  Russia  found 
herself  obliged  to  increase  her  paper 
monev  in  circulation  from  630,000,000  to  700,- 
000,000  rubles  ($315,000,000  to  $350,000,000). 
This  increase,  however,  was  to  be  expected,  says 
the  Russian  financier,  Prof.  P.  Migulin,  writ- 
ing in  the  Xarodnoye  Khozaistvo  (St.  Peters- 
burg). ':  Great  wars  in  modern  times  involve 
enormous  expenditures,  and  their  successful  ter- 
mination without  recourse  to  extraordinary 
measures  is  altogether  out  of  the  question."  In- 
quiries were  made,  at  the  same  time,  by  the 
minister  of  finance  as  to  the  condition  for  a  new 
foreign  loan.  -An  internal  loan  was  considered 
impracticable  because  of  our  extremely  limited 
monetary  resources  and  the  panic  on  our  stock 
exchanges  following  immediately  after  the  dec- 
laration of  war." 

The    history  of    the  recent    foreign  loans  of 

Russia  is  thus  summarized  by  Professor  Migulin  : 

• 
In  1901, 159,000,000  rubles,  at  95%,  which  realized  151,- 
646,255  rubles  ;  in  1902,  138,900,000  rubles,  at  94%,  which 
realized  131,781,325  rubles  ;  in  1903,  64,875,000  rubles,  at 
96,  which  realized  62,280,000  rubles.  In  all,  there  should 
have  been  realized  in  these  three  years  345,700,000 
rubles.  According  to  the  minister  of  finance,  our  gold 
reserve  increased  in  that  time  by  300,000,000  rubles,  and 
for  t  his  reason  even  the  favorable  trade  balances  of  1902- 
1903  (due  to  the  splendid  harvests  of  two  seasons)  could 
not  fully  cover  our  foreign  expenditures  (most  promi- 
nent among  them  being  the  payments  on  old  foreign 
loans  and  the  expenditures  of  tourists),  since  46,000,000 
rubles  of  the  new  loans  remained  abroad,  as  well  as  the 
entire  gold  output  of  our  mines  (not  less  than  100,000,000 
rubles,  exclusive  of  the  portion  consumed  in  the  arts). 
The  entire  cash  balance  of  the  imperial  treasury  adver- 
tised by  the  newspapers  as  due  to  our  skillful  manage- 
ment was  merely  the  outcome  of  loans  contracted  on 
terms  decidedly  unfavorable.  The  proceeds  of  these 
loans  retained  in  the  country  (thanks  to  the  good  har- 


vests) enabled  us,  for  a  few  months,  to  carry  on  the  war 
without  recourse  to  new  extraordinary  sourcesof  income. 

BORROWING  AT  HOME  AND  ABROAD. 

Unpopular  war  loans,  this  writer  asserts, 
should  be  made  internal,  and  foreign  funds 
should  be  solicited  for  productive  loans  only. 

Such  productive  loans  have  been  made  for  the  con- 
struction of  railroads.  The  temporary  suspension  of 
railroad  construction  work  on  account  of  the  war  is 
really  insignificant  in  extent  (47,000,000  rubles  out  of 
143,000,000  rubles),  so  that  we  could  borrow  100,000,000 
rubles  purely  for  the  extension  of  our  railroad  lines, 
and  the  sums  assigned  for  this  purpose  from  the  cash 
balance  could  be  utilized  for  war  purposes.  On  the 
whole,  however,  railroad  loans  are  growing  more  un- 
popular on  account  of  the  decreasing  earnings  of  our 
railroads.  It  is  within  the  power  of  the  minister  of 
finance  to  seek  out,  skillfully,  a  new  application  for  the 
capital  borrowed  abroad. 

A  number  of  such  applications  are  then  con- 
sidered. 

A  special  commission  appointed  to  investigate  out- 
agricultural  industries  has  but  recently  pointed  out 
the  extreme  necessity  of  improving  our  agricultural 
conditions,  against  the  encroachment  of  the  quicksands 
wmich  already  cover  a  great  area  in  European  Russia, 
and  are  constantly  extending,  threatening  the  gradual 
transformation  of  fruitful  regions  into  a  desert.  It  has 
been  estimated  that  the  planting  of  forests  on  these 
sands  would  cost  eighty  million  rubles,  whereby  the 
government  would  not  only  save  from  destruction  the 
entire  black  evil  region,  but  would  in  time  be  enriched 
by  an  immense  quantity  of  timber.  Or,  to  take  another 
instance,  all  Europe  is  at  present  confronted  by  the  an- 
noying situation  in  the  cotton  market.  America  pro- 
poses to  prohibit  the  exporting  of  raw  cotton,  and  to 
compel  Europe  to  buy  only  manufactured  products. 
Other  countries  are  trying  to  raise  cotton  in  their  colonial 
possessions  so  as  to  become  independent  of  America. 
Russia  purchases  annually  more  than  eleven  million 
pounds  of  foreign  cotton,  valued  at  more  than  cue  nun- 


368 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


dred  million  rubles,  tribute  paid  by  us  to  America, 
Egypt,  and  India — countries  to  which  we  do  not  export 
any  of  our  products.  The  government  should  bead  its 
energies  in  this  direction. 

He  then  comes  to  the  heart  of  his  subject,  a 
contemplated  new  loan.     He  says  : 

As  a  beginning,  we  could  make  a  foreign  loan  of  450,- 
000,000  rubles  for  productive  purposes.  Of  these,  100,- 
000,000  could  be  expended  on  railroads,  100,000,000  on 
the  Imperial  Bank,  100,000,000  on  small  loans  for  the 
promotion  of  trade,  150,000,000  on  the  planting  of  for- 
ests and  irrigation.  A  4  per  cent,  loan,  with  a  discount 
of  even  10  per  cent.,  would  involve  a  loan  issue  of  500,- 
000,000  rubles,— that  is,  1,080.000,000  marks,  or  1,333,- 
400,000  francs,  a  sum  which  the  French  and  German 
financial  markets  could  advance  to  us  without  any 
difficulty.  The  vast  influx  into  the  country  of  foreign 
capital  would  unavoidably  lead  to  a  rapid  accumula- 
tion of  savings  and  an  enormous  increase  in  the  govern- 
ment revenues.  The  withdrawal  of  deposits  from  the 
savings  institutions,  and  more  so  the  export  of  gold 
from  Russia,  would  be  entirety  improbable.  To  be  sure, 
it  would  be  necessary  to  float  also  a  domestic  loan  for 
at  least  500,000,000  rubles,  and  this  could  be  realized 
from  the  high  interest  (5  per  cent). 

RUSSIAN    COMPARED    WITH    JAPANESE    FINANCES. 

Professor  Migulin  refers  to  the  congratulatory 
remarks  in  the  Russian  press  concerning  the 
more  advantageous  terms  secured  by  Russia  in 
her  recent  loan,  as  compared  with  those  secured 
by  Japan,  and  adds  : 

It  should  not  be  forgotten  that  Japan  has  staked 
everything  on  the  issue  of  this  war.  That  the  very  guar- 
antee of  her  loan  by  customs  duties  may  prove  of  no 


value  should  Russia  by  triumphing  in  this  war  compel 
her  to  pay  the  war  indemnity  from  these  very  customs 
duties,  not  admitting  the  right  of  priority  to  the  hold- 
ers of  the  bonds  of  the  Japanese  war  loan.  To  be  sure, 
the  English  and  American  capitalists  who  made  the 
loan  to  Japan  do  not  figure  on  Russian  success,  but  they 
may  be  mistaken.  Recent  intelligence  concerning  the 
loss  of  Japanese  battleships  has  already  depressed  the 
price  of  the  bonds.  The  credit  of  Japan  is  not  in  an  en- 
viable condition,  although  it  does  not  follow  from  this 
that  wTe  have  reason  to  rejoice  over  the  conditions  of  our 
loan. 

The  learned  professor  seems  to  be  somewhat 
affected  by  the  spirit  of  jingoism  prevailing 
among  most  of  the  Russian  officials  and  semi- 
officials.  Should  Russia  come  out  victorious  in 
the  war  with  Japan,  which  is  very  doubtful, 
she,  even  if  she  could,  would  hardly  deprive 
the  international  holders  of  the  Japanese  bonds 
of  their  securities.  It  would  be  a  very  short- 
sighted policy  ;  but,  as  it  looks  now,  Russia  will 
be  compelled  to  conclude  "  peace  with  honor," 
and  the  bondholders  will  certainly  be  safe. 
Professor  Migulin  concludes  that  the  loans 
already  floated  may  not  prove  sufficient  for  the 
completion  of  the  war.  It  will  be  necessary  in 
that  case  to  resort  to  new  loans.  In  that  event, 
he  suggests  that  the  ministry  of  finance  float  a 
domestic  loan,  which  would  prove  decidedly 
more  profitable.  It  would  be  necessary,  how 
ever,  to  float  special  productive  loans  for  main- 
taining the  course  of  exchange.  Such  loans 
could  be  issued  for  long  terms,  with  the  right  of 
subsequent  conversion. 


THE  ECONOMIC  LIFE  OF  THE  ITALIAN  POPULATION. 


IN  the  Riforma  Sociale  (Rome),  Prof.  G.  Fer- 
roglio  summarizes  the  economic  condition 
of  the  Italian  people.  He  draws  his  informa- 
tion from  the  census  of  1901,  by  which  the  pop- 
ulation of  Italy  is  estimated  at  32.000,000.  Of 
these,  16,883,881  exercise  a  profession.  9,666,467 
are  occupied  in  agriculture  and  the  varied  in- 
dustries, 3,989,816  are  engaged  as  artisans. 
while  3,227,598  cannot  be  included  in  the  agri- 
cultural and  kindred  classes  and  the  varied  in- 
dustries. In  these  3,227,598  must  be  compre- 
hended the  commercial  classes,  various  employees 
in  banks,  insurance  companies,  hotel-keepers, 
dealers  in  real  estate,  who  make  up  a  total  of 
1,196,744  persons,  of  whom  1,025,839  are  men 
and  170,905  women.  This  leaves  2,030,854,  to 
whom  belong  the  classes  devoted  to  intellectual 
and  Literary  pursuits  as  well  as  those  engaged 
in  domestic  and  other  service.  Besides  these 
are  people   of   capital  and   independent  means. 


who  are  estimated  in  the  census  as  511.279.  of 
which  272,720  are  women  and  239,359  are  men. 

THE    PROFESSIONS. 

Of  the  people  who  engage  in  an  occupation  not 
included  in  the  preceding  classes  must  be  reck- 
oned the  army  and  navy,  which  absorb  204.0!  2 
persons.  To  the  same  class  belong  those  occu- 
pied in  the  service  of  religion,  who  number 
89,329  men  and  40,564  women,  giving  a  total 
of  139,893.  The  religious  orders  have  probably 
increased  their  number  since  the  census  by  the 
arrival  from  France  of  many  refugees  from  sup- 
pressed houses.  After  these  classes  comes  the 
teaching  population.  In  the  profession  of  teach- 
ing, 62,873  are  women  and  39,559  are  men. 
The  majority  of  these  women  are  employed  in 
the  elementary  schools,  a  woman  being  rarely 
engaged  in  the  institutions  of  higher  education. 
In  the  medical  profession,  in  the  widest  sense 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


369 


of  the  term,  including  nurses  and  midwives, 
there  are  69,913  employed,  of  which  49,030  are 
men  and  20,883  women,  13,000  of  the  latter 
being  midwives.  The  legal  profession  absorbs 
:;.;,746  persons.  Engineers,  land-surveyors,  and 
accountants  make  up  a  total  of  22,775.  The 
artistic  classes  number  only  39,877  persons,  of 
which  33,587  are  men  and  7,370  are  women. 
In  the  profession  of  painting  and  sculpture,  art- 
ists and  their  models  number  13,857  persons, 


of  which  only  790  are  women.  Belonging  to 
the  musical  and  dramatic  stage,  including  circus 
performers,  etc.,  there  are  26,020  persons,  20,- 
420  being  men  and  5,600  women. 

These  figures  furnish  valuable  information, 
and  are  remarkable  as  showing  that  the  Italian 
woman  has  not  taken  her  place  in  the  profes- 
sional world.  They  also  are  significant  in  exhih 
iting  the  fact  that  the  army  and  navy  of  Italy 
are  among  the  smallest  in  Europe. 


"SALT  TEARS"  UNDER  THE  MICROSCOPE. 


POETS  have  raved  about  tears.  Mr.  James 
Scott,  in  the  Young  Man  for  August,  has 
photographed  them.  His  article.  "  Revelations 
of  the  Human  Body,"  is  very  interesting. 

Every  one  is  aware  tbat  tears  are  saltish,  yet  few 
would  be  able  to  guess  the  cause  for  this  curious  result- 
It  is  due  to  the  impregnation  of  the  liquid  with  com- 
mon salt,  phosphate  of  sodium,  and  other  minor  salts. 


smudge,  will  really  be  a  "frosted"  patch,  and  when 
magnified  usually  resembles  No.  1,  myriads  of  the  in- 
visible crystals  collecting  to  form  strange  devices  re- 
sembling ferns,  and  numerous  others  congregating  to 
form  a  mass  of  interspersed  crosses.  The  actual  diam- 
eter of  the  circle  depicted  in  No.  1  may  be  regarded  as 
approximately  one-tenth  of  an  inch.  If  some  of  the 
crosses  be  subjected  to  a  still  more  powerful  magnifi- 
cation, the  wonderful  crystals  are  disclosed  as  being 


No.  1. 

A  very  small  portion  of  a  dried  tear,  crystallized  into  queer- 
shaped  fern  fronds  and  crosses.  Some  of  the  latter  are 
given  still  more  magnified  in  No.  2.  The  actual  size  of 
the  above  circle,  prior  to  magnification,  was  one-tenth  of 
an  inch.  The  crystals  are  formed  of  common  salt,  phos- 
phate of  sodium,  and  other  ingredients. 

Following  my  practice  of  always  trying  to  obtain 
curious  results  from  research,  I  have  frequently  experi- 
mented with  tears  coaxed  from  my  eyes  in  response  to 
the  effects  of  cold  weather  ;  and  in  Nos.  1  and  2  (draw- 
ings which  I  believe  I  may  claim  to  be  unique)  I  repre- 
sent the  magnified  appearance  of  portions  of  dried 
tears.  My  plan  is  to  convey  the  apparently  trivial 
drop  of  moisture  on  to  a  glass  slide,  and  allow  the 
water  to  evaporate.  After  the  course  of  a  few  hours 
the  residue,  which  appears  to  the  naked  eye  as  a  mere 


No.  2. 
The  above  depicts  a  circle  one-twentieth  of  an  inch  in  diam- 
eter, magnified,  containing  crosses  of  crystal  found  in  a 
dried  tear,  and  are  a  few  of  the  many  contained  in  No.  1 
on  a  smaller  scale. 

shaped  according  to  No.  2,  the  real  size  of  the  disc  ob- 
served being  one-twentieth  of  an  inch.  A  few  hours 
later,  however,  unless  the  precaution  be  taken  to  use  a 
preservative  medium  for  the  crystals,  they  will  slowly 
melt,  as  it  were,  until  they  entirely  disappear  and  leave 
a  mere  blotch  behind. 

It  would  be  interesting  if  Mr.  Scott  would 
photograph  the  contents  of  tears  shed  under 
different  emotions, — -tears  of  grief,  tears  of  pain, 
tears  of  joy,  and  so  forth. 


370 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  SLEEPING  SICKNESS:    WHAT  IT  IS  AND   HOW  IT  KILLS. 


THE  "sleeping  sickness,"  so  called,  has  ex- 
isted for  some  time  past  in  the  Congo,  but 
the  natives  there  seem  to  be  comparatively  im- 
mune. It  was  only  when  the  disease  was  brought 
into  Uganda  that  it  became  a  deadly  plague. 
In  the  last  few  years,  more  than  one  hundred 
thousand  persons  died  in  Uganda  from  sleeping 
sickness.  No  curative  treatment  has  as  yet  been 
discovered,  nor  is  there  any  authentic  instance 
of  recovery.  Prof.  E.  Ray  Lankester  contributes 
to  the  Quarterly  for  July  an  interesting  illus- 
trated article  which  summarizes  all  that  is  known 
about  this  strange  malady. 

The  signs  that  a  patient  has  contracted  the  disease 
are  very  obvious  at  an  early  stage.  They  are  recognized 
by  the  black  people,  and  the  certainly  fatal  issue  ac- 
cepted with  calm  acquiescence.  The  usually  intelligent 
expression  of  the  healthy  negro  is  replaced  by  a  dull, 
apathetic  appearance;  and  there  is  a  varying  amount 
of  fever  and  headache.  This  may  last  for  some  weeks, 
but  is  followed  more  or  less  rapidly  by  a  difficulty  in 
locomotion  and  speech,  a  trembling  of  the  tongue  and 
hands.  There  is  inci'eased  fever  and  constant  drowsi- 
ness, from  which  the  patient  is  roused  only  to  take 
food.  At  last — usually  after  some  three  or  four  months 
of  illness — complete  somnolence  sets  in :  no  food  is 
taken,  the  body  becomes  emaciated  and  ulcerated,  and 
the  victim  dies  in  a  state  of  coma.  The  course  of  the 
disease,  from  the  time  when  the  apathetic  stage  is  first 
noticed,  may  last  from  two  to  twelve  months. 

A    PARASITIC    DISEASE. 

The  origin  of  the  disease  has  been  discovered 
by  Colonel  Bruce,  of  the  Britisli  Army  Medical 
Department.  It  is  produced  by  an  animal  para- 
site called  Trypanosoma,  which  is  carried  from 


man  to  man  by  a  special  kind  of  tsetze  fly.  The 
natives  are  quite  indifferent  to  fly  bites,  and 
when  once  Trypanosoma  is  introduced  into  the 
disti'icts  where  these  flies  abound  they  die  like 
rotten  sheep.  Europeans  brush  off  the  flies,  and 
hence  seldom  fall  a  prey  to  the  sleeping  sickness. 
The  tsetze  fly  is  a  little  bigger  than  the  ordinary 
house  fly.  Its  ravages  have  long  been  familiar 
to  all  who  have  to  do  with  what  is  called  the 
Tsetze  Belt  in  South  Africa,  a  region  in  which 
no  horses  or  cattle  can  live. 

The  parasite  called  Trypanosoma  hrucei  has 
become  acclimatized  in  the  wild  game  of  the 
district,  who  seem  to  suffer  nothing  from  its 
presence  in  their  veins.  But  the  tsetze,  which 
sucks  the  blood  of  the  antelope,  carries  the 
parasite  to  the  horses  or  cattle  which  it  next 
visits  and  inoculates  them  with  the  deadly  dis- 
ease, from  which  they  perish.  In  like  manner, 
the  Congo  natives  appear  to  be  largely  proof 
against  the  sleeping-sickness  parasite,  which  is 
another  kind  of  Tryp>anosoma,  but  when  it  is 
conveyed  from  them  to  the  Uganda  natives  it 
has  a  very  deadly  result.  Professor  Lankester 
thinks  that  some  similar  parasite  destroyed  all 
the  horses  that  existed  in  the  American  con- 
tinent, where,  just  before  or  coincidently  with 
the  advent  of  man,  horses  of  all  kinds  had 
existed  in  greater  variety  than  in  any  other 
part  of  the  world.  Professor  Lankester  uses 
the  story  of  the  sleeping  sickness  as  a  powerful 
argument  in  favor  of  the  granting  of  adequate 
sums  for  the  scientific  investigation  of  the  laws 
governing  parasitic  disease. 


CHANGES  IN  THE  BLOOD  AT  HIGH  ALTITUDES. 


THE  last  number  of  the  Zentralblatt  fur 
Physiologie  (Leipsic)  contains  an  account 
of  an  unusual  series  of  experiments  made  by 
Dr.  K.  Burker,  of  the  Physiological  Institute 
of  Tubingen,  by  means  of  which  some  remark- 
able facts  were  discovered  concerning  the  direct 
effects  of  high  altitudes  upon  physiological  ac- 
tivities. 

Tli  rough  the  kindness  of  the  medical  staff, 
he  was  enabled  to  carry  on  the  investigations  at 
the  Schatzalp  sanatorium,  located  at  an  altitude 
of  6,119  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Ob- 
servations were  made  both  on  patients  and  on 
healthy  persona  who  were  attending  the  au- 
tumnal carnival  there,  and  it,  was  found,  almost 
without  exception,  that  the  change  from  a  lower 
to  a  higher  altitude  affected  the  rate  of  circula- 


tion of  the  blood,  causing  it  to  flow  faster  at 
first,  and  later  on  more  slowly.  This  change 
was  independent  of  any  variation  in  the  tem- 
perature. 

( 'hemical  experiments  to  determine  the  amount 
of  iron  in  the  blood,  the  liver,  and  the  spleen 
were  conducted  with  especial  care.  It  was  an- 
ticipated that  when  the  amount  of  hemoglobin 
in  the  blood  underwent  any  variation,  there 
would  be  a  corresponding  difference  in  the 
changes  undergone  by  the  iron  in  the  blood,  and 
in  the  blood-forming  organs. 

To  determine  this,  experiments  were  made 
upon  a  number  of  young  rabbits,  all  of  which 
were  kept  under  the  same  conditions  as  nearly 
as  possible.  The  rabbits  were  brought  from 
Tubingen   to  Schatzalp,  where  they  were  kept 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


371 


for  different  lengths  of  time  before  any  tests 
were  made.  Then  blood  was  taken  from  the 
carotid  artery  to  test  for  iron,  and  after  killing 
the  rabbits  pieces  of  the  liver  and  spleen  were 
carefully  washed  and  tested. 

The  result  showed  an  increase  of  about  25  per 
cent,  in  the  amount  of  iron  in  the  blood  as  com- 
pared with  iron  in  the  blood  of  rabbits  kept  at 
the  lower  level  of  Tubingen. 

The  liver  also  showed  a  perfectly  regular  series 
of  changes  in  the  quantity  of  iron  contained.  In 
the  first  rabbit,  examined  the  third  day  after  it 
had  been  brought  to  the  higher  level,  there  was 
a  great  increase  of  iron  in  the  liver,  but  those 
examined  after  being  kept  for  a  longer  time  at 
this  altitude  showed  less  iron,  and  those  kept 
still  longer  seemed  to  have  even  less  iron  in  the 
liver  than  those  that  were  kept  below  at  Tubingen. 

Changes  taking  place  in  the  spleen  were  ir- 
regular. In  the  blood,  the  iron  content  increased, 
then  decreased,  and  then  increased  a  second 
time  similar  to  the  way  in  which  the  amount  of 
hemoglobin  in  the  blood  changes  Under  the  in- 
fluence of  high  altitudes. 

These  investigations  were  carried  on  in  ex- 
tension of  a  unique  series  of  experiments  re- 
cently made  by  Dr.  Gaule,  who  took  two  trips  in 
a  balloon  with  several  friends  who  were  willing 
to  allow  him  to  make  observations  upon  them, 
with  the  intention  of  studying  the  conditions  of 
so-called  mountain  sickness,  which  he  thought 
could  be  induced  in  this  way  as  well  as  by  as- 


cending a  mountain,  while  at  the  same  time  other 
conditions,  such  as  fatigue,  etc.,  not  directly  con- 
nected with  the  malady,  could  be  eliminated. 

Of  course,  it  is  impossible  to  count  the  red 
corpuscles  in  the  body,  but  the  number  may  be 
estimated  by  counting  those  in  a  small  volume 
of  blood  and  multiplying  the  result  by  the  num- 
ber of  such  volumes  of  blood  in  the  body. 

The  effect  of  the  balloon  trips  was  to  increase 
the  number  of  red  corpuscles  of  each  of  the 
four  persons  examined,  the  increase  being  esti- 
mated as  one  million  more  than  the  number 
found,  according  to  estimates  made  from  the 
blood  of  the  same  people  before  the  trip.  In 
addition  to  this  increase  in  number,  the  red  cor- 
puscles were  found  to  have  nuclei,  like  the  cor- 
puscles found  during  embryonic  life,  and  as  they 
are  sometimes  found  in  the  blood  of  invalids. 
These  data  form  a  valuable  addition  to  the  many 
curious  facts  already  established  concerning  the 
development  of  organisms  and  their  adaptation 
to  their  environment.  Deep-sea  fishes,  adapted 
to  the  great  pressure  of  the  water  at  the  bottom 
of  the  ocean,  explode  when  brought  to  the  sur- 
face ;  aquatic  organisms  may  change  their  form 
or  their  mode  of  development  if  the  density  or 
the  chemical  composition  of  the  water  in  which 
they  are  kept  is  changed.  There  seems  to  be 
a  delicate  adjustment  between  organic  life  and 
the  external  forces  acting  upon  it,  and  slight 
changes  will  often  produce  most  unexpected 
results. 


THE  EFFECTS  OF  BORAX  UPON  HEALTH. 


THE  results  of  the  borax  experiments  con- 
ducted last  year  by  Dr.  H.  W.  Wiley, 
chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  for  the  purpose  of  deter- 
mining the  relation  of  borax,  as  a  food  preserva- 
tive, to  digestion  and  health,  are  summed  up  in 
a  circular  just  sent  out  by  the  Bureau  of  Chem- 
istry. These  experiments  were  made  upon  a 
selected  volunteer  band  of  twelve  young  men, 
most  of  them  connected  with  the  Department  of 
Agriculture,  who  were  under  observation  at  the 
hygienic  table  prepared  under  Dr.  Wiley's  direc- 
tion, for  periods  of  from  thirty  to  seventy  days. 
They  continued  their  usual  vocations  and  regu- 
lar tenor  of  life  during  these  periods,  but  signed 
a  pledge  agreeing  to  follow  implicitly  the  rules 
and  regulations  governing  the  table,  and  to  use 
no  other  food  and  drink  than  that  provided  at 
the  table,  with  the  exception  of  water.  A  varied 
bill  of  fare  of  carefully  selected  food  was  set  be- 
fore  them,   including    fresh    meat,   eggs,   dairy 


products,  vegetables,  and  fruit  of  the  season. 
Where  preserved  food  was  used,  it  had  either 
been  kept  in  cold  storage,  as  the  meat  and  poul- 
try, or  had  been  subjected  to  sterilization,  thus 
assuring  food  free  from  chemical  preservatives. 

The  experimental  preservative  was  used  both 
in  the  form  of  borax  and  boric  acid,  which  was 
at  first  mixed  with  the  butter,  and  later  given 
in  capsules.  Beginning  with  small  quantities, 
about  as  much  as  would  be  consumed  in  foods 
preserved  with  borax,  such  as  butter  and  meat, 
the  quantities  were  progressively  increased  for 
the  purpose  of  reaching,  if  possible,  the  limit  of 
toleration  of  the  preservative  by  each  individual. 

The  rations  of  each  member  of  the  table  were 
carefully  weighed  or  measured  and  analyzed, 
and  the  excreta  were  collected  and  analyzed. 
The  young  men  were  periodically  examined  by 
a  physician  detailed  for  that  purpose,  and  their 
pulse  and  temperature  taken  before  and  after 
dinner  each  day. 


.712 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


The  tabulating,  classifying,  and  interpreting 
of  all  the  data  so  collected  involved,  of  course, 
an  immense  amount  of  work.  The  thoroughness 
with  which  this  work  was  undertaken  appears 
in  the  summary  of  results,  and  included  the 
study  of  the  ratio  of  food  consumed  to  the  body 
weight,  the  influence  of  the  preservative  upon 
the  weight  of  the  body,  upon  the  metabolism  of 
nitrogen,  upon  the  oxidation  of  the  combustible 
matter  in  the  food,  upon  the  kidneys,  and  other 
topics  appealing  chiefly  to  the  specialist.  Of 
great  interest  to  the  lay  reader,  however,  are  Dr. 
Wiley's  conclusions  in  regard  to  the  effect  of 
boric  acid  and  borax  upon  general  health  : 

The  most  interesting  of  the  observations  which  were 
made  during  the  progress  of  the  experiments  was  in  the 
study  of  the  direct  effect  of  boric  acid  and  borax,  when 
administered  in  food,  upon  the  health  and  digestion. 
When  boric  acid,  or  its  equivalent  in  borax,  is  taken 
into  the  food  in  small  quantities,  not  exceeding  half  a 
gram  (73^  grains)  a  day,  no  notable  effects  are  imme- 
diately produced.  The  medical  symptoms  of  the  cases 
in  long-continued  exhibitions  of  small  doses,  or  in  large 
doses  extending  over  shorter  periods,  show,  in  many  in- 
stances, a  manifest  tendency  to  diminish  the  appetite 
and  produce  a  feeling  of  fullness  and  uneasiness  in  the 
stomach,  which,  in  some  cases,  results  in  nausea,  with 
a  very  general  tendency  to  produce  a  sense  of  fullness 


in  the  head,  which  is  often  manifested  as  a  dull  and 
persistent  headache.  In  addition  .  .  .  there  appear  in 
some  instances  sharp  and  well-located  pains,  which, 
however,  are  not  persistent.  The  administration  of 
boric  acid  to  the  amount  of  four  or  five  grams  per  day, 
or  borax  equivalent  thereto,  continued  for  some  time, 
results  in  most  cases  in  loss  of  appetite  and  inability  to 
perform  work  of  any  kind.  In  many  cases  the  person 
becomes  ill  and  unfit  for  duty.  Four  grams  per  day 
may  be  regarded,  then,  as  the  limit  of  exhibition  beyond 
which  the  normal  man  may  not  go. 

Dr.  Wiley  has  these  words  of  summary  and 
warning  to  say  : 

The  logical  conclusion  which  seems  to  follow  from 
the  data  at  our  disposal  is  that  boric  acid  and  equiva- 
lent amounts  of  borax  in  certain  quantities  should  be 
restricted  to  those  cases  where  the  necessity  therefor 
is  clearly  manifest,  and  where  it  is  demonstrable  that 
other  methods  of  food  preservation  are  not  applicable, 
and  that  without  the  use  of  such  a  preservative  the 
deleterious  effects  produced  by  the  foods  themselves, 
by  reason  of  decomposition,  would  be  far  greater  than 
could  possibly  come  from  the  use  of  the  preservative  in 
minimum  quantities.  In  these  cases  it  would  also  fol- 
low, apparently,  as  a  matter  of  public  information,  and 
especially  for  the  protection  of  the  young,  the  sick,  and 
the  debilitated,  that  each  article  of  food  should  be 
plainly  labeled  and  branded  in  regard  to  the  character 
and  quantity  of  the  preservative  employed. 


MEXICAN     RAILROADS. 


IT  is  a  fact  generally  recognized  that  the  rapid 
building  of  railroads,  so  efficiently  promoted 
by  President  Diaz,  has  contributed  more  than 
any  other  one  cause  to  the  remarkable  economic 
advance  made  by  Mexico  during  recent  years. 
In  the  course  of  an  article  on  the  economic  de- 
velopment of  Mexico,  contributed  to  the  Inter- 
national Quarterly  (New  York),  Mr.  H.  L.  Vegus 
gives  some  interesting  information  on  Mexican 
railroad  systems.  This  writer  has  taken  extended 
and  regular  trips  into  the  interior  of  Mexico,  and 
has  been  afforded  special  facilities  for  observa- 
tion by  the  Mexican  Government.  He  states 
that  the  mileage  of  Mexican  roads  now  amounts 
to  17,75(5  kilometers.  The  government  has  con- 
trol of  but  three  railroad  systems, — the  Tehuan- 
tepec,  the  National,  and  the  Inter-Oceanic  Rail- 
road companies.  All  other  roads  are  privately 
owned, — very  largely  by  citizens  of  the  United 
States.  There  are  at  present  fifty-eight  different 
companies,  most  of  which  are  only  of  local  im- 
portance. Four,  however,  are  of  international 
importance, — the  Mexican  Central,  the  Inter- 
Oceanic,  the;  Mexican,  and  the  National. 

The  Mexican  Central    has   been  operating  for 
twenty  years,  lias   been  the  main   artery  of  com- 


munication with  the  United  States,  and  until  a 
very  recent  date  it  was  the  only  standard  gauge 
line  in  Mexico.  The  Central  will  soon  reach  the 
Pacific  Ocean  at  two  points,  Manzanillo  and  Aca- 
pulco.  It  has  also  attracted  to  itself  the  entire 
traffic  of  North  Mexico  by  the  building  of  a 
branch  line  to  Tampico,  and  by  the  purchase  of 
the  Monterey  Railway,  which  has  its  terminus  in 
Tampico.  The  harbor  of  Tampico  is  an  important 
one,  and  it  is  predicted  that  this  place  will  soon 
outstrip  Vera  Cruz.  The  Central  has  established 
the  same  rates  between  Tampico  and  the  city  of 
Mexico  as  the  other  roads  ask  for  the  shorter 
journey  from  Vera  Cruz  to  Mexico.  The  direct 
line  of  the  Central  from  Tampico  to  the  city  of 
Mexico,  which  is  now  in  process  of  construc- 
tion, and  which  will  probably  be  completed  by 
January,  1905,  will  in  all  likelihood  produce  a 
great  revolution  in  the  commerce  of  Mexico, 
since  it  will  be  shorter  than  any  other  connection 
between  Mexico  and  Vera  Cruz. 

The  National  Railroad  Company  of  Mexico, 
the  majority  of  the  stock  of  which  is  held  by 
the  Mexican  Government,  is  now  changing  the 
narrow  gauge  of  its  road  into  the  standard 
gauge,  and  will  at  once  be  opened  to  traffic  from 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


373 


MAP  OF  MEXICAN  RAILROADS. 


Laredo  to  the  city  of  Mexico,  thus  securing  that  the  result  of  this  competition  will  be  a 
about  sixteen  hours'  closer  connection  with  the  pooling  of  the  traffic  of  the  two  companies. 
United  States  than  the  Central.     It  is  believed      Other  United  States  connections  are  projected. 


374 


THE  AMERICAN  -MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  A  NEW  GOSPEL. 


RUSSIA,  according  to  many,  is  the  Nazareth 
of  the  nations  from  which  cometh  no 
good  thing.  But,  as  the  ancient  Nazareth  pro- 
duced the  Carpenter,  the  modern  Nazareth  has 
produced  two  men — one  Christian,  the  other 
free-thinker — who  agree  in  proclaiming,  in  ac- 
cents heard  throughout  the  world,  the  supreme 
importance  of  a  renewed  and  revivified  faith. 
Count  Tolstoy  is  the  great  Christian  moralist  of 
our  time,  and  now  we  have  Prince  Kropotkin 
beginning  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  the  publica- 
tion of  his  new  gospel  of  ethics,  under  the  title 
"  The  Ethical  Need  of  the  Present  Day."  And, 
at  the  same  time,  another  Russian  subject,  the 
Finn  Professor  Westermarck,  is  laboriously 
elaborating  his  magnum  opus,  "The  Evolution  of 
the  Moral  Idea." 

The  Positivist  Ideal. 

In  the  Positivist  Review,  in  an  appreciative 
notice  of  Sister  Nivedita's  "  Web  of  Indian 
Life,"  Mr.  S.  H.  Swiney  asks,  "  Is  the  morality 
of  the  future  to  be  human  or  divine  ?  Is  hu- 
manity to  be  the  center  of  love  and  reverence, 
or  must  we  look  beyond  ?  "  He  maintains  that 
science  must  not  be  studied  for  its  own  sake. 
"  It  must  be  sanctified  by  a  holy  purpose — the 
material,  the  intellectual,  and,  above  all,  the 
moral  improvement  of  humanity.  Science  will 
never  be  sacred  to  those  to  whom  humanity  is 
not  sacred." 

Another  writer  in  the  same  review,  Mr.  F. 
S.  Marvin,  discussing  the  idea  of  evolution  in 
education,  declares  that  the  educator  of  the  fu- 
ture will  lay  the  foundation  of  all  the  best  in 
man's  previous  achievements  in  knowledge  and 
in  art. 

Then  he  will  set  before  him  the  ideal  of  a  new,  a 
wiser,  and  a  stronger  man,  with  an  equal  equipment 
with  those  who  have  gone  before,  but  a  wider  vision 
and  stronger  powers, — a  man  ready  and  able  to  extend 
man's  dominion  on  the  earth,  becoming  firmer  in  his 
grasp  of  nature,  deeper  and  more  constant  in  his  in- 
sight of  the  future,  and  a  more  loyal  colleague  of  his 
fellow-men.  Education  will  have  this  type  before  it  in 
the  future  ;  we  may  see  it  dimly  outlined  even  now, 
and  it  is  a  type  sketched  for  us  by  the  doctrine  of  evo- 
lution. 

Kropotkin's  Basis:  Mutual  Aid. 

In  the  first  chapter  of  Ins  new  work,  "  The 
Ethical  Need  of  the  Present  Day,"  which  appears 
in  the  Nineteenth  Century  for  August,  Prince 
Kropotkin  opens  his  subject  by  discussing  some 
of  the  main  currents  of  thought  on  ethics  dis- 
cernible in  the  present  confusion.      He  says  : 

All  of  them  converge  toward  one  leading  idea. 
What  is  wranted  now  is  a  new  comprehension  of  moral- 


ity :  in  its  fundamental  principle,  which  must  be  broad 
enough  to  infuse  new  life  in  our  civilization,  and  in  its 
methods,  which  must  be  freed  from  both  the  transcen- 
dental survivals  and  the  narrow  conceptions  of  philis- 
tine  utilitarianism.  The  elements  for  such  a  com- 
prehension are  already  at  hand.  The  importance  of 
mutual  aid  in  the  evolution  of  the  animal  world  and 
human  history  may  be  taken,  I  believe,  as  a  positively 
established  scientific  truth,  free  of  any  hypothetical 
admission. 

FROM    MUTUAL    AID    TO    JUSTICE. 

We  may  also  take  next,  as  granted,  that  in  proportion 
as  mutual  aid  becomes  more  habitual  in  a  human  com- 
munity, and  so  to  say  instinctive,  this  very  fact  leads  to 
a  parallel  development  of  the  sense  of  justice,  with  its 
necessary  accompaniment  of  equity  and  equalitarian 
self-restraint. 

FROM    JUSTICE    TO    MORALITY. 

But  in  proportion  as  relations  of  equalitarian  justice 
are  solidly  established  in  the  human  community,  the 
ground  is  prepared  for  the  further  and  the  more  general 
development  of  those  more  refined  relations,  under 
which  man  so  well  understands  and  feels  the  feelings  of 
other  men  affected  by  his  actions  that  he  refrains  from 
offending  them,  even  though  he  may  have  to  forsake  on 
that  account  the  satisfaction  of  some  of  his  own  desires, 
and  when  he  so  fully  identifies  his  feelings  with  those 
of  the  others  that  he  is  ready  to  sacrifice  his  forces  for 
their  benefit  without  expecting  anything  in  return. 
These  are  the  feelings  and  the  habits  which  alone  deserve 
the  name  of  morality,  properly  speaking,  although 
most  ethical  writers  confound  them,  under  the  name  of 
altruism,  with  the  mere  sense  of  justice. 

Mutual  aid,  justice,  morality,  are  thus  the  consecu- 
tive steps  of  an  ascending  series,  revealed  to  us  by  the 
study  of  the  animal  world  and  man.  It  is  not  something 
imposed  from  the  outside ;  it  is  an  organic  necessity 
which  carries  in  itself  its  own  justification,  confirmed 
and  illustrated  by  the  whole  of  the  evolution  of  the  ani- 
mal kingdom,  beginning  with  its  earliest  colony-stages, 
and  gradually  rising  to  our  civilized  human  communi- 
ties.   It  is  a  general  law  of  organic  evolution. 

"This,"  says  Prince  Kropotkin,  "is  the  solid 
foundation  which  science  gives  us  for  the  elal>- 
oration  of  a  new  system  of  ethics  and  its  justifi- 
cation." But  has  Prince  Kropotkin  really  struck 
bed-rock  ?  Before  the  first  of  his  three  steps 
stands  sex,  the  original  source  of  all  altruism, 
the  Sinai  of  all  religions,  the  fons  et  origo  of  all 
morality.  For  from  sex  springs  the  family,  and 
in  parental  love  we  have  the  beginning  of  the 
upward  trend.  Hence  the  Madonna  and  the 
Child  rightly  occupy  the  place  of  honor  in  Chris- 
tian art  and  the  Christian  Church,  save  where, 
by  a  natural  reaction,  Protestant  zeal  has  deemed 
it  necessary  to  efface  the  hallmark  of  the  origin 
of  the  Christian  and  of  all  religions  that  were, 
are,  or  ever  will  be. 


BRIEFER    NOTES    ON    TOPICS    IN    THE 
PERIODICALS. 


SUBJECTS  TREATED    IN   THE   POPULAR   AMERICAN    MAGAZINES. 


The  St.  Louis  Exposition  Again.— Only  two  of 
the  September  magazines  think  it  worth  while  to  give 
any  space  to  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition.  Mr. 
Walter  Williams  contributes  to  the  Century  a  running 
commentary  on  some  of  the  strange  and  curious  sights 
at  the  great  fair  ;  and  his  article  is  illustrated  with  pic- 
tures from  photographs  of  the  objects  described.  After 
reading  his  article,  one  feels  impelled  to  accept  his  con- 
clusion that  one  may  go  around  the  world  at  St.  Louis 
and  see  more  than  a  half-year's  journey  by  train  or 
steamer  would  disclose. — A  somewhat  more  systematic 
method  has  been  adopted  by  Mr.  John  Brisben  Walker, 
who  makes  of  his  Cosmopolitan  Magazine  for  Septem- 
ber a  sort  of  World's  Fair  compendium,  presenting 
twenty-five  articles  dealing  with  as  many  phases  of  the 
exposition,  all  profusely  illustrated  from  photographs, 
and  giving,  in  their  entirety,  a  bird's-eye  view  of  the 
great  show.  Mr.  Walker  went  to  St.  Louis  at  the  close 
of  June,  and  devoted  eleven  days  to  an  examination  of 
the  exhibits.  He  tells  us  that  his  articles  were  dictated 
in  the  midst  of  the  exhibits.  Trips  through  the  build- 
ings were  taken  with  a  stenographer  to  take  impres- 
sions fresh  as  they  came  at  the  moment,  and  with  a  staff 
photographer  to  arrange  for  the  illustrations.  Mr. 
Walker  is  to  be  congratulated  on  the  interesting  way  in 
which  he  has  covered  the  salient  features  of  the  exposi- 
tion in  this  number  of  his  magazine. 

Travel  Sketches. — The  marked  feature  of  this 
month's  magazines  is  the  great  number  of  articles 
describing  foreign  places  and  peoples.  The  Century,  for 
example,  opens  with  a  paper  by  David  B.  MacGowan, 
entitled  "The  Russian  Lourdes,"  in  which  are  narrated 
the  impressive  scenes  at  the  canonization  of  Saint 
Seraphim,  in  1903,  in  which  the  Czar  participated. 
Little  has  been  known  about  these  ceremonies  outside 
the  boundaries  of  Russia,  since  the  presence  of  for- 
eigners was  not  desired,  and,  so  far  as  is  known,  only 
one  non-Russian  besides  Mr.  MacGowan  attended  the 
ceremonies.  This  number  of  the  Century  also  gives 
vivid  descriptions  of  "Japan's  Highest  Volcano,"  by 
Herbert  G.  Ponting  ;  "  The  Great  Feast  of  the  Whale 
in  Arctic  Alaska,"  by  Edward  Mcllhenny  ;  "Hidden 
Egypt :  An  Account  of  the  First  Visit  by  Women  to 
the  Coptic  Monasteries  of  Egypt  and  Nitria,"  by  Agnes 
Smith  Lewis  ;  "  The  Nail  of  the  Universe  :  An  Emperor 
of  Java  and  His  Court,"  by  Ernst  von  Hesse- Wartegg  ; 
and  "Antarctic  Experiences,"  by  C.  E.  Borchgrevink. 
Harper's  for  September  has  a  paper  on  "  Ravenna,"  by 
Arthur  Symons.  Under  the  title  of  "An  Old  Battle- 
field of  the  Nations,"  Mr.  Lewis  Gaston  Leary  relates, 
in  Scribner's,  his  experience  on  a  journey  taken  two 
years  ago  to  the  old  cities  of  Emesa  and  Hamath,  now 
known  as  Horns  and  Hama,  on  the  route  of  the  Beirut 
Railroad,  which  at  that  time  was  not  completed.  "  The 
Berbers  of  Morocco  "  are  described  for  the  readers  of 
Scribner's  by  Walter  Harris.  Coming  back  to  our  own 
country,  there  is  an  excellent  sketch  of  Western  scenery 


in  Scribner's,  entitled,  "  In  the  Big  Dry  Country."  This 
study  of  the  Wyoming  sheep  region  is  contributed  by 
Mr.  Frederic  Irland. — The  World's  Work  for  September 
has  two  articles  on  Western  social  conditions,  one  deal- 
ing with  "  The  Cowboy  of  To-day,"  by  Arthur  Chap- 
man, and  the  other,  on  "Our  Inland  Migrations,"  by 
I.  K.  Friedman.  In  the  latter  article,  a  description  is 
given  of  the  methods  employed  by  the  railroads  to  en- 
courage migrations  in  the  Southwest  and  Northwest, 
and  the  history  of  some  of  the  typical  "boom"  towns 
of  Oklahoma  is  related,  with  a  study  of  the  classes  of 
people,  both  native  and  foreign,  that  are  settling  up 
these  new  regions. — In  the  Booklovers  for  September, 
Harold  Bolce  describes  "Phases  of  Railroading  in 
Japan  ;  "  and  Alice  Hall  writes  pleasingly  on  the  "  Dark 
Caves  of  Rheims  :  The  Centre  of  the  Champagne  Indus- 
try."—" To  the  Top  of  the  Jungfrau  by  Rail "  is  the  tak- 
ing title  of  a  paper  in  Munsey's,  by  Garrett  P.  Serviss. 
— Nor  should  we  fail  to  mention  the  admirable  paper  in 
Harper's  by  Prof.  J.  R.  S.  Sterrett,  of  Cornell,  on  the 
caravanseries  of  the  East. 

American  Politics. — Last  month  we  noted  the  fact 
that  very  few  of  the  American  popular  monthlies  were 
giving  any  attention  to  the  pending  Presidential  cam- 
paign. This  remains  true  of  most  of  the  September  is- 
sues. But,  in  a  few  of  the  magazines,  there  are  interest- 
ing discussions  of  topics  suggested  by  the  campaign  and 
the  personalities  involved  therein.  Leslie's  Monthly 
contains  a  sketch  of  the  Hon.  Henry  G.  Davis,  the  can- 
didate for  Vice-President  on  the  Democratic  ticket,  by 
Joseph  Ohl ;  and  in  the  same  magazine  appears  a  study 
of  "A  Conscientious  Boss:  Charles  S.  Deneen,  of  Illi- 
nois," by  Arthur  S.  Henning.  In  our  department  of 
"Leading  Articles  of  the  Month,"  we  have  quoted  at 
some  length  from  Mr.  Frederick  T.  Birchall's  sketch  of 
August  Belmont,  which  is  another  feature  of  the  Sep- 
tember Leslie's. — Mr.  Joseph  M.  Rogers  writes  enter- 
tainingly, in  the  Booklovers  for  September,  on  Senator 
Thomas  C.  Piatt. — In  the  September  number  of  Success, 
Mr.  Albert  Henry  Lewis  draws  a  comparison  between 
"Jackson,  the  Democrat,  and  Roosevelt,  the  Republi- 
can."— There  is  a  detailed  account  of  President  Roose- 
velt's aggressive  measures  for  the  prosecution  of  the 
postal  frauds,  by  Mr.  William  Allen  White,  in  the  Sep- 
tember number  of  McClure's.—  Under  the  title,  "Does 
Politics  Pay  ? "  Mr.  Francis  B.  Gessner,  writing  in  Mun- 
sey's  for  September,  outlines  the  careers  of  a  number  of 
successful  political  managers,  including  George  B.  Cor- 
telyou,  Daniel  S.  Lamont,  Elmer  Dover,  Milton  Everett 
Ailes,  Charles  G.  Dawes,  and  Francis  B.  Loomis.— The 
new  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  Mr.  Paul  Morton,  is  the  sub- 
ject of  sketches  in  three  of  this  month's  magazines, — 
the  World's  Work,  Leslie's,  and  Munsey's.  The  Mun- 
sey  sketch,  by  Mr.  A.  H.  Lewis,  has  a  place  among  our 
"Leading  Articles  of  the  Month." — Success  publishes 
an  address  by  Judge  Alton  B.  Parker  on  "Educated 
Men  in  Politics,"  delivered  at  the  Union  College  com- 


376 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


inencement  of  1901.  In  the  closing  paragraph  of  this 
address,  Judge  Parker  makes  known  his  views  regard- 
ing the  feasibility  of  non-partisan  movements  in  local 
politics.  He  lays  down  the  general  rule  that  measures 
for  the  improvement  of  local  government  can  be  more 
promptly  and  effectively  put  in  operation  within  party 
lines  than  without,  but  he  admits  that  there  are  excep- 
tions to  the  rule,  notably  in  our  great  cities,  and  that 
situations  may  arise  where  independent  movements  af- 
ford the  only  method  of  accomplishing  reforms.  "The 
Cost  of  Presidential  Elections"  is  discussed  in  this 
number  of  Success,  by  Mr.  Walter  Wellman,  and  we 
have  quoted  from  his  article  in  our  department,  of 
"Leading  Articles  of  the  Month." — Among  the  August 
magazines,  the  Arena  has  "An  Open  Letter  to  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt,"'  by  Prof .  Frank  Parsons,  and  Glutton's 
declares  editorially  for  Roosevelt  as  against  Parker. 

The   Control    of  Immigration.—  Mr.   James    D. 

Whelpley  has  been  making  some  original  studies  of 
the  immigration  problem  from  the  European  side.  In 
the  September  number  of  the  World's  Work,  he  presents 
a  strong  argument  for  a  system  of  international  control 
in  which  the  United  States  and  the  European  countries, 
from  which  most  of  our  immigrants  come,  shall  par- 
ticipate. Mr.  Whelpley  has  uncovered  some  startling 
facts  in  regard  to  the  organized  movement  of  undesir- 
able populations  from  Europe  to  America.  In  the 
present  article  he  points  out,  with  great  clearness,  the 
physical  and  economic  dangers  to  this  country. — In  the 
August  number  of  the  North  American  Revicic,M.r. 
Robert  DeC.  Ward  had  presented  an  argument  for  the 
restriction  of  immigration,  somewhat  similar  to  Mr. 
\\  nelpley's.  Mr.  Ward,  however,  advocates  no  very 
drastic  legislation,  but  suggests  that  a  law  be  passed 
limiting  the  number  of  immigrants  from  different 
countries,  as  has  been  suggested  by  Congressman  Rob- 
ert Adams,  Jr.,  of  Pennsylvania,  or  else  that  an  illiter- 
acy test  be  applied  in  accordance  with  the  recommenda- 
tion  of  President  Roosevelt  and  the  Commissioner  of 
Immigration.  In  concluding  his  article,  Mr.  Ward 
directs  our  attention  to  a  question  which  has  received 
scant  attention  in  most  discussions  of  the  immigration 
problem, — namely,  the  question  of  the  effect  of  immi- 
gration upon  our  native  stock.  It  has  been  held  by 
students  of  economics  for  some  years  that  the  decreas- 
ing birth-rate  of  our  native  population  has  been,  in 
large  part,  due  to  the  effect  of  foreign  immigration  ;  in 
other  words,  that  the  industrial  competition  of  the 
lower  classes  of  immigrants  and  the  resulting  lower- 
ing of  our  standard  of  living  have  produced  a  voluntary 
check  to  the  native  population.  American  fathers  are 
unwilling  to  subject  their  children  to  this  competition, 
and,  hence,  children  are  not  born.  In  the  same  number 
of  the  North  American  there  is  an  article  on  "The 
Polly  of  Chinese  Exclusion,"  by  II.  II.  Bancroft.  The 
tact  that  the  Chinese  are  not  patriotic,  and  have  only 
limited  personal  ambition,  which  is  frequently  urged 
against  them  in  discussions  of  the  exclusion  question, 
is  cited  by  Mr.  Bancroft  as  one  of  the  best  reasons  for 
their  admission,  since  they  have  no  disposition  to  en- 
gage in  politics,  mob-law,  strikes,  or  other  forms  of 
vicious  unrest.  Mr.  Bancroft  examines  the  various 
charges  brought  against  the  Chinese  in  this  country, 
and  makes  out  a.  very  good  case  for  his  clients.  Mr. 
Bancroft,    it    should   be  said,    is  an   old    resident  of  the 

Pacific  coast,  and  writes  on  the  Chinese  problem  from 

personal   observation.     The  same   t  hing  may  be  said  of 


Dr.  Charles  Frederick  Holder,  who  contributes  to  the 
August  number  of  the  Arena  an  account  of  the  work- 
ings of  the  famous  Chinese  Six  Companies  in  America, 
concluding  with  a  strong  demand  for  the  reenactment 
of  the  exclusion  legislation,  which  will  expire  in  De- 
cember next.  California  asks  for  citizens  that  will 
grow  up  with  the  country,  rear  their  children  here,  and 
invest  their  savings  in  American  products.  The  mil- 
lions of"  Chinese,  mostly  laborers,  who  live  upon  six 
cents  a  day,  are,  in  Dr.  Holder's  opinion,  a  menace  to 
the  civilized  world,  and  should  be  restricted  to  China. 

Industrial  Topics. — The  remarkable  development 
of  the  Mesabi  iron  mines,  in  northern  Minnesota,  is  de- 
scribed in  the  September  number  of  the  Wo7'ld,s  Work, 
by  Mr.  Francis  X.  Stacy.  These  mines,  discovered 
twelve  years  ago,  are  situated  sixty  miles  from  the  north- 
ern shore  of  Lake  Superior,  and  their  first  shipment  to 
Lake  Erie  ports  consisted  of  4,245  tons  of  soft  red  ore. 
To-day,  the  ore  shipment  of  the  Mesabi  range,  during 
the  navigation  season  of  seven  months,  reaches  13,000,- 
000  tons,  enough,  Mr.  Stacy  says,  to  load  a  modern  fleet 
of  steel  freighters  that  would  stretch  200  miles.  One- 
sixth  of  the  annual  ore  product  of  the  world,  and  more 
than  one-third  of  the  yearly  production  of  America, 
comes  from  this  iron  range.  The  Mesabi  range,  say- 
Mr.  Stacy,  has  produced  almost  as  much  ore  in  twelve 
years  as  the  Marquette  range  on  Lake  Superior  produced 
in  fifty. — The  September  installment  of  Miss  Tarbell's 
"History  of  the  Standard  Oil  Company,"  in  McClure's, 
is  devoted  to  the  price  of  oil.  Her  conclusion  is  that, 
when  the  freights  and  handling  are  taken  into  consid- 
eration, there  is  nothing  like  a  settled  price  or  profit  for 
illuminating  oil  in  the  United  States.  She  finds  that, 
from  the  beginning  of  its  power  over  the  market,  the 
Standard  Oil  Company  has  sold  domestic  oil  at  prices 
varying  from  less  than  the  cost  of  the  crude  oil  it  took 
to  make  it  up  to  a  profit  of  100  per  cent,  or  more.  Com- 
petition has  invariably  operated  to  reduce  prices. 

Recollections  of  Two  Wars.— The  September 
number  of  McClure's  opens  with  some  entertaining 
"Memories  of  the  Beginning  and  End  of  the  Southern 
Confederacy,"  by  Louise  Wigfall  Wright,  daughter  of 
Louis  T.  Wigfall,  who  was  a  United  States  Senator 
from  Texas  before  the  Civil  War,  and  a  member  of  the 
Confederate  States  Senate  during  the  war,  and  who  was 
also  on  the  staff  of  President  Davis,  with  the  rank  of 
brigadier -general.  His  daughter's  recollections  begin 
with  the  fall  of  Fort  Sumter,  in  1801.  The  second  and 
concluding  portion  of  the  "memories"  relates  to  the 
fall  of  the  Confedei-ate  Government  and  the  disbanding 
of  the  Southern  armies  alter  the  surrender  at  Appo- 
mattox.— The  "Recollections of  a  Mosby  Guerrilla"  is 
contributed  to  Munsey'S  for  September  by  John  W. 
Munson.  In  this  installment,  the  writer  describes  some 
of  the  principal  fights,  raids,  and  expeditions  of  this 
famous  Confederate  command. — The  almost-forgotten 
suffering  of  the  American  prisoners  of  war,  in  the  War 
of  1812,  at  Dartmoor,  in  England,  are  recalled  in  an  in- 
teresting paper  contributed  to  the  September  Harper's, 
by  John  Greenville  McNeel.  Pictures  of  the  gateway 
of  the  old  war  prison,  the  site  of  which  is  now  occupied 
by  a  British  convict  prison  ;  thechurchat  Prince  Town, 
which  was  built  by  French  and  American  prisoners  of 
war;  and  the  monument  to  American  prisoners  who 
died  at  Dartmoor,  accompany  Mr.  McNeel's  paper.  The 
monument,  which  was  erected  by  Captain  Shortland, 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


377 


who  was  governor  of  Dartmoor  in  1865,  is  the  only  stone 
that  marks  the  resting-place  of  long  Hues  of  American 
dead  in  the  Prince  Town  cemetery. — Captain  Mahan's 
••War  of  1812,"  is  continued  in  Scribner's,  the  eighth 
installment  appearing  in  the  Septemher  number. 

Scenes  in  the  Russo-Japanese  War. — Most  of 
onr  readers  have  remarked  the  paucity  of  first-hand 
descriptions  of  deeds  and  exploits  in  the  far  Eastern  war 
as  compared  with  the  flood  of  such  descriptions  which 
reached  us  immediately  after  the  first  stages  of  the 
Boer  war,  four  years  ago.  Deeds  of  daring  have  cer- 
tainly not  been  lacking  in  the  present  combat,  but  it 
has  been  more  difficult  than  ever  before  for  writers  to 
get  near  the  scenes  of  the  real  fighting.  One  corre- 
spondent, whose  signature  is  the  mystic  letter  "  O,"  has 
written  some  exceedingly  vivid  descriptions  of  such  in- 
cidents as  the  blocking  of  Port  Arthur,  in  putting  of 
the  Bayan  to  flight,  a  fight  between  junks  on  the  Yalu, 
and  incidents  in  camp  before  Ping- Yang ;  and  his 
papers  are  now  appearing  simultaneously  in  the  World's 
Work  and  Blackwood's  Magazine.  For  the  sake  of  the 
insight  that  they  give  into  Japanese  character,  and  the 
revelations  that  they  make  of  certain  novel  forms  of 


military  achievements,  these   papers   are   well    worth 
reading. 

Natural  Science. — Popular  expositions  of  scientific 
subjects  are  not  wanting  in  the  September  magazines. 
The  paper  by  Prof.  G.  W.  Ritchey  on  "Photographing 
the  Star-Clusters,"  which  appears  in  Harper's,  will  in- 
terest everybody  who  has'  made  a.  practice  of  star-gaz- 
ing, whether  with  or  without  a  telescope.  Professor 
Ritchey's  explanation  of  the  technique  of  this  form  of 
photography  will  be  found  intelligible  even  by  the  ama- 
teur.— The  Century  has  captured  a  paper,  by  Prof. 
Henry  Fairfield  Osborn,  entitled  "  Fossil  Wonders  of 
the  West,"  which  gives  the  first  description  of  the 
dinosaurs  of  the  bone-cabin  quarry,  in  central  Wyo- 
ming, said  to  be  the  greatest  "find"  of  extinct  animals 
ever  made.  Professor  Osborn's  article  is  fully  illus- 
trated. In  the  September  Outing,  Mr.  John  Burroughs 
continues  his  interesting  disquisitions  on  natural  his- 
tory. Mr.  Mark  F.  Wilcox  gives,  in  the  Century,  an 
entertaining  account  of  the  "Locusts  of  Natal." — Dr. 
H.  C.  McCook's  study  of  "The  Daintiness  of  Ants,"  in 
Harper's,  is  as  fascinating  in  its  way  as  any  descriptive 
article  that  has  appeared  in  a  long  time. 


THE   SPIRIT  OF  THE   FOREIGN    REVIEWS. 


British  Politics.— In  the  Contemporary  Review 
for  August  there  are  three  articles  on  English  home 
politics.  "  A  Liberal  Leaguer,"  who  avows  the  supreme 
aim  of  the  league  to  be  the  maintenance  of  the  unity  of 
the  party,  forecasts  the  personnel  of  "the  next  govern- 
ment "  as  follows  :  prime  minister,  Lord  Spencer ; 
colonial  secretary,  Sir  Edward  Grey  ;  foreign  secretary, 
Lord  Rosebery.  He  also  hopes  that  the  cabinet  will 
include  three  "new  men," — Mr.  Emmott,  Mr.  Lloyd 
George,  Mr.  Winston  Churchill.  He  evidently  wants 
Leaguers  to  be  predominant.  The  reform  of  poor  law 
administration,  pressed  for  by  Mr.  F.  H.  Burrow,  is  the 
amalgamation  under  one  authority  of  the  staffs  of  the 
poor  law  and  the  school  boards  as  regards  overseers 
and  visitors,  and  that  children  should  be  more  con- 
sidered than  adults.  Prof.  John  Massie  denounces  the 
alleged  "concessions"  and  compromises  proffered  by 
Anglicans  to  Nonconformists  over  the  education  diffi- 
culty.— Mr.  Iwan  Muller  writes,  in  the  Fortnightly  for 
August,  on  "  Mr.  Balfour's  Leadership  of  the  House  of 
Commons."  He  declares  that  as  the  House  of  Com- 
mons has  ceased  to  have  any  i-ecognized  code  of  chivalry 
or  good  behavior,  it  is  impossible  to  compare  Mr.  Bal- 
four's leadership  with  that  of  any  of  his  predecessors. 
But,  tested  by  modern  conditions,  Mr.  Balfour  has 
proved  himself  "a  ruler  of  men  and  an  inevitable 
prime  minister." — The  Edinburgh  Review  for  the  cur- 
rent quarter  has  an  article  on  "  The  Liquor  Laws  and 
the  Licensing  Bill." 

Spain  To-day  and  To-morrow. — Tarrida  del  Mar- 
mol  gives  in  the  Independent  Review  (London)  a  very 
cheerful  account  of  the  revival  of  the  Spanish  nation. 
There  is  a  real  craving  for  education  among  the  lower 
classes.  Secondary  education  is  also  in  progress.  The 
economic  condition  of  the  country  improves  daily, 
signs  of  rapid  industrial  improvement  are  visible  every- 
where. The  Spanish  workingman  is  quite  the  equal  of 
the  workingman  of  France.  Belgium,  or  England  in  in- 


telligence and  activity,  while  he  is  considerably  more 
sober  and  temperate  than  they.  In  a  few  years,  Span- 
ish commerce  and  industry  have  been  able  to  compen- 
sate for  the  loss  of  Cuba  and  the  Philippine  Islands  by 
creating  openings  elsewhere,  chiefly  in  South  America. 
The  writer,  however,  warns  the  rulers  of  Spain  that, 
unless  they  wake  up  to  the  meaning  of  the  ferment 
around  them,  the  new  life  of  the  Spanish  people  will 
begin  in  a  revolution  like  that  which  convulsed 
France  in  1789. 

Do  We  Need  More  Gold.  Mines  ?— Mr.  Leonard 
Courtney,  in  an  article  entitled  "  What  Is  the  Use  of 
Gold  Discoveries?"  which  he  contributes  to  the  Nine- 
teenth Century  for  August,  says  that  Lord  Bramwell 
and  he  agreed  that  the  utility  of  gold  discoveries  was  of 
such  a  mixed  and  doubtful  character  as  to  justify  some 
feeling  of  regret  that  they  should  ever  be  made.  "  Gold," 
says  Mr.  Courtney,  "pleases  the  eye,  satisfies  the  sense 
of  possession,  tickles  the  greed  of  man,  but  is  of  the 
smallest  possible  use  in  facilitating  any  reproductive 
work,  in  altering  to  the  advantage  of  man  the  relation 
between  human  toil  and  the  results  of  toil  required  for 
human  sustenance."  It  costs  as  much  gold  to  win  it  as 
it  is  worth,  and  probably,  "  after  all,  the  one  advantage 
indirectly  accruing  from  gold  discoveries,  though  this 
cannot  be  insisted  upon  with  absolute  certainty,  is  that 
they  bustle  people  about  the  world  and  cause  regions  to 
be  settled  earlier  than  they  would  otherwise  be-  filled 
up." 

A  French  Denunciation  of  the  Russian  Au- 
tocracy.—Reviewing  the  progress  of  the  Russo-Japa- 
nese war  (in  the  Revue  Blcue),  M.  F.  Dubief,  the 
French  statesman,  from  whose  opinions  we  quoted 
last  month,  sees  nothing  but  losses  and  reverses  for 
Russia  if  she  persists  in  the  conflict.  "Already,  at  St. 
Petersburg,  they  begin  to  realize  that  it  will  not  be 
easy  to  overcome  such  an  antagonist.     Moreover,  it  is 


878 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


reported  that  the  '  guerre  d  outrance '  party,  among 
whom  is  the  empress-mother,  and  which  sustained 
Alexieff,  demands  the  resignation  of  Lamsdorff,  and 
even  of  Kuropatkin,  while  the  Czarina  untiringly 
seeks  to  influence  the  Czar  for  peace.  During  all  this, 
too,  the  revolutionary  movement  is  becoming  accentu- 
ated, and  the  conquered  inhabitants  of  Poland,  Ar- 
menia, Lithuania,  Georgia,  and  Finland  are  biding  the 
ripe  moment  for  open  revolt.  In  view  of  so  many  diffi- 
culties and  menacing  eventualities  at  home,  the  per- 
sistent rumors  that  mediation  would  be  welcome  are 
not  to  be  lightly  regarded.  Already  Japan  has  made 
known  under  what  conditions  she  would  consent  to  end 
hostilities.  Manchuria  must  be  returned  to  China, 
Port  Arthur  dismantled,  and  Korea  left  to  itself,  which, 
of  course,  means  that  in  due  time  the  '  Hermit  King- 
dom'is  bound  to  become  an  appanage  of  Japan.  The 
question  arises  :  Will  Russia  have  the  courage  to  sub- 
mit to  this  humiliation,  or,  with  the  party  of  the  em- 
press-mother, will  she  elect  to  prosecute  to  the  bitter 
end  her  struggle  '■pour  Dicu,  pour  le  Czar,  et  pour  la 
patrie ! '  amid  the  accumulation  of  disasters,  of  heca- 
tombs, and  of  ruins  ? " 

The  Status  of  American  Labor. — An  exhaustive 
paper  on  the  status  of  American  labor  is  contributed 
to  the  Prcussische  Jahrbucher  (Berlin),  by  Dr.  Albert 
Haas.  There  is  no  parallel  in  the  United  States,  the 
writer  says,  to  the  labor  party,  hostile  to  the  national 
and  economic  traditions  of  its  country,  which  arose  in 
the  second  half  of  the  nineteenth  century  in  the  conti- 
nental countries  of  Europe,  and  also  in  a  less  pro- 
nounced form  in  England,  having  for  its  purpose  to 
gain  political  ascendency,  by  means  of  which  it  hopes 
eventually  to  realize  its  more  or  less  socialistic  ideals. 
For  in  our  democratic  country  there  are  not  the  sharply 
defined  class  distinctions  found  in  Europe.  Here  an 
able  and  ambitious  workingman  may  rise  above  the 
level  to  which  he  was  born.  "  Thereby  the  whole  labor 
movement  is  deprived  of  some  of  its  most  valuable  ele- 
ments. An  educated  proletariat  can  hardly  be  said  to 
exist ;  nor  is  there  any  discontented  portion  of  the  in- 
telligent white  voting  population  shut  out  from  public 
life  for  religious  or  other  reasons.  As  there  are  no 
leaders  available  for  a  systematically  discontented  party, 
so  the  tendency  to  complaint  is  hardly  found  among 
the  American  workingmen.  Political  discontent  is  no 
factor  of  public  life  in  the  United  States."  With  our 
democratic  institutions,  the  labor  question  in  this  coun- 
try, is,  therefore,  not  a  political  one,  as  in  Europe,  but 
a  purely  economic  one.  After  thus  defining  the  funda- 
mental difference  between  the  aspirations  of  European 
and  American  labor,  Dr.  Haas  presents  to  his  German 
readers  a  detailed  analysis  of  the  conditions  of  labor 
in  this  country,  discussing  labor  unions,  labor  laws, 
strikes,  arbitration,  etc.  He  concludes  by  saying  that 
"the  attitude  of  the  workingmen  and  work-givers  de- 
pends especially  upon  the  question  of  immigration. 
This  question  is  again  closely  connected  with  the  polit- 
ical and  economic  development  of  \merica,  Europe, 
eastern  and  western  Asia,  Australia, — in  short,  with 
that  of  the  entire  world." 

Japan's  Duty,  by  a  Japanese. — One  of  the  prom- 
inent Japanese  periodicals,  t  lie  Ki  risfokyo  SeTcai(Tokio), 
contains  an  argent  pica  that  Japan  shall  carry  on  the 
present  war  in  every  way,  even  to  t  lie  smallest  detail,  as 
becomes  a  dignified   and  civilized   nation.     "It  is  not 


merely  to  conquer,"  says  this  review,  "but  to  conquer 
worthily."  No  matter  what  Russia  may  assert  as  to  the 
war  being  a  contest  between  Christians  and  pagans,  "  it 
is  for  us  [the  Japanese]  to  prove  that  the  Russians, 
Christians  in  name,  are  not  such  in  reality,  while  we,  re- 
puted pagans,  must  act  as  would  become  Christians. 
Japan  must  never  forget  that  she  is  waging  a  war  for  the 
triumph  of  justice  and  in  the  interests  of  humanity."  In 
another  article  in  the  same  periodical  a  plea  is  made  for 
better  education  of  Christian  missionaries,  "if  they  are 
to  be  exalted  in  the  estimation  of  the  Japanese  public 
as  well  as  in  that  of  the  Buddhist  and  Shinto  priests." 

Politics  by  Machinery. — What  a  paradox,  cries  M. 
Benoist,  writing  in  the  Revue  des  Deux  Mondcs,  that 
the  liberties  of  any  democracy,  won,  it  may  be,  with 
much  blood  and  tears,  should  be  centered,  even  tempo- 
rarily, in  the  hands  of  a  single  autocrat,  the  "boss"  of 
the  political  machiue,  the  real  monarch  of  the  state ! 
The  effect  of  the  machine  in  diminishing  the  dignity 
and  authority  of  the  legislature,  and  reducing  it  to  a 
simple  apparatus  for  registering  the  decrees  of  the  cau- 
cus, is  clearly  brought  out,  and  also  its  effect  in  pro- 
ducing a  new  type  of  legislator, — the  man,  in  fact,  who 
is  content  to  do  as  he  is  told  blindly.  The  story  of  the 
candidate  who  cheerfully  promised  to  vote  for  the  abo- 
lition of  the  April  moon  is  probably  apocryphal,  but  M. 
Benoist's  story  of  the  candidate  who  consented  with 
alacrity  to  vote  for  the  repeal  of  the  Ten  Command- 
ments is  absolutely  historical.  The  candidate  had  not, 
it  is  true,  heard  the  question  very  clearly,  but  he  was 
quite  ready  to  vote  for  the  abolition  of  anything  that 
might  be  suggested.  Another  effect  of  the  machine 
is,  of  course,  to  falsify  public  opinion,  and  this  brings 
us  to  the  professional  politician,  whose  history  in 
America  M.  Benoist  sketches  in  merciless  detail. 
We  are  taken  over  the  old  ground  of  Tweed  Ring, 
Tammany  Hall,  and  so  on,  until  M.  Benoist  comes 
to  the  general  question,  will  the  political  life  of 
democracy  remain  a  series  of  spasmodic  electoral 
movements,  mechanically  provoked  and  propagated,  or 
will  it  develop  one  day  into  an  organized  whole,  as  the 
Americans  themselves  wish?  M.  Benoist's  remedy  is 
apparently  that  the  democracy  should  organize  itself  in 
each  country,  and  should  not  suffer  itself  to  be  organ- 
ized from  the  top  by  some  audacious  Napoleon  of  po- 
litical management. 

How  the  Common  Soldier  Has  Improved. — A 
rather  significant  characterization  of  the  modern  soldier 
is  quoted,  in  the  Pall  Mall  Magazine,  from  an  inter- 
view with  Lord  Roberts,  the  veteran  British  com- 
mander. Of  the  private  soldier  to-day,  Lord  Roberts 
said:  "The  period  of  the  drunken,  dissolute,  and  im- 
provident soldier  is  past ;  it  can  never  come  back.  The 
modern  soldier  is  steady,  self-respecting,  painstaking, 
and  clean-minded.  He  takes  trouble  with  himself.  He 
is  anxious  to  get  on.  He  is  provident  and  ambitious. 
The  change  in  the  private  soldier  of  late  years  is  extraor- 
dinary ;  and,  mark  you,  far  from  having  lost  any  of 
the  dash  and  spirit  of  his  more  dissolute  predecessors, 
he  is  a  keener  and  more  efficient  fighting  man,  and  just 
as  brave." 

Socialism  in  Japan.— A  French  writer,  M.  Jean 
Longuet,  in  La  Revue,  considers  Japanese  socialism  in 
two  long  papers.  He  shows  the  Japanese  in  a  very  dif- 
ferent light  from  that  of  the  eternally  smiling,  purring 


BRIEF  EH  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


379 


little  people  usually  described  by  the  European  writer 
on  the  Mikado's  subjects.  Japanese  manufactures 
have  grown,  but  socialism  has  grown  with  them, — so- 
cialism and  suffering  for  the  great  mass  of  the  Japanese. 
"From  almost  every  one  being  poor  and  no  one  miser- 
able," Japan  has  become  a  country  where  most  of  the 
proletariat  is  at  present  reduced  to  a  state  of  distress 
••  which  compares  very  well  with  the  lot  of  the  inhab- 
itants of  the  gloomiest  hovels  of  the  East  End  of  London, 
of  the  most  wretched  quarters  of  Roubaix  or  Glasgow, 
of  New  York,  Chicago,  or  Pittsburg."  Salaries  are 
miserable.  According  to  the  People's  Journal  (Tokio), 
in  February  last  they  averaged  from  75  centimes,  or 
about  Id.,  for  an  eleven-hour  day  (cotton-weavers),  to  43 
centimes  (glass-makers)  for  a  ten-hour  day.  There  are 
no  workmen's  compensation  or  protecting  acts,  not  even 
in  mines,  nor  any  regulations  against  excessive  hours 
for  women  and  children,  or  the  employment  of  children 
below  a  certain  age.  During  a  strike,  last  year,  of 
twenty  thousand  workers,  martial  law  was  proclaimed. 
In  the  Tokio  arsenal,  thirteen  thousand  workers,  in- 
cluding two  thousand  women,  are  employed,  in  deplor- 
able sanitary  conditions,  working  from  twelve  to  six- 
teen hours  a  day.  Since  1882,  an  increasing  amount  of 
socialistic  agitation  has  been  going  on  in  Japan.  Henry 
George's  "  Progress  and  Poverty  "  was  brought  to  Japan 
and  translated  into  the  vernacular.  The  first  work  of 
the  Socialists  was  to  organize  the  different  trades  into 
properly  constituted  unions.  Since  1898,  there  has  been 
a  purely  socialistic  Japanese  journal,  founded  by  Kata- 
yama,  partly  published  in  England  for  greater  freedom 
of  expression.  In  1901  was  founded  the  Social  Demo- 
cratic party,  which  issued  a  manifesto  as  to  its  prin- 
ciples— abolition  of  land  and  sea  force,  equitable  distri- 
bution of  wealth,  equal  political  rights,  etc.  The  result 
was  that  the  prime  minister,  Katsura,  decided  to  sup- 
press the  Social  Democratic  party  and  confiscate  the 
number  of  the  Socialist  organ  containing  its  programme 
and  those  of  five  other  daily  papers  which  had  pub- 
lished it.  Open-air  meetings  were  forbidden,  and  the 
Socialist  propaganda  hindered  in  every  possible  way. 
Nevertheless,  the  Socialists  continued  their  agitation, 
especially  that  in  favor  of  universal  suffrage. 

What  France  "Will  Do  in  Morocco. — The  prob- 
able policy  of  France  in  Morocco  is  outlined,  in  the 
National  Review  (London),  by  Eug6ne  Etienne,  vice- 
president  of  the  French  Chamber  of  Deputies,  and  presi- 
dent of  the  Foreign  Affairs  and  Colonial  Group.  M. 
Etienne  declares  that  French  influence  has  already  be- 
gun to  show  itself  actively  in  Morocco,  and  he  believes 
that  there  is  no  danger  whatever  that,  seconded  as  she 
is  by  England,  France's  policy  runs  any  risk  of  being 
thwarted  by  the  other  powers.  Referring  to  the  pro- 
vision in  the  Anglo-French  agreement  that  the  republic 
should  come  to  an  understanding  with  Spain,  M.  Etienne 
declares  that,  whatever  may  be  the  result  of  the  agree- 
ment, there  will  be  no  dismemberment  of  Morocco  or 
any  division  of  political  influence  therein.  France's  in- 
tention, he  declares,  is  "to  make  her  mission  a  reality 
for  the  general  advancement  of  civilization  and  the  ma- 
terial advantage  of  every  country  with  commercial  in- 
terests in  Morocco."  He  fully  admits  the  Spanish  in- 
terest, particularly  with  regard  to  immigration,  and 
declares  that  France  will  fully  protect  and  encourage 
this.  German  interests  in  Morocco,  he  declares,  quoting 
Count  von  Billow's  speech  in  the  Reichstag,  are  purely 
economic.     The  first  step  toward  the  financial  control 


of  the  country  has  already  been  taken  by  placing  M. 
Regnault,  a  French  consul-general,  with  two  other 
members  of  the  consular  service  and  two  commissioners 
of  the  Tunisian  service,  at  the  disposal  of  the  syndicate 
of  French  holders  of  the  Moroccan  debt.  This  commis- 
sion will  control  the  customs  which  have  been  assigned 
as  security  for  the  debt.  Internal  improvements  will 
be  pushed,  and  the  Algerian  railroad  will  be  connected 
by  a  line  across  Morocco  to  the  Atlantic.  Assistance 
will  be  rendered  by  the  Bulletin  de  VAfrique  Fran- 
caise,  the  organ  of  French  rule  in  Africa,  and  this  will 
be  supplemented  by  the  Archives  Marocaines.  This 
writer  strongly  urges  an  early  reorganization  of  the 
Moroccan  army  under  French  superintendence,  and  he 
also  pleads  for  a  free  medical  service  at  the  disposal  of 
the  natives,  and  the  erection  of  a  sufficient  number  of 
hospitals. 

Hospital  Service  in  the  German  Navy. — Dr.  P. 

Miszner,  of  Berlin,  has  an  illustrated  article  in  Die 
Wochc  describing  the  way  sick  and  wounded  are  cared 
for  in  the  German  navy.    All  the  most  improved  scien- 


CARING  FOR  THE  SICK  ON  A  GERMAN  MAN-OF-WAR. 

tific  apparatus  and  appliances  for  the  relief  and  com- 
fort of  the  sick  are  in  use.  In  times  of  peace,  he  points 
out,  the  chance  to  put  patients  on  deck,  where  they  can 
receive  the  fresh  air  and  light,  simplifies  the  problem 
considerably.  During  action,  however,  this  cannot  be 
done,  but  there  are  a  number  of  appliances,  including 
the  swinging-chair  shown  in  the  illustration,  which, 
with  air  from  the  ventilators,  do  much  to  alleviate  the 
sufferings  of  the  patients,  and  make  their  lot  more  en- 
durable even  in  time  of  battle. 


380 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Regeneration  of  the  Latins. — The  French  artis- 
tic review,  Europe  A  rtiiste  (Paris),  in  an  article  by  the 
late  Gabriel  Tarde,  expresses  confidence  in  the  regenera- 
tion and  revival  of  the  Latin  race.  It  refuses  to  admit 
the  alleged  moral  superiority  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  and 
Teutonic  peoples  over  the  southern  races. 

Tokio  in  War  Time. — One  of  the  correspondents  of 
the  Revue  de  Paris,  M.  Charles  Laurent,  was  in  Tokio 
during  the  first  month  of  the  Russo-Japanese  war,  and 
he  has  contributed  to  that  magazine  a  picturesque  ac- 
count of  the  way  the  war  news  was  received  at  the 
Japanese  capital.  It  is  true,  he  declares,  that  there 
were  special  war  editions  of  the  newspapers  issued  on 
the  6th  of  February,  announcing  that  the  ambassador 
had  been  ordered  to  quit  St.  Petersburg  ;  but  there  was 
no  excitement  on  the  streets,  no  agitation,  and  only  at 
the  railroad  stations,  when  the  soldiers  departed,  were 
there  any  cheers.  "I  went  out  into  the  park  of  Asa- 
kusa.  Mingling  with  the  crowd,  I  lost  my  anxiety  as 
to  the  national  temperament.  It  was  the  same  crowd 
as  usual ;  just  as  gay  as  ever  ;  just  as  active ;  just  as 
polite  ;  no  insult  to  strangers,  and  no  less  phlegm." 
This  writer  came  upon  one  romance  of  the  war,  involv- 
ing both  sides.  The  heroine  is  a  little  Japanese  girl,  of 
Nagasaki.  At  Harbin,  she  became  the  mistress  of  a 
Russian  officer.  Every  day  she  noticed  this  officer 
spending  long  hours  studying  a  map.  She  discovered 
that  this  was  a  detailed  map  of  Manchuria,  with  all  the 
Russian  plans  of  fortification.  This  little  patriot  stole 
the  document  and  fled  to  Peking,  where  she  took 
refuge  in  the  Japanese  legation.  She  sent  the  map  to 
the  ministry,  and  it  has  proved  one  of  the  most  precious 
possessions  of  the  Japanese  General  Staff.  M.  Laurent 
also  notes  the  fact  that  General  Kuropatkin  is  familiarly 
known  in  Japan  as  "  Kuropatukinu,"  which  literally 
means  in  Japanese  "the  black  pigeon." 

English  Imperialism  from  a  French  Stand- 
point.— A  study  of  "The  Doctrine  of  English  Imperial 
Expansion  "  appears  in  the  Revue  BJeue.  The  writer, 
Jacques  Bardoux,  traces  the  history  of  English  expan- 
sion since  1856,  giving  a  list  of  the  wars  which  the  em- 
pire has  waged  since  that  year.  Every  year  since  1856, 
he  says,  England  has  had  troops  engaged  in  some  prov- 
ince of  her  colonial  empire.  Here  is  the  list :  1856-57, 
expedition  to  the  Persian  frontier ;  1856-60,  the  third 
Chinese  war ;  1857-59,  Indian  mutiny;  1858,  expedition 
to  the  northwest  frontier  of  India  ;  1860-61,  second  war 
in  New  Zealand  ;  1861,  the  Sikkhim  expedition  ;  1863, 
expedition  to  the  northwestern  frontier  of  India  ;  1863- 
65,  third  war  in  New  Zealand  ;  1804-65,  Bhotan  expedi- 
tion ;  1865,  insurrection  in  Jamaica;  1867,  war  with  Abys- 
sinia ;  1868,  expedition  to  the  northwestern  frontier  of 
India;  1870,  expedition  to  the  Red  River;  1871-72,  ex- 
pedition to  the  northwestern  frontier  of  India  ;  1873,  war 
with  the  Ashantis  ;  1875,  expedition  to  Pirak  ;  1877-78, 
Jowakhi  campaign  ;  1877-78,  fourth  war  with  the  Kaf- 
firs ;  1878-79,  war  with  the  Zulus  ;  1878-79,  war  with  the 
Basutos  ;  1878-80,  second  war  with  Afghanistan;  1880, 
expedition  against  the  Basutos  ;  1881,  Transvaal  insur- 
rection ;  1882,  Egyptian  expedition  ;  1885-89,  expedition 
to  Burmah  ;  1885-90,  first  campaign  in  the  Sudan  ;  1888 
-93,  expedition  to  the  northwestern  frontier  of  India ; 


1894,  expedition  to  Central  Africa ;  1895,  Chitral  expedi- 
tion ;  1896,  war  in  Matabeleland  ;  1897,  second  war  with 
the  Ashantis;  1897-99,  expedition  to  the  northwestern 
frontier  of  India  ;  1899-1900,  second  expedition  to  Sudan. 
And  so,  sums  up  M.  Bardoux,  in  forty-five  years,  Eng- 
land has  waged  thirty-four  different  wars,  of  which 
seven  lasted  more  than  one  year  and  eight  more  than 
two  years.  From  1884  to  1900,  the  acquisitions  to  the 
empire  aggregated  in  round  numbers  3,700,000  square 
miles,  with  a  population  of  57,000,000.  England  has  had 
to  expand,  says  this  French  writer,  and  he  lays  down 
three  causes  for  the  expansion  :  the  actual  value  of 
tropical  possessions ;  the  vast  surplus  of  English  capital, 
and  the  crisis  in  metal  industries.  These  causes,  he  de- 
clares, will  continue  to  operate  for  some  time  to  come. 

George  Sand,  and  Socialism. — Apropos  of  the 
centenary  of  the  birth  of  George  Sand,  an  article  ap- 
pears in  the  Revue  SociaUste  (Paris),  by  Marius-Ary 
Lebland,  on  the  great  novelist  as  a  Socialist.  The  cir- 
cumstances of  her  early  life,  he  declares,  made  George 
Sand  a  Socialist.  Her  unhappy  marriage  gave  her  an 
insight  into  the  economic  dependence  of  woman,  and  in 
most  of  her  works  one  can  find  the  influence  of  her  So- 
cialistic thought.  This  is  particularly  so  in  "  Indiana" 
and  in  "Lelia."  George  Sand  also  did  some  political 
pamphleteering  during  her  friendship  with  Michel  de 
Borges.  In  addition  to  the  articles  of  political  propa- 
ganda, Madame  Sand  wrote  the  following,  which  may 
be  called  really  Socialistic  novels:  "Horace,"  "Con- 
suelo,"  "The  Countess  of  Rudolstadt,"  "The  Miller 
of  Angibault,"  and  "  The  Fault  of  Monsieur  Antoine." 
Madame  Sand  was  also  stirred  by  the  great  revolution 
of  1848.  Indeed,  from  an  examination  of  her  correspond- 
ence, this  writer  says  that  the  February  of  that  year 
was  the  beginning  of  her  second  youth. 

Has  England  Cheated  France  ? — An  anonymous 
writer  in  La  Prance  de  Demain  (France  of  To-morrow), 
who  signs  himself  Commandant  Z.,  analyzes  the  recent 
Anglo-French  agreement  from  a  military  point  of  view. 
His  general  opinion  is  that  France  has  yielded  much 
more  than  she  has  gained  ;  that  England  has  given  up 
comparatively  nothing  of  military  value.  He  feels 
especially  bad  over  the  provision  that  France  shall  not 
fortify  the  Moroccan  coast  opposite  Gibraltar,  while 
England  is  permitted  to  retain  her  armaments  and 
strongholds  on  the  great  rock.  [She  has  held  Gibraltar 
just  two  hundred  years  last  month.]  The  famous  agree- 
ment calls  for  a  free  passage  of  the  Strait  of  Gibraltar. 
If,  says  this  writer,  the  diplomats  really  wanted  a  free 
passage  through  the  strait,  the  prohibition  against 
fortifying  its  shores  should  apply  to  both  of  the  con- 
tracting parties.  "  England  and  Spain  preserve,  on  both 
sides  of  the  strait,  their  strongholds  and  their  naval 
bases,  and,  therefore,  it  results  that  the  free  passage  is 
assured  to  the  British  fleet  only."  He  believes  that 
England  threatens  France  under  the  mask  of  Spain.  The 
latter  country,  he  says,  is  incapable  of  the  necessary 
military  and  financial  efforts  for  developing  Morocco. 
France  alone  has  the  stability  and  resources  to  accom- 
plish this.  But  the  Spanish  nation,  he  insists,  will  be 
the  first  to  profit  by  French  work  and  sacrifices.  It  will 
be  the  Spanish  peasant  who  will  colonize  Morocco. 


THE    NEW    BOOKS. 

NOTES  ON  RECENT  AMERICAN  PUBLICATIONS. 


LETTERS  AND  MEMOIRS. 

THE  publication  of  Lord  Acton's  Letters  to  Mary 
Gladstone  (Macmillan)  adds  one  more  to  the  list 
of  books  lately  published  on  English  politics  and  liter- 
ature of  the  last  fifty  years,  but  differs  from  the  others 
in  being  a  distinct  ad- 
dition to  the  contem- 
porary information 
on  these  subjects. 
The  letters  were  ad- 
dressed to  Mr.  Glad- 
stone's clever  daugh- 
ter during  Lord 
Acton's  stay  on  the 
Continent,  between 
1879  and  1 895,  and  with 
t  he  exception  of  a  few 
purely  personal  pas- 
sages,  are  printed  in 
their  entirety.  Cov- 
ering a  marvelously 
large   range    of    sub- 

jecl  b,  the  letters  prove  LORD  ACTON- 

Lord  Acton  to  have 

been  a  prodigy  of  learning.  His  chief  interest  in  life  was 
Liberalism,  not  only  in  politics,  but  in  religion  as  well, 
and  his  letters  reveal  a  remarkable  accumulation  of 
knowledge  of  economics,  politics,  and  literature  from 
that  standpoint.  The  letters  contain  frequent  mention 
of  Newman,  Manning,  and  other  celebrated  churchmen  ; 
of  Green,  Lecky,  and  Gardiner  among  the  historians ; 
and  George  Eliot's  name  can  be  found  on  forty  different 
pages.  An  appreciation  of  Lord  Acton,  by  Mr.  Herbert 
Paul,  who  edits  the  letters,  prefaces  the  text. 

The  publication  of  the  "New  Letters  of  Thomas  Car- 
lyle"  (Lane)  will  be  of  interest  to  those  people  only 
who  are  either  close 
students  or  enthusi- 
asts of  the  great  es- 
sayist. The  selection 
is  made  from  an  enor- 
mous number  of  let- 
ters addressed  in 
meat  part  to  his 
mother,  brother,  and 
sister  from  1836  on. 
These  contain  almost 
nothing  of  interest  to 
one  outside  the  family 
circle,  as  they  chiefly 
recotint  only  his 
hopes,  trepidations, 
and  illnesses.  Those 
addressed  to  Dr.  John 

Sterling,  Edward  Fitzgerald  and  a  few  others  are  not 
so  personal  in  tone,  but  give  so  few  opinions  on  sub- 
jects of  general  interest  as  to  make  them  hardly  worth 
our  while  to  read.  The  "  New  Letters  "  will  be  of  value, 
however,  to  close  students  of  Carlyle's  style  and  to 
those  seeking  intimate  details  of  his  life. 


THOMAS  CARLYLE. 


HISTORICAL  WORKS. 
A  monumental  history  of  the  world,  in  twenty-five 
volumes,  as  told  by  the  greatest  historians,  has  been 
compiled  and  edited  by  Dr.  Henry  Smith  Williams, 
and  issued  by  the  Outlook  Company.  It  is  entitled 
"  The  Historians'  History  of  the  World  :  A  compre- 
hensive narrative  of  the  rise  and  development  of  nations 
as  recorded  by  over  two  thousand  of  the  great  writers 
of  all  ages."  The  volumes  are  handsomely  bound  and 
illustrated,  and  appear  to  be  exhaustive  in  every  par- 
ticular. The  first  volume  comprises  the  Prolegomena 
and  the  histories  of  Egypt  and  Mesopotamia.  The  bulk 
of  the  work  seems  to  be  made  up  of  direct  quotations 
from  authorities,  which,  the  editors  assure  us,  are  cited 
with  scrupulous  exactness.  These  are  handled,  how- 
ever, in  such  a  clever  and  novel  method  that  the  casual 
reader  would  scarcely  know  that  the  whole  was  not  the 
work  of  a  single  writer.  An  illustration  of  the  scope 
and  authenticity  of  the  work  may  be  gained  from  the 
title-page  of  the  history  of  Egypt,  which  shows  that  it 
is  based  on  such  authorities  as  Brugsch,  Budge,  Bun- 
sen,  Chabas,  Lepsius,  Mariette,  Maspero,  Meyer,  and 
Flinders  Petrie.  The  characterization  of  "  Egypt  as  a 
World  Influence  "  is  by  Adolph  Erman,  and  additional 
citations  are  made  from  the  old  Roman  Aelianus,  the 
Bible,  Biot,  Champollion,  Georg  Ebers,  Amelia  Ed- 
wards, Herodotus,  Josephus,  Mahaffy,  Manetho.  Maun- 
deville,  Pliny,  Plutarch,  Savary,  Strabo,  and  many 
ancient  papyrus  records.  The  subjects  of  the  first  four 
volumes  which  have  come  to  our  notice  are:  Volume  I., 
Egypt  and  Mesopotamia ;  Volume  II.,  Israel,  India, 
Persia,  Phoenicia,  Minor  Nations  of  Western  Asia  ; 
Volume  III.,  Greece  to  the  Peloponnesian  War;  Volume 
IV.,  Greece  to  the  Roman  Conquest. 

The  eighth  volume  of  "The  Cambridge  Modern  His- 
tory" (Macmillan)  treats  of  the  French  Revolution. 
We  have  already  several  times  called  attention  to  the 
excellent,  comprehensive,  and  scholarly  character  of 
these  modern  histories,  which  were  originally  planned 
by  the  late  Lord  Acton.  This  volume  is  a  library  in  it- 
self on  that  tremendously  significant  period  in  human 
history.  The  editors  have  digested  and  marshaled  in 
logical  sequence  the  vast  area  of  facts  which  one  must 
know  in  their  proper  relations  to  understand  the  great 
upheaval.  The  style,  while  not  brilliant,  is  smooth  and 
clear.  This  volume  contains  eight  hundred  and 
seventy-five  pages,  and  is  provided  with  an  excellent 
index,  bibliographical  lists,  and  other  useful  supple- 
mental features. 

A  STUDY  OF  THE  BRITISH  CHARACTER. 

The  work  of  Emile  Boutmy  on  "  The  English  People  : 
A  Study  of  Their  Psychology  "  has  just  appeared  in 
translation.  M.  Boutmy  was  a  close  friend  and  fellow- 
worker  of  Taine.  His  method  of  study  is  the  same  as 
that  of  his  master.  He  traces,  with  patient  French 
thoroughness  and  logic,  the  relation  between  British 
political  history  and  the  British  national  psychology, 
seeing  behind  a  political  system,  as  Taine  did  behind  a 
literature,  the  workings  of  climate,  geography,  man- 


382 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


EMILE  BOUTMY. 


ners  and  customs,  religion  and  national  ideals,  all  form- 
ing and  informing  the  English  people.  M.  Boutmy  is  a 
member  of  the  French  Institute,  and  has  already  writ- 
ten several  works  on  this  same  subject :  "The  English 
Constitution,"  "  Studiesin  Constitutional  Law — France, 
England,  and  the  United  States."    It  is  fitting  that  the 

introduction  to  this 
translation  should  have 
been  written  by  John 
Edward  Bodley,  a  corre- 
sponding member  of  the 
French  Institute,  and 
author  of  a  very  schol- 
arly work  entitled 
"France."  Mr.  Bodley 
expresses  admiration  for 
the  thoroughness  and 
fairness  of  the  volume ; 
but,  he  says,  "while  it 
deals  with  British  insti- 
tutions in  their  relation 
with  British  character 
and  British  life,  every 
page  shows  it  to  be  the 
work  of  an  alien  hand." 
The  point  of  view,  he  says,  is  the  one  from  which  a 
Frenchman  inevitably  regards  social  and  political  phe- 
nomena. Mr.  Bodley  further  believes  that  while  M. 
Boutmy's  work  is  primarily  a  psychological  analysis  of 
the  British  people,  its  most  probable  result  will  be  to 
' '  lead  its  English  readers  to  an  understanding  of  certain 
points  of  French  character  which  will  never  have  struck 
them  during  their  passage  over  French  territory." 

THE  SLAV  AT  HOME  AND  ABROAD. 

Dr.  Wolf  von  Schierbrand's  "Russia"  (Putnams)  is 
characterized,  in  the  subhead,  "a  study  of  the  present 
conditions  of  the  Russian  Empire,  with  an  analysis  of 
its  resources  and  a  forecast  of  its  future."  It  is  really, 
however,  a  keen  dissection  of  the  weaknesses  of  Russia 
and  the  Russian  people.  Dr.  von  Schierbrand  has 
studied  the  subject  from  first-hand  information,  and  it 
is  not  a  cheerful  future  he  prophesies  for  the  empire. 
The  last  sentence  in  the  book  is  a  recapitulation  of  the 
whole,  "Glory  of  foreign  conquest  is  but  a  hollow  thing 
when  it  means  continued  misery  at  home,  when  success 
abroad  would  be  equivalent  to  neglect  of  urgent  do- 
mestic needs."  "Some  of  the  chief  reforms  needed" 
can  be  brought  about  in  either  of  two  ways, — by  con- 
cessions made  from  above  or  by  a  revolution.  First  of 
all,  the  bureaucracy  must  be  abolished,  but  the  present 
Czar  has  not  the  courage  to  take  this  step.  As  for  the 
second  alternative,  while  Russia's  vastness  will  enable 
her  to  present  an  illusion  of  strength  for  some  time  to 
come,  every  Japanese  victory  is  bringing  the  revolution 
nearer. 

Quite  a  mine  of  information  about  Russia  is  pre- 
sented in  the  book  "  Russia,"  as  seen  and  described  by 
famous  writers  (Dodd,  Mead),  edited  and  translated  by 
Edith  Singleton.  This  is  a  companion  volume  to  the 
one  on  Japan  noticed  in  these  pages  last  month.  It 
consists  of  a  series  of  descriptions  under  the  general 
heads  "Country  and  Race,"  "History  and  Religion," 
"Descriptions,"  "Manners  and  Customs,"  "Art  and 
Literature,"  "Statistics."  The  following  well-known 
writers  are  represented :  Prince  Kropotkin,  FJis6e 
Reclus,  W.  R.  Morfill,  Harry  De  Windt,  Theophile 
Guiltier,  and  H.  Sutherland  Edwards. 


Dr.  Frank  Julian  Warne,  of  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, regards  the  problem  of  Slav  competition  in  the 
anthracite-coal  mines  of  Pennsylvania  as  but  part  of 
the  general  problem  of  industrial  war  now  going  on  all 
over  the  United  States  between  native  and  immigrant. 
He  sets  forth  his  first-hand  investigations  and  conclu- 
sions in  a  small  volume  entitled  "  The  Slav  Invasion 
and  the  Mine  Workers"  (Lippincott).  He  doubts  the 
capacity  of  the  American  communities  in  the  coal 
counties  to  assimilate  the  enormous  influx  of  Slavs  and 
Italians.  The  one  bright  ray  of  hope  lighting  up  the 
uncertain  future,  he  says,  is  shed  from  the  activity,  in 
these  coal  fields,  of  the  United  Mine  Workers  of  America. 

A  third  edition  of  William  Dudley  Foulke's  "Slav  or 
Saxon"  has  been  published  as  one  of  the  "Questions  of 
the  Day"  series  (Putnams).  Mr.  Foulke's  book  is  a 
study  of  the  growth  and  tendencies  of  Russian  civili- 
zation based  on  "  the  certainty  of  the  coming  conflict 
between  the  Slav  and  the  Saxon."  The  present  edition 
brings  the  subject  down  to  the  outbreak  of  the  war  with 
Japan. 

THE  DISCUSSION  OF  ART. 

A  most  sumptuous  collection  of  Whistleriana,  under 
the  title  of  "Whistler  as  I  Knew  Him"  (Macmillan), 
has  been  prepared  by  Mortimer  Menpes.     The  volume 

is  richly  illustrated  in 
color,  with  reproduc- 
tions of  the  work  of 
both  Whistler  and 
Menpes,  and  the  front- 
ispiece is  a  portrait  of 
the  master  by  Menpes. 
There  are  one  hundred 
and  thirty-four  fine  il- 
lustrations in  the  vol- 
ume, which  is  really  an 
appreciation  of  Whist- 
ler, the  artist,  by  Men- 
pes, his  artist  friend. 
The  text  is  racy  with 
anecdote  and  wit. 

At  last  we  have  Tol- 
stoy's theory  of  art  un- 
marred  by  the  hands  of  the  Russian  official  censor,  and 
excellently  translated  by  Aylmer  Maude,  under  the  ti- 
tle, "  What  Is  Art?"  (Funk  &  Wagnalls).  Tolstoy's  en- 
tire theory  is  presented,  and  supplemented  by  various 
special  opinions  of  the  author  on  particular  forms  of 
art  and  on  individual  artists. 

ESSAYS  AND  BELLES-LETTRES. 

The  Chautauqua  reading  course  for  1904-1905  com- 
prises the  following  four  books  :  "The  French  Revolu- 
tion," by  Shailer  Mathews,  of  the  University  of  Chicago  : 
"Ten  Frenchmen  of  the  Nineteenth  Century,"  by  Dr. 
F.  M.  Warren,  of  Yale ;  "  The  States-General"  (part  of 
"The  Story  of  a  Peasant"),  by  Erckmann-Chatrian. 
translated  by  Louis  E.  Van  Norman  ;  and  "Studies  in 
German  Literature,"  by  Dr.  Richard  Hochdoerfer,  of 
Wittenberg  College.  It  has  been  one  of  the  boasts  of 
the  publishers  of  Chautauqua  literature  that  their 
books  have  been  interesting  and  valuable  to  the  general 
reader  quite  outside  of  the  Chautauqua  educational 
scheme.  This  claim  can  be  justly  made  for  the  books 
jusr  issued.  Prof.  Shailer  Mathews'  "French  Revo- 
lution "  was  written  four  years  ago.  It  received  much 
praise  for  its  lucid  style  and  comprehensive,  compact 


MORTIMER  MENPES. 


THE  NEW  BOOKS. 


383 


treatment.  The  translation  from  Erckmann-Chatrian's 
'•Story  of  a  Peasant"  throws  sidelights  on  the  first- 
named  book.  It  is  the  story  of  the  events  which  led  up 
to  the  great  revolution,  told  by  a  peasant,  in  a  peasant's 
words.  The  translator  has  preserved  the  flavor  of  the 
original.  Dr.  Warren  names  as  the  ten  representative 
Frenchmen  of  the  nineteenth  century  :  Louis  Pasteur, 
Francois  Guillaume  Guizot,  Francois  Marie  Fournier, 
Louis  Adolphe  Thiers,  Leon  Gambetta,  Victor  Hugo, 
Honore  de  Balzac,  Emile  Zola,  Ernest  Renan,  and  Fer- 
dinand de  Lesseps.  These  have  all  contributed  to  make 
France's  supremacy  secure,  a  supremacy  which  "does 
not  rest  on  the  might  of  armies,  but  on  the  charm  of 
thought."  Dr.  Hochdoerfer  has  aimed  to  awaken  an 
interest  in  German  literature  by  presenting  an  analy- 
sis of  some  German  literary  masterpieces,  with  some 
critical  comments  and  a  short  sketch  of  the  respec- 
tive authors.  His  style  is  lucid  and  suggestive. 
The  four  books  are  tastefully  bound.  They  bear  the 
imprint  of  the  Chautauqua  Press,  at  Chautauqua,  New 
York. 

"Connectives  of  English  Speech"  (Funk  &  Wag- 
nails),  by  James  C.  Fernald,  of  the  staff  of  the  Literary 
Digest,  is  a  scholarly  and  serviceable  book  on  a  sub- 
ject which  is  often  vexing  even  to  educated  people.  The 
derivations  and  usages  of  all  connectives  commonly 
employed,  together  with  a  complete  index,  make  the 
book  suitable  for  reference  work. 

The  new  collections  of  essays  by  Ian  Maclaren,  "  Our 
Neighbors"  (Dodd,  Mead),  contains  some  readable  and 
amusing  papers.  Scotch  wit,  however,  is  not  so  taking 
in  essay  as  in  story  form,  and  the  general  consensus  of 
opinion  will  be  that  Mr.  Maclaren's  forte  lies  in  his 
stories  rather  than  elsewhere. 

' '  Teutonic  Legends  in  the  Nibelungen  Lied  and  the 
Nibelungen  Ring"  (Lippincott)  is  a  translation  of  Dr. 
Wilhelm  Wagner's  version  of  the  lied  by  Prof.  W.  C. 
Sawyer,  Ph.D.,  supplemented  by  an  introductory  essay 
on  "The  Legendary  in  German  Literature,"  by  Prof. 
F.  Schultze,  Ph.D.  It  is  unfortunate  that  Dr.  Schultze 
has  attempted  so  large  a  subject  in  such  small  space. 
The  book  is  of  interest,  however,  and  can  be  recom- 
mended to  the  young  in  particular,  to  help  them  to  an 
appreciation  of  Richard  Wagner's  musical  dramas. 

Two  very  useful  books  are  "Lectures  Commerciales  " 
and  "  Deutsches  Kaufmannisches  Lesebuch  "  (Commer- 
cial Readers  in  French  and  German),  published  by  the 
Isaac  Pitman  Company.  They  are  little  volumes, 
with  vocabularies  attached.  They  are  printed  entirely 
in  the  language  they  wish  to  teach.  The  German  text- 
book contains  a  connected  narrative  dealing  with  the 
commercial  history  of  the  country,  its  chapters  inter- 
rupted by  brief  articles  on  prominent  men  or  business 
houses  who  have  been  of  importance  to  German  com- 
merce, by  selections  from  consular  reports,  commercial 
letters,  stock  exchange  or  bank  statements,  and  by  a 
list  of  abbreviations  and  of  commercial  phrases  the 
foreigner  must  learn.  There  are  also  given  facsimiles 
of  blank  forms  for  many  kinds  of  business  activities, — 
customs,  banks,  freight,  telegraph,  etc.,  maps  of  vari- 
ous kinds,  and  other  useful  knowledge.  The  French 
book  follows  the  same  plan,  only  it  takes  the  student 
through  a  bank  and  a  department  store  in  place  of  the 
history. 

In  his  little  collection  of  lyrics  entitled  "  In  Merry 
Measure"  (Life  Publishing  Company),  Tom  Masson 
has  given  us  some  of  his  best  humorous  and  satirical 
verse.    They  are  all  clever,  and  some  of  them  go  much 


MR.  CHARLES  A.  CONANT. 


deeper  than  mere  cleverness.     The  illustrations  are  by 
several  of  Life's  most  famous  artists. 

SOCIAL  AND  ECONOMIC  DISCUSSION. 

"Wall  Street  and  the  Country"  is  the  title  given  to 
a  little  volume  of  essays  on  recent  financial  tendencies 
by  Charles  A.  Conant,  of  New  York  (Putnams).  One 
of  these  essays,  that  on  "The  Growth  of  Trust  Com- 
panies," appeared  in  the  pages  of  the  Review  of  Re- 
views, and  our  readers 
are  familiar  with  Mr. 
Conant's  treatment  of 
financial  topics 
through  various  arti- 
cles from  his  pen  that 
have  appeared  in  this 
Review  in  years  past. 
The  purpose  of  his  writ- 
ing here  and  elsewhere 
is  chiefly  to  remove 
misapprehensions  con- 
cerning the  modern  ten- 
dency to  capitalization. 
He  discusses  "  The  Fu- 
ture of  Undigested 
Securities,  "The 
Trusts  and  the  Pub- 
lic," "The  Function  of 
the  Stock  and  Produce  Exchanges,"  and  "The  Eco- 
nomic Progress  of  the  Nineteenth  Century."  The  paper 
on  "China  and  the  Gold  Standard"  is  an  outgrowth 
of  Mr.  Conant's  work  on  the  Commission  on  Interna- 
tional Exchange.  Like  all  of  Mr.  Conant's  writings, 
these  essays  are  careful  and  conservative  in  their  state- 
ments of  fact,  cogent  in  their  reasonings,  and  convinc- 
ing in  the  conclusions  reached. 

An  excellent  popular  presentation  of  the  trust  ques- 
tion is  contained  in  Prof.  John  Bates  Clark's  Cooper 
Union  lectures,  published  under  the  title  "The Problem 
of  Monopoly  "  (Macmillan).  Admitting  that  the  indus- 
trial system,  having  de- 
veloped under  a  regime 
of  freedom  and  compe- 
tition, has  become  per- 
verted by  the  presence 
of  monopoly,  Professor 
Clark  takes  the  ground 
that  the  best  thing  to 
do  is  not  to  revolution- 
ize the  system  by  the 
method  of  state  social- 
ism, nor  yet  to  follow 
the  method  of  crude 
ant  i- trust  legislation 
and  resolve  the  great 
corporations  into  their 
constituent  elements, 
but  rather  to  retain  the 
corporations  for  their 
efficiency,  while  taking 
from  them  their  power  of  oppression. 

A  work  entitled  "  Trusts  versus  the  Public  Welfare," 
by  H.  C.  Ritchie  (Fenno),  contains  a  large  amount  of 
material  likely  to  be  found  useful  in  the  present  cam- 
paign by  speakers  and  writers  engaged  in  a  discussion 
of  corporation  evils. 

A  new  and  condensed  edition  of  Adam  Smith's 
"Wealth   of  Nations"  has  been  prepared  by  Hector 


PROFESSOR  JOHN   BATES  CLARK. 


384 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Macpherson,  t lie  well-known  Scottish  writer.  The  text 
and  language  of  the  original  have  been  preserved,  and 
the  entire  abridgment  occupies  only  about  two  hun- 
dred pages  (Crowell). 

"Scientific  Aspects  of  Mormonism"  (Putnams),  by 
Nels  L.  Nelson,  of  the  Brigham  Young  University,  is  the 
first  of  two  volumes 
(the  second  is  not  yet 
ready  for  publication) 
on  that  interesting  re- 
ligion. Although  Mr. 
Nelson  denies  that  lie 
has  undertaken  this 
work  in  a  spirit  of  po- 
lemic animosity,  there 
is  a  bitterness  in  much 
of  his  writing  which 
largely  detracts  from 
its  scientific  value.  It 
must  be  a  hard  task  for 
a  religious  zealot  to  cul- 
tivate  a  purely  scien- 
tific attitude  toward  MR.  nels  l.  xelson. 
his  religion,  especially 

when  the  opposition  to  that  religion  has  been  so 
aggressively  active  as  to  amount  to  religious  per- 
secution at  times.  For  this  reason  it  would  not  be 
right  to  condemn  the  book  because  of  these  unscientific 
lapses,  as  it  is  thoughtful  and  earnest  on  the  whole. 
The  first  volume  is  devoted  entirely  to  the  religious 
aspects  of  Mormonism,  the  social  phases  being  reserved 
for  the  second  volume.  "We  doubt  if  there  has  ever 
been  any  active  opposition  to  the  purely  religious  side  of 
Mormonism,  at  least,  in  the  East ;  the  social  aspects 
only  have  been  zealously  fought.  But  as  Professor 
Nelson  claims  that  the  latter  is  a  direct  consequence  of 
the  former,  only  the  appearance  of  the  second  volume 
will  enable  one  to  place  the  correct  estimate  on  Professor 
Nelson's  work. 

"As  a  Chinaman  Saw  Us"  (Appleton)  is  a  clever, 
well-written  volume  of  impressions  of  America  and 
Americans  by  an  educated  Chinese,  who  does  not  give 
his  name.  It  consists  of  a  series  of  letters  written  to  a 
friend  in  China,  and  cover  a  period  of  a  decade  spent 
in  this  country.  While  "a  heathen  Chinee,"  the  writer 
is  also  evidently  an  educated  gentleman  in  the  Ameri- 
can sense,  and  his  comments  are  based  on  experiences 
in  every  grade  of  social  and  public  life  in  the  United 
States.  Such  an  intimate  knowledge  of  American  life 
is  betrayed  that  the  suspicion  grows  with  the  reader 
that  it  is  not  an  Oriental  who  writes,  but  an  American 
disguising  his  identity  that  he  may  the  better  and 
more  keenly  criticise  the  foibles  of  his  countrymen  and 
countrywomen.     There  is  much  of  praise,  however. 

An  unusually  illuminating  and  graphic  book  is  H.  L. 
Putnam  Weale's  "Manchu  and  Muscovite''  (Maemil- 
lan).  It  consists  of  letters  from  Manchuria  written  dur- 
ing t  he.  latter  part  of  1903.  Mr.  Weale's  accounts  show 
a  really  remarkable  insight  into  conditions  and  pros- 
pects. He  has  prophesied  with  remarkable  accuracy  the 
early  incidents  and  the  general  course  of  the  war.  "The 
milkin  (lie  cocoanut,"  says  Mr.Weale,  "is  that  the  Rus- 
sians have  developed  Manchuria  for  the  benefit,  perhaps 
of  the  Chinese,  perhaps  of  the  Japanese,  but  certainly 

not  of  themselves.  Their  colonists  simply  cannot  tind 
a  livelihood  in  competition  with  the  Chinese.  Twenty 
millions  of  hardy  Chinese,  infinitely  superior  in  intelli- 
gence to  the  Russians,  are  so  absolutely  in  possession 


of  the  country  and  its  resources  that  it  is  hopeless  for 
Russia  to  colonize  it." 

SEVERAL  NEW  NOVELS. 

At  this  time,  when  the  city  of  St.  Louis  is  brought  so 
prominently  before  the  public,  a  novel  of  old  St.  Louis 
at  the  time  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase  as  a  background 
is  not  untimely.  "The  Rose  of  Old  St.  Louis"  (Cen- 
tury), by  Mary  Dillon,  is  a  love-story  from  cover  to 
cover ;  moreover,  it  brings  in  the  personages  involved 
in  the  Louisiana  Purchase  negotiations  in  such  a  way 
as  to  make  the  story  of  real  historic  value. 

A  new  set  of  stories  entitled  "  The  Givers"  (Harpers), 
which  Mary  E.  Wilkins  Freeman  has  just  given  the 
public,  does  not  come  up  to  the  high  standard  which 
Mrs.  Freeman  set  for  herself  some  years  ago.  There  is  an 
exaggeration  of  New  England  peculiarities  in  many  of 
the  characters  which  we  do  not  recall  in  her  earlier 
work. 

Used  as  we  have  been  to  the  mining  story  with  its 
stereotyped  background  of  dice,  playing  cards,  and 
whiskey,  the  new  novel  by  Elizabeth  Robins,  "  The 
Magnetic  North"  (Stokes),  comes  as  a  distinct  innova- 
tion and  delight.  There  is  another  side  of  mining  life 
other  than  the  brothel.  There  are  miners  in  whose 
mental  processes,  as  well  as  in  whose  adventures,  we 
can  find  interest,  and  Miss  Robins'  experience  in  Alaska 
has  fitted  her  to  tell  us  this  in  a  forceful  manner. 

A  new  book  which  has  much  of  the  charm  of  "  Eliza- 
beth and  Her  German  Garden,"  but  with  considerably 
more  story,  appears  anonymously  under  the  title  of 
"The  Woman  Errant"  (Macniillan).  Those  who  have 
read  "The  Garden  of  a  Commuter's  Wife"  and  the 
"People  of  the  Whirlpool,"  by  the  same  author,  will 
greet  the  new  book  heartily.  It  is  not  only  well  writ- 
ten, but  it  is  wholesome  and  womanly,  combining  a 
good  deal  of  plain  philosophy  with  a  first-rate  story. 

A  story  of  great  depths  of  pathos,  of  the  beautiful, 
simple  fisherfolk  and  their  life  on  the  coast  of  Labra- 
dor, is  Norman  Duncan's  "Doctor  Luke,  of  the  Labra- 
dor" (Revell).  It  is  real  literature.  Mr.  Duncan,  who 
is  professor  of  Rhetoric  and  English  at  the  Washington 
and  Jefferson  University,  has  taken  the  Newfoundland 
and  Labrador  coasts  for  his  literary  field.  He  knows 
the  hearts  and  lives  of  the  fisherfolk  as  an  open  book. 
Moreover,  he  knows  the  sea  and  its  relations  to  man. 
The  story  is  announced  for  the  earl}-  fall. 

A  pleasant  afternoon  can  be  spent  with  "The  Little 
Vanities  of  Mrs.  Whittaker  "  (Funk  &  Wagnalls),  by 
John  Strange  Winter.  This  is  a  story  of  a  prosperous 
English  npper  middle-class  family,  and  of  its  ambitious 
head  and  mother  ;  a  comedy  from  cover  to  cover. 

Any  serious  programme  for  t  he  elevation  of  the  Amer- 
ica 11  stage  deserves  attention  in  these  degenerate  days. 
Mr.  Hamlin  Garland  has  such  a  programme,  and  he  has 
chosen  to  employ  a  novel,  "The  Light  of  the  Star" 
(Harpers),  as  his  medium  for  propaganda.  Even  if  the 
book  should  not  succeed  in  its  chief  mission,  it  may  at 
least  serve  to  disillusionize  some  of  those  interesting 
young  persons  who  need  only  to  be  introduced  to  the 
stern  realities  behind  the  scenes  of  the  modern  theater. 

A  book  of  genuine  Western  yarns  is  "  Uncle  Mac's 
Nebrasky,"  by  William  R.  Lighten  (Holt).  "Uncle 
Mac  "  was  one  of  the  pioneers  of  '55.  Indian  fights  and 
other  lively  frontier  experiences  form  the  burden  of  his 
narrations,  but  the  attraction  of  the  book  lies  in  the 
homely  shrewdness  and  humor  of  the  story-teller  him- 
self. 


The    American    Monthly    Review    of    Reviews, 
edited  by  albert  shaw. 

CONTENTS    FOR    OCTOBER,    1904. 


Rt.  Rev.  Randall  Thomas  Davidson.  .Frontispiece 

The  Progress  of  the  World — 

Opening  the  Public  Schools 381 

Labor  ( fonditions  Improved :>s? 

The  Bright  Financial  Outlook 388 

Politics  Somewhat  Eclipsed  by  Science 3S8 

Some  Famous  Visitors 389 

Two  Conferences  for  Law  and  Peace 389 

An  October  Campaign 390 

Judge  Parker  as  the  Country  Sees  Him 390 

Trusts  and  the  "  Common  Law." 391 

" Self-Government"  or  Sovereignty  ? 391 

The  Speech  on  " Extravagance." 392 

Facts  as  to  National  Expenditure 392 

On  Comparative  Statistics 392 

Uncle  Sam's  Scale  of  Living 393 

Naval  Expense  Increasing 393 

Growth  of  Army  Bills 394 

Postal  Outgo  and  Income 394 

What  Would  Judge  Parker  Oo  :- 394 

The  President's  Letter 304 

Cross-Examining  the 

Panama  a  Non-Partisan  Policy 395 

Just  What  Is  "  Order  No.  78  ?  " 396 

Roosevelt's  Polemics 396 

Results  in  Vermont  and  Maine 390 

New  York  Republicans 39T 

( iareer  of  Mr.  Higgins 308 

Is  It  a  Strong  Nomination  ? 398 

Other  Republican  Candidates 300 

New  York  Democrats 400 

Judge  Herrick's  Nomination 400 

Nat  ional  Prospects 401 

Watson  and  His  Campaign 401 

Rival  Party  Management 402 

In  Eastern  States 402 

In  States  Farther  West 402 

Recent  History  in  Europe 403 

The  Near  East 403 

Labor  Troubles  in  Europe 404 

Italy's  Industrial  Crisis 404 

The  Affair  of  the  Lena 404 

The  Siege  of  Port  Arthur 405 

Was  the  Long  Defense  Justified  ? 405 

The  Baltic  Fleet  Starts  and  Stops 405 

•  i  reat  Britain  Finds  Red  Sea  Raiders 406 

Russia  and  Contraband 406 

Battles  of  Liao-Yang 407 

Kuroki  and  Nodzu  Attack 407 

Kuroki  Flanks  the  Russians 408 

Terrible  Suffering  and  Loss 408 

A  Great  Victory  for  Japan 409 

A  Masterly  Retreat 409 

What  Will  Oyama  Do  Now  ? 409 

Will  There  Be  Intervention  ? 410 

British-Tibetan  Treaty 410 

With  many  portraits,  cartoons,  and  other  illustrations. 

Record  of  Current  Events 411 

Illustrated. 

Some  Cartoons  of  the  Campaign 414 

Thomas  E.   Watson, — Populist  Candidate...   419 

By  Walter  Wcllman. 

With  portraits  of  Mr.  Watson  and  his  family. 

Chemistry  as  a  Modern  Industrial  Factor...  424 
By  Charles  Baskerville. 

With  portraits  of  \V.  11.  Nichols  and  Sir  Win.  Ramsay. 

The  Bankers'  Convention  at  New  York 427 

By  William  Justus  Boies. 
With  portraits  of  prominent  bankers. 


This  Year's  Strikes 430 

By  Victor  S.  Yarros. 

Baron  Kentaro  Kaneko 434 

With  portrait. 

Dr.  E.  J.  Dillon,  Journalist  and  Traveler....  435 

With  portrait.  . 

The  Salvation  Army's  Latest   Problem 436 

With  portrait  of  Rev.  William  Booth. 

The  Steepest  Railway  in  the  World 438 

By  Hugo  Erichsen. 
Illustrated. 

Kuropatkin,  Head  of  the  Russian  Army 441 

By  Charles  Johnston. 
With  portrait  of  General  Kuropatkin. 

Nogi,  the  Japanese  Hero  of  Port  Arthur  ....  446 

By  Shiba  Slriro. 

With  portrait  of  General  Nogi  and  other  illustrations. 

t>i"' VVr >(!-       Russian  Poverty   and    Business    Distress    as 

Intensified  by  the  War 449 

By  E.J.  Dillon. 

Is  Japan  Able  to  Finance  a  Long  War?....  454 

By  Baron  Kentaro  Kaneko. 

The  Opened  World 460 

By  Arthur  Judson  Brown. 

What  the  People  Read  in  China 464 

With  illustrations. 

The  World's  Congress  of  Geographers 467 

By  Cyrus  C.  Adams. 
With  portraits  of  prominent  geographers. 

Leading  Articles  of  the  Month — 

Japan's  Probable  Terms  of  Peace 469 

Captain  Mahan  on  Port  Arthur's  Defense 470 

Scandinavia's  Interest  in  the  Russo-Japanese 

War 472 

Bismarck's  Chief  Disciple  on  the  War 474 

The  Japanese  Red  Cross 475 

Has  Japanese  Competition  Been  Overestimated  ?  476 

Korean  Characteristics 477 

Von  Plehve's  Successor  ?    A  Change  of  Policy  ?  478 
Russia  a  Victim  of  Anglo-Saxon  Imperialism. .  480 

France's  Struggle  with  the  Roman  Church 483 

Marchand  and  Kitchener  at  Fashoda 485 

Germany's  Radical  Tax  Reform 486 

Ireland's  Industrial  Resources 486 

The  White  vs.  the  Black  and  the  Yellow  Races.  487 

A  Proposed  Sixteenth  Amendment 488 

Our  Negro  Problem,  by  a  Negro 490 

The  Tariff  and  the  Trusts 491 

The  Right  to  Work 492 

The  Most  Powerful  Locomotive  in  the  World. .  493 

The  Electric  Interurban  Railroad 494 

The  Perdicaris  Episode 495 

The  Call  for  Men  as  Public-School  Teachers. ...  497 
An  Italian  Estimate  of  American  Literature. . .  498 

Alfred  Russel  Wallace 499 

.Miracle  Plays  in  Medieval  England 500 

Progress  in  French  Labor  Legislation 500 

Home  Rule  for  Wales 501 

With  portraits,  cartoons,  and  other  illustrations. 

Briefer  Notes  on  Topics  in  the  Periodicals. . .   502 

The  New  Books 508 

With  portraits  of  authors. 

Books  Recently  Received 512 


TERMS:  $3.o0  a  year  in  advance;  2o  cents  a  number.  Foreign  postage  S1.00  a  year  additional.  Subscribers  may  remit  to  us 
by  post-office  or  express  money  orders,  or  by  bank  checks,  drafts,  or  registered  letters.  Money  in  letters  is  at  sender's 
risk.  Renew  as  early  as  possible,  in  order  to  avoid  a  break  in  the  receipt  of  the  numbers.  Bookdealers,  Postmasters  and 
Newsdealers  receive  subscriptions.  (Subscriptions  to  the  English  Review  ok  Reviews,  whichisedited  and  published  by 
Mr.  W.  T.  Stead  in  London,  may  be  sent  to  this  office,  and  orders  for  single  copies  can  also  be  filled,  at  the  price  of  $2  50 
for  the  yearly  subscription,  including  postage,  or  25  cents  for  single  copies.)  THE  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  CO 
13  Astor  Place,  New  York  City.  ' 


THE   RT.    REV.    RANDALL   THOMAS   DAVIDSON,    ARCHBISHOP   OF   CANTERBURY. 


(Who  is  now  in  the  United  States,  and  who  will  participate  in  the  Triennial  Conference  of  the 
Protestant  Episcopal  Church,  ftl  Boston,  beginning  October  5.) 


The  American  Monthly 


Review  of  Reviews. 

Vol.  XXX.  NEW   YORK,   OCTOBER,    1904. 


No.  4. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


The  chief  autumnal  event  in  Amen- 
de/»«'w/c     can  life  is  the  opening  of  the  public 
Schools.      scbools.     This    autumn,    they     have 
opened    more   auspiciously    than    ever    before. 
Never  before  has  there  been  so  prevalent  the 
feeling  that   upon   the   successful  work   of   the 
iepends  the  future  character  and  well- 
being  of  the  nation.      The  past  summer  has  wit- 
3ed  a  vast  and  polyglot  immigration  into  this 
country.     The    task    of    assimilating    the    new 
population   would   be    almost   hopeless  without 
public  schools.      The  recent  growth  of  New 
k  *  'ity  has  been  at  an  astounding  pace,  and 
many  great  metropolitan  problems  have  had  to 
be  faced.     Of  all  New  York's  public  tasks,  that 
of   the   supply  of   school   facilities  in   sufficient 
quantity  and  of  the  right  sort  has  been  the  fore- 
most  and    the    most   urgent.      The    new    enroll- 
ment of  children  in  New  York  schools  is  about 
600,000.     The    additional  sittings    provided  in 
new  buildings   to  be   opened   during   the   year 
1904  will   have  amounted  to  60,000  ;   and  as  the 

scl Lhouses  are  not  sufficient  to  accommodate 

the  enrolled  pupils  by  80,000,  it  follows  that 
one  in  seven  of  the  children  will  have  to  attend 
on  the  hall-day  basis.  Happily,  everybody  fully 
agrees  that,  regardless  of  cost,  the  city  must  bend 
all  its  energies  toward  providing  good  schools 
for  all  the  children,  and  this  same  spirit  is  now 
prevailing  throughout  the  entire  country.  In 
England,  by  way  of  contrast,  the  school  situa- 
t:  'ii  continues  to  be  distracted  by  the  bitter 
fight  against  the  recent  Act  of  Parliament 
which  largely  increases  the  authority  of  the 
Established  Church  over  the  schools  of  the 
people.  Many  adherents  of  other  churches  are 
offering  resistance  by  refusing  to  pay  their 
school  taxes.  Tn  France,  furthermore,  the  school 
situation  is  complicated  gravely  by  the  unre- 
lenting attitude  of  the  government  toward  the 
schools  that  have  in  former  years  been  carried 
on  by  the  various  religious  orders  under  direc- 
tion of  the.  authorities  of  the   Catholic    Church. 


So  large  a  part  of  the  children  of  France  were 
instructed  in  these  schools  that  it  will  un- 
doubtedly require  some  years  to  provide  ad- 
equately for  a  supply  of  elementary  schools 
under  the  full  direction  and  control  of  the 
civil  authorities. 

,  .  Along  with  the  opening  of  the  school 

Labor  °  n  *  1 

Conditions  year,  there  comes  trom  almost  every 
mproued.  direction  the  news  of  an  improve- 
ment in  American  industrial  conditions.  The 
great  strike  in  the  meat-packing  houses  at  Chi- 
cago ended  by  the  surrender  of  the  strikers, — 
the  circumstances  in  this  industrial  contest,  as 
in  various  other  recent  ones,  being  ably  set  forth 


Uncle  Sam  :    "  These  are  my  standing  armies  !  "'  (School 
children,  26,099,728 ;  wage-earners,  14,753,766.) 

From  the  North  American  (Philadelphia). 


388 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


MR.   WARREN  S.  STONE,   GRAND  CHIEF    OF    BROTHERHOOD  OF 
LOCOMOTIVE  ENGINEERS. 

(Whose  efforts  at  New  York  won  a  victory  for  motormen  on 
the  subway  road  and  averted  a  strike.) 

in  an  article  written  for  this  number  of  the 
Review  by  Mr.  Victor  S.  Yarros,  of  Chicago. 
A  stubborn  disagreement,  which  threatened  se- 
rious strikes  that  would  have  tied  up  the  local 
transit  systems  of  New  York  City,  was  fortunate- 
ly smoothed  over  last  montli  by  mutual  conces- 
sions that  were  accomplished  through  the  agency 
of  several  skillful  labor  leaders,  on  the  one  side, 
and  some  great  capitalists,  led  by  Mr.  August 
Belmont,  on  the  other.  Mr.  Belmont  is  at  the 
head  of  the  company  which  is  just  now  opening 
the  underground  railroad  system  of  New  York, 
and  which  also  operates  the  elevated  lines.  As 
one  of  the  chief  managers  of  the  national  Demo- 
cratic campaign,  it  would  have  been  embarrass- 
ing for  him  to  have  a  great  strike  on  his  hands. 
Perhaps  the  labor  leaders  felt  justified  in  taking 
some  advantage  of  this  situation.  It  will  be  re- 
membered that  under  somewhat  parallel  circum- 
stances Mr.  Mitchell  and  the  leaders  of  the  or- 
ganized coal  miners,  lour  years  ago,  through 
Chairman  Mark  Hanna,  succeeded  in  making  fa- 
vorable terms  with  the  gentlemen  who  controlled 
the  anthracite  railroads  in  Pennsylvania. 

There  assembled  in   New  York,  last 
Financial      month,  the  yearly  Convention    of    the 

Outlook.  American  Bankers'  Association.  A 
great  number  of  men  connected  with  national 
banks,  savings  banks,  and  trust  companies  came 

from  every  part,  of   the  country.       It  was   ^>\'    the 


MR.    E.    F.  SWINNEY,   PRESIDENT  OF  FIRST  NATIONAL   BANK 
OF  KANSAS  CITY. 

(Who  was  chosen,  last  month,  as  the  new  president  of  the 
American  Bankers'  Association.) 

utmost  significance  to  find  them  almost  with  one 
accord  bringing  from  their  respective  States  and 
communities  the  news  of  excellent  business  con- 
ditions, and  of  a  promising  outlook  for  the  im- 
mediate future.  The  optimistic  tone  of  these 
gentlemen  made  a  distinct  impression  upon  the 
metropolitan  business  community.  Mr.  Boies,  a 
prominent  New  York  financial  writer  and  editor, 
contributes  to  this  number  of  the  Review  some 
valuable  observations  upon  this  bankers'  con- 
vention. His  article,  together  with  that  of  Mr. 
Yarros, — both  of  them  showing  improvement  in 
the  financial  and  industrial  outlook, — are  im- 
portant as  throwing  light  upon  those  underlying 
conditions  that  must  always  affect  the  outcome 
of  a  Presidential  contest.  Other  things  being 
equal,  the  things  that  allay  discontent  are  natu- 
rally favorable  to  the  party  in  power. 

„  ....     „        It   has  seldom  happened   in  previous 

Politics  Some-  ,,         ...  .  l.^  r    . 

what  Eclipsed  Presidential   election  seasons  that  so 


by  Science. 


many  other  strong  currents  of  social 


life  have  successfully  competed  with  politics  in 
claiming  public  attention.  A  very  dominant 
public  interest,  naturally,  this  autumn,  is  the  St 
Louis  Exposition.  As  was  to  be  expected,  its 
drawing  power  has  steadily  increased,  and  Oc 
tober  ami  Novel u her  are  expected  to  be  the 
months  in  point  of  attendance  and  attractions. 
One  thing  that  has  diverted  the  public  attention 
somewhat  from  politics  has  been  the. great  num- 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


389 


Dlt.   CHAKI.ES   BASKEHVILLK. 

i  N'imv  professor  of  chemistry  in  the  City  College  of  New  York, 
lately  professor  in  the  University  of  North  Carolina.) 

ber  of  distinguished  foreign  guests  who  have 
come  to  this  country  for  a  variety  of  reasons, 
hut  most  of  them  drawn  directly  or  indirectly 
by  the  exposition  at  St.  Louis.     The  exposition 

,  was  Liberal  enough  to  conceive  the  idea  of 
bringing  over  to  its  scientific  and  educational 
conferences  many  of  the  foremost  investigators 
and  leaders  of  thought  ill  European  countries. 
The  presence  of  foreign  scholars  has  given  espe- 
cial interest  to  several  gatherings  already  held, 
and  will  add  similarly  to  others  whose  dates  are 

for  the  present  month.  Thus,  the  Interna- 
tional Geographical  Congress,  which  held  meet- 
-  in  Washington  and  New  York  last  month, 
and  about  which  a  well-known  expert,  Mr.  Cyrus 
i '.  Adams,  writes  for  our  readers  in  this  issue  of 

Review,  was  attended  by  a  number  of  Euro- 
pean explorers  and  scientific  authorities  of  the 
distinction.  Similarly,  the  Society 
of  Chemical  Industry,  which  was  originally  an 
English  organization,  held  its  annual  meeting  in 
New  York  last  month,  under  the  presidency  of 
Sir  William  Ramsay,  and  gave  this  country 
much  that  was  fresh  to  think  about  in  the  great 
field  of  chemical  research  and  of  the  application 
of  chemistry  to  new  forms  of  industry.  We  are 
fortunate,  also,  in  having  in  this  number  of  the 
Review  an  article  (apropos  of  this  meeting)  on 


the  advance  of  chemical  knowledge,  from  the 
pen  of  Prof.  Charles  Baskerville,  the  brilliant 
young  Southern  chemist  who  has  just  now  come 
to  New  York  and  has  entered  upon  his  new 
work  as  professor  of  chemistry  in  the  City  Col- 
lege. Professor  Baskerville  is  himself  the  dis- 
coverer of  one  or  more  new  primary  substances, 
or  "elements,"  to  use  the  chemical  term  ;  and  he 
was  a  prominent  figure  in  the  recent  meeting. 


Some 


Perhaps  most  distinguished  of  all 
Famous  the  many  esteemed  visitors  from  over- 
Visitors.      geag  nQW  jn  £n-g  country  is  th.e  Rev. 

Dr.  Davidson,  Archbishop  of  Canterbury.  In 
the  feeling  of  welcome  to  such  guests  there  are 
no  ecclesiastical  divisions.  The  archbishop  will 
be  a  foremost  figure  in  the  triennial  conference 
of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church,  which  meets 
at  Boston  in  the  early  days  of  October,  and  of 
the  results  of  which  there  will  be  some  report  in 
our  next  number.  The  Rt.  Hon.  James  Bryce, 
who  with  many  others  has  been  attending  the 
International  Congress  of  Arts  and  Science  at 
St.  Louis,  and  who  is  about  to  give  courses  of 
lectures  at  Harvard  and  Columbia  Univei'sities, 
is  on  familiar  ground  and  among  hosts  of  friends 
when  he  comes  to  America.  The  announcement 
that  the  Rt.  Hon.  John  Morley  is  also  soon  to 
come  to  this  country  has  been  hailed  here  with 
peculiar  pleasure  and  interest. 

„    «       Eminent  gentlemen  from  the  conti- 

Two  Confer-  „  _,  °  ,     .    , . 

encesfor  Law  nent  of  Europe  attended  the  meeting 
and  Peace.  of  the  interparliamentary  Union  — 
this  being  its  twelfth  annual  session, — which 
was  held  at  St.  Louis  in  the  middle  of  Septem- 
ber. It  was  presided  over  by  the  Hon.  Richard 
Bartholdt,  the  well-known  member  of  Congress 
from  St.  Louis,  and  among  the  speakers  were 
Assistant  Secretary  of  State  Loomis  and  Con- 
gressman T.  R.  Burton,  of  Ohio.  The  meeting 
called  upon  the  powers  signatory  to  the  Hague 
convention  to  intervene  at  the  proper  time  for 
the  purpose  of  helping  to  bring  the  war  in  the 
far  East  to  an  end.  Its  most  important  action 
was  the  adoption  of  a  resolution  asking  the  gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  in  the  near  future 
to  call  a  conference  of  the  powers  similar  to  the 
Hague  conference,  in  order  to  carry  still  further 
the  project  of  inteimational  arbitration.  It  would 
certainly  be  well  worth  while  to  call,  at  Wash- 
ington, an  international  conference  to  deal, 
among  other  questions,  with  all  matters  that  re- 
late to  the  rights,  interests,  and  duties  of  neu- 
trals in  time  of  war,  and  to  procure  a  more 
general  agreement  touching  such  subjects  as 
•'  contraband."  A  meeting  on  behalf  of  the  cause 
of  international  peace  is  to  be  held  at  Boston  dur- 


390 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


HON.    RICHARD    BARTHOLDT,    OF   MISSOURI. 

(Who  presided  over  the  Inter-Parliamentary  Union,  on  oc- 
casion of  its  first  meeting  in  America.) 


ing  the  week  which  begins  Monday,  October  3. 
The  gathering  will  be  large,  and  will  include 
an  unprecedented  number  of  distinguished 
European  advocates  of  arbitration  and  of  social 
progress  and  reform.  Secretary  Hay  will  repre- 
sent the  United  States  ( lovernment  in  welcoming 
the  guests.  The  magnitude  of  the  war  in  the 
far  East,  and  the  dreadful  calamities  that  it  en- 
tails, assuredly  give  reason  for  taking  with  the 
utmost  seriousness  such  a  gathering  as  that  which 
philanthropic  Boston  is  about  to  welcome. 


An 


When    the    Chicago    and     St.    Louis 

October       conventions  were  held,   it  was  agreed 
Campaign.     fm    .,,,   handg    fchat  tll(l|.()    sh(lUi(1    ,u,  ., 

minimum  of  political  activity  during  the  months 
of  July  and  August,  and  that  the  campaign  am- 
munition should  be  expended  very  sparingly  until 
the  bee-inning  of  September,  hater  on.  the  date 
for  opening  hostilities  in  earnest  was  postponed 
until  September  15.  Finally,  in  the  first  week 
of  September,  the  Republican  managers  agreed 

upon  a.  further  postponement,  and  October  1 
was  fixed  as  the  date  for  the  beginning  of  a 
period  of  active  campaigning  which  should  be 
restricted  practically  to  a  single  month.  In  some 
former  campaigns,  we  have  had  long  and  absorb 
ing  months    of   mass  meet ings,    torchlight  pro- 


cessions, joint  debates,  and  extreme  party  senti- 
ment running  rife.  This  year,  by  way  of  contrast, 
the  political  season  has  been  apathetic  beyond 
all  previous  experience.  President  Poosevelt, 
who  is  always  prompt  in  everything  that  lie  does, 
could  have  issued  his  letter  of  acceptance  at  any 
moment  when  it  was  wanted  for  campaign  pur- 
poses, but.  although  it  was  ready  several  weeks 
before  it  appeared,  it  was  held  back  until  Mon- 
day. September  1 '_'.  nearly  three  months  after  he 
was  nominated.  Each  party  relies  upon  its  offi- 
cially compiled  campaign  text-book  as  the  princi- 
pal document  to  be  placed  in  the  hands  of  its 
workers  and  speakers.  The  Republican  text- 
book was  mostly  written  and  put  in  type  before 
the  Chicago  convention.  It  was  not  distributed, 
however,  until  about  the  1st  of  September.  The 
Democrats  have  been  even  slower  than  the  Re- 
publicans, and  their  campaign  text-book  was  not 
expected  to  be  ready  until  the  very  end  ol  5 
tember  or  the  first  week  in  October,  the  Hon. 
Josiah  Quincy,  of  Boston,  being  the  editor-in- 
chief.  As  for  ,1  udge  Parker's  letter  of  acceptance, 
which  was  looked  forward  to  as  his  one  great 
and  final  utterance  upon  public  affairs  and  the 
issues  of  the  contest,  the  date  for  its  appearance 
was  set  as  late  as  September  26. 

,   ,     „    ,      The  campaign  thus  far  has  remained 

Judge  Parker  x       v .       .  .... 

as  the  Country  totally  devoid  ol  any  squarely  joined 
Sees  Him.  pU],]ic  issues_  Nothing  as  yet  has 
clearly  disclosed  Judge  Parker's  personality  to 
the  American  public,  and  his  selection  of  topics 
and  mode  of  presentation  have  not  revealed 
a  very  masterful  grasp  of  national  affairs,  or 
any  detailed  acquaintance  with  them.  But  this 
was   to   be   expected.      Nothing   has   happened, 

or    1 n   brought    out  by  his   opponents,  that   in 

any  manner  takes  away  from  the  prevailing 
estimate  of  Judge  Parker  as  an  admirable  gen- 
tleman of  line  mental  poise  and  political  saga- 
city but  the  progress  of  the  campaign  season 
lias  made  more  prominent  the  fact  of  his  lack 
of  experience  in  executive  work,  and  especially 
the  absence  in  his  case  of  a  background  of  ex- 
perience and  familiarity  in  public  matters  on 
the  national  plain'.  Thus,  in  discussing  the 
question  of  trusts  in  his  speech  o\'  acceptance. 
Judge  1'arker  had  sail  that  his  studies  of  the 
question  had  convinced  him  that  the  common 
law  provided  adequate  remedies.  Subsequently, 
lawyers  of  his  own  party  called  his  attention  to 
the  fact  that,  the  common  law  has  no  application 
to  matters  of  national  concern,  and  that  rail- 
roads and  industrial  corporations  doing  inter- 
state business  could  only  be  dealt  with  from  the 
national  standpoint   by  virtue  of  the  enactment 

of   federal   slal  UteS. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


391 


"When  this  was  pointed  out  to  Judge 
ther"'SCommon  Parker,   he    recognized   Ins   mistake 

Law."  readily  enough,  and  it  was  under- 
;  that  he  would  correct  it  in  his  letter  of 
acceptance.  The  matter  has  importance  only  as 
illustrating  a  certain  lack  of  convictions  formed 
in  consonance  with  the  long  history,  at  Wash- 
ington,— so  familiar  to  constitutional  lawyers 
who  have  dealt  with  federal  rather  than  merely 
State  concerns. — of  the  struggle  to  bring  rail- 
roads under  public  control  and  to  find  methods 
for  the  protection  of  the  country  as  a  whole 
against  the  larger  forms  of  industrial  monopoly. 
For  more  than  thirty  years  these  questions  have 

q  very  prominent  ones,  and  their  considera- 
tion by  able  legal  minds  in  both  houses  of  Con- 
gress and  in  practice  before  the  federal  courts 
has  formed  a  large  part  of  the  political  and  con- 
stitutional history  of  the  United  States.  Judge 
Parker's  experiences,  having  been  confined  to  a 
local  career  on  the  State  bench  of  New  York, 
have   so   shaped   his  thinking  that  the  national 

i  ct  of  questions  like  those  of  the  trusts  hap- 
pens to  be  unfamiliar.  No  one,  however,  will 
doubt  his  ability  to  adjust  himself  readily  to 
the  national  viewpoint. 


HON.   ALTON   B.   PARKER. 

(As  lie  spent  the  summer  on  his  porch  at  Esopua.) 


,,o  ,*  r.        Another  illustration  is  to  be  found 

'  Self -Gov-     ■        T      i  t-.      i        -  i 

emment" or  in  Judge  Parkers  somewhat  vague 
sovereignty?  discussion  of  the  Philippine  question 
in  his  acceptance  speech.  He  committed  himself 
in  that  document  to  the  idea  of  '•self-govern- 
ment "  for  the  Filipinos,  and  his  most  promi- 
nent supporters  among' the  leading  newspapers 
were  divided  in  opinion  as  to  whether  by  self- 
government  he  did  or  did  not  mean  political  in- 
dependence in  the  sovereign  sense.     In  order  to 

clear  up  this  point, 
he  addressed  a  let- 
ter to  the  Hon.  John 
G.  Milburn,  for  pub- 
lication, in  which  he 
declared  himself  for 
full  independence, 
— not  now,  but  at 
some  appropriate 
'future  time.  This 
does  not  differ,  for 
any  working  pur- 
poses, from  the  po- 
sition that  is  taken 
by  President  Roose- 
velt, Judge  Taft,  Mr. 
Elihu  Root,  and  the 
Republican  leaders. 
Judge  Parker  has, 
however,  adopted 
the  view  of  those 
who  hold  that  while 
P  h  i  1  i  p  p  i  n  e  inde- 
pendence is  a  future 
affair,  it  is  our  pres- 
ent duty  to  express 
our  intentions.  This 
rather  attenuated 
distinction  may  ap- 
peal to  the  h  a  i  r  - 
splitting  minds  of  a 
few  gentlemen  of 
academic  inclina- 
tion ;  but  people  who 
are  doing  things  and  are  in  concrete  touch  with 
the  real  phases  of  such  problems  as  we  have  on  our 
hands  in  the  management  of  the  Philippine  Isl- 
ands know  perfectly  well  that  there  is  no  real 
question  involved  in  this  theoretical  discussion. 
The  status  of  the  Philippine  Islands  has  already 
been  fixed  by  the  decisions  of  the  courts.  The 
intentions  of  the  American  people  as  to  holding 
the  Philippines  were  fully  expressed  in  the  cam- 
paign four  years  ago,  when  the  subject  was  be- 
fore the  country.  Judge  Parker's  discussion  of 
the  subject,  as  amended  in  the  Milburn  letter, 
savors  somewhat  of  the  attempt  to  do  what  Mr. 
Roosevelt  terms  ■•  improvising  convictions." 


l-'rom  the  //' 


MR.  PARKER  AS  HE  APPEARED 
WHEN  IN  SEPTEMBER  HE  CAME 
TO  NEW  YORK  TO  DIRECT  THE 
CAMPAIGN. 


392 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


„    „      ,    Again  Judge   Parker  had    found  an 

The  Speech  °  ■  ,     i  •, 

o«  "Ex-  _  opportunity  to  help  shape  campaign 
travagance.-  jssues  w]1(.n    ,„,  September  8,  he  Was 

visited  at  Esopus  by  a  steamboat-load  of  Demo- 
cratic editors  from  different  parts  of  the  coun- 
try who  had  been  brought  together  at  New 
York  in  order  to  consider  how  besl  to  promote 
the  interests  of  the  party  in  this  campaign. 
Judge  Parker  had  carefully  prepared  a  written 
address  to  the  editors.  His  principal  theme 
was  the  extravagance  of  the  Republican  govern- 
ment in  national  expenditures.  He  mentioned 
no  specific  instances  of  improper  appropriation 
of  public  money,  lmt  merely  compared  the  size 
of  the  budget  during  the  past  three  years  with 
its  average  size  in  Mr.  Cleveland's  first  term. 
Judge  Parker's  advice  to  the  Democratic  editors 
was  that  they  take  this  theme  and  ring  the 
changes  upon  it  through  the  campaign.  As 
party  fighting  generally  goes,  this  is  as  legiti- 
mate as  anything  else,  provided  the  facts  are 
stated  fairly  and  not  disingenuously.  Judge 
Parker's  presentation  seems  to  come  a  little 
short  of  frankness,  although  no  one  will  say  that 
there  was  any  intention  to  create  a  false  impres- 
sion. Thus,  he  cites  the  great  expenditure  of 
last  year,  which  he  gives  as  $582,000,000,  and 
then  says  :  ••  There  is  an  inevitable  result  to 
such  extravagance."  This  result,  as  he  proceeds 
to  declare  in  the  next  sentence,  "is  now  a 
deficit  of  forty-two  million  dollars,  instead  of  a 
surplus  in  the  annual  receipts  of  about  eighty 
million  dollars,  which  the  present  Executive 
found  on  assuming  control." 

A    fuller  statement   of   our  financial 

Fads  as  to  ...  ,  .  .     . 

National       Condition,    however.     Would     have    to 

Expenditure.  reC0gnize  the  tact  of  enormous  reduc- 
tions of  revenue  caused  1  .y  abolishing  the  taxes 
imposed  at  the  beginning  of  the  Spanish  War. 
Furthermore,  the  exceptional  outlay  of  last  year 
was  swelled  by  the  inclusion  of  $50,000,000  paid 
to  the  French  company  and  to  Panama  for  the 
canal  right  of  way.  This  is  to  be  regarded  as 
an  investment  rather  than  an  item  of  current  ex- 
penditure. The  usual  method  would  have  been 
to  issue  bonds  for  such  a  purpose.  Our  govern- 
ment, however,  was  so  well  provided  with  money 
that  it  could  make  this  valuable  acquisition  of 
property,— which  includes  the  Panama  Railroad, 
a  large  amount  of  canal  excavation,  and  many 
other  assets. — out  of  current  cash  on  hand.  This 
appropriation  of  money  was  made  with  the  ap 
proval  of  the  country  at  large,  and  was  supported 
by  the  Democratic  leaders  of  most  of  the  States 
that   will    cast    their  electoral    votes    for  Judge 

Parker  this  year.  There  has,  indeed,  since  the 
first    administration    of    Grover    Cleveland,     a 


period  of  some  twenty  years, — been  a  very  large 
growth  in  the  national  expenditure,  but  Judge 
1'arker  will  have  to  go  into  much  detail  before 
he  can  convince  the  American  people  that  this 
general  growth  of  the  budget  is  the  mere  result 
of  extravagance,  and  that  the  Democratic  party 
would  take  us  back  to  budgets  substantially  like 
those  of  1886,  for  example. 

Mr.  Parker  himself  particularly  in- 
Comparatiue  vites  comparison  of  the  total  yearly 
statistics,  expenditure  of  Roosevelt's  adminis- 
tration with  that  of  Cleveland's  first  term.  A 
more  useful  sort  of  comparison  is  one  which 
would  also  include  Mr.  Cleveland's  second  ad- 
ministration. Speaking  in  round  figures,  the  total 
ordinary  expenditure  of  the  Government  in  Mr. 
Cleveland's  first  administration  increaseci  from 
$250,000,000  a  year  to  $300,000,000.  Now.  it 
happens  that  the  average  ordinary  expenditure 
during  Mr.  Cleveland's  second  administration 
was  1:3(30,000,000.  Every  one  familiar  with  the 
history  of  our  finances  is  aware  that  expenditures 
would' have  averaged  fully  $400,000,000  in  that 
period  but  for  the  fearful  deficits  in  revenue 
caused  by  the  failure  of  the  "Wilson  tariff  bill  to 
produce  anything  like  revenue  enough  to  pay 
the  most  necessary  public  bills.  The  Govern- 
ment was  obliged  to  sell  bonds  at  disadvanta- 
geous terms,  and,  in  a  time  of  profound  peace,  to 
borrow  enormous  quantities  of  money  in  order 
to  meet  running  expenses.  Under  these  circum- 
stances, it  seems  rather  absurd  for  Judge  Parker 
to  invite  comparisons  in  the  matter  of  the  man- 
agement of  public  finances.  The  last  four  years  of 
Democratic  administration,  which  Judge  Parker 
pronounces  so  superior  in  fiscal  management, 
exhibited  deficits  exceeding  $150,000,000, — an 
average  yearly  deficit  of   about  $40,000,000. 

If,    then,    as    Judge    Parker    plainly 

How  Figures  °  ,,   .       J 

May  Prove     holds.  ••  reckless  extravagance     is  to 

Too  Much.  be  inferred  from  a  fcotal  growth  0f 
the  budget,  how  shall  we  characterize  the  waste- 
fulness of  the  last  Cleveland  administration, 
when  we  remember  that  it  used,  in  the  ordi- 
nary expenses  of  administ  ration.  $360,000,000  a 
year,  and  by  so  doing  ran  in  debt  $40,000,000 
a  year,  whereas  the  last  Republican  administra- 
tion preceding  the  first  Cleveland  term, — name- 
ly, the  Garfield-Arthur  period, — had  carried  on 
the  Government  very  comfortably  at  the  rate  of 
about  $255,000,000  a  year,  and.  at  the  same 
time,  had  piled  up  splendid  surpluses  of  income 
amounting  to  much  more  than  $100,000,000  a 
\ear.  with  which  it  paid  off  a  large  part  k>\'  the 
country's  interest-bearing  public  debt?  Or,  if 
the   mere   growth   of  the   budget    is  to  be  pre. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


393 


sumptively  regarded  as  due  to  culpable  extrav- 
agance, what  shall  we  say  when  we  compare  the 
second  Cleveland  administration  with  the  first 
one  ?  Judge  Parker  impressively  informs  us 
that  '-during  Mr.  Cleveland's  first  term  the 
average  annual  expenditure  was  about  $269,- 
000,000."  Why  does  he  omit  to  tell  us  that  the 
average  annual  expenditure  during  Mr.  Cleve- 
land's second  term  was  $365,000,000  ?  Nothing 
had  happened  to  make  any  radical  change  in 
Uncle  Sam's  scale  of  living  in  the  brief  period 
between  the  two  Democratic  administrations, 
both  of  which  Judge  Parker  praises  for  their 
superior  management  of  Treasury  affairs  and 
their  freedom  from  "reckless  extravagance  and 
waste  of  the  people's  money."  Yet  the  second 
Cleveland  administration  was  spending  the  peo- 
ple's money  at  the  rate  of  $100,000,000  a  year 
more  than  the  first  Cleveland  administration, 
and,  in  order  to  have  the  money  to  spend,  was 
borrowing  a  great  deal  at  high  rates  of  interest. 
There  is  precisely  as  much  justice  and  value  in 
this  sort  of  comparative  financial  statistics  as  in 
the  sort  that  Judge  Parker  presents  in  his  ad- 
dress to  the  Democratic  editors. 

,  The  general  situation  may  be  easily 
Scale  of  stated  in  a  few  bold  figures.  But  for 
Vl"9'  the  failure  of  the  income  tax  and  the 
disappointing  results  of  the  "Wilson-Gorman 
tariff,  we  should  undoubtedly  have  seen  in  the  last 
Cleveland  administration  a  fairly  well-balanced 
budget  of  about  $400,000,000,— that  is  to  say, 
national  income  on  the  one  hand,  and  expenditure 
on  the  other  hand,  would  have  reached  almost 
that  figure.  The  growth  of  the  country  since 
that  time,  and  the  expansion  of  certain  public 
services,  have  now  increased  Uncle  Sam's  house- 
keeping bill  to  a  yearly  average  of  about  $500,- 


000,000.  He  spent  that  much  last  year,  and  also 
purchased  some  valuable  property  with  additional 
money  that  he  had  saved  out  of  his  recent  income. 
Judge  Parker  does  not  in  the  least  clarify  the 
subject  by  trying  to  make  it  appear,  when  he 
mentions  $582,000,000  as  last  year's  expenditure, 
that  the  mere  figures  themselves  are  evidence  of 
extravagant  living.  As  respects  the  general  in- 
crease of  Uncle  Sam's  housekeeping  bills,  it  will 
not  do  to  say  that  this  last  advance  from  the 
$400,000,000  scale  to  the  $500,000,000  scale  is 
any  more  due  to  "reckless  extravagance"  than 
was  the  increase  from  the  $300,000,000  scale  at 
the  end  of  Mr.  Cleveland's  first  administration 
to  the  $400,000,000  scale  at  the  end  of  his 
second  administration.  Doubtless,  a  small  part 
of  every  year's  expenditure;  is  due  to  log-rolling 
methods  in  Congress,  and  represents  some  degree 
of  extravagance.  But  it  is  well  known  that 
measures  of  that  kind  are  not  partisan  in  their 
origin  or  their  support.  Nearly  all  of  the  recent 
increase  in  government  expenditure  is  to  be  ac- 
counted for,  not  by  aimless  or  reckless  action, 
but  by  the  deliberate  and  careful  adoption  of 
certain  lines  of  public  policy. 


Naval 


Judqe  Parker  :  "  If  I  could  only  hook  a  real  issue." 
From  the  Inquirer  (Philadelphia). 


The  naval  bill  alone  accounts  for  more 
Expense  than  one-half  of  the  average  annual  in- 
increasmg.  crease  Qf  ordinary  expenditure.  The 
growth  of  naval  expenses  is  not  due  to  reckless- 
ness in  the  use  of  the  money.  It  is  due  simply 
to  the  increase  in  the  size  of  the  navy.  If  Judge 
Parker  is  willing  to  come  out  and  say  that  he 
would  not  only  stop  the  increase  of  the  navy, 
but  would  reduce  the  naval  establishment  to  its 
size  and  strength  in  the  period  previous  to  the 
Spanish- American  War,  his  argument  will  lie 
heard  with  great  interest.  But  certainly  he  would 
find,  if  he  were  at  Washington,  that  if  he  were 
maintaining  our  naval  policy  he  would  have  to 
foot  the  bills.  Up  to  the  present  moment,  this 
policy  has  been  a  national  one,  and  in  no  sense 
a  thing  of  party  controversy.  The  platform  that 
was  carefully  prepared  on  behalf  of  Judge  Parker 
by  his  closest  friends  for  adoption  at  St.  Louis 
contained  a  plank  just  as  unequivocal  in  its  ad- 
vocacy of  the  policy  of  naval  growth  as  the  plank- 
in  the  Republican  platform.  This  indorsement 
of  the  navy  was  in  the  platform  as  sent  out  to 
the  country  from  St.  Louis.  Subsequently,  in 
the  compromises  and  revisions  of  the  last  hours  of 
the  convention,  this  plank  was  somehow  dropped 
out.  Nothing  to  the  contrary  was  adopted,  how- 
ever, and  there  is  ample  reason  for  telling  any 
intelligent  foreigner  who  might  ask  questions  on 
the  subject  that  the  recent  policy  of  developing 
a  strong  navy  in  this  country  has  had  the  ap- 
proval of  thoughtful  public  men  in  both  parties, 


394 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


and  that  it  has  gone  forward  with  a  remarkable 
steadiness,  and  with  much  useful  and  sensible 
cooperation  at  Washington,  regardless  of  party 
lines.  Let  it  be  repeated,  then,  that  this  thor- 
oughly indorsed  national  policy  of  creating  a 
Btrong  American  navy  accounts  foi  more  than 
one-half  of  the  recent  increase  in  Uncle  Sam's 
annual  expenditure  of  which  Judge  Parker  asks 
Democratic  editors  to  complain. 

In  the  last  Cleveland  administration, 

Growth  ,  . 

of         the  army  cost  Uncle  Sam  just  about 

Army  Bills.     ;|n    eyen    ,<.-,,„„„, a    year        T],js 

included  coast  defenses  and  all  sorts  of  outlays 
under  direction  of  the  War  Department.  For 
as  large  and  important  a  country  as  ours,  the 
a rni v  was  too  small.  It  had  to  be  greatly  ex- 
panded for  service  in  Cuba  and  the  Philippines 
under  Mr.  McKinley's  administration.  It  has 
been  much  reduced  under  Mr.  Roosevelt's  admin- 
istration, and  carefully  reorganized  under  legisla- 
tion which  Congress  has  enacted  with  the  most 
studied  regard  for  the  country's  interest.  The 
yearly  expenditures  of  the  War  Department,  in- 
eluding  fortifications,  coast-defense  outlays,  and 
other  items,  are  now  well  on  toward  $100,000,- 
000.  The  size  of  the  army  is  reduced  to  the 
minimum  point  established  by  law.  It  is  not 
likely  that  a  Parker  administration  could  mate- 
rially reduce  the  "War  Department  estimates. 
In  other  words,  Mr.  Parker's  Secretary  of  War 
would  ask  for  just  as  much  money  as  Secretary 
Root  or  Secretary  Taft  has  been  asking  for.  Yet 
this  inevitable  and  well-considered  increase  in 
the  cost  of  the  military  establishment  accounts 
for  nearly  all  the  rest  of  the  added  expenditure 
to  which  Judge1  Parker  refers  as  indicating 
"  reckless  extravagance." 

In  those  sessions  of  Congress  when 
Outgo  and  a  river  and  harbor  bill  is  passed,  or 
income.  an  omnibus  bill  providing  new  post- 
offices  or  federal  buildings  for  a  good  many 
cities  and  towns,  there  is  likely  to  be  some  ex- 
travagance involved;  but  there  is  nothing  in 
all  the  work  of  the  government  at  Washington 
on  so  strictly  non  partisan  a  basis  as  a  river  and 
harbor  bill.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  newspa- 
pers which  have  a,  reason  for  wishing  to  make 
the  current  government  expenditures  appear  es- 
pecially large  frequently  add  in  the  outlay  of 
the  Postal  Department,  and  by  such  means  they 
bring  last,  year's  total  of  appropriations  up  to 
$781,574,000.  The  rapid  increase'  of  free  rural 
delivery,  and  the  growth  of  the  business  of  the 
postal  service  in  other  directions,  have  made  a 
large     recent    growth    in    postal    expenditures. 

Yet,   in  spite  of  the  better   service    given    to    the 


public,  there  has  been  a  corresponding  growth 
in  the  postal  revenue.  Thus,  it  is  always  the 
endeavor  of  the  postal  administration  to  make 
the  service  as  nearly  as  possible  self-supporting. 
It  now  comes  within,  perhaps,  3  per  cent,  6f  that 
desired  balance.  In  Mr.  Cleveland's  time,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  postal  deficit  amounted  to 
about  10  per  cent,  of  the  total  postal  receipts. 

,.,    ,.,  Judge   Parker    is   not.   then,   whollv 

What  Would     .         P„     n    .      .  .        .  ,  '        ,  .  * 

Judge  justified  in  his  view  that  the  mere  m- 
ParkerDo?  crease  jn  t]u,  budget  as  compared 
with  a  period  twenty  years  back  can  be  cited  as 
sufficient  proof  for  his  charge  of  reckless  ex- 
travagance against  the  Roosevelt  administration 
and  the  last  two  Republican  Congresses,  lie  must 
mention  particulars,  and  say  plainly  whether  or 
not  he  would  radically  alter  the  main  lines  of 
policy  that  the  country  has  marked  out.  Uncle 
Sam  is  spending  a  large  amount  of  money,  but 
he  is  doing  it  upon  a  deliberate  plan  and  system. 
He  is  not  doing  it  through  any  reckless  drift  into 
spendthrift  habits.  He  has  the  money  to  spend. 
and  he  desires  the  results  that  the  money  obtains. 
The  one  thing  that  Judge  Parker  has  told  us 
with  precision  and  definiteness  is  his  determina- 
tion under  no  circumstances  to  be  a  candidate 
for  a  second  term  if  elected  this  year.  But  he 
has  also  pointed  out  that  even  if  he  is  elected 
the  Senate  will  be  sure  to  remain  Republican 
during  his  term  of  office.  Under  such  circum- 
stances, it  is  not  likely  that  his  influence  would 
avail  to  secure  any  change  of  existing  military 
laws,  nor  is  it  probable  that  he  could  bring  about 
very  much  reduction  in  the  cost  of  the  naval  es- 
tablishment, although  he  might  be  able  to  pre- 
vent its  further  increase.  There  has  been  re- 
markable and  very  valuable  progress  in  a  great 
number  of  the  services  of  the  United  States 
Government.  The  Agricultural  Department,  in 
its  varied  and  increasing  activities,  is.  for  ex- 
ample, costing  much  more  than  in  former  year-  ; 
but  every  dollar  Uncle  Sam  spends  upon  his 
Agricultural  Department  is  worth  a  good  many 
dollars  to  the  people  of  the  United  States.  It 
would  be  the  height  of  stupidity  to  cripple  such  a 
department  for  tin1  mere  sake  of  trying  to  show 
that  a  Democratic  administration  could  squeeze 
the  government  expenditures  down  to  a  point 
just  a  little  smaller  than  those  of  the  preceding 
Republican  government. 


The 


The    character    of   the    work    I 
President's    Sam   has    been  carrying  on.  and  the 
Ll'tter-        results  that  he  has  undertaken  to  se- 
cure   for   the    expenditure  of    his  money,  are  set 
forth    with    a    masterly    array  of   statement   and 
argument    in    President  Roosevelt's  letter  of  ac- 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


395 


ceptance,  which  was  dated  Oyster  Bay,  September 
1 2.  The  document  is  not  a  short  one,  for  it  con- 
tains about  twelve  thousand  words  ;  but  the 
reader  who  goes  through  it  carefully  will  find  it' 
terse  and  condensed  rather  than  diffuse.  It  is 
long  because  it  deals  with  many  topics,  and  be- 
cause it  embodies  a  vast  amount  of  concrete  in- 
formation. On  this  matter  of  public  expenditure. 
Mr.  Roosevelt,  having  first  shown  the  error  of 
the  statement  that  there  was  a  deficit  last  year. 
proceeds,  in  a  very  spirited  and  suggestive  enu 
meration  of  useful  public  services,  to  show  the 
difference  between  a  true  and  a  false  economy. 
Mr.  Roosevelt's  mature  and  statesman-like  grasp 
of  the  national  situation  has  never  been  shown 
to  better  advantage  in  any  utterance  of  his  than 
in  this  comprehensive  argument  in  defense  of 
Republican  methods  and  policies.  Above  all,  it 
is  refreshing  in  its  directness,  its  freedom  from 
mere  platitude,  and  its  avoidance  of  vague  and 
ambiguous  phrasing.  Mr.  Roosevelt,  of  course, 
is  ]) resenting  a  party  document  for  campaign 
use.  and  is  dwelling  upon  the  virtues  and  good 
achievements  of  the  party  and  passing  over  its 
faults  and  defects.  Nothing  else  was  to  have 
been  expected.  Taking  up  the  Panama  matter, 
he  extols  the  policy  that  has  been  adopted  and 
that  has  passed  into  history,  and  declares  that 
his  opponents  can  only  criticise  what  has  been 
done  by  first  misstating  the  facts.  He  presents 
with  fine  cumulative  effect  the  record  of  achieve- 
ment in  foreign  policy. 

The  stage   has   been   reached   in   the 
Cross-  .  °  .  n 

Examining  the  campaign  where  the  country  would 
amtiff.  j^e  jjjrec^  statements  on  the  part  of 
the  gentlemen  who  are  asking  it  to  repudiate  Mr. 
Roosevelt  in  order  to  put  the  reins  of  authority 
into  their  hands.  Mr.  Roosevelt,  at  least,  appears 
to  take  the  country  entirely  into  his  confidence. 
He  tells  what  he  believes  and  intends.  The 
country  would  now  like  to  know  what  the  gen- 
tlemen of  the  opposition  believe  and  intend. 
There  must  be  some  chance,  in  other  words,  to 


cross-examine  the  plaintiff.  Would  they  sell  tin- 
ships  and  discharge  the  enlisted  men  of  the 
navy,  and  close  the  Naval  Academy  at  Annapo- 
lis ?  Would  they  change  the  present  law  which 
fixes  the  minimum  of  the  army,  and  reduce  the 
force  to  the  status  that  preceded  the  year  1898  ? 
If  so,  they  would  have  to  abandon  the  fortifica- 
tion and  coast-defense' policy  which  was  the  one 
great  hobby  of  their  former  mentor,  Samuel  J. 
Tilden.  They  are  trying  to  make  scandal  out  of 
the  acquisition  of  the  Panama  Canal  property 
and  to  put  the  President  in  the  position  of  a 
violator  of  law  and  of  international  good  faith 
in  that  business.  Obviously,  the  President  was 
carrying  out  the  instructions  of  law  as  embodied 
in  the  statute  authorizing  him  to  secure  a  Pana- 
ma right  of  way  if  possible. 

The  Panama  Canal  solution  has  been 

Panama  a  ,     ,  .. 

Non-Partisan  accepted  by  the  country,    and    by  all 
Pohcy.       tjie   natjons   0f  the  world,  including 

Colombia  itself,  as  a  fact  of  history  as  little  rev- 
ocable as  the  Louisiana  Purchase.  What  prac- 
tical object  has  the  "Constitution  Club"  in 
mind  in  slurring  the  President  of  the  United 
States  and  casting  reflections  upon  our  State 
Department  and  our  government  in  the  matter 
of  this  Panama  solution  ?  It  was,  in  fact,  a 
non-partisan,  patriotic,  solution, — one  which 
either  party  would  have  given  almost  anything 
to  have  been  able  to  claim  for  itself  as   a  party 


PRESIDENT   ROOSEVELT   AS  A   PHRENOLOGIST. 

"It  is  difficult  to  find  out  from  our  opponents  what  are 
the  real  issues  upon  which  they  propose  to  wage  this  cam- 
paign."—Roosevelt's  letter  of  acceptance. 

From  the  News  (Nashville). 


396 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


triumph.  One  of  the  best  things  about  it  was 
the  evidence  it  gave  that  the  people  of  this 
country  are  not  so  party-bound  that  they  can- 
not from  time  to  time  act  together  sensibly  in 
,  the  accomplishment  of  a  beneficent  plan.  It- 
was  the  public  opinion  of  the  country,  Demo- 
cratic as  well  as  Republican,  that  supported 
President  Roosevelt  in  the  honest,  businesslike, 
and  loyal  proceedings  which  have  resulted  in 
our  entering  upon  the  great  Panama  project. 
The  President's  position  upon  the  supremacy  of 
the  Government  and  its  relation  to  interstate 
commerce  and  the  trust  question  is  so  well 
known  that  it  is  not  necessary  to  do  more  than 
refer  here  to  the  restatement  in  his  letter  of 
what  has  been  attempted  in  that  direction,  and 
also  in  the  endeavor  to  secure  justice  and  fair 
play  for  all  citizens  at  home  or  abroad,  regard- 
less of  race,  creed,  or  economic  condition. 

,    + ..,,  +    Some    of    those  who  have   attacked 

Just  What  .   . 

is  '•Order  Mr.  Koosevelt  on  account  ot  Ins  pen- 
sion order  have  managed  to  spread 
the  impression  that  it  is  an  order  which  places 
all  veterans  of  sixty-two  years  of  age  on  the  pen- 
sion roll.  This  is  not  the  case.  The  pension 
order  does  not  put  all  veterans  of  sixty-two  on 
the  government  pay-list.  It  does  not,  indeed, 
put  anybody  on  the  list.  It  has  no  bearing  upon 
any  cases  excepting  those  of  manual  workers 
dependent  upon  their  own  effoi"ts  who  come  foi1- 
ward  with  affidavits  and  positive  evidence  to  the 
effect  that  they  are  partially  disabled.  In  those 
cases,  the  Pension  Office,  under  Order  No.  78, 
will  recognize  the  fact  of  advancing  years  as  in 
itself  a  general  evidence  of  declining  physical 
ability  and  declining  opportunity  ;  and  the  ex- 
perience of  the  office  in  dealing  with  this  law 
for,  now,  a  long  period  of  years  has  simply 
shown  that  it  is  fitting  and  appropriate  to  estab- 
lish the  presumption  that  one-half  disability  be- 
gins at  the  age  of  sixty-two  rather  than  at  the 
age  of  sixty-live.  The  issuance  of  executive  or- 
ders cannot  change  the  law  of  Congress;  and 
Order  No.  78  does  not,  in  fact,  entitle  any  man  to 
a  pension  since  the  issuance  of  the  order  who  was 
not  equally  entitled  to  it  before.  In  other  words, 
if  the  semi-disability  for  which  Congress  under- 
took to  provide  does  not  actually  exist,  the  ap- 
plicant cannot  properly  be  put  on  the  pension 
rolls  even  though  he  be  a  hundred  years  old.  If 
there  is  any  real  question  to  he  raised  at  all,  it 
should  be  one  that  docs  not  touch  the  executive 
order,  but  rather  the  practical  way  in  which, 
under  ( lommissioner  Ware  and  the  working  force 
of  the  Pension  Bureau,  such  an  order  is  executed 
in  detail.  If  the  opponents  of  President  Roose- 
velt's administration   are   prepared   to  say  that 


( iommissioner  Ware  and  the  officials  of  the  Pen- 
sion Office  are  crowding  the  lists  with  new  pen- 
sioners who  have  no  right  under  the  law  to 
receive  public  money,  let  them  say  so.  Mr. 
Roosevelt  remarks,  in  his  letter  of  acceptance, 
that  "the  order  in  question  is  revocable  at 
the  pleasure  of  the  Executive,"  and,  he  pro- 
ceeds, "if  our  opponents  come  into  power,  they 
can  revoke  this  order  and  announce  that  they 
will  treat  the  veterans  of  sixty-two  and  seventy 
as  in  full  bodily  vigor  and  not  entitled  to  pen- 
sions." The  President  holds  that  in  order  to 
meet  squarely  an  issue  that  they  have  raised  the 
Democrats  must  state  concretely  what  they  them- 
selves intend  to  do  if  they  get  the  opportunity. 

In  the  President's  rather  extended 
F>PofemictsS    discussion  of  the  tariff  question,  he 

is  avowedly  controversial.  He  does 
not  find,  in  comparing  the  various  utterances, 
attitudes,  and  records  of  the  Democratic  party, 
any  evidence  of  consistent  intention  as  regards 
a  tariff  policy.  He  does  not  content  himself, 
however,  with  throwing  doubt  upon  the  Demo- 
cratic tariff  position,  but  proceeds  to  present 
the  subject  in  the  light  of  his  own  present  views. 
He  believes  in  the  maintenance  of  the  protec- 
tive policy,  and  in  the  rearrangement  of  sched- 
ules as  conditions  require.  He  makes  a  stout- 
hearted argument  to  show  that  the  development 
of  agriculture  has  been  due  to  the  growth  of 
our  varied  industries  under  the  protective  sys- 
tem, and  that  the  farmer  as  well  as  the  wage- 
earner  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  direct  beneficiary 
of  that  system.  His  argument  on  the  policy  of 
the  United  States  in  the  Philippines  will  not 
cause  any  relenting  in  the  breast  of  a  single 
member  of  the  band  of  anti-imperialists.  t  But 
it  will  impress  the  ordinary  citizen,  although,  to 
be  sure,  the  subject  is  one  that  was  settled  four 
years  ago  and  is  in  no  active  sense  before  the 
people  of  the  country  this  year. 

,.   .      The   Vermont   and    Maine   elections, 

Results  in  .    ,  ,  _ 

Vermont  and  winch  occurred,  respectively,  on  Sep- 
Ma'"e-  tember  6  and  September  12,  were 
contested  upon  national  issues  and  with  the  help 
of  prominent  speakers  on  both  sides.  It  had 
been  practically  agreed  in  advance  by  all  the 
political  statisticians  of  both  parties  that  the 
Democrats  would  have  to'bring  the  Republican 
plurality  well  below  25,000  in  Vermont  in  order 
to  feel  at  all  encouraged  as  to  the  drift  of  East- 
ern sentiment.  They  were  unsuccessful,  how- 
ever, and  the  Republican  plurality  exceeded 
31,000,  which  was  justly  regarded  as  a  very 
favorable  sign  of  a  general  Roosevelt  victory  in 
November.     Governor-elect  Bell  received  48.077 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


397 


voles,  and  Mr.  Porter,  the  Democratic  nominee, 
polled  16,521.  Even  more  importance  was  at- 
tached to  the  election  in  Maine.  The  Democrats 
had  made  up  their  minds  to  cut  the  plurality 
down  to  15,000.  The  Republicans  had  hoped 
to  maintain  it  at  as  high  a  figure  as  25,000.  It 
was  the  claim  of  the  conservative  Democrats 
who  nominated  Judge  Parker  that  the  great  Re- 
publican majorities  in  the  Eastern  States  four 
years  and  eight  years  ago  had  been  rolled  up  by 
the  sound-money  Democrats  voting  for  McKin- 
ley  in  order  to  defeat  Bryanism.  It  was  the 
prevailing   argument   of   these   gentlemen    that 


HON.  WILLIAM  T.  COBB. 

(Elected  governor  of  Maine  on  September  12.) 

the  return  to  a  "sane  and  safe"  basis  would 
bring  all  these  Eastern  Democrats  back  into 
the  fold  and  assure  to  the  Democrats,  as  against 
Roosevelt,  a  full  victory  in  New  York,  New 
Jersey,  and  Connecticut,  a  possible  victory 
in  Massachusetts  and  Rhode  Island,  and  the 
moral  effect  of  greatly  reduced  pluralities  in  the 
September  election  of  Maine.  It  was  admitted 
that  to  justify  the  defeat,  at  St.  Louis,  of  Hearst- 
ism  and  Bryanism  from  the  standpoint  of  prac- 
tical politics,  the  Maine  plurality  must  be  cut 
down  to  15,000  or  less.  It  is  no  secret  that  in 
August  the  Democrats  were  hoping  to  bring  it 
down  as  low  as  10.000.  Party  harmony  had  been 
restored  in  Maine,  and  then;  was  no  apparent 
local  cause  to  prevent  the  securing  of  a  normal 
party  vote.  The  Republicans,  on  their  side,  felt 
that  they  must  hold  the  Maine  plurality  up  to 
25,000  in  order  to  make  any  impression  upon 


HON.   CHARLES  J.   BELL. 

(Elected  governor  of  Vermont  on  September  6.) 

the  country.  The  returns,  two  days  after  the 
election,  indicated  a  total  vote  of  78,460  for  Mr. 
Cobb,  the  Republican  candidate  for  governor, 
and  a  vote  of  51,330  for  Mr.  Davis,  the  Demo- 
cratic candidate, — making  a  plurality  of  27,130. 
While,  of  course,  this  proves  nothing  final  as  to 
the  way  New  York  and  Indiana  will  vote  in 
November,  it  indicates  a  popular  approval  in 
the  East  of  Roosevelt  and  the  administration 
that  is  not  likely  to  be  completely  reversed 
by  anything  that  can  be  said  or  done  in  the 
month  of  October. 

The  political  conditions  in  the  State 
New  York     0£   New  York  are  so  complex  that 

Republicans.  ' 

neither  side  can  afford  to  rest  in  the 
assurance  of  victory.  And  since  New  York  has 
so  large  a  block  of  electoral  votes  (39),  the  whole 
of  which  may  be  carried  one  way  or  the  other 
by  the  cast  of  a  single  ballot,  the  politicians  all 
understand  how  well  worth  while  it  is  to  strive 
for  so  great  a  prize.  It  was  a  source  of  disap- 
pointment to  many  Republicans  both  in  New 
York  and  throughout  the  country  that  Mr. 
Elihu  Root  decided  that  circumstances  would 
not  allow  him  to  return  to  public  life.  He 
would  have  been  unanimously  nominated  for 
the  governorship  of  New  York  but  for  positive 


598 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Copyright,  i9"3,  by  TMrie  Macdonald,  photographer  of  men,  N.  Y. 
HON.    FRANCIS  W.    HIGGINS. 

{Lieutenant-Governor  of  New  York,  who   has  been   nomi- 
nated for  governor.) 

declarations  on  his  part  that  he  could  not  and 
would  not  accept  a  nomination.  Leading  Dem- 
ocrats had  privately  expressed  the  opinion  that 
with  Mr.  Hoot  at  the  head  of  tin'  Republican 
State  ticket  the  Republicans  would  carry  New 
York  beyond  a  doubt,  while  with  almost  any 
other  candidate  running  for  governor  it  would 
hi'  possible  to  raise  a  hue  and  cry  againsl  Piatt- 
ism  and  Odellism.  and  thus  to  make  the  State 
probably  Democratic.  Mi".  Root  was  declared 
by  these  Democrats  to  he  the  one  New  York 
Republican  of  great  prestige,  influence,  ami  effi- 
ciency whose  candidacy  would  not  have  been 
regarded  asduetoan'y  influences  except  his  own 
obvious  fitness.  11  is  selection  would  have  been 
ascribed  to  an  overwhelming  public  opinion 
rather  than  to  any  political  manager  or  mana- 
gers. The  withdrawal  of  Mi-.  Hoot's  name  from 
the  list  of  eligibles  led  to  the  rapid  elimination 
of  all  names  except  two.  One  was  that  of  Mr. 
Timothy  L.  Woodruff,  the  leader  of  the  Brook- 
lyn Republicans,  ami  lor  three  terms  lieutenant 
governor   of    the    State.      The  other  was    that    of 


Mr.  Francis  Wayland  Higgins.  a  successful  mer- 
chant of  Olean,  in  Cattaraugus  County.  New 
York,  who  secured  the  nomination. 

Mr.  Higgins'  official  career  in  New 
of  Mr.  York  politics  began  with  his  election 
"'n'"'-  as  a  State  Senator  in  1893  from  a 
district  made  up  of  the  three  counties  lying  at 
the  extreme  west  end  of  the  southern  tier, 
bordering  on  Pennsylvania,  these  being  the 
counties  of  Chautauqua,  Cattaraugus,  and  Al- 
legany. Incidentally,  and  for  the  benefit  of 
young  students  of  geography  who  are  just  re- 
suming the  year's  school  work,  it  is  to  he  re- 
marked that  these  counties  of  the  State  of  Ne  ■• 
York  belong  to  the  Mississippi  Yalley.  They 
are  drained  by  the  Allegheny  River  and  its  trib- 
utaries into  the  Ohio,  and  so  into  the  Father  of 
Waters.  Mr.  Higgins  remained  in  the  State 
Senate,  serving  four  successive  terms,  until,  two 
years  ago,  he  determined  to  retire  from  politics. 
He  was,  however,  nominated  for  lieutenant- 
governor  on  the  ticket  with  Governor  Odell.  and 
was  elected  in  November,  1902,  to  the  office 
which  he  now  holds.  Mr.  Higgins  is  admitted 
by  everybody  to  be  a  man  of  excellent  private 
character  and  untarnished  public  repute.  His 
record  in  the  State  Senate  was  creditable  in 
the  highest  degree.  He  belongs  to  the  better 
class  of  intelligent  business  men  fitted  for  the 
direction  of  affairs. 

,   ,A  It  had  been  decided  that  the  Repuh- 

Islta        ,.  .  n  ,       , , 

strong       lican  convention  at  Saratoga  should 

Nomination  ?  tMg  year  be  an  open  Qne  .    thafc   ig  to 

say,  the  convention  itself  should  select  the  ticket 
rather  than  merely  ratify  a  ticket  arranged  for 
it  by  the  managers  of  the  machine.  It  would  be 
almost  impossible,  however,  without  a  revolu- 
tion in  methods,  to  have  a  really  free  and  open 
convention  of  either  party  in  the  State  of  New- 
York.  Where  there  is  apparent  clashing,  it  is 
between  rival  managers,  and  the  members  of  the 
convention  oppose  one  another  only  in  their  capa- 
city as  adherents  of  one  manager  or  the  other. 
In  the  Saratoga  convention,  this  year,  the  Wood- 
ruff candidacy  was  backed  by  Senator  Piatt,  and 
the  Higgins  candidacy  by  Governor  Odell.  who 
is  also  chairman  of  the  State  Republican  Com- 
mittee ami  the  now  unquestioned  leader  of  the 
party  organization.  Mr.  Woodruff  withdrew 
before  a,  ballot  could  be  taken,  and  on  his  mo- 
tion Mi-.  Biggins  was  nominated  unanimously 
and  by  acclamation.  In  a  negative  sense.  Mr. 
Higgins'  candidacy  is  well  regarded.  It  re- 
-  to  be  seen  how  much  positive  strength  it 
can  contribute  this  year  to  the  Republican  cause, 
and.  further,  it    remains   to    be   seen  whether  or 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


399 


not  the  imputation  that  Mr.  Higgins  is  Governor 
(  Idell's  personal  selection  can  he  made  to  count 
anything  against  him  with  the  voters.  There 
seems  every  reason  for  the  opinion  that,  if  elected 
governor,  Mr.  Higgins  would  show  decisive 
.Hialitics.  He  is  popular  and  esteemed  in  the 
western  cud  of  the  State,  and  his  chief  deficiency, 
from  the  party  standpoint,  would  seem  to  be  the 
Blight  extent  to  which  he  is  known  to  the  voters 
in  New  York  City. 


Other 


For  lieutenant-governor,  the  conven- 
>iican    tion  nominated  Mr.  M.  Linn  Bruce, 
Candidates.    &  New  york  iawyer?  forty-four  years 

old,  Mr.  Higgins  being  forty-eight.  Mr.  Bruce 
has  not  held  office,  but  has  been  active  as  a 
political  speaker,  and  served  as  chairman  of  the 
Republican  County  Committee  of  New  York 
last  year  when  Mr.  Seth  Low  was  running  for 
mayor.  "When  Judge  Parker,  on  accepting  the 
nomination  for  the  Presidency,  resigned  his 
post  as  chief  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeals, 
Governor    Odell    appointed    Judge    Edgar    M. 


JUDGE  EDGAR  M.   CULLEN. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Pirie  Macdonald,  photographer  of  men .  N.  Y. 
Mil.    M.    LINN    BRUCE,   OF   NEW   YORK. 

(The  Republican  nominee  for  lieutenant-governor  of 
New  York.) 


(Who  will  succeed  Judge  Parker  as  chief  judge  of  the  New- 
York  Court  of  Appeals.) 


Cullen  to  that  office.  Judge  Cullen  is  a  Demo- 
crat, and  has  been  on  the  State  bench  since 
1880.  He  was  designated  by  Governor  Roose- 
velt, in  1899,  for  the  Court  of  Appeals.  The 
Republican  convention  at  Saratoga  confirmed 
Governor  Odell's  temporary  designation  by 
nominating  Judge  Cullen  for  Judge  Parker's 
post  as  chief  judge,  this  being  an  elective  office. 
It  was  thought  that  the  Democrats  could  hardly 
do  otherwise  than  ratify  this  nomination  of  a 
good  judge,  well  known  to  belong  to  their  own 
party,  although  it  was  reported  that  Governor 
Odell  had  thereby  embarrassed  ex-Senator 
David  B.  Hill,  the  Democratic  chief,  who  had 
previously  mapped  out  a  different  programme. 
The  Democrats,  in  their  convention  at  Saratoga, 
on  September  20,  concurred  in  the  choice  of 
Judge  Cullen,  who  will  therefore  succeed  Judge 
Parker  as  chief  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeals 
without  opposition.  For  another  vacancy  in  the 
Court  of  Appeals,  the  Republicans  nominated 
Judge  William  E.  "Werner,  who  has  been  long- 
on  the  State  bench.  Other  names  on  the  full 
State  ticket  are  principally  those  of  the  present 
holders  of  the  offices.  The  platform  is  orthodox 
in  its  party  doctrines  and  praises  President 
Roosevelt. 


400 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


New  York 
Democrats. 


It  was  evident  that  the  Democrats, 
in  their  search  for  a  winning  candi- 
date for  the  governorship,  were  wait- 
ing to  see  what  the  Republicans  would  do.  If 
Mr.  Hoot  had  been  nominated,  it  seems  to  have 
been  the  plan  to  nominate  either  Mr.  Lamont, 
formerly  Secretary  of  War,  or  Mr.  Edward  M. 
Shepard.  The  selection  of  Mr.  Higgins  gave 
fresh  impetus  to  the  candidacy  of  Mr.  Stanch- 
lield.  of  Elmira,  the  unsuccessful  nominee  of  two 
years  ago.  and  there  was  a  revival  of  interest  in 
the  idea  of  nominating  the  popular  and  aggres- 
sive district  attorney  of  New  York,  Mr.  William 
Travers  Jerome.  There  was  eager  consultation 
among  the  Democratic  leaders  when  it  was  found 
that  Higgins  would  head  the  Republican  ticket, 
and  Judge  Parker  himself  made  a  memorable 
trip  to  New  York  on  the  yacht  of  Mr.  McDonald 
(Mi'.  Belmont's  associate  in  the  building  of  the 
underground  railroad  and  in  other  large  enter- 
prises), where  Mr.  Parker  established  headquar- 
ters at  the  new  Hotel  Astor  and  held  protracted 
conferences  (stated  to  be  of  the  most  vital  im- 
portance) with  the  national  campaign  leaders 
and  the  heads  of  the  Democracy  for  the  State 
and  city  of  New  York.  It  was  supposed  that 
as  a  result  of  these  conferences  the  plans  for 
carrying  New  York  State  had  been  thoroughly 
digested  and  the  candidate  for  governor  selected. 
The  Democratic  convention  met  at  Saratoga  on 
September  20,  a  week  later  than  that  of  the  Re- 


HON.  .1.  SLOAT   r  vssi.tt,  OF   ELMIRA. 

(The  orator  of  the  Republican  convention. ) 


JUDGE   WILLIAM   B.    HORNBLOWER,   OV  NEW   YORK  CITY. 

publicans.  The  great  speech  of  the  Republican 
gathering  had  been  made  by  the  Hon.  J.  Sloat 
Fassett  in  his  capacity  as  temporary  chairman. 
The  corresponding  oratorical  effort  at  the  Dem- 
ocratic convention  was  assigned  to  Judge  Wil- 
liam B.  Hornblower,  an  eminent  lawyer  and 
public  speaker. 

jud  e       '^  candidate  f°r  governor  was  agreed 
Merrick's     upon  only  after    protracted    confer- 

Nominatior,.     enceg  u  QUe  time  jt  geemed    prol> 

able  that  Comptroller  Grout.  New  York  City's 
chief  financial  officer,  would  be  chosen,  but  he 
was  opposed  by  Tammany.  The  choice  finally 
fell  upon  Judge  D.  Cady  Herrick,  of  Albany, 
for  some  years  past  a  Supreme  Court  justice,  and 
a,  member  of  what  is  known  as  the  Appellate 
Division  of  the  New  York  State  Supreme  bench. 
Before  going  on  the  bench,  Judge  Herrick  was 
an  active  lawyer  and  a  conspicuous  Democratic 
politician  of  the  city  and  county  of  Albany, 
where  for  many  years  he  was  the  inveterate 
opponent  within  the  party  of  the  leadership  of 
David  B.  Hill.  Lately,  however,  there  seems 
to  have  been  full  reconciliation.  Judge  Herrick 
has  long  been  upon  particularly  cordial  terms 
with  Tammany  Hall,  and  the  final  agreemenl 
upon  him  on  September  21  was  said  to  be  due 
to  the  belief  of  Judge  Parker  and  the  cam 
managers  that  the  candidate  must  be  a  man  in 
the  fullest  sense  agreeable  to  that  organization. 
For  lieutenant-governor,  the  man  selected  was 
Mi'.  Francis  Burton  Harrison,   now  a  Tammany 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


401 


Representative  in  Congress,  a  son  of  the  late 
Col.  Burton  Harrison,  and  of  a  mother  who  is 
one  of  our  best  writers  of  fiction. 


National 
Prospects. 


The  Democrats  are  counting  New 
York  with  their  reliable  assets.  The 
Republicans  have  the  State  in  their 
doubtful  column.  The  Democrats  can  figure  no 
way  to  elect  Judge  Parker  without  New  York, 
whereas  the  Republicans  feel  fairly  confident  of 
carrying  enough  other  States  to  elect  Roosevelt 
even  if  the  Empire  State  should  return  to  its 
normal  Democratic  allegiance.  Hitherto,  the 
Tammany  cohorts  have  not  been  zealous  for 
Parker,  nor  have  they  been  tactfully  treated  by 
the  managers.  Usually,  however,  before  election 
time,  Tammany  is  pacified  by  some  sort  of 
practical  consideration,  and  so  it  is  likely  to  be 
this  year.  More  dangerous  than  the  possible 
Tammany  dissatisfaction  is  the  scarcely  veiled 
willingness  of  the  Bryan-Hearst  elements  to  see 
Judge  Parker  lose  New  York  and  the  country. 
Both  these  leaders  propose  to  maintain  their 
party  regularity  and  to  give  ostensible  support 
to  the  ticket  ;  but  the  Hearst  newspapers  have 
been  somewhat  less  than  convincing  and  irre- 
sistible in  their  work  for  Parker.  They  have, 
on  the  other  hand,  treated  the  Populist  candidate, 
Mr.  Thomas  E.  Watson,  with  much  consideration. 


JUDGE  D.  CADY  HERRICK,  OP  ALBANY. 

(Nominated  by  the  Democratic  convention  at  Saratoga,  on 
September  21,  for  governor  of  the  State  of  New  York.) 


Watson 

and  His 

Campaign. 


GOVERNOR  ODELL  AT  THE  SARATOGA  CONVENTION  OK  THE 
NEW  YORK  REPUBLICANS. 

(He   is  managing  the    New  York  State    campaign  of  his 
party.) 


The  only  metropolitan  newspaper 
that  printed  Watson's  great  speech 
of  acceptance  in  full  was  the  New 
York  Evening  Journal.  Let  us  here  call  atten- 
tion to  Mr.  Walter  Wellman's  remarkable  trib- 
ute to  Mr.  Watson  in  this  number  of  the  Review 
of  Reviews.  In  our  July  number  appeared  an 
article  on  the  Republican  candidate  by  a  friend 
and  supporter  eminently  qualified  to  present  Mr. 
Roosevelt's  character  and  his  public  and  private 
qualities  to  the  country.  In  our  issue  for  Au- 
gust, the  personality  and  fitness  of  Judge  Par- 
ker were  set  forth  by  Mr.  Creelman,  whose  rela- 
tion to  Judge  Parker  and  his  candidacy  gave 
him  better  qualifications  than  any  other  writer. 
Instead  of  selecting  as  the  writer  of  a  sketch  of 
the  Populist  candidate  one  of  his  political  sup- 
porters, we  have  called  into  service  the  pen  of  a 
fair-minded  but  independent  political  writer, 
Mr.  Walter  Wellman,  whose  high  estimate  of 
Mr.  Watson  is,  therefore,  the  more  significant. 
It  is  not  possible  to  make  any  sort  of  estimate 
of  the  strength  at  the  polls  that  the  Populist 
ticket  will  secure,  but  there  is  a,  fair  chance  that 
Mi-.  Watson  may  win  the  votes  of  a  consider- 
able percentage  of  the  men  who  have  hitherto 
followed  Mr.  Bryan  devotedly,  and  of  those  who 
hoped  to  nominate  Mr.  Hearst  at  St.  Louis. 


402 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


WILLIAM   L.   DOUGLAS. 

(Democratic    candidate    for 
governor  of  Massachusetts.) 


President  Roosevelt  returned  to  Wash  - 

Rival  .  ..  ...  ,  ,  ,  -pv 

Party  ington  from  Ins  sojourn  at  Oyster  Bay 
Management.  on  Thursday,  September  22.  He  lias 
kept  in  touch  with  the  campaign  situation,  but 
has  not  interfered  in  any  way  with  the  full  author- 
ity of  Mr.  Cortelyou  as  chairman.  The  opera- 
tions of  the  Republican  campaign  have  been  car- 
ried on,  under  Mr.  Cortelyou's  direction,  with  'a 
perfection  of  system  and  a  lack  of  friction 
that  may  well  have 
aroused  the  envy  of 
the  opposition.  The 
Democrats  have  not 
been  so  fortunate  in 
securing  perfect  sys- 
tem or  entire  har- 
mony in  their  mana- 
gerial work.  Mr. 
Taggart,  the  chair- 
man, has  been  under 
constant  criticism, 
and  last  month  he  was 
said  to  have  been 
practically  supersed- 
ed at  the  New  York 
headquarters,  Sena- 
tor Gorman,  of  Mary- 
land, being  brought 
in  as  the  real  mana- 
ger,— Judge  Parker  himself  opening  headquar- 
ters at  the  new  Hotel  Astor,  in  order  to  spend 
a  number  of  days  each  week  in  close  touch  with 
his  managers.  It  was  understood  last  month 
that  the  Democrats  would  try  to  broaden  their 
efforts  and  make  them  more  aggressive. 

Thus,  besides  their  fight  in  the  group 
Eastern  of  States  nominally  admitted  to  be 
states.  doubtful,  they  were  planning  to  push 
the  war  resolutely  into  other  States.  In  Massa- 
chusetts, they  secured  for  their  candidate  for 
governor  a  very  popular  business  man,  Mr. 
William  L.  Douglas,  of  Brockton,  the  shoe  manu- 
facturer, whose  face  is  familiar  to  all  newspaper 
readers.  The  Connecticut  Democrats,  who  will 
make  a  strenuous  effort  to  carry  their  State,  have 
nominated  Judge  A.  Ileaton  Robertson,  of  New 
Haven,  for  governor.  The  Republican  conven- 
tion met  a  week  later  at  Hartford,  in  the  middle 
of  September,  and  nominated  Lieut.-Gov.  Henry 
Roberts,  of  that  city,  for  the  governorship.  The 
Hryau  men  are  said  to  be  not  well  pleased  with 
the  Connecticut  Democratic  ticket.  Like  New 
Jersey,  however,  Connecticut  must  be  included 
in  the  forecasts  of  a  Parker  victory.  The  Re- 
publicans in  New  Jersey  have  nominated  for  the 
governorship  a  well  known  State  leader.  ex- 
Senator    Edward    Casper    Stokes.     The    Demo- 


cratic convention  had  already  nominated  Mr. 
( lharles  C.  Black,  of  Jersey  City.  In  Delaware, 
the  Democrats  are  running  Hon.  Caleb  S.  Pen- 
newell,  of  Dover,  for  governor,  and  there  are  two 
Republican  tickets,  with  compromise  probable. 

The  prospects  in  Indiana  and  Illinois 
Farther  did  not  seem  bright,  but  Mr.  Taggart 
West'  maintained  his  air  of  cheerfulness 
and  confidence  with  respect  to  his  own  portion 
of  the  country.  Great  hopes  were  placed  by  the 
Democrats,  furthermore,  upon  the  situation  in 
Wisconsin.  They  have  put  in  nomination  for 
governor  Hon.  George  W.  Peck,  the  journalist 
and  humorous  writer,  of  Milwaukee,  who  served 
as  governor  from  1891  to  1895,  and  who  has 
many  elements  of  popularity.  The  breach  be- 
tween the  rival  factions  of  the  Republicans  had 
not  been  lessened  last  month  at  the  time  of 
our  going  to  press.  There  had  been  no  decision 
rendered  by  the  State  Supreme  Court  as  to  the 
question  what  faction  had  the  right  to  use  the 
Republican  name  and  emblem  on  the  official  vot- 
ing paper.  Governor  La  Follette's  campaign  is 
said  to  have  steadily  developed  strength  and  to 
have  won  adherents  especially  from  the  Popu- 
lists and  Bryan  Democrats.  It  is  claimed,  on 
the  other  hand,  that,  in  order  to  defeat  La  Fol- 
lette,  many  of  the  "Stalwart,"  or  conservative, 
Republicans  will  vote  for  Peck  on  the  Demo- 
cratic State  ticket,  while  marking  their  ballots 
for  Republican  Presidential  electors.  The  State 
is  strongly  claimed  for  Mr.  Roosevelt. 


THE  NKW  HOTEL  ASTOR.  AT  BROADWAY  AND  FORTY-FOURTH 
STREET,  NEW  YORK  CITY,  OPENED  LAST  MONTH,  WHERE 
JUDGE   I'AKKEK    HAS   HIS   HEADQUARTERS. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


403 


HON.  GEORGE  W.   PECK,   OF  WISCONSIN. 

(Democratic  nominee  for  governor.) 

„     .  .    L      Our  neighbors  to  the  north  are  on 

Our  Neighbors     .  °     ,  .  ,        .         . 

North  the  eve  of  a  national  election,  in 
and  South.  wnjch  the  raiiroad  interests  will  play 
an  important  part.  The  Canadians  are  also 
soon  to  receive  their  new  governor  -  general. 
Lord  Grey,  a  character  sketch  of  whom  will 
appear  in  this  Review  next  month.  To  the 
south,  Mexico  is  prospering.  Her  continuance 
of  the  Diaz  regime  is  evidence  of  a  desire  for 
peace  and  commercial  progress.  President  Diaz 
was  about  to  start  on  his  travels  around  the  world, 
during  which  he  will  spend  some  time  in  the 
United  States  ;  and  the  Review  of  Reviews  will 
have  something  to  say  to  its  readers  about  these 
travels  later  on.  On  the  Isthmus,  and  in  the 
new  republic  of  Panama,  quiet  was  unbroken, 
save  by  the  hum  of  activity  on  the  canal  strip. 
Minister  Barrett  has  been  useful  in  enhan- 
cing the  republic's  amicable  relations  with  the 
United  States,  and  apparently  with  the  rest  of 
of  the  world,  for  the  new  little  nation.  The 
arbitrary  action  of  the  Venezuelan  Govern- 
ment in  seizing  the  asphalt  lakes  had  caused 
sonic  righteous  indignation  in  the  United 
States,  but  a  satisfactory  adjustment  of  the 
matter  seemed  probable  in  the  near  future. 
Several  South  American  countries,  notably 
Uruguay  and  Paraguay,  were  having  serious 
revolts. 


The  session  of  the  British  Parliament 
History  in  which  closed  in  August  was  not  very 
Europe.  fruitful  in  important  legislation.  The 
General  Licensing  Act,  the  campaign  of  Mr. 
Lloyd-George  against  the  application  of  the  Edu- 
cation Act  to  Wales,  the  ecclesiastical  deadlock 
in  Scotland  over  the  "  Free  Church,"  and  Mr. 
Chamberlain's  preferential-tariff  agitation  were 
the  topics  of  interest  to  the  British  electorate. 
Contrary  to  universal  expectation,  the  Balfour 
ministry  survives,  but  several  by-elections  have 
resulted  in  practically  Liberal  victories.  Across 
the  Channel,  Premier  Combes  is  continuing  his 
campaign  for  the  disestablishment  of  the  French 
Church.  Ambassadors  have  been  withdrawn 
by  Vatican  and  republic,  and,  while  the  Pope 
believes  that  his  control  over  the  French  bishops 
is  vital  to  the  interests  of  the  Church,  and  shows 
no  disposition  to  yield,  the  republic,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  evidently  about  ready  to  repeal 
the  Concordat  and  bring  about  the  absolute  sep- 
aration of  Church  and  State.  Holland  has  had 
her  problems.  In  reopening  the  Dutch'  States- 
General,  on  September  20,  Queen  Wilhelmina 
pointed  out  the  need  for  greater  enterprise  in  com- 
peting with  foreign  industry,  and  declared  that 
the  finances  of  the  nation  needed  strengthening. 
Germany  has  been  enjoying  a  season  of  unusual 
prosperity,  largely  due,  it  is  whispered  in  Eng- 
land, to  the  fact  that  German  trade  with  the 
Orient  has  been  permitted  by  Russia  to  thrive 
at  the  expense  of  English  trade.  Closer  bonds 
have  been  drawn  between  the  Russian  and  Ger- 
man empires  by  the  recent  commercial  treaty. 
The  Bismarck  tradition  has  finally  passed  away 
from  German  political  life  with  the  death,  on 
September  18,  of  Prince  Herbert  Bismarck,  the 
eldest  son  of  the  Iron  Chancellor. 

As  usual,  "  there  is  trouble  in  the 
JhEasT.r      Balkans."   Outrages  by  irresponsible 

troops  continue,  and  on  September 
17  Turkish  soldiers  sacked  and  pillaged  the 
port  of  Salonika.  It  was  announced  in  Au- 
gust that  the  Turkish  Government  had  practi- 
cally agreed  to  the  demands  made  by  Secretary 
Hay  for  equal  recognition  with  the  subjects 
of  European  powers  of  American  citizens  in 
Turkish  dominions,  with  special  reference  to 
schools  under  American  auspices,  it  is  inter- 
esting to  note,  in  passing,  that  Murad  V.,  the 
Sultan  of  Turkey,  who  was  declared  insane  and 
deposed  twenty-eight  years  ago  to  make  room 
for  his  younger  brother,  the  present  Sultan,  Ab- 
dul Hamid,  died  late  in  August.  It  was  gen- 
erally believed  that  the  political  programme 
of  the  Young  Turkish  party  included  the  res- 
toration of  Murad  V. 


404 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


QUEEN    HELENA   OF   ITALY'  AM)    HKU   TWO    DAUGHTERS. 

(The  little  Italian  princesses  are  Yolanda,  born  June  1,  1901,  and  Mafakla,  born 
November  19,  1902.  A  son,  who  is  to  be  christened  Humbert,  Prince  of  Pied- 
mont, was  born  September  15.) 


Labor 


While  the  industrial  situation  in  this 
Troubles  in  country  is  improving  (Mr.  Yarros' 
urope-  article  on  another  page  of  this  issue 
recounts  the  signs  of  improvement),  last  month 
saw  mutterings  of  labor  discontent  in  several 
widely  separated  sections  of  Europe.  The  eco- 
nomic and  industrial  conditions  in  Russia  arc 
graphically  described  by  Dr.  E.  J.  Dillon  in  his 
article  in  the  Rkvikw,  this  month  (on  page  I  l!>). 
The  Czar  had  promised  a  great  many  industrial 
reforms  in  celebration  of  the  christening  of  the 
young  heir  to  the  throne.  His  appointment  of 
Prince  Sviatopolk-Mirsky  to  succeed  the  late 
Minister  von  Plehve  may  be  taken  as  an  indi- 
cation of  his  desire  to  mitigate  the  rigorous 
policy  heretofore  pursued  in  the  department  of 
the  interior,  but  keen  business  distress,  and  in 
certain  sections  of  the  empire  almost  revolution- 
ary labor  conditions,  grow  worse  in  Russia.  The 
great  strike  of  the  miners  and    dock    laborers  in 

southern    France   still    keeps   Marseilles    in    al- 
most   a  state  of   siege,   and   just  as    Italy,    like 
Russia,  was  preparing  to  celebrate  the  birth  of 
an  heir  to  the  throne,  a  strike  threatening  to  in 
volvetl ntirc country  had  broken  out  in  Rome. 


,.  ,  ,        On  September  1 6, 

Italy  s        .  l 

industrial  it  was  announced 
CHsis-  that  the  Italian 
Socialists  had  decided  on  a 
general  strike  as  a  protesi 
against  a  conflict  between 
strikers  and  the  police  in 
Rome,  in  which  two  strikers 
were  killed.  The  striking  be- 
gan at  Milan,  and  several  con- 
flicts had  occurred  between 
the  populace  and  the  military, 
in  which  two  of  the  gendarmes 
were  killed.  The  day  follow- 
ing, the  reserves  were  called 
out  by  the  ministry  to  reen- 
force  the  civil  authorities. 
The  heavy  taxation,  with  its 
consequent  burden  on  the 
poorer  classes  (perhaps  no- 
where so  poor  as  in  Italy), 
and  the  strongly  organized, 
widespread  labor  organiza- 
tions of  the  kingdom,  which 
are  practically  identical  with 
the  Italian  Socialist  party, — 
these  are  facts  which  had 
made  the  friends  of  Italy  fear 
that  grave  developments,  per- 
haps even  a  revolution,  were 
pending.  The  censorship  on 
the  news  also  indicated  the 
gravity  of  the  situation.  The 
rest  of  the  world  will  not  soon  forget  the  Italian 
bread  riots  of  1898,  when  literal  civil  war  was 
waged  in  Milan,  Genoa,  and  other  cities  for  sev- 
eral days.  The  King  and  Queen  are  very  popu- 
lar with  Italians,  but  conditions  of  life  are  severe 
on  a  large  proportion  of  the  population,  and  the 
little  prince,  who  was  born  on  September  15  and 
is  to  be  christened  Humbert,  Prince  of  Pied- 
mont, arrived  in  troublous  times  for  his  country. 

The  reality  of  the  war  was  brought 
of  the  suddenly  and  with  startling  effect  to 
"Lena.  om,  verv  <]oors  by  t}ie  arrival,  on 
September  11,  of  the  Russian  auxiliary  cruiser 
Lena,  thirty-one  days  out  from  Vladivostok,  in 
the  harbor  of  San  Francisco,  causing  great  excite- 
ment among  the  Japanese  on  the  Pacific  Coast, 
and  considerable  speculation  throughout  the 
country  as  to  the  purpose  of  her  visit.  Was  she 
endeavoring  to  escape  from  Admiral  Togo's  vic- 
torious lleei,  or  had  she  been  sent  out  to  prey  upon 
American-Japanese  commerce  in  our  own  wa- 
ters ?  The  Lena,  which  was  formerly  the  Kherson 
of  the  Russian  volunteer  fleet,  is  a  steel  English' 
built    ship    capable    of    steaming   twenty  ■  three 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


405 


knots,  which  would  permit  her  to  overhaul  any 
vessels  of  the  Japanese  line  or  of  the  American 
and  British  Pacific  Mail  lines.  She  is  known  as 
;i  transport,  but  carries  twenty-three  guns.  Her 
captain  had  announced  that  her  engines  and 
boilers  were  in  need  of  repairs,  and  asked  per- 
mission to  dock  at  San  Francisco.  Admiral 
Goodrich,  of  the  Pacific  squadron,  had  at  once 
notified  Washington,  and  by  order  of  the  Presi- 
dent a  thorough  examination  was  made  of  the 
Russian  vessel,  which  showed  her  to  be  unsea- 
worthy.  At  the  request  of  and  by  agreement 
with  her  captain,  she  had  been  taken  into  cus- 
tody by  the  naval  authorities  at  the  Mare  Island 
Navy  Yard.  There,  by  order  of  the  President, 
she  was  completely  disarmed,  and  her  captain 
gave  a  written  guarantee  that  she  would  not 
attempt  to  leave  San  Francisco  until  peace  had 
been  concluded.  The  officers  and  crew  will 
probably  remain  in  San  Francisco  until  some 
understanding  has  been  reached  as  to  their 
disposal  between  the  United  States  Government 
and  both  belligerents.  Thus  was  our  complete 
and  impartial  neutrality  demonstrated. 

TL   „.         The  defense,  as  well  as  the  siege,  of 

The  Siege  '  n  °  .' 

of  Port  Port  Arthur  will  doubtless  pass  into 
Arthur.  history  as  one  of  the  most  remarkable 
of  modern  times.  For  five  months,  up  to  the 
middle  of  September,  General  Stoessel,  the  Rus- 
sian commander,  had  maintained  himself  with  a 
dwindling  force, — originally  some  40,000,  and 
now,  according  to  the  best  reports,  less  than 
12,000,— against  from  80,000  to  100,000  Japa- 
nese, under  one  of  the  Mikado's  greatest  com- 
manders, General  Nogi,  a  sketch  of  whose  gallant 
career  appears  in  this  number  of  the  Review. 
Op  to  September  20,  all  reports  which  reached 
the  outside  world  told  of  the  suffering  and  des- 
titution of  the  garrison.  It  was  said  that  while 
there  were  provisions  for  a  month  or  more, 
these  were  of  the  "  half-ration  "  order.  More 
serious  was  the  shortage  of  ammunition,  reports 
agreeing  that  the  Russian  fire  had  not  been  as 
vigorous  as  formerly,  and  that  the  powder  was 
of  an  inferior  quality,  as  the  shots  did  not 
carry  so  well.  On  August  27,  during  a  violent 
thunderstorm,  the  Japanese  made  a  fierce  attack 
on  several  flank  positions,  but  were  repulsed. 
On  September  1,  they  attacked  again,  and  were 
likewise  repulsed,  but  on  September  12  one  of 
the  most  important  forts  on  the  slope  of  Golden 
Hill  was  captured.  On  September  1  G,  General 
Stoessel  declares,  he  repulsed  another  Japanese 
attack.  The  city  could  now  be  reached  from  al- 
most every  direction  by  the  Japanese  guns. 
Fires  have  been  frequent,  and  many  buildings 
have   been  destroyed.      People  lived   chiefly    in 


bomb-proof  houses.  Several  Russian  officials 
and  a  number  of  Chinese  had  been  saying  that 
early  in  September,  when  they  escaped  from 
the  fortress,  the  Russians  were  prepared  to  blow 
up  the  ships  and  the  town  in  case  of  a  success- 
ful Japanese  assault  ;  also,  that  the  besieging 
army  was  tunneling  under  the  Russian  forts. 
with  the  intention  o'f  1  (lowing  them  up.  The 
ferocity  of  the  warfare  at  Port  Arthur  is  de- 
scribed by  Prince  Radziwill,  who  recently  suc- 
ceeded in  escaping,  as  almost  beyond  imagina- 
tion. He  declares  that  the  white  flag  was 
spurned  by  both  sides  ;  that  the  wounded  were 
abandoned,  and  that  the  dead  of  both  sides  lay 
unburied  in  the  streets  and  trenches  for  weeks. 

The  Japanese  general  staff  has  not 
Long  Defense  concealed  its  belief  that  the  fall  of 
Justified?  port  Arthur  has  been  to  a  large  ex- 
tent dependent  upon  the  departure  of  the  Rus- 
sian Baltic  fleet  for  the  far  East.  The  menace 
from  this  now  appears  to  be  a  negligible  quan- 
tity, and,  while  the  Japanese  have  not  renounced 
the  hope  of  carrying  the  fortress  by  direct  as- 
sault, its  capitulation  will  probably  be  brought 
about  by  starving  out  the  garrison.  Has  the 
long  defense  of  Port  Arthur  been  justified  ? 
Captain  Mahan,  as  quoted  in  one  of  our  "  Lead- 
ing Articles  "  this  month,  believes  that  it  has. 
It  was  a  grave  error,  he  holds,  for  Russia  not  to 
send  the  Baltic  fleet  to  the  far  East  some  months 
ago,  but  that  error  has  to  a  large  extent  been 
atoned  for  by  Stoessel's  stubborn  defense  of 
Port  Arthur. 

,.,    „  ,  .      After  the  crushing  defeat  sustained 

The  Baltic      .  .  _,         .  °  .  n 

Fleet  starts    by  the    Russian    Port    Arthur    fleet 
and  stops.     on  August   10j  and  the  Vladivostok 

squadron  four  days  later,  the  naval  situation  in 
the  far  East  had  remained  uneventful  until  the 
actual  departure  of  the  much  talked  of  Baltic 
fleet  from  Cronstadt.  On  September  11,  the 
seven  battleships  and  five  cruisers  of  this  ar- 
mada, under  command  of  Vice-Admiral  Rojest- 
vensky,  began  their  long  voyage  with  much 
pomp  and  ceremony.  After  a  few  hours'  sail, 
however,  orders  were  received  to  put  into  Reval, 
and  at  this  writing  (September  20)  the  fleet  re- 
mains in  this  Baltic  port.  The  ships  of  the 
Baltic  fleet  are  mostly  modern  in  type,  the 
Kniaz  Suvaroff,  the  Alexander  III.,  and  the  Orel 
being  each  of  more  than  thirteen  thousand  tons, 
with  heavy  armament.  The  long  delay  in  the 
departure  of  this  fleet,  and  its  return  to  port  after 
sailings,  have  lent  color  to  the  suspicion  that  it  is 
not  as  formidable  as  the  Russian  admiralty  would 
have  us  believe.  Supposing  it  to  really  cail  for 
the   Pacific,  at  least  two  months,  and    probably 


40G 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Stereograph.    Copyright,  1904,     H.  C.  White  Co. 

FIELD  MARSHAL,  MARQUIS  OYAMA,  COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF  OF  THE  JAPANESE 
ARMIES  IN  MANCHURIA;  MARCHIONESS  OYAMA,  I.ADY  HISAKO  OYAMA,  THEIR 
DAUGHTER,  AND  TWO  SONS,  IN  THE  GARDEN  OF  THEIR  TOKIO  HOME,  JUST 
BEFORE   THE   DEPARTURE    FOR  THE  FRONT. 


three,  would  be  consumed  in  reaching  the  scene 
of  the  war,  and  there  can  be  little  doubt  of 
Admiral  Togo's  ability  to  defeat,  if  not  destroy, 
it  in  the  event  of  its  reaching  the  vicinity  of 
Port  Arthur.  The  British  Government,  mean- 
while, had  directed  its  outposts,  colonies,  or  pro- 
tectorates on  the  road  to  refuse  any  assistance 
whatever  to  belligerent  ships  on  their  way  to 
engage  an  enemy  ;  and,  in  reply  to  a  charge 
that  the  Russian  admiral  intended  to  coal  and 
remain  at  Corunna,  Spain,  for  a  longer  period 
than  is  permitted  by  international  law,  the  Span- 
ish Government  had  declared  that  it  would  not 
permit  a  belligerent  act  by  either  power  within 
its  jurisdiction. 

„      '     After   much    parleying,    the   Chinese 
Great  Britain  l        „ •>       "      ,         .. . 

Finds  Red  authorities  had  effected  the  disarma 
Sea  Raiders.  lm>nt  of  tlie  Askold  and  the  Grozovoi, 
the  two  Russian  ships  which  took  refuge  in  the 
harbor  of  Shanghai  after  the  Port  Arthur  battle 
of  August  10,  and  it  was  reported  that  the  Diana, 
which  took  refuge  after  this  battle  in  the  harbor 
of  Saigon,  French  Indo-China,  had  been  ordered 
by  the  (  !zar  to  disarm.  The  cruiser  Novik,  which 
escaped  from  Tsingtau  on  August  12  or  13,  was 
intercepted  by  Admiral  Kamimura  and  sunk  off 
the  coast  of  Sakhalin.      An  effective  and  rather 


dramatic  ending  to  the  cruise  of 
the  Russian  Red  Sea  raiders,  the 
Smolensk  and  the  Petersburg,  had 
added  to  the  interest  of  the  naval 
situation.  The  government  al 
St.  Petersburg,  replying  to  the 
protest  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment that  the  interruptions  to 
British  commerce;  were  continu- 
ing even  after  the  agreement  by 
the  Russian  Government  that 
they  should  cease,  announced 
that  the  Smolensk  and  the  Peters- 
burg had  not  received  orders  to 
desist,  and  that  it  was  impossible 
to  locate  them.  The  British 
Government  then  offered  to  find 
the  raiders  and  deliver  the  orders 
of  the  Russian  Government. 
Several  fast  British  cruisers  were 
then  supplied  with  cipher  mes- 
sages from  the  Russian  admiralty 
to  the  commanders  of  the  Smo- 
lensk  and  the  Petersburg  ordering 
them  to  desist  from  further  cap- 
tures, and  these  British  vessels, 
a  ft  it  a.  week  or  more  of  unsuc- 
cessful search,  finally  located 
the  Russian  volunteer  raiders 
off  Zanzibar,    Southeast  Africa. 

and    delivered    to  them  the   orders   from   their 

home  government. 

.  In  the  matter  of  the  seizure  of  ves- 
and  sels  declared  to  carry  contraband  of 
Contraband.  wa^  t])e  interesting  development  had 
been  the  protest  of  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment to  Russia  in  the  case  of  the  steamer  Gal- 
chas,  captured  by  the  Vladivostok  squadron  en 
route  from  Puget  Sound  to  Japan,  already  noted 
in  these  pages.  An  appeal  from  the  judgment 
of  the  Vladivostok  prize  court  had  been  taken 
to  the  imperial  court  at  St.  Petersburg.  The 
British  and  American  contention  is  that  freight 
seized  cannot  be  deemed  contraband  from  the 
mere  fact  that  it  was  bound  for  the  ports  of  a 
belligerent  power,  hut  that  it  is  necessary  to 
prove  it  to  have  been  destined  for  the  use  of 
the  army  or  navy  of  one  of  the  belligerents. 
The  Russian  claim  had  been  that  '-foodstuffs 
consigned  to  an  enemy's  port  in  sufficient  quan- 
tity to  create  the  presumption  that  it  is  intended 
for  the  use  of  the  g  >vernmeiit's  military  or 
naval  forces  is  prima  facte  contraband  and  suffi- 
cient to  warrant  holding  it  for  the  decision  of  a 
prize  court."  The  Russian  (Jovernmer.  ';-,  how- 
ever, on  September  16,  replied  to  the  British 
note,  agreeing  to  view  foodstutl's  and  fuel  as  of 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


40? 


a  conditionally  contraband  character,  and  stat- 
ing that  supplementary  instructions  to  this  ef- 
fect had  been  issued  to  Russian  naval  command- 
ers and  prize  courts.  The  sinking  of  the  Brit- 
ish vessel  the  Knight  Commander  was  justifiable, 
Russia,  however,  claims.  On  September  19,  the 
Russian  Government  replied  to  the  American 
protest  in  the  Calchas  affair.  The  Russian  note 
is  substantially  the  same  as  that  addressed  to 
Great  Britain,  except  that  the  Russian  Govern- 
ment declines  to  accede  to  the  American  conten- 
tion that  coal,  railway  materials,  and  machin- 
ery should  also  be  included  among  articles 
which  are  conditionally  contraband. 

The   long-expected    great    battle    of 
Battles  of    Liao-Yane;     has    been    fought,     and 

Lao-Yang.  ©  <i  .  °  . 

General  Kuropatkin,  the  Russian 
commander-in-chief,  on  ground  of  his  own 
choosing,  has  been  conclusively  defeated,  although 
not  routed,  by  the  combined  armies  under  Field 
Marshal  Oyama.  In  nine  days  of  perhaps  the 
most  desperate  fighting  of  modern  times,  begin- 
ning August  23,  the  Japanese  forced  the  Russian 
commander  out  of  the  fortified  city  of  Liao-Yang 
and  compelled  him  to  retreat  northward.  By 
September  20,  the  entire  Russian  army  had 
reached  the  sacred  city  of  Mukden,  the  capital 
of  Manchuria,  and  was  still  going  slowly  to  the 
north,  with  the  Japanese  in  pursuit.  Several 
rear  guard  actions  had  taken  place,  with  a  proba- 
bility that  Mukden,  forty  miles  north  of  Liao- 
Yung,  would  be  the  scene  of  the  next  battle. 

The  great  battle,  in  which  more  than 

How  the         .  °  i-,-,  i 

Forces  Were  four  hundred  thousand  men  were  en- 
Drawn  Up.  gage(} — a  struggle  which  has  been 
one  of  the  greatest  in  the  world's  history, — was 
an  on  August  24  by  attacks  on  the  Russian 
positions  at  An-Shan-Chan  (by  General  Nodzu) 
and  Anping  (by  General  Kuroki).  Up  to  the 
middle  of  August,  the  three  Japanese  armies 
"had  been  conducting  separate  campaigns,  Kuro- 
ki's  being  known  as  the  first,  Oku's  as  the  sec- 
ond, and  Nodzu's  as  the  third,  army.  At  Liao- 
Yang,  these  armies  were  united,  under  the 
supreme  command  of  Field  Marshal  Oyama,  ag- 
gregating, according  to  the  most  generally  ac- 
cepted reports,  240,000  men,  with  from  800  to 
900  guns.  In  this  battle,  Kuroki's  army  (160,- 
000  men)  became  Marshal  Oyama's  right  flank  ; 
General  Nodzu's  (50,000  men)  the  left  flank,  and 
General  Oku's  (30,000  men)  the  Japanese  center. 
<  »pposed  to  these  were  approximately  200,000  to 
210.000  Russians,  under  General  Kuropatkin, 
who  himself  commanded  the  Russian  center, 
with  his  right  flank,  facing  General  Nodzu, 
under  Generals  Stakelberg  and  Meyendorff  suc- 


cessively ;  and  his  left,  facing  General  Oku, 
under  the  Cossack  generals  Mistchenko  and 
Rennenkampf .  The  Russian  forces  were  posted 
in  strongly  intrenched  positions  on  the  hills,  in 
a  semicircle  around  the  city  of  Liao-Yang — 
about  six  miles  from  their  center — with  both 
wings  resting  on  the  Ta'i-tse  River,  which  flows 
almost  exactly  east  and  west  a  little  north  of  the 
town.  Around  this  Russian  army  the  Japanese 
formed  an  outer  circle  about  two  miles  distant. 
For  months  the  Russians  had  been  fortifying 
and  provisioning  Liao-Yang,  which  had  been 
General  Kuropatkin's  headquarters  from  the  be- 
ginning of  the  war,  and  in  which  he  had  gath- 
ered vast  quantities  of  military  stores.  Liao-Yang 
is  an  ancient  walled  city,  which  the  most  emi- 
nent of  Russian  engineers  had  been  fortifying 
since  May  1,  surrounding  it  with  line  after  line 
of  trenches  and  pitfalls.  Some  twenty  miles  to 
the  south  and  east  of  Liao-Yang,  the  Japanese, 
in  their  enveloping  movements,  had  emerged 
from  the  mountains  and  entered  the  great  plain 
of  the  Liao  River.  It  seems  clear  that  General 
Kuropatkin  had  deliberately  chosen  to  fight  on 
this  plain,  with  the  strong  Liao-Yang  fortifica- 
tions at  his  back.  On  this  plain,  said  the  Rus- 
sians, our  superiority  in  cavalry  will  be  effec- 
tively demonstrated. 

On  August  24,  General  Kuroki  at- 
and  tacked  Anping  with  his  left  and 
Nodzu  Attack.  center)  reserving  his  right  flank  for 
another  movement  not  at  that  time  foreseen. 
At  the  same  time,  General  Nodzu  attacked  the 
Russian  right  flank,  forcing  it  to  retire  from 
Anping  to  Liao-Yang,  closely  followed  by  his 
and  General  Kuroki's  forces..  Meanwhile,  the 
Japanese  center,  under  General  Oku,  in  a  series 
of  brilliant,  desperate  infantry  charges,  was 
pounding  away  at  the  Russian  center.  Here  it 
was  that  the  greatest  loss  of  life  took  place. 
For  two  days,  Oku  hurled  his  splendid  infantry 
against  the  Russian  breastworks,  fortified  with 
every  device  that  time  and  ingenuity  could  pro- 
vide, but,  despite  their  valor  (more  than  one 
correspondent  has  characterized  Oku's  infantry 
as  the  best  in  the  world),  the  dogged  resistance 
of  the  Russians  was  too  much  for  the  bayonet 
charges  of  Oku's  men,  and  this  stage  of  the  con- 
test may  fairly  be  said  to  have  been  favorable 
to  Kuropatkin.  So  fierce  were  the  Japanese  at- 
tacks, however,  that  even  behind  their  breast- 
works, the  Russians  are  said  to  have  suffered 
more  severely  than  their  assailants.  Meanwhile, 
a  tremendous  artillery  duel  was  in  progress,  the 
six  hundred  Russian  guns  replying  to  the  seven 
hundred  or  eight  hundred  Japanese  cannon  in- 
cessantly for  three  days,  ending  August  29. 


408 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THK.  WAR  AREA    IN   THE   PAR    EAST,   SHOWING    DISTANCES  FROM  JAPAN. 


On  the  last  day  of  August,  Kuroki's 
Fiankl  the  missing  right  flank  effected  a  cross- 
Russians.  }ng  -^y  p0nt0on  bridges  over  the  Tai- 
tse  River,  at  Sakankankwantun,  and  began  to 
turn  the  Russian  flank.  It  was  the  favorite  Jap- 
anese plan, — pound  your  enemy  in  front,  and 
while  he  is  engaged  then",  creep  around  to  the 
rear  and  cut  his  communications.  It  became 
necessary  for  Kuropatkin  to  meet  this  movement 
of  Kuroki,  while  at  the  same  time  Ins  center  and 
right  wings  were  still  being  engaged  by  Nodzu 
and  Oku.  With  part  of  Ins  forces  to  the  north 
of  the  river,  Kuropatkin  attacked  Kuroki  with 
desperation,  endeavoring  to  cut  frff  that  part  of 
the  Japanese  flank  winch  was  on  the  north  side 
of  the  Tai-tse  and  annihilate  it  before  the  other 
poll  ion  could  join  it.  But  by  desperate  fight- 
ing, during  which  Kuroki's  fate  was  in  the  bal- 
ance for  three  days,  the  Japanese  general  suc- 
ceeded in  getting  his  entire  force  across  the 
river,  and  General  Kuropatkin,  instead  of  suc- 
ceeding in  his  Napoleonic  feat  of  crushing  the 
Japanese   army  in    detail,   was    forced  to  begin  a 

general  retreat  to  the  north.  On  Sunday.  Septem- 
ber   I.  the  Japanese  armies  entered    Kiao  Vang. 


After  several  enveloping  movements 
Suffering  on  a  large  scale,  in  which  the  Rus- 
andLoss.     gjan  vear  gUar(j)  uncler  General  Stak- 

elberg,  narrowly  escaped  capture  by  the  Japa- 
nese (General  Orloffs  detachment  being  nearly 
annihilated),  the  Russian  forces,  by  September  8, 
had  reached  the  Yen-Tai  coal  mines  (one  of  Rus 
sia's  only  three  sources  of  supply  in  Manchuria), 
on  a  branch  of  the  Trans-Siberian,  south  of 
Mukden.  Here  they  were  again  attacked  by' 
Kuroki  and  forced  to  retire  still  farther  north. 
After  an  engagement  at  the  mines,  the  fighting 
ceased,  and  the  exhausted  soldiers  on  both  sides 
rested.  In  the  ten  days'  fighting,  ending  Sep- 
tember 3,  the  Russian  losses  were  2  generals, 
22,000  men,  133  guns,  and  fortifications  costing 
|30,000,00ii.  According  to  General  Kuropafr 
kin's  official  report  of  the  fighting  with  Kuroki, 
I,. ".(in  men  were  killed  and  17,000  wounded. 
Marshal  Oyama  reported  a  loss  of  1  7,000  in  killed 
and  wounded.  Rut  these  figures  evidently  do 
not  apply  to  all  the  ten  days  already  considered, 
the   losses  of    which    British   correspondents    put 

at  30, ouo.    General  Kuropatkin  declares  that  he 
saved  his  baggage  and    his   baggage   trains,  and 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


409 


succeeded  in  destroying  all  the  stores  in  Liao- 
Vang  before  the  city  fell  into  the  hands  of  the 
Japanese.  Marshal  Oyama,  on  the  other  hand, 
reports  to  Tokio  that  he  secured  vast  and  valua- 
ble stores  in  the  city,  including  many  thousand 
rifles  and  a  great  quantity  of  forage  for  horses. 
Between  the  evacuation  by  the  Russians  and  the 
occupation  by  the  Japanese,  it  is  reported  that 
bands  of  Russians,  Chinese,  and  Japanese  suc- 
cessively looted  the  town,  and  correspondents 
describe  the  city  and  surrounding  country  as 
one  vast  scene  of  carnage  and  desolation.  More 
than  twelve  hundred  guns  had  been  roaring  in- 
cessantly for  three  days,  the  cannonading  being 
sixty  shots  a  minute  for  more  than  forty-eight 
hours.  The  battle  was  made  up  of  a  great  ar- 
tillery duel,  during  which  the  Japanese  shrapnel 
searched  every  square  foot  of  the  high  Chinese 
grain  in  which  the  Russians  were  hiding  ;  of 
desperate  bayonet  charges  by  Oku's  men,  which 
resulted  in  frightful  Japanese  losses,  and  which 
were  really  Russian  triumphs  ;  and  in  dashes  of 
Cossack  cavalry  which  repulsed  the  Japanese 
attackers  many  times. 

As  the  great  battle  recedes  into  the 

A  Great  &  ..  .      . 

victory  proper  perspective,  it  becomes  more 
for  Japan.  and  more  certain  that,  while  the  Jap- 
anese gained  a  decided  victory,  the  Russians 
were  not  decisively  defeated.  It  has  been  gen- 
erally assumed  that  it  was  the  purpose  of  Mar- 
shal Oyama  to  surround  and  annihilate  General 
Kuropatkin.  The  latter,  however,  was  able  to 
escape  with  the  bulk  of  his  army.  The  Russian 
war  office  maintains  that  Kuropatkin's  retreat 
is  merely  the  "carrying  out  of  a  well-defined 
idea,"  and  that  the  Russian  general's  escape  was 
really  a  strategic  defeat  for  the  Japanese.  The 
facts  remain,  however,  that  a  stronghold  which 
the  Russians  were  a  year  in  fortifying,  and  of 
whose  impregnability  they  boasted,  has  been 
given  up  to  the  Japanese  after  one  of  the  most 
desperately  fought  battles  of  history,  and  that 
the  Russian  commander-in-chief  is  now  in  dis- 
astrous, if  not  demoralized,  retreat.  Liao-Yang, 
the  Russians  and  their  sympathizers  had  hoped, 
would  disclose  some  weakness, — a  lack  of  stay- 
ing qualities  or  some  other  inadequacy  inherent 
in  the  military  character  of  the  Japanese, — 
that  might  reverse  the  decision  based  upon 
their  preceding  victories.  A  general  engage- 
ment of  the  first  class,  however,  has  settled  for- 
ever the  question  of  the  military  science  of  the 
Japanese  commanders  and  the  courage  and  en- 
durance of  the  Japanese  soldier,  measured  even 
by  European  standards.  If  ever  a  war  was  run 
on  thoroughly  scientific,  business-like  principles, 
Japan  is  now  waging  such  a  war. 


It  has  been  said  that  in  military  his- 

ARetreat'y  ^OIT  a  great  retreat  ranks  next  to  a 
great  victory.  General  Kuropatkin 
has  certainly  made  a  masterly  retreat.  It  may 
be  said  that,  from  the  standpoint  of  actual  fight- 
ing, he  won  the  race.  By  his  energy  and  deter- 
mination, the  Czar's,  commander-in-chief  pre- 
vented the  victors  from  turning  defeat  into  a 
catastrophe,  and  saved  his  armies  for  another 
campaign.  A  trap  was  laid  for  him,  but  he  was 
clever  and  strong  enough  to  burst  through  or 
evade  it.  It  is  true  he  was  not  responsible  for 
all  the  conditions  under  which  he  fought.  He, 
however,  allowed  himself  to  be  coerced  into  the 
occupation  of  Liao-Yang,  when  it  is  probable 
that  he  himself  desired  to  leave  southern  and 
central  Manchuria  and  concentrate  at  Harbin. 
He  fortified  Liao-Yang  at  his  leisure,  and  made 
it  so  strong,  with  guns  and  stores,  that  it  equal- 
ized for  him  the  numerical  superiority  of  the 
Japanese.  It  must  have  been  his  own  fault  if 
his  position  was  not  so  well  chosen  and  defend- 
ed as  to  render  him  more  than  a  match  for  his 
assailants,  who,  though  they  were  somewhat 
more  numerous,  had  the  difficulty  of  attacking. 
Kuropatkin  himself  attributes  his  defeat  chiefly 
to  the  failure  of  Major-General  Orloff  to  carry 
out  his  orders  in  the  Russian  movement  over 
the  Tai-tse,  which  was  meant  to  destroy  Kuroki. 
Our  character  sketch  on  another  page  of  this 
issue  outlines  Kuropatkin's  really  remarkable 
career,  and  shows  him  the  well-rounded  man 
that  he  is.  The  Russian  journals,  while  deplor- 
ing the  defeat  and  admitting  the  Japanese  abil- 
ity to  win  on  equal  terms,  attribute  the  reverse 
chiefly  to  interference  with  Kuropatkin's  plans 
by  Viceroy  Alexieff.  A  number  of  these  journals 
demand  that  entire  military  control  be  now  given 
to  Kuropatkin,  and,  early  in  September,  it  had 
been  announced  in  St.  Petersburg  that  Admiral 
Alexieff  had  been  relieved  of  the  military  and 
naval  command,  and  that  thereafter  he  would 
be  responsible  only  for  the  political  and  diplo- 
matic representation  in  the  far  East,  with  head- 
quarters at  Harbin. 

The  experts  are  telling  us  that  the  next 

Oyama       battle  will  be  at  Harbin,  three  hun- 

Do  Now  ?     dred  mileg  tQ  the  north  of  Mukden  ; 

that  the  Japanese  armies  will  then  invade  Siberia 
proper,  if  Kuropatkin  is  not  meanwhile  reenforced 
sufficiently  to  assume  the  offensive.  This  is,  of 
course,  mere  speculation.  In  the  opinion  of  a 
thoughtful  Japanese  of  this  city,  however,  who 
has  good  grounds  for  his  views,  Japan  will  not 
be  tempted  into  an  invasion  of  Siberia.  She 
will  most  probably  stop  at  Mukden,  no  matter 
what  her  success  is,  or,  possibly,  at  Harbin.     If 


no 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Japanese  armies  can  fortify  these  strong  posts 
and  annihilate  Kuropatkin's  army,  they  will 
simply  sit  down  and  wait,  meeting  and  destroy- 
ing whatever  armies  may  come  over  the  Trans- 
Siberian  as  they  appear.  Meanwhile,  the  Japanese 
Government  is  likely  to  say  to  China  :  That  is 
your  property.  Take  it ;  fortify  it  ;  keep  out 
the  Russians.  If  the  Chinese  plead  inability  or 
lack  of  experience,  Japan  will  say  :  Well,  this 
is  for  you  ;  we  will  do  it  if  you  will  foot  the  bill. 
Under  your  direction  and  authority,  our  engi- 
neers will  build  fortifications,  and  our  generals 
will  hold  these  positions.  This  would  be  in  line 
with  .Japan's  unvarying  recognition  of  China's 
authority  in  those  portions  of  Manchuria  which 
have  now  come  under  Japanese  control.  As 
at  Newchwang,  every  city  the  Japanese  forces 
take  is  turned  over  to  Chinese  administration, 
subject  to  only  a  minimum  of  military  control. 

It  is  pretty  generally  admitted,  even 

There  Be     in   Russia,    that  the    Japanese    have 

intervention?  won    ^e   presen^  campaign,   and  as 

all  the  world, — with  the  possible  exceptions  of 
the  belligerents  themselves, — assumes  that  both 
armies  will  very  shortly  go  into  winter  quarters, 
talk  of  peace  is  rife.  Each  government  had  an- 
nounced that  overtures  must  come  from  the 
other  side — that  each  expects  a  long  war  and  will 
fight  to  the  bitter  end.  The  Inter- Parliamentary 
Union,  recently  in  session  at  St.  Louis,  was 
planning  to  request  President  Roosevelt  to  pro- 
pose that  the  neutral  powers  which  were  repre- 
sented at  the  Hague  Peace  Conference  attempt, 
by  joint  intervention,  to  put  an  end  to  the  war. 
Simultaneously,  there  had  been  a  revival  of  the 
report  that  the  German  Emperor  was  planning 
to  bring  about  a  concerted  interposition  by  neu- 
trals. It  may  be  confidently  asserted  that  no 
offer  of  mediation  or  intervention  will  be  made 
by  the  United  States  Government  under  any 
circumstances  at  present,  nor  at  all,  unless  there 
should  be  some  reasonable  expectation  that  such 
offer  would  be  acceptable  to  both  nations  in- 
volved.  As  for  European  intervention,  it  would 
seem  to  be  an  impossibility.  Prance  and  Eng- 
land are  both  disqualified  for  taking  the  lead 
in  such  a  movement  by  reason  of  their  alliances 
with  the  contending  powers.  ( rermany  is  looked 
upon  by  Japan  with  strong  suspicion  as  being 
pro  Russian,  and  the  United  States  is  very  gen- 
erally regarded  in  Russia  as  having  interests  in 
the  far  East  which  arc  substantially  identical 
with  those  of  Japan.  Indeed,  the  Russian  news- 
papers contain  more  articles  directed  against 
England  and  America  than  against  the  Japanese. 


According  to  all  the  testimony  that  reaches  us 
from  tlu^  interior  of  Russia  (as  is  strongly  borne 
out  by  Dr.  Dillon's  thought-provoking  article  in 
this  number  of  the  Review),  the  war  is  regarded 
by  the  Russian  people  as  undesirable  and  disas- 
trous. The  general  view,  according  to  trustworthy 
correspondents,  is  that  the  war  was  desirable  for 
Japan,  but  not  so  for  Russia.  Japan  is  calmly 
facing  the  possibility  of  a  long  war,  and,  as 
Baron  Kaneko  points  out  in  his  thoughtful  arti- 
cle on  another  page  of  this  issue,  she  may  sur- 
prise us  by  her  ability.  This  feeling  is  shown 
in  the  remarkable  article  in  a  recent  number  of 
the  Novoye  Vremya,  of  St.  Petersburg,  which  we 
reproduce  in  another  department.  There  seems 
to  be,  however,  no  feeling  in  favor  of  making 
terms  until  Russia  is  victorious. 


British- 
Tibetan 
Treaty. 


The  British  "mission"  to  Tibet  has 
accomplished  its  labors,  and  by  the 
middle  of  September  it  had  been 
announced  that  the  troops  had  begun  the  return 
march  to  India.  It  will  be  remembered  that  in 
March  last  the  British- Indian  government  sent 
an  expedition  under  Colonel  Younghusband  to 
compel  the  Tibetan  authorities  to  carry  out  cer- 
tain trade  agreements  made  with  British  com- 
missioners, and  to  ratify  a  definite  treaty  that 
would  open  up  their  country  to  Europeans.  It 
was  generally  believed, — indeed,  Viceroy  Cur- 
zon  had  intimated  it  in  a  recent  article  in  a  Brit- 
ish review, — that  Russian  influences  had  been 
blocking  negotiations  for  years,  with  a  view  to 
establishing  Russian  ascendency  at  Lassa.  After 
an  arduous  march  from  the  Indian  frontier, 
with  some  fierce  fighting  by  the  way,  on  August 
7  Colonel  Younghusband  finally  reached  the 
sacred  mysterious  capital,  Lassa.  Tubdan.  the 
Dalai  Lama,  the  spiritual  head  of  the  Tibetan 
Buddhists,  fled  to  Mongolia.  After  a  month's 
negotiations,  during  which  the  British  succeeded 
in  appointing  a  new  head  Lama  friendly  to 
Great  Britain  and  in  restoring  much  of  the 
power  of  the  Amban  (the  representative  of  Chi- 
nese suzerainty),  a  treaty  was  signed  binding  the 
Tibetans  to  grant  trading  facilities,  to  demolish 
all  the  forts  between  the  Indian  frontier  and  the 
town  of  Gyangtse,  to  repair  all  dangerous  passes 
on  routes  of  travel,  and  to  pay  an  indemnity  of 
$2,400,000.  In  addition,  the  Tibetans  agree  not 
to  dispose  of  any  Tibetan  territory  without 
Great  Britain's  consent,  nor  to  permit  any  for- 
eign power  to  be  concerned  in  the  administra- 
tion of  the  government.  A  force  of  British 
troops  is  to  remain  on  Tibetan  soil  until  the 
agreements  are  carried  out. 


right,  1904,  by  G.  U.  Harvey. 

c    \MH   OF  THE  TWELFTH   NEW    YORK   REGIMENT  ON  THE  FIELD   OF  THE  MANASSAS   MANEUVERS,    IN   VIRGINIA, 

SEPTEMBER  5-10. 

RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 

{From  August  21  to  September  20,  1901,.) 


POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT— AMERICAN. 

August  22. — The  Philippine  bond  issue  is  oversub- 
scribed nine  times ;  the  accepted  bid  is  $101,410. 

August  23. — Delaware  Republicans  (Addicks)  nomi- 
nate Henry  C.  Conrad  for  governor Texas  Republi- 
cans nominate  J.  C.  Lowden  for  governor. 

August  25.— Utah  Republicans  nominate  John  C.  Cut- 
ler for  governor. 

August  30. — The  South  Carolina  Democratic  prima- 
ries result  in  the  renomi nation  of  Gov.  D.  C.  Heywrard 
—  Minnesota  Democrats  nominate  John  A.  Johnson 
for  governor. 

September   1. — Wisconsin  Democrats   nominate   ex- 

Gov.  George  W.  Peck  for  governor Governor  Odell 

appoints  Justice  Edgar  M.  Cullen  chief  judge  of  the 
New  York  Court  of  Appeals,  to  succeed  Judge  Parker, 
resigned. 

September  3. — Connecticut  Populists  nominate  Judge 
Joseph  Sheldon  for  governor. 

September  5. — Hawaiian  Republicans  nominate  Jonah 

K.  Kalanianaole  for  Delegate  to  Congress Jefferson 

Davis  (Dem.)  is  reelected  governor  of  Arkansas. 

September  6. — Republicans  carry  the  Vermont  elec- 
tion by  a  plurality  of  31,000 Delaware  Democrats 

nominate  Caleb  S.  Pennewell  for  governor. 

September  7.— Connecticut  Democrats  nominate  A. 

Heaton    Robertson    for    governor New   Hampshire 

Democrats  nominate  Henry  F.  Hollis  for  governor. 

September  8. — Wyoming  Democrats  nominate  ex- 
Gov.  John  E.  Osborne  for  governor Montana  Repub- 


licans nominate  William  Lindsay  for  governor Utah 

Democrats  nominate  James  H.  Moyle  for  governor. 
September  12. — Maine  Republicans  carry  the  State 

and  Congressional  elections  by  pluralities  of  over  30,000 

Pr  e  s  i  d  e  n  t 

Roosevelt's  letter 
of  acceptance  of 
the  Republican 
nomination  is 
made  public. 

September  '14. — 
Connecticut  Re- 
publicans nomi- 
nate Henry  Rob- 
erts for  governor 
Colorado  Re- 
publicans renomi- 
nate Gov.  James 
H.  Peabody. 

September  15. — 
Montana  Demo- 
crats renominate 
Gov.  Joseph  K. 

Toole New 

Jersey  Democrats 
nominate  Charles 
C.  Black  for  gov- 
ernor New 

York   Republicans  nominate  Frank  W.   Higgins  for 

governor. 

September  20. — New  Hampshire   Republicans  nom- 


PRINCE  JOHN   OBOLENSKY. 

(General  Bobrikoff's  successor  as 
governor  of  Finland.) 


412 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


i  naif  John  McLane  for  governor. . .  .New  Jersey  Repub- 
licans nominate  Edward  C.  Stokes  tor  governor. . .  .The 
New  York  Democrat  i<  Slate  convention  meets  at  Sara- 
toga. 

POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT     FOREIGN. 

August  23. — A  manifesto  of  the  Russian  Emperor 
grants  measures  of  relief  to  the  people  of  Finland  and 
accords  amnesty  for  all  political  offenses  except  those 

in  which  murder  has  been  committed The  New  South 

Wales  Parliament  opens The  new  premier  of  West- 
ern Australia  outlines  his  policy.  Sir  W.  Whiteway 
announces  his  return  to  public  life  in  Newfoundland. 

September  3. — The  war  minister  of  Uruguay  reports 
a  decisive  victory  by  the 
government  troops  over 
General  Saraiva. 

September  7. — It  is  an- 
nounced that  Prince  Svi- 
atopolk-Mirsky  has  been 
selected  to  succeed  the 
late  M.  Plehve  as  Rus- 
sian minister  of  the  in- 
terior  Paraguayan 

rebels  capture  Villa  En- 
carnacion. 

September  11. — Many 
persons  are  injured  and 
houses  and  shops  pil- 
laged in  Russian  anti- 
Jewish  riots A  defeat 

of  the  government  troops 
is  reported  from  Uru- 
guay. 

September    13. — Presi- 
dent Palma  sets  October 
1    for  the  beginning  of 
the  payment  of  one-half  of  the  claims  of  the  Cuban 
revolutionary  forces. 

September  14. — Turkish  militia  battalions  are  called 
out  to  suppress  another  Albanian  outbreak Anarch- 
ist plots  are  discovered  in  Barcelona  and  Madrid,  Spain. 

September  17. — Premier  Combes  opposes  a  proposition 
to  submit  the  question  of  separation  of  Church  and 
State  in  France  to  popular  vote. 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS. 

August  22. — The  status  of  American  Jews  in  Russia 
is  set  forth  in  the  statements  made  public  of  Secretary 
Hay's  instructions  to  Ambassador  McCormick. 

August   23. — The    Tibetans    release    two    Sikkimese 

British   subjects    imprisoned    as    spies Sir  Francis 

Burpee,  British  ambassador  at  Rome,  is  appointed  to 
succeed  Sir  Edmund  Monson  as  ambassador  to  France. 

August  24. — The  German  frontier  police  arrest  many 
Russians  attempting  to  leave  their  country  to  avoid 

military  service Father  Ambroise  Agius  is  chosen 

Apostolic  Delegate  to  the  Philippines. 

September  2.  — United  States  Minister  Barrett  reports 
to  his  government  the  prospect  of  an  early  settlement 
of  differences  with  the  republic  of  Panama. 

September  1(1. — Russia  grants  the  contentions  of  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain  regarding  the  con 
ditional  contraband  character  of  foodstuffs  and  fuel. 

September  10. — All  the  powers  except  Russia  instruct 

their  ministers  al  Belgrade  to  attend  the  coronation  of 
King  Peter. 


GENERAL    BARON    MEYEN- 
DOKFF. 

(Commanding  the  First  Rus- 
sian Army  Corps,  the  rear 
guard  after  Liao-Yang.) 


September  20. —  Russia.,  it  is  announced,  protests 
against  the  Anglo-Tibetan  treaty. 

THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR. 

August  22. — The  consuls  at  Shanghai  decide  to  refer 
i  lie  case  of  the  Russian  cruisers  to  the  Peking  govern- 
ment  The  British    steamer    Comedian    is    stopped 

eighty  miles  from  East  London,  South  Africa,  by  the 
Russian  cruiser  Smolensk,  and  after  examination  of  her 
papers  is  allowed  to  proceed. 

August  23.— The  Taotai  requests  the  British  consul- 
general  to  require  the  Shanghai  Dock  Company  to  cease 
work  on  the  Askold;  Sir  Pelham  Warren  notifies  the 
Russian  consul  that  he  officially  demands  the  dis- 
armament of  both  the  Askold  and  Qrozovoi The 

finding  of  the  naval  court  on  the  sinking  of  the  Hip- 
sang  isdelivered  ;  it  considers  that  the  captain  acted  cor 
rectly,  and  that  his  ship  was  sunk  without  just  cause  or 

reason The  Japanese  warships  Nischin   and  Kasuge 

steam  into  Port  Arthur  and  silence  the  Lao-lui-chui 
forts. 

August  24. — The  Czar  orders  the  disarmament  of  the 
Russian  warships  at  Shanghai ;  the  flags  of  both  ves- 
sels are  accordingly  lowered. 
August  25. — Two  Russian  destroyers  come  on  mines 

at  the  entrance  of  Port  Arthur  ;  one  of  them  is  sunk 

The  liner  Asia,  bound  for  Calcutta,  reports  being  de- 
tained for  two  hours  by  the  Russian  steamer  Ural  off 
Cape  St.  Vincent  and  her  papers  and  cargo  examined. 
August  24-September  2.— The  great  battle  of  Liao- 
Yang  is  fought  between  the  Russian  army  under  Gen- 
eral Kuropatkin  and  the  three  Japanese  armies  under 

the  supreme  command 
of  Field  Marshal  Ova 
ma  ;  the  battle  begins 
with  attacks  on  the 
Russian  positions  at 
An-Shan-Chan  by  Gen- 
eral Nod/,  u,  and  at 
Anping  by  Kuroki, 
General  Oku  in  the 
meantime  attacking 
the  Russia  n  center  ; 
and  on  AugustHl  Kuro- 
ki's  right  flank  crosses 
the  Tai-tse  River,  and 
by  turning  General 
Kuropatkin's  Hank, 
forces  a  general  Rus- 
sian retreat  ;  it  is  esti- 
mated that  in  the  ten 
days'  fighting  more 
than  200.000  Russians 
and  240,000  Japanese 
are  engaged. 

September  4.  —  The 

Japanese  armies  enter 

Liao-Yang,    the    Etna? 

sians  retreating  to 

Mukden. 

September  8.— General   Kuropatkin   reports  the  at 

rival  of  his  entire  army  at  Mukden  without  the  loss  of 

a  gun. 

September  11. — Russia's  Baltic  fleet  sails  from  Cron 
stadt    for  the  tar  F.ast  .  .  .  .The  Russian  cruiser  Lena  U 
rives  at  San  Francisco  for  repairs. 
September  15. — The  Japanese  issue  a  proclamation  t< 


LIEUTENANT  GENERAL 
SAKHAKOEK. 

(General  Kuropatkin's  chief  of 
staff.) 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


413 


THE   LATE   PRINCE  HERBERT   BISMARCK. 

the  Russiau  troops  at  Port  Arthur  demanding  their 

Mirrender The  Japanese  proclaim  a  protectorate  over 

Kamchatka The  Japanese  begin  a  severe  bombard- 
ment of  Port  Arthur. 

OTHER  OCCURRENCES  OF   THE  MONTH. 

August  24.— The  meeting  of  the  British  Association  at 
Cambridge  comes  to  an  end The  Czarewitch  is  christ- 
ened in  the  church  of  the  Peterhof  Palace. 

August  25. — Writs  are  issued  for  the  arrest  of  twenty  - 
eight  citizens  of  Cripple  Creek,  Colo.,  for  their  participa- 
tion in  the  deporting  of  union  men  and  sympathizers. 

August  27.  —  The  United  States  battleship  Louisi- 
ana is  launched  at  the  Newport  News  shipyard. 

August  29. — Fire  destroys  the  city  of  Binang,  in  the 
Philippines,  causing  the  loss  of  one  hundred  lives. 

August  30. — The  settlement  of  the  ocean  rate  war  is 
announced. 

September  5. — The  striking  butchers  in  and  around 
New  York  City  apply  to  be  taken  back  at  the  packing- 
houses on  the  open-shop  plan. 

September  6.— The  threatened  strike  on  the  New 
York  elevated  railway  lines  is  averted  by  an  agreement 
bj  which  the  subway  motormen  are  to  receive  $3.50  for 
ten  hours'  work. 

September  7.— International  Geographic  Congress  is 

opened  at  Washington  (see  page  467) The  military 

maneuvers  on  the  battlefield  of  Manassas,  Virginia, 
are  begun. 


September  8. — The  National  Executive  Board  of  the 
Amalgamated  Meat  Cutters  and  Butcher  Workmen 
orders  an  end  of  the  great  beef  strike  at  Chicago. 

September  14. — The  American  Bankers'  Association 
meets  in  New  York  City  (see  page  427). 

OBITUARY. 

August  21. — Prof.  George  Pirie,  of  the  University  of 

Aberdeen,  61 Judge  B.  H.  Bill,  of  Rockville,  Conn., 

75. 

August  22. — John  Lowber  Welsh,  of  Philadelphia,  62 

N.  N.  Whitney,  founder  of  the  Pacific  Commercial 

Advertiser,  Honolulu,  80 Miss  Kate  Chopin,  writer 

of  Creole  stories. 

August  23. — Dr.  Anton  Drasche,  of  the  Austrian 
Sanitary  Council,  77. 

August  24. — Sir  Henry  Stephenson,  a  well-known 
philanthropist  of  Sheffield,  England,  77. 

August  25. — Dr.  William  Rice  Pryor,  a  well-known 

New  York  surgeon  and    gynecologist,   46 William 

Weightman,  the  wealthiest  resident  of  Philadelphia,  91. 

August    26.— Prof.    Charles    Woodruff    Shields,    of 

Princeton  University,  79 Robert  Parrott,  discoverer 

of  the  famous  copper  mine  which  bears  his  name  at 
Butte,  Mont.,  75. 

August  27. — The  Very  Rev.  S.  Reynolds  Hole,  Dean  of 
Rochester,  85. 

August  29.—  Vice-Admiral  W.  R.  Rolland,  R.N.  (re- 
tired), 87 Amurath  V.,  former  Sultan  of  Turkey  (de- 
posed in  1876). 

August  30. — Charles  B.  Spahr,  a  well-known  New 
York  journalist  (disappeared  from  a  Channel  steamer 

off  the  coast  of  England),  44 Gen.  Milo  S.  Hascall,  a 

veteran  of  the  Civil  War Maurice  Phillips,  for  many 

years  connected  with  the  New  York  Home  Jour- 
nal, 70. 

August  31. — Dr.  Thomas  Herran,  former  Colombian 
minister  to  the  United  States,  61. 

September  3. — Charles  Finney  Clark,  president  of  the 
Bradstreet  Company,  68 Clark  Caryl  Haskins,  elec- 
trical inventor  and  writer,  77. 

September  4. — Daniel  Magone,  formerly  collector  of 

the  port  of  New  York,  75 Col.  William  Augustine, 

said  to  have  been  the  oldest  surviving  graduate  of 
West  Point,  and  veteran  of  three  wars,  89. 

September  5. — James  Archer,  a  well-known  British 
portrait  painter,  82. 

September  8. — Rev.  George  C.  Lorimer,  D.D.,  of  New 
York  City,  66. 

September  9.— Judge  Kirk  Hawes,  of  Chicago,  65. 

September  11. — Leo  Stern,  the  violincellist. ..  .James 

Lowther,  M.P.,  64 Francis  White,  for  many  years 

identified  with  the  financial,  educational,  and  philan- 
thropical  institutions  of  Baltimore,  80. 

September  18. — Prince  Herbert  Bismarck,  55 Prof. 

Daniel  Willard  Fiske,  formerly  of  Cornell  University, 

73 Emil  Thomas,   formerly  one  of  the  best-known 

comedians  on  the  German  stage,  65 Gen.  Russell  Has- 
tings, 69. 

September 20. —Ex- Justice  William  L.  Learned,  of  the 
New  York  Supreme  Court,  83. 


SOME   CARTOONS    OF   THE   CAMPAIGN 


he'd  sink  either  of  them.— From  the  North  American  (Philadelphia). 
(Neither  party,  this  year,  wishes  to  run  the  risk  of  associating  itself  with  the  trusts.) 


The  Democratic  Donkey:  "I  hup*'  they  don't  arbitrate 

before  election.'*    From  ( he  News-Tribune  iDuluth). 


CHAIRMEN   (OKTELYOU   AND  TAOOAKT   AFTER  THE 
LABOR  VOTE. 

From  the  Port  (Washington). 


SOME  CARTOONS  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN. 


415 


THK  REPUBLICAN  ELEPHANT  SHOWING  THE  NEWS  TO  THE 

democratic  donkey.— From  the  Post  (Washington). 


INDORSED   BY  THE  MAINE  FARMERS. 

From  the  Evening  Telegraph  (Philadelphia). 


"WHAT  IS  ONE  MAN'S   MEAT  IS  ANOTHER  MAN'S 
POISON." 

(The  cartoonist  wishes  to  convey  the  idea  that  Roose- 
velt wants  to  talk  and  that  Parker  is  quite  happy 
to  be  silent.)— From  the  News  (Baltimore). 


PARKER'S  POLITICAL  SCHOOL  NO.  1. 

And  then,  the  whining  schoolboy, 
with  his  satchel,  and  shining  morn- 
ing face,  creeping,  like  a  snail,  un- 
willingly to  school."- From  the  Ohio 
State  Journal  (Columbus). 


POPULIST  CANDIDATE   WATSON   CHALLENGING   THE  OTHER   PRESIDENTIAL 

candidates  to  talk.-  From  the  Pout  (Washington). 


416 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


A   FALSE  ALARM. 


Messrs. Belmont,  Cleveland,  anuTaggabt:  "Shall  we 
invite  Bryan  to  speak  V  "—From  the  Mail  (New  York). 


Chorus   of  Democratic   Owls:    "Too-whit,  too-whoo ! 
( 'oust itution  in  danger  !    Too-whit,  too-wh-o-o-o-oo ! !  " 
From  the  Globe  (New  York). 


CAMPAIGN    FUNDS  COMING    EASY. 

'We  are  not  refusing  any  offers."— Chairman  Cortelyou. 
From  the  American  (New  York). 


CLEARING  THE  WAY  TO   VICTORY, 

David  B.  Hill  (to  Mr.  Parker)  :  "Ta-ta,  Alton!"    From 
the  News  (Baltimore). 


YARD 


(Candidate  Da 
Elkin 


A  1 , 1 .   IN   Till'.   FAMILY. 
vis  and   his  Republican  son-in-law,  Senator 
s,  arc  able  I"  lake  a  cheerful  view.) 
Prom  the  PoiSl  (Washington). 


POPULIST  CANDIDATE   WATSON   COAXING   THE  CHICKENS 
PROM  THE  DEMOCRATIC   BARNYARD. 

From  the  Post  (Washington). 


SOME  CARTOONS  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN. 


417 


Governor  Odell:  "Piatt  thinks  just  the  same  as  I  do. 
Don't  mil.  Senator ? "—From  the  American  (New  York). 


CAESAR  PLATT  TO  BRUTUS  ODELL  :    "  Et  tu,  Brute  ?  " 

'  This  was  the  most  unkindest  cut  of  all ; 
For  when  the  nohle  Caesar  saw  him  stab, 
Ingratitude,  more  strong  than  traitors'  arms. 
Quite  vanquish'd  him  :  then  burst  his  mighty  heart ; 
And,  in  his  mantle  muffling  up  his  face, 
Even  at  the  base  of  Pompey's  statue, 
Which  all  the  while  ran  blood,  great  Caesar  fell." 
From  the  World  (New  York). 


GOVERNOR  ODELL,  OF  NEW  YORK. 

From  the  Herald  (New  York). 


PATCHING  UP  A  PLATFORM. 


SENATOR  PLATT,   OF  NEW  YORK. 

From  the  Herald  (New  York  > . 


Judge  Parker  will  use  his  letter  of  acceptance  to  reenforce  his  famous  Sheehan 
telegram  over  the  hole  in  the  Democratic  platform— where  the  money  plank  is 
missing.— From  the  Journal,  (Minneapolis). 


PARKER  AND  niLL  AS  SINDBAD  AND  THE  OLD    MAN  OF  THE 

sea.— From  the  World  (New  York). 


David  B.  Hill:  "This  is  my  last  furrow!" 
From  the  Brooklyn  Eagle  (Xew  York). 


MESSRS.   MrKPHY,   M'CARREN,  AND  HILL  SINGING  A 

SARATOGA  BERENADB  TO  GOVERNOR  ODELL, 

From  the  Brooklyn  Eagle  (New  York). 


Miss  DEMOCRACY  'to  David  B.  Hill):  "That  awful  man 
I  can't  lose  hiiul'     From  the  Mai?  (New  York). 


THOMAS    E.   WATSON -POPULIST   CANDIDATE 


BY  WALTER  WELLMAN. 


TOM  WATSON  is  a 
great  man.  The 
Populist  party  is  not 
strong  enough  to  elect 
him  President  of  the 
United  States,  but  he  is 
one  of  the  greatest  Amer- 
icans of  his  day,  just  the 
same.  He  is  not  a  gi-eat 
man  because  the  Popu 
lists  have  nominated  him 
for  President.  He  is  a 
great  man  in  his  own 
right  and  way  and  gen- 
ius, just  as  Theodore 
Boose  velt  was  a  great 
man  before  the  Repub- 
lican party  and  fate  put 
him  in  the  White  House. 
True  greatness  is  not  ad- 
ventitious ;  it  does  not 
rome  from  without  ;  if  it 
is  anywhere,  it  is  in  the 
man  himself, — in  his 
works,  his  genius,  his 
achievements. 

And  Tom  Watson  is 
surely  a  genius.  He  has 
certainly  achieved.  He 
is  so  much  of  a  genius, 
and  has  achieved  to  such 
good  purpose,  that  his 
name  and  fame  are  known 
in  parts  of  the  world 
where  the  Populist  party 
at  America  was  never 
heard  of.  Among  his 
own  countrymen,  he  is 
known  to  and  admired 
hy  millions  who  must 
confess  to  the  most  nar- 
row prejudice  against  the 

Populist  party  and  the  most  elaborate  ignorance 
as  to  what  the  Populist  party  really  is  and  stands 
for.  I  have  no  prejudice  against  the  Populists  ; 
as  a  non-pai'tisan  newspaper  writer,  I  cannot 
afford  the  luxury  of  prejudices  against  any  po- 
litical party.  To  my  mind,  the  Populists  are 
admirable  in  their  earnestness  and  sincerity. 
whatever  may  be  said  about  their  practicality. 
But  just  now  they  are  chiefly  admirable  because 


HON.  THOMAS  E.   WATSON.   OF  GEORGIA. 


they  have    made  Tom  Watson  their  standard- 
bearer. 

Who  can  withhold  admiration  from  a  man 
who  has  fought  his  way  through  all  sorts  of 
obstacles  to  success — who  has  run  the  race 
heavily  handicapped  from  the  first,  and  won  it  ? 
That  is  what  Tom  Watson  has  done.  Let  us 
have  a  rapid  glance  at  the  story  of  his  life.  Per- 
haps at  the  very  outset  we  hit  upon  the  secret  of 


420 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


MRS.  THOMAS  E.   WATSON. 


his  success, — it  was  in  the  blood,  good  Quaker 
blood,  from  his  ancestors  who  migrated  from 
North  Carolina  and  established  a  colony  on  forty 
thousand  acres  of  land  between  the  Savannah 
and  the  Ogeechee  rivers,  in  Georgia,  a  century 
and  a  half  ago.  Among  these  Quakers  were 
Watson's  ancestors  on  both  sides — the  Watsons 
and  the  Maddoxes.  They  were  landowners  from 
the  first  ;  and  they  must  have  been  lighting 
Quakers,  too,  for  they  took  part  in  political  and 
military  affairs  as  occasion  demanded,  and  they 
adopted  one  of  the  very  first  resolutions  against 
British  oppression  passed  by  a  public  meeting 
in  the  Colonial  days.  A  Thomas  Watson  was 
one  of  the  signers.  Members  of  the  family 
served  in  the  Revolution.  The  father  and  uncles 
of  the  present  Thomas  Watson  fought  in  the 
i  'on  federate  army. 

AS    cor  NT  If  Y     SCHOOLMASTER. 

The  Civil  War  ruined  the  Watsons,  as  it  did 
pretty  nearly  every  one  in  the  South.  They  lost 
all  of  their  slaves  and  most  of   their    land.      The 

remnant  of  the  latter  which  they  saved  out  of  the 


wreck  went  by  sheriff's  sale  in  the  panic  of  1873, 
and  the  family  were  driven  from  their  old  planta- 
tion home,  where  they  had  lived  for  many  gen- 
erations. Tom  Watson  was  then  in  a  Baptist 
school  where  no  tuition  was  charged.  He  had 
been  admitted  as  "  poor  and  deserving,"  under 
the  Jesse  Mercer  endowment, — a  frail,  freckled. 
red-haired,  dreamy-eyed  lad  of  seventeen.  But 
he  had  to  pay  board,  and  when  his  people  could 
no  longer  do  even  that  much, — for  the  wolf  was 
at  their  door, — he  left  the  college  and  went  out 
into  the  field  to  work.  In  a  few  months  he  got  a 
chance  to  teach  school, — a  rural  school,  rejoicing 
in  the  title  of  "Academy."  I  shall  here  quote 
from  the  contract  which  young  Watson  signed 
with  the  trustees, — a  quaint  document,  written, 
we  may  be  sure,  by  one  of  the  custodians  of  the 
district's  educational  interests  : 

Rules  adopted  by  the  trustees  of  the  Cent  rial  War- 
rian  District  Accadamy  to  be  enfoi'ced  by  Thos.  E.  Wat 
son  as  teacher. 

Rule  1st — There  shall  be  no  studant  admitted  into 
this  school  that  does  not  come  under  theas  obligations. 

Rule  2d — All  abusive  language  such  as  cursing  and 
swearring  is  attually  forbiden. 

Rule  3d — There  shall  no  studant  be  alowed  to  carry 
conseald  weppons. 

Rule  4th — There  shall  be  no  climbing  of  fence>.  res 
ling  or  throwing  rocks  at  each  other  alowed. 

Rule  5th — No  studant  is  alowed  to  fight  in  school  or 
on  there  way  too  or  from  school,  nor  no  news  to  be  car- 
riade  too  or  from  school. 

Rules  for  the  government  of  Teacher  Watson 
were  set  down  as  follows  ; 

To  keep  a  good  and  holsome  disciplin  at  all  times. 

To  take  in  school  at  least  by  one}4  hours  by  sun  in 
the  morning,  to  alow  as  recess  in  the  forenoon  at  least 
15  minuts,  at  noon  one  hour,  and  15  mi  nuts  recess  in 
the  afternoon,  and  to  turn  out  in  the  afternoon  at  least 
one  hour  by  the  sun. 

The  said  Teacher  shall  not  be  alowed  to  correct  no 
studant  in  any  way  only  by  a  switch  the  skin  not  to  be 
cut  and  not  to  be  abused  otherwise. 


To  think  that  "thi 
"  ( Jentrial  Accadamy 
fame  as  the  writer  of  ' 


i    said   Teacher "    of  this 
should    afterward    win 
The  Story  of  France  !" 


ADMITTED    TO    THE    BAR. 

For  two  years  young  Watson  taught  the  school 
and  did  his  best  to  live  up  to  tin-  rules  laid  down 
by  the  exacting  trustees.  But  the  school  was 
not  enough  to  engross  his  energies.  He  wanted 
to  read  law  ;  the  trouble  was.  he  had  no  law 
hook,  and  not  enough  money  to  buy  one.  He 
was  boarding  with  a,  farmer,  James  Thompson, 
and  Thompson  lent,  him  money  to  buy  Black 
stone.  Evenings,  young  Watson  studied  his 
Blackstone  by  the  light  of  Thompson's  pine-knot 
blaze.     Determined  to  be  a  lawyer,  he  became  a 


THOMAS  E.   WATSON. 


491 


lawyer  ;  was  admitted  to  the  bar  at  nineteen  ; 
and  in  1  s 7 « J .  when  twenty  years  old,  returned  to 
his  old  home,  the  village  of  Thomson,  and  hung 
out  his  sign.  Mi-.  Watson  once  confessed  to  me 
that  at  that  time  he  had  scarcely  a  decent  change 
of  clothing.  He  had  been  working  as  a  farm- 
hand,— torture  for  one  of  such  slight  physique. 
— between  school  terms.  At  this  juncture  came 
a  lift  from  a  friend — "  the  kindness  which  really 
gave  me  a  chance  for  life,"  as  Mr.  Watson  says. 
One  of  his  former  schoolteachers,  Robert  H. 
Pearce,  agreed  to  trust  him  for  a  year's  board 
while  the  stripling  lawyer  was  '-getting  on  his 
feet." 

PROFESSIONAL    SUCCESS. 

Somehow  or  other,  he  obtained  business. 
The  first  twenty  dollars  he  earned  he  exchanged 
for  a  gold  piece  and  sent  it  to  his  mother.  The 
first  year,  his  earnings  were  $212  gross,  and  he 
paid  his  board  bill  out  of  that.  The  second 
year,  he  did  better,  and  bought  back,  largely  on 
credit,  one  of  the  old  homes  of  his  family  and 
installed  therein  his  father  and  mother  and 
younger  sisters  and  brothers.  The  young  law- 
yer lived  with  them  ;  and  every  morning  he 
took  his  dinner  in  a  bucket  and  walked  three 
miles  to  his  law  office,  and  walked  back  again 
to  the  farm  in  the  evening.  This  year,  his  in- 
come was  $474.  The  third  year,  he  again  dou- 
bled his  income,  and  from  now  on  his  business 
increased,  till  he  was  soon  earning  $12,000  a 
year,  and  was  able  to  buy  back  several  thou- 
sand acres  of  the  lands  which  had  formerly  he- 
longed  to  his  family.  Is  not  this  a  sweet  story 
— this  story  of  struggle,  sacrifice,  and  success  ? 

IN    POLITICS FROM    DEMOCRACY    TO    POPULISM. 

In  1880,  there  was  a  hot  fight  in  a  Democratic 
State  convention  in  Georgia.  At  the  climax,  a 
little,  pale-faced,  red-haired  chap  made  a  speech 
on  the  losing  side. 
First,  the  audience 
was  hostile  ;  then  it 
went  wild  with  delight 
over  the  little  fellow's 
nerve  and  eloquence. 
Every  one  asked, 
••  Who  is  he?"  "Tom 
Watson,  of  MacDuffie 
County,"  was  the  an- 
swer. Such  was  the 
dSbut  on  the  political 
stage  of  this  poet, 
lawyer,  orator,  histo- 
rian, novelist,  nomi- 
nee for  President. 
Si  range  that  a  Geor- 


MR.   .J.   DURHAM   WATSON. 

(Mr.  Watson's  son.) 


gia  country  lawyer 
should  send  to  the 
press  a  history  of 
PVance  and  a  life 
of  Napoleon  that 
astonished  and  cap- 
tivated the  world. 
But  if  it's  in  the 
man,  it  will  come 
out ;  and  you  never 
can  tell  what  sort 
of  man  the  divine 
fire  burns  within. 
Wallace  Putnam 
Reed  knew  AVatson 
in  those  days, — 
had  been  drawn  to 
him  by  the  future 
historian's  poems 
on  " Josephine " 
and  "  Napoleon," 
— and  has  written 
of  him  :  "Twenty- 
five  years  ago,  the 
poet's  slight  figure, 
flashing  eyes,  and 
feverish  enthusi- 
asm suggested  ■  a 
soul  of  flame  in  a 
body  of  gauze.'  He 
looked  like  a  man 
who  would  'live  in 
a  blaze  and  in  a 
blaze  expire.'" 
But  it  is  easy  to  see  genius  in  a  man  after  he 
himself  has  convinced  the  world  that  it  is 
there. 

We  need  not  dwell  long  on  Mr.  Watson's  po- 
litical career.  In  1882,  a  Democratic  member 
of  the  Legislature  ;  in  1888,  a  Cleveland  elector 
and  a  Cleveland  stumper  ;  in  1889,  leader  of  a 
fight  against  the  jute  bagging  trust,  which  so 
pleased  the  farmers  that  they  insisted,  the  next 
year,  on  electing  him  to  Congress,  and  after  elec- 
tion espousing  the  principles  adopted  by  the 
Farmers'  Alliance  at  Indianapolis,  greatly  to  the 
disgust  of  his  Democratic  friends  ;  defeated, — 
"counted  out  by  the  Democrats,"  he  claimed, — 
for  reelection  in  1892  and  1894,  and  denied  his 
seat  by  the  House  on  contest;  in  1896,  reluc- 
tantly accepting  the  Vice-Presidential  nomina- 
tion on  the  Bryan  ticket,  and  afterward  claim- 
ing that  the  Democratic  managers  did  not  deal 
fairly  with  their  Populist  allies  ;  and  in  1904, 
accepting  an  unsought  nomination  as  the  Popix- 
list  candidate  for  President,  reluctantly  yielding, 
he  says,  because  the  Democracy  had  completely 
turned  its  back  upon  its  former  friends  and  sur- 


MISS    AGNES    WATSON. 


(Mr.  Watson's  daughter. 


422 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OT  REVIEWS. 


rendered  to  Wall  Street,  and  with  hoth  of  the 
old  parties  standing  substantially  for  the  same 
thing,  it  was  high  rime  to  resurrect  the  Populist 
party  and  make  an  efforl  to  save  the  country. 

It  will  not  do  to  omit  mention  of  the  fact  that 
this  many-sided  man  belongs  also  to  the  noble 
profession  of  journalism.  For  years  he  pub- 
lished, at  Atlanta,  The  People's  Party  Paper,  and 
this  journal  had  a  tremendous  circulation  among 
the  men  and  women  of  the  Populist  faith.  In 
its  columns,  week  after  week,  Watson  poured 
out  his  soul,  championed  the  cause  of  the  masses 
against  the  classes,  wrote  with  the  power  and 
the  earnestness  which  mark  all  his  work,  and 
soon  became  a  force  at  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  humble  firesides.  This  paper,  doubtless,  did 
more  than  his  service  in  Congress  or  his  activi- 
ties in  the  political  field  to  make  him  the  chosen 
leader  of  the  Populist  host. 

Of  two  of  his  achievements  during  his  one 
term  in  Congress  Mr.  Watson  is  justly  proud. 
He  led  the  debate  on  the  bill  requiring  railroads 
to  put  automatic  couplers  on  their  freight  cars 
within  five  years,  and  the  bill  was  passed. 

On  February  17,  1893,  he  introduced  in  the 
House  and  secured  the  passage  of  an  amendment 
providing  ten  thousand  dollars  for  an  experiment 
in  the  delivery  of  mail  outside  the  cities,  towns, 
and  villages.  The  members  of  the  farmer  party 
naturally  lay  great  stress  upon  their  claim  that 
their  candidate  is  the  father  of  rural  free  deliv- 
ery in  the  United  States. 


up   I i     HILL,    Mil.    WATHON'S    HOME,    AT  THOMSON,    GEORGIA. 


ROOSEVELT    AND    WATSON, SOME    INTERESTING 

CORRESPONDENCE. 

In  those  days  there  was  a  prevalent  impres- 
sion that  Mr.  Watson  belonged  to  the  "poor 
white  trash  "  class  of  the  South — that  he  was  a 
"  Georgia  Cracker  " — an  impression  which  the 
Southern  Democrats  were  not  unwilling  to  spread 
after  Watson  left  their  party.  Incidentally,  this 
belief  brought  on  a  most  interesting  discussion 
between  Theodore  Roosevelt  and  Mr.  Watson. 
In  an  article  on  the  Vice-Presidency  published 
in  the  American  Monthly  Review  of  Reviews 
in  September,  1896,  Mr.  Roosevelt  spoke  of  Mr. 
Watson  as  one  "whose  enemies  call  him  a 
Georgia  Cracker,"  and  characterized  him  as  a 
typical  Populist  of  the  period. 

As  a  result  of  the  publication  of  this  article, 
the  Georgian  addressed  a  letter  to  Mr.  Roose- 
velt which  the  latter  printed  in  the  Review  of 
Reviews  of  the  following  January,  and  charac- 
terized it  as  "a  very  manly  and  very  courteous 
letter."  Some  of  Mr.  Watson's  paragraphs  are 
worthy  of  quotation  here. 

You  merely  obey  a  law  of  your  nature  which  puts 
you  into  mortal  combat  with  what  you  think  is  wrong. 
You  fight  because  your  own  sense  of  self-respect  and 
self-loyalty  compels  you  to  fight.  Is  not  this  so  ?  If  in 
Georgia  and  throughout  the  South  we  have  conditions 
as  intolerable  as  those  which  surround  you  in  New 
York,  can  you  not  realize  why  I  make  war  upon 
them?  .  .  . 

If  you  could  spend  an  evening  with  me  among  my 
books  and  amid  my  family,  I 
feel  quite  sure  you  would  not 
again  class  me  with  those  who 
make  war  upon  the  "decencies 
and  elegancies  of  civilized  life.'' 
And  if  you  could  attend  one  of 
my  great  political  meetings  in 
Georgia,  and  see  the  good  men 
and  good  women  who  believe  in 
Populism,  you  would  not  con- 
tinue to  class  them  with  those 
who  vote  for  candidates  upon 
the  "  no  undershirt "  platform. 
The  "Cracker''  of  the  South 
is  simply  the  man  who  did  not 
buy  slaves  to  do  his  work.  lie 
did  it  all  himself — like  a  man. 
Some  of  our  best  generals  in 
war,  and  magistrates  in  peace, 
have  come  from  the  "Cracker" 
class.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  how- 
ever, my  own  people,  from  my 
father  back  to  Revolutionary 
times,  were  slave-owners  and 
landowners. 

Mr.  Roosevelt  disclaimed 
any  intention  to  character 
ize  Mr.  Watson  offensively, 
and  added  : 


THOMAS  E.   WATSON. 


423 


I  was  in  Washington  when  Mr.  Watson  was  in  Con- 
gress, and  I  know  how  highly  he  was  esteemed  person- 
ally by  his  colleagues.  Moreover,  I  sympathize  as  little 
as  Mr.  Watson  with  denunciation  of  the  "Cracker," 
and  I  may  mention  that  one  of  my  forefathers  was  the 
first  Revolutionary  governor  of  Georgia  at  the  time 
thai  Mr.  Watson's  ancestors  sat  in  the  first  Revolution- 
ary legislature  of  the  State.  Mr.  Watson  himself  em- 
bodies not  a  few  of  the  very  attributes  the  lack  of 
which  we  feel  so  keenly  in  many  of  our  public  men. 
He  is  honest,  he  is  earnest,  he  is  brave,  he  is  disinter- 
ested. For  many  of  the  wrongs  which  he  wishes  to 
remedy,  I,  too,  believe  that  a  remedy  can  be  found,  and 
for  this  purpose  I  would  gladly  strike  hands  with  him. 
All  this  makes  it  a  matter  of  the  keenest  regret  that  he 
should  advocate  certain  remedies  that  we  deem  even 
worse  than  the  wrongs  complained  of. 

Surely  this  is  a  most  interesting  correspond- 
ence between  two  literary  politicians  who  are 
now  confronting  each  other  as  rival  candidates 
for  the  Presidency. 

MR.    WATSON    AS    AN    HISTORIAN. 

After  the  campaign  of  1896,  Mr.  Watson 
abandoned  politics  and  turned  his  attention  to 
the  work  of  his  life,  to  the  dream  of  his  youth, — 
the  writing  of  history.  His  "  Story  of  France  " 
astonished  the  world.  Foreign  critics  praised 
it,  and  marveled  that  such  a  work  could  come 
from  the  brain  of  a  backwoods  lawyer  in  an 
American  State  of  which  few  of  them  had  ever 
heard.  But  Watson  has  a  genius  for  history  ; 
and  genius  will  have  its  way.  His  college  pro- 
fessor says  that  he  was  "a  history  hog,"  liter- 
ally devouring  every  book  in  the  library,  read- 
ing night  and  day.  Mr.  Watson  himself  says 
that  his  "  Story  of  France  "  grew  out  of  some 
sketches  which  he  wrote  for  his  newspaper,  the 
purpose  being  to  show  how  class  legislation,  or 
the  greed  of  the  few,  had  wrecked  the  French 
monarchy  and  caused  the  revolution,  "  just  as  I 
believe  they  will  wreck  our  own  republic  unless 
checked  by  measures  of  peaceful  reform."  For- 
eign critics  found  Watson's  style  "  not  the  most 
brilliant  or  polished,"  but  they  gladly  recognized 
his  power,  his  vividness.  He  is  ever  the  cham- 
pion of  the  under-dog  ;  he  sees  through  the 
eyes  and  feels  through  the  heart  of  the  prole- 
tariat. To  write  history,  he  does  not  go  into 
the  palace  and  the  castle  and  chronicle  the 
dynastic  and  military  changes  of  those  who 
make  pawns  and  victims  of  the  people  in  the 
valleys  round  about.  Instead,  he  goes  down 
among  the  tillers  of  the  soil,  and,  standing  be- 
side them,  looks  up  at  the  palace  and  castle,  and 
searchingly  inquires  what  have  they  in  the  seats 
of  the  mighty  done  for  humanity.  To  him, 
"  Louis  the  Grand,"  with  his  fifteen  thousand 
bedizened    idlers,  eating    up    one-tenth    of    the 


national  revenues,  laying  all  the  burden  upon 
the  bent  back  of  the  peasant,  was  the  precursor 
of  the  revolution.  Napoleon  was  incomparable 
and  irresistible  as  long  as  he  battled  for  democ- 
racy, for  the  modern  idea  of  the  people  against 
feudalism  (Napoleon  himself  said,  at  St.  Helena, 
in  his  melancholy  retrospection  and  self-justifi- 
cation, "  Friends  and  foes  must  confess  that  of 
these  principles  I  am  the  chief  soldier,  the 
grand  representative"),  but  defeat  and  ruin 
came  when  he  attempted  to  found  a  dynasty 
leagued  with  European  monarchies  and  aristocra- 
cies. According  to  Mr.  Watson,  had  Bonaparte 
remained  true  to  the  Populist  faith,  there  would 
have  been  no  St.  Helena. 

Mr.  Watson  never  lifts  his  feet  from  his  rock 
of  principle.  In  "  The  Life  and  Times  of  Thom- 
as Jefferson,"  his  underlying  text  is  a  desire  to 
show  how  a  government  of  the  whole  people, 
instead  of  a  government  of  the  privileged  few, 
must  be  formed.  He  does  more  in  his  "  Jeffer- 
son,"— he  brings  out  vividly  that  the  American 
Revolution  was  of  the  South  as  well  as  of  the 
North,  that  it  was  not  simply  a  New  England 
affair.  He  does  this  justly  to  both  sections. 
And,  speaking  of  North  and  South,  it  may  be 
news  to  the  readers  of  the  Review  of  Reviews 
that  the  poet,  the  orator,  the  lawyer,  the  politi- 
cian, the  lecturer,  the  historian,  the  Presidential 
candidate,  has  now  turned  novelist.  Just  com- 
ing from  the  press  is  his  "  Bethany  :  A  Story  of 
the  Old  South."  It  is  a  story  of  the  Civil  War, 
and  it  will  be  found  most  fascinating.  Many  of 
its  incidents  and  tales  are  from  real  life,  for  the 
author's  people  were  in  the  war,  and  were  by 
the  war  ruined.  Here  again  is  an  underlying 
purpose, — justice  to  both  North  and  South, 
abatement  of  sectionalism. 

A    PEN    PICTURE    OP    THE    POPULIST    LEADER. 

Tom  Watson  is  physically  a  mere  mite  of  a 
man.  He  is  small  of  frame,  and  the  flesh  upon 
him  is  meager.  He  is  painfully  lean  and  hungry- 
looking,  with  a  cadaverous,  raw-boned  face,  and 
eyes  which  shine  at  you.  His  hair  is  long, 
straight,  a  yellowish  red.  He  has  a  strong  jaw, — 
the  jaw  of  a  fighter.  He  has  little  sense  of  humor, 
— he  is  all  earnestness,  all  sincerity.  His  voice 
rasps,  but  the  fires  of  fervency  and  purposeful- 
ness,  and  his  command  of  language,  make  him 
a  debater  and  speaker  of  power  and  charm.  He 
loves  music,  plays  the  fiddle  (he  would  scorn  to 
call  it  a  violin),  and  plays  it  well.  He  is  shy  of 
men,  prefers  books  to  bipeds,  has  little  social  iact, 
yet  is  beloved  by  all  who  really  get  to  know  him. 
He  has  a  family,  a  fortune,  owns  half  of  the  coun- 
ty he  lives  in,  and  works,  works,  works. 


CHEMISTRY   AS   A    MODERN    INDUSTRIAL 

FACTOR. 

BY  CHARLES   BASKERVILLE,   PH.D.,  F.C.S. 
(  Professor  of  chemist  ry.  College  of  the  City  of  New  York.) 


THE  Society  of  Chemical  Industry,  with  its 
home  in  England,  met  this  year  in  the 
United  States,  under  the  presidency  of  Sir  Wil- 
liam Ramsay,  who  is  known  for  his  brilliant  re- 
searches in  the  field  of  pure  chemistry.  The 
medal  of  this  society,  given  every  two  years  for 
the  most  valuable  contribution  to  applied  chem- 
istry, was  presented  to  a  distinguished  Ameri- 
can teacher,  President  Remsen,  of  Johns  Hop- 
kins University,  who  has  no  direct  association 
with  the  industrial  applications  of  chemistry. 
An  .American  manufacturer  was  selected  as  the 
new  presiding  officer. 

This  unusual  state  of  affairs  offers  an  interest- 
ing explanation. 

Germany — an  inland  confederation,  the  mar- 
velous result  of  Bismarck's  far-seeing  policy 
— -within  twenty-five  years  rivaled  England's 
hitherto  unapproached  commercial  supremacy. 
England's  concern  was  shown  by  the  temper  of  the 
daily  press  and  the  technical  journals.  This  so- 
ciety was  started  similar  to  the  Verein  Deutsche r 
Chemiker.  Continued  efforts  on  the  part  of 
scientific  men  in  public,  and  the  meetings  of  the 
various  societies,  aroused  Great  Britain  from  its 
serene  security  in  the  control  of  the  world's  com- 
merce. A  royal  commission  was  appointed,  and 
its  report  showed  that  there  was  not  only  much 
to  fear,  but  more;  to  learn. 

Germany's  marvelous  commercial  growth  fur- 
nishes its  own  explanation.  A  well-defined  pol- 
icy was  outlined  and  followed  consistently.  The 
end  aimed  at  was  high, — the  highest  rank  in  the 
commerce  of  the  world, — the  means,  to  learn 
the  best  and  make  it,  to  invent  the  new  and 
stimulate  a  call  for  it.  "It  is  evident  enough 
I  hat  DO  art  or  science  can  he  known  until  learned, 
and  to  learn  most  rapidly  and  thoroughly,  one 
must  be  taught."  The  state  prodded  the  tech- 
nical schools  and  the  best  instruction.  The  man- 
ufacturers appreciated  the  value  of  such  scien- 
tifically trained  individuals  and  employed  them. 
It  is  not  to  our  point  to  discuss  the  economic  COD 
ditions    and    methods    of    education,    production, 

and  distributioa  as  followed  by  the  German 
Government  during  this  interval,  nor  are  we 
willing  to  affirm  that  such  are  now  or  have  ever 
heen  suitable  for  the  United  States.  Suffice  it 
to  say  that   Mr.  Gastrell.  the  British  commercial 


attache  at  Berlin,  saw  fit  to  place  the  causes  for 
Germany's  commercial  prosperity  in  the  order 
given. 

Ten  years  ago,   the  need  for  such  a  society 
was    felt  by  progressive  spirits  in   New  York 


MB.    \V.    II.    NICHOLS,   THIUD  PRESIDENT  OK  THE  SOCIETY 
OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 

(Mr.  Nichols  is  president  of  the  General  Chemical  Companj 
of  America  and  founder  of  the  Nichols  Medal  for  chemical 

research.) 

City.  The  American  Chemical  Society,  which 
corresponds  to  the  London  Chemical  Society 
and  the  Deutsche  Chemische  Gesellschaft,  should 
deal  more  with  the  strictly  scientific  side.  In- 
stead of  organizing  a  new  society,  a  charter  for 
the  New  York  section  of  the  English  society 
was  sought  and  readily  granted.  Now  the 
membership  of  that  section,  which   includes  the 


CHEMISTRY  AS  A  MODERN  INDUSTRIAL  FACTOR. 


425 


area  of  the  United  States,  constitutes  one-fourth 
of  the  entire  society.  Sections  have  been  es- 
tablished in  Australia  and  Canada,  and  during 
the  recent  meeting  there  was  some  talk  of  the 
formation  of  a  Berlin  section.  The  society  is 
therefore  becoming  international  in  character, 
and  why  should  it  not  ? 

Science  speaks  a  universal  language  and 
knows  no  geographical,  political,  or  social  boun- 
daries, otherwise  Humphry  Davy  would  never 
have  been  so  cordially  entertained  by  his  French 
colleagues  when  the  shores  of  England  and 
France  bristled  with  bayonets  in  bloody  antag- 
onism. Sir  William  Ramsay  gracefully  phrased 
the  English- American  relationship  in  response 
to  a  toast  at  a  dinner  given  him  at  the  Century 
Club  by  President  Finley,  of  the  College  of  the 
City  of  New  York,  as  follows  :  "  Intimate  chem- 
ical combination  or  union  results  from  two 
causes,  explosion  and  fusion.  We  had  the  ex- 
plosion a  century  ago  ;  we  shall  enjoy  the  fu- 
sion now." 

To  be  sure,  there  is  a  reverse  side  of  the 
shield.  One  of  the  characters  to  be  observed 
thereon  is  the  reluctance  of  the  manufacturers  of 
one  nation  to  allow  proprietors  or  employees  of 
like  plants  of  a  competing  people  to  inspect  their 
works.  It  may  be  mentioned  in  this  connection 
that  it  is  a  point  of  honor  among  the  members 
of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry  not  to  visit 
the  works  of  another  in  the  same  line  of  produc- 
tion. The  writer  is  unable  to  say  what  would  be 
the  outcome  of  a  breach  of  this  high  standard  of 
etlncs,  but  it  is  not  difficult  to  imagine. 

The  second  apparent  incompatibility  of  this 
meeting  in  particular  was  the  character  of  the 
presiding  officer.  He  is  an  investigator  in  the 
field  of  strictly  pure  science  ;  he  deals  with 
theories,  the  most  advanced  ;  he  is  a  teacher  of 
the  greatest  success. 

That  the  discoverer  of  five  unique  chemical 
elements,  of  absolutely  no  practical  or  commercial 
value,  as  far  as  we  know,  should  be  elevated  to 
the  highest  position  of  honor  among  industrial 
chemists  may  at  first  glance  seem  odd,  but,  in 
fact,  there  was  nothing  inappropriate  in  it  at  all. 
In  the  first  place,  we  do  not  know  when  some 
one  may  apply  these  lazy  elements  of  Ramsay's 
to  important  commercial,  medicinal,  or  other 
uses.  Thorium  oxide  was  known  half  a  century 
before  it  was  utilized  as  the  basis  of  the 
W  elsbach  mantles,  used  now  by  the  million  as 
a  means  for  attaining  the  softest  and  most 
economical  gaslight.  In  the  second  place,  it 
but  emphasized  the  axiomatic  truth  so  forcibly 
demonstrated  by  the  recenthistory  of  Germany, — 
namely,  the  interdependence  of  pure  and  applied 
Science. 


During  the  last  quarter  of  the  nineteenth 
century  there  has  grown  up  an  arbitrary  di- 
vision of  chemistry,  called  physical.  By  many, 
even  college  presidents,  it  has  been  looked  upon 
as  dealing  largely  with  abstract  questions  and 
one  merely  played  in  the  laboratory.  By  the 
application  of  only  a  portion  of  the  results  ob- 
tained in  this  amusement,  the  United  States  now 
markets  annually  over  one  hundred  millions  of 
dollars  of  products  in  the  form  of  aluminum, 
carborundum,  sodium,  bleaching  powder,  etc. 

The  converse  is  equally  true.  Demands  on 
the  part  of  manufacturers  for  improved  proc- 
esses or  products,  utilization  of  waste,  etc.,  have 
stimulated  and  facilitated  pure  investigation. 
Only  two  instances  need  be  cited,  although  ex- 
amples might  easily  be  multiplied.  The  drug 
trade  demanded  a  quinine  devoid  of  the  bitter 
taste  but  retaining  its  anti-malarial  properties, 
and  it  was  made  tasteless.  The  waste  material 
from  pitchblende  was  thrown  away  after  the  re- 
moval of  most  of  the  uranium  until  the  Curies 
extracted  radium  from  it.  The  radium  business 
is  rather  profitable  at  the  present  time,  whether 
it  eventually  prove  to  possess  its  heralded  medic- 
inal value  or  not. 

Sir  William  Ramsay,  in  his  retiring  address, 
spoke  on  chemical  pedagogy,  most  appropriately 
and  clearly,  from  thirty  years'  experience.  The 
future  of  any  nation's  industries  must  be  looked 
after  by  those  who  learn  to-day.  Practically  all 
forms  of  productive  activity,  from  the  cultiva- 
tion of  the  soil  for  the  growth  of  cotton  to  the 
finished  tinted  fabric,  from  the  digging  of  the 
ore  to  the  engines  which  distribute  our  com- 
merce in  its  most  varied  ramifications,  rest 
upon  chemical  phenomena.  The  manner  and 
method  of  training  of  the  men  who  will  apply 
these  phenomena  are  matters  which  have  to  do, 
not  only  with  the  future  of  the  chemical  indus- 
tries concerned,  but  with  the  very  vitality  of  na- 
tions. 

The  limits  of  this  article  and  the  patience  of 
the  reader,  who  may  have  followed  us  thus  far, 
will  not  admit  of  a  full  exposition  of  the  wisdom 
of  expenditures  for  research.  To  some,  it  is 
apparent  ;  to  others,  it  may  be  said  that  the 
framing  and  execution  of  our  pure-food  laws 
is  mainly  the  outgrowth  of  the  researches  of  Dr. 
Wiley  and  his  colaborers  in  Washington.  But 
a  few  days  ago  a  manufacturer  showed  the 
writer  a  part  of  his  plant  where  he  carried  out 
on  a  commercial  scale  one  research  he  had  pur- 
siied  in  his  private  laboratory.  He  knew  little 
of  the  materials  when  he  began  work  on  this 
particular  problem,  but  he  had  the  attitude  of 
mind  from  his  training.  He  produced  a  prod- 
uct better  suited   to   the  purpose  than  any  yet 


c.'i; 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


made,  and  although  it  has  been  on  the  market 
but  a  short  time,  he  receives  an  annual  income 
of  fifteen  thousand  dollars  from  it. 

Twenty-five  years  ago,  Prof.  Ira  Remsen,  of 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  as  the    result   of  a 


SIU    Nil, 1,1AM    RAMSAY,   K.C.B.,   LL.D.,   F.R.S.,    RETIRING    (SECOND)    PRESIDENT    OF    THE 
SOCIETY  OK  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 

(British  chemist,  discoverer  of  five  new  elements,  member  of  most  of  the  world's 
scientific  societies,  and  author  of  text-books  and  many  articles.) 

strictly  scientific  investigation,  discovered  a 
compound  known  technically  as  benzoic-sul- 
phimide,  or  saccharine,  possessing  the  property 
of  sweetness  to  taste  to  an  exceeding  degree.  It 
is  well  known  thai  be  never  received  one  cent 
for  this  discovery,  which  has  proved  a  boon  to 
sufferers  who  must  avoid  sugar  as  a  food. 

.  It  has  happened  that  medals  have  been  given 
by  purely  scientific  bodies  to  men  who  have 
discovered    commercially    successful    processes. 


It  was  quite  fitting,  therefore,  that  a  society 
given  to  the  practical  applications  should  recog- 
nize him  who  has  had  to  do  only  with  teaching 
and  investigation,  especially  when  one  of  the 
results  of  his  investigation  had  subsequently 
been  successfully  exploited 
on  a  commercial  scale  by 
others. 

Touching  American  con- 
ditions, it  may  be  remarked 
that  great  forward  strides 
have  been  made  and  are  mak- 
ing along  the  lines  men- 
tioned. On  the  occasion  of 
the  twenty-fifth  anniversary 
of  the  founding  of  the  Ameri- 
can Chemical  Society,  a  re- 
port of  a  special  census  com- 
mittee was  submitted.  The 
writer  had  the  honor  of  be- 
ing chairman  of  that  com- 
mittee, and  the  amassed  data 
passed  through  his  hands. 
A  conservative  statement, 
averaging  all,  is  that  the  ac- 
commodations for  students, 
teachers,  and  chemists  in 
America  have  increased  m 
the  proportion  of  one  to 
twenty-five. 

It  is  a  fact,  established  by 
reliable  statistics,  that  those 
sections  of  our  country 
which  have  been  most  pro- 
gressive, or  have  grown  most 
rapidly,  utilize  most  exten- 
sively the  services  of  chem- 
ists. This  is  largely  an 
economic  problem,  for  twen- 
ty-five years  ago  profits  were 
large  and  wastes  enormous  ; 
now,  with  competition,  local 
and  foreign,  the  value  of 
waste  is  appreciated,  and 
chemistry  regulates  the  con- 
trol of  that  waste.  There  are 
not  a  few  instances  where 
the  old  waste  by-product  has 
become  the  main  material  of  the  factory.  Wit- 
ness the  extraction  of  oil  from  cotton  seed  in 
the  Southern  States,  where  the  pressed  cake  is 
used  for  cattle  food  and  fertilizer  purposes. 

The  presiding  officer  of  the  Society  of  Chem- 
ical Industry  is  now  the  most  successful  Amer 
ican  manufacturer  of  chemicals,  Mr.  AV.  II. 
Nichols,  president  of  the  General  Chemical  ( lorn- 
pany.  lb-  interweaves  production  with  investi- 
gation ;  employs  the  best,  produces  the  best. 


■1 


111 


MR.   WALKER  HILL,   OF 
ST.   LOUIS. 


GOV.    MYRON  T.  HERRICK, 
OF   OHIO. 


MR.   F.  G.   BIGELOW,   OF 
MILWAUKEE. 


MR.  JAMES   R.    BRANCH,    OF 

NEW  YORK. 

(Secretary  of  the  American      (President    American    Ex-     (President   Society  of    Sav-    (Retiring    president   of   the 
Bankers'  Association.)  change  Bank.)  ^ngs,  Cleveland.)  Association.) 


THE   BANKERS'    CONVENTION    AT   NEW   YORK. 

BY  WILLIAM  JUSTUS  BOIES. 


THE  thirtieth  annual  convention  of  the  Amer- 
ican Bankers'  Association,  held  in  New 
York  City,  September  14,  15,  and  16,  attracted 
the  largest  assemblage  ever  gathered  at  a  bank- 
ing conference  in  this  country.  The  thirty-two 
hundred  delegates  and  their  friends  represented 
every  variety  of  financial  institution,  from  the 
little  cross-roads  concern  that  is  glad  to  accom- 
modate the  owner  of  a  donkey  with  a  twenty- 
dollar  loan  to  the  heavily  capitalized  Wall  Street 
bank  that  thinks  nothing  of  underwriting  a 
twenty  -  million  -  dollar  venture.  Never  in  the 
history  of  American  banking  has  a  more  curious, 
complex,  and  unique  attendance  been  secured  at 
a  banking  function  than  that  which  brought  to- 
gether the  custodians  of  more  than  eleven  billion 
dollars  of  capital,  surplus,  and  deposits.  More 
than  one  multimillionaire  bank  president,  whose 
office  atmosphere  is  usually  near  zero,  received 
a  new  impression  of  country  deposits  from  shak- 
ing hands  with  the  backwoods  contingent.  "  You 
see,-'  said  a  rural  banker,  "the  big  bugs  are  not 
the  only  factor  in  American  banking  after  all. 
These  conventions  demonstrate  that.  We  coun- 
try fellows  carry  pretty  heavy  balances  in  New 
York,  and  in  more  than  one  way  exert  consid- 
erable influence  in  the  financial  affairs  of  the 
country.  Wall  Street  covers  only  half  a  mile 
of  the  distance  between  the  Atlantic  and  the 
Pacific.  The  great  city  bankers  should  never 
forget  that.  These  gatherings  are  helpful  in 
proportion  as  they  make  us  better  Americans  by 
making  us  less  provincial.     While  we  country 


bankers  may  not  have  as  many  pearl  pins  and 
black  satin  cravats  as  our  city  friends  display, 
we  try  to  keep  in  close  enough  touch  with  what 
is  going  on  to  avoid  making  unsafe  loans.  And 
I  think,"  added  the  speaker,  with  a  reminiscent 
smile,  "  that  in  the  long  run  we  succeed  quite  as 
well  as  our  city  friends  do." 

That  was  the  attitude  with  which  the  corner- 
grocery  bankers  met  the  financiers  of  the  princi- 
pal cities,  and  it  is  difficult  to  tell  which  gained 
the  most  from  the  interview.  Both  were  en- 
thusiastic about  the  success  of  the  convention, 
which  did  a  great  deal  of  serious  work  besides 
enjoying  the  entertainments  provided  for  the 
afternoons  and  evenings. 

And  so,  in  this  spirit  of  good-fellowship  and 
frank  discussion,  the  city  did  lose  a  little  of  its 
provincialism,  as  James  Stillman,  president  of 
the  New  York  Clearing  House,  in  his  welcom- 
ing address,  expressed  the  hope  that  it  would 
do.  And  the  country,  too,  went  home  better 
enlightened  about  the  status  of  Wall  Street  in 
financial  affairs,  and  with  less  dread,  perhaps, 
of  the  city's  greedy  outreaching  for  interior 
business.  This,  in  fact, — the  convention's  human 
side, — with  the  spirit  of  cooperation  that  it  pro- 
moted, was  its  distinct  contribution,  which  will 
be  remembered  longer  than  the  formal  proceed- 
ings. But  there  was  serious  work  accomplished, 
and  for  the  first  time  in  banking  history  the 
trust- company  movement  met  the  banks  in 
close-range  discussion  of  the  needs  for  a  cash 
reserve  and  the  enactment  of  proper  legislation 


428 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


I 


0^. 


mk 


HON.  LYMAN  T.  GAGE,  OF 
NEW  YORK. 

(President  of  the  United 
States  Trust  Company.) 


MR.   .JOHN  F.   THOMPSON,   OF 
NEW   YORK. 

(Vice-president  of  the  Bank- 
ers' Trust  Company.) 


governing  both  classes  of  institutions.  The  dis- 
cussions were  held  in  separate  rooms,  and  at 
different  hours,  as  were  also  the  deliberations 
of  the  savings-bank  section,  for  the  association 
long  ago  recognized  the  wisdom  of  organizing 
the  various  banks  in  separate  groups,  so  as  to 
admit  of  proper  specialization.  But  each  sec- 
tion held  its  conference  at  hours  which  did  not 
conflict  with  the  programme  of  the  general  con- 
vention, which  was  open  to  all  delegates,  and  of 
peculiar  interest  because  of  the  five-minute  ad- 
dresses by  representatives  of  various  sections. 

The  formal  proceedings  included,  as  usual,  a 
discussion  of  the  ever-present  currency  ques- 
tion, with  the  usual  suggestions  concerning  its 
cause  and  cure.  A.  B.  Hepburn,  of  New  York, 
gave  an  expert's  view  of  the  case,  and  a  com- 
mittee appointed  at  San  Francisco  a  year  ago 
told  the  results  of  its  Washington  investigation 
into  what  was  practical  and  possible  of  accom- 
plishment. Similar  attention  was  given  to  the 
means  of  eliminating  panics  and  preventing  such 
periods  of  disturbance  as  caused  the  hardships 
of  1873  and  1893.  Here  the  suggestions  were 
of  such  general  interest  that  I  give  four  of  the 
safeguards  indicated  in  Mr.  Andrew  J.  Frame's 
crusade  against  wild-cat  banking, — (])  prohibit- 
ing, by  federal  statute,  the  operation  of  any 
banking  institution  not  having  a  definite  paid-in 
capital,  except  in  the  case  of  mutual  savings- 
banks,  which  ought  to  accumulate  a  surplus  ;  ('J) 
such  an  amendment  to  the  national  banking  act 
as  would  permit  banks  to  make  individual  loans 
up  to  a  fixed  percentage  of  capital  and  surplus, 
instead  of  restricting  such  accommodation  to 
one  tenth  of  capital,  as  is  now  done  ;  (3)  forcing 
all  financial  institutions  (trust  companies  in- 
cluded)   to    maintain    a   definite   cash    reserve 


Jilt.  ALBERT   H.  WIGGIN,  (if 
NEW    YORK. 

(Vice-president  of  the  Chase 
National  Bank.) 


MR.  CLARK  WILLIAMS,  OF 
NEW  YORK. 

(Vice-president  U.  S.  Mort- 
gage and  Trust  Company.) 


against  demand  liabilities,  with  proper  provision 
for  preventing  too  hasty  withdrawal  of  savings 
accounts  when  depositors  become  panic-stricken 
without  cause  ;  (4)  permitting  each  bank  to  adjust 
its  own  interest  rate,  with  the  suggestion  that 
the  public  be  warned  against  doing  business 
with  such  institutions  as  offer  excessive  terms 
for  new  business  ;  and  (5)  giving  proper  scope  to 
the  present  system  of  banking  supervision  as 
practised  successfully  by  State  and  federal  gov- 
ernments. 

Mr.  Frame  added  this  word  of  warning, 
which  has  peculiar  significance  in  view  of  the 
excesses  of  the  recent  period  of  speculation, 
from  the  burdens  of  which  the  great  city  banks 
have  only  just  recovered  : 

National  calamities  are  not  born  in  country  towns. 
Panics  are  bred  in  great  cities,  where  colossal  promo- 
tions flourish  ;  where  most,  not  all,  banks  fail  to  reduce 
interest-paying  rates  when  money  is  easy  ;  where  the 
cashier  is  discharged  (according  to  Secretary  Shaw's 
witticism)  when  the  board  of  directors  find  him  with 
fifty  thousand  dollars  surplus  reserve ;  where  the  re- 
serves are  loaned  to  the  stock-jobbers  that  ought  to  be 
held  to  meet  the  call  of  the  country  banks  for  their  on  D 
deposits  to  move  the  crops.  Then,  when  the  stock-job- 
ber is  called  upon  to  liquidate,  he  must  attempt  to  rob 
Peter  to  pay  Paul,  but,  because  of  the  lack  of  a  proper 
cash  reserve  generally,  stocks  decline  on  forced  sales  to 
obtain  cash  and  general  liquidation  takes  place.  Con- 
servative people  in  all  pursuits  do  not  allow  a  little 
surplus  cash  to  burn  in  their  pockets  when  they  know 
that  extraordinary  payments  will  soon  require  its  use, 
and  bankers  ought  to  be  the  leadei-s  in  conservatism. 

These  were  plain  words  that  caused  some 
bankers  to  wince  at  the  recollections  of  L90L 
The  country  delegates  chuckled  at  the  discom 
lituiv  of  their  city  friends.  But,  for  all  that, 
the  appeal  for  conservatism  was  effective  in  this 
as    in    other    addresses.     The    informal  discus- 


THE  RANKERS'  CONTENTION  AT  NEW  YORK, 


429 


MR.   A.   B.   HEPBURN,   OF 
NEW  YORK. 

1 1 'resident  of  the  Chase 
Nat  tonal  Hank,  i 


MR.  GEORGE  W.   YOUNG, 
OF  NEW   YORK. 


MR.  JOSEPH   G.   BROWN,   OF 
RALEIGH,   N.  C. 


MR.  JOSEPH  C.    HENDRIX, 
OF  NEW   YORK. 

(Former  president  of  Ameri-      (President   U.   S.   Mortgage     (President  of  the  Citizens' 
can  Bankers'  Association.)  and  Trust  Company.)  National  Bank.) 


sions  were  of  more  general  interest,  and  touched 
a  greater  variety  of  topics,  than  those  men- 
tioned on  the  official  programme.  They  con- 
tributed the  varying  views  of  different  sections 
on  the  question  of  branch  banks, — about  which 
the  country  contingent  is  still  up  in  arms, — uni- 
form laws,  asset  currency,  and  the  establish- 
ment of  a  satisfactory  money-order  system.  In 
the  private  discussions,  one  theme  that  received 
general  attention  was  the  development  of  the 
financial  department  store.  That  picturesque 
institution  is  preeminently  the  product  of  twen- 
tieth-century American  banking.  No  other 
country  has  it,  but  if  we  keep  on  organizing 
ten  million-dollar  and  twenty-five-million-dollar 
1  »auks  this  country  will  soon  not  be  able  to 
get  along  without  it  in  the  large  centers.  In 
New  York  City,  there  are  four  or  five  of  these 
greal  money  shops.  They  usually  have  one  or 
two  trust-company  attachments,  besides  half-a- 
dozen  smaller  banks  in  near-by  communities. 
These  institutions  do  in  a  day  what  the  old- 
fashioned  bank  formerly  took  a  week  to  accom- 
plish. Their  business  is  splendidly  organized, 
and  managed  by  men  who  are  experts  in  the 
art  of  shaking  hands  and  making  the  out-of- 
town  contingent  feel  at  home.  One  of  these 
banks  has  an  "interior  department"  which  does 
nothing  but  ••  keep  tabs  "  on  country  bankers  and 
the  possibility  of  securing  their  accounts.  This 
department  has  a  complete  list  of  the  out-of- 
town  correspondents  of  rival  institutions,  and 
full  data  covering  such  tacts  as  average  bal- 
ance, usual  accommodation  required,  class  of 
business  carried,  and  available  details  concern- 
ing the  interior  banker's  family  history.  Just 
as  soon  as  a  consolidation  is  talked  of  in  New 


York,  or  a  radical  change  in  ownership  takes 
place,  letters  are  sent  broadcast  throughout  the 
country  inviting  the  clients  of  the  New  York 
bank  in  question  to  transfer  their  accounts  to 
the  rival  institution,  which  "  will  offer  every 
facility." 

"  Department-store  banking "  was  in  special 
evidence  at  the  convention.  You  encountered 
it  in  the  lobbies  of  the  hotels,  at  the  theaters, 
and  at  dinners  and  luncheons.  Even  the  wives 
and  daughters  of  the  delegates  saw  something  of 
it  in  the  flowers  and  fruit  that  were  rushed  to 
their  rooms.  One  Wall  Street  bank  that  has 
several  hundred  out-of-town  accounts  delegates 
one  of  its  officers  for  "  reception  committee " 
duty.  This  official  keeps  in  close  touch  with  the 
movements  of  out-of-town  clients,  and  sees  that 
they  are  properly  entertained  on  reaching  the 
city.  He  makes  a  study  of  the  bank's  out-of- 
town  accounts,  and  looks  after  the  welfare  of  its 
customers  in  every  way  possible. 

The  association  conducts  an  ambitious  scheme 
of  educational  work  through  its  American  In- 
stitute of  Bank  Clerks,  which  now  has  twenty- 
eight  chapters  in  different  sections  of  the  coun- 
try. Under  the  auspices  of  this  institute,  a 
plan  of  official  examination  has  been  devised 
which  is  intended  to  centralize  the  various  lines 
of  instruction  and  maintain  a  definite  system  of 
banking  education.  The  savings-bank  section, 
having  nearly  six  hundred  members,  devoted 
its  session  to  the  discussion  of  technical  prob- 
lems having  reference  to  its  special  type  of 
banking.  The  trust  companies  considered  top- 
ics of  more  general  interest,  of  which  the  ques- 
tion of  maintaining  a  proper  cash  reserve  was 
the  most  important. 


THIS   YEAR'S   STRIKES   AND   THE    PRESENT 
INDUSTRIAL   SITUATION. 


BY  VICTOR  S.    YARROS. 


STRIKES,  deadlocks,  lockouts,  and  threat- 
ened conflicts  between  capital  and  labor — 
or,  to  be  more  exact,  between  employers  and 
employed — have  for  many  weeks  and  months 
rilled  the  pages  of  the  daily  press.  While  at 
any  time  since  May  1  it  might  truly  have  been 
said,  "  Sufficient  unto  the  day  is  the  [industrial] 
evil  thereof,"  it  will  generally  be  admitted  that 
troubles  even  graver  than  those  actually  experi- 
enced have  been  apprehended  in  several  parts  of 
the  country.  Men  of  affairs  seriously  and  anx- 
iously spoke  of  a  "  crisis  "  in  the  economic  life 
of  the  United  States  due  directly  to  the  atti- 
tude and  activities  of  the  labor  organizations.. 
And  facts  and  figures  could  be  freely  cited  to 
sustain  this  pessimistic  view. 

But  there  has  been  a  decided  change  in  the 
situation — a  gratifying  and  reassuring  change. 
The  industrial  sky  is  clearer,  and  the  clouds  are 
disappearing.  Peace  does  not  reign  all  along 
the  line  ;  there  are  several  centers  of  storm  and 
disturbance  to  which  the  improvement  has  not 
extended,  and  even  where  fairly  normal  condi- 
tions prevail  once  more  the  equilibrium  is  per- 
haps unstable.  Still,  things  are  very  much  better 
than  they  were  during  the  summer,  and  there 
is  reasonable  hope  of  a  period  of  industrial  quiet 
and  order  and  harmony.  On  the  eve  of  a  national 
election,  and  in  view  of  the  readiness  of  certain 
classes  of  so-called  practical  politicians  to  "  make 
capital  "  out  of  any  industrial  dislocation,  the 
change  in  question  is  doubly  welcome.  The 
strike  for  political  effect  is,  happily,  rare. 

It  is,  of  course,  virtually  impossible  to  ascer- 
tain the  actual  number  of  strikes  and  strikers 
(regarding  the  lockout  as  the  employers'  strike) 
in  a  country  so  vast  as  the  United  States.  Re- 
cent estimates  for  which  absolute  precision  can- 
not be  claimed  have  placed  the  number  of  work- 
ing men  and  working  women  idle  on  account, 
not  of  restricted  production  due  to  business 
causes,  but  of  disputes  and  conflicts  between  em- 
ployers and  employed,  at  about  one  hundred  and 
fifty  thousand.  Even  this  number  would  be  an 
insignificant  percentage  of  the  great  army  of 
American  wage-workers,  but  since  these  esti- 
mates were  put  forth,  one  great  strike  and  sev- 
eral minor  contests  have  been  "mended  orended," 
and  a  new  "census"  would  probably  yield  a 
total  not  exceeding  seventy-five  thousand  men 
and  women. 


CHICAGO,     "THE    CITY    OF    STRIKES. 

To  take  Chicago  first,  as  the  city  which  has 
long  had  a  bad  eminence  in  the  matter  of  labor 
difficulties,  a  few  weeks  ago  no  fewer  than 
eighty-nine  strikes  were  in  progress,  involving  a 
daily  loss  in  wages  alone  of  nearly  sixty-seven 
thousand  dollars.  The  "  distribution  "  of  these 
troubles  was  shown  in  the  following  table,  which 
appeared  on  Labor  Day  in  the  Chicago  Tribune : 

Number 
on  Strike. 
Packing  trades,  including  butchers,  teamsters,  and 

twenty-eight  allied  trades 26,620 

Garment  workers,  including  cutters,  bushelmen,  ex- 
aminers, and  trimmers 400 

Woodworkers,  including  men  employed  in  furniture 

factories 3,000 

Machinists,  including  men  employed  in  machine  shops, 

railroad  shops,  etc 1,350 

Printing  trades,  including  Franklin  union,  and  other 

printers 100 

Bakers— strike  at  Coyne  and  Heusner  plants 100 

Boilermakers  at  Illinois  Steel  plant  and  railroad  shops.     100 

Laundry  drivers 10 

Miscellaneous,  including  bricklayers  and  other  trades 

(estimated) 500 

Total 32,180 

All  the  important  strikes  have  since  been 
brought  to  a  close.  The  packing  trades  surren- 
dered to  the  employers  after  obtaining  slight  con- 
cessions and  a  promise  of  a  careful  study  of  al- 
leged grievances  and  the  elimination  of  whatever 
abuses  might  be  found  to  exist.  This  dispute 
was  essentially  "sympathetic"  on  the  part  of 
the  skilled  men.  They  walked  out  to  secure 
recognition  for  their  unskilled  brethren  and  the 
restoration  of  a  wage-rate  which  the  packers, 
in  the  present  state  of  the  labor  market,  deemed 
excessive.  Uncertainty  as  to  collateral  and  sub- 
sequent issues  renders  it  difficult  even  now  to 
point  any  definite,  plain  moral  for  the  benefit 
of  either  party. 

The  packers  were  charged  with  attempting  to 
destroy  unionism  in  the  yards,  with  deliberate 
violation  of  the  terms  of  a  settlement  based  on 
the  principle  of  "no  discrimination"  against 
unionists  or  sympathetic  strikers  as  such,  and 
with  taking  advantage  of  a  temporary  depres- 
sion to  force  wages  down  below  the  level  of  sub- 
sistence according  to  American  standards.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  strikers  were  accused  of 
Quixotic  sentimentalism  in  so  completely  and 
recklessly  subordinating  their  own  welfare,  and 


THIS  YEAR'S  STRIKES  AND  THE  PRESENT  INDUSTRIAL  SITUATION.    431 


that  of  their  families,  to  the  interest  of  unskilled 
laborers  ;  of  breach  of  contract  in  failing  to 
abide  by  the  provisions  of  an  arbitration  agree- 
ment ;  of  a  willful  refusal  to  arbitrate  the  dif- 
ferences in  the  first  place  ;  of  laying  down  their 
tools  regardless  of  binding  contracts  expressly 
excluding  sympathetic  strikes,  and  of  all  manner 
of  unreason  and  unfairness  generally. 

"  FUNDAMENTAL    ERRORS    OF    UNIONISM." 

Now  that  the  struggle  is  over,  President  Don- 
nelly, of  the  butcher  workmen's  union,  frankly 
admits  that  "  many  fundamental  errors  of  union- 
ism "  have  been  disclosed  in  the  process,  and 
that  it  will  be  necessary  for  the  chastened  and 
defeated  men  to  reorganize  on  "  sounder  prin- 
ciples." A  bill  of  particulars  would  doubtless 
be  instructive  and  enlightening,  but  who  will 
demand  its  production  ?  As  for  the  packers,  an 
appeal  to  their  humanity  and  sense  of  fair  play 
(an  appeal  made  by  three  women  identified  with 
social  settlement  work)  induced  them  to  reenter 
into  negotiations  with  the  strike  leaders,  and 
they  know  full  well  that  conditions  in  the  stock 
yards  were  by  no  means  ideal.  But  exactly  what 
the  strike  has  taught  them  will  remain  their  own 
secret.  The  "third  party,"  the  great  public,  can 
only  cry,  "  Peace,  conciliation,  mutual  conces- 
sions," and  hope  that  some  benefit  will  result 
from  the  confused  and  confusing  denouement. 

In  some  of  the  smaller  strikes  which  Chicago 
has  endured  or  is  still  enduring,  greater  and 
clearer  issues  have  been  presented.  Foremost 
among  them,  beyond  all  question,  is  the  open 
shop  versus  the  union,  or  closed,  shop.  Just  now, 
thanks  to  circumstances  which  cannot  be  set  forth 
in  this  article,  the  question  seems  to  have  been 
postponed.  There  are  many  "  closed  shops  "  in 
Chicago  by  virtue  of  agreements  which  will  not 
expire  until  next  May.  But  the  powerful  and  se- 
cret Employers'  Association  of  this  city  (which 
association,  it  is  stated,  has  assisted  in  the  organi- 
zation of  a  dozen  similar  bodies  in  the  surround- 
ing territory)  has  declared  war  on  the  closed  shop, 
and  within  the  past  several  months  notice  has 
been  served  on  certain  trade-unions  that  the 
closed-shop  feature  will  not  be  tolerated  as  part 
01  future  contracts.  Judging  the  future  by  the 
past,  this  decision  will  not  be  acquiesced  in  by 
the  stronger  unions  without  stubborn  resistance. 

Few  of  this  year's  strikes  in  Chicago  were  for 
increased  wages  or  a  shorter  workday.  Nearly 
all  the  grave  and  formidable  ones,  at  all  events, 
were  due  to  the  unwillingness  of  the  employers 
to  enter  into  closed-shop  contracts.  Most  of 
these  have  been  lost,  but  several  are  still  in 
progress,  and  they  include  the  locals  of  the  Na- 
tional Garment  Workers'  Union.     There  is  rea- 


son to  believe  or  fear  that  the  "  open  shop  "  issue 
will  in  the  near  future  constitute  the  paramount 
"labor"  question  in  the  Western  centers  of  in- 
dustry. The  head  of  one  of  the  largest  busi- 
nesses in  Chicago  was  lately  quoted  as  saying  : 
"Some  day  the  unions  and  the  business  com- 
munity will  have  to  fight  it  out  to  see  who  owns 
Chicago." 

At  present,  however,  to  repeat,  a  state  of  calm 
and  quiet  characterizes  practically  every  leading 
industry  of  Chicago.  No  trade  has  suffered 
more  than  printing  ;  but  after  a  year  of  war,  of 
lawsuits,  injunctions,  small  riots,  and  assaults  on 
person  and  property  (at  least,  if  newspaper  re- 
ports are  to  be  relied  on),  there  is  a  fair  promise 
of  peace  for  the  next  sixteen  months,  agree- 
ments having  been  concluded  that  run  for  a 
year  from  next  January.  The  Chicago  courts 
have  less  "  labor  "  business  than  at  any  time  in 
several  years,  and,  in  view  of  local  tendencies, 
this  is  a  telling  piece  of  evidence. 

LABOR  CONDITIONS  IN  NEW  YORK. 

In  New  York,  the  conditions,  at  this  writing, 
are  not  equally  satisfactory,  but  the  indications 
of  an  early  improvement  are  strong.  It  is  an 
interesting  fact,  by  the  way,  that  New  York 
takes  its  labor  troubles  with  a  lighter  heart  than 
does  Chicago.  Its  newspapers  do  not  dwell  on 
the  subject,  and  when  they  deal  with  it  they  dis- 
play a  more  philosophical  temper.  This  may  be 
an  effect  of  age  and  riper  experience,— Chicago 
would  probably  attribute  it  to  a  different  and 
less  creditable  cause, — but  the  contrast  itself  is 
noteworthy. 

An  agreement  just  reached  between  the  In- 
terborough  Rapid  Transit  Company  on  the  one 
hand  and  the  Brotherhood  of  Locomotive  En- 
gineers, the  Brotherhood  of  Locomotive  Fire- 
men, and  the  Amalgamated  Association  of  Street 
and  Electric  Railway  Employees  on  the  other 
is  believed  to  insure  tranquillity  for  the  next 
three  years  on  both  the  subway  and  the  elevated 
roads. 

Minor  controversies  aside,  the  difficulty  which 
has  involved  serious  losses  and  permanent  injury 
to  unionism  is  that  which  has  partially  paralyzed 
the  building  industry.  Less  than  a  year  ago, 
after  a  protracted  and  wasteful  fight,  a  settle- 
ment was  effected  whereby  the  Employers'  As- 
sociation achieved  a  notable  victory  at  tne  ex- 
pense, not  of  the  principle  of  labor  organization, 
nor  even  of  the  unions  then  in  existence,  but  of 
certain  practices  and  elements  of  the  building- 
trade  unions.  The  "  Sam  Parks  "  affair  is  still 
within  the  general  recollection,  and  the  Employ- 
ers' Association  was  established  for  the  avowed 
purpose  of  uprooting  "  Parksism."    The  employ- 


432 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


ers  themselves,  it  will  not  have  been  forgotten, 
prepared  an  arbitration  agreement  which  not 
only  accorded  full  recognition  to  the  unions  but 
accepted  and  perpetuated  the  "  closed  shop " 
principle.  Sympathetic  strikes  were  barred. 
and  it  was  stipulated  that  the  representatives  of 
the  unions  should  not  serve  in  the  capacity  of 
business  agents, — an  anti-blackmail  provision. 

ARBITRATION    AND    THE    CLOSED    SHOP. 

This  rather  remarkable  arbitration  agreement 
never  wholly  commended  itself  to  the  unions, 
though  many  employers  in  other  cities  regarded 
it  as  excessively  generous,  if  not  improper  in 
principle.  A  few  months  ago,  certain  of  these 
organizations  declared  sympathetic  strikes,  in 
violation  of  the  agreement,  asserting  that  con- 
troversies had  arisen  which  could  not  possi- 
bly be  arbitrated.  Repeated  efforts  at  a  settle- 
ment failed,  and  early  in  August  a  general  lock- 
out was  declared  by  the  employers  in  the  build- 
ing trades. 

Even  then,  however,  the  arbitration  plan  was 
not  abandoned  by  the  employers,  and  hundreds 
of  strikers  have  returned  to  work  under  it,  sign- 
ing it  individually,  while  retaining  theh'  mem- 
bership in  the  unions.  The  sti'ike  is  expected 
to  fail,  but  it  is  doubtful  whether  advantage  will 
be  taken  of  the  probable  failure  to  repudiate  the 
closed  shop.  "Without  prejudging  pending  pro- 
ceedings, it  seems  that  blackmail  has  not  been 
eliminated  in  the  building  trades,  and  what  the 
new  act  (secured  by  District  Attorney  Jerome) 
will  accomplish  in  this  direction  remains  to 
be  seen.  This  legislation  renders  those  paying 
blackmail  equally  punishable  with  those  de- 
manding or  receiving  it. 

The  strike,  it  should  be  added,  has  not  been 
attended  by  any  violence  or  disorder,  which  cir- 
cumstance possibly  accounts  for  the  neglect  of  it 
by  the  editorial  writers  of  the  daily  newspapers. 

THE    GARMENT    WORKERS. 

The  unsuccessful  strike  of  the  New  York 
garment  workers,  now  a  thing  of  the  past,  can- 
not be  passed  over  without  a  word  or  two.  It 
was  caused  by  what  appears  to  have  been  a 
purely  Platonic  resolution  against  the  closed 
shop  adopted  by  the  National  Association  of 
Clothing  Manufacturers.  In  this  resolution  the 
open  Shop  was  proclaimed  to  be  the  logical  cor- 
ollary of  the  principle  of  equal  liberty  and 
equal  opportunity.  At  the  same  time,  it,  was 
explicitly  stated  in  less  formal  declarations  that 
no  practical  change  in  the  conditions  prevailing 
in  the  shops  was  intended  or  contemplated.  No 
union  men  were  to  be  discharged,  and  no  non- 
union men   engaged    in    vindication  of   the   new- 


policy.  This  disclaimer  did  not  prevent  the 
organized  garment  workers  from  quitting  work 
as  a  protest  against  the  open-shop  principle,  con- 
trary to  the  earnest  advice  of  their  general 
secretary,  Mr.  Henry  C.  White,  who  resigned 
his  position  in  consequence  of  this  action,  which 
he  deemed  unwise  and  unnecessary. 

While  the  strike  has  not  been  called  off,  so 
many  of  the  men  have  returned  to  work  that 
the  employers  treat  it  as  a  negligible  affair.  New 
York  expects  to  be  as  free  from  industrial  dis- 
turbances in  a  week  or  two  as  Chicago  is  already. 

THE    OLD-FASHIONED    STRIKE    IN    FALL    RIVER. 

From  the  view-point  of  mere  numbers,  the 
Fall  River  strike  of  the  cotton-mill  operatives  is 
the  greatest  now  in  progress  in  the  United  States. 
From  the  beginning,  it  promised  to  be  one  of 
the  most  determined  contests  that  the  Massachu- 
setts city  has  ever  seen.  This  dispute,  regret- 
table as  it  is,  presents  no  bewildering  complica- 
tions. It  is,  so  to  speak,  an  old-fashioned  sort 
of  contest.  The  operatives  refused  to  accept  a 
12^-  per  cent,  wage-reduction  which  the  mill-own- 
ers asserted  was  dictated  by  the  inexorable  con- 
dition of  the  market  for  their  commodities  and 
the  market  for  their  raw  material.  The  mill- 
owners  pointed  to  the  high  price  of  cotton,  con- 
sequent upon  the  Sully  speculation,  on  the  one 
hand,  and  the  decreased  demand  for  their  prod- 
uct on  the  other.  Though  they  had  .reduced 
wages  10  per  cent,  last  fall,  and  had  also  curtailed 
production,  they  could  not  "make  both  ends 
meet,"  and  profits  were  out  of  the  question.  In 
spite  of  this  absence  of  any  return  on  the  capi- 
tal, they  further  averred,  they  did  not  wish  to 
suspend  work  altogether,  and  they  asked  the  op- 
eratives to  make  some  sacrifice  in  their  turn.  But 
the  latter  pooh-poohed  the  representations  of  the 
mill-owners,  alleging  that  the  market  conditions 
had  merely  reduced  profits  instead  of  wiping 
them  out,  and  that  there  was  "money  enough  in 
the  business  "  to  pay  reasonable  dividends  as  well 
as  to  maintain  the  old  scale  of  wages. 

Here  was  an  issue  of  fact,  not  of  principle, 
and  it  is  impossible  for  a  fair-minded  outsider  to 
decide,  absolutely,  whether  the  mill-owners  or 
the  thirty  thousand  operatives  who,  with  prac- 
tical unanimity,  voted  to  strike  were  right.  It 
has  been  suggested  that  low  wages  are  better 
than  no  wages  at  all,  and  that  a  few  weeks'  idle- 
ness will  represent  a  heavy  loss  that  can  never 
be  recovered  ;  the  leaders  of  the  striking  unions 
meet  this  argument  by  saying  that  it  would  ap- 
ply to  any  and  all  reductions  of  wages,  no  matter 
how  gratuitous  and  needless  they  might  be,  and 
that  its  logical  conclusion  is  that  men  ought  to 
work    for  any  wages  employers  choose  to   pay, 


THIS  YEARS  STRIKES  AND   THE  PRESENT  INDUSTRIAL  SITUATION     433 


since  crumbs  are  preferable  to  no  bread  at  all. 
Neither  side  having  urged  a  reference  of  the 
issue  of  fact, — the  ability  of  the  mill-owners  to 
pay  the  old  rate  without  surrendering  all  profits 
or  incurring  positive  losses, — resumption  was  in 
no  way  provided  for,  and  the  mills  may  remain 
closed  until  October.  This  strike,  too,  is  thor- 
oughly orderly  and  pacific. 

THE    UNUSUAL    SITUATION    IN    COLORADO. 

From  Fall  River  to  the  mining  districts  of 
Colorado  is  "a  far  cry."  It  is  likewise  a  far 
cry  from  the  passive  (whether  wise  or  unwise) 
resistance  of  the  cotton-mill  operatives  to  a  pro- 
posed reduction  to  the  sort  of  troubles  which 
have  disgraced  Cripple  Creek,  Telluride,  and 
other  Colorado  districts.  It  is  not  necessary  to 
review  the  whole  difficulty,  with  the  outrages 
that  have  accompanied  or  followed,  in  this  arti- 
cle. Newspapers  and  magazines  have  familiar- 
ized readers  with  the  salient  features  of  the 
situation,  and  here  it  is  only  proper  to  state  that, 
while  the  conditions  are  gradually  and  slowly 
undergoing  a  change  for  the  better  (there  could 
hardly  have  been,  at  certain  times,  a  change 
for  the  worse),  much  is  still  left  to  be  desired. 

When  Governor  Peabody  declared  military 
law  in  the  affected  districts  to  be  at  an  end,  he 
intimated  also  that  the  Western  Federation  of 
Miners  might  do  its  part  by  calling  off  the 
strike,  originally  caused  by  a  controversy  over 
an  eight-hour  bill.  The  federation's  answer  was 
that  there  was  no  connection  between  the  execu- 
tive's action  and  the  merits  of  the  strike.  To 
the  people  at  large,  however,  the  Colorado  con- 
flict has  for  a  long  time  presented  other  than 
purely  industrial  aspects.  The  law  and  order 
issue  has  obscured  and  overshadowed  every 
other.  The  eight-hour  legislation  has  been  com- 
pletely lost  sight  of,  as  have  been  questions  of 
the  responsibility  of  certain  individuals  for  cer- 
tain offenses.  Even  allowing  for  exaggeration, 
some  Colorado  counties  for  a  time  reverted  to 
barbarism  and  civil  chaos  ;  what  we  call  civiliza- 
tion was  unknown  there. 

A  renewal  of  violence  and  outrage  was  re- 
ported in  the  press  some  weeks  ago,  and  a  state- 
ment has  been  published  alleging  a  confession 
by  one  of  the  deported  miners  in  regard  to  one 
of  the  dynamite  plots  ;  but  no  further  intelli- 
gence of  an  alarming  character  has  been  re- 
ceived. Non-union  and  ex-union  men  are  work- 
ing or  applying  for  work  in  the  mines,  and  it  is 
probable  that  the  final  phase  of  the  trouble  will 
be  political — in  a  partisan  sense.     In  the  mean- 


time, the  federal  courts  arc  acquiring  jurisdic- 
tion over  some  of  the  constitutional  "premises  " 
of  the  contest,  and  questions  of  vital  importance 
will  eventually  be  settled  in  this  connection. 

SAN    FRANCISCO    UNIONS    AND  POLITICS. 

A  rather  peculiar  situation  exists  in  San 
Francisco, — the  "unionized  city  par  excellence," 
according  to  certain  accounts.  Not  that  much 
actual  warfare  has  occurred  there  of  late  ;  quite 
the  contrary.  The  impression  prevails,  however, 
that  a  crisis  is  approaching.  The  manufacturing 
and  business  interests  are  profoundly  discon- 
tented ;  they  complain  of  the  arrogance  and  tyr- 
anny of  the  unions,  and  of  the  hostility  of  the 
"labor  mayor"  and  the  city  government  gener- 
ally. The  employers,  the  country  has  been  told, 
have  not  been  in  a  position  to  oppose  the  unions 
even  where  opposition  would  have  been  unques- 
tionably justifiable,  for  the  authorities  systemat- 
ically favored  labor  and  could  not  be  depended 
on  to  give  capital  the  protection  it  had  the  right 
to  demand.  But  it  seems  that  the  unions  are 
by  no  means  satisfied  with  the  status  quo.  One 
labor  organ  affirms  that  the  San  Francisco 
unionists  "are  through  with  politics,"  and  that 
the  effect  of  taking  the  industrial  problem  into 
municipal  politics  has  been  largely  to  transfer 
the  direction  of  the  labor  movement  to  the 
hands  of  men  who  would  subordinate  the  inter- 
ests of  labor  to  the  schemes  of  a  political  ma- 
chine. The  lesson  of  San  Francisco's  experience 
is  said  to  be  that  "  the  best  thing  a  trade-union 
can  do  after  getting  into  politics  is  to  get  out 
again  as  quickly  as  possible." 

In  the  great  coal  industry,  peace  reigns.  The 
bituminous  miners  accepted  a  reduction  of  wages 
and  entered  into  an  "  interstate  "  agreement  with 
the  operators.  In  the  anthracite  region,  there 
has  been  some  friction,  but,  on  the  whole,  the 
award  of  the  Gray  arbitration  board  has  been 
faithfully  observed.  Last  summer,  a  strike 
seemed  to  be  imminent  ;  better  counsel  pre- 
vailed, however,  and  the  dispute, — one  involv- 
ing no  principle, — was  referred  to  Judge  Gray 
for  determination. 

To  sum  up,  the  industrial  developments  of  the 
last  few  months  have  resulted  in  a  distinct  im- 
provement. The  period  of  active  contention  and 
strife  is  closed,  the  falling  market  and  the  num- 
ber of  unsuccessful  strikes  having  doubtless  has- 
tened the  change.  At  no  time,  however,  did  the 
labor  movement  bristle  with  more  questions  of 
moment  and  interest  than  now.  This  side  of  the 
subject  requires  separate  treatment. 


BARON    KENTARO    KANEKO. 


THIS  Japanese  statesman,  who  has  been  in 
the  United  States  for  several  months, 
making  a  tour  of  the  country  and  studying 
economic  conditions,  with  special  reference  to 
American  progress  as  shown  at  the  St.  Lonis 
Exposition,  is  a  Samurai  and  a  distinguished 
member  of  the  Japanese  House  of  Peers.  Baron 
Kaneko  has  been  intrusted  by  his  government 
with  a  very  important  mission,  making  him  vir- 
tually a  special  ambassador  to  the  American 
people.  His  strong  and  informing  article  on 
Japan's  ability  to  finance  a  long  war,  which  we 
publish  this  month  (on  page  454),  is  theauthori 
tative  word  on  the  subject. 

Baron  Kaneko  graduated  from  the  Harvard 
Law  School  in  1S7.S,  and  later  became  professor 
of  law  in  the  Imperial  University,  at  Tokio.    He 


then  entered  the  foreign  department  of  the 
government,  and  rose  to  the  position  of  minister 
of  state  for  agriculture  and  commerce.  He  has 
also  been  chief  secretary  of  the  House  of  Peers, 
and  minister  of  justice.  In  June,  1899,  he  was 
again  in  this  country,  and  then  received  the  de- 
gree of  LL.D.  from  Harvard  University.  In 
conferring  the  degree,  President  Eliot  addressed 
the  baron  thus  :  "  Kentaro  Kaneko,  Harvard 
bachelor  of  laws,  formerly  chief  secretary  of  the 
Imperial  House  of  Peers  in  Japan,  minister  of 
agriculture  and  commerce,  life  member  of  the 
House  of  Peers,  the  type  of  those  scholars  of  two 
hemispheres  through  whom  West  would  welcome 
East  to  share  in  the  inheritance  of  Hebrew  re- 
ligion, Greek  art,  Roman  law,  and  nineteenth- 
century  science." 


DR.  E.  J.  DILLON,  JOURNALIST  AND  TRAVELER. 


DR.  EMILE  JOSEPH  DILLON,  whose  ar- 
ticle dealing  with  the  effects  of  the  present 
war  on  Russian  conditions  begins  on  page  449 
of  this  number  of  the  Review  of  Reviews,  was 
born  in  Ireland  about  fifty  years  ago.  His  mother 
was  English  and  his  father  Irish.  Dr.  Dillon  re- 
ceived his  university  education  on  the  Continent, 
at  the  College  de  France,  Paris,  and  at  the  Uni- 
versities of  Innsbruck,  Leipsic,  Tubingen,  St. 
Petersburg,  Louvain,  and  Kharkoff,  where  he  at- 
tended lectures  on  philology,  theology,  historical 
criticism,  and  philosophy.  It  is  said  that  he  is 
the  only  writer  in  the  ranks  of  London  journal- 
ism who  can  compose  an  article  with  equal  facil- 
ity in  English,  French.  Herman,  or  Russian.  He 
is  the  master,  also,  of  many  other  languages.  Dr. 
Dillon  married  a  Russian  lady  in  1881,  and  since 
that  date  has  lived  much  of    the  time  in   St. 


Petersburg.  He  first  attracted  attention  as  the 
writer  of  a  series  of  brilliant  articles  on  Russia 
in  the  leading  English  reviews.  Later,  he  be- 
came the  St.  Petersburg  correspondent  of  the 
London  Daily  Telegraph,  and  on  special  commis- 
sions for  that  newspaper  he  achieved  noteworthy 
journalistic  triumphs  in  Armenia  in  1895,  in 
Spain  on  the  eve  of  the  Spanish-American  "War, 
in  Crete,  in  France  during  the  Dreyfus  excite- 
ment, and  in  China  after  the  Boxer  insurrec- 
tion. Dr.  Dillon  is  the  author  of  many  books 
on  philological  and  literary  topics,  and  is  a 
man  of  marvelous  erudition  and  versatility, 
but  his  reputation  in  England  and  America 
is  chiefly  based  on  his  intimate  knowledge  of 
Russian  economic,  social,  and  political  condi- 
tions,— a  knowledge  which  is  shared  by  few 
other  writers. 


THE   SALVATION    ARMY'S    LATEST    PROBLEM. 


GENERAL  WILLIAM  BOOTH,  command- 
er of  the  Salvation  Army,  made  a  motor- 
car tour  of  England,  from  Land's  End  to  John 
o'Groat's  House,  during  August  and  September. 

The  spectacle  of  theaged  general — General  Booth 
was  seventy-five  last  birthday — reviving  ener- 
gies exhausted  by  delivering  nearly  sixty  speech- 
es in  the  three  weeks"  congress  of  the  army  by 
motoring  through  Britain  on  a  kind  of  twentieth- 
century  episcopal  inspection  of  his  diocese,  struck 
the  public  imagination.  Everywhere  crowds 
turned  out  to  see  the  man  whom  the  English 
King  delighted  to  honor,  and  to  see  the  most 
remarkable  religious  leader  of  his  day  and  gen- 
eration. But  although  the  multitudes  who  lined 
the  course  of  General  Booth's  more  than  royal 
progress  northward  naturally  thought  of  the 
past  and  its  achievements,  the  old  man  eloquent 
was  thinking  altogether  of  the  future  and  its 
possible  triumphs. 

The  general  has  inspected  the  planet.  He 
finds  it  empty  in  spots,  sparsely  peopled  in  many 
places,  and  densely  overcrowded  in  others.  He 
finds  many  men  working  for  starvation  wages 
in  one  place,  and  employment  offering  in  vain 
huge  wages  in  another  place.  In  a  well-regu- 
lated planet  such  anomalies  would  not  exist. 
For  the  ideal  of  a  well-regulated  state  is  that 
every  citizen  should  know  how  to  make  the  best 
of  himself,  and  how  to  take  his  labor  to  the  best 
market.  To  do  this  it  is  necessary  that  he  should 
know  where  that  market  is,  and  how  to  get  there. 
That  implies  an  up-to-date  labor  bureau  and  in- 
telligence department,  served  by  honest,  zealous 
agents  all  over  the  world. 

"  It  is  not  enough,"  said  General  Booth,  "that 
the  individual  should  be  told  that  somewhere  or 
other,  thousands  of  miles  off,  somebody  wants 
to  hire  him.  It  is  necessary  to  do  more  than 
that,.  You  have  to  bridge  the  distance  between 
the  worker  and  his  work,  to  bring  him  to  his 
work,  and  in  the  case  of  a  new  country,  to  see 
to  it  that  the  newly  transplanted  worker  is  not 
(bin"-  out  into  the  wilderness  to  starve,  but  is 
carefully  planted  and  tended  and  supplied  with 
the  society  and    social    necessities  which  have 

Come  to  be  to  him  indispensable.      I  do  not   mean 

that  you  must  cosset  and  pamper  the  man.  But 
you  must  realize'  what  kind  of  being  he  is.  what 
he  really  nee. Is.  Man  is  a  social  animal,  and  i  I' 
you  plant  out  a  man  reared  in  this  crowded  coun- 
try in  the  back  settlements,  with  no  neighbor 
within  live  miles,  and  that,   neighbor  a  man  who 


cannot  talk  English,  failure  is  the  inevitable  re- 
sult." 

"Where  does  the  Salvation  Army  come  in  ?  " 

"  The  Salvation  Army  comes  in  right  here  : 
that  the  one  indispensable  thing  in  attempting 
any  of  this  labor-bureau  work  is  the  character  of 
the  agency  which  seeks  to  bring  the  workless 
worker  into  fertilizing  contact  with  those  who 
want  his  labor.  Everything  depends  upon  the 
character  of  the  agency.  It  must  be  honest.  It 
must  not  be  partisan.  It  must  side  neither  with 
trade-unionist  nor  capitalist,  but  it  must  be 
trusted  by  both.  Then,  again,  it  must  not  be 
a  parochial  institution.  It  must  have  branches 
everywhere  ;  its  agents  should  permeate  the 
planet.  It  must  be  an  agency  with  a  heart  in 
it,  a  heart  to  love,  to  care  for,  and  to  under- 
stand the  needs  of  men." 

"  In  other  words,  it  must  be  the  Salvation 
Army  ?  " 

"  I  do  not  say  that,"  said  the  general.  "  But 
if  the  Salvation  Army  fills  the  bill,  woe  be  unto 
us  if  we  do  not  use  it  to  meet  this  great  oppress- 
ing need.  We  want  to  help  people.  We  are 
helping  people.  But  we  want  to  help  more  peo- 
ple. And  this  is  one  of  the  ways  for  doing  it. 
Why  do  not  those  colonies  which  want  immi- 
grants make  us  their  immigration  agents  ?  We 
wTould  do  the  work  for  them  far  better  than  they 
can  do  it  for  themselves.  But.it  is  too  much  to 
expect  us  to  do  the  work  at  our  own  cost.  We 
would  not  charge  them  anything  for  commis- 
sion— only  out-of-pocket  expenses — and  the  nec- 
essary advance  to  transfer  the  willing  worker 
from  the  place  where  no  one  wants  him  to  the 
place  where  everybody  is  clamoring  for  him. 
They  would  get  it  all  back  over  and  over  again. 
They  might  even  get  it  back  in  direct  cash  re- 
payment. For  the  right  kind  of  man  pays  back 
what  is  lent  him.  We  have  sent  out  hundreds 
and  hundreds,  and  we  find  they  expect  to  repay 
it.  Only  we  cannot  afford  to  stand  out  of  the 
money  that  ought  to  be  borne  by  those  who  want 
t  lie  men." 

••  Then  do  you  think  there  are  the  right  kind 
of  men  to  be  got  in  this  country?" 

•■  Eeaps  of  them.  Heaps.  They  only  want  a 
chance.  The  men  who  won't  work  are  very  few. 
The  people  who  need  someone  to  give  them  a 
helping  hand  are  very  many.  They  are  very 
good  fellows  ;  only  they  need  leading — direct- 
ing.    They  are  ready  enough  to  obey.    But  they 

need  a   lead." 


THE  SALTATION  ARMY'S  LATEST  PROBLEM. 


437 


THE  REV.  WILLIAM  BOOTH,  COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF  OF  THE  SALVATION  ARMY. 

[This  recent  portrait  of  General  Booth  (who  is  now  seventy-five  years  of  age)  represents  him  as  he  appeared  when 
he  was  summoned  to  court  to  receive  the  congratulations  of  King  Edward  during  the  meeting  of  the  Salva- 
tion Army's  International  Congress  in  London,  last  July.] 


THE  JUNGFRAU  RAILWAY,  IN  SWITZERLAND. 


THE   STEEPEST   RAILWAY   IN   THE   WORLD. 

THE  JUNGFRAU  RAILWAY —A  TRIUMPH  OF  SWISS 
ENGINEERING  SKILL. 

BY  HUGO   RRICHSEN. 


WHEN  the  Jungfrau  Railway  is  completed, 
it  will  unquestionably  be  the  steepest 
railway  in  the  world,  for  its  grade  is  within  2 
per  cent,  of  forty-five  degrees. 

The  Jungfrau,  one  of  the  most  beautiful  moun- 
tains in  Europe,  is  one  of  the  chief  peaks  of  the 
Bernese  Alps,  and  rises  far  above  the  limits  of 
perpetual  snow.  For  many  years,  all  efforts  to 
render  this  virgin  mountain  more  accessible 
proved  unavailing,  until  the  late  Guyer-Zeller, 
of  Zurich,  solved  the  problem  that  had  puzzled 
so  many  engineers.  In  1894,  he  obtained  a  con- 
cession, extending  over  eighty  years,  from  the 
.Swiss  Federal  Council  for  what  is  unquestion- 
ably one  of  the  most  stupendous  engineering 
feats  ever  attempted. 


The  difficulty  of  the  project  was  increased  by 
the  fact  that  the  Eiger  and  the  Moench  had  to  be 
pierced  before  the  Jungfrau  could  be  entered,  in 
order  to  obtain  the  required  grade.  But  by 
August,  189G,  all  preliminary  obstacles  had  been 
surmounted,  the  line  of  the  railway  had  been  de- 
cided upon,  and  rail-laying  had  been  begun. 
And  in  September,  1898,  the  first  section  was 
opened. 

The  starting-point  of  the  railway  is  at  Schei- 
degg,  on  top  of  the  Wengernalp,  which  may  be 
conveniently  reached  by  rail  from  Interlaken. 
From  here,  an  electric  car  takes  you  to  the 
Mer  de  Glace  station,  which  has  been  just  com- 
pleted and  is  the  present  terminus  of  the  road, 
ten   thousand   seven   hundred   and   twenty  feet 


THE  STEEPEST  RAILWAY  IN  THE  WORLD. 


430 


•  above  sea  level.  The  trolley 
line  runs  first  on  open 
ground,  gradually  ascending 
on  the  slopes  of  the  great 
snow-capped  Eiger.  When 
the  mountain-side  is  reached, 
the  line  plunges  into  the  rock 
at  a  grade  of  25  per  cent. 
Thus  far,  only  four  miles  of 
the  six-mile  tunnel  have  been 
completed,  the  length  of  the 
entire  road,  as  projected,  be- 
ing eight  miles.  The  work 
of  tunneling  is  very  slow, 
owing  to  the  tenacious  char- 
acter of  the  calcareous  rock. 
At  the  present  rate  of  prog- 
ress— two  yards  a  day — it 
will  be  several  years  before 
the  remainder  of  the  task  will 
be  accomplished.  Three  hun- 
dred Italians  delve  in  the 
hearts  of  these  mountains  all 
the  year  round,  being  cut  off 
from  the  world  during  the 
winter  months,  —  exiles  in 
the  snow. 

At  Rothstock,  the  second 
station,  which  is  two  miles 
from   Scheidegg  and   three- 
fourths  of  a  mile  from  the  point  where  the  line 
enters  the  mountain-side,  and  at  the  Eigerwand 
station,   as  well  as  at   the  terminus,   there  are 


THE  EIGER  GLACIER. 


transverse  galleries  abutting  on  large  openings 
from  which  tourists  can  admire  the  magnificent 
Alpine  scenery,  secure  from   the  dreadful  ava- 


N 


THE  GLACIER  STATION   AND  THE  EIGER  TUNNEL. 


440 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


TOURISTS  DESCENDING   FROM  THE  JUNGFRAU  THROUGH   A   LABYRINTH  OF  ICE. 


lanche.  These  stations  are  lined  with  wood, 
heated  and  lighted  with  electricity,  and  provided 
with  all  the  comforts  of  a  modern  hotel. 

The  electric  power  required  to  run  the  road 
is  furnished  by  two  turbine  power  stations,  one 
being  located  at  Lauterbrunnen  and  the  other 
at  Urindelwald,  on  the  banks  of  the  White  and 
the  Black  Luetchine,  respectively,  two  mountain 
streams  from  winch  the  water  power  is  derived. 
One  good  feature  of  this  arrangement  is  that 
the  liner  the  weather,  the  greater  the  quantity 
of  melted  snow,  and  the  greater,  also,  the  capa- 
city of  the  line  to  take  care  of  an  increase  of 
traffic. 

[Jntil  the  tunnel  is  reached,  the  current  is 
transmitted  over  wires  on  poles  in  the  usual 
manner.  Hut  in  the  tunnel,  the  wires  are  sus- 
pended from  its  roof.  Every  precaution  has 
been  taken  to  render  travel  over  the  line  abso- 
lutely safe.  In  the  tunnel,  there  is  a  heavy 
center  rail — a  Riggenbach  rack  and  pinion  affair 
— in  addition  to  the  usual  rails.  The  line  is  a 
single  one  in  the  tunnel  and  a  double  one  at  the 
stations,  where  the  locomotives  pass  one  another. 

intimately,  the   terminus  of   the  railway  will 


be  located  on  a  plateau  just  below  the  summit, 
where  a  permanent  meteorological  observatory 
will  be  established.  From  here,  tourists  will  be 
taken  to  the  summit  by  means  of  an  elevator,  a 
distance  of  about  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet. 
And,  standing  upon  the  top  of  one  of  the  highest 
mountains  in  the  world — thirteen  thousand  six 
hundred  and  seventy-one  feet  above  sea  level — 
they  will  enjoy  a  superb  view  taking  in  the 
Aletschorn,  Finsteraarhorn,  Weisshorn.  Dent 
Blanche,  Monte  Rosa,  and  Mont  Cervin. 

When  the  line  is  completed,  the  tourist  will  no 
longer  be  obliged  to  make  a  dangerous  ascent, 
over  glaciers  abounding  in  perilous  crevasses 
and  up  sheer  precipices,  at  an  expense  of  three 
hundred  and  sixty  francs  for  himself  and  two 
guides.  Instead  of  being  under  way  for  a  hun- 
dred hours,  he  will  make  the  journey  in  two, 
at  the  comparatively  small  expense  of  nine  dol- 
lars for  the  round  trip. 

Although  the  projectors  of  the  road  have  al- 
ready expended  over  eight  million  francs  in  the 
undertaking,  they  expect  to  be  able  to  realize 
annual  dividends  of  5  per  cent,  when  it  is  en- 
tirely completed. 


GENERAL    KUROPATKIN,    HEAD    OF  THE 

RUSSIAN    ARMY. 


BY    CHARLES    JOHNSTON. 


THE  events  around 
Liao- Yang  have  at 
last  shown  General  Ku- 
ropatkin  and  the  Russian 
army  under  his  com- 
mand in  a  truer  light, 
making  clear,  at  the 
same  time,  the  immense 
difficulties  Kuropatkin 
has  had  to  face  and  the 
splendid  efforts  he  has 
made  to  overcome  them. 
It  is  by  no  means  easy 
for  the  general  reader 
to  gain  an  intelligent 
understanding  of  com- 
plicated strategical 
movements  from  the 
fragmentary  telegrams 
and  imperfectmaps  with- 
in his  reach  ;  but  there 
has  been  something  so 
dramatic  and  so  titanic- 
ally  simple  in  the  great 
Liao -Yang  battle  that 
even  the  most  careless 
reader  has  begun  to  un- 
derstand what  has  actu- 
ally taken  place,  and  the 
magnitude  and  signifi- 
cance of  the  problems 
involved.  Even  the  man 
in  the  street  now  sees 
how  wonderful  was  Gen- 
eral Kuropatkin's 
achievement,  though  he 
was  technically  van- 
quished in  the  great 
fight.  The  tremendous 
forces  of  intellect  and 
will  which  he  brought 
to  bear  are  fully  real- 
ized, and  we  are  all 
better  able  to  take  the 
measure  of  the  man. 

Yet  this  great  achievement  is  only  the  logical 
outcome  of  the  man's  whole  career  ;  at  every 
point,  he  has  shown  the  same  qualities  of  insight 
and  determination,  the  same  high  personal  cour- 


GENERAL  ALEXEI  NICOLAIEVITCH   KUROPATKIN. 

(Commander-in-chief  of  the  Russian  army  in  the  far  East.) 


age.  No  officer  living  has  more  hard-earned 
distinctions  for  valor.  Few  officers  have  an 
equally  high  record  for  military  science  and  eru- 
dition. 


442 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


GENERAL  KUROPATKIN'S  HEADQUARTERS  AT  LIAO-YANG. 

(Showing  pagoda  outside  West  Gate.) 
KUROPATKIN    BORN    A    SOLDIER. 

General  Kuropatkin  is  a  born  soldier.  His 
father  was  an  officer,  who  retired  from  active 
service  when  Kuropatkin  was  of  school  age  and 
settled  down  on  his  landed  estate  at  Pskov,  near 
St.  Petersburg.  Kuropatkin  went  to  the  mili- 
tary school  of  the  cadet  corps,  and  then  to  the 
Pavlovskoe  military  college,  graduating  and 
gaining  his  commission  as  sub-lieutenant  when 
he  was  eighteen.  At  this  time,  one  great  chap- 
ter of  Asian  history  had  just  been  closed,  and  an- 
other had  been  opened.  Count  Muravieff  had 
added  to  the  Russian  Empire  the  immense  terri- 
tory along  the  Amur  of  which  Vladivostok  is 
the  capital,  and  General  Chernaieff  had  com- 
pleted the  first  two  years  of  the  Turkestan  war. 
Thus,  Kuropatkin  grew  up  in  an  atmosphere  of 
Russian  expansion  in  the  East,  and  as  soon  as  he 
had  his  commission,  hastened  to  the  scene  of 
conflict  in  Central  Asia.  He  reached  the  front 
in  1866,  being  then  eighteen  years  old,  and  for 
two  years  took  part  in  the  most  severe  fighting 
against  the  warlike  descendants  of  Tamerlane's 
hordes,  in  battles  in  which  the  Russians  were  for 
the  most  part  outnumbered  ten  to  one.  In  1868, 
the  conquest  of  Bokhara  was  complete,  and  Ku- 
ropatkin returned  to  St.  Petersburg,  with  the 
rank  of  lieutenant,  several  wounds,  and  two 
decorations  "  for  distinguished  valor."  The 
campaign  had  added  the  cities  and  territories  of 
Chemkent,  Tashkent,  Khodjent,  and  Samarkand 
to  the  Russian  Empire,  with  the  status  of  semi- 
independent  protected  states. 

Kuropatkin  spent  the  six  years  from  1868  to 
to  1874  in  hard  study  at  the  Academy  of  the 
General  Staff,  at  St.  Petersburg.  This  period 
included  the  Prussian  advance  on  Strasburg  and 
Metz,  the  disaster  of  Sedan,  and  the  siege  of 
Paris  ;  in  a  word,  the  revelation  of  von  Moltke's 
military  genius,  and  painfully  elaborated  prepa- 
rations, all  of  which  Kuropatkin  followed  with 


the  most  minute  attention.  At  the  end  of  his 
six  years'  studies,  he  distinguished  himself  re- 
markably in  the  examination  hall,  coming  out 
at  the  head  of  his  class,  with  unusually  high 
marks  all  around.  It  is  customary  to  give  a 
special  reward  to  the  best  student  in  each  year. 
In  the  case  of  Kuropatkin,  it  took  the  form  of 
a  special  traveling  grant,  to  enable  him  to  con- 
tinue his  military  studies  abroad. 

HIS    SYMPATHIES    WITH    FRANCE. 

The  sympathies  which  afterward  ripened  into 
the  Franco-Russian  alliance  were  doubtless  al- 
ready at  work,  for  Kuropatkin,  instead  of  going 
to  victorious  Berlin  to  study  von  Moltke's  theo- 
ries and  methods  at  the  fountain-head,  stayed 
only  a  short  time  at  the  Prussian  capital,  and 
then  went  on  to  France.  Here  he  came  into 
close  relations  wTith  two  very  remarkable  men, — 
Marshal  MacMahon,  then  president  of  the  French 
Republic,  and  the  Marquis  de  Galliffet,  who  only 
three  years  ago  resigned  from  Waldeck- Rous- 
seau's -'Ministry  of  all  the  Talents,"  to  give  place 
to  General  Andre.  The  marquis,  though  born 
to  royalist  traditions,  had  warmly  espoused  the 
cause  of  the  republic  ;  he  had  fought  valiantly 
against  the  Prussians,  and  had  gained  lasting 
fame  by  his  vigorous  military  measures  against 
the  Commune,  which  saved  France  from  an- 
archy. Kuropatkin  was  associated  with  him  first 
in  drawing  up  plans  for  a  reconstruction  of  the 
French  cavalry  arm  from  the  debris  of  the 
Franco  Prussian  War,  and,  secondly,  in  plan- 
ning a  part  of  the  great  maneuvers  held  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Metz.  Though  he  was  only 
twenty-six  at  this  time,  Kuropatkin's  assistance 
was  deemed  so  efficient  that  the  French  Govern- 
ment rewarded  him  with  the  cross  of  the  Legion 
of  Honor. 

France  was  then  consolidating  her  power  in 
Algeria,  where  her  total  territories  are  somewhat 
larger  than  California,  and  where  problems  had 
to  be  faced  very  like  those  which  Russia  was 
then  facing  in  Turkestan.  Kuropatkin  obtained 
permission  to  join  General  Laverdeau's  expedi- 
tion, and  spent  about  a  year  going  through  the 
length  and  breadth  of  France's  chief  African 
colony.  He  wrote  a  book  on  Algeria,  in  French, 
and  later  in  Russian,  which  gained  him  a  second 
degree  of  the  Legion  of  Honor  and  the  gold 
medal  of  the  Imperial  Geographical  Society  of 
St.  l'otersburg. 

HIS    APPRENTICESHIP    WITH    SKOBELEFF. 

Returning  to  Russia,  Kuropatkin  was  once 
more  sent  to  Central  Asia,  where  he  joined  the 
staff  of  the  immortal  Skobeleff,  with  whom  he 
Fought  two   famous  campaigns   in   later  years. 


GENERAL  KUROPATKIN,  HEAD  OF  THE  RUSSIAN  ARMY. 


443 


While  Kuropatkin  was  studying  at  St.  Peters- 
burg and  traveling  in  France,  another  of  the 
Central  Asian  khanates  had  been  conquered, — 
Khiva  had  gone  the  way  of  Bokhara,  and  a  ter 
ritory  as  large  as  Texas,  made  up  from  the  two 
khanates,  was  gradually  becoming  Russianized 
under  General  Kauffmann.  A  third  khanate 
remained,  that  of  Khokand,  stretching  to  the 
north  of  the  Pamir  plateau,  and  touching  the 
Chinese  Empire  on  the  east,  at  Jungaria.  Kuro- 
patkin was  joined  with  Skobeleff  in  the  con- 
quest of  this  khanate,  and  then  went  on  a  spe- 
cial mission,  occupying  a  year,  into  the  wilds  of 
Tartary  and  western  China,  the  regions  from 
which  had  emerged  Genghis  Khan,  and  his  two 
grandsons,  Kublai  and  Batu  Khan,  one  of  whom 
conquered  China,  while  the  other  invaded  and 
subdued  Russia.  In  this  wild  and  desolate  re- 
gion Kuropatkin  did  some  fighting, — being  once 
more  wounded, — and  more  exploring,  the  re- 
sult of  which,  in  another  book,  entitled  "  Kash- 
garia,"  won  him  another  gold  medal  from  the 
Imperial  Geographical  Society  on  the  bank  of 
the  Neva  River.  Kuropatkin  had  now  reached 
his  twenty-ninth  year,  and  had  three  years  of 
fighting,  two  years  of  exploration  in  eastern 
Asia  and  Africa,  and  six  years  of  study  to  his 
credit.  He  had  written  two  books,  won  a  num- 
ber of  Russian  decorations  "for  valor,"  as  well 
as  two  degrees  of  the  Legion  of  Honor,  and  had 
received  many  wounds,  from  sword  and  bullet 
alike. 

THE    RUSSO-TURKISH    WAR    OF    1877-78. 

If  we  imagine  the  Armenian  massacres  and 
the  recent  Macedonian  atrocities  multiplied  ten- 
fold, we  have  the  conditions  in  the  Balkans 
which  led  Russia  to  declare  war  against  Turkey 
in  April,  1877.  The  armies  of  the  Czar,  having 
no  fleet  to  guard  transports  which  might  take 
them  to  the  Sultan's  door,  were  forced  to  go 
thither  on  foot,  passing  through  the  dominions 
of  the  Prince  of  Roumania,  who  had  signed  an 
alliance  with  Russia.  It  took  the  Russian  forces 
nearly  two  months  of  hard  marching  to  reach 
the  Danube,  where  the  war  practically  began. 
They  had  three  obstacles  before  them  on  their 
inarch  to  Constantinople, — first,  the  wide  and 
deep  Danube  ;  second,  the  plain  of  Servia,  with 
its  Turkish  garrisons  ;  third,  the  snowy  ridges 
of  the  Balkans.  Skobeleff  set  the  example  of 
reckless  daring  by  riding  on  his  white  horse 
into  the  Danube  and  swimming  across.  But  the 
entire  Russian  army  could  hardly  follow  suit. 
The  Danube  was  patrolled  by  Turkish  gunboats, 
ironclads,  and  monitors,  commanded  by  a  rene- 
gade Englishman,  Hobart  Pasha,  who  had  many 
English  and  American  officers  in  his  fleet.    Two 


men  gained  lasting  renown  by  their  torpedo  at- 
tacks on  the  Turkish  ironclads — Skrydloff  and 
Makaroff — both  of  whom  have  since  sent  their 
names  ringing  round  the  world. 

The  next  difficulty  was  the  Servian  plain. 
Osman  Pasha  had  seized  a  naturally  strong  posi- 
tion at  Plevna,  with  sixty  thousand  veteran 
troops,  armed  with  American  Peabody-Martini 
rifles,  and  well  supplied  with  ammunition.  He 
threatened  the  Russian  line  of  communications, 
and  it  was  impossible  to  go  on  until  Osman  was 
put  out  of  the  way.  This  is  the  situation  which 
gave  rise  to  the  three  assaults  on  Plevna,  of 
which  General  Kuropatkin  has  written  admi- 
rably, though  very  technically,  in  his  book  on 
Skobeleff's  Division.  Kuropatkin  was  then  chief 
of  staff  to  Skobeleff,  and  he  took  part  in  one 
remarkable  exploit  which  does  not  receive  jus- 
tice in  his  own  book.  It  was  during  the  third 
assault  on  Plevna,  when  Skobeleff  was  attacking 
a  group  of  redoubts  on  the  extreme  right  of  the 
Turkish  position,  along  the  famous  line  of  the 
Green  Hills.  Gen.  Francis  Vinton  Greene,  who 
was  present  at  the  battle,  thus  records  the  part 
played  by  Kuropatkin  in  one  striking  episode  : 

The  Russians  had  lost  three  thousand  men  in  the 
assault,  which  lasted  little  less  than  an  hour.  But  the 
fight  did  not  in  the  least  abate.  The  middle  redoubt, 
which  the  Russians  had  taken,  as  well  as  the  eastern  one, 
which  was  still  in  the  hands  of  the  Turks,  were,  prop- 
erly speaking,  not  redoubts  at  all,  since  they  were  only 
built  up  on  three  sides  ;  the  front  side  of  each  was  sim- 


GENERAL  KUROPATKIN  INSPECTING  A    BAGGAGE  TRAIN  AT 
TA-CHE-KIAO,   BEFORE  HIS  RETREAT  TO  LIAO-YANG. 


444 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


ply  an  increased  height  to  the  .strong  line  of  trench 
connecting  the  two  and  extending  to  the  west  (left)  of 
the  middle  one  ;  the  other  two  sides  were  properly  mere 
traverses  to  this  line  ;  and  the  fourth  side,  the  rear,  was 
wholly  open  and  exposed  to  the  fire  from  the  trench  of 
the  camp  only  six  hundred  yards  off.  The  ground  was 
hard  and  rocky,  and  there  were  no  spades  at  hand  for 
digging.  While  the  Turks,  therefore,  kept  up  an  inces- 
sant fire  from  this  camp,  and  from  the  eastern  redoubt, 
which  was  still  in  their  possession,  a  force  of  one  or  two 
battalions  sortied  from  the  redoubt  on  the  left  of  the 
Russians  and  advanced  to  the  attack  of  the  left  flank. 
Seeing  this,  Colonel  Kuropatkin,  chief  of  staff  to  yko- 
beleff,  and  the  only  one  of  his  staff  not  killed  or 
wounded,  took  about  three  hundred  men  and  went 
forward  to  meet  these  Turks  in  the  open.  A  desperate 
fight  at  short  range  took  place,  in  which  the  Russians 
lost  the  greater  part  of  this  little  force  but  drove  the 
Turks  back  to  their  redoubt. 

Kuropatkin  spent  the  next  month  in  hospital 
at  Bucharest,  but  he  was  back  with  Skobeleff 
again  at  the  fierce  fight  of  Sheinovo.  which 
General  Greene  well  calls  "  one  of  the  most 
splendid  assaults  ever  made."  Kuropatkin  was 
again  wounded,  and  emerged  from  the  campaign 
with  three  more  decorations  "for  valor,"  and 
with  two  more  volumes  to  his  credit. 

FROM    GENERAL    STAFF    TO    WAR    MINISTRY. 

With  one  interval,  Kuropatkin  spent  the  next 
twelve  years  at  St.  Petersburg,  as  professor  of 
military  statistics  at  the  Academy  of  the  Gen- 
eral Staff.  It  was,  perhaps,  at  this  time  that 
he  drew  up  a  plan  for  an  invasion  of  India, 
as  an  academic  exercise  ;  but  the  truth  seems 
to  be  that  Kuropatkin  was  profoundly  con- 
vinced that  a  successful  invasion  of  India  by 
Russia  under  existent  conditions  was  quite  im- 
possible. 

He  was  presently  to  see  some  hard  fighting 
not  far  from  the  frontier  of  India,  however. 
The  Turcomans,  inhabiting  a  tract  as  large  as 
the  Austrian  Empire,  beyond  the  Caspian  Sea, 
had  been  guilty  of  endless  acts  of  brigandage 
and  pillage,  and  a  series  of  abortive  Russian 
campaigns  had  brought  the  whole  region  into  a 
condition  of  anarchy.  To  Skobeleff  and  Kuro- 
patkin the  task  of  restoring  order  was  intrusted, 
and  tliey  did  their  work  drastically  and  well. 
Kuropatkin  once  more  distinguished  himself  by 
blowing  up  the  gate  of  the  chief  Turcoman  for- 
tress, while  under  heavy  fire,  and  emerged  from 
the  campaign  with  the  rank  of  major-general 
and  the  cross  of  St.  George,  for  valor.  An  ad- 
mirable account  of  this  Turcoman  campaign  has 
been  written  by  the  brother  of  the  late  Vassili 
Verestchagin,  the  painter,  who  went  down  with 
Makaroff  in  the  Pctropavlovsk.  This  younger 
Verestchagin  was  also  on  Skobeleff's  staff  at 
Plevna,  and  he  tells,  with  feeling.  Imw  Skobelefi 


GENERAL   KUROPATKIN  AT  LIAO-YANG. 

laughed  at  him  because  he  "squealed"  when  he 
was  wounded. 

In  1890,  Kuropatkin,  who  had  gone  back  to 
his  professorship  of  military  statistics,  was  ap- 
pointed governor  of  the  great  Trans-Caspian  re- 
gion, some  two  hundred  thousand  miles  in  extent, 
and  was  also  promoted  to  the  rank  of  lieutenant- 
general.  In  Trans-Caspia,  General  Kuropatkin 
pursued  the  policy  which  has  brought  fame  to 
Lord  Cromer,  in  an  area  just  double  that  of  Trans- 
Caspia,  in  Egypt.  Both  seized  the  idea  that  a 
main  duty  of  the  government  is  to  husband  and 
increase  the  material  resources  of  the  country 
governed,  developing  it  as  a  wise  business  man 
develops  a  productive  enterprise,  and  looking  for 
results  of  the  same  kind.  Lord  Cromer  is  seven 
years  older  than  Kuropatkin,  and  began  his  work 
seven  years  earlier  ;  the  territory  he  adminis- 
tered was  about  twice  as  large,  but  otherwise 
there  is  a  close  parallelism  between  the  methods 
of  the  two  men  and  the  results  they  attained. 
From  Trans-Caspia,  General  Kuropatkin  went  to 
the  war  office,  at  St.  Petersburg,  first  as  acting, 


GENERAL  KUROPATKIN,  HEAD  OF  THE  RUSSIAN  ARMY. 


445 


then  as  actual,  minister  of  war,  and  this  post 
he  held  until  his  departure  for  the  far  East, 
last  spring. 

IN    JAPAN    AND    MANCHURIA. 

While  minister  of  war,  General  Kuropatkin 
made  a  prolonged  visit  to  the  far  East,  going 
first  to  Japan  and  afterward  to  Port  Arthur  and 
Manchuria.  He  was  preceded  by  Minister  de 
Witte,  who  has  written  at  length  and  admirably 
of  Manchuria,  but  it  is  not  certain  that  the 
memoirs  of  Kuropatkin  have  seen  the  light.  He 
was  in  Japan  in  the  spring  of  1903,  and  was 
feted  and  dined  by  the  court,  the  ministers,  and 
the  generals.  He  visited  the  Japanese  garrisons, 
saw  the  recruits  at  drill,  and,  we  may  well  be- 
lieve, gained  some  insight  into  the  methods  and 
efficiency  of  the  Tokio  general  staff. 

It  is  difficult  to  speak  with  certainty  on  a 
subject  about  which  General  Kuropatkin  was 
naturally  very  reticent ;  but  many  indications 
point  to  the  fact  that  he  was  from  the  outset 
strongly  against  the  present  war.  He  was  at  no 
time  on  cordial  terms  with  Admiral  Alexieff, 
and  when  Kuropatkin  visited  Port  Arthur  the 
relations  between  him  and  the  viceroy  were 
strained  and  formal.    Alexieff  held  the  extreme 


From  the  Illustrated  London  AVw. 

A  RECENT  SKETCH  OF  GENERAL  KUROPATKIN  AT  THE 
FRONT. 


naval  view,  that  the  Korean  Peninsula,  as  it  cut 
the  Russian  Siberian  fleet  in  two,  must  inevi- 
tably become  Russian  territory,  in  order  to  give 
the  Russian  fleet  a  free  passage  through  the 
Korean  Strait.  Alexieff  made  no  secret  of  his 
views,  and  we  cannot  doubt  that  this  extreme 
naval  ambition  aroused  the  antagonism  of  Japan. 
The  Japanese  had,  however,  decided  that  war 
with  Russia  must  come,  as  early  as  1896,  when 
Russia  drove  them  out  of  Manchuria  ;  and  as 
early  as  the  spring  of  1900,  Japanese  statesmen 
had  made  quite  specific  prophecies  as  to  the 
conduct  of  the  war,  which  have  since  been  re- 
markably verified.  It  was,  from  the  first,  a 
question  of  incompatible  ambitions,  only  to  be 
decided  by  armed  force. 

General  Kuropatkin's  task  has  been  immensely 
more  difficult  than  his  critics  at  first  understood. 
The  troops  in  the  field  were  largely  Siberian 
regiments,  containing  many  Asiatics,  and  more 
invalids,  who  were  victims  of  various  Asian 
maladies.  The  first  reinforcements  were  green 
troops,  who,  like  General  Orloffs  division  at 
Yentai,  could  not  be  trusted  to  stand  fire.  From 
these  yielding  materials,  and  with  a  very  inferior 
commissariat,  Kuropatkin  had  to  form  an  army 
to  meet  Japan's  war  veterans,  splendidly  led, 
and  with  better  rifles  and  greatly  superior  artil- 
lery. Kuropatkin's  task  was  to  hold  them  back 
indefinitely  until  he  could  get  his  army  ham- 
mered into  shape,  adding  such  reinforcements 
as  could  gradually  be  brought  in  from  Russia 
over  the  thousands  of  miles  of  the  Siberian 
Railroad.  But  we  may  gain  some  idea  of  his 
achievement  as  Liao-Yang  if  we  remember  that 
in  one  hour,  during  the  assault  at  Plevna  al- 
ready described,  the  Russians  lost  three  thou- 
sand men,  the  greater  part  of  whom  were  killed 
outright.  At  Plevna,  the  Turks  had  sixty  thou- 
sand men.  At  Liao-Yang,  the  Japanese  had 
probably  three  times  as  many,  and  the  fighting 
was  distributed  over  an  immensely  longer  front. 
That  Kuropatkin's  losses  should  have  been  so 
slight  is  in  itself  the  best  praise  that  this  great 
general  could  receive.  Seven  days'  hard  fighting 
advanced  the  Japanese  army  only  some  twenty 
miles  on  their  road  to  Harbin,  though  they 
excelled  the  Russians  in  numbers,  equipment,  ■ 
rifles,  and  artillery.  The  same  Fabian  policy 
is  likely  to  be  continued. 

It  is  assumed  that  the  Japanese  will  soon  go 
into  winter  quarters  and  postpone  further  fight- 
ing until  spring,  but  it  must  be  remembered 
that  they  fought  all  through  the  winter  of 
1894-95  in  their  campaign  against  the  Chinese. 
It  is  far  more  likely  that  they  will  push  the 
campaign  as  vigorously  through  the  winter  as 
they  did  in  spring  and  summer. 


GENERAL    NOGI,   THE   JAPANESE    HERO    OF 

PORT   ARTHUR. 


BY   SHIBA   SHIRO. 


IT  was  a  day  in  May.  His  Majesty  the  Em- 
peror of  Japan,  they  say,  had  just  expressed 
his  imperial  pleasure  of  honoring  General  Nogi 
with  the  highest  honor  that  could  be  bestowed 
upon  a  fighting  man  of  Nippon, — command  of 


Copyright  by  Collier's  Weekly. 

GENERAL  NOGI,  THE  JAPANESE  COMMANDER  BESIEGING    POUT  ARTHUR 

the  forces  besieging  Port  Arthur.  Cherries 
were  abloom  and  Tokio  was  gay.  On  that  same 
day  came  the  news  of  the  battle  of  Nanshan, 
telling  of  the  sad  and  savage  things  that  had 

come  to  pass  at  the  neck  of   the  Liao-Tung  Pen- 


insula. To  General  Nogi  came  the  report  that 
his  eldest  son,  Lieut.  Nogi  Shoten,  had  fulfilled 
the  high  ambitions  of  the  soldier  of  Nippon  in 
dying  and  leaving  his  heroic  memory  engraved 
on  the  slope  of  Nanshan  Hill.  The  general  re- 
ceived the  message,  and  said, 
simply  :  "  I  am  glad  he  died 
so  splendidly.  It  was  the 
greatest  honor  he  could  have. 
As  for  the  funeral  rites  over 
his  memory,  they  might  as 
well  be  postponed  for  a  while. 
A  little  later  on,  they  may 
be  performed  in  conjunction 
with  those  to  the  memory  of 
my  second  son,  Hoten,  and 
of  myself." 

To  be  the  commander  of 
Nippon's  forces  at  Port  Ar- 
thur is  the  greatest  honor  to 
which  the  dreams  of  a  soldier 
of  the  Emperor  can  aspire. 
The  fortress  is  full  of  senti- 
mental interest  to  all  the 
Nippon  race. 

Port  Arthur  stands  at  the 
extremity  of  the  Liao-Tung 
Peninsula  ;   like  the  point  of 
a  dagger,  it  thrusts  itself  out 
to  sea  and  divides  the  Yellow 
Sea  from  the  Gulf  of  Pe-chi- 
li.    Across  the  mouth  of  this 
gulf  to  the  south  and  facing 
it  is  the  harbor  of  "Wei-Hai- 
Wei.     Not  so  rugged  as  Gi- 
braltar, to  which  it  has  been 
likened  over  and  over  again, 
the  hills  which  hem  in  the 
harbor  of  Port  Arthur  are 
quite  as  commanding  as  the 
fortress  on  the  Mediterrane- 
an.     The  strategic  possibili- 
ties of  Port  Arthur  are  quite 
enough  to  make  a  military 
tactician  dream  like  a  poet  ; 
long  ago,  even  the  Chinese  saw  it,  and,  with  the 
assistance  of   German  military  engineers,  they 
fortified   the  place  heavily.      The  fortress  com- 
mands the  waterway  to  Tientsin,  Taku,  and,  nat- 
urally, to  Peking.      The  master  of  Port  Arthur, 


GENERAL  NOG/.   THE  JAPANESE  HERO  OF  PORT  ARTHUR. 


447 


BIRD'S-EYE  VIEW  OF  PORT  ARTHUR  AND  ITS   FORTIFICATIONS,   AS  SEEN  FROM  THE  NORTH. 


provided  always  his  strength  be  equal  to  his 
geographical  opportunities,  can  throttle  the  neck, 
so  to  speak,  of  which  Peking  is  the  head  and 
brain. 

Of  all  the  fighting  men  of  Nippon,  General 
Nogi,  who  is  carrying  the  standard  of  Nippon 
against  Port  Arthur,  enjoys  the  reputation  of 
being  a  model  soldier  according  to  the  most 
rigorous  and  ancient  standard.  He  is  brave. 
He  is  sometimes  savage  when  occasion  demands. 
Above  all,  he  is  simple  to  the  point  of  rugged- 
ness,  and  loyal  and  almost  heartless  in  matters 
of  discipline.     Once  upon  a  time,  he  said  : 

A  soldier  is  a  soldier,  after  all,  and  after  a  man  be- 
comes a  soldier  he  must  be  perfectly  willing  to  lead  a 
life  that  is  somewhat  different  from  the  life  of  an  ordi- 
nary man  in  society.  It  is  impossible  for  him  to  enjoy 
liberty  and  wealth  such  as  so  many  of  his  fellow-men 
seem  to  enjoy.  The  soldier  must  understand  this  from 
the  start.  If  only  the  soldier  were  to  take  to  heart  with 
sufficient  seriousness  the  imperial  proclamation  issued 
on  the  10th  of  Meiji  and  act  it  out  in  his  daily  life,  there 
would  be  no  trouble  in  making  a  good  fighter.  To  him 
who  does  not  forget  the  august  sentiment  of  the  impe- 
rial dictum,  the  performance  of  a  soldier's  duties  is  not 
difficult.  Nowadays,  the  Nippon  soldier,  so  far  as  I  can 
see,  seems  to  observe  with  commendable  seriousness  and 
promptitude  the  duties  that  are  expected  to  be  per- 
formed on  the  part  of  the  subject  toward  the  sovereign 


master  ;  but  I  am  not  quite  so  sure  that  the  soldier  of 
modern  times  puts  sufficient  emphasis  on  his  family 
duties  and  rectitude  in  his  dealings  with  his  fellow- 
men.  I  refer  to  this  point  more  especially  because  of 
the  very  simple  fact, — namely,  that  the  soldier  who 
would  perform  his  duties  with  credit  on  a  battlefield 
must,  of  necessity,  have  trained  himself  to  perform  all 
that  is  expected  of  him  in  the  days  of  peace.  There 
ought  not  to  be  any  neglect  or  any  defects  in  his  daily 
life.  The  conqueror  of  himself  in  the  time  of  peace 
must  be  a  man  if  he  would  aspire  to  the  honor,  with 
any  right,  of  being  a  fighting  man  under  the  Sun-flag. 
The  brilliant  and  faithful  performances  of  a  soldier 
on  the  battlefield  are  nothing  but  the  flowerings  and 
fruition  of  the  work  and  training  of  his  daily  life  in  the 
time  of  peace.  A  man  whose  life  is  in  disorder  in  the 
time  of  peace  would  have  a  rather  difficult  task  if  he 
ventured  to  perform  with  correctness  and  with  success 
the  duties  of  a  true  soldier  on  the  battlefield. 

I  have  quoted  this  saying  of  General  Nogi  at 
length  because  I  wish  you  to  see  that  the  Nip- 
pon soldier  of  to-day  is  built  on  these  lines.  The 
work  that  he  is  doing  in  the  Manchurian  cam- 
paign, after  all,  then,  is  not  a  thing  of  surprise. 

If  a  man's  face  is  more  or  less  an  open  book 
in  which  his  friends  and  foes  alike  read  the  se- 
cret of  his  character,  no  volume  is  quite  so  full 
of  significance  as  the  features  of  General  Nogi. 
Bather  slender,  he  is  very  dark  of  complexion, 


448 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


with  whiskers  that  seem  to  be  utterly  innocent 
of  the  arts  of  the  barber  or  of  the  gracious  office 
of  the  comb.  The  rugged  strength  and  simpli- 
city which  are  the  striking  qualities  of  the  gen- 
eral's character  throw  about  him  a  calm  dignity. 

Of  the  many  services  that  General  Nogi  has 
rendered  to  his  country,  his  work  as  governor- 
general  of  Formosa  is  most  significant.  The 
mountain  tribes  in  Formosa  had  never  been 
tamed  by  the  Chinese..  In  the  earlier  years  of 
Meiji,  we  had  a  difficulty  with  the  natives  of  the 
island.  They  are  fierce,  and  they  are  perfectly 
innocent  of  the  principles  of  modern  society. 
The  position  of  a  governor-general,  therefore, 
after  the  occupation  of  the  island  by  Nippon, 
taxed  not  only  the  fighting  quality  of  a  general, — 
he  had  to  face,  every  hour  of  the  day  and  night, 
the  irregular  and  annoying  savage  tribes  who 
carry  on  a  perpetual  guerrilla  warfare.  On  the 
6th  of  June,  1904,  on  the  same  day  on  which 
Togo,  Nishi,  Yamamoto,  and  others  were  pro- 
moted to  high  commands,  Nogi  was  given  the 
full  rank  of  general. 

The  wife  of  General  Nogi  is  the  daughter  of 
a  Kagoshima  Samurai,  Yuji  Sadamoto,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  House  of  Peers.  So  genial  is  her  atti- 
tude, so  thoroughly  kindly  her  heart,  that  her 
friends  have  said  of  her  that  whenever  you  are 
in  her  company  you  dream  of  being  upon  the 
springtime  seas.  Withal,  there  is  the  dignity 
of  the  older-day  type  about  her  person  that  im- 
presses you  at  once  and  makes  you  think  of  the 
loftiness  of  an  autumn  peak.  At  the  beginning 
of  the  war,  General  Nogi  had  two  sons,  the  elder 
Shoten  and  the  younger  Hoten.  Shoten,  the 
elder,  was  twenty-six  years  of  age  at  the  begin- 
ning of  this  year.  He  finished  his  course  at  the 
Military  Academy  in  December  of  1902.  In 
June  of  last  year  he  joined  the  first  division, 
with  the  rank  of  second  lieutenant.  It  was  on  a 
certain  day  in  March,  1904.  General  Nogi  was 
in  his  study,  when  his  elder  son  presented  him- 


self and  said  :  "  I  have  the  honor,  father,  to  bid 
you  good-bye.  I  am  about  to  leave  the  city  for 
Manchuria.  Now  that  1  am  starting  out  on  this 
expedition,  I  have  not  the  slightest  idea  of  coming 
back  to  you  alive.  I  shall  always  pray  for  the 
health  of  our  august  mother.  If  I  lose  my  life 
on  the  battlefield,  I  beg  you,  august  father,  to 
honor  me  with  a  word  or  two  of  commendation. 
Of  course,  you  must  also  be  on  your  way  to  the 
battlefield.  Would  you  permit  me  to  suggest 
that,  although  our  battlefields  may  be  far  distant 
and  different,  we  two  should  run  a  race  for  the 
distinction  of  arms  in  the  cause  of  our  country  ?  " 
The  son  smiled  ;  so  did  the  father.  Just  at 
that  point  the  younger  son,  Hoten,  entered  the 
room,  and  he  heard  the  last  suggestion  of  his 
his  elder  brother  to  his  father.  Bowing  be- 
fore them,  Hoten  said  :  '•  Brother,  would  you  not 
allow  me  also  to  enter  upon  the  race  that  you 
have  just  proposed  ?  We  shall  see  who  will 
distinguish  himself  first,  at  any  rate."  General 
Nogi  laughed  outright,  and  said  :  "  All  right, 
boys  ;  this  race  between  the  three  is  certainly 
interesting." 

It  has  been  said  that  General  Nogi  is  a  pecul- 
iar man.  This  is  not  meant  for  a  compliment 
to  him.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  meant  to  express 
the  general  opinion  that  General  Nogi  is  void 
of  the  usual  attainments  and  accomplishments 
of  polite  society  of  to-day.  No  compliment,  how- 
ever, could  be  more  eloquent  than  this.  As  a 
product  of  the  latter  end  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, he  is  surprisingly  devoid  of  the  clever 
accomplishments  of  these  overeducated  days  of 
ours.  The  simplicity  of  his  character  impresses 
one  as  if  he  had  never  known  anything  but  the 
art  of  war.  He  does  not  seem  to  have,  in  the 
slightest  degree,  the  cleverness  of  the  modern 
man  who  utilizes  every  turn  of  events  for  his 
own  selfish  interest.  He  always  emphasizes  the 
importance  of  simplicity — the  importance  of 
abiding  with  the  simple  principles  of  ethics. 


PANORAMIC    VIEW   OF    I'CIIIT  AKTIllTlt. 


RUSSIAN    POVERTY   AND    BUSINESS    DISTRESS 
AS    INTENSIFIED    BY   THE   WAR. 

BY  E.   J.    DILLON. 

[The  following  article  was  written  at  St.  Petersburg  in  August.  Dr.  Dillon's  familiarity  with  Russian 
conditions,— acquired  by  long  residence  in  the  empire, — was  strikingly  shown  in  his  contribution  to  the  April 
number  of  the  Review  OF  Reviews,  entitled,  "Has  Russia  Any  Strong  Man  ?"J 


WHEN  the  present  war  broke  out,  Russia 
was  slowly  recovering  from  the  effects 
of  a  serious  industrial  and  agricultural  crisis 
and  entering  upon  a  social  and  political  struggle 
against  government  without  responsibility  and 
taxation  without  control.  The  ex-finance  min- 
ister, M.  Witte,  had  striven  hard,  and  not  un- 
successfully, to  create  a  national  industry,  which 
should  be  exploited  by  and  for  the  state,  and 
parallel  with  this  new  departure  the  treasury 
was  not  only  taxing  heavily  the  country  dis- 
tricts for  imperial  purposes,  but  was  diverting 
the  sources  whence  the  provincial  boards  had 
theretofore  drawn  their  funds  into  the  general 
reservoir  in  St.  Petersburg. 

One  of  the  salient  results  of  this  policy  was 
the  accumulated  wealth  of  the  government  as 
contrasted  with  the  chronic  poverty  of  the  peo- 
ple ;  another  was  the  lavish  expenditure  on 
strategic  railways  and  impregnable  fortresses  in 
the  farthest  extremities  of  the  empire,  as  com- 
pared with  the  cessation  of  productive  and  need- 
ful outlay  in  Russia.  The  state  was  boasting  of 
its  wealth  and  extending  its  credit,  while  the 
peasants,  who  had  mainly  contributed  to  create 
that  wealth,  were  almost  penniless  and  gener- 
ally underfed.  The  railways  and  the  principal 
industries  were  conducted  or  controlled  by  the 
government,  which  thus  became  the  chief  em- 
ployer of  labor,  while  the  workingmen  were  often 
not  only  not  earning  a  "living  wage,"  but  were 
eking  out  an  existence  compared  with  which 
the  happy-go-lucky  lives  of  the  serfs  were  lux- 
urious. This  abnormal  state  of  things  caused 
an  outburst  of  opposition,  the  strength  and  ex- 
tent of  which  surprised  the  ruling  classes,  and 
the  late  minister  of  the  interior,  M.  von  Plehve, 
was  girding  his  loins  for  a  struggle  to  the  death 
with  the  malcontents,  when  war  was  declared 
and  internal  quarrels  were  largely  absorbed  by 
the  duel  with  the  foreign  foe. 

the  paralysis  of  commerce. 

But  war  has  not  merely  brought  about  a  truce 
between  the  two  parties  in  the  state  ;  it  has  also 
intensified  the  evils  which  gave  rise  to  the  strug- 


gle ;  and  by  the  time  it  has  come  to  an  end,  the 
combustible  materials,  to  which  the  match  is  sure 
to  be  applied,  will  have  increased  tenfold.  To 
take  its  most  obvious,  if  less  serious,  aspect  first. 
The  government  deemed  it  desirable  to  reduce 
expenditure  on  public  works  by  $68, 119,615,  and 
to  devote  these  savings  to  the  war  fund.  But  as 
the  state  is  the  most  important  employer  of  labor, 
the  chief  purchaser  of  pig  iron,  rails,  coal,  etc., 
many  works  were  closed  in  consequence,  others 
were  reduced  to  short  hours,  and  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  hands  were  thrown  out  of  employment 
and  turned  adrift  to  make  a  living  by  begging  or 
stealing.  Thus,  a  blow  was  struck  at  all  trade 
and  commercial  industry  in  the  country.  And 
simultaneously  with  this  withdrawal  of  capital, 
another  factor  almost  equally  disastrous  made 
its  appearance  :  the  railways  which  connect  the 
Asiatic  with  the  European  half  of  Russia  were 
transformed  into  purely  strategic  lines,  along 
which  soldiers,  munitions  of  war,  surgical  appli- 
ances, food  and  forage,  sisters  of  mercy,  and 
ambulance  corps  were  conveyed,  ousting  almost 
all  private  merchandise  and  paralyzing  the  en- 
terprise of  private  firms.  Western  Russia  being 
thus  cut  off  from  the  eastern  provinces,  large 
stocks  were  left  on  the  hands  of  middlemen  or 
producers,  who  were  unpaid  for  past  sales,  de- 
prived of  further  orders,  and  confronted  with 
bankruptcy. 

MULTITUDES    STARVING    IN    RUSSIAN    POLAND. 

One  instance  will  show  how  this  severance  of 
communication  between  the  two  halves  of  the 
empire  has  been  felt.  Siberia  usually  purchases 
its  industrial  needs  in  the  flourishing  districts 
of  Lodz,  "Warsaw,  and  Petrokoff,  in  Russian  Po- 
land, on  the  system  of  long-term  credit.  The 
outbreak  of  the  war  was  followed  by  the  sus- 
pension of  payments  for  goods  already  received 
and  the  withdrawal  of  further  orders.  Small 
factories  were  simply  wiped  out  in  consequence. 
The  larger  industrial  establishments  shortened 
their  hours  of  work  by  20,  4  0,  and  50  per  cent., 
and  dismissed  a  number  of  hands.  The  prices 
of  food   rose  considerably, — meat  from  5  to  0 


450 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


per  cent.,  and  other  kinds  of  provisions  much 
more.  Misery  became  more  widespread,  crimes 
increased  perceptibly,  and  the  pawnbrokers 
alone  are  doing  a  brisk  trade.  In  Warsaw, 
soup  kitchens  are  being  opened  by  the  Jewish 
community  for  needy  members  of  their  faith. 

The  industrial  railway  line  of  Lodz  has  cut 
down  the  number  of  trains  running  daily,  which 
now  carry  only  50  per  cent,  of  their  usual 
freights,  and  in  that  district  alone  forty  thousand 
men  are  without  work.  Haggard,  emaciated, 
with  unsteady  steps,  these  first  indirect  victims 
of  the  war  shamble  through  the  thoroughfares, 
hungry  and  hopeless.  Some  drop  down  ex- 
hausted in  the  streets  and  are  taken  to  the  hos- 
pital, where  their  ailment  is  declared  to  be  ex- 
haustion by  hunger.  Others  break  into  private 
houses  in  the  light  of  day,  sure  of  getting  a 
mouthful  of  bread  whether  they  succeed  in  rob- 
bing their  neighbors  or  are  arrested  and  sent  to 
prison.  Nearer  to  the  center  the  distress  is  al- 
most equally  severe.  In  the  town  of  Bielovodsk, 
about  1,800  able-bodied  men  were  recently  with- 
out any  means  of  subsistence,  and  their  late  em- 
ployers, who  clubbed  together  to  relieve  their 
misery,  subscribe  about  $1,030  a  week,  which 
is  wholly  inadequate,  and  the  number  of  the 
destitute  is  increasing.  In  Vitebsk,  3,600  arti- 
sans were  breadless  and  the  number  in  Riga, 
Libau,  and  other  towns  on  the  Baltic  coast  is 
proportionately  large. 

ALL    CLASSES    OF    RUSSIANS  AFFECTED  BY  THE  WAR. 

In  Russia  proper,  the  symptoms  of  the  crisis 
are  many  and  alarming.  Even  in  the  two  capi- 
tals. St.  Petersburg  and  Moscow,  scarcity  of 
money,  stagnation  of  trade,  bankruptcy,  and  a 
large  increase  of  the  contingent  of  able-bodied 
paupers,  beggars,  and  thieves  mark  some  of  the 
most  obvious  consequences  of  the  war,  and  as 
yet,  unhappily,  the  high-water  mark  of  destitu- 
tion has  not  by  any  means  been  reached.  From 
the  Volga  districts,  formal  petitions  have  been 
sent  to  the  government  for  immediate  relief. 
In  Pavlov,  a  center  of  the  steel  industry,  the 
principal  works  have  cut  down  their  output  by 
two-thirds,  while  others  have  besought  the  state 
to  cancel  their  arrears  of  debt.  And  from  al- 
most every  part  of  the  empire,  from  every  class 
of  the  population,  come  dismal  reports  of  the 
havoc  made  by  the  war.  True,  Russia  com- 
prises one-sixth  of  the  terrestrial  planet,  and 
therefore  admits  of  no  generalizations,  so  that 
the  harrowing  condition  of  one  village  or  ham- 
let cannot  be  predicated  of  every  other.  There 
are  doubtless  large  districts,  some  firms,  indus- 
tries, and  trades  which  actually  profit  by  the 
war.     Rut  it  remains  none  the  less  true  thai  dis 


tress  is  widespread  and  intense.  For  to  say 
nothing  of  the  bulk  of  the  population,  among 
whom  want  is  chronic,  the  wealthy  people,  now 
largely  subscribing  to  the  war  fund,  are  forced 
to  cut  down  their  ordinary  expenses,  the  strug- 
gling tradesmen  and  officials  are  hard  set  to 
keep  their  heads  above  water,  and  a  growing 
percentage  of  the  working  classes  have  been 
thrust  out  of  the  ranks  of  self-supporting  men. 

THE    UNENDURABLE    BURDENS    OF    THE    PEASANTRY. 

And  the  peasantry,  on  whose  Atlantean  shoul 
ders  the  weight  of  the  empire  ultimately  rests. 
are,  if  possible,  worse  off  still.  For  their  hard- 
ships are  older  than  the  war,  and  were  univer- 
sally admitted  to  be  unbearable  before  the  first 
shot  was  fired.  In  another  year,  say  the  ex- 
perts who  know  them  best,  they  will  be  face  to 
face  with  absolute  ruin.  The  additional  load 
which  they  must  then  carry  will  break  their 
backs.  On  the  one  hand,  the  strongest  and  best 
of  the  villagers  have  been  drafted  off  to  the  far 
East  as  food  for  Japanese  cannon, — not  always 
without  strong  manifestations  of  reluctance  on 
their  part  or  severe  measures  of  coercion  on  the 
part  of  their  superiors.  And,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  wounded  and  the  crippled  are  gradually  com- 
ing home  to  swell  the  ranks  of  the  necessitous, 
for  whom  the  community  is  obliged  by  law  to 
provide.  It  is  not  generally  known  that  the 
state,  in  addition  to  other  forms  of  taxation, 
compels  the  peasantry,  through  their  boards,  or 
volosts,  to  maintain  barracks  for  the  troops,  to 
bear  the  expenses  of  military  conscription,  to 
maintain  convict  prisons,  to  furnish  escorts  for 
convicts,  to  support  soldiers  disabled  in  active 
service,  and  to  provide  for  their  widows  and 
children.  Private  families  are  virtually  obliged 
to  receive  a  certain  number  of  wounded  sol- 
diers and  tend  them  during  their  convalescence  ; 
the  hospitals  of  the  county  districts  must  pro- 
vide a  number  of  beds  for  them  while  they  are 
under  medical  treatment,  and  over  and  above 
these  unexpected  claims  on  their  slender  re- 
sources, they  have  had  to  contribute  "volunta- 
rily "  to  the  Red  Cross  Society,  the  war  fund, 
or  the  increase  of  the  navy. 

But  the  severest  strain  will  be  caused  by  para- 
graph 38  of  the  military  code,  which  lays  it 
down  that  the  indigent  families  of  private  sol- 
diers in  active  service  must  be  provided  for  by 
the  zemstvos,  or  communities,  to  which  they  be- 
longed. Lodging  and  a  small  pension  sufficient 
to  keep  body  and  soul  together  must  be  found 
for  them,  and  paltry  though  this  contribution  is. 
it  will  tell  terribly  on  a  population  whose  mem- 
bers cannot  afford  to  buy  meat,  milk,  or  even 
cabbage  for  their  principal   daily   repast.     The 


THE  EFFECTS  OF  THE  WAR  ON  THE  RUSSIAN  PEOPLE. 


451 


incidence  of  this  taxation  will  be  all  the  more 
seriously  felt  that  no  provision  has  been  made 
in  the  past  for  executing  it.  Indeed,  it  is  doubt- 
ful whether  any  could  have  been  made,  seeing  that 
the  sources  of  local  revenue  have  nearly  all  been 
tapped  by  the  imperial  treasury,  and  the  provin- 
cial boards  cannot  create  new  ones.  So  heavily 
burdened  are  the  tillers  of  the  soil  already  that 
their  arrears  of  debt  to  their  own  zemstvos  went 
on  increasing  year  after  year  until,  last  May,  the 
government  resolved  to  take  them  over  and  to 
pay  them  to  the  zemstvos  within  the  next  five 
years.  This  measure,  for  which  the  finance  min- 
ister deserves  full  credit,  will  burden  the  treas- 
ury with  about  $1,287,000  yearly. 

A  THREATENED  SHORTAGE  OF  GKAIX. 

Further  legislation  on  analogous  lines  is  sorely 
needed  at  present,  inasmuch  as  in  certain  dis- 
tricts of  Russia  the  harvest  threatens  to  disap- 
point the  hopes  of  the  husbandmen.  Thus,  ac- 
cording to  the  official  forecast  recently  published, 
the  winter  crop  of  rye  will  be  positively  bad 
throughout  the  usually  fertile  districts  of  Bessa- 
rabia, and  unsatisfactory  in  those  of  Poltava. 
The  oats,  too.  have  failed  in  Bessarabia,  while 
the  yield  in  Chernigov,  Vitebsk,  and  Warsaw 
will  be  much  below  the  average.  Barley  will 
produce  nothing  in  Bessarabia  ;  and  judging  by 
the  reports  received  by  the  ministry,  very  little 
in  the  vast  districts  of  Kherson,  Vitebsk,  Lom- 
za,  and  Petrokoff.  The  winter  crop  of  wheat 
is  practically  nil  in  Bessarabia  and  Elizabeth- 
grad,  and  unsatisfactory  in  Poltava  and  por- 
tions of  Kharkov.  Chernigov,  and  Vitebsk, 
while  spring  wheat  promises  no  return  in  Bessa- 
rabia and  not  much  in  Kherson.  It  would,  of 
course,  be  wrong  to  confound  even  that  large 
stretch  of  territory  with  the  empire  of  Russia, 
where  the  harvest,  if  not  abundant,  bids  fair  to 
prove,  at  least,  satisfactory.  Nor  should  it  be 
forgotten  that  partial  famines  are  invariably  al- 
lowed for  in  the  budget  estimates  of  every  Rus- 
sian finance  minister.  Still,  it,  is  an  axiom  that 
every  little  tells  when  the  distress  is  general, 
and  it  is  hai'dly  too  much  to  affirm  that  it  was 
never  more  widespread  in  Russia  than  it  is  at 
the  present  time. 

A    CONDITION    OF    IMPOVERISHMENT. 

For  it  is  now  admitted  by  almost  all  whose 
opinion  carries  weight  in  that  empire  that  for 
the  past  fifteen  years  taxation,  which  has  far 
more  than  doubled,  has  increased  hand  in  hand, 
not  with  national  prosperity,  but  with  national 
impoverishment.  That  statement  involves  a 
most  serious  charge  against  the  government, 
and  it  would  be  unpardonable  in  a  foreigner  to 


accept  and  propagate  it,  were  it  not  put  forward 
calmly,  deliberately,  and  repeatedly  by  ministe- 
rial commissions  and  fully  borne  out  by  private 
investigations  and  official  statistics.  To  quote 
one  of  these  investigators  : 

For  people  who  do  not  reside  in  the  country,  and  are 
unable  to  ascertain  the  facts  for  themselves,  a  sharply 
outlined  picture  of  the  general  destitution  is  drawn  by 
the  official  data  of  the  regular  growth  of  arrears,  of  the 
progressive  increase  of  homesteads  lacking  horses  and 
cows,  of  the  sums  spent  by  the  government  and  by  pri- 
vate individuals  for  the  relief  of  the  hunger-stricken, 
of  the  expeditions  of  the  Red  Cross  Society  to  cope  with 
scurvy  and  hunger-typhus,  and,  lastly,  by  the  symp- 
toms of  degeneration  which  lowered  the  standard  of 
chest  and  size  measurement  in  determining  the  fitness 
of  recruits  for  military  service.* 

The  principal  government  official  in  the  Men- 
selinsk  district  reported  to  his  superiors  that  the 
universal  pauperism  of  the  country  is  made  man- 
ifest to  all  by  the  whole  course  of  the  peasant's 
life.  "  If  we.  look  at  what  the  peasant  eats,  we 
are  struck  by  the  absence  of  meat,  of  milk,  and 
of  eggs.  He  supports  himself  solely  on  black 
bread  and  brick  tea,  and  has  not  always  even 
these  articles  of  food.  This  nourishment  is  par- 
ticularly harmful  to  the  children.  Yet  millions 
of  poodsf  of  corn  and  millions  of  eggs  are  ex- 
ported abroad.  ...  It  is  not  to  be  supposed 
that  the  peasantry  are  unaware  of  the  nutritious 
qualities  and  the  taste  of  meat,  milk,  eggs,  and 
other  articles  of  food.  The  truth  is,  that  these 
comestibles  are  beyond  their  reach. "t  Mense 
linsk,  it  is  true,  is  but  one  district,  and  the  Rus- 
sian Empire  is  one-sixth  of  the  globe  ;  but  I 
have  before  me  reports  from  twenty-nine  states, 
or  "governments,"  which  agree  in  essentials 
with  this  description. 

FROM    ONE-SIXTH    TO    ONE-THIRD    OF    THE   PEASANTS 
INCOME    TAKEN    BY    THE    STATE. 

Taxation  under  such  conditions  seems  to  bor- 
der upon  severity,  and  that  the  state  should 
spend  milliards  of  dollars  upon  political  and 
strategic  railways  and  hoard  hundreds  of  mil 
lions,  which  are  not  needed  either  for  the  ordi- 
nary or  the  extraordinary  expenditure,  while 
the  population  which  furnished  these  sums  is 
living  on  black  bread  and  brick  tea.  is  an  in- 
stance of  amazing  shortsightedness  with  which 
one  can  hardly  credit  the  Russian  Government. 
Yet  the  facts  are  established.  It  has  often 
been  affirmed  abroad  that  taxation  per  head  of 


*  Memoir  of  N.  N.  Kovaleffsky,  member  of  the  govern- 
ment committee  of  Kharkov. 

t  A  pood  is  about  thirty-six  English  pounds. 

t  St.  Petersburqskaw  Viedomosti,  November  12,  1902. -The 
name  of  the  official  is  Krassoffsky,  and  his  report  was  pub, 
lished  in  the  journal  mentioned  above. 


452 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  population  is  much  lighter  in  Russia  than 
in  most  other  countries,  and  the  conclusion  has 
been  drawn  that  the  subjects  of  the  Czar  are 
better  off  than  those  of  his  brother  monarchs. 
But  the  comparison  is  misleading.  The  terms 
that  should  be  compared  are  not  the  amount 
per  head  paid  by  the  German  or  the  French- 
man on  the  one  side  and  the  Russian  on  the 
other,  but  the  total  sum  paid  in  taxes  on  the 
one  hand  and  the  yearly  income  of  the  taxpayer 
on  the  other.  What  percentage  of  his  yearly- 
income  is  taken  by  the  state?  Exhaustive  data, 
for  forming  an  opinion  on  this  matter  have 
been  very  carefully  collected  by  nineteen  mem- 
bers of  one  of  the  most  prosperous  districts  of 
the  empire,  the  government  of  Moscow,  such 
small  items  as  half  a  cent  for  matches  being 
included  in  their  account,  which  errs  somewhat 
on  the  side  of  moderation. 

The  average  homestead,  then,  consisting  of 
three  male  members  and  several  women  and 
children,  has  $201  yearly  income  and  $19!)  an- 
nual expenditure.  Over  one-fourth  of  the  out- 
lay is  spent  on  articles  which  are  heavily  taxed 
by  the  state,  and  the  amount  thus  contributed 
to  the  government  is  :  on  alcohol  drunk,  $10.82  ; 
on  tea,  $5.35  ;  on  sugar,  $3.58  ;  on  calico  prints, 
95  cents  ;  on  petroleum,  77  cents  ;  on  tobacco, 
15J-  cents;  and  on  matches,  10^  cents.  The 
expenditures  being  underestimated,  the  amount 
that  really  goes  in  this  indirect  taxation  is 
greater,  but  taking  it  as  stated,  it  runs  up  to  12 
per  cent,  of  the  entire  yearly  income-  of  the 
peasant  homestead.  If  we  now  add  to  that  the 
direct  taxes,  which  are  $11,58,  the  entire  sum 
paid  by  the  peasant  to  the  state  is  about  $36.04 
out  of  an  income  of  $201.  And  of  this  only 
some  15  per  cent,  finds  its  way  back  again  in 
the  form  of  government  outlay  on  local  needs. 
In  another  district  of  the  Moscow  government 
(that  of  Klin),  the  mean  budget,  of  the  home- 
stead is  $1 13.29,  out  of  which  $38.57,  or  34  per 
cent.,  goes  toward  helping  the  state  to  accumu- 
late; its  free  balance  of  several  hundred  mil- 
lions.* "  Private  landowners,  on  the  whole,"  we 
read,  "  make  a  certain  profit,  but  as  for  the 
peasants,  the  budgets  of  the  great  hulk  of  them 
are  balanced  by  a  shortage  which  is  covered 
partly  by  work  which  they  do  in  other  districts 
and  partly  by  chronic  failure  to  pay  their  direct, 
taxes." 

Those  are  concrete  examples  which  are  valu- 
able because  typical.  They  are  rather  under 
slated  than  exaggerated,  for  very  many  districts 
are  worse  off.  lu  the  government  of  Saratov, 
for  instance,  there  is  a   large   district — that  of 

•  Investigations  of  the  Klin  District  Committee. 


Balashev — the  inhabitants  of  which  deduct  for 
taxes  $31.14  per  homestead  out  of  an  average 
income  of  $58.88,  so  that  their  imposts  swallow 
more  than  half  of  the  yearly  earnings  available 
for  expenditure.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  sum 
disposable  for  general  expenditure  is  less  than 
$29. 7!)  per  homestead,  and  less  than  $4.40  per 
head  of  the  population.  And  it  is  out  of  this 
miserable  pittance  that  the  peasant  has  to  pay 
for  his  clothing  and  boots,  for  the  repairs  of  his 
hut  and  outhouses,  for  agricultural  implements, 
and  for  live  stock  ;  he  has,  further,  to  pay  off 
arrears  of  debts  and  interest  on  them  ;  to  lay 
something  aside  in  case  of  fire,  the  loss  of 
horses  or  horned  cattle,  and  other  accidents. 
And  that  represents  only  the  average.  In  re- 
ality, the  income  and  taxes  are  so  unevenly  dis- 
tributed that  the  peasants  are  in  even  worse 
straits  than  those  just  described.  At  least  5G 
per  cent,  of  the  peasant  population  of  the  Bala- 
shev district  have  a  great  deal  less  than  $4.12 
per  head  free  remainder,  and  the  individual 
lives  in  a  state  of  chronic  hunger.*  "  The  eco- 
nomic state  of  the  peasantry,"  writes  the  Klin 
District  Committee,  "  is  so  straitened  that 
further  taxation  is  impossible  without  facing 
the  risk  of  utterly  ruining  agriculture." 

WHAT    THE    WAR    IS    COSTING    THE    TAXPAYERS. 

And  yet  the  government  can  hardly  manage 
without  further  taxes,  unless  the  expenses  on 
army,  navy,  and  railway-building  are  curtailed, 
— a  measure  which  involves  a  radical  change  in 
Russia's  foreign  policy,  and  therefore  the  course 
of  her  domestic  policy  as  well.  For  the  war  is 
a  terrible  drain  on  the  financial  resources  of 
the  empire.  The  savings  of  a  number  of  years 
are  being  lavished  in  the  span  of  a  few  months, 
after  the  lapse  of  which  a  check  has  to  be  drawn 
upon  future  economy.  It  is  roughly  calculated 
that  during  the  first  five  months  the  needs  of 
the  campaign  have  swallowed  up  $431,014,668, 
In  order  to  realize  wdiat  that  sum  means,  one 
would  do  well  to  remember  that  it  is  nearly 
equal  to  all  the  receipts  taken  by  the  state  from 
direct  and  indirect  taxation.  It  is  obvious,  then, 
that  one  year  of  war  must  entail  the  expendi- 
ture of  a  sum  equal  to  at  least  twice  the  revenue 
obtained  by  the  treasury  from  all  sources  of 
taxation.  But  as  the  current  expenses  of  the 
administration  continue  and  have  also  to  be  met, 
it  follows  that  during  one  year  of  war  the  gov- 
ernment must  spend  three  times  more  than  it  re 

•  Official  journal  of  t  Ho  district  committee  of  the  Bala- 
shev  District.    See  also  Annensky ,  "The  General   i 

lie  Financial  Policy  of  the  Empire  in  It-  B<  ai  In 
the  Needs  "i  the  Rural  Districts,"  page  5.    This  work  hM 
mil  \ri  been  published.    I  am  quoting  from  the  proof-sheets. 


THE  EFFECTS  OF  THE  WAR  ON  THE  RUSSIAN  PEOPLE. 


453 


ceives  from  thepopiilation  during  that  i  ime.   Such 

rrible  strain  as  thismustgive  a  severe  shock 
to  the  financial  system  even  of  a  wealthy  nation  ; 
to  a  people  already  taxed  to  the  utmost,  and  re- 
duced to  live  on  food  less  in  quantity  and  worse 
in  quality  than  is  commonly  held  to  be  required 
for  the  support  of  normal,  healthy  life,  the  re- 
sults must,  iu  truth,  be  alarming. 

Still,  it  would  be  a  mistake  to  forget  that  so 
B[  as  the  war  is  being  paid  for  out  of  the  re- 
sources, present  or  future,  of  the  treasury,  the 
losses  to  the  population  are  not  acutely  and  im- 
mediately felt.  It  takes  a  certain  time  for  their 
effects  to  reach  the  taxpayers.  But  when  one 
of  the  results  of  the  campaign  is  to  di'aw  the  in- 
dustry of  the  country  into  the  whirlpool,  then 
the  hardship  is  indeed    intense.      And  that,  as 

have  seen,  is  Russia's  case.  For  then,  over 
and  above  the  outlay  on  the  military  operations 
— which  is  provided  for  by  the  national  savings 
— one  must  reckon  the  falling  off  in  the  national 
income,  which  cannot,  unhappily,  be  spread  out 
over  a  number  of  years,  but  has  to  be  borne  at 
once.  The  treasury  may  issue  a  loan  in  order 
'  to  pay  off,  in  the  course  of  ten  or  twenty  years, 

expenses  incurred  through  the  war.  But 
the  population,  which  loses  a  large  percentage 
of  its  earnings  in  consequence  of  the  stagnation 

rade  and  industry,  possesses  no  such  means 
of  staving  off  the  day  of  reckoning.  When, 
therefore,  a  campaign  directly  cripples  indus- 
trial and  commercial  enterprise,  the  effects  are 
much  worse  than  those  which  the  war  itself 
brings  in  the  form  of  unproductive  outlay. 

Russia's  foreign  loans. 

Even  here,  however,  it  is  easy  to  fall  into  ex- 
aggeration and  paint  a  very  somber  picture  of 
the  ruin  that  awaits  commercial,  industrial,  and 
agricultural  Russia  at  the  close  of  the  war.  As 
a  matter  of  fact,  reaction  invariably  follows  ac- 
tion, and  many  of  the  industries  winch  are  now 
hampered  or  wholly  paralyzed  will  very  soon 
recover  their  buoyancy  once  the  campaign  is  at 
an  end.  This  is  especially  true  of  the  factories 
and  mills  of  Lodz,  Warsaw,  and  generally  of 
Russian  Poland,  where  a  great  revival  of  trade 
and  industry  may  be  reasonably  expected  as 
soon  as  communications  with  Siberia  have  been 
resumed.  Again,  it  should  not  be  forgotten 
that  the  bulk  of  the  money  which  the  war  is 
now  costing  is  being  spent  in  the  empire,  not 
outside,  and  that  one  of  the  chief  causes  of  stag- 
nation in  trade  and  commerce  is  the  absence  of 
credit.  And,  lastly,  in  spite  of  her  military  re- 
verses and  internal  impecuniosity.  Russia's  credit 
abroad  is  still  excellent,  and  the  difficulty  in  the 
way  of  a   new  loan  is  less  the  paucity  of  would- 


be  creditors  than  the  too-favorable  conditions  on 
which  the  minister  of  finance  insists  on  borrow- 
ing. Hut.  for  the  moment,  the  finance  minister 
is  said  to  be  contemplating  the  issue  of  treasury 
bonds  to  be  employed  as  liduciary  currency,  and 
he  is  generally  believed  to  be  disposed  to  em] >loy 
the  printing-press  to  the  fullest  extent  permissible. 

The  one  great  danger  in  this  connection  is 
the  likelihood  of  driving  gold  out  of  the  coun- 
try, and  with  it  the  present  metallic  standard. 
The  stability  of  the  latter  depends  upon  the 
quantity  of  credit  notes  issued  without  being 
covered  by  gold,  and  still  more  by  the  state  of 
the  balance  sheet.  At  present  the  notes  in  cir- 
culation are  thus  guaranteed  to  the  extent  of 
120  per  cent.,  although  a  considerable  portion 
of  this  metallic  stock  belongs,  not  to  the  bank, 
but  to  the  imperial  treasury.  But  ever  since 
L892,  the  balance  sheet  has  continued  to  be  so 
unfavorable  that  in  order  to  keep  the  gold  stand- 
ard unshaken  a  foreign  loan  has  had  to  be  floated 
every  year,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  budget 
showed  a  large  excess  of  revenue  over  expendi- 
ture. Thus,  in  1901  a  loan  of  $81,877,344  was 
concluded,  which  realized  $78,090,520  ;  in  1902, 
another  was  issued  in  Germany  of  $71,526,812, 
which  brought  in  $07,861,063  ;  and  in  the  fol- 
lowing year  a  railway  loan  of  $33,407,501  was 
floated  at  96,  which  yielded  $32,071,202.  The 
total  sum  borrowed  from  abroad  between  the 
years  1900  and  1903,  inclusive,  was,  therefore, 
about  $178,000,000. 

Now,  during  those  three  years  the  gold  re- 
serves increased  by  almost  the  same  sum, — name- 
ly, $154,500,000, — while  the  favorable  balance  of 
trade  in  1902-1903  proved  insufficient  to  fill  the 
shortage  caused  by  the  export  of  gold  abroad 
to  pay  the  service  of  former  loans  and  the  ex- 
penses of  Russian  tourists.  It  follows,  then, 
that  the  "free  balance,"  of  which  so  much  has 
been  written  of  late,  is  made  up  mainly  of  the 
proceeds  of  foreign  loans.  And  if  borrowing 
was  thus  indispensable  to  the  stability  of  the 
gold  standard  before  the  war,  it  can  hardly  be 
discontinued  after  peace,  when  the  service  of 
the  foreign  debt  will  have  largely  increased, 
and  the  solvency  of  the  population  will  have 
considerably  diminished. 

HOW  MUCH  LONGER  CAN  THE  PEASANT  PAY  TAXES  ? 

But  the  greatest  danger  to  Russian  finances 
lies  not  so  much  in  any  of  the  transitory 
difficulties  which  the  campaign  against  Japan 
has  created  as  in  the  chronic  poverty  of  the 
Russian  people,  who  can  no  longer  bear  the 
burden  of  taxation.  Forty  years  ago,  when 
serfdom  prevailed,  the  life  of  the  average  [teas 
ant  was   relatively  tolerable.      He  dwelt  in  airy 


454 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS 


rooms  adequately  furnished,  and  owned  horses, 
rattle,  sheep,  and  poultry.  Wood  for  fuel  could 
be  had  in  abundance,  and  be  possessed  the  need- 
ful materials  to  make  his  own  clothing,  boots, 
and  bed  coverings.  To-day.  he  lives  in  the  smoky 
room  of  a  squalid  hut,  which  he  shares  with  any 
four-footed  animals  he  may  possess,  and  for  all 
the  expenses  of  bringing  up  his  family,  tilling 
his  land,  repairing  his  dwelling,  and  paying 
rates  and  taxes  he  disposes  at  most  of  eleven 
and  one-half  cents  a  day.     On  food  for  himself 


and  his  wife  and  children  he  can  generally,  but 
not  always,  spend  three  cents  a  day.  The  diffi- 
culty. 1  do  not  say,  of  increasing  the  taxes  of 
such  a  man,  but  of  maintaining  them  much  longer 
at  their  present  level,  is  too  manifest  to  need 
pointing  out.  It  is  in  this  chronic  impoverish- 
ment of  the  bulk  of  the  people,  therefore,  and 
not  in  the  acute  crisis  brought  on  by  the  war, 
that  those  who  know  Russia  best  discern  the 
source  of  the  coming  troubles,  economic  and 
other,  which  they  foresee  but  cannot  prevent. 


ARE   THE   JAPANESE   ABLE   TO    FINANCE   A 

LONG   WAR? 


BY  BARON  KENTARO  KANEKO. 


[We  have  grown  so  accustomed  to  bear  it  said  that  Russia's  resources  in  men,  money,  and  natural  wealth 
are  unlimited,  and  Japan's  comparatively  small,  that  Baron  Kaneko's  article  on  Japan's  financial  strength, 
which  follows,  is  peculiarly  significant,  when  read  in  connection  with  Dr.  Dillon's  description  of  business  and 
economic  depression  in  Russia.  Both  men,  as  we  show  in  another  part  of  this  issue  of  the  magazine,  are 
preeminently  well  qualified  to  speak.] 


WAR  is  one  of  the  most  tragic  incidents  of 
human  life,  as  well  as  one  of  the  most 
terrible  scourges  of  human  society.  It  destroys 
vast  numbers  of  individuals  who  would  other- 
wise contribute  productively  to  the  world's  prog- 
ress ;  it  wastes  incalculable  amounts  of  property 
and  treasure  which  the  nations  engaged  in  that 
progress  can  ill  afford  to  spare.  But  the  financial 
and  economic  loss  inflicted  is  only  part  of  the 
evil  to  be  deplored.  War  strikes  at  the  roots 
of  human  happiness  ;  it  gathers  in  its  victims 
long  after  the  dead  are  buried  and  the  wounded 
have  returned  to  their  homes  ;  it  passes  on  to 
populations  of  peaceful  non-combatants,  if  in 
diminished  degree,  the  burden  of  sacrifice  whose 
full  weight  must  be  borne  by  the  armies  in  the 
field.  By  making  so  many  widows  and  orphans — 
by  depriving  so  many  wives  of  their  husbands, 
so  many  children  of  their  parents — it  throws  the 
evil  of  war  into  the  future  years,  and,  in  a  so- 
ciety which  has  survived  the  acute  phases  of 
conflict,  it  reduces  to  an  appalling  degree  the 
reasonable  expectation  of  life  and  its  enjoy- 
ment. 

It  is  for  these  and  like  reasons  that  I  hate 
war,  and  with  all  my  heart  look  forward  to  a 
time  when  the  world  will  be  at  peace.  I  am 
especially  in  favor  of  every  rational  effort  that 
may  be  suggested  or  devised  for  avoiding  inter- 
national quarrels  and  averting  international 
strife,      lint  as  yet  the  world   is  imperfectly  or- 


ganized. Divisions,  political  and  geographical, 
continue  to  exist  between  race  and  race,  nation 
and  nation,  country  and  country  ;  and  these 
must  be  taken  account  of.  It  is  still  possible, 
moreover,  even  in  our  time,  for  weak  nations, 
unable  to  protect  their  independence,  to  be  swal- 
lowed up  through  the  agency  of  aggressive  war. 
Some  peoples,  as  history  shows  us,  have  shrunk 
so  much  from  hostilities,  in  the  presence  of  a 
powerful  enemy,  as  to  surrender  to  it  their  in- 
tegrity as  separate  nationalities.  They  have 
submitted  to  wrong  and  injustice  through  beinj 
either  unable  or  unwilling  to  defend  themselves. 
Hut  it  is  not  among  such  peoples,  and  by  such 
acts  of  sell-surrender,  that  the  Japanese  are  to 
be  classed.  Japan  did  not  hesitate  to  assume 
all  the  responsibilities  of  a  costly,  a  terrible,  ami 
a  devastating  war  ;  nor  did  she  take  up  arms 
without  fully  realizing  the  difficulties,  as  well  as 
the  duties,  which  the  situation  imposed  upon 
her.  Herself  not  unused  to  conflict  in  the  past. 
she  was  keenly  aware  of  the  tragedies, — of  all 
the  suffering  and  sorrow, — that  would  result 
from  the  operation  of  her  forces  in  the  field. 
Yet  she  did  not  shrink.  The  moral  ends  she 
had  in  view  made  it  impossible  for  her  to  count 
the  cost.  It  was  not  only  her  right — it  was  also 
her  duty — to  maintain  peace,  justice,  and  liberty 
within  her  own  realm  ;  it  was  her  bounden 
obligation,  in  the  presence  of  foreign  aggrei 
sion,  to  conserve  by  every  means  available  hex 


ARE  THE  JAPANESE  ABLE  TO  FINANCE  A  LONG  WAR? 


45.") 


own  integrity  and  independence  as  a  nation. 
And  these  very  ends,  world-regarding  as  well  as 
self-regarding,  will  always  constitute  an  abun- 
dant as  well  as  a  glorious  justification  for  the 
action  she  took. 

Bravely,  then,  Japan  entered  upon  the  war  ; 
and  with  the  same  bravery  she  will  carry  it 
through  to  a  successful  termination.  In  saying 
this  1  do  not  speak  unadvisedly  or  without  ref- 
erence to  the  facts.  To  such  an  extent  have  the 
Japanese  distinguished  themselves  in  the  pres- 
ent war  that  we  have  never  yet  known  them  to 
bo  on  the  defensive.  Not  only  have  they  won 
victories  from  the  beginning. — they  have  every- 
where taken  the  offensive  against  the  Russian 
troops.  Not  once  have  they  retreated  ;  on  the 
contrary,  their  campaign  has  been  a  perpetual 
advance.  When  we  remember  where  the  Japa- 
nese forces  are  to-day,  we  cannot  help  recalling 
the  fact  that  throughout  the  war  Japan  has 
never  at  any  time  been  brought  into  contact 
with  an  antagonist  who  may  fairly  be  called  for- 
midable and  dangerous  to  her.  Meanwhile,  the 
tactics  pursued  by  our  armies  have  won  for 
Japan  the  admiration  of  expert  military  opinion 
everywhere  ;  among  Western  critics  especially, 
the  quality  and  efficacy  of  Japanese  strategy  have 
become  axiomatic.  And  if  our  tactics  are  gen- 
erally regarded  as  models  of  what  the  conduct 
of  war  should  be,  no  less  attention  has  been 
given  to  the  brotherly  way  in  which  we  treat 
the  Russian  wounded  and  prisoners  who  fall 
into  our  hands. 

Instead,  therefore,  of  being  anxious  or  appre- 


hensive, we  are  happy  in  the  task  we  have 
undertaken.  But  one  of  our  critics  has  argued 
that  Japan  ought  to  give  the  world  the  spec- 
tacle of  a  decisive  victory  over  the  Russians, 
holding  that  if  the  campaign  shall  continue  for 
two  or  three  years  the  present  physical  struggle 
between  the  two  nations  will  become  a  merely 
financial  competition, '  resulting,  after  the  ex- 
haustion of  their  resources,  in  the  withdrawal 
of  our  armies  from  Manchuria  and  of  our  gar- 
risons from  Korea, — in  a  victory,  that  is  to  say, 
for  the  Russians.  Now,  I  am  thankful  to  have 
that  argument  advanced,  for  it  comes  from  one 
who  criticises  the  financial  condition  of  Japan 
with  all  fairness  and  sincerity.  And  in  making 
my  reply  to  it,  I  will  say  first  of  all  that  as  in 
the  present  war  the  Japanese  have  determined 
to  fight  to  the  last  man,  so  have  they  determined 
to  spend  their  last  penny  in  carrying  it  to  a 
successful  conclusion — that,  it  being  the  inten- 
tion of  the  Japanese  Government  to  vigorously 
prosecute  military  operations  against  Russia 
utterly  regardless  of  financial  considerations, 
that  government  will  trust  to  the  patriotism  of 
its  people  to  supply  the  resources  needed  for 
the  war,  and  that  it  has  no  apprehension  what- 
ever as  to  the  financial  necessities  either  of  the 
soldiers  and  sailors  now  fighting  in  Manchuria 
or  of  their  families  at  home. 

Now  as  to  the  finances  of  the  war.  A  budget 
dealing  with  this  subject  was  submitted  to  the 
Diet  of  the  Japanese  Government,  and  in  March 
of  the  present  year  the  Diet  granted  the  neces- 
sary supplies,  as  follows  : 


DETAILS  OF  RECEIPTS  AND  EXPENDITURES  IN  CONNECTION  WITH   THE  WAR. 


Receipts. 

Expenditures. 

Public  Loans, 

Exchequer 

Bonds,  and 

Temporary 

Loans. 

Funds 

Borrowed 

from  the 

Special 

Accounts. 

Funds  Transferred  from  the  General 
Account. 

Receipts  from 
Increased  Taxa- 
tion and  Tobac- 
co Monopoly. 

Revenue 
Surplus. 

Total. 

A.— Expenditures    for  which    the  ) 

imperial    sanction    has   al- >       $78,000,000 

B.— Extraordinary   war    expendi- 1        ,qq  qqq  qqq 

C— Reserve  fund  for  emergencies . .         30,000,000 

$65,500,000 
140,000,000 

$12,500,000 
15,000,000 

$31,000,000 

$4,000,000 
20,000,000 

$35,000,000 
20,000,000 

Total $288,000,000 

$205,500,000 

$27,500,000 

$31,000,000 

$24,000,000 

$55,000,000 

As  war  finances  are  of  a  different  character 
from  those  dealt  with  by  the  ordinary  budget,  it 
may  be  well  to  describe  them  separately.  I 
think  it  is  better  to  copy  here  the  financial  state- 
ment of  our  government  in  connection  with  the 
war  expenditures  instead  of  giving  my  own  ex- 
planation. 


When  the  negotiations  between  Japan  and  Russia 
took  such  a  turn  as  almost  to  cut  off  every  hope  of 
peace  being  maintained,  it  became  imperatively  neces- 
sary to  make  such  prompt  military  preparations  as 
would  put  Japan  in  a  state  of  readiness  for  all  even- 
tualities, as  well  as,  with  equal  expedition,  to  provide 
the  requisite  financial  means.  In  accordance,  there- 
fore, with  Article  LXX.  of  the  Japanese  Constitution, 


456 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REK/EIVS. 


the  imperial  urgency  ordinance  was  promulgated  on  to   $190,000,000.      The   sources   of  revenue  are 

December  38  of  last  year,  as  a  special  financial  measure  as  follows  : 

whereby  authority  was  given   for  diverting  the  funds  '    {      Increase(j   receipts  expected   from  the  impo- 

kept  under  special  account,  issuing  exchequer  bonds,  extraordinary  special  taxes,  and   from 

and  making  temporary  loans  to  meet  expenditures  in-  J     r 

eurred  for  military  preparations.     The  total  amount  of  the   establishment   of   the    tobacco  -  manufacture 

expenditures  which  were  sanctioned,  in  accordance  with  monopoly,  $31,000,000. 

the  above-mentioned  imperial  ordinance,  was.  up  to  the  2.    The  amount   set   apart   out    of   the    surplus 

end  of  March  last,  about  $78,000,000.    It  is  proposed  to  f)f  $24,000,000;  obtained   by  further   retrench- 

raise  this  sum  by  issuing  exchequer  bonds  for  $50,000,-  mentg  ()f  fch     ini(1„.et    to    bo   actually  carried  out 

000,  diverting  $12,500,000  of  the  funds  kept  under  special  '                               _-    ,                     ,          /           , 

'       .        v       i  •       *                  i         *  ,.  ti...  k.L,,,^  in  the  present  fiscal  vear  ;  also   through   some 

account,  and  making  temporary  loans  tor  the  balance.  t                             ..                                    o 

The  loan  of  $50,000,000  has  already  been  floated  with  funds  having  become  unnecessary  for  ordinary 

great  success,  the  total  amount  subscribed  by  our  pa-  naval  and    military   expenditure,  an   additional 

triotic  people  reaching  four  and  one-half  times  the  sum  $4,000,000. 

called  for, -that  is  to  say,  $225,000,000.    As,  moreover,  3     Loans  from  funds  under  special  accounts, 

the  bonds  were  allotted  chiefly  among  the  lower  and  *>■,-  qqq  qqq 

middle  classes,  it  is  evident  that,  in  the  event  of  another  '    -m  '    j           1         t  ,.    •       1    i                         e        \ -\- 

loan  being  raised  at  home,  ample  money  will  be  forth-  ,     4-    F™**  to  be  obtained   by  means   of  public 

coming  to  provide  for  it.    But  the  aforesaid  urgency  loans,   exchequer   bonds,    and  temporary  loans, 

measure  was  no  more  than  an  expedient  devised  to  meet  $140,000,000. 

an  emergency.    Peace  having  been  broken  last  Feb-  Besides  this,  there  are  the  expenditures  need- 

ruary,  the  Diet  was  convened  in  March,  and  gave  its  e(j  for  diplomatic  and   other  matters   connected 

consent  to  the  urgency  financial  measure  of  December,  with    national    affai        as    th                  be    defrayed 

V.Hi.i.     It  approved   various  measures  relating  to  war  „           A.               ,.                     ,.        ,       ,                .          J  . 

finance  ;  it  passed  the  budget  for  extraordinary  war  ex-  from  time  to  time  according  to  the  requirements 

penditures,  and  for  the  expenses  involved  in  diplomatic  of  the  developing  situation.      The   total   reserve 

and  other  state  affairs  connected  with  the  present  war.  fund  for  the  purpose  has  therefore   been   put  at 

These  expenses  are  to  be  met  by  the  imposition  of  ex-  $20,000,000,    to   which   it   has   been    decided   to 

traordinary  special  taxes,  the  provision  including  in-  set  apart  tlie  balance  of  the  surplus  of  $24,000,- 

creased  rates  of  stamp  duty,  the  replacing  of  the  leaf-  (M)()    rumaiuin      after    deducting    the  $4,000,000 

tobacco  monopoly  (which  was  previously  in  force)  by  .  .  ,    .     .     .     D                .        ,  ,       °                    , .    ' 

the  monopoly  on  tobacco  manufacture,  which  the  gov-  whlch  1S  to  be  appropriated  for  war  expenditures. 

eminent  has  long  had  in  contemplation  ;   the  appro-  In  regard  to  war  finance,  let  me  say  here  that 

priation  of  funds  under  special  accounts  ;  public  loans,  the   aforesaid   special  war  expenses  are,  for  the 

exchequer  bonds,  and  temporary  loans.   In  order,  at  the  purpose    of    adjustment,    being   put    under    the 

same  time,  to  prevent  serious  economic  changes  arising  special  account 

from  the  inflation  of  the  currency  by  expediting  the  re-  Ag   tho  revenue  belon„.s   hy  its   nature  to   the 

turn  of  moneys  paid  out  for  war  purposes,  and  to  en-  ,                         ,                 ,                       ,      1           ,. 

courage  thrift  among  the  people,  regulations  were  made  general  account,  the  supplementary  budget   for 

for  the  issue  of  saving-loan-bonds  by  the  Hypothec  the  present  fiscal  year  has,   for  the   adjustment 

Bank.  of  its  account,  been  adopted  simultaneously  with 

sources  of  Japanese  revenue.  the  extraordinary  war  budget      T  shall  here  give 

the  items  under   which,  by   the  supplementary 
In    the    above-mentioned    extraordinary  war  budget,  the  government  will  obtain  special  rev- 
budget,  both  revenue  and   expenditure  amount  enues,  as  follows  : 

Revenue. 

Extraordinary  Special  Taxes. 

I.  Taxes $25,057,398.50 

A.— Land  tax $11,968,106.50 

B.— Income  tax 2,643,657.50 

C— Business  tax 2,518,099.50 

D.— Tax  on  liquors 89,242.00 

E.— Soy  tax 569,476.00 

P.— Sugar  excise 4,106,191.00 

G.— Mining  tax 88,557.50 

H.— Tax  on  bourses 266,423.00 

I.- Tax  on  saJtt  exported  from  Okinawa  Prefecture 2,699.00 

.F.    Customs  duties l,165,31<;.5o 

,  K.— Consumption  tax  on  woolen  textile 1,069,330.50 

L. — Consumption  tax  on  kerosene  oil 618,298.60 

II.  Stamp  receipts  :  A.    Stamp  receipts 1,810,398.50 

III.  Receipts  from  public  undertaking:  A.— Tobacco-manufacture  monopoly 4,283,142.60 

Total ." 131,100,838.60 

Expenditure. 
A.— Extraordinary  war  expenditures  transferred  to  special  account...  86,000,000.00 
B.-Emergency  reserve  fund 80,000,000.00 

Total 166,000,000.00 


ARE  THE  JAPANESE  ABLE  TG  FINANCE  A  LONG  WAR.  ? 


457 


As  to  the  receipts  from  the  imposition  of  in- 
creased taxes,  and  from  the  tobacco-manufacture 
monopoly,  which  are  among  the  sources  of  rev- 
enue for  the  expenditures,  it  is  considered  advis- 
able, for  the  convenience  of  their  collection,  to 
put  them  under  the  general  account. 

WHAT    AVILL    THE    WAR    COST    JAPAN  ? 

As  to  the  total  amount  of  war  expenditure, 
that  obviously  depends  on  the  number  of  sol- 
diers and  sailors  engaged  ;  on  the  area  of  the 
field  of  operations,  as  well  as  on  its  nearness  or 
distance  from  the  home  country  ;  on  the  number 
of  battles,  and  on  the  length  of  the  war  in  point 
of  time.  Keeping  in  mind  all  these  more  or  less 
indefinite  factors,  I  find  it  impossible  to  indicate 
anything  like  the  exact  amount  which  Japan  will 
need  for  the  present  war.  Yet,  judging  from 
experience  since  the  Crimean  War,  in  the  Austro- 
Italian  War,  the  war  in  which  Denmark  was 
engaged,  the  Franco-German  War,  the  Russo- 
Turkish  War,  and  the  Transvaal  war,  an  ap- 
proximate estimate  may  be  given. 

The  average  monthly  expenditure  in  those 
wars,  for  an  army  of  100,000  men,  ranged  from  a 
minimum  of  $12,000,000  to  a  maximum  of  $25,- 
iiim),000,  excepting  that  of  the  Austro-Prussian 
War  expenses.  In  our  own  war  against  China,  in 
the  years  1  894—95,  we  spent,  every  month,  on  the 
average,  the  sum  of  $5,500,000.  Since  then,  the 
price  of  goods  has  risen  both  in  Japan  and  in 
Manchuria.  The  armies  we  employ  in  the  present 
campaign  are  much  larger  than  those  we  sent 
against  the  Chinese.  What  is  more,  being  un- 
able to  utilize  for  the  present  war  the  organiza- 
tion and  plan  of  operations  which  suited  well 
enough  for  the  campaign  of  1894-95,  we  had  to 
make  completely  new  arrangements  for  the  opera- 
tions now  in  progress  against  the  Russians. 
Taking,  then,  experience  in  Europe  since  the 
Crimean  War,  and  our  own  experience  in  the 
war  against  China,  it  may  be  said  thatf  were  Ja- 
pan to  send  200,000  soldiers  to  Manchuria  at 
the  present  time,  their  support  for  each  month 
would  cost  $12,500,000.  We  must  also  keep  in 
mind  the  naval  operations  of  the  war  ;  expendi- 
ture for  this  purpose  will  amount,  per  month,  to 
m)0,000.  (In  the  years  1894-95,  we  spent, 
every  month,  on  an  average,  the  sum  of  $1,500,- 
000.) 

It  thus  appears  that  the  war  expenditure  for 
the  year  beginning  last  April  and  ending  next 
March  will  amount  to  $186,000,000  ;  and  as  the 
government's  estimate  of  the  war  expenditure 
for  the  fiscal  year  is  $190,000,000,  we  shall  have 
— my  own  estimate  being  correct — a  surplus  of 
$4,000,000. 

At  the  beginning  of  hostilities,  the  Japanese 


Government  had  special  expenditures  which  are 
no  longer  necessary.  These  were  on  such  items 
as  mobilizing  of  soldiers  and  sailors,  the  pur- 
chase of  extra  horses,  guns,  ammunition,  provi- 
sions, and  other  material,  the  requisites  of  trans- 
port service,  etc.  Since  June  of  the  present 
year,  our  government  has  been,  and  will  be,  in 
receipt  of  revenue  from  the  following  sources 
and  to  the  following  amounts  : 


Bonds  and  Loans. 

Taxes  and 
Other  Acc'ts. 

Total. 

1904 

June  ..'. $13,500,000 

July 25,000,000 

August 15,000,000 

September 12,500,000 

October 9,000,000 

November 5,000,000 

December 2,500,000 

1905. 

January 7,500,000 

February 7,500,000 

March 7,500,000 

$7,000,000 
7,000,000 
7,000,000 
7,000,000 
7,000,000 
7,000,000 
7,000,000 

7,000,000 
7,000,000 
7,000,000 

$20,500,000 
32,000,000 
22,000,000 
19,500,000 
16,000,000 
12,000,000 
9,500,000 

14,500,000 
14,500,000 
14,500,000 

In  addition  to  the  revenue  here  indicated,  the 
government  of  Japan  has  authority,  as  previously 
stated,  to  raise  $40, 000. 000.  Now,  as  its  fixed 
monthly  revenue  ranges  all  the  way  from  $9,- 
500,000  to  $:52,000,000,  and  as  our  war  expendi- 
ture for  this  present  fiscal  year  does  not  exceed 
$15,830,000  monthly,  it  is  obvious  that  Japan 
can  easily  support  the  financial  burden  of  the 
war,  and  will  be  able,  from  its  financial  resources, 
to  tide  the  country  over  any  difficulty  in  the  near 
future.  Should  hostilities  continue  into  the  next 
fiscal  year,  our  government  will  prepare  another 
war  budget,  and  the  Diet  will  grant  all  necessary 
supplies.  Even  before  the  war  began,  and  be- 
fore the  Diet  took  action,  the  people  of  Japan 
did  not  hesitate  to  contribute  everything  that 
was  needed. 

ARE  THE  JAPANESE    PEOPLE  ALREADY   OVERTAXED  ? 

But  it  is  said  that,  owing  to  the  government 
having  issued  a  large  amount  in  national  loans, 
the  people  of  Japan  are  now  under  heavy  finan- 
cial burdens.  It  is  argued  that  if,  during  the 
present  war,  the  Japanese  Government  continue 
to  create  national  debts,  either  in  the  home  or 
in  the  foreign  market,  she  will  ultimately  find 
herself  in  a  position  where  it  will  be  impossible 
for  her  to  pay  even  the  interest  on  the  amounts 
of  her  indebtedness.  With  no  other  resources 
at  her  disposal,  and  with  no  mortgages  to 
pledge  in  security  on  foreign  loans,  Japan,  it  is 
held,  will  in  a  very  short  time  find  her  credit 
gone,  not  only  in  the  foreign,  but  also  in  the 
home,  market. 

Now,  not  only  is  this  critic  of  Japanese  finan- 
cial conditions  over-severe  in   his  attitude.      He 


458 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


cannot,  in  my  opinion,  know  much  of  Japanese 
finance.  Let  us  glance  for  a  moment  over  the 
route  which  Japan  lias  already  traveled.  From 
the  year  1870,  the  date  of  our  first  national 
loan,  to  the  date  of  the  loan  of  $150,000,000 
for  the  war  expenditure,  issued  the  present  year, 
the  gross  total  of  our  loans  has  aggregated  the 
sum  of  $432,459,495.50  outstanding  in  foreign 
and  home  markets,  a  sum  which  in  amount  is 
about  three  times  the  national  revenue  of  Japan. 

A    COMPARISON    WITH    OTHER    COUNTRIES. 

Now,  what  of  other  countries  ?  France,  for 
example,  has  a  national  loan  more  than  eight 
times  the  annual  revenue  of  that  country  ;  Italy 
has  a  national  loan  equivalent  to  seven  years  of 
its  revenue  ;  in  the  case  of  England,  the  na- 
tional loan  represents  about  five  years  of  the 
government's  income  ;  with  the  United  States, 
nearly  four  times  the  total  revenue  equals  the 
amount  of  the  national  loan.  The  loan  of  Ja- 
pan, reaching  only  three  times  the  national  in- 
come, being  only  $8.64  per  capita  of  its  popula- 
tion, is,  then,  not  a  large,  but  a  very  small, 
amount  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  pro- 
portions and  per  capitas  which  obtain  in  other 
countries.  It  can  therefore  be  safely  asserted 
that  the  Japanese  loan  does  not  constitute  for 
the  people  of  Japan  anything  like  the  heavy 
financial  burden  which  some  have  supposed  it 
to  be. 

A  word  more  on  this  aspect  of  the  subject. 
About  ten  years  ago,  when  we  carried  on  the 
war  against  China,  in  1894-95,  the  revenue  of 
the  Japanese  Government,  including  ordinary 
and  extraordinary  income,  was  $49,085,014. 
But  last  year,  1903-04,  our  national  revenue 
amounted  to  $125,840,980.50, — three  times,  that 
is  to  say,  what  our  revenue  was  ten  years  ago. 
This  increase  in  the  national  receipts  comes,  of 
course,  from  the  new  taxes  that  have  been  levied 
by  our  government  since  the  war  with  China. 
A  large  amount  of  it  must  be  traced  to  the 
growth  of  Japan's  industrial  productivity,  and 
to  the  increasing  income  of  our  people.  It  is 
well  to  bear  in  mind  here  the  great  development 
which  has  taken  place  in  our  agricultural  area, 
as  well  as  the  widened  territories  of  forest  land 
which  we  now  have  under  cultivation.  Consider 
also  the  immense  impetus  which  recent  years 
have  given  to  our  marine  industries,  and  the 
vast  development  which  has  occurred  in  Japa- 
nese mining  and  other  industrial  enterprises. 
All  of  which  goes  to  show  that  if  the  govern- 
ment imposes  new  taxes,  the  people  of  Japan  are 
not  only  ready,  but  will  find  it  easy,  to  bear  any 
burden  which  they  may  entail. 

\    lew  further  figure's  will  suffice  to  dispel  any 


doubt  that  may  yet  remain  as  to  the  prosperity 
of  Japan  and  the  ability  of  her  people  to  meet 
even  heavy  financial  expenditures.  In  1894,  the 
year  of  our  war  with  China,  our  foreign  trade, 
exports  and  imports,  was  of  the  value  of  $115,- 
364,020.50.  Last  year,  our  foreign  trade  had 
increased  to  $303,318,980.50,  an  increase  equal 
to  about  three  times  the  average  annual  value  of 
the  trade  for  ten  years  past.  Take,  also,  the  facts 
regarding  our  stock,  insurance,  and  banking 
companies,  all  showing  the  strides  we  have  taken 
in  commercial  and  business  development.  Eight 
years  ago,  in  1896,  our  stock  companies,  limited 
and  ordinary  partnerships,  including  agricultural, 
industrial,  and  commercial,  and  also  transporta- 
tion concerns,  numbered  4,595,  and  had  a  capital 
amounting  to  $309,611,974.50.  In  1902,  the 
number  had  increased  to  8,612,  and  the  capital 
to  $613,365,664.  Meanwhile,  there  has  been  a 
large  inci'ease  in  the  number  and  capital  of  the 
insurance  companies,  doing  life,  fire,  marine,  and 
carriage  insurance  business.  The  past  ten  years 
have  also  seen  a  considerable  development  of 
railway  companies  and  bourses,  as  well  as  of  the 
business  of  many  other  companies,  private  as 
well  as  public,  including  that  of  steamship  com- 
panies, with  an  accompanying  increase  in  the 
number  of  steam  and  sailing  vessels  flying  the 
Japanese  flag. 

DEVELOPMENT    OF    JAPANESE    BANKING. 

I  now  come  to  the  banking  business  of  Japan. 
In  1894,  the  Japanese  banks  numbered  865, 
with  an  authorized  capital  amounting  to  $60,- 
977,290.  In  1902,  the  number  had  increased  to 
2,324,  and  their  capital  to  $262,558,515.  The 
total  amount  of  deposits  in  these  banks  increased 
from  $146,647,140  in  1894  to  $1,494,447,454.50 
in  1903.  These  figures  show  an  enormous  de- 
velopment of  the  banking  business  of  Japan. 
Related  to  this  are  the  figures  dealing  with  the 
monetary* situation.  In  1894,  the  total  amount 
of  the  coin  of  Japan,  including  gold  coin,  silver 
yen,  and  the  subsidiary  silver,  nickel,  and  cop- 
per pieces,  reached  the  value  of  $45,963,409.50. 
For  the  same  year,  the  convertible  bank-notes 
and  paper  money  amounted  to  $92,500,022.  The 
grand  total  for  1894  of  the  money  existing  in 
Japan  was  thus  $138,463,431.50.  In  the  year 
1903,  the  Japanese  coin,  including  gold  coin, 
silver  yen,  and  the  subsidiary  silver,  nickel,  and 
copper  pieces,  reached  the  total  of  $89.7  7!>. 
715.50.  At  the  present  time,  we  have  no  paper 
money  in  Japan,  but  we  have  convertible  bank- 
notes to  the  amount,  in  1903,  of  $206,239,997. 

Signs  of  the  increasing  prosperity  of  Japan 
are  also  shown  by  the  large  amounts  which  have 
been  dealt  with  and  have  passed  through   the 


ARE  THE  JAPANESE  ABLE  TO  FINANCE  A  LONG  WAR  ? 


459 


clearing  houses  in  Tokio,  Osaka,  Kioto,  Yoko- 
hama, Kobe,  and  Nagasaki — constituted,  let  me 
explain,  not  of  all,  but  of  the  principal,  banking 
establishments  in  those  places.  The  amount  of 
the  bills  cleared  up  in  1894  was  $126,570,652, 
while  in  1903  this  total  had  increased  to  $1,793, - 
805,625.  The  remarkable  prosperity  of  Japa- 
nese business  concerns,  as  revealed  by  the  condi- 
tion of  the  money  market,  is  obvious. 

"THRIFT,    A    PRICELESS    NATIONAL    POSSESSION." 

And  now,  in  closing,  let  me  sum  up  this  re- 
view of  the  economic  and  financial  conditions 
of  Japan.  I  have  said  enough  to  show  that  in 
a  comparatively  brief  space  of  time  there  has 
been  an  enormous  increase  in  our  industrial 
and  commercial  prosperity  ;  that  the  national 
revenues  have  advanced  in  amount  literally  by 
leaps  and  bounds  ;  that  our  financial  condition 
and  prospects,  even  though  we  are  carrying  on 
a  costly  war,  were  never  so  good  as  at  present ; 
and  that,  firmly  guiding  her  ship  of  state 
through  the  problems  of  the  moment,  Japan 
has  every  reason  to  anticipate  a  smooth  and 
prosperous  voyage  for  the  future  of  her  national 
life.  Already  the  faith  of  the  Japanese  people 
in  that  future  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  when 
the  government  planned  to  issue  exchequer 
bonds  to  the  amount  of  $50,000,000  they  re- 
sponded with  the  offer  of  four  or  five  times  that 
amount,  and  in  place  of  the  minimum  rate  of 
application,  fixed  by  the  government  at  $47.50, 
snowed  their  willingness  to  contribute  a  much 
larger  sum.  This  of  itself  shows  how  patriotic 
the  Japanese  really  are,  but  it  also  indicates 
something  more  ;  for  as  patriotic  feeling  can- 
not be  manifested  in  such  a  matter  unless  there 
is  enough  money  forthcoming,  the  taking  up  of 
bonds  on  such  liberal  terms  reveals  the  exist- 
ence of  a  people  on  whose  thrift — a  priceless 
national  possession — the  government  of  Japan 
can  always  depend.  If  it  were  necessary  to  say 
anything  more  in  illustration  of  the  industrial 
energy  and  thrift  of  the  people  of  Japan,  I 
should  only  need  to  mention  the  fact  that  the 
issue  of  $50,000,000  exchequer  bonds  not  only 
did  not — as  the  government  thought  it  might- — 


disturb  the  money  market,  but  simply  paved 
the  way,  after  the  bonds  had  been  eagerly  taken 
up,  for  a  second  issue  of  exchequer  bonds  by 
the  Japanese  Government  to  the  amount  of  an- 
other $50,000,000. 

POPULAR    SELF-SACRIFICING    PATRIOTISM. 

Observe,  meanwhile,  'that  in  all  this  patriotism 
thei'e  is  an  element  of  voluntary  retrenchment, 
not  to  say  self-sacrifice.  Not  only  have  our  peo- 
ple felt  encouraged  to  engage  more  extensively 
in  industrial  enterprises, — they  have  freely  given 
up  what  is  known  as  "luxurious  expenditure," 
and  have  resorted  to  not  a  few  of  the  practical 
economies  of  life  as  a  means  of  enabling  them  to 
contribute  all  the  more  to  the  expenses  of  the 
war.  It  is  therefore  in  the  self-confidence  born 
of  economic  strength  that  the  Japanese  people 
have  encouraged  their  government  to  prosecute 
this  war  to  its  conclusion  utterly  regardless  of 
financial  considerations  and  of  what  the  opera 
tions  may  cost.  They  have  determined,  should  it 
become  necessary,  to  spend  the  whole  of  the  na- 
tional wealth  in  realizing  the  objects  for  which 
hostilities  were  begun.  They  have  self-reliance 
enough  to  feel  that  should  the  war  be  prolonged 
for  three,  or  even  five,  years  more,  Japan  will 
be  strong  enough  to  respond  to  its  most  exact- 
ing demands  upon  her  economic  and  financial 
resources. 

I  have  spoken  of  war  as  one  of  the  most  terri- 
ble scourges  of  human  society.  But  we  do  not 
"live  by  bread  alone."  We  do  not  exist  to 
hoard  up  money  ;  nor  do  we  pass  our  time  on 
this  planet  for  purposes  of  wasteful  idleness  or 
luxurious  self-indulgence.  We  are  in  the  world, 
if  for  anything,  to  exalt  justice,  to  secure  liber- 
ty, to  preserve  honor,  to  extend  and  enlarge 
self-respect  ;  and  especially  to  pursue  all  these 
ends  in  upholding,  at  whatever  cost,  the  integ- 
rity and  independence  of  our  national  life.  And 
if  we  succeed  in  thus  exalting  justice,  securing 
liberty,  preserving  honor,  extending  and  enlarg- 
ing self-respect,  the  blessings  thus  bestowed  on 
the  woidd,  as  well  as  on  Japan,  will  abundantly 
recompense  us  for  our  sacrifices  of  human  life, 
of  treasure,  and  of  property  in  the  present  war. 


THE   OPENED    WORLD. 

BY    ARTHUR    JUDSON    BROWN,     D.D. 

[Dr.  Brown,  us  secretary  of  the  Presbyterian  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  has  recently  completed  a  journey 
around  the  world,  in  which  he  made  it  his  business  to  note  especially  all  improvements  in  means  and  methods  of 
communication  and  transportation.     He  is  the  author  of  "The  New  Era  in  the  Philippines."] 


THE  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  opening  of 
Japan  is  an  appropriate  time  for  remind- 
ing ourselves  of  some  of  the  stupendous  changes 
that  have  taken  place  in  recent  years,  changes 
that  have  powerfully  affected  all  other  nations 
as  well  as  Japan,  though  perhaps  not  in  the 
same  degree.  It  is  startlingly  significant  of 
these  changes  that  Russia  and  Japan,  nations 
7,000  miles  apart  l»y  land  and  a  still  greater 
distance  by  water,  are  able  in  the  opening  years 
of  the  twentieth  century  to  wage  war  in  a  re- 
gion which  one  army  can  reach  in  four  weeks 
and  the  other  in  four  days,  and  that  all  the 
rest  of  the  world  can  receive  daily  information 
as  to  the  progress  of  the  conflict.  A  half-century 
ago,  Russia  could  no  more  have  sent  a  large 
army  to  Manchuria  than  to  the  moon,  while  the 
few  wooden  vessels  that  made  the  long  journey 
to  Japan  found  an  unprogressive  and  bitterly 
anti-foreign,  heathen  nation,  with  a  law  still  on 
its  statute  books  providing  that  if  the  Christian's 
God  himself  should  set  foot  on  her  territory,  he 
should  pay  for  his  temerity  with  his  head. 

Nor  were  other  far-Eastern  peoples  any  more 
hospitable.  China,  save  for  a  few  port  cities, 
was  as  impenetrable  as  when,  in  1552,  the  dying 
Xavier  had  cried,  •'()  rock,  rock!  when  wilt 
thou  open  ? '"  Siam  excluded  all  foreigners  until 
the  century's  first  quarter  had  passed,  and  Laos 
saw  no  white  man  till  1868.  Tin?  handful  of 
British  traders  in  India  were  so  greedily  deter- 
mined to  keep  that  vast  peninsula  a  private  com- 
mercial preserve  that  as  late  as  1857  a  director 
of  the  East  India  Company  declared  that  "he 
would  rather  see  a  band  of  devils  in  India  than 
a  band  of  missionaries."  Korea  was  rightly 
called  "the  hermit  nation"  until  1882  ;  and  as 
for  Africa,  it  was  not  till  1ST::  that,  the  world 
learned  of  that  part  of  it  in  which  the  heroic 
Livingstone  died  on  his  knees,  not  till  1877  that 
Stanley  staggered  into  a  West  Coast  settlement 
after  a  desperate  journey  of  nine  hundred  and 
ninety-nine  days  from  Zanzibar  through  Central 
Africa,  not  till  1884  that  the  Berlin  Conference 
formed  the  International  Association  of  the 
Congo  guaranteeing  that  which  has  not  yet  been 
realized,  "liberty  of  conscience"  and  "the  free 
and  public,  exercise  of  every  creed."     Even  in 


America,  within  the  memory  of  men  still  living, 
the  white-topped  "  prairie-schooner  "  needed  at 
least  six  months  for  the  overland  journey  to 
California.  Hardy  frontiersmen  wen;  fighting 
Indians  in  the  Mississippi  Valley,  and  the  bold 
Whitman  was  "half  a  year"  in  bearing  a  mes- 
sage from  Oregon  to  Washington  City. 

So  swiftly  have  the  changes  come  in  recent 
years,  and  so  quickly  have  we  adapted  ourselves 
to  them,  that  it  is  difficult  to  realize  the  magni- 
tude of  the  transformation  that  has  been  achieved. 
It  is  only  seventy  years  since  the  Rev.  John  Low- 
rie,  with  his  bride,  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Reed,  rode 
horseback  from  Pittsburg  through  flooded  rivers 
and  over  the  Alleghany  Mountains  to  Philadel- 
phia, whence  it  took  them  four  and  a  half  months 
to  reach  Calcutta.  We  can  now  ride  from  Pitts- 
burg to  Philadelphia  in  eight  hours,  and  to  Cal- 
cutta in  twenty-two  days.  The  journey  across 
our  own  continent  is  no  longer  marked  by  the 
ox-cart,  the  camp-fire,  and  the  bones  of  perished 
expeditions.  It  is  simply  a  pleasant  trip  of  less 
than  a  week,  and  in  an  emergency,  in  August, 
I  903,  Henry  P.  Lowe  traveled  from  New  York 
to  Los  Angeles.  3,241  miles,  in  seventy-three 
hours  and  twenty-one  minutes.  When  the  Rev. 
and  Mrs.  Calvin  Mateer  and  the  Rev.  and  Mrs. 
Hunter  Corbett  went  to  China,  in  1863,  they 
were  six  months  in  reaching  Chefu,  and  the 
voyage  was  so  full  of  hardships  that  two  of  the 
members  of  the  little  party  never  fully  recovered 
from  its  effects.  But  when,  in  1902.  Dr.  Mateer 
returned  on  furlough,  he  reached  New  York  in 
one  month,  after  a  comfortable  journey  through 
Siberia.  The  Atlantic  Ocean  is  now  crossed  in 
five  days,  and  the  wide  Pacific  in  twelve. 

No  waters  are  too  remote  for  the  modern 
steamer  ;  its  smoke  trails  across  every  sea  and 
far  up  every  navigable  stream.  Ten  mail  steam- 
ers regularly  run  on  the  Yenisei,  while  the  Si- 
berian Obi,  flowing  from  the  snows  of  the  Little 
Altai  Mountains,  bears  three  hundred  and  two 
steam  vessels  on  various  parts  of  its  2. 000-mile 
journey  to  the  Obi  Gulf,  on  the  Arctic  Ocean. 
One  may  now  go  from  Glasgow  to  Stanley  Falls, 
in  Africa,  in  forty-three  days.  Already  there 
are  forty-six  steamers  on  the  Upper  Congo,  and 
the  railroad  running  northward  from  ('ape  Town 


THE  OPENED  WORLD. 


461 


is  being  pushed  so  rapidly  that  the  British  Asso- 
ciation for  the  Advancement  of  Science  lias  been 
invited  to  meet,  in  11)05,  at  Victoria  Falls. 
Within  a  few  years,  the  Englishman's  dream 
will  be  realized  in  a  railroad  from  Cairo  to  the 
Cape.  Already  the  distance  is  half  covered. 
Uganda  is  reached  by  rail,  and  sleeping  and 
dining  cars  safely  run  the  5  75  miles  from  Cairo 
to  Khartum,  where,  only  five  years  ago.  Kitchener 
fought  the  savage  hordes  of  the  Mahdi. 

THE    LOCOMOTIVE    IN    THE    FAR    EAST. 

Japan,  which,  fifty  years  ago,  did  not  own 
even  a  jinrikisha,  now  has  4.237  miles  of  well 
managed  railroad,  while  India  is  gridironed  by 
25,373  miles  of  steel  rails,  which  carry  195,000,- 
000  passengers  annually.  Railways  are  parallel- 
ing the  Siamese  Menam  as  well  as  the  Nile  and 
the  Congo,  and  one  can  ride  on  them  from  Bang- 
kok northward  to  Koratand  westward  to  Petcha- 
buree.  In  Korea,  the  line  from  Chemulpho 
to  Seoul  is  connected  with  lines  under  construc- 
tion both  southward  and  northward,  so  that 
within  a  few  weeks  the  Japanese  can  transport 
men  and  munitions  of  war  by  rail  from  Fusan 
all  the  way  to  Wiju.  As  the  former  is  but  ten 
hours  by  sea  from  Japan,  and  as  the  latter  is  to 
be  a  junction  with  the  Siberian  Railway,  a  land 
journey  in  a  sleeping  car  will  soon  be  practica- 
ble from  London  and  Paris  to  the  capitals  of 
China  and  Korea,  and,  save  for  the  ferry  across 
the  Korean  Strait,  to  any  part  of  the  Mikado's 
empire.  AVe  can  already  ride  on  a  train  along 
the  banks  of  the  Burmese  Irawadi  to  Bhamo 
and  Mandalay.  The  locomotive  runs  noisily  from 
Jaffa  to  Jerusalem,  and  from  Beirut  to  Damas- 
the  oldest  city  in  the  world.  A  projected 
line  will  run  from  there  to  the  Mohammedan 
Mecca.  Most  unique  of  all  is  the  Anatolian 
Railway,  winch  is  to  run  through  the  heart  of 
Asia  Minor,  traversing  the  Karamanian  plateau, 
the  Taurus  Mountains,  and  the  Cilician  valleys 
i  i  I  iaran,  where  Abraham  tarried,  and  Nineveh, 
where  Jonah  preached,  and  Babylon,  where  Ne- 
buchadnezzar made  an  image  of  gold,  and  Bag- 
dad, where  Harun-al-Rashid  ruled,  to  Koweit, 
on  the  Persian  Gulf. 

AMERICAN    ENGINES    AND    BRIDGES  EVERYWHERE. 

The  alert  business  men  of  the  United  States 
are  aiding  this  development  and.  seeking  their 
share  of  the  resultant  profit.  In  a  single  month, 
forty-live  American  engines  have  been  ordered 
for  India.  The  American  locomotive  is  to-day 
speeding  across  the  steppes  of  Siberia,  through 
the  valleys  of  Japan,  across  the  uplands  of  Burma, 
and  around  the  mountain  sides  of  South  Amer- 
ica,     ••  Yankee   bridge-builders  have  cast  up  a 


highway  on  the  desert  where' the  chariot  of  Cam- 
byses  was  swallowed  up  by  the  sands.  The  steel 
of  Pennsylvania  spans  the  Atbara.  makes  a  road 
to  Meroe,"  and  crosses  the  rivers  of  Peru.  Trains 
on  the  two  imperial  highways  of  Africa — the 
one  from  Cairo  to  the  ('ape  and  the  other  from 
the  Upper  Nile  to  the  Red  Sea — are  to  be  hauled 
by  American  engines  over  American  bridges, 
while  the  "forty  centuries."  which,  Napoleon 
Bonaparte  said,  looked  down  from  the  pyramids. 
see  not  the  soldiers  of  France  but  the  manufac- 
turers of  America.  Whether  or  not  we  are  to 
have  a  political  imperialism,  we  already  have  an 
industrial  imperialism. 

According  to  Walter  J.  Ballard,  the  aggre- 
gate capital  invested  in  railways  at  the  end  of 
1902  was  $36,850,000,000,  and  the  total  mileage 
was  532,500,  distributed  as  follows  : 

Miles. 

United  States 202,471 

Europe 180,708 

Asia 41,814 

South  America 28,654 

North  America  (except  United  States) 24,032 

Australia 15,649 

Africa 14,187 

to-day's  tour  around  the  world. 

Jules  Verne's  story,  "  Around  the  World  in 
Eighty  Days,"  was  deemed  fantastic  in  187:!. 
But  in  1903,  James  Willis  Sayre,  of  Seattle, 
Washington,  traveled  completely  around  the 
world  in  fifty-four  days  and  nine  hours,  while 
the  Russian  minister  of  railroads  issues  the  fol- 
lowing schedule  of  possibilities  when  the  Trans- 
Siberian  Railroad  has  completed  its  plans,  and, 
he  might  have  added,  the  Japanese  have  given 
their  consent : 

Days. 

From  St.  Petersburg  to  Vladivostok 10 

From  Vladivostok  to  New  York 14J^ 

From  New  York  to  Bremen 7 

From  Bremen  to  St.  Petersburg V& 

Total # 33 

As  for  the  risks  incident  to  such  a  tour,  it  is 
significant  that  for  my  own  journey  around  the 
world,  a  conservative  insurance  company,  for  a 
consideration  of  only  $50,  guaranteed  to  indem- 
nify me  against  injury  to  the  extent  of  $50  a 
week,  and  in  case  of  death  to  pay  my  heirs 
$10,000.  And  the  company  made  money  on  the 
policy,  for  in  a  journey  of  over  fifteen  months, 
in  which  I  used  not  only  the  railways  of  India 
and  Japan,  but  the  ponies  and  chairs  of  Korea, 
the  carts  and  mule-litters  of  China,  the  river- 
boats  of  Siam,  the  elephants  of  Laos,  all  sorts 
and  conditions  of  ocean  and  coasting  vessels, 
with  alleged  possibilities  of  almost  every  descrip- 
tion,—  from  the  cholera  of  Bangkok  and  the 
plague  of  the  Punjab  to  the  Boxers  of  Chili,  the 


462 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  Of  REVIEWS. 


robbers  of  the  Turkish  mountains,  the  tigers  and 
snakes  of  the  Indo-Cliina  jungles,  and  the  scor- 
pions and  centipedes  of  Chiengmai, — I  met  with 
neither  illness  nor  accident,  nor  mishap  of  any 
kind.  "With  a  very  few  unimportant  exceptions, 
there  are  now  no  hermit  nations,  for  the  re- 
motest lands  are  within  quick  and  easy  reach. 

THE    TELEGRAPH    GIRTS    THE    EARTH. 

And  now  electricity  has  ushered  in  an  era 
more  wondrous  still.  Trolley  cars  run  through 
the  streets  of  Seoul  and  Nagoya.  The  Empress- 
Dowager  of  China  wires  her  decrees  to  the  pro- 
vincial governors.  Telegraph  lines  belt  the  globe, 
enabling  even  the  provincial  journal  to  print 
the  news  of  the  entire  world  during  the  preced- 
ing twenty-four  hours.  We  know  to-day  what 
occurred  yesterday  in  Tokio  and  Beirut,  Shanghai 
and  Batanga.  The  total  length  of  all  telegraph 
lines  in  the  world  is  4,908,921  miles,  the  nerves 
of  our  modern  civilization.  It  is  not  merely 
that  Europe  has  1,764,790  miles,  America  2,516,- 
548  miles,  and  Australia  277,479  miles,  but  that 
Africa  has  99,409  miles  and  Asia  310,685  miles. 

I  found  the  telegraph  in  Japan  and  Korea,  in 
China  and  the  Philippines,  in  Burma,  India, 
Arabia,  Egypt,  and  Palestine.  Camping  one 
night  in  far-northern  Laos,  Siam,  after  a  toil- 
some ride  on  elephants,  I  realized  that  I  was 
12,500  miles  from  home,  at  as  remote  a  point, 
almost,  as  it  would  be  possible  for  man  to  reach. 
All  about  was  the  wilderness,  relieved  only  by 
the  few  houses  of  a  small  hamlet.  But  walking 
into  that  tiny  village,  I  found,  at  the  police  sta- 
tion, a  telephone  connected  with  the  telegraph 
office  at  Chiengmai,  so  that,  though  I  was  on 
the  other  side  of  the  planet,  1  could  have  sent 
a  telegram  to  my  New  York  office  in  a  few  min- 
utes. Nor  was  this  an  exceptional  experience, 
for  the  telegraph  is  all  over  Siam,  as  indeed  it  is 
over  many  other  Asiatic  lands.  From  the  re- 
cesses of  Africa  comes  the  report  that  the  Congo 
telegraph  line,  which  will  ultimately  stretch 
across  the  entire  belt  of  Central  Africa,  already 
runs  S00  miles  up  the  Congo  River,  from  the 
ocean  to  Kwamouth,  the  junction  of  the  Kassai 
and  Congo  rivers.  A  Belgian  paper  states  that 
"a  telegram  dispatched  from  Kwamouth  on 
January  15  was  delivered  at  Boraa  half  an  hour 
later.  For  the  future,  the  Kassai  is  thus  placed 
in  direct  and  rapid  communication  with  the  seat 
of  government,  and  Europe  is  also  brought  close 
to  the  center  of  Africa.  Only  a  few  years  ago. 
news  took  at  least  two  months  to  reach  Boma 
from  the  Kassai,  and  the  reply  would  not  be  re- 
ceived under  two  months,  and  then  only  if  the 
parties  were  available  and  the  steamer  readj  to 
start." 


The  submarine  cables  aggregate  1,751  in  num- 
ber and  over  200,000  miles  in  length,  and  annu- 
ally transmit  more  than  6,000,000  messages,  an- 
nihilating the  time  and  distance  which  formerly 
separated  nations.  When  King  William  IV.  of 
England  died,  in  1837,  the  news  was  thirty-five 
days  in  reaching  America.  But  when  Queen 
Victoria  passed  away,  in  1901.  at  2:30  p.m.,  the 
afternoon  papers  describing  the  event  were  be- 
ing sold  in  the  streets  of  New  York  at  3:30  p.m. 
of  the  same  clay.  As  I  rose  to  address  a  union 
meeting  of  the  English-speaking  residents  of 
Canton,  China,  on  that  fateful  September  day  of 
1901,  a  message  was  handed  me  which  read, 
"  President  McKinley  is  dead."  So  that,  by 
means  of  the  submarine  cable,  that  distant  com- 
pany of  Englishmen,  and  A  mericans  bowed  in 
grief  and  prayer  simultaneously  with  multitudes 
in  the  home  land.  Not  only  Europe  and  Ameri- 
ca, but  Siberia  and  Australia,  New  Zealand  and 
New  Caledonia,  Korea  and  the  Kameruns,  Burma 
and  Persia,  are  within  the  sweep  of  this  modern 
system  of  intercommunication.  President  Roose- 
velt gave  a  significant  illustration  of  the  perfec- 
tion of  the  system  when,  on  the  completion  of 
the  new  trans-Pacific  cable  between  San  Fran- 
cisco and  Manila,  July  4,  1903,  he  flashed  a  mes- 
sage around  the  earth  in  twelve  minutes,  while 
a  second  message,  sent  by  Clarence  H.  Mackay, 
president  of  the  Pacific  Cable  Company,  made 
the  circuit  of  the  earth  in  nine  minutes. 

THE  CABLE  AND  THE  WIRELESS  TELEGRAPH  IX 
THE  PRESENT  WAE. 

The  war  between  Russia  and  Japan  teems 
with  illustrations  of  the  possibilities  of  the  new 
era  that  has  been  inaugurated.  A  generation 
ago,  months  would  have  elapsed  before  tidings 
from  Manchuria  or  Korea  could  have  reached 
America.  But  to-day  the  problem  that  is  per- 
plexing the  rival  commanders  is  not  how  to  send 
reports  abroad,  but  how  to  prevent  war  corre- 
spondents from  prematurely  publishing  them. 
It  requires  all  the  power  and  determination  of 
the  Russian  and  Japanese  censors  to  keep  the 
whole  world  from  instantly  knowing  every  de- 
tail of  the  military  and  naval  operations. 

More  significant  still  is  the  wireless  telegraph 
— the  latest  and  most  remarkable  development 
of  electrical  communication.  Even  now  trans 
atlantic  steamers  and  warships  are  equipped 
with  the  necessary  apparatus,  and  exchange 
greetings  and  information  as  to  movements  with 
one  another  and  with  friends  on  shore.  Curi 
ously  enough,  an  Asiatic  nation  has  been  first 
to  use  wireless  telegraphy  in  its  most  advanced 
scientific  form.  Japanese  torpedo  boats  lay  in 
the  offing  of  Port  Arthur,  and   by  wireless  mes- 


THE  OPENED  WORLD. 


463 


sages  informed  battleships  lying  six  miles  away, 
and  out  of  sight,  how  to  vary  their  aim  so  as  to 
make  their  shells  more  destructive.  And,  a 
little  later,  Admiral  Togo  trapped  the  Russian 
admiral  by  sending  a  few  unarmored  cruisers 
close  to  Port  Arthur,  calmly  waiting  twenty 
miles  out  at  sea  until  they  sent  him  a  wireless 
message  that  they  had  decoyed  the  unsuspecting 
foe  out  of  the  harbor,  and  then  racing  in  under 
every  pound  of  steam  to  force  Makaroff's  flag- 
ship on  a  mine  which  had  been  skillfully  laid 
for  him  the  night  before.  What  additional  pos- 
sibilities are  involved  in  the  wireless  system  of 
telegraphy  we  can  only  conjecture. 

OUR    INTERNATIONAL    COMMERCE. 

Commerce  has  taken  swift  and  massive  advan- 
tage of  these  facilities  for  intercommunication. 
Its  ships  whiten  every  sea.  The  products  of 
European  and  American  manufacture  are  flood- 
ing the  earth.  The  United  States  Treasury  Bu- 
reau of  Statistics  estimates  that  the  value  of  the 
manufactured  articles  which  enter  into  the  inter- 
national commerce  of  the  world  is  $4,000,000,- 
000,  and  that  of  this  vast  total  the  United 
States  furnished  $400,000,000,  its  foreign  trade 
having  increased  over  100  per  cent,  since  1895. 
American  goods  of  all  kinds  are  invading  Indian 
markets,  and  are  very  popular.  Our  rifles  are 
favorites  for  hunting  and  for  defense.  The 
American  sewing-machine  is  everywhere.  Amer- 
ican tools,  boots,  and  shoes  are  more  and  more 
appreciated.  A  well-boring  outfit  ordered  from 
Waterloo,  Iowa,  is  arousing  great  interest  in  a 
land  which  largely  depends  upon  irrigation. 
Persia  is  demanding  increasing  quantities  of 
American  padlocks,  sewing-machines,  and  agri- 
cultural implements.  German,  English,  and 
American  firms  are  equipping  great  cotton  fac- 
tories in  Japan,  and  Russian  and  American  oil 
tins  are  seen  in  the  remotest  villages  of  Korea. 

AMERICAN    SEWING-MACHINES    AND    BICYCLES    IN 
SIAM. 

Strolling  along  the  river- bank,  one  evening, 
in  Paknampo,  Siam,  I  heard  a  familiar  whirring 
sound,  and  entering,  found  a  Siamese  busily  at 
work  on  a  sewing-machine  of  American  make. 
Nearly  five  hundred  of  them  are  sold  in  Siam 
every  year,  while  a  single  American  factory  sent 
sixty  thousand  of  its  sewing-machines  to  Turkey 
last  year.  When  I  left  Lampoon,  Laos,  a  native 
followed  me  several  miles  on  an  American  bicy- 
cle. There  are  thousands  of  them  in  Siam.  His 
Majesty  himself  frequently  rides  one,  and  his 
Royal  Highness  Prince  Damrong  is  president 
of  a  bicycle  club  of  four  hundred  members. 
Forty  thousand  dollars'  worth  of  A  merican  lamps 


were  bought  by  the  Siamese  last  year,  and  1 
might  add  similar  illustrations  regarding  Ameri- 
can flour,  steam  and  electrical  machinery,  wire, 
cutlery,  and  drugs  and  chemicals. 

And  these  are  only  a  few  illustrations  of  the 
changes  that  are  taking  place  all  over  the  world. 
"The  swift  ships  of  commerce,"  says  Dr.  Josiah 
Strong,  "  are  mighty  shuttles  which  are  weaving 
the  nations  together  into  one  great  web  of  life. 
True,  there  has  been  commerce  since  the  early 
ages,  but  caravans  could  afford  to  carry  only 
precious  goods,  like  fine  fabrics,  spices,  and 
gems.  These  luxuries  did  not  reach  the  multi- 
tude, and  could  not  materially  change  environ- 
ment. But  modern  commerce  scatters  over  all 
the  world  the  products  of  every  climate  in  ever 
increasing  quantities." 

"THE    OLD    ORDER    CHANGETH." 

It  is,  therefore,  too  late  to  discuss  the  ques- 
tion whether  the  character  of  Asiatic  nations  is 
to  be  changed.  The  natives  themselves  realize 
that  the  old  days  are  passing  forever.  India  is 
in  a  ferment.  Japan  has  already  leaped  to  world - 
prominence.  The  power  of  the  Mahdi  has  been 
broken  and  the  Sudan  has  been  opened  to  civili- 
zation. The  King  of  Siam  has  made  Sunday  a 
legal  holiday,  and  is  frightening  his  conservative 
subjects  by  his  revolutionary  changes.  China  is 
slowly  but  surely  undergoing  a  mighty  trans- 
formation, while  Korea  is  changing  with  kalei- 
doscopic rapidity. 

"  The  rudiments  of  empire  here 
Are  plastic  yet  and  warm ; 
The  chaos  of  a  mighty  world 
Is  rounding  into  form." 

Whereas  the  opening  years  of  the  sixteenth 
century  saw  the  struggle  for  civilization  ;  of  the 
seventeenth  century,  for  religious  liberty  ;  of  the 
eighteenth  century,  for  constitutional  govern- 
ment ;  of  the  nineteenth  century,  for  political 
freedom,  the  opening  years  of  the  twentieth 
century  are  witnessing  what  Lowell  would  have 
called 

"  One  death-grapple  in  the  darkness  'twixt 
Old  systems  and  the  Word." 

The  tides  of  modern  life  are  surging  into  the 
most  distant  lands.  All  barriers  between  na- 
tions are  crumbling.  The  races  are  being  drawn 
together  by  the  mighty  cords  of  common  knowl- 
edge and  common  interest.  Each  nation  influ- 
ences to  a  greater  or  less  degree  all  the  others, 
and  is  in  turn  influenced  by  them.  No  man 
knoweth  what  the  final  outcome  will  be,  but  it 
is  clear  that  we  are  on  the  threshold  of  a  stu- 
pendous movement  which  may  affect  the  future 
of  the  whole  human  race. 


SOME  PROMINENT  CHINESE  PERIODICALS. 


WHAT  THE  PEOPLE  READ  IN   CHINA. 


LEARNING  being  the  key  to  social  position 
and  political  power  in  China,  as  exempli- 
fied by  the  system  of  public  examinations  in 
vogue  for  centuries,  it  may  be  taken  for  granted 
that  the  Chinese  give  much  time  to  reading. 
Indeed,  with  scholars  this  is  a  matter  of  neces- 
sity. The  selection  of  officials  by  the  system  of 
civil  examinations  places  such  an  immense  pre- 
mium on  book  learning  that  parents  of  the  hum- 
blest means  never  fail  to  give  their  sons  some 
schooling  to  enable  them  to  read — if  nothing 
higher  be  attempted — for  their  future  better- 
ment. 

What  the  Chinese  read  is  as  varied  as  the 
grades  of  society  and  the  intellectual  capacity 
of  Chinese  individuals.  What  do  the  officials 
and  scholars  read  ?  What  do  the  common  peo- 
ple read  ?  What  do  the  women  read?  What 
these  classes  read  depends  upon  their  political 
opinions  and  religious  beliefs.  Moreover,  there 
is  the  choice  between  the  vast  field  of  native  lit- 
erature, the  Western  learning  translated  and 
published  in  books,  and  the  magazines  and  peri- 
odicals, besides  the  ever-increasing  number  of 
newspapers. 

The  official  class  and  those  scholars  who  in- 
tend to  enter  official  life,  on  account  of  the  keen 
competition  and  stringent  requirements  in  the 
Btate  examinations,  devote  very  little  time  to 
light    literature.      Their   days  are   mostly   spent 


on  the  thirteen  classics,  on  Chinese  history,  poet- 
ry, jurisprudence,  essays,  practical  subjects  bear- 
ing on  the  administration  of  the  government, 
and  the  biographies  and  official  dispatches  of 
eminent  statesmen  and  their  collected  works. 
The  more  progressive  element  read  translated 
works  on  Western  geography,  history,  educa- 
cation,  international  law,  physics,  mathematics, 
astronomy,  electricity,  geology,  irrigation,  mili- 
tary science,  gunnery,  travel,  the  records  of 
Chinese  embassies  to  the  West,  consular  re- 
ports, and  biographies  of  European  and  Ameri- 
can statesmen  and  reformers.  Herbert  Spen- 
cer's "Education,"  the  lives  of  Washington, 
Grant,  Peter  the  Great,  Napoleon,  Kossuth, 
Bismarck,  Gladstone,  and  the  reformers  of  Italy 
and  Japan  are  all  within  the  reach  of  the  read- 
ing public. 

Works  of  fiction  are  not  considered  literature 
in  China.  A  Chinese  scholar  would  be  as  much 
ashamed  of  acknowledging  himself  the  author 
of  a  novel  as  an  English  gentleman  in  the  days 
of  Shakespeare  would  in  publicly  confessing  to 
the  authorship  of  a  play.  The  Chinese  equiva- 
lent for  the  term  novel  \sSiai>  Shuo  (Small  Talk), 
and  one  who  writes  a  novel  is  regarded  as  a 
"trifler,"  lacking  thai  gravity  becoming  a  dig- 
nified scholar.  Nevertheless,  some  of  our  mosl 
popular  novels  and  stories,  such  as  the  "  Tsz-Pfl 
Vu,"   "Liao-Chai,"  " Yuet-Wei-Tso-Tong,"  and 


IVHA  T  THE  PEOPLE  READ  IN  CHINA. 


465 


"Hung-Lou-Mung "  were  the  productions  of 
learned  scholars  and  eminent  statesmen,  who 
prided  themselves  on  their  works  of  imagina- 
tion. The  Chinese  will  read  anything  so  long 
as  the  style  is  good  and  the  plot  well  sustained. 

Chinese  novels  are  divided  into  (1)  political 
or  historical  novels, — those  dealing  with  usurpa- 
tion and  court  intrigue  ;  (2)  novels  of  love  and 
romance  ;  (3)  religious  novels, — those  dealing 
with  gods,  goddesses,  and  superstition  ;  (4)  nov- 
els of  adventure  and  brigandage. 

Of  the  first  group,  "  San  Kwo  "  is  undoubted- 
ly the  favorite.  It  is  an  historical  novel  describ- 
ing the  war  of  ""Wei,  Shu,  and  Woo"  (Three 
Kingdoms),  a.d.  220-263.  The  <■  Lieh-Kwo " 
(Warring  States),  B.C.  722-255,  deals  with  the 
exciting  times  of  feudalism,  covering  the  period 
between  the  eighth  century  and  the  consolida- 
tion of  the  empire  under  the  first  emperor,  who 
built  the  great  wall.  The  "  Hsi  Han  "  (West- 
ern Han)  describes  the  accession  of  the  Han  dy- 
nasty, B.C.  206-a.d.  23.  The  "Tung  Han" 
(Eastern  Han),  a.d.  25-220,  deals  with  he  de- 
cline of  the  same.  The  "  Yo  Fei  Chuan  "  treats 
of  the  life  and  campaigns  of  Yo  Fei,  the  Chinese 
general  who  opposed  the  Kin  Tartars,  who  were 
subsequently  subdued  by  Genghis  Khan.  These 
historical  novels  are  read  far  more  extensively 
by  the  masses  than  real  histories  which  treat  of 
the  same  period.  This  is  so  because  the  style 
of  the  novels  is  flowing  and  picturesque,  the  de- 
scriptions are  intensely  vivid,  and  every  page  is 
filled  with  surprising  incidents. 

Of  the  second  group,  or  novels  of  romance, 
the  best  known  are  the  "  Tieh  Chung  Yu  "  (Jade 
and  Iron),  depicting  the  love  of  two  young  peo- 
ple, almost  platonic  in  its  purity ;  the  "  Tsai 
Shang  Yuan  "  (Destined  to  Wed  Again),  a  met- 
rical romance  full  of  plot  and  fine  description  ; 
the  "  Yu  Chiao  Li "  (Beautiful  Cousins),  two 
young  ladies  whom  a  student  loved  and  mar- 
ried ;  the  "  Erh  Tou  Mei "  (Twice-Flowering 
Plum  Trees)  ;  "the  Ping,  Shan,  Leng,  You," 
which  are  the  names  of  four  young  people  who 
loved  and  married  ;  and  "  Hung  Lou  Meng " 
(Dreams  of  the  Red  Chamber),  which  is  consid- 
ered a  work  as  touching  the  highest  point  of 
development  reached  by  the  Chinese  novel. 
This  class  of  novels  forms  the  favorite  reading 
of  the  women  of  the  upper  classes. 

Of  the  religious  novels, — those  dealing  with 
gods,  goddesses,  and  superhuman  agencies, — 
the  "Hsi  Yu  Chi"  (Record  of  Travels  to  the 
West)  is  best  known.  It  is  based  upon  the 
journey  of  Hsuan  Tsang,  of  the  'Tang  dynasty, 
who  went  to  India  in  search  of  books,  images, 
and  relics  to  illustrate  the  Buddhist  religion. 
The  -  Shin  Shea  Chi  "  (Battle  of'  the  Gods)  is  a 


MR.   LIANG-CH1-CHAO. 

(The  most  famous  living  Chinese 
author  and  editor.) 


novel  extolling  the  wonderful  power  and  influ- 
ence of  the  Taoist  gods.  It  was  written  with 
the  avowed  purpose  of  rivaling  the  "  Hsi  Yu 
Chi "  (Converts  to  Christianity).  Catholics,  es- 
pecially, are  not  allowed  to  read  such  works, 
and  instead  read  "Pilgrim's  Progress,"  which 
has  been  well  translated  into  easy  Chinese. 
Next  in  bulk  to  the  novels  of  love  and  ro- 
mance are  the  nov- 
els of  adventure. 
The  "  Shui  Hu  "  is 
a  work  on  the  brig- 
ands of  the  twelfth 
century.  Some  of 
the  situations  are 
very  laughable,  and 
the  work  is  valu- 
able for  the  insight 
given  of  the  man- 
ners and  customs 
of  that  period  ;  the 
"  Ching  HwaYuan" 
deals  with  a  young 
graduate  who,  dis- 
gusted with  the 
policy  of  the  Em- 
press Woo  H  o  u 
(a.d.  684—706),  went  on  a  voyage  of  exploration. 
The  "Shan  Hai  Ching"  (Stories  of  Strange 
Lands)  is  on  the  order  of  "Gulliver's  Travels." 
Of  the  "plays"  which  are  widely  read  may 
be  mentioned  the  "Pi  Pa  Chi"  (Story  of  the 
Guitar),  which  extols  the  virtues  of  filial  piety 
and  conjugal  fidelity,  and  "Hsi  Chang  Chi" 
(Love-Making  at  the  West  Hall),  and  other 
novels  which  have  been  dramatized. 

The  collection  of  songs  called  "  Yo  Fu,"  the 
"  Yuet  Nao"  (Popular  Love  Songs  of  Canton), 
the  "  San  Fu  Tan  Ching  "  (Three  Matrons'  Com- 
plaint), and  similar  works  help  to  cheer  the  mo- 
notonous lives  of  the  Chinese  women. 

Among  the  collection  of  short  stories,  the  best 
known  is  the  "  Liao  Chai "  (Strange  Stories 
from  a  Studio),  written  between  a.d.  1641-1679 
by  Pu  Sung  Ling,  a  disappointed  scholar  of 
Shan-tung.  Foxes,  ghosts,  sprites,  elves,  and 
supernatural  beings  figure  largely  in  these  fasci- 
nating stories.  "  Tsz  Pu  Yu  "  (What  Confucius 
Never  Talked  About)  was  written  by  Yuan  Mei, 
a  learned  official,  poet,  and  essayist  of  the  eight- 
eenth century.  "  Yuet  Wei  Tso  Tong  "  (Pleas- 
ant Stories  from  a  Private  Study)  was  the  work 
of  the  famous  grand  counselor,  Chi  Shiao  Lan. 
The  "Chin  Ku  Chi  Kwan  "  (Marvelous  Tales, 
Ancient  and  Modern)  is  a  collection  of  forty 
stories  by  the  members  of  a  literary  club.  Col- 
lections of  wit  and  humor  and  stories  of  the 
"Joe    Miller"   class    are   extensively   read.      In 


460 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


this  connection,  "  Yi  Chien  Ha  Ha  Sliiao"  (Read 
and  Laugh),  the  "  Yi  Chien  Yin  Jen  Shiao " 
(Be  Moved  to  Laughter),  the  Shiao  Chek  To" 
(Side-Splitter),  and  "  San  Tsu  Liao  Chai  "  (Spar- 
kling Wit  and  Humor)  may  be  cited. 

Among  translated  works  are  ^Esop's  Fables, 
"Vathek,"  "Night  and  Morning,"  and  other 
good  novels  from  the  English,  French,  German, 
Russian,   and   Japanese.     An  immense  amount 


The  Chinaman  (reading)  :  '"  The  Japanese  have  taken 
the  Russian  positions.'  .  .  .  Would  it  not  be  more  exact 
to  say  the  Chinese  positions  ? "—From  Pasquino  (Turin). 

of  Christian  literature  in  the  form  of  tracts  and 
scientific  pamphlets  has  been  published  by  the 
different  missionary  societies  and  widely  dis- 
tributed, forming  the  bulk  of  reading  matter 
for  the  Christian  converts  and  the  more  inquisi- 
tive Chinese  population. 

Newspapers  and  illustrated  magazines  are 
Western  innovations  introduced  into  China 
within  the  last  few  decades.  The  oldest  Chi- 
nese newspaper  conducted  on  the  European  meth- 
od is  the  Hwa  Tsz  Yat  Pao  (Chinese  Mail),  of 
Hongkong.  There  are  printed  in  the  same  col- 
ony the  Chung  Ngoi  Shan  Pao  (Daily  Press)  ;  the 
Chung  Kwo  Pao  (China),  owned  and  conducted 
by  the  Chinese  reform  party  ;  the  Shun  Wan 
Yat  Pao  (Daily  News),  and  the  Shiang  Po  (Com- 
mercial Record).  In  Canton,  there  were  pub- 
lished, a  few  years  ago,  three  or  four  dailies, 
but  their  tone  was  too  liberal  and  caustic  to 
suit  the  authorities,  who  suppressed  all  of  them 
except  the    Yut  Pao  (Canton  News). 

The  oldest  and  most  influential  Chinese  paper 
published  in  Shanghai  is  the^AcTi  Pao  (Shanghai 


News),  owned  by  a  European.  It  is  well  pat- 
ronized by  the  conservative  officials.  The  more 
liberal  organs  are  the  Shin- Wen- Pao  (Shanghai 
Daily),  the  Soo-Poo,  or  Soo-  Chow  (Daily),  the  Tung 
Wen  Hu  Pao  (Far  East),  and  the  Chung  Wai 
Jih  Pao  (Universal  Gazette).  The  Wan-Siao-Pao 
(Comic  Daily)  and  Hi-Sio-Pao  (Punch)  are  comic 
papers  in  the  Shanghai  vernacular,  very  popular 
with  the  masses. 

In  Peking  are  published  the  Yu  Cha  Tieh 
Tsun  (Peking  Gazette)  and  the  Kwo  Chow  Tieh 
Pien  (Court  Circular),  which  contain  the  daily 
record  of  imperial  edicts,  memorials,  and  official 
reports.  Their  purpose  is  similar  to  that  of  all 
government  gazettes.  All  officials  and  the  for- 
eign diplomatic  corps  take  these.  The  Peking 
Gazette  is,  perhaps,  the  oldest  paper  of  its  kind 
in  the  world,  having  been  founded  in  the  Tang 
dynasty  (a.d.  618-905).  The  Shun  Tien  Shi  Pao 
(Peking  Times)  is  under  the  management  of  a 
Japanese  gentleman,  and  is  devoted  to  the  pro- 
motion of  friendly  feelings  between  Japan  and 
China. 

In  Tientsin  is  published  the  Chih  Pao  (Chili 
News),  which  is  decidedly  a  conservative  organ. 
The  Ji  Ji  Shin  Wen  (Daily  News)  is  managed 
by  a  Japanese,  and  is  liberal  in  tone.  The  Ta 
Kung  Pao  (Impartial)  is  a  daily  under  the  man- 
agement of  a  Manchu,  who  is  a  Roman  Catholic 
convert.  It  ranks  among  the  most  liberal  of 
papers  in  China.  The  Tientsin  Young  Man  is  a 
paper  printed  in  Chinese  and  English,  under 
missionary  auspices. 

Among  the  most  influential  and  widely  read 
magazines  is  the  Wan  Kwoh  Kung  Pao  (Review 
of  the  Times),  edited  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Young  J. 
Allen,  an  American  gentleman  residing  in  Shang- 
hai. The  Hwa  Pan  is  an  illustrated  magazine 
which  publishes  short  stories.  These  are  issued 
in  Shanghai. 

The  Shi  Woo  Pao  (Reform)  and  the  Ching  Yi 
Pao  (Standard  Magazine)  are  publications  de- 
voted to  reform  and  politics.  The  former  has 
been  suppressed  by  the  government  and  the  lat- 
ter is  now  published  in  Japan,  together  with  the 
Shin  Wen  Tsung  Pao,  which  is  another  name  for 
the  Shi  Woo  Pao.  These  are  much  read  by  the 
younger  generation,  who  are  liberals.  The  Shi 
Shi  Tsui  Shin  (Peking  Review),  the  Ching  Wha 
Pao  (Peking  Vernacular  Magazine),  semi-month- 
ly, ami  Chi  Miing  W /hi  Pao  (Children's  Illus- 
trated Magazine),  monthly,  are  recent  publica- 
tions of  Peking. 

Chang  Yow  Tong. 


THE   WORLD'S   CONGRESS   OF   GEOGRAPHERS. 


BY  CYRUS  C.   ADAMS. 


THE  Eighth  International  Geographical  Con- 
gress, which  closed  its  sessions  in  America, 
OB  September  14,  was  smaller  than  most  of  these 
great  meetings  in  Europe.  This  was  to  be  expect- 
ed. Never  before  have  the  leading  geographers 
of  the  world,  two-thirds  of  whom  are  Europeans, 
been  compelled  to  travel  so  far  to  these  quad- 
rennial assemblages.  The  cost  of  participation 
was  therefore  unusually  large  ;  and  it  was  very- 
gratifying  to  the  American  management  that 
the  foreign  attendance  numbered  about  seventy- 
five  persons,  and  among  them  those  who  are 
recognized  as  leaders  in  their  respective  geo- 
graphical specialties.  Their  presence  made  the 
congress  fully  representative  of  the  best  geo- 
graphical attainment  the  world  over  ;  and  there 
is  another  reason  why  the  congress  will  be 
classed  among  the  most  successful  of  the  series. 

The  scientific  outcome  of  these  congresses  is 
presented  in  the  volumes  containing  the  papers 
and  transactions  of  the  meetings.  These  volumes 
are  highly  prized,  because  they  give  the  best 
fruits  of  the  latest  research  of  the  world's  special- 
ists in  geography.  The  professors  of  geography 
in  the  universities  of  Europe  regard  them  as 
among  the  best  works  of  reference,  and  contin- 
ually use  them  in  the  lecture-room.  Each  con- 
gress is  judged  by  the  quality  of  its  outcome  ; 
and  it  is  not  surprising  to  those  who  know  the 
facts  that  the  programmes  carried  out  at  the 
Washington,  New  York,  and  St.  Louis  meetings 
are  regarded  as  equaling  the  results  of  any  of  the 
preceding  congresses,  and  as  surpassing  them  in 
some  respects. 

This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  American  or- 
ganizers had  the  cooperation,  not  only  of  the 
fine  body  of  foreign  specialists  present,  but  also 
of  many  leaders  who  were  not  here.  The  papers 
sent  by  these  absentees  make  a  large  and  rich 
contribution  to  the  total  outcome.  They  include 
exhaustive  papers  by  such  men  as  Martel,  the 
best  known  of  the  scientific  explorers  of  caves  ; 
Sapper,  the  authority  on  the  physical  geography 
of  Central  America  ;  Kan.  who  records  geo- 
graphical progress  in  the  Dutch  East  Indies  ;  Le- 
vasseur,  the  leading  writer  on  economic  geog- 
raphy in  Prance;  Rabot,  Gautier,  Lacointe,  and 
many  others,  some  of  whom  have  illustrated 
papers  with  new  maps  in  colors,  all  ready 
id-  publication,  while  others  surprised  the  Ameri- 
can programme  committee  by  sending  their  pa- 


COMMANDER  ROBERT  EDWIN  PEARY. 

(The  president  of  the  Geographical  Congress.  Commander 
Peary  has  announced  his  plans  for  a  final  expedition  in 
search  of  the  north  pole  next  June.) 

pers  in  English,  so  that  they  may  have  a  larger 
number  of  readers  in  this  country.  If  the  con- 
gress did  not  have  the  inspiration  of  their  pres- 
ence, it  had  some  of  the  best  work  of  these 
men. 

Naturally,  those  who  came  were  welcomed 
with  open  arms,  headed,  as  they  were,  by  such 
men  as  Murray,  Mill,  and  Oldham,  of  Great 
Britain  ;  Drude,  von  Pfeil,  Hassert,  Marcuse, 
and  Schmidt,  of  Germany  ;  Penck,  Oberhummer, 
and  Erodi,  of  Austria-Hungary  ;  Thoulet,  de  la 
Blache,  Cordier,  and  Grandidier,  of  France, 
and  other  men  of  leadership  or  prominence  in  the 
various  brandies  of  geography  ;  and  to  this  body 
of  experts  were  added  many  of  our  own  leaders, 
such  as  Davis  ami  Gilbert,  in  physiography  ; 
Peary,  the  honored  president  of  the  congress,  in 
exploration  ;  Harris,  Littlehales,  Rauer,  Gannett, 
and  many  others  who  are  ranked  no  higher  at 
home  than  in  Europe,  though  they  have  never, 


468 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Sir  John  Murray.  Professor  Henri  Cordier. 

(President  of  the  Royal  Scottish  Geo-      (President  of  the  Geographical  Society 
graphical  Society.)  of  Paris.) 


Mr.  H.  R.  Mill. 

(Director  of  the  British  Rainfall 

Organization.) 


DISTINGUISHED  FOREIGN  DELEGATES  TO  THE  EIGHTH   GEOGRAPHICAL  CONGKESS,   HELD  IN  NEW  YORK  LAST  MONTH. 


numerically,  been  well  represented  at  the  Euro- 
pean meetings. 

The  result  was  that  every  section  into  which 
the  congress  was  divided  was  strong  in  men  and 
in  papers.  Physiography,  which  deals  with  the 
genesis  of  the  surface  forms  of  the  land,  has 
never  before  received  so  much  attention.  Me- 
teorology and  oceanology  brought  out  many 
notable  papers.  Volcanoes  and  earthquakes 
were  treated  chiefly  by  the  Americans,  who  have 
given  most  attention  to  the  remarkable  phenom- 
ena of  which  the  western  world  has  recently 
been  the  scene.  Our  Washington  scientific 
bureaus  were  especially  large  contributors  to 
terrestrial  magnetism,  mathematical  geography, 
and  geographical  technique.  The  geographical 
control  of  human  and  other  forms  of  life  was 
one  of  the  topics  nearly  equally  divided  between 
foreign  and  American  contributors.  Explora- 
tion was  a  large  section,  but  not  a  phase  of  new 
and  commanding  interest  dominated  it  ;  in  fact, 
there  is  no  such  phase  of  very  recent  develop- 
ment, excepting  in  the  polar  regions.  Peary 
represented  the  Arctic  in  a  very  interesting  lec- 
ture at  St.  Louis,  but  no  representative  of  the 
latest  Antarctic  expeditions  could  be  present. 
Only  the  polar  areas  and  South  America  can 
supply  to  future  congresses  the  days  that  have 
been  sel  apart  for  the  exclusive  consideration  of 
a  single  great  phase  of  pioneer  exploration,  like 
the  "Africa  Day"  in  Loudon. 

These  international  meetings  are  an  accurate 
reflection  of  the  trend  of  geographical  activity 
at  the  time  they  are  held.  No  branchof  geo 
graphical   Investigation  is  now  attracting  more 


attention  than  the  influence  which  environment 
exerts  upon  the  distribution  of  population  and 
the. quality  and  extent  of  business  enterprises. 
The  result  was  that  the  recent  congress  gave 
far  more  attention  than  any  of  its  predecessors 
to  all  sides  of  anthropogeography,  including  in- 
dustrial and  commercial  development.  There 
was  not  time  to  read  all  the  papers  in  the  sec- 
tion of  economic  geography.  They  covered  a 
wide  range,  and  are  among  the  most  valuable 
and  timely  contributions  of  the  congress  to  the 
geographical  interests  of  the  day. 

It  was  the  influence  of  the  sixth  and  seventh 
congresses  that  started  the  great  and  successful 
movement  for  the  renewal  of  Antarctic  research 
The  congress  here  urged  the  energetic  continu- 
ance of  efforts  to  reveal  the  still  unknown  re- 
gions throughout  the  polar  area.  Peary's  expedi- 
tion, next  spring,  may  soon  be  followed  by  others, 
in  view  of  the  growing  belief  that  there  are  still 
important  land  masses  to  be  discovered  north  of 
the  Arctic  circle. 

Favorable  action  was  also  taken  with  x'egard 
to  the  large  project,  now  considerably  advanced, 
of  mapping  the  world  on  a  uniform  scale  of 
1 :1, 000,000,  or  nearly  sixteen  statute  miles,  to  an 
inch  ;  also  on  a  considerable  number  of  other 
plans  designed  to  unify  geographical  effort  and 
increase  its  efficiency,  such  as  the  statistics  ot 
population  in  countries  without  census,  the  no- 
menclature of  the  ocean  bottom,  the  rules  for 
geographic  names,  earthquake  investigation,  and 
others  The  resolutions  of  these  congresses  have 
always  carried  great  influence,  and  have  often 
achieved  very  important  results 


LEADING    ARTICLES   OF   THE    MONTH. 


JAPAN'S  PROBABLE  TERMS  OF  PEACE. 


BEFORE  the  outbreak  of  the  war  in  the  far 
East,  Beven  prominent  professors  at  the 
Imperial  University  of  Tokio  strongly  urged 
the  Tokio  government,  by  petition,  to  take  de- 
cisive action  to  protect  Japan's  interest  in  Ko- 
rea and    Manchuria  against  the  aggression  of 


Co/tier's  Weekly. 


COUNT  KATSURA. 

(Prime  minister  of  Japan.) 


the  Muscovite.  They  were  distinguished  as  the 
•'Seven  Belligerents."  The  ultra-belligerent  of 
these  seven  professors  is  without  doubt  Dr.  K. 
Tomizu,  professor  of  law  in  the  Tokio  Imperial 
University.  From  his  pen  has  appeared  an  ar- 
ticle entitled  "Japan's  Post-Bellum  Demands," 
in  the  latest  issue  of  the  Taiyo. 

CESSION    OF    THE    EASTERN    CHINESE    RAILWAY. 

According  to  Professor  Tomizu,  the  cession 
of  the  Eastern  Chinese  Railway  to  Japan  is  of 
foremost  importance.    "This  railroad  nominally 


belongs  to  a  private  corporation  of  Russia.  But 
under  this  thin  mask  it  is  not  difficult  to  recog- 
nize that  the  real  entrepreneur  is  the  Muscovite 
Government.  The  government  stations  soldiers 
to  guard  the  route,  and  appoints  important  offi- 
cials for  the  railroads.  Even  if  it  were  a  private 
enterprise,  it  behooves  the  Russian  Government 
to  buy  it  of  its  owner  and  then  cede  it  to  Japan." 
The  professor  does  not  lose  sight  of  the  fact 
that,  as  a  result  of  the  Hague  Peace  Conference, 
a  victor  in  war  is  obliged,  at  the  conclusion  of 
an  international  conflict,  to  return  the  railroad 
it  captured  to  the  hand  of  its  owner.  He  sug- 
gests, however,  that  such  a  provision  can  be 
easily  superseded  by  entering  into  a  special 
agreement  with  the  conquered  nation. 

THE    "OPEN    DOOR"    IN    MANCHURIA. 

Next  in  importance  is  the  establishment  of  the 
•'open  door  "  in  Manchuria.  The  administrative 
authority  in  that  territory  must  be  restored  to 
the  Chinese  Government,  inasmuch  as  the  pres- 
ervation of  the  integrity  of  the  Celestial  Em- 
pire was  the  main  issue  in  Japan's  contention 
against  Russia.  Japan  must,  however,  guarantee 
the  maintenance  of  peace  and  order  and  protect 
the  safety  of  life  and  property  in  Manchuria,  in 
order  to  draw  the  capital  of  the  world  to  that 
country,  where  natural  resources,  though  enor- 
mously rich,  still  remain  almost  untouched.  Al- 
though Professor  Tomizu  seems  to  be  anxious  to 
retain  the  actual  as  well  as  the  formal  sovereignty 
in  Manchuria  in  the  hands  of  Japan,  he  does  not 
think  it  either  politic  or  necessary  to  do  so  against 
the  natural  course  of  events.  "To  enjoy  with 
all  the  nations  on  earth  the  economic  advantages 
in  Manchuria,  is  the  ultimate  object  of  Japan, 
compared  with  which  the  question  of  formal  sov- 
ereignty in  that  district  is  insignificant." 

PORT    ARTHUR,    DALNY,    AND    SAKHALIN. 

Another  condition  which  Japan  should  de- 
mand of  Russia  is  the  cession  of  the  lease  which 
the  latter  secured  of  Port  Arthur  and  Dalny. 
In  the  opinion  of  Professor  Tomizu,  from  the 
fact  that  that  lease  is  not  a  right  in  personam, 
but  a  right  in  rem,  it  follows  that  Russia  does 
not  necessarily  lose  that  right  although  the  fact 
that  her  final  defeat  in  the  present  war  would 


470 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


render  her  unable  to  exercise  it.  Consequently, 
Russia,  would  be  still  in  a  position  I"  dispose  of 
her  lease  of  Port  Arthur  and  Dalny  even  after 
the  war  had  ended  in  her  disaster.  The  acqui- 
sition of  these  two  ports  by  Japan  is  of  vital 
significance,  in  order  to  perfect  the  advantage 
of  the  Eastern  Chinese  Railway. 

No  less  important  for  Japan  than  these  two 
ports  is  the  island  of  Sakhalin.  Surrounding 
that  extensive  island,  the  northern  waters  fur- 
nish one  of  the  richest  fishing  grounds.  "Japan 
should  receive  it  back  from  Russia,  for  the  rich 
island  was  stolen  from  us,  as  it  were,  by  the 
clever  and  shrewd  Muscovite  diplomats  in  the 
roseate  name  of  a  mutual  exchange,  at  the  time 
when  our  country  was  just  awaking  from  its 
long  slumber.'" 

THE    CESSION    OF    EASTERN    SIBERIA. 

Professor  Tomizu  is,  indeed,  bold  enough  to 
assert  that  a  vast  section  of  Siberia  east  of  Lake 
Baikal  should  also  be  ceded  to  Japan.  More 
than  this,  the  professor  believes  it  necessary  to 
temporarily  occupy  some  of  the  important  points 
in  the  region  west  of  the  lake.  This  is  neces- 
sary, he  believes,  "in  order  to  checkmate  the 
aggression  of  Russia,  which  is  the  constant  men- 
ace to  the  peace  of  the  far  East."  Again,  the 
acquisition  of  eastern  Siberia  is  indispensable 
from  an  economic  as  well  as  from  a  strategic 
point  of  view.  The  fishing  interests  in  the 
waters  of  Sakhalin  cannot  be  perfectly  promoted 
unless  the  continental  territory  facing  that  island 
be  placed  under  Japanese  administration.  More- 
over, that   part  of   Siberia   between  the  Sea  of 


DclaVvuObi'e-'^XiVViii  qjLi'u  I « 


FACSIMILE  OF  A  JAPANESE  WAR  TELEGRAM  TO  THE 
GOVERNMENT  AT  TOKIO. 

Japan  and  Lake  Baikal  abounds  in  rich  gold 
mines.  To  hold  that  country,  fully  developed 
and  utilized,  is  to  gain  the  economic  supremacy 
in  the  East.  Considered  from  a  strategic  point  of 
view,  Lake  Baikal  is  the  most  advantageous  point 
at  which  to  stem  the  eastward  advance  of  Russia. 
The  minimum  amount  of  indemnity  which  Japan 
should  claim  of  Russia  the  professor  estimates 
at  one  billion  rubles.  He  by  no  means  inclines 
to  the  opinion  of  those  who  would  make  Mukden 
or  Harbin  the  last  point  of  the  Japanese  ad- 
vance, but  asserts,  in  no  uncertain  terms,  that 
the  Mikado's  army  should  not  pause  at  any 
point  short  of  Lake  Baikal,  and,  if  need  be, 
should  advance  even  beyond  the  lake. 


CAPTAIN   MAHAN  ON   PORT  ARTHUR'S  DEFENSE. 


TREATING  of  the  larger  aspects  of  the  siege 
of  Port  Arthur,  Capt.  Alfred  T.  Mahan 
contributes  to  the  National  Review  an  elaborate 
article  in  which  he  strongly  urges  that  Russia 
did  well  not  to  abandon  the  fortress.  He  refers 
to  the  widespread  impression,  when  hostilities  be- 
gan, that  Russia's  determination  to  hold  the  fort- 
ress was  a  concession  to  national  pride  and  to 
political  considerations,  but  in  defiance  of  sound 
military  principle.  He  compares  Port  Arthur 
with  Ladysmith  during  the  Boer  war,  and  Bays  : 

I  should  imagine  that  there  must  now  be  much  less 
doubt  of  the  propriety  of  the  Russian  resolution  than 
there  was  three  months  ago,  just  as  I  cannot  but  think 
that  as  time  leaves  further  behind  the  period  of  the 
Boer  war  there  will  be  an  increasing  conviction  that 
the  occupation  of  Ladysmith  was  neither  an  error  in 


the  beginning  nor  a  misfortune  to  the  future  of  the 
war.  Why  ?  Because,  in  the  first  place,  it  arrested  the 
Boer  invasion  of  Natal,  by  threatening  their  line  of 
communications  ;  and,  secondly,  it  detained  before  the 
besieged  place  a  body  of  enemies  which  in  the  later 
part  of  the  hostilities  would  have  been  more  formidable 
elsewhere.  I  apprehend  that  Port  Arthur  has  fulfilled, 
and  (August  8)  continues  to  fulfill,  the  same  function 
toward  the  Japanese,  though  it  seems  much  more  evi- 
dent now  than  at  first.  The  gradual  development  of 
operations  makes  it  to  my  mind  increasingly  clear  that 
the  number  of  Russians  there,  plus  their  artificial  ad- 
vantages of  fortification, — which  evacuation  would 
have  surrendered, — are  much  more  useful  to  the  general 
plan  of  campaign  than  they  would  be  if  with  Kuropat- 
kin.  To  carry  Port  Arthur,  or  even  to  maintain  an 
invest  ment,  the  Japanese  must  be  more  numerous  than 
the  garrison  ;  therefore,  had  the  place  been  abandoned, 
the  aggregate  of  troops  transferred  to  Kuroki  would 
have  exceeded  decisively  those  added  to  his  opponent. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


471 


THE    KEY    TO    THE    WHOLE    SITUATION. 

Port  Arthur,  indeed,  Captain  Mahan  believes. 
has  been,  and  still  remains,  the  key  to  the  whole 
situation. 

Port  Arthur  has  meant,  and  still  means,  delay,  the 
great  need  of  all  defense,  but  especially  of  that  particu- 
lar defensive  which  requires  time  to  organize  resources 
incontestahly  superior.  Whether  it  avails  finally  lias 
yet  to  be  shown  in  the  result,  but  in  the  process  its  in- 
fluence is  steadily  visible,  with  a  clearness  to  which 
even  success  can  scarcely  add  demonstration.  It  im- 
posed  upon  the  Japanese  at  once  two  objectives,— two 
points  of  the  utmost  importance,  between  which  they 
must  choose,— whether  to  concentrate  upon  one  or  divide 
between  t  be  t  wo  ;  and  at  a  moment  of  general  numeri- 
cal inferiority,  it  retained,  in  the  fortifications  of  the 
place,  a  passive  strength,  which  is  always  equivalent  to 
a  certain  number  of  men, — the  number,  namely,  by 
which  the  besiegers  must  outnumber  the  besieged. 
These  divergent  objects  were  Port  Arthur  and  the  dis- 
comfiture of  the  northern  Russian  army,  necessary  to 
assure  the  Japanese  the  control  of  Korea  and  the  release 
of  .Manchuria,  the  professed  motives  of  the  war. 

When  the  war  broke  out,  Russia  was  caught 
napping.     She  was  totally  unprepared  for  war  ; 


her  vast  resources  were  unorganized  and  her 
statesmen  and  generals  profoundly  ignorant  of 
their  enemy  and  his  strength. 

Under  these  circumstances,  two  things  were  neces- 
sary to  Russia, — delay,  in  order  to  gather  her  resources, 
and  promptitude  in  repairing  the  neglects  of  the  past. 
Herein  appears  the  importance  of  Port  Arthur  ;  it  has 
obtained  delay.  The  time  occupied  in  the  siege  has 
been  ample  for  a  government  which  recognized  that 
the  whole  Japanese  movement  turned  upon  the  con- 
trol of  the  sea  to  have  dispatched  a  fleet  which  by  this 
time  could  have  reached  the  scene,  and  very  well  might 
have  turned  the  scale,  allowing  only  for  the  fortune 
of  war.  Before  this,  the  aggregate  of  Russian  naval 
force  might  have  been  made  very  decidedly  superior  to 
that  of  Japan,  and  the  problem  of  bringing  the  sepa- 
rated sections  into  cooperation  against  a  concentrated 
enemy,  though  difficult,  would  be  by  no  means  hope- 
less.   Success  would  have  ended  the  war. 

The  Japanese,  having  this  danger  staring  them 
in  the  face,  have,  Captain  Mahan  thinks,  seen  it 
more  clearly  than  many  of  their  critics.  As 
shown  by  the  course  of  the  war,  by  their  action, 
they  have  recognized  that  Port  Arthur  was  the 
key,  not  only  to  the  naval  war,  but  to  the  whole 


HOW  THE   RUSSIANS  SEND  MESSAGES  FROM  PORT  ARTHUR. 

(The  carriers  of  the  letters  are  mostly  convicts  condemned  to  long  terms  of  imprisonment.  They  willingly  take  the  letters, 
which  are  written  in  cipher,  and  carry  them  to  the  Russian  camp.  Those  convicts  who  bring  the  letters  through  in 
safety  are  liberated.  Very  frequently  the  Chinese  fishermen  and  workmen  undertake  the  dangerous  task  of  carrying 
the  messages.  The  Japanese  outposts  keep  a  very  sharp  lookout  for  these  messengers,  and  often  have  a  dog  with 
them.  They  shoot  anybody  stealing  along  the  shore,  and  the  most  dangerous  points  have  to  be  passed  by  the  letter- 
carriers  at  night.) 


472 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  EAST  WINDOW. 

Peter  the  Great:  "I  made  the  window  to  the  West, 
Nicholas,  like  a  good  carpenter.  When  you  cut  the  window 
to  the  East,  don't  be  blown  away  by  a  blast." 

From  Ulk  (Berlin). 


campaign,  land  and  sea.  They  have  so  far  failed 
to  crush  Kuropatkin,  owing  to  the  lack  of  suffi 
ciently  preponderating  numbers.  Had  Port  Ar- 
thur been  abandoned,  the  Russians  would  have 
been  in  a  much  larger  numerical  inferiority.  As 
it  was  held,  the  Japanese  were  obliged  to  attack 
it  by  fear  of  the  reenforcement  of  the  Russian 
fleet.  It  was  this  fear  which  made  Togo  so 
careful  of  his  battleships.  Moreover,  the  defense 
of  Port  Arthur  made  possible  the  raids  of  the 
Vladivostok  fleet,  which  have  badly  hampered 
Japan. 

Captain  Mahan  criticises  the  Russian  naval 
commanders  severely  for  not  adopting  a  more 
vigorous  attitude  and  attempting  to  cripple  the 
Japanese  ships,  even  at  the  cost  of  some  of  their 
own.  The  Baltic  fleet  could  certainly  have  been 
sent  out  if  it  had  been  ready,  and  this  would 
have  destroyed  Japan's  chance  at  sea.  Mean- 
time, the  issue  of  the  war  is  doubtful.  "  Each 
successful  retreat  leaves  the  Russian  army  still 
an  organized  force,  still  'in  being;'  draws  it 
nearer  to  its  resources,  and  lengthens  its  enemy's 
communications." 


IS  SCANDINAVIA  CONCERNED   IN  THE   RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR? 


AN  editorial  summing  up  of  the  attitude  of 
the  principal  European  countries  toward 
the  war  appears  in  Nordisk  Revij,  the  popular 
magazine  of  Stockholm.  The  writer  holds  that 
the  jealousy  of  the  great  powers  would  prevent 
any  intervention  in  case  Russia  should  regain 
the  ascendency,  although  England  and  the 
United  States  are  deeply  interested  commer- 
cially in  not  according  to  Russia  a  free  hand 
in  the  far  East  "and  certainly  would  like  to 
interfere."  Yet  England  could  not,  without 
hopelessly  losing  her  prestige  in  Asia,  desert 
her  ally,  Japan,  but  "  would  proclaim  war 
against  Russia,  for  which  emergency  her  gov- 
ernment is  making  preparation  on  land  and 
sea."  Then  would  come  the  long-expected 
struggle  between  these  two  powers  for  ascend- 
ency in  Asia,  a  struggle  which  would  most  as- 
suredly concern  European  interests,  including 
those  of  Scandinavia. 

HOW  DKNMAKK  WOULD  BE  AFFECTED. 

That  the  Scandinavian  countries  could  not 
remain  unaffected  by  a  Russo-English  con II in. 
which  is  one  of  the  possible  eventualities  of  the 
war.  seems  obvious,  and  it  is  therefore  reason- 
able to  outline  their  positions  in  such  an  emer- 
gency. They  would  probably  issue  a  declaration 
of  neutrality,  in  spite  of  attempts  to  show  how 


KING  OSCAR  OF  SWEDEN    AND  NORWAY. 

(A  recent  portrait.) 

many  political  and  commercial  advantages  they 
would  gain  by  taking  sides  with  Russia.  The 
writer  continues  : 

The  Russian    Government  has  recently  presented 
such  hints  in  one  of  Denmark's  foremost  newspapers,  ae 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


47.'i 


well  us  in  hi  her  places.  The  cause  ol  I  his  is  to  be  sought 
in  the  fact  that  the  neutrality  of  the  Scandinavian  coun- 
i  lies— so  far  as  it  really  could  be  preserved— in  any  case 
would  be  a  greater  obstacle  to  Russia  than  to  England. 
England  would  have  no  reason  for  not  respecting  Scan- 
dinavian neutrality,  while  Russia  would  have  the  ad- 
vantage of  using  Denmark  as  a  field  from  which  to 
binder  the  operations  of  the  English  fleet  in  the  Baltic. 
In  Danish  minds  there  doubtless  still  lingers  the  inci- 
dent of  1807.  when  England  captured  the  excellent  Dan- 
ish navy  in  order  to  prevent  Napoleon,  who  then  was 
the  master  of  Europe,  from  making  use  of  it  and  thus 
paralyzing  her  commerce  in  the  Baltic.  No  one  will  de- 
fend the  bombarding  of  Copenhagen  and  the  seizure  of 
the  Danish  fleet  in  time  of  peace,  but  this  incident  is 
only  quoted  to  show  that  the  chief  cause  of  the  English 
policy  then  no  longer  exists,  at  least  so  long  as  Den- 
mark will  and  can  make  her  neutrality  respected  by 
Kussia.  Only  in  the  event  of  Denmark  entering  upon 
intrigues  with  Russia  could  England  hold  her  respon- 
sible without  too  seriously  offending  the  English  public 
sense  of  justice.  For  its  operations  in  the  Baltic  the 
English  navy  has  no  need  of  Danish  or  Swedish  islands 
for  coaling  stations,  as  it  could  take  possession  of  the 
Finnish  islands  Aland  and  Hango,  when  it  pleased, 
while  at  the  same  time  a  strong  movement  in  Finland 
in  England's  interest  would  follow. 

SWEDEN    AND    NORWAY    SURE    TO    BE    INVOLVED. 

Russia,  the  article  goes  on  to  say,  would,  by 
occupation  of  the  Danish  islands,  secure  the 
great  advantage  of  being  able  to  cut  the  com- 
munication of  the  English  fleet  with  its  base, 
and  the  certainty  of  ruining  Danish  commerce 
would  not  deter  her  from  such  a  step,  especially 
if  by  means  of  menace  or  promises  of  future 
commercial  advantages  she  could  secure  the 
neutrality  of  Sweden  and  Norway.  A  temporary 
Russian  ascendency  in  the  Danish  islands,  how- 
ever, would  compel  England  to  seek  a  point  of 
operation  for  her  fleet  as  near  the  theater  of 
war  as  possible,  and  such  a  one  could  only  be 
found  on  Norwegian  or  Swedish  territory. 
uIn  other  words,  Russia  can  compel  England 
to  violate  the  Scandinavian  neutrality,  and  at 
the  same  time  Sweden  and  Norway  would  be 
involved  in  the  conflict."  The  article  goes  on 
to  show  how,  on  previous  occasions,  Russian 
policy  has  sought  to  force  Sweden  and  Norway 
into  a  conflict  with  England. 


win     RUSSIA    WOULD    WELCOME 
ENGLAND. 


A      WAI!     WITH 


It  may  seem  as  if  the  moment  were  not  well 
chosen  for  Russian  plans  such  as  hinted  at,  but 
history  shows  exactly  how  the  Russian  Govern- 
ment acts  when  it  purposes  to  secure  momen- 
tary advantages.  ' 

It  should  not  be  forgotten  that  autocratic  Russia 
actually  subsists  on  the  half-superstitious  respect  of 
the  masses  for  the  laws,  and  that,  consequently,  a  de- 
feat in  the  war  with  Japan  alone,  whose  insignificance, 
poverty,  and  paganism  have  been  impressed  in  every 
possible  way  upon  the  Russian  masses,  would  be  a  fatal 
blow  to  their  respect,  and  consequently  to  the  continu- 
ance of  the  autocratic  regime.  A  war  with  England 
would,  on  the  contrary,  awaken  the  whole  chauvinism 
of  Russia,  and  thus,  in  spite  of  still  more  signal  de- 
feats, give  the  government  another  term  and  prolong 
the  present  dynasty. 

THE    DUTY  OF    SCANDINAVIA. 

Against  such  neighbors  as  Russia,  this  maga- 
zine article  concludes,  "it  is  necessary  to  be  on 
guard  and  to  keep  the  doors  well  shut." 

The  Scandinavian  countries  are,  as  has  been  shown, 
by  nature  so  intimately  linked  together  that  the  break- 
ing open  of  the  door  of  any  one  of  them  exposes  the 
others  to  the  same  fate;  nevertheless,  the  defense  of 
these  doors  is  not  uniform  and  solid,  though  such  a  de- 
fense is  absolutely  necessary  for  the  safety  and  liberty 
of  Denmark,  Sweden,  and  Norway  against  their  rapa- 
cious and  powerful  neighbors.  A  more  opportune  polit- 
ical moment  than  the  present  could  hardly  occur  in 
which  to  give  this  existing  solidarity  of  interest  a  formal 
expression  by  a  Scandinavian  triple  alliance.  The  abil- 
ity and  the  will  to  defend  their  own  neutrality  consti- 
tute the  only  true  guarantee  for  peace,  because,  inde- 
pendent of  other  factors,  separated,  the  Scandinavian 
countries  would  hardly  be  able  to  resist  an  attack  ; 
united,  they  would  not  only  strengthen  their  capacity 
for  defense,  but  also  demonstrate  their  power  to  make 
their  neutrality  respected,  and  thus,  perhaps,  render 
the  peace  of  the  world  a  greater  service  than  can  at  this 
moment  be  realized.  An  alliance  for  the  establishment 
of  Scandinavian  neutrality  could  without  difficulty  be 
made  compact  and  durable,  and  therefore  the  present 
opportune  moment  should  be  seized,  without  regarding 
any  possible  threats,  while  Russia's  hands  are  busily  en- 
gaged with  the  struggle  in  the  East. 


SUNRISE  IN   FINLAND— WHICH  THREATENS   NIGHT  TO  SCANDINAVIA. 

From  Juge nd  (Munich). 


474 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


BISMARCK'S  CHIEF  DISCIPLK  ON  THE  WAR. 


OFFICIAL  Germany  lias  sympathized  with 
Russia  from  the  outset  of  the  great  con 
flict.  What  independent  Germans  think  of  the 
war,  its  probable  result,  and  its  lessons  up  to 
date  is  not  sufficiently  clear.  The  Liberals  and 
Social  Democrats  of  the  Teutonic  Empire  are 
not  enamored  of  Muscovy,  for  obvious  and  valid 
reasons,  but  their  utterances  have  been  guarded. 
Considerable  attention  has  been  attracted  by  an 
article  entitled  "  Krieg  und  Friede"  (War  and 
Peace)  in  the  bold  and  aggressive  Zukuvft,  the 


IS  THE  KAISER  SECRETLY   AIDING   RUSSIA? 

From  the  Amstcrdamrncr  (Amsterdam). 

review  edited  by  Bismarck's  chief  disciple  and 
exponent  in  periodical  literature,  Maximilian 
Haarden.  Herr  Haarden  has  had  more  than 
one  collision  with  the  authoidties.  He  is  like 
his  late  great  master  in  some  respects,- — out- 
spoken, vigorous,  and  courageous.  His  organ 
is  at  once  radical  and  Bismarckian.  In  the  ar- 
ticle named,  he  declares  himself  to  be  a  firm  be- 
liever in  Russia's  ultimate  triumph. 

Russia,  he  says,  has  sustained  some  severe 
reverses,  but  this  has  surprised  no  competent 
student  of  the  military  situation  immediately 
before  and  after  the  rupture.  Kuropatkin  has 
been  master  of  his  task,  and  he  has,  considering 
his  difficulties  and  resources,  accomplished  much 
that  would  have  been  far  beyond  the  powers  of 
an  ordinary  commander.  Only  those  can  criti- 
cise him  who  have  no  conception  of  his  position. 
The  Russians,  continues  Haarden,  have  fought 
well  and  gloriously,  as  is  indicated  by  their  lists 
of  killed  and  wounded  and  by  the  admissions  of 
their  enemy.  The  great  Russian,  as  Tolstoy  and 
Dostoievsky  testify,  does  not,  by  his  nature, 
love  fighting  for  its  own  sake,  but  when  he  has 
faith  in  his  cause  he  is  a  splendid  fighter.  His 
defensive  capability  is  exceptional,  as  Napoleon's 
experience  lias  taught  the  world.     The  war  has 


lint  begun,  and  the  Japanese,  '-having  failed  to 
force  a  single  general  battle,"  will  eventually 
share  the  fate  of  Napoleon.    Haarden  proceeds  : 

The  rulers  of  Russia  know  all  this  perfectly,  and 
they  are  simply  amused  at  the  European  notion  that 
Japan  can  defeat  the  Muscovite  Empire.  The  Japanese 
have  foreseen  everything,  have  calculated  everything 
to  the  minutest  detail,  have  oiled  every  little  wheel  in 
their  military  mechanism,  and  they  are  waging  the  war 
after  the  most  perfect  modern  method,  so  that  one 
might  almost  think  that  a  mathematical  genius  pre- 
sides over  their  general  staff.  .  .  .  They  know  all  the 
weak  sides  of  their  antagonist ;  they  have  takeu  full 
advantage  of  these,  and  have  done  things  which  Napo- 
leon, in  his  campaign  against  England,  did  not  succeed 
in  doing.  Their  army  is  distinguished  for  bravery,  dis- 
cipline, and  contempt  of  death,  thus  refuting  the  asser- 
tion of  Emperor  William  that  only  a  good  Christian 
makes  a  good  soldier.  Above  all,  they  have  kept  their 
own  counsel,  and  have  not  betrayed  their  plans  by  a 
word.  But,  in  spite  of  daily  announcements  at  Tokio 
of  brilliant  achievements,  one  gains  the  impression  that 
the  most  judicious  of  the  Japanese  are  decidedly  un- 
easy amid  all  this  glory.  Their  tendency  to  beneficent 
lying  prevents  them  from  acknowledging  their  painful 
misgivings.  Let  but  Kuropatkin  obtain  his  three  hun- 
dred thousand  troops,— the  number  he  fixed  upon  orig- 


GERMANY'S 


SOUltOW   WITH    RUSSIA. 


JOY  WITH   JAPAN. 


Chancellor  von  Billow's  idea  of  strict  neutrality. 
From  Kladderadatseh  (Berlin). 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


475 


inally.-  and  the  sun  of  the  Japanese,  which  has  hardly 
risen,  will  sink  again.  At  the  best,  they  can  prolong 
the  war.  but  Kuropatkin  has  taken  this  into  account. 
It  may  take  two  years  to  vindicate  Russian  prestige, 
hut  vindicated  it  will  be.  Where,  then,  is  the  error  of 
the  Japanese,  the  rift  in  their  lute?  It  is  here,— they 
have  thoroughly  grasped  the  disadvantages  of  Russia, 
but  they  have  not  paid  the  least  attention  to  a  single 


one  of  her  sources  of  strength.  In  the  end,  therefore, 
the  admirably  prepared  enterprise  will  turn  out  to  have 
heci!  an  heroic  piece  of  folly. 

Haarden's  opinion  is  based  chiefly  on  Japa- 
nese alleged  poverty,  ou  the  exhaustion  of  her 
resources  and  credit,  and  on  her  inability  to  re- 
place lost  ships,  guns,  and  soldiers. 


THE  JAPANESE  RED  CROSS. 


I 


T  appears  that  thirty  years  ago,  at  least,  the 
Japanese  Government  recognized  the  essen- 
tial principles  of  all  Red  Cross  relief  work. 
According  to  an  article  contributed  to  the  Out- 
look (New  York,  September  3)  by  Mr.  George 
Kennan,  an  order  was  issued  by  Vice-Admiral 
Saigo  to  the  Japanese  surgeons,  in  1874,  during 
an  expeditionary  campaign  against  the  Botangs, 
one  of  the  savage  tribes  of  the  island  of  Formosa, 
directing  the  surgeons  not  to  confine  their  relief 
work  to  the  Japanese,  but  to  treat  with  strict 
impartiality  the  sick  and  wounded  of  both  sides, 
thus  recognizing  the  Red  Cross  principle  that  a 
wounded  and  disabled  enemy  is  entitled  to  pro- 
tection and  relief.  This,  of  course,  was  long 
before  Japan  became  a  party  to  the  Geneva  Con- 
vention, and  six  or  seven  years  before  the  first 
Red  Cross  association  was  organized  in  the 
United  States.  When  the  Satsuma  rebellion 
broke  out.  in  1877,  a  number  of  philanthropic 
Japanese  noblemen  organized  a  body  known  as 
the  "  Hakuaisha,"  or  -'Extended  Relief  Asso- 
ciation," whose  purposes  were  practically  those 
of  our  own  Red  Cross  societies.  In  1886,  the 
government  having  become  a  party  to  the  Geneva 
Convention,  the  "  Extended  Relief  Association  " 
changed  its  name  to  the  "  Red  Cross  Society  of 
Japan."  and  modified  its  regulations  so  as  to 
make  them  accord  with  those  of  the  interna- 
tional organization. 


THE    SOCIETY  S    STRENGTH    AND    EQUIPMENT. 

Mr.  Kennan  finds  that  the  most  remarkable 
feature  of  the  Japanese  society  is  its  extraor- 
dinary numerical  strength.  At  the  first  of  the 
present  year,  it  had  no  less  than  894,760  regular 
members,  each  of  whom  was  pledged  to  con- 
tribute not  less  than  three  yen  ($1.50)  annually 
for  a  period  of  ten  years.  Mr.  Kennan  estimates 
that  the  society  has  one  member  to  every  fifty- 
two  inhabitants,  or  a  member  to  every  seven 
and  one-half  families,  and  that  it  is  in  receipt  of 
an  annual  income  of  $1,342,000.  If  the  Red 
Cross  of  the  United  States  were  as  strong  as 
this,  in  proportion  to  the  population  of  the 
country,  it  would  have  a  membership  of   1,538,- 


Stereograph,  copyrighted,  1904,  by  Underwood  &  Underwood,  N.  V. 
RED  CROSS  MEN   AT  SHTNEGAWA. 

000  and  an  annual  income  of  $2,307,000.  In 
the  central  organization  of  the  American  Red 
Cross,  at  the  present  time,  there  are  only  a  few 
hundred  members,  and  the  society  has  no  regular 
income  at  all  outside  of  the  contributions  made 
by  the  public  for  specific  purposes. 

Mr.  Kennan,  who  is  himself  an  ex-officer  of 
the  American  organization,  thinks  that  the 
American  society  might  do  much  worse  than 
study  the  methods  and  follow  the  example  of 
Japan.  In  December,  1902,  when  the  Japanese 
society  celebrated  its  twenty-fifth  anniversary, 
more  than  one  hundred  thousand  members, 
from  all  parts  of  the  empire,  assembled  in  the 
city  of  Tokio  and  took  part  in  the  proceedings. 


nr> 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


On  January  1.    1904,   the  Japanese   Red   Cross 

had  ready  for  immediate  work  14  chief  sur- 
geons, 2  77  ordinary  surgeons,  4  5  pharmacists, 
1,920  trained  nurses,  4">7  probationary  nurses, 
and  763  stretcher-bearers  and  male  attendants. 
It  had  4  hospital  steamers,  398  cases  of  surgi- 
cal instruments,  496  stretchers,  52,438  suits  of 
clothing  for  sick  or  wounded  patients,  27,199 
suits  of  clothing  for  nurses,  and  a  great  quan- 
tity of  bedding,  cots,  tents,  medicines,  and  other 
supplies  for  field  and  hospital  work. 

UNDER    MILITARY    CONTROL    AND    DISCIPLINE. 

Mr.  Kennan  points  out  one  notable  difference 
between  the  American  Red  Cross  and  the  Red 
Cross  of  Japan  in  the  relations  that  they  sustain 
to  their  respective  governments,  and  particularly 
to  the  departments  of  war  and  the  navy.  The 
Red  Cross  in  the  United  States  has  always  been 
an  independent  organization,  not  connected  in 
any  direct  way  with  the  military  establishment, 
nor  subject,  in  time  of  war,  to  the  direct  control 
and  supervision  of  the  military  authorities.  In 
Japan,  on  the  contrary,  by  virtue  of  the  imperial 
ordinance  of  December  2,  1901,  the  Red  Cross, 
in  time  of  war,  becomes  virtually  a  part  of  the 
army  and  navy,  and  the  members  of  its  field 
force — surgeons,  nurses,  and  attendants — are 
made  subject,  not  only  to  military  direction,  but 
to  military  discipline. 

Mr.  Kennan  expresses  the  opinion  that  in  thus 


making  the  Red  Cross  an  auxiliary  part  of  the 
regular  medical  and  sanitary  service  of  the  army 
and  navy,  and  in  subjecting  its  field  workers  to 
military  control  and  discipline,  Japan  has  acted 
wisely  and  prudently.  Mr.  Kennan  alludes  to 
the  well-known  fact  that  the  independent  or- 
ganization of  the  Red  Cross  in  the  United  States 
and  the  semi-independent  operations  of  its  field 
force  in  time  of  war  have  always  given  rise  to  a 
certain  amount  of  friction,  jealousy,  and  ill-feel- 
ing. "The  mere  presence  on  the  battlefield  of 
an  independent  body  of  surgeons  and  nurses  is 
in  itself  a  sort  of  reflection  upon  the  competency 
of  the  army's  medical  department,  and  it  is  re- 
sented, more  or  less  actively,  by  the  regular 
officers  of  the  medical  staff."  Mr.  Kennan  re- 
fers particularly  to  the  experiences  of  the  Cuban 
campaign.  He  argues  that  if  the  relief  corps  of 
the  Red  Cross  acted  in  cooperation  with  the  mil- 
itary authorities,  and  under  the  latter's  direction, 
their  mutual  relations  would  be  greatly  im- 
proved, and  the  service  rendered  by  both  would 
probably  be  more  efficient.  "  Unity  of  plan  and 
direction  are  as  necessary  to  success  in  relief 
work  as  they  are  in  military  strategy,  and  the 
experience  of  Japan  certainly  shows  that  the 
people  of  the  country  will  support  just  as  gen- 
erously and  enthusiastically  a  Red  Cross  that  is 
under  the  direction  of  the  military  authorities 
as  a  Red  Cross  that  tries  to  take,  in  the  field,  an 
attitude  of  quasi-independence." 


HAS  JAPANESE  COMPETITION   BEEN   OVERESTIMATED? 


THE  industrial  aspect  of  the  "yellow  peril," 
the  question  in  how  far  the  inevitable  ex- 
pansion of  Japanese  commerce  and  industry  in 
the  event  of  a  Japanese  victory  in  the  present 
war  would  close  the  "  open  door  "  of  eastern  Asia 
to  the  European  markets,  is  discussed  in  the 
Preussisclie  Jahrbucher  (Berlin)  by  Dr.  Max  Nitz- 
sche.  Pessimists  in  Germany  are  pro- Russian 
in  their  sympathies  because  they  consider  Rus- 
sia as  the  protagonist  of  the  white  race,  while 
they  fear  that  a  Japanese  victory  would  swell 
the  pride  and  the  national  ambition  of  Japan  to 
such  a  degree  that  on  having  attained  to  para- 
mountcy  in  eastern  Asia  she  would  inscribe  upon 
her  banners  the  pan-Asiatic  watchword,  "  Asia 
for  the  Asiatics  !  "  The  writer  undertakes  to  re- 
assure these  pessimists  by  pointing  out  that  the 
economic  and  industrial  conditions  in  Japan  are 
by  no  means  such  as  to  enable  her  at  once  to 
take  the  leadership  in  Asiatic  commerce.  The 
peaceful  social  revolution  wrought  in  Japan 
within  the  last  half-century,  which  finds  no  par- 


allel anywhere  in  history,  still  has  not  enabled 
her  to  become  a  serious  competitor  of  European 
commerce.  In  the  first  place,  there  is  the  labor 
question.  Although  labor  is  pitifully  cheap  in 
Japan,  we  find  here  an  illustration  of  the  adage 
that  cheap  labor  is  poor  labor. 

THE    JAPANESE    WORKINGMAN. 

The  difficulties  confronting  the  Japanese  man- 
ufacturer appear  from  the  following  description 
of  the  Japanese  workingman  : 

According  to  the  unanimous  testimony  of  unpreju- 
diced observers,  three  times  as  many  persons  are  re- 
quired for  the  same  kind  of  work  in  Japan  as  in  Eng- 
land. One  English  spinner,  with  an  assistant,  looks 
after  two  frames  of  800  spindles  each,  or  even  a  self-actor 
of  3,000  spindles,  while  the  Japanese  (or  Chinese)  spinner 
only  looks  after  200  to  300 spindles.  The  English  spinner 
Loses  5.8  percent,  of  his  time  in  knotting  the  broken 
threads,  while  the  Japanese  loses 25  percent.  Incon- 
sequence, the  English  spindles  run  twice  as  fast  as  the 
Japanese  spindles.  It  is  the  same  in  weaving.  In 
Massachusetts,  one  girl  attends  to  six  looms;  in  Lan- 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


477 


cashire,  to  four  ;  but  in  Japan,  only  to  one.  This  slow- 
ness appears  not  only  in  machine  work,  but  also  in  or- 
dinary earth  works,  in  building,  mining,  etc.  The 
average  Japanese  hates  continuous,  hard  work  ;  he  does 
not  care  how  long  his  hours  are,  if  he  can  work  leisure- 
ly. Every  few  minutes  he  stops,  to  sing,  chat,  smoke, 
or  >ip  tea.  If  the  work-giver  tries  to  stop  such  dilly- 
dallying by  punishments,  he  loses  his  working  force 
without  finding  a  better  one.  This  aesthetic  race  actu- 
ally despises  machinery  on  account  of  its  regularity  and 
precision,  and  because  it  destroys  all  artistic  individual- 
ity. Tin-  workman  will  always  prefer  the  less  expeditious 
hand  work,  if  he  can.  An  immense  amount  of  material, 
moreover,  is  lost  through  the  carelessness  of  the  work- 
ers, and  much  is  ruined  by  their  awkwardness,  but  the 
Japanese,  with  his  sunny,  childlike  disposition,  does  not 
care  in  the  least ;  on  the  contrary,  he  laughs  over  these 
mishaps.     He  lacks  all  feeling  of  responsibility. 

Tlio  manufacturers  have  to  cope  with  the  fur- 
ther disadvantage  of  being  unable  to  get  a  steady, 
well-drilled  force  of  workers,  as  the  Japanese 
are  naturally  too  restless  to  remain  in  one  place 
for  any  length  of  time.  In  the  cotton  mills, 
for  example,  only  25  per  cent,  remain  longer 
than  two  years,  and  it  is  estimated  that  10  per 
cent,  of  the  mill  girls  leave  the  mills  every  month, 
so  that  the  manufacturer  is  confronted  with  a 
new  force  every  ten  months. 

JAPANESE    COMPETITION    WITH    FOREIGN 
MANUFACTURES. 

Nevertheless,  Japanese  industry  is  rapidly 
developing,  and  herein  the  writer  sees  the  great- 
est safeguard  against  the  "yellow  peril."  For 
the  increasing  demand  for  labor  at  home  will 
act  as  a  check  to  the  undesirable  emigration  of 
the  Japanese  workers  to  European  countries. 
And  in  proportion  as  Japan  is  changing  from 
an  agricultural  to  an  industrial  state  its  exports 
will  counterbalance  its  imports.  Its  exports  of 
modern  factory  work  now  exceed  those  of  the 
old-time  arts  and  crafts  work,  the  latter  going 
almost   exclusively  to  Europe,  while  the   former 


go  to  the  Asiatic  markets,  where  they  enter  into 
sharp  competition  with  the  European  goods,  on 
account  of  their  cheapness,  and  in  spite  of  their 
poor  quality.  It  may  be  said  in  general  that 
the  Japanese  manufacturers  fail  in  regard  to 
fine,  expensive  products  which  call  for  compli- 
cated workmanship.  This  applies  especially  to 
the  iron  and  steel  industry,  in  which  the  imports 
are  steadily  increasing.  Germany  has  captured 
a  large  part  of  this  trade,  sending  over,  espe- 
cially, machinery  of  every  description.  This  is  of 
German  make  and  also  of  American  importation. 

In  addition  to  the  difficulties  mentioned  above, 
the  writer  enumerates  others  with  which  Japa- 
nese industry  will  have  to  contend  for  a  consid- 
erable time  to  come,  and  which  will  prevent  it 
from  entering  into  formidable  competition  with 
the  Western  nations.  One  of  these  is  the  lack 
of  economic  concentration,  as  shown  in  the 
numberless  small  establishments  with  a  very 
limited  capital.  In  1901,  for  example,  only  78 
banks  out  of  1,316  had  a  capital  of  over  one  mil- 
lion yen,  while  376  banks  had  less  than  thirty 
thousand  yen  !  The  lack  of  capital  within  the 
last  decade  is  severely  felt,  resulting  in  an  abnor- 
mally high  rate  of  interest.  The  bank  rate  is 
from  4  to  7.5  per  cent,  for  deposits.  9  to  14.5 
per  cent,  for  loans,  and  1.8  to  5.2  sen  a  hundred 
yen  for  call  money.  This  lack  of  capital  is  due 
to  the  disinclination  of  the  Japanese  to  go  to 
the  foreign  money  markets.  In  1903,  barely 
200,000,000  yen  of  the  national  debt  of  559,- 
610,000  yen  were  in  foreign  hands. 

The  writer  sums  up  his  conclusions  by  saying  : 
"If  we  take  into  consideration  all  these  imper- 
fections and  shortcomings  in  the  economic  organ- 
ization of  New  Japan, — the  incompetent  working 
force,  the  unsatisfactory  monetary  conditions, 
and  the  generally  backward  state  of  industry, — 
we  really  have  no  cause  to  fear  the  bogy  of  the 
'  yellow  peril.' " 


KOREAN   CHARACTERISTICS. 


IN  considering  the  plans  the  Japanese  Govern- 
ment may  have  for  the  future  industrial 
development  of  Korea,  Dr.  Homer  B.  Hulbert, 
editor  of  the  Korea  Review  (Seoul),  declares  that 
lot'  the  past  century,  or  more,  the  Korean  people 
seem  to  have  been  ••  absolutely  blind  to  their 
opportunities  ;  and,  so  far  from  leaping  to  the 
opportunity,  they  have  had  to  be  coaxed  and 
wheedled  into  accepting  even  the  cream  of  that 
opportunity."  Industrial,  economic,  and  general 
commercial  conditions  in  Japan,  China,  ami  even 
the  United    Slates,  the  writer  continues,  should 


have  furnished  Korea,  in  view  of  her  natural 
resources,  with  splendid  opportunities  for  profit 
and  advancement.  But,  "instead  of  this,  we  see 
the  Koreans  universally  howling  because  the 
export  of  rice  and  beans  has  raised  the  price  of 
foodstuffs  at  home."  If  the  mind  of  the  Korean 
could  be  broadened  to  grasp  "something  more 
than  his  immediate  environment,  he  would  equal 
the  Japanese  in  every  line,  excepting,  perhaps, 
that  of  art."  As  it  is,  Dr.  Hulbert  seems  to 
think  the  Korean's  mental  equipment  somewbat 
contemptible.     He  says,  further  : 


478 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


He  knows  nothing  about  the  interrelationship  of 
supply  and  demand.  He  sees  no  connection  between 
Japanese  industrial  enterprise  and  Korean  agricultural 
produce.  He  sees  and  knows  nothing  beyond  the  hills 
that  bound  his  vision.  He  has  no  faith  in  any  man. 
He  distrusts  any  medium  of  exchange  that  does  not 
represent  in  itself  intrinsic  value.  Within  the  limited 
range  of  his  observation,  he  is  ready  and  quick  to  take 
advantage  of  enlarged  opportunity,  and  he  is  a  keen 
judge  of  relative  values.  His  whole  training  goes  to 
prove  that  combinations  of  capital  are,  as  a  rule,  but 
traps  to  catch  his  money  and  finally  leave  him  in  the 
lurch.  The  investment  of  capital  is  so  precarious  that 
there  is  no  inducement  in  it  unless,  as  in  a  lottery,  a 
man  has  a  chance  to  double  his  money  in  a  year's  time. 
The  trouble  lies,  not  in  lack  of  energy,  nor  in  innate 
laziness,  but  in  crass  ignorance,  and  in  suspicion  bred 
of  long  centuries  of  indirection. 

Korea  has  had   an   autonomous   «*overnment 


for  three  thousand  years,  and  has  supplied  Ja- 
pan with  many  of  her  most  cherished  ideals. 
But  this,  he  believes,  will  not  prevent  the  Jap- 
anese from  occupying  the  land  and,  while  in 
name  respecting  the  territorial  integrity  of  the 
country,  making  of  it  a  virtual  protectorate. 
As  to  the  immediate  future,  Dr.  Hulbert 
says  : 

There  should  be  a  campaign  of  education,  not  only 
among  the  Koreans  of  the  common  class,  but  among 
the  Japanese  of  the  same  class  as  well.  If  the  Koreans 
must  be  taught  that  peaceful  enterprise  of  the  Japa- 
nese in  Korea  cannot  hurt  them,  the  Japanese  must  also 
be  taught  that  the  Koreans  have  exactly  as  good  a 
right  to  personal  protection  and  immunity  from  petty 
assault  as  the  Japanese  themselves,  and  there  are  some 
who  think  the  lower  ranks  of  the  Japanese  will  take  a 
lot  of  teaching  along  this  line. 


VON   PLEHVE'S  SUCCESSOR:    A  CHANGE  OF  POLICY? 


THE  appointment,  after  considerable  delay 
and  hesitation,  of  Prince  Peter  Sviatopolk- 
Mirsky  as  minister  of  the  interior,  to  succeed 
the  late  von  Plehve,  is  considered  in  Russia,  as 
well  as  abroad,  in  circles  familiar  with  the  po- 
litical currents  and  tendencies  in  the  great  Slav 
Empire,  as  a  concession  to  the  liberal  sentiment 
and  to  the  policies  represented  by  de  Witte.  As 
there  is  no  public  opinion  in  Russia  in  the  West- 
ern sense  of  the  phrase,  and  as  the  expressions 
and  estimates  of  the  press  are  not  necessarily 
indicative  of  fact,  time  alone  can  determine  the 
correctness  or  baselessness  of  the  prevailing  im- 
pression. It  is  certain,  however,  that  Sviatopolk- 
Mirsky  is  not  identified  with  the  political  ideas 
or  the  elements  of  which  the  late  minister  was 
the  most  resolute  and  uncompromising  cham- 
pion. 

Sviatopolk -Mirsky's  training  was  not  mate- 
rially different  from  that  of  his  predecessor. 
He  was  chief  of  the  gendarmerie  and  assistant 
minister  of  the  interior  under  Sipiaguine.  He 
has  been  governor-general  of  certain  provinces. 
He  is  known  to  entertain  "  moderate  "  opinions, 
and  his  record  as  an  administrator  is  respecta- 
ble, but  not  brilliant.  He  is  not,  as  von  Plehve 
was,  a  ''strong  man."  and  by  nature  he  inclines 
toward  conciliation  rather  than  toward  bold  and 
aggressive  measures.  But  to  conclude  that  Ins 
appointment  spells  a  pronounced  change  of  in- 
ternal policy  is  premature. 

M.  von  Plehve  stood  for  these  things  prima- 
rily :  Rigid  restriction  of  the  activities  and  func- 
tions of  the  local  or  provincial  bodies, — the 
zemstvos;  discouragement  of  all  direct  or  indi- 
rect agitation  for  the  extension  of  the  represent- 


ative principle  and  the  introduction  of  "Western 
constitutional  and  parliamentary  institutions  ; 
firm  control  of  the  press  ;  unification,  or  Russi- 
fication,  of  the  empire,  and  the  stern  suppression 
of  "  particularist  "  movements;  vigorous  treat- 
ment of  the  Polish  and  Jewish  questions,  which 
meant  the  continued  application  of  special  laws 


VON    IM.KllVK's  SUCCESSOR. 

Tin:  Czar:  "Please  sit  down." 
From  ~s<\if  QlUhlichter  (Stuttgart), 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


479 


and  restrictive  measures  ;  and,  finally,  relentless 
persecution  of  the  disaffected  revolutionary  ele- 
ments. 

A  favorable  view  (which  yet  contains  signifi- 
cant  admissions)  of  von  Plehve's  policy  was 
presented  in  the  St.  Petersburg  Novoye  Vremya 
by  one  of  the  late  minister-administrator's  inti- 
mate friends,  E.  Bogdanovitch.  Recognizing  that 
von  Plehve's  connection  with  the  "  Third  Sec- 
tion," or  the  'political"  police,  had  inevitably 
ped  his  methods  and  affected  his  judgment, 
the  writer  says  : 

In  no  sense  an  opponent  of  natural  evolution  tending 
toward  the  extension  of  social  cooperation  in  govern- 
ment. V.  R.  von  Plehve  was  a  convinced  adherent  of 
the  view  that  the  sphere  of  social  activity  should  be  con- 
fined, in  the  first  place,  to  the  proper  ordering  of  local 
and  administrative  affairs.  He  attached  great  impor- 
tance to  the  participation  of  IochI  representatives  in  this 
kind  of  work.  It  is  sufficient  to  point  to  the  part  as- 
signed to  such  local  representatives  in  the  readjustment 
of  the  status  of  the  peasantry,  and  to  the-  creation,  in 
conjunction  with  the  department  of  local  economic  af- 
fairs, of  a  higher  council  composed  in  part  of  local  men. 
Von  Plehve  considered  his  chief  duty  as  minister  to  be 
the  safeguarding  of  our  governmental  order  from  the 
assaults  of  its  foes,  as  well  as  the  elevation  of  the  stand- 
ard of  life  of  the  masses. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  extreme,  revolutionary 
view  of  von  Plehve's  career  is  set  forth  in  a  proc- 
lamation of  the  Central  Committee  of  Revolu- 
tionary Socialists  published  in  the  Osvobojhenie, 
the  Stuttgart  organ  of  the  Russian  Constitution- 
alists. In  this  document,  the  assassination  of 
the  minister  is  described  as  an  extra-legal  act  of 
justice,  and  an  indictment  of  five  distinct  counts 
is  presented  against  him.  He  is  accused  of 
having  adopted  measures  of  unheard-of  repres- 
sion, not  only  against  physical-force  reformers, 
but  against  peasants  and  workmen  whom  autoc- 
racy had  driven  into  unintelligent  revolt,  and 
against  all  liberal  and  advanced  thinkers  of  the 
country;  of  having  fanned  and  inflamed  the 
prejudices  of  the  ignorant  populace  against 
other  races  inhabiting  Russia,  and  of  having  in- 
stigated the  anti-Jewish  disorders  ;  of  having 
tried  to  establish  an  international  police  system 
in  the  interest  of  Russian  absolutism  and  de- 
priving Russian  exiles  of  the  right  of  asylum  in 
Kurope  ;  and,  finally,  of  having  used  his  quasi- 
'lietatorial  powers  to  bring  about  the  war  with 
Japan. 

The  non-revolutionary  reformers  share,  in  all 
essentials,  this  view  of  von  Plehve's  policies. 
It  is  interesting  to  find  even  Prince  Mestcher- 
sky,  the  leader  of  the  aristocratic  reactionaries 
in  the  press,  warning  von  Plehve's  successor 
against  certain  of  the  late  administrator's  errors 
of    strategy    and    tactics.      In    his    organ,    the 


Grazhdanin,  the  prince-editor  declares  that  von 
Plehve  deliberately  concealed  or  withheld  many 
facts  of  consequence  from  the  Czar.     He  says  : 

I  recall  a  question  which  I  once  put  to  the  late  min- 
ister : 

"Do  you  tell  the  whole  truth  to  the  Czar,  or  do  you 
exercise  some  selection  ?"  > 

"No,"  said  the  minister,  "I  do  not  tell  the  whole 
truth,  because,  if  I  were  to  do  so,  I  might  excite  doubts 
in  the  Czar's  mind  as  to  the  fruitfuluess  of  my  policy." 

How  much  there  is  in  this  answer  of  the  practical 
philosophy  of  self-preservation  in  an  official  sense ! 
And  yet,  when  one  reflects  upon  its  real  meaning  one  is 
appalled  at  the  thought  of  the  amount  of  mischief  con- 
ceivably caused  by  the  constant  application  of  this 
principle  of  official  self-interest,  of  the  influence  of  fear 
of  personal  unpleasantness. 

Prince  Mestchersky  further  intimates  that  von 
Plehve  was  a  man  of  dark  and  mysterious  ways, 
a  man  who  always  suspected  plots  and  opposi- 
tion, and  who  was  "  diplomatic "  rather  than 
straightforward  even  with  his  associates  and 
subordinates.  The  plan  of  mapping  out  a  defi- 
nite, simple,  intelligible  course  and  following  it 
frankly  and  openly  was  foreign  to  his  nature. 
He  depended  on  his  intuitions  and  impressions, 
and  exhibited  an  impatience  and  instability 
which  might  have  seemed  incompatible  with  his 
apparent  coldness  and  formalism.  Prince  Mest- 
chersky advises  the  new  minister  to  put  away 
all  small  arts,  to  speak  and  act  plainly,  and  to  be 
statesman-like  rather  than  "diplomatic."  Less 
influential  editors  add,  very  cautiously  and  more 
between  than  in  the  lines,  that  the  new  minister 
ought  to  be  more  liberal  and  progressive  as  well. 
They  speak  of  the  critical  character  of  the  in- 
ternal situation,  and  hope  that  Prince  Sviato- 
polk-Mirsky  may  do  much  to  relieve  it.  The  by  no 
means  advanced  Novoye  Vremya  says,  editorially  : 

We  are  now  passing  through  an  historical  crisis 
which  may  influence  the  destiny  of  the  Russian  Empire. 
As  the  military  situation  in  the  far  East  becomes  more 
and  more  complicated,  an  opportunity  is  offered  to  our 
enemies  at  home,  who  are  always  quick  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  any  difficulties  or  reverses  experienced  by 
the  Russian  national  government.  Therefore,  we  must 
show  hearty  cooperation  in  the  hour  of  trial,  repel  our 
enemies  abroad,  and  disarm  the  discontented  elements 
at  home.  In  order  to  accomplish  the  latter  task,  we 
must  retain  all  the  good — especially  the  zemstvo — insti- 
tutions, which  can  only  develop  if  allowed  to  work 
independently. 

An  Italian  View  of  Plehve's  Assassination. 

In  commenting  on  the  assassination  of  von 
Plehve  in  Italia  Moderna  (Rome),  Antonio  Mon- 
zelli  contrasts  the  profound  impression  of  horror, 
of  execration,  even  of  surprise,  which  was  made 
upon  the  world  .by  the  fate  of  republican  presi- 
dents  like   Carnot  and   McKinley,  and  of  mon- 


480 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


archs  like  Humbert,  and  Elizabeth  of  Austria, 
with  the  comments  of  the  press  on  this  last 
act  of  assassination.  The  press  of  the  different 
countries,  he  says,  which  reflects  the  public  mind 
much  more  clearly  than  is  sometimes  thought, 
"plainly  indicates  the  different  impressions  pro 
duced  by  the  assassination  of  presidents  and 
constitutional  monarchs,  innocent  of  wrong- 
doing, and  by  the  fate  of  a  minister  like  Plehve. 
The  press  of  Great  Britain,  and  also  that  of 
countries  where  the  press  has  less  liberty  and 
feels  the  constraint  of  political  relations,  as  in 
Austria,  Germany,  and  Prance,  while  condemn- 
ing the  assassination,  has  been  unable  to  refrain 
from  deploring  the  course  taken  by  Plehve  dur- 
ing the  last  period  of  his  political  life."  This 
writer  quotes  from  the  European,  which  is  pub- 
lished in  Paris  under  the  editorial  direction  of 
such  eminent  men  as  Bjornson,  Novicow,  Sal- 
meron,  and  Seignobos. 


The  reign  of  terror  has  closed  in  terror  and  blood. 
The  victims  of  Rostoff,  of  Zlatoust,  of  Kieff,  of  Kishi- 
neff ;  the  sufferings  of  Armenia  and  of  Poland ;  the 
wrongs  of  all  the  great  and  noble  of  the  country,  have 
been  avenged, — Plehve  has  been  killed  by  a  bomb  hurled 
by  a  member  of  a  hostile  organization.  The  joy  of  all 
those  who  understand  general  public  opinion  is  un- 
bounded. Since  the  fall  of  Dmitry  Tolstoy,  in  the 
reign  of  Alexander  III.,  the  first  sigh  of  relief  has  at 
length  been  heaved  on  learning  that  Plehve  has  been 
made  away  with. 

In  the  modern  world,  he  concludes,  a  despotic 
government  has  become  an  anachronism. 

It  has  been  declared  contrary  to  the  very  nature  of 
humanity.  The  physical  and  moral  organism  of  man 
shrinks  from  it  with  abhorrence,  and  feels  it  quite  in- 
compatible with  that  constant  elevation  of  the  indi- 
vidual which  is  the  glory  of  our  age.  The  tranquillity, 
the  economic  and  political  progress,  of  Russia,  her  na- 
tional greatness  and  the  stability  of  the  Romanoff  dy- 
nasty, must  pass  away  unless  a  liberal  regime  be  soon 
inaugurated  in  the  realm  of  the  Czar. 


HAS  RUSSIA  BEEN  THE  VICTIM  OF  ANGLO-SAXON 

IMPERIALISM? 


THE  hopelessness  and  gloom  reflected  from 
the  pages  of  the  Russian  reviews  become 
more  intense  as  the  war  drags  on.  Even  the  jingo 
feuilletonists  cannot  remain  oblivious  of  the 
dangers  threatening  Russia  at  home  and  abroad. 
This  is  illustrated  by  an  article  by  Prince  Men 
schikov  in  a  recent  number  of  Novoye  Vremya, 
the  well-known  journal  of  St.  Petersburg.  Hav- 
ing been  compelled  to  fight,  he  says  : 

I  am  convinced  that  there  is  no  other  way  for  us  to 
achieve  peace  than  by  vigorously  repelling  our  enemies. 
A  successful  defense  on  our  part  would  bring  the  as- 
surance of  peace  for  half  a  century,  as  was  the  case  in 


Germany  after  the  Franco-Prussian  War,  but  should 
we  fail,  there  will  be  no  limit  to  the  demands  of  our  em- 
boldened enemies.  Whoever  shall  desire  it  will  join  in 
the  spoliation  of  Russia,  just  as  the  Dutch,  the  Portu- 
guese, the  French,  and  the  English  once  despoiled  India, 
and  as  all  Europe  despoiled  Turkey  and  is  now  despoiling 
China.  To  yield  to  Japan  now  would  mean  the  renun- 
ciation of  our  imperial  and  national  existence.  But  the 
people  will  hardly  consent  to  such  suicide.  Our  genera- 
tion has  scarcely  any  right  to  decide  this  question  for 
Russia,  for  Russia  belongs,  not  only  to  the  present,  but 
also  to  the  past  and  the  future.  .  .  .  Let  us  be  strong, 
then.  Let  us  be  thoroughly  armed,  let  us  be  noble  ;  let 
us  not  be  deterred  by  hard  work,  by  the  sacrifice  of 
treasure,  by  the  sacrifice  of  life  its3ff,  to  uphold  Russia. 


uum 


j 


THE  GOOD   ami   HAD  PAIBIES    \T  THE  CHRISTENING   <>!'  THE  RUSSIAN   HEIR. 

From  l>i  r  FJofi  i  Vienna). 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


481 


Russia's  defeat,  he  continues,  would  be  the 
signal  for  "great,  unending  misfortune."  She 
would  be  overwhelmed  on  all  sides. 

We  -hall  be  wiped  off  the  face  of  the  earth.  .  .  .  The 
dangers  threatening  Russia  are  growing  to  vast  propor- 
tions, and  we  cannot  but  see  them  and  recognize  them. 
high  time  for  the  nation  to  realize  that  the  danger 
i-  Dear  to  us.  Professor  Mendeleyev  predicts  that  after 
this  war  there  will  come  other  wars  as  a  natural  se- 
quence. Wo  have  a  comparative  abundance  of  land, 
our  neighbors  have  a  shortage  of  it,  and  under  such 
conditions  wars  break  out  in  obedience  to  the  laws  of 
atmospheric  pressure.  Japan  is  the  most  densely  pop- 
ulated, hence  she  was  the  first  to  begin  war.  Germany, 
China,  the  United  States,  England,— they  are  our  en- 
vironment, exerting  their  forces  with  terrible  swift- 
Russia  must  seek  safety  in  armed  resistance, 
declares  this  writer.  Her  powers  of  resistance 
gave  way  at  their  weakest  point, — in  the  far  East 
—hence  "  we  must  strive,  with  all  our  might,  to 
hold  back  the  catastrophe,  lest  it  become  gen- 
eral." 

Back  of  Japan  there  stands  with  insolently  bared 
teeth  the  most  greedy  race  in  the  world— the  Auglo- 
Saxon.  England  is  already  covertly  waging  against  us 
a  war  that  may  at  any  moment  break  into  open  flame. 
She  is  already  dispatching  armed  fleets  to  close  our 
channels  by  force.  On  land,  in  Central  Asia,  England 
i-  already  approaching  our  boundaries.  Without  an 
open  declaration  of  war  (this  knightly  custom  seems  to 
have  been  abolished),  England  is  conquering  Tibet,  the 
buffer  state  that  separated  us  from  India.  The  parti- 
tion of  China  is  inevitable.  There  is  no  room  for  doubt 
that  there  is  approaching  the  division  of  Asia  and  of 
the  entire  world  among  the  peoples  who  are  striving  to 
survive,  who  are  watching  eagerly  and  are  making 
ready  to  become  the  masters  of  the  world.  .  .  .  England, 
by  acquiring  Tibet,  will  hold  the  key  to  India  ;  and  by 
conquering  Kukunon,  Alushan,  and  Mongolia,  will 
exercise  a  direct  influence  over  Trans-Baikal,  Turkes- 
tan, and  Manchuria,  and  will  also  become  the  master 
of  the  Celestial  Empire.  Germany  and  the  United 
States  will  be  given  other  portions  of  China ;  France 
will  thank  Providence  if  Indo-China  is  left  in  her  pos- 
session.  Gaining  control  of  almost  half  of  mankind, 
England  will  have  in  China  and  India  unlimited  ma- 
terial for  her  armies,  and  who  is  then  to  check  her 
mastery  of  the  world  P 

RUSSIA    MIST    WATCH    ENGLAND    AND    AMERICA. 

Strange  as  are  the  above  utterances  of  one  of 
the  leading  feuilletonists  of  the  Novoye  Vremya, 
the  most  influential  newspaper  in  Russia,  read 
by  the  court  and  the  Czar  himself,  they  are  ex- 
ceeded by  his  strictures  on  what  he  terms  "  The 
Now  England.''  Owing  to  the  "incorrigible 
political  optimism  "  of  the  Russians,  says  he, 

We  failed  to  observe  the  appearance  of  a  new  world 
hostile  to  us.  Quite  unexpectedly,  our  friend  and  well- 
wisher,  whom  we  had  saved  from  great  misfortunes  and 
whose  good-will  we  have  tried  to  gain  by  gifts,  the 


ENGLISH    POLITICS. 

"  If  only  I  could  be  sure  that  the  rascal  would  not  get  up 
again,  I  would  also  give  him  a  kick." 

From  Simplicissimus  (Berlin). 

United  States,  has  turned  out  to  be  a  second  England 
and  our  universal  enemy.  How  did  that  happen?  It 
happened  simply  as  anything  else  in  nature  happens. 
We  were  constantly  lagging  behind,  while  America  was 
constantly  marching  onward.  We  have  become  weak, 
the  Americans  have  become  strong.  We  have  become 
poor,  they  have  become  rich.  Well,  the  favorites  of 
fortune  are  no  fit  companions  for  the  unfortunate. 
Like  the  weakling  in  the  herd,  the  nation  weakened  in 
the  family  of  its  neighbors  evokes  instincts  of  greed. 
Weakness  is  naturally  the  prey  of  power.  This  is  a  law, 
not  only  in  politics,  but  also  in  nature.  Our  only  inex- 
cusable sin  in  the  eyes  of  our  neighbors  is  that  we  do 
not  know  how  to  be  strong,  and  the  giant  nations  who 
have  arisen  within  the  last  century  are  already  begin- 
ning to  push  Russia  with  elbow  or  foot.  There,  beyond 
the  two  oceans,  is  maturing,  or  already  mature  for  us,  a 
new  England  just  as  hostile  and  fully  as  bitter  against 
us  as  the  old  England,  and  it  is  now  our  turn  to  be 
struck  by  her.  .  .  .  Europe  was  crowded  out  of  America 
by  the  Dingley  tariff  ;  the  Columbian  epoch  has  ended. 
The  European  nations  have  almost  mechanically 
turned  their  attention  to  Asia.  Only  seven  years  ago, 
the  partition  of  Asia  was  decided,  clandestinely,  but  ir- 
revocably. And  do  you  know  in  what  country  there 
was  first  noted  this  new  phase  of  history  ?  In  this  self- 
same America, 


482 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE    BUGBEAR    OF    AMERICAN    IMPERIALISM. 

Perceiving  that  nowhere  else  but  in  Asia,  the 
greatest  of  continents  and  the  cradle  of  man- 
kind, a  partition  of  land  was  to  take  place. 

America,  he  goes  on,  has  at  one  bound  ap- 
proached the  scene  of  partition.  In  April,  1898, 
America  attacked  Spain,  and  in  two  months 
was  already  firmly  established  in  Cuba,  but 
a  step  or  two  from  Panama,  the  front  gate  to 
the  Pacific  Ocean.  On  the  12th  of  August,  a 
preliminary  agreement  was  made  in  Washington, 
and  in  December  peace  was  concluded  and  the 
treaty  signed  in  Paris.  Less  than  six  years 
have  passed  since  then,  and  the  world  is  divided 
into  two  combinations.  America,  England,  and 
Japan  are  under  the  flag  of  the  "open  door" 
and  are  seizing  trade  supremacy  from  the  hands 
of  the  old  Continental  powers.  It  was  for  this 
reason,  he  insists,  that  war  broke  out  in  the  far 
East.  The  predictions  of  the  American  press 
have  been  realized,  he  continues. 

Had  the  European  representatives  in  Washington 
paid  attention  to  the  vox  poprdi,  the  press,  they  would 
have  understood  in  time  the  direction  that  history  was 
taking.  They  would  have  understood  why,  in  the 
peace  commission  at  Paris,  Secretary  of  State  Hay 
placed  the  knife  at  the  throat  of  the  Spanish  represent- 
ative, until  he  at  last  grabbed  from  Spain,  for  the  sum 
of  twenty  million  dollars,  the  Philippine  archipelago, 
that  magnificent  outpost  of  China.  America's  maneu- 
ver was  so  clear  to  many  that  in  March  of  last  year,  at  a 
dinner  given  by  our  consul-general  in  New  York,  the 
following  prediction  was  made  :  "  For  the  service  which 
our  diplomacy  has  just  rendered  to  America  in  the 
Venezuelan  conflict  we  shall  in  less  than  a  year  have  to 
pay,  in  the  far  East,  a  milliard  of  rubles  and  a  stream 
of  Russian  blood.  .  .  .  This  war,  as  was  perceived  by 
many,  was  prepared  in  America.  In  1904,  a  Presiden- 
tial election  is  to  take  place.  The  candidates  for  the 
office  of  President  were  picked  in  March.  The  Repub- 
lican party  and  Roosevelt  found  it  necessary  to  warn 
the  people  early  in  February  of  the  dangerous  r&le  of 
Russia.  Japan  would  have  to  engage  her  in  a  deadly 
conflict.  At  the  time  when  Russia  will  begin  to  trans- 
port to  the  East  hundreds  of  thousands  of  her  sons  to 
death  and  the  terrible  work  of  destruction,  we  shall  ar- 
range for  you  a  magnificent  festival  of  peaceful  indus- 
try at  St.  Louis,  and  later,  on  the  arch  of  chaos  and 
death,  our  diplomacy  will  open  before  you  the  widest 
field  for  the  display  of  your  energy. 

WAS    THE    UNITED    STATES    BEHIND    JAPAN? 

At  the  time  when,  according  to  Count  von 
Biilovv,  all  Europe  was  surprised  at  the  sudden 
outbreak  of  war,  the  inevitable  rupture  was 
known  in  America — even  a  few  days  beforehand, 
continues  this  writer.  The  American  merchants 
in  China,  he  has  been  informed,  stopped  t  heir  con- 
signments to  Port  Arthur  as  early  as  the.'!  1st  of 
January.  On  the  eve  of  the  Japanese  attack,  on 
February  6  7.  a  cablegram  was  received  in  New 


/> 

i 

f"*"m 

^^ 

2   1 

*  ML 

i     M  J .   1 

Butt    j'KmBk 
i  M             f  1 

If}          n       9, 

m^^^wS*  -a 

3BBI 

W^m&m 

SKf^ 

AN  ITALIAN  VIEW  OF  THE  RED  SEA  SEIZURES. 

From  Fischtetto  (Turin). 

York  from  Tokio  announcing  the  proposed 
attack,  yet  this  message  of  Reuter's  Agency  was 
not  communicated  to  Russia. 

If  the  outbreak  of  war  was  useful  to  President 
Roosevelt  in  March,  it  will  be  even  more  useful  to  him 
at  the  time  of  the  elections,  in  November.  Just  at  that 
time,  with  the  arrival  of  the  Baltic  fleet  in  the  East,  we 
should  expect  the  appearance  from  behind  the  Japanese 
screens  of  the  chief  actors  in  this  drama.  The  shakier 
the  chances  of  the  Republican  party,  the  greater  the 
likelihood  of  an  external  conflict  before  the  elections, 
and  the  more  secure  the  candidacy  of  Roosevelt,  the 
greater  the  probability  of  conflict  after  the  elections. 
He  is  a  warm  partisan  of  the  fashionable  and  attractive 
policy  of  imperialism.  He  gave  Panama  to  America. 
He  gave  an  outlet  to  the  illimitable  national  greed  accu- 
mulated through  a  whole  century.  Roosevelt  is  the 
candidate  of  that  mighty  oligarchy  which  has  long 
ruled  America.  They  are  the  owners  of  the  trusts,  the 
kings  of  industry,  the  renowned  circle  of  four  hun- 
dred. Possessing  a  capital  of  thirty  milliards,  they 
have  a  net  annual  income  of  three  milliards,  greater 
than  that  of  any  great  power.  The  entire  policy  of 
America  is  in  their  hands.  They  are  the  owners  of  most 
of  the  newspapers  and  periodicals,  they  are  the  inspira- 
tion of  public  opinion,  bitter  enemies  of  Europe  in  all  t  lie 
world-markets.  Rut  Russia  is  their  particular  enemy  in 
the  grain  markets  and  in  the  far  East.  To  remove  Rus- 
sia from  Europe  and  from  China  is  the  secret  password 
of  tlie  Americans.  "  The  Pacific  Ocean  must  become  an 
American  lake."  This  dream,  grand  almost  to  absurd 
ity,  is  spoken  of  publicly.  America  and  England  are 
represented  here  as  the  two  wings  of  a  universal  power. 
Greal  forces  are  at  work  in  the  two  countries  to  effect 
the  union  of  all  Anglo-Saxons  into  a  single  political  en- 
tity. And  why  should  this  be  impossible  where  the 
same  language,  culture,  faith,  and  institutions  exist:' 
In  anticipation  of  this  gigantic  union,  America  and 
England   have  inaugurated  a  war,  as  yet  hidden,  with 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


483 


the  weakest  of  the  naval  powers,  but  the  most  danger- 
ous for  them  on  the  Continent.  Foolish  Japan  was  sent 
out  as  a  fireship  ;  when  all  her  forces  shall  be  exhausted, 
other  fleets  and  other  armies  will  take  their  place,  and 
the  power  of  Russia  will  be  crushed. 

WHY    THE     UNITED    STATES    IS    SAID    TO    BE 
ANTI-RUSSIAN. 

Why  is  all  this?  What  has  Russia  done  to 
England  and  America  ?  These,  says  M.  Men- 
Bchikov,  are  naive  questions.  Russia  occupies 
sixth  of  the  earth's  territory, — that  is  her 
crime.  Russia  is  growing  fast, — that  is  her 
sin.  "  Russia  had  the  audacity  to  come  in  de- 
fense of  China."  All  this  the  Anglo-Saxons 
could  not  bear. 

Russia  is  too  deeply  involved  in  Asia,  more  deeply 
than  any  other  power  ;  and  she  alone  is  in  the  way  of 
the  grand  plan  for   the  conquest  of  that  continent. 


Russia  must  be  driven  out  from  eastern  Siberia  and  be 
thrown  back  from  the  Pacific  Ocean.  With  the  defeat 
of  Russia,  China  will  become  the  prey  of  England  and 
America,  like  India  and  the  Philippines.  Having  secured 
possession  of  the  yellow  race,  having  organized  it  for 
military  purposes,  the  Anglo-Saxon  will  easily  conquer 
the  kremlin  of  mankind — Europe.  You  may  think  that 
this  is  a  nightmare,  yet  it  is  already  being  realized,  and 
is  being  played  according  to  scale.  The  whole  new 
world  is  already  in  the  possession  of  the  Anglo-Saxons. 
South  America  is  merely  a  tail  wagging  at  the  pleasure 
of  North  America.  Australia  and  Africa  are  in  the 
hands  of  England,  and  the  best  part  of  Asia  is  like- 
wise in  her  hands.  How  much  is  there  left?  Two 
more  posts  to  be  taken — China  and  Russia — and  what 
then  could  Europe  do  when  surrounded  on  all  sides, 
plundered  and  impoverished. 

If  Russia  really  wishes  to  remain  a  power  of 
the  first  rank,  an  independent  and  mighty  race, 
he  concludes,  she  must  keep  a  sharp  watch. 


SOME  RESULTS  OF  FRANCE'S  STRUGGLE  WITH  THE  ROMAN 

CHURCH. 


AN  anonymous  writer  in  the  Nuova  Antologia 
(Rome),  who  claims  to  speak  with  more  or 
less  authority,  in  treating  of  the  present  rup- 
ture between  the  French  Government  and  the 
Vatican,  remarks   that,  in  spite  of  the  formula 

of  Cavour — "  a  free 
c  h  u  r  c  h  in  a  free 
state  " — there  must 
always  be  conflicts 
between  the  ecclesi- 
astical and  civil  au- 
thorities so  long  as 
Church  and  State 
are  not  made  abso- 
lutely separate  and 
distinct.  The  great 
stumbling-block  in 
the  relationship  be- 
tween the  French 
Government  and  the 
Vatican,  he  goes  on 
to  say,  has  been  the 
Concordat  of  Na- 
poleon I.,  which 
seemed  to  be  based 
upon  mutual  con- 
cessions and  the  es- 
tablishment of  mutual  right.  The  Concordat 
secured,  nominally,  the  liberty  of  the  Catholic 
Church  in  France.  The  civil  government  re- 
served to  itself  the  right  of  nominating  arch- 
bishops and  bishops.  But  the  institution  in 
high  ecclesiastical  offices  is  lodged  in  the  Papal 


PIERRE  MARIE  WALDECK.- 
ROUSSEAU. 

(Died  August  10.) 

The  late  French  statesman,  who. 
when  premier,  brought  in  and 
lathered  the  famous  law 
against  the  religious  congre- 
gations. 


authority.  The  bishops  are  expected  to  take  an 
oath  of  obedience  and  loyalty  to  the  govern- 
ment.    They  are  functionaries  of  the  State  as 


I  - 1  J  .  J         <f  J  y 


\J%**,fl$f{;ifc&M 


s./„. 


foM/Z*"^  ? 


THE  SIGNATURES  TO  THE  FAMOUS  CONCORDAT  MADE  BY 
NAPOLEON   WITH  THE  VATICAN   IN   1804. 


484 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


,    ^^>    .  - 


THK  CHARTREUSE   FATHERS    LEAVING  THEIR  MONASTERIES  AFTER   THE  ORDER   OF  EXPULSION,   IN  APRIL,   1902. 


well  as  of  the  Church,  and  even  French  car- 
dinals receive  their  instructions  from  the  min- 
istry in  Paris  before  joining  the  conclave  at 
Rome,  and  cannot  even  leave  their  own  diocese 
for  the  purpose  of  visiting  Rome  without  the 
consent  of  the  government.  This  is  all  pro 
vided  for  in  the  Napoleonic  Concordat,  and 
such  difficulties  as  have  occurred  in  the  cases  of 
the  Bishops  of  Laval  and  Dijon,  both  of  whom 
are  under  the  censure  of  the  Vatican,  while  they 
are  supported  by  the  French  Government,  "can 
only  be  put  a  stop  to  by  the  repudiation  of  the 
Concordat  of  1801,  which  repudiation  would 
be  strongly  opposed  by  many  high  ecclesiastical 
functionaries  in  France,  notably  by  Cardinal 
Mathieu." 

Even  the  government  of  France  finds  in  the  Con- 
cordat a  weapon  by  which  to  oppose  the  political  agita. 
tion  in  which  Church  functionaries  are  often  tempted 
to  engage.  .  .  .  The  separation  which  logic  and  reason 
seem  to  demand  between  Church  and  State,  not  only  in 
France,  but  in  all  other  countries,  Protestant  as  will 
as  Catholic,  is  the  word  of  the  future;  because  faith 
and  politics  are,  in  the  modem  world,  two  extreme 
poles,  which,  if  they  are  not  actually  irreconcilable, 
are  nevertheless  entirely  independent. 

As  to  the  Temporal  Power. 
The  Paris   Figaro  quotes  Cardinal   Merry  del 
Yal  as  saying,  in  regard  to  the  temporal  power 
By  the  way,  let  me  tell  you  that  we  do  not  like  thai 


term.  The  general  public  should  clearly  understand 
that  the  Holy  See  demands  only  that  material  independ- 
ence which  is  indispensable  to  the  maintenance  of  its 
moral  independence.  It  needs  certain  facilities  for  its 
intercourse  with  the  400,000,000  Catholics  scattered  over 
the  earth.  The  term  "temporal  power"  does  not  ex- 
press that  independence  and  those  facilities.  Temporal 
power  implies  administration  in  general,  comprising 
that  of  justice,  finances,  police,  and  numerous  things 
which  may  be  dispensed  with  by  the  Holy  See.  But  it 
cannot  dispense  with  its  material  independence.  That 
is  a  fact  which  must  be  made  known. 

French  Civilization  and  the  Monks. 

A  n  analysis  of  the  influence  of  monasticism 
on  French  civilization,  by  Joseph  Ageorges,  ap- 
pears in  the  Revue  Generate  (Brussels).  It  is 
impossible  for  modern  historians,  even  of  the 
most  biased  sectarian  views,  he  writes,  to  deny 
the  importance  of  the  rule  played  by  the  reli- 
gious orders  in  French  civilization.  It  has 
been  a  wonderfully  significant  role.  In  the 
Middle  Ages,  the  monks  were  the  mainstay  of 
agriculture  and  industry,  and  the  hope  of  learn- 
ing. Their  abodes  formed  centers  of  agricul- 
ture ami  of  industry  which  soon  became  new 
centers  of  population.  Their  farms  and  indus- 
trial establishments  were  always  the  schools  for 
training  the  peasantry  in  thrift,  patience,  and 
good  morals.  Moreover,  the  monks  were  archi- 
tects, artists,  general  scientists,  economic  leaders. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


485 


They  were  the  first  to  organize  public  benevo 
lence.  And  all  this  in  addition  to  the  religious 
instruction  which  was  their  main  task. 


The  French  Congregations  in  Belgium. 

A  writer  in  the  Revue  Bleue,  M.  Dumont- 
"Wilden.  sees  a  grave  problem  for  Belgium  in 
the  invasion  of  that  country  by  the  French  re- 
ligious orders  since  their  expulsion  from  France. 
In  the  year  1900,  before  the  exodus  from  France 
began,  the  number  of  convents  and  monasteries 
in  Belgium  was  2,221,  with  37,684  monks  and 
nuns.  Statistics  since  the  invasion  from  France 
have  not  yet  been  published,  but  M.  Dumont- 
"Wilden  believes  that  they  will  show  an  alarming 
increase.     Belgium,  he  reminds  us,  already  has 


a  religious  problem  more  or  less  acute  in  the 
fact  that  its  population  is  about  evenly  divided 
between  Catholics  and  Protestants.  The  inva- 
sion from  France  will  disturb  the  balance.  He 
has  noted  this  influence  in  the  last  parliamentary 
election,  in  which  the  Liberal  party  lost  an  un- 
usually large  number  of  seats.  In  conclusion, 
he  declares  that,  whatever  may  be  the  origin  of 
her  civilization,  Belgium  remains  a  province  of 
France  in  the  moral  sense.  "  All  the  social 
movements,  all  the  French  maladies,  have  their 
reciprocal  influence  in  Belgium,  and,  despite 
events  of  the  hour,  the  Belgian  Liberals  can  see, 
in  the  present  anti-clerical  current  which  is  now 
sweeping  over  the  republic,  a  happy  sign  of  a 
near  victory  for  their  party." 


MARCHAND  AND  KITCHENER  AT  FASHODA. 


THE  official  report  of  the  Marchand  mission 
to  central  and  northern  Africa,  in  1897-98, 
is  about  to  be  published.  Preliminary  to  its  ap- 
pearance, the  Figaro  (Paris)  prints  an  interview 
with  Colonel  Marchand,  recounting,  in  his  own 
words,  how  the  gallant  Frenchman  met  General 
Kitchener  at  Fashoda,  in  August,  1898,  and  how 
narrowly  war  between  England  and  France  was 
averted.  The  meeting  between  the  two  men  was 
dramatic,  but  fully  as  dramatic  is  Colonel  Mar- 
chand's  description.  Kitchener  announced  him- 
self as  the  Sirdar  of  the  Egyptian  army,  who  had 
been  commissioned  to  raise  the  Egyptian  flag  at 
Fashoda.  Marchand  declared  himself  a  major 
in  the  French  army,  awaiting,  at  Fashoda,  orders 
from  his  government.  Could  these  conflicting 
missions  be  reconciled  ?  The  following  conver- 
sation took  place  : 

"I  must  plant  the  flag  of  his  Highness  the  Khedive 
of  Egypt  at  Fashoda,  major." 

"My  general,  I  am  ready  to  hoist  it  myself  on  the 
village." 

"  On  the  fort,  major." 

"  I  cannot  permit  that,  general,  for  the  flag  is  already 
there." 

"  But  what  if  my  instructions  prescribed  hoisting  on 
the  fort  the  flag  of  his  Highness  the  Khedive  ?" 

"I  should  be  obliged  to  resist,  general." 

"  Are  you  aware,  major,  that  war  between  England 
and  France  might  follow  from  this  affair  ? " 

Marchand  declares  that  he  bowed  at  this,  but 
said  nothing.  General  Kitchener  also  said  noth- 
ing.    He  arose. 

He  was  very  pale.  I  arose  also.  He  cast  his  eye  over 
his  numerous  flotilla,  where  his  men,  who  mustered  at 
least  two  thousand,  were  huddled  together.  Then  he 
looked  back  toward  our  fort,  on  the  summit  of  which 
bayonets  could  be  seen  glistening.    After  this  inspec- 


tion, the  general,  with  a  wide  movement  of  his  arm  over 
his  flotilla,  and  dropping  his  hand  in  the  direction  of 
our  fort,  said,  slowly  : 

"Major,  the  supremacy " 

"General,  military  supremacy  can  only  be  estab- 
lished by  combat." 

"  You  are  right,  major,  and  yet  I  must  hoist  the  flag 
of  the  Khedive.     You  do  not  want  it  on  the  fort  ? " 

"It  is  impossible,  general.   Place  it  over  the  village." 

General  Kitchener  then,  says  Major  Mar- 
chand, recovered  his  good-humor  suddenly,  and 
they  both  took  "a  whiskey  and  soda."  A  cou- 
ple of  hours,  spent 
in  the  discussion 
of  French  poli- 
tics, in  which  the 
Briton  was  able  to 
give  the  French- 
man considerable 
news  about  his 
own  country 
which  had  trans- 
pired since  the 
departure  of 
the  expedition, 
passed  pleasant- 
ly. Then  word 
came  from  Paris, 
and  the  gallant 
Marchand,  de- 
clining Kitchen- 
er's offer  of  trans- 
portation down 
the  Nile,  continued  his  lonely  journey  eastward 
across  the  Dark  Continent.  So  far  as  the  prin- 
cipals were  concerned,  the  Fashoda  incident  was 
closed.  France  and  England  had  not  broken 
friendship. 


MAJOR  MARCHAND. 

(French  explorer  and  army  officer.) 


486 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OE  REVIEWS. 


GERMANY'S  RADICAL  TAX  REFORM. 


ONE  does  not  expect  the  German  Govern- 
ment or  Emperor  William  to  sympathize 
with  the  doctrines  of  Henry  George  or  any  other 
radical  reformer.  "What  will  these  reformers 
think  of  the  remarkable  experiment  instituted 
by  the  German  Government  in  its  Chinese  set 
tlement  or  colony,  Kiao-Chan  ?  Some  comment 
has  been  made  upon  this  "new  departure,"  but 
a  fuller  account  of  it  is  given,  curiously  enough, 
in  a  Russian  monthly,  the  Vyestnik  Evropy,  the 
leading  Liberal  review  of  St.  Petersburg,  by  a 
writer  who  signs  himself  "  P.  M.  Blank." 

It  is,  of  course,  a  notorious  fact,  he  says,  that 
with  the  growth  of  cities  the  value  of  land  con- 
stantly rises,  so  that  owners  of  vacant  lots  and 
speculators  reap  "unearned  increments"  at  the 
expense  of  the  community  as  a  whole,  as  well  as 
of  the  tenants  of  the  buildings  that  are  sooner 
or  later  erected.  The  injustice  of  this  state  of 
affairs  is  recognized  by  many  municipalities,  but 
it  has  been  found  almost  impossible  to  change 
the  system.  In  its  Chinese  possession,  the  im- 
perial government  was  able  to  make  a  fresh 
start.  There  were  no  vested  rights  to  respect, 
and  the  military  authorities  have  imposed  this 
rule  :  "Where  the  value  of  land  increases  in  con- 
sequence of  general  progress,  and  not  as  the  re- 
sult of  the  owner's  effort,  a  tax  equal  to  33-J-  per 
cent,  of  the  unearned  increment  is  levied  on  the  lot 
in  addition  to  the  ordinary  tax  paid  by  real  estate. 


In  a  report  to  the  Reichstag,  this  innovation 
is  justified,  as  follows  : 

Thanks  to  this  measure,  the  administration  receives 
a  share  of  the  increased  values  without  smothering 
private  enterprise.  If  the  land  values  do  not  rise,  the 
administration  gets  nothing.  When  they  rise  through 
causes  having  no  connection  with  the  activities  of  the 
owners,  hut  related  to  the  general  development  of  the 
locality  due  to  governmental  and  social  effort,  then 
the  government  or  the  community, — and  in  this  case 
the  interests  of  these  are  identical, — should  obtain  its 
share.  We  think  it  is  moderate  to  claim  one-third  for 
the  administration  while  leaving  two-thirds  of  the  un- 
earned increment  to  the  private  owners. 

It  is  impossible  to  deny  this,  says  the  Russian 
writer,  and,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  all  the  "bour- 
geois "  and  conservative  parties  in  the  Reichstag 
approved  the  measure  without  reservation.  The 
leader  of  the  extreme  Right  intimated  that  the 
government  might  well  have  demanded  50  per 
cent,  of  the  unearned  increment,  while  Eugen 
Richter,  the  confirmed  "  Manchester  "  individu- 
alist, praised  the  policy  which,  as  he  thought, 
would  to  a  certain  extent  interfere  with  the 
private  exploitation  of  imperial  enterprises  that 
theoretically  are  undertaken  for  the  benefit  of 
the  whole  nation.  The  Vyestnik  Evropy  writer 
observes  that  there  is  a  good  deal  of  local  au- 
tonomy in  the  German  Empire  and  no  little 
freedom  of  sociological  experimentation. 


IRELAND'S  INDUSTRIAL  RESOURCES. 


AN  industrial  future  of  bright  colors  is  pre- 
dicted for  Ireland  by  Seumas  MacManus 
in  an  article  in  Donahoe's  Magazine.  The  "cot- 
tage industries,"  he  believes,  will  be  most  bene- 
ficial at  present.     He  says  : 

I  believe  the  cottage  industries,  whereat  boys  and 
girls  would  perform  their  work  around  the  sacred 
stones  of  their  father's  hearth,  would  bring  with  them 
by  far  the  greatest  amount  of  truly  happy  prosperity. 
When  I  look  to  the  great  manufacturing  centers  of 
England  and  Scotland,  and  know,  as  I  do  know,  the 
appalling  amount  of  drunkenness,  wretchedness,  mis- 
ery, and  vice  of  all  kinds  in  these  manufacturing  cities, 
I  say  in  my  heart,  "  May  God  preserve  us  from  such 
aggregations  of  factories,  misery,  and  degradation." 
And  I  say,  rather  than  introduce  such  degradation  into 
our  country,  I  would  prefer  to  see  our  people  remain 
in  abject  poverty,  since  in  that  poverty  they  have  ever 
retained  an  elevation  of  soul  and  a  gentleness  and  hap- 
piness of  heart  that  is  beyond  all  riches. 

Speaking  of  industrial  occupations  for  Irish 
girls,  Mr.  MacManus  Bays  : 


Shirt-making  is  a  home  industry,  to  a  large  extent 
limited  to  an  area  of  thirty  miles'  radius  from  the  city 
of  Derry, — which  city  is  the  headquarters  of  it.  Sprig- 
ging, or  embroidering,  of  muslins  and  linens  is  chiefly  a 
northern  industry  also,  and  is  practised  particularly  in 
the  counties  of  Donegal  and  Down.  It  gives  the  girls 
of  the  household  much  work  to  do,  but  at  a  very  poorly 
paid  rate.  If  a  girl  sit  at  it  all  the  day  long  (in  which 
case  it  is  an  occupation  trying  upon  the  health  and  eye- 
sight), she  might  earn  a  shilling  for  a  day's  work.  Some 
girls  do  sit  at  it  so,  following  sprigging  as  an  occupa- 
tion ;  but  they  are  few.  As  a  general  rule,  girls  take 
up  their  sprigging  at  intervals  of  their  work,  and  upon 
spare  evenings,  and  thus  they  make  use  of  time  that 
otherwise  might  be  wasted  to  turn  for  themselves  a  few 
shillings  that  will  help  to  purchase  articles  of  dress. 
Lace-making,  which,  so  far,  has  been  introduced  in 
Ireland  only  to  a  very  limited  extent, — in  a  few  places 
here  and  there  over  the  island, — is  a  much  more  profit- 
able employment  than  sprigging,  but  it  needs  a  longer 
apprenticeship.  Irish  girls,  though,  are  particularly 
deft,  and  I  believe  that  if  lace-making  were  introduced 
much  more  widely  it  would  flourish  in  Ireland.  Crochet- 
ing has  not  been  widely  introduced.  Knitting,  which 
all  the  Irish  girls  can  do,  is  the  worst  paid  of  all  the 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


487 


home  occupations.  Irish  women  do  their  knitting  for 
English  houses  in  competition  with  English  machine 
shops.  The  machine  work  is,  of  course,  not  remotely  to 
be  compared  with  the  Irish  women's  hand  work,  yet, 
strange  to  say,  they  are  paid  for  hand  work  prices  that 
are  not  much  higher  than  are  given  for  machine  work. 

INDUSTRIES    THAT    SHOW    PROGRESS. 

He  sees  much  hope  in  the  paper-making  in- 
dustry, which  has  greatly  increased  during  the 
past  five  years,  and  which  is  "certain  to  in- 
crease still  more  in  future,  as  the  Irish  indus- 
trial revival  coerces  newspaper  proprietors  as 
well  as  private  individuals  to  support  home  in 
preference  to  foreign  manufacture."  Soap- 
making  has  also  increased  considerably.  Of 
other  industries,  he  says  : 

It  would  almost  seem  that  the  Irish  shoemaker  was 
going  to  become  a  man  of  the  past.  Shoemaking  was 
at  one  time  a  great  and  nourishing  trade  in  Ireland. 
That  time  is  gone,  and  now  we  find  only  cobblers  where 
formerly  were  shoemakers.    The  importation   of  the 


foreign  ready-made  shoe,— the  English  shoe,  the  Scotch 
shoe,  and  the  American  shoe, — and  its  general  adop- 
tion by  our  people,  great  and  small,  ruined  the  country 
shoemaker.  The  tailor  has  been  affected  in  like  man- 
ner, though  not  to  a  like  degree. 

Ireland  has  ever  been  admitted  by  authorities 
to  be  rich  in  minerals.  A  couple  of  hundred 
years  ago,  many  mines  were  worked,  but  in  the 
troublous  times  these  mines  were  allowed,  one 
by  one,  to  fall  into  disuse,  and  were  never 
opened  again.  Ireland  has  silver,  copper,  and 
lead  in  abundance,  which  only  need  enterprise 
and  capital  to  bring  them  to  the  surface.  There 
is  also  a  fair  amount  of  coal  in  places  scattered 
all  over  the  island — both  stone-coal  and  wood- 
coal.  Some  of  it,  concludes  this  writer,  is  con- 
tinuously being  raised,  but  it  is  being  worked 
in  too  petty  and  too  unenterprising  a  fashion 
either  to  attract  the  attention  of  outsiders  or 
to  pay  sufficiently  well  those  who  are  engaged 
in  it. 


THE  WHITE  VS.  THE  BLACK  AND  THE  YELLOW  RACES. 


LEADERS  of  Japanese  opinion  have  vigor- 
ously asserted  that  the  war  with  Russia 
is  in  no  sense  "a  race  war,"  or  a  war  between 
different  civilizations.  A  Russian  professor,  I. 
A.  Sikorsky,  undertakes  to  show  "  scientifically  " 
that  the  war  has  assumed,  and  inevitably  must 
assume,  precisely  that  character.  In  an  elabo- 
rate article  in  a  quarterly,  Voproci  Psichologiy 
(Questions  of  Psychology),  St.  Petersburg,  he 
discusses  racial  differences  with  special  refer- 
ence to  the  present  conflict  in  the  far  East. 

He  begins  by  postulating  the  fact  of  the  per- 
sistence or  permanence  of  the  more  typical  racial 
characters.  What  we  know  of  prehistoric  man 
proves  this  persistence.  Not  only  external  dif- 
ferences— the  color  of  the  skin  and  hair,  etc. — 
but  also  the  form  and  proportions  of  the  skele- 
ton and  its  various  parts,  of  the  white,  black,  and 
yellow  races  have  remained  what  they  were  in 
the  remotest  past.  The  Egyptian  or  the  Jew  of 
to-day  is  exactly  what  he  was  in  the  days  of 
which  ancient  Egyptian  tombs  have  left  us  a 
record.  Thousands  of  years  have  not  changed 
the  physical  characteristics  of  the  Mongolian,  as 
the  bones  of  the  skeleton  attest.  Even  more  im- 
portant is  the  fact  that  psychical  and  moral  traits 
are  just  as  permanent.  The  modern  Jew  is  like 
the  Jew  painted  by  the  biblical  prophets.  The 
French  psychologist,  Ribot,  after  citing  a  passage 
from  Julius  Caesar  descriptive  of  the  ancient 
Gaul,  exclaims  :  "  Who,  in  this  characterization, 
will    not  recognize  the  modern  Frenchman  !  " 


Even,  continues  Professor  Sikorsky,  when  dis- 
similar races  unite  to  form  a  given  nation,  and 
intermarriage  and  mutual  assimilation  follow, 
the  result  is  not  the  production  of  a  mean  type, 
but  the  development  of  a  type  having  the  re- 
spective and  marked  qualities  of  both  or  all  of 
the  consolidated  races. 

Nationality  is  thus  a  biological  fact.  It  is  as 
distinctive  as  race,  and  each  nation  does  well  to 
assert  itself  and  struggle  for  its  integrity  and 
individuality,  as  well  as  for  an  extension  of  its 
power  and  influence.  Of  course,  the  higher  the 
nation,  the  more  legitimate  is  this  struggle  for 


:. 


IS  THE  YELLOW   MAN  REALLY   INFERIOR? 

From  Ulk  (Berlin). 


488 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


supremacy,  a  struggle  seconded  by  nature  her- 
self. Nature,  indeed,  aims  at  improvement.  In 
the  human  world,  she  strives  to  evolve  the  highest 
species,  mentally  and  morally.  She  has  rele- 
gated the  Hun  and  the  Mongol  to  the  rear  and 
given  the  first  place  to  superior  races.  Attila 
once  conquered  all  Europe,  but  where  now  are 
those  terrible  warriors  whom  he  led  ?  They  are 
very  modest  inhabitants  of  a  section  of  Siberia. 
The  once  formidable  Mongolians  have  been  trans- 
formed into  very  ordinary  Tartars.  Nature  has 
supplanted  them  ;  their  physical  and  psychical 
traits  were  found  wanting  with  respect  to  the 
needs  of  advancing  civilization. 

SUPERIORITY    OF    THE    WHITE    RACE. 

It  is  possible,  then,  to  judge-  quite  objectively 
the  respective  claims  of  the  races  now  in  posses- 
sion of  the  world's  arena.  Comparative  study 
shows  that,  by  virtue  of  the  biological  and  psy- 
chological laws  of  development,  the  white  races 
are  destined  to  dominate  the  future.  The  black 
race  is  the  lowest,  especially  in  an  intellectual 
way.  The  yellow  race  is  somewhat  higher,  more 
gifted,  but  by  no  means  the  equal  of  the  white. 
The  yellow  peoples  are  energetic  and  persever- 
ing, but  they  have  created  neither  science  nor 


art,  and  the  love  of  intellectual  labor,  the  pas- 
sion for  culture,  and  the  profound  need  of  knowl- 
edge are  unknown  to  them.  They  are  imitative, 
fanatical,  and  clever,  but  they  have  no  creative  im- 
agination— no  emotional  wealth,  as  it  were — and 
their  inferiority  is  unmistakable.  The  ideal  of 
the  many-sided  development  of  mankind  is  in 
charge  of  the  white  races,  especially  in  the  young- 
est and  most  vigorous  of  them,  and  in  a  conflict 
between  such  a  race  and  a  yellow  one  nature  is 
with  the  former,  and  the  sympathy  of  civiliza- 
tion should  be  on  the  same  side. 

Coming  to  the  Russo-Japanese  war,  Professor 
Sikorsky  says  that  Russia's  mission  in  Asia  is  no 
empty  formula.  Undeniably,  Russia  has  spread 
European  culture  among  the  yellow  peoples  of 
the  far  East,  and  her  advance  has  been  gradual, 
inevitable,  dictated  by  biological  necessity.  For 
hundreds  of  years  she  has  carried  on  success- 
fully the  process  of  peaceful  penetration  and 
assimilation,  and  she  has  been  doing  the  work  of 
civilization  at  large.  Japan  is  of  an  inferior 
race,  and  her  triumph  would  be  unnatural, — a 
triumph  of  reaction  and  inferiority.  The  war 
is  in  the  deepest  sense  a  racial  war,  and  the  Rus- 
sian represents  the  cause  of  the  white  man  against 
the  yellow  man. 


A  PROPOSED  SIXTEENTH  AMENDMENT. 


THE  inclusion  in  the  Republican  platform  of 
a  plank  referring  to  the  disfranchisement 
of  citizens  in  certain  Southern  States  makes  per- 
tinent the  review  and  discussion  of  the  Four- 
teenth and  Fifteenth  Amendments  which  are 
offered  by  Mr.  Charles  W.  Thomas  in  the  Sep- 
tember number  of  the  North  American  Review. 
Mr.  Thomas,  who  is  a  Northern  Republican  and 
a  lawyer,  sets  forth  his  reasons  for  believing  that 
the  Fifteenth  Amendment  to  the  Constitution, 
and  also  the  second  and  third  sections  of  the 
Fourteenth  Amendment,  should  be  abrogated. 
In  their  place  he  would  substitute  a  Sixteenth 
Amendment,  providing  that  Repres«xitatives  in 
Congress  shall  be  apportioned  among  the  several 
States  according  to  the  number  of  male  inhab- 
itants of  the  age  of  twenty-one  and  over,  being 
citizens  of  the  United  States,  who  are  permitted 
by  law  in  the  States,  respectively,  to  vote  for 
the  choice  of  electors  for  President  and  V ice- 
President  of  the  United  States  and  for  Repre- 
sentatives in  Congress. 

In  order  to  get  clearly  before  us  Mr.  Thomas' 
proposition,  it  is  necessary  to  revert  to  the 
second  section  of  the  Fourteenth  Amendment 
as  it  was  framed  in  reconstruction  times  and  as  it 


stands  to-day.  That  section  provides  that  Rep- 
resentatives shall  be  apportioned  among  the 
several  States  according  to  their  respective 
numbers,  counting  the  whole  number  of  persons 
in  each  State,  excluding  Indians  not  taxed,  but 
that  when  the  right  to  vote  at  any  election  for 
the  choice  of  electors  for  President  and  Vice- 
President  of  the  United  States,  Representatives 
in  Congress,  the  executive  and  judicial  officers 
of  a  State  or  the  members  of  the  Legislature 
thereof,  is  denied  to  any  of  the  male  inhabitants 
of  such  State  being  twenty-one  years  of  age  and 
citizens  of  the  United  States,  or  in  any  way 
abridged,  except  for  participating  in  rebellion 
or  other  crime,  the  basis  of  representation  therein 
shall  be  reduced  in  the  proportion  which  the 
number  of  such  males  shall  bear  to  the  whole 
number  of  male  citizens  twenty-one  years  of 
age  in  such  State.  The  Fifteenth  Amendment 
provides  that  the  right  of  citizens  of  the  United 
States  to  vote  shall  not  be  denied  or  abridged 
by  the  United  States  or  by  any  State  on  account 
of  race,  color,  or  previous  condition  of  servitude. 
A  s  M  r.  Thomas  points  out,  the  Fifteenth  Amend- 
ment is  virtually  a  dead  letter.  It  has  been 
found  entirely  practicable  to  annul  and  abrogate 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


489 


this  amendment  under  the  forms  of  law.  Fur- 
thermore, there  has  been  no  serious  attempt  to 
enforce  the  penalty  prescribed  by  the  second 
section  of  the  Fourteenth  Amendment.  The 
States  which  have  legally  annulled  the  Fifteenth 
Amendment  still  have  representation  in  the  Elec- 
toral College  and  in  Congress  virtually  based 
upon  large  numbers  of  voters  who  have  been 
disfranchised  for  other  reasons  than  participa- 
tion in  rebellion  or  other  crime.  The  position 
of  the  Southern  States  in  this  matter  is,  of  course, 
well  understood.  They  have  held  that  the  Fif- 
teenth Amendment,  if  honestly  enforced,  takes 
from  the  intelligent  and  property-owning  people 
in  the  South  the  direction  of  their  local  affairs 
and  gives  it  entirely,  or  in  a  great  measure,  to 
an  ignorant  constituency,  which  is  incompetent 
to  manage  the  affairs  of  any  government.  This 
is  the  point  of  view  of  the  great  majority  of  the 
Southern  whites.  But  Mr.  Thomas,  although  a 
Northern  Republican,  also  regards  the  second 
section  of  the  Fourteenth  Amendment  as  open 
to  just  criticism  both  in  substance  and  in  form. 
Considei'ing  this  section  and  the  Fifteenth 
Amendment  together  as  part  of  one  plan,  Mr. 
Thomas  declares  that  they  are  based  upon  the 
denial  or  the  abridgment  of  the  right  to  vote, 
when  they  ought  to  have  been  based  upon  the 
granting  and  the  extension  of  that  right  ;  in 
other  words,  that  they  are  the  very  converse  of 
what  they  should  have  been.  They  tacitly  as- 
sume that  all  male  citizens  of  the  United  States 
are  entitled  to  vote  at  all  elections,  and  they  pro- 
vide a  penalty  for  any  abridgment  of  that 
right  ;  whereas  they  ought  to  have  assumed 
that  the  right  to  vote  was  one  which  might,  or 
might  not,  be  given  by  the  States,  respectively, 
and  by  each  State  to  the  extent  that  it  saw  fit  to 
prescribe,  and  the  penalty  ought  to  have  been 
made  to  depend  upon  the  extent  to  which  the 
several  States  exercised  their  power  to  limit  the 
suffrage  of  those  citizens  in  national  elections, 
with  which  alone  the  national  government  has 
just  concern  ;  that  is  to  say,  the  scheme  ought 
to  have  contemplated  an  inducement  to  extend 
the  suffrage  instead  of  providing  a  penalty  for 
abridging  or  denying  it.  Mr.  Thomas  declares, 
further,  that  the  plan  is  a  radical  departure  from 
the  established  scheme  of  our  government.  The 
provision  of  a  penalty  for  abridging  the  right  to 
vote  for  State  officers  is  an  unwise,  punitive  pro- 
vision, enacted,  not  for  any  good  purpose  affect- 
ing the  whole  of  the  people  of  the  United  States, 
but  for  the  sole  purpose  of  punishing  the  people 
of  certain  States  for  refusing  to  surrender  their 
local  governments  to  virtual  anarchy.  It  is  an 
unjust  interference  by  the  United  States  in 
matters  which  in  nowise  concern  its  government. 


It  is  a  reversal  of  the  well-established  relation 
which  theretofore  existed  between  the  State  and 
federal  governments. 

THE    BASIS    OF    REPRESENTATION. 

Mr.  Thomas  shows,  further,  that  the  section 
is  not  and  cannot  be  uniform  in  its  operation, 
and  is  therefore  unjust.  The  primary  basis  of 
representation  is  the  number  of  inhabitants,  but 
the  penalty  for  denying  or  abridging  the  right 
to  vote  is  based  upon  the  proportion  which  the 
number  of  disfranchised  bears,  not  to  the  number 
of  the  inhabitants,  but  to  the  number  of  male 
citizens  twenty-one  years  of  age.  To  show  that 
this  section  cannot  have  a  uniform  operation,  it 
is  only  required  to  show  that  the  number  of 
male  citizens  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  in 
any  one  State  does  not  bear  the  mathematical 
relation  to  the  number  of  its  inhabitants  that 
the  number  of  such  citizens  in  any  other  State 
bears  to  the  inhabitants  of  that  State.  Some  of 
our  Western  States,  for  example,  have  a  far 
larger  proportion  of  males  in  their  population 
than  the  New  England  States  have. 

Another  objection  relates  to  the  practicability 
of  enforcing  this  provision.  Suppose,  for  ex- 
ample, that  a  State  denies  to  any  citizen  of  the 
United  States  the  right  to  vote  because  he 
failed  to  pay  a  poll-tax.  The  number  of  such 
persons  would  not  in  any  two  years  bear  the 
same  proportion  to  those  who  paid  the  tax,  and 
what  just  rule  could  be  devised  under  which 
the  penalty  imposed  by  this  section  could  be 
enforced  ?  Every  ten  years  Congress  would  be 
called  upon,  in  the  discharge  of  its  legislative 
duty,  to  fix  the  representation  of  the  several 
States  in  Congress  and  in  the  Electoral  College 
for  the  succeeding  ten  years.  What  prior  year 
would  it  take  as  a  criterion  when  it  came  to 
consider  the  abridgment  or  denial  of  the  right 
to  vote  based  upon  non-payment  of  a  poll-tax  ? 

"  A    WAY    OUT  "    FOR    THE    SOUTH. 

The  remedy  for  this  unfortunate  condition  of 
the  fundamental  law,  says  Mr.  Thomas,  is  to  be 
found  in  the  adoption  of  a  Sixteenth  Amend- 
ment, containing  provisions  such  as  have  been 
indicated.  This  proposed  amendment  places  the 
power  to  regulate  the  suffrage  where  it  was  be- 
fore the  Fifteenth  Amendment  was  adopted.  It 
permits  the  States,  so  far  as  their  local  elections 
are  concerned,  to  abridge  or  deny  the  right  to 
vote  as  they  see  fit,  and  visits  them  with  no 
penalty  whatever  for  so  doing.  It  simply  pro- 
vides that  their  representation  in  the  Electoral 
College  and  in  Congress  shall  be  as  they  sever- 
ally choose  to  make  it  by  affirmative  legislation. 
The  chief  reason  Mr.  Thomas  gives  for  insisting 


490 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


at  this  time  on  the  adoption  of  such  an  arrange- 
ment is  that  the  States  which  are  now  discrimi- 
nated against  and  deprived  of  their  just  repre- 
sentation in  the  Electoral  College  and  in  Con- 
gress will  sooner  or  later  insist  upon  the  enforce- 
ment of  the  Fourteenth  Amendment  and  the 
imposition  of  the  penalty  therein  provided  for. 
The  mass  of  people  in  the  Northern  States  do 
not  wish  to  have  the  federal  government  inter- 
fering in  the  purely  local  government  of  any 


State.  They  will  not,  however,  submit  forever 
to  the  discrimination  from  which  they  now  suf- 
fer ;  and  any  remedy  which  will  permit  the 
gradual,  orderly,  and  regular  extension  of  the 
suffrage  in  national  elections  is  to  be  preferred 
to  the  enforcement  of  the  penalties  now  pre- 
scribed by  the  Constitution.  The  South,  in  his 
view,  should  be  willing  to  accept  such  a  com- 
promise as  is  suggested  by  his  proposed  Six- 
teenth Amendment. 


OUR  NEGRO  PROBLEM,  BY  A  NEGRO,  FOR  THE  BENEFIT  OF 

FRENCHMEN. 


AN  extended  study  of  the  white  and  black 
problem  in  the  United  States,  from  the 
negro's  point  of  view,  appears  in  two  issues  of 
La  Revue  (Paris).  The  writer,  D.  E.  Tobias,  is 
himself  a  negro,  born  in  South  Carolina.  He 
considers  that  the  negroes  have  been  treated  in- 
iquitously  by  Europeans  and  their  descendants 
in  America,  and  his  article  is  a  plea  addressed 
to  the  European  public  for  justice  to  his  op- 
pressed race.  If  the  white  races  of  Europe,  he 
says,  had  only  been  taught  from  their  infancy 
that  the  "colored  races  form  a  larger  portion  of 
the  human  family  than  do  the  whites,  and  that, 
so  far  from  being  inferior,  they  are  in  reality 
very  superior,  especially  in  their  ideas  of  reli- 
gion and  philosophy,  as  well  as  moral  excellence, 
there  would  never  have  been  any  race  question 
in  the  United  States  to-day."  In  discussing 
with  Europeans  the  cause  and  the  effects  of  the 
antagonism  which  exists  between  the  whites 
and  the  blacks,  it  must  be  remembered,  he  con- 
tinues, that  it  is  the  whites,  and  not  the  blacks, 
who  provoke  the  hostility  between  the  races. 
In  England,  for  instance,  it  is  often  said  that 
refined  and  intelligent  white  men  would  never 
live  on  equal  footing  with  blacks,  and  many 
English  pretend  that  the  bad  treatment  meted 
out  to  colored  men  by  the  white  race  is  due,  in 
the  first  place,  to  the  ignorance  and  the  crimi- 
nality of  the  American  negro.  Mr.  Tobias  seeks 
to  show  that  the  prejudice  of  color  does  not 
really  exist  between  the  whites  and  the  blacks 
in  the  United  States.  The  question  which  sepa- 
rates the  two  races  in  the  South  is  purely  an 
economic  one,  but  the  whites  have  cleverly 
managed  to  convert  the  economic  problem  into 
a  psychological  one.  "Thanks  to  this  subter- 
fuge, they  have  succeeded  in  creating  an  almost 
universal  belief  in  the  existence  of  a  race  ques- 
tion in  the  old  slave  States." 

What  the  white  man  ■•could   not  win  on   the 
field  of  battle  during  the  Civil  War  he  has  tried 


to  realize  politically  at  "Washington  during  the 
period  of  '  reconstruction,'  and  what  he  could  not 
get  at  Washington  immediately  after  the  eman- 
cipation of  the  slaves  he  has  to  a  great  extent 
accomplished  by  legislation."  The  white  man  in 
the  South  has  never  made  any  laws  to  combat 
the  growth  of  ignorance  among  the  negroes,  but 
he  has  introduced  into  the  statute  books  of  all 
the  slave  States  laws  restricting  the  liberties  of 
the  colored  race  and  preventing  the  development 
of  their  intelligence. 

FUTURE  OF  THE  AMERICAN  NEGRO. 

In  conclusion,  Mr.  Tobias  prophesies  that  the 
two  races  will  mingle,  and  that  the  United 
States  will  one  day  be  peopled  by  a  new  nation 
in  which  the  African  negro  will  be  an  important 
element. 

All  the  race  prejudices  of  to-day  will  have  been  got 
rid  of.  Physically,  the  new  race  will  be  much  stronger, 
it  will  be  endowed  with  a  higher  intelligence  and  a 
more  sympathetic  heart,  and  it  will  have  a  higher  and 
clearer  conception  of  God  than  the  whites  of  the  West 
have  ever  had.  It  will  be  much  less  material  than  the 
American  white  of  to-day.  It  will  be  especially  con- 
cerned with  the  things  of  the  mind,  and  moral  excel- 
lence will  become  the  dominant  factor  in  the  life  of  this 
new  nation.  The  new  race  is  also  to  gain  more  from 
t  he  black  element  than  from  the  white. 

Mr.  Tobias  considers  the  black  race  intellec- 
tually, morally,  and  physically  superior,  and  he 
sees  the  American  race  declining  physically  and 
intellectually.  But  before  the  new  nation  oc- 
cupies the  United  States  the  black  race  is  to  be- 
come the  ruling  nation,  and  it  will  conquer  the 
white,  not  by  physical,  but  by  numerical,  force. 
The  four  millions  of  slaves  emancipated  in  1865 
have  grown  to  ten  or  twelve  millions  of  colored 
people  in  the  United  States  to-day.  The  problem 
of  the  twentieth  century  will  be  the  establishing 
of  relations  between  white  and  colored  men,  and 
in  the  end  the  colored  races  will  be  triumphant. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


491 


THE  TARIFF  AND  THE  TRUSTS. 


IN  the  present  campaign,  there  is  little  disposi- 
tion on  either  side  to  indulge  in  doctrinaire 
discussion  of  the  tariff  question.  Most  of  the 
arguments  for  tariff -reduction  are  based  on  the 
assumption  that  a  certain  class  of  industrial  com- 
binations is  helped  by  the  present  tariff  to  main- 
tain prices  at  an  artificial  level.  An  argument 
for  tariff-reduction  that  appeals  with  as  great 
force  to  the  moderate  protectionist  as  to  the 
ultra  free-trader  is  contained  in  a  paper  con- 
tributed to  the  Political  Science  Quarterly  (Colum- 
bia University)  by  Prof.  John  B.  Clark.  Al- 
though a  representative  economist  of  the  schools, 
Professor  Clark  is  so  far  from  insisting  on  theo- 
retical tree  trade  that  he  practically  concedes 
the  beneficial  effects  of  the  protective  system  as 
that  system  has  developed  in  the  United  States. 
This  he  does,  however,  without  attacking  the 
validity  of  the  free-trade  position  as  it  was  orig- 
inally maintained.  That  position  he  character- 
izes as  "static"  theory, — a  theory  which  deals 
with  a  world  free  not  only  from  friction  and 
disturbance,  but  also  from  those  elements  of 
change  and  progress  which  are  the  marked  fea- 
tures of  actual  life.  In  such  a  world  there  would 
be  no  inventions  or  improvements  in  business 
organization  ;  population  would  be  stationary  ; 
the  world's  wealth  would  receive  no  additions  ; 
in  manufactures,  men  would  continue  to  use  the 
same  methods  and  to  get  the  same  results.  Un- 
der such  conditions,  free  trade  would  be,  of 
course,  the  only  rational  policy.  This  could  be 
defended  upon  the  simple  ground  on  which  the 
division  of  labor  in  the  case  of  individuals  is  de- 
fended. 

THE  STATIC  ARGUMENT  FOR  FREE  TRADE  PLUS 
THE  DYNAMIC  ARGUMENT  FOR  PROTECTION. 

Coming  to  the  question  whether  a  nation  like 
ours,  having  all  climates,  from  the  tropic  to  the 
arctic,  and  all  kinds  of  soils  and  mineral  de- 
posits, can  produce,  without  much  waste,  all  the 
things  that  it  wants  to  use,  Professor  Clark  ad- 
mits that  we  can  make  almost  everything  if  we 
insist  upon  doing  so.  But  he  holds  that  there 
are  still  some  things  that  other  countries  can 
make  and  sell  to  us  on  such  terms  that  we  can 
do  better  by  buying  them  than  by  producing 
them  ourselves.  For  example,  we  can  raise  tea 
in  the  United  States,  but  it  pays  us  better  to 
make  something  else  and  barter  it  off  for  tea. 
A  day's  labor  spent  in  raising  cotton  to  send 
away  in  exchange  gives  us  more  tea  than  a  day's 
labor  spent  in  producing  it  directly.  It  would 
be  in  accordance  with  the  principle  of  division 
of  labor  for  us  to  raise  cotton  rather  than  to  at- 


tempt to  raise  tea.  Professor  Clark's  argument 
for  protection  begins  at  this  point  by  accepting 
the  whole  static  argument  in  favor  of  free  trade 
and  claiming  that,  in  spite  of  what  is  thus  con- 
ceded, protection  is  justifiable,  since  in  the  end 
it  will  pay,  notwithstanding  the  wastes  that  at- 
tend it.  There  would  be  no  gain  in  a  protective 
tariff  if  every  country  had  certain  special  facili- 
ties for  producing  particular  things,  and  if  its 
state  in  this  respect  were  destined  to  remain 
forever  unchanged.  Under  such  conditions,  the 
country  would  grow  richer  by  depending  for 
many  things  on  its  neighbors  than  it  could  by 
depending  for  those  things  immediately  on  itself. 
The  protectionist  rests  his  case  on  the  fact  that 
a  nation  like  ours  abounds  in  undeveloped,  and 
even  unknown,  resources.  In  order  to  test  and 
develop  these  resources  and  to  try  the  aptitudes 
of  its  people,  the  country  is  justified  in  taxing 
itself  even  though  at  the  outset  it  sustains  a  loss. 
As  Professor  Clark  puts  it,  "  If  we  learn  to 
make  things  more  economically  than  we  could 
originally  make  them,  if  we  hit  upon  cheap 
sources  of  motive  power  and  of  raw  material, 
and  especially  if  we  devise  machinery  that  works 
rapidly  and  accurately  and  greatly  multiplies 
the  product  of  a  man's  working  day,  we  shall 
reach  a  condition  in  which,  instead  of  a  loss  in- 
cidental to  the  early  years  of  manufacturing,  we 
shall  have  an  increasing  gain  that  will  continue 
to  the  end  of  time."  This,  as  Professor  Clark 
states,  is  the  static  argument  for  free  trade  and 
the  dynamic  argument  for  protection.  The  two 
arguments  do  not  meet  and  refute  each  other, 
but  are  mutually  consistent. 

THE    PROTECTION    OF    MONOPOLY. 

Taking  the  case  of  the  American  iron  and 
steel  industries,  and  going  back  to  the  beginning, 
Professor  Clark  shows  how  it  became  as  natural 
for  Americans  to  make  steel,  for  which  we  for- 
merly bartered  wheat,  as  it  did  to  produce  the 
grain  itself.  Originally,  it  was  necessary  to  protect 
the  iron  and  steel  industries  from  competition 
in  order  to  secure  their  establishment.  Now 
such  protection  is  apparently  unnecessary.  Labor 
in  making  steel  will  give  us  as  many  tons  of  it 
in  a  year  as  the  same  labor  would  give  us  if 
spent  in  the  raising  of  wheat  to  be  exchanged 
for  foreign  steel.  The  duty  on  steel  no  longer 
acts  to  save  the  steel-making  industry  from  de- 
struction, but  it  is  an  essential  protector  of  a 
quasi-monopoly  in  the  industry.  It  is  thus  seen 
that  all  duties  on  manufactured  products  have 
two  distinct  functions, — one  to  protect  from  for- 
eign competition  every  producer,  whether  he  is 


492 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


working  independently  or  in  a  combination  ; 
the  other,  to  protect  the  trusts  in  the  industry. 
In  short,  the  relation  of  the  protective  tariff  to 
monopoly  is  stated  as  follows  : 

Protecting  an  industry  as  such  is  one  thing  ;  it  means 
that  Americans  shall  be  enabled  to  hold  possession  of 
their  market,  provided  they  charge  prices  for  their  goods 
which  yield  a  fair  profit  only.  Protecting  a  monopoly 
in  the  industry  is  another  thing ;  it  means  that  foreign 
competition  is  to  be  cut  off  even  when  the  American  pro- 
ducer charges  unnatural  prices.  It  means  that  the  trust 
shall  be  enabled  to  sell  a  portion  of  its  goods  abroad  at 
one  price  and  the  remainder  at  home  at  a  much  higher 
price.  It  means  that  the  trust  is  to  be  shielded  from  all 
competition  except  that  which  may  come  from  auda- 
cious rivals  at  home  who  are  willing  to  brave  the  perils 
of  entering  the  American  field  provided  that  the  prices 
which  here  rule  afford  profit  enough  to  justify  the 
risk. 

Assuming  that  competition  among  American 
producers  should  be  unimpeded  if  the  predictions 


of  the  protectionists  are  realized,  and  that  the 
tariff  itself  was  designed  to  create  progress  in 
the  industrial  world,  Professor  Clark  contends 
that  a  monopoly  fostered  by  the  tariff  acts 
squarely  against  such  progress.  From  this 
point  of  view,  the  whole  force  of  the  argument, 
based  on  mechanical  invention  and  the  devel- 
opment of  the  latent  aptitudes  of  our  people, 
now  holds  as  against  the  monopoly-building 
part  of  the  tariff. 

Prices  will  be  extortionate  so  long  as  the  trusts  are 
checked  only  by  local  rivals  and  are  allowed  to  club 
these  rivals  into  submissiveness  and  then  hold  the  field 
in  security.  Keeping  the  foreigner  away  by  competing 
fairly  with  him  is  what  we  should  desire  ;  but  barring 
him  forcibly  out,  even  when  prices  mount  to  extrava- 
gant levels,  helps  to  fasten  on  this  country  the  various 
evils  which  are  included  under  the  ill-omened  term 
"monopoly;"  and  among  the  worst  of  these  evils  are 
a  weakening  of  dynamic  energy  and  a  reduction  of 
progress. 


THE  RIGHT  TO  WORK. 


MUCH  of  the  opposition  to  labor  unions  seems 
to  be  due  to  the  failure  to  recognize  the 
fact  that  the  individual  employee  is  at  a  great 
disadvantage  when  attempting  to  make  terms 
with  his  employer. 
In  the  current  num- 
ber of  the  Quarterly 
Journal  of  Economics 
(Harvard  Universi- 
ty), Prof.  John  Bas- 
com  shows  how  the 
combination  of  la- 
bor is  an  essential 
step  in  the  organic 
growth  of  the  com- 
munity. His  argu- 
ment is  that,  since 
capital  at  the  pres- 
ent time  is  at  a  great 
advantage  in  the 
ease  with  which    it 

combines,  a  like  facility  of  collective  movement 
on  the  part  of  labor  would  restore  the  equilib- 
rium between  the  parties  in  production. 

UNIONIST    VERSUS    "SCAB." 

In  order  to  make  a  contract  with  capital  in 
defense  of  mutual  rights,  it  is  necessary  that 
workingmen  should  be  banded  together.  In- 
stead of  assuming  that  the  right  to  labor  gets 
expression  in  the  "scab,"  and  the  denial  of  that 
right  in  the  trade-union,  Dr.  Bascom  holds  that 
the  exact  reverse  is  the  truth.     The  union  con- 


DR.  JOHN    BASCOM. 


tends  to  secure  a  social  status,  the  power  to  form 
and  enforce  suitable  contracts  as  safeguards  of 
labor,  thereby  putting  the  rights  of  labor  beyond 
the  caprice  of  the  employer.  Employers  take 
on  and  dismiss  the  "  scab  "  as  suits  their  own 
convenience.  The  "scab,"  indeed,  has  no  right 
to  labor  conceded  to  him  by  the  manager.  He 
makes  and  enforces  no  contract.  "  Between  the 
'  scab '  and  the  unionist,  no  rights  are  to  be 
gained.  The  unionist  held  his  own  job,  and  had 
not  yielded  it.  The  '  scab '  steps  in  to  oust  him, 
under  conditions  inimical  to  the  entire  class  of 
laborers.  The  cry  of  the  right  of  labor  made  in 
behalf  of  the  'scab'  is  a  misleading  cry,  de- 
signed to  divert  attention  from  the  true  issue. 
His  own  chances  of  labor  are  in  no  way  inter- 
fered with.  If  the  '  scab  '  succeeds,  he  throws 
some  one  else  out  of  labor  in  its  entire  extent. 
It  is  this  fact  that  is  the  ground  of  the  detesta- 
tion in  which  he  is  held." 

GIVE    LABOR    THE    POWER    OF    CONTRACT. 

Dr.  Bascom  borrows  an  illustration  from  every- 
day business  life.  Suppose  that  a  contractor, 
under  an  agreement  to  put  up  a  building,  should. 
in  the  progress  of  the  work,  find  himself  at  dis- 
agreement with  his  employer  as  to  the  interpre- 
tation of  certain  specifications  in  the  contract. 
The  employer  might  say  :  "  There  is  a  man  ready 
to  take  up  and  complete  the  work  as  1  wisli  it  to 
be  done  ;  all  you  have  to  do  is  to  stand  out  of 
the  way."  But  the  contractor  would  reply  :  "I 
have  put  myself  to  expense,   1  have   declined 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


493 


other  work,  and,  moreover,  I  expect  to  make 
something  out  of  the  job.  The  difference  in  the 
rendering  of  the  contract  must  be  adjusted,  and 
I  must  proceed."  The  justice  of  the  contractor's 
claim  would  be  generally  recognized.  But  why- 
should  not  the  laborer  have  equal  rights  in  his 
dealings  with  the  employer  ?  It  is  Dr.  Bascom's 
contention  that,  in  the  case  of  the  laborer,  he  is 
robbed  of  the  power  to  make  a  contract,  and  then 
robbed  of  his  opportunities  because  he  has  no 
contract.  "  The  law,  and  the  administration  of 
the  law,  and  the  action  of  the  '  scab '  under  the 
law,  when  they  oppose  themselves  to  a  funda- 
mental right  in  a  great  class,  are  one  and  all 
hostile  to  democratic  society.  We  can  secure 
no  organic  completeness  in  society  till  every 
part  ministers  to  every  other  part  in  reciprocal 
advantages.  It  is  on  this  claim  that  the  rights 
of  labor  rest." 

Logical  Consequences  of  the  Closed  Shop. 

A  wholly  different  point  of  view  is  repre- 
sented in  Prof.  Charles  J.  Bullock's  contribution 
to  the  October  Atlantic,  entitled  "  The  Closed 
Shop."  After  considering  the  general  question 
of  labor  contracts  and  the  recent  court  decisions 
bearing  on  discrimination  in  the  employment  of 
labor,  Professor  Bullock  reaches  the  conclusion 
that  if  freedom  in  the  disposal  of  labor  is  to  be 


denied  to  the  individual  workman,  the  restric- 
tions imposed  should  be  determined  by  the  Gov- 
ernment, and  not  by  any  other  agency. 

Such  regulations  should  be  just,  uniform,  and  cer- 
tain ;  they  should  not  be  subject  to  the  possible  caprice, 
selfishness,  or  special  exigencies  of  a  labor  organization. 
Here,  as  elsewhere,  we  should  apply  the  principle  that 
when  it  is  necessary  to  restrict  the  freedom  of  labor  or 
capital  to  enter  any  industry,  the  matter  becomes  the 
subject  of  public  concern  and  public  regulation.  If 
membership  in  a  labor  organization  is  to  be  a  condition 
precedent  to  the  right  of  securing  employment,  it  will 
be  necessary  for  the  Government  to  control  the  consti- 
tution, policy,  and  management  of  such  associations  as 
far  as  may  be  requisite  for  the  purpose  in  view.  Only 
upon  these  terms  would  the  compulsory  unionization 
of  industry  be  conceivable.  Of  course,  before  such  leg- 
islation could  be  enacted,  a  change  in  the  organic  law 
of  the  States  and  the  nation  would  need  to  be  effected, 
for  we  now  have  numerous  constitutional  guarantees 
of  the  right  of  property  in  labor.  These  guarantees  in- 
clude the  right  to  make  lawful  contracts,  and  the  in- 
dividual freedom  so  ordained  can  be  restricted  by  the 
Legislature  only  when  the  restraint  can  be  justified  as 
a  proper  exercise  of  the  police  power.  Time  and  effort 
might  be  required  for  securing  such  constitutional 
amendments  ;  but  our  instruments  of  government  pro- 
vide a  lawful  and  reasonable  method  of  accomplishing 
this  result. 

In  Professor  Bullock's  opinion,  the  demand  of 
the  trade-unions  for  the  closed  shop  would  lead  to 
a  revolution  in  our  law  and  our  economic  policy. 


THE  MOST  POWERFUL  LOCOMOTIVE  IN  THE  WORLD. 


AT  the  St.  Louis  Exposition,  during  the  past 
summer,  the  Baltimore  &  Ohio  locomotive 
designed  for  mountain  service,  which  is  declared 
by  engineers  to  be,  without  question,  not  only 
the  biggest  locomotive  yet  built,  but  also  the 
most  powerful  in  existence,  has  attracted  much 
attention.  Mr.  George  W.  Martin,  writing  in 
the  September  number  of  Cassier's  Magazine, 
describes  this  unique  American  type  of  locomo- 


tive. Heretofore,  the  world's  record  in  locomo- 
tive power  has  been  credited  to  the  enormous 
tandem  compound  ten-coupler  engines  built  last 
year  at  the  Baldwin  works  for  the  Atchison, 
Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad.  These  engines 
have  a  total  weight  of  128^  tons  (without  ten- 
der), of  which  104-^  tons  are  available  for  ad- 
hesion, the  remainder  being  carried  by  the  lead- 
ing and  trailing   carrying-axles.     The  "Shay" 


TIIK    BALTIMORE;  &   OHIO'S  GREAT  MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING   LOCOMOTIVE. 


494 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


locomotives  of  the  El  Paso  Rock  Island  Railway 
have,  it  is  true,  a  total  weight,  all  used  for  ad- 
hesion, of  130  tons  ;  but  to  obtain  this,  the  weight 
of  the  tender  is  included.  The  new  Baltimore 
&  Ohio  engine  far  exceeds  either  of  these,  for 
the  engine  alone,  without  tender,  weighs  149^ 
tons,  all  of  which  is  utilized  for  adhesion,  as  all 
the  wheels  are  drivers.  This  engine  was  built 
at  the  Schenectady  works  of  the  American  Loco- 
motive Company,  and  was  intended  for  service 
on  the  mountain  section  of  the  Baltimore  &  Ohio 
Railroad,  to  obviate,  as  far  as  possible,  the  use 
of  "  pushing  "  and  "  banking  "  engines  for  heavy 
freight  trains  on  the  steep  gradients'. 

This  engine  is  also  noteworthy  as  being  the 
first  engine  in  the  United  States  to  be  com- 
pounded on  the  "  Mallet  "  system.     This  system, 


as  applied  to  articulation  locomotives,  consists, 
essentially,  in  the  employment  of  two  high- 
pressure  cylinders  driving  one  set  of  coupled 
wheels  and  carried  by  the  main  frames,  and  in 
the  use  of  two  low-pressure  cylinders  for  driving 
another  set  of  coupled  wheels,  these  cylinders 
and  wheels  being  mounted  in  a  pivoted  bogie 
frame.  In  the  American  engine  there  are  two 
sets  of  six-coupled  wheels,  making  twelve  driving 
wheels  in  all.  The  engine  is,  moreover,  twice 
as  large  as  any  "  Mallet "  engine  previously 
built.  The  high-pressure  cylinders  have  di- 
ameters of  twenty  inches  ;  the  low-pressure, 
of  thirty-two  inches  ;  stroke,  thirty-two  inches. 
The  wheels  are  fifty-six  inches  in  diameter.  The 
boiler  pressure  is  two  hundred  and  thirty-five 
pounds  to  the  square  inch. 


THE  ELECTRIC  INTERURBAN  RAILROAD. 


IN  less  than  twenty  years,  the  system  of  urban 
and  interurban  electric  railroads  in  the 
United  States  has  grown  from  a  small  beginning 
until,  at  the  present  day,  it  is  a  rival,  in  some 
respects,  of  the  steam  railroads.  Mr.  Frank  T. 
Carlton,  writing  in  the  current  number  of  the 
Yah  Review,  states  some  interesting  facts  in  con- 
nection with  this  rapid  development.  The  first 
commercially  successful  electric  roads  were  built 
in  1888,  when  three  important  lines  were  con- 
structed,— one  in  Richmond,  Va.  ;  the  second  in 
Allegheny,  Pa.  ;  and  the  third  in  Washington, 
D.  C.  The  greatest  interurban  development  has 
taken  place  in  Massachusetts,  New  York,  Ohio, 
Indiana,  Michigan,  and  Illinois.  Boston,  De- 
troit, Cleveland,  Toledo,  Indianapolis,  and  Chi- 
cago are  large  centers  of  interurban  traffic.  De- 
troit is  the  terminus  of  about  four  hundred  miles 
of  interurban  electric  road.  The  capitalization 
of  these  roads  is  estimated  to  average  forty 
thousand  dollars  per  mile.  In  the  State  of  Mich- 
igan, in  September,  1902,  there  were  twenty- 
four  interurban  lines  actually  in  operation,  and 
franchises  asked  for  forty-seven  moic.  In  the 
State  of  Ohio,  in  May,  1901,  sixty-eight  com- 
panies wen;  operating  eighteen  hundred  and 
eighteen  miles  of  electric  railroads,  or  about  one- 
fifth  of  the  mileage  of  all  the  steam  roads  of  the 
State. 

LONG-DISTANCE    PASSENGER    SERVICE. 

A  passenger  may  now  ride  on  the  electric 
lines  from  Cleveland  to  Detroit.  He  is  required 
to  make  only  two  transfers,  one  of  which  is  at 
the  Toledo  union  interurban  station.  Chicago 
will  soon  be  linked  with  Cleveland  by  a  trollej 


line  ;  and  Cleveland,  Columbus,  Toledo,  and  Cin- 
cinnati will  all  be  connected  by  the  electric  road 
in  the  near  future.  The  running  time  between 
Cleveland  and  Toledo  is  six  hours ;  limited 
trains,  stopping  only  at  the  larger  towns,  make 
the  trip  in  four  and  one-half  hours.  A  trip 
from  Ann  Arbor  to  Detroit  requires  about  two 
hours  and  fifteen  minutes  ;  from  Jackson  to  De- 
troit, three  hours  and  forty-five  minutes.  The 
regularity  of  these  interurban  cars  compares  fa- 
vorably with  that  of  passenger  trains  on  steam 
railroads. 

TROLLEY  EXPRESS  TRAFFIC. 

It  will  be  news  to  some  readers  that  the  ex- 
press and  freight  traffic  of  the  electric  roads  is 
becoming  an  important  factor.  The  three  States, 
Ohio,  Michigan,  and  New  York,  lead  in  the 
amount  of  express  and  freight  handled.  The 
total  receipts  in  the  whole  country  for  this 
form  of  traffic,  in  the  year.  1902,  amounted  to 
$1,439,769,  more  than  half  of  which  is  credited 
to  the  three  States  above  named.  The  Detroit 
interurban  lines  run  large  express  cars,  which 
serve  the  country  within  a  radius  of  sixty  miles, 
making,  in  some  towns,  three  deliveries  daily. 
The  Eastern  Ohio  Traction  Company  has  two 
forty-mile  branch  lines  east  of  Cleveland,  through 
a  farming  country  which  is  not  reached  by  the 
steam  railroads.  Milk,  coal,  wood,  wool,  etc., 
are  carried  by  this  company.  The  charges  and 
methods  of  handling  freight  are  quite  similar  to 
those  employed  by  steam  roads.  The  agents  of 
the  Rockford  &  Interurban  road,  in  Illinois, 
stand  ready  to  receive  orders  by  telephone  as 
to  the  purchase  of  goods  and  to  ship  the  goods 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


495 


thus  ordered  on  the  next  express  train,  or,  if 
the  consignment  is  small,  on  the  next  regular 
passenger  car. 

COMPETITION    WITH    THE    STEAM    ROADS. 

The  electric  roads  are  formidable  competitors 
of  the  steam  roads  for  short-haul  traffic,  both 
passenger  and  freight.  As  an  instance  of  this, 
Mr.  Carlton  cites  the  case  of  the  Lake  Shore  & 
Michigan  Southern  Railroad,  paralleled  by  an 
electric  line  from  Cleveland  to  Painesville,  a 
distance  of  about  thirty  miles.  The  number  of 
passengers  carried  between  the  two  cities  and 


intermediate  points,  in  1895,  before  the  com- 
pletion of  the  electric  road,  averaged  16,600  a 
month  ;  in  1902,  the  average  was  reduced  to 
2,400  per  month.  West  of  Cleveland,  the  same 
steam  railroad  averaged,  in  1895,  16,900  passen- 
gers monthly  between  Cleveland,  Oberlin,  and 
intermediate  points  ;  in  1902,  this  monthly  aver- 
age had  diminished  to  only  7,650.  The  electric 
lines,  besides  reducing  rates  and  giving  more 
frequent  service  than  the  steam  railroads,  carry 
the  passengers  or  freight  directly  to  the  heart  of 
the  city.  Electric  sleeping  and  dining  cars  are 
already  in  use  on  some  roads,  chiefly  in  Indiana. 


THE  PERDICARIS  EPISODE. 


THE  kidnaping  of  Mr.  Ion  H.  Perdicaris,  an 
American  citizen,  by  the  Moroccan  ban- 
dit, Raissuli  ;  his  long  detention  ;  the  interven- 
tion of  the  United  States  and  British  govern- 
ments, and  his  final  release  on  the  payment  of  a 
generous  ransom,  are  all  now  matters  of  history, 
and  an  incident  that  threatened  at  one  time  to 
lead  to  international  complications  will  soon  be 
forgotten  by  all  except  the  parties  directly  con- 
cerned. Still,  the  story  of  Mr.  Perdicaris'  cap- 
tivity is  interesting  and  important  for  the  light 
that  it  throws  on  the  peculiar  tribal  feuds  and 
bickerings  which,  from  time  to  time,  have  led, 
practically,  to  the  disruption  of  all  social  secu- 
rity in  Morocco.  The  full  narrative,  as  written 
by  Mr.  Perdicaris  himself  while  in  captivity, 
supplemented  by  an  account  of  the  conclusions 


and  negotiations  with  the  bandits  and  the  release 
of  the  captives,  is  contained  in  the  September 
number  of  Leslie's  Monthly. 

Passing  by  the  story  of  the  captivity  and  the 
subsequent  hardships  suffered  by  the  captives, 
which  has  been  fully  related  in  the  daily  press, 
we  find  in  this  article  an  interesting  statement 
of  the  incidents  that  led  to  the  conception  of 
the  kidnaping  scheme,  together  with  an  appar- 
ently candid  presentation  of  Raissuli's  defense. 
Mr.  Perdicaris  tells  how,  in  the  summer  of 
1902,  various  outrages  were  perpetrated  by  of- 
ficials of  the  Moorish  Government  in  the  agri- 
cultural districts  immediately  surrounding  Tan- 
gier. It  was  in  the  following  summer,  while 
an  attempt  was  being  made  by  the  Sultan's 
troops  to  seize  Raissuli  himself,  that  Mr.  Walter 


"AIPONTA,"   THE  COUNTRY   SEAT  OF  MR.    PERDICARIS. 


496 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


B.  Harris,  the  correspondent  of  the  London 
Times,  was  captured  and  held  until  the  Moorish 
Government,  under  pressure  from  the  British 
legation,  acceded  to  Raissuli's  demands  for  the 
release  of  his  followers  who  had  been  taken 
prisoners  at  various  times.  Subsequently,  many 
hostile  natives  were  made  prisoners  by  the  gov- 
ernment troops,  having  been  persuaded,  on 
false  assurances  of  safe-conduct,  it  is  claimed, 
to  come  into  the  camp  of  the  Basha,  carrying 
presents  instead  of  arms,  in  order  to  negotiate 
for  a  general  submission.  This  latter  incident 
is  said  by  Mr.  Perdicaris  to  have  been  the  im- 
mediate cause  of  his  own  captivity. 

A    GENTLEMANLY  BANDIT. 

It  is  evident  that  Mr.  Perdicaris  was  strongly 
impressed  by  the  dignified  and  courteous  bear- 
ing of  Raissuli.  From  the  first,  it  seems  that 
the  captives  were  permitted  by  Raissuli  to  com- 
municate freely  with  their  friends  in  Tangier. 
When  Mr.  Perdicaris  was  confined  to  his  bed, 
owing  to  the  effects  of  a  fall,  Raissuli  showed 
much  apparent  concern  as  to  his  condition,  and 
frequently  came  to  see  him,  and  talked  freely 
with  him.  It  was  in  the  course  of  these  conver- 
sations that  Mr.  Perdicaris  learned  that  Raissuli 
had  no  wish  to  harm  him  or  to  exact  any  per- 
sonal ransom  for  his  release,  but  that  he  had 
certain  definite  demands  to  make  on  the  Moor- 
ish Government.  These  terms,  as  Mr.  Perdicaris 
at  once  saw,  were  "singularly  exorbitant."  First, 
he  demanded  from  the  Moorish  Government  the 
removal  of  the  Basha  of  Tangier,  together  with 
the  release,  not  only  of  the  men  from  the  village 
of  M'zorra,  so  treacherously  seized,  but  also  of 
all  his  friends,  partisans,  and  relations  actually 
in  the  hands  of  the  government  authorities,  to- 
gether with  an  indemnity  of  no  less  than  sev- 
enty thousand  dollars,  to  cover  the  losses  inflicted 
upon  the  Raissuli  faction.  For  the  members  of 
his  faction,  moreover,  he  demanded  a  complete 
pardon  and  safe-conduct  for  the  future. 

RAISSULI    AS    A    PATRIOT    LEADER. 

Little  by  little,  as  the  chief  of  the  kidnapers 
became  better  acquainted  with  his  captive,  he 
talked  freely  of  his  past  life  and  all  that  he  had 
suffered  at  the  hands  of  his  enemies.  He  de- 
clared that  after  his  clan  had  endured  a  succes- 
sion of  outrages,  culminating  with  the  treacher 
ous  capture  of  the  M'zorra  deputation,  he  deter- 
mined to  seize  upon  some  European  and  to  hold 
him  till  these  men  should  be  released  and  resti- 
tution made  for  all  the  wrongs  that  his  party 
had  suffered.  Thus,  Mi-.  Perdicaris  was  broughl 
to  a  place  where  In-  was  told  no  European  or 
foreigner  had  ever  Bel  foot,  not  to  he  plundered, 


MR.   ION  PERDICARIS. 


(Mr.  Perdicaris  is  the  son  of  a  native  Greek  who  was  edu- 
cated at  Amherst  College,  married  a  South  Carolina  lady, 
and  served  as  American  consul-general  at  Athens,  under 
appointment  by  President  Van  Buren.) 

but  merely  as  a  means  of  forcing  the  govern- 
ment to  render  some  measure  of  tardy  justice. 
In  the  first  part  of  his  article,  Mr.  Perdicaris 
seems  inclined  to  express  genuine  sympathy 
with  the  story  of  Raissuli's  wrongs  as  it  was  re- 
lated to  him.  But  in  the  concluding  portion, 
written  after  he  had  come  back  to  Tangier  and 
learned  how  the  threat  of  his  death  had  been 
held  over  his  friends  at  home,  in  case  Raissuli's 
terms  should  not  be  complied  with,  he  is  less 
disposed  to  forgive  his  captor's  aggressions.  He 
declares,  however,  that,  not  by  our  standards  of 
right  and  wrong,  but  by  his  own,  Raissuli  still 
stands  head  and  shoulders  above  his  compatriots. 
Mr.  Perdicaris  considers  him  rather  in  the  light 
of  a  patriot  who  is  using  every  means  within  his 
reach,  even  means  which  we  cannot  but  con- 
demn, to  defend  the  independence  of  these  Ber- 
ber Kabyles,  who,  since  the  days  of  the  Roman 
Empire,  have  resisted  every  attempt  to  subdue 
their  wild  love  of  freedom. 

Raissuli,  it  seems,  heard  of  the  arrival  of 
the  American  ships  in  Tangier  Bay  with  equa- 
nimity, merely  remarking,  "  Now  the  Sultan's 
authorities  will  be  compelled  to  accede  to  my 
demands.'' 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


497 


THE  CALL  FOR  MEN  AS  PUBLIC-SCHOOL  TEACHERS. 


IT  is  a  well-known  fact  that  the  proportion  of 
women  teachers  in  the  schools  of  the  United 
States  has  grown  steadily  during  the  past  fifty 
years.  To-day,  there  are  fewer  men  teaching 
than  there  were  in  1860,  but  there  are  four 
times  as  many  women.  An  article  in  the  Sep- 
tember number  of  the  Popular  Science  Monthly, 
by  Richard  L.  Sandwick,  assumes  that  women 
will  probably  continue  to  do  the  greater  part  of 
the  teaching  in  our  public  schools,  since  it  is 
generally  recognized  that  they  are  better  suited 
than  men  to  instruct  young  children.  The  writer 
maintains,  however,  that  any  further  increase  in 
the  relative  number  of  women  teachers  would 
not  be  to  the  interests  of  education.  He  freely 
admits  the  softening  and  humanizing  influence 
exerted  by  women,  which  accounts,  in  great  part, 
for  the  change  from  the  rough  school  of  fifty 
years  ago,  from  which  the  teacher  was  not  seldom 
"pitched  into  the  road  by  his  bigger  pupils,"  to 
the  happy,  orderly  schoolroom  of  to-day.  Women 
teachers,  moreover,  have  accepted  salaries  scarce- 
ly half  what  men  of  like  capacity  wrould  have 
accepted,  and  have  thus  been  the  means  of 
extending  the  public-school  system  to  a  point 
far  beyond  what  taxpayers  would  have  borne 
if  equal  intelligence  had  been  secured  from 
men. 

At  the  present  time,  according  to  this  writer, 
women  teachers  outnumber  the  men  in  high 
schools  ;  and  below  the  high  schools  they  reign 
supreme.  Many  large  city  schools  of  grammar 
grade  employ  no  men  teachers.  Owing  to  the 
fact  that  the  majority  of  boys  and  girls  never 
come  under  the  instruction  of  men,  there  is  cer- 
tainly danger  of  a  one-sided  development  of  the 
pupils.  Both  sexes  are  being  educated  by  the 
sex  whose  relation  to  the  political  and  industrial 
systems  is  not  usually  either  that  of  voters  or 
wage-earners.  The  basis  of  this  last  statement 
is  the  fact  that  less  than  one  woman  in  five  is 
engaged  in  earning  a  living,  and  of  these,  com- 
paratively few  are  under  the  necessity  of  so 
doing.  Many  of  them  have  no  one  dependent 
upon  them  for  support,  and  would  not  suffer  if 
thrown  out  of  employment.  In  many  cases, 
their  earnings  are  additional  to  the  support 
given  them  by  others,  and  are  regarded  as  sup- 
plementary to  the  family  budget.  "  It  might 
naturally  be  inferred  that  the  education  of  both 
sexes  by  that  sex  upon  which  the  necessity  of 
earning  a  living  is  rarely  imposed  would  tend 
to  keep  economic  considerations  in  the  back- 
ground. And  it  is  true.  Even  in  the  higher 
grades,  economic  independence  is  seldom  a  con- 
scious aim  ;  and  the  aesthetic  has  a  larger  place 


than  the  useful.  There  ought  to  be  more  sym- 
pathy than  there  is  for  the  boy  with  a  yearning. 
as  he  enters  the  age  of  adolescence,  to  get  out 
into  the  workaday  world  and  earn  a  place  for 
himself  ;  a  thing  which  the  enrollment  shows  he 
is  pretty  likely  to  do  if  school  does  not  prove 
that  he  will  be  the  gainer  by  the  delay  or  appeal 
to  this  side  of  his  nature." 

WHERE  WOMEN  FAIL  IN  THE  APPEAL  TO  BOY- 
NATURE. 

Because  women,  as  a  rule,  are  interested  in 
the  aesthetic  rather  than  the  practical  or  indus- 
trial side  of  life,  the  boy  pupil,  not  finding  this 
latter  side  emphasized  in  his  school  work,  and 
arguing  from  the  fact  that  women  teachers  so 
greatly  predominate  that  education  is  chiefly 
associated  with  the  interests  of  women,  becomes 
restive  and  dissatisfied  with  school  life.  In  the 
opinion  of  Mr.  Sandwick,  this  is  one  of  the 
reasons  why  so  few  boys  take  the  step  from 
grammar  to  high  school. 

At  this  age,  boys  begin  to  notice  differences  of  sex. 
They  are  proud  of  their  masculinity.  The  voice  changes  ; 
they  are  conscious  of  superior  strength,  and  they  love 
to  show  their  muscle.  They  cultivate  gruffer  ways  of 
men,  and  often  learn  to  smoke  and  chew,  not  because 
they  want  to  be  vicious,  but  because  men  use  tobacco 
and  women  do  not  and  they  want  to  emphasize  the  fact 
that  they  are  men.  From  fourteen  to  twenty,  they  love 
football.  It  is  a  game  that  calls  for  masculine  strength 
and  masculine  courage.  So,  everything  that  is  distinct- 
ly masculine  is  admired  and  imitated  ;  everything  wo- 
manish is  despised.  Few  boys  at  this  age  are  ready  to 
admit  that  women  are  the  equals  of  men.  Even  the 
mother's  influence  wanes.  Her  word  is  not  final  in 
everything.  She  is  only  a  woman,  and  cannot  under- 
stand all  that  men  should  do. 

So  it  is  in  school.  The  woman  teacher  is  at  a  disad- 
vantage with  high-school  boys.  She  must  be  of  a  de- 
cidedly strong  personality  to  appeal  to  him.  He  sees 
intuitively  that  the  tastes  and  preferences  of  women 
are  different  from  those  of  men,  and  he  is  not  at  all 
ready  to  take  a  woman  teacher's  advice  in  choosing  a 
course  of  action  for  himself. 

We  believe  thoroughly  in  coeducation  ;  but  coeduca- 
tion does  not  exist  when  both  sexes  are  educated  by 
one.  The  living  teacher  and  the  ideal  his  personality 
presents  is  more  effective  than  anything  else  in  holding 
students  in  school.  The  lady  teacher  cannot  present 
such  an  ideal  to  young  people  of  the  opposite  sex. 
With  all  the  growth  in  number  of  schools  and  teachers 
during  the  last  half-century,  there  are  fewer  men  teach- 
ing to-day  than  there  were  in  1860.  In  spite  of  our 
boasted  progress  in  education,  there  are  fewer  school 
children  enrolled  to-day  in  proportion  to  the  number 
of  school  age  than  there  were  in  1860.  If  we  would 
hold  boys  in  school  between  the  ages  of  twelve  and  fif- 
teen, we  must  appeal  to  the  more  practical  bent  of  a 
boy's  mind  and  the  ideals  of  manhood  which  attract 
him.    We  must  have  more  men  teachers, 


498 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE    SALARY     QUESTION. 

The  demand  for  more  men  as  public-school 

teachers  implies,  of  course,  an  increase  in  sal- 
aries. The  average  salary  of  men  teachers  in 
the  United  States  is  higher  than  that  of  women, 
but  still  very  low.  It  amounts  to  about  $337  a 
year,  while  the  average  wages  of  operatives. 
skilled  and  unskilled,  for  males  above  sixteen,  is 
about  $498.  The  United  States  census  for  1  900 
gives  the  mean  annual  wages  of  laborers,  in- 
cluding men,  women,  and  children,  white  and 
black,  skilled  and  unskilled,  as  $437, — one  hun- 
dred dollars  more  than  the  average  male  teacher 


receives.  Competent  men  can  only  be  secured 
by  increase  of  salaries  and  more  secure  tenure 
of  office.  The  changes  among  teachers  in  the 
smaller  towns,  from  year  to  year,  are  so  numer- 
ous that  both  men  and  women  regard  their  ten- 
ure as  insecure.  If  they  do  not  succeed  in  ob- 
taining positions,  the  women  teachers  go  home 
to  their  parents  for  a  time  and  perhaps  try  again 
the  following  year,  while  the  men  are  very  likely 
to  go  into  some  other  occupation,  leaving  the 
inexperienced  and  unfit  in  the  ranks  of  the  pro- 
fession. In  the  meantime,  half  of  a  year's  salary 
may  have  been  spent  in  the  unsuccessful  en- 
deavor to  find  a  suitable  situation. 


AN  ITALIAN  ESTIMATE  OF  AMERICAN  LITERATURE. 


AMERICAN  literature,  says  Gis  Leno,  in 
Italia  Moderna  (Rome),  is  "  rich  in  clas- 
sic celebrities."  He  proceeds  to  enumerate  the 
poets,  historians,  and  novelists,  as  well  as  divines 
and  philosophers,  who  flourished  in  the  United 
States  from  1820  to  1860.  There  exists,  he  ob- 
serves, a  kind  of  literature  which  is  "preemi- 
nently American,  and  which,  after  having  had  a 
glorious  past,  still  enjoys  a  brilliant  present." 
This  literaUire  boasts  such  names  as  "Washington 
Irving,  Mark  Twain,  Bret  Harte,  and  Bill  Nye. 
"  Side  by  side  with  these  generals  and  colonels 
of  American  humor  march  in  battle  array  the 
young  writers  who  cany  a  marshal's  baton  in 
their  knapsacks." 

Last  year,  the  United  States  celebrated  the  centenary 
of  American  humor,  and  the  press  proudly  announced 
that  the  home  of  humor  was  ever  to  be  found  in  free 
America.  ...  It  would  be  rash  to  attempt  a  character- 
ization of  that  American  humor  which  is  represented 
by  a  hundred  writers  and  some  thousands  of  volumes. 
All  of  these  writers  exalt,  while  they  ridicule,  the  en- 
terprising energy  of  the  Americans  in  conflict  with  the 
stupidity  of  the  administration,  the  buffoonery  of  Irish 
immigrants,  the  vanity  of  the  nou  vea  ItX  rivlics.  A  host 
of  delightful  stories  reflect  with  light-heartedness  the 
sorrows  of  life,  and  are  characterized  by  a  manner  so 
grotesquely  droll  that  the  reader  feels  as  if  he  were 
i  ransported  into  a  facetious  world  of  circus  clowns. 

The  writer  mentions  with  approbation  "  The 
Jumping  Prog "  of  Mark  Twain.  Frank  Stock- 
ton's "  Rudder  Grange,"  "The  Dooley  Papers" 
of  EPinley  Peter  Dunne,  and  George  Ade's 
••  Fables  in  Slang."  In  1901,  he  continues,  two 
books  of  another  kind  obtained  "a  grand  and 
legitimate  success."  One,  ••  Up  from  Slavery," 
is  a  true  autobiography  of  the  celebrated  Booker 
Washington,  the  first  negro  invited  to  dine  at 
the  White  House,  who  from  being  an  insignifi 
cant  Virginia  slave  has  risen  to  be    -a  kind  of 


official  representative  of  American  negroes." 
Side  by  side  with  this  autobiography  is  the 
work  of  Jacob  A.  Riis.  '-The  Making  of  An 
American,"  which  testifies  to  the  "energy  with 
which  these  audacious  Americans  exhibit  even 
in  the  arts."  This  writer  then  proceeds  to  con- 
demn in  vigorous  terms  the  methods  of  Ameri- 
can booksellers  in  advertising  new  novels  in 
exaggerated  terms  of  laudation.  On  this  point, 
he  says  : 

There  is  not  a  single  young  miss  just  out  of  school 
but  brings  a  romance  to  the  publisher.  The  offices  of 
the  great  publishing  houses  are  really  filled  with  busy 
critics  and  readers.  .  .  .  The  majority  of  those  who 
are  thus  in  pursuit  of  literary  fame  and  profit  are 
women,  some  of  whom  gain  their  end  by  force  and 
patience,  insistency,  intrigue,  and  the  recommendations 
of  others. 

To  tell  the  truth,  this  success  is  a  necessary  result  of 
the  publicity  gained  through  advertising.  It  is  well 
known  that  the  American  advertisement  outstrips  in 
audacity  anything  of  the  kind  in  Europe,  and  the  liter- 
ary advertisement  in  America  is  the  lie  plus  ultra.  No 
Barnum  could  possibly  vie  with  the  advertiser  who 
wishes  to  float  a  popular  novel  in  America. 

The  writer  quotes  an  advertisement  of  a  Fifth 
Avenue  bookseller  who  ranks  Gertrude  Ather- 
ton  with  George  Sand,  Goethe,  and  Dickens,  and 
Gertrude  Atherton,  he  adds,  '-has  a  talent  or 
"cuius  of  merely  third-rate  rank,  if  even  so  much 
can  be  said  of  her." 

The  spirit  of  bluff  thus  prevailing  among  American 
publishers  may  have  no  weight  excepting  with  the  un- 
cultivated; nevertheless,  it  exercises  a  pernicious  in- 
fluence over  literature  in  general.  As  long  as  American 
publishers  make  themselves  purveyors  of  fustian,  works 
of  real  importance  must  necessarily  suffer  neglect. 
Real  literature,  such  as  would  recall  Bryant  and  Long- 
fellow, Whittier  and  Whitman,  in  poetry.  Hawthorne 
and  .lames  in  romance,  must  disappear  unnoticed  in 
this  rising  ll<»"l  of  inflated  mediocrity, 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


499 


ALFRED  RUSSEL  WALLACE. 


ALTHOUGH  he  was  associated  with  Darwin 
in  the  discovery  of  the  origin  of  species, 
Dr.  Alfred  Russel  Wallace  has  never  shared 
the  public  renown  that  attached  to  that  discov- 
ery, and  in  America,  if  not  in  England  itself,  his 
name  is  comparatively  little  known,  excepting 
among  the  scientists.  Mr.  Harold  Begbie  has 
included  a  sketch  of  Dr.  Wallace  in  his  "  Mas- 
ter-Workers'' series,  contributed  to  the  Pall 
Mall  Magazine  (London). 

DARWIN    AND    "DARWINISM." 

Tn  the  first  place,  Darwin  and  Dr.  Wallace, 
says  Mr.  Begbie,  both  derived  their  inspiration 
from  Malthus'  work  on  "Population,"  and,  sec- 
ondly, but  for  Dr.  Wallace,  Darwin's  work 
might  have  been  presented  to  the  world  in  so 
many  volumes  that  few  would  have  cared  to 
read  them.     Mr.  Begbie  writes  : 

Darwin  had  been  working  on  "Natural  Selection" 
for  twenty  years  when  Dr.  Wallace  sent  his  famous 
pamphlet  to  him  for  Sir  Charles  Lyell  to  read  ;  and 
but  for  this  sudden  surprise  of  his  great  secret  it  is 
most  probable  that  the  careful  and  laborious  Darwin 
would  have  spent  another  twenty  years  on  the  comple- 
tion of  its  presentation.  Dr.  Wallace's  pamphlet,  so 
similar  to  Darwin's  work  that  even  some  of  its  phrases 
appeared  as  titles  in  Darwin's  MS.,  had  at  any  rate  the 
happy  result  of  hurrying  into  the  world  a  brief  and 
concise  exposition  of  the  case  for  natural  selection 
from  the  pen  of  Darwin. 

But  learned  men,  adds  Mr.  Begbie,  are  now 
beginning  to  throw  over  "Darwinism."  Dar- 
win's work,  as  set  forth  in  the  "  Origin  of 
Species,"  retorts  Dr.  Wallace,  is  safe  from  attack. 
But  "Darwinism,"  that  is  a  different  matter. 

Darwinism  (says  Dr.  Wallace)  is  very  often  a  differ- 
ent thing  from  the  "Origin  of  Species."  Darwin  never 
touched  beginnings.  Again  and  again  he  protested 
against  the  idea  that  any  physicist  could  arrive  at  the 
beginning  of  life.  Nor  did  he  argue  for  one  common 
origin  of  all  the  variety  in  life.  He  speaks  of  "more 
than  one"  over  and  over  again  :  and  he  also  speaks  of 
the  Creator.  It  is  only  a  few  of  his  followers  who  have 
presented  Darwin  to  the  world  as  a  man  who  had  ex- 
plained the  beginning  of  everything,  and  who  had  dis- 
pensed altogether  with  the  services  of  a  Creator.  Dar- 
win must  have  turned  in  his  grave  more  than  once  if 
any  echoes  of  "Darwinism"  ever  reached  him  there. 

THE    SPIRITUAL    NATURE    OF    MAN. 

Darwin  and  Dr.  Wallace  differed  on  the  ques- 
tion of  the  mind  and  the  spiritual  nature  of  man. 
What  has  to  be  acknowledged  and  recognized 
is  the  spiritual  nature  of  man,  which  separates 
him  completely  and  absolutely  from  the  highest 
of  all  mammals.  Dr.  Wallace  distinguishes  be- 
tween the  struggle  for  existence,  per  se,  and  the 


struggle  for  spiritual,  intellectual,  and  moral  ex- 
istence. Evolution  can  account  for  the  land- 
grabber,  the  company-promoter,  and  the  sweat- 
er ;  but.  if  it  fails  to  account  for  the  devotion  of 
the  patriot,  the  enthusiasm  of  the  artist,  the  con- 
stancy of  the  martyr,  the  resolute  search  of  the 
scientific  worker  after  nature's  secrets,  it  has 
not  explained  the  whole  mystery  of  humanity. 

Dr.  Wallace  is  then  induced  to  speak  of  Spirit- 
ualism. He  holds  that  proof  of  the  existence  of 
the  soul  beyond  the  grave  is  already  established. 
The  study  of  the  spiritual  nature  of  man,  he 
says,  is  coming  more  and  more  to  the  front  of 
human  inquiry. 

Spiritualism  (says  Dr.  Wallace)  means  the  science  of 
the  spiritual  nature  of  man,  and  that  is  surely  a  science 
which  deserves  a  place  among  the  investigations  of  man- 
kind. Geology  is  important,  chemistry  is  important, 
astronomy  is  important ;  but  "the  proper  study  of  mau- 
kind  is  man,"  and  if  you  leave  out  the  spiritual  nature 
of  man  you  are  not  studying  man  at  all.  I  prefer  the 
term  spiritualism.  I  am  a  spiritualist,  and  I  am  not  in 
the  least  frightened  of  the  name  ! 

It  is  only  because  the  scientific  investigations  of  spir- 
itualists are  confounded  in  the  popular  mind  with  the 
chicanery  and  imposture,  of  a  few  charlatans  that  the 
undiscriminating  world  has  not  studied  the  literature 
of  spiritualism.  A  study  of  that  literature,  an  honest 
and  unbiased  examination  of  spiritual  investigations, 
would  prove  to  the  world  that  the  soul  of  man  is  a  real- 
ity, and  that  death  is  not  the  abrupt  and  unreasoning 
end  of  consciousness. 

THE    MOST    COURAGEOUS    OF    SCIENTISTS. 

Mr.  Begbie  adds  : 

Dr.  Wallace  is  not  one  of  those  men  who  believe  that 
everything  not  made  by  man  must  have  been  made  by 
God.  His  cosmogony  is  spacious,  and  finds  room  for 
other  intelligences  than  those  of  humanity  and  deity. 
We  are  compassed  about,  he  believes,  by  an  infinity  of 
beings  as  numerous  as  the  stars,  and  the  vast  universe 
is  peopled  with  as  many  grades  of  intelligences  as  the 
forms  of  life  with  which  this  little  earth  is  peopled.  To 
deny  spiritual  phenomena  because  some  of  them  appear 
to  be  beneath  the  dignity  of  Godhead  seems  to  this  pa- 
tient and  courageous  investigator  an  act  of  folly,  a 
confession  of  narrow-mindedness.  No  phenomenon  is 
too  insignificant  or  too  miraculous  for  his  investigation, 
and  in  his  philosophy  there  is  no  impossible  and  no 
preternatural. 

He  is,  undoubtedly,  the  most  courageous  of  men  of 
science.  Other  eminent  men  have  examined  spiritual 
phenomena  as  carefully  and  earnestly  as  he,  and  some 
of  them  have  uttered  their  faith  in  the  reality  of  these 
mysteries  ;  but  from  the  year  1863,  from  the  very  begin- 
ning of  his  scientific  career,  on  the  very  threshold  of  his 
work  in  a  materialistic  and  suspicious  world,  this  brave 
and  earnest  man — with  everything  to  lose  and  nothing 
to  gain— has  been  the  avowed  champion  of  spiritualism, 
and  has  fought  for  his  belief  with  a  steadfastness  which 
has  only  increased  with  time. 


500 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


MIRACLE  PLAYS  IN   MEDIEVAL  ENGLAND. 


THE  revival  of  "Everyman"  has  created  an 
interest  in  the  old  English  "morality 
plays,"  most  of  which  had  been  virtually  obso- 
lete for  nearly  five  hundred  years.  Prof.  Felix 
E.  Schelling,  writing  in  LippincotCs  for  October 
on  "Old  English  Sacred  Drama,"  says  that 
from  the  first  the  English  people  seem  to  have 
preferred  the  miracle  play, — that  is,  a  play 
founded  more  or  less  strictly  on  the  Bible  itself, 
as  distinguished  from  the  legends  of  the  saints 
and  martyrs,  which  were  popular  on  the  Conti- 
nent. 

The  wide  diffusion  of  miracle  plays  over  England 
may  be  judged  from  the  fact  that  no  less  than  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty-seven  places  are  recorded  as  the  scenes 
of  these  performances.  There  is  record  of  many  per- 
formances in  London.  Some  lasted  several  days  and 
were  witnessed  by  royalty  in  the  presence  of  vast  con- 
courses of  people.  But  not  only  in  London  and  in  the 
.meat  sees  of  Canterbury,  York,  and  Winchester  were 
miracle  plays  held  in  high  esteem  and  popularity,  but 
at  the  Universities  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge,  and  in 
many  lesser  places.  The  vogue  of  these  plays  even  ex- 
tended beyond  the  confines  of  England  and  the  geo- 
graphical boundaries  of  the  English  tongue.  In  Scot- 
land, plays  were  acted  at  Edinburgh,  Aberdeen,  and 
elsewhere.  In  Dublin,  too,  the  miracle  play  found  a  wel- 
come, and  in  Cornwall  the  sturdy  Welsh  showed  their 
independence  and  national  spirit  by  performance  of 
miracle  plays  in  Cornish.  Several  distinctive  traits  dis- 
tinguished the  miracle  play  as  acted  in  England  from 
similar  performances  abroad.  The  most  notable  was 
the  preference  for  Bible  story  already  mentioned.  An- 
other was  the  tendency  to  link  scene  to  scene  until  at 
length  a  complete  cycle  of  plays  was  produced  begin- 
ning with  Creation  and  extending  to  the  Day  of  Judg- 
ment. 

Professor  Schelling   shows    how    the  trades' 


guilds,  the  members  of  which  commonly,  but 
not  universally,  acted  these  old  religious  dramas, 
played  a  peculiar  and  interesting  part  in  medi- 
eval town  life. 

Not  only  did  they  provide  for  the  proper  training  of 
apprentices  and  the  protection  and  regulation  of  trade, 


MEDIEVAL  CRAFTSMEN,   THE  ACTORS  IN  MIRACLE   PLAYS. 

but  it  was  from  the  officers  of  the  guilds  that  the  mayor, 
the  sheriffs,  and  the  aldermen  of  the  town  were  chosen. 
The  custom  of  linking  plays  on  kindred  subjects  was 
fostered  by  the  ambition  of  the  guilds  to  commemorate 
a  festival  so  august  with  becoming  dignity ;  and  a 
natural  rivalry  sprang  up  among  those  taking  part  as 
to  which  should  present  the  finest  pageant  and  the  one 
most  properly  acted  and  fittingly  staged. 


PROGRESS  IN   FRENCH   LABOR  LEGISLATION. 


AR$SUM$  of  the  present  status  of  labor 
laws  in  France  is  given  by  M.  Paul 
Razous  in  the  Revue  Scientijique.  France,  he 
tells  us,  was  the  first  to  follow  England  in  the 
restriction  of  the  labor  of  children  and  women. 
By  an  act  passed  in  1841,  it  was  provided  that 
children  between  the  ages  of  eight  and  twelve 
should  not  work  more  than  eight  hours  a  day  if 
employed  in  any  factory  making  use  of  power 
or  of  continuously  running  furnaces.  11'  be- 
tween twelve  and  sixteen  years  of  age.  they 
might  be  worked  twelve  hours,  but  no  child 
under  sixteen  years  of  age  was  permitted  to 
work  between  the  hours  of  9  p.m.  and  5  a.m.. 
nor  on  Sundays  or  public  holidays.  In  1848,  a 
law  was  passed  limiting  the  hours  of  labor  in 


all  factories  to  twelve  per  day  ;  but  this  did  not 
apply  to  railways,  canals,  or  warehouses.  In 
is?  I.  the  law  was  altered  so  as  to  prohibit  the 
employment  in  factories  of  children  under 
twelve  years  of  age,  save  in  some  special  cases. 
In  1892,  this  act  was  amended,  and  it  was  pro- 
vided that  children  between  thirteen  and  sixteen 
years  of  age  must  not,  lie  worked  more  than  ten 
hours  per  day,  and  those  between  sixteen  and 
eighteen  years  of  age  not  more  than  eleven 
hours  a  day  nor  more  than  sixty  hours  a 
week. 

Women  were  also  not  permitted  to  work  more 
than  eleven  hours  a  day,  but  the  weekly  limit 
did  not  apply  in  their  case.  At  tin1  same  time, 
the  legal  limit  for  adult  men  was  fixed  at  twelve 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


501 


hours  a  day,  save  when  less  than  twenty  men  were 
employed  and  no  mechanical  power  was  made 
use  of.  The  last  important  act  was  passed  in 
December,  1900,  and  came  into  force  April  1 
last.  By  its  terms,  no  men  in  factories  where 
women  and  children  are  also  employed  must 
work  more  than  ten  hours  per  day.  The  em- 
ployment of  children  of  less  than  thirteen  years 
is  prohibited,  unless  certain  educational  stand- 
aids  be  passed  and  the  child  be  physically  fit, 
and  then  work  may  be  commenced  at  twelve 
years  of  age.  In  no  case,  however,  must  the 
working  day  of  women  or  children  exceed  ten 
hours,  and    these   must    not    be  consecutive,   a 


rest  of  at  least  one  hour  being  given.  No  night 
work  for  these  is  permitted,  and  they  must  have 
one  day  of  complete  rest  a  week.  Further,  the 
employment  of  women  in  certain  dangerous 
trades  is  also  prohibited.  The  hours  for  adult 
males  are  restricted  to  twelve  a  day,  save  in  the 
case  cited  above,  when,  if  women  and  children 
are  also  employed,  the  working  day  must  not 
exceed  ten  hours.  These  rules  and  regulations 
do  not  apply  to  railways,  but  here  other  regula- 
tions provide  that  the  hours  shall  not  exceed, 
according  to  circumstances,  ten  or  twelve  a  day, 
and  the  employee  must  have  one  day  free  in 
seven  or  in  ten. 


HOME  RULE  FOR  WALES. 


FROM  time  to  time  the  need  of  a  separate 
parliament  for  the  principality  of  Wales 
has  been  urged  on  sentimental  and  historical 
grounds,  but  a  practical  and  definite  agitation 
for  legislative  independence  seems  now  to  be 
under  way.  The  Independent  Revieio  for  Sep- 
tember opens  with  an  important  article  in  which 
Mr.  Lloyd-George,  M.P.,  writing  under  the  title 
of  "The  Welsh  Political  Programme,"  prac- 
tically puts  forward  a  formal  demand  for  auton- 
omous government  in  the  principality. 

THE    WELSH    LIBERAL    PLATFORM. 

Welsh  Liberalism.  Mr.  Lloyd-George  points 
out,  has  a  distinct  programme  of  its  own,  em- 
bracing, "  not  merely  the  disestablishment  of 
state  churches,  but  temperance  reform,  educa- 
tional reform,  land  reform  in  all  its  aspects,  and 
in  recent  years  a  large  extension  of  the  princi- 
ples of  self-government  and  decentralization." 

The  last  problem  is  the  most  serious,  for  in 
its  solution  lies  the  solution  of  all  the  others. 
•  Wales  wants  to  get  on  with  its  national  work, 
and  it  finds  itself  delayed  and  hindered  at  every 
turn  by  the  interference  or  actual  hostility  of  a 
parliament  knowing  but  little  of  the  local  con- 
ditions of  which  the  constitution  has  made  it  the 
sole  judge." 

THE    GERM    OF    HOME    RULE. 

In  the  new  Welsh  National  Council,  which  is 
to  be  elected  on  a  population  basis  by  the  county 
councils,  Mr.  Lloyd- George  sees  the  germ  of 
self-government.  But  the  powers  of  the  council 
are  too  restricted.      "  Why  should  its  operation 


be  confined  to  administering  acts  of  Parliament 
passed  by  a  legislature  out  of  sympathy  with  the 
Welsh  aspirations  and  too  preoccupied  with  other 
affairs  to  attend  the  Welsh  requirements  even  if 
its  sympathy  could  be  reckoned  upon  ?  " 

SELF-GOVERNMENT    AND    TEMPERANCE. 

A  Tory  government  has  granted  the  National 
Council  ;  therefore,  says  the  Welsh  leader,  the 
least  the  Liberals  can  do  will  be  to  add  gener- 
ously to  its  powers.  Education  is  the  problem 
now  before  the  council.  But  Mr.  Lloyd-George 
demands  powers  also  to  deal  with  the  drink  prob- 
lem. The  Welsh  representatives  are  five  to  one 
in  favor  of  local  veto,  yet  the  Welsh  local  veto 
bill  never  got  beyond  a  second  reading  in  Par- 
liament. Let  the  imperial  parliament,  he  says,  re- 
serve to  itself  the  principles  upon  which  property 
in  licenses  should  be  dealt  with,  and  leave  other 
temperance  legislation  to  the  people  of  the  prin- 
cipality. 

PROBLEMS    FOR    AUTONOMOUS    WALES. 

In  addition,  there  are  many  functions  now 
intrusted  to  government  departments  which 
could,  with  advantage,  be  left  to  the  council. 
'•  Much  can  also  be  done  to  improve  the  private- 
bill  procedure.  There  is  no  reason  why  the 
National  Council  should  not  dispose  of  all  bills 
and  provisional  orders  relating  to  Wales  which 
do  not  affect  very  great  interests.  The  com- 
mittee which  sat  upon  the  private-legislation 
procedure  (Wales)  bill,  while  reporting  against 
that  measure,  found  that  there  was  a  case  made 
out  for  separate  treatment  for  Wales." 


BRIEFER    NOTES    ON    TOPICS    IN   THE 
PERIODICALS. 


SUBJECTS  TREATED    IN   THE    POPULAR   AMERICAN   MAGAZINES. 


American  Politics.— The  Presidential  campaign  is 
recognized  by  the  Atlantic  Monthly  in  two  articles— 

"  The  Issues  of  the  Campaign  :  A  Republican  Point  of 
View,"  by  Samuel W.  McCall;  and  "The  Democratic 
A  ppeal,"  by  Edward  M.  Shepard.  A  similar  method,  ap- 
plied to  the  discussion  of  the  candidates  rather  than  of 
the  principles  of  the  campaign,  is  followed  in  the  Septem- 
ber number  of  the  North  American  Review,  in  which 
the  question,  "Who  Should  Be  Our  Next  President?" 
is  answered  by  Senator  Henry  Cabot  Lodge  and  Wil- 
liam F.  Sheehan,  speaking,  respectively,  for  President 
Roosevelt  and  Judge  Parker. — An  interesting  account 
of  the  political  career  of  Governor  La  Follette,  of  Wis- 
consin, is  contributed  to  McClurc's  by  Lincoln  Steffens, 
who  incidentally  tells  a  great  deal  about  the  "  boodle" 
politics  of  a  State  where,  he  says,  the  people  have  re- 
stored representative  government  by  a  vote  against  ring 
domination.— In  the  Cosmopolitan,  Mr.  Robert  Clark, 
Jr.,  tells  the  story  of  the  successful  warfare  waged  by  a 
member  of  the  Kansas  Legislature  upon  the  State  ma- 
chine of  his  own  political  party.—"  From  Blacksmith  to 
Boss"  is  the  title  of  Joseph  J.  McAuliffe's  story,  in  Les- 
lie's Monthly,  of  the  rise  to  power  and  influence  of  Ed- 
ward Butler,  of  St.  Louis,  whom  he  characterizes  as  the 
shrewdest  manipulator  in  municipal  politics. — The 
same  magazine  has  a  character  sketch  of  the  "  Military 
Dictator  of  Colorado,"  Gen.  Sherman  Bell.— Lindsay 
Denison  contributes  to  Everybody's  Magazine  an  ac- 
count of  "The  Fight  for  the  Doubtful  States."— In 
(luntim's  Magazine  for  September  is  an  editorial  ar- 
ticle on  the  elusive  "  labor  vote"  of  the  country. — In  the 
September  Arena  (Boston),  Mr.  Allan  L.  Benson  writes 
on  "The  President,  His  Attorney-General,  and  the 
Trusts."— The  Hon.  Robert  Baker,  M.C.,  contributes  to 
the  same  magazine  an  article  on  "The  Reign  of  Graft, 
and  the  Remedy." 

Discussion  of  the  Trusts. — It  is  not  easy  to  gen- 
eralize concerning  the  magazines  of  any  particular 
month,  but  a  glance  at  the  October  numbers  seems  to 
indicate  a  return,  on  the  part  of  the  editors,  to  the  prac- 
tice of  securing  articles  on  those  topics  in  the  industrial 
world  which  have  a  prominent  place  in  current  news- 
paper discussion.  Mc(  Cure's  Magazine,  which  has  been 
active  in  this  field  for  many  months,  brings  to  a  close, 
in  its  current  number,  the  elaborate  "History  of  the 
Standard  Oil  Company,"  by  Miss  Ida  M.  Tarbell.  In 
this  concluding  paper  of  her  very  able  and  exhaustive 
series.  Miss  Tarbell  makes  it  clear  that  in  all  discus- 
sion of  the  trust  problem  the  transportation  question  is 
still  at  the  front ;  for  she  has  shown  that  it  is  still  pos- 
sible tor  a  company  to  own  the  exclusive  carrier  on 
which  a  greal  natural  product  depends  Cor  transporta- 
tion, and  to  use  t  his  carrier  to  limit  a  competitor's  sup- 
ply, or  to  cut  oil'  that  supply  entirely,  if  the  rival  is  of- 
fensive, and  always  to  make  him  pay  a  higher  rate  than 
it  costs  the  owner.  Transportation,  then,  is  the  crux 
of  the  whole  monopoly  quest  ion.     Prof.  John  B.  Clark, 


on  the  other  hand,  writing  in  the  Century  on  "The 
Real  Dangers  of  the  Trusts,"  while  he  specifies  as  one 
of  the  things  to  which  we  must  put  an  end,  if  we  are  to 
convert  the  trusts  into  friendly  agencies,  the  discrimina- 
tions by  railroads,  shows  that  other  precautions  must 
be  taken  by  the  public  as  well.  For  example,  the  prac- 
tice of  flooding  a  particular  locality  with  goods  offered 
at  cutthroat  prices  for  the  sake  of  crushing  a  competitor 
must  be  stopped.  Then,  too,  we  must  put  an  end  to 
the  scheme  of  selling  one  kind  of  goods  at  a  cheap 
rate  for  the  sake  of  crushing  competitors  who  make 
only  that  kind  of  goods  and  forcing  them  to  sell  their 
plants  to  the  trust  on  its  own  terms.  Finally,  the  so- 
called  "factor's agreement"  must  be  suppressed.  This 
agreement  consists  in  the  refusal  by  the  trusts  to  sell 
goods  to  a  dealer  at  a  living  price  unless  he  will  promise 
not  to  buy  any  similar  articles  from  a  competitor.  Pro- 
fessor Clark  admits  that  any  government  will  have  an 
uphill  road  in  accomplishing  these  various  prohibitions. 
But  if  a  regulation  of  this  kind  cannot  be  brought 
about,  the  only  alternative,  in  his  view,  will  be 
socialism. 

Other  Phases  of  the  Corporation  Problem.— 

A  writer  in  the  World's  Work  considers  the  increasing 
popular  demand  in  this  country  for  fuller  publicity  of 
corporation  affairs.  Beyond  the  recommendation  that 
every  business  company  issue  at  least  a  balance  sheet, 
it  is  not  clear  that  any  general  rule  can  be  laid  down  by 
which  any  single  system  of  account  i  ng  may  be  applied  to 
companies  organized  in  varied  industries.  In  conclu- 
sion, the  article  advocates  the  passage  of  a  law  whereby 
10  per  cent,  of  a  corporation's  stockholders  may  demand 
an  independent  audit  and  appraisal,  and  a  report  of 
the  results  of  this  audit  directly  to  the  stockholders.— 
In  the  same  magazine,  Mr.  Henry  W.  Lanier  states 
the  pros  and  cons  of  certain  great  questions  in  life  in- 
surance,— for  example,  Have  the  great  insurance  com- 
panies, which  have  more  money  than  any  other  institu- 
tions, reached  their  limit?  Do  they  endanger  their 
soundness  by  new  business  ?  Will  "good  risks  "demand 
lower  rates?  Some  of  the  facts  that  Mr.  Lanier  pre- 
sents in  his  article  are  indeed  startling.  To  say  that  the 
insurance  companies  of  this  country  collect  every  year 
some  live  hundred  million  dollars  from  their  policy- 
holders, besides  another  million  dollars  as  interest  and 
the  like,  may  mean  much  or  little,  according  to  the 
point  of  view.  But  when  we  consider  that  the  total  in- 
Come  of  these  companies  is  a  little  larger  than  the  in- 
come of  all  the  railroads  of  this  country,  and  that  their 
receipts  for  eighteen  months  would  pay  the  United 
Slates  national  debt,  we  begin  to  realize  what  the  in- 
surance business  in  this  country  amounts  to. — In  the 
scries  of  articles  in  Everybody's  Magazine  entitled 
"Frenzied  Finance:  The  Story  of  Amalgamated,"  Mr. 
Thomas  \V.  Law  son  is  making  sensational  revelations 
of  certain  stock-market  operations  in  which  he  was  en- 
gaged not  long  ago  in  alliance  with  some  of  the  leading 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


503 


directors  of  the  Standard  Oil  Company  and  affiliated 
interests. — In  a  series  on  the  great  industries  of  the 
United  States,  the  Cosmopol  itan has  a  description  of  the 
making  of  tin  and  terne  plates,  by  William  R.  Stewart. 
It  will  be  news  to  some  people  that  the  United  States, 
Last  year,  produced  a  thousand  million  pounds  of  tin 
and  terne  plates,  an  amount  greater  by  several  million 
pounds  than  Great  Britain's  total  output.— The  Sep- 
tember number  of  the  North  American  Review  con- 
tains articles  on  "Legal  Supervision  of  the  Transporta- 
tion Tax,"  by  Brooks  Adams,  and  "Four  Years  of 
Anti-Trust  Activity."  by  -Tames  W.  Garner.  The  latter 
article  summarizes  and  reviews  the  legislation  of  Con- 
gress  and  the  important  judicial  decisions  of  the  past 
four  years  which  bear  in  any  way  on  the  regulation  of 
corporations. 

Current  Discussion  of  Labor  Problems. — Two 

important  articles  on  phases  of  the  labor  question  ap- 
pear in  the  current  number  of  the  Atlantic  Monthly. 
From  one  of  them, — that  on  the  closed  shop, — by  Dr. 
Charles  J.  Bullock,  we  have  quoted  in  our  department 
of  "Leading  Articles  of  the  Month;"  the  other  is  an 
admirable  study  of  the  intelligence  office  as  it  is  con- 
ducted in  American  cities,  by  Miss  Frances  Kellor. — 
Ounton's  Magazine  for  September  discusses  the  ques- 
tion of  arbitration  in  labor  disputes.  The  writer  con- 
tends that,  to  be  effective,  arbitration  must  take  place 
before  the  conflict,  and  that  the  arbitrators  must  be  the 
direct  representatives  of  the  parties  to  the  struggle.  The 
arbitrating  board  should  consist  of  a  joint  organization 
of  laborers  and  employers,  a  body  in  which  both  are 
represented  in  equal  numbers  and  by  the  most  compe- 
tent members  of  the  group. — We  have  quoted  else- 
where from  Dr.  John  Bascom's  discussion  of  "The 
Right  to  Labor"  in  the  Quarterly  Journal  of  Eco- 
nomics. 

American  Railroad -Building. — Mr.  Frank  H. 
Spearman  tells,  in  Harper's,  the  impressive  story  of  the 
first  transcontinental  railroad, — a  story  which  the  pio- 
neers are  never  weary  of  telling  to  their  children  and 
t  heir  children's  children,  although  in  the  Eastern  States 
it  may  be  less  familiar.  Truly,  "the  days  when  Dodge 
ran  the  line,  Jack  Casement  laid  the  rail,  Leland  Stan- 
ford drove  the  spike,  and  Bret  Ilarte  supplied  the  poem 
can  never  return." — Another  article  by  Mr.  Spearman 
(in  the  World's  Work)  describes  in  fascinating  detail 
the  processes  by  which  a  great  Mississippi  Valley  rail- 
road was  entirely  "made  over," — tracks  straightened, 
bridges  rebuilt,  and  locomotives  and  cars  replaced  by 
better  ones.— Mr.  M.  G.  Cunniff  (also  in  the  World's 
Work)  gives  an  excellent  illustrated  description  of  the 
New  York  subway,  with  a  rapid  review  of  its  construc- 
tion. 

Popular  Treatment  of  the  Fine  Arts.— At  least 
two  of  the  October  magazines  are  noteworthy  for  suc- 
cessful attempts  to  popularize  important  art  topics. 
In  McClure's,  Mr.  John  La  Farge  continues  his  admi- 
rable criticism  of  "One  Hundred  Masterpieces  of  Paint- 
ing" in  a  second  paper  on  "Triumphs,"  which  is  illus- 
trated by  reproductions  of  five  of  the  great  works  of 
Rubens.  The  secretary  of  the  Royal  Academy,  Mr. 
Fred  A.  Eaton,  contributes  to  Scribne7''s  the  first  of  a 
series  of  papers  on  the  history  of  that  venerable  institu- 
tion. This  opening  paper  gives  an  insight  into  the  tra- 
ditions and  customs  of  the  Academy,   describing  its 


methods  of  administration,  and  noting  especially  the  or- 
ganizing work  of  Sir  Joshua  Reynolds,  the  Academy's 
first  president,  and  the  hardly  less  important  influence 
of  the  American  artist,  Benjamin  West. 

Character  Studies. —  In  Harper's  appears  Mr. 
Henry  Loomis  Nelson's  study  of  Count  Frontenac,  the 
great  Colonial  governor"  of  New  France  in  the  last  three 
decades  of  the  seventeenth  century.  He  shows  that 
Frontenac's  policy  long  outlived  his  administration, 
for  it  was  not  until  after  the  middle  of  another  century 
that  the  English  triumphed  over  the  French  in  the  con- 
test for  supremacy  on  our  northern  and  western  border. 
— In  Munsey's,  Katherine  Hoffman  summarizes  a  part 
of  the  material  brought  to  light  by  the  recent  publica- 
tion of  the  "  Creevey  Papers,"  which  throws  new  light 
on  the  love-affairs  of  George  IV.,  the  "  First  Gentle- 
man of  Europe." — Very  fitly  in  this  campaign  year  ap- 
pears, in  McClure's,  an  appreciation  of  the  late  George 
William  Curtis  by  his  friend  and  coworker  in  political 
life,  Carl  Schurz. — A  sketch  of  the  Archbishop  of  Can- 
terbury, now  visiting  the  United  States,  is  contributed 
to  Munsey's  by  Curtis  Brown. 

The  History  of  the  War,— It  is  noticeable  that 
while  the  articles  on  the  Russo-Japanese  war  appearing 
in  the  English  and  Continental  reviews  are  chiefly  de- 
voted to  the  causes  of  the  struggle  and  the  underlying 
motives  of  the  combatants,  the  articles  in  the  American 
monthlies  are  more  generally  accounts  of  the  actual 
fighting  or  concrete  descriptions  of  the  opposing  forces. 
In  the  October  Scribner's,  for  example,  there  is  a  de- 
tailed story  of  the  operations  of  the  army  under  General 
Kuropatkin  during  the  four  months  ending  in  the  mid- 
dle of  July  last.  This  article  affords  much  informa- 
tion that  has  direct  bearing  on  the  subsequent  history 
of  the  engagements  around  Liao-Yang,  which  are  de- 
scribed this  month  in  our  department  of  "The  Progress 
of  the  World."  The  writer  of  the  article  is  Mr.  Thomas  F. 
Millard,  who  has  been  with  the  Russian  army  continu- 
ously during  the  period  covered  by  the  narrative. — An- 
other installment  of  the  "Vivid  Pictures  of  Great  War 
Scenes"  appears  in  the  current  number  of  World's 
Work.  This  month's  paper  is  devoted  to  "  The  Forlorn 
Hope  at  Kinchau,"  and  describes  the  actual  wiping  out 
of  two  Japanese  battalions  in  the  attempt  of  the  fourth 
division  to  take  the  walled  town  of  Kinchau. — In  the 
Century,  Mr.  David  B.  Macgowan  contributes  an  excel- 
lent illustrated  article  on  "The  Cossacks,"  describing 
the  modes  of  fighting  and  marching  of  these  hardy  Rus- 
sian troopers. — In  the  same  magazine,  "Togo, — the  Man 
and  the  Admiral,"  is  the  subject  of  a  spirited  sketch  by 
Adachi  Kinnosuke. — Leslie's  Monthly  has  an  account 
of  "  The  Battle  of  Yalu  River  as  I  Saw  It,"  by  a  brigade 
commander  in  the  Japanese  army.  The  prefatory  edi- 
torial note  states  that  the  name  of  the  field  officer  who 
contributed  this  vivid  story  is  withheld  because  of  the 
fact  that  Japanese  custom  revolts  at  the  idea  of  the  ex- 
ploitation of  the  army  by  any  of  its  officers.  The  edit- 
ors, however,  guarantee  the  genuineness  of  the  article. 
— Another  article  in  Leslie's  is  contributed  by  the  Mar- 
quis Ito,  on  the  subject  of  "The  Future  of  Japan." — 
Among  the  articles  in  the  October  numbers  which  were 
possibly  suggested  by  the  present  war  are  "The  Japa- 
nese Spirit,"  by  Nobushige  Amenomori,  in  the  Atlantic 
Monthly,  and  "Russia's  Red  Record,"  by  John  V.  Van 
Arsdale,  in  Munsey'S.  The  latter  article  discusses 
assassination  as  a  political  force  in  the  Czar's  empire, 


504 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


and  analyzes  the  proposed  reforms. — Another  writer  in 
M iinsci/s,  Mr.  M.  M.  Scott,  declares  that  the  Territory 
of  Hawaii  is  more  deeply  concerned  in  the  present  crisis 
in  the  far  East  than  any  other  portion  of  the  United 
States.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  Japanese  are  now 
the  largest  element  in  the  population  of  Hawaii  and  are 
steadily  advancing.— An  important  article  on  "The 
Personality  of  the  Czar,"  which  originally  appeared  in 
the  Quarterly  Review  (London),  is  reprinted  in  the  cur- 
rent number  of  the  World's  Work. 

Agricultural  Topics. — The  illustrated  magazines, 
this  month,  contain  several  articles  of  special  interest 
to  the  farmer.  Perhaps  the  most  important  of  these  is 
Mr.  Gilbert  H.  Grosvenor's  account,  in  the  Centura,  of 
a  remarkable  discovery  in  scientific  agriculture,  which 
he  fittingly  describes  as  "Inoculating  the  Ground." 
This  inoculation  is  accomplished  by  nitrogen-fixing 
bacteria.  These  germs,  as  now  prepared  for  distribu- 
tion among  farmers,  cost  the  Government  less  than  four 
cents  a  cake.  One  of  these  cakes  is  sufficient  to  inocu- 
late seeds  of  from  one  to  four  acres  of  land,  and  saves 
the  farmer  from  thirty  to  forty  dollars,  which  he  would 
have  to  spend  for  an  equal  amount  of  fertilizer. — "  What 
American  Crops  Mean  to  the  World  "  is  the  subject  of 
an  interesting  statistical  article  by  Frank  Fayant,  in 
Success. — Will  Irwin  contributes  to  Everybody's  Mag- 


azine a  paper  on  "Harvesting  the  World  Over." — In 
the  Cosmopolitan,  Gov.  Alexander  O.  Brodie,  of  Ari- 
zona, describes  the  pi'actical  operation  of  the  Hans- 
brough-Xewlands  reclamation  law  in  the  arid  West. — 
The  Vale  Summer  School  of  Forestry,  in  the  valley  of 
the  Delaware  River,  near  Milford,  Pa.,  is  described  in 
the  World's  Work  by  James  W.  Pinchot,  a  pioneer  in 
American  scientific  forestry. 

Literary  Criticism. — Purely  critical  articles  are 
not  numerous  in  this  month's  magazines.  The  most 
ambitious  attempt  at  literary  criticism  in  the  October 
numbers  is  Miss  Elisabeth  Luther  Gary's  study  of 
Henry  James,  the  novelist,  in  Seribncr,s.  This  is  a 
serious  and  sympathetic  essay. — There  is  a  study  of  the 
character  of  "Othello,"  by  Algernon  Charles  Swinburne, 
in  Harper's,  the  accompanying  pictures  being  the  work 
of  Mr.  Edwin  A.  Abbey. — Mrs.  Mary  Mills  contributes 
to  the  ChautauquoM  a  paper  on  "Maeterlinck,  the 
Belgian  Shakespeare." — In  the  Atlantic  Monthly,  the 
principal  literary  paper,  this  month,  is  contributed  by 
Mr.  Charles  Miner  Thompson,  on  "The  Art  of  Miss 
Jewett." — Mr.  James  Huneker's  article  on  "Gerhart 
Hauptmann,"  in  the  September  number  of  the  Lamp, 
should  not  be  overlooked ;  and  in  the  same  magazine 
there  is  an  interesting  paper  on  "Literature  as  a 
Practical  Force  in  England,"  by  J.  M.  Bulloch. 


THE   SPIRIT   OF  THE    FOREIGN    REVIEWS. 


The  Japanese  Triumvirate.  —  An  anonymous 
article  in  Blackwood's  Magazine  for  September  says 
that  Field  Marshal  Oyama,  Baron  Kodama,  and  Gen- 
eral Fukushima  make  up  a  triumvirate  which  is  con- 
ducting the  war  with  Russia.  The  writer  begins  with 
Baron  Oyama.  Twelve  years  ago,  he  says,  this  very 
marshal  was  called  upon  to  command  the  Japanese 
army  in  the  field  against  the  strength  of  China.  The 
opening  phases  of  his  present  campaign  are  being  con- 
ducted over  the  very  ground  through  which  he  then 
maneuvered  his  victorious  troops.  "The  small,  podgy, 
pockmarked  man,  whom  no  caricaturist  could  fail  to 
lampoon  as  a  frog,  is  Baron  Oyama,  the  Roberts  of 
Japan.  We  use  the  parallel  to  our  own  great  soldier 
only  as  a  figure  of  location.  In  temperament  there  is 
no  likeness  between  the  two,  except  that  each  in  his 
respective  country  is  a  great  soldier.  The  little  general 
seated  at  the  marshal's  ri.Lcht  is  the  Kitchener  of  Japan. 
If  we  had  not  known  that  he  was  Japanese,  his  quick 
dark  eye,  dapper  figure,  and  pointed  beard  would  have 
led  us  to  believe  that  he  was  a  Spaniard  or  perhaps  a 
Mexican.  General  Baron  Kodama  is  the  executive 
brain  of  the  Japanese  general  stall'.  Of  the  (bird  mem- 
ber of  the  triumvirate,  however,  we  have  no  parallel  in 
the  British  army.  Like  his  illustrious  associates,  he 
also  is  small.  He  is  fair  for  a  Japanese,  and  the  splash 
of  gray  at  either  temple  enhances  the  fairness  of  his 
skin.  Save  for  a  rare  and  very  pleasant  smile,  the  face 
is  unemotional.  The  dark  eyes  are  dreamy,  and  the 
poorest  expression  of  the  great  brain  that  works  behind 
them.  This  is  General  Fukushima,  whose  genius  has 
been  the  concrete-mortar  which  has  cemented  into  solid 
block  the  rough-hewn  material  of  Japan's  general  stall'.'' 
General  Fukushima  made  a  tour  of  Russia,  and  Siberia 
several  years  ago  and  learned  much  about  the  country. 


White  Slave  Traffic  in  Italy. — A  recent  number 
of  the  Civilta  C&ttolica  (Rome),  following  the  good  ex- 
ample set  by  the  Nuova  Antologia,  publishes  a  strong- 
ly worded  article  on  the  white  slave  traffic.  The  author 
frankly  admits  the  unhappy  preeminence  of  both  Genoa 
and  Naples  as  recognized  centers  of  the  foreign  trade 
both  with  other  Mediterranean  ports  and  with  South 
America.  After  quoting  numerous  instances  of  young 
girls  being  inveigled  by  specious  promises  into  nouses 
of  ill-fame,  he  gives  a  useful  summary  of  the  various 
international  organizations  founded  for  their  protec- 
tion. Quite  recently,  it  appears,  the  work,  which  now 
has  a  branch  at  Rome,  received  the  emphatic  approval 
of  Pius  X.  This  discussion  of  a  once  banned  topic  in 
the  foremost  Italian  magazines  will  certainly 'effect 
great  good  in  the  cause  of  social  purity. 

China  the  Stake  in  the  Far  East.— The  relations 
of  China  and  the  European  powers  for  the  decade  1894- 
1904  are  discussed  by  the  political  writer,  Rene'  Pinon, 
in  the  Revue  des  Deu.r  Mondes.  In  China  there  are 
great  interests,  and  therefore  great  conflicts,  he  says. 
Round  China,  and  because  of  China,  the  last  ten  years 
have  brought  us  a  series  of  tierce  and  bloody  struggles, 
and  to-day  the  eyes  of  the  whole  world  are  fixed  on  Port 
Arthur  and  .Manchuria.  In  the  last  ten  years  we  have 
had  three  great  wars,  besides  a  number  of  minor  inci- 
dents; and  in  addition  there  has  been  the  Philippine 
war,  which  introduced  the  United  States  into  the 
Oriental  drama,.  The  whole  question  resolves  itself 
into  that  of  the  attitude  of  China.  The  Chinaman  is 
filled  with  contempt  for  the  vain  agitation  and  restless 
activity  of  the  Europeans,  of  whom  he  knows  only  the 
more  active  and  the  more  adventurous.  He  does  not 
undervalue  t  he  profits  of  commerce,  but  he  thinks,  with 


BRIEFER.  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


505 


Confucius,  that  life  is  worth  living  if  it  have  no  other 
aim  than  the  realization  and  the  contemplation  of  the 
beautiful  and  of  the  true.  The  European,  on  his  part 
(the  missionary  excepted),  has  never  cared  to  show  him- 
self other  than  a  merchant  greedy  for  gain  ;  he  has  been 
too  much  inclined  to  subordinate  his  moral  ideas  to  the 
needs  of  his  economic  life ;  preoccupied  with  business 
and  gain,  he  has  forgotten  that  true  civilization  is  not 
measured  by  scientific  progress  and  perfection  of  ma- 
chinery, but  by  social  progress  and  moral  perfection. 
It  is  because  of  the  third  and  silent  actor  in  the  drama 
that  the  world  is  so  anxious  as  to  the  end  of  the  great 
si  ruggle  between  the  two  races  disputing  about  the  em- 
pire of  the  far  East.  China  cannot  remain  a  disinter- 
ested patty,  for  she  is  the  stake. 

A  Japanese  Opinion  of  President  Roosevelt.— 

The  Taii/o  (Tokio)  contains  a  character  sketch  of  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  which  is  quite  a  eulogy.  The  writer 
calls  the  President  a  greater  man  than  Lincoln  or  Grant. 
He  is  much  stronger,  says  this  writer,  than  the  Repub- 
lican party. 

Japan's  Best  Policy. — In  a  "special  supplement" 
on  the  war,  in  the  National  Review,  C.  k  Court  Rep- 
ington  considers  Japan's  best  policy.  He  says  :  "It  is 
a  war  of  exhaustion,  and  Japan,  since  the  real  Russia 
is  impervious  to  her  blows,  cannot  aim  at  far-reaching 
conquests,  and  must  aim  at  concentration  of  strength 
and  conservation  of  energy,  seeking  to  make  the  war 
too  difficult  and  too  onerous  for  Russia  to  pursue 
with  any  hope  of  final  victory.  Such  result  cannot  best 
be  achieved  by  long  marches  and  exhausting  enterprises, 
seeking  to  penetrate  far  into  the  interior,  since  there  is 
nothing  whatever  to  show,  even  if  the  Japanese  armies 
appear  on  the  shores  of  Lake  Baikal,  that  Russia  will, 
for  that  reason,  sue  for  peace.  The  strength  of  Japan 
lies  upon  the  sea  and  within  striking  distance  of  the 
shores  of  the  Pacific.  With  Port  Arthur,  Korea,  and 
Vladivostok  in  her  grasp,  suitably  occupied  and  de- 
fended, a  Russian  counter-offensive  can  only  take  place 
with  great  numbers,  difficult  to  provide  and  maintain, 
and  so  long  as  Japan  maintains  her  vitally  important 
maritime  preponderance  this  counter-offensive  will 
probably  fail." 

Why  Do  Not  Socialists  Agree ?— Robert  Mitch- 
ells, commenting,  in  the  Riforma  Sociale  (Rome),  on 
the  criticism  of  Saverio  Merlino,  to  the  effect  that  the 
Socialists  of  Europe  "have  so  far  failed  to  formulate 
a  programme  clear  and  consistent,"  adds  that  "the 
confusion  and  contradiction  is  less  in  the  socialistic 
programme  than  in  socialistic  practice  and  action." 
Thus,  German  social  democracy  leaves  religion  to  the 
personal  conviction  of  the  individual,  opposes  the  Kul- 
turkampf,  and  favors  the  abolition  of  laws  against  the 
Jesuits.  In  France,  the  socialistic  party  is  decidedly 
anti-Catholic  and  anti-clerical.  The  same  contradic- 
tion appears  in  the  socialistic  views  and  practice  in  the 
matter  of  the  duel.  In  Germany,  Socialists  have  re- 
jected the  duel.  In  France,  it  is  still  in  vogue  among 
Socialists  as  a  means  of  settling  questions  of  personal 
honor.  In  Austria,  that  country  of  a  thousand  nation- 
alities and  of  an  eternal  and  bitter  race  war,  the  differ- 
ent groups  of  Socialists  are  ranged  each  under  the  flag 
of  their  own  nationality.  In  commercial  politics,  the 
German  Socialists  are  free-traders,  while  the  French, 
Hungarian,   and   Swiss  champions  of  socialism   have 


shown  a  decided  leaning  toward  free  trade.  A  like  in- 
consistency is  shown  in  the  wray  in  which  the  socialistic 
press  regards  the  heads  of  the  various  states,  kings 
and  emperors.  The  German  socialistic  press  does  not  no- 
tice by  a  single  word  "the  arrival  of  this  or  that  prince 
in  Berlin  or  the  festivities  which  are  instituted  in  his 
honor."  But  elsewhere,  just  the  opposite  is  the  case. 
La  Petite  Republique  bailed  "the  recent  arrival  in 
Paris  of  Victor  Emmanuel  III.  as  the  repi'esentative  of 
Italian  democracy  1"  When  William  II.,  in  May,  1903, 
"visited  Christian  IX.  of  Denmark  at  Copenhagen,  the 
Socialdemokraten,  the  organ  of  the  Danish  Socialists, 
inserted  a  paragraph  of  cordial  welcome."  When  Nicho- 
las II.,  Czar  of  All  the  Russias,  announced  his  intention 
of  visiting  Italy,  the  members  of  the  socialistic  party, 
as  well  as  the  socialistic  press,  expressed  their  approval 
in  terms  of  personal  compliment,  although  the  major- 
ity of  Italian  Socialists  declared  themselves  as  opposed 
to  the  threatened  visit.  "Complete  liberty  in  religion," 
he  concludes,  "prohibition  of  dueling,  and  an  active 
anti-dynastic  propaganda  seem  to  me  to  be  absolutely 
necessary  principles  of  international  socialism  and  to 
form  an  harmonious  basis  upon  which  alone  can  be 
united  so  many  varied  forces  and  directed  toward  a 
single  goal." 

American  Administration  of  the  Philippines. 

— A  severe  criticism  of  American  government  in  the 
Philippines  in  contributed  to  the  Contemporary  Re- 
view (London)  for  September  by  Mr.  John  Foreman,  a 
British  subject  who  became  famous  during  the  Spanish- 
American  War  as  the  only  contributor  to  English  peri- 
odical literature  who  had,  up  to  that  time,  established 
a  reputation  as  au  authority  on  those  islands.  Mr. 
Foreman  arraigns  the  military  regime,  especially  in 
Manila,  as  wholly  debasing,  makes  charges  of  whole- 
sale corruption  against  the  civil  officials,  and  declares 
that  American  capital  has  not  yet  been  attracted  to  the 
islands,  while  in  fair  competition,  on  equal  terms  with 
foreigners,  the  Americans  have  thus  far  failed  to  cap- 
ture the  Philippine  trade.  He  states  that  to-day,  after 
five  years'  occupation,  there  is  not  a  mile  of  new  rail- 
road capitalized  by  Americans.  All  this  contrasts 
strongly  with  the  reports  of  former  Civil  Governor 
Taft,  but  it  should  be  said  that  even  Mr.  Foreman  ad- 
mits the  value  of  much  of  the  educational  work  con- 
ducted under  American  auspices,  although  he  criticises 
certain  features  of  it. 

The  American  Woman  from  a  British   Point 

of  View. — Mr.  Marriott  Watson  writes  in  the  Nine- 
teenth Century  (London)  on  what  he  terms  the  "de- 
cline of  muliebrity"  in  the  American  woman.  In  spite 
of  the  gradual  desiccation  that  this  writer  observes  as 
a  phenomenon  of  her  nature,  the  American  woman  at- 
tracts Europeans  by  her  "nimble  intellectual  equip- 
ment and  her  enlarged  sense  of  companionship.  She  is, 
above  all,  adaptable,  and  fits  into  her  place  deftly, 
gracefully,  and  with  no  diffidence.  She  knows  not 
shamefacedness ;  she  has  regal  claims,  and  believes  in 
herself  and  her  destiny.  If  her  fidelity  is  derived  from 
the  coldness  of  her  nature,  she  owes  her  advancement 
largely  to  her  zest  for  living.  Her  range  is  wide,— 
wider  than  that  of  her  sisters  in  the  old  world  ;  but 
her  sympathies  are  not  so  deep.  She  is  flawless  super- 
ficially, and  catches  the  wandering  eye  as  a  butterfly, 
a  bright  patch  of  color,  something  assertive  and  arrest- 
ing in  the  sunshine." 


506 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Woman  Suffrage  in  Australia.— Mr.  Tom  Mann 
contributes  to  the  Nineteenth  Century  fox  September 
the  result  of  his  investigation  into  political  and  indus- 
trial conditions  in  Australia.  Of  Australian  women  as 
voters,  he  says  :  "To  most  of  them,  it  was  an  entirely 
new  experience,  and  naturally  there  was  a  small  per- 
centage of  odd  cases ;  but  over  the  whole  commonwealth 
the  lively  interest  shown  by  the  women  and  the  all- 
round  efficiency  that  characterized  them  at  the  polling- 
booths  commanded  the  most  hearty  admiration  of  the 
sterner  sex.  During  the  election  campaign,  great  amuse- 
ment was  caused  by  the  wrigglings  of  those  candidates 
who  for  many  years  had  opposed  woman  suffrage,  but 
who  on  this  occasion  were  taxing  their  brains  as  to  how 
to  secure  the  votes  of  the  women.  Their  sudden  discovery 
that,  after  all,  women  would  probably  impart  a  healthy 
tone  to  matters  political,  and  that  there  really  was  no 
valid  reason  as  to  why  the  right  of  citizenship  should 
be  exclusively  held  by  one  sex  when  the  every-day  in- 
terests of  both  sexes  were  directly  affected  thereby,  etc. ; 
this,  in  face  of  the  most  determined  opposition  to  the 
women's  claims  all  through  their  political  careers  un- 
til they  were  beaten,  relieved  the  monotony  of  many 
a  meeting  when  women  themselves,  or  men  on  their  be- 
half, insisted  upon  reminding  such  candidates  of  their 
previous  attitude  on  this  subject." 

Some  Minor  Gains  of  Peace. — In  La  Rente,  M. 
d'Kstournelles  de  Constant  has  a  little  article  entitled 
•'The  Minor  Gains  of  International  Peace."  He  records 
his  experiences  in  the  canton  of  Lude,  Switzerland, 
where  he  has  lived  among  the  people  and  discussed  his 
ideas  with  them.  The  people  recognize  that,  war  could 
only  ruin  them,  whereas  in  times  of  peace  foreign  vis- 
itors to  France  bring  trade ;  the  hotels,  the  ways  of 
transport,  the  watering-places, — all  France,  and  par- 
ticularly Paris,  are  all  gaiuers. 


Some  Advantages  of  a   National  Church. — In 

opposition  to  the  contention  that  the  absence  of  a  state 
church  in  America  has  been  a  great  gain,  the  Church 
Quarterly  Review  (London),  reviewing  Sanford  H. 
Cobb's  "Rise  of  Religious  Liberty  in  America,"  ob- 
serves :  "Mr.  Cobb  more  than  once  pleads  that  the 
American  nation  is  essentially  a  religious  one.  If  by 
that  he  means  that  the  life  of  the  nation,  as  a  whole, 
in  its  conformity  to  the  teaching  and  moral  principles 
of  Christianity,  compares  not  unfavorably  with  other 
communities  placed  under  like  conditions,  we  have  no 
wish  to  dispute  the  point.  .  .  .  We  .  .  .  admit  that 
the  existence  of  a  state  church  may  be  a  danger  to  the 
warmth  and  intensity  of  spiritual  life.  The  compensa- 
tion, we  think,  lies  in  this, — that  a  church  which  is  his- 
torically identified  with  the  national  life,  which  at 
every  turn  shows  the  outward  and  visible  signs  of  that 
identity,  offers  safeguards  against  impatience,  against 
rawness  of  thought,  against  the  dictation  of  individual 
caprice.  Will  any  one  say  that  the  religious  life  of 
America  has  not  needed  such  safeguards,  and  often 
needed  them  all  the  more  in  proportion  to  its  vitality 
and  intensity  ?  Would  not  the  mental  life  of  the 
United  States  as  a  wdiole  have  gained  by  a  little  more 
reverence,  would  not  her  spiritual  life  have  gained  by  a 
good  deal  more  sanity  and  reflectiveness  ?  Continuity, 
too,  is  an  effective  guaranty  against  the  reappearance 
of  outworn  fallacies  and  thrice-condemned  experiments 
disguised  as  the  latest  product  of  advanced  and  enlight- 
ened  thought.  A  national  church,  elastic  enough  to 
provide  channels  for  fresh  manifestations  of  spiritual 
life,  yet  anchored  to  the  past,  holding  adherents  by  the 
joint  spell  of  conviction  and  association,  might,  if  its 
existence  had  been  a  possibility,  have  saved  the  United 
States  from  many  of  those  grotesque  and  worse  than 
grotesque  features  which  have  at  various  times  dis- 
figured their  spiritual  life." 


SCIENCE   IN   FOREIGN    PERIODICALS. 


Artificial  Cold  for  Industrial  Purposes. — In  a 
comprehensive*  analysis  of  the  production  of  low  tem- 
perature by  artificial  means,  Henri  Desmarest,  in  the 
Revue  Univeraelh:  ( Paris),  traces  the  history  of  the  idea 
back  to  the  famous  chemist,  Leslie,  in  1811.  Since  then, 
he  declares,  the  artificial  production  of  cold  has  been 
carried  on  by  the  same  method, — the  freezing  of  water 
by  rapid  evaporation.  All  the  machinery  for  the  manu- 
facture of  artificial  ice,  he  declares,  is  operated  on  the 
same  principle.  The  gases  usually  employed  are  sul- 
phuric-acid,  ammonia,  or  carbonic-acid  ;  though  some- 
t  hues,  but  rarely,  methyl  is  used.  Among  the  materials 
used  to  prevent  melting  after  the  artificial  ice  is  formed, 
he  names  mineral  wool,  charcoal,  and  cinders,  in  the 
oiiler  of  their  effectiveness.  He  closes  with  a  compli- 
ment to  American  family  life,  in  the  statement  that  ice 
plays  as  prominent  a  part  in  the  management  of  the 
American  home  as  charcoal  does  in  France.  There  is 
no  American  house,  no  matter  how  small,  he  Bays,  in 
which  the  food  is  not  preserved  and  improved  by  storing 
it  in  some  sort  of  refrigerator  or  ice-box. 

"Spark  Telegraphy."— A  study  of  wireless  teleg- 
raphy is  presented  in  the  Dutch  review,  l-'.l-sc  rier (Haar- 
lem).   The  writer,  Captain  Collette,  quotes,  in  his  intro 

ductory  paragraph,  the  words  uttered  by  Hertz  in  1889, 


to  the  effect  that  light  is  an  electrical  phenomenon,  and 
that  if  we  take  away  the  ether  we  shall  practically  de- 
stroy electricity,  magnetism,  and  light.  Braun's  inven- 
tion, and  other  matters  connected  with  the  system,  are 
touched  upon  or  explained.  It  is  curious  to  note  the 
word  used  by  the  author  to  denote  wireless  telegraph;  ; 
it  is  equivalent  to  "spark  telegraphy;"  he  also  uses  the 
German  word  "telefunken"  (to  telesparkle).  Perhaps 
we  shall  sooner  or  later  find  ourselves  using  such  a  word 
as  telefiash  I  At  a  time  when  every  one  is  on  the  look- 
out for  some  fresh  word  to  denote  some  action  or  object 
which  already  has  its  good  and  sufficient  appellation, 
who  knows  what  we  may  adopt  to  replace  the  lengthy 
"  wireless  telegraphy  P" 

Prevalence  of  Cancer. — Dr.  Roger  Williams,  in 
t  lie  Lancet  (London),  treats  of  the  prevalence  of  cancer. 
He  states  that  it  is  reported  that  the  Imperial  Research 
Fund  has  come  to  the  conclusion  that  there  is  no  real 
increase  in  the  number  of  cases  of  cancer.  This  state- 
ment he  disputes,  and  gives  his  reasons  for  believing  in 
a  most  decided  increase.  His  statistics  from  ISIO  in 
1900  show  that  the  death-rate  per  thousand  has  changed 
from  177  at  t  he  earlier  dat e  bo  838  in  1900,  and  that  the 
proportionate  number  of  cast's  to  the  population  has 
changed  from  1  in  5,646  to  1  in  1,207.    According  to  these 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


bw 


figures,  which  are  presumably  trust  worthy,  there  is  no 
quest  ion  of  the  increase.  He  thou  takes  up  the  various 
ways  in  which  this  apparent  increase  is  explained. 
Many  have  thought  this  increase  due  simply  to  an 
increase  in  the  population,  but  it  is  shown  that  the 
cancer  mortality  has  increased  threefold,  while  the 
population  has  doubled.  It  is  uottrue  that  it  is  due  to 
increase  of  average  age,  because  of  better  hygienic  con- 
ditions, for  this  increase  is  in  the  ages  below  those  most 
subject  to  cancer.  He  then  takes  up  the  claim  that  the 
increased  number  may  be  due  to  more  accurate  diag- 
nosis, and  claims  that  this  is  balanced  by  the  fact  that 
old  practitioners  classed  as  cancer  many  tumors  not  of 
a  malignant  nature.  The  greater  increase  in  men  as 
compared  with  women  he  explains  as  probably  due  to 
urbanization,  by  which  men  are,  to  a  large  extent, 
living  under  conditions  to  which  women  were  formerly 
more  especially  subject. 

Ancestry  of  the  Modern  Horse.— Professor  Ly- 
dekker,  in  Knowledge  and  Scientific  News,  discusses, 
ime  detail,  the  origin  of  the  modern  horse.  He 
finds  that  the  horse  of  neolithic  times  was  not  specific- 
ally distinct  from  the  horse  of  the  present.  While 
■  is  no  doubt  that  the  horse  of  that  period  was 
used  by  man  for  food,  there  seems  to  be  no  conclusive 
evidence  as  to  whether  it  was  domesticated  or  not. 
His  own  opinion,  however,  is  that  it  was  probably  do- 
mesticated.  The  horse  of  that  time  was  closely  allied 
to  the  tarpan,  or  semi- wild  horse,  that  lived  in  southern 
1 1  ussia  up  to  a  century  ago.  This  was  a  "  hog-maued," 
Short-legged,  large-headed  beast.  It  seems  probable  that 
the  domesticated  horses  of  the  Germans  of  Caesar's 
t  ime  were  derived  from  this  breed.  The  Egyptians  had 
horses  as  early  as  1900  B.C.  These  were  long-maned, 
more  like  the  Ai'ab  horses,  and  came  from  Assyria. 
Where  the  Assyrians  obtained  them  is  unknown,  but  it 
was  probably  from  southern  Asia,  where  this  long-maned 
breed  has  been  developed,  in  all  probability,  as  the  re- 
sult of  long-continued  domestication.  Our  modern 
horse  is  a  cross  between  these  two  breeds,  with  a  fur- 
ther mixture  of  the  Arab  horse.  This  Arab  horse,  too, 
was  itself  a  descendant  of  the  earlier  long-maned  horse. 
The  origin  of  the  long-maned  horse  is  a  matter  of 
doubt,  but  Professor  Lydekker  thinks  it  may  have 
been  from  an  extinct  Indian  species. 

Is  the  Lemon  Antiseptic? — La  Nature  has  a 
short  note  on  the  antiseptic  properties  of  the  juice  of 
the  len ion.  A  summary  is  given  of  the  results  obtained 
by  Mr.  Bissell  under  the  direction  of  the  Board  of  Health 
of  Buffalo.  A  series  of  experiments,  using  juice  of  the 
lemon  in  the  approximate  strength  of  the  oi-dinary  lem- 
onade, was  made,  and  apparently  showed  that  lemon- 
juice  did  not  kill  typhoid  germs,  but  only  retarded  their 
growth.  The  author  of  the  article  in  La  Nature  calls 
attention  to  the  fact  that  these  results  are  in  disagree- 
ment with  the  results  obtained  in  Europe,  and  that  fur- 
ther experiments  are  necessary. 

The  Psychology  of  the  Negro  of  Tropical  Af- 
rica.— An  article  under  this  title,  by  Dr.  Cureau,  in 
Hi  rue  GUnirale  des  Sciences  (Paris),  is  a  somewhat  de- 
tailed discussion  of  the  intellectual  and  moral  qualities 
of  the  African  negro.  There  is  no  essential  difference  in 
-qualities  between  the  civilized  man  and  the  savage,  the 
author  believes.  There  is  nothing  in  the  civilized  peoples 
that  does  not  exist  potentially  in  the  negro.     The  differ- 


ence is  a  quantitative  one.  Among  the  whites  there  is 
greater  individual  difference.  One  negro  is  very  much 
like  another  ;  whites  are  more  diverse.  The  whites  pos- 
sess greater  extremes  ;  there  are  among  them  individu- 
als more  vicious  and  more  debased  than  the  indigenous 
African.  The  savage  simply  lacks  morality,  while  the 
white  may  be  steeped  in  crime  and  debauchery.  But,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  white  reaches  heights  of  intellectu- 
ality and  morality  of  which  the  negro  has  no  concep- 
tion. Then  comes  the  question  of  the  possibility  of  de- 
veloping the  negro.  Can  he  reach  the  heights  of  the 
white  ?  Anatomically,  there  is  no  reason  why  he  should 
not  ;  theoretically,  evolution  is  possible,  but  this  course 
of  evolution  should  not  be  forced  too  rapidly.  It  has 
appeared,  in  some  cases,  that  too  rapid  development  has 
killed  out  savage  races, — that,  in  the  attempt  to  keep  up 
with  the  civilized  peoples,  they  have  perished  by  the 
wayside.  This,  in  the  case  of  the  negro,  would  not  only 
be  a  misfortune  from  the  standpoint  of  the  humanita- 
rian, but  also  from  that  of  the  economist,  for  negroes 
are  necessary  for  the  development  of  parts  of  Africa  to 
which  whites  have  not,  and  apparently  cannot,  be- 
come acclimated.  The  conclusion  is  that  the  evolution 
of  the  race  should  be  gradual.  They  should  be  trained 
to  greater  skill  in  agriculture  and  the  mechanic  arts, 
and  the  highest  results  should  be  expected  only  after  a 
long  period  of  time.  It  is  possible  that  this  may  be 
brought  about,  however,  by  the  process  of  prolonged 
training. 

The  Production  of  Sugar  in  Europe. — The  In- 
ternational Association  of  Statistics  has  made  an  in- 
vestigation of  the  probable  production  of  sugar  in  the 
principal  European  countries  during  the  season  1903-04, 
and  the  Revue  des  Statistiques  (Paris)  gives  the  follow- 
ing data  :  The  total  production  was  5,286.800  tons  of  raw 
sugar,  as  against  5,207,500  tons  in  1902-03.  All  the  coun- 
tries of  Europe  increased  their  production  except  France 
and  Russia,  in  which  there  was  a  decrease.  The  figures 
for  the  different  countries  are  :  France,  757,000  tons ; 
Russia,  1,103,000  tons;  Germany,  1,803,100  tons;  Aus- 
tria, 1,116,500  tons;  Belgium,  215,300  tons;  Holland, 
129,000  tons ;  Sweden,  110,800  tons ;  Denmark,  51,800 
tons. 

The  Psychology  of  Vanity. — A  French  scientist, 
M.  Camille  Melinand,  discusses,  in  La  Revue  (Paris),  the 
psychological  aspects  of  vanity,  which,  he  declares,  is 
the  desire  for  praise  become  all-powerful.  Vanity  in 
the  beginning,  he  declares,  is  more  a  caprice  than  a 
vice,  but  vices  may  arise  out  of  it.  He  discusses  vanity 
of  dress,  of  manners,  and  of  intellect.  To  prevent*  the 
development  of  vanity,  he  says,  we  should  begin  very 
early  with  the  child.  In  fact,  it  is  we  who  make  the 
child  vain  by  the  misuse  of  praise,  comparisons  with 
companions,  too  much  admiration  ;  also  by  raillery, 
which  may  cause  the  child  much  suffering  and  teach 
him  to  fear  criticism.  There  is  too  much  appeal  to 
amour  propre,  and  there  are  too  many  competitions 
and  prizes  which  may  stimulate  energy  but  require 
very  prudent  use.  It  would  be  better  to  compare  the 
scholar  with  himself.  To  w7ork  to  be  the  first  need  not 
be  bad,  but  to  work  for  the  joy  of  working  and  learning 
is  much  better  and  less  exciting.  Finally,  let  us  re- 
member that  the  advantages  we  boast  of  have  little 
value  in  themselves  ;  all  depends  on  the  use  we  make 
of  them.  The  only  quality  of  which  we  can  never  be 
vain  is  justice. 


THE    NEW    BOOKS. 

NOTES  ON  RECENT  AMERICAN  PUBLICATIONS. 


ANCIENT  AND  MODERN  HISTORY. 

A  SERIES  of  lectures  delivered  before  the  Bangor 
(Maine)  Theological  Seminary  by  Dr.  John  P. 
Peters,  rector  of  St.  Michael's  Church,  New  York,  and 
author  of  "  Nippur,  Explorations  and  Adventures  on  the 
Europhrates,"  have  been  collected  and  published  under 
the  general  title  of  "  Early  Hebrew  Story  :  Its  Historical 
Background"  (Putnams).  Dr.  Peters  considers  the 
whole  Old  Testament  story  and  its  origins  in  history 
and  ethnology. 

A  new  edition  of  Wolf  von  Schierbrand's  "Germany  : 
The  Welding  of  a  World  Power,"  has  been  issued  by 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.  Dr.  von  Schierbrand's  book 
was  noticed  in  this  Review  when  it  first  appeared,  in 
1902. 

John  Fiske's  "How  the  United  States  Became  a  Na- 
tion" (Ginn)  has  just  been  issued  in  attractive  illus- 
trated form,  with  many  portraits  and  a  map. 

A  valuable  series  of  annotated  reprints,  entitled 
"Early  Western  Travels,  1748-1846,"  is  now  in  course 
of  publication  (Cleveland  :  Arthur  H.  Clark  Company). 
The  editor,  Mr.  Reuben  Gold  Thwaites,  secretary  of  the 
Wisconsin  State  Historical  Society,  whose  work  on 
"The  Jesuit  Relations"  and  other  important  historical 
publications  has  won  the  commendation  of  historical 
students  the  world  over,  has  supplemented  these  re- 
prints with  notes  on  the  history,  geography,  and 
ethnology  of  the  regions  described.  Few  readers  to-day, 
we  imagine,  have  any  conception  of  the  number  of 
books  of  travel  relating  to  the  interior  of  North 
America  that  appeared  during  the  last  half  of  the  eight- 
eenth and  the  first  half  of  the  nineteenth  centuries. 
Some  of  these  were  published  in  the  United  States,  and 
some  in  Great  Britain,  and  from  them  Mr.  Thwaites 
has  selected  what  he  considers  the  vol  tunes  that  are  best 
fitted  for  permanent  preservation  as  historical  sources. 
Mr.  Thwaites  is  himself  an  eminent  authority  on  West- 
ern history,  and  his  judgment  will  be  accepted  as  thai 
of  an  expert.  Six  volumes  of  the  series  have  been  issued 
thus  tar,  and  it  is  intended  to  issue  thirty-one  in  all. 
The  first  volume  comprises  tours  to  the  Ohio  and  what 
was  then  called  the  Western  country,  in  1748-65.  This 
volume  epitomizes  the  history  of  the  English  relations 
with  the  French  and  Indians  upon  the  Western  borders 
during  the  last  French  war,  and  its  sequel,  Pontiac's 
conspiracy.  Two  of  the  authors  (Weiser  and  ( Jroghan) 
were  government  Indian  agents;  one  (Post)  was  a 
Moravian  missionary,  and  the  other  (Morris)  was  a 
British  army  officer.  The  succeeding  volumes  comprise 
the  voyages  and  travels  of  Indian  traders,  scientists, 
and  men  of  leisure.  All  of  these  narratives  have  at 
least  the  value  of  genuineness,  and  form  t  he  very  best  of 
contemporary  materials  for  the  history  of  the  explora- 
tion and  settlement  of  the  great  West. 

One  of  those  contributions  to  history  the  value  of 
which  is  recognized  only  by  the  few  who  are  constantly 
delving  lor  fresh  material  in  the  record  of  their  coun- 
try's beginnings  lias  been  made  by  Mr.  Burton  \1\  a 
Konkle  in  the  form  of  a,  volume  entitled  "The  Life  and 

Times   of   Thomas   Smith,    1746-1809"    (Philadelphia: 


MR.  THOMAS  C.  DAWSON. 


Campion  &  Co.).  This  Thomas  Smith,  whose  name  has 
almost  faded  from  the  pages  of  American  history,  was 
a  Pennsylvania  member  of  the  Continental  Congress, 
and  his  relations  with  the  important  men  of  the  Revo- 
lutionary period,  both  in  State  and  nation,  make  his 
biography  important  even  at  this  day.  The  work  seems 
to  have  been  done  with  great  care  and  thoroughness, 
and  is  vouched  for  by  Attorney-General  Carson,  of 
Pennsylvania. 

The  second  part  Of  Mr.  Thomas  C.  Dawson's  "  South 
American  Republics,"  in  "The  Stories  of  the  Nations 
Series"  (Putnams), 
deals  with  the  repub- 
lics of  Peru,  Chile,  Bo- 
livia, Ecuador,  Vene- 
zuela, Colombia,  and 
Panama.  The  method 
of  treatment  adopted 
by  Mr.  Dawson  is  some- 
what cumbersome, 
since  it  involves  a  repe- 
tition of  certain  topics 
which  were  common  to 
the  history  of  all  the 
South  American  repub- 
lics prior  to  the  wars  of 
liberation,  in  the  early 
part  of  the  nineteenth 
century.  There  is,  how- 
ever, an  advantage  in 
having   each    republic 

separately  treated.  This  is  especially  true  in  the  case 
of  the  youngest  of  all  South  American  republics,  thai 
of  Panama. 

Surely,  nobody  could  be  better  qualified  to  tell  the 
story  of  the  Red  Cross  in  America  than  Miss  Clara  Bar- 
ton, who  was  t  he  founder  of  the  American  National  Red 
Cross  and  its  president  for  so  many  years.  Her  little 
book,  including  glimpses  of  field  work,  has  recently 
been  published  by  the  Appletons.  After  the  introduc- 
tory chapter,  dealing  with  the  early  history  of  the  or- 
ganization, Miss  Barton  describes,  in  succession,  the 
various  calamities  and  periods  of  distress  during  which 
the  society  has  rendered  such  efficient  aid,  beginning 
with  the  Texas  famine  and  the  Mount  Vernon  cyclone, 
1885-88,  and  ending  with  the  Galveston  inundation  of 
1900.  The  longest  chapter  of  all  is  devoted  to  the  Cuban 
experiences  of  1898.  No  patriotic  American  can  read 
the  record  of  this  society  without  feeling  that  the  Red 
Cross  in  this  country  has  a  distinct  field  and  mission. 

TOUCHING  ON  THE  FAR-EASTERN  SITUATION. 

A  very  timely  and  informing  little  volume  is  Prof. 
T.  J.  Lawrence's  "  War  and  Neutrality  in  the  Far 
Bast"  (Macmillan).  It  contains  the  substance  of  four 
lectures  delivered  at  Cambridge  last  spring  and  a  paper 
read  before  i he  Royal  (British)  United  Service  Institu- 
tion in  May.  Professor  Lawrence,  who  is  lecturer  on 
international  lawai  the  British  Royal  Naval  College, 
at  Greenwich,  deputy  professor  of  international  law  at 


THE  NEW  BOOKS. 


509 


Cambridge  University,  and  author  of  "The  Principles 
of  International  Law,"  etc.,  discusses  most  of  the 
mooted  questions  which  had  arisen  out  of  the  far- 
Eastern  conflict  up  to  the  middle  of  June,  including 
those  of  Japan's  attack  without  a  declaration,  block- 
ading under  modern  conditions,  rescues  by  neutrals, 
newspaper  correspondents  and  wireless  telegraphy, 
marine  mines,  the  Russians  in  the  Red  Sea,  contraband 
of  war.  the  rights  and  duties  of  neutrals,  and  the  posi- 
tion in  international  law  of  Korea  and  Manchuria. 

Frederick  Starr  has  written  a  brief  account  of  "The 
Aino  Group  at  the  St.  Louis  Exposition,"  which  has 
been  published,  with  pictures,  by  the  Open  Court  Pub- 
lishing Company.  Mr.  Starr,  it  will  be  remembered, 
went  through  Yesso.  the  home  of  the  Aino,  and  brought 
this  group  of  individuals  to  the  United  States. 

SOCIAL  AND  ECONOMIC  DISCUSSION. 

Not  a  few  business  men,  we  imagine,  will  be  in- 
terested in  Prof.  Thorstein  Veblen's  book  on  "  The 
Theory  of  Business  Enterprise  "  (Scribners).  The  au- 
thor of  this  work  has  taken  as  his  point  of  view  that 
given  by  the  business  man's  work, — the  aims,  motives, 
and  means  that  condition  current  business  traffic. 
The  author  deals  with  "The  Machine  Process,"  "  Busi- 
ness Enterprise,"  "Business  Principles,"  "The  Use  of 
Loan  Credit."  -Modern  Business  Capital,"  "The 
Theory  of  Modern  Warfare,"  "  Business  Principles  in 
Law  and  Politics."  "The  Cultural  Incidence  of  the 
Machine  Process,"  and  "  The  Natural  Decay  of  Busi- 
ness Enterprise."  Professor  Veblen  is  shrewd  and 
original  in  analysis,  and  has  a  facility  in  the  statement 
of  his  positions  that  is,  to  say  the  least,  unusual  in 
academic  treatises. 

President  Charles  F.  Thwing  has  done  a  useful  service 
in  collecting  the  opinions  of  practical  men  of  affairs  en- 
gaged chiefly  in  the  lines  of  banking,  transportation, 
and  insurance  concerning  the  value  of  a  college  training 
to  the  business  man  and  presenting  them  in  a  little 
book  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  pages  (Appletons).  There 
is  also  a  chapter  on  the  advantages  which  a  college  may 
give  to  man  as  man  ;  for,  in  Dr.  Thwing's  opinion,  "  the 
human  worth  of  the  college  is  incomparably  superior  to 
its  w  nit  h  in  the  training  of  efficient  administrators." 

A  text-book  which,  it  would  seem,  should  speedily  find 
a  place  for  itself  in  academies,  high  schools,  and  business 
colleges  is  "A  Geography  of  Commerce,"  compiled  by 
Dr.  John  N.  Tilden,  author  of  "A  Commercial  Geog- 
raphy.'' and  Albert  Clarke,  president  of  the  United 
States  Industrial  Commission  (Boston  :  Benjamin  H. 
Sanborn  &  Co.).  In  this  work,  the  various  countries  of 
the  world  are  treated  in  the  order  of  the  importance  of 
their  existing  commerce  with  the  United  States,  while 
the  industries  and  commerce  of  our  own  country  re- 
ceive much  fuller  consideration  than  is  given  to  those 
of  any  other  country.  There  is  a  good  supply  of  excel- 
lent maps  and  diagrams  accompanying  the  text. 

The  political  and  economic  justification  of  the  peace 
movement  is  ably  set  forth  in  "  The  Society  of  To-Mor- 
row,"  by  G.  de  Molinari,  a  translation  of  which  has  just 
been  published  by  the  Putnams.  The  appendix  con- 
tains tables  on  the  cost  of  war  and  of  preparation  for 
war.  from  1898  to  1904,  compiled  by  Edward  Atkinson. 

The  latest  volume  in  the  Citizen's  Library  (Mac- 
millan)  is  Prof.  David  Kinley's  treatise  on  "Money." 
While  this  writer  covers  the  ground  recently  occupied 
by  Professor  Laughlin's  "Principles  of  Money,"  and 
in  part  by  Professor  Scott's  "Money  and  Banking,"  he 


MR.  ALFRED   HENRY   LEWIS. 


is  not  fully  in  accord  with  either  of  those  writers  on  all 
points.  Especially  in  his  view  of  the  influence  of  credit, 
Professor  Kinley  holds  an  independent  position,  main- 
taining that  credit  is  one  of  the  determinants  of  the 
price-level. 

FOUR  NEW  NOVELS. 
Mr.  Alfred  Henry  Lewis  has  written  another  political 
novel,  even  more  of  a  novel  and  more  political  than 

"The  Boss."  The  new 
story  is  entitled  "  The 
President"  (Barnes), 
and  is  full  of  dramatic 
incidents.  Washing- 
ton, Wall  Street,  and 
all  the  great  game  of 
national  politics  form 
the  theme,  while  a  tale 
of  love  and  intrigue 
runs  throughout.  The 
illustrations  are  in  col- 
or, by  Jay  Hambridge. 
Irving  Bacheller  has 
gone  the  way  of  many 
other  writers  in  an  at- 
tempt to  produce  a  Ro- 
man story.  His  novels 
of  American  life  have  been  accorded  success,  and  it 
is  to  be  regretted  that  he  has  left  a  field  of  writing 
peculiarly  his  own.  The  new  tale,  "Virgilius"  (Har- 
pers), is  of  the  time  of  the  birth  of  the  Saviour,  the 
scenes  being  in  Rome  under  Augustus,  and  in  Jerusa- 
lem under  Herod.  "  Virgilius"  is  unfortunately  weak. 
The  situations  are  violent,  but  not  strong.  The  scenes, 
some  of  which,  like  the  visit  of  the  Wise  Men  and  the 
Angelic  Chorus,  offer  great  possibilities,  fail  to  create 
an  atmosphere  ;  and  the  characters,  while  tliey  are  as 
good  and  as  bad  as  it  is  possible  for  people  to  be,  are 
story-book  people  only. 

Henry  Seton  Merriman's  latest  (and  last)  novel,  "The 
Last  Hope "  (Scribners),  will  hold  the  reader's  interest 
throughout.  It  is  a  story  of  a  Dauphin  of  France, 
grandson  of  Louis  XVIL,  and  of  an  attempt,  in  the 
troublous  times  of  1840-50,  to  place  him  on  the  throne 
and  thus  to  perpetuate  the  Bourbon  line. 

Rose  Cecil  O'Neill,  whose  distinctive  work  in  illus- 
trating has  been  appearing  for  some  time,  makes  her 
debut  in  the  literary  field  with  "The  Loves  of  Edwy  " 
(Lothrop).  Miss  O'Neill's  literary  style  is  distinctive, 
and  remarkably  like  her  drawing  in  being  highly  ex- 
aggerative. The  employment  of  words  and  phrases  the 
meaning  of  which  is  extremely  vague  detracts  largely 
from  the  enjoyment  of  the  book.  The  story  is  really  a 
vehicle  for  a  good  many  trite  sayings,  and  for  the  por- 
trayal of  some  very  strange  people  whom  the  reader 
will  be  glad  to  know  of  in  the  abstract  only.  On  the 
whole,  the  book  displays  considerable  originality. 

ON  LITERARY  TOPICS. 

A  critical  biography  of  Emile  Zola  from  the  pen  of 
Mr.  Ernest  A.  Vizetelly  has  just  been  brought  out  by 
John  Lane.  Mr.  Vizetelly  was  associated  with  the  late 
French  master  for  many  years,  most  of  the  English 
translations  of  Zola's  works  being  the  product  of  his 
pen.  Enjoying  Zola's  friendship,  and  being  thoroughly 
familiar  with  his  work,  views,  and  aspirations,  Mr. 
Vizetelly  is  unusually  well  equipped  for  his  task.  He 
throws  sidelights  on  the  man  by  sketching  pen  portraits 


510 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


.  W/  '4 

MR.  ERNEST  A.  VJZETELLY. 


of  the  novelist's  friends,  rivals,  and  enemies,  and  re- 
views social  and  literary  tendencies  of  the  times.  Fre- 
quent quotations  from  the  novelist's  writings  are  inter- 
spersed in  the  text,  which  is  also  varied  by  excerpts 
from  private  letters 
and  brightened  with 
numerous  portraits 
and  other  illustrations. 

"Journalism  and 
Literature"  (Hough- 
ton. Mifflin),  by  H.  W. 
Boynton,  is  made  up  of 
a  series  of  critical  pa- 
pers which  have-  ap- 
peared in  the  Alantic 
Monthly.  They  deal 
for  the  most  part  with 
present-day  tendencies 
in  American  literature. 

The  National  Library 
series  of  little  volumes 
issued  by  Cassells  is 
very  convenient  in  size 

and  satisfactory  in  make-up.  The  volumes  "Edgar 
Allan  Poe's  Tales"  and  "  The  Pilgrim's  Progress"  are 
before  us. 

"New  England  in  Letters"  is  the  title  of  a  little 
book  recording  a  series  of  pilgrimages  to  the  New  Eng- 
land scenes  and  places  associated  with  the  men  and 
women  who  have  helped  to  make  our  national  litera- 
ture (New  York :  A.  Weasels  Company).  The  author,  Mr. 
Rufus  Rockwell  Wilson,  is  known  by  his  "Rambles  in 
Colonial  Byways"  and  other  attractive  descriptive 
works.  The  writers  whose  homes  and  haunts  are  de- 
scribed in  this  book  are  Longfellow,  Whittier,  Haw- 
thorne, Emerson,  Holmes,  and  many  other  literary 
worthies  of  Concord,  Cambridge,  and  Boston.  There 
is  also  an  entertaining  chapter  devoted  to  Connecticut 
authors,  and  a  chapter  on  "The  Berkshires  and  Be- 
yond" includes  some  interesting  allusions  to  William 
Culleii  Bryant. 

PHILOSOPHY,  EXPOSITORY  AND  HISTORICAL. 

In  his  "Outlines  of  Psychology"  (Macmillan),  Dr. 
Josiah  Royce,  professor  of  the  history  of  philosophy  at 
Harvard,  presupposes  a  sei"ious  reader,  not,  he  says, 
"one  trained  either  in  experimental  methods  or  in  phi- 
losophical inquiries."  He  endeavors  "to  tell  him  a  few 
things  that  seem  important,  regarding  the  most  funda- 
mental and  general  processes,  laws,  and  conditions  of 
mental  life."  The  whole  volume,  in  fact,  which  is  sub- 
headed  "An  Elementary  Treatise,  with  Some  Practical 
Applications,"  is  free  from  technical  details,  and  is  pre- 
sented  in  Dr.  Royce's  own  charming  si;  '■ 

An  ambitious  and  yet  not  heavy  work  is  Dr.  William 
Turner's  "History  of  Philosophy"  (Ginn).  This  is  a 
comprehensive  history,  presented  primarily  as  a  text- 
book, covering  the  entire  field  of  philosophy  to  the  pres- 
ent day.  written  in  the  spirit  of  recent  scholarship,  and 
presented  in  an  attractive  typographical  form.  Dr. 
Turner  is  prof essor  of  the  history  of  philosophy  in  the 
St.  Paul  Seminary. 

Gabriel  Tarde's rather  famous  work,  "The  Laws  of 
Imitation,''  has  been  translated  (from  the  second  French 
edition)  by  Elsie  clews  Parsons,  and  Prof.  Franklin  11. 
Giddings  (of  Columbia)  has  written  an  introduction  to 
t  he  volume  (Holt  i.  Dr.  Tarde,  who  is  professor  of  mod- 
ern philosophy  in  the  College  de  France  and  a  member 


of  the  Institute,  has  been  a  pioneer  in  that  section  of 
the  philosophical  field  in  which  he  writes. 

Several  months  before  his  death,  the  late  Henry 
Sidgwick,  professor  of  moral  philosophy  at  Cambridge 
University,  completed  a  work  on  philosophy,  which 
has  since  been  published,  combined  with  a  course  of 
lectures,  in  the  whole  of  which  an  attempt  is  made  to 
define  the  scope  and  relations  of  philosophy,  especially 
to  psychology,  logic,  and  history.  The  volume  has 
been  issued  (Macmillan)  under  the  title  "Philosophy: 
Its  Scope  and  Relations." 

Prof.  James  Mark  Baldwin's  "  Development  and  Evo- 
lution" (Macmillan)  is  intended  to  complement  his 
first  work,  "Social  and  Ethical  Interpretations."  Pro- 
fessor Baldwin's  work  at  Princeton  University  needs 
no  introduction  or  qualification.  In  this  volume,  which 
includes  treatment  of  psychophysical  evolution,  evolu- 
tion by  orthoplasy,  and  the  theory  of  genetic  modes, 
he  has  combined  philosophic  style  with  a  smooth  and 
pleasing  diction, — so  desirable  and  yet  so  rare  among 
scientific  writers. 

"An  account  of  the  philosophical  development,  which 
shall  contain  the  most  of  what  a  student  can  fairly  be 
expected  to  get  from  a  college  course,  and  which  shall 
be  adapted  to  class-room  work,"  is  what  Dr.  Arthur 
Kenyon  Rogers  has  attempted  to  do  in  his  "  Student's 
History  of  Philosophy "  (Macmillan).  Dr.  Rogers  is 
professor  of  philosophy  in  Butler  College. 

SOME  NEW  WORKS  ON  PHYSIOGRAPHY  AND 
ELECTRICITY. 

Up  to  thirty  years  ago,  the  works  published  on  earth- 
quakes were  little  more  than  narratives  of  disasters. 
Scientific  study  of  the  subject  began  with  the  invention 
of  the  seismograph,  the  instrument  by  which  is  regis- 
tered  the  violence  of  earthquake  shocks.  The  first  real 
scientific  study  of  earthquakes  in  attractive,  compre- 
hensive typographical  form  is  "Earthquakes  in  the 
Light  of  the  New  Seismology  "  (Putnams),  by  Clarence 
Edward  Dutton,  major  in  the  United  States  army,  and 
author  of  "The  High  Plateaus  of  Utah,"  "Hawaiian 
Volcanoes,"  "The  Charleston  Earthquake,"  etc.  This 
volume  is  well  illustrated. 

Dr.  Edwin  Grant  Dexter's  book  on  "Weather  Influ- 
ences" (Macmillan)  is,  so  far  as  we  know,  the  first  suc- 
cessful attempt  to  bring  within  the  compass  of  a  single 
convenient-sized  volume  the  results  of  scientific  inves- 
tigations into  the  physiological  effects  of  meteoro- 
logical conditions.  The  relations  of  weather  states  to 
the  child,  crime,  insanity,  health,  suicide,  drunkenness, 
attention,  and  literature  form  subjects  for  chapters, 
and  will  indicate  the  range  of  the  book.  Dr.  Dexter  is 
professor  of  education  at  the  University  of  Illinois. 

"Practical  Lessons  in  Electricity  "  consists  of  " The 
Elements  of  Electricity  and  the  Electric  Current,"  by 
L.  K.  Sager,  formerly  assistant  examiner  of  the  United 
States  Patent  Office  ;  "  Electric  Wiring,"  by  H.  C.  Cush- 
Lng,  Jr.,  author  of  "Standard  Wiring  for  Electric  Light 
and  Power,"  and  "Storage  Batteries,"  by  Dr.  F.  B. 
( 'rocker,  of  Columbia  University.  The  whole  is  "select' 
ed  from  the  text-books  in  the  electrical  engineering 
course  of  the  American  School  of  Correspondence  at 
the  Armour  Institute  of  Technology,"  in  Chicago. 

Dr.  O.  Rosenbach's  "Physician  vs.  Bacteriologist" 
has  been  translated  from  the  original  German  by  Dr 
Achilles  Pose  and  brought  out  in  this  country  by  t  lit 
Funk  &  Wagnalls  Company.    Dr.  Rosenbach's  aim  is  to 

oppose  "  unjustified  and  unwarranted  claims  of  the  bac 


THE  NEW  BOOKS. 


511 


teriologist,  aiming  directly  at  tuberculin  and  the  legion 
of  serums."  He  criticises  what  he  calls  "  morbid  special- 
ism "  in  medicine. 

[srael  C.  Russell,  professor  of  geology  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  lias  prepared  a  volume  on  North 
America  for  "The  Regions  of  the  World"  series,  which 
the  Appletons  are  issuing  under  the  editorship  of  Mr. 
H.  J.  Mackinder,  of  Oxford.  Professor  Russell's  book 
is  comprehensive,  even  exhaustive,  and  is  copiously 
illustrated  with  maps  and  diagrams. 

EDUCATIONAL  AND  REFERENCE  BOOKS. 

A  useful  little  manual  for  all  who  are  interested  in 
educational  matters,  and,  indeed,  as  a  text-book  itself, 
i-  Dr.  Cheesman  A.  Herrick's  "Meaning  and  Practice 
of  Commercial  Education,"  which  has  just  been  issued 
by  the  Maemillans.  Dr.  Herrick  is  director  of  the 
School  of  Commerce  which  is  part  of  the  Philadelphia 
Central  Ili^h  School,  and  brings  to  his  task  a  scholar- 
ship which  has  been  vitalized  by  long  and  active  con- 
tact with  the  business  world. 

■•  Nay  vwooe  kawng  taung  whar  may  ? " — Do  you  speak 
Chinese  ? — greets  us  on  the  cover  of  Dr.  Walter  Broun- 
der's  interesting  volume,  "Chinese  Made  Easy"  (Mac- 
millan).  This  is  a  scholarly  but  not  abstruse  outline  of 
the  genius,  structure,  and  distribution  of  the  Chinese 
language,  with  lists  and  definitions.  In  the  compila- 
tion, Dr.  Brounder  has  been  assisted  by  Fung  Yuet 
Mow,  a  Chinese  missionary  in  New  York. 

"The  Teaching  of  English"  (Longmans),  written  in 
collaboration  by  Profs.  G.  R.  Carpenter  and  F.  T.  Baker, 
of  Columbia  University,  and  by  Prof.  F.  N.  Scott,  Ph.D., 
of  the  University  of  Michigan,  has  recently  appeared 
in  the  American  Teachers  Series.  Although  intended 
primarily  for  teachers,  the  book  will  be  found  to  be  of 
interest  to  all  people  of  literary  tastes.  The  authors  are 
among  the  foremost  teachers  of  English  in  this  country, 
and  their  discussion  of  the  methods  employed  and  the 
results  obtained,  together  with  a  history  of  study  of  our 
mother  tongue,  is  highly  instructive  and  entertaining. 

The  American  Jewish  Year  Book  for  1904-1905  (5665),' 
edited  by  Cyrus  Adler  and  Henrietta  Szold,  has  just 
been  issued  by  the  Jewish  Publication  Society  of  Amer- 
ica. It  is  the  sixth  volume,  and  is  prevailingly  bio- 
graphical in  character.  The  two  chief  phases  consid- 
ered are  the  biographical  sketches  and  the  passport 
question,  the  latter  particularly  with  reference  to 
Russia. 

Mr.  Hamilton  Busbey,  well  known  as  an  authority 
on  horses,  has  contributed  a  volume  on  "The  Trotting 
and  the  Pacing  Horse  in  America"  to  "The  American 
Sportsman's  Library"  (Macmillan).  The  book  contains 
enough  of  common  interest  to  make  it  appeal  to  the 
general  reader  as  well  as  to  the  horse- fancier. 

OTHER  LATE  BOOKS. 

An  entirely  new  biographical  sketch  of  Emperor  Wil- 
liam of  Germany,  under  the  title  "Imperator  et  Rex," 
by  the  author  of  "The  Martyrdom  of  an  Empress,"  has 
been  issued  by  the  Harpers.  In  this  well-illustrated 
sketch,  the  Kaiser  is  shown  to  be  a  warm-hearted,  im- 
pulsive man,  with  a  deep  love  for  family  and  home. 


MR.  GEORGE  BERNARD  SHAW. 


His  family  and  charming  home  life  are  described  with 
picturesque  touches. 

"Man  and  Superman"  (Brentano)  is  the  title  of  a 
brilliantly  written  drama  by  George  Bernard  Shaw, 
which  is  subtitled  "A  Comedy  and  a  Philosophy." 
Everyone  who  has  enjoyed  "An  Unsocial  Socialist," 
"The  Quintessence  of  Ibsenism,"  and  "Candida"  will 
find  in  "Man  and  Superman  "  the  same  crisp  phrasing 
of  philosophical  and  witty  truths.  It  is  the  story  of  a 
modern  Don  Juan,  and 
is  supplemented  by  an 
exposition  of  the  au- 
thor's philosophical 
and  social  views,  under 
the  heading  "  The  Rev- 
olutionist's  Hand- 
book." 

Mary  Piatt  Parmele, 
author  of  "The  King- 
dom of  the  Invisible," 
has  written  a  plain  but 
searching  little  booklet 
entitled  "Christian 
Science,  —  Is  It  Chris- 
tian? Is  It  Science?" 
(J.F.Taylor).  The  con- 
clusion may  be  found 
in  these  words  :  "Mrs. 
Eddy  has  not  discov- 
ered Idealism.  What  she  has  done  is  to  lay  violent  hands 
upon  an  old  Philosophy  which  will  not  die  because  it 
contains  a  sublime  truth,  and  then  to  supplement  this 
misunderstood  truth  with  an  unrighteous  addition  of 
her  own,  which  is  not  true." 

In  her  own  gentle,  thought-provoking  way,  Margaret 
E.  Sangster  has  written  a  pleasant  volume  entitled 
"  The  Little  Kingdom  of  Home"  (J.  F.  Taylor).  It  con- 
sists of  good  advice  to  American  home-makers, — a  plea 

for  a  quiet,  gentle  home 
life  which  shall  bring 
out  the  best  in  our  boys 
and  girls. 

"Old  Gorgon  Gra- 
ham," the  "self-made 
merchant,"  who  has 
charmed  us  all  by  his 
homely,  pungent  wis- 
dom, has  been  writing 
more  letters  to  his  son. 
and  they  show  no  dimi- 
nution of  humor  or  wis- 
dom. Mr.  George  Lori- 
mer's  second  volume, 
which  has  just  been 
brought  out  by  Double- 
day,  Page  &  Co.,  is 
somewhat  of  a  depart- 
ure from  his  first,  in 
that  it  deals  with  larger 
problems.  These  letters  are  from  old  John  Graham  to 
his  sou,  not  the  subordinate  clerk,  but  one  of  the  man- 
agers of  his  business.    This  volume  is  illustrated. 


MR.  GEORGE  LOR1MER. 


512 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


BOOKS  RECENTLY  RECEIVED. 


Adventures  of  Buffalo  Bill,  The.  By  Col.  W.  F.  Cody. 
Harpers. 

American  Boy's  Life  of  Theodore  Roosevelt.  By  Edward 
Stratmeyer.    Lee  &  Shepard. 

American  Myths  and  Legends.  By  Charles  M.  Skinner. 
Lippincott. 

Analytical  Psychology.    By  Lightner  Witmer.    Ginn  &  Co. 

Assyrian  and  Bahylonian  Letters.  By  Rohert  Francis  Har- 
per.   University  of  Chicago  Press. 

Blue  Grass  Cook  Book,  The.  By  Minnie  C.  Fox.  Fox,  Duf- 
field. 

Boys' Self-GoverningCluhs.  By  Winifred  Buck.  Macmillan. 

Brief  History  of  Mathematics,  A.  By  Wooster  Woodruff 
Beman  and  David  Eugene  Smith.  (Translation  of  Dr. 
Karl  Fink's  Geschichte  der  Elementar-Mathematik.) 

Broader  Elementary  Education.  By  J.  P.  Gordy.  Hinds  & 
Noble. 

Castle  Comedy,  The.  (Illustrated  edition.)  By  Thompson 
Buchanan.    Harpers. 

Child  Mind,  The.    By  R.  H.  Bretherton.    John  Lane. 

Comments  of  Ruskin  on  the  Divina  Commedia.  By  George 
P.  Huntington.    Houghton,  Mifflin. 

Compendium  of  Drawing.  Two  volumes.  American  School 
of  Correspondence. 

Complete  Pocket-Guide  to  Europe,  The.  By  Edmund  Clar- 
ence Stedman  and  Thomas  L.  Stedman.    W.  R.  Jenkins. 

Composition  and  Rhetoric.  By  A.  Howry  Espenshade.  D. 
C.  Heath  &  Co. 

Control  of  Heredity.  By  Casper  Lavater  Redfield.  Mon- 
arch Book  Company.  , 

Daniel  Webster  for  Young  Americans.    Little.  Brown. 

Dante  and  the  English  Poets  from  Chaucer  to  Tennyson. 
Henry  Holt  &  Co. 

De  Monarchia  of  Dante  Alighieri,  The.  By  Aurclia  Henry. 
Houghton,  Mifflin. 

Diversions  of  a  Book-Lover,  The.  By  Adrian  H.  Joline. 
Harpers. 

Eighteenth  Century  Anthology,  An.  By  Alfred  Austin.  H. 
M.  Caldwell. 

Electro  Diagnosis  and  Electro  Therapeutics.  By  Dr.  Toby 
Cohn.    Funk  &  Wagnalls. 

Elementary  Electricity  and  Magnetism.  By  Dugald  C.  Jack- 
son and  John  Price  Jackson.     Macmillan. 

Elementary  Woodworking.    By  Edwin  W.  Foster.    Ginn. 

English  and  Scottish  Popular  Ballads.  By  Helen  Child  Sar- 
gent and  George  Lyman  Kittredge.    Houghton,  Mifflin. 

Famous  Assassinations.  By  Francis  Johnson.  A.C.McClurg. 

Fever  Nursing.  By  Reynold  Webb  Wilcox.  P.  Blakiston's 
Sons  Company. 

Food  and  Cookery  for  the  Sick  and  Convalescent.  By  Fan- 
nie M.  Farmer.    Little,  Brown. 

Fundamentals  of  Child  Study.  By  Edwin  H.  Kirkpatrick. 
Macmillan. 

Fusser's  Book,  The.  By  Anna  Archibald  and  Georglna 
Jones.    Fox,  Duffield. 

General  History  of  Commerce.  By  William  Clarence  Web- 
ster.   Ginn  &  Co. 

Great  Revivals  and  the  Great  Republic.  By  Warren  A. 
Candler.    Smith  &  Lamar. 

Greek  Story  and  Song.  By  Rev.  Alfred  J.  Church.  Mac- 
millan. 

Hallof  Fame,  The.   By  Albert  Banks.   The  Christian  Herald. 

History  of  Ancient  Education.  By  Samuel  (J.  Williams. 
C.  W.  Bardeen. 

History  of  Mediaeval  Education.  By  Samuel  Williams.  ('. 
W.  Bardeen. 

Home  Thoughts.    By  C.    A.  S.  Barnes. 

I  low  We  Are  Fed.  By  James  Franklin  Chamberlain.  Mac- 
millan. 

Introduction  to  Physical  Science.  By  Alfred  Payson  Gage. 
Ginn  &  Co. 

Introduction  to  Psychology  Bj  Mary  Whiton  Calkins. 
Macmillan. 


Introduction  to  the  Bible  for  Teachers  and  Children,  An. 
By  Georgia  Louise  Chamberlain.  University  of  Chicago 
Press. 

Introduction  to  the  History  of  Modern  Philosophy,  An.  By 
Arthur  Stone  Dewing.    Lippincott. 

Journey  of  Coronado,  The.  By  George  Parker  Winship.  A. 
S.  Barnes. 

La  Chronique  de  France.    By  Pierre  de  Coubertin. 

Last  Days  of  Lincoln.  By  John  Irving  Pearce,  Jr.  Laird 
&  Lee. 

Lessons  in  Astronomy.    By  Charles  A.  Young.    Ginn  &  Co. 

Life-Giving  Spirit,  The.  By  S.  Arthur  Cook.  Jennings  & 
Pye. 

Little  Sketches  of  Famous  Beef  Cattle.  By  Charles  S.  Plumb. 

Little  Tea  Book,  The.    By  Arthur  Gray.    Baker  &  Taylor. 

Macbeth  (the  "First  Folio"  Shakespeare).  Thomas  Y. 
Crowell. 

Machiavelli  and  the  Modern  State.  By  Louis  Dyer.  Ginn 
&Co. 

Man  Preparing  for  Other  Worlds.  By  W.  T.  Moore.  Chris- 
tian Publishing  Co. 

Manual  of  Forensic  Quotations.  By  Leon  Mead  and  F. 
Newell  Gilbert.    J.  F.  Taylor. 

Marie  Corelli,  The  Writer  and  the  Woman.  By  T.  F.  G. 
Coates  and  R.  S.  Warren  Bell.    George  W.  Jacobs  Co. 

Memories  of  Jane  Cunningham  Croly— "  Jennie  June."  G. 
P.  Putnam's  Sons. 

Mind  Power  and  Privileges.  By  Albert  S.  Olston.  T.  Y. 
Crowell. 

Misrepresentative  Men.    By  Henry  Graham.    Fox,  Duffield. 

Modern  Age,  The.    By  Philip  Van  Ness  Myers.    Ginn  &  Co. 

Night-Side  of  Nature.  By  Catherine  Crowe.  Henry  T. 
Coates  &  Co. 

Over  the  Black  Coffee.    By  Arthur  Gray.    Baker  &  Taylor. 

Over  the  Hill  to  the  Poorhouse  (illustrated  edition).  By 
Will  Carleton.    Harpers. 

Path  of  Evolution,  The.    By  Henry  Pemberton.    Altemus. 

Physical  Chemistry  in  the  Service  of  the  Sciences.  By  Jaco- 
bus H.  Van't  Hoff.    University  of  Chicago  Press. 

Pluck.    By  George  Grimm.   Germania  Publishing  Company. 

Possibility  of  a  Science  of  Education,  The.  By  Samuel 
Bower  Sinclair.    University  of  Chicago  Press. 

Psychology,  Normal  and  Morbid.  By  Charles  A.  Mercier. 
Macmillan. 

Rousseau.    By  Prof.  W.  H.  Hudson.    Scribners. 

Science  of  Study,  The.    James  G.  Moore.    Hinds  &  Noble. 

Scientific  Tone  Production.  By  Mary  Ingles  James.  C.  W. 
Thompson  &  Co. 

Self-Cure  of  Consumption,  The.  By  Charles  H.  Stanley 
Davis.    E.  B.  Treat  &  Co. 

"Sequil"  to  the  Real  Diary  of  a  Real  Boy.  By  Henry  A. 
Shute.    The  Everett  Press. 

Some  Famous  American  Schools.  By  Oscar  Fay  Adams. 
Dana  Estes  &  Co. 

Standard  of  Pronunciation  in  English,  The.  By  Thomas 
R.  Lounsbury.    Harpers. 

Strenuous  Epigrams  of  President  Roosevelt.  Bv  H.  M. 
Caldwell  &  Co. 

Studies  in  the  Thought  World.  By  Henry  Wood.  Lee  & 
Shepard. 

Supervision  and  Education  in  Charity.  By  Jeffrey  Rich- 
ardson Braokett.    Macmillan. 

Symbol  Psychology.    By  Rev.  Adolph  Roeder.    Harpers. 

Theory  of  Eclipses,  The.  By  Roberdeau  Buchanan.  Lip- 
pincott. 

True  Republicanism.  By  Frank  Preston  Stearns.  Lippin- 
cott. 

Two  Plays  of  Israel.  Bv  Florence  Wilkinson.  McClure, 
Phillips  &  Co. 

Views  About  Hamlet  and  Other  Essays.  The.  By  Albert  H. 
Tolman.    Houghton.  Mifflin. 

Wcbof  Indian  Life,  The.    By  Nivedita.    Henry  Holt  &  Co. 

Where  Did  Life  Begin  ?    By  G.  Hilton  Scribner.    Scribqers. 


The    American    Monthly    Review    of   Reviews, 
edited  by  albert  shaw. 

CONTENTS    FOR    NOVEMBER,    1904. 


The  Rt.   Hon.  James  Bryce,   M.P Frontispiece 

The  Progress  of  the  World- 
Tin-  Presidential  Election 515 

A  Complicated  System 515 

How  the  Parties  Control  the  Machinery 516 

The  Distribution  of  Electoral  Strength 516 

Advantages  of  the  Small  States 516 

The  General  Ticket  Plan 517 

New  York  as  the  Great  Prize 517 

"Conceded"  and  " Doubtful "  States 518 

The  Drifting  Straws  of  Opinion 518 

Persistent  Apathy 519 

The  ( !ampaign  Money 520 

M  r.  Cortelyou  and  the  Trusts 520 

The  Real  Cortelyou 521 

The  Temper  of  the  Contest 521 

A  Little-Known  Candidate 522 

An  Unutilized  Asset 522 

The  Man  Rather  Than  His  Views 522 

The  Tour  That  Was  Not  Made 523 

Mr.  Roosevelt's  Wide  Acquaintance 523 

The  Democratic  Mistake 524 

Politics  in  New  York 524 

The  Wisconsin  Differences 525 

Other  Campaign  Notes 525 

I  )eath  of  the  Postmaster-General 526 

Mr.  Payne's  Successor 527 

New  England  Senators 527 

Mr.  Hay  to  Remain 527 

The  Cabinet  and  Others  on  the  Stump 528 

A  Reading,  Not  a  SpeakiDg,  Contest 528 

Panama  as  an  Issue 529 

M  r.  Taft  to  Visit  the  Isthmus 529 

Another  Hague  Conference 530 

Favorable  Business  and  Crop  Conditions 530 

Last  Month  of  the  Fair 531 

<  treat  Religious  Gatherings 532 

( 'anada  and  Great  Britain 532 

Social  Disorder  in  Italy 532 

Port  ugal's  Troubles  in  Africa 532 

United  States  Will  Not  Intervene  in  the  Congo.  533 

Spain  and  France  and  Morocco 533 

R  ussia  and  American  Mail 533 

The  Baltic  Fleet  Again 533 

The  Siege  of  Port  Arthur 534 

Pause  After  Liao-Yang 534 

Will  Kuropatkin  Divide  the  Command  ? 534 

A  Pompous  Proclamation 535 

The  Russian  Advance  Begins 535 

The  Battles  Along  the  Shakhe  River 536 

The  First  Stage  a  Russian  Check.. . 536 

The  Japanese  Lose  Fourteen  Guns.. 536 

The  Net  Result .537 

Russian  Weakness  and  the  Future 537 

Feeling  in  Japan 537 

The  Cost  in  Men  and  Money 538 

Why  Japan  Has  Been  Victorious 538 

Illustrated  with  portraits,  maps,  and  cartoons. 

Record  of  Current  Events 539 

With  portraits  and  cartoon. 

Cartoons  of  the  Campaign 542 

Mr.   Morley  and  Mr.  Bryce  in  America 548 

With  portraits. 

George  Frisbie  Hoar:  A  Character  Sketch  .  .   551 
By  Talcott  Williams.    With  portraits. 

Commander  Booth  Tucker  and  His  Work  in 

America 558 

With  portraits. 


Bartholdi,  the  Sculptor   560 

With  portrait. 
Lafcadio  Hearn,  Interpreter  of  Japan 561 

With  portrait. 
Japan  and  the  Resurrection  of  Poland 562 

By  W.  T.  Stead. 

Iowa's  Campaign  for   Better  Corn 563 

By  Prof.  P.  G.  Holden.    With  illustrations. 
Canada's  New  Governor-General 569 

By  W.  T.  Stead. 
With  portraits  of  Earl  Grey  and  the  Countess  Grey. 

The  Trend  of  Political  Affairs  in   Canada...   574 
By  Agnes  C.  Laut.    With  portraits. 

Western  Canada  in  1904  578 

By  Theodore  Macfarlane  Knappen. 
With  map  and  illustrations. 

The  Episcopal  Convention  at  Boston 586 

By  Florence  E.  Winslow.    With  portraits. 
Prince  Mirsky,  Russia's  New  Minister  of  the 

Interior 589 

By  Herman  Rosenthal.    With  p  rtrait. 

What  the  People  Read  in  Hungary 590 

With  portrait  of  Rakosi-Jeno  (Eugene-Rakosi). 
Railroad  Accidents  in  the  United  States.  .  .  .   592 

By  Edward  A.  Moseley. 
Leading  Articles  of  the  Month — 

Ex-President  Cleveland  on  the  Democratic  Can- 
didate   597 

Senator  Lodge  on  Popular  Misconceptions  of 

President  Roosevelt 598 

If  a  Prohibitionist  were  President 599 

The  United  States  and  the  Trade  of  Mexico 599 

A  Revival  of  Ancient  Artillery 600 

Seven  Months  of  War  :  A  Russian  View 601 

What  Will  the  War  Cost  Japan  ? 603 

The  Japanese  National  Spirit 604 

The  Story  of  the  Battle  of  Nanshan 606 

The  End'of  the  War  Correspondent 607 

The  Korean-Japanese  Treaty  and  Japan's  Duty.  609 

The  Duty  of  Japanese  Business  Men 610 

The  Richest  Fishing-Grounds  in  the  World 611 

The  Development  of  Russia's  Merchant  Marine.  612 
Russian  Autocracy  and  the  Psychology  of  the 

Slav 614 

How  Fortunes  are  Made  in  China 616 

An  American  Scientist  on  the  British  Associa- 
tion Meeting 617 

Home  Rule  for  Iceland 618 

Economic  Struggle  Between  Germans  and  Poles  619 

Australian  Art  and  Artists.. 620 

Protection  Against  Fires 621 

The  Soul  of  Religion— Poetry 622 

Parasitic  Worms 623 

The  First  Lord  of  the  British  Admiralty 624 

Lafcadio  Hearn  on  Tokio  in  War  Time 624 

Is  a  Union  of  Catholic  and  Protestant  Churches 

to  be  Desired  ? 625 

Disestablishment  in  France  and  Scotland 627 

With  portraits  and  other  illustrations. 

Briefer  Notes  on  Topics  in  the  Periodicals.  .  .   630 

The  New  Books 636 

With  portraits  of  authors. 

Books  Recently  Received 640 


TERMS:  S2.50  a  year  in  advance;  2.5  cents  a  number.  Foreign  postage  SI. 00  a  year  additional.  Subscribers  may  remit  to  us 
by  post-office  or  express  money  orders,  or  by  bank  checks,  drafts,  or  registered  letters.  Money  in  letters  is  at  sender's 
risk.  Renew  as  early  as  possible,  in  order  to  avoid  a  break  in  the  receipt  of  the  numbers.  Bookdealers,  Postmasters,  and 
Newsdealers  receive  subscriptions.  (Subscriptions  to  the  English  Rev  i  e w  ok  Reviews,  which  is  edited  and  published  by 
Mr.  W.  T.  Stead  in  London,  may  be  sent  to  this  office,  and  orders  for  single  copies  can  also  be  filled,  at  the  price  of  $2.50 
for  the  yearly  subscription,  including  postage,  or  £5  cents  for  single  copies.)  THE  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  CO., 
13  Astor  Place,  New  York  City. 


THE  RT.  HON.  JAMES  BRYCE,  M.P. 

WHO    IS    NOW     VISITING    THE    UNITED    STATES, 

(From  a  photograph  taken  last  mi >nt h  tor  i ins  magazine 
by  Messrs.  Davis  &  Sanford,  of  New  York.) 


The  American  Monthly 

Review  of  Reviews.  ', 

Vol.  XXX.  NEW   YORK,   NOVEMBER,    1904.  No.  5. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


The 


In  accordance  with  the  Constitution 
Presidential  and  the  laws  of  the  country,  an  elec- 
Eiection.     ^on  -g  \ie\^  every  four  years  to  select 

a  group  of  men  who  in  turn  are  charged  with 
the  duty  of  electing  a  President  of  the  United 
States.  The  date  of  the  popular  election  is 
always  the  first  Tuesday  after  the  first  Monday, 
in  the  November  preceding  the  expiration  of  a 
Presidential  term.  The  term  ends  on  the  fourth 
day  of  next  March.  The  balloting  for  Presi- 
dential electors  occurs  on  the  eighth  day  of  the 
present  month.  The  number  of  electors  to  be 
chosen  this  year  is  476.  This  number  is  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  clause  of  the  Constitution 
which  directs  that  the  number  of  electors  shall 
equal  that  of  the  whole  number  of  Senators  and 
Representatives  in  Congress.  Since  the  last 
election,  this  number  is,  of  course,  affected  by 
the  reapportionment  of  seats  in  Congress  that 
follows  each  decennial  census-taking.  Includ- 
ing the  3  electoral  votes  of  Utah,  which  were 
first  counted  in  1896,  the  so  called  "Electoral 
College,"  under  the  census  of  1890,  has  con- 
sisted of  447  members.  It  is  now  increased  by 
29  members.  The  electors,  as  chosen  on  No- 
vember 8,  will  meet  in  their  respective  States 
on  the  second  Monday  of  next  January  and  cast 
their  ballots,  first  for  a  President,  and  then  for 
a  Y  ice-President.  The  results  of  their  voting 
on  that  day  will  be  transmitted  to  Washington, 
and  the  president  of  the  Senate,  with  the  two 
chambers  of  Congress  in  joint  session,  will,  on 
the  second  Wednesday  of  next  February,  open 
the  certificates  that  have  come  from  the  forty- 
five  States,  and  the  votes  will  be  duly  counted 
and  the  result  declared.  The  person  having  the 
greatest  number  of  votes  will  be  President  of 
the  United  States,  if  such  number  be  a  majority 
of  the  whole  number  of  electors.  In  other 
words,  this  year  there  must  be  at  least  239 
electors  voting  either  for  Mr.  Roosevelt  or  for 
Judge  Parker  in  order  to  secure  the  election  of 
one  or  the  other  of  these  leading  candidates. 


If  a  part  of  the  electoral  votes  should 
a  complicated  be  casfc  for  Mr   Watson,    Mr.  Swal- 

oystem.  ' 

low,  Mr.  Debs,  or  some  other  Presi- 
dential candidate,  then  it  might  happen  that 
neither  Mr.  Roosevelt  nor  Judge  Parker  would 
have  a  clear  majority  of  the  whole  number  of 
electors.  In  that  case,  the  three  names  having 
the  highest  number  of  votes, — for  example, 
Mr.  Roosevelt,  Mr.  Parker,  and  Mr.  Watson, — 
would  be  presented  to  the  House  of  Represent- 
atives at  Washington,  and  this  house  would 
be  in  duty  bound,  under  the  Constitution,  to 
make  an  immediate  selection,  by  ballot,  from 
those  three  names.  The  present  house  being  Re- 
publican, it  would,  of  course,  vote  accordingly. 
We  make  no  apology  whatever  for  recalling  to 
the  minds  of  our  readers  these  facts,  familiar  as 
they  are  to  almost  every  one.  The  method  of 
electing  a  President  of  the  United  States  is 
quite  arbitrary  in  some  of  its  aspects,  and  also 
rather  complicated.  A  good  many  of  our  read- 
ers live  in  foreign  countries,  and  it  is  not  to  be 
expected  that  they  should  be  familiar  with  the 
mechanism  of  American  elections.  On  the  oth- 
er hand,  there  are  not  a  few  intelligent  Ameri- 
cans of  both  sexes  who  sometimes,  for  a  moment, 
are  either  puzzled  or  forgetful  about  some  point 
in  the  Presidential  election  system.  The  most 
important  thing  to  remember  is  that  the  fram- 
ers  of  the  Constitution  did  not  foresee  the  devel- 
opment of  our  rigid  party  organizations  and 
thought  they  were  providing  for  an  electoral 
college  which  should  have  actual  as  well  as  the- 
oretical discretion  in  the  selection  of  a  Presi- 
dent. It  was  the  belief  of  the  fathers  of  the 
republic  that  there  would  be  chosen  as  Presi- 
dential electors  a  group  of  citizens  very  highly 
trusted  by  the  people  and  especially  conversant 
with  public  men  and  measures.  It  was  sup- 
posed, further,  that  an  electoral  body  thus  con- 
stituted would  be  more  likely  to  select  for 
President  some  truly  fitting  successor  of  Wash- 
ington than  would  the  people  themselves. 


516 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


tlic  mandate  of  the  duly  constituted  party  au- 
thorities. The  number  of  electors  at  present  as- 
signed to  each  of  the  forty-five  States  of  the 
Union  is  as  follows  : 


Mr.  Nathan  Straus, 
of  New  York. 


Mr.  Herman  Ridder, 
of  New  York. 


THE  TWO  MEN  WHO  LEAD  THE   LTST  OF  THIRTY-NINE  NAMES 
ON  THE  DEMOCRATIC  ELECTORAL,  TICKET  IN  NEW  YORK. 

t-  Hpwt-  Quite  early  in  our  history,  however, 
Control  the  the  public  men  of  the  country  began 
Machinery.  tQ  be  divided  into  parties,  and  the 
private  citizens  followed  their  leaders,  until  the 
party  system  became  firmly  fixed.  Then  there 
was  gradually  evolved  the  party  machinery  for 
selecting  candidates,  the  most  important  mani 
festations  of  party  life  being  found  in  the  great 
national  conventions  for  the  selection  of  candi- 
dates for  the  Presidency  and  the  Vice-Presidency, 
the  framing  of  a  national  party  platform,  and 
the  appointment  of  a  national  party  committee 
to  conduct  the  quadrennial  campaign.  Under 
this  system,  there  came  into  being  an  unwritten 
law  in  accordance  with  which  the  Presidential 
electors  under  normal  circumstances  gave  up 
their  discretionary  functions.  Thus,  the  Demo- 
cratic party  having  made  Judge  Parker  its  can- 
didate for  President,  all  the  electors  who  will  be 
chosen  in  Democratic  States  on  the  8th  of  the 
present  month  will  in  January  cast  their  votes 
for  him  without  question;  and  they  would  be 
rightly  regarded  as  guilty  of  a  most  heinous 
breach  of  faith  if  on  any  mere  ground  of  per 
sonal  or  private  preference  they  should  cast 
their  votes  for  Mr.  Bryan,  Mr.  Cleveland,  or  any 
oiher  Democrat  except  Judge  ParleSr,  the  duly 
chosen  candidate  of  the  party. 

r,-  Jhu  ,■      It  remains  a  very  honorable  thing  to 

Distribution  •      ,  -,,,.,, 

of  Electoral     be  Select  r<  I   many  Mate  I  >y  t  lie  lei  low  - 

strength.  memDers  0f  one's  party  as  a  candi- 
date for  Presidential  elector.  But  the  honor 
carries  with  it  no  anxious  burden  of  discretion 
or  duty.  In  the  ease  of  the  death  of  Mr.  Roose- 
velt or  Judge  Parker  before  the  electors  convene 
on  the  second  Monday  of  next  January,  general 
party  action  would  be  taken  to  select,  a  new  can 
didate,  and  the  electors  would    faithfully  obey 


Alabama 11 

Arkansas 9 

California 10 

Colorado 5 

Connecticut 7 

Delaware 3 

Florida 5 

Georgia 13 

Idaho 3 

Illinois 27 

Indiana 15 

Iowa 13 

Kansas Ill 

Kentucky 13 

Louisiana 9 

Maine 6 

Maryland 8 

Massachusetts 16 

Michigan 14 

Minnesota 11 

Mississippi    10 

Missouri 18 

Montana 3 

Nebraska 8 


Nevada 3 

New  Hampshire 4 

New  Jersey-.. 12 

New  York 39 

North  Carolina 12 

North  Dakota  4 

Ohio 23 

Oregon 4 

Pennsylvania 34 

Rhode  Island 4 

South  Carolina 9 

South  Dakota 4 

Tennessee 12 

Texas 18 

Utah 3 

Vermont  4 

Virginia 12 

Washington 5 

West  Virginia 7 

Wisconsin 13 

Wyoming 3 

Total 476 


Advantages 


Two  or  three  general  facts  are  to  be 
of  the       noted  as  characterizing  the  existing 
Small  states   electoral  system.     in  the  first  place, 

it  gives  to  the  people  living  in  small  States  a 
much  larger  part  in  the  selection  of  President 
than  to  the  people  living  in  large  States.  This 
is  because  the  very  smallest  States  are  accorded 
by  the  Constitution  their  two  members  of  the 
United  States  Senate  and  at  least  one  represent- 
ative in  the  other  house  of  Congress,  and  so  they 
must  be  allowed  at  least  three  votes  in  the 
Electoral  College.  To  show  the  effect  of  this 
method  upon  the  election  of  President,  a  con- 
crete statement  or  two  may  be  useful.  Thus. 
Delaware,  Nevada,  Wyoming,  Idaho,  Montana, 
and  Utah  have  each  3  Presidential  electors,  or 
18  for  the  six  States.  Their  aggregate  popula- 
tion, by  the  census  of  1900,  was  1,001,451.  The 
States  of  Missouri  and  Texas,  on  the  other 
hand,  have  each  just  18  members  in  the  Elec- 
toral College,  and  by  the  same  census  Missouri 
had  3,106,665  people,  while  Texas  had  3,048,710. 
In  other  words,  the  voters  in  the  six  smaller 
States  just  named  have  on  the  average  three 
times  as  much  voting  power  in  the  choice  of 
President  of  the  United  States  as  those  in  Mis 
souri  or  Texas.  North  Dakota  and  South 
Dakota  have  each  I  members  in  the  Electoral 
College,  and  aggregating  them  with  the  six 
States  named  above,  we  find  a  total  population 
of  1,722,167  possessing  26  votes  in  the  Electoral 
College  Over  against  this  we  find  Illinois  hav- 
ing 27  electoral  votes,  with  a  census  population 
of    1,821,550  ;  and,  also,  we  find  Ohio  having 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


517 


only  23  electoral  votes,  with  a  population  of 
4,157,545.  As  the  newer  States  grow  in  pop- 
ulation, these  inequalities  diminish.  Further- 
more, the  distribution  of  party  strength  is  such 
that  in  practice  neither  of  the  chief  political 
organizations  feels  itself  at  any  great  disad- 
vantage on  account  of  this  concession  in  favor 
of  the  small  States. 

Another  point  to  be  noted  is  that  it 
General  has  now  come  to  be  the  uniform 
Ticket  Plan.  mefao&  throughout  the  States  to 
choose  the  electors  on  a  general  ticket.  At  an 
earlier  period  it  was  the  custom  for  all  the 
voters  of  the  State  to  vote  for  the  two  electors 
corresponding  with  the  two  members  of  the 
Senate,  while  the  others  were  chosen  singly  in 
Congressional  districts  of  the  State.  Gradually 
this  plan  was  given  up  in  favor  of  the  existing 
system,  by  which  each  party  in  State  conven- 
tions selects  its  full  list  of  electoral  candidates  ;. 
so  that  it  is  usually  quite  certain  that  in  each 
State  the  entire  group  of  electors  will  belong  to 
the  same  party.  It  is  this  existing  method 
which  gives  such  tremendous  importance  to  the 
political  campaign  in  a  large  State  where  the 
parties  are  somewhat  evenly  divided.  Under 
the  system  that  formerly  prevailed,  for  example, 
the  electoral  vote  of  the  State  of  New  York  would 
be  of  comparatively  small  importance  at  the 
present  time.  This  can  be  explained  in  a  word. 
New  York,  having  2  Senators  and  37  seats  in 
the  House  of  Representatives,  obviously  has  39 
Presidential  electors.  At  the  present  time,  20 
of  the  New  York  members  of  the  House  are 
Republicans  and  17  are  Democrats,  while  the  2 
Senators  are  Republicans.  Under  the  former 
method  of  choosing  Presidential  electors,  one 
would  be  chosen  in  each  Congressional  district, 
and  if  there  should  be  no  party  gain  or  loss  in 
these  districts  since  1902,  there  would  be  20 
Republican  and  17  Democratic  electors,  whereas 
if  the  Democrats  carried  the  State,  they  would 
also  have  the  2  electors-at-large,  and  New  York, 
in  the  electoral  voting  of  the  9th  of  next  Janu- 
ary, would  cast  20  votes  for  Theodore  Roosevelt 
and  19  votes  for  Alton  B.  Parker.  In  such  case, 
the  Republican  half  of  the  State  and  the  Demo- 
cratic half  would  almost  exactlj'"  neutralize  each 
other  in  the  Presidential  election,  just  as  in 
several  past  Presidential  elections  Iowa  and 
Kentucky  have  offset  each  other,  Iowa  choos- 
ing 13  Republican  electors  and  Kentucky  choos- 
ing 13  Democratic  electors.  The  Congressional 
districts  throughout  the  country  are  practically 
uniform  in  population,  while  the  States  are  very 
diverse  in  size.  If  Presidential  electors  were 
chosen    singly   in    Congressional    districts,    the 


total  result  would  better  express  the  sentiment 
of  the  country ;  while  it  is  also  evident  that 
there  would  be  far  less  temptation  to  improper 
election  methods. 

Under  the  present  system,  every- 
asthe  thing  turns  upon  the  carrying  of 
Great  Prize.  severaj  important  States  regarded  as 
doubtful  enough  to  give  either  great  party  a  so- 
called  ''fighting  chance."  This  year,  for  ex- 
ample, the  great  prize  to  be  competed  for  is  the 
block  of  39  electoral  votes  belonging  to  the  State 
of  New  York.  When,  as  is  the  case  often,  the 
Republican  majority  in  the  State  outside  of  New 
York    City    is   almost  exactly  matched  by  the 


Mr.  Charles  A.  Schieren. 


Mr.  George  Urban. 


THE  TWO  MEN  WHO  LEAD  THE  LIST  OF  THIRTY-NINE  NAMES 
ON  THE  REPUBLICAN  ELECTORAL  TICKET  IN  NEW  YORK. 

great  Democratic  majority  of  the  metropolitan 
area,  the  situation  becomes  tense  in  the  extreme. 
Thus,  James  G.  Blaine  would  have  been  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  but  for  the  lack  of  a 
few  hundred  votes  in  the  State  of  New  York, 
and  the  Republicans  have  claimed  for  twenty 
years  that  the  frauds  perpetrated  by  the  late 
John  Y.  McKane  in  a  single  voting  precinct  in 
the  suburbs  of  Brooklyn  were  alone  sufficient  to 
have  turned  the  scale  and  given  the  country 
four  years  of  Democratic  administration.  It 
would  be  better  if  so  much  were  not  depending 
upon  the  count  in  a  single  State.  There  is  no 
practical  politician  who  for  a  moment  regards 
the  success  of  the  Democratic  national  ticket 
this  year  as  possible  without  the  electoral  vote 
of  New  York.  The  Republicans,  on  the  other 
hand,  may  lose  New  York  and  still  carry  the 
country,  although  they  would  not  think  it  safe 
to  run  the  risk,  and  are  exerting  themselves  to 
the  utmost  to  make  themselves  absolutely  safe 
by  winning  the  39  New  York  votes.  During  the 
closing  days  of  the  campaign,  the  fight  in  New 
York  will  therefore  become  very  intense. 


518 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  NEW  YORK  "  HERALD'S  "  CHART  INDICATING  THE  CONDITIONS  AT  THE  OPENING  OF  THE  PRESIDENTIAL  CONTEST  OF  1904. 


"Conceded"  At  the  very  outset  of  the  campaign 
"Doubtful"  it  was  conceded  by  the  Republicans 
states.  i]xa,t  the  Democrats  would  probably 
in  any  case  have  the  162  electoral  votes  of  the 
following  States  :  Alabama,  Arkansas,  Delaware, 
Florida,  Georgia,  Kentucky,  Louisiana,  Mary- 
land, Mississippi,  Missouri,  North  Carolina,  South 
Carolina,  Tennessee,  Texas,  and  Virginia.  Con- 
ditions have  since  changed  somewhat  in  Dela- 
ware through  the  patching  up  of  the  feud  be- 
tween the  Addicks  faction  and  the  regular 
Republicans,  but  as  the  campaign  approaches  an 
end,  it  is  probably  fair  to  say  that  the  Republi- 
cans do  not  expect  to  have  an  electoral  vote 
from  any  of  the  other  States  mentioned  in  the 
list  above.  The  States  regarded  from  the  outset 
as  most  certainly  Republican,  and  virtually  con- 
ceded to  be  such  by  the  Democratic  campaign 
managers,  were,  to  take  them  alphabetically,  Cal- 
ifornia, Iowa,  Kansas,  Maine,  Massachusetts, 
Michigan,  Minnesota,  Nebraska,  Nevada,,  New 
Hampshire,  North  Dakota,  Ohio,  Oregon,  Penn- 
sylvania,, Rhode  Island,  South  Dakota,  Ver- 
mont, Washington,  and  Wyoming.  These  States 
have  a  total  electoral  vote  of  180.  As  the  cam- 
paign advances,  the  Democrats  become  more 
hopeful  as  respects  one  or  two  of  the  smaller  of 
these  Slates, — Nevada,  lor  example.  But  little 
or  nothing  has  happened  to  change  the  early  ex- 
pectation that  all  the  more  important  of  these 
States   would    cast    their    electoral    vote   for   the 


Roosevelt  and  Fairbanks  ticket.  If  these  two 
lists,  then,  be  allowed  to  stand,  there  will  re- 
main 134  electoral  votes  belonging  to  the  States 
not  conceded  in  advance  to  either  party.  From 
this  list  of  so-called  "doubtful"  States,  the  Re- 
publicans, in  order  to  get  the  necessary  majority 
of  239  votes  from  the  total  body  of  electors, 
would  have  to  win  at  least  59,  while  the  Demo- 
crats must  wdn  at  least  77.  Eleven  States  have 
been  commonly  assigned  to  this  list,  and  they 
are  as  follows,  in  the  order  of  their  political  im- 
portance, with  the  number  of  their  respective 
electoral  votes:  New  York,  39  ;  Illinois.  27  : 
Indiana,  .15  ;  Wisconsin,  13  ;  New  Jersey,  12  ; 
Connecticut,  7  ;  West  Virginia,  7  ;  Colorado,  5  ; 
Montana,  3  ;  Utah,  3,  and  Idaho,  3. 

„    „  ,„.      As  October  advanced,  the  confidence 

The  Drifting  ,       „  ,,      , 

straws  of  ot  the  Republicans  seemed  to  increase 
Opinion.  very  steadily,  and  the  opinion  seemed 
to  prevail  quite  generally  throughout  the  coun- 
try that  Mr.  Roosevelt  would  be  elected.  Such 
a  result,  however,  was  by  no  means  a  certainty, 
and  the  Republican  managers  were  not  a  little 
apprehensive  lest  their  cause  might  s\if!er  from 
over-confidence.  While  no  particular  importance 
should  attach  to  the  election  betting,  and  while 
on  many  occasions  the  odds  as  published  are  the 
result  of  campaign  devices  and  strategies,  it  is 
still  true  that  to  some  extent  the  recording  of 
election   bets   in  Wall   Street  indicates  the  drift 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


519 


of  opinion  among  tolerably  shrewd  men  as  to 
how   the  political   tides  are   setting.     Thus,   in 

July,  very  soon  after  .Judge  Parker's  nomina- 
tion, the  prevailing  odds  were  10  to  7  in  favor 
of  Roosevelt  on  the  general  result.  In  the  mid- 
dle of  October  the  odds  had  become  4  to  1.  As 
explained  in  these  pages  last  month,  the  princi- 
pal campaign  activities  were  deferred  until  Oc- 
tober. Even  then  the  campaign  was  marked  by 
a  general  calmness  and  lack  of  the  noisy  and  spec- 
tacular incidents  that  have  usually  accompanied 
Presidential  elections.  There  remained,  of  course, 
room  in  the  last  week  of  October  and  the  first 
k  of  November  for  some  marked  change  in 
the  current ;  but,  so  far  as  could  be  judged  in  a 
period  when  impartial  views  are  naturally  very 
difficult  to  obtain,  the  Republicans  were  much 
more  hopeful  than  the  Democrats,  and  with  ap- 
parently good  reason  for  their  optimism. 

Tt    had    been    found   useless   to   try, 
PeASathnt     through  the  months  of  July,  August, 
and  September,  to  galvanize  a  cheer- 
ful but  apathetic  public  into  a  mood  of  political 
furor.     It  was    therefore    determined  that    the 
demonstrative  side  of  the  campaign  should  be 


postponed  until  October  1.  But  even  then  the 
public  maintained  its  calmness,  persisted  in  giv- 
ing its  attention  to  the  ordinary  affairs  of  life, 
and  did  not  clamor  at  all  for  spellbinders,  torch- 
light parades,  or  political  documents.  It  was 
not  until  the  middle  of  October  that  the  observer 
could  begin  to  discover  any  of  those  outward 
signs  that  have  usually  marked  a  Presidential 
election  period.  Day  after  day  spent  upon  the 
exposition  grounds  at  St.  Louis,  with  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  men  passing  under  inspection, 
failed  to  discover  half-a-dozen  campaign  buttons 
or  badges.  In  the  trains,  on  the  street  cars, 
and  in  places  where  men  congregate,  there  was 
almost  as  little  political  talk  to  be  overheard  as 
in  an  off  year.  Heated  discussions  like  those  of 
1896  or  1900  were  hardly  to  be  heard  anywhere. 
At  national  campaign  headquarters,  in  NewYork, 
while  doubtless  there  was  due  diligence  on  the 
part  of  those  in  authority,  the  visitor  could  dis- 
cover no  signs  of  tense  effort  or  thrilling  activity. 
On-the  contrary,  the  political  headquarters  were 
among  the  least  strenuous  and  bustling  places, 
so  far  as  visible  indications  went,  to  be  found 
anywhere  in  the  metropolis.  The  chief  topic 
was  the  apparent  total  lack  of  political  interest. 


AS   IT  WAS   IN  1896  AND  1900;  AS  IT  IS  IN  1904.— CHANGED  TIMES   FOR  THE  CAMPAIGN  ORATOR. 

From  the  Plain  Dealer  (Cleveland). 


520 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


This  was  partly  to  be  accounted  for 
Campaign  by  the  reduced  size  of  the  campaign 
Money-  funds.  The  estimate  that  the  Repub- 
licans have  had  less  than  half  as  much  to  spend 
this  year  as  they  had  four  years  ago  would  hard- 
ly be  contradicted  by  those  who  know  the  facts. 
The  Democratic  funds  are  probably  much  larger 
this  year  than  four  yeai-s  ago,  for  the  reason 
that  the  Parker  candidacy  was  promoted  and 
secured  by  Eastern  men  of  financial  strength 
and  influence,  while  the  Bryan  movement  of  four 
years  and  eight  years  ago  was  distinctly  a  poor 
man's  movement,  and  was  supported  by  intense 
feeling  and  enthusiasm  rather  than  by  cash.  But 
there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  the  Democrats 
this  year  have  much,  it'  any,  more  money  to 
spend  than  the  Republicans.  It  is  not  alone  in 
the  Wall  Street  betting  odds  that  the  Republi- 
can cause  has  been  looking  up  in  that  particular 
center  of  interest.  A  great  many  Wall  Street 
men  are  now  of  opinion  that  it  was  a  very  sal- 
utary thing  for  the  business  of  the  country  That 
the  Northern  Securities  litigation  was  entered 
upon  by  President  Roosevelt.  The  earlier  belief 
that  business  and  corporation  interests  centering 


"Till".   DEMOCRATIC    PARTY    HAS   No   INDUSTRIAL   FAVORITES   1 
ISES  (>U    IIV    THREATS,    IT    CAN    DRAW    CAMPAIGN    SUBSCR1 

body,  treasurer  National  Democratic  Committee. 

From  t  lie  Leader  (Cleveland  I. 


in  New  York  would  this  year  withhold  both 
votes  and  money  from  Republican  support  has 
not  been  borne  out: 

There    has    been    a    widespread    at- 

Mr.  Cortelyou  ,         .,  V  ,      .     ,  r 

and  the  tempt  to  make  it  appear  that  Mr. 
Trusts.  Cortelyou,  chairman  of  the  Repub- 
lican National  Committee,  has  been  engaged  in 
blackmailing  corporations  for  political  funds. 
An  air  of  good  faith  and  plausibility  has  been 
given  to  this  accusation  by  the  placing  of  much 
stress  upon  Mr.  Cortelyou's  recent  relations  to 
the  business  of  the  country  in  his  position  as 
Secretary  of  Commerce  and  Labor.  This  new 
department  at  Washington  has  power  to  investi- 
gate, under  the  President's  direction,  certain  mat- 
ters relating  to  interstate  commerce  ;  and  its 
Bureau  of  Corporations  may  also  look  into  al- 
leged abuses  on  the  part  of  any  of  the  so-called 
trusts.  The  new  department  has,  however,  a 
vast  number  of  other  interests  and  duties  per- 
taining to  it.  It  has  occurred  to  some  ingenious 
minds  that  Mr.  Cortelyou  might  have  been 
employing  his  brief  period  as  Secretary  of 
Commerce  in  prying  into  the  secrets  of  corpora- 
tions, in  order  that  he 
might  subsequently  use 
these  as  a  means  by 
which  to  extort  cam 
p  a  i  gn  contributions. 
Having  conceived  of 
such  a  thing  as  possi- 
ble, several  of  the  New 
York  n  e  w  s  p  a  p  e  r  s 
adopted  the  assump- 
tion that  the  possible 
was  the  real.  For 
weeks  past,  therefore, 
they  have  day  by  day 
made  general  charges 
and  accusations.  Of 
course,  the  simple  fact 
is  that  Mr.  Cortelyou 
did  not  spend  even  a 
fractional  part  of  his 
time  as  Secretary  in 
prying  into  the  secrets 
of  corporations.  As  for 
getting  such  secrel  - 
campaign  use,  nobody 
had  any  idea  that  he 
would  have  the  cam- 
paign on  his  hands. 
Mr.  llanna's  illness  and 
death  made  it  w 
sary  to  find  a  new  chair- 
man. V  a  r  ions  men 
were  invited  to  take  I  lie 


ROM    WHOM.  EITHER   BY   PROM- 

ptjons."    George   Foster  Pea- 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


521 


THE  DOUBLE-HEADED  CORTELYOL',— A  WORD  TO  THE  WISE. 

The  Chairman  Head:  "Better  get  on  good  terms  with 
my  other  head  ;  he's  got  a  good  memory." 

From  the  Brooklyn  Eagle  (New  York). 

arduous  post,  but  for  one  reason  or  another  they 
could  not  assume  a  responsibility  that  usually 
taxes  both  time  and  physical  strength  so  severely. 


The 
Real 


Mr.  Cortelyou's  final  selection,  far 
from  being  made  with  a  view  to  get- 
Corteiyou.  ^\ng  campaign  funds,  was  sharply 
criticised  and  much  opposed  on  the  ground  that 
his  inexperience  and  lack  of  acquaintance  with 
business  men  would  much  increase  the  difficulty 
of  raising  money.  He  was  selected  because  of 
his  remarkable  executive  abilities,  his  loyal  and 
sincere  qualities  (so  thoroughly  tested  by  three 
Presidents),  and  the  harmonious  feeling  likely 
to  result  from  the  choice  of  a  man  thoroughly 
trusted  and  esteemed  by  the  especial  friends 
and  supporters  of  the  late  Mr.  McKinley  and 
the  late  Mr.  Hanna,  on  the  one  hand,  and  on 
the  other  by  the  friends  and  supporters  of  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt.  Every  true  and  thoughtful 
citizen,  whatever  his  party,  wishes  to  see  poli- 
tics run  on  legitimate  lines.  The  country  is  to 
be  congratulated  when  high-minded  men  do 
hard,  energetic  political  work,  while  repudiating 
every  form  of  corruption  or  fraud.  Mr.  Cor- 
telyou's selection  was  honorable  and  creditable. 
It  adds  grievously  to  the  difficulties  in  the  way 
of  political  progress  when  the  newspapers  that 
assume  to  stand  for  the  highest  and  best  things 
carry  on  campaigns  of  slander,  preferring  to 
call  the  good  bad  and  the  bad  good. 


It  is  undeniable  that  men  of  honor 

of  the       and  good  faith  like  President  Roose- 

Contest.      yelt  and   Mr    Cortelyou    have   been 

much  more  fairly  treated  throughout  this  cam- 
paign by  the  regular  Democratic  newspapers 
than  by  the  so-called  independent  press,  which 
has  carried  malignity  into  a  contest  from  which 
that  quality  of  mind  has  otherwise  been  happily 
absent.  The  Democrats  have  been  quite  justified, 
in  accordance  with  the  traditions  of  party  cam- 
paigning, in  making  all  the  capital  they  could 
out  of  the  Philippine  question,  the  tariff  ques- 
tion, Republican  extravagance,  or  any  other 
aspect  of  public  policy.  The  Republicans,  on 
their  part,  have  been  justified  in  pointing  out 
the  essential  incoherence  of  the  Democratic 
party,  and  the  reasons  why  it  should  not  now 
be  intrusted  with  the  powers  of  government. 
In  a  general  way,  the  campaign  has  been  one 
of  remarkably  good  temper.  There  has  been 
scrupulously  fair  personal  treatment  of  Judge 
Parker  ;  in  the  main,  there  has  been  as  good 
treatment  of  President  Roosevelt  as  could  have 
been  expected.  Obviously,  Mr.  Roosevelt  was 
the  more  open  to  attack,  because  the  real  issue 
of  the  campaign  is  his  record  as  President.  The 
attacks  have  nearly  all  been  along  the  lines  of 
public  action  and  policy,  rather  than  private 
or  personal. 


PEKOCRAtic 

REPUBLtCAN 

BULkETlffl 

BULIETHM  • 

PARKCR  will 

£iy&8  W0UKKK 

SuRtlv  cft^oY 

W      3 

(i)8   ?M4 

NEW   VO1** 

W       "t-1 

Jj 

WE.51  VIRGINIA 

_3&^V'/"s^5 

,<#*= 

Indiana  ANi>T"f 

INDIANA 

wRw  ^  ?  rc 

If'1 

v? 

WES'   ,N  line 
MEW  Vimi<  SAfE 

coast  .-iT  »->£;. 

Av^^^/^ 

'   ^?W 

_ 

1  AVOHA8LE 

.^sSitaiT 

ygf^V       Roost-  Vt  LT              1 

IJHOOE    I51AN0       i 

Wl 

wBs 

lififl     EUCTtI> 

HOPEFUL                   ' 

&■'--  S|i\  BvK^-, 

m&^° 

V. " 

R-wK 

Poire 

^P^-'" 

jd 

i^XjfMMi 

Mbi           ^K 

Jtm?' 

*        11 

~      / 

% 

WzSt^' 

^"**5 

™r 

I 

oil  a 

ill  ll 

..:-i---.— 

W-     ^ 

•-^Sfeifegjj 

SiirV<jjtfi*Z?> 

^tiUJife 

fe&=5:_      -^fc-?- 

-  -- 

—    ^jr^^^v      _t 

^^- 

CONGRATULATIONS  IN  ORDER. 

Roosevelt  :  "  De-e-lighted  to  hear  that  you  have  a  cinch." 
Parker:  "Allow  me  to  congratulate  you.    I  understand 

there  is  no  longer  any  doubt  but  that  you  will  be  elected  to 

the  high  office  to  which  you  aspire." 

From  the  Journal  (Minneapolis). 


522 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


A  Little- 
Known 
Candidate 


It  is  to  he  noted  as  a  singular  fact 
that  Judge  Parker,  toward  the  end 
of  the  campaign,  still  remains  to  the 
great  majority  of  Americans  a  man  of  mystery, 
— indeed,  almost  a  myth.  The  whole  campaign 
was  marked  by  strong  difference  of  opinion 
among  leading  Democrats  on  the  question 
whither  or  not  Judge  Parker  should  have  made 
a  speaking  tour  of  the  country.  Republicans, 
also,  have,  both  in  the  newspapers  and  in  pri- 
vate circles,  discussed  this  question  a  good  deal. 
Now  that  the  campaign  is  so  near  its  end,  the 
matter  may  be  regarded  in  a  somewhat  academic 
or  historical  light.  On  the  one  hand,  it  is  said 
that  no  candidate  for  the  Presidency  was  ever 
elected  who  made  a  stumping  campaign  on  his 
own  behalf.  Perhaps  a  fair  answer  to  this 
point  would  be  that  circumstances  alter  cases, 
and  that  no  two  campaigns  are  alike.  It  makes 
a  difference  whether  a  candidate  is  already  well 
known  to  the  people  or  not.  it  also  makes  a 
difference  whether  the  voters  are  principally 
choosing  between  candidates,  between  parties, 
or  between  opposite  sides  of  questions.  Thus, 
in  1896  it  was  not  a  question  of  the  personality 
of  candidates,  nor  yet  one  of  a  choice  between 
parties.  It  was  rather  a  matter  of  decision 
upon  a  controverted  public  question, — namely, 
that  of  money.  In  1892,  it  was  mainly  a  ques- 
tion of  parties  with  respect  to  policy  on  a  great 
issue, — the  tariff.  Mr.  Cleveland  and  Mr. 
Harrison  were  both  highly  respected  candidates, 
and  the  personal  equation  did  not  rule  the  case. 
This  year,  particular  questions  are  not  very 
sharply  dividing  public  opinion.  Party  feeling 
is  not  acute.  The  question  is  one  mainly  of 
confidence  or  lack  of  confidence  in  President 
Roosevelt's  ability  to  direct  the  affairs  of  the 
country  wisely  for  another  four  years.  The 
dominating  question  of  President  Roosevelt's 
personality  gives  great  importance  to  the  next 
question  of  interest,  which  is  that  of  the  person- 
ality of  the  man  who  is  proposed  hy  the  Demo- 
crats to  take  his  place. 


An 


Looking  at  the  situation  from  this 
Unutilized  standpoint,  the  best  asset  of  theanti- 
Asset-  Roosevelt  forces  this  year  is  Judge 
Parker  himself.  The  mere  utterances  of  a  man 
on  certain  topics  with  which  he  is  not  very 
familiar  are  of  small  consequence  when  com- 
pared with  the  qualities  of  the  man  himself. 
His  firmness,  sagacity,  intelligence,  and,  in  gen- 
eral, his  power  to  meet  situations  as  they  ma} 
present  t liemselves,  are  what  the  people  want 
to  know  about.  A  New  York  workingman,  a 
Democrat  and  a  supporter  of  the  ticket,  re 
marked,  rather  dubiously,  last  mouth,  ••  1  reckon 


that  the  Jedge  hain't  quite  riz  to  the  occasiou." 
Whatever  of  truth  there  may  he  in  this  remark 
may  be  attributed  to  bad  advice  on  the  part  of 
the  Democratic  managers.  The  country  has 
not  really  cared  to  know  how  ingenious  Judge 
Parker  might  be  in  the  making  of  phrases  or  in 
the  creating  of  issues  in  his  letter  of  acceptance. 
President  Eliot  is  quoted  as  saying  that  the 
Judge's  style  is  prolix  and  otherwise  imperfect. 
But  the  people  care  very  little  about  that.  Mr. 
Cleveland's  style  has  been  very  much  criticised, 
and  there  be  many  purists  who  object  to  Mr. 
Roosevelt's  way  of  using  the  English  language. 
The  people  have  wanted  to  see,  hear,  and  know 
the  man,  not  the  rhetorician  or  debater. 

Nobody  would  have  expected  Judge 
Rather  Than  Alton  B.  Parker,  of  Albany  and  Eso- 
His  views.  puS;  N_  Y  f  forthwlth  and  immediate- 
ly after  being  made  a  candidate,  to  evolve  the 
last  word  of  wisdom  on  extravagance  in  govern- 
ment expenditures,  on  the  workings  of  the  tariff 
system,  or  on  our  dealings  with  the  people  of 
the  Philippine  Islands.  Every  one  knows  that. 
if  elected  President,  Judge  Parker  will  begin  to 
understand  about  federal  expenditures  when  his 
departments  and  bureaus  are  making  up  their 
first  annual  estimates  and  the  budget  becomes  a 
concrete  condition  rather  than  a  theory.  Mr. 
McKinley's  long  service  in  Congress  had,  of 
course,  made  him  familiar  to  the  last  detail  with 
budgetary    matters,    tariff    legislation,    and    the 


Mr.  Parker:  "These  are  the  targets  we're  going  to  shoot 
at."    From  the  Tribune  (Chicago). 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


523 


like.  Mr.  Cleveland  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  on  the 
other  hand,  went  into  the  Presidency  without 
such  grounds  of  practical  knowledge.  Mr.  Par- 
ker could  not  fairly  be  expected  to  be  any  wiser 
at  the  outset  than  these  two  eminent  public  men. 
The  country  knows  this,  and  it  cares  very  little 
whether  or  not  Judge  Parker  agrees  exactly 
with  the  form  of  words  used  by  the  obscure  in- 
dividual who  writes  the  literature  for  the  Anti- 
Imperialist  League  or  with  the  similarly  un- 
known author  who  has  turned  out  the  documents 
signed  by  the  prosperous  corporation  lawyers 
whose  names  adorn  the  letter-heads  of  the  Par- 
ker Constitution  Club.  Every  one  who  thinks 
a  very  little  knows  that,  if  elected  President, 
Judge  Parker  will  have  a  conference  with  the 
distinguished  Democrat,  Gen.  Luke  E.  Wright, 
who  is  now  governor  of  the  Philippines,  and  will 
take  hold  of  that  business  in  a  practical  way, 
with  very  little  time  to  give  to  the  lucubrations 
of  the  Anti-Imperialist  League.  And  likewise, 
everybody  knows  quite  well  that  the  Constitu- 
tion of  our  beloved  country  will  be  most  sacred- 
ly and  beautifully  observed  by  any  candidate 
now  running, — whether  Roosevelt,  Parker,  Wat- 
son, Swallow,  or  Debs, — and  that  none  of  these 
could  hurt  the  Constitution  appreciably,  even  if 
he  so  desired  ;  whereas  every  oue  of  the  five  is 
honest  and  patriotic,  and  would  scrupulously  ob- 
serve the  obligations  of  an  oath  of  office.  It  is  not, 
therefore,  Judge  Parker's  improvised  views, — or 
his  campaign  predilections  touching  public  mat- 
ters with  which  he  has  not  yet  come  into  contact, 
— that  the  country  really  cares  anything  about. 
What,  on  the  other  hand,  the  country  does  care 
a  great  deal  about  is  the  personality  of  the  man. 

„,    ,.  Judge  Parker  was  unanimously  nom- 

The  Tour  °  .  J 

That  Was  inated  at  St.  Louis  by  a  great  con- 
Not  Made.  vention  representing  all  the  States 
and  Territories.  Out  of  all  the  throng  there 
gathered,  only  a  little  handful  of  men  had  ever 
so  much  as  seen  him.  Is  it  not  fair  to  suppose 
that  it  would  have  been  a  great  help  to  Judge 
Parker's  candidacy  if  he  had  gone  into  a  large 
number  of  States,  met  the  party  leaders  who 
had  nominated  him,  and  attended  mass  meetings 
held  in  his  honor  ?  There  would  have  been  no 
reason  for  long  speeches  on  subjects  not  really 
before  the  people.  The  situation  is  as  different 
as  possible  from  that  which  existed  when  Mr. 
Bryan  was  making  his  two  campaigns.  It  is 
true  enough  that  the  occasion  did  not  require 
Judge  Parker  to  transform  himself  into  a  great 
platform  speaker,  or  to  exhaust  himself  in  a  cam- 
paign of  incessant  public  argument  or  debate. 
There  were  plenty  of  other  men  to  do  the  heavy 
stumping.      What  the  people  wanted  was  to  come 


FOR  PRESIDENT 

AigoN 

Parker 


OF 
NEW  YORK 


FOR  VICE  PRESIDENT 

HENRY 

Davis 

OF 

WEST  VIRGINIA 


(This  is  reduced  from  a  large  poster  sent  out  by  the  Demo- 
cratic committee.  It  shows  the  fine  face  of  a  candidate 
that  the  voters  would  have  preferred  to  see  in  person.) 

into  some  contact  with  the  Democratic  candidate, 
and  to  form  for  themselves  an  opinion  as  to 
whether  his  personality  and  his  qualities  of  char- 
acter seemed  to  fit  him  for  the  Presidential  office. 
Now,  it  happens  that  Judge  Parker  has  most 
admirable  qualities  of  character,  and  a  remark- 
ably attractive  and  winning  personality  :  and 
men  have  only  to  meet  him  once  to  find  this  out. 
His  duties  as  a  judge  in  years  past  have  kept  him 
from  being  known  to  the  multitude.  A  franker 
and  abler  campaign  management  than  that 
which  has  surrounded  Judge  Parker  would  have 
responded  promptly  to  the  very  suitable  and  nat- 
ural demands  of  the  party,  and  would  have  in- 
troduced the  candidate  to  the  people  on  every 
possible  occasion  in  as  many  towns  and  cities  of 
as  many  States  as  could  have  been  visited  dur- 
ing three  months. 

.    „         ,  ,  Mr.  Roosevelt,  of  course,  could  not, 

Mr.  Roosevelt  s         _         .  ,  ', 

Wide  as  1  resident,  do  any  campaign  tour- 
Acquamtance.  -^  between  the  nomination  and  the 
election.     But   for   several  years    he   has    been 


524 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


much  in  evidence  throughout  the  entire  coun- 
try. Four  years  ago,  his  speaking  tours  were 
very  extensive  ;  and  more  recently,  as  Presi- 
dent, lie  lias  been  seen  and  heard  from  the  At- 
lantic to  the  Pacific.  He  has  many  personal  and 
private  friends  in  every  State  and  Territory, 
and  there  are  several  millions  of  people  in  the 
country  who  have  either  seen  him  or  heard  him 
speak.  Judge  Parker  is  known  to  the  legal  pro- 
fession of  the  State  of  New  York,  but  not  to 
very  many  people  of  other  callings  even  in  his 
own  commonwealth,  while  outside  of  the  State 
of  New  York  he  is  not  known  personally  to  any 
considerable  number  of  people.'  He  could  not 
in  three  or  four  months  have  penetrated  to  every 
nook  and  corner  of  the  country,  but  he  could 
easily  have  attended  political  receptions  and 
gatherings  in  very  many  places,  leaving  to  other 
people  the  debating  of  points  raised  by  him  in 
his  speech  and  letter  of  acceptance,  but  respond- 
ing in  a  brief  way  to  the  greetings  of  his  fellow- 
citizens,  and  impressing  upon  hosts  of  influential 
men  throughout  the  country  his  very  agreeable 
and  reassuring  personality.  The  Roosevelt  cam 
paign  had  really  been  made  in  advance  of  the 
convention  that  nominated  him,  and  there  re- 
mained nothing  for  the  Republican  National 
Committee  to  do  except  to  use  due  diligence  to 
take  care  of  the  party  situation  and  to  see  that  the 
voters  were  registered  and  brought  to  the  polls. 

_.  The  opposition,   on  the  other  hand. 

Democratic    had   not  only  to   push  the  negative 

,s  a  e'      side  of  its  campaign, — namely,  that 

of  attack  upon  Republican  candidates,  policies, 


and  record. — but  it  had  also  to  spare  no  effort  in 
pushing  the  positive  side, — that  of  enthusiasm 
for  its  candidate  as  a  personal  leader.  This 
positive  side  it  has  sadly  neglected,  with  injus- 
tice to  its  candidate,  and  with  what  seems  to  be 
practical  loss  to  its  cause.  This,  to  sum  up  again, 
— this  is  not  so  much  a  campaign  of  questions 
as  of  persons.  The  Republicans  hold  most  posi- 
tively that  the  country  ought  to  seize  the  oppor- 
tunity to  prolong  the  Rooseveltian  period  un- 
til March,  1909.  The  Democrats  seem  to  have 
forgotten  that  it  was  not  enough  for  them  to  at- 
tack Rooseveltism,  but  that  they  were  also  ex- 
pected to  build  up  at  the  same  time  a  warm  and 
convinced  support  for  their  own  candidate. 


Voters 
wli.it  they 


(to  candidate 

would  saj ." 


Parker):  "Yes,  Judge,  bul  we  knew 
Prom  tin-  Leader  (Cleveland). 


Photograph  by  Davis  &  Sanford,  New  York. 

HOW.    PBANCIS   BURTON  HARRISON. 

(Who  Is  making  an  active  campaign  as  Democratic  candi 
date  for  lieutenant-governor  of  New  York.) 

Politics      T"  the  closing  days  of  the  campaign, 

in  local  situations  often  change  rapidly. 

New  York.     ^  a^&]]  endeavor  t()  record   some 

current  opinions,  but  shall  venture  upon  no 
prophecies  oi  our  own.  (hi  the  1st  of  (  Ictober,  it 
seemed  to  he  the  real  opinion  of  politicians 
the  State  of  New  York  would  go  Democratic. 
A  little  later,  the  Republicans  began  to  think 
they  would  pull  the  Roosevelt  electoral  ticket 
through,  hut  would  lose  the  State  ticket  headed 
by  Mr.  Biggins.  Reports  from  various  parts  of 
the  country  that  Roosevelt  was  almost  certainly 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


525 


going  to  be  elected  seemed  later  to  affect  the 
drift  of  things  in  New  York.  There  had  been 
a  prevalent  notion  that  Mr.  Higgins  would  not 
poll  the  normal  party  vote  ;  and  many  people 
who  wished  to  vote  against  Governor  Udell's 
mastery  of  the  State  organization  were  expected 
to  vote  the  Democratic  State  ticket.  In  the  face 
of  this  impression,  however,  there  began  to  ap 
pear  the  most  remarkable  tributes,  evidently 
sincere,  to  the  character  and  fitness  of  Mr.  Hig 
gins.  President  Roosevelt's  high  opinion  of  him 
became  known,  and  Republicans  of  national  fame 
like  Mr.  Root  were  saying  in  public  and  private 
that  Mr.  Higgins  was  better  qualified  for  the 
duties  of  the  governor's  office  than  any  man  pro- 
posed by  either  party  during  many  years  past. 
As  for  Judge  Hemck,  there  seemed  also  a  steady 
growth  of  opinion  favorable  to  his  fitness  and 
ability,  with  the  consequence  that  as  the  election 
drew  near  there  seemed  no  reason  why  New 
York  Democrats  should  not  vote  for  Parker 
and  Herrick  alike,  and  Republicans  for  Roose- 
velt and  Higgins. 


The 


The  situation  in  Wisconsin  had  been 
Wisconsin    greatly  changed   by  the   opinion   of 
Differences.   the  gupremfl  Court  of  the  State  in 
the  matter  at  issue  between  the  two  Republican 


Copyright,  1904,  hy  Straus,  St.  Louis. 


GOVERNOR  LA   FOLLETTE.   OF  WISCONSIN,   FROM    A   NEW 
PHOTOGRAPH. 


factions.  The  court  decided  that  under  the  law 
there  was  no  way  of  going  behind  the  decision 
of  the  State  Central  Committee  of  the  party  as 
to  the  validity  of  conventions.  Since  the  Cen- 
tral Committee  had  indorsed  the  La  Follette 
convention  and  its  proceedings,  the  court  held 
that  the  La  Follette  ticket  was  entitled  to  go  on 
the  official  ballot  paper  under  the  regular  Re- 
publican emblem.  This  led  to  the  withdrawal 
of  Mr.  Cook,  whom  the  Stalwarts  had  nominated 
for  governor,  but  the  Hon.  Edward  W.  Scofield 
was  substituted  for  Mr.  Cook,  and  the  Stalwarts 
decided  to  keep  their  separate  ticket  in  the  field 
under  the  name  "  National  Republican."  This 
action  met  with  the  disapproval  of  the  National 
Campaign  Committee,  which  proceeded  at  once 
to  cooperate  with  the  La  Follette  forces  as 
being  the  regular  Republican  organization.  It 
seemed  to  be  the  general  opinion  that  President 
Roosevelt  would  carry  Wisconsin,  and  that  the 
La  Follette  State  ticket  would  also  win. 


Other 


Copyright,  1904.  by  Prince,  Washington. 

HON.   FRANCIS  W.    HIGGINS,   OF  NEW    YORK. 

(Republican  candidate  for  governor,  as  photographed  last 
month.) 


The  Colorado  situation  was  also  an  in- 
Campaign  teresting  one  last  month,  with  indica- 
Notes.  tions  favorable  for  President  Roose- 
velt, but  with  signs  of  a  close  fight  on  the  State 
ticket.     The  Democratic  candidate,  ex-Governor 


526 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Adams,  seemed  to  be  making  the  most  of  the 
opposition  to  Governor  Peabody  on  the  part  of 
the  organized  labor  elements.  The  effect  of 
Mr.  Bryan's  remarkable  series  of  speeches  in 
Indiana  on  behalf  of  Judge  Parker  has  not  been 
easy  to  estimate.  The  Republicans,  naturally. 
have  exploited  the  view  that  the  Parker  move- 
ment, which  had  as  its  chief  object  the  dethrone- 
ment of  Bryanism  from  control  of  the  Demo- 
cratic party,  was  obliged  in  the  end  to  call  Mr. 
Bryan  to  the  rescue  and  put  him  forward  as  its 
chief  spokesman  and  most    effective  campaign 


HON.   ALVA  ADAMS,   Or  COLORADO. 

(Democratic  candidate  for  governor.) 

orator.  Furthermore,  Mr.  Bryan  in  the  earlier 
part  of  the  campaign  had  spoken  very  frankly 
of  a  party  reorganization  that  he  himself  in- 
tended to  undertake  in  case  of  Judge  Parker's 
defeat.  Whether,  therefore,  the  enthusiasm  of 
the  Indiana  Bryan  men  at  the  appearance  of 
their  old  Leader  could  be  transmuted  into  a 
genuine  Parker  support,  or  whether,  on  the 
Other  hand,  it  indicated  a  keen  recollection  of 
what  had  happened  in  the  St.  Louis  convention, 
and  a  zeal  for  Mr.  Bryan's  future  plans,  can  be 
better  understood  after  election  day.  Mean 
while,  the  Republicans  were  claiming  Indiana  by 
a  small  but  definite  plurality,  and  were  counting 
upon  Illinois  in  very  large  figures. 


Copyright,  1903,  by  J.  E.  Purdy,  Boston. 

THE  LATE  HENRY  C.  PAYNE,  POSTMASTER-GENERAL. 

n    it    .„     Postmaster-General  Pavne,  who  had 

Death  of  the  .  •> 

Postmaster-   been  m  poor  health  tor  a  year  or  two. 

General.        ^^    ^    Yvrasjlington    Qn     October    4. 

He  had  seemed  more  vigorous  in  the  early  sum- 
mer, and  was  prominent  at  the  Chicago  Repub- 
lican convention,  having  succeeded  Mr.  Hanna 
temporarily  as  chairman  of  the  National  Com- 
mittee. President  Roosevelt,  in  his  proclama- 
tion announcing  the  death  of  the  head  of  the 
great  postal  service,  paid  the  following  tribute 
to  Mr.  Payne  : 

Mr.  Payne  was  one  of  the  most  lovable  men  I  ever 
knew,  lie  was  a  man  of  the  highest  integrity  in  all 
his  relations  in  life,  and  gave  to  the  discharge  of  his 
public  duties  more  strength  than  he  could  well  spare. 
The  work  in  the  Post-Office  Department  is  very  coin 
prehensive  and  exacting  ;  he  brought  a  mind  trained 
in  extensive  business  affairs  to  the  consideration  of  its 
development,  and  it  had  striking  growth  under  his 
management. 

Mr.  Payne  was  sixty-one  years  of  age,  was  dur- 
ing the  years  1876—86  postmaster  of  the  city  of 
Milwaukee,  and  for  a  long  period  was  identified 
with  the  business  interests  of  that  community. 
He  had  been  prominent  in  the  councils  of  the 
Republican  party,  lie  had  found  the  duties  of 
his  cabinet  post  very  arduous,  and  had  given 
them  close  attention.  He  had  also  given  the 
fullest  support  to  the  work  which  led  to  the  in- 
dictment of  a  number  of  post-office  officials. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


527 


It  had  been  publicly  announced  some 

I'uccessVrs  time  a§°  tnat  ^Ir-  Payne  intended  to 
retire  from  the  cabinet  soon  after  the 
election,  and  that  the  President  would  then  ap- 
point Mr.  Cortelyou  to  succeed  him.  On  Octo- 
ber 10,  Mr.  Robert  J.  Wynne,  First  Assistant 
Postmaster-General,  was  promoted  to  cabinet 
rank,  with  the  understanding  that  he  would 
serve  for  a  brief  time,  after  which  Mr.  Cortel- 
you would  probably  be  made  Postmaster- General. 
Mr.  AVynne  was  living  in  Washington  as  corre- 
spondent of  the  New  York  Press  at  the  time 
when,  on  April  17,  1902,  Mr.  Roosevelt  made 
him  First  Assistant  in  the  Post-Office  Depart- 


HON.   ROBERT  J.   WYNNE. 

(New  Postmaster-General.) 

ment.  He  is  credited  with  having  done  more 
than  any  one  else  to  initiate  the  investigations 
which  were  carried  out  by  the  Fourth  Assistant 
Postmaster-General,  Mr.  Bristow. 

The  death  of  Senator  Hoar,  of  Mas- 
Nesenat9ors"d  sachusetts,  which  had  been  expected 

for  a  number  of  weeks,  occurred  on 
September  30.  Elsewhere  in  this  number  we 
publish  an  article  characterizing  the  man  and 
his  career,  from  the  pen  of  Dr.  Talcott  Williams. 
The  vacancy  has  been  filled  by  the  appointment 
of  ex-Governor  Winthrop  Murray  Crane,  of 
Dalton,  one  of  the  most  progressive  business 
men  of  New  England,  whose  administration  as 


Copyright,  1900,  by  J.  E.  Purdy  ,  Boston. 

HON.   WINTHROP  MURRAY  CRANE. 

(Who  succeeds  the  late  Senator  Hoar,  of  Massachusetts.) 

governor  of  the  State  was  commended  by  men 
of  all  parties.  It  is  no  secret  that  Mr.  Crane 
was  President  Roosevelt's  first  choice  as  the 
manager  of  the  present  campaign.  It  is  the 
New  England  habit  to  send  good  men  to  the 
United  States  Senate,  and  to  keep  them  there 
term  after  term.  Mr.  Crane  is  likely,  there- 
fore, to  remain  for  a  long  time  to  come  as  the 
colleague  of  Mr.  Lodge.  Senator  Proctor,  of 
Vermont,  was  last  month  reelected  to  the  Sen- 
ate for  a  third  term. 

Apart  from  the  expected  return  of 
MRemaa1n°  Mr-  Cortelyou  to  the  President's  cab- 
inet, no  other  changes  in  the  group 
of  department  chiefs  have  been  foreshadowed. 
If  reelected,  President  Roosevelt  will  presuma- 
bly invite  the  members  of  his  cabinet  to  retain 
their  portfolios  after  the  4th  of  March.  The 
country  was  interested  to  learn,  last  month, 
through  an  interview  with  President  Benjamin 
Ide  "Wheeler,  of  the  University  of  California, 
published  in  the  Chicago  Tribune,  that  Mr.  Hay, 
whose  health  seems  much  firmer  than  several 


528 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


years  ago,  would  remain  as  Secretary  of  State 
in  case  of  a  Republican  victory.  Dr.  Wheeler, 
as  a  close  friend  of  Mr.  Hay,  as  well  as  of  the 
President,  would  not  have  made  such  a  declara- 
tion without  knowing  his  ground.  Mr.  Hay's 
prestige  as  the  American  foreign  minister  is  so 
great  throughout  the 
world  that  his  prob- 
able continuance  in 
public  life  becomes  a 
matte  r  of  interna- 
tional news  of  first 
class  importance. 

_„  „  ..    ,    All  of  the 

The  Cabinet 

and  Others     111  e  111  D  C  r S 
on  the  Stump.  q{  ^  ^ 

inet  have  taken  some 
part  in  the  political 
canvass,  the  most  ac- 
tive campaigners  be- 
ing Secretary  T  a  f  t 
and  Secretary  Shaw. 
Mr.  Tafthas  naturally 
devoted  himself  in 
particular  to  the  Phil- 
ippine question  in  an- 
swer to  Democratic  at- 
tacks, while  Mr.  Shaw 
has  given  more  atten- 
tion to  the  tariff  and 
the  various  topics  re- 
lating to  public  rev- 
enue and  expenditure. 
The  most  extended 
campaign  tours  on  the 
Republican  side  have 
been  made  by  Senator 
Fairbanks,  the  candi- 
date for  Vice-Presi- 
dent, who  has  been 
well  received  in  all 
parts  of  the  country 
and  has  made  an  ex 
(•client  impression  as 
a  man  of  sagacity  and 
conservative  ideas. 
The  s  [leaking  cam- 
paign, as  we  have  al- 
ready   said,    did     not 

become  extremely  active  until  after  the  middle 
of  ( >ctober.  It  was  in  the  main  conducted  upon 
a  high  plane,  and  appealed  rather  to  tin'  intel- 
ligence than  to  the  passion  or  prejudice  of  the 
Voters.        Both     parties     brought     forward     their 

ablest  speakers,  as  the  campaign  advanced,  Eor 

service  in  New  York,  Indiana,  and  the  more  im- 
portant doubtful  Stales 


It  is  undoubtedly  true,  however,  that 

A  Reading,        ,  V.  ,  , 

Not  a  Speak-  the   campaign   this  year  has   been  a 
ing,  Contest.  reh(\[ng  rather  than   a  speaking  af 
fair.     The  principal  work  has  been  done  by  the 
newspapers  and  periodicals.   The  campaign  com- 
mittees on  both  sides  have  confined   themselves 

to  a  comparatively 


Copyright)  1904, 1'VK-  I-    Dunn 

SENATOR   FAIRBANKS,    CANDIDA 
APPEARED  (IN  THE 


small  numberof  docu 
ments  and  brochures, 
care  fully  selected,  and 
of  a  better  quality 
than  the  average  of 
former  campaigns. 
Upon  this  point,  Mr. 
Louis  A.  Coolidge,  di- 
rector of  the  literary 
bureau  at  the  Repub 
lican  national  head- 
quarters, New  York. 
in  reply  to  an  inquiry 
late  in  October,  wrote 
a  letter  from  which 
we  are  at  liberty  to 
quote.  By  way  of  pre- 
1 1  m  i  n  a  r  y ,  we  may 
quote  from  another 
letter  of  Mr.  Cool- 
ldge's.  as  follows  : 

Our  greatest  asset  in 
this  campaign  has  been 
the  personality  of  our 
candidate.  We  have 
played  that  up  in  every 
possible  way,  and,  as  you 
may  imagine,  have  wel- 
comed the  Democratic 
attacks,  which  have  giv- 
en us  all  the  greater  op- 
portunity for  exploiting 
the  real  Roosevelt. 

The  letter  cited  above 
came  to  our  desk 
after  the  paragraphs 
on  a  preceding  page 
had  been  written  in 
which  it  is  attempted 
to  show  that  the  Dem- 
ocrats made  an  error 
in  failing  to  appi 
ate  the  value  as  a 
campaign  asset  ot  the 

line    personality    of   their   own    candidate.      Mr. 

Coolidge's    letter    to    the    editor  of    this    REVIEW 

on  campaign  literature  is  of  much  interest.      It 

is  as  follows  : 

Vim   ask    me  what    forms   of    Republican   campaign 
literature  have,  in   these  recent  weeks,  been  found  must 

in  demand. 

I  do  not  know  how  I  cau  answer  this  question  better 


TE    FOK    VICE-PRESIDENT,    AS    BE 

STl'.Ml'    LAST    MONTH. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


529 


than  by  indicating  the  kind  of  documents  which  we 
have  published  in  large  quantities.  First  of  all  comes 
the  President's  letter  of  acceptance,  which  has  been  cir- 
culated more  widely  than  any  other  document  issued 
by  the  committee,  and  which  has  evidently  been  read 
with  eagerness  and  conviction  wherever  it  has  gone.  I 
doubt  whether  any  more  effective  campaign  document 
was  ever  published. 

Next  to  the  President's  letter  there  come  the  speeches 
of  Secretary  Root  at  the  Chicago  convention  and  Sec- 
retary Hay  at  the  celebration  at  Jackson,  Mich. 
These  two  documents,  covering  the  record  of  the  Re- 
publican party,  and  especially  of  the  McKinley  and 
Roosevelt  administrations,  were  published  together  in 
a  single  pamphlet,  and  have  great  influence.  Early  in 
the  campaign  they  were  printed  for  private  distribu- 
tion by  friends  of  the  President  in  New  York  in  espe- 
cially handsome  form,  under  the  title  "The  Republican 
Party,  a  Party  Fit  to  Govern,"  and  circulated  among 
lawyers  and  business  men  throughout  the  State.  The 
effect  was  immediate  and  pronounced. 

Aside  from  these  documents,  very  few  pamphlets  of 
any  kind  have  been  issued  by  the  committee.  It  has 
been  our  belief  that  a  better  effect  would  be  produced 
by  issuing  a  few  strong  documents  in  an  attractive 
form  than  by  issuing  a  great  number  of  documents  in 
a  cheap  guise.  The  only  pamphlets  issued  in  large 
quantities  by  the  committee  besides  the  letter  of  ac- 
ceptance and  the  Root  Hay  pamphlet  have  been  the 
speech  of  acceptance  ;  the  President's  record  in  regard 
to  labor,  entitled  "  The  Elevation  of  Labor  ; "  the  Presi- 
dent's military  record,  prepared  by  Gen.  H.  V.  Boyn- 
ton  from  the  official  papers,  and  a  compilation  from 
the  President's  speeches  and  writings,  entitled  "What 
Roosevelt  Says." 

The  commi  tee  has  been  assisted  greatly  by  docu 
ments  published  by  private  concerns  which  were  bought 
in  large  quantities  for  distribution.  Chief  among  these 
is  "Issues  of  a  New  Epoch," by  Joseph  Bucklin  Bishop, 
a  pamphlet  giving  the  history  of  the  President's  action 
in  the  coal  strike,  in  Panama,  and  in  the  Philippines. 

For  the  first  time  in  a  national  campaign,  some  use 
was  made  of  more  ambitious  documents  than  the  ordi- 
nary pamphlet.  "The  Roosevelt  Doctrine,"  a  compila- 
tion from  the  President's  addresses  and  messages,  was 
widely  circulated.  So  also  was  a  booklet  entitled  "A 
Square  Deal  for  Every  Man,"  consisting  ^>f  short  and 
pithy  quotations. 

Another  innovation  was  the  use  of  illustrated  docu- 
ments ;  the  most  ambitious  of  these  has  been  "  Our 
Patriotic  President,"  which  was  in  effect  the  story  of 
the  President's  life  told  in  pictures,  with  appropriate 
quotations.  "Lest  We  Forget,"  a  booklet  consisting 
entirely  of  photographic  reproductions  from  Leslie's 
and  Harper's  Weekly  during  the  financial  distress  in 
the  second  Cleveland  administration  proved  to  be  an 
exceedingly  effective  document,  and  was  issued  in  great 
quantities.  But  more  effective  than  all  documents  put 
together  has  been  the  work  of  the  Republican  news- 
papers all  over  the  United  States,  which  began  early 
and  has  continued  to  the  end  with  cumulative  force. 

Our  only  object  has  been  to  present  as  clearly,  truth- 
fully, and  forcefully  as  possible  the  record  of  the  party 
and  of  its  candidates.  Our  experience  has  shown  that 
that  is  what  the  voters  are  most  anxious  to  get.  We  have 
depended  hardly  at  all  upon  Congressional  speeches. 
Only  two  documents  have  been  sent  out  under  frank,— 
"What  Roosevelt  Says  "and  "The  Elevation  of  Labor." 


This  is  a  remarkably  frank  statement,  and  it 
discloses  something  of  the  spirit  as  well  as  the 
method  of  the  work  at  Republican  headquarters. 

The  documents  used  by  the  Demo- 

Panama  .,  ,  .        .      J  . 

as  an  crats  are  able  and  vigorous  attacks 
issue.  Up0n  th.e  party  in  power,  chiefly  with 
regard  to  particular  lines  of  public  policy.  Both 
campaign  text-books  are  valuable  as  compact  di- 
gests of  political  information,  with  documents 
and  statistics.  The  Democrats,  toward  the  end 
of  the  campaign,  made  a  vigorous  effort  to  bring 
the  Panama  Canal  question  into  the  campaign 
in  sensational  ways.  They  revived  the  attempt 
of  a  year  ago  to  connect  President  Roosevelt 
with  the  revolution  which  liberated  Panama  from 
Colombia  and  led  to  the  formation  of  a  new 
Panama  republic.  Tn  this  they  were  entirely 
unsuccessful.  The  Republicans  on  their  side 
were  glad  to  have  this  Panama  question  raised, 
because  they  regarded  their  success  in  arranging 
for  the  construction  of  an  American  canal  at 
Panama  as  one  of  the  principal  achievements  en- 
titling them  to  the  continued  confidence  and 
support  of  the  country.  The  Democrats,  further- 
more, made  some  effort  to  bring  into  the  field  of 
our  own  political  controversy  those  inevitable 
frictions  and  differences  of  opinion  which  have 
been  disclosed  on  the  Isthmus  in  the  practical 
working  out  of  the  relations  between  the  Canal 
Commission  and  the  government  of  the  republic. 
Tn  the  first  place,  there  have  been  two  factions 
among  the  Panamans  themselves  ;  and  in  the  sec- 
ond place,  there  has  been  a  feeling  that  the  canal 
commissioners  were  more  energetic  and  business- 
like than  formal  and  diplomatic  in  their  relations 
with  the  Panama  Government. 

While  the  work  of  the  canal  under 
to' Visit  Chief  Engineer  Wallace  is  already 
the  isthmus.  g0[ng  forward  in  a  most  hopeful  and 
satisfactory  way,  and  while  there  is  no  danger 
at  all  of  any  permanent  or  deep-seated  differ- 
ences of  opinion  between  the  canal  commissioners 
and  the  Panama  Government,  there  will  not  be 
the  slightest  neglect  or  delay  on  the  part  of  our 
own  government  at  Washington  in  correcting 
misapprehensions  and  giving  friendly  assurances 
to  the  Panama  people.  Since  it  was  arranged 
when  the  Canal  Commission  was  appointed  that 
it  should  report  to  the  Secretary  of  War  and 
through  him  to  the  President, — while  diplomatic 
phases  of  the  situation  are  also  reported  by  Min- 
ister Barrett  (now  in  this  country)  to  the  De- 
partment of  State, — the  situation  is  one  that  was 
taken  up  last  month  in  a  conference  by  the  Presi- 
dent with  Secretaries  Hay  and  Taft.  The  result 
was  a  letter  written  to  Mr.  Taft  by  the  President, 
and  given  at  once  to  the  press,  expressing  the 


530 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


kindly  attitude  of  our  government  toward  the 
Panama  Republic,  and  proposing  that  Mr.  Taft 
should  visit  Panama  and  there  confer  with  the 
authorities  in  order  to  settle  any  questions  of 
detail  having  to  do  with  tariffs  and  administra- 
tion in  the  canal  zone,  and  so  on.  Such  trouble 
as  exists  may  possibly  be  due  to  having  too  many 
important  people  in  high  authority.  We  have 
Admiral  Walker  at  Panama  as  chief  of  the 
Canal  Commission  ;  we  have  General  Davis,  also 
of  the  commission,  as  governor  of  the  canal  zone  ; 
we  have  Minister  Barrett  representing  the  sov- 
ereignty of  tlu1:  United  States  Government;  we 
have  Chief  Engineer  Wallace,  who  is  really  build- 
ing the  canal  and  is,  of  course,  by  far  the  most 
important  man  of  all  ;  then  we  have  all  the  other 
members  of  the  Canal  Commission,  with  Judge 
Magoon  also  called  in  to  act  as  the  chief  legal 
authority  of  the  United  States  in  devising  the 
governmental  arrangements  of  the  canal  zone. 
Finally,  there  is  Secretary  Taft  at  Washington, 
whose  administrative  experiences  in  the  Philip- 
pines give  him  especial  fitness,  and  who  acts  as 
chief  arbiter,  subject  only  to  the  President  him- 
self. It  was  at  first  announced  that  Secretary 
Taft,  accompanied  by  the 
Panaman  minister,  Mr.  Obal- 
dia,  and  others,  would  prob- 
ably start  for  Panama  on 
November  14.  It  was  then 
thought  that  he  would  he 
accompanied  by  the  mem- 
bers of  tin;  canal  committees 
of  Congress,  who  were  in 
any  ease  planning  to  visit 
Panama.  Put  later  it  was 
said  that  he  would  probably 
make  his  visit  at  an  earlier 
date, perhaps  before  election. 


.    _         The    Peace   Con- 

Another 

Hague        ierence  at  Boston, 

Conference.     eaHy   (n  October, 

attended  as  it  was  by  many 
foreigners,  including  a  large 
number  of  the  official  dele- 
gates to  the  meeting  of  the 
1  liter  -  Parliamentary  I  '  nion 
at  St.  Louis,  was  an  event  of 
great  timeliness  and  impor- 
tance. In  spite  of  the  terri- 
ble spectacle   of    war   on  a 

vast    scale    in    the    far     Fast. 

the  speakers  at  the  Boston 
meeting  were  able  to  show 
that  there  has  been  real  and 
gratifying  progress  since  the 
Hague    Conference    in    the 


good  cause  of  international  arbitration.  It  will 
be  remembered  that  when  the  Inter- Parliamen- 
tary Union  visited  the  President  at  the  White 
House,  on  the  25th  of  September,  Mr.  Roosevelt 
frankly  acceded  to  the  formal  request  of  the 
union  and  declared  that  he  would  in  the  near 
future  take  steps  to  propose  another  peace  con- 
ference for  the  further  development  of  the  work 
begun  at  The  Hague.  This  announcement  has 
been  received  with  the  greatest  interest  through- 
out the  world,  and  has  called  out  a  vast  amount 
of  discussion.  Meanwhile,  Secretary  Hay  had 
been  preparing  a  note  to  the  powers  that  adhered 
to  the  Hague  treaty,  and  there  will  follow  a 
period  of  diplomatic  correspondence.  It  is  not 
to  be  supposed  that  such  a  congress  as  is  con- 
templated could  be  held  until  after  the  restora- 
tion of  peace  between  Russia  and  Japan. 


Favorable 

Business 

and  Crop 

Conditions. 


The  activity  of  the  market  for  rail- 
road and  other  shares  quoted  on  the 
Stock  Exchange  was  quite  unprece- 
dented last  month  in  the  face  of  a  Presidential 
election.  The  business  situation  was  promising 
in  almost  every  direction.      The   October  bank 


BUT  THE  DOMINANT 
N»TE    OF  ITS^imkVjJ 
twns%y  CULTURE,  IT) 
HIST   PCBSISTENT 
SPIRIT,  WAS  BEFMTJfUT 
RI£H7f0(/s*ESS   Wnicn 
CMITETN  A  NATIOH, 
THAT  08tVttNClT$TN( 
!MtR  litHI  fcwcn 
S.MPS  AL9H&    7ME 
PATHS    Of  KAU  " 

6ECIUT4HY  K*Y 


UNCLE  SAM.  LDVANOnro  WITH  BOOSEVHLVT  AND  HAY  TOWARD  TI1K  TKMIM.I".  or 
UNIVERSAL  PEACE.  INDORSES  MR.  RAT'S  SKNTIMKXTS,  AND  ADDS:  "And  We'll  con- 
tinue right  along  the  Bame  path,  boys!" 

From  the  Ohio  State  Journal  (Columbus). 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


531 


clearings,  as  indicating  to  some  extent  the  rela- 
tive volume  of  business  activity,  showed  remark- 
able gains  when  compared  week  by  week  with 
the  statistics  for  October  of  last  year.  The  im- 
provement in  the  iron  and  steel  trade  was  re- 
flected in  the  rapid  advance  in  the  prices  of 
shares  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation  and 
other  large  companies.  The  crops  of  the  year 
have  come  out  decidedly  better  thaji  was  expected 
in  September,  and  the  harvest  is  bountiful. 
There  had  been  discouraging  reports  about  the 
corn  crop,  but  good  September  weather  helped 
in  the  final -result.  We  publish  in  this  number 
a  very  interesting  article  contributed  by  Pro- 
fessor Holden,  of  the  Iowa  Agricultural  College, 
on  the  means  used  in  that  State  to  secure  more 
corn  by  better  farming  methods.  The  Govern- 
ment reports  the  probable  yield  of  corn  as  nearly 
2,464,000,000  bushels,  which  is  about  10  per 
cent,  more  than  last  year,  and  almost  as  much 
as  the  record  crop  of  1902.  The  wheat  crop  is 
tentatively  reported  as  about  551,000,000,  as 
compared  with  638,000,000  last  year,  and  more 
than  748,000,000  in  the  record  year  1901.  The 
oat  crop  of  887,000,000  bushels  is  just  about 
100,000,000  more  than  that  of  last  year, 
and  100,000,000  less  than  that  of  1902.  The 
bulk    yield     of     all     reported    grain 


crops  is  about  7  per  cent,  more  than  last  year. 
The  South,  thanks  to  its  enormous  profits  on 
the  last  cotton  crop,  is  in  a  more  prosperous 
condition  than  ever  before  in  its  history.  The 
Agricultural  Department  has  taught  the  South- 
ern farmers  that  the  way  to  circumvent  the  boll 


MR.   DUMONT  CLARKE,    LAST   MONTH    ELECTED   PRESIDENT  OF 
THE  NEW  YORK  CLEARING   HOUSE. 

(Mr.  Clarke  is  an  old-time  banker,  and  is  at  the  head  of  the 
American  Exchange  National  Bank.  He  is  a  trustee  of 
the  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Company.) 


PROFESSOR    1 1  OLDEN,    OF  IOWA. 

(See  page  562.) 

weevil  is  to  improve  the  methods  of  culture  and 
stimulate  the  cotton  plant  into  early  and  vigor- 
ous growth. 

tM  ^e  fortunate  harvesting  of  the  crop 

of  the  and  the  ending  of  the  political  cam- 
paign ought  to  give  a  tremendous 
boom  to  the  great  fair  at  St.  Louis  in  its  closing 
weeks.  It  should  be  remembered  that  the  Ex- 
position will  remain  open  until  the  1st  of  De- 
cember. It  is  a  marvelous  creation,  so  varied 
in  its  appeals  to  the  intelligent  and  open-minded 
visitor  that  it  almost  baffles  comprehension.  We 
shall  probably  see  nothing  like  it  again  in  our 
generation.  November  weather  in  St.  Louis  is 
usually  favorable,  and  during  its  last  month 
the  fair  should  be  visited  by  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  people.  Its  influence  upon  the 
ideals  and  progress  of  the  Southwest  will  be 
vital  for  a  centurv  to  come. 


532 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


The  present  autumn  season  has  been 

Great  \ 

Religious  a  rather  notable  one  because  or  the 
Gatherings.  focnsjng  ()f  various  forces  that  make 
for  the  higher  life  of  the  American  people. 
The  arrival  of  an  unprecedented  number  of  for- 
eign visitors  at  the  St.  Louis  Exposition  con- 
gresses is  referred  to  elsewhere  in  these  pages. 
Then  there  was  the  triennial  convention  of  the 
Protestant  Episcopal  Church  at  Boston.  The 
most  important  proceedings  of  this  convention 
are  summarized  on  pages  586-588  of  this  num- 
ber of  the  Review  of  Reviews.  The  House  of 
Deputies  finally  adopted  a  compromise  canon 
on  the  marriage  of  divorced  persons  which  per- 
mits the  remarriage,  after  an  interval  of  not 
less  than  one  year  from  the  granting  of  the  di- 
vorce, of  the  innocent  party  in  an  action  for 
adultery.  As  this  magazine  went  to  press  it 
was  believed  that  the  House  of  Bishops  would 
concur  in  the  action  of  the  deputies.  Simul- 
taneously with  the  Episcopal  convention,  an- 
other great  religious  body — the  National  Coun- 
cil of  Congregational  Churches — was  holding  its 
triennial  meeting  at  Des  Moines,  Iowa.  The 
election  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  "Washington  Gladden 
as  Moderator  of  the  Council  was  a  fitting  recog- 
nition of  a  fine  type  of  Christian  citizenship. 
The  council  heard  the  representatives  of  organ- 
ized labor  in  a  full  and  frank  discussion  of  the 
industrial  problem.  An  outline  of  the  work  of 
Commander  Booth  Tucker,  who  for  more  than 
eight  years  past  has  been  at  the  head  of  Salva- 
tion Army  work  in  this  country, — one  of  the 
foremost  forces  for  social  betterment, — is  found 
on  another  page  of  this  issue. 

The  Canadian  general  election  will  be 
and        held  on  November  3,  five  'lays  before 

Great  Britain.  om,  ()Wn_        ]t  [g    |,eyon,|   a   reasonable 

doubt  that  the  Liberal  party  will  win  again, 
and  Sir  Wilfrid  Laurier  triumph  at  the  polls. 
Canadian  commercial  and  economic  develop- 
ment is  a  matter  of  world-wide  interest,  and  we 
are  very  glad  in  this  connection  to  publish  a 
graphic  and  illuminating  article  on  the  great 
Canadian  Northwest,  by  Mr.  Theodore  M.  Knap- 
pen,  on  page  578.  Miss  Laut's  article  on  page 
574  outlines  the  political  situation,  and  shows 
bow  deeply  the  Canadians  are  interested  in 
tariff  matters,  particularly  in  Mr.  Joseph  Cham- 
berlain's preferential  tariff  scheme.  The  Cana- 
dian Manufacturers'  Association  will  moot  in 
London  next  year,  and  it  is  proposed  to  estab- 
lish a  commission  which  will  frame  a,  tariff  ac- 
ceptable to  Canadian  commercial  interests.  In 
Great  Britain  itself,  the  present  is  a  dull  period 
so  far  as  politics  are  concerned.  But  great 
things   are    preparing.      If    not    forced    out   of 


power  next  March,  it  seems  more  than  likely 
that  at  that  date  the  Balfour  ministry  will  expire 
with  this  session  of  Parliament.  A  Liberal 
victory  is  almost  certain,  and  it  is  confidently 
expected  that  in  such  an  event  the  King  will 
summon  Earl  Spencer  to  form  a  Liberal  cabi- 
net. Our  two  distinguished  visitors  from  Eng 
land,  Mr.  John  Morley  and  Mr.  James  Bryce, 
will  in  all  probability  be  prominent  members  of 
this  Liberal  cabinet,  which  will  be  faced  by  a 
number  of  serious  problems  and  afforded  splen- 
did opportunities. 

We  are  learning  through  letters  from 
Disorder  in  Italy  which  have  escaped  the  censor 
,taly'  that,  while  the  strike  which  was  to 
have  taken  place  throughout  the  kingdom  in  the 
middle  of  September  at  the  instigation  of  the  So- 
cialist party  lasted  only  a  few  days,  it  was  never- 
theless quite  general.  That  a  serious  social  and 
political  condition  existed  in  the  middle  of 
October  was  shown  by  the  circular  addressed  by 
the  minister  of  war  to  the  Italian  military  au- 
thorities. This  circular  declared  that  even  in 
the  army;  revolutionists  were  busy,  and  that  it 
was  necessary  to  call  under  arms  the  reserves  of 
1903,  placing  about  fifty  thousand  more  troops 
at  the  disposal  of  the  government.  The  Italian 
Labor  Exchange  had  been  virtually  in  control 
of  the  entire  productive  capacity  of  the  king- 
dom, and  for  the  last  two  weeks  of  September 
it  had  succeeded  in  exercising  a  practical  dic- 
tatorship over  the  city  of  Milan.  Meanwhile, 
the  little  Prince  of  Piedmont,  heir  to  the  Italian 
throne,  had  been  christened,  and  it  had  been 
confidently  hoped  that  his  birth,  in  a  state  loyal 
to  the  Church,  would  have  some  real  influence 
in  the  direction  of  bettering  the  relations  be- 
tween the  Vatican  and  the  Quirinal. 

„    .      ,.      The    continent  of    Africa  had    been 

Portugal  s         .    . 

Troubles  in  claiming  the  attention  of  the  world 
*nca'  during  early  October.  In  the  far 
south,  the  Germans  had  been  finding  their  war 
with  the  Herreros  a  serious  drain  on  their  re- 
sources of  men  anxl  money,  and  it  was  still  far 
from  settled.  It  had  been  announced  from  Berlin 
that  eight  thousand  European  troops  were  to  be 
put  in  the  field  against  the  tribesmen.  The  Portu- 
guese, also,  now  have  an  African  war  on  their 
hands.  On  October  7.  it  was  announced  m  the 
( 'handier  of  Deputies,  at  Lisbon,  by  the  minister  of 
marine,  that  a  force  of  Portuguese  troops  oper- 
ating against  the  Cuanahamas  (neighbors  of  the 
Herreros)  in  Portuguese  Southwest  Africa  had 
been  ambushed  by  the  tribesmen,  losing  some 
two  hundred  and  fifty  men.  The  government  de- 
cided to  prosecute  the  war  against  the  natives, 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


533 


but  the  news  of  the  disaster,  disclosing,  as  it 
does,  official  incompetency,  has  already  precipi- 
tated the  fall  of  the  Portuguese  ministry.  Eng- 
land still  has  her  troubles  with  the  Chinese 
labor  question  in  her  South  African  possessions, 
and  it  had  been  reported  that  Lord  Milner  would 
resign  from  the  premiership  of  Cape  Colony. 
Trade,  however,  particularly  between  South 
Africa  and  the  United  States,  would  appear  to 
be  on  the  increase,  with  a  good  future  in  store, 
if  we  are  to  believe  the  official  figures  of  the 
United  States  collectors  of  customs. 

United  states  in  Central  Africa,  in  the  Congo,  the 

Will  Not  .  ° 

intervene  in  outrages  for  which  King  Leopold's 
the  Congo.  g0vernment,  is  responsible  still  con- 
tinue, we  are  informed.  The  agitation  on  foot  to 
check  these  systematized  atrocities  is  being  kept 
up  steadily.  The  war  has  been  carried  into  this 
country  by  the  Congo  Reform  Association,  which 
early  in  October  sent  its  secretary,  Mr.  Edward 
Morel,  and  also  Mr.  Eox-Bourne,  of  the  Abo- 
rigines Protection  Association,  organizers  and 
agitators,  to  petition  the  United  States,  as  the 
first  to  recognize  the  Congo  State,  to  bring 
about  some  sort  of  intervention  on  behalf  of  the 
unfortunate  natives.  President  Roosevelt,  how- 
ever, had  declined  to  interfere,  on  the  ground 
that  we  are  under  no  legal  or  moral  obligation 
to  do  so.  The  International  Peace  Congress,  in 
session  in  Boston,  in  the  first  part  of  October, 
had  denounced  Belgian  rule  in  the  Congo,  and 
Baron  Moncheur  had  contributed  an  article  to 
one  of  the  American  reviews  defending  this 
rule.  Neither  defenders  nor  assailants  of  King 
Leopold's  administration  in  Central  Africa,  how- 
ever, have  as  yet  been  able  to  make  out  to  the 
world  a  sufficiently  clear  case  to  call  for  inter- 
national action. 

_    .       .     In      northern     Africa,    Prance    and 

Spain  and  .  ' 

France       Spam  had  agreed  each  to  recognize 

and  Morocco.    the     other>g     rightg    in    MorOCCO.       An 

agreement  was  signed  on  October  7  in  which 
Spain  gave  her  adhesion  to  the  Anglo-French 
agreement  of  April  last,  permitting  France  a 
free  hand.  It  will  be  better  for  the  rest  of 
the  world,  including  the  United  States,  when 
France  establishes  a  full  protectorate  over 
Morocco,  as  her  interests  entitle  her  to  do. 
W  e  are  not  anxious  for  a  repetition  of  the 
Perdicaris  incident. 

Russi        Russia's  partial  accession  to  the  de- 

and         mands    of    the    governments   of   the 

"''United  States  and   Great  Britain  in 

the  matter  of  conditional  and  absolute  contraband 

of  war  (outlined  in  the  Review  last  month)  had 


Settled  in  large 
measure  the  most 
important  questions 
pending  between 
the  Russian  Govern- 
ment and  the  West- 
ern nations  with 
regard  to  neutral 
commerce.  Ourown 
government,  h  o  w  - 
ever,  had  still  a  score 
to  settle.  When  the 
British  steamer  Cal- 
chas  was  seized  by 
the  Vladivostok 
squadron,  last  July, 
the  Russians  took  a 
number  of  sacks  of 
American  mail,  in- 
cluding a  large 
quantity  of  regis- 
tered mail,  some  of 
it  addressed  to  Japa- 
nese cities,  but  some 
addressed  to  Ameri- 
can citizens  and  sail- 
ors on  American 
warships.  The  reg- 
istered sacks  were 
opened  and  the  mail 
detained,  some  of  it 
for  several  months. 
According  to  the 
Russian  statement, 
the  whole  American 
mail,  with  the'  exception  of  the  correspond- 
ence addressed  to  the  Japanese  Government, 
was  sent  on  to  Japan  by  a  German  steamer  and 
subsequently  released.  Russia's  contention  has 
been  that  her  declaration  on  the  subject  of  con- 
traband inhibits  neutrals  from  carrying  dis- 
patches to  the  enemy.  Russia,  however,  is  a 
member  of  the  International  Postal  Union,  and 
is  bound  by  the  treaty  which  guarantees  the 
right  of  uninterrupted  transit  of  mail  through- 
out the  entire  territory  of  the  union.  It  has 
been  the  general  rule  that,  while  neutral  ships 
should  not  carry  dispatches  for  a  belligerent, 
mails  should  be  immune  from  detention  as  con- 
traband. On  October  10,  President  Roosevelt 
instructed  the  State  Department  to  ask  the  Rus- 
sian Government  for  full  information  concern- 
ing the  mail  matter  on  the  Calchas-. 

Again    it  was    announced    that    the 

Baltic  Fleet    Baltic  fleet  had   started  on  its  long 

A9a,n-       journey  for  the  far  East,  and  again 

it  was  reported  to  have  stopped  at  Reval.     On 


THE  CHUNG  CHOONG,  CHINESE 
VICEROY  OF  MANCHURIA. 

(Tartar  general  of  Mukden,  the 
'"Most  Unhappy  Man  in  Chi- 
na," who  is  said  to  be  secretly 
aiding  Japan.) 


534 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


October  19,  a  number  of  vessels  of  the  fleet 
were  reported  to  have  been  seen  in  the  North  Sea, 
steaming  westward.  It  was  even  announced 
that  part  of  the  fleet  would  go  around  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope  and  be  coaled  by  colliers 
sent  on  in  advance.  The  world,  however,  still 
refuses  to  believe  that  the  fleet  will  ever  actually 
accomplish  the  great  voyage  to  the  Pacific.  The 
uncertainty  of  its  movements  may  have  been 
partly  due  to  the  shake-up  in  the  Russian  navy, 
which  had  been  actually  brought  about  in  the 
first  part  of  ( )ctober.  According  to  "  confidential 
information,"  Vice-Admiral  Avellan,  minister 
of  marine,  had  been  removed,  and  was  to  be 
succeeded  by  Vice-Admiral  Doubasoff.  Accord- 
ing to  the  same  information,  Vice-Admiral  Ro- 
jestvensky,  who  had  up  to  that  time  commanded 
the  Baltic  fleet,  was  superseded  by  Rear- Admiral 
Chouknin,  formerly  chief  of  the  Black  Sea  fleet. 

The  repeated  departures  of  the  Bal- 
Siege  of  tic  fleet  from  Kronstadt  and  Reval 
Port  Arthur,  j^j  gyjdently  ceased  to  enter  into 
the  Japanese  calculations  at  Tort  Arthur,  how- 
ever. The  situation  at  this  beleaguered  fortress 
had  shown  no  new  features  up  to  October  20. 
There  had  been  several  vigorous  assaults  by  the 
Japanese  on  the  fortifications,  with  much  loss  of 
life,  but  with  no  very  great  success.  General 
Stoessel  had  announced  that  in  four  or  five  at- 
tacks, from  September  19  to  September  2(1.  the 
Japanese  had  been  everywhere  repulsed.  In 
giving  out  this  report,  the  Russian  war  office 
had  announced  that  since  the  siege  began  the 
Japanese  losses  had  been  45,000  in  killed  and 
wounded.  Baron  liayashi,  the  Japanese  min- 
ister to  Great  Britain,  however,  denied  these 
heavy  losses,  and  declared  that  the  troops  of 
his  country  were  advancing  surely  every  day. 
with  comparatively  small  losses.    On  September 

18  (it  was  learned  from  a  dispatch  received  in 
the  middle  of  October),  a  Japanese  armored 
gunboat,  the  Hei  Yen,  struck  a  mine  in  Pigeon 
Bay,  just  west  of  Port  Arthur,  and  sank,  only 
four  of  her  crew  of  three  hundred  being  saved. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  was  reported   on  October 

19  that  the  Japanese  shells  from  the  hills  sur- 
rounding Port  Arthur  had  reached  and  sunk  the 
Russian  cruiser  Bayan  at  her  anchorage.  The 
garrison  in  Port  Arthur  was  reported  to  be  suf- 
fering greatly  from  lack  of  coal,  ammunition, 
clothing,  ami  food.  The  failure  of  General 
Kuropatkin's  advance  movement,  which  had  in 
view     the     relief    of     Port    Arthur,    had    greatly 

discouraged  the  defenders  ;  and  reports  received 

in  the  middle  of  ( Ictober  indicated  that,  this  fail- 
ure, and  the  tightening  of  the  blockade  by  Ad- 
miral Togo's  squadron,  had  rendered  the  con- 


G  EXERA  L   OB I PPKN  BERG. 

(Appointed  by  the  Czar  to  command  the  second 
Manchurian  army.) 


dition  of  the  garrison  all  but  desperate.  There 
were  only  about  five  thousand  defenders  left. 

For  nearly  three  weeks  after  the 
PLiaSoe-YAingr  t*'1'"1^     battle     of    Liao-Yang,    the 

Russians  and  the  Japanese  seemed  to 
suspend  operations  for  a  much-needed  rest  and 
to  rearrange  their  plans  of  campaign.  The 
Japanese  commanders  had  held  the  city  of 
Liao-Yang,  but  had  not  occupied  it,  for  sanitary 
reasons,  on  account  of  the  number  of  dead 
bodies.  The  three  Japanese  armies  had  been 
following  the  Russians  in  their  retreat  along 
the  railroad  to  Mukden.  At  this  ancient  sacred 
capital  of  the  Manchus,  the  greater  part  of  the 
Russian  force  had  been  posted,  although  a 
large  section  had  passed  on  to  Tieling  Pass, 
some  forty  miles  north.  Both  armies  were  said 
to  be  reluctant  to  fight  at  Mukden,  lest  the  im- 
perial tombs  near  by  should  be  injured  and  the 
the  Chinese  be  enraged 

Win        Despite  the  reiterated    statement  in 

Kuropatkin  r  . 

Divide  the     the   newspaper    dispatches    from    »^t. 

Command?      petersburg     that     the     Qzar    and     the 

Russian  people  still  retain  absolute  confidence 
in  General  Kuropatkin.  late  in  September  it  had 
become  evident  that  political  influence  at  home 
was  again  at  work  against  him.  On  September 
20,  it  was  officially  announced  in  an  imperial 
rescript  that  General  Grippenberg,  commanded 
of  the  Russian  Third  Army  Corps,  in  the  prov- 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


535 


ince  of  Vilna,  had  been  appointed  commander 
of  the  second  army,  which  was  being  mobilized 
for  immediate  dispatch  to  the  far  East,  leaving 
General  Kuropatkin  in  command  of  the  first 
army.  In  an  autograph  letter  to  General  Grip- 
penberg,  Emperor  Nicholas  had  complimented 
the  Japanese  on  their  "high  warlike  qualities," 
and  had  declared  that,  in  view  of  the  large  num- 
ber of  men  necessary  for  success  in  the  war,  he 
had  found  it  necessary  "to  divide  the  active 
forces  in  Manchuria  into  two  armies,  leaving  one 
in  the  hands  of  General  Kuropatkin."  The  new 
army,  it  was  announced,  will  consist  of  300,000 
additional  troops,  the  two  armies  to  be  in  com- 
mand of  some  high  imperial  figure  ;  and  report 
said  that  the  Grand  Duke  Nicholas  Nicholaie- 
vitch  was  to  be  supreme  military  chief.  This 
had  been  generally  regarded  as  indicating  the 
intention  of  the  Czar  to  take  away  the  supreme 
command  from  General  Kuropatkin.  The  fact 
was  soon  recognized,  however,  that,  with  all  her 
facilities  worked  to  their  utmost,  Russia  had 
not  been  able  in  seven  months  to  transport  more 
than  200,000  men  to  the  far  East,  and  that  there- 
fore the  arrival  of  the  second  army  of  300,000 
men  at  the  seat  of  war  was  not  a  matter  of 
the  near  future,  and  that  for  some  months,  at 
any  rate,  General  Kuropatkin  would  remain  in 
actual  if  not  in  nominal  chief  command. 

This  impression  had  been  strength- 
a  Pompous    ene(^  j)y  tne  fact  t]iat  by  October  9 

Proclamation.  J  tit 

General  Kuropatkin  had  announced 
that  he  had  received  sufficient  reinforcements  to 
begin  the  long-expected  Russian  advance.  In  a 
somewhat  pompous  address  to  his  army,  dated 
at  Mukden,  October  2,  the  general  asserted  in 
positive  terms  that  he  was  about  to  take  the 
offensive.  He  complimented  his  troops  on  their 
bravery,  and  declared  that  "heretofore  we  have 
not  been  numerically  strong  enough  to  defeat 
the  Japanese  army."     He  said,  further  : 

Heretofore  the  enemy,  in  operating,  has  relied  on  his 
great  forces,  and,  disposing  his  armies  so  as  to  surround 
us,  has  chosen  as  he  deemed  fit  his  time  for  attack,  but 
now  the  moment  to  go  to  meet  the  enemy,  for  which  the 
whole  army  has  been  longing,  has  come,  and  the  time 
has  arrived  for  us  to  compel  the  Japanese  to  do  our  will, 
for  the  forces  of  the  Manchurian  army  are  strong  enough 
to  begin  a  forward  movement. 

In  the  same  proclamation,  the  general  had  an- 
nounced that  the  Siberian  Railroad  had  been 
bringing,  during  the  past  seven  months,  "hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  men"  to  Manchuria. 
This  statement  was  probably  meant  as  much 
for  the  ears  of  the  Japanese  commanders  as  for 
those  of  his  own  men.  The  Russian  leaders 
have  proved  themselves  past  masters  in  the  art 


of  issuing  proclamations,  and  it  could  scarcely 
fad  to  be  discreditable  to  Russian  bravery  (which 
has  been  proved  of  such  a  high  order  so  many 
times  during  the  present  war)  to  believe  that 
the  Czar's  forces  have  been,  or  are  now,  so  vastly 
superior  to  the  Japanese  as  General  Kuropat- 
kin's  figures  would  indicate. 


GENERAL  MISTCHENKO. 

(Russia's  most  successful  Cossack  leader.) 

_.    .     .       Several  days  after  this  proclamation 

The  Russian     ,.,  .  J         i      i_     -n         ■ 

Advance  had  been  issued,  the  Russian  forward 
Begins.  movement  actually  began,  and  at  first 
it  seemed  to  find  the  Japanese  unprepared,  for 
several  important  outposts,  notably  General  Ku- 
roki's  strongly  fortified  position  at  Bentsiaputze, 
had  been  captured  by  the  Russians  with  but 
small  loss.  The  Russians  were  in  heavy  march- 
ing order,  full  of  enthusiasm,  and  overjoyed  at 
receiving  the  order  to  advance.  In  the  first  im- 
petus of  their  forward  movement,  they  drove;  in 
the  scattered  outposts  of  the  Japanese  armies 
with  but  little  difficulty,  as  the  latter  occupied  a 
front  of  some  fifty-two  miles,  stretching  east  and 
west  across  the  railroad  from  Bentsiaputze  on 
the  east,  through  the  Yen-Tai  coal  region,  and 
across  the  railroad  to  the  banks  of  the  Hun 
River,  on  the  west.  Generals  Rennenkampf  and 
Mistchenko,  with  their  Cossacks,  had  been  suc- 
cessful in  a  number  of  small  engagements  against 


536 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  Japanese,  ending  with 
the  occupation  of  the  Sha- 
khe  railway  station,  on  the 
banks  of  the  river  of  that 
name,  on  October  4. 


The  Battles      Havin£    quickly 

Along  the     consolidated  his 

Shakhe  Rioer.  ]engtllened 

lines,  Field  Marshal  Oyama 
strongly  reenforced  the  di- 
vision guarding  Pensihu,  on 
Kuroki's  extreme  right,  and 
a  column  was  sent  eastward 
to  take  the  Russians  in  the 
rear.  Meanwhile,  General 
Kuropatkin  had  pushed  the 
bulk  of  his  army,  which,  it 
was  reported,  had  been  in 
creased  to  280,000  men, 
across  the  Hun  River  and 
along  the  main  road  toward 
the  railway  station  and  the 
Yen-Tai  coal  mines.  Here 
he  was  faced  by  General 
Oku,  who  was  guarding  the 
railway  with  the  Japa- 
nese left,  and  General  Nodzu,  who  was  guard- 
ing the  mines  and  the  main  road  with  the 
Japanese  center.  The  Russian  general's  chief 
effort  would  appear  to  have  been  to  break 
through  the  Japanese  right  flank,  commanded 
by  General  Kuroki,  and  in  the  battle  which  fol- 
lowed, and  which  raged  for  eleven  days,  Gen- 
eral Kuropatkin's  plan  evidently  had  been  to 
pierce  the  Japanese  lines  by  breaking  through 
between  General  Kuroki  and  General  Nodzu. 
On  their  side,  the  Japanese  commanders  tried 
their  favorite  game  of  flanking,  the  center  army 
bearing  the  brunt  of  the  Russian  attack,  while 
General  Oku,  on  the  left,  and  General  Kuroki, 
on  the  right,  endeavored  to  "  roll  up  "  the  Rus- 
sian flanks.  In  fact,  General  Kuroki's  forces 
apparently  had  been  lost  to  view  for  several 
days,  having  made  such  a  wide  detour  to  the 
eastward  in  their  flanking  movement. 

The  heavy  series  of  battles  extending 


_  j  Manq  cAt'a  iur\ 


The 

First  Stage 

a  Busman 

Chech. 


over    the    eleven    days    from    October 
(i  to  17  were  variously  referred  to  in 
the  dispatches  as  the  battle  of  the  Shakhe   River, 

of  Ven-Tai,  and,  as  Marshal  Oyama  prefers  to 
call  it,  of  Shaho,  which  is  presumably  another 
form  of  Shakhe,  the  river  along  which  mostof  the 
fighting  look  place.  This  battle,  or  series  of  bat 
ties,  was  distinguished  by  heavier  fighting  than 
that  at  Liao  Vang,  and  the  losses,  according  to 
reports  received  up  to  October  20,  aggregated 


BATTLEFIELD  OF  THE  SHAKHE  (SHA-HO)  RIVER  AND  THE  VICINITY  OF  MUKDEN. 


70,000,  of  which  the  Russian  share  was  probably 
fully  50,000.  There  were  4,500  Russian  dead 
left  in  front  of  General  Kuroki's  army  alone. 
The  Japanese  also  suffered  severely.  Nodzu's 
army  alone  lost  over  5,000  killed.  From  the 
mass  of  conflicting  reports  published  from  day 
to  day,  most  of  which  referred  to  single  actions. 
charges,  and  movements  of  troops  as  victories 
or  defeats  for  the  entire  army,  it  had  been  im 
possible  to  gain  any  definite  idea  of  the  result 
of  the  eleven  days'  fighting.  Like  Liao  Vang, 
however,  it  is  now  plain  that  the  battle  was  not 
decisive.  By  October  9,  the  Russian  advance 
had  been  practically  checked,  and  it  looked  as 
if  the  Japanese  had  been  decisively  victorious. 
Generals  Oku  and  Nodzu  reported  a  repulse  of 
the  Russians  along  their  entire  front  and  the 
capture  of  twenty-eight  guns. 

_.    ,  All   through   the   week    following,   a 

The  Japanese  °  • 

Lose  Fourteen  sanguinary  series  of  engagements 
was  fought,  with  the  honors  about 
even,  although  General  Kuropatkin's  forces 
were  gradually  retiring  to  the  northward.  On 
October  16,  the  tide  seemed  to  change  in  favoi 
of  the  Russians.  A  column  of  Japanese  from 
General  Oku's  army,  under  the  command  of 
Brigadier-General  Yamada,  attempted  to  cap 
ture  a  position  on  the  Russian  right,  but  wai 
enveloped  by  almost  an  entire  division  of  the 
enemy.     General  Yamada  eventually  succeeded 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


537 


in  breaking  through  and  escaping,  but  at  the 
cost  of  many  lives  and  about  fourteen  guns,  said 
to  have  been  the  first  taken  from  the  Japanese 
in  the  war.  On  the  same  day  (Sunday),  the 
Russian  center,  reported  to  have  been  com- 
manded by  General  Kuropatkin  himself,  per- 
formed a  brilliant  feat  in  capturing  Lone  Tree 
Hill,  a  very  heavily  fortified  position,  the  key  to 
the  Russian  southwest  front,  and  defended  by  a 
whole  division  of  fourteen  thousand  Japanese. 
Several  desperate  attempts  were  made  to  retake 
this  position  by  the  Japanese,  but  they  were  re- 
pulsed with  tremendous  slaughter.  The  fierce- 
ness of  the  fighting  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that 
the  village  of  Shakhe,  containing  the  railroad 
station,  changed  hands  five  times  during  the 
battle,  finally  remaining  with  the  Russians. 
Correspondents  refer  to  the  ferocity  of  the  fight 
ing  as  unequaled  in  modern  warfare.  Accord 
ing  to  the  dispatches,  General  Kuropatkin  per- 
sonally led  a  charge  to  within  sight  of  Oku's  staff. 

Developing  from  a  rear-guard  action, 
Net7Resuif  a^ter  tne  first  check,  the  Russian  ad- 
vance was  made  possible  by  the  ar- 
rival on  the  field  of  several  divisions  which  had 
been  held  in  reserve  north  of  Mukden  for  the 
purpose  of  preventing  the  cutting  of  the  railroad 
by  the  Japanese.  The  terrible  state  of  the 
roads,  caused  by  heavy  rains,  and  the  exhausted 
condition  of  the  combatants,  forced  a  cessation 
of  hostilities,  and  on  October  20  the  situation 
was  quiet,  with  reports  of  flanking  movements 
by  Generals  Oku  and  Kuroki  to  the  north  of 
Mukden.  Whether  or  not  General  Kuropatkin 
had  received  orders  from  St.  Petersburg  to  ad 
vance,  or  whether  his  forward  movement  was 
really  a  desperate  endeavor  to  cover  his  retreat 
beyond  Mukden,  the  battle  of  Shakhe,  or  Shaho, 
may  be  regarded  as  a  victory,  although  not  a 
decisive  one,  for  the  Japanese,  who  were  too 
exhausted  to  follow  up  their  success.  The  abil- 
ity of  the  Russians  as  fighters  to  stand  against 
the  Japanese  has  never  been  disputed,  but  it  is 
evident  that  General  Kuropatkin  has  been  out 
generaled.  The  net  result  of  the  fighting  up  to 
October  20  seemed  to  have  been- — (1)  the  Jap- 
anese possession  of  the  field  ;  (2)  much  heavier 
Russian  losses  in  men  and  munitions  than  those 
sustained  by  Oyama  ;  (3)  the  capture  by  the  Jap- 
anese of  many  guns  and  much  other  spoils  ;  (4) 
the  positive  and  almost  disastrous  check  of  a 
somewhat  theatrical  Russian  advance,  and,  de- 
spite the  elation  over  partial  successes,  the  deep- 
ening of  the  discouragement  and  depression  in 
St.  Petersburg.  An  early  Russian  advance  is 
announced  from  the  capital,  just  as  soon  as  the 
condition  of  the  roads  permits. 


Frequent  charges  of  wholesale  cor- 

nUSSICtfl 

Weakness  and  ruption  in  the  Russian  conduct  of  the 
the  Future.  war  ],ave  Deen  made  by  high  Russian 
officials  themselves  as  well  as  by  newspaper  cor- 
respondents at  the  front.  In  the  article  by  Pro- 
fessor Simkowitch,  fi;om  which  we  quote  in  one 
of  the  "  Leading  Articles  "  this  month,  accounts 
of  the  influence  of  "graft"  in  the  far  East  are 
vividly  presented.  A  number  of  Russian  jour- 
nals, among  them  the  RusskaiyaViedomosti,  draw 
pictures  of  the  horrible  torments  endured  by  the 
common  soldier  in  the  far  East  on  account  of 
the  lack  of  ordinary  necessities, — a  lack  caused 
by  official  stealing.  Even  Red  Cross  supplies 
had  been  "held  up"  until  a  "recognition"  had 
been  given.  Confirmatory  of  this  are  the  let- 
ters of  General  Count  Keller  (who  was  killed 
at  the  battle  of  Yang-tse  Pass,  on  July  29)  to 
his  wife.  Whole  regiments,  he  declares,  were 
without  uniforms  or  sufficient  clothing,  and  "the 
deficiency  in  sanitary  arrangements  is  appalling." 
A  dispatch  from  Liao-Yang  just  after  the  battle 
also  told  of  the  discovery  in  the  abandoned 
Russian  headquarters  of  a  number  of  documents, 
and  orders  from  Viceroy  Alexieff  cashiering 
officers  for  abandoning  positions,  for  drunken- 
ness, etc.,  and  censuring  others  for  lawless  treat- 
ment of  Chinese,  waste  of  ammunition,  and  other 
offenses.  Frequent  reports  come,  also,  of  the 
killing  of  officers  by  reservists  who  were  unwill- 
ing to  go  to  the  front.  Yet  the  brave  stand 
made  by  the  Russians  in  the  battles  on  the 
Shakhe  River  has  done  much  to  restore  the  tone 
of  confidence  at  the  capital.  The  government  is 
determined  to  fight  to  the  bitter  end.  The  en- 
couraging signs  for  the  Russians  are  the  patient 
heroism  of  the  Czar's  forces  at  the  front  and  the 
inauguration  of  the  regime  of  Prince  Sviatopolk- 
Mirsky  as  minister  of  the  interior.  An  outline  of 
Prince  Mirsky's  career  and  of  his  reforms  is  given 
on  page  589  of  this  issue  of  the  Review. 

In  Japan,  the  feeling  is  also  practi- 
inejapan  ca^y  unanimous  in  favor  of  continu- 
ing the  war  until  Russia  has  been 
thoroughly  defeated,  although  it  is  being  rec- 
ognized by  thoughtful  Japanese  that  probably 
the  best  thing  for  Japan  would  be  to  have  the 
war  end  now.  Russian  prestige  in  Asia  having 
been  shattered  and  Japanese  capacity  vindi- 
cated, the  Tokio  government  is  not  blind  to 
the  fact  that  it  will  probably  be  harder  to  win 
the  next  campaign  than  it  has  been  to  win  this 
one.  Although  the  financial  resources  of  the 
empire  are  in  admirable  condition,  the  with- 
drawal of  so  many  men  from  active  production 
is  beginning  to  bear  heavily  on  even  so  patriotic 
a  people  as  the  Japanese. 


538 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


From  a  stereograph     Copyright  by  Underwood  &  Underwood. 
COUNT   OKUMA,  LEADER  OF  THE  .JAPANESE   PROGRESSIVE 
PARTY;   EX-MINISTER  OK   FOREIGN    AFFAIRS. 

(From  a  photograph  taken  at  his  home  in  Tokio.) 

The  Mikado  and  his  advisers  realize 

The  Cost  .  .  ,  , 

m  Men  and    that    the  war    may    be   a   long    one. 
Money.       rpjie  cost  fo  japan  wjh  probably  be 

$1,000,000,000,  and  to  Russia,  $'2,000,000,000. 
This  is  the  opinion  of  Count  Okuma,  leader  of 
the  Japanese  Progressive  party.  In  a  recent 
address  before  the  united  clearing  houses  of 
Tokio,  Count  Okuma  warned  his  hearers  that 
the  war  would  probably  last  for  several  years, 
and  urged  the  nation  to  husband  carefully  its 
strength  and  resources.  The  Emperor  of  Japan, 
also,  had  issued  a  message  to  the  entire  people, 
through  the  premier,  stating  that  "  our  prospects 
for  final  success  are  still  Ear  distant,"  and  urg- 
ing patience  and  further  sacrifices  in  the  prose- 
cution of  the  war.  The  country  is  without  a 
doubt  ready  to  sacrifice  the  last  man,  and,  in 
answer  to  the  Russian  determination  to  semi  a 
second  army  to  the  far  East,  an  imperial  edict, 
amending  the  army  conscription  law  was  gazet- 
ted in  Tokio  on  September  30,  extending  the 
service  term  of  the  reservists  from  five  to  ten 
years.  This  will  bring  more  than  six  hundred 
thousand  men  to  the  colors.  Japan  is  also  be- 
ginning to  build  her  own  ships.  She  recently 
ordered  a  large  consignment,  of  armor  plates 
from  the  Carnegie  works,  at  Pittsburg,  and  now 
has  under  way  several  battleships  and  cruisers. 


One  of  the  most  remarkable  tributes 

Why  Japan 

Has  Been     to  tlic  Japanese  Lrovernment  on   its 
Victorious.    com|U(.t  0f  t,]ie  present  war  was  made 

at  St.  Louis,  recently,  by  Dr.  Louis  L.  Seaman, 
of  New  York,  who  was  a  volunteer  surgeon  in 
the  Spanish  War.  In  an  address  before  the  In- 
ternational Congress  of  Military  Surgeons,  on  Oc- 
tober 12,  Dr.  Seaman  recounted  his  recent  obser- 
vations of  Japanese  sanitary  and  surgical  meth- 
ods. Dr.  Seaman  shows  the  consummate  superior- 
ity of  the  Japanese  to  be  in  their  employment  of 
measures  for  the  prevention  of  disease  rather 
than  in  their  ability  to  destroy  their  enemy. 
Never  in  the  history  of  warfare,  he  says,  has  a 
nation  approached  Japan  in  the  methodical  and 
effectual  use  of  medical  science  as  an  ally  in 
war  According  to  Dr.  Seaman,  Japan  has 
eliminated  disease  almost  entirely.  Manchuria 
is  a  country  "  notoriously  unhealthy  ;"  yet  so 
perfect  have  been  the  sanitary  precautions  of  the 
Japanese  that  "the  loss  from  preventable  dis- 
ease in  the  first  six  months  of  the  conflict  will 
be  but  a  fraction  of  one  percent."  The  rule  in 
war  has  been  four  by  disease  to  one  by  bul- 
let. The  medical  officer  is  omnipresent  during  a 
Japanese  campaign,  Dr.  Seaman  declares.  You 
will  find  him  in  countless  places  where  in  an 
American  or  a  European  army  he  has  no  place. 

He  is  as  much  at  the  front  as  in  the  rear.  He  is  with 
the  first  screen  of  scouts,  with  his  microscope  and 
chemicals,  testing  and  labeling  wells,  so  the  army  to 
follow  shall  drink  no  contaminated  water.  When  the 
scouts  reach  a  town,  he  immediately  institutes  a  thor- 
ough examination  of  its  sanitary  condition,  and  if  con- 
tagion or  infection  is  found,  he  quarantines  and  places 
a  guard  around  the  dangerous  district.  Notices  are 
posted  so  the  approaching  column  is  warned,  and  no 
soldiers  are  billeted  where  danger  exists.  Microscopic 
blood  tests  are  made  in  all  fever  cases,  and  bacteriolog 
ical  experts,  fully  equipped,  form  part  of  the  staff  of 
every  divisional  headquarters.  The  medical  officer  is 
also  found  in  camp,  lecturing  the  men  on  sanitation 
and  the  hundred  and  one  details  of  personal  hygiene, — 
how  to  cook,  to  eat,  and  when  not  to  drink  ;  to  bathe, 
and  even  to  the  direction  of  the  paring  and  cleansing 
ol  the  finger-nails,  to  prevent  danger  from  bacteria. 
Up  to  August  1,  9,862  cases  had  been  received  at  the  re- 
serve hospital  at  Hiroshima,  of  whom  6,(W(>  were 
wounded,  of  the  entire  number  up  to  that  time,  only 
34  bad  died. 

Japan  is  certainly  showing  the  world  how  to 
wage  war  under  civilized  conditions.  A  Japa- 
nese officer,  quoted  by  Dr.  Seaman,  really  made 
no  vain  boast  when  he  claimed  that  by  such  a 
system  of  practical  elimination  of  disease  in  war 
a  Japanese  army  of  half  a  million  men  is  made 
quite  the  equal  of  two  million  Russians.  Hav- 
ing destroyed  the  greatest  enemy  in  war — di- 
sease— the  Japanese  need  not  fear  the  lesser 
enemy  of  sword  and  bullet. 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


(From  September  21  to  October  SO   190U.) 


POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT-AMERICAN. 

September  21. — New  York  Democrats  nominate  Judge 
D.  Cady  Herrick  for  governor. 

September  23. — President  Roosevelt  resumes  official 
duties  at  the  White  House. 

September  26. — Judge  Alton  B.  Parker's  letter  of  ac 
ceptance  of  the  Democratic  nomination  for  the  Presi- 
dency is  made  public. 

September  29. — Rhode  Island  Democrats  renominate 
Gov.  Lucius  F.  C.  Garvin. 


KING    PRIEDRICH  AUGUST  OF  SAXONY. 

(Successor  to  his  father,  the  late  King  George,  who  died  on 
October  14,  1904.) 

October  5. — President  Roosevelt  designates  First  As- 
sistant Postmaster-General  Wynne  as  Acting  Postmas- 
ter-General, vice  Henry  C.  Payne,  deceased The  Wis- 
consin Supreme  Court  decides  that  the  ticket  headed  by 
Governor  La   Follette  is  entitled   to   the  designation 

"Republican"  on  the  official  ballot Mayor  McClel- 

lan,  of  New  York  City,  dismisses  the  entire  Municipal 
Civil  Service  Commission  and  appoints  a  new  com- 
mission, headed  by  Bird  S.  Coler. 

October  6 — The  "Stalwart"  Republicans  of  Wiscon- 
sin nominate  ex-Gov.  Edward  Scofield  for  governor,  in 
place  of  S.  A.  Cook,  withdrawn. 

October  7. — Massachusetts  Republicans  renominate 
Gov.  John  L.  Bates. . .  .Massachusetts  Democrats  nomi- 
nate William  L.  Douglas  for  governor. 


October  10. — President  Roosevelt  appoints  Robert  J. 
Wynne  Postmaster-General The  "regular"  and  Ad- 
dicks  factions  of  the  Republican  party  in  Delaware 
agree  on  a  ticket  headed  by  Preston  Lea  for  governor. 

October  12. — Governor  Bates,  of  Massachusetts,  ap- 
points ex-Gov.  W.  Murray  Crane  to  succeed  United 
States  Senator  Hoar,  deceased. 

October  17. — President  Roosevelt  summarily  dismiss- 
es Robert.  S.  Rodie,.  head  of  the  steamboat  inspection 
service  at  New  York,  and  steps  are  taken  toward  the  re- 
moval of  the  other  inspectors  found  guilty  of  negli 
gence  in  regard  to  the  Slocum  disaster,  on  June  15. 

POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT.— FOREIGN. 

September  21. — King  Peter  of  Servia  is  corwned  at 
Belgrade. 

September  22. — The  German  Social  Democratic  Con- 
gress opens  at  Bremen. 

September  23. — An  order  of  martial  law  for  some  of 
the  principal  provinces  of  Russia,  drawn  up  by  the  late 
M.  Plehve  and  sanctioned  by  the  Czar,  is  promulgated 

Don  Jose  Pardo  is  proclaimed  president  of  Peru 

King  Edward  gives  assent  to  the  Cape  Colony  Chinese 
exclusion  bill. 

September  24. — Peace  negotiations  in  Uruguay  are 
broken  off  ;  the  government  forces  surround  the  insur- 
gents. 

September  29. — Prince  Sviatopolk-Mirsky  (see  page 
589)  takes  charge  of  the  Russian  ministry  of  the  in- 
terior ;  it  is  announced  that  the  police  will  no  longer 
be  under  the  management  of  the  ministry The  Ca- 
nadian Parliament  is  dissolved  (see  page  574) The 

Portuguese  Cortes  opens.... The  governor  of  Queens- 
land resigns. 

October  3. — Premier  Balfour,  of  Great  Britain,  de- 
clares that  he  cannot  remain  the  leader  of  his  party  if 
protection  is  adopted. 

October  5. — The  prime  minister  of  the  principality  of 
Lippe  defies  the  German  Emperor  in  a  speech  to  the 
Diet. 

October  8. — The  Witbois,  in  German  Southwest  Afri- 
ca, revolt  and  attack  stations. 

October  11. — A  Boxer  outbreak  is  reported  in  Taming- 
Fu,  China. 

October  12. — Manuel  Quintana  is  inaugurated  presi- 
dent of  Argentina. ..  .The  Japanese  Government  de- 
cides to  float  a  domestic  loan  of  $40,000,000. 

October  19. — Italian  Socialists  issue  a  manifesto  set- 
ting forth  their  platform  in  the  national  campaign. 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS. 

September  24. — President  Roosevelt  announces  to  the 
delegates  of  the  Inter-Parliamentary  Union  that  he  will 
soon  invite  the  powers  to  hold  a  second  peace  congress 
at  The  Hague. 

September  26. — Admiral  Sigsbee  calls  to  account  the 
governor  of  Cartagena,  Colombia,  for  insults  to  the 
American  legation. 


540 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


The  Grand  Duchess  The  Grand  Ducncss  The  Grand  Duchess  The  Grand  Duchess 

Tatiana.  Anastasia.  Olga.  Marie. 

Born  1897  Born   1901.  Born  1895.  Born  1899 

THE  FOUR  DAUGHTERS  OF  THE  CZAR  OF  RUSSIA. 


September  27. — The  Institute  of  International  Law, 
in  session  at  Edinburgh,  expresses  approval  of  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt's  plan  for  a  second  Hague  conference. 

September  28.— The  Association  of  British  Chambers 
of  Commerce  urges  its  home  government  to  conclude  a 
treaty  of  arbitration  with  the  United  States. 

October  3.— The  thirteenth  international  peace  con- 
ference opens  at  Boston. 

October  7. — The  Franco  Spanish  agreement  relative 
to  Morocco  is  signed  at  Paris. 

October  11.— The  United  States  cabinet  considers  the 
seizure  of  American  mail  on  the  British  steamer  Cal- 
Chas  by  Russia.. 

October  19. — Russian  troops  are  withdrawn  from  the 

German  frontier It  isannounced  at  Washington  that 

Secretary  Taft  will  go  to  Panama  to  convey  assurances 
to  the  people  of  the  canal  strip  that  their  rights  are 
guaranteed  by  the  United  States. 

THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR. 

September  21.— Two  Japanese  divisions  attack  the 
Russian  left  flank  on  the  Hun  River,  but  are  repulsed 
after  three  hours'  fighting,  losing  over  700  men. 

September  22.— The  Contraband  Commission,  sitting 
at  St.  Petersburg,  declare  coal,  cotton,  and  iron  mate- 
rials contraband  of  war The  Japanese  capture  two 

more  important  forts  at  Port  Arthur.  ..  .The  Russian 
auxiliary  cruiser  Terek  arrives  at  Las  Palmas  for 
coaling,  but  is  ordered  by  the  authorities  to  leave  at 
once. 

September  2:?.— The  Russian  auxiliary  cruiser  Tcrck 

leaves    Las  Pal  mas The  Petersburg   and    Smohnxl; 

arrive  at  Sue/,  on  their  way  to  Port  Said ....  The  Japa- 
nese flanking  movement  to  the  east  of   Mukden  makes 

progress.  ...Cold  weather  begins  in  Manchuria The 

Japanese  occupy  the Tieling  Pass,  south  of  Mukden.... 
Junks  come  up  the  Liao  River  with  Japanese  sup- 
plies. 

September 25.-  The  Circum-Baikal  Railway  is  com 
pleted  and  opened. .  ..General  Grippenberg  is  appointed 
commander  ol  t  he  second  Russian  army  in  Manchuria; 
it  is  reported  In  Paris  that  General  Kuropatkin  has  re- 


ceived 00,000  men  as  reinforcements  during  the  past 

fortnight After  three  days'  desperate  fighting,  the 

Japanese  capture  six  forts  ou  the  second  line  of  defense 
at  Port  Arthur. 

September  20. — Japan's  rice  crop  is  20  percent,  greater 

this  year  than  usual There  are  frequent  encounters 

in  the  valley  of  the  Hun-ho  River,  east  of  Mukden. 

September  27. — All   news  from  Mukden   shows  that 

important  events  are  near  at  hand The  Chinese  at 

Mukden  refuse  to  act  as  Russian  spies. 

September  29. —The  Japanese  military  system  is 
changed,  so  that  whereas  men  hitherto  passed  into  the 
territorial  army  after  twelve  and  a  half  years,  they  will 
henceforth  remain  eligible  for  foreign  service  for  seven- 
teen and  a  half  years  ;  this  increases  Japan's  fighting 
strength  by  600,000  men. 

October  1.  — The  first  Japanese  train  arrives  at  Liao- 
Yang ;  the  transport  question  is  thus  solved  for  the 
Japanese. 

October  2. — The  first  south-bound  train  on  the  recon- 
structed railway  from  Liao  Yang  leaves  with  490  Jap- 
anese wounded  and  100  sick  and  33  Russian  wounded. 

October  3. — Official  announcement  is  published  in 
Tokio  to  the  effect  that  a  Russian  steamer  was  sunk 
outside  Port  Arthur  on  September  20. 

October  4.— The  Russian  army  under  General  Kuro- 
patkin begins  an  offensive  movement,  capturing  Bent- 
siaputze,  after  sharp  fighting. 


ONE   WHO    KNOWS. 


Heir  to  Am.  the  RuSSIAS  (to  heir  of  Italy)  :  "I  say,  young 
Piedmont,  If  you'll  take  an  older  man's  advice,  keep  clear 
of  these  nasty  jumping  toys.    They  gel  on  your  nerves." 
From  Punch  (London). 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


541 


October  10-12. — The  Japanese  stubbornly  contest  the 
Russian  advance  near  Yen-Tai  ;  38  Russian  guns  are  re- 
ported captured. 

October  13-15. — The  Russian  troops  retreat  before  the 
Japanese  near  Yen-Tai  :  the  Russian  losses  are  esti- 
mated at  30,000,  and  the  Japanese  at  20,000. 

OTHER  OCCURRENCES  OF  THE  MONTH. 

September21. — Work  is  resumed  in  all  the  large  cities 
of  Italy. 

September  22. — The  Institute  of  International  Law 
opens  its  annual  congress  at  Edinburgh. 

September  23. — The  volcano  of  Vesuvius  is  more  ac- 
tive than  for  ten  years  past. 


THE  LATE  SIR  WILLIAM    VERNON   HARCOURT. 

September  24.— Seventy  persons  are  killed  and  125 
injured  in  a  head-on  collision  on  the  Southern  Rail- 
way, near  Knoxville,  Tenn. 

September  27. — The  British  torpedo-boat  destroyer 
Chamois  is  lost  in  the  Gulf  of  Patras  by  an  accident  to 
her  screw. 

September  28. — A  conference  between  delegates  of  the 
United  Free  and  Free  Churches  of  Scotland,  to  discuss 
arrangements  in  view  of  the  recent  decision  of  the 
British  House  of  Lords,  is  held  in  Edinburgh  (see  page 
629). 

September  29. — The  United  States  battleship  Con- 
necticut is  launched  at  the  New  York  navy  yard. 

October  3.— A  train  on  the  New  York  subway  makes 
a  run  of  seven  miles  in  ten  minutes. 

October  5. — The  Triennial  General  Convention  of  the 


Protestant  Episcopal  Church  meets  at  Boston  (see 
page  586). 

October  14. — Twelve  lives  are  lost  in  a  shipwreck 
near  Chatham,  Mass. 

October  18. — Columbia  University  confers  the  degree 
of  LL.D.  on  the  Rt.  Hon.  James  Bryce  (see  page  548). 

OBITUARY. 

September  21. — Judge  Andrew  Howell,  author  of  the 
annotated  statutes  of  Michigan,  77. 

September  22.  — Prof.  Samuel  Ives  Curtiss,  of  Chicago 

Theological  Seminary,  60 Benjamin  Matlack  Ever- 

hart,  of  Pennsylvania,  an  expert  botanist,  87 Walter 

Severn,  the  English  landscape  painter,  74.... Chief  Jo- 
seph, of  the  Nez  Perces. 

September  23. — Henry  L.  Butler,  of  Paterson,  N.  J., 

71 Gen.  Edwin  C.  Pike,  of  Massachusetts,  a  veteran 

of  the  Civil  War,  81. 

September  24.  — Neils  Finsen,  the  Danish  discoverer  of 

the  light  treatment  of  lupus,  43 Ex-Mayor  Franklin 

Edson,  of  New  York  City,  72. 

September  25. — Rear-Admiral  Fernando  P.  Gilmore, 

U.S.N,  (retired),  57 Louis  Fleischmann,  the  wealthy 

baker-philanthropist  of  New  York  City,  68 Fred- 
erick W.  Rhinelander,  president  of  the  Metropolitan 
Museum  of  Art,  of  New  York,  76. 

September  26. — Lafcadio  Hearn,  the  author,  54  (see 

page  561) John  F.    Stairs,   of   Halifax,    formerly  a 

member  of  the  Canadian  House  of  Commons,  56. 

September  27.— Arthur  Kirk,  known  in  Pennsylvania 
as  the  "Father  of  Good  Roads,"  80. 

September  30.— Senator  George  Frisbie  Hoar,  of  Mas- 
sachusetts, 78  (see  page  551). 

October  1.— Sir  William  Vernon-Harcourt,  late  Lib- 
eral leader  in  the  British  House  of  Commons,  80. 

October  3.— Rev.  Horace  G.  Day,  of  Schenectady, 
N.  Y.,  85. 

October  4.— Fr6de>ic  Aiiguste  Bartholdi,  designer  of 
the  statue  of  "Liberty"  in  New  York  Harbor,  70  (see 
page  560) Postmaster-General  Henry  C.  Payne,  61. 

October  5. — Col.  Harlan  P.  Lillibridge,  diplomatist, 

railroad-builder,    and    capitalist,    62 Prof.    Samuel 

Foster  Upham,  of  Drew  Theological  Seminary,  Madi- 
son, N.  J.,  70. 

October  6. — Ira  Davenport,  an  unsuccessful  Republi- 
can candidate  for  governor  of  New  York  State,  63. 

October  7.— Mrs.  Isabella  L.  Bishop,  the  English  trav- 
eler and  author,  72. 

October  8.— Ex-United  States  Senator  Matt  W.  Ran- 
som, of  North  Carolina,  78. 

October  9. — Gustavus  W.  Pach,  the  New  York  photog- 
rapher, 59. 

October  10. — John  Hollingshead,  the  well-known  Lon- 
don journalist,  77. 

October  14. — King  George  of  Saxony,  72. 

October  15.— Ex-Gov.  Alonzo  B.  Cornell,  of  New  York, 
72. 

October  16.— Brig.-Gen.  William  Scott  Worth,  U.S.A. 
(retired),  64. 

October  19. — Brig.-Gen.  George   D.    Ruggles,  U.S.A. 

(retired),  71 Vice- Admiral  Vansittart,  R.N.  (retired), 

86. 


CARTOONS   OF  THE   CAMPAIGN. 


'NATlONg^T 
CAMPAIGN 
Q04    ^ 


gum-shoe  campaign.— From  the  Telegram  (New  York). 


SENATOR  FA  1 1!  HANKS   SCATTERING   SPEECHES  BROADCAST. 

And  they  said  he  was  not  a  strenuous  candidate. 
From  I  lie  Pr«M  (Binghamton). 


PRETTY    BIRDIK. 

Candidate  Davis  trying  to  secure  the  Maryland  vote. 
From  the  Telegram  (Ne  w  York) , 


CARTOONS  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN. 


543 


nuc«  Cheaper    Z,      *"     Co°os  !  'FUt 

^ 1-^iCpOO  '         ^^ER.flNn  ||    fi|'    ^""KF^0^- 


MY  -?  5D.OOO 


Sfe 


.r»nS 


PARKER  AND  DAVIS  AS  SALESMEN. 

Business  is  frightfully  dull,  considering  the  great  variety  of  cheap  goods  they  are  offering  the  public. 

From  the  Inquirer  (Philadelphia). 


Roosevelt  :  '"Twill  help  to  make  the  pot  boil." 
From  the  Brooklyn  Eagle  (New  York). 


The  great  Fairbanks  in  the         Fairbanks  in  the  shade  of 
Senate.  the  "Rough  Rider." 

"how  are  the  mighty  fallen!" 

From  the  American  (New  York). 


544 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


The  Angei.  of  Peace:  "Help!  help ! "—From  the  World  (New  York). 


(Governor  La  Follette's  ticket  was  de- 
clared regular,  last  month,  by  the  Wis- 
consin Supreme  Court.) 

From  the  Post  (Washington.  D.  C.) 


There  wm  a  jro^gman  *><*>  *A*i'Ho* 

Th*t  Ik  «o/T«o«d  ft*  hearT  <f  ">■»  c«« 

J  will  »<t  here  «w>d.*mil*  , 

For  I  knew  aA  Ihc  while, . 

I  cawld  inaXe  it  0  K  wilh  Ae.cow. 


HPOONKH  ANO  BABCOOK  AS  THE  MARK  TAP- 

i.evs  OF    Wisconsin.  —  From    the    Post 
(Washington,  D.  C). 


now  to  Mit.K  the  bkbk  TRUST-— From  the  World  (New  York). 


CARTOONS  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN. 


545 


THE  SILENCING  OF   PARKER. 

Parker  (from  under  the  bed)  :    "  I  niU  speak  ! " 

Miss  Democracy  :    "No,  Alton,  I  cannot  allow  you  to  make  speeches     Stay  where  you  are  until  after  election. 

From  the  Mail  (New  York). 


SUCH  A  disappointment!  „.,..«.«. 

,,       _                                                                        ,.     .„-      D„„  Parker  (the  Esopus  Patient) :  "Can't  you  da  something 

Miss  Democracy  as  the  fortune-teller  (to  Mr.  Par-  for  me  Dr  Gorman?" 

ker) :  "You  are  contemplating  a  trip  to  Washington,  Judge;  ' 


you  won't  take  it.'  —From  the  Mail  (New  York). 


From  the  Mail  (New  York). 


546 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


qemocpmtio    ueco  qqwrisg^ 


TOO  LATE   FOR  ROPE. 

But  not.  too  early  for  a  little  condolence  and  sympathy.-  From  the  Inquirer  (Philadelphia). 


You  KM°W 
»)UK  MOSES.  Weil.«< 

6ETIER    TM»N  SOOUI 


Democratic 


Hit  Y  an  AS  A  A  HON  :  "You  know  what  I  think  of  our  Moses. 
Well,  he's  better  than  Roosevelt,  anyhow  1" 

From  the  Port  (Washington). 


MOW  THE  PARTY   EDITORS  DEALT  WITH  JUDGE  PARKER'S 
LETTER  OF  ACCEPTANCE. 

From  the  Post  (Washington). 


CARTOONS  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN. 


547 


"BRYAN  SATS  HE  IS  THE  AARON  AND  NOT  THE  MOSES  OF  THE 
DEMOCRATIC     PARTY.      SOME    PEOPLE    THINK     HE     IS    THE 

JONAH.— From  the  Press  (Binghamton) 


Uncle  Sam  (to  Parker)  :   "If  you  want  the  job  as  Presi- 
dent, let's  see  your  plans." 


From  the  Leader  (Cleveland). 

3 


ZZ?&**>6-sfe<n&a^, 


THE  PARKER  BABES  IN  THE  WOODS  OF  NEBRASKA— BRYAN  AND  WATSON  AS  THE  PAIR  OF  DREADFUL  RUFFIANS. 

From  the  Inquirer  (Philadelphia). 


MR.    MORLEY   AND    MR.    BRYCE    IN    AMERICA. 


DISTINGUISHED  visitors  from 
other  lands  are  always  made  wel- 
come when  they  come  to  the  United 
States,  but  there  are  some  that  an  es- 
pecially hearty  greeting  awaits,  and 
to  this  class  belong  two  men  who  will 
be  hero  at  the  time  of  our  Presidential 
election.  These  are  the  Rt.  Hon.  James 
Bryce  and  the  Rt.  Hon.  John  Morley. 
We  d,o  not  count  them  as  foreigners, 
but  as  of  our  own  people.  Mr.  Bryce, 
indeed,  has  long  known  us  by  direct 
observation  of  our  public,  social,  and 
private  life,  and  he  has  perhaps  almost 
as  many  personal  friends  on  this  side 
of  the  Atlantic  as  he  has  in  the  British 
Islands.  Mr.  Morley  has  not  known 
us  heretofore  in  the  same  way  as  Mr. 
Bryce,  but  he  has  been  well  acquaint- 
ed with  our  history, while,  on. the  other 
hand,  we  have  been  no  less  apprecia- 
tive of  his  literary  work  than  are  his 
readers  at  home. 

The  names  of  Mr.  Bryce  and  Mr. 
Morley  are  very  naturally  associated 
with  each  other  on  many  accounts. 
They  have  long  stood  for  the  same 
things  in  English  public  life  ;  and 
they,  among  the  younger  men  closely 
supporting  Mr.  Gladstone,  are  better 
known  to  American  readers,  and 
would  also  seem  to  be  in  closer  ac- 
cord with  the  best  American  public 
opinion,  than  any  other  British  states- 
men. They  are  of  nearly  the  same 
age,  both  having  been  born  in  the 
year  1838,  and  being,  therefore,  now 
sixty-six  or  thereabouts.  By  way  of 
comparison,  they  are  of  just  the  same 
age  as  our  Secretary  of  State,  the  Hon. 
John  Hay.  The  Hon.  Grover  Cleve- 
land is  one  year  older,  as  are  also  M  r. 
Andrew  Carnegie,  Mr.Whitelaw  Reid,  Mi-.W.  D. 
Lowells,  Mr.  l'ierpont  Morgan,  and  others  now 
prominent  in  our  American  world  of  thought 
and  action. 

Mr.  Bryce's  hair  and  beard  have  whitened 
noticeably  since  his  last  visit  to  the  United 
States,  but  public  men  in  England  at  his  time 
of  life  are  still  in  the  vigor  and  prime  of  their 
activity.  A  very  distinguished  Liberal  col- 
league of  Mr.  Morley  and  Mr.  Bryce, — namely, 
Sir  William  Vernon  Harcourt,  who  died  only  last 
month,      was  about  eleven  years  older,  having 


THE  KT.    HON.   JAMES   BRYCE. 


From  M  ill 
the 


otograph  by  Davis  &  Sanford.  New  York,  taken  especially  for 
Review  op  Reviews  on  October  14.— See  frontispiece.) 

been  born  seventy-seven  years  ago.  Sir  Henry 
Campbell-Bannerman,  who  is  the  official  leader 
of  the  Liberal  party  in  the  House  of  Commons, 
and  sits  with  Mr.  Bryce  and  Mr.  Morley  on  the 
front  opposition  bench,  is  their  senior  by  two- 
or  three  years,  having  entered  upon  his  sixty- 
ninth  year  in  September  last,  while  Lord  Spen- 
cer, who  is  the  official  leader  of  the  Liberals  in 
the  upper  house,  is  still  a  little  older,  having  at- 
tained the  age  of  sixty-nine  a  few  days  ago. 

At  some  time   in    the  very  near   future,  prob- 
ably within  six  months,  there  will  be  a  general 


MR.   MO R LEY  AND  MR.  BRYCE  IN  AMERICA. 


549 


THE  RT.   HON.   JOHN  MORLEY,   NOW  IN  THIS  COUNTRY. 


election  in  England,  the  Liberal  party  will  come 
into  power  again,  Lord  Spencer  will  very  prob- 
ably be  asked  by  King  Edward  to  form  a  min- 
istry, and  Mr.  Bryce  and  Mr.  Morley  will  be 
leading  members  of  the  cabinet.  "While  noting 
the  ages  of  these  prominent  leaders  in  English 
politics,  it  should  be  noted  that  Mr.  Chamber- 
lain, who  in  his  earlier  career  was,  like  Mr. 
Bryce  and  Mr.  Morley,  one  of  Mr.  Gladstone's 
most  trusted  lieutenants,  is  in  his  sixty-ninth 
year,  while  the  present  prime  minister,  Mr. 
Balfour  (as  also  Lord  Rosebery),  is  about  ten 
years  younger  than  Messrs.  Morley  and  Bryce. 


It  is  to  Mr.  Carnegie  that  we  owe  the  honor  of 
Mr.  Morley's  present  visit.  These  two  eminent 
citizens  of  the  English-speaking  world  arrived 
at  New  York  on  Saturday,  the  22d  of  October. 
In  token  of  a  long-time  friendship,  Mr.  Carnegie 
several  years  ago  presented  to  Mr.  Morley  the 
great  and  famous  historical  library  of  the  late 
Lord  Acton.  Mr.  Morley  is  to  give  the  Found- 
er's Day  address  at  the  Carnegie  Institute  of 
Pittsburg  on  November  3.  He  is  also  expected 
to  accompany  Mr.  Carnegie  to  St.  Louis,  where 
the  great  fair  will  be  inspected,  and  where  Mr. 
Carnegie  is  to  address  the  Chamber  of  Commerce. 


550 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Mr.  Morley  was  at  the  height  of  a  great  liter- 
ary fame  when,  at  the  age  of  forty-five,  in  1883, 
he  entered  politics  and  began  a  Parliamentary 
career  of  the  very  first  rank.  In  a  remarkably 
short  time  after  entering  politics,  he  became  an 
effective  debater  in  the  House  and  a  fluent 
speaker  on  the  hustings.  He  is  an  <  >xford  man. 
and  has  received  many  university  honors.  He 
read  law  at  Lincoln's  Inn,  and  became  a  bar- 
rister in  1873.  Meanwhile,  he  had  been  en- 
gaged in  literary  and  editorial  work  for  a 
number  of  years,  and  from  lsiiT  to  1883  he 
edited  the  Fortnightly  Review, — at  the  same  time, 
from  1880  to  1883,  editing  the  Pall  Mall  Gazette, 
a  famous  afternoon  daily  paper  of  London.  He 
gave  up  the  Pall  Mull  Gazette  and  the  Fortnightly 
on  entering  Parliament.  In  1886,  he  was  in 
Mr.  Gladstone's  cabinet  as  Chief  Secretary  for 
Ireland,  a  ministerial  post  that  he  held  again 
in  the  period  from  1892  to  1895. 

Many  of  his  books  have  already  become  classics 
in  English  literature.  Notable  among  these  are 
his  biographical  studies  of  Burke,  Voltaire,  Rous- 
seau, Diderot  and  the  Encyclopedists,  and  Rich- 
ard Cobden,  all  of  these  having  been  written  in 
the  period  before  he  entered  Parliament.  Quite 
recently  he  has  written  a  volume  on  Oliver  Crom- 
well, and, — latest  and  greatest, — an  extended 
and  authoritative  biography  of  William  E.  (Mad- 
stone.  He  has  also  published  a  number  of  vol- 
umes of  collected  essays  and  studies  in  the  fields 
of  ethics,  philosophy,  education,  politics,  history, 
biography,  and  literary  criticism.  Hardly  any 
other  writer  of  our  times  has  shown  himself  so 
capable  of  breadth  and  justice  of  view.  England 
has  furnished  us  with  a  long  list  of  public  men 
who  have  also  been  distinguished  in  authorship, 
but  few  have  been  so  successful  in  both  spheres 
as  Mr.  John  Morley. 

Mr.  Bryce  came  to  this  country  some  weeks 
ago  as  one  of  the  distinguished  scholars  whose 
cooperation  had  been  sought  and  obtained  for 
the  International  Congress  of  Arts  and  Science 
at  St.  Louis.  He  was  a  vice-president  of  that 
congress,  and  delivered  an  address  there  late  in 
September.  Meanwhile,  he  had  been  secured  by 
Columbia  University  for  the  initial  course  of 
lectures  on  the  Carpentier  Foundation,  his  sub- 
ject being  "  Law  in  Its  Relations  to  History." 
On  the  completion,  last  month,  of  the  Columbia 
lectures,  he  went  to  Harvard  to  give  several 
lectures  in  a  course  founded   by  the  late  Mr.  E. 


L.  Godkin.  It  is  said  that  one  of  the  subjects 
with  which  Mr.  Bryce  is  concerning  himself 
during  this  visit  is  the  revision  at  some  future 
time  of  his  great  work  on  "The  American 
( lommonwealth." 

This  work,  which  is  an  analytical  and  descrip- 
tive account  of  American  institutions  of  gov- 
ernment and  of  American  social  life  and  condi- 
tions, made  its  first  appearance  nearly  sixteen 
years  ago,  and  it  has  proved  itself  the  most  com- 
plete and  successful  book  ever  written  about  the 
American  people.  It  is  sometimes  compared 
with  De  Tocqueville's  "  Democracy  in  America," 
which  appeared  in  1835-40;  but  Mr.  Bryce's 
work  is  based  upon  more  extended  and  thorough 
studies.  Like  Mr.  Morley,  Mr.  Bryce  is  ac- 
counted as  preeminently  the  scholar  and  man  of 
letters  in  politics.  Mr.  Bryce's  career,  however, 
has  been  more  closely  identified  than  that  of  his 
colleague  with  legal  and  political  science. 

His  student  career  at  Oxford  was  a  brilliant 
one,  and  he  was  elected  a  fellow  of  Oriel  Col 
lege  in  1862.  He  became  a  barrister  of  Lin- 
coln's Inn  in  1867,  arid  was  in  legal  practice  for 
fifteen  years.  Meanwhile,  in  1870,  he  was  ap- 
pointed to  the  post  of  Regius  Professor  of  Civil 
Law  at  Oxford,  which  he  held  for  twenty-three 
years,  before  resigning  it  on  account  of  the 
pressure  of  his  Parliamentary  and  other  work. 
He  is  now  serving  his  twenty-fifth  year  in  the 
House  of  Commons.  From  his  early  youth,  he 
has  been  a  great  traveler,  and  his  knowdedge  of 
foreign  countries  and  of  international  law  and 
politics  has  long  been  recognized,  so  that  he  is 
accounted  one  of  the  chief  English  authorities 
upon  matters  of  foreign  policy.  He  was  Under 
Secretary  for  Foreign  Affairs  almost  twenty 
years  ago,  and  has  since  held  several  other 
positions  in  Liberal  cabinets. 

He  is  a  member  of  many  learned  societies, 
holds  many  honorary  degrees,  and  only  last 
month  received  another  from  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. He  began  to  write  books  while  still  very 
young,  and  as  early  as  1862  published  "The 
Holy  Roman  Empire,"  which  after  more  than 
forty  years  he  has  just  been  revising.  His 
"Impressions  of  South  Africa,"  written  seven 
years  ago,  is  the  most  statesman-like  as  well  as 
the  most  interesting  account  we  have  of  the  de- 
velopment of  that  region  ;  and  he  has  published 
various  other  works,  lie  returns  to  England 
about  the  tenth  of  the  present  month. 


GEORGE  FRISBIE  HOAR:  A  CHARACTER  SKETCH. 


BY  TALCOTT  WILLIAMS. 


NO  familiar  business  is  so  little  understood 
by  the  American  people  as  the  job  of 
being  Congressman.  The  isolation  of  the  na- 
tional capital,  the  absence  of  an  encircling  class 
about  Congress  whose 
members  in  lands  with 
such  a  class  learn  from 
boyhood  the  legislative 
task,  and  the  small  share 
of  men  reelected  for 
more  than  two  terms 
leaves  the  country  at 
large  without  any  great 
number  of  men  who 
have  served  long  enough 
to  know  the  work  to 
which  they  have  been 
called.  On  the  average, 
a  little  less  than  half  of 
each  Congress  fails  of 
reelection.  There  have 
been  tidal  years,  like 
1840  and  1890,  when 
less  than  a  third  re- 
turned. By  conse- 
quence, a  very  small 
group  does  all  the  real 
work  of  national  legis- 
lation, a  smaller  group 
than  in  any  other  na- 
tional legislature  in  the 
world,  for  in  none  do 
districts  make  such  a 
sweep  at  every  election. 
Some  three-score  men, 
about  the  number  of 
men  who  cluster  around 

the  two  front  benches  on  either  side  of  the  mace 
and  dispatch  boxes  in  the  House  at  St.  Stephen's, 
do  all  the  work  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 
The  rest  are  moving  shadows  that  come  and  go 
and  but  make  up  the  list  of  aye  and  no.  In  the 
Senate,  with  a  longer  term,  a  larger  proportion 
must  be  reckoned  with,  but  there  some  twenty 
are  the  Senate  chamber.  Senator  Edmunds 
once  said  six  did  the  work  of  the  Senate.  All 
told,  about  seventy-five  to  eighty  men  in  botli 
chambers  run  Congress  and  are  the  real  national 
legislature,  a  body  so  small  and  so  concealed 
that  only  the  political  expert  knows  their  names. 
Yet  ask   any  man  who  for  years   together  has 


Copyright,  1904.  by  Ciinedinst,  Washing 
THE  LATE  SENATOR  GEORGE  F. 


watched  sessions  from  the  seat  of  a  correspond- 
ent— more  permanent  and  often  of  more  influ- 
ence than  any  but  these  few  in  the  chamber 
below — to  check  the  men  who  do  the  work  of 
Congress,  and  he  will 
stop  about  twenty  or 
thirty  short  of  a  hun- 
dred. 

When  a  man  is  for 
thirty-five  years  in  Con- 
gress, or  half  his  life, 
as  was  George  Frisbie 
Hoar,  he  is  not  only  one 
of  this  group,  but  at  the 
close  of  his  life  one  of 
its  ruling  elders, 
weighty  for  seniority, 
for  deference,  for  pub- 
lic reputation,  and  for 
personal  influence.  In 
this  group,  in  which  men 
maintain  an  uncertain 
footing  depending  on  a 
distant  district  or  a 
changing  State  legisla- 
ture, itself  renewed  com- 
plete every  four  or  six 
years,  men  specialize. 
There  are  men,  little 
heard  by  the  general 
public,  so  powerful  in 
the  close  quarters  and 
patient  toil  of  the  com- 
mittee room  that  the 
form  of  legislation  and 
the  distribution  of  ap- 
propriations are  almost 
wholly  theirs.  Such  a  man  is  Senator  Allison, 
and  such  for  years  was  Speaker  Cannon.  Men 
there  are  to  whom  legislation  is  as  nothing  and 
party  leadership  all,  as  was  each  to  Senator 
Hanna  in  recent  years  and  to  Blaine  thirty  years 
ago.  But  there  are  also  men  to  whom  Con- 
gress is  a  vast  sounding  board,  who  are  heard 
by  all  the  land.  For  one  party  or  the  other,  they 
frame  its  utterances,  express  its  aspirations,  and 
render  visible  and  vocal  its  intent  and  inspira- 
tion, its  purpose  and  policy. 

Senator  Hoar  for  a  generation  did  this  in  Con- 
gress, and  for  half  a  century  on  the  platform. 
When  he  was  called,  in  1850,  at  twenty-four,  to 


HOAR,   OF  MASSACHUSETTS. 


552 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  platform  of  a  meeting  waiting  for  Judge 
Allen,  and  became  among  the  younger  men  of 
Massachusetts  by  a  single  speech  the  recog- 
nized speaker  of  the  Free  Sod  movement,  he 
executed  this  special  task  as  completely  and 
efficiently  as  eleven  months  ago,  when  in  his 
last  important  utterance  on  a  new  public  ques- 
tion— the  issue,  not  of  his  generation,  but  of 
the  next — he  outlined  on  trusts  the  policy  to 
which  all  the  country  came  six  months  later, — 
publicity  enforced  by  exclusion  from  interstate 
commerce  for  corporations  which  refused  full 
reports  of  their  condition  and  transactions. 

The  generations  that  were  past  had  done  all 
they  could  for  him.  He  came  of  the  soundest 
New  England  stock.  No  fiber  of  Englishi*y  was 
absent  from  his  frame.  Three  of  his  ances- 
tors and  six  of  his  family  stood  at  Concord 
Bridge  in  the  company  his  grandfather  com- 
manded. He  heard  all  the  story  in  his  boy- 
hood from  those  who  shared  it.  His  grand- 
father, Roger  Sherman,  alone  signed  all  four 
of  the  great  charters  of  the  nation,  the  Articles 
of  Association  and  Confederation,  the  Declara- 
tion and  Constitution.  He  alone  of  those  who 
came  from  New  England  added  to  the  foun- 
dations of  the  Constitution  and  shaped  its  bul- 
warks. The  New  England  that  was  before  Web- 
ster and  the  New  England  since  has  been  more 
successful  in  agitation  than  in  construction,  in 
controversy  than  in  conflict.  No  one  of  the 
greater  commanders  of  the  Civil  War  was  born 
in  New  England.  In  1787,  it  was  the  Middle 
States  and  Virginia  which  shaped  the  Consti 
tution,  though  in  both  struggles  the  ideas  and 
the  action  of  New  England  had  precipitated  the 
struggle. 

Come  of  this  stock,  he  was  of  a  Congressional 
family.  His  grandfather  and  father,  his  brother 
and  his  nephews,  all  sat  in  Congress,  and  his  son 
was  nominated  to  a  seat  the  week  of  his  funeral. 
Not  the  Harrisons  and  Masons  and  Randolphs 
of  Virginia,  the  Lamars  of  the  Gulf  States,  the 
Clays  of  the  middle  West,  or  the  Adamses  of  his 
own  State  were  bred  in  a  more  constant  atten- 
tion to  the  affairs  of  the  State  or  were  surround- 
ed by  a  more  instant,  if  insensible,  training.  lie 
had,  above  all,  that  schooling  in  democracy  and 
personal  address  bred  by  the  New  England  town 
and  its  town  meeting.  Concord,  where  he  was 
born,  in  1826,  had  in  fifty-five  years  gained  but 
two  hundred  and  twenty-four  in  its  population 
(  1765  -1564  :  1820-17,88),  a  little  over  an  eighth. 
( )!'  its  original  organizers,  in  1  <>:!.">,  nearly  all  were 
still  represented  two  hundred  years  later,  in 
L835.  During  his  term  in  Congress,  1870  to 
1!M)0,  Concord  doubled,  and  rose  in  population 
from  'J.  I  1  7  to  5,652,  one  fourth  foreign   at    both 


dates.  Making  all  allowances  for  State  institu- 
tions planted  within  its  borders,  this  was  a  trans- 
formation from  a  community  as  vivid  and  as 
autochthonous  as  an  Attic  deme  to  one  muddied 
with  streams  from  many  lands.  The  Concord 
of  Senator  Hoar's  boyhood  had  for  its  citizens 
Emerson,  Hawthorne,  Thoreau,  and  Alcott.  It 
was  to  produce  one  of  the  first  of  American 
sculptors,  French.  Lesser  names  are  on  its  list 
by  the  score.  Only  Hellenic  civilization  has 
been  thus  happy  in  crowding  in  a  single  genera- 
tion into  a  population  of  half  a  thousand  families 
those  who  in  affairs,  letters,  and  the  arts  were  to 
lead  a  great  land  and  stimulate  a  great  race. 

Senator  Hoar  fitted  for  college  with  Mrs. 
Samuel  Ripley,  a  woman  whose  training  of  young 
men  is  a  perpetual  answer  to  the  suggestion  that 
a  young  man  will  be  less  a  man  because  his 
teachers  are  of  the  sex  of  his  mother.  He  went 
through  the  Harvard  of  sixty  years  ago.  In  his 
autobiography,  he  frankly  confessed  that  there 
he  learned  much  from  the  men  who  taught  him 
and  little  from  the  books  he  studied  ;  but  he 
had  the  inestimable  advantage  of  being  forced 
to  apply  himself  to  studies  which  beyond  any 
others  school  men  to  the  control  of  their  own 
minds  and  the  expression  of  their  ideas.  To  the 
last  speech  he  made,  every  line  reflected  the 
value  of  his  early  and  later  study  of  the  classics. 
He  evinced  all  his  life  the  discipline  of  studying 
what  the  ages  had  elected  for  him,  instead  of 
electing  for  himself  out  of  a  maze  of  offered 
studies,  with  a  leaning  for  "  forenoon  courses." 

It  would  be  idle  to  rank  him  among  those 
whom  poverty  restrains  or  untoward  obstruction 
stimulates.  He  was  as  good  as  born  in  the  pur- 
ple. He  came  of  "earth's  first  blood,  had  titles 
manifold  " — none  the  less  likely  to  aid  and  all 
the  more  certain  to  arouse  no  envy  and  school 
to  emulation  because  they  were  recorded  in  no 
peerage  and  stimulated  a  pride  of  opportunity 
rather  than  an  empty  vanity  in  privilege.  It 
was  of  such  families  and  such  men  that  the  acute 
thinker  and  penetrating  historian,  Edward  A. 
Freeman,  wrote:  "  It  is  only  in  a  commonwealth 
that  a  nobility  can  really  rule,  and  even  in  a 
democratic  commonwealth,  the  sentiment  of  no- 
bility may  exist,  though  all  legal  privilege  has 
been  abolished  or  has  never  existed.  That  is  to 
say.  traditional  feeling  may  give  the  members 
of  certain  families  a  strong  preference,  to  say 
the  least,  in  election  to  office." 

This  ••strong  preference"  may  elect  a  man 
once.  It  will  never,  alone,  reelect  him.  When 
Mr.  Hoar,  at  forty-two,  was  first  elected,  in  1868, 
to  the  House,  he  was  a  leading  lawyer  in  a  pro- 
vincial town — Worcester — of  some  thirty-four 
thousand   inhabitants.      He   had   served   once  in 


THE  LATEST  PORTRAIT  OF  SENATOR  HOAR. 


554 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  lower  chamber  of  the  State  legislature  and 
once  in  the  upper.  He  had  urged  factory  legis 
lation,  limiting  hours.  He  had  worked  for  edu- 
cation. He  had  a  multitude  of  clients  gained  in 
twenty  years  of  practice,  but  he  had  been  asso- 
ciated with  few  conspicuous  cases.  He  had  made 
no  vivid  impression  on  bar  or  public.  No  one 
would  have  put  him  higher  than  among  the 
sound  nisi  prius  lawyers  of  a  local  bar,  always 
highly  respectable  but  never  eminent.  T  was 
sitting  in  the  seat  of  a  young,  a  very  young,  cor- 


A  PORTRAIT  OF  MR.   HOAR  ABOUT  THE  TIME  HE  ENTERED 
CONGRESS,   IN  1868. 

respondent  in  the  House  at  Washington  when 
I  saw  a  fluttering  message  carried  to  Mrs.  Hoar 
in  the  "members'  gallery,"  and  a  moment  later 
the  thronging  congratulation,  on  the  floor,  of  the 
member  from  Massachusetts,  newly  elevated  to 
the  Senate. 

I  remember  well  how  general  was  the  impres- 
sion that  Massachusetts  had  ceased  to  produce 
great  men  and  was  about  to  be  represented  by  a 
man  of  moderate  ability  with  a  gift  ami  turn  for 
rhetorical  declamation.  The  press  gallery  was 
full  of  an  acidulous  story  of  Mr.  Hoar  rehears- 
ing endlessly  before  a  mirror  in  his  very  mod- 
est rooms  at  the  hotel  and  having  once  naively 
consented  to  a  belated  interview  on  a  warm  sum- 
mer night  clad  only  in  the  oratory  and  the  night 
gown  of  Ins  fathers.  His  speeches  unquestion- 
ably, at  this  stage,  smelled  of  the  lamp,  and  a, 
lamp  lie  had  not  yet  learned  to  trim.  He  had 
the    New    England    voice,    which    grates  under 


emotion.  He  wore  side-whiskers,  which  marred 
all  the  finer  modeling  of  his  profile.  He  stooped. 
He  rose  on  his  toes  for  emphasis.  He  was  ner- 
vous. His  speeches  never  were  "news."  His 
gestures  had  the  mechanical  and  reflected  accu- 
racy of  the  mirror  before  which  he  had  practised 
them.  As  a  Congressional  speech-maker,  he  was 
then  principally  known  as  the  author  of  a  criti- 
cism of  his  own  party,  delivered  while  a  man- 
ager of  the  Belknap  impeachment,  which  was 
for  twenty  years  the  favorite  campaign  docu- 
ment of  the  opposition,  quoted  by  every  rural 
Democratic  Congressman  when  he  had  "  leave 
to  print  "  and  wished  appropriately  to  round  out 
his  attack  on  "  Republican  corruption." 

It  spoke  the  man.  It  was  the  most  creditable 
utterance  of  a  lifetime  of  high  moral  courage. 
He  had  entered  Congress  in  that  moral  slack- 
water  of  our  history  when  the  ebb  of  the  emo- 
tion of  an  heroic  struggle  had  left  bare,  ugly, 
and  exposed  the  slime  and  sickening  corruption 
which  succeeded  the  Civil  War,  as  it  did  the 
Revolution.  The  air  of  the  national  capital  was 
full  of  pleas  for  silence,  excuse,  and  acquittal. 
Men  were  longing  for  the  Prophet's  voice.  He 
sounded  it  in  that  appalling  record  of  sinners 
and  scapegoats  when  trying  to  persuade  an  un- 
willing Senate  to  convict  Belknap,  as  he  had 
earlier  urged  the  credit  mobilier  inquiry  in  a 
period  so  much  worse  than  that  to-day  that, 
to  those  who  knew  the  Washington  of  1868—77, 
federal  scandals  now  seem  trivial.  The  Prophet 
may  be  respected.  He  is  never  popular.  But 
when  the  Electoral  Commission  came,  Mr.  Hoar 
was  one  of  the  Republicans  the  Democi'atic 
managers  of  the  House  were  willing  to  see 
chosen.  The  fifteen  on  that  tribunal, — as  lofty 
and  novel  an  achievement  in  constitutional 
practice  as  our  race  has  ever  accomplished,  to 
which  his  legal  acumen  contributed  much, — had 
under  the  political  conditions  of  the  day  to  be 
selected  by  unanimous  consent.  Neither  party 
could  elect  a  man  to  whom  the  other  party 
seriously  objected. 

Senator  Hoar,  therefore,  began  his  career  in 
the  Senate  with  a  sense  of  party  detachment. 
He  was  expected  to  be  an  independent.  He 
was,  instead,  a  strong  party  man.  The  ex- 
planation was  simple.  He  had  inherited  and 
he  shared  that  sense  and  instinct  for  corporate 
action  which  makes  free  government  possible. 
No  "independent"  would  ever  enjoy  to-day 
the  inestimable  privilege  of  free  speech  and  un- 
trammeled  criticism  if  English-speaking  men. 
loyal  through  generations  to  party  ties,  had  not 
through  that  instrument  created  constitutional 
freedom.  As  Senator  Hoar  wrote  in  1884,  urg- 
ing •■  my  dear  young  friend  "  to  vote  for  Blaine  : 


GEORGE  FRISB1E  HOAR. 


555 


Party  is  but  the  instrument  by  which  freemen  exe- 
cute their  will.  But  it  differs  from  other  instruments 
in  this, — it  is  an  indispensable  instrument.  It  is  made 
up  of  the  men,  and  practically  all  the  men.  who  wish 
to  accomplish  the  things  you  deem  vital  to  the  pros- 
perity, honor,  and  glory  of  your  country.  You  may 
not  like  the  general  the  commissioned  authority  of  the 
Republican  party  has  selected.  But  you  fight  on  the 
Democratic  side  with  the  Democratic  and  against 
the  Republican  party,  on  everything  on  which  these 
two  parties  differ,  if  you  vote  for  Grover  Cleveland. 
We  will  vote  for  no  corrupt  or  unclean  man  for  Presi- 
dent. At  the  same  time,  we  do  not  mean  to  help  any 
party  to  gain  the  Presidency  by  crime. 

To  this  creed  he  held  all  his  life.  He  was  not 
in  a  State  where  party  was  made  the  instrument 
of  plunder  and  its  management  a  sink  of  iniquity. 
He  would  have  bolted  Butler  and  opposed  him, 
though  even  here  slow  in  his  opposition.  To  the 
close  of  his  career,  he  held  to  a  sound  belief  in 
the  claims  of  party,  opposed  the  treaty  of  Paris 
and  the  Panama  treaty  in  debate,  and  voted  for 
both.  Throughout,  he  was  of  constant  and  pa- 
triotic service  in 
connecting  the 
brains  and  principle 
of  his  party  with  its 
working  manage- 
ment and  titular 
leadership.  He  kept 
President  Grant's 
confidence  when 
other  reformers  lost 
it.  His  close  connec- 
tion and  acquaint- 
ance with  the  man- 
agers of  party 
machinery  enabled 
him  to  stay  many  a 
vicious  project  and 
secure    many    a 

sound  compromise  which  a  man  walking  alone 
could  never  have  gained. 

His  long  national  service  had  few  greater  gifts 
to  his  land  than  the  party  service  he  gave  when, 
as  chairman  of  the  Republican  national  conven- 
tion, in  1880,  he  prevented  Grant's  nomination 
for  a  third  term  and  assured  Garfield's.  Every 
force  of  evil  in  the  Republican  party,  all  the 
seventy-times-seven  devils  expelled  by  the  reve- 
lations and  investigations  of  a  decade,  rallied  to 
put  an  honest  hero  to  dishonest  use.  Senator 
Hoar  was  never  seen  to  better  advantage  than 
in  those  long  days  when  with  uplifted  gavel 
and  high-pitched  voice  he  ruled  that  storm  and 
turned  back  its  mad  desire.  Nor  is  such  service 
possible  except  to  the  man  who  feels  the  respon- 
sibility of  party  action  and  has  the  instinct  of 
control  and  moral  leadership. 


A   SKETCH    OF  SENATOR   HOAR 
WHILE  SPEAKING   IN  THE 
UNITED   STATES  SENATE. 


Photograph  by  Parker,  Washington. 

ONE  OF  THE  MOST   FAMILIAR  PORTRAITS  OF  MR.   HOAR. 

Never  before  or  after  was  he  called  to  this 
high  service.  Nowhere  else  in  his  life  did  he 
display  that  unique  power  of  personal  direction 
and  impartial  decision  which  distinguishes  the 
presiding  officer  of  our  race.  No  other  race  has 
it.  For  lack  of  it,  in  the  hands  of  no  other  men  is 
the  representative  chamber  workable.  The  best 
of  his  time  and  training  shone  in  those  Chicago 
days  which  saved  the  republic  from  departure 
from  a  sound  tradition  essential  to  free  govern- 
ment. 

But  this  was  not  to  be  his  service.  His  State 
elected  him  to  the  Senate  oftener  than  any  of 
her  sons.  He  had  many  faults.  Quick-tempered, 
he  had  the  impatience  over  slower  and  more 
pliable  men  frequent  in  those  of  high  intel- 
lectual powers.  In  his  early  years  of  service,  he 
had  his  share  of  egotism,  not  unnatural.  He 
was  not  at  his  best  in  making  it  easy  for  his 
colleagues  to  get  on  with  him,  and  he  lacked  in 
tact,  affronting  men  by  a  lofty  superiority,  to 
himself  unconscious,  and  to  other  men  some- 
times seeming  to  be  self-conscious.  He  dis- 
played, in  short,  and  particularly  before  he  had 
reached  the  full  stature  of  his  statesman- 
ship, just  the  qualities  which  should  have 
alienated  support.      He  outgrew  these  faults,  as 


556 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


SENATOR  HOAR'S  RESIDENCE,   1605  CONNECTICUT  AVENUE, 
WASHINGTON. 

(Purchased  in  1902,  shortly  before  Mrs.  Hoar's  death.) 


he  showed  best  by  his  jests 
about  them.  The  Massachu- 
setts mass  vote  is  of  the  best 
type  of  democracy,  and  for- 
gives all  to  the  servant  of 
faithful  service  who  wins  dis- 
tinction, lie  brought  to  his 
labors  the  industry  of  the 
untiring  attorney.  He  had 
done  something  to  bring  to 
a  semblance  of  judicial  proc- 
ess the  election  law  of  the 
House.  For  years,  in  the 
Senate,  he  conducted  the 
countless  issues  as  to  elec- 
tion with  a  patient  regard 
for  the  law  and  an  impatient 
opposition  to  any  reduction 
of  the  Republican  vote. 
Early  on  the  judiciary  com- 
mittee he  became  its  head. 
This  body,  whose  name  is 
scarcely  known  to  the  lay- 
man, decides  the  character 
of  our  federal  judiciary.  In 
the    task    lie    was    untiring. 


and  the  great  improvement  in  federal  judges  in 
the  past  thirty  years  was  in  no  small  measure 
his  work.  His  constant  service  in  the  Senate 
was  his  watchfulness  over  legislation,  his  per- 
sistent, untiring  attention  to  all  the  details  of 
law-making.  From  the  day  when  he  early  sur- 
prised his  colleagues  by  his  knowledge  of  ad- 
miralty law  to  the  end,  he  was  constantly  dis- 
playing an  admirable  equipment.  A  man  whose 
monument  on  the  Massachusetts  statute  book 
was  a  code  of  practice  was  not  of  the  type 
which  originates  or  projects.  Roger  Sherman 
is  known,  not  for  a  plan  of  the  Constitution, 
but  for  his  shrewd  pi*actical  amendments  to  an- 
other man's  plan.  His  descendant  was  useful  in 
the  same  order. 

Senator  Hoar,  in  all  this,  made  the  public  his 
client.  Such  men  see  large  the  fees  they  did  not 
get  by  surrendering  private  practice.  No  fees 
are  bigger  than  the  ones  a  Congressman  leaves 
behind  him.  But  Senator  Hoar  was  never  put 
in  the  position  of  a  poor  man.  For  twenty  years 
he  had  as  lucrative  a  practice  as  his  bar  afforded. 
He  was  twice  married,  and  it  was  true  of  both 
his  wives,  as  of  himself,  that  they  did  not  come 
of  penniless  families.  He  offered,  in  short, 
another  admirable  illustration  that  the  very  best 
public  service  is  often,  perhaps,  generally  done 
by  men  whose  income  gives  them  a  competence 
equal  to  the  needs  of  their  position. 

All  he  had,  he  used  for  the  public  service. 
His  powers  grew  with  his  years.     His  face  grew 


BKNATOB    ROAR'S   RESIDENCE  AT  WORCESTER,    mass. 


GEORGE  FRISBIE  HOAR. 


557 


mellower,  more  benignant,  and  more  dignified. 
His  voice  gained,  deepened,  and  became  more 
impressive.  His  bearing  and  manner  ceased  to 
be  aggressive  and  became  persuasive  and  com- 
manding. The  moral  force  of  his  utterances 
grew.  He  was  currently  said  to  be  the  last  of 
the  old  orators  of  the  Senate  ;  but  people  were 
saying  the  same  thing  when  Fisher  Ames  and 
Senator  Hoar's  grandfather  retired.  If  Senator 
Spooner  is  wisely  left  in  the  Senate  twenty-five 
years  longer,  when  he  dies  the  same  thing 
will  be  said.  The  Congressional  Annals,  Globe, 
and  Record  are  really  very  even  reading  for  one 
hundred  and  fifteen  years,  as  those  know  whose 
work  has  called  them  to  tramp  that  dreary  desert 
of  platitudes. 

Senator  Hoar  to  all  his  speeches  brought  the 
high  tradition  of  New  England.  He  had  a 
sense  for  style.  He  marshaled  his  words.  He 
took,  as  was  fit,  prodigious  pains.  Off  his  Con- 
gressional ground, — at  a  college  address,  for  in- 
stance,— he  was  sometimes  rather  trite.  But  there 
was  no  moment  of  all  his  many  speeches  when 
men  were  not  aware  of  his  deep  moral  earnest- 
ness, of  his  devotion  to  the  republic,  of  his  con- 


fidence in  democratic  institutions,  and  of  his 
trust  in  the  larger  hope  of  their  final  and  full 
success.  He  saw,  not  the  exception,  but  the 
rule,  not  the  passing  error,  but  the  supreme  pur- 
pose;, in  all  the  work  of  the  American  people. 
The  New  England  horizon,  in  which  he  had 
learned  so  much,  limited  his  vision  of  other 
lands  and  peoples  less  advanced.  Had  duty  led 
him  that  way,  he  would  have  unhesitatingly  or- 
ganized an  Igorrote  tribe  into  a  town  meeting 
and  conducted  an  election  by  the  Australian  bal- 
lot among  the  Moros,  cheerfully  and  courageous- 
ly sacrificing  his  life  for  institutions  for  which 
he  was  ready  and  they  were  not. 

But  posterity  will  forget  this,  as  does  the  re- 
public to-day,  remembering  only  his  lofty  pa- 
triotism, his  unquenchable  zeal  for  the  public 
good,  his  stainless  integrity,  and,  best  of  all,  the 
restraint  and  common  sense  which  through 
thirty-five  years  prevented  him  from  ending  all 
his  usefulness  by  warring  with  the  necessary 
conditions  of  party  government,  and  the  per- 
spicuous political  poise  which  enabled  him  to 
use  these  conditions  to  advance  the  general 
cause  of  man 


THE  LIBRARY  OF  SENATOR   HOAR,   IN   HIS  HOUSE  AT  WORCESTER,   MASS. 


COMMANDER    BOOTH    TUCKER   AND    HIS   WORK 

IN    AMERICA. 


FREDERICK  DE  L.  BOOTH  TUCKER. 

(Retiring  commander  of  i  he  Salvation  Army  in  the 
United  States.) 

THE  leader  in  one  of  the  most  potent  agencies 
for  social  and  religious  betterment  in  this 
country  during  the  past  decade  will  leave  our 
shores  this  month.  Commander  Frederick  De 
L.  Booth  Tucker,  of  the  Salvation  Army,  has 
been  assigned  to  a  command  in  London,  at  the 
international  headquarters  of  the  army. 

The  work  of  the  Salvation  Army  in  this  coun- 
try, of  recent  years,  has  been  characterized  by 
such  enterprise,  sound  management,  and  self- 
sacrificing  devotion,  and.  moreover,  has  been 
art ually  productive  of  such  excellent  results,  that 
it    has  become  an  essential   pari   of  the  history  of 

American   progress.     In  this  work,  during  the 
pasl   nine  years.  Commander  Booth  Tucker  and 

Ins  devoted  wile,  Emma  Booth  Tucker, — or  the 


Consul,  as  she  was  known, — have  been  the  in- 
spiration and  mainstay,  so  much  so  that  a  con- 
sideration of  the  work  of  the  army  during  the 
past  decade  must  of  necessity  be  taken  up  large 
ly  with  a  recounting  of  the  personal  accomplish- 
ments of  the  leader,  who  is  now  called  to  another 
command. 

Frederick  De  L.  Booth  Tucker  is  a  man  of 
great  energy,  perseverance,  and  resourcefulness, 
lie  is  a  typical  Englishman,  physically  and  tem- 
peramentally. Although  a  man  of  absolute  fear- 
lessness, and  trained  to  appear  in  public  by  years 
of  experience,  he  is  constitutionally  reticent,  a 
lover  of  solitude,  and  an  admirer  of  nature. 
Commander  Booth  Tucker  was  educated  at  Chel- 
tenham College,  England,  and  then  studied  for 
the  Indian  Civil  Service,  soon  attaining  one  of 
the  most  coveted  positions  under  the  colonial 
government.  Early  in  his  Indian  career,  he 
joined  the  Salvation  Army,  and  soon  became  so 
much  interested  that  he  resigned  his  government 


THE  LATE  CONSUL,   EMMA    BOOTH  TUCKER. 

(Died  in  November,  1903.) 


COMMANDER  BOOTH  TUCKER  AND  HIS  WORK  IN  AMERICA. 


559 


position  and  offered  liisservicesto  General  Booth. 
After  a  year's  work  in  England,  he  returned  to 
India  to  open  up  army  work  there.  The  adop- 
tion of  native  costumes  and  customs  by  Indian 
Salvationists  was  due  to  his  initiative,  and  re- 
sulted in  greatly  increased  success.  After  ten 
years  of  service  in  India,  and  five  more  in  Europe, 
Commander  Booth  Tucker  was  assigned  to  the 
head  of  the  army  work  in  the  United  States, 
arriving  in  this  country  in  1896. 

It  was  during  a  visit  to  England  from  India, 
in  April,  1888,  that  the  new  convert  to  the  Sal- 
vation Army  cause  met  and  won  for  his  wife  the 
devoted  daughter  of  General  Booth.  While  the 
services  of  Emma  Booth  Tucker  to  the  English 
army  were  perhaps  her  chief  work,  her  labors  in 
the  United  States  were  such  as  to  entitle  her  to 
a  place  among  the  women  who  have  been  most 
useful  in  the  work  of  uplifting  humanity  during 
the  past  ten  years.  Her  untimely  death  in  the 
terrible  railroad  accident,  in  November  of  last 
year,  is  an  event  which  has  not  yet  faded  from 
the  minds  of  the  American  people. 

The  noteworthy  accomplishments  of  the  army 
during  the  time  in  which  Booth  Tucker  has  been 
its  commander  have  been,  first,  of  course,  in  the 
estimation  of  religious  people,  the  spiritual  con- 
versions. Last  year,  between  forty  and  fifty 
thousand  persons  professed  a  change  of  heart. 
One  of  the  most  interesting  and  picturesque  fea- 
tures of  the  army's  social  work  was  the  institu- 
tion of  the  now  famous  Christmas  dinner  for  the 
poor.  This  year,  more  than  three  hundred  thou- 
sand people  will  be  fed  on  Christmas  Day  by  the 
bounty  of  the  generous  public,  through  the 
splendid  management  of  the  Salvation  Army. 

Perhaps  most  important,  however,  from  a 
general  reform  and  economic  standpoint,  has 
been  the  farm-colony  idea,  which  has  been 
worked  out  to  a  point  which  may  now  be  called 
success.  The  theory  of  these  colonies  Com- 
mander Booth  Tucker  gives  in  these  words: 
i:  Place  the  waste  labor  on  the  waste  land,  by 
means  of  waste  capital,  and  thereby  convert  this 
modern  trinity  of  waste  into  a  unity  of  produc- 
tion." A  full  account  of  this  colonization 
scheme,  with  illustrations,  was  given  by  Dr. 
Albert  Shaw  in  this  Review  for  November, 
1902.  Since  Dr.  Shaw's  article  was  written, 
the  colony  scheme  has  prospered  exceedingly, 
and  has  evidently  not  only  come  to  stay,  but  to 
be  extended.  The  enterprise  now  embraces 
three  colonies, — (1)  Fort  Amity,  in  Colorado,  in 
the  fertile  valley  of  the  Arkansas  River  ;  (2) 
Fort  Romie,  in  California,  near  the  Bay  of 
Monterey  ;  and  (3)  Fort  Herrick,  in  Ohio,  some 
twenty  miles  from  Cleveland.  The  site  for  the 
Fort    Amity   colony  was  purchased    in   April, 


1898.  The  acreage  of  this  colony  is  now  near- 
ly two  thousand.  The  establishment  of  a  well- 
equipped  sanitarium  for  consumptives,  with  an 
expert  physician  in  charge,  is  the  latest  accom- 
plishment of  this  colony.  The  Fort  Romie  col- 
ony consists  of  more  than  five  hundred  acres  of 
rich  agricultural  land.   Cottages  have  been  built, 


COMMISSIONER  EVA   BOOTH. 

(For  eight  years  Salvation  Army  leader  in  Canada.) 

and  an  irrigation  scheme  begun.  The  colonists 
now  number  one  hundred  and  twenty.  There 
are  about  two  hundred  and  ninety  acres  in  the 
Herrick  colony,  the  land  being  principally  owned 
by  Governor  Herrick,  of  Ohio,  and  deeded  to 
the  Salvation  Army  for  colonization  purposes. 

Commander  Booth  Tucker  sees  great  possi- 
bilities for  the  future  in  this  colonization  plan. 
He  says  :  "I  see  no  reason  why,  with  this  gos- 
pel of  hope  in  our  land,  we  should  not,  in  course 
of  time,  annihilate  involuntary  paupers  from 
our  midst."  His  idea  has  gained  the  support 
of  a  number  of  our  public  men,  and  about  a 
year  ago  he  prepared  a  bill  embodying  the  prin- 
cipal features  of  the  New  Zealand  "  Advances 
to  Settlers  Act,"  "to  create  a  colonization  bu- 
reau, and  to  provide  for  advances  to  actual 
settlers  on  the  public  domain,"  which  was  in- 
troduced in  Congress  by  the  late  Senator  Hoar. 
It  is  now  in  committee. 


BARTHOLDI,   THE   SCULPTOR. 


THE  LATE  FREDERIC  A.  BARTHOLDI. 

(Died  in  Paris,  October  4,  1904.) 

THE  gigantic  statue,  "Liberty  Enlightening 
the  World,"  whose  torch  is  a  veritable 
beacon  light  to  millions  of  prospective  American 
citizens  as  they  enter  the  chief  port  of  the  new 
world,  is  the  work  which,  more  than  any  other, 
is  destined  to  perpetuate  the  name  of  Frederic 
Auguste  Bartholdi,  the  French  sculptor,  who 
died  last  month  in  Paris,  from  tuberculosis,  at 
the  age  of  seventy.  Bartholdi  as  a  youth  had 
studied  painting  with  Ary  Scheffer,  but  had 
early  found  sculpture  more  to  his  taste. 

Bartholdi's  "  Liberty  "  was  originally  designed 
to  commemorate  the  centennial  of  American  in- 
dependence, but  was  not  completed  until  after 
that  anniversary.  It  was  presented  to  the 
United  States  by  France  in  1884,  was  erected 
on  Bedlow's  Island,  in  New  York  Harbor,  in 
the  following  year,  and  was  dedicated  on  October 
28,  1886. 

Bartholdi  was  the  sculptor  of  the  statue   of 


Lafayette,  in  Union  Square,  New  York  City  ; 
of  the  equestrian  statue  of  Yercingetorix,  in 
Paris,  and  of  a  colossal  group  presented  by 
France  to  Switzerland.  "The  Lion  of  Belf ort " 
is  regarded  as  his  masterpiece.  He  painted 
several  canvases  in  his  later  years,  two  of  which 
were  entitled,  respectively,  "  Old  California " 
and  "  New  California." 


THE  STATUE  OK  "LIBERTY"  IN   NEW  YORK  HARBOR. 

(The  largest  bronze  statue  in  the  world,— 151  feet  from  the 
pedestal  to  the  end  of  tlie  torch,  the  figure  being  111  feet 
high  and  the  torch  being  »X>  feet  above  tide  level.  The 
statue  is  now  in  charge  of  the  United  States  Lighthouse 

Hoard.) 


LAFCADIO    HEARN,    INTERPRETER   OF   JAPAN. 


THE  LATE   LAFCADIO   HEAHN. 

(Died  at  Tokio,  September  26,  1904.) 

IT  was  just  as  lie  had  given  to  the  world  what 
is  probably  the  subtlest  and  most  searching- 
analysis  of  Japan  and  the  Japanese  character, 
ever  published  that  Lafcadio  Hearn  died  in 
Tokio  among  his  adopted  people.  Mr.  Hearn 
was  a  remarkable  product  of  a  remarkable  in- 
termixture of  races.  His  father  was  an  Irish 
surgeon  in  the  British  army  ;  his  mother  an 
Ionian  Greek  girl.  He  was  born  in  the  Ionian 
Islands,  educated  in  Wales,  Ireland,  England, 
and  France,  in  private  schools  and  Roman  Catho- 
lic institutions  ;  came  to  the  United  States  and 
tried  to  make  a  living  as  a  book  agent  in  Cin- 
cinnati ;  began  reading  proof  and  writing  articles 
for  the  Cincinnati  Enquirer;  went  to  New  Or- 
leans and  kept  a  restaurant ;  lived  for  two  years 
in  the  West  Indies  ;  and,  in  1884,  began  his 
true  literary  career  with  his  first  book,  "  Stray 
Leaves  from  Strange  Literature."  His  best 
training  as  a  writer,  he  declares,  was  on  the 
Cincinnati  Commercial,  under  Murat  Halstead. 
For  ten  years  he  remained  an  editorial  writer 
in  New  Orleans,  bringing  out  several  books,  the 
best-known  of  which,  perhaps,  is  "  Some  Chinese 


Ghosts."  In  1890,  he  went  to  Japan  and  began 
life  as  a  teacher.  Soon  afterward  he  married  a 
Japanese  wife  and  became  a  subject  of  the  em- 
pire, taking  the  name  of  Y.  Koizumi.  Within 
a  few  years  he  made  himself  so  familiar  with 
the  inner  life  of  the  Japanese  people  that  he  had 
become  practically  one  of  them.  In  1896,  he 
was  appointed  a  lecturer  in  the  Imperial  Uni- 
versity of  Tokio. 

Lafcadio  Hearn  had  a  knowledge  of  Oriental 
life  and  traditions,  particularly  those  of  Japan, 
probably  unequaled  among  Western  authors. 
His  books  "Out  of  the  East,"  "Glimpses  of 
% Unfamiliar  Fields,"  "Ghostly  Japan,"  "  Kwai- 
dan,"  and  (the  last)  "Japan:  An  Interpreta- 
tion" (just  issued  by  the  Macmillans)  are  the 
most  subtle  and  sympathetic  interpretations  of 
Japan  and  its  people  which  have  yet  been  made 
public.  Mr.  Hearn  was  indeed  saturated  with 
the  Japanese  atmosphere,  and  in  "Japan  :  An  In- 
terpretation," he  writes  with  a  freedom  and  sure 
touch  which  not  only  indicate  inner  con  viction,  but 
show  a  great,  rich  background  of  experience  and 
understanding.  No  work  fully  interpreting  Japa- 
nese life,  he  declares,  "  no  work  picturing  Japan, 
within  and  without,  historically  and  socially, 
psychologically  and  ethically,  can  be  written  for 
at  least  another  fifty  years."  Japan  cannot  be 
understood  without  a  thorough  comprehension 
of  her  religious  life,  which  underlies  every  fact 
of  her  existence.  The  chief  facts  of  Japanese 
religion  being  ancestor- worship  and  the  author- 
ity of  the  family  (in  the  sense  of  the  gens),  it  is 
necessary  to  understand  this  before  we  can  be- 
gin to  grasp  the  psychology  of  the  people.  Loy- 
alty to  the  gods  and  to  the  sovereign  became  so 
closely  identified  that  religion  and  government 
of  the  Japanese  have  been  for  generations  only 
different  names  for  the  same  thing.  The  religion 
of  loyalty  has  made  Japan  what  she  is,  and,  Mr. 
Hearn  declares,  her  future  will  depend  upon  the 
new  religion  of  loyalty  evolved  from  the  ancient 
religion  of  the  dead.  Japan,  Mr.  Hearn  believes, 
is  still  in  social  conditions  of  an  earlier  age  of 
the  world  than  the  West.  These  conditions  have 
their  beauty  and  charm  and  strength,  but  are 
scarcely  favorable  to  success  in  the  future  na- 
tional competition. 

Mr.  Hearn  was  not  a  philosopher  or  a  judicial 
student  of  life.  He  was  a  gifted,  born  impres- 
sionist, with  a  style  resembling  that  of  the  French 
Pierre  Loti.  His  stories  and  descriptions  are 
delicate  or  gorgeous  word  pictures  of  the  subtler 
and  more  elusive  qualities  of  Oriental  life. 


JAPAN    AND    THE    RESURRECTION    OF    POLAND. 

A  FAMOUS  POLISH  AUTHOR  INTERVIEWED  BY  MR.   W.   T.   STEAD. 


T^HE  Polish  Republic, 


said  Mr.  Lutoslav- 
ski,  the  learned  author  of  "  A  Study  of 
the  Psychology  of  Plato  " — "  the  Polish  Re- 
public  " 

'<  What,"  I  exclaimed,  "the  Polish  Republic  ! 
There's  no  Polish  Republic." 

••  Sir,"  said  the  Polish  patriot,  "  it  is  not  for 
you,  who  believe  in  the  psychical  world,  to  scoff 
at  that  which  is  not  dead  but  sleeping.  The 
Polish  nationality  is  immortal." 

"  And  you  live  in  the  -sure  and  certain  hope 
of  its  joyful  resurrection  ?  "  I  answered. 

"  Not  a  hope,"  said  Mr.  Lutoslavski,  seriously, 
"but  a  certain  knowledge  of  what  is  coming 
and  must  be.  A  prophecy,  a  century  oh),  not 
understood  at  the  time,  is  nearing  its  fulfillment." 

"  And  that  prophecy  ?  " 

"Was  to  the  effect  that  Poland  would  come 
to  life  again  when  Russia  had  been  defeated  by 
a  nation  then  unknown  in  Europe,  and  England 
would  complete  the  task  which  the  unknown 
nation,  now  easily  identifiable  as  Japan,  has 
already  begun." 

"  What  a  dreamer  you  are  !  " 

"  The  dreams  that  nations  dream  come  true. 
The  resurrection  of  Poland  draws  near.  When 
Russia  and  Germany  are  defeated  by  the  great 
alliance  of  England,  America,  France,  and 
Japan,  then  my  country  will  rise  from  the  tomb 
and  take  its  place  among  the  states  of  the  world  " 

•■  It  is  a  large  order,  both  Germany  and  Rus- 
sia !  " 

"  Yes,  the  two  empires,  united  by  a  common 
crime,  must  be  overwhelmed  by  a  common  pun- 
ishment." 

'•  I  see  no  necessity  for  such  a  world-wide 
combat,  even  for  the  sake  of  Poland." 

"  It  is  in  your  destiny.  Russia  is  like  a  cyclist 
riding  down  a  steep  hill  after  his  brake  has 
snapped.  She  cannot  arrest  her  course,  and 
will  inevitably  come  into  collision  with  the  rep- 
resentatives of  the  modern  world  of  liberty,  of 
progress,  and  of  justice." 

"Russia,"  I  ventured  to  remark,  "has  been 
the  bulwark  of  Europe  for  centuries  against 
Asiatic  invasion.  If  she  were  to  break  up,  the 
Yellow  Peril " 

••The  Yellow  Peril  !  the  Yellow  Peril  !  "  cried 
Mi-.  Lutoslavski;  "Russia  is  (he  Yellow  Peril. 
It  was  and  is  the  Poles  who  are  the  vanguard 
of  Western  civilization    against   the  Asiatic.      It 


was  the  Poles  who  swept  the  Turks  back  from 
the  walls  of  Vienna.  It  was  the  Poles  who,  for 
a  thousand  years,  manned  the  ramparts  of  Eu- 
rope against  the  Tartarized  Muscovite.  The 
Russians  did  not  stem  the  tide  of  Asiatic  inva- 
sion. They  were  engulfed  by  it, — transformed. 
Tartarized.  Their  Czar  is  but  the  Tartar  khan. 
Their  system  of  government  is  Oriental.  All 
the  arguments  you  use  to  eulogize  Russia  as  de- 
fender of  the  West  against  the  East  you  should 
use  in  praise  of  the  Poles,  who  held  the  line  and 
did  not  succumb  to  the  Asiatic  flood." 

"Then  you  do  not  despair  really.  You  still 
believe  in  the  resurrection  of  Poland  ?  " 

"Despair?  Never.  A  nation  which  for  a  thou- 
sand years  had  arts,  science,  culture,  literature, 
civilization,  of  its  own,  when  Russia  was  sunk  in 
letterless  barbarism,  can  never  be  permanently 
enslaved  by  a  power  so  much  her  inferior  phys- 
ically, mentally,  and  morally." 

"All  of  which  might  have  been  said  by  the 
Greeks  of  the  Romans,  but  Greece  was  ruled 
by  Rome." 

"Only  for  a  season.  The  Western  Empire, 
which  was  Rome,  passed  away  like  an  exhala- 
tion before  the  attack  of  the  Goths  and  Vandals. 
The  Eastern  Empire,  which  was  Greek,  survived 
the  sack  of  Rome  by  a  thousand  years.  Poland 
has  been  buried  alive  for  a  century  and  a  half. 
What  is  that  in  the  history  of  a  nation  ?  " 

"  Then  when  Poland  rises  again,  what  kind 
of  a  state  will  she  be — monarchy  or  republic  ?" 

"  Republic,  of  course.  She  was  always  a  re- 
public, even  when  she  crowned  the  man  of  her 
choice  and  called  him  King.  Poland,  as  she 
will  emerge  from  her  sepulcher,  will  be  a  great 
state  stretching  from  the  Baltic  to  the  Black 
Sea.  Riga,  Konigsberg,  and  Dantzic  will  be 
her  sea-gates  in  the  north  ;  Odessa  her  seaport 
in  the  Euxine.  She  will  be  composed  of  three 
races, — the  Poles  proper,  twenty  millions  ;  the 
Etuthenians,  twenty  millions;  and  the  Lithua- 
nians, live  millions.  Besides  these,  there  are 
many  Russians  and  Germans, — minorities, — so 
that  the  Polish  Republic  will  start  with  a  popu- 
lation of  fifty  millions.  These  will  be  the  real 
bulwark  of  civilization  against  the  Yellow  Peril, 
the  impregnable  rampart  garrisoned  by  an  edu- 
cated, moral,  incorruptible,  and  religious  race, 
against  which  all  the  waves  of  the  Tartarized 
monimddom  will  beat  in  vain." 


START  OF  ONE  OF  THE   "CORN-GOSPEL "  TRAINS. 

(In  eight  days  the  "  seed-corn  special  "  trains  covered  1,321  miles  and  passed  through  37  of  the  99  counties  of  Iowa.  One 
hundred  and  fifty  talks  were  given  to  17,600  people,  directly  representing  1,500,000  acres  of  corn,  or  an  average  annual 
yield  of  55,000,000  bushels,  worth  §18,000,000,  and  the  press  carried  the  information  to  every  farmer  and  landowner  in  the 
State.) 

IOWA'S   CAMPAIGN    FOR   BETTER   CORN. 


BY   P.    G.    HOLDEN. 

(Professor  of  agronomy  in  the  Iowa  State  College,  at  Ames,  Iowa.) 


THE  employment,  last  spring,  of  special  corn 
trains,  known  generally  as  the  "  seed-corn 
specials,"  for  the  purpose  of  warning  the  farm- 
ers of  Iowa  against  the  dangers  of  poor  seed 
corn,  was  the  natural  outgrowth  of  the  pecul- 
iar conditions  which  existed  in  that  State.  By 
April  10,  1904,  twelve  hundred  samples  of  seed 
corn  had  been  received  from  farmers  in  dif- 
ferent portions  of  the  State  by  the  Iowa  Agri- 
cultural College  and  tested  to  determine  their 
value  for  seed  purposes.  These  tests  showed 
that  an  average  of  18  per  cent,  was  dead,  and 
that  an  additional  19  per  cent.  was. low  in  vital- 
ity and  unfit  to  plant,  leaving  only  63  per  cent, 
of  good  seed  It  was  also  apparent  that  even 
those  kernels  which  gave  a  fair  germination  were 
weakened,  and,   in  the  event  of  a  cold  spring, 


such  as  actually  followed,  would  either  refuse  to 
grow  or  give  weak  plants.  Farmers  who  had 
given  more  than  ordinary  attention  to  their  seed 
corn  were  becoming  worried,  and  many  letters, 
telephone  messages,  and  telegrams  were  received 
daily,  asking  for  advice.  Yet  the  great  major- 
ity were  entirely  ignorant  of  the  serious  condi- 
tion of  their  seed  corn  and  the  consequent  disas- 
ters ahead  for  them  and  for  the  entire  State. 

No  person  unfamiliar  with  the  agriculture  of 
the  corn  belt  can  appreciate  the  serious  conse- 
quences of  a  poor  corn  crop  in  Iowa.  Iowa 
without  a  corn  crop  would  be  like  Connecticut 
without  a  factory.  The  corn  crop  of  Iowa  ex- 
ceeds in  value  all  other  crops  combined  by  four- 
teen million  dollars.  It  is  the  crop  that  domi- 
nates all  the  industries  of  the  State.     It  is  the 


564 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


concern  of  the  railroad,  the 
banker,  the   merchant,   the 

traveling  man,   ami   the  la- 
borer. 

When  one  farmer  meets 
another,  he  does  not  say  "  It 
is  a  fine  day."  He  says, 
"It  is  a  good  corn  day;" 
or,  "This  is  not  good  corn 
weather." 

THE    ROCK    ISLAND    SPECIAL 
TRAIN. 

Realizing  the  situation, 
Supt.  W.  H.  Given,  of  the 
Hock  Island  road,  after  con 
suiting  with  Mr.  Henry 
Wallace,  editor  of  Wallace's 
Fur uier;  Mr.  George  .A. 
Wells,  secretary  of  the  Iowa 
Grain  Dealers'  Association, 
and  others,  determined  to 
run  a  special  train  for  the 
purpose  of  giving  instruc- 
tion in  the  selecting,  test- 
ing, and  planting  of  seed 
corn. 

Handbills  were  placed  in 
every  station,  and  the  agents 
were  instructed  to  notify  the 
farmers  of  the  "  seed-corn 
special"  and  to  urge  them 
to  attend  the  meetings  at  the 
stations  on  schedule  time. 

Secretary  George  A.  Wells 
sent  letters  to  the  grain  deal 
ers  along  the  line,  asking 
them  to  notify  their  patrons 
personally  or  by  'phone  of 
the  purpose  of  the  meetings, 
and    the   local   papers  were 

•  specially  effective  in  spreading  the  news.  Thus, 
the  •seed-corn  special"  became  the  center  of  in- 
terest and  conversation  along  the  Rock  Island 
line  for  days  before  it  left  Des  Moines. 

A  three  days'  schedule  of  fifty  stops,  covering 
four  hundred  miles,  through  fifteen  counties  in 
the  northwestern  part  of  the  State,  had  been  pre- 
pared. Time  was  allowed  for  a  twenty  minute 
talk  at  each  station,  and  two  evening  meetings 
were  held  in  opera-houses.  In  all  cases,  the 
farmers  were;  first  to  be  admitted  to  the  ears  ; 
all  others  were  welcome  as  long  as  there  was 
room. 

The  train,  consisting  of  a  baggage  car.  two 
private  cars,  and  a  large  audience  coach,  left 
Des  Moines  at  7  a.m..  on  April  18,  carrying  the 
railroad  officials,  representatives  of  the  daily  and 


FARMERS   LISTENING  TO   A   LECTURE  ON  THE  "  CORX-GOSPEL  "   TRAIN. 


the  agricultural  press,  and  two  members  of  the 
agricultural  staff  of  the  Iowa  State  College. 

The  train  arrived  at  Gowrie  on  schedule  time, 
9:  30  a.m.,  where  the  first  talk  of  the  day  was  to 
be  given.  The  following  from  the  Daily  Capitol 
describes  the  reception  of  the  special  train,  and 
might  be  repeated  with  slight  variations  for  all 
other  stops  : 

The  success  of  the  experiment  was  assured  at  the 
first    Stop,   Gowrie,    when   the   farmers  enthusiastically 

applauded  the  approach  of  the  train.  At  tins  point. 
fully  live  hundred  tanners  had  gathered  for  the  pur- 
pose of  receiving  instruction.  The  number  of  the  audi- 
ence and  the  interest  manifested  was  wholly  unexpected 

by  the  Officers  in  charge,  and  constituted  a  great  LDSpi 
ration  to  the  lecturers.  The  audiences  were  universally 
composed  of  men  who  had  the  importance  of  the  sub- 
ject at  heart. 


IOWA'S  CAMPAIGN  FOR  BETTER  CORN. 


565 


THROUGH    TIIE    SOUTHERN    COUNTIES. 

The  signal  success  of  the  Rock  Island  exclu- 
sion led  the  Burlington  management  to  follow 
with  a  lour  clays'  trip.  This  tour  covered  eight 
hundred  and  fifty  six  miles,  through  the  twenty- 
one  counties  which  constitute  the  two  southern 
tiers  of  the  State  and  comprise  one  of  the  most 
famous  Co?  n  regions  in  the  world. 

The  news  of  the  earlier  excursions  had  awak- 
ened great  interest  in  this  part  of  the  State,  and 
large1  crowds  greeted  the  "special."  Two  au- 
dience coaches  were  provided,  two  lectures  of 
thirty  minutes  were  given  at  each  stop,  and  it 
was  usually  necessary  to  open  the  car-windows 
to  allow  those  on  the  outside  to  hear  the  lec- 
tures, although  they  could  not  see  the  illustrative 
material  within. 

FEATURES  OF  THE  PROPAGANDA. 

The  remarkable  success  of  the  corn  trains  was 
due  to  the  large  number  of  people  it  was  possi- 
ble to  address  in  a  single  day.     The  agriculture 


of  Iowa  is  in  a  developing,  or  formative,  stage 
as  yet,  and  practices  are  not  crystallized.  The 
farmers  are  largely  recent  comers  from  older 
States,  where  they  had  sold  their  high-priced 
land  and  bought  the  lower-priced  land  of  Iowa. 
Awake  to  the  fact  that  the  new  conditions  call 
for  new  methods,  they  are  alert  to  every  new 
idea  that  will  increase  the  effectiveness  of  their 
labor.  Every  member  of  the  audience  was  at- 
tentive and  loyal  to  the  speaker,  intent  only  on 
finding  some  new  methods  that  he  could  put  into 
practice. 

A  unique  feature  of  one  audience  was  a  bot- 
any class  of  thirty-two  from  the  village  high 
school.  These  young  people  took  careful  notes, 
and  went  back  to  school  to  prepare  a  lesson  on 
seed-corn  selection. 

Many  teachers  attended  the  lectures,  and  one 
of  the  far-reaching  results  was  that  they  had 
their  pupils  bring  corn  from  home  for  testing, 
and  had  them  prepare  the  tests  and  carry  the 
results  home  to  the  parents,  thus  giving  a  prac- 
tical "nature  lesson  "  that  applied  directly  and 


DISTRIBUTING    LITEKATl'IiE  TO  THE   FARMERS  AS  THEY  ARE  LEAVING  THE  TRAIN 


566 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


FAKMKKS  GROUPED   AT  A    RAILROAD  STATION. 


vitally  to  the  interest  closest  to  their  daily  lives. 
Unfortunately,  no  good  photographs  of  the  il- 
lustrative material  were  secured.  There  were 
charts  showing  the  stand  of  corn  in  one  thou- 
sand fields  of  Iowa  for  1903,  bringing  out  the 
fact  that  the  average  stand  in  the  State  was 
only  66  per  cent,  of  a  perfect  stand,  and  in  some 
cases  it  fell  as  low  as  40  per  cent.  This  meant 
that  the  State  devoted  9,000,000  acres  to  corn 
and  produced  only  a  6,000,000-acre  crop  ;  or, 
to  put  it  the  other  way,  with  a  perfect  stand, 
the  present  average  yield  of  33  bushels  would 
be  increased  to  50  bushels  per  acre,  an  increase 
of  153,000,000  bushels.  This  does  not  take  into 
consideration  the  increased  yield  possible  through 
the  use  of  improved  varieties,  better-bred  seed, 
elimination  of  barren  stalks  by  means  of  breed- 
ing, better  methods  of  cultivation,  and  so  forth. 
.  There  were  charts  showing  the  germination 
tests  of  over  twelve  hundred  samples  of  seed 
Corn  received  from  all  parts  of  the  State,  charts 
showing  the  wide  variation  in  yield  of  the  differ- 
ent varieties  of  corn  grown  side  by  side  under 
exactly  the  same  conditions,  indicating  that  many 
fanners  are  growing  varieties  which  do  not  give 
them  the  best  returns  for  their  labor.  There 
were  charts  showing  the  dangers  of  importing 
seed  corn  from  a  distance,  large  photographs 
illustrating  good  and  bad  forms  of  ears  and  ker- 
nels, and  many  specimens  of  corn  showing  de- 
sirable and  undesirable  types. 

The  points  emphasized  in  the  lectures  were  : 

1.  The  low  average  of  .'5.'!  bushels  per  acre 
over  the  State,  when  many  farmers  were  produ- 
cing an  average  Of  60  tO  70  bushels  per  acre. 

2.  The  pool-  stand,  due  to  poor  seed,  uneven 
dropping  of  seed  by  planter,  and  poor  prepara 
tion  of  the  seed-bed. 


3.  Planting  unsuitable  varieties,  and  also  corn 
which  has  deteriorated  under  unfavorable  con- 
ditions. 

4.  AVhat  the  farmer  himself  can  do  toward 
improving  his  corn  by  selection  and  breeding. 

5.  The  importance  of  testing  and  grading  his 
seed  early  in  the  season,  for  when  the  rush  of 
spring  work  is  upon  him  it  will  be  neglected. 

MAKING    THE    GERMINATION    TEST. 

It  is  safe  to  say  that  of  every  one  hundred 
ears  of  corn  planted  in  Iowa,  from  twenty  to 
thirty  will  not  grow,  or  will  show  very  low  vital- 
ity ;  and  if  they  grow  at  all,  will  produce  weak 
plants  which  will  only  rob  better  plants  of  light, 
moisture,  and  nourishment,  and  produce  little  or 
nothing  of  value.  These  ears  should  be  rejected, 
and  only  those  that  show  strong  vitality  should 
be  planted. 

The  following  is  given  to  illustrate  one  of  the 
many  object-lessons  placed  before  the  audiences 
to  show  how  every  farmer  may  in  a  practical  and 
inexpensive  way  increase  his  yield  of  corn  : 

Lay  out  the  ears  to  be  tested  side  by  side  on 
the  floor,  remove  one  kernel  from  near  the  butt, 
middle,  and  tip  of  the  ear,  turn  the  ear  over  and 
remove  three  kernels  in  like  manner  from  the 
opposite  side,  making  six  kernels  in  all,  thus  se- 
curing a  sample  from  the  entire  ear.  Place  the 
six  kernels  at  the  end  of  the  ear  from  which  they 
were  taken.  Be  particular  that  the  kernels  do 
not  get  mixed  with  the  kernels  from  the  ear 
lying  next  to  it.  Take  a  shallow  box  about  two 
by  three  feet  in  size,  put  several  inches  of  moist 
sand,  dirt,  or  sawdust  in  the  buttom.  place  over 
this  a  cloth  which  has  been  ruled  off  into  squares 
one  and  one  half  inches  each  way.  numbered 
one,  two,  three,  and  so  on.  as  shown  in  the  illus- 


10W AS  CAMPAIGN  FOR  BETTER  CORN. 


567 


tration  on  this  page.  Place  the  kernels  from  ear 
No.  1  in  square  No.  1.  from  ear  No.  2  in  square 
No.  2,  and  so  on  with  all  of  the  ears.  Then  place 
over  this  a  cloth  considerably  larger  than  the 
box,  cover  with  one  and  one- half  to  two  inches 
of  sand,  earth,  or  sawdust,  moisten  well,  keep  in 
a  warm  place,  and  the  kernels  will  germinate  in 
from  three  to  five  days.  "When  sufficient  time 
has  been  allowed  for  the  kernels  to  germinate, 
remove  the  cover  carefully,  to  avoid  misplacing 
the  kernels.  (A  piece  of  light  cheesecloth  placed 
on  the  kernels  before  the  top  covering  is  put  on 
will  prevent  the  kernels  from  sticking  to  the 
cloth.)  Examine  the  kernels  in  the  fh-st  row  of 
the  germinating-box.     For  example,  if  the  ker- 


A  GERMINATION  BOX,  WITH  COVER  REMOVED. 

nels  in  squares  Nos.  4,  8,  13,  and  20  have  failed 
to  grow  or  show  weak  germination,  ears  Nos.  4, 
8,  13,  and  20  on  the  floor  should  be  rejected. 
After  examining  the  kernels  from  the  first  twenty 
ears,  examine  the  second  twenty,  and  so  on  till 
all  the  kernels  have  been  examined  and  the  poor 
ears  rejected.  Do  not  fad  to  remove  the  ears 
showing  weak  germination.  If  the  ground  is 
cold  and  the  weather  unfavorable  in  the  spring, 
these  kernels  will  rot,  or,  if  they  grow  at  all, 
will  produce  weak  plants. 

The  above  method  is  inexpensive,  and  ger- 
mination boxes  can  be  prepared  for  testing  any 
amount  of  corn  desired. 

This  year  the  Agricultural  College  tested  seed 
corn  for  more  than  three  thousand  acres  by  the 
above  method.  Each  day,  one  man  germinated, 
on  an  average,  enough  to  plant  fifty  acres.  If 
every  ear  of  corn  planted  in  Iowa  this  year  had 
been  tested  in  this  manner,  it  would  have  result- 


ed in  an  increased  yield  of  probably  not  less  than 
ten  bushels  per  acre,  or  ninety  million  bushels. 

If  the  farmer  of  to-day  is  to  increase  his 
profits  to  keep  pace  with  the  increased  value  of 
his  land,  he  must  test  every  ear  of  corn  and 
plant  only  those  that  will  yield  seventy,  eighty, 
or  ninety  bushels  to  the  acre  instead  of  those 
that  yield  but  twenty  or  thirty  bushels. 

A    GENERAL    STATE    MOVEMENT. 

The  "seed-corn  specials"  were  simply  one 
factor  in  the  great  educational  campaign  for 
more  and  better  corn  waged  throughout  Iowa 
for  the  past  two  years  by  corn  growers'  associa- 
tions and  corn  clubs,  while  corn-judging  contests 
have  been  held  at  the  Farmers'  Institute  and  at 
the  county  and  State  fairs. 

The  Iowa  Grain  Dealers'  Association  has  been 
a  great  factor  in  the  movement  for  better  corn. 
The  association  has  reprinted  at  its  own  expense 
all  seed-corn  bulletins  issued  by  the  Experiment 
Station  and  distributed  them  free,  through  the 
local  dealers,  to  its  thousands  of  patrons. 

A  thousand  men  from  the  farms  of  Iowa  come 
to  the  Agricultural  College  annually  to  take 
advantage  of  the  winter  short  course  in  corn- 
judging,  and  go  back  to  their  homes  to  talk  for 
better  corn  and  to  grow  better  corn. 

Probably  no  other  method  could  have  so  thor- 
oughly aroused,  in  so  short  a  time,  the  people  of 
the  whole  State  to  the  really  serious  nature  of 
the  corn-seed  situation.  People  everywhere, — 
bankers,  merchants,  grain  dealers,  and  traveling 
men, — began  to  talk  about  corn,  and  the  local 
papers  were  full  of  it  each  week.  There  is  but 
one  opinion  expressed  by  all  classes, — viz.,  that 
it  was  a  "good  thing,"  and  "  next  year  we  want 
the  corn  specials  to  come  our  way." 

It  is  scarcely  possible  to  realize  the  great 
benefits  to  the  State  from  this  work.  It  comes 
to  me  from  J.  R.  Sage,  director  of  the  Iowa 
Weather  and  Crop  Service ;  from  Secretary 
George  A.  Wells,  from  the  railroad  officials,  and 
'rom  scores  of  grain  dealers  and  extensive  farm- 
ers everywhere,  who  are  in  the  best  possible  posi- 
tion to  know,  that  the  corn  specials  have  resulted 
in  a  material  increase  in  the  corn  crop,  not  only 
along  the  lines  traversed, but  everywhere  through- 
out the  State. 

It  would  be  manifestly  unfair,  however,  to 
measure  the  work  by  this  year's  results  alone. 
The  farmer  who  adopts  better  methods  this  year 
is  not  only  a  better  farmer  himself  in  the  future, 
but  his  methods,  directly  or  indirectly,  soon  be- 
come the  methods  of  the  community,  and  hence 
it  is  that  such  work  cannot  be  measured  to-day 
by  bushels  of  corn  or  by  millions  of  dollars. 


XBBM 

jK\                       f  fl     BHlHiQuOUnljuyiljDn^ 

ft          I            IBBiSiH 

MJuUUluUulNHwflNwR 

■k                        \ 

lill 

^w  \   WOululuuuuuUwyQ 

KOJiIuQvmum]^^ 

i^#Mj|M^|noyyyuy|jOn 

From  his  latest  photograph. 


ALBERT  HENRY  GEORGE,  THE  FOURTH  EARL  GREY. 
(The  new  governor-general  of  Canada.) 


CANADA'S  NEW  GOVERNOR-GENERAL. 


BY    W.    T.    STEAD 


THE  appointment , of  Lord  Grey  to  succeed 
his  brother-in-law,  Lord  Minto,  as  gov- 
ernor-general of  Canada  has  been  hailed  with 
genera]  satisfaction  both  at  home  and  abroad. 
For  Karl  Grey,  to  use  an  expressive  North  Coun- 
try phrase,  is  "  as  good  as  they  make  them." 
He  has  lung  since  won  recognition  throughout 
the  empire  as  an  almost  ideal  type  of  the  younger 
generation,  especially  of  that  section  which  com- 
binea  idealism  with  imperialism.  The  combina- 
tion of  the  loftiest  aspirations  for  the  realization 
of  the  most  magnificent  ideals  with  a  keen  ap- 
preciation of  the  immense  importance  of  those 
practical  measures  by  which  social  systems  are 
revolutionized  and  empires  reared  is  not  unusual 
among  the  higher  minds  of  our  race.  General 
Gordon  had  it  ;  so  had  Cecil  Rhodes  ;  and  so,  to 
an  equal  degree,  has  the  Northumbrian  peer  who, 
for  the  next  five  years,  will  represent  the  King 
in  the  Dominion  of  Canada.  The  only  note  of 
dissent  in  the  chorus  of  approval  which  hailed 
his  nomination  is  due  to  the  dismay  with  which 
many  active  social  reformers  in  Great  Britain 
heard  of  the  approaching  departure  of  their 
leading  spirit. 

ONE    OF    THE    ELIZABETHANS. 

Earl  Grey  is  one  of  our  Elizabethans,  a  breed 
which  will  never  die  out  in  England  until  the 
English  race  is  extinct.  In  his  person,  in  his 
ideas,  in  his  restless  energy,  he  recalls  the  type 
of  the  great  adventurers  who  sailed  the  Spanish 
main.  There  is  about  him  the  very  aroma  of 
the  knighthood  of  the  sixteenth  century,  whose 
fragrance  lingers  long  in  the  corridors  of  time. 
He  is  not  a  sophister  or  calculator,  "a  sly,  slow 
thing  with  circumspective  eyes."  Quite  the 
contraiy.  He  is  ever  in  the  saddle,  with  spear 
at  rest,  ready  to  ride  forth  on  perilous  quests 
for  the  rescue  of  oppressed  damsels  or  for  the 
vanquishing  of  giants  and  dragons  whose  brood 
still  infest  the  land.  There  is  a  generous  aban- 
don, a  free  and  daring,  almost  reckless,  spirit  of 
enthusiasm  about  him.  He  is  one  of  those  rare 
and  most  favored  of  mortals  who  possess  the 
head  of  a  mature  man  and  the  heart  of  a  boy. 
His  very  presence,  with  his  alert  eye  and  re- 
sponsive smile,  his  rapid  movements,  and  his 
frank  abandon,  remind  one  of  the  heather  hills 
of  Northumberland,  the  bracing  breezes  of  the 
North  Country  coast,  the  free,  untrammeled 
out-of-door  life  of  the  romantic  border.     He  is 


personally  one  of  the  most  charming  of  men, 
one  of  the  most  fascinating  of  personalities.  By 
birth  an  aristocrat,  no  one  can  be  more  demo- 
cratic in  his  sympathies.  An  unfortunate  an- 
tipathy to  home  rule  alone  shunted  him  into 
the  Unionist  camp.  Otherwise  it  would  have 
been  difficult  to  find  a  stouter,  sounder  Liberal 
within  a  day's  march.  Nor  is  his  Liberalism 
confined  to  party  politics. 

THE    WIDTH    OF    HIS    SYMPATHIES. 

He  is  Liberal  in  Church  as  well  as  in  State  ; 
Liberal  in  the  catholicity  of  his  friendships  and 
in  the  breadth  and  variety  of  his  sympathies. 
Nor  is  his  Liberalism  mere  latitudinarianism, . 
which  leads  many  to  be  as  weak  and  feckless  as 
they  are  broad  and  shallow.  No  fanatic  can  be 
keener  than  he  in  the  active  support  of  definite 
and  practical  reforms. 

His  critics — I  was  going  to  say  enemies,  but 
enemies  he  has  none — attribute  to  him  the  vices 
of  his  virtues,  and  complain  that  his  sympathies 
are  so  keen  and  so  multitudinous  that  "  Grey  is 
all  over  the  shop."  This  is,  however,  a  vice  so 
much  on  virtue's  side  that  it  can  hardly  be  re- 
garded with  disapproval.  It  is  something  to 
find  a  member  of  the  House  of  Lords  suffering 
from  an  excess  of  cerebral  activity.  A  man 
more  mentally  alert  and  more  physically  active 
it  would  be  difficult  to  find  in  a  day's  march. 
He  turns  up  everywhere,  whenever  any  good 
work  is  to  be  done  at  home  or  abroad,  and 
seems  to  find  time  for  every  kind  of  social  and 
political  effort. 

Thirty  years  ago,  he  was  interested  in  church 
reform  ;  to-day,  he  is  enthusiastic  over  the  work 
of  the  Salvation  Army. 

BORN    OF    NOTABLE    LINEAGE. 

Albert  Henry  George  Grey,  the  fourth  earl, 
was  born  on  November  28,  1851.  He  came  of 
notable  lineage.  His  father,  General  Sir  Charles 
Grey,  had  been  for  over  twenty  years  more  close- 
ly and  confidentially  connected  with  the  British 
court  than  any  other  man,  courtier  or  statesman. 
General  Grey,  second  son  of  the  great  Lord  Grey 
who  carried  the  Reform  Act  of  1832,  was  private 
secretary  to  his  father  while  he  was  prime  min- 
ister of  the  crown  from  1830  to  1834.  In  1849, 
he  was  appointed  private  secretary  to  the  Prince 
Consort,  a  post  which  he  held  till  Prince  Albert's 
death.     He  was  then  appointed  private  secretary 


570 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


A   RECENT  PORTRAIT  OF  EAKL  fiHEY. 

to  the  Queen,  and  this  post  he  held  till  his  death, 
in  1870.  The  private  secretary  to  a  king  or  queen 
is  often  a  more  important  person  than  a  cabinet 
minister.  He  is  privy  to  all  the  business  which 
a  sovereign  has  to  transact.  He  has  access  to 
all  the  papers.  He  knows  all  the  secrets,  and 
he  is  often  much  more  than  the  private  secre- 
tary. He  is  the  trusted,  confidential  adviser  of 
the  sovereign.  Unlike  the  official  advisers  of 
the  crown,  he  is  appointed  for  life,  and  holds 
his  position  independent  of  popular  caprice  or 
changes  of  public  opinion.  General  Sir  Charles 
Grey  stood  high  in  the  favor  of  his  royal  mis- 
tress. He  was  devoted  to  the  memory  of  the 
Prince  Consort,  of  whose  early  years  he  pub- 
lished a  hook  in  L867. 

The  new  governor-general  for  Canada  is, 
therefore,  not  only  the  grandson  of  one  of  the 
most  famous  prime  ministers  of  the  nineteenth 


century,  he  is  the  son  of  a  man  who  from  1849 
to  1870  occupied  a  position  which  made  him  the 
personal  friend  and  trusted  confidant  of  the 
Queen  in  all  the  business  both  of  court  and  of 
state. 

The  first  Earl  Grey  was  born  1729.  He  en- 
tered the  army  and  rose  to  the  rank  of  a  gen- 
eral. He  served  with  much  distinction  in  the 
foreign  and  colonial  wars  of  Great  Britain.  It 
is  interesting  to  note,  in  view  of  the  fact  that 
Lord  Grey  is  now  governor-general  of  the  Cana- 
dian Dominion,  which  General  Wolfe  won  for  the 
British  crown  by  his  death  and  victory  on  the 
Heights  of  Abraham,  that  the  first  earl  smelled 
powder  for  the  first  time  as  a  subaltern  under 
Wolfe,  then  quartermaster-general  of  the  British 
force  sent  to  attack  the  French  fortress  of  Roche- 
fort  in  1758.  But  he  is  best  known  as  one  of 
the  few  British  generals  who  did  not  lose  lau- 
rels in  the  desperate  effort  which  George  III. 
made  to  crush  the  rebellion  of  the  American 
colonists.  He  defeated  "Wayne,  commanded  the 
third  brigade  at  the  battle  of  Germantown  in 
1777,  and  in  the  following  year  annihilated 
Butler's  Virginian  dragoons. 

THE  GREAT  EARL  GREY. 

His  son,  who  succeeded  him,  was  destined  to 
be  even  more  famous  in  peace  than  his  father  had 
been  in  war.  When  twenty-two  years  of  age, 
he  entered  the  House  of  Commons  as  member 
for  Northumberland,  and  became  a  follower  of 
Charles  James  Fox.  He  was  one  of  the  mana- 
gers of  the  impeachment  of  Warren  Hastings, 
he  was  the  Parliamentary  champion  of  the  Radi- 
cal agitation  of  the  Society  of  Friends  of  the 
People,  and  he  vehemently  denounced  the  pol- 
icy of  the  war  with  France  in  which  his  father 
was  risking  his  life  on  the  field  of  battle. 

His  subsequent  career  is  written  at  large  in 
the  history  of  England.  Most  of  its  incidents 
are  forgotten  now.  But  what  will  never  be  for- 
gotten is  the  part  which  he  played  in  transform- 
ing Britain  from  an  aristocracy  to  a  democracy. 
The  great  fight  which  began  in  1797,  when  he 
introduced  the  first  Reform  bill  into  the  House 
of  Commons,  he  carried  to  a  triumphant  conclu- 
sion in  1832,  when  he  compelled  King  William 
IV.  to  promise  to  force  the  Reform  bill  through 
the  House  of  Lords  by  creating  as  many  peers 
as  might  be  needed  for  the  purpose. 

THE    PRESENT    EARL. 

The  son  of  the  great  earl  died  childless,  and  was 
succeeded  by  his  nephew,  the  present  earl,  in 
1S94.  Mr.  Albert  •  i  rev  went  to  school  at  Harrow, 
lie  graduated  at  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.  In 
L877,    he   married   Alice,  the  third  daughter  of 


THE  COUNTESS  GREY. 
(Wife  of  the  newly  appointed  governor-general  of  Canada.) 


572 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Mr.  Slayner  Holford,  M.P.,  whose  residence  in 
Park  Lane  is  one  of  the  most  famous  palaces  in 
London.  It  was  not  until  the  year  1880  that 
he  entered  the  House  of  Commons.  He  was 
elected  Liberal  member  for  South  Northumber- 
land. The  wave  of  Gladstonian  enthusiasm  was 
then  at  its  flood.  Mr.  .Albert  Grey  was  a  Glad- 
stonian, despite  the  misgivings  of  his  uncle. 
Mr.  Gladstone  failed  to  do  many  things  he 
hoped  to  do,  but  he  did  succeed  in  carrying 
another  Reform  bill,  which  entailed,  among  other 
things,  the  division  of  the  counties  into  electoral 
divisions.  At  the  general  election  of  1885,  Mr. 
Albeit  Grey  elected  to  stand  for  Tyneside,  one 
of  the  constituencies  into  which  South  North- 
umberland had  been  cut  up.  In  the  following 
year,  Mr.  Gladstone  plunged  for  home  rule. 
Mr.  Grey  refused  to  follow  him,  and  his  place  in 
the  Liberal  party  and  the  House  of  Commons 
knew  him  no  more.  He  became  a  Liberal 
Unionist.  He  did  not  reappear  in  Parliament 
till  his  uncle's  death,  in  1894,  opened  for  him 
the  portals  of  the  House  of  Lords. 

HIS    IMPERIALISM. 

Lord  Grey's  chief  interest  in  politics  has  been 
the  maintenance,  the  extension,  and  the  consoli- 
dation of  the  empire.  His  ardent  and  enthusi- 
astic temperament  predisposed  him  to  be  a 
leading  spirit  among  the  young  optimists  who 
believed  that  in  the  union  of  the  English-speak- 
ing race  there  might  be  discerned  the  dawn  of 
a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth.  Mr.  Rhodes 
found  in  Lord  Grey  a  man  after  his  own  heart, 
full  of  passionate  enthusiasm  for  the  empire, 
and  keen  to  do  his  part  in  the  revival  of  the 
old  Elizabethan  tradition  of  adventure  ami  ro- 
mance. He  became  one  of  the  founders  of  the 
chartered  company,  and  was  thereby  commit- 
ted to  a  close  connection  with  the  destinies  of 
central  South  Africa.  He  became  a  Rhodesian, 
and  he  is  a  Rhodesian  to  this  day. 

HIS    RECORD    IN    RHODESIA. 

The  task  which  Lord  Grey  attempted  as  ad- 
ministrator of  Rhodesia  in  1896—97 — years  of 
native  war  and  of  profound  politicU  unrest — 
did  not  afford  him  much  experience  likely  to  be 
helpful  to  him  as  governor-general  of  the  Do- 
minion. The  Rhodesians,  a  handful  of  white 
men,  were  lighting  for  their  lives  against  over- 
whelming numbers  of  savage  Matabele.  Lord 
Grey  was  a  novice  in  South  African  affairs,  and 
he  was  necessarily  overshadowed  by  the  colossal 
personality  of  Cecil  Rhodes.  He  had  a  divided 
allegiance.  He  was  the  representative  of  the 
crown,  as  well  as  a  founder  and  leading  spirit 
of   the   chartered    company.      He    was    an    Eng- 


lish noble,  bearing  a  name  that  is  famous  in  the 
annals  of  Liberalism.  Yet  he  was  Air.  Cham- 
berlain's agent  in  South  Africa.  After  he  re- 
turned home,  he  became  a  director  of  the  South 
African  Company  and  a  trustee  and  joint  heir 
of  the  Rhodes  estate  under  Air.  Rhodes'  will. 

PEACE    CRUSADER    AND    JINGO. 

When  the  Russian  Czar  launched  the  Peace 
Rescript,  Lord  Grey  threV  himself  heartily  into 
the  popular  agitation  which  secured  the  meeting 
of  the  Hague  conference.  As  lord-lieutenant  of 
Northumberland,  he  presided  over  the  peace 
meeting  in  Newcastle  Town  Hall  at  the  begin- 
ning of  1899.  That  this  did  not  stand  in  the 
way  of  his  presiding,  a  few  months  later,  over 
a  meeting  in  the  same  place  clamoring  for  the 
dispatch  of  more  troops  to  South  Africa  to  com- 
pel Air.  Kriiger  to  climb  down,  is  a  fact  thor- 
oughly in  keeping  with  Lord  Grey's  impulsive 
enthusiasm  for  every  cause  that  seems  to  repre- 
sent a  struggle  toward  a  loftier  ideal. 

Lord  Grey  took  little  part  in  the  annexation 
of  the  republics.  Nor  beyond  supporting  the 
importation  of  the  Chinese  has  he  interfered 
much  in  the  unsettlement  of  the  conquered  ter- 
ritories. He  has  been  chiefly  interested  in  the 
affairs  of  the  vast  territories  acquired  and  still 
administered  under  the  charter.  He  has  taken 
and  still  takes  a  keen  interest  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  latent  wealth  of  this  great  estate. 
His  hopeful  disposition  enables  him  to  labor  on 
cheerfully  where  others  would  be  apt  to  aban- 
don their  task  in  sheer  despair. 

HIS    ZEAL    FOR    COOPERATION    AND    TEMPERANCE. 

In  home  politics,  Lord  Grey  has  devoted  him- 
self with  untiring  enthusiasm  to  two  great  causes 
— the  cause  of  cooperation  and  the  cause  of  tem- 
perance reform.  He  has  for  many  years  been 
the  most  brilliant  and  highly  placed  of  the  ad- 
vocates of  cooperation.  Cooperation  in  all  its 
forms,  as  the  practical  method  of  realizing  vol- 
untarily the  ideals  which  the  Socialists  can  only 
attain  through  legislation,  has  been  always  near 
his  heart.  Distributive  cooperation,  productive 
cooperation,  copartnership  in  every  kind  of  in- 
dustry, have  always  found  in  him  a  zealous  and 
a  sagacious  supporter. 

In  the  advocacy  of  cooperation,  he  was  but 
one  among  many.  In  the  work  of  converting 
the  drink  traffic  from  being  a  source  of  local  de- 
moralization into  a  source  of  local  amelioration, 
he  is  the  leading  spirit.  Alany  people,  Air. 
Chamberlain  not  excepted,  had,  from  time  to 
time,  been  fascinated  by  the  working  of  what 
was  at  first  known  as  the  Gothenburg  system  of 
dealing  with  the  supply  of  intoxicating  drink. 


CANADA'S  NEW  GOVERNOR-GENERAL 


573 


The  bishop  of  Chester  had  formed  a  small  com- 
pany to  manage  a  public  house  for  the  public 
good,  and  not  for  private  profit.  At  this  stage 
of  the  discussion  Lord  Grey  came  into  the  field. 
A  personal  experience,  by  which  he  found  that 
a  licensing  authority  gave  away  for  nothing 
monopolies  which  were  saleable  the  day  after 
the  grant  for  £10,000  ($50,000)  opened  his  eyes 
to  the  frightful  extravagance  and  waste  of  the 
existing  system  of  licensing.  He  became  the 
apostle  of  "The  Bishop  of  Chester's  Trust."  What 
might  have  been  a  mere  local  experiment  was 
taken  up  all  over  the  kingdom.  Everywhere 
Lord  Grey  was  to  the  fore.  He  argued,  plead- 
ed, persuaded,  until  at  this  moment  public-house 
trusts  have  been  formed  in  nearly  every  Eng- 
lish county,  and  every  month  sees  an  addition 
to  their  number. 

PUBLIC    CONDUCT    OF    THE    LIQUOR    BUSINESS. 

The  essential  principle  of  Lord  Grey's  trust 
public  house  is  that  the  profits  arising  from  a 
monopoly  created  by  the  public  authority  should 
be  devoted  to  purposes  of  public  usefulness,  and 
not  to  build  up  the  fortunes  of  private  individ- 
uals. The  modus  operandi  is  as  follows  :  A  num- 
ber of  the  most  influential  and  public-spirited 
persons  in  a  given  district  meet  together  and 
agree  to  form  themselves  into  a  trust  for  the 
purpose  of  acquiring  a  license  for  the  sale  of  in- 
toxicants and  the  supply  of  refreshments.  They 
subscribe  the  capital  needed,  the  maximum  div- 
idend on  which  is  5  per  cent.  Then  they  either 
buy  an  old  license  or  get  a  new  one,  and  set  up 
in  business  on  the  following  lines  :  The  public 
house  is  placed  under  the  management  of  an  agent 
of  the  trust,  whose  salary  is  not  affected  by  the 
increase  of  intoxicants  sold.  He  receives,  how- 
ever, a  commission  on  all  non-intoxicants  sup- 
plied to  the  public,  whether  in  beverages  or  in 
food.  He  has,  therefore,  a  personal  interest  in 
pushing  the  non-alcoholic  side  of  the  business, 
and  he  has  no  inducement  to  construe  liberally 
the  law  against  supplying  intoxicants  to  the  in- 
toxicated. Further,  the  trust  being  more  intent 
upon  social  improvement  than  upon  earning  div- 
idends, the  trust  public  house  is  more  of  a  local 
clubhouse  and  less  of  a  liquor  bar  than  any  other 
licensed  house.  "When  the  year's  balance-sheet 
is  presented,  a  dividend  not  exceeding  5  per 
cent,  is  paid  to  the  shareholders,  and  the  balance 
is  then  devoted  to  the  various  local  improve- 
ments. A  footpath  may  need  to  be  repaired,  a 
public  playground  secured,  books  may  be  wanted 
for  the  library,  a  water  fountain  may  be  needed, 
a  hospital  may  require  assistance.  The  surplus 
profits  of  the  trust  public  house  form  a  modern 
Fortunatus'   purse    from  which   grants   can   be 


made  to  all  manner  of  deserving  objects  of  pub- 
lic utility  and  public  charity. 

AN    OPPORTUNIST    IDEALIST. 

Lord  Grey,  as  sufficiently  appears  from  this 
brief  and  rapid  survey  of  his  public  career,  is  a 
man  of  great  public  spirit,  of  keen  intelligence, 
and  of  passionate  patriotism.  No  man  is  less  of 
a  fanatic  either  in  Church  or  in  State.  He  is  a 
Liberal  who  supports  the  Conservatives,  a  tem- 
perance reformer  who  runs  public  houses,  a  free- 
trader who  takes  the  chair  for  Mr.  Chamberlain, 
a  peace  crusader  who  promoted  the  South  Afri- 
can war.  In  his  mind  there  is  room  for  many 
antinomies  or  apparent  contradictions.  Yet  he 
is  consciously  consistent  even  in  his  greatest  ap- 
parent inconsistency.  He  is  an  opportunist- 
idealist  of  the  first  magnitude.  There  is  no 
danger  that  he  will  fall  foul  of  the  somewhat 
pronounced  prejudices  of  race  and  religion  which 
he  will  find  in  Canada.  He  will  be  tolerant  even 
of  the  intolerant,  and  in  his  broad  philosophic 
survey  the  Ultramontanes  of  Quebec  and  the 
Orangemen  of  Toronto  are  all  members  of  the 
universal  Catholic  Church  which,  in  its  essence 
is  a  society  for  doing  good.  He  is  no  stranger 
to  Canada.  He  has  twice  visited  the  Dominion, 
and  the  fact  that  his  sister  was  the  wife  of  his 
predecessor  at  Government  House  will  make  him 
feel  at  home  in  his  new  position. 

Lord  Grey's  family  seat  is  at  Howick,  in 
Northumberland.  Sir  Edward  Grey,  whose  seat 
is  at  Falloden,  belongs  to  the  same  family,  al- 
though he  is  on  the  opposite  side  in  politics. 

HIS    PROSPECTS    IN    CANADA. 

Lady  Grey  has  never  taken  a  prominent  part 
in  the  political  world.  Her  eldest  son,  Lord  How- 
ick, who  was  born  in  1879,  acts  as  his  father's 
private  secretary.  Her  eldest  daughter,  who 
excites  enthusiastic  admiration  wherever  she  is 
known,  will  probably  play  a  considerable  part  in 
the  social  life  of  Canada.  They  are  in  one  re- 
spect admirably  fitted  for  their  new  role.  They 
are  singularly  free  from  the  reserve  that  gives 
to  some  English  peers  an  air  of  pride  and  aloof- 
ness that  harmonizes  ill  with  the  freer  life  of  a 
democratic  colony.  He  is  a  near  relative  of  the 
Lord  Durham  whose  mission  played  a  great  part 
in  the  evolution  of  Canadian  liberty.  Whatever 
else  may  be  lacking  in  Government  House  dur- 
ing Lord  Grey's  tenure  of  office,  of  one  thing  we 
may  be  quite  certain  there  will  be  no  stint,  and 
that  is  a  hearty,  sympathetic  camaraderie  with  all 
comers,  and  eager,  enthusiastic  support  of  all 
that  makes  for  the  prosperity  and  greatness  of 
the  Dominion  and  of  the  empire  of  which  it 
forms  a  part. 


THE   TREND    OF    POLITICAL   AFFAIRS    IN 

CANADA. 


BY  AGNES  C.    LAUT. 


NOT  since  the  provinces 
were  united  in  the 
present  federation  have  po- 
litical affairs  in  Canada  been 
so  quiescent.  In  November, 
the  Dominion  elections  will 
be  held  ;  but  it  would  puzzle 
any  one  to  find  the  differ- 
ence between  the  policies  of 
Liberals  and  Conservatives. 
In  theory,  the  parties  are 
poles  apart.  Liberalism 
means  free  trade  ;  Conser- 
vatism, protection  ;  but  in 
practice,  the  Liberal  govern- 
ment of  Sir  Wilfrid  Laurier, 
which  came  into  power  on 
the  platform  of  as  ardent 
free  trade  as  Cobden  him- 
self could  have  advocated, 
has  simply  continued  the 
protection  of  Sir  John  A. 
MacDonald,  the  great  Con- 
servative. 

Nor  is  this  the  fault  of  the 
Laurier  government.  For 
Canada,  free  trade  could  only 
be  trade  with  the  United 
States  ;  and  this  the  Lib- 
erals faithfully  tried  to  ob- 
tain when  they  opened  inter- 
national negotiations  with 
Washington  ;  but  they  failed 
to  get  tariff  concessions  from 
the  United  States,  and  Lau- 
rier, the  free-trader,  was 
forced  to  fall  back  on  the 
protection  of  Sir  John  A. 
Mac  Donald. 

Perhaps,  too,  the  greatest 
prosperity  the  Dominion  has 
ever  known  may  have  much 
to  do  with  the  quiescence  of 
politics.     "  We    have    been 
traveling  in  luck,"  Sir  Richard  Cartwright,  Lau- 
rier's  first    lieutenant,  is   reported  to  have  said, 
when  big  Crops   and   increased   immigration  and 
railway  development    began  to  Hood  the  country 
with  prosperity. 


TIIK   RT.   HON.   sili   WILFRID   LAURIER. 

(The   premier  of  Canada,  leader  of  the  Liberal  party,  whose  administration  is  about 
to  go  before  the  country  lor  approval.) 

Ten  years  ago.  Canada  was   buying  only  $56, 
ooi), omi  worth  of  American  goods.     To-day,  de- 
spite the  Canadian  tariff,  $125,000,000  worth  of 
American    imports   yearly   enter  the  Dominion. 
Canada's  exports  to  Greal    Britain  represent  al- 


THE  TREND  OF  POLITICAL  AFFAIRS  IN  CANADA. 


575 


MK.   ROBERT   L.    BORDEN. 

(Leader  of  the  Conservative  opposition  in  Canada.) 

most  the  same  doubling  at  a  bound  in  ten  years  ; 
and  the  entrance  of  20,000  immigrants  in  1894 
has  gone  up  to  nearly  150,000  in  1904,  of  whom 
50,000  are  Americans.  The  good  feature  of 
this  immigration  is  that  the  settlers  have  money. 
Many  are  American  capitalists  seeking  fields  of 
investment ;  and  in  one  case,  an  American  com- 
pany is  prospecting  for  a  railroad  through  the 
( lanadian  wheat  belt.  Receipts  on  the  Canadian 
Pacific  Railroad  have  almost  reached  the  million- 
a-week  mark,  and  a  second  transcontinental 
road  is  being  built.  For  five  years  crops  have 
been  phenomenal  ;  and  phenomenal  crops,  with 
dollar-a-bushel  wheat,  have  such  a  suppressing 
effect  on  the  political  agitator  that  I  heard  one 
disgruntled  western  member  demand,  "  How 
could  you  expect  people  to  care  which  way  they 
vote  when  times  were  so  prosperous  ?  " 

Unsuccessful  effort  has  been  made  to  create 
political  capital  out  of  side  issues,  but  it  is  a 
I  matter  of  congratulation  that  the  race  question 
of  French  vs.  English  is  dead  forever.  The 
militia  squabble  only  attained  the  proportions 
of  the  tempest  in  a  tea-pot.  Lord  Dundonald  is 
a  soldier  above  reproach  ;  but  he  is  an  English- 
man, with  an  Englishman's  views  of  Canadian 
affairs.  "What  he  saw  was  a  country  with  an 
unprotected  frontier  of  some  3,000  miles,  across 
winch   were  pouring   American    immigrants   at 


the  rate  of  50.000  a  year.  To  an  Englishman, 
the  situation  seemed  ominous.  Lord  Dundonald 
proposed  to  reorganize  the  Canadian  militia  in 
such  a  way  as  to  put  the  Dominion  on  a  mili- 
tary footing.  His  recommendations  were  po- 
litely pigeonholed.  ,What  Lord  Dundonald  did 
not  understand  was  the  fact  that,  just  as  the 
United  States  has  assimilated  a  million  Cana- 
dians, so  Canada  is  glad  to  assimilate,  not  50,000 
Americans  a  year,  but  1,000,000  if  they  will 
come.  The  relations  between  Dundonald  and  the 
Laurier  cabinet  came  to  open  rupture  when  Mr. 
Sidney  Fisher,  minister  of  agriculture,  at  one  of 
the  cabinet  meetings  to  consider  appointments, 


LORD  DUNDONALD. 

(Late  British  commander  of  militia  for  Canada.) 

drew  the  blue  pencil  of  rejection  through  a  Dun- 
donald staff  appointee,  and  when  Lord  Dundon- 
ald, at  a  public  dinner,  openly  charged  the  gov- 
ernment with  interference  in  his  work.  He  was 
asked  to  retire  ;  and  because  he  was  a  famous 
soldier,  was  wined  and  dined  by  the  Canadian 
people.  But  the  affair  assumes  its  true  relations 
when  it  is  known  that  the  cause  of  Mr.  Fisher's 
blue  pencil  was  not  "party,"  but  the  fact  that 
Dundonald's  appointee  belonged  to  a  family  that 
already  had  more  than  its  share  of  public  offices. 
As  to  -'the  Americanizing"  of  the  west — it 
is  a  bogy,  terrifying  only  to  those  who  know 
nothing  about  it.  If  American  capital  is  invest- 
ed in  Canadian  mines,  lands,  forests,  railways, 
American  capital  will,  of  course,  demand  safe- 
guards for  those  investments,  and  that  is  the 
extent  of  any  issue  that  may  have  been  mooted. 
Both  parties  are  unanimous  in  the  opinion  that 


576 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


ittttttUttttUttttUUUttl 


8IR  RICHARD  J.  CARTWKIGHT. 

(Minister  of  trade  and  commerce.) 


HON.  SIDNEY  A.  FISHER. 

(Minister  of  agriculture.) 


HON.   WILLIAM   S.   FIELDING. 

(Minister  of  finance.) 


the  new  transcontinental  railroad  must  be  built. 
This  railroad  is  an  extension  of  the  Grand 
Trunk,  to  be  known  as  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific. 
It  will  run  parallel  to  the  Canadian  Pacific,  but 
north  of  that  road,  through  the  Saskatchewan 
and  Peace  River  valleys,  across  the  Northern 
Rockies  to  the  Pacific. 

One  picturesque  figure  missed  from  political 
life  is  that  of  Joseph  Israel  Tarte,  the  French- 
Canadian  protagonist,  who  first  served  under 
Sir    John    A.   MacDonald    and  then  threw  his 


HON.  JOSEPH    I.  TARTE. 


(PromiDenl  French-Canadian  leader,  formerly  minister  of 
public  works.) 


influence  on  the  other  side  to  win  the  country 
for  Laurier,  but  found  himself  cashiered  from 
the  Laurier  government  for  openly  repudiating 
free  trade  and,  without  the  authority  of  his  col- 
leagues, advocating  a  hostile  tariff  against  the 
United  States.  When  Mr.  Tarte  withdrew  from 
the  Laurier  government,  it  was  thought  that  he 
would  virtually  become  the  leader  of  the  Con- 
servatives in  place  of  Mr.  Borden,  but  a  family 
bereavement  has  withdrawn  him  from  public 
life  ;  and  in  the  retirement  of  Mr.  Tarte,  passes 
one  of  the  most  heroic  fighters  in  Canadian  poli- 
tics, who  fought  for  love  of  the  fight,  indifferent 
to  the  spoils.  In  his  withdrawal,  too,  passes  the 
troublesome  race  question. 

CANADA    AND    "  PREFERENTIAL    TRADE." 

Unless  a  cataclysm  should  strike  Canadian 
politics,  the  most  timid  prophet  might  predict 
the  return  of  the  Laurier  government  at  the  elec- 
tions of  November.  But  there  has  come  into 
Canadian  politics  one  formidable  factor,  bound 
to  modify  the  strength  of  the  two  parties.  The 
factor  is  Mr.  Chamberlain's  policy  of  preferential 
trade  within  the  empire,  high  tariff  against  out- 
siders. The  idea  of  Great  Britain  departing 
from  her  traditional  policy  of  free  trade  is  so 
startling  that  it  is  hardly  taken  seriously  by  for- 
eign observers.  Not  so  within  the  empire.  Loud 
complaints  are  heard  in  Great  Britain  over  the 
decline  of  British  manufactures.  In  Canada,  the 
fence-side  posters  display  "preferential  trade'' 
advertisements,  the  press  is  full  of  preferential 
arguments,  and  speech-making  rings  with  it. 

In  practical  politics.  Canada  has  already  grant- 
ed a  preference  of  33  percent,  on  British  goods, 


THE  TREND  OF  POLITICAL  AFFAIRS  IN  CANADA. 


577 


and  passed  a  "dumping''  clause  —  however  im- 
possible to  enforce — to  shut  out  American  manu- 
factures scut  to  Canada  as  a  slaughter  market  at 
Lowerprices  than  theyare  sold  in  theUnited  States. 

The  new  governor-genei-al.  Lord  Grey,  is  an 
ardent  preferential  trader.  Sir  Howard  Vincent, 
the  father  of  the  preferential  idea,  has  just  been 
sounding  the  Dominion  from  Atlantic  to  Pacific, 
and  declares  "the  preferential  policy  is  accept- 
able to  all  classes  in  the  Dominion.    There  is  no 

ger  a  single  Canadian  voice 
in  dissent.  That  a  preferen- 
tial arrangement  within  the 
British  Empire  will  come  is 
certain  despite  all  setbacks. 
The  one  thing  that  the  pref- 
erential trade  advocates  desire 
is  some  heightening  of  the  tar- 
i  IT  against  Britain  by  a  foreign 
country  to  rouse  the  popular 
imagination.  That  alone  would 
mean  the  immediate  success 
of  preferential  trade  in  the 
empire." 

At  present,  the  most  vigor- 
ous advocate  of  preferential 
trade  in  Canada  is  a  non-par- 
tisan organization  known  as 
the  Manufacturers'  Associa- 
tion, banded  together  for  the 
express  purpose  of  raising  the 
<  lanadian  tariff  to  a  point  that 
will  be  prohibitive  to  the  foreign  manufacturers. 
At  the  recent  banquet  of  the  organization,  at 
which  the  leading  men  of  both  Canadian  parties 
were  present,  there  was  no  mincing  of  matters. 
A  high  priest  of  protection  could  not  have  been 
more  emphatic.  "  The  dominant  sentiment  in 
Canada  to-day  is  confidence  in  her  future,"  de- 
clared W.  K.  George,  the  president  of  the  Manu- 
facturers' Association.  "  Canada  has  learned  that 
her  progress  does  not  depend  on  favorable  trade 

arrangements  with  the  United  States,  but  that 

©  .  .  . 

she  possesses  in   her  British   connections  those 

markets  where  she  can  dispose  of  all  her  prod- 
ucts. The  Canadian  people  now  realize  that  to 
build  up  their  industries  and  develop  their  re- 
sources, Canada  must  have  a  tariff  that  will  fur- 
nish protection  against  the  cheap  labor  of  Europe 
and  the  immensely  developed  industries  of  the 
1 '  nited  States.  There  is  no  longer  any  Free 
Trade  party  in  Canada.  The  question  of  tariff 
is  simply  one  of  degree.  The  first  care  of  the 
Manufacturers'  Association  is  the  protection  of 
every  Canadian  industry.  They  also  favor  grant- 
ing a  substantial  preference  to  the  mother  coun- 
try and  any  British  colonies  that  will  recipro- 
cate.    There  is  not  the  slightest  desire  among 


Canadians  to   open   negotiations   for '  reciprocal 

trade  with  the  United  States." 

"  Close  observers  must  realize  that  Canadian 
affairs  cannot  remain  forever  in  statu  quo,"  de- 
clared Mr.  George  Dnimmond,  a  leading  member 
of  the  Montreal  Board  of  Trade.  "  The  influx 
into  Canada  of  immigrants  and  capital  from  for- 
eign sources  tends  to  create  new  affiliations,  new 
sentiments.  These  forces  must  be  reckoned  with, 
and  now  is  the  time  to  divert  them  into   British 


SIR  THOMAS  SHAUGHNESSY. 

(President  of  the  Canadian  Pacific 
Railroad.) 


MR.    W.    K.   GEORGE. 

(President  of  the  Manufacturers' 
Association  of  Canada.) 


channels.  Make  it  easy  and  satisfactory  for  the 
new  settlers  to  do  business  within  the  empire 
and  you  absorb  them  safely  and  surely  into  the 
imperial  alliance.  Fail  to  do  this,  and  no  one 
can  tell  what  the  future  may  bring.  .  .  .  What 
the  manufacturers  demand  is  imperial  trade 
preference  and  an  imperial  commission  represent- 
ing all  British  dominions  to  consider  the  whole 
question  and  submit  a  plan  for  the  consolidation 
of  the  empire's  trade." 

To  the  reiterated  demands  of  the  Manufac- 
turers' Association  for  a  declaration  of  the  gov- 
ernment's policy  on  preferential  trade,  Sir  Wil- 
frid Laurier  had  made  but  one  response,  and 
that  was  on  the  night  of  the  banquet.  His  dec- 
laration was  :  "  I  believe  we  can  have  between 
the  motherland  and  the  colonies  treaties  of  com- 
merce, if  I  may  so  speak,  and  the  expression  is 
not  too  strong  or  extravagant,  whereby  we  can 
sit  down  and  by  mutual  concessions,  by  giving 
and  granting  to  one  side  and  the  other,  develop 
the  trade  between  Great  Britain  and  the  colonies 
to  the  mutual  advantage  of  all."  Exactly  what 
is  behind  that  declaration.  Sir  Wilfrid  Laurier 
will  probably  know  better  himself  when  the  v< it- 
ers have  given  theirverdict  atthe  polls  thismonth. 


.MAP  SHOWlXd    NK.W   CANADIAN    H.\II.WAV    ROUTES. 


WESTERN    CANADA    IN    1904. 

BY  THEODORE  MACFARLANE  KNAPPEN. 


0~XLY  those  who  have  seen  and  studied  the 
Canadian  west  know  how  thoroughly  the 
ideal  of  national  greatness  has  taken  possession 
•of  Canada  within  the  last  few  years.  From  Lake 
Superior  to  the  Pacific  there  is  not  a  Canadian 
who  does  not  believe  that  the  twentieth  century 
is  Canada's  century.  The  western  Canadian  be- 
lieves that  the  measure  of  Canada's  possible 
greatness  is  to  be  found  in  the  resources  and 
spaciousness  of  the  west.  He  knows,  because  it 
is  his  own  country,  that  western  Canada  has  the 
natural  elements  that  go  to  make  up  a  nation 
economically  great.  The  half-faith  of  other 
years  is  completely  gone,  and  has  been  replaced 
with  a  magnificent  belief  in  the  future  of  the 
west. 

The  immense  material  prosperity  of  the  Domin- 
ion, to  which  the  west  so  largely  contributes,  is 
reflected  in  the  proportions  of  the  foreign  trade. 
In  the  last  fiscal  year,  the  foreign  commerce  of 
Canada  amounted  to  $473,000,00^   an  increase 

•of  $(5,000,000  over  the  pieced  inn-  year,  and  of 
$233,000,000  over  L894.  The  imports  were 
$253,000,000,  of  which  $143,000,000  were  from 
the  Onited  States.  This  little  country, — little 
in  population, — now  has  a  foreign  trade  one- 
fifth  as  large  as  that  of  the  Tinted  States,  which 
has  fourteen  times  as  large  a  population.  This 
trade  also  reflects  the  rising  national  conscious- 
ness, for  Canada,  by  means  of  commercial  agents 
the  world  over,  now  seeks  to  promote  her  trade 
quite  independently  of  the  good  offices  of  the 

British  consular  system. 


The  establishment  of  new  manufacturing  plants 
in  eastern  Canada,  very  largely  of  American  ori- 
gin, is  proceeding  at  a  marvelous  rate.  Branches 
of  American  houses  seeking  Canadian  trade  and 
desiring  to  overcome  the  tariff  tax  are  springing 
up  like  mushrooms.  This  season  has  witnessed 
the  reopening  of  the  great  Clergue  plants  at  the 
'■  Soo,"  the  Ontario  provincial  govei'nment  hav- 
ing extended  its  credit  to  the  assistance  of  the 
reorganized  company,  and  five  hundred  tons  of 
steel  rails  are  now  being  turned  out  there  daily 
to  provide  the  tracks  for  thousands  of  miles  of 
railway  that  are  building  in  the  west.  But  it  is 
to  western  Canada  that  we  must  turn  if  we  would 
know  the  full  extent  of  Canada's  recent  progress. 

THE    GUAM)    TRUNK    PACIFIC. 

This  year  has  brought  the  Dominion  govern- 
ment's official  commitment  to  the  Grand  Trunk 
Pacific  Railway,  which  means  vastly  more  to 
western  Canada,  than  to  the  east.  This  railway, 
a  child  of  the  Grand  Trunk,  is  to  extend  from 
Mpncton,  New  Brunswick,  to  some  point  on  the 
Pacific,  probably  Port  Simpson.  The  eighteen 
hundred  and  seventy-five  miles  between  Monc- 
tOD  and  Winnipeg  are  to  be  built  by  the  gov- 
ernment and  leased  to  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific 
for  fifty  years  at  a  rental  of  3  per  cent,  of  the 
cost  after  the  first  seven  years.  At  the  end  of 
that  period  the  Grand  Trunk  is  to  have  the  priv- 
ilege' of  renewing  the  lease  for  another  fifty 
years,  providing  the  government  does  not  wish 
to  operate  the  railway  itself.     From  Winnipeg 


WESTERN  CANADA  IN  1^04. 


570 


A    PART  OF  THE   WINNIPEG   YARDS  OF  THE  CANADIAN  PACIFIC  RAILWAY. 


to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  the  government -guar- 
antees three-quarters  of  the  bond  issue,  the  limit 
of  the  guarantee  to  be  thirteen  thousand  dollars 
a  mile.  Through  the  mountains,  the  government 
guarantees  the  interest  on  three-fourths  of  the 
bonds,  the  Grand  Trunk  Railway  Company  guar- 
anteeing the  other  fourth  ;  in  addition,  the  gov 
ernment  is  to  pay  the  interest  on  the  bonds  of 
this  part  of  the  line  for  seven  years.  A  thou- 
sand miles  of  this  new  transcontinental  railway 
will  be  in  the  prairie  country^the  great  wheat 
country.  It  will  give  access  to  millions  of  acres 
of  land  now  too  far  from  the  railway  to  be 
profitably  cultivated  on  a  large  scale.  Lying 
from  one  hundred  to  two  hundred  miles  north 
of  the  Canadian  Pacific,  the  new  transcontinental 
will  entirely  avoid  the  arid  area  that  every  other 
transcontinental  in  North  America  encounters 
to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  From  Winnipeg  to 
Edmonton,  nine  hundred  miles,  the  new  road 
will  pass  through  a  continuous  wheat  country, 
into  which  the  settlers  are  now  flocking  by  the 
thousands,  snapping  up  every  homestead  within 
twenty-five  or  thirty  miles  of  the  line,  or  where 
it  is  supposed  to  be  (there  are  found  different 
surveys),  and  eagerly  buying  up  the  cheap  land 
in  private  possession.  Many  of  the  old-timers 
declare  that  the  Grand  Trunk  will  run  through 
the  best  part  of  western  Canada,  and  yet  it  is 
precisely  the  part  that  is  as  yet  scarcely  touched 
by  civilization.  Haunted  by  a  fear  of  the  north, 
the  settlers  of  western  Canada  have  had  an  in- 
clination to  stay  near  the  boundary  line  :  but  now, 
with  the  knowledge  that  the  climate  is  perhaps 


milder  to  the  north,— where  the  warm  winds 
from  the  Pacific  get  a  chance  to  cross  low  moun- 
tain barriers, — and  that  the  soil  is  at  least  as 
fertile,  a  great  wave  of  population  is  pouring 
into  the  Saskatchewan  valley.  Some  go  in  by 
train  and  wagon  from  the  east,  some  journey  to 
Edmonton  and  descend  the  rushing  Saskatche- 
wan,— as  mighty  a  river  as  the  Missouri, — in 
scows  and  rafts. 

OTHER    RAILROAD    DEVELOPMENT. 

The  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  is  still  on  paper, 
though  it  is  potent  paper  ;  but  there  are  history- 
making  roads  building  three  miles  a  day  that 
are  scarcely  heard  of  in  the  United  States. 
With  little  fuss  and  feathers,  but  with  solid 
achievement,  the  Canadian  Northern  is  driving- 
its  main  line  across  the  prairies  and  plains  to 
Edmonton,  the  capital  of  the  north,  the  jumping- 
off  place  of  the  fur  trade,  the  door  of  the  wilder- 
ness. Six  thousand  men  and  two  thousand 
teams  are  working  like  beavers  under  the  ex- 
ecutive direction  of  McKenzie  &  Mann,  a  firm 
of  Toronto  contractors  who  are  building  a  trans- 
continental of  their  own,  piecemeal,  starting  with 
nothing  except  unlimited  nerve  and  inexhaustible 
energy.  Already  the  rails  are  laid  to  Humboldt, 
four  hundred  and  twenty-five  miles  northwest 
of  Winnipeg,  and  this  time  next  year  will  see 
them  into  Edmonton,  thirteen  hundred  miles 
from  the  eastern  terminus  at  Port  Arthur,  on 
Lake  Superior.  Farther  north,  the  Canadian 
Northern  is  extending  its  line  from  Mel  fort  to 
Prince   Albert,    three  hundred    and    fifty  miles 


580 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


north  of  the  boundary.  The  same  company  is 
building  several  shorter  extensions  and  branches 
at  various  points  on  its  system,  the  nucleus  of 
which  was  purchased  from  the  Northern  Pacific 
several  years  ago. 

The  Canadian  Pacific,  the  national  line  of 
Canada,  as  the  Union  Pacific  is  the  national 
line  of  the  United  States,  is  building  vigorously 
on  branches  in  Assiniboia,  Manitoba,  and  Al- 
berta. It  has  not  the  slightest  intention  of 
abandoning  the  rich  north  country  to  its  rivals. 
The  same  country  is  spending  twenty  million 
dollars  in  reducing  grades  and  curvatures  on 
its  main  line  and  in  other  betterments.  Its 
earnings  from  operation  this  year  are  forty-six 
million  dollars,  to  say  nothing  of  its  income 
from  its  great  land  grant,  which  still  contains 
twelve  million  acres. 

Altogether,  eighteen  hundred  miles  of  rail- 
way are  now  going  down  in  the  prairies  and 
mountains  of  western  and  Pacific  Canada  as  fast 
as  money  and  men  can  do  the  work,  and  there 
are  three  thousand  miles  of  "live  projects," 
not  counting  the  long  talked  of  railway  to  Hud- 
son's Bay,  from  the  wheat  fields,  which,  rumor 
asserts,  the  Canadian  Northern  will  build*  as 
soon  as  its  engines  are  whistling  for  Edmonton. 
By  the  Hudson's  Bay  route,  the  distance  from 
the  wheat  fields  of  the  golden  west  to  Liver- 
pool will  be  reduced  a  thousand  miles.  Those 
who  believe  in  this  route  declare  that  the  time 
is  coming  when  the  bulk  of  the  wheat  of  western 
Canada,  and  even  some  from  the  Northern 
States,  will  go  to  Europe  via  an  inland  sea  that 


is  to-day  visited  only  by  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
supply  boats  and  American  whalers. 

THE    TIDE    OF    IMMIGRATION. 

Rapidly  as  the  railways  proceed,  they  cannot 
keep  up  with  the  settlers  who  come  in  ever- 
increasing  numbers  from  the  old  world,  eastern 
Canada,  and  the  United  States.  The  most  in- 
teresting feature  of  this  population-movement 
is  the  American  contribution.  Eight  years  ago, 
some  46  Americans  moved  from  the  United 
States  to  Canada.  These  were  the  scouts  of  an 
army  that  now  crosses  the  boundary  in  a  force 
of  approximately  50,000  a  year.  In  the  fiscal 
year  of  1902—03,  the  invading  Americans  num- 
bered 49,000,  officially  counted  ;  for  the  fiscal 
year  just  past,  they  numbered  46,000.  Thou- 
sands of  Americans  cross  into  Canada  without 
being  counted.  The  picturesque  prairie  schooner 
still  conveys  land-seekers  in  the  west.  Wan- 
derers in  prairie  schooners  have  been  seen  at 
Calgary,  in  Alberta,  two  thousand  miles  from 
their  starting-place  in  Iowa  and  Nebraska.  It 
was  thought  that  when  the  total  immigration 
into  Canada  reached  128,000  year  before  last  it 
had  readied  its  maximum,  but  last  year  added 
130,000  new-comers  to  the  population,  despite 
the  fact  that  one  of  the  world's  periodical  tides 
of  migration  is  again  ebbing.  From  Greal 
Britain  and  Ireland  came  49,000  hopeful  people, 
tired  of  the  parsimony  and  scanty  doles  of  an 
old  civilization  to  the  unfavored  many,  seeking 
the  generous  bounty  of  a  new  land.  Over- 
crowded Austria  contributed  7,229  ;  Germany, 


A    FARMSTEAD   NEAR   CRYSTAL  CITY,    MANITOBA, 


WESTERN  CANADA  IN  1904. 


581 


PLOWING   NEAR  MYRTLE,   MANITOBA. 


2,985  :  France  and  Belgium,  2,392  ;  Russia  and 
Finland,  2,806  ;  Scandinavia,  4,208,  and  13,470 
came  from  various  other  nations.  And  of  this 
population  so  highly  desirable  at  least  60  per 
cent,  goes  on  to  the  farms.  While  the  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  that  swarm  to  our  shores 
seek  the  great  cities,  for  the  most  part  the  bulk 
1  ;i mula's  immigrants  speed  from  the  Atlantic 
seaboard  straight  across  the  continent  to  the 
rich  prairies  that  but  await  their  Midas  touch 
to  turn  to  golden  grain. 

WHY   THE    AMERICANS    MOVE. 

Practically  all  of  the  American  immigrants  find 
their  homes  in  the  cities,  villages,  and  spacious 
farms  of  the  west.  As  a  considerable  portion 
of  the  British  immigration  lodges  in  eastern 
Canada,  the  American  invasion  looms  relatively 
larger  in  the  west  than  it  is,  compared  with  the 
whole  human  influx  into  Canada.  Why  do 
these  Americans,  the  very  cream  of  the  farming 
population  of  the  wealthy  American  west,  seek 
homes  in  a  foreign  country?  Briefly,  the  an- 
swer is  to  be  found  in  the  lure  of  free  or  cheap 
lands  in  western  Canada  and  the  inducement  to 
turn  the  old  farm  into  cash  at  high  prices. 
Farms  in  Iowa  and  Illinois  are  worth  from 
nty-five  to  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  dol- 
lars an  acre.  Farms  in  western  Canada  that  in 
their  virgin  state  will  produce  larger  crops  may 
be  had  for  the  taking  or  for  from  five  dollars  to 
fifteen  dollars  an  acre.  To  these  lands  turn 
also  the  American  tenant  farmer  and  the  hired 
man.  The  free  lands  in  the  humid  part  of  the 
republic's  west  are  gone.  Population  has  crowd- 
ed up  to  the  one  hundred  and  first  meridian, 
the  general  western  limit  of  the  humid  belt. 
Beyond   lies  the   cattle   countrv  and   irrigation. 


The  American  farmer  with  a  family  of  growing 
boys  around  him  sees  no  way  to  keep  the  family 
together  but  to  emigrate  to  the  last  free-land 
country  on  the  continent,  western  Canada, — 
"the  last  west."  So  he  sells  out,  moves  west, 
and  settles  his  sons  around  him  ;  together,  they 
may  homestead  and  purchase  several  thousand 
acres.  They  will  put  this  cheap  land  into 
wheat,  plowing  with  traction  engines  that  drive, 
simultaneously,  nine  furrows  through  the  pri- 
meval sod.  They  may  reasonably  count  on 
twenty  bushels  to  the  acre,  which  is  less  than  the 
Manitoba  average  for  more  than  twenty  years. 
In  years  of  high  prices  there  is  a  fortune  in  a 
single  crop.  Good  farmers  sometimes  get  forty 
and  fifty  bushels  of  wheat  to  the  acre.  Think 
what  such  yields  mean  in  these  days  of  dollar 
wheat  ! 

HELPING    THE    MOVER    MOVE. 

The  situation  is  taken  advantage  of  by  the 
Canadian  government,  with  the  best  immigration 
bureau  in  the  world,  which  has  fourteen  agen- 
cies in  the  principal  cities  of  the  west,  working 
ceaselessly  to  get  the  American  farmer  to  cross 
the  line  and  "take  a  look  ;"  by  the  Canadian 
railways,  and  by  the  great  land  companies,  the 
largest  of  which,  are  controlled  and  managed 
by  Americans.  ( )ne  of  these  companies  has 
twenty-five  hundred,  agents  in  the  United  States. 
Between  public  and  private  effort,  the  Ameri- 
can west  is  flooded  with  persuasive  "  litera- 
ture "  describing  the  attractions  of  western  Can- 
ada. The  warmth  of  the  welcome  Americans 
and  American  capital  receive  in  western  Can- 
ada tends  to  keep  the  ball  rolling.  Ameri- 
cans and  Canadians  are  so  much  alike  that  they 
fraternize  wonderfullv   well  in   this  new   coun- 


582 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


A    FAUM    SCENE   NEAR    EMEItSON,    .MANITOBA. 


try,— much  better,  in  fact,  than  English  and 
Canadians.  Forty -six  States  and  Territories 
contribute  to  Canada's  new  population.  Min- 
nesota leads  the  list  ;  then  conies  North  Dakota. 
Other  States  that  send  many  home-seekers  are 
South  Dakota,  Iowa.,  Nebraska,  Kansas,  Wis- 
consin, Michigan,  Ohio,  Illinois,  Indiana,  and 
Utah,  whence  the  Mormons  are  migrating  in 
large  numbers  to  Alberta. 

A     BOUNTIFUL     WHEAT     CROP. 

This  year,  Canada  West  has  a  fine  crop  of 
wheat.  At  one  time  it  promised  25  bushels  to 
the  acre,  or  a  total  of  more  than  SO, 000, 000 
bushels.  Then  the  rust  came,  and  there  was  a 
temporary  fright,  but  now  the  crop  is  half 
threshed  and  the  reports  show  an  average  of 
about  17  bushels  to  the  acre,  or  approximately 
a  60,000, 000-bushel  crop.  Some  sections  have 
had  phenomenal  ci'ops.  Thousands  of  farmers 
have  averaged  25  bushels  to  the  acre  and  sold  their 
wheat  for  from  !)()  cents  to  a  dollar.  One  Man- 
itoba farmer  refused  to  sell  his  wheat  before  it 
was  cut  on  an  estimate  of  :!.'!  bushels  to  the  acre. 
There  was  nearer  40.  This  same  farmer  bought 
his  land  four  years  ago  for  $3  an  acre  and  has 
just  sold  it  for  $18.  One  farmer  had  54  bushels 
to  the  acre  on  one  piece  ami  .'IT  bushels  to  the 
acre  on  his  whole  farm.  Another  farmer  got 
id.1,  bushels  to  the  acre,  another  .'is,  another 
::.">.  ami  soon.  One  sold  8$ 00  bushels  for  $1.03 
a  bushel. 

So  much  better  did  western  Canada  fare  this 
year  than  the  Northwestern  spring-wheat  States 
that  the  farmers  of  northern  Minnesota  desire  to 

have  the  duty  on  seed  wheat  from  Canada  remit- 
ted, else  they  will  have  trouble  nexl  year  in  get- 
ting good  seed   for  their  fields.     The  quality  of 

this  western-Canadian  wheat  is  g 1.  though  not 

so  good  this  year  as  in  others.      No.  I  hard  grade 


is  still  common  at  Winnipeg,  but  at  Minneapolis 
it  is  a  candidate  for  the  museum.  Western 
Canada's  prosperity  is  not  all  told  in  the  tale  of 
wheat.  It  lias  50.000,000  bushels  of  oats.  10,- 
000,000  bushels  of  barley,  and  splendid  crops  of 
potatoes,  flax,  rye,  and  vegetables.  It  will  sell 
$10,000,000  worth  of  live  stock.  This  year's 
agricultural  round-up  means  nearly  $90,000,000 
for  about  60,000  actual  farmers. 

ACTIVE     TOWNS    AND    CITIES. 

These  figures  may  explain  the  prosperity  and 
growth  of  the  towns  and  cities.  Winnipeg  lias 
seventy-five  thousand  people  and  is  adding 
fifteen  thousand  a  year.  Her  people  belie ve 
she  will  have  half  a  million  in  1930.  This  year, 
she  had  the  Dominion  exhibition,  which  was 
attended  by  two  hundred  thousand  people. 
Block  after  block  of  new  warehouses  and  job- 
bing stores  tell  the  story  of  the  city's  solid 
progress.  And  American  men  and  American 
capital  are  taking  a  considerable  part  in  this 
progress.  The  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  is 
erecting  a  new  hotel  and  station  at  a  cost  of 
$1,200,000  :  it  is  spending  $800,000  on  new- 
shops  and  yards,  said  to  be  the  largest  in- 
dividual railway  yards  in  the  world.  The 
Canadian  Northern  is  planning  similar  improve- 
ments. The  building  permits  for  this  year  m 
Winnipeg  will  aggregate  $10,000,000.  Winni- 
peg now  handles  more  wheat,  each  year,  than 
any  other  city  on  the  continent  save;  Minne- 
apolis. The  great  terminal  elevators  are  not  here, 
however,  but  at  Tort  Arthur  and  Fort  William, 
on  Lake  Superior,  where  the  elevator  capacity 
already  reaches  sixteen  million  bushels  and  the 
largest  elevator  in  the  world  has  been  built. 

All  the  little  cities  and  towns  of  the  west  are 
flourishing.  Ilegina.  the  Northwest  Territorial 
capital,   has    six     thousand    peopie    and    is   erect- 


IVES  TERN  CANADA  IN  1904. 


58£ 


ing  a  block  of  liouses  each  month.  The  promise 
of  autonomy  for  the  territories  means  much  to 
Regina, — and  autonomy  is  promised  by  both 
parties  in  case  of  victory  at  the  elections.  Prince 
Albert,  two  hundred  and  fifty  miles  north  of 
Regina,  at  the  extremity  of  a  railway  line  thai 
runs  through  a  district  that  has  Keen  settled  by 
Americans  in  droves,  considers  itself  one  of  the 
coming  cities  of  the  west.  In  the  far  northwest. 
Edmonton  and  Strathcona,  at  the  terminus  of 
one  branch  of  the  Canadian  Pacific,  await  the 
coming  of  the  ( Janadian  Northern  and  the  1  J-rand 
Trunk  Pacific,  and  discount  the  future.  In  the 
heart  of  a  rich  general  farming  region.  Edmon- 
ton counts  much  on  the  agricultural  riches  of 
the  distant  Peace  River  country,  where  at  59 
degrees  north  latitude  the  wheat  plant  flourishes 
and  bears  bountifully.  To-day,  it  is  the  great 
depot  of  the  fur  trade  of  the  north  country,  even 
to  the  Arctic  Ocean.  Single  cars  of  furs  worth 
one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  dollars  are  often 
consigned  to  Montreal  from  Edmonton.  In  the 
two  towns,  there  are  now  nine  thousand  people, 
and  eight  hundred  thousand  dollars'  worth  of 
building  has  been  done  this  year. 

A    GREAT    IRRIGATION    PROJECT. 

To  the  south,  in  the  heart  of  the  cattle  coun- 
try, lies  Calgary,  solidly  built  of  stone  and  brick, 
boasting  eleven  thousand  people  and  the  mosc 
metropolitan  aspect  between  Winnipeg  and 
Vancouver.  Calgary  sets  great  store  by  the 
immense  irrigation  enter- 
prise the  Canadian  Pacific 
Railway  has  here  undertaken. 
This  part  of  the  west  needs 
irrigation  as  crop  insurance, 
though  three  years  out  of 
five  it  may  raise  good  crops 
without  it.  The  railway 
company  plans  to  spend  five 
million  dollars  to  redeem 
three  million  acres  of  its 
lands, — by  far  the  largest  ir- 
rigation undertaking  in  all 
America.  A  main  canal  one 
hundred  and  twenty  miles 
long  is  to  be  built,  and  work 
is  now  far  advanced  on  the 
first  section.  It  is  hoped  to 
have  water  on  four  hundred 
thousand  acres  of  land  by 
next  fall.  An  American 
company  is  preparing  to 
spend  eight  hundred  thou- 
sand dollars  on  a  sugar 
plant,  which  will  be  the  sec- 
ond largest  on  the  continent, 


to  utilize  the  sugar  beets  that  are  to  be  raised' 
on  a  part  of  these  irrigated  lands.  The  lands  will' 
be  sold  at  a  nominal  price.  The  speculator  is  to- 
be  barred  out,  and  actual  farmers  will  be  sought 
in  the  irrigated  regions  of  the  American  West. 

Medicine  Hat,  in  western  Assiniboia,  with'< 
abundant  natural  gas  and  a  great  range  country,, 
is  prospering.  Moose  Jaw,  at  the  junction  ol' 
the  Soo-Pacific  and  the  ( lanadian  Pacific,  is  grow- 
ing rapidly.  Brandon,  the  second  city  of  Manito- 
ba, has  spent  seven  hundred  thousand  dollars  in 
buildings  this  year.  Portage  la  Prairie,  the 
third  city  in  the  province,  situated  in  one  of 
the  most  fertile  wheat  regions  in  America, 
shows  remarkable  growth. 

WHAT    THE    FUTURE    MAY    BRING. 

All  of  this  rapid  material  advance  raises  the 
question,  what  will  the  future  bring  ?  Ten  years 
ago,  the  maximum  wheat  crop  of  western  Can- 
ada was  •20,000,000  bushels.  In  L902,  it  was 
(37,000,000  bushels  ;  the  next  bumper  crop  will 
take  the  total  yield  of  wheat  to  100,000,000' 
bushels.  It  takes  117  miles  of  cars  to  handle  the 
grain  grown  on  the  Canadian  Pacific  alone.  Ten 
years  ago,  the  acreage  devoted  to  wheat  was 
1,000,000  acres  ;  to-day.  it  is  3,500,000,  and  next 
year  it  will  be  4,500,000.  With  the  wholesale 
building  of  railways  now  beginning,  the  area 
under  cultivation  should  increase  fully  as  rapid  I  \ 
in  the  next  decade  as  in  that  just  past.  By 
1915,  then,  there  will  be  about  ten  million  acres 


THE  GREATEST   IRRIGATION  WORK   IN   AMERICA. 

(Scene  on  the  "  main  ditch  "—60  feet  wide  at  the  bottom— of  the  Canadian  Pacific's 
undertaking  at  Calgary.) 


584 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


\A4 


GRAIN    ELEVATORS   AT   HARTNEY,    ,\l  ANITOUA. 


devoted  to  wheat  in  western  Canada,  giving 
an  average  crop  of  200,000,000  bushels.  The 
highest  estimate  of  the  wheat  crop  of  Minnesota 
and  the  Dakotas,  this  year,  is  1.60,000,000 
bushels;  220,000,000  bushels  is  the  largest  crop 
ever  raised  by  the  Northwestern  wheat  States. 
In  ten  years,  western  Canada  will  he  producing 
more  wheat  than  the  American  hard  spring- 
wheat  country.  There  will  he  two  million  peo- 
ple instead  of  seven  hundred  and  fifty  thou- 
sand, and  the  men,  the  implements,  the  capital, 
and  the  railways  to  harvest  and  move  the  enor- 
mous crop. 

It  has  been  estimated  that  of  the  230,000.000 


acres  included  in  what  is 
usually  meant  by  western 
<  'anada. — Manitoba,  Alber- 
ta. Assiniboia,  and  Saskatch- 
ewan.— 170. 000,000  lie  with- 
in the  humid  region  and  are 
suitable  for  wheat-raising. 
Assuming  that  no  more  than 
ni.1100,000  acres  will  ever  be 
devoted  to  wheat,  western 
('anada  will  one  day  raise 
son. 000, 000    bushel.-    o 

wheat,  —  some     50,000, 

more  than  the  largest  wheal 
crop  the  whole  of  the  United 
States  has  ever  produced. 
Some  enthusiasts  have  im- 
agined that  these  40,000,000 
acres  will  be  sown  to  wheal 
by  102.")  ;  but  as  the  total  plowed  area  of  west- 
ern Canada  does  not  now  exceed  6,000,000  acres, 
this  is  not  probable.  It  took  the  United  States 
twenty  years  to  increase  its  wheat  acreage  20.- 
000,000.  It  is  possible  that  by  192.")  western 
Canada  will  have  25,000,000  acres  in  wheat, 
which  will  mean  an  annual  production  of  500,- 
000,000  bushels. 

To-day,  practically  all  of  the  wheat  of  west- 
ern (anada,  except  what  is  consumed  at  home. 
is  exported  to  Great  Britain,  either  in  the  berry 
or  as  flour.  Winnipeg,  Rat  Portage,  and  Mon- 
treal have  large  flour  mills  now,  and  the  ex- 
ports of  flour,  last  year,  were   1,300,000  barrels. 


V    VIEW    or  THE    TOWN    (>!•'    ROLAND,    M  ANITOUA. 


WESTERN  CANADA  IN  1904. 


585 


MAIN   STREET,    WINNIPEG,   ON  A  SATURDAY  AFTERNOON. 


These  mills  will  probably  more  and  more  take 
the  export  business  away  from  American  mills 
as  the  wheat-consumption  of  the  United  States 
overtakes  production,  unless  the  United  States 
should  see  the  light  and  remove  the  duty  on 
wheat.  In  that  case,  the  Northern  Pacific  and  the 
Great  Northern  would  at  once  extend  their  lines 
into  western  Canada,  and  a  large  part  of  the 
Canadian  wheat  would  go  to  Minneapolis  and 
Duluth  for  milling  or  export.  The  farmers  of 
western  <  lanada  would  welcome  the  resulting 
competition  of  markets. 

The  tremendous  multiplication  of  the  wheat- 
production  of  western  Canada  which  will  take 
place  in  the  next  few  years  is  not  likely  seriously 
1  disturb  the  world's  markets.  The  United 
States  will  gradually  cease  exporting  wheat,  and 
(  ;mada  will  as  gradually  fill  the  gap.  The  pros- 
pect is,  therefore  that  western  Canada  need  have 


no  fear  of  reducing  its  income  per  bushel  on  ac- 
count of  its  increasing  contribution  to  the  num- 
ber of  bushels.  If  this  prospect  is  realized,  im- 
migration into  western  Canada,  especially  from 
the  United  States,  will  be  so  greatly  stimulated 
that  within  half  a  generation  the  Canadian  west 
wdll  be  as  well  populated  as  Minnesota  and  the 
Dakotasare  to-day.  It  will  then  have  more  than 
three  million  people,  and  will  be  so  powerful  in 
the  Dominion  councils,  by  reason  of  its  popula- 
tion and  wealth,  that  it  will  rule  Canada.  Even- 
tually, all  the  great  questions  concerning  the  fu- 
ture relations  of  the  United  States  and  Canada 
will  be  settled,  so  far  as  Canada  is  concerned, 
between  Lake  Superior  and  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. One  day  the  valley  of  the  Saskatchewan 
will  mean  as  much  to  ( 'anada  as  the  valley  of 
the  Mississippi  means  to  the  United  States  at 
the  present  time. 


THE    EPISCOPAL   CONVENTION    AT    BOSTON 


BY   FLORENCE  E.   WINSLOW. 


THE  presence  of  the  A  rchbishop  of  Canterbury 
lent  to  the  sessions  of  the  Episcopal  Gen- 
eral Convention,  in  Boston,  last  month,  an  absorb- 
ing interest.  He  came  as  guest  in  response  to  the 
invitation  of  the  presiding  bishop  of  the  Ameri- 
can Church,  but  the  attractive  personality  of 
Dr.  Davidson,  his  democratic  simplicity,  his  dig- 
nity, his  spirituality,  his  spontaneous  adaptation 
to  American  institutions,  made  him  at  once  the 
guest  not  only  of  the  convention  hut  of  the  city, 
and  not  guest  alone,  but  friend. 

The  convention  began  on  October  5,  with  a 
solemn  opening  service,  at  which  over  eighty 
bishops,  with  the  clerical  officials  of  the  two 
houses  into  which  the  convention  is  divided, 
occupied  the  great  chancel  of  Trinity  Church. 
the  entire  body  of  the  church  bring  allotted  to 
the  delegates,  clerical  and  lay  members  of  the 
lower  house,  the  representatives  of  over  sixty 
dioceses,  and  of  twenty-one  missionary  juris- 
dictions.     Nearly   a   thousand    men   part k   of 

the  Communion,  administered  by  the  Arch- 
bishop of  Canterbury  and  Bishop  Tuttle.  presid- 
ing bishop  of  the  Church  in  the  United  States. 
Bishop  Doane,  of  Albany,  the  chosen  preacher, 
emphasized  the  responsibility  of  the  Protestant 
Episcopal  Church  in  the  matter  of  Christian 
unity,  and  with  large  liberality  urged  the  Church 
to  advance  toward  union  with  other  Christian 
bodies  in  a  spirit  of  inclusiveness  rather  than 
of  exclusiveness. 

Following  the  services,  the  organization  of 
the  House  of  Deputies  resulted  in  the  election 
of  a  new  president,  Dr.  Randolph  II.  MeKini.  of 
Washington,  while  Bishop  Tuttle,  senior  bishop 
of  the  Church  in  order  of  consecration,  succeeded 
the  venerable  Bishop  Clark,  deceased.  Bishop 
Lawrence,  of  Massachusetts,  became  chairman 
of  the  house.  .V  proposal  to  make  the  office  of 
presiding  bishop  elective  was  at  fen  early  date 
rejected  by  the  bishops.  A  picturesque  scene 
was  that  when  the  archbishop  was  escorted  to 
the  platform  id'  the  House  of  Deputies,  sitting  in 

Emmanuel  Church  in  conjunction  with  the 
House  of  Bishops,  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Huntington, 
Br.  Roberts,  and  Mr.  George  Poster  Peabody. 

Nearly  a   week    of    the    time  of    the    House    of 

Deputies  was  occupied  in  the  discussion  of  a 
proposed  new  canon  on  marriage  and  divorce. 
Unpopular  when  first  suggested  in  the  conven- 
tion,   the   advocates    of   this    new  ami    stringent 


IMF.   ARCHBISHOP   OK  CANTERBURY. 

law  steadily  gained  ground  until  the  lower 
house  was  almost  evenly  divided  upon  the  sub- 
ject, while  the  bishops  were  so  far  in  favor  of 
its  provisions  that  they  no  doubt  stood  ready  to 
adopt  it  should  the  lower  house  legislate  in  its 
Eavor.  The  disputed  section,  which  caused  B 
notable  debate,  in  which  some  fifty  of  the  dele- 
gates took  part,  is  as  follows:  "No  minister 
knowingly,  after  due  inquiry,  shall  solemnize 
the  marriage  of  any  person  who  has  a  divorced 
husband  or  wife  still  living,  if  such  husband  or 
wife  has  been  put  away  for  any  cause  arising 
after  marriage."  An  appended  section  on  dis- 
cipline provides  that  if  the  minister  believes 
I  hat  pei-sons  seeking  the  sacraments  of  the 
Church  have  been  married  otherwise  than  as 
the  law  of  Ci>(\  and  of  the  Church  allows,  he 
must,   before    administering    them,  consult    his 


THE  EPISCOPAL  CONTENTION  AT  BOSTON. 


:>s 


bishop,  unless  the  applicants  be  in  danger  of 
death  or  innocent  parties  in  a  suit  for  adultery. 
The  matter  came  before  the  house  in  the  form 
of  a  majority  report  from  a  special  committee 
appointed  in  San  Francisco,  Mr.  Francis  A. 
Lewis,  of  Pennsylvania,  being  its  most  prominent 
sponsor.  A  minority  report,  presented  by  the 
Rev.  Dr.  Lewis  Parks,  of  New  York,  which 
for  the  purpose  of  simplifying  legislation  was 
afterward  withdrawn,  urged  the  continuance, 
with  certain  amendments,  of  the  present  canon, 
which  allows  remarriage  after  divorce  to  the  in- 
nocent party  in  a  suit  for  adultery.  So  many  of 
the  prominent  men  in  the  convention  made 
speeches  against  the  canon,  that  it  was  a  surprise 
when,  upon  a  vote  taken  in  committee  of  the 
whole,  it  was  found  that  a  majority  of  the  votes 
were  in  favor  of  its  adoption,  the  vote  standing 
21  t  lor  to  191  against.  This  was  merely  a  ten 
tative  vote,  as  the  canon,  in  order  to  become  a 
law,  must  be  passed  by  a  majority  of  the  dioceses, 
voting  by  orders.  The  final  debate  before  the 
house  was  opened  by  Dr.  Huntington,  of  New 
York,  speaking  for  the  minority.  His  claim 
that  the  State  as  well  as  the  Church  represented 
God  to  the  world,  and  that  both  should  move 
together  for' the  protection  of  the  home  and  so- 


BISHOI'  TUTTL.E,   OF   MISSOURI. 

(Presiding  bishop  of  the  Church  in  the  United  States. » 

ciety.  was  most  effective.  Judge  Joseph  Packard, 
of  Baltimore,  was  a  speaker  on  the  same  side, 
while  for  the  majority  report  able  closing  ad- 
dresses were  made  by  Mr.  Francis  Lynde  Stet- 
son, of  New  York  ;  Mr.  T.  W.  Bagot,  and  Dr. 
Davenport.  After  joining  in  solemn  prayer  for 
guidance,  on  a  vote  taken  by  dioceses  and  or- 
ders, the  convention  voted  down  the  canon.  In 
the  clerical  vote  of  sixty-one  dioceses  voting, 
thirty  voted  aye,  twenty-one  nay,  and  ten  were 
divided.  A  divided  diocese  counting  in  the  neg- 
ative, the  motion  was  lost,  in  the  lay  order, 
but  fifty-five  dioceses  voted,  twenty-five  in  favor, 
twenty-four  against,  six  divided.  The  vote  was 
lost  by  one  diocese  in  the  clerical  and  three  in 
the  lay  order* 

The  opponents  of  the  new  canon  are  one 
with  its  advocates  in  their  estimation  of  the  im- 
portance of  the  leadership  of  the  Episcopal 
Church  in  the  effort  to  safeguard  the  home  and 
protect  society  from  the  evils  of  divorce  ;  they 
differ  only  as  to  method. 

The  movement  for  a  more  stringent  divorce 
law  has  been  influential  in  creating  a  healthful 
public  opinion,  and  by  a  movement  recently  in- 
augurated the  Episcopal  Church  has  secured  the 
assistance     of    several    Christian    bodies    whose 


DR.   RANDOLPH   H.    M'KIM. 

(President  of  the  House  of  Deputies.) 


*  A  "compromise"  canon,  favoring  the  innocent  party  in 
divorce  cases,  was  reported  to  the  convention  as  these  pages 
went  to  press. 


588 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


clergy  will  in  the  future  refuse  to  remarry  per- 
sons divorced  for  causes  other  than  the  law  of 
God  allows.  Anew  committee,  to  consist  of 
bishops,  clergymen,  and  laymen,  was  appointed 
in  Boston.  It  will  petition  the  legislatures  in 
the  various  States  and  Territories  to  consider 
the  evils  wrought  by  the  lax  divorce  laws,  and 
to  adopt  such  legislation  as  will  reduce  the  stat- 
utory grounds  on  which  divorce  may  he  granted. 

An  ever-troublesome  question,  the  change  of 
the  Church's  name,  has  again  been  before  the 
House  of  Deputies.  A  committee  appointed  at 
the  last  convention  to  consider  the  advisability 
of  a  change,  and  to  suggest  the  new  name,  re- 
ported adversely,  and  the  convention  was  glad 
to  adopt  the  report  and  to  drop  the  matter.  The 
persistent  advocates  of  the  change,  however. 
brought  in  a  new  resolution,  urging  that  the 
words  Protestant  Episcopal  be  dropped  from  the 
title-page  of  the  Prayer  Book.  This,  too,  was  dis- 
posed of. 

The  proposition  to  group  the  dioceses  of  the 
Church  into  provinces,  so  that  business  too  large 
for  the  diocesan  councils  and  too  local  for  the 
General  Convention  may  be  settled  in  provincial 
congresses,  was  a  prominent  subject  of  discus- 
sion. If  eventually  arranged,  the  province  will 
become  the  unit  of  representation,  and  the  num- 


llisnor    LAWRENCE,    OF    MASSACHUSETTS. 


BISHOP   DOANE,    OF   ALBANY. 

ber  of  delegates  in  the  House  of  Deputies  be 
greatly  diminished.  This  wouldjacilitate  legis- 
lation by  reducing  the  number  of  subjects  to  be 
discussed  and  diminishing  the  number  of  de- 
baters. 

If  the  legislative  action  of  the  General  Con- 
vention was  somewhat  negative  in  character,  its 
spiritual  enthusiasm  was  unbounded,  and  its 
missionary  spirit  showed  a  genuine  conversion. 
It  gave  some  of  its  best  hours  to  sessions  o\  the 
Board  of  Missions,  which  have  often  heretofore 
been  relegated  to  odd  corners,  listening  to  all  of 
its  missionary  bishops  in  turn.  The  woman's 
auxiliary  presented  $150,000  at  its  solemn  tri- 
ennial service,  a  special  offering  which  in  no 
way  interferes  with  its  usual  gifts.  In  a  large 
hall,  missionary  meetings,  so  crowded  that  it 
was  hard  to.  gain  entrance,  were  held  each  day. 
both  morning  and  afternoon,  and  at  each  large 
collections  were  gathered  by  the  missionaries 
who  presented  their  special  mission  study 
classes,  and  missionary  exhibits,  instructed  the 
people,  and  three  great  missionary  mass  meet- 
ings, held  in  the  largest  audience  halls  in  Boston, 
and  addressed  by  the  Archhishop  of  Canterbury 
and  other  prominent  speakers,  wen1  so  over- 
crowded that  the  speakers  repeated  their  ad 
dresses  at   immense  overflow  meetings. 


PRINCE    MIRSKY,   RUSSIA'S    NEW    MINISTER    OF 

THE    INTERIOR. 


15V   HERMAN   ROSENTHAL. 


THE  appointment  of  Prince  Peter  Dmitrie- 
vich  Sviatopolk-Mirsky  as  Russian  minis- 
ter of  the  interior  to  succeed  the  late  von  Plehve 
was  a  severe  blow  to  the  ascendency  of  that  ring 
of  reactionary  bureaucrats  which  of  late  years 
has  been  dominant  in  the  political  affairs  of  the 
empire.  The  ( !zar  has  evidently  found  sufficient 
courage  to  partially 
disentangle  himself  from 
the  intrigues  and  influ- 
ence of  the  "autocratic 
terrorists'"  led  by  Pobie- 
donostseff  ami  some  of 
the  grand  dukes.  He  has 
apparently  at  last  fully 
realized  the  dangers  of 
the  disintegrating  policy 
of  the  Plehve  regime.  The 
serious  reverses  in  the  far 
East  and  the  alarming 
disturbances  in  the  in- 
terior of  the  empire  have 
brought  Russia  to  the 
verge  of  national  disaster, 
which,  it  is  believed,  can 
be  averted  by  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  more  liberal 
minister  with  a  blameless 
record. 

Sviatopolk-Mirsky,  says 
the  writer  Struve  in  the 
Osvobojhden  le,  assumes 
the  duties  of  his  office 
under  very  trying  circum- 
stances. 


PRINCE  PETER   SVIATOPOLK-MIRSKY. 

(Who  succeeds  the  late  von  Plehve  as  Russian 
minister  of  the  interior.) 


He  does  not  bring  with  him  the  weighty  authority 
of  Count  Loris  Melikoff,  the  reform-dictator  in  the 
reign  of  Alexander  II.,  who  had  won  distinction  as  a 
great  general.  He  is  not,  however,  a  stupid  reactionary 
like  his  predecessors,  who,  with  their  wild  Asiatic 
methods,  disappointed  even  their  master,  Pobiedonost- 
seff.  He  is  not  a  police  genius  like  Plehve,  who  in 
defeating  the  hydra  of  terrorism  inspired  it  with  new 
force,  which  finally  led  to  his  ruin. 

It  is  generally  agreed  that  Sviatopolk-Mirsky 
is  a  good  man,  hitherto  little  known  to  the  po- 
litical world.  It  is  known,  however,  that  he 
did  not  approve  of  the  aggressive  speech  made 
by  the  Czar  on  January  30.  1895,  wherein   he 


designated  the  wishes  of  the  zemstvos  for  wide; 
autonomy  as  foolish  fancies.  In  some  circles, 
the  new  minister  is  even  regarded  as  a  Liberal. 
Prince  Peter  Dmitrievich  Sviatopolk-Mirsky 
was  born  in  1857,  of  a  family  which  traces  its 
descent  from  Rurik.  His  father,  Prince  Dmitri 
Ivanovich,  was  a  well-known  general,  having 
distinguished  hi m  s el  f 
in  the  C  a  u  c  a  s  u  s  ,  the 
( Jrimean  War,  and  in  the 
Turkish  war  of  1877-78, 
in  which  he  participated 
in  the  storming  of  Kars. 
Prince  Peter  entered  the 
army  after  graduating 
from  the  Military  School 
of  Pages.  His  first  ap- 
pointment was  to  the  regi- 
ment of  the  Imperial 
Hussars,  whence  he  was 
transferred,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  Turkish  war. 
to  the  staff  of  the  com- 
mander-in-chief of  the 
Caucasian  Army.  He 
was  commended  by  his 
superiors  for  his  cool 
courage  in  various  battles. 
Completing  his  studies  in 
the  Military  Academy  of 
St.  Petersburg,  he  was 
attached,  in  1881,  to  the 
staff  of  the  governor-gen- 
eral of  the  Odessa  district. 
Subsequently  he  became 
a  regimental  commander,  and  in  1886  was  made 
chief  of  staff  of  the  third  grenadier  division.  In 
1895,  he  was  intrusted  with  administrative  work 
as  governor  of  Penza.  Two  years  later  he  was 
made  governor  of  Yekaterinoslaf.  In  1900,  he 
became  assistant  minister  of  the  interior  and  com- 
mander of  a  special  corps  of  gendarmes.  In 
1902,  the  prince  received  the  appointment  of  gov- 
ernor-general of  the  northwestern  governments 
of  Yilna.  Kovno,  and  Grodno,  which  position  he 
retained  until  his  recent  promotion  to  the  min- 
istry of  the  interior.  His  record  in  his  various 
administrative  offices  shows  him  to  have  enjoyed 
the    confidence   and    the    favor    of    the   people. 


590 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Hence,  it  is  quite  clear  thai  the  government,  in 
appointing  him,  is  endeavoring  to  create  an  at- 
mosphere of  conciliation  and  concession. 

There  is  no  justification,  however,  for  the  as- 
sumption thai  Prince  Sviatopolk-Mirsky  may 
immediately  grant  real  concessions.  He  lias 
himself  repeatedly  announced  his  policy  (to  the 
correspondent  of  the  Echo  </>  Paris)  to  the  mem- 
bers of  the  press  at  Vilna,  and  on  various  occa- 
sions in  St.  Petersburg,  and  has  made  it  quite 
(dear  that  radical  changes  should  nol  be  ex- 
pected. At  the  same  time,  it  will  be  his  en- 
deavor to  make  effective  the  programme  out- 
lined in  the  Czar's  manifesto  of  February  26, 
L903.  lie  expects  to  carry  it  out  on  a  broad, 
honest,  and  liberal  basis,  without  affecting  the 
principles  of  the  existing  order  of  things, — 
meaning-  thereby  the  principles  of  autocracy. 
According'  to  him,  the  rural  assemblies  (the 
zemstvos)  must  receive  the  greatest  possible 
freedom  and  autonomy.  This  he  regards  as 
the  best  means  for  counteracting  "parliamen- 
tarism," which  is  "  utterly  unsuited  for  Russia." 
Concerning  the  .lews,  the  new  minister  has 
said  :  "  I  am  not  an  enemy  of  the  .lews,  yet  if 
we  should  give  them  equal  rights  with  the 
Greek- Orthodox   Russians   thev   would    soon   at- 


tain too  much  importance."  For  the  time  be- 
ing, lie  expects  to  treat  them  with  great  consid- 
eration, ami  will  especially  endeavor  to  improve 
the  condition  of  the  Jewish  masses,  for  "the 
best  results  may  be  obtained  by  good  treatment. 
He  also  stated  that  even  though  he  is  ever  read v 
to  light  the  terrorists,  he  is  yet  a  friend  of  the 
students  and  willing  to  make  allowance  for 
youthful  exuberance. 

From  the  latest  accounts,  it  appears  that  the 
prince  lias  already  dismissed  a  large  number  of 
Plehve's  former  body-guard  ;  that  he  has  recalled 
from  exile  Dervise.  the  president,  and  Milyukov. 
the  council  member,  of  the  zemstvos  of  Tver, 
who  were  exiled  by  Plehve  for  recommending 
the  transfer  of  a  money  grant  from  the  parochial 
schools  to  those  of  the  communities,  and  that 
lie  has  put  a  stop  to  the  summary  expulsion  of 
.lews  from  certain  villages.  After  a  careful  sur- 
vey of  the  entire  situation,  however,  the  truth 
that  stands  out  most  obviously  and  insistently 
is  summed  up  in  the  statement  that,  notwith- 
standing indubitably  good  intentions,  Sviatopolk- 
Mirsky  will  not  be  able  to  effect  any  substantial 
reforms  until  the  whole  Russian  ruling  system 
is  changed — until  the  autocracy  has  been  super- 
seded by  some  form  of  constitutional  government. 


WHAT   THE    PEOPLE    READ    IN    HUNGARY. 


OF  Hungary  we  know  that,  although  a  mem- 
ber of  the    Austro- Hungarian  monarchy, 

she  is  in  reality  an  independent,  self-governing- 
state,  and  that  she  does  not  stand  behind  other 
civilized  countries  in  the  matter  of  progress. 
The  intellectual  and  sentimental  life  of  the  Hun- 
garian people  is  in  perfect  accord  with  the  inde- 
pendent, national,  political  life  of  all  the  civil 
ized  world,  under  the  same  conditions  which 
make  for  the  progress  and  welfare  of  all  na 
lions.  Of  the  present  state  of  Hungarian  cul- 
ture, a  graphic  and  convincing  proof  is  furnished 
by  the  fact  that  the  country  can  boast  of  fifty 
daily  newspapers,  both  morning  a&d  evening. 
Hungary  has  also  about  two  hundred  weeklies 
dealing  with  politics  alone,  as  well  as  others  de 
voted  to  literal ure,  religion,  political  economy, 
and  industry.  The  Hungarian  press  which  deals 
with  artistic  and  literary  criticism  is  very  prom i- 
nent,  and  the  periodicals  devoted  to  wit  and 
humor  are  no  less  famous. 

The  most  prominent  and  the  best  known  1 1  tin 
garian  daily  is  the  Budape&tt  Hirlap  (Budapesl 
News),  which  advocates  the  political  views  and 
aspirations  of  Count  Albert  Apponyi,  the1  world- 


famous  statesman,  and,  accordingly,  it  is  the  chief 
organ  of  Hungarian  chauvinism.  The  Budapesti 
Hirlap   is   the  leading  newspaper  of  Hungary. 

Its  name  stands 
for  the  leader  m 
every  important 
movement  in  the 
life  of  the  nation. 
It  supports  every 
idea  and  agita- 
tion for  the 
growth  of  nation- 
al efficiency.  It 
defends  and  pro- 
motes every  na 
t  i  on  al  ambition 
for  moral  and 
m  a  teri  a,  1  prog 
ress.  Its  editor 
and  owner,  Eu- 
gene Rakosi,  is  a 
figure  of  interna 
tional  fame.  He 
is  also  well  known  as  a  playwright,  an  aesthete, 
and   a  scientist  who.  at   home  and  abroad,  has  ac- 


KAKOSI-.IENO    (EUGENE  HAKOSI). 

(Editor  ol  the  Budapesti  Hirlap.) 


WHAT  THE  PEOPLE  READ  IN  HUNGARY. 


591 


BuDAKSTiHSBUyt 


AZ  UJSAG 


MagyarJemzet 


KlORSSZEMJANKd 


■„^l.  —I,  -*.—■- 


Pesti  Hirlap 


>^4»  "rUnm.  UL  • 


PESTI  NAPL63P 


IUj*st   U'juHMltilL 


■gtfrtjy  .*.^t.Mt.r  ) 


SOME   PROMINENT    HUNGARIAN    PERIODICALS. 


quired  fame  and  glory   for  his  journal,  and  for 
himself  as  author,  scientist,  and  politician. 

Almost  all  the  great  dailies  are  published  in 
the  capital.  Besides  the  Budapesti  Hirlap,  the 
most  prominent  are  the  Pesti  Hirlap  (Pest  News), 
which  supports  the  political  views  of  Baron 
I  "csider  Banff y,  the  former  premier  of  Hungary  ; 
the  A  z  Ujsdg  (The  News),  being  the  organ  of 
the  present  prime  minister,  Count  Stephan 
Tisza  ;  the  Pesti  Xaplo  (Pest  Daily),  an  inde 
pendent  paper,  -and  the  Magyar  Hirlap  (Hun- 
garian News),  which  is  liberal  in  politics. 
The  Magyarorsz&g  (Hungary),  Budapest,  the 
EgyeUrtSs  (Unity),  and  the  FuggetlensSg  (Inde- 
pendence) are  devoted  to  the  independent  and 
so-called  Kossuth  party  politics.  The  Magyar 
Allam  (Hungarian  State)  is  strongly  conserva- 
tive, while  the  Alkotmdny  (Constitution)  repre 
sents  the  interests  of  the  People's  party,  or,  more 
correctly,  the  Catholic  Church.  There  is  also  a 
journal  published  in  behalf  of  the  Protestant 
Church,  the  Magyar  Sz6  (Hungarian  Word),  and 
another,  the  Hazank  (Our  Country),  which  pro- 
motes agrarian  interests.  In  Budapest,  there 
arc  also  some  good  journals  edited  in  the  Ger- 
man language.  The  most  noteworthy  of  these 
is  the  Pester  Lloyd.  Other  well-known  German 
papers  are  the  Neues  Pester  Journal,  the  Tagblatt, 
and  the  Xeues  Politisches  Yolksblatt. 

Among  the  periodicals  devoted  to  literature, 
the  following  are  worthy  of  note  :  the  Vasdr- 
napi  Ujsdg  (Sunday  News),  over  fifty  years  old, 
and  edited  by  Count  Nicholas  Nagy.  and  the  Uj 


Idok  (New  Times).  The  latter  is  edited  by  Frank 
Herczeg,  the  best- known  living  Hungarian  novel- 
ist, and  probably  the  ablest  after  Jokai.  The 
Vasdrnapi  Ujsdg  has  the  support  of  the  older, 
the  Uj  ldok  that  of  the  younger,  literary  genera- 
tion. Both  of  these  periodicals  are  illustrated, 
and  are  excellently  printed.  Other  important 
periodicals  are  the  Het  (The  Week),  edited  by 
the  celebrated  poet,  Joseph  Kiss  ;  the  Jbvendo 
(The  Future),  the  Magyar  Geniusz  (Hungarian 
Genius),  and  the  Orszdg  Yildg  (Country  and 
World).  Of  the  Hungarian  monthly  periodicals, 
we  must  mention  the  Budapesti  Szemle  (Budapest 
Review),  which  is  edited  by  the  noted  critic, 
Paul  Gyulai,  who  is  also  a  professor  of  the  Hun- 
garian Academy,  and  the  Magyar  Szaldn  (Hun- 
garian Salon). 

The  Kakas  Marion  (Martin  Rooster)  and  the 
Borsszem  Janko  are  the  two  best  known  of  the 
Hungarian  comic  papers.  The  former  uses  its 
ready  wit  against  the  party  in  power,  while  the 
latter  is  always  on  the  "  near  side  of  the  dough," 
— in  behalf  of  the  government.  The  name 
Borsszem  Janko  is  scarcely  translatable  into 
English,  but  "Pea  Size  Johnny"  is  about  as 
near  as  it  can  be  rendered. 

Besides  these  political,  literary,  and  comic 
papers,  there  are  numerous  others  in  Hungary 
devoted  to  all  kinds  of  professions,  to  the  trades, 
the  industries,  etc.,  every  one  of  which  can  be 
rightfully  considered  as  equal  to  the  correspond- 
ing product  of  other  countries. 

John   Skottuv. 


RAILROAD  ACCIDENTS  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


BY   EDWARD  A.    MOSELEY. 
(Secretary  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission.) 


A  GLANCE  at  the  published  statistics  is  suf- 
ficient to  show  that  theft'  has  been  a  con- 
siderable increase  in  the  numberof  railroad  acci- 
dents since  1902,  but  a  mere  comparison  of 
totals  is  of  little  or  no  value.  What  is  wanted 
is  a  statement  of  causes  and  some  practicable 
suggestions  concerning  remedies.  The  chief  ob- 
ject for  which  accident  statistics  are  gathered  is 
the  improvement  of  conditions, — the  indication 
of  such  remedial  measures  as  will  add  to  the 
safety  of  life  and  limb.  It  may  be  a  matter  of 
interest  to  the  statistician  to  know  that  the  total 
of  certain  classes  of  accidents  is  greater  or  less 
now  than  formerly,  but  such  information  pos- 
sesses little  interest  for  the  general  public.  What 
the  public  wants  to  know  is  why  railroad  acci- 
dents are  increasing,  and  it  has  become  apparent 
to  the  Interstate-  Commerce  Commission  that 
the  great  thing  to  be  accomplished  by  its  statis- 
tics is  that  they  shall  indicate  that  why  with  suf- 
ficient clearness  to  suggest  a  remedy. 

On  March  3,  1901,  the  President  approved  an 
act  which  makes  it  "the  duty  of  the  general 
manager,  superintendent,  or  other  proper  officer 
of  every  common  carrier  engaged  in  interstate 
commerce  by  railroad  to  make  to  the  Interstate 
Commerce  Commission,  at  its  office  in  Washing- 


ton, I).  C.  a  monthly  report,  under  oath,  of  all 
collisions  of  trains,  or  where  any  train  or  pan 
of  a  train  accidentally  leaves  the  track,  and  of  all 
accidents  which  may  occur  to  its  passengers,  ot- 
to its  employees  while  in  the  service  of  such  com- 
mon carrier  and  actually  on  duty,  which  report 
shall  state  the  nature  and  causes  thereof,  and  the 
circumstances  connected  therewith." 

Publication  of  the  causes  of  railway  accidents. 
as  reported  by  the  railroad  companies  them- 
selves, places  the  salient  facts  pertaining  to 
them  before  the  people  and  affords  a  basis  for 
intelligent  action  in  the  introduction  of  reme- 
dies which  will  safeguard  the  lives  and  limbs  of 
traveler's  and  employees  upon  railroads.  The 
commission,  therefore,  publishes  quarterly  bul- 
letins based  upon  these  monthly  reports.  In 
these  bulletins,  the  total  numberof  accidents  re- 
ported in  each  quarter  is  given.  The  accidents 
are  separated  into  classes,  and  the  causes  of  the 
most  prominent  train  accidents  reported  are 
given.  Twelve  of  these  quarterly  bulletins,  cov- 
ering the  years  ending  June  30,  1902,  1903.  and 
1904,  have  already  been  published.  The  classifi- 
cation adopted  and  the  total  of  accidents  reported 
for  the  three  years  above  mentioned  are  shown 
in  the  following  table  : 


1902. 

1903. 

1904. 

Nature  of  accident. 

Passengers. 

Employees. 

Passengers. 

Employees. 

Passengers. 

Employees. 

5 

2 

2 

•6 

a 

2 

■d 
* 

c 

S 

5 

3 

-3 

-3 
V 

3 

3.383 
1,422 

140 

2 

464 
285 

95 
844 
278 
208 

116 

700 

1.221 

•a 

o 

3 

130 

37, 

2.298 
1,194 

94 

425 

229 

43 

3.065 
1,380 

601 

118 

11 

2 

2.891 
1,458 

75 

561 

264 

70 

3,781 
1,714 

945 

lin; 
103 

1 

3.700 

Derail  incuts 

1,789 

Miscellaneous  train  accidents   tex- 
cluding  the  above),  including  locc- 

1  55] 

167 

3.586 

(597 

143 

83 

mi 

637 
952 

:..mt; 

164 

1.424 

895 

6.440 

270 

1.945 

6  990 

2,113 
3,566 

1,070 

6,867 
15,049 

253 

lilt 

93 

678 
1,165 

2,788 
5,538 

992 

8,025 
15,221 

3.441 

W'liilc    doing    other    work    about 
i  rains,  or  while  attending  switches 

7 

99 
30 

1 

38 

1,250 

1.214 

10,661 

Coming  in    contact   with  overhead 
bridges,  structures  at  side  of  track. 

4 

119 
34 

32 

1.335 
1,182 

5 

115 

80 

33 

1.517 
1,582 

l.'.'O 

Palling    from   cars   or   engines,  or 
while  getting  on  <>r  off 

0.371 

<  )t  her  causes . . . 

11,588 

Total  (other  than    train  acci- 
dents)   

136 

303 

2,503 

(i.08'1 

1,819 

2.516 

28,665 

157 

2,549 

2,338 

32,564 

150 

8,132 

2.528 

36,276 

88,711 

321 

6,978 

;  so.004 

■120 

8.077 

3,367 

13,268 

RAILROAD  ACCIDENTS  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


593 


There  are  certain  accidents  which  occur  with 
more  or  less  regularity  and  frequency  on  rail- 
roads that  may  properly  be  called  unavoidable. 
Such  are  accidents  due  to  exceptional  elemental 
disturbances,  entirely  unexpected  landslides  or 
washouts,  want  of  ordinary  precaution  on  the 
part  of  passengers  or  employees,  malicious  tam- 
pering with  roadway  or  equipment,  broken  rails, 
etc.  Such  accidents  may  be  accepted  as  among 
the  ordinary  hazards  of  railroading  and  be  dis- 
missed from  our  reckoning.  We  deplore  the 
casualties  which  accompany  such  accidents,  just 
as  we  deplore  the  loss  of  life  that  accompanies 
the  destruction  of  a  ship  in  a  great  storm  at  sea, 
but  in  the  one  case  as  in  the  other  we  know  that 
no  human  foresight  could  have  prevented  the 
casualty. 

There  are  casualties,  however,  which  are  fair- 
ly preventable,  and  against  the  occurrence  of 
which  travelers  and  employees  upon  railroads 
have  a  right  to  demand  protection.  When  we 
are  told,  therefore,  that  the  deaths  in  railroad 
accidents  increased  from  2,819  in  1902  to  3,554 
in  1903  and  3,787  in  1904,  and  that  the  injuries 
increased  from  39,800  in  1902  to  45,977  in  1903 
and  51,343  in  1904,  it  is  important  for  us  to 
know  whether  the  increase  was  due  to  prevent- 
able or  unpreventable  causes. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  classification  in 
the  above  table  separates  the  train  accidents 
from  "other  accidents.  This  is  an  important 
distinction,  as  among  the  train  accidents  prop- 
er, such  as  collisions  and  derailments,  will  be 
found  practically  all  the  fairly  preventable  ac- 
cidents, at  least  so  far  as  passengers  are  con- 
cerned. Roughly  speaking,  then,  and  consider- 
ing passengers  only,  we  may  say  that  the  train 
accidents  represent  the  preventable  class,  while 
the  other  accidents,  such  as  "  coming  in  contact 
with  overhead  bridges,  structures  at  the  side  of 
track,"  etc.,  "falling  from  cars  or  engines,  or 
while  getting  on  or  off,"  and  "other  causes" 
represent  the  unavoidable  accidents.  They  are 
generally  due  to  negligence  on  the  part  of  the 
victims  themselves.  This  separation  will  enable 
us  to  construct 'the  following  table  : 


Preventable 
accidents. 

Unpreventable 
accidents. 

Passen- 
gers 
killed. 

Passen- 
gers 
injured. 

Passen- 
gers 
killed. 

Passen- 
gers 
injured. 

1902 

167 
164 
270 

3,586 
4,424 
4,945 

136 
157 
150 

2,503 
2,549 

1903 

1904 

3,132 

This  table  shows  that  the  greatest  increase  in 
the  deaths  and  injuries  to  passengers  during  the 


past  three  years  has  been  in  the  preventable 
class.  An  examination  of  individual  cases,  as 
reported  in  the  quarterly  bulletins,  will  disclose 
causes  and  help  to  indicate  remedies. 

THE    HUMAN    ELEMENT    IN    THE    PROBLEM. 

Take  item  2  in  Bulletin  No.  7,  for  the  quarter 
ending  March  31,  1903.  This  is  a  rear  collision 
in  which  7  persons  were  killed  and  7  injured. 
"  A  passenger  train  ran  into  a  freight  train  ; 
personal  injuries  aggravated  by  fire  in  stoves  in 
cars.  A  brakeman  neglected  to  flag  passenger 
train  ;  had  been  a  train  brakeman  16  months." 
In  this  case,  it  is  apparent  that  the  whole  ques- 
tion of  safety  depended  upon  one  man, — the 
brakeman  who  neglected  to  flag.  It  would  seem 
that  a  properly  operated  block  system  would 
have  been  an  added  safeguard,  and  in  all 
probability  would  have  prevented  the  acci- 
dent. 

Item  8  is  a  rear  collision  resulting  in  4  deaths 
and  3  injuries,  which  occurred  in  spite  of  the 
block  system,  and  illustrates  how  greatly  the 
safety  of  trains  is  dependent  upon  the  vigilance 
and  strict  attention  to  duty  of  employees,  even 
where  the  most  approved  safety  devices  are  em- 
ployed. "  Occurred  4  a.m.  ;  passenger  train 
ran  into  two  locomotives  coupled  together  ; 
clear  block  signal  wrongfully  given.  Signal 
man's  attention  being  momentarily  withdrawn 
from  his  signal  levers,  a  messenger  boy,  without 
authority,  cleared  the  signal.  Signal  man's  age, 
19  years  10  months."  This  operator  was  young, 
and  obviously  of  little  experience.  He  un- 
doubtedly disobeyed  the  rules  of  the  company 
in  allowing  an  unauthorized  person  to  enter  the 
tower  and  have  access  to  the  signal  levers. 

Item  15  is  a  rear  collision  between  passenger 
trains,  resulting  in  23  deaths  and  85  injuries, 
which  also  occurred  in  spite  of  the  block  system, 
and  is  a  further  illustration  of  how  completely 
the  lives  of  passengers  are  in  the  hands  of  em- 
ployees. "  Collision  on  long  tangent  ;  night  ; 
engineman,  running  very  fast,  disregarded  dis- 
tant and  home  block  signals,  also  three  red  lan- 
terns at  different  points.  This  engineman  was 
killed.  His  eyesight  was  perfect  one  year  be- 
fore the  accident.  The  road  has  no  periodical 
examination  or  test  of  enginemen." 

The  engineer  had  had  ample  experience,  and 
his  record  was  good.  There  is  no  explanation 
of  his  neglect  to  obey  the  signals  except  an  un- 
confirmed newspaper  statement  that  before  he 
died  he  said  that  his  attention  had  been  drawn 
away  from  the  signals  by  some  trouble  with  an 
injector.  The  fireman  was  not  held  in  any  way 
responsible,  as  his  duty  was  at  his  fire,  which, 
required  his  entire  attention. 


594 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


A    THJKP    MAN    ON    THE    ENGINE. 

To  permit  his  attention  to  be  distracted  by  any 
trouble  with  an  injector  under  such  circum- 
stances was  certainly  inexcusable  on  the  part  of 
the  engineer  ;  but  whether  this  be  the  true  ex- 
planation or  not,  the  fact  remains  that  some  un- 
usual circumstance  caused  a  momentarily  fatal 
lapse  on  his  part.  The  circumstances  in  this 
case  add  weight  to  the  argument,  which  has  been 
extensively  agitated  of  late  years,  for  three  men 
on'  these  modern  high-speed  locomotives.  Many 
of  these  engines  are  so  constructed  that  it  is  a  mat- 
ter of  extreme  difficulty  for  the  fireman  and  the 
engineer  to  communicate  with  each  other  while 
the  engine  is  running.  The  fireman  is  also  com- 
pelled to  devote  his  entire  attention  to  his  fire, 
and  must  be  constantly  on  the  alert  in  order  to 
keep  steam  up  to  the  required  pressure.  He 
has  no  time  to  watch  the  signals,  nor  can  he 
note  the  actions  of  the  engineer,  and  under 
such  conditions  an  engineer  might  drop  dead  or 
meet  with  an  accident  that  would  disable  him 
for  the  performance  of  his  duties  without  the 
fireman  knowing  anything  about  it.  In  such  a 
case,  the  train  could  easily  go  to  destruction  be- 
fore the  fireman  had  had  an  opportunity  to 
prevent  it.  "With  a  third  man  on  the  engine, 
however,  whose  duty  it  would  be  to  assist  the 
engineer  and  keep  a  lookout  for  signals,  this 
danger  would  be  averted.  It  is  fair  to  assume 
that  had  there  been  a  third  man  on  the  engine 
in  the  case  under  discussion,  this  terrible  acci- 
dent would  not  have  occurred. 

THE    BLOCK    SYSTEM. 

There  are  67  collisions  and  1  derailment 
noted  in  these  bulletins,  resulting  in  '270  deaths 
and  734  injuries  to  passengers  and  employees, 
which  might  have  been  avoided  had  the  block 
system  been  in  use.  Twenty  collisions,  result- 
ing in  70  deaths  and  .'591  injuries  to  passengers 
and  employees,  occurred  where  the  block  sys- 
tem was  in  use.  The  great  majority  of  these 
accidents  were  caused  by  the  negligence  of  em- 
ployees, either  in  giving  wrong  signals  or  in 
failing  to  observe  and  obey  signals  properly 
given.  Five  of  these  20  collisions,  however, 
resulting  in  it  deaths  and  I  I  injuries,  occurred 
because  the  rules  of  the  railroads  on  which  they 
took  place  did  not  require  a  strict  interpreta- 
tion of  the  Mock  system, — in  other  words,  the 
system  was  permissive  instead  of  absolute,  per 
mitting  two  trains  to  occupy  the  same  block  at 
the  saint!  time,  the  following  train  having  in- 
structions to  run  at  reduced  speed  and  keep  a 
lookout  for  the  preceding  train.  It  is  perhaps 
needless  to  say  that  under  permissive  rules  the 


advantages  of  the  block  system  are  largely  neu- 
tralized. Such  rules  permit  the  movement  of  a 
greater  number  of  trains  over  a  given  section 
of  track  in  a  given  time  than  would  be  the  case 
were  the  absolute  block  system  in  use,  and  they 
may  be  necessary,  at  times,  to  prevent  conges- 
tion of  traffic,  but  whei-ever  permissive  blocking 
is  allowed  it  must  happen  that  a  great  measure 
of  the  protection  afforded  by  the  block  system 
is  destroyed. 

ERRORS    OF    TRAIN-DISPATCHERS. 

The  greatest  number  of  collisions  reported 
in  these  bulletins  were  due  to  failure  of  the  train- 
order  system  in  some  of  its  parts.  Dispatchers 
gave  wrong  orders,  or  failed  to  give  orders 
where  they  were  required  ;  operators  failed  to 
copy  orders  correctly,  or  did  not  deliver  orders 
that  should  have  been  delivered  ;  conductors 
and  engineers  misread,  misinterpreted,  over- 
looked, or  forgot  orders.  Seventy-five  accidents 
of  this  class  are  noted,  resulting  in  188  deaths 
and  828  injuries  to  passengers  and  employees. 
Many  of  the  most  distressing  collisions  that  have 
occurred  in  this  country  were  due  to  mistakes 
in  orders,  and  the  regularity  and  frequency  with 
which  such  accidents  occur  emphasize  the  neces- 
sity for  radical  improvement  in  the  methods  of 
handling  trains  by  telegraphic  orders  or  the 
abolition  of  the  train-order  system  entirely. 

It  is  noteworthy  that  4  of  the  above  "75  col- 
lisions, resulting  in  14  deaths  and  84  injuries  to 
passengers  and  employees,  and  a  property  loss 
of  nearly  one  hundred  thousand  dollars,  were 
due  to  identical  mistakes  in  reading  orders. — 
the  overlooking  of  "2nd"  or  "Second."  The 
following  is  a  typical  example  of  this  sort  of 
error  :  ••  Conductor  and  engineman  of  one  train 
misread  orders.  They  had  a  '  19  '  order  against 
'Second  No.  1,'  but  read  it  'No.  1  ;'  engineman 
was  killed.  Being  on  form  19,  the  order  was 
not  read  by  the  operator  to  the  conductor  and 
engineman."  This  mistake  caused  a  butting 
collision  between  a  passenger  and  a  freight 
train,  in  which  4  persons  were  killed  and  60  in- 
jured. It  may  be  observed  that  the  collision 
at  Warrensburg,  Mo.,  on  October  10,  in  which 
30  persons  were  killed  and  an  equal  number  ter- 
ribly injured,  was  another  instance  of  this  sort 
of  error.  Such  identical  errors  emphasize  the 
need  of  some  change  in  the  scheme  of  number- 
ing or  naming  trains  or  in  writing  the  numbers 
or  mimes  in  dispatchers'  orders. 

A  collision  between  a  passenger  and  a  freight 
train,  in  which  22  persons  were  killed  and  26 
injured,  was  due.  also,  to  misreading  orders. 
The  conductor  ^(  the  freight  train  read  I  hour 
and    20    minutes,  but   the   order  was  written  20 


RAILROAD  ACCIDENTS  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


595 


minutes.  Collisions  due  to  operators  copying 
orders  wrongly  or  failing  to  deliver  orders  are 
numerous.  One  collision  was  due  to  the  en- 
gineer of  one  of  the  trains  misreading  the  name 
of  the  station  written  in  his  order.  Mistakes  of 
dispatchers  are  not  so  numerous,  but  there  are 
several  cases  of  lap  orders  and  failure  to  make 
meeting-point. 

OVERWORKED    TRAINMEN. 

The  following  cases  (rear  collisions  resulting 
in  five  deaths)  are  typical  of  a  condition  con- 
cerning which  there  has  been  much  complaint 
of  late  :  "  Local  freight  standing  at  station  ; 
1 2  hours  late  ;  no  flag  out  ;  weather  foggy  ; 
men  on  duty  25  hours  30  minutes."  "  Engine- 
man  failed  to  properly  control  speed  ;  had  been 
on  duty  22  hours,  with  5  hours'  rest  within  that 
time."  "Flagman,  who  had  been  ordered  to 
hold  one  of  the  trains,  went  into  caboose  to  get 
red  light  ;  sat  down  to  warm  himself  and  dry 
his  clothes  ;  fell  asleep  ;  had  been  on  duty  16^- 
hours." 

It  is  undeniable  that  many  of  the  accidents 
which  occur  are  largely  contributed  to,  if  not 
directly  caused  by,  the  long  hours  of  duty  to 
which  trainmen  are  subjected.  Could  we  trace 
the  events  to  their  first  cause,  we  should  doubt- 
less find  that  many  of  those  cases  of  misreading, 
overlooking,  or  forgetting  orders  were  due  to 
the  fact  that  wits  were  dulled  and  senses  be- 
numbed by  lack  of  rest.  In  the  distressing 
wreck  at  Glenwood,  111,  last  summer,  in  which 
a  large  number  of  excursionists  were  killed  and 
injured  by  a  freight  train  running  into  a  pas- 
senger train,  the  evidence  at  the  coroner's  in- 
quest showed  that  the  freight  engineer  (whom, 
the  officials  of  the  road  said,  "  disregarded  plain 
orders  and  acted  like  a  crazy  man  ")  had  been 
on  duty  more  than  twenty  hours.  In  comment- 
ing on  this  case,  it  was  pertinently  said  by  one 
of  the  Chicago  papers  that  "the  officials  of  the 
company  might  as  well  fill  their  engineers  and 
firemen  with  whiskey  or  drug  them  with  opium 
as  to  send  them  out  for  fifteen  and  seventeen 
hours  of  continuous  work  expecting  them  to 
keep  their  heads,  apply  intelligently  the  general 
rules  of  the  road,  and  give  exact  obedience  to 
all  orders." 

It  was  pointed  out  on  behalf  of  the  company 
in  this  Glenwood  case  that  the  company  rules 
permitted  employees  to  take  ten  hours'  rest  after 
they  had  been  on  duty  sixteen  hours.  It  is  a 
universal  rule  with  railroad  companies  to  per- 
mit a  period  of  rest  after  a  certain  period  of 
duty  before  employees  are  called  upon  to  go  on 
duty  again.  But  the  trouble  is  that  these  rules 
are  permissive,   not  mandatory.      They  do    not 


compel  employees  to  take  rest  unless  the  em- 
ployees themselves  think  they  need  it,  and  as  a 
consequence,  the  necessities  of  the  roads,  grow- 
ing out  of  the  movement  of  traffic,  coupled  with 
the  greed  of  the  men,  who  in  many  cases  over- 
work themselves  in  order  to  achieve  a  big 
month's  pay,  render  the  rules  of  little  or  no 
effect. 

Again,  there  is  no  well-organized  system  of 
relieving  crews  on  the  road  after  they  have  been 
on  continuous  duty  for  an  excessive  number  of 
hours.  It  is  a  common  practice,  when  crews  ask 
for  rest  in  the  middle  of  a  trip,  to  run  them  into 
a  side-track  out  on  the  road  and  let  them  sleep 
on  the  train  before  completing  the  trip.  The 
sort  of  rest  that  men  get  while  lying  down  in 
a  cramped  position  on  an  engine,  while  fully 
clothed,  is  not  satisfying,  and  cases  are  reported 
in  our  bulletins  where  men  have  pulled  right 
out  of  a  side-track  in  the  face  of  an  opposing 
train,  after  such  a  period  of  rest,  under  the  im- 
pression that  the  train  had  gone.  Furthermore, 
the  construction  that  is  likely  to  be  placed  on 
these  rest  rules  of  railroad  companies  is  obvious 
from  a  quotation  of  the  rule  in  force  on  one  of 
the  most  prominent  roads  in  the  country,  as  fol- 
lows :  "When  train  or  yard  men  have  been 
over  ten  hours  on  continuous  duty,  they  will, 
after  arrival  at  the  terminus,  be  entitled  to  eight 
hours'  rest  without  prejudice,  except  when  neces- 
sary to  avoid  delay  to  live  stock  or  perishable 
freight."  It  will  be  noted  that  the  period  of  rest 
is  allowed  only  after  arrival  at  the  terminits,  and 
then  only  when  it  will  not  delay  the  movement 
of  live  stock  or  perishable  freight.  When  it  is 
considered  that  in  one  of  the  accidents  noted 
above  the  train  crew  had  been  on  duty  25  hours 
and  30  minutes,  and  had  not  yet  arrived  at  the 
terminus,  it  will  be  seen  how  little  relief  is  af- 
forded by  such  rules  in  many  urgent  cases. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  railroads  gen- 
erally have  worked  under  many  disadvantages 
of  late  years.  The  necessities  growing  out  of 
the  movement  of  extraordinary  volumes  of  traffic, 
and  the  demands  of  the  public  for  increased  and 
faster  train  service,  have  taxed  the  facilities  of 
the  roads  to  their  utmost,  leading  to  the  placing 
of  many  inexperienced  men  in  responsible  posi- 
tions, to  the  overworking  of  men,  and  to  a  dis- 
regard of  many  safeguards  that  under  ordinary 
conditions  would  have  been  strictly  observed. 

There  is  a  tendency  in  certain  quarters  to  refer 
many  of  our  railroad  casualties  to  the  great 
American  tendency  to  rush  things,  and  I  have 
even  heard  it  remarked  that  the  public  demands 
the  service  and  must  accept  the  dangers  in- 
cident thereto  ;  but  this  is  hardly  a  fair  way  of 
looking  at  the  matter,  and  when  the  public  is 


596 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


confronted  with  a  mass  of  purely  avoidable 
casualties  it  is  proper  to  ask  if  it  is  not  time  to 
call  a  halt  and  insist  on  the  introduction  of  such 
safeguards  as  will  reduce  such  casualties  to  a 
minimum,  even  though  it  may  result  in  a  lessen- 
ing of  the  characteristic  hurry  and  bustle  with 
which  Americans  are  accustomed  to  move  about 
from  place  to  place. 

THE    BRITISH    SYSTEM    OF    REGULATION. 

It  is  pertinent  to  inquire  if  the  time  has  not 
arrived  for  a  more  effective  system  of  railway 
regulation,  following  the  example  of  Great 
Britain.  Under  the  Regulation  of  Railways  Act 
of  Great  Britain,  railway  companies  are  re- 
quired to  report  accidents  to  the  Board  of 
Trade,  in  such  form  and  giving  such  particulars 
as  the  board  may  direct,  by  the  earliest  practi- 
cable post  after  the  accident  takes  place  ;  and, 
furthermore,  the  board  has  power  to  direct  that 
notice  of  any  class  of  accidents  shall  be  sent  to 
them  by  telegraph  immediately  after  the  acci- 
dent takes  place.  The  board  may  direct  an  inquiry 
to  be  made  by  one  of  its  inspectors  into  the  cause 
of  any  accident,  and,  whenever  it  deems  necessary, 
it  may  call  in  experts  and  magistrates  to  assist  its 
inspector  in  making  a  more  formal  investiga- 
tion. The  persons  holding  this  formal  investiga- 
tion have  all  the  powers  of  a  court  of  summary 
jurisdiction,  and  may  enter  and  inspect  places 
or  buildings,  require  the  attendance  of  persons 
and  answers  to  such  inquiries  as  they  see  fit  to 
make,  enforce  the  production  of  books,  papers, 
and  documents,  administer  oaths,  and  are  gener- 
ally clothed  with  such  powers  as  will  enable 
them  to  get  at  the  facts.  The  inspectors  of  the 
board,  and  the  persons  acting  with  them  in 
making  formal  inquiries,  as  set  forth  above,  are 
required  to  make  a  report  of  the  results  of  their 
investigations  to  the  Board  of  Trade,  and  the 
Board  of  Trade  is  required  to  make  public  every 
such  report. 

It  is  also  competent  for  the  Board  of  Trade  to 
appoint  an  inspector,  or  some  person  possessing 
legal  or  special  knowledge,  to  assist  coroners  in 
holding  inquests  on  the  death  of  persons  killed, 
in  railway  accidents,  reports  of  such  inquests  to 
be  made  to  the  Board  of  Trade,  and  to  be  made 
public  in  like  manner  as  in  the  case  of  a  formal 
investigation.     There  can  be  no  doubt  that  this 


rigid  supervision  and  investigation  of  accidents 
tends  to  promote  the  safety  of  both  travelers 
and  employees,  and  to  the  improvements  in 
operation  and  working  brought  about  by  the  rec- 
ommendations of  the  board,  as  a  result  of  these 
investigations,  may  be  attributed  a  great  share 
of  the  comparative  immunity  from  serious  rail- 
way accidents  which  the  people  of  Great  Britain 
enjoy. 

In  this  connection  it  is  proper  to  say  that  the 
Interstate  Commerce  Commission  has  made  no 
recent  comparisons  between  the  accident  statis- 
tics of  the  United  States  and  those  of  foreign 
countries,  and  the  recent  statement  that  has 
been  going  the  rounds  of  the  press,  purporting 
to  give  the  total  of  persons  killed  and  injured  on 
the  railroads  of  this  country  in  1904,  and  mak- 
ing comparisons  between  this  country  and  Great 
Britain,  is  entirely  unauthorized.  The  commis- 
sion has  made  no  such  comparisons,  and  the  only 
figures  for  1904  that  have  yet  been  compiled  are 
those  appearing  in  this  article. 

PROPOSED    REFORMS    IN    AMERICAN    PRACTICE. 

Summarizing  the  remedies  suggested  by  the 
above  exhibit  of  causes,  they  are  : 

1 .  An  extension  of  the  block  system  as  rapidly 
as  practicable,  and  its  strict  interpretation  on 
lines  already  blocked. 

2.  A  radical  reform  in  the  train-order  sys- 
tem as  applied  to  single-track  roads,  or  its  en- 
tire abolition,  substituting  the  electric  staff  or 
tablet  system,  as  has  been  done  in  Great  Brit- 
ain. 

3.  The  introduction  of  rigid  rules  governing 
the  hours  of  labor  of  railroad  employees  engaged 
in  train  service. 

4.  The  employment  of  a  third  man  on  all 
modern  high-speed  locomotives. 

5.  An  extension  of  the  practice  of  employing 
two  conductors  on  heavy  high-speed  trains,  one 
to  look  after  the  running  of  the  train  exclusively 
and  the  other  to  look  after  the  tickets,  as  is  now 
the  practice  on  several  of  the  transcontinental 
lines. 

6.  The  employment  of  only  experienced  men 
in  responsible  positions. 

7.  An  extension  of  second,  third,  and  fourth 
track  mileage  as  rapidly  as  practicable,  to  ac- 
commodate  the  growing  necessities  of  traffic. 


LEADING    ARTICLES   OF  THE    MONTH. 


EX-PRESIDENT 


CLEVELAND    ON 
CANDIDATE. 


THE    DEMOCRATIC 


A  STRONG  indorsement  of  the  candidacy  of 
Judge  Parker  from  the  pen  of  ex-Presi 
dent  Cleveland  appears  in  the  November  num- 
ber of  McClures  Magazine,  Mr.  Cleveland  begins 
his  article  with  the  statement  that  in  the  pres- 
ent campaign  the  personal  characteristics  of  the 
candidates  occupy,  to  an  unusual  extent,  the 
thought  of  the  voters.  President  Roosevelt's 
administration  of  the  Presidential  office  is  passed 
over  with  the  remark  that  it  has  challenged 
'•the  anxious  reflections  of  millions  of  conserva- 
tive and  patriotic  voters,  who  neither  mistake 
sensationalism  for  the  emphasis  of  lofty  Ameri- 
canism nor  have  reached  such  a  partisanship  as 
allows  them  to  satisfy  their  conception  of  the 
duty  of  suffrage  by  blind  obedience  to  party 
leadership."  It  follows  that  the  necessary 
scrutiny  of  executive  conduct  which  results 
from  this  attitude  on  the  part  of  the  opposition 
is  inevitably  accompanied  by  a  like  scrutiny  of 
the  mental  and  moral  traits  of  the  competing 
candidate. 

In  attempting  to  discover  the  qualities  of 
mind  and  heart  which  are  characteristic  of  the 
nominee  of  the  Democratic  party,  Mr.  Cleveland 
admits  that  no  evidence  derived  from  his  actual 
discharge  of  executive  duty  is  available,  but  he 
holds  that  abundant  proof  of  his  fitness  for  the 
Presidential  office  is  afforded  by  other  means  of 
information  which  are  at  hand.  Judge  Parker's 
intent  deliberation  in  reaching  conclusions,  and 
his  inherent  judicial  conservatism^  are  qualities 
of  mind  "  so  distinctly  apparent  that  they  are 
at  once  seen  and  known  by  all  who  gain  the 
slightest  knowledge  of  the  man." 

A    FINE    LOYALTY    TO    DUTY. 

Mr.  Cleveland  further  states  that  he  has 
known  Judge  Parker  for  more  than  twenty 
years,  and  that  his  first  impression  of  the  judge 
as  a  sincere,  honest,  and  able  man  has,  with  time 
and  observation,  grown  to  clear  and  undoubting 
conviction.  In  this  connection,  Mr.  Cleveland 
recalls  the  time  when  he  invited  Judge  Parker 
to  Washington  and  urged  him  to  accept  the  po- 
sition of  First  Assistant  Postmaster-General, 
and  says  that  he  will  always  remember  with  ad- 
miration "the  fine  sense  of  duty  and  the  frank- 


ness and  honesty  he  manifested  as  he  gave  me 
his  reasons  for  declining  the  appointment."  Mr. 
Cleveland  speaks  in  the  highest  terms  of  Judge 
Parker's  career  on  the  bench  of  the  New  York 
Court  of  Appeals,  and  says  that  in  the  case  of 
Judge  Parker,  adherence  to  duty  is  not  only  a 
sustaining  power,  but  an  inflexible  rule  of  con- 
duct. It  was  because  he  saw  greater  duty  in 
continuing  to  serve  the  people  of  New  York 
State  as  Chief  Judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeals 
that  Judge  Parker  evaded  the  nomination  for 
governor  ;  and  when  he  was  first  talked  about 
for  the  Presidency,  he  declared  to  a  friend  that 
if  the  nomination  came  to  him  it  must  he  with- 
out active  effort  on  his  part,  and  without  the 
slightest  incident  that  was  unbefitting  his  judge- 
ship. Summing  it  all  up,  Mr.  Cleveland  makes 
a  positive  assertion  that  the  guiding  trait  of 
Judge  Parker's  character  is  his  constant  and  un- 
yielding devotion  to  duty.  As  to  mental  equip- 
ment, Mr.  Cleveland  believes  that  Judge  Parker's 
experience  in  judicial  investigation,  added  to  his 
natural  aptitude  in  the  same  direction,  ought  to 
be  sufficient  assurance  of  his  ability  to  discover 
'•  in  the  light  of  constitutional  requirements,  and 
in  the  atmosphere  of  enlightened  but  conserva- 
tive Americanism,  the  manner  in  which  a  Presi- 
dent should  best  serve  his  countrymen." 

Mr.  Cleveland  finds  in  Judge  Parker's  famous 
"gold  telegram"  to  the  St.  Louis  convention 
clear  and  convincing  evidence  on  the  question 
whether  he  has  the  moral  stamina  and  stability 
to  withstand  temptations  to  compromise  his  con- 
victions of  right.  The  sending  of  that  telegram, 
says  Mr.  Cleveland,  was  the  individual  and  un- 
forced act  of  a  sincere  and  fearless  man.  In  Mr. 
Cleveland's  opinion,  the  closest  scrutiny  of  Judge 
Parker's  entire  course  will  not  develop  a  single 
instance  of  cowardice  or  surrender  of  conscien- 
tious conviction. 

The  ex-President  says,  in  concluding  his  ar- 
ticle : 

I  am  persuaded  that  the  American  people  will  make 
no  mistake  if  they  place  implicit  reliance  in  Alton  B. 
Parker's  devotion  to  duty,  in  his  clear  perception  of  the 
path  of  duty,  in  his  steadfast  persistency  against  all 
temptation  to  leave  the  way  where  duty  leads,  and  in 
his  safe  and  conservative  conceptions  of  Presidential 
responsibilities. 


598 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


SENATOR  LODGE  ON   POPULAR   MISCONCEPTIONS  OF 
PRESIDENT  ROOSEVELT. 


UF  to  the  closing  days  of  the  campaign  the 
newspapers  and  magazines  of  the  country 
continued  to  devote  much  space  to  the  person- 
alities of  the  candidates,  thus  illustrating  the 
truth  of  ex-President  Cleveland's  -observation 
recorded  on  the  preceding  page.  In  Me  CI  tin's 
Magazine,  Senator  Henry  Cabot  Lodge,  who  has 
long  been  the  intimate  friend  and  adviser  of 
President  Roosevelt,  sets  forth  some  of  the 
President's  characteristics  as  they  appeal  to  him, 
admitting  at  the  outset  his  inability  to  depict 
the  character  of  a  man  who  has  lived  so  am- 
ply the  life  of  his  time,  has  known  humanity 
in  so  many  phases,  and  has  so  many  sympathies 
and  interests.  In  attempting  to  give  an  impres- 
sion of  President  Roosevelt,  Senator  Lodge 
prefers,  first,  to  disperse  some  of  the  myths  and 
conceptions  which,  he  says,  have  confused  the 
minds  of  some  very  honest  and  very  patriotic 
people,  and  have  even  troubled  persons  who  thor- 
oughly believe  in  the  President  and  fully  intend 
to  vote  for  him. 

NOT    A    "  FEVERISHLY    ACTIVE  "    MAN. 

As  to  the  popular  idea  of  the  President's 
"Strenuousness,"  Mr.  Lodge  shows  that  nothing 
could  be  more  ridiculous  than  the  idea  that  The- 
odore Roosevelt  leads  an  existence  of  feverish 
and  almost  diseased  activity,  which,  if  not  ex- 
pended on  things  physical,  is  projected  on  public 
affairs.  The  very  fact  that  Mr.  Roosevelt  has 
accomplished  the  extraordinary  amount  of  work 
which  he  has  accomplished  in  the  past  twenty- 
five  years  shows  that  his  activity  is  neither  fever- 
ish, nor  abnormal,  nor  diseased,  but  regulated 
and  controlled.  The  President's  daily  life,  says 
Senator  Lodge,  does  not  differ  in  any  respect 
from  that  of  any  other  very  busy  man  of  great 
energy,  who  finds  rest  and  relief,  not  only  in 
active  out-of-door  life,  but  in  a  wide  and  con- 
stant reading  of  books, — "a  habit,  by  the 
way,  quite  as  characteristic  as  any  others,  hut 
of  which  the  newspaper  critics  and  humorists 
tell  us  little." 

NEITHER    HASH    NOH    HEADSTRONG. 

For  the  other  widespread  misconception  of 
the  President  as  a  hotheaded,  rash,  and  impul- 
sive man,  there  is  no  other  basis  than  the  youth- 
ful speeches  and  writings  of  Mr.  Roosevelt, 
when  he  was  barely  out  of  college,  which  lacked 
in  accuracy  of  statement,  occasionally,  just  as 
would  be  the  case  with  any  young  man.  We 
judge    the    matured    public  man,    says  Senator 


Lodge,  by  what  he  is,  not  by  what  he  may  have 
said  twenty-five  years  before,  honest  and  brave 
as  that  early  opinion  and  that  boyish  speech 
surely  were. 

It  is  President  Roosevelt's  habit  to  act  quickly 
when  he  has  thought  the  subject  out  thoroughly 
and  knows  what  he  means  to  do.  Once  having 
made  up  his  mind  as  to  what  is  right,  he  is  un- 
bending. But  no  man  has  been  in  the  White 
House  for  many  years,  asserts  Mr.  Lodge,  who 
is  so  ready  to  take  advice,  who  has  made  up  his 
mind  more  slowly,  more  deliberately,  and  with 
more  consultation  than  President  Roosevelt.  No 
President,  in  my  observation,  has  ever  consulted 
with  the  leaders  of  the  party,  not  only  in  the 
House  and  the  Senate,  but  in  the  States  and  in 
the  press,  so  frequently  and  to  such  good  advan- 
tage, as  Mr.  Roosevelt,  although  a  favorite  charge 
is  that  he  is  headstrong  and  wishes  no  advisers. 

The  idea  that  Mr.  Roosevelt  is  reckless  and 
would  not  hesitate  to  plunge  the  country  into 
war  grows  very  largely,  in  Mr.  Lodge's  opin- 
ion, out  of  the  President's  passion  for  athletics 
and  for  more  or  less  dangerous  sports,  and 
from  the  fact  that  he  went  so  readily  anil 
quickly  himself  as  a  soldier  into  the  war  with 
Spain.  From  these  facts,  however,  Mr.  Lodge 
reaches  the  opposite  conclusion  from  that  of 
the  President's  opponents.  A  man  who  has 
faced  danger,  either  in  hunting  or  in  war,  is 
the  very  last  man  to  put  other  men's  lives  in 
peril  without  the  sternest  necessity,  and  is  the 
first  man  to  feel  most  keenly  the  great  respon- 
sibility of  a  great  office  in  this  respect. 

THE    TYPICAL    AMERICAN. 

Senator  Lodge  enumerates  some  of  the  quali- 
ties which  most  American  citizens  like  to  think 
peculiarly  American.  "  We  of  the  United  States 
like  to  think  of  the  typical  American  as  a  brave 
man  and  an  honest  man,  very  human,  with  no 
vain  pretense  of  infallibility.  We  would  have 
him  simple  in  his  home  life  ;  democratic  in 
his  way,  with  the  highest  education  that  the 
world  can  give  ;  kind  to  the  weak,  tender  and 
loyal  and  true  ;  never  quarrelsome,  but  never 
afraid  to  fight,  with  a  strong,  sane  sense  of 
humor,  and  with  a  strain  of  adventure  in  the 
blood  which  we  shall  never  cease  to  love  until 
those  ancestors  of  ours  who  conquered  a  conti- 
nent have  drifted  a  good  deal  further  into  the 
past  than  is  the  case  to-day."  In  enumerating 
these  qualities,  Mr.  Lodge  declares  that  he  has 
described  Theodore  Roosevelt. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


599 


IF  A  PROHIBITIONIST  WERE   PRESIDENT. 


A  BRIEF  statement  of  the  practical  effects 
to  the  government  and  the  people  of  the 
United  States  which  would  follow  the  success 
of  the  Prohibition  ticket  at  the  polls  is  made  in 
Leslie's  Monthly  Magazine  for  November  by  Dr. 
Silas  (J.  Swallow,  the  Presidential  candidate  of 
the  Prohibition  party.  Dr.  Swallow  advances 
the  moral  and  religious  arguments  in  favor  of 
prohibition  which  are  familiar  to  our  readers. 
It  is  his  economic  contention  which  we  repro- 
duce. Prohibition,  he  declares,  would  "remove 
from  the  arena  of  political  manipulation  the 
most  corrupt  and  corrupting  influence  in  Ameri- 
can politics."  He  believes  that  prohibition  would 
have  a  beneficial  effect  on  the  labor  question. 
He  says  : 

It  would  go  far  toward  eliminating  the  conflict  be- 
tween labor  and  capital,  since  the  fourteen  hundred 
millions  now  spent  for  liquid  poison,  and  an  estimated 
equal  amount  spent  in  caring  for  the  product  of  the 
liquor  traffic,  would  be  used  to  purchase  the  necessa- 
ries of  life.  This  would  inci-ease  largely  the  output  of 
the  farm  and  factory,  and  thus  increase  the  demand 
for  farm  and  factory  labor.  It  would  stimulate  rail- 
road-building as  a  means  for  transporting  the  increased 
product.  The  increased  demand  for  labor  would  bring 
a  corresponding  increase  in  wages  that  would  help  to 
render  strikes  and  lockouts  obsolete  relics  of  a  former 
barbarism.  Over-consumption  of  beer  and  whiskey, 
and  a  corresponding  under-consumption  of  food,  rai- 


ment, and  building  material,  and  of  the  facilities  for 
intellectual  and  moral  culture,  now  lie  at  the  founda- 
tion of  the  asperities  existing  between  capital  and 
labor,  and  not  "  over-production  of  the  necessaries  of 
life,"  as  some  contend.  It  is  the  fear  of  many  publicists 
that  these  asperities,  if  unallayed,  will  within  a  decade 
culminate  in  a  widespread,  sanguinary  conflict  that 
will  endanger  the  stability  of  our  government.  Prohi- 
bition would  save  the  people  the  difference  between  one 
dollar  revenue  now  received  for  the  permits  called  li- 
cense, sold  to  two  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  liquor 
dealers,  and  the  sixteen  dollars  which  we  must  pay  out 
to  take  care  of  the  results  of  the  traffic. 

Prohibition  would  also  aid  greatly,  Dr.  Swal- 
low believes,  in  settling  the  race  question.  His 
line  of  reasoning  is  as  follows  : 

The  negro  as  a  slave  was  prohibited  the  use  of 
liquors,  and  with  implicit  confidence  in  his  trust- 
worthiness when  sober,  his  master  left  wife,  mother, 
and  sister  in  his  tender  care  while  he  fought  the  Yankee 
in  the  great  contest  of  State  rights.  Freedom  gave  the 
colored  man  access  to  liquor,  and  straightway  he  be- 
comes a  demon  in  committing  the  unspeakable  crime, 
while  the  white  outlaws  who  hunt,  shoot,  and  hang  or 
burn  the  dusky  sons  of  Ham,  frequently  without  judge 
or  jury,  are  also,  as  a  rule,  the  victims  of  the  govern- 
ment-stamped alcoholic  drugs.  The  negro  crazed  by 
government  whiskey,  like  the  white  man  under  like 
influence,  is  an  uncertain  but  dangerous  equation  in 
the  problem  of  our  new  and  yet  somewhat  untried 
American  civilization. 


THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  THE  TRADE  OF  MEXICO. 


ONE  of  the  significant  facts  in  connection 
with  Mexican  trade  is  that  only  about 
one-half  of  Mexico's  imports  come  from  the 
United  States,  while  of  her  exports,  about 
three-fourths  come  to  this  country.  In  a  paper 
contributed  to  the  October  number  of  the  Arena, 
Mr.  Morrell  W.  Gaines  gives  some  reasons  why 
the  United  States  does  not  hold  a  larger  share 
oi  Mexican  trade.  He  states  that  the  exports 
run  to  a  total  of  $75,000,000  a  year,  while  the 
imports  reach  nearly  the  same  amount.  The 
trade  is  growing  rapidly  with  the  peaceful  de- 
velopment of  the  nation's  resources,  having  in- 
creased by  50  per  cent,  during  the  past  ten 
years.  The  most  noticeable  single  increases  are 
in  the  exportation  of  agricultural  products  and 
in  the  importation  of  fuel  and  machinery.  The 
main  resource  of  the  country, — namely,  its 
agriculture, — is  capable,  says  Mr.  Gaines,  of  tre- 
mendous further  growth.  The  precious  metals, 
which  are  included  in  the  total  exports,  still  con- 
stitute about   60  per  cent,  of  the  whole,  but  are 


not,  strictly  speaking,  to  be  considered  in  all  re- 
spects as  articles  of  trade.  In  the  exports  to 
the  United  States,  for  example,  is  included  a 
large  amount  of  gold  and  silver  which  comes  to 
us  for  the  reason  that  the  routes  of  quick  trans- 
portation lie  in  our  direction.  In  strict  truth, 
Mr.  Gaines  thinks  that  the  heavy  proportion  of 
these  metals  that  is  sent  here  simply  for  pur- 
poses of  immediate  realization  in  the  open  market 
should  be  deducted  from  the  share  of  Mexico's 
export  trade  that  we  have  been  calling  our  own. 
Making  this  deduction,  we  cannot  with  justice 
lay  claim  to  more  than  one-half  of  the  total 
foreign  commerce  of  our  next  neighbor,  notwith- 
standing the  fact  that  our  investments  in  Mexico 
are  larger  by  from  two  to  three  hundred  million 
dollars  than  are  those  of  all  the  other  outside 
nations  put  together. 

Europe's  ascendency  in  Mexican  retail  trade. 

Worse  still,  Mr.  Gaines  shows  that  we  have  'as 
yet  made  very  little  headway  in  competing  with 


GOO 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Europe  for  the  more  profitable  and  valuable  part 
of  the  import  trade.  The  imports  that  do  come 
from  this  country  are  such  things  as  coal,  petro- 
leum and  its  products,  machinery,  railroad  ma- 
terials, and,  in  general,  articles  of  industrial 
consumption.  Europe,  on  the  other  hand,  sup- 
plies the  great  bulk  of  articles  of  personal  con- 
sumption, covering  the  main  body  of  merchan- 
dise subject  to  retail  handling, — the  dry  goods, 
hardware,  groceries,  jewelry,  etc.,  that  make  up 
the  ordinary  store  trade  of  the  nation.  Thus, 
the  United  States  sells  bulk  commodities  and 
certain  other  articles  of  which  the  sales  can  be 
made  direct  to  the  ultimate  purchaser  or  distri- 
bution effected  by  means  of  central  agencies, 
while  Europe  sells  the  things  in  connection  with 
which  handling  by  middlemen  is  required.  The 
internal  channels  of  the  trade,  therefore,  are  fed 
from  European  sources. 

LONG    CREDITS    AND    LARGE    PROFITS. 

The  European  ascendency  in  Mexico,  says  Mr. 
Gaines,  is  not  due  to  industrial  superiority.  It 
comes  from  a  superior  adaptation  to  the  financial 
needs  of  the  Mexican  trade,  in  part,  and  in  part 
from  a  vastly  more  effective  sa'les-organization 
in  the. country  itself.  It  is  said  that  the  Mexican 
trade  yields  a  net  margin  out  of  the  final  retail 
selling  price  that  is  from  two  to  five  times  what 
we  are  accustomed  to  in  the  United  States.  The 
most  striking  features  of  the  retail  trade,  accord- 
ing to  Mr.  Gaines,  are  the  long  credits  allowed 
to  customers  and  the  high  margin  of  profit.  Col- 
lection in  that  country  is  not  pressed  for  six  or 
eight  months,  or  even  more.  The  patrons  of  the 
large  importing  houses  are  still  exclusively  of 
the  gentry,  the  middle  class  not  having  as  yet 
become  very  important  as  a  purchasing  factor. 
This  fact,  of  course,  tends  to  maintain  large 
profits,  a  tendency   which   has   been   materially 


aided  by  the  fluctuations  in  the  value  of  silver 
currency.  In  Europe,  there  is  no  difficulty  in 
obtaining  elastic  credit,  since  the  reputation  of 
Mexican  commercial  houses  for  solidity  is  ab- 
solute. Almost  without  exception,  the  managers 
and  owners  of  these  houses  are  Europeans,  and 
are  in  touch  with  their  own  countrymen  abroad. 
Germany  sells  goods  to  Mexico  on  six  months' 
time,  with  2  per  cent,  off  for  cash,  giving  per- 
mission to  renew  for  successive  periods  of  six 
months,  at  6  per  cent,  per  annum,  with  interest. 
France  and  Spain  adopt  practically  the  same 
course. 

AN    AMERICAN    MERCANTILE    BANK. 

If  the  United  States  is  to  compete  successfully 
with  European  countries  for  Mexican  trade,  this 
question  of  credit  will  be  the  first  to  be  con- 
sidered. Mr.  Gaines  shows  that  there  are  two 
ways  in  which  the  necessary  amplification  of 
American  credit  in  Mexico  might  be  secured. 
One  is  to  follow  the  example  of  Europe  and 
establish  American  importing  concerns,  or 
branch  houses,  that  can  call  upon  American 
money  and  American  banking  to  the  same 
degree  that  European  houses  can  call  upon 
Europe.  The  other  is  to  organize  a  mercantile 
bank  which  will  be  prepared  to  supply,  in 
Mexico,  the  additional  credit  that  the  jobber 
and  retailer  alike  stand  in  need  of.  This  second 
method  is  the  one  which,  in  the  opinion  of  Mr. 
Gaines,  should  be  taken  up  by  American  capital. 
With  such  a  bank  once  established,  or  an  exist- 
ing bank  strengthened  in  such  a  way  that  the 
American  can  get  the  same  amount  of  accom- 
modation that  the  other  nationalities  enjoy  on 
their  various  personal  connections,  it  is  believed 
that  a  veritable  revolution  in  the  Mexican  trade 
would  be  inaugurated.  The  bank  itself  would 
beyond  a  doubt  prove  extremely  profitable. 


A  REVIVAL  OK  ANCIENT  ARTILLERY. 


WE  have  resurrected  and  played  (J rock  and 
Roman  dramas  ;  recently  Smith  College 
has  essayed  a  Hindu  one.  Our  circuses  and. 
hippodromes  reproduce  the  Roman  chariot  race, 
and  modem  times  as  well  as  ancient  have  their 
(  Hympic  games, — all  to  "  see  how  it  is  ourselves." 
Recently,  at  Met/,,  Germany,  on  the  same  prin- 
ciple, they  have  been  reconstructing  and  experi- 
menting with  ancient  artillery,  uber  Land  und 
Meer  (Stuttgart),  in  describing  the  trial,  says  : 

The  ancients  used  big  guns  in  pitched  battles  as  well 
as  al  Bieges.    They  had  knowledge  of  them  from  the 


Greeks.  Catapults,  indeed,  are  said  to  have  been  in- 
vented by  the  Syrians.  The  heavy  artillery  of  the 
Greeks  was  divided,  according  to  the  missiles,  into 
arrow  artillery  and  stone -throwers,  both,  generally 
speaking,  crossbows  in  great  measure,  which  were  bent 
by  means  of  special  appliances.  With  the  Romans,  the 
general  name  for  the  big  guns  was  lortnenta,  because 
they  manifested  their  strength  by  means  of  twisted 
ropes  (torquere).  Besides  the  catapultce  and  balista 
were  found  so-called  onagri  (i.e.,  "wild  asses")  and 
8Corpione8  ("scorpions").  Interesting  reconstructions 
of  these  antique  project  ing-engines  have  recently  been 
made  by  Major  Schramm,  of  the  Saxon  Twelfth  Foot 
Artillery,  with  great  knowledge  of  the  subject ;  and  dur- 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


601 


ing  the  recent  visit  of  the  imperial  governor,  the  Prince 
of  Hohenlohe  Langenburg,  a  trial-shooting  with  the 
old  war  tools  took  place  on  the  old  pioneer  drill-ground 
at  Metz.  The  shooting  showed  quite  surprising  results. 
Even  the  little  onager,  which  had  at  first  occasionally 
missed  fire,  scattered  its  balls  promptly  and  safely  at  a 
distance  of  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  meters  [a  little 
less  than  five  hundred  feet]. 

The   reconstructed   guns  and   their  perform 


ances  received  the  full  approval  of  the  governor, 
who  expressed  himself  to  the  effect  that,  in 
the  Kaiser's  opinion,  these  engines  would  cer- 
tainly be  a  very  valuable  acquisition  for  the 
Saalburg,  the  old  Roman  frontier  fort  near  Horn- 
burg,  which  Emperor  William  II.  has  recently 
had  rebuilt  on  the  ancient  plans,  and  which  he 
dedicated  two  years  ago. 


SEVEN   MONTHS  OF  WAR:   A  RUSSIAN   VIEW. 


COMMENTING  on  the  unpreparedness  of 
Russia  at  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  and  on 
the  significant  reverses  on  land  and  sea,  the 
Russkaya  Viedomosti,  the  liberal  journal  of  Mos 


GETTING    READY    IN    MANCHURIA. 

Russia:    "The    wretched    little    creatures!     It    will    be 
necessary  to  kill  them  to  the  very  last  man." 

From  La  Silhouette  (Paris). 

cow,  admits  that  Japan  was  for  the  most  part 
successful  in  carrying  out  her  military  plans 
during  the  seven  months  of  the  campaign.  The 
remains  of  the  Russian  fleet  still  at  Port  Arthur 
is  evidently  doomed  to  destruction,  says  the 
Viedomosti^  "for  it  will  hardly  succeed  in  escap- 


ing from  Togo's  powerful  squadron  ;  and  if  Port 
Arthur  is  to  fall,  the  best  that  may  be  hoped  for 
the  vessels  is  that  they  will  be  scuttled  or  blown 
up  to  keep  them  from  falling  into  the  hands  of 
the  enemy."  The  part  to  be  played  by  the 
Baltic  fleet,  which  is  at  last  starting  on  its  voy- 
age, is  for  the  future  to  decide,  but,  mean- 
while, it  must  be  admitted  that  "  the  Japanese 
have  succeeded  in  carrying  out  their  immediate 
plans,  and  that  the  first  phase  of  the  war  has  in 
every  respect  proved  unsuccessful  for  Russia." 
These  failures  on  Russia's  part  may  be  ac 
counted  for,  this  Moscow  journal  continues,  by 
circumstances  "unfortunate  for  us."  Russia 
was  unprepared  for  the  war. 

The  Russian  armies  encountered  forces  stronger  both 
on  land  and  sea ;  and,  finally,  we  were  handicapped  by 
our  great  distance  from  the  field  of  operations.  We  can 
do  nothing  against  such  overwhelming  odds,  and  may 
only  hope  for  a  more  propitious  future.  We  have  suf- 
fered a  great  affliction,  which  we  must  bear  patiently 
and  bravely.  But  every  serious  experience  should  teach 
something,— should  emphasize  the  faults  that  have  be- 
come apparent.  In  this  respect  this  lesson  contains 
much  that  is  instructive  for  Russia. 

Examining  in  greater  detail  the  military  status 
of  the  two  powers  in  the  far  East  immediately 
before  the  war,  the  Viedomosti  comes  to  conclu- 
sions not  at  all  flattering  to  the  Russian  Govern- 
ment. It  finds  on  Russia's  part  a  scant  military 
equipment  in  the  far  East,  "a  shocking  igno 
ranee  of  Japan's  resources,  an  inexcusable  con- 
tempt for  Japan's  army  and  navy,"  and  on 
Japan's  part,  years  of  careful  preparation,  study, 
and  organization. 

Compared  with  this  exhaustive  study  of  everything 
the  knowledge  of  which  was  indispensable  to  Japan  for 
a  successful  struggle  with  Russia,  we  hardly  possessed 
any  exact  information  about  Japan,  her  military  forces, 
her  resources,  the  attitude  and  spirit  of  her  people.  In 
the  well  known  book  on  Japan  by  Colonel  Boguslavski 
(1904),  who  had  at  his  disposal  the  information  of  our 
general  staff,  it  is  stated  that  Japan's  army,  including 
the  reserves,  numbers  231,800  men  ;  that  the  cavalry 
numbers  only  10,000  men,  and  that  it  is  poor  ;  that  the 
artillery  has  only  684  guns,  and  that  the  territorial 


602 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


army  numbered  only  122, OCX)  men.  In  reality,  Japan 
placed  an  army  of  500,(XX)  men  in  Manchuria.  She  has 
a  cavalry  with  jjood  Australian  horses,  and  her  artil- 
lery is  much  more  numerous.  Aside  from  the  secrecy 
observed  by  Japan  in  military  matters,  Russia  was  also 
prevented  from  securing  the  necessary  information  by 
the  absence,  in  Russia,  of  students  of  Japan.  The  num- 
ber of  persons  knowing  Japanese  is  very  limited.  There 
are  no  educated  Russian  interpreters  for  the  army,  to 
say  nothing  of  persons  who  could  mingle  in  Japanese 
society,  or  even  pass,   in  case  of  necessity,   for  Japa- 


HL'SSIAN    ARTILLERY    WITH   GENERAL   LINEVICH'S    FORCES,    IN   EXTUEME   EASTERN 

MANCHURIA. 


nese,  thanks  to  their  excellent  knowledge  of  the  Japanese 
language,  life,  and  literature.  It  was  reported  in  our 
press  quite  recently  that  the  government,  feeling  the 
need  of  educated  interpreters,  sought  them  in  the 
faculty  of  Oriental  languages  of  the  University  of  St. 
Petersburg,  and  elsewhere,  but  failed  to  find  any. 

The  Viedomosti  urges  that  strong  efforts  be 
made  to  create  a  body  of  men  familiar  with  the 
East,  its  languages,  and  its  life.  As  to  the  cam- 
paign itself,  it  counsels  the  straining  of  every 
nerve  to  make  up  for  lost  time,  to  increase  the 
army  in  Manchuria  until  its  numbers  are  greater 
than  those  of  the  Japanese.  In  this  way  it 
would  become  possible,  not  only  to  stop  their 
advance,  but  actually  to  assume  the  offensive. 

We  are  all  convinced  that  the  reinforcements  will 
arrive,  that  our  army  will  become  numerically  stronger 
than  the  Japanese  army,  and  that  it  will  then  advance 
in  the  full  consciousness  of  its  superiority.  .  .  .  The 
whole  world  is  awaiting  with  interest  the  outcome  of 
this  significant  struggle,  in  which  Japan  is  apparently 
ready  to  sacrifice  all  her  resources  in  order  to  attain 
predominance  in  the  far  East,  and  to  become  the  arbiter 
of  the   fortunes  of  all  eastern  Asia.     Much  blood   will 


probably  be  shed  ere  the  pressure  of  this  new  world 
power  is  relieved  and  she  is  compelled  to  moderate  her 
demands. 

As  to  peace  terms,  the  Moscow  journal  "can 
not  but  wish  that  the  conditions  of  the  war  be 
soon  modified  in  Russia's  favor  to  such  an  ex- 
tent that  she  be  placed  in  a  position  to  consider 
the  cessation  of  hostilities  and  the  discussion  of 
the  peace  terms." 

But  everybody  realizes  that 
until  Russia  secures  a  decided 
advantage  in  the  coming  new 
phase  of  the  war  the  conclusion 
of  peace  is  entirely  out  of  the 
question.  Let  us  hope  for  the 
moment  when  there  will  appear 
to  us  the  hope  in  the  possibility 
of  a  peaceful  termination  of  the 
bloody  struggle  on  conditions  ac- 
ceptable to  both  countries  and 
compatible  with  the  dignity  and 
the  vital  interests  of  Russia.  All 
Russia  will  breathe  more  freely 
when  this  opportunity  comes  at 
last,  when  she  will  be  relieved 
from  the  suffering  and  care  in- 
flicted by  the  war,  when  this  "  far 
East"  will  cease  to  be  a  Moloch 
consuming  the  blood  and  the 
savings  of  our  nation,  when  we 
shall  again  be  enabled  to  take 
up  our  important  productive  un- 
dertakings, and,  with  a  clearer 
consciousness  of  our  backward- 
ness, our  failings,  our  national 
needs,  in  the  friendly  coopera- 
tion of  the  people  and  the  gov- 
ernment to  strengthen  our  work 
of  progress  so  indispensable  to  us 
in  order  to  raise  the  level  of  prosperity  and  enlighten- 
ment in  our  nation. 

A   Discussion  of  'the  Campaign. 

In  another  issue,  the  Viedomosti  discusses  the 
Russian  plan  of  campaign  for  1904.  Kuropatkin 
was  to  drive  the  Japanese  to  the  Pacific,  while 
Linevich  was  to  descend  from  Vladivostok  and 
threaten  the  Japanese  in  Korea.  This  plan  of 
the  general  staff  was  similar  to  that  of  the  Union 
armies  of  Grant  and  Sherman.  But,  says  the 
Viedomosti,  Linevich's  campaign  in  northeastern 
Korea  has  not  been  crowned  with  success,  thus 
far,  and  his  vanguard  of  two  thousand  men  and 
six  guns  has  retreated  to  the  north. 

The  fundamental  cause  of  this  failure  in  consequence 
of  which  \\c  must  renounce  the  hope  of  finishing  the  war 
within  the  present  year  is  the  same  that  brought  about 
our  reverses  in  the  first  part  of  the  war  of  1877, — namely, 
the  insufficient  forces  for  an  offensive  campaign. 
In  the  Civil  War  of  1861—65,  Sherman's  march  was 
brilliantly  successful  because  on  the  strategical  front 
ot  tin'  Union  armies  Grant's  forces  were  considerably 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


603 


stronger  than  Lee's  and  gradually  forced  the  latter  to 
the  south.  But  in  the  present  campaign,  Linevich  made 
ready  for  his  march  to  Gensan  and  Seoul  at  the  time 
when  on  the  main  theater  of  war  in  southern  Manchuria 
Oyama's  forces  were  considerably  larger  than  ours,  and 
Kuropatkin  not  only  failed  to  drive  the  Japanese  back 
to  Korea,  but  was  himself  compelled,  step  by  step,  to 
retreat  to  the  north. 

The  Viedomosti  also  points  out  another  impor- 
tant difference  between  this  campaign  and  that 
of  Grant  and  Sherman, — the  command  of  the 
sea.  The  inarch  to  Seoul,  it  says,  and  farther, 
to  the  Valu,  would  have  been  possible  for 
Linevich  only  with  our  fleet's  mastery  on  the 
Sea  of  Japan. 


But  the  Baltic  fleet  did  not  come  in  time,  Admiral 
Yessen  suffered  defeat  at  Fusan,  the  command  of  the 
sea  was  in  the  hands  of  the  Japanese,  and  Linevich  could 
not  maintain  a  line  of  communication  seven  hundred 
and  fifty  versts  long,  and  in  mountainous  country  at 
that.  Finally,  the  undisputed  occupation  of  the  line 
on  the  Mississippi  by  Grant  in  180:5  secured  Sherman's 
flank,  while  the  flank  of  Linevich's  army  would 
have  been  exposed  to  attack  from  the  sea.  All  these 
causes  contributed  to  the  brilliant  success  of  the  Union 
forces  in  the  campaign  of  1864-65  on  the  one  hand,  and 
to  the  failure  of  our  campaign  on  the  other,  although 
the  plans  of  the  two  campaigns  were  almost  identical  in 
their  fundamental  idea.  The  idea  on  which  the  plan 
of  campaign  by  our  general  staff  was  founded  is  excel- 
lent in  itself,  but  its  realization  was  begun  with  insuffi 
cient  forces. 


WHAT  WILL  THE  WAR  COST  JAPAN? 


VARIOUS  estimates  have  been  made  of  the 
probable  cost  of  the  war  between  Japan 
and  Russia,  all  agreeing  that,  while  accurate 
figures  are  an  impossibility,  approximations 
make  it,  beyond  a  doubt,  even  now  by  far  the 
most  expensive  war  since  the  struggle  between 
France  and  Germany,  thirty-four  years  ago. 
The  Journal  of  the  Military  Service  Institution 
publishes  a  translation  from  the  French  of  an 
article  on  the  cost  to  Japan  prepared  by  an  of- 
ficer in  the  Belgian  army.  The  writer  analyzes 
the  preparations  made  by  the  Japanese  Govern- 
ment, pointing  out  how  the  transportation  prob- 
lem  has  been  simplified  by  the  subsidies  granted 
to  the  Japanese  merchant  marine,  resulting  in 
an  increase,  in  ten  years,  of  1,496  vessels,  of  a 
total  tonnage  of  236,000.  In  1895,  the  govern- 
ment decided  to  construct  119  ships  of  war  rep- 
resenting a  tonnage  of  156,000  and  involving 
an  expenditure  of  more  than  200,000,000  yen 
($100,000,000).  In  1903,  a  further  credit  of 
over  100,000,000  yen  was  voted  for  naval  ex- 
penses. The  army  also  was  increased  to  a  war 
footing  of  339,000  men  ready  for  mobilization, 
fully  equipped.  On  the  eve  of  the  present  war, 
according  to  the  writer  in  question,  the  Japa- 
nese public  debt  amounted  to  540,000,000  yen 
($270,000,000).  For  purposes  of  comparison, 
it  may  be  stated  that  this  is  less  than  two  and 
one-half  times  the  annual  revenue,  while  the 
proportion  of  public  debt  to  revenue  is  five  in 
England,  seven  in  Italy,  and  eight  in  France. 
In  1900,  on  the  basis  of  official  statistics,  the 
public  wealth  of  Japan  was,  approximately, 
$10,000,000,000.  Since  the  war  began,  three 
loans  of  100,000,000  yen  each  have  been  sub- 
scribed, two  in  Japan  and  one  abroad,  in  Eng- 
land and  the  United  States.     These  loans  have 


all  been   oversubscribed,  so  Japan's  credit  may 
be  said  to  be  still  in  excellent  condition. 

WHAT     WILL    THE     WAR    COST  ? 

The  French  writer  recalls  the  fact  that  the 
war  of  1870  cost  France  over  eight  milliards  of 
francs  ($1,600,000,000),  which,  of  course,  in- 
cluded the  indemnity  paid  to  Germany.  Since 
1895,  England  has  spent  more  than  $1,300,000,- 
000,  mostly  on  her  South  African  campaigns. 
The  war  of  1877-78  cost  Russia  $800,000,000. 

At  the  opening  of  the  Japanese-Chinese  campaign, 
Japan  was  ready  both  in  a  financial  and  a  military  sense, 
and  easily  supported  the  cost  of  the  war.  As  far  as  the 
actual  direct  expenses  of  the  war  were  concerned,  the 
amount  was  two  hundred  and  thirty-five  million  yen. 
This  was  covered  by  a  loan  of  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  million  ;  by  a  loan  of  eighty-two  million,  paid  out 
of  the  indemnity  received  from  China  ;  and  by  the  sur- 
plus resulting  from  the  ordinary  resources  of  the  state. 
To  the  direct  cost  of  the  war  must  be  added  the  cost  of 
the  occupation  of  Formosa,  in  all  fifty-seven  and  one- 
half  {5~)4)  million  yen,  including  the  cost  of  the  fortifi- 
cations constructed.  It  is  not  known  what  amounts 
have  been  expended  in  pensions  and  military  rewards. 
The  interest  on  the  loan,  which  is  provided  for  by  a 
sinking  fund,  adds  about  six  and  one-half  million  yen 
to  the  annual  budget.  To  these  direct  expenses  there 
must  be  added,  also,  the  losses  incurred  by  private  in- 
terests, which  latter  it  is  very  difficult  to  estimate  even 
approximately  ;  it  appears,  however,  that  the  country 
did  not  suffer  very  greatly  from  these  losses,  of  the  ex- 
tent of  which  an  indication  may  be  found  in  the  com- 
parative table  below,  giving,  in  millions  of  yen,  the 
revenue  from  taxes  of  1893  to  1896. 

INCREASE    IN    COST    OF    LIVING. 

Between  1897  and  1900,  prices  of  all  sorts  of 
merchandise  increased  very  considerably  in  Ja- 
pan, principally  of  those  articles  indispensable 
for  feeding  troops.     Two  estimates  of  the  prob- 


604 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


able  cost  of  the  present  war  have  been  made 
which  deserve  consideration,  differing,  however, 
very  widely. 

Before  the  war,  the  Japanese  generals,  who  were  op- 
posed, it  is  true,  to  a  rupture  with  Russia,  affirmed 
that  each  soldier  cost  the  government  eight  yen  per 
day, — that  is,  one  million  six  hundred  thousand  yen 
for  an  effective  strength  of  two  hundred  thousand  men 
to  be  thrown  into  Korea, — and  that  the  fleet  would  cost, 
approximately,  the  same  amount.  That  means,  then, 
an  expense  of  ninety-six  million  yen  per  month.  Pro- 
fessor Rathgen-(iu  Die  Woche,  January  16,  1904)  men- 
tions a  total  of  loans  of  four  to  six  hundred  million  yen. 

M.  Paul  Leroy-Beaulieu  (see  the  Revue  des  Deux 
Mondes,  March,  1904)  estimates  that  with  seven  to  eight 
hundred  million  francs  (280  to  320  million  yen),  or  per- 
haps a  milliard  of  francs  (400  million  yen),  which  Japan 
can  obtain,  she  will  be  able  to  carry  on  the  war  to  the 
end  of  the  present  year,  or  even  longer. 

The  Correspondant  (March  1904),  in  a  very  re- 
markable anonymous  article,  gives  for  the  two 
belligerents  a  detailed  tabular  estimate  of  mil i 
tary  expenses  for  the  period  of  six  months.  Here 
is  a  recapitulation  of  this  table,  as  far  as  it  ap- 
plies to  Japan  : 

I.— Land  Forces.  Franca. 

A.  Mobilization 34,100.000 

B.  Transport  of  rations 4,620.(X)0 

C.  Rations 49,345,000 

D.  Pay  of  troops 69,070,000 

E.  Ambulance 4,600,000 

F.  Clothing 26,400,000 

G-.  Losses  in  animals 18,750,000 

H.  Railroads  for  the  field 16,000,000 

I.    Losses  in  war  material 62,006,250 

J.    Administration  material 6,480,000 

Total  (land  forces) 291,374,250 

$58,254,850 


II.— Naval  Forces.  Francs 

A.  Wear  and  tear  of  squadrons 222,660,000 

B.  Naval  artillery 170,960,000 

C.  Torpedoes 13.500,ono 

D.  Coal. 7,105,750 

E.  Rations  and  pay  of  crews 7,575,000 

Total  (navy) 421,800,000 

$84,360,500 

Grand  total 713,172,000 

$142,634,400 

This  makes,  in  yen,  about  one  hundred  and  six- 
teen millions  for  the  army,  and  one  hundred  and 
sixty-nine  millions  for  the  navy,  or,  in  all,  about 
two  hundred  and  eighty-five  millions.  This  is 
about  one-half  as  much  as  the  amount  given  by 
the  estimate  of  the  Japanese  generals. 

According  to  the  Correspondant,  a  Japanese  soldier 
eats,  each  day,  about  one  kilogram  of  rice  and  one  hun- 
dred grains  of  meat,  and  drinks  two  liters  of  tea  and 
coffee  ;  this  makes  two  kilograms  of  rations  per  day  to 
be  transported  for  each  man.  A  soldier  is  paid  two 
francs  and  twenty-five  centimes  per  month  in  time  of 
peace  ;  an  officer,  a  mean  of  twenty-five  hundred  francs 
per  year.  These  rates  are  quadrupled  in  time  of  war. 
The  losses  in  war  material  are  estimated  at  one-quarter 
of  the  whole,  based  on  the  experience  of  the  wars  of  the 
last  half  of  the  nineteenth  century.  This  calculation 
does  not  take  into  consideration  vessels  lost,  the  effects 
of  the  bombardments,  etc. 

M.  Leroy-Beaulieu  expresses  the  opinion  that  the 
combined  cost  to  the  two  belligerents  will  be  not  less 
than  five  milliards  of  francs  if  the  war  should  be  pro- 
longed beyond  one  year  to  fifteen  months.  On  the  basis 
of  the  estimate  of  the  Correspondant,  who  figures  Rus- 
sia's expenses  for  six  months  at  1,097,167,500  francs,  this 
would  be  two  milliards  of  francs  for  Japan,  or  about, 
eight  hundred  millions  of  yen. 


THE  JAPANESE  NATIONAL  SPIRIT. 


THAT  something  which  has  meant  more  to 
the  Japanese  arms  in  the  present  war  than 
numbers  or  equipment  has  been  the  peculiar, 
splendid  patriotism  which  the  Japanese  base  on 
"love  of  country  and  loyalty  to  the  Emperor." 
In  the  Atlantic  Monthly,  Nobushige  Amenomori 
lifts  "a  corner  of  the  veil,  so  as  to  let  those  who 
will  take  a  peep  at  the  interior  of  the  shrine  of 
national  life  that  has  been  built  up  by  the  song 
and  daughters  of  Yamato,  and  has  stood  un- 
shaken for  thousands  of  years,  gaining  strength 
from  age  to  age,"  and  tells  us  about  this  patriot- 
ism. This  writer  traces  the  history  of  Japan 
from  the  earliest  times,  and  contends  that  when, 
fifty  years  ago,  Japan  adopted  Western  ways,  it 
was  not  I  hat  she  became  suddenly  civilized,  hut 
that  at  that  time  she  simply  changed  her  own 
ancient,  peculiar,  highly  developed  civilization 
for  the  civilization  of  the  West.  He  goes  on  to 
show  how  highly  developed  the  Japanese  people 


were  at  the  time  of  Commander  Perry's  visit,  and 
how  they  simply  changed  from  Japanese  civiliza- 
tion to  ( )ccidental  civilization.  He  points  out  how 
the  Japanese  have  excelled  even  in  forms  of  hu- 
man endeavor  thought  to  be  exclusively  Western. 

Many  of  the  munitions  and  ammunitions  wherewith 
she  is  now  fighting  are  of  her  own  invention  and  make. 
The  Shimose  powder  and  shells,  the  Oda  submarine 
mines,  the  Arisaka  quick-firing  guns,  and  the  Meiji 
30th-year  rifles  have  all  proved  their  effectiveness,  to  the 
great  loss  of  the  enemy.  Even  the  .apparatus  of  wire- 
less telegraphy  she  is  now  using  is  of  a  special  type  of 
her  contrivance;  and  she  has  devised,  though  not  yet 
used  them  in  the  present  war,  a  new  type  of  balloons. 
Thus,  she  is  fighting  with  new  knowledge  and  new 
equipment.  Yet  she  is  still  eager  to  learn,  and  has 
already  learned  much  from  her  enemy.  She  has  deeply 
regretted  the  death  of  Makaroff,  not  only  from  the  high 
esteem  in  which  she  had  held  him,  but  also  from  the 
frustration  of  the  hopes  she  had  entertained  of  learning; 
a  great  deal  from  him,  whose  books  on  naval  matters 
she  had  carefully  studied. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


605 


INTENSE  LOYALTY  TO  THE  EMPEROR. 

In  considering  Japanese  patriotism,  loyalty 
to  the  Emperor  must  always  be  remembered. 
An  ordinary  Japanese  cannot  think  of  one  with- 
out the  other.  "  My  country,"  to  a  Japanese, 
means  "My  country  and  my  Emperor."  To  a 
Japanese,  his  country  does  not  mean  simply  the 
territory  and  the  people,  nor  even  the  customs 
and  traditions  ;  his  forefa- 
thers and  descendants  must 
also  be  taken  into  account.. 
The  loyalty  of  the  people  to 
the  Emperor  is  almost  in- 
conceivable to  the  "Western 
mind  ;  but  when  we  remem- 
ber that  neither  the  pres- 
ent Emperor  nor  any  of  his 
ancestors  came  to  the  throne 
by  ruse  or  violence,  that  they 
have  always  been  the  gladly 
accepted  of  the  people,  we 
can  begin  to  understand. 

Suppose  Abraham  had  found- 
ed an  empire  in  Palestine,  that 
his  heirs  in  an  unbroken  line 
ruled  over  the  twelve  tribes, 
themselves  descendants  of  Abra- 
ham, and  that  the  empire  contin- 
ued powerful  to  this  day, — sup- 
pose this,  and  you  have  an  idea 
somewhat  simil?  to  that  of  the 
empire  of  Japan. 


home,  asking  his  brother  to  send  him  some  books  of 
poetry.  Such  are  the  men.  Yet  under  this  smooth  sur- 
face there  lies  a  terrible  determination — a  determination 
to  win  or  die.  To  a  friend's  letter  wishing  for  his  safe 
return,  "I  will  cling  to  the  word  of  my  mother," 
answered  a  soldier,  "and  will  either  return  in  triumph 
or  receive  your  offerings  and  hers  at  the  shdkonsha." 
When  the  victorious  march  upon  Chiu-lien-Cheng  was 
about  to  be  made,  the  soldiers,  without  any  previous 
talk,  changed  their  shirts  and  dusted  their  clothes,  even 


ENTHUSIASM  IN  TOKIO  OVER  THE  DEPARTURE  OF  TROOPS  FOR  THE  FRONT. 


The  Japanese  soldier  believes  that  the  ancient 
heroes  of  his  race  are  watching  him  and  guiding 
him.  He  feels  that  with  Kim  are  united  the 
past,  the  present,  and  the  future  generations  of 
his  countrymen.  Duty  is  paramount  with  him, 
and  to  die  in  accordance  with  duty  is  the  high- 
est honor. 

"SIMPLE,    CALM    ENTHUSIASM." 

The  remarkable  calmness  and  childlike  enthu- 
siasm of  the  Japanese  soldier, — these  together 
have  been  the  wonder  of  observers.  This  Japa- 
nese writer  says  : 

Every  mail  from  the  front  brings  some  poems  com- 
posed by  them  to  their  relations  and  friends  at  home. 
Admiral  Togo  gave  commission  to  a  merchant  to  send 
him  some  dwarfed  trees  in  pots,  to  beguile  his  officers 
and  men  from  the  monotony  of  the  sea.  The  men  of 
another  vessel  drank  Banzai!  at  seeing  a  branch  of 
cherry  flowers  brought  to  them  by  the  captain  of  a 
transport.  A  reconnoitering  party  which  landed  at  a 
point  in  Manchuria  brought  back,  in  addition  to  an 
accurate  report,  a  bouquet  of  violets.  Here  is  a  soldier 
on  the  bank  of  the  Yalu  who  picks  some  azalea  flowers 
and  sends  them  in  a  letter  to  his  parents  at  home.  He 
says  he  wants  to  share  with  them  the  pleasure  of  seeing 
the  first  flowers  in  Manchuria.    Another  soldier  writes 


to  a  man.  What  for  ?  In  order  not  to  leave  behind 
them  unseemly  corpses  after  they  have  left  this  world. 
This  reminds  us  of  the  ancient  Japanese  warriors  who 
used  to  perfume  their  helmets  when  they  went  to  a 
battle,  in  order  not  to  give  the  enemy  uncomely  heads, 
if  they  fell  in  the  battle,  and  thereby  to  show  them  that 
they  had  been  fully  prepared  for  death. 

As  a  consequence  of  this  intense  patriotism, 
"the  country  of  tea  ceremonies,  flower  arrange- 
ments, dancing,  and  fine  arts  transforms  itself, 
at  the  sound  of  the  bugle,  into  one  vast  camp, 
where  every  person,  male  or  female,  is  ready  to 
sacrifice  everything,  even  life  itself,  for  the  fur- 
therance of  the  common  cause." 

Viewed  in  this  light,  says  this  Japanese 
writer,  the  achievements  already  accomplished, 
and  those  yet  to  be  accomplished  by  Japan  in 
the  present  war,  become  all  natural  to  such  a 
people.  They  appear  wonderful  only  to  those 
who  have  not  understood  her.  "And  of  all 
nations,  the  one  that  ought  to  have  understood, 
and  yet  has  grossly  misunderstood  her,  is  her 
present  antagonist  ;  and  it  is  this  misunder- 
standing on  the  part  of  her  enemy  that  has 
given  the  general  public  an  opportunity  of  dis- 
cerning Japan's  real  military  worth. 


606 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  STORY  OF  THE  BATTLE  OF  NANSHAN. 


A  SPIRITED  account  of  the  battle  al  Nanshan 
Hill,  in  May  last,  which  gave  the  Japanese 
the  control  of  the  Liao-tung  Peninsula  and  prac- 
tically sealed  the  fate  of  Port  Arthur,  is  contrib- 
uted to  Ijrslirs  }[i))it1ih/  Miujazinc  for  November 
by  an  anonymous  writer  whose  name  is  with- 
held because  "  it  is  against  the  custom  of  Japa- 
nese officers  to  recount  their  own  exploits  or 
those  of  their  armies."'  The  editors  of  Leslie's, 
however,  declare  that  the  story  is  genuine, — 
that  it  was  written  by  a  Japanese  officer  who 
took  part  in  the  battle.  The  action  began  at 
half-past  five  in  the  morning,  this  officer  tells  us, 
with  a  bombardment  from  the  heights,  which 
were  strongly  fortified,  apparently  impregnable. 

The  sight  of  the  Nanshan,  towering  above  the  neck 
of  land  like  a  lofty  point  of  a  necklace,  was  superb,  both 
as  an  object  of  art  and  as  a  fortress.  Standing  there  in 
the  early  light,  bristling  with  all  the  ornaments  in  the 
shape  of  semi-permanent  forts  with  which  the  Russian 
engineers  crowned  her,  the  very  sight  of  it  conquered 


(Copyright,  19  >4,  by  Collie  's  11, ,  ;.j   1 

THE  TELL-TALE  SHELL:   AN   EVIDENCE  OF  HURRIED 
RETREAT. 

(Mr.  J.   II.  Hare,  the  correspondent,  showing  the  United 

Slates  Military  altarhe    the  hreeeh-loek  of  a   Kussian  gUIl 

in  which  the  shell  still  remained,  Indicating  the  hurried 

llitilit  of  t  lie  art  illerynien.) 


your  imagination;  you  would  have  said  to  yourself 
that  it  was  impossible  for  mortal  power  to  storm  it. 
And  the  tactician  will  tell  you  that  the  best  way  to 
win  a  victory  is  to  begin  a  battle  by  winning  a  blood- 
less victory  over  the  imagination  of  the  enemy.  There 
was  something  which  was  infinitely  more  wonderful 
than  the  infantry  charge  up  the  slope  on  the  historic 
26th, — it  was  the  daring  of  General  Oku's  brain  which 
conceived  the  possibility  of  taking  this  stronghold  at  all. 

It  is  utterly  beyond  the  power  of  human  words 
to  adequately  describe  a  real  artillery  duel,  says 
this  Japanese  officer.  "Some  poets  have  described 
the  shells  and  shots  that  searched  us  on  that  day 
as  a  shower  of  lead.  The  expression  only  serves 
to  bring  a  smile  to  the  men  who  went  through 
it.  It  only  serves  to  emphasize  the  limitation  of 
the  human  tongue  ;  that  is  all."  At  five  in  the 
evening,  after  fighting  all  day,  the  Japanese  in- 
fantry received  the  command  :  "  Dash  along  the 
highway,  carry  the  hostile  positions,  destroy  or 
capture  the  machine  guns  of  the  enemy  who  are 
commanding  the  road.  At  the  same  time,  flank 
the  enemy's  right  and  enfilade  his  trenches." 
The  strength  of  the  Russian  positions  was  such 
that  "if  ever  man  ran  in  the  face  of  Providence, 
his  course  lay  along  the  highway  which  led  from 
Kinchauto  the  foot  of  Nanshan."  Nevertheless, 
as  there  was  no  other  way  to  reach  the  hostile 
positions,  the  Japanese  took  this. 

The  trenches  of  the  Russians  which  were  shelving 
the  hill-slope  were  well  manned.  But  they  were  out  of 
our  view.  A  few  steps  forward  that  we  took  toward 
the  hill  called  forth  from  these  trenches  such  storm  of 
shots  as  would  have  staggered  the  imagination  of  the 
Olympian  gods.  To  the  men  who  marched  along  the 
highway,  the  very  idea  of  life  or  death  became  rather 
ridiculous  to  think  of. 

THE    JAPANESE    CHARGE    UP    NANSHAN    HILL. 

The  officer's  account  of  what  followed  the  or- 
der is  like  this  : 

All  of  a  sudden,  the  buglers  of  the  third  company 
broke  the  silence  with  the  command  to  dash  forward. 
It  was  the  enemy  who  was  surprised, — surprised,  doubt- 
less, at  the  unheard-of  daring  and  recklessness  of  our 
men.  Company  number  four  leaped  over  the  wounded 
and  the  dead  left  by  company  Dumber  three,  which  led 
the  charge.  Heading  the  men  of  company  four  came 
company  number  two.  Pretty  soon  the  road  was  choked 
with  corpses  ;  those  of  us  whose  wounds  were  not  se- 
rious enough  to  stop  us  had  to  leap  or  climb  over  the 
dead  bodies  of  our  comrades.  I  rushed  by  a  fellow  who 
was  down  ;  his  left  leg  was  shot  away.  He  was  bleed- 
ing copiously.  Through  the  din  of  rifle  fire  and  ma- 
chine guns,  which  gave  us  ;i  mantle  of  smoke  and  dust, 
1  shouted  to  him,  "To  the  rear,  to  the  field  hospital, 
and  be  quick  about  it."  The  fellow  looked  at  me.  and 
upon  his  face  was  a  marked  sign  of  surprise.  His  lips 
quivered  in  a  half-smile.  The  expression  of  his  face 
was  at  once  an  interrogat  ion  -point  and  a  mild  rebuke. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


60? 


Then  he  began  to  wiggle  himself  forward  through  the 
bodies  of  his  fallen  comrades.  I  repeated  my  order, 
which,  seeing  that  he  could  not  walk  very  well  with 
one  leg,  was  a  rather  foolish  one, — I  was  somewhat  ex- 
asperated at  the  evident  indifference  on  his  part  to  the 
order  of  his  superior  officer.  He  raised  his  face  in  my 
direction  with  the  same  old  half-smile,  and  said  to  me  : 
"  Lieutenant,  I  have  lost  one  of  my  legs,  but  don't  you 
see  I  have  two  hands?  They  ought  to  be  enough  to 
strike  at  the  Russian." 

HOW    THE    HILL    WAS    WON. 

The  command  of  this  particular  officer  was 
engaged  in  digging,  with  their  swords,  a  trench 
to  protect  their  wounded  superior  officer,  when, 
"  all  of  a  sudden,  we  saw  from  where  we  were,  in 
the  fading  light  of  the  falling  day  on  a  curve  of 
the  Nanshan  crest,  facing  the  Kinchau  Bay,  a 
sight  which  made  our  blood  bound  in  our  veins, 
— it  was  the  battle-flag  of  Nippon  flapping  away 
over  where  the  Russian  trenches  were."  This 
was  the  signal  to  storm  the  heights.  The  Japa- 
nese lines  had  been  practically  decimated,  and  it 
seemed  as  though  the  groaning  of  the  wounded 
were  the  only  sounds  heard.  But  the  effect  of 
the  standard  was  electrical.  The  men  seemed  to 
take  on  new  life. 


Instantly,  as  we  saw  our  flag  planted  on  the  crest  of 
the  Nanshan,  the  shout  of  the  "Banzai"  rolled  over 
the  field.  The  wounded  and  the  dying  took  up  the  cry. 
Those  who  were  fortunate  enough  to  enjoy  the  distinc- 
tion of  reaching  the  hilltop  of  the  Nanshan  on  that  day 
rushed  through  a  rather  weird  scene,  for  the  shouts  of 
the  "Banzai"  coming  from  the  dying  men  over  whom 
we  had  to  pick  our  way  sounded  like  the  voices  from 
the  world  of  the  dead  bidding  us  to  carry  the  standard 
of  our  country  to  victory.  As  I  reached  the  crest  of 
the  hill,  I  came  upon  a  fellow  who  was  already  there 
ahead  of  us,  and  he  wTas  waving  a  flag  which  was  about 
two  feet  square.  It  was  all  bloody.  He  was  standing 
over  the  prostrate  body  of  a  Russian  who  was  not  yet 
dead.  "This  flag,  sir,"  he  explained  humbly  to  me, 
"was  given  me  by  villagers  of  mine.  I  promised  them 
I  would  plant  it  in  the  enemy's  trenches  some  time. 
You  see,  sir,  it  is  bloody.  This  Russian,"  pointing  to 
the  stalwart  fellow  at  his  feet,  "  was  the  last  fellow 
who  resisted  me.  I  killed  him  with  my  sword,  or,  at 
least,  I  have  pretty  nearly  finished  him.  I  have  wiped 
my  sword  on  this  flag.  I  am  going  to  take  this  flag 
back,  if  I  am  allowed,  to  the  men  of  my  village,  as  a 
memento  of  the  first  fight  I  have  been  in." 

When  we  gained  the  crest  of  the  Nanshan, 
says  the  narrator,  the  enemy  was  in  full  retreat 
in  front  of  us.  It  was  nearly  7:30  p.m.  The 
battle  was  over.  The  night  had  rung  down  the 
curtain  over  the  blood  and  carnage  of  Nanshan. 


THE  END  OF  THE  WAR  CORRESPONDENT. 


IF  there  is  one  personage  whose  star  has  paled 
in  the  course  of  the  year  1904,  says  Pierre 
Giffard,  himself  a  war  correspondent,  writing  in 
La  Revue,  it  is  certainly  the  traveling  journalist, 
the  military  reporter,  or  the  war  correspondent, 
as  we  are  pleased  to  call  him.  Preceding  wars 
had  placed  him  on  a  pinnacle.  We  .only  need 
to  call  to  mind  the  Russo-Turkish  war  of  1877, 
in  which  whole  legions  of  journalists  played  a 
sort  of  international  part  in  dispatching  to  the 
four  corners  of  the  earth  the  latest  news  relating 
to  the  war  in  both  camps.  But  a  quarter  of  a 
century  has  passed  since  the  campaign  in  the 
Balkans,  and,  meanwhile,  belligerents  have  grad- 
ually learned  that  a  correspondent,  "  no  matter 
how  well  disposed  he  may  be  to  render  service 
to  his  commander-in-chief  in  presenting  victories 
as  triumphs  and  reverses  as  part  victories,  can 
nevertheless  be  nothing  but  a  spy." 

"Had  I  been  Kuropatkin,"  adds  the  writer, 
"  I  should  not  have  allowed  a  single  journalist 
to  set  foot  within  a  ;  circle  of  silence '  which  I 
should  have  drawn  around  my  armies,  and  on 
that  question  I  should  have  shown  the  utmost 
severity.  This  is  what  the  Japanese  did,  and 
they   did   wisely.     The  Russians  adopted  half- 


measures,  and  they  made  a  mistake.  The  Rus- 
sians were  free  to  do  as  the  Japanese  did, 
and  they  could  have  acted  in  the  same  way, 
only  they  did  not  dare.  And  not  having  dared, 
they  opened  the  door  partially,  then  shut  it 
again,  then  they  reopened  it  half-way,  instead 
of  remaining  quite  inflexible,  like  the  Japanese. 
They  allowed  journalists  to  enter  Manchuria, 
but  did  not  enable  them  to  exercise  their  call- 
ing when  they  got  there." 

Those  journalists  who  chose  to  join  the  Japa- 
nese hoped  to  be  able  to  learn  everything  about 
the  war,  but  during  the  last  six  months  they 
have  not  been  able  to  send  a  single  message  of 
importance.  To  add  to  their  difficulties,  the  seat 
of  war  changed  from  one  part  to  another.  Some 
of  the  correspondents  then  went  to  Korea,  others 
remained  at  Tokio  ;  in  either  case,  their  role  was 
ridiculous.  The  writer  tells  the  story  of  the 
Times  chartering  the  Hdirnun  for  its  correspond- 
ent, who  was  to  sail  between  the  belligerent 
fleets  in  order  to  startle  the  world  with  the  most 
precise  details  of  the  last  battle.  It  seemed  as 
if  the  greatest  thing  in  war  correspondence  was 
about  to  begin.  But,  alas  !  the  Japanese  were 
as  cautious  about  war  news  as  if  the  boat  had 


608 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


been  a  Russian  packet  ;  and  the  correspondent 
not  only  learned  nothing  new,  hut  ran  serious 
risk  of  being  blown  up,  with  his  copy,  before 
Port  Arthur. 

TROUBLES    ON    THE    RUSSIAN    SIDE. 

The  writer  then  gives  some  of  his  experiences 
with  the  Russians.  Every  day  that  he  passed 
among  them  resembled,  he  says,  a  station  of  the 
cross.  Nothing,  nothing,  nothing  to  tell.  These 
were  the  words  the  waiting  journalists  had  to 
hear  every  day  from  the  general.  At  St.  Peters- 
burg, the  journalists  had  permits  to  enter  Man- 


and  seven  nights  to  accomplish.  The  delays  of 
the  train  were  interminable,  and  the  silence  ab- 
solute. Not  even  the  name  of  a  single  station 
was  ever  called  out.  At  length  he  saw  Admiral 
Alexieff,  the  admiral  referred  him  to  M.  de 
Plancon,  and  M.  de  Plancon  told  him  that  later, 
perhaps,  certain  dispatches  might  be  possible,  but 
that  at  pi'esent  the  admiral  had  decided  to  stop 
all  press  communications  from  Manchuria.  The 
same  day,  in  the  midst  of  a  blinding  snow-storm, 
the  journalist  took  the  train  back  to  Harbin. 

This  was  only  the  beginning  of  persecution.  Deprived 
of  the  authority  to  send  telegrams,  even  after  censure  ; 
deprived  of  newspapers,  for  the 
post  did  not  deliver  a  single  one; 
deprived  of  letters, — for  a  fort- 
night the  post  had  practically 
suspended  operations  ;  deprived 
of  all  news,  for  the  local  journals 
could  only  publish  official  news, 
a  few  correspondents  still  re- 
mained there  in  an  ignorance 
which  was  unbearable.  In  the 
heart  of  Manchuria  it  wras,  at 
that  time,  absolutely  impossible 
to  learn  anything  about  Man- 
churia. Nothing  but  our  ab- 
sence was  required.  Why,  then, 
not  have  said  so  at  the  begin- 
ning !  By  April,  other  corre- 
spondents had  arrived, — photog- 
raphers, cinematographers,  etc., 
— and  this  was  too  much  for  the 
Russian  authorities.  Persecu- 
tion increased,  and  it  became 
impossible  to  send  by  post  any 
letters  or  pictures  whatsoever. 

With  the  rapid  systems  of 


Mr  Charles  Hands.  Cul.  Gaedke. 

London  Daily  Mail.       Berlin  Tagtblatt. 

NEWSPAPER  CORRESPONDENTS  WITH  GENERAL  KUROPATKIN. 


Baron  Render  von  Kriegelstein. 
Berlin  Kreiitz  Zeitung, 


A  Russian  correspondent.    M.  Degas, 
Paris  Monde  Illitslrc. 


ohuria,  and,  if  possible,  to  go  to  the  front.  But 
Admiral  Alexieff  did  not  know  what  pretext  to 
invent  to  get  them  sent  back.  For  six  weeks 
the  writer  remained  alone  in  Manchuria  after 
other  correspondents  were  sent  away.  He  was 
supposed  to  be  writing  nothing  about  the  war, 
but  simply  sending  telegrams  approved  by  Ad- 
miral Alexieff.  At  last,  he  korned  that  his 
messages  would  not  be  sent  unless  approved  by 
General  Volkoff  ;  General  Volkoff  referred  him 
to  General  Gilinsky,  and  General  Gilinsky  sent 
him  to  Lieutenant-Colonel  Potapoff:  Then  no 
message  was  to  be  sent  which  was  not  approved 
by  General  Volkoff  only  ;  at  last,  no  more  mes- 
sages were  to  be  sent  at  all.  In  despair,  the 
writer  took  the  train  for  Mukden,  in  the  hope 
of  being  able  to  explain  his  case  to  the  all- 
powerful  viceroy.  This  sounds  nothing,  but 
the  journey  to  Mukden  and  back  took  six  days 


communication  of  the  pres- 
ent day,  the  presence  of  spe- 
cial correspondents,  this  writ- 
er concludes,  is  intolerable  to 
any  general.  And  the  journalist  would  do  better 
to  write  about  accomplished  facts,  to  complete 
official  telegrams,  paraphrasing  and  explaining 
them,  and  the  public  would  probably  be  better 
served.  Thus,  the  war  correspondent's  self-im- 
posed mission  will  disappear,  and  many  a  one 
will  be  spared  an  inglorious  death  at  the  front, 
however  bravely  faced. 

M.  Giffard  deprecates  what  he  calls  the  "insane 
competition "  among  journalists  to  secure  the 
most  voluminous,  sensational  reports.  He  says 
these  serve  neither  the  public  nor  the  journals. 
Correspondents  should,  also,  be  careful  not  to  vio- 
late the  confidence  reposed  in  them  by  the  com- 
manders. At  this  point  he  recalls  the  fact  that 
it  was  the  indiscreet  dispatch  of  a  correspondent 
to  London,  in  1870,  which  gave  to  the  Germans 
their  first  information  of  MacMahon's  move- 
ments, which  resulted  in  the  disaster  of  Sedan. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF.   THE  MONTH. 


609 


THE  KOREAN-JAPANESE  TREATY  AND  JAPAN'S  DUTY. 


IT  will  be  remembered  that  late  in  August 
the  terms  of  the  treaty  between  Korea  and 
Japan  were  made  public.  This  treaty,  which 
was  signed  August  22.  provided, — (1)  that  the 
Korean  Government  should  engage  a  Japanese 
as  financial  adviser  ;  (2)  that  it  should  appoint 
a  foreigner  other  than  a  Japanese  as  diplomatic 
adviser  ;  (3)  that  it  should  confer  with  the 
Japanese  Government  before  taking  any  im- 
portant step  in  foreign  affairs.  The  terms  of 
this  treaty  have  been  rather  severely  criticised 
by  many  of  the  leading  Japanese  journals.  The 
Jiji  Shimpo,  of  Tokio,  perhaps  the  best-known 
and  most  influential  daily  of  the  empire,  expresses 
deep  dissatisfaction.  It  contends  that  the  par- 
ticipation in  the  Korean  Government  of  a  for- 
eigner who  is  not  a  Japanese  subject  as  diplo- 
matic adviser  will  prove  a  serious  obstacle  to  the 
exercise  of  Japanese  influence  in  the  Hermit 
Kingdom.     It  says  : 

What  is  the  reason  for  recommending  a  foreigner 
instead  of  a  Japanese  for  such  an  important  position 
as  diplomatic  adviser?    If  because  a  fitter  person  has 


GENERAL  HASEGAWA. 

(Formerly  in  command  of  the  Japanese  Imperial  Guard ; 
recently  appointed  Japanese  commander-in-chief  in  Korea, 
with  practically  dictatorial  powers.) 

been  found  among  foreigners  than  among  our  own 
countrymen,  we  raise  no  objection.  The  question  of 
nationality  is  of  little  significance,  if  the  person  selected 
be  a  man  of  ability  and  character,  honestly  striving  to 
promote  our  interests.     What  we  oppose  is  the  inad- 


visability  of  restricting,  in  the  expressed  terms  of  the 
treaty,  the  nationality  of  eligible  persons  to  those  for- 
eigners who  are  not  Japanese.  We  do  not  doubt  that 
our  government  has  recommended  to  the  Seoul  gov- 
ernment a  foreigner  wfyo  is  on  friendly  terms  with  us. 
But  the  new  treaty  is  not  of  a  temporary  nature,  and 
its  terms  were  not  made  for  mere  temporary  expedi- 
ency. It  is  not  probable  that  we  can  always  secure  a 
foreigner  who  will  be  favorable  to  our  purposes  and  in- 
tentions.   If  we  cannot  find  a  suitable  foreigner,  in  the 


HIS  MAJESTY,  THE  EMPEROR  OF  KOREA. 

event  of  the  resignation  of  the  person  now  being  recom- 
mended by  our  authorities,  we  shall  probably  have  to 
meet  the  problem  of  altering  the  provisions  of  the 
present  treaty. 

The  internal  reforms  in  Korea  are,  of  course, 
of  vital  importance  ;  but  the  Jiji  believes  that 
the  readjustment  of  diplomatic  relations  are 
more  important,  and  that  this  should  be  brought 
about  promptly,  because  the  anomalous  condi- 
tion of  Korean  diplomacy  has  always  been  a 
stumbling-block  in  the  way  of  Japanese  interests 
in  the  peninsula.  "  The  government  ought  to 
have  taken  such  a  decisive  measure  in  this  direc 
tion  as  to  make  the  powers  clearly  understand 
our  determination  to  control  the  foreign  as  well 
as  the  internal  affairs  of  the  Korean  Kingdom. 
Our  authorities  have  evidently  meant  to  foster 
amicable  relations  with  foreign  countries  by  re- 
serving for  a  foreigner  an  important  and  digni- 


610 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHL  Y  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


fied  position  in  the  Korean  Government."  Such 
an  "  over-consciousness,"  however,  the  Jiji  con- 
siders "tantamount  to  timidity  and  diffidence." 
The  Osaka  Asahi  and  the  Tokio  Yorodzu  also 
criticise  the  new  treaty,  but  even  more  harshly. 
The  Kokumin  Shimbu-n,  one  of  the  recognized 
semiofficial  organs  of  the  present  cabinet,  on  the 
other  hand,  cordially  approves  the  entire  treaty. 

Japan's  Duty  in  Korea  :  A  Socialist  View. 

A  suggestion  as  to  the  proper  policy  for  the 
Japanese  Government  to  pursue  in  Korea  is 
made  by  the  Heimin  Shimbun,  the  weekly  Social- 
ist organ  of  Tokio.  Japanese  speculators  and 
politicians,  this  journal  avers,  "are  greedily 
hunting  now  for  bidden  treasures  in  Korea,  and 
even  our  government  seems  to  give  them  recog- 
nition." The  Heimin  declares  that  Japan's  duty 
is  to  ask  herself,  not  "What  can  we  get  from 
Korea  ?"  but  "How  can  we  make  the  Koreans 
utilize  their  natural  resources  ?  "  To  begin  with, 
it  insists  that  the  Koreans  must  be  thoroughly 
educated  by  modern  methods.  This  Socialist 
organ  points  to  the  policy  of  the  United  States 
in  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico  as  furnishing  lessons 
for  Japan  in  Korea. 

What  the  people  of  the  United  States  are  doing  for 
the  people  of  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico  at  this  moment  gives 


us  an  invaluable  lesson.  It  was  about  two  years  ago 
that  several  hundreds  of  Cuban  teachers  attended  the 
summer  school  at  Harvard  University,  specially  opened 
for  them.  Their  transportation  was  paid  by  the  United 
States  Government,  while  their  expenses  at  Harvard 
were  paid  by  contributions  from  the  professors  there. 
This  is  not  only  the  pressing  duty,  but  also  the  best 
policy  for  an  advanced  nation  when  it  concerns  itself 
with  the  culture  of  a  younger  or  subordinate  people.  It 
is  true  our  country  cannot  be  compared  with  the 
United  States  in  point  of  wealth,  but  we  believe  our 
government  might  well  disburse  one  or  two  hundred 
thousand  yen  per  annum  for  the  purpose  of  educating 
Korean  youth  in  our  schools  and  colleges.  Moreover, 
our  government  must  exert  some  influence  to  establish 
a  thoroughly  equipped  normal  school  at  Seoul  in  order 
to  build  up  intelligent  Koreans  into  good  capable  teach- 
ers. As  compulsory  education  is  a  necessity  of  modern 
civilization,  we  must  urge  the  Korean  Government  to 
open  common  schools  throughout  the  country  and  to 
compel  all  children  to  attend  them.  In  this  way  Ko- 
reans may  be  brought  up  to  a  state  of  true  independence, 
though  it  will  require  twenty  or  thirty  years  of  patient 
labor.  When  Formosa  became  a  part  of  our  dominions 
after  the  Japan-Chinese  War,  vampire-like  politicians 
and  speculators  hastened  to  the  island  to  find  victims. 
It  is  doubtless  true  that  they  aroused  the  antipathy  of 
the  natives,  and  consequently  retarded  the  work  of  ad- 
ministration in  a  great  degree.  Most  of  the  Koreans 
may  be  as  ignorant  as  the  natives  of  Formosa,  but  they 
can  feel  instinctively  any  kindness  or  insult  shown  to 
them.  We  should  consider  it  a  glory  greater  than  that 
to  be  gained  in  victorious  war  if  our  people  do  not  repeat 
in  Korea  the  mistake  made  in  Formosa. 


THE  DUTY  OF  JAPANESE  BUSINESS  MEN. 


WHILE  Japanese  soldiers  and  sailors  are 
carrying  the  flag  of  their  country  to  vic- 
tory, the  Japanese  business  men,  in  the  opinion 
of  Mr.  Y.  Terata,  who  writes  in  the  Taiyo  (Tokio), 
have  not  been  quite  so  progressive  and  patriotic. 
Mr.  Terata  is  a  shipbuilder  himself,  and  he  de- 
votes the  greater  part  of  his  article  to  a  plea  for 
the  development  of  the  shipbuilding  industry  in 
Japan.  "With  regard  to  the  navy  and  the  build- 
ing of  ships,  he  contends,  Japan  should  never 
rest  until  she  occupies  "the  very  same  place  in 
the  far  East  that  is  held  by  England  in  Europe." 
At  present,  he  declares,  Japanese  shipbuilders 
are  supplied  with  most  of  their  raw  material  by 
foreigners.  He  cites  particularly  the  purchase  of 
armor  plate  and  other  structural  work  from  the 
United  States,  and  says,  that  while  this  buying 
from  foreigners  must  continue  for  some  time  to 
come,  it  should  be  superseded  at  as  early  a  date 
as  possible.  He  points  out  that  most  of  the 
great  qualities  of  life  have  been  developed  in  the 
Japanese  warrior  by  the  old  Samurai  training. 
He  makes  a  comparison  of  the  Japanese  fighters 
and  business  men,  and  says  : 


Now  that  our  brave  warriors  are  purchasing  our 
national  honor  abroad  with  their  life-blood  against  the 
powerful  enemy  both  on  sea  and  land,  how  is  it  possible 
for  us,  the  business  men  of  Japan,  who  are  bound  none 
the  less  to  contribute  something  to  our  national  honor,  ■ 
to  remain  silent  with  folded  hands?  The  question 
justifies  itself  when  we  consider  that  the  present  war 
on  the  continent  is  very  likely  to  affect  to  a  serious  ex- 
tent the  economic  interests  of  the  whole  empire  of 
Japan ;  still  more  forcibly  does  it  assert  itself  when 
we  consider  that  the  pecuniary  power  of  a  belligerent 
constitutes  above  all  others  an  especially  important 
element  in  the  achievement  of  her  ultimate  success. 
To  Japan's  superiority  to  her  enemy  in  knowledge,  in 
will  force,  and  in  physical  strength  is  to  be  attributed 
mainly  the  cause  of  the  brilliant  victories  that  she  has 
gained  and  is  gaining  in  rapid  succession,  it  is  true ; 
but  suppose  her  to  fall  short  of  the  money  necessary  for 
the  continuation  of  the  war,  and  what  would  happen 
then?  Let  me  leave  the  question  unanswered,  for  it  is 
so  easy,  but  take  a  step  further,  and  affirm  that  in 
future  the  business  class  of  a  country  should  be  kept  at 
least  equal,  if  not  superior,  to  the  warrior  class  in  the 
eyes  of  the  government,  so  far  as  their  respectful  treat- 
ment is  concerned. 

The  business  class  ought  not  to  be  proud  or 
s.liish  on  this  account,  he  concludes. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


61 


THE  RICHEST  FISHING-GROUNDS  IN  THE  WORLD. 


AN  article  from  the  pen  of  the  explorer  Ber- 
ger  Jacobsen  appears  in  the  illustrated 
magazine  of  Christiania,  Kringsjaa,  giving  an 
account  of  the  fishing  in  the  northern  Pacific 
waters  between  America  and  Asia.  The  writer 
maintains  that  the  interests  of  Norway  in  the 
whaling  and  fishing  of  these  pai-ts  of  the  Pacific 
become  greater,  from  year  to  year,  as  the  knowl- 
edge  of  the  immense  riches  in  these  waters  of 
fish   increases. 

The  first  scientific  examinations  of  these  fish- 
ing-grounds, the  writer  says,  were  made  by  the 
Japanese,  and  later  by  the  Americans  and  the 
Russians.  The  sea  fauna  of  the  Okhotsk  Sea, 
north  of  the  Yellow  Sea,  is  significant  for  the 
reason  that  in  no  other  place  is  the  polar  fauna 
found  so  far  south.  The  currents  and  the  drift 
ice  bring  down  the  animal  life  of  the  polar  sea 
in  great  quantities.  The  Okhotsk- Kamchatka 
coast  line  extends  for  about  seven  thousand  miles, 
and.  though  the  Okhotsk  Sea,  between  the  con- 
tinent of  Asia  on  the  west  and  the  peninsula  of 
Kamchatka  on  the  east,  is  situated  in  the  tem- 
perate  zone,  between  the  forty-fourth  and  sixty- 
second  parallels,  it  shows  the  real  type  of  the 
polar  sea  to  be  about  the  same  as  the  Hudson  Bay. 
At  times  the  ice  shuts  it  off  comp'etely  from  the 
great  ocean  outside,  and  yet  it  is  marked  by  an 
extraordinarily  rich  sea  flora  and  fauna.  The 
great  mass  of  all  kinds  of  sea  plants,  mollusks, 
and  fishes,  especially  immense  numbers  of  sal- 
mon, have  from  ancient  times  made  it  a  favorite 
resort  of  the  great  animals  that  come  down  from 
the  northern  waters.  To  these  latter  belong  six 
kinds  of  seals,  two  species  of  dolphins,  and  three 
of  whales. 

A    GLANCE    AT    THE    HISTORY    OF    THE    FISHERIES. 

Russia,  Mr.  Jacobsen  declares,  has  always  neg- 
lected the  control  of  the  fishing  in  its  eastern 
boundary  districts.  From  ancient  time,  there 
have  been  American  smugglers,  who,  by  the  sale 
of  tobacco  and  liquors,  exercised  a  demoralizing 
influence  upon  the  native  Tsjuktskand  Teleutisk 
tribes.  Yet  it  was  not  till  1847  that  Ameri- 
cans inaugurated  a  systematic  hunt  of  the  whale, 
and  every  year  scores  of  whaling  vessels  sailed 
from  New  Bedford.  These  expeditions,  during 
the  period  of  fourteen  years,  1847-61,  brought 
in  whale  oil  and  whalebone  aggregating  in  value 
1130,000,000. 

When  the  Americans  first  came  to  the 
Okhotsk  Sea,  a  Russian-Finnish  whaling  company 
was  founded  in  Finland,  which  earned  a  very 
large  profit  for  a  few  years,  but  which  later  had 
\o  cease  fishing  on  account  of  the  war  between 


France  and  England.  In  the  meantime,  the 
Americans  also  withdrew,  but  started  again  in 
1888,  both  in  the  Bering  and  the  Okhotsk  seas. 
According  to  official  statistics,  the  yearly  Ameri- 
can catch  on  the  coast  of  Siberia  and  in  the 
Pacific  resulted  in  not  less  than  200,000  pounds 
of  whalebone,  3,000,000  pounds  of  whale  oil. 
and  100,000  pounds  of  tusks,  besides  other  prod- 


WILL  UNCLE  SAM  RUN  AMUCK? 

Uncle  Sam:  "If  I  want  to,  I  can  smash  all  the  windows 
in  this  place."  -(From  a  cartoon  by  the  famous  Russian  car- 
toonist, Sokolowski,  in  the  Novoye  Vremya,  St.  Petersburg.) 

ucts  aggregating  an  annual  value  of  $1,500,000. 
which  thus  entirely  escaped  the  control  of  the 
Russian  Government. 

The  Japanese  have  worked  the  fishing-grounds 
well,  particularly  on  the  banks  off  Sakhalin  and 
the  Kurilians,  where  immense  masses  of  salmon 
and  herring  appear  periodically.  The  herring- 
is  used  for  manure,  while  the  salmon  is  salted 
for  export.  As  an  illustration  of  what  these 
fishings  could  bring  in  it  may  be  mentioned  that, 
the  Japanese,  in  1896,  brought  to  their  country 
not  less  that  9,000,000  pounds  of  this  costly  ma- 
nure. Dr.  N.  Sljunin,  who  has  examined  the 
fisheries  in  these  waters,  tells  how,  during  a 
land-storm,  it  is  no  uncommon  thing  to  see  heaps 
of  dead  fish  five  or  six  feet  deep  thrown  up  on 


612 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  beach,  ridiculing  the  nation  which  does  not 
take  advantage  of  these  valuable  gifts  of  nature. 
He  maintains  also  that  the  "  time  is  not  far  dis- 
tant when  these  vacant  coast  lines  will  witness  a 
rich  life,  and  that  as  a  fishing  station  Sakhalin 
will  be  more  prominent  than  Newfoundland  or 
Heligoland."  The  same  writer  draws  a  line  from 
Olga  Bay  to  the  southern  coast  of  Korea  as  des- 
ignating the  main  fishing-ground. 

It  was  only  as  late  as  1894  that  the  Russians 
succeeded  in  beginning  the  fishing  business  and 
in  building  permanent  fishing  stations.  Count 
Rejserling  obtained  financial  support  from  the 
government,  procured  whalers,  both  steam  and 
sailing  vessels,  from  Norway,  and  established  a 
modern  oil-rendering  factory  in  the  Vostok  Bay. 
Foreign  companies  followed,  and  the  foundation 
was  laid  for  taking  advantage  of  the  great  riches 
in  these  waters. 

THE    EICHES    OF    BERING    SEA. 

Bering  Sea,  between  the  fifty-second  and  sixty- 
second  parallels,  is  separated  from  the  Pacific  by 
a  line  of  islands  known  as  the  Aleutians.  It 
presents  the  type  of  an  oceanic  sea  open  upon 
two  sides  and  possessing  a  purer  sea  climate 
than  the  Okhotsk  Sea.  Bering  Sea,  as  well  as 
the  Okhotsk  Sea,  is  the  favorite  home  of  the  seal, 
which  is  the  object  of  a  very  extensive  pursuit. 
A  Russian-American  company  possessed  the  ex- 
clusive privilege  of  catching  between  the  years 
1797  and  1868.  During  this  period,  the  company 
secured  two  million  five  hundred  thousand  seal- 
skins. In  the  year  1871,  the  privilege  passed  to 
the  Alaska  Company,  Hutchinson,  Roal,  Philli- 
peces  &  Co.,  for  twenty  years.  Their  profit  was 
in  this  time  seven  hundred  and  sixty  thousand 
skins.  Finally,  in  1 89 1 ,  the  chase  of  the  seal  passed 
again  to  Russian  hands  for  ten  years,  and,  in 
1893,  there  was  enacted  a  law  which  regulated 


the  time  and  the  place  of  the  hunt.  Violation 
of  this  law  is  punished  by  one  and  one-half  to 
two  years'  imprisonment  and  the  confiscation  of 
the  vessel  engaged.  The  yearly  profit  has  in 
later  years  amounted  to  thirty  thousand  skins. 
Herring  and  trout  at  certain  times  appear  in 
enormous  numbers  on  the  coast  of  Bering  Sea, 
and  in  1899  a  factory  was  established  in  the  city 
of  Petropavlovsk  for  the  canning  of  fish. 


aaYTOKIO 


EASTERN  PACIFIC  WATERS,— THE  RICHEST  FISHING-GROUNDS 
IN  THE  WORLD. 


THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  RUSSIA'S  MERCHANT  MARINE. 


A  STUDY  of  Russia's  merchant  marine,  by 
J.  Charles-Roux,  appears  in  the  Revue  des 
Deux  Monties.  The  breaking  out  of  the  war  with 
Japan,  says  this  French  writer,  was  coincident 
with  the  entrance  of  the  Russian  merchant  ma- 
rine into  a  period  of  organization.  For  years, 
quite  neglected  by  the  government,  when  hostili- 
ties began  it  had  become  an  object  of  active 
solicitude.  He  considers  the  composition  and 
importance  of  this  service,  and  outlines  the  diffi- 
culties it  has  to  contend  with,  as  well  as  the  help 
extended  by  the  imperial  government.     There 


are  three  companies  which,  from  the  amount  of 
their  tonnage,  the  nature  of  their  enterprise,  and 
the  political  interest  which  attaches  to  their  mis- 
sion, are  most  important.  These  are  the  Com 
mercial  Steamship  Navigation  Company,  the 
Volunteer  Fleet,  and  the  Eastern  Chinese  Mari- 
time Service.  The  foundation  of  each  one  of 
these  corresponds,  we  are  told,  to  a  stage  in  the 
development  of  the  Russian  marine,  and  its  de 
velopment  is.  in  turn,  bound  up  with  the  advance 
of  Russian  politics  for  half  a  century.  He  pro- 
ceeds to  consider  them  in  the  order  named. 


LF./lDINii  ARTICLES  Oh'  THE  MONTH. 


CIS 


THE    COMMERCIAL    STEAM     NAVIGATION    COMPANY. 

This  is  the  latest  and  by  far  the  most  important 
of  Russian  navigation  enterprises.  It  was  founded 
in  1857,  at  the  initiative  of  Admiral  Areas  and 
Mr.  Xovoselsky,  with  the  assistance  of  the  gov- 
ernment. It  began  with  five  vessels,  and  at  once 
organized  a  regular  service  between  all  the  Rus- 
sian ports  and  the  Black  Sea  and  the  nearest 
foreign  ports,  thus  putting  Russia  in  direct 
communication  with  Egypt  and  the  Levant. 
M.  Charles  Roux  admits  that  in  the  establish- 
ment of  this  company  there  was  a  political 
arriere-pensee.  He  sees  in  its  creation  an  evi- 
dence of  Russia's  desire  to  overcome  the  handi- 
cap imposed  upon  her  by  the  treaty  of  Paris, 
which  imposed  such  humiliating  conditions  on 
her  shipping  in  the  Black  Sea.  During  the  war 
with  Turkey,  in  1887,  he  points  out,  the  vessels 
of  this  company  were  of  great  service  as  trans- 
ports,  and  after  the  treaty  of  Berlin  they 
1  nought  back  the  entire  Russian  expeditionary 
corps  of  138,000  troops  and  22,000  horses.  To- 
day the  fleet  consists  of  77  vessels,  of  which 
36  are  postal  packet-boats,  8  passenger  and 
freight  boats,  and  the  rest  smaller  special  ves- 
sels, making  a  total  tonnage  of  188,450.  The 
company  has  two  lines, — one  of  which  sup- 
ports itself,  the  other  is  subsidized  by  the  gov- 
ernment. Its  vessels  ply  between  Constantino- 
ple, Alexandria,  Port  Said,  and  the  ports  of 
Syria,  Smyrna,  the  Pyraeus,  Anatolia,  Caucasus, 
and  the  Crimea.  Besides  this,  it  has  a  service 
in  the  Sea  of  Azof,  the  Black  Sea,  and  the  Gulf 
of  Syria.  Outside  of  the  Mediterranean,  it  runs 
a  line  from  St.  Petersburg  to  Vladivostok, 
touching  at  all  the  principal  ports  of  the  far 
East.  It  never  fails,  says  this  French  writer,  to 
cooperate  on  every  possible  occasion  with  the 
political  designs  of  the  imperial  government. 
The  writer  intimates  that  a  service  from  the 
eastern  Mediterranean  to  the  Persian  Gulf  is 
being  planned  by  the  imperial  government  to 
further  its  political  designs  on  Persia. 

THE    FAMOUS    VOLUNTEER    FLEET. 

The  Volunteer  Fleet  owes  its  origin  almost  ex- 
clusively to  political  causes.  It  came  into  being 
as  a  direct  result  of  the  treaty  of  San  Stefano, 
in  1878.  The  patriotic  outburst  in  Russia  against 
England  and  Austria,  particularly  the  former, 
after  the  treaty  of  Berlin,  in  1878,  led  to  the  for- 
mation of  this  fleet,  which  could  be  used  as  mer- 
chant ships  during  times  of  peace,  and  be  readily 
transformed  into  auxiliary  cruisers  in  war  time. 
The  expense  of  the  fleet's  creation  was  borne  by 
public  subscription,  authorized  by  the  govern- 
ment.    Its  political  character  may  be  noted  from 


■>&& 


THK  CZAR  CLIMBS  DOWN. 

Nicholas :  "All  right,  John,  I  apologize,  and  restore  your 
flag.  I  reckon  it's  better  to  have  the  English  flag  flying  ovei 
this  ship  than  over  most  of  mine." 

From  Punch  (Melbourne) . 

the  fact  that  the  president  of  the  managing  com- 
mittee was  the  governor-general  of  Moscow  ;  the 
vice-president,  the  procurator  of  the  Holy  Synod, 
Pobiedonostseff.  In  May,  1878,  three  small  ves- 
sels of  the  Hamburg- American  Line  were  pur- 
chased, and  this  formed  the  nucleus  of  the  Rus- 
sian Black  Sea  Volunteer  Fleet,  which  has  already 
had  its  share  of  attention  in  the  Russo-Japanese 
war.  It  was  this  Volunteer  Fleet  with  which 
Russia  endeavored  to  combat  the  Japanese  mer- 
chant marine  in  the  far  East.  As  early  as  1880, 
a  passenger  service  was  begun  between  Odessa 
and  Vladivostok.  The  enterprise  saw  hard  times 
in  the  early  eighties  of  the  past  century,  and  the 
old  company  was  dissolved.  A  new  society,  with 
a  capital  of  $1,000,000,  began  business  by  estab- 
lishing lines  of  call  from  Brazil  to  New  York,  to 
Japan,  to  France,  to  Belgium,  and  to  Baltic 
ports.  In  conjunction  with  the  Trans-Siberian 
Railroad,  these  vessels  were  beginning  to  make 
headway  against  all  competition,  with  the  pos- 
sible exception  of  Japan,  when  the  war  broke 
out.      The  imperial  government  insisted  upon  a 


Oil 


THE  AMERICAN  MON I  HI.Y  REl  lEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


maximum  speed  of  eighteen  knots  for  war  pur- 
poses and  thirteen  knots  in  the  commercial  ser- 
vice. At  the  beginning  of  the  present  year  the 
fleet  numbered  fifteen  vessels,  representing  a 
value  of  somewhat  over  seven  million  dollars. 
It  was  the  vessels  of  this  fleet  which  transported 
Russia's  contingent  of  troops  during  the  Chinese; 
trouble,  four  years  ago.  The  Smolensk  and  the 
Petersburg  are  now  the  most  famous  of  this  fleet. 

THE    EASTERN    CHINESE    MARITIME    SERVICE. 

The  establishment  of  Russian  interests  at 
Port  Arthur  and  Dalny  made  necessary  the 
formation  of  a  marine  fleet  for  Pacific  waters 
exclusively.  The  progress  of  Russian  coloniza 
tion  in  Siberia,  reaching  to  the  shores  of  the 
Japan  Sea,  determined  the  imperial  government 
to  establish  direct  maritime  communication  with 
its  Asiatic  possessions,  and  so,  as  a  child  of  the 


Volunteer  Fleet,  the  Eastern  Chinese  Maritime 
Service  was  born.  It  was  really  an  afterthought 
of  the  Eastern  Chinese  Railway,  and  a  comple- 
ment to  the  same.  The  growth  of  Dalny,  the 
"fiat"  city,  and  Russia's  determination  to  make 
it  one  of  the  great  seaports  of  the  future. 
rendered  such  a  line  necessary.  This  service 
was  just  entering  into  its  period  of  exploitation 
when  the  present  war  broke  out. 

The  other  marine  enterprises  which  are  sub- 
sidized by  the  government  are  the  Steam  Navi- 
gation Society  of  Archangel-Mourmaine,  the 
Caucasus  and  Mercury  Company,  navigating  the 
Caspian  Sea,  and  two  river  companies — the  So- 
ciety for  the  Navigation  of  the  Amur  and  the 
Feodorof  Steam  Company  of  Eastern  Siberia. 
There  is  also  a  company  for  the  navigation  of 
Lake  Baikal.  As  yet  there  are  no  subsidized 
lines  in  the  Baltic. 


RUSSIAN  AUTOCRACY  AND  THE   PSYCHOLOGY  OF  THE  SLAV. 


IT  is  assumed  by  the  non- Russian  world  that 
the    Muscovite    autocratic    system    is   now 
facing  the  most  serious  trial  in  its  history.      An 


TIIKIU    MAJESTIES  OP    IUT88IA. 


(The  Czar  and  Czarina,  as  Byzantine  autocrats,  in  the  COS- 

tomes  of  Seventeenth  Century,  Russia.) 


interpretation  of  this  autocracy,  by  a  Russian 
writer,  on  the  basis  of  the  most  famous  advo- 
cates of  the  system,  appears  in  the  International 
Quarterly,  from  the  pen  of  Prof.  Vladimir  G. 
Simkowvitch,  of  Columbia  University.  The  au- 
tocratic system  in  Russia,  says  this  writer,  is 
breaking  down. 

The  day  when  it  will  be  abandoned  ought  to  be  a 
day  of  praise  and  thanksgiving,  not  only  for  the  people, 
but  also  for  tbe  Czar  ;  for  Russian  autocracy  has  not 
only  brought  the  country  to  the  verge  of  ruin  and  star- 
vation, but  it  has  also  ruled  Czar  Nicholas  II.  with  a 
rod  of  iron,  and  out  of  a  man  of  noble  motives  and 
high  ideals  it  has  made  a  pathetic  figurehead,  suffer- 
ing under  the  weight  of  the  inherent  system. 

Professor  Simkowvitch  quotes  several  Russian 
writers  to  the  effect  that  it  is  bureaucracy  which 
is  the  ruin  of  Russia.  With  this  he  disagrees. 
The  curse  of  the  empire,  he  declares,  "is  not 
bureaucracy  as  such, — it  is  the  specific  spirit  of 
the  Russian  bureaucracy.  It  is  the  point  of 
view,  the  doctrinaire,  sinister  Byzantinism,  the 
Bystem  of  Alexander  II.,  of  Pobiedonostseff,  of 
Katkoff,  of  Leontyeff,  and  others,  that  has  grad 
ually  led  Russia  to  moral  and  material  degen- 
eration." 

ESSENCE    OF    RUSSIAN    BUREAUCRACY. 

What  is  this  system?  This  writer  declares 
that  the  best  representative  and  interpreter  of 
the  spirit  of  Russian  Byzantine  bureaucracy  is 
Nikolay  Constantinovitch  Leontyeff,  who,  in  his 
famous  work  "  The  East,  Russia,  and  the  Slavs," 
has  developed   the  principles  of  this  philosophy- 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF   J  HE  MONTH. 


615 


Professor  Simkowvitch  summarizes  this  famous 
work  of  Leontyeff,  and  we  further  condense 
his  summary  : 

Byzantinism  is  the  basic  principle.  Byzantinism  is 
the  nervous  system  of  Russia.  It  stands  for  something 
very  definite,— politically,  it  is  autocracy  ;  religiously, 
it  is  Christianity  with  very  distinct  features,  which 
allow  no  confusion  with  Western  churches  and  with  the 
teachings  of  heretics  and  dissenters.  In  matters  of  mor- 
als, it  does  not  share  the  Western  exaggerated  notions 
of  the  value  and  importance  of  human  personality.  The 
Byzantine  ideal  is  discouragement  in  regard  to  every- 
thing  earthly,  including  personal  happiness,  personal 
purity,  and  the  possibility  of  personal  moral  perfection 
in  general.  Russian  autocracy,  Russian  Czarism,  de- 
veloped under  Byzantine  influences.  Byzantine  Chris- 
tianity  teaches  strict  subordination;  it  teaches  that 
the  worldly,  the  political,  hierarchy  is  but  the  reflec- 
tion of  the  heavenly  hierarchy.  There  is  no  equality, 
because  the  Church  teaches  that  even  angels  are  not 
equal  among  themselves.  Christianity  is  the  surest 
and  most  practical  means  of  ruling  the  masses  of  the 
people  with  an  iron  hand.  Fear  is  the  basis  of  the  true 
faith.  One  who  fears  is  humble,  and  seeks  authority, 
and  learns  to  love  the  authority  above  him.  Organ- 
ization is  chronic  despotism,  and  true  constructive 
progress  lies  in  limiting,  not  authority,  but  freedom. 
Freedom  and  liberalism  are  what  is  disintegrating  the 
world. 

As  to  the  autocrat  himself,  the  famous  Rus- 
sian writer  puts  it  in  this  way  : 

By  his  authority,  the.  Russian  Czar  has  the  right  to 
do  everything  except  to  limit  his  authority.  He  can 
never  cease  to  be  an  autocrat.  Anything  that  the  Czar 
does  is  good  and  legal.  His  doings  cannot  be  judged 
by  the  merits  of  the  case  ;  the  pleasure  of  the  supreme 
authority  is  the  supreme  criterion.  He  who  cannot 
reason  so  may,  under  certain  circumstances,  in  his 
private  affairs  be  an  honest  man,  but^  he  cannot  be  a 
true  Russian. 

Russia,  says  Leontyeff,  is  surrounded  by  "  the 
liberal  pest."  Russia  ''must  be  kept  frozen  that 
she  may  not  grow  putrid."  The  courts  of 
justice  are  all  wrong,  because  they  have  under- 
mined all  authority.  The  great  cardinal  prob- 
lem for  Russian  interior  administration,  as  well 
as  for  Russian  policy,  is  how  to  weaken  democ- 
racy. Russia,  however,  may  become  contami- 
nated. 

In  the  bottoms  of  their  hearts,  the  Russians  are 
already  liberal.  They  do  not  realize  that  it  is  simply 
a  sin  to  love  Europe.  If  Russia  becomes  saturated 
with  liberalism,  there  is  only  one  salvation  left, — the 
conquest  of  new  and  original  countries ;  the  conquest 
and  occupation  of  new  territories,  with  a  foreign  and 
dissimilar  population  ;  the  annexation  of  countries  that 
carry  in  themselves  conditions  favorable  for  autocratic 
discipline  ;  an  annexation  that  does  not  hurry  with  any 
deep  or  inner  assimilation. 

This  is  the  Russian  autocratic  system  outlined 
by  its  ardent  advocate,  and  firmly  adhered  to  by 
Czar    Alexander  III.      The  present  Czar,  says 


Professor  Simkowvitch,  would  have  cast  aside 
this  system  and  reigned  as  an  enlightened  ruler, 
but  he  has  been  too  weak  to  stand  successfully 
against  the  bureaucratic  influences  which  sur- 
round him.  Now  he  is  in  the  grip  of  this  all- 
powerful  system.  To-day,  this  writer  continues, 
the  Russian  people  are  not  clamoring  for  Man- 
churia, "but  for  their  daily  bread,  and  such  safe- 
guards of  personal  liberty  as  the  Anglo-Saxons 
have  secured  in  their  Magna  Charta." 

"graft"  in  the  far  east. 

The  whole  far-Eastern  venture,  says  this  Rus- 
sian writer,  has  been  brought  about  by  "  graft." 
This,  he  declares,  is  the  latest  crime  of  the  auto- 
cratic system. 

For  what  is  Russian  blood  now  sacrificed  and  billions 
of  rubles  wrung  from  the  starving  Russian  people 
wasted  on  the  fields  of  Manchuria?  Do  the  Russian 
people  need  Manchuria?  Not  in  the  least.  Even  such 
expansionist  and  nationalistic  papers  as  Suvorin's  No- 
voye  Vremya  and  Prince  Ukhtomsky's  St.  Petersburg- 
skaiya  Vicdomosti  were  bitterly  opposed  to  it.  But  who 
cares  for  national  interests  when  personal  are  at  stake  ! 
In  Korea,  a  company  formed  by  a  couple  or  more  of 
grand  dukes  and  some  higher  bureaucrats  has  obtained 
valuable  lumber  and  mining  concessions, — a  sufficient 
cause  for  declaring  northern  Korea  under  the  Russian 
sphere  of  influence.  As  to  the  Manchurian  adventure, 
everybody  in  Russia  knew  perfectly  well  and  talked 
freely  about  this  new  promised  land  for  official  thieves. 
It  is  estimated  that  about  three-quarters  of  the  hun- 
dreds of  millions  appropriated  for  the  railroads,  the 
new  commercial  cities,  the  ports,  etc.,  were  stolen,  and 
the  money  went  high  enough  up  to  interest  a  powerful 
element  of  the  autocratic  administration  in  perpetua- 
tion of  this  new  Eldorado.  Already  in  the  beginning  of 
1902,  Professor  Migulin,  of  the  University  of  Kharkoff, 
a  very  conservative  man  and  an  expert  in  railroad 
finance,  called  attention  to  what  was  going  on  in  Man- 
churia. The  railroad  afforded  no  technical  difficulties 
whatsoever,  the  Chinese  coolie  labor  used  on  the  rail- 
road was  the  cheapest  in  the  world,  the  material  ustd 
was  imported  duty-free,  and  yet  the  laying  of  rails  alone 
(not  counting  equipment,  cost  of  stations,  platforms, 
etc.)  cost  the  government  more  than  152,000  rubles  per 
verst, — i.e.,  about230,000  rubles  a  mile  !  Professor  Migu- 
lin then  also  pointed  out  that  Manchuria,  on  account  of 
its  extremely  cheap  coolie  labor,  is  a  place  entirely  unfit 
for  Russian  colonization,  and  likely  to  kill  agriculture 
and  colonization  in  the  Russian  Amur  region,  since 
Russians  cannot  compete  with  Chinese  wages  and  the 
low  prices  of  the  agricultural  products.  Prince  Ukh- 
tomsky,  the  president  of  the  Russo-Chinese  Bank  and 
formerly  an  intimate  friend  of  Nicholas  II.,  in  an  inter- 
view granted  to  the  correspondent  of  the  Frankfurter 
Zeitung,  did  not  hesitate  to  acknowledge  that  the  cause 
of  this  war  is  "graft." 

A  Eulogy  of  Slav  Peoples. 

A  study  of  the  Slav  peoples,  by  Rev.  Peter 
Roberts,  appears  in  the  same  number  of  this 
quarterly.  Mr.  Roberts  has  made  a  special  studv 
of  the  Slav  immigrant  in  the  anthracite-coal  re- 


616 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


gions  of  Pennsylvania,  and  he  finds  him  to  be, 
although  stupid  and  slow,  generally  "good- 
natured  and  pacific, adaptable,  and  imperturbable, 
with  an  instinct  for  organization,  and  an  apt  pupil 
under  competent  masters,  admirably  fitted  for 
the  work  of  peaceful  agricultural  colonization, 
long-suffering  and  conciliatory,  and  capable  of 
bearing  extreme  hardships.  There  are  many 
signs  of  progress  among  the  Slavs.  They  are 
less  cruel,  more  moral,  more  tender-hearted  ;  and. 
wherever  they  go,  in  Asia,  the  land  benefits." 

When  Skobeleff  sheathed  his  sword  in  Central 
Asia,  peace,  order,  and  safety  were  established,  but 
previous  to  the  advent  of  the  Russian  tumult,  anarchy 
and  terrorism  prevailed.  Under  the  wise  guidance  of 
patriotic  statesmen,  the  accursed  vodka  shops — the 
breeders  of  drunkenness  and  poverty — are  regulated, 
and  the  peasants  are  provided  with  tea-houses,  where 
the  social  instinct  of  the  Slav  is  met.  In  no  European 
state  are  there  more  comprehensive  laws  relative  to  em- 
ployers' liability  than  in  Russia,  while  many  of  the 
states  of  the  Union  can  well  afford  to  learn  of  Slav 
statesmen  how  to  regulate  factories  where  children  are 
sacrificed  both  day  and  night  upon  the  altar  of  mam- 
monism.  The  railroads  of  Manchuria  and  the  Caucasus 
have  broken  down  the  barbarous  custom  of  collecting 
transportation  taxes  which  rendered  commerce  in  the 
interior  of  Asia  and  China  impossible.  Under  the 
Slavs'  supervision,  good  roads  are  made  and  model 
towns  are  built  where  formerly  barbarous  communities 


dwell  in  filth.  Wherever  the  Slav  builds,  he  guard? 
against  disease,  squalor,  and  unsightliness,  which  are 
common  occurrences  where  Mongols  and  Tartars  dwell. 
The  Slav  peasant  is  slowly  awakening  to  a  realization 
of  his  independence,  to  a  due  appreciation  of  economic 
freedom,  to  an  understanding  of  the  rights  of  property, 
and  to  the  market  value  of  industry,  temperance,  and 
truthfulness.  Slav  statesmen  proclaim  the  commercial 
value  of  honesty,  the  necessity  of  enterprise  in  manu- 
facturing industries  and  commerce,  the  worth  of  new 
methods  in  production,  and  the  markets  which  await 
the  production  of  farms  and  factories.  All  the  lessons 
which  industrial  liberty  teaches,  all  the  blessings  which 
science  and  art  bring,  all  the  results  which  centuries  of 
civilization  i-ealize,  are  brought  to  the  feet  of  this  youth 
in  whose  heart  are  stored  the  energies  of  centuries  of 
stolid  living.  Give  him  time,  and  the  pressure  of  new 
wants  and  new  ideas  will  awaken  his  sleepy  brain  and 
set  in  motion  his  sluggish  nerves  and  effect  a  meta- 
morphosis which  the  combined  wisdom  of  philosophers 
and  theorists  cannot  effect.  Lobenoff  changed  the  face 
of  Europe  in  an  incredibly  short  time ;  the  foreign 
statesmanship  of  Russia  in  far-sightedness  is  not  sur- 
passed by  that  of  any  other  modern  nation  ;  the  Slav 
has  developed  a  diplomacy  which  equals  in  skill  and 
resource  that  of  any  other  people  of  ancient  or  modern 
times  ;  and  when  the  Slav  peasant  fully  awakes  to  the 
demands  of  modern  life,  he  will  go  forth  with  singing 
and  "  come  again  with  joy,  bringing  his  sheaves  with 
him."  Let  another  Peter  the  Great  arise  to  lead  these 
one  hundred  million  Slavs,  strong  in  their  youthful 
vigor,  confident  that  they  have  a  mission  to  fulfill,  and 
what  obstacles  can  stand  before  their  onward  march  ? 


HOW  FORTUNES  ARE  MADE  IN  CHINA. 


THE  pan-Mongolianism  of  Japan  is  only  a 
side  issue, — a  sensational  one,  it  is  true, — 
of  the  development  of  the  Oriental  races.  This 
is  the  judgment  of  the  well-known  political  and 
economic  writer,  Alexander  Ular,  who  contrib- 
utes to  La  Revue  a  study  of  how  fortunes  are 
made  in  China.  This  pan-Mongolianism.  he  says, 
further,  has  no  relation  whatsoever  to  that  grave 
problem  known  as  the  "yellow  peril." 

The  latter  cannot  possibly  be  political  or  military. 
The  pan-Mongolianism  of  Japan  is  an  importation  from 
the  Occident,  just  as  are  their  silk  hat.',  their  Western 
boots,  and  their  bacteriology.  It  exists  just  as  their 
warships,  their  parliamentary  government,  and  their 
newspapers  exist.  It  is,  so  to  speak,  a  European  im- 
portation, superficially  .adapted  to  the  use  of  a  minority 
who  have  found  it  to  their  advantage  to  play  the  role  of 
Europeans.  Pan-Mongolianism  is  to  Japan  what  pan- 
Slavism  is  to  Moscow,  pan-Germanism  to  Berlin,  and 
jingoism  to  London  ;  and  if,  at  the  present  time,  there 
ig  a  struggle  between  the  imperialists  of  Tokio  and  St. 
Petersburg,  it  is  not  a  case  of  the  white  race  warding 
oft  the  "yellow  peril,"  hut  of  the  ambition  of  one  govern 
incut  measuring  itself  against  the  ambition  of  another. 

The  "yellow  peril."  this  writer  declares,  is  not 


a  race  peril.  The  students  who  have  a  right  to 
speak  on  this  subject  declare  that  it  is  an  eco- 
nomic peril.  They  have  in  mind  the  commercial 
and  industrial  competition  of  Japan.  Indeed, 
"  the  '  yellow  peril '  is  for  the  Occident  exactly 
what  the  'American  peril'  is  for  Europe."  The 
color  of  the  skin  has  nothing  whatever  to  do 
with  the  case.  The  danger  to  Europe  and  Amer- 
ica from  China  and  Japan  is  essentially  an  eco- 
nomic one.  The  secret  of  the  wealth  of  China, 
as  well  as  of  individual  Chinamen,  M.  Ular 
asserts,  is,  in  effect,  comprised  in  two  words — 
association  and  credit.  Their  system  is  charac- 
terized by  the  absence  of  three  principles  which 
are  the  l>asis  of  Occidental  economic  life, — the 
borrowing  of  capital,  the  wage  system,  and  a 
fixeil  monetary  standard  do  not  exist  in  the  forms 
they  assume  in  Europe.  The  borrowing  of  cap- 
ital is  replaced  by  the  association  with  and  col- 
laboration of  lenders,  the  wage  system  by  a  par- 
ticipation of  associates,  and  a  fixed  monetary 
standard  by  credit.  Production,  be  it  agricul- 
tural, industrial,  or  commercial,  is  made  the  basis 
of   cooperative  association,    or,    perhaps,  of  eco- 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


017 


From  a  stereograph.     Copyright  by  Unden\ood  &  Underwood. 

V    RICH    NATIVK  BAZAAR  ON  THE  NANKING    ROAD,  THE   PRINCIPAL   CHINESE 
STREET  OF  SHANGHAI. 


uuinic  aggregation.  The  capital, 
or,  indeed,  the  means  of  production, 
is  furnished  by  all  the  members. 
Every  one  works,  and  every  one 
shares  in  the  profits.  Almost  all 
the  large  Chinese  concerns  known 
to  Europeans  are  cooperative  estab- 
lishments. The  Chinese  fortunes, 
with  scarcely  an  exception,  are  sim 
ply  a  result  of  a  development  of 
credit  based  on  the  collective  prod- 
uct of  work. 

One  of  the  most  famous  of  Chi- 
nese syndicates,  or  commercial  asso- 
ciations, is  the  Golden  Dragon.  This 
association  owns  many  rice  planta- 
tions in  the  center  of  China  ;  it  has 
hundreds  of  junks  on  the  great  riv- 
ers and  on  the  sea  ;  it  conducts 
banks  in  all  the  principal  cities  ;  it 
has  a  post  office  of  its  own  ;  it  fab- 
ricates silk  and  cotton  of  all  kinds, 
and  in  the  last  few  years  has  begun 
an  immense  export  and  import 
business. 


AN  AMERICAN  SCIENTIST  ON  THE  BRITISH  ASSOCIATION 

MEETING. 


THE  close  association  between  science  and 
politics  in  England  gives  to  the  annual 
meetings  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Science  a  peculiar  interest  quite 
distinct  from  the  interest  shared  by  American 
scientists  in  the  work  of  their  own  national  as- 
sociation. The  impressions  of  President  Henry 
S.  1'ritchett,  of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  who  attended  the  meeting  this 
year  at  Cambridge  (August  17-23),  are  given 
in  an  article  which  he  contributes  to  the  October 
number  of  the  Popular  Science  Monthly.  The 
large  attendance,  which  reached  nearly  three 
thousand,  at  the  Cambridge  meeting  is  attrib- 
uted by  President  Pritchett  to  two  reasons, — 
first,  the  attractions  which  naturally  belong  to 
the  charming  old  university  town  ;  and,  sec- 
ond, the  presence  of  the  prim©  minister  of 
Great  Britain  as  president  of  the  association. 
This  latter  fact,  the  participation  of  the  head 
of  the '  government  in  a  great  national  scien- 
tific meeting,  impressed  Dr.  Pritchett  as  per- 
haps the  most  curious  and  interesting  fea- 
ture of  the  meeting.  It  was  as  if  President 
Roosevelt  should  take  a  week  to  preside  over 
the  meetings   of  the   American  association,  to 


deliver  an  address,  and  to  take  part  in  its  dis- 
cussions ;  or  as  if  Speaker  Cannon  should  pre- 
side over  the  section  of  economics  and  take  a 
real  part  in  the  debates.  President  Pritehett 
reminds  us,  however,  that  Jefferson  was  truly  a 
representative  of  the  science  of  his  time.  Dur- 
ing a  part  of  his  first  term,  he  was  president 
of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  setting 
apart  some  of  the  rooms  in  the  executive  man 
sion  for  the  study  of  fossils,  particularly  those 
of  mammoths. 

PREMTER    BALFOUR    AS    PRESIDENT. 

As  to  Mr.  Balfour's  address,  which  was  enti- 
tled "Reflections  Suggested  by  the  New  Theory  of 
Matter,"  and  which  sketched  a  briel  comparison 
between  the  scientific  conception  of  the  physical 
universe  to  day  and  that  of  on©  hundred  years 
ago,  Dr.  Pritchett  thinks  it  remarkable  that  a 
man  so  full  of  other  work,  as  Mr  Balfour  must 
be,  should  be  able  to  frame  such  a  statement 
without  committing  errors  of  fact  of  a  serious 
sort.  The  address  is  pronounced  by  this  Amer- 
ican scientist  as  on  the  whole  clever,  interesting, 
and  suggestive,  from  the  philosophical  stand 
point.     To  have  presented   such  a  paper  is  re- 


618 


I  HE  AMERICAN  MONT  HEY  REVIEW  OE  REVIEWS. 


garded  by  Dr.  Pritchett  as  an  evidence  of  great 
intellectual  alertness  and  ability  on  the  part  of 
a  man  whose  hands  are  full  of  practical  busi- 
ness. 

AN    INTERESTING    COMPARISON. 

In  suggesting  a  comparison  between  the 
American  and  the  British  association  based  on 
the  study  of  the  sectional  addresses  and  other 
leading  papers  of  the  one  as  contrasted  with  the 
other,  Dr.  Pritchett  admits  that  the  American 
will  find  little  to  minister  to  national  vanity.  In 
the  British  meeting,  the  addresses  are  prepared 
with  more  care,  and  are  given  in  a  more  inter- 
esting manner.  It  is  evident,  nevertheless,  that 
the  essential  difference  in  the  character  of  the 
papers  presented  at  the  two  meetings  lies  in  the 
difference  in  scientific  training  and  habits  of 
scientific  work  in  England  and  America  ;  and  it 
is  Dr.  Pritchett's  observation  that  the  scientific 
training  and  methods  of  work  in  America  are 
far  more  German  than  English. 

While  the  addresses  in  American  scientific  societies 
lack  the  philosophic  interest  and  charm  which  charac- 
terize many  of  those  given  before  the  British  associa- 
tion, the  authors  of  these  papers  are  trained  to  go  more 
directly  at  their  problems,  laying  bare  the  difficulties, 
and  even  the  failures,  of  the  method  or  the  process,  but 
passing  on  to  some  point  of  vantage.  One  finds  in  many 
English  scientific  papers  a  clever  use  of  words  and 
terms  ;  a  tendency  to  philosophize  instead  of  doing  the 
hard  work  of  investigation  ;  a  disposition  to  deal  charm- 
ingly, sometimes  half  humorously,  with  the  results  and 
observations  costing  great  labor  ;  and  in  the  end  the 
whole  subject  left  in  a  sort  of  agreeable  haze  in  which 
one  seems  to  have  traveled  a  long  distance  without 
going  anywhither.     The  method  of  attack  adopted   is 


somewhat  akin  to  that  of  the  modern  military  practice, 
under  which  frontal  attacks  are  abandoned  in  favor  of 
a  less  direct  method  of  assault.  One  sees  in  English 
scientific  papers  a  greater  tendency  to  attack  by  the 
flank  than  in  America  or  Germany  ;  a  somewhat  readier 
disposition  to  be  satisfied  with  a  general  statement  of 
facts  already  known  rather  than  the  concentration  of 
effort  on  particular  problems  which  need  to  be  cleared 
up.  All  of  which  simply  means  that  the  methods  of 
education  and  of  national  life  in  England  have  not 
brought  into  existence  a  large  army  of  disciplined  stu- 
dents of  research  such  as  one  finds,  for  example,  in  Ger- 
many. 

As  an  American  studying  the  great  gathering, 
Dr.  Pritchett  is  impressed  by  its  possibilities  for 
usefulness  m  scientific  and  national  develop- 
ment. He  finds  in  such  a  gathering  a  source  of 
great  intellectual  stimulus  both  to  scientific  men 
and  to  the  public.  There  are  reasons  why  the 
American  association  is  not  likely  to  become  so 
representative  a  gathering.  For  one  thing,  the 
small  distances  to  be  traveled  in  Great  Britain 
make  it  easy  and  cheap  for  any  member  to  come 
to  the  meetings.  Then,  too,  there  are  differences 
in  scientific  training  which  prompt  the  American 
investigator  to  prefer  the  society  of  his  fellow- 
experts  to  any  gathering  of  a  general  character. 
Dr.  Pritchett  thinks,  however,  that  if  there  is 
anything  wThich  would  bring  back  to  the  Ameri- 
can association  its  old-time  prestige  and  influ- 
ence, it  would  be  some  such  devotion  to  the  cause 
which  the  association  represents,  as  has  been 
shown  by  many  of  the  leading  men  of  science  in 
England.  The  example  and  influence  of  men 
like  Lord  Kelvin  have  done  much  to  make  the 
British  association  what  it  is. 


HOME  RULE  FOR  ICELAND. 


THE  brave  little  inhabitants  of  Denmark's 
island  possession  in  the  Arctic  Ocean  have 
at  last  gained  the  substance  of  complete  home 
rule,  the  shadow  of  which  they  have  possessed 
for  some  time.  In  the  Nor  dish-  Revy,  of  Stock- 
holm, appears  an  article  entitled  ''The  Constitu- 
tional Struggle  of  Iceland,"  by  Rolf  Norden- 
streng.  Six  hundred  years  ago,  this  writer 
recalls,  when  Iceland  first  became  associated 
with  Denmark-Norway,  it  expressly  stipulated 
for  internal  freedom  ;  yet,  Mr.  Nordenstreng 
declares,  "the  royal  word  was  not  kept,  and  since 
that  time  the  clear  treaty  rights  of  the  Icelanders 
have  been  trodden  underfoot.  During  this  long 
period,  the  people  of  Iceland,  though  separated 
from  the  outside  world,  have  preserved  the  con- 
sciousness of  their  right,  withheld  from  them 
only  by  superior  power,  and,  in  spite  of  injustice 


and  oppression,  have  at  last  won  the  victory." 
The  Icelanders  have  for  some  time  been  di- 
vided into  two  parties, — the  Progressive  party 
(Framfaraflokkur)  and  the  Home  Rule  party 
( 1 1 t'imastjornaflokkur).  The  former  party  is  said 
to  have  contended  mainly  for  democratic  gov- 
enment  and  an  Icelandic  ministry,  with  resi- 
dence at  Copenhagen,  where  they  could  present 
the  cause  of  Iceland  to  the  throne.  The  aim  of 
the  Home  Rulers  was  to  have  a  prime  minister 
at  home,  with  the  governing  power  established 
in  Iceland.  A  second  minister,  with  the  same 
power,  they  contended,  might  reside  at  Copen- 
hagen and  represent  Iceland  before  the  King. 
These  parties  were  bitterly  opposed  to  each 
other,  the  principal  objection  of  the  Progressive 
party  to  the  plan  of  the  Home  Rulers  being  that 
the   minister  resident  at  Copenhagen  would  not 


LEADINO  ARTICLES  OF   THE  MONTH. 


OH) 


need  to  know  the  Icelandic  language,  nor  would 
he  be  obliged  ever  to  appear  in  the  Allthing.  the 
Icelandic  Parliament. 

In  the  last  decade  of  the  past  century,  Iceland 
determined  to  ask  for  more  independence.  The 
Icelandic  Home  Rule  party,  in  1901,  sent  one  oi 
their  most  prominent  members,  Mr.  HannesHaf- 
stein.  to  Copenhagen  to  confer  with  the  Danish 
minister,  Albert!  This  mission  resulted  in  nothing- 
very  definite,  but  it  is  assumed  that  the  government 
looked  with  some  favor  on  the  proposition,  as 
Mi-.  Hafstein  is  now  secretary  of.  state  for  Ice- 
land. Hot  agitation  followed.  The  principal 
newspapers  of  Reykjavik  —  the  capital  —  the 
Isafold,  the  progressive  organ,  and  the  Thjodol- 
fur,  the  Home  Rule  organ,  waged  journalistic 
war.  These  journals,  by  the  way,  appear  weekly, 
and  have  but  a  very  small  circulation.  Minister 
Alberti  was  most  liberal  and  energetic.  "While 
the  Icelanders,  who,  Mr.  Nordenstreng  declares, 
"  are  generally  impractical  and  inclined  to  be 
theorists,  contended  for  their  respective  plat- 
forms, Minister  Alberti  sought  and  found  a 
practical  solution  of  the  problem."  He  was 
chiefly   instrumental    in    bringing  about    "  The 


Message  of  the  King  to  the  Icelanders,"  of  July 
1(J,  1902.  The  substance  of  this  proclamation 
was  to  the  general  effect  that  the  Danish  Govern- 
ment would  never  consent  to  the  creation  of 
an  Icelandic  viceroy  with  a  cabinet  of  his  own 
selection,  and  that  while  the  two-minister  sys 
tern  could  not  be  accepted,  there  was  "  a  way 
of  making  the  highest  government  of  Iceland 
thoroughly  Icelandic  without  impairing  the  unity 
of  the  realm."  The  Copenhagen  government, 
therefore,  presented  a  new  proposition  accord- 
ing to  the  terms  of  which  the  minister  for  Ice- 
land should  sit  either  at  Reykjavik  or  at  Copen- 
hagen. If  at  the  island  capital,  his  expenses 
should  be  paid  by  Iceland,  while  a  special  bureau, 
under  the  Icelandic  minister,  should  be  sup- 
ported by  the  state  at  Copenhagen.  The  choice 
in  this  matter  was  left  to  the  Allthing,  the  Ice- 
landic representative  body.  The  proposition  of 
the  government  was  unanimously  approved  by 
this  body.  The  choice  of  Hannes  Hafstein,  "  the 
foremost  statesman  of  Iceland,"  by  both  parties 
was  very  appropriate.  "He  is  a  poet,  and  has 
more  than  once  aroused  Ins  people  by  his  power- 
ful and  beautiful  compositions." 


ECONOMIC  STRUGGLE  BETWEEN  GERMANS  AND  POLES. 


THE  economic  development  of  the  Polish  prov- 
inces of  Prussia  has  been  exciting  the 
envy  and  dislike,  even  the  active  opposition,  of 
the  imperial  German  government,  if  we  may  be- 
lieve the  contention  of  a  writer  who  signs  him- 
self "Swidowa,"  in  a  "Letter  from  Posen,"  in 
the  Przegland Polski  (Polish  Review),  of  Cracow. 
-•  All  the  administrative  officials,  from  the  high- 
est to  the  lowest,  have  received  the  confidential 
injunction  not  only  to  investigate  the  causes  of 
this  development,  but  also  to  place  as  many  ob- 
structions in  its  way  as  possible."  Various  means 
are  employed  for  this. 

From  the  denial  to  a  Pole  of  the  license  for  a  busi- 
aess  that  requires  permission  to  the  boycott  of  Polish 
merchants,  contractors,  physicians,  and  banks;  from 
the  creation  of  an  artificial  competition  for  the  Poles  in 
all  businesses  by  the  giving  of  bounties  to  their  German 
competitors  to  the  disabling  of  the  Polish  peasant  to 
acquire  land, — all  this  is  practised  on  a  large  scale.  At 
the  submitting  of  proposals  for  works  and  purchases 
dependent  on  the  government,  no  Polish  contractor, 
tradesman,  or  manufacturer  will  get  that  work  or  or- 
der to-day,  even  though  his  proposal  be  the  most  ad- 
vantageous possible.  No  Polish  artisan,  merchant,  or 
even  physician,  will  get  the  job  if  the  government  au- 
thorities can  decide  directly  or  indirectly.  The  boycott 
of  Polish  industry  and  trade  is  purely  personal,  and 
private  relations  is  also  enjoined  by  the  government  on 
all  its  dependents.     The  newest  order  in  this  direction 


(already  officially  issued),  compelling  all  holding  any 
office  whatsoever  to  sever  all  relations  with  Polish 
banks,  will  not,  indeed,  hurt  those  banks,  but  will  re- 
bound on  those  Poles  who  still  hold  little,  petty  offices, 
as  letter-carriers,  court  criers,  and  court  attendants. 
Many  of  them  have  been  debtors  of  the  Polish  banks, 
having  contracted  loans  there  for  the  security  required 
of  them,  without  which  they  could  not  have  obtained 
their  situations.  Such  a  loan  they  will  not  get  from 
the  German  banks ;  hence,  they  will  soon  find  them- 
selves without  bread,— unless,  yielding  to  the  pressure 
exerted  on  them,  they  will  abjure  their  nationality  and 
faith,  assume  German-sounding  names,  and  educate 
their  children  as  Protestants. 

THE    STRUGGLE    FOR  THE    POSSESSION  OF  THE   LAND. 

The  stubborn  contest  waged  against  the  Poles 
is  carried  on  with  administrative  and  police 
measures,  and  when  those  are  exhausted,  with 
new  exceptional  laws.  The  most  stubborn,  the 
most  radical,  is  the  struggle  for  the  possession 
of  land.    It  has  lasted  for  over  a  hundred  years. 

Now  it  has  met  with  a  competitor  with  whom  it  did 
not  reckon  formerly, — the  Polish  peasant.  Industrious, 
thrifty,  consumed  with  an  inborn  desire  for  obtaining  a 
piece  of  land  as  his  property,  he  represents  the  most  fit 
and  successful  material  for  a  colonist.  This  is  an  ex- 
ceedingly valuable  thing,  for  the  parceling  of  large 
estates  is  a  real  social  and  economic  necessity  of  the 
present  moment,  particularly  here,  where  hitherto  large 
possessions  have  far  exceeded  small  possessions.   Thanks 


020 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


to  the  qualities  of  the  Polish  peasant,  the  parceling,  en- 
tire or  partial,  of  large  estates,  accomplished  by  the  in- 
tercession of  the  Polish  Land  Bank  and  a  few  Polish 
allotment  companies,  has  developed  successfully.  There 
have  arisen  new  vital  settlements,  in  which  prosperity 
has  begun  to  flourish.  Many  an  estate  has  escaped  the 
fate  of  becoming  the  prize  of  the  government's  Coloni 
zation  Commission  ;  many  a  landowner,  Pole  as  well  as 
German,  has  been  saved  from  ruin. 

Nevertheless,  it  is  just  for  this  reason  that  the 
government  resolved  to  stem  this  Polish  coloniza- 
tion tide.  The  government  commenced,  in  its 
usual  way.  with  administrative  directions.  On 
this  road,  it  was  begun,  on  its  order,  at  first  once 
in  a  while,  and  finally  on  principle,  to  refuse, 
under  various  pretexts,  to  settlers  of  Polish  na- 
tionality the  right  to  avail  themselves  of  the 
statute  of  "rent  estates,"' issued  for  the  purpose 
of  facilitating  parceling  in  the  eastern  provinces. 
"When  this  did  not  produce  the  expected  result, — 
when  it  did  not  arrest  the  activity  of  the  Polish 
allotment  banks  and  companies. — advantage  was 
taken  of  the  statute  by  virtue  of  which  the 
founding  of  a  new  colony  was  dependent  on 
the  permission  of  the  administrative  authority. 
"  For  such  a  permission,  years  had  sometimes  to 
be  waited  ;  sometimes  the  permission  was  refused 
downright,  for  trifling  reasons,  or  it  was  granted 
under  such  heavy  financial  terms  touching  the 
regulation  of  the  church,  school,  and  communal 
relations  of  the  future  colony  that  it  enhanced 
the  price  of  the  parceling  immensely."  The  Poles 
then  resorted  to  parceling  by  a  method  some- 
what protracted,  sometimes  even  risky.     They 


did  not  found  entire  colonies  at  once,  but,  avail- 
ing themselves  of  the  liberty  which  the  law  had 
heretofore  left  in  not  directing  governmental  ap- 
proval in  such  a  case,  they  established  separate 
colonies  successively  on  ground  gradually  sep- 
arated  from  the  parceled  estate. 

THE     NEW     UKASE     AGAINST     POLISH     COLONIZATION. 

The  imperial  government,  in  order  to  prevent 
this,  has  had  recourse  to  the  submission  to  the 
Diet  of  a  new  statute,  and  this  a  statute  with 
••such  an  exceptional  addition,  exclusively  di- 
rected againsl  the  Poles,  that  it  is  a  direct  attack 
on  the  private  right  of  ownership."  The  statute 
itself,  in  its  general  form,  relates  to  the  whole 
monarchy.  "Obviously,  however,  it  was  caused 
by  our  relations,  and  it  had  those  relations  in 
view,  for  it  puts  parceling  under  the  still  stricter 
control  of  the  administrative  authorities,  and 
establishes  the  indispensability  of  governmental 
permission  for  the  founding  of  even  the  smallest 
settlement."  To  the  general  directions  there  is 
added  a  separate  paragraph  which  constitutes 
the  point  of  gravity  of  the  whole  statute,  and 
which  relates  solely  to  the  Polish  provinces, — 
that  is,  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Posen,  West  and 
East  Prussia,  and  Silesia.  According  to  this 
paragraph,  the  president  of  the  German  Coloni- 
zation Commission  in  Berlin  is  to  have  the  right 
of  prohibiting  any  parceling  in  the  four  above- 
mentioned  provinces  which  in  his  judgment  will 
hurt  the  interests  of  the  Colonization  Commis- 


AUSTRALIAN   ART  AND  ARTISTS. 


THAT  there  should  be  an  Australian  art, 
distinctive,  and  gradually  hut  surely  de- 
veloping into  a  real  school,  will  lie  somewhat  sur- 
prising to  most  Americans.  The  editor  of  the 
Revieio  of  Reviews  for  Australasia,  Mr.  Henry 
Stead,  however,  declares  that  a  conception  of 
Australian  art  has  already  been  formed,  and  that 
it  is  coming  to  be  more  and  more  regarded  as 
"of  vital  importance,  as  much  so  as  the  planning 
of  cities  or  the  founding  of  a  Hush  Capital." 
The  most  notable  living  exponent  of  Australian 
art,  Mr.  Stead  tells  us,  is  Mr.  J.  Ford  Paterson, 
ex-president  of  the  Victorian  Artists'  Society, 
and  life  trustee  of  the  National  Gallery  and 
Public  Library  at  Melbourne.  Mr.  Paterson  is 
a  Scotchman  by  birth  who  thirty  years  ago  came 
to  Australia,  leaving  behind  him  an  honorable 
hut  not  particularly  noteworthy  record  as  an  art 
decorator  and  exhibitor  at  the  Royal  Scottish 
Academy.     Mr.  Paterson  found  no  traditions  or 


legendary  or  historic  associations  near  at  hand 
in  Australia,  and  he  soon  realized  that  "in  the 
eager,  pushing  life  of  the  young  colony  there 
was  no  room  for  the  witches  and  nymphs  of  the 
older  countries,  and  that  abbeys  and  castles 
would  he  somewhat  incongruous  in  the  Bush." 
lie  might  have  supplied  these  from  his  academic 
studies,  but  his  artist's  sensibility  "quickly 
grasped  the  fact  that  in  the  vast  mysterious  bush 
there  are  great  artistic  possibilities." 

Its  awfulnesR  appealed  to  the  uncanny  element  in 
his  north-country  temperament ;  its  mystery  and  soli- 
tude touched  the  romance  in  his  nature,  and  its  soft 
tones  and  indeterminate  and  elusive  outlines  were  a 
constant  source  of  delight  to  his  artistic  sense,  hitherto 
acquainted  only  with  the  harsh  contrasts,  rich  color- 
ing, and  decided  forms  of  a  colder  clime.  Mr.  Pater- 
son determined  to  abandon  the  profession  of  decorative 
artist  and  to  devote  his  lite  to  the  interpretation  of  the 
beauty  and  grandeur  of  the  Australian  bush,  and  grad- 
ually, slowly  but  inevitably,  there  formed  in  his  mind 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


621 


MR.  .1.   FORD  PATERSON,   AUSTRALIAN  ARTIST. 

the  conception  of  a  school  of  Australian  art  which  has 
found  faithful  expression  on  many  canvases. 

Mr.  Paterson  has  always  objected  to  the  con- 
ventional European  idea  that  "when  Captain 
Cook  planted  the  British  flag  on  Australian  soil 
thenceforward  Australia  should  lose  its  individ- 
uality and  become  English  through  and  through." 
Asa  matter  of  fact,  he  is  fond  of  saying  that  Cap- 
tain Cook  "only  discovered  the  outline  ;  and  it 
has  been  left  to  the  artists  of  Australia  to  dis- 
cover its  beauties  and  to  disclose  them."     The 


artist,   he  says,   further,   will  not  be  favorably 
impressed  by  the  first  view  of  Australian  scenery. 

The  first  impression  of  Australian  scenery  is  often 
.enough  almost  repulsive  to  the  artistic  sense,  and  it  is 
only  after  long  and  intimate  companionship  with  the 
primeval  forest  that  its  charm  becomes  apparent.  The 
atmosphere  and  scenery  of  this  country  are  very  aesthetic 
and  very  delicate.  There  is  little  of  the  drama  in  its 
beauty, — no  great  mountains,  no  vivid  contrasts  of 
strong  color,  no  strange  peoples  in  picturesque  attire. 
The  seasons  pass  imperceptibly  into  each  other,  and  as 
far  as  the  scenery  alone  is  concerned,  it  would  be  diffi- 
cult to  tell  summer  from  winter.  Our  local  color  is 
low-toned,  subtle,  and  difficult  to  comprehend,  and  an 
English  tree,  with  its  rich  coloring  and  vigorous  outline, 
appears  incongruous  and  mars  the  sweetness  of  the 
general  view. 

Mr.  Paterson.  the  writer  of  the  article  tells  us, 
never  seeks  easy  effects.  "  Sincerity  and  faith- 
fulness are  apparent  in  the  smallest  details,  and 
in  no  instance  does  he  emphasize  one  particular 
portion  of  the  picture  at  the  expense  of  the 
whole."  In  the  same  number  of  this  review 
appears  a  criticism  of  the  work  of  Australian 
artists  appearing  at  this  year's  exhibition  of  the 
P»,oyal  Academy  in  London.  Many  of  the  best- 
known  artists  of  Australia,  says  Mr.  Stead,  have 
not  exhibited  at  all.  One  of  the  most  striking 
things  about  the  pictures  actually  exhibited  is 
that,  "with  one  or  two  exceptions,  not  one  of 
the  many  artists  who  hail  from  Australia  has 
presented  a  really  typical  Australian  scene." 
One  of  the  best  of  those  actually  Australian  in 
atmosphere,  Mr.  Stead  thinks,  is  Mr.  Tom 
Roberts'  canvas,  "  The  First  Commonwealth 
Parliament,"  painted  by  the  artist  in  London, 
from  sketches  and  studies  made  in  Australia 
at  the  time. 


PROTECTION  AGAINST  FIRES. 


HOW  little  is  done  in  the  United  States  in 
the  direction  of  precautionary  measures 
against  loss  of  life  and  property  from  fire  is 
clearly  brought  out  in  an  article  contributed  to 
the  current  Forum  by  Mr.  Louis  Windmuller. 
Especially  interesting  is  the  contrast  drawn  by 
this  writer  between  American  laxity  and  Euro- 
pean thoroughness  in  the  matter  of  building  in- 
spection. 

In  Europe  every  house,  so  long  as  it  is  in  course  of 
erection,  remains  uuder  the  surveillance  of  a  building- 
police  ;  and  even  after  completion,  occupancy  is  not  al- 
lowed until  the  department  has  made  a  final  inspection. 
The  chief  of  this  police  then  issues  a  certificate  of  con- 
struction and  a  permit  for  occupation.  As  long  as  our 
t'difices  are  in  course  of  erection,  they  should  likewise 
be  supervised  by  employees  of  a  competent  building  de- 


partment. Experienced  and  practical  inspectors,  suf- 
ficiently remunerated  to  make  them  independent  of 
bribes,  should  be  engaged  by  civil-service  commission- 
ers for  the  better  protection  of  the  public.  They  should 
have  legal  authority  and  be  compelled  to  arrest  and 
bring  to  justice  whomsoever  they  might  discover  in  the 
act  of  deviating  from  the  approved  plans.  Architects 
and  contractors  should  be  licensed  and  not  permitted 
to  erect  any  important  structures  unless  they  could  be 
held  liable  for  the  faithful  performance  of  their  under- 
takings. The  authorities  of  New  York  had  been  warned 
against  the  material  used  in  the  "Darlington  ; "  and  had 
these  warnings  been  heeded,  twenty  souls  and  the  repu- 
tation of  some  builders  might  have  been  spared.  Before 
any  permament  improvement  can  be  expected  of  a 
service  so  vital  to  our  prosperity,  it  must  be  divorced 
from  politics. 

Persons  now  delegated  by  underwriters  to  guard 
against  insufficient  insulation  of  electric  wires  are  also 


622 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


expected  to  condemn  defective  fines  and  to  order  the 
removal  of  such  inflammable  or  explosive  material  as 
may  endanger  the  environment.  But  they  generally 
neglect  these  duties,  and  they  seldom  discover  a  danger 
until  it  is  too  late.  The  fire  marshal  of  Massachusetts 
orders  the  removal  of  any  material  that  may  imperil 
property  in  the  State  ;  and  when  a  fire  has  occurred,  he 
investigates  the  cause,  and  endeavors  to  determine 
whether  it  was  due  to  accident,  negligence,  or  incen- 
diarism. Since  this  office  was  created,  fires  in  the  Bay 
State  have  become  less  frequent. 

TIIEATKKS    AN))    FIRE    KISKS. 

Mr.  Windmuller  offers  several  suggestions 
regarding  the  construction  of  theater  buildings 
that  should  be  heeded  by  our  municipal  building 
departments,  as  well  as  by  the  owners  and  oper- 
ators of  that  class  of  property. 

In  amusement  halls,  the  seats  should  be  far  enough 
apart  to  allow  the  spectators  to  pass  without  hindrance  ; 
broad  aisles,  free  from  incumbrances,  should  lead  to 
convenient  exits  sufficiently  wide  to  clear  the  house  in 
five  minutes  of  any  audience  it  can  hold  ;  the  curtain 
should  be  a  fireproof  partition  between  the  stage  and 


the  public  ;  and  watchmen  should  be  stationed  at  every 
exit  during  every  performance.  Watchmen  rendered 
all  the  assistance  they  could  and  carried  senseless  women 
from  the  ruins  of  the  ill-fated  Iroquois  at  the  peril  of 
their  own  lives.  But  the  flames  spread  with  such  rapid- 
ity that  the  efforts  of  these  men  availed  but  little.  New 
buildings  erected  for  a  similar  purpose  should  hereafter 
be  placed  in  the  center  of  a  square,  like  the  new  public 
library  building  of  New  York.  Modern  theaters  in  Paris. 
Vienna,  Berlin,  and  other  continental  cities  are  required 
to  be  more  than  forty  feet  distant  from  any  other  edifice. 
Until  we  can  enforce  a  similar  law  here,  we  should  at 
least  insist  that  no  building  be  used  for  such  a  purpose 
until  it  is  made  fireproof.  It  should  also  be  protected 
against  fire  from  adjoining  buildings  by  solid  brick  fire 
walls  of  sufficient  height  and  thickness.  The  agitation 
in  Europe  caused  by  the  Iroquois  fire  has  led  a  promi- 
nent architect,  "Baurat"  Helmers,  to  apply  to  the 
municipality  of  Vienna  for  permission  to  rehearse  thea- 
ter fires  in  a  circus,  in  order  to  instruct  the  Viennese 
how  to  behave  in  case  of  such  an  emergency.  After 
several  theater  fires,  an  association,  known  as  the  As- 
phalia  Society,  was  organized  in  Austria  for  the  better 
protection  of  human  life.  This  society  has  introduced 
reforms  in  the  construction  of  public  buildings  in  many 
European  countries,  and  no  serious  calamity  has  ever 
happened  in  any  building  erected  under  its  supervision. 


THE  SOUL  OF  RELIGION— POETRY. 


"  T-?  ELTGION  is  poetry  gone  to  deed.  Poetry 
-TV  floating  above  life  is  merely  poetry  ; 
poetry  embodied  in  life  is  religion."  Thus  does 
Mr.  Edwin  Markham  set  forth  his  text  for  a 
study  of  religion  and  life,  in  the  Homiletic  Review. 
Religion  and  poetry,  he  continues,  are  one  in 
essence,  and  they  pursue  the  same  end — "  the 
realization  of  the  ideal  through  the  expansion 
of  the  social  sympathies  and  the  practice  of  the 
tender  and  heroic  virtues.  Religion  seeks  this 
end  through  life  ;  poetry  seeks  it  through  beauty." 
It  has  always  been  thus,  Mr.  Markham  continues. 

The  first  poetry  of  the  world  came  as  a  cry  out  of  the 
religious  jassion  of  man,  a  cry  to  the  mystery  whence 
he  sprang — the  mystery  into  which  he  at  last  recedes. 
Poetry  and  religion  were  reckoned  one  in  the  morning 
of  time.  The  Vedic  hymns  were  sung  by  the  Aryans 
in  their  adoration  of  the  dawn,  as  they  pressed  south 
ward  through  the  passes  of  the  Himalayas.  The  an- 
cient pages  of  the  Zend  Avesta  are  crowded  with  hymns 
and  paeans  to  help  the  heart  in  its  long  battle  against 
Ahriman,  the  evil  god.  The  old  Hebrew  poets,  resting 
ever  on  the  rock  of  the  eternal,  bequeathed  to  the  world 
a  noble  poetry  in  psalm  and  prophecy,  a  poetry  that 
lias  supported  the  worn  steps  and  wasted  spirits  of  men 
down  long  thousands  of  years.  From  the  Ganges  to 
the  Jordan,  from  the  fiords  of  Norway  to  the  deltas  <>i 
the  Nile,  the  teachers  Of  righteousness  have  been  poets, 
and  their  work  remains  in  its  fresh  flower,  although  the 
babble  of  the  tongues  that  were  about  them  has  gone 
into  the  wind,  and  the  multitude,  that  drew  their  Com- 
passion are  drifted    dust.      "The  poet   was   of   old    the 


maker  :  so  the  first  scripture  was  a  child  of  the  Muses. 
Theology  in  its  origin  descended  as  a  song,  and  the  be- 
ginning of  revealed  religion  came  as  a  poetic  vision  of 
the  Creative  Man. 


M>"  in    MARKHAM. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


623 


"WHERE    THERE    IS    NO    POETRY.    RELIGION    WILL 
PERISH." 

The  path  of  divine  education,  he  says  fur- 
ther, is  the  path  of  the  sympathies.  "  This 
<|uickening  of  the  heart  is  a  work  that  is  wrought 
by  great  poetry,  and  this  work  is  the  purpose 
and  prayer  of  all  gospels  and  all  revelations." 
If  science  is  "hacking  away  the  props  of  the 
religious  sentiment,"  the  best  remedy  will  be 
found  in  the  cultivation  of  the  imaginative 
faculty  among  the  people. 

Let  there  be  schools  of  poetry  to  quicken  iu  us  the 


springs  of  beauty  and  wonder.  To  poetry  more  than 
to  any  other  power  must  we  look  for  the  radiant  energy 
that  shall  repel  the  march  of  scientific  realism.  To 
poetry  we  must  look  also  for  the  glowing  life  that  shall 
fling  off  the  clutch  of  an  archaic  theology.  The  fatal 
error  of  the  old  theologians  was  their  attempt  to  probe 
the  abyss  with  a  cold  prose  logic,  a  logic  that  searched 
for  God  with  a  syllogism  and  destroyed  him  with  a 
definition.  They  forgot  that  the  One  we  adore  must 
reach  down  beyond  the  fathomable  gulfs.  To  poetry, 
then,  we  must  turn,  for  she  only  can  refresh  our  spirits 
with  a  sense  of  the  Unseen,  with  a  sense  of  the  living 
Mystery  at  the  heart  of  the  world.  Where  there  is  no 
poetry,  religion  will  perish  ;  and  where  there  is  no  re- 
ligion, the  people  will  perish. 


PARASITIC  WORMS. 


THE  life  of  a  parasitic  worm  is  full  of  ad- 
venture, and  it  is  one  of  the  marvels  of 
nature  how  such  a  fortuitous  plan  of  develop- 
ment ever  originated. 

Dr.  D.  Ssinitzen,  of  the  University  of  War- 
saw, contributes  an  interesting  article  on  para- 
sitic worms  to  the  last  number  of  the  Zoologischer 
Anzeiger  (Marburg).  The  parasites  upon  which 
Dr.  Ssinitzen's  observations  were  made  were  dif- 
ferent species  of  liver  flukes,  one  of  them  being 
the  well-known  pest  that  produces  the  disease  in 
sheep  called  "liver  rot."  Other  species  of  flukes 
infest  different  vertebrate  animals,  both  wild 
and  domestic,  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  fifteen 
kinds  of  flukes  infesting  cattle  alone.  The 
adult  parasite  is  not  altogether  worm-like  in 
appearance,  but  is  flat  and  somewhat  leaf- 
shaped,  and  is  provided  with  either  hooks  or 
suckers  for  attaching  itself  to  the  animal  upon 
which  it  lives. 

In  the  course  of  its  development,  each  indi- 
vidual assumes  several  different  forms,  and  ac- 
commodates itself  at  various  times  to  entirely 
different  modes  of  life.  The  eggs  require  con- 
siderable moisture  for  their  development,  and, 
curiously,  the  young  fluke  never  hatches  out 
from  the  egg  in  the  dark,  but  leaves  the  shell 
only  when  exposed  to  the  light.  This  prevents 
it  from  ever  hatching  at  night.  When  it  emerges 
from  the  egg  it  is  shaped  like  an  elongated  pear, 
measures  about  15  mm.  in  length,  and  is  covered 
with  fine  cilia.  This  young  organism  swims 
about  actively  until  it  finds  a  certain  kind  of 
amphibious  snail,  which  it  immediately  bores 
into,  then  discards  its  coat  of  cilia,  loses  even 
the  rudiments  of  organs  which  it  formerly  pos- 
sessed, and  proceeds  to  grow  at  the  expense  of 
the  snail  it  has  entered. 

This  quiescent  form  of  the  parasite  gives  rise 
to  many  more  perfectly  formed  and  more  active 


individuals,  which,  however,  have  not  yet  at- 
tained the  complex  organization  of  the  adult. 
They  develop  in  such  numbers  that  the  host 
which  they  prey  upon  is  killed,  and  as  the  para- 
site at  this  stage  of  development  is  unfitted  for 
independent  life,  it  would  necessarily  die  with 
its  host  if  it  were  not  for  its  innate  ability  to 
change  its  form  and  adapt  itself  to  new  condi- 
tions. At  this  critical  point  in  its  existence  it 
gives  rise  to  a  full-living,  motile  form  known  as 
a  cercaria,  which  leaves  the  host  and  swims 
around  in  the  water  for  some  time,  then,  finally, 
crawls  up  on  a  blade  of  grass,  or  a  stem  of  some 
sort,  discards  its  tail,  secretes  a  hard  shell  around 
itself  as  a  protection  from  drying,  and  remains 
there  until  some  animal,  in  eating  the  grass,  un- 
wittingly swallows  it,  after  which  the  shell  is 
dissolved,  leaving  the  parasite  free  to  penetrate 
the  vital  organs  of  its  new  host. 

In  this  very  complicated  mode  of  development, 
it  is  of  the  greatest  importance  to  the  parasite  to  be 
able  to  find  its  host,  and  yet,  as  its  only  sense  or- 
gans for  the  perception  of  things  external  to  it 
have  been  supposed  to  be  rudimentary  eyes  that 
could  scarcely  serve  for  more  than  to  distinguish 
between  light  and  darkness,  it  was  incompre- 
hensible how  the  particular  species  of  snail  that 
serves  as  the  first  host  to  be  parasitized  could 
be  distinguished  from  all  the  other  things  that 
might  be  encountered.  But  it  is  found  that  the 
adult  form,  infesting  sheep  and  cattle,  and  both 
incompletely  developed  forms  that  precede  it. 
have  a  peculiar  kind  of  sensory  organs  that  com- 
bine the  characteristics  of  organs  for  receiving 
sensations  of  sound,  smell,  and  taste..  These  or- 
gans are  in  the  shape  of  minute  papillae  each 
one  consisting  of  a  transparent  vesicle  that 
contains  a  small  rod  and  a  few  granules,  and 
is  connected  with  a  nerve  fiber  that  carries  the 
stimulus  to  the  brain, 


624 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  FIRST  LORD  OF  THE  BRITISH  ADMIRALTY. 


ENGLAND'S  popular  naval  hero  at  the  pres- 
ent time  is  Admiral  Sir  John  Fisher.  A 
writer  in  the  Pall  Mall  Magazine  for  September 
declares  the  maintenance  of  European  peace 
during  the  Boer  war  more  due  to  the  admiral 
than  to  any  other  man,  owing  to  the  standard  of 
perfection  to  which  he  had  raised  the  Mediter- 
ranean fleet.  While  he  had  command  of  that 
fleet,  he  raised  the  average  speed  of  the  ships 
from  eleven  knots  to  thirteen. 

When  efficiency  is  really  required,  it  is  generally 
forthcoming.  During  the  Boer  war,  the  system  of  in- 
formation regarding  enemies'  ships  organized  by  Sir 
John  Fisher  was  so  perfect  that  at  any  time  of  the 
day  or  night  the  position  of  every  foreign  man-of-war 
throughout  the  world  was  accurately  known.  Had  war 
broken  out  in  1901  or  1902,  all  that  foresight  could  pro- 
vide for  was  done.  From  Constantinople  to  the  Straits 
of  Gibraltar  every  conceivable  problem  had  been  worked 
out  in  such  perfection  that,  no  matter  where  or  how 
war  broke  out,  the  commander-in-chief  would  have  been 
ready  for  all  eventualities. 

A  naval  officer  of  high  rank,  whose  name  is  a  house- 
hold word,  recently  said,  "  Jack  Fisher's  advent  at  the 
admiralty  should  delight  the  heart  of  the  nation  if  they 
really  knew  what  it  means  for  efficiency." 

As  first  sea-lord,  Sir  John  Fisher  will  be  ready  for  any 
storm,  and  the  public  will  soon  discover  more  interest 
in  the  admiralty  than  has  been  shown  since  Trafalgar. 
Gunnery  efficiency  will  be  required,  not  approved,  by 
the  admiralty ;  useless  squadrons  on  distant  stations 
will  be  withdrawn  ;  the  naval  force  of  Britain  will  be 
concentrated.  Sir  John  Fisher  dislikes  maritime  alli- 
ances,— you  cannot  shoot  a  friendly  admiral  for  igno- 


rance or  negligence.  He  considers  that  Britain,  to  be 
safe,  must  rely  on  her  own  right  arm,  and  that  the  right 
arm,  being  the  navy,  should  govern  imperial  defense. 
If  the  navy  is  the  right  arm  of  Britannia,  John  Axbuth- 
not  Fisher  is  the  right  arm  of  the  navy. 


ADMIRAL  SIR  JOHN   FISHER. 


LAFCADIO  HEARN  ON  TOKIO  IN  WAR  TIME. 


A  LETTER  from  Lafcadio  Hearn,  dated  at 
Tokio  on  August  1,  but  a  few  weeks  be- 
fore his  death,  is  printed  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly 
for  November.  Mr.  Hearn  describes  the  calm 
and  self:control  of  the  Japanese  capital  in  the 
midst  of  war's  alarms.  To  the  inexperienced 
observation,  he  declares,  there  is  no  excitement 
and  scarcely  any  unusual  interest.  There  is 
nothing  whatever  to  indicate  a  condition  of 
anxiety  or  depression. 

On  the  contrary,  one  is  astonished  by  the  joyous 
tone  of  public  confidence  and  the  admirably  restrained 
pride  of  the  nation  in  its  victories.  Western  tides  have 
strewn  the  coast  with  Japanese  corpses ;  regiments 
have  been  blown  out  of  existence  in  the  storming  of 
positions  defended  by  wire  entanglements;  battleships 
have  been  lost ;  yet  at  no  moment  has  there  been  the 
least  public  excitement.  The  people  arc  following  t  heir 
daily  occupations  just  as  they  did  before  the  war  ;  the 
cheerj  aspect  of  things  is  just  the  same;  the  theaters 


and  flower-displays  are  not  less  well  patronized.  The 
life  of  Tokio  has  been,  to  outward  seeming,  hardly 
more  affected  by  the  events  of  the  war  thau  the  life  of 
nature  beyond  it,  where  the  flowers  are  blooming  and 
the  butterflies  hovering  as  in  other  summers.  Except 
after  the  news  of  some  great  victory, — celebrated  with 
fireworks  and  lantern  processions, — there  are  no  signs 
of  public  emotion  ;  and  but  for  the  frequent  distribu- 
tion of  newspaper  extras,  by  runners  ringing  bells,  you 
could  almost  persuade  yourself  that  tne  whole  story  of 
the  war  is  an  evil  dream. 

And  yet,  in  the  words  of  a  current  Japanese 
poem,  ii  every  time  an  extra  is  circulated,  the 
widows  of  foes  and  friends  have  increased  in 
multitude."  All  this  calm  simply  testifies  to 
•■  the  more  than  Spartan  discipline  of  the  race." 

Anciently,  the  people  were  trained,  not  only  to  con- 
ceal their  emotions,  but  to  speak  in  a  cheerful  voice  and 
to  show  a  pleasant  face  under  any  stress  of  moral  suf- 
fering ;  and  they  are  obedient  to  that  teaching  to-day. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


625 


It  would  still  be  thought  a  shame  to  betray  personal 
sorrow  for  the  loss  of  those  who  die  for  Emperor  and 
fatherland.  The  public  seem  to  view  the  events  of  the 
war  as  they  would  watch  the  scenes  of  a  popular  play. 
They  are  interested  without  being  excited  ;  and  their 
extraordinary  self-control  is  particularly  shown  in  vari- 

-  ous  manifestations  of  the  "play-impulse."  Everywhere 
the  theaters  are  producing  war  dramas  (based  upon 
actual  fact) ;  the  newspapers  and  magazines  are  pub- 
lishing war  stories  and  novels;  the  cinematograph  ex- 
hibits the  monstrous  methods  of  modern  warfare  ;  and 
numberless  industries  are  turning  out  objects  of  art  or 
utility  designed    to   commemorate  the  Japanese   tri- 

B     umphs. 

Mr.  Hearn  goes  on  to  recount  the  different 
ways  in  which  the  war  has  influenced  life  in 
the  Japanese  capital.  It  has  made  the  photog- 
raphers very  busy,  he  says,  taking  pictures  of 
the  departing  soldiers.  It  has  been  the  inspira- 
tion for  *an  immense  number  of  war  pictures, 
mostly   cheap   lithographs,   but    some    of    them 


clever  cartoons  printed  on  blue-and-white  towels. 
Many  articles  of  apparel  and  fashion,  such  as 
hair-combs  for  the  women,  card-cases,  purses, 
etc.,  have  warlike  designs  on  them,  and  even 
the  children's  games  are  really  war  games.  The 
strangest  thing  in  the  line  of  war  decoration, 
says  Mr.  Hearn,  was  a  silk  dress  for  baby  girls. 

These  are  figured  stuffs  which  when  looked  at  from 
a  little  distance  appear  incomparably  pretty,  owing 
to  the  masterly  juxtaposition  of  tints  and  colors.  On 
closer  inspection,  the  charming  design  proved  to  be 
composed  entirely  of  war  pictures,  or,  rather,  fragments 
of  pictures,  blended  into  one  astonishing  combination, 
— naval  battles  ;  burning  warships  ;  submarine  mines 
exploding ;  torpedo  boats  attacking  ;  charges  of  Cos- 
sacks repulsed  by  Japanese  infantry  ;  artillery  rushing 
into  position  ;  storming  of  forts  ;  long  lines  of  soldiery 
advancing  through  mist.  Here  were  colors  of  blood 
and  fire,  tints  of  morning  haze  and  evening  glow,  noon- 
blue  and  starred  night-purple,  sea-gray  and  field-green, 
— most  wonderful  thing  ! 


IS  A  UNION    OF  CATHOLIC  AND    PROTESTANT    CHURCHES  TO 

BE  DESIRED? 


AT  this  season  of  religious  conventions,  when 
questions  of  church  government  and  the 
possibilities  of  a  union  of  Christian  sects  are 
being  discussed,  it  is  interesting  and  significant 
to  read  the  symposium  which  appears  in  La 
Revue  on  the  desirability  of  a  reunion  of  the 
Catholic  and  the  Protestant  churches.  In  intro- 
ducing the  subject,  the  editor  of  the  symposium 
comments  on  the  constantly  increasing  indiffer- 
ence to  religious  matters  which  prevails  at  the 
present  day.  He  believes  that  no  question  of 
the  time  is  more  pressing  than  that  of  discover- 
ing where  the  churches  stand,  and  whither  they 
are  tending.  He  asks  :  What  is,  so  to  speak, 
the  balance  in  favor  of  Christianity  after  nine- 
teen centuries  ?  what  is  the  task  before  it  ?  and 
what  are  the  hopes  it  may  still  cherish  ?  The 
Protestant  Church,  he  continues,  has  sometimes 
been  called  a  daughter,  rebellious  and  emanci- 
pated, of  the  old  universal  Catholic  Church  ; 
but  Catholicism  and  Protestantism  must  be  re- 
garded as  two  distinct  Christian  churches,  or, 
at  least,  as  two  sister  churches,  two  daughters 
of  the  same  Heavenly  Father. 

The  following  questions  were  addressed  by 
La  Revue  to  eminent  representatives  of  Catholic 
and  of  Protestant  thought :  (1)  How  long  have 
tendencies  to  the  reunion  of  Catholics  and  Prot- 
estants manifested  themselves  in  either  church  ? 
(2)  Is  the  reunion  of  the  Catholic  and  Protes- 
tant churches  possible  and  desirable  ?  and  on 
what  basis  could  reunion  be  realized  ?     The  re- 


plies are  numerous  and  worthy  of  the  great  sub- 
ject under  discussion.  They  fill  two  numbers 
of  the  review. 

THE    CATHOLIC    VIEW. 

The  opinions  of  the  Catholic  writers  who  re- 
plied were  given  first,  those  in  the  affirmative 
desiring  fusion  with  the  Catholic  Church.  The 
first  authority  quoted  is  Vicomte  R.  d'Adhemar, 
of  the  faculty  of  science  at  the  Catholic  Uni- 
versity of  Lille,  a  scientist  who  seeks  to  recon- 
cile his  faith  in  science  with  his  faith  in  the 
Church.  For  him,  science  only  touches  the  ex- 
ternal side  of  things  ;  it  has  not,  nor  can  it  re- 
place, the  intuition  of  invisible  things.  He  insists 
tli at  Protestantism  exists  as  a  church  only  to 
oppose  Catholicism.  Without  a  Catholic  Church 
there  could  be  nothing  to  protest  against.  Sci- 
ence and  philosophy  complement  each  other  as 
a  point  of  view  from  which  to  regard  life  ;  and 
there  is  the  common-sense  point  of  view.  But 
science  does  not  satisfy  itself  or  us.  The  cradle 
and  the  grave,  and  the  ebb  and  flow  of  human 
beings  on  earth,  are  enigmas,  absolute  mysteries, 
for  the  learned  and  the  illiterate,  and  the  Church 
as  a  living  organism  seeks  to  bridge  over  the 
abyss  we  cannot  fathom.  Protestants  do  not 
constitute  a  church  in  the  positive  sense,  for 
they  have  neither  doctrinal  nor  disciplinary  au- 
thority. The  Catholic  Church  asks  us  to  accept 
her  authority,  but  not  as  a  spiritual  Caesarism  to 
which  we  are  forced  to  submit.     In  the  Church, 


626 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  Catholic  should  never  be  either  a  slave  or  a 
subject.  The  Catholic  believes  in  the  Catholic 
Church  because  she  enables  him  to  perfect  him- 
self morally,  and  leaves  him  free  to  choose  what 
cosmogony,  what  scientific  theory,  he  prefers. 
The  dogma  of  the  Protestants  is  the  Bible  and 
nothing  more.  As  regards  the  desirability  of 
the  fusion  of  the  different  confessions  there  can 
be  no  question,  only  the  fusion  must  be  with  the 
more  coordinate,  the  more  alive  of  the  churches, 
— namely,  the  Catholic  Church. 

TIiq  next  Catholic  authority  to  express  an 
opinion  on  the  question  is  Abbe  J.  Bricout, 
editor  of  the  Revue  du  Ckrgi  Francais.  He  says 
Catholicism  is,  and  ought  to  remain,  a  religion 
of  authority  ;  Protestantism  becomes  more  and 
more  a  religion  of  free  belief  ;  therefore,  a  re- 
union of  the  two  churches  seems  scarcely  pos- 
sible. To  reunite,  one  or  other  would  have  to 
consent  to  sacrifice  its  leading  principle.  One 
thing  only  is  desirable, — that  Catholics  and 
Protestants  should  not  regard  each  other  as 
enemies,  but  as  separatist  brothers  ;  they  should 
unite  to  fight  irreligion,  their  common  enemy. 

The  eminent  editor  of  the  Revue  des  Deux 
Ifondes,  Ferdinand  Brunetiere,  believes  that  re- 
union would  be  possible  if  an  understanding 
could  be  arrived  at  with  reference  to  one  or 
two  articles  of  faith,  such  as  the  Eucharist  and 
Papal  Infallibility,  which  he  thinks  does  not  in 
any  way  clash  with  true  spiritual  liberty.  There 
are,  however,  other  more  serious  obstacles. 
Every  Protestant  considers  his  religion  a  per- 
sonal acquisition,  a  conquest  of  his  intellect,  and 
the  fruit  of  his  meditation  ;  but  perhaps  the 
greatest  obstacle  of  all  is  the  tendency  of  the 
great  churches  to  nationalize  and  make  of 
Christianity  a  domain,  with  frontiers  to  coin- 
cide as  exactly  as  possible  with  political  or 
geographical  delimitation.  A  national  church 
can  only  be  a  confusion  of  temporal  and  spiritual 
power.  The  increasing  development  of  Christian 
democracy  or  social  Christianity,  however,  all 
tends  to  prepare  for  and  facilitate  reunion. 

The  director  of  the  Quinzaine,  G.  Fonsegrive, 
follows  M.  Brunetiere.  He  says,  in  effect,  that 
Protestantism  individualizes  religion,  whereas 
Catholicism  socializes  it.  But,  without  making 
any  concessions  to  each  other,  the  more  each 
church  lives  up  to  the  vital  principle  which  ani- 
mates it,  the  greater  will  be  the  tendency  of  the 
two  religions  to  come  together  on  one  common 
ground, — namely,  that  of  religion. 

Abbe  Gayraud  and  others  continue  the  dis- 
cussion. The  abb6  says  the  basis  of  reunion 
can  only  be  the  Catholic  faith.  The  father  of 
the  prodigal  son  can  make  innumerable  conces- 
sions, hut  must  remain  the  father. 


The  Protestant  replies  indicate  an  appreciation 
of  the  need  for  reunion,  but  a  recognition  of  its 
impossibility  on  dogmatic  grounds. 

THE    PROTESTANT    VIEW. 

Pasteur  Babut,  of  Nimes,  is  alive  to  the  dan- 
ger of  irreligion,  and  consequently  dreams  of  a 
common  action  against  it, — a  great  Christian 
confederation  against  freeth ought.  Since  the 
seventeenth  century,  the  two  churches  have  fol- 
lowed two  different  roads,  and  have  got  further 
and  further  apart.  The  Catholic  Church  has 
adopted  new  dogmas,  such  as  those  of  the  im- 
maculate conception  and  the  personal  infallibil- 
ity of  the  Pope  ;  while  the  Protestant  churches 
have  assumed  a  character  less  and  less  dogmatic, 
getting  more  and  more  concerned  with  the  spirit 
than  the  letter,  and  with  faith  itself  rather  than 
its  formula. 

Prof.  G.  Bonet-Maury  thinks  that  in  the  seven- 
teenth century  a  reunion  of  the  two  confessions 
was  practicable,  but  that,  on  the  basis  of  their 
respective  dogmas,  it  is  scarcely  possible  to-day. 
But  some  rapprochement,  a  loyal  entente  in  cer- 
tain fields  of  religious  activity,  is  possible  ;  for 
instance,  moral  action  in  all  home  missions, 
Bible  readings,  foreign  missions.  And  after 
working  together  for  a  few  generations  in  these 
three  fields,  the  two  confessions  may  have  be- 
come better  acquainted  and  more  sympathetic 
with  each  other,  and  so  might  then  disarm  and 
make  a  truce  of  God,  and  establish  a  rapproche- 
ment on  the  common  basis  of  Christian  life, 
evangelical  truth,  and  divine  love. 

Pasteur  T.  Fallot  desires  with  all  his  heart 
that  the  two  churches  should  work  in  common 
at  the  common  task.  Union  of  the  two  faiths, 
he  fears,  is  not  feasible,  for  there  is  not  merely 
doctrinal  divergence,  but  soul-divergence, — two 
modes  of  feeling  and  thinking,  which  result  in 
two  modes  of -action,  in  the  adherents  of  the  two 
churches.  The  general  conception  of  life  and 
the  rules  of  conduct  is  quite  different  in  each, 
everything  depending,  with  the  Protestant,  on 
individual  initiative. 

The  director  of  the  Vie  Kouvelle,  Pasteur 
Lafon,  says  reunion  will  only  be  possible  when 
the  Catholic  Church  has  reformed  itself.  Be- 
tween Protestants  and  Catholics  there  may  be 
rapprochement  of  man  to  man  by  tolerance,  etc., 
but  between  the  two  churches  there  is  a  great 
abyss. 

Professors  Lobstem  and  Luzzi  agree  that 
nothing  will  tend  to  reunion  so  much  as  in- 
creased sincerity  in  either  faith.  Protestantism 
and  Catholicism  in  becoming  more  Christian 
will  both  work  toward  unity  on  the  eternal  basis 
of   the    Christianity    of    Christ.     The    Catholic 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


627 


Church,  says  Professor  Lobstein,  professes  ab- 
solute truth.  The  authority  is  the  infallible 
Pope  commanding  obedience,  submission,  and  in 
return  the  individual  is  relieved  of  all  personal 
responsibility,  and  is  assured  constant  support. 
The  Protestant  method  is  radically  different,  the 
Bible  being  the  authority.  But  as  the  Church 
has  progressed  the  spirit  has  replaced  the  letter. 

THE    INDEPENDENT    VIEW. 

Other  writers  continue  the  discussion,  notably 
Pasteur  Wilfred  Monod,  of  Rouen  ;  Ernest  Na- 
ville.  Pasteur  Frank  Puaux,  Pasteur  J.  E.  Ro- 
berty,  Edmond  Stapfer.  and  Pasteur  Charles 
Wagner,  of  the  Evangelical  Liberal  Parish, 
in  Pai'is,  author  of  "  The  Simple  Life,"  "  Cour- 
age," "  Youth,"  etc.,  who  is  now  in  this  country. 
M.  Wagner  believes  that,  while  principles  and 
dogmas  may  remain  as  fixed  as  the  granite  hills, 
men  and  life  are  as  supple  as  principles  are 
rigid.  Reunion  may  not  be  possible  ;  concert  of 
action  certainly  is. 

Prof.  C.  Godet  thinks  the  gulf  between  Prot- 
estant and  Catholic  mode  of  thought  was  never 
so  wide  as  it  is  to-day.  It  is  simply  a  case  of  fire 
and  water,  incompatible  elements. 

Pere  Hyacinthe  says  the  essence  of  the  two 
churches  is  different,  and  their  principles  con- 
tradictory, but  he  adds  that  among  the  churches 
of  similar  nature,  such  as  those  which  divide 
Eastern  and  Western  Christianity,  outside  the 


Catholic  Church,  of  course,  union  would  be  easy 
under  the  famous  motto  attributed  to  St.  Augus- 
tine,— "  In  things  essential,  union  ;  in  things 
doubtful,  liberty  ;  in  everything,  charity." 
Distinction  of  churches  is  legitimate,  but  not 
division.  Union  with  the  Catholic  Church 
would  only  mean  submission. 

A    GENERAL    CONCLUSION. 

At  the  end  of  the  lengthy  symposium,  Edouard 
de  Morsier  adds  a  few  comments.  At  the  out- 
set he  recognized  that  the  two  churches  would 
sound  very  different  notes,  and  he  feared  the 
actual  separation  would  only  be  confirmed.  But. 
on  both  sides,  the  ardent  and  general  desire  for 
Christian  union  comes  out  as  a  fact  of  first  im- 
portance. What,  then,  prevents  the  Christians 
of  all  confessions  from  uniting  one  day  in  the 
year  in  a  day  of  prayer  and  praying  the  uni- 
versal prayer  of  all  believers,  "  Our  Father  who 
art  in  heaven  ?  "  After  nearly  twenty  centuries, 
Christianity  continues  to  play  a  supreme  part, 
yet  only  one-third  of  the  people  on  the  globe  are 
Christians.  The  heart  of  Christianity  beats  in 
Europe  ;  but  if  she  is  attacked  in  the  heart  by 
incredulity  and  freethought,  she  must  die.  For 
the  last  five  centuries,  Christianity  has  suffered 
from  schism  and  reform.  Not  only  are  Chris- 
tians disputing  among  themselves,  butthe  Church 
is  attacked  from  outside.  Yet  alongside  of  this 
schism  there  is  a  strong  aspiration  toward  unity. 


DISESTABLISHMENT  IN   FRANCE  AND  SCOTLAND. 


MOVEMENTS  for  the  complete  disestablish- 
ment of  the  State  Church  are  engaging 
the  attention  of  not  only  thoughtful  religious 
people  in  France,  Italy,  and  Scotland,  but  of 
patriotic  statesmen  in  those  countries  also.  The 
question  in  France  still  keeps  the  form  of  almost 
open  war  between  Church  and  State. 

The  French  Governmental  View. 
The  moderate  and  temperate  governmental 
side  of  the  disestablishment  question  in  France 
is  presented  in  a  short  article  in  the  National 
/.'<  mew  by  the  well-known  French  radical  mem- 
her  of  the  Senate,  Georges  Clemenceau.  After 
tracing  the  history  of  the  events  which  led  up 
to  and  succeeded  the  signing  of  the  famous 
Concordat,  M.  Clemenceau  declares  that  the 
principal  defect  in  the  agreement,  from  the 
religious  standpoint,  was  the  impossibility  of  its 
application.  Most  of  the  points  agreed  upon  by 
the  Pope  were  wrung  from  him  under  duress. 
"The  written  text  of  the  agreement  was  devoid 


M.  GEORGES  CLEMENCEAU. 


628 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


of  importance  ;  it  was  but  the  order  of  an  im- 
perious master  compelling  obedience."  M. 
(  'lemenceau  goes  on  to  declare  that  most  of  the 
stipulations  agreed  to  by  the  Pope  have  been 
unfulfilled.  To-day,  he  declares,  "we  find  our- 
selves face  to  face  with  a  discredited  compro 
mise.  of  which  the  only  clause'  scrupulously 
carried  out  is  that  under  which  the  Roman 
Catholic  clergy  are  salaried  by  the  French 
state."  All  the  guaranties  inserted  on  behalf 
of  the  State  have  been  neglected.  The  French 
statesman  declares  that  the  oath  of  civil  alle- 
giance has  disappeared, — it  is  no  longer  abso- 
lutely necessary  for  bishops  to  obtain  leave  to 
go  to  Rome.  The  Concordat  reduced  the  eighty- 
four  bishops  of  the  ancien  regime  to  sixty,  but, 
"in  the  interval,  they  have  been  raised  to  the 
former  figure."  In  fact,  "every  one  can  see 
clearly  what  the  State  gives,  but  it  would  be 
difficult  to  say  what  it  receives  from  the  other 
party  to  the  contract."  M.  Clemenceau  goes  on 
to  charge  the  religious  orders  with  violent 
opposition  to  the  republic. 

Every  pulpit  became  a  political  platform  directed 
against  the  government  which  paid  the  Church,  every 
parsonage  a  focus  of  anti-republican  agitation,  combin- 
ing political  intrigue  with  works  of  charity  which 
should  in  their  nature  remain  outside  party  strife. 
And,  unfortunately  for  the  secular  clergy,  the  religious 
orders,  which  had  increased  to  such  an  extent  as  to 
have  almost  recovered  the  position  they  held  under  the 
uncicii  regime,  threw  themselves  into  the  political  fray 
with  all  the  more  ardor  owing  to  being  independent  of 
the  State,  audthey  succeeded  in  dragging  in  their  train 
some  of  the  secular  clergy  who,  if  left  to  themselves, 
would  probably  have  preferred  the  peace  of  their 
churches. 

The  rupture  would  never  have  happened  under 
Leo  XIII.;  but  Pius  X.,  "who  is  a  simple  soul 
steeped  in  formula?,  allows  himself  to  be  '  run  ' 
by  a  secretary  of  state  who  goes  straight  ahead 
regardless  of  pitfalls."  Both  Church  and  State. 
he  declares,  are  now  "  in  the  disagreeable  mood 
which  usually  follows  the  decision  to  separate." 
And  yet,  "  with  courage,  method,  and  persever- 
ance, the  French  Republican  party  should  have 
no  doubt  as  to  its  success  in  the  fask  before;  it." 

The  Unfortunate  French  Bishops. 

A  consideration  of  France  and  the  Church. 
from  the  standpoint  of  the  unfortunate  bishops 
whose  inability  to  comply  with  the  conflicting 
demands  of  both  Church  and  State  precipitated 
the  acute  phases  of  the  conflict  between  Premier 
Combes  and  the  Vatican,  appears  in  the  Revue 
Bleue  over  the  signature  "  X."  The  contradic- 
tions in  the  famous  Concordat  are  pointed  out 
by  the  writer,  who  marvels  that  such  an  incon- 
sistent agreement  could  have  remained   in  force 


Mgr.  Nordez. 
(Bishop  of  Dijon.) 

THE  TWO   FRENCH    INSURGENT  BISHOPS 


Mgr.  Geay. 
i  Bishop  of  Laval.) 


for  a  century.  Most  compromises,  he  says,  have 
for  their  object  the  settlement  of  differences 
and  the  prevention  of  conflicts,  but  the  agree- 
ment between  Pope  Pius  VII.  and  the  First 
Consul,  Bonaparte,  it  would  seem,  had  for  its 
object  the  provoking  of  these  very  differences 
and  conflicts.  For  the  greater  part  of  the  cen- 
tury of  its  existence,  this  Concordat  was  undis- 
turbed, despite  its  contradictory  character,  be- 
cause both  parties  to  the  contract  were  too  weak 
to  "fall  out  ;  "  but  "between  a  church  become 
ultramontane  and  a  democracy  jealous  of  its 
independence  and  freed  from  all  prejudice, 
opposition  could  not  fail  to  become  permanent 
and  irreconcilable."  This  writer  recalls  the 
fact  that,  according  to  the  terms  of  the  famous 
agreement,  French  bishops  were  to  be  nominated 
by  the  government,  and,  if  there  were  no  ec- 
clesiastical grievance  against  them,  to  be  con- 
firmed by  the  Vatican.  The  bishops  took  sol- 
emn and  binding  oaths  to  abide  by  the  French 
constitution  and  support  the  republic,  and.  oil 
the  other  hand,  to  be  absolutely  faithful,  with- 
oiii  question,  to  the  behests  of  the  Papal  Gov- 
ernment. So  long  as  Pope  and  republic  re- 
mained in  accord,  this  was  possible,  but  when 
these  tWO  powers  disagreed,  what  was  to  be- 
come of  the  poor  bishop  ?  According  to  apos- 
tolic law.  every  bishop  must  make  a  periodical 
visit  to  Rome  to  present  his  homage.  At  the 
same  time,  by  the  terms  of  the  French  law,  bish- 
ops must  reside  in  their  dioceses  and  cannot 
leave  except  by  permission  of  the  government. 
The  Bishops  of  Dijon  and  Laval  were  summoned 
by  the  Sacred  College  to  Rome,  and  forbidden  to 
leave  their  residence  by  the  minister  of  education 
at  Pan-is, — "a  strange  and  unhappy  consequence 
of  the  Concordat,  which  makes  bishops  faithless 
to  the  authority  of  their  Church  or  rebels  against 
i  he  laws  <<{'  their  count  ry,  " 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


620 


Some  Results  of  the  Scottish  Free  Church 
Decision. 

The  decision  of  the  British  House  of  Lords  an 
the  Scottish  Church  case,  the  practical  result  of 
which  is  to  turn  over  to  the  State  aninority 
church  vast  property  interests,  most  of  it  accu- 
mulated by  the  so-called  Free  Church  since  the 
famous  disruption  in  1843,  has  aroused  a  great 
deal  of  aaaagazine  and  newspaper  discussion  in 
Great  Britain.  Dr.  W.  Robertson  Nicoll  out- 
lines the  situation  in  an  article  in  the  Contempo- 
rary Review.     He  says  : 

The  House  of  Lords,  in  order  to  gain  the  end  of  hav- 
ing the  Church  property  administered  according  to  the 
wishes  of  the  donors,  handed  it  over  to  the  minority. 
They  found  that  the  minority  represented  the  original 
Free  Church, — (1)  because  they  accepted  the  Establish- 
ment principle  ;  (2)  because  they  held  the  Confession  of 
Faith  without  modification,  it  being,  according  to  the 
decision,  illegal  to  make  any  change  in  the  symbol ;  (3) 
the  Lord  Chancellor  was  of  opinion  that  the  majority 
had  parted  from  Calvinistic  doctrine  and  become  Ar- 
minians  in  contending  for  a  free  offer  of  the  Gospel  to 
all  mankind,  and  he  had  considerable  sympathy  from 
other  judges;  (4)  it  was  decided  that  the  property  of 
the  Church  according  to  the  intention  of  the  donors  was 
tied  to  believers  in  the  Establishment  principle,  and  in 
an  unmodified  Confession  of  Faith. 

In  1867,  the  principle  of  the  union  of  churches 
was  accepted,  he  reminds  us.  Since  then,  "  at 
least  90  per  cent,  of  the  funds  has  been  pro- 
vided by  those  in  favor  of  union.  The  congre- 
gations represented  in  the  minority  have  not,  as 
a  rule,  been  self-sustaining.  They  have  existed 
in  a  perfectly- honorable  dependence  on  the  aid 
of  the  Church  at  large."  What  were  the  views 
and  intentions  of  the  donors  before  1867  ?  Dr. 
Xicoll  pa*oposes  to  answer  this  question  from  a 
careful  study  of  the  union  debates  in  the  Free 
Church  Assembly  from  1863  to  1873.  His  con- 
tention is  that  "  the  disruption  leaders,  anen  who 
surely  knew  their  own  principles,  repudiated 
every  one  of  the  judgments  of  the  House  of 
Lords  in  advance  by  a  large  majority,  and  in 
part  unanimously.  The  evidence  is  adduced 
from  their  own  speeches,  as  reported  in  the 
Free  Church  Blue  Books."  His  quotations 
appear  to  fully  justify  his  contention.  At  the 
end  of  the  article  he  refers  to  his  experience. 
He  says  : 

I  have  remained  in  association  with  the  Free  Church, 
and  have  contributed  according  to  my  means,  not  only 
to  the  ordinary  income,  but  to  the  building  of  churches 
and  manses.  There  are  hundreds  of  thousands  who 
have  done  the  same.  There  are  many  thousands  who 
have  been  able  to  do  so  on  a  much  larger  scale  ;  and  all 
have  contributed  in  the  faith  that  the  money  would  be 
applied  in  the  service  of  their  convictions.  If  the  Es- 
tablishment principle  had  been  a  term  of  communion, 
we  could  never  have  belonged  to  the  Free  Church.     If 


we  had  believed  the  Church  to  be  tied  for  all  time  to 

the  Confession  of  Faith  we  should  never  have  sub- 
scribed a  penny  to  its  funds.  To  a  church  constituted 
as  the  church  of  the  minority  is  now,  we  should  never 
have  given  anything.  Our  money  has  been  taken  and 
violently  diverted  to  purposes  which  are  hateful  to  us. 
Should  we  not  have  &  right  to  demand  it  back  ?  Is 
there  not  a  clear  case  for  restitution  ?  I  make  the  ap- 
peal to  all  fair-minded  men.  No  doubt  the  desire  of 
the  majority  in  the  House  of  Lords  was  to  ascertain 
and  give  effect  to  the  mind  of  the  donors  of  the  Trust 
Fund.  Manifestly  they  have  failed  to  do  so.  The  un- 
intentional effect  of  their  judgment  is  confiscation  on 
an  unexampled  scale.  Is  there  not  an  urgent  call  for 
immediate  redress  in  the  interests  of  common  justice 
as  well  as  of  Christianity  ? 

Are  There  Any  Free  Churches? 

The  writer  of  an  article  in  the  London  Quar- 
terly Revieio  asks  this  question.  He  maintains 
that  the  decision  of  the  House  of  Lords  in  the 
Scottish  Church  case  leads  to  results  "against 
which  the  moral  sense  revolts,  aaad  that  the  judg- 
aneaat,  however  in  accordance  with  the  strict  let- 
ter of  the  law,  is  iniquitous."  At  the  same  time, 
the  consequences  of  the  decision  must  be  borne 
until  the  law  itself  be  repealed  or  aanended.  As 
regards  the  Scottish  Church,  it  is  to  be  hoped 
that  ere  long  substantial  justice  will  be  done  by 
mutual  agreement  aaad  Parliamentary  action. 
But,  whatever  be  the  issue  for  the  churches  di- 
rectly concerned,  larger  questions  arise  which 
seriously  affect  the  well-being,  and  might  affect 
the  very  existence,  of  Nonconformist  churches 
in  England.  The  recent  judgment  raises  certain 
questions  concerning  the  administration  of  ec- 
clesiastical trusts  in  their  acutest  form.  The  re- 
viewer adanits  that,  within  limits,  the  grasp  of 
the  law  anust  be  anade  as  firm  as  possible.  The 
question  is,  what  are  these  limits,  and  how  may 
the  line  be  drawn  which  shall  fairly  define  them  ? 
A  legal  tribunal  anust,  in  the  last  resort,  settle 
questioais  both  of  law  and  of  fact.  The  present 
duty  of  all  Free  Churchmen  is  to  consider  how 
far  existing  property  trusts  permit  the  bona  fide 
aase  of  the  powers  intrusted  to  them  for  the  pur- 
poses for  which  they  were  conferred,  consistent- 
ly with  such  liberty  to  modify  doctrine  and  ad- 
aaainistration  as  every  religious  community  ought 
to  possess.  "  A  living  church  must  have  the 
power  of  restating  her  beliefs  in  the  light  of  new 
knowledge  atad  adapting  her  adiaainistration  to  a 
new  environment, — always  provided  she  relin- 
quishes no  fundamental  principles  and  does  not 
contravene  the  great  purposes  for  which  her 
constitution  was  originally  framed."  Noncon- 
formist churches  should  see  that  their  houses 
are  in  oa-der,  and  not  attempt  to  slight  the  techni- 
calities of  legal  enactments.  The  Scottish  Church 
case  should  furnish  a  lesson  to  all  Christendom. 


BRIEFER   NOTES   ON   TOPICS   IN   THE 
PERIODICALS. 


SUBJECTS  TREATED   IN   THE   POPULAR   AMERICAN   MONTHLIES. 


The  Russo-Japanese  "War. — Some  excellent  ma- 
terial from  the  scene  of  war  in  the  far  East  is  now- 
reaching  the  magazine  offices.  We  alluded  last  month 
to  Mr.  Thomas  F.  Millard's  contribution  to  Scribncr's 
dealing  with  conditions  in  the  Russian  army.  Mr. 
Millard's  observations  went  far  to  explain  certain  weak- 
nesses in  the  Russian  campaign  which  were  strikingly 
revealed  by  the  operations  of  the  past  two  months.  The 
second  paper,  which  Jippears  in  the  November  number, 
throws  additional  light  on  the  situation.  Mr.  Millard's 
opinion,  expressed  as  recently  as  August  1  last,  was 
that  if  the  Japanese  suffer  no  serious  reverses  on  the 
sea  we  may  in  time  see  the  war  in  Manchuria  come  to 
a  sort  of  military  stalemate.  He  believes  that  the 
Japanese  will  not  dare  to  attempt  to  push  the  Russians 
farther,  and  that  the  Russians  will  not  be  able  to 
gather  strength  enough  to  drive  the  Japanese  out. — We 
have  quoted  elsewhere  from  the  vivid  account  of  the 
battle  of  Nanshan,  written  by  a  Japanese  officer,  and 
published  in  the  current  number  of  Leslie's. — In  the 
World's  Work,  the  "Vivid  Pictures  of  Great  War 
Scenes"  are  continuing  in  the  current  number.  The 
same  magazine  has  two  articles  this  month  dealing 
with  Japanese  conditions, — one  a  sketch  of  the  Emperor 
of  Japan,  by  that  extremely  well-qualified  writer,  Mr. 
Durham  White  Stevens,  and  the  other  a  Japanese  view 
of  Japan's  fitness  for  a  long  struggle,  contributed  by 
Jihei  Hashiguchi. — Another  very  enlightening  paper, 
on  "Japanese  Devotion  and  Courage,"  is  contributed 
to  the  November  Century  by  Oscar  King  Davis,  the 
correspondent.  Mr.  Davis  relates  several  instances  of 
Japanese  heroism,  some  of  which,  like  that  of  Hirose's 
fatal  attempt  to  block  Port  Arthur,  were  already  known 
in  this  country,  while  others,  none  the  less  noteworthy, 
have  hardly  been  heard  of  outside  of  Japan. 

The  Presidential  Campaign. — The  magazines,  in 
their  November  issues,  have  their  last  opportunity  be- 
fore the  election  to  deal  with  campaigu  topics.  Only  a 
few  of  the  illustrated  monthlies,  however,  have  availed 
themselves  of  this  opportunity.  The  Century,  in  its 
department  of  "  Topics  of  the  Times,"  takes  occasion  to 
promulgate  suggestions  in  the  direction  of  a  national 
campaign  on  distinctly  ethical  lines.  This  editorial 
points  out  that,  while  our  political  campaigns  as  now 
conducted  are  not  without  their  ethical  uses,  it  is  still 
a  question,  on  the  whole,  whether  these  campaigns 
leave  the  country  on  a  higher  or  a  lower  ethical  plane.— 
Nearly  all  of  the  campaign  art icles  thai  have  appeared 
in  the  magazines  this  year  have  dealt  with  the  personal 
qualities  of  the  candidates  rather  than  witli  ques- 
tions of  public  policy. — We  have  quoted  in  another  de- 
partment from  ex-President  Cleveland's  indorsement 
of  Judge  Parker  and  Senator  Lodge's  brief  appreciation 
of  President  Roosevelt,  both  of  which  articles  appear 
in  the  November  McClnre's.  In  the  same  magaziue 
there  is  a  study  of  the  respective  records  of  President 
Roosevelt  and  Judge  Parker  on  the  question  of  labor 


unions.— In  the  Metropolitan  Magazine,  the  Hon.  W. 
Bourke  Cockran  gives  his  reasons  for  supporting  Judge 
Parker,  while  Mr.  Alfred  Henry  Lewis  offers  a  com- 
parison of  the  two  Presidential  candidates,  which  re- 
sults in  favor  of  the  present  incumbent  of  the  office. — 
Mr.  Frank  A.  Munsey  contributes  to  his  own  maga 
zine  a  paper  on  "Training  for  the  Presidency,"  an 
enthusiastic  appreciation  of  President  Roosevelt. — In 
Leslie's  Monthly  there  is  an  article  describing  the  work 
and  qualifications  of  "The  Financiers  of  the  Cam- 
paign,"— namely,  Mr.  Cornelius  Bliss  and  George  Foster 
Peabody,  who  are  serving  as  treasurers  of  the  Re- 
publican and  Democratic  national  committees,  respec- 
tively. There  is  also  in  the  November  Leslie's  a  brief 
article  on  the  Populist,  Prohibition,  and  Socialist  nom- 
inees for  President,  by  Mr.  Walter  L.  Hawley. — From 
Dr.  Swallow's  article,  entitled  "If  a  Prohibitionist 
Were  President,"  we  have  quoted  at  some  length  in  an- 
other department. — Mr.  John  T.  Wheelwright  gives,  in 
the  Atlantic,  an  interesting  account  of  certain  close 
election  contests  of  the  past. — In  Munscy's,  Congress- 
man Charles  E.  Littlefleld,  writing  on  "Bombshells  in 
Presidential  Campaigns,"  tells  the  story  of  the  Murchi 
son  letters,  of  the  Morey  forgery,  and  of  Dr.  Burchard's 
famous  phrase,  "Rum,  Romanism,  and  Rebellion." 
This  Republican  Congressman  characterizes  Judge  Par- 
ker's "gold  telegram"  as  courageous  and  manly. — In 
this  month's  Cosmopolitan,  the  editor,  Mi-.  John 
Brisben  Walkei',  addresses  an  argument  to  young  men 
on  the  question  of  entering  political  life.  Mr.  Walker 
advises  young  men  to  go  into  politics,  and  mikes  the 
encouraging  suggestion  that  since,  from  time  to  time, 
crises  arise  in  political  parties  when  even  the  bosses,  in 
despair  of  success  at  the  polls,  are  unable  to  prevent 
honest  men  from  securing  nominations,  the  young  man 
who  does  his  duty  will  in  time  find  an  opportunity  to 
gratify  a  legitimate  ambition  to  serve  the  people  by 
holding  office. 

Industrial  Topics.— In  the  Cosmopolitan,  Mr.  Wil- 
liam R.  Stewart  continues  his  series  on  "Great  Indus- 
tries of  the  United  States  "  with  a  most  interesting  illus- 
trated paper  on  the  manufacture  of  silk.  This  count  i\ 
now  stands  in  the  front  rank  in  comparisons  of  silk 
manufactures.  More  raw  silk  is  made  in  the  United 
States  than  in  any  other  country  in  the  world,  while  in 
the  production  of  finished  goods  the  United  States  oc- 
cupies an  equal  position  with  France,  and  New  York 
City  is  second  only  to  Shanghai  as  a  raw-silk  market. 
At  the  present  time,  there  are  upward  of  five  hundred 
and  fifty  active  silk  manufacturing  establishments  in 
the  United  States,  having  a  capital  of  one  hundred 
million  dollars,  and  giving  employment  to  some  seven- 
ty-five thousand  wage-earners.— In  the  World's  Work, 
Mr.  Clarence  H.  Poe  describes  the  cotton  industry  of 
this  country.  Among  other  facts  brought  out  in  Mr. 
Poe's  article  is  the  statement  that  the  value  of  the  cot- 
ton crop  to  Southern  farmers,  last  year,  was  twice  the 


HK/EEER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


631 


whole  world's  product  of  gold.  The  importance  of  the 
crop  to  the  South,  and  its  relation  to  the  recent  phe- 
nomenal prosperity  of  that  section,  is  clearly  brought 
out  in  Mr.  Poe's  article. — A  survey  of  the  national 
wheat  harvest  is  contributed  to  the  World's  Work  by 
Mr.  Isaac  F.  Marcosson. 

The  Philippine  Question. — An  important  article 
on  "The  United  States  in  the  Philippines,"  by  Alleyne 
Ireland,  appears  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly  for  Novem- 
ber. Mr.  Ireland  has  spent  two  years  in  the  study  of 
comparative  colonization  in  the  English,  French,  Dutch, 
and  American  colonies  in  the  far  East.  While  Mr. 
Ireland  finds  much  to  criticise  in  the  American 
methods  of  administration,  it  is  significant  that  he 
fully  justifies  the  action  of  the  United  States  in  taking 
the  islands  and  declares  that  with  the  destruction  of 
the  Spanish  authority  in  the  Philippines  the  responsi- 
bility for  the  protection  of  the  islands  and  for  the  es- 
tablishment of  a  stable  internal  government  devolved 
upon  the  country.  Ninety-five  per  cent,  of  the  people 
of  the  islands,  says  Mr.  Ireland,  have  never  had  the 
smallest  wish  for  independence. 

Travel  Sketches. — Among  the  interesting  descrip- 
tive articles  contributed  to  the  November  magazines 
are  "In  Folkestone  Out  of  Season,"  by  William  Dean 
Howells,  in  Harper's;  "  Legends  and  Pageants  of  Ven- 
ice," by  William  Roscoe  Thayer,  in  Lippincott's;  "The 
London  Cabby,"  by  Vance  Thompson,  in  Outing; 
"Abiding  Loudon,"  by  Dora  Greenwell  McChesney,  in 
the  Atlantic;  and  "To  the  Sahara  by  Automobile,"  by 
Verner  Z.  Reed,  in  the  Cosmopolitan.— The  truth  long 
familiar  to  magazine  editor's,  that  the  freshest  subjects 
lie  nearest  home,  is  well  illustrated  by  Mr.  George  Hib- 
bard's  article,  "Winter  on  the  Great  Lakes,"  in  the 
November  Harper's. — In  the  Century,  a  somewhat  out- 
of-the-way  subject  has  been  discovered  and  exploited  to 
good  advantage  by  Roger  Boutet  de  Mou  vel  in  an  article 
entitled  "The  Trackers  of  France," — "trackers,"  being 
the  term  used  to  designate  a  class  of  people  who  corre- 
spond partly  to  our  own  canal  men,  except  that  they  per- 
form the  greater  part  of  the  labor  of  hauling  their  boats 
along  the  French  and  Belgian  canals  themselves. — In 
the  same  magazine,  an  influential  Tibetan  priest,  Ag- 
wan  Dordji,  who  according  to  some  accounts  directed 
the  resistance  to  the  English  in  their  march  upon  Lassa, 
is  described  by  President  Deniker,  of  the  Anthropolog- 
ical Society  of  Paris. — "The  Peeresses  of  Japan  in  Tab- 
leau "  is  the  subject  of  a  group  of  remarkable  pictures 
reproduced  in  this  number  of  the  Century  from  photo- 
graphs of  tableaux  actually  presented  by  the  peeresses 
at  Tokio. 

Science  in  the  Magazines. — That  entertaining 
astronomical  student  and  writer,  Camille  P'lammarion, 
attempts,  in  Harper's,  an  answer  to  the  question,  Are 
the  planets  inhabited  ?  M.  Flammarion  is  one  of  those 
astronomers  who  believe  that  Mars  is  a  planet  possess- 
ing physical  features  like  those  of  our  earth.  All  that 
he  has  learned  about  Mars  leads  him  to  believe  that  it 
is  an  abode  suitable  to  the  same  kind  of  life  that  exists 
upon  earth  :  and  from  the  idea  of  the  habitability  of 
Mars,  M.  Flammarion  argues  to  the  idea  of  habitation. 
— An  interesting  paper  by  Dr.  Henry  Smith  Williams 
contributed  to  this  number  of  Harper's  deals  with 
"  Some  Greek  Anticipations  of  Modern  Science.'' — The 
leading  feature  of  this  month's  Century  is  Prof.  Henry 


Fairfield  Osboru's  paper  on  '•  The  Evolution  of  the  Horse 
in  America,"  being  the  first  complete  account  of  the 
American  Museum  explorations  of  Western  fossils  un- 
der the  William  C.  Whitney  Fund. 

The  Fine  Arts.— The  subject  of  stage  scenery  and 
scenic  effects  is  clearly  and  attractively  presented  in 
Scribner's  by  Mr.  John  Corbin.  Drawings  by  Jules 
Gu6rin, —  two  in  color, —  add  much  to  the  effectiveness 
of  Mr.  Corbiu's  exposition. — The  recent  increase  in  the 
number  of  truly  artistic  business  buildings  and  hoteiN 
in  the  city  of  New  York  is  the  occasion  of  an  article  in 
the  World's  Work  by  Mr.  J.  M.  Bowles,  who  describes 
the  beautiful  painting,  sculpture,  and  furniture  with 
which  these  palatial  structures  are  adorned. — The  No- 
vember Munsey's  has  a  chatty  article  by  Charles  H. 
Coffin  dealing  with  the  portrait  painters,  r^ostly  Eu- 
ropeans, who  secure  the  amplest  commissions  from 
wealthy  Americans. — In  the  International  Studio  (Oc- 
tober), the  articles  of  greatest  interest  to  American 
readers  are  Mr.  Nathan  Haskell  Dole's  criticism  of  the 
stained-glass  windows  of  Mr.  William  Willet,  whose 
work  is  to  be  found  in  New  York,  Philadelphia,  and 
Pittsburg,  and  a  survey  of  the  arts  and  crafts  at  the 
Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  by  Mr.  Frederic  A. 
Whiting. — In  the  Arena  (October),  Mr.  William  Ordway 
Partridge  contributes  a  suggestive  paper  on  "  Ameri- 
can Art  and  the  New  Society  of  American  Sculptors." 
— The  Outlook  (October)  has  an  interesting  paper  by 
Elizabeth  L.  North  on  "Women  Illustrators  of  Child 
Life." 

Topics    of  Special    Interest    to    Women. — The 

Outlook  for  October  1,  which  is  a  special  "woman's 
number,"  has  an  article  on  "Settlement  Workers  and 
Their  Work,"  by  Mary  B.  Sayles,  illustrated  with  por- 
traits of  such  well-known  women  settlement  workers 
as  Miss  Jane  Addams,  Dr.  Jane  Robbins,  Miss  Cornelia 
Bradford,  and  Miss  Mary  E.  McDowell. — In  the  same 
magazine  there  are  three  papers  on  "The  Maid  and 
the  Mistress,"  contributed,  respectively,  by  Mrs.  Flor- 
ence M.  Kiugsley,  Prof.  Lucy  M.  Salmon,  and  "  Bar- 
bara," the  author  of  "The  Woman  Errant." — In  the 
November  Century,  Lillie  Hamilton  French  describes 
"  A  New  Occupation," — that  of  the  "  welfare  manager  " 
in  mercantile  establishments  aud  industrial  plants.  In 
brief,  this  functionary  serves  as  an  intermediary  be- 
tween employers  and  their  employees.  Some  women 
have  prepared  for  this  profession  as  they  would  have 
done  for  the  practice  of  law  or  medicine.  Like  other 
employees,  they  are  paid  by  the  company. — "How  to 
Live  Withiu  Your  Income  "  is  the  very  practical  prob- 
lem discussed  by  Flora  McDonald  Thompson  in  the 
November  Cosmopolitan.  The  same  magazine  has  an 
essay  by  Rafford  Pyke  on  "  Strength  in  Women's  Fea- 
tures." 

Problems  in  Education. — After  a  year  spent  in 
visiting  schoolrooms,  East  and  West,  Miss  Ad61e  Marie 
Shaw  states,  in  the  World's  Work  for  November,  her 
conclusions  as  to  the  defects  of  our  American  public- 
school  system  and  the  problems  yet  unsolved.  Briefly, 
she  finds  that  the  worst  of  these  detects  have  their 
origin  in  bad  methods  of  choosing  teachers,  in  the  in- 
efficiency of  boards  of  education,  in  the  lack  of  effective 
organization,  and  in  bad  school  equipment.  Miss  Shaw 
declares  that  it  is  an  ignorant  man  who  is  satisfied 
with  the  public-school  system  of  the  United  States,  and 


632 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OE  REVIEWS. 


a  very  ignorant  man  who  is  not  proud  of  it. — In  the 
North  American  Review  (October),  President  William 
R.  Harper,  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  writes  on 
higher  education  in  the  West.  The  effect  of  President 
Harper's  article  is  to  make  more  impressive  the  ques- 
tion which  he  says  is  frequently  asked  by  Eastern 
educators,  whether  the  serious  spirit  does  not  prevail 
more  extensively  in  the  Western  colleges  than  in  the 
Eastern. — A  paper  by  Dr.  Andrew  S.  Draper,  now  com- 
missioner of  education  of  the  State  of  New  York,  and 


until  recently  president  of  the  University  of  Illinois, 
on  government  in  American  universities,  appears  in  the 
October  number  of  the  Educational  Review.  In  the 
same  journal  there  are  important  papers  on  "  The 
Newest  Psychology,''  by  Edward  L.  Thorndike  ;  ''Some 
Reflections  on  Method  in  Teaching,"  by  James  M. 
Greenwood,  and  "Some  Characteristics  of  New  York 
City  High  Schools,"  by  Edward  J.  Goodwin. — The  mag- 
nificent work  of  the  Chicago  School  of  Education  is 
described  in  the  BooMovcr's  Magazine  for  November. 


THE   SPIRIT   OF  THE    FOREIGN    REVIEWS. 


Modern  Decadence  in  Art. — In  a  study  of  modern 
art  contributed  to  the  Contemporary  Review,  Mr.  E. 
Wake  Cook  laments  the  prevailing  decadence.  What 
are  the  chief  characteristics  of  the  new  movements,  he 
asks.  "In  the  first  place,  there  has  been  an  utter  re- 
laxation of  the  artistic  conscience.  Truth  of  form,  the 
scientific  foundation  of  art,  is  violated  in  ways  hitherto 
regarded  as  the  sign-manual  of  incompetence.  The 
human  form  divine  is  often  represented  with  unfinished, 
misshapen,  abortive  limbs  which  shock  delicate  sensi- 
bilities. Yet  these  offenses  against  humanity,  so  far 
from  outlawing  the  perpetrators  and  excluding  them 
from  the  art-world,  draw  from  the  'advanced'  critics 
abject  laudation.  Then,  again,  instead  of  increasing 
the  demands  on  the  artist,  the  whole  tendency  is  to 
lower  them.  Since  Whistler's  disastrous  lead,  all  the 
poetic  and  inventive  faculties  have  been  steadily  sneered 
at  and  discounted  by  the  '  Newists.'  Thirdly,  instead  of 
making  the  work  more  thorough,  more  precious,  more 
sympathetic,  with  nature's  subtle  methods,  the  trend  of 
the  'Newists'  is  in  the  opposite  direction,  art  is  cheap- 
ened by  the  display  of  means,  and  easel  pictures  show 
the  clumsy  adoption  of  the  scene-painter's  handling. 
Fourthly,  in  all  other  branches  of  art  we  see  the  same 
blase  revolt  against  things  hitherto  considered  good, 
and  the  invention  of  new  forms  of  bad  work,  or  the 
return  to  primitive  blundering." 

Excellence  of  the  French  Theater. — The  faith- 
fulness to  life  of  the  French  theater  calls  forth  a  good 
deal  of  praise  from  Mr.  J.  P.  Macdonald,  who  writes  in 
the  Fortnightly  Review.  On  the  stage  we  get  the  vie 
vivante  of  France,  he  says.  "In .beholding  the  players, 
we  behold  typical  Parisians  and  typical  provincials; 
and  in  following  the  play,  we  follow  the  lives,  in  their 
most  critical  moments,  of  men  and  women  whom  we 
may  meet  with  casually,  yet  never. appreciate,  never 
know.  Thackeray  vowed  that  no  Englishman  could 
arrive  at  an  intimate  friendship  with  a  Frenchman. 
Impossible  to  gain  admittance  to  de  Bridie's  foyer,  to 
participate  in  his  domestic  joys:  de  Brissac  was  court- 
teous  and  amiable  on  the  boulevards  and  in  his  club, 
but  the  door  chezdc  lirissac,  remained  barred  ;  and  the 
pyiijilishman  never  knew  whether  life  was  sympathetic 
or  unsympathetic  within.  But  one  has  only  to  pass  an 
evening  at  the  Francai.se,  the  Gymnase,  or  the  Vaude- 
ville to  become  intimately  acquainted  with  all  the  de 
Brissacs  and  with  their  friends.  Before  us,  the  de 
Brissacs,  with  their  passions,  principles,  prejudices, 
and  innumerable  peculiarities,  which,  as  they  reveal 
themselves,  explain  states  of  mind  and  states  of  affairs 
more  or  less  opposed  and  foreign  to  our  own.  Before 
us,  scenes  taken  out  of  the  heat  of  the  street  and  shown 


us  in  the  calm  light  of  intelligence, — scenes  of  the  mo- 
ment ;  scenes  that  have  puzzled,  alarmed,  agitated  ; 
human  scenes  from  every  conceivable  environment." 

An   English    View   of  Arbitration   with  This 

Country.— Writing  on  "New  Treaties  of  Arbitra- 
tion and  Diplomacy  "  in  the  Fortnightly  Review,  Sir 
Thomas  Barclay  says  :  "In  connection  with  the  revived 
agitation  in  the  United  States  for  the  conclusion  of  an 
Anglo-American  treaty,  I  am  not  sure  that  it  would 
not  be  better  to  make  an  experimental  effort  on  the 
same  lines  as  the  Anglo-French  treaty  than  to  try  to 
carry  through  the  American  Senate  a  more  comprehen- 
sive treaty  on  the  lines  of  the  abortive  one  of  1897.  A 
treaty,  after  all,  apart  from  the  considerations  which  I 
have  dwelt  upon,  is  of  no  great  account  if  it  does  not 
express  the  widespread  feelings  of  the  contracting 
nations.  The  treaty  of  1897  was  supported  by  a  ma- 
jority of  forty-two  votes  against  a  minority  of  twenty- 
six.  This  fell  short  by  four  votes  of  the  constitutional 
two  thirds  majority  necessary  to  carry  a  treaty.  If  it 
had  been  carried,  there  would  have  been  a  strong 
minority  opposed  to  it,  and  its  working  might,  there- 
fore, have  been  attended  with  friction.  It  is  to  be 
hoped  that  whatever  treaty  is  signed  between  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States  will  have  practically  the 
unanimous  consent  of  the  American  people." 

Has    Servia  Been  Judged   Too  Severely?— A 

writer  in  the  Independent  Review,  Miss  Edith  Dur- 
ham, comes  to  the  defense  of  the  Servian  royal  family, 
the  Karageorgevitches,  and  asks  a  more  lenient  judg- 
ment  for  Servia.  It  is  idle,  she  says,  "to  pretend  that 
the  means  employed  to  place  the  first  Karageorge's 
grandson  upon  the  throne  were  commendable.  It  is 
equally  idle  to  expect  WTestern  civilization  from  a  peo- 
ple who  have,  so  very  lately  struggled  free  from  East- 
ern barbarism.  And  it  is  possible  that  the  Serbs  know 
their  own  affairs  best.  In  any  case,  the  story  of  Kara- 
george  and  his  gallant  uprising  of  just  one  hundred 
years  ago  throws  a  light  upon  to-day  and  explains 
many  things.  And  in  those  hundred  years  the  Serbs 
have  achieved  much.  In  the  last  fifty  years,  indeed, 
they  have  done  more  lor  the  country  than  the  Turks 
did  in  three  hundred.  The  mark  of  the  Turk  upon  the 
land  is  easily  swept  away.  The  stain  which  lie  always 
sets  upon  the  souls  of  a  conquered  people  cannot  be  so 
swiftly  erased,  and  they  should  be  judged  gently." 

Miss  Eva   Booth's    Salvation   Army   Work  in 

Canada.— A  character  sketch  of  Miss  Eva  Booth. 
fourth  daughter  of  General  Booth,  who  for  the  past 
eight  years  has  been  at  the  head  of  the  Salvation  Army 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


work  iu  Canada,  appears  in  the  Young  Woman.  Miss 
Booth,  we  are  told,  became  an  officer  in  the  army  when 
a  girt  of  seventeen,  and  at  once  set  to  work  in  the  slums. 
She  told  the  writer  of  this  article  that  she  has  sold 
many  a  bunch  of  flowers  in  the  streets  of  London.  She 
used  to  dress  like  a  flower  girl,  and  spent  the  day  with 
them  selling  flowers  in  the  streets  to  passers-by,  in  or- 
der to  learn  their  difficulties  and  to  see  whether  she 
could  help  them.  Her  work  in  Canada  has  been  very 
successful.  She  has  traversed  the  Dominion  from  end 
to  end,  and  found  her  way  at  one  time  to  the  Klondike, 
where  she  sang  "  Home,  Sweet  Home"  to  the  miners  in 
the  streets  of  Dawson  City.  It  was  the  Salvation  Army 
that  sent  the  first  missionaries  to  the  Klondike.  The 
advance  party  consisted  of  six  capable  men  and  two 
nurses,  and  they  had  a  rough  time  on  the  trail  on  the 
way  out.  Rough  miners  stopped  swearing  when  a  Sal- 
vation Army  lass  was  within  hearing,  and  the  girls  go 
into  the  worst  saloons  without  a  rough  word  ever  being 
spoken  to  them.  Miss  Booth  paid  special  attention  to 
prison  work  and  detective  work.  Detective  work  is  the 
organization  which  they  have  created  for  finding  miss- 
ing relatives  and  restoring  them  to  their  parents  and 
friends. 

Effect  of  the  War  on  the  Masses  of  Europe. — 

Commenting  on  the  world-wide  effect  of  means  of 
transportation  and  communication  to-day,  the  well- 
known  Russian  economic  writer,  Novicow,  in  the  Nor 
disk  Revy  (Stockholm),  declares  that  the  rapidity  of 
communication  has  had  the  effect  of  establishing  a 
sj  stem  of  credit  between  citizens  of  different  countries, 
and  thus,  not  only  is  the  knowledge,  but  also  the  finan- 
cial sensibility,  of  nations  affected.  To-day,  many  in- 
dividuals are  holders  of  foreign  government  bonds. 
As  soon  as  war  is  proclaimed  in  any  country,  the  bonds 
of  that  country  lose  their  normal  value,  and  sometimes 
to  a  large  extent.  More,  a  Parisian  having  no  financial 
interest  in  Japan  directly  is  yet  a  holder  of  French 
railroad  bonds,  which,  as  a  consequence  of  the  Russo- 
Japanese  war,  have  fallen  many  points.  The  financial 
sensibilities  of  the  Parisian  are  thus  influenced  by  the 
acts  of  Emperor  Mutsuhito  and  his  counselors.  Thus, 
there  is  shown  to  be  a  bond  of  solidarity  between  the 
Parisian  and  the  Japanese.  At  the  outbreak  of  hostili- 
ties between  Japan  and  Russia,  panic  also  became  im- 
minent on  the  London  exchange.  English  consols  fell 
to  85%,  the  lowest  point  reached  in  half  a  century. 
Nothing  like  it  had  happened  even  in  the  worst  days  of 
the  Boer  war.  The  bonds  of  railroad  and  steamboat 
companies  dropped  30  points,  while  their  ordinary  fluc- 
tuations do  not  exceed  1  to  2  points.  Within  twenty- 
four  hours,  the  English  people  lost  many  hundred  mil- 
lions of  pounds.  The  same  panic  occurred  on  the 
Bourse  in  Paris.  On  one  day  the  losses  in  French 
rentes  amounted  to  eight  hundred  and  seventy-five 
millions.  Frenchmen  own  almost  eight  milliards  in 
Russian  bonds.  If  the  Russians  suffer  a  serious  defeat, 
these  shares  will  undergo  an  enormous  shrinkage  in 
value.  They  will  be  sold  for  whatever  they  will  bring, 
and  thousands  of  French  families  will  see  their  pros- 
perity materially  reduced.  Italy  has  suffered  still  more 
seriously  than  France  and  England  from  the  Russo- 
Japanese  war  in  an  indirect,  yet  in  quite  as  serious  and 
palpable  a  way.  The  Italian  Government  intended  to 
fund  the  public  debts  in  1904.  This  would  result  in  a 
saving  of  some  forty  millions,  which  it  was  purposed 
to  use  in  the  reduction  of  the  heavy  salt  tax.    But  the 


moment  the  war  was  proclaimed,  the  raising  of  the 
revenues  of  the  world  by  taxation  began  to  increase, 
and  Italy  was  compelled  to  postpone  her  funding  to  a 
more  opportune  moment  The  peasants  of  Italy  are 
thus  compelled  to  suffer  for  a  number  of  years  to  come 
by  reasou  of  an  oppressive  tax  on  such  a  necessity  of 
life  as  salt,  "because  the  governing  classes  of  Japan 
desired  to  secure  dominating  influence  in  Korea." 

Qualifications    of   a    Japanese    Gentleman. — 

There  are  two  words  which  make  up  the  qualifications 
of  a  gentleman  in  Japan,  says  the  Taiyo  (Tokio),  edito- 
rially, and  these  are  bun  bu.  Bun  means  literary  cul- 
ture ;  bu  meaus  military  affairs.  "These  two  words  are 
quite  comprehensive.  A  gentleman  must  be  well  up  in 
the  ways  of  bun  and  bu.  Even  in  this  age  of  speciali- 
zation, a  gentleman  must  cultivate  these  two  ways. 
Mere  literary  acquirement  effeminates  a  man,  while  too 
much  military  training  makes  him  coarse  and  rough. 
These  two  qualities  must  be  possessed  in  an  even  degree 
by  a  gentleman." 

England  and  Russia. — In  three  articles  in  the 
Revue  dc  Paris,  Victor  BSrard  treats  of  the  relations 
between  England  and  Russia.  He  points  out  that 
Anglo-Russian  trade  has  increased  steadily  ever  since 
the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth  century,  when  adven- 
turers of  the  court  of  Edward  VI.  first  entered  the  Rus- 
sian port  of  Archangel.  He  believes  that  the  relations 
of  the  two  countries  are  at  present  so  close,  and  so 
likely  to  become  closer  in  the  future,  that  political  and 
military  rivalry  between  the  two  empires  is  criminal. 

Twenty  Years  of  Chile.— In  one  of  the  geograph- 
ical and  historical  surveys  of  the  different  countries  of 
the  world  which  are  appearing  periodically  in  the  Revue 
Universelle  (Paris),  Chile,  from  1880  to  1902,  is  consid- 
ered by  the  well-known  geographer  and  economist,  Fr. 
Maury.  This  writer  traces,  in  a  paragraph,  the  history 
of  this  interesting  South  American  republic  for  fifty 
years  preceding  1880,  during  which  period,  he  declares, 
internal  and  external  peace  had  made  Chile  the 
strongest  and  most  progressive  state  in  South  America. 
He  then  outlines  the  series  of  wars  which  began  in  the 
early  seventies  of  the  last  century,  with  Peru  and 
Bolivia,  showing  how  the  most  valuable  of  Chilean 
lands  were  acquired  as  spoils  of  war  during  this  period. 
At  this  time,  he  notes  in  passing,  Argentina  began  to 
appear  as  a  rising  power,  and  it  is  with  her  that  Chile 
must  reckon  most  seriously  in  the  future.  The  politi- 
cal progress  during  the  terms  of  Presidents  Santa-Maria 
(1881-86),  Balmaceda  (1886-91),  Montt  (1891-96),  Errazuriz 
(1896-1901),  and  Riesco  (1901  to  the  present)  is  outlined, 
and  the  foreign  relations  of  the  country  explained.  The 
great  sourceof  weakness  in  Chile,  says  M.  Maury,  is  the 
instability  of  the  ministry.  At  present,  the  two  politi- 
cal parties  are  about  of  equal  strength  ;  but  such  is  the 
governmental  machinery  that  "  ministries  can  maintain 
themselves  but  a  few  weeks,  or  a  few  months,  and  can- 
not realize  any  important  reforms."  Some  interesting 
data  of  the  economic  situation  in  Chile  are  given  by  this 
writer,  showing  that  railroads  and  shipping  are  pro- 
gressing;  that  agriculture  is  being  developed,  especially 
in  the  direction  of  wheat  and  vineyards,  and  that  the 
mining  and  other  mineral  industries  are  being  pushed, 
copper,  salt,  silver,  saltpeter,  nitrates,  and  other  prod- 
ucts for  fertilizing  being  the  principal  articles  of  ex- 
port.   Last  year,  there  were  three  million  inhabitants 


634 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


of  mixed  Spanish  and  Indian  blood  in  t lie  country, 
and  its  commerce,  chiefly  with  the  United  States. 
amounted,  in  1900,  to  something  over  200,000,000  pesos 
(about  SI 50, 000, 000).  Chile  has  a  large  foreign  popula- 
tion, chiefly  German. 

The  Origin  and  Meaning  of  Church  Music. — 

The  Pope's  Encyclical  Note  on  Church  Music  has  called 
forth  a  number  of  articles  on  musical  reform  in  the 
Catholic  Church,  both  in  the  English  and  in  the  Con- 
tinental reviews.  Among  those  in  the  Continental  re- 
views mention  may  be  made  of  Mgr.  Justin  Fevre's 
article  on  the  '"Restoration  of  Church  Music,"  which 
appears  in  the  Revue  <ht  Monde  Catholique  (Paris). 
The  writer  defines  music  as  a  sort  of  inarticulate  lan- 
guage to  express  ideas  or  sentiments  which  a  more  in- 
articulate language  cannot  translate.  It  is  therefore 
the  language  of  the  mysterious  things  of  the  soul,  ex- 
pressing its  deepest  and  sublimest  impressions,  and  its 
great  theme  is  God.  This  brings  the  writer  to  a  con- 
sideration of  Plain-Song,  the  traditional  form  of  church 
music,  the  inspired  masterpiece  of  the  Catholic  Church. 
In  the  Revue  dcs  Deux  Mondcs,  Camille  Bellaigue 
deals  with  the  subject  of  church  music  at  the  theater. 
In  many  operas  there  are  church  scenes,  and  some  op- 
eras are  altogether  religious,  he  reminds  us. 

Holiday  Colonies  of  the  World. — A  description 
of  the  "fresh-air"  colonies  for  children  all  over  the 
world,  by  Paul  Delay,  appears  in  a  recent  number  of 
the  Correspondant.  Holiday  colonies,  he  says  in  begin- 
ning, are  the  results  of  efforts  by  economists  and  phi- 
lanthropists to  provide  breathing  spells  for  the  children 
of  the  poor.  The  first  holiday  colonies  were  founded  in 
Switzerland  and  in  America  about  1876.  Denmark 
followed  in  1877,  and  every  summer  the  city  of  Copen- 
hagen alone  sends  1-1,000  children  to  the  country  for  six 
weeks.  England  joined  the  movement  in  1878,  and 
Austria-Hungary  in  1879.  In  1881,  Germany,  France, 
Italy,  Sweden,  and  Norway  all  followed.  The  following 
comparative  statistics  are  interesting,  for  they  show 
the  number  of  children  for  every  100,000  inhabitants 
winch  each  country  of  Europe  sent  to  holiday  colonies 
in  the  year  1899.  He  does  not  give  the  figures  for  the 
United  States. 


Children. 

Belgium 38 

Germany 85 

Switzerland 104 

England  ll<; 

Denmark 552 


Children. 

Spain 1 

Russia ti 

Austria 11 

Sweden 15 

Holland 20 

France 21 

In  1882,  the  first  municipal  holiday  colonies  were 
organized  in  France.  The  city  of  Paris  spends  a  con- 
siderable sum  to  enable  the  most  deserving  scholars, 
with  a  teacher,  to  make  little  tours  in  the  country,  and 
the  results  are  stated  to  be  most  gratifying. 

Italy's  Colony  in  Africa. — In  the  hurry  of  the 
closing  moments  of  the  last  Italian  Parliament,  there 
was  passed  a  law  "for  the  preferential  treatment  of 
certain  products  of  the  colony  of  Eritrea,"  including 
wheat  up  to  an  exportation  of  sixty  thousand  quintals 
(six  thousand  six  hundred  tons).  Giorgio  Sonnino 
takes  this  law  as  the  text  for  an  article  in  the  Nuova 
Antohxjia  (Koine),  urging  more  enlightened  and  liberal 
treatment  of  tins  African  dependency.    He  shows  that 

this  extremely  fell  ile  land  suffers  from  over-product  ion 
of  grain,  there  being  no  profitable  outlet.     If  relief  is 


not  afforded,  the  writer  fears  abandonment  of  land  now 
occupied  by  settlers.  Though  the  grain  imported  into 
Italy  in  one  recent  year  amounted  to  twelve  and  a  half 
million  quintals,  fear  of  competition  in  production  from 
the  colony  has  prevented  the  free  admission  of  Eritrean 
grain,  and  now  limits  the  amount  to  sixty  thousand 
quintals.  Siguor  Sonnino  argues  that  it  would  only 
reduce  the  amount  imported  from  other  countries,  and 
that  the  price  would  still  be  fixed  by  the  world-market. 
Signor  Sonnino  sees  no  reason  why  the  preferential 
treatment  should  not  be  extended  to  other  products, 
such  as  pearls,  mother-of-pearl,  dried  skins,  and  other 
animal  products.  The  inclusion  of  coffee  and  indigo 
would  stimulate  promising  infant  cultures.  In  short, 
he  would  like  to  see  the  colony  treated  no  longer  with 
fear  and  prejudice,  but  "  as  a  sister  province  that  with 
others  would  gem  the  crown  of  the  great  Italian  father- 
land." With  proper  treatment,  the  colony  should  also 
help  to  solve  the  growing  problem  of  emigration.  New 
means  of  communication  should  be  favored,  and  capi- 
tal, too  little  understood  and  too  much  feared  in  Italy, 
should  be  induced  to  come  in  by  concessions  and  privi- 
leges. 

Night  Work  for  Women  in  France. — An  ex- 
haustive study  of  female  labor,  particularly  at  night,  is 
presented  by  Georges  Alfassa  in  the  Revue  de  Paris. 
This  writer  declares  that  the  rapid  increase  in  the  num- 
ber of  occupations  calling  for  night  work  by  women  has 
assumed  serious  sociological  importance,  and  threatens 
to  affect  the  vitality  of  the  country.  It  would  seem  al- 
most impossible  for  these  women  to  get  the  necessary 
amount  of  sleep  to  fit  them  for  their  duties  as  mothers 
of  the  young  generation.  In  France,  a  law  was  passed 
on  November  2,  1893,  forbidding  night  labor  for  women 
and  children,  but  exceptions  were  made  in  certain  in- 
dustries. The  exceptions,  no  doubt,  have  assumed  large 
proportions,  with  the  result  that  the  Association  for  the 
Legal  Protection  of  Workers  is  carrying  on  an  active 
campaign  for  the  suppression  of  all  exceptions.  The 
loss  of  sleep  is  not  the  only  serious  mischief.  When  a 
woman  is  working  in  the  day,  the  creche  will  take  care 
of  her  infant  child  ;  but  in  the  night,  the  crcclic  is 
closed.  And  what  about  the  hygienic  and  sanitary 
conditions  of  the  factories  in  the  night  ?  What  becomes 
of  the  older  children  after  school  hours?  The  whole 
thing  is  appalling.  The  fact  that  there  has  been  a  com- 
mission of  inquiry  into  some  of  the  evils  of  the  system. 
and  that  a  campaign  against  it  is  being  carried  on  vigor- 
ously, may  be  taken  to  show  that  the  proposed  change 
will  not  be  made  without  opposition.  The  opponent- 
say,  among  other  things,  that  the  suppression  of  night 
labor  will  increase  expenses,  and  will  necessitate  an  in- 
crease of  capital.  Individual  interests  will  be  seriously 
compromised.  Night  work  gives  the  woman  the  neo ■- 
sary  leisure  in  the  day  to  do  the  mending,  etc.,  in  the 
home  ! 

Socialism  in  Italy.— A  revival  of  religious  inter- 
est and  a  repudiation  of  socialism,  the  principal  ally 
of  which  is  Freemasonry,— this  is  what  Italy  needs  to 
save  her  for  future  greatness.  This  is  the  judgment  of 
Count  Joseph  Grabinski,  who  contributes  to  the  .Revue 
Grnrralc  (Brussels)  an  article  entitled  "The  Crisis  of 
Socialism  in  Italy."  Count  Grabinski  traces  the  his- 
tory of  socialism  from  1871.  Its  first  promoters,  he  de- 
clares, were  the  Italians  who  took  part  in  the  Garibaldi 
expedition  to  Dijon  during  the  Franco-German  War, 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


635 


;iiid  afterward  in  the  Commune  of  Paris.  The  real 
progress  of  socialism,  he  declares,  began  about  1880, 
after  the  election  of  the  first  Socialist  Deputies  to  the 
Parliament.  For  the  first  decade, — that  is,  to  1890, — the 
growth  of  the  party  was  slow,  but  recently  it  has  been 
much  more  rapid.  Count  Grabinski  reminds  us  that 
in  Italy  there  are  but  few  large  industrial  cities,  and 
that  in  the  few  there  are.  notably  Milan  and  Turin, 
socialism  is  very  strongly  intrenched.  In  the  other  large 
cities  of  the  kingdom,  such  as  Palermo,  Naples,  Rome, 
Bologna,  Genoa,  Florence,  and  Venice,  there  is  indus- 
trial activity,  but  far  less  than  in  Turin  and  Milan; 
and  in  Genoa  most  of  the  dock  workers  have  a  special 
organization  of  their  own,  which  "  generally  escapes  the 
tyranny  of  socialism."  In  Italy,  industry  is  distributed 
very  generally  throughout  the  peninsula,  in  the  small 
towns,  and  in  the  country  districts.  Socialism  has 
made  but  a  feeble  showing  in  these  smaller  districts, 
but  has  grown  with  great  and  alarming  i-apidity  in  the 
valley  of  the  river  Po.  Italian  socialism,  Count  Gra- 
in uski  declares,  is  the  place  of  refuge  for  all  the  "un- 
classed  ;  all  those  who  fight  against  the  good  of  the  ma- 
jority, all  the  discontents,  and  all  the  revolutionists 
who  have  not  courage  enough  to  join  the  party  of  an- 
archists, where  they  would  run  the  risk  of  receiving  a 
fate  such  as  was  meted  out  for  the  crimes  of  Caeserio,  of 
Lucchini,  and  of  Bresci."  There  are  two  factions  in  the 
Italian  socialistic  party,  "the  Reformers  and  the  Revo- 
lutionists." These  are  continually  at  odds,  and,  Count 
Grabinski  asserts,  they  do  not  wish  to  become  recon- 
ciled, because  reconciliation  would  leave  no  place  for  a 
great  deal  of  personal  ambition  on  the  part  of  the  lead- 
ers of  both.  The  Reformers,  he  declares,  are  oppoi-- 
tuuist;  they  favor  reforms  in  the  spirit  of  Marx,  and 
are  "partisans  of  a  political  evolution  which  would 
hand  Italy  over  to  socialism  without  passing  through  a 
violent  revolution."  The  Revolutionary  Socialists  are 
''in  favor  of  violent  means,  of  assassinations,  of  barri- 
cades, and  of  semi-anarchy." 

"Germany's  Future  Lies  on  the  Water." — A 

writer  who  signs  himself  "General-Major  Keim"  con- 
tributes to  the  Deutsche  Monatsschrift  (Berlin)  an 
analysis  of  Germany's  navy  and  her  future  on  the  ocean. 
Iter  navy,  sti-ong  and  well  equipped  as  it  is  to-day,  is 
far  from  being  able  to  protect  the  already  vast  and 
rapidly  increasing  sea-borne  commerce  of  the  Father- 
land, declares  this  writer.  This  commerce  and  the  cap- 
ital it  represents  must  be  protected,  and  if,  says  "Gen- 
eral-Major Keim,"  the  German  people  are  not  able  or 
willing  to  make  the  necessary  effort  to  furnish  adequate 
protection  to  their  trade  and  interests  dependent  on 
water  transportation,  then  Germany's  future  as  a  great 
naval  world-power,  and,  indeed,  as  a  great  power  at 
all,  is  but  an  empty  dream. 

Were  There  Really  Giants  in  Those  Days  ?— In 

discussing  the  question  of  stature  in  different  ages,  in 
the  Revue  des  Deux  Mondes,  M.  A.  Dastre,  a  French 
writer  on  science,  combats  the  prevailing  opinion  that 
the  races  of  to-day  are  the  degenerate  sons  of , a  taller 
and  stronger  race,  and  that  in  the  course  of  time  feeble 
and  nervous  generations  have  succeeded  those  of  more 
sanguine  and  exuberant  temperament.  The  idea  so 
tenaciously  held  is,  he  thinks,  only  a  form  of  the  an- 
cient superstition— belief  in  giants.  The  Bible  has  had 
a  ,uood  deal  to  do  with  the  promulgation  of  the  idea  ; 
the  wonder  is  how.the  men  so  powerfully  constituted  as 


those  often  referred  to  in  the  Bible  ever  managed  to 
disappear  so  entirely  from  the  earth.  To-day,  however, 
the  problem  of  stature  presents  itself  to  us  in  a  more 
practical  light  than  it  did  to  our  predecessors.  We  are 
better  informed  than  they  were,  owing  to  the  great 
strides  made  in  the  sciences  of  anthropology  and  medi- 
cine. Contemporary  anthropologists  have  set  to  work 
and  obtained  careful  measurements  of  men  of  all  ages, 
from  the  remains  of  primitive  man  down  to  the  races 
of  our  own  day,  and  the  conclusions  they  have  arrived 
at  go  to  show  that  there  has  been  no  tendency  whatever 
to  diminish  in  size,  and  the  science  of  medicine  upholds 
the  theory,  pointing  out  that  the  very  few  exceptionally 
big  men  to  be  found  in  all  ages  are  merely  a  morbid  de- 
viation from  the  normal  size,  and  that  their  giant  stat- 
ure is  rather  a  sign  of  their  inferior  strength  in  the 
struggle  for  existence.  In  default  of  real  giants  in 
modern  ages,  mention  is  made  of  the  inhabitants  of 
Patagonia,  sometimes  spoken  of  as  pseudo-giants.  Ma- 
gellan was  the  first  to  notice  the  great  stature  of  the 
Patagonians.  He  accorded  to  them  the  height  of  seven 
and  a  half  feet,  but  the  average  height  of  these  people 
has  been  given  by  different  authorities  as  seven  feet, 
ten  to  eleven  feet,  and  six  feet.  They  are  a  big  race,  un- 
doubtedly, but  some  of  the  travelers  must  have  fabled 
wdien  they  ascribed  to  the  Patagonians  such  an  abnor- 
mal stature. 

Ibsen  on  Independence  for  Norway. — The  fam- 
ily and  the  friends  of  Ibsen  having  decided  to  publish 
Ibsen's  correspondence  with  the  leading  literary  men 
of  his  time,  we  get  in  the  French  reviews  two  interest- 
ing series  of  these  unpublished  letters.  Among  the 
most  important  are  those  to  Bjornstjerne  Bjornson, 
now  published  in  La  Revue.  They  cover  the  years 
1865-67,  when  Ibsen  was  in  Rome,  and  the  years  1884-85. 
In  the  first  letter  from  Rome,  dated  January  25,  1865, 
Ibsen  is  concerned  about  the  independence  of  Norway. 
He  says:  "When  you  write,  give  me  your  opinion  of 
home  affairs.  What  course  ought  to  be  followed  in 
Norway  ?  What  can  the  leaders  do  with  the  present 
generation?  You  will  reassure  me.  I  do  not  forget 
that  you  are  full  of  hope,  but  I  should  be  happy  to 
know  on  what  your  confidence  is  based.  It  often  seems 
unlikely  to  me  that  we  shall  disappear.  A  state  may 
be  destroyed,  but  not  a  nation.  .  .  .  But  even,  if  we  do 
lose  our  independence  and  have  our  territories  taken 
from  us,  we  shall  still  exist  as  a  nation.  The  Jews 
were  a  state  and  a  nation.  The  state  is  destroyed,  but 
there  still  remains  a  Jewish  nation.  I  believe  that  all 
that  is  best  in  us  will  continue  to  be,  provided  that  the 
national  soul  is  strong  enough  to  grow  under  misfor- 
tune.   Ah  !  if  I  only  had  faith,  confidence  I" 

A  Polish  Criticism  of  German  Art. — A  charac- 
terization of  the  German  artistic  sense  is  made  by  C. 
Jellenta  in  the  course  of  an  article  in  the  Polish  re- 
view Ateneum  (Cracow).  The  Germans,  he  says,  are 
humble  and  meek  before  great  names.  With  them,  ar- 
tistic piety  replaces  an  intuition,  but  the  results  are 
not  always  happy.  Led  on  by  the  attraction  of  some 
great  name,  they  bow  before  the  works  of  the  genius, 
striving  to  follow  his  ideals.  They  may  accomplish 
this,  but  individually  they  have  no  voice  from  within 
which  guides  them  to  a  comprehension  of  the  beauti- 
ful. Another  article  on  the  same  general  subject  of 
German  art  appears  in  the  Polish  magazine  Przegland 
Polski  (Cracow),  by  J.  Flach. 


THE    NEW    BOOKS. 

NOTES  ON  RECENT  AMERICAN  PUBLICATIONS. 


ADMIRAL    WIM'IKI.I)   S.    SCULLY. 


AMERICAN  BIOGRAPHY. 

ADMIRAL  SCHLEY'S  book  of  memoirs,— " Forty- 
five  Years  Under  the  Flag"  (Appletons), — is  a  rec- 
ord of  varied  and  honorable  service  in  the  United  States 
navy,  of  which  the  battle  off  Santiago,  in  1S98,  was  the 
culminating  incident.  The  story  begins  before  the  Civil 
War,  with  an  account  of  the  writer's  training  at  Annap- 
olis and  a  cruise  to  Ja- 
pan. Then  followed,  in 
L861-63,the  lighting  un- 
der Farragut  in  the 
South,  and  later  a 
cruise  to  South  and 
Central  America.  In 
the  early  '70's  came  an 
opportunity  to  see  ser- 
vice under  A  d  in  i  r  a  1 
Porter  in  the  far  East. 
Those  were  eventful 
years  in  the  young  offi- 
cer's career,  and  the  ex- 
perience then  gained, 
increased  by  another 
decade  of  cruising,  con- 
tributed not  a  little  to 
the  equipment  of  Com- 
mander Schley  for  the  responsibilities  of  the  Greely  re- 
lief expedition  to  the  Arctic  regions  in  1884.  After  the 
work  of  that  expedition  had  been  successfully  performed, 
there  was  a  long  period  of  shore  duty,  broken  by  such 
incidents  as  the  visit  of  the  Baltimore,  under  Schley's 
command,  to  Chilean  waters  during  the  revolution  of 
1892,  followed  by  several  years  of  cruising  prior  to  the 
outbreak  of  the  Spanish-American  War,  in  1898.  Ad- 
miral Schley's  account  of  his  part  in  that  war,  natch  of 
which  has  been  a  matter  of  bitter  controversy  in  our 
navy,  is  dignified  and  modest.  It  can  hardly  give  of- 
fense. Throughout  the  narrative,  the  use  of  the  first 
person  is  studiously  avoided.  In  form,  as  well  as  in  sub- 
stance, Admiral  Schley's  book  meets  the  familiar  test  of 
autobiography.     It  is  "what  a  biography  ought  to  lie. 

Dr.  S.  Weir  Mitchell's  cleve 
Washington"  (Cen- 
tury), is  an  attempt  to 
cast  in  the  mold  of  an 
autobiography  the  im- 
portant facts  in  the 
early  life  and  times  of 
the  Father  of  Ins  Coun- 
try. Only  one  who  had 
made  a  minute  study 
of  Washington's  liter- 
ary style  would  he  able 

to  point  out  inconsis- 
tencies in  t  he  excellent 

i  m  i  t  at  i  o  n  that  Dr. 
Mitchell  has  given  us. 
Those  who  have  never 
been  profoundly  im- 
pressed by  the    tew    lit  s.  wkik   MITCHELL, 


rer  book,   "The  Youth  of 


erary  effusions  that  have  come  down  to  us  bearing  the 
stamp  of  Washington's  personality  will  discover  in 
t  liese  memoirs  not  a  little  evidence  of  a  genuine  skill 
in  the  art  of  putting  things.  The  fact  that  such  skill, 
while  it  might  have  been  Washington's,  is  really  Dr. 
Mitchell's,  should  not  be  disconcerting.  Never  before 
was  the  story  of  Washington's  youth  so  cleverly  told  ; 
never  before  has  the  narrative  conformed  so  unswerv- 
ingly to  historic  truth. 

The  late  Augustus  ('.  Buell  had  been  a  lifelong  stu- 
dent of  the  career  of  Andrew  Jackson.  The  history  of 
that  worthy,  completed  by  Mr.  Buell  only  a  few  weeks 
before  his  death,  last  summer,  has  been  brought  out  iu 
two  handsome  volumes  by  the  Scribners.  This  work 
offers  a  convincing  refutation  of  the  long-accepted  no- 
tion that  Jackson  was  a  mere  accident  in  American 
politics.  Mr.  Buell  shows  conclusively  that  by  the  time 
Jackson  had  reached  the  age  of  forty,— more  than  a 
score  of  years  before  he  attained  the  Presidency, — there 
were  few  opportunities  of  public  preferment  that  he 
had  not  grasped.  Member  of  Congress,  United  States 
Senator,  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  his  State,  and 
influential  leader  in  the  councils  of  his  party,  Andrew 
Jackson,  in  1807,  was  as  clearly  destined  for  a  political 
future  as  at  any  subsequent  time,  although  the  battle 
of  New  Orleans  was  yet  to  be  fought.  All  this  and 
much  more  Mr.  Buell  sets  in  bold 
relief  in  the  extremely  interest- 
ing account  of  his  hero's  for- 
tuuesthat  this  history  sets  forth. 
That  hero  of  the  American 
schoolboy,  Captain  John  Smith, 
is  the  subject  of  an  entertaining 
biography  by  Tudor  Jenks  (Cen- 
tury). No  attempt  is  made  by 
this  writer  to  make  a  display  of 
his  own  erudition  at  the  expense 
of  Captain  Smith's  reputation  for 
veracity.  Such,  indeed,  has  been 
the  practice  of  Smith's  biogra- 
phers almost  without  exception, 
hut  Mr.  Jenks  prefers  to  accept 
the  valiant  captain's  "True  lb' 
lation"  and  "Generall  Historic  of  Virginia"  as  fairly 
accurate  records,  in  the  main.  Thatschoolof  historians 
which  has  developed  the  theory  that  the  Pocahontas 
story  was  pure  fiction  will  find  little  comfort  in  Mr. 
Jenks'  pages,  for  he  treats  the  story  as  eminently  prob- 
able and  natural.  In  this,  as  in  other  instances  of  re- 
taining  statements  classed  by  other  writers  as  apocry- 
phal, Mr.  Jenks  appeals  to  all  fair-minded  readers  by 
the  reasonableness  of  his  arguments. 

ESSAYS   AND    CRITICISM. 

The  third  volume  of  George Saintsbury's  "  History  of 
Criticism  and  Literary  Taste  in  Europe"  (Dodd,  Mead) 
is  entitled  "Modern  Criticism."  It  covers  the  work  of 
the  nineteenth  century.  The  first  volume  included  a 
history  of  the  critical  work  of  two  thousand  years,  and 
the  second    from   the    Renaissance   "to  the   decline  of- 


CAPTAIN 
JOHN 
SMITH 

TUDOR 

JLNKS  V 


COVER  DESIGN. 

(Reduced.) 


THE  NEW  BOOKS. 


637 


MISS  AGNES   KEPPLIEH. 


eighteenth-century  orthodoxy."  Professor  Saintsbury's 

name  on  the  title-page  is  evidence  of  the  exhaustive 
and  scholarly  manner  in  which  the  theme  is  developed. 
The  Wampum  Library  of  American  Literature,  which 
Prof.  Brander  Matthews  is  editing  for  Longmans, 
Green  &  Co.,  begins  with  a  volume  entitled '"American 
Short  Stories,"  which  have  been  selected  and  edited, 
with  an  introductory  essay  on  the  short  story,  by  Dr. 
Charles  Sears  Baldwin,  of  Yale.  The  collection,  we 
are  informed  in  the  preface,  is  not  intended  to  include 
the  best  American  short  stories  ;  it  seeks  "  to  exhibit  a 
development." 

Miss  Agnes  Repplier  is  one  of  the  few  living  mas- 
ters—or  mistresses— of  essay-writing.     Her   books   are 

full  of  stimulus  to 
thought,  of  charming 
h  u mor  and  felicitous 
((notation.  "Compro- 
mises" (Houghton,  Mif- 
flin) is  her  latest  volume, 
and  it  will  not  detract 
from  her  reputation  for 
graceful  thought-pro- 
voking essays. 

A  handsome  edition  of 
the  "Canterbury  Tales" 
has  been  issued  by  Fox, 
Duffield  &  Co.  The  im- 
mortal tales  of  Chaucer, 
— the  best  of  them, — have 
been  rendered  into  al- 
most modern  prose  by 
Percy  Mackaye,  author 
of  "The  Canterbury  Pil- 
grims." The  famous  Pro- 
logue and  ten  of  the  stories  appear  with  some  fine  pic- 
tures in  color  by  Walter  Appleton  Clark. 

Dr.  Hamilton  W.  Mabie  has  gathered  some  more  of 
his  nourishing,  thought-provoking  essays  into  a  vol- 
ume, under  the  title  "Nature  and  Culture"  (Dodd, 
Mead).  Mr.  Mabie's  style  is  well  known  to  the  readers 
of  this  magazine.  Culture,  says  Mr.  Mabie,  instead  of 
being  "an  artificial  or  superficial  accomplishment,  is 
the  only  and  inevitable  process  by  which  a  man  comes 
into  possession  of  his  own  nature,  and  into  real  and 
fruitful  relations  with  the  world  about  him."  This 
volume  is  very  attractive  typographically,  and  very 
handsomely  illustrated. 

Mr.  Brander  Matthews  has  written  a  small  volume  of 
delightful  essays  under  the  title  of  "Recreations  of  an 
Anthologist"  (Dodd, 
Mead).  The  papers  on 
plagiarism  and  "Un- 
written Books"  are 
particularly  good. 

Miss  Carolyn  Wells, 
that  1  >orn  anthologist , 
has  brought  out  an 
excellent  collection  of 
parodies  in  verse,  un- 
der the  title  "  A  Paro- 
dy Anthology"  (Scrib- 
ners).  All  the  famous 
"hits"  at  other  fa- 
mous masterpieces 
are  included  in  this 
collection.  Parody. 
Miss  Wells  contends.  Miss  CAROLYH  WELLS. 


in  her  introduction,  is  a  true  and  legitimate  branch  of 
art  "whose  appreciation  depends  upon  the  mental  bias 
of  the  individual."  To  enjoy  parody,  she  further  says, 
"  one  must  have  an  intense  sense  of  the  humorous,  and 
a  humorous  sense  of  the  intense ;  and  this,  of  course, 
presupposes  a  mental  attitude  of  wide  tolerance  and 
liberal  judgments."  The  collection  begins  with  H.  W. 
Boynton's  excellent  parody,  "The  Golfer's  Rubaiyat." 
and  concludes  with  "An  Old  Song  by  New  Singers," 
being  pokes  at  Austin  Dobson,  Robert  Browning,  Long- 
fellow, Andrew  Lang,  and  Swinburne, — all  by  A.  C. 
Wilkie.  Some  excellent  index  and  reference  matter 
completes  the  volume.  Miss  Wells,  by  the  way,  has 
also  written  a  little  volume  of  her  own,— full  of  fun, — 
under  the  title  "Folly  for  the  Wise"  (Bobbs-Merrill). 
dedicated  to  "those  who  are  wise  enough  to  know  folly 
when  they  see  her." 

A  serviceable  collection  of  "British  Poets  of  the 
Nineteenth  Century"  (B.  H.  Sanborn)  has  been  edited, 
with  reference  lists,  by  Dr.  Curtis  Hidden  Page,  of 
Columbia  University.  This  book  is  intended  to  give  in 
one  volume  all  the  material  required  for  a  college  or 
university  course  in  the  British  poets  of  that  period. 

"  Readings  from  Modern  Mexican  Authors,"  by  Fred- 
erick Starr  (Open  Court  Publishing  Company),  was 
well  worth  doing.  The  literature  and  journalism  of 
our  neighbor  republic  is  too  little  known  to  Americans. 
In  this  little  volume,  Mr.  Starr  has  given  representa- 
tive selections  from  living  Mexican  writers, — all  living 
except  Icazbalceta  and  Altamirano,  who  died  several 
years  ago,  but  whose  work  belongs,  of  course,  to  the 
modern  school.  The  selections  from  each  author  are 
preceded  by  a  brief  biographical  note  and  an  outline 
portrait.  Every  selection  is  Mexican  in  topic  and  in 
color;  together,  the  selections  form  "  a  series  of  Mexi- 
can pictures  painted  by  Mexican  hands." 

SHORT  STORIES. 

A  weird,  powerful  story  with  a  moral  (a  distinct  moral, 
though  not  an  obtrusive  one),  is  Mark  Twain's  famous 
"  Dog's  Tale,"  which  appeared  in  Harper 's  Magazine  a 
year  or  so  ago.  It  was  an  appeal  for  the  dog  like  that 
made  by  "  Black  Beauty  "  for  the  horse,  and  is  especially 
launched  against  vivisection.  It  is  now  issued  in  book 
form  (Harpers),  with  colored  illustrations  by  W.  F. 
Smedley.  Another  book  which  is  a  tribute  to  canine 
intelligence  and  worth  comes  to  our  attention  at  the 
same  time — Maeterlinck's  "Our  Friend  the  Dog"  (Dodd, 
Mead).  This  story,  contributed  by  the  Belgian  Shake- 
speare, is  one  which  is  not  only  readable,  but  which 
ought  to  be  read. 

Mr.  Seymour  Eaton's  "Dan  Black,  Editor  and  Pro- 
prietor," is  a  strong,  refreshing  story.  It  is  virile,  and, 
while  Robert  Barr's  statement  that  it  is  the  best  story 
of  the  decade  may  not  be  quite  justified,  it  is  certainly 
unconventional  arid  vigorous  enough  to  be  in  very  agree- 
able contrast  to  the  vast  majority  of  latter-day  stories. 
The  story  originally  appeared  in  the  Booklover's  Maga- 
zine, and  is  now  issued  by  the  publishers  of  that  period- 
ical in  book  form,  illustrated  with  pen  drawings. 

BOOKS  ABOUT  JAPAN  AND  THE  WAR. 

Mr.  Alfred  Stead  has  performed  a  noteworthy  service 
to  students  of  the  far  East  by  compiling  his  "Japan  by 
the  Japanese"  (Dodd,  Mead).  In  his  preface,  he  points 
out  the  number  of  misleading  books  and  magazine 
articles  which  have  been  written  about  Japan,  and  the 
comparatively  small  number  of  authoritative  works  on 


638 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  country  and  the  people.  At  present,  and  for  some 
time  past,  he  says,  the  Japanese  have  been  so  busy 
making  Japan  a  great  state  tliat  they  have  had  no  time 
to  write  books.  This  fact,  that  the  Japanese  are  a 
serious  people,  despite  the  dainty  and  quaint  things 
that  have  been  written  about  them,  suggested  to  Mr. 
Stead  the  idea  of  inducing  the  Japanese  to  write  a  book 
about  themselves.  He  therefore  went  to  Japan,  and 
suggested  the  idea  to  several  of  the  leading  men.  A 
number  of  statesmen  responded  to  his  appeal  for  special 
contributions,  some  of  them  selecting  some  of  their 
most  important  public  utterances.  The  volume  begins 
with  a  number  of  important  imperial  edicts  and  re- 
scripts by  the  Emperor.  The  s>;ory  of  Japanese  growth 
and  politics  is  written  by  the  Marquis  Ito  ;  the  national 
policy  under  the  constitution,  by  Field  Marshal  Yania- 
gata ;  the  army,  by  Field  Marshal  Oyama :  foreign 
policy,  by  Count  Okuma  ;  finance,  by  Count  Inouye  ; 
commerce  and  industry,  by  Baron  Shibusawa  ;  art  and 
letters,  by  Baron  Suyematsu,  and  "The  Organization 
of  a  Constitutional  State,"  by  Baron  Kentaro  Kaneko. 
The  volume  is  a  rather  bulky  one  of  seven  hundred 
pages,  with  a  very  good  index. 

"  The  Mission  of  Japan  and  the  Russo-Japanese 
War,"  by  the  Rev.  Kota  Hoshino,  is  a  presentation,  in 
brief  compass,  of  the  Japanese  position  in  the  present 
war,  and  the  task  which  she  has  set  herself  to  accom- 
plish in  the  far  East.  Mr.  Hoshino  was  baptized  a 
Christian  in  his  early  youth,  and  is  at  present  pastor 
of  the  Ryogku  Christian  Church  in  Tokio.  Japan's 
mission,  he  declares,  is  to  prove  to  the  world  that  mod- 
ern civilization  is  not  local,  but  universal;  to  harmo- 
nize Eastern  and  Western  thought ;  to  regenerate  China 
and  Korea  ;  and  to  promote  the  peace  and  commerce  of 
the  East.  He  believes  that  she  will  be  victorious  in  her 
war  with  Russia,  but  asserts  that  she  needs  Christian- 
ity,— (1)  to  make  a  right  use  of  her  political  and  educa- 
tional institutions  ;  (2)  for  her  industrial  and  commer- 
cial development ;  (3)  for  successful  colonization.  This 
little  volume  is  printed  in  English  by  the.  Fukuin 
Printing  Company,  of  Yokohama. 

We  knew  it  was  coming  !  We  mean  the  book  on  jiu- 
jitsu,  the  famous  Japanese  art  of  wrestling.  It  is  en- 
titled "Jiu-Jitsu  Combat  Tricks"  (Putnams),  and  has 
been  prepared  by  H.  Irving  Hancock,  author  of  "Japa- 
nese Physical  Training,"  etc.  The  book  is  illustrated 
with  thirty-two  photographs  taken  from  life. 

POPULAR  SCIENCE. 

Dr.  C.  W.  Saleeby  has  applied  a  really  fascinating 
style  and  lucid  way  of  thinking  to  a  popular  exposition 
of  some  of  the  facts  of  modern  science.  This  lie  calls 
"  The  Cycle  of  Life"  (Scribners),  "  being  a  series  of  es- 
says designed  to  bring  science  home  to  men's  business 
and  bosoms."  The  essays  deal  chiefly  wife  the  greater 
problems  of  the  universe,  among  them  "The  Living 
Cell,"  "Atoms  and  Evolution,"  "Space,"  "The  Future 
of  the  Mongol,"  "The  Living  Garment  of  God,"  etc. 
The  volume  is  illustrated. 

A  capital  little  volume  is  Mr.  James  Franklin  Cham 
nerlain's  "How  We  Are  Clothed  "  (Macmillan).  This 
is  sub-headed  "A  Geographical  Reader."  It  traces 
clothing  back  to  its  origin,  and  thus  takes  the  pupil 
to  lands  all  over  the  world.  "The  relation  between 
i  he  physical  and  the  life  conditions, — real  geography, 
will  thus  be  logically  and  Interestingly  developed." 

Mr.  YV.    \.    Baker's   latest  work   is  entitled  "British 

Sewage  Works"  (Engineering  News  Publishing  Com 


pany).  It  is  the  result  of  a  recent  personal  investiga- 
tion of  British  works  for  the  treatment  of  sewage,  and 
has  a  brief  introduction  which  outlines  the  general 
status  of  sewage  treatment  in  Great  Britain,  show- 
ing how  conditions  there  differ  from  those  prevailing 
in  the  United  States.  To  this  is  added  some  notes  on 
the  sewage  farms  of  Paris,  and  on  two  German  works. 
Mr.  Baker,  it  will  be  remembered,  is  associate  editor  of 
Engineering  News,  and  the  author  of  a  number  of 
books  on  sanitary  engineering,  including  "Sewage  Pu- 
rification in  America,"  "Potable  Water,"  "Municipal 
Engineering  and  Sanitation,"  and  others. 

DESCRIPTIONS  OF  FOREIGN  LANDS. 

Prof.  W.  Deecke's  scholarly  work  on  Italy,  including 
Malta  and  Sardinia,  which  is  really  a  popular  account 
of  the  country,  its  people,  and  its  institutions,  has 
been  translated  by  H.  W.  Nesbitt,  and  is  imported  by  the 
Macniillans.  The  work  is  copiously  illustrated  with 
general  views  and  numerous  maps.  The  translator  be- 
lieves that  this  is  the  most  important  work  of  recent 
years,  as  showing  how  real  progress  is  being  made  in 
Italy  in  spite  of  the  dead  weight  of  the  taxation. 

The  first  volume  of  the  series  "  Our  Asiatic  Neigh- 
bors," which  William  Harbutt  Dawson  is  editing  for 
the  Putnams,  is  "Indian  Life  in  Town  and  Country." 
by  Herbert  Compton.  This  little  book  is  packed  full 
of  information  about  the  life  of  the  average  man  and 
woman  in  India,  and  is  copiously  illustrated. 

OUT-OF-DOOR  LIFE  AND  ADVENTURE. 

"  Sportsman  Joe,"  by  Edwyn  Sandys,  author  of 
"  Trapper  Jim,"  etc.,  is  the  account  of  an  expedition  to 
the  heart  of  the  woods  by  a  New  York  business  man, 
under  the  guidance  of  "one  of  God's  own  noblemen, 
even  though  he  may  appear  a  bit  roughened  by  Western 
life."  The  volume  (Macmillan)  is  illustrated  with  some 
lively  pictures  and  suggestive  diagrams. 

The  American  Sportsman's  Library,  edited  by  Caspar 
Whitney,  and  published  by  the  Macniillans,  has  been 
augmented  by  a  volume  on  "Guns,  Ammunition,  and 
Tackle,"  written  by  Capt.  A.  W.  Money  and  several 
other  authorities  on  these  subjects.  The  book  is  full  ot 
useful  information,  and  is  handsomely  illustrated. 

HISTORY,  POLITICS,  LAW,  AND  ECONOMICS. 

It  is  impossible  to  form  a  judgment  of  the  ten  volume 
history  of  the  United  States  by  William  Estabrook 
Chancellor  and  Fletcher  Willis  Hewes  (Putnams)  from 
the  single  volume  of  the  work  that  has  thus  far  been 
given  to  the  public.  But  it  may  be  said  that  in  this  first 
volume  the  ground  has  been  covered  in  an  interesting 
way  ;  that  the  proportions  of  the  narrative  have  been 
wisely  adjusted,  and  that  discrimination  has  been  used 
in  the  selection  of  materials.  The  period  covered  by 
this  first  volume  is  practically  the  first  century  of 
colonization,  and  the  arrangement  of  the  material  dif- 
fers from  that  of  the  ordinary  colonial  history.  Part  1.. 
for  example,  is  entitled  "  Population  and  Politics,"  and 
t  reats  of  the  native  races  of  America,  as  well  as  of  the 
early  supremacy  of  Spain,  the  rise  of  England  as  a  sea 
power,  the  founding  of  the  English  colony  in  Virginia, 
the  Dutch  settlement  in  Xew  York,  and  the  beginnings 
of  New  England.  Part  II.  is  entirely  devoted  to  wars 
with  the  Indians  and  King  William's  War  of  1688-97. 
Part  III.,  entitled  "  Industry."  gives  an  interesting  sum- 
mary of  early  colonial  agriculture,  manufaet  ures.  and 
shipbuilding.     Part   iv.  is  given  up  to  a  discussion  ol 


THE  NEW  BOOKS. 


639 


seventeenth-century  civilization  in  America,  under  the 
heads  of  "Religion  and  Morality,"  "Education,"  "Lit 
erature,"  and  "Social  Life."  The  volume  is  indexed 
and  supplied  with  numerous  references  and  notes  in 
fine  print.  The  authors  promise  to  present,  in  succeed- 
ing volumes,  chapters  dealing  with  those  aspects  of 
European  history  which  essentially  concern  the  progress 
of  events  in  America. 

A  work  that  long  ago  made  a  place  for  itself  as  an 
authority  on  the  American  aborigines  is  the  late  Lewis 
II.  Morgan's  "  League  of  the  Iroquois."  Published  more 
than  half  a  century  ago,  this  treatise  has  never  been 
superseded  by  any  scientific  treatment  of  the  history, 
manners,  and  customs  of  the  Indian  tribes  to  which  it 
relates.  A  new  edition  of  the  two  volumes  in  one  has 
recently  been  brought  out  by  Messrs.  Dodd,  Mead  & 
Co.,  the  editorial  work  having  been  performed  by  Mr. 
Herbert  M.  Lloyd.  In  the  new  matter  added  to  this 
edition  are  personal  reminiscences  of  Mr.  Morgan, 
sketches  of  his  life  and  discoveries,  a  complete  list  of 
his  writings,  and  much  other  interesting  and  important 
material. 

"  Presidential  Problems"  is  the  title  of  a  volume  con- 
taining four  essays  by  ex-President  Cleveland,  two  of 
which  were  originally  delivered  as  addresses  at  Prince- 
ton University,  while  the  other  two  appeared  as  maga- 
zine articles.  In  this  volume,  published  by  the  Century 
Company,  all  four  of  the  essays  have  been  thoroughly 
revised  by  Mr.  Cleveland.  The  first,  on  "  The  Independ- 
ence of  the  Executive,"  is  an  important  discussion  of 
a  constitutional  question  which  occupied  the  thought 
of  the  founders  of  our  government  as  much,  perhaps, 
as  any  other  one  topic.  Mr.  Cleveland's  review  of  his 
own  experience  in  the  Presidential  chair,  immediately 
after  assuming  office,  in  1885,  is  a  contribution  to  his- 
tory. The  same  may  be  said  of  his  paper  on  "The 
Government  in  the  Chicago  Strike  of  1894,"  his  defense 
of  the  bond  issues  in  the  years  1894-96,  and  his  account 
of  the  Venezuelan  boundary  controversy  of  1895. 

"The  Art  of  Cross-Examination, "  by  Mr.  Francis  L. 
Wellman,  of  the  New  York  bar  (Macmillan),  is  a  unique 

contribution  to  the  lit- 
erature of  the  legal 
profession.  It  does  not 
pretend  to  be  a  "trea- 
tise" of  the  ordinary 
dry-as-dust,  sheep- 
bound  kind,  although 
the  young  lawyer  will 
find  it  full  of  sugges- 
tions that  may  prove 
quite  as  valuable  in 
his  practice  as  any- 
thing that  he  can  dig 
out  of  his  more  for- 
mal "  text-books,"  but 
it  is  a  popular  exposi- 
tion of  a  subject  that 
has  a  fascinating  in- 
terest even  for  the  un- 
professional citizen. 
In  the  revised  edition  there  are  five  new  chapters,  includ- 
ing the  records  of  several  famous  cross-examinations. 

In  preparing  his  study  of  "The  Monroe  Doctrine" 
(Little,  Brown),  Mr.  T.  B.  Edington,  of  the  Memphis 
bar,  declares  that  he  had  in  mind  "rescuing  the  Amer- 
ican people  from  a  distortion  of  their  unwritten  laws, 
which  are  traditional  in  character,  like  all  other  forms 


MK.    FKANC1S  L.   WELLMAN. 


EDWARD  K1HK   KAWSON. 


of  tradition,  and  which  ultimately  become  a  matter  of 
great  uncertainty  and  doubt."  Mr.  Edington  treats 
the  famous  doctrine  rather  from  the  legal  standpoint. 

Mr.  Edward  Kirk  Rawson's  book,  "Twenty  Famous 
Naval  Battles"  (Crowell),  has  been  issued  in  a  single 
volume,  without  abridgment.  The  sub-title,  "From  Sal- 
amis  to  Santiago,"  in- 
dicates the  scope  of  the 
work  and  the  recent- 
ness  of  its  completion. 
Professor  R  a  w  s  o  n  is 
superintendent  of  the 
United  States  War 
Records,  U.S.N.  The 
volume  is  illustrated 
with  plans,  old  prints, 
maps,  and  portraits.  It 
is  also  supplemented  by 
notes  and  appendices. 

In  the  exceedingly 
useful  little  series  of 
"Handbooks  of  Amer- 
ican Government" 
(Macmillan),  Prof.  Wil- 
bur H.  Siebert  deals 
with  "The  Government  of  Ohio:  Its  History  and  Ad- 
ministration." The  plan  of  this  work,  like  that  fol- 
lowed in  Professor  Morey's  "  Government  of  New  York," 
of  the  same  series,  comprises  a  treatment  of  the  growth, 
structure,  and  work  of  the  State  government.  The 
publication  of  the  book  has  been  delayed  in  order  to 
make  the  changes  in  the  text  necessitated  by  the  revi- 
sion of  the  school  code,  election  laws,  etc.,  by  the  Ohio 
Legislature  of  1904. 

Justin  McCarthy,  author  of  "A  History  of  Our  Own 
Times,"  has  written  out  his  life-work  and  experiences 
in  a  substantial  volume  entitled  "  An  Irishman's 
Story"  (Macmillan).  The  chapter  "My  Life  in  Amer- 
ica" is  full  of  appreciation  for  the  warmth  of  the  re- 
ception the  Irish  leader  met  with  in  the  United  States. 
Mr.  Dana  C.  Monroe,  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin, 
has  compiled,  from  Latin  authorities,  "A  Source  Book 
on  Roman  History"  (Heath).  The  extracts  in  the  vol- 
ume are  intended  to  be  used  in  connection  with  a  text- 
book on  Roman  histoi-y. 

A  history  and  description  of  Westminster  Abbey, 
painted  by  John  Fulleylove,  R.I.,  and  described  by 
Mrs.  A.  Murray  Smith  (author  of  "  The  Annals  of 
Westmiuster  Abbey "),  has  been  issued  by  Adam  and 
Charles  Black,  of  London,  and  imported  by  the  Mac- 
millans.  It  is  illustrated  with  twenty-one  full-page 
plates  in  color. 

"A  History  of  the  Ancient  World,"  by  Prof.  George 
T.  Goodspeed,  of  the  University  of  Chicago  (Scribners), 
is  a  text-book  adapted  for  use  in  high  schools  and 
academies.  In  the  arrangement  of  material,  and  par- 
ticularly in  the  matter  of  illustration,  the  book  marks 
a  notable  advance  in  text-book  literature. 

A  university  edition  of  Prof.  Francis  Newton  Thorpe's 
"Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States"  is  pub- 
lished this  fall  (Boston  :  Little,  Brown  &  Co.).  This 
compact  volume  narrates  the  constitutional  history 
both  of  the  Union  and  of  the  States,  showing  the  com- 
mon basis  of  American  local  and  general  government. 
In  his  chapters  on  the  State  constitutions,  Professor 
Thorpe  directs  our  attention  to  a  subject  often  neg- 
lected or  sparingly  treated  in  text-books  of  this  char- 
acter. 


640 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


The  latest  college  text-book  of  political  economy  is 
Prof.  Frank  A.  Fetter's  work  entitled  "The  Principles 
of  Economics,  with  Applications  to  Practical  Problems" 
(Century).  This  book,  the  author  tells  us,  grew  out  of 
a  series  of  discussions  supplementing  a  text  used  in  a 
college  class-room  some  years  ago.  The  purpose  of 
these  discussions  was  to  amend  certain  theoretical 
views  even  then  generally  questioned  by  economists, 
and  to  present  the  most  recent  opinions  on  some  other 
questions.  The  author's  presentation  of  the  general 
theory  of  distribution  is  fresh  and  exceptionally  in- 
teresting. 

In  "Modern  Industrialism"  (Appletons),  Prof.  Frank 
L.  McVey,  of  the  University  of  Minnesota,  attempts  to 
show  what  the  history  of  modern  industrialism  has 
been  in  England,  America,  and  Germany  ;  how  compli- 
cated industry  is  in  the  machinery  of  production,  ex- 
change, and  distribution,  and,  finally,  what  problems 
arise  in  the  very  nature  of  the  complicated  organization 
with  which  states  are  forced  to  deal.  Such  a  work 
ought  to  find  a  useful  place  as  a  university  or  college 
text-book. 

"The  Era  of  Greed  and  Graft,"  by  Levi  Grift'en  Meu- 
shaw,  is  a  graphic  and  interesting  presentation  of  the 
old,  old  struggle  of  the  masses  against  the  classes.  It 
is  further  interesting  in  the  fact  that  it  has  been  pro- 
duced by  "union-paid  labor  from  cover  to  cover,  with 
the  allied  trades  label." 

A  manual  of  "Argumentation  and  Debate"  (Macmil- 
lan)  has  been  prepared  by  Craven  Lay  cock  and  Robert 
L.  Scales,  of  the  faculty  of  Dartmouth  College.  The 
work  is  divided  into  two  parts,  the  first  being  a  discus- 
sion of  the  general  principles  of  argumentation  (appli- 
cable alike  to  written  and  to  spoken  discourse),  and  the 
second  being  devoted  to  "the  setting  forth  of  certain 
additional  precepts  peculiar  to  oral  debate." 


RELIGION  AND  ETHICS. 

Dr.  Washington  Gladden's  latest  book  is  entitled 
"Where  Does  the  Sky  Begin?"  (Houghton,  Mifflin). 
It  consists  of  a  series  of  discussions  of  great  spiritual 
themes,  with  the  purpose  of  bringing  these  very  close 
to  man's  daily  life.  "  The  sky  comes  down  to  earth,  and 
so  do  many  other  things  which  our  thoughts  usually 
put  far  away." 

Margaret  E.  Sangster  has  written  a  life  of  Christ  for 
little  people  under  the  title  "  That  Sweet  Story  of  Old" 
(Revell).  This  includes  all  the  facts  given  in  the  Four 
Gospels,  told  in  modern  style.  The  book  is  well  illus- 
t rated. 

Count  Toltsoy's  ringing  letter  on  war  (the  best  por- 
tions of  which  were  reproduced  in  an  article  in  the 
REVIEW  of  Reviews  for  August)  has  been  published  by 
Ginn  &  Co.  for  the  International  Peace  Union. 

"THE  UNIT  BOOKS." 

The  excellent  features  of  "  The  Unit  Book"  plan,  and 
the  serviceable  qualities  of  the  volumes  already  issued, 
have  already  been  set  forth  in  this  review.  The  latest 
issues  are  Renan's  "Life  of  Jesus,"  Trench's  "Study 
of  Words."  Mrs.  Trollope's  "Domestic  Manners  of  the 
Americans,"  and  "A  Collection  of  National  Docu- 
ments." The  first  three  titles  are  too  well  known  to 
need  characterization  here.  It  is  proper  to  say,  how- 
ever, that  those  reprints,  in  neat,  simple  typographical 
form,  have  been  very  judiciously  and  helpfully  edited, 
with  valuable  supplementary  Tr.atter,  by  way  of  ex- 
planation of  the  text.  All  three  are  books  well  worth 
preservation.  "National  Documents"  is  a  collection 
of  treaties,  charters,  declarations,  messages,  addresses, 
and  proclamations  famous  in  our  national  history.  The 
book  has  a  good  index  and  some  helpful  annotations. 


BOOKS  RECENTLY   RECEIVED. 


Bacon's  Advancement  of  Learning.    Book  I.    By  Albert  S 

Cook.    Ginn  &  Co. 
Balance:  The  Fundamental  Verity.    By  Orlando  J.Smith. 

Houghton,  Mifflin. 
Beauty  Through  Hygiene.    By  Emma  E.  "Walker.     Barms. 
Best  English  Poems.    By  Adam  L.  Gowans.    Crowell. 
Bethink  Yourselves!    (Count  Tolstoy's  arraignment  of  war 

and  bloodshed.)    Crowell. 
Comedies  and  Legends  for  Marionettes.    By  Georgians  I  rod- 

dard  King.    Macmillan. 
Essays   of  Joseph  Addison.    By  Hamilton  Wright   Mabie. 

Crowell. 
Expert  Maid-Servant,  The.    By  Christine  Terhune  Her  rick. 

Harpers. 
Favorite  Greek  Myths.    By  Lillian  S.  Hyde.    Heath. 
Finding  the  Way.    By  J.  R.  Miller,  D.D.    Crowell. 
Good  of  the  Wicked.    By  Owen  Kildare.    Baker,  Taylor. 
Henry  IV.,  Part  I.     (The  Arden  Shakespeare.)    Heath. 
Hints  on  Revolver  Shooting.  By  Walter  Winana.  Putnama. 
Honesty  with  the  Bible.    By  Prescott  White.    Acme  Pub- 
lishing Co. 
Houso  and  Home.    By  Miss  M.  E.  Carter.    Barnes. 
How  to  Bring  Up  Our  Boys.    By  S.  A.  Nicoll.    Crowell. 
Inner  Life,  The.    By  J.  R.  Miller.    Crowell. 
Junior  Topics  Outlined,  1905 :  United  Society  of  Christian 

Endeavor. 
Letters  of  Lord  Chesterfield.    By  C.  Welsh.    Crowell. 
Lost  Art.  of  Reading,  The.    By  W.  R.  Nicoll.    Crowell. 
Messages  of  the  Masters,  The,     By   Amory  II.  Bradford. 

Crowell, 


Mixed  Beasts.    By  Kenyon  Cox.    Fox,  Duffield. 

Morning  Thoughts  to  Cheer  the  Day.  By  Maria  H.  Le  Row. 
Little,  Brown. 

Our  Christmastides.  By  Theodore  L.  Cuyler.  Baker,  Tay- 
lor. 

Pagan's  Progress,  The.    By  Gouverneur  Morris.    Barnes. 

Pomes  of  the  Peepul.    By  T.  S.  Denison. 

Primer  of  Library  Practice  for  Junior  Assistants,  A.  By 
George  K.  Roebuck  and  William  B.  Thorne.    Putnams. 

Secret  History  of  To-day.    By  Allen  Upward.    Putnams. 

Semiramis  and  Other  Plays.    By  Dargen.    Brentano. 

Sheridan's  Comedies  :  The  Rivals,  and  The  School  for  Scan- 
dal.    Crowell. 

Silences  of  the  Master,  The.  By  John  Walker  Powell. 
Jennings  &  Graham. 

Songs  from  the  Dramatists.    By  Robert  Bell.    Crowell. 

Star  of  Bethlehem,  The.    By  C.  M.  Gayley.    Fox,  Duffield. 

Starting  Points.    By  John  Home.    Jennings  &  Graham. 

Stories  of  King  Arthur  and  His  Knights.    Crowell. 

Stories  of  Robin  Hood.   By  J.  Walker  McSpadden.    Crowell. 

itudies  in  the  Gospel  According  to  Mark.  By  Ernest  De 
Witt  Burton.    University  of  Chicago  Press. 

•ynopses  of  Dickens'  Novels.  By  J.  Walker  McSpadden. 
CrowelL 

Teaching  of  Jesus  Concerning  the  God  Father,  The.  By 
Archibald  Thomas  Robertson.    American  Tract  Society. 

Tutonish.    By  Ellas  Molee. 

Twenty-five  Ghost  Stories.    By  Bob  Holland.    Ogilvle. 

Wordsworth's  Shorter  Poems;  I'.y  Edward  Fulton.  Mac- 
millan. 


The    American    Monthly    Review    of   Reviews, 
edited  by  albert  shaw. 

CONTENTS    FOPx    DECEMBER,    1904. 


M.  Delcasse",  French  Foreign  Minister. Frontispiece  III.— George  B.  Cortelyou. 


The  Progress  of  the  World — 

Mr.  Roosevelt's  Great  Vote  of  Confidence 643 

A  Victory  for  the  Plain  People 643 

Our  Foremost  Public  Character 643 

The  Result  Foreseen  in  Business  Circles 643 

A  Campaign  of  Intelligence 643 

The  Closing  Incident 644 

The  President's  Notable  Statement 644 

Judge  Parker's  Ineffective  Reply 645 

The  Charges  Repeated 645 

What  the  Public  Remembered 645 

The  Attitude  of  Business  Men 646 

Growth  of  Independent  Voting 646 

An  Announcement  Regarding  1908 646 

An  Unpledged  Administration 646 

Some  Details  of  the  Election 647 

The  Pluralities  North  and  South 647 

Democratic  Governors  in  Roosevelt  States 648 

Other  Instances  of  Divergence 648 

The  Pendulum  Might  Swing  Back 649 

Mr.  Folk  as  an  Example 650 

The  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota  Victors 651 

Talk  of  Tariff  Reform 652 

The  Minor  Parties 652 

Affairs  in  Panama 652 

A  Revolution  Averted 653 

Mr.  Higgins  and  the  New  York  Canals 653 

A  Busy  Month  for  Mr.  Roosevelt 653 

Judge  Parker  at  Work  Again 654 

Educational  Occasions 655 

The  Elections  in  Canada 655 

The  Baltic  Fleet's  Blunder 655 

Attack  on  British  Fishermen 656 

The  Czar's  Regret  and  Grief 656 

Warlike  Feeling  in  England 657 

The  Russian  Admiral's  Story 657 

Did  the  Russians  Fire  on  Themselves  ? 658 

An  Agreement  to  Investigate 658 

Terms  of  the  Agreement 658 

A  Triumph  of  Peace 658 

Governments  Versus  Populace 659 

Splendid  Services  of  France 659 

Before  Mukden 660 

The  Siege  of  Port  Arthur 660 

Desperate  Straits  of  the  Garrison 661 

Is  Russia  Becoming  Liberal  ? 661 

Lord  Lansdowne  on  Arbitration 662 

Elections  in  Italy 662 

With  portraits,  cartoons,  and  other  illustrations. 

Record  of  Current  Events 663 

With  portraits. 

Some  Cartoons  of  the  Month 667 

The  United    States    and   the  World's   Peace 

Movement 671 

By  Walter  Wellman. 

The  Merchant  Marine  Commission 675 

By  Winthrop  L.  Marvin. 

Four  Men  of  the  Month:    Personal  Tributes. 

I. — William  Barclay  Parsons 679 

By  Nicholas  Murray  Butler. 
With  portrait. 

II. — David  Rowland  Francis 681 

By  Frederick  M.  Crunden. 
With  portrait. 


By  Louis;A.  Coolidge. 
With  portrait. 


684 


686 


IV.  William  L.  Douglas 

By  H.  L.  Wood. 

With  portrait. 

Portrait  of  Pastor  Charles  Wagner 688 

With  explanatory  caption. 

"Hiawatha,"  as  the  Ojibways  Interpret  It..   689 

By  William  C.  Edgar. 

With  illustrations. 


The  Remaking  of  a  Rural  Commonwealth. 

By  Clarence  H.  Poe. 
With  portraits  and  other  illustrations. 


694 


701 


716 


718 


The  Hawaiian  Sugar  Product 

By  Lewis  R.  Freeman. 
With  illustrations. 

What  the  Musical  Season  Offers  New  York.  706 

By  W.  J.  Henderson. 
With  portraits. 

An  American  Forestry  Congress 709 

By  H.  M.  Suter. 
With  portraits  of  Secretary  Wilson  and  Mr.  Gifford 
Pinchot. 

Modern  Picture-Book  Children 712 

By  Ernest  Knaufft. 
Illustrated. 

Electric  Versus  Steam  Locomotives 

Illustrated. 

What  Port  Arthur  Means  to  Japan 

By  Adachi  Kinnosuke. 
With  map. 

Leading  Articles  of  the  Month — 

Is  Russia  to  Establish  a  Universal  Empire  ? 721 

Japan's  Negative  Victories 723 

Russia's  Attitude  Toward  American  Mediation.  724 

Points  for  a  Peace  Conference 725 

Church  and  State  in  Italy 725 

Why  Italian  Agricultural  Colonies  Fail 726 

The  Present  Renascence  of  Poland 727 

The  Socialistic  Movement  in  Russia 728 

A  Tribute  to  Sir  William  Harcourt 730 

The  Evolution  of  Zionism 730 

The  Government  Telegraph  in  Australia 731 

Glasgow's  Municipal  Street  Cars 733 

The  Swedish  South  Polar  Expedition 734 

The  Argentine  Gaucho  and  His  Ways 735 

Housing  and  Architecture  in  Buenos  Ayres. . . .  736 

Mr.  Bough tou  and  His  Dutch  Pictures 737 

John  Rogers  :  Sculptor  of  American  Democracy  738 

The  Oldest  Statue  in  the  World 739 

The  Throes  of  Composition 740 

Pueblo  Indian  Songs 741 

" Improving"  the  Style  of  the  Bible 742 

The  Alleged  Decline  of  the  Ministry 744 

The  Congress  of  Free  Thought  at  Rome 745 

"  Lloyd's"  and  What  It  Means. 746 

Effects  of  Physical  Conditions  on  Development.  747 

Is  There  a  Yellow  Peril  ? 748 

With  portraits  and  other  illustrations. 

Briefer  Notes  on  Topics  in  the  Periodicals  .   749 
The   Season's    Books,  with  Portraits  of  Au- 
thors and  other  Illustrations 754 


TERMS:  $2.50  a  year  in  advance ;  25  cents  a  number.  Foreign  postage  $1.00  a  year  additional.  Subscribers  may  remit  to  us 
by  post-office  or  express  money  orders,  or  by  bank  checks,  drafts,  or  registered  letters.  Money  in  letters  is  at  sender's 
risk.  Renew  as  early  as  possible,  in  order  to  avoid  a  break  in  the  receipt  of  the  numbers.  Bookdealers,  Postmasters,  and 
Newsdealers  receive  subscriptions.  (Subscriptions  to  the  English  Review  of  Reviews,  which  is  edited  and  published  by 
Mr.  W.  T.  Stead  in  London,  may  be  sent  to  this  officii,  and  orders  for  single  copies  can  also  be  filled,  at  the  price  of  $2.50 
for  the  yearly  subscription,  including  postage,  or  Zb  cents  for  single  copies.)  THE  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  CO., 
13  Astor  Place,  New  York  City.  '   . 


THEOPHILE   DELCASS£,    FRENCH    MINISTER   OF    FOREIGN   AFFAIRS. 


(M.  Delcasse,  who  is  journalist,  author,  diplomat,  and  member  of  the  French  cabinet  since  1894,  is  the  man  to 
whom  more  than  to  any  other  is  due  the  triumph  of  peace  in  the  reference  to  a  court  of  inquiry  of  the  North 
Sea  dispute  between  Great  Britain  and  Russia.  He  gave  form  and  effectiveness  to  the  earnest  desire  for 
peace  of  the  Czar  of  Russia  and  the  King  of  England.  In  1899,  M.  Delcasse  acted  as  mediator  between  the 
United  States  and  Spaiu.) 


The  American  Monthly 


Vol.  xxx. 


Review  of  Reviews. 

NEW   YORK,   DECEMBER,    1904. 


No.  6. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


Mr.  Roose-  President  Roosevelt's  election  by  the 
ye!tsfGlQa*_  largest  popular  majority  ever' given 
fidence.  in  the  country  is  a  fact  that  many 
people  have  explained  in  many  different  ways  ; 
but,  whatever  the  explanation,  it  has  caused 
few  to  express  either  shocked  surprise  or  sullen 
discontent.  On  the  contrary,  there  has  been  a 
hearty  acquiescence  in  the  result  that  exceeds,  if 
possible,  that  which  was  so  noteworthy  when  Mr. 
McKinley  was  reelected  in  1900.  It  is  the 
opinion  of  intelligent  observers  throughout  the 
world  that  the  people  of  the  United  States  are 
to  be  congratulated.  Our  form  of  government 
stands  in  higher  estimation  when  in  its  practical 
working  it  brings  men  of  notable  fitness  into 
the  places  of  chief  authority. 


A  Victory 


American  public  opinion  won  a  great 
for  the'  triumph  when  it  compelled  the  Re- 
Piam  People.  pUDijcan  party  to  accord  the  nomina- 
tion to  Theodore  Roosevelt  in  spite  of  the  pref- 
erences and  efforts  of  a  majority  of  the  party's 
leaders  and  professional  politicians.  The  real 
campaign  was  not  that  of  1904,  but  that  of  1903. 
The  plain  people  of  the  country  wished  for  a 
chance  to  elect  Mr.  Roosevelt  as  President.  Un- 
der existing  conditions,  this  chance  could  only 
come  through  the  nominating  machinery  of  the 
Republican  party.  The  great  victory,  then,  of 
November  8  was  something  more  than  a  triumph 
of  the  Republican  party  as  such.  If  the  formi- 
dable movement  of  the  politicians  last  year  to 
defeat  Mr.  Roosevelt  and  to  nominate  Mr.  Hanna 
or  some  one  else  had  been  successful,  there  is 
nothing  in  what  has  now  happened  to  render  it 
by  any  means  certain  that  the  Republican  party 
would  have  been  victorious.  With  a  good  can- 
didate, the  Democrats  might  have  won. 

„     r         .  But   there   was    never   the    smallest 

Our  Foremost  . 

Public  Char-  chance  of   beating  Mr.  Roosevelt  at 

the  polls  this  year,  no  matter  what 

man  might  have  been  nominated  against  him. 

He  combines  so  many  elements  of  popularity 

that  he  now  stands  in  our  national  affairs  as  the 


one  conspicuous  figure,  with  no  close  second  in 
sight.  He  has  always  been  a  loyal  enough  mem- 
ber of  his  party  ;  but  in  spite  of  himself  he  is  a 
man  of  the  whole  people  rather  than  of  a  party. 
The  country  likes  his  vigor,  and  it  believes  im- 
plicitly in  his  honesty.  Furthermore,  the  coun- 
try thoroughly  approves  of  that  combination  of 
the  serious-minded  man  and  the  optimist  which 
is  so  typical  of  our  national  life  at  this  time,  and 
which  Mr.  Roosevelt  exemplifies  more  completely 
than  any  one  else.  Thus  one  might  comment 
through  many  pages  ;  but  what  was  plain  to 
many  of  us  long  ago  is  now  clear  as  daylight  to 
everybody,  and  there  is  no  need  to  multiply 
words.  For  many  months  past  it  had  been  fre- 
quently remarked  in  this  magazine  that  the  vot- 
ers had  made  up  their  minds  and  were  merely 
waiting  for  election  day.  This  proved  to  be 
plainly  true.  The  campaign  committees  were 
diligent  on  both  sides,  but  this  year  it  was  not 
in  their  power  greatly  to  make  or  to  mar  the 
situation.     It  was  all  a  foregone  conclusion. 

The  Result  For  a  number  of  days  before  elec- 
BuTinesTc'i"-  ^on  ^ie  shrewd  and  discerning  lead- 
cies.  ers  of  the  business  world  had  laid 
aside  every  shadow  of  a  doubt,  and  given  their 
attention  to  commercial  affairs  as  if  there  were 
no  such  thing  as  a  political  campaign.  It  was 
well  known  in  financial  circles  that  Mr.  August 
Belmont  himself, — of  the  Democratic  Executive 
Committee,  and  chief  financial  promoter  and 
supporter  of  the  Parker  candidacy, — had  re- 
garded the  defeat  of  his  ticket  as  inevitable. 
The  market  for  shares  in  railway  and  indus- 
trial corporations  was  rising  steadily  for  days 
before  the  election,  and  had  practically  before 
November  8  attained  the  strong  advance  that  it 
has  since  held  with  every  sign  of  continuance. 


The  Republican  campaign  up  to  the 
very  end  was  an  appeal  to  the  coun- 
try to  stand  firm  by  its  faith  in  the 
President  and  to  give  indorsement  to  the  gen- 
eral policies  which  he  and  his  supporters  in  the 


A  Cam- 
paign  of 
Intelligence. 


644 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


cabinet  and  in  Congress  regard  as  sound  and 
good  for  the  country.  The  President's  own  ut- 
terances formed  the  leading  campaign  literature  ; 
and,  next  to  documents  like  Mr.  Roosevelt's  let- 
ter of  acceptance,  the  chief  stress  was  laid  upon 
the  circulation  of  brochures  such  as  well-printed 
editions  of  dignified  addresses  by  Secretary  Hay 
and  ex-Secretary  Root.  It  was  a  campaign  of 
intelligence,  and  not 
one  of  sound  and  furor, 
— still  less  one  of  brib 
ery  and  corruption. 


There  was  deep  indignation  in  the 
dent's  Notable  Republican  camp,  and  for  some  days 
statement.  ^e  qUestiori  on  every  lip  was  whether 
or  not  Mr.  Cortelyou  would  make  reply.  This 
question  was  answered  in  a  somewhat  unex- 
pected form  when  on  Saturday  morning,  No- 
vember 5,  three  days  before  the  election,  there 
appeared  in  all  the  newspapers  a  statement  to 

the    American    people 


In  the  last 
days  of  the 


The 
Closing 
Incident.       campalgn> 

the  Democrats  made  an 
exceedingly  ill-advised 
attempt  to  create  the 
impression  that  the  Re- 
publicans were  endeav- 
oring to  obtain  a  vic- 
tory by  the  wholesale 
purchase  of  voters.  The 
Democratic  charges 
took  two  forms  not 
wholly  consistent  with 
each  other.  First,  it 
was  charged  that  Mr. 
Cortelyou  as  campaign 
chairman  had,  before 
resigning  from  the  Sec- 
retaryship  of  Com- 
merce and  Labor,  used 
the  powers  of  his  office 
to  possess  himself  of  a 
vast  deal  of  inside  in- 
formation regarding 
the  great  industrial  cor- 
porations, and  that  in 
his  capacity  as  cam- 
paign manager  he  had 
made  use  of  this  infor- 
mation   practically    to 

extort  as  blackmail  from  the  corporations  great 
sums  with  which  to  buy  the  election.  The 
other  charge  was  that  the  administration  had 
practically  surrendered  to  Wall  Street  as  re- 
gards its  future  policy  toward  corporations,  and 
that  the  "magnates"  and  "plutocrats"  had 
therefore  of  their  own  free  will  decided  to  elect 
Mr.  Roosevelt,  and  accordingly  had  contributed 
the  necessary  money  with  which  to  secure  the 
desired  result.  The  Democratic  candidate,  J  udge 
Parker,  had  the  misfortune  to  be  led  into  the 
making  of  these  charges  in  a  series  of  speeches 
with  which  he  tardily  broke  his  long  campaign 
silence  just  before  election  day. 


THE  SUCCESSFUL  CANDIDATES. 

(Reduced  from  the  large  campaign  poster  sent  everywhere 
by  the  Republican  National  Committee.) 


issued  from  the  White 
House  and  signed 
"  Theodore  Roosevelt," 
— a  statement  very 
explicit  and  full,  taking 
more  than  a  column  of 
newspaper  type,  and 
beginning  with  the  fol- 
lowing paragraph  : 

Certain  slanderous  ac- 
cusations as  to  Mr.  Cortel- 
you and  myself  have  been 
repeated  time  and  again 
by  Judge  Parker,  the  can- 
didate of  his  party  for  the 
office  of  President.  He 
neither  has  produced  nor 
can  produce  any  proof  of 
their  truth  ;  yet  he  has  not 
withdrawn  them  ;  and  as 
his  position  gives  them 
wide  currency,  I  speak 
now  lest  the  silence  of  self- 
respect  be  misunderstood. 

The  President  then  set 
forth  the  charges  and 
the  questions  at  issue, 
after  which  he  denied 
them  in  language  as  ex- 
plicit and  emphatic  as 
any  man  has  ever  put 
into  a  public  utterance. 
He  explained  that  Mr. 
Cortelyou  had  been 
chosen  as  chairman  of 
the  National  Commit- 
tee only  after  Mr.  Elihu  Root,  Mr.  W.  Murray 
Crane,  and  Mr.  Cornelius  Bliss  had  declined  to 
take  the  position.  The  country,  indeed,  could 
not  well  fail  to  remember  that  very  many  of  the 
newspapers  which  were  joining  with  Judge 
Parker  in  making  the  charges  had  originally 
praised  Mr.  Cortelyou's  selection  as  one  that  in- 
sured a  conscientious  and  high-minded  Repub- 
lican campaign.  .The  President  concluded  his 
denial  with  the  following  sentences  : 

The  statements  made  by  Mr.  Parker  are  unquali- 
fiedly and  atrociously  false.  As  Mr.  Cortelyou  has  said 
to  me  more  than  once  during  this  campaign,  if  elected 
I  shall  go  into  the  Presidency  unhampered  by  any 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


645 


pledge,  promise,  or  understanding  of  any  kind,  sort,  or 
description,  save  my  promise,  made  openly  to  the 
American  people,  that  so  far  as  in  my  power  lies  I 
shall  see  to  it  that  every  man  has  a  square  deal,  no  less 
and  no  more. 

„    ,    ,   This  pronunciamento,  which  was  per- 

Judge  Parker  s  ,  L    .   .  '  .  r 

ineffective  haps  without  a  parallel  in  our  cam- 
ReP'y-  paign  annals,  made  a  profound  im- 
pression. It  was  read  aloud  in  political  meetings 
great  and  small  in  every  part  of  the  country 
If  it  had  appeared  one  or  two  days  later,  it 
might  have  been  said  that  Judge  Parker  was 
given  no  opportunity  to  reply.  But  since  it  was 
given  to  all  the  Parker  newspapers  on  Friday 
evening,  a  copy  of  it  was  in  the  judge's  hands 
in  advance  of  its  appearance  Saturday  morning  ; 
and  he  availed  himself  of  the  opportunity  to  in- 
form the  public  on  Saturday  morning,  side  by 
side  with  the  appearance  of  the  President's  state- 
ment, that  he  would  make  his  reply  at  a  meet- 
ing in  Brooklyn  on  that  same  evening.  His 
statement  was  carefully  prepared  and  given  to 
the  press  for  Sunday  morning  publication,  so 
that  it  was  printed  in  even  larger  and  more 
widely  distributed  editions  of  the  newspapers 
than  was  the  President's  statement  of  Saturday. 
It  was  eminently  characteristic  of  Mr.  Roosevelt 
that  he  should  have  given  his  opponent  this  am- 
ple opportunity  to  reach  the  public  before  elec- 
tion day.  It  was  rather  commonly  supposed 
that  the  Democratic  committee  was  in  possession 
of  some  concrete  instances  of  campaign  contri- 
butions from  well-known  corporation  leaders 
that  would  seem  to  lend  color  to  the  charges, 
and  that  the  candidate  would  bring  these  things 
out  in  his  reply.  Judge  Parker's  statement  was 
a  long  one,  filling  nearly. three  newspaper  col- 
umns ;  but  it  proved  to  be  merely  a  lawyer's 
argumentative  and  inferential  discussion.  It 
assumed  all  the  facts,  and  then  drew  injurious 
conclusions  from  them.  It  was  entirely  well 
known  at  Washington,  as  the  President  also  em- 
phatically stated,  that  Mr.  Cortelyou's  prelimi- 
nary work  as  Secretary  of  Commerce  had  not 
included  any  acquisition  of  corporation  secrets. 

Yet  Judge  Parker's  whole  argument 
rhRepeategd.S   ^n  rePty  was  based  upon  his  repetition 

of  the  same  charge, — with  no  pretense 
of  giving  any  facts, — that  the  President  had 
placed  his  private  secretary  in  a  position  to  get 
corporation  secrets,  and  had  then  chosen  him 
campaign  chairman  in  order  to  force  money  from 
the  trusts  with  which  to  buy  the  election.  But 
let  Mr.  Parker  speak  for  himself,  for  the  follow- 
ing is  the  language  he  used  in  his  statement  of 
Saturday,  November  5,  made  public  in  the  news- 
papers of  the  following  morning  : 


The  President  placed  at  the  head  of  this  great  de- 
partment—empowered to  probe  the  secrets  of  all  the 
trusts  and  corporations  engaged  in  interstate  commerce 
— his  private  secretary,  who  held  that  position  for  some 
months,  when  he  resigned  and  was  made  chairman  of 
the  National  Committee. 

Now,  these  facts  are  not  challenged  in  the  statement 
of  the  President,  nor  can  they  be.  The  statute  was 
passed  and  money  was  appropriated  to  probe  the  trusts  ; 
Cortelyou  was  appointed  at  the  head  of  it.  He  was 
without  experience  in  national  politics,  and  yet  the 
President  says  in  his  statement,  "I  chose  Mr.  Cortelyou 
as  chairman  of  the  National  Committee." 

Now  that  this  intended  crime  against  the  franchise 
has  been  exposed  in  time,  now  that  the  contributions 
of  this  money  by  these  great  monopolies  looking  for  the 
continuance  of  old  favors,  or  seeking  new  ones,  stands 
admitted,  now  that  these  contributions  have  been  made 
in  such  sums  as  to  induce  and  permit  the  most  lavish 
expenditures  ever  made,  we,  as  a  people,  will  fail  in  our 
duty  if  we  shall  not  rebuke  at  the  polls  this  latest  and 
most  flagrant  attempt  to  control  the  election — not  for 
legitimate  business  conducted  for  proper  ends — but  in 
order  that  the  few  may  still  further  strengthen  their 
hold  upon  our  industries.  We  shall  rue  it,  if,  as  a  peo- 
ple, we  do  not  make  this  rebuke  so  emphatic  that  the 
offense  will  nsver  again  be  repeated. 

As  against  the  President's  emphatic 
the  Public  denial,  Judge  Parker's  repetition  of 
Remembered.  yg  cnarges  without  a  single  citation 
of  fact  to  support  them  produced  a  veritable 
consternation  in  the  ranks  of  his  followers,  and 
undoubtedly  contributed  not  a  little  to  the  com- 
pleteness of  his  defeat.  After  all,  there  were 
certain  recent  political  facts  of  historic  note 
that  the  American  people  could  not  forget.  It 
was  known,  for  instance,  from  one  end  of  the 
country  to  the  other,  that  the  great  fight  of  last 
year,  carried  on  for  the  most  part  quietly  and 
beneath  the  surface  within  the  Republican  party, 
was  a  fight  on  the  part  of  the  trusts  and  cor- 
porate interests  to  prevent  Mr.  Roosevelt's  nom- 
ination. It  was  equally  well  known  that  those 
very  same  trusts  and  corporate  interests,  fol- 
lowing the  advice  of  a  group  of  New  York  cor- 
poration lawyers,  had  selected  Judge  Parker  as 
the  man  to  bring  forward  for  the  Democratic 
nomination.  It  was  too  much  to  expect  that 
the  country,  in  a  brief  three  or  four  months, 
should  have  forgotten  the  circumstances  of 
Judge  Parker's  nomination,  as  set  forth  in 
unsparing  characterizations  by  Mr.  Bryan,  by 
the  Hearst  newspapers,  and  by  many  other  ex- 
ponents of  the  Democratic  party.  In  short,  the 
most  conspicuous  fact  in  President  Roosevelt's 
recent  public  career  had  been  the  opposition  to 
him  of  the  great  concentrated  capitalistic  inter- 
ests ;  while  the  one  conspicuous  fact  in  Judge 
Parker's  position  before  the  country  had  been  his 
selection  as  a  candidate  by  those  very  interests 
in  pursuance  of  their  anti-Roosevelt  programme. 


646 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


It  is  probably  true  that  before  electi<  m 

Attitude  of    day  arrived  a  good  many  men  identi- 

BusinessMen.  fied  with  ]arge  business  undertakings 

wlio  had  previously  been  opposed  to  Mr.  Roose- 
velt had  come  to  the  conclusion  that  it  would  be 
better  for  the  interests  they  represented  to  keep 
the  Republican  party  in  power  for  another  four 
years.  However  that  may  be,  President  Roose- 
velt had  not  compromised  his  position  with  re- 
spect to  the  public  oversight  and  control  of 
great  corporations,  nor  had  he  wavered  with  re- 
spect to  his  duty  or  his  policy  touching  the  pros- 
ecution of  illegal  or  oppressive  monopolies  un- 
der the  terms  of  the  Sherman  anti-trust  law. 
As  for  Mr.  Cortelyou's  appointment,  it  came  as 
an  afterthought,  and  had  been  very  properly 
commended  by  the  country  in  general  because 
of  Mr.  Cortelyou's  highmindedness  and  his  close 
association  with  President  Roosevelt  in  his  pub- 
lic acts  and  policies.  These  facts,  which  come 
within  the  month  now  under  review  in  these 
pages,  are  not  here  recited  in  order  to  keep  alive 
the  controversies  of  the  campaign,  but  simply 
because  they  constitute  an  important  part  of 
those  events  of  an  historical  nature  that  belong 
properly  to  our  record.  Doubtless  there  were 
many  contributors  to  the  Republican  fund  who 
are  wealthy  men  and  are  prominent  in  corpora- 
tions of  one  kind  or  another  ;  but  certainly  no 
one  will  arise  to  deny  that  the  management  of 
the  Democratic  campaign  was  absolutely  in  the 
hands  of  men  conspicuously  connected  with 
great  corporation  interests,  and  that  there  was 
never  a  thought,  when  Mr.  Parker  was  nomi- 
nated at  St.  Louis,  that  the  Democratic  fund 
would  be  chiefly  derived  from  other  sources. 


Growth  of 


Upon  one  thing  the  country  is  to  be 
independent  congratulated.  It  was  on  both  sides 
Voting.  chiefly  a  campaign  of  appeal  to  the 
minds  and  convictions  of  the  voters,  and  there 
was  greater  indication  than  ever  before  that  the 
American  citizen  is  thinking  for  himself  and 
acting  with  freedom  from  party  trammel  and 
prejudice.  However  true  it  may  be  that  in  a 
country  like  ours  two  permanent  and  well-organ- 
ized parties  are  necessary,  it  cannot  be  too  boldly 
said  that  even  more  necessary  is  the  freedom  of 
intelligent  voters,  not  merely  to  fluctuate  be- 
tween parties,  but  to  vote  according  to  their  con- 
victions, from  time  to  time,  about  individual 
men  and  particular  measures.  In  a  recent  cam- 
paign, the  freedom  of  the  voters  expressed  itself 
in  their  action  regarding  a  public  measure, — 
namely,  the  monetary  standard.  In  the  election 
of  last  month,  on  the  other  hand,  the  freedom  of 
the  voters  expressed  itself  in  preference  for  a 
man.      It  was  not  that  the  voters  were  repudiat- 


ing Judge  Parker,  for  whom  they  entertained  a 
courteous  and  kindly  feeling  (except  as  this  feel- 
ing may  have  changed  on  account  of  his  charges 
at  the  end  of  the  campaign),  but  rather  that  they 
were  indorsing  Mr.  Roosevelt  and  his  adminis- 
tration. Judge  Parker  early  on  election  evening 
sent  the  President  the  following  well-expressed 
telegram  : 

The  people  by  their  votes  have  emphatically  approved 
your  administration,  and  I  congratulate  you. 

This,  of  course,  was  the  true  way  to  interpret 
the  result.  It  was  an  indorsement  of  the  Presi- 
dent, and  a  vote  of  full  confidence  in  his  public 
views  and  official  policies.  Further  than  that, 
however,  the  vote  was  an  enthusiastic  tribute  to 
Theodore  Roosevelt,  the  man  and  the  citizen. 
If  there  had  been  nothing  else  to  turn  the  scale, 
that  very  considerable  element  of  the  young 
voters  casting  their  first  ballot  in  a  Presidential 
year  would  have  assured  the  result.  The  Presi- 
dent's hold  upon  the  young  men  of  the  country 
is  not  confined  to  any  one  class.  Strong  as  it  is 
in  the  schools  and  colleges,  it  is  probably  stronger 
still  on  the  farm  and  in  the  workshop. 

.    .  It  is  highly  characteristic  of  the  de- 

An  Announce-      ,    .  -i      «.        •  i  •    i     »* 

ment  Regard-  cisive  and  effective  way  in  which  Mr. 
ing  1908.  Rooseveit  does  things  that  he  should 
have  chosen  the  moment  of  his  sweeping  and 
unprecedented  victory  to  make  the  following 
announcement  : 

White  House,  in  Washington. 
I  am  deeply  sensible  of  the  honor  done  me  by  the 
American  people  in  thus  expressing  their  confidence  in 
what  I  have  done  and  have  tried  to  do.  I  appreciate  to 
the  full  the  solemn  responsibility  this  confidence  im- 
poses upon  me,  and  I  shall  do  all  that  in  my  power  lies 
not  to  forfeit  it.  On  the  Fourth  of  March  next  I  shall 
have  served  three  and  one-half  years,  and  this  three 
and  one-half  years  constitutes  my  first  term.  The  wise 
custom  which  limits  the  President  td  two  terms  regards 
the  substance  and  not  the  form.  Under  no  circum- 
stances will  I  be  a  candidate  for  or  accept  another 
nomination. 

He  did  not  even  wait  until  Wednesday,  but  gave 
this  statement  to  the  press  on  Tuesday  evening, 
so  that  it  appeared  Wednesday  morning  in  the 
newspapers  which  were  filled  with  the  news  of 
his  unexampled  success  at  the  polls. 

This  announcement  has  great  sig- 
Unpiedged  Ad-  nificance  when  read  in  connection 
ministration.  with  the  statements  explicitly  made 

both  by  the  President  and  Mr.  Cortelyou  to  the 
effect  that  there  are  no  campaign  pledges  or 
promises  of  any  kind  to  be  redeemed.  Perhaps 
at  no  time  for  three-quarters  of  a  century  has  a 
President  been  elected  with  such  absolute  free- 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


647 


THIS  MAP  SHOWS  THE  GEOGRAPHICAL  DIVISION   OF  THE  COUNTRY  BETWEEN  ROOSEVELT  AND   PARKER. 

(Figures  mean  number  of  electoral  votes.) 


dom  from  any  sort  of  personal  or  party  obliga- 
tion that  could  affect  the  making  of  appointments 
or  the  President's  utterances  or  actions  in  re- 
spect to  any  public  measure.  It  had  already 
been  practically  decided  and  publicly  announced 
that  Mr.  Cortelyou  would  in  due  time  be  made 
Postmaster-General,  and  his  return  to  the  cab- 
inet will  bear  no  relation  at  all  to  the  services 
rendered  by  him  as  manager  of  the  campaign. 
It  is  needless  to  go  into  particulars  regarding 
the  pledges  and  promises  that  campaign  man- 
agers have  made  in  former  contests.  This  year, 
certainly,  none  was  made  on  behalf  of  President 
Roosevelt.  His  decision  under  no  circumstances 
to  be  a  candidate  again,  served  notice  upon  all 
men  and  all  interests  that  no  thought  of  a  polit- 
ical future  could  enter  into  his  public  actions 
during  the  four  years  and  four  months  that 
would  intervene  between  election  day  and  his 
retirement  on  March  4,  1909. 


Some 

Details  of 

the  Election. 


The  Roosevelt  electors  carried  all  the 
States  that  had  been  regarded  as 
probably  Republican,  all  of  those 
that  had  been  put  in  the  doubtful  list,  and  also 
took  from  the  column  of  "sure"  Democratic 
States  Missouri,  and  in  part  Maryland.  At 
first  it  was  conceded  that  Maryland  had  gone 
Republican  ;  but   later    it    was    found  that  the 


electoral  vote  might  be  divided,  and  that  it 
would  be  necessary  to  await  the  official  count. 
If  Maryland's  eight  votes  should  be  equally 
divided,  there  would  be  339  electoral  votes  for 
Roosevelt  and  137  for  Parker.  Our  diagram 
shows  to  the  eye  at  once  the  striking  fact  that 
the  Parker  electoral  votes  are  all  massed  in  the 
Southern  States.  New  York,  the  home  State  of 
both  Presidential  candidates,  gave  Roosevelt  a 
plurality  of  about  176,000.  West  Virginia  and 
Indiana,  the  home  States  of  the  Vice-Presi- 
dential candidates, — both  of  which  had  been 
generally  regarded  as  doubtful  States  but  con- 
fidently claimed  by  the  Democrats, — gave  de- 
cisive Republican  pluralities.  That  of  Indiana 
is  reported  to  be  well  above  90,000,  and  that  of 
West  Virginia  about  25,000.  Wisconsin,  to 
which  the  Democrats  also  laid  claim  on  account 
of  local  Conditions,  gave  about  75,000  plurality 
for  Roosevelt.  Connecticut  and  New  Jersey, 
which  were  in  the  doubtful  column,  gave  Re- 
publican pluralities,  respectively,  of  nearly  40,- 
000  and  nearly  75,000. 


tu   D,     ,■*■     Illinois,  far  from  giving  its  electoral 

The  Pluralities  '  _      .     °  ^ 

North  and    vote  as  the  Parker  management  pre- 
South-       dieted,  rolled   up   a  plurality  of  al- 
most 300,000  for  the  Roosevelt  electors.     Penn- 
sylvania's plurality  was  a  little  short  of  500,000. 


648 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Ohio's,  in  round  figures,  was  250,000.  Iowa 
carrie  fifth  with  about  165,000,  being  only  a 
little  behind  New  York.  Michigan,  Minnesota, 
Kansas,  and  California  all  gave  pluralities  well 
above  the  100,000  mark.  Political  conditions 
in  the  Southern  States  are  such  that  a  full  vote 
is  seldom  polled  ;  so  that  the  pluralities  do  not 
signify  so  much.  This  is  not  wholly  true  of 
Texas,  however,  which 
is  reported  as  having 
given  Parker  a  plural- 
ity of  about  190,000. 
Kentucky,  while  in  re- 
cent years  firmly 
Democratic,  has  a  vig- 
orous Republican  or- 
ganization, and  the 
Parker  plurality  was 
14,000.  In  Virginia  it 
was  25.000,  in  Louisi- 
ana about  35,000,  and 
in  Florida  about  20,- 
000.  In  North  Caro- 
lina, Soutli  Carolina, 
.Mississippi,  and  Geor- 
gia it  was  reported 
alter  election  that  the 
Parker  pluralities  were 
in  each  case  not  far 
from  50,000. 

Democratic     The     HI  O  S  t 

i,%r«  surprising 
states.  thing  in  the 
election  statistics,  and 
cue  regarded  as  upon 
the  whole  more  signifi- 
cant than  almost  any- 
thing else,  was  the  elec- 
tion of  Democratic  governors  in  several  States 
that  gave  large  Roosevelt  majorities,  and  the 
divergence  in  several  other  States  between  the 
vote  on  the  national  ticket  and  that  for  State  and 
local  candidates.  This  is  to  be  taken  as  proving 
in  another  way  the  independent  mind  that  the 
voters  carried  into  their  political  action  this 
year,  and  also  the  mastery  they  have  finally 
achieved  over  the  intricacies  of  the  Australian 
ballot  system  as  now  used  in  most  of  our  States. 
Thus,  no  one  would  have  guessed  that  a  Roose- 
velt plurality  of  125,000  in  Minnesota  might  not 
Buffice  to  pull  almost  any  sort  of  Republican 
candidate  for  the  governorship  safely  through. 
Yet  Mi'.  Johnson,  the  Democratic  candidate,  was 
elected  over  Mr.  Dunn,  his  opponent,  by  a  plu- 
rality of  about  10,000.  It  was  well  known  that 
there  had  been  a  long  and  determined  contest 
between    two   rival  candidates,   Messrs.   ('oil ins 


i 

f 

k\  '/;■;'■ 

Si 

m 

m 

\' 

• 

■  iw             m 

I 

HON.  JOHN  A.  JOHNSON. 

(Democratic  governor-elect  of  Minnesota.) 


and  Dunn,  in  the  Republican  primaries  •  but 
the  country  had  not  understood  that  Mr.  Dunn, 
the  nominee,  was  in  serious  danger  of  defeat  at 
the  polls.  Still  more  attention  has  been  paid  to 
the  surprising  results  in  Massachusetts,  where 
Roosevelt  electors  had  a  plurality  of  86,000, 
while  the  Democratic  candidate  for  governor, 
Mr.    William    L.    Douglas,    defeated    Governor 

Bates  by  about  36,000. 
In  Massachusetts,  as  in 
Minnesota,  the  other 
Republican  candidates 
on  the  State  ticket  were 
elected.  Again,  in  Mis- 
souri, which  the  Re- 
publican National  Com- 
mittee had  no  hope  of 
carrying,  the  voters 
gave  Mr.  Roosevelt  a 
plurality  of  nearly  30,- 
000,  while,  on  the  other 
hand,  Mr.  Folk,  the 
Democratic  candidate 
for  governor,  was  elect- 
ed by  a  plurality  as 
large  or  even  larger. 
All  the  other  Republi- 
can candidates  on  the 
Missouri  State  ticket 
were  elected,  and  the 
new  legislature  will 
have  a  Republican  ma- 
jority, with  the  conse- 
quence that  Missouri's 
veteran  Senator,  Mr. 
Cockrell,  will  be  super- 
seded at  Washington 
by  a  Republican.  The 
result  in  Colorado  was 
not  a  surprise,  since  it  had  been  predicted  by 
well-informed  observers  that  while  President 
Roosevelt  would  carry  the  State,  Governor  Pea- 
body  would  probably  fail  of  reelection.  The 
labor  vote  was  against  him,  and  his  opponent, 
ex-Governor  Adams,  was  victorious.  In  Mon- 
tana, also,  there  was  a  general  Republican  victory, 
accompanied  by  the  election  of  Toole,  the  Demo- 
cratic candidate  for  governor.  In  each  of  five 
States,  therefore,  which  gave  decisive  pluralities 
for  Roosevelt,  the  people  chose  to  select  a  Demo- 
crat for  the  highest  executive  office  of  the 
commonwealth.. 


Rhode  Island  just  missed  doing  the 
instances     same  thing,  since  it  gave  Roosevelt  a 
of  Divergence.  plurality  of  about  16?000,  while  Gov- 
ernor Garvin,  the  Democratic  candidate  for  re- 
election was  defeated  by  less   than   600  votes. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


649 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Strauss,  St.  Louis. 


HON.  JOSEPH  W.   FOLK. 

(Democratic  governor-elect  of  Missouri.) 


This  divergence  between  the  Presidential  and 
the  gubernatorial  voting  was  exhibited  all  the 
way  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific.  Thus,  in 
the  State  of  "Washington,  where  Roosevelt's  plu- 
rality was  about  66,000,  ex-Senator  Turner  was 
the  Democratic  candidate  for  governor,  and  he 
was  defeated  by  only  15,000.  It  had  been  com- 
monly predicted  that  the  Democrats  would  elect 
their  State  ticket  in  New  York.  On  the  very 
eve  of  the  election,  with  the  betting  odds  about 
5  to  1  in  favor  of  Roosevelt's  carrying  the  State, 
they  were  2  to  1  in  favor  of  the  election  of  Her- 
rick  as  governor  over  Higgins.  It  turned  out, 
indeed,  that  Roosevelt  ran  almost  100,000  ahead 
of  the  candidate  for  governor  ;  nevertheless,  Mr. 
Higgins  was  elected  by  a  majority  of  nearly 
80,000.     A  number  of  other  illustrations  might 


be  drawn  from  the  voting  in  States,  or  in  partic- 
ular cities  or  localities,  to  show  how  extensive 
was  the  breaking  away  from  party  lines. 

_.    _    .  ,      It  is  therefore  a  great  mistake  to  as- 

The  Pendulum  .  it-.it  • 

Might  Swing  sume  that  the  Republican  party  is  of 
ack'  necessity  intrenched  in  power  for  a 
long  period  to  come.  The  voters  who  elected 
Democratic  governors  in  Minnesota  and  Massa- 
chusetts this  year  might  easily  elect  Democratic 
Congressmen  two  years  hence,  or  a  Democratic 
President  four  years  hence,  if  conditions  should 
arise  to  convince  them  of  the  desirability  of 
changing  the  party  balance  in  the  House  or  the 
political  character  of  the  next  administration. 
This  enhanced  mobility  in  the  voting  mass  ought 
to  yield  a  new  zest  to  politics.    It  helps  to  break 


050 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Prince. 

J.  Frank  Hanly,  Indiana.        Charles  S.  Deneen,  Illinois.  Francis  W.  Higgins,  N.  Y.  George  H.  Utter,  R.  I. 

THE  REPUBLICAN  GOVERNORS-ELECT  OF  FOUR  STRONGLY  CONTESTED  STATES. 


down  the  tyranny  of  mere  machines  and  bosses. 
It  opens  wider  the  field  in  which  Mr.  Roosevelt 
himself  has  fought  his  way  to  the  top. 

From  this  point  of  view,  Mr.  Folk's 
an  Example    success>  quite  apart  from  what  he  may 

be  able  to  do  for  Missouri,  ought  to 
encourage  every  young  man  who  aspires  to  make 
his  way  by  courage,  character,  and  talent  in 
political  life.  Mr.  Folk  won  his  nomination  at 
the  hands  of  the  Democrats  of  Missouri  against 
the  desperate  efforts  of  the  controlling  machine 
of  his  party.  He  has  within  a  few  months  occu- 
pied a  series  of  paradoxical  situations.  Seeking 
the  nomination  for  governor  as  the  determined 
enemy  of  the  ring,  he  was  in  the  end  accepted 
by  the  ring,  but  was  obliged  to  run  on  the  ticket 
with  men  whose  names  he  himself  had  publicly 
listed  with  those  of  the  boodlers  and  corruption- 
ists.  He  was  obliged,  thereupon,  to  take  the 
stump  and  work  for  a  Democratic  success  that 


might  have  meant  his  own  political  undoing, 
since  the  election  of  the  full  State  ticket  and  a 
Democratic  legislature  would  probably  have  tied 
him  hand  and  foot  in  his  proposals  for  particular 
legislative  and  administrative  reforms.  His  can- 
vass was  pushed  vigorously  throughout  the  State 
on  the  plea  made  constantly  by  his  supporters. 
if  not  by  himself,  that  President  Roosevelt  de- 
sired his  election.  Yet,  meanwhile,  the  Parker 
managers  were  basing  their  serene  confidence  of 
success  in  Missouri  upon  the  certainty  that  Mr. 
Folk  would  pull  through  with  him  the  Parker 
electoral  ticket.  Finally,  to  complete  the  series 
of  paradoxes,  Mr.  Folk  undoubtedly  owed  his 
victory  to  Republican  votes  ;  and  the  ablest  and 
most  vigorous  of  all  the  efforts  that  brought  the 
Missouri  Republicans  into  the  field  and  carried 
the  day  for  President  Roosevelt  were  the  efforts 
of  Mr.  Folk's  honest  and  able  opponent,  Cyrus  P. 
Walbridge,  Republican  candidate  for  governor, 
backed  by  Mr.  Niedringhaus,  the  chairman  of 


■■■■■■■■MBHmMMI 


Edward  0.  Stokes,  N.  J. 


Henry  Roberts,  Conn.  Frederick  M.  Warner,  Midi. 

FOUR    MORE    KKITIU.ICAN  GOVERNORS   ELECT. 


\V.  M.  0.  Dawson,  VV.  Va. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


651 


John  C.  Cutler,  Utah.  John  H.  Mickey,  Nebraska. 

TWO  WESTERN  REPUBLICAN  GOVERNORS-ELECT. 

the  Republican  State  Committee.  Although 
Mr.  Walbridge  was  himself  defeated  through 
conditions  that  gave  Mr.  Folk  so  large  a  non- 
partisan vote  in  St.  Louis,  he  succeeded  in 
securing  the  election  of  the  rest  of  the  Repub- 
lican State  ticket  and  of  a  majority  in  the  legis- 
lature,— his  efforts  being  united  with  President 
Roosevelt's  personal  popularity.  And  it  is  to  this 
general  Republican  success  alone  that  Mr.  Folk 
will  owe  his  best  opportunities  for  giving  the  State 
a  reform  administration.  Already  the  Democrats 
are  listing  him  for  Presidential  honors  in  1908. 

rt   ,,,.        .    Governor    La    Follette's   victory    in 

The  Wisconsin    ...  .  .  •'. 

and  Minnesota  W  isconsm  was  more  sweeping  than 
outsiders  had  been  led  to  expect. 
President  Roosevelt's  plurality  was  about  75,- 
000,  and  Governor  La  Follette's  was  perhaps 
60,000.  (It  may  be  as  well  to  remark  that 
nearly  all  the  figures  here  cited  are  tentative, 
and  that  after  official   returns  are  available  we 


Alva  Adams,  Colorado.  Joseph  K.  Toole,  Montana. 

TWO  WESTERN  DEMOCRATIC  GOVERNORS-ELECT. 

shall  print  in  the  Review  a  corrected  table  for 
purposes  of  reference.)  The  Republican  Stal- 
wart faction  in  Wisconsin  kept  Mr.  Scofield 
in  the  field  as  a  candidate  for  governor,  but  did 
not  vote  for  him.  They  seem  to  have  gone  over 
practically  in  a  body  to  the  support  of  Mr. 
Peck,  the  Democratic  candidate.  A  great  mass 
of  Bryan  Democrats,  on  the  other  hand,  as  i1 
would  seem,  voted  for  Governor  La  Follette. 
Thus,  parties  are  topsy-turvy  in  Wisconsin,  and 
it  will  take  some  little  time  to  bring  them  into 
normal  relations  again.  Mr.  Johnson's  victory 
over  Mr.  Dunn  in  Minnesota  was  also  upon  ab- 
solutely local  issues.  It  is  said  that  he  did  not 
once  mention  Judge  Parker's  name  during  the 
weeks  of  his  winning  canvass  for  Republican 
votes.  The  Northern  Securities  question  played 
its  part,  and  there  were  other  State  and  personal 
issues  which  bore  no  relation  to  national  party 
lines  of  cleavage.  Both  candidates  were  editors 
of  country  newspapers. 


Duncan  C.  Heyward,  S.  C.  S.  W.  T.  Lanham,  Texas.  James  B.  Frazier,  Tenn.  Napoleon  B.  Broward,  Fla. 

FOUR  SOUTHERN  DEMOCRATIC  GOVERNORS-ELECT    (THE   FIRST  THREE  FOR   SECOND  TERMS). 


652 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS 


In  Massachusetts,  Governor  Bates 
Tariff  Re°/orm  nac*  alienated  a  considerable  part  of 
the  labor  vote  by  certain  public  acts, 
while  Mr.  Douglas,  who  is  a  large  employer  of 
labor,  was  fortunate  enough  for  the  time  being 
to  ride  upon  the  crest  of  a  remarkable  wave  of 
popularity.  It  is  true  that  his  arguments  for 
reciprocity  with  Canada  may  have  affected  some 
votes,  and  it  would  be  important  to  know  to 
what  extent  this  sentiment  for  reciprocity  is  de- 
liberate and  is  likely  to  grow.  There  are  in- 
deed many  signs  that  various  phases  of  the 
tariff  question  will  during  the  coming  year  be 
much  discussed  in  the  newspapers  and  be 
brought  to  the  attention  of  Congi^ess.  The  Re- 
publicans have  a  right  to  infer  from  their  suc- 
cess at  the  polls  that  the  country  desires  no 
drastic  tariff  legislation  and  expects  the  main- 
tenance, for  the  present,  of  a  protectionist  policy. 
But  there  is  sure  to  be  a  growing  opinion  in 
favor  of  an  early  readjustment  of  some  of  the 
leading  schedules  of  the  Dingley  tariff  act,  which 
is  now  in  force.  There  must  also  be  a  careful 
consideration  of  the  reciprocity  question  and  a 
study  of  the  conditions  that  affect  American 
markets,  as  well  as  of  those  that  concern  the 
control  of  the  mai'ket  at  home.  Whatever  Pi'esi- 
dent  Roosevelt  may  think  best  to  recommend 
to  Congress,  it  would  seem  as  if  he  could  hardly 
go  amiss  in  utilizing  the  excellently  equipped 
statistical  bureaus  at  Washington  for  a  fresh 
study  of  the  relative  home  and  foreign  cost  of 
production  of  staple  manufactured  articles  and 
an  impartial  study  of  various  other  economic 
questions.  This  would  provide  Congress  with 
certain  statistical  facts  and  scientific  conclusions 
that  would  aid  in  showing  to  what  extent  par- 
ticular parts  of  the  tariff  could  be  readjusted 
without  doing  away  with  an  amount  of  pro- 
tection required  to  meet  the  higher  labor  cost  in 
America  and  preserve  the  superior  standard  of 
living  that  prevails  among  American  workmen. 
Colonel  Wright  is  at  home  in  such  work. 

Four  years  ago,  tin;  situation  was 
Tpari'ie°r  suc^  as  t°  ^(','P  the  small  parties  at 
low  ebb.  The  Populists  principally 
supported  Mr.  Bryan,  the  Socialists  cut  a  \<r\ 
small  figure,  and  the  Prohibitionists  were  not  an 
appreciable  factor.  It  was  inevitable  this  year 
that  Mi'.  Watson's  candidacy  should  draw  a 
great  many  voters  who  had  once  been  affiliated 
with  Populism.  In  Mi-.  Bryan's  home  State  of 
Nebraska,  for  exam  pic,  it  is  a  noteworthy  fact 
that  Mr.  Watson  polled  more  votes  than  Judge 
Parker.  Mr.  Watson,  moreover,  received  a 
strong  complimentary  vote  in  his  own  State  of 
Georgia  ;  and  when  the  full  returns  are  in  it.  will 


be  found  that  his  aggregate  popular  vote  is  large 
enough  to  have  been  of  great  consequence  if 
there  had  been  anything  like  an  even  division 
between  the  two  great  parties.  Thus,  in  New 
York,  where  the  Watson  vote  amounted  to  a 
good  many  thousands,  and  was  undoubtedly 
drawn  from  the  Democratic  rather  than  from 
the  Republican  camp,  it  might,  in  case  of  a 
close  situation,  have  turned  the  national  scale. 
There  has  been  much  comment  on  the  growth 
of  the  Socialistic  vote.  Mr.  Debs,  as  the  candi- 
date, made  marked  gains  over  the  vote  cast  for 
him  in  1900  ;  but  it  would  be  a  mistake  to  draw 
inferences  from  such  comparative  statistics,  be- 
cause both  great  parties  were  this  year  regarded 
by  men  of  Socialistic  leaning  as  under  full  con- 
trol of  the  capitalists  and  plutocrats,  so  that  the 
growth  of  the  Socialist  vote  was  to  have  been 
expected.  There  is  nothing  at  all  in  the  general 
conditions  prevailing  in  the  United  States  to 
give  prospects  of  lai*ge  growth  of  any  one  of  the 
minor  parties.  What  is  more  likely  is  that  one 
of  the  two  great  parties  will  henceforth  become 
more  radical  in  its  attitude  toward  economic 
and  social  questions.  Already  the  followers  of 
JVIr.  Bryan,  Mr.  Hearst,  and  other  of  the  so- 
called  radical  leaders  of  the  Democratic  party 
are  busily  discussing  their  plans  for  reorganiz- 
ing the  Jeffersonian  Democracy  upon  what  may 
be  called  a  Populistic  basis.  In  any  case,  the 
Democratic  party  remains  a  tremendous  and  vital 
organization,  with  quite  as  good  prospects  for 
the  future  as  it  had  six  months  ago, — probably, 
indeed,  better  prospects. 

Secretary  Taft  sailed  for  Panama  on 
Apaanama?     November   21,  with  the  expectation 

of  spending  about  a  week  there.  His 
mission  was  that  of  a  friendly  adjustment  of 
certain  questions  that  must  in  any  case  have 
arisen  i-egarding  the  precise  relations  of  our 
government  of  the  canal  zone  to  the  authority 
and  government  of  the  republic  of  Panama, 
Our  acquisition  of  the  canal  right  of  way,  and 
our  relations  to  Colombia  on  the  one  hand  and 
the  new  republic  on  the  other,  were  made  topics 
of  the  most  exhaustive  scrutiny  and  discussion 
during  the  campaign.  It  is  generally  conceded 
that  the  verdict  at  the  polls  carries  with  it  a 
complete  and  final  ratification  of  everything 
done  by  Mr.  Roosevelt  and  Mr.  Hay  with  refer- 
ence to  that  subject.  All  reports  relating  to 
the  practical  work  of  canal  construction  at  Pan- 
ama are  favorable  in  a  high  degree.  The  first 
change  in  the  make-up  of  the  Canal  Commission 
comes  with  the  retirement  of  Mr.  Hecker,  of 
Detroit.  Mich.,  on  the  ground  that  the  Panama 
climate  does  not  agree  with  his  health. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


653 


The  revolutionary  habit  in  Latin- 
Reuoiution  American  regions,  particularly  in  the 
Averted.  Central  American  and  Isthmian  strip, 
is  a  hard  one  to  break  off.  Happily,  under  the 
treaty  arrangements  now  existing  between  the 
Panama  Republic  and  the  United  States,  our 
government  has  the  unqualified  right  to  main- 
tain order  and  keep  the  peace  on  the  Isthmus. 
That  right  was  exercised  in  the  middle  of  No- 
vember, when  there  would  probably  have  been  an 
attempt  on  the  part  of  the  diminutive  military 
establishment  of  Panama  to  make  a  coup  d'etat 
and  overthrow  the  government  of  President 
Manuel  Amador  but  for  the  energy  of  Minister 
Barrett  and  the  presence  of  United  States  ma- 
rines. There  is  nothing  fundamentally  serious  in 
the  situation  on  the  Isthmus,  and  no  reason  at 
all  to  believe  that  the  course  of  affairs  will  run 
otherwise  than  smoothly  and  prosperously.  But 
it  is  already  plain  to  those  who  care  to  perceive 
the  truth  that  the  enhanced  authority  of  the 
United  States  at  that  point  is  going  to  prove  of 
great  advantage  for  the  tranquillity  of  Central 
America  and  the  northern  parts  of  South  Amer- 
ica, and  for  the  development  of  business  inter- 
ests in  those  regions. 

„    ,„    .      Undoubtedly    it   will    be    President 

Mr.  Higgms  J      ...  , 

and  the  New  Koosevelt  s  ambition  to  see  how  rap- 
York  Canals,  ^y  the  canal  work  can  proceed  in  the 
period  of  his  administration,  as  it  will  also  be 
his  determination  to  see  that  there  shall  be  no 
misuse  of  money  and  no  scandal  of  any  kind  in 
the  carrying  on  of  this  enterprise.  Governor 
Higgins  will  feel  a  like  sense  of  responsibility  in 
beginning  the  most  expensive  public  undertak- 
ing that  any  one  of  the  sisterhood  of  our  Ameri- 
can commonwealths  has  ever  attempted.  It  will 
be  remembered  that  the  enlargement  of  the 
canal  system  which  connects  the  Great  Lakes 
with  the  Hudson  River  is  to  be  entered  upon  at 
once,  and  that  more  than  a  hundred  million  dol- 
lars will  be  available  for  the  work  as  rapidly  as 
the  money  can  be  expended.  One  of  the  chief 
arguments  used  against  the  enlargement  of  the 
canal  was  the  danger  that  it  would  become  an 
extravagant  and  scandalous  political  job.  The 
one  great  opportunity  that  lies  before  Governor 
Higgins  is  to  bring  his  practical  business  train- 
ing to  bear  upon  the  initiation  of  this  work.  He 
ought  to  push  it  with  such  vigor  and  with  such 
zeal  for  efficiency  and  economy  that  the  people 
of  the  State  would  find  it  necessary  to  give  him 
another  term  as  governor,  in  order  that  he 
might  carry  it  on  toward  completion.  The  mix- 
ing up  of  politics  and  public  works  has  long 
been  customary  in  the  State  of  New  York  ;  but 
the  fashion  is  changing  rapidly. 


THE  STATUE  OF  FREDERICK  THE  GREAT,   UNVEILED  AT 
WASHINGTON,   NOVEMBER  19. 


A  Busy 


The  President  made  a  quick  trip  to 
Month  for  Oyster  Bay  to  cast  his  ballot  on  No- 
.  vemDer  g  .  b-ni  otherwise  the  cam- 
paign and  the  election  did  not  much  interrupt 
his  steady  application  to  the  duties  of  his  office. 
Almost  immediately  after  election,  he  was  at 
work  upon  his  annual  message.  He  had  decided 
in  October  that  it  would  be  impossible  for  him 
to  visit  the  exposition  at  St.  Louis  ;  but  this-  de- 
cision was  reconsidered,  and  it  was  announced 
that  he  would  depart  on  the  night  of  the  24th 
of  November  for  a  day  or  two  at  the  fair,  mak- 
ing no  stops  at  other  places  either  going  or 
coming.  During  the  second  week  of  November, 
his  official  hospitalities  were  extended  to  distin- 
guished Germans  who  came  to  participate  in  the 
unveiling  of  the  statue  of  Frederick  the  Great 
that  the  German  Emperor  had  presented  to  this 


654 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


country.  The  statue  was  unveiled  on  November 
19,  and  the  German  deputation  was  headed  by 
Leut.-Gen.  Alfred  von  Lowenfeld  and  Major 
Count  von  Schmettow.  In  the  same  week,  the 
President  and  official  Washington  also  showed 
due  attention  to  a  distinguished  Japanese.  Prince 
Fushimi,  who  is  visiting  this  country  with  his 
suite,  and  who  is  a  close  relative  of  the  Mikado. 
With  the  opening  of  Congress,  on  the  5th  of 
December,  the  State  Department  will  have  ar- 
bitration treaties  ready  to  present  for  the  Sen- 
ate's ratification,  and  there  will  be  reports  from 
important  commissions  ready  for  the  enlighten- 
ment of  Congress.  One  of  these  is  the  report 
of  the  joint  Congressional  commission  on  the 
merchant  marine.  The  accomplished  secretary 
of  this  commission.  Mi-.  Winthrop  L.  Marvin, 
explains  to  our  readers  in  the  present  number 
of  the  Review  the  nature  and  method  of  this 
inquivy.  As  to  the  arbitration  treaties,  our 
readers  are  referred  to  Mr.  Walter  Wellman's 
article,  also  in  this  issue,  on  "  The  United  States 
and  the  World's  Peace."  Professor  Jenks  has 
returned  from  China,  and  has  completed  his 
report  upon  the  very  important  question  of  the 
reform  of  China's  monetary  system,  with  a  view 
to  establishing  a  fixed  rate  of  exchange  with 
the  gold-using  countries.  It  will  be  remem- 
bered that  Mr.  Hugh  H.  Hanna,  of  Indiana, 
and  Mr.  Charles  A.  Conant,  of  New  York,  were 
colleagues  of  Professor  Jenks  on  this  monetary 
commission.  It  is  said  that  the  thorough  inves- 
tigation of  the  so-called  beef  trust  at  the  hands 
of  the  Department  of  Commerce  is  also  practical- 
ly completed.  Mr.  Ware  has  resigned  as  pension 
commissioner,  and  the  President  has  had  a  large 
number  of  appointments  to  consider. 

So  much  for  some  of  the  things  that 
judge  Parker  p,ave  made  President  Roosevelt's  No- 

at  Worh  Again.  „.        -i     <?      ±     j 

vember  a  busy  one.  His  defeated 
rival  for  Presidential  honors,  meanwhile,  has  ac- 
cepted the  result  with  calmness,  and  has  lost  no 
time  at  all  in  adjusting  himself  to  the  situation. 
Private  life  has  no  terrors  for  our  typical  and 
well-equipped  Americans.  It  is,  indeed,  always 
interesting  to  foreigners  to  see  the  way  in  which 
we  in  this  country  from  time  to  time  call  men 
from  private  walks  of  life  to  conspicuous  public 
places,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  send  back  to  their 
business  or  professional  work  men  who  are  at  the 
very  height,  of  brilliant  public  careers.  Thus. 
Mr.    Roosevelt,   when    elected    to    the   Vice  IVesi- 

dency  tour  year  ago.  thought  it  probable  thai 
after  next  March  lie  would  be  retired  from  pub- 
lic office,  and   was  planning  quietly  to  resume 

his  earlv  studies  of  the  law.  with  a  view  to  prac- 
tising that    profession.     Judge    Parker    (whose 


MR.   WILLIAM   F.   SIIEEHAN,   WITH    WHOM    JUDGE    PARKEK   IS 
SAID  TO  BE  ASSOCIATED  IN  LAW    PRACTICE. 

successor  as  chief  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeals. 
Judge  Cullen,  was  elected  on  November  8)  pre- 
pared at  once  to  enter  upon  the  practice  of  law 
in  New  York  City.  His  offices  were  selected 
and  occupied  within  a  week  after  election  day. 
In  addition  to  the  various  private  retainers  he 
had  presumably  received  already,  he  was  on 
November  17  accorded  by  some  of  the  New 
York  judges  certain  appointments  as  commis- 
sioner in  condemnation  proceedings.  While  it 
is  denied  that  he  has  formed  a  partnership 
with  Mr.  William  P.  Sheehan,  his  new  office- 
room  is  in  connection  with  the  suite  occupied 
by  the  law  firm  of  which  that  gentleman  is  the 
head.  It  will  be  remembered  that  Mr.  Sheehan, 
at  the  St.  Louis  convention,  was  Judge  Parker's 
personal  spokesman,  and  that  throughout  the  cam- 
paign he  was  the  most  authoritative  member  of 
the  Democratic  campaign  committee.  Mr.  Shee- 
han is  a  corporation  lawyer,  being  counsel  for 
street-railway  companies  and  other  important 
interests.  Judge  Parker  will  at  once  take  a 
prominent  place  at  the  New  York  bar,  where  so 
many  men  of  note  and  mark,  like  ex-Secretary 
ex-Secretary  Carlisle,  and  ex-Governor 
Black,  are  to  be  found. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


655 


In  the  field  of  higher  education,  the 
Educational   pas^  two  m0nths  have  been  marked 

Occasions,      r 

by  a  series  of  unusually  important 
events.  In  the  last  week  of  October,  there  were 
commemorations  which  greatly  interested  the 
alumni  of  two  of  the  older  Eastern  colleges.  The 
presence  of  the  Earl  of  Dartmouth  at  the  laying 
of  the  corner-stone  of  Dartmouth  Hall,  which 
perpetuates  the  name  of  his  great-great-grand- 
father, gave  special  distinction  to  the  ceremonies 
at  New  Hampshire's  famous  college,  the  alma 
mater  of  Daniel  Webster  and  of  many  other 
eminent  Americans.  A  few  days  later  occurred 
the  celebration  of  the  one-hundred-and-fiftieth 
anniversary  of  the  founding  of  King's,  now  Co- 
lumbia, College  in  New  York  City.  Both  these 
occasions  brought  together  a  throng  of  uni- 
versity and  college  officers,  and  greatly  stimu- 
lated the  interest  of  the  alumni  in  their  respec- 
tive institutions.  It  happened  also  that  late  in 
October  and  early  in  November  a  number  of 
college  and  university  presidents  were  inaugu- 
rated,— Dr.  Flavel  S.  Luther  as  president  of 
Trinity  College,  at  Hartford,  Conn.  ;  Dr.  Wil- 
liam E.  Huntington  as  president  of  Boston 
University,  and  Dr.  Charles  W.  Dabney  as 
president  of  the  University  of  Cincinnati. 
Dr.  Dabney's  installation  at  Cincinnati  was  es- 
specially  significant,  marking,  as  it  did,  the  ac- 
cession of  a  Southern  man,  whose  reputation  as 
an  educator  has  been  won  in  the  South,  to  the 
administration  of  a  Northern  institution.  The 
University  of  Cincinnati,  like  the  College  of  the 
City  of  New  York,  is  under  municipal  control. 
At  the  inauguration  exercises,  as  at  the  Colum- 
bia celebration  in  New  York,  the  importance  of 
the  modern  city  in  its  relation  to  the  higher 
education  was  strongly  emphasized.  A  novel 
and  interesting  experiment  was  made  last  month 
in  the  visit  of  a  delegation  from  the  University 
of  Georgia  to  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  This 
delegation  included  Governor  Terrell,  Chancel- 
lor Hill,  ex-Governor  McDaniel,  Mr.  Clark  How- 
ell, of  the  Atlanta  Constitution,  and  other  repre- 
sentative Georgians.  This  visit  was  made  to  a 
typical  Northern  State  university  for  the  pur- 
pose of  advancing  the  interests  of  State  univer- 
sity education  in  the  South. 

_.  As  had  been  generally  foreseen,  the 

Elections  Canadian  general  elections,  held  on 
m  Canada,  j^qyqj^qj.  3^  resulted  in  a  substan- 
tial victory  for  the  Liberal  party  throughout  the 
Dominion.  The  present  premier,  Sir  Wilfrid 
Laurier,  will  have  a  majority  of  between  60 
and  70  in  the  House  of  Commons,  which  is 
composed  of  214  members.  At  the  elections 
in  Newfoundland,  Premier  Bond's  government 


was  sustained  by  a  large  majority.  The  island 
thus  expressed  disapproval  of  proposals  of  union 
with  Canada  and  a  desire  for  closer  trade  re- 
lations with  the  United  States.  It  is  hoped 
that  the  Hay  -  Bond ,  reciprocity  treaty,  which 
had  been  pigeonholed  for  several  months  in 
the  Senate  committee,  at  Washington,  will  re- 
ceive consideration  in  the  new  Congress.  This 
British-American  colony,  however,  still  finds 
her  greatest  trial  in  the  vexed  question  of  the 
"  French  Shore."  Mr.  Elihu  Root  has  recently 
returned  from  a  visit  to  Newfoundland  with  the 
feeling  that  the  Anglo-French  agreement  as  to 
the  fishing  rights  in  these  waters  has  not  been 
successful  in  doing  away  with  the  friction  be- 
tween French  and  Canadian  fishermen.  And 
this  impression  is  borne  out  by  the  newspaper 
dispatches.  The  general  question  of  reciprocity 
between  Canada  and  the  United  States  is  not,  ap- 
parently, of  such  pressing  general  interest  in  the 
Dominion  at  present,  where  it  is  felt  that  the 
next  overtures  ought  to  come  from  the  people  of 
the  United  States.  The  feeling  in  New  Eng- 
land, however,  in  favor  of  reciprocity  with  our 
northern  neighbor  has  now  manifested  itself  as 
a  question  of  party  politics.  Perhaps  the  livest 
political  question  of  a  commercial  nature  in  Can- 
ada at  present  is  the  attitude  of  the  Dominion 
toward  Mr.  Chamberlain's  preferential  tariff  with 
England.  The  fact  that  the  Manufacturers'  As- 
sociations of  the  Dominion  will  meet  in  London, 
England,  next  year,  directly  under  the  aegis  of 
Mr.  Chamberlain,  makes  it  more  than  likely  that 
a  special  commission  will  be  appointed  from  the 
Dominion  to  draw  up  a  tariff  scheme  which  would 
be  acceptable  to  Canadian  commercial  interests. 
The  general  political  and  economic  situation  in 
the  Dominion  was  graphically  described  in  three 
articles  in  this  Review  last  month. 

How  near  the  Russo-Japanese  war 
Baltic  Fleet's  has  come  to  involving  all  Europe  was 
Blunder.  forci"biy  illustrated  in  the  latter  part 
of  October  by  the  blunder  of  the  Russian  Baltic 
fleet  in  firing  on  English  fishing  vessels  in  the 
North  'Sea.  Vice-Admiral  Rojestvensky,  who, 
despite  the  reports  that  he  had  been  superseded, 
retained  command  of  Russia's  second  Pacific 
squadron,  generally  known  as  the  Baltic  fleet, 
set  sail  from  Kronstadt,  on  his  way  to  the  far 
East,  early  in  October,  and  passed  through 
Danish  waters  along  the  regular  channel,  arriv- 
ing in  the  North  Sea  on  October  20.  Before 
the  fleet  had  started,  the  officers  and  men  had 
been  worked  up  to  a  pitch  of  almost  hysteric 
nervousness  by  stories  of  the  cunning,  daring, 
and  treachery  of  the  Japanese.  The  personnel 
of   the   fleet  had  never  been  rated  very  high, 


656 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


VICE-ADMIRAL,  ROJESTVENSKY. 

(In  command  of  Russia's  Baltic  fleet.) 

since  most  of  Russia's  trained  seamen  were  al- 
ready in  Chinese  waters.  The  most  extraor- 
dinary precautions  had  been  taken  to  guard  the 
fleet,  while  on  its  way,  from  any  possible  attack 
by  Japanese  torpedo  boats. 


former  were  the  men  killed.  The  facts  of  the 
attack  were  not  known  until  the  Sunday  morn- 
ing following,  when  the  fishing  fleet,  bearing 
the  bodies  of  the  men  who  had  been  killed, 
reached  Hull.  After  the  attack,  the  Russian 
squadron  had  continued  on  its  course  at  high 
speed,  and  passed  through  the  Strait  of  Dover 
without  making  any  inquiry  as  to  the  damage 
done  or  attempting  to  rescue  the  men  from  the 
boats.  A  section  of  the  fleet  halted  at  Cher- 
bourg, France,  and  the  rest,  under  the  com- 
manding admiral,  continued  its  course  to  Vigo, 
the  Spanish  Atlantic  port. 


The 


So  much  for  the  undisputed  facts. 
Czar:s"kegret  The  fishermen  declared  that  although 
and  Gnef.  ^e  night  was  wet  and  drizzly  and  it 
was  impossible  to  see  at  a  great  distance,  the 
Russian  ships  passed  so  close  to  the  trawlers 
that  the  sailors  on  the  former  could  not  help  see- 
ing the  fishermen  cleaning  the  fish,  some  of  the 
latter  holding  out  fish  in  both  hands  to  the  war- 
ships as  they  went  by.  The  trawlers,  which  in 
no  way  resemble  war  craft,  and  which  were  in 
established  fishing  waters,  in  the  fishing  season, 
burned  the  international  signal  lights  for  fisher- 
men, and,  after  the  first  few  shots,  gave  evi- 
dences of  their  distress  and  innocent  character. 
It  was  but  a  few  hours  after  news  had  reached 
Hull  that  all  England  was  afire  with  indignation 
and  warlike  feeling.  The  action  of  the  Russian 
admiral  in  not  stopping  to  make  amends  for  his 
blunder  and  rescue  the  fishing  vessels  in  distress 
was  especially  condemned.  Public  demonstra- 
tions in  Hull  and  in  London,  and  the  warlike 
tone  of  the  British  press,  aroused  the  country  in 


For  some  unexplained  reason,  when 
on  British  off  the  Dogger  Bank,  the  fishing- 
nshermen.  grounds  of  the  North  Sea,  the  Rus- 
sian admiral  had  left  the  regular  channel  and 
changed  his  course,  making  a  detour  to  the 
southwest.  Cn  the  Bank  was  a  large  fleet  of 
English  fishing  vessels  from  Hull,  mostly  steam 
trawlers,  engaged  in  fishing.  Without  warning, 
on  the  night  of  Friday,  October  21,  the  Russians 
opened  fire  upon  the  boats,  with  shot  and  shell, 
sinking  one  of  them,  killing  two  of  the  fisher- 
men, and  wounding  others.  The  entire  fleet, 
about  forty  in  all,  were  steaming  in  line  through 
the  trawlers,  and  the  first  vessels  had  passed, 
after  examining  the  fishing  craft  with  their 
searchlights,  when,  without  any  warning,  one 
of  the  warships  fired  six  or  more  shells  in  rapid 
succession,  the  other  ships  joining  in  the  bom- 
bardment, which  continued  for  half  an  hour. 
The  fisher  Crane  was  sunk,  and  the  Qull  badly 
injured.     The  skipper  and  a  deckhand  on  the 


Flint  where  the  fourth  and  followmo/ 

Vessels   broke   the   /me  7:^    _..•*' 

/V  '  <?   ' 


Russian  Admiral's   search-  light 
first  shovred  here   ** 


Admiral's    *essei 
signal  (mo    — 


A 


*  i. 


*«» 


.?, 


(  Finnq  continued 

CKAMI  J. 

f —  to  this  point 


•I, AN  SHOWING  How  PART  OF  THE  RUSSIAN  BALTIC  SQUAD- 
HON  ALTERED  ITS  COURSE  AND  CIRCUMNAVIGATED  THE 
FISHING   FLEET  SOUTHEAST  OF  THE  DOGGER  BANK. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


657 


n  a  photograph  taken  during  the  King's  visit  to  Kiel. 

TWO  ROYAL  WORKERS  FOR  PEACE. 

(King  Edward  and  Kaiser  Wilhelm  as  admirals.) 


v  hours  to  a  pitch  of  excitement  not  known 
since  the  Boer  war.  This  feeling  was  not  to  any 
great  extent  allayed  by  the  Czar's  personal  tele- 
gram of  regret  and  grief  to  King  Edward  and 
the  Russian  Government's  voluntary  offer  to 
make  full  reparation  in  the  event  of  the  Rus- 
sian squadron  being  culpably  responsible  for  the 
unfortunate  occurrence. 

,„     .,        Diplomatic  exchanges  were  at  once 

yu /jff  i  it  0  *■  " 

Feeling  made  between  the  British  and  Rus- 
m  England.  g^an  g0vernments  through  Lord  Lans- 
downe  and  Count  Benckendorff,  the  Russian  am- 
bassador in  London,  and  the  Russian  foreign 
minister,  Count  Lamsdorf,  and  the  British  am- 
hassador,  Sir  Charles  Hardinge,  in  St.  Peters- 
burg. Meanwhile,  the  Russian  admiral  had  not 
been  heard  from,  and  his  report  was  awaited  in 
both  countries  with  the  greatest  anxiety.  There 
had  been  talk  of  an  ultimatum,  and  the  "out- 
rage "  was  generally  regarded  in  England  as  an 
act  of  war.  The  attack  had  taken  place  on  the 
anniversary  of  the  battle  of  Trafalgar,  and,  com- 
ing as  it  did  on  the  heels  of  the  Russian  captures 
of  the  British  vessels  Calchas,  Allanton,  and  Ma- 
lacca, and  the  sinking  of  the  Knight  Commander, 
the  cumulative  effect  was  such  that  there  was 
imminent  danger  of  the  spark  of  war  being  fired 
between  the  British  and  the  Russian  fleets.  The 
British  Channel  and  Mediterranean  fleets  had 
been  mobilized,  and  Lord  Charles  Beresford,  ad- 
miral in  command  of  the  former,  had  so  disposed 
his  forces  as  to  be  ready  to  intercept  the  Rus- 
sian vessels  should  they  attempt  to  pass  through 
the  Straits  of  Gibraltar.  In  England,  they  were 
calling  Admiral  Rojestvensky's  ships  the  "  mad 
dog "  fleet,  and  a  number  of  London  journals 
were  clamoring  for  united  British  and  American 
action  in  "shepherding"  the  Russians  to  their 


destination. — that  is,  escorting  them  with  an 
armed  force,  so  that  there  might  be  no  further 
danger  to  the  peace  and  commerce  of  the  world. 

After   forty-eight  hours  of  waiting, 
Russian  Ad-    Admiral   Rojestvenskv's    report  was 

mini's  Story.  received    by   the     Kuss"ian    admiralty. 

The  Russian  admiral  declared  that  at  1  o'clock 
on  the  morning  of  October  21  he  had  been  at- 
tacked by  two  torpedo  boats,  supposed  to  be 
Japanese,  which,  appearing  among  the  trawl- 
ers, between  the  two  divisions  of  the  squadron, 
seemed  to  discharge  torpedoes.  The  Russians 
opened  fire,  and  sank  one  of  them.  The  officer 
in  command  of  the  section  which  fired  on  the 
fishing  fleet  declared  that  a  cannon  had  been 
fired  from  an  unknown  vessel,  that  the  trawlers 
failed  to  obey  the  Russian  signals  to  disclose 
their  nationality,  and  that>  one  of  the  Russian 
vessels  was  hit  by  six  shots,  which  wounded 
some  of  its  crew  and  tore  off  the  hand  of  a  Driest. 


LATEST  PORTRAIT  OF  QUEEN  ALEXANDRA. 

(This  photograph  of  her  majesty,  to  whom  much  credit  is 
given  for  the  peaceful  solution  of  the  Anglo-Russian  dif- 
ficulty, was  taken  in  Denmark.  It  shows  her  with  Prin- 
cess Victoria  and  Princess  Charles  of  Denmark.) 

Admiral  Rojestvensky  expressed  his  surprise 
and  regret  that  any  British  vessels  had  suffered. 
The  Russian  officers  further  declared  that  they 
had  received  positive  information  of  the  equip- 
ment of  Japanese  boats  in  Swedish  and  British 
ports,  and  declared  it  to  be  their  belief  that 
these  boats   were    disguised   as  fishing  vessels. 


658 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Indeed,  they  asserted  that  Japanese  seamen  and 
explosives  were  seen  to  have  been  taken  on 
board  of  one  of  the  trawlers  before  leaving 
Hull.  The  Russians  were  very  nervous,  and  it 
seems  that  the  Hull  fishermen  were  not  the  only 
ones  who  were  attacked  during  the  Baltic  fleet's 
course  through  the  North  Sea.  The  Swedish 
steamer  Aldebaran  had  been  chased  and  fired  at 
by  a  Russian  cruiser,  as  was  also  a  Norwegian 
steamer  and  a  Danish  torpedo  boat.  The  German 
fishing  vessel  Sonntag  had  also  been  fired  upon, 
sustaining  considerable  injury,  and  the  German 
Government  had  filed  with  the  Russian  Govern- 
ment a  demand  for  reparation. 

„.,  ,    „        Admiral   Roiestvensky's    report  had 

Did  the  Rus-    ,  .     J  ,  J      .        l   .  , 

sians  Fire  on  been  received,  not  only  with  m- 
Themsetves  ?  credulity)  but  with  ridicule,  in  Eng- 
land. His  statement  that  he  was  attacked  by 
Japanese  torpedo  boats  was  regarded  as  a  fabri- 
cation, or  as  evidence  of  his  utter  incompetency, 
particularly  in  view  of  the  fact  that  four  days 
had  elapsed  before  his  report  was  transmitted  to 
his  government.  At  the  Board  of  Trade  inquiry 
into  the  North  Sea  incident  the  fishermen  stoutly 
maintained  that  they  were  alone  when  the  Rus- 
sians fired  ;  that  they  had  seen  no  foreign  ves- 
sels except  the  Russians.  The  Japanese  au- 
thorities also  announced  that  there  was  not  at 
the  time,  and  had  not  been  during  the  war,  any 
Japanese  war  vessels  in  European  waters  ;  cer- 
tainly, none  had  been  seen  by  reliable  witnesses. 
In  Russia,  however,  the  press  and  people  ac- 
cepted Admiral  Rojestvensky's  report  as  a  com- 
plete vindication  of  the  conduct  of  the  squadron. 
The  shooting  of  the  fishermen,  according  to  this 
view,  was  simply  a  deplorable  incident  of  a  per- 
fectly legitimate  act  of  war.  On  the  other  hand, 
it  had  been  reported  that  a  Russian  torpedo  boat 
was  missing  when  the  fleet  put  in  at  Cherbourg. 
This,  with  the  fact  that  one  of  the  Russian  ships 
had  been  hit  and  one  of  her  men  wounded,  ap- 
peared to  confirm  the  impression  which  had  been 
gaining  ground  in  European  capitals,  despite  de- 
nials from  St.  Petersburg,  that,  either  through 
misreading  signals  or  because  of  extreme  ner- 
vousness in  the  darkness  and  fog,  the  Russians 
had  fired  on  their  own  ships. 

All  immediate  danger  of  war  between 

An  Agreement  fcne  tw()  nations  had  been  a  Veiled  by 
to  Investigate.  .  •> 

the  agreement  to  await  an  investiga- 
tion of  the  facts  in  the  case  by  a  commission 
organized  under  the  provisions  of  the  Hague 
tribunal.  Premier  Balfour  had  been  able  to 
announce  this  at  a  meeting  of  the  Conservative 
Associations,  at  Southampton,  on  October  28. 
Although  the   terms  of   English   official   protest 


had  not  been  made  public,  the  demands  were 
generally  formulated  in  the  press  as  being  four- 
fold,— first,  an  apology  ;  second,  reparation  for 
the  victims  (both  these  demands  had  already 
been  voluntarily  granted  by  the  Russian  Gov- 
ernment) ;  third,  punishment  of  the  officer  to 
blame  for  the  attack  ;  and,  fourth,  a  guarantee 
that  British  subjects  and  commerce  should  not 
suffer  from  a  like  attack.  There  had  been  a 
good  deal  of  jingoistic  writing  in  the  press  of 
both  countries,  the  Russian  journals  openly 
claiming  that  England  had  been  violating  her 
neutrality  in  favor  of  Japan,  and  stoutly  main- 
taining that,  whereas  apology  and  reparation 
would  be  willingly  forthcoming,  Russia  could 
not  listen  to  a  demand  made  by  a  foreign  power 
for  the  punishment  of  any  of  her  officers. 


Terms  of 


The  points  of  agreement  announced 
"the"''      by  Mr.  Balfour  were  that  the  inves- 

Agreement.     tigation     of     t]le     factg     of      tn(J     cage 

should  be  referred  to  an  international  com- 
mission of  five, — one  British,  one  Russian,  one 
American,  and  one  French  naval  officer,  these 
four  to  choose  a  fifth  ;  that  the  court  should  sit 
in  Paris  as  soon  as  constituted,  and  that  the 
Russian  fleet  should  remain  at  Arigo  (with  the 
permission  of  the  Spanish  Government)  until 
the  Russian  admiralty  had  named  the  officers 
who  were  to  be  detained  for  the  investigation, 
and  that  both  governments  agreed  to  accept  the 
findings  of  the  commission.  Russia  appointed 
Admiral  Ivaznakoff  to  represent  her  on  the  com- 
mission of  inquiry,  and  Great  Britain  Vice- 
Admiral  Sir  Lewis  Beaumont,  both  men  of  emi- 
nence and  ability.  The  French  representative 
had  not  been  named  on  November  20,  nor  had 
the  American  been  chosen,  although  there  had 
been  reports  that  Admiral  Dewey  would  be 
requested  to  serve.  The  Russian  Government 
detailed  four  officers  of  those  warships  which  had 
attacked  the  trawlers  to  be  present  as  witnesses 
at  the  inquiry. 

The  reference  of  the  issues  involved 
Aofrpe"aceh  to  a  court;  °f  inquiry  under  the  1 1  ague 
convention  was  an  impressive  indica- 
tion of  the  world's  progress  toward  peace.  The 
mixed  court  or  commission  of  inquiry  was  pos- 
sible under  the  provision  of  the  famous  Hague 
tribunal  which  provided  for  an  international 
commission  of  inquiry  "to  act  where  differences 
arise  from  a  difference  of  opinion  on  matters  of 
fact."  It  was  a  triumph,  because  a  terrible  war 
between  Great  Britain  and  Russia  would  only 
have  settled  which  was  the  stronger  or  better 
fleet.  The  Hague  tribunal  will  come  as  near  as 
human  wisdom  can  to  settling  what  is  the  truth. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


659 


The  governments  of  both  countries 

Governments   ■,■,,-,  ..i  j> 

versus  had  acted  with  perfect  propriety, 
Populace.  courtesv,  and  coolness  throughout. 
The  prompt  expression  of  regret,  with  promise 
of  reparation,  by  the  Czar,  and  the  moderate 
though  firm  attitude  of  Prime  Minister  Balfour 
and  Secretary  Lansdowne,  with  the  full  support 
of  lving  Edward,  were  fortunately  permitted  to 
prevail  instead  of  the  jingoism  and  belligerence 
of  the  populace  and  press  of  both  countries. 
How  near  to  war  Great  Britain  and  Bussia  were 
in  the  four  days  of  the  intensity  of  the  incident 
may  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  the  ships  of 
Lord  Beresford's  Channel  squadron  had  their 
decks  cleared  for  action,  and  the  London  popu- 
lace was  clamoring  that  the  "  Czar's  mad  dog 
fleet "  be  stopped.  It  is  true  that  Admiral  Sir 
John  Fisher,  the  first  lord  of  the  British  admi- 
ralty, was  declared  to  have  seized  upon  the 
North  Sea  incident  as  the  psychological  mo- 
ment to  test  the  nerves  as  well  as  the  efficiency 
of  the  British  navy  in  a  rapid  mobilization  with 
war  in  the  air.  The  fact  remains  that  the  slight- 
est indiscretion  on  the  part  of  a  Russian  or  Brit- 
ish officer  would  have  precipitated  actual  warfare. 


GENERAL  LINEVITCH. 


(Who  will  command  the  First  Manchurian  Army,  under 
Kuropatkin.) 


Splendid 

Services 

of  France. 


GENERAL  BARON  KAULBARS. 

(Who  will  command  the  Third  Manchurian  Army,  under 
Kuropatkin.) 


Too  much  credit  cannot  be  given  to 
the  French  foreign  minister,  M.  Del- 
casse,  for  practically  bringing  about 
the  satisfactory  solution  of  what  seemed  so  surely 
a  casus  helli.  It  is  now  no  secret  that  France 
played  an  important  part  in  the  delicate  nego- 
tiations which  resulted  in  Russia  and  Great  Brit- 
ain accepting  the  inquiry  proposition.  As  the 
ally  of  Russia  and  the  friend  of  England,  France's 
stake  was  almost  as  great  as  that  of  the  parties 
actually  concerned.  Indeed,  the  very  peace  of 
the  republic  was  involved,  as  war  between  Great 
Britain  and  Russia  would  have  put  the  former 
into  the  camp  of  Japan  and  have  necessitated 
France's  fulfilling  her  obligations  under  the  dual 
alliance.  In  the  capacity  of  ally  of  one  and 
friend  of  the  other  power,  France  was  in  a  po- 
sition to  make  her  counsels  of  wisdom  and 
moderation  heard  with  equal  weight  in  both  Lon- 
don and  St.  Petersburg.  M.  Delcasse  went  earn- 
estly to  work  as  a  friend  of  both  countries,  and 
when  Admiral  Rojestvensky's  report  raised  a 
direct  issue  of  fact  the  French  statesman  at 
once  suggested  an  inquiry  to  establish  the  facts 
through  an  international  commission,  under  the 
Hague  convention.    The  acceptance  of  this  propo- 


660 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


From  Le  Monde  lilustre. 

GENERAL-ADJUTANT  A.   M.   STOESSEL,    DEFENDER  OF 

(Who  sacrificed  a  warship  to  send  a  message  to 

sition  by  both  Tuitions  at  variance  has  been  a 
great  triumph  for  international  peace,  and  an 
equally  great  triumph  for  the  enlightened  diplo- 
macy of  the  French  Republic. 

After   the   series    of    battles    on    the 
*'i°/e      Shakhe,  orSha,  River  (October  6-17), 

the  armies  of  General  kuropatkin 
and  Marshal  Oyama  remained  at  rest  for  several 
weeks,    each     desiring    to    recuperate    its    losses. 

An  official  report  of  the  general  staff  at  St. 
Petersburg  gave  the  Russian  loss  in  killed, 
wounded,  and  missing,  between  <  Ictober  !•  and  1  8, 
as  15,000  men.  Of  this  number,  Field  Marshal 
Oyama  estimated  that  13,300  were  killed.  His 
own  losses  he  reported  at  15,800.  It  was  said 
that  two   Russian   regiments  were  entirely  wiped 


out,  only  three  men  remain- 
ing of  one  of  them.  The 
recall  of  Admiral  Alexieff 
to  St.  Petersburg, — some 
reports  say  to  be  viceroy 
of  the  Caucasus  ;  others, 
governor  of  Moscow, — had 
left  General  Kuropatkin  h_ 
supreme  command  of  the 
military  and  civil  forces  of 
Russia  in  the  far  East.  The 
alignment  of  the  Russian 
armies  at  the  seat  of  war, 
according  to  announce- 
ments which  were  declared 
to  be  final,  on  November 
20,  provided  for  three 
armies,  —  the  first  to  be 
under  command  of  General 
Linevitch,  who  commanded 
the  Russian  contingent  dur- 
ing the  Boxer  outbreak, 
and  who  had  been  in  com- 
mand at  Vladivostok  up 
to  that  time  ;  the  second, 
which  has  not  yet  been  dis- 
patched to  the  far  East,  to 
be  in  command  of  General 
Grippenberg,  and  the  third 
to  be  under  command  of 
General  Baron  Kaulbars. 
A  number  of  minor  en- 
gagements between  the  two 
armies  during  the  month 
ending  November  20  had 
been  reported.  But  at  that 
date  Kuropatkin  and  Oya- 
ma still  faced  each  other 
within  a  few  miles  of  Muk- 
den, and  neither  one  seemed 
willing  to  begin  what  might 
be  the  long  -  expected  decisive  battle  of  the 
war.  Meanwhile,  the  winter  cold  is  upon  the 
armies,  and  both  are  building  permanent  quar- 
ters. The  Japanese  strenuously  deny  the  report 
that  General  Kuroki  was  killed  early  in  October. 
This  report  would  not  be  worth  mentioning 
at  all  were  it  not  for  the  persistence  with  which 
it  has  been  repeated. 

The  first  full  and  authorized  report 
lhoertSArVhur.  of  tlle  operations  around  Port    Li- 

thur  was  cabled  to  the  American 
press,  by  way  of  Chefu,  on  November  2.  The 
Japanese  censor  with  General  Nogi  permitted 
the  publication  of  an  almost  complete  narra- 
tive of  the  military  operations  from  August 
7    to    November    1.      The     publication    of    this 


PORT  ARTHUK 

the  Czar.) 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


661 


report  was  a  great  tribute  to  the  patience,  in- 
genuity, and  honorable  record  of  the  American 
Associated  Press.  It  monopolized  the  Pacific 
cable  for  fourteen  hours  in  transmission,  and 
gave  a  detailed  description  of  the  gradual  ap- 
proach of  the  Japanese  investing  force,  after 
the  battle  of  Xanshan  Hill,  up  to  the  attacks 
of  October  2  6  and  2  7.  Without  analyzing  the 
report  in  detail,  we  may  say  that  the  first 
great  task  of  the  Japanese  was  the  reduction  of 
the  outlying  forts,  extending  in  a  semicircle 
fourteen  miles  long,  from  coast  to  coast,  around 
Port  Arthur,  and  four  or  five  miles  distant  from 
the  main  fortress  itself,  which  they  had  also 
to  take  by  storm.  The  main  points  of  the 
outer  chain. — that  is,  the  Orlung  and  the  Keek- 
wan  forts,  and  the  positions  on  the  Taku  and 
Shaku  mountains  (all  strongly  fortified), — were 
taken  by  the  Japanese  on  the  night  of  August 
7,  although  the  victors  were  not  able  to  occupy 
them  because  of  the  fire  of  the  inside  forts. 
Step  by  step,  the  Russians  desperately  disput- 
ing their  advance,  the  Japanese  fought  their 
way.  with  frightful  losses,  taking  position  after 
position  by  storm,  until  the  Russian  posts  at 
Rihlung  were  captured  on  October  26,  and  the 
Japanese  guns  dominated  the  city  and  harbor. 
The  fighting  had  been  of  the  most  sanguinary 
character,  the  Japanese  repeatedly  entering  the 
native  town  of  Port  Arthur  after  dark,  but 
being  driven  out  again  by  daylight.  For  four 
months,  assault  followed  assault.  Many  posi- 
tions were  taken  and  retaken  four  or  five  times. 
Deeds  of  heroism  on  both  sides  had  been  of 
daily  occurrence,  and  the 
endurance  of  the  garrison 
had  almost  surpassed  the 
energy  and  heroism  of  the 
besiegers. 


ings  of  his  men.  The  general  himself,  suffering 
from  a  severe  wound  in  the  head,  had  been  de- 
tained in  the  hospital,  leaving  the  direction  of  the 
defense  largely  to  General  Smirnoff.  The  des- 
perate straits  to  which  the  defense  had  been  re- 
duced by  the  middle  of  November  was  seen 
from  the  blowing  up  of  the  destroyer  Rastorojnu/, 
at  Chefu,  on  November  16.  This  vessel,  the 
speediest  of  the  Port  Arthur  fleet,  was  sacri- 
ficed to  the  duty  of  conveying  dispatches  to  the 
Czar.  Eluding  the  blockading  fleet,  she  carried 
reports  to  Chefu  ;  then,  in  order  to  escape  pur- 
suing Japanese  destroyers,  she  was  blown  up  by 
her  commander.  Her  report,  as  given  out  at 
St.  Petersburg,  had  shown  the  spirit  of  the  gar- 
rison to  be  much  higher  than  was  supposed,  and 
had  indicated  their  inflexible  determination  to 
hold  out  to  the  last  man.  The  month  also  saw 
the  loss  of  the  Yashima,  a  battleship  of  Admiral 
Togo's  fleet,  and  of  the  Russian  cruiser  Gromo- 
boi,  at  Vladivostok. 

Prince  Sviatopolk-Mirsky,  the  new 
Becoming  Russian  minister  of  the  interior,  has 
begun  his  administration  under  very 
favorable  auspices.  His  accession  has  appar- 
ently brought  to  a  head  a  Russian  liberal  move- 
ment of  a  constructive,  moderate  sort,  not  sup- 
ported by  the  radicals  or  the  revolutionists,  but 
by  the  great  body  of  liberal-minded  Russians, 
who,  while  they  have  no  sympathy  with  violence, 
reverence  the  Czar  and  detest  the  bureaucracy. 
The  relaxation  of  the  censorship  over  the  news- 
papers of  the  empire,  a  privilege  which  has  been 


Desperate 

Straits  of 

the  Garrison. 


Great  as  had 
been  the  suffer- 
ing in  the  belea- 
guered town,  with  disease, 
hunger,  and  death  to  con- 
tend against  ; — with  a  pol- 
luted water  -  supply,  over- 
crowded hospitals,  no 
anaesthetics,  and  ammuni- 
tion so  low  that  the  men 
were  forced  to  use  wooden 
shells, — General  Stoessel 
had  maintained  one  of  the 
remarkable  defenses  of  his- 
tory. "With  the  aid  of  his 
devoted  wife,  the  command- 
er had  been  untiring  in  his 
effort  to  alleviate  the  suffer- 


THE  RUSSIAN  CRUISER,    "  GROMOBOI,"   ASHORE   AT  VLADIVOSTOK,   SHOWING  MARKS 
OF   JAPANESE  SHELLS. 


662 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


GENERAL,  PRINCE  FUSHIMI. 

(The  prince,  who  has  been  visiting  the  United  States,  com- 
manded the  Japanese  first  division  at  Nanshan  Hill.) 

taken  advantage  of  to  the  full  ;  a  more  humane 
policy  toward  Finland  ;  the  abolition  of  punish- 
ment by  administrative  order,  and  promise  of 
greater  tolerance  toward  the  Jews, — these,  as- 
tonishing as  it  may  seem,  are  actual  accomplish- 
ments of  the  past  fews  weeks  in  the  empire,  and 
largely,  if  not  wholly,  due  to  the  influence  of 
Prince  Mirsky.  True,  he  has  had  much  to  con- 
tend against.  The  entire  bureaucracy  has  op- 
posed him  violently,  and  the  powerful  Proc- 
urator of  the  Holy  Synod,  Pobiedonostseff,  had 
gone  to  the  extent  of  warning  the  Czar  that  au 
tocracy  and  orthodoxy  would  be  in  peril  if  the 
new  regime  were  permitted  to  continue  its  lib- 
eralizing work.  The  Czar,  however,  appears  to 
support  his  minister,  and  in  the  attitude  toward 
the  zemstvos,  or  provincial  assemblies  (the  near 
esl  approach  in  Russia  to  representative  govern- 
ment), may  be  sem  the  influence  of  Prince 
Mirsky's  new,  broad,  and  liberalizing  policy,  the 
best  feature  of  which  is  that  it  is  divorced  from 
any  radical  revolutionary  propaganda. 

To    realize   the   full    significance    of 

Lord  Lans-  ,  . 

downr  on  the  agreement  oi  Great  Britain  and 
Arbitration.  |;us  sia  fco  refer  the  North  Sea  case  to 
a  commission  of  inquiry,  Lord  Lansdowne's 
speech  on  arbitration  must,  not,  be  forgotten. 
The  British  minister  of  foreign  affairs,  in  an  im- 
portant speech  at  the  annual  dinner  of  the  Lord 


Mayor  of  London  (November  10),  in  justifying 
his  action  in  the  North  Sea  dispute  with  Russia, 
drew  a  vivid  picture  of  the  horrors  of  the  war 
in  the  far  East,  and  declared  it  was  his  hope 
and  belief  that  in  the  future  there  would  be 
resort  to  "less  clumsy  and  brutal  methods  of 
adjusting  international  differences."  Arbitra- 
tion, said  Lord  Lansdowne,  has  become  the 
fashion.  The  tone  of  his  speech  was  so  em- 
phatically pacific,  and  its  expression  of  con- 
demnation of  the  slaughter  going  on  in  Man- 
churia so  decided,  that  the  world  in  general 
took  the  utterance  as  a  suggestion  that  the  time 
for  friendly  intervention  had  come.  It  is  true 
that,  in  the  words  of  Count  Cassini,  Russia  has 
announced  that  she  will  "pursue  the  war  in  the 
far  East  to  the  bitter  end, — that  is,  until  Russia 
has  conquered."  To  conquer,  however,  in  a  war- 
unpopular  with  both  peasantry  and  aristocracy 
needs  a  Napoleonic  military  genius,  which  Rus- 
sia does  not  appear  to  possess  in  her  Kuropat- 
kins,  Alexieffs,  and  Rojestvenskys.  It  is  cer- 
tainly a  notable  sign  of  the  times  that  a  minister 
of  the  government  possessing  the  most  power- 
ful navy  in  the  world  should  openly  declare  in 
favor  of  international  arbitration. 

The  Italian  elections,  which  took 
Einna°iuS     place  on  tne  Sundays  November  6 

and  13,  passed  off  more  quietly  than 
had  been  expected.  There  were  no  serious  dis- 
turbances anywhere  in  the  kingdom.  The  gen- 
eral result  was  a  Conservative  victory,  with  a 
loss  of  some  thirty  seats  to  the  Liberals,  or  Ex- 
tremists. The  power  to  all  the  Extreme  parties 
was  greatly  curtailed,  and  the  result  may  force 
the  Conservatives  to  abandon  Premier  Giolitti, 
who  is  a  Liberal.  The  Conservatives  owe  their 
victory  largely  to  the  violence  of  the  recent 
strike  riots.  Several  months  ago,  a  number  of 
Italian  prelates  united  in  a  petition  to  the  Pope 
to  rescind  the  rule  (formulated  by  Pope  Pius 
IX.)  forbidding  Catholics  to  take  part  in  na- 
tional elections.  No  relaxation  of  the  rule  had 
been  announced,  but  a  great  number  of  Cler- 
ical votes  had  been  cast,  even  priests  and  monks 
in  their  ecclesiastical  robes  depositing  their  bal- 
lots, and  in  Rome  even  attaches  of  the  Vatican 
going  to  the  polls  to  vote  against  Signor  Ferri, 
the  Socialist  leader.  There  are  three  principal 
forces  or  ideas  in  Italy, — the  monarchy,  the 
Church,  and  socialism, — the  latter  being  really 
republican.  The  monarchy  and  socialism  are 
both  opposed  to  [he  Church,  avowedly,  but  in 
its  present  extremity  the  monarchy  is  almost 
forced  to  ask  the  aid  of  its  clerical  enemy  against 
the  new  danger  which  threatens  both. — the  eco- 
nomic ••  peril  "  of  socialism. 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


(Prom  October  .'/  to  November  SO,  ioou.) 


POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT     AMERICAN. 

October  25. — The  Panama  Canal  Commission  awards 
contracts  for  equipment. 

October  26. — W.  J.  Bryan  ends  his  ten  days'  cam- 
paign in  Indiana Secretary  Hay  addresses  a  political 

meeting  in  New  York  City. 

October  27. — A  board  of  retired  naval  officers  is  ap- 
pointed  to  investigate  the  United  States  steamboat 
inspection  service. 

October  28. — The  board  of  registration  at  New  Haven, 
Conn.,  refuses  to  register  a  Filipino  student  of  Yale 
1'ni  versify  on  the  ground  that  he  is  not  a  citizen  of  the 
United  States. 

October  31. — Ex-Judge  Alton  B.  Parker,  Democratic 
candidate  for  the  Presidency,  addresses  a  large  gather- 
ing in  New  York  City. 

November  3. — Ex-Judge  Parker  speaks  in  four  Con- 
necticut cities. 

November  4. — President  Roosevelt  makes  a  reply  to 
Judge  Parker's  charges  that  money  has  been  corruptly 
obtained  from  corporations  by  the  Republican  National 
Committee. 

November  8. — Electors  of  President  and  Vice-Presi- 
dent, Representatives  in  Congress,  and  many  State 
legislatures  and  State  and  local  officers  are  chosen  in 
the  United  States. 

The  following  table  shows  the  number  of  votes  in  the 
Electoral  College  and  the  approximate  popular  plural- 
ities by  States,  as  divided  between  the  Republican  and 
Democratic  candidates  for  President.  As  these  esti- 
mates of  popular  pluralities  are  made  in  advance  of  the 
complete  official  canvass,  the  figures  are  not  to  be  ac- 
cepted as  final ;  but  it  is  believed  that  they  correspond 
very  closely  with  the  actual  results  of  the  balloting. 
In  Maryland,  one  Republican  Elector  is  chosen  and 
seven  Democratic,  the  pluralities  being  so  small  that 
they  may  be  disregarded  in  the  total. 


Roosevelt. 


o 


5  * 


Parker 


o 


Alabama  11 

Arkansas 9 

Florida 5 

Georgia 13 

Kentucky 13 

Louisiana 9 

Maryland 7 

Mississippi 10 

North  Carolina.  12 
South  Carolina.    9 

Tennessee 12 

Texas 18 

Virginia 12 

Totals 140 


[0 

73.2 

as 


40,000 
40,000 
20,000 
40,000 
14  000 
40,000 

50,000 
50,000 
40,000 
15,000 
190,000 
25,000 

564,000 


Frank  R.  Gooding,  Idaho.      Albert  E.  Mead,  Washington. 

TWO   WESTERN   REPUBLICAN  GOVERNORS  ELECTED  IN  1904. 


X  00  C. 

California 10  100,000 

Colorado 5  15,000 

Connecticut 7  40,000 

Delaware 3  5,000 

Idaho 3  8,000 

Illinois 27  225,000 

Indiana 15  93,601 

Iowa 13  165,859 

Kansas 10  30,000 

Maine 6  35,000 

Maryland 1      

Massachusetts..  16  86,279 

Michigan 14  150,000 

Minnesota 11  125,000 

Missouri 18  28,271 

Montana 3  10,000 

Nebraska 8  75,000 

Nevada 3  2,000 

New  Hampshire    4  20,000 

New  Jersey 12  60,000 

New  York  39  170,000 

North  Dakota...    4  20,000 

Ohio 23  250,947 

Oregon 4  40,000 

Pennsylvania...  34  490,000 

Rhode  Island ...     4  15,974 

South  Dakota. . .    4  30,000 

Utah 3  8,000 

Vermont 4  35,000 

Washington  ....    5  66,749 

West  Virginia..    7  25,000 

Wisconsin 13  60,000 

Wyoming 3  7,000 

Totals 336  2,492,680 

Roosevelt's 

plurality....  196  1,928,680 


Elections  to  the  Fifty-ninth  Congress  result  as  fol- 
lows :  252  Republicans  and  134  Democrats. 
The  following  State  governors  are  elected  : 

Colorado : . .  Alva  Adams,  D. 

Connecticut Henry  Roberts,  R. 

Delaware Preston  Lea,  R. 

Florida Napoleon  B.  Broward,  D. 

Idaho Frank  R.  Gooding,  R. 

Illinois Charles  S.  Deneen.  R. 

Indiana J.  Frank  Hanly,  R. 

Kansas Edward  W.  Hoch,  R. 

Massachusetts William  L.  Douglas,  D. 

Michigan Fred.  M.  Warner,  R. 

Minnesota. John  A.  Johnson,  D. 

Missouri Joseph  W.  Folk,  D. 

Montana Joseph  K.  Toole,  D.* 

Nebraska John  H.  Mickey,  R.* 

New  Hampshire John  McLane,  R. 

New  Jersey Edward  C.  Stokes,  R. 

New  York  Frank  W.  Higgins,  R. 

North  Carolina Robert  B.  Glenn,  D. 

North  Dakota E.  Y.  Searles,  R. 


6G4 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Bryant  B.  Brooks, 
\\'\  oming. 


E.  Y.  Searles, 

North  Dakota. 


Preston  Lea, 
Delaware. 


Copyright  by  J.  E.  Purdy. 
John  McLane, 
New  Hampshire. 


FOUR    NEWLY   ELECTED    REPUBLICAN   GOVERNORS. 


Sou tli  Carolina Duncan  ( '.  Heyward,  D.+ 

South  Dakota Samuel  H.  Elrod,  R. 

Tennessee James  B.  Frazier,  D.* 

Texas Samuel  W.  T.  Lanham,  D.* 

Utah John  C.  Cutler.  R. 

Washington Albert  E.  Mead,  H. 

West  Virginia William  ().  Dawson,  R. 

Wisconsin Robert  M.  La  Follette,  R.* 

Wyoming Bryant  B.  Brooks,  R. 

*  Reelected. 

November  9. — President  Roosevelt  announces  his  de- 
termination not  to  be  a  candidate  tor  another  term; 
Alton  B.  Parker  issues  a  statement  declaring  that  he 
will  never  again  be  a  candidate  for  office. 

November  11. — A  call  is  issued  by  the  Populist  na- 
tional committee  for  a  meeting  to  be  held  iu  Chicago 
for  the  purpose  of  forming  a  new  national  party. 

November  15. — President  Roosevelt  issues  an  order 
extending  the  civil  service  rules  to  cover  places  in  the 
Isthmian  Canal  service. 

November  16. — President  Roosevelt  dismisses  United 
States  Marshal  Frank  II.  Richards,  of  the  Nome  Dis- 
trict of  Alaska,  from  office,  and  asks  for  the  resignation 
of  Judge  Melville  C.  Brown,  of  the  Juneau  District,  on 
charges  of  improper  official  conduct. 

November  17. — Col.  Frank  J.  Hecker  resigns  from  the 
Panama,  Canal  Commission  because  of  ill  health. 

POLITICS  AND  GOVERNMENT     FOREIGN. 

October  21. — The  French  Chamber  begins  a  debate  on 
the  dispute  with  the  Vatican.  ...In  Portugal,  the  new 

ministry  announces  its  policy  to  the  Chamber. 

October  22.— By  a  vote  of  818  to 280  the  French  Cham 
ber  supports  t  he  Combes  government  against  t  lie  Val  i 

can. 

October  26.— Premier  von  Korber  reconstructs  the 
A ust  rian  cabinet. 

October  27. — The  British  Nat  ional  Union  of  Conserve 

tive  AsSOCial  ions  meets  at  Sout  hanipton. 

October  2S. —  The  French  Chamber  debates  the  tactics 
employed  in  the  war  office  regarding  the  promotion  of 
officers. 

October  29. — Tonias  Alias,  secretary  of  state  of  the 
republic     of     Panama,     resigns     office.  ...The    Spanish 


Chamber  of  Deputies  has  a  disorderly  debate  on  pro- 
posals for  the  constitution  of  certain  Deputies. 

October  31. — In  the  Newfoundland  elections,  Premier 
Bond  and  his  colleagues  are  successful. 

November  3. — In  a  Canadian  election,  the  Laurier  gov 
eminent  secured  a  majority  of  about  two  to  one  in  the 
House  of  Commons. 

November  9. — Cuban  Nationalist  Senators  resume  ob- 
struction tactics. 

November  11. — The  municipality  of  Innsbruck  dis- 
charges 700  Italian  workmen  hitherto  employed  on  pub- 
lic works. 

November  13. — Opposition  to  the  compulsory  vacci 

nation  law  leads  to  fierce  rioting  in  Rio  de  Janeiro 

Troops  are  called  out  to  suppress  rioting  in  Warsaw  ; 

ten  persons  are  killed  and  thirty-one  wounded In  the 

Italian  election,  the  party  of  the  Extreme  Left   loses 
about  twenty  seats. 

November  16.— The  Brazilian  congress  and  the  city  of 
Rio  de  Janeiro  are  in  a  state  of  siege  owing  to  rioting  by 
students. 

November  18. — General  Huertas,  the  Panaman  com 
mander-in-chief,  and  leader  of  the  insurgent  movement, 

resigns  his  office The  lower  house  of  the  Hungarian 

Parliament  is  prorogued,  after  scenes  of  disorder. 

November  19. — Representatives  of  the  Russian  zenist 
vos  meet  secretly  in  St.  Petersburg,  the  Czar  having 
refused  official  sanction  to  the  conference. 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS. 

October  21. — It  is  announced  that  Great  Britain  lias 
positively  refused  a  German  request  to  be  allowed  to 
use  Wallish  Hay  for  the  landing  of  troops  and  supplies 
....  President  Roosevelt  approves  the  invitations  to  the 
(lowers  to  take  part  in  the  second  peace  conference  at 
The  Hague  (see  page  671). 

October  22. — The  Russian  fleet  in  the  North  Sea  shells 
British  trawlers;  two  Hull  fishermen  are  killed  and 
twenty-nine    wounded;    one    boat    is   sunk   and  others 

injured. 

October 24. — The  British  Government  makes  argent 
represent  at  ions  to  t  he  R  ussian  (  rOVernment  on  the  sink- 
ing of  t  he  Ashing  boats  in  t  he  Xort  h  Sea.. 

October  25.— The    Russian   Czar  sends   through  the 


RECORD  OF  CURRENT  EVENTS. 


665 


British  ambassador  a  message  to  King  Edward  and  the 
British  Government  of  sincere  regret  for  the  loss  of  life 
in  the  North  Sea. 

October  27. — The  British  cabinet  council  is  summoned 
for  the  consideration  of  the  Russian  question  ;  Viee- 
Admiral  Rojestvensky's  report  sets  forth  that  two  tor- 
pedo boats  made  an  attack  on  his  fleet  in  the  North 
Sea.  and  that  it  was  these  that  were  fired  on,  and  not 
the  fishing  vessels. 

October  28. — Premier  Balfour  announces  that  the  Rus- 
sian Government  had  conceded,  in  a  spirit  of  concilia- 
tion and  justice,  the  demands  of  Great  Britain  on  the 
North  Sea  fishing  fleet  question  ;  it  is  agreed  to  submit 
the  whole  affair  to  an  international  commission  at  The 
Hague. 

October  29. — It  is  officially  announced  that  the  presi- 
dent of  the  British  Board  of  Trade  appoints  Sir  Cyprian 
Bridge  and  Mr.  B.  Aspinall,  K.C.,  to  report  on  the  re- 
cent occurrence  in  the  North  Sea  on  behalf  of  the  Brit- 
ish Government. 

October  30. — The  United  States  Government  sends  to 
the  powers  signatory  to  the  Hague  conference  a  pre- 
liminary note  suggesting  that  another  conference  meet 
to  further  consider  questions  of  international  law  which 
would  tend  to  minimize  the  results  of  the  war  (see  page 
671). 

November  1. — The  treaty  of  arbitration  between  the 
United  States  and  France  is  signed  at  Washington. 

November  3. — The  British  cabinet  considers  details 

of    the    Anglo-Russian    international    commission 

President  Roosevelt  sends  congratulations  to  President 
Amador  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  independence 
of  Panama. 

November  5. — It  is  announced  that  Russia  has  ac- 
cepted the  convention  to  appoint  an  international  com- 
mission to  meet  at  Paris  and  fix  responsibility  for  the 
attack  by  Russian  warships  on  British  trawlers  in  the 
North  Sea. 

November  9. — Lord  Lansdowne,  the  British  foreign 
secretary,  announces  that  President  Roosevelt's  invi- 
tation to  a  peace  conference  at  The  Hague  will  be  ac- 
cepted with  reservation  regarding  the  subjects  to  be 
treated. 

November  11. — The  United  States  demands  from  the 


/                        N, 

0mmm 

.^tffe. 

f  \  t 

^y^fe^ 

\ ■■'.  .;" 

Turkish  Government  reparation   for   the  attack  on  a 
caravan  belonging  to  an  American  firm. 

November  12. — The  Anglo-French  colonial  treaty  is 
ratified  by  the  French  Chamber  of  Deputies  by  a  vote 
of  448  to  105. 

November  15. — In  the  British  Board  of  Trade  inquiry 


Alfonso,  nephew  of  the       Humbert,  Prince  of  Pied- 
King  of  Spain.  mont,    Italian    heir-ap- 
parent. 

TWO  LITTLE  HEIRS  TO   EUROPEAN  THRONES. 


MK.   ISRAEL  ZANGWILL. 

(Who  is  visiting  this  country  in  the  interest  of  the  Zionist 
movement.) 

into  the  North  Sea  affair,  the  Russian  Government  is 
represented. 

November  16. — A  treaty  of  arbitration  between  Great 
Britain  and  Portugal  is  signed  at  Windsor  Castle. 

THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR. 

October  22. — The  admiralty  council  in  St.  Peters- 
burg annuls  the  decision  of  the  Vladivostok  prize  court, 
and  orders  the  immediate  release  of  the  British  ship 
Allanton  and  her  cargo. 

October  24. — The  Russian  dead  left  on  the  field  of 
battle  at  Shaho,  as  counted  by  the  Japanese,  number 
13,333,  the  prisoners  709. 

October  25. — By  an  imperial  ukase,. published  in  St. 
Petersburg,  General  Kuropatkin  is  appointed  com- 
mander-in-chief of  the  Russian  arihy  in  the  far  East 
....Marshal  Oyama  reports  that  the  total  Japanese 
loss,  including  killed,  wounded,  and  missing,  is  15,879. 


666 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


October  26. — Admiral  AlexiefT  publishes  an  order  of 
the  day  to  the  forces  in  Manchuria,  he  says  the  Czar 
has  accepted  his  resignation  of  the  duties  of  commander- 
in-chief  of  the  forces  in  Manchuria,  while  retaining  his 

position  as  viceroy The  cold  in  Manchuria  is  already 

so  .meat  as  to  cause  much  suffering,  the  country  is  dev- 
astated, and  women  and  children  are  flocking  into 
Mukden. . .  .The  Spanish  authorities  refuse  permission 
to  the  Russian  Baltic  fleet,  which  arrives  at  Vigo,  to 

take  in  stores  or  coal  in  Spanish  waters The  British 

steamer  Kashing,  from  Chefu,  strikes  a  mine  and  has  to 
put  pack  for  repairs. 

October  27. — The  British  steamer  Sishan,  seized  by 
the  Japanese  fleet  on  suspicion  of  running  the  blockade 
of  Port  Arthur,  is  released  by  the  prize  court  at  Saseho. 

October  28. — The  Japanese  drive  the  Russians  from  a 
high  hill  on  Kuroki's  front. ..  .The  Japanese  make  a 
desperate  attack  on  Port  Arthur  and  capture  forts  and 
batteries. 

November  1. — A  Russian  detachment  has  a  sharp  en- 
gagement on  the  left  bank  of  the  Hun,  losing  forty  men. 

November  3. — The  Japanese  continue  the  attack  on 
Port  Arthur. 

November  5. — The  Russian  Baltic  fleet  sails  westward 
from  Tangier. 

November  7. — The  Japanese  vanguard  captures  three 
villages  near  Mudken,  but  is  repulsed. 

November  16. — A  Russian  torpedo-boat  destroyer 
which  entered  Chefu  bearing  dispatches  from  Port 
Arthur  is  blown  up  by  order  of  her  commander. 

OTHER  OCCURRENCES  OF  THE  MONTH. 

October  21. — The  rear  column  of  the  British  force 
arrives  at  Chumbi  from  Tibet  after  great  suffering  from 
the  snow. 

October  24.— The  armored  cruiser  Colorado  maintains 
an  average  hourly  speed  of  22.26  knots,  thus  proving 
herself  the  fastest  vessel  of  her  class  in  the  United  States 
navy. 

October  25. — The  Protestant  Episcopal  General  Con- 
vention at  Boston  adjourns  after  a  three  weeks'  ses- 
sion. 

October  26. — The  Earl  of  Dartmouth  lays  the  corner- 
stone of  the  new  Dartmouth  Hall,  at  Hanover,  N.  H 

Dr.  Flavel  S.  Luther  is  inaugurated  as  president  of 
Trinity  College,  Hartford,  Conn. 

October  27. — The  New  York  rapid-transit  subway  is 
opened  to  the  public. 

October  28. — The  bicentenary  of  the  death  of  John 
Locke  is  observed  by  the  British  Academy An  ex- 
plosion in  one  of  the  Colorado  Fuel  &  Iron  Company's 
mines  at  Tercio,  Colo.,  causes  the  death  of  about  twenty 
men. 

October  29. — The  centenary  of  the  Code  Civil  is  cele 
brated  in  Paris. 

October  31. — The  one-hundred-and-flftieth  anniver- 
sary of  the  founding  of  Columbia  University  is  com- 
memorated. 

November  1. — About  fifty  thousand  men  are  thrown 
out  of  work  by  a  strike  of -hoisting  engineers  in  Illinois. 

November  12. — The  rate  war  between  the  transat- 
lantic Steamship  companies  over  third  class  rates  was 


settled   by  a  conference Official  tests   of  the  New 

York  Central's  electric  locomotive  to  determine  its 
speed  and  drawing  capacity  are  held  at  Schenectady, 
N.  Y.  (see  page  716). 

November  14. — A  strike  of  employees  causes  the  prin- 
cipal retail  stores  in  Buenos  Ayres  to  be  closed. 

November  18. — The  American  Federation  of  Labor,  in 
session  at  San  Francisco,  votes  an  assessment  on  the 
membership  in  aid  of  the  striking  textile  workers  at 

Fall  River,  Mass Fourteen  miners  are  killed  by  an 

explosion  of  coal  gas  in  a  mine  near  Morrisey,  Minn. 

November  19. — The  statue  of  Frederick  the  Great 
presented  to  the  American  people  by  Emperor  William 
of  Germany  is  unveiled  at  Washington,  President 
Roosevelt  making  the  address  of  acceptance. 

OBITUARY. 

October  22. — Dr.  Samuel  W.  Abbott,  secretary  of  the 
Massachusetts  State  Board  of  Health,  67 Chief  En- 
gineer John  L.  D.  Borthwick,  U.S.N.,  retired,  64. 

October  23.— Rev.  Francis  De  Sales  Fullerton,  S.  J.,  54. 

October  24. — Lady  Dilke,  wife  of  the  Rt.  Hon.  Sir 
Charles  Winthrop  Dilke,  64. 

October  25. — Cornelius  Van  Cott,  postmaster  of  New 
York  City,  66. 

October  26. — Field  Marshal  Sir  Henry  W.  Norman,  78. 

October  30. — John  S.  Brayton,  a  prominent  business 

man  of  Fall  River,  Mass.,  78 Justin  B.  Bradley,  one 

of  the  early  oil  producers  of  Pennsylvania,  78. 

October  31. — Archbishop  William  Henry  Elder,  of  Cin- 
cinnati, 85 Ex-Congressman  Hiram  Odell,  of  New 

York,  74 Mrs.  Kate  Singleton,  the  actress,  59. 

November  4. — Rev.  Dr.  Benjamin  F.  DeCosta,  of  New 

York  City,  73 Paul  de  Cassagnac,  well-known  French 

journalist,  61. 

November  6. — Louis  F.  G.  Bouscaron,  civil  engineer, 
64. 

November  8. — Ex-Congressman   George  C.  Hendrix. 

of  New  York,  51 Rev.  Dr.  Giles  Henry  Mandeville, 

of  the  Reformed  Church  in  America,  79. 

November  10. — Ex-Congressman  Augustus  Brande- 
gee,  of  Connecticut.  76. 

November  11. — Valentine  Cameron  Prinsep,  the  Bi'it- 
ish  artist,  60. 

November  12. — Col.  Daniel  Read  Anthony,  of  Leaven- 
worth, Kan.,  80 George  Lennox  Watson,  the  Eng- 
lish yacht  designer,  53 Dr.  Charles  F.  Dowd,  known 

as  the  originator  of  railroad  standard  time,  70 Maj. 

Leonard  Hay,  U.S.A.,  retired,  70. 

November  13.— Henri  Wallon,  life  Senator  of  France, 
and  known  as  the  father  of  the  French  Constitution,  !H 

November  14. — Cardinal  Mocenni,  who  was  adminis- 
trator of  the  apostolic  palace  under  Pope  Leo  XIII. 

November  16.— President  Thomas  S.  Drown,  of  Le- 
high University,  62. 

November  18. — Ex-Judge  Thomas  A.  Moran,  of  Chi- 
cago, 65. 

November  19.— Col.  W.  C.  P.  Breckinridge,  of  Ken- 
tucky, 67. 

November  20. — Ex-Gov.  Hugh  Smith  Thompson,  of 
Sout  h  ( !arolina. 


SOME   CARTOONS   OF   THE    MONTH. 


"here  we  are  again!" 

(Apropos  of  Mr.  Roosevelt's  triumphant  election  and  sub- 
sequent visit  to  the  world's  fair.) 

From  the  World  (New  York). 


Uncle  Sam  :  "  Now  we  can  get  up  steam  again." 
From  the  North  American  (Philadelphia). 


A  post-mortem  examination."— From  the  North  American  (Philadelphia). 


668 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Uncle  Sam  :  "  Do  I  believe  in  signs  ?  Well,  slightly.  This 
old  sign  has  been  up  for  eight  years.  I've  just  repainted  it, 
and  that's  a  sign  that  it's  good  for  four  years  more." 

From  the  Inquirer  (Philadelphia). 


"  keep  sober." — (Secretary  Taft's  post-election  warning 
to  the  G.  O.  P.)— From  the  Brooklyn  Eagle  (New  York). 


after  the  avalanche  OF  NOVEMBER  8.— From  the  Po»t  (Washington). 


SOME  CARTOONS  OF  THE  MONTH. 


669 


t&7iZirz>4&l~?  a  —  -  m 


THE   HORKORS  OF   WAR.— SEARCHING   FOR  A  PARTY  ON  THE  BATTLEFIELD. 

Dr.  Bryan  :  "  The  carnage  was  certainly  fearful ;  I  shall  he  lucky  if  I  find  the  party  I'm  looking  for." 

From  the  Inquirer  'Philadelphia). 


Uncle  Sam  :  "  I'm  glad  the  election  is  over.    I'll  sweep  out  Dame  Democracy  :  "  I've  tried  two  of  those  roads  and  I'm 

and  get  to  work."— From  the  Times  (Washington).  not  on  the  right  track  yet."— From  the  Times  (Washington). 


670 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


AuniTHATioN  seems  to  be  in  fashion.— From  the  Herald  (Boston). 


THE    UNITED    STATES   AND   THE    WORLD'S 
PEACE    MOVEMENT. 


BY  WALTER  WELLMAN. 


IN  the  midst  of  war,  the  world  is  turning  to- 
ward peace.  Now  the  Christinas  holidays 
approach,  and  "peace  and  good-will  among  men" 
has  something  more  than  sentiment  and  tradition 
to  rest  upon.  The  prayer  for  peace  that  comes 
swelling  from  all  over  the  earth,  with  a  volume 
which  fairly  gives  it  the  weight  of  a  demand  or 
command,  is  now  a  living,  vital  force  in  the  affairs 
of  all  the  civilized  nations.  In  Christendom  to-day 
there  is  no  more  significant  and  promising  fact 
than  this.  There  is  developing  with  giant  strides 
a  world  public  opinion,  and  it  is  a  world-opin- 
ion which  makes  for  peace.  More  and  more  the 
masterful  peoples  are  coming  to  look  upon  war 
as  barbarism,  as  a  relic  of  the  savage  age,  as  a 
cruel  and  destructive  monstrosity  wholly  un- 
worthy to  survive  in  our  modern  civilization. 

It  seems  an  anomaly  to  talk  of  universal  peace 
while  one  of  the  bloodiest  wars  of  modern  times 
is  in  progress.  But  the  carnage  which  has  marked 
the  great  struggle  in  the  far  East  is  the  very 
thing  that  has  given  momentum  to  the  current 
movement  to  stop  wars.  Liao  -  Yang,  Shaho, 
Port  Arthur,  have  shocked  the  sensibilities  of 
the  world.  They  have  roused  a  public  sentiment 
everywhere.  The  peace  movement  is  no  longer 
confined  to  the  dreamers  and  the  sentimentalists, 
worthy  host  that  pioneered  the  way  ;  it  has 
spread  far  and  wide,  till  it  has  embraced  the 
men  who  do  the  world's  work, — the  men  of  com- 
merce and  finance,  the  men  who  have  their  hands 
upon  the  throttles  of  the  great  industrial  machine, 
the  men  who  pay  the  taxes  that  are  swallowed 
up  in  war,  the  men  of  journalism,  of  the  pulpit, 
of  the  periodical  press,  the  men  of  leadership  in 
action  and  in  thought.  It  has  found  its  way 
into  the  royal  palaces,  the  presidents'  houses,  the 
chancelleries,  the  foreign  offices,  the  state  depart- 
ments of  the  powers.  "We  may  justly  say  that 
its  growth  and  its  promise  together  form  the 
most  notable  world-event  of  the  year  that  is  now 
drawing  to  a  close.  It  would  be  unwise  to  de- 
lude ourselves  with  the  hope  that  war  is  impos- 
sible, that  universal  peace  has  spread  her  white 
wings  over  all  the  earth,  that  henceforth  the 
civilized  world  is  to  be  free  of  conflict  and  car- 
nage. The  millennium  has  not  come.  But  it  is 
true  that  the  hazard  of  war  breaking  out  has  been 


sensibly  lessened,  and  that  the  horrors  which  ac- 
company it  are  sure  to  be  vastly  minimized  if  and 
when  it  comes. 

president  Roosevelt's  call  for  a  new  hague 
conference. 

The  most  important  practical  step  recently 
taken  in  this  movement  for  peace  was,  of  course, 
the  note  sent  out  to  the  powers  by  President 
Roosevelt  and  Secretary  of  State  Hay  opening 
negotiations  for  a  reassembling  of  the  Hague 
International  Peace  Conference.  It  must  have 
impressed  every  observer  of  contemporaneous 
affairs  as  a  peculiar  circumstance  that  this  im- 
portant step  should  be  taken  by  the  head  of  the 
American  state  at  a  moment  when,  owing  to  the 
exigencies  of  a  political  campaign,  Mr.  Roose- 
velt was  being  well  advertised  by  his  opponents 
as  an  advance  agent  of  war  and  an  enemy  of 
peace.  Doubtless  his  critics  were  sincere  and 
well-meaning,  but  even  they  must  now  admit, 
in  the  cold  gray  calm  of  the  mornings  after,  that 
their  chief  magistrate  is  anything  but  the  reck- 
less swashbuckler  and  wanton  wielder  of  the 
"  big  stick  "  that  their  imagination  had  painted 
him.  At  any  rate,  it  is  comforting  to  reflect 
that  the  remainder  of  the  world  did  not  take 
them  at  their  word,  and  that  the  American  peo- 
ple did  not  appear  to  be  much  impressed  by 
their  criticisms.  Instead  of  looking  upon  Mr. 
Roosevelt  as  a  probable  disturber  of  the  peace, 
our  foreign  friends  have  with  noteworthy  una- 
nimity regarded  him  as  the  greatest  personal 
and  official  force  in  all  Christendom  as  a  pre- 
server of  the  peace  and  as  a  promoter  of  the 
movement  designed  to  suppress,  so  far  as  possi- 
ble, the  barbarism  of  organized  destruction  of 
men  and  property  in  the  name  of  national  pride. 
Whether  we  be  Republicans  or  Democrats,  we 
may  all  feel  satisfaction  in  this.  And  he  must 
be  an  American  with  little  warm  blood  in  his 
veins  or  country-love  in  his  heart  who  fails  to 
be  glad  of  the  fact, — for  it  is  a  fact, — that 
Theodore  Roosevelt,  with  election  day's  ex- 
traordinary mandate  of  the  American  people 
behind  him,  now  wields  a  more  potent  moral 
influence  in  the  affairs  of  the  nations  than  any 
other  living  chief  of  state. 


672 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


ABSURDITY    OF    THE     "BIG-STICK        CRT. 

At  I  his  juncture  it  may  not  be  amiss  to  ex- 
plain a  recent  episode  of  American  history.  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  wrote  a  letter,  which  was  read  at 
a  Cuban  dinner  in  New  York,  and  in  which  he 
said,  in  substance,  that  the  United  States  had 
no  designs  upon  the  territory  or  the  independ- 
ence of  any  American  nation,  desired  only  their 
prosperity  and  happiness,  and  that  no  nation 
which  maintained  good  government  and  met  its 
obligations  need  ever  fear  interference  on  the 
pari  of  the  United  States.  This  letter  was  at 
once  taken  up  by  the  opposition  to  Mr  Roose- 
velt and  exploited  as  proof  that  he  intended  to 
browbeat  and  subjugate  all  the  other  nations  in 
this  hemisphere.  He  was  heralded  as  a  terrible 
ogre  with  a  big  stick,  as  the  continental  police- 
man, as  the  man  looking  for  trouble  by  asserting 
his  right  to  regulate  the  households  of  his  neigh- 
bors according  to  his  own  ideas  of  propriety. 
Now,  the  fact  is  that  the  letter  in  question  was 
written  wholly  as  a  warning  to  San  Domingo. 
At  that  moment  a  condition  of  affairs  prevailed 
in  that  unhappy  country  which  apparently  made 
it  necessary  for  the  United  States  to  intervene, 
not  only  for  protection  of  American  interests, 
but  on  the  same  ground  of  humanity  which  justi- 
fied our  armed  intervention  between  Spain  and 
Cuba.  Mr.  Roosevelt  was  not  trying  to  intimi- 
date all  the  Latin-American  republics,  nor  to  lay 
down  a  hard-and-fast  rule  for  their  guidance, 
nor  yet  a  programme  as  to  our  own  action, 
though  doubtless  if  an  emergency  should  arise 
of  sufficient  gravity  to  warrant  intervention  the 
general  principles  stated  in  that  letter  would 
govern  the  President's  course.  What  he  was 
trying  to  do  was  to  beat  some  sense  and  respect 
for  the  decencies  of  international  life  into  the 
thick  heads  of  the  San  Dominicans  ;  and  though 
he  may  have  been  a  trifle  incautious  in  his  ex- 
pressions, particularly  as  they  were  intended  for 
a  specific  and  righteous  purpose  and  not  as  a  pro- 
nunciamento  of  a  general  policy,  his  critics  were 
scarcely  fair  in  building  such  an  elaborate  super- 
structure! of  theory  and  condemnation  upon  such 
a  slender  foundation  of  actual  fact. 

INTERNATIONAL    ARBITRATION. 

Most  extraordinary  and  encouraging  is  the 
progress  which  the  arbitration  principle  has 
made  during  the  last  two  years.  One  of  its 
greatest  triumphs  was  the  settlement  of  the  long- 
standing and  vexatious  dispute  between  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain  over  the  Alaska 
boundary,  a  settlement  which  in  method  of  pro- 
cedure and  excellence  of  results  might  serve  as  a 
pattern  for  future  years.      It  may  not  be  gener- 


ally known,  but  it  is  true,  that  the  United  States 
has  ever  been  a  leader  in  advocacy  and  applica- 
tion of  the  arbitration  principle.  In  one  hun- 
dred and  seven  years,  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment has  been  a  party  to  no  fewer  than 
forty-seven  arbitrations,  or  somewhat  more  than 
half  of  all  that  have  taken  place  in  the  modern 
world.  No  doubt  wars  were  averted  by  some 
of  these  settlements,  for  the  questions  thus  dis- 
posed of  are  precisely  those  which  have  led  to 
armed  conflicts  in  the  past, — boundaries,  fish- 
eries, and  injuries  to  property- or  commerce  in 
war. 

Notwithstanding  his  reputation, — or  the  repu- 
tation his  critics  have  tried  to  fasten  upon  him, 
— as  a  disciple  of  Mars,  Mr.  Roosevelt  has  done 
his  fair  share  as  a  promoter  of  the  peace  move- 
ment. In  his  message  to  Congress,  last  Decem- 
ber, lie  said  : 

There  seems  good  ground  for  the  belief  that  there 
has  been  a  real  growth  among  the  civilized  nations  of  a 
sentiment  which  will  permit  a  gradual  substitution  of 
other  methods  than  the  method  of  war  in  the  settle- 
ment of  disputes.  It  is  not  pretended  that  as  yet  we 
are  near  a  position  in  which  it  will  be  possible  wholly 
to  prevent  war,  or  that  a  just  regard  for  national  inter- 
est and  honor  will  in  all  cases  permit  of  the  settlement 
of  international  disputes  by  arbitration  ;  but  by  a  mix- 
ture of  prudence  and  firmness  with  wisdom  we  think 
it  is  possible  to  do  away  with  much  of  the  provocation 
and  excuse  for  war,  and  at  least  in  many  cases  to  sub- 
stitute some  other  and  more  rational  method  for  the 
settlement  of  disputes.  The  Hague  court  offers  so  good 
an  example  of  what  can  be  done  in  the  direction  of  such 
settlement  that  it  should  be  encouraged  in  every  way. 
Further  steps  should  be  taken. 

In  pursuance  of  the  policy  of  the  McKinley 
administration,  President  Roosevelt  and  Secre- 
tary Hay  negotiated  and  presented  to  the  Senate 
general  arbitration  treaties  with  all  the  coun- 
tries of  South  America  and  most  of  those  of 
Central  America.  These  conventions  now  await 
action  by  the  Senate. 

Still  more  important  work  quickly  followed. 
When  Congress  reconvenes  in  December,  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  and  Secretary  Hay  hope  to  be 
able  to  present  to  the  Senate  treaties  of  arbitra- 
tion with  all  the  leading  countries  of  Europe, 
or,  it'  not  in  December,  then  befoi'e  the  session 
comes  to  an  end,  on  March  4  next.  A  treaty 
with  France  was  signed  early  in  November,  and 
negotiations  for  similar  treaties  were  progressing 
favorably  with  Germany,  Russia,  Switzerland, 
Italy,  Great  Britain,  and  other  European  na- 
tions. These  treaties  mark  a  distinct  step  for- 
ward toward  general  peace.  It  is  true  that  they 
do  not  provide  for  submitting  all  possible  disputes 
to  arbitration.  Matters  in  which  the  nation's 
honor  and  intrinsic  well-being  are  deemed  to  be 


THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  THE  WORLD'S  PEACE  MOVEMENT. 


673 


involved  are  expressly  reserved  from  the  list  of 
arbitral  questions  ;  and  it  is,  of  course,  obvious 
that  any  government  may  exercise  its  discretion 
in  the  widest  sense,  and  under  this  clause  with- 
hold anything  it  chooses  from  the  joint  tribunals. 
We  have  not  yet  reached, — and,  indeed,  may 
never  reach, — the  point  where  the  great  powers 
are  willing  to  agree  to  throw  every  issue  or  dis- 
pute into  the  courts  of  arbitration.  But  as  an 
eminent  diplomatist  remarked,  "  To  settle  dis- 
putes by  arbitration  is  a  very  good  habit  to  get 
into  ;  and  once  the  habit  is  formed  as  to  minor 
matters,  it  is  only  a  step  further  to  settlement 
of  the  major  differences  by  the  same  means." 

THE    AMERICAN    SENATE    AND    THE    ARBITRATION 
TREATIES. 

There  is  virtually  no  doubt  that  the  Senate 
will  ratify  all  these  arbitration  treaties.  It  may 
not  do  so  promptly, — for  the  Senate  is  a  body 
which  moves  in  mysterious  ways  its  wonders  to 
perform, — but  it  is  unbelievable  that  it  will  re- 
ject any  of  them  or  permit  one  of  them  to  lapse. 
Seven  years  ago,  the  Senate  rejected  the  Olney- 
Pauncefote  arbitration  treaty  through  the  lack 
of  two  votes  to  make  up  the  needed  two-thirds  ; 
but  the  world  has  moved  forward  since  then, 
and  the  United  States  has  led  the  procession  in- 
stead of  lagging  at  the  rear.  Seven  years  ago, 
anti-English  jingoism  was  a  much  more  impor- 
tant factor  in  American  politics  than  it  is  now. 
Fortunately,  the  day  has  passed  in  which  a  man 
or  measure  may  be  destroyed  by  raising  the 
cry  that  he  or  it  is  the  tool  of  John  Bull.  Some 
sorts  of  Chauvinistic  foolishness  we  may  still 
have  with  us,  but  that  particular  one  is  losing 
its  forcefulness  as  the  years  roll  by.  Even  the 
most  intelligent  and  influential  of  our  Irish- 
American  friends  are  growing  to  view  questions 
in  which  England  is  involved  from  the  rational 
rather  than  from  the  hysterical  standpoint.  It 
will  be  interesting  to  note,  as  the  winter  speeds 
along,  if  the  old  tail-twisting  jingoism  is  really 
dead  and  unable  to  offer  opposition  to  the  Brit- 
ish treaty  of  arbitration.  If  any  of  the  treaties 
is  to  be  attacked,  that  will  probably  be  the  one  ; 
and  in  case  opposition  shows  itself,  public  opin- 
ion may  have  something  to  say.  So  far  as  is 
known,  the  Senate  is  favorable  to  the  various 
conventions  which  the  President  and  Mr.  Hay 
have  negotiated. 

ARMY    AND    NAVY    EXPANSION. 

One  of  the  obvious  meanings  of  the  Novem- 
ber election  is  that  the  people  of  the  United 
States  approve  the  efforts  wnich  our  government 
has  been  making  to  build  up  an  effective  army 
and  to  secure  a  navy  of  first-class  dimensions. 


Mingling  with  the  people  as  I  did  in  a  profes- 
sional effort  to  ascertain  how  the  election  was 
going,  I  could  not  discover  that  the  cry  of  "  mil- 
itarism "  produced  any  alarm  anywhere.  Ap- 
parently, the  people  of  the  United  States  want  a 
good,  though  not  large,  army  and  a  big  and 
most  efficient  navy.  They  feel  pride  in  all  that 
the  two  arms  of  the  service  have  done  on  land 
and  sea.  But  if  I  have  noted  correctly  the  tem- 
per of  the  people,  they  have  the  same  thought 
that  is  uppermost  in  the  mind  of  President 
Roosevelt, — that  is,  they  want  an  army  and  navy, 
not  because  they  yearn  for  war,  but  because  they 
believe  timely  and  ample  preparation  for  war  the 
best  means  of  preserving  peace.  Thus,  we  have 
the  seeming  anomaly, — but  only  seeming,  not 
actual,- — that  the  McKinley-Roosevelt  period  of 
naval  expansion  and  army  reorganization  has 
also  been  a  period  in  which  the  beneficent  mis- 
sion of  the  United  States  as  a  promoter  of  jus- 
tice and  peace  in  the  world  has  made  its  greatest 
advancement.  Hence,  it  is  only  fair  to  conclude 
that  the  disarmament  idea  with  which  the  Czar 
set  in  motion  the  Hague  movement  is  an  ex- 
treme step  the  world  is  not  yet  ready  to  take. 
The  tendency,  rather,  is  in  the  other  direction, 
but  with  this  important  condition  attached, — 
only  the  great  and  rich  nations  can  afford  to 
maintain  vast  armaments,  and  the  great  and  rich 
nations  are  the  very  ones  that  feel  the  most 
acute  responsibility  for  the  preservation  of  the 
world's  peace.  The  day  may  come  when  dis- 
armament will  win  favor  with  the  powers.  But 
now  conditions  approach  as  near  the  ideal  as 
could  be  reasonably  expected  in  this  essentially 
practical  and  sordid  world, — greatest  power  in 
the  hands  that  most  greatly  feel  a  sense  of  re- 
sponsibility. 

THE    ARBITRATION    IDEA    IN    EUROPE. 

It  is  not  alone  in  America  that  the  arbitration 
principle  has  made  progress.  During  the  past 
year,  probably  a  score  of  arbitration  treaties 
have  been  concluded  between  the  nations  of 
Europe.      The  most  important  of  them  are  : 

The  Franco-English  treaty,  which  has  just 
been  ratified  by  the  French  Chamber ;  a  treaty 
between  France  and  Italy  ;  the  Anglo-Italian 
treaty  ;  a  treaty  between  Denmark  and  Holland; 
the  Franco-Spanish  treaty  ;  the  Anglo-Spanish 
treaty  ;  a  Franco-English  agreement  concerning 
Egypt,  Morocco,  Newfoundland,  western  Africa, 
Siam,  the  New  Hebrides,  and  Madagascar  ;  the 
Franco-Dutch  treaty  ;  a  treaty  between  England 
and  Germany,  and  treaties  between  England  and 
the  Scandinavian  powers,  and  between  Spain 
and  Portugal. 

There  may  be  critics  who  say  that  all  these 


674 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


conventions  are  trash,  not  worth  the  paper  they 
are  written  on,  and  that  any  serious  dispute  of 
the  future  will  be  settled  with  the  sword,  as  dis- 
putes have  been  settled  in  the  past.  But  such  is 
not  the  judgment  of  eminent  publicists  and  di- 
plomatists,— men  who  are  behind  the  scenes,  and 
who  know  whether  all  this  parade  of  good  in- 
tentions is  merely  for  theatrical  effect.  In  their 
opinion,  it  is  sincere,  valuable,  and  promising. 

THE    BALTIC    FLEET    INCIDENT. 

"Within  -the  past  few  weeks,  the  world  was 
given  a  notable  example  of  the  practical  work- 
ings of  the  arbitration  principle.  A  proud  and 
powerful  nation  was  deeply  stiired  by  the  killing 
of  innocent  fishermen  by  ships  of  war.  Every 
diplomatist  and  every  naval  officer  in  the  world 
knows  what  happened.  The  tragedy  was  fore- 
seen by  England's  great  poet,  Rudyard  Kipling, 
— for  the  true  poet  is  also  a  prophet, — when  he 
wrote  these  lines  in  "The  Destroyers  :  " 

Panic  that  shells  the  drifting  spar — 

Loud  waste  with  none  to  check  ; 
Mad  fear  that  rakes  a  scornful  star,        * 

Or  sweeps  a  consort's  deck. 

For  a  few  days,  no  one  would  have  been  sur- 
prised if  England  had  gone  to  war,  or  at  least 
if  an  ultimatum  had  so  impinged  upon  Russia's 
pride  as  to  bring  war  perilously  near,  all  be- 
cause in  mad  fear  Russian  naval  officers  had 
fired  at  their  own  ships  as  well  as  at  anything 
and  everything  else  in  sight.  But  the  principle 
of  mutual  forbearance  and  self-restraint  was 
called  into  action  and  the  danger  averted. 

HOW    THE    EVILS    OF    WAR    MAY    BE    LESSENED. 

If  in  our  generation  the  powers  cannot  be  in- 
duced to  disarm,  if  war  cannot  be  made  virtu- 
ally impossible  by  sweeping  agreements  to  arbi- 
trate, the  danger  of  conflict  may  be  greatly 
minimized  by  these  agreements  to  settle  all 
minor  disputes  amicably.  With  the  machinery 
for  such  settlement  at  hand,  it  will  be  employed  ; 
there  will  be  a  world-opinion  which  demands  it  ; 
and  the  tendency  will  naturally  bo  ever  to  make 
broader  and  broader  the  scope  of  the  compacts, 
rising  from  the  minor  to  the  major.  This  is 
progress.  And  there  is  a  vast  work  to  be  done 
in  mitigating  the  evils  of  war,  if  war  there  must 
be.  With  the  true  genius  of  a  world-statesman, 
M  r.  1  ray  took  a  long  step  forward  when  lie 
1 1 1 .■  1 1  It-  his  memorable  move  toward  delimiting 
the  area  of  the  Russo-Japanese  conflict  and  to- 
ward preservation  of  the  integrity  of  China. 

It  is  in  dealing  with  the  collateral  issues  of 
war,  rather  than  with  the  dream  of  universal 
peace  and  disarmament,  that    the  I  lague  confer- 


ence, when  it  reassembles,  promises  to  be  of  the 
highest  service  to  mankind.  There  is  the  im- 
portant question  of  the  rights  and  immunity  of 
property  in  transit  in  neutral  ships.  Mr.  Roose- 
velt renewed  to  the  Congress  last  winter  a  sug- 
gestion which  had  already  been  made  by 
President  McKinley, — that  the  executive  be 
authorized  to  correspond  with  the  governments 
of  the  leading  maritime  powers  with  a  view  to 
incorporating  into  the  permanent  law  of  civilized 
nations  the  principle  of  exemption  of  all  private 
property  at  sea,  not  contraband  of  war,  from 
capture  or  destruction  by  belligerents.  Con- 
gress authorized  such  negotiations,  and  the  State 
Department  now  awaits  a  favorable  moment, — 
which  cannot  be  regarded  as  at  hand  till  the 
struggle  between  Russia  and  Japan  shall  be 
brought  to  a  close, — for  presenting  the  mat- 
ter to  the  attention  of  the  powers.  During  the 
summer,  seizures  at  sea  by  Russian  cruisers 
brought  this  prolific  cause  of  vexatious  and  haz- 
ardous international  disputes  most  acutely  be- 
fore the  world,  and  it  is  obvious  that  if  the  next 
Hague  conference  achieves  nothing  else  than 
settlement  in  the  international  law  of  what  is 
regarded  as  contraband  of  war,  it  will  have 
justified  its  reassemblage.  The  first  Hague  con- 
ference earnestly  recommended  such  an  agree- 
ment. 

Other  questions  raised  at  that  conference,  or 
in  the  experience  of  mankind,  and  now  pressing 
for  adjustment,  may  be  briefly  summarized  :  A 
convention  concerning  the  laws  and  customs  of 
war  on  land  ;  adaptation  to  naval  warfare  of  the 
principles  of  the  Geneva  Convention  ;  the  pro- 
hibition of  throwing  projectiles  from  balloons, 
of  the  use  of  projectiles  which  have  for  their 
sole  object  the  diffusion  of  asphyxiating  gases, 
and  of  the  use  of  bullets  which  expand  easily  in 
the  human  body  ;  the  use  of  submarine  and 
land  mines,  such  as  have  worked  such  dreadful 
havoc  in  the  present  conflict  ;  the  inviolability 
of  all  private  property  on  land  ;  the  regulation 
of  bombardments  of  ports  and  towns  by  naval 
forces  ;  the  rights  and  duties  of  neutrals  ;  the 
neutralization  of  certain  territories  and  waters  ; 
the  protection  of  weak  states  and  native  races  ; 
the  condition  of  the  Armenians  and  other  sub- 
jects of  the  Turkish  Empire,  and  the  situation 
in  the  valley  of  the  Congo. 

THE    PROPOSED    CONFERENCE    AND    ITS    PROSPECTS. 

What  is  the  prospect  for  an  early  reassembling 
of  the  International  Peace  Conference,  to  whose 
hands  lie  such  important  and  beneficent  work  ? 
Just  now  the  outlook  is  not  favorable.  In  his 
admirable  note  to  the  powers  inviting  an  ex- 
change of  views  as  to  the  advisability  of  a  reas- 


THE  MERCHANT  MARINE  COMMISSION. 


675 


serabling  of  the  conference,  Mr.  Hay  took  care 
to  point  out  that  in  accepting  the  trust  urged 
upon  him  by  the  Inter-Parliamentary  Union, 
representing  the  whole  world,  President  Roose- 
velt was  not  unmindful  of  the  fact  that  a  great 
war  was  now  in  progress.  The  inference  is  that 
not  much  in  the  way  of  immediate  response  was 
expected,  for  obvious  reasons  ;  and  yet  the  re- 
sults have  been  far  from  discouraging.  Most  of 
the  powers  have  signified  their  acceptance  of 
the  principle  that  there  should  be  another  con- 
ference, some  of  them  with  reservations  as  to  the 
programme  of  discussion,  and  most  of  them  with 
reservations  as  to  the  date.  The  sum  of  the  mat- 
ter is  that  while  there  is  little  chance  of  a  new 
conference  so  long  as  the  war  in  the  far  East 


continues,  it  seems  to  be  almost  settled  that  as 
soon  as  that  war  shall  be  at  an  end  there  will  be 
a  great  international  peace  conference  at  The 
Hague,  and  that  its  work  will  be  of  vast  advan- 
tage to  the  world.  In  the  words  of  Secretary 
Hay:  "Its  efforts  wOuld  naturally  lie  in  the 
direction  of  further  codification  of  the  universal 
ideas  of  right  and  justice  which  we  call  inter- 
national law  ;  its  mission  would  be  to  give  them 
future  effect.  .  .  .  You  will  state  the  Presi- 
dent's desire  and  hope  that  the  undying  memo- 
ries which  cling  around  The  Hague  as  the  cradle 
of  the  beneficent  work  which  had  its  begin- 
ning in  1899  may  be  strengthened  by  holding 
the  second  peace  conference  in  that  historic 
city." 


THE    MERCHANT    MARINE   COMMISSION. 


BY  WINTHROP  L.   MARVIN. 
(Secretary  of  the  commission.) 


WHAT  a  priceless  possession  in  time  of  need 
is  that  virile  quality  known  as  the  "  sea 
habit  "  Russia  and  Japan  are  now  demonstrating 
as  vividly  as  did  ever  France  and  England  in 
the  old  ocean  duels  of  the  Nile  and  Trafalgar. 
When  the  early  Czars  wished  a  navy,  they  sim- 
ply marched  a  regiment  of  troops  aboard  a  ship, 
and  the  tradition  that  soldiers  and  artillerists 
are  all  that  are  required,  and  that  seamen  are  not 
necessary,  has  ruled  Russian  naval  practice  down 
to  the  sailing  of  the  Baltic  squadron.  This  un- 
conscionable delusion  bore  its  logical  fruit  at 
the  Dogger  Bank,  when  Russian  officers  and 
men,  ignorant  of  the  sea  and  unnerved  by  the 
blackness  and  mystery  of  night,  fired  into  one  an- 
other in  disgraceful  panic,  and  killed  and  sank 
the  English  fishermen. 

Russia's  helplessness. 

That  episode  has  made  it  clear  to  the  whole 
world  why  the  Russian  battleships  were  so 
easily  surprised  and  torpedoed  off  Port  Arthur 
at  the  sudden  opening  of  the  war,  and  why  Ad- 
miral Witthoeft's  final  desperate  sortie  failed 
against  an  inferior  force  of  Japanese  blockaders. 
Japan  has  the  "sea  habit:"  Russia  has  not. 
Behind  the  efficient  Japanese  navy  stands  its 
indispensable  reserve,  a  great  merchant  fleet 
and  a  skilled  and  loyal  seafaring  population. 
Russia  has  almost  totally  neglected  this  resource 
of  the  national  defense,  and  has  paid  a  terrible 
penalty. 

Beyond  the  small  go-called  "volunteer  fleet," 


Russia  really  has  no  ocean  shipping  worthy  of 
the  name,  while  Japan,  through  systematic  na- 
tional encouragement  of  her  building  yards  and 
steamer  lines,  has  developed  a  merchant  ton- 
nage more  rapidly  than  any  other  nation  in  the 
world — from  151,000  tons  in  1890  to  730,000 
tons  in  1903.  Indeed,  when  this  present  war 
began,  Japan  actually  had  more  overseas  steam- 
ships afloat  than  has  the  United  States  on  both 
the  Atlantic  and  the  Pacific  oceans.  These  Japa- 
nese steamers  are  chiefly  officered  and  altogether - 
manned  by  native  sailors, — skilled,  hardy,  and 
courageous  men, — and  there  are,  besides,  sev- 
eral hundred  thousand  fishermen.  Among  these 
men,  bred  to  the  ocean,  inured  to  its  vicissi- 
tudes, Japan  has  found  an  inexhaustible  reserve 
for  the  strain  of  war,  to  recruit  the  worn  crews 
of  her  battleships,  and  to  keep  in  constant  ser- 
vice her  superb  torpedo-boat  flotilla.  Need  we 
wonder  that  every  naval  action  thus  far  fought 
has  gone  overwhelmingly  in  favor  of  the  side 
which  has  had  the  foresight  to  cultivate  the 
"  sea  habit,"  so  fatuously  neglected  by  the  other  ? 

A    WARNING    TO    AMERICA. 

The  small  professional  naval  force  of  the 
United  States,  is,  of  course,  incomparably  more 
efficient  than  the  Russian  personnel, — more  care- 
fully selected,  and  more  thoroughly  trained  in 
the  discipline  which  gives  coolness  and  steadi- 
ness in  danger.  But  it  is  a  staggering  truth 
that,  alone  of  the  naval  powers,  the  United  States 
resembles  Russia  in  the  absolute  lack  of  a  sea- 


676 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


faring  reserve.  Our  naval  militia,  useful  in  its 
way  for  harbor  and  coast  defense,  is  composed 
almost  entirely  of  landsmen.  Like  Russia,  we 
have  of  late  years  ignored  the  value  of  the  "  sea 
habit,"  and  sacrificed,  not  only  our  ocean  ships, 
but  most  of  our  seafaring  population. 

It  was  with  a  view,  manifestly,  to  the  strength- 
ening of  our  navy  as  well  as  to  the  expansion  of 
our  commerce  that  President  Roosevelt,  in  his 
annual  message  to  Congress,  a  year  ago,  gave 
conspicuous  place  to  the  merchant  marine,  em- 
phasizing its  continued  and  alarming  decline, 
and  urging  the  creation  of  a  commission  "  for 
the  purpose  of  investigating  and  reporting  to  the 
Congress  at  its  next  session  what  legislation  is 
desirable  or  necessary  for  the  development  of 
the  American  merchant  marine  and  American 
commerce,  and  incidentally  of  a  national  ocean 
mail  service  of  adequate  auxiliary  naval  cruisers 
and  naval  reserves."  The  President  significantly 
added  :  "Moreover,  lines  of  cargo  ships  are  of 
even  more  importance  than  fast  mail  lines,  save 
so  far  as  the  latter  can  be  depended  on  to  furnish 
swift  auxiliary  cruisers  in  time  of  war.  The 
establishment  of  new  lines  of  cargo  ships  to  South 
America,  to  Asia  and  elsewhere,  would  be  much 
in  the  interest  of  our  commercial  expansion." 

PERSONNEL    OF    THE    COMMISSION. 

In  response  to  this  earnest  recommendation, 
Congress,  before  adjournment,  provided  for  a 
national  commission  "  to  investigate  and  to  re- 
port to  the  Congress  on  the  first  day  of  its  next 
session  what  legislation,  if  any,  is  desirable  for 
the  development  of  the  American  merchant  ma- 
rine and  American  commerce,  and  also  what 
change,  or  changes,  if  any,  should  be  made  in 
existing  laws  relating  to  the  treatment,  comfort, 
and  safety  of  seamen,  in  order  to  make  more 
attractive  the  seafaring  calling  in  the  American 
merchant  service." 

As  appointed  on  April  28,  by  the  President 
of  the  Senate  and  the  Speaker  of  the  House,  the 
Merchant  Marine  Commission  consists  of  Sen- 
ator J.  II.  Gallinger,  of  New  Hampshire  ;  Sen- 
ator Henry  Cabot  Lodge,  of  Massachusetts ; 
Senator  Boies  Penrose,  of  Pennsylvania  ;  Sen- 
ator Thomas  S.  Martin,  of  Virginia  ;  Senator 
Stephen  R.  Mallory,  of  Florida  ;  Representative 
Charles  11.  Grosvenor,  of  Ohio  ;  Representative 
Edward  S.  Minor,  of  Wisconsin  ;  Representa- 
tive William  E.  Humphrey,  of  Washington  ; 
Representative  Thomas  Spight,  of  Mississippi, 
and  Representative  Allan  L.  McDermott,  of  New 
Jersey. 

Senator  Gallinger,  who  was  immediately  elect- 
ed chairman  of  the  commission,  has  long  served 
upon  Senator  Frye's  Committee  on  Commerce, 


in  the  Senate — the  committee  within  whose  ju- 
risdiction in  that  body  come  all  matters  relating 
to  the  merchant  marine.  Senator  Gallinger, 
like  Senator  Lodge,  has  been  active  and  power- 
ful in  the  movement  for  the  rebuilding  and  in- 
crease of  the  navy.  Senator  Lodge,  the  son  of  an 
East  India  merchant  and  shipowner,  has  a  keen 
interest  in  ocean  trade  and  navigation.  Sena- 
tors Penrose,  Martin,  and  Mallory  are  all  mem- 
bers of  the  Committee  on  Commerce  from 
important  maritime  commonwealths.  Repre- 
sentative Grosvenor  is  the  veteran  chairman  of 
the  Committee  on  the  Merchant  Marine  and 
Fisheries  of  the  House,  and  Representative  Mi- 
nor is,  after  the  chairman,  the  ranking  Repub- 
lican, as  Representative  Spight  is  the  ranking 
Democratic,  member  of  that  important  commit- 
tee. Representatives  Humphrey  and  McDer- 
mott are  also  members  of  the  Merchant  Marine 
Committee  of  the  House.  Therefore,  the  theme 
of  the  inquiry  is  not  an  unfamiliar  one  to 
any  of  the  ten  members  of  the  commission,  two 
of  whom  possess,  besides  their  legislative  ex- 
perience, an  actual  personal  experience  of  the 
sailor's  calling.  Senator  Mallory,  son  of  the  dis- 
tinguished Confederate  Secretary  of  the  Navy, 
served  as  a  midshipman  in  the  squadron  de- 
fending Richmond,  and  Representative  Minor 
was  for  years  a  licensed  officer  of  steam  vessels 
in  the  mighty  commerce  of  the  Great  Lakes. 
The  commission  chose  as  its  secretary  Mr.  Win- 
throp  L.  Marvin,  of  Boston,  a  member  of  the 
Massachusetts  Civil  Service  Commission,  and 
author  of  "  The  American  Merchant  Marine  " 
(Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1902). 

A    THOROUGH,    FAR-REACHING    INQUIRY. 

Prompt  beginning  was  made  in  the  inquiry 
directed  by  Congress  with  a  series  of  hearings 
at  the  office  of  the  New  York  Board  of  Trade 
and  Transportation,  May  23-25.  About  thirty 
witnesses, — merchants,  shipowners,  shipbuilders, 
officers,  and  seamen, — were  examined  at  New 
York,  and  then  the  commission  visited,  succes- 
sively, Philadelphia,  Baltimore,  and  Boston. 
Later,  there  were  hearings  at  Chicago,  Detroit, 
Cleveland,  and  Milwaukee,  and  in  midsummer 
Chairman  Gallinger  and  three  associates  of  the 
commission  crossed  to  the  Pacific  coast  and  held 
sessions  in  Seattle,  Tacoma,  Portland,  and  San 
Francisco.  After  the  November  elections,  the 
Southern  sub-commission,  of  which  Senator  Mar- 
tin, of  Virginia,  is  chairman,  conducted  hear- 
ings at  Galveston,  New  Orleans,  Pensacola, 
Brunswick,  and  Newport  News,  and  on  Novem- 
ber 22  Chairman  Gallinger  called  the  full  com- 
mission together  in  Washington  to  prepare  the 
report  and  recommendations  which  Congress  re 


THE  MERCHANT  MARINE  COMMISSION 


677 


quires  the  commission  to  present  on  the  first  day 
of  the  session,  Monday,  December  5. 

This  inquiry  of  the  Merchant  Marine  Com- 
mission is  the  most  exact  and  comprehensive 
that  has  ever  been  undertaken  as  to  the  mer- 
chant shipping  interests  of  the  United  States. 
It  can  justly  be  said  that  it  has  been  carried  on 
in  a  thoroughly  frank  and  impartial  temper. 
The  commission  is  far  more  evenly  balanced  po- 
litically than  are  the  usual  committees  of  Senate 
and  House — six  of  the  ten  members  being  Re- 
publicans, and  four  Democrats.  Moreover,  all 
sections  of  the  country,  including,  not  only  the 
Eastern  and  Southern  States,  but  the  great 
middle  West  and  the  Pacific  coast,  are  repre- 
sented among  the  commissioners.  A  spirit  of 
fairness  and  courtesy  has  characterized  the  hear- 
ings everywhere.  Millionaire  presidents  of  great 
railway  systems  have  sat  side  by  side  with  rug- 
ged seamen  and  firemen  from  the  docks,  wait- 
ing their  turn  to  be  heard,  and  skilled  mechanics 
from  the  yards  have  known  that  they  were  just 
as  welcome  and  would  be  as  attentively  listened 
to  as  any  banker  or  manufacturer  or  head  of  a 
line  of  steamships.  All  the  testimony  has  been 
carefully  reported  by  the  expert  stenographers 
of  the  Senate,  published  in  three  volumes,  in- 
dexed, and  made  available  for  everybody  inter- 
ested in  this  problem,  which  has  so  long  seemed 
to  baffle  American  statesmanship. 

THE    PLANS    MOST    FAVORED. 

The  commission  resolved  at  the  very  outset  of 
its  inquiry  that  no  time  could  be  spared  for  his- 
tory or  reminiscences,  and  that  the  actual, 
desperate  condition  of  American  shipping  and 
its  imperative  need  of  relief  were  known  of  all 
men.  "What  the  commission  has  everywhere  in- 
vited, therefore,  are  specific  suggestions  as  to 
the  best  line  of  remedy.  These  suggestions,  nat- 
urally, covered  a  wide  field.  Some  of  them  are 
on  their  very  face  impracticable.  Others  are  as 
manifestly  ineffective.  But  there  is  an  unmis- 
takable trend  of  earnest  and  informed  opinion, 
alike  on  the  North  Atlantic,  the  Great  Lakes,  the 
Pacific,  the  South  Atlantic,  and  the  Gulf  of  Mex- 
ico, toward  a  few  clear-cut  expedients.  In  the 
first  place,  American  public  sentiment  demands 
overwhelmingly  that  American  merchant  ships 
shall  be,  in  the  main,  American-built  ;  that  they 
shall  be  officered  and,  so  far  as  may  be,  manned  by 
American  citizens  ;  that  while  fast  mail  steamers 
are  valuable,  and,  indeed,  indispensable,  on  cer- 
tain routes,  a  deepened  emphasis  must  be  laid 
on  capacious  cargo  ships,  of  steam  and  sail,  and 
that  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  secure  at 
once  improved  direct  communication,  under  the 
American  flag,  with  South  and  Central  America, 


Asia  and  the  Philippines.  These  things,  ap- 
parently, are  regarded  by  the  American  people 
as  of  far  more  consequence  than  24-knot  grey- 
hounds to  the  north  of  Europe. 

The  commission  has  listened  to  much  discus- 
sion of  subsidy  methods,  pro  and  con,  and  it 
can  safely  be  said  that  the  system  of  mail  and 
auxiliary  cruiser  subvention  embodied  in  the 
present  law, — wherein  the  Government  pays  dis- 
tinctly for  services  rendered  and  there  is  no 
bounty  outright, — has  won  approval  throughout 
the  United  States.  Perhaps  even  more  impres- 
sive, however,  as  one  glances  over  the  pages  of 
the  testimony,  is  the  support  given  to  a  revival 
of  the  old,  historic  plan  of  discriminating  du- 
ties and  tonnage  taxes,  at  least  in  the  indirect 
trade, — that  is,  the  enforcement  of  discrimina- 
tion against  foreign  vessels  bringing  goods  to 
this  country  from  a  country  not  their  own. 
There  are  earnest  objections  to  this,  as,  indeed, 
to  every  other  expedient,  and  to  adopt  it  would 
compel  the  modifying  or  abrogating  of  our  chief 
commercial  treaties.  But  it  is  rejoined  that 
even  the  negotiation  of  new  treaties  would  not 
be  too  great  a  price  to  pay  for  the  upbuilding 
of  our  merchant  marine  and  the  revival  of  the 
"sea  habit"  among  the  American  people. 

NO    SHIPOWNERS    OR    SEAMEN. 

How  perilously  feeble  this  "sea  habit"  has 
become  was  sharply  borne  home  to  the  Merchant 
Marine  Commission  at  such  important  ports  as 
Portland,  Ore.,  and  Galveston,  Texas.  There  the 
inquiry  failed  to  disclose  so  much  as  one  Amer- 
ican shipowner, — and,  of  course,  American  offi- 
cers and  seamen  had  vanished  with  the  Ameri- 
ican  ships.  In  both  cities,  the  overseas  shipping 
business  was  entirely  in  the  hands  of  foreign 
companies,  which  look  with  frank  hostility  upon 
every  effort  to  regain  for  American  ships  the 
carrying  of  even  a  share  of  American  commerce. 
Indeed,  it  may  be  taken  for  granted  that  every- 
where throughout  the  United  States  where  a 
foreign  steamship  agent  is  established  there  will 
be  persistent  and  aggressive  opposition  to  any 
measure  whatsoever  for  the  upbuilding  of  the 
American  merchant  marine.  The  revival  of  the 
"sea  habit"  in  our  country  is  dreaded  above  all 
things  by  the  powers  that  are  our  competitors  in 
peace  and  our  possible  enemies  in  war.  They 
would  ask  no  better  fortune  than  that  Russia's 
plight  might  be  our  own  indefinitely.  When 
the  report  and  recommendations  are  rendered, 
the  commission  will  have  done  its  part.  It  will 
then  rest  with  Congress  to  determine  whether  the 
United  States  shall  have  merchant  ships  and  a 
naval  reserve,  or  shall  retire,  beaten  and  humili- 
ated, from  the  ocean. 


678 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


From  a  photograph  taken  last  month  for  this  magazine  by  Messrs.  Davis  &  Sanford,  New  York. 

MR.  WILLIAM  BARCLAY  PARSONS,  OP  NEW  YORK. 

(Chief  engineer  of  the  New  York  rapid-transit  railroad  system.) 


FOUR    MEN    OF   THE    MONTH:    PERSONAL 

TRIBUTES. 

I.— WILLIAM  BARCLAY  PARSONS. 


BY  NICHOLAS   MURRAY  BUTLER. 


SUCCESS  means  many  different  things  and 
comes  to  men  in  many  different  ways,  but 
it  is  safe  to  say  that  William  Barclay  Parsons 
has  both  won  success  and  has  deserved  it,  what- 
ever the  word  be  interpreted  to  mean.  It  is  no 
small  thing  to  find  one's  self  at  forty-five  at  the 
head  of  a  great  technical  profession,  eagerly 
consulted  by  managers  and  underwriters  of 
engineering  enterprises  of  immense  scope  and 
great  cost,  and  with  a  record  of  unbroken  suc- 
cess in  large  things.  Just  at  this  time,  when 
the  underground  rapid-transit  railroad  in  New 
York  City  is  in  the  first  flush  of  its  successful 
operation,  not  a  little  public  interest  has  been 
excited  in  the  personality  of  the  man  most  re- 
sponsible for  the  planning  and  the  building  of  it. 
Highly  intellectual  such  a  man  must  certainly 
be,  but  brains  alone  accomplish  little  unless 
driven  by  a  powerful  will  and  harnessed  to  a 
firmly  knit  character.  Mr.  Parsons  has  this 
sort  of  will  and  this  sort  of  character,  and  to 
them  even  more  than  to  his  high  intellectual 
ability  he  owes  the  extraordinary  record  of  ac- 
complishment that  is  already  his. 

It  is  fashionable — and  snobbish  as  well — to 
sneer  at  good  birth  and  good  breeding,  but  no 
substitutes  for  them  have  yet  been  discovered 
or  are  likely  to  be.  The  man  who  lifts  himself 
up  without  either  or  both  of  them  deserves  the 
greatest  possible  credit  ;  but  it  is  hard  to  believe 
that  he  might  not  have  lifted  himself  still  higher 
had  they  both  been  his.  Mr.  Parsons  is  both 
well-born  and  well-bred,  and  he  bears  the  marks 
of  his  birth  and  breeding  in  his  carriage  and  in  his 
speech.  The  best  blood  of  old  New  York  flows 
in  his  veins,  and  he  has  proved  himself  worthy 
of  it.  Through  the  Barclays,  his  ancestry  goes 
back  to  the  early  days  of  Trinity  Parish  ;  and 
through  the  Livingstons,  to  the  War  of  Inde- 
pendence and  the  formation  of  the  Constitution. 
These  fine  family  traditions  have  not  caused 
him  to  lie  back  upon  them  in  slothful  pride,  but 
rather  thay  have  served  as  a  stimulus  to  honor- 
able ambition  and  endeavor. 

Mr.  Parsons  is  also  well-bred.  From  boy- 
hood, he  has  had  the  fullest  opportunity  for  as- 


sociation with  men  and  women  of  character  and 
refinement,  and  he  has  enjoyed  tne  best  educa- 
tional advantages  of  our  time.  He  was  wise 
enough  to  prepare  himself  for  the  profession  of 
engineering,  not  by  the  shortest  cut  possible,  but 
by  the  longest  way  round,  through  the  liberal 
education  that  a  college  gives.  He  entered 
Columbia  College  in  1875,  and  graduated  with 
distinction  four  years  later,  having  had  time  and 
strength  to  stroke  the  crew  and  captain  the  tug- 
of-war  team  while  vigorously  pursuing  his  stud- 
ies. With  this  sound  foundation,  he  entered 
the  School  of  Mines  of  Columbia  University  and 
began  his  purely  technical  education.  In  those 
days,  the  modern  system  of  training  engineers, 
which  requires  long  service  at  practical  work  in 
the  field  during  the  months  that  used  to  be  de- 
voted to  summer  vacation,  was  not  in  vogue,  but 
Mr.  Parsons  felt  the  need  of  this  sort  of  work, 
and  spent  his  vacations  gaining  practical  expe- 
rience in  surveying,  in  mining,  and  in  railroad 
work.  In  1882,  he  took  his  second  degree  at 
Columbia  and  was  graduated  as  a  civil  engineer. 

It  is  just  twenty-two  years  since  his  alma  ma- 
ter put  upon  Mr.  Parsons  her  stamp  of  approval 
of  him  as  one  who  might  safely  enter  upon  the 
practice  of  engineering.  Those  twenty-two  years 
have  been  eventful  ones  for  engineers,  and  the 
achievements  that  those  years  record  would  have 
seemed  incredible  even  a  quarter  of  a  century 
ago.  Mr.  Parsons  has  kept  pace  with  them  all, 
and  has  contributed  powerfully  to  not  a  few  of 
them. 

After  service  in  the  engineering  force  of  the 
Erie  Railway,  Mr.  Parsons  entered  upon  the 
practice  of  his  profession  in  New  York  as  an  in- 
dependent engineer.  Very  early  he  became  as- 
sociated with  the  enterprises  that  were  then  un- 
der way  for  the  construction  of  underground 
railroads  in  New  York  City,  but  those  enter- 
prises were  destined  to  failure  because  of  the 
fact  that  adequate  legislation  covering  the  field 
of  their  operation  had  not  yet  been  enacted.  In 
1891,  Mr.  Parsons  entered  the  service  of  the 
Rapid  Transit  Commission  as  deputy  chief  en- 
gineer, and  served  as  such   for  two  years,  and 


680 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


until  the  engineering  staff  was  disbanded.  When 
the  Rapid  Transit  Commission  was  reorganized 
in  its  present  form,  in  1894,  Mr.  Parsons  was 
made  chief  engineer  of  the  commission.  He 
was  then  but  thirty-five  years  of  age,  and  in  his 
hands  rested  the  solution  of  the  problems  of  un- 
derground rapid  transit  for  the  metropolis. 
These  problems  had  developed  a  great  fascina- 
tion for  his  mind,  and  he  lived  with  them  night 
and  day,  reflecting  upon  them  constantly,  both 
in  their  more  general  aspects  and  in  their  mi 
nuter  details.  One  cannot  but  believe  that  the 
long  and  anxious  study  then  given  to  these  plans 
played  an  important  part  in  their  rapid  and 
skillful  execution  a  few  years  later.  But  the 
work  of  the  Rapid  Transit  Commission  was  not 
without  obstacles  and  discouragements. 

Objections  both  public  and  private  were  made 
to  the  carrying  out  of  the  proposed  plans,  long 
litigation  ensued,  and  many  friends  of  the  un- 
dertaking became  despondent  and  fell  away. 
Mr.  Parsons  never  wavered  in  his  conviction 
that  underground  rapid  transit  must  be  provided 
for  New  York,  and  his  enthusiasm  for  the  proj- 
ect which  he  had  conceived  never  flagged.  Even 
in  1896  and  1897,  when  the  decision  of  the  Su- 
preme Court  and  the  acts  of  the  municipal  ad- 
ministration combined  to  put  what  seemed  to  be 
a  permanent  veto  upon  the  progress  of  rapid 
transit,  and  when  many  friends  urged  Mr.  Par- 
sons to  withdraw  from  his  task,  as  it  could  only 
end  in  failure  and  loss  of  reputation,  he  stub- 
bornly refused  to  be  turned  aside.  He  had 
risked  his  professional  reputation  upon  his  be- 
lief in  the  necessity  and  practicability  of  under- 
ground rapid  transit  in  New  York,  and  the  tri- 
umphant end  justified  his  judgment.  It  is  quite 
clear  that  all  through  this  period  of  his  life 
character  quite  as  much  as  intellect  was  winning 
reputation  and  success.  A  weak  man  would 
have  surrendered  in  the  face  of  what  appeared 
to  be  insuperable  opposition,  and  a  vain  man 
would  have  diverted  his  attention  to  something 
that  promised  more  immediate  and  glittering 
success.  Mr.  Parsons  was  neither  weak  nor 
vain,  but  simply  determined.  Because  of  his 
determination,  as  well  as  because  of  his  insight, 
he  is  to-day  everywhere  hailed  as  a  man  who 
has  won  for  himself  most  enviable  repute,  and 
who  has  given  to  his  city,  not  only  a  source  of 
comfort  and  convenience,  but  an  instrument  of 
future  growth. 

Not  even  the  engrossing  task  of  the  Rapid 
Transit  Commission  absorbed  all  of  Mi-.  1 'arsons' 
energies.  He  had  read  and  studied  much  as  to 
the  possibilities  of  railway-building  in  China, 
with  its  consequent  benefit  to  the  trade  and 
commerce  of  the  world.     It  was  natural,  there- 


fore, that  when  invited  by  the  group  of  capital- 
ists headed  by  the  late  Senator  Calvin  S.  Brice, 
of  Ohio,  to  organize  a  staff  of  engineers  and 
proceed  to  China  and  make  a  survey  for  a  rail- 
way, he  should  undertake  the  task.  On  arriving 
in  China,  he  found  a  complicated  and  dangerous 
situation,  due  to  the  unsettled  political  condi- 
tions, especially  in  the  interior  of  the  kingdom. 
Every  adviser  was  averse  to  his  undertaking 
the  inland  journey,  but,  nevertheless, , Mr.  Par- 
sons carried  out  his  plans  and  his  instructions, 
and  completed  the  survey  through  the  district 
between  Hankow  and  Canton,  thus  making  the 
longest  continuous  instrumental  survey  that  had 
been  completed  in  China  up  to  that  time.  That 
the  undertaking  was  a  dangerous  one  is  evi- 
denced by  the  fact  that  both  foreigners  and 
Chinese  told  Mr.  Parsons  that  he  could  not  get 
through  the  district  into  which  he  had  planned 
to  go,  and  that  if  he  tried  to  force  his  way 
through  he  would  cei'tainly  be  killed.  He  did 
not  have  to  force  his  way  through,  however, 
but  went  through  practically  without  molesta- 
tion, and  was  not  killed. 

Two  more  high  professional  honors  have  come 
to  Mr.  Parsons  within  a  few  years.  He  has 
been  chosen  by  President  Roosevelt  as  one  of 
the  commission  to  build  the  Panama  Canal,  an 
undertaking  which  attracts  the  interest  of  the 
whole  nation,  and  which  appeals  to  the  imagina- 
tion of  the  entire  civilized  world.  Moreover, 
he  has  been  invited  by  the  British  Government 
to  become  a  member  of  a  commission  of  three 
to  examine  into  all  the  details  of  London  traffic, 
both  railway  service  and  underground  transit, 
including  the  problems  of  vehicular  traffic,  new 
and  widened  streets,  and  everything  relating 
thereto.  The  associates  of  Mr.  Parsons  upon 
this  commission  are  Sir  John  Wolfe-Barry  and 
Sir  Benjamin  Baker,  the  two  leading  engineers 
of  England.  So  far  as  is  known,  the  appoint- 
ment of  Mr.  Parsons  is  without  a  precedent,  for 
no  foreigner  has  ever  before  received  a  similar 
honor  from  the  British  Government. 

Mr.  Parsons  is  an  active  member  of  the  lead- 
ing engineering  societies,  both  in  this  country 
and  in  Europe.  He  is  actively  interested  in  all 
that  affects  his  city,  his  State,  and  his  nation. 
He  is  a  valued  trustee  of  Columbia  University, 
and  serves  also  as  a  vestryman  of  Trinity 
Church.  Busy  as  he  is,  he  finds  time  to  read 
and  to  reflect,  and  to  enjoy  the  society  of  his 
fellows. 

If  the  younger  men  of  to-day  are  casting 
about  for  careers  upon  which  to  model  their 
own,  they  will  not  go  far  amiss  if  they  study 
the  lessons  of  Mr.  Parsons'  life,  which  is  yet  in 
its  early  prime.     Let  them  take  note  of  the  time 


FOUR  MEN  OF  THE  MONTH:    PERSONAL   TRIBUTES. 


681 


and  effort  spent  upon  laying  a  solid  foundation, 
not  only  pf  professional  knowledge,  but  of  lib- 
eral culture.  Let  them  take  note  of  those  strong 
personal  characteristics  which  led  Mr.  Parsons 
to  stick  to  his  task  without  flinching  after  his 


mature  judgment  had  once  committed  him  to  it. 
Let  them  realize,  too,  that  the  most  truly  suc- 
cessful man  is  not  the  narrow  man,  but  the  man 
who  is  broad  enough  to  touch  life's  interests  at 
many  points. 


II.— DAVID  ROWLAND  FRANCIS. 
BY  FREDERICK  M.   CRUNDEN. 


WHEN  any  great  achievement  meets  our 
eyes  or  comes  to  our  knowledge,  we  have 
good  warrant  to  apply,  with  a  difference,  the  un- 
gallant  French  phrase  and  look  for  the  man.  The 
Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition  stands  before  us 
as  one  of  the  greatest  triumphs  of  civilization 
and  world-wide  cooperation.  It  is  mx>re  than  a 
milestone, — it  is  a  monument.  The  man  is  not 
far  to  seek.  As  I  said  in  a  Review  article 
on  the  Exposition  in  May,  1903  :  "With  due 
credit  to  all  the  other  men  who  have  helped  to 
make  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  St. 
Louis  would  have  had  no  world's  fair  but  for 
David  Rowland  Francis.  .  .  .  There  is  no  other 
man  in  the  State  of  Missouri  who  has  the  rare 
combination  of  qualities  and  characteristics, 
physical,  mental,  and  temperamental,  that  has 
enabled  Mr.  Francis  to  work  up  public  sentiment 
and  bring  to  his  support  a  large  body  of  able 
citizens,  to  secure-  from  Congress  a  grant  of 
five  million  dollars,  to  persuade  legislatures  and 
convince  commercial  bodies,  to  organize  the  ex- 
position and  keep  in  touch  with  every  part  of  the 
administration,  and  finally  to  storm  the  palaces 
of  Europe  and  capture  their  royal  occupants." 

Like  so  many  Missourians,  Mr.  Francis  is  a 
"son  of  Kentucky  and  a  grandson  of  Virginia," 
his  ancestors  on  both  sides  being  among  the  pio- 
neers from  Virginia  who  cleared  the  forests  in 
Kentucky.  From  this  hardy  and  enterprising 
ancestry  he  received  the  magnificent  inheritance 
in  body  and  mind  which  has  enabled  him  to  win 
fame  and  fortune  and  take  his  place  among  the 
great  men  of  the  nation. 

In  1866,  he  came  to  St.  Louis  from  his  birth- 
place in  Richmond,  Ky.,  a  tall,  slender  strip- 
ling of  sixteen.  He  immediately  entered  Wash- 
ington University,  from  which  he  graduated  in 
1870.  After  five  years  of  clerkship  and  a  year 
or  two  of  junior  partnership,  he  founded  the 
D.  R.  Francis  &  Bro.  Commission  Company,  in 
1877,  and  soon  became  known  as  one  of  the 
most  successful  business  men  and  astute  finan- 
ciers in  St.  Louis.  In  1883,  he  was  elected  vice- 
president,  and  the  next  year  president,  of  the 


Merchants'  Exchange,  and  in  1885  he  was  res- 
cued from  the  danger  of  becoming  merely  a 
money-maker  by  receiving  the  Democratic  nom- 
ination for  the  mayoralty.  He  served  in  this 
office  till  1889,  giving  his  time  almost  wholly  to 
his  public  duties,  and  through  his  financial  tal- 
ents securing  to  the  city  the  most  substantial 
benefits.  At  the  close  of  his  mayoral  term,  he 
was  elected  governor,  which  office  he  filled  for 
four  years  with  dignity  and  distinction.  He 
then  returned  to  business  life,  till  he  was  called 
to  fill  the  post  of  Secretary  of  the  Interior  for 
the  last  half-year  of  Cleveland's  second  term. 
In  1876,  he  married  Miss  Jennie  Perry,  daugh- 
ter of  John  D..  Perry.  They  have  six  children, 
all  boys,  two  of  whom  are  married  and  members 
of  the  D.  R.  Francis  &  Bro.  Commission  Com- 
pany. 

When  the  Committee  of  Fifty,  appointed  to 
determine  the  most  appropriate  form  of  cele- 
brating the  Louisiana  Purchase,  decided  on  a 
world's  fair,  every  one  in  the  committee  and  in 
the  community  turned  to  Francis  as  the  natural, 
the  inevitable,  head  of  the  great  undertaking. 
Only  a  man  of  supreme  ability  could  have  pushed 
the  enterprise  through  its  initial  stages,  the  leg- 
islative and  subscription  period  ;  and  only  a 
man  of  indomitable  will  and  energy  would  have 
persisted  in  the  face  of  obstacles  that  confronted 
the  project  at  the  outset. 

Immediately  upon  his  acceptance  of  the  presi- 
dency, he  arranged  for  the  care  of  his  private 
affairs  by  his  brother  and  sons  ;  and  from  that 
time  on  he  has  devoted  his  extraordinary  powers 
of  body  and  mind  to  the  promotion  and  man- 
agement of  the  exposition.  In  the  beginning, 
his  friends  looked  with  concern  on  his  prodigious 
expenditure  of  energy,  and  feared  that  he  might 
not  live  through  the  three  years.  It  was  thought 
that  if  the  work  didn't  kill  him,  the  daily  and 
nightly  dining  and  wining  would  ;  but  gradually 
all  apprehension  was  allayed  as  he  turned  up 
each  morning  with  bright  eye  and  ruddy  cheek 
and  ready  smile,  as  eager  for  the  day's  run  as  a 
Kentucky  colt.     And  what    runs  he   has   had, 


682 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Strauss,  St.  Louis. 

HON.  DAVID    R.   FRANCIS,  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  LOUISIANA   PURCHASE   EXPOSITION. 


maintaining  the  racer's  pace  day  after  day,  from 
ten  in  the  morning  to  twelve  at  night,  consulting 
with  heads  of  departments,  dictating  letters  on 
every  imaginable  subject,  determining  matters 
of  policy  and  deciding  questions  of  great  finan- 
cial magnitude,  receiving  distinguished  officials 
and  deputations,  dedicating  sites,  opening  build- 
ings, and  welcoming  conventions  and  congresses, 
— luncheon  a  business  meeting  and  dinner  an 
official  function,  with  speech-making  all  through 


the  day, — always  on  his  mettle,  always  keyed  up 
to  a  pitch  which  the  average  man  can  sustain 
only  a  few  hours  a  day.  Why  has  he  not  broken 
down  or  showed  signs  of  exhaustion  ?  Because 
he  lias  a  brain  that  handles  large  affairs  with 
ease,  and  a  body  that,  in  spite  of  unlimited  im- 
positions, keeps  that  brain  in  perfect  working 
order  ;  and,  further,  because  he  has  taken  daily 
doses  of  that  greatest  of  all  tonics,  success.  He 
was  not  pulling  a  dead  weight.     "When  he  bent 


FOUR  MEN  OF  THE  MONTH:    PERSONAL   TRIBUTES. 


683 


to  the  oars  lie  felt  the  boat  bound  beneath  him. 
If  the  spontaneity  of  effort  that  springs  from  a 
vigorous  physique  animated  by  an  intense  pur- 
pose ever  flagged  from  fatigue,  it  was  spurred 
anew  by  the  joy  of  triumph.  If  the  powers  that 
stood  the  heat  and  burden  of  the  day  ever  fal- 
tered, the  reserves  came  to  the  rescue  and  all 
marched  forward  with  fresh  courage  and  energy, 
inspired  by  the  thought  that  the  work  they  were 
engaged  in  was  one  of  world-wide  importance 
and  lasting  influence,  that  its  results  would  not 
end  with  the  disappearance  of  the'  gorgeous 
pageant  it  had  created,  but  would  endure  in  a 
better  taste  in  art,  a  higher  ideal  of  civic  and 
domestic  life  throughout  a  vast  region  of  this 
country, — in  the  promotion  of  peace  and  the 
growth  of  mutual  respect  and  fraternal  feeling 
among  the  nations  of  the  earth. 

This  herculean  labor  of  Mr.  Francis  has 
brought  to  him  a  bountiful  return.  Merely  the 
pride  and  joy  of  achievement  would  have  been 
sufficient  reward  ;  but  this  is  not  by  any  means 
the  sole  or  the  chief  recompense.  "When  Mr. 
Francis  assumed  the  task  he  has  performed  with 
such  ability  and  success,  he  was  already  a  dis- 
tinguished man,  a  man  of  wealth,  a  man  of 
affairs,  one  who  had  held  high  official  positions. 
His  experience  in  public  life  had  made  him  a 
good  speaker  ;  he  knew  everybody  in  Missouri, 
and  had  a  large  acquaintance  among  prominent 
men  all  over  the  country.  These  three  years 
have  greatly  developed  his  powers  and  enor- 
mously enhanced  his  reputation.  As  an  execu- 
tive, he  has  been  chief  among  a  score  of  able 
chiefs  ;  as  a  man  of  affairs,  he  has  had  the  im- 
mediate direction  of  undertakings  on  an  immense 
scale,  and  has  dealt  with  millions  as  he  formerly 
did  with  thousands  ;  the  multiplicity  of  interests 
that  have  come  before  him  in  the  creation  of  the 
fair  and  in  the  reception  of  its  visitors  has  added 
greatly  to  his  stock  of  information  ;  constant 
practice  has  developed  a  good  speaker  into  an 
accomplished  orator,  well  informed,  ready,  grace- 
ful, and  forceful ;  finally,  his  fame  has  gone  forth 
to  the  uttermost  parts  of  the  world  ;  he  has  met 
under  the  most  favorable  conditions  many  of 
the  great  of  the  nations,  and  in  few  cases  did  he 
have  to  look  up. 

If  space  permitted,  I  should  like  to  dwell  on  a 
few  striking  incidents  of  Mr.  Francis'  career, — as 
his  appearance  at  the  centennial  anniversary  of 
Washington's  inauguration,  where,  according  to 
the  testimony  of  strangers,  he  presented  the 
finest  figure  in  the  cavalcade  of  governors  and 
generals,  and  his  interview  with  Wrilhelm  II., 
which  secured  from  the  Emperor  the  promise  of 
the  magnificent  exhibit  that  Germany  has  made 
at  the  world's  fair.      His  climax  up  to  the  pres- 


ent (there  are  higher  eminences  ahead)  was,  I 
should  say,  his  presidency  at  the  farewell  ban- 
quet to  the  International  Congress  of  Arts  and 
Science,  on  the  night  of  October  22.  In  the 
grand  banqueting  hall  were  seated  hundreds  of 
learned  and  famous  men  from  all  the  civilized 
nations.  While  each  of  these  men  knew  more 
about  his  specialty  than  the  chairman, — in  some 
cases,  more  than  any  one  else  in  the  world, — 
each  recognized  in  Mr.  Francis  a  savant  in  the 
greatest  of  all  sciences — knowledge  of  mankind. 
These  men  of  science  found  in  him  an  intellect 
of  quick  comprehension  and  broad  grasp  ;  they 
bowed  before  him  and  yielded  to  him  their  ad- 
miration as  a  "  master"  of  men. 

Napoleon  said  that  the  secret  of  conquest 
was  to  have  a  larger  force  than  your  opponent 
at  the  point  of  conflict.  Some  men  have  large 
intellectual  forces,  but  they  are  slow  in  bring- 
ing them  into  action.  The  cause  of  Mr.  Francis' 
success  is  the  fact  that  he  not  only  has  a  mag- 
nificent mental  armament,  but  it  is  always  in 
order  and  on  the  spot  when  it  is  wanted.  He 
wins  victory  before  his  enemy  can  unlimber 
his  guns. 

Mr.  Francis  is  a  man  of  fine  appearance  and 
commanding  presence,  six  feet  in  stature,  broad- 
shouldered  and  deep-chested.  A  clear,  keen 
blue  eye,  a  broad  and  high  forehead,  a  decided 
chin  with  a  marked  indentation  suggesting  a 
lovely  dimple  of  infancy,  and  a  square,  power- 
ful jaw,  make  up  a  striking  physiognomy, — a 
countenance  always  keen  and  alert,  an  eye  that 
never  misses  anything  it  wants  to  see,  an  out- 
spoken, hearty  manner,  an  expression,  ordi- 
narily, of  frank  cordiality,  but  with  immeasur- 
able reserves  that  may  make  it,  upon  occasion, 
as  grim  as  war.  A  man  at  home  in  all  kinds  of 
company,  a  notable  "mixer,"  at  once  winning, 
persuasive,  and  masterful, — persuading  by  ready 
wit  and  clear-cut  argument,  winning  by  his 
magnetic  manner,  and  compelling  by  his  will 
and  the  power  of  his  personality. 

He  is  about  to  make  the  tour  of  the  world,  to  re- 
turn the  visits  paid  on  his  invitation  by  the  nations 
of  the  earth  to  the  United  States  and  to  the  city  of 
St.  Louis.  A\rhat  could  be  a  more  appropriate 
sequel  to  the  latest  chapter  in  his  career  ?  And 
what  traveler  ever  started  out  with  such  assur- 
ance of  a  hearty  welcome  throughout  his  cir- 
cuit !  In  every  country  of  the  globe,  from  sav- 
agery to  the  highest  civilization,  he  will  meet 
men  who  have  been  his  guests,  who  have  shared 
his  hospitality  as  president  of  the  exposition, 
who  have  enjoyed  his  cordial  smile  and  his 
hearty  hand-shake,  and  they  will  give  him  a  wel- 
come such  as  no  American  has  ever  received 
except  General  Grant. 


684 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


III.— GEORGE  B.   CORTELYOU. 


BY  LOUIS  A.    COOLIDGE. 


IT  is  acknowledged  at  the  outset  that  this  is 
a  eulogistic  article.  Nothing  else  could  be 
written  by  one  who  has  been  closely  associated 
with  Chairman  Cortelyou  during  the  trying  days 
of  the  campaign  which  has  just  closed.  There 
could  be  no  finer  test  of  the  quality  of  the  man 
than  that  to  which  he  has  been  subjected  during 
the  last  three  months,  and  that  he  lias  stood  the 
test  is  an  achievement  worth  while. 

When  Mr.  Cortelyou's  selection  to  be  chair- 
man of  the  National  Committee  was  first  an- 
nounced, some  of  the  old  party  managers  were 
inclined  to  criticise  the  President  for  placing  the 
responsibilities  of  the  campaign  upon  inexperi- 
enced shoulders.  It  was  said  by  some  that  the 
appointment  meant  that  the  President  was  to  be 
his  own  campaign  manager,  and  that  Mr.  Cortel- 
you  was  simply  to  act  as  his  representative  at 
headquarters  ;  by  others,  that  we  were  to  have 
an  exhibition  of  amateur  politics,  with  the  nat- 
ural result.  Mr.  Cortelyou  had  not  been  a  week 
in  place  before  those  who  had  been  most  free  to 
criticise  were  equally  free  to  praise.  He  became 
the  master  of  the  situation  quietly  but  instantly. 
The  leaders  whom  he  chose  to  be  associated  with 
him  in  the  management  of  the  campaign  fell 
easily  and  willingly  into  complete  harmony  with 
his  views,  and  they  worked  with  him  zealously 
and  approvingly  until  the  end. 

If  I  were  asked  what  was  Mr.  Cortelyou's 
most  marked  characteristic,  I  should  say  :  Com- 
plete mastery  of  self.  There  was  never  a  mo- 
ment during  the  campaign  when  he  seemed  in 
any  way  discomposed  by  the  developments  of 
the  day.  It  was  as  if  he  had  foreseen  every 
contingency  and  had  prepared  himself  in  ad- 
vance to  meet  it.  Nothing  could  take  him  by 
surprise  or  throw  him  off  his  balance.  His 
self-restraint  was  shown  most  strikingly  in  the 
last  days  of  the  campaign,  when  th?  Democratic 
candidate  adopted  as  his  own  the  irresponsible 
charges  of  yellow  newspapers  and  muddied  the 
political  waters  with  assertions  regarding  the 
President  and  the  chairman  of  the  National 
Committee  which  were  infamous  if  true,  and 
which,  if  not  true,  were  discreditable  to  those 
who  made  them.  The  offenses  charged  were  so 
entirely  foreign  to  the  character  of  the  two  men 
involved  that  they  aroused  hot  indignation 
among  their  friends  and  advisers.  Chairman 
Cortelyou  was  urged  strongly  by  some  of  those 
who  stood  highest  in  the  party  to  deny  the 
charges  and  denounce  them. 


It  was  a  sore  temptation  for  one  whose  first 
purpose  throughout  the  campaign  had  been  to 
carry  on  a  clean  fight,  but  he  was  wiser  than 
those  who  pressed  him.  He  counted  securely  on 
the  native  good  sense  of  the  American  people, 
and  on  their  confidence  in  the  integrity  of  the 
President  and  himself.     And  he  was  right. 

There  has  never  been  a  chairman  of  a  national 
committee  who  kept  so  closely  in  touch  with 
the  innumerable  details  of  the  campaign.  There 
was  no  portion  of  the  field  in  the  States  sup- 
posed to  be  doubtful,  no  matter  how  small, 
upon  which  he  did  not  have  his  eye,  and  con- 
cerning the  conditions  in  which  he  was  not 
familiar.  He  relied  chiefly  upon  his  own 
sources  of  information,  and  there  was  never  a 
time,  even  when  the  wildest  claims  were  put 
out  with  apparent  confidence  from  Democratic 
headquarters,  and  when  Democratic  newspapers 
were  publishing  extraordinary  polls,  that  he  was 
betrayed  into  a  serious  doubt  as  to  the  result. 
When  the  result  came,  he  received  it  as  imper- 
turbably  as  he  had  received  every  other  an- 
nouncement during  the  campaign,  and  without 
delay  prepared  to  adjust  himself  to  the  new 
responsibilities  inevitable  to  success. 

Another  striking  quality  of  Chairman  Cortel- 
you is  his  capacity  for  long  -  sustained  effort. 
Four  years  ago,  Chairman  Hanna  spent  com- 
paratively little  time  at  headquarters,  and  as- 
signed the  details  of  correspondence  and  of  ac- 
tive management  to  others.  It  can  .be  said  of 
Chairman  Cortelyou  literally  that  from  the  day 
of  his  appointment  up  to  the  day  of  election  he 
devoted  every  waking  hour  to  the  active  work 
of  the  campaign.  He  would  keep  at  work  every 
morning  until  2  or  3  o'clock,  and  would  be  at  it 
again  as  soon  as  he  had  breakfasted.  He  had 
no  form  of  recreation,  accepted  no  invitations, 
no  matter  how  attractive,  and  allowed  nothing 
to  divert  him,  even  for  a  moment,  from  the  ex- 
acting work  he  had  in  hand. 

Above  all  things,  Chairman  Cortelyou  insisted 
that  the  campaign  should  be  conducted  on  a  high 
plane,  and  that  nothing  be  done  by  anybody 
connected  with  the  committee  which  would  not 
safely  bear  the  light  of  day.  He  accomplished, 
probably,  what  has  never  before  been  accom- 
plished in  American  politics, — conducted  a  cam- 
paign for  the  Presidency  without  making  a  sin- 
gle pledge  or  promise  to  anybody  as  to  the  course 
of  the  administration  either  in  regard  to  appoint- 
ments to  office  or  to  carrying  out  a  policy.     No 


FOUR  MEN  OF  THE  MONTH:   PERSONAL   TRIBUTES. 


685 


HON.   GEORGE   B.    CORTELYOU,   CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  NATIONAL  REPUBLICAN  COMMITTEE. 


letter  was  written  from  headquarters  by  anybody 
connected  with  the  committee  which  could  not  be 
published  without  embarrassment  ;  no  arrange- 
ment was  entered  into  which  would  have  brought 
discredit  to  the  committee  if  it  had  been  known. 
The  campaign  was  so  clean  and  straightforward 
that  the  opposition  were  befuddled  by  that  very 
circumstance.  It  was  a  situation  so  entirely  dif- 
ferent from  any  with  which  they  were  familiar 
that  they  were  constantly  suspecting  combina- 
tions which  were  never  even  suggested,  and  for 
which  there  could  have  been  no  need.  It  was 
Chairman  Cortelyou's  determination  that  Pres- 


ident Roosevelt's  election  should  come  to  him 
without  the  smirch  of  a  questionable  transaction 
at  any  stage  of  the  campaign.  He  succeeded  far 
beyond  what  he  dared  to  hope,  and  in  doing  so 
he  has  set  a  new  mark  for  the  conduct  of  na- 
tional campaigns  hereafter. 

Forcefulness,  tact,  high  purpose, — these  are 
the  qualities  that  have  made  Chairman  Cortel- 
you  at  forty-two  what  he  is  to-day,  a  recog- 
nized leader  of  the  Republican  party,  a  hope 
and  assurance  to  those  who  look  for  honesty, 
cleanliness,  frankness,  and  fair  dealing  in  our 
national  politics. 


686 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


HON.   WILLIAM    f,.    DOUGLAS,   GOYEKNOK-ELECT  OP   MASSACHUSETTS. 


IV.— WILLIAM    L.  DOUGLAS. 


BY    H.    L.    WOOD. 


AS  the  magnet  draws  steel  and  holds  fast 
thereto,  so  lias  Governor-elect  William  L. 
Douglas  brought  to  himself  the  majority  vote  of 
tli^  State  of  Massachusetts.  A  State  whose  Re- 
publicanism is  so  pronounced  as  to  lie  proverbial 
throughout  the  United  States  turned  in  a  day 
and  gave  to  a  Democratic  candidate  for  gov- 
ernor a  majority  exceeding  by  nearly  one  thou- 
sand votes  that  received  by  a,  Republican  last 
year.  It  was  a  changes  that  stunned  the  Repub- 
licans, who  had  given  credence  of  such  a  result 
neither  to  \V.  L.  Douglas  nor  to  any  other  man. 


It  was  a  breaking  of  political  tradition  that  had 
hardly  been  given  place  among  the  possibilities 
by  Republican  leaders.  There  was  not  that 
sweep  of  enthusiasm  which  would  give  inkling 
of  so  marked  a  triumph,  and  the  election  over- 
turn, in  the  quiet  ballot  war,  came  more  as  a 
shock,  to  the  unsuspecting.  Significance  is  added 
in  the  realization  that  the  benefit  accruing  from 
this  overturn  all  came  to  the  governor-elect.  It 
was  the  victory  of  a  man,  not  of  a  party.  For 
in  tin;  same  ballot-boxes  where  reposed  the 
votes    that    gave    Mr.    Douglas   a   plurality   of 


FOUR  MEN  OF  THE  MONTH:  PERSONAL   TRIBUTES. 


687 


36,000  was  found  for  Theodore  Roosevelt,  the 
Republican  Presidential  candidate,  a  plurality 
of  89,000  votes.  This  diversity  is  the  remark- 
able feature  of  the  election,  and  Mr.  Douglas 
occupies  a  resultant  position  that  is  unique,  for 
it  is  doubtful  if  there  is  another  man  in  the  old 
Bay  State  to-day  who  could  have  won  a  like 
triumph. 

While  there  were  issues  in  the  campaign  which 
worked  toward  the  success  of  Mr.  Douglas,  it  is 
to  the  power  of  a  personality  that  touched  the 
people  and  brought  from  all  classes  a  support 
that  was  phenomenal  that  his  election  is  primarily 
due.  The  Canadian  reciprocity  issue,  which  Mr. 
Douglas  made  his  campaign  theme,  had  some- 
what to  do  with  his  selection.  So  did  the  labor 
agitation  against  Governor  Bates,  the  Republican 
candidate,  for  his  veto  of  the  so-called  "  over- 
time "  bill.  But  neither  of  these  were  sufficient 
of  themselves  to  bring  to  Mr.  Douglas  those 
thousands  of  Republican  votes  which  placed  him 
above  high-water  mark  in  the  result.  Rather 
was  it  the  widespread  knowledge  of  the  man 
himself,  and  of  his  life  and  character.  There  is 
in  human  nature  a  liking  for  a  "man,"  used  in 
that  sense  which  is  most  comprehensive,  with  a 
coupling  of  true  qualities  of  integrity  and  justice 
toward  all.  There  is  a  love  of  the  plain,  demo- 
cratic, and  every-day  sort  of  citizen  whose  life- 
record  has  demonstrated  these  sterling  qualities, 
and  in  Mr.  Douglas  the  voters  of  the  State  found 
such  a  candidate. 

The  birthplace  of  Mr.  Douglas  was  in  his- 
toric Plymouth,  Mass.  It  was  on  August  22, 
1845,  that  he  was  born,  and  his  early  years  were 
spent  on  one  of  the  small  and  barren  farms  of  the 
southern  section  of  that  town.  When  the  boy 
was  but  five  years  of  age,  his  father  died  at  sea, 
and  two  years  later,  his  mother  being  unable  to 
support  him,  he  was  given  into  the  care  of  his 
uncle  under  an  apprenticeship,  to  learn  the  trade 
of  shoemaking.  This  apprenticeship  lasted  un- 
til he  was  sixteen  years  of  age,  and  when  he 
graduated  from  his  uncle'slittle  shop  he  was  a  full- 
fledged  shoemaker,  and  was  accounted  a  particu- 
larly good  one.  A  year  before  he  left  his  uncle, 
it  is  told  that  he  was  able  to  build  a  complete 
pair  of  brogans  such  as  were  worn  at  that  time. 
During  this  time,  he  assisted,  when  he  could,  in 
the  support  of  his  mother  and  the  other  children 
of  the  family,  and  many  a  small  sum  from  the 
apprentice,  secured  here  or  there,  found  its  way 
into  the  hands  of  the  mother.  When  sixteen 
years  of  age,  he  went  to  South  Braintree,  and 
was  for  three  years  with  Ansel  Thayer,  where 
he  learned  to  bottom  shoes.  With  a  love  of  ad- 
venture that  comes  to  one  naturally  at  that  age, 
he  determined  to  make  his  way  West,  and   in 


1864,  with  the  fever  strong  upon  him,  bade 
good-bye  to  his  friends  of  the  East  and  started 
for  Colorado.  Those  were  the  days  of  toilsome 
journeys  across  the  Western  plains,  and  from  Ne- 
braska to  Denver,  a  distance  of  six  hundred  and 
fifty  miles,  the  young  man  trudged  beside  a 
prairie  schooner,  driving  the  four-ox  team.  He 
rounded  out  his  trade  by  serving  a  further  ap- 
prenticeship in  Colorado  with  a  custom  shoe- 
maker, and  then,  in  company  with  Albert  Stud- 
ley,  of  Scituate,  Mass.,  conducted  a  custom  boot 
and  shoe  store  at  Golden  City,  Colo.  Three 
years  of  Western  life  was  sufficient  for  the  young 
man,  and  returning  to  his  native  town  of  Plym- 
outh, in  1867,  he  spent  the  next  three  years 
working  at  his  trade. 

A  characteristic  of  Mr.  Douglas  is  a  deter- 
mination to  progress  that  balks  at  no  difficulty, 
and  this  was  exemplified  when,  having  noticed 
the  development  of  Brockton  as  a  shoe-manu- 
facturing center,  he  went  there  in  1870  and 
secured  employment  as  superintendent  of  the 
factory  of  Porter  &  Southworth.  This  position 
he  retained  until  1875,  when  the  firm  failed, 
and  thereafter  he  continued  for  a  time  with 
their  successors.  With  a  capital  of  $875,  saved 
from  his  earnings  in  the  shoe  shop,  Mr.  Douglas 
began  manufacturing  shoes  on  his  own  account 
in  1876,  commencing  in  one  lai"ge  room,  and  from 
that  small  start  he  has  built  up  a  business  which 
is  the  largest  of  its  kind  in  the  world.  Nearly 
three  thousand  employees  are  on  his  payroll. 

Above  the  medium  height,  with  a  well-filled 
frame,  Mr.  Douglas  has  a  presence  that  is  com- 
manding, yet  not  forbidding.  The  face  is  full 
and  smooth,  bearing  the  passage  of  time  easily. 
The  forehead  is  high,  above  the  steel-blue  eyes, 
and  the  head  is  bald,  with  close-cut  gray  hair 
about  the  lower  part,  and  the  governor-elect  wears 
a  full  gray  mustache.  The  face,  the  figure,  im- 
press one  and  beget  a  second  look  as  he  passes  on 
the  street.  Late  years  have  brought  a  noticeable 
stoop  to  the  once  erect  figure,  but  his  step  is  as 
elastic  and  the  virility  of  the  man  is  as  pronounced 
as  that  of  many  who  are  younger  in  years. 

Mr.  Douglas  will  carry  to  the  State  House 
an  ability  that  is  one  great  essential  to  every 
business  success,  and  that  has  been  largely  in- 
strumental in  the  upbuilding  of  his  private 
interests.  It  is  an  ability  to  read  men  and  to 
select  those  best  fitted  to  carry  out  his  wishes, 
with  an  interest  close  to  his  own  in  their  accom- 
plishment. He  has  the  faculty  of  getting  men 
who  feel  an  interest  in  their  work  that  is  akin 
to  his.  With  this  ability  utilized  in  the  selec- 
tion of  his  advisers  in  the  administration  of 
State  affairs,  his  rule  as  governor  of  Massachu- 
setts is  promising  of  marked  success. 


688 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


PASTOR   CHARLES   WAGNER. 

LOne  of  the  strongest,  sweetest,  most  helpful  characters  who  have  visited  our  shores  from  abroad  for  years  is  Pastor 
Charles  Wagner,  the  author  of  the  now  famous  work,  "The  Simple  Life."  Pastor  Wagner,  who  has  just  completed  a 
two  months'  lecture  tour  of  the  United  States,  on  the  Invitation  of  President  Roosevelt,  is  an  Alsatian,  leader  of  the 
French  Liberal  Protestant  movement,  and  author  of  a  number  of  books  which  have  achieved  immense  popularity. 
His  "Simple  Life"  is  a  plea  for  more  wholesome,  less  complex,  less  artificial,  existence.  A  brief  sketch  of  Pastor 
Wagner's  career  and  an  outline  of  his  work  appeared  in  an  article  in  the  Review  of  Reviews  for  September.] 


THE  ARRIVAL,  OF  THE   FIRST  WHITE  MAN. 

(A  scene  from  the  play  of  "  Hiawatha,"  as  presented  at  Desbarats,  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Huron.) 

HIAWATHA,"  AS  THE  OJIBWAYS  INTERPRET  IT. 

BY   WILLIAM  C.    EDGAR. 


DESBARATS,  Ontario,  is  a  little  village  on 
the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  a  short  dis- 
tance from  Sault  Ste.  Marie.  Here  the  Ojibway 
Indians  annually  produce  their  play  of  "  Hia- 
watha" during  the  pleasant  months  of  summer. 
If  one  go  thither  in  a  critical  spirit,  he  will 
easily  discover  ample  opportunity  for  fault-find- 
ing, and  may  return  whence  he  came  without 
having  derived  very  much  pleasure  from  the 
performance.  If  it  please  him  to  do  so,  he  may 
note  that  the  fire  on  the  island  stage  is  kindled 
by  means  of  the  ordinary  sulphur  match  of  com- 
merce, and  that  the  iron  pot  swinging  above  it 
is  too  obviously  from  the  village  store.  As 
Hiawatha,  very  erect  and  stalwart,  brave  in  his 
elaborately  beaded  garments,  with  his  handsome 
feather  headdress  reaching  down  his  sinewy 
back,  asks  the  pretty  and  demure  Minnehaha  to 
be  his  bride,  at  the  wigwam  of  the  ancient  Arrov; 
Maker,  the  eye  should  be  kept  closely  upon  the 
actors,  otherwise,  out  of  the  "  tail  "  of  it,  may  be 
seen  the  cook  of  the  hotel,  in  his  white  apron 
and  cap,  doing  a  wholly  irrelevant  "turn,"  in 
which  a  chicken,  intended  for  dinner,  partici 
pates,  to  its  ultimate  decapitation.  Again,  the 
cliff,  from  the  top  of  which  Pan- Puk-Keewis 
hurls  defiance  to  Hiawatha  and  his  friends,  is 
often  but  scantily  covered  with  green  shrubs. 
and  betrays  by  many  a  flapping  bit  of  black  can- 


vas that  in  its  construction  the  Great  Spirit  has 
operated  rather  too  plainly  through  the  hand 
of  the  native  carpenter. 

If,  however,  the  visitor  be  willing  to  disre- 
gard the  tittering  whispers  of  an  irreverent 
audience,  and  to  pass  over  as  inconsequential 
the  numerous  imperfections  in  stage  manage- 
ment,— if,  instead  of  making  note  of  all  these 
trivialities,  he  will  look  toward  the  noble  back- 
ground of  the  stage,  with  its  wide  stretch  of 
deep,  sunshiny  lake  terminating  in  the  islands, 
rocky  based  and  verdure  crowned,  which  gem 
the  bosom  of  the  Georgian  Bay,  retaining  in 
his  ears,  to  the  exclusion  of  all  extraneous 
sounds,  the  melancholy  refrain  of  the  chorus  set 
up  by  the  tribe  as  its  canoes  circle  the  stage,  it 
will  be  strange  if  he  does  not  carry  away  some 
haunting  memories  which  will  return  after  many 
days  with  singular  insistence  and  sweetness, 
bringing  back  with  them  the  odor  of  the  wilder- 
ness and  fragments  of  half-remembered  chants 
echoing  from  wooded  hills  over  still  and  shining 
waters. 

At  best,  the  charm  of  this  Indian  play  is 
elusive  and  subtle,  but  it  is  there  for  those  who 
seek  it,  and  who,  by  a  little  experience,  learn 
just  when  to  be  deaf  and  unseeing,  what  is  best 
to  ignore,  and  how  to  avoid  sundry  obtrusive  in- 
terruptions to  the  perfect  enjoyment  of  this  ab- 


GOO 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


original   drama.      To  do  this  a  little   practice  is 
necessary,  but  in  the  end  it  is  worth  the  while. 
If  one  should   chance  to  come  to  Desbarats, 

not  when  the  garish  light  of  day  exposes  all  its 
shortcomings  with  pitiless  exactness,  but  on  a 
summer's  night,  with  the  moon  climbing  up  he- 
hind  the  islands,  lie  would  approach  the  scene 
in  the  ideal  way.  Leaving  the  station,  he  would 
take  his  way  to  the  straight,  narrow  river 
flowing  between  banks  of  fragrant  rushes  into 
the  great  lake.  Down  this  stream,  canoe  carried, 
he  should  proceed  to  the  spot  where  the  Indian 
tepees  make  a  semicircle  on  the  hillside — the 
old,  old  camping- place  of  the  0  jib  ways.  After 
he  lias  sought  rest  in  the  snug,  clean  inn,  weary 
from  the  day's  journey,  he  may  be  so  fortunate 
as  to  hear  the  Indians,  in  the  grove  back  of  his 
lodge,  singing  their  own  songs  in  their  own  way, 
as  they  sit  before  their  wigwams  in  the  moon- 
light. It  sometimes  happens  thus,  and  with  such 
a  lullaby  the  most  unimaginative  may  easily 
find  himself  sinking  to  sleep  with  strange  visions 
•of  the  original  Americans  and  their  pagan  wood- 
land rites  passing  through  his  drowsy  mind. 

In  the  afternoon,  about  the  ordinary  matinee 
time,  wild  whoops  are  heard  from  the  direction 
•of  the  lakeside,  not  far  from — in  fact,  much 
too  near — the  hotel.  This  is  a  signal  that  the 
show  is  about  to  begin.  The  audience,  usually 
a  small  one,  straggles  up  the  hill,  buys  tickets 
from   the  white  man  near  the  gate,  and  enters 


"  M1NNKHAI1A"   ANI>  "  111  AWATHA,"   AS  THEY    APPEAR    IN   T11K   PLAT. 


the  inclosura  Here  an  Indian,  in  full  dress. 
resplendent  in  skins  and  feathers,  takes  the 
tickets  and  acts  as  usher.  Au  extra  charge  is 
made  for  reserved  seats,  which  are  rude  benches 
under  a  shed,  protected  from  the  heat  of  the 
sun  and  the  sudden  summer  showers.  A  > 
to  contribute  as  liberally  as  possible  to  the  ex- 
chequer of  the  company  shoulu  move  one  to 
purchase  the  higher  priced  ticket,  but  having 
done  his  duty  by  the  treasurer,  he  should  by  all 
means  escape  from  the  inclosure  and  occupy  the 
farther  end  of  a  certain  weather-beaten  old  log: 
which  lies  just  outside.  Here  he  may  escape 
the  comments  of  the  audience  and  enjoy  the 
proceedings  in  peace.  This  is  undoubtedly  "the 
best  seat  in  the  house,"  with  the  blue  dome  of 
heaven  for  its  ceiling  and  the  pebbles  of  the 
beach  for  its  carpet. 

Mr.  L.  0.  Armstrong,  who  has  spent  his 
summers  for  many  years  on  an  island  close  by, 
is  responsible  for  the  production  of  the  play  of 
"  Hiawatha."  Ten  years  ago,  he  was  traveling 
in  an  open  boat  along  the  north  shore  of  Lake 
Huron,  nearly  thirty  miles  from  Sault  Ste.  Marie. 
As  night  fell,  he  came  upon  a  group  of  islands, 
and  pitched  his  camp  on  one  of  them.  When 
he  awoke  the  next  morning,  he  found  the  lake 
covered  with  canoes,  and  looking  across  to  the 
mainland,  discovered  it  to  be  the  camping- 
ground  of  a  tribe  of  Indians.  He  became  ac- 
quainted with  the  natives  and  found  them  kindly 
disposed.  Later,  he  built 
himself  a  shelter  on  the  isl- 
and, and  invited  the  Ojib- 
ways  to  visit  him.  He  won 
their  confidence  and  g 
will,  and  in  the  coursi 
many  long  and  friendly 
talks,  learned  that  the  le 
gend  of  Hiawatha  was  not 
unfamiliar  to  them.  He 
read  parts  of  Lorn 
poem  to  his  red  guests,  and 
they  verified  and  corrected 
it.  He  then  undertook  to 
obtain  the  Indian  version 
of  the  story,  and  in  this, 
a  Iter  patient  effort  and  much 
tact,  he  finally  succeeded. 
He  was  surprised  to  find  how 
cdose  a  similarity  existed  be- 
tween Longfellow's  inter- 
pretat  ion  and  the  legendary 
lore  of  the  Indians  them- 
selves. 

Out  of  this  acquaintance 
grew  the  idea  of  playing 
"  1  liawatha."    and     its    first 


HIAWATHA"  AS  THE  OJIBWAYS  INTERPRET  IT. 


691 


presentation  was  given  in 
1899,  before  members  of 
the  Longfellow  family,  who 
have  since  testified  to  their 
enjoyment  of  the  event. 
Since  then,  Mr.  Armstrong 
has  succeeded  in  elaborat- 
ing the  play  somewhat,  but 
the  Indians  are  loath  to  de- 
part from  their  own  no- 
tions, and  resent  innova- 
tions of  any  kind.  There  are 
several  additional  scenes  in 
Hiawatha's  history  which 
might  perhaps  be  given  with 
excellent  dramatic  and  mu- 
sical effect,  but  the  actors 
decline  to  present  them. 
Particularly  and  emphatic- 
ally, they  refuse  to  portray 
the  great  famine  and  the 
death  of  Minnehaha,  nor  will 
they  sing  her  death  chant. 
Tiny  maintain  that  the  cos- 
tumes, dances,  and  songs  of 
the  play  as  it  is  now  given 
are  correct,  and  any  sug- 
gestions to  alter  them  in 
the  slightest  particular  are 
disregarded.  It  is  clear  that 
the  Indians  give  their  own 
interpretation  of  the  Hia- 
watha legend,  and  they  cer- 
tainly go  about  it  in  a  seri- 
ous and  conscientious  way. 
1  n  harmony  with  this  spirit. 
one  may  take  it  or  leave  it, 
but  beyond  certain  limita- 
tions, determined  by  the  In 
dians  themselves,  it  is  im- 
possible to  extend  or  vary  the  play,  although, 
this  year,  the  demands  of  the  gallery  have  been 
met  by  Pau-Puk-Keewis  to  the  extent  of  inter 
polating  a  modern  laughing  song,  translated  into 
Indian,  an  innovation  that  is  far  from  com- 
mendable. 

The  auditorium  is  a  natural  amphitheater  on 
the  shore  ;  the  stage,  a  small  artificial  island, 
about  a  hundred  feet  distant,  at  one  end  of  which 
stand  the  lodge  and  wigwam  of  Nokomis.  A 
few  branches  of  trees  are  placed  at  intervals 
along  the  back  of  the  stage.  To  the  left,  on  the 
mainland,  a  very  good  imitation  of  a  cliff  has 
been  constructed.  This  is  covered  with  dark 
canvas,  and  is  so  masked  behind  pine  trees,  vines, 
ami  shrubs  that  it  appears  to  be  a  natural  prom 
ontory,  towering  far  above  the  audience,  and 
overhanging  at  its  peak  the  deep  water  of  the  lake. 


SHOWANO    (A   FULL-BLOODED  OJIBVVAY)    AS   "HIAWATHA." 


The  scenery  surrounding  this  little  stage  is 
the  most  magnificent  of  any  theater  on  the  con 
tinent,  its  background  being  the  rocky  islands 
of  the  Georgian  Bay  These  rise  steep  and 
clear  cut  from  the  edge  of  the  shining  waters, 
and  are  covered  with  brilliant  foliage.  Bold- 
featured  and  picturesque,  these  islands,  m  their 
strong  coloring,  stand  as  if  they  had  been  pre- 
pared for  the  use  of  some  mighty  prehistoric 
scene  shifter,  and  are  far  more  artificial  in  ap- 
pearance  than  the  wooden  cliff  which  the  In- 
dians themselves  have  made.  This  beautiful 
spot  has  for  generations  been  the  camping 
ground  of  the  Ojibways,  and  is,  therefore,  most 
appropriate  for  the  purpose  they  have  now  put 
it  to.  Back  of  the  stand  where  the  spectators 
sit  rises  a  gentle  slope,  crowned  by  a  semicircle 
of    tepees.     All    this,    on   a  fair  summer  after- 


692 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


noon,    makes    an    ideal   setting  for   the    Indian 
play. 

The  cast  of  characters  includes  Hiawatha,  Min- 
nehaha, Pau-Puk-Keewis,  Chihiabos,  lagoo,  Noko- 
mis,  the  Arrow  Maker,  and  some  of  the  minor  char- 
acters in  Longfellow's  poem.  Including  the 
papoose  and  two  small  boys,  about  forty  usually 
take  part  in  the  presentation.  A  conscientious 
fidelity  to  the  Indian's  own  conception  of  the 
various  parts  distinguishes  the  acting,  which  is 
obviously  untutored  and  genuine. 

The  acts  include  the  assembling  of  the  tribes 
upon  the  island,  the  infancy  and  youtli  of  Hia- 
watha, his  wooing,  the  wedding  feast,  the  treach- 
ery, disgrace,  and  pursuit  of  Pau-Puk-Keewis, 
the  arrival  of  Black  Robe,  and  the  final  depar- 
ture of  the  hero  of  the  play. 

Showano,  a  full-blooded  Ojibway,  with  a  really 
fine  idea  of  the  character,  presents  Hiawatha 
He  is  graceful,  dignified,  and  courtly,  and  pos- 
sesses a  certain  charm  which  is  singularly  win- 
ning,— an  Indian  of  the  rare  Fenimore  Cooper 
type.  Until  this  year,  the  part  of  Minnehaha 
was  taken  by  his  wife,  who  was  a  most  attract 
ive  young  woman.  These  two  came  to  know 
and  love  each  other  through  the  production  of  the 
drama,  in  which  they  represented  the  two  most 


OLD  "NOKOM1S"  WITH  BABE,  "HIAWATHA,"  IN  HER  ARMS. 


important  characters.  Two  years  ago,  they  were 
married,  but  last  winter  Minnehaha  died,  and 
Showano  experienced  too  profoundly  some  of  the 
grief  of  the  hero  he  portrays.  The  mimic  represen- 
tation of  Hiawatha's  life  has  realized  in  this  sor- 
rowful incident  a  very  near  approach  to  the  story 
as  Longfellow  has  told  it.  The  modern  Hiaioatha 
mourns  sincerely  for  the  lost  Minnehaha,  and 
his  grief  has  given  to  his  acting,  this  year,  a  mel- 
ancholy and  pathetic  quality  which  is  very  touch- 
ing. The  present  Minnehaha  is  a  young  sister 
of  Showano's  late  wife. 

Although  she  is  over  eighty  years  old,  Noko 
mis  is  still  alert  and  agile.  She  does  her  part 
with  great  spirit  and  evident  enjoyment.  Good 
nature  beams  from  her  keen  old  eyes,  and  her 
feet  can  and  do  still  trip  a  lively  measure  in  the 
village  dances.  As  she  stands  at  the  door  of  her 
wigwam,  rocking  the  infant  Hiawatha  in  his  odd 
cradle,  she  sings  a  very  ancient  lullaby,  used 
from  time  immemorial  in  her  own  tribe.  This 
is  none  other  than  the  Indian  version  of  Long- 
fellow's "  Ewa-yea  !      My  little  owlet  !  " — 

"  Hush,  the  naked  hear  will  get  thee  ! 
Ewa-yea  I    My  little  owlet ! 
Who  is  this  that  lights  the  wigwam — 
With  his  great  eyes  lights  the  wigwam? 
Ewa-yea  !    My  little  owlet!" 

The  wTooing  of  Minnehaha 
is  very  prettily  and  most 
effectively  portrayed.  Hia- 
watha announces  his  inten- 
tion of  seeking  a  bride 
among  the  Dakotas,  and. 
disregarding  the  protests  of 
Nokomis  and  his  people,  de- 
parts in  his  canoe.  He 
reaches  the  mainland,  and 
passes  along  the  trail  before 
the  audience  to  the  tep< 
the  ancient  Arroiv  Maker, 
which  stands  at  the  extreme 
left,  near  the  shore.  Within 
sits  the  demure  Minnehaha, 
and  near  the  entrance  the 
Arroio  Maker,  busy  at  his 
trade  The  suitor  pa 
in  the  little  grove  on  the 
hillside  to  send  an  arrow 
into  a  deer,  and  bearing 
newly  slain  gift  upon  his 
shoulder,  he  appeals  before 
the  wigwam.  The  Arrow 
Maker  makes  him  welcome, 
and  Minnehaha  gives  •■  them 
drink  in  bowls  of  bass 
wood."  After  obtaining 
the  consent  of  the  Arrow 
Maker,     Hiawatha    and    his 


"HIAWATHA"  AS  THE  OJIBIVAYS  INTERPRET  IT 


693 


*4      '*'       .      "      *.- 

/ 

-*5R^ 

|V 

» 

<B 

§J 

1'>JV 

/i 

: 

I 

■ 

- 

| 

1      mm,.. 

<-*#**.„. ..    ^^ 

"HIAWATHA"   SHOOTING   THE  DEER  WHICH    HE  LAYS  AT 
THE  FEET  OF   "MINNEHAHA." 

"bride  start  homeward  in  their  canoe,  making  a 
romantic  picture  as  they  speed  swiftly  over  the 
lake,  while  the  old  man  stands  in  the  doorway 
of  his  lonely  home  and  moralizes  on  the  de- 
parture of  his  pretty  daughter  with  the  "youth 
with  flaunting  feathers.1' 

When  the  couple  arrive  at  the  village  there 
is  a  series  of  wedding  festivities,  serving  to  in- 
troduce several  Indian  songs  and  dances  which 
are  very  unique.  Old  Nokomis  acts  as  hostess 
at  the  wedding  feast,  and  calls  upon  a  shy  little 
dusky  maid  to  sing.  She  responds  with  "The 
Lake  Sheen,"  a  quaint  and  tuneful  melody. 
Pau-Pak-  Keewis  performs  his  beggar's  dance, 
and  Chibiabos  chants  in  a  melodious  voice.  Va 
rious  Indian  rites  are  presented  in  connection 
with  this  scene,  which  is  full  of  curious  and  in- 
teresting Ojibway  customs.  Minnehaha  disap- 
pears shortly  after  the  wedding  feast,  the  In- 
dians declining  to  present  any  later  incidents  m 
her  history. 

Pau-Pak- Keewis  is  both  the  low  comedian  and 
the  heavy  villain  of  the  play.  The  part  was 
taken  this  year  by  a  lively  and  accomplished 
Iroquois,  who  enters  into  it  with  the  greatest  zest 
and  shows  much  dramatic  ability.  The  act  which 
follows  Hiawatha's  wooing  depicts  the  mischief- 
making  proclivities,  love  of  gambling,  and  trick- 
ery of  "the  handsome  Yenadizze."     Having  been 


discovered  cheating,  he  escapes  the  vengeance  of 
the  village  by  hiding.  While  the  warriors  are 
away  hunting,  he  returns  to  taunt  and  insult  the 
women.  Nokomis  recalls  the  absent  hunters  and 
Pau-Puk- Keewis  takes  flight.  Then  follows  a 
very  thrilling  man-hunt,  which,  culminates  in  a 
spectacular  dive  from  the  top  of  the  cliff  into 
the  lake  below. 

In  the  next  act,  lagoo  tells  the  tribe  what  he 
has  seen  during  his  travels, — of  the  canoe  with 
wings,  out  of  which  came  the  lightning  and 
thunder,  and  of  the  warriors  with  hair  upon 
their  chins  and  faces  painted  white.  All  save 
Hiawatha  mock  him  ;  but  the  hero  confirms  his 
story,  having  seen  the  same  wonderful  things  in 
a  vision.  Soon  thereafter  comes  Black  Robe,  the 
missionary  priest,  bearing  the  cross.  Hiawatha 
welcomes  him,  and  intercedes  in  his  behalf  with 
the  tribe,  whicli  finally  receives  him  in  friend- 
ship. With  the  coming  of  the  missionary,  the 
forerunner  of  the  white  man's  civilization,  Hia- 
watha's work  is  finished.  In  sonorous  language 
and  with  eloquent  gesture,  he  bids  farewell  to 
his  people  and  prepares  to  take  his  final  depar- 
ture "to  the  portals  of  the  sunset." 

The  play  closes  with  a  most  effective  and 
beautiful  scene, — the  passing  of  the  Ojibway 
messiah, — a  picture  that  will  remain  long  in  the 
memory  of  the  spectator  and  haunt  him  with 
its  fascinating  melancholy.  When  Hiawatha 
steps  into  his  birch-bark  canoe  and  begins  his 
death-chant,  the  sun  has  declined  until  its  rays 
make  a  glittering  pathway  leading  into  the 
islands  of  the  west.  As  he  moves  from  the 
shore  without  the  aid  of  oar  or  paddle  (the  boat 
being  carried  forward  by  means  of  an  unseen 
sunken  cable),  the  wailing  voices  of  the  war- 
riors and  squaws  take  up  the  refrain.  The  de- 
parting chief  stands  erect,  with  his  face  toward 
the  setting  sun.  His  voice  is  deep,  clear,  and 
musical.  Holding  his  paddle  aloft,  he  sings, 
mournfully  : 

"  Mahnoo  ne-nah  nin-ga-mah-jah, 
Mahnoo  ne-nah  nin-ga-mah-jah ; 
Hiawatha,  ne,  nin-ga-de-jah. 

Mahnoo  ne-nah  nin-ga-mah-jah,  neen, 
Hiawatha,  neen,  nin-ga-de-jah." 

His  boat  moves  rapidly  westward,  the  tribe 
and  the  chief  chanting  antiphonally.  The  scene 
is  inexpressibly  sad  and  beautiful,  beyond  words. 
The  eyes  of  the  watchers  are  fastened  upon 
the  stalwart  figure  in  the  disappearing  canoe, 
but  soon  the  sun's  rays  dazzle  them  and  the 
hero  disappears  in  a  glorious  blaze  of  gold. 
Far,  far  away,  from  the  unseen  distance,  from 
the  "  Islands  of  the  Blessed,"  faintly  come  the 
last  notes  of  the  departed  Hiawatha,  and  thus 
ends  the  play. 


THE  REMAKING  OF  A  RURAL  COMMONWEALTH. 


BY  CLARENCE   H.    POE. 
(Editor  of  The  Progressive  Farmer.  Raleigh,  N.  C.) 


THE  population  of  the  United  States  is  still 
chiefly  rural.  Barely  two-fifths  of  our 
76,000,000  inhabitants,  according  to  the  Census 
of  1900,  dwell  outside  our  ''country  districts." 
The  "Man  with  the  Hoe"  is  still  the  represent- 
ative of  the  most  numerous  class  of  our  popula- 
tion. 

But  this  class  has  not  wielded  power  com- 
mensurate with  its  numbers.  It  has  not  con- 
tributed its  full  share  to  the  forward  movements 
of  the  last  century.  It  has  not  kept  pace  with 
the  march  of  modern  progress.  And  plain  as 
the  condition  is,  the  cause  is  equally  plain.  Isola- 
tion and  Illiteracy  have  shackled  the  country- 
dweller.  His  remoteness  from  railroad  and 
telegraph  and  printing-press — his  physical  isola- 
tion— has  largely  shut  him  out  from  contact  with 
the  material  forces  which  have  revolutionized 
city  life,  while  the  inefficiency  of  his  schools,  his 
inadequate  education,  has  kept  him  in  intellec- 
tual isolation, — has  largely  shut  him  out  from 
contact  with  the  powerful  new  influences  in  all 
branches  of  science  and  trade  and  industry. 

Now,  however,  these  conditions  are  changing. 
Isolation  and  Illiteracy,  the  ancient  enemies  of 
rural  progress,  are  going  down  before  well- 
planned  movements  for  better  public  schools, 
better  country  roads,  rural  mail  delivery,  rural 
telephones,  public  school  libraries,  agricultural 
teaching,  etc.  To  describe  these  new  forces  as 
they  appear  in  one  Southern  State,  and  to  picture 
through  them  the  remaking  of  a  rural  common 
wealth,  is  the  object  of  this  paper. 

THE    IMPROVEMENT    OF    THE     PUBLIC     SCHOOLS. 

Let  us  glance  first  at  the  work  for  better  pub- 
lic schools,  for  the  school  is  tin  bidex  of  a  peo 
pie's  progress.  Six  years  ago,  a  distinguished 
North  Carolinian,  now  editor  of  a  magazine  of 
international  reputation,  said,  in  a  public  address 
delivered  in  this  State  :   "The  doctrine  that  we 

are  loo  poor  to  maintain  schools  has  kept  us 
poor.  It  has  driven  more  men  and  more  wealth 
from  the  State  and  kept  more  away  than  any 
other  doctrine  has  ever  cost  us — more  even  than 

the  doctrine  of  secession."  This  lesson  we  have 
now  learned,  and    all    the   better    because    it    has 

been  taughi  by  the  stern  old  master  whose  school 

is  yet  as  dear  as  it  was  m   Poor   Richard's  daw 

We     have    found     that     the     lnetlicienc  y    of    our 


GOV.  CHARLES  II.   A.VCOCK,   OK  NORTH  CAROLINA 

(The  sturdy  advocate  of  improved  (list  rict  schools  for  whites 
and  blacks  in  his  State.) 

schools  is  a  two-edged  sword,  which  both  impels 
emigration  and  repels  immigration.  And  while 
from  the  days  of  the  Revolution  until  now  there 
has  been  handed  down  from  sire  to  son  a  deep 
and  abiding  dread  of  taxes,  we  have  at  last  come 
to  see  that  the  indirect  tax  levied  by  ignorance 
is  more  burdensome  than  any  direct  tax  ever 
levied  to  maintain  schools.  The  last  Legisla- 
ture found  it  necessary  to  issue  bonds  in  order 
lo  free  the  State  from  debt,  but  it  did  not  d 
to  reduce  tin1  school  tax  rate  of  1  !>  cents  on  each 
$100  worth  of  property,  or  to  repeal  the  spe- 
cial appropriation  ol  $200,000  for  aiding  the 
weaker  common  schools.  On  the  contrary,  larger 
amounts  for  the  State's  educational  work  w 
cheerfully  voted.  Within  the  last  live  years,  the 
average  length  of  school  term  for  both  white 
and  black  races  has  been  increased  more  than, 
10  per  cent.,  while  the  number  of  districts  vot- 


THE  REMAKING  OF  A  RURAL  COMMONWEALTH. 


095 


PROFESSOR  B.   W.    K1LGORE. 

(Director  of  the  North  Caro- 
lina Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station.) 


DR.  CHARLES   W.   BURKETT 

(The  leader  in  agricultural 
education  in  North  Caro- 
lina.) 


DR.  GEORGE  T.  WINSTON. 

(A   champion  of    industrial 
education  in  the  South.) 


HON.   JAMES  Y.  JOYNER. 

(State  superintendent  of 
public  instruction.) 


ing  special  local  taxes  lias  doubled  within  the 
last  twelve  months. 

There  is  also  a  constantly  growing  demand 
for  better  schoolhouses.  In  1902,  three  times 
as  many  new  buildings  were  erected  as  in  1901, 
and  last  year  and  this  the  movement  has  gone 
forward  by  leaps  and  bounds  under  the  stimulus 
of  the  Schoolhouse  Loan  Fund  of  #200,000  set 
apart  by  the  Legislature  of  1903.  From  this  fund 
any  rural  district  may  borrow  one-half  the  cost 
of  its  new  school  building, — the  loan  to  bear  4 
per  cent,  interest  and  to  be  repaid  in  ten  annual 
installments.  As  fast  as  the  money  is  returned 
it  will  be  loaned  to  other  districts.  At  this 
writing,  more  than  #100,000  of  the  fund  has  been 
called  for,  and  Superintendent  Joyner  believes 
that  the  entire  amount  will  be  used  before  the 
Legislature  reassembles. 


Consolidation  of  school  districts  is  also  doing 
much  to  promote  the  improvement  of  buildings 
and  the  lengthening  of  terms.  Two  or  more 
weak  districts,  whose  sparse  populations  and 
small  areas  have  meant  shabby  houses  and  poor 
teachers,  join  their  forces,  erect  an  attractive 
building,  and  employ  one  or  more  efficient  teach- 
ers. A  fine  illustration  of  what  has  been  ac- 
complished in  this  way  is  furnished  by  the 
Pleasant  Hill  District,  in  Henderson  County, 
photographs  of  the  old  and  new  buildings  accom- 
panying this  article.  Here  three  districts  were 
consolidated,  a  special  tax  levied,  and  the  new 
two-thousand-dollar  building  completed  in  Sep- 
tember, 1903,  half  the  money  being  borrowed 
from  the  Schoolhouse  Loan  Fund.  The  follow- 
ing letter,  dated  October  11,  1904,  briefly  tells 
the  result  :    "  In  the  old  building,  with  an  enroll- 


%*&.' 

A. 

& 

4*1 

■%L*  SPv/^v^j 

-  . 

- 1  \ 

*mLS*X&' 

i^t 

^^^^    -*«jff  \        £ 

--r'^r~ 

. 

\ r  -  Hnt^HlLi'  -:"E 

~ 

I 

' ' 

^£&t-  + 

WSj 

The  old  building.  The  new  building. 

THE  OLD   AND  THE  NEW  PLEASANT   HILL  PUBLIC  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS,   HENDERSON  COUNTY,   NORTH   CAROLINA. 


COG 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


merit  for  the  district  of  about  one  hundred  and 
twenty  pupils,  there  was  an  average  attendance 
of  forty  or  fifty  children  for  a  four  months' 
term,  and  usually  with  poorly  prepared  teach- 
ers. In  the  new  building,  last  year,  with  the 
consolidated  district,  there  was  an  enrollment  of 
about  one  hundred  and  sixty-five  children,  with 
three  good  teachers,  for  a  four  months'  term, 
and  with  an  average  attendance  of  about  ninety 
children.  This  yea)-,  the  school  has  started  off 
for  a  six  months'  term,  and  has  one  hundred 
and  eighty  children  enrolled,  and  an  average 
attendance  for  the  first  month  of  about  one  hun- 
dred and  thirty,  some  of  the  children  coming 
three  miles  to  take  advantage  of  the  new  school. 
T  would  state  also  that  this  has  been  so  strong 
an  object  lesson  to  other  districts  that  two  other 
similar  schools  will  be  finished  and  dedicated 
within  a  few  weeks,  and  several  other  districts 
are  now  calling  for  elections  on  the  special  school 
tax  and  will  probably  build  this  coming  year." 

BETTEK    METHODS    OF    RURAL    EDUCATION. 

But  the  leaders  of  the  North  Carolina  cam- 
paign  for  better  schools  have  not  been  unmind- 
ful of  the  fact  that  there  is  grave  need,  not  only 
of  an  increased  quantity  of  rural  education,  but 
also  of  an  improved  quality  of  rural  education.  In 
fact,  our  people  have  been  so  long  content  with 
a  small  quantity  largely  because  they  have  had 
a  poor  quality.  The  curriculum  has  not  been 
adapted  to  the  needs  of  country  children.  "  Ev- 
ery book  they  study,"  said  one  of  our  college 
presidents,  two  years  ago,  "leads  to  the  city; 
every  ambition  they  receive  inspires  them  to 
run  away  from  the  country  ;  the  things  they 
read  about  are  city  things  ;  the  greatness  they 
dream  of  is  city  greatness."  To  this  misfit 
scheme   of   instruction    the   long-prevalent    idea 


that  the  farmer  does  not  need  school  training 
must  be  largely  attributed.  But  now  the  spirit 
of  the  school  is  changing.  Henceforth  it  is  to 
lay  hold  on  the  life  of  its  pupils.  In  North 
Carolina,  agriculture  and  nature  study  now  have 
a  place  in  the  curriculum,  and  the  text-book, 
"Agriculture  for  Beginners."  written  by  three 
professors  in  the  State  College  of  Agriculture 
and  Mechanic  Arts,  is  winning  favor  wherever 
it  is  introduced.  For  the  first  time,  the  farm- 
er boy  is  to  learn  from  his  text-books  that 
education  may  be  applied  to  work  in  the  fields 
and  orchards  as  well  as  to  work  in  the  stores 
and  counting-rooms.  How  much  this  is  to 
mean  in  increased  agricultural  wealth  it  is  im- 
possible to  estimate,  but  probably  an  even  great 
er  gain  is  to  be  made  in  the  farmer's  changed 
attitude  toward  his  calling.  For  great  will  be 
the  change  when  he  comes  to  see  no  longer  the 
dull,  unmeaning  tasks  of  yesterday,  but  life  and 
mystery  in  every  farming  operation,  and  the 
sublimest  forces  of  nature  allied  with  him  in  his 
daily  work.  It  should  also  be  said  just  here 
that  not  only  in  the  public  schools  is  agricultu- 
ral education  receiving  attention,  but  at  the 
A.  &  M,  College  a  magnificent  new  agricultural 
building, — one  of  the  finest  and  best-equipped 
college  buildings  in  the  whole  South, — is  now  in 
process  of  erection. 

SCHOOL    LIBRARIES. 

One  other  recent  educational  innovation  should 
have  attention  before  I  pass  on  to  other  sub 
jects.  This  is  the  rural  school  library  plan. 
The  State  Literary  and  Historical  Association 
was  barely  able  to  get  the  measure  through  the 
G.eneral  Assembly  of  1901,  but,  as  finally  pa 
$5,000  was  set  apart  to  aid  500  libraries, — $10 
to  be  given  to  each  school  whose  patrons  would 


nil 

E^^^^K 

»*  i 

■VI' 

"• 

The  <>!<!  "  Araih'im  ." 


The  new  school  building. 


THK    (il. I)    BCHOOLHOUSB,   snow  II 1 1. 1,.   QREENE    COUNTY,    NORTH    CAROLINA,   BUILT  IN   L850,    AM'    USED    UNTIL  THE    SPRING   Of 
1904,  and  Till.  m:\\    BCHOOL  BUILDING  ERECTED,  A  !•  K\\   MONTHS  AGO,   ISA  RESULT  OF  THE  CONSOLIDATION  OF  DISTRICTS. 


THE  REMAKING  OF  A  RURAL  COMMONWEALTH. 


697 


THE   NEW   AGRICULTURAL   BUILDING   OF  THE  AGRICULTURE  AND   MECHANIC   ARTS   COLLEGE, 

WEST   RALEIGH,  NORTH  CAROLINA. 

(This  building,  now  in  process  of  erection,  will  be  three  stories  high,  208  feet  long,  and  splendidly  equipped.) 

raise    at    least    $10,   and   appropriate   $10   from  law.                            '                                              1904. 

,,     .          ,        ,    ,.        ,    ,               .            ii      ..           ,,  ,       i  Raised  bv  local  taxation. 

their  school  lund,  to  start  a  collection  ot  books  ;  $135,000 $330,000 

provided,  however,  that  not   more  than   $60   of  Public  School  Fund. 

the   $5,000   State  appropriation   should  be  used      $7n2,702 ■-; $1,765,362 

-                               »  .i_         •       .                                              Tvi  Value  Public  School  property. 

for  any  one  ot  the  ninety-seven  counties,     r  rom  sui53,3ll 81,869,890 

the  first  the  idea  was  surprisingly  popular,  and  _  '   _                     Spent  for  new  houses. 

when   the   Legislature   met   last   year,    eighteen  mm $170,420 

.!           -.          ,,                           .   •,.          ,                   °       .,  Number  log  houses. 

months  after  the   appropriation    became  availa-  1,132 508 

ble,  more  than  three-fourths  of  the  counties  had  Districts  without  houses. 

reached   the  money  limit  fixed  by  law.      Under      953 ', 52? 

the  act  of  1903,  $5,000  was  set  apart  to  aid  500      659,629 .'.C..0°..POP.U.a. !°n' 673.774 

new  libraries  and  $2,500  to  aid  schools  wishing  Enrollment. 

to  enlarge  libraries   already  established.     And      400'452 — mm 

public  interest  continues  unabated.      Three  years      206,918 ......?. fl . .en. „f.C.^". 261,149 

ago,  probably  less   than  a   score   of  rural  public  Salary  white  teachers. 

schools  had   attempted   to   begin  a  collection  of  S24'99 *28-:w 

1        1           ,      e                    ,1                          »    ,,              .,                  -1  Number  school  libraries. 

books  ;    betore   another   year,    fully   a   thousand  n 840 

will  have  libraries.     And  in  every  case  they  have  Volumes  in  libraries. 

quickened  the  interest  and  widened  the  horizon  ° To'000 

of  the  pupil,  and    increased  the  efficiency  of  the  •  THE  movement  for  good  roads. 
school.      Manv  a  child   whom   the   dull   drill  of 

the   text-books  would    never   have  readied   has  Next  to  tne  tax  levied  by  illiteracy,  the  heavi- 

heen  aroused  and  inspired  by  contact  with  some  (,st  tax  paid   by  North  Carolina  heretofore  has 

poet,  traveler,  historian,  or  scientist,  who  speaks  heen  its  mud  tax,— diminished  value  for  every 

through  these  library  volumes.  product  of  farm,  or  forest,  or  quarry  because  of 

the  bad  roads  fixed   between  it  and  its  market  ; 

an   exhibit  of  PROGRESS.  diminished  power  for  every  brain  and  for  every 

The  following  statement,  just  issued  by  the  8^lled  ^  1,,rause  °, ,  t]f  Wiei's  between 
Hon.  J.  Y.  Joyner,  State  ' superintendent  of  them  and  the  great  world  of  action.  Now  how- 
public  instruction,  presents  m  very  vivid  fashion  ever>  weAa?  llt('ra|1>7  ^ginning  to  mend  our 
the  results  of  the  educational  awakening  in  W-  And  *wo  f^ts,— first,  that  well-built 
M-_tL  n„„„u„„  roads  are  costlv  ;  second,  that  they  serve  more 
-\i>)tn  ^aiolina  :  J  ].              ',       .,/.,, 

than    one   generation, — make   it   plain   that   the 

1900  1904 

Length  of  school  term.  issue  of   bonds  is  the  most  practicable  plan  of 

14'lweeks I7.0weeks  progress<      The  last  Legislature   accordingly  ar- 

Number  ot  local  tax  districts.  j     *                  11          3       1      j_-                  n  ?, 

30 229  ranged    tor   road- bond   elections  in  fifteen  coun- 


698 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


TEAMS   HAULING   LOADS  OF  COTTON  OVER   AN    IMPROVED   ROAD. 


ties,  the  issues  ranging  from  $50,000  to  $300,- 
000.  We  discovered  long  ago  that  the  nearer 
land  is  to  market  and  church  and  school  the 
greater  is  its  value  and  the  more  profitable  is  its 
product.  A  no  less  notable  truth  we  have  since 
learned, — that  in  practice  nearness  is  a  matter 
of  hours  and  minutes  rather  than  of  miles  and 
furlongs  :  the  farmer  is  near  any  place  which  he 
can  reach  cheaply  and  quickly,  while  he  is  far 
from  any  place  to  which  transportation  is  slow 
and  costly.  If,  therefore,  he  improves  his  roads 
so  that  he  can  travel  to  town  with  twice  as  much 
speed  as  formerly  and  transport  his  products  at 
half  the  former  cost,  he  gets  for  land  and  busi- 
ness all  the  increase  in  value  that  he  would  get 
by  cutting  the  distance  in  half.  To  all  intents 
and  purposes,  he  moves  near  town  and  takes  his 
farm  with  him.  Meaning  neither  abandoned 
country  homes  nor  overcrowded  city  slums,  this 
new  and  wiser  "rural  emigration"  is  profitable 
to  both  town  and  country. 

RURAL    MAIL    DELIVERY    AND    TELEPHONES. 

Closely  allied  with  the  matter  of  highway  im- 
provement is  the  extension  of  the  rural  mail  de- 
livery service,  the  most  important  and  success- 
ful effort  to  help  the  country  resident  that 
the  national  government  lias  ever  made.  Even 
now,  when  the  New  York  man  may  outdo  Tuck 
by  put  ting  a  girdle  about  the  earth  in  ten  minutes 
(as  Mr.  Mackay  actually  did  some  months  ago), 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  farmers  get,  mail  from 
offices  visited  only  two  or  three  times  a  week  by 

"  star  route "  carriers.  To  obtain  a  reply  from 
a  neighbor  al  the  nearest  office  requires,  under 
the  most  favorable  conditions,  at  least  half  a 
week,  and  the  newspapers  are  stale  before  they 
reach  the  reader.  Moreover,  the  farmer  must, 
often  travel  several  miles  over  had  roads  to  get 
the  benefit  of  even  this  poor  service.  Bui  rural 
iwr  delivery  is  steadily  reducing  the  number  of 
communities.     Atone  hound  it  has  set  for 


ward  many  a  neighborhood 
a  full  score  of  years.  An  in- 
terview I  had  some  time  ago 
with  the  carriers  on  the  three 
Raleigh  routes  (which  had 
then  been  in  operation  a  lit- 
tle less  than  a  year)  furnishes 
a  striking  illustration  of  what 
the  system  is  accomplishing. 
The  carrier  on  Route  Xo.  1 
reported  that  in  five  months 
the  number  of  newspapers 
subscribed  for  by  people 
along  his  route  had  almost 
doubled.  The  carrier  on 
Route  No.  2  was  delivering 
seventy-five  weekly  papers  and  forty-three  dailies 
to  people  who,  a  tew  months  before,  had  been 
reading  only  twenty-four  weeklies  and  fourteen 
dailies.  In  the  territory  covered  by  Route  Xo. 
3,  there  had  been  an  increase  of  more  than  60 
per  cent,  in  the  number  of  weeklies  read,  while 
the  number  of  farmers  taking  dailies  had  grown 
from  one  to  thirty-three.  And  the  number  of 
rural  free  delivery  routes  is  steadily  growing. 
Three  years  ago,  there  were  less  than  a  dozen 
routes  in  all  North  Carolina  ;  before  January  1, 
we  shall  have  nearly  or  quite  one  thousand,  sev- 
eral entire  counties  being  even  now  covered  by 
the  service. 

Hardly  less  valuable  is  the  rural  telephone 
system.  This  is  yet  in  its  infancy,  hut  it  has  a 
great  future.  Already  in  one  North  Carolina 
county  nearly  every  land-owning  farmer  has  a 
telephone.  Here  the  country  residents  were 
talking  about  the  attack  on  President  McKmley 
within  two  hours  after  Czolgosz  fired  the  fatal 
shot  in  Buffalo.  They  keep  in  close  touch  with 
the  markets.  They  can  confer  with  doctor,  or 
merchant,  or  neighbor  without  loss  of  time  and 
labor.  The  women  and  children  find  farm  life 
much  less  lonely.  Crime  has  decreased  because 
criminals  find  it  almost  impossible  to  escape  cap- 
ture. And  the  cost,  has  been  trifling.  The  farm- 
ers nave  a  cooperative  company  ;  they  cut  t! 
own  poles,  string  their  own  wire,  and  conduct 
all  the  business.  This  is  the  record  of  Union 
County,  and  what  Union  has  done  other  coun- 
ties will  do. 

farmers'  clobs  and  scientific  agriculture. 

Moreover,  we  are  now  reorganizing  the  Fann- 
ers' Alliance,  with  its  political  features  elimi- 
nated, (hie  <A'  these  days  we  shall  have  thou- 
sands of  such  fanners'  cluhs  in  all  parts  of  the 
State — neighborhood  organizations  of  the  farm- 
ers and  their  families  meeting  at  the  school- 
houses  once  iir  twice  each   month.      These   clubs 


THE  REMAKING  OF  A  RURAL  COMMONWEALTH. 


699 


A   RURAL  SCHOOL  LIBRARY   IN   DURHAM  COUNTY,   NORTH  CAROLINA. 

(Three  years  ago,  there  were  not  a  score  of  rural  school  libraries  in  the  State  ;  to-day,  there  are  nearly  one  thousand.) 


will  quicken  the  social  life  of  the  communities 
and  will  take  the  lead  in  all  matters  looking  to 
neighborhood  improvement.  They  will  do  much 
to  promote  the  very  movements  of  which  I  have 
been  speaking  •  all  will  work  together  for  better 
schools  and  better  schoolhouses,  better  roads 
and  better  mail  facilities,  better  farming  meth- 
ods and  a  more  beautiful  country  life.  Years 
ago,  we  had  similar  organizations  in  nearly  every 
township,  but  politics  wrecked  most  of  them. 
\Ye  are  now  building  anew,  and  more  durably 
than  before,  even  if  somewhat  more  slowly. 

Some  other  progressive  forces  of  which  I 
should  like  to  speak  I  must  pass  over  with  only 
a  word  or  two  of  comment.  Our  State  Board 
of  Agriculture,  our  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  our  A.  &  M.  College,  and  our  agricul- 
tural papers  are  doing  much  to  hasten  the  com- 
ing of  practicable,  profitable,  scientific  farming. 
Diversification  of  crops  is  taking  the  place  of 
the  ruinous  one-crop  system  of  other  days.  Im- 
proved machinery,  better  methods  of  cultiva- 
tion, and  wiser  feeding  and  fertilizing  practices 


are  winning  their  way  into  all  sections.  The 
agricultural  faculty  of  the  A.  &  M.  College  has 
been  greatly  strengthened,  and  the  number  of 
students  in  the  agricultural  courses  has  increased 
300  per  cent,  within  the  last  three  years.  Farm- 
ers' institutes,  in  the  summer  months,  are  bring- 
ing the  agricultural  educators,  experimenters, 
and  scientists  into  actual  touch  with  the  men 
behind  the  plows.  The  manufacture  and  sale 
of  liquor  in  rural  districts  has  been  forbid- 
den by  State  statute,  thus  insuring  greater  so- 
briety and  less  law-breaking.  Finally,  the  South- 
ern Education  Board  is  accomplishing  much  good 
by  its  system  of  educational  rallies,  while  the 
Woman's  Society  for  the  Improvement  of  Coun- 
try Schoolhouses  and  Grounds  is  admirably  ful- 
filling the  mission  indicated  by  its  title. 

THE    OLD-TIME    FARMER    AND    HIS    MODERN 
PROTOTYPE. 

Let  us  cast  a  parting  glance  at  the  typical  old- 
time  farmer.  Two  or  three  months  in  each  year 
there  being  practically   nothing   to   do   on   the 


700 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


farm,  be  sent  his  children  to  the  little  one-room 
schoolhouse.  There  the  pupils  recited  mechan- 
ically from  text-books  saturated  with  city  ideas 
and  city  ideals — hooks  in  winch  the  beauties  and 
wonders  of  agriculture  and  nature  study  found 
n<>  place.  The  city  allured  the  more  ambitious 
pupils  ;  the  others  turned  blindly  and  stolidly 
to  tasks  whose  deeper  meaning  was  never  to  be 
revealed  to  them.  Ancient  and  costly  farming 
methods  remained  unchanged,  for  the  "  Man 
with  the  Hoe "  was  content  witli  the  ways 
of  the  fathers.  Four  or  five  days  in  each 
year,  this  farmer  helped  to  fill  up  the  larger 
ruts  in  the  roads,  but  there  was  no  permanent 
highway  improvement.  Season  after  season  bad 
roads  kept  him  from  profitable  trips  to  market ; 
times  innumerable  they  kept  his  isolated  family 
from  needed  visits  to  friends  and  relatives. 
Once  a  week,  possibly  twice,  some  one  went  to 
the  little  crossroads  post  office  to  get  the  letters 
and  papers — if  perchance  there  should  be  any  ; 
these  trips  were  not  regular  or  frequent,  because 
each  one  meant  the  loss  of  half  a  day  from 
work.  With  such  a  slow  and  costly  system, 
that  the  farmer  wrote  few  letters  and  took  few 
papers  is  not  surprising.  Then,  too,  if  he  wished 
to  summon  a  doctor,  speak  to  a  neighbor,  or  order 
from  his  merchant,  a  slow  horseback  trip  over 
bad  roads  was  the  only  available  means  of  com- 
munication ;  the  rural  telephone  was  not  dreamed 
of.  But  the  tragedy  of  this  man's  life  was  that 
he  was  a  drudge,  a  mechanical  "slave  to  the 
wheel  of  labor."  He  was  blind  to  the  beauty  of 
rural  life  and  ignorant  of  the  wonderful  natural 
forces  with  which  he  had  to  deal. 

How  different  the  progressive  farmer  of  to- 
day !     Five  months  in  each  year  his  children  go 


to  school,  and  the  teaching  has  given  them  a  new 
interest  in  their  environment  and  in  their  daily 
work.  The  old  one-room  schoolhouse  has  given 
way  to  an  attractive  modern  structure.  In- 
stead of  an  occasional  book  bought  from  the  itin- 
erant agent  or  borrowed  from  a  neighbor,  the 
school  library  puts  the  choicest  of  literary  treas- 
ures at  the  disposal  of  the  whole  family.  The 
old  gullied  highway  is  gone  and  a  well-graded 
road  sweeps  by  the  farmer's  house.  Instead 
of  the  weekly  paper  and  the  occasional  letter 
brought  from  the  old  post  office,  the  rural  mail- 
carrier  brings  a  city  daily  each  morning,  and 
letters  and  magazines  in  refreshing  abundance. 
To  confer  with  a  neighbor  no  longer  means  a 
ride  of  an  hour  or  two  ;  one  or  two  minutes  at 
the  telephone  suffices.  Other  advantages  have 
followed.  With  better  school  methods  have 
come  more  regular  attendance  and  more  enthu- 
siastic pupils  ;  better  roads  and  increased  travel 
have  developed  a  new  pride  in  the  appearance 
of  grounds  and  buildings  ;  with  better  mail  fa- 
cilities there  is  more  thought  as  to  the  quality 
of  the  periodical  literature.  And  on  this  man's 
farm  there  is  no  drudgery.  Knowledge  has  en- 
nobled every  task,  and  to  him  "every  common 
bush  is  afire  with  God."  His  are  the  advan- 
tages of  both  town  and  country.  Pan  still  pipes 
by  the  riverside,  while  the  ring  of  the  telephone 
and  the  distant  shriek  of  the  locomotive  mingle 
with  the  music  of  his  flute. 

Do  not  understand  me  to  say  that  the  new- 
farmer  here  portrayed  is  as  yet  the  typical  ru- 
ralist.  He  is  not,  by  any  means.  The  old-time 
farmer  is  yet  many  times  as  numerous.  But  the 
future  is  with  the  new  farmer.  The  modern 
leaven  will  yet  leaven  the  whole  lump. 


AGRICULTURAL  OOLLEGK  STUDENTS  JUDGING   HORSES. 


THE    HAWAIIAN    SUGAR    PRODUCT. 


BY   LEWIS   R.    FREEMAN. 


HAWAII,  second  only  to  Cuba  and  Java  in 
the  world's  sugar  production,  has  achieved 
tliis  enviable  position  in  less  than  twenty  years 
of  scientific  cane-culture.  Sugar  was  first  made 
there  by  a  Chinaman,  on  the  island  of  Lanai,  in 
1802.  His  crude  product  was  used  in  the  man- 
ufacture of  rum,  then  in  great  demand  by  the 
whaling  fleets  that  foregathered  at  Honolulu. 
The  first  mill  was  put  in  operation  on  Kauai 
thirty  years  later,  the  cane  having  been  raised 
on  ground  broken  by  native-drawn  plows.  The 
rolls  were  driven  by  oxen. 

Centrifugals  were  first  employed  on  the  island 
of  Maui  in  1  Sol,  a  steam  plant  following  ten  years 
later.  Contract  coolie  labor  was  introduced  from 
China  at  about  the  same  time,  but  the  coolies 
were  sent  home  at  the  expiration  of  their  terms 
of  service  because  of  the  jealousy  their  presence 
a  loused  among  the  natives.  Succeeding  levies 
of  coolies  were  better  received,  but  the  labor 
problem  is  still  one  of  the  greatest  worries  of 
the  Hawaiian  planter. 

Sugar-planting  as  an  industry  dates  from  the 
signing  of  the  reciprocity  treaty  with  the  United 
States  in  1876,  by  which  all  raw  sugars  were  ad- 
mitted free  of  duty.  The  1875  crop  of  twelve 
thousand  tons  was  multiplied  many  times  in  the 
next  decade,  considerable  capital — mostly  island 
— was  invested,  and  systematic  methods  came 
into  general  use.  Serious  depression  followed 
the  passage  of  the  McKinley  bill,  which  removed 
the  duty  from  all  foreign  raw  sugars  and  placed 
a  bounty  upon  the  home-grown  beet  product, 
but  an  immediate  rally  followed  the  practical 
restoration  of  the  old  conditions  by  the  Wilson 
and  the  Dingley  bills,  and  a  period  of  prosperity 
was  entered  upon  for  Hawaii,  which  continued 
unchecked  until,  at  the  beginning  of  the  new 
century,  a  fall  in  prices  resulted  from  a  combina- 
tion of  causes. 

Annexation,  while  of  immeasurable  benefit  to 
the  Hawaiian  sugar  industry  in  assuring  its  fu- 
ture under  a  stable  government,,  dealt  it  a  severe 
blow  in  precluding  the  possibility  of  further 
importation  of  contract  labor.  Many  Japanese, 
at  the  termination  of  their  contracts,  fared  on 
to  California  and  Washington,  while  the  wage 
of  those  remaining  has  been  gradually  forced 
up  from  the  $12.50  per  month  prevailing  in 
1898  to  $17  and  $18.  Portuguese  and  Porto 
Ricans,  at  the  same  ratio  of  increase,  are  now  re- 


ceiving $20  and  $22.  Labor,  particularly  since 
irrigation  has  been  the  rule,  is  by  far  the  largest 
item  in  the  planter's  expense  account,  and  the 
added  burden  has  been  more  than  commonly 
irksome  from  the  fact  that  Cuba  and  Java  are 
growing  their  sugar  with  five  and  six  dollar 
labor. 

To  offset  this  handicap  is  the  remarkable  thor- 
oughness of  Hawaiian  methods,  notably  those  of 
growing.  Mills,  uniformly  as  complete  and 
modern  in  equipment  as  the  best  of  their  for- 
eign prototypes,  are  supplied  from  fields  of 
great  natural  fertility,  which  irrigation  and  in- 
tensive cultivation  have  brought  to  a  degree  of 
productiveness  not  approached  by  the  record 
yields  of  other  countries.  A  crop  average  of 
ten  and  one  quarter  tons  of  sugar  to  each  of 
four  thousand  acres  is  the  record  of  one  planta- 
tion on  the  island  of  Oahu,  whose  mill  is  but  a 
few  miles  from  the  city  limits  of  Honolulu. 
Fifteen  and  sixteen  tons  to  the  acre  on  the  best 
land  of  the  same  plantation,  year  after  year,  is 
an  achievement  of  which  many  foreign  planters, 
still  refuse  to  acknowledge  the  possibility. 

THE    POTENCY    OF    IRRIGATION. 

Irrigation  has  been  the  most  potent  single  ele- 
ment operating  to  bring  about  these  great  yields 
and  extend  the  available  area  of  cane  land. 
The  twenty  thousand  acres  comprising  the  land 
of  the  plantation  in  question  and  its  two  neigh- 
bors, situated  on  the  leeward  or  dry  side  of  the 
Oahu,  were  rated  as  absolute  waste  until  the  dis- 
covery that  they  were  underlaid  with  artesian 
water,  and  capable  of  being  irrigated  by  it,  made 
cane-growing  possible. 

In  1882,  a  careful  and  apparently  comprehen- 
sive government  report  gave  the  sugar  crop  for 
the  island  of  Oahu  as  3,000  tons  for  that  year, 
and  stated  that  with  economy  and  scientific  man- 
ufacture it  might  ultimately  be  increased  to 
.'5,500.  Twenty  years  later,  in  1902,  the  output 
or  this  island's  sugar  mills  was  107,870  tons,— 
two  hundred  and  eight  times  the  outside  limit 
of  increase  allowed  in  the  estimate  of  the  gov- 
ernment agent. 

This  astounding  increase  was  due  in  part  to 
manufacturing  improvements.  The  addition  of 
two  roller  mills  to  the  original  three  in  use  up 
to  1885,  and  the  substitution  of  the  nine-roller 
mill  for  the  latter,  effected  an  approximate  sav- 


702 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


IRRIGATED  AND  TTNIRRIGATED  SUGAR  CANE  OF  THE  SAME  AGE. 


ing  of  20  per  cent,  in  extraction.  Improved 
chopping  and  shredding  apparatus  and  hot  water 
maceration  have  also  done  their  part.  This  year, 
mechanical  crystallization  machines,  first  success- 
fully used  in  the  Java  mills,  have  been  installed, 
and  are  found  to  accomplish  the  work  satisfac- 
torily in  less  than  a  hundredth  of  the  time  for- 
merly required. 

But  to  irrigation  the  credit  of  the  greatest 
portion  of  the  increase  is  due.  The  heavy  pro- 
ducing plantations  on  the  leeward  sides  of  the 
islands  owe  their  existence  to  artificially  applied 
water,  and  those  on  the  windward  or  rainy  sides 
trace  a  large  swelling  of  their  output  to  the  same 
agent.  Arid  lands  in  Hawaii,  as  in  western 
America,  never  having  been  subjected  to  the 
leaching  drains' of  heavy  rainfall,  are  of  unusual 
richness  in  limes,  phosphates,  and  other  soluble 
elements  required  in  plant  growth  ;  hence  the 
success  attendant  upon  the  irrigation  of  such 
lands  is  not  to  he  wondered  at. 

Considerable  water  is  distributed^  where  the 

watersheds  are  of  suflieient  extent  to  warrant  it. 


by  reservoir  and  ditch.  On  Maui,  a  canal  has 
been  dug  along  the  slopes  of  the  great  extinct 
crater,  Haleakala,  and  a  heavy  flow  of  ware!' 
brought  twenty-two  miles,  crossing  deep  gulches, 
by  trestle  and  inverted  siphon,  for  distribution 
over  the  thirsty  cane  fields  on  the  opposite 
of  the  island.  Kauai  is  completing  a  ditch  of 
almost  equal  capacity,  and  on  the  windward  side 
of  Oahu  several  smaller  ones  are  in  operation 
In  some  instances,  where  a  good  fall  has  come 
easy  to  hand,  electrical  power  generated  by  the 
irrigation  water  has  found  ready  use  in  mill  and 
pumping  plant. 

COSTLY    PUMPING    SYSTEMS. 

Unfortunately,  where  irrigation  is  most  need 
ed, — on  the  leeward  slopes,  —  precipitation 
sufficient  to  make  the  development  of  surface 
water  possible.  Here  pumping  the  artesian  il" '■ 
has  been  resorted  to.  and  with  greal  success 
The  pumps  are  huge  steam-driven  affairs,  of 
either  the  centrifugal  or  multi-valvular  type,  and 
are  mostly  sunk  in  pairs.      The  pumping  system 


THE  HAWAIIAN  SUGAR  PRODUCT. 


703 


of  the  Ewa  plantation,  from  the  fields  of  which 
the  record  yields  have  been  obtained,  consists  of 
fortv-two  wells  of  an  average  depth  of  G50  feet, 
drawn  on  by  seven  pumping  stations,  represent- 
ing an  aggregate  expenditure  of  $1,750,000. 
Their  capacity  is  75.000,000  gallons  per  day, 
raised  to  a  height  of  from  LOO  to  M00  feet  above 
the  station  levels.  One  pump  alone,  an  im- 
mense Riedler.  has  a  diurnal  capacity  of  24,000,- 
000  gallons. 

This  system  of  irrigation  is  enormously  ex- 
pensive, and  nothing  but  the  immense  returns 
obtained  would  justify  it.  Formerly,  the  pump- 
ing engines  were  fed  with  New  Zealand  coal,  cost- 
ing ten  dollars  a  ton,  but  the  recent  introduction 
of  California  crude  oil  has  effected  a  consider- 
able saving.  The  pumping  expense  increases  at  a 
startling  ratio  with  the  height  of  the  lift,  as  the 
disastrous  experience  of  ambitious  planters  en- 
deavoring to  irrigate  by  raising  their  water  much 
in  excess  of  three  hundred  feet  will  testify. 

The  Ewa  plantation's  expense  account  of  1901 
shows  a  total  acreage  expense  approximating 
$300,  apparently  a  ruinous  figure  until  one  per- 
forms the  simple  multiplication  of   lOi  the  acre 


yield    in   tons,  by  the 
the  open  market. 


each  ton  brought  in 


FREQUENT     REPLANTING. 

The  eighteen  months'  growth  allowed  each 
Hawaiian  sugar  crop',  and  the  fact  that  "  rattoon- 
ing"  (leaving  the  field  to  a  second  volunteer 
growth)  is  seldom  carried  beyond  one  season, 
are  both  important  elements  in  the  large  yields. 
Even  on  some  of  the  windward  plantations, 
where  the  crops  depend  entirely  upon  rainfall, 
the  acreage  production  is  steadily  beyond  that 
of  other  sugar  countries.  If  a  "  rattoon  "  field 
is  not  deemed  capable  of  producing  thirty  tons 
of  cane  (the  equivalent  of  from  three  to  four 
tons  of  sugar)  to  the  acre,  it  is  torn  up  and 
"  plant  "  set  out.  In  other  countries,  notably 
in  Cuba  and  Louisiana,  growers  often  allow 
cane  to  run  for  ten  and  even  fifteen  years,  with 
a  steadily  diminishing  yield,  rather  than  go  to 
the  expense  and  trouble  of  setting  "plant." 

CANE    TRANSPORTED    TO    MILL    BY    WATER    FLUMES. 

The  great  rainfall  of  the  island  of  Hawaii, 
the  heaviest  producer  of  the  group,  obviates  the 


A  GROUP  OF  PORTO  RICAN,    KOREAN,  JAPANESE,    AND  PORTUGUESE  WOMEN,    FIELD    HANDS  ON   A  SINGLE  PLANTATION   ON 

THE   ISLAND  OF  MAUI,   HAWAII. 


704 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


FIELD,   MILL,   AND   HOUSES  OF  LABORERS  ON  A   KAUAI   ISLAND   PLANTATION 


necessity  of  artificial  irrigation.  Water,  how- 
ever, plays  an  important  part  in  the  nse  it  is 
put  to  in  "fluming"  cane  to  the  mills, — a  proc- 
ess which,  where  possible,  does  away  entirely 
with  the  steam  railway.  The  initial  cost  of  a 
flume  is  generally  much  less  and  never  greater 
than  that  of  a  railroad,  and  the  ultimate  saving 
is  very  great.  The  item  of  rolling  stock  is  en- 
tirely eliminated,  together  with  the  cost  of  oper- 
ation and  repair.  Portable  flumes  are  used  as 
feeders  to  the  permanent  ones,  after  the  manner 
of  the  movable  tracks,  and  are  lighter  and  more 
easily  handled.  The  flume  requires  no  skilled  la- 
bor in  its  operation,  and  the  efficiency  and  dispatch 
with  which  it  delivers  the  cane  put  every  other 
system  out  of  the  question  when  a  working  head 
of  water  can  be  maintained  at  a  reasonable  cost. 


RAVAGES    OF    THE    LEAF 
HOPPER. 

The  total  Hawaiian  sugar 

crop  of  last  year  amounted 
to  437.000  tons.  This  year 
it  would  have  pressed  close 
to  the  half-million  mark 
but  for  the  ravages  wrought 
in  the  cane  by  the  leaf  hop- 
per, which  will  cause  it  to 
fall  short  of  last  year's  out- 
put. The  leaf  hopper  was 
brought  to  the  islands  sev- 
eral years  ago  in  an  impor- 
tation of  foreign  cane,  but 
not  until  this  season  has  its 
numbers  become  sufficiently 
great  to  inflict  serious  damage.  Outside  of  their 
deleterious  effect  on  the  cane,  spraying  and  fu- 
migation as  remedial  measures  are  far  too  ex- 
pensive to  be  of  practical  use.  and  the  great 
hope  of  the  planters  is  in  the  speedy  discovery 
of  an  active  parasite.  Until  relief  is  afforded, 
increased  acreages  of  the  yellow  Caledonia,  a 
cane  nearly  immune  from  the  attack  of  the  hop- 
per, will  be  planted. 

CUBAN    COMPETITION. 

Two  swords  have  long  been  suspended  above 
the  heads  of  the  Hawaiian  planters.  One  crashed 
down  last  year  with  the  passage  of  Cuban  reci- 
procity without  doing  serious  damage  ;  the  fall 
of  the  other — the  onslaught  of  the  beet-growers 
— is  awaited  with  anxietv. 


itl'i.l.oCK-nu.WVN   WAGONS  I'SKH  IN   HAWAII   IN  THE   BARLIKf)   days  ok  THE  SUGAR-CANE  INDUSTRY. 


THE  HAWAIIAN  SUGAR  PRODUCT. 


705 


The  boardings  of  the  Cuban  planters,  saved  in 
anticipation  of  a  whole  or  partial  removal  of  the 
American  duty,  thrown  all  at  once  upon  the 
market,  caused  the  expected  slump  in  prices,  but 
the  gradual  disappearance  of  this  abnormal  sup- 
ply, and  tbe  consequent  upward  trend  of  this 
season's  sugar,  has  brought  a  return  of  confidence 
in  the  future.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  would  ap- 
pear that  the  decided  advantage  that  Cuba  en- 
joys in  cheap  labor  and  nearness  to  the  market 
is  more  than  offset  in  favor  of  the  Hawaiian 
product  by  the  75  per  cent,  of  the  full  duty 
which  the  Cuban  sugar  still  has  to  pay. 

THE  MENACE  FROM  THE  SUGAR  BEET. 

As  for  beet  sugar,  it  is  not  Hawaii  alone,  but 
all  the  cane-growing  countries  that  are  menaced 
by  it,  and  the  subject  is  too  lengthy  a  one  for 
discussion  here.  The  production  and  consump- 
tion of  beet  sugar  has  increased  enormously  in 
the  last  decade.  This  year  it  is  to  the  cane 
output  almost  as  two  to  one  ;  or  to  be  more 
exact,  7,000,000  of  the  world's  consumption  of 
11,000,000  tons  of  sugar  is  manufactured  from 
beets. 

It  is  the  constantly  reiterated  intention  of  the 
beet-grower  to  force  the  cane  product  out  of  the 
market  by  a  war  of  prices  as  soon  as  the  time 
appears  ripe  for  such  action  on  his  part.     The 


A  CANE-FEEDER  ENTERING  INTO  A  MODERN  HAWAIIAN  MILL. 

effect  of  a  war  on  Hawaii  can  hardly  be  fore- 
casted at  the  present  moment,  but  the  perspective 
in  the  view  of  a  prominent  planter  on  the  sub- 
ject is  probably  not  much  awry.  "  If  the  beet- 
growers  ever  force  us  to  two-cent  sugar,"  he  said 
to  me  recently,  "  our  normally  stocked  and  prop- 
erly managed  plantations  can  meet  them  and 
make  money.  The  heavily  watered  survivors  of 
the  '  wild-catting '  of  the  '  nineties '  will  be  forced 
to  suspend  at  once,  and  probably  for  good,  as 
their  burdens  are  too  heavy,  even  under  pres- 
ent prices,  for  them  to  pay  dividends." 


LAYING  PORTABLE  RAILWAY  TRACKS   FOR  THE  CARRYING  OF  SUGAR  CANE  TO  THE  MILLS. 


WHAT  THE  MUSICAL  SEASON  OFFERS  NEW  YORK. 


BY  W.   J.   HENDERSON 


THE  musical  season,  which  began  in  New 
York  with  the  first  week  of  November 
and  will  end  with  the  first  week  of  May,  is  to  be 
one  of  the  most  active  and  fruitful  that  the  city 
has  known  recently.  There  will  be  a  larger 
number  of  orchestral  concerts  of  importance 
than  there  has  been  in  some  years,  while  an  un- 
usual number  of  famous  virtuosi  is  to  cross  the 
sea.  The  opera  promises  nothing  of  serious 
value  in  the  way  of  novelties,  but  there  will  be 
some  interesting  revivals,  and  the  company  will 
be  exceptionally  strong  in  star  singers.  The  first 
performance  of  Mr.  Conried's  series  took  place 
on  November  21,  when  Verdi's  "  Aida  "  was  ren- 
dered, with  Emma  Eames,  returning  after  two 
years'  absence,  in  the  title  role.  Enrico  CarusO, 
the  Italian  tenor  who  made  such  a  favorable  im- 
pression last  season,  and  who  is  with  us  this 
year,  came  forward  on  the  same  night. 


Copyright  by  A.  Dupofit, 

I'.MM  \     KAMKS    AS    "AIDA. 


Copyright  by  A.  Dupont. 

MR.   HEINRICH  CONRIED. 

Mr.  Conried  is  to  present  several  new  singers. 
Among  them  are  Mine,  de  Macchi,  an  Italian 
dramatic  soprano  of  repute  ;  Giraldone,  one  of 
the  leading  baritones  of  Italy  ;  Knote,  a  rising 
young  German  tenor,  and  Nuibo,  a  Spanish 
tenor.  Saleza,  the  French  tenor  who  was  for- 
merly so  popular,  i*eturns.  Among  the  o 
to  be  revived  are  "La  Giaconda,"  "  Lucrezia 
Borgia,"  and  "La  Sonnambula."  Special  per- 
formances of  "Parsifal"  will  again  be  offered 
on  Thursdays,  and  Mine.  Nordica,  who  has  re- 
joined the  local  company,  will  make  her  first 
appearance  as  Kundry.  The  season  will  last 
fifteen  weeks,  during  which  there  will  be  live 
regular  performances  each  week  and  several 
extra  ones.  The  interest  of  the  public  in  opera 
continues  unabated.  The  subscription  for  the 
coming  season  was  large  before  Mr.  Conried 
had  made  any  announcements  at  all. 


WHAT  THE  MUSICAL  SEASON  OFFERS  NEW  YORK. 


707 


On  the  other  hand,  the  advance  sales  for  the 
special  "Parsifal"  representations  indicate  that 
the  factitious  excitement  about  that  work  has 
waned.  This  is  doubtless  due,  in  part,  to  the 
knowledge  that  the  drama  is  no  longer  an  ex- 
clusive luxury.  Henry  W.  Savage,  the  Eng- 
lish opera  manager,  lias  brought  out  the  music 
drama  with  English  text,  and  at  low  prices. 
His  production  was  entirely  creditable,  but  by 
no  means  perfect.  The  series  of  performances 
at  the  New  York  Theater  was  attended  by  very 
few  persons. 

The  Philharmonic  Society,  the  leading  orches- 
tral organization  of  the  city,  has  entered  upon  its 
sixty-third  year.  Last  season  the  society  tried 
the  experiment  of  bringing  across  the  ocean  sev- 
eral conductors  to  appear  in  succession  as  star 
directors  of  its  concerts.  The  public  was  so  well 
pleased  with  the  new  departure  that  the  plan  is 
in  operation  again  this  year.  The  imported  con- 
ductors are  Gustav  Kogel,  of  Frankfurt ;  Eduard 
Colonne,  of  Paris  ;  "W.  I.  Safonoff,  of  Moscow  ; 
Felix  AVeingartner,  of  Berlin,  and  Karl  Panzer, 
of  Dresden.  Theodore  Thomas,  of  the  Chicago 
Orchestra,  will  also  conduct. 

All  the  visitors  except  Mr.  Thomas  and  Mr. 
Panzer  were  here  last  season.  The  society  will 
give  the  customary  eight  concerts  in  the  even- 
ing, with  a  matinee  preceding  each.  It  is  not 
expected  that  many  new  works  will  be  produced. 
The  Philharmonic  Society  is  generally  recog- 
nized as  a  conservative  element  in  the  musical 
life  of  New  York,  and  its  mission  seems  to  be  to 
stand  for  the  classics.  Modern  music,  however, 
finds  plenty  of  room  on  its  programmes. 

The  New  York  Symphony  Orchestra,  con- 
ducted by  Walter  Damrosch,  has  been  reorgan- 
ized, and  is  giving  a  series  of  concerts  in  Car- 


Copyright  by  A.  Dupont. 

LILLIAN  NOHDICA. 

(Who  sings  Kundry  in  "  Parsifal "  this  season.) 

negie  Hall.  These  entertainments  will  bring 
forward  many  interesting  novelties.  The  first 
of  the  number,  the  G  minor  symphony  of  Gus- 
tav Mahler,  one  of  the  young  German  revolu- 


Copyright  by  A.  Dupont. 

Walter  Damrosch, 
of  New  York. 


Theodore  Thomas, 
of  Chicago. 


Felix  Weingartner, 

of  Berlin. 


Eduard  Colonne, 
of  Paris. 


FOUR  OF  THE  PROMINENT  AMERICAN  AND  FOREIGN  CONDUCTORS  OF  THIS  SEASON. 


708 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


1 

^*&               ». 

i^K 

Ittll 

Vladimir  de  Pachmann.  Josef  Hofmann.  Rafael  Joseffy.  Mme.  Bloomfleld-Zeisler. 

FOUR  EMINENT  PIANISTS  WHO  ARE  RETURNING  TO  THE  UNITED  STATES  THIS  SEASON. 


tionaries,  was  heard  at  the  first  concert,  Novem- 
ber 5,  and  was  found  to  be  clever,  but  not 
profound.  At  the  same  concert,  Mr.  Damrosch 
brought  out  a  new  overture  by  Edward  Elgar, 
the  only  British  composer  of  really  high  distinc- 
tion in  many  years. 

The  Boston  Symphony  Orchestra,  universally 
conceded  to  be  the  finest  instrumental  organiza- 
tion in  this  coun- 
try, gives  ten  con- 
certs. Novelties 
will  be  frequent, 
and,  as  at  other 
orchestral  enter- 
tainments, eminent 
soloists  will  ap- 
pear. Sam  Franko 
will  continue  his 
interesting  orches- 
tral concerts  of  old 
music,  producing 
previously  un- 
known or  unfa  mil 
iar  works  by  some 
of  the  leading  com- 
posers of  the  seven- 
teenth an  d  eight- 
eenth centuries. 

The  People's 
Symphony  Society 
will  go  on  with  its  orchestral  concerts  at  nominal 
prices,  seeking  the  patronage  of  working  people. 
These  concerts  are  given  this  year  at  Carnegie 
1  la  II.  instead  of  at  Cooper  Institute,  as  heretofore. 
The  Russian  Symphony  Society  will  give  a  series 
of  orchestra]  entertainments  devoted  to  the  works 

of  the  Russian  masters,  especially  those  of  the 
latest  period.  Victor  Eerbert  is  carrying  on  a 
series  of  popular  orchestral  concerts  on  Sunday 


MABGUEBITH  HALL. 

(A  New  York  singer.) 


nights  at  the  Majestic  Theater,  and  Frank  Dam- 
rosch continues  his  instructive  series  of  orches- 
tral concerts  for  young  people  on  Saturday 
afternoons  at  Carnegie  Hall.  There  will,  more- 
over, be  fifteen  Sunday-night  orchestral  concerts 
at  the  Opera  House.  Without  counting  those 
given  by  soloists  who  require  the  accompani- 
ment of  an  orchestra,  or  those  offered  by  visit- 
ing organizations  (other  than  the  Boston  Sym- 
phony), there  will  be  about  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  orchestral  concerts  in  Manhattan 
alone. 

In  the  field  of  choral  music,  the  leading  or- 
ganizations are  the  Musical  Art  Society,  the 
Oratorio  Society,  and  the  Choral  Union.  The 
first  will  give  its  customary  two  concerts  devoted 
to  the  music  of  the  early  writers  of  the  poly- 
phonic style.  The  Oratorio  Society  is  to  revive 
the  great  ••  ( S-erman  Requiem  "  of  Brahms,  to  pro- 
duce Richard  Strauss'  "Taillefer,"  and  to  bring 
forward,  as  usual,  for  the  Christmas  time,  Han- 
del's ■■  Messiah." 

Chamber  m  usic, 
the  most  chaste  and 
intimate  form  of  the 
art,  will  be  plentiful. 
The  Kneisel  Quartet} 
of  Boston,  will  give 
six  c  o  n  c  erl  - 
which  the  subscrip- 
tion is  large.  <  'live 
Mead,  a  capable  vio- 
linist, heads  a 
quartet,  of  worn  (Mi 
players  whose  per- 
formances are  most 
commendable.  The 
dbsidbb  vk.skv.  Kaltenborn,  Mannes, 

•  A  now  violinist  prodigy.)  and  the  Dannreuther 


AN  AMERICAN  FORESTRY  CONGRESS. 


709 


quartets  will  also  be  in  the  field,  as  usual  during 
recent  years. 

The  piano  is  still  the  most  popular  of  the 
solo  instruments,  and  eminent  players  are  to  be 
heard.  Eugen  d'Albert,  who  is  distinguished 
as  a  composer  and  performer,  will  return  to 
America  after  an  absence  of  some  years,  and 
will  play,  not  onty  in  orchestral  concerts,  but  in 
a  series  of  recitals.  Josef  Hof  mann,  who  created 
such  a  sensation  here  as  a  child  of  eleven,  is 
touring  the  country  once  more.  His  recitals 
are  regarded  as  important  features  of  the  season 
in  New  York.  Rafael  Joseffy  will  be  heard 
occasionally,  and  one  recital  has  already  been 
given  by  Fanny  Bloomfield-Zeisler,  the  leading 
woman  pianist  of  this  country.  Vladimir  de 
Pachmann,  the  eccentric  Russian  player,  is  again 
here,  and  later  in  the  winter  the  ever-popular 
Paderewski  is  to  return.  There  is  no  question 
that  his  recitals  will  attract  great  audiences,  as 
they  always  have  done.  Ysaye,  the  celebrated 
violinist,  returns  for  a  tour  this  winter.  It  is 
said  that  he  plays  better  than  he  formerly  did, 
and  consequently,  a  great  success  is  predicted 
for  him.  Daniel  Frohman,  the  theatrical  mana- 
ger, who  has  of  late  years  embarked  in  musical 
enterprise,  is  to  Bring  out  a  juvenile  violinist 
named  Vecsey,  and  who  is  reported  to  be  a 
prodigy  of  wonderful  ability. 

For  the  i*est,  the  season  will  include  a  large 


number  of  song  recitals  and  miscellaneous  con- 
certs, which  will  seek  for  more  attention  than 
even  this  vigorous  and  alert  public  will  care  to 
give.  Mme.  Gadski,  Mme.  Sembrich,  and  Da- 
vid Bispham  have  brilliantly  led  the  procession 
of  song  reciters,  but  the  city  has  several  resi- 
dent singers  of  taste  and  intelligence  who  will 
be  heard.  Susan  Metcalfe,  Marguerite  Hall, 
Francis  Rogers,  and  others  will  add  much  to 
the  interest  of  the  winter  in  the  domain  of  song 
literature,  while  some  of  the  local  pianists  will 
give  entertainments  which  will  be  worthy  of 
consideration.  » 

New  York  does  not  yet  approach  the  musical 
activity  of  Berlin,  where  about  eight  hundred 
concerts  are  given  each  season,  but  it  is  quite 
safe  to  say  that  this  winter  more  than  half  that 
number  will  be  given  here,  and  that  for  these 
and  the  opera  the  public  will  spend  nearly  a 
million  dollars.  The  musical  public  in  New 
York,  as  distinguished  from  the  merely  oper- 
atic public,  which  includes  every  one,  is  grow- 
ing in  size  and  developing  in  taste  at  such  a 
rate  that  it  will  surely  not  be  many  years  be- 
fore the  capital  of  the  German  Empire  will  find 
a  rival  in  the  metropolis  of  the  new  world. 
The  season  which  is  now  under  way  shows  a  re- 
markable advance  over  that  of  ten  years  ago  in 
the  number  and  quality  of  the  entertainments 
offered  for  patronage. 


AN    AMERICAN    FORESTRY    CONGRESS. 


BY   H.    M.    SUTER. 


TO  give  further  impetus  to  the  movement 
for  a  more  conservative  treatment  of  the 
forest  resources  of  the  United  States,  and  to 
stimulate  and  unite  all  efforts  to  perpetiiate  the 
forest  as  a  permanent  resource  of  the  nation,  an 
American  Forest  Congress,  under  the  auspices 
of  the  American  Forestry  Association,  will  meet 
iu  Washington,  January  2-6,  1905. 

The  further  purpose  of  this  congress  is  to  es- 
tablish a  broader  understanding  of  the  forest  in 
its  relation  to  the  great  industries  depending 
upon  it,  and  to  advance  the  conservative  use  of 
forest  resources  for  both  the  present  and  the 
future  needs  of  these  industries. 

The  questions  to  be  considered  by  the  con- 
gress are  among  the  most  vital  economic  prob- 
lems of  the  day.  They  will  include  a  thorough 
discussion  of  forestry  and  its  effect  on  the 
lumber  industry ;  the  relation  of  the  public 
forest  lands  to  irrigation,  mining,  and  grazing  ; 


forestry  in  relation  to  railroad  supplies,  and  a 
thorough  discussion  of  national  and  State  forest 
policy. 

Of  these  subjects,  it  is  but  natural  that  the 
relation  of  forestry  to  lumbering  should  be  re- 
garded foremost,  considering  the  immense  im- 
portance of  this  industry.  With  its  invested 
capital  of  $611,000,000  in  1900  (ranking  as  the 
fourth  industry  of  the  country),  with  an  annual 
outlay  in  wages  of  $100,000,000,  and  with 
yearly  products  valued  at  $566,000,000,  it  is 
certain  that  the  deepest  interest  will  be  shown 
by  those  engaged  in  this  business  in  anything 
that  promises  to  continue  the  prosperity  they 
now  enjoy. 

The  relation  of  the  public  forest  lands  to  ir- 
rigation, long  of  great  importance  to  the  West, 
is  doubly  so  since  the  passage  of  the  National 
Irrigation  Act,  in  1902.  This  measure  provides 
means  for  the  reclamation  of  millions  of  acres 


710 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OE  REVIEWS. 


of  land  now  arid.  To  carry  out  this  great  proj- 
ect, there  must  first  be  assured  the  protection 
of  the  forests  at  the  head  waters  of  the  vari- 
ous streams  ;  hence  the  interest  of  irrigationists 
in  this  congress.  The  prosperity  of  the  mining 
industry  in  the  West  in  no  small  measure  de- 
pends upon  a  ready  supply  of  timber,  close  at 
hand,  and  at  a  reasonable  price.  The  railroads 
are  the  largest  users  of  wood  in  the  country, 
and  the  maintenance  of  an  undiminished  supply 
is  vital  to  their  success.  The  discussion  of  na- 
tional and  State  forest  policy  at  this  congress 
should  be  of  decided  value  throughout  the 
country,  as  many  persons,  admitting  the  neces- 
sity of  doing  something  to  preserve  our  forests, 
are  at  a  loss  as  to  how  to  proceed.  It  is  felt 
that  this  congress,  attracting  leading  thinkers  on 
forestry  from  every  section  of  the  country,  will 
produce  far-reaching  results  in  outlining  a  vig- 
orous and  practical  policy. 

These  are  all  problems  that  vitally  affect  the 
welfare  of  the  nation,  a  fact  that  the  leaders  in 
our  industrial  life  fully  appreciate,  as  their 
promised  attendance  from  every  section  of  the 
country  proves.  President  Roosevelt,  who  keen- 
ly appreciates  the  close  relation  between  forestry 
and  irrigation,  and  who  stated  in  one  of  his  mes- 
sages to  Congress  that  the  forest  and  water 
problems  are  "  the  most  vital  of  the  internal 
questions  of  the  United  States."  was  among  the 
first  to  indorse  the  calling  of  an  American  For- 
est Congress  at  this  time,  and  has  promised 
to  deliver  an  address  at  one  of  its  sessions. 

The  rise  of  the  forest  movement  in  the  United 
States  is  as  interesting  as  it  is  valuable.  In 
1875,  a  small  band  of  public-spirited  men  met  in 
Chicago  and  organized  what  was  known  for  sev- 
eral years  as  the  American  Forestry  Congress. 
Annual  meetings  were  held,  and  although  re- 
ceiving but  little  encouragement,  these  men 
bravely  continued  their  propaganda  for  a  more 
conservative  handling  of  the  forests  of  the 
United  States.  For  some  years  they  were  re- 
garded as  mild-mannered  cranks,  and  public  in- 
terest in  the;  subject  of  forestry  was  hardly 
noticeable.  But  in  1882  additional  force  was 
given  the  movement  by  the  organization,  at 
Cincinnati,  of  the  American  Forestry  Associa- 
tion. This  organization  increased  in  numbers 
and  influence  yearly,  and  through  meetings 
lie  Id  in  various  sections  of  the  country,  and  also 
by  the  personal  work  of  its  members,  became  a 
strong  force.  To  its  efforts  may  be  attributed 
the  establishment  of  the  forest    reserve  policy  of 

the  federal  government,  inaugurated  in  Presi- 
dent Harrison's  administration,  and  continued 
by  every  President  since,  until  the  forest  re- 
serves    now    number    fifty-three,    and     contain 


more  than  62,000,000  acres,  or  over  96,000 
square  miles.  Further  effect  of  this  forest  re- 
serve propaganda  is  seen  in  the  spread  of  it  to 
the  various  States,  including  New  York,  Penn- 
sylvania, Michigan,  Minnesota,  and  California. 
In  addition,  it  has  influenced  the  forming  of 
State  and  local  forest  associations  throughout 
the  country. 


MR.  G1FFORD  PINCHOT. 

(Forester,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  and 
the  recognized  leader  of  the  forest  movement  in  the 
United  States.) 


The  late  J.  Sterling  Morton,  former  Secre- 
tary of  Agriculture,  and  father  of  Arbor  Day, 
was  president  of  the  American  Forestry  As- 
sociation for  several  years.  The  Hon.  James 
Wilson,  the  present  Secretary  of  Agriculture, 
has  been  president  of  the  association  during  the 
past  seven  years,  and  has  evinced  the  deepest 
interest  in  its  work. 

Of  recent  years,  fully  as  striking  as  the  in- 
crease of  public  interest  in  forestry  has  been  the 
rise  of  the  government  forest  service.  It  was 
not  until  some  years  after  the  formation  of  the 
American  Forestry  Congress,  in  1ST"),  that  the 
federal  government  took  any  official  notice  of 
the  question  of  forest-preservation.  Some  in 
cidental  forest  investigations  were  carried  on  in 
connection  with  agricultural  work,   but  no  dis- 


AN  AMERICAN  FORESTRY  CONGRESS. 


711 


tinct  appropriation  was  made  until  1887.  Then 
the  amount  was  only  eight  thousand  dollars. 
In  1898,  the  federal  forest  service  was  but  an  in- 
significant division  of  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture ;  in  1901,  it  was  advanced  to  the  grade  of 
a  bureau,  and  to-day  the  Bureau  of  Forestry  is 
one  of  the  best-organized  sections  of  the  govern- 
ment service.  In  Secretary  Wilson,  American 
forestry  has  had  a  stanch  and  far-seeing  advo- 
cate, who  has  lost  no  opportunity  to  advance  it. 
To  his  highly  intelligent  and  sincere  interest 
this  splendid  growth  is  in  a  great  measure  due. 
In  1898,  Mr.  Gifford  Pinchot,  a  technically 
trained  forester  and  a  man  of  high  executive 
ability,  was  put  in  charge  of  the  government 
forest  work.  He  so  thoroughly  reorganized 
and  extended  the  service,  and  has  so  impressed 
upon  those  with  whom  he  has  come  in  contact 
the  absolute  necessity  of  a  more  conservative 
handling  of  our  forests,  that  both  Congress  and 
the  people  have  indorsed  this  work.  The  result 
is  that  to-day  the  Bureau  of  Forestry  not  only 
renders  assistance  in  handling  the  government 
forest  lands,  but  has  interested  in  a  large  way 
lumbermen  and  other  private  owners  of  timber 
lands  throughout  the  country.  With  these  it  is 
working  in  hearty  cooperation,  as  well  as  with  a 
number  of  State  governments. 

If  further  evidence  be  needed  to  show  the 
general  public  interest  in  forestry,  the  rise  of 
education  in  forestry  is  a  striking  example.  In 
1898,  the  first  forest  school  in  the  United  States 
was  established.  To-day,  the  Yale  Forest  School 
has  sixty  students  ;  there  is  also  a  forest  school 
at  Biltmore,  N.  C.  At  Harvard,  the  University 
of  Michigan,  the  University  of  Nebraska,  the 
Michigan  Agriculture  College,  the  University  of 
Maine,  and  the  Iowa  College  of  Agriculture  and 
Mechanic  Arts,  departments  of  forestry  have 
been  established,  and  some  instruction  in  for- 
estry is  offered  at  more  than  forty  other  insti- 
tutions of  learning  in  the  United  States.  Many 
young  men  of  high  character  are  turning  to  for- 
estry as  a  profession,  showing  that  it  has  already 
come  to  have  a  definite  place  in  American  life. 

The  basic  principle  of  forestry  is  to  get  the 
greatest  possible  use  out  of  the  forest.  It  is 
opposed  to  the  old  idea  of  lumbering  by  cutting 
the  forest  clean,  leaving  behind  a  mass  of  debris, 
for  fire  to  complete  the  destruction.  It  is  also 
opposed  to  the  sentimental  notion  that  the  for- 
est should  be  retained  as  a  thing  of  beauty  and 
is  best  treated  when  left  alone.  The  forester 
contemplates  the  forest  as  a  crop,  just  as  the 
farmer  does  his  wheat  and  corn,  to  be  harvested 
when  ripe,  but  in  such  a  way  as  to  get  a  profit- 
able return  and  at  the  same  time  perpetuate  the 
crop.     This  is  the   principle  back  of  the  forest 


Copyright,  1903,  by  J.  E.  Purdy,  Boston. 

HON.  JAMES  WILSON. 

(Secretary  of  Agriculture,   and  president  of  the  American 
Forestry  Association.) 

movement  in  the  United  States,  and  it  is  to 
spread  this  idea,  particularly  among  those  per- 
sons who  have  the  greatest  need  of  forest  prod- 
ucts, that  this  congress  is  called.  It  is  the 
greatest  single  effort  yet  planned  in  this  coun- 
try to  instill  in  our  people  the  lesson  that  cer- 
tain European  nations  took  to  heart  several 
centuries  ago  in  connection  with  their  forests, 
which  they  turned  from  threatened  destruction 
into  a  national  asset,  while  still  older  countries 
failed  to  heed  a  like  warning  of  disappearing 
forests  and  became  arid  and  fruitless. 

It  is  to  teach  the  people  to  take  home  to 
themselves  the  part  that  the  forest  plays  in  their 
daily  lives  that  this  and  previous  forest  meet- 
ings of  a  national  character  have  been  ar- 
ranged,— to  point  out  to  them  that  reckless 
lumbering  and  the  denuding  of  steep  hillsides 
have  much  to  do  with  bringing  the  disastrous 
floods  of  recent  years,  such  as  the  one  in  the 
southern  Appalachian  Mountains,  where  sixteen 
million  dollars'  worth  of  property  was  destroyed 
in  two  weeks.  It  is  known  that  forest  fires  in 
the  United  States  annually  destroy  from  twenty- 
five  million  dollars'  to  fifty  million  dollars'  worth 
of  timber  and  other  property.  The  purpose  of 
the  forest  movement  is  to  avert  these  tremen- 
dous disasters  by  stamping  out  the  multitude  of 
lesser  evils  that  unite  to  cause  them. 


MODERN    PICTURE-BOOK   CHILDREN. 

BY   ERNEST  KNAUFFT. 


HOWEVER  much,  in  our  grandfathers'  day, 
the  child  may  have  been  corralled  in  the 
nursery,  and  the  nursery  relegated  to  the  top  of 
the  house,  in  our  day,  on  the  contrary,  the  child  is 
persona  grata  throughout  the  household  and  the 
cynosure  of  all  visitors.  This  social  fact  is  no 
doubt  at  the  foundation  of  a  certain  artistic 
manifestation  evident  to-day  in  all  well-regulated 
nurseries,  where  hang,  framed  or  unframed,  in 
octavo  or  folio  size,  colored  prints  with  the  sig- 
nature of  certain  artists  who  in  the  last  few 
years  have  inaugurated  a  popular  vogue  for 
children's  pictures. 

These  artists  may  be  separated  into  two 
groups, — first,  those  who  address  their  talents 
entirely  to  portraying  the  modern  child  at  play  ; 
and,  secondly,  those  who,  as  general  practition- 
ers in  the  field  of  illustrating,  occasionally  treat 
of  child  subjects. 

The  first  group  may  be  headed  with  the  names 
of  Jessie  Willcox  Smith  and  Elizabeth  Shippen 
Green,  whose  work,  both  as  regards  subject 
and  technique,  is  as  like  as  two  peas.  They 
draw  with  bold  outline  on  a  large  scale,  using 
fiat  washes  of  color  in  poster  style,  and  may 
almost  be  said  to  have  invented  their  technique. 
Their  types  are  of  well-bred  children,  dressed  in 
the  fashion  of  the  hour.  In  the  same  category 
conies  Sarah  S.  Stilwell,  her  outline  less  rugged, 
her  love  of  detail  more  pronounced,  her  types 
not  yet  molded  to  certainty,  but  now  refined, 
now  plebeian,  as  the  model  of  the  moment  might 
have  been.  Charlotte  Harding  and  Fanny  Y. 
Cory  Cooney  come  next.  They  draw  almost 
entirely  in  black  and  white,  the  former  por- 
traying well-bred  children  to  a  nicety,  the  latter 
excelling  in  characterizing  (we  might  almost 
say  caricaturing)  the  mischievous,  romping, 
hatless,  shoe-untied  boys  and  the  underwear- 
exposing,  hair-unkempt  girls  of  three  to  six. 

I '.in  qo  matter  whether  color  or  black  and 
white  is  employed,  no  matter  from  what  social 
Stratum  they  select  their  types,  these  young 
artists  have  forced  the  child  picture  to  the  very 
front  rank  of  illustration,  and  this,  too,  without 
recourse  to  the  property-room  of  fairy  tales, 
without  the  help  of  elves,  ogres,  gnomes,  or 
witches.  Home  scenes,  and  not  apocryphal 
tales,  engage  their  pencil. 

A  single  composition  by  Miss  Green  may  be 

mentioned  as  typical  of  the  whole  kind. 


The  drawing  is  a  large  one,  and  represents  a 
child  of  some  five  years,  sitting  all  alone,  amus- 
ing herself  at  playing  chess  on  an  improvised 
table  made  of  books.  The  theme  has  tempted 
thousands  of  artists  ere  this,  but  we  will  hazard 
the  conjecture   that  in  every  case  the  artist  has 


tipyright,  1902.  by  C.  W.  Beck,  Jr 


Illustration  (reduced)  from  "The  Child,"  a  calendar  by 
Jessie  Willcox  Smith  and  Elizabeth  Shippen  Green  I  F.  A 
Stokes  &  Co.),  from  a  color  drawing  by  Elizabeth  Shippen 
Green. 

drawn  the  child's  face  either  in  front  view  or  in 
profile,  so  that  the  spectator  might  see  the  long 
eyelashes,  the  rounded  cheeks,  the  Cupid-bow 
lips  and  receding  chin,  characteristics  that  are 
the  distinctive  property  of  childhood.  But  how 
has  Miss  Green  drawn  the  features?  She  has 
not  drawn  them  at  all,  for  the  child's  head  is  so 
turned  away  from  us  that  the  hair,  tied  on  one 
side  by  a  pink  ribbon,  falls  in  luxuriant  waves 
over  the  temple  and  check,  completely  hiding 
the  features  I  And  yet  nine  mothers  out  of  ten 
passing  the  shop-window  where  this  print  hangs 
will  be  arrested  by  the  dainty  figure's  striking 
resemblance  to  her  own   little  girl  at  home.      It 


MODERN  PICTURE-BOOK  CHILDREN. 


713 


is  this  closeness  to  the  child-type  of  to-day, — 
Russian-bloused,  leather-belted,  sandal-footed, — 
that  stamps  the  work  of  this  school  of  illustrators 
with  the  hall-mark  of  genuineness. 

Among  the  books  issued  this  year  is  "Child- 
hood," containing  poems  by  Katherine  Pyle, 
with  illustrations  by  Sarah  S.  Stilwell  (Dutton). 
These  illustrations  are  much  like  the  calendar 
by  the  Misses  Green  and  Smith,  and  the  speci- 
men we  reproduce  exemplifies  better  than  words 
the  charm  of  the  work.  The  profile  of  the  child 
nearest  us  is  the  quintessence  of  childish  physiog- 
nomy ;  Lobrichon,  Boutet  de  Monvel,  or  Lefevre 
could  not  have  done  better.  The  row  of  hands,  so 
docile  in  posture,  indicate  how  the  artists  of  this 
new  school,  with  very  little  method,  but  with 
very  sympathetic  observation,  and  with  great 
originality,  give  us  striking  compositions. 

As  we  have  said,  Miss  Stilwell  is  fond  of  de- 
tail, and  the  polka-dots  and  plaids  on  aprons  and 
frocks,  the  lace  on  underclothing,  the  stitching 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Harper  &  Brothers. 

Illustration  (reduced^  from  "  An  Epitaph  and  a  Ghost." 
Drawing  by  Alice  Barber  Stephens. 


Copyright,  1902,  by  C.  \V.  Beck,  Jr. 

Illustration  (reduced)  from  "The  Child,"  a  calendar  by 
Jessie  Willcox  Smith  and  Elizabeth  Shippen  Green  (F.  A. 
Stokes  &  Co.),  from  a  color  drawing  by  Jessie  Willcox 
Smith. 

on  canvas  caps,  the  weave  of  woolen  sweaters  and 
of  straw  hats, — all  give  delightful  occupation  for 
the  artist's  pen-point ;  and  yet,  with  all  this  de- 
tail, she  is  wise  enough  not  to  aim  at  getting  a 
Meissonier  effect  of  high  finish.  Indeed,  special 
effort  is  made  to  preserve  the  effect  of  sketchi- 
ness.  It  is  herein  that  all  these  young  artists 
use  their  best  discrimination.  They,  with  good 
judgment,  are  careful  not  to  aim  too  high. 

This  season,  Robert  W.  Chambers  publishes 
"  Riverland  "  (Harper  Bros.),  a  sequel  to  <•  Out- 
doorland  "  and  "  Orchardland."  It  is  a  nature- 
study  story  that  old  Gilbert  White  would 
surely  have  bought  for  the  children  of  Sel- 
borne,  that  it  might  inculcate  in  their  minds  a 
habit  of  close  observation.  He  may  not  have 
approved  of  all  of  Elizabeth  Shippen  Green's 
illustrations,  as  it  is  not  likely  she  strives  very 
hard  for  ornithological  accuracy,  but  we  of  to- 
day find  her  children  so  well-bred  and  natural 
that  we  forgive  this  lack  of  accuracy,  just  as  we 
forgive  some  of  the  bad  printing  in  the  color 
plates  that  makes  the  cheeks  of  the  children  lose 
their  ruddy  glow  and  take  on  a  seaweed-green 
patina,  and  gives  their  lips  a  purplish  tint  sug- 
gesting the  small  boy  who  has  been  in  swim- 
ming all  morning,  for  the  average  of  the  color 
pictures  has  a  pleasing  effect  of  orange  light 
intermingling  with  tortuous  twigs  and  branches 
which  is  very  Japanesque  and  decorative. 


714 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


"What  we  have  said  of 
Miss  Green's  illustrations 
holds  good  equally  of  the 
color  work  of  Miss  Jessie 
Willcox  Smith,  and  to  some 
extent  of  the  work  of  Miss 
Sarah  S.  Stilwell.  Miss  Stil- 
well  cai'ries  her  work  a  trifle 
further  than  do  the  Misses 
Green  and  Smith,  but  her 
silhouette  and  poster  effects 
are  not  so  manifest. 

Art  education  plays  an 
important  part  in  the 
achievement  of  these  artists. 
Nearly  all  of  our  present  il- 
lustrators have  attended  an 
art  school  in  the  early  stages 
of  their  career.  Frequently 
their  stay  has  been  so  short 
that  their  style  has  in  no- 
wise become  academic,  but 
they  have  at  least  learned 
to  respect  certain  require- 
ments that  such  a  prepara- 
tion inculcates, — certain  es- 
sentials of  proportion, 
modeling,  and  composition, 
for  example. 

The  camera,  no  doubt, 
plays  no  small  part  in  the 
concoction  of  these  illustra- 
tions, and  to  it  we  owe  more 
than  one  characteristic  qual- 
ity. In  the  first  place,  the 
backgrounds  are  more  real- 
istic, less  sketchy,  than  in 
the  old-time  illustrations  ; 
kitchen,    a   village  street 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Harper  &  Brothers. 

Illustration  (reduced)  from  "  Childhood."— From  a  pen-and-wash  drawing 
hy  Sarah  S.  Stilwell,  printed  in  two  colors  (half-tone). 


an  apple  orchard,  a 
is  introduced  in  the 
composition  with  Durer-like  fidelity,  whereas  a 
bedspread,  a  grandfather's  clock,  a  gingham 
apron,  a  coral  necklace,  is  so  exactly  worked  out 
that  we  see  that,  as  regards  accessories,  also,  the 
camera  has  influenced  the  style  of  these  artists. 
We  use  the  word  "influenced"  rather  than 
•helped"  to  allow  us  to  broaden  our  charge, 
for  we  would  not  assert  that  one  can  always 
say  that,  just  here,  or  just  there,  the  camera  has 
been  used.  Indeed,  frequently  where  the  artist 
has  drawn  with  the  camera's  assistance  a  tree, 
or  a  plant,  or  a  table,  she  has  thought  that,  in  or- 
der to  make  her  composition  consistent  through- 
out, she  must  describe  other  accessories  with 
photographic  fidelity,  but  free  hand  ;  hence  the 
mosl  extreme  realism  throughout  most  of  the 
full-page  illustrations.  It  may  be  also  that  the 
influence  of  Howard  Pyle  and  Boutet  de  Mon- 
vel  may  be  responsible  for  this  love  of  detail. 


Our  second  group  includes  artists  who  have 
reached  eminence  in  child-portrayal  but  have 
not  confined  their  activities  to  illustrating  ju- 
venile literature.  A  by  no  means  complete  list 
of  these  would  include  the  names  of  Mrs.  -Mice 
Barber  Stephens,  Mrs.  Florence  Scovel  Shinn. 
Mrs.  Rose  Cecil  O'Neill  Wilson;  Maud  and 
Genevieve  Cowles,  who  work  in  partnership,  as 
do  the  Misses  E.  Mars  and  M.  H.  Squires  ; 
Emilie  Benson-Knipe,  Mrs.  Florence  England 
Nosworthv,  Ethel  Reed.  Charlotte  Harding, 
Reginald  Birch,  Orson  Lowell,  Charles  Louis 
Hinton,  W.  D.  Stevens,  and  \Y.  Glackens. 

These  artists  are  not  placed  in  the  category 
with  the  Misses  Smith,  Green,  and  Stilwell  be- 
cause the  shibboleth  on  which  they  stutter  is 
the  poster  style.  In  other  respects,  many  of 
them  may  have  superior  qualities  to  those  young 
ladies.  For  example.  Mrs.  Alice  Barber  Ste- 
phens, who  may  be  called  the  dean  of  women 
illustrators   in   this  country,  can.  because  of  her 


MODERN  PICTURE-BOOK  CHILDREN. 


715 


years  of  experience,  hold  more  closely  to  the  text 
of  a  story  than  any  of  the  younger  school.  She 
does  not  specialize.  She  can  draw  the  whole 
family,  from  grandpa  down  to  the  infant  in 
arms,  with  perfect  sureness  of  touch.  Her 
early  style  was  painstaking,  her  work  full  of 
realism,  but  without  great  freedom.     Of  recent 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Harper  &  Brothers. 

Illustration   (reduced)  from   "The  Surrender  of  Professor 
Seymour."    Drawing  by  Charlotte  Harding. 

years,  however,  her  style  has  taken  on  some  of 
the  broader  methods  of  the  younger  school,  and 
her  somewhat  halting  pen  technique  has  given 
way  to  a  swinging  outline,  board  washes  and 
modeling,  and  fiat  tints  of  color. 

Another  all-round  illustrator  is  Mrs.  Rose 
Cecil  O'Neill  "Wilson,  the  wife  of  the  novelist, 
Harry  Leon  Wilson.  She  has  written  a  novel 
entitled  "The  Loves  of  Edwy,"  which  she  has 
illustrated.  Much  of  her  work  has  been  done 
for  the  humorous  papers,  and  her  enfant  terrible 
is  an  original  creation,  very  spirited  in  drawing, 
and  wont  to  take  outre  poses,  and  capable  of  a 
grimace  that  is  expansive  and  bold.     Her  bold 


effects  of  light  and  shade  are  often  as  striking 
as  Victor  Hugo's  or  Rembrandt's. 

Mrs.  Florence  Scovel  Shinn  is  fundamentally 
a  caricaturist.  Her  sketches  have  the  charming 
effect  of  spontaneity, — one  fancies  she  never 
needs  to  use  a  model.  There  is  in  her  work  the 
same  suggestion  of  sudden  creation  that  there 
was  in  the  sketches  of  John  Leech.  Her  chil- 
dren are  usually  the  type  of  unkempt  young- 
sters with  ill-fitting  garments  and  pert  expres- 
sions. She  has  illustrated  "Mrs.  Wiggs  of  the 
Cabbage  Patch,"  "  Lovey  Mary,"  Miss  Gilder's 
"Tomboy"  and  "The  Tomboy  at  Work,"  How- 
ells'  "Flight  of  Pony  Baker,"  and  Anne  War- 
ner's "  Susan  Clegg  "  stories. 

Charles  Louis  Hinton  is  the  illustrator  of 
"Emmy  Lou,"  and  he  gives  us  a  very  substan- 
tial child,  with  evident  avoirdupois,  a  type  that 
is  very  American  and  of  the  bourgeoise  class. 
He  is  able  to  catch  the  moods  of  childhood, — 
his  little  tots  ponder,  wonder,  sob,  and  smile  as 
few  other  picture-book  children  do. 

Maude  and  Genevieve  Cowles  are  twin  sisters 
who  have  had  every  advantage  of  art  education, 


Copyright,  1904,  by  Harper  &  Brothers. 

Illustration  (reduced)  from  "  The  Truce."    Pen  drawing  by 
Fanny  Y.  Cory  (Cooney). 

and  they  have  traveled  much  abroad.  There  are 
echoes  of  Botticelli  and  the  Primitives  in  their 
compositions,  and  they  show  a  strong  predilec- 
tion for  nature  background.  They  love  to  place 
their  figures  in  those  quaint  old-fashioned  gar- 
dens that  are  filled  with  beds  of  foxglove  and 
leadwort,  and  the  paths  bordered  with  box. 


ELECTRIC  VERSUS  STEAM   LOCOMOTIVES. 


IN  the  midst  of  the  beautiful  Mohawk  Valley, 
of  New  York,  between  points  that  Cooper's 
famous  hero,  Leatherstocking.  took  nearly  a 
week  to  traverse,  the  giant  electric  locomotive 
on  the  New  York  Central  &  Hudson  River  Rail- 
road last  month  pulled  nine  heavy  cars  at  sixty- 
nine  miles  an  hour,  covering  the  distance  in  a 
little  more  than  three  minutes.  Such  has  been 
the  progress  of  a  century  in  transportation. 

The  possibilities  of  the  electric  locomotive  in 
the  way  of  speed,  easy  travel,  and  rapid  starting 
and  stopping  received  conclusive  and  graphic 
demonstration  at  the  trial  of  the  locomotive  built 
by  the  General  Electric  Company  and  the  Ameri- 
can Locomotive  Company  for  the  New  York 
Central  &  Hudson  River  Railroad.  This  trial 
was  made  on  November  12,  on  a  fine  well-bal- 
lasted piece  of  track  extending  from  Schenectady 
to  Hoffmans,  in  the  presence  of  a  party  of  elec- 
trical experts,  railroad  men,  and  journalists,  the 
guests  of  the  electric  traction  commission  of  the 
railroad,  and  a  great  crowd  of  spectators.  The 
members  of  the  invited  party,  who  had  the  priv- 
ilege of  riding  in  the  cab  during  one  of  the 
bursts  of  high   speed,  were  surprised  and  grati- 


OVERHEAD  SPECIAL  WOUK. 


<Tln'  overhead  wire  by  which  the  motive  power  is  supplied 
ni  crossings ;  showing  also  suii-si  ation  and  barn.) 


fied  at  the  ease  and  comparative  lack  of  noise 
with  which  the  monster  locomotive  drew  its 
five-hundred-ton  load. 

The  New  York  Central  Railroad  has  just 
completed  arrangements  to  electrically  equip 
its  service  as  far  as  Croton,  thirty-four  miles 
out  on  the  main  line,  and  AVhite  Plains,  twenty- 
four  miles  out,  on  the  Harlem  division.  As 
soon  as  the  roadbed  and  third  -  rail  can  be 
made  ready  (in  the  fall  of  1906,  it  is  expected), 
the  electric  service  will  be  installed.  It  is  the 
intention  of  the  railroad  company  to  substitute, 
at  Croton  and  White  Plains,  the  electric  for 
the  steam  locomotive  on  all  the  heavy  through 
traffic,  the  change  consuming  but  a  minute  or 
two,  which  will  be  made  up  by  the  higher  speed 
possible  with  the  new  motive  power.  The'sub- 
urban  local  traffic  will  be  handled  in  individual 
motor  cars,  after  the  manner  of  the  subway 
trains,  the  front  and  rear  cars  having  their  own 
motors.  The  trial  at  Schenectady  was  to  fix 
upon  the  locomotive  for  this  service,  and  the 
railroad  officials  have  expressed  themselves  as 
more  than  satisfied  with  the  result. 

A  black  iron  monster,  with  reversible  front 
and  a  corridor  extending  from  end  to  end,  and 
communicating  with  the  cars  it  draws, — such  is 
the  general  appearance  of  the  famous  electric 
locomotive.  In  non-technical  language,  it  con- 
sists of  a  95-ton  engine  on  four  driving-axles, 
the  motive  power  being  produced  directly,  with- 
out intermediate  gearing,  from  a  powerful  elec- 
tric motor,  developing  a  capacity  of  2,200  horse- 
power, which  can  be  increased  to  3,000.  The 
method  is  by  the  third-rail,  a  section  of  six 
miles  in  the  open  country  west  of  Schenectady 
having  been  equipped  especially  for  this  trial 
by  the  General  Electric  Company,  which  also 
furnished  the  power  for  the  tests.  This  third- 
rail  was  protected  by  a  wooden  hood,  so  that  no 
one  could  reach  it  unless  he  tried.  At  cross- 
ings or  other  places  where  the  third-rail  was  in- 
terrupted, the  motive  power  was  supplied  by 
connection  with  an  overhead  wire,  a  trolley 
from  the  locomotive  meeting  it  at  these  points 
by  means  of  a  pneumatic  device  controlled  by 
the  engineer.  The  frame  of  the  locomotive  is 
of  steel,  which  acts  also  as  part  of  the  magnetic 
circuit  for  the  motors.  In  the  test  at  Schenec- 
tady, the  center  of  the  cab  was  taken  up  by  a 
set  of  recording  instruments  showing  speed, 
voltage,  consumption  of  current,  how  curvesare 
taken,  and  various  other  qualities  of  the  loco- 
motive.      When  in  use  hauling  trains,  howe\<T. 


ELECTRIC  VERSUS  STEAM  LOCOMOTIVES. 


717 


this  space  will  be  occupied 
by  a  heating  apparatus.  Ac- 
cording to  law,  there  must  be 
two  men  on  the  locomotive, 
— the  master  engineer  and  a 
helper, whowill  take  the  place 
of  the  old-time  fireman.  In 
designing  the  locomotive,  the 
general  features  of  the  steam 
engine  have  been  kept  in 
mind,  and  valves,  whistles, 
controllers,  bells,  and  other 
devices  are  within  easy  reach 
of  the  engineer.  It  was  the 
aim  of  the  designers  to  se- 
cure in  this  machine  the  best 
mechanical  features  of  the 
high-speed  steam  locomotive 
combined  with  the  enormous 

power  and  simplicity  in  control  made  possible 
by  the  use  of  the  electric  drive.  The  elimination 
of  gear  and  bearing  losses  permits  of  a  very 
high  efficiency  ;  and  it  is  claimed  for  the  new 
machine  that  it  will  pound  and  roll  much  less 
than  the  steam  locomotive,  and  thus  reduce  the 
expense  of  maintaining  the  rails  and  roadbed. 
By  the  use  of  the  Sprague-General  Electric  mul- 
tiple-unit system  of  control,  two  or  more  locomo- 
tives can  be  coupled  together  and  operated  from 
the  leading  cab  as  a  single  unit. 

An  exciting  feature  of  the  trial  at  Schenec- 
tady was  the  race  with  the  fast  mail  train,  the 


Copyright,  1904,  by  the  American  Mutoscope  Company. 

THE  RACE  BETWEEN  THE   "NEW  YORKER"    (THE  FAST   MAIL)    AND  THE  ELECTRIC 

LOCOMOTIVE. 


THE  FAMOUS  NEW   YORK   CENTRAL   ELECTRIC  LOCOMOTIVE  AND  TRAIN. 

"New  Yorker,"  a  train  that  makes  almost  as 
much  speed  as  the  Empire  State  Express.    "When 
the  "  New  Yorker,"  with  seven  cars,   speeding 
at  a  rate  of  sixty  miles  an  hour,  reached   the 
electric  locomotive,  the  latter  was  going  thirty 
miles    an  hour.     Speed  was  put  on,  and  in   a 
mile's  space  the  new  machine  was  run  even  with 
the  "  New  Yorker."  Another  turn  of  the  copper 
handle  on  the  master  controller,  and  the  steam 
train  appeared  to  be  moving  slowly  backward. 
A  few  notches  more,  and,  from  the  electric  cab, 
the   steam   express   was   seen  to  be  far   in   the 
rear.      Sixty-nine  miles  an  hour  was  the  record 
on  the  speed-gauge.    All  this 
had  been  done  with  no  smoke 
or  dust,  or  the  suggestion  of 
a  cinder,  and  it  cost  consid- 
erably less  than  it  had  taken 
to  drive   the   steam   engine. 
Besides,  in  the  words  of  an 
old-time   engine-driver   who 
was  present, 'You  don't  have 
to  oil  her  half  as  much." 

Now  that  the  railroad  com- 
pany has  been  satisfied  as  to 
the  efficiency  of  the  new  lo- 
comotive, forty  or  fifty  ma- 
chines will  be  built  for  the 
haulage  of  through  passen- 
ger traffic.  The  trains  may 
reach  eight  hundred  and  sev- 
enty-five tons  in  weight,  to 
be  hauled  at  a  maximum 
speed  of  sixty  to  sixty-five 
miles  an  hour.  The  steam 
locomotive  has  not  been 
superseded.  But  it  has 
encountered  a  formidable 
rival. 


£  Ttlegktpfi  Offta 


THE  HARBOR  OF  PORT  ARTHUR,  SHOWING  THE  FORTS  AND  HOW  THE  ENTRANCE  WAS  BLOCKED. 

Russiai 
vhich  is 
meaning  harbor.) 


(While  to  the  Russians  the  famous  fortress  and  town  are  known  by  the  English  words  Port  Arthur,  to  the  Japanese  it  is 
Ryo-jun,  which  is  the  Japanese  pronunciation  of  the  Chinese  ideograph.    It  is  generally  referred  to  as  Ryo-jun-Ko  :  Co 


WHAT  PORT  ARTHUR  MEANS  TO  JAPAN 


BY  ADACHI   KINNOSUKE. 


TN  1881,  and  in  the  year  that  followed  it,  the 
-1  French  Government  took  a  great  deal  of 
trouble  and  interest  in  a  certain  modest  harbor 
which  they  found  left  peacefully  to  a  Chinese 
fishing  village;  and  sleeping  at  38  degrees  47 
minutes  and  50  seconds  north  latitude;  and  121 
degrees  15  minutes  and  21  seconds  east  longi- 
tude. The  harbor  was  small.  Running  from 
easl  to  west,  it  measured  the  distance  of  about 
two  miles,  and  not  quite  one  mile  wide.  It  was 
situated  at  the  end  of  the  Liao-tung  Peninsula. 
In  those  days,  few,  even  among  the  statesmen 
of  Nippon,  saw  in  that  toe  of  the  Liao-tung  a 
dagger-point  aimed  at  the  very  heart  of  our  coun- 
try.     As  if   the  harbor  were  not  small  enough 


as  it  is,  nature  has  divided  it  into  two  sections. 
the  east  and  west  harbors.  As  if  these  were 
not  trials  quite  enough,  the  water  of  the  harbor 
was  found  to  be  very  shallow.  In  the  east  harbor, 
there  is  a  very  small  space  in  which  a  large  ves- 
sel could  find  itself  comfortable.  According  to 
the  examination  of  a  foreign  adviser  to  China, 
the  bottom  of  the  harbor  is  covered  with  clayey 
mud,  breaking  here  and  there  into  sandy  bot- 
toms containing  a  large  quantity  of  shells.  The 
entrance  to  this  harbor  was  scarcely  three  hum 
dred  yards  in  width.  As  you  enter  it,  Golden 
Hill  looks  down  upon  you  from  the  right,  and 
to  the  left  is  the  Tiger's  Tail, 

Even  in  those  days,  however,  it  was  not  diffi- 


WHAT  PORT  ARTHUR  MEANS  TO  JAPAN. 


719 


cult  to  see  how  much  Heaven  bad  done  for  this 
modest  harbor.  The  screen  of  hill  ranges  en- 
veloped it  completely  from  the  winds  of  the 
Pe-chi-li,  and  from  human  foes  from  everywhere. 
Even  to  the  casual  eye,  it  was  evident  that  this 
little  harbor  was  a  nature  -  built  naval  base. 
China  fortified  it  with  German  skill  and  Ger- 
man guns.  Even  in  the  days  of  the  Chino- 
Nippon  War,  German  engineers  were  saying 
that  it  was  impregnable.  Certainly,  it  com- 
manded the  entrance  to  the  Gulf  of  Pe-chi-li.  If 
you  wished  to  drive  a  fang  into  the  throat  of 
Peking,  you  had  only  to  occupy  this  base  with  a 
comparatively  small  fleet.  And  the  statesmen 
of  Nippon  were  not  slow  in  seeing  that  the  mas- 
ter of  Port  Arthur  is  the  master  of  the  Yellow 
Sea.  In  the  hands  of  a  hostile  and  competent 
power,  it  is  a  veritable  dagger  threatening  the 
very  vitals  of  our  land,  which  is  within  thirty- 
odd  hours  of  a  hostile  fleet  in  its  harbor. 

At  the  close  of  the  Chino-Nippon  War,  at 
Shimonoseki,  in  front  of  Marquis  I  to,  represent- 
ing his  Majesty  the  Emperor  of  Nippon,  Li 
Hung  Chang,  representing  his  country,  placed 
his  seal  to  a  document  which  ceded  to  us  Port 
Arthur  and  the  southern  end  of  the  Liao-tung 
Peninsula.  You  know  as  well  as  I  do  that  even 
while  the  ink  was  hardly  dry  upon  the  famous 
Shimonoseki  treaty,  the  triple  combination  of 
European  powers, — of  Russia,  Germany,  and 
France, — advised  us,  through  a  polite  joint  note 
and  extensive  naval  demonstrations  of  the  com- 
bined fleet  of  the  three  powers  in  the  Gulf  of 
Pe-chi-li,  to  reconsider  a  certain  portion  of  the 
Shimonoseki  treaty  and  retrocede  to  China  the 
Liao-tung  Peninsula,  with  Port  Arthur  at  the 
end  of  it.  You  know  as  well  as  I  do  that  when 
Marquis  Ito  and  his  wise  friends  saw  the  wis- 
dom of  hearkening  unto  the  mailed  advice  of 
these  three  Christian  nations,  and  when  he 
gagged  the  press  and  returned  to  China  the 
Liao-tung  Peninsula  and  Port  Arthur,  more  than 
one  hundred  soldiers  who  had  fought  in  Man- 
churia in  the  Chino-Nippon  War  took  it  as  the 
blackest  stain  on  our  national  honor,  as  an  un- 
paralleled humiliation  of  a  nation  which  had 
never  before  been  humiliated  by  a  foreign 
power.  They  wished  to  put  this  on  record,  and 
so  they  wrote  their  protest  with  their  own  blood 
by  committing  the  hara-kiri,  by  that  ancient 
right  of  the  samurai  which  says  to  the  world 
that  they  would  rather  die  than  see  dishonor  ! 

In  their  dreams,  in  the  eyes  of  their  imagina- 
tion, the  fighting  men  of  Nippon  to-day  see  the 
ghosts  of  these  men  wandering  over  Port 
Arthur  in  company  with  those  of  many  hun- 
dreds of  other  men  who  had  fallen  before  Port 
Arthur  in  storming  it  and  taking  it  from  the 


Chinese.  These  spirits  of  the  dead,  in  the  ex- 
istence of  which  we  of  the  far  East  believe  quite 
as  much  as  the  Christians  of  the  West  be- 
lieve in  the  immortality  of  the  soul,  cannot  find 
rest  and  peace  as  long  as  that  stronghold  is  in 
possession  of  a  power  which  humiliated  us  some 
ten  years  ago,  in  the  days  of  national  exhaus- 
tion, at  the  end  of  the  Chino-Nippon  War.  In 
the  eyes  of  the  Nippon  soldier  in  front  of  Port 
Arthur  to-day,  the  occupation  of  the  stronghold 
is  more  than  a  tactical  victory.  He  looks  upon 
it  as  a  sacred  feast  to  be  placed  upon  the  altar 
of  the  heroic  dead  of  his  comrades  of  ten  years 
ago.  To  him,  the  occupation  of  Port  Arthur 
is  important  from  the  military  sense.  Perhaps 
more  important,  however,  than  the  strictly  mili- 
tary phase  of  it,  the  occupation  of  Port  Arthur 
is  to  him  sentimental,  almost  religious.  To  oc- 
cupy Port  Arthur  again  seems  to  him  like 
washing  the  darkest  stain  from  his  sun-round  flag 
once  for  all  ;  as  he  looks  at  it,  it  is  to  offer  unto 
the  wandering  and  restless  spirits  of  these  heroic 
dead  a  flower  the  fragrance  of  which  no  heavenly 
incense  can  equal. 

People  in  the  West  are  marveling  at  the  reck- 
less way  in  which  our  men  are  throwing  them- 
selves against  the  strong  walls  and  precipices, 
against  barbed  wires  and  quick-firers,  at  Port 
Arthur.  What  is  really  surprising  is  the  re- 
straint with  which  our  commander  at  Port 
Arthur  is  carrying  on  the  siege  operations.  The 
miracle  of  it  all  is  the  supreme  mastery  and 
calmness  and  sobriety  with  which  the  flame-like 
prayer  of  our  men,  who  have  prayed  and  waited 
over  eight  years,  is  being  expressed  against  the 
Russians  at  Port  Arthur. 

Good  people  of  Tokio,  especially  that  choice 
and  very  small  (thank  Heaven  for  the  rarity  and 
smallness  of  this  company)  portion  which  has 
been  making  costly  preparations  for  a  feast  of 
celebration  upon  the  fall  of  Port  Arthur,  are  im- 
patient. I  do  not  see  how  the  people  who  know 
anything  of  Sebastopol  or  Plevna,  anybody  who 
has  heard  of  the  weary  days  which  stretched 
from  October  9  of  1854  to  September  9  of  1855, 
and  heard  of  the  hundred  thousand  men  Russia 
lost,  could  very  reasonably  be  impatient  over 
Port  Arthur.  At  any  rate,  they  who  are  before 
Port  Arthur  under  the  sun-flag  seem  to  have  suc- 
ceeded in  giving  history  a  new  chapter. 

In  front  of  Tien-Tsin  castle,  in  the  black  clays 
of  1900,  when  the  reports  from  out  of  Peking 
read  for  all  the  world  like  the  front  page  of  a 
yellow  journal,  there  were  gathered  together 
many  men,  and  under  many  different  flags.  On 
that  historic  march  to  Peking,  the  English  were 
gracious  enough  to  say  that  the  Nippon  soldiers 
are  the  best  in  the  world,  except  the  British  ; 


720 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


„he  French  said  that  they  never  saw  a  better  set 
of  fighting  men  than  the  Nippon  soldiers,  except 
those  of  France  ;  our  German  friends  were  loud 
in  proclaiming  the  fact  that  Nippon  had  learned 
everything  in  connection  with  the  army  from 
Germany,  and  decidedly  there  was  no  army  as 
good  as  that  of  Nippon,  except  the  Germans,  who 
had  taught  everything  to  us.  With  that  hearty 
cheer  and  that  ring  of  simple  sincerity  of  a  man 
who  speaks  straight  out  of  the  heart,  the  Ameri- 
cans declared  that  next  to  the  finest  army  in  the 
world,  which  was,  of  course,  the  American,  none 
could  be  as  worthy  as  the  Nippon  soldiers  to  be 
the  second. 

To-day,  around  Port  Arthur,  men  from  Eng- 
land, from  the  United  States,  from  France  and  Ger- 
many, war  correspondents  and  military  attaches, 
ai'e  saying,  with  one  accord,  "There  is  no  doubt 
about  it,  General  Nogi  commands  the  finest  in- 
fantry in  the  world  !  "  And  the  reason  of  it  all 
is  this — it  is  simple,  too — that  the  men  under 
other  colors  except  that  of  the  round  sun  in  the 
center  of  the  white  ground  are  expected  to  do 
what  is  possible  for  the  human  to  do  ;  some- 
thing more  is  expected  of  the  Nippon  soldier. 
What  is  remarkable  is  that  he  does  not  disap- 
point his  friends.  Once  upon  a  time,  tbire  was 
issued  a  circular  letter  by  the  regimental  chiefs 
of  our  army,  to  be  read  by  the  privates.  Here 
is  one  of  the  paragraphs  of  the  circu'ar  letter  : 
"  Of  every  one  of  you  the  Emperor  and  your 
country  expects  the  accomplishment  of  the  im- 
possible." Time  and  again,  and  often  in  the 
presence  of  our  foreign  visitors,  the  Nippon  sol- 
1 1  iers  have  succeeded  in  accomplishing  feats  which 
seemed  clear  and  away  beyond  human  possi- 
bility even  in  the  imagination  of  the  spectators, 
and  the  doing  of  an  impossible  thing  by  our  men, 
and  so  many,  many  times  over,  too,  seems  to  have 
carried  a  certain  conviction  into  the  minds  of  our 
foreign  friends. 

When  our  Russian  friends  advertised, — in  no 
modest  tone,  to  be  sure, — the  impregnability  of 
Port  Arthur,  there  were  some  good  people  in 
Tokio  who  thought  that  the  Russians  were  d  ream- 
ing. Events  of  the  following  days  seemed  to 
have  given  them  a  somewhal  rude  awakening. 
It  is  true,  then,  that  the  Russians  knew  a  few 
things  of  what  their  engineers  could  do  in 
heightening  the  Btrength  of  a  Heaven-built  for- 
tress. Fancy  to  yourself  a,  slant  of  over  seventy 
degrees  riding  away  into  the  skies  for  many 
hundred  meters,  surrounded  by  a,  deep  moat. 
[magine,  also,  bomb-proof  trenches  covered  with 
steel  plates  crowning  its  crest,  surrounding  the 
permanent  fort  in  the  center  atop  of  the  hill,  built 
of  stone  and  cement,  in  which  are  mounted  heavy 
guns.     Imagine,  once  again,  that  the  foot  of  this 


fort,  just  above  the  moat,  is  mined,  is  surrounded 
with  wire  entanglements,  every  iron  line  of 
which  is  charged  with  electric  currents  strong 
enough  to  fell  thousands  of  men  at  a  touch,  and 
fancy  that  two  to  three  of  just  such  forts  are 
placed  to  every  one  thousand  meters  of  the  perim- 
eter of  Port  Arthur.  Behind  such  fortifica- 
tions, a  few  determined  women,  if  they  only 
knew  how  to  handle  the  guns,  would  be  able  to 
entertain  an  army  of  one  hundred  thousand  men 
of  unquestioned  courage  and  thorough  training. 
Said  our  commanding  officer  to  one  of  the  native 
correspondents  :  "  In  a  siege  work  like  this,  so 
far  as  the  defender  is  concerned,  the  forts  are 
everything.  With  them,  the  forts  are  their  cour- 
age ;  their  endurance  is  the  forts  ;  their  power 
is  in  the  forts.  Behind  them,  they  can  well  af- 
ford to  turn  the  most  heroic  of  human  attacks 
into  a  sad  joke." 

This  was  the  foundation  upon  which  Russia 
built  her  dream  of  a  far-Eastern  empire.  Five 
years  of  the  best  engineering  efforts  of  Russia  had 
been  crystallized  in  this  stronghold.  With  lavish 
hands,  Russian  rubles  were  buried  in  this  soil. 
Confident  in  its  strength,  and  not  without  reason, 
the  Russians  have  sung,  with  a  touch  of  sincer- 
ity in  their  voices,  of  the  impregnability  of  Port 
Arthur. 

We  must  have  Port  Arthur, — that  much  was 
decided  from  the  beginning, — but  when  were 
we  to  get  it  ?  The  answer  to  this  question  de- 
pended upon  two  things, — first,  if  General  Kuro- 
patkin  were  to  succeed  in  breaking  througn  our 
army  facing  him  and  create  a  possibility  of  his 
coming  to  the  rescue  of  Port  Arthur  ;  second. 
the  coming  of  a  second  Pacific  squadron  of  Rus- 
sia from  the  European  waters.  At  Telissu,  and 
later  at  the  Sha  River,  General  Kuropatkin  had 
tried,  and  tried  hard,  to  come  to  the  rescue  ol 
his  Port  Arthur  friends.  As  long  as  the  admi- 
ral ile  Baltic  squadron  of  Russia  was  enriching  the 
art  of  the  caricaturist  on  its  famous  voyage 
around  the  world,  there  seemed  to  be  no  special 
need  for  the  Nippon  Government  to  get  into  a 
fever  of  haste  and  nervous  excitement  over  the 
reduction  of  Port  Arthur.  So  the  commanders 
of  the  besieging  forces  hit  upon  a  compromise. 
The  work  of  reduction  progressed,  but  with  the 
least  expenditure  of  men.  To  General  Nogi,  the 
men  under  him  are  dearer  than  those  of  his  own 
blood.  To  be  sure,  there  were  occasions  when 
sacrifices  could  not  be  avoided.  Then  the  men 
died  without  hesitation,  although  it  is  not  true 
thai  the  Nippon  men  look  upon  life  lightly. 
With  the  fall  of  Port  Arthur  will  he  closed  the 
first  chapter  of  the  Russo-Nippon  war.  With 
its  possession,  we  shall  have  everything  for  which 
we  took  up  arms  against  Russia. 


LEADING    ARTICLES   OF  THE   MONTH. 


IS  RUSSIA  TO  ESTABLISH  A  UNIVERSAL  EMPIRE? 


EXALTED  optimism  and  deep  despair,  as  they 
clash  in  the  columns  of  the  Novoye  Vremya 
(the  sensational  daily  of  St.  Petersburg),  convey 
to  the  observer  a  strange  impression  of  Russian 
conditions.  There  appeared  recently  in  this  jour- 
nal an  article  quite  remarkable  in  many  ways, 
written  by  Lev  Lvovich  Tolstoy,  a  son  of  the 
renowned  Count  Leo  Tolstoy.  We  have  fallen 
upon  sad  times,  says  young  Tolstoy.  "  Yet  I 
am  convinced  that  they  will  pass,  and  that  there 
will  come  in  their  wake  glorious  and  happy  days 
of  regeneration  for  Russia."  He  notes  the  ex- 
treme optimism  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  no  less 
extreme  pessimism  on  the  other,  pervading  Rus- 
sian society,  and  concludes  that  those  holding 
the  former  view  are  numerically  superior.  In 
his  almost  visionary  enthusiasm,  he  interprets 
the  stolid,  patient,  and  forcibly  resigned  attitude 
of  the  Russian  masses  as  an  intelligent  patriot- 
ism, an  interpretation  that  his  own  citations 
scarcely  justify.  The  opinions  of  the  peasants 
with  whom  he  discussed  the  war  are  in  sub- 
stance as  follows  : 

What  can  we  do?  We  cannot  escape  from  fate. 
Japan  has  risen  against  us,  and  we  must  subdue  her. 
Many  of  our  people  will  perish  ;  but  also  they  will  get 
it.  What  can  we  do  ?  We  had  not  had  war  for  a  long 
time,  aDd  now  it  broke  out  again.  We  do  not  want  it, 
but  it  has  come  to  pass.  We  do  not  want  to  go  to  the 
front,  yet  we  must  go. 

WILL    JAPAN    BE    BEATEN,    AS    SWEDEN    WAS  ? 

Young  Tolstoy  commends  this  as  a  "  deep, 
wise,  and  righteous  attitude,"  and  continues  : 

The  present  war  in  the  far  East  is  a  great  conflict  such 
as  has  not  been  seen  by  Russia  since  the  times  of  Peter 
the  Great.  It  is  being  waged  for  the  possession  of  the 
eastern  shore  of  the  great  European-Asiatic  continent, 
just  as  in  Peter's  time  wars  were  waged  for  the  posses- 
sion of  the  western  shore.  As  in  the  struggle  with  the 
Swedes,  we  had  first  a  Narva,  and  then  a  Poltava, 
where  the  Swede  met  his  destruction  ;  so,  in  the  strug- 
gle with  the  Japanese,  the  Swedes  of  Asia,  we  shall  at 
first  meet  with  reverses,  but  later  there  must  inevitably 
come  the  Poltava,  where  the  Japanese  shall  perish. 
Only  the  feeble-hearted  or  extremely  shortsighted  can 
fail  to  see  the  final  outcome  of  this  war.  It  is  but  suf- 
ficient to  look  at  the  map.  It  is  but  sufficient  to  think 
of  Russia, — her  great  territory,  her  villages,  fields,  for- 
ests, lakes,  mountains,  and  her  people, — to  become  con- 
vinced. Russia  is  invincible, — Russia  is  unique  in  her 
people,  geography,  climate,  spiritual  and  intellectual 
might,  temperament,  peaceableness,  capacities,  and  her 


destiny.     To  Russia,  notwithstanding  her  present  mis- 
fortunes, belongs  the  earth's  future. 

The  son  of  the  great  peace  advocate  declares 
he  has  said  to  English  friends  : 

You  may  rest  assured  that  we  and  not  you  are  to 
realize  your  dream  of  a  universal  empire.  And  we 
shall  achieve  that  naturally  by  force  of  circumstances 
and  of  destiny.  The  people  that  possesses  the  northern 
portion  of  the  earth  from  the  Finnish  cliffs  to  the  waste 
of  daring  Japan  is  mightier  than  any  other  terrestrial 
nation,  and  though  it  is  not  yet  fully  grown  to  show  its 
superiority,  it  has  all  the  essentials  for  the  achievement 
of  the  latter.  It  casts  its  shadow  over  all  the  neighbor- 
ing nations,  and  gradually  absorbs  them.  It  has  con- 
quered the  Crimea,  the  Caucasus,  eastern  Siberia,  the 
outlying  western  territories,  and  now  where  Russia  is, 
there  will  never  be  aught  else.  The  Tatars  already 
speak  Russian  among  themselves,  and  the  same  will 
happen  everywhere.  We  shall  crowd  out  also  you 
English,  both  from  Egypt  and  India.  Russia  is  un- 
conquerable. 

WHAT    RUSSIAN    CHARACTER    LACKS. 

Menschikov,  a  prominent  contributor  to  the 
Novoye  Vremya,  makes  a  critical  analysis  of 
Tolstoy's  article.  He  points  out  the  danger  of 
such  false  views  becoming  current  in  Europe, 
and  counsels  the  Russian  press  to  protest  against 
them,  and  to  state  the  true  opinions  of  the  Rus- 
sian people.  The  Russian  people  as  a  whole,  he 
affirms,  is  opposed  to  aggression,  and  as  to 
Russia's  invincibility,  the  intelligent  classes  do 
not  believe  in  it.  Even  among  the  mass  of  the 
people,  this  belief  in  Russia's  superiority  and  in- 
vincibility has  been  strongly  undermined. 

Seeing  the  comfortable  and  neat  Germans ;  noting 
that  the  finest  manufactures  come  from  abroad,  as  well 
as  the  best  machinery,  best  plows,  the  best  seed-drills, 
harrows,  scythes,  guns,  cotton  prints,  fruits,  etc.;  see- 
ing that  the  most  skilled  mechanics  are  brought  from 
foreign  countries  ;  seeing  that  our  ruling  classes  learn 
foreign  languages  and  travel  abroad  to  study,  or  merely 
to  live  there,  and  return  thence  as  if  from  a  holy  shrine, 
m  religious  exaltation,  the  plain  people  must  necessa- 
rily conceive  of  foreign  countries  as  of  something  better, 
something  more  valuable,  more  beautiful,  more  stable, 
more  precious.  Nowadays  we  do  not  find  even  the 
shadow  of  the  old  derisive  contempt  for  the  French- 
man or  the  German.  As  to  the  conquest  of  the  whole 
world,  how  can  the  Russian  people  dream  of  driving 
out  England  from  Egypt  when  it  does  not  even  know 
that  Egypt  is  occupied  by  the  English  ?  The  common 
sense  of  the  peasant  enables  him  to  understand  what 
self-defense  means  ;  but  as  to  attacking  his  neighbors, 
no  agricultural  people  will  come  to  think  of  it. 


722 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Menschikov  then  proceeds  to  show  that  nei- 
ther the  lower  nor  the  higher  classes  in  Russia 
dream  of  universal  conquest.  Our  conservative 
aristocracy,  he  says,  feels  it  beyond  its  power  to 
manage  even  the  present  territory.  The  out- 
lying regions,  occupied  by  Russia  through  force 
of  necessity,  demand  great  sacrifices.  There  is 
a  "lack  of  men,"  and  to  such  an  extent  that 
governor-generals'  posts  remain  vacant  for  long 
intervals. 

How  can  we  think,  then,  of  universal  conquest  ?  Our 
liberal  "intelligentzia"  is  as  far  removed  from  dreams 
of  universal  conquest  as  is  our  aristocracy.  Deprived 
of  political  activity,  it  is  also  deprived  of  press  organs, 
and  the  very  instincts  of  the  least  political  initiative  ; 
in  its  great  mass,  our ' '  intelligentzia  "  is  held  in  spiritual 
bondage  by  the  West.  The  handful  of  Slavophils  who 
had  dreamed  to  see  Russia  at  the  head  of  the  nations 
has  rapidly  degenerated,  and  has  not  even  a  single 
prominent  representative.  If  our  educated  classes  have 
at  all  the  right  to  speak  in  the  name  of  the  nation,  they 
will  scarcely  permit  even  the  dream  of  universal  do- 
minion. With  the  tortured  consciousness  of  our  vices 
and  our  failings,  how  can  we  dream  of  universal 
supremacy?  After  lack  of  courage,  the  most  repulsive 
quality  is  boastfulness.  A  careful  examination  will 
show  that  both  vices — cowardice  and  boastfulness — 
have  the  same  origin.  In  both  cases,  it  is  a  self-delusion, 
an  aberration  of  judgment.  True  courage,  calm  or 
anxious,  needs  no  phrases ;  but  when  people  shout 
"Russia  is  invincible"  it  looks  very  much  like  the  well- 
known  expedient  of  the  ostrich. 

It  is  high  time  for  the  Russian  people  to 
realize  that  Russia  is  not  invincible,  says 
Menschikov,  and  "it  would  be  fatal  to  deny 
this  terrible  possibility."  He  goes  on  to  prove 
that  Russia's  supposed  strength  because  of  her 
great  territorial  extent  is  really  her  weakness, 
in  that  it  makes  it  more  difficult  for  her  to  con- 
centrate her  forces  in  the  hour  of  need.  In 
our  old  wars,  he  says,  we  did  not  defend  our 
country,  but  rather  our  country  defended  us. 

But  this  same  hypnotic  faith  in  our  vast  territory 
was  also  a  great  evil.  The  vast  territorial  limits  have 
inspired  even  ourselves  with  an  exaggerated  sense  of 
security.  The  abundance  of  laud  has  wrought  harm  to 
the  Russian  colonizer.  Just  as  in  times  of  peace  he  was 
accustomed  not  to  value  the  land,  and  having  merely 
delved  in  one  place  he  moved  to  another,  which  de- 
prived us  of  the  possibility  of  acquiring  a  high  degree 
of  culture,  so,  in  times  of  war,  knowing  that  we  had 
territory  in  which  to  retreat,  we  did  not  develop  the  art 
of  fortifying  and  defending  our  country  with  the  stub- 
bornness characteristic  of  the  crowded  West.  The  habit 
of  retreating,  and  of  seeking  safety  in  the  dense  forests 
and  in  the  steppes,  led  to  the  ruin  of  the  country  ;  at 
every  invasion,  the  germs  of  civilization  were  burned 
hundreds  of  times,  together  with  the  dwellings  of  the 
boyars  and  the  churches.  Instead  of  deciding  the  war 
at  the  frontiers,  we  carried  it  into  the  interior;  and 
western  Russia  has  not  to  this  day  recovered  from  the 
Invasion  by  Vitold.  The  policy  of  retreat,  sanctioned 
by  centuries,  lias  created  the  type  of  our  national  war- 


fare-defense,— the  worst  of  methods,  as  is  admitted  by 
all  strategists. 

RUSSIA    NOT    INVINCIBLE. 

But  aside  from  territorial  vastness,  wherein, 
asks  Menschikov,  "  lie  the  conditions  of  our  in- 
vincibility ?  " 

Count  L.  L.  Tolstoy  points  to  the  "  spiritual  and  in- 
tellectual might"  of  the  Russian  people.  Presumably 
we  are  superior  to  our  neighbors  by  force  of  intellect 
and  feeling.  For  this  reason  we  deserve  to  become  the 
masters  of  the  world.  Really,  if  it  were  not  for  the 
well-known  sincerity  of  our  author,  one  might  consider 
his  compliments  to  the  Russian  people  as  bitter  irony. 
Exceptional  national  wisdom  is  surely  a  great  force, 
but  where  is  it  with  us  ?  Is  it  expressed  in  the  almost 
universal  ignorance  of  the  Russian  people  at  the  time 
when  all  the  neighboring  nations,  white  and  yellow, 
have  a  more  or  less  assured  system  of  popular  educa- 
tion? Ability  to  read  and  write  is  something  which, 
with  sufficient  demand,  could  become  a  common  pos- 
session in  a  half-century.  With  us,  it  is  a  luxury  a 
thousand  years  after  St.  Cyril.  Or  is  our  national  wis- 
dom expressed  by  high  morality,  by  a  longing  for  tem- 
perance, popular  decorum  ;  in  customs  of  civic  dignity, 
in  the  perfection  of  government  system  ?  With  us,  popu- 
lar morality  is  considerably  lower  than  with  our  neigh- 
bors. Popular  dishonesty,  "graft,"  cruelty,  dissipa- 
tion, drunkenness,  lack  of  respect  for  human  rights, — 
this  coarse  cynicism  pervades  the  population  to  its  very 
heart.  If  the  spiritual  might  of  a  people  is  expressed 
by  its  creative  power,  I  ask,  Where  is  it  ?  Our  national 
art  is  insignificant,  and  there  is  hardly  any  national 
literature  at  all.  Our  culture  is  entirely  borrowed,  and 
is,  notwithstanding,  the  poorest  in  the  world.  ...  I 
am  a  thorough  Russian,  and  I  love  my  country  not  less 
than  does  Count  L.  L.  Tolstoy,  but  in  the  life  of  un- 
people I  see  the  triumph,  not  of  reason,  but  of  a  certain 
backwardness,  of  that  provincial  popular  darkness  that 
is  a  natural  sequence  of  the  return  to  barbarism  of  a 
noble  race,  of  spiritual  degeneration  under  the  burden 
of  unendurable  sacrifices.  I  do  not  know  whether  the 
national  soul  has  become  exhausted  in  the  titanic  strug- 
gle with  the  vast  territory,  with  the  gloomy  forests  and 
deserts,  or  whether  the  nation  has  become  weary  of  ex- 
ternal and  internal  slavery.  But  I  do  know  that  just 
now  this  popular  wisdom  is  with  us  in  a  state  of  decay, 
and  that  really  is  the  source  of  our  misfortunes.  .  .  . 
Beggared,  ignorant,  savage  to  the  extent  of  indifference 
to  its  fate,  the  people  underfed,  a  prey  to  monstrous 
drunkenness,  landless,  sick, —  how  can  such  a  people 
dream,  together  with  Count  L.  L.  Tolstoy,  of  universal 
dominion  ? 

EDITOR    SUVORIN's    OPINION. 

The  opposite  opinions  of  Tolstoy  and  Men 
schikov  created  much  discussion  in  the  Russian 
press.  Many  Russians  were  at  a  loss  to  under- 
stand how  the  same  paper  could  sanction  such 
opposite  opinions  by  allowing  their  expression 
in  its  columns.  Numerous  letters  were  written 
to  the  editor.  Setting  himself  up  as  the  umpire 
in  the  matter,  Suvorin  says : 

The  question  whether  Russia  is  conquerable  has,  in 
our  opinion,    hardly  any  direct    bearing  on    the  ques- 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


723 


tion  of  an  energetic  campaign  on  our  part  against  the 
Japanese.  .  .  .  Still,  if  it  were  imperative  to  admit  such 
a  connection,  we  would  prefer  M.  Menschikov's  argu- 
ments. .  .  .  Suddenly,  we  have  been  surprised  by  our 
own  unpreparedness.  Theoretically,  Russia  is  great  in 
strength  and  resources,  yet  this  strength  and  these 
resources,  when  the  storm  came,  were  found  misplaced, 
inadequately  utilized,  and  improperly  grouped.  Instead 
of  that  invincible  Russia  in  which  we  were  taught  to 
believe,  our  eyes  beheld  an  entirely  different  Russia,  an 
"unprepared"  Russia,  and  hence,  in  Manchuria,  in 
February,  1994,  a  very  "conquerable"  Russia. 


The  sensational  discussion  in  the  columns  of 
the  Novoye  Vremya  is  thus  characterized  by  Mir 
Bozhi  (St.  Petersburg),  representing  the  opinion 
of  conservative  journalism  in  Russia  :  "  And 
meanwhile  [referringto  the  troubled  times],  here 
in  the  heart  of  Russia,  there  are  minute  disease 
germs  which  unceasingly  and  with  terrible  force 
are  undermining  the  healthy  organism, — various 
Burenins,  Menschikovs,  Migulins,  and  Suvorins 
are  diligently  and  untiringly  talking  rot." 


JAPAN'S  NEGATIVE  VICTORIES. 


THOUGH  writing  (in  the  Fortnightly  Review) 
before  the  indecisive  battle  of  the  Shaho, 
"  Calchas  "  regards  the  real  triumphs  of  the  war 
on  land  as  almost  altogether  Russian.  His  title 
is  "The  Limits  of  Japanese  Capacity,"  and  he 
considers  those  limits  very  narrow.  With  their 
organization,  rapid  mobilization,  and  magnificent 
troops,  the  Japanese  generals  ought  to  have 
crushed  Russia's  at  first  small  forces  long  ago, 
and  by  a  couple  of  Sedans  put  an  end  to  the 
campaign.  The  Japanese,  says  "  Calchas,"  have 
blundered  badly,  their  generals  have  made  the 
most  outrageous  mistakes,  being  saved  only  by 
the  fighting  of  the  lower  ranks  ;  and  the  glory  of 
the  war,  so  far  as  there  is  any,  is  with  Kuropat- 
kin  and  Stoessel.  The  Japanese  have  done  every- 
thing that  could  be  done  by  system  without 
brilliant  brains,  but  they  have  done  nothing 
more. 

They  show  astonishing  proficiency  in  every  matter 
of  detail  to  which  deliberate  dexterity  can  be  applied. 
But  there  is  some  fundamental  want  with  respect  to 
depth,  conception,  and  largeness  of  execution.  What 
we  miss,  in  a  word,  is  the  sense  of  that  decisive  insight 
for  essentials,  that  constructive  imagination,  associated 
in  the  West  with  great  personality, — with  leadership, 
whether  in  the  art  of  war  or  in  the  art  of  peace.  Every- 
thing suggests  that  Japanese  faculty,  while  upon  a  very 
high  average  level,  does  not  show  any  signs  as  yet  of 
rivaling  the  West  in  range.  It  probably  is  incapable  of 
sinking  to  the  depth  of  Russian  incompetence  exposed 
in  many  directions.  But  also,  in  the  present  writer's 
belief,  Russian  personality  of  the  highest  type, — there 
is,  doubtless,  not  much  of  it, — will  prove  to  be  head  and 
shoulders  above  Japanese  leadership. 

The  underestimate  of  Russia's  power  which 
succeeded  the  original  overestimation  is  ridicu- 
lous, and  has  been  falsified  by  Kuropatkin's 
campaign.  With  their  superior  chances,  the 
Japanese  should  have  defeated  the  Russians  and 
destroyed  their  armies  ;  they  did  the  first  and 
failed  in  the  second.  They  borrowed  Germany's 
method  without  her  strategical  brains.  The 
Russian  army  has  proved  itself  as  indestructible 


as  it  did  at  Borodino  ;  and,  so  far  from  being 
demoralized  by  defeat,  is  "  slowly  but  steadily 
improving  in  efficiency  after  nine  months  of  de- 
feat." 

THE    REAL    HEROES    OF    THE    WAR. 

"Calchas"  has  no  mercy  for  the  Japanese 
leaders.  There  are  only  four  heroes  of  the  war 
— Kuropatkin,  Stoessel,  Khilkoff,  and  the  men 
who  repaired  the  Port  Arthur  battleships.  Like 
Oyama  and  Kuroki.  Togo  has  blundered.  Like 
the  French  sailors  of  the  eighteenth  century 
who  tried  above  all  things  to  save  their  material, 
he  has  lost  by  being  afraid  of  taking  a  risk. 
The  average  of  Russian  brains  has  not  been 
high.  But  Russia  has  produced  military  and 
organizing  genius  of  a  higher  type  than  has  been 
shown  by  Japan.  And  these  facts,  and  the  te- 
nacity of  the  Czar's  troops,  have  given  Russia 
a  moral  victory,  and  will  save  her  from  decisive 
defeat. 

Opinion  of  the  German  General  Staff. 

A  very  critical  view  of  the  Japanese  as  tacti- 
cians is  expressed  in  the  quarterly  issued  by  the 
general  staff  of  the  German  army,  a  publication 
dealing  in  the  scientific  manner  characteristic  of 
the  Germans  with  questions  of  strategy  and  the 
art  of  war  generally.  The  writer  who  discusses 
the  Manchurian  campaign  in  this  official  quar- 
terly reaches  the  conclusion  that  the  Japanese 
generals  do  not  deserve  the  admiration  and  eu- 
logies that  have  been  lavished  upon  them  in  the 
West,  and  that  their  soldiers  and  officers  have 
been  credited  with  greater  virtue  and  heroism 
than  they  have  actually  displayed.  To  begin 
with,  the  writer  charges  the  Japanese  with  ex- 
cessive caution.     He  says  : 

In  order  to  achieve  real  success,  the  Japanese  were 
bound  to  act  with  the  utmost  rapidity.  It  was  neces- 
sary for  them  to  employ  all  their  powers  to  deprive  the 
enemy  of  the  possibility  of  increasing  his  army  to  a 
strength  equal  to  their  own.     Only  this  might  have 


724 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


shaken  his  determination  to  continue  the  conflict  in- 
definitely. Now,  there  was  but  one  way  of  preventing 
the  Russians  from  gathering  an  army  equal  numerically 
to  that  of  Japan  at  the  front,  and  that  was  to  maintain 
a  persistent  and  tireless  advance  during  the  first  stage 
of  the  war,  when  the  Russiaus  had  a  small  force  scat- 
tered over  a  vast  territory. 

The  Japanese,  the  expert  continues,  were 
perfectly  able  to  do  this.  They  knew  exactly 
the  number  and  disposition  of  their  enemy's 
troops  at  the  outset,  and  should  have  taken  ad- 
vantage of  his  weakness.  They  should  have  ef- 
fected their  landing  in  Manchuria  proper,  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  the  army  of  occupation. 
The  operations  undertaken  in  Korea,  for  the 
purpose  of  making  that  country  subject  to  Ja- 
pan, were  from  this  point  of  view  a  palpable 
error.  They  involved  not  only  a  loss  of  time, 
but  also  a  needless  extension  of  the  line  of  mili- 
tary activity.  It  is  evident,  continues  the  Ger- 
man military  organ,  that  the  Japanese  generals 
attached  paramount  importance  to  safety  of 
landing,  and  preferred  a  slow  and  cautious  ad- 
vance to  quick  successes  ;  but  all  the  great 
commanders  of  the  past  aimed  at  such  successes 
through  daring  and  enterprise. 


The  lack  of  these  qualities  in  the  Japanese  is 
responsible  for  the  neglect  of  all  their  oppor- 
tunities to  strike  decisive  blows.  When,  at  the 
end  of  July,  nearly  six  months  after  the  out- 
break of  hostilities,  they  finally  came  in  contact 
with  the  main  Russian  force,  they  found  con- 
fronting them,  no  longer  a  few  scattered  divi- 
sions, but  a  mighty  host  which  they  could  not 
defeat  in  spite  of  desperate  six-day  efforts. 
From  Liao-Yang  the  Russian  army  retreated, 
not  only  in  perfect  order  and  in  good  morale, 
but  without  heavy  loss,  comparatively  speaking. 
Their  dead  and  wounded  did  not  exceed  10  per 
cent,  of  the  participants  in  the  great  battle, 
whereas  history  records  battles  in  which  the 
losses  were  25,  30,  and  even  50  per  cent,  of 
those  engaged.  In  view  of  these  facts,  the  or- 
gan of  the  German  staff  concludes,  much  of  the 
talk  about  the  unexampled  valor  of  the  Japan- 
ese is  as  loose  and  groundless  as  the  enthusiastic 
praise  of  their  alleged  military  genius.  At  any 
rate,  they  have  not  inflicted  any  staggering 
losses  upon  the  Russians,  and  their  want  of  bold- 
ness and  dash  has  enabled  the  enemy  to  fill  all 
gaps  and  gradually  attain  numerical  equality. 


RUSSIA'S  ATTITUDE  TOWARD  MEDIATION   BY  AMERICA. 


"  R  OOSEVELT  and  Mediation"  is  the  title 
A^-     of  an  editorial   in   the  Novoye   Vremya 

(St.  Petersburg)  of  October  20.  It  refers  to  a 
cable  from  Washington  to  the  effect  that  "  the 
time  is  approaching  when  the  neutral  powers 
will  be  in  a  position  to  act  as  mediators,"  and 
that  "  President  Roosevelt  has  been  ready  since 
the  beginning  of  the  war  to  volunteer  his  co- 
operation in  stopping  hostilities  between  Russia 
and  Japan,  but  awaited  the  moment  when  the 
initiation  of  the  United  States  in  the  rdle  of 
a  mediator  would  be  acceptable  to  both  parties." 
From  this  the  Novoye  Vremya  concludes  that  the 
United  States  Government  seems  to  feel  that 
the  moment  has  now  arrived  when  mediation 
will  prove  acceptable  to  both  Russia  and  Japan. 
On  this  point,  the  editor,  Suvorin,  says  : 

There  is  no  doubt  that  Japan  would  have  welcomed, 
long  ago,  diplomatic  intervention,  to  relieve  her  of  the 
intolerable  burdens  of  war,  and  that  President  1  loose 
vclt  is,  at  any  rate,  in  a  position  to  know  well  the  in- 
tentions of  the  Japanese  ( iovernment. 

As  regards  Russia,  this  journal  feels  called 
upon  t"  enlighten  the  world,  as  follows  ; 

Russia  is  now  experiencing  for  the  first  time  in  tier 
history  what,  republican  governments  knew  Long  ago. 
Her  foreign  policy,  which  had  seldom  before  been  af- 
fected  by  questions  of  internal  administration,  and  to 


which  was  due  in  part  the  consistency  of  the  diplomacy 
based  on  the  peculiarity  of  a  monarchical  government, 
is  now  confronted  by  a  different  problem.  Mr.  Roose- 
velt must  know  that  the  whole  anti-Russian  campaign 
carried  on  for  the  last  year  in  the  foreign  press  lias 
hinged  on  the  principal  idea  that,  owing  to  the  weak- 
ness of  internal  organization  of  the  Russian  monarchy, 
Russia  will  not  be  able  to  cope  with  Japan. 

This  campaign,  according  to  the  Novoye  Vremya, 
has  influenced  to  some  extent  the  feelings  and 
ideas  current  in  Russian  society  with  regard  to 
the  war,  and  to  this  must  be  ascribed  the  favor- 
able leaning  toward  peace  and  mediation  in  cer- 
tain circles.  Other  things,  however,  must  not 
be  forgotten,  says  Mr.  Suvorin. 

If  we  wish  to  get  the  true  import  of  such  leanings, 
we  must  remember  that  we  have  two  factions  advocat- 
ing peace,— first,  the  extreme  reactionaries,  who  wish,  in 
their  old  way,  to  hide  their  heads  under  their  wings 
and  to  reestablish  a  hollow  peace  for  their  own  tran 
quillity;  and,  second,  the  radicals,  who  think  that  the 
war  has  weakened  the  government  enough,  anil  who 
hope  that  a  disgraceful  peace  will  entirelydiscredit.it. 
There  is  a  third  element  of  calm  and  progressive  Rub 
sians, — namely,  the  majority,  who  admit  that  the  war 
has  shown  many  points  of  weakness,  but  who  stand  tor 
absolute  victory  over  the  Japanese,  so  that  whatever 
reforms  shall  subsequently  be  inaugurated  shall  prove 
the  outcome  of  the  natural  evolution  of  the  Kussian 
monarchy  and  not  be  due  to  pressure  from  without 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


725 


POINTS  FOR  A  PEACE  CONFERENCE. 


PRESIDENT  ROOSEVELT'S  proposal  for  a 
new  Hague  conference  is  the  subject  of  an 
article  by  Sir  John  Macdonell  in  the  Nineteenth 
Century  for  November.  In  the  opinion  of  this 
writer,  the  United  States  is  in  a  peculiarly  favor- 
able condition  for  convoking  such  a  conference. 
and  he  welcomes  the  proposition,  though  he 
does  not  believe  that  the  conference  can  meet 
while  war  is  being  waged. 

THE    PROBLEM    OF    CONTRABAND. 

Questions  of  neutrality  and  contraband  would 
have  to  be  decided.  It  is  a  mistake  to  suppose 
that  in  this  war  there  have  been  exceptional 
grounds  of  offense  to  neutrals  (the  North  Sea 
incident  being  excepted).  Cases  like  that  of 
the  Knight  Commander  are  common  in  all  wars. 
The  conference  would,  therefore,  have  to  legis- 
late on  these  points  : 

Belligerents'  interests  have  been  always  studied.  It 
is  high  time  that  those  of  neutrals  were  equally  re- 
garded. It  would  be  foolish  to  hope  that  at  any  one  con- 
ference a  complete  code  of  neutrality  could  be  framed  ; 
in  view  of  the  diversity  of  opinion  as  to  important 
points,  the  time  has  not  come  for  framing  any  complete 
statement  on  the  subject.  But  some  questions  which  it 
is  probably  dangerous  to  leave  open  might  be  settled. 
To  many,  the  interest  in  the  conference  arises  from  the 
hope  that  the  claims  of  neutrals  will  for  the  first  time 
be  fairly  and  fully  recognized. 

THE    RIGHT    OF    SEARCH. 

Restriction  of  the  right  of  search  is  needed, 
as  conditions  have  changed,  and  it  is  doubtful 
whether  powerful  neutrals  will  submit  to  their 


whole  industrial  machinery  being  stopped  in 
order  that  a  ring  may  be  kept  clear  for  the  com- 
batants. 

It  is  well  worthy  of  consideration  whether  a  plan 
might  not  be  devised  by  which  shipowners  who  do  not 
wish  to  carry  contraband,— and  those  who  will  have 
nothing  to  do  with  such  business  are  perhaps  not 
the  majority, — could  obtain  practical  immunity  from 
search.  Among  the  schemes  which  have  been  sug- 
gested are  these  :  The  issuing  at  the  port  of  shipment  of 
a  certificate  by  the  consul  of  a  belligerent,  which  would 
be  deemed  conclusive  as  to  the  nature  of  the  cargo  ;  im- 
munity, at  all  events,  for  mail  steamers  provided  with 
such  a  certificate  ;  immunity  of  mail-bags  from  exam- 
ination,— an  immunity  which  would  rarely  be  seriously 
injurious  to  the  belligerent ;  international  agreements 
not  to  exercise  the  right  of  search  except  within  certain 
areas  in  waters  adjacent  to  ports  of  belligerents. 

COALING    OF    BELLIGERENT    SHIPS. 

The  right  of  belligerent  ships  to  coal  and 
provision  in  neutral  ports  should  also  be  legally 
defined. 

Much  is  to  be  said  for  the  opinion  that  a  vessel 
takin  j  refuge  in  a  neutral  port,  to  escape  pursuit  or  by 
reason  of  being  disabled  so  as  to  continue  her  voyage, 
should  remain  interned  until  the  end  of  the  war.  That 
agrees  with  the  practice  observed  in  land  warfare.  It 
was  recently  followed  in  Chinese  ports.  It  has  much  to 
recommend  it ;  and  it  seems  in  a  fair  way  to  obtain  gen- 
eral acceptance. 

Another  problem  urgently  demanding  settle- 
ment is  the  use  of  wireless  telegraphy  by  neu- 
trals in  the  vicinity  of  the  theater  of  war.  Un- 
fortunately, says  Sir  John,  there  is  no  reason 
to  anticipate  a  limitation  of  armaments. 


CHURCH  AND  STATE  IN   ITALY. 


GIUSEPPE  MOLTENI  writes  of  "  The  Crisis 
of  the  Catholic  Movement  in  Italy,"  in  the 
Nuova  Antologia,  prefacing  the  discussion  proper 
by  a  concise  summary  of  the  contributory  events 
of  the  past  thirty  years,  especially  the  various 
phases  of  activity  of  the  Opera  dei  Congressi, 
the  association  expressing  Catholic  polity.  This, 
from  a  purely  defensive  organization  for  de- 
structive criticism  of  the  new  order  of  things, 
"  by  reason  of  introduction  of  new  blood,  al- 
ready reconciled  to  the  modern  Italian  state,  and 
patriotically  proud  of  its  position,  as  well  as  the 
infiltration  of  modern  economic  thought,"  later 
developed  into  a  union  of  thousands  of  associa- 
tions, directed  by  a  bureauci'atic  hierarchy,  and 
conducting,  besides  research  and  publication,  a 


great  system  of  rural  banks,  mutual  aid  societies, 
and  loan  associations. 

The  association  contained  three  parties, — the 
orthodox  conservatives,  such  as  Paganuzzi  and 
Scotton  ;  the  audacious,  democratic,  radical 
youth,  demanding  a  revival  of  Italian  Catholi- 
cism on  new  lines,  and  incarnated  in  Romolo 
Murri  ;  and  the  moderates,  largely  in  sympa- 
thy with  the  youth,  but  proceeding  by  more 
cautious  and  slower  measures,  and  viewing  with 
alarm  certain  ill-considered  agitation,  too  much 
resembling  "  black  socialism."  Such  are  Meda, 
Crispolti.  Toniolo,  Medolago,  Mauri,  and  Rezza- 
ra,  the  first  heralds  of  the  revival  of  Italian  Ca^ 
tholicism.  These  gained  at  least  moral,  if  not 
numerical,   supremacy,   and    through   them    the 


726 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


young  Christian  Democrats,  already  attempting 
autonomy,  were  finally  folded  in  the  Opera. 
Leo  XIII.  understood  their  force  and  promise, 
and  i'as  a  pledge  that  their  sacrifice  of  inde- 
pendent action  was  not  in  vain,  Giovanni  Gro- 
soli,  dear  to  their  hearts,  and  a  man  of  broad 
vision  and  modern  ideas,"  was  called  to  the 
presidency  of  the  Opera. 

Is  the  present  crisis  that  afflicts  Catholic 
action  in  Italy  a  sign  of  weakness  and  deca- 
dence ?  Signor  Molteni  thinks  he  can  answer, 
No.  He  notes  the  "comforting  phenomenon  of 
a  continuous  infiltration  of  advanced  thought," 
and  regards  as  sure  the  "ultimate  triumph  of 
youthful  force  over  weak  senility."  He  sum- 
marily dismisses  the  idea  that  the  crisis  has 
been  intentionally  brought  on  by  those  in  high 
places  bent  on  destroying  Christian  Democracy. 
The  recent  measures  of  the  Vatican,  he  thinks, 
show  no  substantial  change  from  the  attitude  of 
Leo  XIII. 

Except  for  social  propaganda,  the  Opera  has 
lost  its  national  character,  each  diocese  govern- 
ing itself,  and  practical  local  autonomy  being' 
set  up.  Thus,  some  associations  will  cease  ac- 
tivity, and  others  increase.  This  will  depend 
largely  on  the  bishops.  .Independence  from  the 
hierarchy  will  accentuate  the  religious  side  of 


the  Opera's  activity.  Diocesan  committees  will 
become  simply  assemblies  of  good  Catholics 
who  will  "  aid  the  bishops  in  their  pastoral 
duties,  in  curbing  immorality  and  blasphemy, 
enouraging  worship,  and  rousing  slumbering 
faith." 

That  the  Opei'a  loses  its  character  of  national 
political  association,  Signor  Molteni  believes  is 
a  blessing,  as  thus  vanishes  the  greatest  obstacle 
to  political  action  by  Catholics. 

GAIN    IN    POLITICAL    FREEDOM    FOR    CATHOLICS. 

In  the  new  situation,  Catholics  are  free,  out- 
side of  their  official  and  characteristic  organiza- 
tion, to  develop  a  true,  individual  political  activ- 
ity through  union  with  diverse  political  groups. 
Already  the  youths  and  the  Christian  Democrats 
have,  in  various  associations,  taken  such  action, 
not  without  conservative  censure.  Any  pretext 
of  interference  is  swept  away,  however,  when 
the  Christian  Democrats  recognize  that  nothing 
hinders  them  from  zealous  work  in  the  Opera 
for  religious  and  social  ends,  and  at  the  same 
time  joining  with  other  elements  for  other  objects 
of  civil  life.  The  formation  of  the  Unione  vazio- 
nale  elettorah  (National  Electoral  Union)  is  the 
first  incident  showing  that  the  Catholics  welcome 
this  enlarged  elasticity  of  action. 


WHY  ITALIAN  AGRICULTURAL  COLONIES  FAIL. 


THE  recommendation  recently  made  by  the 
Italian  commercial  agent  at  Washington 
to  the  Italian  Emigration  Commission  that  colo- 
nization societies  be  formed  in  order  to  check 
the  massing  of  Italians  in  American  cities  and 
aid  their  transformation  into  landed  proprietors 
has  caused  the  former  ambassador  to  this  coun- 
try, Baron  Severio  Fava,  to  break  silence  as  to 
previous  efforts  in  this  direction,  and  the  causes 
of  their  failure.  The  Nuova  AntoJugia  (Rome) 
presents  his  revelations  and  views  in  an  article 
entitled  "  Italian  Agricultural  Colonies  in  North 
America." 

Baron  Fava  says  that  voluminous  records  in 
the  embassy  at  Washington  will  show  that  he 
called  attention  to  the  need  and  proposed  similar 
•,  remedies  as  Car  back  as  1883.  He  deemed  it 
j  necessary  to  establish  a  bureau  for  the  protection 
of  emigrants  arriving  in  America,  with  a  labor 
bureau  attached.  He  intended  to  establish  this 
by  means  of  a  fund  of  eight  thousand  dollars, 
offered  by  the  banker  Oantoni,  with  the  use  of 
certain  premises;  a  legacy  left  by  Mr.  Massa, 
twelve  hundred  dollars  allotted  by  Minister 
Crispi,   and  the  formation  of  a  society   whose 


members  should  give  gratuitous  services  and 
monthly  dues.  The  leaders  of  the  New  York 
Italian  colony,  however,  failed  to  give  the  prom- 
ised aid,  in  spite  of  their  having  met  twice 
with  the  ambassador  to  agree  on  terms.  The 
ambassador,  therefore,  presented  his  wishes  to 
the  then  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  Carlisle,  and 
gained  his  hearty  assistance.  He  gave  the  free 
use  of  a  large  hall  on  Ellis  Island.  "When  all 
details  had  been  arranged,  the  bureau  was  placed 
in  charge  of  Cavaliere  Egisto  Rossi,  under  the 
immediate  direction  of  the  ambassador.  It  cost 
the  Italian  Government  $6,000  a  year,  even  with 
the  Massa  legacy.  It  protected  the  emigrant 
from  all  kinds  of  extortion  and  exploitation, 
and  guided  him  through  the  difficulties  of  first 
experience  in  a  strange  land.  The  labor  bureau 
was  not  founded  because  the  Italian  Government 
refused  the  necessary  funds,  and  did  not  even 
authorize  the  acceptance  of  twelve  hundred  dol- 
lars yearly,  offered  by  the  American  banker.  Mr. 
Corbin,  for  this  purpose. 

The  success  of  the  Italian  bureau  of  protec- 
tion had  aroused  other  countries,  and  Austria- 
Hungary  asked  permission  to  establish  a  similar 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


727 


bureau,  but  was  refused.  Other  demands  were 
made,  and  when  the  Ellis  Island  buildings  were 
destroyed  by  fire  the  regulation  was  made  that 
foreign  bureaus  might  be  established  on  Ellis 
Island,  but  not  in  the  federal  buildings,  as  the 
Italian  office  had  been  for  six  years. 

After  mentioning  the  great  success  of  the 
Irish,  German,  Scand  in  avian,  and  Swiss  labor 
bureaus  in  placing  emigrants  on  land  by  taking 
advantage  of  the  homestead  laws,  Baron  Fava 
considers  the  question  of  whether  Italian  emi- 
grants will  lend  themselves  to  such  operations. 
The  first  condition  must  be  that  the  emigrants 
go  to  America  intending  to  remain.  How  many 
Italians  have  such  intention,  he  asks.  They  are 
so  sure  to  return  to  their  native  soil  when  they 
have  accumulated  a  little  that  Americans  call 
them  "birds  of  passage."  Under  such  condi- 
tions, what  Italian-American  or  American  capi- 
talists would  undertake  to  form  Italian  colonies  ? 
The  Italians  of  the  "  colony  "  at  Vineland,  N.  J., 
started  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago  by  Cavaliere 
Secchi  di  Casale,  founder  of  the  Eco  iV  Italia,  do 
not  possess  an  inch  of  soil.  The  so-called  colony 
at  Asti,  Cal.,  founded  with  bonds  of  small  de- 
nomination mostly  acquired  by  Italian-Swiss,  had 
to  be  transformed  into  a  capitalists'  enterprise 
because  the  peasants  refused  to  become  partners 
and  preferred  receiving  wages  to  becoming  land- 
owners. Finally,  the  colony  at  Lodi,  Cal.,  has 
been  too  recently  founded  by  Mr.  Ghigliera  to 
predict  results,  especially  as  the  peasants  have 
required  the  stipulation  that  they  may  seek  work 
elsewhere  during  the  six  months  of  slack  work 
in  vine  culture. 

PROSPECT    OF    FUTURE    COLONIZATION    SOCIETIES. 

Certainly,  there  are  among  the  Italian-Ameri- 
cans many  who  might  subscribe  funds  to  colo- 


nization societies,  properly  so  called,  but  who  of 
them,  after  having  gained  a  competence  by  hard 
work,  is  going  to  risk  loss  by  founding  societies 
based  on  the  work  of  peasants  who  refuse  per- 
emptorily to  discount  the  purchase  of  land  with 
agricultural  labor,  but  demand, -instead,  immedi- 
ate pay  ? 

As  for  societies  founded  with  exclusively 
American  capital,  facts  speak  louder  than  theo- 
ries. He  recounts  the  history  of  "  Sunny  Side," 
the  cotton  plantation  of  Mr.  Corbin,  on  which 
he  attempted  to  establish  an  ideal  Italian  col- 
ony, aided  by  the  ambassador  and  Don  Emanu- 
ele  Ruspole,  then  syndic  of  Rome.  The  plan 
included  a  subdivided  tract,  with  houses  and 
complete  outfits  furnished,  artesian  wells,  school, 
library,  church  and  savings-bank,  narrow-gauge 
railway  and  cotton  press.  After  twenty  years, 
the  colonists  were  to  become  proprietors  of 
their  plots,  and  the  plantation  buildings  were 
to  be  common  property  of  the  whole  colony. 
Fifty  or  sixty  families  were  brought  from  Italy 
at  the  expense  of  Mr.  Corbin.  They  went  to 
work  and  were  paid  the  wages  agreed.  All 
promised  well.  Trustworthy  persons  were  sent 
by  both  Mr.  Corbin  and  the  ambassador  to  sat- 
isfy all  just  demands.  Very  soon,  for  no  valid 
reason,  after  getting  their  pay,  the  colonists 
began  to  disband  gradually,  drawn  by  the 
fatal  allurement  of  quick  profit  to  the  great 
cities. 

In  the  present  state  of  things,  Baron  Fava 
thinks,  it  will  not  be  easy  to  found  real  coloniza- 
tion societies  in  this  country,  with  either  Italian 
or  American  capital.  He  thinks  it  possible  that 
Brazil  and  Argentina,  with  climate,  language, 
and  customs  more  in  harmony  with  those  of 
Italy,  might  offer  more  .encouragement  of  suc- 
cess for  the  proposed  colonization  societies. 


THE  PRESENT  RENASCENCE  OF  POLAND. 


POLAND,  says  a  writer  in  the  Quarterly 
Revieiv,  is  in  the  midst  of  a  moral  and 
intellectual  renascence  which  keeps  the  severed 
kingdom  united  and  fosters  the  spirit  of  inde- 
pendence. 

THE    CZAR'S    REFORMS. 

The  reviewer  describes  the  burden  of  alien 
rule  in  Russia  and  Prussia.  In  Austria,  the 
Poles  are  relatively  free.  Russian  rule  has  of 
late  been  slightly  ameliorated,  owing  to  the  per- 
sonal action  of  the  Czar,  to  whom  the  reviewer 
pays  more  than  one  tribute.  No  man  is  now 
punished  for  changing  his  religion,  and  Nicho- 


las II.  (it  was  reported)  lately  issued  a  ukase 
permitting  religious  instruction  to  be  given  in 
the  Polish  language. 

The  rule  in  Warsaw  is  still  bad,  owing  to  the 
activity  of  General  Chertkoff,  who  has  flooded 
the  city  with  spies.  Even  the  Czar's  good  in- 
tentions are  thus  brought  to  naught. 

The  Czar,  some  years  back,  gave  permission  for  a 
statue  to  the  great  national  poet,  Mickiewicz,  to  be 
erected  in  Warsaw.  By  order  of  the  police,  every  street 
was  lined  with  Cossacks,  ready  to  shoot  or  cut  down 
the  multitudes  who  came  to  see  it  unveiled,  should  any 
demonstration  take  place.  After  a  short  speech,  the 
ceremony  was  performed  in  the  presence  of  more  than 


728 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


twenty  thousand  people.  Not  a  cry  of  any  sort  was  ut- 
tered ;  the  whole  assembly  was  hushed  into  deathlike 
stillness.  But  we  may  be  sure  that  they  resented  the 
outrage  with  all  the  passion  of  their  passionate  nature, 
and  that  the  effect  of  what  the  Czar  meant  as  an  act  of 
kindness  was  completely  obliterated. 

POLISH    PROGRESS    IN    PRUSSIA. 

In  Prussia,  the  Poles  are  oppressed  without 
avail.  They  have  increased  in  numbers  12  per 
cent.,  as  against  a  German  increase  of  3.7.  As 
the  Germans  buy  up  landed  property  in  the 
country  they  are  ousted  by  the  Poles  in  the 
towns,  and  the  number  of  small  estates  held  by 
Poles  is  increasing  largely.  The  following  in- 
stance is  given  of  the  petty  tyranny  of  Berlin  : 

Letters  directed  in  English  or  in  French  reach  their 
destination  at  once  ;  but  if  the  address  contains  a  sin- 
gle word  in  Polish, — e.g.,  Poznan  for  Posen, — almost  a 
week's  delay  must  ensue  ;  it  has  to  be  translated.  Cer- 
tificates of  baptism  are  refused  unless  the  child's  name 
is  given  in  German.  A  man  who  cries  out  in  a  taveru 
"Poland  forever!"  is  fined  for  "grossly  indecent  be- 
havior." 

POLITICAL    PARTIES    IN    POLAND. 

Poland  cares  nothing  for  these  things.  In 
Galicia,  Austrian  Poland,  the  new  generation  of 
nobles  and  people  is  national  to  the  backbone. 
Poland's  unity  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  in  all 
three  divisions  there  are  the  same  parties.  The 
Conservatives  ask  for  a  minimum  of  freedom,  in 
return  for  which  they  promise  loyalty  to  their 
foreign  rulers.  The  National  Democrats  also 
demand  a  minimum,  but  they  "  will  be  loyal 
only  in  so  far  as  it  serves  the  interests  of  Po- 
land," and  they  refuse  absolutely  to  surrender 
the  hope  of  final  independence.  This  party  is 
accused  of  being  unduly  national,  and  of  refus- 
ing to  cooperate  with  the  other  races  of  Slavs 


which  demand  liberty.  The  latest  Polish  party 
is  that  of  Dr.  Lutoslawski,  an  interview  with 
whom  appeared  in  the  November  number  of  this 
Review.  The  party  of  the  Philaretes  was  founded 
and  is  led  by  the  gifted  though  eccentric  Dr. 
Lutoslawski,  known  in  the  philosophical  world 
by  his  numerous  works,  written  in  many  lan- 
guages, including  English,  as  a  Platonist  of  a 
special  type. 

The  essential  character  of  Polish  society  is,  accord- 
ing to  him,  free  union  and  harmonious  cooperation 
through  mutual  love.  With  hatred  he  would  have 
nothing  to  do ;  he  would  conquer  both  Germans  and 
Russians  by  winning  their  love  toward  the  Poles,  their 
superiors  in  virtue.  His  Philaretes  form,  though  not 
in  the  usual  sense,  a  secret  society — a  sort  of  Polish  re- 
ligion within  the  Catholic  pale.  Men  and  women,  call- 
ing themselves  "Brothers  and  Sisters,"  after  a  public 
confession  of  all  their  lives,  must  swear  to  give  up  gam- 
bling, drinking,  smoking,  and  all  immorality.  It  is 
only  thus,  he  says,  that  Poland  can  be  regenerated  ;  but 
the  virtues  which  he  teaches  will  make  her  so  great  that 
her  foes  of  the  present  hour  will  fall  at  her  feet ;  with- 
out striking  a  blow,  she  will  regain  the  independence 
due  to  a  people  of  saints.  Much  in  his  teaching  smacks 
of  the  Messianic  doctrine  of  Towianski,  who  exerted  so 
great  an  influence  over  Mickiewicz  in  his  later  years. 
Lutoslawski's  adherents  are  mostly  young  students  of 
an  extraordinary  turn  of  mind,  as  may  well  be  sup- 
posed. As  to  their  number,  it  cannot  be  computed,  on 
account  of  the  reticence  observed  ;  but  there  are  cer- 
tainly many  more  than  those  who  openly  profess  that 
they  belong  to  the  party.  Many  branches  of  it  are  sup- 
posed to  exist  both  in  Russian  and  in  Prussian  Poland. 
He  affirms, — the  present  writer  has  heard  him, — that  he 
gets  his  thoughts  and  inspirations  directly  from  God. 
His  followers,  as  a  consequence,  believe  in  him  blindly  ; 
as  a  consequence,  too,  other  persons  think  him  a  here- 
tic or  a  madman.  But  he,  too,  strange  as  are  the  means 
which  he  advocates,  has  for  his  aim  and  end  the  in- 
dependence of  Poland.  On  that  point  all  parties  are 
agreed. 


THE  SOCIALISTIC   MOVEMENT  IN  RUSSIA. 


A  DRAMATIC  incident  occurred  at  the  last 
International  Socialistic  Congress,  at  Am- 
sterdam. When  war  was  discussed,  Plekhanov, 
the  Russian  Social  Democrat,  exchanged  warm 
salute  with  Katayama,  the  representative  of  the 
Japanese  proletariat,  amid  the  great  applause  of 
the  congress.  Writing  in  the  Revue  Bleue,  Paul 
Louis  declares  that  this  was  an  indication  of  the 
breadth  and  progress  of  Russian  socialism.  It 
was  a  Russian  Socialist  leader  of  the  revolution- 
ary terrorists,  Rubanovitch,  wdio  was  at  the  head 
of  the  general  political  committee  of  the  con- 
gress. It  is  extremely  difficult  for  Western  peo- 
ples, says  M.  Louis,  to  understand  contemporary 
Russia  and  what   is  going  on  in  the  minds  of  the 


Russian  people.  "  It  would  seem  that  a  thick 
wall,  or  an  impenetrable  curtain,  separates  the 
rest  of  the  world  from  the  one  hundred  and 
thirty  millions  of  Muscovites."  All  we  know  is 
when  some  group  of  discontents  become  violent, 
when  some  high  functionary  like  a  von  Plehve 
or  an  Alexander  II.  is  assassinated.  We  now 
know,  however,  from  the  reverses  and  catastro- 
phes in  Manchuria  and  Korea,  that  the  Musco- 
vite bureaucracy  is  not  equal  to  its  task,  and 
that  "the  civil  and  military  administration  he- 
hind  a  brilliant  front  conceals  mortal  wounds." 
A  new  spirit  is  arising  in  Russia,  says  this 
writer.  Socialism  is  a  very  new  phenomenon 
in   the   land    of  the  Czar.      I'p  to  twenty  years 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


729 


PRINCE  PETER  KROPOTKIN. 

(Russian  geographer,  author,  social  reformer.) 

ago,  socialism  did  not  exist,  because  there  was 
no  industrial  life.  Beginning  with  the  intellec- 
tuals who  studied  Fourier,  Saint-Simon,  Hegel, 
Marx,  Proudhon,  and  others,  Russian  socialism 
soon  developed  a  Kropotkin  and  a  Bakounin. 
From  1878  to  1882,  Russian  socialism  adopted 
the  terrorist  method.  General  Trepof,  Prince 
Kropotkin,  and  finally  the  Czar  Alexander  him- 
self, were  the  victims.  This  terrorism  brought 
about  the  extreme  reactionary  reign  of  the  Czar 
Alexander  III.,  with  the  brutal  oppressions  of 
Aksakof,  Katkof,  and  Pobiedonostseff. 

THE    BEGINNINGS    OF    INDUSTRIALISM. 

The  proletarian  socialism  of  Russia,  like  that 
of  all  other  countries,  began  with  the  beginnings 
of  industrialism.  In  the  early  eighties,  manu- 
facturing began  to  assume  significant  proportions 
in  the  empire,  first  in  Poland.  Mining  and  tex- 
tile manufactures  were  soon  prospering  in  War- 
saw, St.  Petersburg,  Moscow,  and  Nijni  Nov- 
gorod. The  cotton-manufacturing  city  of  Lodz, 
the  Polish  Manchester,  grew  in  thirty  years 
from  a  town  of  ten  thousand  to  one  of  half  a 
million  inhabitants.  Soon  European  and  Ameri- 
can competition  began  to  be  felt,  and  before 
long  two  million  Russian  workmen  who  had  been 
brought  up  on  the  soil  found  themselves  crowded 
in  factories,  with  no  fitness  for  their  task  or  the 
conditions  under  which  it  must  be  performed. 


Socialistic  propaganda  soon  began  to  pene- 
trate into  every  section  of  the  empire.  Litera- 
ture from  Paris,  London,  Geneva,  and  Rome 
ai'oused  the  people,  and  to-day  there  is  an  ex- 
ceedingly strong  Russian  socialistic  sentiment. 
There  is,  strange  as  it  may  seem,  a  socialistic 
party  in  Russia,  which,  although  it  publishes  no 
statistics,  of  its  members  or  its  budget,  has 
already  held  two  congresses.  It  demands  the 
establishment  of  a  democratic  republic,  the  elec- 
tion of  a  popular  assembly,  administrative  de- 
centralization, a  large  autonomy  for  the  com- 
munes, the  proclamation  of  liberty  of  conscience, 
of  the  press,  and  of  popular  meetings,  liberty 
also  to  strike,  equality  for  all  citizens,  the  elec- 
tion of  judges,  compulsory  education,  the  estab- 
lishment of  direct  and  progressive  taxation,  an 
eight-hour  day,  and  old-age  insurance.  By  1890, 
these  Social  Democrats  had  nine  important 
groups  in  as  many  sections  of  the  empire,  in- 
cluding the  capital,  Moscow,  Kiev,  Odessa,  and 
Kharkov.  The  revolutionary  Socialistic  party, 
which  was  represented  at  the  International  Con- 
gress, at  Paris,  in  1900,  is  a  union  of  Russian 
revolutionary  Socialists  of  the  agrarian  league 
of  the  old  Social  Democratic  party  of  Kiev  and 
other  organizations.  It  held  its  first  congress 
in  1898. 

THE    POWERFUL    PRO-SEMITIC    BUND  . 

The  third  section  of  Russian  socialism  is  the 
Bund,  which  represents  especially  the  Jewish 
proletariat,  so  numerous  and  miserable  in  Lith- 
uania and  Poland  and  all  southern  Russia.  This 
is  the  only  section  which  gives  official  figures  of 
its  adherents.  It  numbers  32,000,  with  an  in- 
come of  about  $25,000  annually.  It  is  strongly 
organized  in  such  centers  as  Vilna,  Grodno, 
Minsk,  Warsaw,  Lodz,  and  Riga,  particularly 
to  resist  the  anti-Semitic  agitation  and  to  co- 
operate with  Catholic  and  Orthodox  workmen 
for  the  common  good.  It  maintains  an  inces- 
sant propaganda  in  the  name  and  principles  of 
Marxism.  Its  hand  is  seen  in  every  strike,  in 
every  public  manifestation.  It  sent  out  more 
than  one  hundred  thousand  appeals  in  two 
years  for  the  celebration  of  the  1st  of  May  as 
International  Socialist  Day.  It  has  held  five 
congresses,  contributed  to  the  propaganda  against 
war,  suffered  four  thousand  arrests  in  fifteen 
months,  and  established  a  number  of  under- 
ground printing  offices.  It  publishes  two  jour- 
nals in  Hebrew,  and  four  other  in  Russian  and 
Polish.  All  these  socialistic  organizations,  num- 
bering from  eighty  to  one  hundred  thousand 
adherents,  are  flourishing,  although  all  work- 
men societies  are  severely  punished  by  the  law 
in   Russia. 


730 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


A  TRIBUTE  TO  SIR  WILLIAM   HARCOURT. 


^T^HE  Contemporary  Review  opens  with  an  ap- 
A  preciation  of  the  late  Sir  William  Har- 
court  from  the  pen  of  Mr.  Herbert  Paul.  In 
the  course  of  his  characterization  of  the  great 
Liberal  chieftain,  Mr.  Paul  says  : 

There  was  nothing  small  about  him.  Mentally  and 
morally,  as  well  as  physically,  he  was  built  upon  a  large 
scale.  A  good  big  party  fight  he  loved  as  he  loved  few 
other  things  on  earth.  Small  personal  issues  did  not 
interest  or  attract  him.  If  he  had  been  told  anything 
to  the  discredit  of  a  political  opponent,  he  would  have 
put  it  down  to  the  discredit  of  the  informer.  The  peo- 
ple he  offended  were  the  people  who  did  not  know  him, 
and  took  him,  as  the  French  say,  at  the  foot  of  the  let- 
ter. Those  who  did  know  him  even  slightly  were  as- 
sured that  lie  was  not  only  devoid  of  malice,  but  in- 
capable of  deliberately  inflicting  pain. 

AN    ARISTOCRAT. 

Sir  William  never  forgot  that  he  was  an  aris- 
tocrat, and  "practised  the  old-fashioned  vice  of 
family  pride."  But  he  despised  the  rush  for 
social  distinction.  He  made  great  pecuniary 
sacrifices  for  the  sake  of  politics. 

With  all  his  failings,  and  few  men  weremore  human, 
Sir  William  Harcourt  was  essentially  a  statesman.  He 
was  never  so  far  absorbed  in  one  subject  that  he  could 
not  see  its  bearing  upon  the  interests  of  the  British  Em- 
pire as  a  whole.     He  was  not  a  Little  Irelander,  or  a 


Little  South  African.  He  looked  at  the  South  African 
problem  and  the  Irish  problem  as  parts  of  one  great 
question  which  British  statesmanship  had  to  work  out. 
With  him,  it  was  not  "Will  Ulster  fight?"  and  "Will 
Ulster  be  right  ?"  but  "What  is  England's  duty  to  Ire- 
land ?"  "Why  is  Ireland  the  one  discontented  country 
in  the  dominions  of  the  British  crown?"  It  was  not 
"Have  the  mine-owners  of  the  Transvaal  a  grievance 
against  President  Kriiger  ?"  It  was,  "  What  should  be 
the  conduct  of  Great  Britain  in  dealing  with  small  in- 
dependent states  to  which  British  subjects  resort  for 
purposes  of  gain  ?"  .  .  .  An  aristocrat  by  tempera- 
ment, he  had  the  democratic  fiber  which  contact  with 
great  masses  of  men  strengthens  in  every  robust  mind. 
Democratic  in  one  sense  he  was  not.  No  home  secre- 
tary was  ever  firmer  in  maintaining  law.  For  this  pur- 
pose, he  did  not  shrink  in  the  days  of  the  dynamite 
scare  from  opening  letters  at  the  post-office,  and  coer- 
cion for  Ireland  had  no  stronger  advocate  until  he  was 
convinced  that  it  had  failed.  But  his  finance  was  demo- 
cratic, and  it  was  the  economic  and  constitutional  side 
of  politics  for  which  he  chiefly  cared.  Peace,  economy, 
free  trade,  and  the  maintenance  of  the  Protestant  re- 
ligion were  the  pillars  of  his  political  church.  He  would 
have  agreed  with  Gambetta  that  priestcraft  was  the  en- 
emy, and  against  clerical  pretensions  he  was  always 
ready  to  lift  up  his  voice  or  take  up  his  pen.  If  he  was 
not  a  great  imperialist,  he  was  a  great  Englishman.  His 
foibles,  as  well  as  his  virtues,  were  insular.  He  did  not 
care  about  anything  that  could  not  be  expressed  in  plain 
English.  His  invective  was  like  the  blows  of  a  sledge- 
hammer. 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  ZIONISM. 


IN  a  study  under  this  title,  in  the  Revue  Bleue, 
a  Hebrew  writer,  Nahum  Slousch,  traces 
the  development  of  the  Zionistic  idea,  which,  he 
says,  "  has  survived  eighteen  centuries  of  per- 
secution, of  continual  wanderings,  of  massacres 
and  horrible  humiliations,  of  a  deep-rooted' 
faith  in  the  always  imminent  realization  of  an 
ideal  Messiah,  of  an  absolutely  sure  return  to  a 
Jewish' fatherland."  The  Oriental  Hebrew,  says 
Mr.  Slousch,  has  always  been  a  dreamer,  and- 
there  have  been  a  lew,  and  only  a  few,  Jewish 
dreamers  in  the  Occident.  The  chief  among 
these  were  Salvador,  in  France  ;  Hesse,  in  Ger- 
many ;  Luzzato,  in  Italy,  and  Disraeli,  in  Eng- 
land. The  modern  Jew,  emancipated  and  as- 
similated, lias  renounced  his  historic  ideal  ;  .  .  . 
liberty  is  his  Messiah,  the  rights  of  man  his 
ideal,  and  science  his  faith.  Nevertheless,  he 
continues,  it  is  impossible,  in  considering  the 
future  of  Judaism,  to  ignore  the  great  masses 
of  Oriental  Judaism,  that  population  of  eight 
millions  in  Slavonic  and  Oriental  countries, 
"  uintcd  in  linn  bonds  by  a  life  of  persecutions,  of 
misery,  of  common  belief  and  common  hope." 


The  Zionistic  idea,  says  this  writer,  long 
before  it  had  a  political  significance,  floated  in 
the  very  air  of  Judaism  all  over  the  world. 
The  societies  of  philo- Zionists  sprang  up,  but 
it  was  not  until  1884  that  the  Kadimah,  the 
Zionist  academic  corporation,  was  founded  in 
Vienna  by  Birnbaum,  who,  a  little  later,  published 
in  German  a  journal  of  propaganda,  entitled 
Autoemancipation,  in  which  the  term  "Zionism" 
was  applied  for  the  first  time  to  the  then  embryo 
movement.  A  group  of  students  in  Berlin  pub- 
lished the  Revue  Zion,  while  another  group  col- 
lected  at  Paris  and  published  the  Kadimah  in 
the  French  language.  In  the  meanwhile,  the 
campaign  of  anti-Semitism  was  begun  in  Austria. 
and  just  at  this  moment,  a  psychological  moment, 
a  man  appeared — "a  modern  man.  with  but 
little  in  common  with  the  great  masses  of  .lews. 
a  stranger  to  their  misery,  a  stranger  to  their 
aspirations."  Dr.  Theodor  Herzl  came  to  the 
movement  because  of  his  humanitarian  feeling. 
and  because  of  his  horror  and  fear  of  an  anti 
Semitic  campaign.  Dr.  Herzl's  career  was  out- 
lined in  the  article  by  Mr.  Rosenthal  which  ap 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


731 


peared  in  the  Review  of  Reviews  for  August 
last.  The  writer  of  this  article  traces  the  prog- 
ress of  the  Zionistic  movement  as  shown  in 
the  different  congresses,  the  first  of  which  was 
held  in  August,  1897,  at  Basle.  The  other  con- 
ventions were  held  as  follows :  the  third,  at 
Basle,  in  1899;  the  fourth,  at  London,  in  1900; 
the  fifth,  at  Basle,  in  1901  ;  the  sixth,  at  Basle, 
in  1903.     The  proposition  which  came  up  and 


was  discussed  at  the  last  congress  to  transfer 
the  Jewish  state  from  Palestine  to  some  Eng- 
lish possession  in  Africa,  perhaps  Uganda,  en- 
countered the  warmest  opposition,  and  this 
writer  does  not  believe  that  such  a  proposition 
could  secure  the  approval  of  any  sufficient 
number  of  Jewish  people  to  make  it  practicable. 
The  Turkish  Government  will  probably  never  con- 
sent to  the  alienation  of  any  portion  of  Palestine. 


THE  GOVERNMENT  TELEGRAPH   IN  AUSTRALIA. 


IN  all  that  has  been  written  about  innovations 
in  Australian  political  and  social  institu- 
tions, comparatively  little  has  been  said  in  this 
country  regarding  the  Australian  telegraph  sys- 
tem, which  is  owned  by  the  people  and  managed 
as  a  part  of  the  postal  system  of  the  country. 
Some  attention  was  attracted  to  this  branch  of 
the  government  service  at  the  time  of  the  in- 
auguration of  the  Australian  Commonwealth. 
When  the  federal  constitution  was  framed,  it 
was  agreed  as  a  matter  of  course  that  the  tele- 
graph lines,  which  had  formerly  belonged  to  the 
colonies,  now  the  states  of  the  federation,  should 
go  to  the  Commonwealth  instead  of  remaining 
the  property  of  the  states.  The  new  postal  act 
adopted  at  that  time  was  intended  to  establish 
uniform  rates  throughout  the  Commonwealth, 
and,  in  general,  to  unify  the  administration  of 
the  system.  Consequently,  the  whole  question 
of  cost,  management,  and  charges  was  thor- 
oughly debated  in  the  Australian  Parliament 
before  the  measure  became  a  law.  The  facts 
brought  out  in  that  debate  form  the  basis  of 
an  interesting  article  contributed  to  the  North 
American  Review  for  November  by  the  Hon.  Hugh 
H.  Lusk. 

The  telegraph  lines  now  owned  and  operated 
by  the  federal  government  for  the  people  of 
Australia  have  a  length  of  fully  forty-eight 
thousand  miles,  while  the  length  of  the  wires  is 
considerably  more  than  one  hundred  thousand 
miles, — actually  a  greater  mileage  than  that  of 
any  European  country,  with  the  exception  of 
Russia,  Germany,  and  France.  In  proportion 
to  the  number  of  inhabitants,  it  is  probably 
nearly  six  times  as  great  as  that  of  any  other 
country  in  the  world,  with  the  single  exception 
of  its  near  neighbor,  New  Zealand.  There  are 
upward  of  three  thousand  telegraph  stations 
kept  open  for  the  convenience  of  a  population 
which  does  not  exceed  four  millions  ;  and  the 
revenue  derived  from  messages  is  shown  to  be 
sufficient  to  defray  the  cost  of  operating  and 
maintaining  the  lines,  as  well  as  defraying  the 


interest  charges  on  the  cost  of  construction  at 
the  annual  rate  of  3  per  cent. 

CHEAPNESS    OF    THE    SERVICE. 

Now  let  us  examine  the  rates  which  are  en- 
forced under  the  terms  of  the  act,  and  which 
apparently  suffice  to  maintain  the  great  system 
at  its  full  efficiency.  For  town  and  suburban 
messages, — suburban  meaning  a  practical  radius 
of  ten  miles  beyond  the  city  limits, — the  rate 
fixed  is  twelve  cents  for  a  message  not  exceeding 
sixteen  words,  which  includes  the  address  and  the 
signature.  For  messages  to  any  point  within  the 
same  state  from  which  they  are  sent,  the  charge 
is  fixed  at  eighteen  cents  for  the  same  number  of 
words.     For  messages  to  any  other  state  within 


HON.  SIDNEY  SMITH. 


(Postmaster-general  of  the  Australian  Commonwealth  and 
head  of  the  government  telegraph  system.) 


nz 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


the  Commonwealth,  the  charge  for  a  message  of 
similar  length  is  twenty-four  cents.  In  all  cases, 
the  charge  for  extra  words  beyond  the  sixteen 
is  the  uniform  rate  of  two  cents  a  word.  Deliv- 
ery is  made  within  the  radius  of  one  mile  from 
the  receiving  office,  and  for  this  there  is  no  extra 
charge.  These  rates,  Mr.  Lusk  asserts,  are  lower 
for  the  service  rendered  and  the  distance  trav- 
ersed than  the  existing  rates  in  any  other  coun- 
try except  New  Zealand  ;  but  they  are  fully 
justified  by  the  experience  of  the  three  principal 
states  of  the  Commonwealth — New  South  Wales, 
Victoria,  and  Queensland.  Comparing  these 
rates  with  those  maintained  in  the  United  States, 
it  should  be  remembered  that  Australia  as  a 
whole  is  a  country  of  the  same  area  as  the  United 
States,  and  that  the  distances  actually  traversed 
are  very  much  greater  than  those  between  points 
of  telegraphic  communication  in  America.  Mr. 
Lusk,  therefore,  seems  to  be  justified  in  his 
statement  that  the  charge  of  twenty-four  cents 
for  a  sixteen-word  message  in  Australia  is  much 
less  than  one-half  of  what  is  charged  in  America. 
Again,  considering  the  great  area  of  the  five 
states  occupying  the  mainland,  three  of  which 
are  together  more  than  two  and  one-half  times  as 
large  as  Texas,  and  a  fourth  four-fifths  of  the 
size  of  Texas,  we  see  that  the  state  rate  of  eight- 
een cents  for  a  sixteen-word  message  is  equally 
cheap  as  compared  with  American  rates,  while, 
as  Mr.  Lusk  asserts,  the  city  and  suburban  rate 
of  twelve  cents  has  no  parallel  in  American  ex- 
perience. 

ECONOMY    OF    ADMINISTRATION. 

In  reply  to  the  question,  "  How  is  it  done  ?  " 
the  postmaster-general  of  the  Commonwealth, 
in  the  course  of  the  parliamentary  debate,  stated 
that  the  cheapness  of  the  system  was  due  to  its' 
public  ownership  and  to  the  economies  naturally 
attending  the  system.  In  the  matter  of  cost  of 
construction,  it  will  be  generally  admitted  that. 
the  credit  of  a  whole  people  is  better  than  the 
credit  of  any  part  of  it,  and  that,  therefore,  loans 
required  by  nations  with  a  stable  government 
and  a  reasonable  character  for  honesty  can  be 
obtained  on  more  favorable  terms  than  loans  on 
private  credit.  Thus,  the  eighteen  million  dol- 
lars of  borrowed  money  spent  by  the  officers  of 
the  colonial  governments  of  Australia  on  the 
construction  of  telegraph  lines  costs  to-day,  in 
interest,  only  a  small  fraction  beyond  .3  per  cent. 
Furthermore,  even  if  it  be  admitted  that  the  ac- 
tual cost  of  producing  the  necessary  supply  of 
electricity  would  be  as  little  in  private  hands  as 
it  could  be  made  in  a  government  department, 
it  is  still  claimed  in  Australia  that  the  working 
expenses  of    the   service,  including   salaries    and 


office  expenses,  are  much  less  under  public  own- 
ership. This  is  because  the  telegraph  and  tele- 
phone service  in  Australia  are  both  incorporated 
with  the  post-office,  and  require  few,  if  any,  sepa- 
rate offices.  Nearly  every  one  of  the  three  thou- 
sand telegraph  stations  in  the  country  is  in  the 
district  post-office.  In  the  United  States,  there 
is  a  post-office  for  every  thousand  persons,  but  a 
telegraph  station  for  every  three  thousand,  while 
in  the  newer,  poorer,  and  far  less  thickly  settled 
country  of  Australia,  there  are  fully  six  thousand 
post-offices  to  meet  the  requirements  of  four 
millions  of  people,  or  one  to  every  six  hundred 
and  sixty-six  people  ;  and  more  than  three  thou- 
sand of  these  are  also  telegraph  stations,  being 
one  to  about  thirteen  hundred  persons. 

THE  TELEGRAPH  USED  BY  THE  PEOPLE. 

But  Mr.  Lusk  shows  that  this  economy  of 
management  is  not  the  only  reason  why  the 
Australian  telegraph  has  succeeded.  He  shows 
that  it  is  appreciated  and  made  use  of  by  the 
people  at  large  to  an  extent  that  is  unknown 
where  charges  are  higher  and  conveniences  are 
less.  Among  the  European  nations,  Great  Brit- 
ain, having  a  concentrated  population  within  a 
small  area,  makes  most  use  of  the  telegraph, — 
two  messages  a  year  for  every  inhabitant.  In 
the  United  States,  where  the  population  is  more 
scattered  and  more  difficult  to  reach,  the  people 
send  about  one  message  a  year  for  every  inhab- 
itant. In  Australia,  where  the  population  is 
more  widely  scattered  than  in  America,  two 
and  one-half  messages  a  year  pass  over  the  tele- 
graph wires  for  every  inhabitant.  New  Zea- 
land, however,  has  outdone  her  larger  neighbor. 
There,  the  government  supplies  a  post-office  for 
every  five  hundred  people  and  a  telegraph  sta- 
tion for  every  eight  hundred,  and  with  some- 
what lower  rates  than  in  Australia.  The  people 
send  four  telegrams  a  year  for  each  inhabitant, 
and  the  revenue  from  the  telegraph  is  said  to 
be  even  more  satisfactory  than  in  Australia. 

The  postmaster-general  sums  up  the  advan- 
tages of  the  government  system  of  telegraphs  in 
the  assertion  that  the  system  does  for  the  people 
of  Australia  precisely  what  the  great  trusts  are 
doing  in  various  industrial  lines.  By  operating 
on  a  great  scale,  it  is  saving  on  the  cost  of 
working,  and  is  thus  able  to  give  the  public  a 
better  article  at  a  lower  price.  Thus,  the  pub- 
lic is  induced  to  use  the  convenience  afforded 
on  a  scale  so  large  as  to  make  it  pay.  In  a  new 
country,  of  wide  extent  and  thinly  populated,  like 
Australia,  the  facilities  for  speedy  and  reliable 
communication  could  not  be  supplied  except  at 
enormous  cost,  and  the  government  seems  to  be  the 
only  agency  prepared  to  undertake  this  function. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


733 


GLASGOW'S  MUNICIPAL  STREET  CARS. 


THE  pioneer  experiment  in  municipal  owner- 
ship of  street-car  service  in  Great  Britain, 
which  was  entered  upon  some  ten  years  ago  by 
the  city  of  Glasgow,  has  attracted  the  attention 
of  economists  the  world  over.  It  is  true  that 
three  municipalities  in  Great  Britain  operated 
their  own  tramways  before  Glasgow  did,  but  in 
each  case  the  reason  was  that  no  private  com- 
pany could  be  got  to  do  the  work.  Glasgow,  on 
the  other  hand,  took  over  the  tramways  because 
the  people  of  the  city  were  not  satisfied  with  the 
methods  of  the  operating  companies  and  were 
determined  to  take  the  management  into  their 
own  hands.  In  an  article  which  he  contributes 
to  the  November  Arena,  Prof.  Frank  Parsons 
shows  that  one  by  one  the  cities  and  towns  of 
the  United  Kingdom  have  followed  the  Glasgow 
lead  until  about  fifty  municipalities  in  England 
and  Scotland  are  already  operating  their  tram 
lines,  while  Belfast,  in  Ireland,  has  within  the 
past  month  decided  to  purchase  the  tramways 
in  the  city  from  the  company  which  owns  and 
operates  the  lines.  The  last  large  English  city 
to  undertake  the  municipalization  of  the  trams 
was  Birmingham.  Professor  Parsons  further 
shows  that  the  average  fare  in  Glasgow  now  is 
less  than  two  cents  per  passenger,  and  that  30 
per  cent,  of  the  passengers  ride  on  the  one-cent 
fare,  the  lowest  transportation  rates  in  the  United 
Kingdom,  or  possibly  in  the  world.  In  spite  of 
these  small  fares,  Glasgow  has  already  paid  off 
about  a  quarter  of  the  capital  cost  of  the  rail- 
ways. In  thirty  years,  it  is  estimated  that  the 
capital  will  be  cleared  away,  the  tramways  will 
be  freed  of  debt,  and  the  fares  can  be  reduced 
to  operating  cost  plus  depreciation.  The  city 
lias  its  own  car  shops,  and  all  but  eighty  of  the 
six  hundred  and  eighty-two  cars  in  stock  were 
built  and  equipped  in  these  shops,  which  are 
provided  with  the  most  up-to-date  machine  tools. 

NO    ADVERTISING    SIGNS. 

A  question  that  is  now  very  much  to  the  front  in 
connection  with  the  new  subway  in  New  York, — 
that  of  advertising  signs, — is  touched  on  in  the 
course  of  Mr.  Parsons'  account  of  the  Glasgow 
experiment.  In  Glasgow,  when  the  city  took 
the  tramways,  it  was  found  that  some  fifty  thou- 
sand dollaraa  year  could  be  realized  by  the  city 
if  it  would  sell  advertising  space  in  the  street 
cars.  Notwithstanding  this  fact,  all  the  adver- 
tisements were  at  once  abolished.  Professor 
Parsons  asked  the  general  manager  why  this  had 
been  done,  and  the  reply  was  that  it  was  for 
aesthetic  reasons.  This  answer  greatly  delighted 
Professor  Parsons.      <<  Think  of  a  question  of 


putting  beautiful  cars  and  the  effect  upon  the 
artistic  development  of  the  people  above  a  mat- 
ter of  fifty  thousand  dollars  a  year  to  be  had  at 
the  stroke  of  the  pen  !" 

HOW    MUNICIPALIZATION    CAME    ABOUT. 

Professor  Parsons  gives  a  brief  outline  of  the 
movement  for  municipal  ownership  in  Glasgow 
which  is  interesting  in  the  light  of  the  experi- 
ences of  some  of  our  American  cities.  It  ap- 
pears that  the  city  built  her  own  tramways,  the 
first  lines  having  been  constructed  in  1871. 
These,  and  extensions  made  subsequently,  were 


DOUBLE-DECKED  TROLLEY  CAR  OF  THE  GLASGOW 
MUNICIPAL  SYSTEM. 

leased  to  the  operating  company  on  a  lease  con- 
ditional to  expire  June  30,  1894.  Some  time 
before  the  expiration  of  the  lease,  the  conduct 
of  the  service  by  the  company  had  become  very 
unsatisfactory  to  the  general  body  of  the  citi- 
zens. The  company  still  relied  entirely  upon 
horse  traction.  Their  cars  were  old,  and  many 
of  them  were  in  a  dilapidated  condition.  The 
drivers  and  conductors  were  poorly  paid  and 
had  to  work  long  hours.  As  they  were  not 
supplied  with  uniforms,  and  were  frequently 
very  poorly  clad,  their  appearance  on  the  cars 
was  not  a  credit  to  the  city.  One  of  the  condi- 
tions insisted  upon  by  the  city  for  its  consent 
to  the  renewal  of  the  lease  was  that  the  condi- 
tions of  labor  be  improved,  that  uniforms  should 
be  furnished  by  the  company,  and  especially 
that  the  men  should  not  be  worked  more  than 
sixty  hours  per  week.  The  company  refused  to 
agree  to  these  conditions,  declaring  that  the 
system  could  not  be  successfully  operated  un- 
der them. 

The   question    of    municipalization   was   then 


734 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


brought  before  the  people  in  the  form  of  a  test 
question  at  the  municipal  elections  of  1890  and 
1891.  The  result  was  that  on  November  12,  1891, 
the  city  decided  to  work  the  tramways  as  a  mu- 
nicipal department.  Although  the  city  was  com- 
pelled to  secure  horses,  cars,  and  entirely  new 
office  equipment  for  the  tram  lines,  because  the 
operating  company  put  in  a  service  of  omnibuses, 
and  negotiations  for  the  sale  of  the  old  equip- 
ment had  been  broken  off,  the  citizens  preferred 
the  cars  after  the  city  began  to  run  them,  and 
the  attempted  opposition  of  the  old  company  re- 
sulted in  a  heavy  loss. 

IMPROVEMENT    OF    LABOR    CONDITIONS. 

As  soon  as  the  management  was  taken  over 
by  the  city,  the  hours  of  labor  were  shortened 
from  eleven  and  twelve  hours  to  ten,  and  later 
the  working  hours  were  reduced  to  nine  hours  a 
day  and  fifty-four  per  week,  while  the  wages  of 
the  men  were  raised  considerably  above  the 
wages  paid  by  the  private  companies.  The  aver- 
age increase  was  16  per  cent.,  and  a  considerable 
number  of  the  men  received  an  advance  of  25 
per  cent.  The  selection  of  the  employees  was 
entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  general  manager, 
who  was  responsible  to  the  city  for  the  conduct 
of  the  department.  The  city  simply  fixes  the 
wages  and  the  general  conditions  of  the  service, 
and  leaves  the  engagement  and  dismissal  of  the 
staff  to  the  general  manager. 

ADVANTAGES    OF    PUBLIC    OWNERSHIP  AND    CONTROL. 

In  concluding  his  account  of  Glasgow's  great 
experiment,  Professor  Parsons  admits   that  cer- 


tain of  our  American  cities  have  better  service 
under  the  system  of  corporation  control  than 
Glasgow  has  under  municipal  ownership.  But 
this,  he  says,  should  not  blind  us  to  the  fact  that 
our  cities  have  something  to  learn  from  Glas- 
gow. He  does  not  argue  that  because  Glasgow 
has  two-cent  fares,  therefore  our  railways  can  be 
operated  profitably  with  such  rates.  Street-rail- 
way wages  are  higher  here  than  in  any  city  in 
Europe,  and  our  cities  are  not  so  compact  as 
Glasgow.  He  declares  that  public  ownership 
would  have  an  effect  in  our  cities  similar  in  kind 
to  the  effect  it  has  had  in  Glasgow.  Tf  the 
change  to  public  ownership  in  Glasgow  brought 
lower  fares  and  better  service  than  existed  un- 
der private  ownership  in  Glasgow,  is  it  not  fair 
to  believe  that  the  change  to  public  ownership 
here  would  give  us  lower  fares  and  better  ser- 
vice than  we  now  have  ?  The  service,  Professor 
Parsons  admits,  is  not  so  good  in  some  respects 
in  Glasgow  as  in  Boston,  but  it  is  the  best,  on 
the  whole,  to  be  found  in  Great  Britain,  and  is 
far  better  than  the  service  given  by  the  private 
corporations  in  Great  Britain  or  in  any  other 
country  in  the  United  Kingdom.  Public  own- 
ership of  the  street-car  lines,  as  Professor  Par- 
sons views  it,  would  bring  about  lower  fares, 
higher  wages,  shorter  hours,  better  service,  and 
larger  traffic.  Furthermore,  all  the  profits  and 
benefits  of  the  railway  system  will  go  to  the 
public  instead  of  to  a  few  individuals.  Private 
enterprise  seeks  to  get  as  much  and  give  as  little 
as  possible,  while  public  enterprise  aims  to  give 
as  much  and  make  as  little  as  possible.  This,  at 
least,  seems  to  be  Glasgow's  experience. 


THE  SWEDISH  SOUTH   POLAR  EXPEDITION. 


DR.  OTTO  NORDENSKJOLD,  the  director 
of  the  Swedish  South  Polar  expedition, 
describes,  in  the  Deutsche  Revue,  some  of  his 
experiences  in  the  antarctic  region.  This  was 
one  of  the  three  expeditions  sent  in  friendly 
rivalry  from  Europe,  in  the  year  1901,  to  ex- 
plore that  region.  The  work  was  so  divided 
among  the  three  that  each  one  had  the  task  of 
investigating  the  roads  leading  south  from  one 
of  the  three;  great  oceans.  Dr.  Nordenskjold 
was  sent  with  the  ship  A ntarctic  to  the  countries 
south  of  South  A.mericaand  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 
He  proceeded  with  this  ship  nearly  to  the  Polar 
Circle,  but  finding  no  suitable  place  for  winter- 
ing, he  turned  north  again,  making  his  head- 
quarters on  Snow  Hill  Island,  ill1,"  southern 
latitude,  in  company  with  three  scientists  and 
two  sailors.     He  saj  s  ; 


We  built  our  house  and  observatory  at  the  place 
where  we  had  landed,  and  for  twenty  months  we  made 
our  observations  here, — generally  every  hour,  day  and 
night, — on  the  phenomena  surrounding  us.  The  notes 
we  took  were  most  interesting.  The  winter  climate  is 
exceedingly  stormy  and  intensely  cold,  hardly  a  com 
fortable  one  for  human  habitation,  but  yielding  im- 
portant discoveries  scientifically.  This  entire  region  is 
rich  in  petrified  forms.  We  found  strata  with  numer- 
ous impressions  of  leaves,  showing  that  even  the  most 
desolate  spots  of  the  earth  were  covered  with  luxuriant 
forests  as  late  as  the  tertiary  period.  There  are  traces 
of  all  the  higher  animals  of  t  hat  period.  Giant  penguins 
were  living  on  the  shore,  and  I  found  some  bones  of  a 
st  ill  larger  animal. 

During  this  time,  the  Antarctic,  with  the  re- 
mainder of  the  staff  and  the  crew,  was  exploring 
the  region  between  South  America  and  South 
Georgia.  Dr.  Nordenskjold  never  saw  her  again, 
for  she  was  wrecked   in  the  ice  the  following 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


735 


winter,  and  the  twenty  men,  abandoning  her, 
had  to  proceed  to  Snow  Hill  station  over  the 
ice,  by  sleds.  The  whole  party  was  finally  res- 
cued by  an  Argentinian  vessel,  on  November  8, 
1902. 

Dr.  Nordenskjold  sums  up  the  results  of  the 
expedition  in  the  following  paragraph  : 

The  boundary  of  the  antarctic  zone  has  been  reached 
in  several  new  places,  and  it  now  appears  more  clearly 
through  the  mists  of  imagination.  It  can  hardly  be 
doubted  that  by  far  the  largest  portion  of  this  region  is 
covered  with  ice  and  snow,  and  we  have  now  some  idea  of 
the  nature  of  this  ice,  which  was  formerly  known  only 
by  the  curious  icebergs  drifting  away  from  it.  These 
are  entirely  different  in  form  from  the  arctic  icebergs. 
Wherever  the  climate  of  this  region  has  been  studied, 
it  is  noted  for  its  cold  and  exceedingly  stormy  winters 
and  its  relatively  still  colder  summers,  being  in  this  re- 
spect altogether  dissimilar  from  that  of  the  arctic  zone. 
It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  territory  assigned  to 
our  expedition  is  the  coldest  of  all  relative  to  its  loca- 
tion. It  appears  to  us,  contrary  to  the  general  assump- 
tion.  that  there  is  a  cold  zone  south  of  the  Atlantic 
Ocean.  The  climate  is  so  rough  here  that  hardly  any 
plant  or  animal  life  is  found  on  the  land,  while  the  ani- 
mal world  living  in  the  sea  or  finding  its  food  there  is 
all  the  more  varied.  It  will  be  exceedingly  interesting 
to  study  this  animal  world  in  the  collections  brought 
home,  which  will  doubtless  throw  new  light  on  many 
questions  relating  to  the  distribution  of  living  creatures 
on  the  surface  of  the  earth.  For  conditions  were  not 
always  the  same  as  now.  At  one  time,  the  climate  here 
was  warm,  and  large  tracts  of  land  were  covered  with 
forests,  in  which  a  varied  animal  world  was  doubtless 
living.  It  has  been  assumed  for  a  long  time  that  the 
South  Polar  continent  played  a  role  in  the  distribution 


DR.   OTTO  NORDENSKJOLD. 

(Who  has  recently  returned  from  perhaps  the  most  success- 
ful antarctic  exploration  expedition  ever  conducted.) 

of  living  creatures  on  the  southern  hemisphere,  and 
that  here  many  types  of  plants  and  animals  perhaps 
passed  through  the  first  stages  of  their  development. 
Now  we  are  beginning  to  get  material  for  the  study  of 
these  questions. 


THE  ARGENTINE  GAUCHO  AND  HIS  WAYS. 


A  TRAVELER'S  description  of  the  strange 
hybrid  race  of  southern  and  central 
South  America  known  as  the  Gaucho  is  given 
by  John  D.  Leckie  in  the  Canadian  Magazine. 
The  Gaucho,  says  this  writer,  may  be  of  any 
race  or  color  from  pure  Indian  to  pure  white, 
but  he  generally  possesses  a  strain  of  both  white 
and  Indian  blood.  In  his  character,  he  par- 
takes more  of  his  Indian  than  of  his  white  an- 
cestry, perhaps  because,  in  the  majority  of  cases, 
the  Indian  is  his  maternal  side,  and  those  abo- 
riginal traits  which  are  not  inherited  are  in- 
stilled into  him  from  the  earliest  age  by  ma- 
ternal tuition.  Certainly,  if  you  scratch  the 
Gaucho  you  will  find  the  aboriginal  Indian. 
Mr.  Leckie  declares  that  the  nearest  approach 
to  the  Gaucho  type  to  be  found  in  Europe  is 
that  of  the  wandering  gypsies. 

There  are  ma,ny  unfavorable  points  in  the 
Gaucho  character,  but  this  writer  asserts  that 
he  has  some  few  good  ones. 


Like  the  Arab  of  the  desert,  the  Gaucho  is  charac- 
terized by  his  innate  courtesy,  hospitality,  and  fidelity 
to  his  master  or  leader.  This  is  a  trait  which  seems 
characteristic  of  all  peoples  who  live  in  a  semi-feudal 
state,  and  was  very  noticeable  as  late  as  last  century 
among  our  own  Highlanders,  though  in  this  age  of 
manhood  suffrage,  trade-unions,  and  strikes  the  bonds 
of  sympathy  which  formerly  attached  master  and  ser- 
vant have  been  in  a  great  measure  loosened. 

The  Gaucho  is  a  great  horseman.  He  almost 
lives  in  the  saddle  ;  his  horse  is  his  most  treas- 
ured possession,  and  even  the  poorest  of  them 
has  one,  and  often  two  or  three. 

There  is  no  moral  or  physical  excellence,  in  their 
eyes,  equal  to  that  of  being  a  first-rate  horseman,  and 
no  man  could  aspire  to  be  a  leader  of  the  Gauchos  who 
was  not  an  unexceptionally  skilled  equestrian.  .  .  . 
To  ride  an  unbroken  and  half-wild  horse  is  looked  upon 
as  a  very  ordinary  feat.  He  will  not  only  jump  off  a 
horse  at  full  gallop,  but  will  consider  himself  unskill- 
ful if  he  does  not  alight  on  his  feet  without  falling, — a 
feat  which  may  seem  impossible  to  an  English  horse- 
man.   I  certainly  have  never  heard  of  a  Gaucho  having 


736 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


been  killed  by  a  fall 
from  his  horse,  an  ac- 
cident not.  nnfrequent 
among  foreigners. 

NOT    A     HIGH    MORAL 
CHARACTER. 

The  Gaucho  sets 
a  very  low  value  on 
h  u  m  a  n  life,  and 
with  him  homicides 
are  of  frequent  oc- 
currence, most  of 
these  arising  out  of 
personal  quarrels. 
All  the  Argentine 
and  Paraguayan 
Gauchos  are  of  this 
unsavory  kind. 
The  Correntinos 
(natives  of  the  prov- 
ince of  Corrientes) 
enjoy  an  unenvia- 
ble reputation  for 
bloodthirstiness,  nor  is  this  reputation  by  any 
means  undeserved,  "  as  I  can  attest  by  personal 
experience." 

It  has  been  my  lot  to  live  for  some  months  among 


THE  ARGENTINE  GAUCHO. 

(With  his  useful  garment,  the 
poncho.) 


the  Correntinos,  and  people  of  a  lower  grade  of  moral 
character  I  have  never  met  anywhere,  although  I  have 
traveled  considerably, — nor  are  their  numerous  defects 
relieved  by  a  single  good  point  I  can  think  of.  The 
Argentine  army  is  largely  composed  of  Correntinos, 
and  they  make  good  soldiers. 

The  Gaucho  attire  is  rather  picturesque.  The 
typical  Gaucho  has  a  nether  garment  known  as 
a  "  bombacha,"  wide  and  baggy,  like  that  worn 
by  a  French  Zouave,  or  the  divided  skirts  some- 
times worn  by  lady  cyclists. 

But  his  most  essential  garment  is  the  "poncho," 
which  is  generally  of  wool  if  the  wearer  can  afford  it, 
though  the  poorer  classes  have  to  content  themselves 
with  cotton.  The  poncho  resembles  a  blanket  with  a 
hole  in  the  middle,  through  which  the  wearer  thrusts 
his  head,  and  is  used  as  an  overcoat  by  day  and  a  blan- 
ket by  night.  It  is  a  most  convenient  garment  for  a 
traveler,  and  cau  be  adjusted  to  suit  any  change  of 
weather.  Thus,  in  cold  or  wet  weather,  it  is  worn  so 
as  to  envelop  the  entire  body ;  if  the  temperature  be- 
comes somewhat  milder,  it  is  thrown  over  the  shoulder 
and  around  the  neck,  somewhat  after  the  manner  of  a 
Scotch  plaid  ;  and  if  the  thermometer  mounts  still 
higher,  it  is  the  work  of  a  moment  to  throw  it  off  alto- 
gether. The  poncho,  indeed,  is  an  economizer  of  time, 
money,  and  labor. 

The  Gaucho  is  gradually  disappearing,  and  be- 
fore another  two  generations,  Mr.  Leckie  be- 
lieves, he  will  be  as  extinct  as  the  buffalo. 


HOUSING  AND  ARCHITECTURE  IN   BUENOS  AYRES. 


THE  development  of  architecture  in  South 
American  countries  has  been  along  lines 
which  are  new  and  (in  the  Argentine)  which 
furnish  excellent  examples  of  what  a  strong 
cosmopolitan  architecture  can  be.  In  Buenos 
Ay  res,  says  the  Spanish  illustrated  monthly 
Hojas  Selectas  (Barcelona),  architecture  has  had 
a  very  vast  field  in  which  to  develop  at  its 
pleasure  and  to  demonstrate  that  "  architectural 
beauty  does  not  consist  in  the  capricious  combi- 
nation of  decorative  elements  arbitrarily  taken 
from  anywhere,  but  is  the  result  of  originality 
in  conception,  novelty  in  form,  ability  in  the  ar- 
rangement and  use  of  materials,  and  successful 
harmonizing  of  the  architectural  plan  with  the 
utilitarian  and  social  object  which  a  building  is 
tu  serve." 

The  writer  of  this  article  mentions  the  most 
distinctive  of  the  public  buildinga  in  flic  Argen- 
tine capital.  These;  are  the  "Cathedral,  ma- 
jestic but  simple  in  construction,  the  style  of 
which  imitates  that  of  the  Parthenon  at  Athens  ; 
the  Governmental  Palace,  of  handsome  propor- 
tions; the  Opera  House,  severe  in  style;  the 
Mortgage    Hank,  the    Bank    of   the    Provinces, 


and,  lastly,  the  Girls'  Graduate  School,  crowned 
with  a  graceful  cupola  which  gives  it  the  as- 
pect of  a  cathedral."  The  native  architects  of 
Buenos  Ayres,  and  those  who  when  they  emi- 
grated to  the  city  knew  how  to  adapt  them- 
selves to  Spanish-American  local  conditions, 
have  given  proof  that  they  understand  the  true 
conception  of  architecture,  continues  the  article 
in  the  Hojas  Selectas.  "As  an  inevitable  result 
of  ethnological  conditions,  each  country  has  a 
style  of  architecture  peculiar  to  itself,  which. 
without  rising  to  the  heights  of  absolute  origi- 
nality, reflects,  nevertheless,  the  character,  cus- 
toms, and  nature  of  the  inhabitants." 

It  is  not  strange,  therefore,  that  in  South  America, 
and  especially  in  the  most  populous  city  of  the  South 
American  countries,  vigorous  traces  of  European  in- 
fluence may  be  noticed  in  the  architecture,  although 
they  are  modi  tied  by  adaptation  to  local  conditions. 
Thus,  in  the  buildings  of  Buenos  Ayres,  neither  French 
taste,  nor  Spanish,  nor  German,  nor  Italian  predom- 
inates, but  a  complex  taste  which  owes  something  to 
all  of  these.  This  is  due  to  the  cosmopolitan  char- 
acter of  what  was  originally  a  viceregal  village  and  is 
today  the  rich  Argentine  metropolis,  which  pours 
the  activity  of  thousands  of  inhabitants  through  its 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


737 


wide  and  splendid  streets,  lined  with  palaces,  and  which 
opens  to  all  the  currents  of  civilization  the  great  river, 
formerly  marshy  and  inaccessible  to  the  most  fragile 
vessels,  by  the  bank  of  which  there  has  arisen  as  if  by 
magic  a  magnificent  harbor  filled  with  masts  and 
smokestacks. 

The  competitive  prize  which  the  municipal 
council  of  Buenos  Ayres,  following  the  example 
of  Antwerp,  Berlin,  and  Barcelona,  grants  to 
the  best  building  among  all  those  erected  each 
year  will  certainly  encourage  the  tendency  to 
establish  good  architectural  taste.  But  the  mu- 
nicipality of  Buenos  Ayres  has  not  been  content 
to  stimulate  architecture  in  the  city  solely  along 
imposing  and  ornamental  lines  represented  by 
the  public  buildings  and  the  residences  of  mag- 
nates. It  has  also  not  forgotten  those  citizens 
who  are  humble  in  position  or  disinherited  by 
fortune.  On  the  6th  of  last  July,  Representa- 
tive Ignacio  D.  Irigoyen  introduced  a  projected 
law  for  the  building  of  houses  for  workingmen 
in  the  capital  of  the  Argentine  Republic.  Ac- 
cording to  this  project,  the  municipal  council  of 
Buenos  Ayres  is  to  be  empowered  to  issue  cer- 
tificates of  municipal  debt  to  the  amount  of 
$20,000,000,  at  6  per  cent.,  in  four  series  of  five 
millions  each,  placed  on  the  market  at  intervals 
of  three  months,  the  amount  to  be  used  in  erect- 
ing homes. 

The  houses  will  consist  of  three  or  four  rooms,  and 
will  have  separate  entrances.  The  proceeds  of  the  sub- 
scription will  be  applied  to  the  purchase  of  land  and  to  the 
erection  of  the  buildings  in  groups.  When  such  a  group 
of  houses  is  built,  it  will  be  placed  under  the  adminis- 
tration of  a  board  of  directors  appointed  by  the  muni- 
cipal council,  which  will  give  the  working  classes  the 
opportunity  of  owning  said  houses  by  a  system  of 
monthly  payments  until  the  cost  of  construction  is  de- 
frayed, the  making  of  profit  not  being  contemplated. 
The  houses  are  not  to  be  sublet  in  whole  or  in  part,  but 
are  to  be  used  exclusively  by  the  workingman  and  his 


TYPICAL  PRIVATE  HOUSE  IN  THE  WEALTHY  RESIDENCE 
QUARTER  OP  BUENOS  AYRES. 

family.  When  any  householder  owes  six  monthly  pay- 
ments, he  will  lose  all  rights  acquired,  unless  he  guar- 
antees to  pay  up  before  a  year  has  elapsed.  Ordinary 
repairs  will  be  made  by  the  directors  ;  those  not  coming 
under  the  head  of  ordinary  preservation  and  mainte- 
nance will  be  made  by  the  householder. 

The  city  of  Buenos  Ayres  recognizes  the  fact 
that  the  home  is,  so  to  speak,  "  the  mark  of  city 
growth,  and  that  not  only  its  external  but  its 
internal  aspect  is  to  be  considered.  In  future, 
therefore,  it  will  not  allow  the  construction  of 
new  houses  that  do  not  provide  for  the  entire 
separation  from  one  another  of  the  families  that 
reside  in  them.'" 


MR.   BOUGHTON   AND  HIS  DUTCH   PICTURES. 


THE  work  of  Mr.  George  Henry  Boughton, 
the  English  artist,  is  familiarly  known  in 
the  United  States,  where  the  painter's  youth 
was  passed,  and  where  several  of  his  most  fa- 
mous paintings  are  now  owned.  In  the  extra 
Christmas  number  of  the  Art  Journal,  which  is 
devoted  to  Mr.  Boughton's  achievements,  Mr. 
A.  L.  Baldry  places  great  emphasis  on  the 
Dutch  inspiration  under  which  the  artist  has 
done  his  work.  (It  will  be  remembered  that 
Mr.  Boughton's  boyhood  was  passed  in  the 
Dutch-founded  city  of  Albany,  N.  Y.) 

No  one  shows  better  what  a  spell  Holland  can  throw 
over  the  painter  who  is  responsive  to  the  strange  charm 


of  the  country  and  loves  its  curious  and  unusual  beau- 
ties. Mr.  Boughton's  wanderings  in  the  Low  Coun- 
tries have  not  been  those  of  the  ordinary  tourist ;  he 
has  not  gone  there  to  see  the  sights,  or  to  plod  system- 
atically round  in  the  beaten  track.  Instead,  he  has  be- 
taken himself  to  those  forgotten  corners  where  the  bus- 
tle of  modern  life  is  unknown  and  the  calm  of  past 
centuries  broods  over  people  and  things.  It  is  in  the 
out-of-the-way  places  that  he  has  sought  his  inspira- 
tion, and  what  he  has  found  there  he  has  turned  to  de- 
lightful account. 

It  is  possible  that  his  love  of  Holland  is  connected 
to  some  extent  with  his  study  of  American  history,  and 
that  sentiment  has  had  almost  as  much  to  do  with  it 
as  his  enjoyment  of  the  rare  picturesqueness  of  the 
places  he  has  visited  during  his  Dutch  excursions.  A 
man  as  well  acquainted  as  he  is  with  the  New  England 


738 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


traditions  would  naturally  have  a  special  interest  in  a 
country  from  which  came  so  considerable  a  proportion 
of  the  founders  of  the  United  States. 

Whatever  may  have  been  the  cause  of  his  interest  in 
Holland,  there  is  no  question  about  the  importance  of 
the  influence  that  it  has  had  upon  his  artistic  career. 
It  has  led  him  to  produce  a  long  series  of  pictures 
which  are  not  only  admirable  in  their  display  of  his 
particular  gifts,  but  are  also  most  acceptable  additions 
to  the  sum  total  of  really  memorable  modern  art. 


The  "dead  cities"  of  the  Zuyder  Zee  have  provided 
him  with  some  of  the  happiest  of  his  subjects,  for  in 
them  the  Holland  of  other  days  can  be  seen  almost 
unchanged.  Such  pictures  as  "Weeders  of  the  Pave- 
ment," "A  Dutch  Ferry,"  and  "  An  Exchange  of  Com- 
pliments" show  him  at  the  highest  level  of  his  accom- 
plishment and  with  all  the  qualities  of  his  art  under 
j>erfect  control.  They  have  the  fullest  measure  of  his 
gentle  sobriety  of  manner,  and  yet  they  are  amply  vigor- 
ous and  firm  in  execution. 


JOHN  ROGERS:  SCULPTOR  OF  AMERICAN  DEMOCRACY. 


AN  era  in  American  sculpture  is  marked  by 
the  career  of  the  late  John  Rogers,  de- 
signer of  the  famous  "  groups  "  which  bear  his 
name,  and  which  were  known,  a  few  years  ago, 
from  one  end  of  the  country  to  the  other.  Writ- 
ing in  the  Architectural  Record  for  November, 
Mr.  Charles  H.  Israels  makes  the  assertion  that 
the  popular  enthusiasm  roused  by  this  sculptor 
has  not  been  equaled  by  a  single  one  of  the  hun- 
dreds of  more  talented  and  virile  American  art- 
ists who  have  succeeded  him. 

This  enthusiasm  may  not  have  been  based  upon  any 
sound  aesthetic  principles ;  but  it  needs  no  apology. 
His  homely  works,  given  to  the  public  at  a  time  when 


m  '  'm 

EC 

® 

■v  *        T^m 

m 

.  ^Jf    ^H 

m    • 

V  i 

^     / 

■  ~^- 

4        .JP**' 

^^mm*0&""~--    "  ** 

1*.' 

■V  1 

l         *V            '™ 

.SB 

^■"CXfi 

p*— *.   ' 

***  ■ 

"THE  COUNCIL  OF  war." 
(One  of  the  most  famous  of  Rogers'  groups.) 


THE  LATE  JOHN  ROGERS. 

an  appeal  to  national  sentiment  found  prompt  response, 
went  straight  to  the  heart  of  the  American  people. 
They  did  not  require  the  explanation  of  guide-books  or 
critics  to  be  understood.  They  did  not  hark  back  to  the 
classics.  Their  subjects  were  to  be  found  in  the  daily 
life  of  the  average  man,  and  notwithstanding  their 
many  shortcomings  in  technique,  artistic  conception, 
and  methods  of  treatment,  they  stood  out  boldly  as  the 
lirst  popular  appeal  that  sculpture  had  made  to  t  In- 
American  people. 

Rogers  began  to  practise  modeling  about  fifty 
years  ago,  when  the  tendencies  in  American 
sculpture  were  all  ultra-classic, — when  "Wash 
ington  had  to  be  dressed  as  a  Roman  Senator 
and  Chief  Justice  Marshall  arrayed  in  a  toga. 
But  neither  in  America  nor  in  the  galleries  of 
Europe,  where  he  passed  a  year  in  preparation 
for  his  life-work,  was  Rogers  influenced  in  the 
slightest  degree  by  these  classic  tendencies.     In- 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


739 


deed,  all  his  work  was  a  protest  against  that 
school  of  art.  In  the  early  days  of  the  Civil 
War,  he  produced  "The  Slave  Auction,"  and 
this  was  followed  by  "The  Council  of  War," 
"News  from  the  Front,"  "The  Returned  Vol- 
unteer," and  other  works  suggested  by  the  war. 
In  later  years,  domestic  themes  were  treated  in 
many  of  the  "  groups." 

In  concluding  his  estimate  of  this  represent- 
ative sculptor  of  our  democracy,  Mr.  Israels 
says  : 

During  his  later  years,  John  Rogers  was  but  a  name 
to  the  American  people.  He  had  no  permanent  place 
in  the  newer  American  art.  When  he  died,  on  the  27th 
of  last  July,  his  death  hardly  caused  a  ripple,  but  he 
served  his  day  and  generation  well.  It  is  unfortunately 
the  custom  of  the  American  sculptor  of  to-day  to  for- 
get John  Rogers  when  he  names  the  list  of  men  who 
have  given  life  to  plastic  art  in  the  United  States,  and 


who  have  made  possible  the  sculptural  decorations  of 
St.  Louis  and  Chicago.  But  notwithstanding  this  lack 
of  appreciation  on  the  part  of  his  successors,  Rogers' 
name  is  firmly  fixed  in  his  nation's  history.  He  was  the 
first  American  to  show  his  countrymen  that  sculpture 
was  a  living  art ;  that'  it  could  properly  express  the 
things  that  are  as  well  as  the  things  that  were  ;  that  a 
subject  was  not  too  humble  to  be  treated  by  the  artist 
because  it  entered  into  the  daily  life  of  his  own  people. 
Rogers  plainly  blazed  the  way  for  stronger,  better- 
trained,  but  less  original  men,  and  with  it  all  he  had 
no  mean  share  in  feeding  the  fires  of  patriotism  through 
the  four  long  years  of  civil  war. 

His  recognition  was  instantaneous.  Rogers  was  the 
people's  sculptor.  He  told  the  story  of  his  time  in  clay 
just  as  sincerely  as  the  men  of  Barbizon  told  theirs  in 
color.  His  public  was  crude  and  his  efforts  are  not  to 
be  compared  with  theirs,  but  within  his  limitations  he 
served  his  purpose  with  as  much  sincerity  and  with 
equal  effect.  Our  national  art  and  our  national  senti- 
ment both  owe  a  debt  to  John  Rogers. 


THE  OLDEST  STATUE  IN  THE  WORLD. 


THE  STATUE  OF  KING   DADDU. 

(Found  near  Bagdad.) 


THE  finding  of  the  statue  of  an  unknown 
king,  Daddu,  or  David,  in  the  ruins  of  the 
temple  at  Bismya,  not  far  from  Bagdad,  is  de- 
scribed by  Edgar  James  Banks,  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  in  the  American  Journal  of 
Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures  (the  new  form 
of  Ilebraica).  This  statue,  the  editors  of  this 
journal  announce,  is  probably  the  oldest  in  the 
world.  The  shoulder  of  the  statue  was  first  no- 
ticed, about  eight  feet  below  the  surface.  Upon 
digging  it  out,  a  headless  statue  was  found, 
weighing  some  two. hundred  pounds.  Carefully 
concealing  the  find  from  the  superstitious  na- 
tives, Mr.  Banks  and  his  assistants  washed  the 
statue  at  night  under  cover  of  their  tent,  in 
camp.  Soon  three  lines  of  "  a  beautifully  dis- 
tinct inscription  in  the  most  archaic  characters  " 
appeared  written  across  the  right  upper  arm. 
"  There  were  but  three  short  lines, — little  more 
than  three  words  ;  but  later,  when  I  was  able 
to  translate  them,  they  told  us  all  that  we  most 
wished  to  know."  About  three  weeks  later,  the 
head  was  found. 

A  workman  who  was  employed  not  thirty  meters 
from  the  spot  where  the  statue  was  found  was  clear- 
ing away  the  dirt  near  a  wall,  when  a  large  round  piece 
of  dirty  marble  rolled  out.  We  picked  it  up  and  cleared 
away  the  dirt.  Slowly  the  eyes,  the  nose,  and  the  ears 
of  the  head  of  a  statue  appeared.  I  hurriedly  took  it  to  my 
tent  and  placed  it  upon  the  neck  of  the  headless  statue. 
It  fitted  ;  the  statue  was  complete.  From  beneath  the 
thick  coating  of  dirt  the  marble  face  seemed  to  light 
up  with  a  wonderful  smile  of  gratitude,  for  the  long 
sleep  of  thousands  of  years  in  the  grave  was  at  an  end, 
and  the  long-lost  head  was  restored  ;  or  perhaps  the 
smile  was  but  the  reflection  of  our  own  feelings. 


740 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE    COMPLETED    STATUE. 

Mt.  Banks  gives  this  description  of  the  com- 
pleted statue,  which  he  pronounces  to  be  "  by 
far  the  most  perfect  and  graceful  statue  yet  found 
in  Babylonia." 

The  statue,  including  the  low  pedestal  upon  which 
it  stands,  is  78  centimeters  high  and  81  around  the  bot- 
tom of  the  skirt.  The  upper  part  of  the  body  is  en- 
tirely naked  ;  the  lower  part  is  clothed  in  an  em- 
broidered skirt  of  six  folds  held  up  by  a  band  and 
fastened  behind.  The  back  and  shoulders  are  grace- 
fully formed,  the  arms  at  the  elbows  are  free  from  the 
body,  and  the  hands  are  clasped  before  the  waist.  The 
well-shaped  head  is  without  hair,  and  the  face  is  beard- 
less ;  the  eyes  and  eyebrows  are  now  hollows  in  which 
ivory  or  precious  stones  were  set. 

The  inscription  of  the  three  lines  has  been 
worked  out  as  follows  : 


E-sar 

Lugal  Dad-du 

Lugal  Ud-nun-ki 


(Temple)  Eshar. 
King  Daddu. 
King  of  Udnun. 


The  first  tells  us  the  name  of  the  temple  of 
ancient  Bismya,  a  temple  quite  new  to  Assyri- 


ologists.  The  second  gives  the  name  of  the 
king  represented  by  the  statue  ;  it  may  be  pro- 
nounced Dad-du  or  Da-udu  (David  ?),  a  name 
hitherto  unknown.  The  third  line  contains  the 
ancient  name  of  Bismya,  Ud-nun,  which  is  men- 
tioned, together  with  other  Babylonian  cities,  in 
the  Code  of  Hammurabi.  The  two  elements  of 
the  name  are  joined  together,  but  its  frequent 
repetition  upon  tablets,  seal  cylinders,  and  vases 
makes  the  reading  certain.  When  did  this  un- 
known king,  Daddu — if  that  be  his  name — 
live  ?  And  when  did  his  newly  discovered 
city,  Ud-nun,  flourish  ?  Further  excavations  at 
Bismya  will  answer  the  question.  For  the  pres- 
ent, it  must  suffice  to  say,  declares  Mr.  Banks, 
that  the  archaic  character  of  the  writing,  the 
depth  at  which  the  statue  was  discovered, — far 
below  the  ruins  of  Naram-Sin's  time, — the  entire 
absence  of  the  name  both  of  the  king  and  of  the 
city  in  the  earliest  records  from  Nippur  and 
Tell  oh,  and  a  study  of  other  inscriptions  found 
at  Bismya,  all  point  to  "an  antiquity  exceeding 
that  of  any  other  known  king  of  Babylonia." 


THE  THROES  OF  COMPOSITION. 


DR.  JOHNSON'S  assertion  that  "  A  man  can 
write  just  as  well  at  one  time  as  at  an- 
other, if  he  will  only  set  his  mind  to  it,"  does 
not  seem  to  be  the  common  experience  of 
writers.  The  exceptions — those  who  write  a 
certain  amount  daily,  and  do  not  give  way  to 
imagining  that  they  are  not  in  good  writing 
form — do  not  produce  work  of  the  first  order  of 
merit.  In  the  Cornhill  Magazine  for  November 
there  is  a  chatty  paper  on  the  "  Throes  of  Com- 
position," by  Michael  MacDonagh. 

Trollope,  when  he  heard  the  idea  preached 
that  a  writer  should  wait  for  inspiration,  was 
"hardly  able  to  repress  his  scorn.  To  me,  it 
would  not  be  more  absurd  if  the  shoemaker 
were  to  wait  for  inspiration,  or  the  tallow- 
chandler  for  the  divine  moment  of  melting." 
He  believed  in  cobbler's  wax  on  his  chair  much 
more  than  in  inspiration  ;  and  daily  wrote, 
stop-watch  beside  him,  for  a  given  number  of 
hours,  at  the  exact  rate  of  two  hundred  and 
fifty  words  every  quarter  of  an  hour.  Even  al 
sea,  in  the  intervals  of  seasickness,  he  would  do 
this.  Sir  Walter  Scott  said  "he  had  never 
known  a  man  of  genius  who  could  be  perfectly 
regular  in  his  habits  ;  while  lie  had  known 
many  blockheads  who  were  models  of  order 
and  method."  Trollope,  as  Mr.  MacDonagh 
says,  was  neither. 

Southey  W&8  another  clockwork  type  of  write!'. 


and,  again,  not  a  genius.  Sheridan  found  a  glass 
of  port  invaluable  for  bringing  forth  reluctant 
ideas.  Fielding  "got  up  steam"  with  brandy 
and  water  ;  Wilkie  Collins'  "  Woman  in  White  " 
owed  much  to  doses  of  champagne  and  brandy. 
Johnson  compiled  his  dictionary  with  the  aid  of 
tea.  Charles  Lamb  found  that  beer  or  wine 
"  lighted  up  his  fading  fancy,  enriched  his  hu- 
mor, and  impelled  the  struggling  thought  or 
beautiful  image  into  day."  Perhaps  the  only 
great  poet  who  was  intemperate  was  Burns. 
Darwin's  literary  stimulant  was  snuff,  but  the 
commonest  aid  to  literary  inspiration  is  undoubt- 
edly tobacco.  Milton,  though  a  water-drinker 
and  a  vegetarian,  was  a  smoker.  "  Charles 
Kingsley  often  worked  himself  into  a  white  heat 
of  composition  over  the  book  upon  which  he  was 
engaged,  until,  too  excited  to  write  any  more, 
he  would  calm  himself  down  with  a  pipe  and 
a  walk  in  his  garden."  Buckle,  the  historian, 
never  grudged  money  for  two  things — tobacco 
and  books.  Tennyson,  too,  was  an  inveterate 
smoker. 

Absolute  silence  is  essential  to  most  writers 
in  the  throes  of  composition,  though  few  are  so 
nervously  fastidious  as  Carlyle.  When  he  had 
built  his  sound-proof  room  in  Cheyne  Row,  it 
turned  out  "  by  far  the  noisiest  in  the  house," 
"a  kind  of  infernal  miracle!"  George  Eliot 
could    not,    endure    the    sound    of    Lewes'   pen,- 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


741 


scratching ;  whereas  Goldsmith  did  his  best 
work  while  starving  in  a  wretched  room  in 
Green  Arbour  Court.  Jane  Austen,  also,  wrote 
in  the  common  family  sitting-room,  and  Mrs. 
Oliphant  was  no  better  off.  Charlotte  Bronte 
would  interrupt  her  writing  to  peel  potatoes, 
and  then  go  on  again. 


Truly,  as  the  writer  says,  li  an  intellect  which 
will  work  independently  of  time  and  place  and 
circumstance  is  a  priceless  possession  to  profes- 
sional writers."  But  it  is  clearly  a  possession 
given  to  very  few  of  them,  and  to  still  fewer 
whose  works  seem  destined  to  remain  perma- 
nently to  enrich  our  literature. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  SONGS. 


SEVERAL  of  the  songs  sung  by  the  women 
of  the  Indian  pueblo,  Laguna,  in  New 
Mexico,  while  grinding  their  corn,  have  been 
transcribed  and  translated  for  the  Craftsman 
(Syracuse,  N.  Y.).  Miss  Natalie  Curtis  con- 
tributes an  interesting  account  of  a  visit  to  these 
Indian  women,  with  an  appreciation  of  their  folk- 
music.     "We  quote  from  her  article  : 

Suddenly  a  voice  rose  high  and  clear,  and  at  the 
same  time  I  caught  the  rhythmic  scraping  sound  of 
the  grinding-stone.  Some  woman  near  at  hand  was 
grinding  corn  and  singing  at  her  work.  It  is  the  cus- 
tom of  the  Pueblo  Indians  to  grind  the  corn  between 
two  great  stones.  One  is  a  slab  which  is  set  into  the 
grimling-trough  at  a  slight  angle.  The  other,  cube- 
like, is  rubbed  by  the  grinder  up  and  down  over  the 
corn  upon  the  understone,  with  much  the  same  motion 
that  we  use  in  rubbing  clothes  upon  a  washboard. 
The  grinding-troughs,  two,  and  sometimes  three,  in 
number,  are  set  into  the  floor  of  the  house.  They  are 
simply  square  frames  to  hold  the  understone,  with 
gutters  on  each  side  of  the  stone  and  at  the  base,  for 
the  scooping  up  of  the  corn,  and  a  receptacle  for  the 
ground  particles. 

As  the  women  grind,  with  rhythmic  swing,  they 
sing.  And  the  sweet,  unusual  melodies,  with  the  high 
scraping  accompaniment  of  the  grinding,  make  a  music 
as  phantom-strange  to  unaccustomed  ears  as  are,  to 
the  eye,  the  lilac  mountain-peaks  and  tinted  desert 
wastes  of  New  Mexico. 

The  voice  sang  on  and  I  turned  to  seek  it.  I  made 
my  way  through  the  little  street  with  its  terraces  of 
roofs.  The  song  seemed  to  come  from  the  upper  section 
of  a  square  white  house.  Led  by  the  sound,  I  climbed  a 
ladder  to  the  roof  of  the  first  story,  which  was  at  once 
the  floor  and  balcony  of  the  second.  At  my  coming, 
the  song  ceased,  and  instead  I  heard  a  rapid  whisper  : 
"Aico !  Aico!"  (American,  American).  I  paused  at 
the  open  door  of  this  upper  chamber  that  led  upon  the 
roof.  Outside,  all  was  blue  sky.  Within  were  cool- 
ness, emptiness,  bare  whitewashed  walls.  Two  Pueblo 
women  knelt  at  the  grinding-troughs,  the  younger 
grinding  the  corn  to  finest  powder,  the  elder  sifting  the 
ground  meal  through  a  sieve.  They  laughed  shyly  as 
I  entered  and  sat  down  with  them. 

Who  was  the  singer?  At  the  question,  the  elder 
pointed  to  the  girl  at  the  grinding-trough.  The  maiden 
flashed  a  smile  as  I  asked  her  to  repeat  the  song.  Si- 
lently she  bent  over  her  work.  A  few  swift  sweeps  of 
the  grinding-stone  and  then,  as  though  born  of  the 
rhythm,  the  clear  voice  rose  once  more. 

This  was  the  explanation  of  the  first  song  (the 


music  of  which  is  given  below)  which  was  given 
to  Miss  Curtis  by  the  elder  of  the  women  : 

"  It  is  about  the  water  in  the  rocks.  After  rain,  the 
water  stands  in  the  rocks,  and  it  is  good  fresh  water — 
medicine  water.  And  in  the  song  we  say  :  'Look  to  the 
southwest,  look  to  the  southeast  !  The  clouds  are  com- 
ing toward  the  spring  ;  the  clouds  will  bring  the  water  ! ' 
You  see,  we  usually  get  our  rains  from  the  southwest 
and  the  southeast.  That  is  the  meaning  of  the  song  ; 
but  it  is  hard  to  tell  in  English." 

The  woman  said  that  the  songs  were  very  old, 
and  that  the  words  used  in  them  were  words  no 
longer  employed  in  conversation. 


pJijyiJsjijj^-iftjibiAJiihj'ij 


\— o — ho      wqi til-an-ni       (i — o — bolwai      [tit^an-m1 


pjp>JJ'IJ',[J>J>lJ',IJJ1Wjlft 


tzi  «o-sfio  t — ya-m — i         be  ye  ye  -yv-veh  pun< — a — ko — ^e 


^jJ|TjlJJJIJSJStJSjjlJi;!J>Ji|jJiJj> 


**F9 

J.     ■   '     - 
Ko— li— ka  yu-weh  ba-oi-a — ko — e   ko4i-ka_bi  »<a-sbo_i-~y<t-ni 


0  0    0     '"  9    »<**   "*-r 

til-oivni     hi  wift-sbo-i — ya—  ni— i '      \\m  jit  yi he  y»  y» 

"CORN-GRINDING"    SONG  OF  THE  PUEBLO  INDIAN  WOMEN. 

TRANSLATION  : 

I-o-ho,  medicine  water, 
I-o-ho,  medicine  water, 
What  life  now ! 
Yonder  southwest, 
Yonder  southeast, 
What  life  now ! 
I-o-ho,  medicine  water, 
I-o-ho,  medicine  water. 
What  life  now ! 

As  an  aid  to  the  understanding  ot  this  song, 
Miss  Curtis  reminds  us  of  the  fact  that  the  need 
of  all  Pueblo  Indians  is  rain.  The  "medicine 
water  "  is  caught  in  the  hollows  of  rocks,  and  is 
regarded  as  peculiarly  healthful  and  life-giving. 


742 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


IMPROVING"  THE  STYLE  OF  THE  BIBLE. 


THERE  are  writers — and  others — who  hold 
that  the  language  of  the  old  version  of  the 
Bible,  "  not  being  the  language  of  the  street 
and  of  the  newspaper  to-day,  is  unintelligible 
and  repellent  to  our  modern  babes  and  suck- 
lings ;  so  that  ministers  and  Sunday-school 
teachers  must  translate  it  laboriously  into  com- 
monplace words  in  order  to  make  clear  that  the 
Book  is  inspired."  Mr.  J.  H.  Gardiner  contrib- 
utes to  the  Atlantic  Monthly  an  article  in  which 
he  breaks  a  lance  with  these  "improvers  "  of  the 
style  of  our  English  Bible.  They  obtain  literal 
accuracy  of  wording,  he  says,  at  the  expense, 
often,  of  emotional  and  religious  appeal.  Much 
good  for  scholarship  and  theological  exactness 
has  been  accomplished  by  the  revised  versions 
of  the  Scriptures.  This  Mr.  Gardiner  freely  ad- 
mits. In  fact,  he  declares  that  there  have  been 
many  changes  in  the  popularly  accepted  signifi- 
cance of  words  since  King  James'  Version  of 
the  Bible  appeared,  and  that  these  changes  have 
been  sufficient  to  make  many  of  the  old  words 
unintelligible  now.  In  many  cases,  the  words 
which  to  the  scholar  of  the  sixteenth  century 
were  true  renderings  of  the  Hebrew  and  the 
Greek  are  to-day  somewhat  archaic,  or  have 
been  found  to  be  even  inaccurate.  He  cites 
the  expressions  ''thou"  or  "ye"  for  "you," 
"swine"  fur  "pigs,"  and  "sore  afraid."  These 
are  no  longer  in  familiar  use,  he  points  out, 
and  have  a  somewhat  different  meaning  for  us 
than  they  did  for  Tindale  and  his  immediate 
successors.  Occupation,  education,  and  situation 
have  modified  our  understanding  of  terms,  in  tes- 
timony of  which  this  writer  quotes  the  experience 
of  the  teacher  who,  in  reading  the  "  Wreck  of 
the  Hesperus "  to  her  class,  in  Minnesota,  dis- 
covered that  to  most  of  the  young  people  the 
word  "  schooner  "  meant  only  a  vessel  to  hold 
beer.  In  so  far  as  the  Authorized  Version  ob- 
scures the  Oriental  setting  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment and  conceals  the  homely  simplicity  of 
Christls  intercourse  with  his  disciples,  in  just  so 
far,  says  Mr.  Gardiner,  it  needs  correction. 

MUSICAL    ATTRIBUTES    OF    STYLE. 

On  the  other  count,  however,  when  paraphrase 
or  retranslation  shows  such  "  unskillfulness  in 
the  use  of  language  as  characterizes  the  Twenti- 
eth Century  New  Testament  or  The  Renderings 
of  the  Biblical  World,  the  actual  loss  of  meaning 
is  greater  than  the  gain."  In  addition  to  the  fact 
that  translation  requires  a  thorough  and  sensi- 
tive knowledge  of  two  languages,  there  is  a 
further  and  more  serious  charge  to  be  made 
against  the  new  versions.     AVhat   Mr.  Gardiner 


wishes  to  consider  in  this  connection,  he  de- 
clares, is 

rather  the  diminished  power  of  expression  that  one 
notices  in  reading  even  the  best  of  modern  translations 
and  paraphrases ;  and  in  the  second  place,  the  special 
source  of  power  which  lies  in  the  sensuous  form  of 
style,  over  and  above  the  meaning  of  the  words. 

The  great  hold  that  the  King  James  Version 
of  the  English  Bible  has  upon  English-speaking 
peoples,  Mr.  Gardiner  points  out,  is  due,  of 
course,  primarily  to  long  familiarity  ;  but  this 
close  and  affectionate  acquaintance  is  in  itself 
partly  due  to  the  musical  attributes  of  the  style. 
He  points  to  the  slight  hold  which  the  French 
Bible,  which  is  inferior  in  just  these  respects, 
has  gained  on  the  French  people  in  contrast 
with  the  strong  and  deep  hold  of  the  German 
and  English  versions,  each  of  them  masterpieces 
of  style,  as  a  partial  confirmation  of  this  view. 
In  secular  matters,  he  says,  further,  the  special 
power  of  style  to  move  the  feelings,  known  as 
eloquence,  is  recognized  without  question. 

Only  in  matters  which  fall  under  the  sway  of  scholar- 
ship is  it  commonly  neglected.  In  no  case  is  it  suscep- 
tible of  any  thorough  analysis  and  definition,  for  it  is 
bound  up  with  the  deeper  emotions  and  feelings  of  man- 
kind, which  cannot  be  reasoned  about. 

NO    ABSTRACT    TERMS    NEEDED. 

The  understanding  of  many  truths  can  at  best 
be  only  shadowed  forth  ;  they  cannot  be  mathe- 
matically outlined.  This  shadowing  forth  can 
be  done  only  by  that  inspired  use  of  language 
which  we  call  eloquence.  The  translator  of  the 
Bible  will  have  little  to  do  with  abstract  reason- 
ings, for  there  are  none  such  in  the  Bible.  His 
language,  therefore,  needs  few  of  the  abstract 
and  general  words  in  which  philosophers  and 
theologians  delight.  "  But  in  proportion  as  ab- 
stract words  of  a  precise  denotation  are  less  im- 
portant, the  connotation  of  concrete  words  and 
the  expressive  power  of  rhythm  become  a  larger 
and  pressing  necessity."  The  expression  of  the 
deepest  feeling,  Mr.  Gardiner  points  out,  must 
be  through  the  medium  of  words  which  include 
all  emotional  associations  and  implications — 
most  of  which  elude  the  makers  of  dictionaries. 
An  illustration  of  the  way  in  which  some  of  the 
best-known  New  Testament  texts  have  suffered 
by  the  substitution  of  the  colorless  modern  ab- 
stract terms  for  the  vivid,  graphic,  searching, 
emotional  expressions  is  given  by  Mr.  Gardiner 
in  quoting  a  verse  from  I.  Corinthians,  xiii., 
in  the  Revised  Version,  in  comparison  with  the 
rendering  of  the  same  verse  in  the  Twentieth 
Century  New  Testament.     In  the  former,  it  is  : 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


743 


"Love  suffereth  long,  and  is  kind  ;  love  envieth 
?iot  ;  love  vaunteth  not  itself,  is  not  puffed  up, 
doth  not  behave  itself  unseemly."  In  the  latter, 
it  is  :  "Love  is  long-suffering  and  kind.  Love 
is  never  envious,  never  boastful,  never  conceit- 
ed,  never  behaves  unbecomingly." 

Along  with  the  enrichment  of  the  language 
through  the  constant  acquisition  of  new  abstract 
words,  says  Mr.  Gardiner,  and  the  consequent 
gain  in  the  range  and  precision  of  thought, 
there  has  gone  a  considerable  increase  in  the 
number  of  words  which  are  used  vaguely. 

Our  modern  use  of  language,  therefore,  tends  not 
only  to  be  less  concrete,  but  also  to  be  vaguer  and 
duller  than  that  of  our  fathers.  This  danger  obviously 
makes  more  difficult  the  task  of  modern  revisers  of 
the  Bible.  Unless  their  scholarship  is  mated  to  a  keen 
sense  of  the  expressiveness  of  words,  their  revisions 
will  lose  both  in  color  and  in  precision ;  and  even 
where  a  writer  himself  uses  these  commoner  abstract 
words  with  entire  precision,  he  cannot  always  forestall 
laziness  of  attention  in  his  readers. 

It  is  not  only  in  the  connotation  of  words  and 
phrases,  however,  that  the  power  to  express  deep 
and  noble  feelings  must  be  sought.  It  lies  also, 
Mr.  Gardiner  points  out,  in  the  "  rhythm  and 
other  partly  sensuous  attributes  of  style."  This 
is  somewhat  akin  to  the  power  of  music. 

Since  the  symbols  of  style  are  in  the  first  place  sym- 
bols for  the  sounds  of  the  human  voice,  style  shares  to 
some  degree  this  power  of  music  to  body  forth  by  direct 
appeal  to  the  ear  these  feelings  which  must  always  elude 
articulate  expression  through  the  meaning  of  the  words. 
How  far  this  power  of  music  and  of  the  musical  sound 
of  language  lies  in  the  qualities  and  successions  of  the 
sound,  and  how  far  in  the  beat  of  the  rhythm,  one  can- 
not say,  even  if  it  were  necessary  for  our  present  pur- 
pose to  know.  All  that  we  need  recognize  here  is  that 
the  sensuous  forms  of  style  are  in  themselves  an  ex- 
pression of  some  part  of  man's  consciousness. 

"  REVISIONS,    BARE,    ROUGH,    AND    JOLTING." 

The  power  of  language  to  express  religious 
feeling,  he  continues,  "is  inseparably  bound  up 
with  rich  coloring  of  tone  and  strong  pulsation 
of  the  rhythm."  In  this  connection,  he  refers 
to  the  strong  hold  upon  the  affections  of  English- 
speaking  peoples  exercised  by  the  liturgy.  All 
these  strong  qualities  of  sound  are  found  in  the 
Authorized  Version  of  the  Bible,  chiefly  owing 
to  the  labors  of  Tindale,  the  first  translator.  All 
the  translators  down  to  the  time  of  the  Revised 
Version  recognized  the  value  of  this  sound  tone. 
In  fact,  they  made  constant  slight  improvements. 
In  illustration  of  this  point,  Mr.  Gardiner  recalls 
the  fact  that  it  was  the  revisers  of  1611  who, 
"in  their  instinct  for  the  expressive  power  of 
pure  sound,"  greatly  improved  the  climax  of 
St.  Paul's  declaration  of  immortality.  This  they 
did  by  inserting  the  two   sonorous  O's  in  the 


verse  "  0  Death,  where  is  thy  sting  ?  0  grave, 
where  is  thy  victory  ?  "  It  is  in  the  neglect  of 
these  possibilities  of  expression,  says  Mr.  Gardi- 
ner, that  one  sees  the  second  weakness  of  most 
modern  revisions.  Since  the  sixteenth  century, 
the  English  language  has  been  enriched  chiefly 
in  the  abstract  and  general  words  which  have 
been  adapted,  mostly  from  the  Latin  and  Greek, 
to  express  the  constantly  enlarging  range  of 
scientific  and  philosophical  thought,  and  we 
write  naturally  nowadays  in  these  abstract 
terms,  out  of  which  the  figurative  force  has 
long  since  faded.  Besides  the  fact  that  writing 
is  "drier  and  cooler"  to-day,  students  of  the 
Bible  must  nowadays  "  carry  too  heavy  a  burden 
of  learning  of  the  consideration  of  each  single 
word  to  give  to  their  style  the  strong  flow  which 
alone  can  create  rhythm." 

Unfortunately,  in  too  many  cases  they  seem  to  have 
lost,  not  only  the  command  for  these  subtler  capacities 
of  style,  but  even  the  respect  for  them  ;  so  that,  despis- 
ing them  as  matters  of  mere  literary  sweetness  and 
charm,  they  leave  their  revisions  bare,  rough,  and  jolt- 
ing. But  bare  and  jolting  language  cannot  express  deep 
feeling ;  and  unless  modern  translators  and  revisers 
of  the  Bible  recognize  that  much  of  its  meaning  can  be 
brought  to  expression  only  through  these  impalpable 
overtones  of  style,  their  laboi-s,  though  perhaps  neces- 
sary, can  be  only  partial  and  ephemeral  in  result. 

"When  we  go  back  to  the  real  value  of  the 
Bible,  he  continues,  we  shall  see  how  important 
are  these  considerations. 

The  book  has  not  survived  through  so  many  genera- 
tions of  men  merely  because  it  contains  a  national  lit- 
erature of  extreme  interest  or  because  it  is  a  fascinating 
mine  for  archaeologists.  It  is  treasured  because  it  com- 
municates great  truths  and  arouses  in  men  the  deepest 
and  most  ennobling  emotions.  If  it  be  set  before  us  in 
words  which  have  none  of  the  stimulating  power  of  con- 
notation, and  therefore  no  capacity  to  set  the  imagina- 
tion soaring,  it  may  set  forth  the  views  of  theologians 
about  the  truth,  but  it  cannot  give  glimpses  of  those 
truths  which  pass  human  understanding.  And  if  the 
rhythm  of  its  language  be  flattened  out  and  the  rich 
coloring  of  its  tones  be  laboriously  dulled,  it  loses  its 
power  to  suffuse  the  workaday  fields  of  life  with  deep 
and  noble  emotion.  If  modern  scholars  are  to  improve 
on  the  established  versions,  they  must  not  forget  the 
fact  that  the  definable  meaning  of  words  is  only  a  part, 
and  not  necessarily  the  chief  part,  of  the  power  of  lan- 
guage to  body  forth  the  great  truths  which  stir  men's 
souls. 

We  have  heard  much,  says  Mr.  Gardiner,  in 
conclusion,  of  new  versions  of  the  Bible  which 
shall  freshen  its  message  and  restore  the  vivify- 
ing power  of  its  great  truths.  We  must  insist, 
however,  that  "in  so  far  as  any  modern  version 
tends  to  substitute  abstract  and  general  words  for 
concrete,  that  version  tends  to  lose  its  power  of 
communicating  an  essential  and  invaluable  part 
of  the  message  which  the  Bible  has  to  oring  to  us." 


744 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


THE  ALLEGED  DECLINE  OF  THE  MINISTRY. 


FOR  a  decade  past  it  has  been  said  that  there 
is  a  marked  decrease  in  the  number  of 
students  preparing  for  the  Church,  and  an  even 
more  marked  falling  off  in  the  quality  of  the 
men.  Mr.  Everett  T.  Tomlinson  contributes  to 
the  World's  Work  for  December  an  article  giv- 
ing the  results  of  a  thorough  investigation  on 
this  subject  among  college  presidents,  ministers, 
business  men,  and  students.  This  writer  first 
points  out  the  fact  (basing  his  deductions  on 
the  report  of  the  United  States  Commission  of 
Education  for  1902)  that  there  has  been  a  steady 
decrease  in  the  number  of  theological  students 
since  18  70.  There  has  also  been  a  remarkable 
shifting  of  the  source  of  supply.  The  contribu- 
tions of  students  from  Eastern  States  and  col- 
leges have  materially  decreased.  Yale,  for  ex- 
ample, which  has  always  been  forward  in  its 
contributions  to  the  pulpit,  graduated  123  min- 
isters out  of  a  total  of  567  graduates  from  1850 
to  1855.  In  the  five  years  beginning  1890, 
there  were  but  49  ministers  out  of  a  total  of 
1,183  graduates;  that  is,  from  1850  to  1895, 
Yale's  total  number  of  graduates  doubled,  but 
in  the  same  period  the  Yale  graduates  who  en- 
tered the  ministry  were  60  per  cent.  less.  The 
same  proportion  holds  true  of  other  New  Eng- 
land colleges.  The  South  and  the  West,  on  the 
other  hand,  show  increased  enrollment. 

WHAT    THE    COLLEGES    SAY. 

Most  of  the  college  presidents  whose  opinions 
were  asked  by  Mr.  Tomlinson  reported  a  decided 
deterioration  in  the  quality  of  theological  stu- 
dents at  their  institutions.  Bright  students, 
natural  leaders,  strong  men  were  not  unknown, 
but  apparently  they  were  the  exceptions,  and 
the  exceptions  were  much  more  apparent  than 
among  students  preparing  for  journalism,  teach- 
ing, law,  medicine,  or  business.  One  of  the  col- 
lege presidents,  whose  position  in  the  educational 
world  is  very  near  the  foremost,  wrote  : 

The  present  deficiency  is  much  more  marked  in  the 
quality  than  in  the  quantity  of  ministerial  supply.  In 
fact,  the  failing  numbers  do  not  particularly  alarm  me. 
The  dearth  of  men  thoroughly  competent  to  do  the 
work  of  our  churches  of  the  first  and  second  rank  does. 
I  think  the  undue  proportion  of  third  and  fourth  class 
men  is  largely  due  to  our  beneficiary  system,  to  which 
we  cling.  We  bribe  men  poor  in  intellect  and  efficiency 
to  enter  the  ministry  by  our  scholarships  and  special 
aids. 

Another  almost  equally  eminent  authority  de- 
clared : 

The  average  quality  of  divinity  students  has,  in  my 
opinion,  been  deteriorating  for  at  least  two  generations, 


because  the  ministry  as  a  profession  has  lost  ground  in 
comparison  with  both  the  old  professions  and  the  new. 
I  see  no  remedy  for  this  state  of  things  until  the  min- 
istry is  given  the  same  liberty  and  independence  which 
the  other  professions  enjoy,  and  is  better  paid. 

The  third  president,  himself  a  minister,  holds 
the  opinion  that  the  chief  cause  of  deterioration 
"is  the  relative  decrease  in  the  power  and  scope 
of  the  Church  in  modern  life."  The  churches 
of  Boston,  New  York,  Chicago,  are  not  decisive 
factors  in  the  life  of  those  cities.  Hence,  a 
young  man  who  wants  to  mold  the  city's  life 
may  be  drawn — usually  is  drawn — to  some  other 
calling. 

In  reply  to  the  question  as  to  the  cause  of 
this  condition,  put  by  Mr.  Tomlinson,  President 
Eliot,  of  Harvard,  replied  : 

Young  men  from  well-to-do  families  can  ordinarily 
choose  their  profession.  Nothing  drives  them  into  the 
ministry,  and  they  are  not  altruistic  enough  to  adopt 
it  of  their  own  accord,  just  because  it  is  depressed, 
though  its  ideals  are  of  the  highest. 

Secretary  Phelps,  of  Yale,  found  other  reasons  : 

The  supposed  narrowness  of  the  ministry  is  an  ob- 
stacle. It  is  commonly  believed  that  men  entering  the 
ministry  have  to  give  their  assent  to  a  much  greater 
number  of  theological  statements  than  are  demanded 
by  most  denominations.  Many  parents  discourage 
their  boys  from  entering  the  ministry  because  they  do 
not  feel  that  it  affords  so  great  an  opportunity  for  dis- 
tinction as  do  other  positions.  Even  looking  at  the 
ministry  from  the  very  lowest  standpoint  possible,  that 
of  opportunity  to  distinguish  one's  self,  I  am  confident 
that  there  is  no  position  where  the  chances  are  greater. 
It  is  natural  for  boys  to  enter  the  business  or  profession 
of  their  father.  Consequently,  law  and  banking  and 
mercantile  affairs  draw  most  of  the  strong  men.  The 
most  important  reason  of  all  is  that  there  is  a  lack  of 
vital  religion  in  most  of  the  homes  of  the  type  to  which 
you  refer.  There  is  generally  morality,  and,  to  a  cer- 
tain extent,  observanceof  Sunday  and  religious  service. 
but  a  deep  family  religious  life  is  not  often  found  to- 
day in  the  homes  of  our  most  prominent  people. 

OPINIONS    OF    BUSINESS    MEN. 

The  writer  of  the  article  classifies  the  expla- 
nations given  by  thirty  prominent  business 
men,  representing  all  the  prominent  denomina- 
tions, as  follows  : 

1.  The  comparative  and  compulsory  poverty  of  the 
ministry. 

2.  Much  of  a  minister's  time  and  strength  are  taken 
from  the  primary  work  for  which  he  is  supposed  to 
Stand  and  frittered  away  in  amultitude  of  petty  details. 

3.  The  office  swamps  the  man.  The  type  developed 
by  the  calling  is  ordinarily  negative,  almost  feminine, 
rather  than  positive  and  virile.  As  one  man  expressed 
it :  He  felt  toward  his  pastor  as  he  did  toward  his 
grandmother.      She  was  a  fine  old  lady,  and  he  was 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


745 


more  than  willing  to  do  all  in  his  power  for  her  com 
fort,  but  he  would  no  more  think  of  consulting  her  in 
the  perplexities  of  his  daily  life  than  he  would  his 
minister. 

4.  The  opportunities  of  the  pulpit  are  not  so  great 
to-day  as  are  those  of  many  other  callings  even  in  the 
line  of  direct  power  for  good. 

Of  twenty  successful  ministers  whose  opinions 
were  asked,  seven  declared  that  they  would 
choose  the  ministiy  if  they  had  to  make  a  life- 
choice.  Three  were  undecided  ;  nine  replied  no, 
positively,  hut  one  said  that  if  he  could  escape 
being  "ordained  "  he  would  be  glad  to  take  up 
the  work,  and  every  man  of  the  twenty  declared 
"preaching"  in  itself  to  be  the  highest  pleas- 
ure of  his  life.  Condensed  and  classified  ex- 
planations of  these  twenty  ministers  for  the 
deterioration  are  as  follows  : 

1.  The  lack  of  freedom.  The  minister  is  looked 
upon  too  much  as  one  who  is  hired  or  employed. 

2.  The  short  and  shortening  period  of  service.  The 
reasonable  certainty  that  after  he  is  forty  years  of  age 
his  services  will  be  less  in  demand,  and  the  dead-line 
of  fifty  no  imaginary  bogie. 

3.  The  difficulty  of  maintaining  a  home  on  the  mea- 
ger salaries  given. 

4.  The  continual  shifting  of  his  home  and  field. 

5.  His  subjection  to  the  pettiness  of  the  attacks  and 
demands  of  petty  people. 

6.  The  present "  beneficiary  system,"  which  degraded 
the  entire  body. 

There  is  no  real  "dearth,"  Mr.  Tomlinson 
concludes,  of  students  for  the  ministry.  There 
is  a  slight  setback  for  the  present  time,  and  in 
some  quarters  there    is    a   deterioration  in  the 


quality  of  students.  There  is  also  a  marked 
change  in  the  sources  of  supply.  The  chief 
causes  keeping  young  men  from  the  ministry 
are  "the  poverty  of  the  calling,  the  fear  of  the 
lack  of  intellectual  and  moral  freedom,  the  con- 
viction that  the  petty  outweighs  the  larger  in 
the  work,  and  the  suspicion  of  the  present 
'  beneficiary  system  '  which  casts  a  blight  over 
all.  'Heresy,'  or  the  fear  of  its  smirch,  is  the 
greatest  obstacle." 

Concluding  with  some  hopeful  signs,  this 
writer  says  : 

The  deepest  interest  of  the  communities  now  is  in 
questions  that  might  be  termed  spiritual  rather  than 
religious,  certainly  not  theological.  Theology  as  a 
"  science"  has  given  place  to  Christianity  as  a  life.  The 
Church  as  an  organization  has  a  weaker  hold,  while  at 
the  same  time  there  is  a  greater  interest  in  all  vital 
questions  and  affairs.  As  a  consequence,  what  our 
forefathers  heard  as  a  distinctive  "call  to  the  ministry  " 
is  now  finding  expression  in  other  and  widely  varied 
forms  of  service.  There  is  a  blotting  out  of  the  for- 
mer false  distinction  between  "secular"  and  "sacred." 
Whatever  men  may  think  as  to  certain  men  or  peo- 
ples, all  history  is  now  believed  to  be  "sacred,"  and 
every  day  and  every  honest  work  as  "holy."  This  fact 
has  led  many  earnest  young  men  who  in  former  years 
might  have  believed  themselves  to  be  "called  "to  the 
work  of  the  ministry  now  to  believe  that  they  can 
make  their  lives  count  for  as  much,  perhaps  more,  if 
they  give  themselves  to  other  lines  of  work  that  at  one 
time  were  termed  "secular."  Many  of  these  so-called 
causes  that  keep  young  men  out  of  the  ministry  to-day 
represent  a  distinct  gain  in  the  life  of  the  world.  It  is 
better  that  a  thousand  men  should  be  elevated  an  inch 
than  that  one  man  be  raised  a  thousand  inches  above 
his  fellows. 


THE  CONGRESS  OF  "FREE  THOUGHT"  AT  ROME. 


THE  first  Congress  of  Free  Thought  was  held 
at  Brussels  in  1880,  and  was  attended  by 
one  hundred  and  sixty  delegates,  of  whom  eight 
were  Americans.  The  recent  congress  was  held 
in  the  great  hall  of  the  Collegio  Romano,  Rome, 
formerly  belonging  to  the  Jesuit  congregation, 
and  numbered  twenty-five  hundred  delegates, 
among  whom  was  the  Chicago  lecturer,  Man- 
gasarian.  The  programme  of  subjects  to  be 
discussed  included  dogma  and  science,  the 
State  and  the  Church,  education,  public  char- 
ities, and  the  institution  of  lay  missions.  Of 
course,  the  tendency  of  opinion  in  this  congress 
was  quite  revolutionary,  and  to  a  large  degree 
negative  and  destructive.  Gis  Leno,  in  Italia 
Moderna  (Rome),  says  that  the  whole  gathering 
presented  a  scene  of  absolute  confusion. 

It  is  evident  that  most  of  the  great  problems  which 
claim  the  attention  of  thinkers  came  under  the  exam- 


ination of  the  congress  ;  but  the  want  of  order,  of  or- 
ganization, and  of  method  necessarily  transformed  the 
congress  into  a  crowd  of  buzzing  talkers  carried  away 
by  useless  excitement.  Not  a  delegate  among  all  that 
multitude  of  pilgrims  but  had  in  his  pocket,  ready  at 
hand,  the  text  of  a  motion,  of  a  measure,  of  an  amend- 
ment, which  was  intended  to  solve  all  the  problems, 
religious,  economic,  and  social,  which  excite  mankind 
to-day.  Certainly,  there  was  something  touching  in 
that  fever  for  reformation.  All  those  men,  all  those 
women,  were  people  of  faith.  The  atmosphere  they 
breathed  was  a  religious  atmosphere.  I  am  not  speak- 
ing ironically.  Each  one  in  the  whole  crowd  was  ad- 
vancing his  own  dogmas,  which  he  tried  to  formulate, 
in  order  to  give  to  the  world  one  religion  more.  And 
each  was  there  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  this  reli- 
gion, without,  however,  coming  to  an  understanding  in 
what  terms  the  expression  Free  Thought  was  to  be  de- 
fined. 

Ernest   Haeckel   spoke  of  the   conception  of 
the  world  as  based  upon  a  theory  of  monism, 


746 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


and  declared  that,  "according  to  the  last  con- 
clusions of  modern  science,  tlie  idea  of  God 
could  only  be  maintained  in  the  sense  that  (lod 
was  the  unknowable  and  hypothetical  principle 
of  being."  He  declared  himself  opposed  to  the 
Papacy,  as  being  "in  contradiction  to  the  pure 
and  primitive  form  of  Christianity,"  and  he 
called  for  "the  abolition  of  clerical  celibacy,  of 
confession,  of  indulgences,  and  of  the  publica- 
tion of  miracles."  Hector  Denis  labored  to 
propound  "the  metaphysical  principles  which 
formed  the  subjective  basis  of  Free  Thought." 
Conway  tried  to  present  the  difference  between 
the  subjective  and  the  objective  logic  of  Free 
Thought.  Neuwenhuis  spoke  in  a  more  practi- 
cal line,  and  proclaimed  himself  positively  the 
enemy  of  parliamentarism  in  every  form.  Pro- 
fessor Sergi,  chairman  of  the  committee  on 
education,  demanded  the  complete  seculariza- 
tion of  the  school.  "  The  whole  thing  was  a 
mere  Babel,  and  I  could  fill  ten  pages  before 
being  able  to  give  an  idea  of  the  feverish  fadism 
and  conflict  of  opinion  which  reigned  through- 
out the  congress.  The  writer  thinks  that  the 
most  practical  result  of  the  congress  was  the 
passing  of  a  resolution  inviting  all  nations  of 
the  earth  to  erect  a  monument  to  Peace, — per- 
haps in  Switzerland,  as  being  a  neutral  coun- 
try, in  the  center  of  Europe.     But  he  concludes 


by  saying  :  "  No,  this  Congress  of  Free  Thought 
was  no  congress  in  the  real  sense  of  the  word." 
Senator  Tancredi  Canonico,  while  admitting 
that  the  congress  was  not  an  affair  of  much  sig- 
nificance, nevertheless  has  a  few  words  to  say  in 
the  Rassegna  Nazionale  (Florence)  on  "the  war 
which  it  openly  declares  against  the  religious 
principle." 

The  congress  proposed  to  exclude  religion  from  public 
life,  to  substitute  secular  for  religious  missions  and  a 
system  of  morals  based  on  science  for  religious  morals ; 
to  emancipate  humanity  from  the  slavery  of  primitive 
myths  which  originated  in  the  night  of  ignorance  and 
were  inspired  by  the  fear  of  natural  phenomena ;  to 
free  human  thought  from  the  domination  of  religious 
phantasms,  from  the  dread  of  what  follows  death,  from 
the  worship  of  fetiches,  from  degrading  prostration  be- 
fore beings  which  exist  only  in  fancy ;  to  establish 
truth  by  means  of  science,  which  knows  nothing  ex- 
cepting what  it  can  see  and  observe  and  does  not  occupy 
itself  in  solving  false  and  chimerical  problems ;  to 
establish  the  reign  of  justice  and  equality,  and  to  bring 
in  the  reign  of  universal  peace  and  love. 

The  Senator  points  out  the  inconsistency  of 
this  programme.  "What  right,"  he  asks,  "have 
Free  Thinkers  to  declare  false  and  to  controvert 
those  things  about  which  as  men  of  science 
they  acknowledge  they  know  nothing,  and  to 
which  they  wish  to  pay  no  attention  ?  "  In  a  sense, 
this  Free  Thought  is  opposed  to  agnosticism. 


"LLOYD'S,"  AND  WHAT  IT  MEANS. 


THE  expression  "Lloyd's  says"  is  so  fre- 
quently made  in  connection  with  marine 
questions  and  personalities  that  it  is  interesting 
to  note  the  origin  and  meaning  of  the  term, 
which  is  set  forth  in  an  interview  with  Sir  Henry 
Hozier,  in  a  recent  number  of  Commercial  Intel- 
ligence, of  London.  Sir  Henry  is  secretary  of 
Lloyd's,  and  in  this  interview  he  details  the  his- 
tory of  the  establishment.  Lloyd's  began  in  a 
very  small  way.  It  is  now.  however,  to  the  world 
of  shipping  what  the  house  of  Rothschild  is  to 
the  world  of  banking.  It  really  dates  from  the 
latter  part  of  Queen  Elizabeth's  reign,  and  had 
its  origin  in  a  small  coffee-house  in  Tower  Street, 
kept  by  one  Edward  Lloyd. 

He  was  an  enterprising  man,  and  through  his  busi- 
ness contact  with  seafaring  men  and  merchants  enlisted 
in  foreign  trade,  foresaw  the  importance  of  improving 
shipping  and  the  met  hod  of  marine  insurance.  He  was 
the  founder  of  the  system  of  maritime  and  commercial 
intelligence  which  lias  been  developed  into  its  present 
effectiveness.  Before  the  time  of  Edward  Lloyd,  mari- 
time insurance  in  England  was  conducted  by  the  Lom- 
bards, some  Italians  who  founded  Lombard  Street,  but 
after  Lloyd  embarked  in  the  business,  Britons  conducted 


marine  insurance  in  London.  The  subjects  of  marine 
insurance  are  the  ship,  the  cargo,  and  the  freight,  all  of 
which  may  belong  to  different  parties.  In  time  of  war, 
there  is  what  is  termed  the  maritime  risk, — danger  from 
accident,  collision,  and  stranding, — which  is  distinctly 
separate  from  the  risk  of  capture  and  seizure  by  an  en- 
emy. This  class  of  marine  insurance  had  its  inception 
in  the  conditions  arising  during  the  seven-year  French- 
English  war  of  1757  to  1703.  Lloyd's  moved  to  Pope's 
Head  Alley  in  1770,  and  in  1774  removed  to  the  present 
quarters  in  the  Royal  Exchange.  In  1871,  Lloyd's  was 
incorporated  by  act  of  Parliament.  This  act  defined 
the  objects  of  the  society  to  be  :  (1)  The  carrying  on  of 
the  business  of  marine  insurance  by  members  of  the  so- 
ciety ;  (2)  the  protection  of  the  interests  of  members  of 
the  society  in  respect  of  shipping,  cargoes,  and  freights  ; 
(3)  the  collection,  publication,  and  diffusion  of  intelli- 
gence and  information  with  respect  to  shipping. 

The  corporation  and  committee  of  Lloyd's  and 
the  secretary  of  Lloyd's  have  practically  nothing 
to  do  with  marine  insurance  in  the  way  of  taking 
risks  or  paving  losses.  They  only  afford  marine 
insurance  brokers  who  wish  to  effect  insurances 
a  place  of  meeting  with  those  who  undertake 
the  risks.  This  is  something  quite  different  from 
the  common  understanding  of  the  term. 


LEADING  ARTICLES  OF  THE  MONTH. 


HI 


EFFECTS  OF  PHYSICAL  CONDITIONS  ON   DEVELOPMENT. 


THE  peculiarities  in  the  color  and  form  of 
animal  organisms  which  serve  to  adapt 
them  to  their  environment  and  to  give  them  a 
better  chance  for  life  in  spite  of  unfavorable 
conditions  that  may  confront  them  present  some 
of  the  most  interesting  features  in  the  study  of 
nature. 

On  the  Kerguelen  Islands,  which  are  unusu- 
ally exposed  to  storms,  all  the  insects,  including 
one  species  of  butterfly  and  several  kinds  of  flies 
and  beetles,  are  wingless,  a  variation  from  the 
usual  plan  which  protects  them  from  being  car- 
ried out  to  sea  by  the  winds. 

Very  often  the  colors  of  animals  are  similar 
to  the  colors  of  their  surroundings,  animals  liv- 
ing in  jungles  being  mottled,  those  of  the  arctic 
regions  white,  and  aquatic  organisms,  living  at 
the  surface  of  the  water,  being  transparent,  like 
crystals. 

Among  the  insects  especially,  this  tendency 
to  match  the  surroundings  is  carried  to  an  ex- 
treme, and  often  results  in  the  most  fantastic 
shapes  and  markings,  so  that  an  insect  some- 
times resembles  a  leaf  in  color  and  shape,  even 
to  an  irregularity  in  the  outline  of  the  wing,  to 
give  the  appearance  of  a  leaf  that  has  been 
gnawed  by  a  worm  ;  or  an  insect  may  imitate 
the  appearance  of  a  stem,  so  that  its  natural 
enemies  easily  overlook  it,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
walking-stick. 

Within  the  last  few  years  there  has  been  great 
interest  in  experiments  made  on  butterflies  by  a 
number  of  biologists  which  have  brought  to  light 
some  curious  facts  concerning  the  conditions  that 
affect  the  colors,  and  the  pattern  of  the  mark- 
ings on  the  wings,  of  certain  butterflies.  A  re- 
sume of  the  most  notable  of  these  experiments  is 
given  by  Dr.  M.  von  Linden  in  the  last  number 
of  the  Biologisches  Centralblatt  (Leipsic),  with  an 
explanation  of  their  bearing  on  questions  con- 
cerning the  dynamics  of  development. 

The  butterfly  selected  for  the  experiments  was 
vanessa,  whose  various  species  are  widely  dis- 
tributed, being  found  in  almost  all  latitudes,  and 
exhibiting  a  great  variety  of  colors  and  markings. 

Vanessa  levana  prossa  appears  in  two  forms — 
a  summer  generation  and  a  winter  generation — '■ 
in  which  the  colors  are  strikingly  different.  By 
subjecting  the  chrysalis  of  the  summer  butterfly 
to  cold,  the  butterfly  developed  the  colors  and 
markings  of  the  winter  generation,  and  the  chrys- 
alis of  the  winter  butterfly  gave  a  butterfly  with 
the  colors  of  the  summer  generation  when  kept 
at  summer  heat.  Heat  seemed  to  have  a  direct 
effect  upon  the  development  of  the  red  pigment 
in  the  wings. 


One  butterfly  developed  under  the  influence 
of  heat  assumed  the  colors  of  a  southern  species 
native  to  Sardinia  and  Corsica,  and  another 
kept  in  the  cold  during  the  pupal  stage  showed 
the  colors  of  a  Lapland  species.  The  changes 
in  color  and  in  the  pattern  of  the  wing  markings 
under  the  influence  of  heat  and  cold  were  al- 
ways within  the  limits  of  climatic  variations  as 
observed  in  butterflies  of  different  latitudes,  but 
sensibility  to  heat  and  cold  was  often  unequal 
even  in  members  of  the  same  brood. 

TRANSFORMATIONS    CAUSED    BY    CHANGES    IN    THE 
FOOD    OF    BUTTERFLIES. 

Another  experiment  was  made  to  find  the 
effects  of  feeding  larvae  different  kinds  of  leaves. 
The  larva  of  Ocneria  dispar  feeds  upon  the 
leaves  of  the  oak,  but  by  feeding  it  another 
kind  of  leaf  a  very  striking  albino  was  pro- 
duced, but  the  experiments  had  to  be  carried 
through  a  number  of  generations.  The  first 
generation  of  such  butterflies  consisted  of  small 
yellow  specimens  instead  of  the  normal  brown 
ones.  The  next  generation  was  still  smaller 
and  white,  although  on  this  diet  the  butterflies 
died  without  producing  any  succeeding  gener- 
ation. But  if  each  alternate  generation  were 
given  its  natural  food,  then  very  small  butter- 
flies were  produced  in  which  the  males  were  all 
white,  with  a  few  gray  markings,  and  the  fe- 
males were  all  one  color.  If  the  descendants  of 
these  were  given  their  normal  food-plant,  they 
gradually  regained  the  typical  colors  and  mark- 
ings. 

In  another  experiment,  one  generation  was  fed 
on  nut  leaves,  the  next  on  esparcet.  and  the  next 
on  oak  leaves,  with  the  result  that  the  final  but- 
terfly had  wings  with  a  mixture  of  the  colors  of 
those  developed  by  feeding  them  with  each  of 
the  food-plants. 

Other  experiments  showed  that  larvae  kept 
under  the  influence  of  monochromatic  light 
developed  into  butterflies  with  marked  varia- 
tions from  the  normal  colorings,  while  those 
raised  in  an  atmosphere  of  pure  oxygen  showed 
color  changes  similar  to  the  changes  produced 
by  the  influence  of  heat.  The  largest  butterflies 
developed  under  blue  light,  and  among  certain 
invertebrates  and  lower  vertebrates  the  blue  and 
violet  rays  of  the  spectrum  caused  more  rapid 
development. 

Apparently,  species  may  vary  on  account  of 
their  reaction  to  external  influences.  Climate, 
food,  and  activity  may  produce  changes  in  me- 
tabolism which  influence  the  mode  of  develop- 
ment. 


748 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


IS  THERE,  THEN,  REALLY  A  "YELLOW  PERIL"  AFTER  ALL? 


BY  far  the  greater  part  of  the  magazine  and 
newspaper  discussion  of  the  so-called  "  Yel- 
low Peril,"  at  least  that  portion  contributed  by 
Japanese  sympathizers,  is  to  the  effect  that 
there  is  no  such  thing  ;  that  Japan  could  not  if 
she  would,  and  would  not  if  she  could,  organize 
and  arm  the  Asiatic  peoples  for  a  descent  upon 
the  West.  The  writer  in  the  Taiyo  (Tokio), 
however,  Mr.  Jihei  Hashiguchi,  believes  that, 
after  all,  "  what  the  Russians  and  the  pro-Russian 
press  vaguely  comprehend  is  not  altogether 
without  foundation."  There  will  be  a  "peril" 
for  the  Russians  if  the  Japanese  triumph,  he 
declares,  let  the  "peril"  be  white,  yellow,  or 
any  other  color.  This  writer  believes  that  con- 
quest is  in  the  Mongolian  blood,  and  "  whereas 
the  Mongolians  of  the  thirteenth  century  ter- 
rorized the  Europeans  with  barbarous  methods, 
they,  headed  by  the  Japanese,  will  repeat  to- 
day those  acts  with  civilized  methods."  An- 
tagonism between  Mongolians  and  Caucasians, 
he  believes,  is  too  deeply  rooted  to  be  ever 
completely  eliminated.  The  sympathy  of  the 
American  people  for  the  Japanese,  he  says,  fur- 
ther, is  the  sympathy  of  the  chivalrous  spectator 
for  a  brave,  small  fighter. 

But,  when  this  small  and  weak  grows  up  to  be  big 
and  strong,  this  sympathy  will  change  to  jealousy,  then 
to  hatred.  And  when  the  Japanese  grow  up  to  be  so 
great  and  strong  that  they  can  defeat  any  one  nation 
on  the  face  of  the  globe,  it  is  very  likely  that  the  Amer- 
ican people  at  least  will  get  tired  of  Japan  and  the 
Japanese,  and  even  occasionally  evince  from  their  hearts 
hatred  of  their  former  loved  ones.  The  hereditary  racial 
differences  will  be  brought  home  for  consideration. 
The  American  people  will  finally  recover  from  the  fas- 
cination of  the  wonderful  Japs.  Then  what  shall  the 
Japs  do  ?  or  what  will  they  do  ?  Will  they  renounce  all 
their  power  and  humiliate  themselves  for  the  sake  of 
regaining  the  Americans'  love?  Most  certainly  not. 
No  !  On  the  contrary,  they  will  say  to  the  Americans, 
"Go  away  back  and  sit  down,  while  I  will  show  you 
how  to  juggle." 

Mr.  Hashiguchi  believes  that  there  is  nothing 
but  a  bold  assumption  in  the  statement  that 
Asiatic  races  are  at  the  mercy  of  Europeans. 
Some  time  soon,  he  declares,  the  Orient  will  have 
its  turn  to  shine.  When  the  Orientals  find  that 
their  sinews  have  waxed  stronger  under  the 
careful  nursing  of  Japan  "  they  will  oblige  Japan 
to  lead  them  in  invading  the  dominions  of  the 
Caucasian  races  for  the  double  purposes  of  mili- 
tary and  civil  conquests." 

The  experiences  of  the  forefathers,  who  at  one  time 
or  another  thought  they  were  the  only  dominant  races 
of  the  world,  are  recorded  in  the  characteristics  of  the 
present  Asiatics.  When  Japan's  victory  in  the  present 
struggle  becomes  a  certainty,  it  will  inspire  her  sister 


nations  to  uprise  against  the  psychological  domination 
by  the  Europeans  to  which  they  were  so  long  subjected. 
The  Chinese,  though  seemingly  incapable  of  progress, 
are  not  wood,  nor  stones,  but  men.  When  they  awake 
from  their  long  slumber,  they  will  regain  the  prestige 
of  their  forefathers.  The  Koreans,  the  Siamese,  the 
Hindus,  and  the  Filipinos,  who  are  at  present  consid- 
ered to  be  negligible  quantities,  when  combined  under 
the  hegemony  of  the  Japanese  will  become  formidable 
allies  of  the  latter.  Should  all  these  rise  and  urge 
Japan  to  lead  them  against  the  European  races,  Japan 
could  but  satisfy  their  desire. 

Four  million  troops  can  be  raised  in  China, 
and  these,  trained  and  led  by  Japanese  officers, 
will  make  an  army  sufficient  by  itself  to  defeat 
the  combined  forces  of  Europe.    More  than  this  : 

For  civil  purposes,  the  Japanese  statesmen  will  be 
in  this  respect  all  the  better  qualified  to  administer  the 
state  affairs  of  Europe  as  well  as  those  of  Asia.  The 
tyranny  of  the  rulers  under  which  the  Poles,  the  Finns, 
and  other  small  races  in  Europe  are  suffering  will  be  a 
thing  of  the  past.  The  political  dishonesty  to  which 
the  people  of  the  Western  states  are  subjected  will  be 
wiped  out,  and  the  world  will  be  brought  nearer  to  a 
state  of  perfection,  for  the  benefit  of  all  classes  of  people. 

WILL    THERE    BE    A    "YELLOW    BLESSING?" 

Another  writer  in  the  same  magazine,  Gicho 
Sakurai,  writes  on  the  same  general  subject  un- 
der the  title  "  The  Yellow  Blessing."  He  believes 
that,  for  various  reasons,  which  he  lays  down 
in  detail,  what  the  Russians  call  the  "Yellow 
Peril  "  will  be  really  a  blessing  for  the  world. 
In  brief,  the  argument  is  to  the  effect  that — 
first,  the  present  war  has  proven  that  Asiatic 
races  are  not  morally  and  physically  inferior  to 
Europeans  ;  second,  that  they  are  not  inferior 
to  the  West  in  matters  of  lofty  moral  ideas  and 
humanitarian  conception  ;  third,  that  it  is  their 
vocation  to  spread  the  humanitarian  principles 
more  widely  than  they  have  ever  been  spread 
before ;  fourth,  that  the  Japanese  soldier  is 
really  fighting  for  constitutional  government  and 
against  despotism  ;  fifth,  that  Japanese  triumph 
will  mean  a  triumph  for  religious  freedom  as 
against  Russian  religious  bigotry  ;  sixth,  that 
one  of  the  causes  of  Japan's  victory  is  the  edu- 
cation which  is  given  in  Japan  without  any  dis- 
tinction of  caste  or  creed  ;  seventh,  that  this  war 
is  holding  up  before  other  Asiatic  races  a  good 
example  of  what  education  and  liberal  ideas  can 
do  ;  eighth,  that,  with  the  termination  of  the 
war,  Oriental  nations  will  be  in  a  position  to 
improve  their  condition  along  the  ways  of  peace  ; 
ninth,  that  a  Japanese  triumph  will  be  of  im- 
mense advantage  to  the  commerce  of  the  Orient ; 
and,  tenth,  that  the  Russian  people  will  them- 
selves be  benefited  by  a  Japanese  victory. 


BRIEFER   NOTES   ON   TOPICS    IN   THE 
PERIODICALS. 


SUBJECTS  TREATED   IN   THE   POPULAR   AMERICAN    MONTHLIES. 


Great  Masters  of  Painting. — Two  of  the  Decem- 
ber magazines  give  space  to  studies  of  several  of  the 
most  distinguished  of  Italian  painters.  Mr.  Kenyon 
Cox,  writing  in  Scribner's,  treats  of  a  few  of  the  works 
of  Veronese,  and  treats  of  them  as  pictures  having  no 
more  specifically  decorative  purpose  than  that  common 
to  all  great  works  of  art, — a  somewhat  novel  point  of 
departure,  since  Veronese  is  commonly  thought  of  as  a 
decorator  and  nothing  else.  In  concluding  his  survey 
of  the  achievements  of  this  great  representative  of  the 
Venetian  school,  Mr.  Cox  declares  that  for  a  thorough 
and  adequate  knowledge  of  every  part  of  his  profession 
it  would  be  impossible  to  name  his  equal, — that  he  was, 
in  fact,  the  completest  master  of  the  art  of  painting  that 
ever  lived.  Reproductions  of  some  of  the  most  famous 
paintings  of  Veronese  accompany  Mr.  Cox's  article.  In 
McClure's,  Mr.  John  La  Farge  introduces  a  series  of 
papers  on  the  allegory-painters,  with  brief  criticisms 
of  Correggio,  Botticelli,  and  Poussin.  (The  last-named 
painter,  although  a  Frenchman  by  birth,  had  been 
greatly  influenced  by  Italian  ideals.)  Correggio's  "  Mys- 
tic Marriage  of  St.  Catherine,"  Botticelli's  "Spring," 
and  Poussin's  "Shepherds  of  Arcadia"  are  chosen  for 
reproduction  as  illustrations  to  go  with  Mr.  La  Farge's 
instructive  and  entertaining  paper. 

Pictures  in  the  Holiday  Magazines.— So  much 
has  been  done  by  the  leading  illustrated  magazines  in 
the  last  year  or  two  in  the  direction  of  color  printing 
that  the  striking  examples  of  that  process  in  the  cur- 
rent issues,  successful  as  many  of  them  are,  do  not  in 
themselves  lend  so  much  distinction  to  the  so-called 
"Christmas  numbers"  as  would  have  been  the  case  a 
few  years  back.  Most  of  the  well-known  magazine 
illustrators  are  represented  in  the  current  numbers, 
and  along  with  these  we  note  a  number  of  less  familiar 
names.  In  Harper's,  the  work  of  Mr.  Howard  Pyle 
still  bears  the  palm,  his  exquisite  illustrations  for 
Mark  Twain's  "Saint  Joan  of  Arc "  constituting  the 
most  striking  feature  of  the  magazine  from  the  artistic 
point  of  view.  In  Scribner's,  there  is  a  striking  piece 
of  color  work  by  Maxfield  Parrish — a  frontispiece  illus- 
trating a  poem  by  William  Lucius  Graves.  The  work 
of  this  artist  also  appears  in  the  Metropolitan  Maga- 
zine, where  we  also  find  drawings  in  color  by  Jules 
Guerin,  Louis  Rhead,  John  Cecil  Clay,  and  Charles 
Livingston  Bull.  Scribner's  presents  a  beautiful  se- 
ries of  illustrations  in  color  for  "Scenes  from  the  Old 
Ballads,"  by  Beatrice  Stevens  ;  and  in  the  same  maga- 
zine we  find  a  remarkable  study  in  color  of  a  mother 
and  child  by  the  evening  fire,  done  by  Sarah  Stilwell. 
Mr.  Walter  Appleton  Clark's  drawings  in  tint,  to  illus- 
trate Christmas  scenes  in  an  old  French  village,  also 
form  an  important  feature  of  the  December  Scribner's. 
The  Century  this  month  presents  no  color  pieces  by  the 
old  illustrators,  but  it  gives  interpretations  of  "Three 
Preludes  of  Chopin,"  by  Sigismond  Ivanowski.     These 


c*^  .n  ram;,  in  the  same  magazine,  Christian  Brinton 
writes  on  "Alfons  Mucha  and  the  New  Mysticism," 
giving  examples  of  Mucha's  lithographs.  In  Harper's, 
besides  the  illustrations  in  color  by  Howard  Pyle,  the 
characteristic  work  of  William  T.  Smedley  and  Albert 
Sterner  is  turned  to  good  advantage  in  the  illustration 
of  stories ;  while  Elizabeth  Shippen  Green  makes  an 
attractive  contribution  in  the  form  of  three  pictures 
accompanying  the  very  domestic  tale  of  "The  Thousand 
Quilt,"  by  Annie  Hamilton  Donnell.  In  McClure's,  we 
have  the  characteristic  child  pictures  of  "F.  Y.  Cory," 
to  which  allusion  is  made  elsewhere  in  this  number  of 
the  Review  of  Reviews  in  the  article  on  "Modern 
Picture-Book  Children."  There  are  also  in  this  number 
of  McClure's  some  interesting  Canadian  pictures  by  F.  E. 
Schoonover  ;  and  some  "Notes  from  a  Trainer's  Book," 
edited  by  Samuel  Hopkins  Adams,  are  cleverly  illus- 
trated by  Oliver  Herford.  Very  much  of  the  best  illus- 
tration in  the  Christmas  numbers  is  in  black  and  white 
(especially  in  the  Century).  But  so  much  of  the  work 
of  this  kind  has  appeared  each  month  in  our  American 
magazines,  and  so  little  of  the  current  month's  output 
has  a  direct  relation  to  the  holiday  season,  that  perhaps 
it  is  unnecessary  to  particularize  further. 

The  Men  Who  Govern  Us. — Last  month,  legisla- 
tures were  elected  in  many  States  which  will  begin 
their  sessions  early  in  January,  1905,  and  proceed  to 
enact  laws  which  will  have  a  far  more  direct  bearing  on 
the  daily  life  and  welfare  of  the  citizen  than  any  laws 
that  the  national  Congress  can  enact.  This  fact  gives 
pertinence  to  the  article  by  Samuel  P.  Orth  in  the  De- 
cember Atlantic  on  "Our  State  Legislatures."  Mr. 
Orth  has  made  a  special  study  of  the  personnel  of  four 
legislatures, — in  the  States  of  Vermont,  Ohio,  Indiana, 
and  Missouri.  His  conclusions  are  by  no  means  pessi- 
mistic. The  faults  of  our  legislatures  he  believes  to  be 
far  from  incurable.  The  people  have  the  remedy  in 
their  own  hands.  We  have  never  seriously  tried  to 
make  scientific  legislation  possible  in  this  country.  The 
mere  minimizing  of  legislation  by  biennial  sessions  does 
not  meet  the  real  evil.  Mr.  Orth  is  right  in  insisting 
that  legislation  is  a  vital  function  and  one  that  cannot 
be  neglected.  "  Popular  demand  is  the  ultimate  source 
of  good  law  ;  popular  indifference  is  the  immediate 
source  of  bad  law." 

Social  and  Industrial  Topics. — Mrs.  Charlotte 
Perkins  Gilman,  writing  in  the  December  Cosmopoli- 
tan, attacks  the  problem  of  preserving  the  American 
home  in  our  great  cities  under  modern  social  condi- 
tions. Of  the  "apartment  hotel"  as  it  exists  to-day  in 
New  York,  Mrs.  Gilman  has  only  one  complaint  to 
make, — its  disregard  of  children  and  their  needs  in  the 
family  economy.  The  dismissal  of  the  kitchen  from 
the  scheme  of  living-rooms  in  these  hotels  makes  possi- 
ble  a  home  of  unequaled  beauty  and   refinement. — 


750 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Under  the  title,  "The  Rise  of  the  Tailors,"  Mr.  Ray 
Stannard  Baker  presents,  in  McCIure's  for  December,  a 
connected  history  of  the  wars  of  the  garment  workers 
on  New  York's  great  "East  Side."  He  concludes  that 
unionism  is  not  only  a  benefit  to  workers  and  employers 
alike,  but  in  our  complex  civilization  an  absolute  ne- 
cessity. In  his  view,  the  unionizing  of  the  garment 
workers  means  the  Americanization  of  the  East  Side. 
He  holds,  on  the  other  hand,  that  the  limitations  of 
the  principle  of  unionism  must  be  recognized. — In 
the   current   World's   Work,    Mr.   Henry   W.    Lanier 


gives  an  interesting  exposition  of  the  principles  and 
methods  which  have  built  up  the  enormous  business 
of  "  industrial  insurance,"  so  called,  within  a  com- 
paratively short  time.  Two  great  companies  prac- 
tically control  the  insurance  of  children  in  our  great 
cities.  Mr.  Lanier's  article,  entitled  "Billions  in 
Ten-Cent  Insurance,"  is  a  revelation  of  the  importance 
of  this  institution  in  the  daily  life  of  "the  other 
half." — "The  Millionaire's  Peril"  is  the  title  of  a  sug- 
gestive paper  by  Dr.  Henry  A.  Stimson  in  the  Decem- 
ber Atlantic. 


THE   SPIRIT  OF  THE   FOREIGN   REVIEWS. 


The  Progress  of  the  Postal  Card.— The  World's 
Work  and  Play  (London)  has  a  paper  by  Charles  G. 
Amnion  on  "The  Triumph  of  the  Postcard."  He  re- 
calls that  the  idea  of  the  postcard,  as  it  is  called  in  Eng- 
land, was  "made  in  Germany."  Its  originator  was  Dr. 
Von  Stephan,  the  German  postmaster-general,  who  ad- 
vanced the  project  in  1865.  It  was  then  rejected,  but 
the  Austrian  post-office  took  it  up,  and  issued  the  first 
postcard  in  Vienna,  on  October  1, 1866.  In  three  months, 
nearly  three  million  cards  were  sold.  The  North  Ger- 
man Confederation  adopted  it  in  July,  1870.  Great 
Britain  followed  in  October,  1870.  The  same  year  saw 
it  introduced  in  Switzerland.  The  following  year  it 
appeared  in  Belgium  and  Holland,  and  in  Denmark, 
Sweden,  Norway,  and  Canada.  Russia,  France,  and 
Ceylon  took  it  up  in  1872 ;  1873  saw  the  postcard  ac- 
climatized in  Chile,  the  United  States,  Servia,  Rou- 
mania,  and  Spain,  and  Italy  welcomed  it  in  1874.  Japan 
and  Guatemala  followed  in  1875,  and  Greece  in  1876.  The 
picture  postcard  was  first  printed  by  a  photographer  of 
Passau,  who  chemically  sensitized  an  ordinary  postcard 
and  printed  thereon  a  view  of  his  native  town.  In  Ger- 
many, it  is  said  that  one  thousand  million  are  sold  an- 
nually. 

Egypt's  Population. — An  article  on  "British  Rule 
inEgypt,"  in  the  Quarterly  Review,  gives  the  following 
particulars  as  to  population  :  "  Egypt  was  densely  popu- 
lated in  ancient  times.  In  the  reign  of  Augustus,  there 
were  18,000,000  inhabitants  ;  at  the  time  of  the  Arab 
conquest,  half  that  number  ;  at  the  date  of  the  expedi- 
tion of  Napoleon,  2,4(50,000  ;  at  the  first  official  census, 
in  1846,  4,463,000 ;  at  that  of  1883,  6,806,000.  The  census 
of  1897  shows  a  population  of  9,734,000,  or  an  increase  at. 
the  rate  of  about  3  per  cent,  per  annum  during  the 
period  of  British  occupation.  In  the  same  period,  under 
the  tyranny  of  the  Mahdi  and  the  Khalifa,  Sir  Rudolf 
Slatin  estimates  that  three-quarters  of  the  population 
of  the  Sudan  perished.  There  remained  but  1,870,500 
inhabitants  in  a  territory  of  1,000,000  square  miles  ;  and 
t  lie  progress  of  the  country  will  long  suffer  for  want  of 
bands." 

The  Rural  England  of  To-Day.-Mr.  C.  F.  G. 
Masterman  thus  describes,  iii  the  Independent  Review 

I  he  social  change  which  lias  taken  place  in  England  un- 
der the  influence  of  newly  gotten  wealth  :  "The  coun- 
try-house,  instead  of  being  a  center  of  local  interest, 

is  now  an  appendage  of  the  capital,— a  tiny  piece  of 

London  transferred  in  the  late  summer  and  autumn  to 
a  more  salubrious  air  and  t  he  adjacency  of  t  he  coverts. 
Rural  England  appears  as  slowly  passing  into  gardens 


and  shooting-grounds,  with  intervening  tracts  of  sparse 
grasslands,  committed  to  the  rearing  of  cattle  and  of 
pheasants,  instead  of  men.  Fifty  years  ago,  one  class 
of  reformer  could  still,  without  absurdity,  find  the 
solution  of  social  discontent  in  a  revived  feudalism,  and 
a  Carlyle  or  a  Ruskin  urge  vehemently  the  gentlemen  of 
England  to  take  up  the  burden  of  government  com- 
mitted to  a  landed  aristocracy.  What  observer  of  the 
England  of  to  -day  would  have  the  hardihood  to  pro- 
claim a  similar  message  ?" 

The  Jap  as  Emigrant.  —  Mr.  Wilson  Crewdson 
writes  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  for  November  on 
"  Japanese  Emigrants."  The  number  of  Japanese  resi- 
dent abroad  has  increased  largely  during  the  last  fifteen 
years.  In  1889,  it  was  only  18,688,  but  in  1900  the  figure 
had  risen  to  123,971.  Three-quarters  of  these  are  in  the 
United  States  or  in  United  States  colonies,  after  which 
come  Great  Britain  and  colonies,  Korea,  and  Russia. 

Will  the  Panama  Canal  Pay?  —  The  current 
Quarterly  Review  opens  with  an  article  on  "The  Pan- 
ama Canal  and  Maritime  Commerce,"  in  which  the  re- 
viewer is  anything  but  sanguine.  He  declares  that 
many  of  the  estimates  on  which  expectations  of  profit 
are  based  are  incorrect.  It  is  doubtful  whether  the 
canal  will  attract  the  big  sailing  ships  which  at  present 
go  around  Cape  Horn,  as  .there  is  a  practically  windless 
zone  on  both  sides  of  the  Isthmus  and  the  use  of  the 
canal  will  entail  heavy  towage  fees.  The  canal  will  be 
a  great  service  to  trade  between  the  east  and  west  coasts 
of  the  United  States,  but  "it  is  not  by  any  means  cer- 
tain that  it  will  do  any  g  )od  at  all  to  British  maritime 
commerce." 

London's  Water-Supply.— Mr.  W.  M.  J.  Williams 
concludes  an  article  in  the  Fortnightly  full  of  financial 
statistics  by  declaring  that  the  problem  of  London's 
water-supply  will  have  soon  to  be  considered  </<  m>r<>. 
boi  h  as  regards  quantity  and  quality.  It  will  be  neces- 
sary to  go  farther  afield  for  water.  The  consideration 
of  the  award  to  the  water  companies  kept  this  question 
out  of  sight.  If  a  new  water  supply  were  projected  for 
London,  nobody  WOUld  go  for  it  to  the  Thames  or  the 
Lea.  When  the  details  of  the  transfer  and  other  im- 
mediate quest  ions  have  been  sett  led  bj  t  lie  Metropolitan 
Water  Board,  the  whole  question  will  have  to  be  re- 
opened on  a  vast  scale. 

The  Art  of  Table-Talk.— Writing  on  this  subject 
in  the  Nineteenth  Century  for  November,  Mrs.  Frederic 
Harrison  says:  "The  French   have  some  dinner-table 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


751 


conventions  which  to  us  would  seem  strange.  At  any 
small  gathering  of  eight  or  ten  persons,  the  talk  is  al- 
ways supposed  to  be  general ;  the  individual  who  should 
try  to  begin  a  tete-a-tete  conversation  with  the  person 
sitting  next  at  table  would  soon  find  out  his  mistake. 
Conversation — general  conversation — is  part  of  the  re- 
past, like  the  bread,  the  salt,  or  the  wine,  and  is  com- 
mon to  all.  What  admirable  talk  you  will  hear  at  the 
table  of  the  smallest  bourgeoisie, — bright,  sparkling, 
full  of  mother  wit  and  good  sense  ;  and  the  delight  in  a 
happy  saying  runs  around  the  table  and  stimulates 
afresh.  This  in  spite  of  the  presence  of  the  children, 
who  are  not  always  well-behaved,  and  the  evident  cares 
of  bread  which  possess  the  hostess.  The  French  love  to 
speak  well,  and  rightly  consider  their  language  to  be  a 
most  beautiful  and  flexible  instrument  for  social  pur- 
poses. They  take  pains,  therefore,  to  pronounce  the 
words  well,  and  to  play  on  them  with  grace  and  dexter- 
ity. You  may  often  hear,  after  such  an  entertainment 
as  I  have  described,  '  Cc  n'cst  pas  Men  parlcr,''  in  criti- 
cism of  an  awkward,  ugly  phrase." 

Japan's  Right  to  Korea. — The  editor  of  the  East- 
ern World  (Yokohama)  can  understand  why  Japan 
has  been  finally  compelled  to  establish  a  virtual  pro- 
tectorate over  Korea.  The  Japanese  interests,  he  says, 
have  suffered  for  nearly  a  century  under  the  "anarchy 
of  Korean  absolutism  ;  and  Korean  incapacity  has  in- 
vited the  hand  of  a  master,  whether  it  was  that  of 
Russia  or  of  Japan."  The  fiction  of  Korean  independ- 
ence, he  continues,  has  been  a  useful  one,  but  it  has 
never  prevented  the  Japanese  from  taking  every  meas- 
ure they  thought  necessary  to  insure  their  preponder- 
ance in  the  peninsula.  It  has  been  the  real  intention 
of  Japan  all  along,  this  editor  says,  further,  to  appro- 
priate Korea  for  herself.  He  believes  that  the  best 
thing  that  can  happen  to  Korea  will  be  for  her  to 
come  under  Japanese  suzerainty.  That  this  has  been 
the  intention  of  the  Japanese  Government  is  evident, 
this  editor  believes,  from  the  telegram  addressed,  in 
March  of  the  present  year,  to  Ambassador  Kurino,  at 
St.  Petersburg,  by  Baron  Komura.  "Japan  possesses 
paramount  political  as  well  as  commercial  and  indus- 
trial influence  in  Korea,  which,  having  regard  to  her 
own  security,  she  cannot  consent  to  surrender  to  or 
share  with  any  other  power.   (The  italics  are  our  own.) " 

Is  International  Law  "Iniquitous?"  —  In  re- 
viewing a  brochure  on  international  law  by  M.  Cim- 
bali,  professor  in  the  University  of  Sasari,  the  Revue 
du  Droit  Publique  ct  de  la  Science  Politique  (Paris) 
declares  that  the  author  is  too  severe  in  condemning 
international  law  as  "a  science  iniquitous  and  evil- 
working."  M.  Cimbali  contends  that  not  only  have  all 
the  modern  states  arisen  to  their  present  positions 
through  histories  full  of  oppression,  wrong,  and  bar- 
barism, but  that  they  maintain  their  political  equi- 
librium to-day  by  oppression  of  the  weak.  The  Revue 
contends  that,  while  the  right  of  conquest  can  never 
actually  conform  to  the  idea  of  justice,  yet  the  rela- 
tions of  states  are  constantly  improving  and  becom- 
ing more  altruistic,  and  international  law  is  gradually 
developing  into  a  code  which  is  based  to  a  large  extent 
on  right  and  justice. 

Is  France  Declining  Economically  ? — A  writer 
in  the  Quinzainc,  Georges  Blondel,  declares  that  French 
statesmen    and    merchants    are   not  sufficiently   well 


posted,  or  interested,  even,  in  the  present-day  com- 
mercial evolution.  The  republic,  he  asserts,  is  not  hold- 
ing its  own  even  in  those  things  which  have  been  re- 
garded as  her  exclusive  products.  France  receives 
many  thousands  of  toys  every  year  from  abroad,  four- 
fifths  of  them  from  Germany,  representing  a  value  of 
from  three  to  four  million  francs  ($600,000  to  $800,000). 
During  the  past  twenty  years,  the  value  of  importations 
from  the  United  States  increased  from  two  hundred 
and  fifty  to  four  hundred  and  eighty  million  francs. 
"  Frenchmen,"  said  M.  Blondel,  addressing  his  country- 
men, "  in  general,  we  do  not  know  how  to  avail  our- 
selves of  publicity.  We  do  not  understand  the  value  of 
advertising." 

Naval    Warfare  in  Its  Economic  Bearings. — 

Naval  warfare  is  an  economic  warfare,  and  it  has  always 
been  so  to  a  great  extent,  asserts  Baron  Maltzahn,  in  the 
Deutsche  Rundschau.  When  they  lost  the  control  of 
the  sea,  says  this  writer,  the  Portuguese,  the  Spaniards, 
and  the  Dutch  lost  their  industrial  prosperity.  Colbert, 
the  great  French  minister,  endeavored  to  extend  in- 
dustry abroad  at  the  same  time  that  he  increased  the 
French  marine.  English  naval  supremacy,  he  thinks, 
is  largely  due  to  the  insular  position  of  Great  Britain. 

A  Russian  Criticism  of  Russian  Journalism. 

— A  writer  in  the  Obrazovanie  (Moscow),  M.  Bielokon- 
sky,  severely  criticises  the  vulgarity  and  inappropriate- 
ness  of  the  cartoons  and  caricatures  appearing  in  the 
Russian  popular  journals,  which,  he  declares,  testify  to 
the  "monstrous  ignorance  of  their  authors,  and  the  in- 
tellectual poverty  of  the  people  who  permit  themselves 
to  be  imposed  upon  by  these  productions."  War,  which 
makes  heroes  also,  according  to  Iablonowsky,  makes 
boasters  of  people  of  vivid  and  foolish  imagination.  Of 
these,  Niemirowitch-Dantchenko  (who  may  be  the  Rus- 
sian war  correspondent  at  the  front  often  quoted  in 
newspaper  dispatches)  is  perhaps  the  chief.  According 
to  these  writers,  it  is  always  the  brave  Cossack  who,  by 
one  stroke  of  the  lance,  impales  three  Japanese  soldiers, 
and  performs  other  wonderful  and  fantastic  exploits. 
According  to  these,  also,  the  Japanese  are  a  cruel  and 
savage  race,  who  ill-treat  the  Russian  dead  and  wounded. 
All  this,  says  the  Russian  writer  quoted,  is  not  only 
vain,  but  wrong.  General  Kuropatkin,  he  points  out, 
has  expressed  the  greatest  of  respect  for  his  valiant  en- 
emy, and  has  also  treated  with  them  regarding  pris- 
oners. "Why,  then,  would  the  Russian  commander- 
in-chief  condescend  to  converse  in  this  way  with  men 
who  surpass  the  Bashi-Bazouksin  cruelty,  who  profane 
the  dead  and  mutilate  the  wounded  ?" 

An  Ecuadorian  Poet  in  French. — The  editor  of 
the  department  "American  Readings"  in  Espana 
Modema  (Madrid)  begins  his  comment  by  noting  what 
a  powerful  instrument  for  diffusing  world-literature  is 
the  French  language.  France  translates  much,  and 
the  translations  are  of  great  assistance  to  the  im- 
mense majority  of  men  to  whom  Russian,  Swedish, 
German,  English,  and  other  tongues  offer  difficulties. 
In  truth,  France  cultivates  this  means  of  influence 
over  other  nations  by  continually  seeking  new  literary 
material  which  excites  public  curiosity,  at  the  same 
time  taking  care  that  French  is  kept  an  obligatory 
part  of  education  in  foreign  countries,  and  founding 
French  schools  in  even  the  most  remote  lands.  It  is 
understandable,  then,  that  authors  desire  anxiously  to 


752 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


get  their  works  into  French.  As  for  Spanish  works, 
the  editor  acknowledges  that  the  majority  of  the  civil- 
ized world  cannot  understand  them.  In  France,  Span- 
ish is  known  by  few  outside  of  professorial  chairs, 
except  in  the  south,  and  though  it  is  more  generally 
known  in  Germany  and  Russia,  Spanish  books  cannot 
circulate  as  freely  as  French  books.  It  is  therefore  an 
act  of  literary  wisdom  to  put  Spanish  books  into 
French,  and  if  the  translator  is  a  compatriot  of  the  au- 
thor, it  is  eminently  patriotic  as  well.  Such  is  the 
work  that  Victor  M.  Rendon,  minister  of  Ecuador  to 
France  and  Spain,  has  written  in  French,  the  title  of 
which,  translated,  is  "Olmedo,  American  Statesman 
and  Poet,  Singer  of  Bolivar."  It  is  an  extensive  biog- 
raphy of  the  Ecuadorian  hero,  and  includes,  as  well, 
much  information  about  his  country  needed  in  Spain 
as  well  as  in  France.  The  reviewer  thinks  the  trans- 
lator has  rendered  a  great  service  in  translating  so  well 
the  major  part  of  the  poems  of  Olmedo,  which  are 
cited,  and  which  should  make  fully  appreciated  the 
talent  of  the  great  singer  of  South  American  inde- 
pendence. If  others  would  follow  his  example,  the 
notable  writers  of  South  America  would  no  longer  be 
unknown  in  France.  The  volume  is  illustrated  with 
photographic  reproductions  of  scenes  in  Guayaquil,  a 
portrait  of  Olmedo,  and  a  picture  of  the  statue  by  Fal- 
guiere  raised  to  the  hero. 

Russia's  Red-cross  Heroines. — In  the  Fort- 
nightly, Mr.  Angus  Hamilton  pays  the  following  trib- 
ute to  the  Russian  women  at  the  front  :  "The  hard- 
working, earnest,  practical  little  women,  ignorant  but 
industrious,  who  devote  their  time  to  the  welfare  of  the 
Russian  soldiers,  make  a  beautiful  picture.  They  are 
fearless.  They  endure  the  same  fatigues  as  the  soldiers, 
and,  as  recent  events  have  proved,  they  sacrifice  very 
willingly  their  lives  to  save  their  charges.  I  do  not 
think  that  any  war  has  produced  more  touching  ex- 
amples of  fidelity  to  duty  than  those  offered  by  these 
badly  dressed,  plain-faced,  sweet-natured  nurses,  as 
they  trudge  through  the  rains,  through  the  heat,  and 
the  dust  and  the  snows  of  Manchuria.  These  women 
quite  delight  in  their  calling,  and  in  spite  of  the  re- 
verses, or  perhaps  because  of  the  reverses,  they  muster 
in  large  numbers  to  the  roll-call  when  their  services  are 
demanded.  I  have  made  inquiries  about  the  condition 
regulating  their  service  with  the  troops,  and  certainly, 
on  the  score  of  remuneration  or  generous  treatment, 
there  is  nothing  attractive  in  the  work.  They  appear 
to  give  the  best  of  their  lives  to  nursing  the  soldiers, 
and  out  there  in  Manchuria  the  pillow  of  many  a  dying 
man  has  been  rendered  more  comfortable  by  little 
gracious  attentions  from  some  one  of  these  sisters." 

Psychology  of  the  War. — A  writer  who  signs  him- 
self General-Major  D.  Reisnervon  Lichtenstern  contrib- 
utes to  Die  Wochc  (Berlin)  a  study  of  "The  War  Psy- 
chology of  the  Far  East."  He  helieves  that  the  de\  elop 
ments  in  Manchuria  have  been  in  accordance  with  I  lie 
psychology  of  the  two  peoples  at  war.  The  Russian  lac- 
tics,  especially,  have  been  in  accordance  with  the  char- 
acter of  the  Russian  people.  The  Russian  tactics  are 
backward  because  Russian  culture  is  backward.  The 
Russian  generals  do  not  maneuver,  or  at  least  do  not 
conduct  warfare  in  the  modern  way.     They  are  seen  at 


the  head  of  their  troops.  They  depend  on  the  bayonet 
charge  rather  than  on  good  shooting,  and  e  videntl y  count 
on  muscle  and  weight.  They  maintain  the  old  tradition 
of  officers  leading  their  men  in  chai-ges.  The  Japanese, 
on  the  other  hand,  are  saturated  with  the  modern  idea 
of  individual  efficiency ;  moreover,  they  fight  for  an 
idea,  and  not  merely  because  they  are  told  to  fight. 

Romance  of  a  Gypsy  Poetess. — Gina  Ranjicic, 
the  gypsy  poetess,  is  the  subject  of  a  sketch  in  the  Scan- 
dinavian magazine  Varia  (Stockholm),  by  SigurJ  P. 
Sigurdh.  This  woman,  in  her  youth  as  remarkable  for 
beauty  as  for  intellectual  attainments,  was  discovered 
in  1890  by  Dr.  Heinrich  von  Wlislocki,  the  well-known 
authority  on  gypsy  life  and  customs,  who  had  heard  of 
her  from  a  Servian  consular  employee.  These  two  to- 
gether visited  her,  and  found  her,  at  that  period  of  her 
life,  a  wrinkled  old  woman  from  whose  face  every  trace 
of  beauty  had  long  since  vanished.  Had  she  been  born 
under  other  circumstances,  and  had  not  her  beauty 
been  her  curse,  the  world,  we  are  told,  would  now  have 
been  mourning  one  of  the  sweetest  poetesses  of  all  time. 
For  this  gypsy  woman  was  the  author  of  some  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty  poems — passionate,  stirring,  and  melo- 
dious. All,  however,  are  set  in  a  minor  key,  for  the 
Muse,  it  seems,  deserted  her  wholly  in  those  moments 
when  her  heart  might  have  sung  of  joy  and  gladness. 
Her  life  had  been  full  of  adventure.  How  old  she  was, 
she  did  not  herself  know.  At  the  age  of  twelve,  or 
thereabouts,  she  had  strayed  away  from  some  nomadic 
tribe  in  Servia,  persecuted  by  the  soldiers  for  its  thefts. 
Reaching  Belgrade,  she  was  befriended  and  adopted  by 
a  wealthy  Armenian  merchant,  who  took  her  with  him 
to  Constantinople.  Through  him  she  obtained  some 
education.  Later  on,  the  merchant's  younger  brother, 
Gabriel  Dalenes,  a  man  much  her  senior,  married  her, 
and  for  some  years  she  lived  with  him  in  luxury,  mean- 
while pouring  out  the  unsatisfied  longings  of  her  love- 
sick heart  in  passionate  Armenian,  Turkish,  and  Rom- 
any poems.  One  day  she  met  her  fate  in  a  young 
Albanian,  named  Gregor  Korachon,  who  induced  her 
to  elope  with  him,  afterward  telling  her  that  her  hus- 
band had  been  found  murdei-ed,  and  that  she  was  sus- 
pected of  the  crime.  From  this  time  onward,  the  life 
of  the  beautiful  gypsy  became  a  checkered  one,  in  which 
were  woven  many  amours.  Her  last  lover,  who  appears 
to  have  been  honestly  and  passionately  fond  of  her.  was 
a  rich  Jew,  named  Jakob  Hornstein.  He  was  a  cul- 
tured man,  devoted  to  science,  art,  and  literature,  and 
possessed  a  splendid  library. 

Needs  of  the  Dutch  Army- Onzc  Eeuw  (Haar- 
lem), the  Dutch  monthly  review,  has  a  study  of  the 
army  of  the  Netherlands  and  its  organization.  This 
army,  the  writer  believes,  is  not  strong  enough  for  an 
independent  power.  It  is  especially  weak  in  artillery. 
How  to  increase  the  effective  strength  of  the  army  with- 
out swelling  the  cost,  is  the  problem  that  the  writer 
seeks  to  solve.  One  of  his  suggestions  is  the  introduc- 
tion of  volunteers  ;  another  is  to  give  the  soldiers  time 
to  attend  to  work,  so  that  conscription  may  not  entail 
the  disadvantages  shown  in  some  other  countries,  where 
a  young  mans  commercial  career  may  be  spoiled  by 
having  to  serve  two  years  just  when  he  is  able  to  take  a 
responsible  position. 


BRIEFER  NOTES  ON  TOPICS  IN  THE  PERIODICALS. 


753 


SCIENCE   IN   FOREIGN   PERIODICALS. 


The  Automobile  on  Water.— A  description  of 
what  it  calls  naval  automobilism  is  given  in  the  scien- 
tific department  of  La  Revue.  It  quotes  some  French 
scientific  writer  as  declaring  that  the  automobile  will 
play  an  important  role  in  future  maritime  wars.  This 
writer  calculates  that  a  steam  torpedo  boat,  costing 
from  a  million  to  a  million  and  a  half  francs  ($300,000 
to  $5  d, 000),  would  carry  twenty  men.  An  automobile 
torpedo  boat  of  the  same  or  greater  speed  would  not 
cost  more  than  37,000  to  38,000  francs  ($7,400  to  $7,600). 
Six  boats  of  this  kind  could  carry  as  many  men  as  one 
operated  under  the  present  system  ;  that  is,  for  the  price 
of  one  steam  torpedo  boat,  as  at  present  constructed, 
nations  could  have  six  torpedo  boats  carrying  six  times 
as  many  men. 

Artificial  Coloring  of  Natural  Flowers. — Ac 

cording  to  a  long  scientific  article  in  Cosmos,  natural 
flowers  are  successfully  colored  by  artificial  means  in 
France  and  other  European  countries.  More  than  a 
century  ago,  the  writer  points  out,  tuberoses  were  col- 
ored red  by  artificial  means.  To-day,  thanks  to  our 
knowledge  of  organic  coloring  matter,  the  violet,  ja- 
cinth, orange  blossom,  iris,  chrysanthemum,  and  the 
camellia  are  now  susceptible  of  color  changes.  The 
method  is  quite  simple.  It  consists  simply  in  the  prep- 
aration of  a  solution  of  the  desired  color  in  water,  in 
which  the  flower  is  plunged. 

A    French    Dish-Washing    Invention. — In    the 

Hojas  Selectas  (Barcelona)  is  described  and  illustrated 
a  simple  and  practical  dish-washer  invented  by  Paul 
H6don,  of  Roubaix,  France.  It  consists  of  a  circular 
galvanized-iron  tank  with  a  heater  at  the  bottom.  A 
removable  rack  with  compartments  for  securely  holding 
the  dishes  is  in  large  models  raised  by  a  cable  attached 
to  a  pulley  arrangement.  When  the  water  is  heated, 
the  dishes  are  inserted  and  the  rack  lowered.  A  few 
turns  of  a  crank  washes  both  sides  of  the  dishes  by  means 
of  brushes  and  rapidly  moving  water.  Raising  the 
rack  and  removing  the  clean  dishes,  the  operation  is  then 
repeated.  The  domestic  size  takes  four  dishes  at  once, 
and  will  wash  eight  a  minute,  or  five  hundred  an  hour. 
The  larger  sizes  for  hotels  and  institutions  contain 
twelve  to  twenty-four  dishes,  and  have  a  capacity  of 
fifteen  hundred  an  hour.  Forks  and  spoons  may  be 
washed  as  well.  Without  the  rack,  the  machine  can 
be  used  as  a  vegetable  washer. 

The  Electric  Conductivity  of  the  Human 
Body. — Whereas  measurements  of  the  conductivity  of 
the  human  body  once  upon  a  time  were  frequently 
made  use  of  with  a  view  to  ascertaining  the  sound  or 
morbid  condition  of  the  latter,  this  practice  has  been 
gradually  abandoned  as  the  great  variability  of  the 
conductivity  and  the  special  difficulties  attending  an 
accurate  determination  were  realized.  The  observa- 
tions recently  made  by  Mr.  E.  K.  Miiller  (see  the 
Schiveizerische  EleMrotechnischc  Zcitschrift)  on  the 
connection  between  the  conductivity  of  the  human 
body  and  its  psychical  and  physiological  condition  are 
therefore  worthy  of  special  interest.  Mr.  Miiller  shows, 
in  the  first  place,  the  high  variability  of  the  conduc- 
tivity of  the  body  according  to  the  hour  of  the  day  at 
which  the  experiment  is  made,  and  according  to  the 


meals  taken  by  the  person  experimented  on.  Accu- 
rately identical  figures  will  occur  very  frequently  in 
series  of  experiments  lasting  from  ten  to  fifteen  min- 
utes with  the  same  minutes  and  the  same  person,  even 
in  the  case  of  experiments  separated  by  an  interval  of 
some  days.  The  magnitude  of  the  conductivity,  as  well 
as  the  regularity  in  the  behavior  of  the  different  series, 
are  highly  influenced  by  the  presence  of  a  third  person  ; 
whenever  anybody  enters  the  room  or  a  noise  is  pro- 
duced, the  resistance  of  the  person  experimented  on  is 
found  to  undergo  a  spontaneous  variation  of  extraor- 
dinary magnitude.  Outside  of  objective  causes,  any  psy- 
chical influence,  either  internal  or  external,  will  result 
in  an  immediate  oscillation  of  a  sometimes  enormous 
magnitude.  Any  sensation  or  psychical  emotion  of  a 
certain  intensity  will  reduce  the  resistance  of  the  hu- 
man body  instantaneously  to  a  value  three  to  five  times 
less.  Whenever  the  person  experimented  on  is  talked 
to  or  caused  to  concentrate  his  attention  in  some  way 
or  other,  oscillations  of  the  resistance  will  be  produced. 
Any  effort  made  for  hearing  a  distant  noise,  any  voli- 
tion, any  effect  of  self-suggestion,  will  exert  a  material 
influence,  the  same  being  true  of  any  excitation  of  the 
senses,  any  light  rays  striking  the  closed  eye,  any  body 
the  smell  of  which  is  perceived  (even  where  the  smell 
or  the  body  is  fictitious).  Any  psychological  action  of 
some  intensity,  such  as  breathing,  stopping  the  breath, 
etc.,  is  found  to  exert  an  analogous  effect.  By  making 
experiments  both  before  and  during  the  sleep,  the  au- 
thor states  some  characteristical  variations  according  to 
the  character  of  the  latter  and  the  vivacity  of  the  dreams. 
Any  pain,  either  real  or  suggested,  will  modify  the  re- 
sistance, the  sensation  of  pain  being  preceded  and  fol- 
lowed by  an  oscillation.  The  individual  resistance  of 
the  human  body  depends  also  on  the  nervous  suscepti- 
bility, and  on  the  conditions  the  person  is  living  in. 
Nervous  persons,  as  well  as  strong  smokers  and  drink- 
ers, show  an  extremely  low  electrical  resistance.  The 
variability  and  temporary  behavior  of  the  resistance  is 
also  shown  to  depend  on  these  factors. 

Haifa  Century  of  the  French  Alcohol  Trade. 

— An  extended  study  of  the  manufacture  of  alcohol  and 
the  trade  in  that  product  in  France,  from  1850  to  1903, 
is  given  in  a  recent  number  of  the  Bulletin  des  Statis- 
tiques.  In  the  first-named  year,  we  are  informed  that 
the  manufacture  of  alcohol  was  940  hectoliters,  while  in 
1900  the  figures  were  2,656,000  hectoliters.  In  1854,  the 
price  of  alcohol  reached  its  maximum — 214  francs  per 
hectoliter.  In  1902,  the  price  of  pure  alcohol  was  at  its 
lowest  point — 31  francs  ($6.20)  per  hectoliter. 

Chemical  Industry  in  Japan. — According  to  a 
Japanese  Government  publication,  there  are  at  pres- 
ent 840  factories  manufacturing  chemical  products  in 
the  Japanese  Empire.  This  number  includes,  not  only 
the  chemical  factories  in  the  strict  sense  of  the  word, 
but  also  gives  manufactories,  paper  mills,  and  fac- 
tories for  the  manufacture  of  ceramic  products.  There 
are  75  factories  making  salt ;  43,  pharmaceutical  prod- 
ucts :  95,  illuminating  oils  ;  40,  matches ;  53,  coloring 
products ;  4,  gas ;  6,  incense.  The  entire  industry  in 
Japan  employs  38,591  workers,  of  whom  19,583  are 
women.  The  government  conducted,  in  1902,  seventy- 
nine  laboratories  for  the  utilization  of  fish  products. 


RECENT   BIOGRAPHY   AND    MEMOIRS. 


THERE  is  no  little  significance  in  the  fact  that  al- 
most two-thirds  of  the  "Recollections  and  Let- 
ters of  General  Robert  E.  Lee,"  by  his  son,  Robert  E. 
Lee  (Doubleday),  is  devoted  to  the  great  Confederate 
commander's  all  too  brief  life  as  a  private  citizen,— the 
five  years  that  he  was  able  to  give,  after  the  close  of 
the  Civil  War,  to  the  upbuilding  of  his  shattered  coun- 
try and  the  education  of  her  youth.     If  Robert  E.  Lee 


MRS.    ROGER   A.    PRYOR. 

(From  a  miniature  painted  in  Rome  in  18.V>.) 

was  a  great  military  chieftain,— and  who  can  name  a 
greater  since  Washington  ?— he  was  even  a  nobler  leader 
in  the  walks  of  peace.  One  cannot  read  this  book  with- 
out being  convinced  of  the  man's  disinterested  motives 
and  nobility  of  character,  nor  can  we  .••onder  that  lie 
developed  qualities  of  leadership  that  might  have  meant 
much  for  the  South's  civic  advancement  had  he  sur- 
vived the  "  reconstruction"  era.  General  Lee's  son  and 
namesake,  the  author  of  this  volume,  was  himself  a 
captain  in  the  Confederate  army. 

General  Gordon's  "Reminiscences"  had  presented  the 
military  side  of  the  Confederacy's  struggle  in  some  of 
its  phases  more  fully  than  earlier  works  of  that  class, 
nor  is  much  added  to  that  aspect  of  the  subject  by  (on 

eral  Lee's  family  letters.     Military  memoirs  of  a  high 

order  are  contained  in  the  vol  nine  cut  it  led  "  Four  fears 

Under  Marse  Robert,"  by  Maj.  Robert  Stiles,  of  Lee's 
artillery  (Washington  and  New  York  :  Neale  Publishing 


Company).  Not  only  does  this  book  give  a  clear  account 
of  the  actual  movements  of  the  Army  of  Northern  Vir- 
ginia, but  the  daily  life  of  the  soldier  in  the  ranks  is 
vividly  described.  Northern  veterans  may  find  much 
entertainment  in  this  well-written  story  of  "Johnny 
Reb's  "  ups  and  downs. 

In  Mrs.  Roger  A.  Pryor's  "Reminiscences  of  Peace 
and  War"  (Macmillan)  are  presented  other  phases  of 
the  great  conflict  of  1861-65.  The  wife  of  a  Virgin- 
ian who  became  a  Confederate  general,  Mrs.  Pryor 
kept  her  home  near  Petersburg,  within  range  of  the 
Union  shells,  through  all  the  fighting.  None  knew 
better  than  she  the  privations  of  the  Confederate 
women  and  other  non-combatants.  None  has  told  the 
story  of  those  bitter  years  more  sympathetically  or 
with  more  delicate  touches  of  humor.  The  first  part 
of  her  book  is  given  up  to  an  exceedingly  interesting 
account  of  social  life  in  Washington  before  the  war,  in 
which  Mrs.  Pryor  herself  played  a  prominent  part,  her 
husband  being  a  member  of  the  federal  Congress. 
After  Lee's  surrender,  General  Pryor  (who  had  resigned 
his  commission  in  1862  and  served  in  the  ranks  until 
taken  prisoner  by  the  Federals)  went  to  New  York,  and 
achieved  distinction  in  the  practice  of  law,  serving  for 
some  years  as  a  justice  of   the  Supreme  Court.     The 


GEN.    UOISKKT    K.    I, I.E. 


lives  of  these  Virginians,  filled  as  they  have  been  with 
dramatic  incident,  are  yet  only  typical  of  many  careers 
which  were  wrenched  from  their  natural  courses  In  the 
strain  of  the  Civil  War. 


RECENT  BIOGRAPHY  AND  MEMOIRS. 


755 


Even  the  frankest  of  autobiography  sometimes  hesi- 
tates to  reveal  the  inconsistencies  and  contradictions  in 
the  subject's  career.  Not  so  with  Moncure  Daniel  Con- 
way's "Autobiography,  Memoirs,  and  Experiences" 
(Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.).  In  Mr.  Conway's  case,  in- 
deed, to  have  left  out  the  contradictions  would  have 


MONCURE   D.  CONWAY. 

been  like  leaving  Hamlet  out  of  the  play.  A  son  of 
slave-holding  Virginians,  he  became,  in  the  strength  of 
his  youth,  an  Abolitionist, — a  Methodist  preacher  of  the 
early  fifties,  he  lived  to  attain  leadership  among  the 
"freethinkers"  of  two  continents.  Fully  half  of  his 
mature  life  was  passed  in  England,  where  he  served  as 
a  Unitarian  clergyman  and  took  a  hand  in  London 
journalism.  An  early  associate  of  Emerson,  Thoreau, 
Holmes,  Hawthorne,  and  Theodore  Parker,  this  unan- 
glicized  American  before  many  years  had  passed  en- 
joyed the  friendship  of  Thackeray,  Burne-Jones,  Glad- 
stone, Beaconsfield,  and  Palmerston.  Perhaps  no  other 
living  American  has  had  such  an  experience,  and  few 
there  are  who  know  so  intimately  the  inner  life  of  the 
two  nationalities.  A  man  who  has  lived  in  such  times 
and  amid  such  associations  must  from  the  nature  of  the 
case  have  an  interesting  story  to  tell.  Fortunately, 
Mr.  Conway  is  too  good  a  literary  craftsman  to  let  the 
story  suffer  in  the  telling. 

Edward  Everett  Hale's  "Memories  of  a  Hundred 
Years,"  two  volumes  in  one,  have  been  issued  (Macmil 
Ian)  in  a  new  edition  with  three  additional  chapters, 
which  round  up  a  life  still  almost  twenty  years  short  of 
a  century,  it  is  true,  but  unusually  full,  comprehensive, 
and  rich  in  incident.  Most  of  the  material  appeared 
originally  in  the  Outlook  some  time  ago.  It  has  since 
been  revised  and  enlarged.  The  volume  is  packed  full 
of  reminiscences,  anecdotes,  and  most  interesting  por- 
traits of  famous  people  whom  Mr.  Hale  has  known  per- 
sonally in  the  course  of  his  long  life, — how  long  may  be 
vividly  imagined  from  the  fact  that  he  took  five-o'clock 
tea  at  the  White  House  with  Mrs.  President  John  Tyler, 
in  1841. 

In  the  "English  Men  of  Letters"  series,  which  is 
edited  by  Mr.  John  Morley  (Macmillan),  the  latest  ad- 


dition is  the  life  of  Thomas  Hobbes,  of  Malmesbury, 
author  of  the  "Leviathan,"  written  by  the  late  Sir 
Leslie  Stephen.  In  the  same  series  there  recently  ap- 
peared a  new  life  of  Adam  Smith,  the  economist,  by 
Francis  W.  Hirst. 

The  publication  of  Herbert  Spencer's  autobiography 
seems  to  have  stimulated  rather  than  discouraged  the 
writing  of  reviews  and  estimates  of  his  life-work.  The 
latest  attempt  in  this  line  is  a  little  book  by  Prof. 
Josiah  Royce,  of  Harvard  (New  York  :  Fox,  Duffield  & 
Co.).  Perhaps  no  living  scholar,  certainly  no  American 
scholar,  is  better  qualified  to  write  on  "Spencer's  Con- 
tribution to  the  Concept  of  Evolution,"  or  on  his  edu- 
cational theories,  than  Professor  Royce.  These  essays 
are  the  more  valuable  because  they  have  been  written 
since  the  publication  of  the  autobiography.  By  way  of 
personal  reminiscence  of  Spencer,  a  chapter  is  contrib- 
uted to  the  same  volume  by  James  Collier,  who  was  for 
nine  years  the  amanuensis,  and  for  ten  years  the  assist- 
ant, of  Herbert  Spencer. 

A  new  edition  of  Mathilde  Blind's  "George  Eliot," 
one  of  the  best-known  biographies  of  the  famous  nov- 
elist, contains  a  critical  estimate  of  George  Eliot's  writ- 
ings, supplementary  chapters  on  "George  Eliot  at 
Work"  and  "Her  Friends  and  Home  Life,"  and  a  bib- 
liography, by  Frank  Waldo  and  G.  A.  Turkington 
(Boston  :  Little,  Brown  &  Co.).  The  material  that  has 
come  to  light  since  the  appearance  of  the  first  edition, 
more  than  twenty  years  ago,  seemed  to  require  the  pub- 
lication of  this  expanded  volume. 

A  pleasant  chapter  in  Thackeray's  life  is  disclosed  by 
his  "Letters  to  an  American  Family"  (Century  Com- 
pany). These  letters  were  written  in  the  years  1852-56. 
About  half  of  them  bear  American  dates,  for  in  this 
period  Thackeray  was  a  visitor  to  the  United  States  ; 
and  the  revelation  which  these  letters  make  of  his  in- 
terest in  Americans  and  American  institutions  is  the 
chief  claim  that  they  have  on  our  present  attention. 
Numerous  unpublished  sketches  and  bits  of  verse  ac- 
company the  letters. 

fUl+M^    (41*4%.    [fOUUM>  u^<4    v**uam, 

*A  a&*i*&  0m{  a.  -ubiMMUi  Sun, , 

LINES   WRITTEN  BY  THACKERAY  TO  AN  AMERICAN  GIRL.. 

"  Dames  and  Daughters  of  the  French  Court"  (Crow- 
ell)  is  the  title  of  a  volume  made  up  of  readable  sketches 
of  Mesdames  de  Stael,  de  Lafayette,  R6camier,  Le  Brun, 
and  other  notable  French  women.  The  writer,  Miss 
Geraldine  Brooks,  had  already  shown  her  ability  in  por- 
traiture through  her  "  Dames  and  Daughters  of  Colo- 
nial Days  "  and  "Dames  and  Daughters  of  the  Young 
Republic."  The  new  book,  like  the  others,  is  charm- 
ingly written. 


NEW   VOLUMES   OF    HISTORY. 


*'  '  I  "HE  United  States  of  America,"  in  two  volumes, 
L  by  Dr.  Edwin  Erie  Sparks  (Putnams),  is  not  a 
history  at  all  in  the  usual  sense  of  the  term,  but  l'ather 
a  commentary  on  history.  All  readers  will  find  the 
book  interesting,  and  to  many  it  will  give  a  wholly  new 
point  of  view  for  the  consideration  of  American  history. 
What  that  point  of  view  is  has  been  clearly  brought  out 
in  the  earlier  works  by  this  author.  Dr.  Sparks  prefers 
to  treat  American  history  as  the  story  of  our  national 
expansion.  The  work  of  individual  statesmen  and  mil- 
itary heroes  is  never  so  strongly  emphasized  in  his 
books  as  is  the  play  of  natural  forces  resulting  in  the 
steady  and  persistent  growth  of  national  institutions. 
A  suitable  sub-title  of  his  present  work  would  be  "A 
Study  of  National  Development."  Much  interest  is  im- 
parted to  the  text  by  the  skillful  use  of  illustrative  ma- 
terials. Facsimiles  of  ancient  records,  broadsides,  and 
cartoons  serve  to  enforce  the  discussion  of  topics  which 
otherwise  might  lack  the  atmosphere  of  actuality. 

A  beautifully  printed  "History  of  the  United  States 
and  Its  People,"  by  Elroy  M.  Avery,  is  just  issuing 
from  the  press  (Cleveland  :  The  Burrows  Brothers 
Company).  This  work  is  to  be  completed  in  twelve 
volumes,  the  first  four  of  which  will  be  devoted  to  the 
period  of  discovery  and  colonization ;  the  fifth  to  the 
War  of  the  Revolution  ;  the  next  five  to  the  period  of 
national  development  and  expansion,  extending  from 
the  adoption  of  the  Constitution  to  the  outbreak  of  the 
Civil  War  ;  a  single  volume  to  that  war  itself,  and  the 
final  volume  to  "  reconstruction  "  and  the  subsequent 
history  of  the  nation  down  to  the  present  time.  We 
would  especially  commend  in  this  work  the  faithful 
effort  of  the  author  and  publishers  to  secure  accuracy, 
not  only  in  the  text,  but  in  the  many  maps  and  illus- 
trations which  are  interspersed  throughout  the  work. 
While  foot-notes  have  been  omitted  from  the  pages, — 
and  for  this  readers  will  be  generally  disposed  to  give 
thanks, — there  is  an  abundance  of  bibliographical  data 
in  the  form  of  appendices,  which  all  scholars,  and  those 
who  wish  to  pursue  historical  investigations,  will  find 
particularly  useful.  The  fact  that  especial  pains  have 
been  taken  to  secure  authenticity  in  the  illustrations 
adds  greatly  to  the  interest  of  the  work,  as  well  as  to 
its  instructive  value.  The  maps,  also,  are  more  satis- 
factory than  those  which  commonly  appear  in  Ameri- 
can works  of  this  character. 

The  third  volume  of  Mr.  Lang's  "History  of  Scot- 
land" (Dodd,  Mead  &  Co.)  begins  with  the  reign  of 
Charles  I.  (1625),  and  describes  in  much  detail  the  wars 
of  the  Scotlanders  and  other  uprisings  down  to  the  year 
1689.  Several  maps  of  battlefields  accompany  the  text. 
Mr.  Lang's  history  is  not  a  bare  narrative  of  events, 
but  includes  much  discussion  of  a  personal  character 
and  many  accounts  of  romantic  adventures. 

In  a  three-volume  work  entitled  "  The  History  of 
Matrimonial  Institutions  "(Chicago  :  University  of  Chi- 
cago Press),  Prof.  George  E.  Howard  deals  chiefly  with 
the  matrimonial  institutions  of  the  English  race,  pref- 
acing Ins  treatment  of  the  subject  with  an  analysis  of 
the  literature  and  the  theories  of  primitive  matrimonial 
institutions.  Professor  Howard's  treatise  covers  prac- 
tically every  phase  of  the  subject  that  calls  for  treat- 
ment, and  gives  elaborate  biographical  data  relating, 


not  only  to  the  institution  of  marriage  itself,  but  to 
almost  every  conceivable  phase  of  the  sex  problem  that 
has  been  treated  in  our  literature.  In  view  of  the  present 
interest  in  the  divorce  question,  it  is  probable  that  Dr. 
Howard's  volume  will  be  read  by  an  increasing  number 
of  students. 

In  "The  Political  History  of  Virginia  During  the 
Reconstruction "  (Baltimore  :  Johns  Hopkins  Press), 
Mr.  Hamilton  J.  Eckenrode  concerns  himself  almost 
altogether  with  the  political  parties  of  the  reconstruc- 
tion era.  He  relates  the  history  of  the  Alexandria  gov- 
ernment, about  which  very  little  is  known  beyond  the 
borders  of  Virginia,  and  discusses  quite  fully  President 
Johnson's  attitude  toward  the  Southern  States  at  the 
close  of  the  Civil  War  ;  while  not  the  least  interesting 
portion  of  his  monograph  is  the  chapter  in  which  he 
shows  that  the  Republican  party  in  Virginia  was  for 
the  most  part  opposed  to  unlimited  negro  suffrage,  un- 
til the  Philadelphia  convention  of  1866,  when  "man- 
hood "  suffrage  became  a  party  measure.  Mr.  Ecken- 
rode maintains  that  the  reconstruction,  as  he  calls  it, 
of  Virginia  was  due  to  the  joint  action  of  the  conserva- 
tives and  of  the  Republicans  hostile  to  extreme  radi- 
calism. 

In  "  A  History  of  Military  Government  in  Newly  Ac- 
quired Territory  of  the  United  States  "  (New  York  :  Co- 
lumbia University  Press),  Prof.  David  Y.  Thomas  dis- 
cusses, not  only  the  legal  status  of  the  new  territory 
and  the  legal  basis  for  military  government,  but  also 
presents  an  account  of  the  actual  management  of  new 
acquisitions  from  the  time  of  occupation  until  the  or- 
ganization of  Territorial  or  State  governments.  Dr. 
Thomas  contents  himself  with  a  statement  of  the  facts 
connected  with  our  military  occupation  of  Porto  Rico 
and  the  Philippines,  and  attempts  to  give  no  verdict  as 
to  the  character  and  accomplishments  of  the  military 
governments. 

"Last  Hours  of  Sheridan's  Cavalry,"  by  Henry  E. 
Tremain  (New  York  :  Bonnell,  Silver  &  Bowers),  is  a 
reprint  of  memoranda  made  by  General  Tremain  during 
or  soon  after  the  close  of  the  Civil  War.  These  notes, 
which  were  said  to  contain  many  facts  that  would  not 
elsewhere  have  been  presented  to  the  public,  were  res- 
cued from  oblivion  by  Gen.  John  Watts  de  Peyster,  to 
whom  the  present  volume  is  dedicated  by  the  author. 
Additional  chapters  more  recently  prepared  by  General 
Tremain  are  incorporated  in  the  same  volume. 

In  commemoration  of  the  one-hundred-and-fiftieth 
anniversary  of  the  founding  of  King's  College  in  New 
York  City,  a  history  of  Columbia  University  has  been 
prepared  (New  York  :  University  of  Columbia  Press). 
This  work  has  been  done  under  the  direction  of  an  edi- 
torial committee,  of  which  Prof.  Brander  Matthews 
was  chairman.  The  histories  of  King's  College  and 
Columbia  College,  the  university  and  the  non-profes- 
sional graduate  schools,  the  professional  schools,  the 
affiliated  colleges,  and  the  library  are  separately  traced, 
and  the  appendix  lias  a  brief  account  of  the  Greek-letter 
fraternities  at  Columbia.  Nothing  could  better  illus- 
trate than  this  volume  the  multifarious  interests  of  the 
present-day  Columbia  in  its  new  home  on  Morningside 
Heights  as  contrasted  with  the  humble  beginnings  of 
King's  College  in  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century. 


DESCRIPTIONS  OF  PEOPLES  AND  COUNTRIES. 


AN  English  rendering  of  Mr.  Hugo  Ganz's  "Land  of 
Riddles"  (meaning  Russia)  has  been  made  by  Mr. 
Herman  Rosenthal,  and  published  by  the  Harpers.  The 
book  is  made  up  of  a  series  of  sketches,  the  result  of  a 
special  visit  by  Mr.  Ganz,  who  is  a  well-known  Viennese 
journalist  and  review  writer,  and  who,  moreover,  was 
provided  with  the  best  of  introductions  to  various  cir- 
cles of  Russian  society.  Mr.  Ganz  found  Russia  a  land 
of  remarkable  contradictions,  his  general  impression 
being  that  she  is  content  to  remain  in  a  state  of  semi- 
barbarism  wThich  might  be  looked  for  in  the  Middle  Ages. 
Even  the  conservatives,  the  supposed  supporters  of  the 
autocratic  regime,  this  Austrian  journalist  found  to  be 
fully  aware  of  the  rotten  condition  of  Russian  political 
and  economic  life.  The  majority  of  thinking  Russians, 
he  ascertained,  are  hoping  for  defeat  at  the  hands  of 
Japan,  in  order  that  some  measure  of  reform  may  be 
realized.  One  prominent  governmental  official  was 
quoted  as  saying  :  "If  God  helps  us,  we  shall  lose  the 
war  in  the  East.  Do  not  allow  yourself  to  be  deceived 
by  any  official  preparations.  Every  good  Russian 
prays,  '  God  help  us  and  permit  us  to  be  beaten.' "  Mr. 
Rosenthal's  translation  is  excellently  well  done.  The 
style  is  smooth  and  interesting.  It  is  a  little  unfortu- 
nate that  the  book  was  not  placed  on  the  American 
market  before  the  assassination  of  von  Plehve  and  the 
birth  of  an  heir  to  the  imperial  throne,  since  conditions 
in  the  empire  have  been  altered  to  a  certain  extent  by 
these  events.  As  the  translator  declares  in  his  preface, 
however,  it  is  evident  that,  even  with  the  best  of  inten- 
tions, the  new  minister  of  the  interior  will  hardly  be 
able  to  effect  much  improvement  until  the  entire  system 
of  the  Russian  Government  is  changed. 

A  descriptive  volume  about  one  of  the  most  interest- 
ing of  the  extreme  Oriental  countries  has  appeared 
under  the  title  "The  Kingdom  of  Siam"  (Putnams), 
prepared  by  the  Siamese  ministry  of  agriculture,  as 


THE  KING  AND  QUEEN  OF  SIAM. 

represented  at  the  St.  Louis  Exposition,  the  whole  work 
being  edited  by  Mr.  A.  Cecil  Carter,  secretary-general 
of  the  Royal  Siamese  Commission.  This  volume  is  ade- 
quate and  comprehensive — and,  of  course,  authorita- 
tive.   It  is  copiously  illustrated. 

"Roma  Beata"  is  the  title  of  a  book  descriptive  of 
modern  Italian  life,  written  by  Maud  Howe  (Mrs.  John 


Elliott),  the  youngest  daughter  of  Mrs.  Julia  Ward 
Howe  (Boston  :  Little,  Brpwn  &  Co.).  Mrs.  Elliott  is 
the  wife  of  an  American  artist,  and  has  lived  much  in 
Rome ;  and  the  materials  for  her  book  were  drawn 
from  letters  and  diaries  written  during  several  sum- 
mers spent  in  Rome,  Tuscany,  and  other  parts  of  Italy. 
Mrs.  Elliott  has  recorded  her  observations  of  Italian  life 
in  an  entertaining  manner,  and  has  observed  closely  the 
features  most  likely  to  interest  the  American  reader. 
The  book  is  illustrated  from  drawings  by  Mr.  Elliott 
and  from  photographs. 

An  interesting  souvenir  of  General  Grant's  tour  of 
the  Nile  is  a  book  written  by  the  Hon.  Elbert  E.  Far- 
man,  formerly  United  States  consul  at  Cairo  (New 
York  :  Grafton  Press).  This  work  not  only  preserves 
a  full  account  of  what  to  General  and  Mrs.  Grant  was 
a  memorable  journey,  but  abounds  in  important  in- 
formation   concerning 


HIGHWAYS  £r  BYWAYS 

/■--.    ';/'^s    -    -  ' 
— ^  THE    SOUTH 


CLFFTON  JOHNSON 


Cover  design  (reduced). 


a  part  of  the  world 
with  which  Mr.  Ear- 
man  became  familiar 
through  years  of  resi- 
dence and  close  associ- 
ation. American  visit- 
ors to  the  Nile  country 
are  more  numerous  in 
these  days  than  they 
were  at  the  time  Of 
General  Grant's  jour- 
ney, and  they  are  like- 
ly to  find  many  helpful 
suggestions  in  Mr.  Far- 
man's  book,  which  is 
illustrated  from  photo- 
graphs. 

The  scene  of  Mr.  Clif- 
ton Johnson's  latest 
rambles    was    in    our 

own  Southland.  In  a  volume  entitled  "Highways 
and  Byways  of  the  South"  (Macmillan),  he  gives  a 
record  of  his  impressions  as  transmitted  by  both  pen 
and  camera.  Mr.  Johnson  in  this  volume  hardly  touches 
on  the  town-life  or  the  manufacturing  interests  of  the 
South,  and  he  leaves  the  field  of  romance  and  sentiment 
largely  to  the  novelists,  contenting  himself  with  the 
commonplace  phases  of  existence  in  the  fields  and  wood- 
lands, the  small  villages,  and  among  the  scattered  farm- 
houses, writing  almost  wholly  of  rustic  life  and  nature. 

In  a  little  book  entitled  "Far  and  Near"  (Houghton, 
Mifflin  &  Co.),  Mr.  John  Burroughs  treats  of  Alaska, 
which  he  visited  several  years  ago  as  a  member  of  the 
Harriman  Expedition  ;  of  the  island  of  Jamaica,  and  of 
the  wild  life  around  his  own  cabin  in  the  Hudson  River 
region.  Everybody  is  pleased  that  the  prediction  made 
by  Mr.  Burroughs  in  the  preface  to  "Riverby,"  that 
that  would  be  his  last  outdoor  book,  has  failed  of  ful- 
fillment. His  many  readers  will  rejoice  in  the  promise 
made  in  the  preface  of  the  present  volume  of  another 
book  in  the  course  of  the  coming  year. 

A  study  of  the  "New  Forces  in  Old  China"  (Revell), 
by  Arthur  Judson  Brown  has  just  been  issued  in  book 
form.  Dr.  Brown  is  author  of  "The  New  Era  in  the 
Philippines,"  and  has  contributed  a  number  of  articles 


758 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


to  the  pages  of  this  REVIEW,  one  entitled  "  The  Opened 
World,"  appearing  in  the  October  number.  What  will 
come  of  the  unwelcome  but  inevitable  awakening  of 
Old  China?  And  will  the  outer  world  strangle  her,  or 
galvanize  her  into  fresh  life  ?    This  is  Dr.  Brown's  text. 

A  volume  on  "Swedish  Life  in  Town  and  Country,*' 
which  the  Putnams  have  just  issued  in  their  series 
"Our  European  Neighbors,"  has  been  written  by  O.  G. 
von  Heidenstan.  The  general  plan  of  this  series  has 
already  been  described  in  this  magazine.  The  volume  on 
Swedish  life  appears  well  up  to  the  average,  and,  more- 
over, has  evidently  been  prepared  by  a  patriotic  Swede. 

George  William  Knox  has  written  the  volume  "Jap- 
anese Life  in  Town  and  Country"  for  the  series  "Our 
Asiatic  Neighbors"  (Putnams).  Dr.  Knox  has  nothing 
very  new  to  say  about  the  Japanese,  but  his  volume  is  a 
succinct  summary  of  Japanese  history,  religion,  and 
life.     It  is  illustrated. 

Busy  men  who  overestimate  the  amount  of  time, 
money,  and  preliminary  preparation  required  for  a  trip 
abroad  will  find  a  good  many  helpful  suggestions  and 
a  great  deal  of  interesting  reading  in  John  U.  Higen- 
botham's  "  Three  Weeks  in  Europe"  (Herbert  S.  Stone). 
This  little  volume,  which  is  illustrated  from  snap-shots 
taken  by  the  author,  is  built  up  on  a  series  of  notes ;  in 
fact,  the  author's  diary.  It  opens  with  an  itinerary 
which  shows  what  can  be  done  in  a  six  weeks'  vacation, 
nineteen  days  of  which  were  spent  on  the  ocean.  The 
author  saw  a  great  deal,  and  evidently  appreciated  it. 
The  pictures  are  good. 


Illustration  (reduced)  from  "The  Romance  of  Modern 
Exploration." 

A  book  that  may  be  placed  without  apology  in  every 
boy's  library,  and  many  a  young  girl  might  welcome  it 
too,  is  the  "Romance  of  Modern  Exploration"  (Lippin- 
cott),  of  which  the  sub-title,  "with  descriptions  of 
curious  customs,  thrilling  adventures,  and  interesting 
discoveries  of  explorers  in  all  parts  of  the  world,"  is 
more  truthful  than  many  sub-titles.  It  is  by  Archibald 
Williams.  It  has  no  less  than  twenty-six  chapters,  and 
almost  as  many  illustrations. 


NEW   VOLUMES    OF    SHAKESPEARIANA. 


IT  is  a  very  unusual  book  season  which  does  not  count 
among  its  literary  contributions  at  least  half-a- 
dozen  volumes  of  Shakespeariana.  Among  the  texts  of 
the  present  season  are  "Love's  Labour's  Lost "  and  "Mac- 
beth," in  the  Variorum  Shakespeare,  edited  by  Dr.  Hor- 
ace Furness.  This  edition  is  issued  by  the  Lippincotts, 
and  each  volume  has  at  least  one  illustration  from  an 
old  print,  generally  reproduced  from  Rowe's  edition  of 
1709,  for  the  sake  of  the  costume.  Other  new  editions 
are  "Romeo  and  Juliet"  and  "As  You  Like  It"  in  the 
"  Thumb  Nail  Series"  (Century  Co.).  The  latter  follow 
the  Cambridge  text,  have  frontispiece  illustrations,  and 
are  handsomely  bound  in  embossed  leather. 

A  new  edition  of  Dr.  William  J.  Rolfe's  monumental 
"  Life  of  Shakespeare"  has  been  issued  by  Dana  Estes. 
Dr.  Rolfe's  work  is  too  well  known  to  need  character- 
ization here.  This  edition  is  an  excellent  one  typo 
graphically,  and  the  illustrations,  which  are  etchings 
and  photogravures,  are  particularly  noteworthy.  The 
same  publisher  brings  out  Alexander  Dyce'S  Shake- 
speare glossary.  This  one-volume  edition  of  the  work 
of  the  famous  English  clergyman  and  Shakespearean 
critic  (1798-18(19)  has  been  revised  and  improved  as  a 
work  of  reference.  Both  volumes  are  excellent  typo- 
graphically. 

Readers  of  the  Outlook  will  remember  Mr.  Hamilton 
Wright  Maine's  lite  of  Shakespeare,  which  appeared 

serially  in  that,  publication  some  years  ago.  This  has 
been  recast  and  published  in  book  form  under  the  title 
'William  Shakespeare,  Poet,  Dramatist,  and  Man'' 
(Macmlllan).     Mr.  Maine  has  succeeded  in  presenting  a 


DR.    WILLIAM   J.    UOLKE. 


more  vivid  picture  of  the  man  Shakespeare  than  any 
other  modern  writer. 

Mr.  A.  Hamilton  Thompson,  the  English  critic,  has 
edited  the  late  Sir  Isaac  Elton's  "  William  Shakespeare  : 


POEMS— NEIV  EDITIONS  AND  CRITICISM. 


759 


His  Family  and  Friends"  (Dutton),  and  Andrew  Lang 
has  written  a  memoir  of  the  author.  This  work  is  a 
large  and  scholarly  one,  with  perhaps  more  of  detail 
ahout  the  great  poet's  life  and  surroundings  than  would 
be  essential  to  such  an  idea  of  the  man  himself  as  is 
given  by  Mr.  Mabie  in  his  picture.  Mr.  Elton's  vol- 
ume, however,  will  be  welcomed  by  scholars. 

A  very  attractive  volume  of  Shakespeariana  is  Anna 
Jameson's  "Shakespeare's  Heroines"  (Dutton),  which 
is  a  series  of  character  pictures  of  the  great  poet's 
women,  illustrated  (partly  in  color)  by  W.  Paget.  The 
text  is  plentifully  sprinkled  with  appropriate  quota- 
tions from  the  poet. 

Of  actual  studies  of  the  texts,  perhaps  the  most  note- 
worthy publication  of  the  season  is  Mr.  William  H. 
Fleming's  "How  to  Study  Shakespeare,"  series  four, 
comprising  studies  of  the  plays  "Richard  II.,"  "Cym- 
beline,"  first  and  second  parts  of  "King  Henry  IV.,"  and 


the  "Taming  of  the  Shrew,"  which  has  just  been  issued 
(Uoubleday,  Page),  with  an  introduction  by  Dr.  Wil- 
liam J.  Rolfe.  Mr.  Fleming  is  the  author  of  "A  Bibli- 
ography of  the  First  Folios"  and  a  number  of  well- 
known  Shakespeare  editions,  among  them  the  famous 
Bankside  edition. 

Dr.  H.  C.  Beeching's  edition  of  Shakespeare  sonnets, 
in  the  Athenaeum  Press  Series  (Ginn),  is  addressed 
primarily  to  students  of  Elizabethan  literature.  All 
the  recent  theories  of  the  sonnet  are  discussed,  and  a 
number  of  historical  and  explanatory  notes  are  ap- 
pended. 

In  the  "  Stories  from  Shakespeare's  Plays  for  Chil- 
dren," retold  by  Alice  Spencer  Hoffman  (published  by 
Dent,  of  London,  and  imported  by  Dutton),  we  have 
seen  "The  Story  of  the  Tempest,"  with  illustrations 
by  Walter  Crane,  and  "  The  Story  of  King  Richard  II.," 
with  illustrations  by  Dora  Curtis. 


POEMS-NEW    EDITIONS   AND    CRITICISM. 


DR.  HENRY  VAN  DYKE'S  verse  is  perhaps  not  so 
well  known  as  his  prose,  but  the  same  felicity  of 
thought  and  polish  of  style  that  characterize  his  beau- 
tiful, clear-cut  tales  are  qualities  also  of  his  poems.  To 
the  two  volumes  already  issued,  "The  Toiling  of  Felix 
and  Other  Poems"  and  "The  Builders  and  Other 
Poems,"  Dr.  van  Dyke  has  added  "Music  and  Other 
Poems"  (Scribners).  Dr.  van  Dyke's  creed  is  given  in 
the  poem  "God  of  the  Open  Air,"  in  the  prayer  "Lead 
me  out  of  the  narrow  life  to  the  peace  of  the  hills  and 
the  skies,  God  of  the  open  air." 

There  is  a  wholesomeness  and  light-heartedness 
about  Mr.  Frank  Dempster  Sherman's  lyrics  not  usually 
found  in  the  verse  of  the  magazine  poets.  Mr.  Sher- 
man's third  book  of  verse,  "Lyrics  of  Joy  "  (Houghton, 
Mifflin),  has  just  appeared.  There  is  a  great  deal  of 
promise  and  much  performance  in  this  volume  of  verse. 
The  same  spirit  is  breathed  from  Mrs.  Mary  Mapes 
Dodge's  work.  Her  latest  collection  of  verse,  "Poems 
and  Verses"  (Century),  is  full,  also,  of  the  human  sym- 
pathy which  has  made  her  writings  so  popular  in  the 
past. 

The  poems  of  that  rising  young  negro  poet,  William 
Stanley  Braithwaite,  have  been  collected  under  the 
general  title  "Lyrics  of  Life  and  Love"  (Herbert  B. 
Turner).  Mr.  Braithwaite's  verse  is  musical,  clear,  and 
forceful. 

Mr.  Frederic  Lawrence  Knowles  can  write  poetry  as 
well  as  collect  and  criticise  it.  His  "  Love  Triumphant " 
(Daua  Estes)  is  a  noteworthy  little  collection  of  lyrics 
of  love,  religion,  and  patriotism. 

Among  other  noteworthy  collections  of  verse, "  Poems, 
Lyric  and  Dramatic,"  by  Ethel  Louise  Cox  (Richard  G. 
Badger),  should  be  mentioned. 

A  new  translation  from  the  original  of  Dante's  "In- 
ferno," with  a  commentary,  has  been  made  by  Dr.  Mar- 
vin R.  Vincent,  professor  of  sacred  literature  in  the 
Union  Theological  Seminary  (Scribners).  Dr.  Vincent 
announces  that  he  has  made  a  literal  translation  based 
on  the  Oxford  text  of  Dr.  Moore.  His  aim,  he  declares, 
has  been  to  help  make  the  study  of  Dante  what  it 
should  be, — a  part  of  the  curriculum  of  every  theolog- 


ical institution.     The  "Purgatorio,"  he  announces,  is 
almost  ready  for  the  press. 

Mr.  Frank  L.  Stanton's  "Little  Folks  Down  South" 
(Appletons)  is  like  a  dose  of  warm  sunshine.  The 
bright,  optimistic  verses  "Just  from  Georgia"  which 
have  been  coming  to  us  for  a  number  of  years  are  among 
the  few  newspaper  poems  that  have  been  well  worth 

doing.  The  keynote  of 
this  little  book  may  be 
found  in  the  stanza  : 

"  Why  should  a  fellow 
Of  winter  complain 

When  love  leads  the  roses 
To  sunshine  again." 

Mr.  William  Everett's 
"Italian  Poets  Since 
Dante  "  (Scribners),  con- 
sisting of  a  series  of  lec- 
tures, would  make  good 
supplementary  reading 
to  Dr.  Vincent's  study  of 
the  "Inferno." 

A  study  and  analysis 
of  English  poetry,  with 
representative  master- 
pieces and  notes,  has 
been  prepared  by  Dr. 
Charles  Mills  Gayley, 
professor  of  English  in  the  University  of  California, 
and  Clement  C.  Young,  of  the  Lowell  High  School,  San 
Francisco,  under  the  title  "The  Principles  and  Prog- 
ress of  English  Poetry  "  (Macmillan).  This  book  is  de- 
signed to  serve,  not  only  as  a  manual  for  students  and 
teachers,  but  for  the  general  reader. 

E.  W.  Mumford's  "Smiles  and  Rimes"  (Penn  Pub- 
lishing Co.)  is  a  collection  of  grotesque  more  or  less 
clever  verse  of  the  sort  known  as  limericks. 

A  very  handsome  edition  of  Mrs.  Browning's  "Son- 
nets from  the  Portuguese,"  with  illustrations  and  dec- 
orations by  Adrian  J.  Iorio,  has  been  issued  by  H.  M. 
Caldwell.     It  is  bound  in  white  and  gold. 


MB.   FRANK   L.   STANTON. 


SOCIOLOGY,   ECONOMICS,    AND    POLITICS. 


r 


DR.   EDWAHD    T.  DEVINE. 


lHE  widespread  interest  in  practical  sociology  is 
made  manifest  in  the  large  number  of  books 
dealing  with  various  phases  of  this  science  that  are 
constantly  coming  from  the  press.  One  of  the  most 
important  scientific  treatises  of  this  character  recently 
written  is  Dr.  Edward  T.  Devine's  volume  on  "  The 
Principles  of  Relief" 
(Macmillan).  Dr.  De- 
vine,  whose  experience 
as  general  secretary  of 
the  New  York  Charity 
Organization  Society 
has  put  him  in  close 
touch  with  the  most 
practical  aspects  of 
this  subject,  gives  in 
this  volume,  in  addi- 
tion to  a  succinct  state- 
ment of  the  principles 
of  charity  relief,  a  clear 
exposition  of  many  il- 
lustrative cases  that 
have  come  within  his 
own  observation,  to- 
gether with  an  histori- 
cal survey  of  England's 
experience  with  the 
poor  law,  and  of  public 
and  private  outdoor 

relief  in  America.  There  are  also  interesting  chap- 
ters describing  the  actual  process  of  relief  in  great 
disasters  that  ha\e  befallen  this  country,  from  the 
Chicago  fire,  in  1871,  to  the  Sloviun  disaster  of  last 
.June.  An  appendix  contains  a  model  draft  of  a  consti- 
tution for  a  charity  organization  society.  Thus,  Dr. 
Devine's  book  is  a  manual  at  once  of  theory  and  of 
practice. 

"Out  of  Work"  is  the  title  of  an  interesting  study 
of  employment  agencies,  by  Miss  Frances  A.  Kellor 
(Putnams).  In  this  volume.  Miss  Kellor  describes  the 
treatment  to  which  the  unemployed  are  subjected  by 
employment  agencies,  and  the  influence  of  such  institu- 
tions upon  homes  and  business.  The  book  is  published 
for  the  Inter-Municipal  Committee  of  Household  Re- 
search. Miss  Kellor  began  her  researches  lor  this 
work  in  the  city  of  New  York,  two  years  ago,  but  ex- 
tended them  to  the  cities  of  Boston,  Philadelphia,  and 
Chicago,  under  a  fellowship  of  the  ( 'o  liege  Sett  lenient s 
.Association.  Miss  Kellor's  invest igat  ions  in  New  York 
City,  which  were  supported  by  members  of  1  lie  Woman's 
Municipal   League,  resulted  in  t  he  enact  nient  of  a  new 

State  law  regulating  employment  agencies.    The  value 

of  Miss  Kellor's  book  lies  largely  in  the  undoubted  an- 
t  heiit  [city  of  t  he  informal  ion  on  which  it  is  based.  For 
each  one  of  the  seven  hundred  and   t  hirt  y-t  wo  agencies 

visited  by  her,  t  here  is  a  record,  affidavit,  or  ot  her  docu- 
mentary evidence.  The  book  Should  be  read  by  all  who 
are  interested  in  reforming  the  abuses  of  employment 
agencies  in  American  cities. 

Under  the  title  "Organized   Labor   and   Capital" 
(Philadelphia:  George  \Y.  Jacobs  Company)  are  pub 

I i shed  four  lectures  on  the  William  L.  Hull  foundation 
of  the   Philadelphia  Divinity  School,  delivered  during 


the  past  year.  The  introductory  lecture,  reviewing  the 
past  phases  of  the  labor  question,  was  delivered  by  the 
Lev.  Dr.  Washington  Gladden.  The  subject  assigned 
to  Dr.  Talcott  Williams  was  corporations,  while  the 
Rev.  George  Hodges  dealt  with  labor  unions,  and  Dr. 
Francis  G.  Peabody  set  forth  the  people's  side  in  the 
modern  industrial  conflict. 

Mr.  H.  G.  Wells  has  been  taking  a  sort  of  inventory 
of  sociological  values,  and  the  results  of  this  process  are 
presented  in  his  book  entitled  "  Mankind  in  the  Mak- 
ing" (Scribners),  which  bears  a  relation  of  sequence  to 
the  same  author's  "Anticipations."  Mr.  Wells  views 
the  whole  social  and  political  world  as  "aspects  of  one 
universal  evolving  scheme,"  and  places  all  social  and 
political  activities  in  a  defined  relation  to  that.  His 
presentation  of  this  point  of  view  is,  to  say  the  least, 
suggestive. 

All  who  have  become  familiar,  through  her  magazine 
articles  and  books,  with  Mrs.  Charlotte  Perkins  Gil- 
man's  social  theories  will  be" glad  to  have  her  conclu- 
sions summarized  in  a  single  volume.  This  she  has 
done  in  "Human  Work"  (McClure,  Phillips  &  Co.). 
Mrs.  Oilman  is  to  be  reckoned  among  the  comparative- 
ly few  writers  who  are  avowed  social  optimists. 

Mr.  W.  J.  Ghent,  author  of  "Our  Benevolent  Feudal- 
ism," has  written  "Mass  and  Class  :  A  Survey  of  Social 
Divisions  "  (Macmillan).  In  his  present  work,  Mr.  Ghent 
seeks  to  "analyze  the  social  mass  into  its  component 
classes ;  to  describe 
these  classes,  not  as 
they  may  be  imagined 
in  some  projected  be- 
nevolent feudalism, 
but  as  they  are  to  be 
found  here  and  now  in 
the  industrial  life  of 
the  nation  ;  and  to  in- 
dicate the  current  of 
social  progress  which, 
in  spite  of  the  blind- 
ness of  the  workers, 
the  rapacity  of  the 
masters,  and  the  sub- 
servience of  the  retain- 
ers, makes  ever  for  an 
ultimate  of  social  jus- 
tice." 

"The  Education  of 
the  Wage  Earners" 
(Boston  :  Ginn  &  Co.) 
is  the   title   of  a   little 

book  which  describes  an  educational  experiment  among 
wage  earners  on  the  East  Side  of  New  York  which  re- 
sulted from  a  few  lectures  delivered  by  the  late  Thoiua- 
Davidson.  The  editor,  Mr.  Charles  M.  Bakewell,  con 
tributes  an  introductory  chapter  on  Professor  Davidson 
and  his  philosophy.  Perhaps  the  most  interest  ing  part 
of  the  book  is  Professor  Davidson's  own  account  of  the 
history  of  the  experiment,  which  is  given  in  Chapter  I Y. 

In  a  volume  published  under  the  title  "Facts  and 
Figures"  (Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.),  Mr.  Edward  At 
kinson  has  collected  several  essays  on  the  protectivt 
tariff  and  the  cost  of  war  and  warfare. 


MK.  W.  J.  GIIK.NT. 


MUSIC  AND  MUSICAL  INTERPRETATION. 


761 


Dr.  Herbert  Friedenwald  has  written  an  interpreta- 
tion and  analysis  of  "  The  Declaration  of  Independence  " 
(Macmillan).  As  preliminary  to  his  chapters  on  the 
adopting  and  signing  of  the  Declaration,  its  purpose 
and  philosophy,  Dr.  Friedenwald  points  out  the  close 
interrelation  between  the  development  of  the  authority 
and  jurisdiction  of  the  Continental  Congress  and  the 
evolution  of  the  sentiment  for  independence.  He  shows 
that  as  the  authority  and  jurisdiction  of  Congress  were 
extended  it  adopted  various  means  to  further  the  desire 
for  independence  ;  that  the  highest  point  of  power  was 
reached  by  the  Congress  on  July  4, 1776,  and  that  it  was 
never  again  so  powerful  as  on  the  day  it  declared  inde- 
pendence of  England. 

It  is  in  some  respects  unfortunate  that  Prof.  Jesse 
Macy's  book  on  " Party  Organization  and  Machinery" 
(Century)  could  not  have  appeared  at  the  beginning  of 
the  recent  Presidential  campaign  instead  of  at  its  close. 
It  would  have  been  an  extremely  helpful  book  to  put 
in  the  hands  of  first- voters.  In  certain  quarters  there 
has  been  no  little  criticism  of  American  academic  meth- 
ods in  political  instruction,  on  the  ground  that  the  ac- 
tual processes  of  government  are  not  taught  in  the  col- 
lege or  university  class-rooms,  or  set  forth  in  text-books. 
Professor  Macy  has  attempted  to  fill  this  hiatus  in  a 


measure  by  treating  of  the  American  party  system  as 
an  integral  part  of  our  political  institutions.  He  de- 
scribes party  organization  in  its  relation  to  Presiden- 
tial, Congressional,  and.  Senatorial  leadership.     In  the 

presentation  of  State 
and  local  party  ma- 
chinery, certain  typical 
States  and  localities 
were  chosen  for  illus- 
trating different  phases 
of  organization.  Pro- 
fessor Macy  empha- 
sizes the  necessity  for 
thorough  knowledge  of 
party  machinery,  since 
this  is  the  citizen's  only 
means  of  access  to 
other  instruments  of 
government.  "The 
good  citizens  who  do 
not  believe  in  the  party 
system  should  be  made  to  realize  that  the  maintenance 
of  an  attitude  of  aggressive  ignorance  toward  the  means 
of  government  now  in  use  tends  to  render  it  extremely 
improbable  that  a  superior  agency  will  be  discovered." 


PROFESSOR    JESSE  MACY. 


MUSIC   AND    MUSICAL    INTERPRETATION. 


THE  musical  season  has  brought  with  it  the  usual 
number  of  books  about  music  and  musicians.  Mr. 
Lawrence  Gilman's  "Phases  of  Modern  Music"  (Har- 
pers) is  a  study  of  the  more  important  phases  of  music 
to-day,  grouped  about  appreciative  chapters  on  Richard 
Strauss,  Edward  MacDowell,  Grieg,  Wagner,  Yerdi, 
Edward  Elgar,  and  Charles  Martin  Loeffler,  with  vigor- 
ous essays  on  "Parsifal  and  Its  Significance"  and 
"Women  and  Modern  Music."  Mr.  Gilman  has  been 
the  musical  critic  of  Harper's  Weekly  since  1901.  He 
writes  with  vividness  and  sympathy. 

A  sympathetic  study  of  "The  Symphony  Since  Bee- 
thoven," by  Felix  Weingartner,  conductor  of  the  Berlin 
Royal  Symphony  concerts,  and  of  the  Kaim  Orchestra, 
at  Munich,  has  been  translated  from  the  second  Ger- 
man edition  (Ditsou)  by  Maud  Barrows  Dutton,  with 
the  author's  permission.  Dr.  Weingartner  regards 
Beethoven  as  unapproachable,  and  has  only  pity  for 
modern  composers  who  have  attempted  the  symphony 
since  Beethoven's  time.  It  is  interesting  to  note  the 
fact  that  he  himself,  after  writing  this  little  book,  com- 
posed two  symphonies. 

A  manual  of  the  analysis  of  the  structural  forms  of 
music,  under  the  title  "Lessons  in  Music  Form"  (Dit- 
son),  has  been  compiled  by  Mr.  Percy  Goetschius,  au- 
thor of  "The  Theory  and  Practice  of  Tone  Relation," 
"Applied  Counterpoint,"  and  other  analytical  works 
on  music.  This  manual,  he  declares,  treats  of  the 
structural  designs  of  musical  composition,  not  of  the 
styles  or  species  of  music. 

Of  course,  there  is  a  book  on  "Parsifal."  Mr.  Rich- 
ard Aldrich,  in  his  "Guide  to  Parsifal"  (Ditson),  has 
given  in  brief  space  the  origin  of  the  drama,  its  story, 
and  a  description  of  the  music,  with  illustrations  from 
photographs  taken  of  the  opera  as  rendered  last  year 
in  the  Metropolitan  Opera  House,  New  York. 


The  best  and  most  comprehensive  dictionary  of  music 
is  still  the  pioneer  one, — that  wThich  first  appeared  in  1878, 
by  Sir  Charles  Grove.  "Grove's  Dictionary  of  Music 
and  Musicians"  has  become  a  standard  work  without  a 
rival.  This  work,  slightly  revised  and  brought  down 
to  date,  with  many  full-page  illustrations,  is  now  being 
issued  by  the  Macmillans  in  five  large  volumes,  edited 
by  J.  A.  Fuller  Maitland.  All  Sir  Charles  Grove's 
wishes  made  before  his  death  have  been  carried  out  in 
these  new  volumes,  and  the  scope  of  the  dictionary  has 
been  enlarged.  There  has  been  no  attempt,  the  editor 
.says,  in  his  preface,  to  usurp  the  field  of  the  "British 
Musical  Biography."  Careful  selection  has  made  the 
work  contain  every  important  name  in  music  without 
weighting  it  down  with  "the  claims  of  the  average 
country  organist."  The  first  volume  has  just  come 
from  the  press.  It  brings  the  dictionary  down  to  the 
letter  "F." 

Three  new  volumes  of  "  The  Musician's  Library  "  (Dit- 
son) are  entitled  "  Wagner  Lyrics  for  Soprano,"  "Wag- 
ner Lyrics  for  Tenor,"  and  "Ten  Hungarian  Rhapso- 
dies," by  Frauz  Liszt.  The  Wagner  lyrics  are  edited  by 
Carl  Armbruster.  They  contain  as  frontispieces  full- 
page  portraits,  with  autograph  of  the  composer,  and  an 
introduction  by  the  editor.  The  volume  of  Hungarian 
rhapsodies  is  edited  by  August  Spanuth  and  John  Orth. 
It  also  has  an  excellent  portrait  of  the  composer  as  a 
frontispiece,  an  introduction  by  the  editor  (in  this  case 
Mr.  Spanuth),  and  a  series  of  suggestions  to  the  player. 
The  special  claims  for  these  volumes  of  "  The  Musician's 
Library  "  are  that  they  are  "carefully  edited  by  an  au- 
thority on  the  subject,  who  is  at  the  same  time  an  en- 
thusiast," and  that  they  are  accurate  in  text  and  ade- 
quate in  typographical  form.  These  claims,  it  must  be 
admitted,  are  fully  justified.  All  the  volumes  of  this 
excellent  series  are  beautifully  printed. 


ART   BOOKS   AND   CHRISTMAS   EDITIONS. 


DANIEL   BOONE. 

(From  "  Women  in  the  Fine 

Arts.") 


A  MINIATURE  encyclopaedia  of  "Women  in  tin- 
Fine  Arts"  (Houghton,  Mifflin) has  been  prepared 
by  Clara  Erskine  Clement,  author  of  "A  Handbook  of 
Legendary  and  Mythological  Art."  The  work  consists 
of  brief  biographical  and  descriptive  sketches  of  women 

artists  and  sculptors 
from  the  seventh  cen- 
tury B.C.  to  the  present. 
The  work  is  illustrated 
with  many  full-page 
reproductions  of  fa- 
mous works  of  art  by 
women. 

R  e  p  r  o  d  u  c  t  i  o  n  s  of 
nearly  four  hundred  fa- 
mous paintings  of 
scenes  in  the  life  of 
Christ  are  included  in 
the  sumptuous  collec- 
tion entitled  "The Gos- 
pels in  Art"  (New 
York :  Siegel  Cooper 
Company).  The  broad 
claim  is  made  for  the 
publishers  that  "no 
school  of  art  and  no  fa- 
mous painter  through 
all  the  centuries  from 
Fra  Angelico  to  Puvis 
de  Chavannes  has  been 
omitted."  The  intro- 
ductory chapter,  on"  The  History  of  Art  in  Its  Rela- 
tion to  the  Life  of  Jesus,"  was  contributed  by  M.  Leonce 
Benedite,  director  of  the  Luxembourg.  The  text  relat- 
ing to  the  childhood  of  Jesus  was  written  by  Dr.  Henry 
van  Dyke. 

Miss  Sarah  Tytler's  "Old  Masters  and  Their  Pic- 
tures" (Little,  Brown)  is  intended  to  be  "a  simple  ac- 
count of  the  great  old  masters  in  painting  of  every  age 
and  country,  with  descriptions  of  their  most  famous 
work."  The  names  and  principal  works  of  the  masters 
are  given,  and  also  a  vast  amount  of  interesting  detail 
respecting  their  birth,  education,  and  daily  life.  The 
twenty  full-page  illustrations  include  the  masterpieces 
of  Murillo,  Andrea  del  Sarto,  Michel  Angelo,  Raphael, 
Titian,  Mantegna,  Albrecht  Diirer,  Correggio,  Tinto- 
retto, (iuido,  Rembrandt,  Rubens,  Velasquez,  and  other 
famous  painters. 

To  the  traveler  in  Italy  for  the  first  time,  an  Italian 
garden  seems  a  paradox.  It  apparently  has  no  dowers, 
and  yet  there  is  a  witchery  and  a  magic  about  Italian 
garden  craft  entirely  independent  from  floriculture 
which  is  irresistible,  and  which  leaves  a.  permanent  im- 
press on  the  memory.  The  stone-work,  t  he  water,  the 
evergreen  foliage,  the  subtle,  masterly  artistic  arrange- 
ment, these  make  up  the  mind-picture.  A  good  deal 
of  this  charm  has  been  caught  and  presented  in  a.  book, 

"Italian  Villas  and  Their  Gardens "  (Century),  by  Edith 
Wharton,  Illustrated  with  pictures  by  Maxfleld  Parrish, 

and  also  by  photographs.     The  illustrations,  which  are 

in  color,  originally  appeared  in  the  Century  Magazine. 


Mrs.  Wharton's  work  appeals  not  only  to  the  lover  of 
.art  and  beauty,  especially  to  the  one  who  knows  Italian 
outdoor  life,  but  also  to  the  owners  of  artistic  country 
places  the  world  over. 

The  usual  collection  of  attractive  new  editions  of  old 
standard  works  issued  at  holiday  time  by  the  T.  Y. 
Crowell  Company  has  come  to  our  table. 

The  Library  of  Illustrated  Biographies  is  made  up  of 
volumes  bound  in  green  cloth,  with  gilt  tops.  They  are 
very  satisfactory  typographically,  and  are  illustrated 
with  full- page  pictures.  The  "Life  of  Edgar  Allan 
Poe  "  is  by  James  A.  Harrison,  of  the  University  of  Vir- 
ginia, editor  of  the  standard  Virginia  Edition  of  Poe's 
works.  The  life  of  Charlotte  Bronte  is  by  Mrs.  Gaskell. 
It  includes  a  choice  collection  of  portraits.  The  George 
Eliot  life  is  one  arranged  and  edited  by  her  husband,  J. 
W.  Cross,  from  her  own  letters  and  journals.  It  contains 
some  interesting  portraits.  Among  the  famous  stand- 
ard biographies  which  are  issued  in  new  editions  are 
Irving's  "Life  and  Voyages  of  Christopher  Columbus" 
and  "Life of  Mahomet  and  His  Successors ; "  John  Lock- 
hart's  "Life  of  Sir  Walter  Scott,"  illustrated  with  a 
prefatory  letter  by  J.  Hope  Scott,  and  the  famous 
"Boswell's  Johnson."  This,  the  greatest  biography 
ever  written,  is  for  the  first  time  presented  in  a  one- 
volume  edition,  which  is  copiously  illustrated  and  has 
an  introduction  by  Mowbray  Morris.  Dean  Farrar's 
"  Life  of  Christ"  is  also  issued  in  this  series,  with  special 
illustrations  from  scenes  in  the  Holy  Land.  Among 
the  handsome  editions  of  the  poets  brought  out  by  the 
same  house  are  the  poems  of  William  Morris,  selected 
and  edited,  with  an  introduction,  by  Percy  Robert  Col- 
well.  Professor  Colwell  has  supplied  the  volume  with 
excellent  bibliography,  notes,  and  indexes.  Mr.  Nathan 
Haskell  Dole's  "Anthology  of  the  Greek  Poets"  is  also 
issued  in  holiday  edition.  In  the  Luxembourg  edi- 
tions, we  have  Jane  Austen's  "Pride  and  Prejudice," 
Charles  Lever's  "Harry  Lorrequer,"  Bulwer-Lytton's 
"Rienzi,"  William  Ware's  "Zenobia,"  and  Le  Sage's 
"Gil  Bias."  This  edition  is  illustrated.  In  the  Handy 
Volume  Classics,  pocket  editions,  are  Matthews'  "  Songs 
from  the  Dramatists,"  Mabie's  "Addison's  Essays,"' 
Matthews'  "Sheridan's  Comedies,"  Welsh's  "Chester 
field  Letters,"  and  a  collection  of  "  The  Hundred  Best 
English  Poems,"  selected  by  Adam  L.  Gowans.  In  the 
"  What  Is  Worth  While  Series,"  we  are  presented  with 
"The  Lost  Art  of  Heading."  by  Dr.  W.  Robertson 
Nicoll;  "The  Inner  Life,"  by  J.  R.  Miller;  "How  to 
Bring  Up  Our  Boys,"  by  S.  A.  Nicoll,  and  a  reprint  of 
Tolstoy's  famous  letter  on  the  Russo-Japanese  war, 
under  the  title  "  Bethink  Yourselves  !"  In  the  Chis- 
wick  series,  we  have  a  "Browning  Calendar."  edited 
by  Constance  N.  Spender  ;  "The  Face  of  the  Master," 
by  J.  R.  Miller;  studies  of  "Ralph  Waldo  Emerson" 
and  '•Raphael  Urhino."  by  Sarah  K.  Bolton,  and 
"Richard  Wagner,"  by  Nathan  Haskell  Dole. 

\iiKing  the  holiday  editions  de  luxe  by  the  II.  M. 
Caldwell  Company  are  Tennyson's  "  Holy  Grail,"  illus- 
trated and  ornamented,  and  bound  in  uncut  leather, 
and  "  Selections  from  Epictetus,"  in  pocket-size  flexible 
binding. 


THE   SEASON'S    BOOKS    FOR   CHILDREN. 


G  O  O  P 
TALES 

slLPhLIBETlCALLr  TOLD 


THE  holiday  season  brings  the  children's  books  to  us 
again.  Nothing  very  novel  comes  this  year  ;  but 
sterling  authors  have  not  failed  the  young  people.  Here, 
too,  are  old  friends  among  the  picture  books.  "The 
Golliwogg"  returns  from  Holland  with  a  fully  illus- 
trated diary  of  his  trip  ;  "Buster  Brown"  comes  back 
from  abroad,  and  Mr.  Outcault's  pictures  tell  just  what 
happened,  Buster  writing  bulletins  about  just  what 
he  "resolved"  when  in  gay  Paris.  Then  there  is  more 
about  "The  Goops"  and  "The  Brownies,"  and  many 
of  the  story-books  are  sequels  to  preceding  volumes. 
Miss  Gilder's  "Tomboy"  has  grown  up,  and  we  now 
may  read  of  "  The  Tomboy  at  Work." 

A  CHRISTMAS  SENTIMENT. 

Dearest,  the  Christ-Child  tvalks  to-night,  ||  Bringing 
his  peace  to  men,  |  And  he  bringeth  to  you  and  to  me 
the  light  of  the  old,  old  years  again.— Eugene  Field's 
"Poems  of  Childhood." 

Jacob  A.  Riis'  two  dozen  pages,  bound  under  the 
title  of  "Is  There  a  Santa  Claus?"  (Macmillan),  can 
only  by  courtesy  be 
called  a  book,  it  is  so 
very  slight.  But  call 
it  a  bound  Christmas 
card,  or  a  seasonable 
booklet,  or  what  you 
will,  the  poetic  senti- 
ment that  permeates 
it  makes  it  a  welcome 
companion  to  other 
Christmas  senti- 
ments of  good-will 
that  the  literary 
world  has  cherished 
since  the  days  of  Dick- 
ens and  Thackeray. 
Mr.  Riis  writes  sim- 
ply, but  his  words 
strike  home. 

That  the  marginal 
illustration  is  spar- 
ingly used  to-day  is 

surprising  when  we  remember  what  classical  prece- 
dent  there  is  for  it,  considering  how  prevalent  it  was 
with  the  illuminators  of  the  Middle  Ages,  and  how, 
in  illustrating  children's  books  particularly,  the  Ger- 
man illustrators  have  employed  it  for  centuries.  To- 
day, Ernest  Thompson-Seton  and  his  imitators  have 
used  it  very  effectively  in  books  on  natural  history,  but 
it  is  by  no  means  overdone,  and  when  we  read  on  the 
title-page  of  Owen  Wister's  "Searching  for  Christmas- 
land"  (Harpers)  that  it  is  illustrated  by  no  less  an  au- 
thority on  Western  scenery  than  Frederic  Remington, 
and  we  open  the  pages  to  find  a  wealth  of  vignettes 
printed  in  black  and  yellow,  we  anticipate  an  artistic 
treat  indeed.  Close  scrutiny,  however,  leads  to  disap- 
pointment, for  the  sketches  are  slight  and  extremely 
perfunctory,  lacking  in  the  convincing  local  color  that 
one  would  expect  from  Mr.  Remington.  Owen  Wister's 
text  is  far  richer  in  local  color,  and  though  his  story  is 
not  an  absorbing  one,  it  is  gracefully  told  and  refresh- 
ing in  effect. 


GELETT  BURGESS 


Cover  design  (reduced)  of  "  Goop 
Tales." 


OLD    FRIENDS. 

THE    GOLLIWOGG.— THE    BROWNIES.— BUSTER    BROWN. — 

THE  GOOPS. 

The  gingham  dog  and  the  calico  cat  J  Side  by  side 
on  the  table  sat;  \\  'Twas  half-past  twelve,  and  (what 
do  you  think  I)  \  Nor  one  nor  V other  had  slept  a  wink ! 
—Field's  "Poems  of  Childhood." 

This  season  the  Golliwogg,  with  his  manikin  friends, 
has  made  his  itinerary  in  Holland  ("The  Golliwogg  in 
Holland."  Pictures  by  Florence  K.  Upton,  verses  by 
Bertha  Upton.  Longmans,  Green),  and  the  pages  of  his 
chronicle  blossom  with  red  and  yellow  tulips,  and  cobalt 
tiles,  and  emerald-green  klompcns.  Neither  text  nor 
verse  is  potently  mirth-provoking,  but  the  authors  show 
their  wisdom  in  shifting  the  scenes  of  adventure  each 
year  so  that  the  series  does  not  pall  upon  us. 

In  the  lexicon  of  childhood,  the  word  "Brownie"  has 
become  a  name  to  be  spelled  in  bold  type.  For,  famous 
as  are  "The  Golliwogg"  and  "Foxy  Grandpa,"  they 
have  never  arrived  at  the  rubber-stamp  celebrity  which 
is  the  apogee  of  all  notoriety  for  a  picture-book  char- 
acter. On  looking  on  the  fly-leaf  of  the  "  Brownies  in 
the  Philippines,"  by  Palmer  Cox  (Century),  we  are  sur- 
prised to  learn  that  this  is  only  the  seventh  book  of  the 
series  ;  and  yet,  so  familiar  are  they  that  it  seems  as  if 
all  children  of  the  nineteenth  century  must  have  known 
the  Brownies.  The  pictures  appear  to  greater  advan- 
tage in  the  book,  given  in  black  and  white,  than  they 
did  when  printed  in  the  gaudy  colors  of  the  daily  news- 
paper. At  times,  the  draughting  of  some  of  the  pic- 
tures is  far  from  being  correct,  and  the  decorative 
element,  which  such  inventions  need  to  make  them 
art,  is  entirely  missing  ;  but  the  pictures  are  certainly 
lively,  and  the  text  equally  vivacious. 

Whatever  the  student  of  juvenile  ethics  may  think 
of  the  influence  of  the  "Buster  Brown"  pictures  upon 
the  morals  of  the  small  boy,  there  can  be  no  doubt  as 
to  the  popularity  of  the  chronicles  of  this  arch-mis- 
chief-maker's doings.  His  pranks  for  the  past  year  have 
been  practised  upon  the  natives  of  Paris,  and  those 
who  have  missed  their  record  in  the  pages  of  the  New 
York  Herald  may  find  them  all  nicely  collected  in  a 
bound  volume  entitled  "Buster  Brown  Abroad,"  by 
R.  F.  Outcault  (Stokes). 


Illustration  (reduced)  from  "The  Golliwogg  in  Holland. 


704 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Illustration  (re- 
duced) from  "Ad- 
ventures of  Pinoc- 
chio." 


"The  Goops"  have  never  attained  the  celebrity  of 
"The  Brownies"  and  "Buster  Brown,"  but  there  is 
much  profound  satire  in  Mr.  Burgess'  creation,  and  we 
are  glad  this  season  to  welcome  "Goop  Tales  Alphabet- 
ically Told,"  by  Gelett  Burgess  (Stokes). 
FAIRY  TALES. 

I  was  just  a  little  thing  \\  When  a  fairy  came  and 
kissed  inc.— Field's  "Poems  of  Childhood." 

Of  the  fairy-tale  books,  there  are  not  so  many  as 
usual.  By  right  of  seniority,  the  first  place  must  be 
given  to  this  year's  Lang  book, 
which  is  entitled  "The  Brown 
Fairy  Book"  (edited  by  Andrew 
Lang ;  illustrated  by  H.  J.  Ford 
(Longmans,  Green).  This  year, 
the  stories  come  from  far-away 
countries, — from  New  Caledonia 
and  Brazil,  for  example,  —  and 
possess  the  same  faults  and  the 
same  virtues  as  most  of  the  recent 
volumes  of  this  series.  That  is, 
there  is  strong  local  color  that 
differentiates  the  folk-lore  from 
the  less  significant  inventions  of 
the  modern  writers,  but  at  the  same  time  there  is  an 
underlying  vein  of  barbarity  running  through  them. 

"The  Japanese  Fairy  Book,"  compiled  by  Yei  Theo- 
dora Ozaki  (Dutton),  like  the  Lang  books,  has  folk 
lore  as  its  basis,  and  the  same  intermixture  of  the 
barbarous.  "'Tell  me  what  it  is  you  want  for  the 
Queen,'  demanded  Rin  Gin.  '  I  want  the  liver  of  a  wild 
monkey,'  replied  the  Doctor,"  we  read  on  page  192  ! 
The  illustrations  in  this  book,  however,  are  rare  treas- 
ures, being  reproductions  from  the  Japanese  classics. 
Their  directnessln  telling  the  story,  their  astounding  ac- 
tion, and  their  perfection  of  decorative  form  cause  them 
to  represent  the  nc  plus  ultra  of  printed  illustrations. 

There  are  many  references  in  the  story  of  the  ani- 
mated manikin,  "Pinocchio,"  to  things  and  customs 
Italian  that  will  not  be  understood  by  the  American 
child,  but  the  story  has  been  written  by  the  hand  of  a 
master  humorist,  and  is  deservedly  an  Italian  classic, 
and  may  be  characterized  as  one  of  those  books  which 
every  child  should  read.  It  has  been  translated  by 
Walter  S.  Camp,  with  editorial  revision  by  Sara  E.  H. 
Lockwood,  and  many  original  drawings  by  Charles 
Copeland  (Ginn). 

'"What's  the  good  of  talking?'  said  Cyril.  'What 
I  want  is  for  something  to  happen,' "  we  read  in 
"The  Phoenix  and  the  Carpet."  Of  course,  Cyril, 
being  a  healthy,  normal  boy,  wanted  something  to 
happen.  Mrs.  E.  Nesbit  keeps  it  in  mind,  and  charm- 
ingly as  she  writes  every-day  dialogue,  and  charm 
ingly  as  she  describes  the  commonplace  objects  of 
home,  she  does  not 
depend  upon  dialogue 
and  description,  but 
puts  a  goodly  quota 
of  action  into  "  The 
Phoenix  and  the  Car- 
pet" (Macmillan),  so 
that  every  child  will 
find  out  ere  the  fust 
c  h  ap  ter  is  finished 
that  there  is  "some- 
thing doing"  in  this 
story-book. 


Illustration  (reduced)  from  "The 
Phoenix  and  the  Carpet." 


'^J/ 


Illustration  (reduced)  from  "Two 
in  a  Zoo." 


"The  Pedlar's  Pack,"  by  Mrs.  Alfred  Baldwin  (Lip- 
pincott),  has  some  slight  but  effective  colored  illustra- 
tions by  Charles  Pears.  The  stories,  however,  are  a 
trifle  heavy,  and  lack  in  convincing  quality,   though 

there  is  abundant  wit 
in  their  telling. 

The  name  of  Oliver 
Herford  as  co-author 
(with  Curtis  Dun- 
ham) and  sole  illus- 
trator of  "Two  in  a 
Zoo"  (Bobbs-Merrill) 
is  a  token  that  prom- 
ises the  book  will  be 
neither  dull  nor  stu- 
pid, but  unfortunate- 
ly, though  most  pleas- 
ing in  narration,  the 
matter  of  the  .tales  is 
very  slight  and  a  de- 
cided echo  of  Thomp- 
son-Seton  and  Kip- 
ling. The  full-page 
pictures  in  wash  are 
rather  flat,  being  bad- 
ly printed,  but  the 
pen  drawings  are  in 
Mr.  Herford's  very 
best  vein. 
"In  the  Miz,"  by  Grace  E.  Ward,  illustrated  by  Clara 
E.  Atwood  (Little,  Brown),  is  entirely  lacking  in  origi- 
nality and  very  verbose  in  narration,  a  pun  a  page  seem- 
ing to  be  the  author's  average  of  humorous  production. 
The  illustrations  are  not  poorly  conceived,  but  are  not 
any  too  convincing  in  execution. 

OUTLANDISH   PLOTS. 

You  say  but  the  word  to  that  gingerbread  dog  | 
And  he  barks  with  such  terrible  zest  ||  That  the  choco- 
late cat  is  at  once  all  agog,  ||  As  her  swelling  propor- 
tions attest.— Field's  "Poems  of  Childhood." 

"  Fantasma  Land,"  written  and  illustrated  by  Charles 
Raymond  Macauley  (Bobbs-Merrill),  is  an  obvious  imi- 
tation of  "Alice  in  Wonderland."  But  Dickey,  who  is 
the  hero  of  it,  is  such  a  "  cheap  "-looking  boy, — a  veri- 
table "  kid,"  according  to  the  pictures, — that  one  is  not 
as  much  tempted  to  follow  him  through  the  dizzy  maze 
of  impossible  adventures  as  one  is  tempted  to  follow 
the  refined  and  gentle  Alice.  The  conception  of  the 
tale  is  rather  above  the  average,  and  this  sentence  on 
page  10  is  certainly  promising.  Fantasma  says  that 
they  find  "Realities"  occasionally  in  his  country — 
"long-haired  Realities  that  come  here  for  the  purpose 
of  kidnaping  us,  and  putting  us  on  canvas  and  paper, 
and  even  in  stone.  Artists  and  Authors,  they  call 
themselves.  Architects,  too ;  they  steal  Gargoyles, 
Atlantes,  Caryatids,  and  heads  to  ornament  buildings. 
Seen  them,  havn't  you  ? " 

Mr.  Denslow  follows  last  year's  dtbut  as  a  maker  of 
children's  books  with  "Denslow's  Scarecrow  and  the 
Tin-Man  and  Other  Stories"  (Dillingham).  The  col 
ored  printing  is,  from  our  point  of  view,  objectionable 
in  its  crudeness  ;  and  the  artist's  conceptions  are  fre- 
quently vapid,  as  in  his  creation  of  "Simple  Simon.'' 
t  bough  now  and  again  he  rises  to  a  bit  of  graphicness, 
as  in  the  ducks  and  geese  in  the  "Barnyard  Circus" 
and  the  cat  paring  apples  in  "Three  Little  Kittens." 

Other  books  in  which  the  impossible  and  outlandish 


THE  SEASON'S  BOOKS  FOR  CHILD  KEN. 


765 


pervade  the  plot  are  "On  a  Lark  to  the  Planets,"  by 
Frances  Trego  Montgomery,  illustrated  by  Winifred 
D.  Elrod  (Saalfield  Publishing  Co.) ;  "  The  Dream  Bag," 
by  Winifred  A.  Haldane,  illustrated  by  Howard  Heath 
(Laird  &  Lee),  and  "The  King  of  Kinkiddie,"  by  Ray- 
mond Fuller  Ayers,  illustrated  by  Walter  Bobbett 
(Button).  Somewhat  in  imitation  of  the  "Golliwogg" 
books  is  "  The  Story  of  the  Five  Rebellious  Dolls  "  (Dut- 
ton).  The  illustrations,  by  E.  Stuart  Hardy,  however, 
are  less  spirited  and  not  up  to  the  standard  of  the  text, 
by  E.  Nesbit. 


Illustration  (reduced)  from  Denslow's  "  Scarecrow  and  the 
Tin-Man." 

"Mixed  Beasts"  (Fox,  Duffield)  are  described  in  non- 
sense pictures  and  rhymes  by  no  less  a  person  than  the 
celebrated  painter,  Kenyon  Cox.   Of  the  Policemanatee, 

we  read : 

"At  the  bottom  of  the  sea 
The  Policemanatee 

Keeps  the  little  water-babies  off  the  grass ; 
Checks  the  proudest  Titon's  course. 
Makes  him  rein  in  his  sea-horse. 

To  let  the  pretty  mermaid  pass." 

Willard  Bonte  is  responsible  for  "The  Mother  Goose 
Puzzle  Book  "  (Dutton),  the  contents  of  which  have  ap- 
peared in  the  New  York  Herald.  The  designs  are 
draughted  with  an  architect's  cleanness  of  line,  but  the 
figures  and  faces  lack  life. 

FOR  OLD  AND  YOUNG. 

Shuffle-Shoon  and  Amber-Locks  \\  Sit  together, 
building  blocks;  fl  Shuffle-Shoon  is  old  and  gray,  \\ 
Amber-Locks  a  little  child,  fl  But  together  at  their 
play  |  Age  and  Youth  are  reconciled,  fl  And  with 
sympathetic  glee  fl  Build  their  castles  fair  to  see. — 
Field's  "Poems  of  Childhood." 

It  is  perhaps  of  no  great  moment  that  Maxfield  Par- 
rish  has  not  kept  strictly  within  the  boundaries  of  the 
text  when  illustrating  the  "Poems  of  Childhood,"  by 
Eugene  Field  (Scribners).  He  has  concocted  such  clever 
conceits  in  color  that  we  forgive  him  because  his  "  sugar- 
plumb  tree"  is  far  too  dignified  and  somber  in  aspect  to 
rain  down  "gumdrop  and  peppermint  canes"  at  the 
"cavorting"  of  the  "chocolate  cat"  instigated  by  the 
bark  of  the  "gingerbread  dog."  No,  the  trees  of  this 
forest  are  more  like  those  in  Dante's  "midway"  forest 
at  the  entry  to  purgatory  than  like  Field's  fantastic 
vision.  Again,  in  his  illustration  of  the  "  Dinkey-Bird  " 
he  is  far  afield  of  the  text.  Possibly,  should  he  dispute 
our  challenge  we  might  find  it  difficult  to  show  just  what 
botany  gives  the  exact  flora  of  the  "amf alula  tree,"  but 


we  are  quite  certain  that  the  convolution  of  its  leaves 
must  be  different  from  those  on  Mr.  Parrish's  branches. 
Again,  this  artist's  love  of  architectural  adjunct  is  so 
great  that  in  his  buildings  and  bridges  his  realism  is 
such  that  they  seem  true  stone  and  mortar  anchored 
substantially  to  terra  firrrfa.  Hence,  when  he  illustrates 
"  Wynken,  Blynken,  and  Nod,"  his  background  is  so 
tangible  and  his  boat  so  materialistic  that  his  scene  does 
not  fit  into  the  text  that  says  : 

"  The  little  stars  were  the  herring  fish 
That  lived  in  the  beautiful  sea." 

His  scene  is  terrestrial,  the  author's  celestial.  Here, 
the  colored  printing  has  given  us  some  nasty  browns 
that  remind" one  of  underdone  gingerbread,  but  in  the 


Illustration  (reduced)  from  "The  Japanese  Fairy  Book." 

"Dinkey-Bird"  we  have  just  spoken  of,  and  in  the 
illustration  of  "  Seein'  Things,"  the  colored  printing  is 
so  novel  and  effective, — the  one  giving  us  a  vision  of 

great  expanse  of  blue 
ether,  the  other  the 
sable  indigo  of  night, 
—  that  it  seems  hy- 
percritical toe  om  - 
plain. 

"The  Trail  to  Boy- 
land,"  by  Wilbur  D. 
Nesbit,  illustrated  by 
Will  Vawter  (Bobbs- 
Merrill),  contains  a 
number  of  poems 
much  like  those  of 
Field  and  Riley, 
rather  about  the 
child  than  for  him. 
Mr.  Nesbit  is  not  as 
terse  as  he  might  be, 
and  rather  suggests  a 
diluted  edition  of  Ri- 
ley. But  that  he  is 
capable  of  originality 
is  shown  in  the  laugh- 
Illustration  (reduced)  from  " The  able  "Odyssey  of 
Brown  Fairy  Book."  K's,"  which  chron- 

icles his  fruitless  trips 
to  Kankakee  and  Kokomo,  when  "he  should  have  gone 
to  Keokuk." 


766 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


BOOKS  "FOR  BOYS  AND  SOME  GIRLS." 

Come,  Harvey,  let  us  sit  <t  while  and  lull;  about  the 
n  mis  i|  Before  you  went  to  selling  clothes  and  I  to  ped- 
dling  rimes—  \\  The  days  when  we  were  little  boys.^ 
Field's  "Poems  of  Childhood." 

A  sub-title  for  "  Jack  Tenfield's  Star,"  by  Martha 
James,  illustrated  by  Charles  Copeland  (Lee  &  Shep- 
ard),  is  "A  Story  for  Boys  and  Some  Girls."  This  sub- 
head appellation  might  equally  well  be  applied  to  the 
following  stories,  all  of  which  deal  with  every-day  life  : 


Illustration  (reduced)  from  "  Poems  of  Childhood." 

"Baby  Elton  Quarterback,"  by  Leslie  W.  Quirk,  illus 
trated  (Century);  "Two  Young  Inventors,"  by  Alvah 
Milton  Kerr,  illustrated  by  G.  W.  Picknell  (Lee  & 
Shepard) ;  "Prince  Henry's  Sailor  Boy,"  by  Otto  von 
Bruneck,  illustrated  by  George  Alfred  Williams  (Holt) ; 
"  Larry  the  Wanderer,"  by  Edward  Stratemeyer,  illus- 
trated by  A.  B.  Shute  (Lee  &  Shepard) ;  "Making  the 
Nine."  by  Albertus  T.  Dudley,  illustrated  by  Charles 
Copeland  (Lee  &  Shepard).  The  illustrations  by  Arthur 
E.  Bechner  in  "The  Mysterious  Beacon  Light"  (Little, 
Brown)  are  most  dramatic, — much  above  the  average 
illustration.  Indeed,  they  have  qualities  that  belong 
to  the  best  paintings,  and  the  author.  George  Ethelbert 
Walsh,  though  rather  too  fond  of  description,  has  writ 
ten  a  story  that  holds  the  interest  to  the  end. 

A  book  a  litt  leout  of  the  ordinary  is  "  Kilmn  Daizen  ;  " 
or,  "From  Shark  Boy  to  Merchant  Prince."  translated 
by  Masao  Yoshida  from  the  Japanese  byGensai  Murai, 
with  illustrations  by  (ieorgc  Yarian  (Century).  Here. 
the  local  color  is  very  strong,  but  the  climaxes  arc  do! 

winked  ui)  in  the  style  of  Occidental  Action.  "  A  School 
( 'bampion,"  by  Raymond  Jacberns,  illust  rated  by  Percy 
Tarrant  (Lippincott ),  is  a  many-chaptered  story  of  Eng- 


MAPYSGARI 
)W  IT  GPliW 


lish  school  life,  with 
from  one  to  a  dozen 
episodes  in  a  chapter, 
so  that  the  girl  taking 
it  up  will  be  likely  to 
get  to  the  end  before 
she  realizes  it. 
"Brought  to  Heel ;'' 
or,  the  "Breaking  in 
of  St.  Dunstan's 
School,"  by  Kent 
Carr,  illustrated  by 
Harold  Copping, 
from  the  same  pub- 
lishers, is  a  similar 
kind  of  book  for  boys. 
Nor  will  the  girls  be 
likely  to  eschew  the 
following  merely  be- 
cause they  are  listed 
as  boys'  books  :  "  The 
Young    Vigilantes," 

by  Samuel  Adams  Drake,  illustrated  by  L.  J.  Bridge- 
man  (Lee&  Shepard) ;  "The  Blue  Dragon"  (Harpers), 
by  Kirk  Monroe,  illustrated  by  W.  E.  Mears  ;  "The 
Island  Camp,"  by  Captain  Ralph  Bonehill,  illustrated 
by  Jay  Hambidge  (Barnes).  The  Penn  Publishing 
Company,  whose  list  of  juveniles  is  almost  inex- 
haustible, also  issues  "The  Eve  of  War,"  by  W.  Bert 
Foster,  illustrated  by  F.  A.  Carter;  "Finding  a  For- 
tune," by  Horatio  Alger,  Jr.,  illustrated  by  W.  S.  Lu- 
kens ;  "  Winning  His  Way  to  West  Point,"  by  Cap- 
tain Paul  B.  Malone,  illustrated  by  F.  A.  Carter,  and 
"Freckles,"  by  Gene  Stratton-Porter,  decorations  by 
E.  Stetson  Crawford  (Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.). 


Cover  design  (reduced)  of  "Mary's 
Garden  and  How  It  Grew." 


mrt«* 
Illus.  (reduced;  from  "The  Hrowniesin  the  Philippine:-." 


THE  SEASON'S  BOOKS  FOR  CHILDREN. 


767 


BOOKS  FOR  GIRLS. 

Oh,  girls  are  girls.  and.  boys  are  boys,  I  And  have 
been  so  since  Abel's  birth,  ||  And  shall  be  so  till  dolls 
and  toys  |  Arc  with  the  children  swept  from  earth. — 
Field's  "Poems  of  Childhood." 

Last  year,  Miss  Gilder  published  "  Tomboy,"  a  sort  of 
autobiographical  story  which,  like  "Little  Women," 
was  strong  in  local  color  and  vivid  in  personality,  and, 


Illustration  (reduced)  from  "  The  Tomboy  at  Work." 

as  Miss  Alcott  followed  up  her  success  with  "Joe's 
Boys,"  so  Miss  Gilder  this  year  gives  us,  in  "The  Tom- 
boy at  Work"  (Doubleday,  Page),  a  picture  of  her  hero- 
ine now  arrived  at  a  period  of  early  womanhood  when 
she  is  forced  to  become  a  bread-winner.  The  story  is 
spiritedly  illustrated  by  Florence  Scovel  Shinn. 

Stories  of  every-day  life  about  girls  and  for  girls  are 
"An  Honor  Girl,"  by  Evelyn  Raymond,  illustrated  by 
Bertha  G.  Davidson;  "Helen  Grant's  Friends,"  by 
Amanda  W.  Douglas,  illustrated  by  Amy  Brooks  and 
"  Randy's  Good  Times,"  by  Amy  Brooks,  illustrated 
by  the  author.  John  Bunyan,  without  a  particle  of 
artistic  ability,  was  able,  through  sheer  singleness  of 

purpose,  to  write  dialogue 
that  has  become  classic. 
Without  much  art,  but 
with  similar  singleness  of 
purpose,  Miss  Nina 
Rhoades  writes  dialogue 
that  carries  with  it  strong 
conviction  of  reality,  and 
in  this  year's  volume,  "The 
Children  on  the  Top 
Floor,"  illustrated  by 
Bertha  G.  Davidson  (Lee 
&  Shepard),  a  sequel  to 
"Winifred's  Neighbors," 
we  have  another  sweet 
story  telling  of  childish 
sacrifice  and  the  beneficent 
results  of  wholesome  ac- 
tions. They  are  all  pub- 
lished by  Lee  &  Shepard. 

The  Penn  Publishing 
Company  have  a  long  list 
of  girls'  books,  among 
them  "The  Whirligig,"  by 


IN  DOUBLET 
AND  HOSE 

M 


Evelyn  Raymond,  illustrated  by  Ruth  Rollins  ;  "Betty 
Wales,  Freshman,"  by  Margaret  W'arde,  illustrated  by 
Eva  M.  Nagle ;  "Mistress  Moppet,"  by  Annie  M. 
Barnes,  illustrated  by  Margaret  F.  Winner,  and  "Her 
Secret,"  by  Mary  A. 
Denison,  illustrated 
by  Isabel  Lyndall. 

IN  OTHER  TIMES 
THAN  OURS. 

The  Injnns  came 
last  night  |  While  the 
soldiers  were  abed,  \\ 
.  l  ml  they  gobbled  a 
Chineseliite  \\  And  off 
to  the  woods  they 
fled!  I  Tlic  woods  arc 
the  cherry  trees  \\ 
Down  in  the  orchard 
lot,  I  And  the  sol- 
diers arc  marching  to 
seize  I  Tlie  booty  the 
Injuns  got. — Bield's 
"Poems  of  Child- 
hood." 

Hairbreadth  adven- 
tures in  other  times 
than  ours  are  nar- 
rated in  "The  Laurel 

Token,"  by  Annie  M.  Barnes,  illustrated  by  G.  W.  Pick- 
nell  (Lee  &  Shepard) ;  "  A  Lass  of  Dorchester,"  by  Annie 
Mr.  Barnes,  illustrated  by  Frank  T.  Merrill  (Lee  &  Shep- 
ard), and  "In  Doublet  and  Hose,"  by  Lucy  Foster  Mad- 
ison, illustrated  by  Clyde  O.  Deland  (Penn  Pub.  Co.). 
"The  Story  of  Rolf  and  the  Viking's  Bow"  (Little, 
Brown),  by  Allen  French,  is  illustrated  by  B.  J.  Rosen- 
meyer,  and  is  written  in  a  painstaking  manner,  so  that 
the  boy  who  reads  it  gets  some  history  and  some  poetic 
lore  as  well  as  an  exciting  story. 


Illustrati oji  (reduced)  from 
"  Minnows  and  Tritons." 


Cover  design  (reduced)  of 
"  In  Doublet  and  Hose." 


Illustration  (reduced)  from  "'Comedies  and  Legends 
for  Marionettes." 


For  little  folk  who  like  their  books  in  big  print,  we 
have  "  Dorothy  Dainty  at  School,"  by  Amy  Brooks,  il- 
lustrated by  the  author  (Lee  &  Shepard),  and  "The 
Making  of  Meenie,"  by  Edith  L.  Gilbert,  illustrated  by 
Margaret  Goddard  (Lee  &  Shepard).  Gertrude  Smith, 
"Little  Precious"  (Harper  Bros.),  appreciates  perfectly 
the  value  of  repetition,  and  while  her  pages  might 
therefore  be  a  trifle  monotonous  to  the  old  folk  beguiled 
by  the  little  ones  to  read  from  them,  no  doubt  the  nar- 
rative is  clearer  to  the  infantile  minds  than  a  majority 
of  books  written  for  them.  Of  the  illustrations,  little 
may  be  said  ;  they  are  woefully  lacking  in  simplicity 
and  grace.  Psychological  truth  is  found  in  the  story 
that  comes  to  us  from  England  (via  Dodd,  Mead  & 
Co.),  entitled  "Minnows  and  Tritons,"  by  B.  A.  Clark, 
illustrated  by  Harold  Copping.    The  humor  of  this 


70s 


THE  AMERICAN  MONTHLY  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 


Illustration   (reduced)  from 
"The  Alley  Cat's  Kitten." 


book  reminds  us  much  of  Anstey  ;  it  is  more  than  ex- 
cellent. "Lucy  and  Their  Majesties"  (Century  Co.), 
a  posthumous,  we  presume,  story,  by  B.  L.  Farjeon,  is 
less  refreshing  and  human  in  its  comedy,  but  is  a  good 

story  for  winter's  night 
entertainment.  "Com- 
edies and  Legends  for 
Marionettes,"  by 
Georgiana  Goddard 
King,  illustrated  by 
Anna  R.  Giles  (Mac- 
millan  Co.),  is  a  sug- 
gestive book,  giving  a 
number  of  short  plays, 
with  directions  for 
making  a  marionette 
theater. 

In  striking  contrast 
to  big  folios  are  the  tiny 
volumes  in  Dutton's  "Miniature  Picture  Books,"  print- 
ed, in  the  style  of  Japanese  books,  on  one  side  of  the 
paper  only,  and  not 
three  inches  square. 

There  are  not  as 
many  animal  books 
this  year  as  usual,  but 
what  there  are  are  very 
attractive.  The  "  Alley 
Cat's  Kitten,"  by  Caro- 
line M.  Fuller,  illus- 
trated by  the  author 
from  photographs  (Lit- 
tle, Brown),  shows  the 
keen  observation  of  a 
true  nature-lover. 

The  colored  draw- 
ings in  "Billy  Wisk- 
ers,  Jr.,"  by  Frances 
Thego  Montgomery,  il- 
lustrated by  W.  H.  Fry 
(Saalfleld),  are  as  crude 
and  gaudy  as  the  most 
flaming  circus  poster. 
But  still  we  must  ad- 
mit that  adventure  fol- 
lows adventure  in  a 
way  that  must  certainly  interest. 

There  is  much  regard  for  truth  and  sequence  in  the 
books  of  to-day.  The  latter  quality  is  to  be  welcomed  in 
the  alphabet-book  called  "A,  B, 
C  in  Dixie  :  A  Plantation  Alpha- 
bet," by  Louise  Quarles  Bonte, 
author,  and  George  Willard  Bon- 
te, illustrator  (Dutton). 

There  seem  to  be  fewer  books 
than  usual  this  year  whose  pur- 
pose is  didactic ;  but  those  that 
come  under  review  certainly  are 
admirable  in  purpose  and  are  in- 
telligent in  method.  ATiiong 
these  are  "Mary's  Garden  :  How 
it  Grew "  (Century),  by  Frances 
Duncan,  illustrated  by  L.  W. 
Zeiler,  with  a  very  attractive 
cover,  by  the  way.  "Little  Folks  of  Many  Lands,"  by 
Lulu  Maud  Chance  ((Jinn),  has  one  or  more  pictures  on 
every  page,  and  must  teach  even  the  dullest  child 
something  about  the  round  world  and  they  that  dwell 


Illustration  (reduced)  from 
"  The  Heroes." 


Illustration  from  "Lit- 
tle Folks  of  Many 
Lands." 


MAKING  THE  NINE 

AT  DUDLEY 


Illustration  (reduced)  from 
"  Making  the  Nine." 


therein.  "Cyr's  Graded 
Art  Readers,  Book 
Two,"  by  Ellen  M.  Cyr 
(Ginn),  contains  wood- 
cuts by  Henry  Wolf, 
the  master  of  wood  en- 
graving, and  other 
American  artists  of  the 
burin,  and  some  well- 
printed  half-tones  in 
two  tints  that  make  it 
above  the  average  of  the 
ordinary  schoolbook. 
"The  Child  at  Play" 
is  an  attempt  to  make 
a  reader  for  little  tots 
attractive  by  "up-to- 
date"  illustrations; 
they  are  by  Hermann 
Heyer.  Verbal  pictures 
of  historical  events  are 
put  before  the  reader  in 
terse  paragraphs  by 
Miss  Helen  M.  Cleve- 
land, in  her  "  Stories  of  Brave  Old  Times"  (Lee  &  Shep- 
ard).  The  young  person  may  consider  the  laconic  para- 
graphs as  a  trifle  bald,  but  if  he  has  a  taste  for  history 
he  will  find  the  book  a  storehouse  of  information. 

A  number  of  authors  have  done  the  reading  public 
the  favor  of  turning  aside  from  the  beaten  track  of 
juvenile  literature  to  make  journeys  into  more  or  less  un- 
discovered fields.  Foremost  among  these  should  be  men- 
tioned Mary  Austin's  collection  of  tales  entitled  "The 
Basket  Woman"  (Houghton,  Mifflin),  which  gives  us 
folk-lore  stories  from  the  Sierra  Nevadas.  These  are  not, 
however,  strictly  for  children.  Mrs.  Jessie  Juliet  Knox's 
"Little  Almond  Blossoms"   (Little,   Brown),   a  book 

of  Chinese  stories 
for  children  that 
come  from  San 
Francisco.  An 
abridged  story  of 
"Little  Paul,  "from 
"  Dombey  and  Son," 
edited  by  F.  L. 
Knowles  (Dana 
Estes),  makes  de- 
lightf u  1  reading  for 
the  young  or  old. 

"Snowland 
Folk,"  by  Robert  E. 
Peary,   and  "The 
Snow  Baby  "  (F.  A. 
Stokes)    introduces 
(it  is  one  book)  us 
into  scenes  near  (ap- 
proximately)  the 
North  Pole,  and  the 
pictures    are   strik- 
ingly novel.    Equal- 
ly authentic  and  information-giving  is  "Stories  of  In- 
ventors," by  Russell  Doubleday  (Doubleday,   Page  & 
Co.). 

The  printing  is  very  good  of  the  color  pictures  in 
"  Pets,"  by  Alice  Calhoun  Haines,  pictures  by  Louis 
Rhead  (F.  A.  Stokes),  and  there  are  lots  of  animals  in 
them,  so  thev  are  pretty  sure  to  interest  the  young 
folks. 


Illustration    (reduced)  from  the 
"Mixed  Beasts." 


THE    COLISEUM,    CHICAGO. 

Where  Theodore  Roosevelt  and  Charles  W.   Fairbanks  were  nominated. 


THEODORE   ROOSEVELT  AS  A  CANDIDATE 

By  a  Delegate  to  the  National  Convention.    Illustrated 

ELIHU   ROOT  ON  THE   REPUBLICAN   PARTY 
THE  CHICAGO  CONVENTION 

Dr.  Albert  Shaw,  in  "The  Progress  of  the  "World,"  with  many  Portraits 


The  Triumph  of  National  Irrigation 

By  William  E.  Smythe.    Illustrated 

Solving  the  Health  Problem  at  Panama 

By  Col.  "William  C.  Gorgas 

The  Fight  with  Anemia  in  Porto  Rico 

By  Adam  C.  Haeselbarth 

What  the  Government  Does  for  Con- 
sumptives   By  Oliver  P.  Newman. 


Battleships,  Mines,  and  Torpedoes 

By  Park  Benjamin.    Illustrated 

The  Views  of  a  Russian  Prince 
What  the  People  Read  in  Poland  and 

Finland     "With  Illustrations 

Canada's  Commercial  Expansion 

By  P.  T.  McGrath 


THE  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  CO.,  13  Astor  Place,  New  York. 


Vwx/w  ki         1 T  A  Entered  at  N.V  D   .  *)K        /■tf'i  an         v  i 

ol.   AAA.      INo.  l/*k  pyrigbt,  1904, by thi  rnce  cue,  'i^i.ou  a  Tear.) 


For     Cottage     and     Camp 

ARMOUR'S 

Extract   of   Beef 

A  Hot -Weather  Necessity 


A  cup  of  beef  tea 
made   with  Armour's  Extract  of 
Beef  is  a  preventive   as   well 
as  a  remedy  for  the  ills  in- 
cident   to   warm   weather, 
bad    water,    seasickness, 
indigestion,  etc.     A  small 
jar  does    not    cost    much 
and     may    prevent    an 
illness,    and,    of    course, 
is  just  as  good  for  the  child- 
ren as  for  the  grown-up.     No 
trouble  to  use  ;  a  little  hot  water, 
a  pinch  of  salt   and  pepper,  and  a 
tempting  and  appetizing  broth  is  ready 
It's  a  wholesome  and  stimulating  food 

Hot-Weather  Dishes 

Delicious  iced  or  hot  bouillon  may  be  made  in  a  few 
moments  with  only  water  and  proper  seasoning ;  or,  if 
something  more  substantial  is  preferred,  Armour's  Beef 
Extract  will  save  the  time  and  trouble  of  using  a  soup  bone 
or  fresh  meat;  it  will  cost  less  and  never  spoil.  Take  a 
few  jars  with  you  to  the  cottage,  camp  or  aboard  the  yacht. 

Sold  by  Druggists  and  Grocers. 

"Culinary  Wrinkles" 

Tells  how  to  use  Armour's  Extract  of  Beef,  and  gives 
a  number  of  recipes  for  warm  weather  cooking,  sent  post- 
paid on  request. 


ARMOUR  S3L  COMPANY,  Chicago 


ASPAROX 

(Beef  Extract  and  Asparagus) 

If  you  don't  care  for  ordinary  bouillon,  consomme,  beef  broth,  etc.,  Asparox  will  please  you, 
as  there  is  just  enough  of  an  agreeable  asparagus  flavor  to  give  it  a  "want  more"  taste.  Served 
with  milk  or  cream,  it  is  an  appetizing  course  for  luncheons,  porch  parties,  picnics,  etc.,  but  it's  good 
any  time  with  a  bit  of  crisp  toast  or  a  wafer — say,  after  a  drive,  or  when  tired  and  nervous.  Just 
mix  with  hot  water  and  cream  or  milk  and  it  is  ready  to  serve. 

Sold  in  four-ounce  and  twelve-ounce  opal  bottles,  by  all  druggists  and  grocers.  If  your  dealer 
does  not  have  it  in  stock,  he  can  get  it  for  you  in  a  short  time  from  his  wholesaler,  or  write  us. 

ARMOUR  S3L  COMPANY*  Chicago 


Alton    Brooks    Parker :     A    Character 

Sketch       By  JAMES  CREELMAN.     Illustrated 

The  Candidates  for  the  Vice-Presidency : 

Henry  G.  Davis,  the  Democratic  Candidate 
By  CHARLES  S.  ALBERT.     Illustrated 

Charles   Warren    Fairbanks,   the    Republican 
Candidate 

By  THOMAS  R.  SHIPP.     Illustrated 

The  Democratic  Convention  at  St.  Louis 

By  a  Delegate  to  the  Republican  Convention  at 
Chicago.     Illustrated 

The  Republican  Convention  at  Chicago 

By  JAMES  H.  ECKELS,  Delegate  to  the 
St.  Louis  Convention 

The  Political  Events  of  the  Month 

Dr.  ALBERT  SHAW,  in  "The  Progress  of  the 
World  ' 


Wireless  Telegraphy  in  Practical  Opera- 
tion      By  WILLIAM  MAVER,  Jr.     Illustrated 

The  Successor  of  Diaz  in  Mexico 

By  AUSTIN  C  BRADY.     Illustrated 

Herzl,  Leader  of  Modern  Zionism 

By  HERMAN  ROSENTHAL 

Japan's  Ultimate  Aim  in  the  East 

By  BARON  SUYEMATSU 

American  Trade  Interests   in   the  War 

Zone       By  WOLF  VON  SCHIERBRAND 

The  New-Norse  Movement  in  Norway 

By  MABEL  LELAND 

Why  Norway  and  Sweden  Are  at  Odds 
What  the  People  Read  in  Germany 

Illustrated 


THE  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  CO.,  13  Astor  Place,  New  York. 


Vol.  XXX.     No.  175. 


Entered  at  X.  Y,  Post  Office  as  Second -class  matter. 
Copyright,  1904,  by  The  Review  of  Reviews  Co. 


Price  25c.  ($2.50  a  Year. 


ARMOV 

Extract  qf  Beef 

One  jar  is  the  equivalent  of  from  two  to  four  jars  of  the  cheaper 
brands,  in  strength  and  goodness  —  that's  it. 


Asparox 

(Extract    of   Beef   and    Asparagus) 


With  French  and  other  salad  dressings  Asparox  gives 
a  rich,  piquant  flavor  that  cannot  be  obtained  any  other 
way.  As  a  hot  weather  relish  and  for  seasoning  it  is 
appetizing,  delicious,  and  tempting. 

Asparox  served  with  cream  or  milk  and  hot  water 
makes  a  Creme  Bouillon  that  is  at  once  the  envy  and 
admiration    of   all    good  housekeepers.     Why  not  try  it? 


Sold      by      All      G  r  o  c  e  r  j 


Armour  &  Company  Chicago 


November 

EWSW04 

Edited  by  ALBERT  SHAW 


a£Q" 

rrf-j 

V 

m 

k'-Ji  Mj 

Khk 

ll 

r  vJ 

CANADA  IN  J904 

„        *•  The  Canadian  Northwest— A  Vast  Granarv 

By  THEODORE  MACFARLANE  KNAPPEN     Eated 

-ri.  C^nada'S,  ?CW  Governor-General.     By  w.  T.  stead,    illustrated 
J.    I  he  General  Election  in  Canada.     By  agnes  c.  laut.    With  Portraits 

IOWA'S  CAMPAIGN  FOR  BETTER  CORN   By  p.  g.  holden.   illustrated 

By  Dr    ALBERT ^&F^FfPAL  CAMPAIGN 

By  Dr.  ALBERT  SHAW,  »n  "The  Progress  of  the  World."     With  Pictures 

AN  EPIDEMIC  OF  RAILROAD  ACCIDENTS   By  edward  a.  moseley 
JAPAN  AND  THE  RESURRECTION  OF  POLAND 

A  ramous  Polish  Author  interviewed  by  W.  T    STEAD 

RUSSIA'S  NEW  MINISTER  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

By  HERMAN  ROSENTHAL.    With  Portrait 

MR.  MORLEY  AND  MR.  BRYCE  IN  AMERICA    With  Portraits 
THE  EPISCOPAL  CONVENTION  AT  BOSTON 

By  FLORENCE  E.  WINSLOW.     With  Portraits 

GEORGE  FRISBIE  HOAR:  A  CHARACTER  SKETCH 

By  TALCOTT  WILLIAMS.     With  Portraits 

COMMANDER  BOOTH  TUCKER  AND  HIS  WORK    with  Portra.ta 

BARTHOLDI,  THE  SCULPTOR    with  Portrait 

LAFCADIO  HEARN,  INTERPRETER  OF  JAPAN 

With  Portrait 

WHAT  THE  PEOPLE  READ  IN  HUNGARY 

Cji,        >1  Illustrated 


2 


^i  '•'  ■■■■-'■■•■■{itfz- 


THE  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  CO.,  ,3  Astor  Plac,  0rk 

Voi.  XXX. 


No    17ft        *£* 
O.     I  I  O.  Copyright,  1904,  b;  !w  OF  bbvikw-b  Co 


Price  25c.  ($2.50  a  Year.l 


^ 


Copyright  1004,  Armour  &  Co>iif(i>!y 


Armour's  Extract  of  Beef  Calendar  Offer 

Our  1905  Calendar  in  black  and  white  presents  six  new  American  girls,  fac-simile  reproductions 
of  drawings  made  this  year  expressly  for  our  special  and  exclusive  use.  C.  Allan  Gilbert  girl.  Home 
girl  by  Stuart  Travis,  Steamer  girl  by  Karl  Anderson  (illustrated  above),  Studio  girl  by  Hugh  Stuart 
Campbell,  Society  girl  by  Malcom  Strauss,  Winter  girl  by  Louis  Sharp,  arranged  in  six  sheets  (size 
10x15),  tied  with  ribbon  for  hanging,  will  be  sent  post-paid  to  any  address  on  receipt  of  twenty-five 
cents  or  metal  cap  from  j<ir  of 

ARMOURS  EXTRACT©/  BEEF 

The  Best  Extract  of  the  Best  Beef  for  Soups,  Sauces,  Gravies  and  Beef  Tea. 

JV  r»i"  Plfl'fr*  C^i^ff^T*  ^  e  nave  a  srna'l  edition  of  calendar  designs  as  art  plates  (11x17 
■**■*  L  *  Ad-Lt^  V^ll-CX  inches)  for  framing  or  portfolio.  Single  plates  will  be  mailed 
postpaid  for  twenty-live  cents  each,  or  the  six  complete,  by  prepaid  express,  $1.00.  One  metal  cap 
from  jar  of  extract  good  for  single  sheet,  or  six  caps  for  complete  set. 

Armour  &  Company,  Chicago 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


Nflfl 


SBS 


ft] 


Uniu 


■Mi 


1 


HHtiHHUW 


(XUJUjIUl 


■  acotfES 


iiMuBNHN      M 

m 


^^^h 


II 

■Hi;    !ii  !ii     I